diff --git a/.circleci/config.yml b/.circleci/config.yml deleted file mode 100644 index cb8c31b22b..0000000000 --- a/.circleci/config.yml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,274 +0,0 @@ -# Python CircleCI 2.0 configuration file -# -# Check https://circleci.com/docs/2.0/language-python/ for more details -# -version: 2 -jobs: - build: - docker: - # specify the version you desire here - # use `-browsers` prefix for selenium tests, e.g. `3.6.1-browsers` - - image: circleci/python:2.7.13 - - # Specify service dependencies here if necessary - # CircleCI maintains a library of pre-built images - # documented at https://circleci.com/docs/2.0/circleci-images/ - # - image: circleci/postgres:9.4 - environment: - TEST_PLATFORM: "-e megaatmega2560" - - working_directory: ~/Marlin - - steps: - - checkout - - - restore_cache: - paths: - - ~/.platformio - - ~/Marlin/.piolibdeps - keys: - - v1-dependencies-{{ checksum "~/Marlin/platformio.ini" }} - # fallback to using the latest cache if no exact match is found - - v1-dependencies- - - - run: - name: install dependencies - command: | - sudo pip install -U platformio - - # run tests! - - run: - name: run tests - command: | - # - # - # Fetch the tag information for the current branch - ls -la - git fetch origin --tags - # - # Publish the buildroot script folder - chmod +x buildroot/bin/* - export PATH=`pwd`/buildroot/bin/:${PATH} - - # Generate custom version include - generate_version ./Marlin/src/inc - cat ./Marlin/src/inc/_Version.h - # - # Back up pins_RAMPS.h - # - backup_ramps - - env_backup - - ################################# - # Build all sample configurations - ################################# - - echo testing megaatmega2560 targets... - export TEST_PLATFORM="-e megaatmega2560" - echo use_example_configs adafruit/ST7565 - use_example_configs adafruit/ST7565 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs BQ/Hephestos - use_example_configs BQ/Hephestos - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs BQ/Hephestos_2 - use_example_configs BQ/Hephestos_2 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs BQ/WITBOX - use_example_configs BQ/WITBOX - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs AliExpress/CL-260 - use_example_configs AliExpress/CL-260 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - #echo use_example_configs Cartesio - #use_example_configs Cartesio - #build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - #restore_configs - echo use_example_configs delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate - use_example_configs delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini - use_example_configs delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs delta/generic - use_example_configs delta/generic - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs delta/kossel_mini - use_example_configs delta/kossel_mini - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs delta/kossel_xl - use_example_configs delta/kossel_xl - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Felix - use_example_configs Felix - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Felix/DUAL - use_example_configs Felix/DUAL - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs FolgerTech/i3-2020 - use_example_configs FolgerTech/i3-2020 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs gCreate/gMax1.5+ - use_example_configs gCreate/gMax1.5+ - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Geeetech/GT2560 - use_example_configs Geeetech/GT2560 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - #echo use_example_configs Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560 - #use_example_configs Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560 - #build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - #restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Infitary/i3-M508 - use_example_configs Infitary/i3-M508 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - use_example_configs Malyan/M200 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Micromake/C1/basic - use_example_configs Micromake/C1/basic - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Micromake/C1/enhanced - use_example_configs Micromake/C1/enhanced - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs RepRapWorld/Megatronics - use_example_configs RepRapWorld/Megatronics - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs RigidBot - use_example_configs RigidBot - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs SCARA - use_example_configs SCARA - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Velleman/K8200 - use_example_configs Velleman/K8200 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Velleman/K8400/Dual-head - use_example_configs Velleman/K8400/Dual-head - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Velleman/K8400 - use_example_configs Velleman/K8400 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Wanhao/Duplicator6 - use_example_configs Wanhao/Duplicator6 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - # Requires manual load of https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster - #use_example_configs wt150 - #build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - #restore_configs - echo testing melzi targets... - export TEST_PLATFORM="-e melzi" - echo use_example_configs Anet/A6 - use_example_configs Anet/A6 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Anet/A8 - use_example_configs Anet/A8 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Creality/CR-10 - use_example_configs Creality/CR-10 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Malyan/M150 - use_example_configs Malyan/M150 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Sanguinololu - use_example_configs Sanguinololu - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs TinyBoy2 - use_example_configs TinyBoy2 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - - echo testing rambo targets... - export TEST_PLATFORM="-e rambo" - echo use_example_configs AlephObjects/TAZ4 - use_example_configs AlephObjects/TAZ4 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - - echo testing at90usb1286_* targets... - export TEST_PLATFORM="-e at90usb1286_dfu" - #echo se_example_configs delta/kossel_pro - #use_example_configs delta/kossel_pro - #build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - #restore_configs - echo use_example_configs makibox - use_example_configs makibox - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - - echo testing sanguino_atmega644p targets... - export TEST_PLATFORM="-e sanguino_atmega644p" - echo use_example_configs tvrrug/Round2 - use_example_configs tvrrug/Round2 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - - echo testing LPC1768 targets... - export TEST_PLATFORM="-e LPC1768" - echo use_example_configs Mks/Sbase - use_example_configs Mks/Sbase - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo testing STM32F1 targets... - export TEST_PLATFORM="-e STM32F103R" - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs STM32/STM32F103R - use_example_configs STM32/STM32F103R - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs STM32/stm32f103ret6 - use_example_configs STM32/stm32f103ret6 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - - echo testing DUE targets... - export TEST_PLATFORM="-e DUE" - #echo use_example_configs UltiMachine/Archim2 - #use_example_configs UltiMachine/Archim2 - #build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - #restore_configs - - # - # Remove temp files from dependencies tree prior to caching - rm -rf ~/Marlin/.piolibdeps/_tmp_* - - # - # Restore the environment - # - env_restore - - - save_cache: - paths: - - ~/.platformio - - ~/Marlin/.piolibdeps - key: v1-dependencies-{{ checksum "~/Marlin/platformio.ini" }} diff --git a/.editorconfig b/.editorconfig new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a0fa3eff17 --- /dev/null +++ b/.editorconfig @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +# editorconfig.org +root = true + +[{*.patch,syntax_test_*}] +trim_trailing_whitespace = false + +[{*.c,*.cpp,*.h}] +charset = utf-8 + +[{*.c,*.cpp,*.h,Makefile}] +trim_trailing_whitespace = true +insert_final_newline = true +end_of_line = lf +indent_style = space +indent_size = 2 + +[{*.py,*.conf,*.sublime-project}] +indent_style = tab +indent_size = 4 diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore index 5728e1f065..80c76ee1e4 100755 --- a/.gitignore +++ b/.gitignore @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ # # Marlin 3D Printer Firmware -# Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] +# Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] # # Based on Sprinter and grbl. # Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -146,6 +146,9 @@ Marlin/*/*/readme.txt Marlin/*/*/*/readme.txt Marlin/*/*/*/*/readme.txt +# Secure Credentials +Configuration_Secure.h + #Visual Studio *.sln *.vcxproj diff --git a/.travis.yml b/.travis.yml index cfd6a67556..f9841e8916 100644 --- a/.travis.yml +++ b/.travis.yml @@ -13,42 +13,47 @@ env: - TEST_PLATFORM="DUE" - TEST_PLATFORM="esp32" - TEST_PLATFORM="linux_native" - - TEST_PLATFORM="LPC1768" - - TEST_PLATFORM="LPC1769" - TEST_PLATFORM="megaatmega2560" - - TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F103R" - TEST_PLATFORM="teensy31" - TEST_PLATFORM="teensy35" # Extended AVR Environments - - TEST_PLATFORM="fysetc_f6_13" + - TEST_PLATFORM="FYSETC_F6_13" - TEST_PLATFORM="megaatmega1280" - TEST_PLATFORM="rambo" - TEST_PLATFORM="sanguino_atmega1284p" - TEST_PLATFORM="sanguino_atmega644p" # Extended STM32 Environments - - TEST_PLATFORM="ARMED" - - TEST_PLATFORM="BIGTREE_BTT002" - - TEST_PLATFORM="BIGTREE_SKR_PRO" - - TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F103R_bigtree" + - TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F103RC_bigtree" + - TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F103RC_bigtree_USB" + - TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F103RE_bigtree" + - TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F103RE_bigtree_USB" + - TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F103RC_fysetc" - TEST_PLATFORM="jgaurora_a5s_a1" - - TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F103V_longer" + - TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F103VE_longer" - TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F407VE_black" + - TEST_PLATFORM="BIGTREE_SKR_PRO" + - TEST_PLATFORM="mks_robin" + - TEST_PLATFORM="ARMED" + + # STM32 with non-STM framework. both broken for now. they should use HAL_STM32 which is working. + #- TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F4" + #- TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F7" + + # Put lengthy tests last + - TEST_PLATFORM="LPC1768" + - TEST_PLATFORM="LPC1769" # Non-working environment tests + #- TEST_PLATFORM="BIGTREE_BTT002" this board isn't released yet. we need pinout to be sure about what we do #- TEST_PLATFORM="at90usb1286_cdc" #- TEST_PLATFORM="at90usb1286_dfu" - #- TEST_PLATFORM="malyanm200" - #- TEST_PLATFORM="mks_robin" + #- TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F103CB_malyan" #- TEST_PLATFORM="mks_robin_lite" #- TEST_PLATFORM="mks_robin_mini" #- TEST_PLATFORM="mks_robin_nano" #- TEST_PLATFORM="SAMD51_grandcentral_m4" - #- TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F103R_bigtree" - #- TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F103R_fysetc" - #- TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F4" - #- TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F7" before_install: # @@ -72,8 +77,8 @@ before_script: - cd ${TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR} # # Generate custom version include - - generate_version ${TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR}/Marlin/src/inc - - cat ${TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR}/Marlin/src/inc/_Version.h + - generate_version ${TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR}/Marlin/ + - cat ${TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR}/Marlin/Version.h # script: - run_tests ${TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR} ${TEST_PLATFORM} diff --git a/config/default/Configuration.h b/Configuration.h similarity index 93% rename from config/default/Configuration.h rename to Configuration.h index 16f1ca6800..550ea35467 100644 --- a/config/default/Configuration.h +++ b/Configuration.h @@ -72,6 +72,7 @@ // Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 #define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. +//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) /** * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** @@ -142,7 +143,7 @@ // @section extruder // This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] +// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] #define EXTRUDERS 1 // Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. @@ -324,13 +325,14 @@ //#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" #if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) + #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 + //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 + //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin + //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power + #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN @@ -351,13 +353,15 @@ * * Temperature sensors available: * + * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) + * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) + * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 * 0 : not used * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) + * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for MEGA) + * 332 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for DUE) * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! @@ -375,7 +379,8 @@ * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x + * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 5v excitation (AVR) + * 21 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 3.3v excitation (STM32 \ LPC176x....) * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup @@ -383,6 +388,7 @@ * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor + * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) * * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) @@ -400,8 +406,6 @@ * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } */ #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 @@ -409,7 +413,10 @@ #define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_6 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_7 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 // Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 @@ -437,6 +444,8 @@ #define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 #define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 #define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_6_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_7_MINTEMP 5 #define BED_MINTEMP 5 // Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. @@ -448,6 +457,8 @@ #define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 #define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 #define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275 #define BED_MAXTEMP 150 //=========================================================================== @@ -652,12 +663,13 @@ * * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, + * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01, + * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] + * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] */ //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 @@ -666,12 +678,15 @@ //#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E6_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E7_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -714,25 +729,35 @@ /** * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] */ #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } /** * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] */ #define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } +//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 +#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) + #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits +#endif + /** * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] */ #define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } +//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 +#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) + #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits +#endif + /** * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s * Override with M204 @@ -746,35 +771,38 @@ #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves /** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) + * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) * Override with M205 X Y Z E * * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) +//#define CLASSIC_JERK +#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 + + //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 + #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) + #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits + #endif #endif #define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance +/** + * Junction Deviation Factor + * + * See: + * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 + * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html + */ +#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge +#endif + /** * S-Curve Acceleration * @@ -840,6 +868,12 @@ */ //#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE +/** + * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive + * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. + */ +//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE + /** * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. */ @@ -882,6 +916,13 @@ #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS #endif +// Duet Smart Effector (for delta printers) - https://bit.ly/2ul5U7J +// When the pin is defined you can use M672 to set/reset the probe sensivity. +//#define DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR +#if ENABLED(DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR) + #define SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN -1 // Connect a GPIO pin to the Smart Effector MOD pin +#endif + // // For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. // @@ -908,7 +949,8 @@ */ #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges +// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but +// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area. #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 // X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes @@ -1018,6 +1060,8 @@ #define INVERT_E3_DIR false #define INVERT_E4_DIR false #define INVERT_E5_DIR false +#define INVERT_E6_DIR false +#define INVERT_E7_DIR false // @section homing @@ -1403,11 +1447,6 @@ #define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. #define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - // // G20/G21 Inch mode support // @@ -1498,9 +1537,10 @@ // Default number of triangles #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } + // Specify positions for each tool as { { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z } } + // Dual hotend system may use { { -20, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }, { 420, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }} + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } // Circular pattern radius #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 @@ -1558,10 +1598,10 @@ * * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test + * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, + * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } + * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } */ #define LCD_LANGUAGE en @@ -1754,7 +1794,7 @@ // // Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html // //#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 @@ -1921,20 +1961,26 @@ // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support // https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ // -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1 // Larger display with basic ON/OFF backlight. // // Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html // // This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. // (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) // //#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY +// +// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864 +// +//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY + // // ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller // @@ -1946,7 +1992,7 @@ // // AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html // //#define AZSMZ_12864 @@ -2003,9 +2049,11 @@ //============================================================================= // -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS +// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.) // -//#define DGUS_LCD +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY // // Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers @@ -2013,10 +2061,10 @@ //#define MALYAN_LCD // -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays +// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays // See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. // -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE // // Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. diff --git a/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h b/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 83% rename from config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h rename to Configuration_adv.h index 206ec66b73..e2bda3f805 100644 --- a/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Configuration_adv.h @@ -78,6 +78,18 @@ #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value #endif +#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000 + #define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000 + #define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + #if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C @@ -90,10 +102,6 @@ #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value #endif -#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#define HEATER_0_INVERTING true -#define HEATER_1_INVERTING true - // // Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. // https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 @@ -169,28 +177,28 @@ * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. */ #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius /** * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius #endif /** * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. */ #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius /** * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius + #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius #endif #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) @@ -201,6 +209,56 @@ #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 #endif + + /** + * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. + * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. + * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value + * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. + * + * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) + * --------------------------------------------------------------------- + * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: + * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 + * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. + * + * Example: + * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 + * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 + * + * Fan-speed dependent compensation + * -------------------------------- + * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). + * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. + * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature + * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. + * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% + * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. + * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. + * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in + * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED + */ + //#define PID_FAN_SCALING + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) + // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. + // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. + // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. + + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING + + #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 + + #else + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) + #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING + #endif + #endif #endif /** @@ -294,6 +352,9 @@ // before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) //#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 +// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. +//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 + /** * PWM Fan Scaling * @@ -319,7 +380,7 @@ * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] * Set this to your desired frequency. * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers + * i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers. * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. * @@ -383,6 +444,7 @@ #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. @@ -429,7 +491,7 @@ //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 #endif #endif @@ -439,27 +501,28 @@ //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 #endif #endif -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif +// +// For Z set the number of stepper drivers +// +#define NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 1 // (1-4) Z options change based on how many -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS > 1 + //#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ + #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif #endif #endif @@ -606,20 +669,32 @@ //#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } + + // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. + // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. + //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to + // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. + // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } + #else + // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. + // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. + // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 + #endif + // Set number of iterations to align #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 + // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 #endif @@ -744,7 +819,7 @@ // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - // Define pin which is read during calibration + // Define the pin to read during calibration #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin @@ -893,6 +968,18 @@ // Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage //#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY +// Show the E position (filament used) during printing +//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL + +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS + //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits + //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion + #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) + //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation + //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time + #endif +#endif + #if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) @@ -936,6 +1023,8 @@ */ //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss + //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate @@ -1168,9 +1257,47 @@ #endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD // -// Lulzbot Touch UI +// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays // -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if HAS_DGUS_LCD + #define DGUS_SERIAL_PORT 2 + #define DGUS_BAUDRATE 115200 + + #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 + #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48 + //#define DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR) + + #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates + #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 3000 // (ms) Duration to display the boot screen + + #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) + #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing + #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup + + #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC) + //#define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC + #else + #define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY + #endif + + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD + #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10 + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS + #endif + + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10 + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping + #endif + #endif +#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD + +// +// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) +// +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) // Display board used //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) @@ -1248,6 +1375,9 @@ // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG + + // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) + //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU #endif // @@ -1262,6 +1392,13 @@ //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan #endif +// +// ADC Button Debounce +// +#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS + #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 // (ms) Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast +#endif + // @section safety /** @@ -1292,7 +1429,8 @@ //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) @@ -1358,13 +1496,14 @@ * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * + * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are + * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed. + * * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as + * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * + * * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing @@ -1403,18 +1542,57 @@ #endif +/** + * Thermal Probe Compensation + * Probe measurements are adjusted to compensate for temperature distortion. + * Use G76 to calibrate this feature. Use M871 to set values manually. + * For a more detailed explanation of the process see G76_M871.cpp. + */ +#if HAS_BED_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_BED + // Enable thermal first layer compensation using bed and probe temperatures + #define PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION + + // Add additional compensation depending on hotend temperature + // Note: this values cannot be calibrated and have to be set manually + #ifdef PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION + // Max temperature that can be reached by heated bed. + // This is required only for the calibration process. + #define PTC_MAX_BED_TEMP 110 + + // Park position to wait for probe cooldown + #define PTC_PARK_POS_X 0.0F + #define PTC_PARK_POS_Y 0.0F + #define PTC_PARK_POS_Z 100.0F + + // Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature + #define PTC_PROBE_POS_X 90.0F + #define PTC_PROBE_POS_Y 100.0F + + // Enable additional compensation using hotend temperature + // Note: this values cannot be calibrated automatically but have to be set manually + //#define USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION + #endif +#endif + // @section extras +// +// G60/G61 Position Save and Return +// +//#define SAVED_POSITIONS 1 // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes + // // G2/G3 Arc Support // -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes +#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes #if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes + #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment + //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_R 1 // Max segment length, MM_PER = Min + #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle + //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum) + #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections + //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles + //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes #endif // Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. @@ -1468,12 +1646,12 @@ /** * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers + * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver + * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver + * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver + * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver + * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver * * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ @@ -1611,6 +1789,9 @@ // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN) + //#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // G-code to run after tool-change is complete + #endif // Retract and prime filament on tool-change //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP @@ -1671,9 +1852,10 @@ //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. @@ -1738,6 +1920,12 @@ #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 #endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X) + #define Z4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 @@ -1774,6 +1962,18 @@ #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 #endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X) + #define E6_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E6_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X) + #define E7_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E7_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + #endif // TMC26X // @section tmc_smart @@ -1800,94 +2000,123 @@ #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... + #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. + #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 + #define X_RSENSE 0.11 + #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define X2_CURRENT 800 + #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define Y_CURRENT 800 + #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define Y2_CURRENT 800 + #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define Z_CURRENT 800 + #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define Z2_CURRENT 800 + #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define Z3_CURRENT 800 + #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + #define Z4_CURRENT 800 + #define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z4_CURRENT + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z4_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define E0_CURRENT 800 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define E1_CURRENT 800 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define E2_CURRENT 800 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define E3_CURRENT 800 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define E4_CURRENT 800 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define E5_CURRENT 800 + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + #define E6_CURRENT 800 + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E6_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + #define E7_CURRENT 800 + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E7_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif /** @@ -1907,6 +2136,8 @@ //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E6_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E7_CS_PIN -1 /** * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). @@ -1937,12 +2168,15 @@ #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + #define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + #define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + #define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 /** * Software enable @@ -2012,12 +2246,15 @@ #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 /** * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. @@ -2081,20 +2318,20 @@ * * Example: * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ + * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ + * stepperY.intpol(0); \ * } */ #define TMC_ADV() { } #endif // HAS_TRINAMIC -// @section L6470 +// @section L64XX /** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options + * L64XX Stepper Driver options * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. + * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required. * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 * * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file @@ -2102,114 +2339,160 @@ * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) + * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + +#if HAS_L64XX //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16 + #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current + // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down + // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down + #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) + // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down + // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down + // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current + #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474 + #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI + #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z4_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z4_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E6_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E6_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E6_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E6_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E7_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E7_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E7_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E7_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif /** @@ -2221,7 +2504,7 @@ * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 + * I4 - Z4 or E4 * I5 - E5 * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds @@ -2235,7 +2518,15 @@ //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR #endif -#endif // L6470 +#endif // HAS_L64XX + +// @section i2cbus + +// +// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control +// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library. +// +//#define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2 /** * TWI/I2C BUS @@ -2265,10 +2556,10 @@ * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello */ -// @section i2cbus - //#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave +#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) + #define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave +#endif // @section extras @@ -2297,6 +2588,20 @@ // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) + + /** + * PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model. + * Pin must be running at 48.4kHz. + * Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough. + * (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.) + * + * Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq + * IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7 + */ + //#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation + #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US + #define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation + #endif #endif /** @@ -2539,6 +2844,13 @@ //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT #endif +/** + * Cancel Objects + * + * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects + */ +//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS + /** * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. @@ -2629,7 +2941,11 @@ #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: + //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed + //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed + //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed + + // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting: #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } @@ -2684,12 +3000,15 @@ /** * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) +//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent +//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib) + +#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates + //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery) + //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates + //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host #endif /** @@ -2761,9 +3080,14 @@ // @section develop -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ +// +// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage +// +//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER + +// +// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe +// //#define PINS_DEBUGGING // Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands diff --git a/Marlin/Configuration.h b/Marlin/Configuration.h index 066fad2306..706926ecaf 100644 --- a/Marlin/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/Configuration.h @@ -15,35 +15,62 @@ * you require Linear Advance with a TMC2208 on the extruder! * If you have used a UART connection to program the driver to SpreadCycle mode, pease seect that as well */ -//#define X_2208 +//#define X_2208 // TMC2208 or 2209 in Standalone Mode //#define X_SpreadCycle +//#define X_2209_Uart //#define Y_2208 //#define Y_SpreadCycle // Highly recommended as large prints with high mass can cause layer shifts with stealthchop at high speed //#define Y_4988 // Some machines shipped with 4988 drivers across the board. Set this if you arent sure what you have and all the drivers look identical +//#define Y_2209_Uart //#define Z_2208 // NOT Recommended! Dual stepper current draw is above the recommended limit for this driver //#define Z_SpreadCycle //#define Z_4988 // Some machines shipped with 4988 drivers across the board. Set this if you arent sure what you have and all the drivers look identical +//#define Z_2209_Uart //#define E_2208 // Not Recommended! Stealthchop mode faults with linear advance //#define E_SpreadCycle +//#define E_4988 +//#define E_2209_Uart +//#define SKR13 +//#define SKR14 +//#define SKR14Turbo +//#define SKRPRO11 + +//#define I2C_EEPROM // use I2C EEPROM on SRK PRO v1.1 e.g AT24C256 +//#define SKR14_PowerLossKit // Bigtreetech power loss kit for SKR14 + +//#define DualZ // Uses 5th driver on SKR boards as Z2 + /** * Enable if you install a KEENOVO AC BED with Solid State Relay */ #define BED_AC #define HotendAllMetal +//#define HotendMosquito +//#define ExtruderBMG + +/** + * TM3D E3D Hemera Kit + * Swap center 2 wires on extruder connector on Raptor 2 + * + */ + +#define E3DHemeraExtruder + /** * Enable if you install a filament runout sensor from www.formbotusa.com */ -#define RunoutSensor +//#define RunoutSensor +#define RunoutEncoder //#define tallVersion // For 700mm version /** * Enable if you wish to change the auto level strategy to Unified Bed Leveling. Under CUSTOM COMMANDS, run Step 1 and 2 before setting Z Offset */ -#define UBL +//#define UBL //Disabled Firmware Retract and the animated boot screen //ONLY MAKE CHANGES ABOVE FOR RELIABLE FUNCTION //ONLY MAKE CHANGES ABOVE FOR RELIABLE FUNCTION @@ -52,15 +79,27 @@ //ONLY MAKE CHANGES ABOVE FOR RELIABLE FUNCTION #if ENABLED(RAPTOR2) - #define X_2208 - #define Y_2208 - #define Z_2208 - #define E_2208 + #if DISABLED(X_2209_Uart) + #define X_2208 + #endif + #if DISABLED(Y_2209_Uart) + #define Y_2208 + #endif + #if DISABLED(Z_2209_Uart) + #define Z_2208 + #endif + #if DISABLED(E_2209_Uart) + #define E_2208 + #endif #define RunoutSensor #endif + +#if ANY(SKR13, SKR14, SKR14Turbo, SKRPRO11) + #define SKRBoard +#endif /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -96,7 +135,7 @@ * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h * */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 +#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020005 //=========================================================================== //============================= Getting Started ============================= @@ -132,6 +171,7 @@ // Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 #define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Tinymachines3D" // Who made the changes. +#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) /** * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** @@ -162,7 +202,11 @@ * * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 +#if ANY(SKR13, SKR14, SKR14Turbo, SKRPRO11) + #define SERIAL_PORT -1 +#else + #define SERIAL_PORT 0 +#endif /** * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. @@ -171,7 +215,9 @@ * * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 +#if ANY(SKR13, SKR14, SKR14Turbo, SKRPRO11) + #define SERIAL_PORT_2 0 +#endif /** * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. @@ -189,16 +235,23 @@ // Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup #ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #if ENABLED(RAPTOR2) + #if ENABLED(SKR14Turbo) + #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BTT_SKR_V1_4_TURBO + #elif ENABLED(SKR14) + #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BTT_SKR_V1_4 + #elif ENABLED(SKR13) + #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BTT_SKR_V1_3 + #elif ENABLED(SKRPRO11) + #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BTT_SKR_PRO_V1_1 + #elif ENABLED(RAPTOR2) #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FORMBOT_RAPTOR2 #else #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FORMBOT_RAPTOR #endif #endif -// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine -// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "TM3D RaPtOr" +// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu +//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "TM3D RaPtOr" // Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. // Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 @@ -207,7 +260,7 @@ // @section extruder // This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] +// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] #define EXTRUDERS 1 // Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. @@ -389,13 +442,14 @@ //#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" #if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) + #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 + //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 + //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin + //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power + #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN @@ -416,13 +470,15 @@ * * Temperature sensors available: * + * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) + * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) + * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 * 0 : not used * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) + * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for MEGA) + * 332 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for DUE) * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! @@ -440,7 +496,8 @@ * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x + * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 5v excitation (AVR) + * 21 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 3.3v excitation (STM32 \ LPC176x....) * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup @@ -448,6 +505,7 @@ * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor + * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) * * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) @@ -465,11 +523,13 @@ * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } */ -#if ENABLED(RAPTOR2) +#if ENABLED(HotendMosquito) + #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 67 +#elif ENABLED(RAPTOR2) #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 61 +#elif ENABLED(E3DHemeraExtruder) + #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 #else #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 #endif @@ -477,11 +537,15 @@ #define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_6 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_7 0 #if(ENABLED(BED_AC)) #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 11 #else #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 #endif +#define TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 // Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 @@ -509,19 +573,29 @@ #define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 #define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 #define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_6_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_7_MINTEMP 5 #define BED_MINTEMP 5 // Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. // This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. // (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 305 +#if ENABLED(HotendMosquito) + #define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 450 +#elif ENABLED(RAPTOR2) + #define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 345 +#else + #define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 305 +#endif #define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 #define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 #define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 #define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 #define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275 #if(ENABLED(BED_AC)) -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 +#define BED_MAXTEMP 165 #else #define BED_MAXTEMP 100 #endif @@ -550,7 +624,11 @@ // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it // Ultimaker - #if(ENABLED(HotendAllMetal)) + #if ENABLED(E3DHemeraExtruder) + #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.9 + #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.5 + #define DEFAULT_Kd 79.88 + #elif ENABLED(HotendAllMetal) #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.9 #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.5 #define DEFAULT_Kd 79.88 @@ -588,7 +666,7 @@ * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED +#define PIDTEMPBED //#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING @@ -739,28 +817,36 @@ * * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, + * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01, + * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] + * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] */ -#if ENABLED(X_2208) +#if ENABLED(X_2209_Uart) + #define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 + #define X2_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 +#elif ENABLED(X_2208) #define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208_STANDALONE #define X2_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208_STANDALONE #else #define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 #define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 #endif -#if ENABLED(Y_2208) +#if ENABLED(Y_2209_Uart) + #define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 +#elif ENABLED(Y_2208) #define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208_STANDALONE #elif ENABLED(Y_4988) #define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 #else #define Y_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 #endif -#if ENABLED(Z_2208) +#if ENABLED(Z_2209_Uart) + #define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 +#elif ENABLED(Z_2208) #define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208_STANDALONE #elif ENABLED(Z_4988) #define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 @@ -770,8 +856,12 @@ //#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#if ENABLED(E_2208) - #define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208_STANDALONE +//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +#if ENABLED(E_2209_Uart) + #define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 + #define E1_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 +#elif ENABLED(E_2208) + #define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208_STANDALONE #define E1_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208_STANDALONE #else #define E0_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 @@ -781,6 +871,8 @@ //#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E6_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E7_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -823,57 +915,80 @@ /** * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] */ +#if ENABLED(E3DHemeraExtruder) + #if ANY(E_2208, E_4988, E_2209_Uart) + #define E_STEPSMM 409 + #else + #define E_STEPSMM 818 + #endif +#else + #if ANY(E_2208, E_4988, E_2209_Uart) + #define E_STEPSMM 96 + #else + #define E_STEPSMM 192 + #endif +#endif -#if(ENABLED(Y_2208) || ENABLED(Y_4988)) +#if ANY(Y_2208, Y_4988, Y_2209_Uart) #define Y_STEPSMM 80 #else #define Y_STEPSMM 160 #endif -#if(ENABLED(Z_2208) || ENABLED(Z_4988)) +#if ANY(Z_2208, Z_4988, Z_2209_Uart) #define Z_STEPSMM 800 #else #define Z_STEPSMM 1600 #endif -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80,Y_STEPSMM , Z_STEPSMM, 96 } +#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, Y_STEPSMM, Z_STEPSMM, E_STEPSMM } /** * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 120, 5, 70 } +#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 150, 5, 70 } + +//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 +#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) + #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits +#endif /** * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] */ #if(ENABLED(X_2208)) #if(ENABLED(X_SpreadCycle)) - #define x_accel 1750 + #define x_accel 750 #else - #define x_accel 1000 + #define x_accel 500 #endif #else - #define x_accel 1500 + #define x_accel 750 #endif -#if(ENABLED(Y_2208)) + #if(ENABLED(Y_2208)) #if(ENABLED(Y_SpreadCycle)) - #define y_accel 2000 + #define y_accel 500 #else - #define y_accel 1500 + #define y_accel 300 #endif -#else - #define y_accel 1500 -#endif + #else + #define y_accel 500 + #endif #define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { x_accel, y_accel, 400, 4000 } +//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 +#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) + #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits +#endif + /** * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s * Override with M204 @@ -882,49 +997,45 @@ * M204 R Retract Acceleration * M204 T Travel Acceleration */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves +#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves +#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts +#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves /** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) + * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) * Override with M205 X Y Z E * * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #if(ENABLED(X_SpreadCycle) || !ENABLED(X_2208)) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 - #else - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #endif +//#define CLASSIC_JERK +#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 + #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 + #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - #if(ENABLED(Y_SpreadCycle) || !ENABLED(Y_2208)) - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #else - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0 + //#define TRAVEL_EXTRA_XYJERK 0.0 // Additional jerk allowance for all travel moves + + //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 + #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) + #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits #endif - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 #endif #define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance +/** + * Junction Deviation Factor + * + * See: + * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 + * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html + */ +#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.06 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge +#endif + /** * S-Curve Acceleration * @@ -990,6 +1101,12 @@ */ //#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE +/** + * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive + * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. + */ +//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE + /** * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. */ @@ -1032,6 +1149,21 @@ #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS #endif +// Duet Smart Effector (for delta printers) - https://bit.ly/2ul5U7J +// When the pin is defined you can use M672 to set/reset the probe sensivity. +//#define DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR +#if ENABLED(DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR) + #define SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN -1 // Connect a GPIO pin to the Smart Effector MOD pin +#endif + +/** + * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. + * Requires stallGuard-capable Trinamic stepper drivers. + * CAUTION: This can damage machines with Z lead screws. + * Take extreme care when setting up this feature. + */ +//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING + // // For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. // @@ -1056,10 +1188,18 @@ * * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -22, 0, -1.5 } +#if ENABLED(E3DHemeraExtruder) + #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -38, 0, 0 } +#elif ENABLED(HotendMosquito) + #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 35, 10, 0 } +#else + #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -22, 0, 0 } +#endif -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 5 + +// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but +// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area. +#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 8 // X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes #define XY_PROBE_SPEED 10000 @@ -1080,7 +1220,7 @@ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. */ #define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 +//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 /** * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between @@ -1101,14 +1241,14 @@ #define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes #define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -3 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping +#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -4 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping // For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -9 +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 9 // Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST // Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation //#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW @@ -1155,17 +1295,17 @@ // @section machine // Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. - #if(ENABLED(X_2208)) + #if ANY(X_2208, X_2209_Uart) #define INVERT_X_DIR true #else #define INVERT_X_DIR false #endif -#if(ENABLED(Y_2208)) +#if ANY(Y_2208, Y_2209_Uart) #define INVERT_Y_DIR true #else #define INVERT_Y_DIR false #endif -#if(ENABLED(Z_2208)) +#if ANY(Z_2208, Z_2209_Uart) #define INVERT_Z_DIR false #else #define INVERT_Z_DIR true @@ -1175,7 +1315,7 @@ // @section extruder // For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#if(ENABLED(E_2208)) +#if (ANY(E_2208, E_2209_Uart) && NONE(HotendMosquito, ExtruderBMG)) || (ANY(HotendMosquito, ExtruderBMG) && NONE(E_2208, E_2209_Uart)) #define INVERT_E0_DIR false #define INVERT_E1_DIR true #else @@ -1186,15 +1326,19 @@ #define INVERT_E3_DIR false #define INVERT_E4_DIR false #define INVERT_E5_DIR false +#define INVERT_E6_DIR false +#define INVERT_E7_DIR false // @section homing -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed +//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. +//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. +#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... + // Be sure to have this much clearance over your Z_MAX_POS to prevent grinding. + +//#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing Z // Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN // :[-1,1] @@ -1205,7 +1349,11 @@ // @section machine // The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 400 +#if ANY(RAPTOR2, E3DHemeraExtruder) + #define X_BED_SIZE 385 +#else + #define X_BED_SIZE 400 +#endif #define Y_BED_SIZE 400 // Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. @@ -1257,12 +1405,12 @@ * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. */ - #if(ENABLED(RunoutSensor)) + #if ANY(RunoutSensor, RunoutEncoder) #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR #endif #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #if DISABLED(RAPTOR2) + #if NONE(RAPTOR2, SKRBoard) #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 57 #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. #else @@ -1278,13 +1426,19 @@ // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 5 + #if ENABLED(RunoutEncoder) + #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 15 + #else + #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 5 + #endif #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR + #if ENABLED(RunoutEncoder) + #define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR + #endif #endif #endif @@ -1358,8 +1512,8 @@ // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - //#define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - //#define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) + #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES + #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) /** * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. @@ -1371,6 +1525,7 @@ #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER 1.0 // G26 Q (retraction) used by default between mesh test elements. #endif #endif @@ -1447,13 +1602,13 @@ #endif // Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS +#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS #if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET_LFRB { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle between leveling points + #define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner #endif /** @@ -1486,8 +1641,8 @@ #define Z_SAFE_HOMING #if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT 50 // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 50 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). #endif // Homing speeds (mm/m) @@ -1586,11 +1741,6 @@ #define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. #define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - // // G20/G21 Inch mode support // @@ -1681,9 +1831,10 @@ // Default number of triangles #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)} - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } + // Specify positions for each tool as { { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z } } + // Dual hotend system may use { { -20, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }, { 420, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }} + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } // Circular pattern radius #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 @@ -1741,10 +1892,10 @@ * * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test + * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, + * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } + * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } */ #define LCD_LANGUAGE en @@ -1937,7 +2088,7 @@ // // Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html // //#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 @@ -2104,20 +2255,26 @@ // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support // https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ // -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1 // Larger display with basic ON/OFF backlight. // // Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html // // This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. // (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) // //#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY +// +// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864 +// +//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY + // // ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller // @@ -2129,7 +2286,7 @@ // // AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html // //#define AZSMZ_12864 @@ -2186,9 +2343,11 @@ //============================================================================= // -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS +// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.) // -//#define DGUS_LCD +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY // // Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers @@ -2196,10 +2355,10 @@ //#define MALYAN_LCD // -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays +// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays // See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. // -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE // // Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. diff --git a/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h index a10c6c5cb8..e5a850fe8c 100644 --- a/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h * */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 +#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020005 // @section temperature @@ -78,6 +78,18 @@ #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value #endif +#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000 + #define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000 + #define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + #if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C @@ -137,8 +149,8 @@ * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD */ #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 210 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 30 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 15 // Degrees Celsius #define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) @@ -197,6 +209,56 @@ #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 #endif + + /** + * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. + * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. + * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value + * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. + * + * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) + * --------------------------------------------------------------------- + * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: + * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 + * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. + * + * Example: + * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 + * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 + * + * Fan-speed dependent compensation + * -------------------------------- + * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). + * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. + * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature + * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. + * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% + * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. + * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. + * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in + * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED + */ + //#define PID_FAN_SCALING + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) + // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. + // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. + // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. + + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING + + #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 + + #else + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) + #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING + #endif + #endif #endif /** @@ -214,8 +276,10 @@ #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 #endif -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL +// Extra options for the M114 "Current Position" report +//#define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114` for details to check planner calculations +//#define M114_REALTIME // Real current position based on forward kinematics +//#define M114_LEGACY // M114 used to synchronize on every call. Enable if needed. // Show Temperature ADC value // Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. @@ -290,6 +354,9 @@ // before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) #define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 +// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. +//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 + /** * PWM Fan Scaling * @@ -315,7 +382,7 @@ * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] * Set this to your desired frequency. * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers + * i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers. * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. * @@ -346,7 +413,7 @@ * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. */ -#if ENABLED(RAPTOR2) +#if ENABLED(RAPTOR2) && DISABLED(SKRBoard) #define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 9 #else #define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 @@ -377,12 +444,15 @@ /** * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE +#if DISABLED(SKRBoard) + #define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE +#endif #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 5 // Override the default pin if needed #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu #define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. @@ -429,7 +499,7 @@ //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 #endif #endif @@ -439,27 +509,32 @@ //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 #endif #endif -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif +// +// For Z set the number of stepper drivers +// +#if ENABLED(SKRBoard) && ENABLED(DualZ) + #define NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 2 // (1-4) Z options change based on how many +#else + #define NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 1 // (1-4) Z options change based on how many #endif -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS > 1 + //#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ + #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif #endif #endif @@ -603,25 +678,61 @@ * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN +#if ENABLED(SKRBoard) && ENABLED(DualZ) + #define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN +#endif #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 + // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]] + // If not defined, probe limits will be used. + // Override with 'M422 S X Y' + //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } + + /** + * Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions. + * Override Z stepper align points with 'M422 S X Y' + * + * 2 Steppers: (0) (1) + * | | 2 | + * | 1 2 | | + * | | 1 | + * + * 3 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) + * | 3 | 1 | 2 1 | 2 | + * | | 3 | | 3 | + * | 1 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | + * + * 4 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) + * | 4 3 | 1 4 | 2 1 | 3 2 | + * | | | | | + * | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 1 | + * + */ + #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY + //#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0 + #endif + + // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. + // Requires triple stepper drivers (i.e., set NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS to 3) + //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to + // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. + // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } + #else + // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down in case + // the stepper (spindle) position is farther out than the test point. + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 // Use a value > 1.0 NOTE: This may cause instability! + #endif // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 + #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline that G34 will handle + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 5 // Number of iterations to apply during alignment + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 // Stop iterating early if the accuracy is better than this + #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 // Restore leveling after G34 is done? + // After G34, re-home Z (G28 Z) or just calculate it from the last probe heights? + // Re-homing might be more precise in reproducing the actual 'G28 Z' homing height, especially on an uneven bed. + #define HOME_AFTER_G34 #endif // @section motion @@ -649,7 +760,7 @@ #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate #define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated +#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated // Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied #define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) @@ -671,7 +782,9 @@ // Backlash Compensation // Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. // -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION +#if ENABLED(SKRBoard) + #define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION +#endif #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) // Define values for backlash distance and correction. // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. @@ -683,7 +796,7 @@ //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE + #define BACKLASH_GCODE #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" @@ -744,10 +857,10 @@ // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - // Define pin which is read during calibration + // Define the pin to read during calibration #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin + //#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Define here to override the default pin + #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the custom pin //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP #endif @@ -759,7 +872,9 @@ * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the * lowest stepping frequencies. */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING +#if ENABLED(SKRBoard) + #define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING +#endif /** * Custom Microstepping @@ -893,6 +1008,22 @@ // Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage #define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY +// Show the E position (filament used) during printing +//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL + +#if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) + #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 2000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s) +#endif + +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS + //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits + //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion + #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) + //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation + //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time + #endif +#endif + #if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) @@ -906,12 +1037,9 @@ #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED + // The standard SD detect circuit reads LOW when media is inserted and HIGH when empty. + // Enable this option and set to HIGH if your SD cards are incorrectly detected. + #define SD_DETECT_STATE HIGH #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. @@ -924,7 +1052,7 @@ //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G1X0Y0" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") + #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G1X50Y50\nM84" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") /** * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) @@ -933,11 +1061,19 @@ * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known * point in the file. + * + * If the machine reboots when resuming a print you may need to replace or + * reformat the SD card. (Bad sectors delay startup triggering the watchdog.) */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY + #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss + #define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT false // Power Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500) + //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss + //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) + #if ENABLED(SKRBoard) + #define POWER_LOSS_PIN -1 // Pin to detect power loss. Set to -1 to disable default pin on boards without module. + #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss + #endif //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. @@ -1064,18 +1200,16 @@ // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif + /** + * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): + * + * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. + * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) + * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). + * + * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] + */ + //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD #endif // SDSUPPORT @@ -1115,10 +1249,6 @@ // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE @@ -1135,6 +1265,10 @@ * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. */ #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) + // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. + // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. + //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 + //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 @@ -1152,25 +1286,68 @@ #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating + //#define STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate spindle / laser active //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. + #if ENABLED(UBL) && DISABLED(SKRBoard) + #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) + #else + #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. + #endif // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE + #if ENABLED(SKRBoard) + #define MARLIN_BRICKOUT + #define MARLIN_INVADERS + #define MARLIN_SNAKE + #endif //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu #endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD // -// Lulzbot Touch UI +// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays // -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if HAS_DGUS_LCD + #define DGUS_SERIAL_PORT 3 + #define DGUS_BAUDRATE 115200 + + #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 + #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48 + //#define DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR) + + #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates + + #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) + #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing + #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup + + #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC) + //#define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC + #else + #define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY + #endif + + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD + #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10 + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS + #endif + + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10 + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping + #endif + #endif +#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD + +// +// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) +// +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) // Display board used //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) @@ -1187,9 +1364,11 @@ //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping + //#define S6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC S6 pin mapping + //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. + // Pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 @@ -1248,6 +1427,9 @@ // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG + + // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) + //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU #endif // @@ -1262,6 +1444,13 @@ //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan #endif +// +// ADC Button Debounce +// +#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS + #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 // (ms) Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast +#endif + // @section safety /** @@ -1289,10 +1478,12 @@ */ #define BABYSTEPPING #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + #define INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING // EXPERIMENTAL integration of babystepping into the Stepper ISR //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR (Z_STEPSMM / 40) // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z (Z_STEPSMM / 40) // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) @@ -1332,7 +1523,7 @@ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. */ -#if(DISABLED(E_2208)) +#if DISABLED(E_2208) #define LIN_ADVANCE #endif #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) @@ -1360,7 +1551,8 @@ * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. + * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are + * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed. * * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over @@ -1405,23 +1597,63 @@ #endif +/** + * Thermal Probe Compensation + * Probe measurements are adjusted to compensate for temperature distortion. + * Use G76 to calibrate this feature. Use M871 to set values manually. + * For a more detailed explanation of the process see G76_M871.cpp. + */ +#if HAS_BED_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_BED + // Enable thermal first layer compensation using bed and probe temperatures + #define PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION + + // Add additional compensation depending on hotend temperature + // Note: this values cannot be calibrated and have to be set manually + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + // Max temperature that can be reached by heated bed. + // This is required only for the calibration process. + #define PTC_MAX_BED_TEMP BED_MAXTEMP + + // Park position to wait for probe cooldown + #define PTC_PARK_POS_X 0.0F + #define PTC_PARK_POS_Y 0.0F + #define PTC_PARK_POS_Z 100.0F + + // Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature + #define PTC_PROBE_POS_X 90.0F + #define PTC_PROBE_POS_Y 100.0F + + // Enable additional compensation using hotend temperature + // Note: this values cannot be calibrated automatically but have to be set manually + //#define USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION + #endif +#endif + // @section extras +// +// G60/G61 Position Save and Return +// +//#define SAVED_POSITIONS 1 // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes + // // G2/G3 Arc Support // -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes +#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes #if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes + #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment + //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_R 1 // Max segment length, MM_PER = Min + #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle + //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum) + #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections + //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles + //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes #endif // Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - +#if DISABLED(UBL) && DISABLED(SKRBoard) + #define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT +#endif /** * G38 Probe Target * @@ -1451,8 +1683,8 @@ * * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 +#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 250 +#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 250 /** * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) @@ -1470,12 +1702,12 @@ /** * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers + * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver + * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver + * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver + * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver + * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver * * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ @@ -1494,8 +1726,8 @@ // The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. // THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller +#if ENABLED(UBL) + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller #else #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer #endif @@ -1504,7 +1736,11 @@ // The ASCII buffer for serial input #define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 +#if ENABLED(SKRBoard) + #define BUFSIZE 16 +#else + #define BUFSIZE 8 +#endif // Transmission to Host Buffer Size // To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. @@ -1513,8 +1749,11 @@ // For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. // Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. // :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - +#if ENABLED(SKRBoard) + #define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 32 +#else + #define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 +#endif // Host Receive Buffer Size // Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. // To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. @@ -1544,7 +1783,9 @@ // enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. // Currently handles M108, M112, M410 // Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER +#if DISABLED(SKR11Pro) + #define EMERGENCY_PARSER +#endif // Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' // Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. @@ -1585,7 +1826,9 @@ * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. * */ -#define FWRETRACT +#if DISABLED(UBL) && DISABLED(SKRBoard) + #define FWRETRACT +#endif #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) @@ -1613,6 +1856,9 @@ // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN) + //#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // G-code to run after tool-change is complete + #endif // Retract and prime filament on tool-change //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP @@ -1673,9 +1919,10 @@ #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 2 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. @@ -1740,6 +1987,12 @@ #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 #endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X) + #define Z4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 @@ -1776,6 +2029,18 @@ #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 #endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X) + #define E6_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E6_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X) + #define E7_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E7_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + #endif // TMC26X // @section tmc_smart @@ -1796,100 +2061,129 @@ * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC +#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... + #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. + #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 + #define X_RSENSE 0.11 + #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define X2_CURRENT 800 + #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define Y_CURRENT 800 + #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define Y2_CURRENT 800 + #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define Z_CURRENT 800 + #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define Z2_CURRENT 800 + #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define Z3_CURRENT 800 + #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + #define Z4_CURRENT 800 + #define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z4_CURRENT + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z4_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define E0_CURRENT 800 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define E1_CURRENT 800 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define E2_CURRENT 800 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define E3_CURRENT 800 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define E4_CURRENT 800 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define E5_CURRENT 800 + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + #define E6_CURRENT 800 + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E6_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + #define E7_CURRENT 800 + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E7_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif /** @@ -1909,6 +2203,8 @@ //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E6_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E7_CS_PIN -1 /** * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). @@ -1932,19 +2228,42 @@ * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + + #if ENABLED(SKRBoard) + #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + #else + #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 2 + #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1 + #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 3 + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN 58 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN 12 + + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN 58 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN 12 + + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN 58 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN 12 + + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN 58 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN 12 + #endif + #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + #define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + #define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + #define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 /** * Software enable @@ -1961,7 +2280,7 @@ */ #define STEALTHCHOP_XY #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E + //#define STEALTHCHOP_E /** * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets @@ -1977,7 +2296,7 @@ * Define you own with * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V /** * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, @@ -1990,7 +2309,9 @@ * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS + #if ENABLED(SKRBoard) + #define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS + #endif #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] @@ -2005,21 +2326,24 @@ * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD + #define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 70 // [mm/s] + #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 70 + #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 50 + #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 50 #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 /** * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. @@ -2046,14 +2370,6 @@ */ //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 @@ -2068,7 +2384,7 @@ * Beta feature! * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING + #define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING /** * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. @@ -2083,20 +2399,20 @@ * * Example: * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ + * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ + * stepperY.intpol(0); \ * } */ #define TMC_ADV() { } #endif // HAS_TRINAMIC -// @section L6470 +// @section L64XX /** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options + * L64XX Stepper Driver options * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. + * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required. * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 * * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file @@ -2104,114 +2420,160 @@ * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) + * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + +#if HAS_L64XX //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16 + #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current + // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down + // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down + #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) + // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down + // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down + // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current + #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474 + #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI + #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z4_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z4_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 + #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E6_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E6_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E6_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E6_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E7_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E7_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E7_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E7_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif /** @@ -2223,7 +2585,7 @@ * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 + * I4 - Z4 or E4 * I5 - E5 * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds @@ -2237,7 +2599,15 @@ //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR #endif -#endif // L6470 +#endif // HAS_L64XX + +// @section i2cbus + +// +// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control +// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library. +// +//#define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2 /** * TWI/I2C BUS @@ -2267,10 +2637,10 @@ * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello */ -// @section i2cbus - //#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave +#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) + #define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave +#endif // @section extras @@ -2299,6 +2669,20 @@ // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) + + /** + * PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model. + * Pin must be running at 48.4kHz. + * Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough. + * (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.) + * + * Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq + * IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7 + */ + //#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation + #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US + #define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation + #endif #endif /** @@ -2317,7 +2701,7 @@ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. */ //#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(RAPTOR2) +#if ENABLED(RAPTOR2) && DISABLED(SKRBoard) #define LASER_FEATURE #endif #if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) @@ -2464,6 +2848,12 @@ */ #define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER +#if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER) + //#define GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS // Support for quoted string parameters +#endif + +//#define GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE // Accept G-code sent to the firmware in lowercase + /** * CNC G-code options * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. @@ -2509,24 +2899,32 @@ #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK #define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script + #if ENABLED(DualZ) + #define DZ_Script "G34I8\n" + #else + #define DZ_Script + #endif #define USER_DESC_1 "Setup" #if ENABLED(UBL) - #define USER_GCODE_1 "M190S75\nG28\nG29P1\nG29P3\nM109S215\nG29S1\nG29S0\nG29F0.0\nG29A\nG28\nG1X150Y150F5000\nG1Z0\nM500\nM400\nM117 Set Z Offset" + #define USER_GCODE_1 "M190S75\nG28\n" DZ_Script "G29P1\nG29P3\nM109S215\nG29S1\nG29S0\nG29F0.0\nG29A\nG28\nG1X150Y150F5000\nG1Z0\nM500\nM400\nM117 Set Z Offset" #else - #define USER_GCODE_1 "M190S75\nG28\nG29\nM400\nM109S215\nG28\nM420S1\nG1X100Y100F5000\nG1Z0\nM500\nM117 Set Z Offset" + #define USER_GCODE_1 "M190S75\nG28\n" DZ_Script "G29\nM400\nM109S215\nG28\nM420S1\nG1X100Y100F5000\nG1Z0\nM500\nM117 Set Z Offset" #endif - #define USER_DESC_2 "PID Tune" - #define USER_GCODE_2 "G28\nG1X200Y200Z5\nM106S128\nM303C8S215E1U\nM500\nM117 PID Tune Done" + #define USER_DESC_2 "PID Hotend" + #define USER_GCODE_2 "G28\nG1X200Y200Z5\nM106S128\nM303C8S215E0U\nM500\nM117 PID Tune Done" - #define USER_DESC_3 "Prep for Z Adjust" - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M190S75\nM104S215\nG28\nG29L1\nG1 X100Y100F5000\nG1Z0" + #define USER_DESC_3 "PID Bed" + #define USER_GCODE_3 "M303C4S75E-1U\nM500\nM117 PID Tune Done" - #define USER_DESC_4 "Store Settings" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M500\nM117 Settings Stored" + #define USER_DESC_4 "Prep for Z Adjust" + #define USER_GCODE_4 "M190S75\nM104S215\nG28\nG29L1\nG1 X100Y100F5000\nG1Z0" - #define USER_DESC_5 "Run Mesh Validation" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G26" + #define USER_DESC_5 "Store Settings" + #define USER_GCODE_5 "M500\nM117 Settings Stored" + + #define USER_DESC_6 "Run Mesh Validation" + #define USER_GCODE_6 "G26" #endif /** @@ -2548,6 +2946,13 @@ #define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT #endif +/** + * Cancel Objects + * + * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects + */ +#define CANCEL_OBJECTS + /** * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. @@ -2638,7 +3043,11 @@ #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: + //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed + //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed + //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed + + // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting: #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } @@ -2657,7 +3066,7 @@ #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) + #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Test pattern at startup: 0=none, 1=sweep, 2=spiral #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 @@ -2693,12 +3102,23 @@ /** * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates +//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent +//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib) + +#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery) + //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates + //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host + + /** + * To set a default WiFi SSID / Password, create a file called Configuration_Secure.h with + * the following defines, customized for your network. This specific file is excluded via + * .gitignore to prevent it from accidentally leaking to the public. + * + * #define WIFI_SSID "WiFi SSID" + * #define WIFI_PWD "WiFi Password" + */ + //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with WiFi SSID / Password #endif /** @@ -2770,10 +3190,15 @@ // @section develop -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -#define PINS_DEBUGGING +// +// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage +// +//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER + +// +// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe +// +//#define PINS_DEBUGGING // Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands //#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/Marlin/Version.h b/Marlin/Version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..79b878f6fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/Version.h @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +//////////////////////////// +// VENDOR VERSION EXAMPLE // +//////////////////////////// + +/** + * Marlin release version identifier + */ +#define SHORT_BUILD_VERSION "2.0.5_R10" + +/** + * Verbose version identifier which should contain a reference to the location + * from where the binary was downloaded or the source code was compiled. + */ +#define DETAILED_BUILD_VERSION SHORT_BUILD_VERSION " TM3D" + +/** + * The STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE represents when the binary file was built, + * here we define this default string as the date where the latest release + * version was tagged. + */ +#define STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE "2020-03-25" + +/** + * Defines a generic printer name to be output to the LCD after booting Marlin. + */ +#define MACHINE_NAME "TM3D Raptor" + +/** + * The SOURCE_CODE_URL is the location where users will find the Marlin Source + * Code which is installed on the device. In most cases —unless the manufacturer + * has a distinct Github fork— the Source Code URL should just be the main + * Marlin repository. + */ +#define SOURCE_CODE_URL "https://github.com/InsanityAutomation/Marlin/tree/Raptor_2.0.X" + +/** + * Default generic printer UUID. + */ +//#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_UUID "cede2a2f-41a2-4748-9b12-c55c62f367ff" + +/** + * The WEBSITE_URL is the location where users can get more information such as + * documentation about a specific Marlin release. + */ +#define WEBSITE_URL "tinymachines3d.com" + +/** + * Set the vendor info the serial USB interface, if changable + * Currently only supported by DUE platform + */ +//#define USB_DEVICE_VENDOR_ID 0x0000 +//#define USB_DEVICE_PRODUCT_ID 0x0000 +//#define USB_DEVICE_MANUFACTURE_NAME WEBSITE_URL diff --git a/Marlin/_Bootscreen.h b/Marlin/_Bootscreen.h index cf8c657d66..6ac01d6866 100644 --- a/Marlin/_Bootscreen.h +++ b/Marlin/_Bootscreen.h @@ -29,7 +29,6 @@ * - http://www.marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html * - http://www.digole.com/tools/PicturetoC_Hex_converter.php */ -#include #define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 2500 #define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/HAL.cpp similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/HAL.cpp index 4a10f73dcf..317d13a540 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/HAL.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/HAL.h similarity index 88% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/HAL.h index 9c34dc1f54..0255169819 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/HAL.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #include "math.h" #ifdef USBCON - #include "HardwareSerial.h" + #include #else #define HardwareSerial_h // Hack to prevent HardwareSerial.h header inclusion #include "MarlinSerial.h" @@ -38,6 +38,14 @@ #include #include +#ifndef pgm_read_ptr + // Compatibility for avr-libc 1.8.0-4.1 included with Ubuntu for + // Windows Subsystem for Linux on Windows 10 as of 10/18/2019 + #define pgm_read_ptr_far(address_long) (void*)__ELPM_word((uint32_t)(address_long)) + #define pgm_read_ptr_near(address_short) (void*)__LPM_word((uint16_t)(address_short)) + #define pgm_read_ptr(address_short) pgm_read_ptr_near(address_short) +#endif + // ------------------------ // Defines // ------------------------ @@ -45,8 +53,8 @@ //#define analogInputToDigitalPin(IO) IO #ifndef CRITICAL_SECTION_START - #define CRITICAL_SECTION_START unsigned char _sreg = SREG; cli() - #define CRITICAL_SECTION_END SREG = _sreg + #define CRITICAL_SECTION_START() unsigned char _sreg = SREG; cli() + #define CRITICAL_SECTION_END() SREG = _sreg #endif #define ISRS_ENABLED() TEST(SREG, SREG_I) #define ENABLE_ISRS() sei() @@ -83,24 +91,37 @@ typedef int8_t pin_t; #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #else #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT, -1, 3) - #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3" + #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." #endif #define MYSERIAL0 customizedSerial1 #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT_2, -1, 3) - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 3" + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT" + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." #endif - #define NUM_SERIAL 2 #define MYSERIAL1 customizedSerial2 + #define NUM_SERIAL 2 #else #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #endif #endif +#ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT + #if !WITHIN(DGUS_SERIAL_PORT, -1, 3) + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT_2 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT_2. Please update your configuration." + #endif + #define DGUS_SERIAL internalDgusSerial + + #define DGUS_SERIAL_GET_TX_BUFFER_FREE DGUS_SERIAL.get_tx_buffer_free +#endif + // ------------------------ // Public functions // ------------------------ @@ -146,8 +167,7 @@ extern "C" { #define DISABLE_TEMPERATURE_INTERRUPT() CBI(TIMSK0, OCIE0B) #define TEMPERATURE_ISR_ENABLED() TEST(TIMSK0, OCIE0B) -FORCE_INLINE void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) { - UNUSED(frequency); +FORCE_INLINE void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t) { switch (timer_num) { case STEP_TIMER_NUM: // waveform generation = 0100 = CTC @@ -338,9 +358,9 @@ void TIMER0_COMPB_vect_bottom() // ADC #ifdef DIDR2 - #define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(pin) do{ if (pin < 8) SBI(DIDR0, pin); else SBI(DIDR2, pin & 0x07); }while(0) + #define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(ind) do{ if (ind < 8) SBI(DIDR0, ind); else SBI(DIDR2, ind & 0x07); }while(0) #else - #define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(pin) do{ SBI(DIDR0, pin); }while(0) + #define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(ind) SBI(DIDR0, ind); #endif inline void HAL_adc_init() { @@ -351,13 +371,14 @@ inline void HAL_adc_init() { #endif } -#define SET_ADMUX_ADCSRA(pin) ADMUX = _BV(REFS0) | (pin & 0x07); SBI(ADCSRA, ADSC) +#define SET_ADMUX_ADCSRA(ch) ADMUX = _BV(REFS0) | (ch & 0x07); SBI(ADCSRA, ADSC) #ifdef MUX5 - #define HAL_START_ADC(pin) if (pin > 7) ADCSRB = _BV(MUX5); else ADCSRB = 0; SET_ADMUX_ADCSRA(pin) + #define HAL_START_ADC(ch) if (ch > 7) ADCSRB = _BV(MUX5); else ADCSRB = 0; SET_ADMUX_ADCSRA(ch) #else - #define HAL_START_ADC(pin) ADCSRB = 0; SET_ADMUX_ADCSRA(pin) + #define HAL_START_ADC(ch) ADCSRB = 0; SET_ADMUX_ADCSRA(ch) #endif +#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 10 #define HAL_READ_ADC() ADC #define HAL_ADC_READY() !TEST(ADCSRA, ADSC) diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL_SPI.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/HAL_SPI.cpp similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL_SPI.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/HAL_SPI.cpp index 68e21aae53..f1f9654c4e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL_SPI.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/HAL_SPI.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -184,15 +184,10 @@ void spiBegin() { // nop to tune soft SPI timing #define nop asm volatile ("\tnop\n") - // Set SPI rate - void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate) { - UNUSED(spiRate); // nothing to do - } + void spiInit(uint8_t) { /* do nothing */ } // Begin SPI transaction, set clock, bit order, data mode - void spiBeginTransaction(uint32_t spiClock, uint8_t bitOrder, uint8_t dataMode) { - UNUSED(spiBeginTransaction); // nothing to do - } + void spiBeginTransaction(uint32_t spiClock, uint8_t bitOrder, uint8_t dataMode) { /* do nothing */ } // Soft SPI receive byte uint8_t spiRec() { @@ -202,7 +197,7 @@ void spiBegin() { // output pin high - like sending 0xFF WRITE(MOSI_PIN, HIGH); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, 8) { WRITE(SCK_PIN, HIGH); nop; // adjust so SCK is nice @@ -229,7 +224,7 @@ void spiBegin() { void spiSend(uint8_t data) { // no interrupts during byte send - about 8µs cli(); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, 8) { WRITE(SCK_PIN, LOW); WRITE(MOSI_PIN, data & 0x80); data <<= 1; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/MarlinSerial.cpp similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/MarlinSerial.cpp index 3502aa6b0c..350d0f302d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/MarlinSerial.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ #if !defined(USBCON) && (defined(UBRRH) || defined(UBRR0H) || defined(UBRR1H) || defined(UBRR2H) || defined(UBRR3H)) #include "MarlinSerial.h" - #include "../../Marlin.h" + #include "../../MarlinCore.h" template typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_r MarlinSerial::rx_buffer = { 0, 0, { 0 } }; template typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_t MarlinSerial::tx_buffer = { 0 }; @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ // A SW memory barrier, to ensure GCC does not overoptimize loops #define sw_barrier() asm volatile("": : :"memory"); - #include "../../feature/emergency_parser.h" + #include "../../feature/e_parser.h" // "Atomically" read the RX head index value without disabling interrupts: // This MUST be called with RX interrupts enabled, and CAN'T be called @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ // Round correctly so that print(1.999, 2) prints as "2.00" double rounding = 0.5; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < digits; ++i) rounding *= 0.1; + LOOP_L_N(i, digits) rounding *= 0.1; number += rounding; // Extract the integer part of the number and print it @@ -757,6 +757,33 @@ #endif +#ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT + + template + typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_pos_t MarlinSerial::get_tx_buffer_free() { + const ring_buffer_pos_t t = tx_buffer.tail, // next byte to send. + h = tx_buffer.head; // next pos for queue. + int ret = t - h - 1; + if (ret < 0) ret += Cfg::TX_SIZE + 1; + return ret; + } + + ISR(SERIAL_REGNAME(USART,DGUS_SERIAL_PORT,_RX_vect)) { + MarlinSerial>::store_rxd_char(); + } + + ISR(SERIAL_REGNAME(USART,DGUS_SERIAL_PORT,_UDRE_vect)) { + MarlinSerial>::_tx_udr_empty_irq(); + } + + // Preinstantiate + template class MarlinSerial>; + + // Instantiate + MarlinSerial> internalDgusSerial; + +#endif + // For AT90USB targets use the UART for BT interfacing #if defined(USBCON) && ENABLED(BLUETOOTH) HardwareSerial bluetoothSerial; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/MarlinSerial.h similarity index 88% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/MarlinSerial.h index 7560d880e3..cd7aad90a9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/MarlinSerial.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -31,10 +31,10 @@ * Templatized 01 October 2018 by Eduardo José Tagle to allow multiple instances */ -#include "../shared/MarlinSerial.h" - #include +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + #ifndef SERIAL_PORT #define SERIAL_PORT 0 #endif @@ -217,6 +217,9 @@ static ring_buffer_pos_t available(); static void write(const uint8_t c); static void flushTX(); + #ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT + static ring_buffer_pos_t get_tx_buffer_free(); + #endif FORCE_INLINE static uint8_t dropped() { return Cfg::DROPPED_RX ? rx_dropped_bytes : 0; } FORCE_INLINE static uint8_t buffer_overruns() { return Cfg::RX_OVERRUNS ? rx_buffer_overruns : 0; } @@ -258,12 +261,12 @@ static constexpr int PORT = serial; static constexpr unsigned int RX_SIZE = RX_BUFFER_SIZE; static constexpr unsigned int TX_SIZE = TX_BUFFER_SIZE; - static constexpr bool XONOFF = bSERIAL_XON_XOFF; - static constexpr bool EMERGENCYPARSER = bEMERGENCY_PARSER; - static constexpr bool DROPPED_RX = bSERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX; - static constexpr bool RX_OVERRUNS = bSERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS; - static constexpr bool RX_FRAMING_ERRORS = bSERIAL_STATS_RX_FRAMING_ERRORS; - static constexpr bool MAX_RX_QUEUED = bSERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED; + static constexpr bool XONOFF = ENABLED(SERIAL_XON_XOFF); + static constexpr bool EMERGENCYPARSER = ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER); + static constexpr bool DROPPED_RX = ENABLED(SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX); + static constexpr bool RX_OVERRUNS = ENABLED(SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS); + static constexpr bool RX_FRAMING_ERRORS = ENABLED(SERIAL_STATS_RX_FRAMING_ERRORS); + static constexpr bool MAX_RX_QUEUED = ENABLED(SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED); }; extern MarlinSerial> customizedSerial1; @@ -292,6 +295,23 @@ extern MarlinSerial> internalSerial; #endif +#ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT + template + struct MarlinInternalSerialCfg { + static constexpr int PORT = serial; + static constexpr unsigned int RX_SIZE = 128; + static constexpr unsigned int TX_SIZE = 48; + static constexpr bool XONOFF = false; + static constexpr bool EMERGENCYPARSER = false; + static constexpr bool DROPPED_RX = false; + static constexpr bool RX_OVERRUNS = HAS_DGUS_LCD && ENABLED(DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS); + static constexpr bool RX_FRAMING_ERRORS = false; + static constexpr bool MAX_RX_QUEUED = false; + }; + + extern MarlinSerial> internalDgusSerial; +#endif + // Use the UART for Bluetooth in AT90USB configurations #if defined(USBCON) && ENABLED(BLUETOOTH) extern HardwareSerial bluetoothSerial; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/Servo.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/Servo.cpp similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/Servo.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/Servo.cpp index 33818edb96..02c131bd44 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/Servo.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/Servo.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/ServoTimers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/ServoTimers.h similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/ServoTimers.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/ServoTimers.h index 4991caefe6..86007fd102 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/ServoTimers.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/ServoTimers.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/endstop_interrupts.h similarity index 60% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/endstop_interrupts.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/endstop_interrupts.h index b80fee610d..8f89c69baf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -46,39 +46,55 @@ void endstop_ISR() { endstops.update(); } /** * Patch for pins_arduino.h (...\Arduino\hardware\arduino\avr\variants\mega\pins_arduino.h) * - * These macros for the Arduino MEGA do not include the two connected pins on Port J (D13, D14). + * These macros for the Arduino MEGA do not include the two connected pins on Port J (D14, D15). * So we extend them here because these are the normal pins for Y_MIN and Y_MAX on RAMPS. * There are more PCI-enabled processor pins on Port J, but they are not connected to Arduino MEGA. */ #if defined(ARDUINO_AVR_MEGA2560) || defined(ARDUINO_AVR_MEGA) + + #define digitalPinHasPCICR(p) (WITHIN(p, 10, 15) || WITHIN(p, 50, 53) || WITHIN(p, 62, 69)) + #undef digitalPinToPCICR - #define digitalPinToPCICR(p) ( WITHIN(p, 10, 15) || \ - WITHIN(p, 50, 53) || \ - WITHIN(p, 62, 69) ? &PCICR : nullptr ) + #define digitalPinToPCICR(p) (digitalPinHasPCICR(p) ? (&PCICR) : nullptr) + #undef digitalPinToPCICRbit - #define digitalPinToPCICRbit(p) ( WITHIN(p, 10, 13) || WITHIN(p, 50, 53) ? 0 : \ - WITHIN(p, 14, 15) ? 1 : \ - WITHIN(p, 62, 69) ? 2 : \ - 0 ) + #define digitalPinToPCICRbit(p) (WITHIN(p, 10, 13) || WITHIN(p, 50, 53) ? 0 : \ + WITHIN(p, 14, 15) ? 1 : \ + WITHIN(p, 62, 69) ? 2 : \ + 0) + #undef digitalPinToPCMSK - #define digitalPinToPCMSK(p) ( WITHIN(p, 10, 13) || WITHIN(p, 50, 53) ? &PCMSK0 : \ - WITHIN(p, 14, 15) ? &PCMSK1 : \ - WITHIN(p, 62, 69) ? &PCMSK2 : \ - nullptr ) + #define digitalPinToPCMSK(p) (WITHIN(p, 10, 13) || WITHIN(p, 50, 53) ? (&PCMSK0) : \ + WITHIN(p, 14, 15) ? (&PCMSK1) : \ + WITHIN(p, 62, 69) ? (&PCMSK2) : \ + nullptr) + #undef digitalPinToPCMSKbit - #define digitalPinToPCMSKbit(p) ( WITHIN(p, 10, 13) ? ((p) - 6) : \ - (p) == 14 || (p) == 51 ? 2 : \ - (p) == 15 || (p) == 52 ? 1 : \ - (p) == 50 ? 3 : \ - (p) == 53 ? 0 : \ - WITHIN(p, 62, 69) ? ((p) - 62) : \ - 0 ) + #define digitalPinToPCMSKbit(p) (WITHIN(p, 10, 13) ? ((p) - 6) : \ + (p) == 14 || (p) == 51 ? 2 : \ + (p) == 15 || (p) == 52 ? 1 : \ + (p) == 50 ? 3 : \ + (p) == 53 ? 0 : \ + WITHIN(p, 62, 69) ? ((p) - 62) : \ + 0) + +#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega164A__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega164P__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega324A__) || \ + defined(__AVR_ATmega324P__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega324PA__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega324PB__) || \ + defined(__AVR_ATmega644A__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega644P__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega1284__) || \ + defined(__AVR_ATmega1284P__) + + #define digitalPinHasPCICR(p) WITHIN(p, 0, NUM_DIGITAL_PINS) + +#else + + #error "Unsupported AVR variant!" + #endif // Install Pin change interrupt for a pin. Can be called multiple times. void pciSetup(const int8_t pin) { - if (digitalPinToPCMSK(pin) != nullptr) { + if (digitalPinHasPCICR(pin)) { SBI(*digitalPinToPCMSK(pin), digitalPinToPCMSKbit(pin)); // enable pin SBI(PCIFR, digitalPinToPCICRbit(pin)); // clear any outstanding interrupt SBI(PCICR, digitalPinToPCICRbit(pin)); // enable interrupt for the group @@ -108,7 +124,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(X_MAX_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(X_MAX_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(X_MAX_PIN), "X_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(X_MAX_PIN), "X_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(X_MAX_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -116,7 +132,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(X_MIN_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(X_MIN_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(X_MIN_PIN), "X_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(X_MIN_PIN), "X_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(X_MIN_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -124,7 +140,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Y_MAX_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(Y_MAX_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(Y_MAX_PIN), "Y_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Y_MAX_PIN), "Y_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(Y_MAX_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -132,7 +148,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Y_MIN_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(Y_MIN_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(Y_MIN_PIN), "Y_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Y_MIN_PIN), "Y_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(Y_MIN_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -140,7 +156,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z_MAX_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(Z_MAX_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(Z_MAX_PIN), "Z_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z_MAX_PIN), "Z_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(Z_MAX_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -148,7 +164,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z_MIN_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(Z_MIN_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(Z_MIN_PIN), "Z_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z_MIN_PIN), "Z_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(Z_MIN_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -156,7 +172,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(X2_MAX_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(X2_MAX_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(X2_MAX_PIN), "X2_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(X2_MAX_PIN), "X2_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(X2_MAX_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -164,7 +180,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(X2_MIN_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(X2_MIN_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(X2_MIN_PIN), "X2_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(X2_MIN_PIN), "X2_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(X2_MIN_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -172,7 +188,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Y2_MAX_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(Y2_MAX_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(Y2_MAX_PIN), "Y2_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Y2_MAX_PIN), "Y2_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(Y2_MAX_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -180,7 +196,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Y2_MIN_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(Y2_MIN_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(Y2_MIN_PIN), "Y2_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Y2_MIN_PIN), "Y2_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(Y2_MIN_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -188,7 +204,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z2_MAX_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(Z2_MAX_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(Z2_MAX_PIN), "Z2_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z2_MAX_PIN), "Z2_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(Z2_MAX_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -196,7 +212,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z2_MIN_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(Z2_MIN_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(Z2_MIN_PIN), "Z2_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z2_MIN_PIN), "Z2_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(Z2_MIN_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -204,7 +220,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z3_MAX_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(Z3_MAX_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(Z3_MAX_PIN), "Z3_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z3_MAX_PIN), "Z3_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(Z3_MAX_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -212,15 +228,31 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z3_MIN_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(Z3_MIN_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(Z3_MIN_PIN), "Z3_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z3_MIN_PIN), "Z3_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(Z3_MIN_PIN); #endif #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z4_MAX_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) + _ATTACH(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #else + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z4_MAX_PIN), "Z4_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + pciSetup(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #endif + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z4_MIN_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) + _ATTACH(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #else + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z4_MIN_PIN), "Z4_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + pciSetup(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #endif + #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN), "Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN), "Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN); #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fast_pwm.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fast_pwm.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fast_pwm.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fast_pwm.cpp index 282b70de71..42e7cc3f10 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fast_pwm.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fast_pwm.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) +#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM #include "HAL.h" @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ void set_pwm_frequency(const pin_t pin, int f_desired) { uint16_t prescaler[] = { 0, 1, 8, /*TIMER2 ONLY*/32, 64, /*TIMER2 ONLY*/128, 256, 1024 }; // loop over prescaler values - for (uint8_t i = 1; i < 8; i++) { + LOOP_S_L_N(i, 1, 8) { uint16_t res_temp_fast = 255, res_temp_phase_correct = 255; if (timer.n == 2) { // No resolution calculation for TIMER2 unless enabled USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP @@ -278,5 +278,5 @@ void set_pwm_duty(const pin_t pin, const uint16_t v, const uint16_t v_size/*=255 } } -#endif // FAST_PWM_FAN +#endif // FAST_PWM_FAN || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM #endif // __AVR__ diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio.cpp index f0f7688f1b..9f70b50f71 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio.h similarity index 90% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio.h index 501a7cdf06..2246a0f9d0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -279,14 +279,25 @@ enum ClockSource2 : char { */ // Determine which harware PWMs are already in use +#define _PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) (P == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN) #if PIN_EXISTS(CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) (P == CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN || P == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN) + #define PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) (_PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) || P == CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN) #else - #define PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) (P == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN) + #define PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) _PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) #endif -#if ANY_PIN(FAN, FAN1, FAN2) - #if PIN_EXISTS(FAN2) +#if ANY_PIN(FAN, FAN1, FAN2, FAN3, FAN4, FAN5, FAN6, FAN7) + #if PIN_EXISTS(FAN7) + #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN || P == FAN3_PIN || P == FAN4_PIN || P == FAN5_PIN || P == FAN6_PIN || P == FAN7_PIN) + #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN6) + #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN || P == FAN3_PIN || P == FAN4_PIN || P == FAN5_PIN || P == FAN6_PIN) + #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN5) + #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN || P == FAN3_PIN || P == FAN4_PIN || P == FAN5_PIN) + #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN4) + #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN || P == FAN3_PIN || P == FAN4_PIN) + #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN3) + #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN || P == FAN3_PIN) + #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN2) #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN) #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN1) #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN) diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio/fastio_1280.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_1280.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio/fastio_1280.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_1280.h index 62de534d53..b62156caa7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio/fastio_1280.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_1280.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ * * Hardware Pin : 02 03 06 07 01 05 15 16 17 18 23 24 25 26 64 63 13 12 46 45 44 43 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 50 70 52 51 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 22 21 20 19 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 | 04 08 09 10 11 14 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 47 48 49 61 62 65 66 67 68 69 79 80 81 98 99 100 * Port : E0 E1 E4 E5 G5 E3 H3 H4 H5 H6 B4 B5 B6 B7 J1 J0 H1 H0 D3 D2 D1 D0 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 C7 C6 C5 C4 C3 C2 C1 C0 D7 G2 G1 G0 L7 L6 L5 L4 L3 L2 L1 L0 B3 B2 B1 B0 F0 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 K0 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 | E2 E6 E7 xx xx H2 H7 G3 G4 xx xx xx xx xx D4 D5 D6 xx xx J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 xx xx xx xx xx - * Logical Pin : 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 | 78 79 80 xx xx 84 85 71 70 xx xx xx xx xx 81 82 83 xx xx 72 72 75 76 77 74 xx xx xx xx xx + * Logical Pin : 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 | 78 79 80 xx xx 84 85 71 70 xx xx xx xx xx 81 82 83 xx xx 72 73 75 76 77 74 xx xx xx xx xx */ #include "../fastio.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio/fastio_1281.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_1281.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio/fastio_1281.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_1281.h index e3d2f12851..7552540ffe 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio/fastio_1281.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_1281.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio/fastio_168.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_168.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio/fastio_168.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_168.h index f6ee7a5d00..549e0246d5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio/fastio_168.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_168.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio/fastio_644.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_644.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio/fastio_644.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_644.h index 180a3c4e32..3a48c109e9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio/fastio_644.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_644.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio/fastio_AT90USB.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_AT90USB.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio/fastio_AT90USB.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_AT90USB.h index 3f17a2e261..23d16a20e5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio/fastio_AT90USB.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/fastio/fastio_AT90USB.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h index 85f26f4016..0285c52ee3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/inc/Conditionals_adv.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/inc/Conditionals_adv.h similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/inc/Conditionals_adv.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/inc/Conditionals_adv.h index 85f26f4016..0285c52ee3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/inc/Conditionals_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/inc/Conditionals_adv.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/inc/Conditionals_post.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/inc/Conditionals_post.h similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/inc/Conditionals_post.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/inc/Conditionals_post.h index 85f26f4016..0285c52ee3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/inc/Conditionals_post.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/inc/Conditionals_post.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/inc/SanityCheck.h similarity index 81% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/inc/SanityCheck.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/inc/SanityCheck.h index 93fadf20a5..1c7c68f216 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ * Checks for FAST PWM */ #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) && (ENABLED(USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP) && defined(TCCR2)) - #error "USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP does not apply to devices with a single output TIMER2" + #error "USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP does not apply to devices with a single output TIMER2" #endif /** @@ -56,6 +56,10 @@ /** * The Trinamic library includes SoftwareSerial.h, leading to a compile error. */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC && ENABLED(ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE) +#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG && ENABLED(ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE) #error "TMCStepper includes SoftwareSerial.h which is incompatible with ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE. Disable ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE to continue." #endif + +#if HAS_TMC_SW_SERIAL && ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) + #error "MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS causes performance issues when used with SoftwareSerial-connected drivers. Disable MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS or use hardware serial to continue." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/math.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/math.h similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/math.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/math.h index d397cc4e9a..e8be0a04bc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/math.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/math.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp index 116a8288e2..1ae37f892a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, ui if (v != eeprom_read_byte(p)) { eeprom_write_byte(p, v); if (eeprom_read_byte(p) != v) { - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_ERR_EEPROM_WRITE); + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_ERR_EEPROM_WRITE); return true; } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/pinsDebug.h similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/pinsDebug.h index fa70180947..fbd2e084fa 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/pinsDebug.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -26,7 +26,10 @@ #define NUMBER_PINS_TOTAL NUM_DIGITAL_PINS +#define AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY_PLUS_70 MB(BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE, MINIRAMBO, SCOOVO_X9H) + #if AVR_AT90USB1286_FAMILY + // Working with Teensyduino extension so need to re-define some things #include "pinsDebug_Teensyduino.h" // Can't use the "digitalPinToPort" function from the Teensyduino type IDEs @@ -35,7 +38,9 @@ #define digitalPinToBitMask_DEBUG(p) digitalPinToBitMask(p) #define digitalPinToPort_DEBUG(p) digitalPinToPort_Teensy(p) #define GET_PINMODE(pin) (*portModeRegister(pin) & digitalPinToBitMask_DEBUG(pin)) + #elif AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY_PLUS_70 // So we can access/display all the pins on boards using more than 70 + #include "pinsDebug_plus_70.h" #define digitalPinToTimer_DEBUG(p) digitalPinToTimer_plus_70(p) #define digitalPinToBitMask_DEBUG(p) digitalPinToBitMask_plus_70(p) @@ -43,11 +48,13 @@ bool GET_PINMODE(int8_t pin) {return *portModeRegister(digitalPinToPort_DEBUG(pin)) & digitalPinToBitMask_DEBUG(pin); } #else + #define digitalPinToTimer_DEBUG(p) digitalPinToTimer(p) #define digitalPinToBitMask_DEBUG(p) digitalPinToBitMask(p) #define digitalPinToPort_DEBUG(p) digitalPinToPort(p) bool GET_PINMODE(int8_t pin) {return *portModeRegister(digitalPinToPort_DEBUG(pin)) & digitalPinToBitMask_DEBUG(pin); } #define GET_ARRAY_PIN(p) pgm_read_byte(&pin_array[p].pin) + #endif #define VALID_PIN(pin) (pin >= 0 && pin < NUM_DIGITAL_PINS ? 1 : 0) @@ -63,12 +70,12 @@ void PRINT_ARRAY_NAME(uint8_t x) { char *name_mem_pointer = (char*)pgm_read_ptr(&pin_array[x].name); - for (uint8_t y = 0; y < MAX_NAME_LENGTH; y++) { + LOOP_L_N(y, MAX_NAME_LENGTH) { char temp_char = pgm_read_byte(name_mem_pointer + y); if (temp_char != 0) SERIAL_CHAR(temp_char); else { - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX_NAME_LENGTH - y; i++) SERIAL_CHAR(' '); + LOOP_L_N(i, MAX_NAME_LENGTH - y) SERIAL_CHAR(' '); break; } } @@ -224,21 +231,11 @@ static void err_is_interrupt() { SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" compare interrupt enabled" static void err_prob_interrupt() { SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" overflow interrupt enabled"); } static void print_is_also_tied() { SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" is also tied to this pin"); SERIAL_ECHO_SP(14); } -void com_print(uint8_t N, uint8_t Z) { +inline void com_print(const uint8_t N, const uint8_t Z) { const uint8_t *TCCRA = (uint8_t*)TCCR_A(N); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" COM"); - SERIAL_CHAR(N + '0'); - switch (Z) { - case 'A': - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("A: ", ((*TCCRA & (_BV(7) | _BV(6))) >> 6)); - break; - case 'B': - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("B: ", ((*TCCRA & (_BV(5) | _BV(4))) >> 4)); - break; - case 'C': - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("C: ", ((*TCCRA & (_BV(3) | _BV(2))) >> 2)); - break; - } + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + N, Z); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(": ", int((*TCCRA >> (6 - Z * 2)) & 0x03)); } void timer_prefix(uint8_t T, char L, uint8_t N) { // T - timer L - pwm N - WGM bit layout @@ -249,8 +246,7 @@ void timer_prefix(uint8_t T, char L, uint8_t N) { // T - timer L - pwm N - if (N == 4) WGM |= ((*TCCRB & _BV(WGM_3)) >> 1); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" TIMER"); - SERIAL_CHAR(T + '0'); - SERIAL_CHAR(L); + SERIAL_CHAR(T + '0', L); SERIAL_ECHO_SP(3); if (N == 3) { diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug_Teensyduino.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/pinsDebug_Teensyduino.h similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug_Teensyduino.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/pinsDebug_Teensyduino.h index 4388430779..f6da077743 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug_Teensyduino.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/pinsDebug_Teensyduino.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug_plus_70.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/pinsDebug_plus_70.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug_plus_70.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/pinsDebug_plus_70.h index e5bb82f226..6e7b8fbaa9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug_plus_70.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/pinsDebug_plus_70.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/spi_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/spi_pins.h similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/spi_pins.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/spi_pins.h index c7951acfa3..daaebb76d7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/spi_pins.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/spi_pins.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/u8g_com_HAL_AVR_sw_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/u8g_com_HAL_AVR_sw_spi.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/u8g_com_HAL_AVR_sw_spi.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/u8g_com_HAL_AVR_sw_spi.cpp index bc08bc379b..fab79646f0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/u8g_com_HAL_AVR_sw_spi.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/u8g_com_HAL_AVR_sw_spi.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ void u8g_spiSend_sw_AVR_mode_0(uint8_t val) { volatile uint8_t *outData = u8g_outData, *outClock = u8g_outClock; U8G_ATOMIC_START(); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, 8) { if (val & 0x80) *outData |= bitData; else @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ void u8g_spiSend_sw_AVR_mode_3(uint8_t val) { volatile uint8_t *outData = u8g_outData, *outClock = u8g_outClock; U8G_ATOMIC_START(); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, 8) { *outClock &= bitNotClock; if (val & 0x80) *outData |= bitData; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/watchdog.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/watchdog.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/watchdog.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/watchdog.cpp index 63a5031966..e35a70f2cc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/watchdog.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/watchdog.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ #include "watchdog.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // Initialize watchdog with 8s timeout, if possible. Otherwise, make it 4s. void watchdog_init() { @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ void watchdog_init() { #if ENABLED(WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL) ISR(WDT_vect) { sei(); // With the interrupt driven serial we need to allow interrupts. - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_WATCHDOG_FIRED); + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_WATCHDOG_FIRED); minkill(); // interrupt-safe final kill and infinite loop } #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/watchdog.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/watchdog.h similarity index 90% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/watchdog.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/watchdog.h index 5190d2c55a..57dfcfc0bf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/watchdog.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/AVR/watchdog.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,4 +28,4 @@ void watchdog_init(); // Reset watchdog. MUST be called at least every 4 seconds after the // first watchdog_init or AVR will go into emergency procedures. -inline void watchdog_reset() { wdt_reset(); } +inline void HAL_watchdog_refresh() { wdt_reset(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/DebugMonitor.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/DebugMonitor.cpp similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/DebugMonitor.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/DebugMonitor.cpp index 20f10ce405..3ed9873e66 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/DebugMonitor.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/DebugMonitor.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/EepromEmulation.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/EepromEmulation.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/EepromEmulation.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/EepromEmulation.cpp index c7b7007053..f1ae224bfc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/EepromEmulation.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/EepromEmulation.cpp @@ -1,3 +1,24 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ /* EEPROM emulation over flash with reduced wear * @@ -33,7 +54,7 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && NONE(I2C_EEPROM, SPI_EEPROM) +#if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) #include "../shared/Marduino.h" #include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h" @@ -995,5 +1016,5 @@ void eeprom_flush() { ee_Flush(); } -#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS && (!I2C_EEPROM && !SPI_EEPROM) +#endif // FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION #endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_AVR diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/HAL.cpp similarity index 91% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/HAL.cpp index 735ccc6317..cb381ff4bb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/HAL.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -87,15 +87,15 @@ extern "C" { // Return free memory between end of heap (or end bss) and whatever is current int freeMemory() { int free_memory, heap_end = (int)_sbrk(0); - return (int)&free_memory - (heap_end ? heap_end : (int)&_ebss); + return (int)&free_memory - (heap_end ?: (int)&_ebss); } // ------------------------ // ADC // ------------------------ -void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin) { - HAL_adc_result = analogRead(adc_pin); +void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t ch) { + HAL_adc_result = analogRead(ch); } uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result() { diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/HAL.h similarity index 61% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/HAL.h index 2be95b683a..42f6f175fb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/HAL.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com * @@ -38,26 +38,62 @@ #include -// Serial ports -#if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT, -1, 3) - #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3" +// Define MYSERIAL0/1 before MarlinSerial includes! +#if SERIAL_PORT == -1 || ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER) + #define MYSERIAL0 customizedSerial1 +#elif SERIAL_PORT == 0 + #define MYSERIAL0 Serial +#elif SERIAL_PORT == 1 + #define MYSERIAL0 Serial1 +#elif SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #define MYSERIAL0 Serial2 +#elif SERIAL_PORT == 3 + #define MYSERIAL0 Serial3 +#else + #error "The required SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." #endif -// MYSERIAL0 required before MarlinSerial includes! -#define MYSERIAL0 customizedSerial1 - #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 - #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT_2, -1, 3) - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 3" - #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT" + #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different from SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 || ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER) + #define MYSERIAL1 customizedSerial2 + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 + #define MYSERIAL1 Serial + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 1 + #define MYSERIAL1 Serial1 + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 2 + #define MYSERIAL1 Serial2 + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 3 + #define MYSERIAL1 Serial3 + #else + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." #endif #define NUM_SERIAL 2 - #define MYSERIAL1 customizedSerial2 #else #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #endif +#ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT + #if DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different from SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT_2 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT_2. Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == -1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL internalDgusSerial + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 0 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial1 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial2 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 3 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial3 + #else + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." + #endif +#endif + #include "MarlinSerial.h" #include "MarlinSerialUSB.h" @@ -82,8 +118,8 @@ typedef int8_t pin_t; // // Interrupts // -#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START uint32_t primask = __get_PRIMASK(); __disable_irq() -#define CRITICAL_SECTION_END if (!primask) __enable_irq() +#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START() uint32_t primask = __get_PRIMASK(); __disable_irq() +#define CRITICAL_SECTION_END() if (!primask) __enable_irq() #define ISRS_ENABLED() (!__get_PRIMASK()) #define ENABLE_ISRS() __enable_irq() #define DISABLE_ISRS() __disable_irq() @@ -111,15 +147,16 @@ extern uint16_t HAL_adc_result; // result of last ADC conversion #define analogInputToDigitalPin(p) ((p < 12u) ? (p) + 54u : -1) #endif -#define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(pin) +#define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(ch) inline void HAL_adc_init() {}//todo -#define HAL_START_ADC(pin) HAL_adc_start_conversion(pin) +#define HAL_START_ADC(ch) HAL_adc_start_conversion(ch) +#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 10 #define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_result #define HAL_ADC_READY() true -void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin); +void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t ch); uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result(); // diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_SPI.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/HAL_SPI.cpp similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_SPI.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/HAL_SPI.cpp index f942ff8082..97a6fa05a1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_SPI.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/HAL_SPI.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -151,13 +151,12 @@ (((uint32_t)(addr) & 0xF0000000) + 0x02000000 + ((uint32_t)(addr)&0xFFFFF)*32 + (bit)*4) // run at ~8 .. ~10Mhz - Rx version (Tx line not altered) - static uint8_t spiTransferRx0(uint8_t bout) { // using Mode 0 + static uint8_t spiTransferRx0(uint8_t) { // using Mode 0 uint32_t bin = 0; uint32_t work = 0; uint32_t BITBAND_MISO_PORT = BITBAND_ADDRESS( ((uint32_t)PORT(MISO_PIN))+0x3C, PIN_SHIFT(MISO_PIN)); /* PDSR of port in bitband area */ uint32_t SCK_PORT_PLUS30 = ((uint32_t) PORT(SCK_PIN)) + 0x30; /* SODR of port */ uint32_t SCK_MASK = PIN_MASK(SCK_PIN); - UNUSED(bout); /* The software SPI routine */ __asm__ __volatile__( @@ -241,7 +240,7 @@ } // all the others - static uint32_t spiDelayCyclesX4 = (F_CPU) / 1000000; // 4uS => 125khz + static uint32_t spiDelayCyclesX4 = (F_CPU) / 1000000; // 4µs => 125khz static uint8_t spiTransferX(uint8_t b) { // using Mode 0 int bits = 8; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/InterruptVectors.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/InterruptVectors.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/InterruptVectors.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/InterruptVectors.cpp index b9f14823f6..7964f2d1f6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/InterruptVectors.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/InterruptVectors.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ static pfnISR_Handler* get_relocated_table_addr() { memcpy(&ram_tab, romtab, sizeof(ram_tab)); // Disable global interrupts - CRITICAL_SECTION_START; + CRITICAL_SECTION_START(); // Set the vector table base address to the SRAM copy SCB->VTOR = (uint32_t)(&ram_tab); // Reenable interrupts - CRITICAL_SECTION_END; + CRITICAL_SECTION_END(); // Return the address of the table return (pfnISR_Handler*)(&ram_tab); @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ pfnISR_Handler install_isr(IRQn_Type irq, pfnISR_Handler newHandler) { pfnISR_Handler *isrtab = get_relocated_table_addr(); // Disable global interrupts - CRITICAL_SECTION_START; + CRITICAL_SECTION_START(); // Get the original handler pfnISR_Handler oldHandler = isrtab[irq + 16]; @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ pfnISR_Handler install_isr(IRQn_Type irq, pfnISR_Handler newHandler) { isrtab[irq + 16] = newHandler; // Reenable interrupts - CRITICAL_SECTION_END; + CRITICAL_SECTION_END(); // Return the original one return oldHandler; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/InterruptVectors.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/InterruptVectors.h similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/InterruptVectors.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/InterruptVectors.h index 87dd049624..534cd17f42 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/InterruptVectors.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/InterruptVectors.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerial.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/MarlinSerial.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerial.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/MarlinSerial.cpp index 7b88b6d43e..d114c75989 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerial.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/MarlinSerial.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ #include "MarlinSerial.h" #include "InterruptVectors.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" template typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_r MarlinSerial::rx_buffer = { 0, 0, { 0 } }; template typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_t MarlinSerial::tx_buffer = { 0 }; @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ template typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_pos_t MarlinSeria // A SW memory barrier, to ensure GCC does not overoptimize loops #define sw_barrier() asm volatile("": : :"memory"); -#include "../../feature/emergency_parser.h" +#include "../../feature/e_parser.h" // (called with RX interrupts disabled) template @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ void MarlinSerial::printFloat(double number, uint8_t digits) { // Round correctly so that print(1.999, 2) prints as "2.00" double rounding = 0.5; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < digits; ++i) rounding *= 0.1; + LOOP_L_N(i, digits) rounding *= 0.1; number += rounding; // Extract the integer part of the number and print it @@ -629,23 +629,13 @@ void MarlinSerial::printFloat(double number, uint8_t digits) { // If not using the USB port as serial port #if SERIAL_PORT >= 0 - - // Preinstantiate - template class MarlinSerial>; - - // Instantiate - MarlinSerial> customizedSerial1; - + template class MarlinSerial>; // Define + MarlinSerial> customizedSerial1; // Instantiate #endif -#ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 - - // Preinstantiate - template class MarlinSerial>; - - // Instantiate - MarlinSerial> customizedSerial2; - +#if defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && SERIAL_PORT_2 >= 0 + template class MarlinSerial>; // Define + MarlinSerial> customizedSerial2; // Instantiate #endif #endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerial.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/MarlinSerial.h similarity index 91% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerial.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/MarlinSerial.h index 92806f15b4..fa6a2c7d15 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerial.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/MarlinSerial.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -27,10 +27,10 @@ * Based on MarlinSerial for AVR, copyright (c) 2006 Nicholas Zambetti. All right reserved. */ -#include "../shared/MarlinSerial.h" - #include +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + #define DEC 10 #define HEX 16 #define OCT 8 @@ -163,22 +163,18 @@ struct MarlinSerialCfg { static constexpr int PORT = serial; static constexpr unsigned int RX_SIZE = RX_BUFFER_SIZE; static constexpr unsigned int TX_SIZE = TX_BUFFER_SIZE; - static constexpr bool XONOFF = bSERIAL_XON_XOFF; - static constexpr bool EMERGENCYPARSER = bEMERGENCY_PARSER; - static constexpr bool DROPPED_RX = bSERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX; - static constexpr bool RX_OVERRUNS = bSERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS; - static constexpr bool RX_FRAMING_ERRORS = bSERIAL_STATS_RX_FRAMING_ERRORS; - static constexpr bool MAX_RX_QUEUED = bSERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED; + static constexpr bool XONOFF = ENABLED(SERIAL_XON_XOFF); + static constexpr bool EMERGENCYPARSER = ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER); + static constexpr bool DROPPED_RX = ENABLED(SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX); + static constexpr bool RX_OVERRUNS = ENABLED(SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS); + static constexpr bool RX_FRAMING_ERRORS = ENABLED(SERIAL_STATS_RX_FRAMING_ERRORS); + static constexpr bool MAX_RX_QUEUED = ENABLED(SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED); }; #if SERIAL_PORT >= 0 - extern MarlinSerial> customizedSerial1; - -#endif // SERIAL_PORT >= 0 - -#ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 - - extern MarlinSerial> customizedSerial2; - +#endif + +#if defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && SERIAL_PORT_2 >= 0 + extern MarlinSerial> customizedSerial2; #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerialUSB.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/MarlinSerialUSB.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerialUSB.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/MarlinSerialUSB.cpp index 1bce07e53f..7a020bbaf0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerialUSB.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/MarlinSerialUSB.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -29,12 +29,12 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if SERIAL_PORT == -1 +#if HAS_USB_SERIAL #include "MarlinSerialUSB.h" #if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER) - #include "../../feature/emergency_parser.h" + #include "../../feature/e_parser.h" #endif // Imports from Atmel USB Stack/CDC implementation @@ -55,12 +55,9 @@ static int pending_char = -1; #endif // Public Methods -void MarlinSerialUSB::begin(const long baud_setting) { - UNUSED(baud_setting); -} +void MarlinSerialUSB::begin(const long) {} -void MarlinSerialUSB::end() { -} +void MarlinSerialUSB::end() {} int MarlinSerialUSB::peek() { if (pending_char >= 0) @@ -262,7 +259,7 @@ void MarlinSerialUSB::printFloat(double number, uint8_t digits) { // Round correctly so that print(1.999, 2) prints as "2.00" double rounding = 0.5; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < digits; ++i) + LOOP_L_N(i, digits) rounding *= 0.1; number += rounding; @@ -286,8 +283,12 @@ void MarlinSerialUSB::printFloat(double number, uint8_t digits) { } // Preinstantiate -MarlinSerialUSB customizedSerial1; - -#endif // SERIAL_PORT == -1 +#if SERIAL_PORT == -1 + MarlinSerialUSB customizedSerial1; +#endif +#if SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 + MarlinSerialUSB customizedSerial2; +#endif +#endif // HAS_USB_SERIAL #endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerialUSB.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/MarlinSerialUSB.h similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerialUSB.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/MarlinSerialUSB.h index 3d9d4bafaa..9aece901b1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerialUSB.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/MarlinSerialUSB.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if SERIAL_PORT == -1 +#if HAS_USB_SERIAL #include @@ -88,6 +88,12 @@ private: static void printFloat(double, uint8_t); }; -extern MarlinSerialUSB customizedSerial1; +#if SERIAL_PORT == -1 + extern MarlinSerialUSB customizedSerial1; +#endif -#endif // SERIAL_PORT == -1 +#if SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 + extern MarlinSerialUSB customizedSerial2; +#endif + +#endif // HAS_USB_SERIAL diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/Servo.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/Servo.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/Servo.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/Servo.cpp index f48fdf5796..266158bbc6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/Servo.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/Servo.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/ServoTimers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/ServoTimers.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/ServoTimers.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/ServoTimers.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/Tone.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/Tone.cpp similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/Tone.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/Tone.cpp index 2af97aac61..9b580b8b4c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/Tone.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/Tone.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_shared_hw_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_shared_hw_spi.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_shared_hw_spi.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_shared_hw_spi.cpp index 5e5a4e5fc1..0fb8a782e5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_shared_hw_spi.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_shared_hw_spi.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ #include -#include "../../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../../MarlinCore.h" void spiBegin(); void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_st7920_sw_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_st7920_sw_spi.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_st7920_sw_spi.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_st7920_sw_spi.cpp index 47e56fddb0..01320ba9b9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_st7920_sw_spi.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_st7920_sw_spi.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi.cpp index e078bc420f..c4816c3db5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi_shared.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi_shared.cpp similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi_shared.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi_shared.cpp index d3609f60ef..96b7a1f61e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi_shared.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi_shared.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Pio *SCK_pPio, *MOSI_pPio; uint32_t SCK_dwMask, MOSI_dwMask; void u8g_spiSend_sw_DUE_mode_0(uint8_t val) { // 3MHz - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, 8) { if (val & 0x80) MOSI_pPio->PIO_SODR = MOSI_dwMask; else @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ void u8g_spiSend_sw_DUE_mode_0(uint8_t val) { // 3MHz } void u8g_spiSend_sw_DUE_mode_3(uint8_t val) { // 3.5MHz - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, 8) { SCK_pPio->PIO_CODR = SCK_dwMask; DELAY_NS(50); if (val & 0x80) diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi_shared.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi_shared.h similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi_shared.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi_shared.h index b832474150..e0f15bfd81 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi_shared.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi_shared.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/endstop_interrupts.h similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/endstop_interrupts.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/endstop_interrupts.h index daa2b3c15e..f81d9055d5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -77,6 +77,12 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if HAS_Z3_MIN _ATTACH(Z3_MIN_PIN); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + _ATTACH(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + _ATTACH(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN _ATTACH(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/fastio.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/fastio.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/fastio.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/fastio.h index a97a944e33..6f1f8d8bf2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/fastio.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/fastio.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/fastio/G2_PWM.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/fastio/G2_PWM.cpp similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/fastio/G2_PWM.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/fastio/G2_PWM.cpp index 4afd83ad4b..fd2c6ccf97 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/fastio/G2_PWM.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/fastio/G2_PWM.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/fastio/G2_PWM.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/fastio/G2_PWM.h similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/fastio/G2_PWM.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/fastio/G2_PWM.h index 4a84dfe64a..a94c1c5276 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/fastio/G2_PWM.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/fastio/G2_PWM.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ extern PWM_map ISR_table[NUM_PWMS]; extern uint32_t motor_current_setting[3]; #define IR_BIT(p) (WITHIN(p, 0, 3) ? (p) : (p) + 4) -#define COPY_ACTIVE_TABLE() do{ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 6 ; i++) work_table[i] = active_table[i]; }while(0) +#define COPY_ACTIVE_TABLE() do{ LOOP_L_N(i, 6) work_table[i] = active_table[i]; }while(0) #define PWM_MR0 19999 // base repetition rate minus one count - 20mS #define PWM_PR 24 // prescaler value - prescaler divide by 24 + 1 - 1 MHz output diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/fastio/G2_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/fastio/G2_pins.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/fastio/G2_pins.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/fastio/G2_pins.h index e5ce834f45..44b9cb35ee 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/fastio/G2_pins.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/fastio/G2_pins.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h index 85f26f4016..0285c52ee3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/inc/Conditionals_adv.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/inc/Conditionals_adv.h similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/inc/Conditionals_adv.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/inc/Conditionals_adv.h index 85f26f4016..0285c52ee3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/inc/Conditionals_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/inc/Conditionals_adv.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/inc/Conditionals_post.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/inc/Conditionals_post.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b52462f6d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/inc/Conditionals_post.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#if USE_EMULATED_EEPROM + #undef SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION + #undef SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION + #define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/inc/SanityCheck.h similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/inc/SanityCheck.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/inc/SanityCheck.h index a8d51edfab..0f7be7955f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -55,3 +55,7 @@ #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform." #endif + +#if HAS_TMC_SW_SERIAL + #error "TMC220x Software Serial is not supported on this platform." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp similarity index 91% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp index fc1baa22ac..fbdc760e45 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com * Copyright (c) 2016 Victor Perez victor_pv@hotmail.com @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h" -#if !defined(E2END) && NONE(I2C_EEPROM, SPI_EEPROM) +#if !defined(E2END) && ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) #define E2END 0xFFF // Default to Flash emulated EEPROM size (EepromEmulation_Due.cpp) #endif @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ extern void eeprom_flush(); bool PersistentStore::access_start() { return true; } bool PersistentStore::access_finish() { - #if NONE(I2C_EEPROM, SPI_EEPROM) + #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) eeprom_flush(); #endif return true; @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, ui eeprom_write_byte(p, v); delay(2); if (eeprom_read_byte(p) != v) { - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_ERR_EEPROM_WRITE); + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_ERR_EEPROM_WRITE); return true; } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/pinsDebug.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/pinsDebug.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/pinsDebug.h index ed78f8adbb..448c2391d3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/pinsDebug.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/pinsDebug.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/spi_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/spi_pins.h similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/spi_pins.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/spi_pins.h index 64ee17a9d8..a205540bcd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/spi_pins.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/spi_pins.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/timers.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/timers.cpp similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/timers.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/timers.cpp index 57dd9f924f..74ae882843 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/timers.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/timers.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com * @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ const tTimerConfig TimerConfig [NUM_HARDWARE_TIMERS] = { { TC0, 0, TC0_IRQn, 3}, // 0 - [servo timer5] { TC0, 1, TC1_IRQn, 0}, // 1 { TC0, 2, TC2_IRQn, 2}, // 2 - stepper - { TC1, 0, TC3_IRQn, 0}, // 3 + { TC1, 0, TC3_IRQn, 0}, // 3 - stepper for BOARD_ARCHIM1 { TC1, 1, TC4_IRQn, 15}, // 4 - temperature { TC1, 2, TC5_IRQn, 3}, // 5 - [servo timer3] { TC2, 0, TC6_IRQn, 14}, // 6 - tone diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/timers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/timers.h similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/timers.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/timers.h index ba1eccb2f9..5144660116 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/timers.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/timers.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -39,7 +39,9 @@ typedef uint32_t hal_timer_t; #define HAL_TIMER_RATE ((F_CPU) / 2) // frequency of timers peripherals +#ifndef STEP_TIMER_NUM #define STEP_TIMER_NUM 2 // index of timer to use for stepper +#endif #define TEMP_TIMER_NUM 4 // index of timer to use for temperature #define PULSE_TIMER_NUM STEP_TIMER_NUM #define TONE_TIMER_NUM 6 // index of timer to use for beeper tones @@ -61,7 +63,9 @@ typedef uint32_t hal_timer_t; #define ENABLE_TEMPERATURE_INTERRUPT() HAL_timer_enable_interrupt(TEMP_TIMER_NUM) #define DISABLE_TEMPERATURE_INTERRUPT() HAL_timer_disable_interrupt(TEMP_TIMER_NUM) -#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR() void TC2_Handler() +#ifndef HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR + #define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR() void TC2_Handler() +#endif #define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR() void TC4_Handler() #define HAL_TONE_TIMER_ISR() void TC6_Handler() diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/arduino_due_x.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/arduino_due_x.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/arduino_due_x.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/arduino_due_x.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/compiler.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/compiler.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/compiler.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/compiler.h index 7719c129c3..33df080e2f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/compiler.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/compiler.h @@ -444,8 +444,8 @@ typedef struct #define ENABLE 1 #ifndef __cplusplus #ifndef __bool_true_false_are_defined -#define false 0 -#define true 1 +#define false (1==0) +#define true (1==1) #endif #endif #ifndef PASS diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/conf_access.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/conf_access.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/conf_access.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/conf_access.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/conf_clock.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/conf_clock.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/conf_clock.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/conf_clock.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/conf_usb.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/conf_usb.h similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/conf_usb.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/conf_usb.h index 6934494e57..8d5924d375 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/conf_usb.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/conf_usb.h @@ -48,9 +48,7 @@ #define _CONF_USB_H_ #undef UNUSED /* To avoid a macro clash as macros.h already defines it */ -#include "../../../core/macros.h" /* For ENABLED()/DISABLED() */ -#include "../../../core/boards.h" /* For MB() */ -#include "../../../../Configuration.h" /* For CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME definition - We just need the name, no C++ allowed! */ +#include "../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" #include "compiler.h" /** @@ -59,8 +57,6 @@ */ //! Device definition (mandatory) -#define USB_DEVICE_VENDOR_ID 0x03EB /* ATMEL VID */ -#define USB_DEVICE_PRODUCT_ID 0x2424 /* MSC / CDC */ #define USB_DEVICE_MAJOR_VERSION 1 #define USB_DEVICE_MINOR_VERSION 0 #define USB_DEVICE_POWER 100 // Consumption on Vbus line (mA) @@ -70,15 +66,6 @@ // (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_REMOTE_WAKEUP|USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELF_POWERED) // (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_REMOTE_WAKEUP|USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUS_POWERED) -//! USB Device string definitions (Optional) -#define USB_DEVICE_MANUFACTURE_NAME "marlinfw.org" -#ifdef CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME - #define USB_DEVICE_PRODUCT_NAME CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME -#else - #define USB_DEVICE_PRODUCT_NAME "3D Printer" -#endif -#define USB_DEVICE_SERIAL_NAME "123985739853" - /** * Device speeds support * Low speed not supported by CDC and MSC diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/ctrl_access.c b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/ctrl_access.c similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/ctrl_access.c rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/ctrl_access.c diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/ctrl_access.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/ctrl_access.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/ctrl_access.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/ctrl_access.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/genclk.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/genclk.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/genclk.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/genclk.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/mrepeat.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/mrepeat.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/mrepeat.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/mrepeat.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/osc.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/osc.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/osc.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/osc.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/pll.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/pll.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/pll.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/pll.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/preprocessor.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/preprocessor.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/preprocessor.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/preprocessor.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/sbc_protocol.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/sbc_protocol.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/sbc_protocol.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/sbc_protocol.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/sd_mmc_spi_mem.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/sd_mmc_spi_mem.cpp similarity index 87% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/sd_mmc_spi_mem.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/sd_mmc_spi_mem.cpp index 7699f2724f..ea2936359d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/sd_mmc_spi_mem.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/sd_mmc_spi_mem.cpp @@ -19,6 +19,9 @@ void sd_mmc_spi_mem_init() { } Ctrl_status sd_mmc_spi_test_unit_ready() { + #ifdef DISABLE_DUE_SD_MMC + return CTRL_NO_PRESENT; + #endif if (!IS_SD_INSERTED() || IS_SD_PRINTING() || IS_SD_FILE_OPEN() || !card.isMounted()) return CTRL_NO_PRESENT; return CTRL_GOOD; @@ -33,19 +36,12 @@ Ctrl_status sd_mmc_spi_read_capacity(uint32_t *nb_sector) { return CTRL_GOOD; } -bool sd_mmc_spi_unload(bool unload) { - UNUSED(unload); - return true; -} +bool sd_mmc_spi_unload(bool) { return true; } -bool sd_mmc_spi_wr_protect() { - return false; -} +bool sd_mmc_spi_wr_protect() { return false; } bool sd_mmc_spi_removal() { - if (!IS_SD_INSERTED() || IS_SD_PRINTING() || IS_SD_FILE_OPEN() || !card.isMounted()) - return true; - return false; + return (!IS_SD_INSERTED() || IS_SD_PRINTING() || IS_SD_FILE_OPEN() || !card.isMounted()); } #if ACCESS_USB == true @@ -62,6 +58,9 @@ uint8_t sector_buf[SD_MMC_BLOCK_SIZE]; // #define DEBUG_MMC Ctrl_status sd_mmc_spi_usb_read_10(uint32_t addr, uint16_t nb_sector) { + #ifdef DISABLE_DUE_SD_MMC + return CTRL_NO_PRESENT; + #endif if (!IS_SD_INSERTED() || IS_SD_PRINTING() || IS_SD_FILE_OPEN() || !card.isMounted()) return CTRL_NO_PRESENT; @@ -99,6 +98,9 @@ Ctrl_status sd_mmc_spi_usb_read_10(uint32_t addr, uint16_t nb_sector) { } Ctrl_status sd_mmc_spi_usb_write_10(uint32_t addr, uint16_t nb_sector) { + #ifdef DISABLE_DUE_SD_MMC + return CTRL_NO_PRESENT; + #endif if (!IS_SD_INSERTED() || IS_SD_PRINTING() || IS_SD_FILE_OPEN() || !card.isMounted()) return CTRL_NO_PRESENT; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/sd_mmc_spi_mem.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/sd_mmc_spi_mem.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/sd_mmc_spi_mem.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/sd_mmc_spi_mem.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/spc_protocol.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/spc_protocol.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/spc_protocol.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/spc_protocol.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/stringz.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/stringz.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/stringz.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/stringz.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/sysclk.c b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/sysclk.c similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/sysclk.c rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/sysclk.c diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/sysclk.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/sysclk.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/sysclk.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/sysclk.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/tpaste.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/tpaste.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/tpaste.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/tpaste.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/udc.c b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/udc.c similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/udc.c rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/udc.c diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/udc.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/udc.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/udc.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/udc.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/udc_desc.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/udc_desc.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/udc_desc.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/udc_desc.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/udd.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/udd.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/udd.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/udd.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/udi.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/udi.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/udi.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/udi.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/udi_cdc.c b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/udi_cdc.c similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/udi_cdc.c rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/udi_cdc.c diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/udi_cdc.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/udi_cdc.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/udi_cdc.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/udi_cdc.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/udi_cdc_conf.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/udi_cdc_conf.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/udi_cdc_conf.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/udi_cdc_conf.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/udi_cdc_desc.c b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/udi_cdc_desc.c similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/udi_cdc_desc.c rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/udi_cdc_desc.c diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/udi_composite_desc.c b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/udi_composite_desc.c similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/udi_composite_desc.c rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/udi_composite_desc.c diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/udi_msc.c b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/udi_msc.c similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/udi_msc.c rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/udi_msc.c diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/udi_msc.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/udi_msc.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/udi_msc.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/udi_msc.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/uotghs_device_due.c b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/uotghs_device_due.c similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/uotghs_device_due.c rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/uotghs_device_due.c index 9bac29276c..2a10190c7e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/uotghs_device_due.c +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/uotghs_device_due.c @@ -1479,7 +1479,7 @@ static void udd_ctrl_in_sent(void) // The IN data don't must be written in endpoint 0 DPRAM during // a next setup reception in same endpoint 0 DPRAM. // Thereby, an OUT ZLP reception must check before IN data write - // and if no OUT ZLP is recevied the data must be written quickly (800us) + // and if no OUT ZLP is received the data must be written quickly (800µs) // before an eventually ZLP OUT and SETUP reception flags = cpu_irq_save(); if (Is_udd_out_received(0)) { diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/uotghs_device_due.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/uotghs_device_due.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/uotghs_device_due.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/uotghs_device_due.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/uotghs_otg.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/uotghs_otg.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/uotghs_otg.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/uotghs_otg.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/usb_protocol.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/usb_protocol.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/usb_protocol.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/usb_protocol.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/usb_protocol_cdc.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/usb_protocol_cdc.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/usb_protocol_cdc.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/usb_protocol_cdc.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/usb_protocol_msc.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/usb_protocol_msc.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/usb_protocol_msc.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/usb_protocol_msc.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/usb_task.c b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/usb_task.c similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/usb_task.c rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/usb_task.c index b735858018..29d02faef7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/usb_task.c +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/usb_task.c @@ -45,11 +45,12 @@ #ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM -#include "conf_usb.h" -#include "udc.h" #include #include +#include "conf_usb.h" +#include "udc.h" + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) static volatile bool main_b_msc_enable = false; #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/usb_task.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/usb_task.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/usb_task.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/usb/usb_task.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/watchdog.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/watchdog.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/watchdog.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/watchdog.cpp index 1f51b75c18..c245633d76 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/watchdog.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/watchdog.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ #ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #include "watchdog.h" // Override Arduino runtime to either config or disable the watchdog diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/watchdog.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/watchdog.h similarity index 90% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/watchdog.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/watchdog.h index 14832a9c3c..7d9665f20e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/watchdog.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/DUE/watchdog.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -30,4 +30,4 @@ void watchdog_init(); // Reset watchdog. MUST be called at least every 4 seconds after the // first watchdog_init or AVR will go into emergency procedures. -inline void watchdog_reset() { watchdogReset(); } +inline void HAL_watchdog_refresh() { watchdogReset(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/FlushableHardwareSerial.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/FlushableHardwareSerial.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/FlushableHardwareSerial.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/FlushableHardwareSerial.cpp index 544b1b3f67..4d70d34edb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/FlushableHardwareSerial.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/FlushableHardwareSerial.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/FlushableHardwareSerial.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/FlushableHardwareSerial.h similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/FlushableHardwareSerial.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/FlushableHardwareSerial.h index 9fca4fcbea..703bcbeb73 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/FlushableHardwareSerial.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/FlushableHardwareSerial.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/HAL.cpp similarity index 76% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/HAL.cpp index 9bf41c2e84..d9afa13ab8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/HAL.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -27,13 +27,10 @@ #include #include #include +#include #include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if EITHER(EEPROM_SETTINGS, WEBSUPPORT) - #include "spiffs.h" -#endif - #if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) #include #include "wifi.h" @@ -41,6 +38,7 @@ #include "ota.h" #endif #if ENABLED(WEBSUPPORT) + #include "spiffs.h" #include "web.h" #endif #endif @@ -78,31 +76,66 @@ volatile int numPWMUsed = 0, // Public functions // ------------------------ -void HAL_init() { - i2s_init(); -} +#if ENABLED(WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND) + + bool wifi_custom_command(char * const command_ptr) { + #if ENABLED(ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + return esp3dlib.parse(command_ptr); + #else + UNUSED(command_ptr); + return false; + #endif + } + +#endif + +void HAL_init() { i2s_init(); } void HAL_init_board() { - #if EITHER(EEPROM_SETTINGS, WEBSUPPORT) - spiffs_init(); - #endif - #if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) + #if ENABLED(ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + esp3dlib.init(); + #elif ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) wifi_init(); #if ENABLED(OTASUPPORT) OTA_init(); #endif #if ENABLED(WEBSUPPORT) + spiffs_init(); web_init(); #endif server.begin(); #endif + + // ESP32 uses a GPIO matrix that allows pins to be assigned to hardware serial ports. + // The following code initializes hardware Serial1 and Serial2 to use user-defined pins + // if they have been defined. + #if defined(HARDWARE_SERIAL1_RX) && defined(HARDWARE_SERIAL1_TX) + HardwareSerial Serial1(1); + #ifdef TMC_BAUD_RATE // use TMC_BAUD_RATE for Serial1 if defined + Serial1.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE, SERIAL_8N1, HARDWARE_SERIAL1_RX, HARDWARE_SERIAL1_TX); + #else // use default BAUDRATE if TMC_BAUD_RATE not defined + Serial1.begin(BAUDRATE, SERIAL_8N1, HARDWARE_SERIAL1_RX, HARDWARE_SERIAL1_TX); + #endif + #endif + #if defined(HARDWARE_SERIAL2_RX) && defined(HARDWARE_SERIAL2_TX) + HardwareSerial Serial2(2); + #ifdef TMC_BAUD_RATE // use TMC_BAUD_RATE for Serial1 if defined + Serial2.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE, SERIAL_8N1, HARDWARE_SERIAL2_RX, HARDWARE_SERIAL2_TX); + #else // use default BAUDRATE if TMC_BAUD_RATE not defined + Serial2.begin(BAUDRATE, SERIAL_8N1, HARDWARE_SERIAL2_RX, HARDWARE_SERIAL2_TX); + #endif + #endif + } void HAL_idletask() { - #if ENABLED(OTASUPPORT) + #if BOTH(WIFISUPPORT, OTASUPPORT) OTA_handle(); #endif + #if ENABLED(ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + esp3dlib.idletask(); + #endif } void HAL_clear_reset_source() { } @@ -161,6 +194,12 @@ void HAL_adc_init() { #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 adc1_set_attenuation(get_channel(TEMP_5_PIN), ADC_ATTEN_11db); #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + adc2_set_attenuation(get_channel(TEMP_6_PIN), ADC_ATTEN_11db); + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + adc3_set_attenuation(get_channel(TEMP_7_PIN), ADC_ATTEN_11db); + #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED adc1_set_attenuation(get_channel(TEMP_BED_PIN), ADC_ATTEN_11db); #endif @@ -183,23 +222,25 @@ void HAL_adc_init() { } } -void HAL_adc_start_conversion(uint8_t adc_pin) { +void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin) { const adc1_channel_t chan = get_channel(adc_pin); uint32_t mv; esp_adc_cal_get_voltage((adc_channel_t)chan, &characteristics[attenuations[chan]], &mv); + HAL_adc_result = mv * 1023.0 / 3300.0; // Change the attenuation level based on the new reading adc_atten_t atten; if (mv < thresholds[ADC_ATTEN_DB_0] - 100) - adc1_set_attenuation(chan, ADC_ATTEN_DB_0); + atten = ADC_ATTEN_DB_0; else if (mv > thresholds[ADC_ATTEN_DB_0] - 50 && mv < thresholds[ADC_ATTEN_DB_2_5] - 100) - adc1_set_attenuation(chan, ADC_ATTEN_DB_2_5); + atten = ADC_ATTEN_DB_2_5; else if (mv > thresholds[ADC_ATTEN_DB_2_5] - 50 && mv < thresholds[ADC_ATTEN_DB_6] - 100) - adc1_set_attenuation(chan, ADC_ATTEN_DB_6); + atten = ADC_ATTEN_DB_6; else if (mv > thresholds[ADC_ATTEN_DB_6] - 50) - adc1_set_attenuation(chan, ADC_ATTEN_DB_11); + atten = ADC_ATTEN_DB_11; + else return; - HAL_adc_result = mv * 1023.0 / 3300.0; + adc1_set_attenuation(chan, atten); } void analogWrite(pin_t pin, int value) { diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/HAL.h similarity index 56% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/HAL.h index 0736ff3c59..a04343b69e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/HAL.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -36,7 +36,14 @@ #include "timers.h" -#include "WebSocketSerial.h" +#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) + #include "WebSocketSerial.h" +#endif + +#if ENABLED(ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + #include "esp3dlib.h" +#endif + #include "FlushableHardwareSerial.h" // ------------------------ @@ -47,20 +54,23 @@ extern portMUX_TYPE spinlock; #define MYSERIAL0 flushableSerial -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) +#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + #if ENABLED(ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + #define MYSERIAL1 Serial2Socket + #else + #define MYSERIAL1 webSocketSerial + #endif #define NUM_SERIAL 2 - #define MYSERIAL1 webSocketSerial #else #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #endif -#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START portENTER_CRITICAL(&spinlock) -#define CRITICAL_SECTION_END portEXIT_CRITICAL(&spinlock) +#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START() portENTER_CRITICAL(&spinlock) +#define CRITICAL_SECTION_END() portEXIT_CRITICAL(&spinlock) #define ISRS_ENABLED() (spinlock.owner == portMUX_FREE_VAL) #define ENABLE_ISRS() if (spinlock.owner != portMUX_FREE_VAL) portEXIT_CRITICAL(&spinlock) #define DISABLE_ISRS() portENTER_CRITICAL(&spinlock) - // Fix bug in pgm_read_ptr #undef pgm_read_ptr #define pgm_read_ptr(addr) (*(addr)) @@ -111,10 +121,11 @@ void eeprom_update_block (const void *__src, void *__dst, size_t __n); void HAL_adc_init(); #define HAL_START_ADC(pin) HAL_adc_start_conversion(pin) +#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 10 #define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_result #define HAL_ADC_READY() true -void HAL_adc_start_conversion(uint8_t adc_pin); +void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin); #define GET_PIN_MAP_PIN(index) index #define GET_PIN_MAP_INDEX(pin) pin @@ -126,3 +137,44 @@ void HAL_adc_start_conversion(uint8_t adc_pin); void HAL_idletask(); void HAL_init(); void HAL_init_board(); + +// +// Delay in cycles (used by DELAY_NS / DELAY_US) +// +FORCE_INLINE static void DELAY_CYCLES(uint32_t x) { + unsigned long start, ccount, stop; + + /** + * It's important to care for race conditions (and overflows) here. + * Race condition example: If `stop` calculates to being close to the upper boundary of + * `uint32_t` and if at the same time a longer loop interruption kicks in (e.g. due to other + * FreeRTOS tasks or interrupts), `ccount` might overflow (and therefore be below `stop` again) + * without the loop ever being able to notice that `ccount` had already been above `stop` once + * (and that therefore the number of cycles to delay has already passed). + * As DELAY_CYCLES (through DELAY_NS / DELAY_US) is used by software SPI bit banging to drive + * LCDs and therefore might be called very, very often, this seemingly improbable situation did + * actually happen in reality. It resulted in apparently random print pauses of ~17.9 seconds + * (0x100000000 / 240 MHz) or multiples thereof, essentially ruining the current print by causing + * large blobs of filament. + */ + + __asm__ __volatile__ ( "rsr %0, ccount" : "=a" (start) ); + stop = start + x; + ccount = start; + + if (stop >= start) { + // no overflow, so only loop while in between start and stop: + // 0x00000000 -----------------start****stop-- 0xffffffff + while (ccount >= start && ccount < stop) { + __asm__ __volatile__ ( "rsr %0, ccount" : "=a" (ccount) ); + } + } + else { + // stop did overflow, so only loop while outside of stop and start: + // 0x00000000 **stop-------------------start** 0xffffffff + while (ccount >= start || ccount < stop) { + __asm__ __volatile__ ( "rsr %0, ccount" : "=a" (ccount) ); + } + } + +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_SPI.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/HAL_SPI.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_SPI.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/HAL_SPI.cpp index eba880b4fd..981d9b49c1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_SPI.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/HAL_SPI.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/Servo.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/Servo.cpp similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/Servo.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/Servo.cpp index 3c3b8fa704..68ee3d9098 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/Servo.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/Servo.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Servo::Servo() { int8_t Servo::attach(const int inPin) { if (channel >= CHANNEL_MAX_NUM) return -1; - if (pin > 0) pin = inPin; + if (inPin > 0) pin = inPin; ledcSetup(channel, 50, 16); // channel X, 50 Hz, 16-bit depth ledcAttachPin(pin, channel); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/Servo.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/Servo.h similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/Servo.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/Servo.h index 7b73ef0f3c..3f575150eb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/Servo.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/Servo.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/WebSocketSerial.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/WebSocketSerial.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/WebSocketSerial.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/WebSocketSerial.cpp index 9a38d3996a..c7ee6951e1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/WebSocketSerial.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/WebSocketSerial.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/WebSocketSerial.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/WebSocketSerial.h similarity index 87% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/WebSocketSerial.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/WebSocketSerial.h index 9590271b01..e76a2bc68e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/WebSocketSerial.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/WebSocketSerial.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -23,16 +23,18 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#include "Stream.h" +#include -#ifndef RX_BUFFER_SIZE - #define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 -#endif #ifndef TX_BUFFER_SIZE #define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 32 #endif -#if TX_BUFFER_SIZE <= 0 - #error "TX_BUFFER_SIZE is required for the WebSocket." +#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) + #ifndef RX_BUFFER_SIZE + #define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 + #endif + #if TX_BUFFER_SIZE <= 0 + #error "TX_BUFFER_SIZE is required for the WebSocket." + #endif #endif typedef uint16_t ring_buffer_pos_t; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/endstop_interrupts.h similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/endstop_interrupts.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/endstop_interrupts.h index 31a3e4d667..2da1cc7477 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -72,6 +72,12 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if HAS_Z3_MIN _ATTACH(Z3_MIN_PIN); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + _ATTACH(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + _ATTACH(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN _ATTACH(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/fastio.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/fastio.h similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/fastio.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/fastio.h index 1641116b90..9c4efaee9d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/fastio.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/fastio.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/i2s.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/i2s.cpp similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/i2s.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/i2s.cpp index 1f7c508cf1..d80c3c24e1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/i2s.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/i2s.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -26,10 +26,10 @@ #include "i2s.h" #include "../shared/Marduino.h" -#include "driver/periph_ctrl.h" -#include "rom/lldesc.h" -#include "soc/i2s_struct.h" -#include "freertos/queue.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include #include "../../module/stepper.h" #define DMA_BUF_COUNT 8 // number of DMA buffers to store data @@ -153,8 +153,8 @@ void stepperTask(void* parameter) { remaining--; } else { - Stepper::stepper_pulse_phase_isr(); - remaining = Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr(); + Stepper::pulse_phase_isr(); + remaining = Stepper::block_phase_isr(); } } } @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ int i2s_init() { * * fwclk = fbclk / 32 * - * for fwclk = 250kHz (4uS pulse time) + * for fwclk = 250kHz (4µS pulse time) * N = 10 * M = 20 */ @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ int i2s_init() { esp_intr_enable(i2s_isr_handle); // Create the task that will feed the buffer - xTaskCreate(stepperTask, "StepperTask", 10000, nullptr, 1, nullptr); + xTaskCreatePinnedToCore(stepperTask, "StepperTask", 10000, nullptr, 1, nullptr, CONFIG_ARDUINO_RUNNING_CORE); // run I2S stepper task on same core as rest of Marlin // Route the i2s pins to the appropriate GPIO gpio_matrix_out_check(I2S_DATA, I2S0O_DATA_OUT23_IDX, 0, 0); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/i2s.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/i2s.h similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/i2s.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/i2s.h index 971405a343..63a579a184 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/i2s.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/i2s.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h index 85f26f4016..0285c52ee3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/inc/Conditionals_adv.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/inc/Conditionals_adv.h similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/inc/Conditionals_adv.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/inc/Conditionals_adv.h index 85f26f4016..0285c52ee3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/inc/Conditionals_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/inc/Conditionals_adv.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/inc/Conditionals_post.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/inc/Conditionals_post.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e51b55698e --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/inc/Conditionals_post.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +// If no real EEPROM, Flash emulation, or SRAM emulation is available fall back to SD emulation +#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && NONE(USE_REAL_EEPROM, FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION, SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION) + #define SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/inc/SanityCheck.h similarity index 78% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/inc/SanityCheck.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/inc/SanityCheck.h index 9c62a353e7..b6ad7a3c4b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,3 +28,11 @@ #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform." #endif + +#if HAS_TMC_SW_SERIAL + #error "TMC220x Software Serial is not supported on this platform." +#endif + +#if BOTH(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + #error "Only enable one WiFi option, either WIFISUPPORT or ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/ota.cpp similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/ota.cpp index 98ea3b5eb7..34a2482c9b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/ota.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -21,13 +21,13 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if ENABLED(OTASUPPORT) +#if BOTH(WIFISUPPORT, OTASUPPORT) #include #include #include #include -#include "driver/timer.h" +#include void OTA_init() { ArduinoOTA @@ -67,6 +67,5 @@ void OTA_handle() { ArduinoOTA.handle(); } -#endif // OTASUPPORT - +#endif // WIFISUPPORT && OTASUPPORT #endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/ota.h similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/ota.h index 7e89e93ce2..1780fb32c1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/ota.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/persistent_store_impl.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/persistent_store_impl.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7113b68412 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/persistent_store_impl.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && DISABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) + +#include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h" +#include "EEPROM.h" + +#define EEPROM_SIZE 4096 + +bool PersistentStore::access_start() { + return EEPROM.begin(EEPROM_SIZE); +} + +bool PersistentStore::access_finish() { + EEPROM.end(); + return true; +} + +bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, uint16_t *crc) { + for (size_t i = 0; i < size; i++) { + EEPROM.write(pos++, value[i]); + crc16(crc, &value[i], 1); + } + return false; +} + +bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, size_t size, uint16_t *crc, const bool writing/*=true*/) { + for (size_t i = 0; i < size; i++) { + uint8_t c = EEPROM.read(pos++); + if (writing) value[i] = c; + crc16(crc, &c, 1); + } + return false; +} + +size_t PersistentStore::capacity() { return EEPROM_SIZE; } + +#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS +#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/servotimers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/servotimers.h similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/servotimers.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/servotimers.h index 85f26f4016..0285c52ee3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/servotimers.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/servotimers.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spi_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/spi_pins.h similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spi_pins.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/spi_pins.h index 03ab215224..0e67615a2b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spi_pins.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/spi_pins.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spiffs.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/spiffs.cpp similarity index 89% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spiffs.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/spiffs.cpp index a3e1bd8a25..0013dd6093 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spiffs.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/spiffs.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if EITHER(WEBSUPPORT, EEPROM_SETTINGS) +#if BOTH(WIFISUPPORT, WEBSUPPORT) #include "../../core/serial.h" @@ -40,5 +40,5 @@ void spiffs_init() { SERIAL_ERROR_MSG("SPIFFS mount failed"); } -#endif // WEBSUPPORT +#endif // WIFISUPPORT && WEBSUPPORT #endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spiffs.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/spiffs.h similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spiffs.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/spiffs.h index 8a1ee2f191..b9cbb23bda 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spiffs.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/spiffs.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/timers.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/timers.cpp similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/timers.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/timers.cpp index 79a79e37cd..ef181a438c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/timers.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/timers.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ #ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 #include -#include "esp_types.h" -#include "soc/timer_group_struct.h" -#include "driver/periph_ctrl.h" -#include "driver/timer.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include #include "HAL.h" @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, uint32_t frequency) { timer_enable_intr(timer.group, timer.idx); - timer_isr_register(timer.group, timer.idx, timer_isr, (void*)timer_num, 0, nullptr); + timer_isr_register(timer.group, timer.idx, timer_isr, (void*)(uint32_t)timer_num, 0, nullptr); timer_start(timer.group, timer.idx); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/timers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/timers.h similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/timers.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/timers.h index 4b01f4ba7c..bc4306be20 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/timers.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/timers.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #pragma once #include -#include "driver/timer.h" +#include // Includes needed to get I2S_STEPPER_STREAM. Note that pins.h // is included in case this header is being included early. @@ -47,12 +47,12 @@ typedef uint64_t hal_timer_t; #if ENABLED(I2S_STEPPER_STREAM) #define STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE 1 - #define STEPPER_TIMER_RATE 250000 // 250khz, 4us pulses of i2s word clock + #define STEPPER_TIMER_RATE 250000 // 250khz, 4µs pulses of i2s word clock #define STEPPER_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US ((STEPPER_TIMER_RATE) / 1000000) // stepper timer ticks per µs // wrong would be 0.25 #else #define STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE 40 - #define STEPPER_TIMER_RATE (HAL_TIMER_RATE / STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE) // frequency of stepper timer, 2MHz - #define STEPPER_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US ((STEPPER_TIMER_RATE) / 1000000) // stepper timer ticks per µs + #define STEPPER_TIMER_RATE ((HAL_TIMER_RATE) / (STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE)) // frequency of stepper timer, 2MHz + #define STEPPER_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US ((STEPPER_TIMER_RATE) / 1000000) // stepper timer ticks per µs #endif #define STEP_TIMER_MIN_INTERVAL 8 // minimum time in µs between stepper interrupts diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/watchdog.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/watchdog.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/watchdog.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/watchdog.cpp index d05e67c856..9f681e6095 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/watchdog.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/watchdog.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/watchdog.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/watchdog.h similarity index 79% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/watchdog.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/watchdog.h index e5dd3b46d3..7e07990865 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/watchdog.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/watchdog.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -21,8 +21,18 @@ */ #pragma once +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + + esp_err_t esp_task_wdt_reset(); + +#ifdef __cplusplus + } +#endif + // Initialize watchdog with a 4 second interrupt time void watchdog_init(); // Reset watchdog. -inline void watchdog_reset() { } +inline void HAL_watchdog_refresh() { esp_task_wdt_reset(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/web.cpp similarity index 88% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/web.cpp index c593fc0242..b795efe3c5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/web.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -22,13 +22,14 @@ #ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 -#include -#undef DISABLED // esp32-hal-gpio.h - #include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if ENABLED(WEBSUPPORT) +#if BOTH(WIFISUPPORT, WEBSUPPORT) +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#undef DISABLED // esp32-hal-gpio.h +#include #include "wifi.h" AsyncEventSource events("/events"); // event source (Server-Sent events) @@ -43,5 +44,5 @@ void web_init() { server.onNotFound(onNotFound); } -#endif // WEBSUPPORT +#endif // WIFISUPPORT && WEBSUPPORT #endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/web.h similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/web.h index d1d91b9c0f..8dbefd8eef 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/web.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/wifi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/wifi.cpp similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/wifi.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/wifi.cpp index 19f1d8fb85..9203dd62e7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/wifi.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/wifi.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/wifi.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/wifi.h similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/wifi.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/wifi.h index 4cd656cb33..580c6c87f4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/wifi.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/ESP32/wifi.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL.h index f3946902c8..fa2782cfcb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -24,3 +24,11 @@ #include "platforms.h" #include HAL_PATH(.,HAL.h) + +#define HAL_ADC_RANGE _BV(HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION) + +inline void watchdog_refresh() { + #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) + HAL_watchdog_refresh(); + #endif +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/persistent_store_spiffs.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/persistent_store_spiffs.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 5227da3568..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/persistent_store_spiffs.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -#ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" - -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && DISABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) - -#include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h" - -#include -#include -#include "spiffs.h" - -#define HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_SIZE 4096 -#define HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_FILE_PATH "/eeprom.dat" - -File eeprom_file; - -bool PersistentStore::access_start() { - if (spiffs_initialized) { - eeprom_file = SPIFFS.open(HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_FILE_PATH, "r+"); - - size_t file_size = eeprom_file.size(); - if (file_size < HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_SIZE) { - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG("SPIFFS EEPROM settings file " HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_FILE_PATH " is too small or did not exist, expanding."); - SERIAL_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" file size: ", file_size, ", required size: ", HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_SIZE); - - // mode r+ does not allow to expand the file (at least on ESP32 SPIFFS9, so we close, reopen "a", append, close, reopen "r+" - eeprom_file.close(); - - eeprom_file = SPIFFS.open(HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_FILE_PATH, "a"); - for (size_t i = eeprom_file.size(); i < HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_SIZE; i++) - eeprom_file.write(0xFF); - eeprom_file.close(); - - eeprom_file = SPIFFS.open(HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_FILE_PATH, "r+"); - file_size = eeprom_file.size(); - if (file_size < HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_SIZE) { - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG("Failed to expand " HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_FILE_PATH " to required size. SPIFFS partition full?"); - SERIAL_ERROR_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" file size: ", file_size, ", required size: ", HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_SIZE); - SERIAL_ERROR_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" SPIFFS used bytes: ", SPIFFS.usedBytes(), ", total bytes: ", SPIFFS.totalBytes()); - } - } - return true; - } - return false; -} - -bool PersistentStore::access_finish() { - eeprom_file.close(); - return true; -} - -bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, uint16_t *crc) { - if (!eeprom_file.seek(pos)) return true; // return true for any error - if (eeprom_file.write(value, size) != size) return true; - - crc16(crc, value, size); - pos += size; - - return false; -} - -bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, size_t size, uint16_t *crc, const bool writing/*=true*/) { - if (!eeprom_file.seek(pos)) return true; // return true for any error - - if (writing) { - if (eeprom_file.read(value, size) != size) return true; - crc16(crc, value, size); - } - else { - uint8_t tmp[size]; - if (eeprom_file.read(tmp, size) != size) return true; - crc16(crc, tmp, size); - } - - pos += size; - - return false; -} - -size_t PersistentStore::capacity() { return HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_SIZE; } - -#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS -#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85f26f4016..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/inc/Conditionals_adv.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/inc/Conditionals_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85f26f4016..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/inc/Conditionals_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/inc/Conditionals_post.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/inc/Conditionals_post.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85f26f4016..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/inc/Conditionals_post.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/pinsDebug.h deleted file mode 100644 index e39f2d2453..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/pinsDebug.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * Support routines for LPC1768 - */ - -/** - * Translation of routines & variables used by pinsDebug.h - */ - -#define NUMBER_PINS_TOTAL NUM_DIGITAL_PINS -#define pwm_details(pin) pin = pin // do nothing // print PWM details -#define pwm_status(pin) false //Print a pin's PWM status. Return true if it's currently a PWM pin. -#define IS_ANALOG(P) (DIGITAL_PIN_TO_ANALOG_PIN(P) >= 0 ? 1 : 0) -#define digitalRead_mod(p) extDigitalRead(p) -#define PRINT_PORT(p) -#define GET_ARRAY_PIN(p) pin_array[p].pin -#define PRINT_ARRAY_NAME(x) do{ sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("%-" STRINGIFY(MAX_NAME_LENGTH) "s"), pin_array[x].name); SERIAL_ECHO(buffer); }while(0) -#define PRINT_PIN(p) do{ sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("%d.%02d"), LPC1768_PIN_PORT(p), LPC1768_PIN_PIN(p)); SERIAL_ECHO(buffer); }while(0) -#define MULTI_NAME_PAD 16 // space needed to be pretty if not first name assigned to a pin - -// pins that will cause hang/reset/disconnect in M43 Toggle and Watch utilities -// uses pin index -#ifndef M43_NEVER_TOUCH - #define M43_NEVER_TOUCH(Q) ((Q) == 29 || (Q) == 30 || (Q) == 73) // USB pins -#endif - -// active ADC function/mode/code values for PINSEL registers -constexpr int8_t ADC_pin_mode(pin_t pin) { - return (LPC1768_PIN_PORT(pin) == 0 && LPC1768_PIN_PIN(pin) == 2 ? 2 : - LPC1768_PIN_PORT(pin) == 0 && LPC1768_PIN_PIN(pin) == 3 ? 2 : - LPC1768_PIN_PORT(pin) == 0 && LPC1768_PIN_PIN(pin) == 23 ? 1 : - LPC1768_PIN_PORT(pin) == 0 && LPC1768_PIN_PIN(pin) == 24 ? 1 : - LPC1768_PIN_PORT(pin) == 0 && LPC1768_PIN_PIN(pin) == 25 ? 1 : - LPC1768_PIN_PORT(pin) == 0 && LPC1768_PIN_PIN(pin) == 26 ? 1 : - LPC1768_PIN_PORT(pin) == 1 && LPC1768_PIN_PIN(pin) == 30 ? 3 : - LPC1768_PIN_PORT(pin) == 1 && LPC1768_PIN_PIN(pin) == 31 ? 3 : -1); -} - -int8_t get_pin_mode(pin_t pin) { - if (!VALID_PIN(pin)) return -1; - uint8_t pin_port = LPC1768_PIN_PORT(pin); - uint8_t pin_port_pin = LPC1768_PIN_PIN(pin); - //get appropriate PINSEL register - volatile uint32_t * pinsel_reg = (pin_port == 0 && pin_port_pin <= 15) ? &LPC_PINCON->PINSEL0 : - (pin_port == 0) ? &LPC_PINCON->PINSEL1 : - (pin_port == 1 && pin_port_pin <= 15) ? &LPC_PINCON->PINSEL2 : - pin_port == 1 ? &LPC_PINCON->PINSEL3 : - pin_port == 2 ? &LPC_PINCON->PINSEL4 : - pin_port == 3 ? &LPC_PINCON->PINSEL7 : &LPC_PINCON->PINSEL9; - uint8_t pinsel_start_bit = pin_port_pin > 15 ? 2 * (pin_port_pin - 16) : 2 * pin_port_pin; - int8_t pin_mode = (int8_t) ((*pinsel_reg >> pinsel_start_bit) & 0x3); - return pin_mode; -} - -bool GET_PINMODE(pin_t pin) { - int8_t pin_mode = get_pin_mode(pin); - if (pin_mode == -1 || pin_mode == ADC_pin_mode(pin)) // found an invalid pin or active analog pin - return false; - - uint32_t * FIO_reg[5] PROGMEM = {(uint32_t*) 0x2009C000,(uint32_t*) 0x2009C020,(uint32_t*) 0x2009C040,(uint32_t*) 0x2009C060,(uint32_t*) 0x2009C080}; - return ((*FIO_reg[LPC1768_PIN_PORT(pin)] >> LPC1768_PIN_PIN(pin) & 1) != 0); //input/output state -} - -bool GET_ARRAY_IS_DIGITAL(pin_t pin) { - return (!IS_ANALOG(pin) || get_pin_mode(pin) != ADC_pin_mode(pin)); -} diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_sw_i2c.cpp under construction b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_sw_i2c.cpp under construction deleted file mode 100644 index 0222c62280..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_sw_i2c.cpp under construction +++ /dev/null @@ -1,254 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * Based on U8G2 code - u8x8_byte.c - * - * Universal 8bit Graphics Library (https://github.com/olikraus/u8g2/) - * - * Copyright (c) 2016, olikraus@gmail.com - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * - * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list - * of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * - * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this - * list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other - * materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND - * CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF - * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR - * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, - * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT - * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; - * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, - * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) - * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF - * ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - */ - -/** - * Software i2c, - * ignores ACK response (which is anyway not provided by some displays) - * also does not allow reading from the device - */ - -#ifdef TARGET_LPC1768 - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -#include - -//void pinMode(int16_t pin, uint8_t mode); -//void digitalWrite(int16_t pin, uint8_t pin_status); - - -#define I2C_SLA (0x3C*2) -//#define I2C_CMD_MODE 0x080 -#define I2C_CMD_MODE 0x000 -#define I2C_DATA_MODE 0x040 - -//static uint8_t I2C_speed; // 3 - 400KHz, 13 - 100KHz -//#define SPEED_400KHz 3 -//#define SPEED_100KHz 13 - -// #define U8G_I2C_OPT_FAST 16 - -uint8_t SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C, SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C, SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C, SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C; - -#define SPI_SPEED 2 //20: 200KHz 5:750KHz 2:3-4MHz - -uint8_t u8g_i2c_send_byte_sw(uint8_t data) { - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 9; i++) { // 1 extra bit for the ack/nak - - if (val & 0x80) - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < SPI_SPEED; j++) { - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - } - else - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < SPI_SPEED; j++) { - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - } - - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < SPI_SPEED; j++) { - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - } - - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < SPI_SPEED; j++) { - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - } - val <<= 1; - } - return 1; -} - - -uint8_t u8g_i2c_start_sw(uint8_t sla) { // assert start condition and then send slave address with write bit - /* send the start condition, both lines go from 1 to 0 */ - - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - DELAY_US(2); - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - DELAY_US(2); - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - DELAY_US(2); - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - DELAY_US(2); - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - - u8g_i2c_send_byte_sw(I2C_SLA); // send slave address with write bit -} - - -void u8g_i2c_stop_sw() { } - -void u8g_i2c_init_sw(uint8_t clock_option) { u8g_i2c_start(0); } // send slave address and write bit - -uint8_t u8g_com_ssd_I2C_start_sequence_sw(u8g_t *u8g) { - /* are we requested to set the a0 state? */ - if (u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SET_A0] == 0) return 1; - - /* setup bus, might be a repeated start */ - if (u8g_i2c_start(I2C_SLA) == 0) return 0; - if (u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_A0_STATE] == 0) { - if (u8g_i2c_send_byte(I2C_CMD_MODE) == 0) return 0; - } - else if (u8g_i2c_send_byte(I2C_DATA_MODE) == 0) return 0; - - u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SET_A0] = 0; - - return 1; -} - -uint8_t u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_sw_i2c_fn(u8g_t *u8g, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_val, void *arg_ptr) { - switch (msg) { - case U8G_COM_MSG_INIT: - - #define LPC1768_PIN_PORT(pin) ((uint8_t)((pin >> 5) & 0b111)) - #define LPC1768_PIN_PIN(pin) ((uint8_t)(pin & 0b11111)) - SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C = LPC1768_PIN_PIN(u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SCL]); - SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C = LPC1768_PIN_PORT(u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SCL]); - SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C = LPC1768_PIN_PIN(u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SDA]); - SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C = LPC1768_PIN_PORT(u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SDA]); - // As defined by Arduino INPUT(0x0), OUTPUT(0x1), INPUT_PULLUP(0x2) - #define OUTPUT 0x1 - u8g_SetPIOutput(u8g, U8G_PI_SCL); - u8g_SetPIOutput(u8g, U8G_PI_SDA); - if (U8G_PIN_NONE != u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_CS]) u8g_SetPIOutput(u8g, U8G_PI_CS); - if (U8G_PIN_NONE != u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_A0]) u8g_SetPIOutput(u8g, U8G_PI_A0); - if (U8G_PIN_NONE != u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_RESET]) u8g_SetPIOutput(u8g, U8G_PI_RESET); - - //u8g_com_arduino_digital_write(u8g, U8G_PI_SCL, HIGH); - //u8g_com_arduino_digital_write(u8g, U8G_PI_SDA, HIGH); - //u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_A0_STATE] = 0; /* initial RS state: unknown mode */ - - u8g_i2c_init_sw(u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_I2C_OPTION]); - u8g_com_ssd_I2C_start_sequence_sw(u8g); - break; - - case U8G_COM_MSG_STOP: break; - - case U8G_COM_MSG_RESET: break; - - case U8G_COM_MSG_CHIP_SELECT: - u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_A0_STATE] = 0; - u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SET_A0] = 1; /* force a0 to set again, also forces start condition */ - if (arg_val == 0) { - /* disable chip, send stop condition */ - u8g_i2c_stop_sw(); - } - else { - /* enable, do nothing: any byte writing will trigger the i2c start */ - } - break; - - case U8G_COM_MSG_WRITE_BYTE: - //u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SET_A0] = 1; - //if (u8g_com_arduino_ssd_start_sequence(u8g) == 0) - // return u8g_i2c_stop(), 0; - if (u8g_i2c_send_byte_sw(arg_val) == 0) - return u8g_i2c_stop_sw(), 0; - // u8g_i2c_stop(); - break; - - case U8G_COM_MSG_WRITE_SEQ: { - //u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SET_A0] = 1; - if (u8g_com_ssd_I2C_start_sequence_sw(u8g) == 0) - return u8g_i2c_stop_sw(), 0; - - uint8_t *ptr = (uint8_t *)arg_ptr; - while (arg_val > 0) { - if (u8g_i2c_send_byte_sw(*ptr++) == 0) - return u8g_i2c_stop_sw(), 0; - arg_val--; - } - } - // u8g_i2c_stop(); - break; - - case U8G_COM_MSG_WRITE_SEQ_P: { - //u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SET_A0] = 1; - if (u8g_com_ssd_I2C_start_sequence_sw(u8g) == 0) - return u8g_i2c_stop_sw(), 0; - - uint8_t *ptr = (uint8_t *)arg_ptr; - while (arg_val > 0) { - if (u8g_i2c_send_byte_sw(u8g_pgm_read(ptr)) == 0) return 0; - ptr++; - arg_val--; - } - } - // u8g_i2c_stop(); - break; - - case U8G_COM_MSG_ADDRESS: /* define cmd (arg_val = 0) or data mode (arg_val = 1) */ - u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_A0_STATE] = arg_val; - u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SET_A0] = 1; /* force a0 to set again */ - u8g_i2c_start_sw(0); // send slave address and write bit - u8g_i2c_send_byte_sw(arg_val ? 0x40 : 0x80); // Write to ? Graphics DRAM mode : Command mode - break; - } - return 1; -} - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -#endif // TARGET_LPC1768 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/upload_extra_script.py b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/upload_extra_script.py deleted file mode 100644 index 44e0f09ad0..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/upload_extra_script.py +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -# -# sets output_port -# if target_filename is found then that drive is used -# else if target_drive is found then that drive is used -# -from __future__ import print_function - -target_filename = "FIRMWARE.CUR" -target_drive = "REARM" - -import os -import platform -current_OS = platform.system() -Import("env") - -def print_error(e): - print('\nUnable to find destination disk (' + e + ')\n' \ - 'Please select it in platformio.ini using the upload_port keyword ' \ - '(https://docs.platformio.org/en/latest/projectconf/section_env_upload.html) ' \ - 'or copy the firmware (.pio/build/' + env.get('PIOENV') + '/firmware.bin) manually to the appropriate disk\n') - -try: - if current_OS == 'Windows': - # - # platformio.ini will accept this for a Windows upload port designation: 'upload_port = L:' - # Windows - doesn't care about the disk's name, only cares about the drive letter - # - - # - # get all drives on this computer - # - import subprocess - # typical result (string): 'Drives: C:\ D:\ E:\ F:\ G:\ H:\ I:\ J:\ K:\ L:\ M:\ Y:\ Z:\' - driveStr = subprocess.check_output("fsutil fsinfo drives") - # typical result (string): 'C:\ D:\ E:\ F:\ G:\ H:\ I:\ J:\ K:\ L:\ M:\ Y:\ Z:\' - driveStr = driveStr.strip().lstrip('Drives: ') - # typical result (array of stings): ['C:\\', 'D:\\', 'E:\\', 'F:\\', - # 'G:\\', 'H:\\', 'I:\\', 'J:\\', 'K:\\', 'L:\\', 'M:\\', 'Y:\\', 'Z:\\'] - drives = driveStr.split() - - upload_disk = 'Disk not found' - target_file_found = False - target_drive_found = False - for drive in drives: - final_drive_name = drive.strip().rstrip('\\') # typical result (string): 'C:' - try: - volume_info = subprocess.check_output('cmd /C dir ' + final_drive_name, stderr=subprocess.STDOUT) - except Exception as e: - continue - else: - if target_drive in volume_info and target_file_found == False: # set upload if not found target file yet - target_drive_found = True - upload_disk = final_drive_name - if target_filename in volume_info: - if target_file_found == False: - upload_disk = final_drive_name - target_file_found = True - - # - # set upload_port to drive if found - # - - if target_file_found == True or target_drive_found == True: - env.Replace( - UPLOAD_PORT=upload_disk - ) - print('upload disk: ', upload_disk) - else: - print_error('Autodetect Error') - - elif current_OS == 'Linux': - # - # platformio.ini will accept this for a Linux upload port designation: 'upload_port = /media/media_name/drive' - # - upload_disk = 'Disk not found' - target_file_found = False - target_drive_found = False - medias = os.listdir('/media') # - for media in medias: - drives = os.listdir('/media/' + media) # - if target_drive in drives and target_file_found == False: # set upload if not found target file yet - target_drive_found = True - upload_disk = '/media/' + media + '/' + target_drive + '/' - for drive in drives: - try: - files = os.listdir('/media/' + media + '/' + drive) - except: - continue - else: - if target_filename in files: - if target_file_found == False: - upload_disk = '/media/' + media + '/' + drive + '/' - target_file_found = True - - # - # set upload_port to drive if found - # - - if target_file_found == True or target_drive_found == True: - env.Replace( - UPLOAD_FLAGS="-P$UPLOAD_PORT", - UPLOAD_PORT=upload_disk - ) - print('upload disk: ', upload_disk) - else: - print_error('Autodetect Error') - - elif current_OS == 'Darwin': # MAC - # - # platformio.ini will accept this for a OSX upload port designation: 'upload_port = /media/media_name/drive' - # - upload_disk = 'Disk not found' - drives = os.listdir('/Volumes') # human readable names - target_file_found = False - target_drive_found = False - if target_drive in drives and target_file_found == False: # set upload if not found target file yet - target_drive_found = True - upload_disk = '/Volumes/' + target_drive + '/' - for drive in drives: - try: - filenames = os.listdir('/Volumes/' + drive + '/') # will get an error if the drive is protected - except: - continue - else: - if target_filename in filenames: - if target_file_found == False: - upload_disk = '/Volumes/' + drive + '/' - target_file_found = True - # - # set upload_port to drive if found - # - - if target_file_found == True or target_drive_found == True: - env.Replace( - UPLOAD_PORT=upload_disk - ) - print('\nupload disk: ', upload_disk, '\n') - else: - print_error('Autodetect Error') - -except Exception as e: - print_error(str(e)) diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85f26f4016..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/inc/Conditionals_adv.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/inc/Conditionals_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85f26f4016..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/inc/Conditionals_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/inc/Conditionals_post.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/inc/Conditionals_post.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85f26f4016..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/inc/Conditionals_post.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/timers.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/timers.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 63902c3c5e..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/timers.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,135 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * SAMD51 HAL developed by Giuliano Zaro (AKA GMagician) - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -#ifdef __SAMD51__ - -// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Includes -// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#include "timers.h" - -// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Local defines -// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define NUM_HARDWARE_TIMERS 8 - -// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Private Variables -// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -const tTimerConfig TimerConfig[NUM_HARDWARE_TIMERS] = { - { TC0, TC0_IRQn, TC_PRIORITY(0) }, - { TC1, TC1_IRQn, TC_PRIORITY(1) }, - { TC2, TC2_IRQn, TC_PRIORITY(2) }, // Reserved by framework tone function - { TC3, TC3_IRQn, TC_PRIORITY(3) }, // Reserved by servo library - { TC4, TC4_IRQn, TC_PRIORITY(4) }, - { TC5, TC5_IRQn, TC_PRIORITY(5) }, - { TC6, TC6_IRQn, TC_PRIORITY(6) }, - { TC7, TC7_IRQn, TC_PRIORITY(7) } -}; - -// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Private functions -// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -FORCE_INLINE void Disable_Irq(IRQn_Type irq) { - NVIC_DisableIRQ(irq); - - // We NEED memory barriers to ensure Interrupts are actually disabled! - // ( https://dzone.com/articles/nvic-disabling-interrupts-on-arm-cortex-m-and-the ) - __DSB(); - __ISB(); -} - -// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Public functions -// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) { - Tc * const tc = TimerConfig[timer_num].pTimer; - IRQn_Type irq = TimerConfig[timer_num].IRQ_Id; - - // Disable interrupt, just in case it was already enabled - Disable_Irq(irq); - - // Disable timer interrupt - tc->COUNT32.INTENCLR.reg = TC_INTENCLR_OVF; // disable overflow interrupt - - // TCn clock setup - const uint8_t clockID = GCLK_CLKCTRL_IDs[TCC_INST_NUM + timer_num]; - GCLK->PCHCTRL[clockID].bit.CHEN = false; - SYNC(GCLK->PCHCTRL[clockID].bit.CHEN); - GCLK->PCHCTRL[clockID].reg = GCLK_PCHCTRL_GEN_GCLK0 | GCLK_PCHCTRL_CHEN; // 120MHz startup code programmed - SYNC(!GCLK->PCHCTRL[clockID].bit.CHEN); - - // Stop timer, just in case, to be able to reconfigure it - tc->COUNT32.CTRLA.bit.ENABLE = false; - SYNC(tc->COUNT32.SYNCBUSY.bit.ENABLE); - - // Reset timer - tc->COUNT32.CTRLA.bit.SWRST = true; - SYNC(tc->COUNT32.SYNCBUSY.bit.SWRST); - - NVIC_SetPriority(irq, TimerConfig[timer_num].priority); - - // Wave mode, reset counter on overflow on 0 (I use count down to prevent double buffer use) - tc->COUNT32.WAVE.reg = TC_WAVE_WAVEGEN_MFRQ; - tc->COUNT32.CTRLA.reg = TC_CTRLA_MODE_COUNT32 | TC_CTRLA_PRESCALER_DIV1; - tc->COUNT32.CTRLBSET.reg = TC_CTRLBCLR_DIR; - SYNC(tc->COUNT32.SYNCBUSY.bit.CTRLB); - - // Set compare value - tc->COUNT32.COUNT.reg = tc->COUNT32.CC[0].reg = HAL_TIMER_RATE / frequency; - - // And start timer - tc->COUNT32.CTRLA.bit.ENABLE = true; - SYNC(tc->COUNT32.SYNCBUSY.bit.ENABLE); - - // Enable interrupt on RC compare - tc->COUNT32.INTENSET.reg = TC_INTENCLR_OVF; // enable overflow interrupt - - // Finally, enable IRQ - NVIC_EnableIRQ(irq); -} - -void HAL_timer_enable_interrupt(const uint8_t timer_num) { - IRQn_Type irq = TimerConfig[timer_num].IRQ_Id; - NVIC_EnableIRQ(irq); -} - -void HAL_timer_disable_interrupt(const uint8_t timer_num) { - IRQn_Type irq = TimerConfig[timer_num].IRQ_Id; - Disable_Irq(irq); -} - -// missing from CMSIS: Check if interrupt is enabled or not -static bool NVIC_GetEnabledIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) { - return (NVIC->ISER[(uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5] & (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F))) != 0; -} - -bool HAL_timer_interrupt_enabled(const uint8_t timer_num) { - IRQn_Type irq = TimerConfig[timer_num].IRQ_Id; - return NVIC_GetEnabledIRQ(irq); -} - -#endif // __SAMD51__ diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_SPI.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_SPI.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 45bd26d720..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_SPI.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,151 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#if defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32) && !defined(STM32GENERIC) - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" - -#include - -// ------------------------ -// Public Variables -// ------------------------ - -static SPISettings spiConfig; - -// ------------------------ -// Public functions -// ------------------------ - -#if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_SPI) - // ------------------------ - // Software SPI - // ------------------------ - #error "Software SPI not supported for STM32. Use Hardware SPI." - -#else - -// ------------------------ -// Hardware SPI -// ------------------------ - -/** - * VGPV SPI speed start and PCLK2/2, by default 108/2 = 54Mhz - */ - -/** - * @brief Begin SPI port setup - * - * @return Nothing - * - * @details Only configures SS pin since stm32duino creates and initialize the SPI object - */ -void spiBegin() { - #if !PIN_EXISTS(SS) - #error "SS_PIN not defined!" - #endif - - OUT_WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH); -} - -/** Configure SPI for specified SPI speed */ -void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate) { - // Use datarates Marlin uses - uint32_t clock; - switch (spiRate) { - case SPI_FULL_SPEED: clock = 20000000; break; // 13.9mhz=20000000 6.75mhz=10000000 3.38mhz=5000000 .833mhz=1000000 - case SPI_HALF_SPEED: clock = 5000000; break; - case SPI_QUARTER_SPEED: clock = 2500000; break; - case SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED: clock = 1250000; break; - case SPI_SPEED_5: clock = 625000; break; - case SPI_SPEED_6: clock = 300000; break; - default: - clock = 4000000; // Default from the SPI library - } - spiConfig = SPISettings(clock, MSBFIRST, SPI_MODE0); - - SPI.begin(); -} - -/** - * @brief Receives a single byte from the SPI port. - * - * @return Byte received - * - * @details - */ -uint8_t spiRec() { - SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig); - uint8_t returnByte = SPI.transfer(0xFF); - SPI.endTransaction(); - return returnByte; -} - -/** - * @brief Receives a number of bytes from the SPI port to a buffer - * - * @param buf Pointer to starting address of buffer to write to. - * @param nbyte Number of bytes to receive. - * @return Nothing - * - * @details Uses DMA - */ -void spiRead(uint8_t* buf, uint16_t nbyte) { - if (nbyte == 0) return; - memset(buf, 0xFF, nbyte); - SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig); - SPI.transfer(buf, nbyte); - SPI.endTransaction(); -} - -/** - * @brief Sends a single byte on SPI port - * - * @param b Byte to send - * - * @details - */ -void spiSend(uint8_t b) { - SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig); - SPI.transfer(b); - SPI.endTransaction(); -} - -/** - * @brief Write token and then write from 512 byte buffer to SPI (for SD card) - * - * @param buf Pointer with buffer start address - * @return Nothing - * - * @details Use DMA - */ -void spiSendBlock(uint8_t token, const uint8_t* buf) { - uint8_t rxBuf[512]; - SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig); - SPI.transfer(token); - SPI.transfer((uint8_t*)buf, &rxBuf, 512); - SPI.endTransaction(); -} - -#endif // SOFTWARE_SPI - -#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32 && !STM32GENERIC diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85f26f4016..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/inc/Conditionals_adv.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/inc/Conditionals_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85f26f4016..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/inc/Conditionals_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/inc/Conditionals_post.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/inc/Conditionals_post.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85f26f4016..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/inc/Conditionals_post.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/timers.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/timers.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 51f84e657f..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/timers.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com - * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -#if defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32) && !defined(STM32GENERIC) - -#include "HAL.h" - -#include "timers.h" - -// ------------------------ -// Local defines -// ------------------------ - -#define NUM_HARDWARE_TIMERS 2 - -// ------------------------ -// Private Variables -// ------------------------ - -stm32_timer_t TimerHandle[NUM_HARDWARE_TIMERS]; - -// ------------------------ -// Public functions -// ------------------------ - -bool timers_initialized[NUM_HARDWARE_TIMERS] = { false }; - -void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) { - - if (!timers_initialized[timer_num]) { - uint32_t step_prescaler = STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE - 1, - temp_prescaler = TEMP_TIMER_PRESCALE - 1; - switch (timer_num) { - case STEP_TIMER_NUM: - // STEPPER TIMER - use a 32bit timer if possible - TimerHandle[timer_num].timer = STEP_TIMER_DEV; - TimerHandle[timer_num].irqHandle = Step_Handler; - TimerHandleInit(&TimerHandle[timer_num], (((HAL_TIMER_RATE) / step_prescaler) / frequency) - 1, step_prescaler); - HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(STEP_TIMER_IRQ_NAME, STEP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO, 0); - break; - - case TEMP_TIMER_NUM: - // TEMP TIMER - any available 16bit Timer - TimerHandle[timer_num].timer = TEMP_TIMER_DEV; - TimerHandle[timer_num].irqHandle = Temp_Handler; - TimerHandleInit(&TimerHandle[timer_num], (((HAL_TIMER_RATE) / temp_prescaler) / frequency) - 1, temp_prescaler); - HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(TEMP_TIMER_IRQ_NAME, TEMP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO, 0); - break; - } - timers_initialized[timer_num] = true; - } -} - -void HAL_timer_enable_interrupt(const uint8_t timer_num) { - const IRQn_Type IRQ_Id = IRQn_Type(getTimerIrq(TimerHandle[timer_num].timer)); - HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQ_Id); -} - -void HAL_timer_disable_interrupt(const uint8_t timer_num) { - const IRQn_Type IRQ_Id = IRQn_Type(getTimerIrq(TimerHandle[timer_num].timer)); - HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQ_Id); - - // We NEED memory barriers to ensure Interrupts are actually disabled! - // ( https://dzone.com/articles/nvic-disabling-interrupts-on-arm-cortex-m-and-the ) - __DSB(); - __ISB(); -} - -bool HAL_timer_interrupt_enabled(const uint8_t timer_num) { - const uint32_t IRQ_Id = getTimerIrq(TimerHandle[timer_num].timer); - return NVIC->ISER[IRQ_Id >> 5] & _BV32(IRQ_Id & 0x1F); -} - -#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32 && !STM32GENERIC diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85f26f4016..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/inc/Conditionals_adv.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/inc/Conditionals_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85f26f4016..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/inc/Conditionals_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/inc/Conditionals_post.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/inc/Conditionals_post.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85f26f4016..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/inc/Conditionals_post.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_flash.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_flash.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 8097a28487..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_flash.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com - * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com - * Copyright (c) 2016 Victor Perez victor_pv@hotmail.com - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * persistent_store_flash.cpp - * HAL for stm32duino and compatible (STM32F1) - * Implementation of EEPROM settings in SDCard - */ - -#ifdef __STM32F1__ - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" - -// This is for EEPROM emulation in flash -#if BOTH(EEPROM_SETTINGS, FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) - -#include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h" - -#include -#include - -// Store settings in the last two pages -// Flash pages must be erased before writing, so keep track. -bool firstWrite = false; - -bool PersistentStore::access_start() { - firstWrite = true; - return true; -} - -bool PersistentStore::access_finish() { - FLASH_Lock(); - firstWrite = false; - return true; -} - -bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, uint16_t *crc) { - FLASH_Status status; - - if (firstWrite) { - FLASH_Unlock(); - status = FLASH_ErasePage(EEPROM_PAGE0_BASE); - if (status != FLASH_COMPLETE) return true; - status = FLASH_ErasePage(EEPROM_PAGE1_BASE); - if (status != FLASH_COMPLETE) return true; - firstWrite = false; - } - - for (size_t i = 0; i < size; i++) { - if (FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(EEPROM_PAGE0_BASE + (pos + i) * 2, value[i]) != FLASH_COMPLETE) - return true; - } - - crc16(crc, value, size); - pos += size; - return false; -} - -bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, const size_t size, uint16_t *crc, const bool writing/*=true*/) { - for (size_t i = 0; i < size; i++) { - uint8_t v = *(uint16_t *)(EEPROM_PAGE0_BASE + (pos + i) * 2); - if (writing) value[i] = v; - crc16(crc, &v, 1); - } - pos += size; - return false; -} - -size_t PersistentStore::capacity() { return size_t(E2END + 1); } - -#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS && EEPROM FLASH -#endif // __STM32F1__ diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85f26f4016..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/inc/Conditionals_adv.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/inc/Conditionals_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85f26f4016..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/inc/Conditionals_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/inc/Conditionals_post.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/inc/Conditionals_post.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85f26f4016..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/inc/Conditionals_post.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85f26f4016..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/inc/Conditionals_adv.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/inc/Conditionals_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85f26f4016..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/inc/Conditionals_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/inc/Conditionals_post.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/inc/Conditionals_post.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85f26f4016..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/inc/Conditionals_post.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85f26f4016..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/inc/Conditionals_adv.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/inc/Conditionals_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85f26f4016..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/inc/Conditionals_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/inc/Conditionals_post.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/inc/Conditionals_post.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85f26f4016..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/inc/Conditionals_post.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/HAL.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/HAL.cpp index 316f6b452a..d38644f1a5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/HAL.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ void HAL_adc_init() { } -void HAL_adc_enable_channel(int ch) { +void HAL_adc_enable_channel(const uint8_t ch) { } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/HAL.h similarity index 77% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/HAL.h index 39d68a7a10..0475c953c3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/HAL.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com * @@ -72,13 +72,13 @@ extern HalSerial usb_serial; // // Interrupts // -#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START -#define CRITICAL_SECTION_END +#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START() +#define CRITICAL_SECTION_END() #define ISRS_ENABLED() #define ENABLE_ISRS() #define DISABLE_ISRS() -inline void HAL_init() { } +inline void HAL_init() {} // Utility functions #pragma GCC diagnostic push @@ -87,16 +87,21 @@ int freeMemory(); #pragma GCC diagnostic pop // ADC -#define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(pin) HAL_adc_enable_channel(pin) -#define HAL_START_ADC(pin) HAL_adc_start_conversion(pin) -#define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_get_result() -#define HAL_ADC_READY() true +#define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(ch) HAL_adc_enable_channel(ch) +#define HAL_START_ADC(ch) HAL_adc_start_conversion(ch) +#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 10 +#define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_get_result() +#define HAL_ADC_READY() true void HAL_adc_init(); -void HAL_adc_enable_channel(int pin); -void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin); +void HAL_adc_enable_channel(const uint8_t ch); +void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t ch); uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result(); +// Reset source +inline void HAL_clear_reset_source(void) {} +inline uint8_t HAL_get_reset_source(void) { return RST_POWER_ON; } + /* ---------------- Delay in cycles */ FORCE_INLINE static void DELAY_CYCLES(uint64_t x) { Clock::delayCycles(x); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/arduino.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/arduino.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/arduino.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/arduino.cpp index 7915d685ea..008db15592 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/arduino.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/arduino.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ // Interrupts void cli() { } // Disable -void sei() { } // Enable +void sei() { } // Enable // Time functions void _delay_ms(const int delay_ms) { diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/fastio.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/fastio.h similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/fastio.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/fastio.h index 5c2d6fcb7e..8b0526710d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/fastio.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/fastio.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Clock.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/Clock.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Clock.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/Clock.cpp index 39dd3d1b3b..8265fedbf0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Clock.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/Clock.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Clock.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/Clock.h similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Clock.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/Clock.h index e61051a0a3..17c2fd9501 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Clock.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/Clock.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Gpio.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/Gpio.cpp similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Gpio.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/Gpio.cpp index aced728172..e49fb13754 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Gpio.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/Gpio.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Gpio.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/Gpio.h similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Gpio.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/Gpio.h index 37f3bc7a44..33eea77731 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Gpio.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/Gpio.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Heater.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/Heater.cpp similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Heater.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/Heater.cpp index 59da64d337..7c9bfaf80f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Heater.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/Heater.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Heater.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/Heater.h similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Heater.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/Heater.h index e0c250f62c..bb759da090 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Heater.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/Heater.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.cpp similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.cpp index 675afd4a21..a79f14f6f5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.h similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.h index afc2125971..f8bca83e30 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.cpp similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.cpp index df133e9e18..ec58fe77e5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.h similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.h index 1e8e887de5..04a5f3d0f7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Timer.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/Timer.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Timer.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/Timer.cpp index 1c930cfce1..e7136bbdef 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Timer.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/Timer.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Timer.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/Timer.h similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Timer.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/Timer.h index 740d8ef4e8..ebfe8e8b9b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Timer.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/hardware/Timer.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h index 85f26f4016..0285c52ee3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/inc/Conditionals_adv.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/inc/Conditionals_adv.h similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/inc/Conditionals_adv.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/inc/Conditionals_adv.h index 85f26f4016..0285c52ee3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/inc/Conditionals_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/inc/Conditionals_adv.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/inc/Conditionals_post.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/inc/Conditionals_post.h similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/inc/Conditionals_post.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/inc/Conditionals_post.h index 85f26f4016..0285c52ee3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/inc/Conditionals_post.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/inc/Conditionals_post.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/inc/SanityCheck.h similarity index 88% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/inc/SanityCheck.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/inc/SanityCheck.h index 776fa2f139..a3238b088b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -33,3 +33,7 @@ #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform." #endif + +#if HAS_TMC_SW_SERIAL + #error "TMC220x Software Serial is not supported on this platform." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/Arduino.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/include/Arduino.h similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/Arduino.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/include/Arduino.h index 13a8206e1b..55bf0f95ee 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/Arduino.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/include/Arduino.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/pinmapping.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/include/pinmapping.cpp similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/pinmapping.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/include/pinmapping.cpp index a4ddb1b1ff..0340e681fe 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/pinmapping.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/include/pinmapping.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/pinmapping.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/include/pinmapping.h similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/pinmapping.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/include/pinmapping.h index a24f0b3ed1..0d99a38116 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/pinmapping.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/include/pinmapping.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/serial.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/include/serial.h similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/serial.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/include/serial.h index 268bdeeeca..c881d5dbda 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/serial.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/include/serial.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ #include "../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" #if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER) - #include "../../../feature/emergency_parser.h" + #include "../../../feature/e_parser.h" #endif #include @@ -83,9 +83,9 @@ public: HalSerial() { host_connected = true; } - void begin(int32_t baud) { } + void begin(int32_t) {} - void end() { } + void end() {} int peek() { uint8_t value; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/main.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/main.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/main.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/main.cpp index 4231affba7..1155f2a873 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/main.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/main.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/persistent_store_impl.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/persistent_store_impl.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/persistent_store_impl.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/persistent_store_impl.cpp index c4965d90e3..660ecd56f1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/persistent_store_impl.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/persistent_store_impl.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/pinsDebug.h similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/pinsDebug.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/pinsDebug.h index a28d2b60b9..e373d37067 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/pinsDebug.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/pinsDebug.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/servo_private.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/servo_private.h similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/servo_private.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/servo_private.h index 2aba9a37db..d576ff9266 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/servo_private.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/servo_private.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/spi_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/spi_pins.h similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/spi_pins.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/spi_pins.h index fdd09b1c03..8abeb312f4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/spi_pins.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/spi_pins.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/timers.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/timers.cpp similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/timers.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/timers.cpp index f293d7f408..ebfb950595 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/timers.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/timers.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com * diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/timers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/timers.h similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/timers.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/timers.h index 8022aabd26..b657584922 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/timers.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/timers.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/watchdog.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/watchdog.cpp similarity index 75% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/watchdog.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/watchdog.cpp index a1ecac1cb5..5ffe860f05 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/watchdog.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/watchdog.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -29,18 +29,8 @@ #include "watchdog.h" void watchdog_init() {} +void HAL_watchdog_refresh() {} -void HAL_clear_reset_source() {} - -uint8_t HAL_get_reset_source() { - return RST_POWER_ON; -} - -void watchdog_reset() {} - -#else - void HAL_clear_reset_source() {} - uint8_t HAL_get_reset_source() { return RST_POWER_ON; } -#endif // USE_WATCHDOG +#endif #endif // __PLAT_LINUX__ diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/watchdog.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/watchdog.h similarity index 85% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/watchdog.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/watchdog.h index 5bc06f04f1..4771426a0b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/watchdog.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LINUX/watchdog.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -24,6 +24,4 @@ #define WDT_TIMEOUT 4000000 // 4 second timeout void watchdog_init(); -void watchdog_reset(); -void HAL_clear_reset_source(); -uint8_t HAL_get_reset_source(); +void HAL_watchdog_refresh(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/DebugMonitor.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/DebugMonitor.cpp similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/DebugMonitor.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/DebugMonitor.cpp index fefee386e5..2a39e56168 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/DebugMonitor.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/DebugMonitor.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -199,14 +199,23 @@ void HardFault_HandlerC(unsigned long *sp, unsigned long lr, unsigned long cause // Clear cause of reset to prevent entering smoothie bootstrap HAL_clear_reset_source(); + // Restart watchdog - //WDT_Restart(WDT); - watchdog_init(); + #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) + //WDT_Restart(WDT); + watchdog_init(); + #endif // Reset controller NVIC_SystemReset(); - for (;;) watchdog_init(); + // Nothing below here is compiled because NVIC_SystemReset loops forever + + for (;;) { + #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) + watchdog_init(); + #endif + } } extern "C" { diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/HAL.cpp similarity index 79% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/HAL.cpp index b684145e99..f206ce7adb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/HAL.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -26,6 +26,12 @@ #include "../shared/Delay.h" #include "../../../gcode/parser.h" +#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) + #include "watchdog.h" +#endif + +uint32_t HAL_adc_reading = 0; + // U8glib required functions extern "C" void u8g_xMicroDelay(uint16_t val) { DELAY_US(val); @@ -57,12 +63,23 @@ int freeMemory() { // return dval if not found or not a valid pin. int16_t PARSED_PIN_INDEX(const char code, const int16_t dval) { const uint16_t val = (uint16_t)parser.intval(code, -1), port = val / 100, pin = val % 100; - const int16_t ind = (port < ((NUM_DIGITAL_PINS) >> 5) && pin < 32) ? GET_PIN_MAP_INDEX((port << 5) | pin) : -2; + const int16_t ind = (port < ((NUM_DIGITAL_PINS) >> 5) && pin < 32) ? ((port << 5) | pin) : -2; return ind > -1 ? ind : dval; } -void flashFirmware(int16_t value) { - NVIC_SystemReset(); +void flashFirmware(const int16_t) { NVIC_SystemReset(); } + +void HAL_clear_reset_source(void) { + #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) + watchdog_clear_timeout_flag(); + #endif +} + +uint8_t HAL_get_reset_source(void) { + #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) + if (watchdog_timed_out()) return RST_WATCHDOG; + #endif + return RST_POWER_ON; } #endif // TARGET_LPC1768 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/HAL.h similarity index 63% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/HAL.h index cf2576de25..f5ea629f16 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/HAL.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com * @@ -61,10 +61,6 @@ extern "C" volatile uint32_t _millis; #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(750) #endif -#if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT, -1, 3) - #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3" -#endif - #if SERIAL_PORT == -1 #define MYSERIAL0 UsbSerial #elif SERIAL_PORT == 0 @@ -75,16 +71,14 @@ extern "C" volatile uint32_t _millis; #define MYSERIAL0 MSerial2 #elif SERIAL_PORT == 3 #define MYSERIAL0 MSerial3 +#else + #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." #endif #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 - #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT_2, -1, 3) - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 3" - #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT" - #endif - #define NUM_SERIAL 2 - #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 + #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 #define MYSERIAL1 UsbSerial #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 #define MYSERIAL1 MSerial @@ -94,16 +88,39 @@ extern "C" volatile uint32_t _millis; #define MYSERIAL1 MSerial2 #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 3 #define MYSERIAL1 MSerial3 + #else + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." #endif + #define NUM_SERIAL 2 #else #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #endif +#ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT + #if DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT_2 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT_2. Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == -1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL UsbSerial + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 0 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial1 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial2 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 3 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial3 + #else + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." + #endif +#endif + // // Interrupts // -#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START uint32_t primask = __get_PRIMASK(); __disable_irq() -#define CRITICAL_SECTION_END if (!primask) __enable_irq() +#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START() uint32_t primask = __get_PRIMASK(); __disable_irq() +#define CRITICAL_SECTION_END() if (!primask) __enable_irq() #define ISRS_ENABLED() (!__get_PRIMASK()) #define ENABLE_ISRS() __enable_irq() #define DISABLE_ISRS() __disable_irq() @@ -131,12 +148,43 @@ int freeMemory(); // K = 6, 565 samples, 500Hz sample rate, 1.13s convergence on full range step // Memory usage per ADC channel (bytes): 4 (32 Bytes for 8 channels) +#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 12 // 15 bit maximum, raw temperature is stored as int16_t +#define HAL_ADC_FILTERED // Disable oversampling done in Marlin as ADC values already filtered in HAL + using FilteredADC = LPC176x::ADC; -#define HAL_adc_init() FilteredADC::init() +extern uint32_t HAL_adc_reading; +[[gnu::always_inline]] inline void HAL_start_adc(const pin_t pin) { + HAL_adc_reading = FilteredADC::read(pin) >> (16 - HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION); // returns 16bit value, reduce to required bits +} +[[gnu::always_inline]] inline uint16_t HAL_read_adc() { + return HAL_adc_reading; +} + +#define HAL_adc_init() #define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(pin) FilteredADC::enable_channel(pin) -#define HAL_START_ADC(pin) FilteredADC::start_conversion(pin) -#define HAL_READ_ADC() FilteredADC::get_result() -#define HAL_ADC_READY() FilteredADC::finished_conversion() +#define HAL_START_ADC(pin) HAL_start_adc(pin) +#define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_read_adc() +#define HAL_ADC_READY() (true) + +// Test whether the pin is valid +constexpr bool VALID_PIN(const pin_t pin) { + return LPC176x::pin_is_valid(pin); +} + +// Get the analog index for a digital pin +constexpr int8_t DIGITAL_PIN_TO_ANALOG_PIN(const pin_t pin) { + return (LPC176x::pin_is_valid(pin) && LPC176x::pin_has_adc(pin)) ? pin : -1; +} + +// Return the index of a pin number +constexpr int16_t GET_PIN_MAP_INDEX(const pin_t pin) { + return LPC176x::pin_index(pin); +} + +// Get the pin number at the given index +constexpr pin_t GET_PIN_MAP_PIN(const int16_t index) { + return LPC176x::pin_index(index); +} // Parse a G-code word into a pin index int16_t PARSED_PIN_INDEX(const char code, const int16_t dval); @@ -147,7 +195,7 @@ int16_t PARSED_PIN_INDEX(const char code, const int16_t dval); void HAL_idletask(); #define PLATFORM_M997_SUPPORT -void flashFirmware(int16_t value); +void flashFirmware(const int16_t); /** * set_pwm_frequency @@ -164,3 +212,7 @@ void set_pwm_frequency(const pin_t pin, int f_desired); * Optionally allows changing the maximum size of the provided value to enable finer PWM duty control [default = 255] */ void set_pwm_duty(const pin_t pin, const uint16_t v, const uint16_t v_size=255, const bool invert=false); + +// Reset source +void HAL_clear_reset_source(void); +uint8_t HAL_get_reset_source(void); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/HAL_SPI.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_spi.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/HAL_SPI.cpp index 5652db988b..1c20e7f652 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_spi.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/HAL_SPI.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ // ------------------------ #if ENABLED(LPC_SOFTWARE_SPI) - #include "SoftwareSPI.h" + #include // Software SPI @@ -125,18 +125,18 @@ PinCfg.Funcnum = 2; PinCfg.OpenDrain = 0; PinCfg.Pinmode = 0; - PinCfg.Pinnum = LPC1768_PIN_PIN(SCK_PIN); - PinCfg.Portnum = LPC1768_PIN_PORT(SCK_PIN); + PinCfg.Pinnum = LPC176x::pin_bit(SCK_PIN); + PinCfg.Portnum = LPC176x::pin_port(SCK_PIN); PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); SET_OUTPUT(SCK_PIN); - PinCfg.Pinnum = LPC1768_PIN_PIN(MISO_PIN); - PinCfg.Portnum = LPC1768_PIN_PORT(MISO_PIN); + PinCfg.Pinnum = LPC176x::pin_bit(MISO_PIN); + PinCfg.Portnum = LPC176x::pin_port(MISO_PIN); PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); SET_INPUT(MISO_PIN); - PinCfg.Pinnum = LPC1768_PIN_PIN(MOSI_PIN); - PinCfg.Portnum = LPC1768_PIN_PORT(MOSI_PIN); + PinCfg.Pinnum = LPC176x::pin_bit(MOSI_PIN); + PinCfg.Portnum = LPC176x::pin_port(MOSI_PIN); PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); SET_OUTPUT(MOSI_PIN); // divide PCLK by 2 for SSP0 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/MarlinSerial.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/MarlinSerial.cpp similarity index 78% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/MarlinSerial.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/MarlinSerial.cpp index a8778f7446..1b80b211fb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/MarlinSerial.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/MarlinSerial.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,28 +25,28 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" #include "MarlinSerial.h" -#if (defined(SERIAL_PORT) && SERIAL_PORT == 0) || (defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0) +#if (defined(SERIAL_PORT) && SERIAL_PORT == 0) || (defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0) || (defined(DGUS_SERIAL_PORT) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 0) MarlinSerial MSerial(LPC_UART0); extern "C" void UART0_IRQHandler() { MSerial.IRQHandler(); } #endif -#if (defined(SERIAL_PORT) && SERIAL_PORT == 1) || (defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && SERIAL_PORT_2 == 1) +#if SERIAL_PORT == 1 || SERIAL_PORT_2 == 1 || DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 1 MarlinSerial MSerial1((LPC_UART_TypeDef *) LPC_UART1); extern "C" void UART1_IRQHandler() { MSerial1.IRQHandler(); } #endif -#if (defined(SERIAL_PORT) && SERIAL_PORT == 2) || (defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && SERIAL_PORT_2 == 2) +#if SERIAL_PORT == 2 || SERIAL_PORT_2 == 2 || DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 2 MarlinSerial MSerial2(LPC_UART2); extern "C" void UART2_IRQHandler() { MSerial2.IRQHandler(); } #endif -#if (defined(SERIAL_PORT) && SERIAL_PORT == 3) || (defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && SERIAL_PORT_2 == 3) +#if SERIAL_PORT == 3 || SERIAL_PORT_2 == 3 || DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 3 MarlinSerial MSerial3(LPC_UART3); extern "C" void UART3_IRQHandler() { MSerial3.IRQHandler(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/MarlinSerial.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/MarlinSerial.h similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/MarlinSerial.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/MarlinSerial.h index 1f282f64a3..b6bbf8e453 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/MarlinSerial.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/MarlinSerial.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" #if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER) - #include "../../feature/emergency_parser.h" + #include "../../feature/e_parser.h" #endif #ifndef SERIAL_PORT @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ public: { } - void end() { } + void end() {} #if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER) bool recv_callback(const char c) override { diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/Servo.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/Servo.h similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/Servo.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/Servo.h index 1bbf84c73e..71e2bb5695 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/Servo.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/Servo.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/endstop_interrupts.h similarity index 86% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/endstop_interrupts.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/endstop_interrupts.h index 53e4b15809..4c4e9bd3f0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -42,6 +42,8 @@ void endstop_ISR() { endstops.update(); } void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #define _ATTACH(P) attachInterrupt(digitalPinToInterrupt(P), endstop_ISR, CHANGE) + #define LPC1768_PIN_INTERRUPT_M(pin) ((pin >> 0x5 & 0x7) == 0 || (pin >> 0x5 & 0x7) == 2) + #if HAS_X_MAX #if !LPC1768_PIN_INTERRUPT_M(X_MAX_PIN) #error "X_MAX_PIN is not INTERRUPT-capable." @@ -91,7 +93,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { _ATTACH(Z2_MIN_PIN); #endif #if HAS_Z3_MAX - #if !LPC1768_PIN_INTERRUPT_M(Z3_MIN_PIN) + #if !LPC1768_PIN_INTERRUPT_M(Z3_MAX_PIN) #error "Z3_MIN_PIN is not INTERRUPT-capable." #endif _ATTACH(Z3_MAX_PIN); @@ -102,6 +104,18 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #endif _ATTACH(Z3_MIN_PIN); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + #if !LPC1768_PIN_INTERRUPT_M(Z4_MAX_PIN) + #error "Z4_MIN_PIN is not INTERRUPT-capable." + #endif + _ATTACH(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + #if !LPC1768_PIN_INTERRUPT_M(Z4_MIN_PIN) + #error "Z4_MIN_PIN is not INTERRUPT-capable." + #endif + _ATTACH(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN #if !LPC1768_PIN_INTERRUPT_M(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) #error "Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN is not INTERRUPT-capable." diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fast_pwm.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/fast_pwm.cpp similarity index 78% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fast_pwm.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/fast_pwm.cpp index 7af3a07eea..a1feb25903 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fast_pwm.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/fast_pwm.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -24,17 +24,17 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) +#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM #include void set_pwm_frequency(const pin_t pin, int f_desired) { - pwm_set_frequency(pin, f_desired); + LPC176x::pwm_set_frequency(pin, f_desired); } void set_pwm_duty(const pin_t pin, const uint16_t v, const uint16_t v_size/*=255*/, const bool invert/*=false*/) { - pwm_write_ratio(pin, invert ? 1.0f - (float)v / v_size : (float)v / v_size); + LPC176x::pwm_write_ratio(pin, invert ? 1.0f - (float)v / v_size : (float)v / v_size); } -#endif // FAST_PWM_FAN +#endif // FAST_PWM_FAN || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM #endif // TARGET_LPC1768 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fastio.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/fastio.h similarity index 83% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fastio.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/fastio.h index a00a4946c1..48de5b8fa0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fastio.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/fastio.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -37,19 +37,19 @@ #define PWM_PIN(P) true // all pins are PWM capable -#define LPC_PIN(pin) gpio_pin(pin) -#define LPC_GPIO(port) gpio_port(port) +#define LPC_PIN(pin) LPC176x::gpio_pin(pin) +#define LPC_GPIO(port) LPC176x::gpio_port(port) -#define SET_DIR_INPUT(IO) gpio_set_input(IO) -#define SET_DIR_OUTPUT(IO) gpio_set_output(IO) +#define SET_DIR_INPUT(IO) LPC176x::gpio_set_input(IO) +#define SET_DIR_OUTPUT(IO) LPC176x::gpio_set_output(IO) #define SET_MODE(IO, mode) pinMode(IO, mode) -#define WRITE_PIN_SET(IO) gpio_set(IO) -#define WRITE_PIN_CLR(IO) gpio_clear(IO) +#define WRITE_PIN_SET(IO) LPC176x::gpio_set(IO) +#define WRITE_PIN_CLR(IO) LPC176x::gpio_clear(IO) -#define READ_PIN(IO) gpio_get(IO) -#define WRITE_PIN(IO,V) gpio_set(IO, V) +#define READ_PIN(IO) LPC176x::gpio_get(IO) +#define WRITE_PIN(IO,V) LPC176x::gpio_set(IO, V) /** * Magic I/O routines @@ -81,10 +81,10 @@ #define _PULLDOWN(IO,V) pinMode(IO, (V) ? INPUT_PULLDOWN : INPUT) /// check if pin is an input -#define _IS_INPUT(IO) (!gpio_get_dir(IO)) +#define _IS_INPUT(IO) (!LPC176x::gpio_get_dir(IO)) /// check if pin is an output -#define _IS_OUTPUT(IO) (gpio_get_dir(IO)) +#define _IS_OUTPUT(IO) (LPC176x::gpio_get_dir(IO)) /// Read a pin wrapper #define READ(IO) _READ(IO) diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0285c52ee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/inc/Conditionals_adv.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/inc/Conditionals_adv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0285c52ee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/inc/Conditionals_adv.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/inc/Conditionals_post.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/inc/Conditionals_post.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a8d102e865 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/inc/Conditionals_post.h @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#if USE_EMULATED_EEPROM && NONE(SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION, SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION) + #define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/inc/SanityCheck.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..949c7f4899 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#if PIO_PLATFORM_VERSION < 1001 + #error "nxplpc-arduino-lpc176x package is out of date, Please update the PlatformIO platforms, frameworks and libraries. You may need to remove the platform and let it reinstall automatically." +#endif +#if PIO_FRAMEWORK_VERSION < 2002 + #error "framework-arduino-lpc176x package is out of date, Please update the PlatformIO platforms, frameworks and libraries." +#endif + +/** + * Detect an old pins file by checking for old ADC pins values. + */ +#define _OLD_TEMP_PIN(P) PIN_EXISTS(P) && _CAT(P,_PIN) <= 7 && _CAT(P,_PIN) != 2 && _CAT(P,_PIN) != 3 +#if _OLD_TEMP_PIN(TEMP_BED) + #error "TEMP_BED_PIN must be defined using the Pn_nn or Pn_nn_An format. (See the included pins files)." +#elif _OLD_TEMP_PIN(TEMP_0) + #error "TEMP_0_PIN must be defined using the Pn_nn or Pn_nn_An format. (See the included pins files)." +#elif _OLD_TEMP_PIN(TEMP_1) + #error "TEMP_1_PIN must be defined using the Pn_nn or Pn_nn_An format. (See the included pins files)." +#elif _OLD_TEMP_PIN(TEMP_2) + #error "TEMP_2_PIN must be defined using the Pn_nn or Pn_nn_An format. (See the included pins files)." +#elif _OLD_TEMP_PIN(TEMP_3) + #error "TEMP_3_PIN must be defined using the Pn_nn or Pn_nn_An format. (See the included pins files)." +#elif _OLD_TEMP_PIN(TEMP_4) + #error "TEMP_4_PIN must be defined using the Pn_nn or Pn_nn_An format. (See the included pins files)." +#elif _OLD_TEMP_PIN(TEMP_5) + #error "TEMP_5_PIN must be defined using the Pn_nn or Pn_nn_An format. (See the included pins files)." +#elif _OLD_TEMP_PIN(TEMP_6) + #error "TEMP_6_PIN must be defined using the Pn_nn or Pn_nn_An format. (See the included pins files)." +#elif _OLD_TEMP_PIN(TEMP_7) + #error "TEMP_7_PIN must be defined using the Pn_nn or Pn_nn_An format. (See the included pins files)." +#endif +#undef _OLD_TEMP_PIN + +/** + * Because PWM hardware channels all share the same frequency, along with the + * fallback software channels, FAST_PWM_FAN is incompatible with Servos. + */ +static_assert(!(NUM_SERVOS && ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)), "BLTOUCH and Servos are incompatible with FAST_PWM_FAN on LPC176x boards."); + +/** + * Test LPC176x-specific configuration values for errors at compile-time. + */ + +//#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) && !(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 4 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 6 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 11) +// #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN must use SERVO0, SERVO1 or SERVO3 connector" +//#endif + +#if MB(RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EFB, RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EEB, RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EFF, RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EEF, RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_SF) + #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER) && HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130) && DISABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) + #error "Re-ARM with REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER and TMC2130 requires TMC_USE_SW_SPI." + #endif +#endif + +static_assert(DISABLED(BAUD_RATE_GCODE), "BAUD_RATE_GCODE is not yet supported on LPC176x."); + +/** + * Flag any serial port conflicts + * + * Port | TX | RX | + * --- | --- | --- | + * Serial | P0_02 | P0_03 | + * Serial1 | P0_15 | P0_16 | + * Serial2 | P0_10 | P0_11 | + * Serial3 | P0_00 | P0_01 | + */ +#if (defined(SERIAL_PORT) && SERIAL_PORT == 0) || (defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0) || (defined(DGUS_SERIAL_PORT) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 0) + #define IS_TX0(P) (P == P0_02) + #define IS_RX0(P) (P == P0_03) + #if IS_TX0(TMC_SW_MISO) || IS_RX0(TMC_SW_MOSI) + #error "Serial port pins (0) conflict with Trinamic SPI pins!" + #elif ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) && (IS_TX0(E_MUX1_PIN) || IS_RX0(E_MUX0_PIN)) + #error "Serial port pins (0) conflict with MK2 multiplexer pins!" + #elif (AXIS_HAS_SPI(X) && IS_TX0(X_CS_PIN)) || (AXIS_HAS_SPI(Y) && IS_RX0(Y_CS_PIN)) + #error "Serial port pins (0) conflict with X/Y axis SPI pins!" + #endif + #undef IS_TX0 + #undef IS_RX0 +#endif + +#if SERIAL_PORT == 1 || SERIAL_PORT_2 == 1 || DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 1 + #define IS_TX1(P) (P == P0_15) + #define IS_RX1(P) (P == P0_16) + #if IS_TX1(TMC_SW_SCK) + #error "Serial port pins (1) conflict with other pins!" + #elif HAS_SPI_LCD + #if IS_TX1(BTN_EN2) || IS_RX1(BTN_EN1) + #error "Serial port pins (1) conflict with Encoder Buttons!" + #elif IS_TX1(SCK_PIN) || IS_TX1(LCD_PINS_D4) || IS_TX1(DOGLCD_SCK) || IS_TX1(LCD_RESET_PIN) || IS_TX1(LCD_PINS_RS) || IS_TX1(SHIFT_CLK) \ + || IS_RX1(LCD_SDSS) || IS_RX1(LCD_PINS_RS) || IS_RX1(MISO_PIN) || IS_RX1(DOGLCD_A0) || IS_RX1(SS_PIN) || IS_RX1(LCD_SDSS) || IS_RX1(DOGLCD_CS) || IS_RX1(LCD_RESET_PIN) || IS_RX1(LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN) + #error "Serial port pins (1) conflict with LCD pins!" + #endif + #endif + #undef IS_TX1 + #undef IS_RX1 +#endif + +#if SERIAL_PORT == 2 || SERIAL_PORT_2 == 2 || DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #define IS_TX2(P) (P == P0_10) + #define IS_RX2(P) (P == P0_11) + #if IS_TX2(X2_ENABLE_PIN) || IS_RX2(X2_DIR_PIN) || IS_RX2(X2_STEP_PIN) || (AXIS_HAS_SPI(X2) && IS_TX2(X2_CS_PIN)) + #error "Serial port pins (2) conflict with X2 pins!" + #elif IS_TX2(Y2_ENABLE_PIN) || IS_RX2(Y2_DIR_PIN) || IS_RX2(Y2_STEP_PIN) || (AXIS_HAS_SPI(Y2) && IS_TX2(Y2_CS_PIN)) + #error "Serial port pins (2) conflict with Y2 pins!" + #elif IS_TX2(Z2_ENABLE_PIN) || IS_RX2(Z2_DIR_PIN) || IS_RX2(Z2_STEP_PIN) || (AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z2) && IS_TX2(Z2_CS_PIN)) + #error "Serial port pins (2) conflict with Z2 pins!" + #elif IS_TX2(Z3_ENABLE_PIN) || IS_RX2(Z3_DIR_PIN) || IS_RX2(Z3_STEP_PIN) || (AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z3) && IS_TX2(Z3_CS_PIN)) + #error "Serial port pins (2) conflict with Z3 pins!" + #elif IS_TX2(Z4_ENABLE_PIN) || IS_RX2(Z4_DIR_PIN) || IS_RX2(Z4_STEP_PIN) || (AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z4) && IS_TX2(Z4_CS_PIN)) + #error "Serial port pins (2) conflict with Z4 pins!" + #elif IS_RX2(X_DIR_PIN) || IS_RX2(Y_DIR_PIN) + #error "Serial port pins (2) conflict with other pins!" + #elif Y_HOME_DIR < 0 && IS_TX2(Y_STOP_PIN) + #error "Serial port pins (2) conflict with Y endstop pin!" + #elif HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN && IS_TX2(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) + #error "Serial port pins (2) conflict with probe pin!" + #elif IS_TX2(X_ENABLE_PIN) || IS_RX2(X_DIR_PIN) || IS_TX2(Y_ENABLE_PIN) || IS_RX2(Y_DIR_PIN) + #error "Serial port pins (2) conflict with X/Y stepper pins!" + #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 && (IS_TX2(E1_ENABLE_PIN) || (AXIS_HAS_SPI(E1) && IS_TX2(E1_CS_PIN))) + #error "Serial port pins (2) conflict with E1 stepper pins!" + #elif EXTRUDERS && (IS_RX2(E0_DIR_PIN) || IS_RX2(E0_STEP_PIN)) + #error "Serial port pins (2) conflict with E stepper pins!" + #endif + #undef IS_TX2 + #undef IS_RX2 +#endif + +#if SERIAL_PORT == 3 || SERIAL_PORT_2 == 3 || DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 3 + #define PIN_IS_TX3(P) (PIN_EXISTS(P) && P##_PIN == P0_00) + #define PIN_IS_RX3(P) (P##_PIN == P0_01) + #if PIN_IS_TX3(X_MIN) || PIN_IS_RX3(X_MAX) + #error "Serial port pins (3) conflict with X endstop pins!" + #elif PIN_IS_TX3(Y_SERIAL_TX) || PIN_IS_TX3(Y_SERIAL_RX) \ + || PIN_IS_RX3(X_SERIAL_TX) || PIN_IS_RX3(X_SERIAL_RX) + #error "Serial port pins (3) conflict with X/Y axis UART pins!" + #elif PIN_IS_TX3(X2_DIR) || PIN_IS_RX3(X2_STEP) + #error "Serial port pins (3) conflict with X2 pins!" + #elif PIN_IS_TX3(Y2_DIR) || PIN_IS_RX3(Y2_STEP) + #error "Serial port pins (3) conflict with Y2 pins!" + #elif PIN_IS_TX3(Z2_DIR) || PIN_IS_RX3(Z2_STEP) + #error "Serial port pins (3) conflict with Z2 pins!" + #elif PIN_IS_TX3(Z3_DIR) || PIN_IS_RX3(Z3_STEP) + #error "Serial port pins (3) conflict with Z3 pins!" + #elif PIN_IS_TX3(Z4_DIR) || PIN_IS_RX3(Z4_STEP) + #error "Serial port pins (3) conflict with Z4 pins!" + #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 && (PIN_IS_TX3(E1_DIR) || PIN_IS_RX3(E1_STEP)) + #error "Serial port pins (3) conflict with E1 pins!" + #endif + #undef PIN_IS_TX3 + #undef PIN_IS_RX3 +#endif + +// +// Flag any i2c pin conflicts +// +#if ANY(DIGIPOT_I2C, DIGIPOT_MCP4018, DAC_STEPPER_CURRENT, EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS, I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS, PCA9632, I2C_EEPROM) + #define USEDI2CDEV_M 1 // /Wire.cpp + + #if USEDI2CDEV_M == 0 // P0_27 [D57] (AUX-1) .......... P0_28 [D58] (AUX-1) + #define PIN_IS_SDA0(P) (P##_PIN == P0_27) + #define IS_SCL0(P) (P == P0_28) + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) && PIN_IS_SDA0(SD_DETECT) + #error "SDA0 overlaps with SD_DETECT_PIN!" + #elif PIN_IS_SDA0(E0_AUTO_FAN) + #error "SDA0 overlaps with E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN!" + #elif PIN_IS_SDA0(BEEPER) + #error "SDA0 overlaps with BEEPER_PIN!" + #elif IS_SCL0(BTN_ENC) + #error "SCL0 overlaps with Encoder Button!" + #elif IS_SCL0(SS_PIN) + #error "SCL0 overlaps with SS_PIN!" + #elif IS_SCL0(LCD_SDSS) + #error "SCL0 overlaps with LCD_SDSS!" + #endif + #undef PIN_IS_SDA0 + #undef IS_SCL0 + #elif USEDI2CDEV_M == 1 // P0_00 [D20] (SCA) ............ P0_01 [D21] (SCL) + #define PIN_IS_SDA1(P) (PIN_EXISTS(P) && P##_PIN == P0_00) + #define PIN_IS_SCL1(P) (P##_PIN == P0_01) + #if PIN_IS_SDA1(X_MIN) || PIN_IS_SCL1(X_MAX) + #error "One or more i2c (1) pins overlaps with X endstop pins! Disable i2c peripherals." + #elif PIN_IS_SDA1(X2_DIR) || PIN_IS_SCL1(X2_STEP) + #error "One or more i2c (1) pins overlaps with X2 pins! Disable i2c peripherals." + #elif PIN_IS_SDA1(Y2_DIR) || PIN_IS_SCL1(Y2_STEP) + #error "One or more i2c (1) pins overlaps with Y2 pins! Disable i2c peripherals." + #elif PIN_IS_SDA1(Z2_DIR) || PIN_IS_SCL1(Z2_STEP) + #error "One or more i2c (1) pins overlaps with Z2 pins! Disable i2c peripherals." + #elif PIN_IS_SDA1(Z3_DIR) || PIN_IS_SCL1(Z3_STEP) + #error "One or more i2c (1) pins overlaps with Z3 pins! Disable i2c peripherals." + #elif PIN_IS_SDA1(Z4_DIR) || PIN_IS_SCL1(Z4_STEP) + #error "One or more i2c (1) pins overlaps with Z4 pins! Disable i2c peripherals." + #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 && (PIN_IS_SDA1(E1_DIR) || PIN_IS_SCL1(E1_STEP)) + #error "One or more i2c (1) pins overlaps with E1 pins! Disable i2c peripherals." + #endif + #undef PIN_IS_SDA1 + #undef PIN_IS_SCL1 + #elif USEDI2CDEV_M == 2 // P0_10 [D38] (X_ENABLE_PIN) ... P0_11 [D55] (X_DIR_PIN) + #define PIN_IS_SDA2(P) (P##_PIN == P0_10) + #define PIN_IS_SCL2(P) (P##_PIN == P0_11) + #if PIN_IS_SDA2(Y_STOP) + #error "i2c SDA2 overlaps with Y endstop pin!" + #elif HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN && PIN_IS_SDA2(Z_MIN_PROBE) + #error "i2c SDA2 overlaps with Z probe pin!" + #elif PIN_IS_SDA2(X_ENABLE) || PIN_IS_SDA2(Y_ENABLE) + #error "i2c SDA2 overlaps with X/Y ENABLE pin!" + #elif AXIS_HAS_SPI(X) && PIN_IS_SDA2(X_CS) + #error "i2c SDA2 overlaps with X CS pin!" + #elif PIN_IS_SDA2(X2_ENABLE) + #error "i2c SDA2 overlaps with X2 enable pin! Disable i2c peripherals." + #elif PIN_IS_SDA2(Y2_ENABLE) + #error "i2c SDA2 overlaps with Y2 enable pin! Disable i2c peripherals." + #elif PIN_IS_SDA2(Z2_ENABLE) + #error "i2c SDA2 overlaps with Z2 enable pin! Disable i2c peripherals." + #elif PIN_IS_SDA2(Z3_ENABLE) + #error "i2c SDA2 overlaps with Z3 enable pin! Disable i2c peripherals." + #elif PIN_IS_SDA2(Z4_ENABLE) + #error "i2c SDA2 overlaps with Z4 enable pin! Disable i2c peripherals." + #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 && PIN_IS_SDA2(E1_ENABLE) + #error "i2c SDA2 overlaps with E1 enable pin! Disable i2c peripherals." + #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 && AXIS_HAS_SPI(E1) && PIN_IS_SDA2(E1_CS) + #error "i2c SDA2 overlaps with E1 CS pin! Disable i2c peripherals." + #elif EXTRUDERS && (PIN_IS_SDA2(E0_STEP) || PIN_IS_SDA2(E0_DIR)) + #error "i2c SCL2 overlaps with E0 STEP/DIR pin! Disable i2c peripherals." + #elif PIN_IS_SDA2(X_DIR) || PIN_IS_SDA2(Y_DIR) + #error "One or more i2c pins overlaps with X/Y DIR pin! Disable i2c peripherals." + #endif + #undef PIN_IS_SDA2 + #undef PIN_IS_SCL2 + #endif + + #undef USEDI2CDEV_M +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/SPI.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/include/SPI.h similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/SPI.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/include/SPI.h index 559759ea03..af085f29a9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/SPI.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/include/SPI.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.c b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.c similarity index 74% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.c rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.c index 3ad1aff017..1e53be5f62 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.c +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -20,8 +20,10 @@ * */ -// adapted from I2C/master/master.c example -// https://www-users.cs.york.ac.uk/~pcc/MCP/HAPR-Course-web/CMSIS/examples/html/master_8c_source.html +/** + * digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.c + * Adapted from https://www-users.cs.york.ac.uk/~pcc/MCP/HAPR-Course-web/CMSIS/examples/html/master_8c_source.html + */ #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768 @@ -29,12 +31,12 @@ #if MB(MKS_SBASE) -#include "digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h" - #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif +#include "digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h" + // These two routines are exact copies of the lpc17xx_i2c.c routines. Couldn't link to // to the lpc17xx_i2c.c routines so had to copy them into this file & rename them. @@ -60,7 +62,6 @@ static void _I2C_Stop(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) { I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC; } -PINSEL_CFG_Type PinCfg; I2C_M_SETUP_Type transferMCfg; #define I2C_status (LPC_I2C1->I2STAT & I2C_STAT_CODE_BITMASK) @@ -89,41 +90,6 @@ uint8_t digipot_mcp4451_start(uint8_t sla) { // send slave address and write bi return 1; } -void digipot_mcp4451_init() { - /** - * Init I2C pin connect - */ - PinCfg.OpenDrain = 0; - PinCfg.Pinmode = 0; - #if USEDI2CDEV_M == 0 - PinCfg.Funcnum = 1; - PinCfg.Pinnum = 27; - PinCfg.Portnum = 0; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SDA0 / D57 AUX-1 - PinCfg.Pinnum = 28; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SCL0 / D58 AUX-1 - #elif USEDI2CDEV_M == 1 - PinCfg.Funcnum = 3; - PinCfg.Pinnum = 0; - PinCfg.Portnum = 0; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SDA1 / D20 SCA - PinCfg.Pinnum = 1; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SCL1 / D21 SCL - #elif USEDI2CDEV_M == 2 - PinCfg.Funcnum = 2; - PinCfg.Pinnum = 10; - PinCfg.Portnum = 0; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SDA2 / D38 X_ENABLE_PIN - PinCfg.Pinnum = 11; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SCL2 / D55 X_DIR_PIN - #endif - // Initialize I2C peripheral - I2C_Init(I2CDEV_M, 400000); // hardwired to 400KHz bit rate, 100KHz is the other option - - // Enable Master I2C operation - I2C_Cmd(I2CDEV_M, I2C_MASTER_MODE, ENABLE); -} - uint8_t digipot_mcp4451_send_byte(uint8_t data) { LPC_I2C1->I2DAT = data & I2C_I2DAT_BITMASK; // transmit data LPC_I2C1->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6e9ad6f179 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h + * Adapted from https://www-users.cs.york.ac.uk/~pcc/MCP/HAPR-Course-web/CMSIS/examples/html/master_8c_source.html + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include "i2c_util.h" + +uint8_t digipot_mcp4451_start(uint8_t sla); +uint8_t digipot_mcp4451_send_byte(uint8_t data); + +#ifdef __cplusplus + } +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/include/i2c_util.c b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/include/i2c_util.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b92f3f0453 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/include/i2c_util.c @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * HAL_LPC1768/include/i2c_util.c + */ + +#ifdef TARGET_LPC1768 + +#include "i2c_util.h" + +#define U8G_I2C_OPT_FAST 16 // from u8g.h + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +void configure_i2c(const uint8_t clock_option) { + /** + * Init I2C pin connect + */ + PINSEL_CFG_Type PinCfg; + PinCfg.OpenDrain = 0; + PinCfg.Pinmode = 0; + PinCfg.Portnum = 0; + #if I2C_MASTER_ID == 0 + PinCfg.Funcnum = 1; + PinCfg.Pinnum = 27; // SDA0 / D57 AUX-1 ... SCL0 / D58 AUX-1 + #elif I2C_MASTER_ID == 1 + PinCfg.Funcnum = 3; + PinCfg.Pinnum = 0; // SDA1 / D20 SCA ... SCL1 / D21 SCL + #elif I2C_MASTER_ID == 2 + PinCfg.Funcnum = 2; + PinCfg.Pinnum = 10; // SDA2 / D38 X_ENABLE_PIN ... SCL2 / D55 X_DIR_PIN + #endif + PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); + PinCfg.Pinnum += 1; + PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); + + // Initialize I2C peripheral + I2C_Init(I2CDEV_M, (clock_option & U8G_I2C_OPT_FAST) ? 400000: 100000); // LCD data rates + + // Enable Master I2C operation + I2C_Cmd(I2CDEV_M, I2C_MASTER_MODE, ENABLE); +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus + } +#endif + +#endif // TARGET_LPC1768 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/include/i2c_util.h similarity index 71% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/include/i2c_util.h index d7e4b0dc7a..eae275e0f9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/include/i2c_util.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -21,32 +21,35 @@ */ #pragma once -// adapted from I2C/master/master.c example -// https://www-users.cs.york.ac.uk/~pcc/MCP/HAPR-Course-web/CMSIS/examples/html/master_8c_source.html +/** + * HAL_LPC1768/include/i2c_util.h + */ -#define USEDI2CDEV_M 1 // use I2C1 controller +#include "../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if USEDI2CDEV_M == 0 +#ifndef I2C_MASTER_ID + #define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 +#endif + +#if I2C_MASTER_ID == 0 #define I2CDEV_M LPC_I2C0 -#elif USEDI2CDEV_M == 1 +#elif I2C_MASTER_ID == 1 #define I2CDEV_M LPC_I2C1 -#elif USEDI2CDEV_M == 2 +#elif I2C_MASTER_ID == 2 #define I2CDEV_M LPC_I2C2 #else #error "Master I2C device not defined!" #endif -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - #include #include #include -uint8_t digipot_mcp4451_start(uint8_t sla); -void digipot_mcp4451_init(); -uint8_t digipot_mcp4451_send_byte(uint8_t data); +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +void configure_i2c(const uint8_t clock_option); #ifdef __cplusplus } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/main.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/main.cpp similarity index 90% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/main.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/main.cpp index ab5b184b47..fb7394344e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/main.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/main.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ extern "C" { #include "../../sd/cardreader.h" #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" +#include "../../core/millis_t.h" #include "HAL.h" #include "timers.h" @@ -66,7 +67,7 @@ void HAL_init() { #endif // Flash status LED 3 times to indicate Marlin has started booting - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 6; ++i) { + LOOP_L_N(i, 6) { TOGGLE(LED_PIN); delay(100); } @@ -136,15 +137,6 @@ void HAL_init() { #endif } - #if NUM_SERIAL > 0 - MYSERIAL0.begin(BAUDRATE); - #if NUM_SERIAL > 1 - MYSERIAL1.begin(BAUDRATE); - #endif - SERIAL_PRINTF("\n\necho:%s (%dMhz) Initialized\n", isLPC1769() ? "LPC1769" : "LPC1768", SystemCoreClock / 1000000); - SERIAL_FLUSHTX(); - #endif - HAL_timer_init(); } @@ -155,7 +147,7 @@ void HAL_idletask() { // a PC via USB. // Other HALs use IS_SD_PRINTING() and IS_SD_FILE_OPEN() to check for access but // this will not reliably detect delete operations. To be safe we will lock - // the disk if Marlin has it mounted. Unfortuately there is currently no way + // the disk if Marlin has it mounted. Unfortunately there is currently no way // to unmount the disk from the LCD menu. // if (IS_SD_PRINTING() || IS_SD_FILE_OPEN()) if (card.isMounted()) diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_api.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/persistent_store_api.h similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_api.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/persistent_store_api.h index cafa53b30e..55a58fde1d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_api.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/persistent_store_api.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_flash.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/persistent_store_flash.cpp similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_flash.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/persistent_store_flash.cpp index dac7d7a3a9..e166858d64 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_flash.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/persistent_store_flash.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -36,17 +36,14 @@ * 16Kb I/O buffers (intended to hold DMA USB and Ethernet data, but currently * unused). */ -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" - -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - -#include "persistent_store_api.h" #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) +#include "persistent_store_api.h" + extern "C" { - #include "lpc17xx_iap.h" + #include } #define SECTOR_START(sector) ((sector < 16) ? (sector * 0x1000) : ((sector - 14) * 0x8000)) @@ -128,5 +125,4 @@ bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, size_t size, uint16_t size_t PersistentStore::capacity() { return EEPROM_SIZE; } #endif // FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION -#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS #endif // TARGET_LPC1768 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp index 2454dea195..aa61938b02 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com * Copyright (c) 2016 Victor Perez victor_pv@hotmail.com @@ -22,14 +22,11 @@ */ #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768 -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" - -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#include "persistent_store_api.h" -#if DISABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) +#if ENABLED(SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION) + +#include "persistent_store_api.h" #include #include @@ -178,6 +175,5 @@ bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, const size_t size, uin size_t PersistentStore::capacity() { return 4096; } // 4KiB of Emulated EEPROM -#endif // !FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION -#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS +#endif // SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION #endif // TARGET_LPC1768 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/pinsDebug.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6cc824afa3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/pinsDebug.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * Support routines for LPC1768 + */ + +/** + * Translation of routines & variables used by pinsDebug.h + */ + +#define NUMBER_PINS_TOTAL NUM_DIGITAL_PINS +#define pwm_details(pin) pin = pin // do nothing // print PWM details +#define pwm_status(pin) false //Print a pin's PWM status. Return true if it's currently a PWM pin. +#define IS_ANALOG(P) (DIGITAL_PIN_TO_ANALOG_PIN(P) >= 0 ? 1 : 0) +#define digitalRead_mod(p) extDigitalRead(p) +#define PRINT_PORT(p) +#define GET_ARRAY_PIN(p) pin_array[p].pin +#define PRINT_ARRAY_NAME(x) do{ sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("%-" STRINGIFY(MAX_NAME_LENGTH) "s"), pin_array[x].name); SERIAL_ECHO(buffer); }while(0) +#define PRINT_PIN(p) do{ sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("%d.%02d"), LPC176x::pin_port(p), LPC176x::pin_bit(p)); SERIAL_ECHO(buffer); }while(0) +#define MULTI_NAME_PAD 16 // space needed to be pretty if not first name assigned to a pin + +// pins that will cause hang/reset/disconnect in M43 Toggle and Watch utilities +#ifndef M43_NEVER_TOUCH + #define M43_NEVER_TOUCH(Q) ((Q) == P0_29 || (Q) == P0_30 || (Q) == P2_09) // USB pins +#endif + +bool GET_PINMODE(const pin_t pin) { + if (!LPC176x::pin_is_valid(pin) || LPC176x::pin_adc_enabled(pin)) // found an invalid pin or active analog pin + return false; + + return LPC176x::gpio_direction(pin); +} + +bool GET_ARRAY_IS_DIGITAL(const pin_t pin) { + return (!LPC176x::pin_has_adc(pin) || !LPC176x::pin_adc_enabled(pin)); +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/spi_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/spi_pins.h similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/spi_pins.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/spi_pins.h index acf991a9d7..9b983428bd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/spi_pins.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/spi_pins.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/timers.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/timers.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/timers.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/timers.cpp index 7bf7ff3880..686b251c69 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/timers.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/timers.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com * diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/timers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/timers.h similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/timers.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/timers.h index 73ea728af1..30da933521 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/timers.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/timers.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ typedef uint32_t hal_timer_t; #define HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX 0xFFFFFFFF -#define HAL_TIMER_RATE ((SystemCoreClock) / 4) // frequency of timers peripherals +#define HAL_TIMER_RATE ((F_CPU) / 4) // frequency of timers peripherals #define STEP_TIMER_NUM 0 // Timer Index for Stepper #define TEMP_TIMER_NUM 1 // Timer Index for Temperature diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.c b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.cpp similarity index 68% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.c rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.cpp index dc81396b09..6d643f5bf6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.c +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,22 +25,21 @@ #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768 +#include "../include/i2c_util.h" +#include "../../../core/millis_t.h" + +extern int millis(); + #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif -#include -#include -#include - -#include "../../../core/millis_t.h" - ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // These two routines are exact copies of the lpc17xx_i2c.c routines. Couldn't link to // to the lpc17xx_i2c.c routines so had to copy them into this file & rename them. -static uint32_t _I2C_Start (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) { +static uint32_t _I2C_Start(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) { // Reset STA, STO, SI I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC|I2C_I2CONCLR_STOC|I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC; @@ -64,30 +63,16 @@ static void _I2C_Stop (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) { ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#define U8G_I2C_OPT_FAST 16 // from u8g.h - -#define USEDI2CDEV_M 1 - #define I2CDEV_S_ADDR 0x78 // from SSD1306 //actual address is 0x3C - shift left 1 with LSB set to 0 to indicate write #define BUFFER_SIZE 0x1 // only do single byte transfers with LCDs -#if (USEDI2CDEV_M == 0) - #define I2CDEV_M LPC_I2C0 -#elif (USEDI2CDEV_M == 1) - #define I2CDEV_M LPC_I2C1 -#elif (USEDI2CDEV_M == 2) - #define I2CDEV_M LPC_I2C2 -#else - #error "Master I2C device not defined!" -#endif - -PINSEL_CFG_Type PinCfg; I2C_M_SETUP_Type transferMCfg; #define I2C_status (LPC_I2C1->I2STAT & I2C_STAT_CODE_BITMASK) -uint8_t u8g_i2c_start(uint8_t sla) { // send slave address and write bit +// Send slave address and write bit +uint8_t u8g_i2c_start(const uint8_t sla) { // Sometimes TX data ACK or NAK status is returned. That mean the start state didn't // happen which means only the value of the slave address was send. Keep looping until // the slave address and write bit are actually sent. @@ -111,54 +96,18 @@ uint8_t u8g_i2c_start(uint8_t sla) { // send slave address and write bit return 1; } -void u8g_i2c_init(uint8_t clock_option) { - - /** - * Init I2C pin connect - */ - PinCfg.OpenDrain = 0; - PinCfg.Pinmode = 0; - #if ((USEDI2CDEV_M == 0)) - PinCfg.Funcnum = 1; - PinCfg.Pinnum = 27; - PinCfg.Portnum = 0; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SDA0 / D57 AUX-1 - PinCfg.Pinnum = 28; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SCL0 / D58 AUX-1 - #endif - #if ((USEDI2CDEV_M == 1)) - PinCfg.Funcnum = 3; - PinCfg.Pinnum = 0; - PinCfg.Portnum = 0; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SDA1 / D20 SCA - PinCfg.Pinnum = 1; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SCL1 / D21 SCL - #endif - #if ((USEDI2CDEV_M == 2)) - PinCfg.Funcnum = 2; - PinCfg.Pinnum = 10; - PinCfg.Portnum = 0; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SDA2 / D38 X_ENABLE_PIN - PinCfg.Pinnum = 11; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SCL2 / D55 X_DIR_PIN - #endif - // Initialize I2C peripheral - I2C_Init(I2CDEV_M, (clock_option & U8G_I2C_OPT_FAST) ? 400000: 100000); // LCD data rates - - // Enable Master I2C operation - I2C_Cmd(I2CDEV_M, I2C_MASTER_MODE, ENABLE); - - u8g_i2c_start(0); // send slave address and write bit +void u8g_i2c_init(const uint8_t clock_option) { + configure_i2c(clock_option); + u8g_i2c_start(0); // Send slave address and write bit } -volatile extern millis_t _millis; uint8_t u8g_i2c_send_byte(uint8_t data) { #define I2C_TIMEOUT 3 LPC_I2C1->I2DAT = data & I2C_I2DAT_BITMASK; // transmit data LPC_I2C1->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA; LPC_I2C1->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC; - const millis_t timeout = _millis + I2C_TIMEOUT; - while ((I2C_status != I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_DAT_ACK) && (I2C_status != I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_DAT_NACK) && PENDING(_millis, timeout)); // wait for xmit to finish + const millis_t timeout = millis() + I2C_TIMEOUT; + while ((I2C_status != I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_DAT_ACK) && (I2C_status != I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_DAT_NACK) && PENDING(millis(), timeout)); // wait for xmit to finish // had hangs with SH1106 so added time out - have seen temporary screen corruption when this happens return 1; } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.h similarity index 84% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.h index 9dd594cd9e..9de3e93274 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ */ #pragma once -void u8g_i2c_init(uint8_t options); -uint8_t u8g_i2c_wait(uint8_t mask, uint8_t pos); +void u8g_i2c_init(const uint8_t clock_options); +//uint8_t u8g_i2c_wait(uint8_t mask, uint8_t pos); uint8_t u8g_i2c_start(uint8_t sla); uint8_t u8g_i2c_send_byte(uint8_t data); void u8g_i2c_stop(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_defines.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/LCD_defines.h similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_defines.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/LCD_defines.h index 1153329d89..e7518d698a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_defines.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/LCD_defines.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_delay.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/LCD_delay.h similarity index 85% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_delay.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/LCD_delay.h index 8806e87477..0d9b8d3dcc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_delay.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/LCD_delay.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ * * These are based on the LPC1768 routines. * - * Couldn't just call exact copies because the overhead resulted in the - * one microsecond delay being about 4uS. + * Couldn't just call exact copies because the overhead + * results in a one microsecond delay taking about 4µS. */ #ifdef __cplusplus diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_pin_routines.c b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/LCD_pin_routines.c similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_pin_routines.c rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/LCD_pin_routines.c index d441b7b4d0..67e78f36f0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_pin_routines.c +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/LCD_pin_routines.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_pin_routines.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/LCD_pin_routines.h similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_pin_routines.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/LCD_pin_routines.h index 569706b483..8a73b69ded 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_pin_routines.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/LCD_pin_routines.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_hw_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_hw_spi.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_hw_spi.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_hw_spi.cpp index 057a137445..c0105bc129 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_hw_spi.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_hw_spi.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_hw_i2c.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_hw_i2c.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_hw_i2c.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_hw_i2c.cpp index b624b24d35..b99abb6867 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_hw_i2c.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_hw_i2c.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -86,8 +86,6 @@ #define I2C_CMD_MODE 0x000 #define I2C_DATA_MODE 0x040 -//#define U8G_I2C_OPT_FAST 16 - uint8_t u8g_com_ssd_I2C_start_sequence(u8g_t *u8g) { /* are we requested to set the a0 state? */ if (u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SET_A0] == 0) return 1; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_hw_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_hw_spi.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_hw_spi.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_hw_spi.cpp index ac289c1a20..5f3da457aa 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_hw_spi.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_hw_spi.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_sw_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_sw_spi.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_sw_spi.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_sw_spi.cpp index 59414e896b..a1f8097e52 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_sw_spi.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_sw_spi.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) #include -#include "SoftwareSPI.h" +#include #include "../../shared/Delay.h" #undef SPI_SPEED diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_sw_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_sw_spi.cpp similarity index 77% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_sw_spi.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_sw_spi.cpp index e243d40013..6eac5daf24 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_sw_spi.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_sw_spi.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && DISABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) -#include "SoftwareSPI.h" +#include #undef SPI_SPEED #define SPI_SPEED 2 // About 2 MHz @@ -73,27 +73,27 @@ uint8_t swSpiTransfer_mode_0(uint8_t b, const uint8_t spi_speed, const pin_t sck_pin, const pin_t miso_pin, const pin_t mosi_pin ) { - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, 8) { if (spi_speed == 0) { - gpio_set(mosi_pin, !!(b & 0x80)); - gpio_set(sck_pin, HIGH); + LPC176x::gpio_set(mosi_pin, !!(b & 0x80)); + LPC176x::gpio_set(sck_pin, HIGH); b <<= 1; - if (miso_pin >= 0 && gpio_get(miso_pin)) b |= 1; - gpio_set(sck_pin, LOW); + if (miso_pin >= 0 && LPC176x::gpio_get(miso_pin)) b |= 1; + LPC176x::gpio_set(sck_pin, LOW); } else { const uint8_t state = (b & 0x80) ? HIGH : LOW; - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < spi_speed; j++) - gpio_set(mosi_pin, state); + LOOP_L_N(j, spi_speed) + LPC176x::gpio_set(mosi_pin, state); - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < spi_speed + (miso_pin >= 0 ? 0 : 1); j++) - gpio_set(sck_pin, HIGH); + LOOP_L_N(j, spi_speed + (miso_pin >= 0 ? 0 : 1)) + LPC176x::gpio_set(sck_pin, HIGH); b <<= 1; - if (miso_pin >= 0 && gpio_get(miso_pin)) b |= 1; + if (miso_pin >= 0 && LPC176x::gpio_get(miso_pin)) b |= 1; - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < spi_speed; j++) - gpio_set(sck_pin, LOW); + LOOP_L_N(j, spi_speed) + LPC176x::gpio_set(sck_pin, LOW); } } @@ -102,26 +102,26 @@ uint8_t swSpiTransfer_mode_0(uint8_t b, const uint8_t spi_speed, const pin_t sck uint8_t swSpiTransfer_mode_3(uint8_t b, const uint8_t spi_speed, const pin_t sck_pin, const pin_t miso_pin, const pin_t mosi_pin ) { - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, 8) { const uint8_t state = (b & 0x80) ? HIGH : LOW; if (spi_speed == 0) { - gpio_set(sck_pin, LOW); - gpio_set(mosi_pin, state); - gpio_set(mosi_pin, state); // need some setup time - gpio_set(sck_pin, HIGH); + LPC176x::gpio_set(sck_pin, LOW); + LPC176x::gpio_set(mosi_pin, state); + LPC176x::gpio_set(mosi_pin, state); // need some setup time + LPC176x::gpio_set(sck_pin, HIGH); } else { - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < spi_speed + (miso_pin >= 0 ? 0 : 1); j++) - gpio_set(sck_pin, LOW); + LOOP_L_N(j, spi_speed + (miso_pin >= 0 ? 0 : 1)) + LPC176x::gpio_set(sck_pin, LOW); - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < spi_speed; j++) - gpio_set(mosi_pin, state); + LOOP_L_N(j, spi_speed) + LPC176x::gpio_set(mosi_pin, state); - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < spi_speed; j++) - gpio_set(sck_pin, HIGH); + LOOP_L_N(j, spi_speed) + LPC176x::gpio_set(sck_pin, HIGH); } b <<= 1; - if (miso_pin >= 0 && gpio_get(miso_pin)) b |= 1; + if (miso_pin >= 0 && LPC176x::gpio_get(miso_pin)) b |= 1; } return b; @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ uint8_t swSpiTransfer_mode_3(uint8_t b, const uint8_t spi_speed, const pin_t sck static uint8_t SPI_speed = 0; static void u8g_sw_spi_HAL_LPC1768_shift_out(uint8_t dataPin, uint8_t clockPin, uint8_t val) { - #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) + #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864, MKS_MINI_12864) swSpiTransfer_mode_3(val, SPI_speed, clockPin, -1, dataPin); #else swSpiTransfer_mode_0(val, SPI_speed, clockPin, -1, dataPin); @@ -158,10 +158,10 @@ uint8_t u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_sw_spi_fn(u8g_t *u8g, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_val, break; case U8G_COM_MSG_CHIP_SELECT: - #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) // LCD SPI is running mode 3 while SD card is running mode 0 - if (arg_val) { // SCK idle state needs to be set to the proper idle state before - // the next chip select goes active - u8g_SetPILevel(u8g, U8G_PI_SCK, 1); // Set SCK to mode 3 idle state before CS goes active + #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864, MKS_MINI_12864) // LCD SPI is running mode 3 while SD card is running mode 0 + if (arg_val) { // SCK idle state needs to be set to the proper idle state before + // the next chip select goes active + u8g_SetPILevel(u8g, U8G_PI_SCK, 1); // Set SCK to mode 3 idle state before CS goes active u8g_SetPILevel(u8g, U8G_PI_CS, LOW); } else { diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/upload_extra_script.py b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/upload_extra_script.py new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9b0d0617a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/upload_extra_script.py @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +# +# sets output_port +# if target_filename is found then that drive is used +# else if target_drive is found then that drive is used +# +from __future__ import print_function + +target_filename = "FIRMWARE.CUR" +target_drive = "REARM" + +import os +import getpass +import platform + +current_OS = platform.system() +Import("env") + +def print_error(e): + print('\nUnable to find destination disk (%s)\n' \ + 'Please select it in platformio.ini using the upload_port keyword ' \ + '(https://docs.platformio.org/en/latest/projectconf/section_env_upload.html) ' \ + 'or copy the firmware (.pio/build/%s/firmware.bin) manually to the appropriate disk\n' \ + %(e, env.get('PIOENV'))) + +try: + if current_OS == 'Windows': + # + # platformio.ini will accept this for a Windows upload port designation: 'upload_port = L:' + # Windows - doesn't care about the disk's name, only cares about the drive letter + # + + # + # get all drives on this computer + # + import subprocess + # typical result (string): 'Drives: C:\ D:\ E:\ F:\ G:\ H:\ I:\ J:\ K:\ L:\ M:\ Y:\ Z:\' + driveStr = str(subprocess.check_output("fsutil fsinfo drives")) + # typical result (string): 'C:\ D:\ E:\ F:\ G:\ H:\ I:\ J:\ K:\ L:\ M:\ Y:\ Z:\' + # driveStr = driveStr.strip().lstrip('Drives: ') <- Doesn't work in other Languages as English. In German is "Drives:" = "Laufwerke:" + FirstFound = driveStr.find(':',0,-1) # Find the first ":" and + driveStr = driveStr[FirstFound + 1 : -1] # truncate to the rest + # typical result (array of stings): ['C:\\', 'D:\\', 'E:\\', 'F:\\', + # 'G:\\', 'H:\\', 'I:\\', 'J:\\', 'K:\\', 'L:\\', 'M:\\', 'Y:\\', 'Z:\\'] + drives = driveStr.split() + + upload_disk = 'Disk not found' + target_file_found = False + target_drive_found = False + for drive in drives: + final_drive_name = drive.strip().rstrip('\\') # typical result (string): 'C:' + try: + volume_info = str(subprocess.check_output('cmd /C dir ' + final_drive_name, stderr=subprocess.STDOUT)) + except Exception as e: + continue + else: + if target_drive in volume_info and target_file_found == False: # set upload if not found target file yet + target_drive_found = True + upload_disk = final_drive_name + if target_filename in volume_info: + if target_file_found == False: + upload_disk = final_drive_name + target_file_found = True + + # + # set upload_port to drive if found + # + + if target_file_found == True or target_drive_found == True: + env.Replace( + UPLOAD_PORT=upload_disk + ) + print('upload disk: ', upload_disk) + else: + print_error('Autodetect Error') + + elif current_OS == 'Linux': + # + # platformio.ini will accept this for a Linux upload port designation: 'upload_port = /media/media_name/drive' + # + upload_disk = 'Disk not found' + target_file_found = False + target_drive_found = False + drives = os.listdir(os.path.join(os.sep, 'media', getpass.getuser())) + if target_drive in drives: # If target drive is found, use it. + target_drive_found = True + upload_disk = os.path.join(os.sep, 'media', getpass.getuser(), target_drive) + os.sep + else: + for drive in drives: + try: + files = os.listdir(os.path.join(os.sep, 'media', getpass.getuser(), drive)) + except: + continue + else: + if target_filename in files: + upload_disk = os.path.join(os.sep, 'media', getpass.getuser(), drive) + os.sep + target_file_found = True + break + # + # set upload_port to drive if found + # + + if target_file_found or target_drive_found: + env.Replace( + UPLOAD_FLAGS="-P$UPLOAD_PORT", + UPLOAD_PORT=upload_disk + ) + print('upload disk: ', upload_disk) + else: + print_error('Autodetect Error') + + elif current_OS == 'Darwin': # MAC + # + # platformio.ini will accept this for a OSX upload port designation: 'upload_port = /media/media_name/drive' + # + upload_disk = 'Disk not found' + drives = os.listdir('/Volumes') # human readable names + target_file_found = False + target_drive_found = False + if target_drive in drives and target_file_found == False: # set upload if not found target file yet + target_drive_found = True + upload_disk = '/Volumes/' + target_drive + '/' + for drive in drives: + try: + filenames = os.listdir('/Volumes/' + drive + '/') # will get an error if the drive is protected + except: + continue + else: + if target_filename in filenames: + if target_file_found == False: + upload_disk = '/Volumes/' + drive + '/' + target_file_found = True + # + # set upload_port to drive if found + # + + if target_file_found == True or target_drive_found == True: + env.Replace( + UPLOAD_PORT=upload_disk + ) + print('\nupload disk: ', upload_disk, '\n') + else: + print_error('Autodetect Error') + +except Exception as e: + print_error(str(e)) diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/usb_serial.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/usb_serial.cpp similarity index 91% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/usb_serial.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/usb_serial.cpp index c83931745a..ddb31da20f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/usb_serial.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/usb_serial.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ #if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER) -#include "../../feature/emergency_parser.h" +#include "../../feature/e_parser.h" EmergencyParser::State emergency_state; bool CDC_RecvCallback(const char buffer) { emergency_parser.update(emergency_state, buffer); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/watchdog.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/watchdog.cpp similarity index 82% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/watchdog.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/watchdog.cpp index 55e3628603..73563a6baa 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/watchdog.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/watchdog.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) -#include "lpc17xx_wdt.h" +#include #include "watchdog.h" void watchdog_init() { @@ -56,29 +56,16 @@ void watchdog_init() { WDT_Start(WDT_TIMEOUT); } -void HAL_clear_reset_source() { - WDT_ClrTimeOutFlag(); -} - -uint8_t HAL_get_reset_source() { - if (TEST(WDT_ReadTimeOutFlag(), 0)) return RST_WATCHDOG; - return RST_POWER_ON; -} - -void watchdog_reset() { +void HAL_watchdog_refresh() { WDT_Feed(); #if DISABLED(PINS_DEBUGGING) && PIN_EXISTS(LED) TOGGLE(LED_PIN); // heartbeat indicator #endif } -#else - -void watchdog_init() {} -void watchdog_reset() {} -void HAL_clear_reset_source() {} -uint8_t HAL_get_reset_source() { return RST_POWER_ON; } +// Timeout state +bool watchdog_timed_out() { return TEST(WDT_ReadTimeOutFlag(), 0); } +void watchdog_clear_timeout_flag() { WDT_ClrTimeOutFlag(); } #endif // USE_WATCHDOG - #endif // TARGET_LPC1768 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/watchdog.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/watchdog.h similarity index 84% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/watchdog.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/watchdog.h index 5bc06f04f1..e9e25e4f2a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/watchdog.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/watchdog.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ #define WDT_TIMEOUT 4000000 // 4 second timeout void watchdog_init(); -void watchdog_reset(); -void HAL_clear_reset_source(); -uint8_t HAL_get_reset_source(); +void HAL_watchdog_refresh(); + +bool watchdog_timed_out(); +void watchdog_clear_timeout_flag(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/win_usb_driver/lpc176x_usb_driver.inf b/Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/win_usb_driver/lpc176x_usb_driver.inf similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/win_usb_driver/lpc176x_usb_driver.inf rename to Marlin/src/HAL/LPC1768/win_usb_driver/lpc176x_usb_driver.inf diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/HAL.cpp similarity index 84% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/HAL.cpp index d80dd17aab..b3a741fe13 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/HAL.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * SAMD51 HAL developed by Giuliano Zaro (AKA GMagician) * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ #ifdef __SAMD51__ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#include "Adafruit_ZeroDMA.h" -#include "wiring_private.h" +#include +#include // ------------------------ // Local defines @@ -59,6 +59,21 @@ #else #define GET_TEMP_5_ADC() -1 #endif +#if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + #define GET_TEMP_6_ADC() PIN_TO_ADC(TEMP_6_PIN) +#else + #define GET_TEMP_6_ADC() -1 +#endif +#if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + #define GET_TEMP_7_ADC() PIN_TO_ADC(TEMP_7_PIN) +#else + #define GET_TEMP_7_ADC() -1 +#endif +#if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + #define GET_PROBE_ADC() PIN_TO_ADC(TEMP_PROBE_PIN) +#else + #define GET_PROBE_ADC() -1 +#endif #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_BED #define GET_BED_ADC() PIN_TO_ADC(TEMP_BED_PIN) #else @@ -80,12 +95,15 @@ #define GET_BUTTONS_ADC() -1 #endif -#define IS_ADC_REQUIRED(n) (GET_TEMP_0_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_1_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_2_ADC() == n \ - || GET_TEMP_3_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_4_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_5_ADC() == n \ - || GET_BED_ADC() == n \ - || GET_CHAMBER_ADC() == n \ - || GET_FILAMENT_WIDTH_ADC() == n \ - || GET_BUTTONS_ADC() == n) +#define IS_ADC_REQUIRED(n) ( \ + GET_TEMP_0_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_1_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_2_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_3_ADC() == n \ + || GET_TEMP_4_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_5_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_6_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_7_ADC() == n \ + || GET_PROBE_ADC() == n \ + || GET_BED_ADC() == n \ + || GET_CHAMBER_ADC() == n \ + || GET_FILAMENT_WIDTH_ADC() == n \ + || GET_BUTTONS_ADC() == n \ +) #define ADC0_IS_REQUIRED IS_ADC_REQUIRED(0) #define ADC1_IS_REQUIRED IS_ADC_REQUIRED(1) @@ -145,6 +163,15 @@ uint16_t HAL_adc_result; #if GET_TEMP_5_ADC() == 0 TEMP_5_PIN, #endif + #if GET_TEMP_6_ADC() == 0 + TEMP_6_PIN, + #endif + #if GET_TEMP_7_ADC() == 0 + TEMP_7_PIN, + #endif + #if GET_PROBE_ADC() == 0 + TEMP_PROBE_PIN, + #endif #if GET_BED_ADC() == 0 TEMP_BED_PIN, #endif @@ -176,6 +203,15 @@ uint16_t HAL_adc_result; #if GET_TEMP_5_ADC() == 1 TEMP_5_PIN, #endif + #if GET_TEMP_6_ADC() == 1 + TEMP_6_PIN, + #endif + #if GET_TEMP_7_ADC() == 1 + TEMP_7_PIN, + #endif + #if GET_PROBE_ADC() == 1 + TEMP_PROBE_PIN, + #endif #if GET_BED_ADC() == 1 TEMP_BED_PIN, #endif @@ -215,6 +251,15 @@ uint16_t HAL_adc_result; #if GET_TEMP_5_ADC() == 0 { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_5_PIN) }, #endif + #if GET_TEMP_6_ADC() == 0 + { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_6_PIN) }, + #endif + #if GET_TEMP_7_ADC() == 0 + { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_7_PIN) }, + #endif + #if GET_PROBE_ADC() == 0 + { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_PROBE_PIN) }, + #endif #if GET_BED_ADC() == 0 { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_BED_PIN) }, #endif @@ -255,6 +300,15 @@ uint16_t HAL_adc_result; #if GET_TEMP_5_ADC() == 1 { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_5_PIN) }, #endif + #if GET_TEMP_6_ADC() == 1 + { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_6_PIN) }, + #endif + #if GET_TEMP_7_ADC() == 1 + { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_7_PIN) }, + #endif + #if GET_PROBE_ADC() == 1 + { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_PROBE_PIN) }, + #endif #if GET_BED_ADC() == 1 { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_BED_PIN) }, #endif @@ -373,7 +427,6 @@ void HAL_init() { dma_init(); #endif #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // SD_DETECT_PIN may be removed if NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE is not defined in Configuration_adv.h #if SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) && PIN_EXISTS(SD_DETECT) SET_INPUT_PULLUP(SD_DETECT_PIN); #endif @@ -414,7 +467,7 @@ extern "C" { // Return free memory between end of heap (or end bss) and whatever is current int freeMemory() { int free_memory, heap_end = (int)_sbrk(0); - return (int)&free_memory - (heap_end ? heap_end : (int)&__bss_end__); + return (int)&free_memory - (heap_end ?: (int)&__bss_end__); } // ------------------------ @@ -425,10 +478,10 @@ void HAL_adc_init() { #if ADC_IS_REQUIRED memset(HAL_adc_results, 0xFF, sizeof(HAL_adc_results)); // Fill result with invalid values - for (uint8_t pi = 0; pi < COUNT(adc_pins); ++pi) - pinPeripheral(adc_pins[pi], PIO_ANALOG); + LOOP_L_N(pi, COUNT(adc_pins)) + pinPeripheral(adc_pins[pi], PIO_ANALOG); - for (uint8_t ai = FIRST_ADC; ai <= LAST_ADC; ++ai) { + LOOP_S_LE_N(ai, FIRST_ADC, LAST_ADC) { Adc* adc = ((Adc*[])ADC_INSTS)[ai]; // ADC clock setup @@ -442,12 +495,14 @@ void HAL_adc_init() { // Preloaded data (fixed for all ADC instances hence not loaded by DMA) adc->REFCTRL.bit.REFSEL = ADC_REFCTRL_REFSEL_AREFA_Val; // VRefA pin SYNC(adc->SYNCBUSY.bit.REFCTRL); - adc->CTRLB.bit.RESSEL = ADC_CTRLB_RESSEL_10BIT_Val; + adc->CTRLB.bit.RESSEL = ADC_CTRLB_RESSEL_10BIT_Val; // ... ADC_CTRLB_RESSEL_16BIT_Val SYNC(adc->SYNCBUSY.bit.CTRLB); adc->SAMPCTRL.bit.SAMPLEN = (6 - 1); // Sampling clocks + //adc->AVGCTRL.reg = ADC_AVGCTRL_SAMPLENUM_16 | ADC_AVGCTRL_ADJRES(4); // 16 Accumulated conversions and shift 4 to get oversampled 12 bits result + //SYNC(adc->SYNCBUSY.bit.AVGCTRL); + // Registers loaded by DMA adc->DSEQCTRL.bit.INPUTCTRL = true; - adc->DSEQCTRL.bit.AUTOSTART = true; // Start conversion after DMA sequence adc->CTRLA.bit.ENABLE = true; // Enable ADC @@ -458,7 +513,7 @@ void HAL_adc_init() { void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin) { #if ADC_IS_REQUIRED - for (uint8_t pi = 0; pi < COUNT(adc_pins); ++pi) { + LOOP_L_N(pi, COUNT(adc_pins)) { if (adc_pin == adc_pins[pi]) { HAL_adc_result = HAL_adc_results[pi]; return; @@ -469,8 +524,4 @@ void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin) { HAL_adc_result = 0xFFFF; } -uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result() { - return HAL_adc_result; -} - #endif // __SAMD51__ diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/HAL.h similarity index 67% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/HAL.h index 3489a4d285..f2ee02a22f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/HAL.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * SAMD51 HAL developed by Giuliano Zaro (AKA GMagician) * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -33,11 +33,9 @@ #include "MarlinSerial_AGCM4.h" // Serial ports - #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT, -1, 3) - #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3" - #endif // MYSERIAL0 required before MarlinSerial includes! + #if SERIAL_PORT == -1 #define MYSERIAL0 Serial #elif SERIAL_PORT == 0 @@ -46,18 +44,16 @@ #define MYSERIAL0 Serial2 #elif SERIAL_PORT == 2 #define MYSERIAL0 Serial3 - #else + #elif SERIAL_PORT == 3 #define MYSERIAL0 Serial4 + #else + #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." #endif #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 - #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT_2, -1, 3) - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 3" - #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT" - #endif - #define NUM_SERIAL 2 - #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 + #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 #define MYSERIAL1 Serial #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 #define MYSERIAL1 Serial1 @@ -65,13 +61,36 @@ #define MYSERIAL1 Serial2 #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 2 #define MYSERIAL1 Serial3 - #else + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 3 #define MYSERIAL1 Serial4 + #else + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." #endif + #define NUM_SERIAL 2 #else #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #endif + #ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT + #if DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT_2 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT_2. Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == -1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 0 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial1 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial2 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial3 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial4 + #else + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." + #endif + #endif + #endif // ADAFRUIT_GRAND_CENTRAL_M4 typedef int8_t pin_t; @@ -82,8 +101,8 @@ typedef int8_t pin_t; // // Interrupts // -#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START uint32_t primask = __get_PRIMASK(); __disable_irq() -#define CRITICAL_SECTION_END if (!primask) __enable_irq() +#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START() uint32_t primask = __get_PRIMASK(); __disable_irq() +#define CRITICAL_SECTION_END() if (!primask) __enable_irq() #define ISRS_ENABLED() (!__get_PRIMASK()) #define ENABLE_ISRS() __enable_irq() #define DISABLE_ISRS() __disable_irq() @@ -103,18 +122,20 @@ uint8_t eeprom_read_byte(uint8_t *pos); // // ADC // -extern uint16_t HAL_adc_result; // result of last ADC conversion +extern uint16_t HAL_adc_result; // Most recent ADC conversion #define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(pin) void HAL_adc_init(); +//#define HAL_ADC_FILTERED // Disable Marlin's oversampling. The HAL filters ADC values. +#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 10 // ... 12 #define HAL_START_ADC(pin) HAL_adc_start_conversion(pin) #define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_result #define HAL_ADC_READY() true void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin); -uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result(); +inline uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result() { return HAL_adc_result; } // // Pin Map diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL_SPI.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/HAL_SPI.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL_SPI.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/HAL_SPI.cpp index bbd12912a2..83226daa48 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL_SPI.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/HAL_SPI.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * SAMD51 HAL developed by Giuliano Zaro (AKA GMagician) * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -46,9 +46,6 @@ // ------------------------ #error "Software SPI not supported for SAMD51. Use Hardware SPI." - #if SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) - #endif - #else // !SOFTWARE_SPI #ifdef ADAFRUIT_GRAND_CENTRAL_M4 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/MarlinSerial_AGCM4.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/MarlinSerial_AGCM4.cpp similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/MarlinSerial_AGCM4.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/MarlinSerial_AGCM4.cpp index 2da4d8c07e..f13b29555a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/MarlinSerial_AGCM4.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/MarlinSerial_AGCM4.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * SAMD51 HAL developed by Giuliano Zaro (AKA GMagician) * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/MarlinSerial_AGCM4.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/MarlinSerial_AGCM4.h similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/MarlinSerial_AGCM4.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/MarlinSerial_AGCM4.h index 0768d8a04e..a9eb0470a2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/MarlinSerial_AGCM4.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/MarlinSerial_AGCM4.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * SAMD51 HAL developed by Giuliano Zaro (AKA GMagician) * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/SAMD51.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/SAMD51.h similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/SAMD51.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/SAMD51.h index d29d134c00..ef84a20820 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/SAMD51.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/SAMD51.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * SAMD51 HAL developed by Giuliano Zaro (AKA GMagician) * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/Servo.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/Servo.cpp similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/Servo.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/Servo.cpp index dbae750425..b39869ef32 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/Servo.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/Servo.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * SAMD51 HAL developed by Giuliano Zaro (AKA GMagician) * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/ServoTimers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/ServoTimers.h similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/ServoTimers.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/ServoTimers.h index 8b77d5b503..3572c608d2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/ServoTimers.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/ServoTimers.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * SAMD51 HAL developed by Giuliano Zaro (AKA GMagician) * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/endstop_interrupts.h similarity index 79% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/endstop_interrupts.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/endstop_interrupts.h index 1f66e02e31..4c8f441ce2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * SAMD51 HAL developed by Giuliano Zaro (AKA GMagician) * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -98,6 +98,16 @@ #else #define MATCH_Z3_MIN_EILINE(P) false #endif +#if HAS_Z4_MAX + #define MATCH_Z4_MAX_EILINE(P) MATCH_EILINE(P, Z4_MAX_PIN) +#else + #define MATCH_Z4_MAX_EILINE(P) false +#endif +#if HAS_Z4_MIN + #define MATCH_Z4_MIN_EILINE(P) MATCH_EILINE(P, Z4_MIN_PIN) +#else + #define MATCH_Z4_MIN_EILINE(P) false +#endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN #define MATCH_Z_MIN_PROBE_EILINE(P) MATCH_EILINE(P, Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) #else @@ -109,6 +119,7 @@ && !MATCH_Z_MAX_EILINE(P) && !MATCH_Z_MIN_EILINE(P) \ && !MATCH_Z2_MAX_EILINE(P) && !MATCH_Z2_MIN_EILINE(P) \ && !MATCH_Z3_MAX_EILINE(P) && !MATCH_Z3_MIN_EILINE(P) \ + && !MATCH_Z4_MAX_EILINE(P) && !MATCH_Z4_MIN_EILINE(P) \ && !MATCH_Z_MIN_PROBE_EILINE(P)) // One ISR for all EXT-Interrupts @@ -117,67 +128,79 @@ void endstop_ISR() { endstops.update(); } void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if HAS_X_MAX #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(X_MAX_PIN) - static_assert(false, "X_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "X_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(X_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_X_MIN #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(X_MIN_PIN) - static_assert(false, "X_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "X_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(X_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Y_MAX #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Y_MAX_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Y_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Y_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Y_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Y_MIN #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Y_MIN_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Y_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Y_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Y_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Z_MAX #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z_MAX_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Z_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Z_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Z_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z_MIN_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Z_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Z_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Z_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Z2_MAX #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z2_MAX_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Z2_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Z2_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Z2_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Z2_MIN #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z2_MIN_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Z2_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Z2_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Z2_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Z3_MAX #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z3_MAX_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Z3_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Z3_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Z3_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Z3_MIN #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z3_MIN_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Z3_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Z3_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Z3_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z4_MAX_PIN) + #error "Z4_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available." + #endif + attachInterrupt(Z4_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z4_MIN_PIN) + #error "Z4_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available." + #endif + attachInterrupt(Z4_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); + #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/fastio.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/fastio.h similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/fastio.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/fastio.h index ecd9acea44..f6a2675de0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/fastio.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/fastio.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * SAMD51 HAL developed by Giuliano Zaro (AKA GMagician) * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ /** * Magic I/O routines * - * Now you can simply SET_OUTPUT(STEP); WRITE(STEP, HIGH); WRITE(STEP, LOW); + * Now you can simply SET_OUTPUT(IO); WRITE(IO, HIGH); WRITE(IO, LOW); */ // Read a pin @@ -88,8 +88,8 @@ const EPortType port = (EPortType)GET_SAMD_PORT(IO); \ const uint32_t pin = GET_SAMD_PIN(IO); \ \ - PORT->Group[port].PINCFG[pin].reg = (uint8_t)(PORT_PINCFG_INEN); \ PORT->Group[port].DIRSET.reg = MASK(pin); \ + PORT->Group[port].PINCFG[pin].reg = 0; \ }while(0) // Set pin as output (open drain) #define SET_OUTPUT_OD(IO) do{ \ @@ -245,6 +245,7 @@ #define DIO17_PIN PIN_PC23 #define DIO88_PIN PIN_PC24 // NEOPIXEL // PORTD + #define DIO53_PIN PIN_PD10 #define DIO22_PIN PIN_PD12 #define DIO6_PIN PIN_PD20 #define DIO7_PIN PIN_PD21 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0285c52ee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/inc/Conditionals_adv.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/inc/Conditionals_adv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0285c52ee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/inc/Conditionals_adv.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/inc/Conditionals_post.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/inc/Conditionals_post.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b52462f6d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/inc/Conditionals_post.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#if USE_EMULATED_EEPROM + #undef SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION + #undef SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION + #define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/inc/SanityCheck.h similarity index 87% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/inc/SanityCheck.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/inc/SanityCheck.h index 0f27d8bf35..cc7a10e7a6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * SAMD51 HAL developed by Giuliano Zaro (AKA GMagician) * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -23,6 +23,10 @@ * Test SAMD51 specific configuration values for errors at compile-time. */ +#if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) + #warning "Did you activate the SmartEEPROM? See https://github.com/GMagician/SAMD51-SmartEEprom-Manager/releases" +#endif + #if defined(ADAFRUIT_GRAND_CENTRAL_M4) && SD_CONNECTION_IS(CUSTOM_CABLE) #error "No custom SD drive cable defined for this board." #endif @@ -36,13 +40,9 @@ #endif #if ENABLED(SDIO_SUPPORT) - #error "SDIO_SUPPORT is not supported." + #error "SDIO_SUPPORT is not supported on SAMD51." #endif #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform." #endif - -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && NONE(SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM) - #warning "Did you activate the SmartEEPROM? See https://github.com/GMagician/SAMD51-SmartEEprom-Activator" -#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp similarity index 90% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp index e41dd85c85..6b7326bb25 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * SAMD51 HAL developed by Giuliano Zaro (AKA GMagician) * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h" -#if NONE(SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM) +#if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) #define NVMCTRL_CMD(c) do{ \ SYNC(!NVMCTRL->STATUS.bit.READY); \ NVMCTRL->INTFLAG.bit.DONE = true; \ @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ #endif bool PersistentStore::access_start() { - #if NONE(SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM) + #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) NVMCTRL->SEECFG.reg = NVMCTRL_SEECFG_WMODE_BUFFERED; // Buffered mode and segment reallocation active #endif @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ bool PersistentStore::access_start() { } bool PersistentStore::access_finish() { - #if NONE(SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM) + #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) NVMCTRL_FLUSH(); if (!NVMCTRL->SEESTAT.bit.LOCK) NVMCTRL_CMD(NVMCTRL_CTRLB_CMD_LSEE); // Lock E2P data write access @@ -59,29 +59,29 @@ bool PersistentStore::access_finish() { } bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, uint16_t *crc) { - #if NONE(SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM) + #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) if (NVMCTRL->SEESTAT.bit.RLOCK) NVMCTRL_CMD(NVMCTRL_CTRLB_CMD_USEE); // Unlock E2P data write access #endif while (size--) { const uint8_t v = *value; - #if ANY(SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM) - uint8_t * const p = (uint8_t * const)pos; - if (v != eeprom_read_byte(p)) { - eeprom_write_byte(p, v); - delay(2); - if (eeprom_read_byte(p) != v) { - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_ERR_EEPROM_WRITE); - return true; - } - } - #else + #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) SYNC(NVMCTRL->SEESTAT.bit.BUSY); if (NVMCTRL->INTFLAG.bit.SEESFULL) NVMCTRL_FLUSH(); // Next write will trigger a sector reallocation. I need to flush 'pagebuffer' ((volatile uint8_t *)SEEPROM_ADDR)[pos] = v; SYNC(!NVMCTRL->INTFLAG.bit.SEEWRC); + #else + uint8_t * const p = (uint8_t * const)pos; + if (v != eeprom_read_byte(p)) { + eeprom_write_byte(p, v); + delay(2); + if (eeprom_read_byte(p) != v) { + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_ERR_EEPROM_WRITE); + return true; + } + } #endif crc16(crc, &v, 1); pos++; @@ -93,11 +93,11 @@ bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, ui bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, size_t size, uint16_t *crc, const bool writing/*=true*/) { while (size--) { uint8_t c; - #if ANY(SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM) - c = eeprom_read_byte((uint8_t*)pos); - #else + #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) SYNC(NVMCTRL->SEESTAT.bit.BUSY); c = ((volatile uint8_t *)SEEPROM_ADDR)[pos]; + #else + c = eeprom_read_byte((uint8_t*)pos); #endif if (writing) *value = c; crc16(crc, &c, 1); @@ -108,9 +108,7 @@ bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, size_t size, uint16_t } size_t PersistentStore::capacity() { - #if ANY(SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM) - return E2END + 1; - #else + #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) const uint8_t psz = NVMCTRL->SEESTAT.bit.PSZ, sblk = NVMCTRL->SEESTAT.bit.SBLK; @@ -121,6 +119,8 @@ size_t PersistentStore::capacity() { else if (sblk <= 4 || psz == 5) return 16384; else if (sblk >= 9 && psz == 7) return 65536; else return 32768; + #else + return E2END + 1; #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/pinsDebug.h similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/pinsDebug.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/pinsDebug.h index 64f6929c00..15b6473382 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/pinsDebug.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/pinsDebug.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * SAMD51 HAL developed by Giuliano Zaro (AKA GMagician) * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -149,5 +149,6 @@ void pwm_details(int32_t pin) { * 92 | PA9 | QSPI: IO1 * 93 | PA10 | QSPI: IO2 * 94 | PA11 | QSPI: IO3 + * 95 | PB31 | SD: DETECT * */ diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/spi_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/spi_pins.h similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/spi_pins.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/spi_pins.h index 3315fa08ac..049aacb57a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/spi_pins.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/spi_pins.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * SAMD51 HAL developed by Giuliano Zaro (AKA GMagician) * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/timers.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/timers.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3eb021c25b --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/timers.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * SAMD51 HAL developed by Giuliano Zaro (AKA GMagician) + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#ifdef __SAMD51__ + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Includes +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" +#include "timers.h" + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Local defines +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define NUM_HARDWARE_TIMERS 8 + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Private Variables +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +const tTimerConfig TimerConfig[NUM_HARDWARE_TIMERS+1] = { + { {.pTc=TC0}, TC0_IRQn, TC_PRIORITY(0) }, // 0 - stepper + { {.pTc=TC1}, TC1_IRQn, TC_PRIORITY(1) }, // 1 - stepper (needed by 32 bit timers) + { {.pTc=TC2}, TC2_IRQn, TC_PRIORITY(2) }, // 2 - tone (framework) + { {.pTc=TC3}, TC3_IRQn, TC_PRIORITY(3) }, // 3 - servo + { {.pTc=TC4}, TC4_IRQn, TC_PRIORITY(4) }, // 4 - software serial + { {.pTc=TC5}, TC5_IRQn, TC_PRIORITY(5) }, + { {.pTc=TC6}, TC6_IRQn, TC_PRIORITY(6) }, + { {.pTc=TC7}, TC7_IRQn, TC_PRIORITY(7) }, + { {.pRtc=RTC}, RTC_IRQn, TC_PRIORITY(8) } // 8 - temperature +}; + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Private functions +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +FORCE_INLINE void Disable_Irq(IRQn_Type irq) { + NVIC_DisableIRQ(irq); + + // We NEED memory barriers to ensure Interrupts are actually disabled! + // ( https://dzone.com/articles/nvic-disabling-interrupts-on-arm-cortex-m-and-the ) + __DSB(); + __ISB(); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Public functions +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) { + IRQn_Type irq = TimerConfig[timer_num].IRQ_Id; + + // Disable interrupt, just in case it was already enabled + Disable_Irq(irq); + + if (timer_num == RTC_TIMER_NUM) { + Rtc * const rtc = TimerConfig[timer_num].pRtc; + + // Disable timer interrupt + rtc->MODE0.INTENCLR.reg = RTC_MODE0_INTENCLR_CMP0; + + // RTC clock setup + OSC32KCTRL->RTCCTRL.reg = OSC32KCTRL_RTCCTRL_RTCSEL_XOSC32K; // External 32.768KHz oscillator + + // Stop timer, just in case, to be able to reconfigure it + rtc->MODE0.CTRLA.bit.ENABLE = false; + SYNC(rtc->MODE0.SYNCBUSY.bit.ENABLE); + + // Mode, reset counter on match + rtc->MODE0.CTRLA.reg = RTC_MODE0_CTRLA_MODE_COUNT32 | RTC_MODE0_CTRLA_MATCHCLR; + + // Set compare value + rtc->MODE0.COMP[0].reg = (32768 + frequency / 2) / frequency; + SYNC(rtc->MODE0.SYNCBUSY.bit.COMP0); + + // Enable interrupt on compare + rtc->MODE0.INTFLAG.reg = RTC_MODE0_INTFLAG_CMP0; // reset pending interrupt + rtc->MODE0.INTENSET.reg = RTC_MODE0_INTENSET_CMP0; // enable compare 0 interrupt + + // And start timer + rtc->MODE0.CTRLA.bit.ENABLE = true; + SYNC(rtc->MODE0.SYNCBUSY.bit.ENABLE); + } + else { + Tc * const tc = TimerConfig[timer_num].pTc; + + // Disable timer interrupt + tc->COUNT32.INTENCLR.reg = TC_INTENCLR_OVF; // disable overflow interrupt + + // TCn clock setup + const uint8_t clockID = GCLK_CLKCTRL_IDs[TCC_INST_NUM + timer_num]; // TC clock are preceeded by TCC ones + GCLK->PCHCTRL[clockID].bit.CHEN = false; + SYNC(GCLK->PCHCTRL[clockID].bit.CHEN); + GCLK->PCHCTRL[clockID].reg = GCLK_PCHCTRL_GEN_GCLK0 | GCLK_PCHCTRL_CHEN; // 120MHz startup code programmed + SYNC(!GCLK->PCHCTRL[clockID].bit.CHEN); + + // Stop timer, just in case, to be able to reconfigure it + tc->COUNT32.CTRLA.bit.ENABLE = false; + SYNC(tc->COUNT32.SYNCBUSY.bit.ENABLE); + + // Reset timer + tc->COUNT32.CTRLA.bit.SWRST = true; + SYNC(tc->COUNT32.SYNCBUSY.bit.SWRST); + + // Wave mode, reset counter on overflow on 0 (I use count down to prevent double buffer use) + tc->COUNT32.WAVE.reg = TC_WAVE_WAVEGEN_MFRQ; + tc->COUNT32.CTRLA.reg = TC_CTRLA_MODE_COUNT32 | TC_CTRLA_PRESCALER_DIV1; + tc->COUNT32.CTRLBSET.reg = TC_CTRLBCLR_DIR; + SYNC(tc->COUNT32.SYNCBUSY.bit.CTRLB); + + // Set compare value + tc->COUNT32.COUNT.reg = tc->COUNT32.CC[0].reg = (HAL_TIMER_RATE) / frequency; + + // Enable interrupt on compare + tc->COUNT32.INTFLAG.reg = TC_INTFLAG_OVF; // reset pending interrupt + tc->COUNT32.INTENSET.reg = TC_INTENSET_OVF; // enable overflow interrupt + + // And start timer + tc->COUNT32.CTRLA.bit.ENABLE = true; + SYNC(tc->COUNT32.SYNCBUSY.bit.ENABLE); + } + + // Finally, enable IRQ + NVIC_SetPriority(irq, TimerConfig[timer_num].priority); + NVIC_EnableIRQ(irq); +} + +void HAL_timer_enable_interrupt(const uint8_t timer_num) { + const IRQn_Type irq = TimerConfig[timer_num].IRQ_Id; + NVIC_EnableIRQ(irq); +} + +void HAL_timer_disable_interrupt(const uint8_t timer_num) { + const IRQn_Type irq = TimerConfig[timer_num].IRQ_Id; + Disable_Irq(irq); +} + +// missing from CMSIS: Check if interrupt is enabled or not +static bool NVIC_GetEnabledIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) { + return (NVIC->ISER[(uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5] & (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F))) != 0; +} + +bool HAL_timer_interrupt_enabled(const uint8_t timer_num) { + const IRQn_Type irq = TimerConfig[timer_num].IRQ_Id; + return NVIC_GetEnabledIRQ(irq); +} + +#endif // __SAMD51__ diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/timers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/timers.h similarity index 73% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/timers.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/timers.h index 80c37d14af..4b21e47162 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/timers.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/timers.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * SAMD51 HAL developed by Giuliano Zaro (AKA GMagician) * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -25,20 +25,21 @@ // -------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Defines // -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#define RTC_TIMER_NUM 8 // This is not a TC but a RTC typedef uint32_t hal_timer_t; #define HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX 0xFFFFFFFF -#define HAL_TIMER_RATE SystemCoreClock // frequency of timers peripherals +#define HAL_TIMER_RATE F_CPU // frequency of timers peripherals #define STEP_TIMER_NUM 0 // index of timer to use for stepper (also +1 for 32bits counter) #define PULSE_TIMER_NUM STEP_TIMER_NUM -#define TEMP_TIMER_NUM 4 // index of timer to use for temperature (also +1 for 32bits counter) +#define TEMP_TIMER_NUM RTC_TIMER_NUM // index of timer to use for temperature #define TEMP_TIMER_FREQUENCY 1000 // temperature interrupt frequency #define STEPPER_TIMER_RATE HAL_TIMER_RATE // frequency of stepper timer (HAL_TIMER_RATE / STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE) -#define STEPPER_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US ((STEPPER_TIMER_RATE) / 1000000) // stepper timer ticks per µs +#define STEPPER_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US (STEPPER_TIMER_RATE / 1000000) // stepper timer ticks per µs #define STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE (CYCLES_PER_MICROSECOND / STEPPER_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US) #define PULSE_TIMER_RATE STEPPER_TIMER_RATE @@ -56,20 +57,27 @@ typedef uint32_t hal_timer_t; : (t == TEMP_TIMER_NUM) ? 6 \ : 7 -#define _TC_HANDLER(t) void TC##t##_Handler() -#define TC_HANDLER(t) _TC_HANDLER(t) -#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR() TC_HANDLER(STEP_TIMER_NUM) +#define _TC_HANDLER(t) void TC##t##_Handler() +#define TC_HANDLER(t) _TC_HANDLER(t) +#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR() TC_HANDLER(STEP_TIMER_NUM) #if STEP_TIMER_NUM != PULSE_TIMER_NUM - #define HAL_PULSE_TIMER_ISR() TC_HANDLER(PULSE_TIMER_NUM) + #define HAL_PULSE_TIMER_ISR() TC_HANDLER(PULSE_TIMER_NUM) +#endif +#if TEMP_TIMER_NUM == RTC_TIMER_NUM + #define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR() void RTC_Handler() +#else + #define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR() TC_HANDLER(TEMP_TIMER_NUM) #endif -#define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR() TC_HANDLER(TEMP_TIMER_NUM) // -------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Types // -------------------------------------------------------------------------- typedef struct { - Tc *pTimer; + union { + Tc *pTc; + Rtc *pRtc; + }; IRQn_Type IRQ_Id; uint8_t priority; } tTimerConfig; @@ -87,17 +95,20 @@ extern const tTimerConfig TimerConfig[]; void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency); FORCE_INLINE static void HAL_timer_set_compare(const uint8_t timer_num, const hal_timer_t compare) { - Tc * const tc = TimerConfig[timer_num].pTimer; + // Should never be called with timer RTC_TIMER_NUM + Tc * const tc = TimerConfig[timer_num].pTc; tc->COUNT32.CC[0].reg = HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX - compare; } FORCE_INLINE static hal_timer_t HAL_timer_get_compare(const uint8_t timer_num) { - Tc * const tc = TimerConfig[timer_num].pTimer; + // Should never be called with timer RTC_TIMER_NUM + Tc * const tc = TimerConfig[timer_num].pTc; return (hal_timer_t)(HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX - tc->COUNT32.CC[0].reg); } FORCE_INLINE static hal_timer_t HAL_timer_get_count(const uint8_t timer_num) { - Tc * const tc = TimerConfig[timer_num].pTimer; + // Should never be called with timer RTC_TIMER_NUM + Tc * const tc = TimerConfig[timer_num].pTc; tc->COUNT32.CTRLBSET.reg = TC_CTRLBCLR_CMD_READSYNC; SYNC(tc->COUNT32.SYNCBUSY.bit.CTRLB || tc->COUNT32.SYNCBUSY.bit.COUNT); return HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX - tc->COUNT32.COUNT.reg; @@ -108,9 +119,16 @@ void HAL_timer_disable_interrupt(const uint8_t timer_num); bool HAL_timer_interrupt_enabled(const uint8_t timer_num); FORCE_INLINE static void HAL_timer_isr_prologue(const uint8_t timer_num) { - Tc * const tc = TimerConfig[timer_num].pTimer; - // Clear interrupt flag - tc->COUNT32.INTFLAG.reg = TC_INTFLAG_OVF; + if (timer_num == RTC_TIMER_NUM) { + Rtc * const rtc = TimerConfig[timer_num].pRtc; + // Clear interrupt flag + rtc->MODE0.INTFLAG.reg = RTC_MODE0_INTFLAG_CMP0; + } + else { + Tc * const tc = TimerConfig[timer_num].pTc; + // Clear interrupt flag + tc->COUNT32.INTFLAG.reg = TC_INTFLAG_OVF; + } } #define HAL_timer_isr_epilogue(timer_num) diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/watchdog.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/watchdog.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/watchdog.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/watchdog.cpp index a60bcedd8a..13539b4d70 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/watchdog.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/watchdog.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * SAMD51 HAL developed by Giuliano Zaro (AKA GMagician) * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ WDT->INTENCLR.reg = WDT_INTENCLR_EW; // Disable early warning interrupt WDT->CONFIG.reg = WDT_CONFIG_PER_CYC4096; // Set at least 4s period for chip reset - watchdog_reset(); + HAL_watchdog_refresh(); WDT->CTRLA.reg = WDT_CTRLA_ENABLE; // Start watchdog now in normal mode SYNC(WDT->SYNCBUSY.bit.ENABLE); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/watchdog.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/watchdog.h similarity index 91% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/watchdog.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/watchdog.h index 1c4e7542f2..aa8ef35371 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/watchdog.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/SAMD51/watchdog.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * SAMD51 HAL developed by Giuliano Zaro (AKA GMagician) * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ void watchdog_init(); // Reset watchdog. MUST be called at least every 4 seconds after the // first watchdog_init or SAMD will go into emergency procedures. -inline void watchdog_reset() { +inline void HAL_watchdog_refresh() { SYNC(WDT->SYNCBUSY.bit.CLEAR); // Test first if previous is 'ongoing' to save time waiting for command execution WDT->CLEAR.reg = WDT_CLEAR_CLEAR_KEY; } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/HAL.cpp similarity index 68% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/HAL.cpp index 6ecde3ef35..77f8d27640 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/HAL.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez @@ -28,11 +28,15 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #include "../shared/Delay.h" +#if HAS_TMC_SW_SERIAL + #include "SoftwareSerial.h" +#endif + #if ENABLED(SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION) #if STM32F7xx - #include "stm32f7xx_ll_pwr.h" + #include #elif STM32F4xx - #include "stm32f4xx_ll_pwr.h" + #include #else #error "SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION is currently only supported for STM32F4xx and STM32F7xx" #endif @@ -82,16 +86,36 @@ void HAL_init() { // Wait until backup regulator is initialized while (!LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_BRR()); #endif // EEPROM_EMULATED_SRAM + + #if HAS_TMC_SW_SERIAL + SoftwareSerial::setInterruptPriority(SWSERIAL_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO, 0); + #endif } void HAL_clear_reset_source() { __HAL_RCC_CLEAR_RESET_FLAGS(); } uint8_t HAL_get_reset_source() { - if (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST) != RESET) return RST_WATCHDOG; - if (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_SFTRST) != RESET) return RST_SOFTWARE; - if (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PINRST) != RESET) return RST_EXTERNAL; - if (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PORRST) != RESET) return RST_POWER_ON; - return 0; + return + #ifdef RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST // Some sources may not exist... + RESET != __HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST) ? RST_WATCHDOG : + #endif + #ifdef RCC_FLAG_IWDG1RST + RESET != __HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_IWDG1RST) ? RST_WATCHDOG : + #endif + #ifdef RCC_FLAG_IWDG2RST + RESET != __HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_IWDG2RST) ? RST_WATCHDOG : + #endif + #ifdef RCC_FLAG_SFTRST + RESET != __HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_SFTRST) ? RST_SOFTWARE : + #endif + #ifdef RCC_FLAG_PINRST + RESET != __HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PINRST) ? RST_EXTERNAL : + #endif + #ifdef RCC_FLAG_PORRST + RESET != __HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PORRST) ? RST_POWER_ON : + #endif + 0 + ; } void _delay_ms(const int delay_ms) { delay(delay_ms); } @@ -104,17 +128,11 @@ extern "C" { // ADC // ------------------------ -void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin) { - HAL_adc_result = analogRead(adc_pin); -} +// TODO: Make sure this doesn't cause any delay +void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin) { HAL_adc_result = analogRead(adc_pin); } -uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result() { - return HAL_adc_result; -} +uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result() { return HAL_adc_result; } -void flashFirmware(int16_t value) { - UNUSED(value); - NVIC_SystemReset(); -} +void flashFirmware(const int16_t) { NVIC_SystemReset(); } #endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32 && !STM32GENERIC diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/HAL.h similarity index 70% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/HAL.h index dae75d42f2..c310cca74e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/HAL.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez @@ -44,13 +44,8 @@ // ------------------------ #if SERIAL_PORT == 0 - #error "Serial port 0 does not exist" -#endif - -#if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT, -1, 6) - #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 6" -#endif -#if SERIAL_PORT == -1 + #error "SERIAL_PORT cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." +#elif SERIAL_PORT == -1 #define MYSERIAL0 SerialUSB #elif SERIAL_PORT == 1 #define MYSERIAL0 Serial1 @@ -64,20 +59,17 @@ #define MYSERIAL0 Serial5 #elif SERIAL_PORT == 6 #define MYSERIAL0 Serial6 +#else + #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 6. Please update your configuration." #endif #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 - #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 - #error "Serial port 0 does not exist" - #endif - - #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT_2, -1, 6) - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 6" - #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT" - #endif #define NUM_SERIAL 2 - #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 + #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 #define MYSERIAL1 SerialUSB #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 1 #define MYSERIAL1 Serial1 @@ -91,11 +83,41 @@ #define MYSERIAL1 Serial5 #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 6 #define MYSERIAL1 Serial6 + #else + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 6. Please update your configuration." #endif #else #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #endif +#if HAS_DGUS_LCD + #if DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 0 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT_2 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT_2. Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == -1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL SerialUSB + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial1 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial2 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 3 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial3 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 4 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial4 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 5 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial5 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 6 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial6 + #else + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 6. Please update your configuration." + #endif + + #define DGUS_SERIAL_GET_TX_BUFFER_FREE DGUS_SERIAL.availableForWrite +#endif + #include "timers.h" /** @@ -105,8 +127,8 @@ #define analogInputToDigitalPin(p) (p) #endif -#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START uint32_t primask = __get_PRIMASK(); __disable_irq() -#define CRITICAL_SECTION_END if (!primask) __enable_irq() +#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START() uint32_t primask = __get_PRIMASK(); __disable_irq() +#define CRITICAL_SECTION_END() if (!primask) __enable_irq() #define ISRS_ENABLED() (!__get_PRIMASK()) #define ENABLE_ISRS() __enable_irq() #define DISABLE_ISRS() __disable_irq() @@ -188,6 +210,7 @@ void eeprom_update_block(const void *__src, void *__dst, size_t __n); inline void HAL_adc_init() {} #define HAL_START_ADC(pin) HAL_adc_start_conversion(pin) +#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 10 #define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_result #define HAL_ADC_READY() true @@ -200,4 +223,4 @@ uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result(); #define PARSED_PIN_INDEX(code, dval) parser.intval(code, dval) #define PLATFORM_M997_SUPPORT -void flashFirmware(int16_t value); +void flashFirmware(const int16_t); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/HAL_SPI.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/HAL_SPI.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7b37fff9c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/HAL_SPI.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,230 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#if defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32) && !defined(STM32GENERIC) + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#include + +// ------------------------ +// Public Variables +// ------------------------ + +static SPISettings spiConfig; + +// ------------------------ +// Public functions +// ------------------------ + +#if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_SPI) + + // ------------------------ + // Software SPI + // ------------------------ + + #include "../shared/Delay.h" + + void spiBegin(void) { + OUT_WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH); + OUT_WRITE(SCK_PIN, HIGH); + SET_INPUT(MISO_PIN); + OUT_WRITE(MOSI_PIN, HIGH); + } + + static uint16_t delay_STM32_soft_spi; + + void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate) { + // Use datarates Marlin uses + switch (spiRate) { + case SPI_FULL_SPEED: delay_STM32_soft_spi = 125; break; // desired: 8,000,000 actual: ~1.1M + case SPI_HALF_SPEED: delay_STM32_soft_spi = 125; break; // desired: 4,000,000 actual: ~1.1M + case SPI_QUARTER_SPEED:delay_STM32_soft_spi = 250; break; // desired: 2,000,000 actual: ~890K + case SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED: delay_STM32_soft_spi = 500; break; // desired: 1,000,000 actual: ~590K + case SPI_SPEED_5: delay_STM32_soft_spi = 1000; break; // desired: 500,000 actual: ~360K + case SPI_SPEED_6: delay_STM32_soft_spi = 2000; break; // desired: 250,000 actual: ~210K + default: delay_STM32_soft_spi = 4000; break; // desired: 125,000 actual: ~123K + } + SPI.begin(); + } + + // Begin SPI transaction, set clock, bit order, data mode + void spiBeginTransaction(uint32_t spiClock, uint8_t bitOrder, uint8_t dataMode) { /* do nothing */ } + + uint8_t HAL_SPI_STM32_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(uint8_t b) { // using Mode 3 + for (uint8_t bits = 8; bits--;) { + WRITE(SCK_PIN, LOW); + WRITE(MOSI_PIN, b & 0x80); + + DELAY_NS(delay_STM32_soft_spi); + WRITE(SCK_PIN, HIGH); + DELAY_NS(delay_STM32_soft_spi); + + b <<= 1; // little setup time + b |= (READ(MISO_PIN) != 0); + } + DELAY_NS(125); + return b; + } + + // Soft SPI receive byte + uint8_t spiRec() { + DISABLE_ISRS(); // No interrupts during byte receive + const uint8_t data = HAL_SPI_STM32_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(0xFF); + ENABLE_ISRS(); // Enable interrupts + return data; + } + + // Soft SPI read data + void spiRead(uint8_t *buf, uint16_t nbyte) { + for (uint16_t i = 0; i < nbyte; i++) + buf[i] = spiRec(); + } + + // Soft SPI send byte + void spiSend(uint8_t data) { + DISABLE_ISRS(); // No interrupts during byte send + HAL_SPI_STM32_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(data); // Don't care what is received + ENABLE_ISRS(); // Enable interrupts + } + + // Soft SPI send block + void spiSendBlock(uint8_t token, const uint8_t *buf) { + spiSend(token); + for (uint16_t i = 0; i < 512; i++) + spiSend(buf[i]); + } + +#else + + // ------------------------ + // Hardware SPI + // ------------------------ + + /** + * VGPV SPI speed start and PCLK2/2, by default 108/2 = 54Mhz + */ + + /** + * @brief Begin SPI port setup + * + * @return Nothing + * + * @details Only configures SS pin since stm32duino creates and initialize the SPI object + */ + void spiBegin() { + #if !PIN_EXISTS(SS) + #error "SS_PIN not defined!" + #endif + + OUT_WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH); + } + + // Configure SPI for specified SPI speed + void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate) { + // Use datarates Marlin uses + uint32_t clock; + switch (spiRate) { + case SPI_FULL_SPEED: clock = 20000000; break; // 13.9mhz=20000000 6.75mhz=10000000 3.38mhz=5000000 .833mhz=1000000 + case SPI_HALF_SPEED: clock = 5000000; break; + case SPI_QUARTER_SPEED: clock = 2500000; break; + case SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED: clock = 1250000; break; + case SPI_SPEED_5: clock = 625000; break; + case SPI_SPEED_6: clock = 300000; break; + default: + clock = 4000000; // Default from the SPI library + } + spiConfig = SPISettings(clock, MSBFIRST, SPI_MODE0); + + #if ENABLED(CUSTOM_SPI_PINS) + SPI.setMISO(MISO_PIN); + SPI.setMOSI(MOSI_PIN); + SPI.setSCLK(SCK_PIN); + SPI.setSSEL(SS_PIN); + #endif + + SPI.begin(); + } + + /** + * @brief Receives a single byte from the SPI port. + * + * @return Byte received + * + * @details + */ + uint8_t spiRec() { + SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig); + uint8_t returnByte = SPI.transfer(0xFF); + SPI.endTransaction(); + return returnByte; + } + + /** + * @brief Receive a number of bytes from the SPI port to a buffer + * + * @param buf Pointer to starting address of buffer to write to. + * @param nbyte Number of bytes to receive. + * @return Nothing + * + * @details Uses DMA + */ + void spiRead(uint8_t* buf, uint16_t nbyte) { + if (nbyte == 0) return; + memset(buf, 0xFF, nbyte); + SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig); + SPI.transfer(buf, nbyte); + SPI.endTransaction(); + } + + /** + * @brief Send a single byte on SPI port + * + * @param b Byte to send + * + * @details + */ + void spiSend(uint8_t b) { + SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig); + SPI.transfer(b); + SPI.endTransaction(); + } + + /** + * @brief Write token and then write from 512 byte buffer to SPI (for SD card) + * + * @param buf Pointer with buffer start address + * @return Nothing + * + * @details Use DMA + */ + void spiSendBlock(uint8_t token, const uint8_t* buf) { + uint8_t rxBuf[512]; + SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig); + SPI.transfer(token); + SPI.transfer((uint8_t*)buf, &rxBuf, 512); + SPI.endTransaction(); + } + +#endif // SOFTWARE_SPI + +#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32 && !STM32GENERIC diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/README.md b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/README.md similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/README.md rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/README.md diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/Sd2Card_sdio_stm32duino.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/Sd2Card_sdio_stm32duino.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ebe15f9391 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/Sd2Card_sdio_stm32duino.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,274 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if ENABLED(SDIO_SUPPORT) && !defined(STM32GENERIC) + +#include +#include + +//#include "SdMscDriver.h" + +//#include "usbd_msc_bot.h" +//#include "usbd_msc_scsi.h" +//#include "usbd_msc_composite.h" +//#include "usbd_msc_cdc_composite.h" + +//#include "usbd_msc_data.h" + +#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) + #include + #include +#elif defined(STM32F4xx) + #include + #include + #include + #include +#elif defined(STM32F7xx) + #include + #include + #include + #include +#else + #error "ERROR - Only STM32F103xE, STM32F103xG, STM32F4xx or STM32F7xx CPUs supported" +#endif + +SD_HandleTypeDef hsd; // create SDIO structure + +#define TRANSFER_CLOCK_DIV ((uint8_t)SDIO_INIT_CLK_DIV/40) + +#ifndef USBD_OK + #define USBD_OK 0 +#endif + +void go_to_transfer_speed() { + + SD_InitTypeDef Init; + + /* Default SDIO peripheral configuration for SD card initialization */ + Init.ClockEdge = hsd.Init.ClockEdge; + Init.ClockBypass = hsd.Init.ClockBypass; + Init.ClockPowerSave = hsd.Init.ClockPowerSave; + Init.BusWide = hsd.Init.BusWide; + Init.HardwareFlowControl = hsd.Init.HardwareFlowControl; + Init.ClockDiv = TRANSFER_CLOCK_DIV; + + /* Initialize SDIO peripheral interface with default configuration */ + SDIO_Init(hsd.Instance, Init); +} + +void SD_LowLevel_Init(void) { + + uint32_t tempreg; + + GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct; + + __HAL_RCC_GPIOC_CLK_ENABLE(); //enable GPIO clocks + __HAL_RCC_GPIOD_CLK_ENABLE(); //enable GPIO clocks + + GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = GPIO_PIN_8 | GPIO_PIN_12; // D0 & SCK + GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP; + GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = 1; //GPIO_NOPULL; + GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH; + GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF12_SDIO; + HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOC, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + #if defined(SDIO_D1_PIN) && defined(SDIO_D2_PIN) && defined(SDIO_D3_PIN) // define D1-D3 only if have a four bit wide SDIO bus + GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = GPIO_PIN_9 | GPIO_PIN_10 | GPIO_PIN_11; // D1-D3 + GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP; + GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = 1; //GPIO_NOPULL; + GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH; + GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF12_SDIO; + HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOC, &GPIO_InitStruct); + #endif + + // Configure PD.02 CMD line + GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = GPIO_PIN_2; + HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOD, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + RCC->APB2RSTR &= ~RCC_APB2RSTR_SDIORST_Msk; // take SDIO out of reset + RCC->APB2ENR |= RCC_APB2RSTR_SDIORST_Msk; // enable SDIO clock + + // Enable the DMA2 Clock + + //Initialize the SDIO (with initial <400Khz Clock) + tempreg = 0; //Reset value + tempreg |= SDIO_CLKCR_CLKEN; //Clock is enabled + tempreg |= (uint32_t)0x76; //Clock Divider. Clock = 48000/(118+2) = 400Khz + //Keep the rest at 0 => HW_Flow Disabled, Rising Clock Edge, Disable CLK ByPass, Bus Width = 0, Power save Disable + SDIO->CLKCR = tempreg; + + //Power up the SDIO + SDIO->POWER = 0x03; +} + + +void HAL_SD_MspInit(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) { // application specific init + UNUSED(hsd); /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + __HAL_RCC_SDIO_CLK_ENABLE(); // turn on SDIO clock +} + +constexpr uint8_t SD_RETRY_COUNT = (1 + #if ENABLED(SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY) + + 2 + #endif +); + +bool SDIO_Init() { + //init SDIO and get SD card info + + uint8_t retryCnt = SD_RETRY_COUNT; + + bool status; + hsd.Instance = SDIO; + hsd.State = (HAL_SD_StateTypeDef) 0; // HAL_SD_STATE_RESET + SD_LowLevel_Init(); + + uint8_t retry_Cnt = retryCnt; + for (;;) { + status = (bool) HAL_SD_Init(&hsd); + if (!status) break; + if (!--retry_Cnt) return false; // return failing status if retries are exhausted + } + + go_to_transfer_speed(); + + #if defined(SDIO_D1_PIN) && defined(SDIO_D2_PIN) && defined(SDIO_D3_PIN) // go to 4 bit wide mode if pins are defined + retry_Cnt = retryCnt; + for (;;) { + if (!HAL_SD_ConfigWideBusOperation(&hsd, SDIO_BUS_WIDE_4B)) break; // some cards are only 1 bit wide so a pass here is not required + if (!--retry_Cnt) break; + } + if (!retry_Cnt) { // wide bus failed, go back to one bit wide mode + hsd.State = (HAL_SD_StateTypeDef) 0; // HAL_SD_STATE_RESET + SD_LowLevel_Init(); + retry_Cnt = retryCnt; + for (;;) { + status = (bool) HAL_SD_Init(&hsd); + if (!status) break; + if (!--retry_Cnt) return false; // return failing status if retries are exhausted + } + } + #endif + + return true; +} + +void init_SDIO_pins(void) { + GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct = {0}; + + /**SDIO GPIO Configuration + PC8 ------> SDIO_D0 + PC12 ------> SDIO_CK + PD2 ------> SDIO_CMD + */ + GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = GPIO_PIN_8; + GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP; + GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH; + GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF12_SDIO; + HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOC, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = GPIO_PIN_12; + GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP; + GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH; + GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF12_SDIO; + HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOC, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = GPIO_PIN_2; + GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP; + GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH; + GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF12_SDIO; + HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOD, &GPIO_InitStruct); +} + +//bool SDIO_init() { return (bool) (SD_SDIO_Init() ? 1 : 0);} +//bool SDIO_Init_C() { return (bool) (SD_SDIO_Init() ? 1 : 0);} + +bool SDIO_ReadBlock(uint32_t block, uint8_t *dst) { + bool status; + + hsd.Instance = SDIO; + + uint8_t retryCnt = SD_RETRY_COUNT; + + for (;;) { + bool status = (bool) HAL_SD_ReadBlocks(&hsd, (uint8_t*)dst, block, 1, 1000); // read one 512 byte block with 500mS timeout + status |= (bool) HAL_SD_GetCardState(&hsd); // make sure all is OK + if (!status) return false; // return passing status + if (!--retryCnt) return true; // return failing status if retries are exhausted + } + + /* + return (bool) ((status_read | status_card) ? 1 : 0); + + if (SDIO_GetCardState() != SDIO_CARD_TRANSFER) return false; + if (blockAddress >= SdCard.LogBlockNbr) return false; + if ((0x03 & (uint32_t)data)) return false; // misaligned data + + if (SdCard.CardType != CARD_SDHC_SDXC) { blockAddress *= 512U; } + + if (!SDIO_CmdReadSingleBlock(blockAddress)) { + SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIO_ICR_CMD_FLAGS); + dma_disable(SDIO_DMA_DEV, SDIO_DMA_CHANNEL); + return false; + } + + while (!SDIO_GET_FLAG(SDIO_STA_DATAEND | SDIO_STA_TRX_ERROR_FLAGS)) {} + + dma_disable(SDIO_DMA_DEV, SDIO_DMA_CHANNEL); + + if (SDIO->STA & SDIO_STA_RXDAVL) { + while (SDIO->STA & SDIO_STA_RXDAVL) (void)SDIO->FIFO; + SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIO_ICR_CMD_FLAGS | SDIO_ICR_DATA_FLAGS); + return false; + } + + if (SDIO_GET_FLAG(SDIO_STA_TRX_ERROR_FLAGS)) { + SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIO_ICR_CMD_FLAGS | SDIO_ICR_DATA_FLAGS); + return false; + } + SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIO_ICR_CMD_FLAGS | SDIO_ICR_DATA_FLAGS); + */ + + return true; +} + +bool SDIO_WriteBlock(uint32_t block, const uint8_t *src) { + bool status; + + hsd.Instance = SDIO; + + uint8_t retryCnt = SD_RETRY_COUNT; + + for (;;) { + status = (bool) HAL_SD_WriteBlocks(&hsd, (uint8_t*)src, block, 1, 500); // write one 512 byte block with 500mS timeout + status |= (bool) HAL_SD_GetCardState(&hsd); // make sure all is OK + if (!status) return (bool) status; // return passing status + if (!--retryCnt) return (bool) status; // return failing status if retries are exhausted + } +} + +#endif // SDIO_SUPPORT diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/Servo.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/Servo.cpp similarity index 70% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/Servo.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/Servo.cpp index 2882f071ac..2dcadb8876 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/Servo.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/Servo.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,25 +28,30 @@ #include "Servo.h" -uint8_t servoPin[MAX_SERVOS] = { 0 }; +static uint_fast8_t servoCount = 0; +constexpr millis_t servoDelay[] = SERVO_DELAY; +static_assert(COUNT(servoDelay) == NUM_SERVOS, "SERVO_DELAY must be an array NUM_SERVOS long."); + +libServo::libServo() +: delay(servoDelay[servoCount++]) +{} int8_t libServo::attach(const int pin) { - if (servoIndex >= MAX_SERVOS) return -1; - if (pin > 0) servoPin[servoIndex] = pin; - return super::attach(servoPin[servoIndex]); + if (servoCount >= MAX_SERVOS) return -1; + if (pin > 0) servo_pin = pin; + return super::attach(servo_pin); } int8_t libServo::attach(const int pin, const int min, const int max) { - if (pin > 0) servoPin[servoIndex] = pin; - return super::attach(servoPin[servoIndex], min, max); + if (servoCount >= MAX_SERVOS) return -1; + if (pin > 0) servo_pin = pin; + return super::attach(servo_pin, min, max); } void libServo::move(const int value) { - constexpr uint16_t servo_delay[] = SERVO_DELAY; - static_assert(COUNT(servo_delay) == NUM_SERVOS, "SERVO_DELAY must be an array NUM_SERVOS long."); if (attach(0) >= 0) { write(value); - safe_delay(servo_delay[servoIndex]); + safe_delay(delay); #if ENABLED(DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE) detach(); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/Servo.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/Servo.h similarity index 85% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/Servo.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/Servo.h index 592f3a0662..e8b3c4b100 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/Servo.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/Servo.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -24,14 +24,18 @@ #include +#include "../../core/millis_t.h" + // Inherit and expand on the official library class libServo : public Servo { public: + libServo(); int8_t attach(const int pin); int8_t attach(const int pin, const int min, const int max); void move(const int value); private: typedef Servo super; - uint16_t min_ticks, max_ticks; - uint8_t servoIndex; // index into the channel data for this servo + + int servo_pin = 0; + millis_t delay = 0; }; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/SoftwareSerial.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/SoftwareSerial.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f6363aa1cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/SoftwareSerial.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,395 @@ +/* + * SoftwareSerial.cpp (formerly NewSoftSerial.cpp) + * + * Multi-instance software serial library for Arduino/Wiring + * -- Interrupt-driven receive and other improvements by ladyada + * (http://ladyada.net) + * -- Tuning, circular buffer, derivation from class Print/Stream, + * multi-instance support, porting to 8MHz processors, + * various optimizations, PROGMEM delay tables, inverse logic and + * direct port writing by Mikal Hart (http://www.arduiniana.org) + * -- Pin change interrupt macros by Paul Stoffregen (http://www.pjrc.com) + * -- 20MHz processor support by Garrett Mace (http://www.macetech.com) + * -- ATmega1280/2560 support by Brett Hagman (http://www.roguerobotics.com/) + * -- STM32 support by Armin van der Togt + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * The latest version of this library can always be found at + * http://arduiniana.org. + */ + +// +// Includes +// +#if defined(PLATFORMIO) && defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32) && !defined(STM32GENERIC) + +#include "SoftwareSerial.h" +#include "timers.h" + +#define OVERSAMPLE 3 // in RX, Timer will generate interruption OVERSAMPLE time during a bit. Thus OVERSAMPLE ticks in a bit. (interrupt not synchonized with edge). + +// defined in bit-periods +#define HALFDUPLEX_SWITCH_DELAY 5 +// It's best to define TIMER_SERIAL in variant.h. If not defined, we choose one here +// The order is based on (lack of) features and compare channels, we choose the simplest available +// because we only need an update interrupt +#if !defined(TIMER_SERIAL) +#if defined (TIM18_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM18 +#elif defined (TIM7_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM7 +#elif defined (TIM6_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM6 +#elif defined (TIM22_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM22 +#elif defined (TIM21_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM21 +#elif defined (TIM17_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM17 +#elif defined (TIM16_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM16 +#elif defined (TIM15_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM15 +#elif defined (TIM14_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM14 +#elif defined (TIM13_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM13 +#elif defined (TIM11_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM11 +#elif defined (TIM10_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM10 +#elif defined (TIM12_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM12 +#elif defined (TIM19_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM19 +#elif defined (TIM9_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM9 +#elif defined (TIM5_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM5 +#elif defined (TIM4_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM4 +#elif defined (TIM3_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM3 +#elif defined (TIM2_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM2 +#elif defined (TIM20_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM20 +#elif defined (TIM8_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM8 +#elif defined (TIM1_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM1 +#else +#error No suitable timer found for SoftwareSerial, define TIMER_SERIAL in variant.h +#endif +#endif +// +// Statics +// +HardwareTimer SoftwareSerial::timer(TIMER_SERIAL); +const IRQn_Type SoftwareSerial::timer_interrupt_number = static_cast(getTimerUpIrq(TIMER_SERIAL)); +uint32_t SoftwareSerial::timer_interrupt_priority = NVIC_EncodePriority(NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(), TIM_IRQ_PRIO, TIM_IRQ_SUBPRIO); +SoftwareSerial *SoftwareSerial::active_listener = nullptr; +SoftwareSerial *volatile SoftwareSerial::active_out = nullptr; +SoftwareSerial *volatile SoftwareSerial::active_in = nullptr; +int32_t SoftwareSerial::tx_tick_cnt = 0; // OVERSAMPLE ticks needed for a bit +int32_t volatile SoftwareSerial::rx_tick_cnt = 0; // OVERSAMPLE ticks needed for a bit +uint32_t SoftwareSerial::tx_buffer = 0; +int32_t SoftwareSerial::tx_bit_cnt = 0; +uint32_t SoftwareSerial::rx_buffer = 0; +int32_t SoftwareSerial::rx_bit_cnt = -1; // rx_bit_cnt = -1 : waiting for start bit +uint32_t SoftwareSerial::cur_speed = 0; + +void SoftwareSerial::setInterruptPriority(uint32_t preemptPriority, uint32_t subPriority) { + timer_interrupt_priority = NVIC_EncodePriority(NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(), preemptPriority, subPriority); +} + +// +// Private methods +// + +void SoftwareSerial::setSpeed(uint32_t speed) { + if (speed != cur_speed) { + timer.pause(); + if (speed != 0) { + // Disable the timer + uint32_t clock_rate, cmp_value; + // Get timer clock + clock_rate = timer.getTimerClkFreq(); + int pre = 1; + // Calculate prescale an compare value + do { + cmp_value = clock_rate / (speed * OVERSAMPLE); + if (cmp_value >= UINT16_MAX) { + clock_rate /= 2; + pre *= 2; + } + } while (cmp_value >= UINT16_MAX); + timer.setPrescaleFactor(pre); + timer.setOverflow(cmp_value); + timer.setCount(0); + timer.attachInterrupt(&handleInterrupt); + timer.resume(); + NVIC_SetPriority(timer_interrupt_number, timer_interrupt_priority); + } + else + timer.detachInterrupt(); + cur_speed = speed; + } +} + +// This function sets the current object as the "listening" +// one and returns true if it replaces another +bool SoftwareSerial::listen() { + if (active_listener != this) { + // wait for any transmit to complete as we may change speed + while (active_out); + active_listener->stopListening(); + rx_tick_cnt = 1; // 1 : next interrupt will decrease rx_tick_cnt to 0 which means RX pin level will be considered. + rx_bit_cnt = -1; // rx_bit_cnt = -1 : waiting for start bit + setSpeed(_speed); + active_listener = this; + if (!_half_duplex) active_in = this; + return true; + } + return false; +} + +// Stop listening. Returns true if we were actually listening. +bool SoftwareSerial::stopListening() { + if (active_listener == this) { + // wait for any output to complete + while (active_out); + if (_half_duplex) setRXTX(false); + active_listener = nullptr; + active_in = nullptr; + // turn off ints + setSpeed(0); + return true; + } + return false; +} + +inline void SoftwareSerial::setTX() { + if (_inverse_logic) + LL_GPIO_ResetOutputPin(_transmitPinPort, _transmitPinNumber); + else + LL_GPIO_SetOutputPin(_transmitPinPort, _transmitPinNumber); + pinMode(_transmitPin, OUTPUT); +} + +inline void SoftwareSerial::setRX() { + pinMode(_receivePin, _inverse_logic ? INPUT_PULLDOWN : INPUT_PULLUP); // pullup for normal logic! +} + +inline void SoftwareSerial::setRXTX(bool input) { + if (_half_duplex) { + if (input) { + if (active_in != this) { + setRX(); + rx_bit_cnt = -1; // rx_bit_cnt = -1 : waiting for start bit + rx_tick_cnt = 2; // 2 : next interrupt will be discarded. 2 interrupts required to consider RX pin level + active_in = this; + } + } + else { + if (active_in == this) { + setTX(); + active_in = nullptr; + } + } + } +} + +inline void SoftwareSerial::send() { + if (--tx_tick_cnt <= 0) { // if tx_tick_cnt > 0 interrupt is discarded. Only when tx_tick_cnt reaches 0 is TX pin set. + if (tx_bit_cnt++ < 10) { // tx_bit_cnt < 10 transmission is not finished (10 = 1 start +8 bits + 1 stop) + // Send data (including start and stop bits) + if (tx_buffer & 1) + LL_GPIO_SetOutputPin(_transmitPinPort, _transmitPinNumber); + else + LL_GPIO_ResetOutputPin(_transmitPinPort, _transmitPinNumber); + tx_buffer >>= 1; + tx_tick_cnt = OVERSAMPLE; // Wait OVERSAMPLE ticks to send next bit + } + else { // Transmission finished + tx_tick_cnt = 1; + if (_output_pending) { + active_out = nullptr; + + // In half-duplex mode wait HALFDUPLEX_SWITCH_DELAY bit-periods after the byte has + // been transmitted before allowing the switch to RX mode + } + else if (tx_bit_cnt > 10 + OVERSAMPLE * HALFDUPLEX_SWITCH_DELAY) { + if (_half_duplex && active_listener == this) setRXTX(true); + active_out = nullptr; + } + } + } +} + +// +// The receive routine called by the interrupt handler +// +inline void SoftwareSerial::recv() { + if (--rx_tick_cnt <= 0) { // if rx_tick_cnt > 0 interrupt is discarded. Only when rx_tick_cnt reaches 0 is RX pin considered + bool inbit = LL_GPIO_IsInputPinSet(_receivePinPort, _receivePinNumber) ^ _inverse_logic; + if (rx_bit_cnt == -1) { // rx_bit_cnt = -1 : waiting for start bit + if (!inbit) { + // got start bit + rx_bit_cnt = 0; // rx_bit_cnt == 0 : start bit received + rx_tick_cnt = OVERSAMPLE + 1; // Wait 1 bit (OVERSAMPLE ticks) + 1 tick in order to sample RX pin in the middle of the edge (and not too close to the edge) + rx_buffer = 0; + } + else + rx_tick_cnt = 1; // Waiting for start bit, but wrong level. Wait for next Interrupt to check RX pin level + } + else if (rx_bit_cnt >= 8) { // rx_bit_cnt >= 8 : waiting for stop bit + if (inbit) { + // Stop-bit read complete. Add to buffer. + uint8_t next = (_receive_buffer_tail + 1) % _SS_MAX_RX_BUFF; + if (next != _receive_buffer_head) { + // save new data in buffer: tail points to byte destination + _receive_buffer[_receive_buffer_tail] = rx_buffer; // save new byte + _receive_buffer_tail = next; + } + else // rx_bit_cnt = x with x = [0..7] correspond to new bit x received + _buffer_overflow = true; + } + // Full trame received. Restart waiting for start bit at next interrupt + rx_tick_cnt = 1; + rx_bit_cnt = -1; + } + else { + // data bits + rx_buffer >>= 1; + if (inbit) rx_buffer |= 0x80; + rx_bit_cnt++; // Prepare for next bit + rx_tick_cnt = OVERSAMPLE; // Wait OVERSAMPLE ticks before sampling next bit + } + } +} + +// +// Interrupt handling +// + +/* static */ +inline void SoftwareSerial::handleInterrupt(HardwareTimer*) { + if (active_in) active_in->recv(); + if (active_out) active_out->send(); +} + +// +// Constructor +// +SoftwareSerial::SoftwareSerial(uint16_t receivePin, uint16_t transmitPin, bool inverse_logic /* = false */) : + _receivePin(receivePin), + _transmitPin(transmitPin), + _receivePinPort(digitalPinToPort(receivePin)), + _receivePinNumber(STM_LL_GPIO_PIN(digitalPinToPinName(receivePin))), + _transmitPinPort(digitalPinToPort(transmitPin)), + _transmitPinNumber(STM_LL_GPIO_PIN(digitalPinToPinName(transmitPin))), + _speed(0), + _buffer_overflow(false), + _inverse_logic(inverse_logic), + _half_duplex(receivePin == transmitPin), + _output_pending(0), + _receive_buffer_tail(0), + _receive_buffer_head(0) +{ + if ((receivePin < NUM_DIGITAL_PINS) || (transmitPin < NUM_DIGITAL_PINS)) { + /* Enable GPIO clock for tx and rx pin*/ + set_GPIO_Port_Clock(STM_PORT(digitalPinToPinName(transmitPin))); + set_GPIO_Port_Clock(STM_PORT(digitalPinToPinName(receivePin))); + } + else + _Error_Handler("ERROR: invalid pin number\n", -1); +} + +// +// Destructor +// +SoftwareSerial::~SoftwareSerial() { end(); } + +// +// Public methods +// + +void SoftwareSerial::begin(long speed) { + #ifdef FORCE_BAUD_RATE + speed = FORCE_BAUD_RATE; + #endif + _speed = speed; + if (!_half_duplex) { + setTX(); + setRX(); + listen(); + } + else + setTX(); +} + +void SoftwareSerial::end() { + stopListening(); +} + +// Read data from buffer +int SoftwareSerial::read() { + // Empty buffer? + if (_receive_buffer_head == _receive_buffer_tail) return -1; + + // Read from "head" + uint8_t d = _receive_buffer[_receive_buffer_head]; // grab next byte + _receive_buffer_head = (_receive_buffer_head + 1) % _SS_MAX_RX_BUFF; + return d; +} + +int SoftwareSerial::available() { + return (_receive_buffer_tail + _SS_MAX_RX_BUFF - _receive_buffer_head) % _SS_MAX_RX_BUFF; +} + +size_t SoftwareSerial::write(uint8_t b) { + // wait for previous transmit to complete + _output_pending = 1; + while (active_out) { /* nada */ } + // add start and stop bits. + tx_buffer = b << 1 | 0x200; + if (_inverse_logic) tx_buffer = ~tx_buffer; + tx_bit_cnt = 0; + tx_tick_cnt = OVERSAMPLE; + setSpeed(_speed); + if (_half_duplex) setRXTX(false); + _output_pending = 0; + // make us active + active_out = this; + return 1; +} + +void SoftwareSerial::flush() { + noInterrupts(); + _receive_buffer_head = _receive_buffer_tail = 0; + interrupts(); +} + +int SoftwareSerial::peek() { + // Empty buffer? + if (_receive_buffer_head == _receive_buffer_tail) return -1; + + // Read from "head" + return _receive_buffer[_receive_buffer_head]; +} + +#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32 && !STM32GENERIC diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/SoftwareSerial.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/SoftwareSerial.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3799701cfe --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/SoftwareSerial.h @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +/** + * SoftwareSerial.h (formerly NewSoftSerial.h) + * + * Multi-instance software serial library for Arduino/Wiring + * -- Interrupt-driven receive and other improvements by ladyada + * (http://ladyada.net) + * -- Tuning, circular buffer, derivation from class Print/Stream, + * multi-instance support, porting to 8MHz processors, + * various optimizations, PROGMEM delay tables, inverse logic and + * direct port writing by Mikal Hart (http://www.arduiniana.org) + * -- Pin change interrupt macros by Paul Stoffregen (http://www.pjrc.com) + * -- 20MHz processor support by Garrett Mace (http://www.macetech.com) + * -- ATmega1280/2560 support by Brett Hagman (http://www.roguerobotics.com/) + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * The latest version of this library can always be found at + * http://arduiniana.org. + */ + +#ifndef SOFTWARESERIAL_H +#define SOFTWARESERIAL_H + +#include + +/****************************************************************************** + * Definitions + ******************************************************************************/ + +#define _SS_MAX_RX_BUFF 64 // RX buffer size + +class SoftwareSerial : public Stream { + private: + // per object data + uint16_t _receivePin; + uint16_t _transmitPin; + GPIO_TypeDef *_receivePinPort; + uint32_t _receivePinNumber; + GPIO_TypeDef *_transmitPinPort; + uint32_t _transmitPinNumber; + uint32_t _speed; + + uint16_t _buffer_overflow: 1; + uint16_t _inverse_logic: 1; + uint16_t _half_duplex: 1; + uint16_t _output_pending: 1; + + unsigned char _receive_buffer[_SS_MAX_RX_BUFF]; + volatile uint8_t _receive_buffer_tail; + volatile uint8_t _receive_buffer_head; + + uint32_t delta_start = 0; + + // static data + static bool initialised; + static HardwareTimer timer; + static const IRQn_Type timer_interrupt_number; + static uint32_t timer_interrupt_priority; + static SoftwareSerial *active_listener; + static SoftwareSerial *volatile active_out; + static SoftwareSerial *volatile active_in; + static int32_t tx_tick_cnt; + static volatile int32_t rx_tick_cnt; + static uint32_t tx_buffer; + static int32_t tx_bit_cnt; + static uint32_t rx_buffer; + static int32_t rx_bit_cnt; + static uint32_t cur_speed; + + // private methods + void send(); + void recv(); + void setTX(); + void setRX(); + void setSpeed(uint32_t speed); + void setRXTX(bool input); + static void handleInterrupt(HardwareTimer *timer); + + public: + // public methods + + SoftwareSerial(uint16_t receivePin, uint16_t transmitPin, bool inverse_logic = false); + virtual ~SoftwareSerial(); + void begin(long speed); + bool listen(); + void end(); + bool isListening() { return active_listener == this; } + bool stopListening(); + bool overflow() { + bool ret = _buffer_overflow; + if (ret) _buffer_overflow = false; + return ret; + } + int peek(); + + virtual size_t write(uint8_t byte); + virtual int read(); + virtual int available(); + virtual void flush(); + operator bool() { return true; } + + static void setInterruptPriority(uint32_t preemptPriority, uint32_t subPriority); + + using Print::write; +}; + +#endif // SOFTWARESERIAL_H diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/endstop_interrupts.h similarity index 89% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/endstop_interrupts.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/endstop_interrupts.h index d0aa731e89..0b97c3c774 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -58,6 +58,12 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if HAS_Z3_MIN attachInterrupt(Z3_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + attachInterrupt(Z4_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + attachInterrupt(Z4_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); + #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN attachInterrupt(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/fastio.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/fastio.cpp similarity index 90% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/fastio.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/fastio.cpp index 33685cedda..c51effaa04 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/fastio.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/fastio.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ GPIO_TypeDef* FastIOPortMap[LastPort + 1]; void FastIO_init() { - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < NUM_DIGITAL_PINS; i++) + LOOP_L_N(i, NUM_DIGITAL_PINS) FastIOPortMap[STM_PORT(digitalPin[i])] = get_GPIO_Port(STM_PORT(digitalPin[i])); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/fastio.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/fastio.h similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/fastio.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/fastio.h index 917ee3a1a6..c17901fa99 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/fastio.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/fastio.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ void FastIO_init(); // Must be called before using fast io macros else FastIOPortMap[STM_PORT(digitalPin[IO])]->BRR = _BV32(STM_PIN(digitalPin[IO])) ; \ }while(0) #else - #define _WRITE(IO, V) (FastIOPortMap[STM_PORT(digitalPin[IO])]->BSRR = _BV32(STM_PIN(digitalPin[IO]) + (V ? 0 : 16))) + #define _WRITE(IO, V) (FastIOPortMap[STM_PORT(digitalPin[IO])]->BSRR = _BV32(STM_PIN(digitalPin[IO]) + ((V) ? 0 : 16))) #endif #define _READ(IO) bool(READ_BIT(FastIOPortMap[STM_PORT(digitalPin[IO])]->IDR, _BV32(STM_PIN(digitalPin[IO])))) diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0285c52ee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/inc/Conditionals_adv.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/inc/Conditionals_adv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0285c52ee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/inc/Conditionals_adv.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/inc/Conditionals_post.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/inc/Conditionals_post.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e51b55698e --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/inc/Conditionals_post.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +// If no real EEPROM, Flash emulation, or SRAM emulation is available fall back to SD emulation +#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && NONE(USE_REAL_EEPROM, FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION, SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION) + #define SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/inc/SanityCheck.h similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/inc/SanityCheck.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/inc/SanityCheck.h index 9a1727bceb..b1d0029ba9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/persistent_store_flash.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/persistent_store_flash.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..80ef901ceb --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/persistent_store_flash.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com + * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com + * Copyright (c) 2016 Victor Perez victor_pv@hotmail.com + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#if defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32) && !defined(STM32GENERIC) + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if BOTH(EEPROM_SETTINGS, FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) + +#include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h" + + +// Only STM32F4 can support wear leveling at this time +#ifndef STM32F4xx + #undef FLASH_EEPROM_LEVELING +#endif + +/** + * The STM32 HAL supports chips that deal with "pages" and some with "sectors" and some that + * even have multiple "banks" of flash. + * + * This code is a bit of a mashup of + * framework-arduinoststm32/cores/arduino/stm32/stm32_eeprom.c + * hal/hal_lpc1768/persistent_store_flash.cpp + * + * This has only be written against those that use a single "sector" design. + * + * Those that deal with "pages" could be made to work. Looking at the STM32F07 for example, there are + * 128 "pages", each 2kB in size. If we continued with our EEPROM being 4Kb, we'd always need to operate + * on 2 of these pages. Each write, we'd use 2 different pages from a pool of pages until we are done. + */ + +#if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_LEVELING) + + #include "stm32_def.h" + + #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(EEPROM_CHITCHAT) + #include "src/core/debug_out.h" + + #ifndef EEPROM_SIZE + #define EEPROM_SIZE 0x1000 // 4kB + #endif + + #ifndef FLASH_SECTOR + #define FLASH_SECTOR (FLASH_SECTOR_TOTAL - 1) + #endif + #ifndef FLASH_UNIT_SIZE + #define FLASH_UNIT_SIZE 0x20000 // 128kB + #endif + + #define FLASH_ADDRESS_START (FLASH_END - ((FLASH_SECTOR_TOTAL - FLASH_SECTOR) * FLASH_UNIT_SIZE) + 1) + #define FLASH_ADDRESS_END (FLASH_ADDRESS_START + FLASH_UNIT_SIZE - 1) + + #define EEPROM_SLOTS (FLASH_UNIT_SIZE/EEPROM_SIZE) + #define SLOT_ADDRESS(slot) (FLASH_ADDRESS_START + (slot * EEPROM_SIZE)) + + #define UNLOCK_FLASH() if (!flash_unlocked) { \ + HAL_FLASH_Unlock(); \ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | \ + FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR); \ + flash_unlocked = true; \ + } + #define LOCK_FLASH() if (flash_unlocked) { HAL_FLASH_Lock(); flash_unlocked = false; } + + #define EMPTY_UINT32 ((uint32_t)-1) + #define EMPTY_UINT8 ((uint8_t)-1) + + static uint8_t ram_eeprom[EEPROM_SIZE] __attribute__((aligned(4))) = {0}; + static int current_slot = -1; + + static_assert(0 == EEPROM_SIZE % 4, "EEPROM_SIZE must be a multiple of 4"); // Ensure copying as uint32_t is safe + static_assert(0 == FLASH_UNIT_SIZE % EEPROM_SIZE, "EEPROM_SIZE must divide evenly into your FLASH_UNIT_SIZE"); + static_assert(FLASH_UNIT_SIZE >= EEPROM_SIZE, "FLASH_UNIT_SIZE must be greater than or equal to your EEPROM_SIZE"); + static_assert(IS_FLASH_SECTOR(FLASH_SECTOR), "FLASH_SECTOR is invalid"); + static_assert(IS_POWER_OF_2(FLASH_UNIT_SIZE), "FLASH_UNIT_SIZE should be a power of 2, please check your chip's spec sheet"); + +#endif + +static bool eeprom_data_written = false; + +bool PersistentStore::access_start() { + + #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_LEVELING) + + if (current_slot == -1 || eeprom_data_written) { + // This must be the first time since power on that we have accessed the storage, or someone + // loaded and called write_data and never called access_finish. + // Lets go looking for the slot that holds our configuration. + if (eeprom_data_written) DEBUG_ECHOLN("Dangling EEPROM write_data"); + uint32_t address = FLASH_ADDRESS_START; + while (address <= FLASH_ADDRESS_END) { + uint32_t address_value = (*(__IO uint32_t*)address); + if (address_value != EMPTY_UINT32) { + current_slot = (address - FLASH_ADDRESS_START) / EEPROM_SIZE; + break; + } + address += sizeof(uint32_t); + } + if (current_slot == -1) { + // We didn't find anything, so we'll just intialize to empty + for (int i = 0; i < EEPROM_SIZE; i++) ram_eeprom[i] = EMPTY_UINT8; + current_slot = EEPROM_SLOTS; + } + else { + // load current settings + uint8_t *eeprom_data = (uint8_t *)SLOT_ADDRESS(current_slot); + for (int i = 0; i < EEPROM_SIZE; i++) ram_eeprom[i] = eeprom_data[i]; + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("EEPROM loaded from slot ", current_slot, "."); + } + eeprom_data_written = false; + } + + #else + eeprom_buffer_fill(); + #endif + + return true; +} + +bool PersistentStore::access_finish() { + + if (eeprom_data_written) { + + #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_LEVELING) + + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + bool flash_unlocked = false; + + if (--current_slot < 0) { + // all slots have been used, erase everything and start again + + FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef EraseInitStruct; + uint32_t SectorError = 0; + + EraseInitStruct.TypeErase = FLASH_TYPEERASE_SECTORS; + EraseInitStruct.VoltageRange = FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_3; + EraseInitStruct.Sector = FLASH_SECTOR; + EraseInitStruct.NbSectors = 1; + + current_slot = EEPROM_SLOTS - 1; + UNLOCK_FLASH(); + + status = HAL_FLASHEx_Erase(&EraseInitStruct, &SectorError); + if (status != HAL_OK) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("HAL_FLASHEx_Erase=", status); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("GetError=", HAL_FLASH_GetError()); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("SectorError=", SectorError); + LOCK_FLASH(); + return false; + } + } + + UNLOCK_FLASH(); + + uint32_t offset = 0; + uint32_t address = SLOT_ADDRESS(current_slot); + uint32_t address_end = address + EEPROM_SIZE; + uint32_t data = 0; + + bool success = true; + + while (address < address_end) { + memcpy(&data, ram_eeprom + offset, sizeof(uint32_t)); + status = HAL_FLASH_Program(FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD, address, data); + if (status == HAL_OK) { + address += sizeof(uint32_t); + offset += sizeof(uint32_t); + } + else { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("HAL_FLASH_Program=", status); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("GetError=", HAL_FLASH_GetError()); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("address=", address); + success = false; + break; + } + } + + LOCK_FLASH(); + + if (success) { + eeprom_data_written = false; + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("EEPROM saved to slot ", current_slot, "."); + } + + return success; + + #else + eeprom_buffer_flush(); + eeprom_data_written = false; + #endif + } + + return true; +} + +bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, uint16_t *crc) { + while (size--) { + uint8_t v = *value; + #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_LEVELING) + if (v != ram_eeprom[pos]) { + ram_eeprom[pos] = v; + eeprom_data_written = true; + } + #else + if (v != eeprom_buffered_read_byte(pos)) { + eeprom_buffered_write_byte(pos, v); + eeprom_data_written = true; + } + #endif + crc16(crc, &v, 1); + pos++; + value++; + } + return false; +} + +bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, size_t size, uint16_t *crc, const bool writing/*=true*/) { + do { + const uint8_t c = ( + #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_LEVELING) + ram_eeprom[pos] + #else + eeprom_buffered_read_byte(pos) + #endif + ); + if (writing) *value = c; + crc16(crc, &c, 1); + pos++; + value++; + } while (--size); + return false; +} + +size_t PersistentStore::capacity() { + return ( + #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_LEVELING) + EEPROM_SIZE + #else + E2END + 1 + #endif + ); +} + +#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS && FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32 && !STM32GENERIC diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/persistent_store_impl.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/persistent_store_impl.cpp similarity index 70% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/persistent_store_impl.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/persistent_store_impl.cpp index c94bce3b65..d9538741dd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/persistent_store_impl.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/persistent_store_impl.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com * Copyright (c) 2016 Victor Perez victor_pv@hotmail.com @@ -24,29 +24,15 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && ANY(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION, SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION, SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM) +#if EITHER(USE_REAL_EEPROM, SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION) #include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h" -#if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) - #include - static bool eeprom_data_written = false; -#endif - bool PersistentStore::access_start() { - #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) - eeprom_buffer_fill(); - #endif return true; } bool PersistentStore::access_finish() { - #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) - if (eeprom_data_written) { - eeprom_buffer_flush(); - eeprom_data_written = false; - } - #endif return true; } @@ -55,19 +41,17 @@ bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, ui uint8_t v = *value; // Save to either external EEPROM, program flash or Backup SRAM - #if EITHER(SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM) + #if USE_REAL_EEPROM // EEPROM has only ~100,000 write cycles, // so only write bytes that have changed! uint8_t * const p = (uint8_t * const)pos; if (v != eeprom_read_byte(p)) { eeprom_write_byte(p, v); if (eeprom_read_byte(p) != v) { - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_ERR_EEPROM_WRITE); + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_ERR_EEPROM_WRITE); return true; } } - #elif ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) - eeprom_buffered_write_byte(pos, v); #else *(__IO uint8_t *)(BKPSRAM_BASE + (uint8_t * const)pos) = v; #endif @@ -76,9 +60,6 @@ bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, ui pos++; value++; }; - #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) - eeprom_data_written = true; - #endif return false; } @@ -87,10 +68,8 @@ bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, size_t size, uint16_t do { // Read from either external EEPROM, program flash or Backup SRAM const uint8_t c = ( - #if EITHER(SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM) + #if USE_REAL_EEPROM eeprom_read_byte((uint8_t*)pos) - #elif ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) - eeprom_buffered_read_byte(pos) #else (*(__IO uint8_t *)(BKPSRAM_BASE + ((uint8_t*)pos))) #endif @@ -106,13 +85,13 @@ bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, size_t size, uint16_t size_t PersistentStore::capacity() { return ( - #if ENABLED(SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION) - 4096 // 4kB - #else + #if USE_REAL_EEPROM E2END + 1 + #else + 4096 // 4kB #endif ); } -#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS && (FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION || SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION || SPI_EEPROM || I2C_EEPROM) +#endif // USE_REAL_EEPROM || SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION #endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32 && !STM32GENERIC diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp index 6ce63073c4..c5afc557e9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && NONE(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION, SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION, SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM) +#if ENABLED(SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION) #include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h" @@ -99,5 +99,5 @@ bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, const size_t size, uin size_t PersistentStore::capacity() { return HAL_EEPROM_SIZE; } -#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS -#endif // STM32 +#endif // SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION +#endif // STM32 && !STM32GENERIC diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/pinsDebug.h similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/pinsDebug.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/pinsDebug.h index 4e27cee195..8c5d1ec2b6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/pinsDebug.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/pinsDebug.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/pinsDebug_STM32GENERIC.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/pinsDebug_STM32GENERIC.h similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/pinsDebug_STM32GENERIC.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/pinsDebug_STM32GENERIC.h index b1c2562185..e3d28aed07 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/pinsDebug_STM32GENERIC.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/pinsDebug_STM32GENERIC.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -29,9 +29,9 @@ #ifdef BOARD_NR_GPIO_PINS // Only in STM32GENERIC (Maple) #ifdef __STM32F1__ - #include "../HAL_STM32F1/fastio.h" + #include "../STM32F1/fastio.h" #elif defined(STM32F4) || defined(STM32F7) - #include "../HAL_STM32_F4_F7/fastio.h" + #include "../STM32_F4_F7/fastio.h" #else #include "fastio.h" #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/pinsDebug_STM32duino.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/pinsDebug_STM32duino.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/pinsDebug_STM32duino.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/pinsDebug_STM32duino.h index 9d9796eabe..58b8c32cc7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/pinsDebug_STM32duino.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/pinsDebug_STM32duino.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/pins_Xref.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/pins_Xref.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/pins_Xref.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/pins_Xref.h index 84278c3916..7e88ec76ba 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/pins_Xref.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/pins_Xref.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/spi_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/spi_pins.h similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/spi_pins.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/spi_pins.h index f8c9546b63..8f46ca12c5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/spi_pins.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/spi_pins.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/timers.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/timers.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b7b65f714e --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/timers.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com + * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#if defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32) && !defined(STM32GENERIC) + +#include "HAL.h" + +#include "timers.h" + +// ------------------------ +// Local defines +// ------------------------ + +#define NUM_HARDWARE_TIMERS 2 + +#define __TIMER_DEV(X) TIM##X +#define _TIMER_DEV(X) __TIMER_DEV(X) +#define STEP_TIMER_DEV _TIMER_DEV(STEP_TIMER) +#define TEMP_TIMER_DEV _TIMER_DEV(TEMP_TIMER) + +// ------------------------ +// Private Variables +// ------------------------ + +HardwareTimer *timer_instance[NUM_HARDWARE_TIMERS] = { NULL }; +bool timer_enabled[NUM_HARDWARE_TIMERS] = { false }; + +// ------------------------ +// Public functions +// ------------------------ + +// frequency is in Hertz +void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) { + if (!HAL_timer_initialized(timer_num)) { + switch (timer_num) { + case STEP_TIMER_NUM: // STEPPER TIMER - use a 32bit timer if possible + timer_instance[timer_num] = new HardwareTimer(STEP_TIMER_DEV); + /* Set the prescaler to the final desired value. + * This will change the effective ISR callback frequency but when + * HAL_timer_start(timer_num=0) is called in the core for the first time + * the real frequency isn't important as long as, after boot, the ISR + * gets called with the correct prescaler and count register. So here + * we set the prescaler to the correct, final value and ignore the frequency + * asked. We will call back the ISR in 1 second to start at full speed. + * + * The proper fix, however, would be a correct initialization OR a + * HAL_timer_change(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) + * which changes the prescaler when an IRQ frequency change is needed + * (for example when steppers are turned on) + */ + timer_instance[timer_num]->setPrescaleFactor(STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE); //the -1 is done internally + timer_instance[timer_num]->setOverflow(_MIN(hal_timer_t(HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX), (HAL_TIMER_RATE) / (STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE) /* /frequency */), TICK_FORMAT); + break; + case TEMP_TIMER_NUM: // TEMP TIMER - any available 16bit timer + timer_instance[timer_num] = new HardwareTimer(TEMP_TIMER_DEV); + // The prescale factor is computed automatically for HERTZ_FORMAT + timer_instance[timer_num]->setOverflow(frequency, HERTZ_FORMAT); + break; + } + + HAL_timer_enable_interrupt(timer_num); + + /* + * Initializes (and unfortunately starts) the timer. + * This is needed to set correct IRQ priority at the moment but causes + * no harm since every call to HAL_timer_start() is actually followed by + * a call to HAL_timer_enable_interrupt() which means that there isn't + * a case in which you want the timer to run without a callback. + */ + timer_instance[timer_num]->resume(); // First call to resume() MUST follow the attachInterrupt() + + // This is fixed in Arduino_Core_STM32 1.8. + // These calls can be removed and replaced with + // timer_instance[timer_num]->setInterruptPriority + switch (timer_num) { + case STEP_TIMER_NUM: + HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(STEP_TIMER_IRQ_NAME, STEP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO, 0); + break; + case TEMP_TIMER_NUM: + HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(TEMP_TIMER_IRQ_NAME, TEMP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO, 0); + break; + } + } +} + +void HAL_timer_enable_interrupt(const uint8_t timer_num) { + if (HAL_timer_initialized(timer_num) && !timer_enabled[timer_num]) { + timer_enabled[timer_num] = true; + switch (timer_num) { + case STEP_TIMER_NUM: + timer_instance[timer_num]->attachInterrupt(Step_Handler); + break; + case TEMP_TIMER_NUM: + timer_instance[timer_num]->attachInterrupt(Temp_Handler); + break; + } + } +} + +void HAL_timer_disable_interrupt(const uint8_t timer_num) { + if (HAL_timer_interrupt_enabled(timer_num)) { + timer_instance[timer_num]->detachInterrupt(); + timer_enabled[timer_num] = false; + } +} + +bool HAL_timer_interrupt_enabled(const uint8_t timer_num) { + return HAL_timer_initialized(timer_num) && timer_enabled[timer_num]; +} + +// Only for use within the HAL +TIM_TypeDef * HAL_timer_device(const uint8_t timer_num) { + switch (timer_num) { + case STEP_TIMER_NUM: return STEP_TIMER_DEV; + case TEMP_TIMER_NUM: return TEMP_TIMER_DEV; + } + return nullptr; +} + +#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32 && !STM32GENERIC diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/timers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/timers.h similarity index 57% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/timers.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/timers.h index aefe880b4e..8a0950a4d7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/timers.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/timers.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez * @@ -57,36 +57,63 @@ #define TEMP_TIMER 2 #endif -#elif defined(STM32F4xx) || defined(STM32F7xx) +#elif defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) - #define HAL_TIMER_RATE (F_CPU/2) // frequency of timer peripherals + #define HAL_TIMER_RATE (F_CPU / 2) // frequency of timer peripherals #ifndef STEP_TIMER - #define STEP_TIMER 5 + #define STEP_TIMER 9 #endif #ifndef TEMP_TIMER - #define TEMP_TIMER 7 + #define TEMP_TIMER 10 + #endif + +#elif defined(STM32F4xx) + + #define HAL_TIMER_RATE (F_CPU / 2) // frequency of timer peripherals + + #ifndef STEP_TIMER + #define STEP_TIMER 6 // STM32F401 has no TIM6, TIM7, or TIM8 + #endif + + #ifndef TEMP_TIMER + #define TEMP_TIMER 14 // TIM7 is consumed by Software Serial if used. + #endif + +#elif defined(STM32F7xx) + + #define HAL_TIMER_RATE (F_CPU / 2) // frequency of timer peripherals + + #ifndef STEP_TIMER + #define STEP_TIMER 6 // the RIGHT timer! + #endif + + #ifndef TEMP_TIMER + #define TEMP_TIMER 14 #endif #endif +#ifndef SWSERIAL_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO + #define SWSERIAL_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO 1 +#endif + #ifndef STEP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO - #define STEP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO 1 + #define STEP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO 2 #endif #ifndef TEMP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO - #define TEMP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO 2 + #define TEMP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO 14 // 14 = after hardware ISRs #endif #define STEP_TIMER_NUM 0 // index of timer to use for stepper #define TEMP_TIMER_NUM 1 // index of timer to use for temperature #define PULSE_TIMER_NUM STEP_TIMER_NUM -#define TEMP_TIMER_RATE 72000 // 72 Khz -#define TEMP_TIMER_PRESCALE ((HAL_TIMER_RATE)/(TEMP_TIMER_RATE)) -#define TEMP_TIMER_FREQUENCY 1000 +#define TEMP_TIMER_FREQUENCY 1000 // Temperature::isr() is expected to be called at around 1kHz +// TODO: get rid of manual rate/prescale/ticks/cycles taken for procedures in stepper.cpp #define STEPPER_TIMER_RATE 2000000 // 2 Mhz #define STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE ((HAL_TIMER_RATE)/(STEPPER_TIMER_RATE)) #define STEPPER_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US ((STEPPER_TIMER_RATE) / 1000000) // stepper timer ticks per µs @@ -95,17 +122,6 @@ #define PULSE_TIMER_PRESCALE STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE #define PULSE_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US STEPPER_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US -#define __TIMER_DEV(X) TIM##X -#define _TIMER_DEV(X) __TIMER_DEV(X) -#define STEP_TIMER_DEV _TIMER_DEV(STEP_TIMER) -#define TEMP_TIMER_DEV _TIMER_DEV(TEMP_TIMER) - -#define __TIMER_CALLBACK(X) TIM##X##_IRQHandler -#define _TIMER_CALLBACK(X) __TIMER_CALLBACK(X) - -#define STEP_TIMER_CALLBACK _TIMER_CALLBACK(STEP_TIMER) -#define TEMP_TIMER_CALLBACK _TIMER_CALLBACK(TEMP_TIMER) - #define __TIMER_IRQ_NAME(X) TIM##X##_IRQn #define _TIMER_IRQ_NAME(X) __TIMER_IRQ_NAME(X) @@ -119,22 +135,16 @@ #define ENABLE_TEMPERATURE_INTERRUPT() HAL_timer_enable_interrupt(TEMP_TIMER_NUM) #define DISABLE_TEMPERATURE_INTERRUPT() HAL_timer_disable_interrupt(TEMP_TIMER_NUM) -extern void Step_Handler(stimer_t *htim); -extern void Temp_Handler(stimer_t *htim); -#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR() void Step_Handler(stimer_t *htim) -#define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR() void Temp_Handler(stimer_t *htim) - -// ------------------------ -// Types -// ------------------------ - -typedef stimer_t stm32_timer_t; +extern void Step_Handler(HardwareTimer *htim); +extern void Temp_Handler(HardwareTimer *htim); +#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR() void Step_Handler(HardwareTimer *htim) +#define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR() void Temp_Handler(HardwareTimer *htim) // ------------------------ // Public Variables // ------------------------ -extern stm32_timer_t TimerHandle[]; +extern HardwareTimer *timer_instance[]; // ------------------------ // Public functions @@ -145,18 +155,26 @@ void HAL_timer_enable_interrupt(const uint8_t timer_num); void HAL_timer_disable_interrupt(const uint8_t timer_num); bool HAL_timer_interrupt_enabled(const uint8_t timer_num); -FORCE_INLINE static uint32_t HAL_timer_get_count(const uint8_t timer_num) { - return __HAL_TIM_GET_COUNTER(&TimerHandle[timer_num].handle); +//TIM_TypeDef* HAL_timer_device(const uint8_t timer_num); no need to be public for now. not public = not used externally + +// FORCE_INLINE because these are used in performance-critical situations +FORCE_INLINE bool HAL_timer_initialized(const uint8_t timer_num) { + return timer_instance[timer_num] != NULL; +} +FORCE_INLINE static hal_timer_t HAL_timer_get_count(const uint8_t timer_num) { + return HAL_timer_initialized(timer_num) ? timer_instance[timer_num]->getCount() : 0; } -FORCE_INLINE static void HAL_timer_set_compare(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t compare) { - __HAL_TIM_SET_AUTORELOAD(&TimerHandle[timer_num].handle, compare); - if (HAL_timer_get_count(timer_num) >= compare) - TimerHandle[timer_num].handle.Instance->EGR |= TIM_EGR_UG; // Generate an immediate update interrupt -} - -FORCE_INLINE static hal_timer_t HAL_timer_get_compare(const uint8_t timer_num) { - return __HAL_TIM_GET_AUTORELOAD(&TimerHandle[timer_num].handle); +// NOTE: Method name may be misleading. +// STM32 has an Auto-Reload Register (ARR) as opposed to a "compare" register +FORCE_INLINE static void HAL_timer_set_compare(const uint8_t timer_num, const hal_timer_t overflow) { + if (HAL_timer_initialized(timer_num)) { + timer_instance[timer_num]->setOverflow(overflow + 1, TICK_FORMAT); // Value decremented by setOverflow() + // wiki: "force all registers (Autoreload, prescaler, compare) to be taken into account" + // So, if the new overflow value is less than the count it will trigger a rollover interrupt. + if (overflow < timer_instance[timer_num]->getCount()) // Added 'if' here because reports say it won't boot without it + timer_instance[timer_num]->refresh(); + } } #define HAL_timer_isr_prologue(TIMER_NUM) diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/watchdog.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/watchdog.cpp similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/watchdog.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/watchdog.cpp index 8963d55cfc..2c6b583e83 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/watchdog.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/watchdog.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ void watchdog_init() { IWatchdog.begin(4000000); } // 4 sec timeout - void watchdog_reset() { + void HAL_watchdog_refresh() { IWatchdog.reload(); #if DISABLED(PINS_DEBUGGING) && PIN_EXISTS(LED) TOGGLE(LED_PIN); // heartbeat indicator diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/watchdog.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/watchdog.h similarity index 89% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/watchdog.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/watchdog.h index f062d8a2e6..efa7d2b3d0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/watchdog.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32/watchdog.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -22,4 +22,4 @@ #pragma once void watchdog_init(); -void watchdog_reset(); +void HAL_watchdog_refresh(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/HAL.cpp similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/HAL.cpp index e1f2e21ffd..01fd2c8fc3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/HAL.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ #ifdef __STM32F1__ -#include "HAL.h" #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" +#include "HAL.h" #include @@ -118,9 +118,18 @@ const uint8_t adc_pins[] = { #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 TEMP_5_PIN, #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + TEMP_6_PIN, + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + TEMP_7_PIN, + #endif #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) FILWIDTH_PIN, #endif + #if ENABLED(ADC_KEYPAD) + ADC_KEYPAD_PIN, + #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X JOY_X_PIN, #endif @@ -157,9 +166,18 @@ enum TEMP_PINS : char { #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 TEMP_5, #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + TEMP_6, + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + TEMP_7, + #endif #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) FILWIDTH, #endif + #if ENABLED(ADC_KEYPAD) + ADC_KEY, + #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X JOY_X, #endif @@ -233,7 +251,7 @@ void HAL_idletask() { // a PC via USB. // Other HALs use IS_SD_PRINTING() and IS_SD_FILE_OPEN() to check for access but // this will not reliably detect delete operations. To be safe we will lock - // the disk if Marlin has it mounted. Unfortuately there is currently no way + // the disk if Marlin has it mounted. Unfortunately there is currently no way // to unmount the disk from the LCD menu. // if (IS_SD_PRINTING() || IS_SD_FILE_OPEN()) /* copy from lpc1768 framework, should be fixed later for process SHARED_SD_CARD*/ @@ -243,14 +261,6 @@ void HAL_idletask() { #endif } -/* VGPV Done with defines -// disable interrupts -void cli() { noInterrupts(); } - -// enable interrupts -void sei() { interrupts(); } -*/ - void HAL_clear_reset_source() { } /** @@ -272,7 +282,7 @@ extern "C" { // return free memory between end of heap (or end bss) and whatever is current /* -#include "wirish/syscalls.c" +#include //extern caddr_t _sbrk(int incr); #ifndef CONFIG_HEAP_END extern char _lm_heap_end; @@ -340,6 +350,12 @@ void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin) { #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 case TEMP_5_PIN: pin_index = TEMP_5; break; #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + case TEMP_6_PIN: pin_index = TEMP_6; break; + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + case TEMP_7_PIN: pin_index = TEMP_7; break; + #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X case JOY_X_PIN: pin_index = JOY_X; break; #endif @@ -352,6 +368,9 @@ void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin) { #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) case FILWIDTH_PIN: pin_index = FILWIDTH; break; #endif + #if ENABLED(ADC_KEYPAD) + case ADC_KEYPAD_PIN: pin_index = ADC_KEY; break; + #endif } HAL_adc_result = (HAL_adc_results[(int)pin_index] >> 2) & 0x3FF; // shift to get 10 bits only. } @@ -369,6 +388,6 @@ void analogWrite(pin_t pin, int pwm_val8) { analogWrite(uint8_t(pin), pwm_val8); } -void flashFirmware(int16_t value) { nvic_sys_reset(); } +void flashFirmware(const int16_t) { nvic_sys_reset(); } #endif // __STM32F1__ diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/HAL.h similarity index 74% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/HAL.h index f1017c82df..ff42beb92a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/HAL.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez @@ -51,6 +51,14 @@ // Defines // ------------------------ +#ifndef STM32_FLASH_SIZE + #ifdef MCU_STM32F103RE + #define STM32_FLASH_SIZE 512 + #else + #define STM32_FLASH_SIZE 256 + #endif +#endif + #ifdef SERIAL_USB #ifndef USE_USB_COMPOSITE #define UsbSerial Serial @@ -70,13 +78,10 @@ #define MSerial5 Serial4 #endif -#if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT, -1, 5) - #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 5" -#endif -#if SERIAL_PORT == -1 +#if SERIAL_PORT == 0 + #error "SERIAL_PORT cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." +#elif SERIAL_PORT == -1 #define MYSERIAL0 UsbSerial -#elif SERIAL_PORT == 0 - #error "Serial port 0 does not exist" #elif SERIAL_PORT == 1 #define MYSERIAL0 MSerial1 #elif SERIAL_PORT == 2 @@ -87,19 +92,17 @@ #define MYSERIAL0 MSerial4 #elif SERIAL_PORT == 5 #define MYSERIAL0 MSerial5 +#else + #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 5. Please update your configuration." #endif #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 - #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT_2, -1, 5) - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 5" + #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT" - #endif - #define NUM_SERIAL 2 - #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 #define MYSERIAL1 UsbSerial - #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 - #error "Serial port 0 does not exist" #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 1 #define MYSERIAL1 MSerial1 #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 2 @@ -110,11 +113,39 @@ #define MYSERIAL1 MSerial4 #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 5 #define MYSERIAL1 MSerial5 + #else + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 5. Please update your configuration." #endif + #define NUM_SERIAL 2 #else #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #endif +#ifdef DGUS_SERIAL + #if DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 0 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT_2 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT_2. Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == -1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL UsbSerial + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial1 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial2 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 3 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial3 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 4 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial4 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 5 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial5 + #else + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 5. Please update your configuration." + #endif +#endif + + // Set interrupt grouping for this MCU void HAL_init(); #define HAL_IDLETASK 1 @@ -129,10 +160,11 @@ void HAL_idletask(); #ifndef digitalPinHasPWM #define digitalPinHasPWM(P) (PIN_MAP[P].timer_device != nullptr) + #define NO_COMPILE_TIME_PWM #endif -#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START uint32_t primask = __get_primask(); (void)__iCliRetVal() -#define CRITICAL_SECTION_END if (!primask) (void)__iSeiRetVal() +#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START() uint32_t primask = __get_primask(); (void)__iCliRetVal() +#define CRITICAL_SECTION_END() if (!primask) (void)__iSeiRetVal() #define ISRS_ENABLED() (!__get_primask()) #define ENABLE_ISRS() ((void)__iSeiRetVal()) #define DISABLE_ISRS() ((void)__iCliRetVal()) @@ -238,6 +270,7 @@ void eeprom_update_block(const void *__src, void *__dst, size_t __n); void HAL_adc_init(); #define HAL_START_ADC(pin) HAL_adc_start_conversion(pin) +#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 10 #define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_result #define HAL_ADC_READY() true @@ -255,4 +288,4 @@ void analogWrite(pin_t pin, int pwm_val8); // PWM only! mul by 257 in maple!? #define JTAGSWD_DISABLE() afio_cfg_debug_ports(AFIO_DEBUG_NONE) #define PLATFORM_M997_SUPPORT -void flashFirmware(int16_t value); +void flashFirmware(const int16_t); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_SPI.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/HAL_SPI.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_SPI.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/HAL_SPI.cpp index 9f3f34239d..bfbdf6af40 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_SPI.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/HAL_SPI.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/README.md b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/README.md similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/README.md rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/README.md diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SPI.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/SPI.cpp similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SPI.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/SPI.cpp index 101b42a53a..8eb8f9aa88 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SPI.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/SPI.cpp @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ static const spi_pins* dev_to_spi_pins(spi_dev *dev); static void configure_gpios(spi_dev *dev, bool as_master); static spi_baud_rate determine_baud_rate(spi_dev *dev, uint32_t freq); -#if (BOARD_NR_SPI >= 3) && !defined(STM32_HIGH_DENSITY) +#if BOARD_NR_SPI >= 3 && !defined(STM32_HIGH_DENSITY) #error "The SPI library is misconfigured: 3 SPI ports only available on high density STM32 devices" #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SPI.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/SPI.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SPI.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/SPI.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/Servo.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/Servo.cpp similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/Servo.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/Servo.cpp index 5dc2169154..06abb2c2b9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/Servo.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/Servo.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/Servo.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/Servo.h similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/Servo.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/Servo.h index 92f4dd678d..b3ca09f238 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/Servo.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/Servo.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SoftwareSerial.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/SoftwareSerial.cpp similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SoftwareSerial.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/SoftwareSerial.cpp index 99772a03c2..e9e4a162a5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SoftwareSerial.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/SoftwareSerial.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SoftwareSerial.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/SoftwareSerial.h similarity index 88% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SoftwareSerial.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/SoftwareSerial.h index 0692b7e9f3..1899a2ae0b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SoftwareSerial.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/SoftwareSerial.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ #include -#define SW_SERIAL_PLACEHOLDER 1 +#ifndef HAVE_SW_SERIAL + #define SW_SERIAL_PLACEHOLDER 1 +#endif class SoftwareSerial { public: diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/build_flags.py similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/build_flags.py index 6310740fe0..98c871a1d8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/build_flags.py @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ if __name__ == "__main__": "--specs=nano.specs", "--specs=nosys.specs", - "-IMarlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1", + "-IMarlin/src/HAL/STM32F1", "-MMD", "-MP", diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/dogm/u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/dogm/u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc.cpp similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/dogm/u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/dogm/u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc.cpp index 9d569772fa..cc26a003d1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/dogm/u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/dogm/u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ void LCD_IO_Init(uint8_t cs, uint8_t rs); void LCD_IO_WriteData(uint16_t RegValue); void LCD_IO_WriteReg(uint16_t Reg); +uint16_t LCD_IO_ReadData(uint16_t RegValue); uint32_t LCD_IO_ReadData(uint16_t RegValue, uint8_t ReadSize); #ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC void LCD_IO_WriteMultiple(uint16_t data, uint32_t count); @@ -79,8 +80,11 @@ uint8_t u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc_fn(u8g_t *u8g, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_val, voi LCD_IO_Init(u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_CS], u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_A0]); u8g_Delay(50); - if (arg_ptr) - *((uint32_t *)arg_ptr) = LCD_IO_ReadData(LCD_READ_ID, 3); + if (arg_ptr) { + *((uint32_t *)arg_ptr) = LCD_IO_ReadData(0x0000); + if (*((uint32_t *)arg_ptr) == 0) + *((uint32_t *)arg_ptr) = (LCD_READ_ID << 24) | LCD_IO_ReadData(LCD_READ_ID, 3); + } isCommand = 0; break; @@ -265,6 +269,13 @@ void LCD_IO_WriteReg(uint16_t Reg) { __DSB(); } +uint16_t LCD_IO_ReadData(uint16_t RegValue) { + LCD->REG = RegValue; + __DSB(); + + return LCD->RAM; +} + uint32_t LCD_IO_ReadData(uint16_t RegValue, uint8_t ReadSize) { volatile uint32_t data; LCD->REG = RegValue; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/dogm/u8g_com_stm32duino_swspi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/dogm/u8g_com_stm32duino_swspi.cpp similarity index 90% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/dogm/u8g_com_stm32duino_swspi.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/dogm/u8g_com_stm32duino_swspi.cpp index 753a5d5e70..2e9d11f97e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/dogm/u8g_com_stm32duino_swspi.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/dogm/u8g_com_stm32duino_swspi.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ static uint8_t SPI_speed = SPI_SPEED; static inline uint8_t swSpiTransfer_mode_0(uint8_t b, const uint8_t spi_speed, const pin_t miso_pin=-1) { - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, 8) { if (spi_speed == 0) { WRITE(DOGLCD_MOSI, !!(b & 0x80)); WRITE(DOGLCD_SCK, HIGH); @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ static inline uint8_t swSpiTransfer_mode_0(uint8_t b, const uint8_t spi_speed, c } else { const uint8_t state = (b & 0x80) ? HIGH : LOW; - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < spi_speed; j++) + LOOP_L_N(j, spi_speed) WRITE(DOGLCD_MOSI, state); - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < spi_speed + (miso_pin >= 0 ? 0 : 1); j++) + LOOP_L_N(j, spi_speed + (miso_pin >= 0 ? 0 : 1)) WRITE(DOGLCD_SCK, HIGH); b <<= 1; if (miso_pin >= 0 && READ(miso_pin)) b |= 1; - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < spi_speed; j++) + LOOP_L_N(j, spi_speed) WRITE(DOGLCD_SCK, LOW); } } @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ static inline uint8_t swSpiTransfer_mode_0(uint8_t b, const uint8_t spi_speed, c } static inline uint8_t swSpiTransfer_mode_3(uint8_t b, const uint8_t spi_speed, const pin_t miso_pin=-1) { - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, 8) { const uint8_t state = (b & 0x80) ? HIGH : LOW; if (spi_speed == 0) { WRITE(DOGLCD_SCK, LOW); @@ -68,13 +68,13 @@ static inline uint8_t swSpiTransfer_mode_3(uint8_t b, const uint8_t spi_speed, c WRITE(DOGLCD_SCK, HIGH); } else { - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < spi_speed + (miso_pin >= 0 ? 0 : 1); j++) + LOOP_L_N(j, spi_speed + (miso_pin >= 0 ? 0 : 1)) WRITE(DOGLCD_SCK, LOW); - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < spi_speed; j++) + LOOP_L_N(j, spi_speed) WRITE(DOGLCD_MOSI, state); - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < spi_speed; j++) + LOOP_L_N(j, spi_speed) WRITE(DOGLCD_SCK, HIGH); } b <<= 1; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/endstop_interrupts.h similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/endstop_interrupts.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/endstop_interrupts.h index d043b3b8db..246e292983 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -82,6 +82,12 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #endif #if HAS_Z3_MIN attachInterrupt(Z3_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + attachInterrupt(Z4_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + attachInterrupt(Z4_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN attachInterrupt(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/fastio.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/fastio.h similarity index 63% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/fastio.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/fastio.h index 463d951c1e..9bf78d4254 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/fastio.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/fastio.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -29,32 +29,33 @@ #include -#define READ(IO) (PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->IDR & (1U << PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit) ? HIGH : LOW) -#define WRITE(IO,V) (PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->BSRR = (1U << PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit) << ((V) ? 0 : 16)) -#define TOGGLE(IO) (PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->ODR = PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->ODR ^ (1U << PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit)) +#define READ(IO) (PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->IDR & (1U << PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit) ? HIGH : LOW) +#define WRITE(IO,V) (PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->BSRR = (1U << PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit) << ((V) ? 0 : 16)) +#define TOGGLE(IO) (PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->ODR = PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->ODR ^ (1U << PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit)) -#define _GET_MODE(IO) gpio_get_mode(PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device, PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit) -#define _SET_MODE(IO,M) gpio_set_mode(PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device, PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit, M) -#define _SET_OUTPUT(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, GPIO_OUTPUT_PP) -#define _SET_OUTPUT_OD(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, GPIO_OUTPUT_OD) +#define _GET_MODE(IO) gpio_get_mode(PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device, PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit) +#define _SET_MODE(IO,M) gpio_set_mode(PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device, PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit, M) +#define _SET_OUTPUT(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, GPIO_OUTPUT_PP) +#define _SET_OUTPUT_OD(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, GPIO_OUTPUT_OD) -#define OUT_WRITE(IO,V) do{ _SET_OUTPUT(IO); WRITE(IO,V); }while(0) -#define OUT_WRITE_OD(IO,V) do{ _SET_OUTPUT_OD(IO); WRITE(IO,V); }while(0) +#define OUT_WRITE(IO,V) do{ _SET_OUTPUT(IO); WRITE(IO,V); }while(0) +#define OUT_WRITE_OD(IO,V) do{ _SET_OUTPUT_OD(IO); WRITE(IO,V); }while(0) -#define SET_INPUT(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, GPIO_INPUT_FLOATING) -#define SET_INPUT_PULLUP(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, GPIO_INPUT_PU) -#define SET_OUTPUT(IO) OUT_WRITE(IO, LOW) -#define SET_PWM(IO) pinMode(IO, PWM) // do{ gpio_set_mode(PIN_MAP[pin].gpio_device, PIN_MAP[pin].gpio_bit, GPIO_AF_OUTPUT_PP); timer_set_mode(PIN_MAP[pin].timer_device, PIN_MAP[pin].timer_channel, TIMER_PWM); }while(0) -#define SET_PWM_OD(IO) pinMode(IO, PWM_OPEN_DRAIN) +#define SET_INPUT(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, GPIO_INPUT_FLOATING) +#define SET_INPUT_PULLUP(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, GPIO_INPUT_PU) +#define SET_INPUT_PULLDOWN(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, GPIO_INPUT_PD) +#define SET_OUTPUT(IO) OUT_WRITE(IO, LOW) +#define SET_PWM(IO) pinMode(IO, PWM) // do{ gpio_set_mode(PIN_MAP[pin].gpio_device, PIN_MAP[pin].gpio_bit, GPIO_AF_OUTPUT_PP); timer_set_mode(PIN_MAP[pin].timer_device, PIN_MAP[pin].timer_channel, TIMER_PWM); }while(0) +#define SET_PWM_OD(IO) pinMode(IO, PWM_OPEN_DRAIN) -#define IS_INPUT(IO) (_GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_FLOATING || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_ANALOG || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_PU || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_PD) -#define IS_OUTPUT(IO) (_GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_OUTPUT_PP || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_OUTPUT_OD) +#define IS_INPUT(IO) (_GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_FLOATING || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_ANALOG || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_PU || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_PD) +#define IS_OUTPUT(IO) (_GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_OUTPUT_PP || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_OUTPUT_OD) -#define PWM_PIN(IO) (PIN_MAP[IO].timer_device != nullptr) +#define PWM_PIN(IO) (PIN_MAP[IO].timer_device != nullptr) // digitalRead/Write wrappers -#define extDigitalRead(IO) digitalRead(IO) -#define extDigitalWrite(IO,V) digitalWrite(IO,V) +#define extDigitalRead(IO) digitalRead(IO) +#define extDigitalWrite(IO,V) digitalWrite(IO,V) // // Pins Definitions diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0285c52ee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/inc/Conditionals_adv.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/inc/Conditionals_adv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0285c52ee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/inc/Conditionals_adv.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/inc/Conditionals_post.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/inc/Conditionals_post.h similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/inc/Conditionals_post.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/inc/Conditionals_post.h index 85f26f4016..0285c52ee3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/inc/Conditionals_post.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/inc/Conditionals_post.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/inc/SanityCheck.h similarity index 82% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/inc/SanityCheck.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/inc/SanityCheck.h index f356c0da07..b8ebc446d6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -36,3 +36,8 @@ #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform." #endif + +#if !defined(HAVE_SW_SERIAL) && HAS_TMC_SW_SERIAL + #warning "With TMC2208/9 consider using SoftwareSerialM with HAVE_SW_SERIAL and appropriate SS_TIMER." + #error "Missing SoftwareSerial implementation." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/maple_win_usb_driver/maple_serial.inf b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/maple_win_usb_driver/maple_serial.inf similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/maple_win_usb_driver/maple_serial.inf rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/maple_win_usb_driver/maple_serial.inf diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/msc_sd.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/msc_sd.cpp similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/msc_sd.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/msc_sd.cpp index 81e430fa2a..a086b82bc3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/msc_sd.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/msc_sd.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2019 BigTreeTech [https://github.com/bigtreetech] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/msc_sd.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/msc_sd.h similarity index 91% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/msc_sd.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/msc_sd.h index 9f06ca5fdb..125ba36466 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/msc_sd.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/msc_sd.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2019 BigTreeTech [https://github.com/bigtreetech] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/onboard_sd.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/onboard_sd.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/onboard_sd.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/onboard_sd.cpp index 6e9432896d..0fd94a9199 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/onboard_sd.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/onboard_sd.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * STM32F1: MMCv3/SDv1/SDv2 (SPI mode) control module * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2019 BigTreeTech [https://github.com/bigtreetech] * Copyright (C) 2015, ChaN, all right reserved. * @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ #define SPI_CLOCK_MAX SPI_BAUD_PCLK_DIV_2 #endif -#define CS_LOW() {WRITE(ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN, LOW);} /* Set OnBoardSPI cs low */ -#define CS_HIGH() {WRITE(ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN, HIGH);} /* Set OnBoardSPI cs high */ +#define CS_LOW() WRITE(ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN, LOW) /* Set OnBoardSPI cs low */ +#define CS_HIGH() WRITE(ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN, HIGH) /* Set OnBoardSPI cs high */ #define FCLK_FAST() ONBOARD_SD_SPI.setClockDivider(SPI_CLOCK_MAX) #define FCLK_SLOW() ONBOARD_SD_SPI.setClockDivider(SPI_BAUD_PCLK_DIV_256) diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/onboard_sd.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/onboard_sd.h similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/onboard_sd.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/onboard_sd.h index ec73162ba1..1dc7ec5b3b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/onboard_sd.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/onboard_sd.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /*----------------------------------------------------------------------- -/ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] +/ * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] / * Copyright (c) 2019 BigTreeTech [https://github.com/bigtreetech] / * Low level disk interface module include file (C)ChaN, 2015 /-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp similarity index 89% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp index babcdeaee3..1b3714c56d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && EITHER(SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM) +#if USE_REAL_EEPROM #include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h" @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, ui if (v != eeprom_read_byte(p)) { eeprom_write_byte(p, v); if (eeprom_read_byte(p) != v) { - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_ERR_EEPROM_WRITE); + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_ERR_EEPROM_WRITE); return true; } } @@ -73,5 +73,5 @@ bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, size_t size, uint16_t size_t PersistentStore::capacity() { return E2END + 1; } -#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS && EITHER(SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM) +#endif // USE_REAL_EEPROM #endif // __STM32F1__ diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/persistent_store_flash.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/persistent_store_flash.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3d6a3b4591 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/persistent_store_flash.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com + * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com + * Copyright (c) 2016 Victor Perez victor_pv@hotmail.com + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * persistent_store_flash.cpp + * HAL for stm32duino and compatible (STM32F1) + * Implementation of EEPROM settings in SDCard + */ + +#ifdef __STM32F1__ + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +// This is for EEPROM emulation in flash +#if BOTH(EEPROM_SETTINGS, FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) + +#include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h" + +#include +#include + +// Store settings in the last two pages +#define EEPROM_SIZE (EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE * 2) +#define ACCESS_FINISHED(TF) do{ FLASH_Lock(); eeprom_dirty = false; return TF; }while(0) + +static uint8_t ram_eeprom[EEPROM_SIZE] __attribute__((aligned(4))) = {0}; +static bool eeprom_dirty = false; + +bool PersistentStore::access_start() { + const uint32_t* source = reinterpret_cast(EEPROM_PAGE0_BASE); + uint32_t* destination = reinterpret_cast(ram_eeprom); + + static_assert(0 == EEPROM_SIZE % 4, "EEPROM_SIZE is corrupted. (Must be a multiple of 4.)"); // Ensure copying as uint32_t is safe + constexpr size_t eeprom_size_u32 = EEPROM_SIZE / 4; + + for (size_t i = 0; i < eeprom_size_u32; ++i, ++destination, ++source) + *destination = *source; + + eeprom_dirty = false; + return true; +} + +bool PersistentStore::access_finish() { + + if (eeprom_dirty) { + FLASH_Status status; + + // Instead of erasing all (both) pages, maybe in the loop we check what page we are in, and if the + // data has changed in that page. We then erase the first time we "detect" a change. In theory, if + // nothing changed in a page, we wouldn't need to erase/write it. + // Or, instead of checking at this point, turn eeprom_dirty into an array of bool the size of number + // of pages. Inside write_data, we set the flag to true at that time if something in that + // page changes...either way, something to look at later. + FLASH_Unlock(); + + status = FLASH_ErasePage(EEPROM_PAGE0_BASE); + if (status != FLASH_COMPLETE) ACCESS_FINISHED(true); + status = FLASH_ErasePage(EEPROM_PAGE1_BASE); + if (status != FLASH_COMPLETE) ACCESS_FINISHED(true); + + const uint16_t *source = reinterpret_cast(ram_eeprom); + for (size_t i = 0; i < EEPROM_SIZE; i += 2, ++source) { + if (FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(EEPROM_PAGE0_BASE + i, *source) != FLASH_COMPLETE) + ACCESS_FINISHED(false); + } + + ACCESS_FINISHED(true); + } + + return true; +} + +bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, uint16_t *crc) { + for (size_t i = 0; i < size; ++i) ram_eeprom[pos + i] = value[i]; + eeprom_dirty = true; + crc16(crc, value, size); + pos += size; + return false; // return true for any error +} + +bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, const size_t size, uint16_t *crc, const bool writing/*=true*/) { + const uint8_t * const buff = writing ? &value[0] : &ram_eeprom[pos]; + if (writing) for (size_t i = 0; i < size; i++) value[i] = ram_eeprom[pos + i]; + crc16(crc, buff, size); + pos += size; + return false; // return true for any error +} + +size_t PersistentStore::capacity() { return EEPROM_SIZE; } + +#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS && EEPROM FLASH +#endif // __STM32F1__ diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp index 38d5803f58..8b5d89ad83 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && NONE(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION, SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM) +#if ENABLED(SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION) #include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h" @@ -100,6 +100,6 @@ bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, const size_t size, uin size_t PersistentStore::capacity() { return HAL_EEPROM_SIZE; } -#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS +#endif // SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION #endif // __STM32F1__ diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/pinsDebug.h similarity index 85% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/pinsDebug.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/pinsDebug.h index a8b632870a..913cb62afc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/pinsDebug.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/pinsDebug.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -19,9 +19,9 @@ #pragma once #ifdef NUM_DIGITAL_PINS // Only in ST's Arduino core (STM32duino, STM32Core) - #include "../HAL_STM32/pinsDebug_STM32duino.h" + #include "../STM32/pinsDebug_STM32duino.h" #elif defined(BOARD_NR_GPIO_PINS) // Only in STM32GENERIC (Maple) - #include "../HAL_STM32/pinsDebug_STM32GENERIC.h" + #include "../STM32/pinsDebug_STM32GENERIC.h" #else #error "M43 not supported for this board" #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/sdio.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/sdio.cpp similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/sdio.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/sdio.cpp index c1cab57a9e..da6beda85c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/sdio.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/sdio.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/sdio.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/sdio.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/sdio.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/sdio.h index ca0aced695..f51ba6d0a6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/sdio.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/sdio.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez * diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/spi_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/spi_pins.h similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/spi_pins.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/spi_pins.h index edea89cc7d..e8e4cbba11 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/spi_pins.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/spi_pins.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/timers.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/timers.cpp similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/timers.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/timers.cpp index a21dc12c12..720bd37ba4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/timers.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/timers.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com * @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ #ifdef __STM32F1__ +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #include "HAL.h" - #include "timers.h" // ------------------------ @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) { case 3: irq_num = NVIC_TIMER3; break; case 4: irq_num = NVIC_TIMER4; break; case 5: irq_num = NVIC_TIMER5; break; - #if ENABLED(STM32_HIGH_DENSITY) + #ifdef STM32_HIGH_DENSITY // 6 & 7 are basic timers, avoid them case 8: irq_num = NVIC_TIMER8_CC; break; #endif @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) { timer_set_prescaler(STEP_TIMER_DEV, (uint16_t)(STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE - 1)); timer_set_reload(STEP_TIMER_DEV, 0xFFFF); timer_oc_set_mode(STEP_TIMER_DEV, STEP_TIMER_CHAN, TIMER_OC_MODE_FROZEN, TIMER_OC_NO_PRELOAD); // no output pin change - timer_set_compare(STEP_TIMER_DEV, STEP_TIMER_CHAN, _MIN(hal_timer_t(HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX), (STEPPER_TIMER_RATE / frequency))); + timer_set_compare(STEP_TIMER_DEV, STEP_TIMER_CHAN, _MIN(hal_timer_t(HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX), (STEPPER_TIMER_RATE) / frequency)); timer_no_ARR_preload_ARPE(STEP_TIMER_DEV); // Need to be sure no preload on ARR register timer_attach_interrupt(STEP_TIMER_DEV, STEP_TIMER_CHAN, stepTC_Handler); nvic_irq_set_priority(irq_num, STEP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO); @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) { timer_set_count(TEMP_TIMER_DEV, 0); timer_set_prescaler(TEMP_TIMER_DEV, (uint16_t)(TEMP_TIMER_PRESCALE - 1)); timer_set_reload(TEMP_TIMER_DEV, 0xFFFF); - timer_set_compare(TEMP_TIMER_DEV, TEMP_TIMER_CHAN, _MIN(hal_timer_t(HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX), ((F_CPU / TEMP_TIMER_PRESCALE) / frequency))); + timer_set_compare(TEMP_TIMER_DEV, TEMP_TIMER_CHAN, _MIN(hal_timer_t(HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX), (F_CPU) / (TEMP_TIMER_PRESCALE) / frequency)); timer_attach_interrupt(TEMP_TIMER_DEV, TEMP_TIMER_CHAN, tempTC_Handler); nvic_irq_set_priority(irq_num, TEMP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO); timer_generate_update(TEMP_TIMER_DEV); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/timers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/timers.h similarity index 86% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/timers.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/timers.h index 69793f4302..e5733cc563 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/timers.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/timers.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez * @@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ #include #include +#include "../../core/boards.h" // ------------------------ // Defines @@ -46,6 +47,20 @@ typedef uint16_t hal_timer_t; #define STEP_TIMER_CHAN 1 // Channel of the timer to use for compare and interrupts #define TEMP_TIMER_CHAN 1 // Channel of the timer to use for compare and interrupts +/** + * Note: Timers may be used by platforms and libraries + * + * FAN PWMs: + * With FAN_SOFT_PWM disabled the Temperature class uses + * FANx_PIN timers to generate FAN PWM signals. + * + * Speaker: + * When SPEAKER is enabled, one timer is allocated by maple/tone.cpp. + * - If BEEPER_PIN has a timer channel (and USE_PIN_TIMER is + * defined in tone.cpp) it uses the pin's own timer. + * - Otherwise it uses Timer 8 on boards with STM32_HIGH_DENSITY + * or Timer 4 on other boards. + */ #if defined(MCU_STM32F103CB) || defined(MCU_STM32F103C8) #define STEP_TIMER_NUM 4 // For C8/CB boards, use timer 4 #else @@ -54,7 +69,17 @@ typedef uint16_t hal_timer_t; #define TEMP_TIMER_NUM 2 // index of timer to use for temperature //#define TEMP_TIMER_NUM 4 // 2->4, Timer 2 for Stepper Current PWM #define PULSE_TIMER_NUM STEP_TIMER_NUM -#define SERVO0_TIMER_NUM 1 // SERVO0 or BLTOUCH + +#if MB(BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_0, BTT_SKR_E3_DIP, BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_2, MKS_ROBIN_LITE) + // SKR Mini E3 boards use PA8 as FAN_PIN, so TIMER 1 is used for Fan PWM. + #ifdef STM32_HIGH_DENSITY + #define SERVO0_TIMER_NUM 8 // tone.cpp uses Timer 4 + #else + #define SERVO0_TIMER_NUM 3 // tone.cpp uses Timer 8 + #endif +#else + #define SERVO0_TIMER_NUM 1 // SERVO0 or BLTOUCH +#endif #define STEP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO 1 #define TEMP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO 2 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/watchdog.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/watchdog.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/watchdog.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/watchdog.cpp index 5696939f30..9556d1fa66 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/watchdog.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/watchdog.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ #include #include "watchdog.h" -void watchdog_reset() { +void HAL_watchdog_refresh() { #if DISABLED(PINS_DEBUGGING) && PIN_EXISTS(LED) TOGGLE(LED_PIN); // heartbeat indicator #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/watchdog.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/watchdog.h similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/watchdog.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/watchdog.h index 4f3a8deb0d..7218b1a720 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/watchdog.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32F1/watchdog.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -41,4 +41,4 @@ void watchdog_init(); // Reset watchdog. MUST be called at least every 4 seconds after the // first watchdog_init or STM32F1 will reset. -void watchdog_reset(); +void HAL_watchdog_refresh(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/EmulatedEeprom.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/EmulatedEeprom.cpp similarity index 90% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/EmulatedEeprom.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/EmulatedEeprom.cpp index 5e6ae09bf1..cc1a1bb01e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/EmulatedEeprom.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/EmulatedEeprom.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -27,13 +27,7 @@ // Include configs and pins to get all EEPROM flags #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#ifdef STM32F7 - #define HAS_EMULATED_EEPROM 1 -#else - #define HAS_EMULATED_EEPROM NONE(I2C_EEPROM, SPI_EEPROM) -#endif - -#if HAS_EMULATED_EEPROM && ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) +#if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) // ------------------------ // Includes @@ -108,7 +102,7 @@ void eeprom_read_block(void *__dst, const void *__src, size_t __n) { uint16_t data = 0xFF; uint16_t eeprom_address = unsigned(__src); - for (uint8_t c = 0; c < __n; c++) { + LOOP_L_N(c, __n) { EE_ReadVariable(eeprom_address+c, &data); *((uint8_t*)__dst + c) = data; } @@ -118,5 +112,5 @@ void eeprom_update_block(const void *__src, void *__dst, size_t __n) { } -#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS +#endif // FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION #endif // STM32GENERIC && (STM32F4 || STM32F7) diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/HAL.cpp similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/HAL.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/HAL.cpp index 7ed6e2c10f..5acda8af41 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/HAL.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ extern "C" { // return free memory between end of heap (or end bss) and whatever is current /* -#include "wirish/syscalls.c" +#include //extern caddr_t _sbrk(int incr); #ifndef CONFIG_HEAP_END extern char _lm_heap_end; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/HAL.h similarity index 72% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/HAL.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/HAL.h index 1effe2d752..b5d8ac29cf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/HAL.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez @@ -24,16 +24,15 @@ #define CPU_32_BIT +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + #include "../shared/Marduino.h" #include "../shared/math_32bit.h" #include "../shared/HAL_SPI.h" #include "fastio.h" -#include "watchdog.h" - #include "timers.h" - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" +#include "watchdog.h" #include @@ -45,17 +44,12 @@ // Defines // ------------------------ -//Serial override +// Serial override //extern HalSerial usb_serial; #if defined(STM32F4) && SERIAL_PORT == 0 - #error "Serial port 0 does not exist" -#endif - -#if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT, -1, 6) - #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 6" -#endif -#if SERIAL_PORT == -1 + #error "SERIAL_PORT cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." +#elif SERIAL_PORT == -1 #define MYSERIAL0 SerialUSB #elif SERIAL_PORT == 1 #define MYSERIAL0 SerialUART1 @@ -69,19 +63,16 @@ #define MYSERIAL0 SerialUART5 #elif SERIAL_PORT == 6 #define MYSERIAL0 SerialUART6 +#else + #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 6. Please update your configuration." #endif #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 #if defined(STM32F4) && SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 - #error "Serial port 0 does not exist" - #endif - #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT_2, -1, 6) - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 6" + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT" - #endif - #define NUM_SERIAL 2 - #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 #define MYSERIAL1 SerialUSB #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 1 #define MYSERIAL1 SerialUART1 @@ -95,11 +86,40 @@ #define MYSERIAL1 SerialUART5 #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 6 #define MYSERIAL1 SerialUART6 + #else + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 6. Please update your configuration." #endif + #define NUM_SERIAL 2 #else #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #endif +#ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT + #if defined(STM32F4) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 0 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT_2 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT_2. Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == -1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL SerialUSB + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL SerialUART1 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #define DGUS_SERIAL SerialUART2 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 3 + #define DGUS_SERIAL SerialUART3 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 4 + #define DGUS_SERIAL SerialUART4 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 5 + #define DGUS_SERIAL SerialUART5 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 6 + #define DGUS_SERIAL SerialUART6 + #else + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 6. Please update your configuration." + #endif +#endif + /** * TODO: review this to return 1 for pins that are not analog input */ @@ -107,8 +127,8 @@ #define analogInputToDigitalPin(p) (p) #endif -#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START uint32_t primask = __get_PRIMASK(); __disable_irq() -#define CRITICAL_SECTION_END if (!primask) __enable_irq() +#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START() uint32_t primask = __get_PRIMASK(); __disable_irq() +#define CRITICAL_SECTION_END() if (!primask) __enable_irq() #define ISRS_ENABLED() (!__get_PRIMASK()) #define ENABLE_ISRS() __enable_irq() #define DISABLE_ISRS() __disable_irq() @@ -150,7 +170,7 @@ extern uint16_t HAL_adc_result; // Memory related #define __bss_end __bss_end__ -inline void HAL_init() { } +inline void HAL_init() {} // Clear reset reason void HAL_clear_reset_source(); @@ -208,6 +228,7 @@ void eeprom_update_block (const void *__src, void *__dst, size_t __n); inline void HAL_adc_init() {} #define HAL_START_ADC(pin) HAL_adc_start_conversion(pin) +#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 10 #define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_result #define HAL_ADC_READY() true diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/HAL_SPI.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/HAL_SPI.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/HAL_SPI.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/HAL_SPI.cpp index 2f85182e20..deb14f2cfe 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/HAL_SPI.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/HAL_SPI.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/README.md b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/README.md similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/README.md rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/README.md diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F4/README.md b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/STM32F4/README.md similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F4/README.md rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/STM32F4/README.md diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F4/timers.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/STM32F4/timers.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F4/timers.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/STM32F4/timers.cpp index 32219962ee..ffd46dae60 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F4/timers.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/STM32F4/timers.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com * diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F4/timers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/STM32F4/timers.h similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F4/timers.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/STM32F4/timers.h index 726207fbcf..c52f5ea21c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F4/timers.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/STM32F4/timers.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez * diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/README.md b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/README.md similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/README.md rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/README.md diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/TMC2660.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/TMC2660.cpp similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/TMC2660.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/TMC2660.cpp index 3117321ac7..b030459029 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/TMC2660.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/TMC2660.cpp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ #include "TMC2660.h" #include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#include "../../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../../module/stepper/indirection.h" #include "../../../module/printcounter.h" #include "../../../libs/duration_t.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/TMC2660.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/TMC2660.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/TMC2660.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/TMC2660.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/timers.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/timers.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/timers.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/timers.cpp index 5a3b32ef5b..d90f22e03a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/timers.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/timers.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com * diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/timers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/timers.h similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/timers.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/timers.h index 38ecde30bb..00428c54f1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/timers.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/timers.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez * diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/Servo.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/Servo.cpp similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/Servo.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/Servo.cpp index b3aac77615..e7fb15e6b1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/Servo.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/Servo.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/Servo.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/Servo.h similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/Servo.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/Servo.h index 64fa05025c..076a547bb2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/Servo.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/Servo.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/eeprom_emul.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/eeprom_emul.cpp similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/eeprom_emul.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/eeprom_emul.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/eeprom_emul.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/eeprom_emul.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/eeprom_emul.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/eeprom_emul.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/endstop_interrupts.h similarity index 89% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/endstop_interrupts.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/endstop_interrupts.h index d0aa731e89..0b97c3c774 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -58,6 +58,12 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if HAS_Z3_MIN attachInterrupt(Z3_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + attachInterrupt(Z4_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + attachInterrupt(Z4_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); + #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN attachInterrupt(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/fastio.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/fastio.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/fastio.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/fastio.h index 1e5ef2ef30..ee64ca833d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/fastio.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/fastio.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0285c52ee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/inc/Conditionals_adv.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/inc/Conditionals_adv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0285c52ee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/inc/Conditionals_adv.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/inc/Conditionals_post.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/inc/Conditionals_post.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a190342ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/inc/Conditionals_post.h @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && defined(STM32F7) + #undef USE_REAL_EEPROM + #undef SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION + #undef SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION + #define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/inc/SanityCheck.h similarity index 89% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/inc/SanityCheck.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/inc/SanityCheck.h index 7b8d29aa7d..e04258fa07 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -35,3 +35,7 @@ #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform." #endif + +#if HAS_TMC_SW_SERIAL + #error "TMC220x Software Serial is not supported on this platform." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp index 4bd86d225d..2ffbc609ec 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com * Copyright (c) 2016 Victor Perez victor_pv@hotmail.com @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, ui if (v != eeprom_read_byte(p)) { eeprom_write_byte(p, v); if (eeprom_read_byte(p) != v) { - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_ERR_EEPROM_WRITE); + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_ERR_EEPROM_WRITE); return true; } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/pinsDebug.h similarity index 85% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/pinsDebug.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/pinsDebug.h index 342b875561..208a3524f7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/pinsDebug.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/pinsDebug.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -19,9 +19,9 @@ #pragma once #ifdef NUM_DIGITAL_PINS // Only in ST's Arduino core (STM32duino, STM32Core) - #include "../HAL_STM32/pinsDebug_STM32duino.h" + #include "../STM32/pinsDebug_STM32duino.h" #elif defined(BOARD_NR_GPIO_PINS) // Only in STM32GENERIC (Maple) - #include "../HAL_STM32/pinsDebug_STM32GENERIC.h" + #include "../STM32/pinsDebug_STM32GENERIC.h" #else #error "M43 Pins Debugging not supported for this board." #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/spi_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/spi_pins.h similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/spi_pins.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/spi_pins.h index 4aef289a77..f120e7178b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/spi_pins.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/spi_pins.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/timers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/timers.h similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/timers.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/timers.h index cf33205bdd..632c05a5ad 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/timers.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/timers.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez * diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/watchdog.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/watchdog.cpp similarity index 91% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/watchdog.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/watchdog.cpp index e078d7a104..347edcd49d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/watchdog.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/watchdog.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -38,13 +38,13 @@ //Error_Handler(); } else { - #if PIN_EXISTS(LED) && !ENABLED(PINS_DEBUGGING) + #if PIN_EXISTS(LED) && DISABLED(PINS_DEBUGGING) TOGGLE(LED_PIN); // heartbeat indicator #endif } } - void watchdog_reset() { + void HAL_watchdog_refresh() { /* Refresh IWDG: reload counter */ if (HAL_IWDG_Refresh(&hiwdg) != HAL_OK) { /* Refresh Error */ diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/watchdog.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/watchdog.h similarity index 90% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/watchdog.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/watchdog.h index cc02fda24f..ece6ef0162 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/watchdog.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/STM32_F4_F7/watchdog.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -24,4 +24,4 @@ extern IWDG_HandleTypeDef hiwdg; void watchdog_init(); -void watchdog_reset(); +void HAL_watchdog_refresh(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/HAL.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/HAL.cpp index 2e15324e3b..f226a4a90e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/HAL.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/HAL.h similarity index 91% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/HAL.h index 4813d60d69..15e9ab71bb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/HAL.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com * @@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ typedef int8_t pin_t; #define analogInputToDigitalPin(p) ((p < 12u) ? (p) + 54u : -1) #endif -#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START uint32_t primask = __get_PRIMASK(); __disable_irq() -#define CRITICAL_SECTION_END if (!primask) __enable_irq() +#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START() uint32_t primask = __get_PRIMASK(); __disable_irq() +#define CRITICAL_SECTION_END() if (!primask) __enable_irq() #define ISRS_ENABLED() (!__get_PRIMASK()) #define ENABLE_ISRS() __enable_irq() #define DISABLE_ISRS() __disable_irq() @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ typedef int8_t pin_t; #undef pgm_read_word #define pgm_read_word(addr) (*((uint16_t*)(addr))) -inline void HAL_init() { } +inline void HAL_init() {} // Clear the reset reason void HAL_clear_reset_source(); @@ -109,6 +109,7 @@ extern "C" { void HAL_adc_init(); #define HAL_START_ADC(pin) HAL_adc_start_conversion(pin) +#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 10 #define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_get_result() #define HAL_ADC_READY() true diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_SPI.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/HAL_SPI.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_SPI.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/HAL_SPI.cpp index 4236f02b0f..83d4d00bf2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_SPI.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/HAL_SPI.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/Servo.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/Servo.cpp similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/Servo.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/Servo.cpp index 6451f6b172..2b01d3d875 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/Servo.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/Servo.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/Servo.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/Servo.h similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/Servo.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/Servo.h index 3eb7d39b22..9243291e43 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/Servo.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/Servo.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/endstop_interrupts.h similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/endstop_interrupts.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/endstop_interrupts.h index 221b721b35..21fea5bd01 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/fastio.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/fastio.h similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/fastio.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/fastio.h index d1b5f567d7..8547fe2b7a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/fastio.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/fastio.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0285c52ee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/inc/Conditionals_adv.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/inc/Conditionals_adv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0285c52ee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/inc/Conditionals_adv.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/inc/Conditionals_post.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/inc/Conditionals_post.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e51b55698e --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/inc/Conditionals_post.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +// If no real EEPROM, Flash emulation, or SRAM emulation is available fall back to SD emulation +#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && NONE(USE_REAL_EEPROM, FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION, SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION) + #define SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/inc/SanityCheck.h similarity index 87% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/inc/SanityCheck.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/inc/SanityCheck.h index 389d27824e..9268868596 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -32,3 +32,7 @@ #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform." #endif + +#if HAS_TMC_SW_SERIAL + #error "TMC220x Software Serial is not supported on this platform." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/persistent_store_impl.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/persistent_store_impl.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/persistent_store_impl.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/persistent_store_impl.cpp index 6da102638f..6a179cd962 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/persistent_store_impl.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/persistent_store_impl.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, ui if (v != eeprom_read_byte(p)) { eeprom_write_byte(p, v); if (eeprom_read_byte(p) != v) { - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_ERR_EEPROM_WRITE); + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_ERR_EEPROM_WRITE); return true; } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/pinsDebug.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/pinsDebug.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/pinsDebug.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/spi_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/spi_pins.h similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/spi_pins.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/spi_pins.h index 8a0ab8f9a4..79230f3d44 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/spi_pins.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/spi_pins.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/timers.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/timers.cpp similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/timers.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/timers.cpp index 1ae4bcf4f0..92641742f9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/timers.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/timers.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) { FTM0_SC = 0x00; // Set this to zero before changing the modulus FTM0_CNT = 0x0000; // Reset the count to zero FTM0_MOD = 0xFFFF; // max modulus = 65535 - FTM0_C0V = FTM0_TIMER_RATE / frequency; // Initial FTM Channel 0 compare value + FTM0_C0V = (FTM0_TIMER_RATE) / frequency; // Initial FTM Channel 0 compare value FTM0_SC = (FTM_SC_CLKS(0b1) & FTM_SC_CLKS_MASK) | (FTM_SC_PS(FTM0_TIMER_PRESCALE_BITS) & FTM_SC_PS_MASK); // Bus clock 60MHz divided by prescaler 8 FTM0_C0SC = FTM_CSC_CHIE | FTM_CSC_MSA | FTM_CSC_ELSA; break; @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) { FTM1_SC = 0x00; // Set this to zero before changing the modulus FTM1_CNT = 0x0000; // Reset the count to zero FTM1_MOD = 0xFFFF; // max modulus = 65535 - FTM1_C0V = FTM1_TIMER_RATE / frequency; // Initial FTM Channel 0 compare value 65535 + FTM1_C0V = (FTM1_TIMER_RATE) / frequency; // Initial FTM Channel 0 compare value 65535 FTM1_SC = (FTM_SC_CLKS(0b1) & FTM_SC_CLKS_MASK) | (FTM_SC_PS(FTM1_TIMER_PRESCALE_BITS) & FTM_SC_PS_MASK); // Bus clock 60MHz divided by prescaler 4 FTM1_C0SC = FTM_CSC_CHIE | FTM_CSC_MSA | FTM_CSC_ELSA; break; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/timers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/timers.h similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/timers.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/timers.h index 6dff7701be..00f9f0740d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/timers.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/timers.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/watchdog.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/watchdog.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/watchdog.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/watchdog.cpp index d1313e1f5d..618294591b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/watchdog.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/watchdog.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/watchdog.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/watchdog.h similarity index 90% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/watchdog.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/watchdog.h index ceb041b457..cb881f8595 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/watchdog.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY31_32/watchdog.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ void watchdog_init(); -inline void watchdog_reset() { +inline void HAL_watchdog_refresh() { // Watchdog refresh sequence WDOG_REFRESH = 0xA602; WDOG_REFRESH = 0xB480; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/HAL.cpp similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/HAL.cpp index 5848944792..86ba40870f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/HAL.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ extern "C" { } void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin) { - uint16_t pin = pin2sc1a[adc_pin]; + const uint16_t pin = pin2sc1a[adc_pin]; if (pin == 0xFF) { // Digital only HAL_adc_select = -1; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/HAL.h similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/HAL.h index e218174ad3..7e5be1081c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/HAL.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com * @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ typedef int8_t pin_t; #define analogInputToDigitalPin(p) ((p < 12u) ? (p) + 54u : -1) #endif -#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START uint32_t primask = __get_primask(); __disable_irq() -#define CRITICAL_SECTION_END if (!primask) __enable_irq() +#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START() uint32_t primask = __get_primask(); __disable_irq() +#define CRITICAL_SECTION_END() if (!primask) __enable_irq() #define ISRS_ENABLED() (!__get_primask()) #define ENABLE_ISRS() __enable_irq() #define DISABLE_ISRS() __disable_irq() @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ typedef int8_t pin_t; #undef pgm_read_word #define pgm_read_word(addr) (*((uint16_t*)(addr))) -inline void HAL_init() { } +inline void HAL_init() {} // Clear reset reason void HAL_clear_reset_source(); @@ -115,6 +115,7 @@ extern "C" { void HAL_adc_init(); #define HAL_START_ADC(pin) HAL_adc_start_conversion(pin) +#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 10 #define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_get_result() #define HAL_ADC_READY() true diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL_SPI.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/HAL_SPI.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL_SPI.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/HAL_SPI.cpp index 44ab74cc9b..b35533aa94 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL_SPI.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/HAL_SPI.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/Servo.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/Servo.cpp similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/Servo.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/Servo.cpp index d376b80a7d..f2fd5fe7ff 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/Servo.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/Servo.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/Servo.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/Servo.h similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/Servo.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/Servo.h index cafd323a38..4962105d79 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/Servo.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/Servo.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/endstop_interrupts.h similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/endstop_interrupts.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/endstop_interrupts.h index 3862f2b5b8..eaaf297ea2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -76,6 +76,12 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if HAS_Z3_MIN _ATTACH(Z3_MIN_PIN); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + _ATTACH(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + _ATTACH(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN _ATTACH(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/fastio.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/fastio.h similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/fastio.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/fastio.h index d1b5f567d7..8547fe2b7a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/fastio.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/fastio.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0285c52ee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/inc/Conditionals_adv.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/inc/Conditionals_adv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0285c52ee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/inc/Conditionals_adv.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/inc/Conditionals_post.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/inc/Conditionals_post.h similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/inc/Conditionals_post.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/inc/Conditionals_post.h index 85f26f4016..0285c52ee3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/inc/Conditionals_post.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/inc/Conditionals_post.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/inc/SanityCheck.h similarity index 87% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/inc/SanityCheck.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/inc/SanityCheck.h index 6a126b683e..f42bd63b17 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -32,3 +32,7 @@ #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform." #endif + +#if HAS_TMC_SW_SERIAL + #error "TMC220x Software Serial is not supported on this platform." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp index 17934f71a3..32b215ee6e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com * Copyright (c) 2016 Victor Perez victor_pv@hotmail.com @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, ui if (v != eeprom_read_byte(p)) { eeprom_write_byte(p, v); if (eeprom_read_byte(p) != v) { - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_ERR_EEPROM_WRITE); + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_ERR_EEPROM_WRITE); return true; } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/pinsDebug.h similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/pinsDebug.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/pinsDebug.h index db750cf6ec..61a54f15ed 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/pinsDebug.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/pinsDebug.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/spi_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/spi_pins.h similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/spi_pins.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/spi_pins.h index 9c6a83e3f8..b29a9346a1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/spi_pins.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/spi_pins.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/timers.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/timers.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/timers.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/timers.cpp index 6ee6118208..81e23e4d17 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/timers.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/timers.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) { FTM0_SC = 0x00; // Set this to zero before changing the modulus FTM0_CNT = 0x0000; // Reset the count to zero FTM0_MOD = 0xFFFF; // max modulus = 65535 - FTM0_C0V = FTM0_TIMER_RATE / frequency; // Initial FTM Channel 0 compare value + FTM0_C0V = (FTM0_TIMER_RATE) / frequency; // Initial FTM Channel 0 compare value FTM0_SC = (FTM_SC_CLKS(0b1) & FTM_SC_CLKS_MASK) | (FTM_SC_PS(FTM0_TIMER_PRESCALE_BITS) & FTM_SC_PS_MASK); // Bus clock 60MHz divided by prescaler 8 FTM0_C0SC = FTM_CSC_CHIE | FTM_CSC_MSA | FTM_CSC_ELSA; break; @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) { FTM1_SC = 0x00; // Set this to zero before changing the modulus FTM1_CNT = 0x0000; // Reset the count to zero FTM1_MOD = 0xFFFF; // max modulus = 65535 - FTM1_C0V = FTM1_TIMER_RATE / frequency; // Initial FTM Channel 0 compare value 65535 + FTM1_C0V = (FTM1_TIMER_RATE) / frequency; // Initial FTM Channel 0 compare value 65535 FTM1_SC = (FTM_SC_CLKS(0b1) & FTM_SC_CLKS_MASK) | (FTM_SC_PS(FTM1_TIMER_PRESCALE_BITS) & FTM_SC_PS_MASK); // Bus clock 60MHz divided by prescaler 4 FTM1_C0SC = FTM_CSC_CHIE | FTM_CSC_MSA | FTM_CSC_ELSA; break; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/timers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/timers.h similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/timers.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/timers.h index 8ae51107c7..6dc26a9665 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/timers.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/timers.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com * diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/watchdog.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/watchdog.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/watchdog.cpp rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/watchdog.cpp index f58217c750..69afa04a54 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/watchdog.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/watchdog.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/watchdog.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/watchdog.h similarity index 90% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/watchdog.h rename to Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/watchdog.h index d2efaab372..ec3f18f094 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/watchdog.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/TEENSY35_36/watchdog.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ void watchdog_init(); -inline void watchdog_reset() { +inline void HAL_watchdog_refresh() { // Watchdog refresh sequence WDOG_REFRESH = 0xA602; WDOG_REFRESH = 0xB480; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/platforms.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/platforms.h index e3e7f52cfa..cc462f37c5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/platforms.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/platforms.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -21,32 +21,30 @@ */ #pragma once +#define XSTR(V...) #V + #ifdef __AVR__ - #define HAL_PLATFORM HAL_AVR + #define HAL_PATH(PATH, NAME) XSTR(PATH/AVR/NAME) #elif defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM) - #define HAL_PLATFORM HAL_DUE + #define HAL_PATH(PATH, NAME) XSTR(PATH/DUE/NAME) #elif defined(__MK20DX256__) - #define HAL_PLATFORM HAL_TEENSY31_32 + #define HAL_PATH(PATH, NAME) XSTR(PATH/TEENSY31_32/NAME) #elif defined(__MK64FX512__) || defined(__MK66FX1M0__) - #define HAL_PLATFORM HAL_TEENSY35_36 + #define HAL_PATH(PATH, NAME) XSTR(PATH/TEENSY35_36/NAME) #elif defined(TARGET_LPC1768) - #define HAL_PLATFORM HAL_LPC1768 + #define HAL_PATH(PATH, NAME) XSTR(PATH/LPC1768/NAME) #elif defined(__STM32F1__) || defined(TARGET_STM32F1) - #define HAL_PLATFORM HAL_STM32F1 + #define HAL_PATH(PATH, NAME) XSTR(PATH/STM32F1/NAME) #elif defined(STM32GENERIC) && (defined(STM32F4) || defined(STM32F7)) - #define HAL_PLATFORM HAL_STM32_F4_F7 + #define HAL_PATH(PATH, NAME) XSTR(PATH/STM32_F4_F7/NAME) #elif defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32) - #define HAL_PLATFORM HAL_STM32 + #define HAL_PATH(PATH, NAME) XSTR(PATH/STM32/NAME) #elif defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32) - #define HAL_PLATFORM HAL_ESP32 + #define HAL_PATH(PATH, NAME) XSTR(PATH/ESP32/NAME) #elif defined(__PLAT_LINUX__) - #define HAL_PLATFORM HAL_LINUX + #define HAL_PATH(PATH, NAME) XSTR(PATH/LINUX/NAME) #elif defined(__SAMD51__) - #define HAL_PLATFORM HAL_SAMD51 + #define HAL_PATH(PATH, NAME) XSTR(PATH/SAMD51/NAME) #else #error "Unsupported Platform!" #endif - -#define XSTR_(M) #M -#define XSTR(M) XSTR_(M) -#define HAL_PATH(PATH, NAME) XSTR(PATH/HAL_PLATFORM/NAME) diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Delay.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Delay.h index 1c2ee47c29..5cb68b1503 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Delay.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Delay.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -29,21 +29,21 @@ * DELAY_US(count): Delay execution in microseconds */ -#include "../../core/millis_t.h" #include "../../core/macros.h" #if defined(__arm__) || defined(__thumb__) #if __CORTEX_M == 7 - // Cortex-M7 can use the cycle counter of the DWT unit + // Cortex-M3 through M7 can use the cycle counter of the DWT unit // http://www.anthonyvh.com/2017/05/18/cortex_m-cycle_counter/ FORCE_INLINE static void enableCycleCounter() { CoreDebug->DEMCR |= CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA_Msk; - // Unlock DWT. - DWT->LAR = 0xC5ACCE55; + #if __CORTEX_M == 7 + DWT->LAR = 0xC5ACCE55; // Unlock DWT on the M7 + #endif DWT->CYCCNT = 0; DWT->CTRL |= DWT_CTRL_CYCCNTENA_Msk; @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ FORCE_INLINE static void DELAY_CYCLES(const uint32_t x) { const uint32_t endCycles = getCycleCount() + x; - while (PENDING(getCycleCount(), endCycles)) { } + while (PENDING(getCycleCount(), endCycles)) {} } #else @@ -144,21 +144,7 @@ } #undef nop -#elif defined(ESP32) - - FORCE_INLINE static void DELAY_CYCLES(uint32_t x) { - unsigned long ccount, stop; - - __asm__ __volatile__ ( "rsr %0, ccount" : "=a" (ccount) ); - - stop = ccount + x; // This can overflow - - while (ccount < stop) { // This doesn't deal with overflows - __asm__ __volatile__ ( "rsr %0, ccount" : "=a" (ccount) ); - } - } - -#elif defined(__PLAT_LINUX__) +#elif defined(__PLAT_LINUX__) || defined(ESP32) // specified inside platform diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_SPI.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_SPI.h index d805207047..0410d70c93 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_SPI.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_SPI.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_ST7920.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_ST7920.h index de40ade5ab..69c1d741ae 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_ST7920.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_ST7920.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #pragma once /** - * HAL/HAL_ST7920.h + * HAL/ST7920.h * For the HALs that provide direct access to the ST7920 display * (bypassing U8G), it will allow the LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to operate. */ diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_spi_L6470.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_spi_L6470.cpp index 936acc7ce8..46e7b71f88 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_spi_L6470.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_spi_L6470.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) +#if HAS_L64XX #include "Delay.h" #include "../../core/serial.h" -#include "../../libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" +#include "../../libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" // Make sure GCC optimizes this file. // Note that this line triggers a bug in GCC which is fixed by casting. @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ #pragma GCC optimize (3) // run at ~4Mhz -uint8_t L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_0(uint8_t b) { // using Mode 0 +inline uint8_t L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_0(uint8_t b) { // using Mode 0 for (uint8_t bits = 8; bits--;) { WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN, b & 0x80); b <<= 1; // little setup time @@ -56,61 +56,26 @@ uint8_t L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_0(uint8_t b) { // using Mode 0 return b; } -uint8_t L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(uint8_t b) { // using Mode 3 +inline uint8_t L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(uint8_t b) { // using Mode 3 for (uint8_t bits = 8; bits--;) { WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN, LOW); WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN, b & 0x80); DELAY_NS(125); // 10 cycles @ 84mhz - WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN, HIGH); + DELAY_NS(125); // Need more delay for fast CPUs b <<= 1; // little setup time b |= (READ(L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN) != 0); } - - DELAY_NS(125); // 10 cycles @ 84mhz + DELAY_NS(125); // 10 cycles @ 84mhz return b; } /** - * The following are weak-linked and defined as do-nothing - * functions by the L6470-Arduino library. They must be - * defined by the client (Marlin) to provide an SPI interface. + * L64XX methods for SPI init and transfer */ - -uint8_t L6470_transfer(uint8_t data, int16_t ss_pin, const uint8_t chain_position) { - uint8_t data_out = 0; - - // first device in chain has data sent last - extDigitalWrite(ss_pin, LOW); - - for (uint8_t i = L6470::chain[0]; (i >= 1) && !spi_abort; i--) { // stop sending data if spi_abort is active - DISABLE_ISRS(); // disable interrupts during SPI transfer (can't allow partial command to chips) - uint8_t temp = L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(uint8_t(i == chain_position ? data : dSPIN_NOP)); - ENABLE_ISRS(); // enable interrupts - if (i == chain_position) data_out = temp; - } - - extDigitalWrite(ss_pin, HIGH); - return data_out; -} - -void L6470_transfer(uint8_t L6470_buf[], const uint8_t length) { - // first device in chain has data sent last - - if (spi_active) { // interrupted SPI transfer so need to - WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN, HIGH); // guarantee min high of 650nS - DELAY_US(1); - } - - WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN, LOW); - for (uint8_t i = length; i >= 1; i--) - L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(uint8_t(L6470_buf[i])); - WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN, HIGH); -} - -void L6470_spi_init() { +void L64XX_Marlin::spi_init() { OUT_WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN, HIGH); OUT_WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN, HIGH); OUT_WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN, HIGH); @@ -123,6 +88,52 @@ void L6470_spi_init() { OUT_WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN, HIGH); } +uint8_t L64XX_Marlin::transfer_single(uint8_t data, int16_t ss_pin) { + // First device in chain has data sent last + extDigitalWrite(ss_pin, LOW); + + DISABLE_ISRS(); // Disable interrupts during SPI transfer (can't allow partial command to chips) + const uint8_t data_out = L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(data); + ENABLE_ISRS(); // Enable interrupts + + extDigitalWrite(ss_pin, HIGH); + return data_out; +} + +uint8_t L64XX_Marlin::transfer_chain(uint8_t data, int16_t ss_pin, uint8_t chain_position) { + uint8_t data_out = 0; + + // first device in chain has data sent last + extDigitalWrite(ss_pin, LOW); + + for (uint8_t i = L64XX::chain[0]; !L64xxManager.spi_abort && i >= 1; i--) { // Send data unless aborted + DISABLE_ISRS(); // Disable interrupts during SPI transfer (can't allow partial command to chips) + const uint8_t temp = L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(uint8_t(i == chain_position ? data : dSPIN_NOP)); + ENABLE_ISRS(); // Enable interrupts + if (i == chain_position) data_out = temp; + } + + extDigitalWrite(ss_pin, HIGH); + return data_out; +} + +/** + * Platform-supplied L6470 buffer transfer method + */ +void L64XX_Marlin::transfer(uint8_t L6470_buf[], const uint8_t length) { + // First device in chain has its data sent last + + if (spi_active) { // Interrupted SPI transfer so need to + WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN, HIGH); // guarantee min high of 650ns + DELAY_US(1); + } + + WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN, LOW); + for (uint8_t i = length; i >= 1; i--) + L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(uint8_t(L6470_buf[i])); + WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN, HIGH); +} + #pragma GCC reset_options -#endif // HAS_DRIVER(L6470) +#endif // HAS_L64XX diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Marduino.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Marduino.h index a2de03a2b6..c022fc72ed 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Marduino.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Marduino.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/MarlinSerial.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/MarlinSerial.h deleted file mode 100644 index afbd7d3443..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/MarlinSerial.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * HAL/shared/MarlinSerial.h - */ - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" - -constexpr bool - bSERIAL_XON_XOFF = (false - #if ENABLED(SERIAL_XON_XOFF) - || true - #endif - ), - bEMERGENCY_PARSER = (false - #if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER) - || true - #endif - ), - bSERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX = (false - #if ENABLED(SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX) - || true - #endif - ), - bSERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS = (false - #if ENABLED(SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS) - || true - #endif - ), - bSERIAL_STATS_RX_FRAMING_ERRORS = (false - #if ENABLED(SERIAL_STATS_RX_FRAMING_ERRORS) - || true - #endif - ), - bSERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED = (false - #if ENABLED(SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED) - || true - #endif - ); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/backtrace.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/backtrace.cpp index fc265615d0..7264969c74 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/backtrace.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/backtrace.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -20,10 +20,9 @@ * */ -#include "backtrace.h" - #if defined(__arm__) || defined(__thumb__) +#include "backtrace.h" #include "unwinder.h" #include "unwmemaccess.h" @@ -36,7 +35,7 @@ static bool UnwReportOut(void* ctx, const UnwReport* bte) { (*p)++; - SERIAL_CHAR('#'); SERIAL_PRINT(*p,DEC); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" : "); + SERIAL_CHAR('#'); SERIAL_PRINT(*p, DEC); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" : "); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(bte->name ? bte->name : "unknown"); SERIAL_ECHOPGM("@0x"); SERIAL_PRINT(bte->function, HEX); SERIAL_CHAR('+'); SERIAL_PRINT(bte->address - bte->function,DEC); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" PC:"); SERIAL_PRINT(bte->address,HEX); SERIAL_CHAR('\n'); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/backtrace.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/backtrace.h index a2b8eae594..636eb09a71 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/backtrace.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/backtrace.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/unwinder.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/unwinder.h index 604854ad0f..cae1379513 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/unwinder.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/unwinder.h @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ typedef struct { * link register (i.e. not a normal register) and the stack pointer value * supplied. * - * -If the program was compiled with -funwind-tables , it will use them to + * -If the program was compiled with -funwind-tables it will use them to * perform the traceback. Otherwise, brute force will be employed * -If the program was compiled with -mpoke-function-name, then you will * get function names in the traceback. Otherwise, you will not. diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/eeprom_i2c.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/eeprom_i2c.cpp index 2752b7d4cc..3eb72194ac 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/eeprom_i2c.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/eeprom_i2c.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -23,6 +23,9 @@ /** * Description: functions for I2C connected external EEPROM. * Not platform dependent. + * + * TODO: Some platform Arduino libraries define these functions + * so Marlin needs to add a glue layer to prevent the conflict. */ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/eeprom_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/eeprom_spi.cpp index 35e7d9b0a9..ce7479aedb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/eeprom_spi.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/eeprom_spi.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/math_32bit.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/math_32bit.h index a69992a655..d93ab9caf6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/math_32bit.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/math_32bit.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.cpp index 9aed03a0c8..735fa4278b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com * Copyright (c) 2016 Victor Perez victor_pv@hotmail.com diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.h index 02013120a7..d7bee8a5f3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware * - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com * Copyright (c) 2016 Victor Perez victor_pv@hotmail.com diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/servo.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/servo.cpp index b5975e58e7..2c3d7bb7d3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/servo.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/servo.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ uint8_t ServoCount = 0; // the total number of attached static boolean isTimerActive(timer16_Sequence_t timer) { // returns true if any servo is active on this timer - for (uint8_t channel = 0; channel < SERVOS_PER_TIMER; channel++) { + LOOP_L_N(channel, SERVOS_PER_TIMER) { if (SERVO(timer, channel).Pin.isActive) return true; } @@ -129,9 +129,9 @@ void Servo::writeMicroseconds(int value) { value = constrain(value, SERVO_MIN(min), SERVO_MAX(max)) - (TRIM_DURATION); value = usToTicks(value); // convert to ticks after compensating for interrupt overhead - 12 Aug 2009 - CRITICAL_SECTION_START; + CRITICAL_SECTION_START(); servo_info[channel].ticks = value; - CRITICAL_SECTION_END; + CRITICAL_SECTION_END(); } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/servo.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/servo.h index e4905b7295..b582221b86 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/servo.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/servo.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -68,19 +68,19 @@ */ #if IS_TEENSY32 - #include "../HAL_TEENSY31_32/Servo.h" + #include "../TEENSY31_32/Servo.h" #elif IS_TEENSY35 || IS_TEENSY36 - #include "../HAL_TEENSY35_36/Servo.h" + #include "../TEENSY35_36/Servo.h" #elif defined(TARGET_LPC1768) - #include "../HAL_LPC1768/Servo.h" + #include "../LPC1768/Servo.h" #elif defined(__STM32F1__) || defined(TARGET_STM32F1) - #include "../HAL_STM32F1/Servo.h" + #include "../STM32F1/Servo.h" #elif defined(STM32GENERIC) && defined(STM32F4) - #include "../HAL_STM32_F4_F7/Servo.h" + #include "../STM32_F4_F7/Servo.h" #elif defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32) - #include "../HAL_STM32/Servo.h" + #include "../STM32/Servo.h" #elif defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32) - #include "../HAL_ESP32/Servo.h" + #include "../ESP32/Servo.h" #else #include diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/servo_private.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/servo_private.h index 1d4cdc7e3e..58e455b124 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/servo_private.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/servo_private.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ // Architecture specific include #ifdef __AVR__ - #include "../HAL_AVR/ServoTimers.h" + #include "../AVR/ServoTimers.h" #elif defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM) - #include "../HAL_DUE/ServoTimers.h" + #include "../DUE/ServoTimers.h" #elif defined(__SAMD51__) - #include "../HAL_SAMD51/ServoTimers.h" + #include "../SAMD51/ServoTimers.h" #else #error "This library only supports boards with an AVR, SAM3X or SAMD51 processor." #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/Marlin.h b/Marlin/src/Marlin.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1a9acc0075..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/Marlin.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,378 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#include "inc/MarlinConfig.h" - -#ifdef DEBUG_GCODE_PARSER - #include "gcode/parser.h" -#endif - -#include -#include -#include - -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - #include "libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" - extern uint8_t axis_known_position; -#endif - -void stop(); - -void idle( - #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - bool no_stepper_sleep = false // pass true to keep steppers from disabling on timeout - #endif -); - -void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue=false); - -// -// X, Y, Z Stepper enable / disable -// -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperX; - #define X_enable NOOP - #define X_disable stepperX.free() -#elif HAS_X_ENABLE - #define X_enable X_ENABLE_WRITE( X_ENABLE_ON) - #define X_disable X_ENABLE_WRITE(!X_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define X_enable NOOP - #define X_disable NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperX2; - #define X2_enable NOOP - #define X2_disable stepperX2.free() -#elif HAS_X2_ENABLE - #define X2_enable X2_ENABLE_WRITE( X_ENABLE_ON) - #define X2_disable X2_ENABLE_WRITE(!X_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define X2_enable NOOP - #define X2_disable NOOP -#endif - -#define enable_X() do{ X_enable; X2_enable; }while(0) -#define disable_X() do{ X_disable; X2_disable; CBI(axis_known_position, X_AXIS); }while(0) - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperY; - #define Y_enable NOOP - #define Y_disable stepperY.free() -#elif HAS_Y_ENABLE - #define Y_enable Y_ENABLE_WRITE( Y_ENABLE_ON) - #define Y_disable Y_ENABLE_WRITE(!Y_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define Y_enable NOOP - #define Y_disable NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperY2; - #define Y2_enable NOOP - #define Y2_disable stepperY2.free() -#elif HAS_Y2_ENABLE - #define Y2_enable Y2_ENABLE_WRITE( Y_ENABLE_ON) - #define Y2_disable Y2_ENABLE_WRITE(!Y_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define Y2_enable NOOP - #define Y2_disable NOOP -#endif - -#define enable_Y() do{ Y_enable; Y2_enable; }while(0) -#define disable_Y() do{ Y_disable; Y2_disable; CBI(axis_known_position, Y_AXIS); }while(0) - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperZ; - #define Z_enable NOOP - #define Z_disable stepperZ.free() -#elif HAS_Z_ENABLE - #define Z_enable Z_ENABLE_WRITE( Z_ENABLE_ON) - #define Z_disable Z_ENABLE_WRITE(!Z_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define Z_enable NOOP - #define Z_disable NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperZ2; - #define Z2_enable NOOP - #define Z2_disable stepperZ2.free() -#elif HAS_Z2_ENABLE - #define Z2_enable Z2_ENABLE_WRITE( Z_ENABLE_ON) - #define Z2_disable Z2_ENABLE_WRITE(!Z_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define Z2_enable NOOP - #define Z2_disable NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperZ3; - #define Z3_enable NOOP - #define Z3_disable stepperZ3.free() -#elif HAS_Z3_ENABLE - #define Z3_enable Z3_ENABLE_WRITE( Z_ENABLE_ON) - #define Z3_disable Z3_ENABLE_WRITE(!Z_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define Z3_enable NOOP - #define Z3_disable NOOP -#endif - -#define enable_Z() do{ Z_enable; Z2_enable; Z3_enable; }while(0) -#define disable_Z() do{ Z_disable; Z2_disable; Z3_disable; CBI(axis_known_position, Z_AXIS); }while(0) - -// -// Extruder Stepper enable / disable -// - -// define the individual enables/disables -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE0; - #define E0_enable NOOP - #define E0_disable do{ stepperE0.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) -#elif HAS_E0_ENABLE - #define E0_enable E0_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) - #define E0_disable E0_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define E0_enable NOOP - #define E0_disable NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE1; - #define E1_enable NOOP - #define E1_disable do{ stepperE1.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) -#elif E_STEPPERS > 1 && HAS_E1_ENABLE - #define E1_enable E1_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) - #define E1_disable E1_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define E1_enable NOOP - #define E1_disable NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE2; - #define E2_enable NOOP - #define E2_disable do{ stepperE2.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) -#elif E_STEPPERS > 2 && HAS_E2_ENABLE - #define E2_enable E2_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) - #define E2_disable E2_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define E2_enable NOOP - #define E2_disable NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE3; - #define E3_enable NOOP - #define E3_disable do{ stepperE3.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) -#elif E_STEPPERS > 3 && HAS_E3_ENABLE - #define E3_enable E3_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) - #define E3_disable E3_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define E3_enable NOOP - #define E3_disable NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE4; - #define E4_enable NOOP - #define E4_disable do{ stepperE4.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) -#elif E_STEPPERS > 4 && HAS_E4_ENABLE - #define E4_enable E4_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) - #define E4_disable E4_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define E4_enable NOOP - #define E4_disable NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE5; - #define E5_enable NOOP - #define E5_disable do{ stepperE5.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) -#elif E_STEPPERS > 5 && HAS_E5_ENABLE - #define E5_enable E5_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) - #define E5_disable E5_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define E5_enable NOOP - #define E5_disable NOOP -#endif - -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - - /** - * Mixing steppers synchronize their enable (and direction) together - */ - #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 5 - #define enable_E0() { E0_enable; E1_enable; E2_enable; E3_enable; E4_enable; E5_enable; } - #define disable_E0() { E0_disable; E1_disable; E2_disable; E3_disable; E4_disable; E5_disable; } - #elif MIXING_STEPPERS > 4 - #define enable_E0() { E0_enable; E1_enable; E2_enable; E3_enable; E4_enable; } - #define disable_E0() { E0_disable; E1_disable; E2_disable; E3_disable; E4_disable; } - #elif MIXING_STEPPERS > 3 - #define enable_E0() { E0_enable; E1_enable; E2_enable; E3_enable; } - #define disable_E0() { E0_disable; E1_disable; E2_disable; E3_disable; } - #elif MIXING_STEPPERS > 2 - #define enable_E0() { E0_enable; E1_enable; E2_enable; } - #define disable_E0() { E0_disable; E1_disable; E2_disable; } - #else - #define enable_E0() { E0_enable; E1_enable; } - #define disable_E0() { E0_disable; E1_disable; } - #endif - #define enable_E1() NOOP - #define disable_E1() NOOP - #define enable_E2() NOOP - #define disable_E2() NOOP - #define enable_E3() NOOP - #define disable_E3() NOOP - #define enable_E4() NOOP - #define disable_E4() NOOP - #define enable_E5() NOOP - #define disable_E5() NOOP - -#else // !MIXING_EXTRUDER - - #if HAS_E0_ENABLE - #define enable_E0() E0_enable - #define disable_E0() E0_disable - #else - #define enable_E0() NOOP - #define disable_E0() NOOP - #endif - - #if E_STEPPERS > 1 && HAS_E1_ENABLE - #define enable_E1() E1_enable - #define disable_E1() E1_disable - #else - #define enable_E1() NOOP - #define disable_E1() NOOP - #endif - - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 && HAS_E2_ENABLE - #define enable_E2() E2_enable - #define disable_E2() E2_disable - #else - #define enable_E2() NOOP - #define disable_E2() NOOP - #endif - - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 && HAS_E3_ENABLE - #define enable_E3() E3_enable - #define disable_E3() E3_disable - #else - #define enable_E3() NOOP - #define disable_E3() NOOP - #endif - - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 && HAS_E4_ENABLE - #define enable_E4() E4_enable - #define disable_E4() E4_disable - #else - #define enable_E4() NOOP - #define disable_E4() NOOP - #endif - - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 && HAS_E5_ENABLE - #define enable_E5() E5_enable - #define disable_E5() E5_disable - #else - #define enable_E5() NOOP - #define disable_E5() NOOP - #endif - -#endif // !MIXING_EXTRUDER - -#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) - #include "feature/twibus.h" - extern TWIBus i2c; -#endif - -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - extern uint8_t G38_move; // Flag to tell the ISR that G38 is in progress, and the type - extern bool G38_did_trigger; // Flag from the ISR to indicate the endstop changed -#endif - -/** - * The axis order in all axis related arrays is X, Y, Z, E - */ -void enable_e_steppers(); -void enable_all_steppers(); -void disable_e_stepper(const uint8_t e); -void disable_e_steppers(); -void disable_all_steppers(); - -void kill(PGM_P const lcd_msg=nullptr, const bool steppers_off=false); -void minkill(const bool steppers_off=false); - -void quickstop_stepper(); - -extern bool Running; -inline bool IsRunning() { return Running; } -inline bool IsStopped() { return !Running; } - -extern bool wait_for_heatup; - -#if HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE - extern bool wait_for_user; -#endif - -#if HAS_AUTO_REPORTING || ENABLED(HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE) - extern bool suspend_auto_report; -#endif - -// Inactivity shutdown timer -extern millis_t max_inactive_time, stepper_inactive_time; - -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - extern uint8_t controllerfan_speed; -#endif - -#if HAS_POWER_SWITCH - extern bool powersupply_on; - #define PSU_PIN_ON() do{ OUT_WRITE(PS_ON_PIN, PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH); powersupply_on = true; }while(0) - #define PSU_PIN_OFF() do{ OUT_WRITE(PS_ON_PIN, !PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH); powersupply_on = false; }while(0) - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ON() powerManager.power_on() - #define PSU_OFF() powerManager.power_off() - #else - #define PSU_ON() PSU_PIN_ON() - #define PSU_OFF() PSU_PIN_OFF() - #endif -#endif - -bool pin_is_protected(const pin_t pin); -void protected_pin_err(); - -#if HAS_SUICIDE - inline void suicide() { OUT_WRITE(SUICIDE_PIN, LOW); } -#endif - -#if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR - void event_filament_runout(); -#endif - -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - void event_probe_recover(); - void event_probe_failure(); -#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/Marlin.cpp b/Marlin/src/MarlinCore.cpp similarity index 64% rename from Marlin/src/Marlin.cpp rename to Marlin/src/MarlinCore.cpp index 89501e9bfa..5d0696c3f3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/Marlin.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/MarlinCore.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ * - https://github.com/grbl/grbl */ -#include "Marlin.h" +#include "MarlinCore.h" #include "core/utility.h" #include "lcd/ultralcd.h" @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ #endif #if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #include "feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.h" + #include "feature/max7219.h" #endif #if HAS_COLOR_LEDS @@ -107,10 +107,10 @@ #endif #if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - #include "feature/I2CPositionEncoder.h" + #include "feature/encoder_i2c.h" #endif -#if HAS_TRINAMIC && DISABLED(PS_DEFAULT_OFF) +#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG && DISABLED(PSU_DEFAULT_OFF) #include "feature/tmc_util.h" #endif @@ -142,7 +142,11 @@ #endif #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - #include "feature/power_loss_recovery.h" + #include "feature/powerloss.h" +#endif + +#if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + #include "feature/cancel_object.h" #endif #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR @@ -161,7 +165,7 @@ #include "feature/fanmux.h" #endif -#if DO_SWITCH_EXTRUDER || ANY(SWITCHING_NOZZLE, PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) +#if DO_SWITCH_EXTRUDER || ANY(SWITCHING_NOZZLE, PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) #include "module/tool_change.h" #endif @@ -170,18 +174,35 @@ #endif #if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - #include "feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.h" + #include "feature/mmu2/mmu2.h" #endif -#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #include "lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" +#if HAS_L64XX + #include "libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" #endif -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - #include "libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" -#endif +const char NUL_STR[] PROGMEM = "", + M112_KILL_STR[] PROGMEM = "M112 Shutdown", + G28_STR[] PROGMEM = "G28", + M21_STR[] PROGMEM = "M21", + M23_STR[] PROGMEM = "M23 %s", + M24_STR[] PROGMEM = "M24", + SP_P_STR[] PROGMEM = " P", + SP_T_STR[] PROGMEM = " T", + SP_X_STR[] PROGMEM = " X", + SP_Y_STR[] PROGMEM = " Y", + SP_Z_STR[] PROGMEM = " Z", + SP_E_STR[] PROGMEM = " E", + X_LBL[] PROGMEM = "X:", + Y_LBL[] PROGMEM = "Y:", + Z_LBL[] PROGMEM = "Z:", + E_LBL[] PROGMEM = "E:", + SP_X_LBL[] PROGMEM = " X:", + SP_Y_LBL[] PROGMEM = " Y:", + SP_Z_LBL[] PROGMEM = " Z:", + SP_E_LBL[] PROGMEM = " E:"; -bool Running = true; +MarlinState marlin_state = MF_INITIALIZING; // For M109 and M190, this flag may be cleared (by M108) to exit the wait loop bool wait_for_heatup = true; @@ -191,10 +212,6 @@ bool wait_for_heatup = true; bool wait_for_user; // = false; #endif -#if HAS_AUTO_REPORTING || ENABLED(HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE) - bool suspend_auto_report; // = false -#endif - // Inactivity shutdown millis_t max_inactive_time, // = 0 stepper_inactive_time = (DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME) * 1000UL; @@ -221,14 +238,11 @@ void setup_killpin() { void setup_powerhold() { #if HAS_SUICIDE - OUT_WRITE(SUICIDE_PIN, HIGH); + OUT_WRITE(SUICIDE_PIN, !SUICIDE_PIN_INVERTING); #endif - #if HAS_POWER_SWITCH - #if ENABLED(PS_DEFAULT_OFF) - powersupply_on = true; PSU_OFF(); - #else - powersupply_on = false; PSU_ON(); - #endif + #if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) + powersupply_on = ENABLED(PSU_DEFAULT_OFF); + if (ENABLED(PSU_DEFAULT_OFF)) PSU_OFF(); else PSU_ON(); #endif } @@ -260,7 +274,7 @@ void setup_powerhold() { bool pin_is_protected(const pin_t pin) { static const pin_t sensitive_pins[] PROGMEM = SENSITIVE_PINS; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < COUNT(sensitive_pins); i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, COUNT(sensitive_pins)) { pin_t sensitive_pin; memcpy_P(&sensitive_pin, &sensitive_pins[i], sizeof(pin_t)); if (pin == sensitive_pin) return true; @@ -269,7 +283,7 @@ bool pin_is_protected(const pin_t pin) { } void protected_pin_err() { - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_PROTECTED_PIN); + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_ERR_PROTECTED_PIN); } void quickstop_stepper() { @@ -279,122 +293,40 @@ void quickstop_stepper() { sync_plan_position(); } +void enable_e_steppers() { + #define _ENA_E(N) ENABLE_AXIS_E##N(); + REPEAT(E_STEPPERS, _ENA_E) +} + void enable_all_steppers() { #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) powerManager.power_on(); #endif - enable_X(); - enable_Y(); - enable_Z(); - enable_E0(); - enable_E1(); - enable_E2(); - enable_E3(); - enable_E4(); - enable_E5(); -} - -void enable_e_steppers() { - enable_E0(); - enable_E1(); - enable_E2(); - enable_E3(); - enable_E4(); - enable_E5(); + ENABLE_AXIS_X(); + ENABLE_AXIS_Y(); + ENABLE_AXIS_Z(); + enable_e_steppers(); } void disable_e_steppers() { - disable_E0(); - disable_E1(); - disable_E2(); - disable_E3(); - disable_E4(); - disable_E5(); + #define _DIS_E(N) DISABLE_AXIS_E##N(); + REPEAT(E_STEPPERS, _DIS_E) } void disable_e_stepper(const uint8_t e) { + #define _CASE_DIS_E(N) case N: DISABLE_AXIS_E##N(); break; switch (e) { - case 0: disable_E0(); break; - case 1: disable_E1(); break; - case 2: disable_E2(); break; - case 3: disable_E3(); break; - case 4: disable_E4(); break; - case 5: disable_E5(); break; + REPEAT(EXTRUDERS, _CASE_DIS_E) } } void disable_all_steppers() { - disable_X(); - disable_Y(); - disable_Z(); + DISABLE_AXIS_X(); + DISABLE_AXIS_Y(); + DISABLE_AXIS_Z(); disable_e_steppers(); } -#if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR - - void event_filament_runout() { - - #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - if (did_pause_print) return; // Action already in progress. Purge triggered repeated runout. - #endif - - #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onFilamentRunout(ExtUI::getActiveTool()); - #endif - - #if EITHER(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT, HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - const char tool = '0' - #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 1 - + active_extruder - #endif - ; - #endif - - //action:out_of_filament - #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_prompt_reason = PROMPT_FILAMENT_RUNOUT; - host_action_prompt_end(); - host_action_prompt_begin(PSTR("FilamentRunout T"), false); - SERIAL_CHAR(tool); - SERIAL_EOL(); - host_action_prompt_show(); - #endif - - const bool run_runout_script = !runout.host_handling; - - #if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - if (run_runout_script - && ( strstr(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT, "M600") - || strstr(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT, "M125") - #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - || strstr(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT, "M25") - #endif - ) - ) { - host_action_paused(false); - } - else { - // Legacy Repetier command for use until newer version supports standard dialog - // To be removed later when pause command also triggers dialog - #ifdef ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT - host_action(PSTR(ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT " T"), false); - SERIAL_CHAR(tool); - SERIAL_EOL(); - #endif - - host_action_pause(false); - } - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" " ACTION_REASON_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT " "); - SERIAL_CHAR(tool); - SERIAL_EOL(); - #endif // HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS - - if (run_runout_script) - queue.inject_P(PSTR(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT)); - } - -#endif // HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR - #if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) void event_probe_failure() { @@ -408,13 +340,13 @@ void disable_all_steppers() { #ifdef ACTION_ON_CANCEL host_action_cancel(); #endif - kill(PSTR(MSG_ERR_PROBING_FAILED)); + kill(GET_TEXT(MSG_LCD_PROBING_FAILED)); #endif } void event_probe_recover() { #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_prompt_do(PROMPT_INFO, PSTR("G29 Retrying"), PSTR("Dismiss")); + host_prompt_do(PROMPT_INFO, PSTR("G29 Retrying"), DISMISS_STR); #endif #ifdef ACTION_ON_G29_RECOVER host_action(PSTR(ACTION_ON_G29_RECOVER)); @@ -426,8 +358,122 @@ void disable_all_steppers() { #endif +#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + #include "feature/pause.h" +#else + constexpr bool did_pause_print = false; +#endif + /** - * Manage several activities: + * Printing is active when the print job timer is running + */ +bool printingIsActive() { + return !did_pause_print && (print_job_timer.isRunning() || IS_SD_PRINTING()); +} + +/** + * Printing is paused according to SD or host indicators + */ +bool printingIsPaused() { + return did_pause_print || print_job_timer.isPaused() || IS_SD_PAUSED(); +} + +void startOrResumeJob() { + if (!printingIsPaused()) { + #if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + cancelable.reset(); + #endif + #if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + e_move_accumulator = 0; + #endif + #if BOTH(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY, USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME) + ui.reset_remaining_time(); + #endif + } + print_job_timer.start(); +} + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + + inline void abortSDPrinting() { + card.endFilePrint( + #if SD_RESORT + true + #endif + ); + queue.clear(); + quickstop_stepper(); + print_job_timer.stop(); + #if DISABLED(SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN) + thermalManager.disable_all_heaters(); + #endif + thermalManager.zero_fan_speeds(); + wait_for_heatup = false; + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + recovery.purge(); + #endif + #ifdef EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP + queue.inject_P(PSTR(EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP)); + #endif + } + + inline void finishSDPrinting() { + + bool did_state = true; + switch (card.sdprinting_done_state) { + + case 1: + did_state = print_job_timer.duration() < 60 || queue.enqueue_one_P(PSTR("M31")); + break; + + case 2: + did_state = queue.enqueue_one_P(PSTR("M77")); + break; + + case 3: + #if ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) + ui.set_progress_done(); + #endif + break; + + case 4: + did_state = // Display "Click to Continue..." + #if HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE && HAS_LEDS_OFF_FLAG // 30 min timeout with LCD, 1 min without + queue.enqueue_one_P( + print_job_timer.duration() < 60 ? PSTR("M0Q1P1") : PSTR("M0Q1S" TERN(HAS_LCD_MENU, "1800", "60")) + ) + #else + true + #endif + ; + break; + + case 5: + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + recovery.purge(); + #endif + + #if ENABLED(SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE) && defined(SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND) + planner.finish_and_disable(); + #endif + + #if ENABLED(SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE) + ui.reselect_last_file(); + #endif + + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_FILE_PRINTED); + + default: + did_state = false; + card.sdprinting_done_state = 0; + } + if (did_state) ++card.sdprinting_done_state; + } + +#endif // SDSUPPORT + +/** + * Minimal management of Marlin's core activities: * - Check for Filament Runout * - Keep the command buffer full * - Check for maximum inactive time between commands @@ -440,7 +486,7 @@ void disable_all_steppers() { * - Pulse FET_SAFETY_PIN if it exists */ -void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue/*=false*/) { +inline void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue=false) { #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR runout.run(); @@ -452,36 +498,24 @@ void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue/*=false*/) { if (max_inactive_time && ELAPSED(ms, gcode.previous_move_ms + max_inactive_time)) { SERIAL_ERROR_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_KILL_INACTIVE_TIME, parser.command_ptr); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(STR_KILL_INACTIVE_TIME, parser.command_ptr); kill(); } // Prevent steppers timing-out in the middle of M600 - #if BOTH(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE, PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT) - #define MOVE_AWAY_TEST !did_pause_print - #else - #define MOVE_AWAY_TEST true - #endif + #define STAY_TEST (BOTH(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE, PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT) && did_pause_print) if (stepper_inactive_time) { static bool already_shutdown_steppers; // = false if (planner.has_blocks_queued()) gcode.reset_stepper_timeout(); - else if (MOVE_AWAY_TEST && !ignore_stepper_queue && ELAPSED(ms, gcode.previous_move_ms + stepper_inactive_time)) { + else if (!STAY_TEST && !ignore_stepper_queue && ELAPSED(ms, gcode.previous_move_ms + stepper_inactive_time)) { if (!already_shutdown_steppers) { already_shutdown_steppers = true; // L6470 SPI will consume 99% of free time without this - #if ENABLED(DISABLE_INACTIVE_X) - disable_X(); - #endif - #if ENABLED(DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y) - disable_Y(); - #endif - #if ENABLED(DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z) - disable_Z(); - #endif - #if ENABLED(DISABLE_INACTIVE_E) - disable_e_steppers(); - #endif + if (ENABLED(DISABLE_INACTIVE_X)) DISABLE_AXIS_X(); + if (ENABLED(DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y)) DISABLE_AXIS_Y(); + if (ENABLED(DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z)) DISABLE_AXIS_Z(); + if (ENABLED(DISABLE_INACTIVE_E)) disable_e_steppers(); #if HAS_LCD_MENU && ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) if (ubl.lcd_map_control) { ubl.lcd_map_control = false; @@ -517,7 +551,7 @@ void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue/*=false*/) { // KILL the machine // ---------------------------------------------------------------- if (killCount >= KILL_DELAY) { - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_KILL_BUTTON); + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_KILL_BUTTON); kill(); } #endif @@ -531,13 +565,13 @@ void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue/*=false*/) { if (ELAPSED(ms, next_home_key_ms)) { next_home_key_ms = ms + HOME_DEBOUNCE_DELAY; LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_AUTO_HOME); - queue.enqueue_now_P(PSTR("G28")); + queue.enqueue_now_P(G28_STR); } } #endif #if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - controllerfan_update(); // Check if fan should be turned on to cool stepper drivers down + controllerFan.update(); // Check if fan should be turned on to cool stepper drivers down #endif #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) @@ -552,40 +586,30 @@ void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue/*=false*/) { #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) bool oldstatus; switch (active_extruder) { - default: oldstatus = E0_ENABLE_READ(); enable_E0(); break; + default: oldstatus = E0_ENABLE_READ(); ENABLE_AXIS_E0(); break; #if E_STEPPERS > 1 - case 2: case 3: oldstatus = E1_ENABLE_READ(); enable_E1(); break; + case 2: case 3: oldstatus = E1_ENABLE_READ(); ENABLE_AXIS_E1(); break; #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - case 4: case 5: oldstatus = E2_ENABLE_READ(); enable_E2(); break; + case 4: case 5: oldstatus = E2_ENABLE_READ(); ENABLE_AXIS_E2(); break; + #if E_STEPPERS > 3 + case 6: case 7: oldstatus = E3_ENABLE_READ(); ENABLE_AXIS_E3(); break; + #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 #endif // E_STEPPERS > 1 } #else // !SWITCHING_EXTRUDER bool oldstatus; switch (active_extruder) { - default: oldstatus = E0_ENABLE_READ(); enable_E0(); break; - #if E_STEPPERS > 1 - case 1: oldstatus = E1_ENABLE_READ(); enable_E1(); break; - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - case 2: oldstatus = E2_ENABLE_READ(); enable_E2(); break; - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - case 3: oldstatus = E3_ENABLE_READ(); enable_E3(); break; - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - case 4: oldstatus = E4_ENABLE_READ(); enable_E4(); break; - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - case 5: oldstatus = E5_ENABLE_READ(); enable_E5(); break; - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 1 + default: + #define _CASE_EN(N) case N: oldstatus = E##N##_ENABLE_READ(); ENABLE_AXIS_E##N(); break; + REPEAT(E_STEPPERS, _CASE_EN); } - #endif // !SWITCHING_EXTRUDER + #endif - const float olde = current_position[E_AXIS]; - current_position[E_AXIS] += EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE; - planner.buffer_line(current_position, MMM_TO_MMS(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED), active_extruder); - current_position[E_AXIS] = olde; + const float olde = current_position.e; + current_position.e += EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE; + line_to_current_position(MMM_TO_MMS(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED)); + current_position.e = olde; planner.set_e_position_mm(olde); planner.synchronize(); @@ -601,22 +625,8 @@ void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue/*=false*/) { } #else // !SWITCHING_EXTRUDER switch (active_extruder) { - case 0: E0_ENABLE_WRITE(oldstatus); break; - #if E_STEPPERS > 1 - case 1: E1_ENABLE_WRITE(oldstatus); break; - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - case 2: E2_ENABLE_WRITE(oldstatus); break; - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - case 3: E3_ENABLE_WRITE(oldstatus); break; - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - case 4: E4_ENABLE_WRITE(oldstatus); break; - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - case 5: E5_ENABLE_WRITE(oldstatus); break; - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 1 + #define _CASE_RESTORE(N) case N: E##N##_ENABLE_WRITE(oldstatus); break; + REPEAT(E_STEPPERS, _CASE_RESTORE); } #endif // !SWITCHING_EXTRUDER @@ -629,8 +639,8 @@ void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue/*=false*/) { if (delayed_move_time && ELAPSED(ms, delayed_move_time + 1000UL) && IsRunning()) { // travel moves have been received so enact them delayed_move_time = 0xFFFFFFFFUL; // force moves to be done - set_destination_from_current(); - prepare_move_to_destination(); + destination = current_position; + prepare_line_to_destination(); } #endif @@ -639,11 +649,11 @@ void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue/*=false*/) { #endif #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - monitor_tmc_driver(); + monitor_tmc_drivers(); #endif #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - L6470.monitor_driver(); + L64xxManager.monitor_driver(); #endif // Limit check_axes_activity frequency to 10Hz @@ -656,7 +666,7 @@ void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue/*=false*/) { #if PIN_EXISTS(FET_SAFETY) static millis_t FET_next; if (ELAPSED(ms, FET_next)) { - FET_next = ms + FET_SAFETY_DELAY; // 2uS pulse every FET_SAFETY_DELAY mS + FET_next = ms + FET_SAFETY_DELAY; // 2µs pulse every FET_SAFETY_DELAY mS OUT_WRITE(FET_SAFETY_PIN, !FET_SAFETY_INVERTED); DELAY_US(2); WRITE(FET_SAFETY_PIN, FET_SAFETY_INVERTED); @@ -729,7 +739,7 @@ void idle( #endif #if HAS_AUTO_REPORTING - if (!suspend_auto_report) { + if (!gcode.autoreport_paused) { #if ENABLED(AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES) thermalManager.auto_report_temperatures(); #endif @@ -756,15 +766,16 @@ void idle( * Kill all activity and lock the machine. * After this the machine will need to be reset. */ -void kill(PGM_P const lcd_msg/*=nullptr*/, const bool steppers_off/*=false*/) { +void kill(PGM_P const lcd_error/*=nullptr*/, PGM_P const lcd_component/*=nullptr*/, const bool steppers_off/*=false*/) { thermalManager.disable_all_heaters(); - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_KILLED); + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_ERR_KILLED); #if HAS_DISPLAY - ui.kill_screen(lcd_msg ? lcd_msg : PSTR(MSG_KILLED)); + ui.kill_screen(lcd_error ?: GET_TEXT(MSG_KILLED), lcd_component ?: NUL_STR); #else - UNUSED(lcd_msg); + UNUSED(lcd_error); + UNUSED(lcd_component); #endif #ifdef ACTION_ON_KILL @@ -790,7 +801,7 @@ void minkill(const bool steppers_off/*=false*/) { // Power off all steppers (for M112) or just the E steppers steppers_off ? disable_all_steppers() : disable_e_steppers(); - #if HAS_POWER_SWITCH + #if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) PSU_OFF(); #endif @@ -801,29 +812,17 @@ void minkill(const bool steppers_off/*=false*/) { #if HAS_KILL // Wait for kill to be released - while (!READ(KILL_PIN)) { - #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - watchdog_reset(); - #endif - } + while (!READ(KILL_PIN)) watchdog_refresh(); // Wait for kill to be pressed - while (READ(KILL_PIN)) { - #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - watchdog_reset(); - #endif - } + while (READ(KILL_PIN)) watchdog_refresh(); void (*resetFunc)() = 0; // Declare resetFunc() at address 0 resetFunc(); // Jump to address 0 #else // !HAS_KILL - for (;;) { - #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - watchdog_reset(); - #endif - } // Wait for reset + for (;;) watchdog_refresh(); // Wait for reset #endif // !HAS_KILL } @@ -841,11 +840,10 @@ void stop() { #endif if (IsRunning()) { - queue.stop(); - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_STOPPED); + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_ERR_STOPPED); LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_STOPPED); safe_delay(350); // allow enough time for messages to get out before stopping - Running = false; + marlin_state = MF_STOPPED; } } @@ -866,17 +864,18 @@ void stop() { * • Digipot I2C * • Z probe sled * • status LEDs + * • Max7219 */ void setup() { HAL_init(); - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - L6470.init(); // setup SPI and then init chips + #if HAS_L64XX + L64xxManager.init(); // Set up SPI, init drivers #endif - #if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - max7219.init(); + #if ENABLED(SMART_EFFECTOR) && PIN_EXISTS(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD) + OUT_WRITE(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN, LOW); // Put Smart Effector into NORMAL mode #endif #if ENABLED(DISABLE_DEBUG) @@ -919,15 +918,10 @@ void setup() { #if NUM_SERIAL > 0 MYSERIAL0.begin(BAUDRATE); - #if NUM_SERIAL > 1 - MYSERIAL1.begin(BAUDRATE); - #endif - #endif - - #if NUM_SERIAL > 0 uint32_t serial_connect_timeout = millis() + 1000UL; while (!MYSERIAL0 && PENDING(millis(), serial_connect_timeout)) { /*nada*/ } #if NUM_SERIAL > 1 + MYSERIAL1.begin(BAUDRATE); serial_connect_timeout = millis() + 1000UL; while (!MYSERIAL1 && PENDING(millis(), serial_connect_timeout)) { /*nada*/ } #endif @@ -936,7 +930,7 @@ void setup() { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("start"); SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - #if TMC_HAS_SPI + #if HAS_TMC_SPI #if DISABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) SPI.begin(); #endif @@ -949,79 +943,97 @@ void setup() { // Check startup - does nothing if bootloader sets MCUSR to 0 byte mcu = HAL_get_reset_source(); - if (mcu & 1) SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_POWERUP); - if (mcu & 2) SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_EXTERNAL_RESET); - if (mcu & 4) SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_BROWNOUT_RESET); - if (mcu & 8) SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_WATCHDOG_RESET); - if (mcu & 32) SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_SOFTWARE_RESET); + if (mcu & 1) SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_POWERUP); + if (mcu & 2) SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_EXTERNAL_RESET); + if (mcu & 4) SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_BROWNOUT_RESET); + if (mcu & 8) SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_WATCHDOG_RESET); + if (mcu & 32) SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_SOFTWARE_RESET); HAL_clear_reset_source(); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_MARLIN); + serialprintPGM(GET_TEXT(MSG_MARLIN)); SERIAL_CHAR(' '); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(SHORT_BUILD_VERSION); SERIAL_EOL(); #if defined(STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE) && defined(STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR) SERIAL_ECHO_MSG( - MSG_CONFIGURATION_VER + STR_CONFIGURATION_VER STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE - MSG_AUTHOR STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR + STR_AUTHOR STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR ); SERIAL_ECHO_MSG("Compiled: " __DATE__); #endif SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_FREE_MEMORY, freeMemory(), MSG_PLANNER_BUFFER_BYTES, (int)sizeof(block_t) * (BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE)); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(STR_FREE_MEMORY, freeMemory(), STR_PLANNER_BUFFER_BYTES, (int)sizeof(block_t) * (BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE)); // UI must be initialized before EEPROM // (because EEPROM code calls the UI). + #if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) + auto log_current_ms = [&](PGM_P const msg) { + SERIAL_ECHO_START(); + SERIAL_CHAR('['); SERIAL_ECHO(millis()); SERIAL_ECHO("] "); + serialprintPGM(msg); + SERIAL_EOL(); + }; + #define SETUP_LOG(M) log_current_ms(PSTR(M)) + #else + #define SETUP_LOG(...) NOOP + #endif + #define SETUP_RUN(C) do{ SETUP_LOG(STRINGIFY(C)); C; }while(0) + // Set up LEDs early #if HAS_COLOR_LEDS - leds.setup(); + SETUP_RUN(leds.setup()); #endif - ui.init(); - ui.reset_status(); + #if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) // Set up fan controller to initialize also the default configurations. + SETUP_RUN(controllerFan.setup()); + #endif + + SETUP_RUN(ui.init()); + SETUP_RUN(ui.reset_status()); // Load welcome message early. (Retained if no errors exist.) #if HAS_SPI_LCD && ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) - ui.show_bootscreen(); + SETUP_RUN(ui.show_bootscreen()); #endif - #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - card.mount(); // Mount the SD card before settings.first_load + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) && defined(SDCARD_CONNECTION) && !SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) + SETUP_RUN(card.mount()); // Mount onboard / custom SD card before settings.first_load #endif - // Load data from EEPROM if available (or use defaults) - // This also updates variables in the planner, elsewhere - settings.first_load(); + SETUP_RUN(settings.first_load()); // Load data from EEPROM if available (or use defaults) + // This also updates variables in the planner, elsewhere + + #if HAS_SERVICE_INTERVALS + SETUP_RUN(ui.reset_status(true)); // Show service messages or keep current status + #endif #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - touch.init(); + SETUP_RUN(touch.init()); #endif #if HAS_M206_COMMAND - // Initialize current position based on home_offset - LOOP_XYZ(a) current_position[a] += home_offset[a]; + current_position += home_offset; // Init current position based on home_offset #endif - // Vital to init stepper/planner equivalent for current_position - sync_plan_position(); + sync_plan_position(); // Vital to init stepper/planner equivalent for current_position - thermalManager.init(); // Initialize temperature loop + SETUP_RUN(thermalManager.init()); // Initialize temperature loop - print_job_timer.init(); // Initial setup of print job timer + SETUP_RUN(print_job_timer.init()); // Initial setup of print job timer - endstops.init(); // Init endstops and pullups + SETUP_RUN(endstops.init()); // Init endstops and pullups - stepper.init(); // Init stepper. This enables interrupts! + SETUP_RUN(stepper.init()); // Init stepper. This enables interrupts! #if HAS_SERVOS - servo_init(); + SETUP_RUN(servo_init()); #endif #if HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE - servo_probe_init(); + SETUP_RUN(probe.servo_probe_init()); #endif #if HAS_PHOTOGRAPH @@ -1029,7 +1041,7 @@ void setup() { #endif #if HAS_CUTTER - cutter.init(); + SETUP_RUN(cutter.init()); #endif #if ENABLED(COOLANT_MIST) @@ -1040,23 +1052,19 @@ void setup() { #endif #if HAS_BED_PROBE - endstops.enable_z_probe(false); - #endif - - #if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - SET_OUTPUT(CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN); + SETUP_RUN(endstops.enable_z_probe(false)); #endif #if HAS_STEPPER_RESET - enableStepperDrivers(); + SETUP_RUN(enableStepperDrivers()); #endif #if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) - digipot_i2c_init(); + SETUP_RUN(digipot_i2c_init()); #endif #if ENABLED(DAC_STEPPER_CURRENT) - dac_init(); + SETUP_RUN(dac_init()); #endif #if EITHER(Z_PROBE_SLED, SOLENOID_PROBE) && HAS_SOLENOID_1 @@ -1079,41 +1087,44 @@ void setup() { #if DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) if (PWM_PIN(CASE_LIGHT_PIN)) SET_PWM(CASE_LIGHT_PIN); else SET_OUTPUT(CASE_LIGHT_PIN); #endif - update_case_light(); + SETUP_RUN(update_case_light()); #endif #if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) + SETUP_LOG("MK2_MULTIPLEXER"); SET_OUTPUT(E_MUX0_PIN); SET_OUTPUT(E_MUX1_PIN); SET_OUTPUT(E_MUX2_PIN); #endif #if HAS_FANMUX - fanmux_init(); + SETUP_RUN(fanmux_init()); #endif #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - mixer.init(); + SETUP_RUN(mixer.init()); #endif #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - bltouch.init(/*set_voltage=*/true); + SETUP_RUN(bltouch.init(/*set_voltage=*/true)); #endif #if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - I2CPEM.init(); + SETUP_RUN(I2CPEM.init()); #endif #if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) && I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS > 0 + SETUP_LOG("i2c..."); i2c.onReceive(i2c_on_receive); i2c.onRequest(i2c_on_request); #endif #if DO_SWITCH_EXTRUDER - move_extruder_servo(0); // Initialize extruder servo + SETUP_RUN(move_extruder_servo(0)); // Initialize extruder servo #endif #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) + SETUP_LOG("SWITCHING_NOZZLE"); // Initialize nozzle servo(s) #if SWITCHING_NOZZLE_TWO_SERVOS lower_nozzle(0); @@ -1124,93 +1135,89 @@ void setup() { #endif #if ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - mpe_settings_init(); + SETUP_RUN(mpe_settings_init()); #endif #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - pe_solenoid_init(); + SETUP_RUN(pe_solenoid_init()); + #endif + + #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + swt_init(); #endif #if ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - est_init(); + SETUP_RUN(est_init()); #endif #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - recovery.check(); + SETUP_RUN(recovery.check()); #endif #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - watchdog_init(); // Reinit watchdog after HAL_get_reset_source call + SETUP_RUN(watchdog_init()); // Reinit watchdog after HAL_get_reset_source call #endif #if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - init_closedloop(); + SETUP_RUN(init_closedloop()); #endif #ifdef STARTUP_COMMANDS + SETUP_LOG("STARTUP_COMMANDS"); queue.inject_P(PSTR(STARTUP_COMMANDS)); #endif #if ENABLED(INIT_SDCARD_ON_BOOT) && !HAS_SPI_LCD - card.beginautostart(); + SETUP_RUN(card.beginautostart()); #endif #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_action_prompt_end(); + SETUP_RUN(host_action_prompt_end()); #endif - #if HAS_TRINAMIC && DISABLED(PS_DEFAULT_OFF) - test_tmc_connection(true, true, true, true); + #if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG && DISABLED(PSU_DEFAULT_OFF) + SETUP_RUN(test_tmc_connection(true, true, true, true)); #endif #if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - mmu2.init(); + SETUP_RUN(mmu2.init()); #endif + + #if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) + SETUP_RUN(max7219.init()); + #endif + + marlin_state = MF_RUNNING; + + SETUP_LOG("setup() completed."); } /** * The main Marlin program loop * - * - Save or log commands to SD - * - Process available commands (if not saving) - * - Call endstop manager - * - Call inactivity manager + * - Call idle() to handle all tasks between G-code commands + * Note that no G-codes from the queue can be executed during idle() + * but many G-codes can be called directly anytime like macros. + * - Check whether SD card auto-start is needed now. + * - Check whether SD print finishing is needed now. + * - Run one G-code command from the immediate or main command queue + * and open up one space. Commands in the main queue may come from sd + * card, host, or by direct injection. The queue will continue to fill + * as long as idle() or manage_inactivity() are being called. */ void loop() { - - for (;;) { - - idle(); // Do an idle first so boot is slightly faster + do { + idle(); #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - card.checkautostart(); - - if (card.flag.abort_sd_printing) { - card.stopSDPrint( - #if SD_RESORT - true - #endif - ); - queue.clear(); - quickstop_stepper(); - print_job_timer.stop(); - #if DISABLED(SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN) - thermalManager.disable_all_heaters(); - #endif - thermalManager.zero_fan_speeds(); - wait_for_heatup = false; - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - card.removeJobRecoveryFile(); - #endif - #ifdef EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP - queue.inject_P(PSTR(EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP)); - #endif - } - - #endif // SDSUPPORT + if (card.flag.abort_sd_printing) abortSDPrinting(); + if (card.sdprinting_done_state) finishSDPrinting(); + #endif queue.advance(); + endstops.event_handler(); - } + + } while (ENABLED(__AVR__)); // Loop forever on slower (AVR) boards } diff --git a/Marlin/src/MarlinCore.h b/Marlin/src/MarlinCore.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3bce72ab80 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/MarlinCore.h @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#include "inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#ifdef DEBUG_GCODE_PARSER + #include "gcode/parser.h" +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#if HAS_L64XX + #include "libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" + extern uint8_t axis_known_position; +#endif + +void stop(); + +void idle( + #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + bool no_stepper_sleep=false // Pass true to keep steppers from timing out + #endif +); + +inline void idle_no_sleep() { + idle( + #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + true + #endif + ); +} + +#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) + #include "feature/twibus.h" + extern TWIBus i2c; +#endif + +#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) + extern uint8_t G38_move; // Flag to tell the ISR that G38 is in progress, and the type + extern bool G38_did_trigger; // Flag from the ISR to indicate the endstop changed +#endif + +/** + * The axis order in all axis related arrays is X, Y, Z, E + */ +void enable_e_steppers(); +void enable_all_steppers(); +void disable_e_stepper(const uint8_t e); +void disable_e_steppers(); +void disable_all_steppers(); + +void kill(PGM_P const lcd_error=nullptr, PGM_P const lcd_component=nullptr, const bool steppers_off=false); +void minkill(const bool steppers_off=false); + +void quickstop_stepper(); + +// Global State of the firmware +enum MarlinState : uint8_t { + MF_INITIALIZING = 0, + MF_RUNNING = _BV(0), + MF_PAUSED = _BV(1), + MF_WAITING = _BV(2), + MF_STOPPED = _BV(3), + MF_KILLED = _BV(7) +}; + +extern MarlinState marlin_state; +inline bool IsRunning() { return marlin_state == MF_RUNNING; } +inline bool IsStopped() { return marlin_state != MF_RUNNING; } + +bool printingIsActive(); +bool printingIsPaused(); +void startOrResumeJob(); + +extern bool wait_for_heatup; + +#if HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE + extern bool wait_for_user; +#endif + +// Inactivity shutdown timer +extern millis_t max_inactive_time, stepper_inactive_time; + +#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) + extern uint8_t controllerfan_speed; +#endif + +#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) + extern bool powersupply_on; + #define PSU_PIN_ON() do{ OUT_WRITE(PS_ON_PIN, PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH); powersupply_on = true; }while(0) + #define PSU_PIN_OFF() do{ OUT_WRITE(PS_ON_PIN, !PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH); powersupply_on = false; }while(0) + #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) + #define PSU_ON() powerManager.power_on() + #define PSU_OFF() powerManager.power_off() + #else + #define PSU_ON() PSU_PIN_ON() + #define PSU_OFF() PSU_PIN_OFF() + #endif +#endif + +bool pin_is_protected(const pin_t pin); +void protected_pin_err(); + +#if HAS_SUICIDE + inline void suicide() { OUT_WRITE(SUICIDE_PIN, SUICIDE_PIN_INVERTING); } +#endif + +#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) + void event_probe_recover(); + void event_probe_failure(); +#endif + +extern const char NUL_STR[], M112_KILL_STR[], G28_STR[], M21_STR[], M23_STR[], M24_STR[], + SP_P_STR[], SP_T_STR[], SP_X_STR[], SP_Y_STR[], SP_Z_STR[], SP_E_STR[], + X_LBL[], Y_LBL[], Z_LBL[], E_LBL[], SP_X_LBL[], SP_Y_LBL[], SP_Z_LBL[], SP_E_LBL[]; + diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/boards.h b/Marlin/src/core/boards.h index 89f1f0d20d..86107f7d86 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/boards.h +++ b/Marlin/src/core/boards.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -21,6 +21,8 @@ */ #pragma once +#include "macros.h" + #define BOARD_UNKNOWN -1 // @@ -57,46 +59,51 @@ #define BOARD_BAM_DICE 1103 // 2PrintBeta BAM&DICE with STK drivers #define BOARD_BAM_DICE_DUE 1104 // 2PrintBeta BAM&DICE Due with STK drivers #define BOARD_MKS_BASE 1105 // MKS BASE v1.0 -#define BOARD_MKS_BASE_14 1106 // MKS v1.4 with A4982 stepper drivers -#define BOARD_MKS_BASE_15 1107 // MKS v1.5 with Allegro A4982 stepper drivers -#define BOARD_MKS_BASE_HEROIC 1108 // MKS BASE 1.0 with Heroic HR4982 stepper drivers -#define BOARD_MKS_GEN_13 1109 // MKS GEN v1.3 or 1.4 -#define BOARD_MKS_GEN_L 1110 // MKS GEN L -#define BOARD_KFB_2 1111 // Bigtreetech or BIQU KFB2.0 -#define BOARD_ZRIB_V20 1112 // zrib V2.0 control board (Chinese knock off RAMPS replica) -#define BOARD_FELIX2 1113 // Felix 2.0+ Electronics Board (RAMPS like) -#define BOARD_RIGIDBOARD 1114 // Invent-A-Part RigidBoard -#define BOARD_RIGIDBOARD_V2 1115 // Invent-A-Part RigidBoard V2 -#define BOARD_SAINSMART_2IN1 1116 // Sainsmart 2-in-1 board -#define BOARD_ULTIMAKER 1117 // Ultimaker -#define BOARD_ULTIMAKER_OLD 1118 // Ultimaker (Older electronics. Pre 1.5.4. This is rare) -#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X3 1119 // Azteeg X3 -#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X3_PRO 1120 // Azteeg X3 Pro -#define BOARD_ULTIMAIN_2 1121 // Ultimainboard 2.x (Uses TEMP_SENSOR 20) -#define BOARD_RUMBA 1122 // Rumba -#define BOARD_RUMBA_RAISE3D 1123 // Raise3D N series Rumba derivative -#define BOARD_RL200 1124 // Rapide Lite 200 (v1, low-cost RUMBA clone with drv) -#define BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS 1125 // Formbot T-Rex 2 Plus -#define BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX3 1126 // Formbot T-Rex 3 -#define BOARD_FORMBOT_RAPTOR 1127 // Formbot Raptor -#define BOARD_FORMBOT_RAPTOR2 1128 // Formbot Raptor 2 -#define BOARD_BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D 1129 // bq ZUM Mega 3D -#define BOARD_MAKEBOARD_MINI 1130 // MakeBoard Mini v2.1.2 is a control board sold by MicroMake -#define BOARD_TRIGORILLA_13 1131 // TriGorilla Anycubic version 1.3-based on RAMPS EFB -#define BOARD_TRIGORILLA_14 1132 // ... Ver 1.4 -#define BOARD_TRIGORILLA_14_11 1133 // ... Rev 1.1 (new servo pin order) -#define BOARD_RAMPS_ENDER_4 1134 // Creality: Ender-4, CR-8 -#define BOARD_RAMPS_CREALITY 1135 // Creality: CR10S, CR20, CR-X -#define BOARD_RAMPS_DAGOMA 1136 // Dagoma F5 -#define BOARD_FYSETC_F6_13 1137 // FYSETC F6 -#define BOARD_DUPLICATOR_I3_PLUS 1138 // Wanhao Duplicator i3 Plus -#define BOARD_VORON 1139 // VORON Design -#define BOARD_TRONXY_V3_1_0 1140 // Tronxy TRONXY-V3-1.0 -#define BOARD_Z_BOLT_X_SERIES 1141 // Z-Bolt X Series -#define BOARD_TT_OSCAR 1142 // TT OSCAR -#define BOARD_OVERLORD 1143 // Overlord/Overlord Pro -#define BOARD_HJC2560C_REV1 1144 // ADIMLab Gantry v1 -#define BOARD_HJC2560C_REV2 1145 // ADIMLab Gantry v2 +#define BOARD_MKS_BASE_14 1106 // MKS BASE v1.4 with Allegro A4982 stepper drivers +#define BOARD_MKS_BASE_15 1107 // MKS BASE v1.5 with Allegro A4982 stepper drivers +#define BOARD_MKS_BASE_16 1108 // MKS BASE v1.6 with Allegro A4982 stepper drivers +#define BOARD_MKS_BASE_HEROIC 1109 // MKS BASE 1.0 with Heroic HR4982 stepper drivers +#define BOARD_MKS_GEN_13 1110 // MKS GEN v1.3 or 1.4 +#define BOARD_MKS_GEN_L 1111 // MKS GEN L +#define BOARD_KFB_2 1112 // BigTreeTech or BIQU KFB2.0 +#define BOARD_ZRIB_V20 1113 // zrib V2.0 control board (Chinese knock off RAMPS replica) +#define BOARD_FELIX2 1114 // Felix 2.0+ Electronics Board (RAMPS like) +#define BOARD_RIGIDBOARD 1115 // Invent-A-Part RigidBoard +#define BOARD_RIGIDBOARD_V2 1116 // Invent-A-Part RigidBoard V2 +#define BOARD_SAINSMART_2IN1 1117 // Sainsmart 2-in-1 board +#define BOARD_ULTIMAKER 1118 // Ultimaker +#define BOARD_ULTIMAKER_OLD 1119 // Ultimaker (Older electronics. Pre 1.5.4. This is rare) +#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X3 1120 // Azteeg X3 +#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X3_PRO 1121 // Azteeg X3 Pro +#define BOARD_ULTIMAIN_2 1122 // Ultimainboard 2.x (Uses TEMP_SENSOR 20) +#define BOARD_RUMBA 1123 // Rumba +#define BOARD_RUMBA_RAISE3D 1124 // Raise3D N series Rumba derivative +#define BOARD_RL200 1125 // Rapide Lite 200 (v1, low-cost RUMBA clone with drv) +#define BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS 1126 // Formbot T-Rex 2 Plus +#define BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX3 1127 // Formbot T-Rex 3 +#define BOARD_FORMBOT_RAPTOR 1128 // Formbot Raptor +#define BOARD_FORMBOT_RAPTOR2 1129 // Formbot Raptor 2 +#define BOARD_BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D 1130 // bq ZUM Mega 3D +#define BOARD_MAKEBOARD_MINI 1131 // MakeBoard Mini v2.1.2 is a control board sold by MicroMake +#define BOARD_TRIGORILLA_13 1132 // TriGorilla Anycubic version 1.3-based on RAMPS EFB +#define BOARD_TRIGORILLA_14 1133 // ... Ver 1.4 +#define BOARD_TRIGORILLA_14_11 1134 // ... Rev 1.1 (new servo pin order) +#define BOARD_RAMPS_ENDER_4 1135 // Creality: Ender-4, CR-8 +#define BOARD_RAMPS_CREALITY 1136 // Creality: CR10S, CR20, CR-X +#define BOARD_RAMPS_DAGOMA 1137 // Dagoma F5 +#define BOARD_FYSETC_F6_13 1138 // FYSETC F6 1.3 +#define BOARD_FYSETC_F6_14 1139 // FYSETC F6 1.4 +#define BOARD_DUPLICATOR_I3_PLUS 1140 // Wanhao Duplicator i3 Plus +#define BOARD_VORON 1141 // VORON Design +#define BOARD_TRONXY_V3_1_0 1142 // Tronxy TRONXY-V3-1.0 +#define BOARD_Z_BOLT_X_SERIES 1143 // Z-Bolt X Series +#define BOARD_TT_OSCAR 1144 // TT OSCAR +#define BOARD_OVERLORD 1145 // Overlord/Overlord Pro +#define BOARD_HJC2560C_REV1 1146 // ADIMLab Gantry v1 +#define BOARD_HJC2560C_REV2 1147 // ADIMLab Gantry v2 +#define BOARD_TANGO 1148 // BIQU Tango V1 +#define BOARD_MKS_GEN_L_V2 1149 // MKS GEN L V2 +#define BOARD_COPYMASTER_3D 1150 // Copymaster 3D // // RAMBo and derivatives @@ -134,6 +141,9 @@ #define BOARD_GT2560_V3_A20 1318 // Geeetech GT2560 Rev B for A20(M/D) #define BOARD_EINSTART_S 1319 // Einstart retrofit #define BOARD_WANHAO_ONEPLUS 1320 // Wanhao 0ne+ i3 Mini +#define BOARD_LEAPFROG_XEED2015 1321 // Leapfrog Xeed 2015 +#define BOARD_PICA_REVB 1322 // PICA Shield (original version) +#define BOARD_PICA 1323 // PICA Shield (rev C or later) // // ATmega1281, ATmega2561 @@ -197,21 +207,28 @@ #define BOARD_RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_SF 2004 // Re-ARM with RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Spindle, Controller Fan) #define BOARD_MKS_SBASE 2005 // MKS-Sbase (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan) #define BOARD_AZSMZ_MINI 2006 // AZSMZ Mini -#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_GT 2007 // Azteeg X5 GT (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan) -#define BOARD_BIQU_BQ111_A4 2008 // BIQU BQ111-A4 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed) -#define BOARD_SELENA_COMPACT 2009 // Selena Compact (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed0, Bed1, Fan0, Fan1) -#define BOARD_COHESION3D_REMIX 2010 // Cohesion3D ReMix -#define BOARD_COHESION3D_MINI 2011 // Cohesion3D Mini -#define BOARD_SMOOTHIEBOARD 2012 // Smoothieboard -#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 2013 // Azteeg X5 Mini Wifi (Power outputs: Hotend0, Bed, Fan) -#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_1 2014 // BIGTREE SKR_V1.1 (Power outputs: Hotend0,Hotend1, Fan, Bed) -#define BOARD_BIQU_B300_V1_0 2015 // BIQU B300_V1.0 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Fan, Bed, SPI Driver) -#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_3 2016 // BIGTREE SKR_V1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan, Bed) -#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_MINI 2017 // Azteeg X5 Mini (Power outputs: Hotend0, Bed, Fan) -#define BOARD_MKS_SGEN 2018 // MKS-SGen (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan) -#define BOARD_MKS_SGEN_L 2019 // MKS-SGen-L (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan) -#define BOARD_TH3D_EZBOARD 2020 // TH3D EZBoard v1.0 -#define BOARD_GMARSH_X6_REV1 2021 // GMARSH X6 board, revision 1 prototype +#define BOARD_BIQU_BQ111_A4 2007 // BIQU BQ111-A4 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed) +#define BOARD_SELENA_COMPACT 2008 // Selena Compact (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed0, Bed1, Fan0, Fan1) +#define BOARD_BIQU_B300_V1_0 2009 // BIQU B300_V1.0 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Fan, Bed, SPI Driver) +#define BOARD_MKS_SGEN_L 2010 // MKS-SGen-L (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan) +#define BOARD_GMARSH_X6_REV1 2011 // GMARSH X6 board, revision 1 prototype +#define BOARD_BTT_SKR_V1_1 2012 // BigTreeTech SKR v1.1 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan, Bed) +#define BOARD_BTT_SKR_V1_3 2013 // BigTreeTech SKR v1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan, Bed) +#define BOARD_BTT_SKR_V1_4 2014 // BigTreeTech SKR v1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan, Bed) + +// +// LPC1769 ARM Cortex M3 +// + +#define BOARD_MKS_SGEN 2500 // MKS-SGen (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan) +#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_GT 2501 // Azteeg X5 GT (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan) +#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_MINI 2502 // Azteeg X5 Mini (Power outputs: Hotend0, Bed, Fan) +#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 2503 // Azteeg X5 Mini Wifi (Power outputs: Hotend0, Bed, Fan) +#define BOARD_COHESION3D_REMIX 2504 // Cohesion3D ReMix +#define BOARD_COHESION3D_MINI 2505 // Cohesion3D Mini +#define BOARD_SMOOTHIEBOARD 2506 // Smoothieboard +#define BOARD_TH3D_EZBOARD 2507 // TH3D EZBoard v1.0 +#define BOARD_BTT_SKR_V1_4_TURBO 2508 // BigTreeTech SKR v1.4 TURBO (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan, Bed) // // SAM3X8E ARM Cortex M3 @@ -243,6 +260,7 @@ #define BOARD_ARCHIM1 3023 // UltiMachine Archim1 (with DRV8825 drivers) #define BOARD_ARCHIM2 3024 // UltiMachine Archim2 (with TMC2130 drivers) #define BOARD_ALLIGATOR 3025 // Alligator Board R2 +#define BOARD_CNCONTROLS_15D 3026 // Cartesio CN Controls V15 on DUE // // SAM3X8C ARM Cortex M3 @@ -255,9 +273,9 @@ // STM32 ARM Cortex-M3 // -#define BOARD_STM32F103R 4000 // STM32F103R Libmaple-based STM32F1 controller +#define BOARD_STM32F103RE 4000 // STM32F103RE Libmaple-based STM32F1 controller #define BOARD_MALYAN_M200 4001 // STM32C8T6 Libmaple-based STM32F1 controller -#define BOARD_STM3R_MINI 4002 // STM32F103R Libmaple-based STM32F1 controller +#define BOARD_STM3R_MINI 4002 // STM32F103RE Libmaple-based STM32F1 controller #define BOARD_GTM32_PRO_VB 4003 // STM32F103VET6 controller #define BOARD_MORPHEUS 4004 // STM32F103C8 / STM32F103CB Libmaple-based STM32F1 controller #define BOARD_CHITU3D 4005 // Chitu3D (STM32F103RET6) @@ -265,14 +283,20 @@ #define BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_MINI 4007 // MKS Robin Mini (STM32F103VET6) #define BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_NANO 4008 // MKS Robin Nano (STM32F103VET6) #define BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_LITE 4009 // MKS Robin Lite/Lite2 (STM32F103RCT6) -#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1 4010 // BigTreeTech SKR Mini v1.1 (STM32F103RC) -#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3 4011 // BigTreeTech SKR Mini E3 (STM32F103RC) -#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP 4012 // BigTreeTech SKR E3 DIP V1.0 (STM32F103RC) -#define BOARD_JGAURORA_A5S_A1 4013 // JGAurora A5S A1 (STM32F103ZET6) -#define BOARD_FYSETC_AIO_II 4014 // FYSETC AIO_II -#define BOARD_FYSETC_CHEETAH 4015 // FYSETC Cheetah -#define BOARD_FYSETC_CHEETAH_V12 4016 // FYSETC Cheetah V1.2 -#define BOARD_LONGER3D_LK 4017 // Alfawise U20/U20+/U30 (Longer3D LK1/2) / STM32F103VET6 +#define BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_LITE3 4010 // MKS Robin Lite3 (STM32F103RCT6) +#define BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_PRO 4011 // MKS Robin Pro (STM32F103ZET6) +#define BOARD_BTT_SKR_MINI_V1_1 4012 // BigTreeTech SKR Mini v1.1 (STM32F103RC) +#define BOARD_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_0 4013 // BigTreeTech SKR Mini E3 (STM32F103RC) +#define BOARD_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_2 4014 // BigTreeTech SKR Mini E3 V1.2 (STM32F103RC) +#define BOARD_BTT_SKR_E3_DIP 4015 // BigTreeTech SKR E3 DIP V1.0 (STM32F103RC / STM32F103RE) +#define BOARD_JGAURORA_A5S_A1 4016 // JGAurora A5S A1 (STM32F103ZET6) +#define BOARD_FYSETC_AIO_II 4017 // FYSETC AIO_II +#define BOARD_FYSETC_CHEETAH 4018 // FYSETC Cheetah +#define BOARD_FYSETC_CHEETAH_V12 4019 // FYSETC Cheetah V1.2 +#define BOARD_LONGER3D_LK 4020 // Alfawise U20/U20+/U30 (Longer3D LK1/2) / STM32F103VET6 +#define BOARD_GTM32_MINI 4021 // STM32F103VET6 controller +#define BOARD_GTM32_MINI_A30 4022 // STM32F103VET6 controller +#define BOARD_GTM32_REV_B 4023 // STM32F103VET6 controller // // ARM Cortex-M4F @@ -286,16 +310,22 @@ // #define BOARD_BEAST 4200 // STM32F4xxVxT6 Libmaple-based STM32F4 controller -#define BOARD_STM32F4 4201 // STM32 STM32GENERIC-based STM32F4 controller +#define BOARD_GENERIC_STM32F4 4201 // STM32 STM32GENERIC-based STM32F4 controller #define BOARD_ARMED 4202 // Arm'ed STM32F4-based controller -#define BOARD_RUMBA32 4203 // RUMBA32 STM32F4-based controller -#define BOARD_BLACK_STM32F407VE 4204 // BLACK_STM32F407VE -#define BOARD_BLACK_STM32F407ZE 4205 // BLACK_STM32F407ZE -#define BOARD_STEVAL 4206 // STEVAL-3DP001V1 3D PRINTER BOARD -#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_V1_1 4207 // BigTreeTech SKR Pro v1.1 (STM32F407ZG) -#define BOARD_BIGTREE_BTT002_V1_0 4208 // BigTreeTech BTT002 v1.0 (STM32F407VE) -#define BOARD_LERDGE_K 4209 // Lerdge K (STM32F407ZG) -#define BOARD_LERDGE_X 4210 // Lerdge X (STM32F407VE) +#define BOARD_RUMBA32_AUS3D 4203 // RUMBA32 STM32F446VET6 based controller from Aus3D +#define BOARD_RUMBA32_MKS 4204 // RUMBA32 STM32F446VET6 based controller from Makerbase +#define BOARD_BLACK_STM32F407VE 4205 // BLACK_STM32F407VE +#define BOARD_BLACK_STM32F407ZE 4206 // BLACK_STM32F407ZE +#define BOARD_STEVAL_3DP001V1 4207 // STEVAL-3DP001V1 3D PRINTER BOARD +#define BOARD_BTT_SKR_PRO_V1_1 4208 // BigTreeTech SKR Pro v1.1 (STM32F407ZG) +#define BOARD_BTT_BTT002_V1_0 4209 // BigTreeTech BTT002 v1.0 (STM32F407VE) +#define BOARD_BTT_GTR_V1_0 4210 // BigTreeTech GTR v1.0 (STM32F407IGT) +#define BOARD_LERDGE_K 4211 // Lerdge K (STM32F407ZG) +#define BOARD_LERDGE_X 4212 // Lerdge X (STM32F407VE) +#define BOARD_VAKE403D 4213 // VAkE 403D (STM32F446VET6) +#define BOARD_FYSETC_S6 4214 // FYSETC S6 board +#define BOARD_FLYF407ZG 4215 // FLYF407ZG board (STM32F407ZG) +#define BOARD_MKS_ROBIN2 4216 // MKS_ROBIN2 (STM32F407ZE) // // ARM Cortex M7 @@ -307,7 +337,15 @@ // // Espressif ESP32 WiFi // -#define BOARD_ESP32 6000 +#define BOARD_ESPRESSIF_ESP32 6000 // Generic ESP32 +#define BOARD_MRR_ESPA 6001 // MRR ESPA board based on ESP32 (native pins only) +#define BOARD_MRR_ESPE 6002 // MRR ESPE board based on ESP32 (with I2S stepper stream) +#define BOARD_E4D_BOX 6003 // E4d@BOX + +// +// SAMD51 ARM Cortex M4 +// +#define BOARD_AGCM4_RAMPS_144 6100 // RAMPS 1.4.4 // // Simulations @@ -315,4 +353,7 @@ #define BOARD_LINUX_RAMPS 9999 -#define MB(board) (defined(BOARD_##board) && MOTHERBOARD==BOARD_##board) +#define _MB_1(B) (defined(BOARD_##B) && MOTHERBOARD==BOARD_##B) +#define MB(V...) DO(MB,||,V) + +#define IS_MELZI MB(MELZI, MELZI_CREALITY, MELZI_MAKR3D, MELZI_MALYAN, MELZI_TRONXY) diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/debug_out.h b/Marlin/src/core/debug_out.h index 7eb93a7020..4b2cdf9f77 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/debug_out.h +++ b/Marlin/src/core/debug_out.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -19,7 +19,6 @@ * along with this program. If not, see . * */ -#pragma once // // Serial aliases for debugging. @@ -37,9 +36,13 @@ #undef DEBUG_ECHOPGM #undef DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM #undef DEBUG_ECHOPAIR +#undef DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_P #undef DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F +#undef DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F_P #undef DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR +#undef DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_P #undef DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F +#undef DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F_P #undef DEBUG_ECHO_MSG #undef DEBUG_ERROR_MSG #undef DEBUG_EOL @@ -58,9 +61,13 @@ #define DEBUG_ECHOPGM SERIAL_ECHOPGM #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM #define DEBUG_ECHOPAIR SERIAL_ECHOPAIR + #define DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_P SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P #define DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F + #define DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F_P SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F_P #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR + #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_P SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F + #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F_P SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F_P #define DEBUG_ECHO_MSG SERIAL_ECHO_MSG #define DEBUG_ERROR_MSG SERIAL_ERROR_MSG #define DEBUG_EOL SERIAL_EOL @@ -68,25 +75,29 @@ #define DEBUG_XYZ SERIAL_XYZ #define DEBUG_DELAY(ms) serial_delay(ms) #else - #define DEBUG_PRINT_P(P) NOOP - #define DEBUG_ECHO_START() NOOP - #define DEBUG_ERROR_START() NOOP - #define DEBUG_CHAR(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_ECHO(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_ECHO_F(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_ECHOLN(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_ECHOPGM(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_ECHO_MSG(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_ERROR_MSG(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_EOL() NOOP - #define DEBUG_POS(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_XYZ(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_DELAY(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_PRINT_P(P) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHO_START() NOOP + #define DEBUG_ERROR_START() NOOP + #define DEBUG_CHAR(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHO(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHO_F(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHOLN(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHOPGM(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_P(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F_P(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_P(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F_P(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHO_MSG(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ERROR_MSG(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_EOL() NOOP + #define DEBUG_POS(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_XYZ(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_DELAY(...) NOOP #endif #undef DEBUG_OUT diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/drivers.h b/Marlin/src/core/drivers.h index 005ffb7da5..833899bdcb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/drivers.h +++ b/Marlin/src/core/drivers.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -21,105 +21,158 @@ */ #pragma once -#include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" +// +// Included by MarlinConfigPre.h ahead of Configuration_adv.h. +// Don't use #if in this file for anything not defined early! +// -#define _A4988 0x001 -#define _A5984 0x002 -#define _DRV8825 0x003 -#define _LV8729 0x004 -#define _L6470 0x105 -#define _TB6560 0x006 -#define _TB6600 0x007 -#define _TMC2100 0x008 -#define _TMC2130 2130 -#define _TMC2130_STANDALONE 0x009 -#define _TMC2160 2160 -#define _TMC2160_STANDALONE 2161 -#define _TMC2208 2208 -#define _TMC2208_STANDALONE 0x00A -#define _TMC2209 2209 -#define _TMC2209_STANDALONE 0x00D -#define _TMC26X 0x10B -#define _TMC26X_STANDALONE 0x00B -#define _TMC2660 2660 -#define _TMC2660_STANDALONE 0x00C -#define _TMC5130 5130 -#define _TMC5130_STANDALONE 5131 -#define _TMC5160 5160 -#define _TMC5160_STANDALONE 5161 +#define _A4988 0x4988 +#define _A5984 0x5984 +#define _DRV8825 0x8825 +#define _LV8729 0x8729 +#define _L6470 0x6470 +#define _L6474 0x6474 +#define _L6480 0x6480 +#define _POWERSTEP01 0xF00D +#define _TB6560 0x6560 +#define _TB6600 0x6600 +#define _TMC2100 0x2100 +#define _TMC2130 0x2130A +#define _TMC2130_STANDALONE 0x2130B +#define _TMC2160 0x2160A +#define _TMC2160_STANDALONE 0x2160B +#define _TMC2208 0x2208A +#define _TMC2208_STANDALONE 0x2208B +#define _TMC2209 0x2209A +#define _TMC2209_STANDALONE 0x2209B +#define _TMC26X 0x2600A +#define _TMC26X_STANDALONE 0x2600B +#define _TMC2660 0x2660A +#define _TMC2660_STANDALONE 0x2660B +#define _TMC5130 0x5130A +#define _TMC5130_STANDALONE 0x5130B +#define _TMC5160 0x5160A +#define _TMC5160_STANDALONE 0x5160B #define _DRIVER_ID(V) _CAT(_, V) -#define _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,T) (_DRIVER_ID(A##_DRIVER_TYPE) == _CAT(_, T)) +#define _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,T) (_DRIVER_ID(A##_DRIVER_TYPE) == _DRIVER_ID(T)) #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(T) _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(X,T) #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(T) _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Y,T) #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(T) _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Z,T) + #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(T) (EITHER(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(X2,T)) #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(T) (ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Y2,T)) -#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(T) (Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Z2,T)) -#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(T) (ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Z3,T)) -#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(T) (E_STEPPERS > 0 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E0,T)) -#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(T) (E_STEPPERS > 1 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E1,T)) -#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(T) (E_STEPPERS > 2 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E2,T)) -#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(T) (E_STEPPERS > 3 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E3,T)) -#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(T) (E_STEPPERS > 4 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E4,T)) -#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(T) (E_STEPPERS > 5 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E5,T)) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(T) (NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 2 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Z2,T)) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(T) (NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Z3,T)) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(T) (NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Z4,T)) + +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E(N,T) (E_STEPPERS > N && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E##N,T)) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(T) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E(0,T) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(T) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E(1,T) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(T) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E(2,T) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(T) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E(3,T) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(T) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E(4,T) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(T) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E(5,T) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(T) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E(6,T) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(T) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E(7,T) #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,T) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_##A(T) -#define HAS_E_DRIVER(T) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(T) \ - || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(T) \ - || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(T) ) +#define _OR_ADTE(N,T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E(N,T) +#define HAS_E_DRIVER(T) (0 RREPEAT2(E_STEPPERS, _OR_ADTE, T)) -#define HAS_DRIVER(T) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(T) \ - || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(T) \ - || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(T) \ - || HAS_E_DRIVER(T) ) +#define HAS_DRIVER(T) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(T) \ + || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(T) \ + || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(T) || HAS_E_DRIVER(T) ) // Test for supported TMC drivers that require advanced configuration // Does not match standalone configurations -#define HAS_TRINAMIC ( HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130) \ - || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2160) \ - || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) \ - || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209) \ - || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660) \ - || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5130) \ - || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5160) ) +#if ( HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2160) \ + || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209) \ + || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660) \ + || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5130) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5160) ) + #define HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG 1 +#endif -#define HAS_TMC220x (HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)) +#define HAS_TRINAMIC HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG -#define AXIS_IS_TMC(A) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2130) \ - || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2160) \ - || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2208) \ - || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2209) \ +#if ( HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2160_STANDALONE) \ + || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209_STANDALONE) \ + || HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660_STANDALONE) \ + || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5130_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5160_STANDALONE) ) + #define HAS_TRINAMIC_STANDALONE 1 +#endif + +#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2160) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5130) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5160) + #define HAS_TMCX1X0 1 +#endif + +#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209) + #define HAS_TMC220x 1 +#endif + +#define AXIS_IS_TMC(A) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2130) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2160) \ + || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2208) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2209) \ || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2660) \ - || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5130) \ - || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5160) ) + || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5130) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5160) ) // Test for a driver that uses SPI - this allows checking whether a _CS_ pin // is considered sensitive -#define AXIS_HAS_SPI(A) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2130) \ - || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2160) \ +#define AXIS_HAS_SPI(A) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2130) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2160) \ || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2660) \ - || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5130) \ - || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5160) ) + || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5130) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5160) ) -#define AXIS_HAS_UART(A) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2208) \ - || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2209) ) +#define AXIS_HAS_UART(A) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2208) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2209) ) -#define AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(A) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2130) \ - || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2160) \ +#define AXIS_HAS_RXTX AXIS_HAS_UART + +#define AXIS_HAS_SW_SERIAL(A) ( AXIS_HAS_UART(A) && !defined(A##_HARDWARE_SERIAL) ) + +#define AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(A) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2130) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2160) \ || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2209) \ || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2660) \ - || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5130) \ - || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5160) ) + || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5130) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5160) ) -#define AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(A) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2130) \ - || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2160) \ - || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2208) \ +#define AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(A) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2130) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2160) \ + || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2208) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2209) \ + || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5130) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5160) ) + +#define AXIS_HAS_SG_RESULT(A) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2130) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2160) \ + || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2208) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2209) ) + +#define AXIS_HAS_COOLSTEP(A) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2130) \ || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2209) \ - || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5130) \ - || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5160) ) + || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5130) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5160) ) + +#define _OR_EAH(N,T) || AXIS_HAS_##T(E##N) +#define E_AXIS_HAS(T) (0 _OR_EAH(0,T) _OR_EAH(1,T) _OR_EAH(2,T) _OR_EAH(3,T) _OR_EAH(4,T) _OR_EAH(5,T) _OR_EAH(6,T) _OR_EAH(7,T)) + +#define ANY_AXIS_HAS(T) ( AXIS_HAS_##T(X) || AXIS_HAS_##T(Y) || AXIS_HAS_##T(Z) \ + || AXIS_HAS_##T(X2) || AXIS_HAS_##T(Y2) || AXIS_HAS_##T(Z2) \ + || AXIS_HAS_##T(Z3) || AXIS_HAS_##T(Z4) || E_AXIS_HAS(T) ) + +#if ANY_AXIS_HAS(STEALTHCHOP) + #define HAS_STEALTHCHOP 1 +#endif +#if ANY_AXIS_HAS(STALLGUARD) + #define HAS_STALLGUARD 1 +#endif +#if ANY_AXIS_HAS(SG_RESULT) + #define HAS_SG_RESULT 1 +#endif +#if ANY_AXIS_HAS(COOLSTEP) + #define HAS_COOLSTEP 1 +#endif +#if ANY_AXIS_HAS(RXTX) + #define HAS_TMC_UART 1 +#endif +#if ANY_AXIS_HAS(SPI) + #define HAS_TMC_SPI 1 +#endif + +// Defines that can't be evaluated now +#define HAS_TMC_SW_SERIAL ANY_AXIS_HAS(SW_SERIAL) // // Stretching 'drivers.h' to include LPC/SAMD51 SD options @@ -129,3 +182,12 @@ #define _SDCARD_CUSTOM_CABLE 3 #define _SDCARD_ID(V) _CAT(_SDCARD_, V) #define SD_CONNECTION_IS(V) (_SDCARD_ID(SDCARD_CONNECTION) == _SDCARD_ID(V)) + +#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) || HAS_DRIVER(L6474) || HAS_DRIVER(L6480) || HAS_DRIVER(POWERSTEP01) + #define HAS_L64XX 1 +#endif +#if HAS_L64XX && !HAS_DRIVER(L6474) + #define HAS_L64XX_NOT_L6474 1 +#endif + +#define AXIS_IS_L64XX(A) (AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_##A(L6470) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_##A(L6474) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_##A(L6480) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_##A(POWERSTEP01)) diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/enum.h b/Marlin/src/core/enum.h deleted file mode 100644 index 15118f7b28..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/core/enum.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Axis indices as enumerated constants - * - * - X_AXIS, Y_AXIS, and Z_AXIS should be used for axes in Cartesian space - * - A_AXIS, B_AXIS, and C_AXIS should be used for Steppers, corresponding to XYZ on Cartesians - * - X_HEAD, Y_HEAD, and Z_HEAD should be used for Steppers on Core kinematics - */ -enum AxisEnum : unsigned char { - X_AXIS = 0, - A_AXIS = 0, - Y_AXIS = 1, - B_AXIS = 1, - Z_AXIS = 2, - C_AXIS = 2, - E_AXIS = 3, - X_HEAD = 4, - Y_HEAD = 5, - Z_HEAD = 6, - E0_AXIS = 3, - E1_AXIS = 4, - E2_AXIS = 5, - E3_AXIS = 6, - E4_AXIS = 7, - E5_AXIS = 8, - ALL_AXES = 0xFE, - NO_AXIS = 0xFF -}; - -#define LOOP_S_LE_N(VAR, S, N) for (uint8_t VAR=(S); VAR<=(N); VAR++) -#define LOOP_S_L_N(VAR, S, N) for (uint8_t VAR=(S); VAR<(N); VAR++) -#define LOOP_LE_N(VAR, N) LOOP_S_LE_N(VAR, 0, N) -#define LOOP_L_N(VAR, N) LOOP_S_L_N(VAR, 0, N) - -#define LOOP_NA(VAR) LOOP_L_N(VAR, NUM_AXIS) -#define LOOP_XYZ(VAR) LOOP_S_LE_N(VAR, X_AXIS, Z_AXIS) -#define LOOP_XYZE(VAR) LOOP_S_LE_N(VAR, X_AXIS, E_AXIS) -#define LOOP_XYZE_N(VAR) LOOP_S_L_N(VAR, X_AXIS, XYZE_N) -#define LOOP_ABC(VAR) LOOP_S_LE_N(VAR, A_AXIS, C_AXIS) -#define LOOP_ABCE(VAR) LOOP_S_LE_N(VAR, A_AXIS, E_AXIS) -#define LOOP_ABCE_N(VAR) LOOP_S_L_N(VAR, A_AXIS, XYZE_N) diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/language.h b/Marlin/src/core/language.h index ee4e23fa76..f58ace7709 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/language.h +++ b/Marlin/src/core/language.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ // da Danish // de German // el Greek -// el-gr Greek (Greece) +// el_gr Greek (Greece) // en English // es Spanish // eu Basque-Euskera @@ -58,12 +58,12 @@ // gl Galician // hr Croatian // it Italian -// jp-kana Japanese +// jp_kana Japanese // ko_KR Korean (South Korea) // nl Dutch // pl Polish // pt Portuguese -// pt-br Portuguese (Brazilian) +// pt_br Portuguese (Brazilian) // ru Russian // sk Slovak // tr Turkish @@ -97,7 +97,224 @@ // #define STRING_SPLASH_LINE3 WEBSITE_URL //#endif -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD +// +// Common Serial Console Messages +// Don't change these strings because serial hosts look for them. +// + +#define STR_ENQUEUEING "enqueueing \"" +#define STR_POWERUP "PowerUp" +#define STR_EXTERNAL_RESET " External Reset" +#define STR_BROWNOUT_RESET " Brown out Reset" +#define STR_WATCHDOG_RESET " Watchdog Reset" +#define STR_SOFTWARE_RESET " Software Reset" +#define STR_AUTHOR " | Author: " +#define STR_CONFIGURATION_VER " Last Updated: " +#define STR_FREE_MEMORY " Free Memory: " +#define STR_PLANNER_BUFFER_BYTES " PlannerBufferBytes: " +#define STR_OK "ok" +#define STR_WAIT "wait" +#define STR_STATS "Stats: " +#define STR_FILE_SAVED "Done saving file." +#define STR_ERR_LINE_NO "Line Number is not Last Line Number+1, Last Line: " +#define STR_ERR_CHECKSUM_MISMATCH "checksum mismatch, Last Line: " +#define STR_ERR_NO_CHECKSUM "No Checksum with line number, Last Line: " +#define STR_FILE_PRINTED "Done printing file" +#define STR_BEGIN_FILE_LIST "Begin file list" +#define STR_END_FILE_LIST "End file list" +#define STR_INVALID_EXTRUDER "Invalid extruder" +#define STR_INVALID_E_STEPPER "Invalid E stepper" +#define STR_E_STEPPER_NOT_SPECIFIED "E stepper not specified" +#define STR_INVALID_SOLENOID "Invalid solenoid" +#define STR_M115_REPORT "FIRMWARE_NAME:Marlin " DETAILED_BUILD_VERSION " SOURCE_CODE_URL:" SOURCE_CODE_URL " PROTOCOL_VERSION:" PROTOCOL_VERSION " MACHINE_TYPE:" MACHINE_NAME " EXTRUDER_COUNT:" STRINGIFY(EXTRUDERS) " UUID:" MACHINE_UUID +#define STR_COUNT_X " Count X:" +#define STR_COUNT_A " Count A:" +#define STR_WATCHDOG_FIRED "Watchdog timeout. Reset required." +#define STR_ERR_KILLED "Printer halted. kill() called!" +#define STR_ERR_STOPPED "Printer stopped due to errors. Fix the error and use M999 to restart. (Temperature is reset. Set it after restarting)" +#define STR_BUSY_PROCESSING "busy: processing" +#define STR_BUSY_PAUSED_FOR_USER "busy: paused for user" +#define STR_BUSY_PAUSED_FOR_INPUT "busy: paused for input" +#define STR_Z_MOVE_COMP "Z_move_comp" +#define STR_RESEND "Resend: " +#define STR_UNKNOWN_COMMAND "Unknown command: \"" +#define STR_ACTIVE_EXTRUDER "Active Extruder: " +#define STR_X_MIN "x_min" +#define STR_X_MAX "x_max" +#define STR_X2_MIN "x2_min" +#define STR_X2_MAX "x2_max" +#define STR_Y_MIN "y_min" +#define STR_Y_MAX "y_max" +#define STR_Y2_MIN "y2_min" +#define STR_Y2_MAX "y2_max" +#define STR_Z_MIN "z_min" +#define STR_Z_MAX "z_max" +#define STR_Z2_MIN "z2_min" +#define STR_Z2_MAX "z2_max" +#define STR_Z3_MIN "z3_min" +#define STR_Z3_MAX "z3_max" +#define STR_Z4_MIN "z4_min" +#define STR_Z4_MAX "z4_max" +#define STR_Z_PROBE "z_probe" +#define STR_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR "filament" +#define STR_PROBE_OFFSET "Probe Offset" +#define STR_SKEW_MIN "min_skew_factor: " +#define STR_SKEW_MAX "max_skew_factor: " +#define STR_ERR_MATERIAL_INDEX "M145 S out of range (0-1)" +#define STR_ERR_M421_PARAMETERS "M421 incorrect parameter usage" +#define STR_ERR_BAD_PLANE_MODE "G5 requires XY plane mode" +#define STR_ERR_MESH_XY "Mesh point cannot be resolved" +#define STR_ERR_ARC_ARGS "G2/G3 bad parameters" +#define STR_ERR_PROTECTED_PIN "Protected Pin" +#define STR_ERR_M420_FAILED "Failed to enable Bed Leveling" +#define STR_ERR_M428_TOO_FAR "Too far from reference point" +#define STR_ERR_M303_DISABLED "PIDTEMP disabled" +#define STR_M119_REPORT "Reporting endstop status" +#define STR_ON "ON" +#define STR_OFF "OFF" +#define STR_ENDSTOP_HIT "TRIGGERED" +#define STR_ENDSTOP_OPEN "open" +#define STR_HOTEND_OFFSET "Hotend offsets:" +#define STR_DUPLICATION_MODE "Duplication mode: " +#define STR_SOFT_ENDSTOPS "Soft endstops: " +#define STR_SOFT_MIN " Min: " +#define STR_SOFT_MAX " Max: " + +#define STR_SAVED_POS "Position saved" +#define STR_RESTORING_POS "Restoring position" +#define STR_INVALID_POS_SLOT "Invalid slot. Total: " + +#define STR_SD_CANT_OPEN_SUBDIR "Cannot open subdir " +#define STR_SD_INIT_FAIL "SD init fail" +#define STR_SD_VOL_INIT_FAIL "volume.init failed" +#define STR_SD_OPENROOT_FAIL "openRoot failed" +#define STR_SD_CARD_OK "SD card ok" +#define STR_SD_WORKDIR_FAIL "workDir open failed" +#define STR_SD_OPEN_FILE_FAIL "open failed, File: " +#define STR_SD_FILE_OPENED "File opened: " +#define STR_SD_SIZE " Size: " +#define STR_SD_FILE_SELECTED "File selected" +#define STR_SD_WRITE_TO_FILE "Writing to file: " +#define STR_SD_PRINTING_BYTE "SD printing byte " +#define STR_SD_NOT_PRINTING "Not SD printing" +#define STR_SD_ERR_WRITE_TO_FILE "error writing to file" +#define STR_SD_ERR_READ "SD read error" +#define STR_SD_CANT_ENTER_SUBDIR "Cannot enter subdir: " + +#define STR_ENDSTOPS_HIT "endstops hit: " +#define STR_ERR_COLD_EXTRUDE_STOP " cold extrusion prevented" +#define STR_ERR_LONG_EXTRUDE_STOP " too long extrusion prevented" +#define STR_ERR_HOTEND_TOO_COLD "Hotend too cold" +#define STR_ERR_Z_HOMING_SER "Home XY first" +#define STR_ERR_EEPROM_WRITE "Error writing to EEPROM!" + +#define STR_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_LCD "Press button to heat nozzle" +#define STR_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_LCD "Insert filament and press button" +#define STR_FILAMENT_CHANGE_WAIT_LCD "Press button to resume" +#define STR_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_M108 "Send M108 to heat nozzle" +#define STR_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_M108 "Insert filament and send M108" +#define STR_FILAMENT_CHANGE_WAIT_M108 "Send M108 to resume" + +#define STR_STOP_BLTOUCH "!! STOP called because of BLTouch error - restart with M999" +#define STR_STOP_UNHOMED "!! STOP called because of unhomed error - restart with M999" +#define STR_KILL_INACTIVE_TIME "!! KILL caused by too much inactive time - current command: " +#define STR_KILL_BUTTON "!! KILL caused by KILL button/pin" + +// temperature.cpp strings +#define STR_PID_AUTOTUNE_PREFIX "PID Autotune" +#define STR_PID_AUTOTUNE_START STR_PID_AUTOTUNE_PREFIX " start" +#define STR_PID_AUTOTUNE_FAILED STR_PID_AUTOTUNE_PREFIX " failed!" +#define STR_PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM STR_PID_AUTOTUNE_FAILED " Bad extruder number" +#define STR_PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH STR_PID_AUTOTUNE_FAILED " Temperature too high" +#define STR_PID_TIMEOUT STR_PID_AUTOTUNE_FAILED " timeout" +#define STR_BIAS " bias: " +#define STR_D_COLON " d: " +#define STR_T_MIN " min: " +#define STR_T_MAX " max: " +#define STR_KU " Ku: " +#define STR_TU " Tu: " +#define STR_CLASSIC_PID " Classic PID " +#define STR_KP " Kp: " +#define STR_KI " Ki: " +#define STR_KD " Kd: " +#define STR_PID_AUTOTUNE_FINISHED STR_PID_AUTOTUNE_PREFIX " finished! Put the last Kp, Ki and Kd constants from below into Configuration.h" +#define STR_PID_DEBUG " PID_DEBUG " +#define STR_PID_DEBUG_INPUT ": Input " +#define STR_PID_DEBUG_OUTPUT " Output " +#define STR_PID_DEBUG_PTERM " pTerm " +#define STR_PID_DEBUG_ITERM " iTerm " +#define STR_PID_DEBUG_DTERM " dTerm " +#define STR_PID_DEBUG_CTERM " cTerm " +#define STR_INVALID_EXTRUDER_NUM " - Invalid extruder number !" + +#define STR_HEATER_BED "bed" +#define STR_HEATER_CHAMBER "chamber" + +#define STR_STOPPED_HEATER ", system stopped! Heater_ID: " +#define STR_REDUNDANCY "Heater switched off. Temperature difference between temp sensors is too high !" +#define STR_T_HEATING_FAILED "Heating failed" +#define STR_T_THERMAL_RUNAWAY "Thermal Runaway" +#define STR_T_MAXTEMP "MAXTEMP triggered" +#define STR_T_MINTEMP "MINTEMP triggered" +#define STR_ERR_PROBING_FAILED "Probing Failed" +#define STR_ZPROBE_OUT_SER "Z Probe Past Bed" + +// Debug +#define STR_DEBUG_PREFIX "DEBUG:" +#define STR_DEBUG_OFF "off" +#define STR_DEBUG_ECHO "ECHO" +#define STR_DEBUG_INFO "INFO" +#define STR_DEBUG_ERRORS "ERRORS" +#define STR_DEBUG_DRYRUN "DRYRUN" +#define STR_DEBUG_COMMUNICATION "COMMUNICATION" +#define STR_DEBUG_LEVELING "LEVELING" + +// LCD Menu Messages + +#define LANGUAGE_DATA_INCL_(M) STRINGIFY_(fontdata/langdata_##M.h) +#define LANGUAGE_DATA_INCL(M) LANGUAGE_DATA_INCL_(M) + +#define LANGUAGE_INCL_(M) STRINGIFY_(../lcd/language/language_##M.h) +#define LANGUAGE_INCL(M) LANGUAGE_INCL_(M) + +#define STR_X "X" +#define STR_Y "Y" +#define STR_Z "Z" +#define STR_E "E" +#if IS_KINEMATIC + #define STR_A "A" + #define STR_B "B" + #define STR_C "C" +#else + #define STR_A "X" + #define STR_B "Y" + #define STR_C "Z" +#endif +#define STR_X2 "X2" +#define STR_Y2 "Y2" +#define STR_Z2 "Z2" +#define STR_Z3 "Z3" +#define STR_Z4 "Z4" + +#define LCD_STR_A STR_A +#define LCD_STR_B STR_B +#define LCD_STR_C STR_C +#define LCD_STR_E STR_E + +#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD + + // Custom characters defined in the first 8 characters of the LCD + #define LCD_STR_BEDTEMP "\x00" // Print only as a char. This will have 'unexpected' results when used in a string! + #define LCD_STR_DEGREE "\x01" + #define LCD_STR_THERMOMETER "\x02" // Still used with string concatenation + #define LCD_STR_UPLEVEL "\x03" + #define LCD_STR_REFRESH "\x04" + #define LCD_STR_FOLDER "\x05" + #define LCD_STR_FEEDRATE "\x06" + #define LCD_STR_CLOCK "\x07" + #define LCD_STR_ARROW_RIGHT ">" /* from the default character set */ + +#else // // Custom characters from Marlin_symbols.fon which was merged into ISO10646-0-3.bdf // \x00 intentionally skipped to avoid problems in strings @@ -120,255 +337,56 @@ #define LCD_STR_FILAM_DIA "\xF8" #define LCD_STR_FILAM_MUL "\xA4" -#elif HAS_CHARACTER_LCD - - // Custom characters defined in the first 8 characters of the LCD - #define LCD_STR_BEDTEMP "\x00" // Print only as a char. This will have 'unexpected' results when used in a string! - #define LCD_STR_DEGREE "\x01" - #define LCD_STR_THERMOMETER "\x02" // Still used with string concatenation - #define LCD_STR_UPLEVEL "\x03" - #define LCD_STR_REFRESH "\x04" - #define LCD_STR_FOLDER "\x05" - #define LCD_STR_FEEDRATE "\x06" - #define LCD_STR_CLOCK "\x07" - #define LCD_STR_ARROW_RIGHT ">" /* from the default character set */ - #endif -// Common LCD messages - - /* nothing here yet */ - -// Common serial messages -#define MSG_MARLIN "Marlin" - -// Serial Console Messages (do not translate those!) - -#define MSG_ENQUEUEING "enqueueing \"" -#define MSG_POWERUP "PowerUp" -#define MSG_EXTERNAL_RESET " External Reset" -#define MSG_BROWNOUT_RESET " Brown out Reset" -#define MSG_WATCHDOG_RESET " Watchdog Reset" -#define MSG_SOFTWARE_RESET " Software Reset" -#define MSG_AUTHOR " | Author: " -#define MSG_CONFIGURATION_VER " Last Updated: " -#define MSG_FREE_MEMORY " Free Memory: " -#define MSG_PLANNER_BUFFER_BYTES " PlannerBufferBytes: " -#define MSG_OK "ok" -#define MSG_WAIT "wait" -#define MSG_STATS "Stats: " -#define MSG_FILE_SAVED "Done saving file." -#define MSG_ERR_LINE_NO "Line Number is not Last Line Number+1, Last Line: " -#define MSG_ERR_CHECKSUM_MISMATCH "checksum mismatch, Last Line: " -#define MSG_ERR_NO_CHECKSUM "No Checksum with line number, Last Line: " -#define MSG_FILE_PRINTED "Done printing file" -#define MSG_BEGIN_FILE_LIST "Begin file list" -#define MSG_END_FILE_LIST "End file list" -#define MSG_INVALID_EXTRUDER "Invalid extruder" -#define MSG_INVALID_E_STEPPER "Invalid E stepper" -#define MSG_E_STEPPER_NOT_SPECIFIED "E stepper not specified" -#define MSG_INVALID_SOLENOID "Invalid solenoid" -#define MSG_ERR_NO_THERMISTORS "No thermistors - no temperature" -#define MSG_M115_REPORT "FIRMWARE_NAME:Marlin " DETAILED_BUILD_VERSION " SOURCE_CODE_URL:" SOURCE_CODE_URL " PROTOCOL_VERSION:" PROTOCOL_VERSION " MACHINE_TYPE:" MACHINE_NAME " EXTRUDER_COUNT:" STRINGIFY(EXTRUDERS) " UUID:" MACHINE_UUID -#define MSG_COUNT_X " Count X:" -#define MSG_COUNT_A " Count A:" -#define MSG_WATCHDOG_FIRED "Watchdog timeout. Reset required." -#define MSG_ERR_KILLED "Printer halted. kill() called!" -#define MSG_ERR_STOPPED "Printer stopped due to errors. Fix the error and use M999 to restart. (Temperature is reset. Set it after restarting)" -#define MSG_BUSY_PROCESSING "busy: processing" -#define MSG_BUSY_PAUSED_FOR_USER "busy: paused for user" -#define MSG_BUSY_PAUSED_FOR_INPUT "busy: paused for input" -#define MSG_Z_MOVE_COMP "Z_move_comp" -#define MSG_RESEND "Resend: " -#define MSG_UNKNOWN_COMMAND "Unknown command: \"" -#define MSG_ACTIVE_EXTRUDER "Active Extruder: " -#define MSG_X_MIN "x_min" -#define MSG_X_MAX "x_max" -#define MSG_X2_MIN "x2_min" -#define MSG_X2_MAX "x2_max" -#define MSG_Y_MIN "y_min" -#define MSG_Y_MAX "y_max" -#define MSG_Y2_MIN "y2_min" -#define MSG_Y2_MAX "y2_max" -#define MSG_Z_MIN "z_min" -#define MSG_Z_MAX "z_max" -#define MSG_Z2_MIN "z2_min" -#define MSG_Z2_MAX "z2_max" -#define MSG_Z3_MIN "z3_min" -#define MSG_Z3_MAX "z3_max" -#define MSG_Z_PROBE "z_probe" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR "filament" -#define MSG_PROBE_OFFSET "Probe Offset" -#define MSG_SKEW_MIN "min_skew_factor: " -#define MSG_SKEW_MAX "max_skew_factor: " -#define MSG_ERR_MATERIAL_INDEX "M145 S out of range (0-1)" -#define MSG_ERR_M421_PARAMETERS "M421 incorrect parameter usage" -#define MSG_ERR_BAD_PLANE_MODE "G5 requires XY plane mode" -#define MSG_ERR_MESH_XY "Mesh point cannot be resolved" -#define MSG_ERR_ARC_ARGS "G2/G3 bad parameters" -#define MSG_ERR_PROTECTED_PIN "Protected Pin" -#define MSG_ERR_M420_FAILED "Failed to enable Bed Leveling" -#define MSG_ERR_M428_TOO_FAR "Too far from reference point" -#define MSG_ERR_M303_DISABLED "PIDTEMP disabled" -#define MSG_M119_REPORT "Reporting endstop status" -#define MSG_ON "ON" -#define MSG_OFF "OFF" -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_HIT "TRIGGERED" -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_OPEN "open" -#define MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET "Hotend offsets:" -#define MSG_DUPLICATION_MODE "Duplication mode: " -#define MSG_SOFT_ENDSTOPS "Soft endstops: " -#define MSG_SOFT_MIN " Min: " -#define MSG_SOFT_MAX " Max: " - -#define MSG_SD_CANT_OPEN_SUBDIR "Cannot open subdir " -#define MSG_SD_INIT_FAIL "SD init fail" -#define MSG_SD_VOL_INIT_FAIL "volume.init failed" -#define MSG_SD_OPENROOT_FAIL "openRoot failed" -#define MSG_SD_CARD_OK "SD card ok" -#define MSG_SD_WORKDIR_FAIL "workDir open failed" -#define MSG_SD_OPEN_FILE_FAIL "open failed, File: " -#define MSG_SD_FILE_OPENED "File opened: " -#define MSG_SD_SIZE " Size: " -#define MSG_SD_FILE_SELECTED "File selected" -#define MSG_SD_WRITE_TO_FILE "Writing to file: " -#define MSG_SD_PRINTING_BYTE "SD printing byte " -#define MSG_SD_NOT_PRINTING "Not SD printing" -#define MSG_SD_ERR_WRITE_TO_FILE "error writing to file" -#define MSG_SD_ERR_READ "SD read error" -#define MSG_SD_CANT_ENTER_SUBDIR "Cannot enter subdir: " - -#define MSG_STEPPER_TOO_HIGH "Steprate too high: " -#define MSG_ENDSTOPS_HIT "endstops hit: " -#define MSG_ERR_COLD_EXTRUDE_STOP " cold extrusion prevented" -#define MSG_ERR_LONG_EXTRUDE_STOP " too long extrusion prevented" -#define MSG_ERR_HOTEND_TOO_COLD "Hotend too cold" - -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT "Press button (or M108) to heat nozzle" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT "Insert filament and press button (or M108)" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_WAIT "Press button (or M108) to resume" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_LCD "Press button to heat nozzle" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_LCD "Insert filament and press button" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_WAIT_LCD "Press button to resume" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_M108 "Send M108 to heat nozzle" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_M108 "Insert filament and send M108" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_WAIT_M108 "Send M108 to resume" - -#define MSG_ERR_EEPROM_WRITE "Error writing to EEPROM!" - -#define MSG_STOP_BLTOUCH "STOP called because of BLTouch error - restart with M999" -#define MSG_STOP_UNHOMED "STOP called because of unhomed error - restart with M999" -#define MSG_KILL_INACTIVE_TIME "KILL caused by too much inactive time - current command: " -#define MSG_KILL_BUTTON "KILL caused by KILL button/pin" - -// temperature.cpp strings -#define MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE "PID Autotune" -#define MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_START MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE " start" -#define MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_FAILED MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE " failed!" -#define MSG_PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_FAILED " Bad extruder number" -#define MSG_PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_FAILED " Temperature too high" -#define MSG_PID_TIMEOUT MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_FAILED " timeout" -#define MSG_BIAS " bias: " -#define MSG_D " d: " -#define MSG_T_MIN " min: " -#define MSG_T_MAX " max: " -#define MSG_KU " Ku: " -#define MSG_TU " Tu: " -#define MSG_CLASSIC_PID " Classic PID " -#define MSG_KP " Kp: " -#define MSG_KI " Ki: " -#define MSG_KD " Kd: " -#define MSG_AT " @:" -#define MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_FINISHED MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE " finished! Put the last Kp, Ki and Kd constants from below into Configuration.h" -#define MSG_PID_DEBUG " PID_DEBUG " -#define MSG_PID_DEBUG_INPUT ": Input " -#define MSG_PID_DEBUG_OUTPUT " Output " -#define MSG_PID_DEBUG_PTERM " pTerm " -#define MSG_PID_DEBUG_ITERM " iTerm " -#define MSG_PID_DEBUG_DTERM " dTerm " -#define MSG_PID_DEBUG_CTERM " cTerm " -#define MSG_INVALID_EXTRUDER_NUM " - Invalid extruder number !" - -#define MSG_HEATER_BED "bed" -#define MSG_HEATER_CHAMBER "chamber" - -#define MSG_STOPPED_HEATER ", system stopped! Heater_ID: " -#define MSG_REDUNDANCY "Heater switched off. Temperature difference between temp sensors is too high !" -#define MSG_T_HEATING_FAILED "Heating failed" -#define MSG_T_THERMAL_RUNAWAY "Thermal Runaway" -#define MSG_T_MAXTEMP "MAXTEMP triggered" -#define MSG_T_MINTEMP "MINTEMP triggered" - -// Debug -#define MSG_DEBUG_PREFIX "DEBUG:" -#define MSG_DEBUG_OFF "off" -#define MSG_DEBUG_ECHO "ECHO" -#define MSG_DEBUG_INFO "INFO" -#define MSG_DEBUG_ERRORS "ERRORS" -#define MSG_DEBUG_DRYRUN "DRYRUN" -#define MSG_DEBUG_COMMUNICATION "COMMUNICATION" -#define MSG_DEBUG_LEVELING "LEVELING" - -// LCD Menu Messages - -#define LANGUAGE_DATA_INCL_(M) STRINGIFY_(fontdata/langdata_##M.h) -#define LANGUAGE_DATA_INCL(M) LANGUAGE_DATA_INCL_(M) -#define INCLUDE_LANGUAGE_DATA LANGUAGE_DATA_INCL(LCD_LANGUAGE) - -#define LANGUAGE_INCL_(M) STRINGIFY_(../lcd/language/language_##M.h) -#define LANGUAGE_INCL(M) LANGUAGE_INCL_(M) -#define INCLUDE_LANGUAGE LANGUAGE_INCL(LCD_LANGUAGE) - -// Never translate these strings -#define MSG_X "X" -#define MSG_Y "Y" -#define MSG_Z "Z" -#define MSG_E "E" -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_A "A" - #define MSG_B "B" - #define MSG_C "C" +/** + * Tool indexes for LCD display only + * + * By convention the LCD shows "E1" for the first extruder. + * However, internal to Marlin E0/T0 is the first tool, and + * most board silkscreens say "E0." Zero-based labels will + * make these indexes consistent but this defies expectation. + * + */ +#if ENABLED(NUMBER_TOOLS_FROM_0) + #define LCD_FIRST_TOOL '0' + #define LCD_STR_N0 "0" + #define LCD_STR_N1 "1" + #define LCD_STR_N2 "2" + #define LCD_STR_N3 "3" + #define LCD_STR_N4 "4" + #define LCD_STR_N5 "5" + #define LCD_STR_N6 "6" + #define LCD_STR_N7 "7" #else - #define MSG_A "X" - #define MSG_B "Y" - #define MSG_C "Z" + #define LCD_FIRST_TOOL '1' + #define LCD_STR_N0 "1" + #define LCD_STR_N1 "2" + #define LCD_STR_N2 "3" + #define LCD_STR_N3 "4" + #define LCD_STR_N4 "5" + #define LCD_STR_N5 "6" + #define LCD_STR_N6 "7" + #define LCD_STR_N7 "8" #endif -#define MSG_X2 "X2" -#define MSG_Y2 "Y2" -#define MSG_Z2 "Z2" -#define MSG_Z3 "Z3" -#define MSG_H1 "1" -#define MSG_H2 "2" -#define MSG_H3 "3" -#define MSG_H4 "4" -#define MSG_H5 "5" -#define MSG_H6 "6" -#define MSG_LCD_N0 " 1" -#define MSG_LCD_N1 " 2" -#define MSG_LCD_N2 " 3" -#define MSG_LCD_N3 " 4" -#define MSG_LCD_N4 " 5" -#define MSG_LCD_N5 " 6" -#define MSG_E1 "E1" -#define MSG_E2 "E2" -#define MSG_E3 "E3" -#define MSG_E4 "E4" -#define MSG_E5 "E5" -#define MSG_E6 "E6" -#define MSG_MOVE_E1 "1" -#define MSG_MOVE_E2 "2" -#define MSG_MOVE_E3 "3" -#define MSG_MOVE_E4 "4" -#define MSG_MOVE_E5 "5" -#define MSG_MOVE_E6 "6" -#define MSG_DIAM_E1 " 1" -#define MSG_DIAM_E2 " 2" -#define MSG_DIAM_E3 " 3" -#define MSG_DIAM_E4 " 4" -#define MSG_DIAM_E5 " 5" -#define MSG_DIAM_E6 " 6" -#include INCLUDE_LANGUAGE +#define LCD_STR_E0 "E" LCD_STR_N0 +#define LCD_STR_E1 "E" LCD_STR_N1 +#define LCD_STR_E2 "E" LCD_STR_N2 +#define LCD_STR_E3 "E" LCD_STR_N3 +#define LCD_STR_E4 "E" LCD_STR_N4 +#define LCD_STR_E5 "E" LCD_STR_N5 +#define LCD_STR_E6 "E" LCD_STR_N6 +#define LCD_STR_E7 "E" LCD_STR_N7 + +#include "multi_language.h" // Allow multiple languages + +#include "../lcd/language/language_en.h" +#include LANGUAGE_INCL(LCD_LANGUAGE) +#include LANGUAGE_INCL(LCD_LANGUAGE_2) +#include LANGUAGE_INCL(LCD_LANGUAGE_3) +#include LANGUAGE_INCL(LCD_LANGUAGE_4) +#include LANGUAGE_INCL(LCD_LANGUAGE_5) #if NONE(DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_1, \ DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_5, \ @@ -381,10 +399,3 @@ DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_SK) #define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_1 // use the better font on full graphic displays. #endif - -#include "../lcd/language/language_en.h" - -#ifdef CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE - #undef MSG_USER_MENU - #define MSG_USER_MENU CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE -#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/macros.h b/Marlin/src/core/macros.h index 73a8ec5823..bcee642368 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/macros.h +++ b/Marlin/src/core/macros.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -21,20 +21,35 @@ */ #pragma once -#define NUM_AXIS 4 +#if !defined(__has_include) + #define __has_include(...) 1 +#endif + #define ABCE 4 #define XYZE 4 #define ABC 3 #define XYZ 3 +#define XY 2 #define _AXIS(A) (A##_AXIS) -#define _XMIN_ 100 -#define _YMIN_ 200 -#define _ZMIN_ 300 -#define _XMAX_ 101 -#define _YMAX_ 201 -#define _ZMAX_ 301 +#define _XMIN_ 100 +#define _YMIN_ 200 +#define _ZMIN_ 300 +#define _XMAX_ 101 +#define _YMAX_ 201 +#define _ZMAX_ 301 +#define _XDIAG_ 102 +#define _YDIAG_ 202 +#define _ZDIAG_ 302 +#define _E0DIAG_ 400 +#define _E1DIAG_ 401 +#define _E2DIAG_ 402 +#define _E3DIAG_ 403 +#define _E4DIAG_ 404 +#define _E5DIAG_ 405 +#define _E6DIAG_ 406 +#define _E7DIAG_ 407 #define _FORCE_INLINE_ __attribute__((__always_inline__)) __inline__ #define FORCE_INLINE __attribute__((always_inline)) inline @@ -165,18 +180,24 @@ // Macros to support option testing #define _CAT(a,V...) a##V -#define SWITCH_ENABLED_false 0 -#define SWITCH_ENABLED_true 1 -#define SWITCH_ENABLED_0 0 -#define SWITCH_ENABLED_1 1 -#define SWITCH_ENABLED_0x0 0 -#define SWITCH_ENABLED_0x1 1 -#define SWITCH_ENABLED_ 1 -#define _ENA_1(O) _CAT(SWITCH_ENABLED_, O) -#define _DIS_1(O) !_ENA_1(O) +#define CAT(a,V...) _CAT(a,V) + +#define _ISENA_ ~,1 +#define _ISENA_1 ~,1 +#define _ISENA_0x1 ~,1 +#define _ISENA_true ~,1 +#define _ISENA(V...) IS_PROBE(V) + +#define _ENA_1(O) _ISENA(CAT(_IS,CAT(ENA_, O))) +#define _DIS_1(O) NOT(_ENA_1(O)) #define ENABLED(V...) DO(ENA,&&,V) #define DISABLED(V...) DO(DIS,&&,V) +#define TERN(O,A,B) _TERN(_ENA_1(O),B,A) // OPTION converted to '0' or '1' +#define _TERN(E,V...) __TERN(_CAT(T_,E),V) // Prepend 'T_' to get 'T_0' or 'T_1' +#define __TERN(T,V...) ___TERN(_CAT(_NO,T),V) // Prepend '_NO' to get '_NOT_0' or '_NOT_1' +#define ___TERN(P,V...) THIRD(P,V) // If first argument has a comma, A. Else B. + #define ANY(V...) !DISABLED(V) #define NONE(V...) DISABLED(V) #define ALL(V...) ENABLED(V) @@ -184,12 +205,14 @@ #define EITHER(V1,V2) ANY(V1,V2) // Macros to support pins/buttons exist testing -#define _PINEX_1(PN) (defined(PN##_PIN) && PN##_PIN >= 0) -#define PIN_EXISTS(V...) DO(PINEX,&&,V) +#define PIN_EXISTS(PN) (defined(PN##_PIN) && PN##_PIN >= 0) +#define _PINEX_1 PIN_EXISTS +#define PINS_EXIST(V...) DO(PINEX,&&,V) #define ANY_PIN(V...) DO(PINEX,||,V) -#define _BTNEX_1(BN) (defined(BTN_##BN) && BTN_##BN >= 0) -#define BUTTON_EXISTS(V...) DO(BTNEX,&&,V) +#define BUTTON_EXISTS(BN) (defined(BTN_##BN) && BTN_##BN >= 0) +#define _BTNEX_1 BUTTON_EXISTS +#define BUTTONS_EXIST(V...) DO(BTNEX,&&,V) #define ANY_BUTTON(V...) DO(BTNEX,||,V) #define WITHIN(N,L,H) ((N) >= (L) && (N) <= (H)) @@ -205,57 +228,34 @@ }while(0) // Macros for initializing arrays -#define ARRAY_16(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,M,N,O,P,...) { A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,M,N,O,P } -#define ARRAY_15(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,M,N,O,...) { A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,M,N,O } -#define ARRAY_14(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,M,N,...) { A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,M,N } -#define ARRAY_13(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,M,...) { A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,M } -#define ARRAY_12(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,...) { A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L } -#define ARRAY_11(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,...) { A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K } -#define ARRAY_10(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,...) { A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J } -#define ARRAY_9( A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,...) { A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I } -#define ARRAY_8( A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,...) { A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H } -#define ARRAY_7( A,B,C,D,E,F,G,...) { A,B,C,D,E,F,G } -#define ARRAY_6( A,B,C,D,E,F,...) { A,B,C,D,E,F } -#define ARRAY_5( A,B,C,D,E,...) { A,B,C,D,E } -#define ARRAY_4( A,B,C,D,...) { A,B,C,D } -#define ARRAY_3( A,B,C,...) { A,B,C } -#define ARRAY_2( A,B,...) { A,B } -#define ARRAY_1( A,...) { A } +#define LIST_16(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,M,N,O,P,...) A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,M,N,O,P +#define LIST_15(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,M,N,O,...) A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,M,N,O +#define LIST_14(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,M,N,...) A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,M,N +#define LIST_13(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,M,...) A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,M +#define LIST_12(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,...) A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L +#define LIST_11(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,...) A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K +#define LIST_10(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,...) A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J +#define LIST_9( A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,...) A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I +#define LIST_8( A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,...) A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H +#define LIST_7( A,B,C,D,E,F,G,...) A,B,C,D,E,F,G +#define LIST_6( A,B,C,D,E,F,...) A,B,C,D,E,F +#define LIST_5( A,B,C,D,E,...) A,B,C,D,E +#define LIST_4( A,B,C,D,...) A,B,C,D +#define LIST_3( A,B,C,...) A,B,C +#define LIST_2( A,B,...) A,B +#define LIST_1( A,...) A -#define _ARRAY_N(N,V...) ARRAY_##N(V) -#define ARRAY_N(N,V...) _ARRAY_N(N,V) +#define _LIST_N(N,V...) LIST_##N(V) +#define LIST_N(N,V...) _LIST_N(N,V) +#define ARRAY_N(N,V...) { _LIST_N(N,V) } -// Macros for adding -#define INC_0 1 -#define INC_1 2 -#define INC_2 3 -#define INC_3 4 -#define INC_4 5 -#define INC_5 6 -#define INC_6 7 -#define INC_7 8 -#define INC_8 9 -#define INCREMENT_(n) INC_##n -#define INCREMENT(n) INCREMENT_(n) +#define _JOIN_1(O) (O) +#define JOIN_N(N,C,V...) (DO(JOIN,C,LIST_N(N,V))) -// Macros for subtracting -#define DEC_1 0 -#define DEC_2 1 -#define DEC_3 2 -#define DEC_4 3 -#define DEC_5 4 -#define DEC_6 5 -#define DEC_7 6 -#define DEC_8 7 -#define DEC_9 8 -#define DECREMENT_(n) DEC_##n -#define DECREMENT(n) DECREMENT_(n) - -// Feedrate -typedef float feedRate_t; -#define MMM_TO_MMS(MM_M) ((MM_M)/60.0f) -#define MMS_TO_MMM(MM_S) ((MM_S)*60.0f) -#define MMS_SCALED(V) ((V) * 0.01f * feedrate_percentage) +#define LOOP_S_LE_N(VAR, S, N) for (uint8_t VAR=(S); VAR<=(N); VAR++) +#define LOOP_S_L_N(VAR, S, N) for (uint8_t VAR=(S); VAR<(N); VAR++) +#define LOOP_LE_N(VAR, N) LOOP_S_LE_N(VAR, 0, N) +#define LOOP_L_N(VAR, N) LOOP_S_L_N(VAR, 0, N) #define NOOP (void(0)) @@ -278,10 +278,11 @@ typedef float feedRate_t; // // Maths macros that can be overridden by HAL // +#define ACOS(x) acosf(x) #define ATAN2(y, x) atan2f(y, x) #define POW(x, y) powf(x, y) #define SQRT(x) sqrtf(x) -#define RSQRT(x) (1 / sqrtf(x)) +#define RSQRT(x) (1.0f / sqrtf(x)) #define CEIL(x) ceilf(x) #define FLOOR(x) floorf(x) #define LROUND(x) lroundf(x) @@ -348,3 +349,146 @@ typedef float feedRate_t; #define _MAX(V...) _MAX_N(NUM_ARGS(V), V) #endif + +// Macros for adding +#define INC_0 1 +#define INC_1 2 +#define INC_2 3 +#define INC_3 4 +#define INC_4 5 +#define INC_5 6 +#define INC_6 7 +#define INC_7 8 +#define INC_8 9 +#define INCREMENT_(n) INC_##n +#define INCREMENT(n) INCREMENT_(n) + +#define ADD0(N) N +#define ADD1(N) INCREMENT_(N) +#define ADD2(N) ADD1(ADD1(N)) +#define ADD3(N) ADD1(ADD2(N)) +#define ADD4(N) ADD2(ADD2(N)) +#define ADD5(N) ADD2(ADD3(N)) +#define ADD6(N) ADD3(ADD3(N)) +#define ADD7(N) ADD3(ADD4(N)) +#define ADD8(N) ADD4(ADD4(N)) +#define ADD9(N) ADD4(ADD5(N)) +#define ADD10(N) ADD5(ADD5(N)) + +// Macros for subtracting +#define DEC_0 0 +#define DEC_1 0 +#define DEC_2 1 +#define DEC_3 2 +#define DEC_4 3 +#define DEC_5 4 +#define DEC_6 5 +#define DEC_7 6 +#define DEC_8 7 +#define DEC_9 8 +#define DECREMENT_(n) DEC_##n +#define DECREMENT(n) DECREMENT_(n) + +#define SUB0(N) N +#define SUB1(N) DECREMENT_(N) +#define SUB2(N) SUB1(SUB1(N)) +#define SUB3(N) SUB1(SUB2(N)) +#define SUB4(N) SUB2(SUB2(N)) +#define SUB5(N) SUB2(SUB3(N)) +#define SUB6(N) SUB3(SUB3(N)) +#define SUB7(N) SUB3(SUB4(N)) +#define SUB8(N) SUB4(SUB4(N)) +#define SUB9(N) SUB4(SUB5(N)) +#define SUB10(N) SUB5(SUB5(N)) + +// +// Primitives supporting precompiler REPEAT +// +#define FIRST(a,...) a +#define SECOND(a,b,...) b +#define THIRD(a,b,c,...) c + +// Defer expansion +#define EMPTY() +#define DEFER(M) M EMPTY() +#define DEFER2(M) M EMPTY EMPTY()() +#define DEFER3(M) M EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY()()() +#define DEFER4(M) M EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY()()()() + +// Force define expansion +#define EVAL(V...) EVAL16(V) +#define EVAL1024(V...) EVAL512(EVAL512(V)) +#define EVAL512(V...) EVAL256(EVAL256(V)) +#define EVAL256(V...) EVAL128(EVAL128(V)) +#define EVAL128(V...) EVAL64(EVAL64(V)) +#define EVAL64(V...) EVAL32(EVAL32(V)) +#define EVAL32(V...) EVAL16(EVAL16(V)) +#define EVAL16(V...) EVAL8(EVAL8(V)) +#define EVAL8(V...) EVAL4(EVAL4(V)) +#define EVAL4(V...) EVAL2(EVAL2(V)) +#define EVAL2(V...) EVAL1(EVAL1(V)) +#define EVAL1(V...) V + +#define IS_PROBE(V...) SECOND(V, 0) // Get the second item passed, or 0 +#define PROBE() ~, 1 // Second item will be 1 if this is passed +#define _NOT_0 PROBE() +#define NOT(x) IS_PROBE(_CAT(_NOT_, x)) // NOT('0') gets '1'. Anything else gets '0'. +#define _BOOL(x) NOT(NOT(x)) // NOT('0') gets '0'. Anything else gets '1'. + +#define IF_ELSE(TF) _IF_ELSE(_BOOL(TF)) +#define _IF_ELSE(TF) _CAT(_IF_, TF) + +#define _IF_1(V...) V _IF_1_ELSE +#define _IF_0(...) _IF_0_ELSE + +#define _IF_1_ELSE(...) +#define _IF_0_ELSE(V...) V + +#define HAS_ARGS(V...) _BOOL(FIRST(_END_OF_ARGUMENTS_ V)()) +#define _END_OF_ARGUMENTS_() 0 + +// +// REPEAT core macros. Recurse N times with ascending I. +// + +// Call OP(I) N times with ascending counter. +#define _REPEAT(_RPT_I,_RPT_N,_RPT_OP) \ + _RPT_OP(_RPT_I) \ + IF_ELSE(SUB1(_RPT_N)) \ + ( DEFER2(__REPEAT)()(ADD1(_RPT_I),SUB1(_RPT_N),_RPT_OP) ) \ + ( /* Do nothing */ ) +#define __REPEAT() _REPEAT + +// Call OP(I, ...) N times with ascending counter. +#define _REPEAT2(_RPT_I,_RPT_N,_RPT_OP,V...) \ + _RPT_OP(_RPT_I,V) \ + IF_ELSE(SUB1(_RPT_N)) \ + ( DEFER2(__REPEAT2)()(ADD1(_RPT_I),SUB1(_RPT_N),_RPT_OP,V) ) \ + ( /* Do nothing */ ) +#define __REPEAT2() _REPEAT2 + +// Repeat a macro passing S...N-1. +#define REPEAT_S(S,N,OP) EVAL(_REPEAT(S,SUB##S(N),OP)) +#define REPEAT(N,OP) REPEAT_S(0,N,OP) + +// Repeat a macro passing 0...N-1 plus additional arguments. +#define REPEAT2_S(S,N,OP,V...) EVAL(_REPEAT2(S,SUB##S(N),OP,V)) +#define REPEAT2(N,OP,V...) REPEAT2_S(0,N,OP,V) + +// Use RREPEAT macros with REPEAT macros for nesting +#define _RREPEAT(_RPT_I,_RPT_N,_RPT_OP) \ + _RPT_OP(_RPT_I) \ + IF_ELSE(SUB1(_RPT_N)) \ + ( DEFER2(__RREPEAT)()(ADD1(_RPT_I),SUB1(_RPT_N),_RPT_OP) ) \ + ( /* Do nothing */ ) +#define __RREPEAT() _RREPEAT +#define _RREPEAT2(_RPT_I,_RPT_N,_RPT_OP,V...) \ + _RPT_OP(_RPT_I,V) \ + IF_ELSE(SUB1(_RPT_N)) \ + ( DEFER2(__RREPEAT2)()(ADD1(_RPT_I),SUB1(_RPT_N),_RPT_OP,V) ) \ + ( /* Do nothing */ ) +#define __RREPEAT2() _RREPEAT2 +#define RREPEAT_S(S,N,OP) EVAL1024(_RREPEAT(S,SUB##S(N),OP)) +#define RREPEAT(N,OP) RREPEAT_S(0,N,OP) +#define RREPEAT2_S(S,N,OP,V...) EVAL1024(_RREPEAT2(S,SUB##S(N),OP,V)) +#define RREPEAT2(N,OP,V...) RREPEAT2_S(0,N,OP,V) diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/millis_t.h b/Marlin/src/core/millis_t.h index 7ff231f827..39ea17b9f0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/millis_t.h +++ b/Marlin/src/core/millis_t.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/multi_language.cpp b/Marlin/src/core/multi_language.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e69de29bb2 diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language.h b/Marlin/src/core/multi_language.h similarity index 71% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language.h rename to Marlin/src/core/multi_language.h index a8a700864b..98020b1e8d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language.h +++ b/Marlin/src/core/multi_language.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -/************** - * language.h * - **************/ +/******************** + * multi_language.h * + ********************/ /**************************************************************************** * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2019 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * @@ -22,8 +22,6 @@ typedef const char Language_Str[]; -// Count how many languages are defined. - #if defined(LCD_LANGUAGE_5) #define NUM_LANGUAGES 5 #elif defined(LCD_LANGUAGE_4) @@ -36,15 +34,11 @@ typedef const char Language_Str[]; #define NUM_LANGUAGES 1 #endif -// Set undefined languages equal to the last and -// let the compiler optimize out the duplicates - -#ifndef LCD_LANGUAGE_1 - #define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 LCD_LANGUAGE -#endif +// Setting the unused languages equal to each other allows +// the compiler to optimize away the conditionals #ifndef LCD_LANGUAGE_2 - #define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 LCD_LANGUAGE_1 + #define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 LCD_LANGUAGE #endif #ifndef LCD_LANGUAGE_3 @@ -59,31 +53,27 @@ typedef const char Language_Str[]; #define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 LCD_LANGUAGE_4 #endif -// Indirection required to paste together the namespace name - #define _GET_LANG(LANG) Language_##LANG #define GET_LANG(LANG) _GET_LANG(LANG) #if NUM_LANGUAGES > 1 extern uint8_t lang; - // The compiler does a good job of "flattening" out this - // if statement when there are fewer than five languages. #define GET_TEXT(MSG) ( \ - lang == 0 ? GET_LANG(LCD_LANGUAGE_1)::MSG : \ + lang == 0 ? GET_LANG(LCD_LANGUAGE)::MSG : \ lang == 1 ? GET_LANG(LCD_LANGUAGE_2)::MSG : \ lang == 2 ? GET_LANG(LCD_LANGUAGE_3)::MSG : \ lang == 3 ? GET_LANG(LCD_LANGUAGE_4)::MSG : \ GET_LANG(LCD_LANGUAGE_5)::MSG \ ) + #define MAX_LANG_CHARSIZE _MAX(GET_LANG(LCD_LANGUAGE)::CHARSIZE, \ + GET_LANG(LCD_LANGUAGE_2)::CHARSIZE, \ + GET_LANG(LCD_LANGUAGE_3)::CHARSIZE, \ + GET_LANG(LCD_LANGUAGE_4)::CHARSIZE, \ + GET_LANG(LCD_LANGUAGE_5)::CHARSIZE) #else - #define GET_TEXT(MSG) GET_LANG(LCD_LANGUAGE_1)::MSG + #define GET_TEXT(MSG) GET_LANG(LCD_LANGUAGE)::MSG + #define MAX_LANG_CHARSIZE GET_LANG(LCD_LANGUAGE)::CHARSIZE #endif -#define GET_TEXTF(MSG) reinterpret_cast(GET_TEXT(MSG)) +#define GET_TEXT_F(MSG) (const __FlashStringHelper*)GET_TEXT(MSG) -#define GET_LANGUAGE_NAME(N) GET_LANG(LCD_LANGUAGE_##N)::LANGUAGE - -// All the language tables go here - -#include "language_en.h" -#include "language_de.h" -#include "language_fr.h" +#define MSG_CONCAT(A,B) pgm_p_pair_t(GET_TEXT(A),GET_TEXT(B)) diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/serial.cpp b/Marlin/src/core/serial.cpp index a468802ecc..304aa09a8a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/serial.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/core/serial.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -22,7 +22,6 @@ #include "serial.h" #include "language.h" -#include "enum.h" uint8_t marlin_debug_flags = MARLIN_DEBUG_NONE; @@ -30,7 +29,7 @@ static const char errormagic[] PROGMEM = "Error:"; static const char echomagic[] PROGMEM = "echo:"; #if NUM_SERIAL > 1 - int8_t serial_port_index = SERIAL_PORT; + int8_t serial_port_index = 0; #endif void serialprintPGM(PGM_P str) { @@ -55,25 +54,21 @@ void serial_ternary(const bool onoff, PGM_P const pre, PGM_P const on, PGM_P con serialprintPGM(onoff ? on : off); if (post) serialprintPGM(post); } -void serialprint_onoff(const bool onoff) { serialprintPGM(onoff ? PSTR(MSG_ON) : PSTR(MSG_OFF)); } +void serialprint_onoff(const bool onoff) { serialprintPGM(onoff ? PSTR(STR_ON) : PSTR(STR_OFF)); } void serialprintln_onoff(const bool onoff) { serialprint_onoff(onoff); SERIAL_EOL(); } void serialprint_truefalse(const bool tf) { serialprintPGM(tf ? PSTR("true") : PSTR("false")); } -void print_bin(const uint16_t val) { - uint16_t mask = 0x8000; +void print_bin(uint16_t val) { for (uint8_t i = 16; i--;) { - if (i && !(i % 4)) SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_CHAR((val & mask) ? '1' : '0'); - mask >>= 1; + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + TEST(val, i)); + if (!(i & 0x3) && i) SERIAL_CHAR(' '); } } -void print_xyz(PGM_P const prefix, PGM_P const suffix, const float &x, const float &y, const float &z) { +extern const char SP_X_STR[], SP_Y_STR[], SP_Z_STR[]; + +void print_xyz(const float &x, const float &y, const float &z, PGM_P const prefix/*=nullptr*/, PGM_P const suffix/*=nullptr*/) { serialprintPGM(prefix); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" " MSG_X, x, " " MSG_Y, y, " " MSG_Z, z); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, x, SP_Y_STR, y, SP_Z_STR, z); if (suffix) serialprintPGM(suffix); else SERIAL_EOL(); } - -void print_xyz(PGM_P const prefix, PGM_P const suffix, const float xyz[]) { - print_xyz(prefix, suffix, xyz[X_AXIS], xyz[Y_AXIS], xyz[Z_AXIS]); -} diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/serial.h b/Marlin/src/core/serial.h index 23f6240e1e..812ff5471f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/serial.h +++ b/Marlin/src/core/serial.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -66,7 +66,6 @@ extern uint8_t marlin_debug_flags; #define PORT_REDIRECT(p) _PORT_REDIRECT(1,p) #define PORT_RESTORE() _PORT_RESTORE(1) -#define SERIAL_CHAR(x) SERIAL_OUT(write, x) #define SERIAL_ECHO(x) SERIAL_OUT(print, x) #define SERIAL_ECHO_F(V...) SERIAL_OUT(print, V) #define SERIAL_ECHOLN(x) SERIAL_OUT(println, x) @@ -75,7 +74,7 @@ extern uint8_t marlin_debug_flags; #define SERIAL_PRINTF(V...) SERIAL_OUT(printf, V) #define SERIAL_FLUSH() SERIAL_OUT(flush) -#ifdef __STM32F1__ +#ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32 #define SERIAL_FLUSHTX() SERIAL_OUT(flush) #elif TX_BUFFER_SIZE > 0 #define SERIAL_FLUSHTX() SERIAL_OUT(flushTX) @@ -83,7 +82,23 @@ extern uint8_t marlin_debug_flags; #define SERIAL_FLUSHTX() #endif -// Print up to 12 pairs of values +// Print up to 10 chars from a list +#define __CHAR_N(N,V...) _CHAR_##N(V) +#define _CHAR_N(N,V...) __CHAR_N(N,V) +#define _CHAR_1(c) SERIAL_OUT(write, c) +#define _CHAR_2(a,b) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_1(b); }while(0) +#define _CHAR_3(a,V...) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_2(V); }while(0) +#define _CHAR_4(a,V...) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_3(V); }while(0) +#define _CHAR_5(a,V...) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_4(V); }while(0) +#define _CHAR_6(a,V...) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_5(V); }while(0) +#define _CHAR_7(a,V...) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_6(V); }while(0) +#define _CHAR_8(a,V...) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_7(V); }while(0) +#define _CHAR_9(a,V...) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_8(V); }while(0) +#define _CHAR_10(a,V...) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_9(V); }while(0) + +#define SERIAL_CHAR(V...) _CHAR_N(NUM_ARGS(V),V) + +// Print up to 12 pairs of values. Odd elements auto-wrapped in PSTR(). #define __SEP_N(N,V...) _SEP_##N(V) #define _SEP_N(N,V...) __SEP_N(N,V) #define _SEP_1(PRE) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(PRE) @@ -113,6 +128,36 @@ extern uint8_t marlin_debug_flags; #define SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(V...) _SEP_N(NUM_ARGS(V),V) +// Print up to 12 pairs of values. Odd elements must be PSTR pointers. +#define __SEP_N_P(N,V...) _SEP_##N##_P(V) +#define _SEP_N_P(N,V...) __SEP_N_P(N,V) +#define _SEP_1_P(PRE) serialprintPGM(PRE) +#define _SEP_2_P(PRE,V) serial_echopair_PGM(PRE,V) +#define _SEP_3_P(a,b,c) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); serialprintPGM(c); }while(0) +#define _SEP_4_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_2_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_5_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_3_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_6_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_4_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_7_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_5_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_8_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_6_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_9_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_7_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_10_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_8_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_11_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_9_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_12_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_10_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_13_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_11_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_14_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_12_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_15_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_13_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_16_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_14_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_17_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_15_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_18_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_16_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_19_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_17_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_20_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_18_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_21_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_19_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_22_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_20_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_23_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_21_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_24_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_22_P(V); }while(0) + +#define SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(V...) _SEP_N_P(NUM_ARGS(V),V) + // Print up to 12 pairs of values followed by newline #define __SELP_N(N,V...) _SELP_##N(V) #define _SELP_N(N,V...) __SELP_N(N,V) @@ -139,22 +184,84 @@ extern uint8_t marlin_debug_flags; #define _SELP_21(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_19(V); }while(0) #define _SELP_22(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_20(V); }while(0) #define _SELP_23(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_21(V); }while(0) -#define _SELP_24(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_22(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_24(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_22(V); }while(0) // Eat two args, pass the rest up #define SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(V...) _SELP_N(NUM_ARGS(V),V) -#define SERIAL_ECHOPGM(S) (serialprintPGM(PSTR(S))) -#define SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(S) (serialprintPGM(PSTR(S "\n"))) +// Print up to 12 pairs of values followed by newline +#define __SELP_N_P(N,V...) _SELP_##N##_P(V) +#define _SELP_N_P(N,V...) __SELP_N_P(N,V) +#define _SELP_1_P(PRE) serialprintPGM(PRE) +#define _SELP_2_P(PRE,V) do{ serial_echopair_PGM(PRE,V); SERIAL_EOL(); }while(0) +#define _SELP_3_P(a,b,c) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); serialprintPGM(c); }while(0) +#define _SELP_4_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_2_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_5_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_3_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_6_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_4_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_7_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_5_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_8_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_6_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_9_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_7_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_10_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_8_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_11_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_9_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_12_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_10_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_13_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_11_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_14_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_12_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_15_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_13_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_16_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_14_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_17_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_15_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_18_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_16_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_19_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_17_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_20_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_18_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_21_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_19_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_22_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_20_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_23_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_21_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_24_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_22_P(V); }while(0) // Eat two args, pass the rest up -#define SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(S, V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHOPGM(S); SERIAL_ECHO_F(V); }while(0) +#define SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(V...) _SELP_N_P(NUM_ARGS(V),V) + +// Print up to 20 comma-separated pairs of values +#define __SLST_N(N,V...) _SLST_##N(V) +#define _SLST_N(N,V...) __SLST_N(N,V) +#define _SLST_1(a) SERIAL_ECHO(a) +#define _SLST_2(a,b) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(a); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ",b); }while(0) +#define _SLST_3(a,b,c) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(a); _SEP_2(", ",b); _SLST_1(c); }while(0) +#define _SLST_4(a,b,V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(a); _SEP_2(", ",b); _SLST_2(V); }while(0) +#define _SLST_5(a,b,V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(a); _SEP_2(", ",b); _SLST_3(V); }while(0) +#define _SLST_6(a,b,V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(a); _SEP_2(", ",b); _SLST_4(V); }while(0) +#define _SLST_7(a,b,V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(a); _SEP_2(", ",b); _SLST_5(V); }while(0) +#define _SLST_8(a,b,V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(a); _SEP_2(", ",b); _SLST_6(V); }while(0) +#define _SLST_9(a,b,V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(a); _SEP_2(", ",b); _SLST_7(V); }while(0) +#define _SLST_10(a,b,V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(a); _SEP_2(", ",b); _SLST_8(V); }while(0) +#define _SLST_11(a,b,V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(a); _SEP_2(", ",b); _SLST_9(V); }while(0) +#define _SLST_12(a,b,V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(a); _SEP_2(", ",b); _SLST_10(V); }while(0) +#define _SLST_13(a,b,V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(a); _SEP_2(", ",b); _SLST_11(V); }while(0) +#define _SLST_14(a,b,V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(a); _SEP_2(", ",b); _SLST_12(V); }while(0) +#define _SLST_15(a,b,V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(a); _SEP_2(", ",b); _SLST_13(V); }while(0) +#define _SLST_16(a,b,V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(a); _SEP_2(", ",b); _SLST_14(V); }while(0) +#define _SLST_17(a,b,V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(a); _SEP_2(", ",b); _SLST_15(V); }while(0) +#define _SLST_18(a,b,V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(a); _SEP_2(", ",b); _SLST_16(V); }while(0) +#define _SLST_19(a,b,V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(a); _SEP_2(", ",b); _SLST_17(V); }while(0) +#define _SLST_20(a,b,V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(a); _SEP_2(", ",b); _SLST_18(V); }while(0) // Eat two args, pass the rest up + +#define SERIAL_ECHOLIST(pre,V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHOPGM(pre); _SLST_N(NUM_ARGS(V),V); }while(0) +#define SERIAL_ECHOLIST_N(N,V...) _SLST_N(N,LIST_N(N,V)) + +#define SERIAL_ECHO_P(P) (serialprintPGM(P)) + +#define SERIAL_ECHOPGM(S) (SERIAL_ECHO_P(PSTR(S))) +#define SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(S) (SERIAL_ECHO_P(PSTR(S "\n"))) + +#define SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F_P(P,V...) do{ serialprintPGM(P); SERIAL_ECHO_F(V); }while(0) +#define SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F_P(V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F_P(V); SERIAL_EOL(); }while(0) + +#define SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(S,V...) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F_P(PSTR(S),V) #define SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F(V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(V); SERIAL_EOL(); }while(0) #define SERIAL_ECHO_START() serial_echo_start() #define SERIAL_ERROR_START() serial_error_start() #define SERIAL_EOL() SERIAL_CHAR('\n') -#define SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(S) do{ SERIAL_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(S); }while(0) -#define SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(S) do{ SERIAL_ERROR_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(S); }while(0) +#define SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(V); }while(0) +#define SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(V...) do{ SERIAL_ERROR_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(V); }while(0) #define SERIAL_ECHO_SP(C) serial_spaces(C) @@ -185,8 +292,11 @@ void serialprint_truefalse(const bool tf); void serial_spaces(uint8_t count); void print_bin(const uint16_t val); +void print_xyz(const float &x, const float &y, const float &z, PGM_P const prefix=nullptr, PGM_P const suffix=nullptr); -void print_xyz(PGM_P const prefix, PGM_P const suffix, const float xyz[]); -void print_xyz(PGM_P const prefix, PGM_P const suffix, const float &x, const float &y, const float &z); -#define SERIAL_POS(SUFFIX,VAR) do { print_xyz(PSTR(" " STRINGIFY(VAR) "="), PSTR(" : " SUFFIX "\n"), VAR); }while(0) -#define SERIAL_XYZ(PREFIX,V...) do { print_xyz(PSTR(PREFIX), nullptr, V); }while(0) +inline void print_xyz(const xyz_pos_t &xyz, PGM_P const prefix=nullptr, PGM_P const suffix=nullptr) { + print_xyz(xyz.x, xyz.y, xyz.z, prefix, suffix); +} + +#define SERIAL_POS(SUFFIX,VAR) do { print_xyz(VAR, PSTR(" " STRINGIFY(VAR) "="), PSTR(" : " SUFFIX "\n")); }while(0) +#define SERIAL_XYZ(PREFIX,V...) do { print_xyz(V, PSTR(PREFIX), nullptr); }while(0) diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/types.h b/Marlin/src/core/types.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1212eb5ba2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/core/types.h @@ -0,0 +1,504 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#include +#include + +#include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + +class __FlashStringHelper; +typedef const __FlashStringHelper *progmem_str; + +// +// Enumerated axis indices +// +// - X_AXIS, Y_AXIS, and Z_AXIS should be used for axes in Cartesian space +// - A_AXIS, B_AXIS, and C_AXIS should be used for Steppers, corresponding to XYZ on Cartesians +// - X_HEAD, Y_HEAD, and Z_HEAD should be used for Steppers on Core kinematics +// +enum AxisEnum : uint8_t { + X_AXIS = 0, A_AXIS = 0, + Y_AXIS = 1, B_AXIS = 1, + Z_AXIS = 2, C_AXIS = 2, + E_AXIS = 3, + X_HEAD = 4, Y_HEAD = 5, Z_HEAD = 6, + E0_AXIS = 3, + E1_AXIS, E2_AXIS, E3_AXIS, E4_AXIS, E5_AXIS, E6_AXIS, E7_AXIS, + ALL_AXES = 0xFE, NO_AXIS = 0xFF +}; + +// +// Loop over XYZE axes +// +#define LOOP_XYZ(VAR) LOOP_S_LE_N(VAR, X_AXIS, Z_AXIS) +#define LOOP_XYZE(VAR) LOOP_S_LE_N(VAR, X_AXIS, E_AXIS) +#define LOOP_XYZE_N(VAR) LOOP_S_L_N(VAR, X_AXIS, XYZE_N) +#define LOOP_ABC(VAR) LOOP_S_LE_N(VAR, A_AXIS, C_AXIS) +#define LOOP_ABCE(VAR) LOOP_S_LE_N(VAR, A_AXIS, E_AXIS) +#define LOOP_ABCE_N(VAR) LOOP_S_L_N(VAR, A_AXIS, XYZE_N) + +// +// Conditional type assignment magic. For example... +// +// typename IF<(MYOPT==12), int, float>::type myvar; +// +template +struct IF { typedef R type; }; +template +struct IF { typedef L type; }; + +// +// feedRate_t is just a humble float +// +typedef float feedRate_t; + +// Conversion macros +#define MMM_TO_MMS(MM_M) feedRate_t(float(MM_M) / 60.0f) +#define MMS_TO_MMM(MM_S) (float(MM_S) * 60.0f) +#define MMS_SCALED(V) ((V) * 0.01f * feedrate_percentage) + +// +// Coordinates structures for XY, XYZ, XYZE... +// + +// Helpers +#define _RECIP(N) ((N) ? 1.0f / float(N) : 0.0f) +#define _ABS(N) ((N) < 0 ? -(N) : (N)) +#define _LS(N) (N = (T)(uint32_t(N) << v)) +#define _RS(N) (N = (T)(uint32_t(N) >> v)) +#define FI FORCE_INLINE + +// Forward declarations +template struct XYval; +template struct XYZval; +template struct XYZEval; + +typedef struct XYval xy_bool_t; +typedef struct XYZval xyz_bool_t; +typedef struct XYZEval xyze_bool_t; + +typedef struct XYval xy_char_t; +typedef struct XYZval xyz_char_t; +typedef struct XYZEval xyze_char_t; + +typedef struct XYval xy_uchar_t; +typedef struct XYZval xyz_uchar_t; +typedef struct XYZEval xyze_uchar_t; + +typedef struct XYval xy_int8_t; +typedef struct XYZval xyz_int8_t; +typedef struct XYZEval xyze_int8_t; + +typedef struct XYval xy_uint8_t; +typedef struct XYZval xyz_uint8_t; +typedef struct XYZEval xyze_uint8_t; + +typedef struct XYval xy_int_t; +typedef struct XYZval xyz_int_t; +typedef struct XYZEval xyze_int_t; + +typedef struct XYval xy_uint_t; +typedef struct XYZval xyz_uint_t; +typedef struct XYZEval xyze_uint_t; + +typedef struct XYval xy_long_t; +typedef struct XYZval xyz_long_t; +typedef struct XYZEval xyze_long_t; + +typedef struct XYval xy_ulong_t; +typedef struct XYZval xyz_ulong_t; +typedef struct XYZEval xyze_ulong_t; + +typedef struct XYZval xyz_vlong_t; +typedef struct XYZEval xyze_vlong_t; + +typedef struct XYval xy_float_t; +typedef struct XYZval xyz_float_t; +typedef struct XYZEval xyze_float_t; + +typedef struct XYval xy_feedrate_t; +typedef struct XYZval xyz_feedrate_t; +typedef struct XYZEval xyze_feedrate_t; + +typedef xy_uint8_t xy_byte_t; +typedef xyz_uint8_t xyz_byte_t; +typedef xyze_uint8_t xyze_byte_t; + +typedef xyz_long_t abc_long_t; +typedef xyze_long_t abce_long_t; +typedef xyz_ulong_t abc_ulong_t; +typedef xyze_ulong_t abce_ulong_t; + +typedef xy_float_t xy_pos_t; +typedef xyz_float_t xyz_pos_t; +typedef xyze_float_t xyze_pos_t; + +typedef xy_float_t ab_float_t; +typedef xyz_float_t abc_float_t; +typedef xyze_float_t abce_float_t; + +typedef ab_float_t ab_pos_t; +typedef abc_float_t abc_pos_t; +typedef abce_float_t abce_pos_t; + +// External conversion methods +void toLogical(xy_pos_t &raw); +void toLogical(xyz_pos_t &raw); +void toLogical(xyze_pos_t &raw); +void toNative(xy_pos_t &raw); +void toNative(xyz_pos_t &raw); +void toNative(xyze_pos_t &raw); + +// +// XY coordinates, counters, etc. +// +template +struct XYval { + union { + struct { T x, y; }; + struct { T a, b; }; + T pos[2]; + }; + FI void set(const T px) { x = px; } + FI void set(const T px, const T py) { x = px; y = py; } + FI void set(const T (&arr)[XY]) { x = arr[0]; y = arr[1]; } + FI void set(const T (&arr)[XYZ]) { x = arr[0]; y = arr[1]; } + FI void set(const T (&arr)[XYZE]) { x = arr[0]; y = arr[1]; } + #if XYZE_N > XYZE + FI void set(const T (&arr)[XYZE_N]) { x = arr[0]; y = arr[1]; } + #endif + FI void reset() { x = y = 0; } + FI T magnitude() const { return (T)sqrtf(x*x + y*y); } + FI operator T* () { return pos; } + FI operator bool() { return x || y; } + FI XYval copy() const { return *this; } + FI XYval ABS() const { return { T(_ABS(x)), T(_ABS(y)) }; } + FI XYval asInt() { return { int16_t(x), int16_t(y) }; } + FI XYval asInt() const { return { int16_t(x), int16_t(y) }; } + FI XYval asLong() { return { int32_t(x), int32_t(y) }; } + FI XYval asLong() const { return { int32_t(x), int32_t(y) }; } + FI XYval ROUNDL() { return { int32_t(LROUND(x)), int32_t(LROUND(y)) }; } + FI XYval ROUNDL() const { return { int32_t(LROUND(x)), int32_t(LROUND(y)) }; } + FI XYval asFloat() { return { float(x), float(y) }; } + FI XYval asFloat() const { return { float(x), float(y) }; } + FI XYval reciprocal() const { return { _RECIP(x), _RECIP(y) }; } + FI XYval asLogical() const { XYval o = asFloat(); toLogical(o); return o; } + FI XYval asNative() const { XYval o = asFloat(); toNative(o); return o; } + FI operator XYZval() { return { x, y }; } + FI operator XYZval() const { return { x, y }; } + FI operator XYZEval() { return { x, y }; } + FI operator XYZEval() const { return { x, y }; } + FI T& operator[](const int i) { return pos[i]; } + FI const T& operator[](const int i) const { return pos[i]; } + FI XYval& operator= (const T v) { set(v, v ); return *this; } + FI XYval& operator= (const XYZval &rs) { set(rs.x, rs.y); return *this; } + FI XYval& operator= (const XYZEval &rs) { set(rs.x, rs.y); return *this; } + FI XYval operator+ (const XYval &rs) const { XYval ls = *this; ls.x += rs.x; ls.y += rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYval operator+ (const XYval &rs) { XYval ls = *this; ls.x += rs.x; ls.y += rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYval operator- (const XYval &rs) const { XYval ls = *this; ls.x -= rs.x; ls.y -= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYval operator- (const XYval &rs) { XYval ls = *this; ls.x -= rs.x; ls.y -= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYval operator* (const XYval &rs) const { XYval ls = *this; ls.x *= rs.x; ls.y *= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYval operator* (const XYval &rs) { XYval ls = *this; ls.x *= rs.x; ls.y *= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYval operator/ (const XYval &rs) const { XYval ls = *this; ls.x /= rs.x; ls.y /= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYval operator/ (const XYval &rs) { XYval ls = *this; ls.x /= rs.x; ls.y /= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYval operator+ (const XYZval &rs) const { XYval ls = *this; ls.x += rs.x; ls.y += rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYval operator+ (const XYZval &rs) { XYval ls = *this; ls.x += rs.x; ls.y += rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYval operator- (const XYZval &rs) const { XYval ls = *this; ls.x -= rs.x; ls.y -= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYval operator- (const XYZval &rs) { XYval ls = *this; ls.x -= rs.x; ls.y -= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYval operator* (const XYZval &rs) const { XYval ls = *this; ls.x *= rs.x; ls.y *= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYval operator* (const XYZval &rs) { XYval ls = *this; ls.x *= rs.x; ls.y *= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYval operator/ (const XYZval &rs) const { XYval ls = *this; ls.x /= rs.x; ls.y /= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYval operator/ (const XYZval &rs) { XYval ls = *this; ls.x /= rs.x; ls.y /= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYval operator+ (const XYZEval &rs) const { XYval ls = *this; ls.x += rs.x; ls.y += rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYval operator+ (const XYZEval &rs) { XYval ls = *this; ls.x += rs.x; ls.y += rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYval operator- (const XYZEval &rs) const { XYval ls = *this; ls.x -= rs.x; ls.y -= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYval operator- (const XYZEval &rs) { XYval ls = *this; ls.x -= rs.x; ls.y -= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYval operator* (const XYZEval &rs) const { XYval ls = *this; ls.x *= rs.x; ls.y *= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYval operator* (const XYZEval &rs) { XYval ls = *this; ls.x *= rs.x; ls.y *= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYval operator/ (const XYZEval &rs) const { XYval ls = *this; ls.x /= rs.x; ls.y /= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYval operator/ (const XYZEval &rs) { XYval ls = *this; ls.x /= rs.x; ls.y /= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYval operator* (const float &v) const { XYval ls = *this; ls.x *= v; ls.y *= v; return ls; } + FI XYval operator* (const float &v) { XYval ls = *this; ls.x *= v; ls.y *= v; return ls; } + FI XYval operator* (const int &v) const { XYval ls = *this; ls.x *= v; ls.y *= v; return ls; } + FI XYval operator* (const int &v) { XYval ls = *this; ls.x *= v; ls.y *= v; return ls; } + FI XYval operator/ (const float &v) const { XYval ls = *this; ls.x /= v; ls.y /= v; return ls; } + FI XYval operator/ (const float &v) { XYval ls = *this; ls.x /= v; ls.y /= v; return ls; } + FI XYval operator/ (const int &v) const { XYval ls = *this; ls.x /= v; ls.y /= v; return ls; } + FI XYval operator/ (const int &v) { XYval ls = *this; ls.x /= v; ls.y /= v; return ls; } + FI XYval operator>>(const int &v) const { XYval ls = *this; _RS(ls.x); _RS(ls.y); return ls; } + FI XYval operator>>(const int &v) { XYval ls = *this; _RS(ls.x); _RS(ls.y); return ls; } + FI XYval operator<<(const int &v) const { XYval ls = *this; _LS(ls.x); _LS(ls.y); return ls; } + FI XYval operator<<(const int &v) { XYval ls = *this; _LS(ls.x); _LS(ls.y); return ls; } + FI XYval& operator+=(const XYval &rs) { x += rs.x; y += rs.y; return *this; } + FI XYval& operator-=(const XYval &rs) { x -= rs.x; y -= rs.y; return *this; } + FI XYval& operator*=(const XYval &rs) { x *= rs.x; y *= rs.y; return *this; } + FI XYval& operator+=(const XYZval &rs) { x += rs.x; y += rs.y; return *this; } + FI XYval& operator-=(const XYZval &rs) { x -= rs.x; y -= rs.y; return *this; } + FI XYval& operator*=(const XYZval &rs) { x *= rs.x; y *= rs.y; return *this; } + FI XYval& operator+=(const XYZEval &rs) { x += rs.x; y += rs.y; return *this; } + FI XYval& operator-=(const XYZEval &rs) { x -= rs.x; y -= rs.y; return *this; } + FI XYval& operator*=(const XYZEval &rs) { x *= rs.x; y *= rs.y; return *this; } + FI XYval& operator*=(const float &v) { x *= v; y *= v; return *this; } + FI XYval& operator*=(const int &v) { x *= v; y *= v; return *this; } + FI XYval& operator>>=(const int &v) { _RS(x); _RS(y); return *this; } + FI XYval& operator<<=(const int &v) { _LS(x); _LS(y); return *this; } + FI bool operator==(const XYval &rs) { return x == rs.x && y == rs.y; } + FI bool operator==(const XYZval &rs) { return x == rs.x && y == rs.y; } + FI bool operator==(const XYZEval &rs) { return x == rs.x && y == rs.y; } + FI bool operator==(const XYval &rs) const { return x == rs.x && y == rs.y; } + FI bool operator==(const XYZval &rs) const { return x == rs.x && y == rs.y; } + FI bool operator==(const XYZEval &rs) const { return x == rs.x && y == rs.y; } + FI bool operator!=(const XYval &rs) { return !operator==(rs); } + FI bool operator!=(const XYZval &rs) { return !operator==(rs); } + FI bool operator!=(const XYZEval &rs) { return !operator==(rs); } + FI bool operator!=(const XYval &rs) const { return !operator==(rs); } + FI bool operator!=(const XYZval &rs) const { return !operator==(rs); } + FI bool operator!=(const XYZEval &rs) const { return !operator==(rs); } + FI XYval operator-() { XYval o = *this; o.x = -x; o.y = -y; return o; } + FI const XYval operator-() const { XYval o = *this; o.x = -x; o.y = -y; return o; } +}; + +// +// XYZ coordinates, counters, etc. +// +template +struct XYZval { + union { + struct { T x, y, z; }; + struct { T a, b, c; }; + T pos[3]; + }; + FI void set(const T px) { x = px; } + FI void set(const T px, const T py) { x = px; y = py; } + FI void set(const T px, const T py, const T pz) { x = px; y = py; z = pz; } + FI void set(const XYval pxy, const T pz) { x = pxy.x; y = pxy.y; z = pz; } + FI void set(const T (&arr)[XY]) { x = arr[0]; y = arr[1]; } + FI void set(const T (&arr)[XYZ]) { x = arr[0]; y = arr[1]; z = arr[2]; } + FI void set(const T (&arr)[XYZE]) { x = arr[0]; y = arr[1]; z = arr[2]; } + #if XYZE_N > XYZE + FI void set(const T (&arr)[XYZE_N]) { x = arr[0]; y = arr[1]; z = arr[2]; } + #endif + FI void reset() { x = y = z = 0; } + FI T magnitude() const { return (T)sqrtf(x*x + y*y + z*z); } + FI operator T* () { return pos; } + FI operator bool() { return z || x || y; } + FI XYZval copy() const { XYZval o = *this; return o; } + FI XYZval ABS() const { return { T(_ABS(x)), T(_ABS(y)), T(_ABS(z)) }; } + FI XYZval asInt() { return { int16_t(x), int16_t(y), int16_t(z) }; } + FI XYZval asInt() const { return { int16_t(x), int16_t(y), int16_t(z) }; } + FI XYZval asLong() { return { int32_t(x), int32_t(y), int32_t(z) }; } + FI XYZval asLong() const { return { int32_t(x), int32_t(y), int32_t(z) }; } + FI XYZval ROUNDL() { return { int32_t(LROUND(x)), int32_t(LROUND(y)), int32_t(LROUND(z)) }; } + FI XYZval ROUNDL() const { return { int32_t(LROUND(x)), int32_t(LROUND(y)), int32_t(LROUND(z)) }; } + FI XYZval asFloat() { return { float(x), float(y), float(z) }; } + FI XYZval asFloat() const { return { float(x), float(y), float(z) }; } + FI XYZval reciprocal() const { return { _RECIP(x), _RECIP(y), _RECIP(z) }; } + FI XYZval asLogical() const { XYZval o = asFloat(); toLogical(o); return o; } + FI XYZval asNative() const { XYZval o = asFloat(); toNative(o); return o; } + FI operator XYval&() { return *(XYval*)this; } + FI operator const XYval&() const { return *(const XYval*)this; } + FI operator XYZEval() const { return { x, y, z }; } + FI T& operator[](const int i) { return pos[i]; } + FI const T& operator[](const int i) const { return pos[i]; } + FI XYZval& operator= (const T v) { set(v, v, v ); return *this; } + FI XYZval& operator= (const XYval &rs) { set(rs.x, rs.y ); return *this; } + FI XYZval& operator= (const XYZEval &rs) { set(rs.x, rs.y, rs.z); return *this; } + FI XYZval operator+ (const XYval &rs) const { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x += rs.x; ls.y += rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator+ (const XYval &rs) { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x += rs.x; ls.y += rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator- (const XYval &rs) const { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x -= rs.x; ls.y -= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator- (const XYval &rs) { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x -= rs.x; ls.y -= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator* (const XYval &rs) const { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x *= rs.x; ls.y *= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator* (const XYval &rs) { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x *= rs.x; ls.y *= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator/ (const XYval &rs) const { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x /= rs.x; ls.y /= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator/ (const XYval &rs) { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x /= rs.x; ls.y /= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator+ (const XYZval &rs) const { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x += rs.x; ls.y += rs.y; ls.z += rs.z; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator+ (const XYZval &rs) { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x += rs.x; ls.y += rs.y; ls.z += rs.z; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator- (const XYZval &rs) const { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x -= rs.x; ls.y -= rs.y; ls.z -= rs.z; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator- (const XYZval &rs) { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x -= rs.x; ls.y -= rs.y; ls.z -= rs.z; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator* (const XYZval &rs) const { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x *= rs.x; ls.y *= rs.y; ls.z *= rs.z; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator* (const XYZval &rs) { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x *= rs.x; ls.y *= rs.y; ls.z *= rs.z; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator/ (const XYZval &rs) const { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x /= rs.x; ls.y /= rs.y; ls.z /= rs.z; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator/ (const XYZval &rs) { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x /= rs.x; ls.y /= rs.y; ls.z /= rs.z; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator+ (const XYZEval &rs) const { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x += rs.x; ls.y += rs.y; ls.z += rs.z; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator+ (const XYZEval &rs) { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x += rs.x; ls.y += rs.y; ls.z += rs.z; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator- (const XYZEval &rs) const { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x -= rs.x; ls.y -= rs.y; ls.z -= rs.z; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator- (const XYZEval &rs) { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x -= rs.x; ls.y -= rs.y; ls.z -= rs.z; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator* (const XYZEval &rs) const { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x *= rs.x; ls.y *= rs.y; ls.z *= rs.z; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator* (const XYZEval &rs) { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x *= rs.x; ls.y *= rs.y; ls.z *= rs.z; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator/ (const XYZEval &rs) const { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x /= rs.x; ls.y /= rs.y; ls.z /= rs.z; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator/ (const XYZEval &rs) { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x /= rs.x; ls.y /= rs.y; ls.z /= rs.z; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator* (const float &v) const { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x *= v; ls.y *= v; ls.z *= z; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator* (const float &v) { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x *= v; ls.y *= v; ls.z *= z; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator* (const int &v) const { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x *= v; ls.y *= v; ls.z *= z; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator* (const int &v) { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x *= v; ls.y *= v; ls.z *= z; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator/ (const float &v) const { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x /= v; ls.y /= v; ls.z /= z; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator/ (const float &v) { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x /= v; ls.y /= v; ls.z /= z; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator/ (const int &v) const { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x /= v; ls.y /= v; ls.z /= z; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator/ (const int &v) { XYZval ls = *this; ls.x /= v; ls.y /= v; ls.z /= z; return ls; } + FI XYZval operator>>(const int &v) const { XYZval ls = *this; _RS(ls.x); _RS(ls.y); _RS(ls.z); return ls; } + FI XYZval operator>>(const int &v) { XYZval ls = *this; _RS(ls.x); _RS(ls.y); _RS(ls.z); return ls; } + FI XYZval operator<<(const int &v) const { XYZval ls = *this; _LS(ls.x); _LS(ls.y); _LS(ls.z); return ls; } + FI XYZval operator<<(const int &v) { XYZval ls = *this; _LS(ls.x); _LS(ls.y); _LS(ls.z); return ls; } + FI XYZval& operator+=(const XYval &rs) { x += rs.x; y += rs.y; return *this; } + FI XYZval& operator-=(const XYval &rs) { x -= rs.x; y -= rs.y; return *this; } + FI XYZval& operator*=(const XYval &rs) { x *= rs.x; y *= rs.y; return *this; } + FI XYZval& operator/=(const XYval &rs) { x /= rs.x; y /= rs.y; return *this; } + FI XYZval& operator+=(const XYZval &rs) { x += rs.x; y += rs.y; z += rs.z; return *this; } + FI XYZval& operator-=(const XYZval &rs) { x -= rs.x; y -= rs.y; z -= rs.z; return *this; } + FI XYZval& operator*=(const XYZval &rs) { x *= rs.x; y *= rs.y; z *= rs.z; return *this; } + FI XYZval& operator/=(const XYZval &rs) { x /= rs.x; y /= rs.y; z /= rs.z; return *this; } + FI XYZval& operator+=(const XYZEval &rs) { x += rs.x; y += rs.y; z += rs.z; return *this; } + FI XYZval& operator-=(const XYZEval &rs) { x -= rs.x; y -= rs.y; z -= rs.z; return *this; } + FI XYZval& operator*=(const XYZEval &rs) { x *= rs.x; y *= rs.y; z *= rs.z; return *this; } + FI XYZval& operator/=(const XYZEval &rs) { x /= rs.x; y /= rs.y; z /= rs.z; return *this; } + FI XYZval& operator*=(const float &v) { x *= v; y *= v; z *= v; return *this; } + FI XYZval& operator*=(const int &v) { x *= v; y *= v; z *= v; return *this; } + FI XYZval& operator>>=(const int &v) { _RS(x); _RS(y); _RS(z); return *this; } + FI XYZval& operator<<=(const int &v) { _LS(x); _LS(y); _LS(z); return *this; } + FI bool operator==(const XYZEval &rs) { return x == rs.x && y == rs.y && z == rs.z; } + FI bool operator!=(const XYZEval &rs) { return !operator==(rs); } + FI bool operator==(const XYZEval &rs) const { return x == rs.x && y == rs.y && z == rs.z; } + FI bool operator!=(const XYZEval &rs) const { return !operator==(rs); } + FI XYZval operator-() { XYZval o = *this; o.x = -x; o.y = -y; o.z = -z; return o; } + FI const XYZval operator-() const { XYZval o = *this; o.x = -x; o.y = -y; o.z = -z; return o; } +}; + +// +// XYZE coordinates, counters, etc. +// +template +struct XYZEval { + union { + struct{ T x, y, z, e; }; + struct{ T a, b, c; }; + T pos[4]; + }; + FI void reset() { x = y = z = e = 0; } + FI T magnitude() const { return (T)sqrtf(x*x + y*y + z*z + e*e); } + FI operator T* () { return pos; } + FI operator bool() { return e || z || x || y; } + FI void set(const T px) { x = px; } + FI void set(const T px, const T py) { x = px; y = py; } + FI void set(const T px, const T py, const T pz) { x = px; y = py; z = pz; } + FI void set(const T px, const T py, const T pz, const T pe) { x = px; y = py; z = pz; e = pe; } + FI void set(const XYval pxy) { x = pxy.x; y = pxy.y; } + FI void set(const XYval pxy, const T pz) { x = pxy.x; y = pxy.y; z = pz; } + FI void set(const XYZval pxyz) { x = pxyz.x; y = pxyz.y; z = pxyz.z; } + FI void set(const XYval pxy, const T pz, const T pe) { x = pxy.x; y = pxy.y; z = pz; e = pe; } + FI void set(const XYval pxy, const XYval pze) { x = pxy.x; y = pxy.y; z = pze.z; e = pze.e; } + FI void set(const XYZval pxyz, const T pe) { x = pxyz.x; y = pxyz.y; z = pxyz.z; e = pe; } + FI void set(const T (&arr)[XY]) { x = arr[0]; y = arr[1]; } + FI void set(const T (&arr)[XYZ]) { x = arr[0]; y = arr[1]; z = arr[2]; } + FI void set(const T (&arr)[XYZE]) { x = arr[0]; y = arr[1]; z = arr[2]; e = arr[3]; } + #if XYZE_N > XYZE + FI void set(const T (&arr)[XYZE_N]) { x = arr[0]; y = arr[1]; z = arr[2]; e = arr[3]; } + #endif + FI XYZEval copy() const { return *this; } + FI XYZEval ABS() const { return { T(_ABS(x)), T(_ABS(y)), T(_ABS(z)), T(_ABS(e)) }; } + FI XYZEval asInt() { return { int16_t(x), int16_t(y), int16_t(z), int16_t(e) }; } + FI XYZEval asInt() const { return { int16_t(x), int16_t(y), int16_t(z), int16_t(e) }; } + FI XYZEval asLong() { return { int32_t(x), int32_t(y), int32_t(z), int32_t(e) }; } + FI XYZEval asLong() const { return { int32_t(x), int32_t(y), int32_t(z), int32_t(e) }; } + FI XYZEval ROUNDL() { return { int32_t(LROUND(x)), int32_t(LROUND(y)), int32_t(LROUND(z)), int32_t(LROUND(e)) }; } + FI XYZEval ROUNDL() const { return { int32_t(LROUND(x)), int32_t(LROUND(y)), int32_t(LROUND(z)), int32_t(LROUND(e)) }; } + FI XYZEval asFloat() { return { float(x), float(y), float(z), float(e) }; } + FI XYZEval asFloat() const { return { float(x), float(y), float(z), float(e) }; } + FI XYZEval reciprocal() const { return { _RECIP(x), _RECIP(y), _RECIP(z), _RECIP(e) }; } + FI XYZEval asLogical() const { XYZEval o = asFloat(); toLogical(o); return o; } + FI XYZEval asNative() const { XYZEval o = asFloat(); toNative(o); return o; } + FI operator XYval&() { return *(XYval*)this; } + FI operator const XYval&() const { return *(const XYval*)this; } + FI operator XYZval&() { return *(XYZval*)this; } + FI operator const XYZval&() const { return *(const XYZval*)this; } + FI T& operator[](const int i) { return pos[i]; } + FI const T& operator[](const int i) const { return pos[i]; } + FI XYZEval& operator= (const T v) { set(v, v, v, v); return *this; } + FI XYZEval& operator= (const XYval &rs) { set(rs.x, rs.y); return *this; } + FI XYZEval& operator= (const XYZval &rs) { set(rs.x, rs.y, rs.z); return *this; } + FI XYZEval operator+ (const XYval &rs) const { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x += rs.x; ls.y += rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator+ (const XYval &rs) { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x += rs.x; ls.y += rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator- (const XYval &rs) const { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x -= rs.x; ls.y -= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator- (const XYval &rs) { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x -= rs.x; ls.y -= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator* (const XYval &rs) const { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x *= rs.x; ls.y *= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator* (const XYval &rs) { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x *= rs.x; ls.y *= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator/ (const XYval &rs) const { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x /= rs.x; ls.y /= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator/ (const XYval &rs) { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x /= rs.x; ls.y /= rs.y; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator+ (const XYZval &rs) const { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x += rs.x; ls.y += rs.y; ls.z += rs.z; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator+ (const XYZval &rs) { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x += rs.x; ls.y += rs.y; ls.z += rs.z; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator- (const XYZval &rs) const { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x -= rs.x; ls.y -= rs.y; ls.z -= rs.z; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator- (const XYZval &rs) { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x -= rs.x; ls.y -= rs.y; ls.z -= rs.z; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator* (const XYZval &rs) const { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x *= rs.x; ls.y *= rs.y; ls.z *= rs.z; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator* (const XYZval &rs) { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x *= rs.x; ls.y *= rs.y; ls.z *= rs.z; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator/ (const XYZval &rs) const { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x /= rs.x; ls.y /= rs.y; ls.z /= rs.z; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator/ (const XYZval &rs) { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x /= rs.x; ls.y /= rs.y; ls.z /= rs.z; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator+ (const XYZEval &rs) const { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x += rs.x; ls.y += rs.y; ls.z += rs.z; ls.e += rs.e; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator+ (const XYZEval &rs) { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x += rs.x; ls.y += rs.y; ls.z += rs.z; ls.e += rs.e; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator- (const XYZEval &rs) const { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x -= rs.x; ls.y -= rs.y; ls.z -= rs.z; ls.e -= rs.e; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator- (const XYZEval &rs) { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x -= rs.x; ls.y -= rs.y; ls.z -= rs.z; ls.e -= rs.e; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator* (const XYZEval &rs) const { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x *= rs.x; ls.y *= rs.y; ls.z *= rs.z; ls.e *= rs.e; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator* (const XYZEval &rs) { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x *= rs.x; ls.y *= rs.y; ls.z *= rs.z; ls.e *= rs.e; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator/ (const XYZEval &rs) const { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x /= rs.x; ls.y /= rs.y; ls.z /= rs.z; ls.e /= rs.e; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator/ (const XYZEval &rs) { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x /= rs.x; ls.y /= rs.y; ls.z /= rs.z; ls.e /= rs.e; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator* (const float &v) const { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x *= v; ls.y *= v; ls.z *= v; ls.e *= v; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator* (const float &v) { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x *= v; ls.y *= v; ls.z *= v; ls.e *= v; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator* (const int &v) const { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x *= v; ls.y *= v; ls.z *= v; ls.e *= v; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator* (const int &v) { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x *= v; ls.y *= v; ls.z *= v; ls.e *= v; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator/ (const float &v) const { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x /= v; ls.y /= v; ls.z /= v; ls.e /= v; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator/ (const float &v) { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x /= v; ls.y /= v; ls.z /= v; ls.e /= v; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator/ (const int &v) const { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x /= v; ls.y /= v; ls.z /= v; ls.e /= v; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator/ (const int &v) { XYZEval ls = *this; ls.x /= v; ls.y /= v; ls.z /= v; ls.e /= v; return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator>>(const int &v) const { XYZEval ls = *this; _RS(ls.x); _RS(ls.y); _RS(ls.z); _RS(ls.e); return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator>>(const int &v) { XYZEval ls = *this; _RS(ls.x); _RS(ls.y); _RS(ls.z); _RS(ls.e); return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator<<(const int &v) const { XYZEval ls = *this; _LS(ls.x); _LS(ls.y); _LS(ls.z); _LS(ls.e); return ls; } + FI XYZEval operator<<(const int &v) { XYZEval ls = *this; _LS(ls.x); _LS(ls.y); _LS(ls.z); _LS(ls.e); return ls; } + FI XYZEval& operator+=(const XYval &rs) { x += rs.x; y += rs.y; return *this; } + FI XYZEval& operator-=(const XYval &rs) { x -= rs.x; y -= rs.y; return *this; } + FI XYZEval& operator*=(const XYval &rs) { x *= rs.x; y *= rs.y; return *this; } + FI XYZEval& operator/=(const XYval &rs) { x /= rs.x; y /= rs.y; return *this; } + FI XYZEval& operator+=(const XYZval &rs) { x += rs.x; y += rs.y; z += rs.z; return *this; } + FI XYZEval& operator-=(const XYZval &rs) { x -= rs.x; y -= rs.y; z -= rs.z; return *this; } + FI XYZEval& operator*=(const XYZval &rs) { x *= rs.x; y *= rs.y; z *= rs.z; return *this; } + FI XYZEval& operator/=(const XYZval &rs) { x /= rs.x; y /= rs.y; z /= rs.z; return *this; } + FI XYZEval& operator+=(const XYZEval &rs) { x += rs.x; y += rs.y; z += rs.z; e += rs.e; return *this; } + FI XYZEval& operator-=(const XYZEval &rs) { x -= rs.x; y -= rs.y; z -= rs.z; e -= rs.e; return *this; } + FI XYZEval& operator*=(const XYZEval &rs) { x *= rs.x; y *= rs.y; z *= rs.z; e *= rs.e; return *this; } + FI XYZEval& operator/=(const XYZEval &rs) { x /= rs.x; y /= rs.y; z /= rs.z; e /= rs.e; return *this; } + FI XYZEval& operator*=(const T &v) { x *= v; y *= v; z *= v; e *= v; return *this; } + FI XYZEval& operator>>=(const int &v) { _RS(x); _RS(y); _RS(z); _RS(e); return *this; } + FI XYZEval& operator<<=(const int &v) { _LS(x); _LS(y); _LS(z); _LS(e); return *this; } + FI bool operator==(const XYZval &rs) { return x == rs.x && y == rs.y && z == rs.z; } + FI bool operator!=(const XYZval &rs) { return !operator==(rs); } + FI bool operator==(const XYZval &rs) const { return x == rs.x && y == rs.y && z == rs.z; } + FI bool operator!=(const XYZval &rs) const { return !operator==(rs); } + FI XYZEval operator-() { return { -x, -y, -z, -e }; } + FI const XYZEval operator-() const { return { -x, -y, -z, -e }; } +}; + +#undef _RECIP +#undef _ABS +#undef _LS +#undef _RS +#undef FI + +const xyze_char_t axis_codes { 'X', 'Y', 'Z', 'E' }; +#define XYZ_CHAR(A) ('X' + char(A)) diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/utility.cpp b/Marlin/src/core/utility.cpp index 5ebd84afd1..5e159af581 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/utility.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/core/utility.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "utility.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../module/temperature.h" void safe_delay(millis_t ms) { @@ -35,6 +35,18 @@ void safe_delay(millis_t ms) { thermalManager.manage_heater(); // This keeps us safe if too many small safe_delay() calls are made } +// A delay to provide brittle hosts time to receive bytes +#if ENABLED(SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION) + + #include "../gcode/gcode.h" // for set_autoreport_paused + + void serial_delay(const millis_t ms) { + const bool was = gcode.set_autoreport_paused(true); + safe_delay(ms); + gcode.set_autoreport_paused(was); + } +#endif + #if ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE) #include "../module/probe.h" @@ -45,88 +57,63 @@ void safe_delay(millis_t ms) { void log_machine_info() { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Machine Type: " - #if ENABLED(DELTA) - "Delta" - #elif IS_SCARA - "SCARA" - #elif IS_CORE - "Core" - #else - "Cartesian" - #endif + TERN(DELTA, "Delta", "") + TERN(IS_SCARA, "SCARA", "") + TERN(IS_CORE, "Core", "") + TERN(IS_CARTESIAN, "Cartesian", "") ); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Probe: " - #if ENABLED(PROBE_MANUALLY) - "PROBE_MANUALLY" - #elif ENABLED(FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE) - "FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE" - #elif ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - "BLTOUCH" - #elif HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE - "SERVO PROBE" - #elif ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - "TOUCH_MI_PROBE" - #elif ENABLED(Z_PROBE_SLED) - "Z_PROBE_SLED" - #elif ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - "Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY" - #elif ENABLED(SOLENOID_PROBE) - "SOLENOID_PROBE" - #else - "NONE" - #endif + TERN(PROBE_MANUALLY, "PROBE_MANUALLY", "") + TERN(NOZZLE_AS_PROBE, "NOZZLE_AS_PROBE", "") + TERN(FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, "FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE", "") + TERN(HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE, TERN(BLTOUCH, "BLTOUCH", "SERVO PROBE"), "") + TERN(TOUCH_MI_PROBE, "TOUCH_MI_PROBE", "") + TERN(Z_PROBE_SLED, "Z_PROBE_SLED", "") + TERN(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY, "Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY", "") + TERN(SOLENOID_PROBE, "SOLENOID_PROBE", "") + TERN(PROBE_SELECTED, "", "NONE") ); #if HAS_BED_PROBE - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Probe Offset X:", probe_offset[X_AXIS], " Y:", probe_offset[Y_AXIS], " Z:", probe_offset[Z_AXIS]); - if (probe_offset[X_AXIS] > 0) - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (Right"); - else if (probe_offset[X_AXIS] < 0) - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (Left"); - else if (probe_offset[Y_AXIS] != 0) - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (Middle"); - else - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (Aligned With"); - if (probe_offset[Y_AXIS] > 0) { - #if IS_SCARA - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Distal"); - #else - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Back"); - #endif - } - else if (probe_offset[Y_AXIS] < 0) { - #if IS_SCARA - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Proximal"); - #else - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Front"); - #endif - } - else if (probe_offset[X_AXIS] != 0) - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Center"); + #if !HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Probe Offset X0 Y0 Z", probe.offset.z, " ("); + #else + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(PSTR("Probe Offset X"), probe.offset_xy.x, SP_Y_STR, probe.offset_xy.y, SP_Z_STR, probe.offset.z); + if (probe.offset_xy.x > 0) + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (Right"); + else if (probe.offset_xy.x < 0) + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (Left"); + else if (probe.offset_xy.y != 0) + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (Middle"); + else + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (Aligned With"); - if (probe_offset[Z_AXIS] < 0) - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" & Below"); - else if (probe_offset[Z_AXIS] > 0) - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" & Above"); - else - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" & Same Z as"); + if (probe.offset_xy.y > 0) + serialprintPGM(ENABLED(IS_SCARA) ? PSTR("-Distal") : PSTR("-Back")); + else if (probe.offset_xy.y < 0) + serialprintPGM(ENABLED(IS_SCARA) ? PSTR("-Proximal") : PSTR("-Front")); + else if (probe.offset_xy.x != 0) + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Center"); + + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" & "); + + #endif + + serialprintPGM(probe.offset.z < 0 ? PSTR("Below") : probe.offset.z > 0 ? PSTR("Above") : PSTR("Same Z as")); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" Nozzle)"); + #endif #if HAS_ABL_OR_UBL - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Auto Bed Leveling: " - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) - "LINEAR" - #elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - "BILINEAR" - #elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) - "3POINT" - #elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - "UBL" - #endif + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Auto Bed Leveling: " + TERN(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, "LINEAR", "") + TERN(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, "BILINEAR", "") + TERN(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, "3POINT", "") + TERN(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, "UBL", "") ); + if (planner.leveling_active) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" (enabled)"); #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) @@ -134,24 +121,17 @@ void safe_delay(millis_t ms) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Z Fade: ", planner.z_fade_height); #endif #if ABL_PLANAR - const float diff[XYZ] = { - planner.get_axis_position_mm(X_AXIS) - current_position[X_AXIS], - planner.get_axis_position_mm(Y_AXIS) - current_position[Y_AXIS], - planner.get_axis_position_mm(Z_AXIS) - current_position[Z_AXIS] - }; SERIAL_ECHOPGM("ABL Adjustment X"); - if (diff[X_AXIS] > 0) SERIAL_CHAR('+'); - SERIAL_ECHO(diff[X_AXIS]); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Y"); - if (diff[Y_AXIS] > 0) SERIAL_CHAR('+'); - SERIAL_ECHO(diff[Y_AXIS]); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Z"); - if (diff[Z_AXIS] > 0) SERIAL_CHAR('+'); - SERIAL_ECHO(diff[Z_AXIS]); + LOOP_XYZ(a) { + float v = planner.get_axis_position_mm(AxisEnum(a)) - current_position[a]; + SERIAL_CHAR(' ', XYZ_CHAR(a)); + if (v > 0) SERIAL_CHAR('+'); + SERIAL_ECHO(v); + } #else #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) SERIAL_ECHOPGM("UBL Adjustment Z"); - const float rz = ubl.get_z_correction(current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS]); + const float rz = ubl.get_z_correction(current_position); #elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) SERIAL_ECHOPGM("ABL Adjustment Z"); const float rz = bilinear_z_offset(current_position); @@ -159,7 +139,7 @@ void safe_delay(millis_t ms) { SERIAL_ECHO(ftostr43sign(rz, '+')); #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) if (planner.z_fade_height) { - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", ftostr43sign(rz * planner.fade_scaling_factor_for_z(current_position[Z_AXIS]), '+')); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", ftostr43sign(rz * planner.fade_scaling_factor_for_z(current_position.z), '+')); SERIAL_CHAR(')'); } #endif @@ -175,15 +155,11 @@ void safe_delay(millis_t ms) { SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Mesh Bed Leveling"); if (planner.leveling_active) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" (enabled)"); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("MBL Adjustment Z", ftostr43sign(mbl.get_z(current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS] - #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) - , 1.0 - #endif - ), '+')); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("MBL Adjustment Z", ftostr43sign(mbl.get_z(current_position), '+')); #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) if (planner.z_fade_height) { SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", ftostr43sign( - mbl.get_z(current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], planner.fade_scaling_factor_for_z(current_position[Z_AXIS])), '+' + mbl.get_z(current_position, planner.fade_scaling_factor_for_z(current_position.z)), '+' )); SERIAL_CHAR(')'); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/utility.h b/Marlin/src/core/utility.h index 4ae6a96713..0c2e91d31f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/utility.h +++ b/Marlin/src/core/utility.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -22,25 +22,37 @@ #pragma once #include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" - -constexpr char axis_codes[XYZE] = { 'X', 'Y', 'Z', 'E' }; +#include "../core/types.h" +#include "../core/millis_t.h" // Delay that ensures heaters and watchdog are kept alive void safe_delay(millis_t ms); -// A delay to provide brittle hosts time to receive bytes -inline void serial_delay(const millis_t ms) { - #if ENABLED(SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION) - safe_delay(ms); - #else - UNUSED(ms); - #endif -} +#if ENABLED(SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION) + void serial_delay(const millis_t ms); +#else + inline void serial_delay(const millis_t) {} +#endif -// 16x16 bit arrays -FORCE_INLINE void bitmap_clear(uint16_t bits[16], const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y) { CBI(bits[y], x); } -FORCE_INLINE void bitmap_set(uint16_t bits[16], const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y) { SBI(bits[y], x); } -FORCE_INLINE bool is_bitmap_set(uint16_t bits[16], const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y) { return TEST(bits[y], x); } +#if GRID_MAX_POINTS_X && GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y + + // 16x16 bit arrays + template + struct FlagBits { + typename IF<(W>8), uint16_t, uint8_t>::type bits[H]; + void fill() { memset(bits, 0xFF, sizeof(bits)); } + void reset() { memset(bits, 0x00, sizeof(bits)); } + void unmark(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y) { CBI(bits[y], x); } + void mark(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y) { SBI(bits[y], x); } + bool marked(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y) { return TEST(bits[y], x); } + inline void unmark(const xy_int8_t &xy) { unmark(xy.x, xy.y); } + inline void mark(const xy_int8_t &xy) { mark(xy.x, xy.y); } + inline bool marked(const xy_int8_t &xy) { return marked(xy.x, xy.y); } + }; + + typedef FlagBits MeshFlags; + +#endif #if ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE) void log_machine_info(); @@ -59,7 +71,7 @@ public: inline void restore() { ref_ = val_; } }; -#define REMEMBER(N,X,V...) const restorer restorer_##N(X, ##V) +#define REMEMBER(N,X,V...) restorer restorer_##N(X, ##V) #define RESTORE(N) restorer_##N.restore() // Converts from an uint8_t in the range of 0-255 to an uint8_t diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/babystep.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/babystep.cpp index e16912d69e..5d2dc47bee 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/babystep.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/babystep.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) #include "babystep.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../module/planner.h" #include "../module/stepper.h" @@ -35,55 +35,35 @@ Babystep babystep; -volatile int16_t Babystep::steps[BS_TODO_AXIS(Z_AXIS) + 1]; - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU || ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - int16_t Babystep::accum; - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL) - int16_t Babystep::axis_total[BS_TOTAL_AXIS(Z_AXIS) + 1]; - #endif +volatile int16_t Babystep::steps[BS_AXIS_IND(Z_AXIS) + 1]; +#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL) + int16_t Babystep::axis_total[BS_TOTAL_IND(Z_AXIS) + 1]; #endif +int16_t Babystep::accum; void Babystep::step_axis(const AxisEnum axis) { - const int16_t curTodo = steps[BS_TODO_AXIS(axis)]; // get rid of volatile for performance + const int16_t curTodo = steps[BS_AXIS_IND(axis)]; // get rid of volatile for performance if (curTodo) { - stepper.babystep((AxisEnum)axis, curTodo > 0); - if (curTodo > 0) steps[BS_TODO_AXIS(axis)]--; else steps[BS_TODO_AXIS(axis)]++; + stepper.do_babystep((AxisEnum)axis, curTodo > 0); + if (curTodo > 0) steps[BS_AXIS_IND(axis)]--; else steps[BS_AXIS_IND(axis)]++; } } -void Babystep::task() { - #if EITHER(BABYSTEP_XY, I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - LOOP_XYZ(axis) step_axis((AxisEnum)axis); - #else - step_axis(Z_AXIS); - #endif -} - void Babystep::add_mm(const AxisEnum axis, const float &mm) { add_steps(axis, mm * planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[axis]); } void Babystep::add_steps(const AxisEnum axis, const int16_t distance) { - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING) - #define CAN_BABYSTEP(AXIS) true - #else - extern uint8_t axis_known_position; - #define CAN_BABYSTEP(AXIS) TEST(axis_known_position, AXIS) - #endif + if (DISABLED(BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING) && !TEST(axis_known_position, axis)) return; - if (!CAN_BABYSTEP(axis)) return; - - #if HAS_LCD_MENU || ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - accum += distance; // Count up babysteps for the UI - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL) - axis_total[BS_TOTAL_AXIS(axis)] += distance; - #endif + accum += distance; // Count up babysteps for the UI + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL) + axis_total[BS_TOTAL_IND(axis)] += distance; #endif #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE) - #define BSA_ENABLE(AXIS) do{ switch (AXIS) { case X_AXIS: enable_X(); break; case Y_AXIS: enable_Y(); break; case Z_AXIS: enable_Z(); break; default: break; } }while(0) + #define BSA_ENABLE(AXIS) do{ switch (AXIS) { case X_AXIS: ENABLE_AXIS_X(); break; case Y_AXIS: ENABLE_AXIS_Y(); break; case Z_AXIS: ENABLE_AXIS_Z(); break; default: break; } }while(0) #else #define BSA_ENABLE(AXIS) NOOP #endif @@ -125,11 +105,15 @@ void Babystep::add_steps(const AxisEnum axis, const int16_t distance) { #else BSA_ENABLE(Z_AXIS); #endif - steps[BS_TODO_AXIS(axis)] += distance; + steps[BS_AXIS_IND(axis)] += distance; #endif #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE) gcode.reset_stepper_timeout(); #endif + + #if ENABLED(INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING) + if (has_steps()) stepper.initiateBabystepping(); + #endif } #endif // BABYSTEPPING diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/babystep.h b/Marlin/src/feature/babystep.h index 617108316f..287664502c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/babystep.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/babystep.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -23,44 +23,61 @@ #include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if IS_CORE || EITHER(BABYSTEP_XY, I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - #define BS_TODO_AXIS(A) A +#if ENABLED(INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING) + #define BABYSTEPS_PER_SEC 1000UL + #define BABYSTEP_TICKS ((STEPPER_TIMER_RATE) / (BABYSTEPS_PER_SEC)) #else - #define BS_TODO_AXIS(A) 0 + #define BABYSTEPS_PER_SEC 976UL + #define BABYSTEP_TICKS ((TEMP_TIMER_RATE) / (BABYSTEPS_PER_SEC)) #endif -#if (HAS_LCD_MENU || ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI)) && ENABLED(BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL) +#if IS_CORE || EITHER(BABYSTEP_XY, I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) + #define BS_AXIS_IND(A) A + #define BS_AXIS(I) AxisEnum(I) +#else + #define BS_AXIS_IND(A) 0 + #define BS_AXIS(I) Z_AXIS +#endif + +#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL) #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_XY) - #define BS_TOTAL_AXIS(A) A + #define BS_TOTAL_IND(A) A #else - #define BS_TOTAL_AXIS(A) 0 + #define BS_TOTAL_IND(A) 0 #endif #endif class Babystep { public: - static volatile int16_t steps[BS_TODO_AXIS(Z_AXIS) + 1]; - - #if HAS_LCD_MENU || ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - - static int16_t accum; // Total babysteps in current edit - - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL) - static int16_t axis_total[BS_TOTAL_AXIS(Z_AXIS) + 1]; // Total babysteps since G28 - static inline void reset_total(const AxisEnum axis) { - if (true - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_XY) - && axis == Z_AXIS - #endif - ) axis_total[BS_TOTAL_AXIS(axis)] = 0; - } - #endif + static volatile int16_t steps[BS_AXIS_IND(Z_AXIS) + 1]; + static int16_t accum; // Total babysteps in current edit + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL) + static int16_t axis_total[BS_TOTAL_IND(Z_AXIS) + 1]; // Total babysteps since G28 + static inline void reset_total(const AxisEnum axis) { + if (true + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_XY) + && axis == Z_AXIS + #endif + ) axis_total[BS_TOTAL_IND(axis)] = 0; + } #endif static void add_steps(const AxisEnum axis, const int16_t distance); static void add_mm(const AxisEnum axis, const float &mm); - static void task(); + + static inline bool has_steps() { + return steps[BS_AXIS_IND(X_AXIS)] || steps[BS_AXIS_IND(Y_AXIS)] || steps[BS_AXIS_IND(Z_AXIS)]; + } + + // + // Called by the Temperature or Stepper ISR to + // apply accumulated babysteps to the axes. + // + static inline void task() { + LOOP_LE_N(i, BS_AXIS_IND(Z_AXIS)) step_axis(BS_AXIS(i)); + } + private: static void step_axis(const AxisEnum axis); }; diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/backlash.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/backlash.cpp index 8f708c14f6..84cd0a85b7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/backlash.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/backlash.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -31,9 +31,9 @@ #ifdef BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - float Backlash::distance_mm[XYZ] = BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM; + xyz_float_t Backlash::distance_mm = BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM; #else - const float Backlash::distance_mm[XYZ] = BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM; + const xyz_float_t Backlash::distance_mm = BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM; #endif #endif @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ #endif #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - float Backlash::measured_mm[XYZ] = { 0 }; - uint8_t Backlash::measured_count[XYZ] = { 0 }; + xyz_float_t Backlash::measured_mm{0}; + xyz_uint8_t Backlash::measured_count{0}; #endif Backlash backlash; @@ -80,12 +80,12 @@ void Backlash::add_correction_steps(const int32_t &da, const int32_t &db, const // Residual error carried forward across multiple segments, so correction can be applied // to segments where there is no direction change. - static int32_t residual_error[XYZ] = { 0 }; + static xyz_long_t residual_error{0}; #else // No direction change, no correction. if (!changed_dir) return; // No leftover residual error from segment to segment - int32_t residual_error[XYZ] = { 0 }; + xyz_long_t residual_error{0}; #endif const float f_corr = float(correction) / 255.0f; @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ void Backlash::add_correction_steps(const int32_t &da, const int32_t &db, const } #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - #if USES_Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP + #if HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN #define TEST_PROBE_PIN (READ(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) != Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING) #else #define TEST_PROBE_PIN (READ(Z_MIN_PIN) != Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING) @@ -131,15 +131,15 @@ void Backlash::add_correction_steps(const int32_t &da, const int32_t &db, const // Measure Z backlash by raising nozzle in increments until probe deactivates void Backlash::measure_with_probe() { - if (measured_count[Z_AXIS] == 255) return; + if (measured_count.z == 255) return; - float start_height = current_position[Z_AXIS]; - while (current_position[Z_AXIS] < (start_height + BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT) && TEST_PROBE_PIN) - do_blocking_move_to_z(current_position[Z_AXIS] + BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION, MMM_TO_MMS(BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE)); + const float start_height = current_position.z; + while (current_position.z < (start_height + BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT) && TEST_PROBE_PIN) + do_blocking_move_to_z(current_position.z + BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION, MMM_TO_MMS(BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE)); // The backlash from all probe points is averaged, so count the number of measurements - measured_mm[Z_AXIS] += current_position[Z_AXIS] - start_height; - measured_count[Z_AXIS]++; + measured_mm.z += current_position.z - start_height; + measured_count.z++; } #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/backlash.h b/Marlin/src/feature/backlash.h index 19d6534917..20666c540b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/backlash.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/backlash.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ constexpr uint8_t all_on = 0xFF, all_off = 0x00; class Backlash { public: #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - static float distance_mm[XYZ]; + static xyz_float_t distance_mm; static uint8_t correction; #ifdef BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM static float smoothing_mm; @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ public: static inline float get_correction() { return float(ui8_to_percent(correction)) / 100.0f; } #else static constexpr uint8_t correction = (BACKLASH_CORRECTION) * 0xFF; - static const float distance_mm[XYZ]; + static const xyz_float_t distance_mm; #ifdef BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM static constexpr float smoothing_mm = BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM; #endif @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ public: #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) private: - static float measured_mm[XYZ]; - static uint8_t measured_count[XYZ]; + static xyz_float_t measured_mm; + static xyz_uint8_t measured_count; public: static void measure_with_probe(); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/baricuda.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/baricuda.cpp index 82e0a5f14f..3899348548 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/baricuda.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/baricuda.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ * */ -#include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" +#include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" #if ENABLED(BARICUDA) diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/baricuda.h b/Marlin/src/feature/baricuda.h index 778d2bef0a..567d2253e6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/baricuda.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/baricuda.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.cpp index d1857af112..33c9cbdfde 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -32,17 +32,18 @@ #include "../../../core/debug_out.h" #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #include "../../../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" + #include "../../../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" #endif -int bilinear_grid_spacing[2], bilinear_start[2]; -float bilinear_grid_factor[2], - z_values[GRID_MAX_POINTS_X][GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y]; +xy_pos_t bilinear_grid_spacing, bilinear_start; +xy_float_t bilinear_grid_factor; +bed_mesh_t z_values; /** * Extrapolate a single point from its neighbors */ static void extrapolate_one_point(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y, const int8_t xdir, const int8_t ydir) { + if (!isnan(z_values[x][y])) return; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { DEBUG_ECHOPGM("Extrapolate ["); if (x < 10) DEBUG_CHAR(' '); @@ -54,10 +55,6 @@ static void extrapolate_one_point(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y, const int8_t DEBUG_CHAR(ydir ? (ydir > 0 ? '+' : '-') : ' '); DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("]"); } - if (!isnan(z_values[x][y])) { - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(" (done)"); - return; // Don't overwrite good values. - } // Get X neighbors, Y neighbors, and XY neighbors const uint8_t x1 = x + xdir, y1 = y + ydir, x2 = x1 + xdir, y2 = y1 + ydir; @@ -118,8 +115,8 @@ void extrapolate_unprobed_bed_level() { ylen = ctry1; #endif - for (uint8_t xo = 0; xo <= xlen; xo++) - for (uint8_t yo = 0; yo <= ylen; yo++) { + LOOP_LE_N(xo, xlen) + LOOP_LE_N(yo, ylen) { uint8_t x2 = ctrx2 + xo, y2 = ctry2 + yo; #ifndef HALF_IN_X const uint8_t x1 = ctrx1 - xo; @@ -153,8 +150,8 @@ void print_bilinear_leveling_grid() { #define ABL_TEMP_POINTS_X (GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + 2) #define ABL_TEMP_POINTS_Y (GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y + 2) float z_values_virt[ABL_GRID_POINTS_VIRT_X][ABL_GRID_POINTS_VIRT_Y]; - int bilinear_grid_spacing_virt[2] = { 0 }; - float bilinear_grid_factor_virt[2] = { 0 }; + xy_pos_t bilinear_grid_spacing_virt; + xy_float_t bilinear_grid_factor_virt; void print_bilinear_leveling_grid_virt() { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Subdivided with CATMULL ROM Leveling Grid:"); @@ -207,13 +204,13 @@ void print_bilinear_leveling_grid() { + p[i] * (2 - 5 * sq(t) + 3 * t * sq(t)) + p[i+1] * t * (1 + 4 * t - 3 * sq(t)) - p[i+2] * sq(t) * (1 - t) - ) * 0.5; + ) * 0.5f; } static float bed_level_virt_2cmr(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y, const float &tx, const float &ty) { float row[4], column[4]; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 4; i++) { - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < 4; j++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, 4) { + LOOP_L_N(j, 4) { column[j] = bed_level_virt_coord(i + x - 1, j + y - 1); } row[i] = bed_level_virt_cmr(column, 1, ty); @@ -222,15 +219,13 @@ void print_bilinear_leveling_grid() { } void bed_level_virt_interpolate() { - bilinear_grid_spacing_virt[X_AXIS] = bilinear_grid_spacing[X_AXIS] / (BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS); - bilinear_grid_spacing_virt[Y_AXIS] = bilinear_grid_spacing[Y_AXIS] / (BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS); - bilinear_grid_factor_virt[X_AXIS] = RECIPROCAL(bilinear_grid_spacing_virt[X_AXIS]); - bilinear_grid_factor_virt[Y_AXIS] = RECIPROCAL(bilinear_grid_spacing_virt[Y_AXIS]); - for (uint8_t y = 0; y < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; y++) - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; x++) - for (uint8_t ty = 0; ty < BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS; ty++) - for (uint8_t tx = 0; tx < BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS; tx++) { - if ((ty && y == GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1) || (tx && x == GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - 1)) + bilinear_grid_spacing_virt = bilinear_grid_spacing / (BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS); + bilinear_grid_factor_virt = bilinear_grid_spacing_virt.reciprocal(); + LOOP_L_N(y, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) + LOOP_L_N(x, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) + LOOP_L_N(ty, BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS) + LOOP_L_N(tx, BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS) { + if ((ty && y == (GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) - 1) || (tx && x == (GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) - 1)) continue; z_values_virt[x * (BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS) + tx][y * (BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS) + ty] = bed_level_virt_2cmr( @@ -245,40 +240,38 @@ void print_bilinear_leveling_grid() { // Refresh after other values have been updated void refresh_bed_level() { - bilinear_grid_factor[X_AXIS] = RECIPROCAL(bilinear_grid_spacing[X_AXIS]); - bilinear_grid_factor[Y_AXIS] = RECIPROCAL(bilinear_grid_spacing[Y_AXIS]); + bilinear_grid_factor = bilinear_grid_spacing.reciprocal(); #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) bed_level_virt_interpolate(); #endif } #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - #define ABL_BG_SPACING(A) bilinear_grid_spacing_virt[A] - #define ABL_BG_FACTOR(A) bilinear_grid_factor_virt[A] + #define ABL_BG_SPACING(A) bilinear_grid_spacing_virt.A + #define ABL_BG_FACTOR(A) bilinear_grid_factor_virt.A #define ABL_BG_POINTS_X ABL_GRID_POINTS_VIRT_X #define ABL_BG_POINTS_Y ABL_GRID_POINTS_VIRT_Y #define ABL_BG_GRID(X,Y) z_values_virt[X][Y] #else - #define ABL_BG_SPACING(A) bilinear_grid_spacing[A] - #define ABL_BG_FACTOR(A) bilinear_grid_factor[A] + #define ABL_BG_SPACING(A) bilinear_grid_spacing.A + #define ABL_BG_FACTOR(A) bilinear_grid_factor.A #define ABL_BG_POINTS_X GRID_MAX_POINTS_X #define ABL_BG_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y #define ABL_BG_GRID(X,Y) z_values[X][Y] #endif // Get the Z adjustment for non-linear bed leveling -float bilinear_z_offset(const float raw[XYZ]) { +float bilinear_z_offset(const xy_pos_t &raw) { - static float z1, d2, z3, d4, L, D, ratio_x, ratio_y, - last_x = -999.999, last_y = -999.999; + static float z1, d2, z3, d4, L, D; + + static xy_pos_t prev { -999.999, -999.999 }, ratio; // Whole units for the grid line indices. Constrained within bounds. - static int8_t gridx, gridy, nextx, nexty, - last_gridx = -99, last_gridy = -99; + static xy_int8_t thisg, nextg, lastg { -99, -99 }; // XY relative to the probed area - const float rx = raw[X_AXIS] - bilinear_start[X_AXIS], - ry = raw[Y_AXIS] - bilinear_start[Y_AXIS]; + xy_pos_t rel = raw - bilinear_start.asFloat(); #if ENABLED(EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID) #define FAR_EDGE_OR_BOX 2 // Keep using the last grid box @@ -286,63 +279,62 @@ float bilinear_z_offset(const float raw[XYZ]) { #define FAR_EDGE_OR_BOX 1 // Just use the grid far edge #endif - if (last_x != rx) { - last_x = rx; - ratio_x = rx * ABL_BG_FACTOR(X_AXIS); - const float gx = constrain(FLOOR(ratio_x), 0, ABL_BG_POINTS_X - (FAR_EDGE_OR_BOX)); - ratio_x -= gx; // Subtract whole to get the ratio within the grid box + if (prev.x != rel.x) { + prev.x = rel.x; + ratio.x = rel.x * ABL_BG_FACTOR(x); + const float gx = constrain(FLOOR(ratio.x), 0, ABL_BG_POINTS_X - (FAR_EDGE_OR_BOX)); + ratio.x -= gx; // Subtract whole to get the ratio within the grid box #if DISABLED(EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID) // Beyond the grid maintain height at grid edges - NOLESS(ratio_x, 0); // Never < 0.0. (> 1.0 is ok when nextx==gridx.) + NOLESS(ratio.x, 0); // Never <0 (>1 is ok when nextg.x==thisg.x) #endif - gridx = gx; - nextx = _MIN(gridx + 1, ABL_BG_POINTS_X - 1); + thisg.x = gx; + nextg.x = _MIN(thisg.x + 1, ABL_BG_POINTS_X - 1); } - if (last_y != ry || last_gridx != gridx) { + if (prev.y != rel.y || lastg.x != thisg.x) { - if (last_y != ry) { - last_y = ry; - ratio_y = ry * ABL_BG_FACTOR(Y_AXIS); - const float gy = constrain(FLOOR(ratio_y), 0, ABL_BG_POINTS_Y - (FAR_EDGE_OR_BOX)); - ratio_y -= gy; + if (prev.y != rel.y) { + prev.y = rel.y; + ratio.y = rel.y * ABL_BG_FACTOR(y); + const float gy = constrain(FLOOR(ratio.y), 0, ABL_BG_POINTS_Y - (FAR_EDGE_OR_BOX)); + ratio.y -= gy; #if DISABLED(EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID) // Beyond the grid maintain height at grid edges - NOLESS(ratio_y, 0); // Never < 0.0. (> 1.0 is ok when nexty==gridy.) + NOLESS(ratio.y, 0); // Never < 0.0. (> 1.0 is ok when nextg.y==thisg.y.) #endif - gridy = gy; - nexty = _MIN(gridy + 1, ABL_BG_POINTS_Y - 1); + thisg.y = gy; + nextg.y = _MIN(thisg.y + 1, ABL_BG_POINTS_Y - 1); } - if (last_gridx != gridx || last_gridy != gridy) { - last_gridx = gridx; - last_gridy = gridy; + if (lastg != thisg) { + lastg = thisg; // Z at the box corners - z1 = ABL_BG_GRID(gridx, gridy); // left-front - d2 = ABL_BG_GRID(gridx, nexty) - z1; // left-back (delta) - z3 = ABL_BG_GRID(nextx, gridy); // right-front - d4 = ABL_BG_GRID(nextx, nexty) - z3; // right-back (delta) + z1 = ABL_BG_GRID(thisg.x, thisg.y); // left-front + d2 = ABL_BG_GRID(thisg.x, nextg.y) - z1; // left-back (delta) + z3 = ABL_BG_GRID(nextg.x, thisg.y); // right-front + d4 = ABL_BG_GRID(nextg.x, nextg.y) - z3; // right-back (delta) } - // Bilinear interpolate. Needed since ry or gridx has changed. - L = z1 + d2 * ratio_y; // Linear interp. LF -> LB - const float R = z3 + d4 * ratio_y; // Linear interp. RF -> RB + // Bilinear interpolate. Needed since rel.y or thisg.x has changed. + L = z1 + d2 * ratio.y; // Linear interp. LF -> LB + const float R = z3 + d4 * ratio.y; // Linear interp. RF -> RB D = R - L; } - const float offset = L + ratio_x * D; // the offset almost always changes + const float offset = L + ratio.x * D; // the offset almost always changes /* static float last_offset = 0; if (ABS(last_offset - offset) > 0.2) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Sudden Shift at x=", rx, " / ", bilinear_grid_spacing[X_AXIS], " -> gridx=", gridx); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" y=", ry, " / ", bilinear_grid_spacing[Y_AXIS], " -> gridy=", gridy); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" ratio_x=", ratio_x, " ratio_y=", ratio_y); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Sudden Shift at x=", rel.x, " / ", bilinear_grid_spacing.x, " -> thisg.x=", thisg.x); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" y=", rel.y, " / ", bilinear_grid_spacing.y, " -> thisg.y=", thisg.y); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" ratio.x=", ratio.x, " ratio.y=", ratio.y); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" z1=", z1, " z2=", z2, " z3=", z3, " z4=", z4); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" L=", L, " R=", R, " offset=", offset); } @@ -354,7 +346,7 @@ float bilinear_z_offset(const float raw[XYZ]) { #if IS_CARTESIAN && DISABLED(SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES) - #define CELL_INDEX(A,V) ((V - bilinear_start[_AXIS(A)]) * ABL_BG_FACTOR(_AXIS(A))) + #define CELL_INDEX(A,V) ((V - bilinear_start.A) * ABL_BG_FACTOR(A)) /** * Prepare a bilinear-leveled linear move on Cartesian, @@ -362,62 +354,61 @@ float bilinear_z_offset(const float raw[XYZ]) { */ void bilinear_line_to_destination(const feedRate_t scaled_fr_mm_s, uint16_t x_splits, uint16_t y_splits) { // Get current and destination cells for this line - int cx1 = CELL_INDEX(X, current_position[X_AXIS]), - cy1 = CELL_INDEX(Y, current_position[Y_AXIS]), - cx2 = CELL_INDEX(X, destination[X_AXIS]), - cy2 = CELL_INDEX(Y, destination[Y_AXIS]); - LIMIT(cx1, 0, ABL_BG_POINTS_X - 2); - LIMIT(cy1, 0, ABL_BG_POINTS_Y - 2); - LIMIT(cx2, 0, ABL_BG_POINTS_X - 2); - LIMIT(cy2, 0, ABL_BG_POINTS_Y - 2); + xy_int_t c1 { CELL_INDEX(x, current_position.x), CELL_INDEX(y, current_position.y) }, + c2 { CELL_INDEX(x, destination.x), CELL_INDEX(y, destination.y) }; + LIMIT(c1.x, 0, ABL_BG_POINTS_X - 2); + LIMIT(c1.y, 0, ABL_BG_POINTS_Y - 2); + LIMIT(c2.x, 0, ABL_BG_POINTS_X - 2); + LIMIT(c2.y, 0, ABL_BG_POINTS_Y - 2); // Start and end in the same cell? No split needed. - if (cx1 == cx2 && cy1 == cy2) { - set_current_from_destination(); + if (c1 == c2) { + current_position = destination; line_to_current_position(scaled_fr_mm_s); return; } - #define LINE_SEGMENT_END(A) (current_position[_AXIS(A)] + (destination[_AXIS(A)] - current_position[_AXIS(A)]) * normalized_dist) + #define LINE_SEGMENT_END(A) (current_position.A + (destination.A - current_position.A) * normalized_dist) - float normalized_dist, end[XYZE]; - const int8_t gcx = _MAX(cx1, cx2), gcy = _MAX(cy1, cy2); + float normalized_dist; + xyze_pos_t end; + const xy_int8_t gc { _MAX(c1.x, c2.x), _MAX(c1.y, c2.y) }; // Crosses on the X and not already split on this X? // The x_splits flags are insurance against rounding errors. - if (cx2 != cx1 && TEST(x_splits, gcx)) { + if (c2.x != c1.x && TEST(x_splits, gc.x)) { // Split on the X grid line - CBI(x_splits, gcx); - COPY(end, destination); - destination[X_AXIS] = bilinear_start[X_AXIS] + ABL_BG_SPACING(X_AXIS) * gcx; - normalized_dist = (destination[X_AXIS] - current_position[X_AXIS]) / (end[X_AXIS] - current_position[X_AXIS]); - destination[Y_AXIS] = LINE_SEGMENT_END(Y); + CBI(x_splits, gc.x); + end = destination; + destination.x = bilinear_start.x + ABL_BG_SPACING(x) * gc.x; + normalized_dist = (destination.x - current_position.x) / (end.x - current_position.x); + destination.y = LINE_SEGMENT_END(y); } // Crosses on the Y and not already split on this Y? - else if (cy2 != cy1 && TEST(y_splits, gcy)) { + else if (c2.y != c1.y && TEST(y_splits, gc.y)) { // Split on the Y grid line - CBI(y_splits, gcy); - COPY(end, destination); - destination[Y_AXIS] = bilinear_start[Y_AXIS] + ABL_BG_SPACING(Y_AXIS) * gcy; - normalized_dist = (destination[Y_AXIS] - current_position[Y_AXIS]) / (end[Y_AXIS] - current_position[Y_AXIS]); - destination[X_AXIS] = LINE_SEGMENT_END(X); + CBI(y_splits, gc.y); + end = destination; + destination.y = bilinear_start.y + ABL_BG_SPACING(y) * gc.y; + normalized_dist = (destination.y - current_position.y) / (end.y - current_position.y); + destination.x = LINE_SEGMENT_END(x); } else { // Must already have been split on these border(s) // This should be a rare case. - set_current_from_destination(); + current_position = destination; line_to_current_position(scaled_fr_mm_s); return; } - destination[Z_AXIS] = LINE_SEGMENT_END(Z); - destination[E_AXIS] = LINE_SEGMENT_END(E); + destination.z = LINE_SEGMENT_END(z); + destination.e = LINE_SEGMENT_END(e); // Do the split and look for more borders bilinear_line_to_destination(scaled_fr_mm_s, x_splits, y_splits); // Restore destination from stack - COPY(destination, end); + destination = end; bilinear_line_to_destination(scaled_fr_mm_s, x_splits, y_splits); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.h b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.h index 71c7d83632..312dc0db80 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ #include "../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -extern int bilinear_grid_spacing[2], bilinear_start[2]; -extern float bilinear_grid_factor[2], - z_values[GRID_MAX_POINTS_X][GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y]; -float bilinear_z_offset(const float raw[XYZ]); +extern xy_pos_t bilinear_grid_spacing, bilinear_start; +extern xy_float_t bilinear_grid_factor; +extern bed_mesh_t z_values; +float bilinear_z_offset(const xy_pos_t &raw); void extrapolate_unprobed_bed_level(); void print_bilinear_leveling_grid(); @@ -40,6 +40,6 @@ void refresh_bed_level(); void bilinear_line_to_destination(const feedRate_t &scaled_fr_mm_s, uint16_t x_splits=0xFFFF, uint16_t y_splits=0xFFFF); #endif -#define _GET_MESH_X(I) (bilinear_start[X_AXIS] + (I) * bilinear_grid_spacing[X_AXIS]) -#define _GET_MESH_Y(J) (bilinear_start[Y_AXIS] + (J) * bilinear_grid_spacing[Y_AXIS]) +#define _GET_MESH_X(I) float(bilinear_start.x + (I) * bilinear_grid_spacing.x) +#define _GET_MESH_Y(J) float(bilinear_start.y + (J) * bilinear_grid_spacing.y) #define Z_VALUES_ARR z_values diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.cpp index f4a17b0035..63493712a8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ #include "../../core/debug_out.h" #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #include "../../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" + #include "../../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" #endif bool leveling_is_valid() { @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ bool leveling_is_valid() { #if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) mbl.has_mesh() #elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - !!bilinear_grid_spacing[X_AXIS] + !!bilinear_grid_spacing.x #elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) ubl.mesh_is_valid() #else // 3POINT, LINEAR @@ -81,19 +81,23 @@ void set_bed_leveling_enabled(const bool enable/*=true*/) { #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) // Force bilinear_z_offset to re-calculate next time - const float reset[XYZ] = { -9999.999, -9999.999, 0 }; + const xyz_pos_t reset { -9999.999, -9999.999, 0 }; (void)bilinear_z_offset(reset); #endif if (planner.leveling_active) { // leveling from on to off + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("Leveling ON", current_position); // change unleveled current_position to physical current_position without moving steppers. - planner.apply_leveling(current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS]); + planner.apply_leveling(current_position); planner.leveling_active = false; // disable only AFTER calling apply_leveling + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("...Now OFF", current_position); } else { // leveling from off to on + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("Leveling OFF", current_position); planner.leveling_active = true; // enable BEFORE calling unapply_leveling, otherwise ignored // change physical current_position to unleveled current_position without moving steppers. planner.unapply_leveling(current_position); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("...Now ON", current_position); } sync_plan_position(); @@ -116,9 +120,9 @@ TemporaryBedLevelingState::TemporaryBedLevelingState(const bool enable) : saved( planner.set_z_fade_height(zfh); if (leveling_was_active) { - const float oldpos[] = { current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS] }; + const xyz_pos_t oldpos = current_position; set_bed_leveling_enabled(true); - if (do_report && memcmp(oldpos, current_position, sizeof(oldpos))) + if (do_report && oldpos != current_position) report_current_position(); } } @@ -137,15 +141,14 @@ void reset_bed_level() { #if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) mbl.reset(); #elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - bilinear_start[X_AXIS] = bilinear_start[Y_AXIS] = - bilinear_grid_spacing[X_AXIS] = bilinear_grid_spacing[Y_AXIS] = 0; - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; x++) - for (uint8_t y = 0; y < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; y++) { - z_values[x][y] = NAN; - #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(x, y, 0); - #endif - } + bilinear_start.reset(); + bilinear_grid_spacing.reset(); + GRID_LOOP(x, y) { + z_values[x][y] = NAN; + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(x, y, 0); + #endif + } #elif ABL_PLANAR planner.bed_level_matrix.set_to_identity(); #endif @@ -169,7 +172,7 @@ void reset_bed_level() { */ void print_2d_array(const uint8_t sx, const uint8_t sy, const uint8_t precision, element_2d_fn fn) { #ifndef SCAD_MESH_OUTPUT - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < sx; x++) { + LOOP_L_N(x, sx) { serial_spaces(precision + (x < 10 ? 3 : 2)); SERIAL_ECHO(int(x)); } @@ -178,14 +181,14 @@ void reset_bed_level() { #ifdef SCAD_MESH_OUTPUT SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("measured_z = ["); // open 2D array #endif - for (uint8_t y = 0; y < sy; y++) { + LOOP_L_N(y, sy) { #ifdef SCAD_MESH_OUTPUT - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ["); // open sub-array + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ["); // open sub-array #else if (y < 10) SERIAL_CHAR(' '); SERIAL_ECHO(int(y)); #endif - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < sx; x++) { + LOOP_L_N(x, sx) { SERIAL_CHAR(' '); const float offset = fn(x, y); if (!isnan(offset)) { @@ -198,7 +201,7 @@ void reset_bed_level() { SERIAL_CHAR(' '); SERIAL_ECHOPGM("NAN"); #else - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < precision + 3; i++) + LOOP_L_N(i, precision + 3) SERIAL_CHAR(i ? '=' : ' '); #endif } @@ -207,14 +210,13 @@ void reset_bed_level() { #endif } #ifdef SCAD_MESH_OUTPUT - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_CHAR(']'); // close sub-array + SERIAL_CHAR(' ', ']'); // close sub-array if (y < sy - 1) SERIAL_CHAR(','); #endif SERIAL_EOL(); } #ifdef SCAD_MESH_OUTPUT - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("];"); // close 2D array + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("];"); // close 2D array #endif SERIAL_EOL(); } @@ -223,28 +225,28 @@ void reset_bed_level() { #if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, PROBE_MANUALLY) - void _manual_goto_xy(const float &rx, const float &ry) { + void _manual_goto_xy(const xy_pos_t &pos) { #ifdef MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z + constexpr float startz = _MAX(0, MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z); #if MANUAL_PROBE_HEIGHT > 0 - do_blocking_move_to(rx, ry, MANUAL_PROBE_HEIGHT); - do_blocking_move_to_z(_MAX(0,MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z)); + do_blocking_move_to_xy_z(pos, MANUAL_PROBE_HEIGHT); + do_blocking_move_to_z(startz); #else - do_blocking_move_to(rx, ry, _MAX(0,MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z)); + do_blocking_move_to_xy_z(pos, startz); #endif #elif MANUAL_PROBE_HEIGHT > 0 - const float prev_z = current_position[Z_AXIS]; - do_blocking_move_to(rx, ry, MANUAL_PROBE_HEIGHT); + const float prev_z = current_position.z; + do_blocking_move_to_xy_z(pos, MANUAL_PROBE_HEIGHT); do_blocking_move_to_z(prev_z); #else - do_blocking_move_to_xy(rx, ry); + do_blocking_move_to_xy(pos); #endif - current_position[X_AXIS] = rx; - current_position[Y_AXIS] = ry; + current_position = pos; #if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - ui.wait_for_bl_move = false; + ui.wait_for_move = false; #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h index d01751407a..fd3ed82e52 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ void reset_bed_level(); #endif #if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, PROBE_MANUALLY) - void _manual_goto_xy(const float &x, const float &y); + void _manual_goto_xy(const xy_pos_t &pos); #endif /** @@ -57,11 +57,6 @@ class TemporaryBedLevelingState { typedef float bed_mesh_t[GRID_MAX_POINTS_X][GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y]; - typedef struct { - int8_t x_index, y_index; - float distance; // When populated, the distance from the search location - } mesh_index_pair; - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) #include "abl/abl.h" #elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) @@ -71,6 +66,7 @@ class TemporaryBedLevelingState { #endif #define Z_VALUES(X,Y) Z_VALUES_ARR[X][Y] + #define _GET_MESH_POS(M) { _GET_MESH_X(M.a), _GET_MESH_Y(M.b) } #if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, MESH_BED_LEVELING) @@ -85,4 +81,18 @@ class TemporaryBedLevelingState { #endif + struct mesh_index_pair { + xy_int8_t pos; + float distance; // When populated, the distance from the search location + void invalidate() { pos = -1; } + bool valid() const { return pos.x >= 0 && pos.y >= 0; } + #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + xy_pos_t meshpos() { + return { ubl.mesh_index_to_xpos(pos.x), ubl.mesh_index_to_ypos(pos.y) }; + } + #endif + operator xy_int8_t&() { return pos; } + operator const xy_int8_t&() const { return pos; } + }; + #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/mbl/mesh_bed_leveling.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/mbl/mesh_bed_leveling.cpp index b3a1a13529..7439c3fcd3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/mbl/mesh_bed_leveling.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/mbl/mesh_bed_leveling.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -24,13 +24,12 @@ #if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - #include "mesh_bed_leveling.h" + #include "../bedlevel.h" #include "../../../module/motion.h" - #include "../../../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #include "../../../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" + #include "../../../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" #endif mesh_bed_leveling mbl; @@ -41,9 +40,9 @@ mesh_bed_leveling::index_to_ypos[GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y]; mesh_bed_leveling::mesh_bed_leveling() { - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; ++i) + LOOP_L_N(i, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) index_to_xpos[i] = MESH_MIN_X + i * (MESH_X_DIST); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; ++i) + LOOP_L_N(i, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) index_to_ypos[i] = MESH_MIN_Y + i * (MESH_Y_DIST); reset(); } @@ -52,9 +51,7 @@ z_offset = 0; ZERO(z_values); #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; x++) - for (uint8_t y = 0; y < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; y++) - ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(x, y, 0); + GRID_LOOP(x, y) ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(x, y, 0); #endif } @@ -66,62 +63,60 @@ */ void mesh_bed_leveling::line_to_destination(const feedRate_t &scaled_fr_mm_s, uint8_t x_splits, uint8_t y_splits) { // Get current and destination cells for this line - int cx1 = cell_index_x(current_position[X_AXIS]), - cy1 = cell_index_y(current_position[Y_AXIS]), - cx2 = cell_index_x(destination[X_AXIS]), - cy2 = cell_index_y(destination[Y_AXIS]); - NOMORE(cx1, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - 2); - NOMORE(cy1, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 2); - NOMORE(cx2, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - 2); - NOMORE(cy2, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 2); + xy_int8_t scel = cell_indexes(current_position), ecel = cell_indexes(destination); + NOMORE(scel.x, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - 2); + NOMORE(scel.y, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 2); + NOMORE(ecel.x, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - 2); + NOMORE(ecel.y, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 2); // Start and end in the same cell? No split needed. - if (cx1 == cx2 && cy1 == cy2) { + if (scel == ecel) { line_to_destination(scaled_fr_mm_s); - set_current_from_destination(); + current_position = destination; return; } - #define MBL_SEGMENT_END(A) (current_position[_AXIS(A)] + (destination[_AXIS(A)] - current_position[_AXIS(A)]) * normalized_dist) + #define MBL_SEGMENT_END(A) (current_position.A + (destination.A - current_position.A) * normalized_dist) - float normalized_dist, end[XYZE]; - const int8_t gcx = _MAX(cx1, cx2), gcy = _MAX(cy1, cy2); + float normalized_dist; + xyze_pos_t dest; + const int8_t gcx = _MAX(scel.x, ecel.x), gcy = _MAX(scel.y, ecel.y); // Crosses on the X and not already split on this X? // The x_splits flags are insurance against rounding errors. - if (cx2 != cx1 && TEST(x_splits, gcx)) { + if (ecel.x != scel.x && TEST(x_splits, gcx)) { // Split on the X grid line CBI(x_splits, gcx); - COPY(end, destination); - destination[X_AXIS] = index_to_xpos[gcx]; - normalized_dist = (destination[X_AXIS] - current_position[X_AXIS]) / (end[X_AXIS] - current_position[X_AXIS]); - destination[Y_AXIS] = MBL_SEGMENT_END(Y); + dest = destination; + destination.x = index_to_xpos[gcx]; + normalized_dist = (destination.x - current_position.x) / (dest.x - current_position.x); + destination.y = MBL_SEGMENT_END(y); } // Crosses on the Y and not already split on this Y? - else if (cy2 != cy1 && TEST(y_splits, gcy)) { + else if (ecel.y != scel.y && TEST(y_splits, gcy)) { // Split on the Y grid line CBI(y_splits, gcy); - COPY(end, destination); - destination[Y_AXIS] = index_to_ypos[gcy]; - normalized_dist = (destination[Y_AXIS] - current_position[Y_AXIS]) / (end[Y_AXIS] - current_position[Y_AXIS]); - destination[X_AXIS] = MBL_SEGMENT_END(X); + dest = destination; + destination.y = index_to_ypos[gcy]; + normalized_dist = (destination.y - current_position.y) / (dest.y - current_position.y); + destination.x = MBL_SEGMENT_END(x); } else { // Must already have been split on these border(s) // This should be a rare case. line_to_destination(scaled_fr_mm_s); - set_current_from_destination(); + current_position = destination; return; } - destination[Z_AXIS] = MBL_SEGMENT_END(Z); - destination[E_AXIS] = MBL_SEGMENT_END(E); + destination.z = MBL_SEGMENT_END(z); + destination.e = MBL_SEGMENT_END(e); // Do the split and look for more borders line_to_destination(scaled_fr_mm_s, x_splits, y_splits); // Restore destination from stack - COPY(destination, end); + destination = dest; line_to_destination(scaled_fr_mm_s, x_splits, y_splits); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/mbl/mesh_bed_leveling.h b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/mbl/mesh_bed_leveling.h index def380399e..3a1cbaccb0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/mbl/mesh_bed_leveling.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/mbl/mesh_bed_leveling.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -52,9 +52,7 @@ public: static void reset(); FORCE_INLINE static bool has_mesh() { - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; x++) - for (uint8_t y = 0; y < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; y++) - if (z_values[x][y]) return true; + GRID_LOOP(x, y) if (z_values[x][y]) return true; return false; } @@ -76,21 +74,27 @@ public: int8_t cx = (x - (MESH_MIN_X)) * RECIPROCAL(MESH_X_DIST); return constrain(cx, 0, (GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) - 2); } - static int8_t cell_index_y(const float &y) { int8_t cy = (y - (MESH_MIN_Y)) * RECIPROCAL(MESH_Y_DIST); return constrain(cy, 0, (GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) - 2); } + static inline xy_int8_t cell_indexes(const float &x, const float &y) { + return { cell_index_x(x), cell_index_y(y) }; + } + static inline xy_int8_t cell_indexes(const xy_pos_t &xy) { return cell_indexes(xy.x, xy.y); } static int8_t probe_index_x(const float &x) { int8_t px = (x - (MESH_MIN_X) + 0.5f * (MESH_X_DIST)) * RECIPROCAL(MESH_X_DIST); return WITHIN(px, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - 1) ? px : -1; } - static int8_t probe_index_y(const float &y) { int8_t py = (y - (MESH_MIN_Y) + 0.5f * (MESH_Y_DIST)) * RECIPROCAL(MESH_Y_DIST); return WITHIN(py, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1) ? py : -1; } + static inline xy_int8_t probe_indexes(const float &x, const float &y) { + return { probe_index_x(x), probe_index_y(y) }; + } + static inline xy_int8_t probe_indexes(const xy_pos_t &xy) { return probe_indexes(xy.x, xy.y); } static float calc_z0(const float &a0, const float &a1, const float &z1, const float &a2, const float &z2) { const float delta_z = (z2 - z1) / (a2 - a1), @@ -98,21 +102,21 @@ public: return z1 + delta_a * delta_z; } - static float get_z(const float &x0, const float &y0 + static float get_z(const xy_pos_t &pos #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) - , const float &factor + , const float &factor=1.0f #endif ) { - const int8_t cx = cell_index_x(x0), cy = cell_index_y(y0); - const float z1 = calc_z0(x0, index_to_xpos[cx], z_values[cx][cy], index_to_xpos[cx + 1], z_values[cx + 1][cy]), - z2 = calc_z0(x0, index_to_xpos[cx], z_values[cx][cy + 1], index_to_xpos[cx + 1], z_values[cx + 1][cy + 1]), - z0 = calc_z0(y0, index_to_ypos[cy], z1, index_to_ypos[cy + 1], z2); + #if DISABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) + constexpr float factor = 1.0f; + #endif + const xy_int8_t ind = cell_indexes(pos); + const float x1 = index_to_xpos[ind.x], x2 = index_to_xpos[ind.x+1], + y1 = index_to_xpos[ind.y], y2 = index_to_xpos[ind.y+1], + z1 = calc_z0(pos.x, x1, z_values[ind.x][ind.y ], x2, z_values[ind.x+1][ind.y ]), + z2 = calc_z0(pos.x, x1, z_values[ind.x][ind.y+1], x2, z_values[ind.x+1][ind.y+1]); - return z_offset + z0 - #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) - * factor - #endif - ; + return z_offset + calc_z0(pos.y, y1, z1, y2, z2) * factor; } #if IS_CARTESIAN && DISABLED(SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES) diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl.cpp index 4cdc4721b5..8ef2ad564c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,13 +28,16 @@ unified_bed_leveling ubl; + #include "../../../MarlinCore.h" + #include "../../../gcode/gcode.h" + #include "../../../module/configuration_store.h" #include "../../../module/planner.h" #include "../../../module/motion.h" #include "../../../module/probe.h" #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #include "../../../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" + #include "../../../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" #endif #include "math.h" @@ -46,12 +49,12 @@ void unified_bed_leveling::report_current_mesh() { if (!leveling_is_valid()) return; SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(" G29 I99"); - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; x++) + LOOP_L_N(x, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) for (uint8_t y = 0; y < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; y++) if (!isnan(z_values[x][y])) { SERIAL_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M421 I", int(x), " J", int(y)); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F(" Z", z_values[x][y], 4); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F_P(SP_Z_STR, z_values[x][y], 4); serial_delay(75); // Prevent Printrun from exploding } } @@ -98,9 +101,7 @@ storage_slot = -1; ZERO(z_values); #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; x++) - for (uint8_t y = 0; y < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; y++) - ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(x, y, 0); + GRID_LOOP(x, y) ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(x, y, 0); #endif if (was_enabled) report_current_position(); } @@ -111,13 +112,11 @@ } void unified_bed_leveling::set_all_mesh_points_to_value(const float value) { - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; x++) { - for (uint8_t y = 0; y < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; y++) { - z_values[x][y] = value; - #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(x, y, value); - #endif - } + GRID_LOOP(x, y) { + z_values[x][y] = value; + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(x, y, value); + #endif } } @@ -151,9 +150,7 @@ * 4: Compact Human-Readable */ void unified_bed_leveling::display_map(const int map_type) { - #if HAS_AUTO_REPORTING || ENABLED(HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE) - suspend_auto_report = true; - #endif + const bool was = gcode.set_autoreport_paused(true); constexpr uint8_t eachsp = 1 + 6 + 1, // [-3.567] twixt = eachsp * (GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) - 9 * 2; // Leading 4sp, Coordinates 9sp each @@ -173,11 +170,10 @@ serialprintPGM(csv ? PSTR("CSV:\n") : PSTR("LCD:\n")); } - // Add XY probe offset from extruder because probe_at_point() subtracts them when + // Add XY probe offset from extruder because probe.probe_at_point() subtracts them when // moving to the XY position to be measured. This ensures better agreement between // the current Z position after G28 and the mesh values. - const float current_xi = find_closest_x_index(current_position[X_AXIS] + probe_offset[X_AXIS]), - current_yi = find_closest_y_index(current_position[Y_AXIS] + probe_offset[Y_AXIS]); + const xy_int8_t curr = closest_indexes(xy_pos_t(current_position) + probe.offset_xy); if (!lcd) SERIAL_EOL(); for (int8_t j = GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1; j >= 0; j--) { @@ -190,10 +186,10 @@ } // Row Values (I indexes) - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) { // Opening Brace or Space - const bool is_current = i == current_xi && j == current_yi; + const bool is_current = i == curr.x && j == curr.y; if (human) SERIAL_CHAR(is_current ? '[' : ' '); // Z Value at current I, J @@ -230,9 +226,7 @@ SERIAL_EOL(); } - #if HAS_AUTO_REPORTING || ENABLED(HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE) - suspend_auto_report = false; - #endif + gcode.set_autoreport_paused(was); } bool unified_bed_leveling::sanity_check() { diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl.h b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl.h index 6897217c38..9e227f02d9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -32,15 +32,12 @@ #define UBL_OK false #define UBL_ERR true -#define USE_NOZZLE_AS_REFERENCE 0 -#define USE_PROBE_AS_REFERENCE 1 - -// ubl_G29.cpp - enum MeshPointType : char { INVALID, REAL, SET_IN_BITMAP }; // External references +struct mesh_index_pair; + #define MESH_X_DIST (float(MESH_MAX_X - (MESH_MIN_X)) / float(GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - 1)) #define MESH_Y_DIST (float(MESH_MAX_Y - (MESH_MIN_Y)) / float(GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1)) @@ -52,10 +49,11 @@ class unified_bed_leveling { g29_repetition_cnt, g29_storage_slot, g29_map_type; - static bool g29_c_flag, g29_x_flag, g29_y_flag; - static float g29_x_pos, g29_y_pos, - g29_card_thickness, + static bool g29_c_flag; + static float g29_card_thickness, g29_constant; + static xy_pos_t g29_pos; + static xy_bool_t xy_seen; #if HAS_BED_PROBE static int g29_grid_size; @@ -65,16 +63,19 @@ class unified_bed_leveling { static void move_z_with_encoder(const float &multiplier); static float measure_point_with_encoder(); static float measure_business_card_thickness(float in_height); - static void manually_probe_remaining_mesh(const float&, const float&, const float&, const float&, const bool) _O0; - static void fine_tune_mesh(const float &rx, const float &ry, const bool do_ubl_mesh_map) _O0; + static void manually_probe_remaining_mesh(const xy_pos_t&, const float&, const float&, const bool) _O0; + static void fine_tune_mesh(const xy_pos_t &pos, const bool do_ubl_mesh_map) _O0; #endif static bool g29_parameter_parsing() _O0; static void shift_mesh_height(); - static void probe_entire_mesh(const float &rx, const float &ry, const bool do_ubl_mesh_map, const bool stow_probe, const bool do_furthest) _O0; + static void probe_entire_mesh(const xy_pos_t &near, const bool do_ubl_mesh_map, const bool stow_probe, const bool do_furthest) _O0; static void tilt_mesh_based_on_3pts(const float &z1, const float &z2, const float &z3); static void tilt_mesh_based_on_probed_grid(const bool do_ubl_mesh_map); static bool smart_fill_one(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y, const int8_t xdir, const int8_t ydir); + static inline bool smart_fill_one(const xy_uint8_t &pos, const xy_uint8_t &dir) { + return smart_fill_one(pos.x, pos.y, dir.x, dir.y); + } static void smart_fill_mesh(); #if ENABLED(UBL_DEVEL_DEBUGGING) @@ -91,7 +92,7 @@ class unified_bed_leveling { static void save_ubl_active_state_and_disable(); static void restore_ubl_active_state_and_leave(); static void display_map(const int) _O0; - static mesh_index_pair find_closest_mesh_point_of_type(const MeshPointType, const float&, const float&, const bool, uint16_t[16]) _O0; + static mesh_index_pair find_closest_mesh_point_of_type(const MeshPointType, const xy_pos_t&, const bool=false, MeshFlags *done_flags=nullptr) _O0; static mesh_index_pair find_furthest_invalid_mesh_point() _O0; static void reset(); static void invalidate(); @@ -118,14 +119,14 @@ class unified_bed_leveling { FORCE_INLINE static void set_z(const int8_t px, const int8_t py, const float &z) { z_values[px][py] = z; } - static int8_t get_cell_index_x(const float &x) { + static int8_t cell_index_x(const float &x) { const int8_t cx = (x - (MESH_MIN_X)) * RECIPROCAL(MESH_X_DIST); return constrain(cx, 0, (GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) - 1); // -1 is appropriate if we want all movement to the X_MAX } // position. But with this defined this way, it is possible // to extrapolate off of this point even further out. Probably // that is OK because something else should be keeping that from // happening and should not be worried about at this level. - static int8_t get_cell_index_y(const float &y) { + static int8_t cell_index_y(const float &y) { const int8_t cy = (y - (MESH_MIN_Y)) * RECIPROCAL(MESH_Y_DIST); return constrain(cy, 0, (GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) - 1); // -1 is appropriate if we want all movement to the Y_MAX } // position. But with this defined this way, it is possible @@ -133,15 +134,22 @@ class unified_bed_leveling { // that is OK because something else should be keeping that from // happening and should not be worried about at this level. - static int8_t find_closest_x_index(const float &x) { + static inline xy_int8_t cell_indexes(const float &x, const float &y) { + return { cell_index_x(x), cell_index_y(y) }; + } + static inline xy_int8_t cell_indexes(const xy_pos_t &xy) { return cell_indexes(xy.x, xy.y); } + + static int8_t closest_x_index(const float &x) { const int8_t px = (x - (MESH_MIN_X) + (MESH_X_DIST) * 0.5) * RECIPROCAL(MESH_X_DIST); return WITHIN(px, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - 1) ? px : -1; } - - static int8_t find_closest_y_index(const float &y) { + static int8_t closest_y_index(const float &y) { const int8_t py = (y - (MESH_MIN_Y) + (MESH_Y_DIST) * 0.5) * RECIPROCAL(MESH_Y_DIST); return WITHIN(py, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1) ? py : -1; } + static inline xy_int8_t closest_indexes(const xy_pos_t &xy) { + return { closest_x_index(xy.x), closest_y_index(xy.y) }; + } /** * z2 --| @@ -228,8 +236,7 @@ class unified_bed_leveling { * on the Y position within the cell. */ static float get_z_correction(const float &rx0, const float &ry0) { - const int8_t cx = get_cell_index_x(rx0), - cy = get_cell_index_y(ry0); // return values are clamped + const int8_t cx = cell_index_x(rx0), cy = cell_index_y(ry0); // return values are clamped /** * Check if the requested location is off the mesh. If so, and @@ -275,11 +282,11 @@ class unified_bed_leveling { } return z0; } + static inline float get_z_correction(const xy_pos_t &pos) { return get_z_correction(pos.x, pos.y); } static inline float mesh_index_to_xpos(const uint8_t i) { return i < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X ? pgm_read_float(&_mesh_index_to_xpos[i]) : MESH_MIN_X + i * (MESH_X_DIST); } - static inline float mesh_index_to_ypos(const uint8_t i) { return i < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y ? pgm_read_float(&_mesh_index_to_ypos[i]) : MESH_MIN_Y + i * (MESH_Y_DIST); } @@ -291,9 +298,7 @@ class unified_bed_leveling { #endif static inline bool mesh_is_valid() { - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; x++) - for (uint8_t y = 0; y < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; y++) - if (isnan(z_values[x][y])) return false; + GRID_LOOP(x, y) if (isnan(z_values[x][y])) return false; return true; } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_G29.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_G29.cpp index 54c7666bac..1ac036e5bc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_G29.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_G29.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ #include "../bedlevel.h" - #include "../../../Marlin.h" + #include "../../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../../HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.h" #include "../../../libs/hex_print_routines.h" #include "../../../module/configuration_store.h" @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ #include "../../../gcode/gcode.h" #include "../../../libs/least_squares_fit.h" - #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + #if HOTENDS > 1 #include "../../../module/tool_change.h" #endif @@ -46,15 +46,13 @@ #include "../../../core/debug_out.h" #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #include "../../../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" + #include "../../../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" #endif #include #define UBL_G29_P31 - extern float destination[XYZE], current_position[XYZE]; - #if HAS_LCD_MENU void _lcd_ubl_output_map_lcd(); #endif @@ -67,13 +65,11 @@ unified_bed_leveling::g29_repetition_cnt, unified_bed_leveling::g29_storage_slot = 0, unified_bed_leveling::g29_map_type; - bool unified_bed_leveling::g29_c_flag, - unified_bed_leveling::g29_x_flag, - unified_bed_leveling::g29_y_flag; - float unified_bed_leveling::g29_x_pos, - unified_bed_leveling::g29_y_pos, - unified_bed_leveling::g29_card_thickness = 0, + bool unified_bed_leveling::g29_c_flag; + float unified_bed_leveling::g29_card_thickness = 0, unified_bed_leveling::g29_constant = 0; + xy_bool_t unified_bed_leveling::xy_seen; + xy_pos_t unified_bed_leveling::g29_pos; #if HAS_BED_PROBE int unified_bed_leveling::g29_grid_size; @@ -309,12 +305,15 @@ const int8_t p_val = parser.intval('P', -1); const bool may_move = p_val == 1 || p_val == 2 || p_val == 4 || parser.seen('J'); + #if HOTENDS > 1 + const uint8_t old_tool_index = active_extruder; + #endif // Check for commands that require the printer to be homed if (may_move) { planner.synchronize(); if (axes_need_homing()) gcode.home_all_axes(); - #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + #if HOTENDS > 1 if (active_extruder != 0) tool_change(0); #endif } @@ -330,18 +329,19 @@ else { while (g29_repetition_cnt--) { if (cnt > 20) { cnt = 0; idle(); } - const mesh_index_pair location = find_closest_mesh_point_of_type(REAL, g29_x_pos, g29_y_pos, USE_NOZZLE_AS_REFERENCE, nullptr); - if (location.x_index < 0) { - // No more REACHABLE mesh points to invalidate, so we ASSUME the user + const mesh_index_pair closest = find_closest_mesh_point_of_type(REAL, g29_pos); + const xy_int8_t &cpos = closest.pos; + if (cpos.x < 0) { + // No more REAL mesh points to invalidate, so we ASSUME the user // meant to invalidate the ENTIRE mesh, which cannot be done with - // find_closest_mesh_point loop which only returns REACHABLE points. + // find_closest_mesh_point loop which only returns REAL points. set_all_mesh_points_to_value(NAN); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Entire Mesh invalidated.\n"); break; // No more invalid Mesh Points to populate } - z_values[location.x_index][location.y_index] = NAN; + z_values[cpos.x][cpos.y] = NAN; #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(location.x_index, location.y_index, 0); + ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(cpos, 0.0f); #endif cnt++; } @@ -365,25 +365,23 @@ #endif case 0: - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; x++) { // Create a bowl shape - similar to - for (uint8_t y = 0; y < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; y++) { // a poorly calibrated Delta. - const float p1 = 0.5f * (GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) - x, - p2 = 0.5f * (GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) - y; - z_values[x][y] += 2.0f * HYPOT(p1, p2); - #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(x, y, z_values[x][y]); - #endif - } + GRID_LOOP(x, y) { // Create a bowl shape similar to a poorly-calibrated Delta + const float p1 = 0.5f * (GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) - x, + p2 = 0.5f * (GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) - y; + z_values[x][y] += 2.0f * HYPOT(p1, p2); + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(x, y, z_values[x][y]); + #endif } break; case 1: - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; x++) { // Create a diagonal line several Mesh cells thick that is raised + LOOP_L_N(x, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) { // Create a diagonal line several Mesh cells thick that is raised z_values[x][x] += 9.999f; - z_values[x][x + (x < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1) ? 1 : -1] += 9.999f; // We want the altered line several mesh points thick + z_values[x][x + (x < (GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) - 1) ? 1 : -1] += 9.999f; // We want the altered line several mesh points thick #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(x, x, z_values[x][x]); - ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(x, (x + (x < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1) ? 1 : -1), z_values[x][x + (x < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1) ? 1 : -1]); + ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(x, (x + (x < (GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) - 1) ? 1 : -1), z_values[x][x + (x < (GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) - 1) ? 1 : -1]); #endif } @@ -448,13 +446,13 @@ SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Mesh invalidated. Probing mesh."); } if (g29_verbose_level > 1) { - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Probing around (", g29_x_pos); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Probing around (", g29_pos.x); SERIAL_CHAR(','); - SERIAL_ECHO(g29_y_pos); + SERIAL_ECHO(g29_pos.y); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(").\n"); } - probe_entire_mesh(g29_x_pos + probe_offset[X_AXIS], g29_y_pos + probe_offset[Y_AXIS], - parser.seen('T'), parser.seen('E'), parser.seen('U')); + const xy_pos_t near = g29_pos + probe.offset_xy; + probe_entire_mesh(near, parser.seen('T'), parser.seen('E'), parser.seen('U')); report_current_position(); probe_deployed = true; @@ -467,10 +465,11 @@ // // Manually Probe Mesh in areas that can't be reached by the probe // - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Manually probing unreachable mesh locations."); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Manually probing unreachable points."); do_blocking_move_to_z(Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES); - if (parser.seen('C') && !g29_x_flag && !g29_y_flag) { + if (parser.seen('C') && !xy_seen) { + /** * Use a good default location for the path. * The flipped > and < operators in these comparisons is intentional. @@ -478,13 +477,14 @@ * It may make sense to have Delta printers default to the center of the bed. * Until that is decided, this can be forced with the X and Y parameters. */ - #if IS_KINEMATIC - g29_x_pos = X_HOME_POS; - g29_y_pos = Y_HOME_POS; - #else // cartesian - g29_x_pos = probe_offset[X_AXIS] > 0 ? X_BED_SIZE : 0; - g29_y_pos = probe_offset[Y_AXIS] < 0 ? Y_BED_SIZE : 0; - #endif + g29_pos.set( + #if IS_KINEMATIC + X_HOME_POS, Y_HOME_POS + #else + probe.offset_xy.x > 0 ? X_BED_SIZE : 0, + probe.offset_xy.y < 0 ? Y_BED_SIZE : 0 + #endif + ); } if (parser.seen('B')) { @@ -496,13 +496,13 @@ probe_deployed = true; } - if (!position_is_reachable(g29_x_pos, g29_y_pos)) { + if (!position_is_reachable(g29_pos)) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("XY outside printable radius."); return; } const float height = parser.floatval('H', Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES); - manually_probe_remaining_mesh(g29_x_pos, g29_y_pos, height, g29_card_thickness, parser.seen('T')); + manually_probe_remaining_mesh(g29_pos, height, g29_card_thickness, parser.seen('T')); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("G29 P2 finished."); @@ -530,20 +530,20 @@ } else { while (g29_repetition_cnt--) { // this only populates reachable mesh points near - const mesh_index_pair location = find_closest_mesh_point_of_type(INVALID, g29_x_pos, g29_y_pos, USE_NOZZLE_AS_REFERENCE, nullptr); - if (location.x_index < 0) { - // No more REACHABLE INVALID mesh points to populate, so we ASSUME + const mesh_index_pair closest = find_closest_mesh_point_of_type(INVALID, g29_pos); + const xy_int8_t &cpos = closest.pos; + if (cpos.x < 0) { + // No more REAL INVALID mesh points to populate, so we ASSUME // user meant to populate ALL INVALID mesh points to value - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; x++) - for (uint8_t y = 0; y < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; y++) - if (isnan(z_values[x][y])) - z_values[x][y] = g29_constant; + GRID_LOOP(x, y) if (isnan(z_values[x][y])) z_values[x][y] = g29_constant; break; // No more invalid Mesh Points to populate } - z_values[location.x_index][location.y_index] = g29_constant; - #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(location.x_index, location.y_index, z_values[location.x_index][location.y_index]); - #endif + else { + z_values[cpos.x][cpos.y] = g29_constant; + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(cpos, g29_constant); + #endif + } } } } @@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ case 4: // Fine Tune (i.e., Edit) the Mesh #if HAS_LCD_MENU - fine_tune_mesh(g29_x_pos, g29_y_pos, parser.seen('T')); + fine_tune_mesh(g29_pos, parser.seen('T')); #else SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?P4 is only available when an LCD is present."); return; @@ -683,18 +683,20 @@ UNUSED(probe_deployed); #endif + #if HOTENDS > 1 + tool_change(old_tool_index); + #endif return; } void unified_bed_leveling::adjust_mesh_to_mean(const bool cflag, const float value) { float sum = 0; int n = 0; - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; x++) - for (uint8_t y = 0; y < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; y++) - if (!isnan(z_values[x][y])) { - sum += z_values[x][y]; - n++; - } + GRID_LOOP(x, y) + if (!isnan(z_values[x][y])) { + sum += z_values[x][y]; + n++; + } const float mean = sum / n; @@ -702,10 +704,9 @@ // Sum the squares of difference from mean // float sum_of_diff_squared = 0; - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; x++) - for (uint8_t y = 0; y < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; y++) - if (!isnan(z_values[x][y])) - sum_of_diff_squared += sq(z_values[x][y] - mean); + GRID_LOOP(x, y) + if (!isnan(z_values[x][y])) + sum_of_diff_squared += sq(z_values[x][y] - mean); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("# of samples: ", n); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F("Mean Mesh Height: ", mean, 6); @@ -714,94 +715,97 @@ SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F("Standard Deviation: ", sigma, 6); if (cflag) - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; x++) - for (uint8_t y = 0; y < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; y++) - if (!isnan(z_values[x][y])) { - z_values[x][y] -= mean + value; - #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(x, y, z_values[x][y]); - #endif - } - } - - void unified_bed_leveling::shift_mesh_height() { - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; x++) - for (uint8_t y = 0; y < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; y++) + GRID_LOOP(x, y) if (!isnan(z_values[x][y])) { - z_values[x][y] += g29_constant; + z_values[x][y] -= mean + value; #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(x, y, z_values[x][y]); #endif } } + void unified_bed_leveling::shift_mesh_height() { + GRID_LOOP(x, y) + if (!isnan(z_values[x][y])) { + z_values[x][y] += g29_constant; + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(x, y, z_values[x][y]); + #endif + } + } + #if HAS_BED_PROBE /** * Probe all invalidated locations of the mesh that can be reached by the probe. * This attempts to fill in locations closest to the nozzle's start location first. */ - void unified_bed_leveling::probe_entire_mesh(const float &rx, const float &ry, const bool do_ubl_mesh_map, const bool stow_probe, const bool do_furthest) { - mesh_index_pair location; + void unified_bed_leveling::probe_entire_mesh(const xy_pos_t &near, const bool do_ubl_mesh_map, const bool stow_probe, const bool do_furthest) { + probe.deploy(); // Deploy before ui.capture() to allow for PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW #if HAS_LCD_MENU ui.capture(); #endif save_ubl_active_state_and_disable(); // No bed level correction so only raw data is obtained - DEPLOY_PROBE(); - uint8_t count = GRID_MAX_POINTS; + mesh_index_pair best; do { if (do_ubl_mesh_map) display_map(g29_map_type); const int point_num = (GRID_MAX_POINTS) - count + 1; SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("\nProbing mesh point ", point_num, "/", int(GRID_MAX_POINTS), ".\n"); #if HAS_DISPLAY - ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(MSG_PROBING_MESH " %i/%i"), point_num, int(GRID_MAX_POINTS)); + ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(S_FMT " %i/%i"), GET_TEXT(MSG_PROBING_MESH), point_num, int(GRID_MAX_POINTS)); #endif #if HAS_LCD_MENU if (ui.button_pressed()) { ui.quick_feedback(false); // Preserve button state for click-and-hold SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("\nMesh only partially populated.\n"); - STOW_PROBE(); ui.wait_for_release(); ui.quick_feedback(); ui.release(); + probe.stow(); // Release UI before stow to allow for PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW return restore_ubl_active_state_and_leave(); } #endif - if (do_furthest) - location = find_furthest_invalid_mesh_point(); - else - location = find_closest_mesh_point_of_type(INVALID, rx, ry, USE_PROBE_AS_REFERENCE, nullptr); + best = do_furthest + ? find_furthest_invalid_mesh_point() + : find_closest_mesh_point_of_type(INVALID, near, true); - if (location.x_index >= 0) { // mesh point found and is reachable by probe - const float rawx = mesh_index_to_xpos(location.x_index), - rawy = mesh_index_to_ypos(location.y_index), - measured_z = probe_at_point(rawx, rawy, stow_probe ? PROBE_PT_STOW : PROBE_PT_RAISE, g29_verbose_level); // TODO: Needs error handling - z_values[location.x_index][location.y_index] = measured_z; + if (best.pos.x >= 0) { // mesh point found and is reachable by probe + const float measured_z = probe.probe_at_point( + best.meshpos(), + stow_probe ? PROBE_PT_STOW : PROBE_PT_RAISE, g29_verbose_level + ); + z_values[best.pos.x][best.pos.y] = measured_z; #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(location.x_index, location.y_index, measured_z); + ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(best.pos, measured_z); #endif } SERIAL_FLUSH(); // Prevent host M105 buffer overrun. - } while (location.x_index >= 0 && --count); + } while (best.pos.x >= 0 && --count); - STOW_PROBE(); + #if HAS_LCD_MENU + ui.release(); + #endif + probe.stow(); // Release UI during stow to allow for PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW + #if HAS_LCD_MENU + ui.capture(); + #endif #ifdef Z_AFTER_PROBING - move_z_after_probing(); + probe.move_z_after_probing(); #endif restore_ubl_active_state_and_leave(); do_blocking_move_to_xy( - constrain(rx - probe_offset[X_AXIS], MESH_MIN_X, MESH_MAX_X), - constrain(ry - probe_offset[Y_AXIS], MESH_MIN_Y, MESH_MAX_Y) + constrain(near.x - probe.offset_xy.x, MESH_MIN_X, MESH_MAX_X), + constrain(near.y - probe.offset_xy.y, MESH_MIN_Y, MESH_MAX_Y) ); } @@ -835,7 +839,7 @@ idle(); gcode.reset_stepper_timeout(); // Keep steppers powered if (encoder_diff) { - do_blocking_move_to_z(current_position[Z_AXIS] + float(encoder_diff) * multiplier); + do_blocking_move_to_z(current_position.z + float(encoder_diff) * multiplier); encoder_diff = 0; } } @@ -844,13 +848,15 @@ float unified_bed_leveling::measure_point_with_encoder() { KEEPALIVE_STATE(PAUSED_FOR_USER); move_z_with_encoder(0.01f); - return current_position[Z_AXIS]; + return current_position.z; } static void echo_and_take_a_measurement() { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" and take a measurement."); } float unified_bed_leveling::measure_business_card_thickness(float in_height) { - ui.capture(); + #if HAS_LCD_MENU + ui.capture(); + #endif save_ubl_active_state_and_disable(); // Disable bed level correction for probing do_blocking_move_to(0.5f * (MESH_MAX_X - (MESH_MIN_X)), 0.5f * (MESH_MAX_Y - (MESH_MIN_Y)), in_height); @@ -863,7 +869,7 @@ echo_and_take_a_measurement(); const float z1 = measure_point_with_encoder(); - do_blocking_move_to_z(current_position[Z_AXIS] + SIZE_OF_LITTLE_RAISE); + do_blocking_move_to_z(current_position.z + SIZE_OF_LITTLE_RAISE); planner.synchronize(); SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Remove shim"); @@ -872,7 +878,7 @@ const float z2 = measure_point_with_encoder(); - do_blocking_move_to_z(current_position[Z_AXIS] + Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES); + do_blocking_move_to_z(current_position.z + Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES); const float thickness = ABS(z1 - z2); @@ -888,37 +894,44 @@ return thickness; } - void unified_bed_leveling::manually_probe_remaining_mesh(const float &rx, const float &ry, const float &z_clearance, const float &thick, const bool do_ubl_mesh_map) { - - ui.capture(); + void unified_bed_leveling::manually_probe_remaining_mesh(const xy_pos_t &pos, const float &z_clearance, const float &thick, const bool do_ubl_mesh_map) { + #if HAS_LCD_MENU + ui.capture(); + #endif save_ubl_active_state_and_disable(); // No bed level correction so only raw data is obtained - do_blocking_move_to(current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], z_clearance); + do_blocking_move_to_xy_z(current_position, z_clearance); ui.return_to_status(); mesh_index_pair location; + const xy_int8_t &lpos = location.pos; do { - location = find_closest_mesh_point_of_type(INVALID, rx, ry, USE_NOZZLE_AS_REFERENCE, nullptr); + location = find_closest_mesh_point_of_type(INVALID, pos); // It doesn't matter if the probe can't reach the NAN location. This is a manual probe. - if (location.x_index < 0 && location.y_index < 0) continue; + if (!location.valid()) continue; - const float xProbe = mesh_index_to_xpos(location.x_index), - yProbe = mesh_index_to_ypos(location.y_index); + const xyz_pos_t ppos = { + mesh_index_to_xpos(lpos.x), + mesh_index_to_ypos(lpos.y), + Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES + }; - if (!position_is_reachable(xProbe, yProbe)) break; // SHOULD NOT OCCUR (find_closest_mesh_point only returns reachable points) + if (!position_is_reachable(ppos)) break; // SHOULD NOT OCCUR (find_closest_mesh_point only returns reachable points) LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT); - do_blocking_move_to(xProbe, yProbe, Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES); + do_blocking_move_to(ppos); do_blocking_move_to_z(z_clearance); KEEPALIVE_STATE(PAUSED_FOR_USER); - ui.capture(); + #if HAS_LCD_MENU + ui.capture(); + #endif if (do_ubl_mesh_map) display_map(g29_map_type); // show user where we're probing - serialprintPGM(parser.seen('B') ? PSTR(MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT) : PSTR(MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2)); + serialprintPGM(parser.seen('B') ? GET_TEXT(MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT) : GET_TEXT(MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2)); const float z_step = 0.01f; // existing behavior: 0.01mm per click, occasionally step //const float z_step = planner.steps_to_mm[Z_AXIS]; // approx one step each click @@ -932,20 +945,20 @@ return restore_ubl_active_state_and_leave(); } - z_values[location.x_index][location.y_index] = current_position[Z_AXIS] - thick; + z_values[lpos.x][lpos.y] = current_position.z - thick; #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(location.x_index, location.y_index, z_values[location.x_index][location.y_index]); + ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(location, z_values[lpos.x][lpos.y]); #endif if (g29_verbose_level > 2) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F("Mesh Point Measured at: ", z_values[location.x_index][location.y_index], 6); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F("Mesh Point Measured at: ", z_values[lpos.x][lpos.y], 6); SERIAL_FLUSH(); // Prevent host M105 buffer overrun. - } while (location.x_index >= 0 && location.y_index >= 0); + } while (location.valid()); if (do_ubl_mesh_map) display_map(g29_map_type); // show user where we're probing restore_ubl_active_state_and_leave(); - do_blocking_move_to(rx, ry, Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE); + do_blocking_move_to_xy_z(pos, Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE); } inline void set_message_with_feedback(PGM_P const msg_P) { @@ -956,11 +969,11 @@ void abort_fine_tune() { ui.return_to_status(); do_blocking_move_to_z(Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES); - set_message_with_feedback(PSTR(MSG_EDITING_STOPPED)); + set_message_with_feedback(GET_TEXT(MSG_EDITING_STOPPED)); } - void unified_bed_leveling::fine_tune_mesh(const float &rx, const float &ry, const bool do_ubl_mesh_map) { - if (!parser.seen('R')) // fine_tune_mesh() is special. If no repetition count flag is specified + void unified_bed_leveling::fine_tune_mesh(const xy_pos_t &pos, const bool do_ubl_mesh_map) { + if (!parser.seen('R')) // fine_tune_mesh() is special. If no repetition count flag is specified g29_repetition_cnt = 1; // do exactly one mesh location. Otherwise use what the parser decided. #if ENABLED(UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z) @@ -973,7 +986,7 @@ mesh_index_pair location; - if (!position_is_reachable(rx, ry)) { + if (!position_is_reachable(pos)) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("(X,Y) outside printable radius."); return; } @@ -981,76 +994,79 @@ save_ubl_active_state_and_disable(); LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH); - ui.capture(); // Take over control of the LCD encoder - - do_blocking_move_to(rx, ry, Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES); // Move to the given XY with probe clearance + #if HAS_LCD_MENU + ui.capture(); // Take over control of the LCD encoder + #endif + do_blocking_move_to_xy_z(pos, Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES); // Move to the given XY with probe clearance #if ENABLED(UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z) - do_blocking_move_to_z(h_offset); // Move Z to the given 'H' offset + do_blocking_move_to_z(h_offset); // Move Z to the given 'H' offset #endif - uint16_t not_done[16]; - memset(not_done, 0xFF, sizeof(not_done)); + MeshFlags done_flags{0}; + const xy_int8_t &lpos = location.pos; do { - location = find_closest_mesh_point_of_type(SET_IN_BITMAP, rx, ry, USE_NOZZLE_AS_REFERENCE, not_done); + location = find_closest_mesh_point_of_type(SET_IN_BITMAP, pos, false, &done_flags); - if (location.x_index < 0) break; // Stop when there are no more reachable points + if (lpos.x < 0) break; // Stop when there are no more reachable points - bitmap_clear(not_done, location.x_index, location.y_index); // Mark this location as 'adjusted' so a new - // location is used on the next loop + done_flags.mark(lpos); // Mark this location as 'adjusted' so a new + // location is used on the next loop + const xyz_pos_t raw = { + mesh_index_to_xpos(lpos.x), + mesh_index_to_ypos(lpos.y), + Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES + }; - const float rawx = mesh_index_to_xpos(location.x_index), - rawy = mesh_index_to_ypos(location.y_index); + if (!position_is_reachable(raw)) break; // SHOULD NOT OCCUR (find_closest_mesh_point_of_type only returns reachable) - if (!position_is_reachable(rawx, rawy)) break; // SHOULD NOT OCCUR because find_closest_mesh_point_of_type will only return reachable - - do_blocking_move_to(rawx, rawy, Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES); // Move the nozzle to the edit point with probe clearance + do_blocking_move_to(raw); // Move the nozzle to the edit point with probe clearance #if ENABLED(UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z) - do_blocking_move_to_z(h_offset); // Move Z to the given 'H' offset before editing + do_blocking_move_to_z(h_offset); // Move Z to the given 'H' offset before editing #endif KEEPALIVE_STATE(PAUSED_FOR_USER); - if (do_ubl_mesh_map) display_map(g29_map_type); // Display the current point + if (do_ubl_mesh_map) display_map(g29_map_type); // Display the current point ui.refresh(); - float new_z = z_values[location.x_index][location.y_index]; - if (isnan(new_z)) new_z = 0; // Invalid points begin at 0 - new_z = FLOOR(new_z * 1000) * 0.001f; // Chop off digits after the 1000ths place + float new_z = z_values[lpos.x][lpos.y]; + if (isnan(new_z)) new_z = 0; // Invalid points begin at 0 + new_z = FLOOR(new_z * 1000) * 0.001f; // Chop off digits after the 1000ths place lcd_mesh_edit_setup(new_z); do { new_z = lcd_mesh_edit(); #if ENABLED(UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z) - do_blocking_move_to_z(h_offset + new_z); // Move the nozzle as the point is edited + do_blocking_move_to_z(h_offset + new_z); // Move the nozzle as the point is edited #endif idle(); - SERIAL_FLUSH(); // Prevent host M105 buffer overrun. + SERIAL_FLUSH(); // Prevent host M105 buffer overrun. } while (!ui.button_pressed()); - if (!lcd_map_control) ui.return_to_status(); // Just editing a single point? Return to status + if (!lcd_map_control) ui.return_to_status(); // Just editing a single point? Return to status - if (click_and_hold(abort_fine_tune)) break; // Button held down? Abort editing + if (click_and_hold(abort_fine_tune)) break; // Button held down? Abort editing - z_values[location.x_index][location.y_index] = new_z; // Save the updated Z value + z_values[lpos.x][lpos.y] = new_z; // Save the updated Z value #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(location.x_index, location.y_index, new_z); + ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(location, new_z); #endif - serial_delay(20); // No switch noise + serial_delay(20); // No switch noise ui.refresh(); - } while (location.x_index >= 0 && --g29_repetition_cnt > 0); + } while (lpos.x >= 0 && --g29_repetition_cnt > 0); ui.release(); if (do_ubl_mesh_map) display_map(g29_map_type); restore_ubl_active_state_and_leave(); - do_blocking_move_to(rx, ry, Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES); + do_blocking_move_to_xy_z(pos, Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES); LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Done Editing Mesh"); @@ -1067,17 +1083,12 @@ bool err_flag = false; #if HAS_LCD_MENU - set_message_with_feedback(PSTR(MSG_UBL_DOING_G29)); + set_message_with_feedback(GET_TEXT(MSG_UBL_DOING_G29)); #endif g29_constant = 0; g29_repetition_cnt = 0; - g29_x_flag = parser.seenval('X'); - g29_x_pos = g29_x_flag ? parser.value_float() : current_position[X_AXIS]; - g29_y_flag = parser.seenval('Y'); - g29_y_pos = g29_y_flag ? parser.value_float() : current_position[Y_AXIS]; - if (parser.seen('R')) { g29_repetition_cnt = parser.has_value() ? parser.value_int() : GRID_MAX_POINTS; NOMORE(g29_repetition_cnt, GRID_MAX_POINTS); @@ -1124,17 +1135,24 @@ #endif } - if (g29_x_flag != g29_y_flag) { + xy_seen.x = parser.seenval('X'); + float sx = xy_seen.x ? parser.value_float() : current_position.x; + xy_seen.y = parser.seenval('Y'); + float sy = xy_seen.y ? parser.value_float() : current_position.y; + + if (xy_seen.x != xy_seen.y) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Both X & Y locations must be specified.\n"); err_flag = true; } // If X or Y are not valid, use center of the bed values - if (!WITHIN(g29_x_pos, X_MIN_BED, X_MAX_BED)) g29_x_pos = X_CENTER; - if (!WITHIN(g29_y_pos, Y_MIN_BED, Y_MAX_BED)) g29_y_pos = Y_CENTER; + if (!WITHIN(sx, X_MIN_BED, X_MAX_BED)) sx = X_CENTER; + if (!WITHIN(sy, Y_MIN_BED, Y_MAX_BED)) sy = Y_CENTER; if (err_flag) return UBL_ERR; + g29_pos.set(sx, sy); + /** * Activate or deactivate UBL * Note: UBL's G29 restores the state set here when done. @@ -1189,7 +1207,7 @@ if (ubl_state_recursion_chk != 1) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("save_ubl_active_state_and_disabled() called multiple times in a row."); #if HAS_LCD_MENU - set_message_with_feedback(PSTR(MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR)); + set_message_with_feedback(GET_TEXT(MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR)); #endif return; } @@ -1203,7 +1221,7 @@ if (--ubl_state_recursion_chk) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("restore_ubl_active_state_and_leave() called too many times."); #if HAS_LCD_MENU - set_message_with_feedback(PSTR(MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR)); + set_message_with_feedback(GET_TEXT(MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR)); #endif return; } @@ -1213,116 +1231,95 @@ mesh_index_pair unified_bed_leveling::find_furthest_invalid_mesh_point() { - bool found_a_NAN = false, found_a_real = false; + bool found_a_NAN = false, found_a_real = false; - mesh_index_pair out_mesh; - out_mesh.x_index = out_mesh.y_index = -1; - out_mesh.distance = -99999.99f; + mesh_index_pair farthest { -1, -1, -99999.99 }; - for (int8_t i = 0; i < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; i++) { - for (int8_t j = 0; j < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; j++) { + GRID_LOOP(i, j) { + if (!isnan(z_values[i][j])) continue; // Skip valid mesh points - if (isnan(z_values[i][j])) { // Check to see if this location holds an invalid mesh point + // Skip unreachable points + if (!probe.can_reach(mesh_index_to_xpos(i), mesh_index_to_ypos(j))) + continue; - const float mx = mesh_index_to_xpos(i), - my = mesh_index_to_ypos(j); + found_a_NAN = true; - if (!position_is_reachable_by_probe(mx, my)) // make sure the probe can get to the mesh point - continue; + xy_int8_t near { -1, -1 }; + float d1, d2 = 99999.9f; + GRID_LOOP(k, l) { + if (isnan(z_values[k][l])) continue; - found_a_NAN = true; + found_a_real = true; - int8_t closest_x = -1, closest_y = -1; - float d1, d2 = 99999.9f; - for (int8_t k = 0; k < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; k++) { - for (int8_t l = 0; l < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; l++) { - if (!isnan(z_values[k][l])) { - found_a_real = true; + // Add in a random weighting factor that scrambles the probing of the + // last half of the mesh (when every unprobed mesh point is one index + // from a probed location). - // Add in a random weighting factor that scrambles the probing of the - // last half of the mesh (when every unprobed mesh point is one index - // from a probed location). + d1 = HYPOT(i - k, j - l) + (1.0f / ((millis() % 47) + 13)); - d1 = HYPOT(i - k, j - l) + (1.0f / ((millis() % 47) + 13)); - - if (d1 < d2) { // found a closer distance from invalid mesh point at (i,j) to defined mesh point at (k,l) - d2 = d1; // found a closer location with - closest_x = i; // an assigned mesh point value - closest_y = j; - } - } - } - } - - // - // At this point d2 should have the closest defined mesh point to invalid mesh point (i,j) - // - - if (found_a_real && (closest_x >= 0) && (d2 > out_mesh.distance)) { - out_mesh.distance = d2; // found an invalid location with a greater distance - out_mesh.x_index = closest_x; // to a defined mesh point - out_mesh.y_index = closest_y; - } + if (d1 < d2) { // Invalid mesh point (i,j) is closer to the defined point (k,l) + d2 = d1; + near.set(i, j); } - } // for j - } // for i + } + + // + // At this point d2 should have the near defined mesh point to invalid mesh point (i,j) + // + + if (found_a_real && near.x >= 0 && d2 > farthest.distance) { + farthest.pos = near; // Found an invalid location farther from the defined mesh point + farthest.distance = d2; + } + } // GRID_LOOP if (!found_a_real && found_a_NAN) { // if the mesh is totally unpopulated, start the probing - out_mesh.x_index = GRID_MAX_POINTS_X / 2; - out_mesh.y_index = GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y / 2; - out_mesh.distance = 1; + farthest.pos.set((GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) / 2, (GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) / 2); + farthest.distance = 1; } - return out_mesh; + return farthest; } - mesh_index_pair unified_bed_leveling::find_closest_mesh_point_of_type(const MeshPointType type, const float &rx, const float &ry, const bool probe_as_reference, uint16_t bits[16]) { - mesh_index_pair out_mesh; - out_mesh.x_index = out_mesh.y_index = -1; - out_mesh.distance = -99999.9f; + mesh_index_pair unified_bed_leveling::find_closest_mesh_point_of_type(const MeshPointType type, const xy_pos_t &pos, const bool probe_relative/*=false*/, MeshFlags *done_flags/*=nullptr*/) { + mesh_index_pair closest; + closest.invalidate(); + closest.distance = -99999.9f; - // Get our reference position. Either the nozzle or probe location. - const float px = rx + (probe_as_reference == USE_PROBE_AS_REFERENCE ? probe_offset[X_AXIS] : 0), - py = ry + (probe_as_reference == USE_PROBE_AS_REFERENCE ? probe_offset[Y_AXIS] : 0); + // Get the reference position, either nozzle or probe + const xy_pos_t ref = probe_relative ? pos + probe.offset_xy : pos; float best_so_far = 99999.99f; - for (int8_t i = 0; i < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; i++) { - for (int8_t j = 0; j < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; j++) { + GRID_LOOP(i, j) { + if ( (type == (isnan(z_values[i][j]) ? INVALID : REAL)) + || (type == SET_IN_BITMAP && !done_flags->marked(i, j)) + ) { + // Found a Mesh Point of the specified type! + const xy_pos_t mpos = { mesh_index_to_xpos(i), mesh_index_to_ypos(j) }; - if ( (type == INVALID && isnan(z_values[i][j])) // Check to see if this location holds the right thing - || (type == REAL && !isnan(z_values[i][j])) - || (type == SET_IN_BITMAP && is_bitmap_set(bits, i, j)) - ) { - // We only get here if we found a Mesh Point of the specified type + // If using the probe as the reference there are some unreachable locations. + // Also for round beds, there are grid points outside the bed the nozzle can't reach. + // Prune them from the list and ignore them till the next Phase (manual nozzle probing). - const float mx = mesh_index_to_xpos(i), - my = mesh_index_to_ypos(j); + if (!(probe_relative ? probe.can_reach(mpos) : position_is_reachable(mpos))) + continue; - // If using the probe as the reference there are some unreachable locations. - // Also for round beds, there are grid points outside the bed the nozzle can't reach. - // Prune them from the list and ignore them till the next Phase (manual nozzle probing). + // Reachable. Check if it's the best_so_far location to the nozzle. - if (probe_as_reference ? !position_is_reachable_by_probe(mx, my) : !position_is_reachable(mx, my)) - continue; + const xy_pos_t diff = current_position - mpos; + const float distance = (ref - mpos).magnitude() + diff.magnitude() * 0.1f; - // Reachable. Check if it's the best_so_far location to the nozzle. - - float distance = HYPOT(px - mx, py - my); - - // factor in the distance from the current location for the normal case - // so the nozzle isn't running all over the bed. - distance += HYPOT(current_position[X_AXIS] - mx, current_position[Y_AXIS] - my) * 0.1f; - if (distance < best_so_far) { - best_so_far = distance; // We found a closer location with - out_mesh.x_index = i; // the specified type of mesh value. - out_mesh.y_index = j; - out_mesh.distance = best_so_far; - } + // factor in the distance from the current location for the normal case + // so the nozzle isn't running all over the bed. + if (distance < best_so_far) { + best_so_far = distance; // Found a closer location with the desired value type. + closest.pos.set(i, j); + closest.distance = best_so_far; } - } // for j - } // for i + } + } // GRID_LOOP - return out_mesh; + return closest; } /** @@ -1332,20 +1329,20 @@ */ bool unified_bed_leveling::smart_fill_one(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y, const int8_t xdir, const int8_t ydir) { - const int8_t x1 = x + xdir, x2 = x1 + xdir, - y1 = y + ydir, y2 = y1 + ydir; - // A NAN next to a pair of real values? - if (isnan(z_values[x][y]) && !isnan(z_values[x1][y1]) && !isnan(z_values[x2][y2])) { - if (z_values[x1][y1] < z_values[x2][y2]) // Angled downward? - z_values[x][y] = z_values[x1][y1]; // Use nearest (maybe a little too high.) - else - z_values[x][y] = 2.0f * z_values[x1][y1] - z_values[x2][y2]; // Angled upward... - - #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(x, y, z_values[x][y]); - #endif - - return true; + const float v = z_values[x][y]; + if (isnan(v)) { // A NAN... + const int8_t dx = x + xdir, dy = y + ydir; + const float v1 = z_values[dx][dy]; + if (!isnan(v1)) { // ...next to a pair of real values? + const float v2 = z_values[dx + xdir][dy + ydir]; + if (!isnan(v2)) { + z_values[x][y] = v1 < v2 ? v1 : v1 + v1 - v2; + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(x, y, z_values[x][y]); + #endif + return true; + } + } } return false; } @@ -1360,7 +1357,7 @@ info3 PROGMEM = { GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - 1, 0, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y, true }; // Right side of the mesh looking left static const smart_fill_info * const info[] PROGMEM = { &info0, &info1, &info2, &info3 }; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < COUNT(info); ++i) { + LOOP_L_N(i, COUNT(info)) { const smart_fill_info *f = (smart_fill_info*)pgm_read_ptr(&info[i]); const int8_t sx = pgm_read_byte(&f->sx), sy = pgm_read_byte(&f->sy), ex = pgm_read_byte(&f->ex), ey = pgm_read_byte(&f->ey); @@ -1386,22 +1383,13 @@ #include "../../../libs/vector_3.h" void unified_bed_leveling::tilt_mesh_based_on_probed_grid(const bool do_3_pt_leveling) { - const float x_min = probe_min_x(), x_max = probe_max_x(), - y_min = probe_min_y(), y_max = probe_max_y(), + const float x_min = probe.min_x(), x_max = probe.max_x(), + y_min = probe.min_y(), y_max = probe.max_y(), dx = (x_max - x_min) / (g29_grid_size - 1), dy = (y_max - y_min) / (g29_grid_size - 1); - vector_3 points[3] = { - #if ENABLED(HAS_FIXED_3POINT) - vector_3(PROBE_PT_1_X, PROBE_PT_1_Y, 0), - vector_3(PROBE_PT_2_X, PROBE_PT_2_Y, 0), - vector_3(PROBE_PT_3_X, PROBE_PT_3_Y, 0) - #else - vector_3(x_min, y_min, 0), - vector_3(x_max, y_min, 0), - vector_3((x_max - x_min) / 2, y_max, 0) - #endif - }; + xy_float_t points[3]; + probe.get_three_points(points); float measured_z; bool abort_flag = false; @@ -1416,14 +1404,14 @@ if (do_3_pt_leveling) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Tilting mesh (1/3)"); #if HAS_DISPLAY - ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH " 1/3")); + ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(S_FMT " 1/3"), GET_TEXT(MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH)); #endif - measured_z = probe_at_point(points[0].x, points[0].y, PROBE_PT_RAISE, g29_verbose_level); + measured_z = probe.probe_at_point(points[0], PROBE_PT_RAISE, g29_verbose_level); if (isnan(measured_z)) abort_flag = true; else { - measured_z -= get_z_correction(points[0].x, points[0].y); + measured_z -= get_z_correction(points[0]); #ifdef VALIDATE_MESH_TILT z1 = measured_z; #endif @@ -1431,56 +1419,56 @@ serial_spaces(16); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Corrected_Z=", measured_z); } - incremental_LSF(&lsf_results, points[0].x, points[0].y, measured_z); + incremental_LSF(&lsf_results, points[0], measured_z); } if (!abort_flag) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Tilting mesh (2/3)"); #if HAS_DISPLAY - ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH " 2/3")); + ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(S_FMT " 2/3"), GET_TEXT(MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH)); #endif - measured_z = probe_at_point(points[1].x, points[1].y, PROBE_PT_RAISE, g29_verbose_level); + measured_z = probe.probe_at_point(points[1], PROBE_PT_RAISE, g29_verbose_level); #ifdef VALIDATE_MESH_TILT z2 = measured_z; #endif if (isnan(measured_z)) abort_flag = true; else { - measured_z -= get_z_correction(points[1].x, points[1].y); + measured_z -= get_z_correction(points[1]); if (g29_verbose_level > 3) { serial_spaces(16); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Corrected_Z=", measured_z); } - incremental_LSF(&lsf_results, points[1].x, points[1].y, measured_z); + incremental_LSF(&lsf_results, points[1], measured_z); } } if (!abort_flag) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Tilting mesh (3/3)"); #if HAS_DISPLAY - ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH " 3/3")); + ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(S_FMT " 3/3"), GET_TEXT(MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH)); #endif - measured_z = probe_at_point(points[2].x, points[2].y, PROBE_PT_STOW, g29_verbose_level); + measured_z = probe.probe_at_point(points[2], PROBE_PT_STOW, g29_verbose_level); #ifdef VALIDATE_MESH_TILT z3 = measured_z; #endif if (isnan(measured_z)) abort_flag = true; else { - measured_z -= get_z_correction(points[2].x, points[2].y); + measured_z -= get_z_correction(points[2]); if (g29_verbose_level > 3) { serial_spaces(16); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Corrected_Z=", measured_z); } - incremental_LSF(&lsf_results, points[2].x, points[2].y, measured_z); + incremental_LSF(&lsf_results, points[2], measured_z); } } - STOW_PROBE(); + probe.stow(); #ifdef Z_AFTER_PROBING - move_z_after_probing(); + probe.move_z_after_probing(); #endif if (abort_flag) { @@ -1492,37 +1480,41 @@ bool zig_zag = false; - uint16_t total_points = g29_grid_size * g29_grid_size, point_num = 1; + const uint16_t total_points = sq(g29_grid_size); + uint16_t point_num = 1; - for (uint8_t ix = 0; ix < g29_grid_size; ix++) { - const float rx = x_min + ix * dx; - for (int8_t iy = 0; iy < g29_grid_size; iy++) { - const float ry = y_min + dy * (zig_zag ? g29_grid_size - 1 - iy : iy); + xy_pos_t rpos; + LOOP_L_N(ix, g29_grid_size) { + rpos.x = x_min + ix * dx; + LOOP_L_N(iy, g29_grid_size) { + rpos.y = y_min + dy * (zig_zag ? g29_grid_size - 1 - iy : iy); if (!abort_flag) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Tilting mesh point ", point_num, "/", total_points, "\n"); #if HAS_DISPLAY - ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH " %i/%i"), point_num, total_points); + ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(S_FMT " %i/%i"), GET_TEXT(MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH), point_num, total_points); #endif - measured_z = probe_at_point(rx, ry, parser.seen('E') ? PROBE_PT_STOW : PROBE_PT_RAISE, g29_verbose_level); // TODO: Needs error handling + measured_z = probe.probe_at_point(rpos, parser.seen('E') ? PROBE_PT_STOW : PROBE_PT_RAISE, g29_verbose_level); // TODO: Needs error handling abort_flag = isnan(measured_z); - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { - DEBUG_CHAR('('); - DEBUG_ECHO_F(rx, 7); - DEBUG_CHAR(','); - DEBUG_ECHO_F(ry, 7); - DEBUG_ECHOPGM(") logical: ("); - DEBUG_ECHO_F(LOGICAL_X_POSITION(rx), 7); - DEBUG_CHAR(','); - DEBUG_ECHO_F(LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(ry), 7); - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F(") measured: ", measured_z, 7); - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F(" correction: ", get_z_correction(rx, ry), 7); - } + #if ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE) + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { + const xy_pos_t lpos = rpos.asLogical(); + DEBUG_CHAR('('); + DEBUG_ECHO_F(rpos.x, 7); + DEBUG_CHAR(','); + DEBUG_ECHO_F(rpos.y, 7); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F(") logical: (", lpos.x, 7); + DEBUG_CHAR(','); + DEBUG_ECHO_F(lpos.y, 7); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F(") measured: ", measured_z, 7); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F(" correction: ", get_z_correction(rpos), 7); + } + #endif - measured_z -= get_z_correction(rx, ry) /* + probe_offset[Z_AXIS] */ ; + measured_z -= get_z_correction(rpos) /* + probe.offset.z */ ; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F(" final >>>---> ", measured_z, 7); @@ -1530,7 +1522,7 @@ serial_spaces(16); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Corrected_Z=", measured_z); } - incremental_LSF(&lsf_results, rx, ry, measured_z); + incremental_LSF(&lsf_results, rpos, measured_z); } point_num++; @@ -1539,9 +1531,9 @@ zig_zag ^= true; } } - STOW_PROBE(); + probe.stow(); #ifdef Z_AFTER_PROBING - move_z_after_probing(); + probe.move_z_after_probing(); #endif if (abort_flag || finish_incremental_LSF(&lsf_results)) { @@ -1562,39 +1554,37 @@ matrix_3x3 rotation = matrix_3x3::create_look_at(vector_3(lsf_results.A, lsf_results.B, 1)); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; i++) { - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; j++) { - float x_tmp = mesh_index_to_xpos(i), - y_tmp = mesh_index_to_ypos(j), - z_tmp = z_values[i][j]; + GRID_LOOP(i, j) { + float mx = mesh_index_to_xpos(i), + my = mesh_index_to_ypos(j), + mz = z_values[i][j]; - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F("before rotation = [", x_tmp, 7); - DEBUG_CHAR(','); - DEBUG_ECHO_F(y_tmp, 7); - DEBUG_CHAR(','); - DEBUG_ECHO_F(z_tmp, 7); - DEBUG_ECHOPGM("] ---> "); - DEBUG_DELAY(20); - } - - apply_rotation_xyz(rotation, x_tmp, y_tmp, z_tmp); - - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F("after rotation = [", x_tmp, 7); - DEBUG_CHAR(','); - DEBUG_ECHO_F(y_tmp, 7); - DEBUG_CHAR(','); - DEBUG_ECHO_F(z_tmp, 7); - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("]"); - DEBUG_DELAY(55); - } - - z_values[i][j] = z_tmp - lsf_results.D; - #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(i, j, z_values[i][j]); - #endif + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F("before rotation = [", mx, 7); + DEBUG_CHAR(','); + DEBUG_ECHO_F(my, 7); + DEBUG_CHAR(','); + DEBUG_ECHO_F(mz, 7); + DEBUG_ECHOPGM("] ---> "); + DEBUG_DELAY(20); } + + apply_rotation_xyz(rotation, mx, my, mz); + + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F("after rotation = [", mx, 7); + DEBUG_CHAR(','); + DEBUG_ECHO_F(my, 7); + DEBUG_CHAR(','); + DEBUG_ECHO_F(mz, 7); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("]"); + DEBUG_DELAY(20); + } + + z_values[i][j] = mz - lsf_results.D; + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(i, j, z_values[i][j]); + #endif } if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { @@ -1613,41 +1603,32 @@ DEBUG_EOL(); /** - * The following code can be used to check the validity of the mesh tilting algorithm. - * When a 3-Point Mesh Tilt is done, the same algorithm is used as the grid based tilting. - * The only difference is just 3 points are used in the calculations. That fact guarantees - * each probed point should have an exact match when a get_z_correction() for that location - * is calculated. The Z error between the probed point locations and the get_z_correction() + * Use the code below to check the validity of the mesh tilting algorithm. + * 3-Point Mesh Tilt uses the same algorithm as grid-based tilting, but only + * three points are used in the calculation. This guarantees that each probed point + * has an exact match when get_z_correction() for that location is calculated. + * The Z error between the probed point locations and the get_z_correction() * numbers for those locations should be 0. */ #ifdef VALIDATE_MESH_TILT - float t, t1, d; - t = normal.x * x_min + normal.y * y_min; - d = t + normal.z * z1; - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F("D from 1st point: ", d, 6); - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F(" Z error: ", normal.z * z1 - get_z_correction(x_min, y_min), 6); - - t = normal.x * x_max + normal.y * y_min; - d = t + normal.z * z2; - DEBUG_EOL(); - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F("D from 2nd point: ", d, 6); - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F(" Z error: ", normal.z * z2 - get_z_correction(x_max, y_min), 6); - - t = normal.x * ((x_max - x_min) / 2) + normal.y * (y_min); - d = t + normal.z * z3; - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F("D from 3rd point: ", d, 6); - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F(" Z error: ", normal.z * z3 - get_z_correction((x_max - x_min) / 2, y_max), 6); - - t = normal.x * (Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT) + normal.y * (Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT); - d = t + normal.z * 0; - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F("D from home location with Z=0 : ", d, 6); - - t = normal.x * (Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT) + normal.y * (Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT); - d = t + get_z_correction(Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT, Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT); // normal.z * 0; - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F("D from home location using mesh value for Z: ", d, 6); - - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" Z error: (", Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT, ",", Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT); - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F(") = ", get_z_correction(Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT, Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT), 6); + auto d_from = []{ DEBUG_ECHOPGM("D from "); }; + auto normed = [&](const xy_pos_t &pos, const float &zadd) { + return normal.x * pos.x + normal.y * pos.y + zadd; + }; + auto debug_pt = [](PGM_P const pre, const xy_pos_t &pos, const float &zadd) { + d_from(); serialprintPGM(pre); + DEBUG_ECHO_F(normed(pos, zadd), 6); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F(" Z error = ", zadd - get_z_correction(pos), 6); + }; + debug_pt(PSTR("1st point: "), probe_pt[0], normal.z * z1); + debug_pt(PSTR("2nd point: "), probe_pt[1], normal.z * z2); + debug_pt(PSTR("3rd point: "), probe_pt[2], normal.z * z3); + d_from(); DEBUG_ECHOPGM("safe home with Z="); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F("0 : ", normed(safe_homing_xy, 0), 6); + d_from(); DEBUG_ECHOPGM("safe home with Z="); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F("mesh value ", normed(safe_homing_xy, get_z_correction(safe_homing_xy)), 6); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" Z error = (", Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT, ",", Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F(") = ", get_z_correction(safe_homing_xy), 6); #endif } // DEBUGGING(LEVELING) @@ -1663,7 +1644,7 @@ // being extrapolated so that nearby points will have greater influence on // the point being extrapolated. Then extrapolate the mesh point from WLSF. - static_assert(GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y <= 16, "GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y too big"); + static_assert((GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) <= 16, "GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y too big"); uint16_t bitmap[GRID_MAX_POINTS_X] = { 0 }; struct linear_fit_data lsf_results; @@ -1671,26 +1652,25 @@ const float weight_scaled = weight_factor * _MAX(MESH_X_DIST, MESH_Y_DIST); - for (uint8_t jx = 0; jx < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; jx++) - for (uint8_t jy = 0; jy < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; jy++) - if (!isnan(z_values[jx][jy])) - SBI(bitmap[jx], jy); + GRID_LOOP(jx, jy) if (!isnan(z_values[jx][jy])) SBI(bitmap[jx], jy); - for (uint8_t ix = 0; ix < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; ix++) { - const float px = mesh_index_to_xpos(ix); - for (uint8_t iy = 0; iy < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; iy++) { - const float py = mesh_index_to_ypos(iy); + xy_pos_t ppos; + LOOP_L_N(ix, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) { + ppos.x = mesh_index_to_xpos(ix); + LOOP_L_N(iy, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) { + ppos.y = mesh_index_to_ypos(iy); if (isnan(z_values[ix][iy])) { - // undefined mesh point at (px,py), compute weighted LSF from original valid mesh points. + // undefined mesh point at (ppos.x,ppos.y), compute weighted LSF from original valid mesh points. incremental_LSF_reset(&lsf_results); - for (uint8_t jx = 0; jx < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; jx++) { - const float rx = mesh_index_to_xpos(jx); - for (uint8_t jy = 0; jy < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; jy++) { + xy_pos_t rpos; + LOOP_L_N(jx, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) { + rpos.x = mesh_index_to_xpos(jx); + LOOP_L_N(jy, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) { if (TEST(bitmap[jx], jy)) { - const float ry = mesh_index_to_ypos(jy), - rz = z_values[jx][jy], - w = 1 + weight_scaled / HYPOT((rx - px), (ry - py)); - incremental_WLSF(&lsf_results, rx, ry, rz, w); + rpos.y = mesh_index_to_ypos(jy); + const float rz = z_values[jx][jy], + w = 1.0f + weight_scaled / (rpos - ppos).magnitude(); + incremental_WLSF(&lsf_results, rpos, rz, w); } } } @@ -1698,12 +1678,12 @@ SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Insufficient data"); return; } - const float ez = -lsf_results.D - lsf_results.A * px - lsf_results.B * py; + const float ez = -lsf_results.D - lsf_results.A * ppos.x - lsf_results.B * ppos.y; z_values[ix][iy] = ez; #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(ix, iy, z_values[ix][iy]); #endif - idle(); // housekeeping + idle(); // housekeeping } } } @@ -1734,7 +1714,7 @@ adjust_mesh_to_mean(g29_c_flag, g29_constant); #if HAS_BED_PROBE - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F("Probe Offset M851 Z", probe_offset[Z_AXIS], 7); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F("Probe Offset M851 Z", probe.offset.z, 7); #endif SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("MESH_MIN_X " STRINGIFY(MESH_MIN_X) "=", MESH_MIN_X); serial_delay(50); @@ -1747,7 +1727,7 @@ SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("MESH_Y_DIST ", MESH_Y_DIST); serial_delay(50); SERIAL_ECHOPGM("X-Axis Mesh Points at: "); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) { SERIAL_ECHO_F(LOGICAL_X_POSITION(mesh_index_to_xpos(i)), 3); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" "); serial_delay(25); @@ -1755,7 +1735,7 @@ SERIAL_EOL(); SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Y-Axis Mesh Points at: "); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) { SERIAL_ECHO_F(LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(mesh_index_to_ypos(i)), 3); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" "); serial_delay(25); @@ -1840,13 +1820,12 @@ SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Subtracting mesh in slot ", g29_storage_slot, " from current mesh."); - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; x++) - for (uint8_t y = 0; y < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; y++) { - z_values[x][y] -= tmp_z_values[x][y]; - #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(x, y, z_values[x][y]); - #endif - } + GRID_LOOP(x, y) { + z_values[x][y] -= tmp_z_values[x][y]; + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(x, y, z_values[x][y]); + #endif + } } #endif // UBL_DEVEL_DEBUGGING diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_motion.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_motion.cpp index fcce41169a..5364108240 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_motion.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_motion.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -32,15 +32,9 @@ #include "../../../module/delta.h" #endif -#include "../../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../../MarlinCore.h" #include -#if AVR_AT90USB1286_FAMILY // Teensyduino & Printrboard IDE extensions have compile errors without this - inline void set_current_from_destination() { COPY(current_position, destination); } -#else - extern void set_current_from_destination(); -#endif - #if !UBL_SEGMENTED void unified_bed_leveling::line_to_destination_cartesian(const feedRate_t &scaled_fr_mm_s, const uint8_t extruder) { @@ -50,60 +44,57 @@ * just do the required Z-Height correction, call the Planner's buffer_line() routine, and leave */ #if HAS_POSITION_MODIFIERS - float start[XYZE] = { current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS], current_position[E_AXIS] }, - end[XYZE] = { destination[X_AXIS], destination[Y_AXIS], destination[Z_AXIS], destination[E_AXIS] }; + xyze_pos_t start = current_position, end = destination; planner.apply_modifiers(start); planner.apply_modifiers(end); #else - const float (&start)[XYZE] = current_position, - (&end)[XYZE] = destination; + const xyze_pos_t &start = current_position, &end = destination; #endif - const int cell_start_xi = get_cell_index_x(start[X_AXIS]), - cell_start_yi = get_cell_index_y(start[Y_AXIS]), - cell_dest_xi = get_cell_index_x(end[X_AXIS]), - cell_dest_yi = get_cell_index_y(end[Y_AXIS]); + const xy_int8_t istart = cell_indexes(start), iend = cell_indexes(end); // A move within the same cell needs no splitting - if (cell_start_xi == cell_dest_xi && cell_start_yi == cell_dest_yi) { + if (istart == iend) { // For a move off the bed, use a constant Z raise - if (!WITHIN(cell_dest_xi, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - 1) || !WITHIN(cell_dest_yi, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1)) { + if (!WITHIN(iend.x, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - 1) || !WITHIN(iend.y, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1)) { // Note: There is no Z Correction in this case. We are off the grid and don't know what // a reasonable correction would be. If the user has specified a UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH // value, that will be used instead of a calculated (Bi-Linear interpolation) correction. - const float z_raise = 0.0 - #ifdef UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH - + UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH - #endif - ; - planner.buffer_segment(end[X_AXIS], end[Y_AXIS], end[Z_AXIS] + z_raise, end[E_AXIS], scaled_fr_mm_s, extruder); - set_current_from_destination(); + #ifdef UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH + end.z += UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH; + #endif + planner.buffer_segment(end, scaled_fr_mm_s, extruder); + current_position = destination; return; } FINAL_MOVE: // The distance is always MESH_X_DIST so multiply by the constant reciprocal. - const float xratio = (end[X_AXIS] - mesh_index_to_xpos(cell_dest_xi)) * RECIPROCAL(MESH_X_DIST); + const float xratio = (end.x - mesh_index_to_xpos(iend.x)) * RECIPROCAL(MESH_X_DIST); - float z1 = z_values[cell_dest_xi ][cell_dest_yi ] + xratio * - (z_values[cell_dest_xi + 1][cell_dest_yi ] - z_values[cell_dest_xi][cell_dest_yi ]), - z2 = z_values[cell_dest_xi ][cell_dest_yi + 1] + xratio * - (z_values[cell_dest_xi + 1][cell_dest_yi + 1] - z_values[cell_dest_xi][cell_dest_yi + 1]); - - if (cell_dest_xi >= GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - 1) z1 = z2 = 0.0; + float z1, z2; + if (iend.x >= GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - 1) + z1 = z2 = 0.0; + else { + z1 = z_values[iend.x ][iend.y ] + xratio * + (z_values[iend.x + 1][iend.y ] - z_values[iend.x][iend.y ]), + z2 = z_values[iend.x ][iend.y + 1] + xratio * + (z_values[iend.x + 1][iend.y + 1] - z_values[iend.x][iend.y + 1]); + } // X cell-fraction done. Interpolate the two Z offsets with the Y fraction for the final Z offset. - const float yratio = (end[Y_AXIS] - mesh_index_to_ypos(cell_dest_yi)) * RECIPROCAL(MESH_Y_DIST), - z0 = cell_dest_yi < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1 ? (z1 + (z2 - z1) * yratio) * planner.fade_scaling_factor_for_z(end[Z_AXIS]) : 0.0; + const float yratio = (end.y - mesh_index_to_ypos(iend.y)) * RECIPROCAL(MESH_Y_DIST), + z0 = iend.y < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1 ? (z1 + (z2 - z1) * yratio) * planner.fade_scaling_factor_for_z(end.z) : 0.0; // Undefined parts of the Mesh in z_values[][] are NAN. // Replace NAN corrections with 0.0 to prevent NAN propagation. - planner.buffer_segment(end[X_AXIS], end[Y_AXIS], end[Z_AXIS] + (isnan(z0) ? 0.0 : z0), end[E_AXIS], scaled_fr_mm_s, extruder); - set_current_from_destination(); + if (!isnan(z0)) end.z += z0; + planner.buffer_segment(end, scaled_fr_mm_s, extruder); + current_position = destination; return; } @@ -112,17 +103,11 @@ * case - crossing only one X or Y line - after details are worked out to reduce computation. */ - const float dx = end[X_AXIS] - start[X_AXIS], - dy = end[Y_AXIS] - start[Y_AXIS]; - - const int left_flag = dx < 0.0 ? 1 : 0, - down_flag = dy < 0.0 ? 1 : 0; - - const float adx = left_flag ? -dx : dx, - ady = down_flag ? -dy : dy; - - const int dxi = cell_start_xi == cell_dest_xi ? 0 : left_flag ? -1 : 1, - dyi = cell_start_yi == cell_dest_yi ? 0 : down_flag ? -1 : 1; + const xy_float_t dist = end - start; + const xy_bool_t neg { dist.x < 0, dist.y < 0 }; + const xy_int8_t ineg { int8_t(neg.x), int8_t(neg.y) }; + const xy_float_t sign { neg.x ? -1.0f : 1.0f, neg.y ? -1.0f : 1.0f }; + const xy_int8_t iadd { int8_t(iend.x == istart.x ? 0 : sign.x), int8_t(iend.y == istart.y ? 0 : sign.y) }; /** * Compute the extruder scaling factor for each partial move, checking for @@ -132,64 +117,64 @@ * components. The larger of the two is used to preserve precision. */ - const bool use_x_dist = adx > ady; + const xy_float_t ad = sign * dist; + const bool use_x_dist = ad.x > ad.y; - float on_axis_distance = use_x_dist ? dx : dy, - e_position = end[E_AXIS] - start[E_AXIS], - z_position = end[Z_AXIS] - start[Z_AXIS]; + float on_axis_distance = use_x_dist ? dist.x : dist.y, + e_position = end.e - start.e, + z_position = end.z - start.z; - const float e_normalized_dist = e_position / on_axis_distance, + const float e_normalized_dist = e_position / on_axis_distance, // Allow divide by zero z_normalized_dist = z_position / on_axis_distance; - int current_xi = cell_start_xi, - current_yi = cell_start_yi; + xy_int8_t icell = istart; - const float m = dy / dx, - c = start[Y_AXIS] - m * start[X_AXIS]; + const float ratio = dist.y / dist.x, // Allow divide by zero + c = start.y - ratio * start.x; - const bool inf_normalized_flag = (isinf(e_normalized_dist) != 0), - inf_m_flag = (isinf(m) != 0); + const bool inf_normalized_flag = isinf(e_normalized_dist), + inf_ratio_flag = isinf(ratio); /** * Handle vertical lines that stay within one column. * These need not be perfectly vertical. */ - if (dxi == 0) { // Vertical line? - current_yi += down_flag; // Line going down? Just go to the bottom. - while (current_yi != cell_dest_yi + down_flag) { - current_yi += dyi; - const float next_mesh_line_y = mesh_index_to_ypos(current_yi); + if (iadd.x == 0) { // Vertical line? + icell.y += ineg.y; // Line going down? Just go to the bottom. + while (icell.y != iend.y + ineg.y) { + icell.y += iadd.y; + const float next_mesh_line_y = mesh_index_to_ypos(icell.y); /** * Skip the calculations for an infinite slope. * For others the next X is the same so this can continue. * Calculate X at the next Y mesh line. */ - const float rx = inf_m_flag ? start[X_AXIS] : (next_mesh_line_y - c) / m; + const float rx = inf_ratio_flag ? start.x : (next_mesh_line_y - c) / ratio; - float z0 = z_correction_for_x_on_horizontal_mesh_line(rx, current_xi, current_yi) - * planner.fade_scaling_factor_for_z(end[Z_AXIS]); + float z0 = z_correction_for_x_on_horizontal_mesh_line(rx, icell.x, icell.y) + * planner.fade_scaling_factor_for_z(end.z); // Undefined parts of the Mesh in z_values[][] are NAN. // Replace NAN corrections with 0.0 to prevent NAN propagation. if (isnan(z0)) z0 = 0.0; - const float ry = mesh_index_to_ypos(current_yi); + const float ry = mesh_index_to_ypos(icell.y); /** * Without this check, it's possible to generate a zero length move, as in the case where * the line is heading down, starting exactly on a mesh line boundary. Since this is rare * it might be fine to remove this check and let planner.buffer_segment() filter it out. */ - if (ry != start[Y_AXIS]) { - if (!inf_normalized_flag) { - on_axis_distance = use_x_dist ? rx - start[X_AXIS] : ry - start[Y_AXIS]; - e_position = start[E_AXIS] + on_axis_distance * e_normalized_dist; - z_position = start[Z_AXIS] + on_axis_distance * z_normalized_dist; + if (ry != start.y) { + if (!inf_normalized_flag) { // fall-through faster than branch + on_axis_distance = use_x_dist ? rx - start.x : ry - start.y; + e_position = start.e + on_axis_distance * e_normalized_dist; + z_position = start.z + on_axis_distance * z_normalized_dist; } else { - e_position = end[E_AXIS]; - z_position = end[Z_AXIS]; + e_position = end.e; + z_position = end.z; } planner.buffer_segment(rx, ry, z_position + z0, e_position, scaled_fr_mm_s, extruder); @@ -197,10 +182,10 @@ } // At the final destination? Usually not, but when on a Y Mesh Line it's completed. - if (current_position[X_AXIS] != end[X_AXIS] || current_position[Y_AXIS] != end[Y_AXIS]) + if (xy_pos_t(current_position) != xy_pos_t(end)) goto FINAL_MOVE; - set_current_from_destination(); + current_position = destination; return; } @@ -208,36 +193,34 @@ * Handle horizontal lines that stay within one row. * These need not be perfectly horizontal. */ - if (dyi == 0) { // Horizontal line? - current_xi += left_flag; // Heading left? Just go to the left edge of the cell for the first move. - while (current_xi != cell_dest_xi + left_flag) { - current_xi += dxi; - const float next_mesh_line_x = mesh_index_to_xpos(current_xi), - ry = m * next_mesh_line_x + c; // Calculate Y at the next X mesh line + if (iadd.y == 0) { // Horizontal line? + icell.x += ineg.x; // Heading left? Just go to the left edge of the cell for the first move. + while (icell.x != iend.x + ineg.x) { + icell.x += iadd.x; + const float rx = mesh_index_to_xpos(icell.x); + const float ry = ratio * rx + c; // Calculate Y at the next X mesh line - float z0 = z_correction_for_y_on_vertical_mesh_line(ry, current_xi, current_yi) - * planner.fade_scaling_factor_for_z(end[Z_AXIS]); + float z0 = z_correction_for_y_on_vertical_mesh_line(ry, icell.x, icell.y) + * planner.fade_scaling_factor_for_z(end.z); // Undefined parts of the Mesh in z_values[][] are NAN. // Replace NAN corrections with 0.0 to prevent NAN propagation. if (isnan(z0)) z0 = 0.0; - const float rx = mesh_index_to_xpos(current_xi); - /** * Without this check, it's possible to generate a zero length move, as in the case where * the line is heading left, starting exactly on a mesh line boundary. Since this is rare * it might be fine to remove this check and let planner.buffer_segment() filter it out. */ - if (rx != start[X_AXIS]) { + if (rx != start.x) { if (!inf_normalized_flag) { - on_axis_distance = use_x_dist ? rx - start[X_AXIS] : ry - start[Y_AXIS]; - e_position = start[E_AXIS] + on_axis_distance * e_normalized_dist; // is based on X or Y because this is a horizontal move - z_position = start[Z_AXIS] + on_axis_distance * z_normalized_dist; + on_axis_distance = use_x_dist ? rx - start.x : ry - start.y; + e_position = start.e + on_axis_distance * e_normalized_dist; // is based on X or Y because this is a horizontal move + z_position = start.z + on_axis_distance * z_normalized_dist; } else { - e_position = end[E_AXIS]; - z_position = end[Z_AXIS]; + e_position = end.e; + z_position = end.z; } if (!planner.buffer_segment(rx, ry, z_position + z0, e_position, scaled_fr_mm_s, extruder)) @@ -245,93 +228,88 @@ } //else printf("FIRST MOVE PRUNED "); } - if (current_position[X_AXIS] != end[X_AXIS] || current_position[Y_AXIS] != end[Y_AXIS]) + if (xy_pos_t(current_position) != xy_pos_t(end)) goto FINAL_MOVE; - set_current_from_destination(); + current_position = destination; return; } /** * - * Handle the generic case of a line crossing both X and Y Mesh lines. + * Generic case of a line crossing both X and Y Mesh lines. * */ - int xi_cnt = cell_start_xi - cell_dest_xi, - yi_cnt = cell_start_yi - cell_dest_yi; + xy_int8_t cnt = (istart - iend).ABS(); - if (xi_cnt < 0) xi_cnt = -xi_cnt; - if (yi_cnt < 0) yi_cnt = -yi_cnt; + icell += ineg; - current_xi += left_flag; - current_yi += down_flag; + while (cnt) { - while (xi_cnt || yi_cnt) { + const float next_mesh_line_x = mesh_index_to_xpos(icell.x + iadd.x), + next_mesh_line_y = mesh_index_to_ypos(icell.y + iadd.y), + ry = ratio * next_mesh_line_x + c, // Calculate Y at the next X mesh line + rx = (next_mesh_line_y - c) / ratio; // Calculate X at the next Y mesh line + // (No need to worry about ratio == 0. + // In that case, it was already detected + // as a vertical line move above.) - const float next_mesh_line_x = mesh_index_to_xpos(current_xi + dxi), - next_mesh_line_y = mesh_index_to_ypos(current_yi + dyi), - ry = m * next_mesh_line_x + c, // Calculate Y at the next X mesh line - rx = (next_mesh_line_y - c) / m; // Calculate X at the next Y mesh line - // (No need to worry about m being zero. - // If that was the case, it was already detected - // as a vertical line move above.) - - if (left_flag == (rx > next_mesh_line_x)) { // Check if we hit the Y line first + if (neg.x == (rx > next_mesh_line_x)) { // Check if we hit the Y line first // Yes! Crossing a Y Mesh Line next - float z0 = z_correction_for_x_on_horizontal_mesh_line(rx, current_xi - left_flag, current_yi + dyi) - * planner.fade_scaling_factor_for_z(end[Z_AXIS]); + float z0 = z_correction_for_x_on_horizontal_mesh_line(rx, icell.x - ineg.x, icell.y + iadd.y) + * planner.fade_scaling_factor_for_z(end.z); // Undefined parts of the Mesh in z_values[][] are NAN. // Replace NAN corrections with 0.0 to prevent NAN propagation. if (isnan(z0)) z0 = 0.0; if (!inf_normalized_flag) { - on_axis_distance = use_x_dist ? rx - start[X_AXIS] : next_mesh_line_y - start[Y_AXIS]; - e_position = start[E_AXIS] + on_axis_distance * e_normalized_dist; - z_position = start[Z_AXIS] + on_axis_distance * z_normalized_dist; + on_axis_distance = use_x_dist ? rx - start.x : next_mesh_line_y - start.y; + e_position = start.e + on_axis_distance * e_normalized_dist; + z_position = start.z + on_axis_distance * z_normalized_dist; } else { - e_position = end[E_AXIS]; - z_position = end[Z_AXIS]; + e_position = end.e; + z_position = end.z; } if (!planner.buffer_segment(rx, next_mesh_line_y, z_position + z0, e_position, scaled_fr_mm_s, extruder)) break; - current_yi += dyi; - yi_cnt--; + icell.y += iadd.y; + cnt.y--; } else { // Yes! Crossing a X Mesh Line next - float z0 = z_correction_for_y_on_vertical_mesh_line(ry, current_xi + dxi, current_yi - down_flag) - * planner.fade_scaling_factor_for_z(end[Z_AXIS]); + float z0 = z_correction_for_y_on_vertical_mesh_line(ry, icell.x + iadd.x, icell.y - ineg.y) + * planner.fade_scaling_factor_for_z(end.z); // Undefined parts of the Mesh in z_values[][] are NAN. // Replace NAN corrections with 0.0 to prevent NAN propagation. if (isnan(z0)) z0 = 0.0; if (!inf_normalized_flag) { - on_axis_distance = use_x_dist ? next_mesh_line_x - start[X_AXIS] : ry - start[Y_AXIS]; - e_position = start[E_AXIS] + on_axis_distance * e_normalized_dist; - z_position = start[Z_AXIS] + on_axis_distance * z_normalized_dist; + on_axis_distance = use_x_dist ? next_mesh_line_x - start.x : ry - start.y; + e_position = start.e + on_axis_distance * e_normalized_dist; + z_position = start.z + on_axis_distance * z_normalized_dist; } else { - e_position = end[E_AXIS]; - z_position = end[Z_AXIS]; + e_position = end.e; + z_position = end.z; } if (!planner.buffer_segment(next_mesh_line_x, ry, z_position + z0, e_position, scaled_fr_mm_s, extruder)) break; - current_xi += dxi; - xi_cnt--; + icell.x += iadd.x; + cnt.x--; } - if (xi_cnt < 0 || yi_cnt < 0) break; // Too far! Exit the loop and go to FINAL_MOVE + if (cnt.x < 0 || cnt.y < 0) break; // Too far! Exit the loop and go to FINAL_MOVE } - if (current_position[X_AXIS] != end[X_AXIS] || current_position[Y_AXIS] != end[Y_AXIS]) + if (xy_pos_t(current_position) != xy_pos_t(end)) goto FINAL_MOVE; - set_current_from_destination(); + current_position = destination; } #else // UBL_SEGMENTED @@ -356,56 +334,42 @@ bool _O2 unified_bed_leveling::line_to_destination_segmented(const feedRate_t &scaled_fr_mm_s) { - if (!position_is_reachable(destination[X_AXIS], destination[Y_AXIS])) // fail if moving outside reachable boundary - return true; // did not move, so current_position still accurate + if (!position_is_reachable(destination)) // fail if moving outside reachable boundary + return true; // did not move, so current_position still accurate - const float total[XYZE] = { - destination[X_AXIS] - current_position[X_AXIS], - destination[Y_AXIS] - current_position[Y_AXIS], - destination[Z_AXIS] - current_position[Z_AXIS], - destination[E_AXIS] - current_position[E_AXIS] - }; + const xyze_pos_t total = destination - current_position; - const float cartesian_xy_mm = HYPOT(total[X_AXIS], total[Y_AXIS]); // total horizontal xy distance + const float cart_xy_mm_2 = HYPOT2(total.x, total.y), + cart_xy_mm = SQRT(cart_xy_mm_2); // Total XY distance #if IS_KINEMATIC - const float seconds = cartesian_xy_mm / scaled_fr_mm_s; // Duration of XY move at requested rate - uint16_t segments = LROUND(delta_segments_per_second * seconds), // Preferred number of segments for distance @ feedrate - seglimit = LROUND(cartesian_xy_mm * RECIPROCAL(DELTA_SEGMENT_MIN_LENGTH)); // Number of segments at minimum segment length - NOMORE(segments, seglimit); // Limit to minimum segment length (fewer segments) + const float seconds = cart_xy_mm / scaled_fr_mm_s; // Duration of XY move at requested rate + uint16_t segments = LROUND(delta_segments_per_second * seconds), // Preferred number of segments for distance @ feedrate + seglimit = LROUND(cart_xy_mm * RECIPROCAL(DELTA_SEGMENT_MIN_LENGTH)); // Number of segments at minimum segment length + NOMORE(segments, seglimit); // Limit to minimum segment length (fewer segments) #else - uint16_t segments = LROUND(cartesian_xy_mm * RECIPROCAL(DELTA_SEGMENT_MIN_LENGTH)); // cartesian fixed segment length + uint16_t segments = LROUND(cart_xy_mm * RECIPROCAL(DELTA_SEGMENT_MIN_LENGTH)); // Cartesian fixed segment length #endif - NOLESS(segments, 1U); // must have at least one segment - const float inv_segments = 1.0f / segments; // divide once, multiply thereafter + NOLESS(segments, 1U); // Must have at least one segment + const float inv_segments = 1.0f / segments, // Reciprocal to save calculation + segment_xyz_mm = SQRT(cart_xy_mm_2 + sq(total.z)) * inv_segments; // Length of each segment - const float segment_xyz_mm = HYPOT(cartesian_xy_mm, total[Z_AXIS]) * inv_segments; // length of each segment #if ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) const float inv_duration = scaled_fr_mm_s / segment_xyz_mm; #endif - const float diff[XYZE] = { - total[X_AXIS] * inv_segments, - total[Y_AXIS] * inv_segments, - total[Z_AXIS] * inv_segments, - total[E_AXIS] * inv_segments - }; + xyze_float_t diff = total * inv_segments; // Note that E segment distance could vary slightly as z mesh height // changes for each segment, but small enough to ignore. - float raw[XYZE] = { - current_position[X_AXIS], - current_position[Y_AXIS], - current_position[Z_AXIS], - current_position[E_AXIS] - }; + xyze_pos_t raw = current_position; // Just do plain segmentation if UBL is inactive or the target is above the fade height - if (!planner.leveling_active || !planner.leveling_active_at_z(destination[Z_AXIS])) { + if (!planner.leveling_active || !planner.leveling_active_at_z(destination.z)) { while (--segments) { - LOOP_XYZE(i) raw[i] += diff[i]; + raw += diff; planner.buffer_line(raw, scaled_fr_mm_s, active_extruder, segment_xyz_mm #if ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) , inv_duration @@ -417,17 +381,17 @@ , inv_duration #endif ); - return false; // moved but did not set_current_from_destination(); + return false; // Did not set current from destination } // Otherwise perform per-segment leveling #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) - const float fade_scaling_factor = planner.fade_scaling_factor_for_z(destination[Z_AXIS]); + const float fade_scaling_factor = planner.fade_scaling_factor_for_z(destination.z); #endif - // increment to first segment destination - LOOP_XYZE(i) raw[i] += diff[i]; + // Move to first segment destination + raw += diff; for (;;) { // for each mesh cell encountered during the move @@ -438,75 +402,68 @@ // in top of loop and again re-find same adjacent cell and use it, just less efficient // for mesh inset area. - int8_t cell_xi = (raw[X_AXIS] - (MESH_MIN_X)) * RECIPROCAL(MESH_X_DIST), - cell_yi = (raw[Y_AXIS] - (MESH_MIN_Y)) * RECIPROCAL(MESH_Y_DIST); + xy_int8_t icell = { + int8_t((raw.x - (MESH_MIN_X)) * RECIPROCAL(MESH_X_DIST)), + int8_t((raw.y - (MESH_MIN_Y)) * RECIPROCAL(MESH_Y_DIST)) + }; + LIMIT(icell.x, 0, (GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) - 1); + LIMIT(icell.y, 0, (GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) - 1); - LIMIT(cell_xi, 0, (GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) - 1); - LIMIT(cell_yi, 0, (GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) - 1); - - const float x0 = mesh_index_to_xpos(cell_xi), // 64 byte table lookup avoids mul+add - y0 = mesh_index_to_ypos(cell_yi); - - float z_x0y0 = z_values[cell_xi ][cell_yi ], // z at lower left corner - z_x1y0 = z_values[cell_xi+1][cell_yi ], // z at upper left corner - z_x0y1 = z_values[cell_xi ][cell_yi+1], // z at lower right corner - z_x1y1 = z_values[cell_xi+1][cell_yi+1]; // z at upper right corner + float z_x0y0 = z_values[icell.x ][icell.y ], // z at lower left corner + z_x1y0 = z_values[icell.x+1][icell.y ], // z at upper left corner + z_x0y1 = z_values[icell.x ][icell.y+1], // z at lower right corner + z_x1y1 = z_values[icell.x+1][icell.y+1]; // z at upper right corner if (isnan(z_x0y0)) z_x0y0 = 0; // ideally activating planner.leveling_active (G29 A) if (isnan(z_x1y0)) z_x1y0 = 0; // should refuse if any invalid mesh points if (isnan(z_x0y1)) z_x0y1 = 0; // in order to avoid isnan tests per cell, if (isnan(z_x1y1)) z_x1y1 = 0; // thus guessing zero for undefined points - float cx = raw[X_AXIS] - x0, // cell-relative x and y - cy = raw[Y_AXIS] - y0; + const xy_pos_t pos = { mesh_index_to_xpos(icell.x), mesh_index_to_ypos(icell.y) }; + xy_pos_t cell = raw - pos; const float z_xmy0 = (z_x1y0 - z_x0y0) * RECIPROCAL(MESH_X_DIST), // z slope per x along y0 (lower left to lower right) z_xmy1 = (z_x1y1 - z_x0y1) * RECIPROCAL(MESH_X_DIST); // z slope per x along y1 (upper left to upper right) - float z_cxy0 = z_x0y0 + z_xmy0 * cx; // z height along y0 at cx (changes for each cx in cell) + float z_cxy0 = z_x0y0 + z_xmy0 * cell.x; // z height along y0 at cell.x (changes for each cell.x in cell) - const float z_cxy1 = z_x0y1 + z_xmy1 * cx, // z height along y1 at cx - z_cxyd = z_cxy1 - z_cxy0; // z height difference along cx from y0 to y1 + const float z_cxy1 = z_x0y1 + z_xmy1 * cell.x, // z height along y1 at cell.x + z_cxyd = z_cxy1 - z_cxy0; // z height difference along cell.x from y0 to y1 - float z_cxym = z_cxyd * RECIPROCAL(MESH_Y_DIST); // z slope per y along cx from y0 to y1 (changes for each cx in cell) + float z_cxym = z_cxyd * RECIPROCAL(MESH_Y_DIST); // z slope per y along cell.x from pos.y to y1 (changes for each cell.x in cell) - // float z_cxcy = z_cxy0 + z_cxym * cy; // interpolated mesh z height along cx at cy (do inside the segment loop) + // float z_cxcy = z_cxy0 + z_cxym * cell.y; // interpolated mesh z height along cell.x at cell.y (do inside the segment loop) // As subsequent segments step through this cell, the z_cxy0 intercept will change - // and the z_cxym slope will change, both as a function of cx within the cell, and + // and the z_cxym slope will change, both as a function of cell.x within the cell, and // each change by a constant for fixed segment lengths. - const float z_sxy0 = z_xmy0 * diff[X_AXIS], // per-segment adjustment to z_cxy0 - z_sxym = (z_xmy1 - z_xmy0) * RECIPROCAL(MESH_Y_DIST) * diff[X_AXIS]; // per-segment adjustment to z_cxym + const float z_sxy0 = z_xmy0 * diff.x, // per-segment adjustment to z_cxy0 + z_sxym = (z_xmy1 - z_xmy0) * RECIPROCAL(MESH_Y_DIST) * diff.x; // per-segment adjustment to z_cxym for (;;) { // for all segments within this mesh cell - if (--segments == 0) COPY(raw, destination); // if this is last segment, use destination for exact + if (--segments == 0) raw = destination; // if this is last segment, use destination for exact - const float z_cxcy = (z_cxy0 + z_cxym * cy) // interpolated mesh z height along cx at cy + const float z_cxcy = (z_cxy0 + z_cxym * cell.y) // interpolated mesh z height along cell.x at cell.y #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) * fade_scaling_factor // apply fade factor to interpolated mesh height #endif ; - const float z = raw[Z_AXIS]; - raw[Z_AXIS] += z_cxcy; - planner.buffer_line(raw, scaled_fr_mm_s, active_extruder, segment_xyz_mm + planner.buffer_line(raw.x, raw.y, raw.z + z_cxcy, raw.e, scaled_fr_mm_s, active_extruder, segment_xyz_mm #if ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) , inv_duration #endif ); - raw[Z_AXIS] = z; if (segments == 0) // done with last segment - return false; // did not set_current_from_destination() + return false; // didn't set current from destination - LOOP_XYZE(i) raw[i] += diff[i]; + raw += diff; + cell += diff; - cx += diff[X_AXIS]; - cy += diff[Y_AXIS]; - - if (!WITHIN(cx, 0, MESH_X_DIST) || !WITHIN(cy, 0, MESH_Y_DIST)) // done within this cell, break to next + if (!WITHIN(cell.x, 0, MESH_X_DIST) || !WITHIN(cell.y, 0, MESH_Y_DIST)) // done within this cell, break to next break; // Next segment still within same mesh cell, adjust the per-segment diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/binary_protocol.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/binary_protocol.cpp index 81ccbfbe32..e555c0c463 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/binary_protocol.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/binary_protocol.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/binary_protocol.h b/Marlin/src/feature/binary_protocol.h index 58817f66ba..978d6a2c02 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/binary_protocol.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/binary_protocol.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ private: static bool file_open(char* filename) { if (!dummy_transfer) { card.mount(); - card.openFile(filename, false); + card.openFileWrite(filename); if (!card.isFileOpen()) return false; } transfer_active = true; @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ public: uint8_t protocol() { return (meta >> 4) & 0xF; } uint8_t type() { return meta & 0xF; } void reset() { token = 0; sync = 0; meta = 0; size = 0; checksum = 0; } - uint8_t data[1]; + uint8_t data[2]; }; union Footer { @@ -306,6 +306,9 @@ public: PORT_REDIRECT(card.transfer_port_index); #endif + #pragma GCC diagnostic push + #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Warray-bounds" + while (PENDING(millis(), transfer_window)) { switch (stream_state) { /** @@ -439,6 +442,8 @@ public: break; } } + + #pragma GCC diagnostic pop } void dispatch() { diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bltouch.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/bltouch.cpp index 64c052269b..efe575ec63 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/bltouch.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bltouch.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -73,20 +73,12 @@ void BLTouch::init(const bool set_voltage/*=false*/) { ); } - const bool should_set = last_written_mode != (false - #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE) - || true - #endif - ); + const bool should_set = last_written_mode != ENABLED(BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE); #endif if (should_set && set_voltage) - mode_conv_proc((false - #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE) - || true - #endif - )); + mode_conv_proc(ENABLED(BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE)); } void BLTouch::clear() { @@ -124,7 +116,7 @@ bool BLTouch::deploy_proc() { // The deploy might have failed or the probe is actually triggered (nozzle too low?) again if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("BLTouch Recovery Failed"); - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_STOP_BLTOUCH); // Tell the user something is wrong, needs action + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_STOP_BLTOUCH); // Tell the user something is wrong, needs action stop(); // but it's not too bad, no need to kill, allow restart return true; // Tell our caller we goofed in case he cares to know @@ -169,7 +161,7 @@ bool BLTouch::stow_proc() { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("BLTouch Recovery Failed"); - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_STOP_BLTOUCH); // Tell the user something is wrong, needs action + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_STOP_BLTOUCH); // Tell the user something is wrong, needs action stop(); // but it's not too bad, no need to kill, allow restart return true; // Tell our caller we goofed in case he cares to know diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bltouch.h b/Marlin/src/feature/bltouch.h index 9f27962229..af75fb8b29 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/bltouch.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bltouch.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -91,20 +91,18 @@ public: FORCE_INLINE static void mode_conv_5V() { mode_conv_proc(true); } FORCE_INLINE static void mode_conv_OD() { mode_conv_proc(false); } + static bool triggered(); + private: FORCE_INLINE static bool _deploy_query_alarm() { return command(BLTOUCH_DEPLOY, BLTOUCH_DEPLOY_DELAY); } FORCE_INLINE static bool _stow_query_alarm() { return command(BLTOUCH_STOW, BLTOUCH_STOW_DELAY); } static void clear(); static bool command(const BLTCommand cmd, const millis_t &ms); - static bool triggered(); static bool deploy_proc(); static bool stow_proc(); static bool status_proc(); static void mode_conv_proc(const bool M5V); }; -// Deploy/stow angles for use by servo.cpp / servo.h -#define BLTOUCH_ANGLES { BLTOUCH_DEPLOY, BLTOUCH_STOW } - extern BLTouch bltouch; diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/cancel_object.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/cancel_object.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e2ee645215 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/cancel_object.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + +#include "cancel_object.h" +#include "../gcode/gcode.h" +#include "../lcd/ultralcd.h" + +CancelObject cancelable; + +int8_t CancelObject::object_count, // = 0 + CancelObject::active_object = -1; +uint32_t CancelObject::canceled; // = 0x0000 +bool CancelObject::skipping; // = false + +void CancelObject::set_active_object(const int8_t obj) { + active_object = obj; + if (WITHIN(obj, 0, 31)) { + if (obj >= object_count) object_count = obj + 1; + skipping = TEST(canceled, obj); + } + else + skipping = false; + + #if HAS_DISPLAY + if (active_object >= 0) + ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(S_FMT " %i"), GET_TEXT(MSG_PRINTING_OBJECT), int(active_object + 1)); + else + ui.reset_status(); + #endif +} + +void CancelObject::cancel_object(const int8_t obj) { + if (WITHIN(obj, 0, 31)) { + SBI(canceled, obj); + if (obj == active_object) skipping = true; + } +} + +void CancelObject::uncancel_object(const int8_t obj) { + if (WITHIN(obj, 0, 31)) { + CBI(canceled, obj); + if (obj == active_object) skipping = false; + } +} + +void CancelObject::report() { + if (active_object >= 0) { + SERIAL_ECHO_START(); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Active Object: ", int(active_object)); + } + + if (canceled) { + SERIAL_ECHO_START(); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Canceled:"); + for (int i = 0; i < object_count; i++) + if (TEST(canceled, i)) { SERIAL_CHAR(' '); SERIAL_ECHO(i); } + SERIAL_EOL(); + } +} + +#endif // CANCEL_OBJECTS diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/cancel_object.h b/Marlin/src/feature/cancel_object.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..41bbfb70fc --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/cancel_object.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#include + +class CancelObject { +public: + static bool skipping; + static int8_t object_count, active_object; + static uint32_t canceled; + static void set_active_object(const int8_t obj); + static void cancel_object(const int8_t obj); + static void uncancel_object(const int8_t obj); + static void report(); + static inline bool is_canceled(const int8_t obj) { return TEST(canceled, obj); } + static inline void clear_active_object() { set_active_object(-1); } + static inline void cancel_active_object() { cancel_object(active_object); } + static inline void reset() { canceled = 0x0000; object_count = 0; clear_active_object(); } +}; + +extern CancelObject cancelable; diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/caselight.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/caselight.cpp index 81eb4aaac4..a135cac418 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/caselight.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/caselight.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -58,7 +58,9 @@ void update_case_light() { if (case_light_arg_flag && case_light_on) case_light_brightness = case_light_brightness_sav; // restore last brightens if this is an S1 argument - const uint8_t i = case_light_on ? case_light_brightness : 0, n10ct = INVERT_CASE_LIGHT ? 255 - i : i; + #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) || DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS) + const uint8_t i = case_light_on ? case_light_brightness : 0, n10ct = INVERT_CASE_LIGHT ? 255 - i : i; + #endif #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) @@ -71,7 +73,13 @@ void update_case_light() { #if DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS) if (PWM_PIN(CASE_LIGHT_PIN)) - analogWrite(pin_t(CASE_LIGHT_PIN), n10ct); + analogWrite(pin_t(CASE_LIGHT_PIN), ( + #if CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM == 255 + n10ct + #else + map(n10ct, 0, 255, 0, CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM) + #endif + )); else #endif { diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/caselight.h b/Marlin/src/feature/caselight.h index 322898d065..de77f0696b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/caselight.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/caselight.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/closedloop.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/closedloop.cpp index e04014ba60..b777243481 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/closedloop.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/closedloop.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/closedloop.h b/Marlin/src/feature/closedloop.h index 952d3dcbec..7e5594447d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/closedloop.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/closedloop.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/controllerfan.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/controllerfan.cpp index 1a458a2a55..0746700407 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/controllerfan.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/controllerfan.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -24,71 +24,80 @@ #if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) +#include "controllerfan.h" #include "../module/stepper/indirection.h" #include "../module/temperature.h" -uint8_t controllerfan_speed; +ControllerFan controllerFan; -void controllerfan_update() { - static millis_t lastMotorOn = 0, // Last time a motor was turned on +uint8_t ControllerFan::speed; + +#if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE) + controllerFan_settings_t ControllerFan::settings; // {0} +#endif + +void ControllerFan::setup() { + SET_OUTPUT(CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN); + init(); +} + +void ControllerFan::set_fan_speed(const uint8_t s) { + speed = s < (CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN) ? 0 : s; // Fan OFF below minimum +} + +void ControllerFan::update() { + static millis_t lastMotorOn = 0, // Last time a motor was turned on nextMotorCheck = 0; // Last time the state was checked const millis_t ms = millis(); if (ELAPSED(ms, nextMotorCheck)) { nextMotorCheck = ms + 2500UL; // Not a time critical function, so only check every 2.5s - const bool xory = X_ENABLE_READ() == X_ENABLE_ON || Y_ENABLE_READ() == Y_ENABLE_ON; + #define MOTOR_IS_ON(A,B) (A##_ENABLE_READ() == bool(B##_ENABLE_ON)) + #define _OR_ENABLED_E(N) || MOTOR_IS_ON(E##N,E) - // If any of the drivers or the bed are enabled... - if (xory || Z_ENABLE_READ() == Z_ENABLE_ON + const bool motor_on = MOTOR_IS_ON(Z,Z) + #if HAS_Z2_ENABLE + || MOTOR_IS_ON(Z2,Z) + #endif + #if HAS_Z3_ENABLE + || MOTOR_IS_ON(Z3,Z) + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_ENABLE + || MOTOR_IS_ON(Z4,Z) + #endif + || (DISABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_USE_Z_ONLY) && ( + MOTOR_IS_ON(X,X) || MOTOR_IS_ON(Y,Y) + #if HAS_X2_ENABLE + || MOTOR_IS_ON(X2,X) + #endif + #if HAS_Y2_ENABLE + || MOTOR_IS_ON(Y2,Y) + #endif + #if E_STEPPERS + REPEAT(E_STEPPERS, _OR_ENABLED_E) + #endif + ) + ) + ; + + // If any of the drivers or the heated bed are enabled... + if (motor_on #if HAS_HEATED_BED || thermalManager.temp_bed.soft_pwm_amount > 0 #endif - #if HAS_X2_ENABLE - || X2_ENABLE_READ() == X_ENABLE_ON - #endif - #if HAS_Y2_ENABLE - || Y2_ENABLE_READ() == Y_ENABLE_ON - #endif - #if HAS_Z2_ENABLE - || Z2_ENABLE_READ() == Z_ENABLE_ON - #endif - #if HAS_Z3_ENABLE - || Z3_ENABLE_READ() == Z_ENABLE_ON - #endif - #if E_STEPPERS - || E0_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON - #if E_STEPPERS > 1 - || E1_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - || E2_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - || E3_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - || E4_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - || E5_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 1 - #endif // E_STEPPERS - ) { - lastMotorOn = ms; //... set time to NOW so the fan will turn on - } + ) lastMotorOn = ms; //... set time to NOW so the fan will turn on - // Fan off if no steppers have been enabled for CONTROLLERFAN_SECS seconds - controllerfan_speed = (!lastMotorOn || ELAPSED(ms, lastMotorOn + (CONTROLLERFAN_SECS) * 1000UL)) ? 0 : ( - #ifdef CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY - xory ? CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED : CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY - #else - CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED - #endif + // Fan Settings. Set fan > 0: + // - If AutoMode is on and steppers have been enabled for CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME seconds. + // - If System is on idle and idle fan speed settings is activated. + set_fan_speed( + settings.auto_mode && lastMotorOn && PENDING(ms, lastMotorOn + settings.duration * 1000UL) + ? settings.active_speed : settings.idle_speed ); // Allow digital or PWM fan output (see M42 handling) - WRITE(CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN, controllerfan_speed); - analogWrite(pin_t(CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN), controllerfan_speed); + WRITE(CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN, speed); + analogWrite(pin_t(CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN), speed); } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/controllerfan.h b/Marlin/src/feature/controllerfan.h index d68393a4b0..cd56ff8ced 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/controllerfan.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/controllerfan.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -21,4 +21,56 @@ */ #pragma once -void controllerfan_update(); +#include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + +typedef struct { + uint8_t active_speed, // 0-255 (fullspeed); Speed with enabled stepper motors + idle_speed; // 0-255 (fullspeed); Speed after idle period with all motors are disabled + uint16_t duration; // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled + bool auto_mode; // Default true +} controllerFan_settings_t; + +#ifndef CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE 255 +#endif +#ifndef CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE 0 +#endif +#ifndef CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME + #define CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME 60 +#endif + +static constexpr controllerFan_settings_t controllerFan_defaults = { + CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE, + CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE, + CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME, + true +}; + +#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) + +class ControllerFan { + private: + static uint8_t speed; + static void set_fan_speed(const uint8_t s); + + public: + #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE) + static controllerFan_settings_t settings; + #else + static const controllerFan_settings_t constexpr &settings = controllerFan_defaults; + #endif + static inline bool state() { return speed > 0; } + static inline void init() { reset(); } + static inline void reset() { + #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE) + settings = controllerFan_defaults; + #endif + } + static void setup(); + static void update(); +}; + +extern ControllerFan controllerFan; + +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_dac084s085.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_dac084s085.cpp index eb3a67de2a..a07dc071dd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_dac084s085.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_dac084s085.cpp @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ #include "dac_dac084s085.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../module/stepper.h" #include "../../HAL/shared/Delay.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_dac084s085.h b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_dac084s085.h index 09d5bb857d..cccc9cbd45 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_dac084s085.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_dac084s085.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.cpp index cfe36dd39f..39f873f0cb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -36,14 +36,14 @@ #include "dac_mcp4728.h" -uint16_t mcp4728_values[XYZE]; +xyze_uint_t mcp4728_values; /** * Begin I2C, get current values (input register and eeprom) of mcp4728 */ void mcp4728_init() { Wire.begin(); - Wire.requestFrom(int(DAC_DEV_ADDRESS), 24); + Wire.requestFrom(I2C_ADDRESS(DAC_DEV_ADDRESS), 24); while (Wire.available()) { char deviceID = Wire.read(), hiByte = Wire.read(), @@ -121,8 +121,8 @@ uint8_t mcp4728_getDrvPct(const uint8_t channel) { return uint8_t(100.0 * mcp472 * Receives all Drive strengths as 0-100 percent values, updates * DAC Values array and calls fastwrite to update the DAC. */ -void mcp4728_setDrvPct(uint8_t pct[XYZE]) { - LOOP_XYZE(i) mcp4728_values[i] = 0.01 * pct[i] * (DAC_STEPPER_MAX); +void mcp4728_setDrvPct(xyze_uint8_t &pct) { + mcp4728_values *= 0.01 * pct * (DAC_STEPPER_MAX); mcp4728_fastWrite(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.h b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.h index c814829456..8e8b25ca69 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,8 +25,28 @@ * Arduino library for MicroChip MCP4728 I2C D/A converter. */ +#include "../../core/types.h" + #include +/** + * The following three macros are only used in this piece of code related to mcp4728. + * They are defined in the standard Arduino framework but could be undefined in 32 bits Arduino frameworks. + * (For instance not defined in Arduino lpc176x framework) + * So we have to define them if needed. + */ +#ifndef word + #define word(h, l) ((uint8_t) ((h << 8) | l)) +#endif + +#ifndef lowByte + #define lowByte(w) ((uint8_t) ((w) & 0xff)) +#endif + +#ifndef highByte + #define highByte(w) ((uint8_t) ((w) >> 8)) +#endif + #define defaultVDD DAC_STEPPER_MAX //was 5000 but differs with internal Vref #define BASE_ADDR 0x60 #define RESET 0b00000110 @@ -54,4 +74,4 @@ uint16_t mcp4728_getValue(const uint8_t channel); uint8_t mcp4728_fastWrite(); uint8_t mcp4728_simpleCommand(const byte simpleCommand); uint8_t mcp4728_getDrvPct(const uint8_t channel); -void mcp4728_setDrvPct(uint8_t pct[XYZE]); +void mcp4728_setDrvPct(xyze_uint8_t &pct); diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/stepper_dac.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/stepper_dac.cpp index d1e101bd50..c8c1cb2494 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/stepper_dac.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/stepper_dac.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ #include "stepper_dac.h" bool dac_present = false; -const uint8_t dac_order[NUM_AXIS] = DAC_STEPPER_ORDER; -uint8_t dac_channel_pct[XYZE] = DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT; +constexpr xyze_uint8_t dac_order = DAC_STEPPER_ORDER; +xyze_uint8_t dac_channel_pct = DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT; int dac_init() { #if PIN_EXISTS(DAC_DISABLE) @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ void dac_current_percent(uint8_t channel, float val) { void dac_current_raw(uint8_t channel, uint16_t val) { if (!dac_present) return; - NOMORE(val, DAC_STEPPER_MAX); + NOMORE(val, uint16_t(DAC_STEPPER_MAX)); mcp4728_analogWrite(dac_order[channel], val); mcp4728_simpleCommand(UPDATE); @@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ void dac_current_raw(uint8_t channel, uint16_t val) { static float dac_perc(int8_t n) { return 100.0 * mcp4728_getValue(dac_order[n]) * RECIPROCAL(DAC_STEPPER_MAX); } static float dac_amps(int8_t n) { return mcp4728_getDrvPct(dac_order[n]) * (DAC_STEPPER_MAX) * 0.125 * RECIPROCAL(DAC_STEPPER_SENSE); } -uint8_t dac_current_get_percent(AxisEnum axis) { return mcp4728_getDrvPct(dac_order[axis]); } -void dac_current_set_percents(const uint8_t pct[XYZE]) { +uint8_t dac_current_get_percent(const AxisEnum axis) { return mcp4728_getDrvPct(dac_order[axis]); } +void dac_current_set_percents(xyze_uint8_t &pct) { LOOP_XYZE(i) dac_channel_pct[i] = pct[dac_order[i]]; mcp4728_setDrvPct(dac_channel_pct); } @@ -88,11 +88,11 @@ void dac_print_values() { SERIAL_ECHO_MSG("Stepper current values in % (Amps):"); SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " X:", dac_perc(X_AXIS), " (", dac_amps(X_AXIS), ")" - " Y:", dac_perc(Y_AXIS), " (", dac_amps(Y_AXIS), ")" - " Z:", dac_perc(Z_AXIS), " (", dac_amps(Z_AXIS), ")" - " E:", dac_perc(E_AXIS), " (", dac_amps(E_AXIS), ")" + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + SP_X_LBL, dac_perc(X_AXIS), PSTR(" ("), dac_amps(X_AXIS), PSTR(")") + SP_Y_LBL, dac_perc(Y_AXIS), PSTR(" ("), dac_amps(Y_AXIS), PSTR(")") + SP_Z_LBL, dac_perc(Z_AXIS), PSTR(" ("), dac_amps(Z_AXIS), PSTR(")") + SP_E_LBL, dac_perc(E_AXIS), PSTR(" ("), dac_amps(E_AXIS), PSTR(")") ); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/stepper_dac.h b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/stepper_dac.h index 8ad51ee781..3e77d471a6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/stepper_dac.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/stepper_dac.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -33,4 +33,4 @@ void dac_current_raw(uint8_t channel, uint16_t val); void dac_print_values(); void dac_commit_eeprom(); uint8_t dac_current_get_percent(AxisEnum axis); -void dac_current_set_percents(const uint8_t pct[XYZE]); +void dac_current_set_percents(xyze_uint8_t &pct); diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot.h b/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot.h index 03c9854153..b7c0b65036 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot_mcp4018.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot_mcp4018.cpp index 86eeab63b4..e8df4a475f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot_mcp4018.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot_mcp4018.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -92,11 +92,11 @@ void digipot_i2c_set_current(const uint8_t channel, const float current) { void digipot_i2c_init() { static const float digipot_motor_current[] PROGMEM = DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS; i++) + LOOP_L_N(i, DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS) pots[i].i2c_init(); // setup initial currents as defined in Configuration_adv.h - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < COUNT(digipot_motor_current); i++) + LOOP_L_N(i, COUNT(digipot_motor_current)) digipot_i2c_set_current(i, pgm_read_float(&digipot_motor_current[i])); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot_mcp4451.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot_mcp4451.cpp index 1b9672251f..1183c96aa5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot_mcp4451.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot_mcp4451.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #if MB(5DPRINT) #define DIGIPOT_I2C_FACTOR 117.96 #define DIGIPOT_I2C_MAX_CURRENT 1.736 -#elif MB(AZTEEG_X5_MINI) || MB(AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI) +#elif MB(AZTEEG_X5_MINI, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI) #define DIGIPOT_I2C_FACTOR 113.5 #define DIGIPOT_I2C_MAX_CURRENT 2.0 #else @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ static byte current_to_wiper(const float current) { return byte(CEIL(float((DIGIPOT_I2C_FACTOR * current)))); } -static void i2c_send(const byte addr, const byte a, const byte b) { +static void digipot_i2c_send(const byte addr, const byte a, const byte b) { #if MB(MKS_SBASE) digipot_mcp4451_start(addr); digipot_mcp4451_send_byte(a); @@ -67,23 +67,23 @@ void digipot_i2c_set_current(const uint8_t channel, const float current) { const byte addr = channel < 4 ? DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A : DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B; // channel 0-3 vs 4-7 // Initial setup - i2c_send(addr, 0x40, 0xFF); - i2c_send(addr, 0xA0, 0xFF); + digipot_i2c_send(addr, 0x40, 0xFF); + digipot_i2c_send(addr, 0xA0, 0xFF); // Set actual wiper value byte addresses[4] = { 0x00, 0x10, 0x60, 0x70 }; - i2c_send(addr, addresses[channel & 0x3], current_to_wiper(_MIN(float(_MAX(current, 0)), DIGIPOT_I2C_MAX_CURRENT))); + digipot_i2c_send(addr, addresses[channel & 0x3], current_to_wiper(_MIN(float(_MAX(current, 0)), DIGIPOT_I2C_MAX_CURRENT))); } void digipot_i2c_init() { #if MB(MKS_SBASE) - digipot_mcp4451_init(); + configure_i2c(16); // Setting clock_option to 16 ensure the I2C bus is initialized at 400kHz #else Wire.begin(); #endif // setup initial currents as defined in Configuration_adv.h static const float digipot_motor_current[] PROGMEM = DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < COUNT(digipot_motor_current); i++) + LOOP_L_N(i, COUNT(digipot_motor_current)) digipot_i2c_set_current(i, pgm_read_float(&digipot_motor_current[i])); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/emergency_parser.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/e_parser.cpp similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/feature/emergency_parser.cpp rename to Marlin/src/feature/e_parser.cpp index 97ab967028..e7d79bf745 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/emergency_parser.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/e_parser.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ #if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER) -#include "emergency_parser.h" +#include "e_parser.h" // Static data members bool EmergencyParser::killed_by_M112, // = false diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/emergency_parser.h b/Marlin/src/feature/e_parser.h similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/feature/emergency_parser.h rename to Marlin/src/feature/e_parser.h index e9ce0f6645..41261402a1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/emergency_parser.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/e_parser.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -75,10 +75,11 @@ public: FORCE_INLINE static void disable() { enabled = false; } FORCE_INLINE static void update(State &state, const uint8_t c) { + #define ISEOL(C) ((C) == '\n' || (C) == '\r') switch (state) { case EP_RESET: switch (c) { - case ' ': break; + case ' ': case '\n': case '\r': break; case 'N': state = EP_N; break; case 'M': state = EP_M; break; default: state = EP_IGNORE; @@ -164,11 +165,11 @@ public: #endif case EP_IGNORE: - if (c == '\n') state = EP_RESET; + if (ISEOL(c)) state = EP_RESET; break; default: - if (c == '\n') { + if (ISEOL(c)) { if (enabled) switch (state) { case EP_M108: wait_for_user = wait_for_heatup = false; break; case EP_M112: killed_by_M112 = true; break; diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/I2CPositionEncoder.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/encoder_i2c.cpp similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/feature/I2CPositionEncoder.cpp rename to Marlin/src/feature/encoder_i2c.cpp index 1f73f1417b..a70227a270 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/I2CPositionEncoder.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/encoder_i2c.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ #if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) -#include "I2CPositionEncoder.h" +#include "encoder_i2c.h" #include "../module/temperature.h" #include "../module/stepper.h" @@ -162,15 +162,17 @@ void I2CPositionEncoder::update() { if (errIdx == 0) { // In order to correct for "error" but avoid correcting for noise and non-skips // it must be > threshold and have a difference average of < 10 and be < 2000 steps - if (ABS(error) > threshold * planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[encoderAxis] && - diffSum < 10 * (I2CPE_ERR_ARRAY_SIZE - 1) && ABS(error) < 2000) { // Check for persistent error (skip) + if (ABS(error) > threshold * planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[encoderAxis] + && diffSum < 10 * (I2CPE_ERR_ARRAY_SIZE - 1) + && ABS(error) < 2000 + ) { // Check for persistent error (skip) errPrst[errPrstIdx++] = error; // Error must persist for I2CPE_ERR_PRST_ARRAY_SIZE error cycles. This also serves to improve the average accuracy if (errPrstIdx >= I2CPE_ERR_PRST_ARRAY_SIZE) { float sumP = 0; LOOP_L_N(i, I2CPE_ERR_PRST_ARRAY_SIZE) sumP += errPrst[i]; const int32_t errorP = int32_t(sumP * RECIPROCAL(I2CPE_ERR_PRST_ARRAY_SIZE)); SERIAL_ECHO(axis_codes[encoderAxis]); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" - err detected: ", errorP * planner.steps_to_mm[encoderAxis], "mm; correcting!"); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" : CORRECT ERR ", errorP * planner.steps_to_mm[encoderAxis], "mm"); babystep.add_steps(encoderAxis, -LROUND(errorP)); errPrstIdx = 0; } @@ -189,7 +191,8 @@ void I2CPositionEncoder::update() { if (ABS(error) > I2CPE_ERR_CNT_THRESH * planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[encoderAxis]) { const millis_t ms = millis(); if (ELAPSED(ms, nextErrorCountTime)) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Large error on ", axis_codes[encoderAxis], " axis. error: ", (int)error, "; diffSum: ", diffSum); + SERIAL_ECHO(axis_codes[encoderAxis]); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" : LARGE ERR ", int(error), "; diffSum=", diffSum); errorCount++; nextErrorCountTime = ms + I2CPE_ERR_CNT_DEBOUNCE_MS; } @@ -243,17 +246,14 @@ bool I2CPositionEncoder::passes_test(const bool report) { } float I2CPositionEncoder::get_axis_error_mm(const bool report) { - float target, actual, error; - - target = planner.get_axis_position_mm(encoderAxis); - actual = mm_from_count(position); - error = actual - target; - - if (ABS(error) > 10000) error = 0; // ? + const float target = planner.get_axis_position_mm(encoderAxis), + actual = mm_from_count(position), + diff = actual - target, + error = ABS(diff) > 10000 ? 0 : diff; // Huge error is a bad reading if (report) { SERIAL_ECHO(axis_codes[encoderAxis]); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" axis target: ", target, ", actual: ", actual, ", error : ",error); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" axis target=", target, "mm; actual=", actual, "mm; err=", error, "mm"); } return error; @@ -278,21 +278,25 @@ int32_t I2CPositionEncoder::get_axis_error_steps(const bool report) { //convert both 'ticks' into same units / base encoderCountInStepperTicksScaled = LROUND((stepperTicksPerUnit * encoderTicks) / encoderTicksPerUnit); - int32_t target = stepper.position(encoderAxis), - error = (encoderCountInStepperTicksScaled - target); + const int32_t target = stepper.position(encoderAxis); + int32_t error = encoderCountInStepperTicksScaled - target; //suppress discontinuities (might be caused by bad I2C readings...?) const bool suppressOutput = (ABS(error - errorPrev) > 100); - if (report) { - SERIAL_ECHO(axis_codes[encoderAxis]); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" axis target: ", target, ", actual: ", encoderCountInStepperTicksScaled, ", error : ", error); - if (suppressOutput) SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Discontinuity detected, suppressing error."); - } - errorPrev = error; - return (suppressOutput ? 0 : error); + if (report) { + SERIAL_ECHO(axis_codes[encoderAxis]); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" axis target=", target, "; actual=", encoderCountInStepperTicksScaled, "; err=", error); + } + + if (suppressOutput) { + if (report) SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Discontinuity. Suppressing error."); + error = 0; + } + + return error; } int32_t I2CPositionEncoder::get_raw_count() { @@ -326,25 +330,23 @@ bool I2CPositionEncoder::test_axis() { //only works on XYZ cartesian machines for the time being if (!(encoderAxis == X_AXIS || encoderAxis == Y_AXIS || encoderAxis == Z_AXIS)) return false; - float startCoord[NUM_AXIS] = { 0 }, endCoord[NUM_AXIS] = { 0 }; - - const float startPosition = soft_endstop[encoderAxis].min + 10, - endPosition = soft_endstop[encoderAxis].max - 10; + const float startPosition = soft_endstop.min[encoderAxis] + 10, + endPosition = soft_endstop.max[encoderAxis] - 10; const feedRate_t fr_mm_s = FLOOR(MMM_TO_MMS((encoderAxis == Z_AXIS) ? HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z : HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY)); ec = false; - LOOP_XYZ(i) { - startCoord[i] = planner.get_axis_position_mm((AxisEnum)i); - endCoord[i] = planner.get_axis_position_mm((AxisEnum)i); + xyze_pos_t startCoord, endCoord; + LOOP_XYZ(a) { + startCoord[a] = planner.get_axis_position_mm((AxisEnum)a); + endCoord[a] = planner.get_axis_position_mm((AxisEnum)a); } startCoord[encoderAxis] = startPosition; endCoord[encoderAxis] = endPosition; planner.synchronize(); - - planner.buffer_line(startCoord[X_AXIS], startCoord[Y_AXIS], startCoord[Z_AXIS], - planner.get_axis_position_mm(E_AXIS), fr_mm_s, 0); + startCoord.e = planner.get_axis_position_mm(E_AXIS); + planner.buffer_line(startCoord, fr_mm_s, 0); planner.synchronize(); // if the module isn't currently trusted, wait until it is (or until it should be if things are working) @@ -355,8 +357,8 @@ bool I2CPositionEncoder::test_axis() { } if (trusted) { // if trusted, commence test - planner.buffer_line(endCoord[X_AXIS], endCoord[Y_AXIS], endCoord[Z_AXIS], - planner.get_axis_position_mm(E_AXIS), fr_mm_s, 0); + endCoord.e = planner.get_axis_position_mm(E_AXIS); + planner.buffer_line(endCoord, fr_mm_s, 0); planner.synchronize(); } @@ -376,8 +378,7 @@ void I2CPositionEncoder::calibrate_steps_mm(const uint8_t iter) { float old_steps_mm, new_steps_mm, startDistance, endDistance, - travelDistance, travelledDistance, total = 0, - startCoord[NUM_AXIS] = { 0 }, endCoord[NUM_AXIS] = { 0 }; + travelDistance, travelledDistance, total = 0; int32_t startCount, stopCount; @@ -387,31 +388,31 @@ void I2CPositionEncoder::calibrate_steps_mm(const uint8_t iter) { ec = false; startDistance = 20; - endDistance = soft_endstop[encoderAxis].max - 20; + endDistance = soft_endstop.max[encoderAxis] - 20; travelDistance = endDistance - startDistance; + xyze_pos_t startCoord, endCoord; LOOP_XYZ(a) { startCoord[a] = planner.get_axis_position_mm((AxisEnum)a); endCoord[a] = planner.get_axis_position_mm((AxisEnum)a); } - startCoord[encoderAxis] = startDistance; endCoord[encoderAxis] = endDistance; planner.synchronize(); LOOP_L_N(i, iter) { - planner.buffer_line(startCoord[X_AXIS], startCoord[Y_AXIS], startCoord[Z_AXIS], - planner.get_axis_position_mm(E_AXIS), fr_mm_s, 0); + startCoord.e = planner.get_axis_position_mm(E_AXIS); + planner.buffer_line(startCoord, fr_mm_s, 0); planner.synchronize(); delay(250); startCount = get_position(); - //do_blocking_move_to(endCoord[X_AXIS],endCoord[Y_AXIS],endCoord[Z_AXIS]); + //do_blocking_move_to(endCoord); - planner.buffer_line(endCoord[X_AXIS], endCoord[Y_AXIS], endCoord[Z_AXIS], - planner.get_axis_position_mm(E_AXIS), fr_mm_s, 0); + endCoord.e = planner.get_axis_position_mm(E_AXIS); + planner.buffer_line(endCoord, fr_mm_s, 0); planner.synchronize(); //Read encoder distance diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/I2CPositionEncoder.h b/Marlin/src/feature/encoder_i2c.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/feature/I2CPositionEncoder.h rename to Marlin/src/feature/encoder_i2c.h index ad3e30a513..0665ee809d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/I2CPositionEncoder.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/encoder_i2c.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -93,8 +93,6 @@ #define LOOP_PE(VAR) LOOP_L_N(VAR, I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT) #define CHECK_IDX() do{ if (!WITHIN(idx, 0, I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT - 1)) return; }while(0) -extern const char axis_codes[XYZE]; - typedef union { volatile int32_t val = 0; uint8_t bval[4]; diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/fanmux.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/fanmux.cpp index 6c7b56ac54..b90c72c648 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/fanmux.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/fanmux.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/fanmux.h b/Marlin/src/feature/fanmux.h index 492b9fd785..2e54144478 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/fanmux.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/fanmux.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/filwidth.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/filwidth.cpp index fb685bddc1..4357d39fe0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/filwidth.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/filwidth.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ int8_t FilamentWidthSensor::ratios[MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY + 1], // Ring void FilamentWidthSensor::init() { const int8_t ratio = sample_to_size_ratio(); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < COUNT(ratios); ++i) ratios[i] = ratio; + LOOP_L_N(i, COUNT(ratios)) ratios[i] = ratio; index_r = index_w = 0; } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/filwidth.h b/Marlin/src/feature/filwidth.h index 74671b295b..335a49b74f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/filwidth.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/filwidth.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ #include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #include "../module/planner.h" +#include "../module/thermistor/thermistors.h" class FilamentWidthSensor { public: @@ -66,7 +67,7 @@ public: } // Convert raw measurement to mm - static inline float raw_to_mm(const uint16_t v) { return v * 5.0f * RECIPROCAL(16383.0f); } + static inline float raw_to_mm(const uint16_t v) { return v * 5.0f * RECIPROCAL(float(MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE)); } static inline float raw_to_mm() { return raw_to_mm(raw); } // A scaled reading is ready diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/fwretract.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/fwretract.cpp index b4302cb17a..7d756ac6d0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/fwretract.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/fwretract.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ void FWRetract::reset() { settings.swap_retract_recover_feedrate_mm_s = RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP; current_hop = 0.0; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < EXTRUDERS; ++i) { + LOOP_L_N(i, EXTRUDERS) { retracted[i] = false; #if EXTRUDERS > 1 retracted_swap[i] = false; @@ -117,14 +117,14 @@ void FWRetract::retract(const bool retracting " swapping ", swapping, " active extruder ", active_extruder ); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < EXTRUDERS; ++i) { + LOOP_L_N(i, EXTRUDERS) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("retracted[", i, "] ", retracted[i]); #if EXTRUDERS > 1 SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("retracted_swap[", i, "] ", retracted_swap[i]); #endif } - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("current_position[z] ", current_position[Z_AXIS]); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("current_position[e] ", current_position[E_AXIS]); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("current_position.z ", current_position.z); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("current_position.e ", current_position.e); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("current_hop ", current_hop); //*/ @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ void FWRetract::retract(const bool retracting ); // The current position will be the destination for E and Z moves - set_destination_from_current(); + destination = current_position; #if ENABLED(RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING) const uint8_t old_mixing_tool = mixer.get_current_vtool(); @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ void FWRetract::retract(const bool retracting if (retracting) { // Retract by moving from a faux E position back to the current E position current_retract[active_extruder] = base_retract; - prepare_internal_move_to_destination( // set_current_to_destination + prepare_internal_move_to_destination( // set current to destination settings.retract_feedrate_mm_s #if ENABLED(RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING) * (MIXING_STEPPERS) @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ void FWRetract::retract(const bool retracting const float extra_recover = swapping ? settings.swap_retract_recover_extra : settings.retract_recover_extra; if (extra_recover) { - current_position[E_AXIS] -= extra_recover; // Adjust the current E position by the extra amount to recover + current_position.e -= extra_recover; // Adjust the current E position by the extra amount to recover sync_plan_position_e(); // Sync the planner position so the extra amount is recovered } @@ -201,14 +201,14 @@ void FWRetract::retract(const bool retracting SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("retracting ", retracting); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("swapping ", swapping); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("active_extruder ", active_extruder); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < EXTRUDERS; ++i) { + LOOP_L_N(i, EXTRUDERS) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("retracted[", i, "] ", retracted[i]); #if EXTRUDERS > 1 SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("retracted_swap[", i, "] ", retracted_swap[i]); #endif } - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("current_position[z] ", current_position[Z_AXIS]); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("current_position[e] ", current_position[E_AXIS]); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("current_position.z ", current_position.z); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("current_position.e ", current_position.e); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("current_hop ", current_hop); //*/ } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/fwretract.h b/Marlin/src/feature/fwretract.h index 374667513d..e08f8f03af 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/fwretract.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/fwretract.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.cpp index b39b0fbc3c..2108f4e7f4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -64,82 +64,99 @@ void host_action(const char * const pstr, const bool eol) { #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) + const char CONTINUE_STR[] PROGMEM = "Continue", + DISMISS_STR[] PROGMEM = "Dismiss"; + #if HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE extern bool wait_for_user; #endif PromptReason host_prompt_reason = PROMPT_NOT_DEFINED; + void host_action_notify(const char * const message) { + host_action(PSTR("notification "), false); + serialprintPGM(message); + SERIAL_EOL(); + } + void host_action_prompt(const char * const ptype, const bool eol=true) { host_action(PSTR("prompt_"), false); serialprintPGM(ptype); if (eol) SERIAL_EOL(); } - void host_action_prompt_plus(const char * const ptype, const char * const pstr, const bool eol=true) { + void host_action_prompt_plus(const char * const ptype, const char * const pstr, const char extra_char='\0') { host_action_prompt(ptype, false); SERIAL_CHAR(' '); serialprintPGM(pstr); - if (eol) SERIAL_EOL(); + if (extra_char != '\0') SERIAL_CHAR(extra_char); + SERIAL_EOL(); + } + void host_action_prompt_begin(const PromptReason reason, const char * const pstr, const char extra_char/*='\0'*/) { + host_action_prompt_end(); + host_prompt_reason = reason; + host_action_prompt_plus(PSTR("begin"), pstr, extra_char); } - void host_action_prompt_begin(const char * const pstr, const bool eol/*=true*/) { host_action_prompt_plus(PSTR("begin"), pstr, eol); } void host_action_prompt_button(const char * const pstr) { host_action_prompt_plus(PSTR("button"), pstr); } void host_action_prompt_end() { host_action_prompt(PSTR("end")); } void host_action_prompt_show() { host_action_prompt(PSTR("show")); } - void host_prompt_do(const PromptReason reason, const char * const pstr, const char * const pbtn/*=nullptr*/) { - host_prompt_reason = reason; - host_action_prompt_end(); - host_action_prompt_begin(pstr); - if (pbtn) host_action_prompt_button(pbtn); + void host_prompt_do(const PromptReason reason, const char * const pstr, const char * const btn1/*=nullptr*/, const char * const btn2/*=nullptr*/) { + host_action_prompt_begin(reason, pstr); + if (btn1) host_action_prompt_button(btn1); + if (btn2) host_action_prompt_button(btn2); host_action_prompt_show(); } - inline void say_m876_response(const char * const pstr) { - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("M876 Responding PROMPT_"); - serialprintPGM(pstr); - SERIAL_EOL(); + void filament_load_host_prompt() { + const bool disable_to_continue = (false + #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR + || runout.filament_ran_out + #endif + ); + host_prompt_do(PROMPT_FILAMENT_RUNOUT, PSTR("Paused"), PSTR("PurgeMore"), + disable_to_continue ? PSTR("DisableRunout") : CONTINUE_STR + ); } + // + // Handle responses from the host, such as: + // - Filament runout responses: Purge More, Continue + // - General "Continue" response + // - Resume Print response + // - Dismissal of info + // void host_response_handler(const uint8_t response) { #ifdef DEBUG_HOST_ACTIONS - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("M86 Handle Reason: ", host_prompt_reason); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("M86 Handle Response: ", response); + static const char m876_prefix[] PROGMEM = "M876 Handle Re"; + serialprintPGM(m876_prefix); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("ason: ", host_prompt_reason); + serialprintPGM(m876_prefix); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("sponse: ", response); #endif const char *msg = PSTR("UNKNOWN STATE"); const PromptReason hpr = host_prompt_reason; - host_prompt_reason = PROMPT_NOT_DEFINED; + host_prompt_reason = PROMPT_NOT_DEFINED; // Reset now ahead of logic switch (hpr) { case PROMPT_FILAMENT_RUNOUT: msg = PSTR("FILAMENT_RUNOUT"); - if (response == 0) { - #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - pause_menu_response = PAUSE_RESPONSE_EXTRUDE_MORE; - #endif - host_action_prompt_end(); // Close current prompt - host_action_prompt_begin(PSTR("Paused")); - host_action_prompt_button(PSTR("Purge More")); - if (false - #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR - || runout.filament_ran_out + switch (response) { + + case 0: // "Purge More" button + #if HAS_LCD_MENU && ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + pause_menu_response = PAUSE_RESPONSE_EXTRUDE_MORE; // Simulate menu selection (menu exits, doesn't extrude more) #endif - ) - host_action_prompt_button(PSTR("DisableRunout")); - else { - host_prompt_reason = PROMPT_FILAMENT_RUNOUT; - host_action_prompt_button(PSTR("Continue")); - } - host_action_prompt_show(); - } - else if (response == 1) { - #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR - if (runout.filament_ran_out) { - runout.enabled = false; - runout.reset(); - } - #endif - #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - pause_menu_response = PAUSE_RESPONSE_RESUME_PRINT; - #endif + filament_load_host_prompt(); // Initiate another host prompt. (NOTE: The loop in load_filament may also do this!) + break; + + case 1: // "Continue" / "Disable Runout" button + #if HAS_LCD_MENU && ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + pause_menu_response = PAUSE_RESPONSE_RESUME_PRINT; // Simulate menu selection + #endif + #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR + if (runout.filament_ran_out) { // Disable a triggered sensor + runout.enabled = false; + runout.reset(); + } + #endif + break; } break; case PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE: @@ -151,7 +168,8 @@ void host_action(const char * const pstr, const bool eol) { case PROMPT_PAUSE_RESUME: msg = PSTR("LCD_PAUSE_RESUME"); #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - queue.inject_P(PSTR("M24")); + extern const char M24_STR[]; + queue.inject_P(M24_STR); #endif break; case PROMPT_INFO: @@ -159,7 +177,9 @@ void host_action(const char * const pstr, const bool eol) { break; default: break; } - say_m876_response(msg); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("M876 Responding PROMPT_"); + serialprintPGM(msg); + SERIAL_EOL(); } #endif // HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.h b/Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.h index 7477b6e6df..3667b7f430 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -46,6 +46,8 @@ void host_action(const char * const pstr, const bool eol=true); #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) + extern const char CONTINUE_STR[], DISMISS_STR[]; + enum PromptReason : uint8_t { PROMPT_NOT_DEFINED, PROMPT_FILAMENT_RUNOUT, @@ -58,13 +60,16 @@ void host_action(const char * const pstr, const bool eol=true); extern PromptReason host_prompt_reason; void host_response_handler(const uint8_t response); - void host_action_prompt_begin(const char * const pstr, const bool eol=true); + void host_action_notify(const char * const message); + void host_action_prompt_begin(const PromptReason reason, const char * const pstr, const char extra_char='\0'); void host_action_prompt_button(const char * const pstr); void host_action_prompt_end(); void host_action_prompt_show(); - void host_prompt_do(const PromptReason type, const char * const pstr, const char * const pbtn=nullptr); - inline void host_prompt_open(const PromptReason reason, const char * const pstr, const char * const pbtn=nullptr) { - if (host_prompt_reason == PROMPT_NOT_DEFINED) host_prompt_do(reason, pstr, pbtn); + void host_prompt_do(const PromptReason reason, const char * const pstr, const char * const btn1=nullptr, const char * const btn2=nullptr); + inline void host_prompt_open(const PromptReason reason, const char * const pstr, const char * const btn1=nullptr, const char * const btn2=nullptr) { + if (host_prompt_reason == PROMPT_NOT_DEFINED) host_prompt_do(reason, pstr, btn1, btn2); } + void filament_load_host_prompt(); + #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/joystick.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/joystick.cpp index bb54ff1d6d..66afb63b05 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/joystick.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/joystick.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -37,30 +37,45 @@ Joystick joystick; #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #include "../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" + #include "../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X temp_info_t Joystick::x; // = { 0 } + #if ENABLED(INVERT_JOY_X) + #define JOY_X(N) (16383 - (N)) + #else + #define JOY_X(N) (N) + #endif #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_Y temp_info_t Joystick::y; // = { 0 } + #if ENABLED(INVERT_JOY_Y) + #define JOY_Y(N) (16383 - (N)) + #else + #define JOY_Y(N) (N) + #endif #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_Z temp_info_t Joystick::z; // = { 0 } + #if ENABLED(INVERT_JOY_Z) + #define JOY_Z(N) (16383 - (N)) + #else + #define JOY_Z(N) (N) + #endif #endif #if ENABLED(JOYSTICK_DEBUG) void Joystick::report() { SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Joystick"); #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" X", x.raw); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, JOY_X(x.raw)); #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_Y - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", y.raw); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, JOY_Y(y.raw)); #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_Z - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", z.raw); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, JOY_Z(z.raw)); #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_EN SERIAL_ECHO_TERNARY(READ(JOY_EN_PIN), " EN=", "HIGH (dis", "LOW (en", "abled)"); @@ -71,35 +86,35 @@ Joystick joystick; #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X || HAS_JOY_ADC_Y || HAS_JOY_ADC_Z - void Joystick::calculate(float (&norm_jog)[XYZ]) { + void Joystick::calculate(xyz_float_t &norm_jog) { // Do nothing if enable pin (active-low) is not LOW #if HAS_JOY_ADC_EN if (READ(JOY_EN_PIN)) return; #endif - auto _normalize_joy = [](float &norm_jog, const int16_t raw, const int16_t (&joy_limits)[4]) { + auto _normalize_joy = [](float &axis_jog, const int16_t raw, const int16_t (&joy_limits)[4]) { if (WITHIN(raw, joy_limits[0], joy_limits[3])) { // within limits, check deadzone if (raw > joy_limits[2]) - norm_jog = (raw - joy_limits[2]) / float(joy_limits[3] - joy_limits[2]); + axis_jog = (raw - joy_limits[2]) / float(joy_limits[3] - joy_limits[2]); else if (raw < joy_limits[1]) - norm_jog = (raw - joy_limits[1]) / float(joy_limits[1] - joy_limits[0]); // negative value + axis_jog = (raw - joy_limits[1]) / float(joy_limits[1] - joy_limits[0]); // negative value // Map normal to jog value via quadratic relationship - norm_jog = SIGN(norm_jog) * sq(norm_jog); + axis_jog = SIGN(axis_jog) * sq(axis_jog); } }; #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X static constexpr int16_t joy_x_limits[4] = JOY_X_LIMITS; - _normalize_joy(norm_jog[X_AXIS], x.raw, joy_x_limits); + _normalize_joy(norm_jog.x, JOY_X(x.raw), joy_x_limits); #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_Y static constexpr int16_t joy_y_limits[4] = JOY_Y_LIMITS; - _normalize_joy(norm_jog[Y_AXIS], y.raw, joy_y_limits); + _normalize_joy(norm_jog.y, JOY_Y(y.raw), joy_y_limits); #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_Z static constexpr int16_t joy_z_limits[4] = JOY_Z_LIMITS; - _normalize_joy(norm_jog[Z_AXIS], z.raw, joy_z_limits); + _normalize_joy(norm_jog.z, JOY_Z(z.raw), joy_z_limits); #endif } @@ -112,10 +127,10 @@ Joystick joystick; static bool injecting_now; // = false; if (injecting_now) return; - static constexpr int QUEUE_DEPTH = 5; // Insert up to this many movements - static constexpr float target_lag = 0.25f, // Aim for 1/4 second lag - seg_time = target_lag / QUEUE_DEPTH; // 0.05 seconds, short segments inserted every 1/20th of a second - static constexpr millis_t timer_limit_ms = millis_t(seg_time * 500); // 25 ms minimum delay between insertions + static constexpr int QUEUE_DEPTH = 5; // Insert up to this many movements + static constexpr float target_lag = 0.25f, // Aim for 1/4 second lag + seg_time = target_lag / QUEUE_DEPTH; // 0.05 seconds, short segments inserted every 1/20th of a second + static constexpr millis_t timer_limit_ms = millis_t(seg_time * 500); // 25 ms minimum delay between insertions // The planner can merge/collapse small moves, so the movement queue is unreliable to control the lag static millis_t next_run = 0; @@ -129,7 +144,7 @@ Joystick joystick; // Normalized jog values are 0 for no movement and -1 or +1 for as max feedrate (nonlinear relationship) // Jog are initialized to zero and handling input can update values but doesn't have to // You could use a two-axis joystick and a one-axis keypad and they might work together - float norm_jog[XYZ] = { 0 }; + xyz_float_t norm_jog{0}; // Use ADC values and defined limits. The active zone is normalized: -1..0 (dead) 0..1 #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X || HAS_JOY_ADC_Y || HAS_JOY_ADC_Z @@ -143,16 +158,13 @@ Joystick joystick; ExtUI::_joystick_update(norm_jog); #endif - #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - constexpr float manual_feedrate[XYZE] = MANUAL_FEEDRATE; - #endif - // norm_jog values of [-1 .. 1] maps linearly to [-feedrate .. feedrate] - float move_dist[XYZ] = { 0 }, hypot2 = 0; + xyz_float_t move_dist{0}; + float hypot2 = 0; LOOP_XYZ(i) if (norm_jog[i]) { move_dist[i] = seg_time * norm_jog[i] * - #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - MMM_TO_MMS(manual_feedrate[i]); + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + manual_feedrate_mm_s[i]; #else planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[i]; #endif @@ -160,7 +172,8 @@ Joystick joystick; } if (!UNEAR_ZERO(hypot2)) { - LOOP_XYZ(i) current_position[i] += move_dist[i]; + current_position += move_dist; + apply_motion_limits(current_position); const float length = sqrt(hypot2); injecting_now = true; planner.buffer_line(current_position, length / seg_time, active_extruder, length); diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/joystick.h b/Marlin/src/feature/joystick.h index e96120517e..12f9554a71 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/joystick.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/joystick.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,6 +25,8 @@ * joystick.h - joystick input / jogging */ +#include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" +#include "../core/types.h" #include "../core/macros.h" #include "../module/temperature.h" @@ -46,7 +48,7 @@ class Joystick { #if ENABLED(JOYSTICK_DEBUG) static void report(); #endif - static void calculate(float (&norm_jog)[XYZ]); + static void calculate(xyz_float_t &norm_jog); static void inject_jog_moves(); }; diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/blinkm.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/blinkm.cpp index 0c5b15befd..1c7ceeb669 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/blinkm.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/blinkm.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/blinkm.h b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/blinkm.h index 231dbe810e..c7c099d3a8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/blinkm.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/blinkm.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/leds.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/leds.cpp index 210aeef092..995693ffc5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/leds.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/leds.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/leds.h b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/leds.h index 14a50cb06f..22184381fc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/leds.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/leds.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@ #include "neopixel.h" #endif +// A white component can be passed #define HAS_WHITE_LED EITHER(RGBW_LED, NEOPIXEL_LED) /** @@ -137,7 +138,7 @@ typedef struct LEDColor { #define LEDColorBlue() LEDColor( 0, 0, 255) #define LEDColorIndigo() LEDColor( 0, 255, 255) #define LEDColorViolet() LEDColor(255, 0, 255) -#if HAS_WHITE_LED +#if HAS_WHITE_LED && DISABLED(RGB_LED) #define LEDColorWhite() LEDColor( 0, 0, 0, 255) #else #define LEDColorWhite() LEDColor(255, 255, 255) diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/neopixel.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/neopixel.cpp index a3ceacb42c..892ebe15cb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/neopixel.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/neopixel.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/neopixel.h b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/neopixel.h index b8c8b12ad6..11e435b830 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/neopixel.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/neopixel.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -66,11 +66,9 @@ public: static void set_color_startup(const uint32_t c); static void set_color(const uint32_t c); - static void set_color_background(); - //bool set_led_color(const uint8_t r, const uint8_t g, const uint8_t b, const uint8_t w, const uint8_t p); #ifdef NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX - static void set_pixel_color(const uint16_t n, const uint32_t c); + static void set_color_background(); #endif static inline void begin() { @@ -107,6 +105,10 @@ public: #endif } + #if 0 + bool set_led_color(const uint8_t r, const uint8_t g, const uint8_t b, const uint8_t w, const uint8_t p); + #endif + // Accessors static inline uint16_t pixels() { return adaneo1.numPixels(); } static inline uint8_t brightness() { return adaneo1.getBrightness(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/pca9632.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/pca9632.cpp index 87589a9bcd..af9e39b863 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/pca9632.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/pca9632.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -138,8 +138,7 @@ void pca9632_set_led_color(const LEDColor &color) { #if ENABLED(PCA9632_BUZZER) - void pca9632_buzz(const long duration, const uint16_t freq) { - UNUSED(duration); UNUSED(freq); + void pca9632_buzz(const long, const uint16_t) { uint8_t data[] = PCA9632_BUZZER_DATA; Wire.beginTransmission(I2C_ADDRESS(PCA9632_ADDRESS)); Wire.write(data, sizeof(data)); diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/pca9632.h b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/pca9632.h index 2abdf7c7af..749230f652 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/pca9632.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/pca9632.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/printer_event_leds.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/printer_event_leds.cpp index 3ce7a1af21..70eee76b30 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/printer_event_leds.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/printer_event_leds.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/printer_event_leds.h b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/printer_event_leds.h index f59d6c699c..d2888705e7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/printer_event_leds.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/printer_event_leds.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ public: #endif #if HAS_TEMP_HOTEND || HAS_HEATED_BED - static inline void onHeatingDone() { leds.set_color(LEDColorWhite()); } + static inline void onHeatingDone() { leds.set_white(); } static inline void onPidTuningDone(LEDColor c) { leds.set_color(c); } #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/tempstat.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/tempstat.cpp index f19ae0f092..2d7afdcf9e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/tempstat.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/tempstat.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/tempstat.h b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/tempstat.h index 834f2e491f..fefe776cfd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/tempstat.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/tempstat.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/max7219.cpp similarity index 83% rename from Marlin/src/feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.cpp rename to Marlin/src/feature/max7219.cpp index 9ba67d6caa..a012aeb5fa 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/max7219.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -41,31 +41,23 @@ #define MAX7219_ERRORS // Disable to save 406 bytes of Program Memory -#include "Max7219_Debug_LEDs.h" +#include "max7219.h" #include "../module/planner.h" #include "../module/stepper.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../HAL/shared/Delay.h" -#define HAS_SIDE_BY_SIDE (ENABLED(MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE) && MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS > 1) +#if ENABLED(MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE) && MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS > 1 + #define HAS_SIDE_BY_SIDE 1 +#endif #if _ROT == 0 || _ROT == 180 - #if HAS_SIDE_BY_SIDE - #define MAX7219_X_LEDS 8 - #define MAX7219_Y_LEDS MAX7219_LINES - #else - #define MAX7219_Y_LEDS 8 - #define MAX7219_X_LEDS MAX7219_LINES - #endif + #define MAX7219_X_LEDS TERN(HAS_SIDE_BY_SIDE, 8, MAX7219_LINES) + #define MAX7219_Y_LEDS TERN(HAS_SIDE_BY_SIDE, MAX7219_LINES, 8) #elif _ROT == 90 || _ROT == 270 - #if HAS_SIDE_BY_SIDE - #define MAX7219_Y_LEDS 8 - #define MAX7219_X_LEDS MAX7219_LINES - #else - #define MAX7219_X_LEDS 8 - #define MAX7219_Y_LEDS MAX7219_LINES - #endif + #define MAX7219_X_LEDS TERN(HAS_SIDE_BY_SIDE, MAX7219_LINES, 8) + #define MAX7219_Y_LEDS TERN(HAS_SIDE_BY_SIDE, 8, MAX7219_LINES) #else #error "MAX7219_ROTATE must be a multiple of +/- 90°." #endif @@ -73,6 +65,7 @@ Max7219 max7219; uint8_t Max7219::led_line[MAX7219_LINES]; // = { 0 }; +uint8_t Max7219::suspended; // = 0; #define LINE_REG(Q) (max7219_reg_digit0 + ((Q) & 0x7)) @@ -125,10 +118,10 @@ uint8_t Max7219::led_line[MAX7219_LINES]; // = { 0 }; #define SIG_DELAY() DELAY_US(1) // Approximate a 1µs delay on 32-bit ARM #undef CRITICAL_SECTION_START #undef CRITICAL_SECTION_END - #define CRITICAL_SECTION_START NOOP - #define CRITICAL_SECTION_END NOOP + #define CRITICAL_SECTION_START() NOOP + #define CRITICAL_SECTION_END() NOOP #else - #define SIG_DELAY() DELAY_NS(188) // Delay for 0.1875µs (16MHz AVR) or 0.15µs (20MHz AVR) + #define SIG_DELAY() DELAY_NS(250) #endif void Max7219::error(const char * const func, const int32_t v1, const int32_t v2/*=-1*/) { @@ -154,7 +147,7 @@ void Max7219::error(const char * const func, const int32_t v1, const int32_t v2/ */ inline uint32_t flipped(const uint32_t bits, const uint8_t n_bytes) { uint32_t mask = 1, outbits = 0; - for (uint8_t b = 0; b < n_bytes * 8; b++) { + LOOP_L_N(b, n_bytes * 8) { outbits <<= 1; if (bits & mask) outbits |= 1; mask <<= 1; @@ -163,7 +156,7 @@ inline uint32_t flipped(const uint32_t bits, const uint8_t n_bytes) { } void Max7219::noop() { - CRITICAL_SECTION_START; + CRITICAL_SECTION_START(); SIG_DELAY(); WRITE(MAX7219_DIN_PIN, LOW); for (uint8_t i = 16; i--;) { @@ -174,11 +167,11 @@ void Max7219::noop() { WRITE(MAX7219_CLK_PIN, HIGH); SIG_DELAY(); } - CRITICAL_SECTION_END; + CRITICAL_SECTION_END(); } void Max7219::putbyte(uint8_t data) { - CRITICAL_SECTION_START; + CRITICAL_SECTION_START(); for (uint8_t i = 8; i--;) { SIG_DELAY(); WRITE(MAX7219_CLK_PIN, LOW); // tick @@ -189,7 +182,7 @@ void Max7219::putbyte(uint8_t data) { SIG_DELAY(); data <<= 1; } - CRITICAL_SECTION_END; + CRITICAL_SECTION_END(); } void Max7219::pulse_load() { @@ -202,16 +195,17 @@ void Max7219::pulse_load() { void Max7219::send(const uint8_t reg, const uint8_t data) { SIG_DELAY(); - CRITICAL_SECTION_START; + CRITICAL_SECTION_START(); SIG_DELAY(); putbyte(reg); // specify register SIG_DELAY(); putbyte(data); // put data - CRITICAL_SECTION_END; + CRITICAL_SECTION_END(); } // Send out a single native row of bits to just one unit void Max7219::refresh_unit_line(const uint8_t line) { + if (suspended) return; #if MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS == 1 send(LINE_REG(line), led_line[line]); #else @@ -223,6 +217,7 @@ void Max7219::refresh_unit_line(const uint8_t line) { // Send out a single native row of bits to all units void Max7219::refresh_line(const uint8_t line) { + if (suspended) return; #if MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS == 1 refresh_unit_line(line); #else @@ -241,9 +236,9 @@ void Max7219::set(const uint8_t line, const uint8_t bits) { // Draw an integer with optional leading zeros and optional decimal point void Max7219::print(const uint8_t start, int16_t value, uint8_t size, const bool leadzero=false, bool dec=false) { + if (suspended) return; constexpr uint8_t led_numeral[10] = { 0x7E, 0x60, 0x6D, 0x79, 0x63, 0x5B, 0x5F, 0x70, 0x7F, 0x7A }, led_decimal = 0x80, led_minus = 0x01; - bool blank = false, neg = value < 0; if (neg) value *= -1; while (size--) { @@ -295,6 +290,7 @@ void Max7219::led_toggle(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y) { } void Max7219::send_row(const uint8_t row) { + if (suspended) return; #if _ROT == 0 || _ROT == 180 // Native Lines are horizontal too #if MAX7219_X_LEDS <= 8 refresh_unit_line(LED_IND(0, row)); // A single unit line @@ -308,6 +304,7 @@ void Max7219::send_row(const uint8_t row) { } void Max7219::send_column(const uint8_t col) { + if (suspended) return; #if _ROT == 90 || _ROT == 270 // Native Lines are vertical too #if MAX7219_Y_LEDS <= 8 refresh_unit_line(LED_IND(col, 0)); // A single unit line @@ -332,25 +329,25 @@ void Max7219::fill() { void Max7219::clear_row(const uint8_t row) { if (row >= MAX7219_Y_LEDS) return error(PSTR("clear_row"), row); - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < MAX7219_X_LEDS; x++) CLR_7219(x, row); + LOOP_L_N(x, MAX7219_X_LEDS) CLR_7219(x, row); send_row(row); } void Max7219::clear_column(const uint8_t col) { if (col >= MAX7219_X_LEDS) return error(PSTR("set_column"), col); - for (uint8_t y = 0; y < MAX7219_Y_LEDS; y++) CLR_7219(col, y); + LOOP_L_N(y, MAX7219_Y_LEDS) CLR_7219(col, y); send_column(col); } /** * Plot the low order bits of val to the specified row of the matrix. - * With 4 Max7219 units in the chain, it's possible to set 32 bits at once with - * one call to the function (if rotated 90° or 180°). + * With 4 Max7219 units in the chain, it's possible to set 32 bits at + * once with a single call to the function (if rotated 90° or 270°). */ void Max7219::set_row(const uint8_t row, const uint32_t val) { if (row >= MAX7219_Y_LEDS) return error(PSTR("set_row"), row); uint32_t mask = _BV32(MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1); - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < MAX7219_X_LEDS; x++) { + LOOP_L_N(x, MAX7219_X_LEDS) { if (val & mask) SET_7219(x, row); else CLR_7219(x, row); mask >>= 1; } @@ -359,13 +356,13 @@ void Max7219::set_row(const uint8_t row, const uint32_t val) { /** * Plot the low order bits of val to the specified column of the matrix. - * With 4 Max7219 units in the chain, it's possible to set 32 bits at once with - * one call to the function (if rotated 90° or 180°). + * With 4 Max7219 units in the chain, it's possible to set 32 bits at + * once with a single call to the function (if rotated 0° or 180°). */ void Max7219::set_column(const uint8_t col, const uint32_t val) { if (col >= MAX7219_X_LEDS) return error(PSTR("set_column"), col); uint32_t mask = _BV32(MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1); - for (uint8_t y = 0; y < MAX7219_Y_LEDS; y++) { + LOOP_L_N(y, MAX7219_Y_LEDS) { if (val & mask) SET_7219(col, y); else CLR_7219(col, y); mask >>= 1; } @@ -430,54 +427,106 @@ void Max7219::set_columns_32bits(const uint8_t x, uint32_t val) { // Initialize the Max7219 void Max7219::register_setup() { - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS; i++) + LOOP_L_N(i, MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS) send(max7219_reg_scanLimit, 0x07); pulse_load(); // Tell the chips to load the clocked out data - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS; i++) + LOOP_L_N(i, MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS) send(max7219_reg_decodeMode, 0x00); // Using an led matrix (not digits) pulse_load(); // Tell the chips to load the clocked out data - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS; i++) + LOOP_L_N(i, MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS) send(max7219_reg_shutdown, 0x01); // Not in shutdown mode pulse_load(); // Tell the chips to load the clocked out data - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS; i++) + LOOP_L_N(i, MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS) send(max7219_reg_displayTest, 0x00); // No display test pulse_load(); // Tell the chips to load the clocked out data - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS; i++) + LOOP_L_N(i, MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS) send(max7219_reg_intensity, 0x01 & 0x0F); // The first 0x0F is the value you can set // Range: 0x00 to 0x0F pulse_load(); // Tell the chips to load the clocked out data } #ifdef MAX7219_INIT_TEST -#if MAX7219_INIT_TEST == 2 - void Max7219::spiral(const bool on, const uint16_t del) { - constexpr int8_t way[] = { 1, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, -1 }; - int8_t px = 0, py = 0, dir = 0; - for (uint8_t i = MAX7219_X_LEDS * MAX7219_Y_LEDS; i--;) { - led_set(px, py, on); - delay(del); - const int8_t x = px + way[dir], y = py + way[dir + 1]; - if (!WITHIN(x, 0, MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1) || !WITHIN(y, 0, MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1) || BIT_7219(x, y) == on) dir = (dir + 2) & 0x7; - px += way[dir]; py += way[dir + 1]; + uint8_t test_mode = 0; + millis_t next_patt_ms; + bool patt_on; + + #if MAX7219_INIT_TEST == 2 + + #define MAX7219_LEDS (MAX7219_X_LEDS * MAX7219_Y_LEDS) + + constexpr millis_t pattern_delay = 4; + + int8_t spiralx, spiraly, spiral_dir; + IF<(MAX7219_LEDS > 255), uint16_t, uint8_t>::type spiral_count; + + void Max7219::test_pattern() { + constexpr int8_t way[][2] = { { 1, 0 }, { 0, 1 }, { -1, 0 }, { 0, -1 } }; + led_set(spiralx, spiraly, patt_on); + const int8_t x = spiralx + way[spiral_dir][0], y = spiraly + way[spiral_dir][1]; + if (!WITHIN(x, 0, MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1) || !WITHIN(y, 0, MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1) || BIT_7219(x, y) == patt_on) + spiral_dir = (spiral_dir + 1) & 0x3; + spiralx += way[spiral_dir][0]; + spiraly += way[spiral_dir][1]; + if (!spiral_count--) { + if (!patt_on) + test_mode = 0; + else { + spiral_count = MAX7219_LEDS; + spiralx = spiraly = spiral_dir = 0; + patt_on = false; + } + } } + + #else + + constexpr millis_t pattern_delay = 20; + int8_t sweep_count, sweepx, sweep_dir; + + void Max7219::test_pattern() { + set_column(sweepx, patt_on ? 0xFFFFFFFF : 0x00000000); + sweepx += sweep_dir; + if (!WITHIN(sweepx, 0, MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1)) { + if (!patt_on) { + sweep_dir *= -1; + sweepx += sweep_dir; + } + else + sweepx -= MAX7219_X_LEDS * sweep_dir; + patt_on ^= true; + next_patt_ms += 100; + if (++test_mode > 4) test_mode = 0; + } + } + + #endif + + void Max7219::run_test_pattern() { + const millis_t ms = millis(); + if (PENDING(ms, next_patt_ms)) return; + next_patt_ms = ms + pattern_delay; + test_pattern(); } -#else - - void Max7219::sweep(const int8_t dir, const uint16_t ms, const bool on) { - uint8_t x = dir > 0 ? 0 : MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1; - for (uint8_t i = MAX7219_X_LEDS; i--; x += dir) { - set_column(x, on ? 0xFFFFFFFF : 0x00000000); - delay(ms); - } + void Max7219::start_test_pattern() { + clear(); + test_mode = 1; + patt_on = true; + #if MAX7219_INIT_TEST == 2 + spiralx = spiraly = spiral_dir = 0; + spiral_count = MAX7219_LEDS; + #else + sweep_dir = 1; + sweepx = 0; + sweep_count = MAX7219_X_LEDS; + #endif } -#endif #endif // MAX7219_INIT_TEST void Max7219::init() { @@ -488,26 +537,14 @@ void Max7219::init() { register_setup(); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i <= 7; i++) { // Empty registers to turn all LEDs off + LOOP_LE_N(i, 7) { // Empty registers to turn all LEDs off led_line[i] = 0x00; send(max7219_reg_digit0 + i, 0); pulse_load(); // Tell the chips to load the clocked out data } #ifdef MAX7219_INIT_TEST - #if MAX7219_INIT_TEST == 2 - spiral(true, 8); - delay(150); - spiral(false, 8); - #else - // Do an aesthetically-pleasing pattern to fully test the Max7219 module and LEDs. - // Light up and turn off columns, both forward and backward. - sweep(1, 20, true); - sweep(1, 20, false); - delay(150); - sweep(-1, 20, true); - sweep(-1, 20, false); - #endif + start_test_pattern(); #endif } @@ -570,14 +607,14 @@ void Max7219::idle_tasks() { #define MAX7219_USE_HEAD (defined(MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD) || defined(MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE)) #define MAX7219_USE_TAIL (defined(MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL) || defined(MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE)) #if MAX7219_USE_HEAD || MAX7219_USE_TAIL - CRITICAL_SECTION_START; + CRITICAL_SECTION_START(); #if MAX7219_USE_HEAD const uint8_t head = planner.block_buffer_head; #endif #if MAX7219_USE_TAIL const uint8_t tail = planner.block_buffer_tail; #endif - CRITICAL_SECTION_END; + CRITICAL_SECTION_END(); #endif #if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE) @@ -600,6 +637,13 @@ void Max7219::idle_tasks() { register_setup(); } + #ifdef MAX7219_INIT_TEST + if (test_mode) { + run_test_pattern(); + return; + } + #endif + #if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE) if (do_blink) { led_toggle(MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1, MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1); @@ -645,6 +689,12 @@ void Max7219::idle_tasks() { last_depth = current_depth; } #endif + + // After resume() automatically do a refresh() + if (suspended == 0x80) { + suspended = 0; + refresh(); + } } #endif // MAX7219_DEBUG diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.h b/Marlin/src/feature/max7219.h similarity index 91% rename from Marlin/src/feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.h rename to Marlin/src/feature/max7219.h index 02f7c1888b..19170b2d59 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/max7219.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ class Max7219 { public: static uint8_t led_line[MAX7219_LINES]; - Max7219() { } + Max7219() {} static void init(); static void register_setup(); @@ -88,6 +88,12 @@ public: // Refresh all units static inline void refresh() { for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) refresh_line(i); } + // Suspend / resume updates to the LED unit + // Use these methods to speed up multiple changes + // or to apply updates from interrupt context. + static inline void suspend() { suspended++; } + static inline void resume() { suspended--; suspended |= 0x80; } + // Update a single native line on all units static void refresh_line(const uint8_t line); @@ -126,6 +132,7 @@ public: static void idle_tasks(); private: + static uint8_t suspended; static void error(const char * const func, const int32_t v1, const int32_t v2=-1); static void noop(); static void set(const uint8_t line, const uint8_t bits); @@ -136,11 +143,9 @@ private: static void quantity16(const uint8_t y, const uint8_t ov, const uint8_t nv); #ifdef MAX7219_INIT_TEST - #if MAX7219_INIT_TEST == 2 - static void spiral(const bool on, const uint16_t del); - #else - static void sweep(const int8_t dir, const uint16_t ms, const bool on); - #endif + static void test_pattern(); + static void run_test_pattern(); + static void start_test_pattern(); #endif }; diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/mixing.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/mixing.cpp index dbdd9558aa..d6ae2bb629 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/mixing.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/mixing.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -98,13 +98,13 @@ void Mixer::normalize(const uint8_t tool_index) { void Mixer::reset_vtools() { // Virtual Tools 0, 1, 2, 3 = Filament 1, 2, 3, 4, etc. // Every virtual tool gets a pure filament - for (uint8_t t = 0; t < MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS && t < MIXING_STEPPERS; t++) + LOOP_L_N(t, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS && t < MIXING_STEPPERS) MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) color[t][i] = (t == i) ? COLOR_A_MASK : 0; // Remaining virtual tools are 100% filament 1 #if MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS > MIXING_STEPPERS - for (uint8_t t = MIXING_STEPPERS; t < MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS; t++) + LOOP_S_L_N(t, MIXING_STEPPERS, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS) MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) color[t][i] = (i == 0) ? COLOR_A_MASK : 0; #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/mixing.h b/Marlin/src/feature/mixing.h index 55b54f96c1..da5240995c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/mixing.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/mixing.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -142,13 +142,19 @@ class Mixer { static inline void copy_mix_to_color(mixer_comp_t (&tcolor)[MIXING_STEPPERS]) { // Scale each component to the largest one in terms of COLOR_A_MASK // So the largest component will be COLOR_A_MASK and the other will be in proportion to it - const float scale = (COLOR_A_MASK) * RECIPROCAL(float(_MAX(mix[0], mix[1]))); + const float scale = (COLOR_A_MASK) * RECIPROCAL(_MAX( + LIST_N(MIXING_STEPPERS, mix[0], mix[1], mix[2], mix[3], mix[4], mix[5]) + )); // Scale all values so their maximum is COLOR_A_MASK MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) tcolor[i] = mix[i] * scale; #ifdef MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Mix [", int(mix[0]), ", ", int(mix[1]), "] to Color [", int(tcolor[0]), ", ", int(tcolor[1]), "]"); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Mix [ "); + SERIAL_ECHOLIST_N(MIXING_STEPPERS, int(mix[0]), int(mix[1]), int(mix[2]), int(mix[3]), int(mix[4]), int(mix[5])); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ] to Color [ "); + SERIAL_ECHOLIST_N(MIXING_STEPPERS, int(tcolor[0]), int(tcolor[1]), int(tcolor[2]), int(tcolor[3]), int(tcolor[4]), int(tcolor[5])); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" ]"); #endif } @@ -156,10 +162,14 @@ class Mixer { float ctot = 0; MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) ctot += color[j][i]; //MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) mix[i] = 100.0f * color[j][i] / ctot; - mix[0] = mixer_perc_t(100.0f * color[j][0] / ctot); - mix[1] = 100 - mix[0]; + MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) mix[i] = mixer_perc_t(100.0f * color[j][i] / ctot); + #ifdef MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("V-tool ", int(j), " [", int(color[j][0]), ", ", int(color[j][1]), "] to Mix [", int(mix[0]), ", ", int(mix[1]), "]"); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("V-tool ", int(j), " [ "); + SERIAL_ECHOLIST_N(MIXING_STEPPERS, int(color[j][0]), int(color[j][1]), int(color[j][2]), int(color[j][3]), int(color[j][4]), int(color[j][5])); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ] to Mix [ "); + SERIAL_ECHOLIST_N(MIXING_STEPPERS, int(mix[0]), int(mix[1]), int(mix[2]), int(mix[3]), int(mix[4]), int(mix[5])); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" ]"); #endif } @@ -199,10 +209,14 @@ class Mixer { static inline void update_mix_from_gradient() { float ctot = 0; MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) ctot += gradient.color[i]; - mix[0] = (mixer_perc_t)CEIL(100.0f * gradient.color[0] / ctot); - mix[1] = 100 - mix[0]; + MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) mix[i] = (mixer_perc_t)CEIL(100.0f * gradient.color[i] / ctot); + #ifdef MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Gradient [", int(gradient.color[0]), ", ", int(gradient.color[1]), "] to Mix [", int(mix[0]), ", ", int(mix[1]), "]"); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Gradient [ "); + SERIAL_ECHOLIST_N(MIXING_STEPPERS, int(gradient.color[0]), int(gradient.color[1]), int(gradient.color[2]), int(gradient.color[3]), int(gradient.color[4]), int(gradient.color[5])); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ] to Mix [ "); + SERIAL_ECHOLIST_N(MIXING_STEPPERS, int(mix[0]), int(mix[1]), int(mix[2]), int(mix[3]), int(mix[4]), int(mix[5])); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" ]"); #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/mmu2/mmu2.cpp similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.cpp rename to Marlin/src/feature/mmu2/mmu2.cpp index 8f5537ba9c..2df34176da 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/mmu2/mmu2.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -36,14 +36,14 @@ MMU2 mmu2; #include "../../module/temperature.h" #include "../../module/planner.h" #include "../../module/stepper/indirection.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) #include "../../feature/host_actions.h" #endif #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #include "../../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" + #include "../../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" #endif #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(MMU2_DEBUG) @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ volatile int8_t MMU2::finda = 1; volatile bool MMU2::finda_runout_valid; int16_t MMU2::version = -1, MMU2::buildnr = -1; millis_t MMU2::last_request, MMU2::next_P0_request; -char MMU2::rx_buffer[16], MMU2::tx_buffer[16]; +char MMU2::rx_buffer[MMU_RX_SIZE], MMU2::tx_buffer[MMU_TX_SIZE]; #if HAS_LCD_MENU && ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ bool MMU2::rx_str_P(const char* str) { void MMU2::tx_str_P(const char* str) { clear_rx_buffer(); uint8_t len = strlen_P(str); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < len; i++) mmuSerial.write(pgm_read_byte(str++)); + LOOP_L_N(i, len) mmuSerial.write(pgm_read_byte(str++)); rx_buffer[0] = '\0'; last_request = millis(); } @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ void MMU2::tx_str_P(const char* str) { void MMU2::tx_printf_P(const char* format, int argument = -1) { clear_rx_buffer(); uint8_t len = sprintf_P(tx_buffer, format, argument); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < len; i++) mmuSerial.write(tx_buffer[i]); + LOOP_L_N(i, len) mmuSerial.write(tx_buffer[i]); rx_buffer[0] = '\0'; last_request = millis(); } @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ void MMU2::tx_printf_P(const char* format, int argument = -1) { void MMU2::tx_printf_P(const char* format, int argument1, int argument2) { clear_rx_buffer(); uint8_t len = sprintf_P(tx_buffer, format, argument1, argument2); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < len; i++) mmuSerial.write(tx_buffer[i]); + LOOP_L_N(i, len) mmuSerial.write(tx_buffer[i]); rx_buffer[0] = '\0'; last_request = millis(); } @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ bool MMU2::rx_ok() { void MMU2::check_version() { if (buildnr < MMU_REQUIRED_FW_BUILDNR) { SERIAL_ERROR_MSG("Invalid MMU2 firmware. Version >= " STRINGIFY(MMU_REQUIRED_FW_BUILDNR) " required."); - kill(MSG_MMU2_WRONG_FIRMWARE); + kill(GET_TEXT(MSG_MMU2_WRONG_FIRMWARE)); } } @@ -448,8 +448,8 @@ void MMU2::tool_change(uint8_t index) { if (index != extruder) { - disable_E0(); - ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT), int(index + 1)); + DISABLE_AXIS_E0(); + ui.status_printf_P(0, GET_TEXT(MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT), int(index + 1)); command(MMU_CMD_T0 + index); @@ -459,10 +459,10 @@ void MMU2::tool_change(uint8_t index) { extruder = index; //filament change is finished active_extruder = 0; - enable_E0(); + ENABLE_AXIS_E0(); SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_ACTIVE_EXTRUDER, int(extruder)); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(STR_ACTIVE_EXTRUDER, int(extruder)); ui.reset_status(); } @@ -497,13 +497,13 @@ void MMU2::tool_change(const char* special) { case 'x': { planner.synchronize(); uint8_t index = mmu2_choose_filament(); - disable_E0(); + DISABLE_AXIS_E0(); command(MMU_CMD_T0 + index); manage_response(true, true); command(MMU_CMD_C0); mmu_loop(); - enable_E0(); + ENABLE_AXIS_E0(); extruder = index; active_extruder = 0; } break; @@ -550,10 +550,10 @@ bool MMU2::get_response() { */ void MMU2::manage_response(const bool move_axes, const bool turn_off_nozzle) { + constexpr xyz_pos_t park_point = NOZZLE_PARK_POINT; bool response = false; mmu_print_saved = false; - point_t park_point = NOZZLE_PARK_POINT; - float resume_position[XYZE]; + xyz_pos_t resume_position; int16_t resume_hotend_temp; KEEPALIVE_STATE(PAUSED_FOR_USER); @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ void MMU2::manage_response(const bool move_axes, const bool turn_off_nozzle) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("MMU not responding"); resume_hotend_temp = thermalManager.degTargetHotend(active_extruder); - COPY(resume_position, current_position); + resume_position = current_position; if (move_axes && all_axes_homed()) nozzle.park(2, park_point /*= NOZZLE_PARK_POINT*/); @@ -604,10 +604,10 @@ void MMU2::manage_response(const bool move_axes, const bool turn_off_nozzle) { BUZZ(200, 404); // Move XY to starting position, then Z - do_blocking_move_to_xy(resume_position[X_AXIS], resume_position[Y_AXIS], feedRate_t(NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE)); + do_blocking_move_to_xy(resume_position, feedRate_t(NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE)); // Move Z_AXIS to saved position - do_blocking_move_to_z(resume_position[Z_AXIS], feedRate_t(NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE)); + do_blocking_move_to_z(resume_position.z, feedRate_t(NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE)); } else { BUZZ(200, 404); @@ -697,9 +697,9 @@ void MMU2::filament_runout() { LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT); - enable_E0(); - current_position[E_AXIS] -= MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED; - planner.buffer_line(current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS], current_position[E_AXIS], 2500 / 60, active_extruder); + ENABLE_AXIS_E0(); + current_position.e -= MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED; + line_to_current_position(2500 / 60); planner.synchronize(); command(MMU_CMD_E0 + index); manage_response(false, false); @@ -709,10 +709,10 @@ void MMU2::filament_runout() { BUZZ(200, 404); wait_for_user = true; #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("MMU2 Eject Recover"), PSTR("Continue")); + host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("MMU2 Eject Recover"), CONTINUE_STR); #endif #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired(PSTR("MMU2 Eject Recover")); + ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired_P(PSTR("MMU2 Eject Recover")); #endif while (wait_for_user) idle(); BUZZ(200, 404); @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ void MMU2::filament_runout() { BUZZ(200, 404); - disable_E0(); + DISABLE_AXIS_E0(); return true; } @@ -776,25 +776,25 @@ void MMU2::filament_runout() { void MMU2::execute_extruder_sequence(const E_Step * sequence, int steps) { planner.synchronize(); - enable_E0(); + ENABLE_AXIS_E0(); const E_Step* step = sequence; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < steps; i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, steps) { const float es = pgm_read_float(&(step->extrude)); const feedRate_t fr_mm_m = pgm_read_float(&(step->feedRate)); DEBUG_ECHO_START(); DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("E step ", es, "/", fr_mm_m); - current_position[E_AXIS] += es; + current_position.e += es; line_to_current_position(MMM_TO_MMS(fr_mm_m)); planner.synchronize(); step++; } - disable_E0(); + DISABLE_AXIS_E0(); } #endif // HAS_LCD_MENU && MMU2_MENUS diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.h b/Marlin/src/feature/mmu2/mmu2.h similarity index 91% rename from Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.h rename to Marlin/src/feature/mmu2/mmu2.h index e102481c19..970b0b4338 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/mmu2/mmu2.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -27,6 +27,14 @@ #include "../runout.h" #endif +#if SERIAL_USB + #define MMU_RX_SIZE 256 + #define MMU_TX_SIZE 256 +#else + #define MMU_RX_SIZE 16 + #define MMU_TX_SIZE 16 +#endif + struct E_Step; class MMU2 { @@ -79,7 +87,7 @@ private: static volatile bool finda_runout_valid; static int16_t version, buildnr; static millis_t last_request, next_P0_request; - static char rx_buffer[16], tx_buffer[16]; + static char rx_buffer[MMU_RX_SIZE], tx_buffer[MMU_TX_SIZE]; static inline void set_runout_valid(const bool valid) { finda_runout_valid = valid; diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/serial-protocol.md b/Marlin/src/feature/mmu2/serial-protocol.md similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/serial-protocol.md rename to Marlin/src/feature/mmu2/serial-protocol.md diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/pause.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/pause.cpp index ff200d0afb..fb69803ee7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/pause.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/pause.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../gcode/gcode.h" #include "../module/motion.h" #include "../module/planner.h" @@ -50,9 +50,10 @@ #endif #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #include "../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" + #include "../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" #endif +#include "../core/language.h" #include "../lcd/ultralcd.h" #if HAS_BUZZER @@ -64,11 +65,12 @@ // private: -static float resume_position[XYZE]; +static xyze_pos_t resume_position; -PauseMode pause_mode = PAUSE_MODE_PAUSE_PRINT; - -PauseMenuResponse pause_menu_response; +#if HAS_LCD_MENU + PauseMenuResponse pause_menu_response; + PauseMode pause_mode = PAUSE_MODE_PAUSE_PRINT; +#endif fil_change_settings_t fc_settings[EXTRUDERS]; @@ -76,9 +78,19 @@ fil_change_settings_t fc_settings[EXTRUDERS]; #include "../sd/cardreader.h" #endif +#if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER) + #define _PMSG(L) L##_M108 +#else + #define _PMSG(L) L##_LCD +#endif + #if HAS_BUZZER static void filament_change_beep(const int8_t max_beep_count, const bool init=false) { - if (pause_mode == PAUSE_MODE_PAUSE_PRINT) return; + + #if HAS_LCD_MENU + if (pause_mode == PAUSE_MODE_PAUSE_PRINT) return; + #endif + static millis_t next_buzz = 0; static int8_t runout_beep = 0; @@ -108,7 +120,7 @@ static bool ensure_safe_temperature(const PauseMode mode=PAUSE_MODE_SAME) { #if ENABLED(PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION) if (!DEBUGGING(DRYRUN) && thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(active_extruder)) { - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_ERR_HOTEND_TOO_COLD); + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_ERR_HOTEND_TOO_COLD); return false; } #endif @@ -126,8 +138,8 @@ void do_pause_e_move(const float &length, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s) { #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR runout.reset(); #endif - current_position[E_AXIS] += length / planner.e_factor[active_extruder]; - planner.buffer_line(current_position, fr_mm_s, active_extruder); + current_position.e += length / planner.e_factor[active_extruder]; + line_to_current_position(fr_mm_s); planner.synchronize(); } @@ -163,7 +175,7 @@ bool load_filament(const float &slow_load_length/*=0*/, const float &fast_load_l #if HAS_LCD_MENU if (show_lcd) lcd_pause_show_message(PAUSE_MESSAGE_INSERT, mode); #endif - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT); + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(_PMSG(STR_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT)); #if HAS_BUZZER filament_change_beep(max_beep_count, true); @@ -179,22 +191,18 @@ bool load_filament(const float &slow_load_length/*=0*/, const float &fast_load_l + active_extruder #endif ; - host_prompt_reason = PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE; - host_action_prompt_end(); - host_action_prompt_begin(PSTR("Load Filament T"), false); - SERIAL_CHAR(tool); - SERIAL_EOL(); - host_action_prompt_button(PSTR("Continue")); + host_action_prompt_begin(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Load Filament T"), tool); + host_action_prompt_button(CONTINUE_STR); host_action_prompt_show(); #endif #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired(PSTR("Load Filament")); + ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired_P(PSTR("Load Filament")); #endif while (wait_for_user) { #if HAS_BUZZER filament_change_beep(max_beep_count); #endif - idle(true); + idle_no_sleep(); } } @@ -240,10 +248,10 @@ bool load_filament(const float &slow_load_length/*=0*/, const float &fast_load_l wait_for_user = true; #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Continuous Purge Running..."), PSTR("Continue")); + host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Filament Purging..."), CONTINUE_STR); #endif #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired(PSTR("Continuous Purge Running...")); + ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired_P(PSTR("Filament Purging...")); #endif for (float purge_count = purge_length; purge_count > 0 && wait_for_user; --purge_count) do_pause_e_move(1, ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE); @@ -262,31 +270,17 @@ bool load_filament(const float &slow_load_length/*=0*/, const float &fast_load_l do_pause_e_move(purge_length, ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE); } - // Show "Purge More" / "Resume" menu and wait for reply #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_prompt_reason = PROMPT_FILAMENT_RUNOUT; - host_action_prompt_end(); // Close current prompt - host_action_prompt_begin(PSTR("Paused")); - host_action_prompt_button(PSTR("PurgeMore")); - if (false - #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR - || runout.filament_ran_out - #endif - ) - host_action_prompt_button(PSTR("DisableRunout")); - else { - host_prompt_reason = PROMPT_FILAMENT_RUNOUT; - host_action_prompt_button(PSTR("Continue")); - } - host_action_prompt_show(); + filament_load_host_prompt(); // Initiate another host prompt. (NOTE: host_response_handler may also do this!) #endif #if HAS_LCD_MENU if (show_lcd) { + // Show "Purge More" / "Resume" menu and wait for reply KEEPALIVE_STATE(PAUSED_FOR_USER); wait_for_user = false; lcd_pause_show_message(PAUSE_MESSAGE_OPTION); - while (pause_menu_response == PAUSE_RESPONSE_WAIT_FOR) idle(true); + while (pause_menu_response == PAUSE_RESPONSE_WAIT_FOR) idle_no_sleep(); } #endif @@ -338,14 +332,14 @@ bool unload_filament(const float &unload_length, const bool show_lcd/*=false*/, #endif // Retract filament - do_pause_e_move(-(FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH) * mix_multiplier, (PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE) * mix_multiplier); + do_pause_e_move(-(FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT) * mix_multiplier, (PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE) * mix_multiplier); // Wait for filament to cool - safe_delay(FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY); + safe_delay(FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY); // Quickly purge - do_pause_e_move((FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH + FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH) * mix_multiplier, - planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS] * mix_multiplier); + do_pause_e_move((FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT + FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH) * mix_multiplier, + (FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE) * mix_multiplier); // Unload filament #if FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL > 0 @@ -381,11 +375,11 @@ bool unload_filament(const float &unload_length, const bool show_lcd/*=false*/, * - Park the nozzle at the given position * - Call unload_filament (if a length was specified) * - * Returns 'true' if pause was completed, 'false' for abort + * Return 'true' if pause was completed, 'false' for abort */ uint8_t did_pause_print = 0; -bool pause_print(const float &retract, const point_t &park_point, const float &unload_length/*=0*/, const bool show_lcd/*=false*/ DXC_ARGS) { +bool pause_print(const float &retract, const xyz_pos_t &park_point, const float &unload_length/*=0*/, const bool show_lcd/*=false*/ DXC_ARGS) { #if !HAS_LCD_MENU UNUSED(show_lcd); @@ -402,11 +396,11 @@ bool pause_print(const float &retract, const point_t &park_point, const float &u #endif #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_prompt_open(PROMPT_INFO, PSTR("Pause"), PSTR("Dismiss")); + host_prompt_open(PROMPT_INFO, PSTR("Pause"), DISMISS_STR); #endif if (!DEBUGGING(DRYRUN) && unload_length && thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(active_extruder)) { - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_ERR_HOTEND_TOO_COLD); + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_ERR_HOTEND_TOO_COLD); #if HAS_LCD_MENU if (show_lcd) { // Show status screen @@ -432,7 +426,7 @@ bool pause_print(const float &retract, const point_t &park_point, const float &u print_job_timer.pause(); // Save current position - COPY(resume_position, current_position); + resume_position = current_position; // Wait for buffered blocks to complete planner.synchronize(); @@ -457,7 +451,7 @@ bool pause_print(const float &retract, const point_t &park_point, const float &u #endif if (unload_length) // Unload the filament - unload_filament(unload_length, show_lcd); + unload_filament(unload_length, show_lcd, PAUSE_MODE_CHANGE_FILAMENT); #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) active_extruder = saved_ext; @@ -481,20 +475,12 @@ bool pause_print(const float &retract, const point_t &park_point, const float &u * Used by M125 and M600 */ -#if (HAS_LCD_MENU || ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI)) && ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER) - #define _PMSG(L) L -#elif ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER) - #define _PMSG(L) L##_M108 -#else - #define _PMSG(L) L##_LCD -#endif - void show_continue_prompt(const bool is_reload) { #if HAS_LCD_MENU lcd_pause_show_message(is_reload ? PAUSE_MESSAGE_INSERT : PAUSE_MESSAGE_WAITING); #endif SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - serialprintPGM(is_reload ? PSTR(_PMSG(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT) "\n") : PSTR(_PMSG(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_WAIT) "\n")); + serialprintPGM(is_reload ? PSTR(_PMSG(STR_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT) "\n") : PSTR(_PMSG(STR_FILAMENT_CHANGE_WAIT) "\n")); } void wait_for_confirmation(const bool is_reload/*=false*/, const int8_t max_beep_count/*=0*/ DXC_ARGS) { @@ -524,10 +510,10 @@ void wait_for_confirmation(const bool is_reload/*=false*/, const int8_t max_beep KEEPALIVE_STATE(PAUSED_FOR_USER); wait_for_user = true; // LCD click or M108 will clear this #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Nozzle Parked"), PSTR("Continue")); + host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Nozzle Parked"), CONTINUE_STR); #endif #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired(PSTR("Nozzle Parked")); + ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired_P(PSTR("Nozzle Parked")); #endif while (wait_for_user) { #if HAS_BUZZER @@ -544,18 +530,18 @@ void wait_for_confirmation(const bool is_reload/*=false*/, const int8_t max_beep #if HAS_LCD_MENU lcd_pause_show_message(PAUSE_MESSAGE_HEAT); #endif - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(_PMSG(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT)); + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(_PMSG(STR_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT)); #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("HeaterTimeout"), PSTR("Reheat")); #endif #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired(PSTR("HeaterTimeout")); + ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired_P(PSTR("HeaterTimeout")); #endif // Wait for LCD click or M108 - while (wait_for_user) idle(true); + while (wait_for_user) idle_no_sleep(); #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) host_prompt_do(PROMPT_INFO, PSTR("Reheating")); @@ -565,7 +551,7 @@ void wait_for_confirmation(const bool is_reload/*=false*/, const int8_t max_beep #endif // Re-enable the heaters if they timed out - HOTEND_LOOP() thermalManager.reset_heater_idle_timer(e); + HOTEND_LOOP() thermalManager.reset_hotend_idle_timer(e); // Wait for the heaters to reach the target temperatures ensure_safe_temperature(); @@ -578,10 +564,10 @@ void wait_for_confirmation(const bool is_reload/*=false*/, const int8_t max_beep HOTEND_LOOP() thermalManager.hotend_idle[e].start(nozzle_timeout); #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Reheat Done"), PSTR("Continue")); + host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Reheat Done"), CONTINUE_STR); #endif #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired("Reheat finished."); + ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired_P(PSTR("Reheat finished.")); #endif wait_for_user = true; nozzle_timed_out = false; @@ -590,8 +576,7 @@ void wait_for_confirmation(const bool is_reload/*=false*/, const int8_t max_beep filament_change_beep(max_beep_count, true); #endif } - - idle(true); + idle_no_sleep(); } #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) active_extruder = saved_ext; @@ -603,7 +588,7 @@ void wait_for_confirmation(const bool is_reload/*=false*/, const int8_t max_beep /** * Resume or Start print procedure * - * - Abort if not paused + * - If not paused, do nothing and return * - Reset heater idle timers * - Load filament if specified, but only if: * - a nozzle timed out, or @@ -611,10 +596,10 @@ void wait_for_confirmation(const bool is_reload/*=false*/, const int8_t max_beep * - Display "wait for print to resume" * - Re-prime the nozzle... * - FWRETRACT: Recover/prime from the prior G10. - * - !FWRETRACT: Retract by resume_position[E], if negative. + * - !FWRETRACT: Retract by resume_position.e, if negative. * Not sure how this logic comes into use. * - Move the nozzle back to resume_position - * - Sync the planner E to resume_position[E] + * - Sync the planner E to resume_position.e * - Send host action for resume, if configured * - Resume the current SD print job, if any */ @@ -634,11 +619,11 @@ void resume_print(const float &slow_load_length/*=0*/, const float &fast_load_le bool nozzle_timed_out = false; HOTEND_LOOP() { nozzle_timed_out |= thermalManager.hotend_idle[e].timed_out; - thermalManager.reset_heater_idle_timer(e); + thermalManager.reset_hotend_idle_timer(e); } if (nozzle_timed_out || thermalManager.hotEnoughToExtrude(active_extruder)) // Load the new filament - load_filament(slow_load_length, fast_load_length, purge_length, max_beep_count, true, nozzle_timed_out, PAUSE_MODE_PAUSE_PRINT DXC_PASS); + load_filament(slow_load_length, fast_load_length, purge_length, max_beep_count, true, nozzle_timed_out, PAUSE_MODE_SAME DXC_PASS); #if HAS_LCD_MENU lcd_pause_show_message(PAUSE_MESSAGE_RESUME); @@ -652,13 +637,13 @@ void resume_print(const float &slow_load_length/*=0*/, const float &fast_load_le #endif // If resume_position is negative - if (resume_position[E_AXIS] < 0) do_pause_e_move(resume_position[E_AXIS], feedRate_t(PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE)); + if (resume_position.e < 0) do_pause_e_move(resume_position.e, feedRate_t(PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE)); // Move XY to starting position, then Z - do_blocking_move_to_xy(resume_position[X_AXIS], resume_position[Y_AXIS], feedRate_t(NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE)); + do_blocking_move_to_xy(resume_position, feedRate_t(NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE)); // Move Z_AXIS to saved position - do_blocking_move_to_z(resume_position[Z_AXIS], feedRate_t(NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE)); + do_blocking_move_to_z(resume_position.z, feedRate_t(NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE)); #if ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME != 0 do_pause_e_move(ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME, feedRate_t(ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE)); @@ -666,7 +651,7 @@ void resume_print(const float &slow_load_length/*=0*/, const float &fast_load_le // Now all extrusion positions are resumed and ready to be confirmed // Set extruder to saved position - planner.set_e_position_mm((destination[E_AXIS] = current_position[E_AXIS] = resume_position[E_AXIS])); + planner.set_e_position_mm((destination.e = current_position.e = resume_position.e)); #if HAS_LCD_MENU lcd_pause_show_message(PAUSE_MESSAGE_STATUS); @@ -681,7 +666,7 @@ void resume_print(const float &slow_load_length/*=0*/, const float &fast_load_le --did_pause_print; #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_prompt_open(PROMPT_INFO, PSTR("Resuming"), PSTR("Dismiss")); + host_prompt_open(PROMPT_INFO, PSTR("Resuming"), DISMISS_STR); #endif #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) @@ -695,6 +680,10 @@ void resume_print(const float &slow_load_length/*=0*/, const float &fast_load_le thermalManager.set_fans_paused(false); #endif + #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR + runout.reset(); + #endif + // Resume the print job timer if it was running if (print_job_timer.isPaused()) print_job_timer.start(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/pause.h b/Marlin/src/feature/pause.h index deb19f46a8..5ac67a565c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/pause.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/pause.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ typedef struct { enum PauseMode : char { PAUSE_MODE_SAME, PAUSE_MODE_PAUSE_PRINT, + PAUSE_MODE_CHANGE_FILAMENT, PAUSE_MODE_LOAD_FILAMENT, PAUSE_MODE_UNLOAD_FILAMENT }; @@ -58,14 +59,15 @@ enum PauseMessage : char { PAUSE_MESSAGE_HEATING }; -enum PauseMenuResponse : char { - PAUSE_RESPONSE_WAIT_FOR, - PAUSE_RESPONSE_EXTRUDE_MORE, - PAUSE_RESPONSE_RESUME_PRINT -}; - -extern PauseMode pause_mode; -extern PauseMenuResponse pause_menu_response; +#if HAS_LCD_MENU + enum PauseMenuResponse : char { + PAUSE_RESPONSE_WAIT_FOR, + PAUSE_RESPONSE_EXTRUDE_MORE, + PAUSE_RESPONSE_RESUME_PRINT + }; + extern PauseMenuResponse pause_menu_response; + extern PauseMode pause_mode; +#endif extern fil_change_settings_t fc_settings[EXTRUDERS]; @@ -83,7 +85,7 @@ extern uint8_t did_pause_print; void do_pause_e_move(const float &length, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s); -bool pause_print(const float &retract, const point_t &park_point, const float &unload_length=0, const bool show_lcd=false DXC_PARAMS); +bool pause_print(const float &retract, const xyz_pos_t &park_point, const float &unload_length=0, const bool show_lcd=false DXC_PARAMS); void wait_for_confirmation(const bool is_reload=false, const int8_t max_beep_count=0 DXC_PARAMS); diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/power.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/power.cpp index 777c7a052e..1fa751811e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/power.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/power.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ #include "power.h" #include "../module/temperature.h" #include "../module/stepper/indirection.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" Power powerManager; @@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ bool Power::is_power_needed() { HOTEND_LOOP() if (thermalManager.autofan_speed[e]) return true; #endif - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN, USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) && HAS_CONTROLLER_FAN - if (controllerfan_speed) return true; + #if BOTH(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN, AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN) + if (controllerFan.state()) return true; #endif #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN) @@ -59,33 +59,19 @@ bool Power::is_power_needed() { #if HAS_HEATED_BED || thermalManager.temp_bed.soft_pwm_amount > 0 #endif - #if HAS_X2_ENABLE - || X2_ENABLE_READ() == X_ENABLE_ON - #endif - #if HAS_Y2_ENABLE - || Y2_ENABLE_READ() == Y_ENABLE_ON - #endif - #if HAS_Z2_ENABLE - || Z2_ENABLE_READ() == Z_ENABLE_ON - #endif - #if E_STEPPERS - || E0_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON - #if E_STEPPERS > 1 - || E1_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - || E2_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - || E3_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - || E4_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - || E5_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 1 - #endif // E_STEPPERS + #if HAS_X2_ENABLE + || X2_ENABLE_READ() == X_ENABLE_ON + #endif + #if HAS_Y2_ENABLE + || Y2_ENABLE_READ() == Y_ENABLE_ON + #endif + #if HAS_Z2_ENABLE + || Z2_ENABLE_READ() == Z_ENABLE_ON + #endif + #if E_STEPPERS + #define _OR_ENABLED_E(N) || E##N##_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON + REPEAT(E_STEPPERS, _OR_ENABLED_E) + #endif ) return true; HOTEND_LOOP() if (thermalManager.degTargetHotend(e) > 0) return true; @@ -122,8 +108,8 @@ void Power::power_on() { if (!powersupply_on) { PSU_PIN_ON(); - #if HAS_TRINAMIC - delay(100); // Wait for power to settle + #if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG + delay(PSU_POWERUP_DELAY); // Wait for power to settle restore_stepper_drivers(); #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/power.h b/Marlin/src/feature/power.h index 1e42365b45..0bad7736ef 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/power.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/power.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/powerloss.cpp similarity index 79% rename from Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.cpp rename to Marlin/src/feature/powerloss.cpp index 3420f205f6..bb0062d4ec 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/powerloss.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) -#include "power_loss_recovery.h" +#include "powerloss.h" #include "../core/macros.h" bool PrintJobRecovery::enabled; // Initialized by settings.load() @@ -65,6 +65,9 @@ PrintJobRecovery recovery; #ifndef POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN #define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 0 #endif +#ifndef POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE + #define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 +#endif /** * Clear the recovery info @@ -97,13 +100,11 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::changed() { * If a saved state exists send 'M1000 S' to initiate job recovery. */ void PrintJobRecovery::check() { - if (enabled) { - if (!card.isMounted()) card.mount(); - if (card.isMounted()) { - load(); - if (!valid()) return purge(); - queue.inject_P(PSTR("M1000 S")); - } + //if (!card.isMounted()) card.mount(); + if (card.isMounted()) { + load(); + if (!valid()) return purge(); + queue.inject_P(PSTR("M1000 S")); } } @@ -138,7 +139,7 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::prepare() { /** * Save the current machine state to the power-loss recovery file */ -void PrintJobRecovery::save(const bool force/*=false*/, const bool save_queue/*=true*/) { +void PrintJobRecovery::save(const bool force/*=false*/) { #if SAVE_INFO_INTERVAL_MS > 0 static millis_t next_save_ms; // = 0 @@ -156,7 +157,7 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::save(const bool force/*=false*/, const bool save_queue/*= || ELAPSED(ms, next_save_ms) #endif // Save if Z is above the last-saved position by some minimum height - || current_position[Z_AXIS] > info.current_position[Z_AXIS] + POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE + || current_position.z > info.current_position.z + POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE #endif ) { @@ -170,12 +171,12 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::save(const bool force/*=false*/, const bool save_queue/*= info.valid_foot = info.valid_head; // Machine state - COPY(info.current_position, current_position); + info.current_position = current_position; #if HAS_HOME_OFFSET - COPY(info.home_offset, home_offset); + info.home_offset = home_offset; #endif #if HAS_POSITION_SHIFT - COPY(info.position_shift, position_shift); + info.position_shift = position_shift; #endif info.feedrate = uint16_t(feedrate_mm_s * 60.0f); @@ -183,6 +184,15 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::save(const bool force/*=false*/, const bool save_queue/*= info.active_extruder = active_extruder; #endif + #if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) + info.volumetric_enabled = parser.volumetric_enabled; + #if EXTRUDERS > 1 + for (int8_t e = 0; e < EXTRUDERS; e++) info.filament_size[e] = planner.filament_size[e]; + #else + if (parser.volumetric_enabled) info.filament_size = planner.filament_size[active_extruder]; + #endif + #endif + #if EXTRUDERS HOTEND_LOOP() info.target_temperature[e] = thermalManager.temp_hotend[e].target; #endif @@ -226,10 +236,34 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::save(const bool force/*=false*/, const bool save_queue/*= } #if PIN_EXISTS(POWER_LOSS) + void PrintJobRecovery::_outage() { - save(true); - kill(PSTR(MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY)); + #if ENABLED(BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY) + static bool lock = false; + if (lock) return; // No re-entrance from idle() during raise_z() + lock = true; + #endif + if (IS_SD_PRINTING()) save(true); + #if ENABLED(BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY) + raise_z(); + #endif + + kill(GET_TEXT(MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY)); } + + #if ENABLED(BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY) + + void PrintJobRecovery::raise_z() { + // Disable all heaters to reduce power loss + thermalManager.disable_all_heaters(); + quickstop_stepper(); + // Raise Z axis + gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(PSTR("G91\nG0 Z" STRINGIFY(POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE))); + planner.synchronize(); + } + + #endif + #endif /** @@ -251,8 +285,6 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::write() { */ void PrintJobRecovery::resume() { - #define RECOVERY_ZRAISE 2 - const uint32_t resume_sdpos = info.sdpos; // Get here before the stepper ISR overwrites it #if HAS_LEVELING @@ -263,15 +295,27 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::resume() { // Reset E, raise Z, home XY... gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(PSTR("G92.9 E0" #if Z_HOME_DIR > 0 - // If Z homing goes to max, reset E and home all - "\nG28R0" + + // If Z homing goes to max, just reset E and home all + "\n" + "G28R0" #if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) "S" #endif - #else + + #else // "G92.9 E0 ..." + // Set Z to 0, raise Z by RECOVERY_ZRAISE, and Home (XY only for Cartesian) // with no raise. (Only do simulated homing in Marlin Dev Mode.) - "Z0\nG1Z" STRINGIFY(RECOVERY_ZRAISE) "\nG28R0" + #if ENABLED(BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY) + "Z" STRINGIFY(POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE) // Z-axis was already raised at outage + #else + "Z0\n" // Set Z=0 + "G1Z" STRINGIFY(POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE) // Raise Z + #endif + "\n" + + "G28R0" #if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) "S" #elif !IS_KINEMATIC @@ -291,6 +335,27 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::resume() { gcode.process_subcommands_now(cmd); #endif + // Recover volumetric extrusion state + #if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) + #if EXTRUDERS > 1 + for (int8_t e = 0; e < EXTRUDERS; e++) { + dtostrf(info.filament_size[e], 1, 3, str_1); + sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("M200 T%i D%s"), e, str_1); + gcode.process_subcommands_now(cmd); + } + if (!info.volumetric_enabled) { + sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("M200 T%i D0"), info.active_extruder); + gcode.process_subcommands_now(cmd); + } + #else + if (info.volumetric_enabled) { + dtostrf(info.filament_size, 1, 3, str_1); + sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("M200 D%s"), str_1); + gcode.process_subcommands_now(cmd); + } + #endif + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED const int16_t bt = info.target_temperature_bed; if (bt) { @@ -326,10 +391,11 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::resume() { // Restore retract and hop state #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - for (uint8_t e = 0; e < EXTRUDERS; e++) { - if (info.retract[e] != 0.0) + LOOP_L_N(e, EXTRUDERS) { + if (info.retract[e] != 0.0) { fwretract.current_retract[e] = info.retract[e]; fwretract.retracted[e] = true; + } } fwretract.current_hop = info.retract_hop; #endif @@ -361,13 +427,13 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::resume() { // Move back to the saved XY sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("G1 X%s Y%s F3000"), - dtostrf(info.current_position[X_AXIS], 1, 3, str_1), - dtostrf(info.current_position[Y_AXIS], 1, 3, str_2) + dtostrf(info.current_position.x, 1, 3, str_1), + dtostrf(info.current_position.y, 1, 3, str_2) ); gcode.process_subcommands_now(cmd); // Move back to the saved Z - dtostrf(info.current_position[Z_AXIS], 1, 3, str_1); + dtostrf(info.current_position.z, 1, 3, str_1); #if Z_HOME_DIR > 0 sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("G1 Z%s F200"), str_1); #else @@ -388,27 +454,26 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::resume() { gcode.process_subcommands_now(cmd); // Restore E position with G92.9 - sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("G92.9 E%s"), dtostrf(info.current_position[E_AXIS], 1, 3, str_1)); + sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("G92.9 E%s"), dtostrf(info.current_position.e, 1, 3, str_1)); gcode.process_subcommands_now(cmd); // Relative axis modes gcode.axis_relative = info.axis_relative; + #if HAS_HOME_OFFSET + home_offset = info.home_offset; + #endif + #if HAS_POSITION_SHIFT + position_shift = info.position_shift; + #endif #if HAS_HOME_OFFSET || HAS_POSITION_SHIFT - LOOP_XYZ(i) { - #if HAS_HOME_OFFSET - home_offset[i] = info.home_offset[i]; - #endif - #if HAS_POSITION_SHIFT - position_shift[i] = info.position_shift[i]; - #endif - update_workspace_offset((AxisEnum)i); - } + LOOP_XYZ(i) update_workspace_offset((AxisEnum)i); #endif // Resume the SD file from the last position char *fn = info.sd_filename; - sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("M23 %s"), fn); + extern const char M23_STR[]; + sprintf_P(cmd, M23_STR, fn); gcode.process_subcommands_now(cmd); sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("M24 S%ld T%ld"), resume_sdpos, info.print_job_elapsed); gcode.process_subcommands_now(cmd); diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.h b/Marlin/src/feature/powerloss.h similarity index 86% rename from Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.h rename to Marlin/src/feature/powerloss.h index 58b6c1dc7a..0496560785 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/powerloss.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -44,13 +44,13 @@ typedef struct { uint8_t valid_head; // Machine state - float current_position[NUM_AXIS]; + xyze_pos_t current_position; #if HAS_HOME_OFFSET - float home_offset[XYZ]; + xyz_pos_t home_offset; #endif #if HAS_POSITION_SHIFT - float position_shift[XYZ]; + xyz_pos_t position_shift; #endif uint16_t feedrate; @@ -59,6 +59,15 @@ typedef struct { uint8_t active_extruder; #endif + #if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) + bool volumetric_enabled; + #if EXTRUDERS > 1 + float filament_size[EXTRUDERS]; + #else + float filament_size; + #endif + #endif + #if HOTENDS int16_t target_temperature[HOTENDS]; #endif @@ -139,27 +148,22 @@ class PrintJobRecovery { static void enable(const bool onoff); static void changed(); - static void check(); - static void resume(); - static inline bool exists() { return card.jobRecoverFileExists(); } static inline void open(const bool read) { card.openJobRecoveryFile(read); } static inline void close() { file.close(); } + static void check(); + static void resume(); static void purge(); + + static inline void cancel() { purge(); card.autostart_index = 0; } + static void load(); - static void save(const bool force= - #if ENABLED(SAVE_EACH_CMD_MODE) - true - #else - false - #endif - , const bool save_queue=true - ); + static void save(const bool force=ENABLED(SAVE_EACH_CMD_MODE)); #if PIN_EXISTS(POWER_LOSS) static inline void outage() { - if (enabled && IS_SD_PRINTING() && READ(POWER_LOSS_PIN) == POWER_LOSS_STATE) + if (enabled && READ(POWER_LOSS_PIN) == POWER_LOSS_STATE) _outage(); } #endif @@ -169,12 +173,16 @@ class PrintJobRecovery { #if ENABLED(DEBUG_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) static void debug(PGM_P const prefix); #else - static inline void debug(PGM_P const prefix) { UNUSED(prefix); } + static inline void debug(PGM_P const) {} #endif private: static void write(); + #if ENABLED(BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY) + static void raise_z(); + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(POWER_LOSS) static void _outage(); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/probe_temp_comp.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/probe_temp_comp.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6b787f420a --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/probe_temp_comp.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,223 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + +#if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + +#include "probe_temp_comp.h" +#include + +ProbeTempComp temp_comp; + +int16_t ProbeTempComp::z_offsets_probe[ProbeTempComp::cali_info_init[TSI_PROBE].measurements], // = {0} + ProbeTempComp::z_offsets_bed[ProbeTempComp::cali_info_init[TSI_BED].measurements]; // = {0} + +#if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + int16_t ProbeTempComp::z_offsets_ext[ProbeTempComp::cali_info_init[TSI_EXT].measurements]; // = {0} +#endif + +int16_t *ProbeTempComp::sensor_z_offsets[TSI_COUNT] = { + ProbeTempComp::z_offsets_probe, ProbeTempComp::z_offsets_bed + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + , ProbeTempComp::z_offsets_ext + #endif +}; + +const temp_calib_t ProbeTempComp::cali_info[TSI_COUNT] = { + ProbeTempComp::cali_info_init[TSI_PROBE], ProbeTempComp::cali_info_init[TSI_BED] + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + , ProbeTempComp::cali_info_init[TSI_EXT] + #endif +}; + +uint8_t ProbeTempComp::calib_idx; // = 0 +float ProbeTempComp::init_measurement; // = 0.0 + +void ProbeTempComp::clear_offsets(const TempSensorID tsi) { + LOOP_L_N(i, cali_info[tsi].measurements) + sensor_z_offsets[tsi][i] = 0; + calib_idx = 0; +} + +bool ProbeTempComp::set_offset(const TempSensorID tsi, const uint8_t idx, const int16_t offset) { + if (idx >= cali_info[tsi].measurements) return false; + sensor_z_offsets[tsi][idx] = offset; + return true; +} + +void ProbeTempComp::print_offsets() { + LOOP_L_N(s, TSI_COUNT) { + float temp = cali_info[s].start_temp; + for (int16_t i = -1; i < cali_info[s].measurements; ++i) { + serialprintPGM(s == TSI_BED ? PSTR("Bed") : + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + s == TSI_EXT ? PSTR("Extruder") : + #endif + PSTR("Probe") + ); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( + " temp: ", temp, + "C; Offset: ", i < 0 ? 0.0f : sensor_z_offsets[s][i], " um" + ); + temp += cali_info[s].temp_res; + } + } +} + +void ProbeTempComp::prepare_new_calibration(const float &init_meas_z) { + calib_idx = 0; + init_measurement = init_meas_z; +} + +void ProbeTempComp::push_back_new_measurement(const TempSensorID tsi, const float &meas_z) { + switch (tsi) { + case TSI_PROBE: + case TSI_BED: + //case TSI_EXT: + if (calib_idx >= cali_info[tsi].measurements) return; + sensor_z_offsets[tsi][calib_idx++] = static_cast(meas_z * 1000.0f - init_measurement * 1000.0f); + default: break; + } +} + +bool ProbeTempComp::finish_calibration(const TempSensorID tsi) { + if (tsi != TSI_PROBE && tsi != TSI_BED) return false; + + if (calib_idx < 3) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Insufficient measurements (min. 3)."); + clear_offsets(tsi); + return false; + } + + const uint8_t measurements = cali_info[tsi].measurements; + const float start_temp = cali_info[tsi].start_temp, + res_temp = cali_info[tsi].temp_res; + int16_t * const data = sensor_z_offsets[tsi]; + + // Extrapolate + float k, d; + if (calib_idx < measurements) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Got ", calib_idx, " measurements. "); + if (linear_regression(tsi, k, d)) { + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Applying linear extrapolation"); + calib_idx--; + for (; calib_idx < measurements; ++calib_idx) { + const float temp = start_temp + float(calib_idx) * res_temp; + data[calib_idx] = static_cast(k * temp + d); + } + } + else { + // Simply use the last measured value for higher temperatures + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Failed to extrapolate"); + const int16_t last_val = data[calib_idx]; + for (; calib_idx < measurements; ++calib_idx) + data[calib_idx] = last_val; + } + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" for higher temperatures."); + } + + // Sanity check + for (calib_idx = 0; calib_idx < measurements; ++calib_idx) { + // Restrict the max. offset + if (abs(data[calib_idx]) > 2000) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Invalid Z-offset detected (0-2)."); + clear_offsets(tsi); + return false; + } + // Restrict the max. offset difference between two probings + if (calib_idx > 0 && abs(data[calib_idx - 1] - data[calib_idx]) > 800) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Invalid Z-offset between two probings detected (0-0.8)."); + clear_offsets(TSI_PROBE); + return false; + } + } + + return true; +} + +void ProbeTempComp::compensate_measurement(const TempSensorID tsi, const float &temp, float &meas_z) { + if (WITHIN(temp, cali_info[tsi].start_temp, cali_info[tsi].end_temp)) + meas_z -= get_offset_for_temperature(tsi, temp); +} + +float ProbeTempComp::get_offset_for_temperature(const TempSensorID tsi, const float &temp) { + + const uint8_t measurements = cali_info[tsi].measurements; + const float start_temp = cali_info[tsi].start_temp, + end_temp = cali_info[tsi].end_temp, + res_temp = cali_info[tsi].temp_res; + const int16_t * const data = sensor_z_offsets[tsi]; + + if (temp <= start_temp) return 0.0f; + if (temp >= end_temp) return static_cast(data[measurements - 1]) / 1000.0f; + + // Linear interpolation + int16_t val1 = 0, val2 = data[0]; + uint8_t idx = 0; + float meas_temp = start_temp + res_temp; + while (meas_temp < temp) { + if (++idx >= measurements) return static_cast(val2) / 1000.0f; + meas_temp += res_temp; + val1 = val2; + val2 = data[idx]; + } + const float factor = (meas_temp - temp) / static_cast(res_temp); + return (static_cast(val2) - static_cast(val2 - val1) * factor) / 1000.0f; +} + +bool ProbeTempComp::linear_regression(const TempSensorID tsi, float &k, float &d) { + if (tsi != TSI_PROBE && tsi != TSI_BED) return false; + + if (!WITHIN(calib_idx, 2, cali_info[tsi].measurements)) return false; + + const float start_temp = cali_info[tsi].start_temp, + res_temp = cali_info[tsi].temp_res; + const int16_t * const data = sensor_z_offsets[tsi]; + + float sum_x = start_temp, + sum_x2 = sq(start_temp), + sum_xy = 0, sum_y = 0; + + LOOP_L_N(i, calib_idx) { + const float xi = start_temp + (i + 1) * res_temp, + yi = static_cast(data[i]); + sum_x += xi; + sum_x2 += sq(xi); + sum_xy += xi * yi; + sum_y += yi; + } + + const float denom = static_cast(calib_idx + 1) * sum_x2 - sq(sum_x); + if (fabs(denom) <= 10e-5) { + // Singularity - unable to solve + k = d = 0.0; + return false; + } + + k = (static_cast(calib_idx + 1) * sum_xy - sum_x * sum_y) / denom; + d = (sum_y - k * sum_x) / static_cast(calib_idx + 1); + + return true; +} + +#endif // PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/probe_temp_comp.h b/Marlin/src/feature/probe_temp_comp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2ed10eeb99 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/probe_temp_comp.h @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +enum TempSensorID : uint8_t { + TSI_PROBE, + TSI_BED, + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + TSI_EXT, + #endif + TSI_COUNT +}; + +typedef struct { + uint8_t measurements; // Max. number of measurements to be stored (35 - 80°C) + float temp_res, // Resolution in °C between measurements + start_temp, // Base measurement; z-offset == 0 + end_temp; +} temp_calib_t; + +/** + * Probe temperature compensation implementation. + * Z-probes like the P.I.N.D.A V2 allow for compensation of + * measurement errors/shifts due to changed temperature. + */ +class ProbeTempComp { + public: + + static constexpr temp_calib_t cali_info_init[TSI_COUNT] = { + { 10, 5, 30, 30 + 10 * 5 }, // Probe + { 10, 5, 60, 60 + 10 * 5 }, // Bed + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + { 20, 5, 180, 180 + 5 * 20 } // Extruder + #endif + }; + static const temp_calib_t cali_info[TSI_COUNT]; + + // Where to park nozzle to wait for probe cooldown + static constexpr float park_point_x = PTC_PARK_POS_X, + park_point_y = PTC_PARK_POS_Y, + park_point_z = PTC_PARK_POS_Z, + // XY coordinates of nozzle for probing the bed + measure_point_x = PTC_PROBE_POS_X, // Coordinates to probe + measure_point_y = PTC_PROBE_POS_Y; + //measure_point_x = 12.0f, // Coordinates to probe on MK52 magnetic heatbed + //measure_point_y = 7.3f; + + static constexpr int max_bed_temp = PTC_MAX_BED_TEMP, // Max temperature to avoid heating errors + probe_calib_bed_temp = max_bed_temp, // Bed temperature while calibrating probe + bed_calib_probe_temp = 30; // Probe temperature while calibrating bed + + static int16_t *sensor_z_offsets[TSI_COUNT], + z_offsets_probe[cali_info_init[TSI_PROBE].measurements], // (µm) + z_offsets_bed[cali_info_init[TSI_BED].measurements]; // (µm) + + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + static int16_t z_offsets_ext[cali_info_init[TSI_EXT].measurements]; // (µm) + #endif + + static inline void reset_index() { calib_idx = 0; }; + static inline uint8_t get_index() { return calib_idx; } + static void clear_offsets(const TempSensorID tsi); + static inline void clear_all_offsets() { + clear_offsets(TSI_BED); + clear_offsets(TSI_PROBE); + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + clear_offsets(TSI_EXT); + #endif + } + static bool set_offset(const TempSensorID tsi, const uint8_t idx, const int16_t offset); + static void print_offsets(); + static void prepare_new_calibration(const float &init_meas_z); + static void push_back_new_measurement(const TempSensorID tsi, const float &meas_z); + static bool finish_calibration(const TempSensorID tsi); + static void compensate_measurement(const TempSensorID tsi, const float &temp, float &meas_z); + + private: + static uint8_t calib_idx; + + /** + * Base value. Temperature compensation values will be deltas + * to this value, set at first probe. + */ + static float init_measurement; + + static float get_offset_for_temperature(const TempSensorID tsi, const float &temp); + + /** + * Fit a linear function in measured temperature offsets + * to allow generating values of higher temperatures. + */ + static bool linear_regression(const TempSensorID tsi, float &k, float &d); +}; + +extern ProbeTempComp temp_comp; diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/runout.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/runout.cpp index a4172fc086..bd4a653e99 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/runout.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/runout.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -58,4 +58,75 @@ void FilamentSensorBase::filament_present(const uint8_t extruder) { int8_t RunoutResponseDebounced::runout_count; // = 0 #endif +// +// Filament Runout event handler +// +#include "../MarlinCore.h" +#include "../gcode/queue.h" + +#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) + #include "host_actions.h" +#endif + +#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + #include "../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" +#endif + +void event_filament_runout() { + + #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + if (did_pause_print) return; // Action already in progress. Purge triggered repeated runout. + #endif + + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::onFilamentRunout(ExtUI::getActiveTool()); + #endif + + #if EITHER(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT, HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) + const char tool = '0' + #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 1 + + active_extruder + #endif + ; + #endif + + //action:out_of_filament + #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) + host_action_prompt_begin(PROMPT_FILAMENT_RUNOUT, PSTR("FilamentRunout T"), tool); + host_action_prompt_show(); + #endif + + const bool run_runout_script = !runout.host_handling; + + #if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) + if (run_runout_script + && ( strstr(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT, "M600") + || strstr(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT, "M125") + #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + || strstr(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT, "M25") + #endif + ) + ) { + host_action_paused(false); + } + else { + // Legacy Repetier command for use until newer version supports standard dialog + // To be removed later when pause command also triggers dialog + #ifdef ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT + host_action(PSTR(ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT " T"), false); + SERIAL_CHAR(tool); + SERIAL_EOL(); + #endif + + host_action_pause(false); + } + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" " ACTION_REASON_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT " "); + SERIAL_CHAR(tool); + SERIAL_EOL(); + #endif // HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS + + if (run_runout_script) + queue.inject_P(PSTR(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT)); +} + #endif // HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/runout.h b/Marlin/src/feature/runout.h index ab92c1f7c1..b975551c6e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/runout.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/runout.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ #include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #include "../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" + #include "../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" #endif #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) @@ -46,6 +46,8 @@ #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_THRESHOLD 5 #endif +void event_filament_runout(); + class FilamentMonitorBase { public: static bool enabled, filament_ran_out; @@ -98,7 +100,7 @@ class TFilamentMonitor : public FilamentMonitorBase { // Give the response a chance to update its counter. static inline void run() { - if (enabled && !filament_ran_out && (IS_SD_PRINTING() || print_job_timer.isRunning() + if (enabled && !filament_ran_out && (printingIsActive() #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) || did_pause_print #endif @@ -137,56 +139,28 @@ class FilamentSensorBase { #define INIT_RUNOUT_PIN(P) SET_INPUT(P) #endif - INIT_RUNOUT_PIN(FIL_RUNOUT_PIN); - #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 1 - INIT_RUNOUT_PIN(FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN); - #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 2 - INIT_RUNOUT_PIN(FIL_RUNOUT3_PIN); - #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 3 - INIT_RUNOUT_PIN(FIL_RUNOUT4_PIN); - #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 4 - INIT_RUNOUT_PIN(FIL_RUNOUT5_PIN); - #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 5 - INIT_RUNOUT_PIN(FIL_RUNOUT6_PIN); - #endif - #endif - #endif - #endif - #endif + #define _INIT_RUNOUT(N) INIT_RUNOUT_PIN(FIL_RUNOUT##N##_PIN); + REPEAT_S(1, INCREMENT(NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS), _INIT_RUNOUT) + #undef _INIT_RUNOUT } // Return a bitmask of runout pin states static inline uint8_t poll_runout_pins() { - return ( - (READ(FIL_RUNOUT_PIN ) ? _BV(0) : 0) - #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 1 - | (READ(FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN) ? _BV(1) : 0) - #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 2 - | (READ(FIL_RUNOUT3_PIN) ? _BV(2) : 0) - #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 3 - | (READ(FIL_RUNOUT4_PIN) ? _BV(3) : 0) - #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 4 - | (READ(FIL_RUNOUT5_PIN) ? _BV(4) : 0) - #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 5 - | (READ(FIL_RUNOUT6_PIN) ? _BV(5) : 0) - #endif - #endif - #endif - #endif - #endif - ); + #define _OR_RUNOUT(N) | (READ(FIL_RUNOUT##N##_PIN) ? _BV((N) - 1) : 0) + return (0 REPEAT_S(1, INCREMENT(NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS), _OR_RUNOUT)); + #undef _OR_RUNOUT } // Return a bitmask of runout flag states (1 bits always indicates runout) static inline uint8_t poll_runout_states() { - return poll_runout_pins() ^ uint8_t( + return (poll_runout_pins() #if DISABLED(FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING) - _BV(NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS) - 1 - #else - 0 + ^ uint8_t(_BV(NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS) - 1) #endif ); } + + #undef INIT_RUNOUT_PIN }; #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR) @@ -210,8 +184,8 @@ class FilamentSensorBase { #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR_DEBUG if (change) { SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Motion detected:"); - for (uint8_t e = 0; e < NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS; e++) - if (TEST(change, e)) { SERIAL_CHAR(' '); SERIAL_CHAR('0' + e); } + LOOP_L_N(e, NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS) + if (TEST(change, e)) SERIAL_CHAR(' ', '0' + e); SERIAL_EOL(); } #endif @@ -266,7 +240,7 @@ class FilamentSensorBase { } public: - static inline void block_completed(const block_t* const b) { UNUSED(b); } + static inline void block_completed(const block_t* const) {} static inline void run() { const bool out = poll_runout_state(active_extruder); @@ -327,14 +301,14 @@ class FilamentSensorBase { } static inline void block_completed(const block_t* const b) { - if (b->steps[X_AXIS] || b->steps[Y_AXIS] || b->steps[Z_AXIS] + if (b->steps.x || b->steps.y || b->steps.z #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) || did_pause_print // Allow pause purge move to re-trigger runout state #endif ) { // Only trigger on extrusion with XYZ movement to allow filament change and retract/recover. const uint8_t e = b->extruder; - const int32_t steps = b->steps[E_AXIS]; + const int32_t steps = b->steps.e; runout_mm_countdown[e] -= (TEST(b->direction_bits, E_AXIS) ? -steps : steps) * planner.steps_to_mm[E_AXIS_N(e)]; } } @@ -353,8 +327,8 @@ class FilamentSensorBase { static inline void reset() { runout_count = runout_threshold; } static inline void run() { if (runout_count >= 0) runout_count--; } static inline bool has_run_out() { return runout_count < 0; } - static inline void block_completed(const block_t* const b) { UNUSED(b); } - static inline void filament_present(const uint8_t extruder) { runout_count = runout_threshold; UNUSED(extruder); } + static inline void block_completed(const block_t* const) { } + static inline void filament_present(const uint8_t) { runout_count = runout_threshold; } }; #endif // !FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/snmm.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/snmm.cpp index 8cfe3bf51a..e994028d9e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/snmm.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/snmm.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/snmm.h b/Marlin/src/feature/snmm.h index f54211a21d..671542e3bf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/snmm.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/snmm.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/solenoid.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/solenoid.cpp index c25e2e5dab..d53118fdd4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/solenoid.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/solenoid.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ static void set_solenoid(const uint8_t num, const bool active) { break; #endif default: - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_INVALID_SOLENOID); + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_INVALID_SOLENOID); break; } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/solenoid.h b/Marlin/src/feature/solenoid.h index db94c4fe2b..5a503b1056 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/solenoid.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/solenoid.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/spindle_laser.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/spindle_laser.cpp index 81865fddb6..0567ba5d3e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/spindle_laser.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/spindle_laser.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -34,14 +34,16 @@ SpindleLaser cutter; cutter_power_t SpindleLaser::power; // = 0 +#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_OFF ((SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT) ? 255 : 0) + void SpindleLaser::init() { OUT_WRITE(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN, !SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH); // Init spindle to off #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR) OUT_WRITE(SPINDLE_DIR_PIN, SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR ? 255 : 0); // Init rotation to clockwise (M3) #endif - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) && PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) + #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) SET_PWM(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN); - analogWrite(pin_t(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN), SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT ? 255 : 0); // set to lowest speed + analogWrite(pin_t(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN), SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_OFF); // set to lowest speed #endif } @@ -54,34 +56,34 @@ void SpindleLaser::init() { */ void SpindleLaser::set_ocr(const uint8_t ocr) { WRITE(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN, SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH); // turn spindle on (active low) - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) - analogWrite(pin_t(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN), (SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT) ? 255 - ocr : ocr); - #endif + analogWrite(pin_t(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN), ocr ^ SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_OFF); } #endif -void SpindleLaser::update_output() { - const bool ena = enabled(); +void SpindleLaser::apply_power(const cutter_power_t inpow) { + static cutter_power_t last_power_applied = 0; + if (inpow == last_power_applied) return; + last_power_applied = inpow; #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) - if (ena) { + if (enabled()) { + #define _scaled(F) ((F - (SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT)) * inv_slope) constexpr float inv_slope = RECIPROCAL(SPEED_POWER_SLOPE), - min_ocr = (SPEED_POWER_MIN - (SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT)) * inv_slope, // Minimum allowed - max_ocr = (SPEED_POWER_MAX - (SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT)) * inv_slope; // Maximum allowed + min_ocr = _scaled(SPEED_POWER_MIN), + max_ocr = _scaled(SPEED_POWER_MAX); int16_t ocr_val; - if (power <= SPEED_POWER_MIN) ocr_val = min_ocr; // Use minimum if set below - else if (power >= SPEED_POWER_MAX) ocr_val = max_ocr; // Use maximum if set above - else ocr_val = (power - (SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT)) * inv_slope; // Use calculated OCR value - set_ocr(ocr_val & 0xFF); // ...limited to Atmel PWM max + if (inpow <= SPEED_POWER_MIN) ocr_val = min_ocr; // Use minimum if set below + else if (inpow >= SPEED_POWER_MAX) ocr_val = max_ocr; // Use maximum if set above + else ocr_val = _scaled(inpow); // Use calculated OCR value + set_ocr(ocr_val & 0xFF); // ...limited to Atmel PWM max } - else { // Convert RPM to PWM duty cycle - WRITE(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN, !SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH); // Turn spindle off (active low) - analogWrite(pin_t(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN), SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT ? 255 : 0); // Only write low byte + else { + WRITE(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN, !SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH); // Turn spindle off (active low) + analogWrite(pin_t(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN), SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_OFF); // Only write low byte } #else - WRITE(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN, ena ? SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH : !SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH); + WRITE(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN, (SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? enabled() : !enabled()); #endif - power_delay(ena); } #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR) diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/spindle_laser.h b/Marlin/src/feature/spindle_laser.h index ddc89b5add..ea035299be 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/spindle_laser.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/spindle_laser.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -36,24 +36,33 @@ #define MSG_CUTTER(M) _MSG_CUTTER(M) #if SPEED_POWER_MAX > 255 - #define cutter_power_t uint16_t + typedef uint16_t cutter_power_t; #define CUTTER_MENU_TYPE uint16_5 #else - #define cutter_power_t uint8_t + typedef uint8_t cutter_power_t; #define CUTTER_MENU_TYPE uint8 #endif class SpindleLaser { public: static cutter_power_t power; + static inline uint8_t powerPercent(const uint8_t pp) { return ui8_to_percent(pp); } // for display static void init(); static inline bool enabled() { return !!power; } - static inline void set_power(const uint8_t pwr) { power = pwr; update_output(); } + static inline void set_power(const cutter_power_t pwr) { power = pwr; } - static inline void set_enabled(const bool enable) { set_power(enable ? 255 : 0); } + static inline void refresh() { apply_power(power); } + + static inline void set_enabled(const bool enable) { + const bool was = enabled(); + set_power(enable ? 255 : 0); + if (was != enable) power_delay(); + } + + static void apply_power(const cutter_power_t inpow); //static bool active() { return READ(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN) == SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH; } @@ -61,16 +70,20 @@ public: #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) static void set_ocr(const uint8_t ocr); - static inline void set_ocr_power(const uint8_t pwr) { power = pwr; set_ocr(pwr); } + static inline void set_ocr_power(const cutter_power_t pwr) { power = pwr; set_ocr(pwr); } #endif // Wait for spindle to spin up or spin down - static inline void power_delay(const bool on) { safe_delay(on ? SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY : SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY); } + static inline void power_delay() { + #if SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY || SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY + safe_delay(enabled() ? SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY : SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY); + #endif + } #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR) static void set_direction(const bool reverse); #else - static inline void set_direction(const bool reverse) { UNUSED(reverse); } + static inline void set_direction(const bool) {} #endif static inline void disable() { set_enabled(false); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.cpp index 329c511ecd..e5e69eed50 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -22,10 +22,10 @@ #include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if HAS_TRINAMIC +#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG #include "tmc_util.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../module/stepper/indirection.h" #include "../module/printcounter.h" @@ -265,10 +265,34 @@ SERIAL_CHAR('\t'); } + #if CURRENT_STEP_DOWN > 0 + + template + void step_current_down(TMC &st) { + if (st.isEnabled()) { + const uint16_t I_rms = st.getMilliamps() - (CURRENT_STEP_DOWN); + if (I_rms > 50) { + st.rms_current(I_rms); + #if ENABLED(REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE) + st.printLabel(); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" current decreased to ", I_rms); + #endif + } + } + } + + #else + + #define step_current_down(...) + + #endif + template - void monitor_tmc_driver(TMC &st, const bool need_update_error_counters, const bool need_debug_reporting) { + bool monitor_tmc_driver(TMC &st, const bool need_update_error_counters, const bool need_debug_reporting) { TMC_driver_data data = get_driver_data(st); - if (data.drv_status == 0xFFFFFFFF || data.drv_status == 0x0) return; + if (data.drv_status == 0xFFFFFFFF || data.drv_status == 0x0) return false; + + bool should_step_down = false; if (need_update_error_counters) { if (data.is_ot /* | data.s2ga | data.s2gb*/) st.error_count++; @@ -288,16 +312,8 @@ #if CURRENT_STEP_DOWN > 0 // Decrease current if is_otpw is true and driver is enabled and there's been more than 4 warnings - if (data.is_otpw && st.otpw_count > 4) { - uint16_t I_rms = st.getMilliamps(); - if (st.isEnabled() && I_rms > 100) { - st.rms_current(I_rms - (CURRENT_STEP_DOWN)); - #if ENABLED(REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE) - st.printLabel(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" current decreased to ", st.getMilliamps()); - #endif - } - } + if (data.is_otpw && st.otpw_count > 4 && st.isEnabled()) + should_step_down = true; #endif if (data.is_otpw) { @@ -308,64 +324,126 @@ } #if ENABLED(TMC_DEBUG) - if (need_debug_reporting) - report_polled_driver_data(st, data); + if (need_debug_reporting) report_polled_driver_data(st, data); #endif + + return should_step_down; } - void monitor_tmc_driver() { - static millis_t next_poll = 0; + void monitor_tmc_drivers() { const millis_t ms = millis(); - bool need_update_error_counters = ELAPSED(ms, next_poll); - bool need_debug_reporting = false; - if (need_update_error_counters) - next_poll = ms + MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS_INTERVAL_MS; + + // Poll TMC drivers at the configured interval + static millis_t next_poll = 0; + const bool need_update_error_counters = ELAPSED(ms, next_poll); + if (need_update_error_counters) next_poll = ms + MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS_INTERVAL_MS; + + // Also poll at intervals for debugging #if ENABLED(TMC_DEBUG) static millis_t next_debug_reporting = 0; - if (report_tmc_status_interval && ELAPSED(ms, next_debug_reporting)) { - need_debug_reporting = true; - next_debug_reporting = ms + report_tmc_status_interval; - } + const bool need_debug_reporting = report_tmc_status_interval && ELAPSED(ms, next_debug_reporting); + if (need_debug_reporting) next_debug_reporting = ms + report_tmc_status_interval; + #else + constexpr bool need_debug_reporting = false; #endif + if (need_update_error_counters || need_debug_reporting) { - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperX, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) || AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) + { + bool result = false; + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) + if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperX, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) result = true; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) + if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperX2, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) result = true; + #endif + if (result) { + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) + step_current_down(stepperX); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) + step_current_down(stepperX2); + #endif + } + } #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperY, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) + { + bool result = false; + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) + if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperY, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) result = true; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) + if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperY2, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) result = true; + #endif + if (result) { + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) + step_current_down(stepperY); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) + step_current_down(stepperY2); + #endif + } + } #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperZ, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperX2, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperY2, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperZ2, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperZ3, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + { + bool result = false; + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) + if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperZ, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) result = true; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) + if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperZ2, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) result = true; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) + if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperZ3, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) result = true; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperZ4, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) result = true; + #endif + if (result) { + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) + step_current_down(stepperZ); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) + step_current_down(stepperZ2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) + step_current_down(stepperZ3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + step_current_down(stepperZ4); + #endif + } + } #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE0, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); + (void)monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE0, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE1, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); + (void)monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE1, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE2, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); + (void)monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE2, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE3, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); + (void)monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE3, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE4, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); + (void)monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE4, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE5, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); + (void)monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE5, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + (void)monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE6, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + (void)monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE7, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); #endif #if ENABLED(TMC_DEBUG) @@ -507,7 +585,7 @@ case TMC_GLOBAL_SCALER: { uint16_t value = st.GLOBAL_SCALER(); - SERIAL_PRINT(value ? value : 256, DEC); + SERIAL_PRINT(value ?: 256, DEC); SERIAL_ECHOPGM("/256"); } break; @@ -551,6 +629,15 @@ default: break; } } + + #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209) + static void _tmc_parse_drv_status(TMC2209Stepper &st, const TMC_drv_status_enum i) { + switch (i) { + case TMC_SG_RESULT: SERIAL_PRINT(st.SG_RESULT(), DEC); break; + default: _tmc_parse_drv_status(static_cast(st), i); break; + } + } + #endif #endif #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660) @@ -636,13 +723,13 @@ SERIAL_CHAR('\t'); switch (i) { case TMC_DRV_CODES: st.printLabel(); break; - case TMC_STST: if (st.stst()) SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break; - case TMC_OLB: if (st.olb()) SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break; - case TMC_OLA: if (st.ola()) SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break; - case TMC_S2GB: if (st.s2gb()) SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break; - case TMC_S2GA: if (st.s2ga()) SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break; - case TMC_DRV_OTPW: if (st.otpw()) SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break; - case TMC_OT: if (st.ot()) SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break; + case TMC_STST: if (!st.stst()) SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break; + case TMC_OLB: if (st.olb()) SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break; + case TMC_OLA: if (st.ola()) SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break; + case TMC_S2GB: if (st.s2gb()) SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break; + case TMC_S2GA: if (st.s2ga()) SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break; + case TMC_DRV_OTPW: if (st.otpw()) SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break; + case TMC_OT: if (st.ot()) SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break; case TMC_DRV_STATUS_HEX: { const uint32_t drv_status = st.DRV_STATUS(); SERIAL_CHAR('\t'); @@ -686,6 +773,9 @@ #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) tmc_status(stepperZ3, i); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + tmc_status(stepperZ4, i); + #endif } if (print_e) { @@ -707,6 +797,12 @@ #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) tmc_status(stepperE5, i); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + tmc_status(stepperE6, i); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + tmc_status(stepperE7, i); + #endif } SERIAL_EOL(); @@ -741,6 +837,9 @@ #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) tmc_parse_drv_status(stepperZ3, i); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + tmc_parse_drv_status(stepperZ4, i); + #endif } if (print_e) { @@ -762,6 +861,12 @@ #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) tmc_parse_drv_status(stepperE5, i); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + tmc_parse_drv_status(stepperE6, i); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + tmc_parse_drv_status(stepperE7, i); + #endif } SERIAL_EOL(); @@ -795,24 +900,24 @@ TMC_REPORT("stealthChop", TMC_STEALTHCHOP); TMC_REPORT("msteps\t", TMC_MICROSTEPS); TMC_REPORT("tstep\t", TMC_TSTEP); - TMC_REPORT("pwm\nthreshold", TMC_TPWMTHRS); + TMC_REPORT("PWM thresh.", TMC_TPWMTHRS); TMC_REPORT("[mm/s]\t", TMC_TPWMTHRS_MMS); TMC_REPORT("OT prewarn", TMC_OTPW); #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - TMC_REPORT("OT prewarn has\n" - "been triggered", TMC_OTPW_TRIGGERED); + TMC_REPORT("triggered\n OTP\t", TMC_OTPW_TRIGGERED); #endif TMC_REPORT("off time", TMC_TOFF); TMC_REPORT("blank time", TMC_TBL); - TMC_REPORT("hysteresis\n-end\t", TMC_HEND); - TMC_REPORT("-start\t", TMC_HSTRT); + TMC_REPORT("hysteresis\n -end\t", TMC_HEND); + TMC_REPORT(" -start\t", TMC_HSTRT); TMC_REPORT("Stallguard thrs", TMC_SGT); - DRV_REPORT("DRVSTATUS", TMC_DRV_CODES); - #if HAS_TMCX1X0 - DRV_REPORT("stallguard\t", TMC_STALLGUARD); + #if HAS_TMCX1X0 || HAS_TMC220x DRV_REPORT("sg_result", TMC_SG_RESULT); - DRV_REPORT("fsactive\t", TMC_FSACTIVE); + #endif + #if HAS_TMCX1X0 + DRV_REPORT("stallguard", TMC_STALLGUARD); + DRV_REPORT("fsactive", TMC_FSACTIVE); #endif DRV_REPORT("stst\t", TMC_STST); DRV_REPORT("olb\t", TMC_OLB); @@ -849,7 +954,7 @@ static void tmc_get_ic_registers(TMC2208Stepper, const TMC_get_registers_enum) { SERIAL_CHAR('\t'); } #endif - #if HAS_TRINAMIC + #if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG template static void tmc_get_registers(TMC &st, const TMC_get_registers_enum i) { switch (i) { @@ -916,6 +1021,9 @@ #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) tmc_get_registers(stepperZ3, i); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + tmc_get_registers(stepperZ4, i); + #endif } if (print_e) { @@ -937,6 +1045,12 @@ #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) tmc_get_registers(stepperE5, i); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + tmc_get_registers(stepperE6, i); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + tmc_get_registers(stepperE7, i); + #endif } SERIAL_EOL(); @@ -967,7 +1081,7 @@ #if USE_SENSORLESS bool tmc_enable_stallguard(TMC2130Stepper &st) { - bool stealthchop_was_enabled = st.en_pwm_mode(); + const bool stealthchop_was_enabled = st.en_pwm_mode(); st.TCOOLTHRS(0xFFFFF); st.en_pwm_mode(false); @@ -982,10 +1096,14 @@ } bool tmc_enable_stallguard(TMC2209Stepper &st) { + const bool stealthchop_was_enabled = !st.en_spreadCycle(); + st.TCOOLTHRS(0xFFFFF); - return true; + st.en_spreadCycle(false); + return stealthchop_was_enabled; } - void tmc_disable_stallguard(TMC2209Stepper &st, const bool restore_stealth _UNUSED) { + void tmc_disable_stallguard(TMC2209Stepper &st, const bool restore_stealth) { + st.en_spreadCycle(!restore_stealth); st.TCOOLTHRS(0); } @@ -997,7 +1115,7 @@ #endif // USE_SENSORLESS -#if TMC_HAS_SPI +#if HAS_TMC_SPI #define SET_CS_PIN(st) OUT_WRITE(st##_CS_PIN, HIGH) void tmc_init_cs_pins() { #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(X) @@ -1021,6 +1139,9 @@ #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z3) SET_CS_PIN(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z4) + SET_CS_PIN(Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(E0) SET_CS_PIN(E0); #endif @@ -1039,8 +1160,14 @@ #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(E5) SET_CS_PIN(E5); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(E6) + SET_CS_PIN(E6); + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(E7) + SET_CS_PIN(E7); + #endif } -#endif // TMC_HAS_SPI +#endif // HAS_TMC_SPI template static bool test_connection(TMC &st) { @@ -1095,6 +1222,9 @@ void test_tmc_connection(const bool test_x, const bool test_y, const bool test_z #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) axis_connection += test_connection(stepperZ3); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + axis_connection += test_connection(stepperZ4); + #endif } if (test_e) { @@ -1116,9 +1246,15 @@ void test_tmc_connection(const bool test_x, const bool test_y, const bool test_z #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) axis_connection += test_connection(stepperE5); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + axis_connection += test_connection(stepperE6); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + axis_connection += test_connection(stepperE7); + #endif } - if (axis_connection) ui.set_status_P(PSTR(MSG_ERROR_TMC)); + if (axis_connection) ui.set_status_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_ERROR_TMC)); } -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC +#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.h b/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.h index b5b45089b9..ccae8b660c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -24,27 +24,11 @@ #include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #include "../lcd/ultralcd.h" -#if HAS_TRINAMIC +#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG #include #include "../module/planner.h" -#define TMC_X_LABEL 'X', '0' -#define TMC_Y_LABEL 'Y', '0' -#define TMC_Z_LABEL 'Z', '0' - -#define TMC_X2_LABEL 'X', '2' -#define TMC_Y2_LABEL 'Y', '2' -#define TMC_Z2_LABEL 'Z', '2' -#define TMC_Z3_LABEL 'Z', '3' - -#define TMC_E0_LABEL 'E', '0' -#define TMC_E1_LABEL 'E', '1' -#define TMC_E2_LABEL 'E', '2' -#define TMC_E3_LABEL 'E', '3' -#define TMC_E4_LABEL 'E', '4' -#define TMC_E5_LABEL 'E', '5' - #define CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V { 3, -1, 1 } #define CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V { 4, 1, 1 } #define CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V { 4, 2, 1 } @@ -103,9 +87,15 @@ class TMCMarlin : public TMC, public TMCStorage { TMCMarlin(const uint16_t cs_pin, const float RS) : TMC(cs_pin, RS) {} + TMCMarlin(const uint16_t cs_pin, const float RS, const uint8_t axis_chain_index) : + TMC(cs_pin, RS, axis_chain_index) + {} TMCMarlin(const uint16_t CS, const float RS, const uint16_t pinMOSI, const uint16_t pinMISO, const uint16_t pinSCK) : TMC(CS, RS, pinMOSI, pinMISO, pinSCK) {} + TMCMarlin(const uint16_t CS, const float RS, const uint16_t pinMOSI, const uint16_t pinMISO, const uint16_t pinSCK, const uint8_t axis_chain_index) : + TMC(CS, RS, pinMOSI, pinMISO, pinSCK, axis_chain_index) + {} inline uint16_t rms_current() { return TMC::rms_current(); } inline void rms_current(uint16_t mA) { this->val_mA = mA; @@ -120,6 +110,7 @@ class TMCMarlin : public TMC, public TMCStorage { inline void refresh_stepping_mode() { this->en_pwm_mode(this->stored.stealthChop_enabled); } inline bool get_stealthChop_status() { return this->en_pwm_mode(); } #endif + #if ENABLED(HYBRID_THRESHOLD) uint32_t get_pwm_thrs() { return _tmc_thrs(this->microsteps(), this->TPWMTHRS(), planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[AXIS_ID]); @@ -131,6 +122,7 @@ class TMCMarlin : public TMC, public TMCStorage { #endif } #endif + #if USE_SENSORLESS inline int16_t homing_threshold() { return TMC::sgt(); } void homing_threshold(int16_t sgt_val) { @@ -159,11 +151,12 @@ class TMCMarlin : public TMC, public TMCStorage { static constexpr int8_t sgt_min = -64, sgt_max = 63; }; + template class TMCMarlin : public TMC2208Stepper, public TMCStorage { public: TMCMarlin(Stream * SerialPort, const float RS, const uint8_t) : - TMC2208Stepper(SerialPort, RS, /*has_rx=*/true) + TMC2208Stepper(SerialPort, RS) {} TMCMarlin(const uint16_t RX, const uint16_t TX, const float RS, const uint8_t, const bool has_rx=true) : TMC2208Stepper(RX, TX, RS, has_rx) @@ -182,6 +175,7 @@ class TMCMarlin : public TMC220 inline void refresh_stepping_mode() { en_spreadCycle(!this->stored.stealthChop_enabled); } inline bool get_stealthChop_status() { return !this->en_spreadCycle(); } #endif + #if ENABLED(HYBRID_THRESHOLD) uint32_t get_pwm_thrs() { return _tmc_thrs(this->microsteps(), this->TPWMTHRS(), planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[AXIS_ID]); @@ -227,6 +221,7 @@ class TMCMarlin : public TMC220 inline void refresh_stepping_mode() { en_spreadCycle(!this->stored.stealthChop_enabled); } inline bool get_stealthChop_status() { return !this->en_spreadCycle(); } #endif + #if ENABLED(HYBRID_THRESHOLD) uint32_t get_pwm_thrs() { return _tmc_thrs(this->microsteps(), this->TPWMTHRS(), planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[AXIS_ID]); @@ -267,10 +262,10 @@ class TMCMarlin : public TMC220 template class TMCMarlin : public TMC2660Stepper, public TMCStorage { public: - TMCMarlin(const uint16_t cs_pin, const float RS) : + TMCMarlin(const uint16_t cs_pin, const float RS, const uint8_t) : TMC2660Stepper(cs_pin, RS) {} - TMCMarlin(const uint16_t CS, const float RS, const uint16_t pinMOSI, const uint16_t pinMISO, const uint16_t pinSCK) : + TMCMarlin(const uint16_t CS, const float RS, const uint16_t pinMOSI, const uint16_t pinMISO, const uint16_t pinSCK, const uint8_t) : TMC2660Stepper(CS, RS, pinMOSI, pinMISO, pinSCK) {} inline uint16_t rms_current() { return TMC2660Stepper::rms_current(); } @@ -339,7 +334,7 @@ void tmc_print_current(TMC &st) { } #endif -void monitor_tmc_driver(); +void monitor_tmc_drivers(); void test_tmc_connection(const bool test_x, const bool test_y, const bool test_z, const bool test_e); #if ENABLED(TMC_DEBUG) @@ -360,16 +355,16 @@ void test_tmc_connection(const bool test_x, const bool test_y, const bool test_z #if USE_SENSORLESS // Track enabled status of stealthChop and only re-enable where applicable - struct sensorless_t { bool x, y, z, x2, y2, z2, z3; }; + struct sensorless_t { bool x, y, z, x2, y2, z2, z3, z4; }; #if ENABLED(IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY) extern millis_t sg_guard_period; constexpr uint16_t default_sg_guard_duration = 400; struct slow_homing_t { - struct { uint32_t x, y; } acceleration; + xy_ulong_t acceleration; #if HAS_CLASSIC_JERK - struct { float x, y; } jerk; + xy_float_t jerk_xy; #endif }; #endif @@ -387,40 +382,22 @@ void test_tmc_connection(const bool test_x, const bool test_y, const bool test_z template bool TMCMarlin::test_stall_status() { - uint16_t sg_result = 0; - this->switchCSpin(LOW); - if (this->TMC_SW_SPI != nullptr) { - this->TMC_SW_SPI->transfer(TMC2130_n::DRV_STATUS_t::address); - this->TMC_SW_SPI->transfer16(0); - // We only care about the last 10 bits - sg_result = this->TMC_SW_SPI->transfer(0); - sg_result <<= 8; - sg_result |= this->TMC_SW_SPI->transfer(0); - } - else { - SPI.beginTransaction(SPISettings(16000000/8, MSBFIRST, SPI_MODE3)); - // Read DRV_STATUS - SPI.transfer(TMC2130_n::DRV_STATUS_t::address); - SPI.transfer16(0); - // We only care about the last 10 bits - sg_result = SPI.transfer(0); - sg_result <<= 8; - sg_result |= SPI.transfer(0); - SPI.endTransaction(); - } + // read stallGuard flag from TMC library, will handle HW and SW SPI + TMC2130_n::DRV_STATUS_t drv_status{0}; + drv_status.sr = this->DRV_STATUS(); + this->switchCSpin(HIGH); - return (sg_result & 0x3FF) == 0; + return drv_status.stallGuard; } - #endif // SPI_ENDSTOPS #endif // USE_SENSORLESS -#if TMC_HAS_SPI +#if HAS_TMC_SPI void tmc_init_cs_pins(); #endif -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC +#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/touch/xpt2046.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/touch/xpt2046.cpp index b0ab10e7ce..26e25950d8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/touch/xpt2046.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/touch/xpt2046.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/touch/xpt2046.h b/Marlin/src/feature/touch/xpt2046.h index 384d7904bd..7f8eece1f4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/touch/xpt2046.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/touch/xpt2046.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/twibus.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/twibus.cpp index f4fe512cdf..60d78018a2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/twibus.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/twibus.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ void TWIBus::echodata(uint8_t bytes, const char prefix[], uint8_t adr) { void TWIBus::echobuffer(const char prefix[], uint8_t adr) { echoprefix(buffer_s, prefix, adr); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < buffer_s; i++) SERIAL_CHAR(buffer[i]); + LOOP_L_N(i, buffer_s) SERIAL_CHAR(buffer[i]); SERIAL_EOL(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/twibus.h b/Marlin/src/feature/twibus.h index cc40476374..faf9eb38cf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/twibus.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/twibus.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class TWIBus { * @brief Internal buffer * @details A fixed buffer. TWI commands can be no longer than this. */ - char buffer[TWIBUS_BUFFER_SIZE]; + uint8_t buffer[TWIBUS_BUFFER_SIZE]; public: diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/z_stepper_align.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/z_stepper_align.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6fccff7cc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/z_stepper_align.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * feature/z_stepper_align.cpp + */ + +#include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + +#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + +#include "z_stepper_align.h" +#include "../module/probe.h" + +ZStepperAlign z_stepper_align; + +xy_pos_t ZStepperAlign::xy[NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS]; + +#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + xy_pos_t ZStepperAlign::stepper_xy[NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS]; +#endif + +void ZStepperAlign::reset_to_default() { + #ifdef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY + + constexpr xy_pos_t xy_init[] = Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY; + static_assert(COUNT(xy_init) == NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS, + "Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY requires " + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 4 + "four {X,Y} entries (Z, Z2, Z3, and Z4)." + #elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 3 + "three {X,Y} entries (Z, Z2, and Z3)." + #else + "two {X,Y} entries (Z and Z2)." + #endif + ); + + constexpr xyz_pos_t dpo = NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET; + + #define LTEST(N) (xy_init[N].x >= _MAX(X_MIN_BED + MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT, X_MIN_POS + dpo.x) - 0.00001f) + #define RTEST(N) (xy_init[N].x <= _MIN(X_MAX_BED - MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT, X_MAX_POS + dpo.x) + 0.00001f) + #define FTEST(N) (xy_init[N].y >= _MAX(Y_MIN_BED + MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT, Y_MIN_POS + dpo.y) - 0.00001f) + #define BTEST(N) (xy_init[N].y <= _MIN(Y_MAX_BED - MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK, Y_MAX_POS + dpo.y) + 0.00001f) + + static_assert(LTEST(0) && RTEST(0), "The 1st Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY X is unreachable with the default probe X offset."); + static_assert(FTEST(0) && BTEST(0), "The 1st Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY Y is unreachable with the default probe Y offset."); + static_assert(LTEST(1) && RTEST(1), "The 2nd Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY X is unreachable with the default probe X offset."); + static_assert(FTEST(1) && BTEST(1), "The 2nd Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY Y is unreachable with the default probe Y offset."); + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + static_assert(LTEST(2) && RTEST(2), "The 3rd Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY X is unreachable with the default probe X offset."); + static_assert(FTEST(2) && BTEST(2), "The 3rd Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY Y is unreachable with the default probe Y offset."); + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + static_assert(LTEST(3) && RTEST(3), "The 4th Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY X is unreachable with the default probe X offset."); + static_assert(FTEST(3) && BTEST(3), "The 4th Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY Y is unreachable with the default probe Y offset."); + #endif + #endif + + #else // !defined(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY) + + const xy_pos_t xy_init[] = { + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 // First probe point... + #if !Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION + { probe.min_x(), probe.min_y() }, // SW + #elif Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION == 1 + { probe.min_x(), probe.max_y() }, // NW + #elif Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION == 2 + { probe.max_x(), probe.max_y() }, // NE + #elif Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION == 3 + { probe.max_x(), probe.min_y() }, // SE + #else + #error "Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION must be from 0 to 3 (first point SW, NW, NE, SE)." + #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 4 // 3 more points... + #if !Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION + { probe.min_x(), probe.max_y() }, { probe.max_x(), probe.max_y() }, { probe.max_x(), probe.min_y() } // SW + #elif Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION == 1 + { probe.max_x(), probe.max_y() }, { probe.max_x(), probe.min_y() }, { probe.min_x(), probe.min_y() } // NW + #elif Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION == 2 + { probe.max_x(), probe.min_y() }, { probe.min_x(), probe.min_y() }, { probe.min_x(), probe.max_y() } // NE + #elif Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION == 3 + { probe.min_x(), probe.min_y() }, { probe.min_x(), probe.max_y() }, { probe.max_x(), probe.max_y() } // SE + #endif + #elif !Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION // or 2 more points... + { probe.max_x(), probe.min_y() }, { X_CENTER, probe.max_y() } // SW + #elif Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION == 1 + { probe.min_x(), probe.min_y() }, { probe.max_x(), Y_CENTER } // NW + #elif Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION == 2 + { probe.min_x(), probe.max_y() }, { X_CENTER, probe.min_y() } // NE + #elif Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION == 3 + { probe.max_x(), probe.max_y() }, { probe.min_x(), Y_CENTER } // SE + #endif + #elif Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION + { X_CENTER, probe.min_y() }, { X_CENTER, probe.max_y() } + #else + { probe.min_x(), Y_CENTER }, { probe.max_x(), Y_CENTER } + #endif + }; + + #endif // !defined(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY) + + COPY(xy, xy_init); + + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + constexpr xy_pos_t stepper_xy_init[] = Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY; + static_assert( + COUNT(stepper_xy_init) == NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS, + "Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY requires " + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 4 + "four {X,Y} entries (Z, Z2, Z3, and Z4)." + #elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 3 + "three {X,Y} entries (Z, Z2, and Z3)." + #endif + ); + COPY(stepper_xy, stepper_xy_init); + #endif +} + +#endif // Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/z_stepper_align.h b/Marlin/src/feature/z_stepper_align.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ade3d6b575 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/z_stepper_align.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * feature/z_stepper_align.h + */ + +#include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +class ZStepperAlign { + public: + static xy_pos_t xy[NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS]; + + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + static xy_pos_t stepper_xy[NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS]; + #endif + + static void reset_to_default(); +}; + +extern ZStepperAlign z_stepper_align; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G26.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G26.cpp index f98ffc88cb..28fdf581ff 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G26.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G26.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ #include "../../gcode/gcode.h" #include "../../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../module/planner.h" #include "../../module/stepper.h" #include "../../module/motion.h" @@ -43,13 +43,16 @@ #include "../../lcd/ultralcd.h" #define EXTRUSION_MULTIPLIER 1.0 -#define RETRACTION_MULTIPLIER 1.0 #define PRIME_LENGTH 10.0 #define OOZE_AMOUNT 0.3 #define INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS 5 #define CROSSHAIRS_SIZE 3 +#ifndef G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER + #define G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER 1.0 // x 1mm +#endif + #ifndef G26_XY_FEEDRATE #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE (PLANNER_XY_FEEDRATE() / 3.0) #endif @@ -62,7 +65,7 @@ #define G26_ERR true #if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - void plan_arc(const float (&cart)[XYZE], const float (&offset)[2], const uint8_t clockwise); + void plan_arc(const xyze_pos_t &cart, const ab_float_t &offset, const uint8_t clockwise); #endif /** @@ -142,7 +145,7 @@ // Private functions -static uint16_t circle_flags[16], horizontal_mesh_line_flags[16], vertical_mesh_line_flags[16]; +static MeshFlags circle_flags, horizontal_mesh_line_flags, vertical_mesh_line_flags; float g26_e_axis_feedrate = 0.025, random_deviation = 0.0; @@ -154,7 +157,7 @@ float g26_extrusion_multiplier, g26_layer_height, g26_prime_length; -float g26_x_pos = 0, g26_y_pos = 0; +xy_pos_t g26_xy_pos; // = { 0, 0 } int16_t g26_bed_temp, g26_hotend_temp; @@ -168,7 +171,7 @@ int8_t g26_prime_flag; */ bool user_canceled() { if (!ui.button_pressed()) return false; // Return if the button isn't pressed - ui.set_status_P(PSTR(MSG_G26_CANCELED), 99); + ui.set_status_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_G26_CANCELED), 99); #if HAS_LCD_MENU ui.quick_feedback(); #endif @@ -178,85 +181,83 @@ int8_t g26_prime_flag; #endif -mesh_index_pair find_closest_circle_to_print(const float &X, const float &Y) { +mesh_index_pair find_closest_circle_to_print(const xy_pos_t &pos) { float closest = 99999.99; - mesh_index_pair return_val; + mesh_index_pair out_point; - return_val.x_index = return_val.y_index = -1; + out_point.pos = -1; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; i++) { - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; j++) { - if (!is_bitmap_set(circle_flags, i, j)) { - const float mx = _GET_MESH_X(i), // We found a circle that needs to be printed - my = _GET_MESH_Y(j); + GRID_LOOP(i, j) { + if (!circle_flags.marked(i, j)) { + // We found a circle that needs to be printed + const xy_pos_t m = { _GET_MESH_X(i), _GET_MESH_Y(j) }; - // Get the distance to this intersection - float f = HYPOT(X - mx, Y - my); + // Get the distance to this intersection + float f = (pos - m).magnitude(); - // It is possible that we are being called with the values - // to let us find the closest circle to the start position. - // But if this is not the case, add a small weighting to the - // distance calculation to help it choose a better place to continue. - f += HYPOT(g26_x_pos - mx, g26_y_pos - my) / 15.0; + // It is possible that we are being called with the values + // to let us find the closest circle to the start position. + // But if this is not the case, add a small weighting to the + // distance calculation to help it choose a better place to continue. + f += (g26_xy_pos - m).magnitude() / 15.0f; - // Add in the specified amount of Random Noise to our search - if (random_deviation > 1.0) - f += random(0.0, random_deviation); + // Add the specified amount of Random Noise to our search + if (random_deviation > 1.0) f += random(0.0, random_deviation); - if (f < closest) { - closest = f; // We found a closer location that is still - return_val.x_index = i; // un-printed --- save the data for it - return_val.y_index = j; - return_val.distance = closest; - } + if (f < closest) { + closest = f; // Found a closer un-printed location + out_point.pos.set(i, j); // Save its data + out_point.distance = closest; } } } - bitmap_set(circle_flags, return_val.x_index, return_val.y_index); // Mark this location as done. - return return_val; + circle_flags.mark(out_point); // Mark this location as done. + return out_point; } void move_to(const float &rx, const float &ry, const float &z, const float &e_delta) { static float last_z = -999.99; - bool has_xy_component = (rx != current_position[X_AXIS] || ry != current_position[Y_AXIS]); // Check if X or Y is involved in the movement. + const xy_pos_t dest = { rx, ry }; + + const bool has_xy_component = dest != current_position; // Check if X or Y is involved in the movement. + + destination = current_position; if (z != last_z) { - last_z = z; + last_z = destination.z = z; const feedRate_t feed_value = planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Z_AXIS] * 0.5f; // Use half of the Z_AXIS max feed rate - - destination[X_AXIS] = current_position[X_AXIS]; - destination[Y_AXIS] = current_position[Y_AXIS]; - destination[Z_AXIS] = z; // We know the last_z!=z or we wouldn't be in this block of code. - destination[E_AXIS] = current_position[E_AXIS]; - prepare_internal_move_to_destination(feed_value); - set_destination_from_current(); + destination = current_position; } // If X or Y is involved do a 'normal' move. Otherwise retract/recover/hop. + destination = dest; + destination.e += e_delta; const feedRate_t feed_value = has_xy_component ? feedRate_t(G26_XY_FEEDRATE) : planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS] * 0.666f; - - destination[X_AXIS] = rx; - destination[Y_AXIS] = ry; - destination[E_AXIS] += e_delta; - prepare_internal_move_to_destination(feed_value); - set_destination_from_current(); + destination = current_position; } -FORCE_INLINE void move_to(const float (&where)[XYZE], const float &de) { move_to(where[X_AXIS], where[Y_AXIS], where[Z_AXIS], de); } +FORCE_INLINE void move_to(const xyz_pos_t &where, const float &de) { move_to(where.x, where.y, where.z, de); } -void retract_filament(const float (&where)[XYZE]) { +void retract_filament(const xyz_pos_t &where) { if (!g26_retracted) { // Only retract if we are not already retracted! g26_retracted = true; - move_to(where, -1.0 * g26_retraction_multiplier); + move_to(where, -1.0f * g26_retraction_multiplier); } } -void recover_filament(const float (&where)[XYZE]) { +// TODO: Parameterize the Z lift with a define +void retract_lift_move(const xyz_pos_t &s) { + retract_filament(destination); + move_to(current_position.x, current_position.y, current_position.z + 0.5f, 0.0); // Z lift to minimize scraping + move_to(s.x, s.y, s.z + 0.5f, 0.0); // Get to the starting point with no extrusion while lifted +} + +void recover_filament(const xyz_pos_t &where) { if (g26_retracted) { // Only un-retract if we are retracted. - move_to(where, 1.2 * g26_retraction_multiplier); + move_to(where, 1.2f * g26_retraction_multiplier); g26_retracted = false; } } @@ -276,87 +277,78 @@ void recover_filament(const float (&where)[XYZE]) { * segment of a 'circle'. The time this requires is very short and is easily saved by the other * cases where the optimization comes into play. */ -void print_line_from_here_to_there(const float &sx, const float &sy, const float &sz, const float &ex, const float &ey, const float &ez) { - const float dx_s = current_position[X_AXIS] - sx, // find our distance from the start of the actual line segment - dy_s = current_position[Y_AXIS] - sy, - dist_start = HYPOT2(dx_s, dy_s), // We don't need to do a sqrt(), we can compare the distance^2 - // to save computation time - dx_e = current_position[X_AXIS] - ex, // find our distance from the end of the actual line segment - dy_e = current_position[Y_AXIS] - ey, - dist_end = HYPOT2(dx_e, dy_e), +void print_line_from_here_to_there(const xyz_pos_t &s, const xyz_pos_t &e) { - line_length = HYPOT(ex - sx, ey - sy); + // Distances to the start / end of the line + xy_float_t svec = current_position - s, evec = current_position - e; + + const float dist_start = HYPOT2(svec.x, svec.y), + dist_end = HYPOT2(evec.x, evec.y), + line_length = HYPOT(e.x - s.x, e.y - s.y); // If the end point of the line is closer to the nozzle, flip the direction, // moving from the end to the start. On very small lines the optimization isn't worth it. if (dist_end < dist_start && (INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS) < ABS(line_length)) - return print_line_from_here_to_there(ex, ey, ez, sx, sy, sz); + return print_line_from_here_to_there(e, s); - // Decide whether to retract & bump + // Decide whether to retract & lift + if (dist_start > 2.0) retract_lift_move(s); - if (dist_start > 2.0) { - retract_filament(destination); - //todo: parameterize the bump height with a define - move_to(current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS] + 0.500, 0.0); // Z bump to minimize scraping - move_to(sx, sy, sz + 0.500, 0.0); // Get to the starting point with no extrusion while bumped - } - - move_to(sx, sy, sz, 0.0); // Get to the starting point with no extrusion / un-Z bump + move_to(s, 0.0); // Get to the starting point with no extrusion / un-Z lift const float e_pos_delta = line_length * g26_e_axis_feedrate * g26_extrusion_multiplier; recover_filament(destination); - move_to(ex, ey, ez, e_pos_delta); // Get to the ending point with an appropriate amount of extrusion + move_to(e, e_pos_delta); // Get to the ending point with an appropriate amount of extrusion } inline bool look_for_lines_to_connect() { - float sx, sy, ex, ey; + xyz_pos_t s, e; + s.z = e.z = g26_layer_height; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; i++) { - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; j++) { + GRID_LOOP(i, j) { - #if HAS_LCD_MENU - if (user_canceled()) return true; - #endif + #if HAS_LCD_MENU + if (user_canceled()) return true; + #endif - if (i < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) { // Can't connect to anything to the right than GRID_MAX_POINTS_X. - // Already a half circle at the edge of the bed. + if (i < (GRID_MAX_POINTS_X)) { // Can't connect to anything farther to the right than GRID_MAX_POINTS_X. + // Already a half circle at the edge of the bed. - if (is_bitmap_set(circle_flags, i, j) && is_bitmap_set(circle_flags, i + 1, j)) { // check if we can do a line to the left - if (!is_bitmap_set(horizontal_mesh_line_flags, i, j)) { - // Two circles need a horizontal line to connect them - sx = _GET_MESH_X( i ) + (INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS - (CROSSHAIRS_SIZE)); // right edge - ex = _GET_MESH_X(i + 1) - (INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS - (CROSSHAIRS_SIZE)); // left edge + if (circle_flags.marked(i, j) && circle_flags.marked(i + 1, j)) { // Test whether a leftward line can be done + if (!horizontal_mesh_line_flags.marked(i, j)) { + // Two circles need a horizontal line to connect them + s.x = _GET_MESH_X( i ) + (INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS - (CROSSHAIRS_SIZE)); // right edge + e.x = _GET_MESH_X(i + 1) - (INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS - (CROSSHAIRS_SIZE)); // left edge - LIMIT(sx, X_MIN_POS + 1, X_MAX_POS - 1); - sy = ey = constrain(_GET_MESH_Y(j), Y_MIN_POS + 1, Y_MAX_POS - 1); - LIMIT(ex, X_MIN_POS + 1, X_MAX_POS - 1); + LIMIT(s.x, X_MIN_POS + 1, X_MAX_POS - 1); + s.y = e.y = constrain(_GET_MESH_Y(j), Y_MIN_POS + 1, Y_MAX_POS - 1); + LIMIT(e.x, X_MIN_POS + 1, X_MAX_POS - 1); - if (position_is_reachable(sx, sy) && position_is_reachable(ex, ey)) - print_line_from_here_to_there(sx, sy, g26_layer_height, ex, ey, g26_layer_height); + if (position_is_reachable(s.x, s.y) && position_is_reachable(e.x, e.y)) + print_line_from_here_to_there(s, e); - bitmap_set(horizontal_mesh_line_flags, i, j); // Mark done, even if skipped - } + horizontal_mesh_line_flags.mark(i, j); // Mark done, even if skipped } + } - if (j < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) { // Can't connect to anything further back than GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y. + if (j < (GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y)) { // Can't connect to anything further back than GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y. // Already a half circle at the edge of the bed. - if (is_bitmap_set(circle_flags, i, j) && is_bitmap_set(circle_flags, i, j + 1)) { // check if we can do a line straight down - if (!is_bitmap_set( vertical_mesh_line_flags, i, j)) { - // Two circles that need a vertical line to connect them - sy = _GET_MESH_Y( j ) + (INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS - (CROSSHAIRS_SIZE)); // top edge - ey = _GET_MESH_Y(j + 1) - (INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS - (CROSSHAIRS_SIZE)); // bottom edge + if (circle_flags.marked(i, j) && circle_flags.marked(i, j + 1)) { // Test whether a downward line can be done + if (!vertical_mesh_line_flags.marked(i, j)) { + // Two circles that need a vertical line to connect them + s.y = _GET_MESH_Y( j ) + (INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS - (CROSSHAIRS_SIZE)); // top edge + e.y = _GET_MESH_Y(j + 1) - (INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS - (CROSSHAIRS_SIZE)); // bottom edge - sx = ex = constrain(_GET_MESH_X(i), X_MIN_POS + 1, X_MAX_POS - 1); - LIMIT(sy, Y_MIN_POS + 1, Y_MAX_POS - 1); - LIMIT(ey, Y_MIN_POS + 1, Y_MAX_POS - 1); + s.x = e.x = constrain(_GET_MESH_X(i), X_MIN_POS + 1, X_MAX_POS - 1); + LIMIT(s.y, Y_MIN_POS + 1, Y_MAX_POS - 1); + LIMIT(e.y, Y_MIN_POS + 1, Y_MAX_POS - 1); - if (position_is_reachable(sx, sy) && position_is_reachable(ex, ey)) - print_line_from_here_to_there(sx, sy, g26_layer_height, ex, ey, g26_layer_height); + if (position_is_reachable(s.x, s.y) && position_is_reachable(e.x, e.y)) + print_line_from_here_to_there(s, e); - bitmap_set(vertical_mesh_line_flags, i, j); // Mark done, even if skipped - } + vertical_mesh_line_flags.mark(i, j); // Mark done, even if skipped } } } @@ -377,7 +369,7 @@ inline bool turn_on_heaters() { if (g26_bed_temp > 25) { #if HAS_SPI_LCD - ui.set_status_P(PSTR(MSG_G26_HEATING_BED), 99); + ui.set_status_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_G26_HEATING_BED), 99); ui.quick_feedback(); #if HAS_LCD_MENU ui.capture(); @@ -398,7 +390,7 @@ inline bool turn_on_heaters() { // Start heating the active nozzle #if HAS_SPI_LCD - ui.set_status_P(PSTR(MSG_G26_HEATING_NOZZLE), 99); + ui.set_status_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_G26_HEATING_NOZZLE), 99); ui.quick_feedback(); #endif thermalManager.setTargetHotend(g26_hotend_temp, active_extruder); @@ -425,30 +417,32 @@ inline bool turn_on_heaters() { inline bool prime_nozzle() { const feedRate_t fr_slow_e = planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS] / 15.0f; - #if HAS_LCD_MENU + #if HAS_LCD_MENU && DISABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) // ui.button_pressed issue with touchscreen #if ENABLED(PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE) float Total_Prime = 0.0; #endif if (g26_prime_flag == -1) { // The user wants to control how much filament gets purged - ui.capture(); - ui.set_status_P(PSTR(MSG_G26_MANUAL_PRIME), 99); + ui.set_status_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_G26_MANUAL_PRIME), 99); ui.chirp(); - set_destination_from_current(); + destination = current_position; recover_filament(destination); // Make sure G26 doesn't think the filament is retracted(). while (!ui.button_pressed()) { ui.chirp(); - destination[E_AXIS] += 0.25; + destination.e += 0.25; #if ENABLED(PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE) Total_Prime += 0.25; - if (Total_Prime >= EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH) return G26_ERR; + if (Total_Prime >= EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH) { + ui.release(); + return G26_ERR; + } #endif prepare_internal_move_to_destination(fr_slow_e); - set_destination_from_current(); + destination = current_position; planner.synchronize(); // Without this synchronize, the purge is more consistent, // but because the planner has a buffer, we won't be able // to stop as quickly. So we put up with the less smooth @@ -457,7 +451,7 @@ inline bool prime_nozzle() { ui.wait_for_release(); - ui.set_status_P(PSTR(MSG_G26_PRIME_DONE), 99); + ui.set_status_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_G26_PRIME_DONE), 99); ui.quick_feedback(); ui.release(); } @@ -465,13 +459,13 @@ inline bool prime_nozzle() { #endif { #if HAS_SPI_LCD - ui.set_status_P(PSTR(MSG_G26_FIXED_LENGTH), 99); + ui.set_status_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_G26_FIXED_LENGTH), 99); ui.quick_feedback(); #endif - set_destination_from_current(); - destination[E_AXIS] += g26_prime_length; + destination = current_position; + destination.e += g26_prime_length; prepare_internal_move_to_destination(fr_slow_e); - set_destination_from_current(); + destination.e -= g26_prime_length; retract_filament(destination); } @@ -514,7 +508,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G26() { if (parser.seenval('T')) tool_change(parser.value_int()); g26_extrusion_multiplier = EXTRUSION_MULTIPLIER; - g26_retraction_multiplier = RETRACTION_MULTIPLIER; + g26_retraction_multiplier = G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER; g26_layer_height = MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT; g26_prime_length = PRIME_LENGTH; g26_bed_temp = MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP; @@ -630,9 +624,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::G26() { return; } - g26_x_pos = parser.seenval('X') ? RAW_X_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : current_position[X_AXIS]; - g26_y_pos = parser.seenval('Y') ? RAW_Y_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : current_position[Y_AXIS]; - if (!position_is_reachable(g26_x_pos, g26_y_pos)) { + g26_xy_pos.set(parser.seenval('X') ? RAW_X_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : current_position.x, + parser.seenval('Y') ? RAW_Y_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : current_position.y); + if (!position_is_reachable(g26_xy_pos)) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?Specified X,Y coordinate out of bounds."); return; } @@ -642,10 +636,8 @@ void GcodeSuite::G26() { */ set_bed_leveling_enabled(!parser.seen('D')); - if (current_position[Z_AXIS] < Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES) { + if (current_position.z < Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES) do_blocking_move_to_z(Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES); - set_current_from_destination(); - } #if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) bool volumetric_was_enabled = parser.volumetric_enabled; @@ -655,7 +647,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G26() { if (turn_on_heaters() != G26_OK) goto LEAVE; - current_position[E_AXIS] = 0.0; + current_position.e = 0.0; sync_plan_position_e(); if (g26_prime_flag && prime_nozzle() != G26_OK) goto LEAVE; @@ -670,13 +662,13 @@ void GcodeSuite::G26() { * It's "Show Time" !!! */ - ZERO(circle_flags); - ZERO(horizontal_mesh_line_flags); - ZERO(vertical_mesh_line_flags); + circle_flags.reset(); + horizontal_mesh_line_flags.reset(); + vertical_mesh_line_flags.reset(); // Move nozzle to the specified height for the first layer - set_destination_from_current(); - destination[Z_AXIS] = g26_layer_height; + destination = current_position; + destination.z = g26_layer_height; move_to(destination, 0.0); move_to(destination, g26_ooze_amount); @@ -699,78 +691,75 @@ void GcodeSuite::G26() { #error "A_CNT must be a positive value. Please change A_INT." #endif float trig_table[A_CNT]; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < A_CNT; i++) + LOOP_L_N(i, A_CNT) trig_table[i] = INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS * cos(RADIANS(i * A_INT)); #endif // !ARC_SUPPORT mesh_index_pair location; do { - location = g26_continue_with_closest - ? find_closest_circle_to_print(current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS]) - : find_closest_circle_to_print(g26_x_pos, g26_y_pos); // Find the closest Mesh Intersection to where we are now. + // Find the nearest confluence + location = find_closest_circle_to_print(g26_continue_with_closest ? xy_pos_t(current_position) : g26_xy_pos); - if (location.x_index >= 0 && location.y_index >= 0) { - const float circle_x = _GET_MESH_X(location.x_index), - circle_y = _GET_MESH_Y(location.y_index); + if (location.valid()) { + const xy_pos_t circle = _GET_MESH_POS(location.pos); - // If this mesh location is outside the printable_radius, skip it. - if (!position_is_reachable(circle_x, circle_y)) continue; + // If this mesh location is outside the printable radius, skip it. + if (!position_is_reachable(circle)) continue; // Determine where to start and end the circle, // which is always drawn counter-clockwise. - const uint8_t xi = location.x_index, yi = location.y_index; - const bool f = yi == 0, r = xi >= GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - 1, b = yi >= GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1; + const xy_int8_t st = location; + const bool f = st.y == 0, + r = st.x >= GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - 1, + b = st.y >= GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1; #if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) #define ARC_LENGTH(quarters) (INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS * M_PI * (quarters) / 2) #define INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_DIAM ((INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS) * 2) - float sx = circle_x + INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS, // default to full circle - ex = circle_x + INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS, - sy = circle_y, ey = circle_y, - arc_length = ARC_LENGTH(4); + + xy_float_t e = { circle.x + INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS, circle.y }; + xyz_float_t s = e; // Figure out where to start and end the arc - we always print counterclockwise - if (xi == 0) { // left edge - if (!f) { sx = circle_x; sy -= INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS; } - if (!b) { ex = circle_x; ey += INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS; } + float arc_length = ARC_LENGTH(4); + if (st.x == 0) { // left edge + if (!f) { s.x = circle.x; s.y -= INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS; } + if (!b) { e.x = circle.x; e.y += INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS; } arc_length = (f || b) ? ARC_LENGTH(1) : ARC_LENGTH(2); } else if (r) { // right edge - sx = b ? circle_x - (INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS) : circle_x; - ex = f ? circle_x - (INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS) : circle_x; - sy = b ? circle_y : circle_y + INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS; - ey = f ? circle_y : circle_y - (INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS); + if (b) s.set(circle.x - (INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS), circle.y); + else s.set(circle.x, circle.y + INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS); + if (f) e.set(circle.x - (INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS), circle.y); + else e.set(circle.x, circle.y - (INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_RADIUS)); arc_length = (f || b) ? ARC_LENGTH(1) : ARC_LENGTH(2); } else if (f) { - ex -= INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_DIAM; + e.x -= INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_DIAM; arc_length = ARC_LENGTH(2); } else if (b) { - sx -= INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_DIAM; + s.x -= INTERSECTION_CIRCLE_DIAM; arc_length = ARC_LENGTH(2); } - const float arc_offset[2] = { circle_x - sx, circle_y - sy }, - dx_s = current_position[X_AXIS] - sx, // find our distance from the start of the actual circle - dy_s = current_position[Y_AXIS] - sy, - dist_start = HYPOT2(dx_s, dy_s), - endpoint[XYZE] = { - ex, ey, - g26_layer_height, - current_position[E_AXIS] + (arc_length * g26_e_axis_feedrate * g26_extrusion_multiplier) - }; + const ab_float_t arc_offset = circle - s; + const xy_float_t dist = current_position - s; // Distance from the start of the actual circle + const float dist_start = HYPOT2(dist.x, dist.y); + const xyze_pos_t endpoint = { + e.x, e.y, g26_layer_height, + current_position.e + (arc_length * g26_e_axis_feedrate * g26_extrusion_multiplier) + }; if (dist_start > 2.0) { - retract_filament(destination); - //todo: parameterize the bump height with a define - move_to(current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS] + 0.500, 0.0); // Z bump to minimize scraping - move_to(sx, sy, g26_layer_height + 0.500, 0.0); // Get to the starting point with no extrusion while bumped + s.z = g26_layer_height + 0.5f; + retract_lift_move(s); } - move_to(sx, sy, g26_layer_height, 0.0); // Get to the starting point with no extrusion / un-Z bump + s.z = g26_layer_height; + move_to(s, 0.0); // Get to the starting point with no extrusion / un-Z lift recover_filament(destination); @@ -778,7 +767,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G26() { feedrate_mm_s = PLANNER_XY_FEEDRATE() * 0.1f; plan_arc(endpoint, arc_offset, false); // Draw a counter-clockwise arc feedrate_mm_s = old_feedrate; - set_destination_from_current(); + destination = current_position; #if HAS_LCD_MENU if (user_canceled()) goto LEAVE; // Check if the user wants to stop the Mesh Validation @@ -787,7 +776,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G26() { #else // !ARC_SUPPORT int8_t start_ind = -2, end_ind = 9; // Assume a full circle (from 5:00 to 5:00) - if (xi == 0) { // Left edge? Just right half. + if (st.x == 0) { // Left edge? Just right half. start_ind = f ? 0 : -3; // 03:00 to 12:00 for front-left end_ind = b ? 0 : 2; // 06:00 to 03:00 for back-left } @@ -810,23 +799,21 @@ void GcodeSuite::G26() { if (user_canceled()) goto LEAVE; // Check if the user wants to stop the Mesh Validation #endif - float rx = circle_x + _COS(ind), // For speed, these are now a lookup table entry - ry = circle_y + _SIN(ind), - xe = circle_x + _COS(ind + 1), - ye = circle_y + _SIN(ind + 1); + xyz_float_t p = { circle.x + _COS(ind ), circle.y + _SIN(ind ), g26_layer_height }, + q = { circle.x + _COS(ind + 1), circle.y + _SIN(ind + 1), g26_layer_height }; #if IS_KINEMATIC // Check to make sure this segment is entirely on the bed, skip if not. - if (!position_is_reachable(rx, ry) || !position_is_reachable(xe, ye)) continue; - #else // not, we need to skip - LIMIT(rx, X_MIN_POS + 1, X_MAX_POS - 1); // This keeps us from bumping the endstops - LIMIT(ry, Y_MIN_POS + 1, Y_MAX_POS - 1); - LIMIT(xe, X_MIN_POS + 1, X_MAX_POS - 1); - LIMIT(ye, Y_MIN_POS + 1, Y_MAX_POS - 1); + if (!position_is_reachable(p) || !position_is_reachable(q)) continue; + #else + LIMIT(p.x, X_MIN_POS + 1, X_MAX_POS - 1); // Prevent hitting the endstops + LIMIT(p.y, Y_MIN_POS + 1, Y_MAX_POS - 1); + LIMIT(q.x, X_MIN_POS + 1, X_MAX_POS - 1); + LIMIT(q.y, Y_MIN_POS + 1, Y_MAX_POS - 1); #endif - print_line_from_here_to_there(rx, ry, g26_layer_height, xe, ye, g26_layer_height); - SERIAL_FLUSH(); // Prevent host M105 buffer overrun. + print_line_from_here_to_there(p, q); + SERIAL_FLUSH(); // Prevent host M105 buffer overrun. } #endif // !ARC_SUPPORT @@ -836,20 +823,16 @@ void GcodeSuite::G26() { SERIAL_FLUSH(); // Prevent host M105 buffer overrun. - } while (--g26_repeats && location.x_index >= 0 && location.y_index >= 0); + } while (--g26_repeats && location.valid()); LEAVE: - ui.set_status_P(PSTR(MSG_G26_LEAVING), -1); + ui.set_status_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_G26_LEAVING), -1); retract_filament(destination); - destination[Z_AXIS] = Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES; - - move_to(destination, 0); // Raise the nozzle - - destination[X_AXIS] = g26_x_pos; // Move back to the starting position - destination[Y_AXIS] = g26_y_pos; - //destination[Z_AXIS] = Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES; // Keep the nozzle where it is + destination.z = Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES; + move_to(destination, 0); // Raise the nozzle + destination = g26_xy_pos; // Move back to the starting XY position move_to(destination, 0); // Move back to the starting position #if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G42.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G42.cpp index 55bc82317c..139bd1bb66 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G42.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G42.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,8 +25,9 @@ #if HAS_MESH #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for IsRunning() +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for IsRunning() #include "../../module/motion.h" +#include "../../module/probe.h" // for probe.offset #include "../../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" /** @@ -40,24 +41,25 @@ void GcodeSuite::G42() { const int8_t iy = hasJ ? parser.value_int() : 0; if ((hasI && !WITHIN(ix, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - 1)) || (hasJ && !WITHIN(iy, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1))) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_ERR_MESH_XY); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_ERR_MESH_XY); return; } - set_destination_from_current(); + // Move to current_position, as modified by I, J, P parameters + destination = current_position; - if (hasI) destination[X_AXIS] = _GET_MESH_X(ix); - if (hasJ) destination[Y_AXIS] = _GET_MESH_Y(iy); + if (hasI) destination.x = _GET_MESH_X(ix); + if (hasJ) destination.y = _GET_MESH_Y(iy); - #if HAS_BED_PROBE + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET if (parser.boolval('P')) { - if (hasI) destination[X_AXIS] -= probe_offset[X_AXIS]; - if (hasJ) destination[Y_AXIS] -= probe_offset[Y_AXIS]; + if (hasI) destination.x -= probe.offset_xy.x; + if (hasJ) destination.y -= probe.offset_xy.y; } #endif const feedRate_t fval = parser.linearval('F'), - fr_mm_s = fval > 0 ? MMM_TO_MMS(fval) : 0.0f; + fr_mm_s = MMM_TO_MMS(fval > 0 ? fval : 0.0f); // SCARA kinematic has "safe" XY raw moves #if IS_SCARA diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/M420.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/M420.cpp index d3d94a99cc..d042ace8da 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/M420.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/M420.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -27,13 +27,14 @@ #include "../gcode.h" #include "../../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" #include "../../module/planner.h" +#include "../../module/probe.h" #if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) #include "../../module/configuration_store.h" #endif #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #include "../../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" + #include "../../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" #endif //#define M420_C_USE_MEAN @@ -63,21 +64,19 @@ void GcodeSuite::M420() { #if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) if (parser.intval('S') == 2) { + const float x_min = probe.min_x(), x_max = probe.max_x(), + y_min = probe.min_y(), y_max = probe.max_y(); #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - const float x_min = probe_min_x(), x_max = probe_max_x(), - y_min = probe_min_y(), y_max = probe_max_y(); - bilinear_start[X_AXIS] = x_min; - bilinear_start[Y_AXIS] = y_min; - bilinear_grid_spacing[X_AXIS] = (x_max - x_min) / (GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - 1); - bilinear_grid_spacing[Y_AXIS] = (y_max - y_min) / (GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1); + bilinear_start.set(x_min, y_min); + bilinear_grid_spacing.set((x_max - x_min) / (GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - 1), + (y_max - y_min) / (GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1)); #endif - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; x++) - for (uint8_t y = 0; y < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; y++) { - Z_VALUES(x, y) = 0.001 * random(-200, 200); - #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(x, y, Z_VALUES(x, y)); - #endif - } + GRID_LOOP(x, y) { + Z_VALUES(x, y) = 0.001 * random(-200, 200); + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(x, y, Z_VALUES(x, y)); + #endif + } SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Simulated " STRINGIFY(GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) "x" STRINGIFY(GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) " mesh "); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", x_min); SERIAL_CHAR(','); SERIAL_ECHO(y_min); @@ -91,7 +90,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M420() { // (Don't disable for just M420 or M420 V) if (seen_S && !to_enable) set_bed_leveling_enabled(false); - const float oldpos[] = { current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS] }; + xyz_pos_t oldpos = current_position; #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) @@ -235,7 +234,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M420() { // Error if leveling failed to enable or reenable if (to_enable && !planner.leveling_active) - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_M420_FAILED); + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_ERR_M420_FAILED); SERIAL_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Bed Leveling "); @@ -247,11 +246,11 @@ void GcodeSuite::M420() { if (planner.z_fade_height > 0.0) SERIAL_ECHOLN(planner.z_fade_height); else - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_OFF); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_OFF); #endif // Report change in position - if (memcmp(oldpos, current_position, sizeof(oldpos))) + if (oldpos != current_position) report_current_position(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/abl/G29.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/abl/G29.cpp index 45eec2805d..de69545983 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/abl/G29.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/abl/G29.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -36,6 +36,11 @@ #include "../../../module/probe.h" #include "../../queue.h" +#if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + #include "../../../feature/probe_temp_comp.h" + #include "../../../module/temperature.h" +#endif + #if HAS_DISPLAY #include "../../../lcd/ultralcd.h" #endif @@ -52,7 +57,7 @@ #include "../../../core/debug_out.h" #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #include "../../../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" + #include "../../../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" #endif #if HOTENDS > 1 @@ -61,15 +66,15 @@ #if ABL_GRID #if ENABLED(PROBE_Y_FIRST) - #define PR_OUTER_VAR xCount - #define PR_OUTER_END abl_grid_points_x - #define PR_INNER_VAR yCount - #define PR_INNER_END abl_grid_points_y + #define PR_OUTER_VAR meshCount.x + #define PR_OUTER_END abl_grid_points.x + #define PR_INNER_VAR meshCount.y + #define PR_INNER_END abl_grid_points.y #else - #define PR_OUTER_VAR yCount - #define PR_OUTER_END abl_grid_points_y - #define PR_INNER_VAR xCount - #define PR_INNER_END abl_grid_points_x + #define PR_OUTER_VAR meshCount.y + #define PR_OUTER_END abl_grid_points.y + #define PR_INNER_VAR meshCount.x + #define PR_INNER_END abl_grid_points.x #endif #endif @@ -210,7 +215,8 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { #endif ABL_VAR int verbose_level; - ABL_VAR float xProbe, yProbe, measured_z; + ABL_VAR xy_pos_t probePos; + ABL_VAR float measured_z; ABL_VAR bool dryrun, abl_should_enable; #if EITHER(PROBE_MANUALLY, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) @@ -224,20 +230,17 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { #if ABL_GRID #if ENABLED(PROBE_MANUALLY) - ABL_VAR uint8_t PR_OUTER_VAR; - ABL_VAR int8_t PR_INNER_VAR; + ABL_VAR xy_int8_t meshCount; #endif - ABL_VAR int left_probe_bed_position, right_probe_bed_position, front_probe_bed_position, back_probe_bed_position; - ABL_VAR float xGridSpacing = 0, yGridSpacing = 0; + ABL_VAR xy_pos_t probe_position_lf, probe_position_rb; + ABL_VAR xy_float_t gridSpacing = { 0, 0 }; #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) - ABL_VAR uint8_t abl_grid_points_x = GRID_MAX_POINTS_X, - abl_grid_points_y = GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; ABL_VAR bool do_topography_map; + ABL_VAR xy_uint8_t abl_grid_points; #else // Bilinear - uint8_t constexpr abl_grid_points_x = GRID_MAX_POINTS_X, - abl_grid_points_y = GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; + constexpr xy_uint8_t abl_grid_points = { GRID_MAX_POINTS_X, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y }; #endif #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) @@ -265,20 +268,8 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { int constexpr abl_points = 3; // used to show total points #endif - // Probe at 3 arbitrary points - const float x_min = probe_min_x(), x_max = probe_max_x(), y_min = probe_min_y(), y_max = probe_max_y(); - - ABL_VAR vector_3 points[3] = { - #if ENABLED(HAS_FIXED_3POINT) - vector_3(PROBE_PT_1_X, PROBE_PT_1_Y, 0), - vector_3(PROBE_PT_2_X, PROBE_PT_2_Y, 0), - vector_3(PROBE_PT_3_X, PROBE_PT_3_Y, 0) - #else - vector_3(x_min, y_min, 0), - vector_3(x_max, y_min, 0), - vector_3((x_max - x_min) / 2, y_max, 0) - #endif - }; + vector_3 points[3]; + probe.get_three_points(points); #endif // AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT @@ -311,7 +302,7 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { G29_RETURN(false); } - const float rz = parser.seenval('Z') ? RAW_Z_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : current_position[Z_AXIS]; + const float rz = parser.seenval('Z') ? RAW_Z_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : current_position.z; if (!WITHIN(rz, -10, 10)) { SERIAL_ERROR_MSG("Bad Z value"); G29_RETURN(false); @@ -323,8 +314,8 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { if (!isnan(rx) && !isnan(ry)) { // Get nearest i / j from rx / ry - i = (rx - bilinear_start[X_AXIS] + 0.5 * xGridSpacing) / xGridSpacing; - j = (ry - bilinear_start[Y_AXIS] + 0.5 * yGridSpacing) / yGridSpacing; + i = (rx - bilinear_start.x + 0.5 * gridSpacing.x) / gridSpacing.x; + j = (ry - bilinear_start.y + 0.5 * gridSpacing.y) / gridSpacing.y; LIMIT(i, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - 1); LIMIT(j, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1); } @@ -373,20 +364,22 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { // X and Y specify points in each direction, overriding the default // These values may be saved with the completed mesh - abl_grid_points_x = parser.intval('X', GRID_MAX_POINTS_X); - abl_grid_points_y = parser.intval('Y', GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y); - if (parser.seenval('P')) abl_grid_points_x = abl_grid_points_y = parser.value_int(); + abl_grid_points.set( + parser.byteval('X', GRID_MAX_POINTS_X), + parser.byteval('Y', GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) + ); + if (parser.seenval('P')) abl_grid_points.x = abl_grid_points.y = parser.value_int(); - if (!WITHIN(abl_grid_points_x, 2, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X)) { + if (!WITHIN(abl_grid_points.x, 2, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X)) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?Probe points (X) implausible (2-" STRINGIFY(GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) ")."); G29_RETURN(false); } - if (!WITHIN(abl_grid_points_y, 2, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y)) { + if (!WITHIN(abl_grid_points.y, 2, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y)) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?Probe points (Y) implausible (2-" STRINGIFY(GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) ")."); G29_RETURN(false); } - abl_points = abl_grid_points_x * abl_grid_points_y; + abl_points = abl_grid_points.x * abl_grid_points.y; mean = 0; #elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) @@ -399,41 +392,39 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { xy_probe_feedrate_mm_s = MMM_TO_MMS(parser.linearval('S', XY_PROBE_SPEED)); - const float x_min = probe_min_x(), x_max = probe_max_x(), - y_min = probe_min_y(), y_max = probe_max_y(); + const float x_min = probe.min_x(), x_max = probe.max_x(), + y_min = probe.min_y(), y_max = probe.max_y(); if (parser.seen('H')) { const int16_t size = (int16_t)parser.value_linear_units(); - left_probe_bed_position = _MAX(X_CENTER - size / 2, x_min); - right_probe_bed_position = _MIN(left_probe_bed_position + size, x_max); - front_probe_bed_position = _MAX(Y_CENTER - size / 2, y_min); - back_probe_bed_position = _MIN(front_probe_bed_position + size, y_max); + probe_position_lf.set( + _MAX(X_CENTER - size / 2, x_min), + _MAX(Y_CENTER - size / 2, y_min) + ); + probe_position_rb.set( + _MIN(probe_position_lf.x + size, x_max), + _MIN(probe_position_lf.y + size, y_max) + ); } else { - left_probe_bed_position = parser.seenval('L') ? (int)RAW_X_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : _MAX(X_CENTER - X_BED_SIZE / 2, x_min); - right_probe_bed_position = parser.seenval('R') ? (int)RAW_X_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : _MIN(left_probe_bed_position + X_BED_SIZE, x_max); - front_probe_bed_position = parser.seenval('F') ? (int)RAW_Y_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : _MAX(Y_CENTER - Y_BED_SIZE / 2, y_min); - back_probe_bed_position = parser.seenval('B') ? (int)RAW_Y_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : _MIN(front_probe_bed_position + Y_BED_SIZE, y_max); + probe_position_lf.set( + parser.seenval('L') ? RAW_X_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : x_min, + parser.seenval('F') ? RAW_Y_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : y_min + ); + probe_position_rb.set( + parser.seenval('R') ? RAW_X_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : x_max, + parser.seenval('B') ? RAW_Y_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : y_max + ); } - if ( - #if IS_SCARA || ENABLED(DELTA) - !position_is_reachable_by_probe(left_probe_bed_position, 0) - || !position_is_reachable_by_probe(right_probe_bed_position, 0) - || !position_is_reachable_by_probe(0, front_probe_bed_position) - || !position_is_reachable_by_probe(0, back_probe_bed_position) - #else - !position_is_reachable_by_probe(left_probe_bed_position, front_probe_bed_position) - || !position_is_reachable_by_probe(right_probe_bed_position, back_probe_bed_position) - #endif - ) { + if (!probe.good_bounds(probe_position_lf, probe_position_rb)) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("? (L,R,F,B) out of bounds."); G29_RETURN(false); } // probe at the points of a lattice grid - xGridSpacing = (right_probe_bed_position - left_probe_bed_position) / (abl_grid_points_x - 1); - yGridSpacing = (back_probe_bed_position - front_probe_bed_position) / (abl_grid_points_y - 1); + gridSpacing.set((probe_position_rb.x - probe_position_lf.x) / (abl_grid_points.x - 1), + (probe_position_rb.y - probe_position_lf.y) / (abl_grid_points.y - 1)); #endif // ABL_GRID @@ -451,7 +442,7 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { #if HAS_BED_PROBE // Deploy the probe. Probe will raise if needed. - if (DEPLOY_PROBE()) { + if (probe.deploy()) { set_bed_leveling_enabled(abl_should_enable); G29_RETURN(false); } @@ -464,19 +455,13 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { #if ENABLED(PROBE_MANUALLY) if (!no_action) #endif - if ( xGridSpacing != bilinear_grid_spacing[X_AXIS] - || yGridSpacing != bilinear_grid_spacing[Y_AXIS] - || left_probe_bed_position != bilinear_start[X_AXIS] - || front_probe_bed_position != bilinear_start[Y_AXIS] - ) { + if (gridSpacing != bilinear_grid_spacing || probe_position_lf != bilinear_start) { // Reset grid to 0.0 or "not probed". (Also disables ABL) reset_bed_level(); // Initialize a grid with the given dimensions - bilinear_grid_spacing[X_AXIS] = xGridSpacing; - bilinear_grid_spacing[Y_AXIS] = yGridSpacing; - bilinear_start[X_AXIS] = left_probe_bed_position; - bilinear_start[Y_AXIS] = front_probe_bed_position; + bilinear_grid_spacing = gridSpacing; + bilinear_start = probe_position_lf; // Can't re-enable (on error) until the new grid is written abl_should_enable = false; @@ -513,7 +498,7 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { set_bed_leveling_enabled(abl_should_enable); g29_in_progress = false; #if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - ui.wait_for_bl_move = false; + ui.wait_for_move = false; #endif } @@ -546,17 +531,17 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { // For G29 after adjusting Z. // Save the previous Z before going to the next point - measured_z = current_position[Z_AXIS]; + measured_z = current_position.z; #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) mean += measured_z; eqnBVector[index] = measured_z; - eqnAMatrix[index + 0 * abl_points] = xProbe; - eqnAMatrix[index + 1 * abl_points] = yProbe; + eqnAMatrix[index + 0 * abl_points] = probePos.x; + eqnAMatrix[index + 1 * abl_points] = probePos.y; eqnAMatrix[index + 2 * abl_points] = 1; - incremental_LSF(&lsf_results, xProbe, yProbe, measured_z); + incremental_LSF(&lsf_results, probePos, measured_z); #elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) @@ -564,12 +549,13 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { #elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - z_values[xCount][yCount] = measured_z + zoffset; + const float newz = measured_z + zoffset; + z_values[meshCount.x][meshCount.y] = newz; #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(xCount, yCount, z_values[xCount][yCount]); + ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(meshCount, newz); #endif - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Save X", xCount, " Y", yCount, " Z", measured_z + zoffset); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_P(PSTR("Save X"), meshCount.x, SP_Y_STR, meshCount.y, SP_Z_STR, measured_z + zoffset); #endif } @@ -583,7 +569,7 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { // Skip any unreachable points while (abl_probe_index < abl_points) { - // Set xCount, yCount based on abl_probe_index, with zig-zag + // Set meshCount.x, meshCount.y based on abl_probe_index, with zig-zag PR_OUTER_VAR = abl_probe_index / PR_INNER_END; PR_INNER_VAR = abl_probe_index - (PR_OUTER_VAR * PR_INNER_END); @@ -592,24 +578,20 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { if (zig) PR_INNER_VAR = (PR_INNER_END - 1) - PR_INNER_VAR; - const float xBase = xCount * xGridSpacing + left_probe_bed_position, - yBase = yCount * yGridSpacing + front_probe_bed_position; - - xProbe = FLOOR(xBase + (xBase < 0 ? 0 : 0.5)); - yProbe = FLOOR(yBase + (yBase < 0 ? 0 : 0.5)); + probePos = probe_position_lf + gridSpacing * meshCount.asFloat(); #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) - indexIntoAB[xCount][yCount] = abl_probe_index; + indexIntoAB[meshCount.x][meshCount.y] = abl_probe_index; #endif // Keep looping till a reachable point is found - if (position_is_reachable(xProbe, yProbe)) break; + if (position_is_reachable(probePos)) break; ++abl_probe_index; } // Is there a next point to move to? if (abl_probe_index < abl_points) { - _manual_goto_xy(xProbe, yProbe); // Can be used here too! + _manual_goto_xy(probePos); // Can be used here too! #if HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS // Disable software endstops to allow manual adjustment // If G29 is not completed, they will not be re-enabled @@ -633,9 +615,8 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { // Probe at 3 arbitrary points if (abl_probe_index < abl_points) { - xProbe = points[abl_probe_index].x; - yProbe = points[abl_probe_index].y; - _manual_goto_xy(xProbe, yProbe); + probePos = points[abl_probe_index]; + _manual_goto_xy(probePos); #if HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS // Disable software endstops to allow manual adjustment // If G29 is not completed, they will not be re-enabled @@ -654,11 +635,7 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { if (!dryrun) { vector_3 planeNormal = vector_3::cross(points[0] - points[1], points[2] - points[1]).get_normal(); - if (planeNormal.z < 0) { - planeNormal.x *= -1; - planeNormal.y *= -1; - planeNormal.z *= -1; - } + if (planeNormal.z < 0) planeNormal *= -1; planner.bed_level_matrix = matrix_3x3::create_look_at(planeNormal); // Can't re-enable (on error) until the new grid is written @@ -681,20 +658,23 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { measured_z = 0; + xy_int8_t meshCount; + + // Outer loop is X with PROBE_Y_FIRST enabled // Outer loop is Y with PROBE_Y_FIRST disabled - for (uint8_t PR_OUTER_VAR = 0; PR_OUTER_VAR < PR_OUTER_END && !isnan(measured_z); PR_OUTER_VAR++) { + for (PR_OUTER_VAR = 0; PR_OUTER_VAR < PR_OUTER_END && !isnan(measured_z); PR_OUTER_VAR++) { int8_t inStart, inStop, inInc; - if (zig) { // away from origin - inStart = 0; - inStop = PR_INNER_END; - inInc = 1; + if (zig) { // Zig away from origin + inStart = 0; // Left or front + inStop = PR_INNER_END; // Right or back + inInc = 1; // Zig right } - else { // towards origin - inStart = PR_INNER_END - 1; - inStop = -1; - inInc = -1; + else { // Zag towards origin + inStart = PR_INNER_END - 1; // Right or back + inStop = -1; // Left or front + inInc = -1; // Zag left } zig ^= true; // zag @@ -703,50 +683,55 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { uint8_t pt_index = (PR_OUTER_VAR) * (PR_INNER_END) + 1; // Inner loop is Y with PROBE_Y_FIRST enabled - for (int8_t PR_INNER_VAR = inStart; PR_INNER_VAR != inStop; pt_index++, PR_INNER_VAR += inInc) { + // Inner loop is X with PROBE_Y_FIRST disabled + for (PR_INNER_VAR = inStart; PR_INNER_VAR != inStop; pt_index++, PR_INNER_VAR += inInc) { - const float xBase = left_probe_bed_position + xGridSpacing * xCount, - yBase = front_probe_bed_position + yGridSpacing * yCount; - - xProbe = FLOOR(xBase + (xBase < 0 ? 0 : 0.5)); - yProbe = FLOOR(yBase + (yBase < 0 ? 0 : 0.5)); + probePos = probe_position_lf + gridSpacing * meshCount.asFloat(); #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) - indexIntoAB[xCount][yCount] = ++abl_probe_index; // 0... + indexIntoAB[meshCount.x][meshCount.y] = ++abl_probe_index; // 0... #endif #if IS_KINEMATIC // Avoid probing outside the round or hexagonal area - if (!position_is_reachable_by_probe(xProbe, yProbe)) continue; + if (!probe.can_reach(probePos)) continue; #endif if (verbose_level) SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Probing mesh point ", int(pt_index), "/", int(GRID_MAX_POINTS), "."); #if HAS_DISPLAY - ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(S_FMT " %i/%i"), PSTR(MSG_PROBING_MESH), int(pt_index), int(GRID_MAX_POINTS)); + ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(S_FMT " %i/%i"), GET_TEXT(MSG_PROBING_MESH), int(pt_index), int(GRID_MAX_POINTS)); #endif - measured_z = faux ? 0.001 * random(-100, 101) : probe_at_point(xProbe, yProbe, raise_after, verbose_level); + measured_z = faux ? 0.001f * random(-100, 101) : probe.probe_at_point(probePos, raise_after, verbose_level); if (isnan(measured_z)) { set_bed_leveling_enabled(abl_should_enable); break; // Breaks out of both loops } + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + temp_comp.compensate_measurement(TSI_BED, thermalManager.degBed(), measured_z); + temp_comp.compensate_measurement(TSI_PROBE, thermalManager.degProbe(), measured_z); + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + temp_comp.compensate_measurement(TSI_EXT, thermalManager.degHotend(), measured_z); + #endif + #endif + #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) mean += measured_z; eqnBVector[abl_probe_index] = measured_z; - eqnAMatrix[abl_probe_index + 0 * abl_points] = xProbe; - eqnAMatrix[abl_probe_index + 1 * abl_points] = yProbe; + eqnAMatrix[abl_probe_index + 0 * abl_points] = probePos.x; + eqnAMatrix[abl_probe_index + 1 * abl_points] = probePos.y; eqnAMatrix[abl_probe_index + 2 * abl_points] = 1; - incremental_LSF(&lsf_results, xProbe, yProbe, measured_z); + incremental_LSF(&lsf_results, probePos, measured_z); #elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - z_values[xCount][yCount] = measured_z + zoffset; + z_values[meshCount.x][meshCount.y] = measured_z + zoffset; #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(xCount, yCount, z_values[xCount][yCount]); + ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(meshCount, z_values[meshCount.x][meshCount.y]); #endif #endif @@ -761,16 +746,15 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { // Probe at 3 arbitrary points - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 3; ++i) { + LOOP_L_N(i, 3) { if (verbose_level) SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Probing point ", int(i), "/3."); #if HAS_DISPLAY - ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(MSG_PROBING_MESH " %i/3"), int(i)); + ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(S_FMT " %i/3"), GET_TEXT(MSG_PROBING_MESH), int(i)); #endif // Retain the last probe position - xProbe = points[i].x; - yProbe = points[i].y; - measured_z = faux ? 0.001 * random(-100, 101) : probe_at_point(xProbe, yProbe, raise_after, verbose_level); + probePos = points[i]; + measured_z = faux ? 0.001 * random(-100, 101) : probe.probe_at_point(probePos, raise_after, verbose_level); if (isnan(measured_z)) { set_bed_leveling_enabled(abl_should_enable); break; @@ -794,7 +778,7 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { #endif // Stow the probe. No raise for FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE. - if (STOW_PROBE()) { + if (probe.stow()) { set_bed_leveling_enabled(abl_should_enable); measured_z = NAN; } @@ -816,7 +800,7 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { #if ENABLED(PROBE_MANUALLY) g29_in_progress = false; #if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - ui.wait_for_bl_move = false; + ui.wait_for_move = false; #endif #endif @@ -845,19 +829,19 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { * plane equation in the standard form, which is Vx*x+Vy*y+Vz*z+d = 0 * so Vx = -a Vy = -b Vz = 1 (we want the vector facing towards positive Z */ - float plane_equation_coefficients[3]; + struct { float a, b, d; } plane_equation_coefficients; finish_incremental_LSF(&lsf_results); - plane_equation_coefficients[0] = -lsf_results.A; // We should be able to eliminate the '-' on these three lines and down below - plane_equation_coefficients[1] = -lsf_results.B; // but that is not yet tested. - plane_equation_coefficients[2] = -lsf_results.D; + plane_equation_coefficients.a = -lsf_results.A; // We should be able to eliminate the '-' on these three lines and down below + plane_equation_coefficients.b = -lsf_results.B; // but that is not yet tested. + plane_equation_coefficients.d = -lsf_results.D; mean /= abl_points; if (verbose_level) { - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F("Eqn coefficients: a: ", plane_equation_coefficients[0], 8); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(" b: ", plane_equation_coefficients[1], 8); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(" d: ", plane_equation_coefficients[2], 8); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F("Eqn coefficients: a: ", plane_equation_coefficients.a, 8); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(" b: ", plane_equation_coefficients.b, 8); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(" d: ", plane_equation_coefficients.d, 8); if (verbose_level > 2) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F("\nMean of sampled points: ", mean, 8); SERIAL_EOL(); @@ -866,13 +850,34 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { // Create the matrix but don't correct the position yet if (!dryrun) planner.bed_level_matrix = matrix_3x3::create_look_at( - vector_3(-plane_equation_coefficients[0], -plane_equation_coefficients[1], 1) // We can eliminate the '-' here and up above + vector_3(-plane_equation_coefficients.a, -plane_equation_coefficients.b, 1) // We can eliminate the '-' here and up above ); // Show the Topography map if enabled if (do_topography_map) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("\nBed Height Topography:\n" + float min_diff = 999; + + auto print_topo_map = [&](PGM_P const title, const bool get_min) { + serialprintPGM(title); + for (int8_t yy = abl_grid_points.y - 1; yy >= 0; yy--) { + LOOP_L_N(xx, abl_grid_points.x) { + const int ind = indexIntoAB[xx][yy]; + xyz_float_t tmp = { eqnAMatrix[ind + 0 * abl_points], + eqnAMatrix[ind + 1 * abl_points], 0 }; + apply_rotation_xyz(planner.bed_level_matrix, tmp); + if (get_min) NOMORE(min_diff, eqnBVector[ind] - tmp.z); + const float subval = get_min ? mean : tmp.z + min_diff, + diff = eqnBVector[ind] - subval; + SERIAL_CHAR(' '); if (diff >= 0.0) SERIAL_CHAR('+'); // Include + for column alignment + SERIAL_ECHO_F(diff, 5); + } // xx + SERIAL_EOL(); + } // yy + SERIAL_EOL(); + }; + + print_topo_map(PSTR("\nBed Height Topography:\n" " +--- BACK --+\n" " | |\n" " L | (+) | R\n" @@ -882,56 +887,10 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { " | (-) | T\n" " | |\n" " O-- FRONT --+\n" - " (0,0)"); + " (0,0)\n"), true); + if (verbose_level > 3) + print_topo_map(PSTR("\nCorrected Bed Height vs. Bed Topology:\n"), false); - float min_diff = 999; - - for (int8_t yy = abl_grid_points_y - 1; yy >= 0; yy--) { - for (uint8_t xx = 0; xx < abl_grid_points_x; xx++) { - int ind = indexIntoAB[xx][yy]; - float diff = eqnBVector[ind] - mean, - x_tmp = eqnAMatrix[ind + 0 * abl_points], - y_tmp = eqnAMatrix[ind + 1 * abl_points], - z_tmp = 0; - - apply_rotation_xyz(planner.bed_level_matrix, x_tmp, y_tmp, z_tmp); - - NOMORE(min_diff, eqnBVector[ind] - z_tmp); - - if (diff >= 0.0) - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" +"); // Include + for column alignment - else - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_ECHO_F(diff, 5); - } // xx - SERIAL_EOL(); - } // yy - SERIAL_EOL(); - - if (verbose_level > 3) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("\nCorrected Bed Height vs. Bed Topology:"); - - for (int8_t yy = abl_grid_points_y - 1; yy >= 0; yy--) { - for (uint8_t xx = 0; xx < abl_grid_points_x; xx++) { - int ind = indexIntoAB[xx][yy]; - float x_tmp = eqnAMatrix[ind + 0 * abl_points], - y_tmp = eqnAMatrix[ind + 1 * abl_points], - z_tmp = 0; - - apply_rotation_xyz(planner.bed_level_matrix, x_tmp, y_tmp, z_tmp); - - float diff = eqnBVector[ind] - z_tmp - min_diff; - if (diff >= 0.0) - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" +"); - // Include + for column alignment - else - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_ECHO_F(diff, 5); - } // xx - SERIAL_EOL(); - } // yy - SERIAL_EOL(); - } } //do_topography_map #endif // AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR @@ -950,24 +909,20 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("G29 uncorrected XYZ", current_position); - float converted[XYZ]; - COPY(converted, current_position); - - planner.leveling_active = true; - planner.unapply_leveling(converted); // use conversion machinery - planner.leveling_active = false; + xyze_pos_t converted = current_position; + planner.force_unapply_leveling(converted); // use conversion machinery // Use the last measured distance to the bed, if possible - if ( NEAR(current_position[X_AXIS], xProbe - probe_offset[X_AXIS]) - && NEAR(current_position[Y_AXIS], yProbe - probe_offset[Y_AXIS]) + if ( NEAR(current_position.x, probePos.x - probe.offset_xy.x) + && NEAR(current_position.y, probePos.y - probe.offset_xy.y) ) { - const float simple_z = current_position[Z_AXIS] - measured_z; - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Probed Z", simple_z, " Matrix Z", converted[Z_AXIS], " Discrepancy ", simple_z - converted[Z_AXIS]); - converted[Z_AXIS] = simple_z; + const float simple_z = current_position.z - measured_z; + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Probed Z", simple_z, " Matrix Z", converted.z, " Discrepancy ", simple_z - converted.z); + converted.z = simple_z; } // The rotated XY and corrected Z are now current_position - COPY(current_position, converted); + current_position = converted; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("G29 corrected XYZ", current_position); } @@ -975,13 +930,18 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { #elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) if (!dryrun) { - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("G29 uncorrected Z:", current_position[Z_AXIS]); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("G29 uncorrected Z:", current_position.z); // Unapply the offset because it is going to be immediately applied // and cause compensation movement in Z - current_position[Z_AXIS] -= bilinear_z_offset(current_position); + #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) + const float fade_scaling_factor = planner.fade_scaling_factor_for_z(current_position.z); + #else + constexpr float fade_scaling_factor = 1.0f; + #endif + current_position.z -= fade_scaling_factor * bilinear_z_offset(current_position); - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" corrected Z:", current_position[Z_AXIS]); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" corrected Z:", current_position.z); } #endif // ABL_PLANAR @@ -993,13 +953,11 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { // Restore state after probing if (!faux) restore_feedrate_and_scaling(); - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("<<< G29"); - - if (planner.leveling_active) - sync_plan_position(); + // Sync the planner from the current_position + if (planner.leveling_active) sync_plan_position(); #if HAS_BED_PROBE && defined(Z_AFTER_PROBING) - move_z_after_probing(); + probe.move_z_after_probing(); #endif #ifdef Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT @@ -1010,6 +968,8 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { report_current_position(); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("<<< G29"); + G29_RETURN(isnan(measured_z)); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/abl/M421.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/abl/M421.cpp index b9470528a1..3cd2673d66 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/abl/M421.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/abl/M421.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ #include "../../../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #include "../../../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" + #include "../../../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" #endif /** @@ -50,9 +50,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::M421() { hasQ = !hasZ && parser.seen('Q'); if (!hasI || !hasJ || !(hasZ || hasQ)) - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_M421_PARAMETERS); + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_ERR_M421_PARAMETERS); else if (!WITHIN(ix, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - 1) || !WITHIN(iy, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1)) - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_MESH_XY); + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_ERR_MESH_XY); else { z_values[ix][iy] = parser.value_linear_units() + (hasQ ? z_values[ix][iy] : 0); #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/mbl/G29.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/mbl/G29.cpp index eee542a6f5..6c8fafe23f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/mbl/G29.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/mbl/G29.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ #include "../../../module/stepper.h" #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #include "../../../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" + #include "../../../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" #endif // Save 130 bytes with non-duplication of PSTR @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G29() { case MeshStart: mbl.reset(); mbl_probe_index = 0; - if (!ui.wait_for_bl_move) { + if (!ui.wait_for_move) { queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28\nG29 S2")); return; } @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G29() { } else { // Save Z for the previous mesh position - mbl.set_zigzag_z(mbl_probe_index - 1, current_position[Z_AXIS]); + mbl.set_zigzag_z(mbl_probe_index - 1, current_position.z); #if HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS soft_endstops_enabled = saved_soft_endstops_state; #endif @@ -124,11 +124,11 @@ void GcodeSuite::G29() { #endif mbl.zigzag(mbl_probe_index++, ix, iy); - _manual_goto_xy(mbl.index_to_xpos[ix], mbl.index_to_ypos[iy]); + _manual_goto_xy({ mbl.index_to_xpos[ix], mbl.index_to_ypos[iy] }); } else { // One last "return to the bed" (as originally coded) at completion - current_position[Z_AXIS] = MANUAL_PROBE_HEIGHT; + current_position.z = MANUAL_PROBE_HEIGHT; line_to_current_position(); planner.synchronize(); @@ -142,13 +142,13 @@ void GcodeSuite::G29() { set_bed_leveling_enabled(true); #if ENABLED(MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN) - current_position[Z_AXIS] = 0; + current_position.z = 0; line_to_current_position(homing_feedrate(Z_AXIS)); planner.synchronize(); #endif #if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - ui.wait_for_bl_move = false; + ui.wait_for_move = false; #endif } break; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/mbl/M421.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/mbl/M421.cpp index f07cafebf8..3997e5ad59 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/mbl/M421.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/mbl/M421.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -49,9 +49,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::M421() { const bool hasZ = parser.seen('Z'), hasQ = !hasZ && parser.seen('Q'); if (int(hasI && hasJ) + int(hasX && hasY) != 1 || !(hasZ || hasQ)) - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_M421_PARAMETERS); + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_ERR_M421_PARAMETERS); else if (ix < 0 || iy < 0) - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_MESH_XY); + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_ERR_MESH_XY); else mbl.set_z(ix, iy, parser.value_linear_units() + (hasQ ? mbl.z_values[ix][iy] : 0)); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/ubl/G29.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/ubl/G29.cpp index c0f8f20439..7b42e6dddf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/ubl/G29.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/ubl/G29.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/ubl/M421.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/ubl/M421.cpp index 34afe78625..bd65c21ad3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/ubl/M421.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/ubl/M421.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ #include "../../../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #include "../../../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" + #include "../../../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" #endif /** @@ -46,28 +46,25 @@ * M421 C Q */ void GcodeSuite::M421() { - int8_t ix = parser.intval('I', -1), iy = parser.intval('J', -1); - const bool hasI = ix >= 0, - hasJ = iy >= 0, + xy_int8_t ij = { int8_t(parser.intval('I', -1)), int8_t(parser.intval('J', -1)) }; + const bool hasI = ij.x >= 0, + hasJ = ij.y >= 0, hasC = parser.seen('C'), hasN = parser.seen('N'), hasZ = parser.seen('Z'), hasQ = !hasZ && parser.seen('Q'); - if (hasC) { - const mesh_index_pair location = ubl.find_closest_mesh_point_of_type(REAL, current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], USE_NOZZLE_AS_REFERENCE, nullptr); - ix = location.x_index; - iy = location.y_index; - } + if (hasC) ij = ubl.find_closest_mesh_point_of_type(REAL, current_position); if (int(hasC) + int(hasI && hasJ) != 1 || !(hasZ || hasQ || hasN)) - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_M421_PARAMETERS); - else if (!WITHIN(ix, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - 1) || !WITHIN(iy, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1)) - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_MESH_XY); + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_ERR_M421_PARAMETERS); + else if (!WITHIN(ij.x, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - 1) || !WITHIN(ij.y, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1)) + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_ERR_MESH_XY); else { - ubl.z_values[ix][iy] = hasN ? NAN : parser.value_linear_units() + (hasQ ? ubl.z_values[ix][iy] : 0); + float &zval = ubl.z_values[ij.x][ij.y]; + zval = hasN ? NAN : parser.value_linear_units() + (hasQ ? zval : 0); #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(ix, iy, ubl.z_values[ix][iy]); + ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(ij.x, ij.y, zval); #endif } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G28.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G28.cpp index 514bb65891..4603c76967 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G28.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G28.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ #include "../../lcd/ultralcd.h" -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) // set L6470 absolute position registers to counts - #include "../../libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" +#if HAS_L64XX // set L6470 absolute position registers to counts + #include "../../libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" #endif #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE) @@ -59,16 +59,10 @@ static void quick_home_xy() { // Pretend the current position is 0,0 - current_position[X_AXIS] = current_position[Y_AXIS] = 0.0; + current_position.set(0.0, 0.0); sync_plan_position(); - const int x_axis_home_dir = - #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - x_home_dir(active_extruder) - #else - home_dir(X_AXIS) - #endif - ; + const int x_axis_home_dir = x_home_dir(active_extruder); const float mlx = max_length(X_AXIS), mly = max_length(Y_AXIS), @@ -95,7 +89,7 @@ endstops.validate_homing_move(); - current_position[X_AXIS] = current_position[Y_AXIS] = 0.0; + current_position.set(0.0, 0.0); #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) tmc_disable_stallguard(stepperX, stealth_states.x); @@ -118,7 +112,7 @@ // Disallow Z homing if X or Y are unknown if (!TEST(axis_known_position, X_AXIS) || !TEST(axis_known_position, Y_AXIS)) { LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING); - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING); + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_ERR_Z_HOMING_SER); return; } @@ -128,17 +122,15 @@ /** * Move the Z probe (or just the nozzle) to the safe homing point + * (Z is already at the right height) */ - destination[X_AXIS] = Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT; - destination[Y_AXIS] = Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT; - destination[Z_AXIS] = current_position[Z_AXIS]; // Z is already at the right height + destination.set(safe_homing_xy, current_position.z); #if HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE - destination[X_AXIS] -= probe_offset[X_AXIS]; - destination[Y_AXIS] -= probe_offset[Y_AXIS]; + destination -= probe.offset_xy; #endif - if (position_is_reachable(destination[X_AXIS], destination[Y_AXIS])) { + if (position_is_reachable(destination)) { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("home_z_safely", destination); @@ -151,12 +143,12 @@ safe_delay(500); // Short delay needed to settle #endif - do_blocking_move_to_xy(destination[X_AXIS], destination[Y_AXIS]); + do_blocking_move_to_xy(destination); homeaxis(Z_AXIS); } else { LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_ZPROBE_OUT); - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_ZPROBE_OUT); + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_ZPROBE_OUT_SER); } if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("<<< home_z_safely"); @@ -164,6 +156,33 @@ #endif // Z_SAFE_HOMING +#if ENABLED(IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY) + + slow_homing_t begin_slow_homing() { + slow_homing_t slow_homing{0}; + slow_homing.acceleration.set(planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[X_AXIS], + planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Y_AXIS]); + planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[X_AXIS] = 100; + planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Y_AXIS] = 100; + #if HAS_CLASSIC_JERK + slow_homing.jerk_xy = planner.max_jerk; + planner.max_jerk.set(0, 0); + #endif + planner.reset_acceleration_rates(); + return slow_homing; + } + + void end_slow_homing(const slow_homing_t &slow_homing) { + planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[X_AXIS] = slow_homing.acceleration.x; + planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Y_AXIS] = slow_homing.acceleration.y; + #if HAS_CLASSIC_JERK + planner.max_jerk = slow_homing.jerk_xy; + #endif + planner.reset_acceleration_rates(); + } + +#endif // IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY + /** * G28: Home all axes according to settings * @@ -183,7 +202,7 @@ * Z Home to the Z endstop * */ -void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) { +void GcodeSuite::G28() { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(">>> G28"); log_machine_info(); @@ -205,6 +224,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) { } #endif + // Home (O)nly if position is unknown if (!homing_needed() && parser.boolval('O')) { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("> homing not needed, skip\n<<< G28"); return; @@ -231,20 +251,37 @@ void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) { workspace_plane = PLANE_XY; #endif - #if ENABLED(IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY) - slow_homing_t slow_homing { 0 }; - slow_homing.acceleration.x = planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[X_AXIS]; - slow_homing.acceleration.y = planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Y_AXIS]; - planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[X_AXIS] = 100; - planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Y_AXIS] = 100; - #if HAS_CLASSIC_JERK - slow_homing.jerk.x = planner.max_jerk[X_AXIS]; - slow_homing.jerk.y = planner.max_jerk[Y_AXIS]; - planner.max_jerk[X_AXIS] = 0; - planner.max_jerk[Y_AXIS] = 0; - #endif + #define HAS_CURRENT_HOME(N) (defined(N##_CURRENT_HOME) && N##_CURRENT_HOME != N##_CURRENT) + #define HAS_HOMING_CURRENT (HAS_CURRENT_HOME(X) || HAS_CURRENT_HOME(X2) || HAS_CURRENT_HOME(Y) || HAS_CURRENT_HOME(Y2)) - planner.reset_acceleration_rates(); + #if HAS_HOMING_CURRENT + auto debug_current = [](const char * const s, const int16_t a, const int16_t b){ + DEBUG_ECHO(s); DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" current: ", a, " -> ", b); + }; + #if HAS_CURRENT_HOME(X) + const int16_t tmc_save_current_X = stepperX.getMilliamps(); + stepperX.rms_current(X_CURRENT_HOME); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) debug_current("X", tmc_save_current_X, X_CURRENT_HOME); + #endif + #if HAS_CURRENT_HOME(X2) + const int16_t tmc_save_current_X2 = stepperX2.getMilliamps(); + stepperX2.rms_current(X2_CURRENT_HOME); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) debug_current("X2", tmc_save_current_X2, X2_CURRENT_HOME); + #endif + #if HAS_CURRENT_HOME(Y) + const int16_t tmc_save_current_Y = stepperY.getMilliamps(); + stepperY.rms_current(Y_CURRENT_HOME); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) debug_current("Y", tmc_save_current_Y, Y_CURRENT_HOME); + #endif + #if HAS_CURRENT_HOME(Y2) + const int16_t tmc_save_current_Y2 = stepperY2.getMilliamps(); + stepperY2.rms_current(Y2_CURRENT_HOME); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) debug_current("Y2", tmc_save_current_Y2, Y2_CURRENT_HOME); + #endif + #endif + + #if ENABLED(IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY) + slow_homing_t slow_homing = begin_slow_homing(); #endif // Always home with tool 0 active @@ -265,16 +302,21 @@ void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) { #if ENABLED(DELTA) + constexpr bool doZ = true; // for NANODLP_Z_SYNC if your DLP is on a DELTA + home_delta(); - UNUSED(always_home_all); + + #if ENABLED(IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY) + end_slow_homing(slow_homing); + #endif #else // NOT DELTA const bool homeX = parser.seen('X'), homeY = parser.seen('Y'), homeZ = parser.seen('Z'), - home_all = always_home_all || (homeX == homeY && homeX == homeZ), + home_all = homeX == homeY && homeX == homeZ, // All or None doX = home_all || homeX, doY = home_all || homeY, doZ = home_all || homeZ; - set_destination_from_current(); + destination = current_position; #if Z_HOME_DIR > 0 // If homing away from BED do Z first @@ -282,19 +324,17 @@ void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) { #endif - const float z_homing_height = ( - #if ENABLED(UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE) - !TEST(axis_known_position, Z_AXIS) ? 0 : - #endif - (parser.seenval('R') ? parser.value_linear_units() : Z_HOMING_HEIGHT) - ); + const float z_homing_height = + (DISABLED(UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE) || TEST(axis_known_position, Z_AXIS)) + ? (parser.seenval('R') ? parser.value_linear_units() : Z_HOMING_HEIGHT) + : 0; if (z_homing_height && (doX || doY)) { // Raise Z before homing any other axes and z is not already high enough (never lower z) - destination[Z_AXIS] = z_homing_height; - if (destination[Z_AXIS] > current_position[Z_AXIS]) { - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Raise Z (before homing) to ", destination[Z_AXIS]); - do_blocking_move_to_z(destination[Z_AXIS]); + destination.z = z_homing_height + (TEST(axis_known_position, Z_AXIS) ? 0.0f : current_position.z); + if (destination.z > current_position.z) { + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Raise Z (before homing) to ", destination.z); + do_blocking_move_to_z(destination.z); } } @@ -307,20 +347,13 @@ void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) { // Home Y (before X) #if ENABLED(HOME_Y_BEFORE_X) - if (doY - #if ENABLED(CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING) - || doX - #endif - ) homeaxis(Y_AXIS); + if (doY || (doX && ENABLED(CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING))) + homeaxis(Y_AXIS); #endif // Home X - if (doX - #if ENABLED(CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING) && DISABLED(HOME_Y_BEFORE_X) - || doY - #endif - ) { + if (doX || (doY && ENABLED(CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING) && DISABLED(HOME_Y_BEFORE_X))) { #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) @@ -329,14 +362,14 @@ void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) { homeaxis(X_AXIS); // Remember this extruder's position for later tool change - inactive_extruder_x_pos = current_position[X_AXIS]; + inactive_extruder_x_pos = current_position.x; // Home the 1st (left) extruder active_extruder = 0; homeaxis(X_AXIS); // Consider the active extruder to be parked - COPY(raised_parked_position, current_position); + raised_parked_position = current_position; delayed_move_time = 0; active_extruder_parked = true; @@ -348,12 +381,16 @@ void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) { } // Home Y (after X) - #if DISABLED(HOME_Y_BEFORE_X) - if (doY) homeaxis(Y_AXIS); + if (DISABLED(HOME_Y_BEFORE_X) && doY) + homeaxis(Y_AXIS); + + #if ENABLED(IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY) + end_slow_homing(slow_homing); #endif // Home Z last if homing towards the bed #if Z_HOME_DIR < 0 + if (doZ) { #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) bltouch.init(); @@ -365,10 +402,17 @@ void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) { #endif #if HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE && defined(Z_AFTER_PROBING) - move_z_after_probing(); + #if Z_AFTER_HOMING > Z_AFTER_PROBING + do_blocking_move_to_z(Z_AFTER_HOMING); + #else + probe.move_z_after_probing(); + #endif + #elif defined(Z_AFTER_HOMING) + do_blocking_move_to_z(Z_AFTER_HOMING); #endif } // doZ + #endif // Z_HOME_DIR < 0 sync_plan_position(); @@ -385,26 +429,32 @@ void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) { if (dxc_is_duplicating()) { + #if ENABLED(IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY) + slow_homing = begin_slow_homing(); + #endif + // Always home the 2nd (right) extruder first active_extruder = 1; homeaxis(X_AXIS); // Remember this extruder's position for later tool change - inactive_extruder_x_pos = current_position[X_AXIS]; + inactive_extruder_x_pos = current_position.x; // Home the 1st (left) extruder active_extruder = 0; homeaxis(X_AXIS); // Consider the active extruder to be parked - COPY(raised_parked_position, current_position); + raised_parked_position = current_position; delayed_move_time = 0; active_extruder_parked = true; extruder_duplication_enabled = IDEX_saved_duplication_state; - extruder_duplication_enabled = false; - dual_x_carriage_mode = IDEX_saved_mode; stepper.set_directions(); + + #if ENABLED(IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY) + end_slow_homing(slow_homing); + #endif } #endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE @@ -421,7 +471,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) { do_blocking_move_to_z(delta_clip_start_height); #endif - #if HAS_LEVELING && ENABLED(RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28) + #if ENABLED(RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28) set_bed_leveling_enabled(leveling_was_active); #endif @@ -429,46 +479,46 @@ void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) { // Restore the active tool after homing #if HOTENDS > 1 && (DISABLED(DELTA) || ENABLED(DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE)) - #if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define NO_FETCH false // fetch the previous toolhead - #else - #define NO_FETCH true - #endif - tool_change(old_tool_index, NO_FETCH); + tool_change(old_tool_index, NONE(PARKING_EXTRUDER, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)); // Do move if one of these #endif - #if ENABLED(IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY) - planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[X_AXIS] = slow_homing.acceleration.x; - planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Y_AXIS] = slow_homing.acceleration.y; - #if HAS_CLASSIC_JERK - planner.max_jerk[X_AXIS] = slow_homing.jerk.x; - planner.max_jerk[Y_AXIS] = slow_homing.jerk.y; + #if HAS_HOMING_CURRENT + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Restore driver current..."); + #if HAS_CURRENT_HOME(X) + stepperX.rms_current(tmc_save_current_X); + #endif + #if HAS_CURRENT_HOME(X2) + stepperX2.rms_current(tmc_save_current_X2); + #endif + #if HAS_CURRENT_HOME(Y) + stepperY.rms_current(tmc_save_current_Y); + #endif + #if HAS_CURRENT_HOME(Y2) + stepperY2.rms_current(tmc_save_current_Y2); #endif - - planner.reset_acceleration_rates(); #endif ui.refresh(); report_current_position(); - #if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - #if ENABLED(NANODLP_ALL_AXIS) - #define _HOME_SYNC true // For any axis, output sync text. - #else - #define _HOME_SYNC doZ // Only for Z-axis - #endif - if (_HOME_SYNC) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_Z_MOVE_COMP); - #endif + if (ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) && (doZ || ENABLED(NANODLP_ALL_AXIS))) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_Z_MOVE_COMP); if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("<<< G28"); - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + #if HAS_L64XX // Set L6470 absolute position registers to counts - for (uint8_t j = 1; j <= L6470::chain[0]; j++) { - const uint8_t cv = L6470::chain[j]; - L6470.set_param(cv, L6470_ABS_POS, stepper.position((AxisEnum)L6470.axis_xref[cv])); + // constexpr *might* move this to PROGMEM. + // If not, this will need a PROGMEM directive and an accessor. + static constexpr AxisEnum L64XX_axis_xref[MAX_L64XX] = { + X_AXIS, Y_AXIS, Z_AXIS, + X_AXIS, Y_AXIS, Z_AXIS, Z_AXIS, + E_AXIS, E_AXIS, E_AXIS, E_AXIS, E_AXIS, E_AXIS + }; + for (uint8_t j = 1; j <= L64XX::chain[0]; j++) { + const uint8_t cv = L64XX::chain[j]; + L64xxManager.set_param((L64XX_axis_t)cv, L6470_ABS_POS, stepper.position(L64XX_axis_xref[cv])); } #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G33.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G33.cpp index 1e3e84a1e4..ac2cdf7d4d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G33.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G33.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ enum CalEnum : char { // the 7 main calibration points - #define AC_CLEANUP() ac_cleanup() #endif -float lcd_probe_pt(const float &rx, const float &ry); +float lcd_probe_pt(const xy_pos_t &xy); void ac_home() { endstops.enable(true); @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ void ac_cleanup( do_blocking_move_to_z(delta_clip_start_height); #endif #if HAS_BED_PROBE - STOW_PROBE(); + probe.stow(); #endif restore_feedrate_and_scaling(); #if HOTENDS > 1 @@ -122,9 +122,9 @@ void print_signed_float(PGM_P const prefix, const float &f) { static void print_calibration_settings(const bool end_stops, const bool tower_angles) { SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(".Height:", delta_height); if (end_stops) { - print_signed_float(PSTR("Ex"), delta_endstop_adj[A_AXIS]); - print_signed_float(PSTR("Ey"), delta_endstop_adj[B_AXIS]); - print_signed_float(PSTR("Ez"), delta_endstop_adj[C_AXIS]); + print_signed_float(PSTR("Ex"), delta_endstop_adj.a); + print_signed_float(PSTR("Ey"), delta_endstop_adj.b); + print_signed_float(PSTR("Ez"), delta_endstop_adj.c); } if (end_stops && tower_angles) { SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Radius:", delta_radius); @@ -133,9 +133,9 @@ static void print_calibration_settings(const bool end_stops, const bool tower_an SERIAL_ECHO_SP(13); } if (tower_angles) { - print_signed_float(PSTR("Tx"), delta_tower_angle_trim[A_AXIS]); - print_signed_float(PSTR("Ty"), delta_tower_angle_trim[B_AXIS]); - print_signed_float(PSTR("Tz"), delta_tower_angle_trim[C_AXIS]); + print_signed_float(PSTR("Tx"), delta_tower_angle_trim.a); + print_signed_float(PSTR("Ty"), delta_tower_angle_trim.b); + print_signed_float(PSTR("Tz"), delta_tower_angle_trim.c); } if ((!end_stops && tower_angles) || (end_stops && !tower_angles)) { // XOR SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Radius:", delta_radius); @@ -188,12 +188,12 @@ static float std_dev_points(float z_pt[NPP + 1], const bool _0p_cal, const bool /** * - Probe a point */ -static float calibration_probe(const float &nx, const float &ny, const bool stow) { +static float calibration_probe(const xy_pos_t &xy, const bool stow) { #if HAS_BED_PROBE - return probe_at_point(nx, ny, stow ? PROBE_PT_STOW : PROBE_PT_RAISE, 0, false); + return probe.probe_at_point(xy, stow ? PROBE_PT_STOW : PROBE_PT_RAISE, 0, true, false); #else UNUSED(stow); - return lcd_probe_pt(nx, ny); + return lcd_probe_pt(xy); #endif } @@ -222,8 +222,11 @@ static bool probe_calibration_points(float z_pt[NPP + 1], const int8_t probe_poi if (!_0p_calibration) { + const float dcr = delta_calibration_radius(); + if (!_7p_no_intermediates && !_7p_4_intermediates && !_7p_11_intermediates) { // probe the center - z_pt[CEN] += calibration_probe(0, 0, stow_after_each); + const xy_pos_t center{0}; + z_pt[CEN] += calibration_probe(center, stow_after_each); if (isnan(z_pt[CEN])) return false; } @@ -232,8 +235,9 @@ static bool probe_calibration_points(float z_pt[NPP + 1], const int8_t probe_poi steps = _7p_9_center ? _4P_STEP / 3.0f : _7p_6_center ? _7P_STEP : _4P_STEP; I_LOOP_CAL_PT(rad, start, steps) { const float a = RADIANS(210 + (360 / NPP) * (rad - 1)), - r = delta_calibration_radius * 0.1; - z_pt[CEN] += calibration_probe(cos(a) * r, sin(a) * r, stow_after_each); + r = dcr * 0.1; + const xy_pos_t vec = { cos(a), sin(a) }; + z_pt[CEN] += calibration_probe(vec * r, stow_after_each); if (isnan(z_pt[CEN])) return false; } z_pt[CEN] /= float(_7p_2_intermediates ? 7 : probe_points); @@ -255,9 +259,10 @@ static bool probe_calibration_points(float z_pt[NPP + 1], const int8_t probe_poi const int8_t offset = _7p_9_center ? 2 : 0; for (int8_t circle = 0; circle <= offset; circle++) { const float a = RADIANS(210 + (360 / NPP) * (rad - 1)), - r = delta_calibration_radius * (1 - 0.1 * (zig_zag ? offset - circle : circle)), + r = dcr * (1 - 0.1 * (zig_zag ? offset - circle : circle)), interpol = FMOD(rad, 1); - const float z_temp = calibration_probe(cos(a) * r, sin(a) * r, stow_after_each); + const xy_pos_t vec = { cos(a), sin(a) }; + const float z_temp = calibration_probe(vec * r, stow_after_each); if (isnan(z_temp)) return false; // split probe point to neighbouring calibration points z_pt[uint8_t(LROUND(rad - interpol + NPP - 1)) % NPP + 1] += z_temp * sq(cos(RADIANS(interpol * 90))); @@ -281,80 +286,70 @@ static bool probe_calibration_points(float z_pt[NPP + 1], const int8_t probe_poi * - formulae for approximative forward kinematics in the end-stop displacement matrix * - definition of the matrix scaling parameters */ -static void reverse_kinematics_probe_points(float z_pt[NPP + 1], float mm_at_pt_axis[NPP + 1][ABC]) { - float pos[XYZ] = { 0.0 }; +static void reverse_kinematics_probe_points(float z_pt[NPP + 1], abc_float_t mm_at_pt_axis[NPP + 1]) { + xyz_pos_t pos{0}; + const float dcr = delta_calibration_radius(); LOOP_CAL_ALL(rad) { const float a = RADIANS(210 + (360 / NPP) * (rad - 1)), - r = (rad == CEN ? 0.0f : delta_calibration_radius); - pos[X_AXIS] = cos(a) * r; - pos[Y_AXIS] = sin(a) * r; - pos[Z_AXIS] = z_pt[rad]; + r = (rad == CEN ? 0.0f : dcr); + pos.set(cos(a) * r, sin(a) * r, z_pt[rad]); inverse_kinematics(pos); - LOOP_XYZ(axis) mm_at_pt_axis[rad][axis] = delta[axis]; + mm_at_pt_axis[rad] = delta; } } -static void forward_kinematics_probe_points(float mm_at_pt_axis[NPP + 1][ABC], float z_pt[NPP + 1]) { - const float r_quot = delta_calibration_radius / delta_radius; +static void forward_kinematics_probe_points(abc_float_t mm_at_pt_axis[NPP + 1], float z_pt[NPP + 1]) { + const float r_quot = delta_calibration_radius() / delta_radius; - #define ZPP(N,I,A) ((1 / 3.0f + r_quot * (N) / 3.0f ) * mm_at_pt_axis[I][A]) + #define ZPP(N,I,A) (((1.0f + r_quot * (N)) / 3.0f) * mm_at_pt_axis[I].A) #define Z00(I, A) ZPP( 0, I, A) #define Zp1(I, A) ZPP(+1, I, A) #define Zm1(I, A) ZPP(-1, I, A) #define Zp2(I, A) ZPP(+2, I, A) #define Zm2(I, A) ZPP(-2, I, A) - z_pt[CEN] = Z00(CEN, A_AXIS) + Z00(CEN, B_AXIS) + Z00(CEN, C_AXIS); - z_pt[__A] = Zp2(__A, A_AXIS) + Zm1(__A, B_AXIS) + Zm1(__A, C_AXIS); - z_pt[__B] = Zm1(__B, A_AXIS) + Zp2(__B, B_AXIS) + Zm1(__B, C_AXIS); - z_pt[__C] = Zm1(__C, A_AXIS) + Zm1(__C, B_AXIS) + Zp2(__C, C_AXIS); - z_pt[_BC] = Zm2(_BC, A_AXIS) + Zp1(_BC, B_AXIS) + Zp1(_BC, C_AXIS); - z_pt[_CA] = Zp1(_CA, A_AXIS) + Zm2(_CA, B_AXIS) + Zp1(_CA, C_AXIS); - z_pt[_AB] = Zp1(_AB, A_AXIS) + Zp1(_AB, B_AXIS) + Zm2(_AB, C_AXIS); + z_pt[CEN] = Z00(CEN, a) + Z00(CEN, b) + Z00(CEN, c); + z_pt[__A] = Zp2(__A, a) + Zm1(__A, b) + Zm1(__A, c); + z_pt[__B] = Zm1(__B, a) + Zp2(__B, b) + Zm1(__B, c); + z_pt[__C] = Zm1(__C, a) + Zm1(__C, b) + Zp2(__C, c); + z_pt[_BC] = Zm2(_BC, a) + Zp1(_BC, b) + Zp1(_BC, c); + z_pt[_CA] = Zp1(_CA, a) + Zm2(_CA, b) + Zp1(_CA, c); + z_pt[_AB] = Zp1(_AB, a) + Zp1(_AB, b) + Zm2(_AB, c); } -static void calc_kinematics_diff_probe_points(float z_pt[NPP + 1], float delta_e[ABC], float delta_r, float delta_t[ABC]) { +static void calc_kinematics_diff_probe_points(float z_pt[NPP + 1], abc_float_t delta_e, const float delta_r, abc_float_t delta_t) { const float z_center = z_pt[CEN]; - float diff_mm_at_pt_axis[NPP + 1][ABC], - new_mm_at_pt_axis[NPP + 1][ABC]; + abc_float_t diff_mm_at_pt_axis[NPP + 1], new_mm_at_pt_axis[NPP + 1]; reverse_kinematics_probe_points(z_pt, diff_mm_at_pt_axis); delta_radius += delta_r; - LOOP_XYZ(axis) delta_tower_angle_trim[axis] += delta_t[axis]; + delta_tower_angle_trim += delta_t; recalc_delta_settings(); reverse_kinematics_probe_points(z_pt, new_mm_at_pt_axis); - LOOP_XYZ(axis) LOOP_CAL_ALL(rad) diff_mm_at_pt_axis[rad][axis] -= new_mm_at_pt_axis[rad][axis] + delta_e[axis]; + LOOP_CAL_ALL(rad) diff_mm_at_pt_axis[rad] -= new_mm_at_pt_axis[rad] + delta_e; forward_kinematics_probe_points(diff_mm_at_pt_axis, z_pt); LOOP_CAL_RAD(rad) z_pt[rad] -= z_pt[CEN] - z_center; z_pt[CEN] = z_center; delta_radius -= delta_r; - LOOP_XYZ(axis) delta_tower_angle_trim[axis] -= delta_t[axis]; + delta_tower_angle_trim -= delta_t; recalc_delta_settings(); } static float auto_tune_h() { - const float r_quot = delta_calibration_radius / delta_radius; - float h_fac = 0.0f; - - h_fac = r_quot / (2.0f / 3.0f); - h_fac = 1.0f / h_fac; // (2/3)/CR - return h_fac; + const float r_quot = delta_calibration_radius() / delta_radius; + return RECIPROCAL(r_quot / (2.0f / 3.0f)); // (2/3)/CR } static float auto_tune_r() { - const float diff = 0.01f; - float r_fac = 0.0f, - z_pt[NPP + 1] = { 0.0f }, - delta_e[ABC] = { 0.0f }, - delta_r = { 0.0f }, - delta_t[ABC] = { 0.0f }; + constexpr float diff = 0.01f, delta_r = diff; + float r_fac = 0.0f, z_pt[NPP + 1] = { 0.0f }; + abc_float_t delta_e = { 0.0f }, delta_t = { 0.0f }; - delta_r = diff; calc_kinematics_diff_probe_points(z_pt, delta_e, delta_r, delta_t); r_fac = -(z_pt[__A] + z_pt[__B] + z_pt[__C] + z_pt[_BC] + z_pt[_CA] + z_pt[_AB]) / 6.0f; r_fac = diff / r_fac / 3.0f; // 1/(3*delta_Z) @@ -362,14 +357,11 @@ static float auto_tune_r() { } static float auto_tune_a() { - const float diff = 0.01f; - float a_fac = 0.0f, - z_pt[NPP + 1] = { 0.0f }, - delta_e[ABC] = { 0.0f }, - delta_r = { 0.0f }, - delta_t[ABC] = { 0.0f }; + constexpr float diff = 0.01f, delta_r = 0.0f; + float a_fac = 0.0f, z_pt[NPP + 1] = { 0.0f }; + abc_float_t delta_e = { 0.0f }, delta_t = { 0.0f }; - ZERO(delta_t); + delta_t.reset(); LOOP_XYZ(axis) { delta_t[axis] = diff; calc_kinematics_diff_probe_points(z_pt, delta_e, delta_r, delta_t); @@ -447,36 +439,26 @@ void GcodeSuite::G33() { _opposite_results = (_4p_calibration && !towers_set) || probe_points >= 3, _endstop_results = probe_points != 1 && probe_points != -1 && probe_points != 0, _angle_results = probe_points >= 3 && towers_set; - static const char save_message[] PROGMEM = "Save with M500 and/or copy to Configuration.h"; int8_t iterations = 0; float test_precision, zero_std_dev = (verbose_level ? 999.0f : 0.0f), // 0.0 in dry-run mode : forced end zero_std_dev_min = zero_std_dev, zero_std_dev_old = zero_std_dev, - h_factor, - r_factor, - a_factor, - e_old[ABC] = { - delta_endstop_adj[A_AXIS], - delta_endstop_adj[B_AXIS], - delta_endstop_adj[C_AXIS] - }, + h_factor, r_factor, a_factor, r_old = delta_radius, - h_old = delta_height, - a_old[ABC] = { - delta_tower_angle_trim[A_AXIS], - delta_tower_angle_trim[B_AXIS], - delta_tower_angle_trim[C_AXIS] - }; + h_old = delta_height; + + abc_pos_t e_old = delta_endstop_adj, a_old = delta_tower_angle_trim; SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("G33 Auto Calibrate"); + const float dcr = delta_calibration_radius(); + if (!_1p_calibration && !_0p_calibration) { // test if the outer radius is reachable LOOP_CAL_RAD(axis) { - const float a = RADIANS(210 + (360 / NPP) * (axis - 1)), - r = delta_calibration_radius; - if (!position_is_reachable(cos(a) * r, sin(a) * r)) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?(M665 B)ed radius implausible."); + const float a = RADIANS(210 + (360 / NPP) * (axis - 1)); + if (!position_is_reachable(cos(a) * dcr, sin(a) * dcr)) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?Bed calibration radius implausible."); return; } } @@ -520,15 +502,14 @@ void GcodeSuite::G33() { if (zero_std_dev < zero_std_dev_min) { // set roll-back point - COPY(e_old, delta_endstop_adj); + e_old = delta_endstop_adj; r_old = delta_radius; h_old = delta_height; - COPY(a_old, delta_tower_angle_trim); + a_old = delta_tower_angle_trim; } - float e_delta[ABC] = { 0.0f }, - r_delta = 0.0f, - t_delta[ABC] = { 0.0f }; + abc_float_t e_delta = { 0.0f }, t_delta = { 0.0f }; + float r_delta = 0.0f; /** * convergence matrices: @@ -544,12 +525,11 @@ void GcodeSuite::G33() { #define Z0(I) ZP(0, I) // calculate factors - const float cr_old = delta_calibration_radius; - if (_7p_9_center) delta_calibration_radius *= 0.9f; + if (_7p_9_center) calibration_radius_factor = 0.9f; h_factor = auto_tune_h(); r_factor = auto_tune_r(); a_factor = auto_tune_a(); - delta_calibration_radius = cr_old; + calibration_radius_factor = 1.0f; switch (probe_points) { case 0: @@ -563,42 +543,42 @@ void GcodeSuite::G33() { case 2: if (towers_set) { // see 4 point calibration (towers) matrix - e_delta[A_AXIS] = (+Z4(__A) -Z2(__B) -Z2(__C)) * h_factor +Z4(CEN); - e_delta[B_AXIS] = (-Z2(__A) +Z4(__B) -Z2(__C)) * h_factor +Z4(CEN); - e_delta[C_AXIS] = (-Z2(__A) -Z2(__B) +Z4(__C)) * h_factor +Z4(CEN); - r_delta = (+Z4(__A) +Z4(__B) +Z4(__C) -Z12(CEN)) * r_factor; + e_delta.set((+Z4(__A) -Z2(__B) -Z2(__C)) * h_factor +Z4(CEN), + (-Z2(__A) +Z4(__B) -Z2(__C)) * h_factor +Z4(CEN), + (-Z2(__A) -Z2(__B) +Z4(__C)) * h_factor +Z4(CEN)); + r_delta = (+Z4(__A) +Z4(__B) +Z4(__C) -Z12(CEN)) * r_factor; } else { // see 4 point calibration (opposites) matrix - e_delta[A_AXIS] = (-Z4(_BC) +Z2(_CA) +Z2(_AB)) * h_factor +Z4(CEN); - e_delta[B_AXIS] = (+Z2(_BC) -Z4(_CA) +Z2(_AB)) * h_factor +Z4(CEN); - e_delta[C_AXIS] = (+Z2(_BC) +Z2(_CA) -Z4(_AB)) * h_factor +Z4(CEN); - r_delta = (+Z4(_BC) +Z4(_CA) +Z4(_AB) -Z12(CEN)) * r_factor; + e_delta.set((-Z4(_BC) +Z2(_CA) +Z2(_AB)) * h_factor +Z4(CEN), + (+Z2(_BC) -Z4(_CA) +Z2(_AB)) * h_factor +Z4(CEN), + (+Z2(_BC) +Z2(_CA) -Z4(_AB)) * h_factor +Z4(CEN)); + r_delta = (+Z4(_BC) +Z4(_CA) +Z4(_AB) -Z12(CEN)) * r_factor; } break; default: // see 7 point calibration (towers & opposites) matrix - e_delta[A_AXIS] = (+Z2(__A) -Z1(__B) -Z1(__C) -Z2(_BC) +Z1(_CA) +Z1(_AB)) * h_factor +Z4(CEN); - e_delta[B_AXIS] = (-Z1(__A) +Z2(__B) -Z1(__C) +Z1(_BC) -Z2(_CA) +Z1(_AB)) * h_factor +Z4(CEN); - e_delta[C_AXIS] = (-Z1(__A) -Z1(__B) +Z2(__C) +Z1(_BC) +Z1(_CA) -Z2(_AB)) * h_factor +Z4(CEN); - r_delta = (+Z2(__A) +Z2(__B) +Z2(__C) +Z2(_BC) +Z2(_CA) +Z2(_AB) -Z12(CEN)) * r_factor; + e_delta.set((+Z2(__A) -Z1(__B) -Z1(__C) -Z2(_BC) +Z1(_CA) +Z1(_AB)) * h_factor +Z4(CEN), + (-Z1(__A) +Z2(__B) -Z1(__C) +Z1(_BC) -Z2(_CA) +Z1(_AB)) * h_factor +Z4(CEN), + (-Z1(__A) -Z1(__B) +Z2(__C) +Z1(_BC) +Z1(_CA) -Z2(_AB)) * h_factor +Z4(CEN)); + r_delta = (+Z2(__A) +Z2(__B) +Z2(__C) +Z2(_BC) +Z2(_CA) +Z2(_AB) -Z12(CEN)) * r_factor; if (towers_set) { // see 7 point tower angle calibration (towers & opposites) matrix - t_delta[A_AXIS] = (+Z0(__A) -Z4(__B) +Z4(__C) +Z0(_BC) -Z4(_CA) +Z4(_AB) +Z0(CEN)) * a_factor; - t_delta[B_AXIS] = (+Z4(__A) +Z0(__B) -Z4(__C) +Z4(_BC) +Z0(_CA) -Z4(_AB) +Z0(CEN)) * a_factor; - t_delta[C_AXIS] = (-Z4(__A) +Z4(__B) +Z0(__C) -Z4(_BC) +Z4(_CA) +Z0(_AB) +Z0(CEN)) * a_factor; + t_delta.set((+Z0(__A) -Z4(__B) +Z4(__C) +Z0(_BC) -Z4(_CA) +Z4(_AB) +Z0(CEN)) * a_factor, + (+Z4(__A) +Z0(__B) -Z4(__C) +Z4(_BC) +Z0(_CA) -Z4(_AB) +Z0(CEN)) * a_factor, + (-Z4(__A) +Z4(__B) +Z0(__C) -Z4(_BC) +Z4(_CA) +Z0(_AB) +Z0(CEN)) * a_factor); } break; } - LOOP_XYZ(axis) delta_endstop_adj[axis] += e_delta[axis]; + delta_endstop_adj += e_delta; delta_radius += r_delta; - LOOP_XYZ(axis) delta_tower_angle_trim[axis] += t_delta[axis]; + delta_tower_angle_trim += t_delta; } else if (zero_std_dev >= test_precision) { // roll back - COPY(delta_endstop_adj, e_old); + delta_endstop_adj = e_old; delta_radius = r_old; delta_height = h_old; - COPY(delta_tower_angle_trim, a_old); + delta_tower_angle_trim = a_old; } if (verbose_level != 0) { // !dry run @@ -611,7 +591,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G33() { } // adjust delta_height and endstops by the max amount - const float z_temp = _MAX(delta_endstop_adj[A_AXIS], delta_endstop_adj[B_AXIS], delta_endstop_adj[C_AXIS]); + const float z_temp = _MAX(delta_endstop_adj.a, delta_endstop_adj.b, delta_endstop_adj.c); delta_height -= z_temp; LOOP_XYZ(axis) delta_endstop_adj[axis] -= z_temp; } @@ -644,8 +624,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G33() { sprintf_P(&mess[15], PSTR("%03i.x"), (int)LROUND(zero_std_dev_min)); ui.set_status(mess); print_calibration_settings(_endstop_results, _angle_results); - serialprintPGM(save_message); - SERIAL_EOL(); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Save with M500 and/or copy to Configuration.h"); } else { // !end iterations char mess[15]; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G34_M422.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G34_M422.cpp index b7b366a1cf..d1b828d079 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G34_M422.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G34_M422.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -24,42 +24,47 @@ #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) +#include "../../feature/z_stepper_align.h" + #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../module/delta.h" -#include "../../module/motion.h" +#include "../../module/planner.h" #include "../../module/stepper.h" -#include "../../module/endstops.h" +#include "../../module/motion.h" +#include "../../module/probe.h" #if HOTENDS > 1 #include "../../module/tool_change.h" #endif -#if HAS_BED_PROBE - #include "../../module/probe.h" -#endif - #if HAS_LEVELING #include "../../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" #endif +#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + #include "../../libs/least_squares_fit.h" +#endif + #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE) #include "../../core/debug_out.h" -float z_auto_align_xpos[Z_STEPPER_COUNT] = Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X, - z_auto_align_ypos[Z_STEPPER_COUNT] = Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y; - inline void set_all_z_lock(const bool lock) { stepper.set_z_lock(lock); stepper.set_z2_lock(lock); - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 stepper.set_z3_lock(lock); + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + stepper.set_z4_lock(lock); + #endif #endif } /** * G34: Z-Stepper automatic alignment * - * Parameters: I T A + * I + * T + * A + * R points based on current probe offsets */ void GcodeSuite::G34() { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { @@ -69,6 +74,13 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() { do { // break out on error + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 4 + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Alignment for 4 steppers is Experimental!"); + #elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS > 4 + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Alignment not supported for over 4 steppers"); + break; + #endif + const int8_t z_auto_align_iterations = parser.intval('I', Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS); if (!WITHIN(z_auto_align_iterations, 1, 30)) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?(I)teration out of bounds (1-30)."); @@ -81,11 +93,20 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() { break; } - const float z_auto_align_amplification = parser.floatval('A', Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP); - if (!WITHIN(ABS(z_auto_align_amplification), 0.5f, 2.0f)) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?(A)mplification out of bounds (0.5-2.0)."); - break; - } + const float z_auto_align_amplification = + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP; + #else + parser.floatval('A', Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP); + if (!WITHIN(ABS(z_auto_align_amplification), 0.5f, 2.0f)) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?(A)mplification out of bounds (0.5-2.0)."); + break; + } + #endif + + if (parser.seen('R')) z_stepper_align.reset_to_default(); + + const ProbePtRaise raise_after = parser.boolval('E') ? PROBE_PT_STOW : PROBE_PT_RAISE; // Wait for planner moves to finish! planner.synchronize(); @@ -121,13 +142,20 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() { #define Z_BASIC_CLEARANCE Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES #endif - float z_probe = Z_BASIC_CLEARANCE + (G34_MAX_GRADE) * 0.01f * ( - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - SQRT(_MAX(HYPOT2(z_auto_align_xpos[0] - z_auto_align_ypos[0], z_auto_align_xpos[1] - z_auto_align_ypos[1]), - HYPOT2(z_auto_align_xpos[1] - z_auto_align_ypos[1], z_auto_align_xpos[2] - z_auto_align_ypos[2]), - HYPOT2(z_auto_align_xpos[2] - z_auto_align_ypos[2], z_auto_align_xpos[0] - z_auto_align_ypos[0]))) + // Compute a worst-case clearance height to probe from. After the first + // iteration this will be re-calculated based on the actual bed position + auto magnitude2 = [&](const uint8_t i, const uint8_t j) { + const xy_pos_t diff = z_stepper_align.xy[i] - z_stepper_align.xy[j]; + return HYPOT2(diff.x, diff.y); + }; + float z_probe = Z_BASIC_CLEARANCE + (G34_MAX_GRADE) * 0.01f * SQRT( + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 3 + _MAX(magnitude2(0, 1), magnitude2(1, 2), magnitude2(2, 0)) + #elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 4 + _MAX(magnitude2(0, 1), magnitude2(1, 2), magnitude2(2, 3), + magnitude2(3, 0), magnitude2(0, 2), magnitude2(1, 3)) #else - HYPOT(z_auto_align_xpos[0] - z_auto_align_ypos[0], z_auto_align_xpos[1] - z_auto_align_ypos[1]) + magnitude2(0, 1) #endif ); @@ -135,34 +163,55 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() { if (!all_axes_known()) home_all_axes(); // Move the Z coordinate realm towards the positive - dirty trick - current_position[Z_AXIS] -= z_probe * 0.5; + current_position.z += z_probe * 0.5f; + sync_plan_position(); + // Now, the Z origin lies below the build plate. That allows to probe deeper, before run_z_probe throws an error. + // This hack is un-done at the end of G34 - either by re-homing, or by using the probed heights of the last iteration. - float last_z_align_move[Z_STEPPER_COUNT] = ARRAY_N(Z_STEPPER_COUNT, 10000.0f, 10000.0f, 10000.0f), - z_measured[Z_STEPPER_COUNT] = { 0 }, + #if DISABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + float last_z_align_move[NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS] = ARRAY_N(NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS, 10000.0f, 10000.0f, 10000.0f, 10000.0f); + #else + float last_z_align_level_indicator = 10000.0f; + #endif + float z_measured[NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS] = { 0 }, z_maxdiff = 0.0f, amplification = z_auto_align_amplification; - const ProbePtRaise raise_after = parser.boolval('E') ? PROBE_PT_STOW : PROBE_PT_RAISE; - + // These are needed after the for-loop uint8_t iteration; bool err_break = false; + float z_measured_min; + + #if DISABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + bool adjustment_reverse = false; + #endif + + // 'iteration' is declared above and is also used after the for-loop. + // *not* the same as LOOP_L_N(iteration, z_auto_align_iterations) for (iteration = 0; iteration < z_auto_align_iterations; ++iteration) { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("> probing all positions."); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("\nITERATION: ", int(iteration + 1)); // Initialize minimum value - float z_measured_min = 100000.0f; + z_measured_min = 100000.0f; + float z_measured_max = -100000.0f; + // Probe all positions (one per Z-Stepper) - for (uint8_t izstepper = 0; izstepper < Z_STEPPER_COUNT; ++izstepper) { + LOOP_L_N(i, NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS) { // iteration odd/even --> downward / upward stepper sequence - const uint8_t zstepper = (iteration & 1) ? Z_STEPPER_COUNT - 1 - izstepper : izstepper; + const uint8_t iprobe = (iteration & 1) ? NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS - 1 - i : i; // Safe clearance even on an incline - if (iteration == 0 || izstepper > 0) do_blocking_move_to_z(z_probe); + if ((iteration == 0 || i > 0) && z_probe > current_position.z) do_blocking_move_to_z(z_probe); + + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_P(PSTR("Probing X"), z_stepper_align.xy[iprobe].x, SP_Y_STR, z_stepper_align.xy[iprobe].y); // Probe a Z height for each stepper. - const float z_probed_height = probe_at_point(z_auto_align_xpos[zstepper], z_auto_align_ypos[zstepper], raise_after, 0, true); + // Probing sanity check is disabled, as it would trigger even in normal cases because + // current_position.z has been manually altered in the "dirty trick" above. + const float z_probed_height = probe.probe_at_point(z_stepper_align.xy[iprobe], raise_after, 0, true, false); if (isnan(z_probed_height)) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Probing failed."); err_break = true; @@ -171,58 +220,107 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() { // Add height to each value, to provide a more useful target height for // the next iteration of probing. This allows adjustments to be made away from the bed. - z_measured[zstepper] = z_probed_height + Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES; + z_measured[iprobe] = z_probed_height + Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES; - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("> Z", int(zstepper + 1), " measured position is ", z_measured[zstepper]); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("> Z", int(iprobe + 1), " measured position is ", z_measured[iprobe]); // Remember the minimum measurement to calculate the correction later on - z_measured_min = _MIN(z_measured_min, z_measured[zstepper]); - } // for (zstepper) + z_measured_min = _MIN(z_measured_min, z_measured[iprobe]); + z_measured_max = _MAX(z_measured_max, z_measured[iprobe]); + } // for (i) if (err_break) break; // Adapt the next probe clearance height based on the new measurements. // Safe_height = lowest distance to bed (= highest measurement) plus highest measured misalignment. - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - z_maxdiff = _MAX(ABS(z_measured[0] - z_measured[1]), ABS(z_measured[1] - z_measured[2]), ABS(z_measured[2] - z_measured[0])); - z_probe = Z_BASIC_CLEARANCE + _MAX(z_measured[0], z_measured[1], z_measured[2]) + z_maxdiff; - #else - z_maxdiff = ABS(z_measured[0] - z_measured[1]); - z_probe = Z_BASIC_CLEARANCE + _MAX(z_measured[0], z_measured[1]) + z_maxdiff; + z_maxdiff = z_measured_max - z_measured_min; + z_probe = Z_BASIC_CLEARANCE + z_measured_max + z_maxdiff; + + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + // Replace the initial values in z_measured with calculated heights at + // each stepper position. This allows the adjustment algorithm to be + // shared between both possible probing mechanisms. + + // This must be done after the next z_probe height is calculated, so that + // the height is calculated from actual print area positions, and not + // extrapolated motor movements. + + // Compute the least-squares fit for all probed points. + // Calculate the Z position of each stepper and store it in z_measured. + // This allows the actual adjustment logic to be shared by both algorithms. + linear_fit_data lfd; + incremental_LSF_reset(&lfd); + LOOP_L_N(i, NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("PROBEPT_", int(i), ": ", z_measured[i]); + incremental_LSF(&lfd, z_stepper_align.xy[i], z_measured[i]); + } + finish_incremental_LSF(&lfd); + + z_measured_min = 100000.0f; + LOOP_L_N(i, NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS) { + z_measured[i] = -(lfd.A * z_stepper_align.stepper_xy[i].x + lfd.B * z_stepper_align.stepper_xy[i].y + lfd.D); + z_measured_min = _MIN(z_measured_min, z_measured[i]); + } + + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("CALCULATED STEPPER POSITIONS: Z1=", z_measured[0], " Z2=", z_measured[1], " Z3=", z_measured[2]); #endif - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\n" + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("\n" "DIFFERENCE Z1-Z2=", ABS(z_measured[0] - z_measured[1]) - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 3 , " Z2-Z3=", ABS(z_measured[1] - z_measured[2]) , " Z3-Z1=", ABS(z_measured[2] - z_measured[0]) #endif ); - SERIAL_EOL(); - SERIAL_EOL(); + + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + // Check if the applied corrections go in the correct direction. + // Calculate the sum of the absolute deviations from the mean of the probe measurements. + // Compare to the last iteration to ensure it's getting better. + + // Calculate mean value as a reference + float z_measured_mean = 0.0f; + LOOP_L_N(zstepper, NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS) z_measured_mean += z_measured[zstepper]; + z_measured_mean /= NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS; + + // Calculate the sum of the absolute deviations from the mean value + float z_align_level_indicator = 0.0f; + LOOP_L_N(zstepper, NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + z_align_level_indicator += ABS(z_measured[zstepper] - z_measured_mean); + + // If it's getting worse, stop and throw an error + if (last_z_align_level_indicator < z_align_level_indicator * 0.7f) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Decreasing accuracy detected."); + err_break = true; + break; + } + + last_z_align_level_indicator = z_align_level_indicator; + #endif // The following correction actions are to be enabled for select Z-steppers only stepper.set_separate_multi_axis(true); bool success_break = true; // Correct the individual stepper offsets - for (uint8_t zstepper = 0; zstepper < Z_STEPPER_COUNT; ++zstepper) { + LOOP_L_N(zstepper, NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS) { // Calculate current stepper move - const float z_align_move = z_measured[zstepper] - z_measured_min, - z_align_abs = ABS(z_align_move); + float z_align_move = z_measured[zstepper] - z_measured_min; + const float z_align_abs = ABS(z_align_move); - // Optimize one iterations correction based on the first measurements - if (z_align_abs > 0.0f) amplification = iteration == 1 ? _MIN(last_z_align_move[zstepper] / z_align_abs, 2.0f) : z_auto_align_amplification; + #if DISABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + // Optimize one iteration's correction based on the first measurements + if (z_align_abs) amplification = (iteration == 1) ? _MIN(last_z_align_move[zstepper] / z_align_abs, 2.0f) : z_auto_align_amplification; - // Check for less accuracy compared to last move - if (last_z_align_move[zstepper] < z_align_abs - 1.0) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Decreasing accuracy detected."); - err_break = true; - break; - } + // Check for less accuracy compared to last move + if (last_z_align_move[zstepper] < z_align_abs * 0.7f) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Decreasing accuracy detected."); + adjustment_reverse = !adjustment_reverse; + } - // Remember the alignment for the next iteration - last_z_align_move[zstepper] = z_align_abs; + // Remember the alignment for the next iteration + last_z_align_move[zstepper] = z_align_abs; + #endif // Stop early if all measured points achieve accuracy target if (z_align_abs > z_auto_align_accuracy) success_break = false; @@ -234,13 +332,23 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() { switch (zstepper) { case 0: stepper.set_z_lock(false); break; case 1: stepper.set_z2_lock(false); break; - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 case 2: stepper.set_z3_lock(false); break; #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 4 + case 3: stepper.set_z4_lock(false); break; + #endif } + #if DISABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + // Decreasing accuracy was detected so move was inverted. + // Will match reversed Z steppers on dual steppers. Triple will need more work to map. + if (adjustment_reverse) + z_align_move = -z_align_move; + #endif + // Do a move to correct part of the misalignment for the current stepper - do_blocking_move_to_z(amplification * z_align_move + current_position[Z_AXIS]); + do_blocking_move_to_z(amplification * z_align_move + current_position.z); } // for (zstepper) // Back to normal stepper operations @@ -253,66 +361,144 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() { } // for (iteration) - if (err_break) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("G34 aborted."); break; } + if (err_break) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("G34 aborted."); + else { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Did ", int(iteration + (iteration != z_auto_align_iterations)), " of ", int(z_auto_align_iterations)); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F("Accuracy: ", z_maxdiff); + } - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Did ", int(iteration + (iteration != z_auto_align_iterations)), " iterations of ", int(z_auto_align_iterations)); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F("Accuracy: ", z_maxdiff); - SERIAL_EOL(); + // Stow the probe, as the last call to probe.probe_at_point(...) left + // the probe deployed if it was successful. + probe.stow(); + + #if ENABLED(HOME_AFTER_G34) + // After this operation the z position needs correction + set_axis_not_trusted(Z_AXIS); + // Home Z after the alignment procedure + process_subcommands_now_P(PSTR("G28Z")); + #else + // Use the probed height from the last iteration to determine the Z height. + // z_measured_min is used, because all steppers are aligned to z_measured_min. + // Ideally, this would be equal to the 'z_probe * 0.5f' which was added earlier. + current_position.z -= z_measured_min - (float)Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES; + sync_plan_position(); + #endif // Restore the active tool after homing #if HOTENDS > 1 - tool_change(old_tool_index, ( - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - false // Fetch the previous toolhead - #else - true - #endif - )); + tool_change(old_tool_index, DISABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)); // Fetch previous tool for parking extruder #endif #if HAS_LEVELING && ENABLED(RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34) set_bed_leveling_enabled(leveling_was_active); #endif - // After this operation the z position needs correction - set_axis_is_not_at_home(Z_AXIS); - - // Stow the probe, as the last call to probe_at_point(...) left - // the probe deployed if it was successful. - STOW_PROBE(); - - // Home Z after the alignment procedure - process_subcommands_now_P(PSTR("G28 Z")); - }while(0); if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("<<< G34"); } /** - * M422: Z-Stepper automatic alignment parameter selection + * M422: Set a Z-Stepper automatic alignment XY point. + * Use repeatedly to set multiple points. + * + * S : Index of the probe point to set + * + * With Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS: + * W : Index of the Z stepper position to set + * The W and S parameters may not be combined. + * + * S and W require an X and/or Y parameter + * X : X position to set (Unchanged if omitted) + * Y : Y position to set (Unchanged if omitted) + * + * R : Recalculate points based on current probe offsets */ void GcodeSuite::M422() { - const int8_t zstepper = parser.intval('S') - 1; - if (!WITHIN(zstepper, 0, Z_STEPPER_COUNT - 1)) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?(S) Z-Stepper index invalid."); + + if (parser.seen('R')) { + z_stepper_align.reset_to_default(); return; } - const float x_pos = parser.floatval('X', z_auto_align_xpos[zstepper]); - if (!WITHIN(x_pos, X_MIN_POS, X_MAX_POS)) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?(X) out of bounds."); + if (!parser.seen_any()) { + LOOP_L_N(i, NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(PSTR("M422 S"), int(i + 1), SP_X_STR, z_stepper_align.xy[i].x, SP_Y_STR, z_stepper_align.xy[i].y); + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + LOOP_L_N(i, NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(PSTR("M422 W"), int(i + 1), SP_X_STR, z_stepper_align.stepper_xy[i].x, SP_Y_STR, z_stepper_align.stepper_xy[i].y); + #endif return; } - const float y_pos = parser.floatval('Y', z_auto_align_ypos[zstepper]); - if (!WITHIN(y_pos, Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS)) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?(Y) out of bounds."); + const bool is_probe_point = parser.seen('S'); + + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + if (is_probe_point && parser.seen('W')) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?(S) and (W) may not be combined."); + return; + } + #endif + + xy_pos_t *pos_dest = ( + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + !is_probe_point ? z_stepper_align.stepper_xy : + #endif + z_stepper_align.xy + ); + + if (!is_probe_point + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + && !parser.seen('W') + #endif + ) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM( + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + "?(S) or (W) is required." + #else + "?(S) is required." + #endif + ); return; } - z_auto_align_xpos[zstepper] = x_pos; - z_auto_align_ypos[zstepper] = y_pos; + // Get the Probe Position Index or Z Stepper Index + int8_t position_index; + if (is_probe_point) { + position_index = parser.intval('S') - 1; + if (!WITHIN(position_index, 0, int8_t(NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - 1)) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?(S) Z-ProbePosition index invalid."); + return; + } + } + else { + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + position_index = parser.intval('W') - 1; + if (!WITHIN(position_index, 0, NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS - 1)) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?(W) Z-Stepper index invalid."); + return; + } + #endif + } + + const xy_pos_t pos = { + parser.floatval('X', pos_dest[position_index].x), + parser.floatval('Y', pos_dest[position_index].y) + }; + + if (is_probe_point) { + if (!probe.can_reach(pos.x, Y_CENTER)) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?(X) out of bounds."); + return; + } + if (!probe.can_reach(pos)) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?(Y) out of bounds."); + return; + } + } + + pos_dest[position_index] = pos; } #endif // Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G425.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G425.cpp index 5c4272346f..69fb29165d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G425.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G425.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ * */ -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) @@ -56,22 +56,26 @@ #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_CERTAIN 0.5 // mm #endif -#define HAS_X_CENTER BOTH(CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT, CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT) -#define HAS_Y_CENTER BOTH(CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT, CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK) +#if BOTH(CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT, CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT) + #define HAS_X_CENTER 1 +#endif +#if BOTH(CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT, CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK) + #define HAS_Y_CENTER 1 +#endif enum side_t : uint8_t { TOP, RIGHT, FRONT, LEFT, BACK, NUM_SIDES }; +static constexpr xyz_pos_t true_center CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER; +static constexpr xyz_float_t dimensions CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS; +static constexpr xy_float_t nod = { CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER, CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER }; + struct measurements_t { - static constexpr float dimensions[XYZ] = CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS; - static constexpr float true_center[XYZ] = CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER; + xyz_pos_t obj_center = true_center; // Non-static must be assigned from xyz_pos_t - float obj_center[XYZ] = CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER; - float obj_side[NUM_SIDES]; + float obj_side[NUM_SIDES], backlash[NUM_SIDES]; + xyz_float_t pos_error; - float backlash[NUM_SIDES]; - float pos_error[XYZ]; - - float nozzle_outer_dimension[2] = {CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER, CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER}; + xy_float_t nozzle_outer_dimension = nod; }; #define TEMPORARY_SOFT_ENDSTOP_STATE(enable) REMEMBER(tes, soft_endstops_enabled, enable); @@ -88,29 +92,8 @@ struct measurements_t { #define TEMPORARY_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING(value) #endif -/** - * Move to a particular location. Up to three individual axes - * and their destinations can be specified, in any order. - */ -inline void move_to( - const AxisEnum a1 = NO_AXIS, const float p1 = 0, - const AxisEnum a2 = NO_AXIS, const float p2 = 0, - const AxisEnum a3 = NO_AXIS, const float p3 = 0 -) { - set_destination_from_current(); - - // Note: The order of p1, p2, p3 may not correspond to X, Y, Z - if (a1 != NO_AXIS) destination[a1] = p1; - if (a2 != NO_AXIS) destination[a2] = p2; - if (a3 != NO_AXIS) destination[a3] = p3; - - // Make sure coordinates are within bounds - destination[X_AXIS] = _MAX(_MIN(destination[X_AXIS], X_MAX_POS), X_MIN_POS); - destination[Y_AXIS] = _MAX(_MIN(destination[Y_AXIS], Y_MAX_POS), Y_MIN_POS); - destination[Z_AXIS] = _MAX(_MIN(destination[Z_AXIS], Z_MAX_POS), Z_MIN_POS); - - // Move to position - do_blocking_move_to(destination, MMM_TO_MMS(CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL)); +inline void calibration_move() { + do_blocking_move_to(current_position, MMM_TO_MMS(CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL)); } /** @@ -121,10 +104,12 @@ inline void move_to( */ inline void park_above_object(measurements_t &m, const float uncertainty) { // Move to safe distance above calibration object - move_to(Z_AXIS, m.obj_center[Z_AXIS] + m.dimensions[Z_AXIS] / 2 + uncertainty); + current_position.z = m.obj_center.z + dimensions.z / 2 + uncertainty; + calibration_move(); // Move to center of calibration object in XY - move_to(X_AXIS, m.obj_center[X_AXIS], Y_AXIS, m.obj_center[Y_AXIS]); + current_position = xy_pos_t(m.obj_center); + calibration_move(); } #if HOTENDS > 1 @@ -139,26 +124,23 @@ inline void park_above_object(measurements_t &m, const float uncertainty) { #if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET inline void normalize_hotend_offsets() { - for (uint8_t e = 1; e < HOTENDS; e++) { - hotend_offset[X_AXIS][e] -= hotend_offset[X_AXIS][0]; - hotend_offset[Y_AXIS][e] -= hotend_offset[Y_AXIS][0]; - hotend_offset[Z_AXIS][e] -= hotend_offset[Z_AXIS][0]; - } - hotend_offset[X_AXIS][0] = 0; - hotend_offset[Y_AXIS][0] = 0; - hotend_offset[Z_AXIS][0] = 0; + LOOP_S_L_N(e, 1, HOTENDS) + hotend_offset[e] -= hotend_offset[0]; + hotend_offset[0].reset(); } #endif inline bool read_calibration_pin() { - #if HAS_CALIBRATION_PIN - return (READ(CALIBRATION_PIN) != CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING); - #elif ENABLED(Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN) - return (READ(Z_MIN_PIN) != Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING); - #else - return (READ(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) != Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING); - #endif + return ( + #if PIN_EXISTS(CALIBRATION) + READ(CALIBRATION_PIN) != CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING + #elif HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN + READ(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) != Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #else + READ(Z_MIN_PIN) != Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #endif + ); } /** @@ -175,7 +157,7 @@ float measuring_movement(const AxisEnum axis, const int dir, const bool stop_sta const feedRate_t mms = fast ? MMM_TO_MMS(CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST) : MMM_TO_MMS(CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW); const float limit = fast ? 50 : 5; - set_destination_from_current(); + destination = current_position; for (float travel = 0; travel < limit; travel += step) { destination[axis] += dir * step; do_blocking_move_to(destination, mms); @@ -199,7 +181,7 @@ inline float measure(const AxisEnum axis, const int dir, const bool stop_state, const bool fast = uncertainty == CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_UNKNOWN; // Save position - set_destination_from_current(); + destination = current_position; const float start_pos = destination[axis]; const float measured_pos = measuring_movement(axis, dir, stop_state, fast); // Measure backlash @@ -223,7 +205,7 @@ inline float measure(const AxisEnum axis, const int dir, const bool stop_state, * to find out height of edge */ inline void probe_side(measurements_t &m, const float uncertainty, const side_t side, const bool probe_top_at_edge=false) { - const float dimensions[] = CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS; + const xyz_float_t dimensions = CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS; AxisEnum axis; float dir; @@ -232,7 +214,7 @@ inline void probe_side(measurements_t &m, const float uncertainty, const side_t switch (side) { case TOP: { const float measurement = measure(Z_AXIS, -1, true, &m.backlash[TOP], uncertainty); - m.obj_center[Z_AXIS] = measurement - dimensions[Z_AXIS] / 2; + m.obj_center.z = measurement - dimensions.z / 2; m.obj_side[TOP] = measurement; return; } @@ -240,22 +222,24 @@ inline void probe_side(measurements_t &m, const float uncertainty, const side_t case FRONT: axis = Y_AXIS; dir = 1; break; case LEFT: axis = X_AXIS; dir = 1; break; case BACK: axis = Y_AXIS; dir = -1; break; - default: - return; + default: return; } if (probe_top_at_edge) { // Probe top nearest the side we are probing - move_to(axis, m.obj_center[axis] + (-dir) * (dimensions[axis] / 2 - m.nozzle_outer_dimension[axis])); + current_position[axis] = m.obj_center[axis] + (-dir) * (dimensions[axis] / 2 - m.nozzle_outer_dimension[axis]); + calibration_move(); m.obj_side[TOP] = measure(Z_AXIS, -1, true, &m.backlash[TOP], uncertainty); - m.obj_center[Z_AXIS] = m.obj_side[TOP] - dimensions[Z_AXIS] / 2; + m.obj_center.z = m.obj_side[TOP] - dimensions.z / 2; } // Move to safe distance to the side of the calibration object - move_to(axis, m.obj_center[axis] + (-dir) * (dimensions[axis] / 2 + m.nozzle_outer_dimension[axis] / 2 + uncertainty)); + current_position[axis] = m.obj_center[axis] + (-dir) * (dimensions[axis] / 2 + m.nozzle_outer_dimension[axis] / 2 + uncertainty); + calibration_move(); // Plunge below the side of the calibration object and measure - move_to(Z_AXIS, m.obj_side[TOP] - CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT * 0.7); + current_position.z = m.obj_side[TOP] - CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT * 0.7; + calibration_move(); const float measurement = measure(axis, dir, true, &m.backlash[side], uncertainty); m.obj_center[axis] = measurement + dir * (dimensions[axis] / 2 + m.nozzle_outer_dimension[axis] / 2); m.obj_side[side] = measurement; @@ -294,36 +278,36 @@ inline void probe_sides(measurements_t &m, const float uncertainty) { // Compute the measured center of the calibration object. #if HAS_X_CENTER - m.obj_center[X_AXIS] = (m.obj_side[LEFT] + m.obj_side[RIGHT]) / 2; + m.obj_center.x = (m.obj_side[LEFT] + m.obj_side[RIGHT]) / 2; #endif #if HAS_Y_CENTER - m.obj_center[Y_AXIS] = (m.obj_side[FRONT] + m.obj_side[BACK]) / 2; + m.obj_center.y = (m.obj_side[FRONT] + m.obj_side[BACK]) / 2; #endif // Compute the outside diameter of the nozzle at the height // at which it makes contact with the calibration object #if HAS_X_CENTER - m.nozzle_outer_dimension[X_AXIS] = m.obj_side[RIGHT] - m.obj_side[LEFT] - m.dimensions[X_AXIS]; + m.nozzle_outer_dimension.x = m.obj_side[RIGHT] - m.obj_side[LEFT] - dimensions.x; #endif #if HAS_Y_CENTER - m.nozzle_outer_dimension[Y_AXIS] = m.obj_side[BACK] - m.obj_side[FRONT] - m.dimensions[Y_AXIS]; + m.nozzle_outer_dimension.y = m.obj_side[BACK] - m.obj_side[FRONT] - dimensions.y; #endif park_above_object(m, uncertainty); // The difference between the known and the measured location // of the calibration object is the positional error - m.pos_error[X_AXIS] = (0 + m.pos_error.x = (0 #if HAS_X_CENTER - + m.true_center[X_AXIS] - m.obj_center[X_AXIS] + + true_center.x - m.obj_center.x #endif ); - m.pos_error[Y_AXIS] = (0 + m.pos_error.y = (0 #if HAS_Y_CENTER - + m.true_center[Y_AXIS] - m.obj_center[Y_AXIS] + + true_center.y - m.obj_center.y #endif ); - m.pos_error[Z_AXIS] = m.true_center[Z_AXIS] - m.obj_center[Z_AXIS]; + m.pos_error.z = true_center.z - m.obj_center.z; } #if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_REPORTING) @@ -348,12 +332,12 @@ inline void probe_sides(measurements_t &m, const float uncertainty) { inline void report_measured_center(const measurements_t &m) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Center:"); #if HAS_X_CENTER - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" X", m.obj_center[X_AXIS]); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, m.obj_center.x); #endif #if HAS_Y_CENTER - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" Y", m.obj_center[Y_AXIS]); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, m.obj_center.y); #endif - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" Z", m.obj_center[Z_AXIS]); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, m.obj_center.z); SERIAL_EOL(); } @@ -380,12 +364,12 @@ inline void probe_sides(measurements_t &m, const float uncertainty) { SERIAL_ECHO(int(active_extruder)); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" Positional Error:"); #if HAS_X_CENTER - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" X", m.pos_error[X_AXIS]); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, m.pos_error.x); #endif #if HAS_Y_CENTER - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" Y", m.pos_error[Y_AXIS]); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, m.pos_error.y); #endif - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" Z", m.pos_error[Z_AXIS]); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, m.pos_error.z); SERIAL_EOL(); } @@ -393,10 +377,10 @@ inline void probe_sides(measurements_t &m, const float uncertainty) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Nozzle Tip Outer Dimensions:"); #if HAS_X_CENTER || HAS_Y_CENTER #if HAS_X_CENTER - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" X", m.nozzle_outer_dimension[X_AXIS]); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, m.nozzle_outer_dimension.x); #endif #if HAS_Y_CENTER - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" Y", m.nozzle_outer_dimension[Y_AXIS]); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, m.nozzle_outer_dimension.y); #endif #else UNUSED(m); @@ -409,8 +393,8 @@ inline void probe_sides(measurements_t &m, const float uncertainty) { // This function requires normalize_hotend_offsets() to be called // inline void report_hotend_offsets() { - for (uint8_t e = 1; e < HOTENDS; e++) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("T", int(e), " Hotend Offset X", hotend_offset[X_AXIS][e], " Y", hotend_offset[Y_AXIS][e], " Z", hotend_offset[Z_AXIS][e]); + LOOP_S_L_N(e, 1, HOTENDS) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(PSTR("T"), int(e), PSTR(" Hotend Offset X"), hotend_offset[e].x, SP_Y_STR, hotend_offset[e].y, SP_Z_STR, hotend_offset[e].z); } #endif @@ -434,49 +418,40 @@ inline void calibrate_backlash(measurements_t &m, const float uncertainty) { #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) #if HAS_X_CENTER - backlash.distance_mm[X_AXIS] = (m.backlash[LEFT] + m.backlash[RIGHT]) / 2; + backlash.distance_mm.x = (m.backlash[LEFT] + m.backlash[RIGHT]) / 2; #elif ENABLED(CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT) - backlash.distance_mm[X_AXIS] = m.backlash[LEFT]; + backlash.distance_mm.x = m.backlash[LEFT]; #elif ENABLED(CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT) - backlash.distance_mm[X_AXIS] = m.backlash[RIGHT]; + backlash.distance_mm.x = m.backlash[RIGHT]; #endif #if HAS_Y_CENTER - backlash.distance_mm[Y_AXIS] = (m.backlash[FRONT] + m.backlash[BACK]) / 2; + backlash.distance_mm.y = (m.backlash[FRONT] + m.backlash[BACK]) / 2; #elif ENABLED(CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT) - backlash.distance_mm[Y_AXIS] = m.backlash[FRONT]; + backlash.distance_mm.y = m.backlash[FRONT]; #elif ENABLED(CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK) - backlash.distance_mm[Y_AXIS] = m.backlash[BACK]; + backlash.distance_mm.y = m.backlash[BACK]; #endif - backlash.distance_mm[Z_AXIS] = m.backlash[TOP]; + backlash.distance_mm.z = m.backlash[TOP]; #endif } #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) // Turn on backlash compensation and move in all // directions to take up any backlash - { // New scope for TEMPORARY_BACKLASH_CORRECTION TEMPORARY_BACKLASH_CORRECTION(all_on); TEMPORARY_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING(0.0f); - move_to( - X_AXIS, current_position[X_AXIS] + 3, - Y_AXIS, current_position[Y_AXIS] + 3, - Z_AXIS, current_position[Z_AXIS] + 3 - ); - move_to( - X_AXIS, current_position[X_AXIS] - 3, - Y_AXIS, current_position[Y_AXIS] - 3, - Z_AXIS, current_position[Z_AXIS] - 3 - ); + const xyz_float_t move = { 3, 3, 3 }; + current_position += move; calibration_move(); + current_position -= move; calibration_move(); } #endif } inline void update_measurements(measurements_t &m, const AxisEnum axis) { - const float true_center[XYZ] = CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER; current_position[axis] += m.pos_error[axis]; m.obj_center[axis] = true_center[axis]; m.pos_error[axis] = 0; @@ -508,12 +483,12 @@ inline void calibrate_toolhead(measurements_t &m, const float uncertainty, const // Adjust the hotend offset #if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET #if HAS_X_CENTER - hotend_offset[X_AXIS][extruder] += m.pos_error[X_AXIS]; + hotend_offset[extruder].x += m.pos_error.x; #endif #if HAS_Y_CENTER - hotend_offset[Y_AXIS][extruder] += m.pos_error[Y_AXIS]; + hotend_offset[extruder].y += m.pos_error.y; #endif - hotend_offset[Z_AXIS][extruder] += m.pos_error[Z_AXIS]; + hotend_offset[extruder].z += m.pos_error.z; normalize_hotend_offsets(); #endif @@ -589,7 +564,8 @@ inline void calibrate_all() { // Do a slow and precise calibration of the toolheads calibrate_all_toolheads(m, CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_UNCERTAIN); - move_to(X_AXIS, 150); // Park nozzle away from calibration object + current_position.x = X_CENTER; + calibration_move(); // Park nozzle away from calibration object } /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G76_M871.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G76_M871.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c878f83a17 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G76_M871.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,338 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * G76_M871.cpp - Temperature calibration/compensation for z-probing + */ + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + +#include "../gcode.h" +#include "../../module/motion.h" +#include "../../module/planner.h" +#include "../../module/probe.h" +#include "../../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" +#include "../../module/temperature.h" +#include "../../module/probe.h" +#include "../../feature/probe_temp_comp.h" + +/** + * G76: calibrate probe and/or bed temperature offsets + * Notes: + * - When calibrating probe, bed temperature is held constant. + * Compensation values are deltas to first probe measurement at probe temp. = 30°C. + * - When calibrating bed, probe temperature is held constant. + * Compensation values are deltas to first probe measurement at bed temp. = 60°C. + * - The hotend will not be heated at any time. + * - On my Prusa MK3S clone I put a piece of paper between the probe and the hotend + * so the hotend fan would not cool my probe constantly. Alternativly you could just + * make sure the fan is not running while running the calibration process. + * + * Probe calibration: + * - Moves probe to cooldown point. + * - Heats up bed to 100°C. + * - Moves probe to probing point (1mm above heatbed). + * - Waits until probe reaches target temperature (30°C). + * - Does a z-probing (=base value) and increases target temperature by 5°C. + * - Waits until probe reaches increased target temperature. + * - Does a z-probing (delta to base value will be a compensation value) and increases target temperature by 5°C. + * - Repeats last two steps until max. temperature reached or timeout (i.e. probe does not heat up any further). + * - Compensation values of higher temperatures will be extrapolated (using linear regression first). + * While this is not exact by any means it is still better than simply using the last compensation value. + * + * Bed calibration: + * - Moves probe to cooldown point. + * - Heats up bed to 60°C. + * - Moves probe to probing point (1mm above heatbed). + * - Waits until probe reaches target temperature (30°C). + * - Does a z-probing (=base value) and increases bed temperature by 5°C. + * - Moves probe to cooldown point. + * - Waits until probe is below 30°C and bed has reached target temperature. + * - Moves probe to probing point and waits until it reaches target temperature (30°C). + * - Does a z-probing (delta to base value will be a compensation value) and increases bed temperature by 5°C. + * - Repeats last four points until max. bed temperature reached (110°C) or timeout. + * - Compensation values of higher temperatures will be extrapolated (using linear regression first). + * While this is not exact by any means it is still better than simply using the last compensation value. + * + * G76 [B | P] + * - no flag - Both calibration procedures will be run. + * - `B` - Run bed temperature calibration. + * - `P` - Run probe temperature calibration. + */ +void GcodeSuite::G76() { + // Check if heated bed is available and z-homing is done with probe + #if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 0 || !(HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE) + return; + #endif + + auto report_temps = [](millis_t &ntr, millis_t timeout=0) { + idle_no_sleep(); + const millis_t ms = millis(); + if (ELAPSED(ms, ntr)) { + ntr = ms + 1000; + thermalManager.print_heater_states(active_extruder); + } + return (timeout && ELAPSED(ms, timeout)); + }; + + auto wait_for_temps = [&](const float tb, const float tp, millis_t &ntr, const millis_t timeout=0) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Waiting for bed and probe temperature."); + while (fabs(thermalManager.degBed() - tb) > 0.1f || thermalManager.degProbe() > tp) + if (report_temps(ntr, timeout)) return true; + return false; + }; + + auto g76_probe = [](const xy_pos_t &xypos) { + do_blocking_move_to_z(5.0); // Raise nozzle before probing + const float measured_z = probe.probe_at_point(xypos, PROBE_PT_NONE, 0, false); // verbose=0, probe_relative=false + if (isnan(measured_z)) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Received NAN. Aborting."); + else + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F("Measured: ", measured_z); + return measured_z; + }; + + #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) + // Make sure any BLTouch error condition is cleared + bltouch_command(BLTOUCH_RESET, BLTOUCH_RESET_DELAY); + set_bltouch_deployed(false); + #endif + + bool do_bed_cal = parser.boolval('B'), do_probe_cal = parser.boolval('P'); + if (!do_bed_cal && !do_probe_cal) do_bed_cal = do_probe_cal = true; + + // Synchronize with planner + planner.synchronize(); + + const xyz_pos_t parkpos = { temp_comp.park_point_x, temp_comp.park_point_y, temp_comp.park_point_z }; + const xy_pos_t ppos = { temp_comp.measure_point_x, temp_comp.measure_point_y }; + + if (do_bed_cal || do_probe_cal) { + // Ensure park position is reachable + bool reachable = position_is_reachable(parkpos) || WITHIN(parkpos.z, Z_MIN_POS - fslop, Z_MAX_POS + fslop); + if (!reachable) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Park"); + else { + // Ensure probe position is reachable + reachable = probe.can_reach(ppos); + if (!reachable) SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Probe"); + } + + if (!reachable) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" position unreachable - aborting."); + return; + } + + process_subcommands_now_P(PSTR("G28")); + } + + remember_feedrate_scaling_off(); + + // Nozzle position based on probe position + const xy_pos_t noz_pos = ppos - probe.offset_xy; + + /****************************************** + * Calibrate bed temperature offsets + ******************************************/ + + // Report temperatures every second and handle heating timeouts + millis_t next_temp_report = millis() + 1000; + + if (do_bed_cal) { + + uint16_t target_bed = temp_comp.cali_info_init[TSI_BED].start_temp, + target_probe = temp_comp.bed_calib_probe_temp; + + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Waiting for cooling."); + while (thermalManager.degBed() > target_bed || thermalManager.degProbe() > target_probe) + report_temps(next_temp_report); + + // Disable leveling so it won't mess with us + #if HAS_LEVELING + set_bed_leveling_enabled(false); + #endif + + for (;;) { + thermalManager.setTargetBed(target_bed); + + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Target Bed:", target_bed, " Probe:", target_probe); + + // Park nozzle + do_blocking_move_to(parkpos); + + // Wait for heatbed to reach target temp and probe to cool below target temp + if (wait_for_temps(target_bed, target_probe, next_temp_report, millis() + 900UL * 1000UL)) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Bed heating timeout."); + break; + } + + // Move the nozzle to the probing point and wait for the probe to reach target temp + do_blocking_move_to_xy(noz_pos); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Waiting for probe heating."); + while (thermalManager.degProbe() < target_probe) + report_temps(next_temp_report); + + const float measured_z = g76_probe(noz_pos); + if (isnan(measured_z)) break; + + if (target_bed == temp_comp.cali_info_init[TSI_BED].start_temp) + temp_comp.prepare_new_calibration(measured_z); + else + temp_comp.push_back_new_measurement(TSI_BED, measured_z); + + target_bed += temp_comp.cali_info_init[TSI_BED].temp_res; + if (target_bed > temp_comp.max_bed_temp) break; + } + + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Retrieved measurements: ", temp_comp.get_index()); + if (temp_comp.finish_calibration(TSI_BED)) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Successfully calibrated bed."); + else + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Failed to calibrate bed. Values reset."); + + // Cleanup + thermalManager.setTargetBed(0); + #if HAS_LEVELING + set_bed_leveling_enabled(true); + #endif + } // do_bed_cal + + /******************************************** + * Calibrate probe temperature offsets + ********************************************/ + + if (do_probe_cal) { + + // Park nozzle + do_blocking_move_to(parkpos); + + // Initialize temperatures + const uint16_t target_bed = temp_comp.probe_calib_bed_temp; + thermalManager.setTargetBed(target_bed); + + uint16_t target_probe = temp_comp.cali_info_init[TSI_PROBE].start_temp; + + // Wait for heatbed to reach target temp and probe to cool below target temp + wait_for_temps(target_bed, target_probe, next_temp_report); + + // Disable leveling so it won't mess with us + #if HAS_LEVELING + set_bed_leveling_enabled(false); + #endif + + bool timeout = false; + for (;;) { + // Move probe to probing point and wait for it to reach target temperature + do_blocking_move_to_xy(noz_pos); + + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Waiting for probe heating. Bed:", target_bed, " Probe:", target_probe); + const millis_t probe_timeout_ms = millis() + 900UL * 1000UL; + while (thermalManager.degProbe() < target_probe) { + if (report_temps(next_temp_report, probe_timeout_ms)) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Probe heating timed out."); + timeout = true; + break; + } + } + if (timeout) break; + + const float measured_z = g76_probe(noz_pos); + if (isnan(measured_z)) break; + + if (target_probe == temp_comp.cali_info_init[TSI_PROBE].start_temp) + temp_comp.prepare_new_calibration(measured_z); + else + temp_comp.push_back_new_measurement(TSI_PROBE, measured_z); + + target_probe += temp_comp.cali_info_init[TSI_PROBE].temp_res; + if (target_probe > temp_comp.cali_info_init[TSI_PROBE].end_temp) break; + } + + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Retrieved measurements: ", temp_comp.get_index()); + if (temp_comp.finish_calibration(TSI_PROBE)) + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Successfully calibrated"); + else + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("!Failed to calibrate"); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" probe."); + + // Cleanup + thermalManager.setTargetBed(0); + #if HAS_LEVELING + set_bed_leveling_enabled(true); + #endif + + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Final compensation values:"); + temp_comp.print_offsets(); + } // do_probe_cal + + restore_feedrate_and_scaling(); +} + +/** + * M871: Report / reset temperature compensation offsets. + * Note: This does not affect values in EEPROM until M500. + * + * M871 [ R | B | P | E ] + * + * No Parameters - Print current offset values. + * + * Select only one of these flags: + * R - Reset all offsets to zero (i.e., disable compensation). + * B - Manually set offset for bed + * P - Manually set offset for probe + * E - Manually set offset for extruder + * + * With B, P, or E: + * I[index] - Index in the array + * V[value] - Adjustment in µm + */ +void GcodeSuite::M871() { + + if (parser.seen('R')) { + // Reset z-probe offsets to factory defaults + temp_comp.clear_all_offsets(); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Offsets reset to default."); + } + else if (parser.seen("BPE")) { + if (!parser.seenval('V')) return; + const int16_t val = parser.value_int(); + if (!parser.seenval('I')) return; + const int16_t idx = parser.value_int(); + const TempSensorID mod = (parser.seen('B') ? TSI_BED : + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + parser.seen('E') ? TSI_EXT : + #endif + TSI_PROBE + ); + if (idx > 0 && temp_comp.set_offset(mod, idx - 1, val)) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Set value: ", val); + else + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Invalid index. Failed to set value (note: value at index 0 is constant)."); + + } + else // Print current Z-probe adjustments. Note: Values in EEPROM might differ. + temp_comp.print_offsets(); +} + +#endif // PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M100.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M100.cpp index a6f4f8f5d2..6b8a0de528 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M100.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M100.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ #include "../queue.h" #include "../../libs/hex_print_routines.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for idle() +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for idle() /** * M100 Free Memory Watcher @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ * Also, there are two support functions that can be called from a developer's C code. * * uint16_t check_for_free_memory_corruption(PGM_P const free_memory_start); - * void M100_dump_routine(PGM_P const title, char *start, char *end); + * void M100_dump_routine(PGM_P const title, const char * const start, const char * const end); * * Initial version by Roxy-3D */ @@ -151,21 +151,21 @@ inline int32_t count_test_bytes(const char * const start_free_memory) { // Start and end the dump on a nice 16 byte boundary // (even though the values are not 16-byte aligned). // - start_free_memory = (char*)((ptr_int_t)((uint32_t)start_free_memory & 0xFFFFFFF0)); // Align to 16-byte boundary - end_free_memory = (char*)((ptr_int_t)((uint32_t)end_free_memory | 0x0000000F)); // Align end_free_memory to the 15th byte (at or above end_free_memory) + start_free_memory = (char*)(ptr_int_t(uint32_t(start_free_memory) & ~0xFUL)); // Align to 16-byte boundary + end_free_memory = (char*)(ptr_int_t(uint32_t(end_free_memory) | 0xFUL)); // Align end_free_memory to the 15th byte (at or above end_free_memory) // Dump command main loop while (start_free_memory < end_free_memory) { print_hex_address(start_free_memory); // Print the address SERIAL_CHAR(':'); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 16; i++) { // and 16 data bytes + LOOP_L_N(i, 16) { // and 16 data bytes if (i == 8) SERIAL_CHAR('-'); print_hex_byte(start_free_memory[i]); SERIAL_CHAR(' '); } serial_delay(25); SERIAL_CHAR('|'); // Point out non test bytes - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 16; i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, 16) { char ccc = (char)start_free_memory[i]; // cast to char before automatically casting to char on assignment, in case the compiler is broken ccc = (ccc == TEST_BYTE) ? ' ' : '?'; SERIAL_CHAR(ccc); @@ -177,15 +177,16 @@ inline int32_t count_test_bytes(const char * const start_free_memory) { } } - void M100_dump_routine(PGM_P const title, char *start, char *end) { + void M100_dump_routine(PGM_P const title, const char * const start, const char * const end) { serialprintPGM(title); SERIAL_EOL(); // // Round the start and end locations to produce full lines of output // - start = (char*)((ptr_int_t)((uint32_t)start & 0xFFFFFFF0)); // Align to 16-byte boundary - end = (char*)((ptr_int_t)((uint32_t)end | 0x0000000F)); // Align end_free_memory to the 15th byte (at or above end_free_memory) - dump_free_memory(start, end); + dump_free_memory( + (char*)(ptr_int_t(uint32_t(start) & ~0xFUL)), // Align to 16-byte boundary + (char*)(ptr_int_t(uint32_t(end) | 0xFUL)) // Align end_free_memory to the 15th byte (at or above end_free_memory) + ); } #endif // M100_FREE_MEMORY_DUMPER @@ -211,7 +212,7 @@ inline int check_for_free_memory_corruption(PGM_P const title) { // idle(); serial_delay(20); #if ENABLED(M100_FREE_MEMORY_DUMPER) - M100_dump_routine(PSTR(" Memory corruption detected with end_free_memory 5.0) ? -1 : 1; // clockwise or counter clockwise @@ -145,7 +149,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M48() { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("CW"); } - for (uint8_t l = 0; l < n_legs - 1; l++) { + LOOP_L_N(l, n_legs - 1) { float delta_angle; if (schizoid_flag) { @@ -165,32 +169,32 @@ void GcodeSuite::M48() { while (angle < 0.0) angle += 360.0; // outside of this range. It looks like they behave correctly with // numbers outside of the range, but just to be safe we clamp them. - X_current = X_probe_location - probe_offset[X_AXIS] + cos(RADIANS(angle)) * radius; - Y_current = Y_probe_location - probe_offset[Y_AXIS] + sin(RADIANS(angle)) * radius; + const xy_pos_t noz_pos = probe_pos - probe.offset_xy; + next_pos.set(noz_pos.x + cos(RADIANS(angle)) * radius, + noz_pos.y + sin(RADIANS(angle)) * radius); #if DISABLED(DELTA) - LIMIT(X_current, X_MIN_POS, X_MAX_POS); - LIMIT(Y_current, Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS); + LIMIT(next_pos.x, X_MIN_POS, X_MAX_POS); + LIMIT(next_pos.y, Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS); #else // If we have gone out too far, we can do a simple fix and scale the numbers // back in closer to the origin. - while (!position_is_reachable_by_probe(X_current, Y_current)) { - X_current *= 0.8; - Y_current *= 0.8; + while (!probe.can_reach(next_pos)) { + next_pos *= 0.8f; if (verbose_level > 3) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Moving inward: X", X_current, " Y", Y_current); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(PSTR("Moving inward: X"), next_pos.x, SP_Y_STR, next_pos.y); } #endif if (verbose_level > 3) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Going to: X", X_current, " Y", Y_current, " Z", current_position[Z_AXIS]); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(PSTR("Going to: X"), next_pos.x, SP_Y_STR, next_pos.y); - do_blocking_move_to_xy(X_current, Y_current); + do_blocking_move_to_xy(next_pos); } // n_legs loop } // n_legs // Probe a single point - sample_set[n] = probe_at_point(X_probe_location, Y_probe_location, raise_after, 0); + sample_set[n] = probe.probe_at_point(probe_pos, raise_after, 0); // Break the loop if the probe fails probing_good = !isnan(sample_set[n]); @@ -200,7 +204,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M48() { * Get the current mean for the data points we have so far */ float sum = 0.0; - for (uint8_t j = 0; j <= n; j++) sum += sample_set[j]; + LOOP_LE_N(j, n) sum += sample_set[j]; mean = sum / (n + 1); NOMORE(min, sample_set[n]); @@ -211,7 +215,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M48() { * data points we have so far */ sum = 0.0; - for (uint8_t j = 0; j <= n; j++) + LOOP_LE_N(j, n) sum += sq(sample_set[j] - mean); sigma = SQRT(sum / (n + 1)); @@ -234,7 +238,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M48() { } // n_samples loop } - STOW_PROBE(); + probe.stow(); if (probing_good) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Finished!"); @@ -252,7 +256,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M48() { #if HAS_SPI_LCD // Display M48 results in the status bar char sigma_str[8]; - ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(MSG_M48_DEVIATION ": %s"), dtostrf(sigma, 2, 6, sigma_str)); + ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(S_FMT ": %s"), GET_TEXT(MSG_M48_DEVIATION), dtostrf(sigma, 2, 6, sigma_str)); #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M665.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M665.cpp index 6422057ef8..0436736b4a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M665.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M665.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -37,20 +37,18 @@ * L = diagonal rod * R = delta radius * S = segments per second - * B = delta calibration radius * X = Alpha (Tower 1) angle trim * Y = Beta (Tower 2) angle trim * Z = Gamma (Tower 3) angle trim */ void GcodeSuite::M665() { - if (parser.seen('H')) delta_height = parser.value_linear_units(); - if (parser.seen('L')) delta_diagonal_rod = parser.value_linear_units(); - if (parser.seen('R')) delta_radius = parser.value_linear_units(); - if (parser.seen('S')) delta_segments_per_second = parser.value_float(); - if (parser.seen('B')) delta_calibration_radius = parser.value_float(); - if (parser.seen('X')) delta_tower_angle_trim[A_AXIS] = parser.value_float(); - if (parser.seen('Y')) delta_tower_angle_trim[B_AXIS] = parser.value_float(); - if (parser.seen('Z')) delta_tower_angle_trim[C_AXIS] = parser.value_float(); + if (parser.seen('H')) delta_height = parser.value_linear_units(); + if (parser.seen('L')) delta_diagonal_rod = parser.value_linear_units(); + if (parser.seen('R')) delta_radius = parser.value_linear_units(); + if (parser.seen('S')) delta_segments_per_second = parser.value_float(); + if (parser.seen('X')) delta_tower_angle_trim.a = parser.value_float(); + if (parser.seen('Y')) delta_tower_angle_trim.b = parser.value_float(); + if (parser.seen('Z')) delta_tower_angle_trim.c = parser.value_float(); recalc_delta_settings(); } @@ -76,13 +74,13 @@ #if HAS_SCARA_OFFSET - if (parser.seenval('Z')) scara_home_offset[Z_AXIS] = parser.value_linear_units(); + if (parser.seenval('Z')) scara_home_offset.z = parser.value_linear_units(); const bool hasA = parser.seenval('A'), hasP = parser.seenval('P'), hasX = parser.seenval('X'); const uint8_t sumAPX = hasA + hasP + hasX; if (sumAPX) { if (sumAPX == 1) - scara_home_offset[A_AXIS] = parser.value_float(); + scara_home_offset.a = parser.value_float(); else { SERIAL_ERROR_MSG("Only one of A, P, or X is allowed."); return; @@ -93,7 +91,7 @@ const uint8_t sumBTY = hasB + hasT + hasY; if (sumBTY) { if (sumBTY == 1) - scara_home_offset[B_AXIS] = parser.value_float(); + scara_home_offset.b = parser.value_float(); else { SERIAL_ERROR_MSG("Only one of B, T, or Y is allowed."); return; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M666.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M666.cpp index 3b55fb770d..721cbcfaa0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M666.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M666.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ void GcodeSuite::M666() { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(">>> M666"); LOOP_XYZ(i) { - if (parser.seen(axis_codes[i])) { + if (parser.seen(XYZ_CHAR(i))) { const float v = parser.value_linear_units(); if (v * Z_HOME_DIR <= 0) delta_endstop_adj[i] = v; - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("delta_endstop_adj[", axis_codes[i], "] = ", delta_endstop_adj[i]); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("delta_endstop_adj[", XYZ_CHAR(i), "] = ", delta_endstop_adj[i]); } } if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("<<< M666"); @@ -57,10 +57,11 @@ * M666: Set Dual Endstops offsets for X, Y, and/or Z. * With no parameters report current offsets. * - * For Triple Z Endstops: + * For Triple / Quad Z Endstops: * Set Z2 Only: M666 S2 Z * Set Z3 Only: M666 S3 Z - * Set Both: M666 Z + * Set Z4 Only: M666 S4 Z + * Set All: M666 Z */ void GcodeSuite::M666() { #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) @@ -69,15 +70,20 @@ #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) if (parser.seenval('Y')) endstops.y2_endstop_adj = parser.value_linear_units(); #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) if (parser.seenval('Z')) { - const float z_adj = parser.value_linear_units(); - const int ind = parser.intval('S'); - if (!ind || ind == 2) endstops.z2_endstop_adj = z_adj; - if (!ind || ind == 3) endstops.z3_endstop_adj = z_adj; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + const float z_adj = parser.value_linear_units(); + const int ind = parser.intval('S'); + if (!ind || ind == 2) endstops.z2_endstop_adj = z_adj; + if (!ind || ind == 3) endstops.z3_endstop_adj = z_adj; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + if (!ind || ind == 4) endstops.z4_endstop_adj = z_adj; + #endif + #else + endstops.z2_endstop_adj = parser.value_linear_units(); + #endif } - #elif Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS - if (parser.seen('Z')) endstops.z2_endstop_adj = parser.value_linear_units(); #endif if (!parser.seen("XYZ")) { SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Dual Endstop Adjustment (mm): "); @@ -87,11 +93,9 @@ #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y2:", endstops.y2_endstop_adj); #endif - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z2:", endstops.z2_endstop_adj); - #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z3:", endstops.z3_endstop_adj); + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #define _ECHO_ZADJ(N) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z" STRINGIFY(N) ":", endstops.z##N##_endstop_adj); + REPEAT_S(2, INCREMENT(NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS), _ECHO_ZADJ) #endif SERIAL_EOL(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M852.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M852.cpp index 156d1f5bf6..865b03def3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M852.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M852.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M852() { #endif if (badval) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_SKEW_MIN " " STRINGIFY(SKEW_FACTOR_MIN) " " MSG_SKEW_MAX " " STRINGIFY(SKEW_FACTOR_MAX)); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_SKEW_MIN " " STRINGIFY(SKEW_FACTOR_MIN) " " STR_SKEW_MAX " " STRINGIFY(SKEW_FACTOR_MAX)); // When skew is changed the current position changes if (setval) { @@ -93,13 +93,13 @@ void GcodeSuite::M852() { if (!ijk) { SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F(MSG_SKEW_FACTOR " XY: ", planner.skew_factor.xy, 6); + serialprintPGM(GET_TEXT(MSG_SKEW_FACTOR)); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(" XY: ", planner.skew_factor.xy, 6); #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" XZ: ", planner.skew_factor.xz); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" YZ: ", planner.skew_factor.yz); - #else - SERIAL_EOL(); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(" XZ: ", planner.skew_factor.xz, 6); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(" YZ: ", planner.skew_factor.yz, 6); #endif + SERIAL_EOL(); } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M200-M205.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M200-M205.cpp index c43b889244..b9192198bd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M200-M205.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M200-M205.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ */ #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../module/planner.h" #if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) @@ -41,8 +41,9 @@ // setting any extruder filament size disables volumetric on the assumption that // slicers either generate in extruder values as cubic mm or as as filament feeds // for all extruders - if ( (parser.volumetric_enabled = (parser.value_linear_units() != 0)) ) - planner.set_filament_size(target_extruder, parser.value_linear_units()); + const float dval = parser.value_linear_units(); + if ( (parser.volumetric_enabled = (dval != 0)) ) + planner.set_filament_size(target_extruder, dval); } planner.calculate_volumetric_multipliers(); } @@ -62,11 +63,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::M201() { LOOP_XYZE(i) { if (parser.seen(axis_codes[i])) { const uint8_t a = (i == E_AXIS ? uint8_t(E_AXIS_N(target_extruder)) : i); - planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[a] = parser.value_axis_units((AxisEnum)a); + planner.set_max_acceleration(a, parser.value_axis_units((AxisEnum)a)); } } - - planner.reset_acceleration_rates(); } /** @@ -82,7 +81,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M203() { LOOP_XYZE(i) if (parser.seen(axis_codes[i])) { const uint8_t a = (i == E_AXIS ? uint8_t(E_AXIS_N(target_extruder)) : i); - planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[a] = parser.value_axis_units((AxisEnum)a); + planner.set_max_feedrate(a, parser.value_axis_units((AxisEnum)a)); } } @@ -97,7 +96,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M204() { if (!parser.seen("PRST")) { SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Acceleration: P", planner.settings.acceleration); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" R", planner.settings.retract_acceleration); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" T", planner.settings.travel_acceleration); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_T_STR, planner.settings.travel_acceleration); } else { //planner.synchronize(); @@ -119,10 +118,10 @@ void GcodeSuite::M204() { * Y = Max Y Jerk (units/sec^2) * Z = Max Z Jerk (units/sec^2) * E = Max E Jerk (units/sec^2) - * J = Junction Deviation (mm) (Requires JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + * J = Junction Deviation (mm) (If not using CLASSIC_JERK) */ void GcodeSuite::M205() { - #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) #define J_PARAM "J" #else #define J_PARAM @@ -138,7 +137,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M205() { if (parser.seen('B')) planner.settings.min_segment_time_us = parser.value_ulong(); if (parser.seen('S')) planner.settings.min_feedrate_mm_s = parser.value_linear_units(); if (parser.seen('T')) planner.settings.min_travel_feedrate_mm_s = parser.value_linear_units(); - #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) if (parser.seen('J')) { const float junc_dev = parser.value_linear_units(); if (WITHIN(junc_dev, 0.01f, 0.3f)) { @@ -152,17 +151,17 @@ void GcodeSuite::M205() { } #endif #if HAS_CLASSIC_JERK - if (parser.seen('X')) planner.max_jerk[X_AXIS] = parser.value_linear_units(); - if (parser.seen('Y')) planner.max_jerk[Y_AXIS] = parser.value_linear_units(); + if (parser.seen('X')) planner.set_max_jerk(X_AXIS, parser.value_linear_units()); + if (parser.seen('Y')) planner.set_max_jerk(Y_AXIS, parser.value_linear_units()); if (parser.seen('Z')) { - planner.max_jerk[Z_AXIS] = parser.value_linear_units(); - #if HAS_MESH - if (planner.max_jerk[Z_AXIS] <= 0.1f) + planner.set_max_jerk(Z_AXIS, parser.value_linear_units()); + #if HAS_MESH && DISABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) + if (planner.max_jerk.z <= 0.1f) SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("WARNING! Low Z Jerk may lead to unwanted pauses."); #endif } - #if !BOTH(JUNCTION_DEVIATION, LIN_ADVANCE) - if (parser.seen('E')) planner.max_jerk[E_AXIS] = parser.value_linear_units(); + #if HAS_CLASSIC_E_JERK + if (parser.seen('E')) planner.set_max_jerk(E_AXIS, parser.value_linear_units()); #endif #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M217.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M217.cpp index ade8c280f7..44e69c4298 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M217.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M217.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -27,18 +27,22 @@ #include "../gcode.h" #include "../../module/tool_change.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for SP_X_STR, etc. + +extern const char SP_X_STR[], SP_Y_STR[], SP_Z_STR[]; + void M217_report(const bool eeprom=false) { #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) serialprintPGM(eeprom ? PSTR(" M217") : PSTR("Toolchange:")); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" S", LINEAR_UNIT(toolchange_settings.swap_length)); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" E", LINEAR_UNIT(toolchange_settings.extra_prime)); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" P", LINEAR_UNIT(toolchange_settings.prime_speed)); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_E_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(toolchange_settings.extra_prime)); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_P_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(toolchange_settings.prime_speed)); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" R", LINEAR_UNIT(toolchange_settings.retract_speed)); #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" X", LINEAR_UNIT(toolchange_settings.change_point.x)); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", LINEAR_UNIT(toolchange_settings.change_point.y)); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(toolchange_settings.change_point.x)); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(toolchange_settings.change_point.y)); #endif #else @@ -47,7 +51,7 @@ void M217_report(const bool eeprom=false) { #endif - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", LINEAR_UNIT(toolchange_settings.z_raise)); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(toolchange_settings.z_raise)); SERIAL_EOL(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M218.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M218.cpp index d439911713..5c7d5eac71 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M218.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M218.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -44,27 +44,27 @@ void GcodeSuite::M218() { const int8_t target_extruder = get_target_extruder_from_command(); if (target_extruder < 0) return; - if (parser.seenval('X')) hotend_offset[X_AXIS][target_extruder] = parser.value_linear_units(); - if (parser.seenval('Y')) hotend_offset[Y_AXIS][target_extruder] = parser.value_linear_units(); - if (parser.seenval('Z')) hotend_offset[Z_AXIS][target_extruder] = parser.value_linear_units(); + if (parser.seenval('X')) hotend_offset[target_extruder].x = parser.value_linear_units(); + if (parser.seenval('Y')) hotend_offset[target_extruder].y = parser.value_linear_units(); + if (parser.seenval('Z')) hotend_offset[target_extruder].z = parser.value_linear_units(); if (!parser.seen("XYZ")) { SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(STR_HOTEND_OFFSET); HOTEND_LOOP() { SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_ECHO(hotend_offset[X_AXIS][e]); + SERIAL_ECHO(hotend_offset[e].x); SERIAL_CHAR(','); - SERIAL_ECHO(hotend_offset[Y_AXIS][e]); + SERIAL_ECHO(hotend_offset[e].y); SERIAL_CHAR(','); - SERIAL_ECHO_F(hotend_offset[Z_AXIS][e], 3); + SERIAL_ECHO_F(hotend_offset[e].z, 3); } SERIAL_EOL(); } #if ENABLED(DELTA) if (target_extruder == active_extruder) - do_blocking_move_to_xy(current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[X_AXIS]); + do_blocking_move_to_xy(current_position, planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[X_AXIS]); #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M220.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M220.cpp index 50939b279b..f24c11e23d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M220.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M220.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -24,11 +24,30 @@ #include "../../module/motion.h" /** - * M220: Set speed percentage factor, aka "Feed Rate" (M220 S95) + * M220: Set speed percentage factor, aka "Feed Rate" + * + * Parameters + * S : Set the feed rate percentage factor + * + * Report the current speed percentage factor if no parameter is specified + * + * With PRUSA_MMU2... + * B : Flag to back up the current factor + * R : Flag to restore the last-saved factor */ void GcodeSuite::M220() { - if (parser.seenval('S')) - feedrate_percentage = parser.value_int(); + #if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) + static int16_t backup_feedrate_percentage = 100; + if (parser.seen('B')) backup_feedrate_percentage = feedrate_percentage; + if (parser.seen('R')) feedrate_percentage = backup_feedrate_percentage; + #endif + if (parser.seenval('S')) feedrate_percentage = parser.value_int(); + + if (!parser.seen_any()) { + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("FR:", feedrate_percentage); + SERIAL_CHAR('%'); + SERIAL_EOL(); + } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M221.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M221.cpp index 116ce776b2..8522b544fc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M221.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M221.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -39,8 +39,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M221() { } else { SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_CHAR('E'); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + target_extruder); + SERIAL_CHAR('E', '0' + target_extruder); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Flow: ", planner.flow_percentage[target_extruder]); SERIAL_CHAR('%'); SERIAL_EOL(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M281.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M281.cpp index a694cb2df4..e925cd5b12 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M281.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M281.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -30,6 +30,12 @@ void GcodeSuite::M281() { if (!parser.seenval('P')) return; const int servo_index = parser.value_int(); if (WITHIN(servo_index, 0, NUM_SERVOS - 1)) { + #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) + if (servo_index == Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR) { + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG("BLTouch angles can't be changed."); + return; + } + #endif bool angle_change = false; if (parser.seen('L')) { servo_angles[servo_index][0] = parser.value_int(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M301.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M301.cpp index 25a15d7728..54d32c8650 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M301.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M301.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -38,6 +38,10 @@ * * C[float] Kc term * L[int] LPQ length + * + * With PID_FAN_SCALING: + * + * F[float] Kf term */ void GcodeSuite::M301() { @@ -56,22 +60,29 @@ void GcodeSuite::M301() { NOLESS(thermalManager.lpq_len, 0); #endif + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + if (parser.seen('F')) PID_PARAM(Kf, e) = parser.value_float(); + #endif + thermalManager.updatePID(); SERIAL_ECHO_START(); #if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" e:", e); // specify extruder in serial output - #endif // PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND + #endif SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" p:", PID_PARAM(Kp, e), " i:", unscalePID_i(PID_PARAM(Ki, e)), " d:", unscalePID_d(PID_PARAM(Kd, e))); #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - //Kc does not have scaling applied above, or in resetting defaults SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" c:", PID_PARAM(Kc, e)); #endif + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" f:", PID_PARAM(Kf, e)); + #endif + SERIAL_EOL(); } else - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_INVALID_EXTRUDER); + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_INVALID_EXTRUDER); } #endif // PIDTEMP diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M302.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M302.cpp index 891f3c8258..aa178ea206 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M302.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M302.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M304.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M304.cpp index 3048c228d5..2a85149424 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M304.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M304.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -27,6 +27,13 @@ #include "../gcode.h" #include "../../module/temperature.h" +/** + * M304 - Set and/or Report the current Bed PID values + * + * P - Set the P value + * I - Set the I value + * D - Set the D value + */ void GcodeSuite::M304() { if (parser.seen('P')) thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kp = parser.value_float(); if (parser.seen('I')) thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Ki = scalePID_i(parser.value_float()); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M305.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M305.cpp index b697540986..d45e18f1b3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M305.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M305.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M305() { SERIAL_ECHO_MSG("!Invalid Steinhart-Hart C coeff. (-0.01 < C < +0.01)"); } // If not setting then report parameters else if (t_index < 0) { // ...all user thermistors - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < USER_THERMISTORS; i++) + LOOP_L_N(i, USER_THERMISTORS) thermalManager.log_user_thermistor(i); } else // ...one user thermistor diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M43.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M43.cpp index e26f6d8ee2..2c28da62fb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M43.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M43.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PINS_DEBUGGING) #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for pin_is_protected +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for pin_is_protected #include "../../pins/pinsDebug.h" #include "../../module/endstops.h" @@ -43,19 +43,13 @@ #endif #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #include "../../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" + #include "../../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" #endif #ifndef GET_PIN_MAP_PIN_M43 #define GET_PIN_MAP_PIN_M43(Q) GET_PIN_MAP_PIN(Q) #endif -inline void _watchdog_reset() { - #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - watchdog_reset(); - #endif -} - inline void toggle_pins() { const bool ignore_protection = parser.boolval('I'); const int repeat = parser.intval('R', 1), @@ -63,16 +57,17 @@ inline void toggle_pins() { end = PARSED_PIN_INDEX('L', NUM_DIGITAL_PINS - 1), wait = parser.intval('W', 500); - for (uint8_t i = start; i <= end; i++) { + LOOP_S_LE_N(i, start, end) { pin_t pin = GET_PIN_MAP_PIN_M43(i); if (!VALID_PIN(pin)) continue; if (M43_NEVER_TOUCH(i) || (!ignore_protection && pin_is_protected(pin))) { - report_pin_state_extended(pin, ignore_protection, true, "Untouched "); + report_pin_state_extended(pin, ignore_protection, true, PSTR("Untouched ")); SERIAL_EOL(); } else { - _watchdog_reset(); - report_pin_state_extended(pin, ignore_protection, true, "Pulsing "); + watchdog_refresh(); + report_pin_state_extended(pin, ignore_protection, true, PSTR("Pulsing ")); + const bool prior_mode = GET_PINMODE(pin); #if AVR_AT90USB1286_FAMILY // Teensy IDEs don't know about these pins so must use FASTIO if (pin == TEENSY_E2) { SET_OUTPUT(TEENSY_E2); @@ -95,12 +90,13 @@ inline void toggle_pins() { { pinMode(pin, OUTPUT); for (int16_t j = 0; j < repeat; j++) { - _watchdog_reset(); extDigitalWrite(pin, 0); safe_delay(wait); - _watchdog_reset(); extDigitalWrite(pin, 1); safe_delay(wait); - _watchdog_reset(); extDigitalWrite(pin, 0); safe_delay(wait); - _watchdog_reset(); + watchdog_refresh(); extDigitalWrite(pin, 0); safe_delay(wait); + watchdog_refresh(); extDigitalWrite(pin, 1); safe_delay(wait); + watchdog_refresh(); extDigitalWrite(pin, 0); safe_delay(wait); + watchdog_refresh(); } } + pinMode(pin, prior_mode); } SERIAL_EOL(); } @@ -319,7 +315,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M43() { NOLESS(first_pin, 2); // Don't hijack the UART pins #endif uint8_t pin_state[last_pin - first_pin + 1]; - for (uint8_t i = first_pin; i <= last_pin; i++) { + LOOP_S_LE_N(i, first_pin, last_pin) { pin_t pin = GET_PIN_MAP_PIN_M43(i); if (!VALID_PIN(pin)) continue; if (M43_NEVER_TOUCH(i) || (!ignore_protection && pin_is_protected(pin))) continue; @@ -337,15 +333,15 @@ void GcodeSuite::M43() { KEEPALIVE_STATE(PAUSED_FOR_USER); wait_for_user = true; #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("M43 Wait Called"), PSTR("Continue")); + host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("M43 Wait Called"), CONTINUE_STR); #endif #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired(PSTR("M43 Wait Called")); + ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired_P(PSTR("M43 Wait Called")); #endif #endif for (;;) { - for (uint8_t i = first_pin; i <= last_pin; i++) { + LOOP_S_LE_N(i, first_pin, last_pin) { pin_t pin = GET_PIN_MAP_PIN_M43(i); if (!VALID_PIN(pin)) continue; if (M43_NEVER_TOUCH(i) || (!ignore_protection && pin_is_protected(pin))) continue; @@ -371,7 +367,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M43() { } else { // Report current state of selected pin(s) - for (uint8_t i = first_pin; i <= last_pin; i++) { + LOOP_S_LE_N(i, first_pin, last_pin) { pin_t pin = GET_PIN_MAP_PIN_M43(i); if (VALID_PIN(pin)) report_pin_state_extended(pin, ignore_protection, true); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M540.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M540.cpp index fa04fa059d..a8ec628d5a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M540.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M540.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M575.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M575.cpp index 0abc8f9fea..947af14e30 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M575.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M575.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M672.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M672.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cc160bde66 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M672.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if ENABLED(SMART_EFFECTOR) && PIN_EXISTS(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD) + +#include "../gcode.h" +#include "../../HAL/shared/Delay.h" +#include "../parser.h" + +/** + * M672 - Set/reset Duet Smart Effector sensitivity + * + * One of these is required: + * S - 0-255 + * R - Flag to reset sensitivity to default + */ + +/** + * The Marlin format for the M672 command is different than shown in the Duet Smart Effector + * documentation https://duet3d.dozuki.com/Wiki/Smart_effector_and_carriage_adapters_for_delta_printer + * + * To set custom sensitivity: + * Duet: M672 S105:aaa:bbb + * Marlin: M672 Saaa + * + * (where aaa is the desired sensitivity and bbb is 255 - aaa). + * + * Revert sensitivity to factory settings: + * Duet: M672 S105:131:131 + * Marlin: M672 R + */ + +#define M672_PROGBYTE 105 // magic byte to start programming custom sensitivity +#define M672_ERASEBYTE 131 // magic byte to clear custom sensitivity + +// +// Smart Effector byte send protocol: +// +// 0 0 1 0 ... always 0010 +// b7 b6 b5 b4 ~b4 ... hi bits, NOT last bit +// b3 b2 b1 b0 ~b0 ... lo bits, NOT last bit +// +void M672_send(uint8_t b) { // bit rate requirement: 1KHz +/- 30% + LOOP_L_N(bits, 14) { + switch (bits) { + default: { OUT_WRITE(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN, !!(b & 0x80)); b <<= 1; break; } // send bit, shift next into place + case 7: + case 12: { OUT_WRITE(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN, !!(b & 0x80)); break; } // send bit. no shift + case 8: + case 13: { OUT_WRITE(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN, !(b & 0x80)); b <<= 1; break; } // send inverted previous bit + case 0: case 1: // 00 + case 3: { OUT_WRITE(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN, LOW); break; } // 0010 + case 2: { OUT_WRITE(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN, HIGH); break; } // 001 + } + DELAY_US(1000); + } +} + +void GcodeSuite::M672() { + if (parser.seen('R')) { + M672_send(M672_ERASEBYTE); + M672_send(M672_ERASEBYTE); + } + else if (parser.seenval('S')) { + const int8_t M672_sensitivity = parser.value_byte(); + M672_send(M672_PROGBYTE); + M672_send(M672_sensitivity); + M672_send(255 - M672_sensitivity); + } + else { + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG("!'S' or 'R' parameter required."); + return; + } + + OUT_WRITE(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN, LOW); // Keep Smart Effector in NORMAL mode +} + +#endif // SMART_EFFECTOR && SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M92.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M92.cpp index f0e27e82d1..bc86ff4d32 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M92.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M92.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,20 +25,20 @@ void report_M92(const bool echo=true, const int8_t e=-1) { if (echo) SERIAL_ECHO_START(); else SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M92 X", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[X_AXIS]), - " Y", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Y_AXIS]), - " Z", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Z_AXIS])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(PSTR(" M92 X"), LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[X_AXIS]), + SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Y_AXIS]), + SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Z_AXIS])); #if DISABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" E", VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_E_STR, VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS])); #endif SERIAL_EOL(); #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < E_STEPPERS; i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, E_STEPPERS) { if (e >= 0 && i != e) continue; if (echo) SERIAL_ECHO_START(); else SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" M92 T", (int)i, - " E", VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(i)])); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(PSTR(" M92 T"), (int)i, + SP_E_STR, VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(i)])); } #endif @@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ void GcodeSuite::M92() { const float value = parser.value_per_axis_units((AxisEnum)(E_AXIS_N(target_extruder))); if (value < 20) { float factor = planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(target_extruder)] / value; // increase e constants if M92 E14 is given for netfab. - #if HAS_CLASSIC_JERK && !BOTH(JUNCTION_DEVIATION, LIN_ADVANCE) - planner.max_jerk[E_AXIS] *= factor; + #if HAS_CLASSIC_JERK && HAS_CLASSIC_E_JERK + planner.max_jerk.e *= factor; #endif planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS_N(target_extruder)] *= factor; planner.max_acceleration_steps_per_s2[E_AXIS_N(target_extruder)] *= factor; @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M92() { const float wanted = parser.floatval('L'); if (parser.seen('H') || wanted) { const uint16_t argH = parser.ushortval('H'), - micro_steps = argH ? argH : Z_MICROSTEPS; + micro_steps = argH ?: Z_MICROSTEPS; const float z_full_step_mm = micro_steps * planner.steps_to_mm[Z_AXIS]; SERIAL_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("{ micro_steps:", micro_steps, ", z_full_step_mm:", z_full_step_mm); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M108_M112_M410.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M108_M112_M410.cpp index 9b6193bd93..cb4220507d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M108_M112_M410.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M108_M112_M410.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #if DISABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER) #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for wait_for_heatup, kill, quickstop_stepper +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for wait_for_heatup, kill, quickstop_stepper /** * M108: Stop the waiting for heaters in M109, M190, M303. Does not affect the target temperature. @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M108() { * M112: Full Shutdown */ void GcodeSuite::M112() { - kill(PSTR("M112 Shutdown"), true); + kill(M112_KILL_STR, nullptr, true); } /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M111.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M111.cpp index 1c608408f3..20ed44fb2e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M111.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M111.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ void GcodeSuite::M111() { if (parser.seen('S')) marlin_debug_flags = parser.byteval('S'); - static const char str_debug_1[] PROGMEM = MSG_DEBUG_ECHO, - str_debug_2[] PROGMEM = MSG_DEBUG_INFO, - str_debug_4[] PROGMEM = MSG_DEBUG_ERRORS, - str_debug_8[] PROGMEM = MSG_DEBUG_DRYRUN, - str_debug_16[] PROGMEM = MSG_DEBUG_COMMUNICATION + static const char str_debug_1[] PROGMEM = STR_DEBUG_ECHO, + str_debug_2[] PROGMEM = STR_DEBUG_INFO, + str_debug_4[] PROGMEM = STR_DEBUG_ERRORS, + str_debug_8[] PROGMEM = STR_DEBUG_DRYRUN, + str_debug_16[] PROGMEM = STR_DEBUG_COMMUNICATION #if ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE) - , str_debug_lvl[] PROGMEM = MSG_DEBUG_LEVELING + , str_debug_lvl[] PROGMEM = STR_DEBUG_LEVELING #endif ; @@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ void GcodeSuite::M111() { }; SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_DEBUG_PREFIX); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(STR_DEBUG_PREFIX); if (marlin_debug_flags) { uint8_t comma = 0; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < COUNT(debug_strings); i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, COUNT(debug_strings)) { if (TEST(marlin_debug_flags, i)) { if (comma++) SERIAL_CHAR(','); serialprintPGM((char*)pgm_read_ptr(&debug_strings[i])); @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M111() { } } else { - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_DEBUG_OFF); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(STR_DEBUG_OFF); #if !defined(__AVR__) || !defined(USBCON) #if ENABLED(SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nBuffer Overruns: ", MYSERIAL0.buffer_overruns()); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M120_M121.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M120_M121.cpp index 7ee6a83fbf..b25834cbda 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M120_M121.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M120_M121.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M17_M18_M84.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M17_M18_M84.cpp index de6eab4f74..d69654a959 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M17_M18_M84.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M17_M18_M84.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ */ #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for stepper_inactive_time, disable_e_steppers +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for stepper_inactive_time, disable_e_steppers #include "../../lcd/ultralcd.h" #include "../../module/stepper.h" @@ -34,9 +34,9 @@ */ void GcodeSuite::M17() { if (parser.seen("XYZE")) { - if (parser.seen('X')) enable_X(); - if (parser.seen('Y')) enable_Y(); - if (parser.seen('Z')) enable_Z(); + if (parser.seen('X')) ENABLE_AXIS_X(); + if (parser.seen('Y')) ENABLE_AXIS_Y(); + if (parser.seen('Z')) ENABLE_AXIS_Z(); #if HAS_E_STEPPER_ENABLE if (parser.seen('E')) enable_e_steppers(); #endif @@ -57,9 +57,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::M18_M84() { else { if (parser.seen("XYZE")) { planner.synchronize(); - if (parser.seen('X')) disable_X(); - if (parser.seen('Y')) disable_Y(); - if (parser.seen('Z')) disable_Z(); + if (parser.seen('X')) DISABLE_AXIS_X(); + if (parser.seen('Y')) DISABLE_AXIS_Y(); + if (parser.seen('Z')) DISABLE_AXIS_Z(); #if HAS_E_STEPPER_ENABLE if (parser.seen('E')) disable_e_steppers(); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M211.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M211.cpp index 64c2732755..3b0a928b8f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M211.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M211.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -33,18 +33,14 @@ * Usage: M211 S1 to enable, M211 S0 to disable, M211 alone for report */ void GcodeSuite::M211() { + const xyz_pos_t l_soft_min = soft_endstop.min.asLogical(), + l_soft_max = soft_endstop.max.asLogical(); SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_SOFT_ENDSTOPS); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(STR_SOFT_ENDSTOPS); if (parser.seen('S')) soft_endstops_enabled = parser.value_bool(); serialprint_onoff(soft_endstops_enabled); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_SOFT_MIN); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR( MSG_X, LOGICAL_X_POSITION(soft_endstop[X_AXIS].min)); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" " MSG_Y, LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(soft_endstop[Y_AXIS].min)); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" " MSG_Z, LOGICAL_Z_POSITION(soft_endstop[Z_AXIS].min)); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_SOFT_MAX); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR( MSG_X, LOGICAL_X_POSITION(soft_endstop[X_AXIS].max)); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" " MSG_Y, LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(soft_endstop[Y_AXIS].max)); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" " MSG_Z, LOGICAL_Z_POSITION(soft_endstop[Z_AXIS].max)); + print_xyz(l_soft_min, PSTR(STR_SOFT_MIN), PSTR(" ")); + print_xyz(l_soft_max, PSTR(STR_SOFT_MAX)); } #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M226.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M226.cpp index 5bcf55b2f7..0dfbfd6252 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M226.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M226.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ */ #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for pin_is_protected and idle() +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for pin_is_protected and idle() #include "../../module/stepper.h" /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M280.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M280.cpp index 6b65e9b753..21a6c9890d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M280.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M280.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M3-M5.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M3-M5.cpp index b5e789a92f..56e1e0e4ec 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M3-M5.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M3-M5.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -29,10 +29,20 @@ #include "../../module/stepper.h" /** - * M3 - Cutter ON (Clockwise) - * M4 - Cutter ON (Counter-clockwise) + * Laser: * - * S - Set power. S0 turns it off. + * M3 - Laser ON/Power (Ramped power) + * M4 - Laser ON/Power (Continuous power) + * + * S - Set power. S0 will turn the laser off. + * O - Set power and OCR + * + * Spindle: + * + * M3 - Spindle ON (Clockwise) + * M4 - Spindle ON (Counter-clockwise) + * + * S - Set power. S0 will turn the spindle off. * O - Set power and OCR * * If no PWM pin is defined then M3/M4 just turns it on. @@ -61,12 +71,14 @@ */ void GcodeSuite::M3_M4(const bool is_M4) { - planner.synchronize(); // Wait for previous movement commands (G0/G0/G2/G3) to complete before changing power + #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) + planner.synchronize(); // Wait for movement to complete before changing power + #endif cutter.set_direction(is_M4); #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) - if (parser.seen('O')) + if (parser.seenval('O')) cutter.set_ocr_power(parser.value_byte()); // The OCR is a value from 0 to 255 (uint8_t) else cutter.set_power(parser.intval('S', 255)); @@ -79,7 +91,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::M3_M4(const bool is_M4) { * M5 - Cutter OFF */ void GcodeSuite::M5() { - planner.synchronize(); + #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) + planner.synchronize(); + #endif cutter.set_enabled(false); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M350_M351.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M350_M351.cpp index 44a2dd4943..54b29a21d3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M350_M351.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M350_M351.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ * Warning: Steps-per-unit remains unchanged. */ void GcodeSuite::M350() { - if (parser.seen('S')) for (uint8_t i = 0; i <= 4; i++) stepper.microstep_mode(i, parser.value_byte()); + if (parser.seen('S')) LOOP_LE_N(i, 4) stepper.microstep_mode(i, parser.value_byte()); LOOP_XYZE(i) if (parser.seen(axis_codes[i])) stepper.microstep_mode(i, parser.value_byte()); if (parser.seen('B')) stepper.microstep_mode(4, parser.value_byte()); stepper.microstep_readings(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M380_M381.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M380_M381.cpp index 58d0431698..756021a59b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M380_M381.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M380_M381.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M400.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M400.cpp index 445aa9c979..3926299807 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M400.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M400.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M42.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M42.cpp index 0ee2ef7079..74625b0318 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M42.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M42.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ */ #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for pin_is_protected +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for pin_is_protected #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #if FAN_COUNT > 0 @@ -37,11 +37,10 @@ * * S Pin status from 0 - 255 * I Flag to ignore Marlin's pin protection + * + * M Pin mode: 0=INPUT 1=OUTPUT 2=INPUT_PULLUP 3=INPUT_PULLDOWN */ void GcodeSuite::M42() { - if (!parser.seenval('S')) return; - const byte pin_status = parser.value_byte(); - const int pin_index = PARSED_PIN_INDEX('P', GET_PIN_MAP_INDEX(LED_PIN)); if (pin_index < 0) return; @@ -49,21 +48,52 @@ void GcodeSuite::M42() { if (!parser.boolval('I') && pin_is_protected(pin)) return protected_pin_err(); - pinMode(pin, OUTPUT); - extDigitalWrite(pin, pin_status); - analogWrite(pin, pin_status); + if (parser.seenval('M')) { + switch (parser.value_byte()) { + case 0: pinMode(pin, INPUT); break; + case 1: pinMode(pin, OUTPUT); break; + case 2: pinMode(pin, INPUT_PULLUP); break; + #ifdef INPUT_PULLDOWN + case 3: pinMode(pin, INPUT_PULLDOWN); break; + #endif + default: SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Invalid Pin Mode"); + } + return; + } + + if (!parser.seenval('S')) return; + const byte pin_status = parser.value_byte(); #if FAN_COUNT > 0 switch (pin) { #if HAS_FAN0 - case FAN0_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[0] = pin_status; break; + case FAN0_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[0] = pin_status; return; #endif #if HAS_FAN1 - case FAN1_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[1] = pin_status; break; + case FAN1_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[1] = pin_status; return; #endif #if HAS_FAN2 - case FAN2_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[2] = pin_status; break; + case FAN2_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[2] = pin_status; return; + #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + case FAN3_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[3] = pin_status; return; + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + case FAN4_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[4] = pin_status; return; + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + case FAN5_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[5] = pin_status; return; + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + case FAN6_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[6] = pin_status; return; + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + case FAN7_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[7] = pin_status; return; #endif } #endif + + pinMode(pin, OUTPUT); + extDigitalWrite(pin, pin_status); + analogWrite(pin, pin_status); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M605.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M605.cpp index 84a75686a4..ab5efbbb48 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M605.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M605.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -79,9 +79,9 @@ } mirrored_duplication_mode = true; stepper.set_directions(); - float x_jog = current_position[X_AXIS] - .1; + float x_jog = current_position.x - .1; for (uint8_t i = 2; --i;) { - planner.buffer_line(x_jog, current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS], current_position[E_AXIS], feedrate_mm_s, 0); + planner.buffer_line(x_jog, current_position.y, current_position.z, current_position.e, feedrate_mm_s, 0); x_jog += .1; } return; @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nActive Ext: ", int(active_extruder)); if (!active_extruder_parked) DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" NOT "); DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" parked."); - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nactive_extruder_x_pos: ", current_position[X_AXIS]); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nactive_extruder_x_pos: ", current_position.x); DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\ninactive_extruder_x_pos: ", inactive_extruder_x_pos); DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nextruder_duplication_enabled: ", int(extruder_duplication_enabled)); DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nduplicate_extruder_x_offset: ", duplicate_extruder_x_offset); @@ -137,8 +137,8 @@ DEBUG_EOL(); HOTEND_LOOP() { - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" T", int(e)); - LOOP_XYZ(a) DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" hotend_offset[", axis_codes[a], "_AXIS][", int(e), "]=", hotend_offset[a][e]); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_T_STR, int(e)); + LOOP_XYZ(a) DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" hotend_offset[", int(e), "].", XYZ_CHAR(a) | 0x20, "=", hotend_offset[e][a]); DEBUG_EOL(); } DEBUG_EOL(); @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ extruder_duplication_enabled = ena && (duplication_e_mask >= 3); } SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_DUPLICATION_MODE); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(STR_DUPLICATION_MODE); serialprint_onoff(extruder_duplication_enabled); if (ena) { SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ( "); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M7-M9.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M7-M9.cpp index 91898374fd..1fc8a93e2e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M7-M9.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M7-M9.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M80_M81.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M80_M81.cpp index 03f73fe877..e8d9aa2fdf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M80_M81.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M80_M81.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -32,10 +32,10 @@ #endif #if HAS_SUICIDE - #include "../../Marlin.h" + #include "../../MarlinCore.h" #endif -#if HAS_POWER_SWITCH +#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) #include "../../feature/power.h" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ // Could be moved to a feature, but this is all the data bool powersupply_on; - #if HAS_TRINAMIC + #if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG #include "../../feature/tmc_util.h" #endif @@ -68,11 +68,11 @@ * a print without suicide... */ #if HAS_SUICIDE - OUT_WRITE(SUICIDE_PIN, HIGH); + OUT_WRITE(SUICIDE_PIN, !SUICIDE_PIN_INVERTING); #endif #if DISABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - delay(100); // Wait for power to settle + delay(PSU_POWERUP_DELAY); // Wait for power to settle restore_stepper_drivers(); #endif @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ #endif } -#endif // HAS_POWER_SWITCH +#endif // ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) /** * M81: Turn off Power, including Power Supply, if there is one. @@ -105,11 +105,11 @@ void GcodeSuite::M81() { #if HAS_SUICIDE suicide(); - #elif HAS_POWER_SWITCH + #elif ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) PSU_OFF(); #endif #if HAS_LCD_MENU - LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MACHINE_NAME " " MSG_OFF "."); + LCD_MESSAGEPGM_P(PSTR(MACHINE_NAME " " STR_OFF ".")); #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M85.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M85.cpp index bc5a91c375..1cdf49f609 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M85.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M85.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -21,13 +21,16 @@ */ #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for max_inactive_time +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for max_inactive_time /** * M85: Set inactivity shutdown timer with parameter S. To disable set zero (default) */ void GcodeSuite::M85() { - if (parser.seen('S')) max_inactive_time = parser.value_millis_from_seconds(); + if (parser.seen('S')) { + reset_stepper_timeout(); + max_inactive_time = parser.value_millis_from_seconds(); + } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M997.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M997.cpp index 369bba044f..1d9b12204d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M997.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M997.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M999.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M999.cpp index 2972e086d1..79cd5e1854 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M999.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M999.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ #include "../gcode.h" #include "../../lcd/ultralcd.h" // for lcd_reset_alert_level -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for Running +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for marlin_state #include "../queue.h" // for flush_and_request_resend /** @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ * */ void GcodeSuite::M999() { - Running = true; + marlin_state = MF_RUNNING; ui.reset_alert_level(); if (parser.boolval('S')) return; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/T.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/T.cpp index db6c173071..e6b3bb5d68 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/T.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/T.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ #endif #if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - #include "../../feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.h" + #include "../../feature/mmu2/mmu2.h" #endif #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE) diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/eeprom/M500-M504.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/eeprom/M500-M504.cpp index 79bacf0662..17f9ff71fa 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/eeprom/M500-M504.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/eeprom/M500-M504.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M122.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M122.cpp index 1fbb72aacf..ec5f9aea28 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M122.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M122.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -22,36 +22,64 @@ #include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) +#if HAS_L64XX #include "../../gcode.h" -#include "../../../libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" +#include "../../../libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" #include "../../../module/stepper/indirection.h" -inline void echo_yes_no(const bool yes) { serialprintPGM(yes ? PSTR(" YES") : PSTR(" NO ")); } +void echo_yes_no(const bool yes); -void L6470_status_decode(const uint16_t status, const uint8_t axis) { - if (L6470.spi_abort) return; // don't do anything if set_directions() has occurred - L6470.say_axis(axis); +inline void L6470_say_status(const L64XX_axis_t axis) { + if (L64xxManager.spi_abort) return; + const L64XX_Marlin::L64XX_shadow_t &sh = L64xxManager.shadow; + L64xxManager.get_status(axis); + L64xxManager.say_axis(axis); #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) char temp_buf[20]; - sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR(" status: %4x "), status); + sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR(" status: %4x "), sh.STATUS_AXIS_RAW); SERIAL_ECHO(temp_buf); - print_bin(status); + print_bin(sh.STATUS_AXIS_RAW); + switch (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT) { + case L6470_STATUS_LAYOUT: serialprintPGM(PSTR(" L6470")); break; + case L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT: serialprintPGM(PSTR(" L6474")); break; + case L6480_STATUS_LAYOUT: serialprintPGM(PSTR(" L6480/powerSTEP01")); break; + } #endif SERIAL_ECHOPGM("\n...OUTPUT: "); - serialprintPGM(status & STATUS_HIZ ? PSTR("OFF") : PSTR("ON ")); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" BUSY: "); echo_yes_no(!(status & STATUS_BUSY)); + serialprintPGM(sh.STATUS_AXIS & STATUS_HIZ ? PSTR("OFF") : PSTR("ON ")); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" BUSY: "); echo_yes_no((sh.STATUS_AXIS & STATUS_BUSY) == 0); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" DIR: "); - serialprintPGM((((status & STATUS_DIR) >> 4) ^ L6470.index_to_dir[axis]) ? PSTR("FORWARD") : PSTR("REVERSE")); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Last Command: "); - if (status & STATUS_WRONG_CMD) SERIAL_ECHOPGM("IN"); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("VALID "); - serialprintPGM(status & STATUS_NOTPERF_CMD ? PSTR("Not PERFORMED") : PSTR("COMPLETED ")); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\n...THERMAL: ", !(status & STATUS_TH_SD) ? "SHUTDOWN" : !(status & STATUS_TH_WRN) ? "WARNING " : "OK "); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" OVERCURRENT:"); echo_yes_no(!(status & STATUS_OCD)); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" STALL:"); echo_yes_no(!(status & STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A) || !(status & STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B)); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" STEP-CLOCK MODE:"); echo_yes_no(status & STATUS_SCK_MOD); + serialprintPGM((((sh.STATUS_AXIS & STATUS_DIR) >> 4) ^ L64xxManager.index_to_dir[axis]) ? PSTR("FORWARD") : PSTR("REVERSE")); + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6480_STATUS_LAYOUT) { + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Last Command: "); + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_WRONG_CMD) SERIAL_ECHOPGM("VALID"); + else SERIAL_ECHOPGM("ERROR"); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("\n...THERMAL: "); + switch ((sh.STATUS_AXIS & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD | sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN)) >> 11) { + case 0: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("DEVICE SHUTDOWN"); break; + case 1: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("BRIDGE SHUTDOWN"); break; + case 2: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("WARNING "); break; + case 3: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("OK "); break; + } + } + else { + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Last Command: "); + if (!(sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_WRONG_CMD)) SERIAL_ECHOPGM("IN"); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("VALID "); + serialprintPGM(sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_NOTPERF_CMD ? PSTR("COMPLETED ") : PSTR("Not PERFORMED")); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\n...THERMAL: ", !(sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD) ? "SHUTDOWN " : !(sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN) ? "WARNING " : "OK "); + } + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" OVERCURRENT:"); echo_yes_no((sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD) == 0); + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT != L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" STALL:"); echo_yes_no((sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A) == 0 || (sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B) == 0); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" STEP-CLOCK MODE:"); echo_yes_no((sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_SCK_MOD) != 0); + } + else { + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" STALL: NA " + " STEP-CLOCK MODE: NA" + " UNDER VOLTAGE LOCKOUT: "); echo_yes_no((sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_UVLO) == 0); + } SERIAL_EOL(); } @@ -59,57 +87,65 @@ void L6470_status_decode(const uint16_t status, const uint8_t axis) { * M122: Debug L6470 drivers */ void GcodeSuite::M122() { - - L6470.spi_active = true; // let set_directions() know we're in the middle of a series of SPI transfers - - #define L6470_SAY_STATUS(Q) L6470_status_decode(stepper##Q.getStatus(), Q) + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(true); // Keep monitor_driver() from stealing status + L64xxManager.spi_active = true; // Tell set_directions() a series of SPI transfers is underway //if (parser.seen('S')) - // tmc_set_report_interval(parser.value_bool()); + // tmc_set_report_interval(parser.value_bool()); //else - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(X); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + L6470_say_status(X); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(X2); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + L6470_say_status(X2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(Y); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + L6470_say_status(Y); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(Y2); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + L6470_say_status(Y2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(Z); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + L6470_say_status(Z); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(Z2); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + L6470_say_status(Z2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(Z3); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + L6470_say_status(Z3); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(E0); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + L6470_say_status(Z4); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(E1); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + L6470_say_status(E0); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(E2); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + L6470_say_status(E1); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(E3); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + L6470_say_status(E2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(E4); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + L6470_say_status(E3); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(E5); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + L6470_say_status(E4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + L6470_say_status(E5); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) + L6470_say_status(E6); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) + L6470_say_status(E7); #endif - L6470.spi_active = false; // done with all SPI transfers - clear handshake flags - L6470.spi_abort = false; + L64xxManager.spi_active = false; // done with all SPI transfers - clear handshake flags + L64xxManager.spi_abort = false; + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(false); } -#endif // HAS_DRIVER(L6470) +#endif // HAS_L64XX diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M906.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M906.cpp index 143a6fea8d..497fa75622 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M906.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M906.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -22,10 +22,10 @@ #include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) +#if HAS_L64XX #include "../../gcode.h" -#include "../../../libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" +#include "../../../libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" #include "../../../module/stepper/indirection.h" #include "../../../module/planner.h" @@ -37,22 +37,18 @@ * M906: report or set KVAL_HOLD which sets the maximum effective voltage provided by the * PWMs to the steppers * - * J - select which driver(s) to monitor on multi-driver axis - * 0 - (default) monitor all drivers on the axis or E0 + * On L6474 this sets the TVAL register (same address). + * + * I - select which driver(s) to change on multi-driver axis + * 0 - (default) all drivers on the axis or E0 * 1 - monitor only X, Y, Z or E1 * 2 - monitor only X2, Y2, Z2 or E2 * 3 - monitor only Z3 or E3 - * 4 - monitor only E4 + * 4 - monitor only Z4 or E4 * 5 - monitor only E5 - * Xxxx, Yxxx, Zxxx, Exxx - axis to be monitored with displacement - * xxx (1-255) is distance moved on either side of current position - * - * I - over current threshold - * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified - * - * K - value for KVAL_HOLD (0 - 255) (optional) - * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified - * + * Xxxx, Yxxx, Zxxx, Exxx - axis to change (optional) + * L6474 - current in mA (4A max) + * All others - 0-255 */ /** @@ -81,204 +77,296 @@ * KVAL_DEC * Vs compensation (if enabled) */ +void L64XX_report_current(L64XX &motor, const L64XX_axis_t axis) { -void L6470_report_current(L6470 &motor, const uint8_t axis) { - if (L6470.spi_abort) return; // don't do anything if set_directions() has occurred - const uint16_t status = motor.getStatus() ; - const uint8_t overcurrent_threshold = (uint8_t)motor.GetParam(L6470_OCD_TH), - stall_threshold = (uint8_t)motor.GetParam(L6470_STALL_TH), - motor_status = (status & (STATUS_MOT_STATUS)) >> 13, - adc_out = motor.GetParam(L6470_ADC_OUT), - adc_out_limited = constrain(adc_out, 8, 24); - const float comp_coef = 1600.0f / adc_out_limited; - const int microsteps = _BV(motor.GetParam(L6470_STEP_MODE) & 0x07); - char temp_buf[80]; - L6470.say_axis(axis); - #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) - sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR(" status: %4x "), status); - DEBUG_ECHO(temp_buf); - print_bin(status); - #endif - sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR("\n...OverCurrent Threshold: %2d (%4d mA)"), overcurrent_threshold, (overcurrent_threshold + 1) * 375); - SERIAL_ECHO(temp_buf); + if (L64xxManager.spi_abort) return; // don't do anything if set_directions() has occurred - char numstr[11]; - dtostrf((stall_threshold + 1) * 31.25, 1, 2, numstr); - sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR(" Stall Threshold: %2d (%s mA)"), stall_threshold, numstr); - SERIAL_ECHO(temp_buf); + const L64XX_Marlin::L64XX_shadow_t &sh = L64xxManager.shadow; + const uint16_t status = L64xxManager.get_status(axis); //also populates shadow structure + const uint8_t OverCurrent_Threshold = uint8_t(motor.GetParam(L6470_OCD_TH)); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Motor Status: "); - const char * const stat_str; - switch (motor_status) { - default: - case 0: stat_str = PSTR("stopped"); break; - case 1: stat_str = PSTR("accelerating"); break; - case 2: stat_str = PSTR("decelerating"); break; - case 3: stat_str = PSTR("at constant speed"); break; + auto say_axis_status = [](const L64XX_axis_t axis, const uint16_t status) { + L64xxManager.say_axis(axis); + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + char tmp[10]; + sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("%4x "), status); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" status: ", tmp); + print_bin(status); + #else + UNUSED(status); + #endif + SERIAL_EOL(); + }; + + char temp_buf[10]; + + switch (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT) { + case L6470_STATUS_LAYOUT: // L6470 + case L6480_STATUS_LAYOUT: { // L6480 & powerstep01 + const uint16_t Stall_Threshold = (uint8_t)motor.GetParam(L6470_STALL_TH), + motor_status = (status & (STATUS_MOT_STATUS)) >> 5, + L6470_ADC_out = motor.GetParam(L6470_ADC_OUT), + L6470_ADC_out_limited = constrain(L6470_ADC_out, 8, 24); + const float comp_coef = 1600.0f / L6470_ADC_out_limited; + const uint16_t MicroSteps = _BV(motor.GetParam(L6470_STEP_MODE) & 0x07); + + say_axis_status(axis, sh.STATUS_AXIS_RAW); + + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("...OverCurrent Threshold: "); + sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR("%2d ("), OverCurrent_Threshold); + SERIAL_ECHO(temp_buf); + SERIAL_ECHO((OverCurrent_Threshold + 1) * motor.OCD_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" mA)"); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Stall Threshold: "); + sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR("%2d ("), Stall_Threshold); + SERIAL_ECHO(temp_buf); + SERIAL_ECHO((Stall_Threshold + 1) * motor.STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" mA)"); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Motor Status: "); + switch (motor_status) { + case 0: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("stopped"); break; + case 1: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("accelerating"); break; + case 2: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("decelerating"); break; + case 3: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("at constant speed"); break; + } + SERIAL_EOL(); + + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("...MicroSteps: ", MicroSteps, + " ADC_OUT: ", L6470_ADC_out); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Vs_compensation: "); + serialprintPGM((motor.GetParam(sh.L6470_AXIS_CONFIG) & CONFIG_EN_VSCOMP) ? PSTR("ENABLED ") : PSTR("DISABLED")); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" Compensation coefficient: ~", comp_coef * 0.01f); + + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("...KVAL_HOLD: ", motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_HOLD), + " KVAL_RUN : ", motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_RUN), + " KVAL_ACC: ", motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_ACC), + " KVAL_DEC: ", motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_DEC), + " V motor max = "); + switch (motor_status) { + case 0: SERIAL_ECHO(motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_HOLD) * 100 / 256); SERIAL_ECHOPGM("% (KVAL_HOLD)"); break; + case 1: SERIAL_ECHO(motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_RUN) * 100 / 256); SERIAL_ECHOPGM("% (KVAL_RUN)"); break; + case 2: SERIAL_ECHO(motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_ACC) * 100 / 256); SERIAL_ECHOPGM("% (KVAL_ACC)"); break; + case 3: SERIAL_ECHO(motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_DEC) * 100 / 256); SERIAL_ECHOPGM("% (KVAL_HOLD)"); break; + } + SERIAL_EOL(); + + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + DEBUG_ECHOPGM("...SLEW RATE: "); + switch (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT) { + case L6470_STATUS_LAYOUT: { + switch ((motor.GetParam(sh.L6470_AXIS_CONFIG) & CONFIG_POW_SR) >> CONFIG_POW_SR_BIT) { + case 0: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("320V/uS") ; break; } + case 1: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("75V/uS") ; break; } + case 2: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("110V/uS") ; break; } + case 3: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("260V/uS") ; break; } + } + break; + } + case L6480_STATUS_LAYOUT: { + switch (motor.GetParam(L6470_GATECFG1) & CONFIG1_SR ) { + case CONFIG1_SR_220V_us: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("220V/uS") ; break; } + case CONFIG1_SR_400V_us: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("400V/uS") ; break; } + case CONFIG1_SR_520V_us: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("520V/uS") ; break; } + case CONFIG1_SR_980V_us: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("980V/uS") ; break; } + default: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("unknown") ; break; } + } + } + } + #endif + SERIAL_EOL(); + break; + } + + case L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT: { // L6474 + const uint16_t L6470_ADC_out = motor.GetParam(L6470_ADC_OUT) & 0x1F, + L6474_TVAL_val = motor.GetParam(L6474_TVAL) & 0x7F; + + say_axis_status(axis, sh.STATUS_AXIS_RAW); + + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("...OverCurrent Threshold: "); + sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR("%2d ("), OverCurrent_Threshold); + SERIAL_ECHO(temp_buf); + SERIAL_ECHO((OverCurrent_Threshold + 1) * motor.OCD_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" mA)"); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" TVAL: "); + sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR("%2d ("), L6474_TVAL_val); + SERIAL_ECHO(temp_buf); + SERIAL_ECHO((L6474_TVAL_val + 1) * motor.STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" mA) Motor Status: NA"); + + const uint16_t MicroSteps = _BV(motor.GetParam(L6470_STEP_MODE) & 0x07); //NOMORE(MicroSteps, 16); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("...MicroSteps: ", MicroSteps, + " ADC_OUT: ", L6470_ADC_out); + + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" Vs_compensation: NA\n"); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("...KVAL_HOLD: NA" + " KVAL_RUN : NA" + " KVAL_ACC: NA" + " KVAL_DEC: NA" + " V motor max = NA"); + + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + DEBUG_ECHOPGM("...SLEW RATE: "); + switch ((motor.GetParam(sh.L6470_AXIS_CONFIG) & CONFIG_POW_SR) >> CONFIG_POW_SR_BIT) { + case 0: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("320V/uS") ; break; + case 1: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("75V/uS") ; break; + case 2: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("110V/uS") ; break; + case 3: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("260V/uS") ; break; + default: DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("slew rate: ", (motor.GetParam(sh.L6470_AXIS_CONFIG) & CONFIG_POW_SR) >> CONFIG_POW_SR_BIT); break; + } + #endif + SERIAL_EOL(); + SERIAL_EOL(); + break; + } } - serialprintPGM(stat_str); - SERIAL_EOL(); - - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("...microsteps: ", microsteps); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" ADC_OUT: ", adc_out); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Vs_compensation: "); - serialprintPGM((motor.GetParam(L6470_CONFIG) & CONFIG_EN_VSCOMP) ? PSTR("ENABLED ") : PSTR("DISABLED")); - - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" Compensation coefficient: ", dtostrf(comp_coef * 0.01f, 7, 2, numstr)); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("...KVAL_HOLD: ", motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_HOLD)); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" KVAL_RUN : ", motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_RUN)); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" KVAL_ACC: ", motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_ACC)); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" KVAL_DEC: ", motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_DEC)); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" V motor max = "); - float val; - PGM_P suf; - switch (motor_status) { - case 0: - val = motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_HOLD); - suf = PSTR("(KVAL_HOLD)"); - break; - case 1: - val = motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_RUN); - suf = PSTR("(KVAL_RUN)"); - break; - case 2: - val = motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_ACC); - suf = PSTR("(KVAL_ACC)"); - break; - case 3: - val = motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_DEC); - suf = PSTR("(KVAL_DEC)"); - break; - } - SERIAL_ECHO(dtostrf(val * 100 / 256, 10, 2, numstr)); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("%% "); - serialprintPGM(suf); - SERIAL_EOL(); } void GcodeSuite::M906() { - #define L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(Q) stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_HOLD, value) + + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(true); // Keep monitor_driver() from stealing status + + #define L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(Q) (AXIS_IS_L64XX(Q) ? stepper##Q.setTVALCurrent(value) : stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_HOLD, uint8_t(value))) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("M906"); - bool report_current = true; + uint8_t report_current = true; - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + #if HAS_L64XX const uint8_t index = parser.byteval('I'); #endif - LOOP_XYZE(i) if (uint8_t value = parser.byteval(axis_codes[i])) { + LOOP_XYZE(i) if (uint16_t value = parser.intval(axis_codes[i])) { report_current = false; if (planner.has_blocks_queued() || planner.cleaning_buffer_counter) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Can't set KVAL_HOLD with steppers moving"); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Test aborted. Can't set KVAL_HOLD while steppers are moving."); return; } switch (i) { case X_AXIS: - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) if (index == 0) L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(X); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) if (index == 1) L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(X2); #endif break; case Y_AXIS: - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) if (index == 0) L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(Y); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) if (index == 1) L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(Y2); #endif break; case Z_AXIS: - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) if (index == 0) L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(Z); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) if (index == 1) L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(Z2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) if (index == 2) L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(L6470) + if (index == 3) L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(Z4); + #endif break; case E_AXIS: { const int8_t target_extruder = get_target_extruder_from_command(); if (target_extruder < 0) return; switch (target_extruder) { - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) case 0: L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(E0); break; #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) case 1: L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(E1); break; #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) case 2: L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(E2); break; #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) case 3: L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(E3); break; #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) case 4: L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(E4); break; #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) case 5: L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(E5); break; #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) + case 6: L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(E6); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) + case 7: L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(E7); break; + #endif } } break; } } if (report_current) { - #define L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(Q) L6470_report_current(stepper##Q, Q) + #define L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(Q) L64XX_report_current(stepper##Q, Q) - L6470.spi_active = true; // let set_directions() know we're in the middle of a series of SPI transfers + L64xxManager.spi_active = true; // Tell set_directions() a series of SPI transfers is underway - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(X); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(X); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(X2); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(X2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(Y); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(Y); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(Y2); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(Y2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(Z); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(Z); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(Z2); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(Z2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(Z3); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(Z3); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(E0); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(Z4); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(E1); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(E0); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(E2); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(E1); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(E3); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(E2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(E4); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(E3); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(E5); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(E4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(E5); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(E6); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(E7); #endif - L6470.spi_active = false; // done with all SPI transfers - clear handshake flags - L6470.spi_abort = false; + L64xxManager.spi_active = false; // done with all SPI transfers - clear handshake flags + L64xxManager.spi_abort = false; + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(false); } } -#endif // HAS_DRIVER(L6470) +#endif // HAS_L64XX diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M916-918.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M916-918.cpp index 3b62a0f45e..a3eaf7b26a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M916-918.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M916-918.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -20,41 +20,33 @@ * */ +// +// NOTE: All tests assume each axis uses matching driver chips. +// + #include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) +#if HAS_L64XX #include "../../gcode.h" #include "../../../module/stepper/indirection.h" #include "../../../module/planner.h" -#include "../../../libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" +#include "../../../libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) #include "../../../core/debug_out.h" -static void jiggle_axis(const char axis_char, const float &min, const float &max, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_m) { - char gcode_string[30], str1[11], str2[11]; - - // Turn the motor(s) both directions - sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %c%s F%s"), axis_char, dtostrf(min, 1, 3, str1), dtostrf(rate, 1, 3, str2)); - process_subcommands_now(gcode_string); - - sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %c%s F%s"), axis_char, dtostrf(max, 1, 3, str1), str2); - process_subcommands_now(gcode_string); - - planner.synchronize(); -} - /** * - * M916: Increase KVAL_HOLD until thermal warning - * + * M916: increase KVAL_HOLD until get thermal warning + * NOTE - on L6474 it is TVAL that is used * * J - select which driver(s) to monitor on multi-driver axis * 0 - (default) monitor all drivers on the axis or E0 * 1 - monitor only X, Y, Z, E1 * 2 - monitor only X2, Y2, Z2, E2 * 3 - monitor only Z3, E3 + * 4 - monitor only Z4, E4 * * Xxxx, Yxxx, Zxxx, Exxx - axis to be monitored with displacement * xxx (1-255) is distance moved on either side of current position @@ -62,8 +54,14 @@ static void jiggle_axis(const char axis_char, const float &min, const float &max * F - feedrate * optional - will use default max feedrate from configuration.h if not specified * - * K - starting value for KVAL_HOLD (0 - 255) - * optional - will use & report current value from driver if not specified + * T - current (mA) setting for TVAL (0 - 4A in 31.25mA increments, rounds down) - L6474 only + * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified + * + * K - value for KVAL_HOLD (0 - 255) (ignored for L6474) + * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified + * + * D - time (in seconds) to run each setting of KVAL_HOLD/TVAL + * optional - defaults to zero (runs each setting once) * */ @@ -77,80 +75,115 @@ void GcodeSuite::M916() { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("M916"); - // Variables used by L6470_get_user_input function - some may not be used - char axis_mon[3][3] = { " ", " ", " " }; // list of Axes to be monitored - uint8_t axis_index[3]; + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(true); // Keep monitor_driver() from stealing status + + // Variables used by L64xxManager.get_user_input function - some may not be used + char axis_mon[3][3] = { {" "}, {" "}, {" "} }; // list of Axes to be monitored + L64XX_axis_t axis_index[3]; uint16_t axis_status[3]; uint8_t driver_count = 1; float position_max; float position_min; - feedRate_t final_fr_mm_m; + float final_feedrate; uint8_t kval_hold; - uint8_t ocd_th_val = 0; - uint8_t stall_th_val = 0; + uint8_t OCD_TH_val = 0; + uint8_t STALL_TH_val = 0; uint16_t over_current_threshold; - constexpr bool over_current_flag = false; // M916 doesn't play with the overcurrent thresholds + constexpr uint8_t over_current_flag = false; // M916 doesn't play with the overcurrent thresholds + + #define DRIVER_TYPE_L6474(Q) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_##Q(L6474) uint8_t j; // general purpose counter - if (L6470.get_user_input(driver_count, axis_index, axis_mon, position_max, position_min, final_fr_mm_m, kval_hold, over_current_flag, ocd_th_val, stall_th_val, over_current_threshold)) + if (L64xxManager.get_user_input(driver_count, axis_index, axis_mon, position_max, position_min, final_feedrate, kval_hold, over_current_flag, OCD_TH_val, STALL_TH_val, over_current_threshold)) return; // quit if invalid user input - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("feedrate = ", final_fr_mm_m); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("feedrate = ", final_feedrate); - planner.synchronize(); // Wait for moves to finish + planner.synchronize(); // wait for all current movement commands to complete + const L64XX_Marlin::L64XX_shadow_t &sh = L64xxManager.shadow; for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) - L6470.get_status(axis_index[j]); // Clear out error flags + L64xxManager.get_status(axis_index[j]); // clear out any pre-existing error flags + char temp_axis_string[] = " "; + temp_axis_string[0] = axis_mon[0][0]; // need to have a string for use within sprintf format section + char gcode_string[80]; uint16_t status_composite = 0; + uint16_t M91x_counter = kval_hold; + uint16_t M91x_counter_max; + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { + M91x_counter_max = 128; // TVAL is 7 bits + LIMIT(M91x_counter, 0U, 127U); + } + else + M91x_counter_max = 256; // KVAL_HOLD is 8 bits + + uint8_t M91x_delay_s = parser.byteval('D'); // get delay in seconds + millis_t M91x_delay_ms = M91x_delay_s * 60 * 1000; + millis_t M91x_delay_end; + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(".\n."); do { - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("kval_hold = ", kval_hold); // set & report KVAL_HOLD for this run + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("TVAL current (mA) = ", (M91x_counter + 1) * sh.AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV); // report TVAL current for this run + else + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("kval_hold = ", M91x_counter); // report KVAL_HOLD for this run for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) - L6470.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); + L64xxManager.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_KVAL_HOLD, M91x_counter); //set KVAL_HOLD or TVAL (same register address) - // Turn the motor(s) both directions - jiggle_axis(axis_mon[0][0], position_min, position_max, final_fr_mm_m); + M91x_delay_end = millis() + M91x_delay_ms; + do { + // turn the motor(s) both directions + sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %s%03d F%03d"), temp_axis_string, uint16_t(position_min), uint16_t(final_feedrate)); + gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(gcode_string); - status_composite = 0; // clear out the old bits + sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %s%03d F%03d"), temp_axis_string, uint16_t(position_max), uint16_t(final_feedrate)); + gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(gcode_string); - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - axis_status[j] = (~L6470.get_status(axis_index[j])) & L6470_ERROR_MASK; // bits of interest are all active low - status_composite |= axis_status[j] ; - } + // get the status after the motors have stopped + planner.synchronize(); + + status_composite = 0; // clear out the old bits - if (status_composite && (status_composite & STATUS_UVLO)) { - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Test aborted (Undervoltage lockout active)"); for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - DEBUG_ECHOPGM("..."); - L6470.error_status_decode(axis_status[j], axis_index[j]); + axis_status[j] = (~L64xxManager.get_status(axis_index[j])) & sh.L6470_ERROR_MASK; // bits of interest are all active low + status_composite |= axis_status[j] ; } - return; - } - // increment KVAL_HOLD if not yet at thermal warning/shutdown - if (!(status_composite & (STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD))) - kval_hold++; + if (status_composite) break; + } while (millis() < M91x_delay_end); - } while (!(status_composite & (STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD)) && kval_hold); // exit when kval_hold == 0 (rolls over) + if (status_composite) break; - DEBUG_ECHOPGM(".\n.\nThermal warning/shutdown "); - if ((status_composite & (STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD))) { - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("has occurred"); - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - DEBUG_ECHOPGM("..."); - L6470.error_status_decode(axis_status[j], axis_index[j]); - } - } - else - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("(Unable to get)"); + M91x_counter++; + + } while (!(status_composite & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD)) && (M91x_counter < M91x_counter_max)); DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("."); + + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + if (status_composite) { + L64xxManager.error_status_decode(status_composite, axis_index[0], + sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD, sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN, + sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A, sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B, + sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD, sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("."); + } + #endif + + if ((status_composite & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD))) + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(".\n.\nTest completed normally - Thermal warning/shutdown has occurred"); + else if (status_composite) + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(".\n.\nTest completed abnormally - non-thermal error has occured"); + else + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(".\n.\nTest completed normally - Unable to get to thermal warning/shutdown"); + + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(false); } /** @@ -159,8 +192,8 @@ void GcodeSuite::M916() { * * Decrease OCD current until overcurrent error * Increase OCD until overcurrent error goes away - * Decrease stall threshold until stall - * Increase stall until stall error goes away + * Decrease stall threshold until stall (not done on L6474) + * Increase stall until stall error goes away (not done on L6474) * * J - select which driver(s) to monitor on multi-driver axis * 0 - (default) monitor all drivers on the axis or E0 @@ -176,7 +209,10 @@ void GcodeSuite::M916() { * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified * if there are multiple drivers on the axis then all will be set the same * - * K - value for KVAL_HOLD (0 - 255) + * T - current (mA) setting for TVAL (0 - 4A in 31.25mA increments, rounds down) - L6474 only + * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified + * + * K - value for KVAL_HOLD (0 - 255) (ignored for L6474) * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified * */ @@ -184,66 +220,85 @@ void GcodeSuite::M917() { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("M917"); - char axis_mon[3][3] = { " ", " ", " " }; // list of axes to be monitored - uint8_t axis_index[3]; + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(true); // Keep monitor_driver() from stealing status + + char axis_mon[3][3] = { {" "}, {" "}, {" "} }; // list of Axes to be monitored + L64XX_axis_t axis_index[3]; uint16_t axis_status[3]; uint8_t driver_count = 1; float position_max; float position_min; - feedRate_t final_fr_mm_m; + float final_feedrate; uint8_t kval_hold; - uint8_t ocd_th_val = 0; - uint8_t stall_th_val = 0; + uint8_t OCD_TH_val = 0; + uint8_t STALL_TH_val = 0; uint16_t over_current_threshold; - constexpr bool over_current_flag = true; + constexpr uint8_t over_current_flag = true; uint8_t j; // general purpose counter - if (L6470.get_user_input(driver_count, axis_index, axis_mon, position_max, position_min, final_fr_mm_m, kval_hold, over_current_flag, ocd_th_val, stall_th_val, over_current_threshold)) + if (L64xxManager.get_user_input(driver_count, axis_index, axis_mon, position_max, position_min, final_feedrate, kval_hold, over_current_flag, OCD_TH_val, STALL_TH_val, over_current_threshold)) return; // quit if invalid user input - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("feedrate = ", final_fr_mm_m); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("feedrate = ", final_feedrate); - planner.synchronize(); // Wait for moves to finish + planner.synchronize(); // wait for all current movement commands to complete + + const L64XX_Marlin::L64XX_shadow_t &sh = L64xxManager.shadow; for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) - L6470.get_status(axis_index[j]); // Clear out error flags + L64xxManager.get_status(axis_index[j]); // clear error flags + char temp_axis_string[] = " "; + temp_axis_string[0] = axis_mon[0][0]; // need a sprintf format string + char gcode_string[80]; uint16_t status_composite = 0; - uint8_t test_phase = 0; - // 0 - decreasing OCD - exit when OCD warning occurs (ignore STALL) - // 1 - increasing OCD - exit when OCD warning stops (ignore STALL) - - // 2 - OCD finalized - decreasing STALL - exit when STALL warning happens - // 3 - OCD finalized - increasing STALL - exit when STALL warning stop - // 4 - all testing completed - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(".\n.\n.\nover_current threshold : ", (ocd_th_val + 1) * 375); // first status display - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" (OCD_TH: : ", ocd_th_val); - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(") Stall threshold: ", (stall_th_val + 1) * 31.25); - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" (STALL_TH: ", stall_th_val); + uint8_t test_phase = 0; // 0 - decreasing OCD - exit when OCD warning occurs (ignore STALL) + // 1 - increasing OCD - exit when OCD warning stops (ignore STALL) + // 2 - OCD finalized - decreasing STALL - exit when STALL warning happens + // 3 - OCD finalized - increasing STALL - exit when STALL warning stop + // 4 - all testing completed + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(".\n.\n.\nover_current threshold : ", (OCD_TH_val + 1) * 375); // first status display + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" (OCD_TH: : ", OCD_TH_val); + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT != L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(") Stall threshold: ", (STALL_TH_val + 1) * 31.25); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" (STALL_TH: ", STALL_TH_val); + } DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(")"); do { - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("STALL threshold : ", (stall_th_val + 1) * 31.25); - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" OCD threshold : ", (ocd_th_val + 1) * 375); + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT != L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("STALL threshold : ", (STALL_TH_val + 1) * 31.25); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" OCD threshold : ", (OCD_TH_val + 1) * 375); - jiggle_axis(axis_mon[0][0], position_min, position_max, final_fr_mm_m); + sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %s%03d F%03d"), temp_axis_string, uint16_t(position_min), uint16_t(final_feedrate)); + gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(gcode_string); + + sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %s%03d F%03d"), temp_axis_string, uint16_t(position_max), uint16_t(final_feedrate)); + gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(gcode_string); + + planner.synchronize(); status_composite = 0; // clear out the old bits for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - axis_status[j] = (~L6470.get_status(axis_index[j])) & L6470_ERROR_MASK; // bits of interest are all active low + axis_status[j] = (~L64xxManager.get_status(axis_index[j])) & sh.L6470_ERROR_MASK; // bits of interest are all active low status_composite |= axis_status[j]; } - if (status_composite && (status_composite & STATUS_UVLO)) { + if (status_composite && (status_composite & sh.STATUS_AXIS_UVLO)) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Test aborted (Undervoltage lockout active)"); - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - DEBUG_ECHOPGM("..."); - L6470.error_status_decode(axis_status[j], axis_index[j]); - } + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { + if (j) DEBUG_ECHOPGM("..."); + L64xxManager.error_status_decode(axis_status[j], axis_index[j], + sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD, sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN, + sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A, sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B, + sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD, sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT); + } + #endif return; } - if (status_composite & (STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD)) { + if (status_composite & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD)) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("thermal problem - waiting for chip(s) to cool down "); uint16_t status_composite_temp = 0; uint8_t k = 0; @@ -251,118 +306,136 @@ void GcodeSuite::M917() { k++; if (!(k % 4)) { kval_hold *= 0.95; - L6470_EOL(); + DEBUG_EOL(); DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Lowering KVAL_HOLD by about 5% to ", kval_hold); for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) - L6470.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); + L64xxManager.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); } DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("."); - reset_stepper_timeout(); // reset_stepper_timeout to keep steppers powered - watchdog_reset(); // beat the dog + gcode.reset_stepper_timeout(); // reset_stepper_timeout to keep steppers powered + watchdog_refresh();; // beat the dog safe_delay(5000); status_composite_temp = 0; for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - axis_status[j] = (~L6470.get_status(axis_index[j])) & L6470_ERROR_MASK; // bits of interest are all active low + axis_status[j] = (~L64xxManager.get_status(axis_index[j])) & sh.L6470_ERROR_MASK; // bits of interest are all active low status_composite_temp |= axis_status[j]; } } - while (status_composite_temp & (STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD)); - L6470_EOL(); + while (status_composite_temp & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD)); + DEBUG_EOL(); } - if (status_composite & (STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B | STATUS_OCD)) { + if (status_composite & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A | sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B | sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD)) { switch (test_phase) { case 0: { - if (status_composite & STATUS_OCD) { + if (status_composite & sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD) { // phase 0 with OCD warning - time to go to next phase - if (ocd_th_val >=15) { - ocd_th_val = 15; // limit to max + if (OCD_TH_val >= sh.AXIS_OCD_TH_MAX) { + OCD_TH_val = sh.AXIS_OCD_TH_MAX; // limit to max test_phase = 2; // at highest value so skip phase 1 - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E0A OCD at highest - skip to 2"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E0A OCD at highest - skip to 2"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("OCD at highest - OCD finalized"); } else { - ocd_th_val++; // normal exit to next phase + OCD_TH_val++; // normal exit to next phase test_phase = 1; // setup for first pass of phase 1 - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E0B - inc OCD & go to 1"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E0B - inc OCD & go to 1"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("inc OCD"); } } else { // phase 0 without OCD warning - keep on decrementing if can - if (ocd_th_val) { - ocd_th_val--; // try lower value - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E0C - dec OCD"); + if (OCD_TH_val) { + OCD_TH_val--; // try lower value + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E0C - dec OCD"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("dec OCD"); } else { test_phase = 2; // at lowest value without warning so skip phase 1 - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E0D - OCD at latest - go to 2"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E0D - OCD at latest - go to 2"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("OCD finalized"); } } } break; case 1: { - if (status_composite & STATUS_OCD) { + if (status_composite & sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD) { // phase 1 with OCD warning - increment if can - if (ocd_th_val >= 15) { - ocd_th_val = 15; // limit to max + if (OCD_TH_val >= sh.AXIS_OCD_TH_MAX) { + OCD_TH_val = sh.AXIS_OCD_TH_MAX; // limit to max test_phase = 2; // at highest value so go to next phase - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E1A - OCD at max - go to 2"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E1A - OCD at max - go to 2"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("OCD finalized"); } else { - ocd_th_val++; // try a higher value - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E1B - inc OCD"); + OCD_TH_val++; // try a higher value + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E1B - inc OCD"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("inc OCD"); } } else { // phase 1 without OCD warning - normal exit to phase 2 test_phase = 2; - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E1C - no OCD warning - go to 1"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E1C - no OCD warning - go to 1"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("OCD finalized"); } } break; case 2: { - if (status_composite & (STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B)) { + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { // skip all STALL_TH steps if L6474 + test_phase = 4; + break; + } + if (status_composite & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A | sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B)) { // phase 2 with stall warning - time to go to next phase - if (stall_th_val >= 127) { - stall_th_val = 127; // limit to max - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E2A - STALL warning, STALL at max, quit"); + if (STALL_TH_val >= 127) { + STALL_TH_val = 127; // limit to max + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E2A - STALL warning, STALL at max, quit"); DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("finished - STALL at maximum value but still have stall warning"); test_phase = 4; } else { test_phase = 3; // normal exit to next phase (found failing value of STALL) - stall_th_val++; // setup for first pass of phase 3 - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E2B - INC - STALL warning, inc Stall, go to 3"); + STALL_TH_val++; // setup for first pass of phase 3 + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E2B - INC - STALL warning, inc Stall, go to 3"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("inc Stall"); } } else { // phase 2 without stall warning - decrement if can - if (stall_th_val) { - stall_th_val--; // try a lower value - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E2C - no STALL, dec STALL"); + if (STALL_TH_val) { + STALL_TH_val--; // try a lower value + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E2C - no STALL, dec STALL"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("dec STALL"); } else { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("finished - STALL at lowest value but still do NOT have stall warning"); test_phase = 4; - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E2D - no STALL, at lowest so quit"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E2D - no STALL, at lowest so quit"); } } } break; case 3: { - if (status_composite & (STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B)) { + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { // skip all STALL_TH steps if L6474 + test_phase = 4; + break; + } + if (status_composite & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A | sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B)) { // phase 3 with stall warning - increment if can - if (stall_th_val >= 127) { - stall_th_val = 127; // limit to max + if (STALL_TH_val >= 127) { + STALL_TH_val = 127; // limit to max DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("finished - STALL at maximum value but still have stall warning"); test_phase = 4; - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E3A - STALL, at max so quit"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E3A - STALL, at max so quit"); } else { - stall_th_val++; // still looking for passing value - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E3B - STALL, inc stall"); + STALL_TH_val++; // still looking for passing value + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E3B - STALL, inc stall"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("inc stall"); } } else { //phase 3 without stall warning but have OCD warning DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Hardware problem - OCD warning without STALL warning"); test_phase = 4; - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E3C - not STALLED, hardware problem (quit)"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E3C - not STALLED, hardware problem (quit)"); } } break; @@ -372,58 +445,81 @@ void GcodeSuite::M917() { else { switch (test_phase) { case 0: { // phase 0 without OCD warning - keep on decrementing if can - if (ocd_th_val) { - ocd_th_val--; // try lower value - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N0A - DEC OCD"); + if (OCD_TH_val) { + OCD_TH_val--; // try lower value + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N0A - DEC OCD"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("DEC OCD"); } else { test_phase = 2; // at lowest value without warning so skip phase 1 - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N0B - OCD at lowest (go to phase 2)"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N0B - OCD at lowest (go to phase 2)"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("OCD finalized"); } } break; - case 1: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N1 (go directly to 2)"); // phase 1 without OCD warning - drop directly to phase 2 + case 1: //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N1 (go directly to 2)"); // phase 1 without OCD warning - drop directly to phase 2 + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("OCD finalized"); case 2: { // phase 2 without stall warning - keep on decrementing if can - if (stall_th_val) { - stall_th_val--; // try a lower value (stay in phase 2) - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N2B - dec STALL"); + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { // skip all STALL_TH steps if L6474 + test_phase = 4; + break; + } + if (STALL_TH_val) { + STALL_TH_val--; // try a lower value (stay in phase 2) + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N2B - dec STALL"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("dec STALL"); } else { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("finished - STALL at lowest value but still no stall warning"); test_phase = 4; - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N2C - STALL at lowest (quit)"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N2C - STALL at lowest (quit)"); } } break; - case 3: { test_phase = 4; - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N3 - finished!"); + case 3: { + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { // skip all STALL_TH steps if L6474 + test_phase = 4; + break; + } + test_phase = 4; + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N3 - finished!"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("finished!"); } break; // phase 3 without any warnings - desired exit } // } // end of status checks if (test_phase != 4) { for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { // update threshold(s) - L6470.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_OCD_TH, ocd_th_val); - L6470.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STALL_TH, stall_th_val); - if (L6470.get_param(axis_index[j], L6470_OCD_TH) != ocd_th_val) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("OCD mismatch"); - if (L6470.get_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STALL_TH) != stall_th_val) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("STALL mismatch"); + L64xxManager.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_OCD_TH, OCD_TH_val); + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT != L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) L64xxManager.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STALL_TH, STALL_TH_val); + if (L64xxManager.get_param(axis_index[j], L6470_OCD_TH) != OCD_TH_val) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("OCD mismatch"); + if ((L64xxManager.get_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STALL_TH) != STALL_TH_val) && (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT != L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("STALL mismatch"); } } } while (test_phase != 4); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("."); if (status_composite) { + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { + if (j) DEBUG_ECHOPGM("..."); + L64xxManager.error_status_decode(axis_status[j], axis_index[j], + sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD, sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN, + sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A, sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B, + sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD, sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT); + } + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("."); + #endif DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Completed with errors"); - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - DEBUG_ECHOPGM("..."); - L6470.error_status_decode(axis_status[j], axis_index[j]); - } } else DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Completed with no errors"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("."); -} // M917 + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(false); +} /** * @@ -439,7 +535,13 @@ void GcodeSuite::M917() { * I - over current threshold * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified * - * K - value for KVAL_HOLD (0 - 255) (optional) + * T - current (mA) setting for TVAL (0 - 4A in 31.25mA increments, rounds down) - L6474 only + * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified + * + * K - value for KVAL_HOLD (0 - 255) (ignored for L6474) + * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified + * + * M - value for microsteps (1 - 128) (optional) * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified * */ @@ -447,83 +549,109 @@ void GcodeSuite::M918() { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("M918"); - char axis_mon[3][3] = { " ", " ", " " }; // List of axes to monitor - uint8_t axis_index[3]; + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(true); // Keep monitor_driver() from stealing status + + char axis_mon[3][3] = { {" "}, {" "}, {" "} }; // list of Axes to be monitored + L64XX_axis_t axis_index[3]; uint16_t axis_status[3]; uint8_t driver_count = 1; float position_max, position_min; - feedRate_t final_fr_mm_m; + float final_feedrate; uint8_t kval_hold; - uint8_t ocd_th_val = 0; - uint8_t stall_th_val = 0; + uint8_t OCD_TH_val = 0; + uint8_t STALL_TH_val = 0; uint16_t over_current_threshold; - constexpr bool over_current_flag = true; + constexpr uint8_t over_current_flag = true; + + const L64XX_Marlin::L64XX_shadow_t &sh = L64xxManager.shadow; uint8_t j; // general purpose counter - if (L6470.get_user_input(driver_count, axis_index, axis_mon, position_max, position_min, final_fr_mm_m, kval_hold, over_current_flag, ocd_th_val, stall_th_val, over_current_threshold)) + if (L64xxManager.get_user_input(driver_count, axis_index, axis_mon, position_max, position_min, final_feedrate, kval_hold, over_current_flag, OCD_TH_val, STALL_TH_val, over_current_threshold)) return; // quit if invalid user input + L64xxManager.get_status(axis_index[0]); // populate shadow array + uint8_t m_steps = parser.byteval('M'); - LIMIT(m_steps, 0, 128); - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("M = ", m_steps); - int8_t m_bits = -1; - if (m_steps > 85) m_bits = 7; // 128 (no synch output) - else if (m_steps > 42) m_bits = 6; // 64 (no synch output) - else if (m_steps > 22) m_bits = 5; // 32 (no synch output) - else if (m_steps > 12) m_bits = 4; // 16 (no synch output) - else if (m_steps > 5) m_bits = 3; // 8 (no synch output) - else if (m_steps > 2) m_bits = 2; // 4 (no synch output) - else if (m_steps == 2) m_bits = 1; // 2 (no synch output) - else if (m_steps == 1) m_bits = 0; // 1 (no synch output) - else if (m_steps == 0) m_bits = 7; // 128 (no synch output) + if (m_steps != 0) { + LIMIT(m_steps, 1, sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT ? 16 : 128); // L6474 - if (m_bits >= 0) { - const int micros = _BV(m_bits); - if (micros < 100) { DEBUG_CHAR(' '); if (micros < 10) DEBUG_CHAR(' '); } - DEBUG_ECHO(micros); - DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" uSTEPS"); - } + uint8_t stepVal; + for (stepVal = 0; stepVal < 8; stepVal++) { // convert to L64xx register value + if (m_steps == 1) break; + m_steps >>= 1; + } - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) - L6470.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STEP_MODE, m_bits); // set microsteps - - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("target (maximum) feedrate = ", final_fr_mm_m); - - planner.synchronize(); // Wait for moves to finish - - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) - L6470.get_status(axis_index[j]); // Clear all error flags - - uint16_t status_composite = 0; - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(".\n.\n."); // Make the feedrate prints easier to see - - constexpr uint8_t iterations = 10; - for (uint8_t i = 1; i <= iterations; i++) { - const feedRate_t fr_mm_m = i * final_fr_mm_m / iterations; - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("...feedrate = ", fr_mm_m); - - jiggle_axis(axis_mon[0][0], position_min, position_max, fr_mm_m); + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) + stepVal |= 0x98; // NO SYNC + else + stepVal |= (!SYNC_EN) | SYNC_SEL_1 | stepVal; for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - axis_status[j] = (~L6470.get_status(axis_index[j])) & 0x0800; // bits of interest are all active low + L64xxManager.set_param(axis_index[j], dSPIN_HARD_HIZ, 0); // can't write STEP register if stepper being powered + // results in an extra NOOP being sent (data 00) + L64xxManager.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STEP_MODE, stepVal); // set microsteps + } + } + m_steps = L64xxManager.get_param(axis_index[0], L6470_STEP_MODE) & 0x07; // get microsteps + + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Microsteps = ", _BV(m_steps)); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("target (maximum) feedrate = ", final_feedrate); + + const float feedrate_inc = final_feedrate / 10, // Start at 1/10 of max & go up by 1/10 per step + fr_limit = final_feedrate * 0.99f; // Rounding-safe comparison value + float current_feedrate = 0; + + planner.synchronize(); // Wait for moves to complete + + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) + L64xxManager.get_status(axis_index[j]); // Clear error flags + + char temp_axis_string[2] = " "; + temp_axis_string[0] = axis_mon[0][0]; // Need a sprintf format string + //temp_axis_string[1] = '\n'; + + char gcode_string[80]; + uint16_t status_composite = 0; + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(".\n.\n."); // Make feedrate outputs easier to read + + do { + current_feedrate += feedrate_inc; + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("...feedrate = ", current_feedrate); + + sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %s%03d F%03d"), temp_axis_string, uint16_t(position_min), uint16_t(current_feedrate)); + gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(gcode_string); + + sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %s%03d F%03d"), temp_axis_string, uint16_t(position_max), uint16_t(current_feedrate)); + gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(gcode_string); + + planner.synchronize(); + + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { + axis_status[j] = (~L64xxManager.get_status(axis_index[j])) & 0x0800; // Bits of interest are all active LOW status_composite |= axis_status[j]; } - if (status_composite) break; // quit if any errors flags are raised - } + if (status_composite) break; // Break on any error + } while (current_feedrate < fr_limit); - DEBUG_ECHOPGM("Completed with errors"); + DEBUG_ECHOPGM("Completed with "); if (status_composite) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("errors"); - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - DEBUG_ECHOPGM("..."); - L6470.error_status_decode(axis_status[j], axis_index[j]); - } + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { + if (j) DEBUG_ECHOPGM("..."); + L64xxManager.error_status_decode(axis_status[j], axis_index[j], + sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD, sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN, + sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A, sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B, + sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD, sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT); + } + #endif } else DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("no errors"); -} // M918 + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(false); +} -#endif // HAS_DRIVER(L6470) +#endif // HAS_L64XX diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/advance/M900.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/advance/M900.cpp index f030511422..b3985401cf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/advance/M900.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/advance/M900.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -29,11 +29,10 @@ #include "../../../module/stepper.h" #if ENABLED(EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K) - float saved_extruder_advance_K[EXTRUDERS]; + float other_extruder_advance_K[EXTRUDERS]; uint8_t lin_adv_slot = 0; #endif - /** * M900: Get or Set Linear Advance K-factor * T Which tool to address @@ -43,100 +42,106 @@ */ void GcodeSuite::M900() { + auto echo_value_oor = [](const char ltr, const bool ten=true) { + SERIAL_CHAR('?'); SERIAL_CHAR(ltr); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" value out of range"); + if (ten) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (0-10)"); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("."); + }; + #if EXTRUDERS < 2 constexpr uint8_t tool_index = 0; #else const uint8_t tool_index = parser.intval('T', active_extruder); if (tool_index >= EXTRUDERS) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?T value out of range."); + echo_value_oor('T', false); return; } #endif + float &kref = planner.extruder_advance_K[tool_index], newK = kref; + const float oldK = newK; + #if ENABLED(EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K) - bool ext_slot = TEST(lin_adv_slot, tool_index); + float &lref = other_extruder_advance_K[tool_index]; - if (parser.seenval('S')) { - const bool slot = parser.value_bool(); - if (ext_slot != slot) { - ext_slot = slot; - SET_BIT_TO(lin_adv_slot, tool_index, slot); - planner.synchronize(); - const float temp = planner.extruder_advance_K[tool_index]; - planner.extruder_advance_K[tool_index] = saved_extruder_advance_K[tool_index]; - saved_extruder_advance_K[tool_index] = temp; - } + const bool old_slot = TEST(lin_adv_slot, tool_index), // The tool's current slot (0 or 1) + new_slot = parser.boolval('S', old_slot); // The passed slot (default = current) + + // If a new slot is being selected swap the current and + // saved K values. Do here so K/L will apply correctly. + if (new_slot != old_slot) { // Not the same slot? + SET_BIT_TO(lin_adv_slot, tool_index, new_slot); // Update the slot for the tool + newK = lref; // Get new K value from backup + lref = oldK; // Save K to backup } + // Set the main K value. Apply if the main slot is active. if (parser.seenval('K')) { - const float newK = parser.value_float(); - if (WITHIN(newK, 0, 10)) { - if (ext_slot) - saved_extruder_advance_K[tool_index] = newK; - else { - planner.synchronize(); - planner.extruder_advance_K[tool_index] = newK; - } - } - else - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?K value out of range (0-10)."); + const float K = parser.value_float(); + if (!WITHIN(K, 0, 10)) echo_value_oor('K'); + else if (new_slot) lref = K; // S1 Knn + else newK = K; // S0 Knn } + // Set the extra K value. Apply if the extra slot is active. if (parser.seenval('L')) { - const float newL = parser.value_float(); - if (WITHIN(newL, 0, 10)) { - if (!ext_slot) - saved_extruder_advance_K[tool_index] = newL; - else { - planner.synchronize(); - planner.extruder_advance_K[tool_index] = newL; - } - } - else - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?L value out of range (0-10)."); - } - - if (!parser.seen_any()) { - #if EXTRUDERS < 2 - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Advance S", ext_slot, " K", planner.extruder_advance_K[0], - "(Slot ", 1 - ext_slot, " K", saved_extruder_advance_K[0], ")"); - #else - LOOP_L_N(i, EXTRUDERS) { - const int slot = (int)TEST(lin_adv_slot, i); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Advance T", int(i), " S", slot, " K", planner.extruder_advance_K[i], - "(Slot ", 1 - slot, " K", saved_extruder_advance_K[i], ")"); - SERIAL_EOL(); - } - #endif + const float L = parser.value_float(); + if (!WITHIN(L, 0, 10)) echo_value_oor('L'); + else if (!new_slot) lref = L; // S0 Lnn + else newK = L; // S1 Lnn } #else if (parser.seenval('K')) { - const float newK = parser.value_float(); - if (WITHIN(newK, 0, 10)) { - planner.synchronize(); - planner.extruder_advance_K[tool_index] = newK; - } + const float K = parser.value_float(); + if (WITHIN(K, 0, 10)) + newK = K; else - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?K value out of range (0-10)."); + echo_value_oor('K'); } - else { + + #endif + + if (newK != oldK) { + planner.synchronize(); + kref = newK; + } + + if (!parser.seen_any()) { + + #if ENABLED(EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K) + + #if EXTRUDERS < 2 + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Advance S", int(new_slot), " K", kref, "(S", int(!new_slot), " K", lref, ")"); + #else + LOOP_L_N(i, EXTRUDERS) { + const bool slot = TEST(lin_adv_slot, i); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Advance T", int(i), " S", int(slot), " K", planner.extruder_advance_K[i], + "(S", int(!slot), " K", other_extruder_advance_K[i], ")"); + SERIAL_EOL(); + } + #endif + + #else + SERIAL_ECHO_START(); #if EXTRUDERS < 2 SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Advance K=", planner.extruder_advance_K[0]); #else SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Advance K"); LOOP_L_N(i, EXTRUDERS) { - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); SERIAL_ECHO(int(i)); - SERIAL_CHAR('='); SERIAL_ECHO(planner.extruder_advance_K[i]); + SERIAL_CHAR(' ', '0' + i, ':'); + SERIAL_ECHO(planner.extruder_advance_K[i]); } SERIAL_EOL(); #endif - } - #endif + #endif + } + } #endif // LIN_ADVANCE diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/baricuda/M126-M129.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/baricuda/M126-M129.cpp index 3c1588d806..d96ee03af1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/baricuda/M126-M129.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/baricuda/M126-M129.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/camera/M240.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/camera/M240.cpp index 3144126fe5..3c045a7e68 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/camera/M240.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/camera/M240.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -31,6 +31,10 @@ millis_t chdk_timeout; // = 0 #endif +#if defined(PHOTO_POSITION) && PHOTO_DELAY_MS > 0 + #include "../../../MarlinCore.h" // for idle() +#endif + #ifdef PHOTO_RETRACT_MM #define _PHOTO_RETRACT_MM (PHOTO_RETRACT_MM + 0) @@ -48,8 +52,8 @@ #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) do_pause_e_move(length, fr_mm_s); #else - current_position[E_AXIS] += length / planner.e_factor[active_extruder]; - planner.buffer_line(current_position, fr_mm_s, active_extruder); + current_position.e += length / planner.e_factor[active_extruder]; + line_to_current_position(fr_mm_s); #endif } } @@ -58,11 +62,44 @@ #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(PHOTOGRAPH) - constexpr uint8_t NUM_PULSES = 16; - constexpr float PULSE_LENGTH = 0.01524; - inline void set_photo_pin(const uint8_t state) { WRITE(PHOTOGRAPH_PIN, state); _delay_ms(PULSE_LENGTH); } - inline void tweak_photo_pin() { set_photo_pin(HIGH); set_photo_pin(LOW); } - inline void spin_photo_pin() { for (uint8_t i = NUM_PULSES; i--;) tweak_photo_pin(); } + + FORCE_INLINE void set_photo_pin(const uint8_t state) { + constexpr uint32_t pulse_length = ( + #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US + PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US + #else + 15 // 15.24 from _delay_ms(0.01524) + #endif + ); + WRITE(PHOTOGRAPH_PIN, state); + delayMicroseconds(pulse_length); + } + + FORCE_INLINE void tweak_photo_pin() { set_photo_pin(HIGH); set_photo_pin(LOW); } + + #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US + + inline void pulse_photo_pin(const uint32_t duration, const uint8_t state) { + if (state) { + for (const uint32_t stop = micros() + duration; micros() < stop;) + tweak_photo_pin(); + } + else + delayMicroseconds(duration); + } + + inline void spin_photo_pin() { + static constexpr uint32_t sequence[] = PHOTO_PULSES_US; + LOOP_L_N(i, COUNT(sequence)) + pulse_photo_pin(sequence[i], !(i & 1)); + } + + #else + + constexpr uint8_t NUM_PULSES = 16; + inline void spin_photo_pin() { for (uint8_t i = NUM_PULSES; i--;) tweak_photo_pin(); } + + #endif #endif /** @@ -97,10 +134,10 @@ void GcodeSuite::M240() { if (axis_unhomed_error()) return; - const float old_pos[XYZ] = { - current_position[X_AXIS] + parser.linearval('A'), - current_position[Y_AXIS] + parser.linearval('B'), - current_position[Z_AXIS] + const xyz_pos_t old_pos = { + current_position.x + parser.linearval('A'), + current_position.y + parser.linearval('B'), + current_position.z }; #ifdef PHOTO_RETRACT_MM @@ -121,22 +158,22 @@ void GcodeSuite::M240() { feedRate_t fr_mm_s = MMM_TO_MMS(parser.linearval('F')); if (fr_mm_s) NOLESS(fr_mm_s, 10.0f); - constexpr float photo_position[XYZ] = PHOTO_POSITION; - float raw[XYZ] = { - parser.seenval('X') ? RAW_X_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : photo_position[X_AXIS], - parser.seenval('Y') ? RAW_Y_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : photo_position[Y_AXIS], - (parser.seenval('Z') ? parser.value_linear_units() : photo_position[Z_AXIS]) + current_position[Z_AXIS] + constexpr xyz_pos_t photo_position = PHOTO_POSITION; + xyz_pos_t raw = { + parser.seenval('X') ? RAW_X_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : photo_position.x, + parser.seenval('Y') ? RAW_Y_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : photo_position.y, + (parser.seenval('Z') ? parser.value_linear_units() : photo_position.z) + current_position.z }; apply_motion_limits(raw); do_blocking_move_to(raw, fr_mm_s); #ifdef PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION - constexpr float photo_switch_position[2] = PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION; - const float sraw[] = { - parser.seenval('I') ? RAW_X_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : photo_switch_position[X_AXIS], - parser.seenval('J') ? RAW_Y_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : photo_switch_position[Y_AXIS] + constexpr xy_pos_t photo_switch_position = PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION; + const xy_pos_t sraw = { + parser.seenval('I') ? RAW_X_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : photo_switch_position.x, + parser.seenval('J') ? RAW_Y_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : photo_switch_position.y }; - do_blocking_move_to_xy(sraw[X_AXIS], sraw[Y_AXIS], get_homing_bump_feedrate(X_AXIS)); + do_blocking_move_to_xy(sraw, get_homing_bump_feedrate(X_AXIS)); #if PHOTO_SWITCH_MS > 0 safe_delay(parser.intval('D', PHOTO_SWITCH_MS)); #endif @@ -148,7 +185,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M240() { #if PIN_EXISTS(CHDK) OUT_WRITE(CHDK_PIN, HIGH); - chdk_timeout = millis() + PHOTO_SWITCH_MS; + chdk_timeout = millis() + parser.intval('D', PHOTO_SWITCH_MS); #elif HAS_PHOTOGRAPH @@ -160,7 +197,8 @@ void GcodeSuite::M240() { #ifdef PHOTO_POSITION #if PHOTO_DELAY_MS > 0 - safe_delay(parser.intval('P', PHOTO_DELAY_MS)); + const millis_t timeout = millis() + parser.intval('P', PHOTO_DELAY_MS); + while (PENDING(millis(), timeout)) idle(); #endif do_blocking_move_to(old_pos, fr_mm_s); #ifdef PHOTO_RETRACT_MM diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/cancel/M486.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/cancel/M486.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..19216b2cb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/cancel/M486.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + +#include "../../gcode.h" +#include "../../../feature/cancel_object.h" + +/** + * M486: A simple interface to cancel objects + * + * T[count] : Reset objects and/or set the count + * S : Start an object with the given index + * P : Cancel the object with the given index + * U : Un-cancel object with the given index + * C : Cancel the current object (the last index given by S) + * S-1 : Start a non-object like a brim or purge tower that should always print + */ +void GcodeSuite::M486() { + + if (parser.seen('T')) { + cancelable.reset(); + cancelable.object_count = parser.intval('T', 1); + } + + if (parser.seen('S')) + cancelable.set_active_object(parser.value_int()); + + if (parser.seen('C')) cancelable.cancel_active_object(); + + if (parser.seen('P')) cancelable.cancel_object(parser.value_int()); + + if (parser.seen('U')) cancelable.uncancel_object(parser.value_int()); +} + +#endif // CANCEL_OBJECTS diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/caselight/M355.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/caselight/M355.cpp index e9ee0a4977..ff793451bd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/caselight/M355.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/caselight/M355.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/clean/G12.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/clean/G12.cpp index 30c71264eb..6d13a010be 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/clean/G12.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/clean/G12.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/controllerfan/M710.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/controllerfan/M710.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e00fa77d62 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/controllerfan/M710.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (C) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#include "../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + +#if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE) + +#include "../../gcode.h" +#include "../../../feature/controllerfan.h" + +void M710_report(const bool forReplay) { + if (!forReplay) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("; Controller Fan"); SERIAL_ECHO_START(); } + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("M710 " + "S", int(controllerFan.settings.active_speed), + "I", int(controllerFan.settings.idle_speed), + "A", int(controllerFan.settings.auto_mode), + "D", controllerFan.settings.duration, + " ; (", (int(controllerFan.settings.active_speed) * 100) / 255, "%" + " ", (int(controllerFan.settings.idle_speed) * 100) / 255, "%)" + ); +} + +/** + * M710: Set controller fan settings + * + * R : Reset to defaults + * S[0-255] : Fan speed when motors are active + * I[0-255] : Fan speed when motors are idle + * A[0|1] : Turn auto mode on or off + * D : Set auto mode idle duration + * + * Examples: + * M710 ; Report current Settings + * M710 R ; Reset SIAD to defaults + * M710 I64 ; Set controller fan Idle Speed to 25% + * M710 S255 ; Set controller fan Active Speed to 100% + * M710 S0 ; Set controller fan Active Speed to OFF + * M710 I255 A0 ; Set controller fan Idle Speed to 100% with Auto Mode OFF + * M710 I127 A1 S255 D160 ; Set controller fan idle speed 50%, AutoMode On, Fan speed 100%, duration to 160 Secs + */ +void GcodeSuite::M710() { + + const bool seenR = parser.seen('R'); + if (seenR) controllerFan.reset(); + + const bool seenS = parser.seenval('S'); + if (seenS) controllerFan.settings.active_speed = parser.value_byte(); + + const bool seenI = parser.seenval('I'); + if (seenI) controllerFan.settings.idle_speed = parser.value_byte(); + + const bool seenA = parser.seenval('A'); + if (seenA) controllerFan.settings.auto_mode = parser.value_bool(); + + const bool seenD = parser.seenval('D'); + if (seenD) controllerFan.settings.duration = parser.value_ushort(); + + if (!(seenR || seenS || seenI || seenA || seenD)) + M710_report(false); +} + +#endif // CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/digipot/M907-M910.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/digipot/M907-M910.cpp index 4f48bb77ed..fe8e37ebdd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/digipot/M907-M910.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/digipot/M907-M910.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M907() { LOOP_XYZE(i) if (parser.seenval(axis_codes[i])) stepper.digipot_current(i, parser.value_int()); if (parser.seenval('B')) stepper.digipot_current(4, parser.value_int()); - if (parser.seenval('S')) for (uint8_t i = 0; i <= 4; i++) stepper.digipot_current(i, parser.value_int()); + if (parser.seenval('S')) LOOP_LE_N(i, 4) stepper.digipot_current(i, parser.value_int()); #elif HAS_MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM @@ -65,14 +65,16 @@ void GcodeSuite::M907() { #if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) // this one uses actual amps in floating point LOOP_XYZE(i) if (parser.seenval(axis_codes[i])) digipot_i2c_set_current(i, parser.value_float()); - // for each additional extruder (named B,C,D,E..., channels 4,5,6,7...) - for (uint8_t i = NUM_AXIS; i < DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS; i++) if (parser.seenval('B' + i - (NUM_AXIS))) digipot_i2c_set_current(i, parser.value_float()); + // Additional extruders use B,C,D for channels 4,5,6. + // TODO: Change these parameters because 'E' is used. B? + for (uint8_t i = E_AXIS + 1; i < DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS; i++) + if (parser.seenval('B' + i - (E_AXIS + 1))) digipot_i2c_set_current(i, parser.value_float()); #endif #if ENABLED(DAC_STEPPER_CURRENT) if (parser.seenval('S')) { const float dac_percent = parser.value_float(); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i <= 4; i++) dac_current_percent(i, dac_percent); + LOOP_LE_N(i, 4) dac_current_percent(i, dac_percent); } LOOP_XYZE(i) if (parser.seenval(axis_codes[i])) dac_current_percent(i, parser.value_float()); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/filwidth/M404-M407.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/filwidth/M404-M407.cpp index 5b58416b43..41e6e90aa1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/filwidth/M404-M407.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/filwidth/M404-M407.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include "../../../feature/filwidth.h" #include "../../../module/planner.h" #include "../../../module/temperature.h" -#include "../../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../gcode.h" /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/fwretract/G10_G11.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/fwretract/G10_G11.cpp index 2b2f2f1c65..75e5b6a588 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/fwretract/G10_G11.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/fwretract/G10_G11.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/fwretract/M207-M209.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/fwretract/M207-M209.cpp index 316433fa46..6c48774c30 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/fwretract/M207-M209.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/fwretract/M207-M209.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/i2c/M260_M261.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/i2c/M260_M261.cpp index 48ab48959a..ea04d2a293 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/i2c/M260_M261.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/i2c/M260_M261.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ #include "../../gcode.h" -#include "../../../Marlin.h" // for i2c +#include "../../../MarlinCore.h" // for i2c /** * M260: Send data to a I2C slave device diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/leds/M150.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/leds/M150.cpp index 405be898ae..656b7e5f90 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/leds/M150.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/leds/M150.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/leds/M7219.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/leds/M7219.cpp index c8257f6581..acbd55957f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/leds/M7219.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/leds/M7219.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #if ENABLED(MAX7219_GCODE) #include "../../gcode.h" -#include "../../../feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.h" +#include "../../../feature/max7219.h" /** * M7219: Control the Max7219 LED matrix @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M7219() { } else if (parser.seen('D')) { const uint8_t uline = parser.value_byte() & 0x7, - line = uline + parser.byteval('U') << 3; + line = uline + (parser.byteval('U') << 3); if (line < MAX7219_LINES) { max7219.led_line[line] = v; return max7219.refresh_line(line); @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M7219() { } if (parser.seen('P')) { - for (uint8_t r = 0; r < MAX7219_LINES; r++) { + LOOP_L_N(r, MAX7219_LINES) { SERIAL_ECHOPGM("led_line["); if (r < 10) SERIAL_CHAR(' '); SERIAL_ECHO(int(r)); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/macro/M810-M819.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/macro/M810-M819.cpp index ea90229c38..c106de298a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/macro/M810-M819.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/macro/M810-M819.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M163-M165.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M163-M165.cpp index 05654d389a..61be64edec 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M163-M165.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M163-M165.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -79,20 +79,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M164() { // Get mixing parameters from the GCode // The total "must" be 1.0 (but it will be normalized) // If no mix factors are given, the old mix is preserved - const char mixing_codes[] = { 'A', 'B' - #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 2 - , 'C' - #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 3 - , 'D' - #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 4 - , 'H' - #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 5 - , 'I' - #endif // MIXING_STEPPERS > 5 - #endif // MIXING_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // MIXING_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // MIXING_STEPPERS > 2 - }; + const char mixing_codes[] = { LIST_N(MIXING_STEPPERS, 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'H', 'I') }; uint8_t mix_bits = 0; MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) { if (parser.seenval(mixing_codes[i])) { diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M166.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M166.cpp index 8b74182cde..b4618c8111 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M166.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M166.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ inline void echo_mix() { inline void echo_zt(const int t, const float &z) { mixer.update_mix_from_vtool(t); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", z, " T", t); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, z, SP_T_STR, t); echo_mix(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G27.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G27.cpp index 4f4c9e4698..7f2f0d48b7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G27.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G27.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G60.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G60.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..45a8734ca3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G60.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if SAVED_POSITIONS + +#include "../../../core/language.h" +#include "../../gcode.h" +#include "../../../module/motion.h" + +#define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(SAVED_POSITIONS_DEBUG) +#include "../../../core/debug_out.h" + +/** + * G60: Save current position + * + * S - Memory slot # (0-based) to save into (default 0) + */ +void GcodeSuite::G60() { + const uint8_t slot = parser.byteval('S'); + + if (slot >= SAVED_POSITIONS) { + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_INVALID_POS_SLOT STRINGIFY(SAVED_POSITIONS)); + return; + } + + stored_position[slot] = current_position; + SBI(saved_slots[slot >> 3], slot & 0x07); + + #if ENABLED(SAVED_POSITIONS_DEBUG) + const xyze_pos_t &pos = stored_position[slot]; + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F(STR_SAVED_POS " S", slot); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F(" : X", pos.x); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F_P(SP_Y_STR, pos.y); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F_P(SP_Z_STR, pos.z); + #endif +} + +#endif // SAVED_POSITIONS diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G61.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G61.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..60e6bcf040 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G61.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if SAVED_POSITIONS + +#include "../../../core/language.h" +#include "../../../module/planner.h" +#include "../../gcode.h" +#include "../../../module/motion.h" + +/** + * G61: Return to saved position + * + * F - Feedrate (optional) for the move back. + * S - Slot # (0-based) to restore from (default 0). + * X Y Z - Axes to restore. At least one is required. + */ +void GcodeSuite::G61(void) { + + const uint8_t slot = parser.byteval('S'); + + #if SAVED_POSITIONS < 256 + if (slot >= SAVED_POSITIONS) { + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_INVALID_POS_SLOT STRINGIFY(SAVED_POSITIONS)); + return; + } + #endif + + // No saved position? No axes being restored? + if (!TEST(saved_slots[slot >> 3], slot & 0x07) || !parser.seen("XYZ")) return; + + // Apply any given feedrate over 0.0 + const float fr = parser.linearval('F'); + if (fr > 0.0) feedrate_mm_s = MMM_TO_MMS(fr); + + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(STR_RESTORING_POS " S", int(slot)); + LOOP_XYZ(i) { + destination[i] = parser.seen(XYZ_CHAR(i)) + ? stored_position[slot][i] + parser.value_axis_units((AxisEnum)i) + : current_position[i]; + SERIAL_CHAR(' ', XYZ_CHAR(i)); + SERIAL_ECHO_F(destination[i]); + } + SERIAL_EOL(); + + // Move to the saved position + prepare_line_to_destination(); +} + +#endif // SAVED_POSITIONS diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M125.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M125.cpp index 86e8f61c1c..206815a200 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M125.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M125.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -35,6 +35,10 @@ #include "../../../lcd/ultralcd.h" #endif +#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + #include "../../../feature/powerloss.h" +#endif + /** * M125: Store current position and move to parking position. * Called on pause (by M25) to prevent material leaking onto the @@ -58,7 +62,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M125() { #endif ); - point_t park_point = NOZZLE_PARK_POINT; + xyz_pos_t park_point = NOZZLE_PARK_POINT; // Move XY axes to filament change position or given position if (parser.seenval('X')) park_point.x = RAW_X_POSITION(parser.linearval('X')); @@ -68,8 +72,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M125() { if (parser.seenval('Z')) park_point.z = parser.linearval('Z'); #if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET && NONE(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, DELTA) - park_point.x += hotend_offset[X_AXIS][active_extruder]; - park_point.y += hotend_offset[Y_AXIS][active_extruder]; + park_point += hotend_offset[active_extruder]; #endif #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) @@ -86,6 +89,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::M125() { #endif if (pause_print(retract, park_point, 0, show_lcd)) { + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + if (recovery.enabled) recovery.save(true); + #endif if (!sd_printing || show_lcd) { wait_for_confirmation(false, 0); resume_print(0, 0, PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH, 0); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M600.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M600.cpp index f2ade740b4..fc7702796b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M600.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M600.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -60,7 +60,6 @@ * Default values are used for omitted arguments. */ void GcodeSuite::M600() { - point_t park_point = NOZZLE_PARK_POINT; #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) const int8_t target_e_stepper = get_target_e_stepper_from_command(); @@ -119,6 +118,8 @@ void GcodeSuite::M600() { #endif ); + xyz_pos_t park_point NOZZLE_PARK_POINT; + // Lift Z axis if (parser.seenval('Z')) park_point.z = parser.linearval('Z'); @@ -127,8 +128,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M600() { if (parser.seenval('Y')) park_point.y = parser.linearval('Y'); #if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET && NONE(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, DELTA) - park_point.x += hotend_offset[X_AXIS][active_extruder]; - park_point.y += hotend_offset[Y_AXIS][active_extruder]; + park_point += hotend_offset[active_extruder]; #endif #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M603.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M603.cpp index 60070821d8..620b8f4f27 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M603.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M603.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M701_M702.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M701_M702.cpp index 6add2ebfae..aa3c3c4c30 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M701_M702.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M701_M702.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,10 +25,10 @@ #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES) #include "../../gcode.h" -#include "../../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../../module/motion.h" #include "../../../module/temperature.h" -#include "../../../libs/point_t.h" +#include "../../../feature/pause.h" #if EXTRUDERS > 1 #include "../../../module/tool_change.h" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ #endif #if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - #include "../../../feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.h" + #include "../../../feature/mmu2/mmu2.h" #endif #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ * Default values are used for omitted arguments. */ void GcodeSuite::M701() { - point_t park_point = NOZZLE_PARK_POINT; + xyz_pos_t park_point = NOZZLE_PARK_POINT; #if ENABLED(NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING) // Don't raise Z if the machine isn't homed @@ -97,26 +97,31 @@ void GcodeSuite::M701() { // Lift Z axis if (park_point.z > 0) - do_blocking_move_to_z(_MIN(current_position[Z_AXIS] + park_point.z, Z_MAX_POS), feedRate_t(NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE)); + do_blocking_move_to_z(_MIN(current_position.z + park_point.z, Z_MAX_POS), feedRate_t(NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE)); // Load filament #if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) mmu2.load_filament_to_nozzle(target_extruder); #else - constexpr float slow_load_length = FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH; - const float fast_load_length = ABS(parser.seen('L') ? parser.value_axis_units(E_AXIS) - : fc_settings[active_extruder].load_length); - load_filament(slow_load_length, fast_load_length, ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH, FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS, - true, thermalManager.still_heating(target_extruder), PAUSE_MODE_LOAD_FILAMENT - #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - , target_extruder - #endif - ); + constexpr float purge_length = ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH, + slow_load_length = FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH; + const float fast_load_length = ABS(parser.seen('L') ? parser.value_axis_units(E_AXIS) + : fc_settings[active_extruder].load_length); + load_filament( + slow_load_length, fast_load_length, purge_length, + FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS, + true, // show_lcd + thermalManager.still_heating(target_extruder), // pause_for_user + PAUSE_MODE_LOAD_FILAMENT // pause_mode + #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + , target_extruder // Dual X target + #endif + ); #endif // Restore Z axis if (park_point.z > 0) - do_blocking_move_to_z(_MAX(current_position[Z_AXIS] - park_point.z, 0), feedRate_t(NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE)); + do_blocking_move_to_z(_MAX(current_position.z - park_point.z, 0), feedRate_t(NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE)); #if EXTRUDERS > 1 && DISABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) // Restore toolhead if it was changed @@ -146,7 +151,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M701() { * Default values are used for omitted arguments. */ void GcodeSuite::M702() { - point_t park_point = NOZZLE_PARK_POINT; + xyz_pos_t park_point = NOZZLE_PARK_POINT; #if ENABLED(NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING) // Don't raise Z if the machine isn't homed @@ -196,7 +201,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M702() { // Lift Z axis if (park_point.z > 0) - do_blocking_move_to_z(_MIN(current_position[Z_AXIS] + park_point.z, Z_MAX_POS), feedRate_t(NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE)); + do_blocking_move_to_z(_MIN(current_position.z + park_point.z, Z_MAX_POS), feedRate_t(NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE)); // Unload filament #if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) @@ -226,7 +231,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M702() { // Restore Z axis if (park_point.z > 0) - do_blocking_move_to_z(_MAX(current_position[Z_AXIS] - park_point.z, 0), feedRate_t(NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE)); + do_blocking_move_to_z(_MAX(current_position.z - park_point.z, 0), feedRate_t(NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE)); #if EXTRUDERS > 1 && DISABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) // Restore toolhead if it was changed diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/powerloss/M1000.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/powerloss/M1000.cpp index c454a34c05..ea2c6e3dab 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/powerloss/M1000.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/powerloss/M1000.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,9 +25,12 @@ #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) #include "../../gcode.h" -#include "../../../feature/power_loss_recovery.h" +#include "../../../feature/powerloss.h" #include "../../../module/motion.h" #include "../../../lcd/ultralcd.h" +#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + #include "../../../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" +#endif #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(DEBUG_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) #include "../../../core/debug_out.h" @@ -44,6 +47,10 @@ inline void plr_error(PGM_P const prefix) { #endif } +#if HAS_LCD_MENU + void lcd_power_loss_recovery_cancel(); +#endif + /** * M1000: Resume from power-loss (undocumented) * - With 'S' go to the Resume/Cancel menu @@ -52,8 +59,25 @@ inline void plr_error(PGM_P const prefix) { void GcodeSuite::M1000() { if (recovery.valid()) { - if (parser.seen('S')) - ui.goto_screen(menu_job_recovery); + if (parser.seen('S')) { + #if HAS_LCD_MENU + ui.goto_screen(menu_job_recovery); + #elif ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::OnPowerLossResume(); + #else + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG("Resume requires LCD."); + #endif + } + else if (parser.seen('C')) { + #if HAS_LCD_MENU + lcd_power_loss_recovery_cancel(); + #else + recovery.cancel(); + #endif + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::onPrintTimerStopped(); + #endif + } else recovery.resume(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/powerloss/M413.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/powerloss/M413.cpp index cd1dd801b9..67e756d5d2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/powerloss/M413.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/powerloss/M413.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) #include "../../gcode.h" -#include "../../../feature/power_loss_recovery.h" +#include "../../../feature/powerloss.h" #include "../../../module/motion.h" #include "../../../lcd/ultralcd.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/prusa_MMU2/M403.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/prusa_MMU2/M403.cpp index 9ebdcd2070..0a9c519451 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/prusa_MMU2/M403.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/prusa_MMU2/M403.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) #include "../../gcode.h" -#include "../../../feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.h" +#include "../../../feature/mmu2/mmu2.h" /** * M403: Set filament type for MMU2 diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/runout/M412.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/runout/M412.cpp index 7a5dd65e0e..f746dddfa1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/runout/M412.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/runout/M412.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M122.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M122.cpp index bbbe86bdb8..0eb93a8006 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M122.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M122.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if HAS_TRINAMIC +#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG #include "../../gcode.h" #include "../../../feature/tmc_util.h" @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ * M122: Debug TMC drivers */ void GcodeSuite::M122() { - bool print_axis[XYZE] = { false, false, false, false }, - print_all = true; + xyze_bool_t print_axis = { false, false, false, false }; + bool print_all = true; LOOP_XYZE(i) if (parser.seen(axis_codes[i])) { print_axis[i] = true; print_all = false; } if (print_all) LOOP_XYZE(i) print_axis[i] = true; @@ -45,12 +45,12 @@ void GcodeSuite::M122() { #endif if (parser.seen('V')) - tmc_get_registers(print_axis[X_AXIS], print_axis[Y_AXIS], print_axis[Z_AXIS], print_axis[E_AXIS]); + tmc_get_registers(print_axis.x, print_axis.y, print_axis.z, print_axis.e); else - tmc_report_all(print_axis[X_AXIS], print_axis[Y_AXIS], print_axis[Z_AXIS], print_axis[E_AXIS]); + tmc_report_all(print_axis.x, print_axis.y, print_axis.z, print_axis.e); #endif - test_tmc_connection(print_axis[X_AXIS], print_axis[Y_AXIS], print_axis[Z_AXIS], print_axis[E_AXIS]); + test_tmc_connection(print_axis.x, print_axis.y, print_axis.z, print_axis.e); } -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC +#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M569.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M569.cpp index e8239838d7..f88e116839 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M569.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M569.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -44,7 +44,10 @@ void tmc_set_stealthChop(TMC &st, const bool enable) { static void set_stealth_status(const bool enable, const int8_t target_extruder) { #define TMC_SET_STEALTH(Q) tmc_set_stealthChop(stepper##Q, enable) - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X2) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y2) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z2) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X2) \ + || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y2) \ + || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z2) \ + || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) const uint8_t index = parser.byteval('I'); #endif @@ -76,6 +79,9 @@ static void set_stealth_status(const bool enable, const int8_t target_extruder) #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) if (index == 2) TMC_SET_STEALTH(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + if (index == 3) TMC_SET_STEALTH(Z4); + #endif break; case E_AXIS: { if (target_extruder < 0) return; @@ -98,6 +104,12 @@ static void set_stealth_status(const bool enable, const int8_t target_extruder) #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E5) case 5: TMC_SET_STEALTH(E5); break; #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E6) + case 6: TMC_SET_STEALTH(E6); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E7) + case 7: TMC_SET_STEALTH(E7); break; + #endif } } break; } @@ -128,6 +140,9 @@ static void say_stealth_status() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) TMC_SAY_STEALTH_STATUS(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + TMC_SAY_STEALTH_STATUS(Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) TMC_SAY_STEALTH_STATUS(E0); #endif @@ -146,6 +161,12 @@ static void say_stealth_status() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E5) TMC_SAY_STEALTH_STATUS(E5); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E6) + TMC_SAY_STEALTH_STATUS(E6); + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E7) + TMC_SAY_STEALTH_STATUS(E7); + #endif } /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M906.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M906.cpp index 072f7ba1fd..95ad310ed0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M906.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M906.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if HAS_TRINAMIC +#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG #include "../../gcode.h" #include "../../../feature/tmc_util.h" @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ * Z[current] - Set mA current for Z driver(s) * E[current] - Set mA current for E driver(s) * - * I[index] - Axis sub-index (Omit or 0 for X, Y, Z; 1 for X2, Y2, Z2; 2 for Z3.) + * I[index] - Axis sub-index (Omit or 0 for X, Y, Z; 1 for X2, Y2, Z2; 2 for Z3; 3 for Z4.) * T[index] - Extruder index (Zero-based. Omit for E0 only.) * * With no parameters report driver currents. @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M906() { bool report = true; - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) || AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) || AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) const uint8_t index = parser.byteval('I'); #endif @@ -81,6 +81,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::M906() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) if (index == 2) TMC_SET_CURRENT(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + if (index == 3) TMC_SET_CURRENT(Z4); + #endif break; case E_AXIS: { const int8_t target_extruder = get_target_extruder_from_command(); @@ -104,6 +107,12 @@ void GcodeSuite::M906() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) case 5: TMC_SET_CURRENT(E5); break; #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + case 6: TMC_SET_CURRENT(E6); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + case 7: TMC_SET_CURRENT(E7); break; + #endif } } break; } @@ -131,6 +140,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::M906() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) TMC_SAY_CURRENT(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + TMC_SAY_CURRENT(Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) TMC_SAY_CURRENT(E0); #endif @@ -149,7 +161,13 @@ void GcodeSuite::M906() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) TMC_SAY_CURRENT(E5); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + TMC_SAY_CURRENT(E6); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + TMC_SAY_CURRENT(E7); + #endif } } -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC +#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M911-M914.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M911-M914.cpp index 27a0be9a64..582e779cc2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M911-M914.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M911-M914.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if HAS_TRINAMIC +#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG #include "../../gcode.h" #include "../../../feature/tmc_util.h" @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ #define M91x_SOME_X (M91x_USE(X) || M91x_USE(X2)) #define M91x_SOME_Y (M91x_USE(Y) || M91x_USE(Y2)) - #define M91x_SOME_Z (M91x_USE(Z) || M91x_USE(Z2) || M91x_USE(Z3)) - #define M91x_SOME_E (M91x_USE_E(0) || M91x_USE_E(1) || M91x_USE_E(2) || M91x_USE_E(3) || M91x_USE_E(4) || M91x_USE_E(5)) + #define M91x_SOME_Z (M91x_USE(Z) || M91x_USE(Z2) || M91x_USE(Z3) || M91x_USE(Z4)) + #define M91x_SOME_E (M91x_USE_E(0) || M91x_USE_E(1) || M91x_USE_E(2) || M91x_USE_E(3) || M91x_USE_E(4) || M91x_USE_E(5) || M91x_USE_E(6) || M91x_USE_E(7)) #if !M91x_SOME_X && !M91x_SOME_Y && !M91x_SOME_Z && !M91x_SOME_E #error "MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS requires at least one TMC2130, 2160, 2208, 2209, 2660, 5130, or 5160." @@ -70,6 +70,9 @@ #if M91x_USE(Z3) tmc_report_otpw(stepperZ3); #endif + #if M91x_USE(Z4) + tmc_report_otpw(stepperZ4); + #endif #if M91x_USE_E(0) tmc_report_otpw(stepperE0); #endif @@ -88,11 +91,17 @@ #if M91x_USE_E(5) tmc_report_otpw(stepperE5); #endif + #if M91x_USE_E(6) + tmc_report_otpw(stepperE6); + #endif + #if M91x_USE_E(7) + tmc_report_otpw(stepperE7); + #endif } /** * M912: Clear TMC stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn flag held by the library - * Specify one or more axes with X, Y, Z, X1, Y1, Z1, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3 and E[index]. + * Specify one or more axes with X, Y, Z, X1, Y1, Z1, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, Z4 and E[index]. * If no axes are given, clear all. * * Examples: @@ -104,25 +113,25 @@ */ void GcodeSuite::M912() { #if M91x_SOME_X - const bool hasX = parser.seen(axis_codes[X_AXIS]); + const bool hasX = parser.seen(axis_codes.x); #else constexpr bool hasX = false; #endif #if M91x_SOME_Y - const bool hasY = parser.seen(axis_codes[Y_AXIS]); + const bool hasY = parser.seen(axis_codes.y); #else constexpr bool hasY = false; #endif #if M91x_SOME_Z - const bool hasZ = parser.seen(axis_codes[Z_AXIS]); + const bool hasZ = parser.seen(axis_codes.z); #else constexpr bool hasZ = false; #endif #if M91x_SOME_E - const bool hasE = parser.seen(axis_codes[E_AXIS]); + const bool hasE = parser.seen(axis_codes.e); #else constexpr bool hasE = false; #endif @@ -130,7 +139,7 @@ const bool hasNone = !hasX && !hasY && !hasZ && !hasE; #if M91x_SOME_X - const int8_t xval = int8_t(parser.byteval(axis_codes[X_AXIS], 0xFF)); + const int8_t xval = int8_t(parser.byteval(axis_codes.x, 0xFF)); #if M91x_USE(X) if (hasNone || xval == 1 || (hasX && xval < 0)) tmc_clear_otpw(stepperX); #endif @@ -140,7 +149,7 @@ #endif #if M91x_SOME_Y - const int8_t yval = int8_t(parser.byteval(axis_codes[Y_AXIS], 0xFF)); + const int8_t yval = int8_t(parser.byteval(axis_codes.y, 0xFF)); #if M91x_USE(Y) if (hasNone || yval == 1 || (hasY && yval < 0)) tmc_clear_otpw(stepperY); #endif @@ -150,7 +159,7 @@ #endif #if M91x_SOME_Z - const int8_t zval = int8_t(parser.byteval(axis_codes[Z_AXIS], 0xFF)); + const int8_t zval = int8_t(parser.byteval(axis_codes.z, 0xFF)); #if M91x_USE(Z) if (hasNone || zval == 1 || (hasZ && zval < 0)) tmc_clear_otpw(stepperZ); #endif @@ -160,10 +169,13 @@ #if M91x_USE(Z3) if (hasNone || zval == 3 || (hasZ && zval < 0)) tmc_clear_otpw(stepperZ3); #endif + #if M91x_USE(Z4) + if (hasNone || zval == 4 || (hasZ && zval < 0)) tmc_clear_otpw(stepperZ4); + #endif #endif #if M91x_SOME_E - const int8_t eval = int8_t(parser.byteval(axis_codes[E_AXIS], 0xFF)); + const int8_t eval = int8_t(parser.byteval(axis_codes.e, 0xFF)); #if M91x_USE_E(0) if (hasNone || eval == 0 || (hasE && eval < 0)) tmc_clear_otpw(stepperE0); #endif @@ -182,6 +194,12 @@ #if M91x_USE_E(5) if (hasNone || eval == 5 || (hasE && eval < 0)) tmc_clear_otpw(stepperE5); #endif + #if M91x_USE_E(6) + if (hasNone || eval == 6 || (hasE && eval < 0)) tmc_clear_otpw(stepperE6); + #endif + #if M91x_USE_E(7) + if (hasNone || eval == 7 || (hasE && eval < 0)) tmc_clear_otpw(stepperE7); + #endif #endif } @@ -198,7 +216,7 @@ #define TMC_SET_PWMTHRS_E(E) stepperE##E.set_pwm_thrs(value) bool report = true; - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) || AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) || AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) const uint8_t index = parser.byteval('I'); #endif LOOP_XYZE(i) if (int32_t value = parser.longval(axis_codes[i])) { @@ -230,6 +248,9 @@ #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) if (index == 0 || index == 3) TMC_SET_PWMTHRS(Z,Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + if (index == 0 || index == 4) TMC_SET_PWMTHRS(Z,Z4); + #endif break; case E_AXIS: { #if E_STEPPERS @@ -254,6 +275,12 @@ #if E_STEPPERS > 5 && AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E5) case 5: TMC_SET_PWMTHRS_E(5); break; #endif + #if E_STEPPERS > 6 && AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E6) + case 6: TMC_SET_PWMTHRS_E(6); break; + #endif + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 && AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E7) + case 7: TMC_SET_PWMTHRS_E(7); break; + #endif } #endif // E_STEPPERS } break; @@ -282,6 +309,9 @@ #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) TMC_SAY_PWMTHRS(Z,Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + TMC_SAY_PWMTHRS(Z,Z4); + #endif #if E_STEPPERS && AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) TMC_SAY_PWMTHRS_E(0); #endif @@ -300,6 +330,12 @@ #if E_STEPPERS > 5 && AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E5) TMC_SAY_PWMTHRS_E(5); #endif + #if E_STEPPERS > 6 && AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E6) + TMC_SAY_PWMTHRS_E(6); + #endif + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 && AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E7) + TMC_SAY_PWMTHRS_E(7); + #endif } } #endif // HYBRID_THRESHOLD @@ -312,7 +348,7 @@ bool report = true; const uint8_t index = parser.byteval('I'); - LOOP_XYZ(i) if (parser.seen(axis_codes[i])) { + LOOP_XYZ(i) if (parser.seen(XYZ_CHAR(i))) { const int16_t value = parser.value_int(); report = false; switch (i) { @@ -347,6 +383,9 @@ #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z3) if (index == 0 || index == 3) stepperZ3.homing_threshold(value); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z4) + if (index == 0 || index == 4) stepperZ4.homing_threshold(value); + #endif break; #endif } @@ -379,9 +418,12 @@ #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z3) tmc_print_sgt(stepperZ3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z4) + tmc_print_sgt(stepperZ4); + #endif #endif } } #endif // USE_SENSORLESS -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC +#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp index f542f842ce..1ce1e3d5cb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,6 +28,10 @@ #include "gcode.h" GcodeSuite gcode; +#if ENABLED(WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND) + extern bool wifi_custom_command(char * const command_ptr); +#endif + #include "parser.h" #include "queue.h" #include "../module/motion.h" @@ -42,21 +46,30 @@ GcodeSuite gcode; #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) #include "../sd/cardreader.h" - #include "../feature/power_loss_recovery.h" + #include "../feature/powerloss.h" #endif -#include "../Marlin.h" // for idle() and suspend_auto_report +#if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + #include "../feature/cancel_object.h" +#endif + +#include "../MarlinCore.h" // for idle() millis_t GcodeSuite::previous_move_ms; -static constexpr bool ar_init[XYZE] = AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES; +// Relative motion mode for each logical axis +static constexpr xyze_bool_t ar_init = AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES; uint8_t GcodeSuite::axis_relative = ( - (ar_init[X_AXIS] ? _BV(REL_X) : 0) - | (ar_init[Y_AXIS] ? _BV(REL_Y) : 0) - | (ar_init[Z_AXIS] ? _BV(REL_Z) : 0) - | (ar_init[E_AXIS] ? _BV(REL_E) : 0) + (ar_init.x ? _BV(REL_X) : 0) + | (ar_init.y ? _BV(REL_Y) : 0) + | (ar_init.z ? _BV(REL_Z) : 0) + | (ar_init.e ? _BV(REL_E) : 0) ); +#if HAS_AUTO_REPORTING || ENABLED(HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE) + bool GcodeSuite::autoreport_paused; // = false +#endif + #if ENABLED(HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE) GcodeSuite::MarlinBusyState GcodeSuite::busy_state = NOT_BUSY; uint8_t GcodeSuite::host_keepalive_interval = DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL; @@ -68,7 +81,7 @@ uint8_t GcodeSuite::axis_relative = ( #if ENABLED(CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS) int8_t GcodeSuite::active_coordinate_system = -1; // machine space - float GcodeSuite::coordinate_system[MAX_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS][XYZ]; + xyz_pos_t GcodeSuite::coordinate_system[MAX_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS]; #endif /** @@ -81,7 +94,7 @@ int8_t GcodeSuite::get_target_extruder_from_command() { if (e < EXTRUDERS) return e; SERIAL_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_CHAR('M'); SERIAL_ECHO(parser.codenum); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" " MSG_INVALID_EXTRUDER " ", int(e)); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" " STR_INVALID_EXTRUDER " ", int(e)); return -1; } return active_extruder; @@ -98,9 +111,9 @@ int8_t GcodeSuite::get_target_e_stepper_from_command() { SERIAL_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_CHAR('M'); SERIAL_ECHO(parser.codenum); if (e == -1) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" " MSG_E_STEPPER_NOT_SPECIFIED); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" " STR_E_STEPPER_NOT_SPECIFIED); else - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" " MSG_INVALID_E_STEPPER " ", int(e)); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" " STR_INVALID_E_STEPPER " ", int(e)); return -1; } @@ -112,19 +125,38 @@ int8_t GcodeSuite::get_target_e_stepper_from_command() { * - Set the feedrate, if included */ void GcodeSuite::get_destination_from_command() { - bool seen[XYZE] = { false, false, false, false }; - LOOP_XYZE(i) { - if ( (seen[i] = parser.seenval(axis_codes[i])) ) { + xyze_bool_t seen = { false, false, false, false }; + + #if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + const bool &skip_move = cancelable.skipping; + #else + constexpr bool skip_move = false; + #endif + + // Get new XYZ position, whether absolute or relative + LOOP_XYZ(i) { + if ( (seen[i] = parser.seenval(XYZ_CHAR(i))) ) { const float v = parser.value_axis_units((AxisEnum)i); - destination[i] = axis_is_relative(AxisEnum(i)) ? current_position[i] + v : (i == E_AXIS) ? v : LOGICAL_TO_NATIVE(v, i); + if (skip_move) + destination[i] = current_position[i]; + else + destination[i] = axis_is_relative(AxisEnum(i)) ? current_position[i] + v : LOGICAL_TO_NATIVE(v, i); } else destination[i] = current_position[i]; } + // Get new E position, whether absolute or relative + if ( (seen.e = parser.seenval('E')) ) { + const float v = parser.value_axis_units(E_AXIS); + destination.e = axis_is_relative(E_AXIS) ? current_position.e + v : v; + } + else + destination.e = current_position.e; + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) && !PIN_EXISTS(POWER_LOSS) // Only update power loss recovery on moves with E - if (recovery.enabled && IS_SD_PRINTING() && seen[E_AXIS] && (seen[X_AXIS] || seen[Y_AXIS])) + if (recovery.enabled && IS_SD_PRINTING() && seen.e && (seen.x || seen.y)) recovery.save(); #endif @@ -132,8 +164,8 @@ void GcodeSuite::get_destination_from_command() { feedrate_mm_s = parser.value_feedrate(); #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - if (!DEBUGGING(DRYRUN)) - print_job_timer.incFilamentUsed(destination[E_AXIS] - current_position[E_AXIS]); + if (!DEBUGGING(DRYRUN) && !skip_move) + print_job_timer.incFilamentUsed(destination.e - current_position.e); #endif // Get ABCDHI mixing factors @@ -185,7 +217,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::dwell(millis_t time) { // Placeholders for non-migrated codes // #if ENABLED(M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER) - extern void M100_dump_routine(PGM_P const title, char *start, char *end); + extern void M100_dump_routine(PGM_P const title, const char * const start, const char * const end); #endif /** @@ -245,7 +277,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { case 27: G27(); break; // G27: Nozzle Park #endif - case 28: G28(false); break; // G28: Home all axes, one at a time + case 28: G28(); break; // G28: Home one or more axes #if HAS_LEVELING case 29: // G29: Bed leveling calibration @@ -286,13 +318,22 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { #endif #if ENABLED(CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS) - case 53: G53(); break; - case 54: G54(); break; - case 55: G55(); break; - case 56: G56(); break; - case 57: G57(); break; - case 58: G58(); break; - case 59: G59(); break; + case 53: G53(); break; // G53: (prefix) Apply native workspace + case 54: G54(); break; // G54: Switch to Workspace 1 + case 55: G55(); break; // G55: Switch to Workspace 2 + case 56: G56(); break; // G56: Switch to Workspace 3 + case 57: G57(); break; // G57: Switch to Workspace 4 + case 58: G58(); break; // G58: Switch to Workspace 5 + case 59: G59(); break; // G59.0 - G59.3: Switch to Workspace 6-9 + #endif + + #if SAVED_POSITIONS + case 60: G60(); break; // G60: save current position + case 61: G61(); break; // G61: Apply/restore saved coordinates. + #endif + + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + case 76: G76(); break; // G76: Calibrate first layer compensation values #endif #if ENABLED(GCODE_MOTION_MODES) @@ -316,11 +357,12 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { case 800: parser.debug(); break; // G800: GCode Parser Test for G #endif - default: parser.unknown_command_error(); break; + default: parser.unknown_command_warning(); break; } break; case 'M': switch (parser.codenum) { + #if HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE case 0: // M0: Unconditional stop - Wait for user button press on LCD case 1: M0_M1(); break; // M1: Conditional stop - Wait for user button press on LCD @@ -445,7 +487,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER case 141: M141(); break; // M141: Set chamber temperature - //case 191: M191(); break; // M191: Wait for chamber temperature to reach target + case 191: M191(); break; // M191: Wait for chamber temperature to reach target #endif #if ENABLED(AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES) && HAS_TEMP_SENSOR @@ -470,7 +512,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { #endif #endif // BARICUDA - #if HAS_POWER_SWITCH + #if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) case 80: M80(); break; // M80: Turn on Power Supply #endif case 81: M81(); break; // M81: Turn off Power, including Power Supply, if possible @@ -529,14 +571,6 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { case 206: M206(); break; // M206: Set home offsets #endif - #if ENABLED(DELTA) - case 665: M665(); break; // M665: Set delta configurations - #endif - - #if ANY(DELTA, X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - case 666: M666(); break; // M666: Set delta or dual endstop adjustment - #endif - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) case 207: M207(); break; // M207: Set Retract Length, Feedrate, and Z lift case 208: M208(); break; // M208: Set Recover (unretract) Additional Length and Feedrate @@ -666,6 +700,10 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { case 428: M428(); break; // M428: Apply current_position to home_offset #endif + #if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + case 486: M486(); break; // M486: Identify and cancel objects + #endif + case 500: M500(); break; // M500: Store settings in EEPROM case 501: M501(); break; // M501: Read settings from EEPROM case 502: M502(); break; // M502: Revert to default settings @@ -677,7 +715,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { #endif #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - case 524: M524(); break; // M524: Abort the current SD print job + case 524: M524(); break; // M524: Abort the current SD print job #endif #if ENABLED(SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT) @@ -688,14 +726,6 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { case 575: M575(); break; // M575: Set serial baudrate #endif - #if HAS_BED_PROBE - case 851: M851(); break; // M851: Set Z Probe Z Offset - #endif - - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE) - case 852: M852(); break; // M852: Set Skew factors - #endif - #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) case 600: M600(); break; // M600: Pause for Filament Change case 603: M603(); break; // M603: Configure Filament Change @@ -705,13 +735,25 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { case 605: M605(); break; // M605: Set Dual X Carriage movement mode #endif + #if ENABLED(DELTA) + case 665: M665(); break; // M665: Set delta configurations + #endif + + #if ENABLED(DELTA) || HAS_EXTRA_ENDSTOPS + case 666: M666(); break; // M666: Set delta or multiple endstop adjustment + #endif + + #if ENABLED(SMART_EFFECTOR) && PIN_EXISTS(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD) + case 672: M672(); break; // M672: Set/clear Duet Smart Effector sensitivity + #endif + #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES) case 701: M701(); break; // M701: Load Filament case 702: M702(); break; // M702: Unload Filament #endif - #if ENABLED(MAX7219_GCODE) - case 7219: M7219(); break; // M7219: Set LEDs, columns, and rows + #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE) + case 710: M710(); break; // M710: Set Controller Fan settings #endif #if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) @@ -720,6 +762,18 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { M810_819(); break; // M810-M819: Define/execute G-code macro #endif + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + case 851: M851(); break; // M851: Set Z Probe Z Offset + #endif + + #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE) + case 852: M852(); break; // M852: Set Skew factors + #endif + + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + case 871: M871(); break; // M871: Print/reset/clear first layer temperature offset values + #endif + #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) case 900: M900(); break; // M900: Set advance K factor. #endif @@ -735,7 +789,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { #endif #endif - #if HAS_TRINAMIC + #if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG case 122: M122(); break; // M122: Report driver configuration and status case 906: M906(); break; // M906: Set motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E #if HAS_STEALTHCHOP @@ -753,7 +807,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { #endif #endif - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + #if HAS_L64XX case 122: M122(); break; // M122: Report status case 906: M906(); break; // M906: Set or get motor drive level case 916: M916(); break; // M916: L6470 tuning: Increase drive level until thermal warning @@ -806,13 +860,21 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { case 1000: M1000(); break; // M1000: Resume from power-loss #endif - default: parser.unknown_command_error(); break; + #if ENABLED(MAX7219_GCODE) + case 7219: M7219(); break; // M7219: Set LEDs, columns, and rows + #endif + + default: parser.unknown_command_warning(); break; } break; case 'T': T(parser.codenum); break; // Tn: Tool Change - default: parser.unknown_command_error(); + default: + #if ENABLED(WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND) + if (wifi_custom_command(parser.command_ptr)) break; + #endif + parser.unknown_command_warning(); } if (!no_ok) queue.ok_to_send(); @@ -836,7 +898,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_next_command() { SERIAL_ECHOLN(current_command); #if ENABLED(M100_FREE_MEMORY_DUMPER) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("slot:", queue.index_r); - M100_dump_routine(PSTR(" Command Queue:"), queue.command_buffer, queue.command_buffer + sizeof(queue.command_buffer)); + M100_dump_routine(PSTR(" Command Queue:"), &queue.command_buffer[0][0], &queue.command_buffer[BUFSIZE - 1][MAX_CMD_SIZE - 1]); #endif } @@ -872,6 +934,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_subcommands_now(char * gcode) { char * const delim = strchr(gcode, '\n'); // Get address of next newline if (delim) *delim = '\0'; // Replace with nul parser.parse(gcode); // Parse the current command + if (delim) *delim = '\n'; // Put back the newline process_parsed_command(true); // Process it if (!delim) break; // Last command? gcode = delim + 1; // Get the next command @@ -888,18 +951,18 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_subcommands_now(char * gcode) { void GcodeSuite::host_keepalive() { const millis_t ms = millis(); static millis_t next_busy_signal_ms = 0; - if (!suspend_auto_report && host_keepalive_interval && busy_state != NOT_BUSY) { + if (!autoreport_paused && host_keepalive_interval && busy_state != NOT_BUSY) { if (PENDING(ms, next_busy_signal_ms)) return; switch (busy_state) { case IN_HANDLER: case IN_PROCESS: - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_BUSY_PROCESSING); + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_BUSY_PROCESSING); break; case PAUSED_FOR_USER: - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_BUSY_PAUSED_FOR_USER); + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_BUSY_PAUSED_FOR_USER); break; case PAUSED_FOR_INPUT: - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_BUSY_PAUSED_FOR_INPUT); + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_BUSY_PAUSED_FOR_INPUT); break; default: break; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h index f871d6d216..c1024ac440 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -67,6 +67,9 @@ * G34 - Z Stepper automatic alignment using probe: I T A (Requires Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) * G38 - Probe in any direction using the Z_MIN_PROBE (Requires G38_PROBE_TARGET) * G42 - Coordinated move to a mesh point (Requires MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BLINEAR, or AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + * G60 - Save current position. (Requires SAVED_POSITIONS) + * G61 - Apply/restore saved coordinates. (Requires SAVED_POSITIONS) + * G76 - Calibrate first layer temperature offsets. (Requires PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) * G80 - Cancel current motion mode (Requires GCODE_MOTION_MODES) * G90 - Use Absolute Coordinates * G91 - Use Relative Coordinates @@ -177,6 +180,7 @@ * M217 - Set filament swap parameters: "M217 S P R". (Requires SINGLENOZZLE) * M218 - Set/get a tool offset: "M218 T X Y". (Requires 2 or more extruders) * M220 - Set Feedrate Percentage: "M220 S" (i.e., "FR" on the LCD) + * Use "M220 B" to back up the Feedrate Percentage and "M220 R" to restore it. (Requires PRUSA_MMU2) * M221 - Set Flow Percentage: "M221 S" * M226 - Wait until a pin is in a given state: "M226 P S" * M240 - Trigger a camera to take a photograph. (Requires PHOTO_GCODE) @@ -213,6 +217,7 @@ * M422 - Set Z Stepper automatic alignment position using probe. X Y A (Requires Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) * M425 - Enable/Disable and tune backlash correction. (Requires BACKLASH_COMPENSATION and BACKLASH_GCODE) * M428 - Set the home_offset based on the current_position. Nearest edge applies. (Disabled by NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS or DELTA) + * M486 - Identify and cancel objects. (Requires CANCEL_OBJECTS) * M500 - Store parameters in EEPROM. (Requires EEPROM_SETTINGS) * M501 - Restore parameters from EEPROM. (Requires EEPROM_SETTINGS) * M502 - Revert to the default "factory settings". ** Does not write them to EEPROM! ** @@ -225,7 +230,8 @@ * M603 - Configure filament change: "M603 T U L". (Requires ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) * M605 - Set Dual X-Carriage movement mode: "M605 S [X] [R]". (Requires DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) * M665 - Set delta configurations: "M665 H L R S B X Y Z (Requires DELTA) - * M666 - Set/get offsets for delta (Requires DELTA) or dual endstops (Requires [XYZ]_DUAL_ENDSTOPS). + * M666 - Set/get offsets for delta (Requires DELTA) or dual endstops. (Requires [XYZ]_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + * M672 - Set/Reset Duet Smart Effector's sensitivity. (Requires SMART_EFFECTOR and SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN) * M701 - Load filament (Requires FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES) * M702 - Unload filament (Requires FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES) * M810-M819 - Define/execute a G-code macro (Requires GCODE_MACROS) @@ -241,6 +247,7 @@ * M867 - Enable/disable or toggle error correction for position encoder modules. * M868 - Report or set position encoder module error correction threshold. * M869 - Report position encoder module error. + * M871 - Print/reset/clear first layer temperature offset values. (Requires PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) * M876 - Handle Prompt Response. (Requires HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT and not EMERGENCY_PARSER) * M900 - Get or Set Linear Advance K-factor. (Requires LIN_ADVANCE) * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. (Requires at least one _DRIVER_TYPE defined as TMC2130/2160/5130/5160/2208/2209/2660 or L6470) @@ -280,7 +287,7 @@ #include "parser.h" #if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - #include "../feature/I2CPositionEncoder.h" + #include "../feature/encoder_i2c.h" #endif enum AxisRelative : uint8_t { REL_X, REL_Y, REL_Z, REL_E, E_MODE_ABS, E_MODE_REL }; @@ -321,7 +328,7 @@ public: #define MAX_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS 9 #if ENABLED(CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS) static int8_t active_coordinate_system; - static float coordinate_system[MAX_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS][XYZ]; + static xyz_pos_t coordinate_system[MAX_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS]; static bool select_coordinate_system(const int8_t _new); #endif @@ -339,7 +346,22 @@ public: static void process_subcommands_now_P(PGM_P pgcode); static void process_subcommands_now(char * gcode); - static inline void home_all_axes() { process_subcommands_now_P(PSTR("G28")); } + static inline void home_all_axes() { + extern const char G28_STR[]; + process_subcommands_now_P(G28_STR); + } + + #if HAS_AUTO_REPORTING || ENABLED(HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE) + static bool autoreport_paused; + static inline bool set_autoreport_paused(const bool p) { + const bool was = autoreport_paused; + autoreport_paused = p; + return was; + } + #else + static constexpr bool autoreport_paused = false; + static inline bool set_autoreport_paused(const bool) { return false; } + #endif #if ENABLED(HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE) /** @@ -412,7 +434,7 @@ private: static void G27(); #endif - static void G28(const bool always_home_all); + static void G28(); #if HAS_LEVELING #if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) @@ -459,6 +481,15 @@ private: static void G59(); #endif + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + static void G76(); + #endif + + #if SAVED_POSITIONS + static void G60(); + static void G61(); + #endif + #if ENABLED(GCODE_MOTION_MODES) static void G80(); #endif @@ -548,7 +579,7 @@ private: static void M78(); #endif - #if HAS_POWER_SWITCH + #if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) static void M80(); #endif @@ -620,7 +651,7 @@ private: #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER static void M141(); - //static void M191(); + static void M191(); #endif #if HOTENDS && HAS_LCD_MENU @@ -796,6 +827,10 @@ private: static void M428(); #endif + #if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + static void M486(); + #endif + static void M500(); static void M501(); static void M502(); @@ -835,6 +870,10 @@ private: static void M666(); #endif + #if ENABLED(SMART_EFFECTOR) && PIN_EXISTS(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD) + static void M672(); + #endif + #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES) static void M701(); static void M702(); @@ -865,11 +904,15 @@ private: FORCE_INLINE static void M869() { I2CPEM.M869(); } #endif + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + static void M871(); + #endif + #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) static void M900(); #endif - #if HAS_TRINAMIC + #if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG static void M122(); static void M906(); #if HAS_STEALTHCHOP @@ -887,7 +930,7 @@ private: #endif #endif - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + #if HAS_L64XX static void M122(); static void M906(); static void M916(); @@ -929,6 +972,10 @@ private: static void M7219(); #endif + #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE) + static void M710(); + #endif + static void T(const uint8_t tool_index); }; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G17-G19.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G17-G19.cpp index bd0192fabf..14f3e80bbc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G17-G19.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G17-G19.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G53-G59.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G53-G59.cpp index 88914ccffd..e24247b2c5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G53-G59.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G53-G59.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -36,9 +36,9 @@ bool GcodeSuite::select_coordinate_system(const int8_t _new) { if (active_coordinate_system == _new) return false; active_coordinate_system = _new; - float new_offset[XYZ] = { 0 }; + xyz_float_t new_offset{0}; if (WITHIN(_new, 0, MAX_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - 1)) - COPY(new_offset, coordinate_system[_new]); + new_offset = coordinate_system[_new]; LOOP_XYZ(i) { if (position_shift[i] != new_offset[i]) { position_shift[i] = new_offset[i]; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G92.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G92.cpp index 0ecf43e580..91a746dd76 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G92.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G92.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #include "../../module/stepper.h" #if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - #include "../../feature/I2CPositionEncoder.h" + #include "../../feature/encoder_i2c.h" #endif /** @@ -33,14 +33,9 @@ */ void GcodeSuite::G92() { - bool didE = false; - #if IS_SCARA || !HAS_POSITION_SHIFT - bool didXYZ = false; - #else - constexpr bool didXYZ = false; - #endif + bool sync_E = false, sync_XYZ = false; - #if USE_GCODE_SUBCODES + #if ENABLED(USE_GCODE_SUBCODES) const uint8_t subcode_G92 = parser.subcode; #else constexpr uint8_t subcode_G92 = 0; @@ -64,11 +59,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G92() { LOOP_XYZE(i) { if (parser.seenval(axis_codes[i])) { current_position[i] = parser.value_axis_units((AxisEnum)i); - #if IS_SCARA || !HAS_POSITION_SHIFT - if (i == E_AXIS) didE = true; else didXYZ = true; - #elif HAS_POSITION_SHIFT - if (i == E_AXIS) didE = true; - #endif + if (i == E_AXIS) sync_E = true; else sync_XYZ = true; } } } break; @@ -81,12 +72,12 @@ void GcodeSuite::G92() { d = v - current_position[i]; if (!NEAR_ZERO(d)) { #if IS_SCARA || !HAS_POSITION_SHIFT - if (i == E_AXIS) didE = true; else didXYZ = true; + if (i == E_AXIS) sync_E = true; else sync_XYZ = true; current_position[i] = v; // Without workspaces revert to Marlin 1.0 behavior #elif HAS_POSITION_SHIFT if (i == E_AXIS) { - didE = true; - current_position[E_AXIS] = v; // When using coordinate spaces, only E is set directly + sync_E = true; + current_position.e = v; // When using coordinate spaces, only E is set directly } else { position_shift[i] += d; // Other axes simply offset the coordinate space @@ -102,11 +93,11 @@ void GcodeSuite::G92() { #if ENABLED(CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS) // Apply workspace offset to the active coordinate system if (WITHIN(active_coordinate_system, 0, MAX_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - 1)) - COPY(coordinate_system[active_coordinate_system], position_shift); + coordinate_system[active_coordinate_system] = position_shift; #endif - if (didXYZ) sync_plan_position(); - else if (didE) sync_plan_position_e(); + if (sync_XYZ) sync_plan_position(); + else if (sync_E) sync_plan_position_e(); report_current_position(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/M206_M428.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/M206_M428.cpp index f2d166e0a8..13e82a0c73 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/M206_M428.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/M206_M428.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ */ void GcodeSuite::M206() { LOOP_XYZ(i) - if (parser.seen(axis_codes[i])) + if (parser.seen(XYZ_CHAR(i))) set_home_offset((AxisEnum)i, parser.value_linear_units()); #if ENABLED(MORGAN_SCARA) @@ -63,14 +63,14 @@ void GcodeSuite::M206() { void GcodeSuite::M428() { if (axis_unhomed_error()) return; - float diff[XYZ]; + xyz_float_t diff; LOOP_XYZ(i) { diff[i] = base_home_pos((AxisEnum)i) - current_position[i]; if (!WITHIN(diff[i], -20, 20) && home_dir((AxisEnum)i) > 0) diff[i] = -current_position[i]; if (!WITHIN(diff[i], -20, 20)) { - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_M428_TOO_FAR); - LCD_ALERTMESSAGEPGM("Err: Too far!"); + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_ERR_M428_TOO_FAR); + LCD_ALERTMESSAGEPGM_P(PSTR("Err: Too far!")); BUZZ(200, 40); return; } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M110.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M110.cpp index 4bdafb403a..f7b6dfd4f4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M110.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M110.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M113.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M113.cpp index 6881837a5b..872986561d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M113.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M113.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M114.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M114.cpp index c10b58f705..ec5b950b64 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M114.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M114.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,54 +28,58 @@ #if ENABLED(M114_DETAIL) - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - //C:\Users\bobku\Documents\GitHub\Marlin-Bob-2\Marlin\src\gcode\host\M114.cpp - //C:\Users\bobku\Documents\GitHub\Marlin-Bob-2\Marlin\src\module\bob_L6470.cpp - #include "../../libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" + #if HAS_L64XX + #include "../../libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) #include "../../core/debug_out.h" #endif - void report_xyze(const float pos[], const uint8_t n = 4, const uint8_t precision = 3) { + void report_xyze(const xyze_pos_t &pos, const uint8_t n=XYZE, const uint8_t precision=3) { char str[12]; - for (uint8_t a = 0; a < n; a++) { - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_CHAR(axis_codes[a]); - SERIAL_CHAR(':'); + LOOP_L_N(a, n) { + SERIAL_CHAR(' ', axis_codes[a], ':'); + SERIAL_ECHO(dtostrf(pos[a], 1, precision, str)); + } + SERIAL_EOL(); + } + inline void report_xyz(const xyze_pos_t &pos) { report_xyze(pos, 3); } + + void report_xyz(const xyz_pos_t &pos, const uint8_t precision=3) { + char str[12]; + LOOP_XYZ(a) { + SERIAL_CHAR(' ', XYZ_CHAR(a), ':'); SERIAL_ECHO(dtostrf(pos[a], 1, precision, str)); } SERIAL_EOL(); } - inline void report_xyz(const float pos[]) { report_xyze(pos, 3); } - void report_current_position_detail() { + // Position as sent by G-code SERIAL_ECHOPGM("\nLogical:"); - const float logical[XYZ] = { - LOGICAL_X_POSITION(current_position[X_AXIS]), - LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(current_position[Y_AXIS]), - LOGICAL_Z_POSITION(current_position[Z_AXIS]) - }; - report_xyz(logical); + report_xyz(current_position.asLogical()); + // Cartesian position in native machine space SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Raw: "); report_xyz(current_position); - float leveled[XYZ] = { current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS] }; + xyze_pos_t leveled = current_position; #if HAS_LEVELING + // Current position with leveling applied SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Leveled:"); planner.apply_leveling(leveled); report_xyz(leveled); + // Test planner un-leveling. This should match the Raw result. SERIAL_ECHOPGM("UnLevel:"); - float unleveled[XYZ] = { leveled[X_AXIS], leveled[Y_AXIS], leveled[Z_AXIS] }; + xyze_pos_t unleveled = leveled; planner.unapply_leveling(unleveled); report_xyz(unleveled); #endif #if IS_KINEMATIC + // Kinematics applied to the leveled position #if IS_SCARA SERIAL_ECHOPGM("ScaraK: "); #else @@ -87,13 +91,13 @@ planner.synchronize(); - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + #if HAS_L64XX char temp_buf[80]; int32_t temp; //#define ABS_POS_SIGN_MASK 0b1111 1111 1110 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 #define ABS_POS_SIGN_MASK 0b11111111111000000000000000000000 #define REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(Q) do{ \ - L6470.say_axis(Q, false); \ + L64xxManager.say_axis(Q, false); \ temp = L6470_GETPARAM(L6470_ABS_POS,Q); \ if (temp & ABS_POS_SIGN_MASK) temp |= ABS_POS_SIGN_MASK; \ sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR(":%8ld "), temp); \ @@ -101,59 +105,66 @@ }while(0) DEBUG_ECHOPGM("\nL6470:"); - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(X); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(X2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(Y); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(Y2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(Z); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(Z2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(Z3); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(Z4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(E0); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(E1); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(E2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(E3); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(E4); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(E5); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) + REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(E6); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) + REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(E7); + #endif SERIAL_EOL(); - #endif // HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + #endif // HAS_L64XX SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Stepper:"); LOOP_XYZE(i) { - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_CHAR(axis_codes[i]); - SERIAL_CHAR(':'); + SERIAL_CHAR(' ', axis_codes[i], ':'); SERIAL_ECHO(stepper.position((AxisEnum)i)); } SERIAL_EOL(); #if IS_SCARA - const float deg[XYZ] = { + const xy_float_t deg = { planner.get_axis_position_degrees(A_AXIS), planner.get_axis_position_degrees(B_AXIS) }; @@ -162,34 +173,48 @@ #endif SERIAL_ECHOPGM("FromStp:"); - get_cartesian_from_steppers(); // writes cartes[XYZ] (with forward kinematics) - const float from_steppers[XYZE] = { cartes[X_AXIS], cartes[Y_AXIS], cartes[Z_AXIS], planner.get_axis_position_mm(E_AXIS) }; + get_cartesian_from_steppers(); // writes 'cartes' (with forward kinematics) + xyze_pos_t from_steppers = { cartes.x, cartes.y, cartes.z, planner.get_axis_position_mm(E_AXIS) }; report_xyze(from_steppers); - const float diff[XYZE] = { - from_steppers[X_AXIS] - leveled[X_AXIS], - from_steppers[Y_AXIS] - leveled[Y_AXIS], - from_steppers[Z_AXIS] - leveled[Z_AXIS], - from_steppers[E_AXIS] - current_position[E_AXIS] - }; - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Differ: "); + const xyze_float_t diff = from_steppers - leveled; + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Diff: "); report_xyze(diff); } #endif // M114_DETAIL /** - * M114: Report current position to host + * M114: Report the current position to host. + * Since steppers are moving, the count positions are + * projected by using planner calculations. + * D - Report more detail. This syncs the planner. (Requires M114_DETAIL) + * E - Report E stepper position (Requires M114_DETAIL) + * R - Report the realtime position instead of projected. */ void GcodeSuite::M114() { #if ENABLED(M114_DETAIL) if (parser.seen('D')) { + #if DISABLED(M114_LEGACY) + planner.synchronize(); + #endif + report_current_position(); report_current_position_detail(); return; } + if (parser.seen('E')) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Count E:", stepper.position(E_AXIS)); + return; + } #endif - planner.synchronize(); - report_current_position(); + #if ENABLED(M114_REALTIME) + if (parser.seen('R')) { report_real_position(); return; } + #endif + + #if ENABLED(M114_LEGACY) + planner.synchronize(); + #endif + report_current_position_projected(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M115.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M115.cpp index eb32119ef9..d74f909c47 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M115.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M115.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -33,48 +33,40 @@ #endif /** - * M115: Capabilities string + * M115: Capabilities string and extended capabilities report + * If a capability is not reported, hosts should assume + * the capability is not present. */ void GcodeSuite::M115() { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_M115_REPORT); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_M115_REPORT); #if ENABLED(EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT) + // PAREN_COMMENTS + #if ENABLED(PAREN_COMMENTS) + cap_line(PSTR("PAREN_COMMENTS"), true); + #endif + + // QUOTED_STRINGS + #if ENABLED(GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS) + cap_line(PSTR("QUOTED_STRINGS"), true); + #endif + // SERIAL_XON_XOFF - cap_line(PSTR("SERIAL_XON_XOFF") - #if ENABLED(SERIAL_XON_XOFF) - , true - #endif - ); + cap_line(PSTR("SERIAL_XON_XOFF"), ENABLED(SERIAL_XON_XOFF)); // BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER (M28 B1) - cap_line(PSTR("BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER") - #if ENABLED(BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER) - , true - #endif - ); + cap_line(PSTR("BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER"), ENABLED(BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER)); // EEPROM (M500, M501) - cap_line(PSTR("EEPROM") - #if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - , true - #endif - ); + cap_line(PSTR("EEPROM"), ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)); // Volumetric Extrusion (M200) - cap_line(PSTR("VOLUMETRIC") - #if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - , true - #endif - ); + cap_line(PSTR("VOLUMETRIC"), DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)); // AUTOREPORT_TEMP (M155) - cap_line(PSTR("AUTOREPORT_TEMP") - #if ENABLED(AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES) - , true - #endif - ); + cap_line(PSTR("AUTOREPORT_TEMP"), ENABLED(AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES)); // PROGRESS (M530 S L, M531 , M532 X L) cap_line(PSTR("PROGRESS")); @@ -83,94 +75,42 @@ void GcodeSuite::M115() { cap_line(PSTR("PRINT_JOB"), true); // AUTOLEVEL (G29) - cap_line(PSTR("AUTOLEVEL") - #if HAS_AUTOLEVEL - , true - #endif - ); + cap_line(PSTR("AUTOLEVEL"), ENABLED(HAS_AUTOLEVEL)); // Z_PROBE (G30) - cap_line(PSTR("Z_PROBE") - #if HAS_BED_PROBE - , true - #endif - ); + cap_line(PSTR("Z_PROBE"), ENABLED(HAS_BED_PROBE)); // MESH_REPORT (M420 V) - cap_line(PSTR("LEVELING_DATA") - #if HAS_LEVELING - , true - #endif - ); + cap_line(PSTR("LEVELING_DATA"), ENABLED(HAS_LEVELING)); // BUILD_PERCENT (M73) - cap_line(PSTR("BUILD_PERCENT") - #if ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) - , true - #endif - ); + cap_line(PSTR("BUILD_PERCENT"), ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY)); // SOFTWARE_POWER (M80, M81) - cap_line(PSTR("SOFTWARE_POWER") - #if HAS_POWER_SWITCH - , true - #endif - ); + cap_line(PSTR("SOFTWARE_POWER"), ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)); // CASE LIGHTS (M355) - cap_line(PSTR("TOGGLE_LIGHTS") - #if HAS_CASE_LIGHT - , true - #endif - ); - cap_line(PSTR("CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS") - #if HAS_CASE_LIGHT - , PWM_PIN(CASE_LIGHT_PIN) - #endif - ); + cap_line(PSTR("TOGGLE_LIGHTS"), ENABLED(HAS_CASE_LIGHT)); + + cap_line(PSTR("CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS"), TERN(HAS_CASE_LIGHT, PWM_PIN(CASE_LIGHT_PIN), 0)); // EMERGENCY_PARSER (M108, M112, M410, M876) - cap_line(PSTR("EMERGENCY_PARSER") - #if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER) - , true - #endif - ); + cap_line(PSTR("EMERGENCY_PARSER"), ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER)); // PROMPT SUPPORT (M876) - cap_line(PSTR("PROMPT_SUPPORT") - #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - , true - #endif - ); + cap_line(PSTR("PROMPT_SUPPORT"), ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT)); // AUTOREPORT_SD_STATUS (M27 extension) - cap_line(PSTR("AUTOREPORT_SD_STATUS") - #if ENABLED(AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS) - , true - #endif - ); + cap_line(PSTR("AUTOREPORT_SD_STATUS"), ENABLED(AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS)); // THERMAL_PROTECTION - cap_line(PSTR("THERMAL_PROTECTION") - #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) && (ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) || !HAS_HEATED_BED) && (ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) || !HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER) - , true - #endif - ); + cap_line(PSTR("THERMAL_PROTECTION"), ENABLED(THERMALLY_SAFE)); // MOTION_MODES (M80-M89) - cap_line(PSTR("MOTION_MODES") - #if ENABLED(GCODE_MOTION_MODES) - , true - #endif - ); + cap_line(PSTR("MOTION_MODES"), ENABLED(GCODE_MOTION_MODES)); // CHAMBER_TEMPERATURE (M141, M191) - cap_line(PSTR("CHAMBER_TEMPERATURE") - #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER - , true - #endif - ); - + cap_line(PSTR("CHAMBER_TEMPERATURE"), ENABLED(HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER)); #endif // EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M118.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M118.cpp index 3d8a84fb5f..ba52a4f816 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M118.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M118.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M119.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M119.cpp index ec7dde7fcc..b3cb7290b3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M119.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M119.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,6 +28,6 @@ */ void GcodeSuite::M119() { - endstops.M119(); + endstops.report_states(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M16.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M16.cpp index 94ae79b263..fd3320db93 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M16.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M16.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #if ENABLED(EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK) #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" /** * M16: Expected Printer Check @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M16() { if (strcmp_P(parser.string_arg, PSTR(MACHINE_NAME))) - kill(PSTR(MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER)); + kill(GET_TEXT(MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER)); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M876.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M876.cpp index e3360ac95d..fe0ca1541a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M876.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M876.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,13 +25,15 @@ #include "../../feature/host_actions.h" #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" /** * M876: Handle Prompt Response */ void GcodeSuite::M876() { + if (parser.seenval('S')) host_response_handler((uint8_t)parser.value_int()); + } #endif // HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT && !EMERGENCY_PARSER diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M0_M1.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M0_M1.cpp index 05fb7576fb..693a20eed9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M0_M1.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M0_M1.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -20,23 +20,23 @@ * */ -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" #if HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../module/stepper.h" +#include "../../module/planner.h" + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #if HAS_LCD_MENU #include "../../lcd/ultralcd.h" #endif #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #include "../../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" + #include "../../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" #endif -#include "../../sd/cardreader.h" - #if HAS_LEDS_OFF_FLAG #include "../../feature/leds/printer_event_leds.h" #endif @@ -50,28 +50,22 @@ * M1: Conditional stop - Wait for user button press on LCD */ void GcodeSuite::M0_M1() { - const char * const args = parser.string_arg; - millis_t ms = 0; - bool hasP = false, hasS = false; - if (parser.seenval('P')) { - ms = parser.value_millis(); // milliseconds to wait - hasP = ms > 0; - } - if (parser.seenval('S')) { - ms = parser.value_millis_from_seconds(); // seconds to wait - hasS = ms > 0; - } - - const bool has_message = !hasP && !hasS && args && *args; + if (parser.seenval('P')) ms = parser.value_millis(); // Milliseconds to wait + if (parser.seenval('S')) ms = parser.value_millis_from_seconds(); // Seconds to wait planner.synchronize(); + const bool seenQ = parser.seen('Q'); + #if HAS_LEDS_OFF_FLAG + if (seenQ) printerEventLEDs.onPrintCompleted(); // Change LED color for Print Completed + #endif + #if HAS_LCD_MENU - if (has_message) - ui.set_status(args, true); - else { + if (parser.string_arg) + ui.set_status(parser.string_arg, true); + else if (!seenQ) { LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_USERWAIT); #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) && PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE > 0 ui.reset_progress_bar_timeout(); @@ -79,14 +73,17 @@ void GcodeSuite::M0_M1() { } #elif ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - - ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired(has_message ? args : MSG_USERWAIT); // SRAM string - + if (!seenQ) { + if (parser.string_arg) + ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired(parser.string_arg); // Can this take an SRAM string?? + else + ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_USERWAIT)); + } #else - if (has_message) { + if (parser.string_arg) { SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLN(args); + SERIAL_ECHOLN(parser.string_arg); } #endif @@ -95,25 +92,18 @@ void GcodeSuite::M0_M1() { wait_for_user = true; #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("M0/1 Break Called"), PSTR("Continue")); - #endif - #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired(PSTR("M0/1 Break Called")); + host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, parser.codenum ? PSTR("M1 Stop") : PSTR("M0 Stop"), CONTINUE_STR); #endif - if (ms > 0) { - ms += millis(); // wait until this time for a click - while (PENDING(millis(), ms) && wait_for_user) idle(); - } - else - while (wait_for_user) idle(); + if (ms > 0) ms += millis(); // wait until this time for a click + while (wait_for_user && (ms == 0 || PENDING(millis(), ms))) idle(); #if HAS_LEDS_OFF_FLAG printerEventLEDs.onResumeAfterWait(); #endif #if HAS_LCD_MENU - ui.reset_status(); + if (!seenQ) ui.reset_status(); #endif wait_for_user = false; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M117.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M117.cpp index 118b55fe37..7e314731f8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M117.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M117.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M145.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M145.cpp index 297ece268e..3116727533 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M145.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M145.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M145() { const uint8_t material = (uint8_t)parser.intval('S'); if (material >= COUNT(ui.preheat_hotend_temp)) - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_MATERIAL_INDEX); + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_ERR_MATERIAL_INDEX); else { int v; if (parser.seenval('H')) { diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M250.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M250.cpp index 68c46fcfdd..839fd25969 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M250.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M250.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M300.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M300.cpp index ec2024ae2f..5d7e766b2d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M300.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M300.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M73.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M73.cpp index 85fb7831ea..347c42c442 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M73.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M73.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -38,8 +38,14 @@ * This has no effect during an SD print job */ void GcodeSuite::M73() { - if (parser.seen('P') && !IS_SD_PRINTING()) - ui.set_progress(parser.value_byte()); + if (parser.seen('P')) + ui.set_progress((PROGRESS_SCALE) > 1 + ? parser.value_float() * (PROGRESS_SCALE) + : parser.value_byte() + ); + #if BOTH(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY, USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME) + if (parser.seen('R')) ui.set_remaining_time(60 * parser.value_ulong()); + #endif } #endif // LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G0_G1.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G0_G1.cpp index fed70f553e..069d76fdad 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G0_G1.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G0_G1.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ #include "../gcode.h" #include "../../module/motion.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #if BOTH(FWRETRACT, FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) #include "../../feature/fwretract.h" @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #include "../../module/stepper.h" #endif -extern float destination[XYZE]; +extern xyze_pos_t destination; #if ENABLED(VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE) feedRate_t fast_move_feedrate = MMM_TO_MMS(G0_FEEDRATE); @@ -87,12 +87,12 @@ void GcodeSuite::G0_G1( if (MIN_AUTORETRACT <= MAX_AUTORETRACT) { // When M209 Autoretract is enabled, convert E-only moves to firmware retract/recover moves if (fwretract.autoretract_enabled && parser.seen('E') && !(parser.seen('X') || parser.seen('Y') || parser.seen('Z'))) { - const float echange = destination[E_AXIS] - current_position[E_AXIS]; + const float echange = destination.e - current_position.e; // Is this a retract or recover move? if (WITHIN(ABS(echange), MIN_AUTORETRACT, MAX_AUTORETRACT) && fwretract.retracted[active_extruder] == (echange > 0.0)) { - current_position[E_AXIS] = destination[E_AXIS]; // Hide a G1-based retract/recover from calculations - sync_plan_position_e(); // AND from the planner - return fwretract.retract(echange < 0.0); // Firmware-based retract/recover (double-retract ignored) + current_position.e = destination.e; // Hide a G1-based retract/recover from calculations + sync_plan_position_e(); // AND from the planner + return fwretract.retract(echange < 0.0); // Firmware-based retract/recover (double-retract ignored) } } } @@ -100,9 +100,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::G0_G1( #endif // FWRETRACT #if IS_SCARA - fast_move ? prepare_fast_move_to_destination() : prepare_move_to_destination(); + fast_move ? prepare_fast_move_to_destination() : prepare_line_to_destination(); #else - prepare_move_to_destination(); + prepare_line_to_destination(); #endif #ifdef G0_FEEDRATE @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G0_G1( #endif if (_MOVE_SYNC) { planner.synchronize(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_Z_MOVE_COMP); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_Z_MOVE_COMP); } #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G2_G3.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G2_G3.cpp index 2a713a9f41..b11b1136b6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G2_G3.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G2_G3.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -50,38 +50,38 @@ * options for G2/G3 arc generation. In future these options may be GCode tunable. */ void plan_arc( - const float (&cart)[XYZE], // Destination position - const float (&offset)[2], // Center of rotation relative to current_position - const uint8_t clockwise // Clockwise? + const xyze_pos_t &cart, // Destination position + const ab_float_t &offset, // Center of rotation relative to current_position + const uint8_t clockwise // Clockwise? ) { #if ENABLED(CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES) AxisEnum p_axis, q_axis, l_axis; switch (gcode.workspace_plane) { default: case GcodeSuite::PLANE_XY: p_axis = X_AXIS; q_axis = Y_AXIS; l_axis = Z_AXIS; break; - case GcodeSuite::PLANE_ZX: p_axis = Z_AXIS; q_axis = X_AXIS; l_axis = Y_AXIS; break; case GcodeSuite::PLANE_YZ: p_axis = Y_AXIS; q_axis = Z_AXIS; l_axis = X_AXIS; break; + case GcodeSuite::PLANE_ZX: p_axis = Z_AXIS; q_axis = X_AXIS; l_axis = Y_AXIS; break; } #else constexpr AxisEnum p_axis = X_AXIS, q_axis = Y_AXIS, l_axis = Z_AXIS; #endif // Radius vector from center to current location - float r_P = -offset[0], r_Q = -offset[1]; + ab_float_t rvec = -offset; - const float radius = HYPOT(r_P, r_Q), + const float radius = HYPOT(rvec.a, rvec.b), #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) start_L = current_position[l_axis], #endif - center_P = current_position[p_axis] - r_P, - center_Q = current_position[q_axis] - r_Q, + center_P = current_position[p_axis] - rvec.a, + center_Q = current_position[q_axis] - rvec.b, rt_X = cart[p_axis] - center_P, rt_Y = cart[q_axis] - center_Q, linear_travel = cart[l_axis] - current_position[l_axis], - extruder_travel = cart[E_AXIS] - current_position[E_AXIS]; + extruder_travel = cart.e - current_position.e; // CCW angle of rotation between position and target from the circle center. Only one atan2() trig computation required. - float angular_travel = ATAN2(r_P * rt_Y - r_Q * rt_X, r_P * rt_X + r_Q * rt_Y); + float angular_travel = ATAN2(rvec.a * rt_Y - rvec.b * rt_X, rvec.a * rt_X + rvec.b * rt_Y); if (angular_travel < 0) angular_travel += RADIANS(360); #ifdef MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS uint16_t min_segments = CEIL((MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS) * (angular_travel / RADIANS(360))); @@ -103,7 +103,18 @@ void plan_arc( mm_of_travel = linear_travel ? HYPOT(flat_mm, linear_travel) : ABS(flat_mm); if (mm_of_travel < 0.001f) return; - uint16_t segments = FLOOR(mm_of_travel / (MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT)); + const feedRate_t scaled_fr_mm_s = MMS_SCALED(feedrate_mm_s); + + #ifdef ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_R + float seg_length = MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT * radius; + LIMIT(seg_length, MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT, ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_R); + #elif ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC + float seg_length = scaled_fr_mm_s * RECIPROCAL(ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC); + NOLESS(seg_length, MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT); + #else + constexpr float seg_length = MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT; + #endif + uint16_t segments = FLOOR(mm_of_travel / seg_length); NOLESS(segments, min_segments); /** @@ -133,7 +144,7 @@ void plan_arc( * This is important when there are successive arc motions. */ // Vector rotation matrix values - float raw[XYZE]; + xyze_pos_t raw; const float theta_per_segment = angular_travel / segments, linear_per_segment = linear_travel / segments, extruder_per_segment = extruder_travel / segments, @@ -144,12 +155,11 @@ void plan_arc( raw[l_axis] = current_position[l_axis]; // Initialize the extruder axis - raw[E_AXIS] = current_position[E_AXIS]; + raw.e = current_position.e; - const feedRate_t scaled_fr_mm_s = MMS_SCALED(feedrate_mm_s); #if ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) - const float inv_duration = scaled_fr_mm_s / MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT; + const float inv_duration = scaled_fr_mm_s / seg_length; #endif millis_t next_idle_ms = millis() + 200UL; @@ -168,10 +178,10 @@ void plan_arc( #if N_ARC_CORRECTION > 1 if (--arc_recalc_count) { - // Apply vector rotation matrix to previous r_P / 1 - const float r_new_Y = r_P * sin_T + r_Q * cos_T; - r_P = r_P * cos_T - r_Q * sin_T; - r_Q = r_new_Y; + // Apply vector rotation matrix to previous rvec.a / 1 + const float r_new_Y = rvec.a * sin_T + rvec.b * cos_T; + rvec.a = rvec.a * cos_T - rvec.b * sin_T; + rvec.b = r_new_Y; } else #endif @@ -185,20 +195,20 @@ void plan_arc( // To reduce stuttering, the sin and cos could be computed at different times. // For now, compute both at the same time. const float cos_Ti = cos(i * theta_per_segment), sin_Ti = sin(i * theta_per_segment); - r_P = -offset[0] * cos_Ti + offset[1] * sin_Ti; - r_Q = -offset[0] * sin_Ti - offset[1] * cos_Ti; + rvec.a = -offset[0] * cos_Ti + offset[1] * sin_Ti; + rvec.b = -offset[0] * sin_Ti - offset[1] * cos_Ti; } // Update raw location - raw[p_axis] = center_P + r_P; - raw[q_axis] = center_Q + r_Q; + raw[p_axis] = center_P + rvec.a; + raw[q_axis] = center_Q + rvec.b; #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) raw[l_axis] = start_L; UNUSED(linear_per_segment); #else raw[l_axis] += linear_per_segment; #endif - raw[E_AXIS] += extruder_per_segment; + raw.e += extruder_per_segment; apply_motion_limits(raw); @@ -206,7 +216,7 @@ void plan_arc( planner.apply_leveling(raw); #endif - if (!planner.buffer_line(raw, scaled_fr_mm_s, active_extruder, MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT + if (!planner.buffer_line(raw, scaled_fr_mm_s, active_extruder, seg_length #if ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) , inv_duration #endif @@ -215,7 +225,7 @@ void plan_arc( } // Ensure last segment arrives at target location. - COPY(raw, cart); + raw = cart; #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) raw[l_axis] = start_L; #endif @@ -226,7 +236,7 @@ void plan_arc( planner.apply_leveling(raw); #endif - planner.buffer_line(raw, scaled_fr_mm_s, active_extruder, MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT + planner.buffer_line(raw, scaled_fr_mm_s, active_extruder, seg_length #if ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) , inv_duration #endif @@ -235,26 +245,27 @@ void plan_arc( #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) raw[l_axis] = start_L; #endif - COPY(current_position, raw); + current_position = raw; } // plan_arc /** * G2: Clockwise Arc * G3: Counterclockwise Arc * - * This command has two forms: IJ-form and R-form. + * This command has two forms: IJ-form (JK, KI) and R-form. * - * - I specifies an X offset. J specifies a Y offset. - * At least one of the IJ parameters is required. - * X and Y can be omitted to do a complete circle. - * The given XY is not error-checked. The arc ends - * based on the angle of the destination. - * Mixing I or J with R will throw an error. + * - Depending on the current Workspace Plane orientation, + * use parameters IJ/JK/KI to specify the XY/YZ/ZX offsets. + * At least one of the IJ/JK/KI parameters is required. + * XY/YZ/ZX can be omitted to do a complete circle. + * The given XY/YZ/ZX is not error-checked. The arc ends + * based on the angle of the destination. + * Mixing IJ/JK/KI with R will throw an error. * - * - R specifies the radius. X or Y is required. - * Omitting both X and Y will throw an error. - * X or Y must differ from the current XY. - * Mixing R with I or J will throw an error. + * - R specifies the radius. X or Y (Y or Z / Z or X) is required. + * Omitting both XY/YZ/ZX will throw an error. + * XY/YZ/ZX must differ from the current XY/YZ/ZX. + * Mixing R with IJ/JK/KI will throw an error. * * - P specifies the number of full circles to do * before the specified arc move. @@ -278,38 +289,45 @@ void GcodeSuite::G2_G3(const bool clockwise) { relative_mode = relative_mode_backup; #endif - float arc_offset[2] = { 0, 0 }; + ab_float_t arc_offset = { 0, 0 }; if (parser.seenval('R')) { const float r = parser.value_linear_units(); if (r) { - const float p1 = current_position[X_AXIS], q1 = current_position[Y_AXIS], - p2 = destination[X_AXIS], q2 = destination[Y_AXIS]; - if (p2 != p1 || q2 != q1) { - const float e = clockwise ^ (r < 0) ? -1 : 1, // clockwise -1/1, counterclockwise 1/-1 - dx = p2 - p1, dy = q2 - q1, // X and Y differences - d = HYPOT(dx, dy), // Linear distance between the points - dinv = 1/d, // Inverse of d - h = SQRT(sq(r) - sq(d * 0.5f)), // Distance to the arc pivot-point - mx = (p1 + p2) * 0.5f, my = (q1 + q2) * 0.5f,// Point between the two points - sx = -dy * dinv, sy = dx * dinv, // Slope of the perpendicular bisector - cx = mx + e * h * sx, cy = my + e * h * sy; // Pivot-point of the arc - arc_offset[0] = cx - p1; - arc_offset[1] = cy - q1; + const xy_pos_t p1 = current_position, p2 = destination; + if (p1 != p2) { + const xy_pos_t d2 = (p2 - p1) * 0.5f; // XY vector to midpoint of move from current + const float e = clockwise ^ (r < 0) ? -1 : 1, // clockwise -1/1, counterclockwise 1/-1 + len = d2.magnitude(), // Distance to mid-point of move from current + h2 = (r - len) * (r + len), // factored to reduce rounding error + h = (h2 >= 0) ? SQRT(h2) : 0.0f; // Distance to the arc pivot-point from midpoint + const xy_pos_t s = { -d2.y, d2.x }; // Perpendicular bisector. (Divide by len for unit vector.) + arc_offset = d2 + s / len * e * h; // The calculated offset (mid-point if |r| <= len) } } } else { - if (parser.seenval('I')) arc_offset[0] = parser.value_linear_units(); - if (parser.seenval('J')) arc_offset[1] = parser.value_linear_units(); + #if ENABLED(CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES) + char achar, bchar; + switch (gcode.workspace_plane) { + default: + case GcodeSuite::PLANE_XY: achar = 'I'; bchar = 'J'; break; + case GcodeSuite::PLANE_YZ: achar = 'J'; bchar = 'K'; break; + case GcodeSuite::PLANE_ZX: achar = 'K'; bchar = 'I'; break; + } + #else + constexpr char achar = 'I', bchar = 'J'; + #endif + if (parser.seenval(achar)) arc_offset.a = parser.value_linear_units(); + if (parser.seenval(bchar)) arc_offset.b = parser.value_linear_units(); } - if (arc_offset[0] || arc_offset[1]) { + if (arc_offset) { #if ENABLED(ARC_P_CIRCLES) // P indicates number of circles to do int8_t circles_to_do = parser.byteval('P'); if (!WITHIN(circles_to_do, 0, 100)) - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_ARC_ARGS); + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_ERR_ARC_ARGS); while (circles_to_do--) plan_arc(current_position, arc_offset, clockwise); @@ -320,7 +338,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G2_G3(const bool clockwise) { reset_stepper_timeout(); } else - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_ARC_ARGS); + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_ERR_ARC_ARGS); } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G4.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G4.cpp index 50606689a1..d157face90 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G4.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G4.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G4() { planner.synchronize(); #if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_Z_MOVE_COMP); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_Z_MOVE_COMP); #endif if (!ui.has_status()) LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_DWELL); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G5.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G5.cpp index f392668ced..5d289e11d8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G5.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G5.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -27,11 +27,6 @@ #include "../../module/motion.h" #include "../../module/planner_bezier.h" -void plan_cubic_move(const float (&cart)[XYZE], const float (&offset)[4]) { - cubic_b_spline(current_position, cart, offset, MMS_SCALED(feedrate_mm_s), active_extruder); - COPY(current_position, cart); -} - /** * Parameters interpreted according to: * http://linuxcnc.org/docs/2.6/html/gcode/parser.html#sec:G5-Cubic-Spline @@ -40,7 +35,7 @@ void plan_cubic_move(const float (&cart)[XYZE], const float (&offset)[4]) { */ #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for IsRunning() +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for IsRunning() /** * G5: Cubic B-spline @@ -50,21 +45,20 @@ void GcodeSuite::G5() { #if ENABLED(CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES) if (workspace_plane != PLANE_XY) { - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_BAD_PLANE_MODE); + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_ERR_BAD_PLANE_MODE); return; } #endif get_destination_from_command(); - const float offset[4] = { - parser.linearval('I'), - parser.linearval('J'), - parser.linearval('P'), - parser.linearval('Q') + const xy_pos_t offsets[2] = { + { parser.linearval('I'), parser.linearval('J') }, + { parser.linearval('P'), parser.linearval('Q') } }; - plan_cubic_move(destination, offset); + cubic_b_spline(current_position, destination, offsets, MMS_SCALED(feedrate_mm_s), active_extruder); + current_position = destination; } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G80.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G80.cpp index e6bc537eca..700038df0f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G80.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G80.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/M290.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/M290.cpp index a2ac85cd0b..5fef948fa4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/M290.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/M290.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -34,23 +34,27 @@ #include "../../core/serial.h" #endif +#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) + #include "../../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" +#endif + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - FORCE_INLINE void mod_zprobe_zoffset(const float &offs) { + FORCE_INLINE void mod_probe_offset(const float &offs) { if (true #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET) && active_extruder == 0 #endif ) { - probe_offset[Z_AXIS] += offs; + probe.offset.z += offs; SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_PROBE_OFFSET MSG_Z ": ", probe_offset[Z_AXIS]); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(STR_PROBE_OFFSET STR_Z ": ", probe.offset.z); } else { #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET) - hotend_offset[Z_AXIS][active_extruder] -= offs; + hotend_offset[active_extruder].z -= offs; SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_PROBE_OFFSET MSG_Z ": ", hotend_offset[Z_AXIS][active_extruder]); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(STR_PROBE_OFFSET STR_Z ": ", hotend_offset[active_extruder].z); #endif } } @@ -60,22 +64,24 @@ /** * M290: Babystepping * + * Send 'R' or no parameters for a report. + * * X - Distance to step X * Y - Distance to step Y * Z - Distance to step Z * S - Distance to step Z (alias for Z) * * With BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET: - * P0 - Don't adjust the Z probe offset. + * P0 - Don't adjust the Z probe offset */ void GcodeSuite::M290() { #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_XY) - for (uint8_t a = X_AXIS; a <= Z_AXIS; a++) - if (parser.seenval(axis_codes[a]) || (a == Z_AXIS && parser.seenval('S'))) { + LOOP_XYZ(a) + if (parser.seenval(XYZ_CHAR(a)) || (a == Z_AXIS && parser.seenval('S'))) { const float offs = constrain(parser.value_axis_units((AxisEnum)a), -2, 2); babystep.add_mm((AxisEnum)a, offs); #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - if (a == Z_AXIS && (!parser.seen('P') || parser.value_bool())) mod_zprobe_zoffset(offs); + if (a == Z_AXIS && (!parser.seen('P') || parser.value_bool())) mod_probe_offset(offs); #endif } #else @@ -83,10 +89,53 @@ void GcodeSuite::M290() { const float offs = constrain(parser.value_axis_units(Z_AXIS), -2, 2); babystep.add_mm(Z_AXIS, offs); #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - if (!parser.seen('P') || parser.value_bool()) mod_zprobe_zoffset(offs); + if (!parser.seen('P') || parser.value_bool()) mod_probe_offset(offs); #endif } #endif + + if (!parser.seen("XYZ") || parser.seen('R')) { + SERIAL_ECHO_START(); + + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(STR_PROBE_OFFSET " " STR_Z, probe.offset.z); + #endif + + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET) + { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR("Hotend "), int(active_extruder) + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_XY) + , PSTR("Offset X"), hotend_offset[active_extruder].x + , SP_Y_STR, hotend_offset[active_extruder].y + , SP_Z_STR + #else + , PSTR("Offset Z") + #endif + , hotend_offset[active_extruder].z + ); + } + #endif + + #if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("MBL Adjust Z", mbl.z_offset); + #endif + + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL) + { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_XY) + PSTR("Babystep X"), babystep.axis_total[X_AXIS] + , SP_Y_STR, babystep.axis_total[Y_AXIS] + , SP_Z_STR + #else + PSTR("Babystep Z") + #endif + , babystep.axis_total[BS_AXIS_IND(Z_AXIS)] + ); + } + #endif + } } #endif // BABYSTEPPING diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/parser.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/parser.cpp index 76a63a21af..4ece6ede46 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/parser.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/parser.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ #include "parser.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #if NUM_SERIAL > 1 #include "queue.h" @@ -51,13 +51,13 @@ char *GCodeParser::command_ptr, char GCodeParser::command_letter; int GCodeParser::codenum; -#if USE_GCODE_SUBCODES +#if ENABLED(USE_GCODE_SUBCODES) uint8_t GCodeParser::subcode; #endif #if ENABLED(GCODE_MOTION_MODES) int16_t GCodeParser::motion_mode_codenum = -1; - #if USE_GCODE_SUBCODES + #if ENABLED(USE_GCODE_SUBCODES) uint8_t GCodeParser::motion_mode_subcode; #endif #endif @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ void GCodeParser::reset() { string_arg = nullptr; // No whole line argument command_letter = '?'; // No command letter codenum = 0; // No command code - #if USE_GCODE_SUBCODES + #if ENABLED(USE_GCODE_SUBCODES) subcode = 0; // No command sub-code #endif #if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER) @@ -92,17 +92,44 @@ void GCodeParser::reset() { #endif } +#if ENABLED(GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS) + + // Pass the address after the first quote (if any) + char* GCodeParser::unescape_string(char* &src) { + if (*src == '"') ++src; // Skip the leading quote + char * const out = src; // Start of the string + char *dst = src; // Prepare to unescape and terminate + for (;;) { + char c = *src++; // Get the next char + switch (c) { + case '\\': c = *src++; break; // Get the escaped char + case '"' : c = '\0'; break; // Convert bare quote to nul + } + if (!(*dst++ = c)) break; // Copy and break on nul + } + return out; + } + +#endif + // Populate all fields by parsing a single line of GCode // 58 bytes of SRAM are used to speed up seen/value void GCodeParser::parse(char *p) { reset(); // No codes to report + auto uppercase = [](char c) { + #if ENABLED(GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE) + if (WITHIN(c, 'a', 'z')) c += 'A' - 'a'; + #endif + return c; + }; + // Skip spaces while (*p == ' ') ++p; // Skip N[-0-9] if included in the command line - if (*p == 'N' && NUMERIC_SIGNED(p[1])) { + if (uppercase(*p) == 'N' && NUMERIC_SIGNED(p[1])) { #if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER) //set('N', p + 1); // (optional) Set the 'N' parameter value #endif @@ -115,7 +142,7 @@ void GCodeParser::parse(char *p) { command_ptr = p; // Get the command letter, which must be G, M, or T - const char letter = *p++; + const char letter = uppercase(*p++); // Nullify asterisk and trailing whitespace char *starpos = strchr(p, '*'); @@ -138,7 +165,9 @@ void GCodeParser::parse(char *p) { switch (letter) { case 'G': case 'M': case 'T': - + #if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + case 'O': + #endif // Skip spaces to get the numeric part while (*p == ' ') p++; @@ -165,12 +194,12 @@ void GCodeParser::parse(char *p) { do { codenum *= 10, codenum += *p++ - '0'; } while (NUMERIC(*p)); // Allow for decimal point in command - #if USE_GCODE_SUBCODES - if (*p == '.') { - p++; - while (NUMERIC(*p)) - subcode *= 10, subcode += *p++ - '0'; - } + #if ENABLED(USE_GCODE_SUBCODES) + if (*p == '.') { + p++; + while (NUMERIC(*p)) + subcode *= 10, subcode += *p++ - '0'; + } #endif // Skip all spaces to get to the first argument, or nul @@ -184,7 +213,7 @@ void GCodeParser::parse(char *p) { ) ) { motion_mode_codenum = codenum; - #if USE_GCODE_SUBCODES + #if ENABLED(USE_GCODE_SUBCODES) motion_mode_subcode = subcode; #endif } @@ -203,7 +232,7 @@ void GCodeParser::parse(char *p) { if (motion_mode_codenum < 0) return; command_letter = 'G'; codenum = motion_mode_codenum; - #if USE_GCODE_SUBCODES + #if ENABLED(USE_GCODE_SUBCODES) subcode = motion_mode_subcode; #endif p--; // Back up one character to use the current parameter @@ -222,13 +251,14 @@ void GCodeParser::parse(char *p) { // Only use string_arg for these M codes if (letter == 'M') switch (codenum) { #if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - case 810: case 811: case 812: case 813: case 814: - case 815: case 816: case 817: case 818: case 819: + case 810 ... 819: #endif #if ENABLED(EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK) case 16: #endif - case 23: case 28: case 30: case 117: case 118: case 928: string_arg = p; return; + case 23: case 28: case 30: case 117: case 118: case 928: + string_arg = unescape_string(p); + return; default: break; } @@ -244,39 +274,57 @@ void GCodeParser::parse(char *p) { * This allows M0/M1 with expire time to work: "M0 S5 You Win!" * For 'M118' you must use 'E1' and 'A1' rather than just 'E' or 'A' */ + #if ENABLED(GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS) + bool quoted_string_arg = false; + #endif string_arg = nullptr; - while (const char code = *p++) { // Get the next parameter. A NUL ends the loop + while (const char param = uppercase(*p++)) { // Get the next parameter. A NUL ends the loop // Special handling for M32 [P] !/path/to/file.g# // The path must be the last parameter - if (code == '!' && letter == 'M' && codenum == 32) { + if (param == '!' && letter == 'M' && codenum == 32) { string_arg = p; // Name starts after '!' char * const lb = strchr(p, '#'); // Already seen '#' as SD char (to pause buffering) if (lb) *lb = '\0'; // Safe to mark the end of the filename return; } - // Arguments MUST be uppercase for fast GCode parsing - #if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER) - #define PARAM_TEST WITHIN(code, 'A', 'Z') - #else - #define PARAM_TEST true + #if ENABLED(GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS) + if (!quoted_string_arg && param == '"') { + quoted_string_arg = true; + string_arg = unescape_string(p); + } #endif - if (PARAM_TEST) { + #if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER) + // Arguments MUST be uppercase for fast GCode parsing + #define PARAM_OK(P) WITHIN((P), 'A', 'Z') + #else + #define PARAM_OK(P) true + #endif + + if (PARAM_OK(param)) { while (*p == ' ') p++; // Skip spaces between parameters & values - const bool has_num = valid_float(p); + #if ENABLED(GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS) + const bool is_str = (*p == '"'), has_val = is_str || valid_float(p); + char * const valptr = has_val ? is_str ? unescape_string(p) : p : nullptr; + #else + const bool has_val = valid_float(p); + #if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER) + char * const valptr = has_val ? p : nullptr; + #endif + #endif #if ENABLED(DEBUG_GCODE_PARSER) if (debug) { - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Got letter ", code, " at index ", (int)(p - command_ptr - 1)); - if (has_num) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (has_num)"); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Got param ", param, " at index ", (int)(p - command_ptr - 1)); + if (has_val) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (has_val)"); } #endif - if (!has_num && !string_arg) { // No value? First time, keep as string_arg + if (!has_val && !string_arg) { // No value? First time, keep as string_arg string_arg = p - 1; #if ENABLED(DEBUG_GCODE_PARSER) if (debug) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" string_arg: ", hex_address((void*)string_arg)); // DEBUG @@ -288,7 +336,7 @@ void GCodeParser::parse(char *p) { #endif #if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER) - set(code, has_num ? p : nullptr); // Set parameter exists and pointer (nullptr for no number) + set(param, valptr); // Set parameter exists and pointer (nullptr for no value) #endif } else if (!string_arg) { // Not A-Z? First time, keep as the string_arg @@ -325,9 +373,8 @@ void GCodeParser::parse(char *p) { #endif // CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS -void GCodeParser::unknown_command_error() { - SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_UNKNOWN_COMMAND, command_ptr, "\""); +void GCodeParser::unknown_command_warning() { + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_UNKNOWN_COMMAND, command_ptr, "\""); } #if ENABLED(DEBUG_GCODE_PARSER) @@ -338,18 +385,21 @@ void GCodeParser::unknown_command_error() { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(")"); #if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" args: { "); - for (char c = 'A'; c <= 'Z'; ++c) if (seen(c)) { SERIAL_CHAR(c); SERIAL_CHAR(' '); } + for (char c = 'A'; c <= 'Z'; ++c) if (seen(c)) SERIAL_CHAR(c, ' '); SERIAL_CHAR('}'); #else SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" args: { ", command_args, " }"); #endif - if (string_arg) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" string: \"", string_arg, "\""); + if (string_arg) { + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" string: \"", string_arg); + SERIAL_CHAR('"'); + } SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("\n"); for (char c = 'A'; c <= 'Z'; ++c) { if (seen(c)) { SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Code '", c); SERIAL_ECHOPGM("':"); if (has_value()) { - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR( + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( "\n float: ", value_float(), "\n long: ", value_long(), "\n ulong: ", value_ulong(), @@ -364,8 +414,7 @@ void GCodeParser::unknown_command_error() { ); } else - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (no value)"); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("\n"); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" (no value)"); } } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/parser.h b/Marlin/src/gcode/parser.h index a4fd629b16..06e41ccf13 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/parser.h +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/parser.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -85,13 +85,13 @@ public: *string_arg, // string of command line command_letter; // G, M, or T static int codenum; // 123 - #if USE_GCODE_SUBCODES + #if ENABLED(USE_GCODE_SUBCODES) static uint8_t subcode; // .1 #endif #if ENABLED(GCODE_MOTION_MODES) static int16_t motion_mode_codenum; - #if USE_GCODE_SUBCODES + #if ENABLED(USE_GCODE_SUBCODES) static uint8_t motion_mode_subcode; #endif FORCE_INLINE static void cancel_motion_mode() { motion_mode_codenum = -1; } @@ -166,7 +166,6 @@ public: #ifdef CPU_32_BIT FORCE_INLINE static bool seen(const char * const str) { return !!(codebits & letter_bits(str)); } #else - // At least one of a list of code letters was seen FORCE_INLINE static bool seen(const char * const str) { const uint32_t letrbits = letter_bits(str); const uint8_t * const cb = (uint8_t*)&codebits; @@ -177,14 +176,27 @@ public: static inline bool seen_any() { return !!codebits; } - #define SEEN_TEST(L) TEST32(codebits, LETTER_BIT(L)) + FORCE_INLINE static bool seen_test(const char c) { return TEST32(codebits, LETTER_BIT(c)); } #else // !FASTER_GCODE_PARSER + #if ENABLED(GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE) + FORCE_INLINE static char* strgchr(char *p, char g) { + auto uppercase = [](char c) { + return c + (WITHIN(c, 'a', 'z') ? 'A' - 'a' : 0); + }; + const char d = uppercase(g); + for (char cc; (cc = uppercase(*p)); p++) if (cc == d) return p; + return nullptr; + } + #else + #define strgchr strchr + #endif + // Code is found in the string. If not found, value_ptr is unchanged. // This allows "if (seen('A')||seen('B'))" to use the last-found value. static inline bool seen(const char c) { - char *p = strchr(command_args, c); + char *p = strgchr(command_args, c); const bool b = !!p; if (b) value_ptr = valid_float(&p[1]) ? &p[1] : nullptr; return b; @@ -192,12 +204,12 @@ public: static inline bool seen_any() { return *command_args == '\0'; } - #define SEEN_TEST(L) !!strchr(command_args, L) + FORCE_INLINE static bool seen_test(const char c) { return (bool)strgchr(command_args, c); } // At least one of a list of code letters was seen static inline bool seen(const char * const str) { for (uint8_t i = 0; const char c = str[i]; i++) - if (SEEN_TEST(c)) return true; + if (seen_test(c)) return true; return false; } @@ -205,9 +217,15 @@ public: // Seen any axis parameter static inline bool seen_axis() { - return SEEN_TEST('X') || SEEN_TEST('Y') || SEEN_TEST('Z') || SEEN_TEST('E'); + return seen_test('X') || seen_test('Y') || seen_test('Z') || seen_test('E'); } + #if ENABLED(GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS) + static char* unescape_string(char* &src); + #else + FORCE_INLINE static char* unescape_string(char* &src) { return src; } + #endif + // Populate all fields by parsing a single line of GCode // This uses 54 bytes of SRAM to speed up seen/value static void parse(char * p); @@ -223,6 +241,9 @@ public: // Seen a parameter with a value static inline bool seenval(const char c) { return seen(c) && has_value(); } + // The value as a string + static inline char* value_string() { return value_ptr; } + // Float removes 'E' to prevent scientific notation interpretation static inline float value_float() { if (value_ptr) { @@ -290,9 +311,9 @@ public: static inline float mm_to_linear_unit(const float mm) { return mm; } static inline float mm_to_volumetric_unit(const float mm) { return mm; } - static inline float linear_value_to_mm(const float v) { return v; } - static inline float axis_value_to_mm(const AxisEnum axis, const float v) { UNUSED(axis); return v; } - static inline float per_axis_value(const AxisEnum axis, const float v) { UNUSED(axis); return v; } + static inline float linear_value_to_mm(const float v) { return v; } + static inline float axis_value_to_mm(const AxisEnum, const float v) { return v; } + static inline float per_axis_value(const AxisEnum, const float v) { return v; } #endif @@ -366,9 +387,10 @@ public: static inline feedRate_t value_feedrate() { return MMM_TO_MMS(value_linear_units()); } - void unknown_command_error(); + void unknown_command_warning(); // Provide simple value accessors with default option + static inline char* stringval(const char c, char * const dval=nullptr) { return seenval(c) ? value_string() : dval; } static inline float floatval(const char c, const float dval=0.0) { return seenval(c) ? value_float() : dval; } static inline bool boolval(const char c, const bool dval=false) { return seenval(c) ? value_bool() : (seen(c) ? true : dval); } static inline uint8_t byteval(const char c, const uint8_t dval=0) { return seenval(c) ? value_byte() : dval; } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G30.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G30.cpp index 50d0ea6ae3..21d56b3fd4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G30.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G30.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -39,10 +39,11 @@ * E Engage the probe for each probe (default 1) */ void GcodeSuite::G30() { - const float xpos = parser.linearval('X', current_position[X_AXIS] + probe_offset[X_AXIS]), - ypos = parser.linearval('Y', current_position[Y_AXIS] + probe_offset[Y_AXIS]); - if (!position_is_reachable_by_probe(xpos, ypos)) return; + const xy_pos_t pos = { parser.linearval('X', current_position.x + probe.offset_xy.x), + parser.linearval('Y', current_position.y + probe.offset_xy.y) }; + + if (!probe.can_reach(pos)) return; // Disable leveling so the planner won't mess with us #if HAS_LEVELING @@ -52,15 +53,14 @@ void GcodeSuite::G30() { remember_feedrate_scaling_off(); const ProbePtRaise raise_after = parser.boolval('E', true) ? PROBE_PT_STOW : PROBE_PT_NONE; - const float measured_z = probe_at_point(xpos, ypos, raise_after, 1); - + const float measured_z = probe.probe_at_point(pos, raise_after, 1); if (!isnan(measured_z)) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Bed X: ", FIXFLOAT(xpos), " Y: ", FIXFLOAT(ypos), " Z: ", FIXFLOAT(measured_z)); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Bed X: ", FIXFLOAT(pos.x), " Y: ", FIXFLOAT(pos.y), " Z: ", FIXFLOAT(measured_z)); restore_feedrate_and_scaling(); #ifdef Z_AFTER_PROBING - if (raise_after == PROBE_PT_STOW) move_z_after_probing(); + if (raise_after == PROBE_PT_STOW) probe.move_z_after_probing(); #endif report_current_position(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G31_G32.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G31_G32.cpp index 06c3c3adf1..e2e43e35ed 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G31_G32.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G31_G32.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ /** * G31: Deploy the Z probe */ -void GcodeSuite::G31() { DEPLOY_PROBE(); } +void GcodeSuite::G31() { probe.deploy(); } /** * G32: Stow the Z probe */ -void GcodeSuite::G32() { STOW_PROBE(); } +void GcodeSuite::G32() { probe.stow(); } #endif // Z_PROBE_SLED diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G38.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G38.cpp index 33f5611a43..512e1ff89f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G38.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G38.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ inline void G38_single_probe(const uint8_t move_value) { endstops.enable(true); G38_move = move_value; - prepare_move_to_destination(); + prepare_line_to_destination(); planner.synchronize(); G38_move = 0; endstops.hit_on_purpose(); @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ inline bool G38_run_probe() { #if MULTIPLE_PROBING > 1 // Get direction of move and retract - float retract_mm[XYZ]; + xyz_float_t retract_mm; LOOP_XYZ(i) { const float dist = destination[i] - current_position[i]; retract_mm[i] = ABS(dist) < G38_MINIMUM_MOVE ? 0 : home_bump_mm((AxisEnum)i) * (dist > 0 ? -1 : 1); @@ -75,16 +75,15 @@ inline bool G38_run_probe() { #if MULTIPLE_PROBING > 1 // Move away by the retract distance - set_destination_from_current(); - LOOP_XYZ(i) destination[i] += retract_mm[i]; + destination = current_position + retract_mm; endstops.enable(false); - prepare_move_to_destination(); + prepare_line_to_destination(); planner.synchronize(); REMEMBER(fr, feedrate_mm_s, feedrate_mm_s * 0.25); // Bump the target more slowly - LOOP_XYZ(i) destination[i] -= retract_mm[i] * 2; + destination -= retract_mm * 2; G38_single_probe(move_value); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M401_M402.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M401_M402.cpp index aa63a7ea71..a0a6c1cec5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M401_M402.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M401_M402.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ * M401: Deploy and activate the Z probe */ void GcodeSuite::M401() { - DEPLOY_PROBE(); + probe.deploy(); report_current_position(); } @@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::M401() { * M402: Deactivate and stow the Z probe */ void GcodeSuite::M402() { - STOW_PROBE(); + probe.stow(); #ifdef Z_AFTER_PROBING - move_z_after_probing(); + probe.move_z_after_probing(); #endif report_current_position(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M851.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M851.cpp index eec6b2f255..c2e746cf0b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M851.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M851.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,6 +28,8 @@ #include "../../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" #include "../../module/probe.h" +extern const char SP_Y_STR[], SP_Z_STR[]; + /** * M851: Set the nozzle-to-probe offsets in current units */ @@ -35,38 +37,55 @@ void GcodeSuite::M851() { // Show usage with no parameters if (!parser.seen("XYZ")) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_PROBE_OFFSET " X", probe_offset[X_AXIS], " Y", probe_offset[Y_AXIS], " Z", probe_offset[Z_AXIS]); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + PSTR(STR_PROBE_OFFSET " X"), probe.offset_xy.x, SP_Y_STR, probe.offset_xy.y, SP_Z_STR + #else + PSTR(STR_PROBE_OFFSET " X0 Y0 Z") + #endif + , probe.offset.z + ); return; } - float offs[XYZ] = { probe_offset[X_AXIS], probe_offset[Y_AXIS], probe_offset[Z_AXIS] }; + // Start with current offsets and modify + xyz_pos_t offs = probe.offset; + // Assume no errors bool ok = true; if (parser.seenval('X')) { const float x = parser.value_float(); - if (WITHIN(x, -(X_BED_SIZE), X_BED_SIZE)) - offs[X_AXIS] = x; - else { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("?X out of range (-", int(X_BED_SIZE), " to ", int(X_BED_SIZE), ")"); - ok = false; - } + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + if (WITHIN(x, -(X_BED_SIZE), X_BED_SIZE)) + offs.x = x; + else { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("?X out of range (-", int(X_BED_SIZE), " to ", int(X_BED_SIZE), ")"); + ok = false; + } + #else + if (x) SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("?X must be 0 (NOZZLE_AS_PROBE)."); // ...but let 'ok' stay true + #endif } if (parser.seenval('Y')) { const float y = parser.value_float(); - if (WITHIN(y, -(Y_BED_SIZE), Y_BED_SIZE)) - offs[Y_AXIS] = y; - else { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("?Y out of range (-", int(Y_BED_SIZE), " to ", int(Y_BED_SIZE), ")"); - ok = false; - } + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + if (WITHIN(y, -(Y_BED_SIZE), Y_BED_SIZE)) + offs.y = y; + else { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("?Y out of range (-", int(Y_BED_SIZE), " to ", int(Y_BED_SIZE), ")"); + ok = false; + } + #else + if (y) SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("?Y must be 0 (NOZZLE_AS_PROBE)."); // ...but let 'ok' stay true + #endif } if (parser.seenval('Z')) { const float z = parser.value_float(); if (WITHIN(z, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX)) - offs[Z_AXIS] = z; + offs.z = z; else { SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("?Z out of range (", int(Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN), " to ", int(Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX), ")"); ok = false; @@ -74,7 +93,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M851() { } // Save the new offsets - if (ok) COPY(probe_offset, offs); + if (ok) probe.offset = offs; } #endif // HAS_BED_PROBE diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M951.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M951.cpp index d8d2e8f8e0..c7e4ea8a70 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M951.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M951.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.cpp index a9bd714c1e..abb50b960d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ GCodeQueue queue; #include "../sd/cardreader.h" #include "../module/planner.h" #include "../module/temperature.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS) #include "../feature/leds/printer_event_leds.h" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ GCodeQueue queue; #endif #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - #include "../feature/power_loss_recovery.h" + #include "../feature/powerloss.h" #endif /** @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ GCodeQueue queue; * sending commands to Marlin, and lines will be checked for sequentiality. * M110 N sets the current line number. */ -long gcode_N, GCodeQueue::last_N, GCodeQueue::stopped_N = 0; +long gcode_N, GCodeQueue::last_N; /** * GCode Command Queue @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ static PGM_P injected_commands_P = nullptr; GCodeQueue::GCodeQueue() { // Send "ok" after commands by default - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < COUNT(send_ok); i++) send_ok[i] = true; + LOOP_L_N(i, COUNT(send_ok)) send_ok[i] = true; } /** @@ -150,6 +150,8 @@ bool GCodeQueue::_enqueue(const char* cmd, bool say_ok/*=false*/ return true; } +#define ISEOL(C) ((C) == '\n' || (C) == '\r') + /** * Enqueue with Serial Echo * Return true if the command was consumed @@ -160,11 +162,10 @@ bool GCodeQueue::enqueue_one(const char* cmd) { //SERIAL_ECHO(cmd); //SERIAL_ECHOPGM("\") \n"); - if (*cmd == 0 || *cmd == '\n' || *cmd == '\r') return true; + if (*cmd == 0 || ISEOL(*cmd)) return true; if (_enqueue(cmd)) { - SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_ENQUEUEING, cmd, "\""); + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_ENQUEUEING, cmd, "\""); return true; } return false; @@ -191,7 +192,6 @@ bool GCodeQueue::process_injected_command() { // Execute command if non-blank if (i) { parser.parse(cmd); - PORT_REDIRECT(SERIAL_PORT); gcode.process_parsed_command(); } return true; @@ -211,6 +211,21 @@ void GCodeQueue::inject_P(PGM_P const pgcode) { injected_commands_P = pgcode; } */ void GCodeQueue::enqueue_one_now(const char* cmd) { while (!enqueue_one(cmd)) idle(); } +/** + * Attempt to enqueue a single G-code command + * and return 'true' if successful. + */ +bool GCodeQueue::enqueue_one_P(PGM_P const pgcode) { + size_t i = 0; + PGM_P p = pgcode; + char c; + while ((c = pgm_read_byte(&p[i])) && c != '\n') i++; + char cmd[i + 1]; + memcpy_P(cmd, p, i); + cmd[i] = '\0'; + return _enqueue(cmd); +} + /** * Enqueue from program memory and return only when commands are actually enqueued * Never call this from a G-code handler! @@ -243,10 +258,10 @@ void GCodeQueue::ok_to_send() { #if NUM_SERIAL > 1 const int16_t pn = port[index_r]; if (pn < 0) return; - PORT_REDIRECT(pn); + PORT_REDIRECT(pn); // Reply to the serial port that sent the command #endif if (!send_ok[index_r]) return; - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_OK); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(STR_OK); #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_OK) char* p = command_buffer[index_r]; if (*p == 'N') { @@ -255,8 +270,8 @@ void GCodeQueue::ok_to_send() { while (NUMERIC_SIGNED(*p)) SERIAL_ECHO(*p++); } - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" P"); SERIAL_ECHO(int(BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE - planner.movesplanned() - 1)); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" B"); SERIAL_ECHO(BUFSIZE - length); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_P_STR, int(planner.moves_free())); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" B", int(BUFSIZE - length)); #endif SERIAL_EOL(); } @@ -267,12 +282,12 @@ void GCodeQueue::ok_to_send() { */ void GCodeQueue::flush_and_request_resend() { #if NUM_SERIAL > 1 - const int16_t p = port[index_r]; - if (p < 0) return; - PORT_REDIRECT(p); + const int16_t pn = port[index_r]; + if (pn < 0) return; + PORT_REDIRECT(pn); // Reply to the serial port that sent the command #endif SERIAL_FLUSH(); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_RESEND); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(STR_RESEND); SERIAL_ECHOLN(last_N + 1); ok_to_send(); } @@ -296,14 +311,14 @@ inline int read_serial(const uint8_t index) { } } -void GCodeQueue::gcode_line_error(PGM_P const err, const int8_t port) { - PORT_REDIRECT(port); +void GCodeQueue::gcode_line_error(PGM_P const err, const int8_t pn) { + PORT_REDIRECT(pn); // Reply to the serial port that sent the command SERIAL_ERROR_START(); serialprintPGM(err); SERIAL_ECHOLN(last_N); - while (read_serial(port) != -1); // clear out the RX buffer + while (read_serial(pn) != -1); // Clear out the RX buffer flush_and_request_resend(); - serial_count[port] = 0; + serial_count[pn] = 0; } FORCE_INLINE bool is_M29(const char * const cmd) { // matches "M29" & "M29 ", but not "M290", etc @@ -311,6 +326,70 @@ FORCE_INLINE bool is_M29(const char * const cmd) { // matches "M29" & "M29 ", b return m29 && !NUMERIC(m29[3]); } +#define PS_NORMAL 0 +#define PS_EOL 1 +#define PS_QUOTED 2 +#define PS_PAREN 3 +#define PS_ESC 4 + +inline void process_stream_char(const char c, uint8_t &sis, char (&buff)[MAX_CMD_SIZE], int &ind) { + + if (sis == PS_EOL) return; // EOL comment or overflow + + #if ENABLED(PAREN_COMMENTS) + else if (sis == PS_PAREN) { // Inline comment + if (c == ')') sis = PS_NORMAL; + return; + } + #endif + + else if (sis >= PS_ESC) // End escaped char + sis -= PS_ESC; + + else if (c == '\\') { // Start escaped char + sis += PS_ESC; + if (sis == PS_ESC) return; // Keep if quoting + } + + #if ENABLED(GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS) + + else if (sis == PS_QUOTED) { + if (c == '"') sis = PS_NORMAL; // End quoted string + } + else if (c == '"') // Start quoted string + sis = PS_QUOTED; + + #endif + + else if (c == ';') { // Start end-of-line comment + sis = PS_EOL; + return; + } + + #if ENABLED(PAREN_COMMENTS) + else if (c == '(') { // Start inline comment + sis = PS_PAREN; + return; + } + #endif + + buff[ind++] = c; + if (ind >= MAX_CMD_SIZE - 1) + sis = PS_EOL; // Skip the rest on overflow +} + +/** + * Handle a line being completed. For an empty line + * keep sensor readings going and watchdog alive. + */ +inline bool process_line_done(uint8_t &sis, char (&buff)[MAX_CMD_SIZE], int &ind) { + sis = PS_NORMAL; + buff[ind] = 0; + if (ind) { ind = 0; return false; } + thermalManager.manage_heater(); + return true; +} + /** * Get all commands waiting on the serial port and queue them. * Exit when the buffer is full or when no more characters are @@ -318,11 +397,8 @@ FORCE_INLINE bool is_M29(const char * const cmd) { // matches "M29" & "M29 ", b */ void GCodeQueue::get_serial_commands() { static char serial_line_buffer[NUM_SERIAL][MAX_CMD_SIZE]; - static bool serial_comment_mode[NUM_SERIAL] = { false } - #if ENABLED(PAREN_COMMENTS) - , serial_comment_paren_mode[NUM_SERIAL] = { false } - #endif - ; + + static uint8_t serial_input_state[NUM_SERIAL] = { PS_NORMAL }; #if ENABLED(BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER) if (card.flag.binary_mode) { @@ -342,7 +418,7 @@ void GCodeQueue::get_serial_commands() { static millis_t last_command_time = 0; const millis_t ms = millis(); if (length == 0 && !serial_data_available() && ELAPSED(ms, last_command_time + NO_TIMEOUTS)) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_WAIT); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_WAIT); last_command_time = ms; } #endif @@ -351,32 +427,22 @@ void GCodeQueue::get_serial_commands() { * Loop while serial characters are incoming and the queue is not full */ while (length < BUFSIZE && serial_data_available()) { - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < NUM_SERIAL; ++i) { - int c; - if ((c = read_serial(i)) < 0) continue; + LOOP_L_N(i, NUM_SERIAL) { - char serial_char = c; + const int c = read_serial(i); + if (c < 0) continue; - /** - * If the character ends the line - */ - if (serial_char == '\n' || serial_char == '\r') { + const char serial_char = c; - // Start with comment mode off - serial_comment_mode[i] = false; - #if ENABLED(PAREN_COMMENTS) - serial_comment_paren_mode[i] = false; - #endif + if (ISEOL(serial_char)) { - // Skip empty lines and comments - if (!serial_count[i]) { thermalManager.manage_heater(); continue; } - - serial_line_buffer[i][serial_count[i]] = 0; // Terminate string - serial_count[i] = 0; // Reset buffer + // Reset our state, continue if the line was empty + if (process_line_done(serial_input_state[i], serial_line_buffer[i], serial_count[i])) + continue; char* command = serial_line_buffer[i]; - while (*command == ' ') command++; // Skip leading spaces + while (*command == ' ') command++; // Skip leading spaces char *npos = (*command == 'N') ? command : nullptr; // Require the N parameter to start the line if (npos) { @@ -391,41 +457,43 @@ void GCodeQueue::get_serial_commands() { gcode_N = strtol(npos + 1, nullptr, 10); if (gcode_N != last_N + 1 && !M110) - return gcode_line_error(PSTR(MSG_ERR_LINE_NO), i); + return gcode_line_error(PSTR(STR_ERR_LINE_NO), i); char *apos = strrchr(command, '*'); if (apos) { uint8_t checksum = 0, count = uint8_t(apos - command); while (count) checksum ^= command[--count]; if (strtol(apos + 1, nullptr, 10) != checksum) - return gcode_line_error(PSTR(MSG_ERR_CHECKSUM_MISMATCH), i); + return gcode_line_error(PSTR(STR_ERR_CHECKSUM_MISMATCH), i); } else - return gcode_line_error(PSTR(MSG_ERR_NO_CHECKSUM), i); + return gcode_line_error(PSTR(STR_ERR_NO_CHECKSUM), i); last_N = gcode_N; } #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) // Pronterface "M29" and "M29 " has no line number else if (card.flag.saving && !is_M29(command)) - return gcode_line_error(PSTR(MSG_ERR_NO_CHECKSUM), i); + return gcode_line_error(PSTR(STR_ERR_NO_CHECKSUM), i); #endif - // Movement commands alert when stopped + // + // Movement commands give an alert when the machine is stopped + // + if (IsStopped()) { char* gpos = strchr(command, 'G'); if (gpos) { switch (strtol(gpos + 1, nullptr, 10)) { - case 0: - case 1: + case 0: case 1: #if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - case 2: - case 3: + case 2: case 3: #endif #if ENABLED(BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT) case 5: #endif - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_ERR_STOPPED); + PORT_REDIRECT(i); // Reply to the serial port that sent the command + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_ERR_STOPPED); LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_STOPPED); break; } @@ -440,7 +508,7 @@ void GCodeQueue::get_serial_commands() { wait_for_user = false; #endif } - if (strcmp(command, "M112") == 0) kill(); + if (strcmp(command, "M112") == 0) kill(M112_KILL_STR, nullptr, true); if (strcmp(command, "M410") == 0) quickstop_stepper(); #endif @@ -455,31 +523,9 @@ void GCodeQueue::get_serial_commands() { #endif ); } - else if (serial_count[i] >= MAX_CMD_SIZE - 1) { - // Keep fetching, but ignore normal characters beyond the max length - // The command will be injected when EOL is reached - } - else if (serial_char == '\\') { // Handle escapes - // if we have one more character, copy it over - if ((c = read_serial(i)) >= 0 && !serial_comment_mode[i] - #if ENABLED(PAREN_COMMENTS) - && !serial_comment_paren_mode[i] - #endif - ) - serial_line_buffer[i][serial_count[i]++] = (char)c; - } - else { // it's not a newline, carriage return or escape char - if (serial_char == ';') serial_comment_mode[i] = true; - #if ENABLED(PAREN_COMMENTS) - else if (serial_char == '(') serial_comment_paren_mode[i] = true; - else if (serial_char == ')') serial_comment_paren_mode[i] = false; - #endif - else if (!serial_comment_mode[i] - #if ENABLED(PAREN_COMMENTS) - && ! serial_comment_paren_mode[i] - #endif - ) serial_line_buffer[i][serial_count[i]++] = serial_char; - } + else + process_stream_char(serial_char, serial_input_state[i], serial_line_buffer[i], serial_count[i]); + } // for NUM_SERIAL } // queue has space, serial has data } @@ -487,105 +533,41 @@ void GCodeQueue::get_serial_commands() { #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) /** - * Get commands from the SD Card until the command buffer is full - * or until the end of the file is reached. The special character '#' - * can also interrupt buffering. + * Get lines from the SD Card until the command buffer is full + * or until the end of the file is reached. Because this method + * always receives complete command-lines, they can go directly + * into the main command queue. */ inline void GCodeQueue::get_sdcard_commands() { - static bool stop_buffering = false, - sd_comment_mode = false - #if ENABLED(PAREN_COMMENTS) - , sd_comment_paren_mode = false - #endif - ; + static uint8_t sd_input_state = PS_NORMAL; if (!IS_SD_PRINTING()) return; - /** - * '#' stops reading from SD to the buffer prematurely, so procedural - * macro calls are possible. If it occurs, stop_buffering is triggered - * and the buffer is run dry; this character _can_ occur in serial com - * due to checksums, however, no checksums are used in SD printing. - */ - - if (length == 0) stop_buffering = false; - - uint16_t sd_count = 0; + int sd_count = 0; bool card_eof = card.eof(); - while (length < BUFSIZE && !card_eof && !stop_buffering) { + while (length < BUFSIZE && !card_eof) { const int16_t n = card.get(); - char sd_char = (char)n; card_eof = card.eof(); - if (card_eof || n == -1 - || sd_char == '\n' || sd_char == '\r' - || ((sd_char == '#' || sd_char == ':') && !sd_comment_mode - #if ENABLED(PAREN_COMMENTS) - && !sd_comment_paren_mode - #endif - ) - ) { - if (card_eof) { + if (n < 0 && !card_eof) { SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_SD_ERR_READ); continue; } - card.printingHasFinished(); + const char sd_char = (char)n; + const bool is_eol = ISEOL(sd_char); + if (is_eol || card_eof) { - if (IS_SD_PRINTING()) - sd_count = 0; // If a sub-file was printing, continue from call point - else { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_FILE_PRINTED); - #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS) - printerEventLEDs.onPrintCompleted(); - #if HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE - inject_P(PSTR("M0 S" - #if HAS_LCD_MENU - "1800" - #else - "60" - #endif - )); - #endif - #endif // PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS - } - } - else if (n == -1) - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_SD_ERR_READ); - - if (sd_char == '#') stop_buffering = true; - - sd_comment_mode = false; // for new command - #if ENABLED(PAREN_COMMENTS) - sd_comment_paren_mode = false; - #endif - - // Skip empty lines and comments - if (!sd_count) { thermalManager.manage_heater(); continue; } - - command_buffer[index_w][sd_count] = '\0'; // terminate string - sd_count = 0; // clear sd line buffer - - _commit_command(false); - - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - recovery.cmd_sdpos = card.getIndex(); // Prime for the next _commit_command - #endif - } - else if (sd_count >= MAX_CMD_SIZE - 1) { - /** - * Keep fetching, but ignore normal characters beyond the max length - * The command will be injected when EOL is reached - */ - } - else { - if (sd_char == ';') sd_comment_mode = true; - #if ENABLED(PAREN_COMMENTS) - else if (sd_char == '(') sd_comment_paren_mode = true; - else if (sd_char == ')') sd_comment_paren_mode = false; - #endif - else if (!sd_comment_mode - #if ENABLED(PAREN_COMMENTS) - && ! sd_comment_paren_mode + // Reset stream state, terminate the buffer, and commit a non-empty command + if (!is_eol && sd_count) ++sd_count; // End of file with no newline + if (!process_line_done(sd_input_state, command_buffer[index_w], sd_count)) { + _commit_command(false); + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + recovery.cmd_sdpos = card.getIndex(); // Prime for the NEXT _commit_command #endif - ) command_buffer[index_w][sd_count++] = sd_char; + } + + if (card_eof) card.fileHasFinished(); // Handle end of file reached } + else + process_stream_char(sd_char, sd_input_state, command_buffer[index_w], sd_count); + } } @@ -624,7 +606,7 @@ void GCodeQueue::advance() { if (is_M29(command)) { // M29 closes the file card.closefile(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_FILE_SAVED); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_FILE_SAVED); #if !defined(__AVR__) || !defined(USBCON) #if ENABLED(SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX) @@ -657,9 +639,7 @@ void GCodeQueue::advance() { #endif // SDSUPPORT // The queue may be reset by a command handler or by code invoked by idle() within a handler - if (length) { - --length; - if (++index_r >= BUFSIZE) index_r = 0; - } + --length; + if (++index_r >= BUFSIZE) index_r = 0; } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.h b/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.h index 173cadc68e..6a87d47ac8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.h +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -35,9 +35,7 @@ public: * commands to Marlin, and lines will be checked for sequentiality. * M110 N sets the current line number. */ - static long last_N, stopped_N; - - static inline void stop() { stopped_N = last_N; } + static long last_N; /** * GCode Command Queue @@ -79,6 +77,12 @@ public: */ static void enqueue_one_now(const char* cmd); + /** + * Attempt to enqueue a single G-code command + * and return 'true' if successful. + */ + static bool enqueue_one_P(PGM_P const pgcode); + /** * Enqueue from program memory and return only when commands are actually enqueued */ @@ -150,7 +154,7 @@ private: */ static bool enqueue_one(const char* cmd); - static void gcode_line_error(PGM_P const err, const int8_t port); + static void gcode_line_error(PGM_P const err, const int8_t pn); }; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/scara/M360-M364.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/scara/M360-M364.cpp index 585c4d8c86..cd901d5dd4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/scara/M360-M364.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/scara/M360-M364.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ #include "../gcode.h" #include "../../module/scara.h" #include "../../module/motion.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for IsRunning() +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for IsRunning() inline bool SCARA_move_to_cal(const uint8_t delta_a, const uint8_t delta_b) { if (IsRunning()) { forward_kinematics_SCARA(delta_a, delta_b); - do_blocking_move_to_xy(cartes[X_AXIS], cartes[Y_AXIS]); + do_blocking_move_to_xy(cartes); return true; } return false; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M20.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M20.cpp similarity index 87% rename from Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M20.cpp rename to Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M20.cpp index 79f2fd8008..c45fcb038a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M20.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M20.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -31,9 +31,9 @@ * M20: List SD card to serial output */ void GcodeSuite::M20() { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_BEGIN_FILE_LIST); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_BEGIN_FILE_LIST); card.ls(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_END_FILE_LIST); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_END_FILE_LIST); } #endif // SDSUPPORT diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M21_M22.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M21_M22.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M21_M22.cpp rename to Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M21_M22.cpp index 9362db0808..2d5bccaf84 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M21_M22.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M21_M22.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M23.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M23.cpp similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M23.cpp rename to Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M23.cpp index f170345c57..4bf8105f60 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M23.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M23.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M23() { // Simplify3D includes the size, so zero out all spaces (#7227) for (char *fn = parser.string_arg; *fn; ++fn) if (*fn == ' ') *fn = '\0'; - card.openFile(parser.string_arg, true); + card.openFileRead(parser.string_arg); #if ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) ui.set_progress(0); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M24_M25.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M24_M25.cpp similarity index 82% rename from Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M24_M25.cpp rename to Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M24_M25.cpp index 154a4f7c55..c1e6dde8de 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M24_M25.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M24_M25.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -39,9 +39,11 @@ #endif #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - #include "../../feature/power_loss_recovery.h" + #include "../../feature/powerloss.h" #endif +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for startOrResumeJob + /** * M24: Start or Resume SD Print */ @@ -54,14 +56,14 @@ void GcodeSuite::M24() { #if ENABLED(PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE) if (did_pause_print) { - resume_print(); + resume_print(); // will call print_job_timer.start() return; } #endif if (card.isFileOpen()) { - card.startFileprint(); - print_job_timer.start(); + card.startFileprint(); // SD card will now be read for commands + startOrResumeJob(); // Start (or resume) the print job timer #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) recovery.prepare(); #endif @@ -72,7 +74,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M24() { host_action_resume(); #endif #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_prompt_open(PROMPT_INFO, PSTR("Resuming SD"), PSTR("Dismiss")); + host_prompt_open(PROMPT_INFO, PSTR("Resuming SD"), DISMISS_STR); #endif #endif @@ -95,6 +97,10 @@ void GcodeSuite::M25() { #else + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + if (recovery.enabled) recovery.save(true); + #endif + print_job_timer.pause(); ui.reset_status(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M26.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M26.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M26.cpp rename to Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M26.cpp index 0003758804..d2e9e8e72a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M26.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M26.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M27.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M27.cpp similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M27.cpp rename to Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M27.cpp index 64eb91876b..9c71e510a6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M27.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M27.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M28_M29.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M28_M29.cpp similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M28_M29.cpp rename to Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M28_M29.cpp index e23b0b4a14..9dc192c09b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M28_M29.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M28_M29.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ void GcodeSuite::M28() { #endif } else - card.openFile(p, false); + card.openFileWrite(p); #else - card.openFile(parser.string_arg, false); + card.openFileWrite(parser.string_arg); #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M30.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M30.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M30.cpp rename to Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M30.cpp index 2f318687ad..2fd407341b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M30.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M30.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M32.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M32.cpp similarity index 81% rename from Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M32.cpp rename to Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M32.cpp index 7e838fe2f5..35a6fb1d64 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M32.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M32.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -26,8 +26,9 @@ #include "../gcode.h" #include "../../sd/cardreader.h" -#include "../../module/printcounter.h" -#include "../../module/planner.h" +#include "../../module/planner.h" // for synchronize() + +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for startOrResumeJob /** * M32: Select file and start SD Print @@ -43,16 +44,16 @@ void GcodeSuite::M32() { if (IS_SD_PRINTING()) planner.synchronize(); if (card.isMounted()) { - const bool call_procedure = parser.boolval('P'); + const uint8_t call_procedure = parser.boolval('P'); - card.openFile(parser.string_arg, true, call_procedure); + card.openFileRead(parser.string_arg, call_procedure); if (parser.seenval('S')) card.setIndex(parser.value_long()); card.startFileprint(); // Procedure calls count as normal print time. - if (!call_procedure) print_job_timer.start(); + if (!call_procedure) startOrResumeJob(); } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M33.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M33.cpp similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M33.cpp rename to Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M33.cpp index 409467cd25..7c6654a02e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M33.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M33.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M34.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M34.cpp similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M34.cpp rename to Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M34.cpp index 832b827f3b..ff1a8939a0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M34.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M34.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M524.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M524.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M524.cpp rename to Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M524.cpp index 4d4394b4cb..4013303614 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M524.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M524.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M928.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M928.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M928.cpp rename to Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M928.cpp index 87f5af692b..b8b9175f02 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M928.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sd/M928.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/stats/M31.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/stats/M31.cpp index fdad76e99a..019598cb83 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/stats/M31.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/stats/M31.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/stats/M75-M78.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/stats/M75-M78.cpp index 85d36daa9b..41d550cb59 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/stats/M75-M78.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/stats/M75-M78.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -24,11 +24,13 @@ #include "../../module/printcounter.h" #include "../../lcd/ultralcd.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for startOrResumeJob + /** * M75: Start print timer */ void GcodeSuite::M75() { - print_job_timer.start(); + startOrResumeJob(); } /** @@ -42,7 +44,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M76() { * M77: Stop print timer */ void GcodeSuite::M77() { - print_job_timer.stop(); + print_job_timer.stop(); } #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M104_M109.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M104_M109.cpp similarity index 81% rename from Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M104_M109.cpp rename to Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M104_M109.cpp index 86da46a89e..434c6c9663 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M104_M109.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M104_M109.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -20,6 +20,12 @@ * */ +/** + * gcode/temp/M104_M109.cpp + * + * Hotend target temperature control + */ + #include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" #if EXTRUDERS @@ -29,10 +35,14 @@ #include "../../module/motion.h" #include "../../module/planner.h" #include "../../lcd/ultralcd.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" + +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for startOrResumeJob, etc. #if ENABLED(PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART) #include "../../module/printcounter.h" + #if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + #include "../../feature/cancel_object.h" + #endif #endif #if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) @@ -69,14 +79,11 @@ void GcodeSuite::M104() { #if ENABLED(PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART) /** * Stop the timer at the end of print. Start is managed by 'heat and wait' M109. - * We use half EXTRUDE_MINTEMP here to allow nozzles to be put into hot - * standby mode, for instance in a dual extruder setup, without affecting - * the running print timer. + * Hotends use EXTRUDE_MINTEMP / 2 to allow nozzles to be put into hot standby + * mode, for instance in a dual extruder setup, without affecting the running + * print timer. */ - if (temp <= (EXTRUDE_MINTEMP) / 2) { - print_job_timer.stop(); - ui.reset_status(); - } + thermalManager.check_timer_autostart(false, true); #endif } @@ -86,8 +93,10 @@ void GcodeSuite::M104() { } /** - * M109: Sxxx Wait for extruder(s) to reach temperature. Waits only when heating. - * Rxxx Wait for extruder(s) to reach temperature. Waits when heating and cooling. + * M109: Sxxx Wait for hotend(s) to reach temperature. Waits only when heating. + * Rxxx Wait for hotend(s) to reach temperature. Waits when heating and cooling. + * + * With PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART also start the job timer on heating and stop it if turned off. */ void GcodeSuite::M109() { @@ -121,12 +130,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M109() { * standby mode, (e.g., in a dual extruder setup) without affecting * the running print timer. */ - if (parser.value_celsius() <= (EXTRUDE_MINTEMP) / 2) { - print_job_timer.stop(); - ui.reset_status(); - } - else - print_job_timer.start(); + thermalManager.check_timer_autostart(true, true); #endif #if HAS_DISPLAY diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M105.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M105.cpp similarity index 85% rename from Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M105.cpp rename to Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M105.cpp index bf11017a57..7d68ccadc0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M105.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M105.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -31,16 +31,21 @@ void GcodeSuite::M105() { const int8_t target_extruder = get_target_extruder_from_command(); if (target_extruder < 0) return; + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(STR_OK); + #if HAS_TEMP_SENSOR - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_OK); + thermalManager.print_heater_states(target_extruder #if ENABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT) , parser.boolval('R') #endif ); - #else // !HAS_TEMP_SENSOR - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_NO_THERMISTORS); - #endif - SERIAL_EOL(); + SERIAL_EOL(); + + #else + + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" T:0"); // Some hosts send M105 to test the serial connection + + #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M106_M107.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M106_M107.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M106_M107.cpp rename to Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M106_M107.cpp index ede826a3f1..2415484d51 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M106_M107.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M106_M107.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M140_M190.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M140_M190.cpp similarity index 71% rename from Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M140_M190.cpp rename to Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M140_M190.cpp index a0d132f6b7..2da438707b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M140_M190.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M140_M190.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -20,6 +20,12 @@ * */ +/** + * gcode/temp/M140_M190.cpp + * + * Bed target temperature control + */ + #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #if HAS_HEATED_BED @@ -37,7 +43,7 @@ #include "../../feature/leds/leds.h" #endif -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for wait_for_heatup and idle() +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for wait_for_heatup, idle, startOrResumeJob /** * M140: Set bed temperature @@ -45,11 +51,22 @@ void GcodeSuite::M140() { if (DEBUGGING(DRYRUN)) return; if (parser.seenval('S')) thermalManager.setTargetBed(parser.value_celsius()); + + #if ENABLED(PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART) + /** + * Stop the timer at the end of print. Both hotend and bed target + * temperatures need to be set below mintemp. Order of M140 and M104 + * at the end of the print does not matter. + */ + thermalManager.check_timer_autostart(false, true); + #endif } /** * M190: Sxxx Wait for bed current temp to reach target temp. Waits only when heating * Rxxx Wait for bed current temp to reach target temp. Waits when heating and cooling + * + * With PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART also start the job timer on heating. */ void GcodeSuite::M190() { if (DEBUGGING(DRYRUN)) return; @@ -58,13 +75,12 @@ void GcodeSuite::M190() { if (no_wait_for_cooling || parser.seenval('R')) { thermalManager.setTargetBed(parser.value_celsius()); #if ENABLED(PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART) - if (parser.value_celsius() > BED_MINTEMP) - print_job_timer.start(); + thermalManager.check_timer_autostart(true, false); #endif } else return; - ui.set_status_P(thermalManager.isHeatingBed() ? PSTR(MSG_BED_HEATING) : PSTR(MSG_BED_COOLING)); + ui.set_status_P(thermalManager.isHeatingBed() ? GET_TEXT(MSG_BED_HEATING) : GET_TEXT(MSG_BED_COOLING)); thermalManager.wait_for_bed(no_wait_for_cooling); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M141_M191.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M141_M191.cpp similarity index 78% rename from Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M141_M191.cpp rename to Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M141_M191.cpp index 53deb25d2f..3f02836476 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M141_M191.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M141_M191.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -20,6 +20,12 @@ * */ +/** + * gcode/temp/M141_M191.cpp + * + * Chamber target temperature control + */ + #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER @@ -27,7 +33,6 @@ #include "../gcode.h" #include "../../module/temperature.h" -/* #include "../../module/motion.h" #include "../../lcd/ultralcd.h" @@ -39,8 +44,7 @@ #include "../../feature/leds/leds.h" #endif -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for wait_for_heatup and idle() -*/ +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for wait_for_heatup, idle, startOrResumeJob /** * M141: Set chamber temperature @@ -54,7 +58,6 @@ void GcodeSuite::M141() { * M191: Sxxx Wait for chamber current temp to reach target temp. Waits only when heating * Rxxx Wait for chamber current temp to reach target temp. Waits when heating and cooling */ -/* void GcodeSuite::M191() { if (DEBUGGING(DRYRUN)) return; @@ -62,16 +65,16 @@ void GcodeSuite::M191() { if (no_wait_for_cooling || parser.seenval('R')) { thermalManager.setTargetChamber(parser.value_celsius()); #if ENABLED(PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART) - if (parser.value_celsius() > BED_MINTEMP) - print_job_timer.start(); + thermalManager.check_timer_autostart(true, false); #endif } else return; - lcd_setstatusPGM(thermalManager.isHeatingChamber() ? PSTR(MSG_CHAMBER_HEATING) : PSTR(MSG_CHAMBER_COOLING)); - - thermalManager.wait_for_chamber(no_wait_for_cooling); + const bool is_heating = thermalManager.isHeatingChamber(); + if (is_heating || !no_wait_for_cooling) { + ui.set_status_P(is_heating ? GET_TEXT(MSG_CHAMBER_HEATING) : GET_TEXT(MSG_CHAMBER_COOLING)); + thermalManager.wait_for_chamber(false); + } } -*/ #endif // HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M155.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M155.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M155.cpp rename to Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M155.cpp index 12403114e9..52f9ef2be5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M155.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M155.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M303.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M303.cpp similarity index 61% rename from Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M303.cpp rename to Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M303.cpp index 2765dc64b4..657dd867ee 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M303.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M303.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -27,15 +27,38 @@ #include "../gcode.h" #include "../../module/temperature.h" +#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + #include "../../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" +#endif + /** * M303: PID relay autotune * - * S sets the target temperature. (default 150C / 70C) - * E (-1 for the bed) (default 0) - * C Minimum 3. Default 5. - * U with a non-zero value will apply the result to current settings + * S Set the target temperature. (Default: 150C / 70C) + * E Extruder number to tune, or -1 for the bed. (Default: E0) + * C Number of times to repeat the procedure. (Minimum: 3, Default: 5) + * U Flag to apply the result to the current PID values + * + * With PID_DEBUG: + * D Toggle PID debugging and EXIT without further action. */ + +#if ENABLED(PID_DEBUG) + bool pid_debug_flag = 0; +#endif + void GcodeSuite::M303() { + + #if ENABLED(PID_DEBUG) + if (parser.seen('D')) { + pid_debug_flag = !pid_debug_flag; + SERIAL_ECHO_START(); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("PID Debug "); + serialprintln_onoff(pid_debug_flag); + return; + } + #endif + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) #define SI H_BED #else @@ -48,7 +71,10 @@ void GcodeSuite::M303() { #endif const heater_ind_t e = (heater_ind_t)parser.intval('E'); if (!WITHIN(e, SI, EI)) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM); + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::OnPidTuning(ExtUI::result_t::PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM); + #endif return; } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/units/G20_G21.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/units/G20_G21.cpp index 53eac4e9be..4961ae1601 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/units/G20_G21.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/units/G20_G21.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/units/M149.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/units/M149.cpp index b21e376f71..d8d962c5be 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/units/M149.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/units/M149.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/units/M82_M83.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/units/M82_M83.cpp index 11868b6ddc..bf5aff0b85 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/units/M82_M83.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/units/M82_M83.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h index 0e1e65c87f..dd1f13fae0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h +++ b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -26,6 +26,15 @@ * Conditionals that need to be set before Configuration_adv.h or pins.h */ +#if ENABLED(MORGAN_SCARA) + #define IS_SCARA 1 + #define IS_KINEMATIC 1 +#elif ENABLED(DELTA) + #define IS_KINEMATIC 1 +#else + #define IS_CARTESIAN 1 +#endif + #if ENABLED(CARTESIO_UI) #define DOGLCD @@ -65,7 +74,6 @@ #define U8GLIB_ST7565_64128N #elif ENABLED(ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER) #define U8GLIB_LM6059_AF - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED #elif ENABLED(AZSMZ_12864) #define U8GLIB_ST7565_64128N #endif @@ -110,17 +118,17 @@ #define IS_RRD_SC #define IS_U8GLIB_SSD1306 -#elif ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) +#elif EITHER(MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) #define MINIPANEL -#elif ANY(FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X, FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) +#elif ANY(FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X, FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1, FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1) #define FYSETC_MINI_12864 #define DOGLCD #define IS_ULTIPANEL #define LED_COLORS_REDUCE_GREEN - #if HAS_POWER_SWITCH && EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) + #if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) && EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) #define LED_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT 10000 #endif @@ -128,6 +136,7 @@ #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) #define RGB_LED #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) + #define LED_CONTROL_MENU #define NEOPIXEL_LED #undef NEOPIXEL_TYPE #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_RGB @@ -192,7 +201,9 @@ #endif // 128x64 I2C OLED LCDs - SSD1306/SSD1309/SH1106 -#define HAS_SSD1306_OLED_I2C ANY(U8GLIB_SSD1306, U8GLIB_SSD1309, U8GLIB_SH1106) +#if ANY(U8GLIB_SSD1306, U8GLIB_SSD1309, U8GLIB_SH1106) + #define HAS_SSD1306_OLED_I2C 1 +#endif #if HAS_SSD1306_OLED_I2C #define IS_ULTRA_LCD #define DOGLCD @@ -289,7 +300,7 @@ #ifndef STD_ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define STD_ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1 + #define STD_ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 #else #define STD_ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 5 #endif @@ -345,19 +356,45 @@ #endif #endif +// Aliases for LCD features +#if ANY(DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN, DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) + #define HAS_DGUS_LCD 1 +#endif + // Extensible UI serial touch screens. (See src/lcd/extensible_ui) -#if ANY(MALYAN_LCD, DGUS_LCD, LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ANY(HAS_DGUS_LCD, MALYAN_LCD, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #define IS_EXTUI #define EXTENSIBLE_UI #endif // Aliases for LCD features -#define HAS_SPI_LCD ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD) -#define HAS_DISPLAY (HAS_SPI_LCD || ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI)) -#define HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD ENABLED(DOGLCD) -#define HAS_CHARACTER_LCD (HAS_SPI_LCD && !HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD) -#define HAS_LCD_MENU (ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) && DISABLED(NO_LCD_MENUS)) -#define HAS_ADC_BUTTONS ENABLED(ADC_KEYPAD) +#if EITHER(ULTRA_LCD, EXTENSIBLE_UI) + #define HAS_DISPLAY 1 + #if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD) + #define HAS_SPI_LCD 1 + #if ENABLED(DOGLCD) + #define HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD 1 + #else + #define HAS_CHARACTER_LCD 1 + #endif + #endif +#endif + +#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) && DISABLED(NO_LCD_MENUS) + #define HAS_LCD_MENU 1 +#endif +#if ENABLED(ADC_KEYPAD) + #define HAS_ADC_BUTTONS 1 +#endif + +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #ifndef LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH + #define LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH 128 + #endif + #ifndef LCD_PIXEL_HEIGHT + #define LCD_PIXEL_HEIGHT 64 + #endif +#endif /** * Extruders have some combination of stepper motors and hotends @@ -415,7 +452,6 @@ #if EITHER(SINGLENOZZLE, MIXING_EXTRUDER) // One hotend, one thermistor, no XY offset #undef HOTENDS #define HOTENDS 1 - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT #undef HOTEND_OFFSET_X #undef HOTEND_OFFSET_Y #endif @@ -423,22 +459,46 @@ #ifndef HOTENDS #define HOTENDS EXTRUDERS #endif - #ifndef E_STEPPERS #define E_STEPPERS EXTRUDERS #endif - #ifndef E_MANUAL #define E_MANUAL EXTRUDERS #endif +// Helper macros for extruder and hotend arrays #define HOTEND_LOOP() for (int8_t e = 0; e < HOTENDS; e++) +#define ARRAY_BY_EXTRUDERS(V...) ARRAY_N(EXTRUDERS, V) +#define ARRAY_BY_EXTRUDERS1(v1) ARRAY_BY_EXTRUDERS(v1, v1, v1, v1, v1, v1, v1, v1) +#define ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(V...) ARRAY_N(HOTENDS, V) +#define ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS1(v1) ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(v1, v1, v1, v1, v1, v1, v1, v1) -#define DO_SWITCH_EXTRUDER (ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) && (DISABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) || SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR != SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR)) -#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_TWO_SERVOS defined(SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR) +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) && (DISABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) || SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR != SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR) + #define DO_SWITCH_EXTRUDER 1 +#endif -#define HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET (HOTENDS > 1) -#define HAS_DUPLICATION_MODE EITHER(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION) +#ifdef SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_TWO_SERVOS 1 +#endif + +#if HOTENDS > 1 + #define HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET 1 +#endif + +/** + * Default hotend offsets, if not defined + */ +#if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET + #ifndef HOTEND_OFFSET_X + #define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0 } // X offsets for each extruder + #endif + #ifndef HOTEND_OFFSET_Y + #define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0 } // Y offsets for each extruder + #endif + #ifndef HOTEND_OFFSET_Z + #define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0 } // Z offsets for each extruder + #endif +#endif /** * DISTINCT_E_FACTORS affects how some E factors are accessed @@ -480,6 +540,10 @@ #endif #endif +#ifndef NUM_SERVOS + #define NUM_SERVOS 0 +#endif + #ifndef PREHEAT_1_LABEL #define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" #endif @@ -489,26 +553,46 @@ #endif /** - * Set a flag for a servo probe + * Set a flag for a servo probe (or BLTouch) */ -#define HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE (defined(Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR) && Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR >= 0) +#if defined(Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR) && Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR >= 0 + #define HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE 1 +#endif +#if HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE || EITHER(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER, SWITCHING_NOZZLE) + #define HAS_SERVO_ANGLES 1 +#endif +#if !HAS_SERVO_ANGLES + #undef EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES +#endif /** * Set flags for enabled probes */ -#define HAS_BED_PROBE (HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE || ANY(FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, TOUCH_MI_PROBE, Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY, Z_PROBE_SLED, SOLENOID_PROBE, SENSORLESS_PROBING, RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)) -#define PROBE_SELECTED (HAS_BED_PROBE || EITHER(PROBE_MANUALLY, MESH_BED_LEVELING)) +#if ANY(HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, NOZZLE_AS_PROBE, TOUCH_MI_PROBE, Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY, Z_PROBE_SLED, SOLENOID_PROBE, SENSORLESS_PROBING, RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) + #define HAS_BED_PROBE 1 +#endif + +#if HAS_BED_PROBE || EITHER(PROBE_MANUALLY, MESH_BED_LEVELING) + #define PROBE_SELECTED 1 +#endif #if HAS_BED_PROBE - #define USES_Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP DISABLED(Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN) - #define HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE (Z_HOME_DIR < 0 && !USES_Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP) + #if DISABLED(NOZZLE_AS_PROBE) + #define HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET 1 + #endif + #if DISABLED(Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN) + #define HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN 1 + #endif + #if Z_HOME_DIR < 0 && !HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN + #define HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE 1 + #endif #ifndef Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT #define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -5 #endif #if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - #define PROBE_TRIGGERED_WHEN_STOWED_TEST // Extra test for Allen Key Probe + #define PROBE_TRIGGERED_WHEN_STOWED_TEST 1 // Extra test for Allen Key Probe #endif - #ifdef MULTIPLE_PROBING + #if MULTIPLE_PROBING > 1 #if EXTRA_PROBING #define TOTAL_PROBING (MULTIPLE_PROBING + EXTRA_PROBING) #else @@ -520,28 +604,53 @@ #undef Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN #endif -#ifdef GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS ((GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) * (GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y)) +/** + * Set granular options based on the specific type of leveling + */ +#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + #undef LCD_BED_LEVELING + #if ENABLED(DELTA) + #define UBL_SEGMENTED 1 + #endif +#endif +#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) + #define ABL_PLANAR 1 +#endif +#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + #define ABL_GRID 1 +#endif +#if ANY(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) + #define HAS_ABL_NOT_UBL 1 +#endif +#if ANY(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, MESH_BED_LEVELING) + #define HAS_MESH 1 +#endif +#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) + #define NEEDS_THREE_PROBE_POINTS 1 +#endif +#if EITHER(HAS_ABL_NOT_UBL, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + #define HAS_ABL_OR_UBL 1 + #if DISABLED(PROBE_MANUALLY) + #define HAS_AUTOLEVEL 1 + #endif +#endif +#if EITHER(HAS_ABL_OR_UBL, MESH_BED_LEVELING) + #define HAS_LEVELING 1 + #if DISABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + #define PLANNER_LEVELING 1 + #endif +#endif +#if EITHER(HAS_ABL_OR_UBL, Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST) + #define HAS_PROBING_PROCEDURE 1 +#endif +#if !HAS_LEVELING + #undef RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 #endif -#define HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) -#define HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE ANY(EXTENSIBLE_UI, NEWPANEL, EMERGENCY_PARSER) -#define HAS_COLOR_LEDS ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) -#define HAS_LEDS_OFF_FLAG (BOTH(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS, SDSUPPORT) && HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE) -#define HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS EITHER(SDSUPPORT, LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) -#define HAS_SERVICE_INTERVALS (ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) && (SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 > 0 || SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 > 0 || SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 > 0)) -#define HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - -#define Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS EITHER(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS, Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) -#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS EITHER(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) -#define HAS_EXTRA_ENDSTOPS (EITHER(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) - -#define HAS_GAMES ANY(MARLIN_BRICKOUT, MARLIN_INVADERS, MARLIN_SNAKE, MARLIN_MAZE) -#define HAS_GAME_MENU (1 < ENABLED(MARLIN_BRICKOUT) + ENABLED(MARLIN_INVADERS) + ENABLED(MARLIN_SNAKE) + ENABLED(MARLIN_MAZE)) - -#define IS_SCARA ENABLED(MORGAN_SCARA) -#define IS_KINEMATIC (ENABLED(DELTA) || IS_SCARA) -#define IS_CARTESIAN !IS_KINEMATIC +#ifdef GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS ((GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) * (GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y)) + #define GRID_LOOP(A,B) LOOP_L_N(A, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) LOOP_L_N(B, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) +#endif #ifndef INVERT_X_DIR #define INVERT_X_DIR false @@ -560,6 +669,28 @@ #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL #endif -#define IS_RE_ARM_BOARD (MB(RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EFB) || MB(RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EEB) || MB(RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EFF) || MB(RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EEF) || MB(RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_SF)) +// This flag indicates some kind of jerk storage is needed +#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) || IS_KINEMATIC + #define HAS_CLASSIC_JERK 1 +#endif -#define HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION EITHER(TARGET_LPC1768, ADAFRUIT_GRAND_CENTRAL_M4) +// E jerk exists with JD disabled (of course) but also when Linear Advance is disabled on Delta/SCARA +#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) || (IS_KINEMATIC && DISABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)) + #define HAS_CLASSIC_E_JERK 1 +#endif + +#ifndef SPI_SPEED + #define SPI_SPEED SPI_FULL_SPEED +#endif + +#if SERIAL_PORT == -1 || SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 + #define HAS_USB_SERIAL 1 +#endif + +/** + * This setting is also used by M109 when trying to calculate + * a ballpark safe margin to prevent wait-forever situation. + */ +#ifndef EXTRUDE_MINTEMP + #define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h index b9b8855428..09de5d89d7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -34,6 +34,8 @@ #undef TEMP_SENSOR_3 #undef TEMP_SENSOR_4 #undef TEMP_SENSOR_5 + #undef TEMP_SENSOR_6 + #undef TEMP_SENSOR_7 #undef FWRETRACT #undef PIDTEMP #undef AUTOTEMP @@ -54,6 +56,66 @@ #undef SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES #endif +#if EITHER(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION) + #define HAS_DUPLICATION_MODE 1 +#endif + +#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) && (SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 > 0 || SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 > 0 || SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 > 0) + #define HAS_SERVICE_INTERVALS 1 +#endif + +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) + #define HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR 1 +#endif + +#if EITHER(SDSUPPORT, LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) + #define HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS 1 +#endif + +#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS && EITHER(PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS, SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) + #define HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS_PERMYRIAD 1 +#endif + +#if ANY(MARLIN_BRICKOUT, MARLIN_INVADERS, MARLIN_SNAKE, MARLIN_MAZE) + #define HAS_GAMES 1 + #if (1 < ENABLED(MARLIN_BRICKOUT) + ENABLED(MARLIN_INVADERS) + ENABLED(MARLIN_SNAKE) + ENABLED(MARLIN_MAZE)) + #define HAS_GAME_MENU 1 + #endif +#endif + +#if ANY(FWRETRACT, HAS_LEVELING, SKEW_CORRECTION) + #define HAS_POSITION_MODIFIERS 1 +#endif + +#if ANY(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #define HAS_EXTRA_ENDSTOPS 1 +#endif +#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS 1 +#endif +#if ANY(EXTENSIBLE_UI, NEWPANEL, EMERGENCY_PARSER) + #define HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE 1 +#endif + +#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) + #define HAS_COLOR_LEDS 1 +#endif +#if ALL(HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE, PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS, SDSUPPORT) + #define HAS_LEDS_OFF_FLAG 1 +#endif + +// Multiple Z steppers +#ifndef NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS + #define NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 1 +#endif + +#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + #undef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP +#endif +#ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 +#endif + #define HAS_CUTTER EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) #if !defined(__AVR__) || !defined(USBCON) @@ -114,9 +176,6 @@ #define LED_CONTROL_MENU #define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS - #ifndef LED_USER_PRESET_RED - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 - #endif #ifndef LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 #endif @@ -128,13 +187,106 @@ #endif #endif -// Extensible UI pin mapping for RepRapDiscount -#define TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && ANY(AO_EXP1_PINMAP, AO_EXP2_PINMAP, CR10_TFT_PINMAP) +// Set defaults for unspecified LED user colors +#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) + #ifndef LED_USER_PRESET_RED + #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 + #endif + #ifndef LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN + #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 255 + #endif + #ifndef LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 255 + #endif + #ifndef LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE + #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 0 + #endif + #ifndef LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS + #ifdef NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS + #else + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 + #endif + #endif +#endif -// TMC SPI Chaining -#define TMC_USE_CHAIN (X_CHAIN_POS||Y_CHAIN_POS||Z_CHAIN_POS||X2_CHAIN_POS||Y2_CHAIN_POS||Z2_CHAIN_POS||Z3_CHAIN_POS||E0_CHAIN_POS||E1_CHAIN_POS||E2_CHAIN_POS||E3_CHAIN_POS||E4_CHAIN_POS||E5_CHAIN_POS) +// If platform requires early initialization of watchdog to properly boot +#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) && defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM) + #define EARLY_WATCHDOG 1 +#endif + +// Extensible UI pin mapping for RepRapDiscount +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && ANY(AO_EXP1_PINMAP, AO_EXP2_PINMAP, CR10_TFT_PINMAP) + #define TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL 1 +#endif // Poll-based jogging for joystick and other devices #if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) #define POLL_JOG #endif + +/** + * Driver Timings + * NOTE: Driver timing order is longest-to-shortest duration. + * Preserve this ordering when adding new drivers. + */ + +#ifndef MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY + #if HAS_DRIVER(TB6560) + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 15000 + #elif HAS_DRIVER(TB6600) + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 1500 + #elif HAS_DRIVER(DRV8825) + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 + #elif HAS_DRIVER(LV8729) + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 500 + #elif HAS_DRIVER(A5984) + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 400 + #elif HAS_DRIVER(A4988) + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 200 + #elif HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG || HAS_TRINAMIC_STANDALONE + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 20 + #else + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 0 // Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY +#endif + +#ifndef MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE + #if HAS_DRIVER(TB6560) + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 30 + #elif HAS_DRIVER(TB6600) + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 3 + #elif HAS_DRIVER(DRV8825) + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 + #elif HAS_DRIVER(A4988) || HAS_DRIVER(A5984) + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 1 + #elif HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG || HAS_TRINAMIC_STANDALONE + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 + #elif HAS_DRIVER(LV8729) + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 + #else + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE + #if HAS_DRIVER(TB6560) + #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 15000 + #elif HAS_DRIVER(TB6600) + #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 150000 + #elif HAS_DRIVER(DRV8825) + #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 + #elif HAS_DRIVER(A4988) + #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 500000 + #elif HAS_DRIVER(LV8729) + #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 1000000 + #elif HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG || HAS_TRINAMIC_STANDALONE + #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 5000000 + #else + #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 + #endif +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_post.h b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_post.h index d5aae1e0f8..ebc77b9383 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_post.h +++ b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_post.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -26,12 +26,29 @@ * Defines that depend on configuration but are not editable. */ -#define AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY_PLUS_70 ( \ - MB(BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D) \ - || MB(MIGHTYBOARD_REVE) \ - || MB(MINIRAMBO) \ - || MB(SCOOVO_X9H) \ -) +#ifdef GITHUB_ACTIONS + // Extras for CI testing +#endif + +// Linear advance uses Jerk since E is an isolated axis +#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) && ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) + #define HAS_LINEAR_E_JERK 1 +#endif + +// If no real EEPROM, Flash emulation, or SRAM emulation is available fall back to SD emulation +#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) + #if NONE(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION, SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION, SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION) && EITHER(I2C_EEPROM, SPI_EEPROM) + #define USE_REAL_EEPROM 1 + #else + #define USE_EMULATED_EEPROM 1 + #endif +#else + #undef I2C_EEPROM + #undef SPI_EEPROM + #undef SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION + #undef SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION + #undef FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +#endif #ifdef TEENSYDUINO #undef max @@ -43,8 +60,6 @@ #define NOT_A_PIN 0 // For PINS_DEBUGGING #endif -#define HAS_CLASSIC_JERK (IS_KINEMATIC || DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)) - /** * Axis lengths and center */ @@ -68,13 +83,8 @@ // Define center values for future use #define _X_HALF_BED ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) #define _Y_HALF_BED ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) -#if ENABLED(BED_CENTER_AT_0_0) - #define X_CENTER 0 - #define Y_CENTER 0 -#else - #define X_CENTER _X_HALF_BED - #define Y_CENTER _Y_HALF_BED -#endif +#define X_CENTER TERN(BED_CENTER_AT_0_0, 0, _X_HALF_BED) +#define Y_CENTER TERN(BED_CENTER_AT_0_0, 0, _Y_HALF_BED) // Get the linear boundaries of the bed #define X_MIN_BED (X_CENTER - _X_HALF_BED) @@ -97,10 +107,18 @@ /** * CoreXY, CoreXZ, and CoreYZ - and their reverse */ -#define CORE_IS_XY EITHER(COREXY, COREYX) -#define CORE_IS_XZ EITHER(COREXZ, COREZX) -#define CORE_IS_YZ EITHER(COREYZ, COREZY) -#define IS_CORE (CORE_IS_XY || CORE_IS_XZ || CORE_IS_YZ) +#if EITHER(COREXY, COREYX) + #define CORE_IS_XY 1 +#endif +#if EITHER(COREXZ, COREZX) + #define CORE_IS_XZ 1 +#endif +#if EITHER(COREYZ, COREZY) + #define CORE_IS_YZ 1 +#endif +#if CORE_IS_XY || CORE_IS_XZ || CORE_IS_YZ + #define IS_CORE 1 +#endif #if IS_CORE #if CORE_IS_XY #define CORE_AXIS_1 A_AXIS @@ -115,11 +133,7 @@ #define CORE_AXIS_1 B_AXIS #define CORE_AXIS_2 C_AXIS #endif - #if ANY(COREYX, COREZX, COREZY) - #define CORESIGN(n) (-(n)) - #else - #define CORESIGN(n) (n) - #endif + #define CORESIGN(n) (ANY(COREYX, COREZX, COREZY) ? (-(n)) : (n)) #endif /** @@ -131,10 +145,12 @@ /** * SCARA cannot use SLOWDOWN and requires QUICKHOME + * Printable radius assumes joints can fully extend */ #if IS_SCARA #undef SLOWDOWN #define QUICK_HOME + #define SCARA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS (SCARA_LINKAGE_1 + SCARA_LINKAGE_2) #endif /** @@ -142,33 +158,23 @@ */ #ifdef MANUAL_X_HOME_POS #define X_HOME_POS MANUAL_X_HOME_POS -#elif ENABLED(BED_CENTER_AT_0_0) - #if ENABLED(DELTA) - #define X_HOME_POS 0 - #else - #define X_HOME_POS (X_HOME_DIR < 0 ? X_MIN_POS : X_MAX_POS) - #endif #else - #if ENABLED(DELTA) - #define X_HOME_POS (X_MIN_POS + (X_BED_SIZE) * 0.5) + #define X_END_POS (X_HOME_DIR < 0 ? X_MIN_POS : X_MAX_POS) + #if ENABLED(BED_CENTER_AT_0_0) + #define X_HOME_POS TERN(DELTA, 0, X_END_POS) #else - #define X_HOME_POS (X_HOME_DIR < 0 ? X_MIN_POS : X_MAX_POS) + #define X_HOME_POS TERN(DELTA, X_MIN_POS + (X_BED_SIZE) * 0.5, X_END_POS) #endif #endif #ifdef MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS #define Y_HOME_POS MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS -#elif ENABLED(BED_CENTER_AT_0_0) - #if ENABLED(DELTA) - #define Y_HOME_POS 0 - #else - #define Y_HOME_POS (Y_HOME_DIR < 0 ? Y_MIN_POS : Y_MAX_POS) - #endif #else - #if ENABLED(DELTA) - #define Y_HOME_POS (Y_MIN_POS + (Y_BED_SIZE) * 0.5) + #define Y_END_POS (Y_HOME_DIR < 0 ? Y_MIN_POS : Y_MAX_POS) + #if ENABLED(BED_CENTER_AT_0_0) + #define Y_HOME_POS TERN(DELTA, 0, Y_END_POS) #else - #define Y_HOME_POS (Y_HOME_DIR < 0 ? Y_MIN_POS : Y_MAX_POS) + #define Y_HOME_POS TERN(DELTA, Y_MIN_POS + (Y_BED_SIZE) * 0.5, Y_END_POS) #endif #endif @@ -220,11 +226,6 @@ #ifndef Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT _SAFE_POINT(Y) #endif - #define X_TILT_FULCRUM Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT - #define Y_TILT_FULCRUM Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT -#else - #define X_TILT_FULCRUM X_HOME_POS - #define Y_TILT_FULCRUM Y_HOME_POS #endif /** @@ -261,10 +262,13 @@ #elif ENABLED(AZSMZ_12864) #define _LCD_CONTRAST_MIN 120 #define _LCD_CONTRAST_INIT 190 -#elif ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) +#elif ENABLED(MKS_LCD12864B) + #define _LCD_CONTRAST_MIN 120 + #define _LCD_CONTRAST_INIT 205 +#elif EITHER(MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) #define _LCD_CONTRAST_MIN 120 #define _LCD_CONTRAST_INIT 195 -#elif ANY(FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X, FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) +#elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) #define _LCD_CONTRAST_INIT 220 #elif ENABLED(ULTI_CONTROLLER) #define _LCD_CONTRAST_INIT 127 @@ -273,7 +277,10 @@ #define _LCD_CONTRAST_INIT 17 #endif -#define HAS_LCD_CONTRAST defined(_LCD_CONTRAST_INIT) +#ifdef _LCD_CONTRAST_INIT + #define HAS_LCD_CONTRAST 1 +#endif + #if HAS_LCD_CONTRAST #ifndef LCD_CONTRAST_MIN #ifdef _LCD_CONTRAST_MIN @@ -300,10 +307,18 @@ #endif /** - * Override here because this is set in Configuration_adv.h + * Override the SD_DETECT_STATE set in Configuration_adv.h */ -#if HAS_LCD_MENU && DISABLED(ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER) - #undef SD_DETECT_INVERTED +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + #if HAS_LCD_MENU && (SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) || !defined(SDCARD_CONNECTION)) + #undef SD_DETECT_STATE + #if ENABLED(ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER) + #define SD_DETECT_STATE HIGH + #endif + #endif + #ifndef SD_DETECT_STATE + #define SD_DETECT_STATE LOW + #endif #endif /** @@ -323,41 +338,46 @@ #endif /** - * Power Supply Control + * Power Supply */ #ifndef PSU_NAME - #if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #if PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH - #define PSU_NAME "XBox" // X-Box 360 (203W) - #else - #define PSU_NAME "ATX" // ATX style - #endif + #if DISABLED(PSU_CONTROL) + #define PSU_NAME "Generic" // No control + #elif PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH + #define PSU_NAME "XBox" // X-Box 360 (203W) #else - #define PSU_NAME "Generic" // No control + #define PSU_NAME "ATX" // ATX style #endif #endif -#define HAS_POWER_SWITCH (ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) && PIN_EXISTS(PS_ON)) +#if !defined(PSU_POWERUP_DELAY) && ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) + #define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 +#endif /** * Temp Sensor defines */ -#define ANY_TEMP_SENSOR_IS(n) (TEMP_SENSOR_0 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_1 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_2 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_3 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_4 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_5 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_BED == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == (n)) +#define ANY_TEMP_SENSOR_IS(n) (TEMP_SENSOR_0 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_1 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_2 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_3 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_4 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_5 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_6 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_7 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_BED == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == (n)) #define HAS_USER_THERMISTORS ANY_TEMP_SENSOR_IS(1000) -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -4 +#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -5 || TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -3 || TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -2 + #define HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675 + #if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -3 + #define HEATER_0_MAX6675_TMIN -270 + #define HEATER_0_MAX6675_TMAX 1800 + #else + #define HEATER_0_MAX6675_TMIN 0 + #define HEATER_0_MAX6675_TMAX 1024 + #endif + #if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -5 + #define MAX6675_IS_MAX31865 + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -3 + #define MAX6675_IS_MAX31855 + #endif +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -4 #define HEATER_0_USES_AD8495 -#elif TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -3 - #define HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675 - #define MAX6675_IS_MAX31855 - #define HEATER_0_MAX6675_TMIN -270 - #define HEATER_0_MAX6675_TMAX 1800 -#elif TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -2 - #define HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675 - #define HEATER_0_MAX6675_TMIN 0 - #define HEATER_0_MAX6675_TMAX 1024 #elif TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -1 #define HEATER_0_USES_AD595 #elif TEMP_SENSOR_0 > 0 @@ -371,22 +391,26 @@ #undef HEATER_0_MAXTEMP #endif -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -4 +#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -5 || TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -3 || TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -2 + #define HEATER_1_USES_MAX6675 + #if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -3 + #define HEATER_1_MAX6675_TMIN -270 + #define HEATER_1_MAX6675_TMAX 1800 + #else + #define HEATER_1_MAX6675_TMIN 0 + #define HEATER_1_MAX6675_TMAX 1024 + #endif + #if TEMP_SENSOR_1 != TEMP_SENSOR_0 + #if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -5 + #error "If MAX31865 Thermocouple (-5) is used for TEMP_SENSOR_1 then TEMP_SENSOR_0 must match." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -3 + #error "If MAX31855 Thermocouple (-3) is used for TEMP_SENSOR_1 then TEMP_SENSOR_0 must match." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -2 + #error "If MAX6675 Thermocouple (-2) is used for TEMP_SENSOR_1 then TEMP_SENSOR_0 must match." + #endif + #endif +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -4 #define HEATER_1_USES_AD8495 -#elif TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -3 - #if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -2 - #error "If MAX31855 Thermocouple (-3) is used for TEMP_SENSOR_1 then TEMP_SENSOR_0 must match." - #endif - #define HEATER_1_USES_MAX6675 - #define HEATER_1_MAX6675_TMIN -270 - #define HEATER_1_MAX6675_TMAX 1800 -#elif TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -2 - #if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -3 - #error "If MAX31855 Thermocouple (-3) is used for TEMP_SENSOR_0 then TEMP_SENSOR_1 must match." - #endif - #define HEATER_1_USES_MAX6675 - #define HEATER_1_MAX6675_TMIN 0 - #define HEATER_1_MAX6675_TMAX 1024 #elif TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -1 #define HEATER_1_USES_AD595 #elif TEMP_SENSOR_1 > 0 @@ -476,6 +500,44 @@ #undef HEATER_5_MAXTEMP #endif +#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == -4 + #define HEATER_6_USES_AD8495 +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 == -3 + #error "MAX31855 Thermocouples (-3) not supported for TEMP_SENSOR_6." +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 == -2 + #error "MAX6675 Thermocouples (-2) not supported for TEMP_SENSOR_6." +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 == -1 + #define HEATER_6_USES_AD595 +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 > 0 + #define THERMISTOR_HEATER_6 TEMP_SENSOR_6 + #define HEATER_6_USES_THERMISTOR + #if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000 + #define HEATER_6_USER_THERMISTOR + #endif +#else + #undef HEATER_6_MINTEMP + #undef HEATER_6_MAXTEMP +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == -4 + #define HEATER_7_USES_AD8495 +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 == -3 + #error "MAX31855 Thermocouples (-3) not supported for TEMP_SENSOR_7." +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 == -2 + #error "MAX7775 Thermocouples (-2) not supported for TEMP_SENSOR_7." +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 == -1 + #define HEATER_7_USES_AD595 +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 > 0 + #define THERMISTOR_HEATER_7 TEMP_SENSOR_7 + #define HEATER_7_USES_THERMISTOR + #if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000 + #define HEATER_7_USER_THERMISTOR + #endif +#else + #undef HEATER_7_MINTEMP + #undef HEATER_7_MAXTEMP +#endif + #if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == -4 #define HEATER_BED_USES_AD8495 #elif TEMP_SENSOR_BED == -3 @@ -514,102 +576,25 @@ #undef CHAMBER_MAXTEMP #endif -#define HOTEND_USES_THERMISTOR ANY(HEATER_0_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_1_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_2_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_3_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_4_USES_THERMISTOR) - -/** - * Default hotend offsets, if not defined - */ -#if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET - #ifndef HOTEND_OFFSET_X - #define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0 } // X offsets for each extruder - #endif - #ifndef HOTEND_OFFSET_Y - #define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0 } // Y offsets for each extruder - #endif - #ifndef HOTEND_OFFSET_Z - #define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0 } // Z offsets for each extruder +#if TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == -4 + #define HEATER_PROBE_USES_AD8495 +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == -3 + #error "MAX31855 Thermocouples (-3) not supported for TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE." +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == -2 + #error "MAX6675 Thermocouples (-2) not supported for TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE." +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == -1 + #define HEATER_PROBE_USES_AD595 +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE > 0 + #define THERMISTORPROBE TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE + #define PROBE_USES_THERMISTOR + #if TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == 1000 + #define PROBE_USER_THERMISTOR #endif #endif -/** - * ARRAY_BY_EXTRUDERS based on EXTRUDERS - */ -#define ARRAY_BY_EXTRUDERS(V...) ARRAY_N(EXTRUDERS, V) -#define ARRAY_BY_EXTRUDERS1(v1) ARRAY_BY_EXTRUDERS(v1, v1, v1, v1, v1, v1) - -/** - * ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS based on HOTENDS - */ -#define ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(V...) ARRAY_N(HOTENDS, V) -#define ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS1(v1) ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(v1, v1, v1, v1, v1, v1) - -/** - * Driver Timings - * NOTE: Driver timing order is longest-to-shortest duration. - * Preserve this ordering when adding new drivers. - */ - -#define TRINAMICS (HAS_TRINAMIC || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5130_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5160_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2160_STANDALONE)) - -#ifndef MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY - #if HAS_DRIVER(TB6560) - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 15000 - #elif HAS_DRIVER(TB6600) - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 1500 - #elif HAS_DRIVER(DRV8825) - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 - #elif HAS_DRIVER(LV8729) - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 500 - #elif HAS_DRIVER(A5984) - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 400 - #elif HAS_DRIVER(A4988) - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 200 - #elif TRINAMICS - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 20 - #else - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 0 // Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire - #endif -#endif - -#ifndef MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY -#endif - -#ifndef MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE - #if HAS_DRIVER(TB6560) - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 30 - #elif HAS_DRIVER(TB6600) - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 3 - #elif HAS_DRIVER(DRV8825) - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - #elif HAS_DRIVER(A4988) || HAS_DRIVER(A5984) - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 1 - #elif HAS_DRIVER(LV8729) - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 - #elif TRINAMICS - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 - #else - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - #endif -#endif - -#ifndef MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE - #if HAS_DRIVER(TB6560) - #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 15000 - #elif HAS_DRIVER(TB6600) - #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 150000 - #elif HAS_DRIVER(LV8729) - #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 200000 - #elif HAS_DRIVER(DRV8825) - #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - #elif TRINAMICS - #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 400000 - #elif HAS_DRIVER(A4988) - #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 500000 - #else - #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - #endif -#endif +#define HOTEND_USES_THERMISTOR ANY( \ + HEATER_0_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_1_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_2_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_3_USES_THERMISTOR, \ + HEATER_4_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_5_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_6_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_7_USES_THERMISTOR ) /** * X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS endstop reassignment @@ -618,55 +603,114 @@ #if X_HOME_DIR > 0 #if X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ #define X2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define X2_MAX_PIN X_MIN_PIN #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ #define X2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define X2_MAX_PIN X_MAX_PIN #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ #define X2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define X2_MAX_PIN Y_MIN_PIN #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ #define X2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define X2_MAX_PIN Y_MAX_PIN #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ #define X2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define X2_MAX_PIN Z_MIN_PIN #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ #define X2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define X2_MAX_PIN Z_MAX_PIN #else #define X2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif + #ifndef X2_MAX_PIN + #if X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN X_MIN_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN X_MAX_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN Y_MAX_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN Z_MIN_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XDIAG_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YDIAG_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZDIAG_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN Z_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E0DIAG_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN E0_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E1DIAG_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN E1_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E2DIAG_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN E2_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E3DIAG_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN E3_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E4DIAG_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN E4_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E5DIAG_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN E5_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E6DIAG_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN E6_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E7DIAG_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN E7_DIAG_PIN + #endif + #endif #define X2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #else #if X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ #define X2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define X2_MIN_PIN X_MIN_PIN #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ #define X2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define X2_MIN_PIN X_MAX_PIN #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ #define X2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define X2_MIN_PIN Y_MIN_PIN #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ #define X2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define X2_MIN_PIN Y_MAX_PIN #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ #define X2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define X2_MIN_PIN Z_MIN_PIN #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ #define X2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define X2_MIN_PIN Z_MAX_PIN #else #define X2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif + #ifndef X2_MIN_PIN + #if X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN X_MIN_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN X_MAX_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN Y_MAX_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN Z_MIN_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XDIAG_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YDIAG_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZDIAG_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN Z_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E0DIAG_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN E0_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E1DIAG_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN E1_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E2DIAG_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN E2_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E3DIAG_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN E3_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E4DIAG_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN E4_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E5DIAG_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN E5_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E6DIAG_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN E6_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E7DIAG_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN E7_DIAG_PIN + #endif + #endif #define X2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif #endif -// Is an endstop plug used for the X2 endstop? -#define IS_X2_ENDSTOP(A,M) (ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) && X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) - /** * Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS endstop reassignment */ @@ -674,167 +718,454 @@ #if Y_HOME_DIR > 0 #if Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ #define Y2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Y2_MAX_PIN X_MIN_PIN #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ #define Y2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Y2_MAX_PIN X_MAX_PIN #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ #define Y2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Y2_MAX_PIN Y_MIN_PIN #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ #define Y2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Y2_MAX_PIN Y_MAX_PIN #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ #define Y2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Y2_MAX_PIN Z_MIN_PIN #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ #define Y2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Y2_MAX_PIN Z_MAX_PIN #else #define Y2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif + #ifndef Y2_MAX_PIN + #if Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN X_MIN_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN X_MAX_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN Y_MAX_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN Z_MIN_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XDIAG_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YDIAG_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZDIAG_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN Z_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E0DIAG_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN E0_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E1DIAG_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN E1_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E2DIAG_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN E2_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E3DIAG_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN E3_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E4DIAG_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN E4_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E5DIAG_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN E5_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E6DIAG_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN E6_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E7DIAG_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN E7_DIAG_PIN + #endif + #endif #define Y2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #else #if Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ #define Y2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Y2_MIN_PIN X_MIN_PIN #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ #define Y2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Y2_MIN_PIN X_MAX_PIN #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ #define Y2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Y2_MIN_PIN Y_MIN_PIN #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ #define Y2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Y2_MIN_PIN Y_MAX_PIN #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ #define Y2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Y2_MIN_PIN Z_MIN_PIN #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ #define Y2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Y2_MIN_PIN Z_MAX_PIN #else #define Y2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif + #ifndef Y2_MIN_PIN + #if Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN X_MIN_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN X_MAX_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN Y_MAX_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN Z_MIN_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XDIAG_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YDIAG_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZDIAG_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN Z_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E0DIAG_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN E0_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E1DIAG_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN E1_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E2DIAG_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN E2_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E3DIAG_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN E3_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E4DIAG_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN E4_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E5DIAG_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN E5_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E6DIAG_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN E6_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E7DIAG_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN E7_DIAG_PIN + #endif + #endif #define Y2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif #endif -// Is an endstop plug used for the Y2 endstop or the bed probe? -#define IS_Y2_ENDSTOP(A,M) (ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) && Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) - /** - * Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS endstop reassignment + * Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS endstop reassignment */ -#if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #if Z_HOME_DIR > 0 #if Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ #define Z2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z2_MAX_PIN X_MIN_PIN #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ #define Z2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z2_MAX_PIN X_MAX_PIN #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ #define Z2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z2_MAX_PIN Y_MIN_PIN #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ #define Z2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z2_MAX_PIN Y_MAX_PIN #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ #define Z2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z2_MAX_PIN Z_MIN_PIN #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ #define Z2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z2_MAX_PIN Z_MAX_PIN #else #define Z2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif + #ifndef Z2_MAX_PIN + #if Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN X_MIN_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN X_MAX_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN Y_MAX_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN Z_MIN_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XDIAG_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YDIAG_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZDIAG_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN Z_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E0DIAG_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN E0_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E1DIAG_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN E1_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E2DIAG_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN E2_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E3DIAG_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN E3_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E4DIAG_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN E4_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E5DIAG_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN E5_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E6DIAG_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN E6_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E7DIAG_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN E7_DIAG_PIN + #endif + #endif #define Z2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #else #if Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ #define Z2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z2_MIN_PIN X_MIN_PIN #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ #define Z2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z2_MIN_PIN X_MAX_PIN #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ #define Z2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z2_MIN_PIN Y_MIN_PIN #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ #define Z2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z2_MIN_PIN Y_MAX_PIN #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ #define Z2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z2_MIN_PIN Z_MIN_PIN #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ #define Z2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z2_MIN_PIN Z_MAX_PIN #else #define Z2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif + #ifndef Z2_MIN_PIN + #if Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN X_MIN_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN X_MAX_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN Y_MAX_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN Z_MIN_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XDIAG_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YDIAG_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZDIAG_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN Z_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E0DIAG_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN E0_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E1DIAG_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN E1_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E2DIAG_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN E2_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E3DIAG_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN E3_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E4DIAG_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN E4_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E5DIAG_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN E5_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E6DIAG_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN E6_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E7DIAG_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN E7_DIAG_PIN + #endif + #endif #define Z2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif -#endif -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #if Z_HOME_DIR > 0 - #if Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ - #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MAX_PIN X_MIN_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ - #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MAX_PIN X_MAX_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ - #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MAX_PIN Y_MIN_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ - #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MAX_PIN Y_MAX_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ - #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MAX_PIN Z_MIN_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ - #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MAX_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + #if Z_HOME_DIR > 0 + #if Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #else + #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false + #endif + #ifndef Z3_MAX_PIN + #if Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN X_MIN_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN X_MAX_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN Y_MAX_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN Z_MIN_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XDIAG_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YDIAG_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZDIAG_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN Z_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E0DIAG_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN E0_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E1DIAG_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN E1_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E2DIAG_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN E2_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E3DIAG_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN E3_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E4DIAG_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN E4_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E5DIAG_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN E5_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E6DIAG_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN E6_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E7DIAG_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN E7_DIAG_PIN + #endif + #endif + #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #else + #if Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #else + #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false + #endif + #ifndef Z3_MIN_PIN + #if Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN X_MIN_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN X_MAX_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN Y_MAX_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN Z_MIN_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XDIAG_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YDIAG_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZDIAG_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN Z_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E0DIAG_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN E0_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E1DIAG_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN E1_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E2DIAG_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN E2_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E3DIAG_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN E3_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E4DIAG_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN E4_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E5DIAG_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN E5_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E6DIAG_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN E6_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E7DIAG_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN E7_DIAG_PIN + #endif + #endif #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif - #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false - #else - #if Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ - #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MIN_PIN X_MIN_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ - #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MIN_PIN X_MAX_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ - #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MIN_PIN Y_MIN_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ - #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MIN_PIN Y_MAX_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ - #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MIN_PIN Z_MIN_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ - #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MIN_PIN Z_MAX_PIN - #else - #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false - #endif - #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif -#endif -// Is an endstop plug used for the Z2 endstop or the bed probe? -#define IS_Z2_OR_PROBE(A,M) ( \ - (Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS && Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) \ - || (USES_Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP && Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN == A##_##M##_PIN ) ) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #if Z_HOME_DIR > 0 + #if Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Z4_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Z4_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Z4_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Z4_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Z4_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Z4_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #else + #define Z4_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false + #endif + #ifndef Z4_MAX_PIN + #if Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN X_MIN_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN X_MAX_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN Y_MAX_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN Z_MIN_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XDIAG_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YDIAG_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZDIAG_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN Z_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E0DIAG_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN E0_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E1DIAG_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN E1_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E2DIAG_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN E2_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E3DIAG_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN E3_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E4DIAG_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN E4_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E5DIAG_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN E5_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E6DIAG_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN E6_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E7DIAG_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN E7_DIAG_PIN + #endif + #endif + #define Z4_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false + #else + #if Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Z4_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Z4_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Z4_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Z4_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Z4_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Z4_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #else + #define Z4_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false + #endif + #ifndef Z4_MIN_PIN + #if Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN X_MIN_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN X_MAX_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN Y_MAX_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN Z_MIN_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XDIAG_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YDIAG_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZDIAG_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN Z_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E0DIAG_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN E0_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E1DIAG_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN E1_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E2DIAG_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN E2_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E3DIAG_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN E3_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E4DIAG_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN E4_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E5DIAG_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN E5_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E6DIAG_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN E6_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E7DIAG_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN E7_DIAG_PIN + #endif + #endif + #define Z4_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false + #endif + #endif -// Is an endstop plug used for the Z3 endstop or the bed probe? -#define IS_Z3_OR_PROBE(A,M) ( \ - (ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) && Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) \ - || (USES_Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP && Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN == A##_##M##_PIN ) ) +#endif // Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS /** * Set ENDSTOPPULLUPS for active endstop switches @@ -924,6 +1255,11 @@ #define HAS_Z3_STEP (PIN_EXISTS(Z3_STEP)) #define HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS (PIN_EXISTS(Z3_MS1)) +#define HAS_Z4_ENABLE (PIN_EXISTS(Z4_ENABLE) || (ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4))) +#define HAS_Z4_DIR (PIN_EXISTS(Z4_DIR)) +#define HAS_Z4_STEP (PIN_EXISTS(Z4_STEP)) +#define HAS_Z4_MICROSTEPS (PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS1)) + // Extruder steppers and solenoids #define HAS_E0_ENABLE (PIN_EXISTS(E0_ENABLE) || (ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E0))) #define HAS_E0_DIR (PIN_EXISTS(E0_DIR)) @@ -961,23 +1297,54 @@ #define HAS_E5_MICROSTEPS (PIN_EXISTS(E5_MS1)) #define HAS_SOLENOID_5 (PIN_EXISTS(SOL5)) -// Trinamic Stepper Drivers -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - #define HAS_TMCX1X0 (HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2160) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5130) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5160)) - #define TMC_HAS_SPI (HAS_TMCX1X0 || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660)) - #define HAS_STALLGUARD (HAS_TMCX1X0 || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660)) - #define HAS_STEALTHCHOP (HAS_TMCX1X0 || HAS_TMC220x) +#define HAS_E6_ENABLE (PIN_EXISTS(E6_ENABLE) || (ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E6))) +#define HAS_E6_DIR (PIN_EXISTS(E6_DIR)) +#define HAS_E6_STEP (PIN_EXISTS(E6_STEP)) +#define HAS_E6_MICROSTEPS (PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS1)) +#define HAS_SOLENOID_6 (PIN_EXISTS(SOL6)) - #define STEALTHCHOP_ENABLED ANY(STEALTHCHOP_XY, STEALTHCHOP_Z, STEALTHCHOP_E) - #define USE_SENSORLESS EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) +#define HAS_E7_ENABLE (PIN_EXISTS(E7_ENABLE) || (ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E7))) +#define HAS_E7_DIR (PIN_EXISTS(E7_DIR)) +#define HAS_E7_STEP (PIN_EXISTS(E7_STEP)) +#define HAS_E7_MICROSTEPS (PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS1)) +#define HAS_SOLENOID_7 (PIN_EXISTS(SOL7)) + +// Trinamic Stepper Drivers +#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG + #if ANY(STEALTHCHOP_XY, STEALTHCHOP_Z, STEALTHCHOP_E) + #define STEALTHCHOP_ENABLED 1 + #endif + #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) + #define USE_SENSORLESS 1 + #endif // Disable Z axis sensorless homing if a probe is used to home the Z axis #if HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE #undef Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY #endif - #define X_SENSORLESS (AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(X) && defined(X_STALL_SENSITIVITY)) - #define X2_SENSORLESS (AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(X2) && defined(X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY)) - #define Y_SENSORLESS (AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Y) && defined(Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY)) - #define Z_SENSORLESS (AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z) && defined(Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY)) + #if defined(X_STALL_SENSITIVITY) && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(X) + #define X_SENSORLESS 1 + #endif + #if defined(X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY) && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(X2) + #define X2_SENSORLESS 1 + #endif + #if defined(Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY) && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Y) + #define Y_SENSORLESS 1 + #endif + #if defined(Y2_STALL_SENSITIVITY) && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Y2) + #define Y2_SENSORLESS 1 + #endif + #if defined(Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY) && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z) + #define Z_SENSORLESS 1 + #endif + #if defined(Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY) && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z2) + #define Z2_SENSORLESS 1 + #endif + #if defined(Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY) && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z3) + #define Z3_SENSORLESS 1 + #endif + #if defined(Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY) && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z4) + #define Z4_SENSORLESS 1 + #endif #if ENABLED(SPI_ENDSTOPS) #define X_SPI_SENSORLESS X_SENSORLESS #define Y_SPI_SENSORLESS Y_SENSORLESS @@ -990,8 +1357,19 @@ && E0_ENABLE_PIN != Y_ENABLE_PIN && E1_ENABLE_PIN != Y_ENABLE_PIN ) \ ) +// // Endstops and bed probe -#define _HAS_STOP(A,M) (PIN_EXISTS(A##_##M) && !IS_X2_ENDSTOP(A,M) && !IS_Y2_ENDSTOP(A,M) && !IS_Z2_OR_PROBE(A,M)) +// + +// Is an endstop plug used for extra Z endstops or the probe? +#define IS_PROBE_PIN(A,M) (HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN && Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN == P) +#define IS_X2_ENDSTOP(A,M) (ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) && X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) +#define IS_Y2_ENDSTOP(A,M) (ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) && Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) +#define IS_Z2_ENDSTOP(A,M) (ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) +#define IS_Z3_ENDSTOP(A,M) (ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 && Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) +#define IS_Z4_ENDSTOP(A,M) (ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 && Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) + +#define _HAS_STOP(A,M) (PIN_EXISTS(A##_##M) && !IS_PROBE_PIN(A,M) && !IS_X2_ENDSTOP(A,M) && !IS_Y2_ENDSTOP(A,M) && !IS_Z2_ENDSTOP(A,M) && !IS_Z3_ENDSTOP(A,M) && !IS_Z4_ENDSTOP(A,M)) #define HAS_X_MIN _HAS_STOP(X,MIN) #define HAS_X_MAX _HAS_STOP(X,MAX) #define HAS_Y_MIN _HAS_STOP(Y,MIN) @@ -1006,24 +1384,30 @@ #define HAS_Z2_MAX (PIN_EXISTS(Z2_MAX)) #define HAS_Z3_MIN (PIN_EXISTS(Z3_MIN)) #define HAS_Z3_MAX (PIN_EXISTS(Z3_MAX)) -#define HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN (USES_Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP && PIN_EXISTS(Z_MIN_PROBE)) -#define HAS_CALIBRATION_PIN (PIN_EXISTS(CALIBRATION)) +#define HAS_Z4_MIN (PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MIN)) +#define HAS_Z4_MAX (PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MAX)) +#define HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN (HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN && PIN_EXISTS(Z_MIN_PROBE)) +// // ADC Temp Sensors (Thermistor or Thermocouple with amplifier ADC interface) +// #define HAS_ADC_TEST(P) (PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_##P) && TEMP_SENSOR_##P != 0 && DISABLED(HEATER_##P##_USES_MAX6675)) -#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_0 HAS_ADC_TEST(0) -#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_1 HAS_ADC_TEST(1) -#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_2 HAS_ADC_TEST(2) -#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_3 HAS_ADC_TEST(3) -#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_4 HAS_ADC_TEST(4) -#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 HAS_ADC_TEST(5) -#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_BED HAS_ADC_TEST(BED) -#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_CHAMBER HAS_ADC_TEST(CHAMBER) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_0 HAS_ADC_TEST(0) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_1 HAS_ADC_TEST(1) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_2 HAS_ADC_TEST(2) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_3 HAS_ADC_TEST(3) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_4 HAS_ADC_TEST(4) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 HAS_ADC_TEST(5) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 HAS_ADC_TEST(6) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 HAS_ADC_TEST(7) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_BED HAS_ADC_TEST(BED) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_PROBE HAS_ADC_TEST(PROBE) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_CHAMBER HAS_ADC_TEST(CHAMBER) -#define HAS_TEMP_HOTEND (HAS_TEMP_ADC_0 || ENABLED(HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675)) -#define HAS_TEMP_BED HAS_TEMP_ADC_BED -#define HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER HAS_TEMP_ADC_CHAMBER -#define HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER (HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER && PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_CHAMBER)) +#define HAS_TEMP_HOTEND ((HAS_TEMP_ADC_0 || ENABLED(HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675)) && HOTENDS) +#define HAS_TEMP_BED HAS_TEMP_ADC_BED +#define HAS_TEMP_PROBE HAS_TEMP_ADC_PROBE +#define HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER HAS_TEMP_ADC_CHAMBER #if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) #define HAS_JOY_ADC_X PIN_EXISTS(JOY_X) @@ -1033,64 +1417,96 @@ #endif // Heaters -#define HAS_HEATER_0 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_0)) -#define HAS_HEATER_1 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_1)) -#define HAS_HEATER_2 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_2)) -#define HAS_HEATER_3 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_3)) -#define HAS_HEATER_4 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_4)) -#define HAS_HEATER_5 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_5)) -#define HAS_HEATER_BED (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_BED)) +#define HAS_HEATER_0 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_0)) +#define HAS_HEATER_1 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_1)) +#define HAS_HEATER_2 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_2)) +#define HAS_HEATER_3 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_3)) +#define HAS_HEATER_4 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_4)) +#define HAS_HEATER_5 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_5)) +#define HAS_HEATER_6 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_6)) +#define HAS_HEATER_7 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_7)) +#define HAS_HEATER_BED (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_BED)) // Shorthand for common combinations -#define HAS_HEATED_BED (HAS_TEMP_BED && HAS_HEATER_BED) -#define BED_OR_CHAMBER (HAS_HEATED_BED || HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER) -#define HAS_TEMP_SENSOR (HAS_TEMP_HOTEND || BED_OR_CHAMBER) - -#if !HAS_TEMP_SENSOR - #undef AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES +#if HAS_TEMP_BED && HAS_HEATER_BED + #define HAS_HEATED_BED 1 +#endif +#if HAS_HEATED_BED || HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER + #define BED_OR_CHAMBER 1 +#endif +#if HAS_TEMP_HOTEND || BED_OR_CHAMBER || HAS_TEMP_PROBE + #define HAS_TEMP_SENSOR 1 +#endif +#if HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER && PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_CHAMBER) + #define HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER 1 #endif // PID heating #if !HAS_HEATED_BED #undef PIDTEMPBED #endif -#define HAS_PID_HEATING EITHER(PIDTEMP, PIDTEMPBED) -#define HAS_PID_FOR_BOTH BOTH(PIDTEMP, PIDTEMPBED) +#if EITHER(PIDTEMP, PIDTEMPBED) + #define HAS_PID_HEATING 1 +#endif +#if BOTH(PIDTEMP, PIDTEMPBED) + #define HAS_PID_FOR_BOTH 1 +#endif // Thermal protection -#define HAS_THERMALLY_PROTECTED_BED (HAS_HEATED_BED && ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)) -#define WATCH_HOTENDS (ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) && WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD > 0) -#define WATCH_BED (HAS_THERMALLY_PROTECTED_BED && WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD > 0) -#define WATCH_CHAMBER (HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER && ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) && WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD > 0) +#if HAS_HEATED_BED && ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) + #define HAS_THERMALLY_PROTECTED_BED 1 +#endif +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) && WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD > 0 + #define WATCH_HOTENDS 1 +#endif +#if HAS_THERMALLY_PROTECTED_BED && WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD > 0 + #define WATCH_BED 1 +#endif +#if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER && ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) && WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD > 0 + #define WATCH_CHAMBER 1 +#endif +#if (ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) || !EXTRUDERS) \ + && (ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) || !HAS_HEATED_BED) \ + && (ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) || !HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER) + #define THERMALLY_SAFE 1 +#endif // Auto fans -#define HAS_AUTO_FAN_0 (PIN_EXISTS(E0_AUTO_FAN)) +#define HAS_AUTO_FAN_0 (HOTENDS > 0 && PIN_EXISTS(E0_AUTO_FAN)) #define HAS_AUTO_FAN_1 (HOTENDS > 1 && PIN_EXISTS(E1_AUTO_FAN)) #define HAS_AUTO_FAN_2 (HOTENDS > 2 && PIN_EXISTS(E2_AUTO_FAN)) #define HAS_AUTO_FAN_3 (HOTENDS > 3 && PIN_EXISTS(E3_AUTO_FAN)) #define HAS_AUTO_FAN_4 (HOTENDS > 4 && PIN_EXISTS(E4_AUTO_FAN)) #define HAS_AUTO_FAN_5 (HOTENDS > 5 && PIN_EXISTS(E5_AUTO_FAN)) +#define HAS_AUTO_FAN_6 (HOTENDS > 6 && PIN_EXISTS(E6_AUTO_FAN)) +#define HAS_AUTO_FAN_7 (HOTENDS > 7 && PIN_EXISTS(E7_AUTO_FAN)) #define HAS_AUTO_CHAMBER_FAN (HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER && PIN_EXISTS(CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN)) -#define HAS_AUTO_FAN (HAS_AUTO_FAN_0 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_1 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_2 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_3 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_4 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_5 || HAS_AUTO_CHAMBER_FAN) +#define HAS_AUTO_FAN (HAS_AUTO_FAN_0 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_1 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_2 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_3 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_4 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_5 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_6 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_7 || HAS_AUTO_CHAMBER_FAN) +#define _FANOVERLAP(A,B) (A##_AUTO_FAN_PIN == E##B##_AUTO_FAN_PIN) #if HAS_AUTO_FAN - #define AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_0 (CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN) - #define AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_1 (CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN) - #define AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_2 (CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN) - #define AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_3 (CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN == E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN) - #define AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_4 (CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN == E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN) - #define AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_5 (CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN == E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN) - #define AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_E (AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_0 || AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_1 || AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_2 || AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_3 || AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_4 || AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_5) + #define AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_E (_FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,0) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,1) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,2) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,3) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,4) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,5) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,6) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,7)) #endif +#if !HAS_TEMP_SENSOR + #undef AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES +#endif +#define HAS_AUTO_REPORTING EITHER(AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES, AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS) + #if !HAS_AUTO_CHAMBER_FAN || AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_E #undef AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN #endif // Other fans #define HAS_FAN0 (PIN_EXISTS(FAN)) -#define HAS_FAN1 (PIN_EXISTS(FAN1) && CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN != FAN1_PIN && E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN1_PIN && E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN1_PIN && E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN1_PIN && E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN1_PIN && E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN1_PIN && E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN1_PIN) -#define HAS_FAN2 (PIN_EXISTS(FAN2) && CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN != FAN2_PIN && E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN2_PIN && E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN2_PIN && E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN2_PIN && E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN2_PIN && E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN2_PIN && E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN2_PIN) +#define _HAS_FAN(P) (PIN_EXISTS(FAN##P) && CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN != FAN##P##_PIN && E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN##P##_PIN && E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN##P##_PIN && E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN##P##_PIN && E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN##P##_PIN && E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN##P##_PIN && E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN##P##_PIN && E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN##P##_PIN && E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN##P##_PIN) +#define HAS_FAN1 _HAS_FAN(1) +#define HAS_FAN2 _HAS_FAN(2) +#define HAS_FAN3 _HAS_FAN(3) +#define HAS_FAN4 _HAS_FAN(4) +#define HAS_FAN5 _HAS_FAN(5) +#define HAS_FAN6 _HAS_FAN(6) +#define HAS_FAN7 _HAS_FAN(7) #define HAS_CONTROLLER_FAN (PIN_EXISTS(CONTROLLER_FAN)) // Servos @@ -1100,34 +1516,52 @@ #define HAS_SERVO_3 (PIN_EXISTS(SERVO3) && NUM_SERVOS > 3) #define HAS_SERVOS (NUM_SERVOS > 0) -#if HAS_SERVOS && !defined(Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR) - #define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR -1 -#endif - -#define HAS_SERVO_ANGLES (EITHER(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER, SWITCHING_NOZZLE) || (HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE && defined(Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR))) - -#if !HAS_SERVO_ANGLES || ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - #undef EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES -#endif - // Sensors #define HAS_FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR (PIN_EXISTS(FILWIDTH)) // User Interface -#define HAS_HOME (PIN_EXISTS(HOME)) -#define HAS_KILL (PIN_EXISTS(KILL)) -#define HAS_SUICIDE (PIN_EXISTS(SUICIDE)) -#define HAS_PHOTOGRAPH (PIN_EXISTS(PHOTOGRAPH)) -#define HAS_BUZZER (PIN_EXISTS(BEEPER) || EITHER(LCD_USE_I2C_BUZZER, PCA9632_BUZZER)) -#define USE_BEEPER (HAS_BUZZER && DISABLED(LCD_USE_I2C_BUZZER, PCA9632_BUZZER)) -#define HAS_CASE_LIGHT (PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT) && ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)) +#if PIN_EXISTS(HOME) + #define HAS_HOME 1 +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(KILL) + #define HAS_KILL 1 +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(SUICIDE) + #define HAS_SUICIDE 1 +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(PHOTOGRAPH) + #define HAS_PHOTOGRAPH 1 +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(BEEPER) || EITHER(LCD_USE_I2C_BUZZER, PCA9632_BUZZER) + #define HAS_BUZZER 1 +#endif +#if HAS_BUZZER && DISABLED(LCD_USE_I2C_BUZZER, PCA9632_BUZZER) + #define USE_BEEPER 1 +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT) && ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) + #define HAS_CASE_LIGHT 1 +#endif // Digital control -#define HAS_STEPPER_RESET (PIN_EXISTS(STEPPER_RESET)) -#define HAS_DIGIPOTSS (PIN_EXISTS(DIGIPOTSS)) -#define HAS_MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM ANY_PIN(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_X, MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Y, MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY, MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z, MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E) +#if PIN_EXISTS(STEPPER_RESET) + #define HAS_STEPPER_RESET 1 +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(DIGIPOTSS) + #define HAS_DIGIPOTSS 1 +#endif +#if ANY_PIN(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_X, MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Y, MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY, MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z, MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E) + #define HAS_MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM 1 +#endif -#define HAS_MICROSTEPS (HAS_X_MICROSTEPS || HAS_X2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Y_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Y2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E0_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E1_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E3_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E4_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E5_MICROSTEPS) +#if HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z4_MICROSTEPS + #define HAS_SOME_Z_MICROSTEPS 1 +#endif +#if HAS_E0_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E1_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E3_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E4_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E5_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E6_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E7_MICROSTEPS + #define HAS_SOME_E_MICROSTEPS 1 +#endif +#if HAS_X_MICROSTEPS || HAS_X2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Y_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Y2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_SOME_Z_MICROSTEPS || HAS_SOME_E_MICROSTEPS + #define HAS_MICROSTEPS 1 +#endif #if HAS_MICROSTEPS @@ -1180,20 +1614,6 @@ #endif // HAS_MICROSTEPS -#if !HAS_TEMP_SENSOR - #undef AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES -#endif - -#define HAS_AUTO_REPORTING EITHER(AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES, AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS) - -/** - * This setting is also used by M109 when trying to calculate - * a ballpark safe margin to prevent wait-forever situation. - */ -#ifndef EXTRUDE_MINTEMP - #define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 -#endif - /** * Heater signal inversion defaults */ @@ -1201,26 +1621,27 @@ #if HAS_HEATER_0 && !defined(HEATER_0_INVERTING) #define HEATER_0_INVERTING false #endif - #if HAS_HEATER_1 && !defined(HEATER_1_INVERTING) #define HEATER_1_INVERTING false #endif - #if HAS_HEATER_2 && !defined(HEATER_2_INVERTING) #define HEATER_2_INVERTING false #endif - #if HAS_HEATER_3 && !defined(HEATER_3_INVERTING) #define HEATER_3_INVERTING false #endif - #if HAS_HEATER_4 && !defined(HEATER_4_INVERTING) #define HEATER_4_INVERTING false #endif - #if HAS_HEATER_5 && !defined(HEATER_5_INVERTING) #define HEATER_5_INVERTING false #endif +#if HAS_HEATER_6 && !defined(HEATER_6_INVERTING) + #define HEATER_6_INVERTING false +#endif +#if HAS_HEATER_7 && !defined(HEATER_7_INVERTING) + #define HEATER_7_INVERTING false +#endif /** * Helper Macros for heaters and extruder fan @@ -1237,6 +1658,12 @@ #define WRITE_HEATER_4(v) WRITE(HEATER_4_PIN, (v) ^ HEATER_4_INVERTING) #if HOTENDS > 5 #define WRITE_HEATER_5(v) WRITE(HEATER_5_PIN, (v) ^ HEATER_5_INVERTING) + #if HOTENDS > 6 + #define WRITE_HEATER_6(v) WRITE(HEATER_6_PIN, (v) ^ HEATER_6_INVERTING) + #if HOTENDS > 7 + #define WRITE_HEATER_7(v) WRITE(HEATER_7_PIN, (v) ^ HEATER_7_INVERTING) + #endif // HOTENDS > 7 + #endif // HOTENDS > 6 #endif // HOTENDS > 5 #endif // HOTENDS > 4 #endif // HOTENDS > 3 @@ -1288,7 +1715,17 @@ #define FAN_INVERTING false #endif -#if HAS_FAN2 +#if HAS_FAN7 + #define FAN_COUNT 8 +#elif HAS_FAN6 + #define FAN_COUNT 7 +#elif HAS_FAN5 + #define FAN_COUNT 6 +#elif HAS_FAN4 + #define FAN_COUNT 5 +#elif HAS_FAN3 + #define FAN_COUNT 4 +#elif HAS_FAN2 #define FAN_COUNT 3 #elif HAS_FAN1 #define FAN_COUNT 2 @@ -1310,8 +1747,15 @@ /** * MIN/MAX fan PWM scaling */ +#ifndef FAN_OFF_PWM + #define FAN_OFF_PWM 0 +#endif #ifndef FAN_MIN_PWM - #define FAN_MIN_PWM 0 + #if FAN_OFF_PWM > 0 + #define FAN_MIN_PWM (FAN_OFF_PWM + 1) + #else + #define FAN_MIN_PWM 0 + #endif #endif #ifndef FAN_MAX_PWM #define FAN_MAX_PWM 255 @@ -1322,6 +1766,8 @@ #error "FAN_MAX_PWM must be a value from 0 to 255." #elif FAN_MIN_PWM > FAN_MAX_PWM #error "FAN_MIN_PWM must be less than or equal to FAN_MAX_PWM." +#elif FAN_OFF_PWM > FAN_MIN_PWM + #error "FAN_OFF_PWM must be less than or equal to FAN_MIN_PWM." #endif /** @@ -1331,6 +1777,17 @@ #define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY ((F_CPU) / (2 * 255 * 1)) // Fan frequency default #endif +/** + * MIN/MAX case light PWM scaling + */ +#if HAS_CASE_LIGHT + #ifndef CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM + #define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 255 + #elif !WITHIN(CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM, 1, 255) + #error "CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM must be a value from 1 to 255." + #endif +#endif + /** * Bed Probe dependencies */ @@ -1351,6 +1808,9 @@ #define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 #endif #endif + #ifndef NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET + #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 } + #endif #else #undef NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET #endif @@ -1392,25 +1852,6 @@ #endif #endif // SKEW_CORRECTION -/** - * Set granular options based on the specific type of leveling - */ -#define UBL_SEGMENTED BOTH(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, DELTA) -#define ABL_PLANAR EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) -#define ABL_GRID EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) -#define HAS_ABL_NOT_UBL (ABL_PLANAR || ABL_GRID) -#define HAS_ABL_OR_UBL (HAS_ABL_NOT_UBL || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)) -#define HAS_LEVELING (HAS_ABL_OR_UBL || ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)) -#define HAS_AUTOLEVEL (HAS_ABL_OR_UBL && DISABLED(PROBE_MANUALLY)) -#define HAS_MESH ANY(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, MESH_BED_LEVELING) -#define PLANNER_LEVELING (HAS_LEVELING && DISABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)) -#define HAS_PROBING_PROCEDURE (HAS_ABL_OR_UBL || ENABLED(Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST)) -#define HAS_POSITION_MODIFIERS (ENABLED(FWRETRACT) || HAS_LEVELING || ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)) - -#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #undef LCD_BED_LEVELING -#endif - /** * Heater, Fan, and Probe interactions */ @@ -1442,41 +1883,41 @@ #endif /** - * Bed Probing rectangular bounds - * These can be further constrained in code for Delta and SCARA + * Bed Probing bounds */ + #ifndef MIN_PROBE_EDGE #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 0 #endif -#ifndef MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT - #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif -#ifndef MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT - #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif -#ifndef MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT - #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif -#ifndef MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK - #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif -#ifndef NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET - #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 } +#if IS_KINEMATIC + #undef MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT + #undef MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT + #undef MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT + #undef MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK + #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT 0 + #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT 0 + #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT 0 + #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK 0 +#else + #ifndef MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT + #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE + #endif + #ifndef MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT + #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE + #endif + #ifndef MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT + #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE + #endif + #ifndef MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK + #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE + #endif #endif #if ENABLED(DELTA) /** * Delta radius/rod trimmers/angle trimmers */ - #define _PROBE_RADIUS (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE)) - #ifndef DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS - #ifdef NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - _MAX(ABS(nozzle_to_probe_offset[X_AXIS]), ABS(nozzle_to_probe_offset[Y_AXIS]), ABS(MIN_PROBE_EDGE))) - #else - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS _PROBE_RADIUS - #endif - #endif #ifndef DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0, 0, 0 } #endif @@ -1489,23 +1930,6 @@ #ifndef DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0, 0, 0 } #endif - - // Probing points may be verified at compile time within the radius - // using static_assert(HYPOT2(X2-X1,Y2-Y1)<=sq(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS),"bad probe point!") - // so that may be added to SanityCheck.h in the future. - #define PROBE_X_MIN (X_CENTER - (_PROBE_RADIUS)) - #define PROBE_Y_MIN (Y_CENTER - (_PROBE_RADIUS)) - #define PROBE_X_MAX (X_CENTER + _PROBE_RADIUS) - #define PROBE_Y_MAX (Y_CENTER + _PROBE_RADIUS) - -#elif IS_SCARA - - #define SCARA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS (SCARA_LINKAGE_1 + SCARA_LINKAGE_2) - #define _PROBE_RADIUS (SCARA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE)) - #define PROBE_X_MIN (X_CENTER - (SCARA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) + MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT) - #define PROBE_Y_MIN (Y_CENTER - (SCARA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) + MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT) - #define PROBE_X_MAX (X_CENTER + SCARA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT)) - #define PROBE_Y_MAX (Y_CENTER + SCARA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK)) #endif #if ENABLED(SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES) && !defined(LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH) @@ -1515,7 +1939,7 @@ /** * Default mesh area is an area with an inset margin on the print area. */ -#if HAS_LEVELING +#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) #if IS_KINEMATIC // Probing points may be verified at compile time within the radius // using static_assert(HYPOT2(X2-X1,Y2-Y1)<=sq(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS),"bad probe point!") @@ -1526,17 +1950,10 @@ #define _MESH_MAX_Y (Y_MAX_BED - (MESH_INSET)) #else // Boundaries for Cartesian probing based on set limits - #if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define _MESH_MIN_X (_MAX(X_MIN_BED + MESH_INSET, X_MIN_POS)) // UBL is careful not to probe off the bed. It does not - #define _MESH_MIN_Y (_MAX(Y_MIN_BED + MESH_INSET, Y_MIN_POS)) // need NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET in the mesh dimensions - #define _MESH_MAX_X (_MIN(X_MAX_BED - (MESH_INSET), X_MAX_POS)) - #define _MESH_MAX_Y (_MIN(Y_MAX_BED - (MESH_INSET), Y_MAX_POS)) - #else - #define _MESH_MIN_X (_MAX(X_MIN_BED + MESH_INSET, X_MIN_POS + nozzle_to_probe_offset[X_AXIS])) - #define _MESH_MIN_Y (_MAX(Y_MIN_BED + MESH_INSET, Y_MIN_POS + nozzle_to_probe_offset[Y_AXIS])) - #define _MESH_MAX_X (_MIN(X_MAX_BED - (MESH_INSET), X_MAX_POS + nozzle_to_probe_offset[X_AXIS])) - #define _MESH_MAX_Y (_MIN(Y_MAX_BED - (MESH_INSET), Y_MAX_POS + nozzle_to_probe_offset[Y_AXIS])) - #endif + #define _MESH_MIN_X (_MAX(X_MIN_BED + MESH_INSET, X_MIN_POS)) // UBL is careful not to probe off the bed. It does not + #define _MESH_MIN_Y (_MAX(Y_MIN_BED + MESH_INSET, Y_MIN_POS)) // need NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET in the mesh dimensions + #define _MESH_MAX_X (_MIN(X_MAX_BED - (MESH_INSET), X_MAX_POS)) + #define _MESH_MAX_Y (_MIN(Y_MAX_BED - (MESH_INSET), Y_MAX_POS)) #endif // These may be overridden in Configuration.h if a smaller area is desired @@ -1552,39 +1969,15 @@ #ifndef MESH_MAX_Y #define MESH_MAX_Y _MESH_MAX_Y #endif - -#endif // MESH_BED_LEVELING || AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL - -#if ALL(PROBE_PT_1_X, PROBE_PT_2_X, PROBE_PT_3_X, PROBE_PT_1_Y, PROBE_PT_2_Y, PROBE_PT_3_Y) - #define HAS_FIXED_3POINT; +#else + #undef MESH_MIN_X + #undef MESH_MIN_Y + #undef MESH_MAX_X + #undef MESH_MAX_Y #endif -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) && IS_KINEMATIC - #define HAS_FIXED_3POINT - #define SIN0 0.0 - #define SIN120 0.866025 - #define SIN240 -0.866025 - #define COS0 1.0 - #define COS120 -0.5 - #define COS240 -0.5 - #ifndef PROBE_PT_1_X - #define PROBE_PT_1_X (X_CENTER + (_PROBE_RADIUS) * COS0) - #endif - #ifndef PROBE_PT_1_Y - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y (Y_CENTER + (_PROBE_RADIUS) * SIN0) - #endif - #ifndef PROBE_PT_2_X - #define PROBE_PT_2_X (X_CENTER + (_PROBE_RADIUS) * COS120) - #endif - #ifndef PROBE_PT_2_Y - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y (Y_CENTER + (_PROBE_RADIUS) * SIN120) - #endif - #ifndef PROBE_PT_3_X - #define PROBE_PT_3_X (X_CENTER + (_PROBE_RADIUS) * COS240) - #endif - #ifndef PROBE_PT_3_Y - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y (Y_CENTER + (_PROBE_RADIUS) * SIN240) - #endif +#if defined(PROBE_PT_1_X) && defined(PROBE_PT_2_X) && defined(PROBE_PT_3_X) && defined(PROBE_PT_1_Y) && defined(PROBE_PT_2_Y) && defined(PROBE_PT_3_Y) + #define HAS_FIXED_3POINT 1 #endif /** @@ -1622,10 +2015,10 @@ * Z_HOMING_HEIGHT / Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES */ #ifndef Z_HOMING_HEIGHT - #ifndef Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES - #define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 0 - #else + #ifdef Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES #define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES + #else + #define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 0 #endif #endif @@ -1653,15 +2046,16 @@ #endif // Updated G92 behavior shifts the workspace -#define HAS_POSITION_SHIFT DISABLED(NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS) -// The home offset also shifts the coordinate space -#define HAS_HOME_OFFSET (DISABLED(NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS) && IS_CARTESIAN) -// The SCARA home offset applies only on G28 -#define HAS_SCARA_OFFSET (DISABLED(NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS) && IS_SCARA) -// Cumulative offset to workspace to save some calculation -#define HAS_WORKSPACE_OFFSET (HAS_POSITION_SHIFT && HAS_HOME_OFFSET) -// M206 sets the home offset for Cartesian machines -#define HAS_M206_COMMAND (HAS_HOME_OFFSET && !IS_SCARA) +#if DISABLED(NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS) + #define HAS_POSITION_SHIFT 1 + #if IS_CARTESIAN + #define HAS_HOME_OFFSET 1 // The home offset also shifts the coordinate space + #define HAS_WORKSPACE_OFFSET 1 // Cumulative offset to workspace to save some calculation + #define HAS_M206_COMMAND 1 // M206 sets the home offset for Cartesian machines + #elif IS_SCARA + #define HAS_SCARA_OFFSET 1 // The SCARA home offset applies only on G28 + #endif +#endif // LCD timeout to status screen default is 15s #ifndef LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS @@ -1669,7 +2063,9 @@ #endif // Add commands that need sub-codes to this list -#define USE_GCODE_SUBCODES ANY(G38_PROBE_TARGET, CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS, POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) +#if ANY(G38_PROBE_TARGET, CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS, POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + #define USE_GCODE_SUBCODES +#endif // Parking Extruder #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) @@ -1682,34 +2078,7 @@ #endif // Number of VFAT entries used. Each entry has 13 UTF-16 characters -#if ENABLED(SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES) - #define MAX_VFAT_ENTRIES (5) -#else - #define MAX_VFAT_ENTRIES (2) -#endif - -// Set defaults for unspecified LED user colors -#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #ifndef LED_USER_PRESET_RED - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 - #endif - #ifndef LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 255 - #endif - #ifndef LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 255 - #endif - #ifndef LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 0 - #endif - #ifndef LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS - #ifdef NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS - #else - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 - #endif - #endif -#endif +#define MAX_VFAT_ENTRIES TERN(SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES, 5, 2) // Nozzle park for Delta #if BOTH(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE, DELTA) @@ -1721,9 +2090,8 @@ // on boards where SD card and LCD display share the same SPI bus // because of a bug in the shared SPI implementation. (See #8122) #if defined(TARGET_LPC1768) && ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER) && (SCK_PIN == LCD_PINS_D4) - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA // Keeps one directory level in RAM. Changing - // directory levels still glitches the screen, - // but the following LCD update cleans it up. + #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA // Keep one directory level in RAM. Changing directory levels + // may still glitch the screen, but LCD updates clean it up. #undef SDSORT_LIMIT #undef SDSORT_USES_RAM #undef SDSORT_USES_STACK @@ -1747,43 +2115,30 @@ #endif // Defined here to catch the above defines -#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define HAS_FOLDER_SORTING (FOLDER_SORTING || ENABLED(SDSORT_GCODE)) +#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) && (FOLDER_SORTING || ENABLED(SDSORT_GCODE)) + #define HAS_FOLDER_SORTING 1 #endif -// If platform requires early initialization of watchdog to properly boot -#define EARLY_WATCHDOG (ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) && defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) - -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define Z_STEPPER_COUNT 3 -#elif ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define Z_STEPPER_COUNT 2 -#else - #define Z_STEPPER_COUNT 1 -#endif - -// Get LCD character width/height, which may be overridden by pins, configs, etc. -#ifndef LCD_WIDTH - #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - #define LCD_WIDTH 21 - #elif ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define LCD_WIDTH 20 - #elif HAS_SPI_LCD - #define LCD_WIDTH 16 +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + // Get LCD character width/height, which may be overridden by pins, configs, etc. + #ifndef LCD_WIDTH + #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define LCD_WIDTH 21 + #else + #define LCD_WIDTH TERN(ULTIPANEL, 20, 16) + #endif #endif -#endif -#ifndef LCD_HEIGHT - #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - #define LCD_HEIGHT 5 - #elif ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define LCD_HEIGHT 4 - #elif HAS_SPI_LCD - #define LCD_HEIGHT 2 + #ifndef LCD_HEIGHT + #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define LCD_HEIGHT 5 + #else + #define LCD_HEIGHT TERN(ULTIPANEL, 4, 2) + #endif #endif #endif #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #if SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) && DISABLED(NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE) + #if SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) && DISABLED(NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE) && !defined(ARDUINO_GRAND_CENTRAL_M4) // // The external SD card is not used. Hardware SPI is used to access the card. // When sharing the SD card with a PC we want the menu options to diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/MarlinConfig.h b/Marlin/src/inc/MarlinConfig.h index bb974e64d9..d32506702e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/inc/MarlinConfig.h +++ b/Marlin/src/inc/MarlinConfig.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ #include HAL_PATH(../HAL, inc/SanityCheck.h) // Include all core headers -#include "../core/enum.h" +#include "../core/types.h" #include "../core/language.h" #include "../core/utility.h" #include "../core/serial.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/MarlinConfigPre.h b/Marlin/src/inc/MarlinConfigPre.h index 96ee5d347c..d84f751200 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/inc/MarlinConfigPre.h +++ b/Marlin/src/inc/MarlinConfigPre.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -34,10 +34,16 @@ #include "../core/boards.h" #include "../core/macros.h" -#include "../core/millis_t.h" -#include "Version.h" #include "../../Configuration.h" +#ifdef CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE + #if __has_include(STRINGIFY(../../CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE)) + #include STRINGIFY(../../CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE) + #endif +#endif + +#include "Version.h" + #include "Conditionals_LCD.h" #include HAL_PATH(../HAL, inc/Conditionals_LCD.h) diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h index e60c747cc0..2fd61d4be1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -34,6 +34,37 @@ #error "Marlin requires C++11 support (gcc >= 4.7, Arduino IDE >= 1.6.8). Please upgrade your toolchain." #endif +// Make sure macros aren't borked +#define TEST1 +#define TEST2 1 +#define TEST3 0 +#define TEST4 true +#if ENABLED(TEST0) + #error "ENABLED is borked!" +#endif +#if DISABLED(TEST1) + #error "DISABLED is borked!" +#endif +#if !ENABLED(TEST2) + #error "ENABLED is borked!" +#endif +#if ENABLED(TEST3) + #error "ENABLED is borked!" +#endif +#if DISABLED(TEST4) + #error "DISABLED is borked!" +#endif +#if !ANY(TEST1, TEST2, TEST3, TEST4) || ANY(TEST0, TEST3) + #error "ANY is borked!" +#endif +#if DISABLED(TEST0, TEST1, TEST2, TEST4) + #error "DISABLED is borked!" +#endif +#undef TEST1 +#undef TEST2 +#undef TEST3 +#undef TEST4 + /** * We try our best to include sanity checks for all changed configuration * directives because users have a tendency to use outdated config files with @@ -68,13 +99,17 @@ #elif defined(X_HOME_RETRACT_MM) #error "[XYZ]_HOME_RETRACT_MM settings have been renamed [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM." #elif defined(SDCARDDETECTINVERTED) - #error "SDCARDDETECTINVERTED is now SD_DETECT_INVERTED. Please update your configuration." + #error "SDCARDDETECTINVERTED is now SD_DETECT_STATE (HIGH). Please update your configuration." +#elif defined(SD_DETECT_INVERTED) + #error "SD_DETECT_INVERTED is now SD_DETECT_STATE (HIGH). Please update your configuration." #elif defined(BTENABLED) #error "BTENABLED is now BLUETOOTH. Please update your configuration." #elif defined(CUSTOM_MENDEL_NAME) #error "CUSTOM_MENDEL_NAME is now CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME. Please update your configuration." #elif defined(HAS_AUTOMATIC_VERSIONING) - #error "HAS_AUTOMATIC_VERSIONING is now USE_AUTOMATIC_VERSIONING. Please update your configuration." + #error "HAS_AUTOMATIC_VERSIONING is now CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE. Please update your configuration." +#elif defined(USE_AUTOMATIC_VERSIONING) + #error "USE_AUTOMATIC_VERSIONING is now CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE. Please update your configuration." #elif defined(SDSLOW) #error "SDSLOW deprecated. Set SPI_SPEED to SPI_HALF_SPEED instead." #elif defined(SDEXTRASLOW) @@ -227,12 +262,18 @@ #error "LCD_PIN_RESET is now LCD_RESET_PIN. Please update your pins definitions." #elif defined(EXTRUDER_0_AUTO_FAN_PIN) || defined(EXTRUDER_1_AUTO_FAN_PIN) || defined(EXTRUDER_2_AUTO_FAN_PIN) || defined(EXTRUDER_3_AUTO_FAN_PIN) #error "EXTRUDER_[0123]_AUTO_FAN_PIN is now E[0123]_AUTO_FAN_PIN. Please update your Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(PID_FAN_SCALING) && FAN_COUNT <= 0 + #error "PID_FAN_SCALING needs at least one fan enabled." #elif defined(min_software_endstops) || defined(max_software_endstops) #error "(min|max)_software_endstops are now (MIN|MAX)_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS. Please update your configuration." #elif ENABLED(Z_PROBE_SLED) && defined(SLED_PIN) #error "Replace SLED_PIN with SOL1_PIN (applies to both Z_PROBE_SLED and SOLENOID_PROBE)." #elif defined(CONTROLLERFAN_PIN) #error "CONTROLLERFAN_PIN is now CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN, enabled with USE_CONTROLLER_FAN. Please update your Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED) + #error "CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED is now CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE. Please update your Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(CONTROLLERFAN_SECS) + #error "CONTROLLERFAN_SECS is now CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME. Please update your Configuration_adv.h." #elif defined(MIN_RETRACT) #error "MIN_RETRACT is now MIN_AUTORETRACT and MAX_AUTORETRACT. Please update your Configuration_adv.h." #elif defined(ADVANCE) @@ -243,6 +284,8 @@ #error "NEOPIXEL_RGBW_LED is now NEOPIXEL_LED. Please update your configuration." #elif ENABLED(DELTA) && defined(DELTA_PROBEABLE_RADIUS) #error "Remove DELTA_PROBEABLE_RADIUS and use MIN_PROBE_EDGE to inset the probe area instead." +#elif ENABLED(DELTA) && defined(DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS) + #error "Remove DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS and use MIN_PROBE_EDGE to inset the probe area instead." #elif defined(UBL_MESH_INSET) #error "UBL_MESH_INSET is now just MESH_INSET. Please update your configuration." #elif defined(UBL_MESH_MIN_X) || defined(UBL_MESH_MIN_Y) || defined(UBL_MESH_MAX_X) || defined(UBL_MESH_MAX_Y) @@ -252,13 +295,13 @@ #elif defined(UBL_PROBE_PT_1_X) || defined(UBL_PROBE_PT_1_Y) || defined(UBL_PROBE_PT_2_X) || defined(UBL_PROBE_PT_2_Y) || defined(UBL_PROBE_PT_3_X) || defined(UBL_PROBE_PT_3_Y) #error "UBL_PROBE_PT_[123]_[XY] is no longer required. Please remove it from Configuration.h." #elif defined(LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - #error "LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION has been replaced by MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT. Please note the differences and update your configuration." + #error "LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION has been replaced by MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT. Please update your configuration." #elif defined(RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - #error "RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION has been replaced by MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT. Please note the differences and update your configuration." + #error "RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION has been replaced by MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT. Please update your configuration." #elif defined(FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - #error "FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION has been replaced by MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT. Please note the differences and update your configuration." + #error "FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION has been replaced by MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT. Please update your configuration." #elif defined(BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - #error "BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION has been replaced by MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK. Please note the differences and update your configuration." + #error "BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION has been replaced by MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK. Please update your configuration." #elif defined(ENABLE_MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY) #error "ENABLE_MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY is now MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY. Please update your configuration." #elif defined(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_REVERSE) @@ -288,29 +331,31 @@ #elif defined(HAVE_L6470DRIVER) #error "HAVE_L6470DRIVER is now [AXIS]_DRIVER_TYPE L6470. Please update your Configuration.h." #elif defined(X_IS_TMC) || defined(X2_IS_TMC) || defined(Y_IS_TMC) || defined(Y2_IS_TMC) || defined(Z_IS_TMC) || defined(Z2_IS_TMC) || defined(Z3_IS_TMC) \ - || defined(E0_IS_TMC) || defined(E1_IS_TMC) || defined(E2_IS_TMC) || defined(E3_IS_TMC) || defined(E4_IS_TMC) || defined(E5_IS_TMC) + || defined(E0_IS_TMC) || defined(E1_IS_TMC) || defined(E2_IS_TMC) || defined(E3_IS_TMC) || defined(E4_IS_TMC) || defined(E5_IS_TMC) || defined(E6_IS_TMC) || defined(E7_IS_TMC) #error "[AXIS]_IS_TMC is now [AXIS]_DRIVER_TYPE TMC26X. Please update your Configuration.h." #elif defined(X_IS_TMC26X) || defined(X2_IS_TMC26X) || defined(Y_IS_TMC26X) || defined(Y2_IS_TMC26X) || defined(Z_IS_TMC26X) || defined(Z2_IS_TMC26X) || defined(Z3_IS_TMC26X) \ - || defined(E0_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E1_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E2_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E3_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E4_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E5_IS_TMC26X) + || defined(E0_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E1_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E2_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E3_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E4_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E5_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E6_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E7_IS_TMC26X) #error "[AXIS]_IS_TMC26X is now [AXIS]_DRIVER_TYPE TMC26X. Please update your Configuration.h." #elif defined(X_IS_TMC2130) || defined(X2_IS_TMC2130) || defined(Y_IS_TMC2130) || defined(Y2_IS_TMC2130) || defined(Z_IS_TMC2130) || defined(Z2_IS_TMC2130) || defined(Z3_IS_TMC2130) \ - || defined(E0_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E1_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E2_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E3_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E4_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E5_IS_TMC2130) + || defined(E0_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E1_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E2_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E3_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E4_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E5_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E6_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E7_IS_TMC2130) #error "[AXIS]_IS_TMC2130 is now [AXIS]_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130. Please update your Configuration.h." #elif defined(X_IS_TMC2208) || defined(X2_IS_TMC2208) || defined(Y_IS_TMC2208) || defined(Y2_IS_TMC2208) || defined(Z_IS_TMC2208) || defined(Z2_IS_TMC2208) || defined(Z3_IS_TMC2208) \ - || defined(E0_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E1_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E2_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E3_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E4_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E5_IS_TMC2208) + || defined(E0_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E1_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E2_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E3_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E4_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E5_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E6_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E7_IS_TMC2208) #error "[AXIS]_IS_TMC2208 is now [AXIS]_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208. Please update your Configuration.h." #elif defined(X_IS_L6470) || defined(X2_IS_L6470) || defined(Y_IS_L6470) || defined(Y2_IS_L6470) || defined(Z_IS_L6470) || defined(Z2_IS_L6470) || defined(Z3_IS_L6470) \ - || defined(E0_IS_L6470) || defined(E1_IS_L6470) || defined(E2_IS_L6470) || defined(E3_IS_L6470) || defined(E4_IS_L6470) || defined(E5_IS_L6470) + || defined(E0_IS_L6470) || defined(E1_IS_L6470) || defined(E2_IS_L6470) || defined(E3_IS_L6470) || defined(E4_IS_L6470) || defined(E5_IS_L6470) || defined(E6_IS_L6470) || defined(E7_IS_L6470) #error "[AXIS]_IS_L6470 is now [AXIS]_DRIVER_TYPE L6470. Please update your Configuration.h." #elif defined(AUTOMATIC_CURRENT_CONTROL) #error "AUTOMATIC_CURRENT_CONTROL is now MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS. Please update your configuration." #elif defined(FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_LENGTH) #error "FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_LENGTH is now FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH. Please update your configuration." -#elif ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) && !defined(LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET) - #error "LEVEL_BED_CORNERS requires a LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET value. Please update your Configuration.h." +#elif defined(LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET) + #error "LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET is now LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET_LFRB . Please update your Configuration.h." +#elif ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) && !defined(LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET_LFRB) + #error "LEVEL_BED_CORNERS requires LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET_LFRB values. Please update your Configuration.h." #elif defined(BEZIER_JERK_CONTROL) #error "BEZIER_JERK_CONTROL is now S_CURVE_ACCELERATION. Please update your configuration." -#elif defined(JUNCTION_DEVIATION_FACTOR) +#elif DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) && defined(JUNCTION_DEVIATION_FACTOR) #error "JUNCTION_DEVIATION_FACTOR is now JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM. Please update your configuration." #elif defined(JUNCTION_ACCELERATION_FACTOR) #error "JUNCTION_ACCELERATION_FACTOR is obsolete. Delete it from Configuration_adv.h." @@ -402,34 +447,50 @@ #error "[XYZ]_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER is now NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET. Please update your configuration." #elif defined(MIN_PROBE_X) || defined(MIN_PROBE_Y) || defined(MAX_PROBE_X) || defined(MAX_PROBE_Y) #error "(MIN|MAX)_PROBE_[XY] are now calculated at runtime. Please remove them from Configuration.h." +#elif defined(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X) || defined(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X) + #error "Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X and Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y are now combined as Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY. Please update your Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #error "JUNCTION_DEVIATION is no longer required. (See CLASSIC_JERK). Please remove it from Configuration.h." +#elif defined(BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR) + #error "BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR is now BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_[XY|Z]. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) + #error "LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI is now TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE. Please update your configuration." +#elif defined(PS_DEFAULT_OFF) + #error "PS_DEFAULT_OFF is now PSU_DEFAULT_OFF. Please update your configuration." +#elif defined(FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH) + #error "FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH is now FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY) + #error "FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY is now FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE) + #error "HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE is now obsolete. Please remove it from Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(DGUS_LCD) + #error "DGUS_LCD is now DGUS_LCD_UI_(ORIGIN|FYSETC|HIPRECY). Please update your configuration." +#elif defined(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT) + #error "X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT is now X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT) + #error "Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT is now Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT) + #error "Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT is now Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2) || defined(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3) + #error "Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT[23] is now Z[23]_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_QUAD_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2) || defined(Z_QUAD_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3) || defined(Z_QUAD_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT4) + #error "Z_QUAD_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT[234] is now Z[234]_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #error "Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS is now NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS with a value of 2. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #error "Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS is now NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS with a value of 3. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_QUAD_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #error "Z_QUAD_STEPPER_DRIVERS is now NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS with a value of 4. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #error "Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS is now Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #error "Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS is now Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_QUAD_ENDSTOPS) + #error "Z_QUAD_ENDSTOPS is now Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + #error "DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION is spelled DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION. Please update Configuration_adv.h." #endif -#define BOARD_MKS_13 -1000 -#define BOARD_TRIGORILLA -1001 -#define BOARD_RURAMPS4D -1002 -#define BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2 -1003 -#define BOARD_BIQU_SKR_V1_1 -1004 -#define BOARD_STM32F1R -1005 -#if MB(MKS_13) - #error "BOARD_MKS_13 has been renamed BOARD_MKS_GEN_13. Please update your configuration." -#elif MB(TRIGORILLA) - #error "BOARD_TRIGORILLA has been renamed BOARD_TRIGORILLA_13. Please update your configuration." -#elif MB(RURAMPS4D) - #error "BOARD_RURAMPS4D has been renamed BOARD_RURAMPS4D_11. Please update your configuration." -#elif MB(FORMBOT_TREX2) - #error "FORMBOT_TREX2 has been renamed BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS. Please update your configuration." -#elif MB(BIQU_SKR_V1_1) - #error "BOARD_BIQU_SKR_V1_1 has been renamed BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_1. Please update your configuration." -#elif MB(STM32F1R) - #error "BOARD_STM32F1R has been renamed BOARD_STM32F103R. Please update your configuration." -#endif -#undef BOARD_MKS_13 -#undef BOARD_TRIGORILLA -#undef BOARD_RURAMPS4D -#undef BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2 -#undef BOARD_BIQU_SKR_V1_1 -#undef BOARD_STM32F1R - /** * Marlin release, version and default string */ @@ -475,22 +536,27 @@ #endif /** - * Dual / Triple Stepper Drivers + * Multiple Stepper Drivers Per Axis */ -#if BOTH(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #error "DUAL_X_CARRIAGE is not compatible with X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS." -#elif ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && !(HAS_X2_ENABLE && HAS_X2_STEP && HAS_X2_DIR) - #error "X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS requires X2 pins (and an extra E plug)." -#elif ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && !(HAS_Y2_ENABLE && HAS_Y2_STEP && HAS_Y2_DIR) - #error "Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS requires Y2 pins (and an extra E plug)." -#elif ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #error "Please select either Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS or Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS, not both." - #elif !(HAS_Z2_ENABLE && HAS_Z2_STEP && HAS_Z2_DIR) - #error "Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS requires Z2 pins (and an extra E plug)." +#define GOOD_AXIS_PINS(A) (HAS_##A##_ENABLE && HAS_##A##_STEP && HAS_##A##_DIR) +#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + #error "DUAL_X_CARRIAGE is not compatible with X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS." + #elif !GOOD_AXIS_PINS(X) + #error "X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS requires X2 pins to be defined." #endif -#elif ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && !(HAS_Z2_ENABLE && HAS_Z2_STEP && HAS_Z2_DIR && HAS_Z3_ENABLE && HAS_Z3_STEP && HAS_Z3_DIR) - #error "Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS requires Z3 pins (and two extra E plugs)." +#endif + +#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && !GOOD_AXIS_PINS(Y) + #error "Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS requires Y2 pins to be defined." +#elif !WITHIN(NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS, 1, 4) + #error "NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS must be an integer from 1 to 4." +#elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 2 && !GOOD_AXIS_PINS(Z2) + #error "If NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS is 2, you must define stepper pins for Z2." +#elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 3 && !(GOOD_AXIS_PINS(Z2) && GOOD_AXIS_PINS(Z3)) + #error "If NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS is 3, you must define stepper pins for Z2 and Z3." +#elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 4 && !(GOOD_AXIS_PINS(Z2) && GOOD_AXIS_PINS(Z3) && GOOD_AXIS_PINS(Z4)) + #error "If NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS is 4, you must define stepper pins for Z2, Z3, and Z4." #endif /** @@ -582,8 +648,10 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS /** * Custom Boot and Status screens */ -#if EITHER(SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN, CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE) && !HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - #error "Graphical LCD is required for SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN and CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE." +#if ENABLED(SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN) && !(HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD || ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)) + #error "SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN requires Graphical LCD or TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE." +#elif ENABLED(CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE) && !HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #error "CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE requires a Graphical LCD." #endif /** @@ -691,14 +759,16 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) #if !HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE #error "ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE currently requires an LCD controller or EMERGENCY_PARSER." + #elif DISABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) + #error "ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE." + #elif !defined(FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE) + #error "ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE requires FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE. Please add it to Configuration_adv.h." #elif ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) #error "EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT is incompatible with ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE." #elif ENABLED(PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE) && NONE(SDSUPPORT, NEWPANEL, EMERGENCY_PARSER) #error "PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE requires SDSUPPORT, EMERGENCY_PARSER, or an LCD controller." #elif ENABLED(HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE) && DISABLED(PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT) #error "HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE requires PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT." - #elif DISABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - #error "ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE." #elif ENABLED(PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE) && FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH > EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH #error "FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH must be less than or equal to EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH." #elif ENABLED(PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE) && FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH > EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH @@ -725,12 +795,8 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS */ #if EXTRUDERS > 1 - #if EXTRUDERS > 6 - #error "Marlin supports a maximum of 6 EXTRUDERS." - #endif - - #if ENABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT) - #error "EXTRUDERS must be 1 with TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT." + #if EXTRUDERS > 8 + #error "Marlin supports a maximum of 8 EXTRUDERS." #endif #if ENABLED(HEATERS_PARALLEL) @@ -900,7 +966,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #elif TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE < 0 #error "TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE must be 0 or higher." #elif ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - #if !PIN_EXISTS(SOL0, SOL1) + #if !PINS_EXIST(SOL0, SOL1) #error "PARKING_EXTRUDER requires SOL0_PIN and SOL1_PIN." #elif !defined(PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE) || !WITHIN(PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE, LOW, HIGH) #error "PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE must be defined as HIGH or LOW." @@ -1024,6 +1090,8 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT on DELTA requires AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR or AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL." #elif ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) && !(HAS_BED_PROBE || HAS_LCD_MENU) #error "DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION requires a probe or LCD Controller." + #elif ENABLED(DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) && !HAS_LCD_MENU + #error "DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU requires an LCD Controller." #elif ABL_GRID #if (GRID_MAX_POINTS_X & 1) == 0 || (GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y & 1) == 0 #error "DELTA requires GRID_MAX_POINTS_X and GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y to be odd numbers." @@ -1034,10 +1102,10 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #endif /** - * Junction deviation is not compatible with kinematic systems. + * Junction deviation is incompatible with kinematic systems. */ -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) && IS_KINEMATIC - #error "Junction deviation is only compatible with Cartesians." +#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) && IS_KINEMATIC + #error "CLASSIC_JERK is required for DELTA and SCARA." #endif /** @@ -1050,6 +1118,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #if 1 < 0 \ + ENABLED(PROBE_MANUALLY) \ + ENABLED(FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE) \ + + ENABLED(NOZZLE_AS_PROBE) \ + (HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE && DISABLED(BLTOUCH)) \ + ENABLED(BLTOUCH) \ + ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) \ @@ -1058,7 +1127,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS + ENABLED(Z_PROBE_SLED) \ + ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) \ + ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING) - #error "Please enable only one probe option: PROBE_MANUALLY, SENSORLESS_PROBING, BLTOUCH, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, TOUCH_MI_PROBE, SOLENOID_PROBE, Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY, Z_PROBE_SLED, or Z Servo." + #error "Please enable only one probe option: PROBE_MANUALLY, SENSORLESS_PROBING, BLTOUCH, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, NOZZLE_AS_PROBE, TOUCH_MI_PROBE, SOLENOID_PROBE, Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY, Z_PROBE_SLED, or Z Servo." #endif #if HAS_BED_PROBE @@ -1103,7 +1172,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) #if BLTOUCH_DELAY < 200 #error "BLTOUCH_DELAY less than 200 is unsafe and is not supported." - #elif DISABLED(BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE) && NONE(ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN, ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE) + #elif DISABLED(BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE) && NONE(ONBOARD_ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN, ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE) #error "BLTOUCH without BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE requires ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN or ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE." #endif #endif @@ -1154,6 +1223,20 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN must be defined if Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN is not enabled." #endif + #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_AS_PROBE) + constexpr float sanity_nozzle_to_probe_offset[] = NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET; + static_assert(sanity_nozzle_to_probe_offset[0] == 0.0 && sanity_nozzle_to_probe_offset[1] == 0.0, + "NOZZLE_AS_PROBE requires the X,Y offsets in NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET to be 0,0."); + #endif + + #if DISABLED(NOZZLE_AS_PROBE) + static_assert(MIN_PROBE_EDGE >= 0, "MIN_PROBE_EDGE must be >= 0."); + static_assert(MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK >= 0, "MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK must be >= 0."); + static_assert(MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT >= 0, "MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT must be >= 0."); + static_assert(MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT >= 0, "MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT must be >= 0."); + static_assert(MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT >= 0, "MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT must be >= 0."); + #endif + /** * Make sure Z raise values are set */ @@ -1183,17 +1266,21 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT must be less than or equal to 0." #endif + #if HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE && IS_CARTESIAN && DISABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) + #error "Z_SAFE_HOMING is recommended when homing with a probe. Enable it or comment out this line to continue." + #endif + #else /** * Require some kind of probe for bed leveling and probe testing */ #if HAS_ABL_NOT_UBL && !PROBE_SELECTED - #error "Auto Bed Leveling requires one of these: PROBE_MANUALLY, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, BLTOUCH, SOLENOID_PROBE, Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY, Z_PROBE_SLED, or a Z Servo." + #error "Auto Bed Leveling requires one of these: PROBE_MANUALLY, SENSORLESS_PROBING, BLTOUCH, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, NOZZLE_AS_PROBE, TOUCH_MI_PROBE, SOLENOID_PROBE, Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY, Z_PROBE_SLED, or a Z Servo." #endif #if ENABLED(Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST) - #error "Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST requires a probe: FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, BLTOUCH, SOLENOID_PROBE, Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY, Z_PROBE_SLED, or Z Servo." + #error "Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST requires a probe: FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, NOZZLE_AS_PROBE, BLTOUCH, SOLENOID_PROBE, Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY, Z_PROBE_SLED, or Z Servo." #endif #endif @@ -1264,7 +1351,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #endif #if HAS_MESH - #if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #if HAS_CLASSIC_JERK static_assert(DEFAULT_ZJERK > 0.1, "Low DEFAULT_ZJERK values are incompatible with mesh-based leveling."); #endif #elif ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) @@ -1313,14 +1400,9 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS * Make sure Z_SAFE_HOMING point is reachable */ #if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #if HAS_BED_PROBE && (ENABLED(DELTA) || IS_SCARA) - static_assert(WITHIN(Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT, PROBE_X_MIN, PROBE_X_MAX), "Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT is outside the probe region."); - static_assert(WITHIN(Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT, PROBE_Y_MIN, PROBE_Y_MAX), "Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT is outside the probe region."); - #else - static_assert(WITHIN(Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT, X_MIN_POS, X_MAX_POS), "Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT can't be reached by the nozzle."); - static_assert(WITHIN(Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT, Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS), "Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT can't be reached by the nozzle."); - #endif -#endif // Z_SAFE_HOMING + static_assert(WITHIN(Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT, X_MIN_POS, X_MAX_POS), "Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT can't be reached by the nozzle."); + static_assert(WITHIN(Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT, Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS), "Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT can't be reached by the nozzle."); +#endif /** * Make sure DISABLE_[XYZ] compatible with selected homing options @@ -1380,7 +1462,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "DUAL_X_CARRIAGE requires 2 (or more) extruders." #elif CORE_IS_XY || CORE_IS_XZ #error "DUAL_X_CARRIAGE cannot be used with COREXY, COREYX, COREXZ, or COREZX." - #elif !(HAS_X2_ENABLE && HAS_X2_STEP && HAS_X2_DIR) + #elif !GOOD_AXIS_PINS(X2) #error "DUAL_X_CARRIAGE requires X2 stepper pins to be defined." #elif !HAS_X_MAX #error "DUAL_X_CARRIAGE requires USE_XMAX_PLUG and an X Max Endstop." @@ -1391,6 +1473,8 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #endif #endif +#undef GOOD_AXIS_PINS + /** * Make sure auto fan pins don't conflict with the fan pin */ @@ -1452,6 +1536,10 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "TEMP_SENSOR_4 1000 requires HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS and HOTEND4_BETA in Configuration_adv.h." #elif ENABLED(HEATER_5_USER_THERMISTOR) && !(defined(HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS) && defined(HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS) && defined(HOTEND5_BETA)) #error "TEMP_SENSOR_5 1000 requires HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS and HOTEND5_BETA in Configuration_adv.h." +#elif ENABLED(HEATER_6_USER_THERMISTOR) && !(defined(HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS) && defined(HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS) && defined(HOTEND6_BETA)) + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_6 1000 requires HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS and HOTEND6_BETA in Configuration_adv.h." +#elif ENABLED(HEATER_7_USER_THERMISTOR) && !(defined(HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS) && defined(HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS) && defined(HOTEND7_BETA)) + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 1000 requires HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS and HOTEND7_BETA in Configuration_adv.h." #elif ENABLED(HEATER_BED_USER_THERMISTOR) && !(defined(BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS) && defined(BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS) && defined(BED_BETA)) #error "TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1000 requires BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS and BED_BETA in Configuration_adv.h." #elif ENABLED(HEATER_CHAMBER_USER_THERMISTOR) && !(defined(CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS) && defined(CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS) && defined(CHAMBER_BETA)) @@ -1465,9 +1553,9 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "HEATER_0_PIN not defined for this board." #elif !ANY_PIN(TEMP_0, MAX6675_SS) #error "TEMP_0_PIN not defined for this board." -#elif ((defined(__AVR_ATmega644P__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega1284P__)) && !PIN_EXISTS(E0_STEP, E0_DIR)) +#elif ((defined(__AVR_ATmega644P__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega1284P__)) && !PINS_EXIST(E0_STEP, E0_DIR)) #error "E0_STEP_PIN or E0_DIR_PIN not defined for this board." -#elif ( !(defined(__AVR_ATmega644P__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega1284P__)) && (!PIN_EXISTS(E0_STEP, E0_DIR) || !HAS_E0_ENABLE)) +#elif ( !(defined(__AVR_ATmega644P__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega1284P__)) && (!PINS_EXIST(E0_STEP, E0_DIR) || !HAS_E0_ENABLE)) #error "E0_STEP_PIN, E0_DIR_PIN, or E0_ENABLE_PIN not defined for this board." #elif EXTRUDERS && TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 0 #error "TEMP_SENSOR_0 is required with any extruders." @@ -1487,6 +1575,8 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "TEMP_SENSOR_1 is required with 2 or more HOTENDS." #elif !ANY_PIN(TEMP_1, MAX6675_SS2) #error "TEMP_1_PIN not defined for this board." + #elif ENABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT) + #error "HOTENDS must be 1 with TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT." #endif #if HOTENDS > 2 #if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 0 @@ -1520,13 +1610,45 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #elif !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_5) #error "TEMP_5_PIN not defined for this board." #endif + #if HOTENDS > 6 + #if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_6 is required with 6 HOTENDS." + #elif !HAS_HEATER_6 + #error "HEATER_6_PIN not defined for this board." + #elif !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_6) + #error "TEMP_6_PIN not defined for this board." + #endif + #if HOTENDS > 7 + #if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 is required with 7 HOTENDS." + #elif !HAS_HEATER_7 + #error "HEATER_7_PIN not defined for this board." + #elif !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_7) + #error "TEMP_7_PIN not defined for this board." + #endif + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 shouldn't be set with only 7 HOTENDS." + #endif + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_6 shouldn't be set with only 6 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 shouldn't be set with only 6 HOTENDS." + #endif #elif TEMP_SENSOR_5 != 0 #error "TEMP_SENSOR_5 shouldn't be set with only 5 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_6 shouldn't be set with only 5 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 shouldn't be set with only 5 HOTENDS." #endif #elif TEMP_SENSOR_4 != 0 #error "TEMP_SENSOR_4 shouldn't be set with only 4 HOTENDS." #elif TEMP_SENSOR_5 != 0 #error "TEMP_SENSOR_5 shouldn't be set with only 4 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_6 shouldn't be set with only 4 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 shouldn't be set with only 4 HOTENDS." #endif #elif TEMP_SENSOR_3 != 0 #error "TEMP_SENSOR_3 shouldn't be set with only 3 HOTENDS." @@ -1534,6 +1656,10 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "TEMP_SENSOR_4 shouldn't be set with only 3 HOTENDS." #elif TEMP_SENSOR_5 != 0 #error "TEMP_SENSOR_5 shouldn't be set with only 3 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_6 shouldn't be set with only 3 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 shouldn't be set with only 3 HOTENDS." #endif #elif TEMP_SENSOR_2 != 0 #error "TEMP_SENSOR_2 shouldn't be set with only 2 HOTENDS." @@ -1543,6 +1669,10 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "TEMP_SENSOR_4 shouldn't be set with only 2 HOTENDS." #elif TEMP_SENSOR_5 != 0 #error "TEMP_SENSOR_5 shouldn't be set with only 2 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_6 shouldn't be set with only 2 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 shouldn't be set with only 2 HOTENDS." #endif #elif TEMP_SENSOR_1 != 0 && DISABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT) #error "TEMP_SENSOR_1 shouldn't be set with only 1 HOTEND." @@ -1554,6 +1684,20 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "TEMP_SENSOR_4 shouldn't be set with only 1 HOTEND." #elif TEMP_SENSOR_5 != 0 #error "TEMP_SENSOR_5 shouldn't be set with only 1 HOTEND." +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_6 shouldn't be set with only 1 HOTEND." +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 shouldn't be set with only 1 HOTEND." +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE + #if !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_PROBE) + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE requires TEMP_PROBE_PIN." + #elif !HAS_TEMP_ADC_PROBE + #error "TEMP_PROBE_PIN must be an ADC pin." + #elif !ENABLED(FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE) + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE shouldn't be set without FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE." + #endif #endif #if ENABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT) && TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 0 @@ -1577,7 +1721,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS /** * LED Backlight Timeout */ -#if defined(LED_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT) && !(EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) && HAS_POWER_SWITCH) +#if defined(LED_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT) && !(ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) && EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1)) #error "LED_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT requires a FYSETC Mini Panel and a Power Switch." #endif @@ -1603,29 +1747,39 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS */ #if DISABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) // MK2_MULTIPLEXER uses E0 stepper only #if E_STEPPERS - #if !(PIN_EXISTS(E0_STEP, E0_DIR) && HAS_E0_ENABLE) + #if !(PINS_EXIST(E0_STEP, E0_DIR) && HAS_E0_ENABLE) #error "E0_STEP_PIN, E0_DIR_PIN, or E0_ENABLE_PIN not defined for this board." #endif #if E_STEPPERS > 1 - #if !(PIN_EXISTS(E1_STEP, E1_DIR) && HAS_E1_ENABLE) + #if !(PINS_EXIST(E1_STEP, E1_DIR) && HAS_E1_ENABLE) #error "E1_STEP_PIN, E1_DIR_PIN, or E1_ENABLE_PIN not defined for this board." #endif #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - #if !(PIN_EXISTS(E2_STEP, E2_DIR) && HAS_E2_ENABLE) + #if !(PINS_EXIST(E2_STEP, E2_DIR) && HAS_E2_ENABLE) #error "E2_STEP_PIN, E2_DIR_PIN, or E2_ENABLE_PIN not defined for this board." #endif #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - #if !(PIN_EXISTS(E3_STEP, E3_DIR) && HAS_E3_ENABLE) + #if !(PINS_EXIST(E3_STEP, E3_DIR) && HAS_E3_ENABLE) #error "E3_STEP_PIN, E3_DIR_PIN, or E3_ENABLE_PIN not defined for this board." #endif #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - #if !(PIN_EXISTS(E4_STEP, E4_DIR) && HAS_E4_ENABLE) + #if !(PINS_EXIST(E4_STEP, E4_DIR) && HAS_E4_ENABLE) #error "E4_STEP_PIN, E4_DIR_PIN, or E4_ENABLE_PIN not defined for this board." #endif #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - #if !(PIN_EXISTS(E5_STEP, E5_DIR) && HAS_E5_ENABLE) + #if !(PINS_EXIST(E5_STEP, E5_DIR) && HAS_E5_ENABLE) #error "E5_STEP_PIN, E5_DIR_PIN, or E5_ENABLE_PIN not defined for this board." #endif + #if E_STEPPERS > 6 + #if !(PINS_EXIST(E6_STEP, E6_DIR) && HAS_E6_ENABLE) + #error "E6_STEP_PIN, E6_DIR_PIN, or E6_ENABLE_PIN not defined for this board." + #endif + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 + #if !(PINS_EXIST(E7_STEP, E7_DIR) && HAS_E7_ENABLE) + #error "E7_STEP_PIN, E7_DIR_PIN, or E7_ENABLE_PIN not defined for this board." + #endif + #endif // E_STEPPERS > 7 + #endif // E_STEPPERS > 6 #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 @@ -1670,7 +1824,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "Enable USE_ZMAX_PLUG when homing Z to MAX." #endif -// Dual endstops requirements +// Dual/multiple endstops requirements #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) #if !X2_USE_ENDSTOP #error "You must set X2_USE_ENDSTOP with X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS." @@ -1713,9 +1867,10 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS is not compatible with DELTA." #endif #endif -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + +#if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) #if !Z2_USE_ENDSTOP - #error "You must set Z2_USE_ENDSTOP with Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS." + #error "You must set Z2_USE_ENDSTOP with Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS when NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 2." #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_XMIN_PLUG) #error "USE_XMIN_PLUG is required when Z2_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMIN_." #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_XMAX_PLUG) @@ -1731,47 +1886,45 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #elif !HAS_Z2_MIN && !HAS_Z2_MAX #error "Z2_USE_ENDSTOP has been assigned to a nonexistent endstop!" #elif ENABLED(DELTA) - #error "Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS is not compatible with DELTA." + #error "Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS is not compatible with DELTA." #endif -#endif -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #if !Z2_USE_ENDSTOP - #error "You must set Z2_USE_ENDSTOP with Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS." - #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_XMIN_PLUG) - #error "USE_XMIN_PLUG is required when Z2_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMIN_." - #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_XMAX_PLUG) - #error "USE_XMAX_PLUG is required when Z2_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMAX_." - #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_YMIN_PLUG) - #error "USE_YMIN_PLUG is required when Z2_USE_ENDSTOP is _YMIN_." - #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_YMAX_PLUG) - #error "USE_YMAX_PLUG is required when Z2_USE_ENDSTOP is _YMAX_." - #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_ZMIN_PLUG) - #error "USE_ZMIN_PLUG is required when Z2_USE_ENDSTOP is _ZMIN_." - #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_ZMAX_PLUG) - #error "USE_ZMAX_PLUG is required when Z2_USE_ENDSTOP is _ZMAX_." - #elif !HAS_Z2_MIN && !HAS_Z2_MAX - #error "Z2_USE_ENDSTOP has been assigned to a nonexistent endstop!" - #elif ENABLED(DELTA) - #error "Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS is not compatible with DELTA." + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + #if !Z3_USE_ENDSTOP + #error "You must set Z3_USE_ENDSTOP with Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS when NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3." + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_XMIN_PLUG) + #error "USE_XMIN_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMIN_." + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_XMAX_PLUG) + #error "USE_XMAX_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMAX_." + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_YMIN_PLUG) + #error "USE_YMIN_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _YMIN_." + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_YMAX_PLUG) + #error "USE_YMAX_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _YMAX_." + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_ZMIN_PLUG) + #error "USE_ZMIN_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _ZMIN_." + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_ZMAX_PLUG) + #error "USE_ZMAX_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _ZMAX_." + #elif !HAS_Z3_MIN && !HAS_Z3_MAX + #error "Z3_USE_ENDSTOP has been assigned to a nonexistent endstop!" + #endif #endif - #if !Z3_USE_ENDSTOP - #error "You must set Z3_USE_ENDSTOP with Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS." - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_XMIN_PLUG) - #error "USE_XMIN_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMIN_." - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_XMAX_PLUG) - #error "USE_XMAX_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMAX_." - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_YMIN_PLUG) - #error "USE_YMIN_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _YMIN_." - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_YMAX_PLUG) - #error "USE_YMAX_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _YMAX_." - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_ZMIN_PLUG) - #error "USE_ZMIN_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _ZMIN_." - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_ZMAX_PLUG) - #error "USE_ZMAX_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _ZMAX_." - #elif !HAS_Z3_MIN && !HAS_Z3_MAX - #error "Z3_USE_ENDSTOP has been assigned to a nonexistent endstop!" - #elif ENABLED(DELTA) - #error "Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS is not compatible with DELTA." + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #if !Z4_USE_ENDSTOP + #error "You must set Z4_USE_ENDSTOP with Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS when NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4." + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_XMIN_PLUG) + #error "USE_XMIN_PLUG is required when Z4_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMIN_." + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_XMAX_PLUG) + #error "USE_XMAX_PLUG is required when Z4_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMAX_." + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_YMIN_PLUG) + #error "USE_YMIN_PLUG is required when Z4_USE_ENDSTOP is _YMIN_." + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_YMAX_PLUG) + #error "USE_YMAX_PLUG is required when Z4_USE_ENDSTOP is _YMAX_." + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_ZMIN_PLUG) + #error "USE_ZMIN_PLUG is required when Z4_USE_ENDSTOP is _ZMIN_." + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_ZMAX_PLUG) + #error "USE_ZMAX_PLUG is required when Z4_USE_ENDSTOP is _ZMAX_." + #elif !HAS_Z4_MIN && !HAS_Z4_MAX + #error "Z4_USE_ENDSTOP has been assigned to a nonexistent endstop!" + #endif #endif #endif @@ -1811,7 +1964,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS /** * RGB_LED Requirements */ -#define _RGB_TEST (PIN_EXISTS(RGB_LED_R, RGB_LED_G, RGB_LED_B)) +#define _RGB_TEST (PINS_EXIST(RGB_LED_R, RGB_LED_G, RGB_LED_B)) #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS) && !HAS_COLOR_LEDS #error "PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS requires BLINKM, PCA9533, PCA9632, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED or NEOPIXEL_LED." #elif ENABLED(RGB_LED) @@ -1834,7 +1987,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS /** * Auto Fan check for PWM pins */ -#if HAS_AUTO_FAN && EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED != 255 +#if HAS_AUTO_FAN && EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED != 255 && DISABLED(NO_COMPILE_TIME_PWM) #define AF_ERR_SUFF "_AUTO_FAN_PIN is not a PWM pin. Set EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED to 255." #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_0 static_assert(PWM_PIN(E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN), "E0" AF_ERR_SUFF); @@ -1844,9 +1997,24 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS static_assert(PWM_PIN(E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN), "E2" AF_ERR_SUFF); #elif HAS_AUTO_FAN_3 static_assert(PWM_PIN(E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN), "E3" AF_ERR_SUFF); + #elif HAS_AUTO_FAN_4 + static_assert(PWM_PIN(E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN), "E4" AF_ERR_SUFF); + #elif HAS_AUTO_FAN_5 + static_assert(PWM_PIN(E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN), "E5" AF_ERR_SUFF); + #elif HAS_AUTO_FAN_6 + static_assert(PWM_PIN(E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN), "E6" AF_ERR_SUFF); + #elif HAS_AUTO_FAN_7 + static_assert(PWM_PIN(E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN), "E7" AF_ERR_SUFF); #endif #endif +/** + * Make sure only one EEPROM type is enabled + */ +#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && 1 < ENABLED(SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION) + ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) + ENABLED(SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION) + #error "Please select only one of SDCARD, FLASH, or SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION." +#endif + /** * Make sure only one display is enabled */ @@ -1855,8 +2023,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS + (ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER) && DISABLED(IS_RRD_FG_SC)) \ + (ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD) && DISABLED(IS_ULTRA_LCD)) \ + (ENABLED(U8GLIB_SSD1306) && DISABLED(IS_U8GLIB_SSD1306)) \ - + (ENABLED(MINIPANEL) && DISABLED(MKS_MINI_12864)) \ - + (ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) && DISABLED(IS_RRW_KEYPAD)) \ + + (ENABLED(MINIPANEL) && DISABLED(MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY)) \ + (ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) && DISABLED(IS_EXTUI)) \ + (ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) && DISABLED(IS_ULTIPANEL)) \ + ENABLED(RADDS_DISPLAY) \ @@ -1884,10 +2051,12 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS + ENABLED(LCD_FOR_MELZI) \ + ENABLED(ULTI_CONTROLLER) \ + ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) \ + + ENABLED(ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) \ + ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X) \ + ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2) \ + ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) \ + ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) \ + + ENABLED(FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1) \ + ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) \ + ENABLED(ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD) \ + ENABLED(AZSMZ_12864) \ @@ -1898,9 +2067,11 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS + ENABLED(MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306) \ + ENABLED(U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART) \ + ENABLED(OVERLORD_OLED) \ - + ENABLED(DGUS_LCD) \ + + ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN) \ + + ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC) \ + + ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) \ + ENABLED(MALYAN_LCD) \ - + ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) \ + + ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) \ + ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) #error "Please select no more than one LCD controller option." #endif @@ -1925,7 +2096,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS /** * Check existing CS pins against enabled TMC SPI drivers. */ -#define INVALID_TMC_SPI(ST) (AXIS_HAS_SPI && !PIN_EXISTS(ST##_CS)) +#define INVALID_TMC_SPI(ST) (AXIS_HAS_SPI(ST) && !PIN_EXISTS(ST##_CS)) #if INVALID_TMC_SPI(X) #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on X requires X_CS_PIN." #elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(X2) @@ -1940,6 +2111,8 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on Z2 requires Z2_CS_PIN." #elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(Z3) #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on Z3 requires Z3_CS_PIN." +#elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(Z4) + #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on Z4 requires Z4_CS_PIN." #elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(E0) #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on E0 requires E0_CS_PIN." #elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(E1) @@ -1952,13 +2125,17 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on E4 requires E4_CS_PIN." #elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(E5) #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on E5 requires E5_CS_PIN." +#elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(E6) + #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on E6 requires E6_CS_PIN." +#elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(E7) + #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on E7 requires E7_CS_PIN." #endif #undef INVALID_TMC_SPI /** * Check existing RX/TX pins against enable TMC UART drivers. */ -#define INVALID_TMC_UART(ST) (AXIS_HAS_UART(ST) && !(defined(ST##_HARDWARE_SERIAL) || (PIN_EXISTS(ST##_SERIAL_RX, ST##_SERIAL_TX)))) +#define INVALID_TMC_UART(ST) (AXIS_HAS_UART(ST) && !(defined(ST##_HARDWARE_SERIAL) || (PINS_EXIST(ST##_SERIAL_RX, ST##_SERIAL_TX)))) #if INVALID_TMC_UART(X) #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on X requires X_HARDWARE_SERIAL or X_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN." #elif INVALID_TMC_UART(X2) @@ -1973,6 +2150,8 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on Z2 requires Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL or Z2_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN." #elif INVALID_TMC_UART(Z3) #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on Z3 requires Z3_HARDWARE_SERIAL or Z3_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN." +#elif INVALID_TMC_UART(Z4) + #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on Z4 requires Z4_HARDWARE_SERIAL or Z4_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN." #elif INVALID_TMC_UART(E0) #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on E0 requires E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL or E0_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN." #elif INVALID_TMC_UART(E1) @@ -1985,6 +2164,10 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on E4 requires E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL or E4_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN." #elif INVALID_TMC_UART(E5) #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on E5 requires E5_HARDWARE_SERIAL or E5_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN." +#elif INVALID_TMC_UART(E6) + #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on E6 requires E6_HARDWARE_SERIAL or E6_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN." +#elif INVALID_TMC_UART(E7) + #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on E7 requires E7_HARDWARE_SERIAL or E7_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN." #endif #undef INVALID_TMC_UART @@ -2006,6 +2189,8 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(Z2); #elif AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC2209) INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(Z3); +#elif AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC2209) + INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(Z4); #elif AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC2209) INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(E0); #elif AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC2209) @@ -2018,35 +2203,56 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(E4); #elif AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC2209) INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(E5); +#elif AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC2209) + INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(E6); +#elif AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC2209) + INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(E7); #endif #undef INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS -/** - * TMC2208/2209 software UART and ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS both use pin change interrupts (PCI) - */ -#if HAS_TMC220x && !defined(TARGET_LPC1768) && ENABLED(ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE) && !( \ - defined(X_HARDWARE_SERIAL ) || defined(X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL ) || defined(Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL ) || defined(Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(Z3_HARDWARE_SERIAL) || defined(E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL) || defined(E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL) || defined(E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(E5_HARDWARE_SERIAL) ) - #error "Select hardware UART for TMC2208 to use both TMC2208 and ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE." -#endif +#define _TMC_MICROSTEP_IS_VALID(MS) (MS == 0 || MS == 2 || MS == 4 || MS == 8 || MS == 16 || MS == 32 || MS == 64 || MS == 128 || MS == 256) +#define TMC_MICROSTEP_IS_VALID(M) (!AXIS_IS_TMC(M) || _TMC_MICROSTEP_IS_VALID(M##_MICROSTEPS)) +#define INVALID_TMC_MS(ST) static_assert(0, "Invalid " STRINGIFY(ST) "_MICROSTEPS. Valid values are 0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, and 256.") -/** - * TMC2208/2209 software UART is only supported on AVR, LPC, STM32F1 and STM32F4 - */ -#if HAS_TMC220x && !defined(__AVR__) && !defined(TARGET_LPC1768) && !defined(TARGET_STM32F1) && !defined(TARGET_STM32F4) && !( \ - defined(X_HARDWARE_SERIAL ) || defined(X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL ) || defined(Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL ) || defined(Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(Z3_HARDWARE_SERIAL) || defined(E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL) || defined(E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL) || defined(E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(E5_HARDWARE_SERIAL) ) - #error "TMC2208 Software Serial is supported only on AVR, LPC1768, STM32F1 and STM32F4 platforms." +#if !TMC_MICROSTEP_IS_VALID(X) + INVALID_TMC_MS(X); +#elif !TMC_MICROSTEP_IS_VALID(Y) + INVALID_TMC_MS(Y) +#elif !TMC_MICROSTEP_IS_VALID(Z) + INVALID_TMC_MS(Z) +#elif !TMC_MICROSTEP_IS_VALID(X2) + INVALID_TMC_MS(X2); +#elif !TMC_MICROSTEP_IS_VALID(Y2) + INVALID_TMC_MS(Y2) +#elif !TMC_MICROSTEP_IS_VALID(Z2) + INVALID_TMC_MS(Z2) +#elif !TMC_MICROSTEP_IS_VALID(Z3) + INVALID_TMC_MS(Z3) +#elif !TMC_MICROSTEP_IS_VALID(Z4) + INVALID_TMC_MS(Z4) +#elif !TMC_MICROSTEP_IS_VALID(E0) + INVALID_TMC_MS(E0) +#elif !TMC_MICROSTEP_IS_VALID(E1) + INVALID_TMC_MS(E1) +#elif !TMC_MICROSTEP_IS_VALID(E2) + INVALID_TMC_MS(E2) +#elif !TMC_MICROSTEP_IS_VALID(E3) + INVALID_TMC_MS(E3) +#elif !TMC_MICROSTEP_IS_VALID(E4) + INVALID_TMC_MS(E4) +#elif !TMC_MICROSTEP_IS_VALID(E5) + INVALID_TMC_MS(E5) +#elif !TMC_MICROSTEP_IS_VALID(E6) + INVALID_TMC_MS(E6) +#elif !TMC_MICROSTEP_IS_VALID(E7) + INVALID_TMC_MS(E7) +#endif +#undef INVALID_TMC_MS +#undef TMC_MICROSTEP_IS_VALID +#undef _TMC_MICROSTEP_IS_VALID + +#if ENABLED(DELTA) && (ENABLED(STEALTHCHOP_XY) != ENABLED(STEALTHCHOP_Z)) + #error "STEALTHCHOP_XY and STEALTHCHOP_Z must be the same on DELTA." #endif #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) @@ -2063,17 +2269,17 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #if ENABLED(DELTA) && !BOTH(STEALTHCHOP_XY, STEALTHCHOP_Z) #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING on DELTA currently requires STEALTHCHOP_XY and STEALTHCHOP_Z." - #elif X_SENSORLESS && X_HOME_DIR < 0 && DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN) + #elif X_SENSORLESS && X_HOME_DIR < 0 && NONE(ONBOARD_ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN) #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING requires ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN (or ENDSTOPPULLUPS) when homing to X_MIN." - #elif X_SENSORLESS && X_HOME_DIR > 0 && DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX) + #elif X_SENSORLESS && X_HOME_DIR > 0 && NONE(ONBOARD_ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX) #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING requires ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX (or ENDSTOPPULLUPS) when homing to X_MAX." - #elif Y_SENSORLESS && Y_HOME_DIR < 0 && DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN) + #elif Y_SENSORLESS && Y_HOME_DIR < 0 && NONE(ONBOARD_ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN) #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING requires ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN (or ENDSTOPPULLUPS) when homing to Y_MIN." - #elif Y_SENSORLESS && Y_HOME_DIR > 0 && DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX) + #elif Y_SENSORLESS && Y_HOME_DIR > 0 && NONE(ONBOARD_ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX) #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING requires ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX (or ENDSTOPPULLUPS) when homing to Y_MAX." - #elif Z_SENSORLESS && Z_HOME_DIR < 0 && DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN) + #elif Z_SENSORLESS && Z_HOME_DIR < 0 && NONE(ONBOARD_ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN) #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING requires ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN (or ENDSTOPPULLUPS) when homing to Z_MIN." - #elif Z_SENSORLESS && Z_HOME_DIR > 0 && DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX) + #elif Z_SENSORLESS && Z_HOME_DIR > 0 && NONE(ONBOARD_ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX) #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING requires ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX (or ENDSTOPPULLUPS) when homing to Z_MAX." #elif X_SENSORLESS && X_HOME_DIR < 0 && X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING != X_ENDSTOP_INVERTING #if X_ENDSTOP_INVERTING @@ -2133,11 +2339,11 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS // Sensorless homing is required for both combined steppers in an H-bot #if CORE_IS_XY && X_SENSORLESS != Y_SENSORLESS - #error "CoreXY requires both X and Y to use sensorless homing if either does." -#elif CORE_IS_XZ && X_SENSORLESS != Z_SENSORLESS - #error "CoreXZ requires both X and Z to use sensorless homing if either does." -#elif CORE_IS_YZ && Y_SENSORLESS != Z_SENSORLESS - #error "CoreYZ requires both Y and Z to use sensorless homing if either does." + #error "CoreXY requires both X and Y to use sensorless homing if either one does." +#elif CORE_IS_XZ && X_SENSORLESS != Z_SENSORLESS && !HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE + #error "CoreXZ requires both X and Z to use sensorless homing if either one does." +#elif CORE_IS_YZ && Y_SENSORLESS != Z_SENSORLESS && !HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE + #error "CoreYZ requires both Y and Z to use sensorless homing if either one does." #endif // Other TMC feature requirements @@ -2151,73 +2357,59 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "STEALTHCHOP requires TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, or TMC5160 stepper drivers." #endif -#if TMC_USE_CHAIN - #if (X_CHAIN_POS && !PIN_EXISTS(X_CS) ) \ - || (Y_CHAIN_POS && !PIN_EXISTS(Y_CS) ) \ - || (Z_CHAIN_POS && !PIN_EXISTS(Z_CS) ) \ - || (X2_CHAIN_POS && !PIN_EXISTS(X2_CS)) \ - || (Y2_CHAIN_POS && !PIN_EXISTS(Y2_CS)) \ - || (Z2_CHAIN_POS && !PIN_EXISTS(Z2_CS)) \ - || (Z3_CHAIN_POS && !PIN_EXISTS(Z3_CS)) \ - || (E0_CHAIN_POS && !PIN_EXISTS(E0_CS)) \ - || (E1_CHAIN_POS && !PIN_EXISTS(E1_CS)) \ - || (E2_CHAIN_POS && !PIN_EXISTS(E2_CS)) \ - || (E3_CHAIN_POS && !PIN_EXISTS(E3_CS)) \ - || (E4_CHAIN_POS && !PIN_EXISTS(E4_CS)) \ - || (E5_CHAIN_POS && !PIN_EXISTS(E5_CS)) - #error "With TMC_USE_CHAIN all chained TMC drivers need a CS pin." +/** + * TMC SPI Chaining + */ +#define IN_CHAIN(A) ((A##_CHAIN_POS > 0) && !HAS_L64XX) +#if IN_CHAIN(X ) || IN_CHAIN(Y ) || IN_CHAIN(Z ) || IN_CHAIN(X2) || IN_CHAIN(Y2) || IN_CHAIN(Z2) || IN_CHAIN(Z3) || IN_CHAIN(Z4) \ + || IN_CHAIN(E0) || IN_CHAIN(E1) || IN_CHAIN(E2) || IN_CHAIN(E3) || IN_CHAIN(E4) || IN_CHAIN(E5) || IN_CHAIN(E6) || IN_CHAIN(E7) + #define BAD_CHAIN(A) (IN_CHAIN(A) && !PIN_EXISTS(A##_CS)) + #if BAD_CHAIN(X ) || BAD_CHAIN(Y ) || BAD_CHAIN(Z ) || BAD_CHAIN(X2) || BAD_CHAIN(Y2) || BAD_CHAIN(Z2) || BAD_CHAIN(Z3) || BAD_CHAIN(Z4) \ + || BAD_CHAIN(E0) || BAD_CHAIN(E1) || BAD_CHAIN(E2) || BAD_CHAIN(E3) || BAD_CHAIN(E4) || BAD_CHAIN(E5) || BAD_CHAIN(E6) || BAD_CHAIN(E7) + #error "All chained TMC drivers need a CS pin." #else - #if X_CHAIN_POS + #if IN_CHAIN(X) #define CS_COMPARE X_CS_PIN - #elif Y_CHAIN_POS + #elif IN_CHAIN(Y) #define CS_COMPARE Y_CS_PIN - #elif Z_CHAIN_POS + #elif IN_CHAIN(Z) #define CS_COMPARE Z_CS_PIN - #elif X2_CHAIN_POS + #elif IN_CHAIN(X2) #define CS_COMPARE X2_CS_PIN - #elif Y2_CHAIN_POS + #elif IN_CHAIN(Y2) #define CS_COMPARE Y2_CS_PIN - #elif Z2_CHAIN_POS + #elif IN_CHAIN(Z2) #define CS_COMPARE Z2_CS_PIN - #elif Z3_CHAIN_POS + #elif IN_CHAIN(Z3) #define CS_COMPARE Z3_CS_PIN - #elif E0_CHAIN_POS + #elif IN_CHAIN(E0) #define CS_COMPARE E0_CS_PIN - #elif E1_CHAIN_POS + #elif IN_CHAIN(E1) #define CS_COMPARE E1_CS_PIN - #elif E2_CHAIN_POS + #elif IN_CHAIN(E2) #define CS_COMPARE E2_CS_PIN - #elif E3_CHAIN_POS + #elif IN_CHAIN(E3) #define CS_COMPARE E3_CS_PIN - #elif E4_CHAIN_POS + #elif IN_CHAIN(E4) #define CS_COMPARE E4_CS_PIN - #elif E5_CHAIN_POS + #elif IN_CHAIN(E5) #define CS_COMPARE E5_CS_PIN - #else - #error "With TMC_USE_CHAIN some TMC drivers should be chained." + #elif IN_CHAIN(E6) + #define CS_COMPARE E6_CS_PIN + #elif IN_CHAIN(E7) + #define CS_COMPARE E7_CS_PIN #endif - #if (X_CHAIN_POS && X_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) \ - || (Y_CHAIN_POS && Y_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) \ - || (Z_CHAIN_POS && Z_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) \ - || (X2_CHAIN_POS && X2_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) \ - || (Y2_CHAIN_POS && Y2_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) \ - || (Z2_CHAIN_POS && Z2_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) \ - || (Z3_CHAIN_POS && Z3_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) \ - || (E0_CHAIN_POS && E0_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) \ - || (E1_CHAIN_POS && E1_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) \ - || (E2_CHAIN_POS && E2_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) \ - || (E3_CHAIN_POS && E3_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) \ - || (E4_CHAIN_POS && E4_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) \ - || (E5_CHAIN_POS && E5_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) - #error "With TMC_USE_CHAIN all TMC drivers must use the same CS pin." + #define BAD_CS_PIN(A) (IN_CHAIN(A) && A##_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) + #if BAD_CS_PIN(X ) || BAD_CS_PIN(Y ) || BAD_CS_PIN(Z ) || BAD_CS_PIN(X2) || BAD_CS_PIN(Y2) || BAD_CS_PIN(Z2) || BAD_CS_PIN(Z3) || BAD_CS_PIN(Z4) \ + || BAD_CS_PIN(E0) || BAD_CS_PIN(E1) || BAD_CS_PIN(E2) || BAD_CS_PIN(E3) || BAD_CS_PIN(E4) || BAD_CS_PIN(E5) || BAD_CS_PIN(E6) || BAD_CS_PIN(E7) + #error "All chained TMC drivers must use the same CS pin." #endif + #undef BAD_CS_PIN + #undef CS_COMPARE #endif - #undef CS_COMPARE -#endif // TMC_USE_CHAIN - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) && (ENABLED(STEALTHCHOP_XY) != ENABLED(STEALTHCHOP_Z)) - #error "STEALTHCHOP_XY and STEALTHCHOP_Z must be the same on DELTA." + #undef BAD_CHAIN #endif +#undef IN_CHAIN /** * Digipot requirement @@ -2238,27 +2430,63 @@ constexpr float sanity_arr_1[] = DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT, #define _ARR_TEST(N,I) (sanity_arr_##N[_MIN(I,int(COUNT(sanity_arr_##N))-1)] > 0) -static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_1) >= XYZE, "DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT requires X, Y, Z and E elements."); +static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_1) >= XYZE, "DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT requires X, Y, Z and E elements."); static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_1) <= XYZE_N, "DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT has too many elements. (Did you forget to enable DISTINCT_E_FACTORS?)"); static_assert( _ARR_TEST(1,0) && _ARR_TEST(1,1) && _ARR_TEST(1,2) && _ARR_TEST(1,3) && _ARR_TEST(1,4) && _ARR_TEST(1,5) && _ARR_TEST(1,6) && _ARR_TEST(1,7) && _ARR_TEST(1,8), "DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT values must be positive."); -static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_2) >= XYZE, "DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE requires X, Y, Z and E elements."); +static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_2) >= XYZE, "DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE requires X, Y, Z and E elements."); static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_2) <= XYZE_N, "DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE has too many elements. (Did you forget to enable DISTINCT_E_FACTORS?)"); static_assert( _ARR_TEST(2,0) && _ARR_TEST(2,1) && _ARR_TEST(2,2) && _ARR_TEST(2,3) && _ARR_TEST(2,4) && _ARR_TEST(2,5) && _ARR_TEST(2,6) && _ARR_TEST(2,7) && _ARR_TEST(2,8), "DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE values must be positive."); -static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_3) >= XYZE, "DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION requires X, Y, Z and E elements."); +static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_3) >= XYZE, "DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION requires X, Y, Z and E elements."); static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_3) <= XYZE_N, "DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION has too many elements. (Did you forget to enable DISTINCT_E_FACTORS?)"); static_assert( _ARR_TEST(3,0) && _ARR_TEST(3,1) && _ARR_TEST(3,2) && _ARR_TEST(3,3) && _ARR_TEST(3,4) && _ARR_TEST(3,5) && _ARR_TEST(3,6) && _ARR_TEST(3,7) && _ARR_TEST(3,8), "DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION values must be positive."); +#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) + #ifdef MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES + constexpr float sanity_arr_4[] = MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES; + static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_4) >= XYZE, "MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES requires X, Y, Z and E elements."); + static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_4) <= XYZE, "MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES has too many elements. X, Y, Z and E elements only."); + static_assert( _ARR_TEST(4,0) && _ARR_TEST(4,1) && _ARR_TEST(4,2) + && _ARR_TEST(4,3) && _ARR_TEST(4,4) && _ARR_TEST(4,5) + && _ARR_TEST(4,6) && _ARR_TEST(4,7) && _ARR_TEST(4,8), + "MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES values must be positive."); + #endif +#endif + +#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) + #ifdef MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES + constexpr float sanity_arr_5[] = MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES; + static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_5) >= XYZE, "MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES requires X, Y, Z and E elements."); + static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_5) <= XYZE, "MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES has too many elements. X, Y, Z and E elements only."); + static_assert( _ARR_TEST(5,0) && _ARR_TEST(5,1) && _ARR_TEST(5,2) + && _ARR_TEST(5,3) && _ARR_TEST(5,4) && _ARR_TEST(5,5) + && _ARR_TEST(5,6) && _ARR_TEST(5,7) && _ARR_TEST(5,8), + "MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES values must be positive."); + #endif +#endif + +#if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) + #ifdef MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES + constexpr float sanity_arr_6[] = MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES; + static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_6) >= XYZE, "MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES requires X, Y, Z and E elements."); + static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_6) <= XYZE, "MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES has too many elements. X, Y, Z and E elements only."); + static_assert( _ARR_TEST(6,0) && _ARR_TEST(6,1) && _ARR_TEST(6,2) + && _ARR_TEST(6,3) && _ARR_TEST(6,4) && _ARR_TEST(6,5) + && _ARR_TEST(6,6) && _ARR_TEST(6,7) && _ARR_TEST(6,8), + "MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES values must be positive."); + #endif +#endif + #undef _ARR_TEST #if BOTH(CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS, NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS) @@ -2291,28 +2519,25 @@ static_assert( _ARR_TEST(3,0) && _ARR_TEST(3,1) && _ARR_TEST(3,2) #endif #endif -#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) && DISABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #error "POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY currently requires an LCD Controller." +#if ENABLED(BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY) && !PIN_EXISTS(POWER_LOSS) + #error "BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY requires a POWER_LOSS_PIN." #endif #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - #if !Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS - #error "Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN requires Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS or Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS." + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS <= 1 + #error "Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN requires NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS greater than 1." #elif !HAS_BED_PROBE #error "Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN requires a Z-bed probe." + #elif ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS < 3 + #error "Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS requires NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS to be 3 or 4." #endif - constexpr float sanity_arr_z_align_x[] = Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X, sanity_arr_z_align_y[] = Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y; - static_assert( - COUNT(sanity_arr_z_align_x) == Z_STEPPER_COUNT && COUNT(sanity_arr_z_align_y) == Z_STEPPER_COUNT, - "Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_[XY] settings require one element per Z stepper." - ); #endif #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) && DISABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) #error "PRINTCOUNTER requires EEPROM_SETTINGS. Please update your Configuration." #endif -#if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) && !PIN_EXISTS(USB_CS, USB_INTR) +#if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) && !PINS_EXIST(USB_CS, USB_INTR) #error "USB_CS_PIN and USB_INTR_PIN are required for USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT." #endif @@ -2345,17 +2570,97 @@ static_assert( _ARR_TEST(3,0) && _ARR_TEST(3,1) && _ARR_TEST(3,2) constexpr char _chr5 = USER_GCODE_5[strlen(USER_GCODE_5) - 1]; static_assert(_chr5 != '\n' && _chr5 != '\r', "USER_GCODE_5 cannot have a newline at the end. Please remove it."); #endif + #ifdef USER_GCODE_6 + constexpr char _chr6 = USER_GCODE_6[strlen(USER_GCODE_6) - 1]; + static_assert(_chr6 != '\n' && _chr6 != '\r', "USER_GCODE_6 cannot have a newline at the end. Please remove it."); + #endif + #ifdef USER_GCODE_7 + constexpr char _chr7 = USER_GCODE_7[strlen(USER_GCODE_7) - 1]; + static_assert(_chr7 != '\n' && _chr7 != '\r', "USER_GCODE_7 cannot have a newline at the end. Please remove it."); + #endif + #ifdef USER_GCODE_8 + constexpr char _chr8 = USER_GCODE_8[strlen(USER_GCODE_8) - 1]; + static_assert(_chr8 != '\n' && _chr8 != '\r', "USER_GCODE_8 cannot have a newline at the end. Please remove it."); + #endif + #ifdef USER_GCODE_9 + constexpr char _chr9 = USER_GCODE_9[strlen(USER_GCODE_9) - 1]; + static_assert(_chr9 != '\n' && _chr9 != '\r', "USER_GCODE_9 cannot have a newline at the end. Please remove it."); + #endif + #ifdef USER_GCODE_10 + constexpr char _chr10 = USER_GCODE_10[strlen(USER_GCODE_10) - 1]; + static_assert(_chr10 != '\n' && _chr10 != '\r', "USER_GCODE_10 cannot have a newline at the end. Please remove it."); + #endif + #ifdef USER_GCODE_11 + constexpr char _chr11 = USER_GCODE_11[strlen(USER_GCODE_11) - 1]; + static_assert(_chr11 != '\n' && _chr11 != '\r', "USER_GCODE_11 cannot have a newline at the end. Please remove it."); + #endif + #ifdef USER_GCODE_12 + constexpr char _chr12 = USER_GCODE_12[strlen(USER_GCODE_12) - 1]; + static_assert(_chr12 != '\n' && _chr12 != '\r', "USER_GCODE_12 cannot have a newline at the end. Please remove it."); + #endif + #ifdef USER_GCODE_13 + constexpr char _chr13 = USER_GCODE_13[strlen(USER_GCODE_13) - 1]; + static_assert(_chr13 != '\n' && _chr13 != '\r', "USER_GCODE_13 cannot have a newline at the end. Please remove it."); + #endif + #ifdef USER_GCODE_14 + constexpr char _chr14 = USER_GCODE_14[strlen(USER_GCODE_14) - 1]; + static_assert(_chr14 != '\n' && _chr14 != '\r', "USER_GCODE_14 cannot have a newline at the end. Please remove it."); + #endif + #ifdef USER_GCODE_15 + constexpr char _chr15 = USER_GCODE_15[strlen(USER_GCODE_15) - 1]; + static_assert(_chr15 != '\n' && _chr15 != '\r', "USER_GCODE_15 cannot have a newline at the end. Please remove it."); + #endif + #ifdef USER_GCODE_16 + constexpr char _chr16 = USER_GCODE_16[strlen(USER_GCODE_16) - 1]; + static_assert(_chr16 != '\n' && _chr16 != '\r', "USER_GCODE_16 cannot have a newline at the end. Please remove it."); + #endif + #ifdef USER_GCODE_17 + constexpr char _chr17 = USER_GCODE_17[strlen(USER_GCODE_17) - 1]; + static_assert(_chr17 != '\n' && _chr17 != '\r', "USER_GCODE_17 cannot have a newline at the end. Please remove it."); + #endif + #ifdef USER_GCODE_18 + constexpr char _chr18 = USER_GCODE_18[strlen(USER_GCODE_18) - 1]; + static_assert(_chr18 != '\n' && _chr18 != '\r', "USER_GCODE_18 cannot have a newline at the end. Please remove it."); + #endif + #ifdef USER_GCODE_19 + constexpr char _chr19 = USER_GCODE_19[strlen(USER_GCODE_19) - 1]; + static_assert(_chr19 != '\n' && _chr19 != '\r', "USER_GCODE_19 cannot have a newline at the end. Please remove it."); + #endif + #ifdef USER_GCODE_20 + constexpr char _chr20 = USER_GCODE_20[strlen(USER_GCODE_20) - 1]; + static_assert(_chr20 != '\n' && _chr20 != '\r', "USER_GCODE_20 cannot have a newline at the end. Please remove it."); + #endif + #ifdef USER_GCODE_21 + constexpr char _chr21 = USER_GCODE_21[strlen(USER_GCODE_21) - 1]; + static_assert(_chr21 != '\n' && _chr21 != '\r', "USER_GCODE_21 cannot have a newline at the end. Please remove it."); + #endif + #ifdef USER_GCODE_22 + constexpr char _chr22 = USER_GCODE_22[strlen(USER_GCODE_22) - 1]; + static_assert(_chr22 != '\n' && _chr22 != '\r', "USER_GCODE_22 cannot have a newline at the end. Please remove it."); + #endif + #ifdef USER_GCODE_23 + constexpr char _chr23 = USER_GCODE_23[strlen(USER_GCODE_23) - 1]; + static_assert(_chr23 != '\n' && _chr23 != '\r', "USER_GCODE_23 cannot have a newline at the end. Please remove it."); + #endif + #ifdef USER_GCODE_24 + constexpr char _chr24 = USER_GCODE_24[strlen(USER_GCODE_24) - 1]; + static_assert(_chr24 != '\n' && _chr24 != '\r', "USER_GCODE_24 cannot have a newline at the end. Please remove it."); + #endif + #ifdef USER_GCODE_25 + constexpr char _chr25 = USER_GCODE_25[strlen(USER_GCODE_25) - 1]; + static_assert(_chr25 != '\n' && _chr25 != '\r', "USER_GCODE_25 cannot have a newline at the end. Please remove it."); + #endif #endif #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - #if IS_CORE - #error "BACKLASH_COMPENSATION is incompatible with CORE kinematics." - #endif #ifndef BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM #error "BACKLASH_COMPENSATION requires BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM" - #endif - #ifndef BACKLASH_CORRECTION + #elif !defined(BACKLASH_CORRECTION) #error "BACKLASH_COMPENSATION requires BACKLASH_CORRECTION" + #elif IS_CORE + constexpr float backlash_arr[] = BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM; + static_assert(!backlash_arr[CORE_AXIS_1] && !backlash_arr[CORE_AXIS_2], + "BACKLASH_COMPENSATION can only apply to " STRINGIFY(NORMAL_AXIS) " with your CORE system."); #endif #endif @@ -2367,7 +2672,7 @@ static_assert( _ARR_TEST(3,0) && _ARR_TEST(3,1) && _ARR_TEST(3,2) * Photo G-code requirements */ #if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - #if (PIN_EXISTS(CHDK) + PIN_EXISTS(PHOTOGRAPH_PIN) + defined(PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION)) > 1 + #if (PIN_EXISTS(CHDK) + PIN_EXISTS(PHOTOGRAPH) + defined(PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION)) > 1 #error "Please define only one of CHDK_PIN, PHOTOGRAPH_PIN, or PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION." #elif defined(PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION) && !defined(PHOTO_POSITION) #error "PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION requires PHOTO_POSITION. Please update your Configuration_adv.h." @@ -2420,8 +2725,14 @@ static_assert( _ARR_TEST(3,0) && _ARR_TEST(3,1) && _ARR_TEST(3,2) /** * Ensure this option is set intentionally */ -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) && !defined(PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH) - #error "PSU_CONTROL requires PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH to be defined as 'true' or 'false'." +#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) + #ifndef PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH + #error "PSU_CONTROL requires PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH to be defined as 'true' or 'false'." + #elif !PIN_EXISTS(PS_ON) + #error "PSU_CONTROL requires PS_ON_PIN." + #endif +#elif ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) + #error "AUTO_POWER_CONTROL requires PSU_CONTROL." #endif #if HAS_CUTTER @@ -2465,12 +2776,26 @@ static_assert( _ARR_TEST(3,0) && _ARR_TEST(3,1) && _ARR_TEST(3,2) #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN." #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(E5_AUTO_FAN) #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN." + #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(E6_AUTO_FAN) + #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN." + #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(E7_AUTO_FAN) + #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN." #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN) #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN_PIN." #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN1) #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN1_PIN." #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN2) #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN2_PIN." + #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN3) + #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN3_PIN." + #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN4) + #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN4_PIN." + #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN5) + #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN5_PIN." + #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN6) + #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN6_PIN." + #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN7) + #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN7_PIN." #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(CONTROLLERFAN) #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with CONTROLLERFAN_PIN." #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY) @@ -2483,3 +2808,28 @@ static_assert( _ARR_TEST(3,0) && _ARR_TEST(3,1) && _ARR_TEST(3,2) #endif #undef _PIN_CONFLICT #endif + +#if !HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #if ENABLED(PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS) + #error "PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS currently requires a Graphical LCD." + #elif ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) + #error "SHOW_REMAINING_TIME currently requires a Graphical LCD." + #endif +#endif + +#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS && defined(ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY) && !WITHIN(ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY, 16, 255) + #error "ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY must be an integer from 16 to 255." +#endif + +/** + * Check to make sure MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS isn't enabled + * on boards where TMC drivers share the SPI bus with SD. + */ +#if HAS_TMC_SPI && ALL(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS, SDSUPPORT, USES_SHARED_SPI) + #error "MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS and SDSUPPORT cannot be used together on boards with shared SPI." +#endif + +// G60/G61 Position Save +#if SAVED_POSITIONS > 256 + #error "SAVED_POSITIONS must be an integer from 0 to 256." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/Version.h b/Marlin/src/inc/Version.h index ca5a51c4b7..e9ac62d04f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/inc/Version.h +++ b/Marlin/src/inc/Version.h @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -21,77 +21,102 @@ */ #pragma once -#include "../core/macros.h" // for ENABLED +/** + * Release version. Leave the Marlin version or apply a custom scheme. + */ +#ifndef SHORT_BUILD_VERSION + #define SHORT_BUILD_VERSION "bugfix-2.0.x" +#endif /** - * This file is the standard Marlin version identifier file. - * Use -DUSE_AUTOMATIC_VERSIONING=1 and a custom _Version.h - * to override these values. + * Verbose version identifier containing a unique identifier, such as the + * vendor name, download location, GitHub account, etc. + */ +#ifndef DETAILED_BUILD_VERSION + #define DETAILED_BUILD_VERSION SHORT_BUILD_VERSION " (GitHub)" +#endif + +/** + * The STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE represents when the binary file was built, + * here we define this default string as the date where the latest release + * version was tagged. + */ +#ifndef STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE + #define STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE "2020-03-25" +#endif + +/** + * Minimum Configuration.h and Configuration_adv.h file versions. + * Set based on the release version number. Used to catch an attempt to use + * older configurations. Override these if using a custom versioning scheme + * to alert users to major changes. */ -#if ENABLED(USE_AUTOMATIC_VERSIONING) +#define MARLIN_HEX_VERSION 020005 +#ifndef REQUIRED_CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION + #define REQUIRED_CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION MARLIN_HEX_VERSION +#endif +#ifndef REQUIRED_CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION + #define REQUIRED_CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION MARLIN_HEX_VERSION +#endif - #include "_Version.h" - -#else - - /** - * Marlin release version identifier - */ - #define SHORT_BUILD_VERSION "2.0.x_R3" - - /** - * Verbose version identifier which should contain a reference to the location - * from where the binary was downloaded or the source code was compiled. - */ - #define DETAILED_BUILD_VERSION SHORT_BUILD_VERSION " TM3D" - - /** - * The STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE represents when the binary file was built, - * here we define this default string as the date where the latest release - * version was tagged. - */ - #define STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE "2019-09-28" - - /** - * Required minimum Configuration.h and Configuration_adv.h file versions. - * - * You must increment this version number for every significant change such as, - * but not limited to: ADD, DELETE RENAME OR REPURPOSE any directive/option on - * the configuration files. - */ - #define REQUIRED_CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - #define REQUIRED_CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - - /** - * The protocol for communication to the host. Protocol indicates communication - * standards such as the use of ASCII, "echo:" and "error:" line prefixes, etc. - * (Other behaviors are given by the firmware version and capabilities report.) - */ +/** + * The protocol for communication to the host. Protocol indicates communication + * standards such as the use of ASCII, "echo:" and "error:" line prefixes, etc. + * (Other behaviors are given by the firmware version and capabilities report.) + */ +#ifndef PROTOCOL_VERSION #define PROTOCOL_VERSION "1.0" +#endif - /** - * Defines a generic printer name to be output to the LCD after booting Marlin. - */ - #define MACHINE_NAME "TM3D Raptor" +/** + * Define a generic printer name to be output to the LCD after booting Marlin. + */ +#ifndef MACHINE_NAME + #define MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" +#endif - /** - * The SOURCE_CODE_URL is the location where users will find the Marlin Source - * Code which is installed on the device. In most cases —unless the manufacturer - * has a distinct Github fork— the Source Code URL should just be the main - * Marlin repository. - */ - #define SOURCE_CODE_URL "https://github.com/InsanityAutomation/Marlin/tree/Raptor_2.0.X" +/** + * Website where users can find Marlin source code for the binary installed on the + * device. Override this if you provide public source code download. (GPLv3 requires + * providing the source code to your customers.) + */ +#ifndef SOURCE_CODE_URL + #define SOURCE_CODE_URL "https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin" +#endif - /** - * Default generic printer UUID. - */ +/** + * Default generic printer UUID. + */ +#ifndef DEFAULT_MACHINE_UUID #define DEFAULT_MACHINE_UUID "cede2a2f-41a2-4748-9b12-c55c62f367ff" +#endif /** * The WEBSITE_URL is the location where users can get more information such as - * documentation about a specific Marlin release. + * documentation about a specific Marlin release. Displayed in the Info Menu. */ - #define WEBSITE_URL "tinymachines3d.com" +#ifndef WEBSITE_URL + #define WEBSITE_URL "http://marlinfw.org" +#endif -#endif // USE_AUTOMATIC_VERSIONING +/** + * Set the vendor info the serial USB interface, if changable + * Currently only supported by DUE platform + */ +#ifndef USB_DEVICE_VENDOR_ID + #define USB_DEVICE_VENDOR_ID 0x03EB /* ATMEL VID */ +#endif +#ifndef USB_DEVICE_PRODUCT_ID + #define USB_DEVICE_PRODUCT_ID 0x2424 /* MSC / CDC */ +#endif +//! USB Device string definitions (Optional) +#ifndef USB_DEVICE_MANUFACTURE_NAME + #define USB_DEVICE_MANUFACTURE_NAME WEBSITE_URL +#endif +#ifdef CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME + #define USB_DEVICE_PRODUCT_NAME CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME +#else + #define USB_DEVICE_PRODUCT_NAME MACHINE_NAME +#endif +#define USB_DEVICE_SERIAL_NAME "123985739853" diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/lcdprint_hd44780.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/lcdprint_hd44780.cpp index af1fa56460..a1258a3b10 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/lcdprint_hd44780.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/lcdprint_hd44780.cpp @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ #if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD #include "../ultralcd.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #include "ultralcd_HD44780.h" @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ static const hd44780_charmap_t g_hd44780_charmap_device[] PROGMEM = { {IV('カ'), 0xB6, 0}, {IV('ガ'), 0xB6, 0xDE}, {IV('キ'), 0xB7, 0}, - {IV('ギ'), 0xB7, 0xDE}, // + {IV('ギ'), 0xB7, 0xDE}, {IV('ク'), 0xB8, 0}, {IV('グ'), 0xB8, 0xDE}, {IV('ケ'), 0xB9, 0}, @@ -416,6 +416,7 @@ static const hd44780_charmap_t g_hd44780_charmap_device[] PROGMEM = { {IV('⎭'), 0x17, 0}, {IV('⎰'), 0x18, 0}, {IV('⎱'), 0x19, 0}, + {IV('⎲'), 0x12, 0}, {IV('⎳'), 0x13, 0}, @@ -488,119 +489,124 @@ static const hd44780_charmap_t g_hd44780_charmap_device[] PROGMEM = { {IV('¾'), 0xF3, 0}, // 00BE {IV('¿'), 0xCD, 0}, // 00BF - {IV('Ё'), 0xA2, 0}, // 0401 - {IV('А'), 'A', 0}, // 0410 - {IV('Б'), 0xA0, 0}, - {IV('В'), 'B', 0}, - {IV('Г'), 0xA1, 0}, - {IV('Д'), 0xE0, 0}, - {IV('Е'), 'E', 0}, - {IV('Ж'), 0xA3, 0}, - {IV('З'), 0xA4, 0}, - {IV('И'), 0xA5, 0}, - {IV('Й'), 0xA6, 0}, - {IV('К'), 'K', 0}, - {IV('Л'), 0xA7, 0}, - {IV('М'), 'M', 0}, - {IV('Н'), 'H', 0}, - {IV('О'), 'O', 0}, - {IV('П'), 0xA8, 0}, - {IV('Р'), 'P', 0}, - {IV('С'), 'C', 0}, - {IV('Т'), 'T', 0}, - {IV('У'), 0xA9, 0}, - {IV('Ф'), 0xAA, 0}, - {IV('Х'), 'X', 0}, - {IV('Ц'), 0xE1, 0}, - {IV('Ч'), 0xAB, 0}, - {IV('Ш'), 0xAC, 0}, - {IV('Щ'), 0xE2, 0}, - {IV('Ъ'), 0xAD, 0}, - {IV('Ы'), 0xAE, 0}, - {IV('Ь'), 'b', 0}, - {IV('Э'), 0xAF, 0}, - {IV('Ю'), 0xB0, 0}, - {IV('Я'), 0xB1, 0}, - {IV('а'), 'a', 0}, + #if ENABLED(DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_5) - {IV('б'), 0xB2, 0}, - {IV('в'), 0xB3, 0}, - {IV('г'), 0xB4, 0}, - {IV('д'), 0xE3, 0}, - {IV('е'), 'e', 0}, - {IV('ж'), 0xB6, 0}, - {IV('з'), 0xB7, 0}, - {IV('и'), 0xB8, 0}, - {IV('й'), 0xB9, 0}, - {IV('к'), 0xBA, 0}, //клмноп - {IV('л'), 0xBB, 0}, - {IV('м'), 0xBC, 0}, - {IV('н'), 0xBD, 0}, - {IV('о'), 'o', 0}, - {IV('п'), 0xBE, 0}, - {IV('р'), 'p', 0}, - {IV('с'), 'c', 0}, - {IV('т'), 0xBF, 0}, + // Map Cyrillic to HD44780 extended CYRILLIC where possible + {IV('Ё'), 0xA2, 0}, // 0401 + {IV('А'), 'A', 0}, // 0410 + {IV('Б'), 0xA0, 0}, + {IV('В'), 'B', 0}, + {IV('Г'), 0xA1, 0}, + {IV('Д'), 0xE0, 0}, + {IV('Е'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('Ж'), 0xA3, 0}, + {IV('З'), 0xA4, 0}, + {IV('И'), 0xA5, 0}, + {IV('Й'), 0xA6, 0}, + {IV('К'), 'K', 0}, + {IV('Л'), 0xA7, 0}, + {IV('М'), 'M', 0}, + {IV('Н'), 'H', 0}, + {IV('О'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('П'), 0xA8, 0}, + {IV('Р'), 'P', 0}, + {IV('С'), 'C', 0}, + {IV('Т'), 'T', 0}, + {IV('У'), 0xA9, 0}, + {IV('Ф'), 0xAA, 0}, + {IV('Х'), 'X', 0}, + {IV('Ц'), 0xE1, 0}, + {IV('Ч'), 0xAB, 0}, + {IV('Ш'), 0xAC, 0}, + {IV('Щ'), 0xE2, 0}, + {IV('Ъ'), 0xAD, 0}, + {IV('Ы'), 0xAE, 0}, + {IV('Ь'), 'b', 0}, + {IV('Э'), 0xAF, 0}, + {IV('Ю'), 0xB0, 0}, + {IV('Я'), 0xB1, 0}, + {IV('а'), 'a', 0}, - {IV('у'), 'y', 0}, - {IV('ф'), 0xE4, 0}, - {IV('х'), 'x', 0}, - {IV('ц'), 0xE5, 0}, - {IV('ч'), 0xC0, 0}, - {IV('ш'), 0xC1, 0}, - {IV('щ'), 0xE6, 0}, - {IV('ъ'), 0xC2, 0}, - {IV('ы'), 0xC3, 0}, - {IV('ь'), 0xC4, 0}, - {IV('э'), 0xC5, 0}, - {IV('ю'), 0xC6, 0}, - {IV('я'), 0xC7, 0}, // 044F - {IV('ё'), 0xB5, 0}, // 0451 - //{IV(''), 0xC8, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xC9, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xCA, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xCB, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xCC, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xCD, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xCE, 0}, + {IV('б'), 0xB2, 0}, + {IV('в'), 0xB3, 0}, + {IV('г'), 0xB4, 0}, + {IV('д'), 0xE3, 0}, + {IV('е'), 'e', 0}, + {IV('ж'), 0xB6, 0}, + {IV('з'), 0xB7, 0}, + {IV('и'), 0xB8, 0}, + {IV('й'), 0xB9, 0}, + {IV('к'), 0xBA, 0}, //клмноп + {IV('л'), 0xBB, 0}, + {IV('м'), 0xBC, 0}, + {IV('н'), 0xBD, 0}, + {IV('о'), 'o', 0}, + {IV('п'), 0xBE, 0}, + {IV('р'), 'p', 0}, + {IV('с'), 'c', 0}, + {IV('т'), 0xBF, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD0, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD1, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD2, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD3, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD4, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD5, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD6, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD7, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD8, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xDB, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xDC, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xDD, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xDE, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xDF, 0}, + {IV('у'), 'y', 0}, + {IV('ф'), 0xE4, 0}, + {IV('х'), 'x', 0}, + {IV('ц'), 0xE5, 0}, + {IV('ч'), 0xC0, 0}, + {IV('ш'), 0xC1, 0}, + {IV('щ'), 0xE6, 0}, + {IV('ъ'), 0xC2, 0}, + {IV('ы'), 0xC3, 0}, + {IV('ь'), 0xC4, 0}, + {IV('э'), 0xC5, 0}, + {IV('ю'), 0xC6, 0}, + {IV('я'), 0xC7, 0}, // 044F + {IV('ё'), 0xB5, 0}, // 0451 + //{IV(''), 0xC8, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xC9, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xCA, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xCB, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xCC, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xCD, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xCE, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xE7, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xE8, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xE9, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xEA, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xEB, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xEC, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xED, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xEE, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xEF, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD0, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD1, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD2, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD3, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD4, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD5, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD6, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD7, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD8, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xDB, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xDC, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xDD, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xDE, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xDF, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xF4, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xF5, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xF6, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xF7, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xF8, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xF9, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xFA, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xFB, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xFC, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xFD, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xFE, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xFF, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xE7, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xE8, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xE9, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xEA, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xEB, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xEC, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xED, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xEE, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xEF, 0}, + + //{IV(''), 0xF4, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xF5, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xF6, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xF7, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xF8, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xF9, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xFA, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xFB, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xFC, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xFD, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xFE, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xFF, 0}, + + #endif {IV('↑'), 0xD9, 0}, // 2191 ←↑→↓ {IV('↓'), 0xDA, 0}, // 2193 @@ -613,7 +619,7 @@ static const hd44780_charmap_t g_hd44780_charmap_common[] PROGMEM = { {IV('¢'), 'c', 0}, // A2 {IV('°'), 0x09, 0}, // B0 Marlin special: '°' LCD_STR_DEGREE (0x09) - // map WESTERN code to the plain ASCII + // Map WESTERN code to plain ASCII {IV('Á'), 'A', 0}, // C1 {IV('Â'), 'A', 0}, // C2 {IV('Ã'), 'A', 0}, // C3 @@ -697,147 +703,228 @@ static const hd44780_charmap_t g_hd44780_charmap_common[] PROGMEM = { {IV('ˣ'), 'x', 0}, // 02E3 - {IV('΄'), '\'', 0}, // 0384 - {IV('΅'), '\'', 0}, // 0385 - {IV('Ά'), 'A', 0}, // 0386 - {IV('·'), '.', 0}, // 0387 - {IV('Έ'), 'E', 0}, // 0388 - {IV('Ή'), 'H', 0}, // 0389 - {IV('Ί'), 'I', 0}, // 038A - {IV('Ό'), 'O', 0}, // 038C - {IV('Ύ'), 'Y', 0}, // 038E - {IV('Ώ'), 'O', 0}, // 038F - {IV('ΐ'), 'i', 0}, // 0390 - {IV('Α'), 'A', 0}, // 0391 - {IV('Β'), 'B', 0}, // 0392 - {IV('Γ'), 'T', 0}, // 0393, Gamma - {IV('Δ'), '4', 0}, // 0394, Delta, ◿ - {IV('Ε'), 'E', 0}, // 0395 - {IV('Ζ'), 'Z', 0}, // 0396 - {IV('Η'), 'H', 0}, // 0397 - {IV('Θ'), '0', 0}, // 0398, Theta - {IV('Ι'), 'I', 0}, // 0399 - {IV('Κ'), 'K', 0}, // 039A - {IV('Λ'), '^', 0}, // 039B, Lambda - {IV('Μ'), 'M', 0}, // 039C - {IV('Ν'), 'N', 0}, // 039D - {IV('Ξ'), '3', 0}, // 039E, Xi - {IV('Ο'), 'O', 0}, // 039F - {IV('Π'), 'n', 0}, // 03A0, Pi - {IV('Ρ'), 'P', 0}, // 03A1 - {IV('Σ'), 'E', 0}, // 03A3, Sigma - {IV('Τ'), 'T', 0}, // 03A4 - {IV('Υ'), 'Y', 0}, // 03A5, Upsilon - {IV('Φ'), 'p', 0}, // 03A6, Phi - {IV('Χ'), 'X', 0}, // 03A7 - {IV('Ψ'), 'P', 0}, // 03A8, Psi - {IV('Ω'), 'O', 0}, // 03A9, Omega - {IV('Ϊ'), 'I', 0}, // 03AA - {IV('Ϋ'), 'Y', 0}, // 03AB - {IV('ά'), 'a', 0}, // 03AC - {IV('έ'), 'e', 0}, // 03AD - {IV('ή'), 'n', 0}, // 03AE - {IV('ί'), 'i', 0}, // 03AF - {IV('ΰ'), 'v', 0}, // 03B0 - {IV('α'), 'a', 0}, // 03B1, alpha - {IV('β'), 'B', 0}, // 03B2, beta - {IV('γ'), 'v', 0}, // 03B3, gamma - {IV('δ'), 'd', 0}, // 03B4, delta - {IV('ε'), 'e', 0}, // 03B5, epsilon - {IV('ζ'), 'Z', 0}, // 03B6, zeta - {IV('η'), 'n', 0}, // 03B7, eta - {IV('θ'), '0', 0}, // 03B8, theta - {IV('ι'), 'i', 0}, // 03B9, lota - {IV('κ'), 'k', 0}, // 03BA, kappa - {IV('λ'), 'L', 0}, // 03BB, lambda - {IV('μ'), 'u', 0}, // 03BC, mu - {IV('ν'), 'v', 0}, // 03BD, nu - {IV('ξ'), 'e', 0}, // 03BE, xi - {IV('ο'), 'o', 0}, // 03BF - {IV('π'), 'n', 0}, // 03C0, pi - {IV('ρ'), 'p', 0}, // 03C1, rho - {IV('ς'), 'c', 0}, // 03C2 - {IV('σ'), 'o', 0}, // 03C3, sigma - {IV('τ'), 't', 0}, // 03C4, tau - {IV('υ'), 'v', 0}, // 03C5, upsilon - {IV('φ'), 'p', 0}, // 03C6 - {IV('χ'), 'X', 0}, // 03C7, chi - {IV('ψ'), 'W', 0}, // 03C8, psi - {IV('ω'), 'w', 0}, // 03C9, omega - {IV('ϊ'), 'i', 0}, // 03CA - {IV('ϋ'), 'v', 0}, // 03CB - {IV('ό'), 'o', 0}, // 03CC - {IV('ύ'), 'v', 0}, // 03CD - {IV('ώ'), 'w', 0}, // 03CE + #if ENABLED(DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_VI) - // map CYRILLIC code to the plain ASCII - {IV('Ё'), 'E', 0}, // 0401 - {IV('А'), 'A', 0}, // 0410 - {IV('Б'), 'b', 0}, // 0411 - {IV('В'), 'B', 0}, // 0412 - {IV('Г'), 'T', 0}, // 0413 - {IV('Д'), 'Q', 0}, // 0414 - {IV('Е'), 'E', 0}, // 0415 - {IV('Ж'), '*', 0}, // 0416 - {IV('З'), 'E', 0}, // 0417 - {IV('И'), 'N', 0}, // 0418 - {IV('Й'), 'N', 0}, // 0419 - {IV('К'), 'K', 0}, // 041A - {IV('Л'), 'T', 0}, // 041B - {IV('М'), 'M', 0}, // 041C - {IV('Н'), 'H', 0}, // 041D - {IV('О'), 'O', 0}, // 041E - {IV('П'), 'n', 0}, // 041F - {IV('Р'), 'P', 0}, // 0420 - {IV('С'), 'C', 0}, // 0421 - {IV('Т'), 'T', 0}, // 0422 - {IV('У'), 'Y', 0}, - {IV('Ф'), 'o', 0}, - {IV('Х'), 'X', 0}, - {IV('Ц'), 'U', 0}, - {IV('Ч'), 'y', 0}, - {IV('Ш'), 'W', 0}, - {IV('Щ'), 'W', 0}, - {IV('Ъ'), 'b', 0}, - {IV('Ы'), 'b', '|'}, - {IV('Ь'), 'b'}, - {IV('Э'), 'e'}, - {IV('Ю'), '|', 'O'}, - {IV('Я'), '9', '|'}, // 042F + // Map Vietnamese phonetics - {IV('а'), 'a', 0}, // 0430 - {IV('б'), '6', 0}, // 0431 - {IV('в'), 'B', 0}, // 0432, - {IV('г'), 'r', 0}, // 0433 - {IV('д'), 'a', 0}, // 0434, - {IV('е'), 'e', 0}, // 0435 - {IV('ж'), '*', 0}, // 0436 - {IV('з'), 'e', 0}, // 0437, - {IV('и'), 'u', 0}, // 0438 - {IV('й'), 'u', 0}, // 0439, - {IV('к'), 'k', 0}, // 043A - {IV('л'), 'n', 0}, - {IV('м'), 'm', 0}, - {IV('н'), 'H', 0}, - {IV('о'), 'o', 0}, - {IV('п'), 'n', 0}, - {IV('р'), 'p', 0}, - {IV('с'), 'c', 0}, - {IV('т'), 't', 0}, - {IV('у'), 'y', 0}, - {IV('ф'), 'q', 'p'}, - {IV('х'), 'x', 0}, - {IV('ц'), 'u', 0}, - {IV('ч'), 'y', 0}, - {IV('ш'), 'w', 0}, - {IV('щ'), 'w', 0}, - {IV('ъ'), 'b', 0}, - {IV('ы'), 'b', '|'}, - {IV('ь'), 'b', 0}, - {IV('э'), 'e', 0}, - {IV('ю'), '|', 'o'}, - {IV('я'), 'g', 0}, // 044F - {IV('ё'), 'e', 0}, // 0451 + //{IV('à'), 'a', 0}, {IV('À'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ạ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ạ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ả'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ả'), 'A', 0}, + //{IV('ã'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ã'), 'A', 0}, + //{IV('á'), 'á', 0}, {IV('Á'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('Ạ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ă'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ă'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ằ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ằ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ẳ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ẳ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ẵ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ẵ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ắ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ắ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ặ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ặ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('â'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Â'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ầ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ầ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ẩ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ẩ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ẫ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ẫ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ấ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ấ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ậ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ậ'), 'A', 0}, + //{IV('đ'), 'd', 0}, + {IV('Đ'), 'D', 0}, + {IV('e'), 'e', 0}, {IV('E'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('è'), 'e', 0}, {IV('È'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ẻ'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ẻ'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ẽ'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ẽ'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('é'), 'e', 0}, {IV('É'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ẹ'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ẹ'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ê'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ê'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ề'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ề'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ể'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ể'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ễ'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ễ'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ế'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ế'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ệ'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ệ'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('i'), 'i', 0}, {IV('I'), 'I', 0}, + //{IV('ì'), 'ì', 0}, {IV('Ì'), 'Ì', 0}, + {IV('ỉ'), 'ỉ', 0}, {IV('Ỉ'), 'Ỉ', 0}, + {IV('ĩ'), 'ĩ', 0}, {IV('Ĩ'), 'Ĩ', 0}, + {IV('í'), 'í', 0}, {IV('Í'), 'Í', 0}, + {IV('ị'), 'ị', 0}, {IV('Ị'), 'Ị', 0}, + {IV('o'), 'o', 0}, {IV('O'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ò'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ò'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ỏ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ỏ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('õ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Õ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ó'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ó'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ọ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ọ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ô'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ô'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ồ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ồ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ổ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ổ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ỗ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ỗ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ố'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ố'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ộ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ộ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ơ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ơ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ờ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ờ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ở'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ở'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ỡ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ỡ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ớ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ớ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ợ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ợ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ù'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ù'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ủ'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ủ'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ũ'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ũ'), 'U', 0}, + //{IV('ú'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ú'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ụ'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ụ'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ư'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ư'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ừ'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ừ'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ử'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ử'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ữ'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ữ'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ứ'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ứ'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ự'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ự'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('y'), 'y', 0}, {IV('Y'), 'Y', 0}, + + #endif + + #if ENABLED(DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_GREEK) + + {IV('΄'), '\'', 0}, // 0384 + {IV('΅'), '\'', 0}, // 0385 + {IV('Ά'), 'A', 0}, // 0386 + {IV('·'), '.', 0}, // 0387 + {IV('Έ'), 'E', 0}, // 0388 + {IV('Ή'), 'H', 0}, // 0389 + {IV('Ί'), 'I', 0}, // 038A + {IV('Ό'), 'O', 0}, // 038C + {IV('Ύ'), 'Y', 0}, // 038E + {IV('Ώ'), 'O', 0}, // 038F + {IV('ΐ'), 'i', 0}, // 0390 + {IV('Α'), 'A', 0}, // 0391 + {IV('Β'), 'B', 0}, // 0392 + {IV('Γ'), 'T', 0}, // 0393, Gamma + {IV('Δ'), '4', 0}, // 0394, Delta, ◿ + {IV('Ε'), 'E', 0}, // 0395 + {IV('Ζ'), 'Z', 0}, // 0396 + {IV('Η'), 'H', 0}, // 0397 + {IV('Θ'), '0', 0}, // 0398, Theta + {IV('Ι'), 'I', 0}, // 0399 + {IV('Κ'), 'K', 0}, // 039A + {IV('Λ'), '^', 0}, // 039B, Lambda + {IV('Μ'), 'M', 0}, // 039C + {IV('Ν'), 'N', 0}, // 039D + {IV('Ξ'), '3', 0}, // 039E, Xi + {IV('Ο'), 'O', 0}, // 039F + {IV('Π'), 'n', 0}, // 03A0, Pi + {IV('Ρ'), 'P', 0}, // 03A1 + {IV('Σ'), 'E', 0}, // 03A3, Sigma + {IV('Τ'), 'T', 0}, // 03A4 + {IV('Υ'), 'Y', 0}, // 03A5, Upsilon + {IV('Φ'), 'p', 0}, // 03A6, Phi + {IV('Χ'), 'X', 0}, // 03A7 + {IV('Ψ'), 'P', 0}, // 03A8, Psi + {IV('Ω'), 'O', 0}, // 03A9, Omega + {IV('Ϊ'), 'I', 0}, // 03AA + {IV('Ϋ'), 'Y', 0}, // 03AB + {IV('ά'), 'a', 0}, // 03AC + {IV('έ'), 'e', 0}, // 03AD + {IV('ή'), 'n', 0}, // 03AE + {IV('ί'), 'i', 0}, // 03AF + {IV('ΰ'), 'v', 0}, // 03B0 + {IV('α'), 'a', 0}, // 03B1, alpha + {IV('β'), 'B', 0}, // 03B2, beta + {IV('γ'), 'v', 0}, // 03B3, gamma + {IV('δ'), 'd', 0}, // 03B4, delta + {IV('ε'), 'e', 0}, // 03B5, epsilon + {IV('ζ'), 'Z', 0}, // 03B6, zeta + {IV('η'), 'n', 0}, // 03B7, eta + {IV('θ'), '0', 0}, // 03B8, theta + {IV('ι'), 'i', 0}, // 03B9, lota + {IV('κ'), 'k', 0}, // 03BA, kappa + {IV('λ'), 'L', 0}, // 03BB, lambda + {IV('μ'), 'u', 0}, // 03BC, mu + {IV('ν'), 'v', 0}, // 03BD, nu + {IV('ξ'), 'e', 0}, // 03BE, xi + {IV('ο'), 'o', 0}, // 03BF + {IV('π'), 'n', 0}, // 03C0, pi + {IV('ρ'), 'p', 0}, // 03C1, rho + {IV('ς'), 'c', 0}, // 03C2 + {IV('σ'), 'o', 0}, // 03C3, sigma + {IV('τ'), 't', 0}, // 03C4, tau + {IV('υ'), 'v', 0}, // 03C5, upsilon + {IV('φ'), 'p', 0}, // 03C6 + {IV('χ'), 'X', 0}, // 03C7, chi + {IV('ψ'), 'W', 0}, // 03C8, psi + {IV('ω'), 'w', 0}, // 03C9, omega + {IV('ϊ'), 'i', 0}, // 03CA + {IV('ϋ'), 'v', 0}, // 03CB + {IV('ό'), 'o', 0}, // 03CC + {IV('ύ'), 'v', 0}, // 03CD + {IV('ώ'), 'w', 0}, // 03CE + + #endif + + #if ENABLED(DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_5) + // Map CYRILLIC code to plain ASCII + {IV('Ё'), 'E', 0}, // 0401 + {IV('А'), 'A', 0}, // 0410 + {IV('Б'), 'b', 0}, // 0411 + {IV('В'), 'B', 0}, // 0412 + {IV('Г'), 'T', 0}, // 0413 + {IV('Д'), 'Q', 0}, // 0414 + {IV('Е'), 'E', 0}, // 0415 + {IV('Ж'), '*', 0}, // 0416 + {IV('З'), 'E', 0}, // 0417 + {IV('И'), 'N', 0}, // 0418 + {IV('Й'), 'N', 0}, // 0419 + {IV('К'), 'K', 0}, // 041A + {IV('Л'), 'T', 0}, // 041B + {IV('М'), 'M', 0}, // 041C + {IV('Н'), 'H', 0}, // 041D + {IV('О'), 'O', 0}, // 041E + {IV('П'), 'n', 0}, // 041F + {IV('Р'), 'P', 0}, // 0420 + {IV('С'), 'C', 0}, // 0421 + {IV('Т'), 'T', 0}, // 0422 + {IV('У'), 'Y', 0}, + {IV('Ф'), 'o', 0}, + {IV('Х'), 'X', 0}, + {IV('Ц'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('Ч'), 'y', 0}, + {IV('Ш'), 'W', 0}, + {IV('Щ'), 'W', 0}, + {IV('Ъ'), 'b', 0}, + {IV('Ы'), 'b', '|'}, + {IV('Ь'), 'b'}, + {IV('Э'), 'e'}, + {IV('Ю'), '|', 'O'}, + {IV('Я'), '9', '|'}, // 042F + + {IV('а'), 'a', 0}, // 0430 + {IV('б'), '6', 0}, // 0431 + {IV('в'), 'B', 0}, // 0432, + {IV('г'), 'r', 0}, // 0433 + {IV('д'), 'a', 0}, // 0434, + {IV('е'), 'e', 0}, // 0435 + {IV('ж'), '*', 0}, // 0436 + {IV('з'), 'e', 0}, // 0437, + {IV('и'), 'u', 0}, // 0438 + {IV('й'), 'u', 0}, // 0439, + {IV('к'), 'k', 0}, // 043A + {IV('л'), 'n', 0}, + {IV('м'), 'm', 0}, + {IV('н'), 'H', 0}, + {IV('о'), 'o', 0}, + {IV('п'), 'n', 0}, + {IV('р'), 'p', 0}, + {IV('с'), 'c', 0}, + {IV('т'), 't', 0}, + {IV('у'), 'y', 0}, + {IV('ф'), 'q', 'p'}, + {IV('х'), 'x', 0}, + {IV('ц'), 'u', 0}, + {IV('ч'), 'y', 0}, + {IV('ш'), 'w', 0}, + {IV('щ'), 'w', 0}, + {IV('ъ'), 'b', 0}, + {IV('ы'), 'b', '|'}, + {IV('ь'), 'b', 0}, + {IV('э'), 'e', 0}, + {IV('ю'), '|', 'o'}, + {IV('я'), 'g', 0}, // 044F + {IV('ё'), 'e', 0}, // 0451 + #endif {IV('•'), '.', 0}, // 2022 · {IV('℞'), 'P', 'x'}, // 211E ℞ Pt ASCII 158 diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.cpp index 1465637504..ee025f6585 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ static void createChar_P(const char c, const byte * const ptr) { byte temp[8]; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) + LOOP_L_N(i, 8) temp[i] = pgm_read_byte(&ptr[i]); lcd.createChar(c, temp); } @@ -111,6 +111,12 @@ static void createChar_P(const char c, const byte * const ptr) { #define LCD_STR_PROGRESS "\x03\x04\x05" #endif +#if ENABLED(LCD_USE_I2C_BUZZER) + void MarlinUI::buzz(const long duration, const uint16_t freq) { + lcd.buzz(duration, freq); + } +#endif + void MarlinUI::set_custom_characters(const HD44780CharSet screen_charset/*=CHARSET_INFO*/) { #if NONE(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR, SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) UNUSED(screen_charset); @@ -408,7 +414,7 @@ void MarlinUI::clear_lcd() { lcd.clear(); } else { PGM_P p = text; int dly = time / _MAX(slen, 1); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i <= slen; i++) { + LOOP_LE_N(i, slen) { // Print the text at the correct place lcd_put_u8str_max_P(col, line, p, len); @@ -464,7 +470,8 @@ void MarlinUI::clear_lcd() { lcd.clear(); } // Show the Marlin logo and short build version // After a delay show the website URL // - logo_lines(PSTR("")); + extern const char NUL_STR[]; + logo_lines(NUL_STR); CENTER_OR_SCROLL(SHORT_BUILD_VERSION, 1500); CENTER_OR_SCROLL(MARLIN_WEBSITE_URL, 1500); #ifdef STRING_SPLASH_LINE3 @@ -484,9 +491,9 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_kill_screen() { lcd_put_u8str(0, 0, status_message); lcd_uint_t y = 2; #if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 - lcd_put_u8str_P(0, y++, PSTR(MSG_HALTED)); + lcd_put_u8str_P(0, y++, GET_TEXT(MSG_HALTED)); #endif - lcd_put_u8str_P(0, y, PSTR(MSG_PLEASE_RESET)); + lcd_put_u8str_P(0, y, GET_TEXT(MSG_PLEASE_RESET)); } // @@ -523,7 +530,7 @@ FORCE_INLINE void _draw_heater_status(const heater_ind_t heater, const char pref if (prefix >= 0) lcd_put_wchar(prefix); - lcd_put_u8str(i16tostr3(t1 + 0.5)); + lcd_put_u8str(i16tostr3rj(t1 + 0.5)); lcd_put_wchar('/'); #if !HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER @@ -566,7 +573,7 @@ FORCE_INLINE void _draw_bed_status(const bool blink) { #if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS FORCE_INLINE void _draw_print_progress() { - const uint8_t progress = ui.get_progress(); + const uint8_t progress = ui.get_progress_percent(); lcd_put_u8str_P(PSTR( #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) "SD" @@ -575,7 +582,7 @@ FORCE_INLINE void _draw_bed_status(const bool blink) { #endif )); if (progress) - lcd_put_u8str(ui8tostr3(progress)); + lcd_put_u8str(ui8tostr3rj(progress)); else lcd_put_u8str_P(PSTR("---")); lcd_put_wchar('%'); @@ -613,7 +620,7 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_message(const bool blink) { // Draw the progress bar if the message has shown long enough // or if there is no message set. if (ELAPSED(millis(), progress_bar_ms + PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME) || !has_status()) { - const uint8_t progress = get_progress(); + const uint8_t progress = get_progress_percent(); if (progress > 2) return draw_progress_bar(progress); } @@ -624,7 +631,7 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_message(const bool blink) { lcd_put_u8str_P(PSTR("Dia ")); lcd_put_u8str(ftostr12ns(filwidth.measured_mm)); lcd_put_u8str_P(PSTR(" V")); - lcd_put_u8str(i16tostr3(planner.volumetric_percent(parser.volumetric_enabled))); + lcd_put_u8str(i16tostr3rj(planner.volumetric_percent(parser.volumetric_enabled))); lcd_put_wchar('%'); return; } @@ -815,22 +822,35 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { sprintf_P(mixer_messages, PSTR("%s %d;%d%% "), mix_label, int(mixer.mix[0]), int(mixer.mix[1])); lcd_put_u8str(mixer_messages); - #else + #else // !DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER - _draw_axis_value(X_AXIS, ftostr4sign(LOGICAL_X_POSITION(current_position[X_AXIS])), blink); + if (true + #if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + && !printingIsActive() + #endif + ) { + const xy_pos_t lpos = current_position.asLogical(); + _draw_axis_value(X_AXIS, ftostr4sign(lpos.x), blink); + lcd_put_wchar(' '); + _draw_axis_value(Y_AXIS, ftostr4sign(lpos.y), blink); + } + else { + #if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + char tmp[20]; + const uint8_t escale = e_move_accumulator >= 100000.0f ? 10 : 1; // After 100m switch to cm + sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("E %ld%cm "), uint32_t(_MAX(e_move_accumulator, 0.0f)) / escale, escale == 10 ? 'c' : 'm'); // 1234567mm + lcd_put_u8str(tmp); + #endif + } - lcd_put_wchar(' '); - - _draw_axis_value(Y_AXIS, ftostr4sign(LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(current_position[Y_AXIS])), blink); - - #endif + #endif // !DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER #endif // HOTENDS <= 2 && (HOTENDS <= 1 || !HAS_HEATED_BED) #endif // LCD_WIDTH >= 20 lcd_moveto(LCD_WIDTH - 8, 1); - _draw_axis_value(Z_AXIS, ftostr52sp(LOGICAL_Z_POSITION(current_position[Z_AXIS])), blink); + _draw_axis_value(Z_AXIS, ftostr52sp(LOGICAL_Z_POSITION(current_position.z)), blink); #if HAS_LEVELING && !HAS_HEATED_BED lcd_put_wchar(planner.leveling_active || blink ? '_' : ' '); @@ -843,7 +863,7 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { #if LCD_HEIGHT > 3 lcd_put_wchar(0, 2, LCD_STR_FEEDRATE[0]); - lcd_put_u8str(i16tostr3(feedrate_percentage)); + lcd_put_u8str(i16tostr3rj(feedrate_percentage)); lcd_put_wchar('%'); char buffer[14]; @@ -862,7 +882,7 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { uint16_t per; #if HAS_FAN0 if (true - #if EXTRUDERS + #if EXTRUDERS && ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) && (blink || thermalManager.fan_speed_scaler[0] < 128) #endif ) { @@ -882,7 +902,7 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { #endif } lcd_put_wchar(c); - lcd_put_u8str(i16tostr3(per)); + lcd_put_u8str(i16tostr3rj(per)); lcd_put_wchar('%'); #endif #endif @@ -902,7 +922,7 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { // Z Coordinate // lcd_moveto(LCD_WIDTH - 9, 0); - _draw_axis_value(Z_AXIS, ftostr52sp(LOGICAL_Z_POSITION(current_position[Z_AXIS])), blink); + _draw_axis_value(Z_AXIS, ftostr52sp(LOGICAL_Z_POSITION(current_position.z)), blink); #if HAS_LEVELING && (HOTENDS > 1 || !HAS_HEATED_BED) lcd_put_wchar(LCD_WIDTH - 1, 0, planner.leveling_active || blink ? '_' : ' '); @@ -921,7 +941,7 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { #endif lcd_put_wchar(LCD_WIDTH - 9, 1, LCD_STR_FEEDRATE[0]); - lcd_put_u8str(i16tostr3(feedrate_percentage)); + lcd_put_u8str(i16tostr3rj(feedrate_percentage)); lcd_put_wchar('%'); // ========== Line 3 ========== @@ -978,49 +998,55 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { #endif // ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE - void draw_menu_item_static(const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const uint8_t style/*=SS_CENTER*/, const char * const valstr/*=nullptr*/) { + // Draw a static item with no left-right margin required. Centered by default. + void MenuItem_static::draw(const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const uint8_t style/*=SS_DEFAULT*/, const char * const valstr/*=nullptr*/) { int8_t n = LCD_WIDTH; lcd_moveto(0, row); if ((style & SS_CENTER) && !valstr) { int8_t pad = (LCD_WIDTH - utf8_strlen_P(pstr)) / 2; while (--pad >= 0) { lcd_put_wchar(' '); n--; } } - n -= lcd_put_u8str_max_P(pstr, n); + n = lcd_put_u8str_ind_P(pstr, itemIndex, n); if (valstr) n -= lcd_put_u8str_max(valstr, n); for (; n > 0; --n) lcd_put_wchar(' '); } - void draw_menu_item(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P pstr, const char pre_char, const char post_char) { - uint8_t n = LCD_WIDTH - 2; + // Draw a generic menu item with pre_char (if selected) and post_char + void MenuItemBase::_draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char pre_char, const char post_char) { lcd_put_wchar(0, row, sel ? pre_char : ' '); - n -= lcd_put_u8str_max_P(pstr, n); + uint8_t n = lcd_put_u8str_ind_P(pstr, itemIndex, LCD_WIDTH - 2); for (; n; --n) lcd_put_wchar(' '); lcd_put_wchar(post_char); } - void _draw_menu_item_edit(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P pstr, const char* const data, const bool pgm) { - uint8_t n = LCD_WIDTH - 2 - (pgm ? utf8_strlen_P(data) : utf8_strlen(data)); + // Draw a menu item with a (potentially) editable value + void MenuEditItemBase::draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char* const data, const bool pgm) { + const uint8_t vlen = data ? (pgm ? utf8_strlen_P(data) : utf8_strlen(data)) : 0; lcd_put_wchar(0, row, sel ? LCD_STR_ARROW_RIGHT[0] : ' '); - n -= lcd_put_u8str_max_P(pstr, n); - lcd_put_wchar(':'); - for (; n; --n) lcd_put_wchar(' '); - if (pgm) lcd_put_u8str_P(data); else lcd_put_u8str(data); + uint8_t n = lcd_put_u8str_ind_P(pstr, itemIndex, LCD_WIDTH - 2 - vlen); + if (vlen) { + lcd_put_wchar(':'); + for (; n; --n) lcd_put_wchar(' '); + if (pgm) lcd_put_u8str_P(data); else lcd_put_u8str(data); + } } - void draw_edit_screen(PGM_P const pstr, const char* const value/*=nullptr*/) { + // Low-level draw_edit_screen can be used to draw an edit screen from anyplace + void MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen(PGM_P const pstr, const char* const value/*=nullptr*/) { ui.encoder_direction_normal(); - lcd_put_u8str_P(0, 1, pstr); + uint8_t n = lcd_put_u8str_ind_P(0, 1, pstr, itemIndex, LCD_WIDTH - 1); if (value != nullptr) { lcd_put_wchar(':'); int len = utf8_strlen(value); - const lcd_uint_t valrow = (utf8_strlen_P(pstr) + 1 + len + 1) > (LCD_WIDTH - 2) ? 2 : 1; // Value on the next row if it won't fit - lcd_put_wchar((LCD_WIDTH - 1) - (len + 1), valrow, ' '); // Right-justified, padded, add a leading space + const lcd_uint_t valrow = (n < len + 1) ? 2 : 1; // Value on the next row if it won't fit + lcd_put_wchar((LCD_WIDTH - 1) - (len + 1), valrow, ' '); // Right-justified, padded, leading space lcd_put_u8str(value); } } - void draw_select_screen(PGM_P const yes, PGM_P const no, const bool yesno, PGM_P const pref, const char * const string, PGM_P const suff) { + // The Select Screen presents a prompt and two "buttons" + void MenuItem_confirm::draw_select_screen(PGM_P const yes, PGM_P const no, const bool yesno, PGM_P const pref, const char * const string/*=nullptr*/, PGM_P const suff/*=nullptr*/) { ui.draw_select_screen_prompt(pref, string, suff); SETCURSOR(0, LCD_HEIGHT - 1); lcd_put_wchar(yesno ? ' ' : '['); lcd_put_u8str_P(no); lcd_put_wchar(yesno ? ' ' : ']'); @@ -1030,9 +1056,7 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - void draw_sd_menu_item(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, CardReader &theCard, const bool isDir) { - UNUSED(pstr); - + void MenuItem_sdbase::draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const, CardReader &theCard, const bool isDir) { lcd_put_wchar(0, row, sel ? LCD_STR_ARROW_RIGHT[0] : ' '); constexpr uint8_t maxlen = LCD_WIDTH - 2; uint8_t n = maxlen - lcd_put_u8str_max(ui.scrolled_filename(theCard, maxlen, row, sel), maxlen); @@ -1040,7 +1064,7 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { lcd_put_wchar(isDir ? LCD_STR_FOLDER[0] : ' '); } - #endif // SDSUPPORT + #endif #if ENABLED(LCD_HAS_STATUS_INDICATORS) @@ -1049,9 +1073,13 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { static uint8_t ledsprev = 0; uint8_t leds = 0; - if (thermalManager.degTargetBed() > 0) leds |= LED_A; + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + if (thermalManager.degTargetBed() > 0) leds |= LED_A; + #endif - if (thermalManager.degTargetHotend(0) > 0) leds |= LED_B; + #if HOTENDS + if (thermalManager.degTargetHotend(0) > 0) leds |= LED_B; + #endif #if FAN_COUNT > 0 if (0 @@ -1064,6 +1092,21 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { #if HAS_FAN2 || thermalManager.fan_speed[2] #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + || thermalManager.fan_speed[3] + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + || thermalManager.fan_speed[4] + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + || thermalManager.fan_speed[5] + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + || thermalManager.fan_speed[6] + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + || thermalManager.fan_speed[7] + #endif ) leds |= LED_C; #endif // FAN_COUNT > 0 @@ -1169,10 +1212,10 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { #define _LCD_W_POS 12 #define _PLOT_X 1 #define _MAP_X 3 - #define _LABEL(C,X,Y) lcd_put_u8str(X, Y, C) - #define _XLABEL(X,Y) _LABEL("X:",X,Y) - #define _YLABEL(X,Y) _LABEL("Y:",X,Y) - #define _ZLABEL(X,Y) _LABEL("Z:",X,Y) + #define _LABEL(C,X,Y) lcd_put_u8str_P(X, Y, C) + #define _XLABEL(X,Y) _LABEL(X_LBL,X,Y) + #define _YLABEL(X,Y) _LABEL(Y_LBL,X,Y) + #define _ZLABEL(X,Y) _LABEL(Z_LBL,X,Y) #else #define _LCD_W_POS 8 #define _PLOT_X 0 @@ -1189,10 +1232,9 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { * Show X and Y positions */ _XLABEL(_PLOT_X, 0); - lcd_put_u8str(ftostr52(LOGICAL_X_POSITION(pgm_read_float(&ubl._mesh_index_to_xpos[x_plot])))); - + lcd_put_u8str(ftostr52(LOGICAL_X_POSITION(ubl.mesh_index_to_xpos(x_plot)))); _YLABEL(_LCD_W_POS, 0); - lcd_put_u8str(ftostr52(LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(pgm_read_float(&ubl._mesh_index_to_ypos[y_plot])))); + lcd_put_u8str(ftostr52(LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(ubl.mesh_index_to_ypos(y_plot)))); lcd_moveto(_PLOT_X, 0); @@ -1373,9 +1415,9 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { * Print plot position */ lcd_put_wchar(_LCD_W_POS, 0, '('); - lcd_put_u8str(ui8tostr3(x_plot)); + lcd_put_u8str(ui8tostr3rj(x_plot)); lcd_put_wchar(','); - lcd_put_u8str(ui8tostr3(y_plot)); + lcd_put_u8str(ui8tostr3rj(y_plot)); lcd_put_wchar(')'); #if LCD_HEIGHT <= 3 // 16x2 or 20x2 display @@ -1395,9 +1437,9 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { * Show all values at right of screen */ _XLABEL(_LCD_W_POS, 1); - lcd_put_u8str(ftostr52(LOGICAL_X_POSITION(pgm_read_float(&ubl._mesh_index_to_xpos[x_plot])))); + lcd_put_u8str(ftostr52(LOGICAL_X_POSITION(ubl.mesh_index_to_xpos(x_plot)))); _YLABEL(_LCD_W_POS, 2); - lcd_put_u8str(ftostr52(LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(pgm_read_float(&ubl._mesh_index_to_ypos[y_plot])))); + lcd_put_u8str(ftostr52(LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(ubl.mesh_index_to_ypos(y_plot)))); /** * Show the location value diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.h index d600dd3c2d..12bf86a161 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/HAL_LCD_class_defines.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/HAL_LCD_class_defines.h index b7b1717e1b..4ab165c7a0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/HAL_LCD_class_defines.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/HAL_LCD_class_defines.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/HAL_LCD_com_defines.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/HAL_LCD_com_defines.h index 427685cadb..25224934c5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/HAL_LCD_com_defines.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/HAL_LCD_com_defines.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #include -#ifndef U8G_HAL_LINKS +#ifndef U8G_HAL_LINKS // Defined by LPC1768/9 environments in platform.ini #ifdef __SAM3X8E__ @@ -75,6 +75,7 @@ #define U8G_COM_ST7920_HAL_HW_SPI u8g_com_arduino_st7920_hw_spi_fn #endif + // This can't be invoked from the current platformio.ini #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768 uint8_t u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_hw_i2c_fn(u8g_t *u8g, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_val, void *arg_ptr); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/dogm_Bootscreen.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/dogm_Bootscreen.h index ea8ce5e38a..f4bf5f5f69 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/dogm_Bootscreen.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/dogm_Bootscreen.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/dogm_Statusscreen.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/dogm_Statusscreen.h index a09e778809..3384f5798a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/dogm_Statusscreen.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/dogm_Statusscreen.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -598,6 +598,105 @@ #endif // !STATUS_HEATERS_WIDTH && !STATUS_HOTEND1_WIDTH +// LASER / SPINDLE +#if !STATUS_CUTTER_WIDTH && HAS_CUTTER + #define STATUS_CUTTER_WIDTH 24 + #define STATUS_CUTTER_X 80 + #if ENABLED(LASER_FEATURE) + #ifdef STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM + const unsigned char status_cutter_on_bmp[] PROGMEM = { + B00000000,B00100100,B00000000, + B00000000,B01100110,B00000000, + B00000000,B11000011,B00000000, + B00000001,B10011001,B10000000, + B00000011,B00100100,B11000000, + B00000000,B01000010,B00000000, + B00000000,B01000010,B00000000, + B00000011,B00100100,B11000000, + B00000001,B10011001,B10000000, + B00000000,B11000011,B00000000, + B00000000,B01100110,B00000000, + B00000000,B00100100,B00000000 + }; + const unsigned char status_cutter_bmp[] PROGMEM = { + B00000000,B00100100,B00000000, + B00000000,B01100110,B00000000, + B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, + B00000001,B00000000,B10000000, + B00000011,B00000000,B11000000, + B00000000,B00011000,B00000000, + B00000000,B00011000,B00000000, + B00000011,B00000000,B11000000, + B00000001,B00000000,B10000000, + B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, + B00000000,B01100110,B00000000, + B00000000,B00100100,B00000000 + }; + #else + const unsigned char status_cutter_bmp[] PROGMEM = { + B00000000,B00100100,B00000000, + B00000000,B01100110,B00000000, + B00000000,B11000011,B00000000, + B00000001,B10000001,B10000000, + B00000011,B00000000,B11000000, + B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, + B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, + B00000011,B00000000,B11000000, + B00000001,B10000001,B10000000, + B00000000,B11000011,B00000000, + B00000000,B01100110,B00000000, + B00000000,B00100100,B00000000 + }; + #endif + #else + #ifdef STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM + const unsigned char status_cutter_on_bmp[] PROGMEM = { + B00000001,B11111110,B10000000, + B00000000,B11000000,B00000000, + B00000001,B10000000,B10000000, + B00000001,B00000000,B10000000, + B00000001,B11111100,B10000000, + B00000000,B11100000,B00000000, + B00000001,B11000000,B10000000, + B00000000,B10000001,B00000000, + B00000000,B01111010,B00000000, + B00000000,B00110100,B00000000, + B00000000,B00011000,B00000000, + B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 + }; + const unsigned char status_cutter_bmp[] PROGMEM = { + B00000001,B11111110,B10000000, + B00000000,B11000000,B00000000, + B00000001,B10000000,B10000000, + B00000001,B00000000,B10000000, + B00000001,B11111100,B10000000, + B00000000,B11100000,B00000000, + B00000001,B11000000,B10000000, + B00000000,B10000001,B00000000, + B00000000,B01111010,B00000000, + B00000000,B00110100,B00000000, + B00000000,B00011000,B00000000, + B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 + }; + #else + const unsigned char status_cutter_bmp[] PROGMEM = { + B00000001,B11000010,B10000000, + B00000001,B00011100,B10000000, + B00000000,B11100001,B00000000, + B00000001,B00001110,B10000000, + B00000001,B01110000,B10000000, + B00000000,B10000111,B10000000, + B00000001,B00111111,B10000000, + B00000000,B11111111,B00000000, + B00000000,B01111110,B00000000, + B00000000,B00111100,B00000000, + B00000000,B00011000,B00000000, + B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 + }; + #endif + #endif +#endif // LASER / SPINDLE + // // Default Status Screen Bed bitmaps // @@ -686,7 +785,9 @@ #endif #endif -#else +#endif + +#ifndef STATUS_BED_WIDTH #define STATUS_BED_WIDTH 0 #endif @@ -753,7 +854,9 @@ }; #endif -#else // HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER +#endif + +#ifndef STATUS_CHAMBER_WIDTH #define STATUS_CHAMBER_WIDTH 0 #endif @@ -1232,7 +1335,7 @@ #define _HEATERS_WIDTH (HOTENDS * (STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE)) // as many hotends as possible #elif STATUS_HEATERS_WIDTH #define _HEATERS_WIDTH STATUS_HEATERS_WIDTH - #else + #elif HOTENDS #error "Status screen heaters region was not specified." #endif #if STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH > (LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - (_EXTRA_WIDTH + _HEATERS_WIDTH)) @@ -1269,7 +1372,7 @@ #define STATUS_LOGO_X 0 #endif #ifndef STATUS_LOGO_Y - #define STATUS_LOGO_Y _MIN(0, 10 - (STATUS_LOGO_HEIGHT) / 2) + #define STATUS_LOGO_Y _MIN(0U, (10 - (STATUS_LOGO_HEIGHT) / 2)) #endif #ifndef STATUS_LOGO_HEIGHT #define STATUS_LOGO_HEIGHT (sizeof(status_logo_bmp) / (STATUS_LOGO_BYTEWIDTH)) @@ -1462,7 +1565,53 @@ #else // HOTENDS == 0 - //#error "Incomplete status header" + #define STATUS_HOTEND_TEXT_X(N) 0 + #define STATUS_HEATERS_Y 0 + +#endif + +// +// Cutter Bitmap Properties +// +#ifndef STATUS_CUTTER_BYTEWIDTH + #define STATUS_CUTTER_BYTEWIDTH BW(STATUS_CUTTER_WIDTH) +#endif +#if STATUS_CUTTER_WIDTH + + #ifndef STATUS_CUTTER_X + #define STATUS_CUTTER_X (LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - (STATUS_CUTTER_BYTEWIDTH + STATUS_CUTTER_BYTEWIDTH) * 8) + #endif + + #ifndef STATUS_CUTTER_HEIGHT + #ifdef STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM + #define STATUS_CUTTER_HEIGHT(S) ((S) ? sizeof(status_cutter_on_bmp) / (STATUS_CUTTER_BYTEWIDTH) : sizeof(status_cutter_bmp) / (STATUS_CUTTER_BYTEWIDTH)) + #else + #define STATUS_CUTTER_HEIGHT(S) (sizeof(status_cutter_bmp) / (STATUS_CUTTER_BYTEWIDTH)) + #endif + #endif + + #ifndef STATUS_CUTTER_Y + #define STATUS_CUTTER_Y(S) 4 + #endif + + #ifndef STATUS_CUTTER_TEXT_X + #define STATUS_CUTTER_TEXT_X (STATUS_CUTTER_X -1) + #endif + + #ifndef STATUS_CUTTER_TEXT_Y + #define STATUS_CUTTER_TEXT_Y 28 + #endif + + static_assert( + sizeof(status_cutter_bmp) == (STATUS_CUTTER_BYTEWIDTH) * (STATUS_CUTTER_HEIGHT(0)), + "Status cutter bitmap (status_cutter_bmp) dimensions don't match data." + ); + #ifdef STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM + static_assert( + sizeof(status_cutter_on_bmp) == (STATUS_CUTTER_BYTEWIDTH) * (STATUS_CUTTER_HEIGHT(1)), + "Status cutter bitmap (status_cutter_on_bmp) dimensions don't match data." + ); + #endif #endif @@ -1581,3 +1730,17 @@ #endif #endif #endif + +#define DO_DRAW_LOGO (STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH && ENABLED(CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE)) +#define DO_DRAW_HOTENDS (HOTENDS > 0) +#define DO_DRAW_BED (HAS_HEATED_BED && HOTENDS <= 4) +#define DO_DRAW_CUTTER (HAS_CUTTER && !DO_DRAW_BED) +#define DO_DRAW_CHAMBER (HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER && STATUS_CHAMBER_WIDTH && HOTENDS <= 4) +#define DO_DRAW_FAN (HAS_FAN0 && STATUS_FAN_WIDTH && HOTENDS <= 4 && defined(STATUS_FAN_FRAMES)) + +#define ANIM_HOTEND (HOTENDS && ENABLED(STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)) +#define ANIM_BED (DO_DRAW_BED && ENABLED(STATUS_BED_ANIM)) +#define ANIM_CHAMBER (DO_DRAW_CHAMBER && ENABLED(STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM)) +#define ANIM_CUTTER (DO_DRAW_CUTTER && ENABLED(STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM)) + +#define ANIM_HBCC (ANIM_HOTEND || ANIM_BED || ANIM_CHAMBER || ANIM_CUTTER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/fontdata_6x9_marlin.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/fontdata_6x9_marlin.h index 42f1606763..fd07e4af1e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/fontdata_6x9_marlin.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/fontdata_6x9_marlin.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/fontdata_ISO10646_1.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/fontdata_ISO10646_1.h index be304b1a14..e3087a55df 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/fontdata_ISO10646_1.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/fontdata_ISO10646_1.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/langdata_el-gr.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/langdata_el_gr.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/langdata_el-gr.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/langdata_el_gr.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/langdata_jp-kana.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/langdata_jp-kana.h deleted file mode 100644 index e2ff9129b4..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/langdata_jp-kana.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,116 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Generated automatically by buildroot/share/fonts/uxggenpages.sh - * Contents will be REPLACED by future processing! - * Use genallfont.sh to generate font data for updated languages. - */ -#include - -const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_161_164[61] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_161_164") = { - 0x00,0x06,0x0c,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xa1,0xa4,0x00,0x06,0x00,0x00, - 0x00,0x04,0x04,0x04,0x06,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x10,0x60,0x40,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00, - 0x00,0xf8,0x08,0x28,0x30,0x20,0x40,0x03,0x04,0x04,0x06,0x01,0x00,0x20,0x40,0xc0, - 0x40,0x04,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x10,0x20,0x60,0xa0,0x20,0x20}; -const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_166_166[29] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_166_166") = { - 0x00,0x06,0x0c,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xa6,0xa6,0x00,0x06,0x00,0x00, - 0x00,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x20,0xf8,0x88,0x08,0x10,0x20}; -const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_168_168[28] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_168_168") = { - 0x00,0x06,0x0c,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xa8,0xa8,0x00,0x05,0x00,0x00, - 0x00,0x05,0x05,0x05,0x06,0x00,0x00,0xf8,0x20,0x20,0x20,0xf8}; -const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_170_181[167] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_170_181") = { - 0x00,0x06,0x0c,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xaa,0xb5,0x00,0x08,0x00,0x00, - 0x00,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x10,0xf8,0x30,0x50,0x90,0x10,0x05,0x06,0x06, - 0x06,0x00,0x00,0x40,0xf8,0x48,0x48,0x48,0x90,0x05,0x08,0x08,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x28, - 0x00,0x40,0xf8,0x48,0x48,0x48,0x90,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x20,0xf8,0x20, - 0xf8,0x20,0x20,0x05,0x08,0x08,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x28,0x00,0x20,0xf8,0x20,0xf8,0x20, - 0x20,0x04,0x05,0x05,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x70,0x90,0x10,0x20,0xc0,0x05,0x07,0x07,0x06, - 0x00,0x00,0x28,0x00,0x70,0x90,0x10,0x20,0xc0,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x40, - 0x78,0x90,0x10,0x10,0x20,0x05,0x08,0x08,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x28,0x00,0x40,0x78,0x90, - 0x10,0x10,0x20,0x05,0x05,0x05,0x06,0x00,0x00,0xf8,0x08,0x08,0x08,0xf8,0x05,0x07, - 0x07,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x28,0x00,0xf8,0x08,0x08,0x08,0xf8,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00, - 0x00,0x50,0xf8,0x50,0x10,0x20,0x40}; -const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_183_187[77] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_183_187") = { - 0x00,0x06,0x0c,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xb7,0xbb,0x00,0x07,0x00,0x00, - 0x00,0x05,0x05,0x05,0x06,0x00,0x00,0xc0,0x08,0xc8,0x10,0xe0,0x05,0x07,0x07,0x06, - 0x00,0x00,0x28,0x00,0xc0,0x08,0xc8,0x10,0xe0,0x05,0x05,0x05,0x06,0x00,0x00,0xf8, - 0x10,0x20,0x50,0x88,0x05,0x07,0x07,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x28,0x00,0xf8,0x10,0x20,0x50, - 0x88,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x40,0xf8,0x48,0x50,0x40,0x38}; -const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_189_193[77] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_189_193") = { - 0x00,0x06,0x0c,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xbd,0xc1,0x00,0x07,0x00,0x00, - 0x00,0x05,0x05,0x05,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x88,0x88,0x48,0x10,0x60,0x05,0x07,0x07,0x06, - 0x00,0x00,0x28,0x00,0x88,0x88,0x48,0x10,0x60,0x05,0x05,0x05,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x78, - 0x48,0xa8,0x10,0x60,0x05,0x07,0x07,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x28,0x00,0x78,0x48,0xa8,0x10, - 0x60,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x10,0xe0,0x20,0xf8,0x20,0x40}; -const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_195_196[38] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_195_196") = { - 0x00,0x06,0x0c,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xc3,0xc4,0x00,0x05,0x00,0x00, - 0x00,0x05,0x04,0x04,0x06,0x00,0x00,0xa8,0xa8,0x08,0x30,0x05,0x05,0x05,0x06,0x00, - 0x00,0xa8,0xa8,0x08,0x10,0x20}; -const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_198_211[190] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_198_211") = { - 0x00,0x06,0x0c,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xc6,0xd3,0x00,0x08,0x00,0x00, - 0x00,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x70,0x00,0xf8,0x20,0x20,0x40,0x05,0x08,0x08, - 0x06,0x00,0x00,0x28,0x00,0x70,0x00,0xf8,0x20,0x20,0x40,0x03,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x01, - 0x00,0x80,0x80,0xc0,0xa0,0x80,0x80,0x04,0x08,0x08,0x06,0x01,0x00,0x50,0x00,0x80, - 0x80,0xc0,0xa0,0x80,0x80,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x20,0xf8,0x20,0x20,0x40, - 0x80,0x05,0x05,0x05,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x70,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf8,0x05,0x05,0x05,0x06, - 0x00,0x00,0xf8,0x08,0x50,0x20,0xd0,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x20,0xf8,0x10, - 0x20,0x70,0xa8,0x03,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x01,0x00,0x20,0x20,0x20,0x20,0x40,0x80,0x05, - 0x05,0x05,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x10,0x88,0x88,0x88,0x88,0x05,0x07,0x07,0x06,0x00,0x00, - 0x28,0x00,0x10,0x88,0x88,0x88,0x88,0x05,0x08,0x08,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x18,0x18,0x00, - 0x10,0x88,0x88,0x88,0x88,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0xf8,0x80,0x80, - 0x78,0x05,0x07,0x07,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x28,0x80,0x80,0xf8,0x80,0x80,0x78}; -const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_213_217[77] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_213_217") = { - 0x00,0x06,0x0c,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xd5,0xd9,0x00,0x08,0x00,0x00, - 0x00,0x05,0x05,0x05,0x06,0x00,0x00,0xf8,0x08,0x08,0x10,0x60,0x05,0x07,0x07,0x06, - 0x00,0x00,0x28,0x00,0xf8,0x08,0x08,0x10,0x60,0x05,0x08,0x08,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x18, - 0x18,0x00,0xf8,0x08,0x08,0x10,0x60,0x05,0x04,0x04,0x06,0x00,0x01,0x40,0xa0,0x10, - 0x08,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x01,0x28,0x00,0x40,0xa0,0x10,0x08}; -const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_219_220[43] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_219_220") = { - 0x00,0x06,0x0c,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xdb,0xdc,0x00,0x08,0x00,0x00, - 0x00,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x20,0xf8,0x20,0xa8,0xa8,0x20,0x05,0x08,0x08, - 0x06,0x00,0x00,0x28,0x00,0x20,0xf8,0x20,0xa8,0xa8,0x20}; -const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_222_223[39] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_222_223") = { - 0x00,0x06,0x0c,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xde,0xdf,0x00,0x05,0x00,0x00, - 0x00,0x05,0x05,0x05,0x06,0x00,0x00,0xf8,0x08,0x50,0x20,0x10,0x04,0x05,0x05,0x06, - 0x01,0x00,0xe0,0x00,0xe0,0x00,0xf0}; -const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_225_226[39] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_225_226") = { - 0x00,0x06,0x0c,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xe1,0xe2,0x00,0x05,0x00,0x00, - 0x00,0x05,0x05,0x05,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x08,0x28,0x10,0x28,0xc0,0x05,0x05,0x05,0x06, - 0x00,0x00,0xf8,0x40,0xf8,0x40,0x38}; -const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_228_229[39] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_228_229") = { - 0x00,0x06,0x0c,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xe4,0xe5,0x00,0x06,0x00,0x00, - 0x00,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x40,0xf8,0x48,0x50,0x40,0x40,0x04,0x04,0x04, - 0x06,0x00,0x00,0x60,0x20,0x20,0xf0}; -const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_231_237[96] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_231_237") = { - 0x00,0x06,0x0c,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xe7,0xed,0x00,0x06,0x00,0x00, - 0x00,0x04,0x05,0x05,0x06,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x10,0xf0,0x10,0xf0,0x05,0x05,0x05,0x06, - 0x00,0x00,0xf8,0x08,0xf8,0x08,0xf8,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x70,0x00,0xf8, - 0x08,0x10,0x20,0x04,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x90,0x90,0x90,0x90,0x10,0x20,0x05, - 0x05,0x05,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x20,0xa0,0xa8,0xa8,0xb0,0x04,0x05,0x05,0x06,0x00,0x00, - 0x80,0x80,0x90,0xa0,0xc0,0x05,0x05,0x05,0x06,0x00,0x00,0xf8,0x88,0x88,0x88,0xf8 - }; -const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_242_243[39] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_242_243") = { - 0x00,0x06,0x0c,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf2,0xf3,0x00,0x05,0x00,0x00, - 0x00,0x05,0x05,0x05,0x06,0x00,0x00,0xf8,0x08,0xf8,0x08,0x30,0x05,0x05,0x05,0x06, - 0x00,0x00,0xc0,0x08,0x08,0x10,0xe0}; -const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_252_252[24] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_252_252") = { - 0x00,0x06,0x0c,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xfc,0xfc,0x00,0x03,0x00,0x00, - 0x00,0x05,0x01,0x01,0x06,0x00,0x02,0xf8}; - -#define FONTDATA_ITEM(page, begin, end, data) { page, begin, end, COUNT(data), data } -static const uxg_fontinfo_t g_fontinfo[] PROGMEM = { - FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 161, 164, fontpage_97_161_164), // 'ァ' -- 'イ' - FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 166, 166, fontpage_97_166_166), // 'ウ' -- 'ウ' - FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 168, 168, fontpage_97_168_168), // 'エ' -- 'エ' - FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 170, 181, fontpage_97_170_181), // 'オ' -- 'サ' - FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 183, 187, fontpage_97_183_187), // 'シ' -- 'セ' - FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 189, 193, fontpage_97_189_193), // 'ソ' -- 'チ' - FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 195, 196, fontpage_97_195_196), // 'ッ' -- 'ツ' - FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 198, 211, fontpage_97_198_211), // 'テ' -- 'ビ' - FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 213, 217, fontpage_97_213_217), // 'フ' -- 'ベ' - FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 219, 220, fontpage_97_219_220), // 'ホ' -- 'ボ' - FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 222, 223, fontpage_97_222_223), // 'マ' -- 'ミ' - FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 225, 226, fontpage_97_225_226), // 'メ' -- 'モ' - FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 228, 229, fontpage_97_228_229), // 'ヤ' -- 'ュ' - FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 231, 237, fontpage_97_231_237), // 'ョ' -- 'ロ' - FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 242, 243, fontpage_97_242_243), // 'ヲ' -- 'ン' - FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 252, 252, fontpage_97_252_252), // 'ー' -- 'ー' -}; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/langdata_jp_kana.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/langdata_jp_kana.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..97d82c0293 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/langdata_jp_kana.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/** + * Generated automatically by buildroot/share/fonts/uxggenpages.sh + * Contents will be REPLACED by future processing! + * Use genallfont.sh to generate font data for updated languages. + */ +#include + +const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_161_164[65] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_161_164") = { + 0x00,0x0c,0x0f,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xa1,0xa4,0x00,0x07,0x00,0x00, + 0x00,0x04,0x05,0x05,0x06,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x10,0x60,0x40,0x80,0x05,0x07,0x07,0x06, + 0x00,0x00,0xf8,0x08,0x28,0x30,0x20,0x20,0x40,0x04,0x05,0x05,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x10, + 0x20,0x60,0xa0,0x20,0x05,0x07,0x07,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x08,0x10,0x20,0x60,0xa0,0x20, + 0x20}; +const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_166_166[30] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_166_166") = { + 0x00,0x0c,0x0f,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xa6,0xa6,0x00,0x07,0x00,0x00, + 0x00,0x05,0x07,0x07,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x20,0xf8,0x88,0x88,0x08,0x10,0x60}; +const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_168_168[29] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_168_168") = { + 0x00,0x0c,0x0f,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xa8,0xa8,0x00,0x06,0x00,0x00, + 0x00,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0xf8,0x20,0x20,0x20,0x20,0xf8}; +const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_170_187[268] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_170_187") = { + 0x00,0x0c,0x0f,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xaa,0xbb,0x00,0x0d,0x00,0x00, + 0x00,0x05,0x07,0x07,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x10,0xf8,0x10,0x30,0x50,0x90,0x10,0x05,0x07, + 0x07,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x40,0xf8,0x48,0x48,0x48,0x48,0x98,0x05,0x09,0x09,0x06,0x00, + 0x00,0x28,0x08,0x40,0xf8,0x48,0x48,0x48,0x48,0x98,0x05,0x07,0x07,0x06,0x00,0x00, + 0x20,0xf8,0x20,0x20,0xf8,0x10,0x10,0x05,0x09,0x09,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x28,0x08,0x20, + 0xf8,0x20,0x20,0xf8,0x10,0x10,0x05,0x07,0x07,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x40,0x78,0x48,0x88, + 0x08,0x10,0x60,0x05,0x09,0x09,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x28,0x08,0x40,0x78,0x48,0x88,0x08, + 0x10,0x60,0x05,0x07,0x07,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x80,0xf8,0x90,0x90,0x10,0x10,0x20,0x05, + 0x09,0x09,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x28,0x28,0x80,0xf8,0x90,0x90,0x10,0x10,0x20,0x05,0x06, + 0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0xf8,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0xf8,0x05,0x09,0x09,0x06,0x00,0x00, + 0x28,0x28,0x00,0xf8,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0xf8,0x05,0x07,0x07,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x50, + 0xf8,0x50,0x50,0x50,0x10,0x20,0x05,0x09,0x09,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x28,0x08,0x50,0xf8, + 0x50,0x50,0x50,0x10,0x20,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0xc0,0x08,0xc8,0x08,0x10, + 0xe0,0x07,0x0d,0x0d,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x02,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x28,0x28,0x00,0xc0,0x08, + 0xc8,0x08,0x10,0xe0,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x70,0x10,0x10,0x20,0x50,0x88, + 0x05,0x09,0x09,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x28,0x28,0x00,0x70,0x10,0x10,0x20,0x50,0x88,0x05, + 0x07,0x07,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x40,0x40,0xf8,0x48,0x50,0x40,0x38}; +const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_189_193[85] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_189_193") = { + 0x00,0x0c,0x0f,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xbd,0xc1,0x00,0x09,0x00,0x00, + 0x00,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x88,0x48,0x48,0x10,0x10,0x20,0x05,0x09,0x09, + 0x06,0x00,0x00,0x28,0x28,0x00,0x88,0x48,0x48,0x10,0x10,0x20,0x05,0x07,0x07,0x06, + 0x00,0x00,0x40,0x78,0x48,0xa8,0x18,0x10,0x60,0x05,0x09,0x09,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x28, + 0x08,0x40,0x78,0x48,0xa8,0x18,0x10,0x60,0x05,0x07,0x07,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x10,0x60, + 0x20,0xf8,0x20,0x20,0x40}; +const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_195_211[241] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_195_211") = { + 0x00,0x0c,0x0f,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xc3,0xd3,0x00,0x09,0x00,0x00, + 0x00,0x05,0x04,0x04,0x06,0x00,0x00,0xa8,0xa8,0x08,0x30,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00, + 0x00,0xa8,0xa8,0xa8,0x08,0x10,0x60,0x05,0x09,0x09,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x28,0x28,0x00, + 0xa8,0xa8,0xa8,0x08,0x10,0x60,0x05,0x07,0x07,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x70,0x00,0xf8,0x20, + 0x20,0x20,0x40,0x05,0x09,0x09,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x28,0x08,0x70,0x00,0xf8,0x20,0x20, + 0x20,0x40,0x04,0x07,0x07,0x06,0x01,0x00,0x80,0x80,0xc0,0xa0,0x90,0x80,0x80,0x04, + 0x09,0x09,0x06,0x01,0x00,0x50,0x10,0x80,0x80,0xc0,0xa0,0x90,0x80,0x80,0x05,0x07, + 0x07,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x20,0x20,0xf8,0x20,0x20,0x40,0x80,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00, + 0x00,0x70,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf8,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x78,0x08,0x28, + 0x10,0x28,0xc0,0x05,0x07,0x07,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x20,0x70,0x10,0x20,0x70,0xa8,0x20, + 0x03,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x01,0x00,0x20,0x20,0x20,0x40,0x40,0x80,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06, + 0x00,0x00,0x10,0x50,0x50,0x48,0x88,0x88,0x05,0x09,0x09,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x28,0x28, + 0x00,0x10,0x50,0x50,0x48,0x88,0x88,0x05,0x09,0x09,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x18,0x18,0x00, + 0x10,0x50,0x50,0x48,0x88,0x88,0x04,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x90,0xe0,0x80, + 0x80,0x70,0x05,0x09,0x09,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x28,0x28,0x00,0x80,0x90,0xe0,0x80,0x80, + 0x70}; +const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_213_217[84] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_213_217") = { + 0x00,0x0c,0x0f,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xd5,0xd9,0x00,0x09,0x00,0x00, + 0x00,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0xf8,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x10,0x60,0x05,0x09,0x09, + 0x06,0x00,0x00,0x28,0x28,0x00,0xf8,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x10,0x60,0x05,0x09,0x09,0x06, + 0x00,0x00,0x18,0x18,0x00,0xf8,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x10,0x60,0x05,0x05,0x05,0x06,0x00, + 0x01,0x60,0xa0,0x10,0x10,0x08,0x05,0x08,0x08,0x06,0x00,0x01,0x28,0x28,0x00,0x60, + 0xa0,0x10,0x10,0x08}; +const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_219_220[45] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_219_220") = { + 0x00,0x0c,0x0f,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xdb,0xdc,0x00,0x09,0x00,0x00, + 0x00,0x05,0x07,0x07,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x20,0xf8,0x20,0xa8,0xa8,0xa8,0x20,0x05,0x09, + 0x09,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x28,0x08,0x20,0xf8,0x20,0xa8,0xa8,0xa8,0x20}; +const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_222_223[41] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_222_223") = { + 0x00,0x0c,0x0f,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xde,0xdf,0x00,0x06,0x00,0x00, + 0x00,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0xf8,0x08,0x08,0x50,0x20,0x10,0x04,0x06,0x06, + 0x06,0x01,0x00,0xe0,0x00,0xe0,0x00,0xc0,0x30}; +const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_225_237[174] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_225_237") = { + 0x00,0x0c,0x0f,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xe1,0xed,0x00,0x07,0x00,0x00, + 0x00,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x08,0x48,0x30,0x10,0x28,0xc0,0x05,0x06,0x06, + 0x06,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x40,0xf8,0x40,0x40,0x38,0x05,0x05,0x05,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x40, + 0xf8,0x48,0x50,0x40,0x05,0x07,0x07,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x40,0x40,0xf8,0x48,0x50,0x40, + 0x40,0x04,0x05,0x05,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x60,0x20,0x20,0x20,0xf0,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06, + 0x00,0x00,0x70,0x10,0x10,0x10,0x10,0xf8,0x04,0x05,0x05,0x06,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x10, + 0xf0,0x10,0xf0,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0xf8,0x08,0xf8,0x08,0x08,0xf8,0x05, + 0x07,0x07,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x70,0x00,0xf8,0x08,0x08,0x10,0x60,0x04,0x07,0x07,0x06, + 0x00,0x00,0x10,0x90,0x90,0x90,0x90,0x10,0x60,0x05,0x07,0x07,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x20, + 0x20,0xa0,0xa0,0xa8,0xa8,0xb0,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x88, + 0xb0,0xc0,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0xf8,0x88,0x88,0x88,0x88,0xf8}; +const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_242_243[41] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_242_243") = { + 0x00,0x0c,0x0f,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf2,0xf3,0x00,0x06,0x00,0x00, + 0x00,0x05,0x06,0x06,0x06,0x00,0x00,0xf8,0x08,0xf8,0x08,0x10,0x60,0x05,0x06,0x06, + 0x06,0x00,0x00,0xc0,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x10,0xe0}; +const u8g_fntpgm_uint8_t fontpage_97_252_252[25] U8G_FONT_SECTION("fontpage_97_252_252") = { + 0x00,0x0c,0x0f,0x00,0xfe,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xfc,0xfc,0x00,0x05,0x00,0x00, + 0x00,0x05,0x02,0x02,0x06,0x00,0x03,0x80,0x78}; + +#define FONTDATA_ITEM(page, begin, end, data) { page, begin, end, COUNT(data), data } +static const uxg_fontinfo_t g_fontinfo[] PROGMEM = { + FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 161, 164, fontpage_97_161_164), // 'ァ' -- 'イ' + FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 166, 166, fontpage_97_166_166), // 'ウ' -- 'ウ' + FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 168, 168, fontpage_97_168_168), // 'エ' -- 'エ' + FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 170, 187, fontpage_97_170_187), // 'オ' -- 'セ' + FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 189, 193, fontpage_97_189_193), // 'ソ' -- 'チ' + FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 195, 211, fontpage_97_195_211), // 'ッ' -- 'ビ' + FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 213, 217, fontpage_97_213_217), // 'フ' -- 'ベ' + FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 219, 220, fontpage_97_219_220), // 'ホ' -- 'ボ' + FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 222, 223, fontpage_97_222_223), // 'マ' -- 'ミ' + FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 225, 237, fontpage_97_225_237), // 'メ' -- 'ロ' + FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 242, 243, fontpage_97_242_243), // 'ヲ' -- 'ン' + FONTDATA_ITEM(97, 252, 252, fontpage_97_252_252), // 'ー' -- 'ー' +}; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/langdata_pt-br.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/langdata_pt_br.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/langdata_pt-br.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/langdata_pt_br.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/lcdprint_u8g.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/lcdprint_u8g.cpp index 0ad5e998ab..c9a55a16e3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/lcdprint_u8g.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/lcdprint_u8g.cpp @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ #include "ultralcd_DOGM.h" #include "../ultralcd.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../fontutils.h" #include "u8g_fontutf8.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_DOGM.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_DOGM.cpp index e9023515cf..be414ab303 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_DOGM.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_DOGM.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -44,6 +44,10 @@ #include "../../gcode/parser.h" #endif +#if HAS_CUTTER + #include "../../feature/spindle_laser.h" +#endif + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) #include "../../sd/cardreader.h" #endif @@ -63,144 +67,114 @@ #define EXTRAS_BASELINE (40 + INFO_FONT_ASCENT) #define STATUS_BASELINE (LCD_PIXEL_HEIGHT - INFO_FONT_DESCENT) -#define DO_DRAW_LOGO (STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH && ENABLED(CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE)) -#define DO_DRAW_BED (HAS_HEATED_BED && STATUS_BED_WIDTH && HOTENDS <= 4) -#define DO_DRAW_CHAMBER (HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER && STATUS_CHAMBER_WIDTH && HOTENDS <= 4) -#define DO_DRAW_FAN (HAS_FAN0 && STATUS_FAN_WIDTH && HOTENDS <= 4 && defined(STATUS_FAN_FRAMES)) - -#define ANIM_HOTEND (HOTENDS && ENABLED(STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)) -#define ANIM_BED (DO_DRAW_BED && ENABLED(STATUS_BED_ANIM)) -#define ANIM_CHAMBER (DO_DRAW_CHAMBER && ENABLED(STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM)) - -#define ANIM_HBC (ANIM_HOTEND || ANIM_BED || ANIM_CHAMBER) - -#if ANIM_HBC - uint8_t heat_bits; +#if ANIM_HBCC + enum HeatBits : uint8_t { + HEATBIT_HOTEND, + HEATBIT_BED = HOTENDS, + HEATBIT_CHAMBER, + HEATBIT_CUTTER + }; + IF<(HEATBIT_CUTTER > 7), uint16_t, uint8_t>::type heat_bits; #endif + #if ANIM_HOTEND - #define HOTEND_ALT(N) TEST(heat_bits, N) + #define HOTEND_ALT(N) TEST(heat_bits, HEATBIT_HOTEND + N) #else #define HOTEND_ALT(N) false #endif #if ANIM_BED - #define BED_ALT() TEST(heat_bits, 7) + #define BED_ALT() TEST(heat_bits, HEATBIT_BED) #else #define BED_ALT() false #endif #if ANIM_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_ALT() TEST(heat_bits, 6) + #define CHAMBER_ALT() TEST(heat_bits, HEATBIT_CHAMBER) #else #define CHAMBER_ALT() false #endif - -#if HOTENDS - #define MAX_HOTEND_DRAW _MIN(HOTENDS, ((LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - (STATUS_LOGO_BYTEWIDTH + STATUS_FAN_BYTEWIDTH) * 8) / (STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE))) -#endif - -#define STATUS_HEATERS_BOT (STATUS_HEATERS_Y + STATUS_HEATERS_HEIGHT - 1) - -#if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) - #define SHOW_ON_STATE READ(X_MIN_PIN) +#if ANIM_CUTTER + #define CUTTER_ALT(N) TEST(heat_bits, HEATBIT_CUTTER) #else - #define SHOW_ON_STATE false + #define CUTTER_ALT() false #endif +#if DO_DRAW_HOTENDS + #define MAX_HOTEND_DRAW _MIN(HOTENDS, ((LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - (STATUS_LOGO_BYTEWIDTH + STATUS_FAN_BYTEWIDTH) * 8) / (STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE))) + #define STATUS_HEATERS_BOT (STATUS_HEATERS_Y + STATUS_HEATERS_HEIGHT - 1) +#endif + +#define PROGRESS_BAR_X 54 +#define PROGRESS_BAR_WIDTH (LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - PROGRESS_BAR_X) + FORCE_INLINE void _draw_centered_temp(const int16_t temp, const uint8_t tx, const uint8_t ty) { - const char *str = i16tostr3(temp); + const char *str = i16tostr3rj(temp); const uint8_t len = str[0] != ' ' ? 3 : str[1] != ' ' ? 2 : 1; lcd_put_u8str(tx - len * (INFO_FONT_WIDTH) / 2 + 1, ty, &str[3-len]); lcd_put_wchar(LCD_STR_DEGREE[0]); } -FORCE_INLINE void _draw_heater_status(const heater_ind_t heater, const bool blink) { - #if !HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER - UNUSED(blink); - #endif +#if DO_DRAW_HOTENDS - #if DO_DRAW_BED && DISABLED(STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS) || (HAS_HEATED_BED && ENABLED(STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS) && HOTENDS <= 4) - const bool isBed = heater < 0; - #define IFBED(A,B) (isBed ? (A) : (B)) - #else - #define IFBED(A,B) (B) - #endif - - #if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) - constexpr bool isHeat = true; - #else - const bool isHeat = IFBED(BED_ALT(), HOTEND_ALT(heater)); - #endif - - #ifndef STATUS_HOTEND_TEXT_X - #define STATUS_HOTEND_TEXT_X(N) 0 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_Y 0 - #endif - - const uint8_t tx = IFBED(STATUS_BED_TEXT_X, STATUS_HOTEND_TEXT_X(heater)); - - #if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) - const float temp = 20 + (millis() >> 8) % IFBED(100, 200), - target = IFBED(100, 200); - #else - const float temp = IFBED(thermalManager.degBed(), thermalManager.degHotend(heater)), - target = IFBED(thermalManager.degTargetBed(), thermalManager.degTargetHotend(heater)); - #endif - - #if DISABLED(STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATIC_HOTEND true - #define HOTEND_DOT isHeat - #else - #define STATIC_HOTEND false - #define HOTEND_DOT false - #endif - - #if DO_DRAW_BED && DISABLED(STATUS_BED_ANIM) - #define STATIC_BED true - #define BED_DOT isHeat - #else - #define STATIC_BED false - #define BED_DOT false - #endif - - #if ANIM_HOTEND && BOTH(STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED, STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS) - #define OFF_BMP(N) status_hotend_b_bmp - #define ON_BMP(N) status_hotend_a_bmp - #elif ANIM_HOTEND && DISABLED(STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED) && ENABLED(STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS) - #define OFF_BMP(N) status_hotend_a_bmp - #define ON_BMP(N) status_hotend_b_bmp - #elif ANIM_HOTEND && ENABLED(STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED) - #define OFF_BMP(N) status_hotend##N##_b_bmp - #define ON_BMP(N) status_hotend##N##_a_bmp - #else - #define OFF_BMP(N) status_hotend##N##_a_bmp - #define ON_BMP(N) status_hotend##N##_b_bmp - #endif - - #if STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS > 1 - static const unsigned char* const status_hotend_gfx[STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS] PROGMEM = ARRAY_N(STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS, OFF_BMP(1), OFF_BMP(2), OFF_BMP(3), OFF_BMP(4), OFF_BMP(5), OFF_BMP(6)); - #if ANIM_HOTEND - static const unsigned char* const status_hotend_on_gfx[STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS] PROGMEM = ARRAY_N(STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS, ON_BMP(1), ON_BMP(2), ON_BMP(3), ON_BMP(4), ON_BMP(5), ON_BMP(6)); - #define HOTEND_BITMAP(N,S) (unsigned char*)pgm_read_ptr((S) ? &status_hotend_on_gfx[(N) % (STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS)] : &status_hotend_gfx[(N) % (STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS)]) - #else - #define HOTEND_BITMAP(N,S) (unsigned char*)pgm_read_ptr(&status_hotend_gfx[(N) % (STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS)]) + // Draw hotend bitmap with current and target temperatures + FORCE_INLINE void _draw_hotend_status(const heater_ind_t heater, const bool blink) { + #if !HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER + UNUSED(blink); #endif - #elif ANIM_HOTEND - #define HOTEND_BITMAP(N,S) ((S) ? ON_BMP() : OFF_BMP()) - #else - #define HOTEND_BITMAP(N,S) status_hotend_a_bmp - #endif - if (PAGE_CONTAINS(STATUS_HEATERS_Y, STATUS_HEATERS_BOT)) { + const bool isHeat = HOTEND_ALT(heater); - #define BAR_TALL (STATUS_HEATERS_HEIGHT - 2) + const uint8_t tx = STATUS_HOTEND_TEXT_X(heater); - const float prop = target - 20, - perc = prop > 0 && temp >= 20 ? (temp - 20) / prop : 0; - uint8_t tall = uint8_t(perc * BAR_TALL + 0.5f); - NOMORE(tall, BAR_TALL); + const float temp = thermalManager.degHotend(heater), + target = thermalManager.degTargetHotend(heater); - #if ANIM_HOTEND - // Draw hotend bitmap, either whole or split by the heating percent - if (IFBED(0, 1)) { + #if DISABLED(STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) + #define STATIC_HOTEND true + #define HOTEND_DOT isHeat + #else + #define STATIC_HOTEND false + #define HOTEND_DOT false + #endif + + #if ANIM_HOTEND && BOTH(STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED, STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS) + #define OFF_BMP(N) status_hotend_b_bmp + #define ON_BMP(N) status_hotend_a_bmp + #elif ANIM_HOTEND && DISABLED(STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED) && ENABLED(STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS) + #define OFF_BMP(N) status_hotend_a_bmp + #define ON_BMP(N) status_hotend_b_bmp + #elif ANIM_HOTEND && ENABLED(STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED) + #define OFF_BMP(N) status_hotend##N##_b_bmp + #define ON_BMP(N) status_hotend##N##_a_bmp + #else + #define OFF_BMP(N) status_hotend##N##_a_bmp + #define ON_BMP(N) status_hotend##N##_b_bmp + #endif + + #if STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS > 1 + static const unsigned char* const status_hotend_gfx[STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS] PROGMEM = ARRAY_N(STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS, OFF_BMP(1), OFF_BMP(2), OFF_BMP(3), OFF_BMP(4), OFF_BMP(5), OFF_BMP(6)); + #if ANIM_HOTEND + static const unsigned char* const status_hotend_on_gfx[STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS] PROGMEM = ARRAY_N(STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS, ON_BMP(1), ON_BMP(2), ON_BMP(3), ON_BMP(4), ON_BMP(5), ON_BMP(6)); + #define HOTEND_BITMAP(N,S) (unsigned char*)pgm_read_ptr((S) ? &status_hotend_on_gfx[(N) % (STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS)] : &status_hotend_gfx[(N) % (STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS)]) + #else + #define HOTEND_BITMAP(N,S) (unsigned char*)pgm_read_ptr(&status_hotend_gfx[(N) % (STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS)]) + #endif + #elif ANIM_HOTEND + #define HOTEND_BITMAP(N,S) ((S) ? ON_BMP() : OFF_BMP()) + #else + #define HOTEND_BITMAP(N,S) status_hotend_a_bmp + #endif + + if (PAGE_CONTAINS(STATUS_HEATERS_Y, STATUS_HEATERS_BOT)) { + + #define BAR_TALL (STATUS_HEATERS_HEIGHT - 2) + + const float prop = target - 20, + perc = prop > 0 && temp >= 20 ? (temp - 20) / prop : 0; + uint8_t tall = uint8_t(perc * BAR_TALL + 0.5f); + NOMORE(tall, BAR_TALL); + + #if ANIM_HOTEND + // Draw hotend bitmap, either whole or split by the heating percent const uint8_t hx = STATUS_HOTEND_X(heater), bw = STATUS_HOTEND_BYTEWIDTH(heater); #if ENABLED(STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT) @@ -212,79 +186,115 @@ FORCE_INLINE void _draw_heater_status(const heater_ind_t heater, const bool blin else #endif u8g.drawBitmapP(hx, STATUS_HEATERS_Y, bw, STATUS_HEATERS_HEIGHT, HOTEND_BITMAP(heater, isHeat)); - } - #endif - - // Draw a heating progress bar, if specified - #if DO_DRAW_BED && ENABLED(STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT) - - if (IFBED(true, STATIC_HOTEND) && isHeat) { - const uint8_t bx = IFBED(STATUS_BED_X + STATUS_BED_WIDTH - 1, STATUS_HOTEND_X(heater) + STATUS_HOTEND_WIDTH(heater)) + 1; - u8g.drawFrame(bx, STATUS_HEATERS_Y, 3, STATUS_HEATERS_HEIGHT); - if (tall) { - const uint8_t ph = STATUS_HEATERS_HEIGHT - 1 - tall; - if (PAGE_OVER(STATUS_HEATERS_Y + ph)) - u8g.drawVLine(bx + 1, STATUS_HEATERS_Y + ph, tall); - } - } - - #endif - - } // PAGE_CONTAINS - - if (PAGE_UNDER(7)) { - #if HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER - const bool is_idle = IFBED(thermalManager.bed_idle.timed_out, thermalManager.hotend_idle[heater].timed_out), - dodraw = (blink || !is_idle); - #else - constexpr bool dodraw = true; - #endif - if (dodraw) _draw_centered_temp(target + 0.5, tx, 7); - } - - if (PAGE_CONTAINS(28 - INFO_FONT_ASCENT, 28 - 1)) - _draw_centered_temp(temp + 0.5f, tx, 28); - - if (IFBED(STATIC_BED && BED_DOT, STATIC_HOTEND && HOTEND_DOT) && PAGE_CONTAINS(17, 19)) { - u8g.setColorIndex(0); // set to white on black - u8g.drawBox(tx, IFBED(20-2, 20-3), 2, 2); - u8g.setColorIndex(1); // restore black on white - } - -} - -#if DO_DRAW_CHAMBER - - FORCE_INLINE void _draw_chamber_status(const bool blink) { - #if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) - const float temp = 10 + (millis() >> 8) % CHAMBER_MAXTEMP, - target = CHAMBER_MAXTEMP; - #else - const float temp = thermalManager.degChamber(); - #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER - const float target = thermalManager.degTargetChamber(); #endif - #endif + } // PAGE_CONTAINS + + if (PAGE_UNDER(7)) { + #if HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER + const bool dodraw = (blink || !thermalManager.hotend_idle[heater].timed_out); + #else + constexpr bool dodraw = true; + #endif + if (dodraw) _draw_centered_temp(target + 0.5, tx, 7); + } + + if (PAGE_CONTAINS(28 - INFO_FONT_ASCENT, 28 - 1)) + _draw_centered_temp(temp + 0.5f, tx, 28); + + if (STATIC_HOTEND && HOTEND_DOT && PAGE_CONTAINS(17, 19)) { + u8g.setColorIndex(0); // set to white on black + u8g.drawBox(tx, 20 - 3, 2, 2); + u8g.setColorIndex(1); // restore black on white + } + + } + +#endif // DO_DRAW_HOTENDS + +#if DO_DRAW_BED + + // Draw bed bitmap with current and target temperatures + FORCE_INLINE void _draw_bed_status(const bool blink) { #if !HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER UNUSED(blink); #endif + const uint8_t tx = STATUS_BED_TEXT_X; + + const float temp = thermalManager.degBed(), + target = thermalManager.degTargetBed(); + + #if ENABLED(STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT) || DISABLED(STATUS_BED_ANIM) + const bool isHeat = BED_ALT(); + #endif + + #if DISABLED(STATUS_BED_ANIM) + #define STATIC_BED true + #define BED_DOT isHeat + #else + #define STATIC_BED false + #define BED_DOT false + #endif + + if (PAGE_CONTAINS(STATUS_HEATERS_Y, STATUS_HEATERS_BOT)) { + + #define BAR_TALL (STATUS_HEATERS_HEIGHT - 2) + + const float prop = target - 20, + perc = prop > 0 && temp >= 20 ? (temp - 20) / prop : 0; + uint8_t tall = uint8_t(perc * BAR_TALL + 0.5f); + NOMORE(tall, BAR_TALL); + + // Draw a heating progress bar, if specified + #if ENABLED(STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT) + + if (isHeat) { + const uint8_t bx = STATUS_BED_X + STATUS_BED_WIDTH; + u8g.drawFrame(bx, STATUS_HEATERS_Y, 3, STATUS_HEATERS_HEIGHT); + if (tall) { + const uint8_t ph = STATUS_HEATERS_HEIGHT - 1 - tall; + if (PAGE_OVER(STATUS_HEATERS_Y + ph)) + u8g.drawVLine(bx + 1, STATUS_HEATERS_Y + ph, tall); + } + } + + #endif + + } // PAGE_CONTAINS + if (PAGE_UNDER(7)) { #if HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER - const bool is_idle = false, // thermalManager.chamber_idle.timed_out, - dodraw = (blink || !is_idle); + const bool dodraw = (blink || !thermalManager.bed_idle.timed_out); #else constexpr bool dodraw = true; #endif - #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER - if (dodraw) _draw_centered_temp(target + 0.5, STATUS_CHAMBER_TEXT_X, 7); - #else - UNUSED(dodraw); - #endif + if (dodraw) _draw_centered_temp(target + 0.5, tx, 7); } + if (PAGE_CONTAINS(28 - INFO_FONT_ASCENT, 28 - 1)) - _draw_centered_temp(temp + 0.5f, STATUS_CHAMBER_TEXT_X, 28); + _draw_centered_temp(temp + 0.5f, tx, 28); + + if (STATIC_BED && BED_DOT && PAGE_CONTAINS(17, 19)) { + u8g.setColorIndex(0); // set to white on black + u8g.drawBox(tx, 20 - 2, 2, 2); + u8g.setColorIndex(1); // restore black on white + } + + } + +#endif // DO_DRAW_BED + +#if DO_DRAW_CHAMBER + + FORCE_INLINE void _draw_chamber_status() { + #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER + if (PAGE_UNDER(7)) + _draw_centered_temp(thermalManager.degTargetChamber() + 0.5f, STATUS_CHAMBER_TEXT_X, 7); + #endif + + if (PAGE_CONTAINS(28 - INFO_FONT_ASCENT, 28 - 1)) + _draw_centered_temp(thermalManager.degChamber() + 0.5f, STATUS_CHAMBER_TEXT_X, 28); } #endif // DO_DRAW_CHAMBER @@ -295,8 +305,14 @@ FORCE_INLINE void _draw_heater_status(const heater_ind_t heater, const bool blin // Homed and known, display constantly. // FORCE_INLINE void _draw_axis_value(const AxisEnum axis, const char *value, const bool blink) { - const uint8_t offs = (XYZ_SPACING) * axis; - lcd_put_wchar(X_LABEL_POS + offs, XYZ_BASELINE, 'X' + axis); + const AxisEnum a = ( + #if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + axis == E_AXIS ? X_AXIS : + #endif + axis + ); + const uint8_t offs = (XYZ_SPACING) * a; + lcd_put_wchar(X_LABEL_POS + offs, XYZ_BASELINE, axis_codes[axis]); lcd_moveto(X_VALUE_POS + offs, XYZ_BASELINE); if (blink) lcd_put_u8str(value); @@ -314,43 +330,154 @@ FORCE_INLINE void _draw_axis_value(const AxisEnum axis, const char *value, const } } -#if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) - uint16_t count_renders = 0; - uint32_t total_cycles = 0; -#endif - void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { - #if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) - if (first_page) count_renders++; - #endif - - static char xstring[5], ystring[5], zstring[8]; + static char xstring[5 + #if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + + 7 + #endif + ], ystring[5], zstring[8]; #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY) static char wstring[5], mstring[4]; #endif + #if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS + #if DISABLED(DOGM_SD_PERCENT) + #define _SD_INFO_X(len) (PROGRESS_BAR_X + (PROGRESS_BAR_WIDTH) / 2 - (len) * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH) / 2) + #else + #define _SD_INFO_X(len) (LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - (len) * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH)) + #endif + + #if ENABLED(DOGM_SD_PERCENT) + static char progress_string[5]; + #endif + static uint8_t lastElapsed = 0xFF, lastProgress = 0xFF; + static u8g_uint_t elapsed_x_pos = 0, progress_bar_solid_width = 0; + static char elapsed_string[16]; + #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) + static u8g_uint_t estimation_x_pos = 0; + static char estimation_string[10]; + #if BOTH(DOGM_SD_PERCENT, ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY) + static u8g_uint_t progress_x_pos = 0; + static uint8_t progress_state = 0; + static bool prev_blink = 0; + #endif + #endif + #endif + + const bool showxy = (true + #if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + && !printingIsActive() + #endif + ); + // At the first page, generate new display values if (first_page) { - #if ANIM_HBC + #if ANIM_HBCC uint8_t new_bits = 0; #if ANIM_HOTEND - HOTEND_LOOP() if (thermalManager.isHeatingHotend(e) ^ SHOW_ON_STATE) SBI(new_bits, e); + HOTEND_LOOP() if (thermalManager.isHeatingHotend(e)) SBI(new_bits, HEATBIT_HOTEND + e); #endif #if ANIM_BED - if (thermalManager.isHeatingBed() ^ SHOW_ON_STATE) SBI(new_bits, 7); + if (thermalManager.isHeatingBed()) SBI(new_bits, HEATBIT_BED); #endif #if DO_DRAW_CHAMBER && HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER - if (thermalManager.isHeatingChamber() ^ SHOW_ON_STATE) SBI(new_bits, 6); + if (thermalManager.isHeatingChamber()) SBI(new_bits, HEATBIT_CHAMBER); + #endif + #if ANIM_CUTTER + if (cutter.enabled()) SBI(new_bits, HEATBIT_CUTTER); #endif heat_bits = new_bits; #endif - strcpy(xstring, ftostr4sign(LOGICAL_X_POSITION(current_position[X_AXIS]))); - strcpy(ystring, ftostr4sign(LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(current_position[Y_AXIS]))); - strcpy(zstring, ftostr52sp( LOGICAL_Z_POSITION(current_position[Z_AXIS]))); + + const xyz_pos_t lpos = current_position.asLogical(); + strcpy(zstring, ftostr52sp(lpos.z)); + + if (showxy) { + strcpy(xstring, ftostr4sign(lpos.x)); + strcpy(ystring, ftostr4sign(lpos.y)); + } + else { + #if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + const uint8_t escale = e_move_accumulator >= 100000.0f ? 10 : 1; // After 100m switch to cm + sprintf_P(xstring, PSTR("%ld%cm"), uint32_t(_MAX(e_move_accumulator, 0.0f)) / escale, escale == 10 ? 'c' : 'm'); // 1234567mm + #endif + } + #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY) strcpy(wstring, ftostr12ns(filwidth.measured_mm)); - strcpy(mstring, i16tostr3(planner.volumetric_percent(parser.volumetric_enabled))); + strcpy(mstring, i16tostr3rj(planner.volumetric_percent(parser.volumetric_enabled))); + #endif + + // Progress / elapsed / estimation updates and string formatting to avoid float math on each LCD draw + #if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS + const progress_t progress = + #if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS_PERMYRIAD + get_progress_permyriad() + #else + get_progress_percent() + #endif + ; + duration_t elapsed = print_job_timer.duration(); + const uint8_t p = progress & 0xFF, ev = elapsed.value & 0xFF; + if (p != lastProgress) { + lastProgress = p; + + progress_bar_solid_width = u8g_uint_t((PROGRESS_BAR_WIDTH - 2) * (progress / (PROGRESS_SCALE)) * 0.01f); + + #if ENABLED(DOGM_SD_PERCENT) + if (progress == 0) { + progress_string[0] = '\0'; + #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) + estimation_string[0] = '\0'; + estimation_x_pos = _SD_INFO_X(0); + #endif + } + else { + strcpy(progress_string, ( + #if ENABLED(PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS) + permyriadtostr4(progress) + #else + ui8tostr3rj(progress / (PROGRESS_SCALE)) + #endif + )); + } + #if BOTH(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME, ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY) // Tri-state progress display mode + progress_x_pos = _SD_INFO_X(strlen(progress_string) + 1); + #endif + #endif + } + + constexpr bool can_show_days = DISABLED(DOGM_SD_PERCENT) || ENABLED(ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY); + if (ev != lastElapsed) { + lastElapsed = ev; + const uint8_t len = elapsed.toDigital(elapsed_string, can_show_days && elapsed.value >= 60*60*24L); + elapsed_x_pos = _SD_INFO_X(len); + + #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) + if (!(ev & 0x3)) { + uint32_t timeval = (0 + #if BOTH(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY, USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME) + + get_remaining_time() + #endif + ); + if (!timeval && progress > 0) timeval = elapsed.value * (100 * (PROGRESS_SCALE) - progress) / progress; + if (!timeval) { + estimation_string[0] = '\0'; + estimation_x_pos = _SD_INFO_X(0); + } + else { + duration_t estimation = timeval; + const uint8_t len = estimation.toDigital(estimation_string, can_show_days && estimation.value >= 60*60*24L); + estimation_x_pos = _SD_INFO_X(len + #if !BOTH(DOGM_SD_PERCENT, ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY) + + 1 + #endif + ); + } + } + #endif + } #endif } @@ -359,10 +486,6 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { // Status Menu Font set_font(FONT_STATUSMENU); - #if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) - TCNT5 = 0; - #endif - #if DO_DRAW_LOGO if (PAGE_CONTAINS(STATUS_LOGO_Y, STATUS_LOGO_Y + STATUS_LOGO_HEIGHT - 1)) u8g.drawBitmapP(STATUS_LOGO_X, STATUS_LOGO_Y, STATUS_LOGO_BYTEWIDTH, STATUS_LOGO_HEIGHT, status_logo_bmp); @@ -374,6 +497,18 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { u8g.drawBitmapP(STATUS_HEATERS_X, STATUS_HEATERS_Y, STATUS_HEATERS_BYTEWIDTH, STATUS_HEATERS_HEIGHT, status_heaters_bmp); #endif + #if DO_DRAW_CUTTER && DISABLED(STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS) + #if ANIM_CUTTER + #define CUTTER_BITMAP(S) ((S) ? status_cutter_on_bmp : status_cutter_bmp) + #else + #define CUTTER_BITMAP(S) status_cutter_bmp + #endif + const uint8_t cuttery = STATUS_CUTTER_Y(CUTTER_ALT()), + cutterh = STATUS_CUTTER_HEIGHT(CUTTER_ALT()); + if (PAGE_CONTAINS(cuttery, cuttery + cutterh - 1)) + u8g.drawBitmapP(STATUS_CUTTER_X, cuttery, STATUS_CUTTER_BYTEWIDTH, cutterh, CUTTER_BITMAP(CUTTER_ALT())); + #endif + #if DO_DRAW_BED && DISABLED(STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS) #if ANIM_BED #define BED_BITMAP(S) ((S) ? status_bed_on_bmp : status_bed_bmp) @@ -386,7 +521,7 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { u8g.drawBitmapP(STATUS_BED_X, bedy, STATUS_BED_BYTEWIDTH, bedh, BED_BITMAP(BED_ALT())); #endif - #if DO_DRAW_CHAMBER + #if DO_DRAW_CHAMBER && DISABLED(STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS) #if ANIM_CHAMBER #define CHAMBER_BITMAP(S) ((S) ? status_chamber_on_bmp : status_chamber_bmp) #else @@ -427,18 +562,27 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { // if (PAGE_UNDER(6 + 1 + 12 + 1 + 6 + 1)) { // Extruders - #if HOTENDS - for (uint8_t e = 0; e < MAX_HOTEND_DRAW; ++e) - _draw_heater_status((heater_ind_t)e, blink); + #if DO_DRAW_HOTENDS + LOOP_L_N(e, MAX_HOTEND_DRAW) + _draw_hotend_status((heater_ind_t)e, blink); #endif - // Heated bed - #if DO_DRAW_BED && DISABLED(STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS) || (HAS_HEATED_BED && ENABLED(STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS) && HOTENDS <= 4) - _draw_heater_status(H_BED, blink); + // Laser / Spindle + #if DO_DRAW_CUTTER + if (cutter.power && PAGE_CONTAINS(STATUS_CUTTER_TEXT_Y - INFO_FONT_ASCENT, STATUS_CUTTER_TEXT_Y - 1)) { + lcd_put_u8str(STATUS_CUTTER_TEXT_X, STATUS_CUTTER_TEXT_Y, i16tostr3rj(cutter.powerPercent(cutter.power))); + lcd_put_wchar('%'); + } #endif + // Heated Bed + #if DO_DRAW_BED + _draw_bed_status(blink); + #endif + + // Heated Chamber #if DO_DRAW_CHAMBER - _draw_chamber_status(blink); + _draw_chamber_status(); #endif // Fan, if a bitmap was provided @@ -453,17 +597,13 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { c = '*'; } #endif - lcd_put_u8str(STATUS_FAN_TEXT_X, STATUS_FAN_TEXT_Y, i16tostr3(thermalManager.fanPercent(spd))); + lcd_put_u8str(STATUS_FAN_TEXT_X, STATUS_FAN_TEXT_Y, i16tostr3rj(thermalManager.fanPercent(spd))); lcd_put_wchar(c); } } #endif } - #if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) - total_cycles += TCNT5; - #endif - #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) // // SD Card Symbol @@ -484,55 +624,68 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { // // Progress bar frame // - #define PROGRESS_BAR_X 54 - #define PROGRESS_BAR_WIDTH (LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - PROGRESS_BAR_X) if (PAGE_CONTAINS(49, 52)) u8g.drawFrame(PROGRESS_BAR_X, 49, PROGRESS_BAR_WIDTH, 4); - const uint8_t progress = get_progress(); - - if (progress > 1) { - - // - // Progress bar solid part - // - - if (PAGE_CONTAINS(50, 51)) // 50-51 (or just 50) - u8g.drawBox( - PROGRESS_BAR_X + 1, 50, - (uint16_t)((PROGRESS_BAR_WIDTH - 2) * progress * 0.01), 2 - ); - - // - // SD Percent Complete - // - - #if ENABLED(DOGM_SD_PERCENT) - if (PAGE_CONTAINS(41, 48)) { - // Percent complete - lcd_put_u8str(55, 48, ui8tostr3(progress)); - lcd_put_wchar('%'); - } - #endif - } - // - // Elapsed Time + // Progress bar solid part // - #if DISABLED(DOGM_SD_PERCENT) - #define SD_DURATION_X (PROGRESS_BAR_X + (PROGRESS_BAR_WIDTH / 2) - len * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH / 2)) - #else - #define SD_DURATION_X (LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - len * MENU_FONT_WIDTH) - #endif + if (PAGE_CONTAINS(50, 51)) // 50-51 (or just 50) + u8g.drawBox(PROGRESS_BAR_X + 1, 50, progress_bar_solid_width, 2); if (PAGE_CONTAINS(EXTRAS_BASELINE - INFO_FONT_ASCENT, EXTRAS_BASELINE - 1)) { - char buffer[13]; - duration_t elapsed = print_job_timer.duration(); - bool has_days = (elapsed.value >= 60*60*24L); - uint8_t len = elapsed.toDigital(buffer, has_days); - lcd_put_u8str(SD_DURATION_X, EXTRAS_BASELINE, buffer); + + #if ALL(DOGM_SD_PERCENT, SHOW_REMAINING_TIME, ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY) + + if (prev_blink != blink) { + prev_blink = blink; + if (++progress_state >= 3) progress_state = 0; + } + + if (progress_state == 0) { + if (progress_string[0]) { + lcd_put_u8str(progress_x_pos, EXTRAS_BASELINE, progress_string); + lcd_put_wchar('%'); + } + } + else if (progress_state == 2 && estimation_string[0]) { + lcd_put_u8str_P(PROGRESS_BAR_X, EXTRAS_BASELINE, PSTR("R:")); + lcd_put_u8str(estimation_x_pos, EXTRAS_BASELINE, estimation_string); + } + else if (elapsed_string[0]) { + lcd_put_u8str_P(PROGRESS_BAR_X, EXTRAS_BASELINE, E_LBL); + lcd_put_u8str(elapsed_x_pos, EXTRAS_BASELINE, elapsed_string); + } + + #else // !DOGM_SD_PERCENT || !SHOW_REMAINING_TIME || !ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY + + // + // SD Percent Complete + // + + #if ENABLED(DOGM_SD_PERCENT) + if (progress_string[0]) { + lcd_put_u8str(55, 48, progress_string); // Percent complete + lcd_put_wchar('%'); + } + #endif + + // + // Elapsed Time + // + + #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) + if (blink && estimation_string[0]) { + lcd_put_wchar(estimation_x_pos, EXTRAS_BASELINE, 'R'); + lcd_put_u8str(estimation_string); + } + else + #endif + lcd_put_u8str(elapsed_x_pos, EXTRAS_BASELINE, elapsed_string); + + #endif // !DOGM_SD_PERCENT || !SHOW_REMAINING_TIME || !ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY } #endif // HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS @@ -585,8 +738,14 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { #else - _draw_axis_value(X_AXIS, xstring, blink); - _draw_axis_value(Y_AXIS, ystring, blink); + if (showxy) { + _draw_axis_value(X_AXIS, xstring, blink); + _draw_axis_value(Y_AXIS, ystring, blink); + } + else { + _draw_axis_value(E_AXIS, xstring, true); + lcd_put_u8str_P(PSTR(" ")); + } #endif @@ -608,7 +767,7 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { lcd_put_wchar(3, EXTRAS_2_BASELINE, LCD_STR_FEEDRATE[0]); set_font(FONT_STATUSMENU); - lcd_put_u8str(12, EXTRAS_2_BASELINE, i16tostr3(feedrate_percentage)); + lcd_put_u8str(12, EXTRAS_2_BASELINE, i16tostr3rj(feedrate_percentage)); lcd_put_wchar('%'); // @@ -649,17 +808,6 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { void MarlinUI::draw_status_message(const bool blink) { - #if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) - if (PAGE_CONTAINS(64-8, 64-1)) { - lcd_put_int(total_cycles); - lcd_put_wchar('/'); - lcd_put_int(count_renders); - lcd_put_wchar('='); - lcd_put_int(int(total_cycles / count_renders)); - return; - } - #endif - // Get the UTF8 character count of the string uint8_t slen = utf8_strlen(status_message); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.cpp index 660cf07673..e623776b31 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.cpp @@ -59,6 +59,10 @@ #include "../../sd/cardreader.h" #endif +#if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + #include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for printingIsActive +#endif + #define TEXT_MODE_LCD_WIDTH 16 #define BUFFER_WIDTH 256 @@ -205,7 +209,7 @@ void ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::clear_ddram() { /* This fills the entire graphics buffer with zeros */ void ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::clear_gdram() { - for (uint8_t y = 0; y < BUFFER_HEIGHT; y++) { + LOOP_L_N(y, BUFFER_HEIGHT) { set_gdram_address(0, y); begin_data(); for (uint8_t i = (BUFFER_WIDTH) / 16; i--;) write_word(0); @@ -403,7 +407,7 @@ void ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::draw_degree_symbol(uint8_t x, uint8_t y, const b const uint8_t x_word = x >> 1, y_top = degree_symbol_y_top, y_bot = y_top + COUNT(degree_symbol); - for (uint8_t i = y_top; i < y_bot; i++) { + LOOP_S_L_N(i, y_top, y_bot) { uint8_t byte = pgm_read_byte(p_bytes++); set_gdram_address(x_word, i + y * 16); begin_data(); @@ -463,10 +467,10 @@ void ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::draw_progress_bar(const uint8_t value) { const uint8_t char_pcnt = 100 / width; // How many percent does each 16-bit word represent? // Draw the progress bar as a bitmap in CGRAM - for (uint8_t y = top; y <= bottom; y++) { + LOOP_S_LE_N(y, top, bottom) { set_gdram_address(left, y); begin_data(); - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < width; x++) { + LOOP_L_N(x, width) { uint16_t gfx_word = 0x0000; if ((x + 1) * char_pcnt <= value) gfx_word = 0xFFFF; // Draw completely filled bytes @@ -660,7 +664,7 @@ void ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::draw_status_message() { #endif } -void ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::draw_position(const float (&pos)[XYZE], const bool position_known) { +void ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::draw_position(const xyze_pos_t &pos, const bool position_known) { char str[7]; set_ddram_address(DDRAM_LINE_4); begin_data(); @@ -668,14 +672,28 @@ void ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::draw_position(const float (&pos)[XYZE], const bo // If position is unknown, flash the labels. const unsigned char alt_label = position_known ? 0 : (ui.get_blink() ? ' ' : 0); - write_byte(alt_label ? alt_label : 'X'); - write_str(dtostrf(pos[X_AXIS], -4, 0, str), 4); + if (true + #if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + && !printingIsActive() + #endif + ) { + write_byte(alt_label ? alt_label : 'X'); + write_str(dtostrf(pos.x, -4, 0, str), 4); - write_byte(alt_label ? alt_label : 'Y'); - write_str(dtostrf(pos[Y_AXIS], -4, 0, str), 4); + write_byte(alt_label ? alt_label : 'Y'); + write_str(dtostrf(pos.y, -4, 0, str), 4); + } + else { + #if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + char tmp[15]; + const uint8_t escale = e_move_accumulator >= 100000.0f ? 10 : 1; // After 100m switch to cm + sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("E%-7ld%cm "), uint32_t(_MAX(e_move_accumulator, 0.0f)) / escale, escale == 10 ? 'c' : 'm'); // 1234567mm + write_str(tmp); + #endif + } write_byte(alt_label ? alt_label : 'Z'); - write_str(dtostrf(pos[Z_AXIS], -5, 1, str), 5); + write_str(dtostrf(pos.z, -5, 1, str), 5); } bool ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::indicators_changed() { @@ -750,8 +768,8 @@ void ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::update_indicators(const bool forceUpdate) { } bool ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::position_changed() { - const float x_pos = current_position[X_AXIS], y_pos = current_position[Y_AXIS], z_pos = current_position[Z_AXIS]; - const uint8_t checksum = uint8_t(x_pos) ^ uint8_t(y_pos) ^ uint8_t(z_pos); + const xyz_pos_t pos = current_position; + const uint8_t checksum = uint8_t(pos.x) ^ uint8_t(pos.y) ^ uint8_t(pos.z); static uint8_t last_checksum = 0, changed = last_checksum != checksum; if (changed) last_checksum = checksum; return changed; @@ -850,7 +868,7 @@ void ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::update_progress(const bool forceUpdate) { // when an update is actually necessary. static uint8_t last_progress = 0; - const uint8_t progress = ui.get_progress(); + const uint8_t progress = ui.get_progress_percent(); if (forceUpdate || last_progress != progress) { last_progress = progress; draw_progress_bar(progress); @@ -894,7 +912,7 @@ void ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::on_exit() { ncs(); } -// This is called prior to the KILL screen to +// Called prior to the KILL screen to // clear the screen, preventing a garbled display. void ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::clear_text_buffer() { cs(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.h index 18a5ed77f2..bc18c43f10 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.h @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ #include "../../HAL/shared/HAL_ST7920.h" +#include "../../core/types.h" #include "../../core/macros.h" #include "../../libs/duration_t.h" @@ -86,7 +87,7 @@ class ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen { static void draw_print_time(const duration_t &elapsed); static void draw_feedrate_percentage(const uint16_t percentage); static void draw_status_message(); - static void draw_position(const float (&pos)[XYZE], bool position_known = true); + static void draw_position(const xyze_pos_t &pos, bool position_known = true); static bool indicators_changed(); static bool position_changed(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_ssd1306_sh1106_128x64_I2C.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_ssd1306_sh1106_128x64_I2C.cpp index d1d740e235..1854ac1c67 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_ssd1306_sh1106_128x64_I2C.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_ssd1306_sh1106_128x64_I2C.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_st7565_64128n_HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_st7565_64128n_HAL.cpp index 8db341293a..1542d9db0d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_st7565_64128n_HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_st7565_64128n_HAL.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL.cpp index 1b9a80f9d2..599ee2a9ef 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -59,8 +59,6 @@ #include "HAL_LCD_com_defines.h" -#define LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH 128 -#define LCD_PIXEL_HEIGHT 64 #define PAGE_HEIGHT 8 /* init sequence from https://github.com/adafruit/ST7565-LCD/blob/master/ST7565/ST7565.cpp */ @@ -74,7 +72,7 @@ static const uint8_t u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL_init_seq[] PROGMEM = { 0x038, // 8 Bit interface (DL=1), basic instruction set (RE=0) 0x00C, // display on, cursor & blink off; 0x08: all off - 0x006, // Entry mode: Cursor move to right ,DDRAM address counter (AC) plus 1, no shift + 0x006, // Entry mode: Cursor move to right, DDRAM address counter (AC) plus 1, no shift 0x002, // disable scroll, enable CGRAM adress 0x001, // clear RAM, needs 1.6 ms U8G_ESC_DLY(100), // delay 100 ms @@ -89,11 +87,11 @@ void clear_graphics_DRAM(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev) { u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 0); // cmd mode u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, 0x08); //display off, cursor+blink off u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, 0x3E); //extended mode + GDRAM active - for (uint8_t y = 0; y < (LCD_PIXEL_HEIGHT) / 2; y++) { //clear GDRAM + LOOP_L_N(y, (LCD_PIXEL_HEIGHT) / 2) { //clear GDRAM u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, 0x80 | y); //set y u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, 0x80); //set x = 0 u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 1); /* data mode */ - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 2 * (LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH) / 8; i++) //2x width clears both segments + LOOP_L_N(i, 2 * (LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH) / 8) //2x width clears both segments u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, 0); u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 0); /* cmd mode */ } @@ -201,7 +199,7 @@ u8g_dev_t u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL_4x_sw_spi = { u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL_4x_f U8G_PB_DEV(u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL_hw_spi, LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH, LCD_PIXEL_HEIGHT, PAGE_HEIGHT, u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL_fn, U8G_COM_ST7920_HAL_HW_SPI); u8g_dev_t u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL_4x_hw_spi = { u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL_4x_fn, &u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL_4x_pb, U8G_COM_ST7920_HAL_HW_SPI }; -#if NONE(__AVR__, ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32) || defined(U8G_HAL_LINKS) +#if NONE(__AVR__, ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32, ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32) || defined(U8G_HAL_LINKS) // Also use this device for HAL version of rrd class. This results in the same device being used // for the ST7920 for HAL systems no matter what is selected in ultralcd_impl_DOGM.h. u8g_dev_t u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_rrd_sw_spi = { u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL_4x_fn, &u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL_4x_pb, U8G_COM_ST7920_HAL_SW_SPI }; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64.cpp index 8c1dfa3ffe..206f61c675 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -65,6 +65,8 @@ #include #if ENABLED(LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC) + extern void LCD_IO_WriteReg(uint16_t Reg); + extern void LCD_IO_WriteData(uint16_t RegValue); extern void LCD_IO_WriteSequence(uint16_t *data, uint16_t length); extern void LCD_IO_WriteSequence_Async(uint16_t *data, uint16_t length); extern void LCD_IO_WaitSequence_Async(); @@ -80,10 +82,6 @@ #define X_HI (X_LO + 2 * WIDTH - 1) #define Y_HI (Y_LO + 2 * HEIGHT - 1) -#define LCD_COLUMN 0x2A /* Colomn address register */ -#define LCD_ROW 0x2B /* Row address register */ -#define LCD_WRITE_RAM 0x2C - // see https://ee-programming-notepad.blogspot.com/2016/10/16-bit-color-generator-picker.html #define COLOR_BLACK 0x0000 // #000000 @@ -133,113 +131,254 @@ static uint32_t lcd_id = 0; -#define U8G_ESC_DATA(x) (uint8_t)(x >> 8), (uint8_t)(x & 0xFF) +#define ST7789V_CASET 0x2A /* Column address register */ +#define ST7789V_RASET 0x2B /* Row address register */ +#define ST7789V_WRITE_RAM 0x2C /* Write data to GRAM */ -static const uint8_t page_first_sequence[] = { - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(X_LO), U8G_ESC_DATA(X_HI), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(Y_LO), U8G_ESC_DATA(Y_HI), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_WRITE_RAM, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), - U8G_ESC_END -}; -static const uint8_t clear_screen_sequence[] = { - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x00, 0x00, U8G_ESC_DATA(LCD_FULL_PIXEL_WIDTH), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x00, 0x00, U8G_ESC_DATA(LCD_FULL_PIXEL_HEIGHT), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_WRITE_RAM, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), - U8G_ESC_END -}; +/* Mind the mess: with landscape screen orientation 'Horizontal' is Y and 'Vertical' is X */ +#define ILI9328_HASET 0x20 /* Horizontal GRAM address register (0-255) */ +#define ILI9328_VASET 0x21 /* Vertical GRAM address register (0-511)*/ +#define ILI9328_WRITE_RAM 0x22 /* Write data to GRAM */ -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) +#define ILI9328_HASTART 0x50 /* Horizontal address start position (0-255) */ +#define ILI9328_HAEND 0x51 /* Horizontal address end position (0-255) */ +#define ILI9328_VASTART 0x52 /* Vertical address start position (0-511) */ +#define ILI9328_VAEND 0x53 /* Vertical address end position (0-511) */ - static const uint8_t separation_line_sequence_left[] = { - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(10), U8G_ESC_DATA(159), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(170), U8G_ESC_DATA(173), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_WRITE_RAM, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), - U8G_ESC_END - }; - static const uint8_t separation_line_sequence_right[] = { - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(160), U8G_ESC_DATA(309), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(170), U8G_ESC_DATA(173), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_WRITE_RAM, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), - U8G_ESC_END - }; +static void setWindow_ili9328(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, uint16_t Xmin, uint16_t Ymin, uint16_t Xmax, uint16_t Ymax) { + #ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ILI9328_HASTART); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Ymin); + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ILI9328_HAEND); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Ymax); + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ILI9328_VASTART); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Xmin); + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ILI9328_VAEND); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Xmax); - static const uint8_t buttonD_sequence[] = { - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(14), U8G_ESC_DATA(77), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(185), U8G_ESC_DATA(224), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_WRITE_RAM, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), - U8G_ESC_END - }; + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ILI9328_HASET); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Ymin); + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ILI9328_VASET); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Xmin); - static const uint8_t buttonA_sequence[] = { - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(90), U8G_ESC_DATA(153), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(185), U8G_ESC_DATA(224), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_WRITE_RAM, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), - U8G_ESC_END - }; + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ILI9328_WRITE_RAM); + #else + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 0); - static const uint8_t buttonB_sequence[] = { - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(166), U8G_ESC_DATA(229), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(185), U8G_ESC_DATA(224), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_WRITE_RAM, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), - U8G_ESC_END - }; + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ILI9328_HASTART); + u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 2, (uint8_t *)&Ymin); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ILI9328_HAEND); + u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 2, (uint8_t *)&Ymax); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ILI9328_VASTART); + u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 2, (uint8_t *)&Xmin); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ILI9328_VAEND); + u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 2, (uint8_t *)&Xmax); - static const uint8_t buttonC_sequence[] = { - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(242), U8G_ESC_DATA(305), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(185), U8G_ESC_DATA(224), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_WRITE_RAM, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), - U8G_ESC_END - }; + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ILI9328_HASET); + u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 2, (uint8_t *)&Ymin); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ILI9328_VASET); + u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 2, (uint8_t *)&Xmin); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ILI9328_WRITE_RAM); + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 1); + #endif +} + +static void setWindow_st7789v(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, uint16_t Xmin, uint16_t Ymin, uint16_t Xmax, uint16_t Ymax) { + #ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ST7789V_CASET); + LCD_IO_WriteData((Xmin >> 8) & 0xFF); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Xmin & 0xFF); + LCD_IO_WriteData((Xmax >> 8) & 0xFF); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Xmax & 0xFF); + + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ST7789V_RASET); + LCD_IO_WriteData((Ymin >> 8) & 0xFF); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Ymin & 0xFF); + LCD_IO_WriteData((Ymax >> 8) & 0xFF); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Ymax & 0xFF); + + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ST7789V_WRITE_RAM); + #else + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 0); u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ST7789V_CASET); u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 1); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, (Xmin >> 8) & 0xFF); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, Xmin & 0xFF); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, (Xmax >> 8) & 0xFF); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, Xmax & 0xFF); + + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 0); u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ST7789V_RASET); u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 1); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, (Ymin >> 8) & 0xFF); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, Ymin & 0xFF); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, (Ymax >> 8) & 0xFF); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, Ymax & 0xFF); + + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 0); u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ST7789V_WRITE_RAM); u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 1); + #endif +} + +static void setWindow_none(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, uint16_t Xmin, uint16_t Ymin, uint16_t Xmax, uint16_t Ymax) {} +void (*setWindow)(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, uint16_t Xmin, uint16_t Ymin, uint16_t Xmax, uint16_t Ymax) = setWindow_none; + + +#define ESC_REG(x) 0xFFFF, 0x00FF & (uint16_t)x +#define ESC_DELAY(x) 0xFFFF, 0x8000 | (x & 0x7FFF) +#define ESC_END 0xFFFF, 0x7FFF +#define ESC_FFFF 0xFFFF, 0xFFFF + +#ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC + void writeEscSequence(const uint16_t *sequence) { + uint16_t data; + for (;;) { + data = *sequence++; + if (data != 0xFFFF) { + LCD_IO_WriteData(data); + continue; + } + data = *sequence++; + if (data == 0x7FFF) return; + if (data == 0xFFFF) { + LCD_IO_WriteData(data); + } else if (data & 0x8000) { + delay(data & 0x7FFF); + } else if ((data & 0xFF00) == 0) { + LCD_IO_WriteReg(data); + } + } + } +#else + void writeEscSequence8(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, const uint16_t *sequence) { + uint16_t data; + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 1); + for (;;) { + data = *sequence++; + if (data != 0xFFFF) { + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, data & 0xFF); + continue; + } + data = *sequence++; + if (data == 0x7FFF) return; + if (data == 0xFFFF) { + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, data & 0xFF); + } else if (data & 0x8000) { + delay(data & 0x7FFF); + } else if ((data & 0xFF00) == 0) { + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 0); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, data & 0xFF); + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 1); + } + } + } + + void writeEscSequence16(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, const uint16_t *sequence) { + uint16_t data; + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 0); + for (;;) { + data = *sequence++; + if (data != 0xFFFF) { + u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 2, (uint8_t *)&data); + continue; + } + data = *sequence++; + if (data == 0x7FFF) return; + if (data == 0xFFFF) { + u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 2, (uint8_t *)&data); + } else if (data & 0x8000) { + delay(data & 0x7FFF); + } else if ((data & 0xFF00) == 0) { + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, data & 0xFF); + } + } + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 1); + } #endif -static const uint8_t st7789v_init_sequence[] = { // 0x8552 - ST7789V - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), - 0x10, - U8G_ESC_DLY(10), - 0x01, - U8G_ESC_DLY(100), U8G_ESC_DLY(100), - 0x11, - U8G_ESC_DLY(120), - 0x36, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0xA0, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0x3A, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x05, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x3F, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xEF, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xB2, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x33, 0x33, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xB7, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x35, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xBB, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x1F, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xC0, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x2C, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xC2, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x01, 0xC3, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xC4, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x20, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xC6, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x0F, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xD0, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0xA4, 0xA1, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xE0, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0xD0, 0x08, 0x11, 0x08, 0x0C, 0x15, 0x39, 0x33, 0x50, 0x36, 0x13, 0x14, 0x29, 0x2D, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xE1, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0xD0, 0x08, 0x10, 0x08, 0x06, 0x06, 0x39, 0x44, 0x51, 0x0B, 0x16, 0x14, 0x2F, 0x31, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0x29, 0x11, 0x35, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x00, - U8G_ESC_END +static const uint16_t st7789v_init[] = { + ESC_REG(0x0010), ESC_DELAY(10), + ESC_REG(0x0001), ESC_DELAY(200), + ESC_REG(0x0011), ESC_DELAY(120), + ESC_REG(0x0036), 0x00A0, + ESC_REG(0x003A), 0x0055, + ESC_REG(0x002A), 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0001, 0x003F, + ESC_REG(0x002B), 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x00EF, + ESC_REG(0x00B2), 0x000C, 0x000C, 0x0000, 0x0033, 0x0033, + ESC_REG(0x00B7), 0x0035, + ESC_REG(0x00BB), 0x001F, + ESC_REG(0x00C0), 0x002C, + ESC_REG(0x00C2), 0x0001, 0x00C3, + ESC_REG(0x00C4), 0x0020, + ESC_REG(0x00C6), 0x000F, + ESC_REG(0x00D0), 0x00A4, 0x00A1, + ESC_REG(0x0029), + ESC_REG(0x0011), + ESC_END }; -static const uint8_t ili9341_init_sequence[] = { // 0x9341 - ILI9341 - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), - 0x10, - U8G_ESC_DLY(10), - 0x01, - U8G_ESC_DLY(100), U8G_ESC_DLY(100), - 0x36, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0xE8, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0x3A, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x55, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x3F, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xEF, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xC5, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x3E, 0x28, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xC7, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x86, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xB1, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x00, 0x18, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xC0, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x23, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xC1, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x10, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0x29, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0x11, - U8G_ESC_DLY(100), - U8G_ESC_END +static const uint16_t ili9328_init[] = { + ESC_REG(0x0001), 0x0100, + ESC_REG(0x0002), 0x0400, + ESC_REG(0x0003), 0x1038, + ESC_REG(0x0004), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0008), 0x0202, + ESC_REG(0x0009), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x000A), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x000C), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x000D), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x000F), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0010), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0011), 0x0007, + ESC_REG(0x0012), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0013), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0007), 0x0001, + ESC_DELAY(200), + ESC_REG(0x0010), 0x1690, + ESC_REG(0x0011), 0x0227, + ESC_DELAY(50), + ESC_REG(0x0012), 0x008C, + ESC_DELAY(50), + ESC_REG(0x0013), 0x1500, + ESC_REG(0x0029), 0x0004, + ESC_REG(0x002B), 0x000D, + ESC_DELAY(50), + ESC_REG(0x0050), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0051), 0x00EF, + ESC_REG(0x0052), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0053), 0x013F, + ESC_REG(0x0020), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0021), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0060), 0x2700, + ESC_REG(0x0061), 0x0001, + ESC_REG(0x006A), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0080), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0081), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0082), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0083), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0084), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0085), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0090), 0x0010, + ESC_REG(0x0092), 0x0600, + ESC_REG(0x0007), 0x0133, + ESC_REG(0x0022), + ESC_END +}; + +static const uint16_t ili9341_init[] = { + ESC_REG(0x0010), ESC_DELAY(10), + ESC_REG(0x0001), ESC_DELAY(200), + ESC_REG(0x0036), 0x00E8, + ESC_REG(0x003A), 0x0055, + ESC_REG(0x002A), 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0001, 0x003F, + ESC_REG(0x002B), 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x00EF, + ESC_REG(0x00C5), 0x003E, 0x0028, + ESC_REG(0x00C7), 0x0086, + ESC_REG(0x00B1), 0x0000, 0x0018, + ESC_REG(0x00C0), 0x0023, + ESC_REG(0x00C1), 0x0010, + ESC_REG(0x0029), + ESC_REG(0x0011), + ESC_DELAY(100), + ESC_END }; #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) @@ -439,23 +578,55 @@ uint8_t u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64_fn(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, u switch (msg) { case U8G_DEV_MSG_INIT: dev->com_fn(u8g, U8G_COM_MSG_INIT, U8G_SPI_CLK_CYCLE_NONE, &lcd_id); - if (lcd_id == 0x040404) return 0; // No connected display on FSMC - if (lcd_id == 0xFFFFFF) return 0; // No connected display on SPI - if ((lcd_id & 0xFFFF) == 0x8552) // ST7789V - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, st7789v_init_sequence); - if ((lcd_id & 0xFFFF) == 0x9341) // ILI9341 - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, ili9341_init_sequence); + switch(lcd_id & 0xFFFF) { + case 0x8552: // ST7789V + #ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC + writeEscSequence(st7789v_init); + #else + writeEscSequence8(u8g, dev, st7789v_init); + #endif + setWindow = setWindow_st7789v; + break; + case 0x9328: // ILI9328 + #ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC + writeEscSequence(ili9328_init); + #else + writeEscSequence16(u8g, dev, ili9328_init); + #endif + setWindow = setWindow_ili9328; + break; + case 0x9341: // ILI9341 + #ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC + writeEscSequence(ili9341_init); + #else + writeEscSequence8(u8g, dev, ili9341_init); + #endif + setWindow = setWindow_st7789v; + break; + case 0x0404: // No connected display on FSMC + lcd_id = 0; + return 0; + case 0xFFFF: // No connected display on SPI + lcd_id = 0; + return 0; + default: + if (lcd_id && 0xFF000000) + setWindow = setWindow_st7789v; + else + setWindow = setWindow_ili9328; + break; + } if (preinit) { preinit = false; return u8g_dev_pb8v1_base_fn(u8g, dev, msg, arg); } - // Clear Screen Sequence - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, clear_screen_sequence); + // Clear Screen + setWindow(u8g, dev, 0, 0, LCD_FULL_PIXEL_WIDTH - 1, LCD_FULL_PIXEL_HEIGHT - 1); #ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC - LCD_IO_WriteMultiple(TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR, (320*240)); + LCD_IO_WriteMultiple(TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR, LCD_FULL_PIXEL_WIDTH * LCD_FULL_PIXEL_HEIGHT); #else memset2(buffer, TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR, 160); for (uint16_t i = 0; i < 960; i++) @@ -465,31 +636,25 @@ uint8_t u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64_fn(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, u // bottom line and buttons #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) + setWindow(u8g, dev, 10, 170, 309, 171); #ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, separation_line_sequence_left); - LCD_IO_WriteMultiple(TFT_DISABLED_COLOR, 300); - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, separation_line_sequence_right); - LCD_IO_WriteMultiple(TFT_DISABLED_COLOR, 300); + LCD_IO_WriteMultiple(TFT_DISABLED_COLOR, 600); #else memset2(buffer, TFT_DISABLED_COLOR, 150); - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, separation_line_sequence_left); - for (uint8_t i = 4; i--;) - u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 150, (uint8_t *)buffer); - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, separation_line_sequence_right); - for (uint8_t i = 4; i--;) + for (uint8_t i = 8; i--;) u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 150, (uint8_t *)buffer); #endif - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, buttonD_sequence); + setWindow(u8g, dev, 14, 185, 77, 224); drawImage(buttonD, u8g, dev, 32, 20, TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR); - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, buttonA_sequence); + setWindow(u8g, dev, 90, 185, 153, 224); drawImage(buttonA, u8g, dev, 32, 20, TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR); - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, buttonB_sequence); + setWindow(u8g, dev, 166, 185, 229, 224); drawImage(buttonB, u8g, dev, 32, 20, TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR); - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, buttonC_sequence); + setWindow(u8g, dev, 242, 185, 305, 224); drawImage(buttonC, u8g, dev, 32, 20, TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR); #endif // TOUCH_BUTTONS @@ -499,13 +664,13 @@ uint8_t u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64_fn(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, u case U8G_DEV_MSG_PAGE_FIRST: page = 0; - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, page_first_sequence); + setWindow(u8g, dev, X_LO, Y_LO, X_HI, Y_HI); break; case U8G_DEV_MSG_PAGE_NEXT: if (++page > (HEIGHT / PAGE_HEIGHT)) return 1; - for (uint8_t y = 0; y < PAGE_HEIGHT; y++) { + LOOP_L_N(y, PAGE_HEIGHT) { uint32_t k = 0; #ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC buffer = (y & 1) ? bufferB : bufferA; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL.cpp index 5a1326daf9..94956e7410 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ static const uint8_t u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL_init_seq[] PROGMEM = { static const uint8_t u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL_data_start[] PROGMEM = { U8G_ESC_ADR(0), // instruction mode U8G_ESC_CS(1), // enable chip - #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) + #if ANY(MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY, FYSETC_MINI_12864) UC1701_START_LINE(0), // set display start line to 0 UC1701_ADC_REVERSE(0), // ADC set to reverse UC1701_OUT_MODE(1), // common output mode @@ -130,10 +130,12 @@ static const uint8_t u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL_data_start[] PROGMEM = { UC1701_INDICATOR(0), // indicator disable UC1701_ON(1), // display on UC1701_COLUMN_HI(0), // set upper 4 bit of the col adr to 0 + U8G_ESC_END, // end of sequence + U8G_ESC_DLY(5) // delay 5 ms #else UC1701_COLUMN_ADR(0), // address 0 + U8G_ESC_END // end of sequence #endif - U8G_ESC_END // end of sequence }; uint8_t u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL_fn(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, uint8_t msg, void *arg) { @@ -170,9 +172,6 @@ uint8_t u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL_2x_fn(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, uint8_t m case U8G_DEV_MSG_INIT: u8g_InitCom(u8g, dev, U8G_SPI_CLK_CYCLE_300NS); u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL_init_seq); - #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) - u8g_Delay(5); - #endif break; case U8G_DEV_MSG_STOP: break; @@ -180,17 +179,11 @@ uint8_t u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL_2x_fn(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, uint8_t m case U8G_DEV_MSG_PAGE_NEXT: { u8g_pb_t *pb = (u8g_pb_t *)(dev->dev_mem); u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL_data_start); - #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) - u8g_Delay(5); - #endif u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, 0x0B0 | (2 * pb->p.page)); /* select current page */ u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 1); /* data mode */ u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, pb->width, (uint8_t *)pb->buf); u8g_SetChipSelect(u8g, dev, 0); u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL_data_start); - #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) - u8g_Delay(5); - #endif u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, 0x0B0 | (2 * pb->p.page + 1)); /* select current page */ u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 1); /* data mode */ u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, pb->width, (uint8_t *)(pb->buf)+pb->width); @@ -199,16 +192,10 @@ uint8_t u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL_2x_fn(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, uint8_t m case U8G_DEV_MSG_CONTRAST: u8g_SetChipSelect(u8g, dev, 1); - #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) - u8g_Delay(5); - #endif u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 0); /* instruction mode */ u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, 0x081); u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, (*(uint8_t *)arg) >> 2); u8g_SetChipSelect(u8g, dev, 0); - #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) - u8g_Delay(5); - #endif return 1; } return u8g_dev_pb16v1_base_fn(u8g, dev, msg, arg); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.cpp index 7eb51eea4d..fc7656f1cd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -219,9 +219,6 @@ bool MarlinUI::detected() { return true; } // Show the Marlin bootscreen, with the u8g loop and delays void MarlinUI::show_marlin_bootscreen() { - #ifndef BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT - #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 2500 - #endif constexpr uint8_t pages = two_part ? 2 : 1; for (uint8_t q = pages; q--;) { draw_marlin_bootscreen(q == 0); @@ -244,48 +241,51 @@ bool MarlinUI::detected() { return true; } // Initialize or re-initialize the LCD void MarlinUI::init_lcd() { + #if DISABLED(MKS_LCD12864B) - #if PIN_EXISTS(LCD_BACKLIGHT) - OUT_WRITE(LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN, ( - #if ENABLED(DELAYED_BACKLIGHT_INIT) - LOW // Illuminate after reset - #else - HIGH // Illuminate right away - #endif - )); - #endif - - #if EITHER(MKS_12864OLED, MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306) - SET_OUTPUT(LCD_PINS_DC); - #ifndef LCD_RESET_PIN - #define LCD_RESET_PIN LCD_PINS_RS + #if PIN_EXISTS(LCD_BACKLIGHT) + OUT_WRITE(LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN, ( + #if ENABLED(DELAYED_BACKLIGHT_INIT) + LOW // Illuminate after reset + #else + HIGH // Illuminate right away + #endif + )); #endif - #endif - #if PIN_EXISTS(LCD_RESET) - // Perform a clean hardware reset with needed delays - OUT_WRITE(LCD_RESET_PIN, LOW); - _delay_ms(5); - WRITE(LCD_RESET_PIN, HIGH); - _delay_ms(5); - u8g.begin(); - #endif + #if EITHER(MKS_12864OLED, MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306) + SET_OUTPUT(LCD_PINS_DC); + #ifndef LCD_RESET_PIN + #define LCD_RESET_PIN LCD_PINS_RS + #endif + #endif - #if PIN_EXISTS(LCD_BACKLIGHT) && ENABLED(DELAYED_BACKLIGHT_INIT) - WRITE(LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN, HIGH); - #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(LCD_RESET) + // Perform a clean hardware reset with needed delays + OUT_WRITE(LCD_RESET_PIN, LOW); + _delay_ms(5); + WRITE(LCD_RESET_PIN, HIGH); + _delay_ms(5); + u8g.begin(); + #endif - #if HAS_LCD_CONTRAST - refresh_contrast(); - #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(LCD_BACKLIGHT) && ENABLED(DELAYED_BACKLIGHT_INIT) + WRITE(LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN, HIGH); + #endif - #if ENABLED(LCD_SCREEN_ROT_90) - u8g.setRot90(); - #elif ENABLED(LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180) - u8g.setRot180(); - #elif ENABLED(LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270) - u8g.setRot270(); - #endif + #if HAS_LCD_CONTRAST + refresh_contrast(); + #endif + + #if ENABLED(LCD_SCREEN_ROT_90) + u8g.setRot90(); + #elif ENABLED(LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180) + u8g.setRot180(); + #elif ENABLED(LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270) + u8g.setRot270(); + #endif + + #endif // !MKS_LCD12864B uxg_SetUtf8Fonts(g_fontinfo, COUNT(g_fontinfo)); } @@ -300,8 +300,8 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_kill_screen() { do { set_font(FONT_MENU); lcd_put_u8str(0, h4 * 1, status_message); - lcd_put_u8str_P(0, h4 * 2, PSTR(MSG_HALTED)); - lcd_put_u8str_P(0, h4 * 3, PSTR(MSG_PLEASE_RESET)); + lcd_put_u8str_P(0, h4 * 2, GET_TEXT(MSG_HALTED)); + lcd_put_u8str_P(0, h4 * 3, GET_TEXT(MSG_PLEASE_RESET)); } while (u8g.nextPage()); } @@ -324,11 +324,11 @@ void MarlinUI::clear_lcd() { } // Automatically cleared by Picture Loop lcd_put_wchar(LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - 11 * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH), row_y2, 'E'); lcd_put_wchar((char)('1' + extruder)); lcd_put_wchar(' '); - lcd_put_u8str(i16tostr3(thermalManager.degHotend(extruder))); + lcd_put_u8str(i16tostr3rj(thermalManager.degHotend(extruder))); lcd_put_wchar('/'); if (get_blink() || !thermalManager.hotend_idle[extruder].timed_out) - lcd_put_u8str(i16tostr3(thermalManager.degTargetHotend(extruder))); + lcd_put_u8str(i16tostr3rj(thermalManager.degTargetHotend(extruder))); } #endif // ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE @@ -363,9 +363,9 @@ void MarlinUI::clear_lcd() { } // Automatically cleared by Picture Loop } // Draw a static line of text in the same idiom as a menu item - void draw_menu_item_static(const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const uint8_t style/*=SS_CENTER*/, const char * const valstr/*=nullptr*/) { + void MenuItem_static::draw(const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const uint8_t style/*=SS_DEFAULT*/, const char * const valstr/*=nullptr*/) { - if (mark_as_selected(row, (style & SS_INVERT))) { + if (mark_as_selected(row, style & SS_INVERT)) { u8g_uint_t n = LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH; // pixel width of string allowed @@ -373,19 +373,16 @@ void MarlinUI::clear_lcd() { } // Automatically cleared by Picture Loop int8_t pad = (LCD_WIDTH - utf8_strlen_P(pstr)) / 2; while (--pad >= 0) { lcd_put_wchar(' '); n--; } } - n -= lcd_put_u8str_max_P(pstr, n); + n = lcd_put_u8str_ind_P(pstr, itemIndex, LCD_WIDTH) * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH); if (valstr) n -= lcd_put_u8str_max(valstr, n); while (n > MENU_FONT_WIDTH) n -= lcd_put_wchar(' '); } } // Draw a generic menu item - void draw_menu_item(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char pre_char, const char post_char) { - UNUSED(pre_char); - + void MenuItemBase::_draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char, const char post_char) { if (mark_as_selected(row, sel)) { - u8g_uint_t n = (LCD_WIDTH - 2) * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH); - n -= lcd_put_u8str_max_P(pstr, n); + u8g_uint_t n = lcd_put_u8str_ind_P(pstr, itemIndex, LCD_WIDTH - 2) * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH); while (n > MENU_FONT_WIDTH) n -= lcd_put_wchar(' '); lcd_put_wchar(LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - (MENU_FONT_WIDTH), row_y2, post_char); lcd_put_wchar(' '); @@ -393,19 +390,20 @@ void MarlinUI::clear_lcd() { } // Automatically cleared by Picture Loop } // Draw a menu item with an editable value - void _draw_menu_item_edit(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char* const data, const bool pgm) { + void MenuEditItemBase::draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char* const data, const bool pgm) { if (mark_as_selected(row, sel)) { const uint8_t vallen = (pgm ? utf8_strlen_P(data) : utf8_strlen((char*)data)); - u8g_uint_t n = (LCD_WIDTH - 2 - vallen) * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH); - n -= lcd_put_u8str_max_P(pstr, n); - lcd_put_wchar(':'); - while (n > MENU_FONT_WIDTH) n -= lcd_put_wchar(' '); - lcd_moveto(LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - (MENU_FONT_WIDTH) * vallen, row_y2); - if (pgm) lcd_put_u8str_P(data); else lcd_put_u8str((char*)data); + u8g_uint_t n = lcd_put_u8str_ind_P(pstr, itemIndex, LCD_WIDTH - 2 - vallen) * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH); + if (vallen) { + lcd_put_wchar(':'); + while (n > MENU_FONT_WIDTH) n -= lcd_put_wchar(' '); + lcd_moveto(LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - (MENU_FONT_WIDTH) * vallen, row_y2); + if (pgm) lcd_put_u8str_P(data); else lcd_put_u8str((char*)data); + } } } - void draw_edit_screen(PGM_P const pstr, const char* const value/*=nullptr*/) { + void MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen(PGM_P const pstr, const char* const value/*=nullptr*/) { ui.encoder_direction_normal(); const u8g_uint_t labellen = utf8_strlen_P(pstr), vallen = utf8_strlen(value); @@ -437,7 +435,7 @@ void MarlinUI::clear_lcd() { } // Automatically cleared by Picture Loop // Assume the label is alpha-numeric (with a descender) bool onpage = PAGE_CONTAINS(baseline - (EDIT_FONT_ASCENT - 1), baseline + EDIT_FONT_DESCENT); - if (onpage) lcd_put_u8str_P(0, baseline, pstr); + if (onpage) lcd_put_u8str_ind_P(0, baseline, pstr, itemIndex); // If a value is included, print a colon, then print the value right-justified if (value != nullptr) { @@ -466,7 +464,7 @@ void MarlinUI::clear_lcd() { } // Automatically cleared by Picture Loop if (inv) u8g.setColorIndex(1); } - void draw_select_screen(PGM_P const yes, PGM_P const no, const bool yesno, PGM_P const pref, const char * const string, PGM_P const suff) { + void MenuItem_confirm::draw_select_screen(PGM_P const yes, PGM_P const no, const bool yesno, PGM_P const pref, const char * const string/*=nullptr*/, PGM_P const suff/*=nullptr*/) { ui.draw_select_screen_prompt(pref, string, suff); draw_boxed_string(1, LCD_HEIGHT - 1, no, !yesno); draw_boxed_string(LCD_WIDTH - (utf8_strlen_P(yes) + 1), LCD_HEIGHT - 1, yes, yesno); @@ -474,9 +472,7 @@ void MarlinUI::clear_lcd() { } // Automatically cleared by Picture Loop #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - void draw_sd_menu_item(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, CardReader &theCard, const bool isDir) { - UNUSED(pstr); - + void MenuItem_sdbase::draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const, CardReader &theCard, const bool isDir) { if (mark_as_selected(row, sel)) { if (isDir) lcd_put_wchar(LCD_STR_FOLDER[0]); constexpr uint8_t maxlen = LCD_WIDTH - 1; @@ -547,10 +543,12 @@ void MarlinUI::clear_lcd() { } // Automatically cleared by Picture Loop // Show X and Y positions at top of screen u8g.setColorIndex(1); if (PAGE_UNDER(7)) { - lcd_put_u8str(5, 7, "X:"); - lcd_put_u8str(ftostr52(LOGICAL_X_POSITION(pgm_read_float(&ubl._mesh_index_to_xpos[x_plot])))); - lcd_put_u8str(74, 7, "Y:"); - lcd_put_u8str(ftostr52(LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(pgm_read_float(&ubl._mesh_index_to_ypos[y_plot])))); + const xy_pos_t pos = { ubl.mesh_index_to_xpos(x_plot), ubl.mesh_index_to_ypos(y_plot) }, + lpos = pos.asLogical(); + lcd_put_u8str_P(5, 7, X_LBL); + lcd_put_u8str(ftostr52(lpos.x)); + lcd_put_u8str_P(74, 7, Y_LBL); + lcd_put_u8str(ftostr52(lpos.y)); } // Print plot position @@ -562,7 +560,7 @@ void MarlinUI::clear_lcd() { } // Automatically cleared by Picture Loop lcd_put_wchar(')'); // Show the location value - lcd_put_u8str(74, LCD_PIXEL_HEIGHT, "Z:"); + lcd_put_u8str_P(74, LCD_PIXEL_HEIGHT, Z_LBL); if (!isnan(ubl.z_values[x_plot][y_plot])) lcd_put_u8str(ftostr43sign(ubl.z_values[x_plot][y_plot])); else @@ -576,20 +574,20 @@ void MarlinUI::clear_lcd() { } // Automatically cleared by Picture Loop #if EITHER(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY, MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY) const unsigned char cw_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000001,B11111100,B00000000, - B00000111,B11111111,B00000000, - B00001111,B00000111,B10000000, - B00001110,B00000001,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11000000, + B00000000,B11111110,B00000000, + B00000011,B11111111,B10000000, + B00000111,B11000111,B11000000, + B00000111,B00000001,B11100000, B00000000,B00000000,B11100000, - B00001000,B00000000,B11100000, - B00011100,B00000000,B11100000, - B00111110,B00000000,B11100000, - B01111111,B00000000,B11100000, - B00011100,B00000000,B11100000, + B00000000,B00000000,B11110000, + B00000000,B00000000,B01110000, + B00000100,B00000000,B01110000, + B00001110,B00000000,B01110000, + B00011111,B00000000,B01110000, + B00111111,B10000000,B11110000, B00001110,B00000000,B11100000, - B00001110,B00000001,B11000000, - B00000111,B10000011,B11000000, + B00001111,B00000001,B11100000, + B00000111,B11000111,B11000000, B00000011,B11111111,B10000000, B00000000,B11111110,B00000000 }; @@ -597,20 +595,20 @@ void MarlinUI::clear_lcd() { } // Automatically cleared by Picture Loop const unsigned char ccw_bmp[] PROGMEM = { B00000000,B11111110,B00000000, B00000011,B11111111,B10000000, - B00000111,B10000011,B11000000, - B00001110,B00000001,B11000000, + B00000111,B11000111,B11000000, + B00001111,B00000001,B11100000, B00001110,B00000000,B11100000, - B00011100,B00000000,B11100000, - B01111111,B00000000,B11100000, - B00111110,B00000000,B11100000, - B00011100,B00000000,B11100000, - B00001000,B00000000,B11100000, + B00111111,B10000000,B11110000, + B00011111,B00000000,B01110000, + B00001110,B00000000,B01110000, + B00000100,B00000000,B01110000, + B00000000,B00000000,B01110000, + B00000000,B00000000,B11110000, B00000000,B00000000,B11100000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11000000, - B00001110,B00000001,B11000000, - B00001111,B00000111,B10000000, - B00000111,B11111111,B00000000, - B00000001,B11111100,B00000000 + B00000111,B00000001,B11100000, + B00000111,B11000111,B11000000, + B00000011,B11111111,B10000000, + B00000000,B11111110,B00000000 }; const unsigned char up_arrow_bmp[] PROGMEM = { diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h index e8d1b8a1e3..536b8f0bf9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ // MaKrPanel, Mini Viki, Viki 2.0, AZSMZ 12864 ST7565 controller - #define SMART_RAMPS (MB(RAMPS_SMART_EFB) || MB(RAMPS_SMART_EEB) || MB(RAMPS_SMART_EFF) || MB(RAMPS_SMART_EEF) || MB(RAMPS_SMART_SF)) + #define SMART_RAMPS MB(RAMPS_SMART_EFB, RAMPS_SMART_EEB, RAMPS_SMART_EFF, RAMPS_SMART_EEF, RAMPS_SMART_SF) #define U8G_CLASS U8GLIB_64128N_2X_HAL // 4 stripes (HW-SPI) #if SMART_RAMPS || DOGLCD_SCK != SCK_PIN || DOGLCD_MOSI != MOSI_PIN #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // SW-SPI @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ #define U8G_CLASS U8GLIB_MINI12864_2X_HAL // 4 stripes -#elif ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) +#elif EITHER(MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) // The MKS_MINI_12864 V1/V2 aren't exact copies of the MiniPanel. // Panel management is in u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL.cpp with @@ -196,13 +196,6 @@ #endif #endif -#ifndef LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - #define LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH 128 -#endif -#ifndef LCD_PIXEL_HEIGHT - #define LCD_PIXEL_HEIGHT 64 -#endif - // LCD_FULL_PIXEL_WIDTH = // LCD_PIXEL_OFFSET_X + (LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH * 2) + LCD_PIXEL_OFFSET_X #if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_st7920_u8glib_rrd_AVR.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_st7920_u8glib_rrd_AVR.cpp index 2187185146..4e38e554a2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_st7920_u8glib_rrd_AVR.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_st7920_u8glib_rrd_AVR.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if !defined(U8G_HAL_LINKS) && ANY(__AVR__, ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32) +#if !defined(U8G_HAL_LINKS) && ANY(__AVR__, ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32, ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32) #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" @@ -154,4 +154,4 @@ u8g_dev_t u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_rrd_sw_spi = { u8g_dev_rrd_st7920_128x64_fn, &u8 #endif #endif // U8GLIB_ST7920 -#endif // __AVR__ && !U8G_HAL_LINKS +#endif // !U8G_HAL_LINKS && (__AVR__ || ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32 || ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32) diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_st7920_u8glib_rrd_AVR.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_st7920_u8glib_rrd_AVR.h index 960375ae43..c6e0b9944b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_st7920_u8glib_rrd_AVR.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_st7920_u8glib_rrd_AVR.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -31,12 +31,9 @@ #define ST7920_DAT_PIN LCD_PINS_ENABLE #define ST7920_CS_PIN LCD_PINS_RS -//#define PAGE_HEIGHT 8 //128 byte framebuffer -#define PAGE_HEIGHT 16 //256 byte framebuffer -//#define PAGE_HEIGHT 32 //512 byte framebuffer - -#define LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH 128 -#define LCD_PIXEL_HEIGHT 64 +//#define PAGE_HEIGHT 8 // 128 byte framebuffer +#define PAGE_HEIGHT 16 // 256 byte framebuffer +//#define PAGE_HEIGHT 32 // 512 byte framebuffer #include @@ -49,11 +46,11 @@ #define CPU_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(0) #define CPU_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(0) #define CPU_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(50) -#elif MB(3DRAG) || MB(K8200) || MB(K8400) || MB(SILVER_GATE) +#elif MB(3DRAG, K8200, K8400, SILVER_GATE) #define CPU_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(0) #define CPU_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(188) #define CPU_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(0) -#elif MB(MINIRAMBO) || MB(EINSY_RAMBO) || MB(EINSY_RETRO) +#elif MB(MINIRAMBO, EINSY_RAMBO, EINSY_RETRO) #define CPU_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(0) #define CPU_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(250) #define CPU_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(0) diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 1ac5270c4b..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,231 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/* DGUS implementation written by coldtobi in 2019 for Marlin */ - -#include "../../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" - -#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD) - -#include "DGUSDisplayDefinition.h" -#include "DGUSDisplay.h" - -#include "../../../../module/temperature.h" -#include "../../../../module/motion.h" - -#include "../../../ultralcd.h" - -const uint16_t VPList_Boot[] PROGMEM = { - VP_MARLIN_VERSION, - 0x0000 -}; - -const uint16_t VPList_Main[] PROGMEM = { - /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded. */ - 0x0000 -}; - -const uint16_t VPList_Temp[] PROGMEM = { - #if HOTENDS >= 1 - VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, - #endif - #if HOTENDS >= 2 - VP_T_E2_I, VP_T_E2_S, - #endif - #if HAS_HEATED_BED - VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, - #endif - 0x0000 -}; - -const uint16_t VPList_Status[] PROGMEM = { - /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded */ - #if HOTENDS >= 1 - VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, - #endif - #if HOTENDS >= 2 - VP_T_E2_I, VP_T_E2_S, - #endif - #if HAS_HEATED_BED - VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, - #endif - #if FAN_COUNT > 0 - VP_Fan_Percentage, - #endif - VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos, - VP_Fan_Percentage, - VP_Feedrate_Percentage, - VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, - 0x0000 -}; - -const uint16_t VPList_Status2[] PROGMEM = { - /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded */ - #if HOTENDS >= 1 - VP_Flowrate_E1, - #endif - #if HOTENDS >= 2 - VP_Flowrate_E2, - #endif - VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, - VP_PrintTime, - 0x0000 -}; - -const uint16_t VPList_ManualMove[] PROGMEM = { - VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos, - 0x0000 -}; - -const uint16_t VPList_ManualExtrude[] PROGMEM = { - VP_EPos, - 0x0000 -}; - -const uint16_t VPList_FanAndFeedrate[] PROGMEM = { - VP_Feedrate_Percentage, VP_Fan_Percentage, - 0x0000 -}; - -const uint16_t VPList_SD_FlowRates[] PROGMEM = { - VP_Flowrate_E1, VP_Flowrate_E2, - 0x0000 -}; - -const uint16_t VPList_SDFileList[] PROGMEM = { - VP_SD_FileName0, VP_SD_FileName1, VP_SD_FileName2, VP_SD_FileName3, VP_SD_FileName4, - 0x0000 -}; - -const uint16_t VPList_SD_PrintManipulation[] PROGMEM = { - VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, VP_PrintTime, - 0x0000 -}; - -const struct VPMapping VPMap[] PROGMEM = { - { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT, VPList_Boot }, - { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN, VPList_Main }, - { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_TEMPERATURE, VPList_Temp }, - { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS, VPList_Status }, - { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS2, VPList_Status2 }, - { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALMOVE, VPList_ManualMove }, - { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALEXTRUDE, VPList_ManualExtrude }, - { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FANANDFEEDRATE, VPList_FanAndFeedrate }, - { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLOWRATES, VPList_SD_FlowRates }, - { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION, VPList_SD_PrintManipulation }, - { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDFILELIST, VPList_SDFileList }, - { 0 , nullptr } // List is terminated with an nullptr as table entry. -}; - -const char MarlinVersion[] PROGMEM = SHORT_BUILD_VERSION; - -// Helper to define a DGUS_VP_Variable for common use cases. -#define VPHELPER(VPADR, VPADRVAR, RXFPTR, TXFPTR ) { .VP=VPADR, .memadr=VPADRVAR, .size=sizeof(VPADRVAR), \ - .set_by_display_handler = RXFPTR, .send_to_display_handler = TXFPTR } - -// Helper to define a DGUS_VP_Variable when the sizeo of the var cannot be determined automaticalyl (eg. a string) -#define VPHELPER_STR(VPADR, VPADRVAR, STRLEN, RXFPTR, TXFPTR ) { .VP=VPADR, .memadr=VPADRVAR, .size=STRLEN, \ - .set_by_display_handler = RXFPTR, .send_to_display_handler = TXFPTR } - -const struct DGUS_VP_Variable ListOfVP[] PROGMEM = { - // Helper to detect touch events - VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHook, nullptr), - VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE_ASK, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfIdle, nullptr), - VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE_WHENSD, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfSD, nullptr), - VPHELPER(VP_CONFIRMED, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenConfirmedOK, nullptr), - - VPHELPER(VP_TEMP_ALL_OFF, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleAllHeatersOff, nullptr), - - VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_X, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), - VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Y, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), - VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Z, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), - VPHELPER(VP_HOME_ALL, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), - - { .VP = VP_MARLIN_VERSION, .memadr = (void*)MarlinVersion, .size = VP_MARLIN_VERSION_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler =&DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, - // M117 LCD String (We don't need the string in memory but "just" push it to the display on demand, hence the nullptr - { .VP = VP_M117, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_M117_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler =&DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplay }, - - // Temperature Data - #if HOTENDS >= 1 - VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_Is, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].celsius, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), - VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_Set, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), - VPHELPER(VP_Flowrate_E1, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), - VPHELPER(VP_EPos, &destination[3], nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), - VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_E1, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude, nullptr), - #endif - #if HOTENDS >= 2 - VPHELPER(VP_T_E2_I, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].celsius, nullptr, DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), - VPHELPER(VP_T_E2_S, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), - VPHELPER(VP_Flowrate_E2, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), - VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_E2, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude, nullptr), - #endif - #if HOTENDS >= 3 - #error More than 2 Hotends currently not implemented on the Display UI design. - #endif - #if HAS_HEATED_BED - VPHELPER(VP_T_Bed_Is, &thermalManager.temp_bed.celsius, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), - VPHELPER(VP_T_Bed_Set, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), - #endif - - // Fan Data. - #if FAN_COUNT > 0 - VPHELPER(VP_Fan_Percentage, &thermalManager.fan_speed[0], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_PercentageToUint8, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPercentageToDisplay), - #endif - - // Feedrate. - VPHELPER(VP_Feedrate_Percentage, &feedrate_percentage, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SetValueDirectly, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay ), - - // Position Data. - VPHELPER(VP_XPos, ¤t_position[0], nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), - VPHELPER(VP_YPos, ¤t_position[1], nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), - VPHELPER(VP_ZPos, ¤t_position[2], nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), - - // Print Progress. - VPHELPER(VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, &ui.progress_bar_percent, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay ), - - // Print Time - VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintTime, nullptr, VP_PrintTime_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintTimeToDisplay ), - - // SDCard File listing. - #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - VPHELPER(VP_SD_ScrollEvent, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ScrollFilelist, nullptr), - VPHELPER(VP_SD_FileSelected, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_FileSelected, nullptr), - VPHELPER(VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_StartPrint, nullptr), - VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName0, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), - VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName1, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), - VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName2, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), - VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName3, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), - VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName4, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), - VPHELPER(VP_SD_ResumePauseAbort, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ResumePauseAbort, nullptr), - VPHELPER(VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ReallyAbort, nullptr), - #endif - - // Messages for the User, shared by the popup and the kill screen. They cant be autouploaded as we do not buffer content. - { .VP = VP_MSGSTR1, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR1_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, - { .VP = VP_MSGSTR2, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR2_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, - { .VP = VP_MSGSTR3, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR3_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, - { .VP = VP_MSGSTR4, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR4_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, - - VPHELPER(0, 0, 0, 0) // must be last entry. -}; - -#endif // DGUS_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language_de.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language_de.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3c26bfb3d8..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language_de.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -/***************** - * language_de.h * - *****************/ - -/**************************************************************************** - * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2019 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * - * * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * - * (at your option) any later version. * - * * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * - * GNU General Public License for more details. * - * * - * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * - * location: . * - ****************************************************************************/ - -#pragma once - -namespace Language_de { - using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English - - PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = u8"Deutsche"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str YES = u8"JA"; - PROGMEM Language_Str NO = u8"NEIN"; - PROGMEM Language_Str BACK = u8"Zurück"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str MOVE_AXIS = u8"Achsen bewegen"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MOTORS_OFF = u8"Motoren deaktivieren"; - PROGMEM Language_Str TEMPERATURE = u8"Temperatur"; - PROGMEM Language_Str CHANGE_FILAMENT = u8"Filament wechseln"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ADVANCED_SETTINGS = u8"Erw. Einstellungen"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ABOUT_PRINTER = u8"Über den Drucker"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINTER_STATISTICS = u8"Drucker-Statistik"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = u8"Sondenversatz Z"; - PROGMEM Language_Str TOOL_OFFSETS = u8"Werkzeugversätze"; - PROGMEM Language_Str VELOCITY = u8"Geschwindigkeit"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ACCELERATION = u8"Beschleunigung"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ACCEL_PRINTING = u8"Beschleunigung"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ACCEL_TRAVEL = u8"A Einzug"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ACCEL_RETRACT = u8"A Leerfahrt"; - PROGMEM Language_Str BACKLASH = u8"Spiel"; - PROGMEM Language_Str SMOOTHING = u8"Glätten"; - PROGMEM Language_Str CORRECTION = u8"Korrektur"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ENDSTOPS = u8"Endstopp"; - PROGMEM Language_Str SOFT_ENDSTOPS = u8"Software-Endstopp"; - PROGMEM Language_Str RESTORE_DEFAULTS = u8"Standardwerte laden"; - - - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND = u8"Düse"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND1 = u8"Düse 1"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND2 = u8"Düse 2"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND3 = u8"Düse 3"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND4 = u8"Düse 4"; - PROGMEM Language_Str BED = u8"Bett"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AXIS_ALL = u8"Alle"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str FAN_SPEED = u8"Lüfter"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINT_FILE = u8"Drucken"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str RESUME_PRINT = u8"SD-Druck fortsetzen"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PAUSE_PRINT = u8"SD-Druck pausieren"; - PROGMEM Language_Str STOP_PRINT = u8"SD-Druck abbrechen"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_PRINT_COUNT = u8"Gesamte Drucke"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = u8"Komplette Drucke"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_PRINT_TIME = u8"Gesamte Druckzeit"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = u8"Längste Druckzeit"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = u8"Gesamt Extrudiert"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINTER_HALTED = u8"DRUCKER GESTOPPT"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PLEASE_RESET = u8"Bitte neustarten"; -}; // namespace Language_de diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language_en.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language_en.h deleted file mode 100644 index 67904ceaef..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language_en.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,231 +0,0 @@ -/***************** - * language_en.h * - *****************/ - -/**************************************************************************** - * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2019 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * - * * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * - * (at your option) any later version. * - * * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * - * GNU General Public License for more details. * - * * - * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * - * location: . * - ****************************************************************************/ - -#pragma once - -#include "language.h" - -namespace Language_en { - PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = u8"English"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str YES = u8"Yes"; - PROGMEM Language_Str NO = u8"No"; - PROGMEM Language_Str BACK = u8"Back"; - PROGMEM Language_Str OKAY = u8"Okay"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MENU = u8"Menu"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MEDIA = u8"Media"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str AUTO_HOME = u8"Auto Home"; - PROGMEM Language_Str CLEAN_NOZZLE = u8"Clean Nozzle"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MOVE_AXIS = u8"Move Axis"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MOTORS_OFF = u8"Motors Off"; - PROGMEM Language_Str TEMPERATURE = u8"Temperature"; - PROGMEM Language_Str CHANGE_FILAMENT = u8"Change Filament"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ADVANCED_SETTINGS = u8"Advanced Settings"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ABOUT_PRINTER = u8"About Printer"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINTER_STATISTICS = u8"Printer Statistics"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = u8"Z Offset"; - PROGMEM Language_Str STEPS_PER_MM = u8"Steps/mm"; - PROGMEM Language_Str TOOL_OFFSETS = u8"Tool Offsets"; - PROGMEM Language_Str VELOCITY = u8"Velocity"; - PROGMEM Language_Str VMAX_X = u8"Vmax X"; - PROGMEM Language_Str VMAX_Y = u8"Vmax Y"; - PROGMEM Language_Str VMAX_Z = u8"Vmax Z"; - PROGMEM Language_Str VMAX_E1 = u8"Vmax E1"; - PROGMEM Language_Str VMAX_E2 = u8"Vmax E2"; - PROGMEM Language_Str VMAX_E3 = u8"Vmax E3"; - PROGMEM Language_Str VMAX_E4 = u8"Vmax E4"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ACCELERATION = u8"Acceleration"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ACCEL_PRINTING = u8"Printing"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ACCEL_TRAVEL = u8"Travel"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ACCEL_RETRACT = u8"Retraction"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AMAX_X = u8"Amax X"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AMAX_Y = u8"Amax Y"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AMAX_Z = u8"Amax Z"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AMAX_E1 = u8"Amax E1"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AMAX_E2 = u8"Amax E2"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AMAX_E3 = u8"Amax E3"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AMAX_E4 = u8"Amax E4"; - PROGMEM Language_Str JERK = u8"Jerk"; - PROGMEM Language_Str JUNC_DEVIATION = u8"Junc Dev"; - PROGMEM Language_Str BACKLASH = u8"Backlash"; - PROGMEM Language_Str SMOOTHING = u8"Smoothing"; - PROGMEM Language_Str CORRECTION = u8"Correction"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MOTOR_CURRENT = u8"Currents"; - PROGMEM Language_Str FILAMENT = u8"Filament"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ENDSTOPS = u8"Endstops"; - PROGMEM Language_Str SOFT_ENDSTOPS = u8"Soft Endstops"; - PROGMEM Language_Str RESTORE_DEFAULTS = u8"Restore Defaults"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND = u8"Hot End"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND1 = u8"Hot End 1"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND2 = u8"Hot End 2"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND3 = u8"Hot End 3"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND4 = u8"Hot End 4"; - PROGMEM Language_Str BED = u8"Bed"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AXIS_X = u8"X"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AXIS_Y = u8"Y"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AXIS_Z = u8"Z"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AXIS_E = u8"E"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AXIS_E1 = u8"E1"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AXIS_E2 = u8"E2"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AXIS_E3 = u8"E3"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AXIS_E4 = u8"E4"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AXIS_ALL = u8"All"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOME = u8"Home"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str FAN_SPEED = u8"Fan Speed"; - PROGMEM Language_Str RUNOUT_SENSOR = u8"Runout Sensor"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str OPEN_DIR = u8"Open"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINT_FILE = u8"Print"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str RESUME_PRINT = u8"Resume Print"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PAUSE_PRINT = u8"Pause Print"; - PROGMEM Language_Str STOP_PRINT = u8"Stop Print"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINT_STARTING = u8"Print starting"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINT_FINISHED = u8"Print finished"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINT_ERROR = u8"Print error"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_PRINT_COUNT = u8"Print Count"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = u8"Total Prints"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_PRINT_TIME = u8"Total Print Time"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = u8"Longest Print"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = u8"Filament Used"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINTER_HALTED = u8"PRINTER HALTED"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PLEASE_RESET = u8"Please reset"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str COLOR_TOUCH_PANEL = u8"Color Touch Panel"; - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT) - PROGMEM Language_Str ABOUT_ALEPH_OBJECTS = u8"© 2019 Aleph Objects, Inc.\n\nwww.lulzbot.com"; - #else - PROGMEM Language_Str ABOUT_ALEPH_OBJECTS = u8"(C) 2019 Aleph Objects, Inc.\n\nwww.lulzbot.com"; - #endif - - PROGMEM Language_Str FIRMWARE_FOR_TOOLHEAD = u8"Firmware for toolhead:\n%s\n\n"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str HOME_SENSE = u8"Home Sense"; - PROGMEM Language_Str X_MAX = u8"X Max"; - PROGMEM Language_Str X_MIN = u8"X Min"; - PROGMEM Language_Str Y_MAX = u8"Y Max"; - PROGMEM Language_Str Y_MIN = u8"Y Min"; - PROGMEM Language_Str Z_MAX = u8"Z Max"; - PROGMEM Language_Str Z_MIN = u8"Z Min"; - PROGMEM Language_Str Z_PROBE = u8"Z Probe"; - PROGMEM Language_Str RUNOUT_1 = u8"Runout 1"; - PROGMEM Language_Str RUNOUT_2 = u8"Runout 2"; - PROGMEM Language_Str DISPLAY_MENU = u8"Display"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INTERFACE_SETTINGS = u8"Interface Settings"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MEASURE_AUTOMATICALLY = u8"Measure automatically"; - PROGMEM Language_Str H_OFFSET = u8"H Offset"; - PROGMEM Language_Str V_OFFSET = u8"V Offset"; - PROGMEM Language_Str TOUCH_SCREEN = u8"Touch Screen"; - PROGMEM Language_Str CALIBRATE = u8"Calibrate"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str UNITS_MILLIAMP = u8"mA"; - PROGMEM Language_Str UNITS_MM = u8"mm"; - PROGMEM Language_Str UNITS_MM_S = u8"mm/s"; - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - PROGMEM Language_Str UNITS_MM_S2 = u8"mm/s²"; - #else - PROGMEM Language_Str UNITS_MM_S2 = u8"mm/s^2"; - #endif - PROGMEM Language_Str UNITS_STEP_MM = u8"st/mm"; - PROGMEM Language_Str UNITS_PERCENT = u8"%"; - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - PROGMEM Language_Str UNITS_C = u8"°C"; - #else - PROGMEM Language_Str UNITS_C = u8" C"; - #endif - PROGMEM Language_Str MATERIAL_PLA = u8"PLA"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MATERIAL_ABS = u8"ABS"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MATERIAL_HIGH_TEMP = u8"High"; - PROGMEM Language_Str TEMP_IDLE = u8"idle"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINTING = u8"Printing"; - PROGMEM Language_Str SET_MAXIMUM = u8"Set Maximum"; - PROGMEM Language_Str DETECTION_THRESHOLD = u8"Detection Threshold"; - PROGMEM Language_Str DISTANCE = u8"Distance"; - PROGMEM Language_Str COOLDOWN = u8"Cooldown (All Off)"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINT_SPEED = u8"Print Speed"; - PROGMEM Language_Str SPEED = u8"Speed"; - PROGMEM Language_Str LINEAR_ADVANCE = u8"Linear Advance"; - PROGMEM Language_Str LINEAR_ADVANCE_K = u8"K"; - PROGMEM Language_Str LINEAR_ADVANCE_K1 = u8"K E1"; - PROGMEM Language_Str LINEAR_ADVANCE_K2 = u8"K E2"; - PROGMEM Language_Str LINEAR_ADVANCE_K3 = u8"K E3"; - PROGMEM Language_Str LINEAR_ADVANCE_K4 = u8"K E4"; - PROGMEM Language_Str NUDGE_NOZZLE = u8"Nudge Nozzle"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ADJUST_BOTH_NOZZLES = u8"Adjust Both Nozzles"; - PROGMEM Language_Str SHOW_OFFSETS = u8"Show Offsets"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INCREMENT = u8"Increment"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ERASE_FLASH_WARNING = u8"Are you sure? SPI flash will be erased."; - PROGMEM Language_Str ERASING = u8"Erasing..."; - PROGMEM Language_Str ERASED = u8"SPI flash erased"; - PROGMEM Language_Str CALIBRATION_WARNING = u8"For best results, unload the filament and clean the hotend prior to starting calibration. Continue?"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ABORT_WARNING = u8"Are you sure you want to cancel the print?"; - PROGMEM Language_Str EXTRUDER_SELECTION = u8"Extruder Selection"; - PROGMEM Language_Str CURRENT_TEMPERATURE = u8"Current Temp"; - PROGMEM Language_Str REMOVAL_TEMPERATURE = u8"Removal Temp"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HEATING = u8"Heating"; - PROGMEM Language_Str CAUTION = u8"Caution:"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOT = u8"Hot!"; - PROGMEM Language_Str UNLOAD_FILAMENT = u8"Unload"; - PROGMEM Language_Str LOAD_FILAMENT = u8"Load/Extruder"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MOMENTARY = u8"Momentary"; - PROGMEM Language_Str CONTINUOUS = u8"Continuous"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PLEASE_WAIT = u8"Please wait..."; - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINT_MENU = u8"Print Menu"; - PROGMEM Language_Str FINE_MOTION = u8"Fine motion"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ENABLE_MEDIA = u8"Enable Media"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INSERT_MEDIA = u8"Insert Media..."; - PROGMEM Language_Str LCD_BRIGHTNESS = u8"LCD brightness"; - PROGMEM Language_Str SOUND_VOLUME = u8"Sound volume"; - PROGMEM Language_Str SCREEN_LOCK = u8"Screen lock"; - PROGMEM Language_Str BOOT_SCREEN = u8"Boot screen"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INTERFACE_SOUNDS = u8"Interface Sounds"; - PROGMEM Language_Str CLICK_SOUNDS = u8"Click sounds"; - PROGMEM Language_Str EEPROM_RESTORED = u8"Settings restored from backup"; - PROGMEM Language_Str EEPROM_RESET = u8"Settings restored to default"; - PROGMEM Language_Str EEPROM_SAVED = u8"Settings saved!"; - PROGMEM Language_Str EEPROM_SAVE_PROMPT = u8"Do you wish to save these settings as defaults?"; - PROGMEM Language_Str EEPROM_RESET_WARNING = u8"Are you sure? Customizations will be lost."; - - PROGMEM Language_Str PASSCODE_REJECTED = u8"Wrong passcode!"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PASSCODE_ACCEPTED = u8"Passcode accepted!"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PASSCODE_SELECT = u8"Select Passcode:"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PASSCODE_REQUEST = u8"Enter Passcode:"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str TOUCH_CALIBRATION_START = u8"Release to begin screen calibration"; - PROGMEM Language_Str TOUCH_CALIBRATION_PROMPT = u8"Touch the dots to calibrate"; - - #ifdef LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI - PROGMEM Language_Str MAIN_MENU = u8"Main Menu"; - PROGMEM Language_Str RELEASE_XY_AXIS = u8"Release XY Axis"; - PROGMEM Language_Str LOAD_SYRINGE = u8"Load Syringe"; - PROGMEM Language_Str BED_TEMPERATURE = u8"Bed Temperature"; - PROGMEM Language_Str LOADING_WARNING = u8"About to home to loading position. Ensure the top and the bed of the printer are clear.\n\nContinue?"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOMING_WARNING = u8"About to re-home plunger and auto-level. Remove syringe prior to proceeding.\n\nContinue?"; - #endif -}; // namespace Language_en diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language_fr.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language_fr.h deleted file mode 100644 index a9ad20d320..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language_fr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -/***************** - * language_fr.h * - *****************/ - -/**************************************************************************** - * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2019 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * - * * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * - * (at your option) any later version. * - * * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * - * GNU General Public License for more details. * - * * - * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * - * location: . * - ****************************************************************************/ - -#pragma once - -namespace Language_fr { - using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English - - PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = u8"Français"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str YES = u8"oui"; - PROGMEM Language_Str NO = u8"non"; - PROGMEM Language_Str BACK = u8"Retour"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str AUTO_HOME = u8"Origine auto"; - //PROGMEM Language_Str CLEAN_NOZZLE = u8"Clean Nozzle"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MOVE_AXIS = u8"Déplacer un axe"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MOTORS_OFF = u8"Arrêter moteurs"; - PROGMEM Language_Str TEMPERATURE = u8"Température"; - PROGMEM Language_Str CHANGE_FILAMENT = u8"Changer filament"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ADVANCED_SETTINGS = u8"Config. avancée"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ABOUT_PRINTER = u8"Infos imprimante"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINTER_STATISTICS = u8"Stats. imprimante"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = u8"Décalage Z"; - PROGMEM Language_Str STEPS_PER_MM = u8"Pas/mm"; - PROGMEM Language_Str TOOL_OFFSETS = u8"Offsets Outil"; - PROGMEM Language_Str VELOCITY = u8"Vélocité"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ACCELERATION = u8"Accélération"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ACCEL_PRINTING = u8"A impr."; - PROGMEM Language_Str ACCEL_TRAVEL = u8"A dépl."; - PROGMEM Language_Str ACCEL_RETRACT = u8"A retrait"; - PROGMEM Language_Str JUNC_DEVIATION = u8"Déviat. jonct."; - //PROGMEM Language_Str BACKLASH = u8"Backlash"; - PROGMEM Language_Str SMOOTHING = u8"Lissage"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MOTOR_CURRENT = u8"Courant"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ENDSTOPS = u8"Butées"; - PROGMEM Language_Str SOFT_ENDSTOPS = u8"Butées SW"; - PROGMEM Language_Str RESTORE_DEFAULTS = u8"Restaurer défauts"; - - - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND = u8"Buse"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND1 = u8"Buse 1"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND2 = u8"Buse 2"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND3 = u8"Buse 3"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND4 = u8"Buse 4"; - PROGMEM Language_Str BED = u8"Lit"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AXIS_ALL = u8"Tous"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOME = u8"Origine"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str FAN_SPEED = u8"Vitesse ventil."; - PROGMEM Language_Str RUNOUT_SENSOR = u8"Capteur fil."; - - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINT_FILE = u8"Imprimer"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str RESUME_PRINT = u8"Reprendre impr."; - PROGMEM Language_Str PAUSE_PRINT = u8"Pause impression"; - PROGMEM Language_Str STOP_PRINT = u8"Arrêter impr."; - - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_PRINT_COUNT = u8"Nbre impressions"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = u8"Terminées"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_PRINT_TIME = u8"Tps impr. total"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = u8"Impr. la + longue"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = u8"Total filament"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINTER_HALTED = u8"IMPR. STOPPÉE"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PLEASE_RESET = u8"Redémarrer SVP"; -}; // namespace Language_fr diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/advanced_settings_menu.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/advanced_settings_menu.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index f4aad3b593..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/advanced_settings_menu.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,191 +0,0 @@ -/***************************** - * advance_settings_menu.cpp * - *****************************/ - -/**************************************************************************** - * Written By Mark Pelletier 2017 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * - * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2018 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * - * * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * - * (at your option) any later version. * - * * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * - * GNU General Public License for more details. * - * * - * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * - * location: . * - ****************************************************************************/ - -#include "../config.h" - -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && !defined(LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI) - -#include "screens.h" - -using namespace FTDI; -using namespace ExtUI; -using namespace Theme; - -void AdvancedSettingsMenu::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { - if (what & BACKGROUND) { - CommandProcessor cmd; - cmd.cmd(CLEAR_COLOR_RGB(Theme::bg_color)) - .cmd(CLEAR(true,true,true)); - } - - if (what & FOREGROUND) { - CommandProcessor cmd; - cmd.colors(normal_btn) - .font(Theme::font_medium) - #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - #define GRID_ROWS 9 - #define GRID_COLS 2 - #if HAS_BED_PROBE - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(2) .button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(ZPROBE_ZOFFSET)) - .enabled(1) - .tag(3) .button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(STEPS_PER_MM)) - #if HAS_TRINAMIC - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(13).button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(MOTOR_CURRENT)) - #if HAS_TRINAMIC - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(14).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(HOME_SENSE)) - #if HOTENDS > 1 - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(4) .button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(TOOL_OFFSETS)) - #if EITHER(LIN_ADVANCE, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(11).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(FILAMENT)) - .tag(12).button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(ENDSTOPS)) - .tag(15).button( BTN_POS(2,6), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(DISPLAY_MENU)) - .tag(9) .button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(INTERFACE_SETTINGS)) - .tag(10).button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(RESTORE_DEFAULTS)) - .tag(5) .button( BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(VELOCITY)) - .tag(6) .button( BTN_POS(2,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(ACCELERATION)) - #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - .tag(7) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(JUNC_DEVIATION)) - #else - .tag(7) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(JERK)) - #endif - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(8).button( BTN_POS(2,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(BACKLASH)) - .colors(action_btn) - .tag(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,9), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(BACK)); - #undef GRID_COLS - #undef GRID_ROWS - #else - #define GRID_ROWS 6 - #define GRID_COLS 3 - #if HAS_BED_PROBE - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(2) .button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,2), GET_TEXTF(ZPROBE_ZOFFSET)) - .enabled(1) - .tag(3) .button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(STEPS_PER_MM)) - #if HAS_TRINAMIC - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(13).button( BTN_POS(3,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(MOTOR_CURRENT)) - #if HAS_TRINAMIC - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(14).button( BTN_POS(3,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(HOME_SENSE)) - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(8).button( BTN_POS(3,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(BACKLASH)) - #if HOTENDS > 1 - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(4) .button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(TOOL_OFFSETS)) - .tag(12).button( BTN_POS(3,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(ENDSTOPS)) - .tag(5) .button( BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(VELOCITY)) - .tag(6) .button( BTN_POS(2,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(ACCELERATION)) - #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - .tag(7) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(JUNC_DEVIATION)) - #else - .tag(7) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(JERK)) - #endif - .tag(11).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(FILAMENT)) - .tag(15).button( BTN_POS(3,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(DISPLAY_MENU)) - .tag(9) .button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(INTERFACE_SETTINGS)) - .tag(10).button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(RESTORE_DEFAULTS)) - .colors(action_btn) - .tag(1) .button( BTN_POS(3,6), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(BACK)); - #endif - } -} - -bool AdvancedSettingsMenu::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { - switch (tag) { - case 1: SaveSettingsDialogBox::promptToSaveSettings(); break; - #if HAS_BED_PROBE - case 2: GOTO_SCREEN(ZOffsetScreen); break; - #endif - case 3: GOTO_SCREEN(StepsScreen); break; - #if HOTENDS > 1 - case 4: GOTO_SCREEN(NozzleOffsetScreen); break; - #endif - case 5: GOTO_SCREEN(MaxVelocityScreen); break; - case 6: GOTO_SCREEN(DefaultAccelerationScreen); break; - case 7: - #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - GOTO_SCREEN(JunctionDeviationScreen); - #else - GOTO_SCREEN(JerkScreen); - #endif - break; - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - case 8: GOTO_SCREEN(BacklashCompensationScreen); break; - #endif - case 9: GOTO_SCREEN(InterfaceSettingsScreen); LockScreen::check_passcode(); break; - case 10: GOTO_SCREEN(RestoreFailsafeDialogBox); LockScreen::check_passcode(); break; - #if EITHER(LIN_ADVANCE, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - case 11: GOTO_SCREEN(FilamentMenu); break; - #endif - case 12: GOTO_SCREEN(EndstopStatesScreen); break; - #if HAS_TRINAMIC - case 13: GOTO_SCREEN(StepperCurrentScreen); break; - case 14: GOTO_SCREEN(StepperBumpSensitivityScreen); break; - #endif - case 15: GOTO_SCREEN(DisplayTuningScreen); break; - default: return false; - } - return true; -} - -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/main_menu.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/main_menu.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index ae6dd58c24..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/main_menu.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,123 +0,0 @@ -/***************** - * main_menu.cpp * - *****************/ - -/**************************************************************************** - * Written By Mark Pelletier 2017 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * - * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2018 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * - * * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * - * (at your option) any later version. * - * * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * - * GNU General Public License for more details. * - * * - * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * - * location: . * - ****************************************************************************/ - -#include "../config.h" - -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && !defined(LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI) - -#include "screens.h" - -using namespace FTDI; -using namespace Theme; - -void MainMenu::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { - if (what & BACKGROUND) { - CommandProcessor cmd; - cmd.cmd(CLEAR_COLOR_RGB(Theme::bg_color)) - .cmd(CLEAR(true,true,true)); - } - - if (what & FOREGROUND) { - CommandProcessor cmd; - cmd.colors(normal_btn) - .font(Theme::font_medium) - #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - #define GRID_ROWS 8 - #define GRID_COLS 2 - .tag(2).button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(AUTO_HOME)) - #ifdef NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(CLEAN_NOZZLE)) - .tag(4).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(MOVE_AXIS)) - .tag(5).button( BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(MOTORS_OFF)) - .tag(6).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(TEMPERATURE)) - .tag(7).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(CHANGE_FILAMENT)) - .tag(8).button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(ADVANCED_SETTINGS)) - #ifdef PRINTCOUNTER - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(9).button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(PRINTER_STATISTICS)) - .tag(10).button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(ABOUT_PRINTER)) - .colors(action_btn) - .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(BACK)); - #undef GRID_COLS - #undef GRID_ROWS - #else - #define GRID_ROWS 5 - #define GRID_COLS 2 - .tag(2).button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(AUTO_HOME)) - #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(CLEAN_NOZZLE)) - .tag(4).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(MOVE_AXIS)) - .tag(5).button( BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(MOTORS_OFF)) - .tag(6).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(TEMPERATURE)) - .tag(7).button( BTN_POS(2,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(CHANGE_FILAMENT)) - .tag(8).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(ADVANCED_SETTINGS)) - #ifdef PRINTCOUNTER - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(9).button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(PRINTER_STATISTICS)) - .tag(10).button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(ABOUT_PRINTER)) - .colors(action_btn) - .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(2,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(BACK)); - #undef GRID_COLS - #undef GRID_ROWS - #endif - } -} - -bool MainMenu::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { - using namespace ExtUI; - - switch (tag) { - case 1: GOTO_PREVIOUS(); break; - case 2: SpinnerDialogBox::enqueueAndWait_P(F("G28")); break; - #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - case 3: injectCommands_P(PSTR("G12")); GOTO_SCREEN(StatusScreen); break; - #endif - case 4: GOTO_SCREEN(MoveAxisScreen); break; - case 5: injectCommands_P(PSTR("M84")); break; - case 6: GOTO_SCREEN(TemperatureScreen); break; - case 7: GOTO_SCREEN(ChangeFilamentScreen); break; - case 8: GOTO_SCREEN(AdvancedSettingsMenu); break; -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - case 9: GOTO_SCREEN(StatisticsScreen); break; -#endif - case 10: GOTO_SCREEN(AboutScreen); break; - default: - return false; - } - return true; -} - -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/bootscreen_logo_landscape.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/bootscreen_logo_landscape.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8593c14e8b..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/bootscreen_logo_landscape.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ - -/**************************************************************************** - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * - * (at your option) any later version. * - * * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * - * GNU General Public License for more details. * - * * - * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * - * location: . * - ****************************************************************************/ - -/** - * This file was auto-generated using "svg2cpp.pl" - * - * The encoding consists of x,y pairs with the min and max scaled to - * 0x0000 and 0xFFFE. A single 0xFFFF in the data stream indicates the - * start of a new closed path. - */ - -#pragma once - -constexpr float x_min = 0.000000; - -constexpr float x_max = 480.000000; - -constexpr float y_min = 0.000000; - -constexpr float y_max = 272.000000; - -const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_green[] = {0x7E30, 0x2358, 0x4C02, 0xBCAA, 0xB05C, 0xBCAA}; - -const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_mark[] = {0xB1F2, 0xD5EE, 0xB146, 0xD62A, 0xB0B5, 0xD6D9, 0xB052, 0xD7DC, 0xB030, 0xD90B, 0xB052, 0xDA38, 0xB0B5, 0xDB3A, 0xB146, 0xDBE9, 0xB1F2, 0xDC22, 0xB29E, 0xDBE9, 0xB330, 0xDB3A, 0xB392, 0xDA3A, 0xB3B4, 0xD90B, 0xB392, 0xD7D9, 0xB330, 0xD6D9, 0xB29E, 0xD62A, 0xFFFF, 0xB1F2, 0xD56F, 0xB2B9, 0xD5B3, 0xB362, 0xD67F, 0xB3D4, 0xD7A9, 0xB3FB, 0xD90B, 0xB3D4, 0xDA68, 0xB362, 0xDB91, 0xB2B9, 0xDC5E, 0xB1F2, 0xDCA2, 0xB12B, 0xDC5E, 0xB082, 0xDB91, 0xB00E, 0xDA68, 0xAFE9, 0xD90B, 0xB00E, 0xD7A9, 0xB082, 0xD67F, 0xB12B, 0xD5B3, 0xFFFF, 0xB1DF, 0xD770, 0xB188, 0xD770, 0xB188, 0xD8C7, 0xB1DF, 0xD8C7, 0xB24A, 0xD8A2, 0xB269, 0xD81D, 0xB24A, 0xD798, 0xFFFF, 0xB1E3, 0xD6F0, 0xB29C, 0xD73A, 0xB2D9, 0xD81A, 0xB2B4, 0xD8CD, 0xB24C, 0xD925, 0xB274, 0xD960, 0xB2AD, 0xD9EB, 0xB30D, 0xDAFE, 0xB294, 0xDAFE, 0xB23A, 0xD9FC, 0xB1F7, 0xD966, 0xB1B6, 0xD944, 0xB188, 0xD944, 0xB188, 0xDAFE, 0xB11C, 0xDAFE, 0xB11C, 0xD6F0}; - -const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_type[] = {0xB05D, 0xC9B7, 0xB042, 0xCA2D, 0xAFFF, 0xCA5F, 0xAD38, 0xCA5F, 0xACF5, 0xCA8B, 0xACD9, 0xCAFE, 0xACD9, 0xDBFC, 0xACC0, 0xDC74, 0xAC7F, 0xDCA5, 0xA9C8, 0xDCA5, 0xA984, 0xDC74, 0xA969, 0xDBFC, 0xA969, 0xCAFE, 0xA950, 0xCA8B, 0xA90F, 0xCA60, 0xA649, 0xCA60, 0xA605, 0xCA2E, 0xA5EA, 0xC9B8, 0xA5EA, 0xC52A, 0xA649, 0xC482, 0xAFFF, 0xC482, 0xB042, 0xC4B3, 0xB05D, 0xC52A, 0xFFFF, 0x99EB, 0xD6D1, 0x9E82, 0xD6D1, 0x9E82, 0xCA60, 0x99EB, 0xCA60, 0xFFFF, 0xA1D0, 0xC7F5, 0xA1EB, 0xC88B, 0xA1F8, 0xC92A, 0xA1F8, 0xD7FD, 0xA1EB, 0xD89C, 0xA1D0, 0xD933, 0xA004, 0xDC5E, 0x9FAC, 0xDC93, 0x9F50, 0xDCA5, 0x991E, 0xDCA5, 0x98C4, 0xDC93, 0x986F, 0xDC5E, 0x96A3, 0xD933, 0x9685, 0xD89C, 0x967B, 0xD7FD, 0x967B, 0xC92A, 0x9685, 0xC88B, 0x96A3, 0xC7F5, 0x986F, 0xC4C9, 0x98C4, 0xC498, 0x991E, 0xC482, 0x9F50, 0xC482, 0x9FAC, 0xC498, 0xA004, 0xC4C9, 0xFFFF, 0x8928, 0xD75F, 0x8E6A, 0xD75F, 0x8E6A, 0xD2AE, 0x8928, 0xD2AE, 0x8928, 0xD75F, 0xFFFF, 0x8928, 0xCE0F, 0x8E6A, 0xCE0F, 0x8E6A, 0xC9C0, 0x8928, 0xC9C0, 0xFFFF, 0x9162, 0xC7F5, 0x917D, 0xC88F, 0x918A, 0xC932, 0x918A, 0xCD06, 0x9178, 0xCDA1, 0x914D, 0xCE2A, 0x9077, 0xD00F, 0x9060, 0xD094, 0x907C, 0xD10F, 0x9149, 0xD2C9, 0x9176, 0xD352, 0x918A, 0xD3EC, 0x918A, 0xD7FD, 0x917D, 0xD89C, 0x9162, 0xD933, 0x8F96, 0xDC5E, 0x8F3E, 0xDC93, 0x8EE2, 0xDCA5, 0x866C, 0xDCA5, 0x860D, 0xDBFC, 0x860D, 0xC52A, 0x8628, 0xC4B3, 0x866C, 0xC482, 0x8EE2, 0xC482, 0x8F3E, 0xC498, 0x8F96, 0xC4C9, 0xFFFF, 0x80FE, 0xC983, 0x80E9, 0xCA19, 0x80BD, 0xCA9D, 0x7A63, 0xD73B, 0x809F, 0xD73B, 0x80E2, 0xD76C, 0x80FE, 0xD7E3, 0x80FE, 0xDBFC, 0x80E2, 0xDC74, 0x809F, 0xDCA5, 0x76E9, 0xDCA5, 0x768A, 0xDBFC, 0x768A, 0xD7AD, 0x769B, 0xD713, 0x76C6, 0xD68B, 0x7D42, 0xC9EC, 0x7707, 0xC9EC, 0x76C4, 0xC9BB, 0x76A8, 0xC945, 0x76A8, 0xC52A, 0x76C4, 0xC4B3, 0x7707, 0xC482, 0x809F, 0xC482, 0x80E2, 0xC4B3, 0x80FE, 0xC52A, 0xFFFF, 0x725C, 0xD6C8, 0x729D, 0xD6F9, 0x72B6, 0xD770, 0x72B6, 0xDBFC, 0x729D, 0xDC74, 0x725C, 0xDCA5, 0x69EB, 0xDCA5, 0x698C, 0xDBFC, 0x698C, 0xC52A, 0x69EB, 0xC482, 0x6C9D, 0xC482, 0x6CFD, 0xC52A, 0x6CFD, 0xD62A, 0x6D18, 0xD69C, 0x6D5B, 0xD6C8, 0xFFFF, 0x6466, 0xC4B3, 0x6482, 0xC52A, 0x6482, 0xD818, 0x647D, 0xD818, 0x6473, 0xD8AE, 0x645A, 0xD933, 0x628E, 0xDC5E, 0x6236, 0xDC93, 0x61D9, 0xDCA5, 0x5BA8, 0xDCA5, 0x5B4E, 0xDC93, 0x5AF9, 0xDC5E, 0x592D, 0xD933, 0x590F, 0xD89C, 0x5905, 0xD7FD, 0x5905, 0xC52A, 0x5921, 0xC4B3, 0x5964, 0xC482, 0x5C16, 0xC482, 0x5C5A, 0xC4B3, 0x5C76, 0xC52A, 0x5C76, 0xD62A, 0x5C91, 0xD6A0, 0x5CD4, 0xD6D1, 0x60B3, 0xD6D1, 0x60F4, 0xD6A0, 0x610D, 0xD62A, 0x610D, 0xC52A, 0x6128, 0xC4B3, 0x616C, 0xC482, 0x6423, 0xC482, 0xFFFF, 0x54D2, 0xD6C8, 0x5513, 0xD6F9, 0x552C, 0xD770, 0x552C, 0xDBFD, 0x5513, 0xDC74, 0x54D2, 0xDCA5, 0x4C62, 0xDCA5, 0x4C02, 0xDBFD, 0x4C02, 0xC52A, 0x4C62, 0xC482, 0x4F14, 0xC482, 0x4F73, 0xC52A, 0x4F73, 0xD62A, 0x4F8E, 0xD69C, 0x4FD2, 0xD6C8}; - -const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_black[] = {0x7E30, 0x37DF, 0x842F, 0x4A34, 0x7830, 0x4A34, 0xFFFF, 0x7E30, 0x336E, 0x7602, 0x4C6C, 0x865E, 0x4C6C, 0x7E30, 0x336E, 0xFFFF, 0x5C26, 0xA020, 0x6225, 0xB275, 0x5626, 0xB275, 0xFFFF, 0x5C26, 0x9BAF, 0x53F8, 0xB4AE, 0x6453, 0xB4AE, 0xFFFF, 0xA02A, 0xA020, 0xA629, 0xB275, 0x9A2A, 0xB275, 0xFFFF, 0xA02A, 0x9BAF, 0x97FC, 0xB4AE, 0xA857, 0xB4AE, 0xFFFF, 0x7E2E, 0x5CEA, 0x7DB3, 0x5D3D, 0x7D3E, 0x5EF3, 0x7C7D, 0x613A, 0x7B56, 0x6244, 0x7A14, 0x61C8, 0x7903, 0x5FEC, 0x7850, 0x5E78, 0x77CE, 0x5E60, 0x7764, 0x5EE8, 0x7734, 0x60C6, 0x76D0, 0x6353, 0x75DA, 0x64DA, 0x7490, 0x64F7, 0x733F, 0x639E, 0x7258, 0x6281, 0x71D6, 0x62A5, 0x7184, 0x6359, 0x71A0, 0x6545, 0x71A3, 0x67F2, 0x70EF, 0x69DB, 0x6FB4, 0x6A8D, 0x6E36, 0x69CC, 0x6D27, 0x6913, 0x6CAF, 0x6970, 0x6C7A, 0x6A43, 0x6CE3, 0x6C21, 0x6D50, 0x6EC4, 0x6CEB, 0x70EF, 0x6BD5, 0x722C, 0x6A51, 0x7225, 0x693A, 0x71F5, 0x68D4, 0x7286, 0x68C0, 0x736A, 0x6961, 0x7502, 0x6A24, 0x7756, 0x6A13, 0x799D, 0x6936, 0x7B4C, 0x67C3, 0x7BFC, 0x66B4, 0x7C51, 0x6667, 0x7D0B, 0x6674, 0x7DF1, 0x6747, 0x7F2D, 0x6855, 0x810F, 0x689A, 0x8349, 0x6803, 0x8550, 0x66B9, 0x86A5, 0x65C0, 0x8773, 0x6592, 0x884B, 0x65C0, 0x8922, 0x66B9, 0x89F3, 0x6803, 0x8B47, 0x689A, 0x8D4F, 0x6854, 0x8F89, 0x6745, 0x916A, 0x6673, 0x92A5, 0x6665, 0x938B, 0x66B2, 0x9446, 0x67C1, 0x949C, 0x6933, 0x954B, 0x6A11, 0x96FC, 0x6A21, 0x9943, 0x695E, 0x9B96, 0x68BC, 0x9D2E, 0x68D0, 0x9E13, 0x6936, 0x9EA3, 0x6A4E, 0x9E74, 0x6BD1, 0x9E6D, 0x6CE7, 0x9FAA, 0x6D4C, 0xA1D6, 0x6CDE, 0xA479, 0x6C75, 0xA657, 0x6CAA, 0xA72A, 0x6D21, 0xA788, 0x6E31, 0xA6CF, 0x6FAF, 0xA60E, 0x70EA, 0xA6C1, 0x719D, 0xA8AC, 0x7199, 0xAB57, 0x717D, 0xAD44, 0x71D0, 0xADF8, 0x7251, 0xAE1C, 0x7339, 0xACFF, 0x748A, 0xABA7, 0x75D4, 0xABC5, 0x76C9, 0xAD4D, 0x772D, 0xAFDA, 0x775D, 0xB1B9, 0x77C7, 0xB240, 0x7848, 0xB228, 0x78FC, 0xB0B5, 0x7A0D, 0xAED8, 0x7B50, 0xAE5F, 0x7C76, 0xAF69, 0x7D37, 0xB1B0, 0x7DAC, 0xB366, 0x7E26, 0xB3BA, 0x7EA0, 0xB367, 0x7F16, 0xB1B0, 0x7FD7, 0xAF69, 0x80FE, 0xAE60, 0x8240, 0xAEDB, 0x8351, 0xB0B8, 0x8404, 0xB22B, 0x8486, 0xB244, 0x84F0, 0xB1BD, 0x8521, 0xAFDE, 0x8584, 0xAD51, 0x867A, 0xABC9, 0x87C4, 0xABAD, 0x8915, 0xAD05, 0x89FD, 0xAE22, 0x8A7D, 0xADFF, 0x8AD0, 0xAD4C, 0x8AB5, 0xAB5E, 0x8AB1, 0xA8B2, 0x8B65, 0xA6C8, 0x8CA0, 0xA616, 0x8E1E, 0xA6D9, 0x8F2D, 0xA792, 0x8FA5, 0xA733, 0x8FDA, 0xA661, 0x8F71, 0xA481, 0x8F04, 0xA1DF, 0x8F69, 0x9FB4, 0x907F, 0x9E78, 0x9203, 0x9E7E, 0x931A, 0x9EB0, 0x9380, 0x9E1E, 0x9394, 0x9D3A, 0x92F3, 0x9BA1, 0x9230, 0x994E, 0x9241, 0x9707, 0x931F, 0x9557, 0x9491, 0x94A7, 0x95A0, 0x9452, 0x95ED, 0x9398, 0x95DF, 0x92B3, 0x950D, 0x9176, 0x93FF, 0x8F94, 0x93BA, 0x8D5A, 0x9451, 0x8B53, 0x959B, 0x89FF, 0x9693, 0x8930, 0x96C3, 0x8859, 0x9693, 0x8781, 0x959B, 0x86B2, 0x9451, 0x855C, 0x93BA, 0x8355, 0x9400, 0x811B, 0x950F, 0x7F3A, 0x95E1, 0x7DFF, 0x95EF, 0x7D19, 0x95A2, 0x7C5E, 0x9493, 0x7C09, 0x9321, 0x7B58, 0x9243, 0x79A7, 0x9233, 0x7760, 0x92F6, 0x750D, 0x9397, 0x7375, 0x9383, 0x7291, 0x931E, 0x7200, 0x9207, 0x7230, 0x9083, 0x7236, 0x8F6D, 0x70F9, 0x8F08, 0x6ECE, 0x8F76, 0x6C2C, 0x8FDF, 0x6A4D, 0x8FAA, 0x697A, 0x8F33, 0x691C, 0x8E23, 0x69D5, 0x8CA5, 0x6A96, 0x8B6A, 0x69E3, 0x8AB7, 0x67F9, 0x8ABB, 0x654C, 0x8AD6, 0x635F, 0x8A84, 0x62AB, 0x8A03, 0x6287, 0x891C, 0x63A5, 0x87CA, 0x64FC, 0x8680, 0x64DF, 0x858B, 0x6358, 0x8527, 0x60CA, 0x84F7, 0x5EEB, 0x848E, 0x5E62, 0x840B, 0x5E7B, 0x8358, 0x5FEE, 0x8247, 0x61CB, 0x8104, 0x6246, 0x7FDE, 0x613B, 0x7F1E, 0x5EF4, 0x7EA8, 0x5D3E, 0x7E2E, 0x5CEA, 0x7E2E, 0x5CEA, 0xFFFF, 0x7E2F, 0x627C, 0x7F09, 0x631B, 0x7F64, 0x649C, 0x7F09, 0x661D, 0x7E2F, 0x66BC, 0x7D55, 0x661D, 0x7CFB, 0x649C, 0x7D55, 0x631B, 0x7E2F, 0x627C, 0x7E2F, 0x627C, 0xFFFF, 0x7E2A, 0x689C, 0x81B4, 0x6938, 0x850D, 0x6B02, 0x8823, 0x6DEA, 0x8AE0, 0x71E3, 0x8D2D, 0x76DC, 0x8ED1, 0x7C60, 0x8FCE, 0x8242, 0x9022, 0x8852, 0x8FCD, 0x8E62, 0x8ED1, 0x9443, 0x8D2C, 0x99C7, 0x8ADF, 0x9EC0, 0x8822, 0xA2BA, 0x850D, 0xA5A2, 0x81B3, 0xA76C, 0x7E2A, 0xA807, 0x7AA0, 0xA76C, 0x7747, 0xA5A2, 0x7431, 0xA2BA, 0x7174, 0x9EC0, 0x6F34, 0x99EB, 0x6D8E, 0x947A, 0x6C8B, 0x8E91, 0x6C32, 0x8852, 0x6C8A, 0x8214, 0x6D8D, 0x7C2B, 0x6F33, 0x76BA, 0x7174, 0x71E4, 0x7431, 0x6DEA, 0x7747, 0x6B02, 0x7AA0, 0x6938, 0x7E2A, 0x689C, 0x7E2A, 0x689C, 0xFFFF, 0x7E2A, 0x69AA, 0x7AD3, 0x6A3B, 0x779F, 0x6BE9, 0x748F, 0x6EC1, 0x71E0, 0x72A3, 0x6FA7, 0x7771, 0x6E11, 0x7CC6, 0x6D1D, 0x8276, 0x6CCB, 0x8852, 0x6D1D, 0x8E2F, 0x6E11, 0x93DE, 0x6FA7, 0x9933, 0x71E0, 0x9E02, 0x748F, 0xA1E3, 0x779F, 0xA4BC, 0x7AD3, 0xA669, 0x7E2A, 0xA6F9, 0x7E2A, 0xA6F9, 0x8180, 0xA669, 0x84B5, 0xA4BC, 0x87C4, 0xA1E3, 0x8A73, 0x9E01, 0x8CA7, 0x9944, 0x8E44, 0x93DE, 0x8F37, 0x8E36, 0x8F89, 0x8852, 0x8F37, 0x826E, 0x8E44, 0x7CC6, 0x8CA7, 0x7760, 0x8A74, 0x72A3, 0x87C4, 0x6EC1, 0x84B5, 0x6BE9, 0x8180, 0x6A3B, 0x7E2A, 0x69AA, 0x7E2A, 0x69AA, 0xFFFF, 0x7E71, 0x6BAF, 0x7E6A, 0x6F39, 0x7DE7, 0x6F3A, 0x7DDE, 0x6BB1, 0x7E71, 0x6BAF, 0x7E71, 0x6BAF, 0xFFFF, 0x802D, 0x6BE7, 0x80C0, 0x6C0B, 0x806E, 0x6F89, 0x7FEE, 0x6F69, 0xFFFF, 0x7C22, 0x6BE9, 0x7C62, 0x6F6C, 0x7BE2, 0x6F8C, 0x7B90, 0x6C0E, 0x7C22, 0x6BE9, 0x7C22, 0x6BE9, 0xFFFF, 0x8272, 0x6CB0, 0x8300, 0x6CFA, 0x8268, 0x705B, 0x81EC, 0x701B, 0xFFFF, 0x79DD, 0x6CB4, 0x7A65, 0x701E, 0x79E8, 0x705E, 0x794F, 0x6CFE, 0x79DD, 0x6CB4, 0x79DD, 0x6CB4, 0xFFFF, 0x6FDC, 0x6CEB, 0x70B6, 0x6D8C, 0x7110, 0x6F0D, 0x70B6, 0x708E, 0x6FDC, 0x712D, 0x6F02, 0x708E, 0x6EA8, 0x6F0C, 0x6F02, 0x6D8A, 0x6FDC, 0x6CEB, 0x6FDC, 0x6CEB, 0xFFFF, 0x8C82, 0x6CEF, 0x8D5C, 0x6D8E, 0x8DB6, 0x6F0F, 0x8D5C, 0x7091, 0x8C82, 0x7131, 0x8BA8, 0x7091, 0x8B4E, 0x6F10, 0x8BA8, 0x6D90, 0x8C82, 0x6CEF, 0x8C82, 0x6CEF, 0xFFFF, 0x84A1, 0x6E0A, 0x8528, 0x6E76, 0x844B, 0x71A8, 0x83D5, 0x7149, 0x84A1, 0x6E0A, 0xFFFF, 0x77AF, 0x6E0F, 0x787A, 0x714F, 0x7804, 0x71AD, 0x7727, 0x6E7B, 0x77AF, 0x6E0F, 0x77AF, 0x6E0F, 0xFFFF, 0x86AF, 0x6FEE, 0x872B, 0x707A, 0x860F, 0x736D, 0x85A1, 0x72F1, 0x86AF, 0x6FEE, 0xFFFF, 0x75A0, 0x6FF3, 0x76AE, 0x72F6, 0x7640, 0x7372, 0x7523, 0x7081, 0x75A0, 0x6FF3, 0x75A0, 0x6FF3, 0xFFFF, 0x7E2A, 0x7132, 0x8330, 0x72F1, 0x876F, 0x77F6, 0x8A47, 0x7F75, 0x8B45, 0x8852, 0x8A47, 0x912F, 0x876F, 0x98AF, 0x8330, 0x9DB3, 0x7E2A, 0x9F72, 0x7924, 0x9DB3, 0x74E5, 0x98AF, 0x720D, 0x912F, 0x710F, 0x8852, 0x720C, 0x7F75, 0x74E5, 0x77F7, 0x7924, 0x72F1, 0x7E2A, 0x7132, 0x7E2A, 0x7132, 0xFFFF, 0x7E2A, 0x7240, 0x795F, 0x73EB, 0x7551, 0x78B5, 0x729A, 0x7FDD, 0x71A8, 0x8852, 0x729A, 0x90C8, 0x7551, 0x97EF, 0x795F, 0x9CB9, 0x7E2A, 0x9E64, 0x82F5, 0x9CBA, 0x8703, 0x97EF, 0x89BA, 0x90C8, 0x8AAC, 0x8852, 0x89BA, 0x7FDD, 0x8703, 0x78B5, 0x82F5, 0x73EB, 0x7E2A, 0x7240, 0x7E2A, 0x7240, 0xFFFF, 0x8892, 0x7253, 0x88FF, 0x72FC, 0x87A9, 0x759E, 0x874B, 0x750F, 0x87EB, 0x73AD, 0xFFFF, 0x73BF, 0x7258, 0x7509, 0x750F, 0x74A6, 0x75A5, 0x734F, 0x7305, 0x73BF, 0x7258, 0x73BF, 0x7258, 0xFFFF, 0x8A3B, 0x7525, 0x8A9C, 0x75EC, 0x8912, 0x7831, 0x88BE, 0x7784, 0xFFFF, 0x7215, 0x752F, 0x7393, 0x778C, 0x7340, 0x7836, 0x7337, 0x7847, 0x72A7, 0x775B, 0x71B4, 0x75F5, 0x71B6, 0x75F0, 0x7215, 0x752F, 0x7215, 0x752F, 0xFFFF, 0x8BA7, 0x785E, 0x8BF8, 0x793B, 0x8A43, 0x7B17, 0x89FC, 0x7A56, 0xFFFF, 0x70AA, 0x7867, 0x7254, 0x7A5F, 0x720E, 0x7B20, 0x7059, 0x7943, 0x70AA, 0x7867, 0x70AA, 0x7867, 0xFFFF, 0x8CCD, 0x7BEB, 0x8D0A, 0x7CDA, 0x8B34, 0x7E44, 0x8AFE, 0x7D72, 0x8CCD, 0x7BEB, 0xFFFF, 0x6F84, 0x7BF4, 0x7154, 0x7D7B, 0x711D, 0x7E4C, 0x6F47, 0x7CE3, 0x6F84, 0x7BF4, 0x6F84, 0x7BF4, 0xFFFF, 0x8DA6, 0x7FB9, 0x8DD0, 0x80B5, 0x8BE0, 0x81A3, 0x8BBC, 0x80C8, 0xFFFF, 0x6EAB, 0x7FC2, 0x7096, 0x80D0, 0x7071, 0x81AB, 0x6E82, 0x80BD, 0x6EAB, 0x7FC2, 0x6EAB, 0x7FC2, 0xFFFF, 0x8E2E, 0x83B2, 0x8E44, 0x84B6, 0x8C46, 0x8528, 0x8C33, 0x8445, 0xFFFF, 0x6E24, 0x83BC, 0x701F, 0x844B, 0x700D, 0x852D, 0x6E0F, 0x84BF, 0x6E24, 0x83BC, 0x6E24, 0x83BC, 0xFFFF, 0x69ED, 0x862F, 0x6AC7, 0x86CE, 0x6B22, 0x884F, 0x6AC7, 0x89D0, 0x69ED, 0x8A6F, 0x69EC, 0x8A6F, 0x6913, 0x89CF, 0x68B9, 0x884E, 0x6913, 0x86CE, 0x69ED, 0x862F, 0x69ED, 0x862F, 0xFFFF, 0x926F, 0x8634, 0x9349, 0x86D2, 0x93A3, 0x8852, 0x93A3, 0x8855, 0x9349, 0x89D5, 0x926F, 0x8A75, 0x9195, 0x89D6, 0x913A, 0x8855, 0x9194, 0x86D4, 0x926F, 0x8634, 0x926F, 0x8634, 0xFFFF, 0x8E64, 0x87C3, 0x8E64, 0x88CA, 0x8C63, 0x88BB, 0x8C63, 0x87D7, 0xFFFF, 0x6DF1, 0x87CB, 0x6FF2, 0x87DC, 0x6FF2, 0x88C2, 0x6DF1, 0x88D2, 0x6DF1, 0x87CB, 0x6DF1, 0x87CB, 0xFFFF, 0x8C48, 0x8B69, 0x8E45, 0x8BD8, 0x8E31, 0x8CD9, 0x8C36, 0x8C4D, 0x8C48, 0x8B69, 0x8C48, 0x8B69, 0xFFFF, 0x700D, 0x8B6F, 0x7020, 0x8C52, 0x6E25, 0x8CE3, 0x6E10, 0x8BDF, 0xFFFF, 0x8BE4, 0x8EEC, 0x8DD4, 0x8FDA, 0x8DAA, 0x90D4, 0x8BC1, 0x8FC9, 0x8BE4, 0x8EEC, 0x8BE4, 0x8EEC, 0xFFFF, 0x7072, 0x8EF4, 0x7096, 0x8FCF, 0x6EAC, 0x90DD, 0x6E82, 0x8FE1, 0xFFFF, 0x8B39, 0x924D, 0x8D10, 0x93B4, 0x8CD3, 0x94A3, 0x8B04, 0x931C, 0x8B39, 0x924D, 0x8B39, 0x924D, 0xFFFF, 0x711E, 0x9255, 0x7154, 0x9326, 0x6F84, 0x94AB, 0x6F47, 0x93BC, 0xFFFF, 0x8A49, 0x9578, 0x8BFE, 0x9754, 0x8BAE, 0x9830, 0x8A03, 0x9639, 0x8A49, 0x9578, 0x8A49, 0x9578, 0xFFFF, 0x720E, 0x9582, 0x7254, 0x9643, 0x70A9, 0x983A, 0x7059, 0x975C, 0x720E, 0x9582, 0xFFFF, 0x733E, 0x986A, 0x7393, 0x9916, 0x7215, 0x9B75, 0x71B4, 0x9AAF, 0xFFFF, 0x8914, 0x986E, 0x8AA6, 0x9AA3, 0x8AA2, 0x9AAB, 0x8A44, 0x9B6B, 0x88C5, 0x990F, 0x8914, 0x986E, 0x8914, 0x986E, 0xFFFF, 0x87B2, 0x9AF6, 0x890A, 0x9D97, 0x889B, 0x9E43, 0x8750, 0x9B8E, 0x87B2, 0x9AF6, 0x87B2, 0x9AF6, 0xFFFF, 0x74A6, 0x9AFD, 0x7509, 0x9B94, 0x7514, 0x9BA4, 0x73C9, 0x9E57, 0x73C2, 0x9E4F, 0x7350, 0x9D9F, 0xFFFF, 0x8619, 0x9D2B, 0x8737, 0xA01B, 0x86B9, 0xA0A9, 0x85AB, 0x9DA7, 0x8619, 0x9D2B, 0x8619, 0x9D2B, 0xFFFF, 0x764A, 0x9D3C, 0x76B8, 0x9DB7, 0x75AB, 0xA0BC, 0x752F, 0xA02F, 0xFFFF, 0x8456, 0x9EF1, 0x8533, 0xA222, 0x84AC, 0xA28F, 0x83DF, 0x9F50, 0x8456, 0x9EF1, 0x8456, 0x9EF1, 0xFFFF, 0x780E, 0x9F00, 0x7885, 0x9F5E, 0x77B9, 0xA29E, 0x7732, 0xA233, 0xFFFF, 0x6FD5, 0x9F77, 0x70AF, 0xA018, 0x70B4, 0xA021, 0x70B9, 0xA02A, 0x7114, 0xA1AA, 0x70BA, 0xA32C, 0x6FDF, 0xA3CB, 0x6F05, 0xA32D, 0x6F02, 0xA326, 0x6EFA, 0xA319, 0x6EFB, 0xA319, 0x6EA0, 0xA197, 0x6EFB, 0xA016, 0x6FD5, 0x9F77, 0x6FD5, 0x9F77, 0xFFFF, 0x8C85, 0x9F7B, 0x8D5F, 0xA01B, 0x8DBA, 0xA19C, 0x8D60, 0xA31D, 0x8C85, 0xA3BC, 0x8BAC, 0xA31D, 0x8B51, 0xA19C, 0x8BAB, 0xA01B, 0x8C85, 0x9F7B, 0x8C85, 0x9F7B, 0xFFFF, 0x8272, 0xA041, 0x830C, 0xA3A2, 0x827E, 0xA3EB, 0x81F5, 0xA082, 0x8272, 0xA041, 0x8272, 0xA041, 0xFFFF, 0x79F2, 0xA04C, 0x7A6F, 0xA08B, 0x79E9, 0xA3F6, 0x795A, 0xA3AE, 0xFFFF, 0x8079, 0xA115, 0x80CB, 0xA493, 0x8039, 0xA4B8, 0x7FF7, 0xA136, 0x8079, 0xA115, 0x8079, 0xA115, 0xFFFF, 0x7BEC, 0xA11B, 0x7C6C, 0xA13A, 0x7C2E, 0xA4BE, 0x7B9C, 0xA499, 0x7BEC, 0xA11B, 0xFFFF, 0x7E73, 0xA169, 0x7E7E, 0xA4F2, 0x7DEA, 0xA4F3, 0x7DF1, 0xA169, 0x7E73, 0xA169, 0x7E73, 0xA169, 0xFFFF, 0x7E34, 0xA9F6, 0x7F0E, 0xAA93, 0x7F69, 0xAC14, 0x7F0F, 0xAD96, 0x7E35, 0xAE37, 0x7D5A, 0xAD98, 0x7CFF, 0xAC16, 0x7D59, 0xAA95, 0x7E34, 0xA9F6, 0x7E34, 0xA9F6, 0xFFFF, 0x7E30, 0x2358, 0x4C02, 0xBCAA, 0xB05C, 0xBCAA, 0xFFFF, 0x7E30, 0x2C0E, 0x8A08, 0x503F, 0x7258, 0x503F, 0xFFFF, 0x70E4, 0x54AE, 0x8B7C, 0x54AE, 0x9EBD, 0x8F88, 0x916B, 0xB83A, 0x6ACF, 0xB83A, 0x5D90, 0x8FBE, 0x70E4, 0x54AE, 0xFFFF, 0xA02A, 0x93E3, 0xAC0F, 0xB83A, 0x9446, 0xB83A, 0xFFFF, 0x5C23, 0x941A, 0x67F5, 0xB83A, 0x5050, 0xB83A, 0x5C23, 0x941A}; - -const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_white[] = {0x7E72, 0x6BAF, 0x7E6A, 0x6F39, 0x7DE7, 0x6F3A, 0x7DDE, 0x6BB1, 0x7E72, 0x6BAF, 0xFFFF, 0x802D, 0x6BE7, 0x80C0, 0x6C0B, 0x806E, 0x6F8A, 0x7FEE, 0x6F69, 0xFFFF, 0x7C22, 0x6BE9, 0x7C62, 0x6F6C, 0x7BE2, 0x6F8C, 0x7B90, 0x6C0E, 0x7C22, 0x6BE9, 0x7C22, 0x6BE9, 0xFFFF, 0x8272, 0x6CB0, 0x8300, 0x6CFA, 0x8268, 0x705B, 0x81EC, 0x701B, 0xFFFF, 0x79DD, 0x6CB4, 0x7A65, 0x701E, 0x79E8, 0x705E, 0x794F, 0x6CFE, 0x79DD, 0x6CB4, 0x79DD, 0x6CB4, 0xFFFF, 0x84A1, 0x6E0A, 0x8528, 0x6E76, 0x844B, 0x71A8, 0x83D6, 0x7149, 0xFFFF, 0x77AF, 0x6E0F, 0x787A, 0x714F, 0x7804, 0x71AD, 0x7727, 0x6E7B, 0x77AF, 0x6E0F, 0x77AF, 0x6E0F, 0xFFFF, 0x86AF, 0x6FEE, 0x872C, 0x707A, 0x860F, 0x736D, 0x85A1, 0x72F1, 0xFFFF, 0x75A0, 0x6FF3, 0x76AE, 0x72F6, 0x7641, 0x7372, 0x7523, 0x7081, 0x75A0, 0x6FF3, 0x75A0, 0x6FF3, 0xFFFF, 0x8892, 0x7253, 0x88FF, 0x72FC, 0x87A9, 0x759E, 0x874B, 0x750F, 0xFFFF, 0x73BF, 0x7258, 0x7509, 0x750F, 0x74A6, 0x75A5, 0x734F, 0x7305, 0x73BF, 0x7258, 0x73BF, 0x7258, 0xFFFF, 0x8A3B, 0x7525, 0x8A9C, 0x75EC, 0x8912, 0x7831, 0x88BE, 0x7784, 0xFFFF, 0x7215, 0x752F, 0x7393, 0x778C, 0x7340, 0x7836, 0x71B4, 0x75F5, 0x7215, 0x752F, 0xFFFF, 0x8BA7, 0x785E, 0x8BF8, 0x793B, 0x8A43, 0x7B17, 0x89FC, 0x7A56, 0xFFFF, 0x70AA, 0x7867, 0x7254, 0x7A5F, 0x720E, 0x7B20, 0x7059, 0x7943, 0x70AA, 0x7867, 0x70AA, 0x7867, 0xFFFF, 0x8CCD, 0x7BEB, 0x8D0A, 0x7CDA, 0x8B34, 0x7E44, 0x8AFE, 0x7D72, 0xFFFF, 0x6F84, 0x7BF4, 0x7154, 0x7D7B, 0x711D, 0x7E4C, 0x6F47, 0x7CE3, 0x6F84, 0x7BF4, 0x6F84, 0x7BF4, 0xFFFF, 0x8DA6, 0x7FB9, 0x8DD0, 0x80B5, 0x8BE0, 0x81A3, 0x8BBC, 0x80C8, 0xFFFF, 0x6EAB, 0x7FC3, 0x7096, 0x80D0, 0x7071, 0x81AB, 0x6E82, 0x80BD, 0x6EAB, 0x7FC3, 0x6EAB, 0x7FC3, 0xFFFF, 0x8E2E, 0x83B2, 0x8E44, 0x84B6, 0x8C46, 0x8528, 0x8C33, 0x8445, 0xFFFF, 0x6E24, 0x83BC, 0x701F, 0x844B, 0x700D, 0x852D, 0x6E0F, 0x84BF, 0x6E24, 0x83BC, 0x6E24, 0x83BC, 0xFFFF, 0x8E64, 0x87C3, 0x8E64, 0x88CA, 0x8C63, 0x88BB, 0x8C63, 0x87D7, 0xFFFF, 0x6DF1, 0x87CB, 0x6FF2, 0x87DC, 0x6FF2, 0x88C2, 0x6DF1, 0x88D3, 0x6DF1, 0x87CB, 0xFFFF, 0x8C48, 0x8B69, 0x8E45, 0x8BD8, 0x8E31, 0x8CD9, 0x8C36, 0x8C4D, 0x8C48, 0x8B69, 0x8C48, 0x8B69, 0xFFFF, 0x700D, 0x8B70, 0x7020, 0x8C52, 0x6E25, 0x8CE3, 0x6E10, 0x8BE0, 0xFFFF, 0x8BE4, 0x8EEC, 0x8DD4, 0x8FDA, 0x8DAA, 0x90D4, 0x8BC0, 0x8FC9, 0x8BE4, 0x8EEC, 0xFFFF, 0x7072, 0x8EF4, 0x7096, 0x8FD0, 0x6EAC, 0x90DD, 0x6E82, 0x8FE1, 0xFFFF, 0x8B39, 0x924D, 0x8D10, 0x93B4, 0x8CD3, 0x94A3, 0x8B04, 0x931D, 0x8B39, 0x924D, 0x8B39, 0x924D, 0xFFFF, 0x711E, 0x9255, 0x7154, 0x9326, 0x6F84, 0x94AB, 0x6F47, 0x93BC, 0xFFFF, 0x8A49, 0x9579, 0x8BFE, 0x9754, 0x8BAE, 0x9830, 0x8A03, 0x9639, 0x8A49, 0x9579, 0x8A49, 0x9579, 0xFFFF, 0x720E, 0x9582, 0x7254, 0x9644, 0x70A9, 0x983A, 0x7059, 0x975C, 0xFFFF, 0x733D, 0x986A, 0x7393, 0x9916, 0x7215, 0x9B75, 0x71B4, 0x9AAF, 0xFFFF, 0x8914, 0x986E, 0x8AA6, 0x9AA3, 0x8A44, 0x9B6B, 0x88C5, 0x990F, 0x8914, 0x986E, 0xFFFF, 0x87B2, 0x9AF6, 0x890A, 0x9D97, 0x889B, 0x9E43, 0x8750, 0x9B8E, 0x87B2, 0x9AF6, 0x87B2, 0x9AF6, 0xFFFF, 0x74A6, 0x9AFD, 0x7509, 0x9B94, 0x73C9, 0x9E57, 0x7350, 0x9DA0, 0xFFFF, 0x8619, 0x9D2B, 0x8737, 0xA01B, 0x86B9, 0xA0A9, 0x85AB, 0x9DA7, 0x8619, 0x9D2B, 0x8619, 0x9D2B, 0xFFFF, 0x764A, 0x9D3C, 0x76B8, 0x9DB7, 0x75AB, 0xA0BC, 0x752E, 0xA02F, 0xFFFF, 0x8455, 0x9EF1, 0x8533, 0xA222, 0x84AC, 0xA28F, 0x83DF, 0x9F50, 0x8455, 0x9EF1, 0x8455, 0x9EF1, 0xFFFF, 0x780E, 0x9F00, 0x7885, 0x9F5E, 0x77B9, 0xA29E, 0x7732, 0xA233, 0xFFFF, 0x8272, 0xA041, 0x830C, 0xA3A2, 0x827D, 0xA3EC, 0x81F5, 0xA082, 0x8272, 0xA041, 0x8272, 0xA041, 0xFFFF, 0x79F2, 0xA04D, 0x7A6E, 0xA08C, 0x79E9, 0xA3F6, 0x795A, 0xA3AE, 0xFFFF, 0x8079, 0xA115, 0x80CB, 0xA493, 0x8039, 0xA4B9, 0x7FF7, 0xA136, 0x8079, 0xA115, 0x8079, 0xA115, 0xFFFF, 0x7BEC, 0xA11B, 0x7C6C, 0xA13A, 0x7C2E, 0xA4BE, 0x7B9C, 0xA499, 0xFFFF, 0x7E73, 0xA169, 0x7E7E, 0xA4F2, 0x7DE9, 0xA4F3, 0x7DF1, 0xA169, 0x7E73, 0xA169, 0xFFFF, 0x7F6C, 0x7644, 0x801D, 0x768B, 0x8069, 0x76D5, 0x80AE, 0x7739, 0x8102, 0x785D, 0x80E7, 0x799A, 0x807D, 0x7A8F, 0x7FD8, 0x7B0A, 0x7FC8, 0x7AFB, 0x7FA3, 0x7ABE, 0x7FCB, 0x7A6B, 0x7FE9, 0x7A54, 0x803C, 0x7A0A, 0x8084, 0x7950, 0x8090, 0x787F, 0x8057, 0x77D1, 0x8021, 0x778E, 0x7FE8, 0x775E, 0x7F71, 0x773A, 0x7F02, 0x777C, 0x7ECF, 0x77C4, 0x7EAC, 0x780F, 0x7E89, 0x7880, 0x7E77, 0x78DA, 0x7E6F, 0x79A6, 0x7E7D, 0x79F6, 0x7E9C, 0x7A3A, 0x7F0C, 0x7AD3, 0x8002, 0x7C03, 0x8084, 0x7CC0, 0x80B8, 0x7D14, 0x80F6, 0x7D99, 0x8135, 0x7EE9, 0x812D, 0x8036, 0x8103, 0x8165, 0x80C6, 0x8280, 0x8087, 0x8371, 0x806C, 0x8452, 0x810C, 0x8410, 0x8154, 0x839E, 0x8206, 0x823F, 0x827D, 0x80B4, 0x8297, 0x8003, 0x82CD, 0x7E19, 0x82F5, 0x7CEB, 0x8303, 0x7CA0, 0x8342, 0x7BB3, 0x8375, 0x7B3F, 0x83B2, 0x7ADA, 0x843E, 0x7A4C, 0x84A1, 0x7A11, 0x84DA, 0x79F7, 0x8528, 0x7A0D, 0x8575, 0x7A3B, 0x8597, 0x7A59, 0x861A, 0x7B08, 0x8672, 0x7C1B, 0x8684, 0x7CB2, 0x8686, 0x7D50, 0x8636, 0x7E77, 0x8597, 0x7F10, 0x84E7, 0x7F24, 0x8442, 0x7EA8, 0x843C, 0x7E82, 0x8439, 0x7E27, 0x847D, 0x7E2E, 0x8498, 0x7E44, 0x84F4, 0x7E8C, 0x8582, 0x7E7E, 0x85FA, 0x7E0C, 0x8630, 0x7D40, 0x862E, 0x7CC4, 0x861C, 0x7C48, 0x85D5, 0x7B74, 0x8562, 0x7AE7, 0x851B, 0x7ABD, 0x84E1, 0x7AAF, 0x848E, 0x7AE2, 0x8456, 0x7B13, 0x83F8, 0x7B7B, 0x83CC, 0x7BCD, 0x83A8, 0x7C2E, 0x837D, 0x7CFD, 0x8365, 0x7EF1, 0x8367, 0x8074, 0x8361, 0x810D, 0x8303, 0x8341, 0x8266, 0x8533, 0x81A6, 0x8702, 0x81A4, 0x8710, 0x824F, 0x8671, 0x82F2, 0x8603, 0x83B0, 0x85C4, 0x8493, 0x860B, 0x84F8, 0x8689, 0x853B, 0x8727, 0x8575, 0x87EB, 0x85F2, 0x8982, 0x8655, 0x8ABA, 0x86A4, 0x8B6E, 0x86D5, 0x8BAE, 0x8702, 0x8BCD, 0x8779, 0x8BD7, 0x87BB, 0x8BBA, 0x8806, 0x8B7C, 0x8834, 0x8B3C, 0x8853, 0x8B04, 0x8887, 0x8A44, 0x8881, 0x8962, 0x8869, 0x88EC, 0x884A, 0x888D, 0x87EB, 0x8810, 0x876F, 0x880F, 0x86FC, 0x887C, 0x86BC, 0x892D, 0x86AF, 0x8955, 0x866E, 0x8955, 0x8665, 0x88F9, 0x86C0, 0x8806, 0x8756, 0x8771, 0x8806, 0x876F, 0x8899, 0x8824, 0x88C9, 0x88AB, 0x88E7, 0x8932, 0x88F5, 0x8A64, 0x88B1, 0x8B88, 0x8873, 0x8C00, 0x882B, 0x8C5B, 0x87DD, 0x8C9D, 0x8790, 0x8CC5, 0x86E1, 0x8CCB, 0x86A0, 0x8CA8, 0x8679, 0x8C86, 0x863A, 0x8C3E, 0x85C5, 0x8B6D, 0x853C, 0x8A3D, 0x847D, 0x8882, 0x8456, 0x8835, 0x8420, 0x8808, 0x83DF, 0x8820, 0x831F, 0x88EC, 0x825B, 0x8A2B, 0x8258, 0x8A47, 0x8323, 0x8BA0, 0x8399, 0x8CA6, 0x83F8, 0x8DF6, 0x8405, 0x8F9A, 0x83DE, 0x905F, 0x83A4, 0x9120, 0x833B, 0x929B, 0x82F3, 0x945E, 0x82FC, 0x9529, 0x8319, 0x9587, 0x8336, 0x95C0, 0x841E, 0x968C, 0x844B, 0x9688, 0x8482, 0x966F, 0x84E3, 0x9607, 0x852B, 0x955E, 0x8543, 0x94FA, 0x854B, 0x9497, 0x852F, 0x93EA, 0x84D7, 0x9378, 0x8463, 0x9357, 0x83F5, 0x9378, 0x83AE, 0x9352, 0x83BB, 0x92D5, 0x83EB, 0x92BA, 0x8461, 0x928C, 0x8501, 0x92C4, 0x8587, 0x937A, 0x85B9, 0x949F, 0x85AC, 0x9536, 0x8586, 0x95D3, 0x8538, 0x96A1, 0x84B0, 0x9749, 0x845E, 0x9778, 0x8401, 0x9786, 0x83A7, 0x975E, 0x835F, 0x9730, 0x82CB, 0x96A2, 0x8285, 0x962B, 0x825B, 0x95B6, 0x824F, 0x9579, 0x822A, 0x945A, 0x8233, 0x932B, 0x828E, 0x8FF7, 0x8201, 0x8E1D, 0x81D6, 0x8E1B, 0x80A8, 0x8E1A, 0x7D88, 0x9136, 0x7D81, 0x9352, 0x7E13, 0x9482, 0x7EE8, 0x960C, 0x7F4A, 0x970B, 0x7F69, 0x97B4, 0x7F6C, 0x983B, 0x7F63, 0x9881, 0x7F26, 0x9992, 0x7EEE, 0x9A13, 0x7EA6, 0x9A86, 0x7E66, 0x9ACC, 0x7E14, 0x9B05, 0x7D61, 0x9B0D, 0x7CC3, 0x9A88, 0x7C84, 0x9A22, 0x7C50, 0x99AA, 0x7C25, 0x987B, 0x7C63, 0x9759, 0x7CE5, 0x9694, 0x7D8C, 0x9653, 0x7DB0, 0x966C, 0x7DB1, 0x96DF, 0x7D0E, 0x971E, 0x7CAB, 0x97B5, 0x7C81, 0x9884, 0x7CA2, 0x9950, 0x7CCE, 0x99AC, 0x7D03, 0x99F6, 0x7D77, 0x9A4B, 0x7DF2, 0x9A35, 0x7E2F, 0x9A00, 0x7E59, 0x99C6, 0x7E64, 0x99B4, 0x7E97, 0x9944, 0x7EAE, 0x98F9, 0x7ECA, 0x9840, 0x7EC4, 0x97E8, 0x7EAF, 0x9796, 0x7E5B, 0x96EA, 0x7D73, 0x9597, 0x7C95, 0x9462, 0x7C76, 0x9426, 0x7C3D, 0x9397, 0x7C18, 0x92D4, 0x7C1D, 0x9165, 0x7C9A, 0x8F14, 0x7CE9, 0x8E19, 0x7CDA, 0x8E1F, 0x7A83, 0x8FB1, 0x7A47, 0x8FC2, 0x7960, 0x8FD1, 0x78E6, 0x8FA5, 0x787F, 0x8F77, 0x77CC, 0x8F40, 0x7777, 0x8F3D, 0x772A, 0x8F54, 0x768D, 0x8FBB, 0x7670, 0x8FDD, 0x7609, 0x9086, 0x75EE, 0x90E1, 0x75DF, 0x916F, 0x75DF, 0x91A2, 0x75FF, 0x9292, 0x767C, 0x933F, 0x7721, 0x9375, 0x77A0, 0x92F1, 0x779C, 0x90BF, 0x779F, 0x907F, 0x77A1, 0x9055, 0x77DC, 0x904C, 0x77ED, 0x9087, 0x783B, 0x91C9, 0x7809, 0x9369, 0x77B0, 0x9410, 0x7737, 0x9468, 0x7645, 0x9438, 0x7579, 0x933A, 0x753D, 0x9268, 0x752C, 0x9188, 0x7538, 0x90AB, 0x7557, 0x9012, 0x756A, 0x8FD4, 0x7617, 0x8E93, 0x7664, 0x8E4F, 0x76E5, 0x8DE6, 0x7760, 0x8DAC, 0x77DC, 0x8D9E, 0x78BE, 0x8DC4, 0x795C, 0x8DF1, 0x7988, 0x8DF0, 0x7A69, 0x8DA0, 0x7AB9, 0x8D58, 0x7B46, 0x8C9F, 0x7BB3, 0x8BD0, 0x7BB7, 0x8B31, 0x7AD6, 0x8B59, 0x7983, 0x8B9A, 0x791B, 0x8BAC, 0x7895, 0x8B9D, 0x780B, 0x8B35, 0x77A4, 0x8A6A, 0x7784, 0x89EC, 0x773F, 0x8886, 0x7724, 0x880F, 0x76DB, 0x86FD, 0x7673, 0x8607, 0x75E1, 0x859E, 0x7538, 0x85D5, 0x7502, 0x8614, 0x74DB, 0x8661, 0x74C1, 0x869C, 0x74A2, 0x87BB, 0x74B8, 0x885D, 0x74C3, 0x888C, 0x74DF, 0x88D2, 0x7574, 0x8936, 0x761A, 0x88D3, 0x7672, 0x87D7, 0x767D, 0x87BC, 0x76AE, 0x8795, 0x76CA, 0x87F9, 0x76A5, 0x88B8, 0x7656, 0x895A, 0x7578, 0x89EF, 0x74FD, 0x89D4, 0x748E, 0x895C, 0x7462, 0x88FE, 0x7441, 0x8876, 0x7427, 0x87D9, 0x744C, 0x862A, 0x7494, 0x8576, 0x74D8, 0x8513, 0x74FC, 0x84EE, 0x75E8, 0x848A, 0x76DA, 0x851A, 0x777B, 0x865A, 0x77EA, 0x87BE, 0x7847, 0x8903, 0x7873, 0x8975, 0x78A2, 0x89B1, 0x78D7, 0x89D9, 0x791D, 0x89F0, 0x79C7, 0x89AB, 0x7A2B, 0x8938, 0x7AA0, 0x8868, 0x7A67, 0x83FA, 0x79D6, 0x82A1, 0x795A, 0x80F5, 0x7937, 0x7FF7, 0x793A, 0x7EE4, 0x7950, 0x7E54, 0x7970, 0x7DD1, 0x798F, 0x7D44, 0x79B3, 0x7BEA, 0x79AD, 0x7B69, 0x7992, 0x7B0C, 0x7983, 0x7AE4, 0x7886, 0x79EC, 0x77A1, 0x7ACF, 0x7787, 0x7B52, 0x777B, 0x7BDB, 0x77B1, 0x7C9E, 0x7846, 0x7CE9, 0x78E3, 0x7CA0, 0x7917, 0x7CB1, 0x791B, 0x7D17, 0x78B7, 0x7D82, 0x784C, 0x7DB0, 0x776A, 0x7D66, 0x770C, 0x7CC6, 0x76E4, 0x7BEA, 0x76EB, 0x7B15, 0x7702, 0x7A7F, 0x7710, 0x7A4B, 0x77A2, 0x790A, 0x7891, 0x789F, 0x7973, 0x790B, 0x7A2C, 0x7A0F, 0x7A54, 0x7A76, 0x7A78, 0x7AEE, 0x7A8E, 0x7BF9, 0x7A65, 0x7DC1, 0x7A4A, 0x7EDC, 0x7A4B, 0x7F1B, 0x7A7F, 0x800B, 0x7AFA, 0x80FD, 0x7B72, 0x81A2, 0x7D4E, 0x80DA, 0x7F2C, 0x824D, 0x7FB6, 0x8175, 0x800C, 0x809F, 0x8045, 0x7FD2, 0x8056, 0x7F0C, 0x8037, 0x7E65, 0x8008, 0x7E02, 0x7F7E, 0x7D1D, 0x7E90, 0x7BCF, 0x7E13, 0x7B0A, 0x7DDC, 0x7A70, 0x7DC6, 0x79DB, 0x7DC9, 0x797D, 0x7DDB, 0x787C, 0x7E01, 0x77E5, 0x7E25, 0x7782, 0x7E5D, 0x7711, 0x7E85, 0x76D8, 0x7EBA, 0x7698, 0x7F6C, 0x7643}; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/bootscreen_logo_portrait.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/bootscreen_logo_portrait.h deleted file mode 100644 index ef86082077..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/bootscreen_logo_portrait.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ - -/**************************************************************************** - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * - * (at your option) any later version. * - * * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * - * GNU General Public License for more details. * - * * - * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * - * location: . * - ****************************************************************************/ - -/** - * This file was auto-generated using "svg2cpp.pl" - * - * The encoding consists of x,y pairs with the min and max scaled to - * 0x0000 and 0xFFFE. A single 0xFFFF in the data stream indicates the - * start of a new closed path. - */ - -#pragma once - -constexpr float x_min = 0.000000; - -constexpr float x_max = 272.000000; - -constexpr float y_min = 0.000000; - -constexpr float y_max = 480.000000; - -const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_green[] = {0x8048, 0x46D9, 0x27BC, 0x9DBA, 0xD8D3, 0x9DBA}; - -const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_mark[] = {0xDB9F, 0xAC0C, 0xDA6F, 0xAC2D, 0xD970, 0xAC91, 0xD8C0, 0xAD23, 0xD885, 0xADCF, 0xD8C0, 0xAE7A, 0xD970, 0xAF0C, 0xDA6F, 0xAF6F, 0xDB9F, 0xAF8F, 0xDCCE, 0xAF6F, 0xDDD0, 0xAF0C, 0xDE7D, 0xAE7B, 0xDEB9, 0xADCF, 0xDE7D, 0xAD22, 0xDDD0, 0xAC91, 0xDCCE, 0xAC2D, 0xFFFF, 0xDB9F, 0xABC3, 0xDCFE, 0xABEA, 0xDE28, 0xAC5E, 0xDEF1, 0xAD06, 0xDF36, 0xADCF, 0xDEF1, 0xAE95, 0xDE28, 0xAF3E, 0xDCFE, 0xAFB1, 0xDB9F, 0xAFD8, 0xDA3F, 0xAFB1, 0xD916, 0xAF3E, 0xD849, 0xAE95, 0xD808, 0xADCF, 0xD849, 0xAD06, 0xD916, 0xAC5E, 0xDA3F, 0xABEA, 0xFFFF, 0xDB7D, 0xACE6, 0xDAE4, 0xACE6, 0xDAE4, 0xADA9, 0xDB7D, 0xADA9, 0xDC3B, 0xAD94, 0xDC71, 0xAD48, 0xDC3B, 0xACFD, 0xFFFF, 0xDB85, 0xAC9E, 0xDCCB, 0xACC8, 0xDD37, 0xAD47, 0xDCF6, 0xADAC, 0xDC3E, 0xADDE, 0xDC85, 0xADFF, 0xDCE8, 0xAE4E, 0xDD92, 0xAEEA, 0xDCBD, 0xAEEA, 0xDC1E, 0xAE58, 0xDBA7, 0xAE03, 0xDB36, 0xADEF, 0xDAE4, 0xADEF, 0xDAE4, 0xAEEA, 0xDA26, 0xAEEA, 0xDA26, 0xAC9E}; - -const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_type[] = {0xD8D5, 0xA520, 0xD8A5, 0xA563, 0xD82E, 0xA57F, 0xD348, 0xA57F, 0xD2D1, 0xA598, 0xD2A0, 0xA5D9, 0xD2A0, 0xAF7A, 0xD274, 0xAFBE, 0xD202, 0xAFDA, 0xCD37, 0xAFDA, 0xCCBF, 0xAFBE, 0xCC8F, 0xAF7A, 0xCC8F, 0xA5D9, 0xCC63, 0xA598, 0xCBF1, 0xA57F, 0xC70B, 0xA57F, 0xC694, 0xA563, 0xC664, 0xA520, 0xC664, 0xA28C, 0xC70B, 0xA22C, 0xD82E, 0xA22C, 0xD8A5, 0xA248, 0xD8D5, 0xA28C, 0xFFFF, 0xB138, 0xAC8C, 0xB952, 0xAC8C, 0xB952, 0xA57F, 0xB138, 0xA57F, 0xFFFF, 0xBF27, 0xA421, 0xBF57, 0xA476, 0xBF6D, 0xA4D0, 0xBF6D, 0xAD36, 0xBF57, 0xAD90, 0xBF27, 0xADE6, 0xBBFA, 0xAFB2, 0xBB60, 0xAFCF, 0xBABD, 0xAFDA, 0xAFCE, 0xAFDA, 0xAF30, 0xAFCF, 0xAE9A, 0xAFB2, 0xAB6E, 0xADE6, 0xAB39, 0xAD90, 0xAB28, 0xAD36, 0xAB28, 0xA4D0, 0xAB39, 0xA476, 0xAB6E, 0xA421, 0xAE9A, 0xA255, 0xAF30, 0xA239, 0xAFCE, 0xA22C, 0xBABD, 0xA22C, 0xBB60, 0xA239, 0xBBFA, 0xA255, 0xFFFF, 0x93A4, 0xACDC, 0x9CEA, 0xACDC, 0x9CEA, 0xAA34, 0x93A4, 0xAA34, 0x93A4, 0xACDC, 0xFFFF, 0x93A4, 0xA796, 0x9CEA, 0xA796, 0x9CEA, 0xA525, 0x93A4, 0xA525, 0xFFFF, 0xA227, 0xA421, 0xA258, 0xA478, 0xA26E, 0xA4D5, 0xA26E, 0xA700, 0xA24F, 0xA757, 0xA204, 0xA7A5, 0xA089, 0xA8B8, 0xA061, 0xA903, 0xA092, 0xA949, 0xA1FC, 0xAA43, 0xA24B, 0xAA91, 0xA26E, 0xAAE8, 0xA26E, 0xAD36, 0xA258, 0xAD90, 0xA227, 0xADE6, 0x9EFC, 0xAFB2, 0x9E61, 0xAFCF, 0x9DBE, 0xAFDA, 0x8ED0, 0xAFDA, 0x8E28, 0xAF7A, 0x8E28, 0xA28C, 0x8E59, 0xA248, 0x8ED0, 0xA22C, 0x9DBE, 0xA22C, 0x9E61, 0xA239, 0x9EFC, 0xA255, 0xFFFF, 0x853C, 0xA502, 0x8517, 0xA557, 0x84C9, 0xA5A2, 0x7994, 0xACC8, 0x8494, 0xACC8, 0x850A, 0xACE4, 0x853C, 0xAD27, 0x853C, 0xAF7A, 0x850A, 0xAFBE, 0x8494, 0xAFDA, 0x7371, 0xAFDA, 0x72C9, 0xAF7A, 0x72C9, 0xAD09, 0x72E8, 0xACB2, 0x7333, 0xAC64, 0x7EA5, 0xA53E, 0x73A6, 0xA53E, 0x732F, 0xA522, 0x72FE, 0xA4DF, 0x72FE, 0xA28C, 0x732F, 0xA248, 0x73A6, 0xA22C, 0x8494, 0xA22C, 0x850A, 0xA248, 0x853C, 0xA28C, 0xFFFF, 0x6B68, 0xAC87, 0x6BDB, 0xACA3, 0x6C07, 0xACE6, 0x6C07, 0xAF7A, 0x6BDB, 0xAFBE, 0x6B68, 0xAFDA, 0x5C84, 0xAFDA, 0x5BDC, 0xAF7A, 0x5BDC, 0xA28C, 0x5C84, 0xA22C, 0x6146, 0xA22C, 0x61EE, 0xA28C, 0x61EE, 0xAC2D, 0x621E, 0xAC6E, 0x6295, 0xAC87, 0xFFFF, 0x52C6, 0xA248, 0x52F7, 0xA28C, 0x52F7, 0xAD45, 0x52EE, 0xAD45, 0x52DC, 0xAD9B, 0x52B1, 0xADE6, 0x4F85, 0xAFB2, 0x4EEA, 0xAFCF, 0x4E47, 0xAFDA, 0x4359, 0xAFDA, 0x42BA, 0xAFCF, 0x4224, 0xAFB2, 0x3EF8, 0xADE6, 0x3EC3, 0xAD90, 0x3EB2, 0xAD36, 0x3EB2, 0xA28C, 0x3EE2, 0xA248, 0x3F5A, 0xA22C, 0x441B, 0xA22C, 0x4493, 0xA248, 0x44C3, 0xA28C, 0x44C3, 0xAC2D, 0x44F4, 0xAC71, 0x456B, 0xAC8C, 0x4C3E, 0xAC8C, 0x4CB1, 0xAC71, 0x4CDD, 0xAC2D, 0x4CDD, 0xA28C, 0x4D0D, 0xA248, 0x4D85, 0xA22C, 0x524F, 0xA22C, 0xFFFF, 0x3748, 0xAC87, 0x37BB, 0xACA3, 0x37E7, 0xACE6, 0x37E7, 0xAF7A, 0x37BB, 0xAFBE, 0x3748, 0xAFDA, 0x2864, 0xAFDA, 0x27BC, 0xAF7A, 0x27BC, 0xA28C, 0x2864, 0xA22C, 0x2D26, 0xA22C, 0x2DCD, 0xA28C, 0x2DCD, 0xAC2D, 0x2DFE, 0xAC6E, 0x2E75, 0xAC87}; - -const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_black[] = {0x8048, 0x527A, 0x8ADE, 0x5CDE, 0x75B2, 0x5CDE, 0xFFFF, 0x8048, 0x4FF6, 0x71D9, 0x5E20, 0x8EB8, 0x5E20, 0x8048, 0x4FF6, 0xFFFF, 0x4436, 0x8D8E, 0x4ECC, 0x97F2, 0x39A0, 0x97F2, 0xFFFF, 0x4436, 0x8B0A, 0x35C8, 0x9934, 0x52A5, 0x9934, 0xFFFF, 0xBC3D, 0x8D8E, 0xC6D4, 0x97F2, 0xB1A7, 0x97F2, 0xFFFF, 0xBC3D, 0x8B0A, 0xADCE, 0x9934, 0xCAAC, 0x9934, 0xFFFF, 0x8045, 0x6778, 0x7F6D, 0x67A7, 0x7E9D, 0x689F, 0x7D49, 0x69EA, 0x7B41, 0x6A81, 0x7908, 0x6A3A, 0x7726, 0x692C, 0x75EA, 0x685A, 0x7505, 0x684C, 0x744A, 0x6899, 0x73F5, 0x69A8, 0x7345, 0x6B1A, 0x7193, 0x6BF8, 0x6F4D, 0x6C08, 0x6CFA, 0x6B45, 0x6B61, 0x6AA3, 0x6A7D, 0x6AB7, 0x69EB, 0x6B1D, 0x6A1D, 0x6C34, 0x6A22, 0x6DB8, 0x68E5, 0x6ECD, 0x66B9, 0x6F33, 0x6417, 0x6EC5, 0x6239, 0x6E5C, 0x6165, 0x6E91, 0x6108, 0x6F09, 0x61C1, 0x7018, 0x6282, 0x7196, 0x61CF, 0x72D1, 0x5FE5, 0x7384, 0x5D38, 0x7380, 0x5B4B, 0x7365, 0x5A97, 0x73B7, 0x5A74, 0x7438, 0x5B90, 0x7520, 0x5CE8, 0x7671, 0x5CCB, 0x77BB, 0x5B43, 0x78B0, 0x58B6, 0x7914, 0x56D7, 0x7944, 0x564F, 0x79AD, 0x5667, 0x7A2F, 0x57DA, 0x7AE3, 0x59B7, 0x7BF3, 0x5A31, 0x7D37, 0x5927, 0x7E5D, 0x56E0, 0x7F1E, 0x5529, 0x7F93, 0x54D7, 0x800D, 0x5529, 0x8087, 0x56E0, 0x80FD, 0x5926, 0x81BE, 0x5A30, 0x82E5, 0x59B5, 0x8428, 0x57D8, 0x8538, 0x5664, 0x85EB, 0x564C, 0x866D, 0x56D4, 0x86D7, 0x58B2, 0x8708, 0x5B3F, 0x876B, 0x5CC6, 0x8860, 0x5CE3, 0x89AA, 0x5B8B, 0x8AFC, 0x5A6D, 0x8BE3, 0x5A91, 0x8C65, 0x5B44, 0x8CB7, 0x5D32, 0x8C9C, 0x5FDE, 0x8C98, 0x61C7, 0x8D4B, 0x627A, 0x8E87, 0x61B9, 0x9005, 0x60FF, 0x9114, 0x615C, 0x918B, 0x622F, 0x91C0, 0x640E, 0x9158, 0x66B0, 0x90EA, 0x68DC, 0x9150, 0x6A18, 0x9266, 0x6A12, 0x93E9, 0x69E0, 0x9501, 0x6A72, 0x9567, 0x6B56, 0x957B, 0x6CEE, 0x94D9, 0x6F43, 0x9417, 0x7188, 0x9428, 0x7339, 0x9506, 0x73E9, 0x9678, 0x743E, 0x9787, 0x74F8, 0x97D4, 0x75DD, 0x97C6, 0x771A, 0x96F4, 0x78FB, 0x95E6, 0x7B35, 0x95A1, 0x7D3D, 0x9637, 0x7E91, 0x9782, 0x7F60, 0x987A, 0x8038, 0x98AA, 0x810F, 0x987B, 0x81DF, 0x9782, 0x8333, 0x9638, 0x853B, 0x95A1, 0x8775, 0x95E7, 0x8956, 0x96F5, 0x8A92, 0x97C8, 0x8B78, 0x97D6, 0x8C32, 0x9789, 0x8C88, 0x967A, 0x8D37, 0x9508, 0x8EE9, 0x942A, 0x912F, 0x941A, 0x9383, 0x94DD, 0x951B, 0x957F, 0x95FF, 0x956B, 0x9690, 0x9505, 0x9660, 0x93ED, 0x9659, 0x926A, 0x9797, 0x9154, 0x99C3, 0x90EF, 0x9C65, 0x915D, 0x9E43, 0x91C6, 0x9F17, 0x9191, 0x9F74, 0x9119, 0x9EBB, 0x900A, 0x9DFA, 0x8E8C, 0x9EAE, 0x8D51, 0xA098, 0x8C9E, 0xA345, 0x8CA2, 0xA531, 0x8CBE, 0xA5E5, 0x8C6B, 0xA609, 0x8BEA, 0xA4EC, 0x8B02, 0xA394, 0x89B1, 0xA3B2, 0x8867, 0xA53A, 0x8772, 0xA7C6, 0x870E, 0xA9A5, 0x86DE, 0xAA2D, 0x8675, 0xAA14, 0x85F2, 0xA8A2, 0x853F, 0xA6C5, 0x842E, 0xA64B, 0x82EB, 0xA755, 0x81C5, 0xA99C, 0x8104, 0xAB52, 0x808F, 0xABA6, 0x8015, 0xAB52, 0x7F9B, 0xA99C, 0x7F25, 0xA755, 0x7E64, 0xA64C, 0x7D3E, 0xA6C7, 0x7BFA, 0xA8A5, 0x7AEA, 0xAA18, 0x7A37, 0xAA31, 0x79B5, 0xA9A9, 0x794B, 0xA7CA, 0x791B, 0xA53C, 0x78B7, 0xA3B6, 0x77C1, 0xA39A, 0x7677, 0xA4F1, 0x7526, 0xA60E, 0x743F, 0xA5EB, 0x73BD, 0xA538, 0x736B, 0xA34B, 0x7387, 0xA09E, 0x738A, 0x9EB4, 0x72D6, 0x9E02, 0x719B, 0x9EC4, 0x701D, 0x9F7E, 0x6F0E, 0x9F20, 0x6E96, 0x9E4E, 0x6E61, 0x9C6E, 0x6ECA, 0x99CB, 0x6F37, 0x97A0, 0x6ED2, 0x9664, 0x6DBC, 0x966B, 0x6C38, 0x969B, 0x6B21, 0x960B, 0x6ABB, 0x9526, 0x6AA6, 0x938E, 0x6B48, 0x913B, 0x6C0B, 0x8EF4, 0x6BFA, 0x8D43, 0x6B1D, 0x8C94, 0x69AA, 0x8C3F, 0x689B, 0x8B85, 0x684D, 0x8A9E, 0x685C, 0x8962, 0x692E, 0x8781, 0x6A3C, 0x8546, 0x6A82, 0x833F, 0x69EA, 0x81EC, 0x68A0, 0x811C, 0x67A8, 0x8045, 0x6778, 0x8045, 0x6778, 0xFFFF, 0x8047, 0x6AA0, 0x81C8, 0x6AFA, 0x8268, 0x6BD5, 0x81C8, 0x6CAF, 0x8047, 0x6D09, 0x7EC6, 0x6CAF, 0x7E27, 0x6BD5, 0x7EC6, 0x6AFA, 0x8047, 0x6AA0, 0x8047, 0x6AA0, 0xFFFF, 0x803E, 0x6E19, 0x867C, 0x6E71, 0x8C65, 0x6F75, 0x91D7, 0x711B, 0x96AD, 0x735B, 0x9ABC, 0x762C, 0x9DA2, 0x794C, 0x9F5F, 0x7CA2, 0x9FF3, 0x8011, 0x9F5E, 0x8380, 0x9DA1, 0x86D5, 0x9ABA, 0x89F6, 0x96AB, 0x8CC7, 0x91D6, 0x8F08, 0x8C65, 0x90AD, 0x867C, 0x91B1, 0x803D, 0x9209, 0x7A00, 0x91B1, 0x7416, 0x90AD, 0x6EA6, 0x8F08, 0x69D0, 0x8CC7, 0x65D6, 0x8A0A, 0x62EE, 0x86F4, 0x6125, 0x839B, 0x6089, 0x8011, 0x6124, 0x7C88, 0x62ED, 0x792E, 0x65D6, 0x7619, 0x69CF, 0x735B, 0x6EA5, 0x711B, 0x7416, 0x6F75, 0x7A00, 0x6E71, 0x803E, 0x6E19, 0x803E, 0x6E19, 0xFFFF, 0x803E, 0x6EB2, 0x7A5A, 0x6F04, 0x74B2, 0x6FF8, 0x6F4B, 0x7194, 0x6A8F, 0x73C7, 0x66A2, 0x7681, 0x63D5, 0x7986, 0x6226, 0x7CBF, 0x6197, 0x8011, 0x6226, 0x8363, 0x63D5, 0x869C, 0x66A2, 0x89A2, 0x6A8F, 0x8C5B, 0x6F4B, 0x8E8E, 0x74B2, 0x902B, 0x7A5A, 0x911E, 0x803D, 0x9170, 0x803E, 0x9170, 0x8621, 0x911E, 0x8BCA, 0x902B, 0x9130, 0x8E8E, 0x95ED, 0x8C5B, 0x99CF, 0x89AB, 0x9CA7, 0x869C, 0x9E55, 0x8367, 0x9EE5, 0x8011, 0x9E55, 0x7CBB, 0x9CA7, 0x7986, 0x99CF, 0x7677, 0x95ED, 0x73C7, 0x9130, 0x7194, 0x8BCA, 0x6FF8, 0x8621, 0x6F04, 0x803E, 0x6EB2, 0x803E, 0x6EB2, 0xFFFF, 0x80BC, 0x6FD7, 0x80AF, 0x71D8, 0x7FC8, 0x71D9, 0x7FB7, 0x6FD8, 0x80BC, 0x6FD7, 0x80BC, 0x6FD7, 0xFFFF, 0x83CB, 0x6FF6, 0x84CD, 0x700B, 0x843E, 0x7206, 0x835B, 0x71F4, 0xFFFF, 0x7CA9, 0x6FF8, 0x7D1A, 0x71F5, 0x7C37, 0x7207, 0x7BA7, 0x700D, 0x7CA9, 0x6FF8, 0x7CA9, 0x6FF8, 0xFFFF, 0x87CD, 0x7068, 0x88C7, 0x7092, 0x87BA, 0x727C, 0x86DF, 0x7258, 0xFFFF, 0x78A8, 0x706B, 0x7997, 0x725A, 0x78BA, 0x727E, 0x77AD, 0x7095, 0x78A8, 0x706B, 0x78A8, 0x706B, 0xFFFF, 0x6700, 0x708A, 0x6880, 0x70E5, 0x6920, 0x71BF, 0x6880, 0x7299, 0x66FF, 0x72F4, 0x657F, 0x7299, 0x64E0, 0x71BF, 0x657F, 0x70E4, 0x6700, 0x708A, 0x6700, 0x708A, 0xFFFF, 0x998D, 0x708C, 0x9B0E, 0x70E6, 0x9BAE, 0x71C0, 0x9B0E, 0x729B, 0x998D, 0x72F6, 0x980D, 0x729B, 0x976E, 0x71C1, 0x980D, 0x70E7, 0x998D, 0x708C, 0x998D, 0x708C, 0xFFFF, 0x8BA7, 0x712C, 0x8C95, 0x716A, 0x8B10, 0x7339, 0x8A3F, 0x7303, 0x8BA7, 0x712C, 0xFFFF, 0x74CE, 0x712F, 0x7635, 0x7307, 0x7564, 0x733C, 0x73DE, 0x716D, 0x74CE, 0x712F, 0x74CE, 0x712F, 0xFFFF, 0x8F47, 0x723F, 0x9023, 0x728E, 0x8E2D, 0x743A, 0x8D6B, 0x73F4, 0x8F47, 0x723F, 0xFFFF, 0x712D, 0x7242, 0x7308, 0x73F7, 0x7248, 0x743D, 0x7050, 0x7292, 0x712D, 0x7242, 0x712D, 0x7242, 0xFFFF, 0x803E, 0x72F6, 0x891B, 0x73F4, 0x909A, 0x76CC, 0x959F, 0x7B0B, 0x975E, 0x8011, 0x959F, 0x8517, 0x909A, 0x8957, 0x891B, 0x8C2E, 0x803E, 0x8D2B, 0x7761, 0x8C2E, 0x6FE2, 0x8957, 0x6ADD, 0x8517, 0x691E, 0x8011, 0x6ADD, 0x7B0B, 0x6FE2, 0x76CC, 0x7761, 0x73F4, 0x803E, 0x72F6, 0x803E, 0x72F6, 0xFFFF, 0x803E, 0x738F, 0x77C8, 0x7481, 0x70A0, 0x7738, 0x6BD7, 0x7B46, 0x6A2C, 0x8011, 0x6BD7, 0x84DC, 0x70A1, 0x88EA, 0x77C9, 0x8BA1, 0x803E, 0x8C93, 0x88B4, 0x8BA1, 0x8FDB, 0x88EA, 0x94A5, 0x84DD, 0x9650, 0x8011, 0x94A5, 0x7B46, 0x8FDB, 0x7738, 0x88B4, 0x7481, 0x803E, 0x738F, 0x803E, 0x738F, 0xFFFF, 0x929B, 0x739A, 0x935C, 0x73FA, 0x9100, 0x7578, 0x905A, 0x7527, 0x9175, 0x745E, 0xFFFF, 0x6DDC, 0x739D, 0x7022, 0x7527, 0x6F74, 0x757C, 0x6D16, 0x73FF, 0x6DDC, 0x739D, 0x6DDC, 0x739D, 0xFFFF, 0x9589, 0x7533, 0x9634, 0x75A4, 0x937E, 0x76ED, 0x92E8, 0x768B, 0xFFFF, 0x6AEB, 0x7539, 0x6D8D, 0x7690, 0x6CFB, 0x76F0, 0x6CEC, 0x76FA, 0x6BED, 0x7674, 0x6A40, 0x75A9, 0x6A45, 0x75A7, 0x6AEB, 0x7539, 0x6AEB, 0x7539, 0xFFFF, 0x980B, 0x7707, 0x989A, 0x7784, 0x9597, 0x7892, 0x951A, 0x7825, 0xFFFF, 0x686A, 0x770C, 0x6B5B, 0x782A, 0x6ADF, 0x7897, 0x67DD, 0x7788, 0x686A, 0x770C, 0x686A, 0x770C, 0xFFFF, 0x9A12, 0x790A, 0x9A7E, 0x7991, 0x9740, 0x7A5E, 0x96E1, 0x79E8, 0x9A12, 0x790A, 0xFFFF, 0x6664, 0x790F, 0x6996, 0x79ED, 0x6937, 0x7A63, 0x65F9, 0x7996, 0x6664, 0x790F, 0x6664, 0x790F, 0xFFFF, 0x9B91, 0x7B32, 0x9BDB, 0x7BC1, 0x9870, 0x7C48, 0x9831, 0x7BCB, 0xFFFF, 0x64E6, 0x7B37, 0x6847, 0x7BD0, 0x6807, 0x7C4C, 0x649D, 0x7BC5, 0x64E6, 0x7B37, 0x64E6, 0x7B37, 0xFFFF, 0x9C82, 0x7D72, 0x9CA7, 0x7E06, 0x9925, 0x7E46, 0x9903, 0x7DC5, 0xFFFF, 0x63F7, 0x7D78, 0x6776, 0x7DC9, 0x6756, 0x7E49, 0x63D3, 0x7E0A, 0x63F7, 0x7D78, 0x63F7, 0x7D78, 0xFFFF, 0x5C87, 0x7EDB, 0x5E08, 0x7F35, 0x5EA8, 0x800F, 0x5E08, 0x80E9, 0x5C87, 0x8144, 0x5C85, 0x8144, 0x5B06, 0x80E9, 0x5A67, 0x800F, 0x5B06, 0x7F35, 0x5C87, 0x7EDB, 0x5C87, 0x7EDB, 0xFFFF, 0xA402, 0x7EDE, 0xA583, 0x7F38, 0xA623, 0x8011, 0xA623, 0x8013, 0xA583, 0x80EC, 0xA402, 0x8147, 0xA281, 0x80ED, 0xA1E2, 0x8013, 0xA281, 0x7F38, 0xA402, 0x7EDE, 0xA402, 0x7EDE, 0xFFFF, 0x9CE0, 0x7FC0, 0x9CE0, 0x8055, 0x9957, 0x804D, 0x9957, 0x7FCB, 0xFFFF, 0x639D, 0x7FC5, 0x6726, 0x7FCE, 0x6726, 0x8051, 0x639D, 0x805A, 0x639D, 0x7FC5, 0x639D, 0x7FC5, 0xFFFF, 0x9927, 0x81D1, 0x9CAA, 0x8210, 0x9C87, 0x82A2, 0x9907, 0x8252, 0x9927, 0x81D1, 0x9927, 0x81D1, 0xFFFF, 0x6757, 0x81D5, 0x6777, 0x8255, 0x63F9, 0x82A7, 0x63D4, 0x8214, 0xFFFF, 0x9877, 0x83CF, 0x9BE2, 0x8455, 0x9B99, 0x84E3, 0x9838, 0x844C, 0x9877, 0x83CF, 0x9877, 0x83CF, 0xFFFF, 0x6808, 0x83D3, 0x6848, 0x8450, 0x64E7, 0x84E8, 0x649E, 0x845A, 0xFFFF, 0x9749, 0x85B9, 0x9A88, 0x8684, 0x9A1D, 0x870C, 0x96EB, 0x862E, 0x9749, 0x85B9, 0x9749, 0x85B9, 0xFFFF, 0x6938, 0x85BD, 0x6997, 0x8634, 0x6665, 0x8710, 0x65F9, 0x8689, 0xFFFF, 0x95A2, 0x8785, 0x98A5, 0x8892, 0x9818, 0x890F, 0x9527, 0x87F2, 0x95A2, 0x8785, 0x95A2, 0x8785, 0xFFFF, 0x6ADF, 0x878A, 0x6B5B, 0x87F8, 0x686A, 0x8914, 0x67DC, 0x8897, 0x6ADF, 0x878A, 0xFFFF, 0x6CF7, 0x892F, 0x6D8D, 0x8991, 0x6AEB, 0x8AE9, 0x6A40, 0x8A79, 0xFFFF, 0x9380, 0x8932, 0x9645, 0x8A72, 0x963E, 0x8A77, 0x9599, 0x8AE3, 0x92F5, 0x898D, 0x9380, 0x8932, 0x9380, 0x8932, 0xFFFF, 0x9110, 0x8AA1, 0x936F, 0x8C1F, 0x92AA, 0x8C80, 0x9064, 0x8AF7, 0x9110, 0x8AA1, 0x9110, 0x8AA1, 0xFFFF, 0x6F73, 0x8AA5, 0x7021, 0x8AFB, 0x7035, 0x8B04, 0x6DED, 0x8C8B, 0x6DE1, 0x8C87, 0x6D17, 0x8C23, 0xFFFF, 0x8E3E, 0x8BE1, 0x9037, 0x8D8B, 0x8F59, 0x8DDC, 0x8D7C, 0x8C27, 0x8E3E, 0x8BE1, 0x8E3E, 0x8BE1, 0xFFFF, 0x7259, 0x8BEB, 0x731B, 0x8C31, 0x7140, 0x8DE7, 0x7064, 0x8D97, 0xFFFF, 0x8B21, 0x8CE3, 0x8CA9, 0x8EB2, 0x8BBA, 0x8EEF, 0x8A51, 0x8D18, 0x8B21, 0x8CE3, 0x8B21, 0x8CE3, 0xFFFF, 0x7576, 0x8CEB, 0x7648, 0x8D20, 0x74E0, 0x8EF8, 0x73F2, 0x8EBB, 0xFFFF, 0x66F3, 0x8D2F, 0x6874, 0x8D8A, 0x687D, 0x8D8F, 0x6886, 0x8D94, 0x6926, 0x8E6E, 0x6887, 0x8F48, 0x6705, 0x8FA2, 0x6584, 0x8F49, 0x657F, 0x8F45, 0x6570, 0x8F3E, 0x6573, 0x8F3E, 0x64D3, 0x8E63, 0x6573, 0x8D89, 0x66F3, 0x8D2F, 0x66F3, 0x8D2F, 0xFFFF, 0x9993, 0x8D31, 0x9B13, 0x8D8C, 0x9BB4, 0x8E66, 0x9B16, 0x8F40, 0x9993, 0x8F9A, 0x9814, 0x8F40, 0x9774, 0x8E66, 0x9812, 0x8D8C, 0x9993, 0x8D31, 0x9993, 0x8D31, 0xFFFF, 0x87CD, 0x8DA1, 0x88DC, 0x8F8B, 0x87E0, 0x8FB5, 0x86F0, 0x8DC6, 0x87CD, 0x8DA1, 0x87CD, 0x8DA1, 0xFFFF, 0x78CD, 0x8DA8, 0x79A8, 0x8DCB, 0x78BC, 0x8FBB, 0x77C1, 0x8F92, 0xFFFF, 0x8450, 0x8E19, 0x84E2, 0x9014, 0x83E0, 0x9029, 0x836C, 0x8E2C, 0x8450, 0x8E19, 0x8450, 0x8E19, 0xFFFF, 0x7C48, 0x8E1C, 0x7D2B, 0x8E2E, 0x7CBD, 0x902C, 0x7BBB, 0x9017, 0x7C48, 0x8E1C, 0xFFFF, 0x80BF, 0x8E49, 0x80D2, 0x904A, 0x7FCC, 0x904A, 0x7FD9, 0x8E49, 0x80BF, 0x8E49, 0x80BF, 0x8E49, 0xFFFF, 0x804F, 0x9321, 0x81D0, 0x937A, 0x8271, 0x9455, 0x81D1, 0x952F, 0x8051, 0x958A, 0x7ECF, 0x9530, 0x7E2F, 0x9456, 0x7ECE, 0x937B, 0x804F, 0x9321, 0x804F, 0x9321, 0xFFFF, 0x8048, 0x46D9, 0x27BC, 0x9DBA, 0xD8D3, 0x9DBA, 0xFFFF, 0x8048, 0x4BC9, 0x952E, 0x604A, 0x6B62, 0x604A, 0xFFFF, 0x68D2, 0x62CE, 0x97BF, 0x62CE, 0xB9BA, 0x8427, 0xA239, 0x9B36, 0x5E16, 0x9B36, 0x46B6, 0x8446, 0x68D2, 0x62CE, 0xFFFF, 0xBC3E, 0x869F, 0xD13B, 0x9B36, 0xA742, 0x9B36, 0xFFFF, 0x4431, 0x86BE, 0x590E, 0x9B36, 0x2F54, 0x9B36, 0x4431, 0x86BE}; - -const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_white[] = {0x80BC, 0x6FD7, 0x80AF, 0x71D8, 0x7FC8, 0x71D9, 0x7FB7, 0x6FD8, 0x80BC, 0x6FD7, 0xFFFF, 0x83CB, 0x6FF6, 0x84CD, 0x700B, 0x843E, 0x7206, 0x835B, 0x71F4, 0xFFFF, 0x7CA9, 0x6FF8, 0x7D1A, 0x71F5, 0x7C37, 0x7207, 0x7BA7, 0x700D, 0x7CA9, 0x6FF8, 0x7CA9, 0x6FF8, 0xFFFF, 0x87CD, 0x7068, 0x88C7, 0x7092, 0x87BA, 0x727C, 0x86DF, 0x7258, 0xFFFF, 0x78A8, 0x706B, 0x7997, 0x725A, 0x78BA, 0x727E, 0x77AD, 0x7095, 0x78A8, 0x706B, 0x78A8, 0x706B, 0xFFFF, 0x8BA7, 0x712C, 0x8C95, 0x716A, 0x8B10, 0x7339, 0x8A3F, 0x7303, 0xFFFF, 0x74CE, 0x712F, 0x7635, 0x7307, 0x7564, 0x733C, 0x73DE, 0x716D, 0x74CE, 0x712F, 0x74CE, 0x712F, 0xFFFF, 0x8F47, 0x723F, 0x9023, 0x728E, 0x8E2D, 0x743A, 0x8D6B, 0x73F4, 0xFFFF, 0x712D, 0x7242, 0x7309, 0x73F7, 0x7248, 0x743D, 0x7050, 0x7292, 0x712D, 0x7242, 0x712D, 0x7242, 0xFFFF, 0x929B, 0x739A, 0x935C, 0x73FA, 0x9100, 0x7578, 0x905A, 0x7527, 0xFFFF, 0x6DDC, 0x739D, 0x7022, 0x7527, 0x6F74, 0x757C, 0x6D16, 0x73FF, 0x6DDC, 0x739D, 0x6DDC, 0x739D, 0xFFFF, 0x9589, 0x7533, 0x9634, 0x75A4, 0x937E, 0x76ED, 0x92E8, 0x768B, 0xFFFF, 0x6AEB, 0x7539, 0x6D8D, 0x7690, 0x6CFB, 0x76F0, 0x6A40, 0x75A9, 0x6AEB, 0x7539, 0xFFFF, 0x980B, 0x7707, 0x989A, 0x7784, 0x9597, 0x7892, 0x951A, 0x7825, 0xFFFF, 0x686A, 0x770C, 0x6B5B, 0x782A, 0x6ADF, 0x7897, 0x67DD, 0x7788, 0x686A, 0x770C, 0x686A, 0x770C, 0xFFFF, 0x9A12, 0x790A, 0x9A7E, 0x7991, 0x9740, 0x7A5E, 0x96E1, 0x79E8, 0xFFFF, 0x6664, 0x790F, 0x6996, 0x79ED, 0x6937, 0x7A63, 0x65F9, 0x7996, 0x6664, 0x790F, 0x6664, 0x790F, 0xFFFF, 0x9B91, 0x7B32, 0x9BDB, 0x7BC1, 0x9870, 0x7C48, 0x9831, 0x7BCC, 0xFFFF, 0x64E6, 0x7B37, 0x6847, 0x7BD0, 0x6807, 0x7C4C, 0x649D, 0x7BC5, 0x64E6, 0x7B37, 0x64E6, 0x7B37, 0xFFFF, 0x9C82, 0x7D72, 0x9CA7, 0x7E06, 0x9925, 0x7E46, 0x9903, 0x7DC5, 0xFFFF, 0x63F7, 0x7D78, 0x6776, 0x7DC9, 0x6756, 0x7E49, 0x63D3, 0x7E0A, 0x63F7, 0x7D78, 0x63F7, 0x7D78, 0xFFFF, 0x9CE0, 0x7FC0, 0x9CE0, 0x8055, 0x9957, 0x804D, 0x9957, 0x7FCB, 0xFFFF, 0x639D, 0x7FC5, 0x6726, 0x7FCE, 0x6726, 0x8051, 0x639D, 0x805A, 0x639D, 0x7FC5, 0xFFFF, 0x9927, 0x81D1, 0x9CAA, 0x8210, 0x9C87, 0x82A2, 0x9907, 0x8252, 0x9927, 0x81D1, 0x9927, 0x81D1, 0xFFFF, 0x6757, 0x81D5, 0x6777, 0x8256, 0x63F9, 0x82A7, 0x63D4, 0x8214, 0xFFFF, 0x9877, 0x83CF, 0x9BE2, 0x8455, 0x9B99, 0x84E3, 0x9838, 0x844C, 0x9877, 0x83CF, 0xFFFF, 0x6808, 0x83D3, 0x6848, 0x8450, 0x64E7, 0x84E8, 0x649E, 0x845A, 0xFFFF, 0x9749, 0x85B9, 0x9A88, 0x8684, 0x9A1D, 0x870C, 0x96EB, 0x862E, 0x9749, 0x85B9, 0x9749, 0x85B9, 0xFFFF, 0x6938, 0x85BD, 0x6997, 0x8634, 0x6665, 0x8710, 0x65F9, 0x8689, 0xFFFF, 0x95A2, 0x8785, 0x98A5, 0x8892, 0x9818, 0x890F, 0x9527, 0x87F2, 0x95A2, 0x8785, 0x95A2, 0x8785, 0xFFFF, 0x6ADF, 0x878A, 0x6B5B, 0x87F8, 0x686A, 0x8915, 0x67DC, 0x8897, 0xFFFF, 0x6CF7, 0x8930, 0x6D8D, 0x8991, 0x6AEB, 0x8AE9, 0x6A40, 0x8A79, 0xFFFF, 0x9380, 0x8932, 0x9645, 0x8A72, 0x9599, 0x8AE3, 0x92F5, 0x898D, 0x9380, 0x8932, 0xFFFF, 0x9110, 0x8AA1, 0x936F, 0x8C1F, 0x92AA, 0x8C80, 0x9064, 0x8AF7, 0x9110, 0x8AA1, 0x9110, 0x8AA1, 0xFFFF, 0x6F73, 0x8AA5, 0x7021, 0x8AFB, 0x6DED, 0x8C8C, 0x6D17, 0x8C23, 0xFFFF, 0x8E3E, 0x8BE1, 0x9037, 0x8D8B, 0x8F59, 0x8DDC, 0x8D7C, 0x8C27, 0x8E3E, 0x8BE1, 0x8E3E, 0x8BE1, 0xFFFF, 0x7259, 0x8BEB, 0x731B, 0x8C31, 0x7140, 0x8DE7, 0x7064, 0x8D97, 0xFFFF, 0x8B21, 0x8CE3, 0x8CA9, 0x8EB2, 0x8BBA, 0x8EEF, 0x8A51, 0x8D18, 0x8B21, 0x8CE3, 0x8B21, 0x8CE3, 0xFFFF, 0x7576, 0x8CEB, 0x7648, 0x8D20, 0x74E0, 0x8EF8, 0x73F2, 0x8EBB, 0xFFFF, 0x87CD, 0x8DA1, 0x88DC, 0x8F8B, 0x87E0, 0x8FB5, 0x86F0, 0x8DC6, 0x87CD, 0x8DA1, 0x87CD, 0x8DA1, 0xFFFF, 0x78CC, 0x8DA8, 0x79A8, 0x8DCB, 0x78BC, 0x8FBB, 0x77C0, 0x8F92, 0xFFFF, 0x8450, 0x8E19, 0x84E2, 0x9014, 0x83E0, 0x9029, 0x836C, 0x8E2C, 0x8450, 0x8E19, 0x8450, 0x8E19, 0xFFFF, 0x7C48, 0x8E1C, 0x7D2B, 0x8E2E, 0x7CBD, 0x902C, 0x7BBB, 0x9017, 0xFFFF, 0x80BE, 0x8E49, 0x80D1, 0x904A, 0x7FCC, 0x904A, 0x7FD9, 0x8E49, 0x80BE, 0x8E49, 0xFFFF, 0x8276, 0x75D6, 0x83AF, 0x75FE, 0x8436, 0x7628, 0x84AE, 0x7661, 0x8542, 0x7706, 0x8512, 0x77BA, 0x8457, 0x7845, 0x8335, 0x788B, 0x8318, 0x7882, 0x82D8, 0x7860, 0x831E, 0x7830, 0x8353, 0x7823, 0x83E6, 0x77F9, 0x8464, 0x7790, 0x847A, 0x771A, 0x8415, 0x76B7, 0x83B6, 0x7691, 0x8351, 0x7676, 0x827F, 0x7662, 0x81BB, 0x7687, 0x8161, 0x76AF, 0x8123, 0x76DA, 0x80E5, 0x771A, 0x80C5, 0x774D, 0x80B8, 0x77C1, 0x80D1, 0x77EE, 0x8107, 0x7814, 0x81CC, 0x786B, 0x837F, 0x7918, 0x8464, 0x7983, 0x84C0, 0x79B2, 0x852D, 0x79FD, 0x859D, 0x7ABC, 0x858E, 0x7B79, 0x8545, 0x7C25, 0x84D9, 0x7CC5, 0x8469, 0x7D4D, 0x843B, 0x7DCD, 0x8555, 0x7DA8, 0x85D3, 0x7D67, 0x870D, 0x7CA0, 0x87E0, 0x7BC0, 0x880D, 0x7B5B, 0x886D, 0x7A46, 0x88B3, 0x799B, 0x88CC, 0x7970, 0x893A, 0x78EA, 0x8995, 0x78A8, 0x8A01, 0x786F, 0x8AF8, 0x781F, 0x8BA6, 0x77FD, 0x8C0C, 0x77EF, 0x8C96, 0x77FB, 0x8D1D, 0x7815, 0x8D59, 0x7826, 0x8E40, 0x7889, 0x8EDB, 0x7925, 0x8EFC, 0x797B, 0x8EFF, 0x79D4, 0x8E71, 0x7A7B, 0x8D58, 0x7AD2, 0x8C23, 0x7ADE, 0x8AFF, 0x7A97, 0x8AF5, 0x7A81, 0x8AEF, 0x7A4E, 0x8B68, 0x7A52, 0x8B96, 0x7A5F, 0x8C39, 0x7A87, 0x8D33, 0x7A7F, 0x8E07, 0x7A3F, 0x8E66, 0x79CB, 0x8E63, 0x7985, 0x8E43, 0x793F, 0x8DC6, 0x78C6, 0x8CFA, 0x7876, 0x8C7E, 0x785F, 0x8C18, 0x7857, 0x8B84, 0x7874, 0x8B22, 0x788F, 0x8A7D, 0x78CA, 0x8A2E, 0x78F9, 0x89F0, 0x7930, 0x89A3, 0x79A5, 0x8979, 0x7AC0, 0x897C, 0x7B9C, 0x8972, 0x7BF2, 0x88CC, 0x7D32, 0x87B7, 0x7E4C, 0x8665, 0x7F52, 0x8660, 0x7F5A, 0x878F, 0x7F01, 0x88AE, 0x7EC2, 0x89FD, 0x7E9E, 0x8B8D, 0x7EC6, 0x8C40, 0x7F0E, 0x8CB6, 0x7F68, 0x8D1D, 0x7FD7, 0x8DFA, 0x80BD, 0x8EA8, 0x816E, 0x8F34, 0x81D4, 0x8F8A, 0x81F9, 0x8FDA, 0x820A, 0x90AB, 0x820F, 0x9120, 0x81FF, 0x91A5, 0x81DC, 0x91F4, 0x81B8, 0x922C, 0x8198, 0x9288, 0x812B, 0x927D, 0x80AB, 0x9252, 0x8068, 0x921C, 0x8033, 0x9174, 0x7FEB, 0x9099, 0x7FEB, 0x8FCF, 0x8029, 0x8F5D, 0x808D, 0x8F47, 0x80A4, 0x8ED4, 0x80A4, 0x8EC5, 0x8070, 0x8F65, 0x7FE6, 0x906D, 0x7F92, 0x91A4, 0x7F90, 0x92A8, 0x7FF7, 0x92FC, 0x8043, 0x9331, 0x8090, 0x9349, 0x813D, 0x92D1, 0x81E3, 0x9264, 0x8227, 0x91E5, 0x825B, 0x915D, 0x8280, 0x90D3, 0x8296, 0x8FA0, 0x829A, 0x8F2C, 0x8286, 0x8EE7, 0x8273, 0x8E78, 0x824A, 0x8DA9, 0x81D4, 0x8CB9, 0x8127, 0x8B68, 0x802C, 0x8B22, 0x8001, 0x8AC3, 0x7FE7, 0x8A50, 0x7FF4, 0x88FD, 0x8068, 0x87A4, 0x811D, 0x879E, 0x812D, 0x8904, 0x81F1, 0x89D4, 0x8285, 0x8A7C, 0x8343, 0x8A94, 0x8431, 0x8A4E, 0x84A1, 0x89E8, 0x850E, 0x892F, 0x85E5, 0x88B0, 0x86E5, 0x88C0, 0x8757, 0x88F2, 0x878D, 0x8927, 0x87AD, 0x8ABF, 0x8821, 0x8B0E, 0x881E, 0x8B70, 0x8811, 0x8C1B, 0x87D6, 0x8C9B, 0x8776, 0x8CC4, 0x873D, 0x8CD3, 0x8705, 0x8CA2, 0x86A3, 0x8C06, 0x8662, 0x8B39, 0x864F, 0x8A77, 0x8662, 0x89F9, 0x864D, 0x8A10, 0x8606, 0x8A66, 0x85F7, 0x8B35, 0x85DC, 0x8C50, 0x85FD, 0x8D3C, 0x8663, 0x8D94, 0x870A, 0x8D7D, 0x875F, 0x8D3A, 0x87B8, 0x8CB1, 0x882D, 0x8BC1, 0x888C, 0x8B30, 0x88A7, 0x8A8D, 0x88AE, 0x89EE, 0x8898, 0x896E, 0x887E, 0x8869, 0x882D, 0x87EE, 0x87EA, 0x87A4, 0x87A8, 0x878E, 0x8785, 0x874D, 0x86E3, 0x875D, 0x8637, 0x87FD, 0x8466, 0x8705, 0x835A, 0x86B8, 0x8359, 0x84A4, 0x8358, 0x7F20, 0x851B, 0x7F13, 0x864D, 0x8016, 0x86F9, 0x818E, 0x87D8, 0x823B, 0x8869, 0x8272, 0x88C9, 0x8276, 0x8915, 0x8266, 0x893D, 0x81FB, 0x89D8, 0x8197, 0x8A21, 0x8119, 0x8A62, 0x80A7, 0x8A8A, 0x8016, 0x8AAA, 0x7EDC, 0x8AAE, 0x7DC5, 0x8A63, 0x7D55, 0x8A29, 0x7CFA, 0x89E5, 0x7CAD, 0x8939, 0x7D1B, 0x8895, 0x7E00, 0x8825, 0x7F27, 0x8800, 0x7F66, 0x880F, 0x7F69, 0x8850, 0x7E49, 0x8873, 0x7D9A, 0x88C9, 0x7D4F, 0x893E, 0x7D8B, 0x89B2, 0x7DD8, 0x89E6, 0x7E36, 0x8A10, 0x7F02, 0x8A40, 0x7FDB, 0x8A34, 0x8046, 0x8A16, 0x8091, 0x89F5, 0x80A5, 0x89EB, 0x80FE, 0x89AB, 0x8126, 0x8981, 0x8159, 0x8918, 0x814F, 0x88E6, 0x8128, 0x88B8, 0x8094, 0x8856, 0x7EFC, 0x8796, 0x7D74, 0x86E7, 0x7D3D, 0x86C5, 0x7CD8, 0x8674, 0x7C98, 0x8605, 0x7CA0, 0x8536, 0x7D7C, 0x83E6, 0x7E07, 0x8357, 0x7DED, 0x835B, 0x79CC, 0x843E, 0x7962, 0x8448, 0x77CB, 0x8450, 0x76F3, 0x8438, 0x763E, 0x841E, 0x7502, 0x83FE, 0x746C, 0x83FD, 0x73E4, 0x840A, 0x72CE, 0x8444, 0x729B, 0x8457, 0x71E6, 0x84B7, 0x71B5, 0x84EB, 0x719B, 0x853B, 0x719B, 0x8558, 0x71D4, 0x85E0, 0x72B0, 0x8642, 0x73D4, 0x8661, 0x74B3, 0x8616, 0x74AD, 0x84D7, 0x74B2, 0x84B3, 0x74B5, 0x849B, 0x751E, 0x8496, 0x753B, 0x84B8, 0x75C5, 0x856E, 0x756D, 0x865A, 0x74D0, 0x86B8, 0x73FA, 0x86EA, 0x7250, 0x86CF, 0x70E7, 0x863F, 0x707E, 0x85C8, 0x705F, 0x8549, 0x7075, 0x84CC, 0x70AC, 0x8475, 0x70CD, 0x8452, 0x71FF, 0x839C, 0x7287, 0x8376, 0x736A, 0x833A, 0x7443, 0x8319, 0x751E, 0x8311, 0x76AC, 0x8327, 0x77C4, 0x8341, 0x7810, 0x8340, 0x799F, 0x8313, 0x7A2A, 0x82EA, 0x7B24, 0x8281, 0x7BE4, 0x820C, 0x7BEC, 0x81B1, 0x7A5E, 0x81C8, 0x7809, 0x81ED, 0x7751, 0x81F8, 0x7664, 0x81EF, 0x7571, 0x81B4, 0x74BB, 0x8141, 0x7483, 0x80F9, 0x7408, 0x802F, 0x73D9, 0x7FEB, 0x7359, 0x7F50, 0x72A0, 0x7EC4, 0x719E, 0x7E89, 0x7074, 0x7EA8, 0x7015, 0x7ECC, 0x6FD0, 0x7EF8, 0x6FA3, 0x7F19, 0x6F6B, 0x7FBB, 0x6F93, 0x8017, 0x6FA7, 0x8032, 0x6FD7, 0x805A, 0x70DF, 0x8092, 0x7205, 0x805A, 0x729E, 0x7FCB, 0x72B3, 0x7FBC, 0x7309, 0x7FA6, 0x733B, 0x7FDE, 0x72F9, 0x804B, 0x726D, 0x80A7, 0x70E6, 0x80FB, 0x700D, 0x80EC, 0x6F48, 0x80A8, 0x6EFC, 0x8073, 0x6EC1, 0x8026, 0x6E93, 0x7FCC, 0x6ED4, 0x7ED8, 0x6F54, 0x7E72, 0x6FCB, 0x7E3A, 0x700B, 0x7E25, 0x71AB, 0x7DED, 0x7356, 0x7E3E, 0x7472, 0x7EF4, 0x7536, 0x7FBD, 0x75DA, 0x8075, 0x7628, 0x80B6, 0x767B, 0x80D8, 0x76D9, 0x80EF, 0x7755, 0x80FC, 0x7881, 0x80D5, 0x7931, 0x8093, 0x7A00, 0x801E, 0x799B, 0x7D9B, 0x789A, 0x7CD8, 0x77C0, 0x7BE5, 0x7783, 0x7B55, 0x7787, 0x7AB9, 0x77AE, 0x7A67, 0x77E6, 0x7A1D, 0x781E, 0x79CD, 0x785E, 0x7909, 0x7853, 0x78C0, 0x7823, 0x788B, 0x7808, 0x7875, 0x7649, 0x77E8, 0x74B6, 0x7869, 0x7488, 0x78B3, 0x7472, 0x7901, 0x74D2, 0x796F, 0x75D8, 0x799A, 0x76EE, 0x7971, 0x774A, 0x797A, 0x7751, 0x79B4, 0x76A0, 0x79F0, 0x75E4, 0x7A0A, 0x7454, 0x79E1, 0x73AF, 0x7986, 0x7369, 0x7909, 0x7374, 0x7891, 0x739D, 0x783C, 0x73B6, 0x781E, 0x74B7, 0x7768, 0x765D, 0x772C, 0x77ED, 0x7769, 0x7932, 0x77FC, 0x7979, 0x7836, 0x79B8, 0x787B, 0x79DF, 0x7912, 0x7998, 0x7A14, 0x7967, 0x7AB4, 0x796A, 0x7AD8, 0x79C5, 0x7B60, 0x7A9D, 0x7BE9, 0x7B72, 0x7C47, 0x7EBA, 0x7BD6, 0x8206, 0x7CA8, 0x82FA, 0x7C2E, 0x8391, 0x7BB4, 0x83F6, 0x7B40, 0x8413, 0x7AD0, 0x83DD, 0x7A71, 0x838A, 0x7A39, 0x8296, 0x79B7, 0x80F3, 0x78FA, 0x8016, 0x788A, 0x7FB4, 0x7833, 0x7F8D, 0x77DF, 0x7F92, 0x77A9, 0x7FB3, 0x7718, 0x7FF6, 0x76C2, 0x8036, 0x768A, 0x8097, 0x764A, 0x80DF, 0x762A, 0x813C, 0x7605, 0x8275, 0x75D5}; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/colors.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/colors.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1dae8de4b2..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/colors.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,117 +0,0 @@ -/************ - * colors.h * - ************/ - -/**************************************************************************** - * Written By Mark Pelletier 2017 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * - * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2018 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * - * * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * - * (at your option) any later version. * - * * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * - * GNU General Public License for more details. * - * * - * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * - * location: . * - ****************************************************************************/ - -#pragma once - -namespace Theme { - - #define COLOR_CORRECTION(rgb) ( \ - (uint32_t((((rgb) & 0xFF0000) >> 16) * 1.00) << 16) | \ - (uint32_t((((rgb) & 0x00FF00) >> 8) * 1.00) << 8) | \ - (uint32_t((((rgb) & 0x0000FF) >> 0) * .75) << 0)) - - #define COLOR_BLEND(a,b,f) COLOR_CORRECTION( \ - (uint32_t((((a) & 0xFF0000) >> 16) * f + (((b) & 0xFF0000) >> 16) * (1-f)) << 16) | \ - (uint32_t((((a) & 0x00FF00) >> 8) * f + (((b) & 0x00FF00) >> 8) * (1-f)) << 8) | \ - (uint32_t((((a) & 0x0000FF) >> 0) * f + (((b) & 0x0000FF) >> 0) * (1-f)) << 0)) - - constexpr uint32_t lulzbot_bg = 0xDEEA5C; - constexpr uint32_t lulzbot_fg = 0xC1D82F; - - constexpr uint32_t lulzbot_green = COLOR_BLEND(0xC1DB2F,0x788814,0.33); - - #ifndef LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI - constexpr uint32_t theme_darkest = COLOR_CORRECTION(0x444444); - constexpr uint32_t theme_dark = COLOR_CORRECTION(0x777777); - - constexpr uint32_t bg_color = theme_darkest; - constexpr uint32_t bg_text_disabled = theme_dark; - constexpr uint32_t bg_text_enabled = 0xFFFFFF; - constexpr uint32_t bg_normal = theme_darkest; - - constexpr uint32_t fg_normal = theme_dark; - constexpr uint32_t fg_action = lulzbot_green; - constexpr uint32_t fg_disabled = bg_color; - #else - constexpr uint32_t theme_darkest = 0x545923; - constexpr uint32_t theme_dark = lulzbot_bg; - - constexpr uint32_t bg_color = 0xFFFFFF; - constexpr uint32_t bg_text_disabled = 0x333333; - constexpr uint32_t bg_text_enabled = theme_darkest; - constexpr uint32_t bg_normal = theme_dark; - - constexpr uint32_t fg_normal = theme_darkest; - constexpr uint32_t fg_action = theme_dark; - constexpr uint32_t fg_disabled = 0xEFEFEF; - - constexpr uint32_t shadow_rgb = 0xE0E0E0; - constexpr uint32_t fill_rgb = lulzbot_fg; - constexpr uint32_t stroke_rgb = theme_darkest; - constexpr uint32_t syringe_rgb = 0xF1F6C0; - #endif - - constexpr uint32_t x_axis = COLOR_CORRECTION(0xFF0000); - constexpr uint32_t y_axis = COLOR_CORRECTION(0x00BB00); - constexpr uint32_t z_axis = COLOR_CORRECTION(0x0000FF); - #ifndef LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI - constexpr uint32_t e_axis = COLOR_CORRECTION(0x777777); - constexpr uint32_t feedrate = COLOR_CORRECTION(0x777777); - constexpr uint32_t other = COLOR_CORRECTION(0x777777); - #else - constexpr uint32_t e_axis = 0x000000; - constexpr uint32_t feedrate = 0x000000; - constexpr uint32_t other = 0x000000; - #endif - - // Status screen - constexpr uint32_t progress = theme_dark; - constexpr uint32_t status_msg = theme_dark; - constexpr uint32_t fan_speed = COLOR_CORRECTION(0x3771CB); - constexpr uint32_t temp = COLOR_CORRECTION(0x892ca0); - constexpr uint32_t axis_label = theme_dark; - - constexpr uint32_t disabled_icon = 0x101010; - - // Calibration Registers Screen - constexpr uint32_t transformA = 0x3010D0; - constexpr uint32_t transformB = 0x4010D0; - constexpr uint32_t transformC = 0x5010D0; - constexpr uint32_t transformD = 0x6010D0; - constexpr uint32_t transformE = 0x7010D0; - constexpr uint32_t transformF = 0x8010D0; - constexpr uint32_t transformVal = 0x104010; - - constexpr btn_colors disabled_btn = {.bg = bg_color, .grad = fg_disabled, .fg = fg_disabled, .rgb = fg_disabled }; - constexpr btn_colors normal_btn = {.bg = fg_action, .grad = 0xFFFFFF, .fg = fg_normal, .rgb = 0xFFFFFF }; - constexpr btn_colors action_btn = {.bg = bg_color, .grad = 0xFFFFFF, .fg = fg_action, .rgb = 0xFFFFFF }; - constexpr btn_colors red_btn = {.bg = 0xFF5555, .grad = 0xFFFFFF, .fg = 0xFF0000, .rgb = 0xFFFFFF }; - constexpr btn_colors ui_slider = {.bg = theme_darkest, .grad = 0xFFFFFF, .fg = theme_dark, .rgb = lulzbot_green }; - constexpr btn_colors ui_toggle = {.bg = theme_darkest, .grad = 0xFFFFFF, .fg = theme_dark, .rgb = 0xFFFFFF }; - - // Temperature color scale - - const rgb_t cool_rgb ( 0, 0, 0); - const rgb_t low_rgb (128, 0, 0); - const rgb_t med_rgb (255, 128, 0); - const rgb_t high_rgb (255, 255, 128); -}; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.cpp similarity index 55% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.cpp index 1fb3783b2d..6ac84c2bb0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -24,15 +24,15 @@ #include "../../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD) +#if HAS_DGUS_LCD -#include "DGUSDisplay.h" -#include "DGUSVPVariable.h" -#include "DGUSDisplayDefinition.h" +#if HOTENDS > 2 + #error "More than 2 hotends not implemented on the Display UI design." +#endif #include "../../ui_api.h" -#include "../../../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../../../module/temperature.h" #include "../../../../module/motion.h" #include "../../../../gcode/queue.h" @@ -40,6 +40,13 @@ #include "../../../../sd/cardreader.h" #include "../../../../libs/duration_t.h" #include "../../../../module/printcounter.h" +#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + #include "../../../../feature/powerloss.h" +#endif + +#include "DGUSDisplay.h" +#include "DGUSVPVariable.h" +#include "DGUSDisplayDef.h" // Preamble... 2 Bytes, usually 0x5A 0xA5, but configurable constexpr uint8_t DGUS_HEADER1 = 0x5A; @@ -52,6 +59,16 @@ constexpr uint8_t DGUS_CMD_READVAR = 0x83; bool dguslcd_local_debug; // = false; #endif +#if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + typedef struct { + ExtUI::extruder_t extruder; // which extruder to operate + uint8_t action; // load or unload + bool heated; // heating done ? + float purge_length; // the length to extrude before unload, prevent filament jam + } filament_data_t; + static filament_data_t filament_data; +#endif + uint16_t DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ConfirmVP; #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) @@ -77,67 +94,7 @@ uint8_t DGUSDisplay::rx_datagram_len = 0; bool DGUSDisplay::Initialized = false; bool DGUSDisplay::no_reentrance = false; -#if DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE > 256 - typedef uint16_t r_ring_buffer_pos_t; -#else - typedef uint8_t r_ring_buffer_pos_t; -#endif - -#if DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE > 256 - typedef uint16_t t_ring_buffer_pos_t; -#else - typedef uint8_t t_ring_buffer_pos_t; -#endif - -class DGUSSerial { -public: - DGUSSerial(); - ~DGUSSerial(); - - r_ring_buffer_pos_t available(); - t_ring_buffer_pos_t GetTxBufferFree(); - void write(const uint8_t c); - - int read(); - - // ISR for Rx - void store_rxd_char(); - // ISR for Tx (UDRE vector) - void tx_udr_empty_irq(); - - inline volatile bool is_rx_overrun() { - return dgus_rx_overrun; - } - - inline void reset_rx_overun() { - dgus_rx_overrun = false; - } - -private: - r_ring_buffer_pos_t atomic_read_rx_head(); - void atomic_set_rx_tail(r_ring_buffer_pos_t value); - r_ring_buffer_pos_t atomic_read_rx_tail(); - - volatile bool dgus_rx_overrun = false; - - struct ring_buffer_r { - volatile r_ring_buffer_pos_t head, tail; - unsigned char buffer[DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE]; - } rx_buffer = { 0, 0, { 0 } }; - - struct ring_buffer_t { - volatile t_ring_buffer_pos_t head, tail; - unsigned char buffer[DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE]; - } tx_buffer = { 0, 0, { 0 } }; - - #if DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE > 256 - volatile bool rx_tail_value_not_stable = false; - volatile uint16_t rx_tail_value_backup = 0; - #endif - -}; - -static DGUSSerial dgusserial; +#define dgusserial DGUS_SERIAL // endianness swap uint16_t swap16(const uint16_t value) { return (value & 0xffU) << 8U | (value >> 8U); } @@ -222,29 +179,24 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPercentageToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable } } +// Send the current print progress to the display. +void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintProgressToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { + //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" DGUSLCD_SendPrintProgressToDisplay ", var.VP); + uint16_t tmp = ExtUI::getProgress_percent(); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" data ", tmp); + uint16_t data_to_send = swap16(tmp); + dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(var.VP, data_to_send); +} + // Send the current print time to the display. // It is using a hex display for that: It expects BSD coded data in the format xxyyzz void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintTimeToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { duration_t elapsed = print_job_timer.duration(); - - uint8_t days = elapsed.day(), - hours = elapsed.hour() % 24, - minutes = elapsed.minute() % 60, - seconds = elapsed.second() % 60; - - char buf[14], *p = buf; // that two extra bytes saves us some flash... - - if (days) { *p++ = days / 10 + '0'; *p++ = days % 10 + '0'; *p++ = 'd'; } - *p++ = hours / 10 + '0'; *p++ = hours % 10 + '0'; *p++ = 'h'; - *p++ = minutes / 10 + '0'; *p++ = minutes % 10 + '0'; *p++ = 'm'; - *p++ = seconds / 10 + '0'; *p++ = seconds % 10 + '0'; *p++ = 's'; - *p = '\0'; - + char buf[32]; + elapsed.toString(buf); dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(VP_PrintTime, buf, var.size, true); } - - // Send an uint8_t between 0 and 100 to a variable scale to 0..255 void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_PercentageToUint8(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { if (var.memadr) { @@ -269,6 +221,103 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(DGUS_VP_Variable dgusdisplay.WriteVariablePGM(var.VP, tmp, var.size, true); } +#if HAS_PID_HEATING + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { + float value = *(float *)var.memadr; + float valuesend = 0; + switch (var.VP) { + default: return; + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + case VP_E0_PID_P: valuesend = value; break; + case VP_E0_PID_I: valuesend = unscalePID_i(value); break; + case VP_E0_PID_D: valuesend = unscalePID_d(value); break; + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + case VP_E1_PID_P: valuesend = value; break; + case VP_E1_PID_I: valuesend = unscalePID_i(value); break; + case VP_E1_PID_D: valuesend = unscalePID_d(value); break; + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + case VP_BED_PID_P: valuesend = value; break; + case VP_BED_PID_I: valuesend = unscalePID_i(value); break; + case VP_BED_PID_D: valuesend = unscalePID_d(value); break; + #endif + } + + valuesend *= cpow(10, 1); + union { int16_t i; char lb[2]; } endian; + + char tmp[2]; + endian.i = valuesend; + tmp[0] = endian.lb[1]; + tmp[1] = endian.lb[0]; + dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(var.VP, tmp, 2); + } +#endif + +#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + + // Send the accumulate print time to the display. + // It is using a hex display for that: It expects BSD coded data in the format xxyyzz + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintAccTimeToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { + printStatistics state = print_job_timer.getStats(); + char buf[21]; + duration_t elapsed = state.printTime; + elapsed.toString(buf); + dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(VP_PrintAccTime, buf, var.size, true); + } + + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintsTotalToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { + printStatistics state = print_job_timer.getStats(); + char buf[21]; + sprintf_P(buf, PSTR("%u"), state.totalPrints); + dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(VP_PrintsTotal, buf, var.size, true); + } + +#endif + +// Send fan status value to the display. +#if FAN_COUNT > 0 + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFanStatusToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { + if (var.memadr) { + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" DGUSLCD_SendFanStatusToDisplay ", var.VP); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" data ", *(uint8_t *)var.memadr); + uint16_t data_to_send = 0; + if (*(uint8_t *) var.memadr) data_to_send = 1; + data_to_send = swap16(data_to_send); + dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(var.VP, data_to_send); + } + } +#endif + +// Send heater status value to the display. +void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { + if (var.memadr) { + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay ", var.VP); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" data ", *(int16_t *)var.memadr); + uint16_t data_to_send = 0; + if (*(int16_t *) var.memadr) data_to_send = 1; + data_to_send = swap16(data_to_send); + dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(var.VP, data_to_send); + } +} + +#if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWaitingStatusToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { + // In FYSETC UI design there are 10 statuses to loop + static uint16_t period = 0; + static uint16_t index = 0; + //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" DGUSLCD_SendWaitingStatusToDisplay ", var.VP); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" data ", swap16(index)); + if (period++ > DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD) { + dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(var.VP, swap16(index)); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" data ", swap16(index)); + if (++index >= DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS) index = 0; + period = 0; + } + } +#endif + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfSD(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { @@ -289,26 +338,19 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(DGUS_VP_Variable // Don't let the user in the dark why there is no reaction. if (!ExtUI::isMediaInserted()) { - setstatusmessagePGM(PSTR(MSG_NO_MEDIA)); - return; + setstatusmessagePGM(GET_TEXT(MSG_NO_MEDIA)); + return; } if (card.flag.abort_sd_printing) { - setstatusmessagePGM(PSTR(MSG_MEDIA_ABORTING)); - return; + setstatusmessagePGM(GET_TEXT(MSG_MEDIA_ABORTING)); + return; } } void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ScrollFilelist(DGUS_VP_Variable& var, void *val_ptr) { auto old_top = top_file; - int16_t scroll = (int16_t)swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); - if (scroll == 0) { - if (!filelist.isAtRootDir()) { - filelist.upDir(); - top_file = 0; - ForceCompleteUpdate(); - } - } - else { + const int16_t scroll = (int16_t)swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + if (scroll) { top_file += scroll; DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("new topfile calculated:", top_file); if (top_file < 0) { @@ -322,6 +364,11 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(DGUS_VP_Variable } DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("new topfile adjusted:", top_file); } + else if (!filelist.isAtRootDir()) { + filelist.upDir(); + top_file = 0; + ForceCompleteUpdate(); + } if (old_top != top_file) ForceCompleteUpdate(); } @@ -337,6 +384,11 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(DGUS_VP_Variable return; } + #if ENABLED(DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME) + // Send print filename + dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(VP_SD_Print_Filename, filelist.filename(), VP_SD_FileName_LEN, true); + #endif + // Setup Confirmation screen file_to_print = touched_nr; HandleUserConfirmationPopUp(VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm, nullptr, PSTR("Print file"), filelist.filename(), PSTR("from SD Card?"), true, true, false, true); @@ -344,8 +396,14 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(DGUS_VP_Variable void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_StartPrint(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { if (!filelist.seek(file_to_print)) return; - ExtUI::printFile(filelist.filename()); - ScreenHandler.GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS); + ExtUI::printFile(filelist.shortFilename()); + ScreenHandler.GotoScreen( + #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN) + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS + #else + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION + #endif + ); } void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ResumePauseAbort(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { @@ -368,6 +426,11 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(DGUS_VP_Variable GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN); } + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_PrintTune(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + if (!ExtUI::isPrintingFromMedia()) return; // avoid race condition when user stays in this menu and printer finishes. + GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTTUNE); + } + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename(DGUS_VP_Variable& var) { uint16_t target_line = (var.VP - VP_SD_FileName0) / VP_SD_FileName_LEN; if (target_line > DGUS_SD_FILESPERSCREEN) return; @@ -411,7 +474,7 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenConfirmedOK(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *v const uint16_t* DGUSLCD_FindScreenVPMapList(uint8_t screen) { const uint16_t *ret; const struct VPMapping *map = VPMap; - while (ret = (uint16_t*) pgm_read_word(&(map->VPList))) { + while (ret = (uint16_t*) pgm_read_ptr(&(map->VPList))) { if (pgm_read_byte(&(map->screen)) == screen) return ret; map++; } @@ -456,7 +519,7 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHook(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *va UpdateNewScreen(target); #ifdef DEBUG_DGUSLCD - if (!DGUSLCD_FindScreenVPMapList(target)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("WARNING: No screen Mapping found for ", x); + if (!DGUSLCD_FindScreenVPMapList(target)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("WARNING: No screen Mapping found for ", target); #endif } @@ -472,13 +535,13 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, switch (var.VP) { default: return; #if HOTENDS >= 1 - case VP_T_E1_Set: + case VP_T_E0_Set: thermalManager.setTargetHotend(newvalue, 0); acceptedvalue = thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target; break; #endif #if HOTENDS >= 2 - case VP_T_E2_Set: + case VP_T_E1_Set: thermalManager.setTargetHotend(newvalue, 1); acceptedvalue = thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target; break; @@ -502,11 +565,11 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, voi uint8_t target_extruder; switch (var.VP) { default: return; - #if (HOTENDS >= 1) - case VP_Flowrate_E1: target_extruder = 0; break; + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + case VP_Flowrate_E0: target_extruder = 0; break; #endif - #if (HOTENDS >= 2) - case VP_Flowrate_E2: target_extruder = 1; break; + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + case VP_Flowrate_E1: target_extruder = 1; break; #endif } @@ -519,18 +582,18 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, voi } void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleManualMove"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleManualExtrude"); int16_t movevalue = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); float target = movevalue * 0.01f; ExtUI::extruder_t target_extruder; switch (var.VP) { - #if HOTENDS >=1 - case VP_MOVE_E1: target_extruder = ExtUI::extruder_t::E0; break; + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + case VP_MOVE_E0: target_extruder = ExtUI::extruder_t::E0; break; #endif - #if HOTENDS >=2 - case VP_MOVE_E2: target_extruder = ExtUI::extruder_t::E1; break + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + case VP_MOVE_E1: target_extruder = ExtUI::extruder_t::E1; break #endif default: return; } @@ -540,14 +603,27 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void skipVP = var.VP; } +#if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMoveOption(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleManualMoveOption"); + *(uint16_t*)var.memadr = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + } +#endif + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleManualMove"); int16_t movevalue = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + const uint16_t choice = *(uint16_t*)var.memadr; + movevalue = movevalue > 0 ? choice : -choice; + #endif char axiscode; unsigned int speed = 1500; //FIXME: get default feedrate for manual moves, dont hardcode. switch (var.VP) { + default: return; + case VP_MOVE_X: axiscode = 'X'; if (!ExtUI::canMove(ExtUI::axis_t::X)) goto cannotmove; @@ -568,8 +644,6 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *va axiscode = '\0'; movevalue = 0; // ignore value sent from display, this VP is _ONLY_ for homing. break; - - default: return; } if (!movevalue) { @@ -578,7 +652,7 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *va char buf[6] = "G28 X"; buf[4] = axiscode; //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" ", buf); - while (!enqueue_and_echo_command(buf)) idle(); + queue.enqueue_one_now(buf); //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(" ✓"); ScreenHandler.ForceCompleteUpdate(); return; @@ -589,7 +663,7 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *va bool old_relative_mode = relative_mode; if (!relative_mode) { //DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" G91"); - while (!enqueue_and_echo_command("G91")) idle(); + queue.enqueue_now_P(PSTR("G91")); //DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" ✓ "); } char buf[32]; // G1 X9999.99 F12345 @@ -600,18 +674,18 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *va int16_t fraction = ABS(movevalue) % 100; snprintf_P(buf, 32, PSTR("G0 %c%s%d.%02d F%d"), axiscode, sign, value, fraction, speed); //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" ", buf); - while (!enqueue_and_echo_command(buf)) idle(); + queue.enqueue_one_now(buf); //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(" ✓ "); if (backup_speed != speed) { snprintf_P(buf, 32, PSTR("G0 F%d"), backup_speed); - while (!enqueue_and_echo_command(buf)) idle(); + queue.enqueue_one_now(buf); //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" ", buf); } //while (!enqueue_and_echo_command(buf)) idle(); //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(" ✓ "); if (!old_relative_mode) { //DEBUG_ECHOPGM("G90"); - while (!enqueue_and_echo_command("G90")) idle(); + queue.enqueue_now_P(PSTR("G90")); //DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" ✓ "); } } @@ -625,6 +699,390 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *va return; } +void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleMotorLockUnlock(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleMotorLockUnlock"); + + char buf[4]; + const int16_t lock = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + strcpy_P(buf, lock ? PSTR("M18") : PSTR("M17")); + + //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" ", buf); + queue.enqueue_one_now(buf); +} + +#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePowerLossRecovery(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + uint16_t value = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + if (value) { + queue.inject_P(PSTR("M1000")); + ScreenHandler.GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION); + } + else { + recovery.cancel(); + ScreenHandler.GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS); + } + } + +#endif + +void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleSettings(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleSettings"); + uint16_t value = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + switch (value) { + default: break; + case 1: + #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + print_job_timer.initStats(); + #endif + queue.enqueue_now_P(PSTR("M502\nM500")); + break; + case 2: queue.enqueue_now_P(PSTR("M501")); break; + case 3: queue.enqueue_now_P(PSTR("M500")); break; + } +} + +void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleStepPerMMChanged"); + + uint16_t value_raw = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("value_raw:", value_raw); + float value = (float)value_raw/10; + ExtUI::axis_t axis; + switch (var.VP) { + case VP_X_STEP_PER_MM: axis = ExtUI::axis_t::X; break; + case VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM: axis = ExtUI::axis_t::Y; break; + case VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM: axis = ExtUI::axis_t::Z; break; + default: return; + } + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F("value:", value); + ExtUI::setAxisSteps_per_mm(value, axis); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F("value_set:", ExtUI::getAxisSteps_per_mm(axis)); + ScreenHandler.skipVP = var.VP; // don't overwrite value the next update time as the display might autoincrement in parallel + return; +} + +void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged"); + + uint16_t value_raw = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("value_raw:", value_raw); + float value = (float)value_raw/10; + ExtUI::extruder_t extruder; + switch (var.VP) { + default: return; + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + case VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM: extruder = ExtUI::extruder_t::E0; break; + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + case VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM: extruder = ExtUI::extruder_t::E1; break; + #endif + } + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F("value:", value); + ExtUI::setAxisSteps_per_mm(value,extruder); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F("value_set:", ExtUI::getAxisSteps_per_mm(extruder)); + ScreenHandler.skipVP = var.VP; // don't overwrite value the next update time as the display might autoincrement in parallel + return; +} + +#if HAS_PID_HEATING + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + uint16_t rawvalue = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("V1:", rawvalue); + float value = (float)rawvalue / 10; + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("V2:", value); + float newvalue = 0; + + switch (var.VP) { + default: return; + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + case VP_E0_PID_P: newvalue = value; break; + case VP_E0_PID_I: newvalue = scalePID_i(value); break; + case VP_E0_PID_D: newvalue = scalePID_d(value); break; + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + case VP_E1_PID_P: newvalue = value; break; + case VP_E1_PID_I: newvalue = scalePID_i(value); break; + case VP_E1_PID_D: newvalue = scalePID_d(value); break; + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + case VP_BED_PID_P: newvalue = value; break; + case VP_BED_PID_I: newvalue = scalePID_i(value); break; + case VP_BED_PID_D: newvalue = scalePID_d(value); break; + #endif + } + + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F("V3:", newvalue); + *(float *)var.memadr = newvalue; + ScreenHandler.skipVP = var.VP; // don't overwrite value the next update time as the display might autoincrement in parallel + } + + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePIDAutotune(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandlePIDAutotune"); + + char buf[32] = {0}; + + switch (var.VP) { + default: break; + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + case VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E0: // Autotune Extruder 0 + sprintf(buf, "M303 E%d C5 S210 U1", ExtUI::extruder_t::E0); + break; + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + case VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E1: + sprintf(buf, "M303 E%d C5 S210 U1", ExtUI::extruder_t::E1); + break; + #endif + #endif + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + case VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_BED: + sprintf(buf, "M303 E-1 C5 S70 U1"); + break; + #endif + } + + if (buf[0]) queue.enqueue_one_now(buf); + + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + sendinfoscreen(PSTR("PID is autotuning"), PSTR("please wait"), NUL_STR, NUL_STR, true, true, true, true); + GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_WAITING); + #endif + } +#endif + +void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleProbeOffsetZChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleProbeOffsetZChanged"); + + const float offset = float(int16_t(swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr))) / 100.0f; + ExtUI::setZOffset_mm(offset); + ScreenHandler.skipVP = var.VP; // don't overwrite value the next update time as the display might autoincrement in parallel + return; +} + +#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleLiveAdjustZ(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleLiveAdjustZ"); + + int16_t flag = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + int16_t steps = flag ? -20 : 20; + ExtUI::smartAdjustAxis_steps(steps, ExtUI::axis_t::Z, true); + ScreenHandler.ForceCompleteUpdate(); + return; + } +#endif + +#if FAN_COUNT + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFanControl(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleFanControl"); + *(uint8_t*)var.memadr = *(uint8_t*)var.memadr > 0 ? 0 : 255; + } +#endif + +void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleHeaterControl"); + + uint8_t preheat_temp = 0; + switch (var.VP) { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + case VP_E0_CONTROL: + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + case VP_E1_CONTROL: + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 3 + case VP_E2_CONTROL: + #endif + preheat_temp = PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND; + break; + + case VP_BED_CONTROL: + preheat_temp = PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED; + break; + } + + *(int16_t*)var.memadr = *(int16_t*)var.memadr > 0 ? 0 : preheat_temp; +} + +#if ENABLED(DGUS_PREHEAT_UI) + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePreheat(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandlePreheat"); + + uint8_t e_temp = 0; + uint8_t bed_temp = 0; + const uint16_t preheat_option = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + switch (preheat_option) { + case 0: // Preheat PLA + #if defined(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) && defined(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) + e_temp = PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND; + bed_temp = PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED; + #endif + break; + case 1: // Preheat ABS + #if defined(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) && defined(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) + e_temp = PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND; + bed_temp = PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED; + #endif + break; + case 2: // Preheat PET + #if defined(PREHEAT_3_TEMP_HOTEND) && defined(PREHEAT_3_TEMP_BED) + e_temp = PREHEAT_3_TEMP_HOTEND; + bed_temp = PREHEAT_3_TEMP_BED; + #endif + break; + case 3: // Preheat FLEX + #if defined(PREHEAT_4_TEMP_HOTEND) && defined(PREHEAT_4_TEMP_BED) + e_temp = PREHEAT_4_TEMP_HOTEND; + bed_temp = PREHEAT_4_TEMP_BED; + #endif + break; + case 7: // Custom preheat + break; + case 9: // Cool down + e_temp = 0; + bed_temp = 0; + break; + default: + #if defined(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) && defined(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) + e_temp = PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND; + bed_temp = PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED; + #endif + break; + } + + switch (var.VP) { + default: return; + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + case VP_E0_BED_PREHEAT: + thermalManager.setTargetHotend(e_temp, 0); + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + thermalManager.setTargetBed(bed_temp); + #endif + break; + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + case VP_E1_BED_PREHEAT: + thermalManager.setTargetHotend(e_temp, 1); + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + thermalManager.setTargetBed(bed_temp); + #endif + break; + #endif + } + + // Go to the preheat screen to show the heating progress + GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PREHEAT); + } +#endif + +#if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentOption(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleFilamentOption"); + + uint8_t e_temp = 0; + filament_data.heated = false; + uint16_t preheat_option = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + if (preheat_option <= 8) // Load filament type + filament_data.action = 1; + else if (preheat_option >= 10) { // Unload filament type + preheat_option -= 10; + filament_data.action = 2; + filament_data.purge_length = DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH; + } + else // Cancel filament operation + filament_data.action = 0; + + switch (preheat_option) { + case 0: // Load PLA + #ifdef PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND + e_temp = PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND; + #endif + break; + case 1: // Load ABS + #if ENABLED(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) + e_temp = PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND; + #endif + break; + case 2: // Load PET + #ifdef PREHEAT_3_TEMP_HOTEND + e_temp = PREHEAT_3_TEMP_HOTEND; + #endif + break; + case 3: // Load FLEX + #ifdef PREHEAT_4_TEMP_HOTEND + e_temp = PREHEAT_4_TEMP_HOTEND; + #endif + break; + case 9: // Cool down + default: + e_temp = 0; + break; + } + + if (filament_data.action == 0) { // Go back to utility screen + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + thermalManager.setTargetHotend(e_temp, ExtUI::extruder_t::E0); + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + thermalManager.setTargetHotend(e_temp, ExtUI::extruder_t::E1); + #endif + GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_UTILITY); + } + else { // Go to the preheat screen to show the heating progress + switch (var.VP) { + default: return; + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + case VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD: + filament_data.extruder = ExtUI::extruder_t::E0; + thermalManager.setTargetHotend(e_temp, filament_data.extruder); + break; + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + case VP_E1_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD: + filament_data.extruder = ExtUI::extruder_t::E1; + thermalManager.setTargetHotend(e_temp, filament_data.extruder); + break; + #endif + } + GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_HEATING); + } + } + + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentLoadUnload(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleFilamentLoadUnload"); + if (filament_data.action <= 0) return; + + // If we close to the target temperature, we can start load or unload the filament + if (thermalManager.hotEnoughToExtrude(filament_data.extruder) && \ + thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(filament_data.extruder)) { + float movevalue = DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME; + + if (filament_data.action == 1) { // load filament + if (!filament_data.heated) { + GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_LOADING); + filament_data.heated = true; + } + movevalue = ExtUI::getAxisPosition_mm(filament_data.extruder)+movevalue; + } + else { // unload filament + if (!filament_data.heated) { + GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_UNLOADING); + filament_data.heated = true; + } + // Before unloading extrude to prevent jamming + if (filament_data.purge_length >= 0) { + movevalue = ExtUI::getAxisPosition_mm(filament_data.extruder) + movevalue; + filament_data.purge_length -= movevalue; + } + else + movevalue = ExtUI::getAxisPosition_mm(filament_data.extruder) - movevalue; + } + ExtUI::setAxisPosition_mm(movevalue, filament_data.extruder); + } + } +#endif + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::UpdateNewScreen(DGUSLCD_Screens newscreen, bool popup) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("SetNewScreen: ", newscreen); @@ -655,7 +1113,7 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::UpdateScreenVPData() { return; // nothing to do, likely a bug or boring screen. } - // Round-Robbin updating of all VPs. + // Round-robin updating of all VPs. VPList += update_ptr; bool sent_one = false; @@ -669,15 +1127,12 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::UpdateScreenVPData() { return; // Screen completed. } - if (VP == skipVP) { - skipVP = 0; - continue; - } + if (VP == skipVP) { skipVP = 0; continue; } DGUS_VP_Variable rcpy; if (populate_VPVar(VP, &rcpy)) { uint8_t expected_tx = 6 + rcpy.size; // expected overhead is 6 bytes + payload. - // Send the VP to the display, but try to avoid overruning the Tx Buffer. + // Send the VP to the display, but try to avoid overrunning the Tx Buffer. // But send at least one VP, to avoid getting stalled. if (rcpy.send_to_display_handler && (!sent_one || expected_tx <= dgusdisplay.GetFreeTxBuffer())) { //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" calling handler for ", rcpy.VP); @@ -697,7 +1152,7 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::UpdateScreenVPData() { } void DGUSDisplay::loop() { - // protection against recursion… ProcessRx() might call indirectly idle() when trying to injecting gcode commands if the queue is full. + // protect against recursion… ProcessRx() may indirectly call idle() when injecting gcode commands. if (!no_reentrance) { no_reentrance = true; ProcessRx(); @@ -706,18 +1161,25 @@ void DGUSDisplay::loop() { } void DGUSDisplay::InitDisplay() { - RequestScreen( - #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT - #else - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN + dgusserial.begin(DGUS_BAUDRATE); + + if (true + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + && !recovery.valid() #endif - ); + ) + RequestScreen( + #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT + #else + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN + #endif + ); } void DGUSDisplay::WriteVariable(uint16_t adr, const void* values, uint8_t valueslen, bool isstr) { const char* myvalues = static_cast(values); - bool strend = myvalues ? false : true; + bool strend = !myvalues; WriteHeader(adr, DGUS_CMD_WRITEVAR, valueslen); while (valueslen--) { char x; @@ -732,7 +1194,7 @@ void DGUSDisplay::WriteVariable(uint16_t adr, const void* values, uint8_t values void DGUSDisplay::WriteVariablePGM(uint16_t adr, const void* values, uint8_t valueslen, bool isstr) { const char* myvalues = static_cast(values); - bool strend = myvalues ? false : true; + bool strend = !myvalues; WriteHeader(adr, DGUS_CMD_WRITEVAR, valueslen); while (valueslen--) { char x; @@ -763,6 +1225,9 @@ bool DGUSScreenVariableHandler::loop() { #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) static bool booted = false; + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + if (!booted && recovery.valid()) booted = true; + #endif if (!booted && ELAPSED(ms, BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT)) { booted = true; GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN); @@ -779,13 +1244,16 @@ void DGUSDisplay::RequestScreen(DGUSLCD_Screens screen) { void DGUSDisplay::ProcessRx() { - if (!dgusserial.available() && dgusserial.is_rx_overrun()) { - // if we've got an overrun, but reset the flag only when we've emptied the buffer - // We want to extract as many as valid datagrams possible... - DEBUG_ECHOPGM("OVFL"); - rx_datagram_state = DGUS_IDLE; - dgusserial.reset_rx_overun(); - } + #if ENABLED(DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS) + if (!dgusserial.available() && dgusserial.buffer_overruns()) { + // Overrun, but reset the flag only when the buffer is empty + // We want to extract as many as valid datagrams possible... + DEBUG_ECHOPGM("OVFL"); + rx_datagram_state = DGUS_IDLE; + //dgusserial.reset_rx_overun(); + dgusserial.flush(); + } + #endif uint8_t receivedbyte; while (dgusserial.available()) { @@ -805,8 +1273,7 @@ void DGUSDisplay::ProcessRx() { case DGUS_HEADER2_SEEN: // Waiting for the length byte rx_datagram_len = dgusserial.read(); - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" (", rx_datagram_len); - DEBUG_ECHOPGM(") "); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" (", rx_datagram_len, ") "); // Telegram min len is 3 (command and one word of payload) rx_datagram_state = WITHIN(rx_datagram_len, 3, DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE) ? DGUS_WAIT_TELEGRAM : DGUS_IDLE; @@ -849,11 +1316,8 @@ void DGUSDisplay::ProcessRx() { //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" vp=", vp, " dlen=", dlen); DGUS_VP_Variable ramcopy; if (populate_VPVar(vp, &ramcopy)) { - if (!(dlen == ramcopy.size || (dlen == 2 && ramcopy.size == 1))) - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("SIZE MISMATCH"); - else if (ramcopy.set_by_display_handler) { + if (ramcopy.set_by_display_handler) ramcopy.set_by_display_handler(ramcopy, &tmp[3]); - } else DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(" VPVar found, no handler."); } @@ -864,13 +1328,13 @@ void DGUSDisplay::ProcessRx() { break; } - // discard what we do not understand. + // discard anything else rx_datagram_state = DGUS_IDLE; } } } -size_t DGUSDisplay::GetFreeTxBuffer() { return dgusserial.GetTxBufferFree(); } +size_t DGUSDisplay::GetFreeTxBuffer() { return DGUS_SERIAL_GET_TX_BUFFER_FREE(); } void DGUSDisplay::WriteHeader(uint16_t adr, uint8_t cmd, uint8_t payloadlen) { dgusserial.write(DGUS_HEADER1); @@ -885,210 +1349,7 @@ void DGUSDisplay::WritePGM(const char str[], uint8_t len) { while (len--) dgusserial.write(pgm_read_byte(str++)); } -// Serial implementation stolen from MarlinSerial.cpp -- but functinality reduced to our use case -// (no XON/XOFF, no Emergency Parser, no error statistics, no support to send from interrupts ...) - -// Define all UART registers -#define _TNAME(X,Y,Z) X##Y##Z -#define TNAME(X,Y,Z) _TNAME(X,Y,Z) -#define DGUS_SERIAL_RX_VECT TNAME(USART,DGUS_SER_PORT,_RX_vect) -#define DGUS_SERIAL_UDRE_VECT TNAME(USART,DGUS_SER_PORT,_UDRE_vect) -#define DGUS_UCSRxA TNAME(UCSR,DGUS_SER_PORT,A) -#define DGUS_UCSRxB TNAME(UCSR,DGUS_SER_PORT,B) -#define DGUS_UCSRxC TNAME(UCSR,DGUS_SER_PORT,C) -#define DGUS_UBRRxH TNAME(UBRR,DGUS_SER_PORT,H) -#define DGUS_UBRRxL TNAME(UBRR,DGUS_SER_PORT,L) -#define DGUS_UDRx TNAME(UDR,DGUS_SER_PORT,) - -#define U2Xx TNAME(U2X,DGUS_SER_PORT,) -#define RXENx TNAME(RXEN,DGUS_SER_PORT,) -#define TXENx TNAME(TXEN,DGUS_SER_PORT,) -#define TXCx TNAME(TXC,DGUS_SER_PORT,) -#define RXCIEx TNAME(RXCIE,DGUS_SER_PORT,) -#define UDRIEx TNAME(UDRIE,DGUS_SER_PORT,) -#define UDREx TNAME(UDRE,DGUS_SER_PORT,) - // A SW memory barrier, to ensure GCC does not overoptimize loops #define sw_barrier() asm volatile("": : :"memory"); -DGUSSerial::DGUSSerial() { - // Initialize UART - DGUS_UCSRxA = 1 << U2Xx; - const uint16_t baud_setting = (F_CPU / 4 / DGUS_BAUDRATE - 1) / 2; - DGUS_UBRRxH = baud_setting >> 8; - DGUS_UBRRxL = baud_setting; - DGUS_UCSRxC = 0x06; - DGUS_UCSRxB = 1 << RXCIEx | 1 << TXENx | 1 << RXENx; // Enable TX,RX and the RX interrupts. -} - -DGUSSerial::~DGUSSerial() { DGUS_UCSRxB = 0; } - -// "Atomically" read the RX head index value without disabling interrupts: -// This MUST be called with RX interrupts enabled, and CAN'T be called -// from the RX ISR itself! -FORCE_INLINE r_ring_buffer_pos_t DGUSSerial::atomic_read_rx_head() { - #if RX_BUFFER_SIZE > 256 - // Keep reading until 2 consecutive reads return the same value, - // meaning there was no update in-between caused by an interrupt. - // This works because serial RX interrupts happen at a slower rate - // than successive reads of a variable, so 2 consecutive reads with - // the same value means no interrupt updated it. - r_ring_buffer_pos_t vold, vnew = rx_buffer.head; - sw_barrier(); - do { - vold = vnew; - vnew = rx_buffer.head; - sw_barrier(); - } while (vold != vnew); - return vnew; - #else - // With an 8bit index, reads are always atomic. No need for special handling - return rx_buffer.head; - #endif -} - -// Set RX tail index, taking into account the RX ISR could interrupt -// the write to this variable in the middle - So a backup strategy -// is used to ensure reads of the correct values. -// -Must NOT be called from the RX ISR - -FORCE_INLINE void DGUSSerial::atomic_set_rx_tail(r_ring_buffer_pos_t value) { - #if RX_BUFFER_SIZE > 256 - // Store the new value in the backup - rx_tail_value_backup = value; - sw_barrier(); - // Flag we are about to change the true value - rx_tail_value_not_stable = true; - sw_barrier(); - // Store the new value - rx_buffer.tail = value; - sw_barrier(); - // Signal the new value is completely stored into the value - rx_tail_value_not_stable = false; - sw_barrier(); - #else - rx_buffer.tail = value; - #endif -} - -// Get the RX tail index, taking into account the read could be -// interrupting in the middle of the update of that index value -// -Called from the RX ISR - -FORCE_INLINE r_ring_buffer_pos_t DGUSSerial::atomic_read_rx_tail() { - #if RX_BUFFER_SIZE > 256 - // If the true index is being modified, return the backup value - if (rx_tail_value_not_stable) return rx_tail_value_backup; - #endif - // The true index is stable, return it - return rx_buffer.tail; -} - -// (called with RX interrupts disabled) -FORCE_INLINE void DGUSSerial::store_rxd_char() { - // Get the tail - Nothing can alter its value while this ISR is executing, but there's - // a chance that this ISR interrupted the main process while it was updating the index. - // The backup mechanism ensures the correct value is always returned. - const r_ring_buffer_pos_t t = atomic_read_rx_tail(); - - // Get the head pointer - This ISR is the only one that modifies its value, so it's safe to read here - r_ring_buffer_pos_t h = rx_buffer.head; - - // Get the next element - r_ring_buffer_pos_t i = (r_ring_buffer_pos_t) (h + 1) & (r_ring_buffer_pos_t) (DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE - 1); - - // Read the character from the USART - uint8_t c = DGUS_UDRx; - - // If the character is to be stored at the index just before the tail - // (such that the head would advance to the current tail), the RX FIFO is - // full, so don't write the character or advance the head. - if (i != t) { - rx_buffer.buffer[h] = c; - h = i; - } - else - dgus_rx_overrun = true; - - // Store the new head value - The main loop will retry until the value is stable - rx_buffer.head = h; -} - -// (called with TX irqs disabled) -FORCE_INLINE void DGUSSerial::tx_udr_empty_irq() { - // Read positions - uint8_t t = tx_buffer.tail; - const uint8_t h = tx_buffer.head; - // If nothing to transmit, just disable TX interrupts. This could - // happen as the result of the non atomicity of the disabling of RX - // interrupts that could end reenabling TX interrupts as a side effect. - if (h == t) { - CBI(DGUS_UCSRxB, UDRIEx); // (Non-atomic, could be reenabled by the main program, but eventually this will succeed) - return; - } - - // There is something to TX, Send the next byte - const uint8_t c = tx_buffer.buffer[t]; - t = (t + 1) & (DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE - 1); - DGUS_UDRx = c; - tx_buffer.tail = t; - - // Clear the TXC bit (by writing a one to its bit location). - // Ensures flush() won't return until the bytes are actually written/ - SBI(DGUS_UCSRxA, TXCx); - - // Disable interrupts if there is nothing to transmit following this byte - if (h == t) CBI(DGUS_UCSRxB, UDRIEx); -} - -r_ring_buffer_pos_t DGUSSerial::available() { - const r_ring_buffer_pos_t h = atomic_read_rx_head(), t = rx_buffer.tail; - return (r_ring_buffer_pos_t) (DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE + h - t) & (DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE - 1); -} - -int DGUSSerial::read() { - const r_ring_buffer_pos_t h = atomic_read_rx_head(); - - // Read the tail. Main thread owns it, so it is safe to directly read it - r_ring_buffer_pos_t t = rx_buffer.tail; - - // If nothing to read, return now - if (h == t) return -1; - - // Get the next char - const int v = rx_buffer.buffer[t]; - t = (r_ring_buffer_pos_t) (t + 1) & (DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE - 1); - - // Advance tail - Making sure the RX ISR will always get an stable value, even - // if it interrupts the writing of the value of that variable in the middle. - atomic_set_rx_tail(t); - return v; -} - -void DGUSSerial::write(const uint8_t c) { - // are we currently tranmitting? If not, we can just place the byte in UDR. - if (!TEST(DGUS_UCSRxB, UDRIEx) && TEST(DGUS_UCSRxA, UDREx)) { - DGUS_UDRx = c; - SBI(DGUS_UCSRxA, TXCx); - return; - } - - const uint8_t i = (tx_buffer.head + 1) & (DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE - 1); - while (i == tx_buffer.tail) sw_barrier(); - - // Store new char. head is always safe to move - tx_buffer.buffer[tx_buffer.head] = c; - tx_buffer.head = i; - SBI(DGUS_UCSRxB, UDRIEx); // Enable Interrupts to finish off. -} - -t_ring_buffer_pos_t DGUSSerial::GetTxBufferFree() { - const t_ring_buffer_pos_t t = tx_buffer.tail, // next byte to send. - h = tx_buffer.head; // next pos for queue. - int ret = t - h - 1; - if (ret < 0) ret += DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE + 1; - return ret; -} - -ISR(DGUS_SERIAL_UDRE_VECT) { dgusserial.tx_udr_empty_irq(); } -ISR(DGUS_SERIAL_RX_VECT) { dgusserial.store_rxd_char(); } - -#endif // DGUS_LCD +#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.h similarity index 73% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.h index 46d451a1d9..00e626adc9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,7 +25,10 @@ #include "../../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#include "../../../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../../../MarlinCore.h" +#if HAS_BED_PROBE + #include "../../../../module/probe.h" +#endif #include "DGUSVPVariable.h" enum DGUSLCD_Screens : uint8_t; @@ -116,10 +119,54 @@ public: static void HandleTemperatureChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); // Hook for "Change Flowrate" static void HandleFlowRateChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + // Hook for manual move option + static void HandleManualMoveOption(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #endif // Hook for manual move. static void HandleManualMove(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); // Hook for manual extrude. static void HandleManualExtrude(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + // Hook for motor lock and unlook + static void HandleMotorLockUnlock(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + // Hook for power loss recovery. + static void HandlePowerLossRecovery(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #endif + // Hook for settings + static void HandleSettings(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + static void HandleStepPerMMChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + static void HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #if HAS_PID_HEATING + // Hook for "Change this temperature PID para" + static void HandleTemperaturePIDChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + // Hook for PID autotune + static void HandlePIDAutotune(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #endif + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + // Hook for "Change probe offset z" + static void HandleProbeOffsetZChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #endif + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + // Hook for live z adjust action + static void HandleLiveAdjustZ(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + // Hook for fan control + static void HandleFanControl(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #endif + // Hook for heater control + static void HandleHeaterControl(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #if ENABLED(DGUS_PREHEAT_UI) + // Hook for preheat + static void HandlePreheat(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #endif + #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + // Hook for filament load and unload filament option + static void HandleFilamentOption(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + // Hook for filament load and unload + static void HandleFilamentLoadUnload(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); + #endif #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) // Callback for VP "Display wants to change screen when there is a SD card" @@ -134,6 +181,8 @@ public: static void DGUSLCD_SD_ResumePauseAbort(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); /// User confirmed the abort action static void DGUSLCD_SD_ReallyAbort(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + /// User hit the tune button + static void DGUSLCD_SD_PrintTune(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); /// Send a single filename to the display. static void DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); /// Marlin informed us that a new SD has been inserted. @@ -164,8 +213,21 @@ public: static void DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); static void DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); static void DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); + static void DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); static void DGUSLCD_SendPercentageToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); + static void DGUSLCD_SendPrintProgressToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); static void DGUSLCD_SendPrintTimeToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); + #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + static void DGUSLCD_SendPrintAccTimeToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); + static void DGUSLCD_SendPrintsTotalToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + static void DGUSLCD_SendFanStatusToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); + #endif + static void DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + static void DGUSLCD_SendWaitingStatusToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); + #endif /// Send a value from 0..100 to a variable with a range from 0..255 static void DGUSLCD_PercentageToUint8(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); @@ -175,7 +237,7 @@ public: if (!var.memadr) return; union { unsigned char tmp[sizeof(T)]; T t; } x; unsigned char *ptr = (unsigned char*)val_ptr; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < sizeof(T); i++) x.tmp[i] = ptr[sizeof(T) - i - 1]; + LOOP_L_N(i, sizeof(T)) x.tmp[i] = ptr[sizeof(T) - i - 1]; *(T*)var.memadr = x.t; } @@ -199,6 +261,25 @@ public: } } + /// Send a float value to the display. + /// Display will get a 2-byte integer scaled to the number of digits: + /// Tell the display the number of digits and it cheats by displaying a dot between... + template + static void DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { + if (var.memadr) { + float f = *(float *)var.memadr; + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F(" >> ", f, 6); + f *= cpow(10, decimals); + union { int16_t i; char lb[2]; } endian; + + char tmp[2]; + endian.i = f; + tmp[0] = endian.lb[1]; + tmp[1] = endian.lb[0]; + dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(var.VP, tmp, 2); + } + } + /// Force an update of all VP on the current screen. static inline void ForceCompleteUpdate() { update_ptr = 0; ScreenComplete = false; } /// Has all VPs sent to the screen diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDef.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDef.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7af1ffefa7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDef.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/* DGUS implementation written by coldtobi in 2019 for Marlin */ + +#include "DGUSVPVariable.h" + +// This file defines the interaction between Marlin and the display firmware. + +// information on which screen which VP is displayed +// As this is a sparse table, two arrays are needed: +// one to list the VPs of one screen and one to map screens to the lists. +// (Strictly this would not be necessary, but allows to only send data the display needs and reducing load on Marlin) +struct VPMapping { + const uint8_t screen; + const uint16_t *VPList; // The list is null-terminated. +}; + +extern const struct VPMapping VPMap[]; + +// List of VPs handled by Marlin / The Display. +extern const struct DGUS_VP_Variable ListOfVP[]; + +#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN) + #include "origin/DGUSDisplayDef.h" +#elif ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC) + #include "fysetc/DGUSDisplayDef.h" +#elif ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) + #include "hiprecy/DGUSDisplayDef.h" +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSVPVariable.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/DGUSVPVariable.h similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSVPVariable.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/DGUSVPVariable.h index 8a2172f554..30555bbb9f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSVPVariable.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/DGUSVPVariable.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/fysetc/DGUSDisplayDef.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/fysetc/DGUSDisplayDef.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..49d89948ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/fysetc/DGUSDisplayDef.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,483 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/* DGUS VPs changed by George Fu in 2019 for Marlin */ + +#include "../../../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + +#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC) + +#include "../DGUSDisplayDef.h" +#include "../DGUSDisplay.h" + +#include "../../../../../module/temperature.h" +#include "../../../../../module/motion.h" +#include "../../../../../module/planner.h" + +#include "../../../ui_api.h" +#include "../../../../ultralcd.h" + +#if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + uint16_t distanceToMove = 0.1; +#endif + +const uint16_t VPList_Boot[] PROGMEM = { + VP_MARLIN_VERSION, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Main[] PROGMEM = { + /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded. */ + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, VP_E0_STATUS, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, VP_BED_STATUS, + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + VP_Fan0_Percentage, VP_FAN0_STATUS, + #endif + VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos, + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, + #if ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Temp[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Status[] PROGMEM = { + /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded */ + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + #endif + VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos, + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Status2[] PROGMEM = { + /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded */ + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_Flowrate_E0, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_Flowrate_E1, + #endif + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, + VP_PrintTime, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Preheat[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_ManualMove[] PROGMEM = { + VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_ManualExtrude[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + VP_EPos, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_FanAndFeedrate[] PROGMEM = { + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, VP_Fan0_Percentage, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SD_FlowRates[] PROGMEM = { + VP_Flowrate_E0, VP_Flowrate_E1, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Filament_heating[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + VP_E1_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Filament_load_unload[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_E1_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SDFileList[] PROGMEM = { + VP_SD_FileName0, VP_SD_FileName1, VP_SD_FileName2, VP_SD_FileName3, VP_SD_FileName4, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SD_PrintManipulation[] PROGMEM = { + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, VP_PrintTime, + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + #if FAN_COUNT > 1 + VP_Fan1_Percentage, + #endif + #endif + VP_Flowrate_E0, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SDPrintTune[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, VP_Flowrate_E0, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, VP_Flowrate_E1, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, + VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_StepPerMM[] PROGMEM = { + VP_X_STEP_PER_MM, + VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM, + VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM, + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_PIDE0[] PROGMEM = { + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VP_E0_PID_P, + VP_E0_PID_I, + VP_E0_PID_D, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_PIDBED[] PROGMEM = { + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VP_BED_PID_P, + VP_BED_PID_I, + VP_BED_PID_D, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Infos[] PROGMEM = { + VP_MARLIN_VERSION, + VP_PrintTime, + #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + VP_PrintAccTime, + VP_PrintsTotal, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_PIDTuningWaiting[] PROGMEM = { + VP_WAITING_STATUS, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_FLCPreheat[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_FLCPrinting[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Z_Offset[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const struct VPMapping VPMap[] PROGMEM = { + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT, VPList_Boot }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN, VPList_Main }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_TEMPERATURE, VPList_Temp }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS, VPList_Status }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS2, VPList_Status2 }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PREHEAT, VPList_Preheat }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALMOVE, VPList_ManualMove }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALEXTRUDE, VPList_ManualExtrude }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_HEATING, VPList_Filament_heating }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_LOADING, VPList_Filament_load_unload }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_UNLOADING, VPList_Filament_load_unload }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION, VPList_SD_PrintManipulation }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDFILELIST, VPList_SDFileList }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTTUNE, VPList_SDPrintTune }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_WAITING, VPList_PIDTuningWaiting }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLC_PREHEAT, VPList_FLCPreheat }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLC_PRINTING, VPList_FLCPrinting }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_Z_OFFSET, VPList_Z_Offset }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STEPPERMM, VPList_StepPerMM }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PID_E, VPList_PIDE0 }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PID_BED, VPList_PIDBED }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_INFOS, VPList_Infos }, + { 0 , nullptr } // List is terminated with an nullptr as table entry. +}; + +const char MarlinVersion[] PROGMEM = SHORT_BUILD_VERSION; + +// Helper to define a DGUS_VP_Variable for common use cases. +#define VPHELPER(VPADR, VPADRVAR, RXFPTR, TXFPTR ) { .VP=VPADR, .memadr=VPADRVAR, .size=sizeof(VPADRVAR), \ + .set_by_display_handler = RXFPTR, .send_to_display_handler = TXFPTR } + +// Helper to define a DGUS_VP_Variable when the sizeo of the var cannot be determined automaticalyl (eg. a string) +#define VPHELPER_STR(VPADR, VPADRVAR, STRLEN, RXFPTR, TXFPTR ) { .VP=VPADR, .memadr=VPADRVAR, .size=STRLEN, \ + .set_by_display_handler = RXFPTR, .send_to_display_handler = TXFPTR } + +const struct DGUS_VP_Variable ListOfVP[] PROGMEM = { + // Helper to detect touch events + VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHook, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE_ASK, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfIdle, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE_WHENSD, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfSD, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_CONFIRMED, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenConfirmedOK, nullptr), + + VPHELPER(VP_TEMP_ALL_OFF, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleAllHeatersOff, nullptr), + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_OPTION, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMoveOption, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_X, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Y, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Z, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_HOME_ALL, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + #else + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_X, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Y, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Z, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_HOME_ALL, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + #endif + VPHELPER(VP_MOTOR_LOCK_UNLOK, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleMotorLockUnlock, nullptr), + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + VPHELPER(VP_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePowerLossRecovery, nullptr), + #endif + VPHELPER(VP_SETTINGS, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleSettings, nullptr), + #if ENABLED(SINGLE_Z_CALIBRATION) + VPHELPER(VP_Z_CALIBRATE, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleZCalibration, nullptr), + #endif + + #if ENABLED(FIRST_LAYER_CAL) + VPHELPER(VP_Z_FIRST_LAYER_CAL, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFirstLayerCal, nullptr), + #endif + + { .VP = VP_MARLIN_VERSION, .memadr = (void*)MarlinVersion, .size = VP_MARLIN_VERSION_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler =&DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + // M117 LCD String (We don't need the string in memory but "just" push it to the display on demand, hence the nullptr + { .VP = VP_M117, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_M117_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler =&DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplay }, + + // Temperature Data + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VPHELPER(VP_T_E0_Is, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].celsius, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), + VPHELPER(VP_T_E0_Set, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_Flowrate_E0, &planner.flow_percentage[ExtUI::extruder_t::E0], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_EPos, &destination.e, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_E0, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(DGUS_PREHEAT_UI) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_BED_PREHEAT, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePreheat, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_P, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Kp, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_I, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Ki, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_D, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Kd, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E0, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePIDAutotune, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentOption, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentLoadUnload), + #endif + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_Is, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].celsius, nullptr, DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), + VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_Set, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_Flowrate_E1, &planner.flow_percentage[ExtUI::extruder_t::E1], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_E1, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E1_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E1_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VPHELPER(VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E1, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePIDAutotune, nullptr), + #endif + VPHELPER(VP_E1_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentOption, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentLoadUnload), + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VPHELPER(VP_T_Bed_Is, &thermalManager.temp_bed.celsius, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), + VPHELPER(VP_T_Bed_Set, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_P, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kp, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_I, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Ki, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_D, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kd, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_BED, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePIDAutotune, nullptr), + #endif + #endif + + // Fan Data + #if FAN_COUNT + #define FAN_VPHELPER(N) \ + VPHELPER(VP_Fan##N##_Percentage, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_PercentageToUint8, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPercentageToDisplay), \ + VPHELPER(VP_FAN##N##_CONTROL, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFanControl, nullptr), \ + VPHELPER(VP_FAN##N##_STATUS, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFanStatusToDisplay), + REPEAT(FAN_COUNT, FAN_VPHELPER) + #endif + + // Feedrate + VPHELPER(VP_Feedrate_Percentage, &feedrate_percentage, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SetValueDirectly, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay ), + + // Position Data + VPHELPER(VP_XPos, ¤t_position.x, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + VPHELPER(VP_YPos, ¤t_position.y, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + VPHELPER(VP_ZPos, ¤t_position.z, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + + // Print Progress + VPHELPER(VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, nullptr, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintProgressToDisplay ), + + // Print Time + VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintTime, nullptr, VP_PrintTime_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintTimeToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintAccTime, nullptr, VP_PrintAccTime_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintAccTimeToDisplay), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintsTotal, nullptr, VP_PrintsTotal_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintsTotalToDisplay), + #endif + + VPHELPER(VP_X_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[X_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + VPHELPER(VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Y_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + VPHELPER(VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Z_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VPHELPER(VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(0)], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VPHELPER(VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(1)], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #endif + + // SDCard File listing. + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + VPHELPER(VP_SD_ScrollEvent, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ScrollFilelist, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_FileSelected, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_FileSelected, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_StartPrint, nullptr), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName0, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName1, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName2, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName3, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName4, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_ResumePauseAbort, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ResumePauseAbort, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ReallyAbort, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_Setting, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_PrintTune, nullptr), + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ, &probe.offset.z, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleProbeOffsetZChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<2>), + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_LiveAdjustZ, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleLiveAdjustZ, nullptr), + #endif + #endif + #endif + + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + VPHELPER(VP_WAITING_STATUS, nullptr, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWaitingStatusToDisplay), + #endif + + // Messages for the User, shared by the popup and the kill screen. They cant be autouploaded as we do not buffer content. + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR1, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR1_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR2, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR2_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR3, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR3_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR4, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR4_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + + VPHELPER(0, 0, 0, 0) // must be last entry. +}; + +#endif // DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/fysetc/DGUSDisplayDef.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/fysetc/DGUSDisplayDef.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..309a23b9b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/fysetc/DGUSDisplayDef.h @@ -0,0 +1,291 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +enum DGUSLCD_Screens : uint8_t { + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT = 0, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN = 1, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS = 1, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS2 = 1, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_TEMPERATURE = 10, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PREHEAT = 18, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POWER_LOSS = 100, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALMOVE = 192, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_UTILITY = 120, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_HEATING = 146, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_LOADING = 148, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_UNLOADING = 158, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALEXTRUDE = 160, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDFILELIST = 71, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION = 73, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTTUNE = 75, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLC_PREHEAT = 94, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLC_PRINTING = 96, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STEPPERMM = 212, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PID_E = 214, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PID_BED = 218, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_Z_OFFSET = 222, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_INFOS = 36, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_CONFIRM = 240, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_KILL = 250, ///< Kill Screen. Must always be 250 (to be able to display "Error wrong LCD Version") + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_WAITING = 251, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POPUP = 252, ///< special target, popup screen will also return this code to say "return to previous screen" + DGUSLDC_SCREEN_UNUSED = 255 +}; + +// Display Memory layout used (T5UID) +// Except system variables this is arbitrary, just to organize stuff.... + +// 0x0000 .. 0x0FFF -- System variables and reserved by the display +// 0x1000 .. 0x1FFF -- Variables to never change location, regardless of UI Version +// 0x2000 .. 0x2FFF -- Controls (VPs that will trigger some action) +// 0x3000 .. 0x4FFF -- Marlin Data to be displayed +// 0x5000 .. -- SPs (if we want to modify display elements, e.g change color or like) -- currently unused + +// As there is plenty of space (at least most displays have >8k RAM), we do not pack them too tight, +// so that we can keep variables nicely together in the address space. + +// UI Version always on 0x1000...0x1002 so that the firmware can check this and bail out. +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_MAJOR = 0x1000; // Major -- incremented when incompatible +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_MINOR = 0x1001; // Minor -- incremented on new features, but compatible +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_PATCH = 0x1002; // Patch -- fixed which do not change functionality. +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_FLAVOUR = 0x1010; // lets reserve 16 bytes here to determine if UI is suitable for this Marlin. tbd. + +// Storage space for the Killscreen messages. 0x1100 - 0x1200 . Reused for the popup. +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR1 = 0x1100; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR1_LEN = 0x20; // might be more place for it... +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR2 = 0x1140; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR2_LEN = 0x20; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR3 = 0x1180; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR3_LEN = 0x20; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR4 = 0x11C0; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR4_LEN = 0x20; + +// Screenchange request for screens that only make sense when printer is idle. +// e.g movement is only allowed if printer is not printing. +// Marlin must confirm by setting the screen manually. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE_ASK = 0x2000; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE = 0x2001; // Key-Return button to new menu pressed. Data contains target screen in low byte and info in high byte. +constexpr uint16_t VP_TEMP_ALL_OFF = 0x2002; // Turn all heaters off. Value arbitrary ;)= +constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE_WHENSD = 0x2003; // "Print" Button touched -- go only there if there is an SD Card. + +constexpr uint16_t VP_CONFIRMED = 0x2010; // OK on confirm screen. + +// Buttons on the SD-Card File listing. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_ScrollEvent = 0x2020; // Data: 0 for "up a directory", numbers are the amount to scroll, e.g -1 one up, 1 one down +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileSelected = 0x2022; // Number of file field selected. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm = 0x2024; // (This is a virtual VP and emulated by the Confirm Screen when a file has been confirmed) + +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_ResumePauseAbort = 0x2026; // Resume(Data=0), Pause(Data=1), Abort(Data=2) SD Card prints +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed = 0x2028; // Abort print confirmation (virtual, will be injected by the confirm dialog) +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_Setting = 0x2040; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_LiveAdjustZ = 0x2050; // Data: 0 down, 1 up + +// Controls for movement (we can't use the incremental / decremental feature of the display at this feature works only with 16 bit values +// (which would limit us to 655.35mm, which is likely not a problem for common setups, but i don't want to rule out hangprinters support) +// A word about the coding: The VP will be per axis and the return code will be an signed 16 bit value in 0.01 mm resolution, telling us +// the relative travel amount t he user wants to do. So eg. if the display sends us VP=2100 with value 100, the user wants us to move X by +1 mm. +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_X = 0x2100; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_Y = 0x2102; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_Z = 0x2104; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E0 = 0x2110; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E1 = 0x2112; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E2 = 0x2114; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E3 = 0x2116; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E4 = 0x2118; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E5 = 0x211A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_HOME_ALL = 0x2120; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOTOR_LOCK_UNLOK = 0x2130; + +// Power loss recovery +constexpr uint16_t VP_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY = 0x2180; + +// Fan Control Buttons , switch between "off" and "on" +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN0_CONTROL = 0x2200; +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN1_CONTROL = 0x2202; +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN2_CONTROL = 0x2204; +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN3_CONTROL = 0x2206; + +// Heater Control Buttons , triged between "cool down" and "heat PLA" state +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_CONTROL = 0x2210; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_CONTROL = 0x2212; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_CONTROL = 0x2214; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_CONTROL = 0x2216; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_CONTROL = 0x2218; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_CONTROL = 0x221A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_CONTROL = 0x221C; + +// Preheat +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2220; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2222; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2224; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2226; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2228; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_BED_PREHEAT = 0x222A; + +// Filament load and unload +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD = 0x2300; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD = 0x2302; + +// Settings store , reset +constexpr uint16_t VP_SETTINGS = 0x2400; + +// PID autotune +constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E0 = 0x2410; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E1 = 0x2412; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E2 = 0x2414; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E3 = 0x2416; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E4 = 0x2418; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E5 = 0x241A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_BED = 0x2420; + +// Calibrate Z +constexpr uint16_t VP_Z_CALIBRATE = 0x2430; + +// First layer cal +constexpr uint16_t VP_Z_FIRST_LAYER_CAL = 0x2500; // Data: 0 - Cancel first layer cal progress, >0 filament type have loaded + +// Firmware version on the boot screen. +constexpr uint16_t VP_MARLIN_VERSION = 0x3000; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MARLIN_VERSION_LEN = 16; // there is more space on the display, if needed. + +// Place for status messages. +constexpr uint16_t VP_M117 = 0x3020; +constexpr uint8_t VP_M117_LEN = 0x20; + +// Temperatures. +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E0_Is = 0x3060; // 4 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E0_Set = 0x3062; // 2 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Is = 0x3064; // 4 Byte Integer + +// reserved to support up to 6 Extruders: +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Set = 0x3066; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Is = 0x3068; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Set = 0x306A; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Is = 0x306C; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Set = 0x306E; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Is = 0x3070; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Set = 0x3072; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Is = 0x3074; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Set = 0x3076; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Is = 0x3078; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Set = 0x307A; // 2 Byte Integer + +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_Bed_Is = 0x3080; // 4 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_Bed_Set = 0x3082; // 2 Byte Integer + +constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E0 = 0x3090; // 2 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E1 = 0x3092; // 2 Byte Integer + +// reserved for up to 6 Extruders: +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E2 = 0x3094; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E3 = 0x3096; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E4 = 0x3098; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E5 = 0x309A; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan0_Percentage = 0x3100; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan1_Percentage = 0x3102; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan2_Percentage = 0x3104; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan3_Percentage = 0x3106; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_Feedrate_Percentage = 0x3108; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) + +// Actual Position +constexpr uint16_t VP_XPos = 0x3110; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy +constexpr uint16_t VP_YPos = 0x3112; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy +constexpr uint16_t VP_ZPos = 0x3114; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy + +constexpr uint16_t VP_EPos = 0x3120; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintProgress_Percentage = 0x3130; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintTime = 0x3140; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintTime_LEN = 32; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintAccTime = 0x3160; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintAccTime_LEN = 32; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintsTotal = 0x3180; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintsTotal_LEN = 16; + +// SDCard File Listing +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName_LEN = 32; // LEN is shared for all entries. +constexpr uint16_t DGUS_SD_FILESPERSCREEN = 5; // FIXME move that info to the display and read it from there. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName0 = 0x3200; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName1 = 0x3220; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName2 = 0x3240; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName3 = 0x3260; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName4 = 0x3280; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ = 0x32A0; // +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_Filename = 0x32C0; + +// Fan status +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN0_STATUS = 0x3300; +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN1_STATUS = 0x3302; +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN2_STATUS = 0x3304; +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN3_STATUS = 0x3306; + +// Heater status +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_STATUS = 0x3310; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_STATUS = 0x3312; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_STATUS = 0x3314; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_STATUS = 0x3316; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_STATUS = 0x3318; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_STATUS = 0x331A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_STATUS = 0x331C; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_OPTION = 0x3400; + +// Step per mm +constexpr uint16_t VP_X_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3600; // at the moment , 2 byte unsigned int , 0~1638.4 +//constexpr uint16_t VP_X2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3602; +constexpr uint16_t VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3604; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Y2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3606; +constexpr uint16_t VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3608; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Z2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x360A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3610; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3612; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3614; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3616; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3618; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_STEP_PER_MM = 0x361A; + +// PIDs +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_P = 0x3700; // at the moment , 2 byte unsigned int , 0~1638.4 +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_I = 0x3702; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_D = 0x3704; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_P = 0x3710; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_I = 0x3712; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_D = 0x3714; + +// Wating screen status +constexpr uint16_t VP_WAITING_STATUS = 0x3800; + +// SPs for certain variables... +// located at 0x5000 and up +// Not used yet! +// This can be used e.g to make controls / data display invisible +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E0_Is = 0x5000; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E0_Set = 0x5010; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E1_Is = 0x5020; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_Bed_Is = 0x5030; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_Bed_Set = 0x5040; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/hiprecy/DGUSDisplayDef.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/hiprecy/DGUSDisplayDef.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5fbb307ee8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/hiprecy/DGUSDisplayDef.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,482 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/* DGUS VPs changed by George Fu in 2019 for Marlin */ + +#include "../../../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + +#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) + +#include "../DGUSDisplayDef.h" +#include "../DGUSDisplay.h" + +#include "../../../../../module/temperature.h" +#include "../../../../../module/motion.h" +#include "../../../../../module/planner.h" + +#include "../../../ui_api.h" +#include "../../../../ultralcd.h" + +#if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + uint16_t distanceToMove = 0.1; +#endif + +const uint16_t VPList_Boot[] PROGMEM = { + VP_MARLIN_VERSION, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Main[] PROGMEM = { + /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded. */ + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, VP_E0_STATUS, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, VP_BED_STATUS, + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + VP_Fan0_Percentage, VP_FAN0_STATUS, + #endif + VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos, + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, + #if ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Temp[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Status[] PROGMEM = { + /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded */ + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + #endif + VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos, + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Status2[] PROGMEM = { + /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded */ + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_Flowrate_E0, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_Flowrate_E1, + #endif + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, + VP_PrintTime, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Preheat[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_ManualMove[] PROGMEM = { + VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_ManualExtrude[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + VP_EPos, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_FanAndFeedrate[] PROGMEM = { + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, VP_Fan0_Percentage, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SD_FlowRates[] PROGMEM = { + VP_Flowrate_E0, VP_Flowrate_E1, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Filament_heating[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Filament_load_unload[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_E1_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SDFileList[] PROGMEM = { + VP_SD_FileName0, VP_SD_FileName1, VP_SD_FileName2, VP_SD_FileName3, VP_SD_FileName4, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SD_PrintManipulation[] PROGMEM = { + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, VP_PrintTime, + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + #if FAN_COUNT > 1 + VP_Fan1_Percentage, + #endif + #endif + VP_Flowrate_E0, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SDPrintTune[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + #endif + VP_Flowrate_E0, + VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_StepPerMM[] PROGMEM = { + VP_X_STEP_PER_MM, + VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM, + VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM, + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_PIDE0[] PROGMEM = { + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VP_E0_PID_P, + VP_E0_PID_I, + VP_E0_PID_D, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_PIDBED[] PROGMEM = { + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VP_BED_PID_P, + VP_BED_PID_I, + VP_BED_PID_D, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Infos[] PROGMEM = { + VP_MARLIN_VERSION, + VP_PrintTime, + #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + VP_PrintAccTime, + VP_PrintsTotal, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_PIDTuningWaiting[] PROGMEM = { + VP_WAITING_STATUS, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_FLCPreheat[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_FLCPrinting[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Z_Offset[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const struct VPMapping VPMap[] PROGMEM = { + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT, VPList_Boot }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN, VPList_Main }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_TEMPERATURE, VPList_Temp }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS, VPList_Status }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS2, VPList_Status2 }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PREHEAT, VPList_Preheat }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALMOVE, VPList_ManualMove }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_Z_OFFSET, VPList_Z_Offset }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALEXTRUDE, VPList_ManualExtrude }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_HEATING, VPList_Filament_heating }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_LOADING, VPList_Filament_load_unload }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_UNLOADING, VPList_Filament_load_unload }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION, VPList_SD_PrintManipulation }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDFILELIST, VPList_SDFileList }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTTUNE, VPList_SDPrintTune }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_WAITING, VPList_PIDTuningWaiting }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLC_PREHEAT, VPList_FLCPreheat }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLC_PRINTING, VPList_FLCPrinting }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STEPPERMM, VPList_StepPerMM }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PID_E, VPList_PIDE0 }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PID_BED, VPList_PIDBED }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_INFOS, VPList_Infos }, + { 0 , nullptr } // List is terminated with an nullptr as table entry. +}; + +const char MarlinVersion[] PROGMEM = SHORT_BUILD_VERSION; + +// Helper to define a DGUS_VP_Variable for common use cases. +#define VPHELPER(VPADR, VPADRVAR, RXFPTR, TXFPTR ) { .VP=VPADR, .memadr=VPADRVAR, .size=sizeof(VPADRVAR), \ + .set_by_display_handler = RXFPTR, .send_to_display_handler = TXFPTR } + +// Helper to define a DGUS_VP_Variable when the sizeo of the var cannot be determined automaticalyl (eg. a string) +#define VPHELPER_STR(VPADR, VPADRVAR, STRLEN, RXFPTR, TXFPTR ) { .VP=VPADR, .memadr=VPADRVAR, .size=STRLEN, \ + .set_by_display_handler = RXFPTR, .send_to_display_handler = TXFPTR } + +const struct DGUS_VP_Variable ListOfVP[] PROGMEM = { + // Helper to detect touch events + VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHook, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE_ASK, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfIdle, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE_WHENSD, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfSD, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_CONFIRMED, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenConfirmedOK, nullptr), + + VPHELPER(VP_TEMP_ALL_OFF, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleAllHeatersOff, nullptr), + + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_OPTION, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMoveOption, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_X, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Y, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Z, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_HOME_ALL, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + #else + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_X, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Y, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Z, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_HOME_ALL, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + #endif + VPHELPER(VP_MOTOR_LOCK_UNLOK, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleMotorLockUnlock, nullptr), + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + VPHELPER(VP_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePowerLossRecovery, nullptr), + #endif + VPHELPER(VP_SETTINGS, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleSettings, nullptr), + #if ENABLED(SINGLE_Z_CALIBRATION) + VPHELPER(VP_Z_CALIBRATE, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleZCalibration, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(FIRST_LAYER_CAL) + VPHELPER(VP_Z_FIRST_LAYER_CAL, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFirstLayerCal, nullptr), + #endif + + { .VP = VP_MARLIN_VERSION, .memadr = (void*)MarlinVersion, .size = VP_MARLIN_VERSION_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler =&DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + // M117 LCD String (We don't need the string in memory but "just" push it to the display on demand, hence the nullptr + { .VP = VP_M117, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_M117_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler =&DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplay }, + + // Temperature Data + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VPHELPER(VP_T_E0_Is, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].celsius, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), + VPHELPER(VP_T_E0_Set, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_Flowrate_E0, &planner.flow_percentage[ExtUI::extruder_t::E0], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_EPos, &destination.e, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_E0, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(DGUS_PREHEAT_UI) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_BED_PREHEAT, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePreheat, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentOption, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentLoadUnload), + #endif + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_P, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Kp, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_I, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Ki, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_D, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Kd, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E0, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePIDAutotune, nullptr), + #endif + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_Is, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].celsius, nullptr, DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), + VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_Set, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_Flowrate_E1, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_E1, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E1_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E1_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VPHELPER(VP_T_Bed_Is, &thermalManager.temp_bed.celsius, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), + VPHELPER(VP_T_Bed_Set, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_P, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kp, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_I, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Ki, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_D, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kd, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_BED, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePIDAutotune, nullptr), + #endif + #endif + + // Fan Data + #if FAN_COUNT + #define FAN_VPHELPER(N) \ + VPHELPER(VP_Fan##N##_Percentage, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_PercentageToUint8, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPercentageToDisplay), \ + VPHELPER(VP_FAN##N##_CONTROL, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFanControl, nullptr), \ + VPHELPER(VP_FAN##N##_STATUS, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFanStatusToDisplay), + REPEAT(FAN_COUNT, FAN_VPHELPER) + #endif + + // Feedrate + VPHELPER(VP_Feedrate_Percentage, &feedrate_percentage, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SetValueDirectly, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay ), + + // Position Data + VPHELPER(VP_XPos, ¤t_position.x, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + VPHELPER(VP_YPos, ¤t_position.y, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + VPHELPER(VP_ZPos, ¤t_position.z, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + + // Print Progress + VPHELPER(VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, nullptr, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintProgressToDisplay ), + + // Print Time + VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintTime, nullptr, VP_PrintTime_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintTimeToDisplay ), + #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintAccTime, nullptr, VP_PrintAccTime_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintAccTimeToDisplay ), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintsTotal, nullptr, VP_PrintsTotal_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintsTotalToDisplay ), + #endif + + VPHELPER(VP_X_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[X_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + VPHELPER(VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Y_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + VPHELPER(VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Z_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VPHELPER(VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(0)], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VPHELPER(VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(1)], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #endif + + // SDCard File listing. + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + VPHELPER(VP_SD_ScrollEvent, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ScrollFilelist, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_FileSelected, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_FileSelected, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_StartPrint, nullptr), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName0, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName1, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName2, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName3, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName4, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_ResumePauseAbort, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ResumePauseAbort, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ReallyAbort, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_Setting, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_PrintTune, nullptr), + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ, &probe.offset.z, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleProbeOffsetZChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<2>), + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_LiveAdjustZ, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleLiveAdjustZ, nullptr), + #endif + #endif + #endif + + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + VPHELPER(VP_WAITING_STATUS, nullptr, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWaitingStatusToDisplay), + #endif + + // Messages for the User, shared by the popup and the kill screen. They cant be autouploaded as we do not buffer content. + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR1, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR1_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR2, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR2_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR3, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR3_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR4, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR4_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + + VPHELPER(0, 0, 0, 0) // must be last entry. +}; + +#endif // DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/hiprecy/DGUSDisplayDef.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/hiprecy/DGUSDisplayDef.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1bfdf54254 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/hiprecy/DGUSDisplayDef.h @@ -0,0 +1,290 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +enum DGUSLCD_Screens : uint8_t { + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT = 160, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN = 1, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS = 1, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS2 = 1, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POWER_LOSS = 17, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_TEMPERATURE = 40, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALMOVE = 86, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PREHEAT = 48, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_UTILITY = 70, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_HEATING = 80, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_LOADING = 76, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_UNLOADING = 82, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALEXTRUDE = 84, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_Z_OFFSET = 88, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDFILELIST = 3, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION = 7, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTTUNE = 9, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLC_PREHEAT = 94, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLC_PRINTING = 96, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STEPPERMM = 122, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PID_E = 126, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PID_BED = 128, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_INFOS = 131, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_CONFIRM = 240, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_KILL = 250, ///< Kill Screen. Must always be 250 (to be able to display "Error wrong LCD Version") + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_WAITING = 251, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POPUP = 252, ///< special target, popup screen will also return this code to say "return to previous screen" + DGUSLDC_SCREEN_UNUSED = 255 +}; + +// Display Memory layout used (T5UID) +// Except system variables this is arbitrary, just to organize stuff.... + +// 0x0000 .. 0x0FFF -- System variables and reserved by the display +// 0x1000 .. 0x1FFF -- Variables to never change location, regardless of UI Version +// 0x2000 .. 0x2FFF -- Controls (VPs that will trigger some action) +// 0x3000 .. 0x4FFF -- Marlin Data to be displayed +// 0x5000 .. -- SPs (if we want to modify display elements, e.g change color or like) -- currently unused + +// As there is plenty of space (at least most displays have >8k RAM), we do not pack them too tight, +// so that we can keep variables nicely together in the address space. + +// UI Version always on 0x1000...0x1002 so that the firmware can check this and bail out. +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_MAJOR = 0x1000; // Major -- incremented when incompatible +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_MINOR = 0x1001; // Minor -- incremented on new features, but compatible +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_PATCH = 0x1002; // Patch -- fixed which do not change functionality. +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_FLAVOUR = 0x1010; // lets reserve 16 bytes here to determine if UI is suitable for this Marlin. tbd. + +// Storage space for the Killscreen messages. 0x1100 - 0x1200 . Reused for the popup. +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR1 = 0x1100; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR1_LEN = 0x20; // might be more place for it... +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR2 = 0x1140; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR2_LEN = 0x20; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR3 = 0x1180; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR3_LEN = 0x20; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR4 = 0x11C0; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR4_LEN = 0x20; + +// Screenchange request for screens that only make sense when printer is idle. +// e.g movement is only allowed if printer is not printing. +// Marlin must confirm by setting the screen manually. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE_ASK = 0x2000; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE = 0x2001; // Key-Return button to new menu pressed. Data contains target screen in low byte and info in high byte. +constexpr uint16_t VP_TEMP_ALL_OFF = 0x2002; // Turn all heaters off. Value arbitrary ;)= +constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE_WHENSD = 0x2003; // "Print" Button touched -- go only there if there is an SD Card. + +constexpr uint16_t VP_CONFIRMED = 0x2010; // OK on confirm screen. + +// Buttons on the SD-Card File listing. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_ScrollEvent = 0x2020; // Data: 0 for "up a directory", numbers are the amount to scroll, e.g -1 one up, 1 one down +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileSelected = 0x2022; // Number of file field selected. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm = 0x2024; // (This is a virtual VP and emulated by the Confirm Screen when a file has been confirmed) + +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_ResumePauseAbort = 0x2026; // Resume(Data=0), Pause(Data=1), Abort(Data=2) SD Card prints +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed = 0x2028; // Abort print confirmation (virtual, will be injected by the confirm dialog) +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_Setting = 0x2040; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_LiveAdjustZ = 0x2050; // Data: 0 down, 1 up + +// Controls for movement (we can't use the incremental / decremental feature of the display at this feature works only with 16 bit values +// (which would limit us to 655.35mm, which is likely not a problem for common setups, but i don't want to rule out hangprinters support) +// A word about the coding: The VP will be per axis and the return code will be an signed 16 bit value in 0.01 mm resolution, telling us +// the relative travel amount t he user wants to do. So eg. if the display sends us VP=2100 with value 100, the user wants us to move X by +1 mm. +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_X = 0x2100; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_Y = 0x2102; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_Z = 0x2104; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E0 = 0x2110; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E1 = 0x2112; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E2 = 0x2114; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E3 = 0x2116; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E4 = 0x2118; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E5 = 0x211A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_HOME_ALL = 0x2120; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOTOR_LOCK_UNLOK = 0x2130; + +// Power loss recovery +constexpr uint16_t VP_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY = 0x2180; + +// Fan Control Buttons , switch between "off" and "on" +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN0_CONTROL = 0x2200; +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN1_CONTROL = 0x2202; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN2_CONTROL = 0x2204; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN3_CONTROL = 0x2206; + +// Heater Control Buttons , triged between "cool down" and "heat PLA" state +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_CONTROL = 0x2210; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_CONTROL = 0x2212; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_CONTROL = 0x2214; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_CONTROL = 0x2216; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_CONTROL = 0x2218; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_CONTROL = 0x221A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_CONTROL = 0x221C; + +// Preheat +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2220; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2222; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2224; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2226; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2228; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_BED_PREHEAT = 0x222A; + +// Filament load and unload +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD = 0x2300; + +// Settings store , reset +constexpr uint16_t VP_SETTINGS = 0x2400; + +// PID autotune +constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E0 = 0x2410; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E1 = 0x2412; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E2 = 0x2414; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E3 = 0x2416; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E4 = 0x2418; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E5 = 0x241A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_BED = 0x2420; + +// Calibrate Z +constexpr uint16_t VP_Z_CALIBRATE = 0x2430; + +// First layer cal +constexpr uint16_t VP_Z_FIRST_LAYER_CAL = 0x2500; // Data: 0 - Cancel first layer cal progress, >0 filament type have loaded + +// Firmware version on the boot screen. +constexpr uint16_t VP_MARLIN_VERSION = 0x3000; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MARLIN_VERSION_LEN = 16; // there is more space on the display, if needed. + +// Place for status messages. +constexpr uint16_t VP_M117 = 0x3020; +constexpr uint8_t VP_M117_LEN = 0x20; + +// Temperatures. +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E0_Is = 0x3060; // 4 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E0_Set = 0x3062; // 2 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Is = 0x3064; // 4 Byte Integer + +// reserved to support up to 6 Extruders: +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Set = 0x3066; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Is = 0x3068; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Set = 0x306A; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Is = 0x306C; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Set = 0x306E; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Is = 0x3070; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Set = 0x3072; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Is = 0x3074; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Set = 0x3076; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Is = 0x3078; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Set = 0x307A; // 2 Byte Integer + +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_Bed_Is = 0x3080; // 4 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_Bed_Set = 0x3082; // 2 Byte Integer + +constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E0 = 0x3090; // 2 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E1 = 0x3092; // 2 Byte Integer + +// reserved for up to 6 Extruders: +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E2 = 0x3094; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E3 = 0x3096; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E4 = 0x3098; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E5 = 0x309A; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan0_Percentage = 0x3100; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan1_Percentage = 0x3102; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan2_Percentage = 0x3104; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan3_Percentage = 0x3106; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_Feedrate_Percentage = 0x3108; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) + +// Actual Position +constexpr uint16_t VP_XPos = 0x3110; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy +constexpr uint16_t VP_YPos = 0x3112; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy +constexpr uint16_t VP_ZPos = 0x3114; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy + +constexpr uint16_t VP_EPos = 0x3120; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintProgress_Percentage = 0x3130; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintTime = 0x3140; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintTime_LEN = 32; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintAccTime = 0x3160; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintAccTime_LEN = 32; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintsTotal = 0x3180; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintsTotal_LEN = 16; + +// SDCard File Listing +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName_LEN = 32; // LEN is shared for all entries. +constexpr uint16_t DGUS_SD_FILESPERSCREEN = 5; // FIXME move that info to the display and read it from there. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName0 = 0x3200; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName1 = 0x3220; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName2 = 0x3240; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName3 = 0x3260; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName4 = 0x3280; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ = 0x32A0; // + +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_Filename = 0x32C0; // +// Fan status +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN0_STATUS = 0x3300; +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN1_STATUS = 0x3302; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN2_STATUS = 0x3304; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN3_STATUS = 0x3306; + +// Heater status +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_STATUS = 0x3310; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_STATUS = 0x3312; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_STATUS = 0x3314; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_STATUS = 0x3316; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_STATUS = 0x3318; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_STATUS = 0x331A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_STATUS = 0x331C; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_OPTION = 0x3400; + +// Step per mm +constexpr uint16_t VP_X_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3600; // at the moment , 2 byte unsigned int , 0~1638.4 +//constexpr uint16_t VP_X2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3602; +constexpr uint16_t VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3604; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Y2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3606; +constexpr uint16_t VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3608; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Z2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x360A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3610; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3612; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3614; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3616; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3618; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_STEP_PER_MM = 0x361A; + +// PIDs +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_P = 0x3700; // at the moment , 2 byte unsigned int , 0~1638.4 +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_I = 0x3702; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_D = 0x3704; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_P = 0x3710; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_I = 0x3712; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_D = 0x3714; + +// Wating screen status +constexpr uint16_t VP_WAITING_STATUS = 0x3800; + +// SPs for certain variables... +// located at 0x5000 and up +// Not used yet! +// This can be used e.g to make controls / data display invisible +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E0_Is = 0x5000; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E0_Set = 0x5010; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E1_Is = 0x5020; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_Bed_Is = 0x5030; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_Bed_Set = 0x5040; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/origin/DGUSDisplayDef.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/origin/DGUSDisplayDef.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..37b7335e67 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/origin/DGUSDisplayDef.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,306 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/* DGUS implementation written by coldtobi in 2019 for Marlin */ + +#include "../../../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + +#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN) + +#include "../DGUSDisplayDef.h" +#include "../DGUSDisplay.h" + +#include "../../../../../module/temperature.h" +#include "../../../../../module/motion.h" +#include "../../../../../module/planner.h" + +#include "../../../../ultralcd.h" + +#if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + uint16_t distanceToMove = 0.1; +#endif + +const uint16_t VPList_Boot[] PROGMEM = { + VP_MARLIN_VERSION, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Main[] PROGMEM = { + /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded. */ + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Temp[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Status[] PROGMEM = { + /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded */ + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + #endif + VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos, + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Status2[] PROGMEM = { + /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded */ + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_Flowrate_E0, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_Flowrate_E1, + #endif + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, + VP_PrintTime, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_ManualMove[] PROGMEM = { + VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_ManualExtrude[] PROGMEM = { + VP_EPos, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_FanAndFeedrate[] PROGMEM = { + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, VP_Fan0_Percentage, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SD_FlowRates[] PROGMEM = { + VP_Flowrate_E0, VP_Flowrate_E1, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SDFileList[] PROGMEM = { + VP_SD_FileName0, VP_SD_FileName1, VP_SD_FileName2, VP_SD_FileName3, VP_SD_FileName4, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SD_PrintManipulation[] PROGMEM = { + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, VP_PrintTime, + 0x0000 +}; + +const struct VPMapping VPMap[] PROGMEM = { + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT, VPList_Boot }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN, VPList_Main }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_TEMPERATURE, VPList_Temp }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS, VPList_Status }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS2, VPList_Status2 }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALMOVE, VPList_ManualMove }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALEXTRUDE, VPList_ManualExtrude }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FANANDFEEDRATE, VPList_FanAndFeedrate }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLOWRATES, VPList_SD_FlowRates }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION, VPList_SD_PrintManipulation }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDFILELIST, VPList_SDFileList }, + { 0 , nullptr } // List is terminated with an nullptr as table entry. +}; + +const char MarlinVersion[] PROGMEM = SHORT_BUILD_VERSION; + +// Helper to define a DGUS_VP_Variable for common use cases. +#define VPHELPER(VPADR, VPADRVAR, RXFPTR, TXFPTR ) { .VP=VPADR, .memadr=VPADRVAR, .size=sizeof(VPADRVAR), \ + .set_by_display_handler = RXFPTR, .send_to_display_handler = TXFPTR } + +// Helper to define a DGUS_VP_Variable when the sizeo of the var cannot be determined automaticalyl (eg. a string) +#define VPHELPER_STR(VPADR, VPADRVAR, STRLEN, RXFPTR, TXFPTR ) { .VP=VPADR, .memadr=VPADRVAR, .size=STRLEN, \ + .set_by_display_handler = RXFPTR, .send_to_display_handler = TXFPTR } + +const struct DGUS_VP_Variable ListOfVP[] PROGMEM = { + // Helper to detect touch events + VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHook, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE_ASK, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfIdle, nullptr), + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE_WHENSD, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfSD, nullptr), + #endif + VPHELPER(VP_CONFIRMED, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenConfirmedOK, nullptr), + + VPHELPER(VP_TEMP_ALL_OFF, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleAllHeatersOff, nullptr), + + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_OPTION, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMoveOption, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_X, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Y, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Z, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_HOME_ALL, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + #else + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_X, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Y, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Z, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_HOME_ALL, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + #endif + + VPHELPER(VP_MOTOR_LOCK_UNLOK, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleMotorLockUnlock, nullptr), + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + VPHELPER(VP_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePowerLossRecovery, nullptr), + #endif + VPHELPER(VP_SETTINGS, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleSettings, nullptr), + + { .VP = VP_MARLIN_VERSION, .memadr = (void*)MarlinVersion, .size = VP_MARLIN_VERSION_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler =&DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + // M117 LCD String (We don't need the string in memory but "just" push it to the display on demand, hence the nullptr + { .VP = VP_M117, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_M117_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler =&DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplay }, + + // Temperature Data + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VPHELPER(VP_T_E0_Is, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].celsius, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), + VPHELPER(VP_T_E0_Set, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_Flowrate_E0, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_EPos, &destination.e, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_E0, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(DGUS_PREHEAT_UI) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_BED_PREHEAT, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePreheat, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_P, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Kp, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_I, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Ki, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_D, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Kd, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E0, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePIDAutotune, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentOption, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentLoadUnload), + #endif + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_Is, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].celsius, nullptr, DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), + VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_Set, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_Flowrate_E1, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_E1, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E1_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E1_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VPHELPER(VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E1, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePIDAutotune, nullptr), + #endif + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VPHELPER(VP_T_Bed_Is, &thermalManager.temp_bed.celsius, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), + VPHELPER(VP_T_Bed_Set, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_P, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kp, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_I, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Ki, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_D, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kd, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + #endif + #endif + + // Fan Data + #if FAN_COUNT + #define FAN_VPHELPER(N) \ + VPHELPER(VP_Fan##N##_Percentage, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_PercentageToUint8, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPercentageToDisplay), \ + VPHELPER(VP_FAN##N##_CONTROL, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFanControl, nullptr), \ + VPHELPER(VP_FAN##N##_STATUS, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFanStatusToDisplay), + REPEAT(FAN_COUNT, FAN_VPHELPER) + #endif + + // Feedrate + VPHELPER(VP_Feedrate_Percentage, &feedrate_percentage, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SetValueDirectly, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay ), + + // Position Data + VPHELPER(VP_XPos, ¤t_position.x, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + VPHELPER(VP_YPos, ¤t_position.y, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + VPHELPER(VP_ZPos, ¤t_position.z, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + + // Print Progress + VPHELPER(VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, nullptr, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintProgressToDisplay ), + + // Print Time + VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintTime, nullptr, VP_PrintTime_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintTimeToDisplay ), + #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintAccTime, nullptr, VP_PrintAccTime_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintAccTimeToDisplay ), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintsTotal, nullptr, VP_PrintsTotal_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintsTotalToDisplay ), + #endif + + VPHELPER(VP_X_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[X_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + VPHELPER(VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Y_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + VPHELPER(VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Z_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VPHELPER(VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(0)], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VPHELPER(VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(1)], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #endif + + // SDCard File listing. + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + VPHELPER(VP_SD_ScrollEvent, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ScrollFilelist, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_FileSelected, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_FileSelected, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_StartPrint, nullptr), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName0, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName1, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName2, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName3, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName4, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_ResumePauseAbort, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ResumePauseAbort, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ReallyAbort, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_Setting, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_PrintTune, nullptr), + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ, &probe.offset.z, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleProbeOffsetZChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<2>), + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_LiveAdjustZ, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleLiveAdjustZ, nullptr), + #endif + #endif + #endif + + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + VPHELPER(VP_WAITING_STATUS, nullptr, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWaitingStatusToDisplay), + #endif + + // Messages for the User, shared by the popup and the kill screen. They cant be autouploaded as we do not buffer content. + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR1, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR1_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR2, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR2_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR3, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR3_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR4, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR4_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + + VPHELPER(0, 0, 0, 0) // must be last entry. +}; + +#endif // DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/origin/DGUSDisplayDef.h similarity index 54% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/origin/DGUSDisplayDef.h index f54a2938ec..756b91ddbd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/dgus/origin/DGUSDisplayDef.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -21,23 +21,6 @@ */ #pragma once -/* DGUS implementation written by coldtobi in 2019 for Marlin */ - -#include "DGUSVPVariable.h" - -// This file defines the interaction between Marlin and the display firmware. - -// information on which screen which VP is displayed -// As this is a sparse table, two arrays are needed: -// one to list the VPs of one screen and one to map screens to the lists. -// (Strictly this would not be necessary, but allows to only send data the display needs and reducing load on Marlin) -struct VPMapping { - const uint8_t screen; - const uint16_t *VPList; // The list is null-terminated. -}; - -extern const struct VPMapping VPMap[]; - enum DGUSLCD_Screens : uint8_t { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT = 0, DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN = 10, @@ -50,8 +33,16 @@ enum DGUSLCD_Screens : uint8_t { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLOWRATES = 46, DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDFILELIST = 50, DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION = 52, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POWER_LOSS = 100, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PREHEAT=120, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_UTILITY=110, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_HEATING=146, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_LOADING=148, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_UNLOADING=158, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTTUNE = 170, DGUSLCD_SCREEN_CONFIRM = 240, DGUSLCD_SCREEN_KILL = 250, ///< Kill Screen. Must always be 250 (to be able to display "Error wrong LCD Version") + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_WAITING = 251, DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POPUP = 252, ///< special target, popup screen will also return this code to say "return to previous screen" DGUSLDC_SCREEN_UNUSED = 255 }; @@ -101,6 +92,8 @@ constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm = 0x2024; // (This is a virtual VP an constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_ResumePauseAbort = 0x2026; // Resume(Data=0), Pause(Data=1), Abort(Data=2) SD Card prints constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed = 0x2028; // Abort print confirmation (virtual, will be injected by the confirm dialog) +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_Setting = 0x2040; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_LiveAdjustZ = 0x2050; // Data: 0 down, 1 up // Controls for movement (we can't use the incremental / decremental feature of the display at this feature works only with 16 bit values // (which would limit us to 655.35mm, which is likely not a problem for common setups, but i don't want to rule out hangprinters support) @@ -109,13 +102,56 @@ constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed = 0x2028; // Abort print confirmati constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_X = 0x2100; constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_Y = 0x2102; constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_Z = 0x2104; -constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E1 = 0x2110; -constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E2 = 0x2112; -//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E3 = 0x2114; -//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E4 = 0x2116; -//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E5 = 0x2118; -//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E6 = 0x211A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E0 = 0x2110; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E1 = 0x2112; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E2 = 0x2114; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E3 = 0x2116; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E4 = 0x2118; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E5 = 0x211A; constexpr uint16_t VP_HOME_ALL = 0x2120; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOTOR_LOCK_UNLOK = 0x2130; + +// Power loss recovery +constexpr uint16_t VP_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY = 0x2180; + +// Fan Control Buttons , switch between "off" and "on" +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN0_CONTROL = 0x2200; +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN1_CONTROL = 0x2202; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN2_CONTROL = 0x2204; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN3_CONTROL = 0x2206; + +// Heater Control Buttons , triged between "cool down" and "heat PLA" state +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_CONTROL = 0x2210; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_CONTROL = 0x2212; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_CONTROL = 0x2214; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_CONTROL = 0x2216; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_CONTROL = 0x2218; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_CONTROL = 0x221A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_CONTROL = 0x221C; + +// Preheat +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2220; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_BED_CONTROL = 0x2222; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_BED_CONTROL = 0x2224; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_BED_CONTROL = 0x2226; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_BED_CONTROL = 0x2228; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_BED_CONTROL = 0x222A; + +// Filament load and unload +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD = 0x2300; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD = 0x2302; + +// Settings store , reset +constexpr uint16_t VP_SETTINGS = 0x2400; + +// PID autotune +constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E0 = 0x2410; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E1 = 0x2412; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E2 = 0x2414; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E3 = 0x2416; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E4 = 0x2418; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E5 = 0x241A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_BED = 0x2420; // Firmware version on the boot screen. constexpr uint16_t VP_MARLIN_VERSION = 0x3000; @@ -126,42 +162,52 @@ constexpr uint16_t VP_M117 = 0x3020; constexpr uint8_t VP_M117_LEN = 0x20; // Temperatures. -constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Is = 0x3060; // 4 Byte Integer -constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Set = 0x3062; // 2 Byte Integer -constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Is = 0x3064; // 4 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E0_Is = 0x3060; // 4 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E0_Set = 0x3062; // 2 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Is = 0x3064; // 4 Byte Integer // reserved to support up to 6 Extruders: -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Set = 0x3066; // 2 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Is = 0x3068; // 4 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Set = 0x306A; // 2 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Is = 0x306C; // 4 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Set = 0x306E; // 2 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Is = 0x3070; // 4 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Set = 0x3072; // 2 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Is = 0x3074; // 4 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Set = 0x3076; // 2 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E6_Is = 0x3078; // 4 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E6_Set = 0x307A; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Set = 0x3066; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Is = 0x3068; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Set = 0x306A; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Is = 0x306C; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Set = 0x306E; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Is = 0x3070; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Set = 0x3072; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Is = 0x3074; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Set = 0x3076; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Is = 0x3078; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Set = 0x307A; // 2 Byte Integer constexpr uint16_t VP_T_Bed_Is = 0x3080; // 4 Byte Integer constexpr uint16_t VP_T_Bed_Set = 0x3082; // 2 Byte Integer -constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E1 = 0x3090; // 2 Byte Integer -constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E2 = 0x3092; // 2 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E0 = 0x3090; // 2 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E1 = 0x3092; // 2 Byte Integer // reserved for up to 6 Extruders: -//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E3 = 0x3094; -//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E4 = 0x3096; -//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E5 = 0x3098; -//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E6 = 0x309A; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E2 = 0x3094; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E3 = 0x3096; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E4 = 0x3098; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E5 = 0x309A; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan0_Percentage = 0x3100; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan1_Percentage = 0x33A2; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan2_Percentage = 0x33A4; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan3_Percentage = 0x33A6; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) -constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan_Percentage = 0x3100; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) constexpr uint16_t VP_Feedrate_Percentage = 0x3102; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintProgress_Percentage = 0x3104; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintTime = 0x3106; constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintTime_LEN = 10; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintAccTime = 0x3160; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintAccTime_LEN = 32; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintsTotal = 0x3180; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintsTotal_LEN = 16; + // Actual Position constexpr uint16_t VP_XPos = 0x3110; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy constexpr uint16_t VP_YPos = 0x3112; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy @@ -178,15 +224,57 @@ constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName2 = 0x3240; constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName3 = 0x3260; constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName4 = 0x3280; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ = 0x32A0; // +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_Filename = 0x32C0; // + +// Fan status +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN0_STATUS = 0x3300; +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN1_STATUS = 0x3302; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN2_STATUS = 0x3304; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN3_STATUS = 0x3306; + +// Heater status +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_STATUS = 0x3310; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_STATUS = 0x3312; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_STATUS = 0x3314; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_STATUS = 0x3316; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_STATUS = 0x3318; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_STATUS = 0x331A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_STATUS = 0x331C; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_OPTION = 0x3400; + +// Step per mm +constexpr uint16_t VP_X_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3600; // at the moment , 2 byte unsigned int , 0~1638.4 +//constexpr uint16_t VP_X2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3602; +constexpr uint16_t VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3604; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Y2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3606; +constexpr uint16_t VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3608; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Z2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x360A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3610; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3612; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3614; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3616; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3618; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_STEP_PER_MM = 0x361A; + +// PIDs +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_P = 0x3700; // at the moment , 2 byte unsigned int , 0~1638.4 +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_I = 0x3702; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_D = 0x3704; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_P = 0x3710; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_I = 0x3712; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_D = 0x3714; + +// Wating screen status +constexpr uint16_t VP_WAITING_STATUS = 0x3800; + // SPs for certain variables... // located at 0x5000 and up // Not used yet! // This can be used e.g to make controls / data display invisible -constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E1_Is = 0x5000; -constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E1_Set = 0x5010; -constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E2_Is = 0x5020; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E0_Is = 0x5000; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E0_Set = 0x5010; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E1_Is = 0x5020; constexpr uint16_t SP_T_Bed_Is = 0x5030; constexpr uint16_t SP_T_Bed_Set = 0x5040; - -// List of VPs handled by Marlin / The Display. -extern const struct DGUS_VP_Variable ListOfVP[]; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/archim2-flash/flash_storage.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/archim2-flash/flash_storage.cpp similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/archim2-flash/flash_storage.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/archim2-flash/flash_storage.cpp index 360f2562a1..c8cc6e8e9d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/archim2-flash/flash_storage.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/archim2-flash/flash_storage.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../compat.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "../ftdi_eve_lib/ftdi_eve_lib.h" @@ -556,4 +556,4 @@ bool UIFlashStorage::is_present = false; int16_t UIFlashStorage::BootMediaReader::read(void *, const size_t) {return -1;} int16_t UIFlashStorage::BootMediaReader::read(void *, void *, const size_t) {return -1;} #endif // SPI_FLASH_SS -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/archim2-flash/flash_storage.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/archim2-flash/flash_storage.h similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/archim2-flash/flash_storage.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/archim2-flash/flash_storage.h index d211f48b38..2917cb0b1e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/archim2-flash/flash_storage.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/archim2-flash/flash_storage.h @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ class UIFlashStorage : private SPIFlash { static void set_media_file_size(uint8_t slot, uint32_t size); static uint32_t get_media_file_size(uint8_t slot); - static constexpr uint32_t delimiter = 0x4C554C5A; // 'LULZ' + static constexpr uint32_t delimiter = 0x4D524C4E; // 'MRLN' public: enum error_t { SUCCESS, diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/archim2-flash/media_file_reader.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/archim2-flash/media_file_reader.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/archim2-flash/media_file_reader.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/archim2-flash/media_file_reader.cpp index 82ceba0552..68886166c2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/archim2-flash/media_file_reader.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/archim2-flash/media_file_reader.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../compat.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "media_file_reader.h" #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) @@ -60,4 +60,4 @@ void MediaFileReader::rewind() {} int16_t MediaFileReader::read(void *, void *, size_t) {return 0;} #endif -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/archim2-flash/media_file_reader.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/archim2-flash/media_file_reader.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/archim2-flash/media_file_reader.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/archim2-flash/media_file_reader.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/compat.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/compat.h similarity index 91% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/compat.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/compat.h index 7e051be75a..c3e8052a0e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/compat.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/compat.h @@ -37,12 +37,11 @@ #ifdef __MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ // __MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ exists when compiled within Marlin. #include "pin_mappings.h" + #undef max + #define max(a,b) ((a)>(b)?(a):(b)) + #undef min + #define min(a,b) ((a)<(b)?(a):(b)) #else - // Messages that are declared in Marlin - #define WELCOME_MSG "Printer Ready" - #define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED "Media Inserted" - #define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED "Media Removed" - namespace UI { static inline uint32_t safe_millis() {return millis();}; static inline void yield() {}; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/config.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/config.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/config.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/config.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/LICENSE.txt b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/LICENSE.txt similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/LICENSE.txt rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/LICENSE.txt diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/README.md b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/README.md similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/README.md rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/README.md diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/boards.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/boards.h similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/boards.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/boards.h index 85e12238f2..854b8897b3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/boards.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/boards.h @@ -179,5 +179,5 @@ #else - #error Unknown or no LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI board specified. To add a new board, modify "ftdi_eve_boards.h" + #error "Unknown or no TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE board specified. To add a new board, modify 'ftdi_eve_boards.h'." #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.cpp index 9a04c9e835..f57d2d896a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.cpp @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ uint16_t CLCD::FontMetrics::get_text_width(progmem_str str, size_t n) const { /************************** HOST COMMAND FUNCTION *********************************/ void CLCD::host_cmd (unsigned char host_command, unsigned char byte2) { // Sends 24-Bit Host Command to LCD - if (host_command != ACTIVE) { + if (host_command != FTDI::ACTIVE) { host_command |= 0x40; } spi_ftdi_select(); @@ -1015,8 +1015,8 @@ template bool CLCD::CommandFifo::write(T data, uint16_t len) { if (Command_Space < (len + padding)) { #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_DEBUG) SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Waiting for ", len + padding, - " bytes in command queue, now free: ", Command_Space); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Waiting for ", len + padding); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" bytes in command queue, now free: ", Command_Space); #endif do { Command_Space = mem_read_32(REG::CMDB_SPACE) & 0x0FFF; @@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ void CLCD::init() { host_cmd(CLKINT, 0); } - host_cmd(ACTIVE, 0); // Activate the System Clock + host_cmd(FTDI::ACTIVE, 0); // Activate the System Clock /* read the device-id until it returns 0x7c or times out, should take less than 150ms */ uint8_t counter; @@ -1179,7 +1179,7 @@ void CLCD::default_display_orientation() { #endif } #elif ANY(TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT, TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED) - #error PORTRAIT or MIRRORED orientation not supported on the FT800 + #error "PORTRAIT or MIRRORED orientation not supported on the FT800." #elif ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_INVERTED) mem_write_32(REG::ROTATE, 1); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/constants.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/constants.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/constants.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/constants.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/display_list.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/display_list.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/display_list.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/display_list.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/ftdi_basic.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/ftdi_basic.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/ftdi_basic.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/ftdi_basic.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/registers_ft800.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/registers_ft800.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/registers_ft800.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/registers_ft800.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/registers_ft810.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/registers_ft810.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/registers_ft810.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/registers_ft810.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/resolutions.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/resolutions.h similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/resolutions.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/resolutions.h index c7fb0c37fc..471530cadf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/resolutions.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/resolutions.h @@ -124,5 +124,5 @@ } #else - #error Unknown or no LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI display resolution specified. To add a display resolution, modify "ftdi_eve_resolutions.h" + #error "Unknown or no TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE display resolution specified. To add a display resolution, modify 'ftdi_eve_resolutions.h'." #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/spi.cpp similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/spi.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/spi.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/spi.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/spi.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/spi.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/spi.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/compat.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/compat.h similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/compat.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/compat.h index 18d0a5a1a8..ef2b23a3a2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/compat.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/compat.h @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #ifdef __MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ // Marlin will define the I/O functions for us - #if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #define FTDI_BASIC #define FTDI_EXTENDED #endif @@ -197,6 +197,7 @@ #define SERIAL_ECHO_START() #define SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(str) Serial.println(F(str)) #define SERIAL_ECHOPGM(str) Serial.print(F(str)) + #define SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(str) Serial.println(str) #define SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(str, val) {Serial.print(F(str)); Serial.println(val);} #define SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(str, val) {Serial.print(F(str)); Serial.print(val);} @@ -209,7 +210,9 @@ #define ENABLED(b) _CAT(SWITCH_ENABLED_, b) #define DISABLED(b) !ENABLED(b) #define ANY(A,B) (ENABLED(A) || ENABLED(B)) + #define EITHER(A,B) (ENABLED(A) || ENABLED(B)) #define BOTH(A,B) (ENABLED(A) && ENABLED(B)) + #define NONE(A,B) (DISABLED(A) && DISABLED(B)) // Remove compiler warning on an unused variable #ifndef UNUSED diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/bitmap_info.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/bitmap_info.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/bitmap_info.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/bitmap_info.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/command_processor.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/command_processor.cpp similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/command_processor.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/command_processor.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/command_processor.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/command_processor.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/command_processor.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/command_processor.h index a770ebbd24..b045ca203a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/command_processor.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/command_processor.h @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ class CommandProcessor : public CLCD::CommandFifo { inline CommandProcessor& font (int16_t font) {_font = font; return *this;} - inline CommandProcessor& enabled (bool enabled) { + inline CommandProcessor& enabled (bool enabled=false) { if (enabled) _style &= ~STYLE_DISABLED; else @@ -310,7 +310,9 @@ class CommandProcessor : public CLCD::CommandFifo { int8_t apply_fit_text(int16_t w, int16_t h, T text) { using namespace FTDI; int8_t font = _font; - const bool is_utf8 = has_utf8_chars(text); + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 + const bool is_utf8 = has_utf8_chars(text); + #endif for (;font >= 26;) { int16_t width, height; #ifdef TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/dl_cache.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/dl_cache.cpp similarity index 91% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/dl_cache.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/dl_cache.cpp index bf8ca61f3a..9a55c55ae6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/dl_cache.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/dl_cache.cpp @@ -115,12 +115,12 @@ bool DLCache::store(uint32_t num_bytes /* = 0*/) { // If we are allocating new space... dl_addr = CLCD::mem_read_32(DL_FREE_ADDR); free_space = MAP::RAM_G_SIZE - dl_addr; - dl_alloc = num_bytes ? num_bytes : new_dl_size; + dl_alloc = num_bytes ?: new_dl_size; dl_size = new_dl_size; } else { // Otherwise, we can only store as much space // as was previously allocated. - free_space = num_bytes ? num_bytes : dl_size; + free_space = num_bytes ?: dl_size; dl_alloc = 0; dl_size = new_dl_size; } @@ -129,15 +129,15 @@ bool DLCache::store(uint32_t num_bytes /* = 0*/) { // Not enough memory to cache the display list. #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_DEBUG) SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Not enough space in GRAM to cache display list, free space: ", free_space, - " Required: ", dl_size); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR ("Not enough space in GRAM to cache display list, free space: ", free_space); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" Required: ", dl_size); #endif return false; } else { #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_DEBUG) SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Saving DL to RAMG cache, bytes: ", dl_size, - " Free space: ", free_space); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR ("Saving DL to RAMG cache, bytes: ", dl_size); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" Free space: ", free_space); #endif cmd.memcpy(dl_addr, MAP::RAM_DL, dl_size); cmd.execute(); @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ void DLCache::append() { cmd.execute(); wait_until_idle(); SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Appending to DL from RAMG cache, bytes: ", dl_size, - " REG_CMD_DL: ", CLCD::mem_read_32(REG::CMD_DL)); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR ("Appending to DL from RAMG cache, bytes: ", dl_size); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" REG_CMD_DL: ", CLCD::mem_read_32(REG::CMD_DL)); #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/dl_cache.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/dl_cache.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/dl_cache.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/dl_cache.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/event_loop.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/event_loop.cpp similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/event_loop.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/event_loop.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/event_loop.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/event_loop.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/event_loop.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/event_loop.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/ftdi_extended.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/ftdi_extended.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/ftdi_extended.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/ftdi_extended.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/grid_layout.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/grid_layout.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/grid_layout.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/grid_layout.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/polygon.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/polygon.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/polygon.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/polygon.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/rgb_t.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/rgb_t.h similarity index 59% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/rgb_t.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/rgb_t.h index 07ee957f48..fde5052873 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/rgb_t.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/rgb_t.h @@ -21,6 +21,46 @@ #pragma once +/** + * Implementation of hsl_to_rgb as constexpr functions based on: + * + * https://www.rapidtables.com/convert/color/hsl-to-rgb.html + */ + +constexpr float _hsl_fmod(float x, float y) { + return x - int(x/y)*y; +} + +constexpr float _hsl_c(float, float S, float L) { + return (1.0f - fabs(2*L-1.0f)) * S; +} + +constexpr float _hsl_x(float H, float S, float L) { + return _hsl_c(H,S,L) * (1.0f - fabs(_hsl_fmod(H/60, 2) - 1)); +} + +constexpr float _hsl_m(float H, float S, float L) { + return L - _hsl_c(H,S,L)/2; +} + +constexpr float _hsl_rgb(float H, float S, float L, float r, float g, float b) { + return ((uint32_t((r + _hsl_m(H,S,L))*255+0.5) << 16) | + (uint32_t((g + _hsl_m(H,S,L))*255+0.5) << 8) | + (uint32_t((b + _hsl_m(H,S,L))*255+0.5) << 0)); +} + +constexpr uint32_t hsl_to_rgb(float H, float S, float L) { + return (H < 60) ? _hsl_rgb(H,S,L,_hsl_c(H,S,L), _hsl_x(H,S,L), 0) : + (H < 120) ? _hsl_rgb(H,S,L,_hsl_x(H,S,L), _hsl_c(H,S,L), 0) : + (H < 180) ? _hsl_rgb(H,S,L, 0, _hsl_c(H,S,L), _hsl_x(H,S,L)) : + (H < 240) ? _hsl_rgb(H,S,L, 0, _hsl_x(H,S,L), _hsl_c(H,S,L)) : + (H < 300) ? _hsl_rgb(H,S,L,_hsl_x(H,S,L), 0, _hsl_c(H,S,L)) : + _hsl_rgb(H,S,L,_hsl_c(H,S,L), 0, _hsl_x(H,S,L)); +} + +/** + * Structure for RGB colors + */ struct rgb_t { union { struct { diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/screen_types.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/screen_types.cpp similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/screen_types.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/screen_types.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/screen_types.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/screen_types.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/screen_types.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/screen_types.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_list.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_list.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_list.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_list.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_player.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_player.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_player.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_player.cpp index 0011d69118..a6d84dde5f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_player.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_player.cpp @@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ namespace FTDI { #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_DEBUG) SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Playing note ", int(note), ", instrument ", int(effect)); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR ("Playing note ", int(note)); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(", instrument ", int(effect)); #endif // Play the note diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_player.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_player.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_player.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_player.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/text_box.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/text_box.cpp similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/text_box.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/text_box.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/text_box.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/text_box.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/text_box.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/text_box.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/tiny_timer.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/tiny_timer.cpp similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/tiny_timer.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/tiny_timer.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/tiny_timer.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/tiny_timer.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/tiny_timer.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/tiny_timer.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/README.txt b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/README.txt similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/README.txt rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/README.txt diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps.cpp similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/romfont_31.pbm b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/romfont_31.pbm similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/romfont_31.pbm rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/romfont_31.pbm diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/western_char_set_bitmap_31.png b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/western_char_set_bitmap_31.png similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/western_char_set_bitmap_31.png rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/western_char_set_bitmap_31.png diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/western_char_set_bitmap_31.svg b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/western_char_set_bitmap_31.svg similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/western_char_set_bitmap_31.svg rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/western_char_set_bitmap_31.svg diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_size_t.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_size_t.cpp similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_size_t.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_size_t.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_size_t.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_size_t.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_size_t.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_size_t.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/standard_char_set.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/standard_char_set.cpp similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/standard_char_set.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/standard_char_set.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/standard_char_set.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/standard_char_set.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/standard_char_set.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/standard_char_set.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/unicode.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/unicode.cpp similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/unicode.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/unicode.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/unicode.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/unicode.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/unicode.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/unicode.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set.cpp similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set.cpp index 688b68ae0c..e2ce15dc8f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set.cpp @@ -339,11 +339,11 @@ alt_fm.stride = 19; alt_fm.width = 38; alt_fm.height = 49; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 127; i++) + LOOP_L_N(i, 127) alt_fm.char_widths[i] = 0; // For special characters, copy the character widths from the char tables - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < NUM_ELEMENTS(char_recipe); i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, NUM_ELEMENTS(char_recipe)) { uint8_t std_char, alt_char, alt_data; get_char_data(i, std_char, alt_char, alt_data); if (std_char == 0) diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set_bitmap_31.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set_bitmap_31.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set_bitmap_31.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set_bitmap_31.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/bitmap2cpp.py b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/bitmap2cpp.py similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/bitmap2cpp.py rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/bitmap2cpp.py diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/circular_progress.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/circular_progress.h similarity index 88% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/circular_progress.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/circular_progress.h index 412da5b361..da6a2bc325 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/circular_progress.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/circular_progress.h @@ -23,10 +23,11 @@ /* This function draws a circular progress "ring" */ -void draw_circular_progress(CommandProcessor& cmd, int x, int y, int w, int h, uint8_t percent, uint32_t bgcolor, uint32_t fgcolor, float rim = 0.3) { +void draw_circular_progress(CommandProcessor& cmd, int x, int y, int w, int h, float percent, char *text, uint32_t bgcolor, uint32_t fgcolor) { using namespace FTDI; - const float a = float(percent)/100.0*2.0*PI; + const float rim = 0.3; + const float a = percent/100.0*2.0*PI; const float a1 = min(PI/2, a); const float a2 = min(PI/2, a-a1); const float a3 = min(PI/2, a-a1-a2); @@ -90,11 +91,15 @@ void draw_circular_progress(CommandProcessor& cmd, int x, int y, int w, int h, u cmd.cmd(RESTORE_CONTEXT()); // Draw the text - char str[5]; - sprintf(str,"%d\%%",percent); cmd.cmd(SAVE_CONTEXT()); cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(fgcolor)); - cmd.text(x,y,w,h,str, OPT_CENTERX | OPT_CENTERY); + cmd.text(x,y,w,h,text, OPT_CENTERX | OPT_CENTERY); cmd.cmd(RESTORE_CONTEXT()); } + +void draw_circular_progress(CommandProcessor& cmd, int x, int y, int w, int h, float percent, uint32_t bgcolor, uint32_t fgcolor) { + char str[5]; + sprintf(str,"%d\%%",int(percent)); + draw_circular_progress(cmd, x, y, w, h, percent, str, bgcolor, fgcolor); +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/poly_ui.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/poly_ui.h similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/poly_ui.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/poly_ui.h index 52146510c5..9f531146e1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/poly_ui.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/poly_ui.h @@ -53,9 +53,10 @@ */ class PolyReader { - private: + public: typedef uint16_t type_t; + private: static constexpr type_t eol = 0xFFFF; const type_t *p, *top, *end; @@ -321,10 +322,10 @@ class GenericPolyUI { int16_t x_max = INT16_MIN; int16_t y_max = INT16_MIN; for(r.start(); r.has_more(); r.next()) { - x_min = min(x_min, r.x); - x_max = max(x_max, r.x); - y_min = min(y_min, r.y); - y_max = max(y_max, r.y); + x_min = min(x_min, int16_t(r.x)); + x_max = max(x_max, int16_t(r.x)); + y_min = min(y_min, int16_t(r.y)); + y_max = max(y_max, int16_t(r.y)); } x = x_min; y = y_min; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/svg2cpp.py b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/svg2cpp.py similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/svg2cpp.py rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/svg2cpp.py index 6a8d074916..2778f94d98 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/svg2cpp.py +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/svg2cpp.py @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ header = ''' ****************************************************************************/ /** - * This file was auto-generated using "svg2cpp.pl" + * This file was auto-generated using "svg2cpp.py" * * The encoding consists of x,y pairs with the min and max scaled to * 0x0000 and 0xFFFE. A single 0xFFFF in the data stream indicates the @@ -101,10 +101,11 @@ class ComputeBoundingBox: pass def write(self): - print("constexpr float x_min = %f;\n" % self.x_min) - print("constexpr float x_max = %f;\n" % self.x_max) - print("constexpr float y_min = %f;\n" % self.y_min) - print("constexpr float y_max = %f;\n" % self.y_max) + print("constexpr float x_min = %f;" % self.x_min) + print("constexpr float x_max = %f;" % self.x_max) + print("constexpr float y_min = %f;" % self.y_min) + print("constexpr float y_max = %f;" % self.y_max) + print() def from_svg_view_box(self, svg): s = re.search(']+>', svg); @@ -118,6 +119,7 @@ class ComputeBoundingBox: return True return False +# op class WriteDataStructure: def __init__(self, bounding_box): self.bounds = bounding_box @@ -126,7 +128,7 @@ class WriteDataStructure: self.hex_words = [] def push(self, value): - self.hex_words.append("0x%04X" % value) + self.hex_words.append("0x%04X" % (0xFFFF & int(value))) def command(self, type, x, y): if type == "M": @@ -138,7 +140,7 @@ class WriteDataStructure: def path_finished(self, id): if self.hex_words and self.hex_words[0] == "0xFFFF": self.hex_words.pop(0) - print("const PROGMEM uint16_t", id + "[] = {" + ", ".join (self.hex_words) + "};\n") + print("const PROGMEM uint16_t", id + "[] = {" + ", ".join (self.hex_words) + "};") self.hex_words = [] class Parser: diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/ftdi_eve_lib.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/ftdi_eve_lib.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/ftdi_eve_lib.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/ftdi_eve_lib.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/language/language.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/language/language.cpp index 5d33fc850f..624c58576c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/language/language.cpp @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ ****************************************************************************/ -#include "../../../../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../../../../MarlinCore.h" #include "language.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/languages.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/language/language.h similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/languages.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/language/language.h index 03edc55157..54f8439933 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/languages.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/language/language.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -/*************** - * languages.h * - ***************/ +/************** + * language.h * + **************/ /**************************************************************************** * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2019 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * @@ -18,9 +18,6 @@ * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * * location: . * ****************************************************************************/ - #pragma once #include "language_en.h" -#include "language_de.h" -#include "language_fr.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/language/language_en.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/language/language_en.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e59e1d9468 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/language/language_en.h @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +/***************** + * language_en.h * + *****************/ + +/**************************************************************************** + * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2019 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * + * * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * + * GNU General Public License for more details. * + * * + * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * + * location: . * + ****************************************************************************/ + +#pragma once + +#include "language.h" + +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT) + #define COPYRIGHT_SIGN u8"©" +#else + #define COPYRIGHT_SIGN u8"(c)" +#endif + +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS) + #define SUPERSCRIPT_TWO u8"²" +#else + #define SUPERSCRIPT_TWO u8"^2" +#endif + +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) + #define DEGREE_SIGN u8"°" +#else + #define DEGREE_SIGN u8" " +#endif + +namespace Language_en { + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_OKAY = u8"Okay"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_MENU = u8"Menu"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_MEDIA = u8"Media"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_OPEN = u8"Open"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CLEAN_NOZZLE = u8"Clean Nozzle"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_X = u8"Vmax X"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_Y = u8"Vmax Y"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_Z = u8"Vmax Z"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCEL_PRINTING = u8"Printing"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCEL_TRAVEL = u8"Travel"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCEL_RETRACT = u8"Retraction"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_X = u8"Amax X"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_Y = u8"Amax Y"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_Z = u8"Amax Z"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AXIS_X = u8"X"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AXIS_Y = u8"Y"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AXIS_Z = u8"Z"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AXIS_E = u8"E"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AXIS_E1 = u8"E1"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AXIS_E2 = u8"E2"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AXIS_E3 = u8"E3"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AXIS_E4 = u8"E4"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AXIS_ALL = u8"All"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME = u8"Home"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_STARTING = u8"Print starting"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_FINISHED = u8"Print finished"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ERROR = u8"Print error"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ABOUT_TOUCH_PANEL_1 = u8"Color Touch Panel"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ABOUT_TOUCH_PANEL_2 = u8"Portions " COPYRIGHT_SIGN " 2019 Aleph Objects, Inc.\n" + "Portions " COPYRIGHT_SIGN " 2019 Cocoa Press"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FIRMWARE_FOR_TOOLHEAD = u8"Firmware for toolhead:\n%s\n\n"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_1 = u8"Runout 1"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_2 = u8"Runout 2"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISPLAY_MENU = u8"Display"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTERFACE_SETTINGS = u8"Interface Settings"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEASURE_AUTOMATICALLY = u8"Measure automatically"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_H_OFFSET = u8"H Offset"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_V_OFFSET = u8"V Offset"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCH_SCREEN = u8"Touch Screen"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CALIBRATE = u8"Calibrate"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UNITS_MILLIAMP = u8"mA"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UNITS_MM = u8"mm"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UNITS_MM_S = u8"mm/s"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UNITS_MM_S2 = u8"mm/s" SUPERSCRIPT_TWO; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UNITS_STEP_MM = u8"st/mm"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UNITS_PERCENT = u8"%"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UNITS_C = DEGREE_SIGN u8"C"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MATERIAL_PLA = u8"PLA"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MATERIAL_ABS = u8"ABS"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MATERIAL_HIGH_TEMP = u8"High"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDLE = u8"idle"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_MAXIMUM = u8"Set Maximum"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_SPEED = u8"Print Speed"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE = u8"Linear Advance"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE_K = u8"K"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE_K1 = u8"K E1"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE_K2 = u8"K E2"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE_K3 = u8"K E3"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE_K4 = u8"K E4"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NUDGE_NOZZLE = u8"Nudge Nozzle"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADJUST_BOTH_NOZZLES = u8"Adjust Both Nozzles"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHOW_OFFSETS = u8"Show Offsets"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INCREMENT = u8"Increment"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERASE_FLASH_WARNING = u8"Are you sure? SPI flash will be erased."; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERASING = u8"Erasing..."; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERASED = u8"SPI flash erased"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CALIBRATION_WARNING = u8"For best results, unload the filament and clean the hotend prior to starting calibration. Continue?"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT_CONFIRMATION = u8"Start printing %s?"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ABORT_WARNING = u8"Are you sure you want to cancel the print?"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDER_SELECTION = u8"Extruder Selection"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CURRENT_TEMPERATURE = u8"Current Temp"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REMOVAL_TEMPERATURE = u8"Removal Temp"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CAUTION = u8"Caution:"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOT = u8"Hot!"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UNLOAD_FILAMENT = u8"Unload/Retract"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_FILAMENT = u8"Load/Extruder"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOMENTARY = u8"Momentary"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTINUOUS = u8"Continuous"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PLEASE_WAIT = u8"Please wait..."; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_MENU = u8"Print Menu"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FINE_MOTION = u8"Fine motion"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENABLE_MEDIA = u8"Enable Media"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INSERT_MEDIA = u8"Insert Media..."; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_BRIGHTNESS = u8"LCD brightness"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SOUND_VOLUME = u8"Sound volume"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SCREEN_LOCK = u8"Screen lock"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BOOT_SCREEN = u8"Boot screen"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTERFACE_SOUNDS = u8"Interface Sounds"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CLICK_SOUNDS = u8"Click sounds"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EEPROM_RESTORED = u8"Settings restored from backup"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EEPROM_RESET = u8"Settings restored to default"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EEPROM_SAVED = u8"Settings saved!"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EEPROM_SAVE_PROMPT = u8"Do you wish to save these settings as defaults?"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EEPROM_RESET_WARNING = u8"Are you sure? Customizations will be lost."; + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PASSCODE_REJECTED = u8"Wrong passcode!"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PASSCODE_ACCEPTED = u8"Passcode accepted!"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PASSCODE_SELECT = u8"Select Passcode:"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PASSCODE_REQUEST = u8"Enter Passcode:"; + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCH_CALIBRATION_START = u8"Release to begin screen calibration"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCH_CALIBRATION_PROMPT = u8"Touch the dots to calibrate"; + + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_TO_HOME = u8"Move to Home"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RAISE_PLUNGER = u8"Raise Plunger"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RELEASE_XY_AXIS = u8"Release X and Y Axis"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOLEVEL_X_AXIS = u8"Auto-level X Axis"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_TEMPERATURE = u8"Bed Temperature"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_XYZ_WARNING = u8"About to move to home position. Ensure the top and the bed of the printer are clear.\n\nContinue?"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_E_WARNING = u8"About to re-home plunger and auto-level. Remove syringe prior to proceeding.\n\nContinue?"; + #endif + + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZONE_1 = u8"Zone 1:"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZONE_2 = u8"Zone 2:"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZONE_3 = u8"Zone 3:"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_FINISHED = u8"Preheat finished"; + #endif +}; // namespace Language_en diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/marlin_events.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/marlin_events.cpp similarity index 73% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/marlin_events.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/marlin_events.cpp index 4318ae0a04..96845d4065 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/marlin_events.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/marlin_events.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "compat.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens/screens.h" @@ -38,19 +38,21 @@ namespace ExtUI { EventLoop::loop(); } - void onPrinterKilled(PGM_P lcd_msg) { - KillScreen::show(progmem_str(lcd_msg)); + void onPrinterKilled(PGM_P const error, PGM_P const component) { + char str[strlen_P(error) + strlen_P(component) + 3]; + sprintf_P(str, PSTR(S_FMT ": " S_FMT), error, component); + KillScreen::show(str); } void onMediaInserted() { if (AT_SCREEN(StatusScreen)) - StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(F(MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED)); + StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED)); sound.play(media_inserted, PLAY_ASYNCHRONOUS); } void onMediaRemoved() { if (AT_SCREEN(StatusScreen)) - StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(F(MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED)); + StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED)); sound.play(media_removed, PLAY_ASYNCHRONOUS); if (AT_SCREEN(FilesScreen)) { GOTO_SCREEN(StatusScreen) @@ -101,7 +103,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { } void onConfigurationStoreWritten(bool success) { - #ifdef LULZBOT_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE + #ifdef ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE if (success && InterfaceSettingsScreen::backupEEPROM()) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Made backup of EEPROM to SPI Flash"); } @@ -123,6 +125,33 @@ namespace ExtUI { else ConfirmUserRequestAlertBox::hide(); } + + #if HAS_LEVELING && HAS_MESH + void onMeshUpdate(const int8_t, const int8_t, const float) { + } + #endif + + #if HAS_PID_HEATING + void OnPidTuning(const result_t rst) { + // Called for temperature PID tuning result + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("OnPidTuning:", rst); + switch (rst) { + case PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM: + StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(STR_PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM); + break; + case PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH: + StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(STR_PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH); + break; + case PID_TUNING_TIMEOUT: + StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(STR_PID_TIMEOUT); + break; + case PID_DONE: + StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(STR_PID_AUTOTUNE_FINISHED); + break; + } + GOTO_SCREEN(StatusScreen); + } + #endif // HAS_PID_HEATING } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/pin_mappings.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/pin_mappings.h similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/pin_mappings.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/pin_mappings.h index c2818570f1..548c6c7439 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/pin_mappings.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/pin_mappings.h @@ -27,9 +27,18 @@ * without adding new pin definitions to the board. */ +#ifdef S6_TFT_PINMAP + #ifndef __MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ + #error "This pin mapping requires Marlin." + #endif + + #define CLCD_SPI_CS PC7 + #define CLCD_MOD_RESET PC6 +#endif + #ifdef CR10_TFT_PINMAP #ifndef __MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ - #error This pin mapping requires Marlin. + #error "This pin mapping requires Marlin." #endif #define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI @@ -49,7 +58,7 @@ #ifdef AO_EXP1_DEPRECATED_PINMAP #ifndef __MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ - #error This pin mapping requires Marlin. + #error "This pin mapping requires Marlin." #endif #define CLCD_MOD_RESET LCD_PINS_D4 @@ -89,7 +98,7 @@ #ifdef AO_EXP1_PINMAP #ifndef __MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ - #error This pin mapping requires Marlin. + #error "This pin mapping requires Marlin." #endif #define CLCD_MOD_RESET LCD_PINS_ENABLE @@ -134,7 +143,7 @@ #ifdef AO_EXP2_PINMAP #ifndef __MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ - #error This pin mapping requires Marlin. + #error "This pin mapping requires Marlin." #endif #define CLCD_SPI_CS BTN_EN1 diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/about_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/about_screen.cpp similarity index 73% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/about_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/about_screen.cpp index b062446cab..afd4402fc1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/about_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/about_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -45,47 +45,50 @@ void AboutScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { .cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)) .tag(0); - draw_text_box(cmd, BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(4,1), F( - #ifdef LULZBOT_LCD_MACHINE_NAME - LULZBOT_LCD_MACHINE_NAME - #else - GET_TEXTF(COLOR_TOUCH_PANEL) - #endif - ), OPT_CENTER, font_xlarge); + draw_text_box(cmd, BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(4,1), + #ifdef CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME + F(CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME) + #else + GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ABOUT_TOUCH_PANEL_1) + #endif + , OPT_CENTER, font_xlarge + ); - #ifdef LULZBOT_LCD_TOOLHEAD_NAME - char about_str[ - strlen_P(GET_TEXT(FIRMWARE_FOR_TOOLHEAD)) + - strlen_P(LULZBOT_LCD_TOOLHEAD_NAME) + - strlen_P(GET_TEXT(ABOUT_ALEPH_OBJECTS)) + 1]; + #ifdef TOOLHEAD_NAME + char about_str[ + strlen_P(GET_TEXT(FIRMWARE_FOR_TOOLHEAD)) + + strlen_P(TOOLHEAD_NAME) + + strlen_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_ABOUT_TOUCH_PANEL_2)) + 1 + ]; - sprintf_P(about_str, GET_TEXT(FIRMWARE_FOR_TOOLHEAD), LULZBOT_LCD_TOOLHEAD_NAME); - strcat_P(about_str, GET_TEXT(ABOUT_ALEPH_OBJECTS)); + sprintf_P(about_str, GET_TEXT(MSG_FIRMWARE_FOR_TOOLHEAD), TOOLHEAD_NAME); + strcat_P (about_str, GET_TEXT(MSG_ABOUT_TOUCH_PANEL_2)); #endif cmd.tag(2); draw_text_box(cmd, BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(4,3), - #ifdef LULZBOT_LCD_TOOLHEAD_NAME - about_str - #else - GET_TEXTF(ABOUT_ALEPH_OBJECTS) - #endif - , OPT_CENTER, font_medium); + #ifdef TOOLHEAD_NAME + about_str + #else + GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ABOUT_TOUCH_PANEL_2) + #endif + , OPT_CENTER, font_medium + ); cmd.tag(0); draw_text_box(cmd, BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(4,2), progmem_str(getFirmwareName_str()), OPT_CENTER, font_medium); - cmd.font(font_medium).colors(action_btn).tag(1).button(BTN_POS(2,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(OKAY)); + cmd.font(font_medium).colors(action_btn).tag(1).button(BTN_POS(2,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BUTTON_OKAY)); } bool AboutScreen::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { switch (tag) { case 1: GOTO_PREVIOUS(); return true; -#if ENABLED(DEVELOPER_SCREENS) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU) case 2: GOTO_SCREEN(DeveloperMenu); return true; #endif default: return false; } } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/advanced_settings_menu.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/advanced_settings_menu.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6029382838 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/advanced_settings_menu.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +/***************************** + * advance_settings_menu.cpp * + *****************************/ + +/**************************************************************************** + * Written By Mark Pelletier 2017 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * + * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2018 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * + * * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * + * GNU General Public License for more details. * + * * + * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * + * location: . * + ****************************************************************************/ + +#include "../config.h" + +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && !defined(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) + +#include "screens.h" + +using namespace FTDI; +using namespace ExtUI; +using namespace Theme; + +void AdvancedSettingsMenu::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { + if (what & BACKGROUND) { + CommandProcessor cmd; + cmd.cmd(CLEAR_COLOR_RGB(Theme::bg_color)) + .cmd(CLEAR(true,true,true)); + } + + if (what & FOREGROUND) { + CommandProcessor cmd; + cmd.colors(normal_btn) + .font(Theme::font_medium) + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + #define GRID_ROWS 10 + #define GRID_COLS 2 + .enabled( + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(2) .button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET)) + .enabled( + #if HAS_CASE_LIGHT + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(16).button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CASE_LIGHT)) + .tag(3) .button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_STEPS_PER_MM)) + .enabled( + #if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(13).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TMC_CURRENT)) + .enabled( + #if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(14).button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS)) + .enabled( + #if HOTENDS > 1 + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(4) .button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_OFFSETS_MENU)) + .enabled( + #if EITHER(LIN_ADVANCE, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(11).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FILAMENT)) + .tag(12).button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS)) + .tag(15).button( BTN_POS(2,6), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_DISPLAY_MENU)) + .tag(9) .button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INTERFACE_SETTINGS)) + .tag(10).button( BTN_POS(1,9), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS)) + .tag(5) .button( BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_VELOCITY)) + .tag(6) .button( BTN_POS(2,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ACCELERATION)) + #if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + .tag(7) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION)) + #else + .tag(7) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_JERK)) + #endif + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(8).button( BTN_POS(2,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACKLASH)) + .colors(action_btn) + .tag(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,10), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); + #undef GRID_COLS + #undef GRID_ROWS + #else + #define GRID_ROWS 6 + #define GRID_COLS 3 + .enabled( + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(2) .button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET)) + .enabled( + #if HAS_CASE_LIGHT + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(16).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CASE_LIGHT)) + .enabled(1) + .tag(3) .button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_STEPS_PER_MM)) + .enabled( + #if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(13).button( BTN_POS(3,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TMC_CURRENT)) + .enabled( + #if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(14).button( BTN_POS(3,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(8).button( BTN_POS(3,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACKLASH)) + .enabled( + #if HOTENDS > 1 + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(4) .button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_OFFSETS_MENU)) + .tag(12).button( BTN_POS(3,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS)) + .tag(5) .button( BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_VELOCITY)) + .tag(6) .button( BTN_POS(2,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ACCELERATION)) + #if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + .tag(7) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION)) + #else + .tag(7) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_JERK)) + #endif + .tag(11).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FILAMENT)) + .tag(15).button( BTN_POS(3,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_DISPLAY_MENU)) + .tag(9) .button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INTERFACE_SETTINGS)) + .tag(10).button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS)) + .colors(action_btn) + .tag(1) .button( BTN_POS(3,6), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); + #endif + } +} + +bool AdvancedSettingsMenu::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { + switch (tag) { + case 1: SaveSettingsDialogBox::promptToSaveSettings(); break; + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + case 2: GOTO_SCREEN(ZOffsetScreen); break; + #endif + case 3: GOTO_SCREEN(StepsScreen); break; + #if HOTENDS > 1 + case 4: GOTO_SCREEN(NozzleOffsetScreen); break; + #endif + case 5: GOTO_SCREEN(MaxVelocityScreen); break; + case 6: GOTO_SCREEN(DefaultAccelerationScreen); break; + case 7: + #if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + GOTO_SCREEN(JunctionDeviationScreen); + #else + GOTO_SCREEN(JerkScreen); + #endif + break; + #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) + case 8: GOTO_SCREEN(BacklashCompensationScreen); break; + #endif + case 9: GOTO_SCREEN(InterfaceSettingsScreen); LockScreen::check_passcode(); break; + case 10: GOTO_SCREEN(RestoreFailsafeDialogBox); LockScreen::check_passcode(); break; + #if EITHER(LIN_ADVANCE, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) + case 11: GOTO_SCREEN(FilamentMenu); break; + #endif + case 12: GOTO_SCREEN(EndstopStatesScreen); break; + #if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG + case 13: GOTO_SCREEN(StepperCurrentScreen); break; + case 14: GOTO_SCREEN(StepperBumpSensitivityScreen); break; + #endif + case 15: GOTO_SCREEN(DisplayTuningScreen); break; + #if HAS_CASE_LIGHT + case 16: GOTO_SCREEN(CaseLightScreen); break; + #endif + default: return false; + } + return true; +} + +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/alert_dialog_box.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/alert_dialog_box.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/alert_dialog_box.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/alert_dialog_box.cpp index dfc1196010..17750c02ec 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/alert_dialog_box.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/alert_dialog_box.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" @@ -67,4 +67,4 @@ template void AlertDialogBox::show(const progmem_str); template void AlertDialogBox::showError(const char *); template void AlertDialogBox::showError(const progmem_str); -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/backlash_compensation_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/backlash_compensation_screen.cpp similarity index 71% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/backlash_compensation_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/backlash_compensation_screen.cpp index 925a0f2f5a..0d6b97d46a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/backlash_compensation_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/backlash_compensation_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if BOTH(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI, BACKLASH_GCODE) +#if BOTH(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, BACKLASH_GCODE) #include "screens.h" @@ -32,17 +32,19 @@ using namespace Theme; void BacklashCompensationScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); - w.precision(2).units( GET_TEXTF(UNITS_MM)); - w.heading( GET_TEXTF(BACKLASH)); - w.color(x_axis).adjuster(2, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_X), getAxisBacklash_mm(X)); - w.color(y_axis).adjuster(4, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_Y), getAxisBacklash_mm(Y)); - w.color(z_axis).adjuster(6, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_Z), getAxisBacklash_mm(Z)); + w.precision(2).units( GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_MM)); + w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACKLASH)); + w.color(x_axis).adjuster(2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_X), getAxisBacklash_mm(X)); + w.color(y_axis).adjuster(4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Y), getAxisBacklash_mm(Y)); + w.color(z_axis).adjuster(6, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Z), getAxisBacklash_mm(Z)); #if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - w.button(12, GET_TEXTF(MEASURE_AUTOMATICALLY)); + w.button(12, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MEASURE_AUTOMATICALLY)); #endif - w.color(other).adjuster(8, GET_TEXTF(SMOOTHING), getBacklashSmoothing_mm()); - w.precision(0).units(GET_TEXTF(UNITS_PERCENT)) - .adjuster(10, GET_TEXTF(CORRECTION), getBacklashCorrection_percent()); + #ifdef BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM + w.color(other).adjuster(8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING), getBacklashSmoothing_mm()); + #endif + w.precision(0).units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_PERCENT)) + .adjuster(10, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACKLASH_CORRECTION), getBacklashCorrection_percent()); w.precision(2).increments(); } @@ -55,12 +57,14 @@ bool BacklashCompensationScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { case 5: UI_INCREMENT(AxisBacklash_mm, Y); break; case 6: UI_DECREMENT(AxisBacklash_mm, Z); break; case 7: UI_INCREMENT(AxisBacklash_mm, Z); break; - case 8: UI_DECREMENT(BacklashSmoothing_mm); break; - case 9: UI_INCREMENT(BacklashSmoothing_mm); break; + #ifdef BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM + case 8: UI_DECREMENT(BacklashSmoothing_mm); break; + case 9: UI_INCREMENT(BacklashSmoothing_mm); break; + #endif case 10: UI_DECREMENT_BY(BacklashCorrection_percent, increment*100); break; case 11: UI_INCREMENT_BY(BacklashCorrection_percent, increment*100); break; #if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - case 12: GOTO_SCREEN(ConfirmAutoCalibrationDialogBox); return true; + case 12: GOTO_SCREEN(ConfirmAutoCalibrationDialogBox); return true; #endif default: return false; @@ -69,4 +73,4 @@ bool BacklashCompensationScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/base_numeric_adjustment_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/base_numeric_adjustment_screen.cpp similarity index 86% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/base_numeric_adjustment_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/base_numeric_adjustment_screen.cpp index 480315620c..97e399a403 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/base_numeric_adjustment_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/base_numeric_adjustment_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" @@ -47,7 +47,8 @@ BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::widgets_t::widgets_t(draw_mode_t what) : _what(what cmd.cmd(CLEAR_COLOR_RGB(bg_color)) .cmd(CLEAR(true,true,true)) .colors(normal_btn) - .cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)); + .cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)) + .tag(0); } cmd.font(font_medium); @@ -57,7 +58,7 @@ BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::widgets_t::widgets_t(draw_mode_t what) : _what(what #else BTN_POS(15,7), BTN_SIZE(4,1), #endif - GET_TEXTF(BACK), true, true + GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK), true, true ); _line = 1; @@ -85,12 +86,14 @@ void BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::widgets_t::_button_style(CommandProcessor &cmd default: break; } - const bool rgb_changed = old_colors->rgb != new_colors->rgb; + const bool rgb_changed = (old_colors->rgb != new_colors->rgb) || + (_style == TEXT_LABEL && style != TEXT_LABEL) || + (_style != TEXT_LABEL && style == TEXT_LABEL); const bool grad_changed = old_colors->grad != new_colors->grad; const bool fg_changed = (old_colors->fg != new_colors->fg) || (_style == TEXT_AREA); const bool bg_changed = old_colors->bg != new_colors->bg; - if (rgb_changed) cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(new_colors->rgb)); + if (rgb_changed) cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(style == TEXT_LABEL ? bg_text_enabled : new_colors->rgb)); if (grad_changed) cmd.gradcolor(new_colors->grad); if (fg_changed) cmd.fgcolor(new_colors->fg); if (bg_changed) cmd.bgcolor(new_colors->bg); @@ -122,7 +125,9 @@ BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::widgets_t &BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::widgets_t:: void BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::widgets_t::heading(progmem_str label) { if (_what & BACKGROUND) { CommandProcessor cmd; + _button_style(cmd, TEXT_LABEL); cmd.font(font_medium) + .tag(0) .text( #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT BTN_POS(1, _line), BTN_SIZE(12,1), @@ -185,13 +190,14 @@ void BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::widgets_t::increments() { cmd.font(LAYOUT_FONT); if (_what & BACKGROUND) { - cmd.text( + _button_style(cmd, TEXT_LABEL); + cmd.tag(0).text( #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT BTN_POS(1, _line), BTN_SIZE(4,1), #else BTN_POS(15, 1), BTN_SIZE(4,1), #endif - GET_TEXTF(INCREMENT) + GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INCREMENT) ); } @@ -208,11 +214,12 @@ void BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::widgets_t::adjuster_sram_val(uint8_t tag, prog CommandProcessor cmd; if (_what & BACKGROUND) { - _button_style(cmd, TEXT_AREA); + _button_style(cmd, TEXT_LABEL); cmd.tag(0) .font(font_small) - .text( BTN_POS(1,_line), BTN_SIZE(4,1), label) - .fgcolor(_color).button( BTN_POS(5,_line), BTN_SIZE(5,1), F(""), OPT_FLAT); + .text( BTN_POS(1,_line), BTN_SIZE(4,1), label); + _button_style(cmd, TEXT_AREA); + cmd.fgcolor(_color).button( BTN_POS(5,_line), BTN_SIZE(5,1), F(""), OPT_FLAT); } cmd.font(font_medium); @@ -267,12 +274,13 @@ void BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::widgets_t::text_field(uint8_t tag, progmem_str CommandProcessor cmd; if (_what & BACKGROUND) { - _button_style(cmd, TEXT_AREA); + _button_style(cmd, TEXT_LABEL); cmd.enabled(1) .tag(0) .font(font_small) - .text( BTN_POS(1,_line), BTN_SIZE(4,1), label) - .fgcolor(_color) + .text( BTN_POS(1,_line), BTN_SIZE(4,1), label); + _button_style(cmd, TEXT_AREA); + cmd.fgcolor(_color) .tag(tag) .button( BTN_POS(5,_line), BTN_SIZE(9,1), F(""), OPT_FLAT); } @@ -297,14 +305,15 @@ void BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::widgets_t::toggle(uint8_t tag, progmem_str lab CommandProcessor cmd; if (_what & BACKGROUND) { + _button_style(cmd, TEXT_LABEL); cmd.font(font_small) .text( - #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - BTN_POS(1, _line), BTN_SIZE( 8,1), - #else - BTN_POS(1, _line), BTN_SIZE(10,1), - #endif - label + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + BTN_POS(1, _line), BTN_SIZE( 8,1), + #else + BTN_POS(1, _line), BTN_SIZE(10,1), + #endif + label ); } @@ -314,12 +323,12 @@ void BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::widgets_t::toggle(uint8_t tag, progmem_str lab .enabled(is_enabled) .font(font_small) .toggle2( - #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - BTN_POS( 9,_line), BTN_SIZE(5,1), - #else - BTN_POS(10,_line), BTN_SIZE(4,1), - #endif - GET_TEXTF(NO), GET_TEXTF(YES), value + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + BTN_POS( 9,_line), BTN_SIZE(5,1), + #else + BTN_POS(10,_line), BTN_SIZE(4,1), + #endif + GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NO), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_YES), value ); } @@ -330,15 +339,16 @@ void BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::widgets_t::home_buttons(uint8_t tag) { CommandProcessor cmd; if (_what & BACKGROUND) { + _button_style(cmd, TEXT_LABEL); cmd.font(font_small) - .text(BTN_POS(1, _line), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXTF(HOME)); + .text(BTN_POS(1, _line), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_HOME)); } cmd.font(LAYOUT_FONT); - _button(cmd, tag+0, BTN_POS(5,_line), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(AXIS_X)); - _button(cmd, tag+1, BTN_POS(7,_line), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(AXIS_Y)); - _button(cmd, tag+2, BTN_POS(9,_line), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(AXIS_Z)); - _button(cmd, tag+3, BTN_POS(11,_line), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXTF(AXIS_ALL)); + _button(cmd, tag+0, BTN_POS(5,_line), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_X)); + _button(cmd, tag+1, BTN_POS(7,_line), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Y)); + _button(cmd, tag+2, BTN_POS(9,_line), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Z)); + _button(cmd, tag+3, BTN_POS(11,_line), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_ALL)); _line++; } @@ -371,4 +381,4 @@ float BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::getIncrement() { } } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/base_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/base_screen.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/base_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/base_screen.cpp index c0c7212a22..77cadabcd7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/base_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/base_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -87,4 +87,4 @@ void BaseScreen::reset_menu_timeout() { uint32_t BaseScreen::last_interaction; #endif -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_advanced_settings.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_advanced_settings.cpp similarity index 63% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_advanced_settings.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_advanced_settings.cpp index 1355010c0b..6c9f74f93f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_advanced_settings.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_advanced_settings.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && defined(LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && defined(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) #include "screens.h" @@ -43,52 +43,52 @@ void AdvancedSettingsMenu::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { #define GRID_ROWS 9 #define GRID_COLS 2 - .tag(2) .button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(DISPLAY_MENU)) - #if HAS_TRINAMIC - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(3) .button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(MOTOR_CURRENT)) - #if HAS_TRINAMIC - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(4) .button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(HOME_SENSE)) - .tag(5) .button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(ENDSTOPS)) - #if HOTENDS > 1 - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(6) .button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(TOOL_OFFSETS)) + .tag(2) .button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_DISPLAY_MENU)) + .enabled( + #if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(3) .button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TMC_CURRENT)) + .enabled( + #if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(4) .button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS)) + .tag(5) .button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS)) + .enabled( + #if HOTENDS > 1 + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(6) .button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_OFFSETS_MENU)) - .tag(7) .button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(STEPS_PER_MM)) - .tag(8) .button( BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(VELOCITY)) - .tag(9) .button( BTN_POS(2,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(ACCELERATION)) - #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - .tag(10) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(JUNC_DEVIATION)) + .tag(7) .button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_STEPS_PER_MM)) + .tag(8) .button( BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_VELOCITY)) + .tag(9) .button( BTN_POS(2,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ACCELERATION)) + #if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + .tag(10) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION)) #else - .tag(10) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(JERK)) + .tag(10) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_JERK)) #endif - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(11) .button( BTN_POS(2,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(BACKLASH)) - #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(12) .button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(LINEAR_ADVANCE)) - .tag(13) .button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(INTERFACE_SETTINGS)) - .tag(14) .button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(RESTORE_DEFAULTS)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(11) .button( BTN_POS(2,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACKLASH)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(12) .button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE)) + .tag(13) .button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INTERFACE_SETTINGS)) + .tag(14) .button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS)) .colors(action_btn) - .tag(1). button( BTN_POS(1,9), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(BACK)); + .tag(1). button( BTN_POS(1,9), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); #undef GRID_COLS #undef GRID_ROWS } @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ bool AdvancedSettingsMenu::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { switch (tag) { case 1: SaveSettingsDialogBox::promptToSaveSettings(); break; case 2: GOTO_SCREEN(DisplayTuningScreen); break; - #if HAS_TRINAMIC + #if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG case 3: GOTO_SCREEN(StepperCurrentScreen); break; case 4: GOTO_SCREEN(StepperBumpSensitivityScreen); break; #endif @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ bool AdvancedSettingsMenu::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { case 8: GOTO_SCREEN(MaxVelocityScreen); break; case 9: GOTO_SCREEN(DefaultAccelerationScreen); break; case 10: - #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) GOTO_SCREEN(JunctionDeviationScreen); #else GOTO_SCREEN(JerkScreen); @@ -134,4 +134,4 @@ bool AdvancedSettingsMenu::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_confirm_home_e.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_confirm_home_e.cpp similarity index 86% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_confirm_home_e.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_confirm_home_e.cpp index ec6b6045e7..a3254bae9a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_confirm_home_e.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_confirm_home_e.cpp @@ -22,21 +22,25 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && defined(LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && defined(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) #include "screens.h" using namespace FTDI; void BioConfirmHomeE::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { - drawMessage(GET_TEXTF(HOMING_WARNING)); + drawMessage(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_HOME_E_WARNING)); drawYesNoButtons(1); } bool BioConfirmHomeE::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { switch (tag) { case 1: - SpinnerDialogBox::enqueueAndWait_P(F(LULZBOT_HOME_E_COMMANDS)); + SpinnerDialogBox::enqueueAndWait_P(F( + "G28 E\n" + AXIS_LEVELING_COMMANDS "\n" + PARK_AND_RELEASE_COMMANDS + )); current_screen.forget(); break; case 2: @@ -47,4 +51,4 @@ bool BioConfirmHomeE::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { } return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_confirm_home_xyz.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_confirm_home_xyz.cpp similarity index 88% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_confirm_home_xyz.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_confirm_home_xyz.cpp index 71fc02bd14..883a446b3e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_confirm_home_xyz.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_confirm_home_xyz.cpp @@ -22,21 +22,24 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && defined(LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && defined(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) #include "screens.h" using namespace FTDI; void BioConfirmHomeXYZ::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { - drawMessage(GET_TEXTF(LOADING_WARNING)); + drawMessage(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_HOME_XYZ_WARNING)); drawYesNoButtons(1); } bool BioConfirmHomeXYZ::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { switch (tag) { case 1: - SpinnerDialogBox::enqueueAndWait_P(F(LULZBOT_HOME_XYZ_COMMANDS)); + SpinnerDialogBox::enqueueAndWait_P(F( + "G28\n" + PARK_AND_RELEASE_COMMANDS + )); current_screen.forget(); break; case 2: @@ -47,4 +50,4 @@ bool BioConfirmHomeXYZ::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { } return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_main_menu.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_main_menu.cpp similarity index 61% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_main_menu.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_main_menu.cpp index 403376a180..40ed8479ee 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_main_menu.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_main_menu.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && defined(LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && defined(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) #include "screens.h" @@ -30,29 +30,32 @@ using namespace FTDI; using namespace Theme; void MainMenu::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { - #define GRID_ROWS 8 + #define GRID_ROWS 10 #define GRID_COLS 2 if (what & BACKGROUND) { CommandProcessor cmd; cmd.cmd(CLEAR_COLOR_RGB(Theme::bg_color)) - .cmd(CLEAR(true,true,true)); + .cmd(CLEAR(true,true,true)) + .tag(0); } if (what & FOREGROUND) { CommandProcessor cmd; cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)) - .font(font_large).text( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(MAIN_MENU)) + .font(font_large).text( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MAIN)) .colors(normal_btn) .font(font_medium) - .tag(2).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(LOAD_SYRINGE)) - .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(RELEASE_XY_AXIS)) - .tag(4).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(BED_TEMPERATURE)) - .tag(5).button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(INTERFACE_SETTINGS)) - .tag(6).button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(ADVANCED_SETTINGS)) - .tag(7).button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(ABOUT_PRINTER)) + .tag(2).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MOVE_TO_HOME)) + .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RAISE_PLUNGER)) + .tag(4).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RELEASE_XY_AXIS)) + .tag(5).button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AUTOLEVEL_X_AXIS)) + .tag(6).button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BED_TEMPERATURE)) + .tag(7).button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INTERFACE_SETTINGS)) + .tag(8).button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS)) + .tag(9).button( BTN_POS(1,9), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INFO_MENU)) .colors(action_btn) - .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(BACK)); + .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(1,10), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); } #undef GRID_COLS @@ -62,18 +65,22 @@ void MainMenu::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { bool MainMenu::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { using namespace ExtUI; + const bool e_homed = isAxisPositionKnown(E0); + switch (tag) { case 1: SaveSettingsDialogBox::promptToSaveSettings(); break; case 2: GOTO_SCREEN(BioConfirmHomeXYZ); break; - case 3: StatusScreen::unlockMotors(); break; - case 4: GOTO_SCREEN(TemperatureScreen); break; - case 5: GOTO_SCREEN(InterfaceSettingsScreen); break; - case 6: GOTO_SCREEN(AdvancedSettingsMenu); break; - case 7: GOTO_SCREEN(AboutScreen); break; + case 3: SpinnerDialogBox::enqueueAndWait_P(e_homed ? F("G0 E0 F120") : F("G112")); break; + case 4: StatusScreen::unlockMotors(); break; + case 5: SpinnerDialogBox::enqueueAndWait_P(F(AXIS_LEVELING_COMMANDS)); break; + case 6: GOTO_SCREEN(TemperatureScreen); break; + case 7: GOTO_SCREEN(InterfaceSettingsScreen); break; + case 8: GOTO_SCREEN(AdvancedSettingsMenu); break; + case 9: GOTO_SCREEN(AboutScreen); break; default: return false; } return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_printer_ui_landscape.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_printer_ui_landscape.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1c7c02093d --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_printer_ui_landscape.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ + +/**************************************************************************** + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * + * GNU General Public License for more details. * + * * + * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * + * location: . * + ****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * This file was auto-generated using "svg2cpp.py" + * + * The encoding consists of x,y pairs with the min and max scaled to + * 0x0000 and 0xFFFE. A single 0xFFFF in the data stream indicates the + * start of a new closed path. + */ + +#pragma once + +constexpr float x_min = 0.000000; +constexpr float x_max = 480.000000; +constexpr float y_min = 0.000000; +constexpr float y_max = 272.000000; + +const PROGMEM uint16_t z_neg[] = {0x7950, 0x51EA, 0x824E, 0x51EA, 0x824E, 0x71E2, 0x86CD, 0x71E2, 0x7DCF, 0x81DF, 0x74D1, 0x71E2, 0x7950, 0x71E2, 0x7950, 0x51EA}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t z_pos[] = {0x7950, 0x41EE, 0x824E, 0x41EE, 0x824E, 0x21F5, 0x86CD, 0x21F5, 0x7DCF, 0x11F9, 0x74D0, 0x21F5, 0x7950, 0x21F5, 0x7950, 0x41EE}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t y_neg[] = {0x3479, 0x56CF, 0x3EC6, 0x56CF, 0x3747, 0x7281, 0x3C6D, 0x7281, 0x2E61, 0x8059, 0x27D4, 0x7281, 0x2CFA, 0x7281, 0x3479, 0x56CF}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t y_pos[] = {0x3BF9, 0x3B1D, 0x4645, 0x3B1D, 0x4DC4, 0x1F6B, 0x52EB, 0x1F6B, 0x4C5E, 0x1192, 0x3E52, 0x1F6B, 0x4378, 0x1F6B, 0x3BF9, 0x3B1D}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t x_neg[] = {0x350E, 0x4209, 0x314E, 0x4FE2, 0x1CB5, 0x4FE2, 0x1AD6, 0x56CF, 0x1449, 0x48F6, 0x2255, 0x3B1D, 0x2075, 0x4209, 0x350E, 0x4209}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t x_pos[] = {0x498C, 0x4209, 0x45CC, 0x4FE2, 0x5A65, 0x4FE2, 0x5885, 0x56CF, 0x6691, 0x48F6, 0x6004, 0x3B1D, 0x5E25, 0x4209, 0x498C, 0x4209}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t syringe_fluid[] = {0xB4E9, 0x78BE, 0xBB12, 0x7C44, 0xBDE3, 0x7C44, 0xC426, 0x78BE, 0xC426, 0x250D, 0xB4E9, 0x250D, 0xB4E9, 0x78BE}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t syringe[] = {0xB8AD, 0x6BB1, 0xB8AD, 0x6E0C, 0xBE02, 0x6E0C, 0xBE02, 0x6BB1, 0xFFFF, 0xB8AD, 0x6248, 0xB8AD, 0x64A2, 0xBE02, 0x64A2, 0xBE02, 0x6248, 0xFFFF, 0xB8AD, 0x58DF, 0xB8AD, 0x5B39, 0xBE02, 0x5B39, 0xBE02, 0x58DF, 0xFFFF, 0xB8AD, 0x4F75, 0xB8AD, 0x51D0, 0xBE02, 0x51D0, 0xBE02, 0x4F75, 0xFFFF, 0xB8AD, 0x460C, 0xB8AD, 0x4866, 0xBE02, 0x4866, 0xBE02, 0x460C, 0xFFFF, 0xB8AD, 0x3CA3, 0xB8AD, 0x3EFD, 0xBE02, 0x3EFD, 0xBE02, 0x3CA3, 0xFFFF, 0xB8AD, 0x3339, 0xB8AD, 0x3594, 0xBE02, 0x3594, 0xBE02, 0x3339, 0xFFFF, 0xB396, 0x110A, 0xB396, 0x1818, 0xB995, 0x1818, 0xB995, 0x22AD, 0xB396, 0x22AD, 0xB396, 0x7ADA, 0xB995, 0x7E61, 0xB995, 0x88F5, 0xBB95, 0x88F5, 0xBB95, 0xA8B4, 0xBD94, 0xAC3B, 0xBD94, 0x88F5, 0xBF94, 0x88F5, 0xBF94, 0x7E61, 0xC593, 0x7ADA, 0xC593, 0x22AD, 0xBF94, 0x22AD, 0xBF94, 0x1818, 0xC593, 0x1818, 0xC593, 0x110A, 0xFFFF, 0xBB95, 0x1818, 0xBD94, 0x1818, 0xBD94, 0x22AD, 0xBB95, 0x22AD, 0xBB95, 0x1818, 0xFFFF, 0xB596, 0x2634, 0xC393, 0x2634, 0xC393, 0x7753, 0xBD94, 0x7ADA, 0xBB95, 0x7ADA, 0xB596, 0x7753, 0xB596, 0x2634}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t syringe_outline[] = {0xB396, 0x110A, 0xB396, 0x1818, 0xB995, 0x1818, 0xB995, 0x22AD, 0xB396, 0x22AD, 0xB396, 0x7ADA, 0xB995, 0x7E61, 0xB995, 0x88F5, 0xBB95, 0x88F5, 0xBB95, 0xA8B4, 0xBD94, 0xAC3B, 0xBD94, 0x88F5, 0xBF94, 0x88F5, 0xBF94, 0x7E61, 0xC593, 0x7ADA, 0xC593, 0x22AD, 0xBF94, 0x22AD, 0xBF94, 0x1818, 0xC593, 0x1818, 0xC593, 0x110A, 0xB396, 0x110A}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t padlock[] = {0x3FE3, 0x2A04, 0x3D34, 0x2AF9, 0x3AFF, 0x2D93, 0x397D, 0x316D, 0x38E8, 0x3626, 0x38E8, 0x3A14, 0x39B3, 0x3C8F, 0x3B50, 0x3C8F, 0x3C1C, 0x3A14, 0x3C1C, 0x363C, 0x3C6B, 0x33A9, 0x3D3A, 0x3193, 0x3E6C, 0x302D, 0x3FE3, 0x2FAA, 0x415A, 0x302D, 0x428C, 0x3192, 0x435B, 0x33A8, 0x43AB, 0x363C, 0x43AB, 0x4492, 0x38C3, 0x4492, 0x3741, 0x45AC, 0x36A1, 0x4856, 0x36A1, 0x5C41, 0x3741, 0x5EEC, 0x38C3, 0x6005, 0x4703, 0x6005, 0x4886, 0x5EEC, 0x4925, 0x5C41, 0x4925, 0x4856, 0x4886, 0x45AC, 0x4703, 0x4492, 0x46DE, 0x362B, 0x4649, 0x316D, 0x44C7, 0x2D92, 0x4292, 0x2AF9}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t home_z[] = {0x80BB, 0x2B43, 0x712C, 0x46B9, 0x750F, 0x46B9, 0x750F, 0x622F, 0x7CD7, 0x622F, 0x7CD7, 0x5474, 0x849F, 0x5474, 0x849F, 0x622F, 0x8C67, 0x622F, 0x8C67, 0x46B9, 0x904B, 0x46B9, 0x8A48, 0x3C1D, 0x8A48, 0x2ECD, 0x8664, 0x2ECD, 0x8664, 0x3540}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t usb_btn[] = {0x0558, 0xC0D6, 0x3BDB, 0xC0D6, 0x3BDB, 0xF431, 0x0558, 0xF431, 0x0558, 0xC0D6}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t menu_btn[] = {0x416B, 0xC0D6, 0x77EE, 0xC0D6, 0x77EE, 0xF431, 0x416B, 0xF431, 0x416B, 0xC0D6}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t e_pos[] = {0xE04E, 0x5E7B, 0xE94C, 0x5E7B, 0xE94C, 0x7E74, 0xEDCB, 0x7E74, 0xE4CD, 0x8E70, 0xDBCF, 0x7E74, 0xE04E, 0x7E74, 0xE04E, 0x5E7B}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t e_neg[] = {0xE04E, 0x4E7F, 0xE94C, 0x4E7F, 0xE94C, 0x2E87, 0xEDCB, 0x2E87, 0xE4CD, 0x1E8A, 0xDBCF, 0x2E87, 0xE04E, 0x2E87, 0xE04E, 0x4E7F}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t home_e[] = {0xD705, 0x3885, 0xC775, 0x53FB, 0xCB59, 0x53FB, 0xCB59, 0x6F71, 0xD321, 0x6F71, 0xD321, 0x61B6, 0xDAE9, 0x61B6, 0xDAE9, 0x6F71, 0xE2B1, 0x6F71, 0xE2B1, 0x53FB, 0xE695, 0x53FB, 0xE092, 0x495F, 0xE092, 0x3C0E, 0xDCAE, 0x3C0E, 0xDCAE, 0x4281}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t fine_label[] = {0x0D92, 0x9444, 0x5211, 0x9444, 0x5211, 0xA9EA, 0x0D92, 0xA9EA}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t fine_toggle[] = {0x56E7, 0x9444, 0x8007, 0x9444, 0x8007, 0xA9EA, 0x56E7, 0xA9EA}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t h1_temp[] = {0x9C2B, 0xDD3B, 0xBBDE, 0xDD3B, 0xBBDE, 0xFA57, 0x9C2B, 0xFA57}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t h1_label[] = {0x9C2B, 0xBE8F, 0xBBDC, 0xBE8F, 0xBBDC, 0xDBAA, 0x9C2B, 0xDBAA}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t h0_temp[] = {0x7BD0, 0xDD3B, 0x9B83, 0xDD3B, 0x9B83, 0xFA57, 0x7BD0, 0xFA57}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t h0_label[] = {0x7BD0, 0xBE8F, 0x9B83, 0xBE8F, 0x9B83, 0xDBAA, 0x7BD0, 0xDBAA}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t h2_temp[] = {0xBC86, 0xDD3B, 0xDC39, 0xDD3B, 0xDC39, 0xFA57, 0xBC86, 0xFA57}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t h2_label[] = {0xBC86, 0xBE8F, 0xDC37, 0xBE8F, 0xDC37, 0xDBAA, 0xBC86, 0xDBAA}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t h3_temp[] = {0xDCE2, 0xDD0D, 0xFC95, 0xDD0D, 0xFC95, 0xFA28, 0xDCE2, 0xFA28}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t h3_label[] = {0xDCE2, 0xBE60, 0xFC92, 0xBE60, 0xFC92, 0xDB7C, 0xDCE2, 0xDB7C}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t actual_temp[] = {0xCDF6, 0xD037, 0xF7CA, 0xD037, 0xF7CA, 0xF424, 0xCDF6, 0xF424}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t bed_icon[] = {0xCDF6, 0xA5CC, 0xF7CA, 0xA5CC, 0xF7CA, 0xC9B9, 0xCDF6, 0xC9B9}; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_printer_ui.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_printer_ui_portrait.h similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_printer_ui.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_printer_ui_portrait.h index 6ff6c8a467..32f52f8e46 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_printer_ui.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_printer_ui_portrait.h @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ ****************************************************************************/ /** - * This file was auto-generated using "svg2cpp.pl" + * This file was auto-generated using "svg2cpp.py" * * The encoding consists of x,y pairs with the min and max scaled to * 0x0000 and 0xFFFE. A single 0xFFFF in the data stream indicates the @@ -25,51 +25,28 @@ #pragma once constexpr float x_min = 0.000000; - constexpr float x_max = 272.000000; - constexpr float y_min = 0.000000; - constexpr float y_max = 480.000000; const PROGMEM uint16_t z_neg[] = {0xC9B1, 0x96B3, 0xD990, 0x96B3, 0xD990, 0xA8D0, 0xE17F, 0xA8D0, 0xD1A0, 0xB1DF, 0xC1C2, 0xA8D0, 0xC9B1, 0xA8D0, 0xC9B1, 0x96B3}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t z_pos[] = {0xC9B1, 0x8DA4, 0xD990, 0x8DA4, 0xD990, 0x7B86, 0xE17F, 0x7B86, 0xD1A0, 0x7277, 0xC1C2, 0x7B86, 0xC9B1, 0x7B86, 0xC9B1, 0x8DA4}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t y_neg[] = {0x5037, 0x9979, 0x6264, 0x9979, 0x5529, 0xA92A, 0x5E3F, 0xA92A, 0x4575, 0xB103, 0x39E6, 0xA92A, 0x42FC, 0xA92A, 0x5037, 0x9979}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t y_pos[] = {0x5D72, 0x89C7, 0x6F9F, 0x89C7, 0x7CDA, 0x7A15, 0x85F0, 0x7A15, 0x7A61, 0x723D, 0x6197, 0x7A15, 0x6AAD, 0x7A15, 0x5D72, 0x89C7}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t x_neg[] = {0x513D, 0x8DB3, 0x4AA0, 0x958C, 0x2647, 0x958C, 0x22F8, 0x9979, 0x1769, 0x91A0, 0x3033, 0x89C7, 0x2CE4, 0x8DB3, 0x513D, 0x8DB3}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t x_pos[] = {0x7566, 0x8DB3, 0x6EC9, 0x958C, 0x9322, 0x958C, 0x8FD4, 0x9979, 0xA89E, 0x91A0, 0x9D0E, 0x89C7, 0x99C0, 0x8DB3, 0x7566, 0x8DB3}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t syringe_fluid[] = {0x7D1D, 0x4A0F, 0x87FC, 0x4C0E, 0x8CF4, 0x4C0E, 0x9801, 0x4A0F, 0x9801, 0x1AA2, 0x7D1D, 0x1AA2, 0x7D1D, 0x4A0F}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t syringe[] = {0x83C2, 0x42AA, 0x83C2, 0x43FF, 0x8D2C, 0x43FF, 0x8D2C, 0x42AA, 0xFFFF, 0x83C2, 0x3D54, 0x83C2, 0x3EAA, 0x8D2C, 0x3EAA, 0x8D2C, 0x3D54, 0xFFFF, 0x83C2, 0x37FF, 0x83C2, 0x3954, 0x8D2C, 0x3954, 0x8D2C, 0x37FF, 0xFFFF, 0x83C2, 0x32AA, 0x83C2, 0x33FF, 0x8D2C, 0x33FF, 0x8D2C, 0x32AA, 0xFFFF, 0x83C2, 0x2D54, 0x83C2, 0x2EAA, 0x8D2C, 0x2EAA, 0x8D2C, 0x2D54, 0xFFFF, 0x83C2, 0x27FF, 0x83C2, 0x2955, 0x8D2C, 0x2955, 0x8D2C, 0x27FF, 0xFFFF, 0x83C2, 0x22AA, 0x83C2, 0x23FF, 0x8D2C, 0x23FF, 0x8D2C, 0x22AA, 0xFFFF, 0x7AC7, 0x0F4B, 0x7AC7, 0x134A, 0x855B, 0x134A, 0x855B, 0x1949, 0x7AC7, 0x1949, 0x7AC7, 0x4B40, 0x855B, 0x4D40, 0x855B, 0x533F, 0x88E2, 0x533F, 0x88E2, 0x653C, 0x8C69, 0x673C, 0x8C69, 0x533F, 0x8FF0, 0x533F, 0x8FF0, 0x4D40, 0x9A85, 0x4B40, 0x9A85, 0x1949, 0x8FF0, 0x1949, 0x8FF0, 0x134A, 0x9A85, 0x134A, 0x9A85, 0x0F4B, 0xFFFF, 0x88E2, 0x134A, 0x8C69, 0x134A, 0x8C69, 0x1949, 0x88E2, 0x1949, 0x88E2, 0x134A, 0xFFFF, 0x7E4D, 0x1B49, 0x96FE, 0x1B49, 0x96FE, 0x4941, 0x8C69, 0x4B40, 0x88E2, 0x4B40, 0x7E4D, 0x4941, 0x7E4D, 0x1B49}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t syringe_outline[] = {0x7AC7, 0x0F4B, 0x7AC7, 0x134A, 0x855B, 0x134A, 0x855B, 0x1949, 0x7AC7, 0x1949, 0x7AC7, 0x4B40, 0x855B, 0x4D40, 0x855B, 0x533F, 0x88E2, 0x533F, 0x88E2, 0x653C, 0x8C69, 0x673C, 0x8C69, 0x533F, 0x8FF0, 0x533F, 0x8FF0, 0x4D40, 0x9A85, 0x4B40, 0x9A85, 0x1949, 0x8FF0, 0x1949, 0x8FF0, 0x134A, 0x9A85, 0x134A, 0x9A85, 0x0F4B, 0x7AC7, 0x0F4B}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t padlock[] = {0x645A, 0x8017, 0x5F9E, 0x80A1, 0x5BBA, 0x821B, 0x5911, 0x844A, 0x580A, 0x86F7, 0x580A, 0x8931, 0x5970, 0x8A98, 0x5C49, 0x8A98, 0x5DB0, 0x8931, 0x5DB0, 0x8703, 0x5E3C, 0x858E, 0x5FAA, 0x845F, 0x61C5, 0x8394, 0x645A, 0x834A, 0x66F0, 0x8394, 0x690C, 0x845F, 0x6A7A, 0x858D, 0x6B07, 0x8703, 0x6B07, 0x8F23, 0x57C8, 0x8F23, 0x551E, 0x8FC3, 0x5404, 0x9145, 0x5404, 0x9C8F, 0x551E, 0x9E11, 0x57C8, 0x9EB1, 0x70EE, 0x9EB1, 0x7398, 0x9E11, 0x74B2, 0x9C8F, 0x74B2, 0x9145, 0x7398, 0x8FC3, 0x70EE, 0x8F23, 0x70AC, 0x86FA, 0x6FA5, 0x844A, 0x6CFD, 0x821B, 0x6917, 0x80A1}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t home_z[] = {0xD6C9, 0x80CC, 0xBB53, 0x905B, 0xC231, 0x905B, 0xC231, 0x9FEB, 0xCFEC, 0x9FEB, 0xCFEC, 0x9823, 0xDDA7, 0x9823, 0xDDA7, 0x9FEB, 0xEB62, 0x9FEB, 0xEB62, 0x905B, 0xF240, 0x905B, 0xE7A3, 0x8A58, 0xE7A3, 0x82CD, 0xE0C6, 0x82CD, 0xE0C6, 0x8674}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t home_e[] = {0xB94F, 0x25AA, 0x9DD8, 0x353A, 0xA4B6, 0x353A, 0xA4B6, 0x44C9, 0xB271, 0x44C9, 0xB271, 0x3D02, 0xC02C, 0x3D02, 0xC02C, 0x44C9, 0xCDE7, 0x44C9, 0xCDE7, 0x353A, 0xD4C5, 0x353A, 0xCA28, 0x2F36, 0xCA28, 0x27AB, 0xC34B, 0x27AB, 0xC34B, 0x2B53}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t bed_icon[] = {0x1764, 0x2C4C, 0x6135, 0x2C4C, 0x6135, 0x40A8, 0x1764, 0x40A8}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t actual_temp[] = {0x1764, 0x466F, 0x6135, 0x466F, 0x6135, 0x5ACB, 0x1764, 0x5ACB}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t target_temp[] = {0x1764, 0x1228, 0x6135, 0x1228, 0x6135, 0x2684, 0x1764, 0x2684}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t fine_label[] = {0x1AA7, 0xC6D2, 0x9387, 0xC6D2, 0x9387, 0xD316, 0x1AA7, 0xD316}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t fine_toggle[] = {0x9C10, 0xC6D2, 0xE4A3, 0xC6D2, 0xE4A3, 0xD316, 0x9C10, 0xD316}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t usb_btn[] = {0x0B68, 0xE880, 0x7B1A, 0xE880, 0x7B1A, 0xF94B, 0x0B68, 0xF94B, 0x0B68, 0xE880}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t menu_btn[] = {0x84E3, 0xE880, 0xF495, 0xE880, 0xF495, 0xF94B, 0x84E3, 0xF94B, 0x84E3, 0xE880}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t e_pos[] = {0xC9B1, 0x3B2D, 0xD990, 0x3B2D, 0xD990, 0x4D4B, 0xE17F, 0x4D4B, 0xD1A0, 0x565A, 0xC1C2, 0x4D4B, 0xC9B1, 0x4D4B, 0xC9B1, 0x3B2D}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t e_neg[] = {0xC9B1, 0x321E, 0xD990, 0x321E, 0xD990, 0x2000, 0xE17F, 0x2000, 0xD1A0, 0x16F1, 0xC1C2, 0x2000, 0xC9B1, 0x2000, 0xC9B1, 0x321E}; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_printing_dialog_box.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_printing_dialog_box.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_printing_dialog_box.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_printing_dialog_box.cpp index bcf9fb8550..4013065086 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_printing_dialog_box.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_printing_dialog_box.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && defined(LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && defined(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) #include "screens.h" @@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ using namespace Theme; void BioPrintingDialogBox::draw_status_message(draw_mode_t what, const char* message) { if (what & BACKGROUND) { CommandProcessor cmd; - cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)); + cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)) + .tag(0); draw_text_box(cmd, BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(2,2), message, OPT_CENTER, font_large); } } @@ -153,4 +154,4 @@ void BioPrintingDialogBox::show() { GOTO_SCREEN(BioPrintingDialogBox); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_status_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_status_screen.cpp similarity index 51% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_status_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_status_screen.cpp index 17d9eefbca..ec7f2bcffb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_status_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_status_screen.cpp @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ /**************************************************************************** * Written By Mark Pelletier 2017 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2018 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * + * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2019 - Cocoa Press * * * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * @@ -22,14 +23,17 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && defined(LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && ANY(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO, TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) #include "screens.h" #include "../ftdi_eve_lib/extras/poly_ui.h" -#include "bio_printer_ui.h" -#define E_TRAVEL_LIMIT 60 +#ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + #include "bio_printer_ui_portrait.h" +#else + #include "bio_printer_ui_landscape.h" +#endif #define GRID_COLS 2 #define GRID_ROWS 9 @@ -66,22 +70,55 @@ void StatusScreen::draw_temperature(draw_mode_t what) { if (what & BACKGROUND) { cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_color)); - // Draw touch surfaces - ui.bounds(POLY(target_temp), x, y, h, v); - cmd.rectangle(x, y, h, v); - ui.bounds(POLY(actual_temp), x, y, h, v); - cmd.rectangle(x, y, h, v); - ui.bounds(POLY(bed_icon), x, y, h, v); - cmd.rectangle(x, y, h, v); + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) + // The LulzBot Bio shows the temperature for + // the bed. - // Draw bed icon - cmd.cmd(BITMAP_SOURCE(Bed_Heat_Icon_Info)) - .cmd(BITMAP_LAYOUT(Bed_Heat_Icon_Info)) - .cmd(BITMAP_SIZE (Bed_Heat_Icon_Info)) - .cmd(COLOR_RGB(shadow_rgb)) - .icon (x + 2, y + 2, h, v, Bed_Heat_Icon_Info, icon_scale * 2) - .cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)) - .icon (x, y, h, v, Bed_Heat_Icon_Info, icon_scale * 2); + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + // Draw touch surfaces + ui.bounds(POLY(target_temp), x, y, h, v); + cmd.rectangle(x, y, h, v); + ui.bounds(POLY(actual_temp), x, y, h, v); + cmd.rectangle(x, y, h, v); + #else + ui.bounds(POLY(bed_temp), x, y, h, v); + cmd.rectangle(x, y, h, v); + #endif + ui.bounds(POLY(bed_icon), x, y, h, v); + cmd.rectangle(x, y, h, v); + + // Draw bed icon + cmd.cmd(BITMAP_SOURCE(Bed_Heat_Icon_Info)) + .cmd(BITMAP_LAYOUT(Bed_Heat_Icon_Info)) + .cmd(BITMAP_SIZE (Bed_Heat_Icon_Info)) + .cmd(COLOR_RGB(shadow_rgb)) + .icon (x + 2, y + 2, h, v, Bed_Heat_Icon_Info, icon_scale * 2) + .cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)) + .icon (x, y, h, v, Bed_Heat_Icon_Info, icon_scale * 2); + #elif ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) && DISABLED(TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT) + // The CocoaPress shows the temperature for two + // heating zones, but has no bed temperature + + cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)); + cmd.font(font_medium); + + ui.bounds(POLY(h0_label), x, y, h, v); + cmd.text(x, y, h, v, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ZONE_1)); + + ui.bounds(POLY(h1_label), x, y, h, v); + cmd.text(x, y, h, v, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ZONE_2)); + + ui.bounds(POLY(h2_label), x, y, h, v); + cmd.text(x, y, h, v, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ZONE_3)); + + ui.bounds(POLY(h3_label), x, y, h, v); + cmd.text(x, y, h, v, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CHAMBER)); + #else + UNUSED(x); + UNUSED(y); + UNUSED(h); + UNUSED(v); + #endif #ifdef TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 load_utf8_bitmaps(cmd); // Restore font bitmap handles @@ -89,27 +126,88 @@ void StatusScreen::draw_temperature(draw_mode_t what) { } if (what & FOREGROUND) { - char bed_str[15]; + char str[15]; + cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)); + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) + cmd.font(font_medium); - cmd.font(font_xlarge) - .cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)); + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + if (!isHeaterIdle(BED) && getTargetTemp_celsius(BED) > 0) + format_temp(str, getTargetTemp_celsius(BED)); + else + strcpy_P(str, GET_TEXT(MSG_BED)); - if (!isHeaterIdle(BED) && getTargetTemp_celsius(BED) > 0) { - format_temp(bed_str, getTargetTemp_celsius(BED)); - ui.bounds(POLY(target_temp), x, y, h, v); - cmd.text(x, y, h, v, bed_str); - } + ui.bounds(POLY(target_temp), x, y, h, v); + cmd.text(x, y, h, v, str); - format_temp(bed_str, getActualTemp_celsius(BED)); - ui.bounds(POLY(actual_temp), x, y, h, v); - cmd.text(x, y, h, v, bed_str); + format_temp(str, getActualTemp_celsius(BED)); + ui.bounds(POLY(actual_temp), x, y, h, v); + cmd.text(x, y, h, v, str); + #else + if (!isHeaterIdle(BED) && getTargetTemp_celsius(BED) > 0) + format_temp_and_temp(str, getActualTemp_celsius(BED), getTargetTemp_celsius(BED)); + else + format_temp_and_idle(str, getActualTemp_celsius(BED)); + + ui.bounds(POLY(bed_temp), x, y, h, v); + cmd.text(x, y, h, v, str); + #endif + + #elif ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) && DISABLED(TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT) + // The CocoaPress shows the temperature for two + // heating zones, but has no bed temperature + + cmd.font(font_large); + + if (!isHeaterIdle(E0) && getTargetTemp_celsius(E0) > 0) + format_temp_and_temp(str, getActualTemp_celsius(E0), getTargetTemp_celsius(E0)); + else + format_temp_and_idle(str, getActualTemp_celsius(E0)); + + ui.bounds(POLY(h0_temp), x, y, h, v); + cmd.text(x, y, h, v, str); + + if (!isHeaterIdle(E1) && getTargetTemp_celsius(E1) > 0) + format_temp_and_temp(str, getActualTemp_celsius(E1), getTargetTemp_celsius(E1)); + else + format_temp_and_idle(str, getActualTemp_celsius(E1)); + + ui.bounds(POLY(h1_temp), x, y, h, v); + cmd.text(x, y, h, v, str); + + if (!isHeaterIdle(E2) && getTargetTemp_celsius(E2) > 0) + format_temp_and_temp(str, getActualTemp_celsius(E2), getTargetTemp_celsius(E2)); + else + format_temp_and_idle(str, getActualTemp_celsius(E2)); + + ui.bounds(POLY(h2_temp), x, y, h, v); + cmd.text(x, y, h, v, str); + + if (!isHeaterIdle(CHAMBER) && getTargetTemp_celsius(CHAMBER) > 0) + format_temp_and_temp(str, getActualTemp_celsius(CHAMBER), getTargetTemp_celsius(CHAMBER)); + else + format_temp_and_idle(str, getActualTemp_celsius(CHAMBER)); + + ui.bounds(POLY(h3_temp), x, y, h, v); + cmd.text(x, y, h, v, str); + #else + UNUSED(str); + #endif } } void StatusScreen::draw_syringe(draw_mode_t what) { int16_t x, y, h, v; - const float fill_level = 1.0 - min(1.0, max(0.0, getAxisPosition_mm(E0) / E_TRAVEL_LIMIT)); - const bool e_homed = isAxisPositionKnown(E0); + #ifdef E_MAX_POS + const float fill_level = 1.0 - min(1.0, max(0.0, getAxisPosition_mm(E0) / E_MAX_POS)); + #else + const float fill_level = 0.75; + #endif + const bool e_homed = (true + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) + && isAxisPositionKnown(E0) + #endif + ); CommandProcessor cmd; PolyUI ui(cmd, what); @@ -139,8 +237,12 @@ void StatusScreen::draw_syringe(draw_mode_t what) { } void StatusScreen::draw_arrows(draw_mode_t what) { - const bool e_homed = isAxisPositionKnown(E0); - const bool z_homed = isAxisPositionKnown(Z); + const bool e_homed = (true + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) + && isAxisPositionKnown(E0) + #endif + ); + const bool z_homed = isAxisPositionKnown(Z); CommandProcessor cmd; PolyUI ui(cmd, what); @@ -162,7 +264,9 @@ void StatusScreen::draw_arrows(draw_mode_t what) { } if ((what & BACKGROUND) || e_homed) { - ui.button(7, POLY(e_neg)); + #if DISABLED(TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) + ui.button(7, POLY(e_neg)); + #endif ui.button(8, POLY(e_pos)); } } @@ -172,26 +276,35 @@ void StatusScreen::draw_fine_motion(draw_mode_t what) { CommandProcessor cmd; PolyUI ui(cmd, what); - cmd.font(font_medium) - .tag(16); + cmd.font( + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + font_medium + #else + font_small + #endif + ) + .tag(16); if (what & BACKGROUND) { - ui.bounds(POLY(fine_label), x, y, h, v); cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)) - .text(x, y, h, v, GET_TEXTF(FINE_MOTION)); + .text(x, y, h, v, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FINE_MOTION)); } if (what & FOREGROUND) { ui.bounds(POLY(fine_toggle), x, y, h, v); cmd.colors(ui_toggle) - .toggle2(x, y, h, v, GET_TEXTF(NO), GET_TEXTF(YES), fine_motion); + .toggle2(x, y, h, v, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NO), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_YES), fine_motion); } } void StatusScreen::draw_overlay_icons(draw_mode_t what) { - const bool e_homed = isAxisPositionKnown(E0); - const bool z_homed = isAxisPositionKnown(Z); + const bool e_homed = (true + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) + && isAxisPositionKnown(E0) + #endif + ); + const bool z_homed = isAxisPositionKnown(Z); CommandProcessor cmd; PolyUI ui(cmd, what); @@ -207,22 +320,27 @@ void StatusScreen::draw_overlay_icons(draw_mode_t what) { } } -void StatusScreen::draw_buttons(draw_mode_t) { +void StatusScreen::draw_buttons(draw_mode_t what) { + int16_t x, y, h, v; + const bool has_media = isMediaInserted() && !isPrintingFromMedia(); CommandProcessor cmd; + PolyUI ui(cmd, what); + ui.bounds(POLY(usb_btn), x, y, h, v); cmd.font(font_medium) .colors(normal_btn) .enabled(has_media) .colors(has_media ? action_btn : normal_btn) - .tag(9).button(BTN_POS(1,9), BTN_SIZE(1,1), + .tag(9).button(x, y, h, v, isPrintingFromMedia() ? - GET_TEXTF(PRINTING) : - GET_TEXTF(MEDIA) + GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PRINTING) : + GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BUTTON_MEDIA) ); - cmd.colors(!has_media ? action_btn : normal_btn).tag(10).button(BTN_POS(2,9), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(MENU)); + ui.bounds(POLY(menu_btn), x, y, h, v); + cmd.colors(!has_media ? action_btn : normal_btn).tag(10).button(x, y, h, v, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BUTTON_MENU)); } void StatusScreen::loadBitmaps() { @@ -239,8 +357,9 @@ void StatusScreen::loadBitmaps() { void StatusScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { if (what & BACKGROUND) { CommandProcessor cmd; - cmd.cmd(CLEAR_COLOR_RGB(bg_color)); - cmd.cmd(CLEAR(true,true,true)); + cmd.cmd(CLEAR_COLOR_RGB(bg_color)) + .cmd(CLEAR(true,true,true)) + .tag(0); } draw_syringe(what); @@ -258,24 +377,26 @@ bool StatusScreen::onTouchStart(uint8_t) { bool StatusScreen::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { switch (tag) { - case 1: - case 2: - case 3: - case 4: + case 1: + case 2: + case 3: + case 4: case 12: if (!jog_xy) { jog_xy = true; injectCommands_P(PSTR("M17")); } - jog(0, 0, 0); + jog({ 0, 0, 0 }); break; - case 5: - case 6: - jog(0, 0, 0); + case 5: + case 6: + jog({ 0, 0, 0 }); break; - case 9: GOTO_SCREEN(FilesScreen); break; + case 9: GOTO_SCREEN(FilesScreen); break; case 10: GOTO_SCREEN(MainMenu); break; - case 13: SpinnerDialogBox::enqueueAndWait_P(F("G112")); break; + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) + case 13: GOTO_SCREEN(BioConfirmHomeE); break; + #endif case 14: SpinnerDialogBox::enqueueAndWait_P(F("G28 Z")); break; case 15: GOTO_SCREEN(TemperatureScreen); break; case 16: fine_motion = !fine_motion; break; @@ -291,14 +412,13 @@ bool StatusScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { if (tag >= 1 && tag <= 4 && !jog_xy) return false; const float s = min_speed + (fine_motion ? 0 : (max_speed - min_speed) * sq(increment)); switch (tag) { - case 1: jog(-s, 0, 0); break; - case 2: jog( s, 0, 0); break; - case 4: jog( 0, -s, 0); break; // NOTE: Y directions inverted because bed rather than needle moves - case 3: jog( 0, s, 0); break; - case 5: jog( 0, 0, -s); break; - case 6: jog( 0, 0, s); break; - case 7: - case 8: + case 1: jog({-s, 0, 0}); break; + case 2: jog({ s, 0, 0}); break; + case 4: jog({ 0, -s, 0}); break; // NOTE: Y directions inverted because bed rather than needle moves + case 3: jog({ 0, s, 0}); break; + case 5: jog({ 0, 0, -s}); break; + case 6: jog({ 0, 0, s}); break; + case 7: case 8: { if (ExtUI::isMoving()) return false; const feedRate_t feedrate = emin_speed + (fine_motion ? 0 : (emax_speed - emin_speed) * sq(increment)); @@ -316,21 +436,32 @@ bool StatusScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { } void StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(progmem_str pstr) { - BioPrintingDialogBox::setStatusMessage(pstr); + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO + BioPrintingDialogBox::setStatusMessage(pstr); + #else + UNUSED(pstr); + #endif } void StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(const char * const str) { - BioPrintingDialogBox::setStatusMessage(str); + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO + BioPrintingDialogBox::setStatusMessage(str); + #else + UNUSED(str); + #endif } void StatusScreen::onIdle() { + reset_menu_timeout(); if (refresh_timer.elapsed(STATUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL)) { if (!EventLoop::is_touch_held()) onRefresh(); - if (isPrintingFromMedia()) - BioPrintingDialogBox::show(); + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO + if (isPrintingFromMedia()) + BioPrintingDialogBox::show(); + #endif refresh_timer.start(); } } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_tune_menu.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_tune_menu.cpp similarity index 63% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_tune_menu.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_tune_menu.cpp index 2b22876970..27312c733f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_tune_menu.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_tune_menu.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && defined(LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && defined(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) #include "screens.h" @@ -31,33 +31,35 @@ using namespace Theme; using namespace ExtUI; void TuneMenu::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { + #define GRID_ROWS 8 + #define GRID_COLS 2 + if (what & BACKGROUND) { CommandProcessor cmd; cmd.cmd(CLEAR_COLOR_RGB(bg_color)) .cmd(CLEAR(true,true,true)) - .font(font_medium); + .cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)) + .tag(0) + .font(font_large) + .text( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PRINT_MENU)); } - #define GRID_ROWS 7 - #define GRID_COLS 2 - if (what & FOREGROUND) { CommandProcessor cmd; - cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)) - .font(font_large).text ( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(PRINT_MENU)) - .colors(normal_btn) + cmd.colors(normal_btn) .font(font_medium) - .enabled( isPrinting()).tag(2).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(PRINT_SPEED)) - .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(BED_TEMPERATURE)) - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - .enabled(true) - #else - .enabled(false) - #endif - .tag(4).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(NUDGE_NOZZLE)) - .enabled(!isPrinting()).tag(5).button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(LOAD_SYRINGE)) - .enabled(!isPrinting()).tag(6).button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(RELEASE_XY_AXIS)) - .colors(action_btn) .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(BACK)); + .enabled( isPrinting()).tag(2).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PRINT_SPEED)) + .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BED_TEMPERATURE)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + true + #endif + ) + .tag(4).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NUDGE_NOZZLE)) + .enabled(!isPrinting()).tag(5).button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MOVE_TO_HOME)) + .enabled(!isPrinting()).tag(6).button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RAISE_PLUNGER)) + .enabled(!isPrinting()).tag(7).button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RELEASE_XY_AXIS)) + .colors(action_btn) .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); } #undef GRID_COLS #undef GRID_ROWS @@ -65,16 +67,17 @@ void TuneMenu::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { bool TuneMenu::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { switch (tag) { - case 1: GOTO_PREVIOUS(); break; - case 2: GOTO_SCREEN(FeedratePercentScreen); break; - case 3: GOTO_SCREEN(TemperatureScreen); break; - case 4: GOTO_SCREEN(NudgeNozzleScreen); break; - case 5: GOTO_SCREEN(BioConfirmHomeXYZ); break; - case 6: StatusScreen::unlockMotors(); break; + case 1: GOTO_PREVIOUS(); break; + case 2: GOTO_SCREEN(FeedratePercentScreen); break; + case 3: GOTO_SCREEN(TemperatureScreen); break; + case 4: GOTO_SCREEN(NudgeNozzleScreen); break; + case 5: GOTO_SCREEN(BioConfirmHomeXYZ); break; + case 6: SpinnerDialogBox::enqueueAndWait_P(F("G0 E0 F120")); break; + case 7: StatusScreen::unlockMotors(); break; default: return false; } return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/boot_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/boot_screen.cpp similarity index 78% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/boot_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/boot_screen.cpp index 32c43d654a..996c12cf23 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/boot_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/boot_screen.cpp @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ /**************************************************************************** * Written By Mark Pelletier 2017 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2018 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * + * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2019 - Cocoa Press * * * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * @@ -22,20 +23,29 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" #include "../ftdi_eve_lib/extras/poly_ui.h" #include "../archim2-flash/flash_storage.h" -#ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - #include "../theme/bootscreen_logo_portrait.h" +#ifdef SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + #include "../theme/_bootscreen_portrait.h" + #else + #include "../theme/_bootscreen_landscape.h" + #endif #else - #include "../theme/bootscreen_logo_landscape.h" + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + #include "../theme/marlin_bootscreen_portrait.h" + #else + #include "../theme/marlin_bootscreen_landscape.h" + #endif #endif using namespace FTDI; +using namespace Theme; void BootScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { CommandProcessor cmd; @@ -61,10 +71,11 @@ void BootScreen::onIdle() { GOTO_SCREEN(TouchCalibrationScreen); current_screen.forget(); PUSH_SCREEN(StatusScreen); + StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(GET_TEXT_F(WELCOME_MSG)); } else { if (!UIFlashStorage::is_valid()) { StatusScreen::loadBitmaps(); - SpinnerDialogBox::show(GET_TEXTF(PLEASE_WAIT)); + SpinnerDialogBox::show(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PLEASE_WAIT)); UIFlashStorage::format_flash(); SpinnerDialogBox::hide(); } @@ -78,16 +89,16 @@ void BootScreen::onIdle() { StatusScreen::loadBitmaps(); - #ifdef LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO GOTO_SCREEN(BioConfirmHomeXYZ); current_screen.forget(); PUSH_SCREEN(StatusScreen); PUSH_SCREEN(BioConfirmHomeE); #elif NUM_LANGUAGES > 1 - StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(F(WELCOME_MSG)); + StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(GET_TEXT_F(WELCOME_MSG)); GOTO_SCREEN(LanguageMenu); #else - StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(F(WELCOME_MSG)); + StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(GET_TEXT_F(WELCOME_MSG)); GOTO_SCREEN(StatusScreen); #endif } @@ -96,21 +107,15 @@ void BootScreen::onIdle() { void BootScreen::showSplashScreen() { CommandProcessor cmd; cmd.cmd(CMD_DLSTART); - cmd.cmd(CLEAR_COLOR_RGB(0xDEEA5C)); + cmd.cmd(CLEAR_COLOR_RGB(LOGO_BACKGROUND)); cmd.cmd(CLEAR(true,true,true)); #define POLY(A) PolyUI::poly_reader_t(A, sizeof(A)/sizeof(A[0])) + #define LOGO_PAINT_PATH(rgb, path) cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(rgb)); ui.fill(POLY(path)); PolyUI ui(cmd); - cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(0xC1D82F)); - ui.fill(POLY(logo_green)); - cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(0x000000)); - ui.fill(POLY(logo_black)); - ui.fill(POLY(logo_type)); - ui.fill(POLY(logo_mark)); - cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(0xFFFFFF)); - ui.fill(POLY(logo_white)); + LOGO_PAINT_PATHS cmd.cmd(DL::DL_DISPLAY); cmd.cmd(CMD_SWAP); @@ -119,4 +124,4 @@ void BootScreen::showSplashScreen() { ExtUI::delay_ms(2500); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/case_light_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/case_light_screen.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b82149c859 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/case_light_screen.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/************************* + * case_light_screen.cpp * + *************************/ + +/**************************************************************************** + * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2019 - Cocoa Press * + * * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * + * GNU General Public License for more details. * + * * + * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * + * location: . * + ****************************************************************************/ + +#include "../config.h" + +#if BOTH(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) + +#include "screens.h" + +using namespace FTDI; +using namespace ExtUI; +using namespace Theme; + +void CaseLightScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { + widgets_t w(what); + w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CASE_LIGHT)); + w.toggle( 2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LEDS), getCaseLightState()); + #if DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS) + w.precision(0).units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_PERCENT)) + .adjuster(10, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS), getCaseLightBrightness_percent()); + w.precision(0).increments(); + #endif +} + +bool CaseLightScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { + using namespace ExtUI; + #if DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS) + const float increment = getIncrement(); + #endif + switch (tag) { + case 2: setCaseLightState(!getCaseLightState()); break; + #if DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS) + case 10: UI_DECREMENT(CaseLightBrightness_percent); break; + case 11: UI_INCREMENT(CaseLightBrightness_percent); break; + #endif + default: + return false; + } + + SaveSettingsDialogBox::settingsChanged(); + return true; +} + +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/change_filament_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/change_filament_screen.cpp similarity index 80% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/change_filament_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/change_filament_screen.cpp index de63824f0c..2d1e0d6627 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/change_filament_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/change_filament_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" @@ -88,6 +88,9 @@ void ChangeFilamentScreen::onEntry() { screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.t_tag = 0; screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.repeat_tag = 0; screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.saved_extruder = getActiveTool(); + #if FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH > 0 + screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.need_purge = true; + #endif } void ChangeFilamentScreen::onExit() { @@ -114,14 +117,14 @@ void ChangeFilamentScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { #else .font(font_medium) #endif - .text(BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(EXTRUDER_SELECTION)) + .text(BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_EXTRUDER_SELECTION)) #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT .text(BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(1,1), F("")) #else - .text(BTN_POS(3,1), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(CURRENT_TEMPERATURE)) + .text(BTN_POS(3,1), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CURRENT_TEMPERATURE)) .font(font_small) #endif - .text(BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(REMOVAL_TEMPERATURE)); + .text(BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_REMOVAL_TEMPERATURE)); drawTempGradient(BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,3)); } @@ -154,12 +157,12 @@ void ChangeFilamentScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { const bool t_ok = getActualTemp_celsius(e) > getSoftenTemp() - 10; if (screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.t_tag && !t_ok) { - cmd.text(BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(HEATING)); + cmd.text(BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_HEATING)); } else if (getActualTemp_celsius(e) > 100) { cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(0xFF0000)) - .text(BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(CAUTION)) + .text(BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CAUTION)) .colors(normal_btn) - .text(BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(HOT)); + .text(BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_HOT)); } #define TOG_STYLE(A) colors(A ? action_btn : normal_btn) @@ -192,21 +195,24 @@ void ChangeFilamentScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { const bool tog8 = screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.repeat_tag == 8; - #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - cmd.font(font_large); - #else - cmd.font(font_small); - #endif + cmd.font( + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + font_large + #else + font_small + #endif + ); + { char str[30]; - format_temp_and_material(str, LOW_TEMP, GET_TEXT(MATERIAL_PLA)); + format_temp_and_material(str, LOW_TEMP, GET_TEXT(MSG_MATERIAL_PLA)); cmd.tag(2) .TOG_STYLE(tog2) .button (BTN_POS(2,6), BTN_SIZE(1,1), str); - format_temp_and_material(str, MED_TEMP, GET_TEXT(MATERIAL_ABS)); + format_temp_and_material(str, MED_TEMP, GET_TEXT(MSG_MATERIAL_ABS)); cmd.tag(3) .TOG_STYLE(tog3) .button (BTN_POS(2,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), str); - format_temp_and_material(str, HIGH_TEMP, GET_TEXT(MATERIAL_HIGH_TEMP)); + format_temp_and_material(str, HIGH_TEMP, GET_TEXT(MSG_MATERIAL_HIGH_TEMP)); cmd.tag(4) .TOG_STYLE(tog4) .button (BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), str); } cmd.colors(normal_btn) @@ -221,23 +227,23 @@ void ChangeFilamentScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { .cmd(COLOR_RGB(t_ok ? bg_text_enabled : bg_text_disabled)) #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT .font(font_large) - .tag(0) .text (BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(UNLOAD_FILAMENT)) - .text (BTN_POS(2,8), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(LOAD_FILAMENT)) - .tag(5) .enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(1,9), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(MOMENTARY)) - .tag(6) .enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(2,9), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(MOMENTARY)) - .tag(7).TOG_STYLE(tog7).enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(1,10), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(CONTINUOUS)) - .tag(8).TOG_STYLE(tog8).enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(2,10), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(CONTINUOUS)) - .tag(1).colors(action_btn) .button (BTN_POS(1,11), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(BACK)); + .tag(0) .text (BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNLOAD_FILAMENT)) + .text (BTN_POS(2,8), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LOAD_FILAMENT)) + .tag(5) .enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(1,9), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MOMENTARY)) + .tag(6) .enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(2,9), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MOMENTARY)) + .tag(7).TOG_STYLE(tog7).enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(1,10), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CONTINUOUS)) + .tag(8).TOG_STYLE(tog8).enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(2,10), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CONTINUOUS)) + .tag(1).colors(action_btn) .button (BTN_POS(1,11), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); #else .font(font_small) - .tag(0) .text (BTN_POS(3,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(UNLOAD_FILAMENT)) - .text (BTN_POS(4,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(LOAD_FILAMENT)) - .tag(5) .enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(3,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(MOMENTARY)) - .tag(6) .enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(4,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(MOMENTARY)) - .tag(7).TOG_STYLE(tog7).enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(3,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(CONTINUOUS)) - .tag(8).TOG_STYLE(tog8).enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(4,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(CONTINUOUS)) + .tag(0) .text (BTN_POS(3,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNLOAD_FILAMENT)) + .text (BTN_POS(4,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LOAD_FILAMENT)) + .tag(5) .enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(3,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MOMENTARY)) + .tag(6) .enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(4,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MOMENTARY)) + .tag(7).TOG_STYLE(tog7).enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(3,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CONTINUOUS)) + .tag(8).TOG_STYLE(tog8).enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(4,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CONTINUOUS)) .font(font_medium) - .tag(1).colors(action_btn) .button (BTN_POS(3,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(BACK)); + .tag(1).colors(action_btn) .button (BTN_POS(3,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); #endif } #undef GRID_COLS @@ -262,10 +268,24 @@ ExtUI::extruder_t ChangeFilamentScreen::getExtruder() { } } +void ChangeFilamentScreen::doPurge() { + #if FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH > 0 + constexpr float purge_distance_mm = FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH; + if (screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.need_purge) { + screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.need_purge = false; + MoveAxisScreen::setManualFeedrate(getExtruder(), purge_distance_mm); + ExtUI::setAxisPosition_mm(ExtUI::getAxisPosition_mm(getExtruder()) + purge_distance_mm, getExtruder()); + } + #endif +} + bool ChangeFilamentScreen::onTouchStart(uint8_t tag) { // Make the Momentary and Continuous buttons slightly more responsive switch (tag) { case 5: case 6: case 7: case 8: + #if FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH > 0 + if (tag == 5 || tag == 7) doPurge(); + #endif return ChangeFilamentScreen::onTouchHeld(tag); default: return false; @@ -295,6 +315,9 @@ bool ChangeFilamentScreen::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.e_tag = tag; screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.t_tag = 0; screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.repeat_tag = 0; + #if FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH > 0 + screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.need_purge = true; + #endif setActiveTool(getExtruder(), true); break; case 15: GOTO_SCREEN(TemperatureScreen); break; @@ -305,8 +328,8 @@ bool ChangeFilamentScreen::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { bool ChangeFilamentScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { if (ExtUI::isMoving()) return false; // Don't allow moves to accumulate constexpr float increment = 1; - #define UI_INCREMENT_AXIS(axis) MoveAxisScreen::setManualFeedrate(axis, increment); UI_INCREMENT(AxisPosition_mm, axis); - #define UI_DECREMENT_AXIS(axis) MoveAxisScreen::setManualFeedrate(axis, increment); UI_DECREMENT(AxisPosition_mm, axis); + #define UI_INCREMENT_AXIS(axis) UI_INCREMENT(AxisPosition_mm, axis); + #define UI_DECREMENT_AXIS(axis) UI_DECREMENT(AxisPosition_mm, axis); switch (tag) { case 5: case 7: UI_DECREMENT_AXIS(getExtruder()); break; case 6: case 8: UI_INCREMENT_AXIS(getExtruder()); break; @@ -318,6 +341,7 @@ bool ChangeFilamentScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { } void ChangeFilamentScreen::onIdle() { + reset_menu_timeout(); if (screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.repeat_tag) onTouchHeld(screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.repeat_tag); if (refresh_timer.elapsed(STATUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL)) { onRefresh(); @@ -326,4 +350,4 @@ void ChangeFilamentScreen::onIdle() { BaseScreen::onIdle(); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_abort_print_dialog_box.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_abort_print_dialog_box.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_abort_print_dialog_box.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_abort_print_dialog_box.cpp index 32dba3df0f..933894259e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_abort_print_dialog_box.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_abort_print_dialog_box.cpp @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" using namespace ExtUI; void ConfirmAbortPrintDialogBox::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { - drawMessage(GET_TEXTF(ABORT_WARNING)); + drawMessage(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ABORT_WARNING)); drawYesNoButtons(); } @@ -44,4 +44,4 @@ bool ConfirmAbortPrintDialogBox::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { } } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_auto_calibration_dialog_box.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_auto_calibration_dialog_box.cpp similarity index 91% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_auto_calibration_dialog_box.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_auto_calibration_dialog_box.cpp index 161828595f..deae90fe93 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_auto_calibration_dialog_box.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_auto_calibration_dialog_box.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if BOTH(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI, CALIBRATION_GCODE) +#if BOTH(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, CALIBRATION_GCODE) #include "screens.h" @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ using namespace ExtUI; using namespace Theme; void ConfirmAutoCalibrationDialogBox::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { - drawMessage(GET_TEXTF(CALIBRATION_WARNING)); + drawMessage(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CALIBRATION_WARNING)); drawYesNoButtons(); } @@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ bool ConfirmAutoCalibrationDialogBox::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { switch (tag) { case 1: GOTO_SCREEN(StatusScreen); - injectCommands_P(PSTR(LULZBOT_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS)); + injectCommands_P(PSTR(CALIBRATION_COMMANDS)); return true; default: return DialogBoxBaseClass::onTouchEnd(tag); } } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_erase_flash_dialog_box.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_erase_flash_dialog_box.cpp similarity index 89% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_erase_flash_dialog_box.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_erase_flash_dialog_box.cpp index 610d97b118..1e16546003 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_erase_flash_dialog_box.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_erase_flash_dialog_box.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if BOTH(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI, DEVELOPER_SCREENS) +#if BOTH(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU) #include "screens.h" @@ -31,17 +31,17 @@ using namespace FTDI; void ConfirmEraseFlashDialogBox::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { - drawMessage(GET_TEXTF(ERASE_FLASH_WARNING)); + drawMessage(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ERASE_FLASH_WARNING)); drawYesNoButtons(); } bool ConfirmEraseFlashDialogBox::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { switch (tag) { case 1: - SpinnerDialogBox::show(GET_TEXTF(ERASING)); + SpinnerDialogBox::show(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ERASING)); UIFlashStorage::format_flash(); SpinnerDialogBox::hide(); - AlertDialogBox::show(GET_TEXTF(ERASED)); + AlertDialogBox::show(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ERASED)); // Remove ConfirmEraseFlashDialogBox from the stack // so the alert box doesn't return to me. current_screen.forget(); @@ -51,4 +51,4 @@ bool ConfirmEraseFlashDialogBox::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { } } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_start_print_dialog_box.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_start_print_dialog_box.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5c691cb9a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_start_print_dialog_box.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/************************************** + * confirm_start_print_dialog_box.cpp * + **************************************/ + +/**************************************************************************** + * Written By Mark Pelletier 2017 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * + * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2018 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * + * * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * + * GNU General Public License for more details. * + * * + * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * + * location: . * + ****************************************************************************/ + +#include "../config.h" + +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) + +#include "screens.h" +#include "screen_data.h" + +using namespace FTDI; +using namespace Theme; +using namespace ExtUI; + +void ConfirmStartPrintDialogBox::onEntry() { + BaseScreen::onEntry(); + sound.play(twinkle, PLAY_ASYNCHRONOUS); +} + +void ConfirmStartPrintDialogBox::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { + const char *filename = getLongFilename(); + char buffer[strlen_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_START_PRINT_CONFIRMATION)) + strlen(filename) + 1]; + sprintf_P(buffer, GET_TEXT(MSG_START_PRINT_CONFIRMATION), filename); + drawMessage((const char *)buffer); + drawYesNoButtons(1); +} + +bool ConfirmStartPrintDialogBox::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { + switch (tag) { + case 1: + printFile(getShortFilename()); + StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PRINT_STARTING)); + GOTO_SCREEN(StatusScreen); + return true; + case 2: GOTO_PREVIOUS(); return true; + default: return false; + } +} + +const char *ConfirmStartPrintDialogBox::getFilename(bool longName) { + FileList files; + files.seek(screen_data.ConfirmStartPrintDialogBox.file_index, true); + return longName ? files.longFilename() : files.shortFilename(); +} + +void ConfirmStartPrintDialogBox::show(uint8_t file_index) { + screen_data.ConfirmStartPrintDialogBox.file_index = file_index; + GOTO_SCREEN(ConfirmStartPrintDialogBox); +} + +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_user_request_alert_box.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_user_request_alert_box.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_user_request_alert_box.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_user_request_alert_box.cpp index 82f92de21c..cc132064ec 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_user_request_alert_box.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_user_request_alert_box.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" @@ -55,4 +55,4 @@ void ConfirmUserRequestAlertBox::hide() { if (AT_SCREEN(ConfirmUserRequestAlertBox)) GOTO_PREVIOUS(); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/default_acceleration_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/default_acceleration_screen.cpp similarity index 83% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/default_acceleration_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/default_acceleration_screen.cpp index fdfacd58ce..21be095f96 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/default_acceleration_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/default_acceleration_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -33,14 +33,14 @@ using namespace Theme; void DefaultAccelerationScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); w.precision(0); - w.units(GET_TEXTF(UNITS_MM_S2)); - w.heading( GET_TEXTF(ACCELERATION)); + w.units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_MM_S2)); + w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ACCELERATION)); w.color(other); - w.adjuster( 2, GET_TEXTF(ACCEL_PRINTING), getPrintingAcceleration_mm_s2() ); - w.adjuster( 4, GET_TEXTF(ACCEL_TRAVEL), getTravelAcceleration_mm_s2() ); - w.adjuster( 6, GET_TEXTF(ACCEL_RETRACT), getRetractAcceleration_mm_s2() ); + w.adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ACCEL_PRINTING), getPrintingAcceleration_mm_s2() ); + w.adjuster( 4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ACCEL_TRAVEL), getTravelAcceleration_mm_s2() ); + w.adjuster( 6, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ACCEL_RETRACT), getRetractAcceleration_mm_s2() ); w.increments(); - w.button( 8, GET_TEXTF(SET_MAXIMUM)); + w.button( 8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_SET_MAXIMUM)); } bool DefaultAccelerationScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { @@ -60,4 +60,4 @@ bool DefaultAccelerationScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/developer_menu.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/developer_menu.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/developer_menu.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/developer_menu.cpp index 1743a1f796..b3b674ebd3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/developer_menu.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/developer_menu.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if BOTH(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI, DEVELOPER_SCREENS) +#if BOTH(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU) #include "screens.h" @@ -147,4 +147,4 @@ bool DeveloperMenu::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/dialog_box_base_class.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/dialog_box_base_class.cpp similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/dialog_box_base_class.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/dialog_box_base_class.cpp index 7d2d2e51ea..7f3a27e9e8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/dialog_box_base_class.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/dialog_box_base_class.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -50,14 +50,14 @@ template void DialogBoxBaseClass::drawMessage(progmem_str, int16_t font); void DialogBoxBaseClass::drawYesNoButtons(uint8_t default_btn) { CommandProcessor cmd; cmd.font(font_medium) - .colors(default_btn == 1 ? action_btn : normal_btn).tag(1).button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(YES)) - .colors(default_btn == 2 ? action_btn : normal_btn).tag(2).button( BTN_POS(2,8), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(NO)); + .colors(default_btn == 1 ? action_btn : normal_btn).tag(1).button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_YES)) + .colors(default_btn == 2 ? action_btn : normal_btn).tag(2).button( BTN_POS(2,8), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NO)); } void DialogBoxBaseClass::drawOkayButton() { CommandProcessor cmd; cmd.font(font_medium) - .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(OKAY)); + .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BUTTON_OKAY)); } void DialogBoxBaseClass::drawButton(const progmem_str label) { @@ -84,4 +84,4 @@ void DialogBoxBaseClass::onIdle() { reset_menu_timeout(); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/display_tuning_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/display_tuning_screen.cpp similarity index 86% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/display_tuning_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/display_tuning_screen.cpp index eedc3d22c8..b449634b1a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/display_tuning_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/display_tuning_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -33,13 +33,13 @@ void DisplayTuningScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); w.precision(0, BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::DEFAULT_LOWEST); w.units(F("")); - w.heading(GET_TEXTF(DISPLAY_MENU)); + w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_DISPLAY_MENU)); w.color(other); - w.adjuster( 2, GET_TEXTF(H_OFFSET), CLCD::mem_read_16(CLCD::REG::HOFFSET) ); - w.adjuster( 4, GET_TEXTF(V_OFFSET), CLCD::mem_read_16(CLCD::REG::VOFFSET) ); + w.adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_H_OFFSET), CLCD::mem_read_16(CLCD::REG::HOFFSET) ); + w.adjuster( 4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_V_OFFSET), CLCD::mem_read_16(CLCD::REG::VOFFSET) ); w.increments(); - w.heading( GET_TEXTF(TOUCH_SCREEN)); - w.button(6, GET_TEXTF(CALIBRATE)); + w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TOUCH_SCREEN)); + w.button(6, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CALIBRATE)); } bool DisplayTuningScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { @@ -58,4 +58,4 @@ bool DisplayTuningScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/endstop_state_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/endstop_state_screen.cpp similarity index 63% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/endstop_state_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/endstop_state_screen.cpp index ce5cd0b4d5..4510c93416 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/endstop_state_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/endstop_state_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -49,60 +49,62 @@ void EndstopStatesScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { #define GRID_COLS 6 #define PIN_BTN(X,Y,PIN,LABEL) button(BTN_POS(X,Y), BTN_SIZE(2,1), LABEL) - #define PIN_ENABLED(LABEL,PIN,INV,X,Y) cmd.enabled(1).colors(READ(PIN##_PIN) != INV ? action_btn : normal_btn).PIN_BTN(X,Y,PIN,LABEL); - #define PIN_DISABLED(LABEL,PIN,INV,X,Y) cmd.enabled(0).PIN_BTN(X,Y,PIN,LABEL); + #define PIN_ENABLED(X,Y,LABEL,PIN,INV) cmd.enabled(1).colors(READ(PIN##_PIN) != INV ? action_btn : normal_btn).PIN_BTN(X,Y,PIN,LABEL); + #define PIN_DISABLED(X,Y,LABEL,PIN) cmd.enabled(0).PIN_BTN(X,Y,PIN,LABEL); - #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - cmd.font(font_large) - #else - cmd.font(font_medium) - #endif - .text(BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(6,1), GET_TEXTF(ENDSTOPS)) - .font(font_tiny); + cmd.font( + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + font_large + #else + font_medium + #endif + ) + .text(BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(6,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS)) + .font(font_tiny); #if PIN_EXISTS(X_MAX) - PIN_ENABLED (GET_TEXTF(X_MAX), X_MAX,X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,1,2) + PIN_ENABLED (1, 2, PSTR(STR_X_MAX), X_MAX, X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING) #else - PIN_DISABLED(GET_TEXTF(X_MAX),X_MAX,X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,1,2) + PIN_DISABLED(1, 2, PSTR(STR_X_MAX), X_MAX) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(Y_MAX) - PIN_ENABLED (GET_TEXTF(Y_MAX),Y_MAX,Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,3,2) + PIN_ENABLED (3, 2, PSTR(STR_Y_MAX), Y_MAX, Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING) #else - PIN_DISABLED(GET_TEXTF(Y_MAX),Y_MAX,Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,3,2) + PIN_DISABLED(3, 2, PSTR(STR_Y_MAX), Y_MAX) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(Z_MAX) - PIN_ENABLED (GET_TEXTF(Z_MAX),Z_MAX,Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,5,2) + PIN_ENABLED (5, 2, PSTR(STR_Z_MAX), Z_MAX, Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING) #else - PIN_DISABLED(GET_TEXTF(Z_MAX),Z_MAX,Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,5,2) + PIN_DISABLED(5, 2, PSTR(STR_Z_MAX), Z_MAX) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(X_MIN) - PIN_ENABLED (GET_TEXTF(X_MIN),X_MIN,X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,1,3) + PIN_ENABLED (1, 3, PSTR(STR_X_MIN), X_MIN, X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING) #else - PIN_DISABLED(GET_TEXTF(X_MIN),X_MIN,X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,1,3) + PIN_DISABLED(1, 3, PSTR(STR_X_MIN), X_MIN) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(Y_MIN) - PIN_ENABLED (GET_TEXTF(Y_MIN),Y_MIN,Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,3,3) + PIN_ENABLED (3, 3, PSTR(STR_Y_MIN), Y_MIN, Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING) #else - PIN_DISABLED(GET_TEXTF(Y_MIN),Y_MIN,Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,3,3) + PIN_DISABLED(3, 3, PSTR(STR_Y_MIN), Y_MIN) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(Z_MIN) - PIN_ENABLED (GET_TEXTF(Z_MIN),Z_MIN,Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,5,3) + PIN_ENABLED (5, 3, PSTR(STR_Z_MIN), Z_MIN, Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING) #else - PIN_DISABLED(GET_TEXTF(Z_MIN),Z_MIN,Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,5,3) + PIN_DISABLED(5, 3, PSTR(STR_Z_MIN), Z_MIN) #endif #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) && PIN_EXISTS(FIL_RUNOUT) - PIN_ENABLED (GET_TEXTF(RUNOUT_1),FIL_RUNOUT, FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING,1,4) + PIN_ENABLED (1, 4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RUNOUT_1), FIL_RUNOUT, FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING) #else - PIN_DISABLED(GET_TEXTF(RUNOUT_1),FIL_RUNOUT, FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING,1,4) + PIN_DISABLED(1, 4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RUNOUT_1), FIL_RUNOUT) #endif #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) && PIN_EXISTS(FIL_RUNOUT2) - PIN_ENABLED (GET_TEXTF(RUNOUT_2),FIL_RUNOUT2,FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING,3,4) + PIN_ENABLED (3, 4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RUNOUT_2), FIL_RUNOUT2, FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING) #else - PIN_DISABLED(GET_TEXTF(RUNOUT_2),FIL_RUNOUT2,FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING,3,4) + PIN_DISABLED(3, 4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RUNOUT_2), FIL_RUNOUT2) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(Z_MIN_PROBE) - PIN_ENABLED (GET_TEXTF(Z_PROBE),Z_MIN_PROBE,Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,5,4) + PIN_ENABLED (5, 4, PSTR(STR_Z_PROBE), Z_MIN_PROBE, Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING) #else - PIN_DISABLED(GET_TEXTF(Z_PROBE),Z_MIN_PROBE,Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,5,4) + PIN_DISABLED(5, 4, PSTR(STR_Z_PROBE), Z_MIN_PROBE) #endif #if HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS @@ -110,16 +112,16 @@ void EndstopStatesScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { #define EDGE_R 30 cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)) .font(font_small) - .text (BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXTF(SOFT_ENDSTOPS), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) + .text (BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) .colors(ui_toggle) - .tag(2).toggle2(BTN_POS(4,5), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXTF(NO), GET_TEXTF(YES), getSoftEndstopState()); + .tag(2).toggle2(BTN_POS(4,5), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NO), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_YES), getSoftEndstopState()); #undef EDGE_R #define EDGE_R 0 #endif cmd.font(font_medium) .colors(action_btn) - .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(6,1), GET_TEXTF(BACK)); + .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(6,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); #undef GRID_COLS #undef GRID_ROWS } @@ -147,4 +149,4 @@ void EndstopStatesScreen::onIdle() { BaseScreen::onIdle(); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/feedrate_percent_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/feedrate_percent_screen.cpp similarity index 89% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/feedrate_percent_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/feedrate_percent_screen.cpp index c42296f79c..bd8e648e11 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/feedrate_percent_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/feedrate_percent_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -31,10 +31,10 @@ using namespace ExtUI; void FeedratePercentScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); - w.precision(0).units(GET_TEXTF(UNITS_PERCENT)); + w.precision(0).units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_PERCENT)); - w.heading(GET_TEXTF(PRINT_SPEED)); - w.adjuster(4, GET_TEXTF(SPEED), getFeedrate_percent()); + w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PRINT_SPEED)); + w.adjuster(4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_SPEED), getFeedrate_percent()); w.increments(); } @@ -49,4 +49,4 @@ bool FeedratePercentScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/filament_menu.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/filament_menu.cpp similarity index 66% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/filament_menu.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/filament_menu.cpp index a0213d5edc..3972a14ef9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/filament_menu.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/filament_menu.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && ANY(LIN_ADVANCE, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && ANY(LIN_ADVANCE, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) #include "screens.h" @@ -34,52 +34,53 @@ void FilamentMenu::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { if (what & BACKGROUND) { CommandProcessor cmd; cmd.cmd(CLEAR_COLOR_RGB(Theme::bg_color)) - .cmd(CLEAR(true,true,true)); + .cmd(CLEAR(true,true,true)) + .tag(0); } if (what & FOREGROUND) { CommandProcessor cmd; - cmd.font(font_large) + cmd.font(font_large) #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT #define GRID_ROWS 9 #define GRID_COLS 2 - .text ( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(FILAMENT)) + .text ( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FILAMENT)) .font(font_medium).colors(normal_btn) - #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(2).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(RUNOUT_SENSOR)) - #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(LINEAR_ADVANCE)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(2).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE)) .colors(action_btn) - .tag(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,9), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(BACK)); + .tag(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,9), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); #undef GRID_COLS #undef GRID_ROWS #else #define GRID_ROWS 6 #define GRID_COLS 3 - .text ( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXTF(FILAMENT)) + .text ( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FILAMENT)) .font(font_medium).colors(normal_btn) - #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(2).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXTF(RUNOUT_SENSOR)) - #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXTF(LINEAR_ADVANCE)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(2).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE)) .colors(action_btn) - .tag(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXTF(BACK)); + .tag(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); #endif } } @@ -98,4 +99,4 @@ bool FilamentMenu::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/filament_runout_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/filament_runout_screen.cpp similarity index 83% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/filament_runout_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/filament_runout_screen.cpp index 12bf61d68b..9830123abb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/filament_runout_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/filament_runout_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if BOTH(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) +#if BOTH(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) #include "screens.h" @@ -32,15 +32,16 @@ using namespace Theme; void FilamentRunoutScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); - w.heading( GET_TEXTF(FILAMENT)); - w.toggle( 2, GET_TEXTF(RUNOUT_SENSOR), getFilamentRunoutEnabled()); + w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FILAMENT)); + w.toggle( 2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR), getFilamentRunoutEnabled()); #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - w.heading(GET_TEXTF(DETECTION_THRESHOLD)); - w.units(GET_TEXTF(UNITS_MM)); + extern const char NUL_STR[]; + w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM)); + w.units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_MM)); w.precision(0); w.color(e_axis); - w.adjuster( 10, GET_TEXTF(DISTANCE), getFilamentRunoutDistance_mm(), getFilamentRunoutEnabled()); + w.adjuster( 10, progmem_str(NUL_STR), getFilamentRunoutDistance_mm(), getFilamentRunoutEnabled()); w.increments(); #endif } @@ -62,4 +63,4 @@ bool FilamentRunoutScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/files_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/files_screen.cpp similarity index 91% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/files_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/files_screen.cpp index f562573bfd..d32ec4d07f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/files_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/files_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" @@ -41,21 +41,15 @@ void FilesScreen::onEntry() { BaseScreen::onEntry(); } -const char *FilesScreen::getSelectedShortFilename() { +const char *FilesScreen::getSelectedFilename(bool longName) { FileList files; - files.seek(getFileForTag(screen_data.FilesScreen.selected_tag), true); - return files.shortFilename(); -} - -const char *FilesScreen::getSelectedLongFilename() { - FileList files; - files.seek(getFileForTag(screen_data.FilesScreen.selected_tag), true); - return files.longFilename(); + files.seek(getSelectedFileIndex(), true); + return longName ? files.longFilename() : files.shortFilename(); } void FilesScreen::drawSelectedFile() { FileList files; - files.seek(getFileForTag(screen_data.FilesScreen.selected_tag), true); + files.seek(getSelectedFileIndex(), true); screen_data.FilesScreen.flags.is_dir = files.isDir(); drawFileButton( files.filename(), @@ -65,6 +59,10 @@ void FilesScreen::drawSelectedFile() { ); } +uint16_t FilesScreen::getSelectedFileIndex() { + return getFileForTag(screen_data.FilesScreen.selected_tag); +} + uint16_t FilesScreen::getFileForTag(uint8_t tag) { return screen_data.FilesScreen.cur_page * files_per_page + tag - 2; } @@ -169,13 +167,13 @@ void FilesScreen::drawFooter() { cmd.colors(normal_btn) .font(font_medium) .colors(has_selection ? normal_btn : action_btn) - .tag(back_tag).button( BTN_POS(4,y), BTN_SIZE(3,h), GET_TEXTF(BACK)) + .tag(back_tag).button( BTN_POS(4,y), BTN_SIZE(3,h), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)) .enabled(has_selection) .colors(has_selection ? action_btn : normal_btn); if (screen_data.FilesScreen.flags.is_dir) { - cmd.tag(244).button( BTN_POS(1, y), BTN_SIZE(3,h), GET_TEXTF(OPEN_DIR)); + cmd.tag(244).button( BTN_POS(1, y), BTN_SIZE(3,h), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BUTTON_OPEN)); } else { - cmd.tag(243).button( BTN_POS(1, y), BTN_SIZE(3,h), GET_TEXTF(PRINT_FILE)); + cmd.tag(243).button( BTN_POS(1, y), BTN_SIZE(3,h), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BUTTON_PRINT)); } } @@ -213,9 +211,7 @@ bool FilesScreen::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { } break; case 243: - printFile(getSelectedShortFilename()); - StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(GET_TEXTF(PRINT_STARTING)); - GOTO_SCREEN(StatusScreen); + ConfirmStartPrintDialogBox::show(getSelectedFileIndex()); return true; case 244: { @@ -265,4 +261,4 @@ void FilesScreen::onIdle() { #endif } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/interface_settings_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/interface_settings_screen.cpp similarity index 82% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/interface_settings_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/interface_settings_screen.cpp index e1b27c79ae..61875c52f1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/interface_settings_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/interface_settings_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" @@ -69,15 +69,15 @@ void InterfaceSettingsScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { .cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)) .tag(0) .font(font_medium) - .text(BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXTF(INTERFACE_SETTINGS)) + .text(BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INTERFACE_SETTINGS)) #undef EDGE_R #define EDGE_R 30 .font(font_small) .tag(0) - .text(BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(LCD_BRIGHTNESS), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) - .text(BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(SOUND_VOLUME), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) - .text(BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(SCREEN_LOCK), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY); - cmd.text(BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(BOOT_SCREEN), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY); + .text(BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LCD_BRIGHTNESS), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) + .text(BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_SOUND_VOLUME), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) + .text(BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_SCREEN_LOCK), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY); + cmd.text(BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BOOT_SCREEN), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY); #undef EDGE_R } @@ -94,19 +94,19 @@ void InterfaceSettingsScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { .tag(2).slider(BTN_POS(3,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), screen_data.InterfaceSettingsScreen.brightness, 128) .tag(3).slider(BTN_POS(3,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), screen_data.InterfaceSettingsScreen.volume, 0xFF) .colors(ui_toggle) - .tag(4).toggle2(BTN_POS(3,4), BTN_SIZE(w,1), GET_TEXTF(NO), GET_TEXTF(YES), LockScreen::is_enabled()) - .tag(5).toggle2(BTN_POS(3,5), BTN_SIZE(w,1), GET_TEXTF(NO), GET_TEXTF(YES), UIData::animations_enabled()) + .tag(4).toggle2(BTN_POS(3,4), BTN_SIZE(w,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NO), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_YES), LockScreen::is_enabled()) + .tag(5).toggle2(BTN_POS(3,5), BTN_SIZE(w,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NO), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_YES), UIData::animations_enabled()) #undef EDGE_R #define EDGE_R 0 #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT .colors(normal_btn) - .tag(6).button (BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXTF(INTERFACE_SOUNDS)) + .tag(6).button (BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INTERFACE_SOUNDS)) .colors(action_btn) - .tag(1).button (BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXTF(BACK)); + .tag(1).button (BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); #else - .tag(6).button (BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(INTERFACE_SOUNDS)) + .tag(6).button (BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INTERFACE_SOUNDS)) .colors(action_btn) - .tag(1).button (BTN_POS(3,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(BACK)); + .tag(1).button (BTN_POS(3,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); #endif } } @@ -246,40 +246,40 @@ void InterfaceSettingsScreen::loadSettings(const char *buff) { for(uint8_t i = 0; i < InterfaceSoundsScreen::NUM_EVENTS; i++) InterfaceSoundsScreen::event_sounds[i] = eeprom.event_sounds[i]; - #if ENABLED(DEVELOPER_SCREENS) + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU) StressTestScreen::startupCheck(); #endif } -#ifdef LULZBOT_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE +#ifdef ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE #include "../../../../../HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.h" bool restoreEEPROM() { - uint8_t data[LULZBOT_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE]; + uint8_t data[ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE]; - bool success = UIFlashStorage::read_config_data(data, LULZBOT_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE); + bool success = UIFlashStorage::read_config_data(data, ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE); if (success) - success = persistentStore.write_data(0, data, LULZBOT_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE) == PERSISTENT_STORE_SUCCESS; + success = persistentStore.write_data(0, data, ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE) == PERSISTENT_STORE_SUCCESS; if (success) - StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(GET_TEXTF(EEPROM_RESTORED)); + StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_EEPROM_RESTORED)); else - StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(GET_TEXTF(EEPROM_RESET)); + StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_EEPROM_RESET)); return success; } bool InterfaceSettingsScreen::backupEEPROM() { - uint8_t data[LULZBOT_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE]; + uint8_t data[ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE]; - if (persistentStore.read_data(0, data, LULZBOT_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE) != PERSISTENT_STORE_SUCCESS) + if (persistentStore.read_data(0, data, ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE) != PERSISTENT_STORE_SUCCESS) return false; - UIFlashStorage::write_config_data(data, LULZBOT_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE); + UIFlashStorage::write_config_data(data, ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE); return true; } #endif -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/interface_sounds_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/interface_sounds_screen.cpp similarity index 84% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/interface_sounds_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/interface_sounds_screen.cpp index a116ae29fe..57f520e8ab 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/interface_sounds_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/interface_sounds_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" @@ -71,15 +71,15 @@ void InterfaceSoundsScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { #define GRID_ROWS 9 .font(font_medium) - .text(BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXTF(INTERFACE_SOUNDS)) + .text(BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INTERFACE_SOUNDS)) #undef EDGE_R #define EDGE_R 30 .font(font_small) - .tag(0).text (BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(SOUND_VOLUME), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) - .text (BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(CLICK_SOUNDS), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) - .text (BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(PRINT_STARTING), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) - .text (BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(PRINT_FINISHED), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) - .text (BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(PRINT_ERROR), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY); + .tag(0).text (BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_SOUND_VOLUME), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) + .text (BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CLICK_SOUNDS), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) + .text (BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PRINT_STARTING), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) + .text (BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PRINT_FINISHED), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) + .text (BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PRINT_ERROR), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY); #undef EDGE_R } @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ void InterfaceSoundsScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { #define EDGE_R 30 .tag(2).slider (BTN_POS(3,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), screen_data.InterfaceSettingsScreen.volume, 0xFF) .colors(ui_toggle) - .tag(3).toggle2 (BTN_POS(3,3), BTN_SIZE(w,1), GET_TEXTF(NO), GET_TEXTF(YES), UIData::touch_sounds_enabled()) + .tag(3).toggle2 (BTN_POS(3,3), BTN_SIZE(w,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NO), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_YES), UIData::touch_sounds_enabled()) #undef EDGE_R .colors(normal_btn) #define EDGE_R 0 @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ void InterfaceSoundsScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { .tag(5).button (BTN_POS(3,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), getSoundSelection(PRINTING_FINISHED)) .tag(6).button (BTN_POS(3,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), getSoundSelection(PRINTING_FAILED)) .colors(action_btn) - .tag(1).button (BTN_POS(1,9), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXTF(BACK)); + .tag(1).button (BTN_POS(1,9), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); } } @@ -157,4 +157,4 @@ void InterfaceSoundsScreen::onIdle() { BaseScreen::onIdle(); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/jerk_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/jerk_screen.cpp similarity index 82% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/jerk_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/jerk_screen.cpp index 7053314757..c208014cc7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/jerk_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/jerk_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) +#if BOTH(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, CLASSIC_JERK) #include "screens.h" @@ -34,12 +34,12 @@ void JerkScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); w.precision(1); - w.units(GET_TEXTF(UNITS_MM_S)); - w.heading(GET_TEXTF(JERK)); - w.color(x_axis) .adjuster( 2, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_X), getAxisMaxJerk_mm_s(X) ); - w.color(y_axis) .adjuster( 4, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_Y), getAxisMaxJerk_mm_s(Y) ); - w.color(z_axis) .adjuster( 6, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_Z), getAxisMaxJerk_mm_s(Z) ); - w.color(e_axis) .adjuster( 8, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_E), getAxisMaxJerk_mm_s(E0) ); + w.units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_MM_S)); + w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_JERK)); + w.color(x_axis) .adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_X), getAxisMaxJerk_mm_s(X) ); + w.color(y_axis) .adjuster( 4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Y), getAxisMaxJerk_mm_s(Y) ); + w.color(z_axis) .adjuster( 6, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Z), getAxisMaxJerk_mm_s(Z) ); + w.color(e_axis) .adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E), getAxisMaxJerk_mm_s(E0) ); w.increments(); } @@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ bool JerkScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE && CLASSIC_JERK diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/junction_deviation_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/junction_deviation_screen.cpp similarity index 88% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/junction_deviation_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/junction_deviation_screen.cpp index 56a3b13365..034ac15c42 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/junction_deviation_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/junction_deviation_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if BOTH(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI, JUNCTION_DEVIATION) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) #include "screens.h" @@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ using namespace Theme; void JunctionDeviationScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); w.precision(2); - w.units(GET_TEXTF(UNITS_MM)); - w.heading(GET_TEXTF(JUNC_DEVIATION)); - w.color(other) .adjuster( 2, PSTR(""), getJunctionDeviation_mm() ); + w.units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_MM)); + w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION)); + w.color(other) .adjuster( 2, F(""), getJunctionDeviation_mm() ); w.increments(); } @@ -51,4 +51,4 @@ bool JunctionDeviationScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE && !CLASSIC_JERK diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/kill_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/kill_screen.cpp similarity index 90% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/kill_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/kill_screen.cpp index 7fa8506734..9c27ae6af5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/kill_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/kill_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ using namespace FTDI; // loop. So we only have a show() method rather than onRedraw(). The KillScreen // should not be used as a model for other UI screens as it is an exception. -void KillScreen::show(progmem_str message) { +void KillScreen::show(const char *message) { CommandProcessor cmd; cmd.cmd(CMD_DLSTART) @@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ void KillScreen::show(progmem_str message) { cmd.font(Theme::font_large) .cmd(COLOR_RGB(Theme::bg_text_enabled)) .text(BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(4,1), message) - .text(BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXTF(PRINTER_HALTED)) - .text(BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXTF(PLEASE_RESET)); + .text(BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_HALTED)) + .text(BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PLEASE_RESET)); #undef GRID_COLS #undef GRID_ROWS @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ void KillScreen::show(progmem_str message) { InterfaceSoundsScreen::playEventSound(InterfaceSoundsScreen::PRINTING_FAILED, PLAY_SYNCHRONOUS); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/language_menu.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/language_menu.cpp similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/language_menu.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/language_menu.cpp index d077ae19fe..8906a14cf0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/language_menu.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/language_menu.cpp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ #include "../config.h" #include "../language/language.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && NUM_LANGUAGES > 1 +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && NUM_LANGUAGES > 1 #include "screens.h" @@ -63,4 +63,4 @@ bool LanguageMenu::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { return false; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/linear_advance_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/linear_advance_screen.cpp similarity index 82% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/linear_advance_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/linear_advance_screen.cpp index 2c08fb24c8..0e35b45475 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/linear_advance_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/linear_advance_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if BOTH(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI, LIN_ADVANCE) +#if BOTH(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, LIN_ADVANCE) #include "screens.h" @@ -33,16 +33,16 @@ using namespace Theme; void LinearAdvanceScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); w.precision(2, DEFAULT_LOWEST).color(e_axis); - w.heading( GET_TEXTF(LINEAR_ADVANCE)); + w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE)); #if EXTRUDERS == 1 - w.adjuster( 2, GET_TEXTF(LINEAR_ADVANCE_K), getLinearAdvance_mm_mm_s(E0) ); + w.adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE_K), getLinearAdvance_mm_mm_s(E0) ); #else - w.adjuster( 2, GET_TEXTF(LINEAR_ADVANCE_K1), getLinearAdvance_mm_mm_s(E0) ); - w.adjuster( 4, GET_TEXTF(LINEAR_ADVANCE_K2), getLinearAdvance_mm_mm_s(E1) ); + w.adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE_K1), getLinearAdvance_mm_mm_s(E0) ); + w.adjuster( 4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE_K2), getLinearAdvance_mm_mm_s(E1) ); #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - w.adjuster( 6, GET_TEXTF(LINEAR_ADVANCE_K3), getLinearAdvance_mm_mm_s(E2) ); + w.adjuster( 6, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE_K3), getLinearAdvance_mm_mm_s(E2) ); #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - w.adjuster( 8, GET_TEXTF(LINEAR_ADVANCE_K4), getLinearAdvance_mm_mm_s(E3) ); + w.adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE_K4), getLinearAdvance_mm_mm_s(E3) ); #endif #endif #endif @@ -74,4 +74,4 @@ bool LinearAdvanceScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/lock_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/lock_screen.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/lock_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/lock_screen.cpp index ae683ced54..f012a2218b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/lock_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/lock_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ void LockScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { if (what & BACKGROUND) { cmd.cmd(CLEAR_COLOR_RGB(bg_color)) .cmd(CLEAR(true,true,true)) + .cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)) .tag(0); } @@ -65,16 +66,16 @@ void LockScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { progmem_str message; switch (message_style()) { case 'w': - message = GET_TEXTF(PASSCODE_REJECTED); + message = GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PASSCODE_REJECTED); break; case 'g': - message = GET_TEXTF(PASSCODE_ACCEPTED); + message = GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PASSCODE_ACCEPTED); break; default: if (passcode == 0) { - message = GET_TEXTF(PASSCODE_SELECT); + message = GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PASSCODE_SELECT); } else { - message = GET_TEXTF(PASSCODE_REQUEST); + message = GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PASSCODE_REQUEST); } } message_style() = '\0'; // Terminate the string. @@ -88,29 +89,28 @@ void LockScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { const uint8_t pressed = EventLoop::get_pressed_tag(); cmd.font(font_large) - .cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)) - #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT .text(BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), message) .font(font_xlarge) .text(BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), screen_data.LockScreen.passcode) - #else + #else .text(BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), message) .font(font_xlarge) .text(BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), screen_data.LockScreen.passcode) - #endif + #endif .font(font_large) .colors(normal_btn) - #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE .keys(BTN_POS(1,l+1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), F("123"), pressed) .keys(BTN_POS(1,l+2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), F("456"), pressed) .keys(BTN_POS(1,l+3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), F("789"), pressed) .keys(BTN_POS(1,l+4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), F("0.<"), pressed); - #else + #else .keys(BTN_POS(1,l+1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), F("1234567890"), pressed) .keys(BTN_POS(1,l+2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), F("qwertyuiop"), pressed) .keys(BTN_POS(1,l+3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), F("asdfghjkl "), pressed) .keys(BTN_POS(1,l+4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), F("zxcvbnm!?<"), pressed); - #endif + #endif #undef MARGIN_T #undef MARGIN_B @@ -211,4 +211,4 @@ void LockScreen::enable() { GOTO_SCREEN(LockScreen); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/main_menu.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/main_menu.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..016996e265 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/main_menu.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +/***************** + * main_menu.cpp * + *****************/ + +/**************************************************************************** + * Written By Mark Pelletier 2017 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * + * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2018 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * + * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2019 - Cocoa Press * + * * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * + * GNU General Public License for more details. * + * * + * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * + * location: . * + ****************************************************************************/ + +#include "../config.h" + +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && !defined(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) + +#include "screens.h" + +using namespace FTDI; +using namespace Theme; + +void MainMenu::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { + if (what & BACKGROUND) { + CommandProcessor cmd; + cmd.cmd(CLEAR_COLOR_RGB(Theme::bg_color)) + .cmd(CLEAR(true,true,true)); + } + + if (what & FOREGROUND) { + CommandProcessor cmd; + cmd.colors(normal_btn) + .font(Theme::font_medium) + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + #define GRID_ROWS 8 + #define GRID_COLS 2 + .tag(2).button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AUTO_HOME)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CLEAN_NOZZLE)) + .tag(4).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MOVE_AXIS)) + .tag(5).button( BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS)) + .tag(6).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TEMPERATURE)) + .enabled( + #if NONE(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO, TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(7).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE)) + .tag(8).button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS)) + .enabled( + #ifdef PRINTCOUNTER + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(9).button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU)) + .tag(10).button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INFO_MENU)) + .colors(action_btn) + .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); + #undef GRID_COLS + #undef GRID_ROWS + #else + #define GRID_ROWS 5 + #define GRID_COLS 2 + .tag(2).button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AUTO_HOME)) + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) + .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PREHEAT_1)) + #else + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CLEAN_NOZZLE)) + #endif + .tag(4).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MOVE_AXIS)) + .tag(5).button( BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS)) + .tag(6).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TEMPERATURE)) + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) + .tag(7).button( BTN_POS(2,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CASE_LIGHT)) + #else + .enabled( + #if DISABLED(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(7).button( BTN_POS(2,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE)) + #endif + .tag(8).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS)) + .enabled( + #ifdef PRINTCOUNTER + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(9).button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU)) + .tag(10).button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INFO_MENU)) + .colors(action_btn) + .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(2,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); + #undef GRID_COLS + #undef GRID_ROWS + #endif + } +} + +bool MainMenu::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { + using namespace ExtUI; + + switch (tag) { + case 1: SaveSettingsDialogBox::promptToSaveSettings(); break; + case 2: SpinnerDialogBox::enqueueAndWait_P(F("G28")); break; + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) + case 3: GOTO_SCREEN(PreheatTimerScreen); break; + #elif ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) + case 3: injectCommands_P(PSTR("G12")); GOTO_SCREEN(StatusScreen); break; + #endif + case 4: GOTO_SCREEN(MoveAxisScreen); break; + case 5: injectCommands_P(PSTR("M84")); break; + case 6: GOTO_SCREEN(TemperatureScreen); break; + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) + case 7: GOTO_SCREEN(CaseLightScreen); break; + #else + case 7: GOTO_SCREEN(ChangeFilamentScreen); break; + #endif + case 8: GOTO_SCREEN(AdvancedSettingsMenu); break; +#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + case 9: GOTO_SCREEN(StatisticsScreen); break; +#endif + case 10: GOTO_SCREEN(AboutScreen); break; + default: + return false; + } + return true; +} + +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/max_acceleration_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/max_acceleration_screen.cpp similarity index 77% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/max_acceleration_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/max_acceleration_screen.cpp index 80e7f59cde..8f7af4b81e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/max_acceleration_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/max_acceleration_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -33,21 +33,22 @@ using namespace Theme; void MaxAccelerationScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); w.precision(0); - w.units(GET_TEXTF(UNITS_MM_S2)); - w.heading(GET_TEXTF(ACCELERATION)); - w.color(x_axis) .adjuster( 2, GET_TEXTF(AMAX_X), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(X) ); - w.color(y_axis) .adjuster( 4, GET_TEXTF(AMAX_Y), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(Y) ); - w.color(z_axis) .adjuster( 6, GET_TEXTF(AMAX_Z), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(Z) ); + w.units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_MM_S2)); + w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ACCELERATION)); + w.color(x_axis) .adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AMAX_X), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(X) ); + w.color(y_axis) .adjuster( 4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AMAX_Y), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(Y) ); + w.color(z_axis) .adjuster( 6, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AMAX_Z), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(Z) ); #if EXTRUDERS == 1 || DISABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - w.color(e_axis).adjuster( 8, GET_TEXTF(AMAX_E1), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(E0) ); + w.color(e_axis).adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AMAX_E), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(E0) ); #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 - w.color(e_axis).adjuster( 8, GET_TEXTF(AMAX_E1), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(E0) ); - w.color(e_axis).adjuster(10, GET_TEXTF(AMAX_E2), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(E1) ); + w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AMAX_E)); + w.color(e_axis).adjuster( 8, F(LCD_STR_E0), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(E0) ); + w.color(e_axis).adjuster(10, F(LCD_STR_E1), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(E1) ); #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - w.color(e_axis).adjuster(12, GET_TEXTF(AMAX_E3), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(E2) ); + w.color(e_axis).adjuster(12, F(LCD_STR_E2), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(E2) ); #endif #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - w.color(e_axis).adjuster(14, GET_TEXTF(AMAX_E4), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(E3) ); + w.color(e_axis).adjuster(14, F(LCD_STR_E3), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(E3) ); #endif #endif w.increments(); @@ -82,4 +83,4 @@ bool MaxAccelerationScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/max_velocity_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/max_velocity_screen.cpp similarity index 77% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/max_velocity_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/max_velocity_screen.cpp index 719e5a308e..864f6b735d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/max_velocity_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/max_velocity_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -34,21 +34,22 @@ void MaxVelocityScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { using namespace ExtUI; widgets_t w(what); w.precision(0); - w.units(GET_TEXTF(UNITS_MM_S)); - w.heading( GET_TEXTF(VELOCITY)); - w.color(x_axis) .adjuster( 2, GET_TEXTF(VMAX_X), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(X) ); - w.color(y_axis) .adjuster( 4, GET_TEXTF(VMAX_Y), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(Y) ); - w.color(z_axis) .adjuster( 6, GET_TEXTF(VMAX_Z), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(Z) ); + w.units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_MM_S)); + w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(MSG_VELOCITY)); + w.color(x_axis) .adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_VMAX_X), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(X) ); + w.color(y_axis) .adjuster( 4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_VMAX_Y), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(Y) ); + w.color(z_axis) .adjuster( 6, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_VMAX_Z), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(Z) ); #if EXTRUDERS == 1 || DISABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - w.color(e_axis) .adjuster( 8, GET_TEXTF(VMAX_E1), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(E0) ); + w.color(e_axis) .adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_VMAX_E), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(E0) ); #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 - w.color(e_axis) .adjuster( 8, GET_TEXTF(VMAX_E1), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(E0) ); - w.color(e_axis) .adjuster( 10, GET_TEXTF(VMAX_E2), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(E1) ); + w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_VMAX_E)); + w.color(e_axis) .adjuster( 8, F(LCD_STR_E0), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(E0) ); + w.color(e_axis) .adjuster( 10, F(LCD_STR_E1), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(E1) ); #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - w.color(e_axis).adjuster( 12, GET_TEXTF(VMAX_E3), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(E2) ); + w.color(e_axis).adjuster( 12, F(LCD_STR_E2), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(E2) ); #endif #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - w.color(e_axis).adjuster( 14, GET_TEXTF(VMAX_E4), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(E3) ); + w.color(e_axis).adjuster( 14, F(LCD_STR_E3), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(E3) ); #endif #endif w.increments(); @@ -84,4 +85,4 @@ bool MaxVelocityScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/media_player_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/media_player_screen.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/media_player_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/media_player_screen.cpp index 1043dde9c7..95a4e6b44a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/media_player_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/media_player_screen.cpp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ * ffmpeg -i video.avi -i silence.wav -c copy -map 0:v:0 -map 1:a:0 startup.avi */ -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -165,4 +165,4 @@ void MediaPlayerScreen::playStream(void *obj, media_streamer_func_t *data_stream #endif // FTDI_API_LEVEL >= 810 } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/move_axis_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/move_axis_screen.cpp similarity index 80% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/move_axis_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/move_axis_screen.cpp index 86032e8562..4bf8ed190e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/move_axis_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/move_axis_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ void MoveAxisScreen::onEntry() { // ourselves. The relative distances are reset to zero whenever this // screen is entered. - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ExtUI::extruderCount; i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, ExtUI::extruderCount) { screen_data.MoveAxisScreen.e_rel[i] = 0; } BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::onEntry(); @@ -45,24 +45,24 @@ void MoveAxisScreen::onEntry() { void MoveAxisScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); w.precision(1); - w.units(GET_TEXTF(UNITS_MM)); - w.heading( GET_TEXTF(MOVE_AXIS)); + w.units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_MM)); + w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MOVE_AXIS)); w.home_buttons(20); - w.color(Theme::x_axis).adjuster( 2, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_X), getAxisPosition_mm(X), canMove(X)); - w.color(Theme::y_axis).adjuster( 4, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_Y), getAxisPosition_mm(Y), canMove(Y)); - w.color(Theme::z_axis).adjuster( 6, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_Z), getAxisPosition_mm(Z), canMove(Z)); + w.color(Theme::x_axis).adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_X), getAxisPosition_mm(X), canMove(X)); + w.color(Theme::y_axis).adjuster( 4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Y), getAxisPosition_mm(Y), canMove(Y)); + w.color(Theme::z_axis).adjuster( 6, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Z), getAxisPosition_mm(Z), canMove(Z)); w.color(Theme::e_axis); #if EXTRUDERS == 1 - w.adjuster( 8, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_E), screen_data.MoveAxisScreen.e_rel[0], canMove(E0)); + w.adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E), screen_data.MoveAxisScreen.e_rel[0], canMove(E0)); #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 - w.adjuster( 8, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_E1), screen_data.MoveAxisScreen.e_rel[0], canMove(E0)); - w.adjuster( 10, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_E2), screen_data.MoveAxisScreen.e_rel[1], canMove(E1)); + w.adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E1), screen_data.MoveAxisScreen.e_rel[0], canMove(E0)); + w.adjuster( 10, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E2), screen_data.MoveAxisScreen.e_rel[1], canMove(E1)); #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - w.adjuster( 12, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_E3), screen_data.MoveAxisScreen.e_rel[2], canMove(E2)); + w.adjuster( 12, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E3), screen_data.MoveAxisScreen.e_rel[2], canMove(E2)); #endif #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - w.adjuster( 14, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_E4), screen_data.MoveAxisScreen.e_rel[3], canMove(E3)); + w.adjuster( 14, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E4), screen_data.MoveAxisScreen.e_rel[3], canMove(E3)); #endif #endif w.increments(); @@ -110,8 +110,8 @@ float MoveAxisScreen::getManualFeedrate(uint8_t axis, float increment_mm) { // Compute feedrate so that the tool lags the adjuster when it is // being held down, this allows enough margin for the planner to // connect segments and even out the motion. - constexpr float manual_feedrate[XYZE] = MANUAL_FEEDRATE; - return min(manual_feedrate[axis] / 60.0f, abs(increment_mm * (TOUCH_REPEATS_PER_SECOND) * 0.80f)); + constexpr xyze_feedrate_t max_manual_feedrate = MANUAL_FEEDRATE; + return min(max_manual_feedrate[axis] / 60.0f, abs(increment_mm * (TOUCH_REPEATS_PER_SECOND) * 0.80f)); } void MoveAxisScreen::setManualFeedrate(ExtUI::axis_t axis, float increment_mm) { @@ -130,4 +130,4 @@ void MoveAxisScreen::onIdle() { BaseScreen::onIdle(); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/nozzle_offsets_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/nozzle_offsets_screen.cpp similarity index 82% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/nozzle_offsets_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/nozzle_offsets_screen.cpp index e8835ba858..ae224e9c11 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/nozzle_offsets_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/nozzle_offsets_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && HOTENDS > 1 +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && HOTENDS > 1 #include "screens.h" @@ -39,14 +39,14 @@ void NozzleOffsetScreen::onEntry() { void NozzleOffsetScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); - w.precision(2).units(GET_TEXTF(UNITS_MM)); + w.precision(2).units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_MM)); - w.heading( GET_TEXTF(TOOL_OFFSETS)); - w.color(Theme::x_axis).adjuster(2, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_X), ExtUI::getNozzleOffset_mm(X, E1)); - w.color(Theme::y_axis).adjuster(4, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_Y), ExtUI::getNozzleOffset_mm(Y, E1)); - w.color(Theme::z_axis).adjuster(6, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_Z), ExtUI::getNozzleOffset_mm(Z, E1)); + w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(MSG_OFFSETS_MENU)); + w.color(Theme::x_axis).adjuster(2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_X), ExtUI::getNozzleOffset_mm(X, E1)); + w.color(Theme::y_axis).adjuster(4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Y), ExtUI::getNozzleOffset_mm(Y, E1)); + w.color(Theme::z_axis).adjuster(6, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Z), ExtUI::getNozzleOffset_mm(Z, E1)); #if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - w.button(8, GET_TEXTF(MEASURE_AUTOMATICALLY), !isPrinting()); + w.button(8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MEASURE_AUTOMATICALLY), !isPrinting()); #endif w.increments(); } @@ -70,4 +70,4 @@ bool NozzleOffsetScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/nudge_nozzle_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/nudge_nozzle_screen.cpp similarity index 58% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/nudge_nozzle_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/nudge_nozzle_screen.cpp index 74e7c45040..d9910ffa04 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/nudge_nozzle_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/nudge_nozzle_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if BOTH(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI, BABYSTEPPING) +#if BOTH(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, BABYSTEPPING) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" @@ -36,29 +36,28 @@ void NudgeNozzleScreen::onEntry() { #if EXTRUDERS > 1 screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.link_nozzles = true; #endif - LOOP_XYZ(i) { - screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel[i] = 0; - } + screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.reset(); + BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::onEntry(); } void NudgeNozzleScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); - w.precision(2, BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::DEFAULT_MIDRANGE).units(GET_TEXTF(UNITS_MM)); + w.precision(2, BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::DEFAULT_MIDRANGE).units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_MM)); - w.heading( GET_TEXTF(NUDGE_NOZZLE)); + w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NUDGE_NOZZLE)); #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_XY) - w.color(x_axis).adjuster(2, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_X), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel[0] / getAxisSteps_per_mm(X)); - w.color(y_axis).adjuster(4, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_Y), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel[1] / getAxisSteps_per_mm(Y)); + w.color(x_axis).adjuster(2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_X), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.x / getAxisSteps_per_mm(X)); + w.color(y_axis).adjuster(4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Y), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.y / getAxisSteps_per_mm(Y)); #endif - w.color(z_axis).adjuster(6, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_Z), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel[2] / getAxisSteps_per_mm(Z)); + w.color(z_axis).adjuster(6, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Z), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.z / getAxisSteps_per_mm(Z)); w.increments(); #if EXTRUDERS > 1 - w.toggle (8, GET_TEXTF(ADJUST_BOTH_NOZZLES), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.link_nozzles); + w.toggle(8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ADJUST_BOTH_NOZZLES), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.link_nozzles); #endif #if EXTRUDERS > 1 || HAS_BED_PROBE - w.toggle (9, GET_TEXTF(SHOW_OFFSETS), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.show_offsets); + w.toggle(9, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_SHOW_OFFSETS), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.show_offsets); if (screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.show_offsets) { char str[19]; @@ -69,39 +68,38 @@ void NudgeNozzleScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { #if HAS_BED_PROBE dtostrf(getZOffset_mm(), 4, 2, str); strcat(str, " "); - strcat_P(str, GET_TEXT(UNITS_MM)); - w.text_field (0, GET_TEXTF(ZPROBE_ZOFFSET), str); + strcat_P(str, GET_TEXT(MSG_UNITS_MM)); + w.text_field(0, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET), str); #endif - #if EXTRUDERS > 1 + #if HOTENDS > 1 format_position(str, getNozzleOffset_mm(X, E1), getNozzleOffset_mm(Y, E1), getNozzleOffset_mm(Z, E1)); - w.text_field (0, GET_TEXTF(TOOL_OFFSETS), str); + w.text_field(0, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_OFFSETS_MENU), str); #endif } #endif } bool NudgeNozzleScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { - const float inc = getIncrement(); + const float inc = getIncrement(); #if EXTRUDERS > 1 - const bool link = screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.link_nozzles; + const bool link = screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.link_nozzles; #else constexpr bool link = true; #endif int16_t steps; switch (tag) { - case 2: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, X); smartAdjustAxis_steps(-steps, X, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel[0] -= steps; break; - case 3: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, X); smartAdjustAxis_steps( steps, X, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel[0] += steps; break; - case 4: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, Y); smartAdjustAxis_steps(-steps, Y, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel[1] -= steps; break; - case 5: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, Y); smartAdjustAxis_steps( steps, Y, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel[1] += steps; break; - case 6: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, Z); smartAdjustAxis_steps(-steps, Z, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel[2] -= steps; break; - case 7: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, Z); smartAdjustAxis_steps( steps, Z, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel[2] += steps; break; + case 2: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, X); smartAdjustAxis_steps(-steps, X, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.x -= steps; break; + case 3: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, X); smartAdjustAxis_steps( steps, X, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.x += steps; break; + case 4: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, Y); smartAdjustAxis_steps(-steps, Y, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.y -= steps; break; + case 5: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, Y); smartAdjustAxis_steps( steps, Y, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.y += steps; break; + case 6: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, Z); smartAdjustAxis_steps(-steps, Z, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.z -= steps; break; + case 7: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, Z); smartAdjustAxis_steps( steps, Z, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.z += steps; break; #if EXTRUDERS > 1 - case 8: screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.link_nozzles = !link; break; + case 8: screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.link_nozzles = !link; break; #endif - case 9: screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.show_offsets = !screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.show_offsets; break; - default: - return false; + case 9: screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.show_offsets = !screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.show_offsets; break; + default: return false; } #if EXTRUDERS > 1 || HAS_BED_PROBE SaveSettingsDialogBox::settingsChanged(); @@ -113,13 +111,13 @@ bool NudgeNozzleScreen::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { if (tag == 1) { SaveSettingsDialogBox::promptToSaveSettings(); return true; - } else { - return BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::onTouchEnd(tag); } + else + return BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::onTouchEnd(tag); } void NudgeNozzleScreen::onIdle() { reset_menu_timeout(); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/preheat_timer_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/preheat_timer_screen.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0a24c30082 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/preheat_timer_screen.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/**************************** + * preheat_timer_screen.cpp * + ****************************/ + +/**************************************************************************** + * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2019 - Cocoa Press * + * * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * + * GNU General Public License for more details. * + * * + * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * + * location: . * + ****************************************************************************/ + +#include "../config.h" + +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && defined(TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) + +#include "screens.h" +#include "screen_data.h" + +#include "../ftdi_eve_lib/extras/circular_progress.h" + +using namespace FTDI; +using namespace ExtUI; +using namespace Theme; + +#define GRID_COLS 2 +#define GRID_ROWS 5 + +void PreheatTimerScreen::draw_message(draw_mode_t what) { + if (what & BACKGROUND) { + CommandProcessor cmd; + cmd.cmd(CLEAR_COLOR_RGB(bg_color)) + .cmd(CLEAR(true,true,true)) + .cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)) + .tag(0); + draw_text_box(cmd, BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_HEATING), OPT_CENTER, font_large); + } +} + +uint16_t PreheatTimerScreen::secondsRemaining() { + const uint32_t elapsed_sec = (millis() - screen_data.PreheatTimerScreen.start_ms) / 1000; + return (COCOA_PRESS_PREHEAT_SECONDS > elapsed_sec) ? COCOA_PRESS_PREHEAT_SECONDS - elapsed_sec : 0; +} + +void PreheatTimerScreen::draw_time_remaining(draw_mode_t what) { + if (what & FOREGROUND) { + const uint16_t elapsed_sec = secondsRemaining(); + const uint8_t min = elapsed_sec / 60, + sec = elapsed_sec % 60; + + char str[10]; + sprintf_P(str, PSTR("%02d:%02d"), min, sec); + + CommandProcessor cmd; + cmd.font(font_xlarge); + draw_circular_progress(cmd, BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,5), float(secondsRemaining()) * 100 / COCOA_PRESS_PREHEAT_SECONDS, str, theme_dark, theme_darkest); + } +} + +void PreheatTimerScreen::draw_interaction_buttons(draw_mode_t what) { + if (what & FOREGROUND) { + CommandProcessor cmd; + cmd.colors(normal_btn) + .font(font_medium) + .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(2,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), F("Cancel")); + } +} + +void PreheatTimerScreen::onEntry() { + screen_data.PreheatTimerScreen.start_ms = millis(); + #ifdef COCOA_PRESS_PREHEAT_SCRIPT + injectCommands_P(PSTR(COCOA_PRESS_PREHEAT_SCRIPT)); + #endif +} + +void PreheatTimerScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { + draw_message(what); + draw_time_remaining(what); + draw_interaction_buttons(what); +} + +bool PreheatTimerScreen::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { + switch (tag) { + case 1: GOTO_PREVIOUS(); return true; + default: break; + } + return false; +} + +void PreheatTimerScreen::onIdle() { + if (secondsRemaining() == 0) { + AlertDialogBox::show(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PREHEAT_FINISHED)); + // Remove SaveSettingsDialogBox from the stack + // so the alert box doesn't return to me. + current_screen.forget(); + } + + reset_menu_timeout(); + if (refresh_timer.elapsed(STATUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL)) { + onRefresh(); + refresh_timer.start(); + } + BaseScreen::onIdle(); +} + +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/restore_failsafe_dialog_box.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/restore_failsafe_dialog_box.cpp similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/restore_failsafe_dialog_box.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/restore_failsafe_dialog_box.cpp index 717fea9cac..a5fe95490f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/restore_failsafe_dialog_box.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/restore_failsafe_dialog_box.cpp @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" using namespace ExtUI; void RestoreFailsafeDialogBox::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { - drawMessage(GET_TEXTF(EEPROM_RESET_WARNING)); + drawMessage(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_EEPROM_RESET_WARNING)); drawYesNoButtons(); } @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ bool RestoreFailsafeDialogBox::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { switch (tag) { case 1: ExtUI::injectCommands_P(PSTR("M502")); - AlertDialogBox::show(GET_TEXTF(EEPROM_RESET)); + AlertDialogBox::show(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_EEPROM_RESET)); // Remove RestoreFailsafeDialogBox from the stack // so the alert box doesn't return to it. current_screen.forget(); @@ -48,4 +48,4 @@ bool RestoreFailsafeDialogBox::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { } } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/save_settings_dialog_box.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/save_settings_dialog_box.cpp similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/save_settings_dialog_box.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/save_settings_dialog_box.cpp index b29c171cf7..5ffe20cce1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/save_settings_dialog_box.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/save_settings_dialog_box.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ using namespace ExtUI; bool SaveSettingsDialogBox::needs_save = false; void SaveSettingsDialogBox::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { - drawMessage(GET_TEXTF(EEPROM_SAVE_PROMPT)); + drawMessage(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_EEPROM_SAVE_PROMPT)); drawYesNoButtons(); } @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ bool SaveSettingsDialogBox::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { switch (tag) { case 1: injectCommands_P(PSTR("M500")); - AlertDialogBox::show(GET_TEXTF(EEPROM_SAVED)); + AlertDialogBox::show(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_EEPROM_SAVED)); // Remove SaveSettingsDialogBox from the stack // so the alert box doesn't return to me. current_screen.forget(); @@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ void SaveSettingsDialogBox::promptToSaveSettings() { } } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/screen_data.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/screen_data.h similarity index 90% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/screen_data.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/screen_data.h index 65cb6e85d7..6e2cb97a98 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/screen_data.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/screen_data.h @@ -35,9 +35,13 @@ union screen_data_t { struct {char passcode[5];} LockScreen; struct {bool isError;} AlertDialogBox; struct {bool auto_hide;} SpinnerDialogBox; + struct {uint8_t file_index;} ConfirmStartPrintDialogBox; struct { uint8_t e_tag, t_tag, repeat_tag; ExtUI::extruder_t saved_extruder; + #if FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH > 0 + bool need_purge; + #endif } ChangeFilamentScreen; struct { struct { @@ -56,16 +60,21 @@ union screen_data_t { struct base_numeric_adjustment_t placeholder; float e_rel[ExtUI::extruderCount]; } MoveAxisScreen; -#if ENABLED(DEVELOPER_SCREENS) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU) struct { uint32_t next_watchdog_trigger; const char* message; } StressTestScreen; #endif +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) + struct { + uint32_t start_ms; + } PreheatTimerScreen; +#endif #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) struct { struct base_numeric_adjustment_t placeholder; - int16_t rel[XYZ]; + xyz_int_t rel; #if EXTRUDERS > 1 bool link_nozzles; #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/screens.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/screens.cpp similarity index 91% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/screens.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/screens.cpp index 59d4069d6c..69c1cf1420 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/screens.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/screens.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" @@ -43,6 +43,7 @@ SCREEN_TABLE { DECL_SCREEN(ConfirmUserRequestAlertBox), DECL_SCREEN(RestoreFailsafeDialogBox), DECL_SCREEN(SaveSettingsDialogBox), + DECL_SCREEN(ConfirmStartPrintDialogBox), DECL_SCREEN(ConfirmAbortPrintDialogBox), #if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) DECL_SCREEN(ConfirmAutoCalibrationDialogBox), @@ -57,7 +58,7 @@ SCREEN_TABLE { #endif DECL_SCREEN(MoveAxisScreen), DECL_SCREEN(StepsScreen), -#if HAS_TRINAMIC +#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG DECL_SCREEN(StepperCurrentScreen), DECL_SCREEN(StepperBumpSensitivityScreen), #endif @@ -74,11 +75,14 @@ SCREEN_TABLE { DECL_SCREEN(MaxVelocityScreen), DECL_SCREEN(MaxAccelerationScreen), DECL_SCREEN(DefaultAccelerationScreen), -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) +#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) DECL_SCREEN(JunctionDeviationScreen), #else DECL_SCREEN(JerkScreen), #endif +#if HAS_CASE_LIGHT + DECL_SCREEN(CaseLightScreen), +#endif #if EITHER(LIN_ADVANCE, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) DECL_SCREEN(FilamentMenu), #endif @@ -95,12 +99,15 @@ SCREEN_TABLE { DECL_SCREEN(LockScreen), DECL_SCREEN(FilesScreen), DECL_SCREEN(EndstopStatesScreen), -#ifdef LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) DECL_SCREEN(BioPrintingDialogBox), DECL_SCREEN(BioConfirmHomeXYZ), DECL_SCREEN(BioConfirmHomeE), #endif -#if ENABLED(DEVELOPER_SCREENS) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) + DECL_SCREEN(PreheatTimerScreen), +#endif +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU) DECL_SCREEN(DeveloperMenu), DECL_SCREEN(ConfirmEraseFlashDialogBox), DECL_SCREEN(WidgetsScreen), @@ -113,4 +120,4 @@ SCREEN_TABLE { SCREEN_TABLE_POST -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/screens.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/screens.h similarity index 91% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/screens.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/screens.h index 20a1809014..02c5b14831 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/screens.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/screens.h @@ -55,11 +55,14 @@ enum { MAX_VELOCITY_SCREEN_CACHE, MAX_ACCELERATION_SCREEN_CACHE, DEFAULT_ACCELERATION_SCREEN_CACHE, -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) +#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) JUNC_DEV_SCREEN_CACHE, #else JERK_SCREEN_CACHE, #endif +#if HAS_CASE_LIGHT + CASE_LIGHT_SCREEN_CACHE, +#endif #if EITHER(LIN_ADVANCE, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) FILAMENT_MENU_CACHE, #endif @@ -69,8 +72,11 @@ enum { #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCREEN_CACHE, #endif -#ifdef LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) PRINTING_SCREEN_CACHE, +#endif +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) + PREHEAT_TIMER_SCREEN_CACHE, #endif CHANGE_FILAMENT_SCREEN_CACHE, INTERFACE_SETTINGS_SCREEN_CACHE, @@ -135,7 +141,7 @@ class KillScreen { // The KillScreen is behaves differently than the // others, so we do not bother extending UIScreen. public: - static void show(progmem_str msg); + static void show(const char*); }; class DialogBoxBaseClass : public BaseScreen { @@ -179,6 +185,20 @@ class SaveSettingsDialogBox : public DialogBoxBaseClass, public UncachedScreen { static void settingsChanged() {needs_save = true;} }; +class ConfirmStartPrintDialogBox : public DialogBoxBaseClass, public UncachedScreen { + private: + inline static const char *getShortFilename() {return getFilename(false);} + inline static const char *getLongFilename() {return getFilename(true);} + + static const char *getFilename(bool longName); + public: + static void onEntry(); + static void onRedraw(draw_mode_t); + static bool onTouchEnd(uint8_t); + + static void show(uint8_t file_index); +}; + class ConfirmAbortPrintDialogBox : public DialogBoxBaseClass, public UncachedScreen { public: static void onRedraw(draw_mode_t); @@ -212,7 +232,7 @@ class SpinnerDialogBox : public DialogBoxBaseClass, public CachedScreen { private: static void draw_axis_position(draw_mode_t); @@ -259,7 +279,9 @@ class StatusScreen : public BaseScreen, public CachedScreen { private: static void draw_status_message(draw_mode_t, const char * const); @@ -291,6 +313,23 @@ class StatusScreen : public BaseScreen, public CachedScreen { + private: + static uint16_t secondsRemaining(); + + static void draw_message(draw_mode_t); + static void draw_time_remaining(draw_mode_t); + static void draw_interaction_buttons(draw_mode_t); + public: + static void onRedraw(draw_mode_t); + + static void onEntry(); + static void onIdle(); + static bool onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag); + }; +#endif + class MainMenu : public BaseScreen, public CachedScreen { public: static void onRedraw(draw_mode_t); @@ -329,6 +368,7 @@ class ChangeFilamentScreen : public BaseScreen, public CachedScreen { public: static void onRedraw(draw_mode_t); @@ -488,7 +529,7 @@ class DefaultAccelerationScreen : public BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen, public Cac static bool onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag); }; -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) +#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) class JunctionDeviationScreen : public BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen, public CachedScreen { public: static void onRedraw(draw_mode_t); @@ -502,6 +543,14 @@ class DefaultAccelerationScreen : public BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen, public Cac }; #endif +#if HAS_CASE_LIGHT + class CaseLightScreen : public BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen, public CachedScreen { + public: + static void onRedraw(draw_mode_t); + static bool onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag); + }; +#endif + #if EITHER(LIN_ADVANCE, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) class FilamentMenu : public BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen, public CachedScreen { public: @@ -582,7 +631,7 @@ class InterfaceSettingsScreen : public BaseScreen, public CachedScreen 1 - w.color(e_axis).adjuster( 8, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_E1), getAxisCurrent_mA(E0) ); - w.color(e_axis).adjuster(10, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_E2), getAxisCurrent_mA(E1) ); + w.color(e_axis).adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E1), getAxisCurrent_mA(E0) ); + w.color(e_axis).adjuster(10, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E2), getAxisCurrent_mA(E1) ); #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - w.color(e_axis).adjuster(12, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_E3), getAxisCurrent_mA(E2) ); + w.color(e_axis).adjuster(12, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E3), getAxisCurrent_mA(E2) ); #endif #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - w.color(e_axis).adjuster(14, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_E4), getAxisCurrent_mA(E3) ); + w.color(e_axis).adjuster(14, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E4), getAxisCurrent_mA(E3) ); #endif #endif w.increments(); @@ -83,4 +83,4 @@ bool StepperCurrentScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/steps_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/steps_screen.cpp similarity index 76% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/steps_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/steps_screen.cpp index 3f69e25559..f47707f965 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/steps_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/steps_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -33,21 +33,21 @@ using namespace Theme; void StepsScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); w.precision(0); - w.units(GET_TEXTF(UNITS_STEP_MM)); - w.heading( GET_TEXTF(STEPS_PER_MM)); - w.color(x_axis) .adjuster( 2, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_X), getAxisSteps_per_mm(X) ); - w.color(y_axis) .adjuster( 4, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_Y), getAxisSteps_per_mm(Y) ); - w.color(z_axis) .adjuster( 6, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_Z), getAxisSteps_per_mm(Z) ); + w.units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_STEP_MM)); + w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(MSG_STEPS_PER_MM)); + w.color(x_axis) .adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_X), getAxisSteps_per_mm(X) ); + w.color(y_axis) .adjuster( 4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Y), getAxisSteps_per_mm(Y) ); + w.color(z_axis) .adjuster( 6, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Z), getAxisSteps_per_mm(Z) ); #if EXTRUDERS == 1 || DISABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - w.color(e_axis) .adjuster( 8, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_E), getAxisSteps_per_mm(E0) ); + w.color(e_axis) .adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E), getAxisSteps_per_mm(E0) ); #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 - w.color(e_axis) .adjuster( 8, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_E1), getAxisSteps_per_mm(E0) ); - w.color(e_axis) .adjuster(10, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_E2), getAxisSteps_per_mm(E1) ); + w.color(e_axis) .adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E1), getAxisSteps_per_mm(E0) ); + w.color(e_axis) .adjuster(10, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E2), getAxisSteps_per_mm(E1) ); #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - w.color(e_axis) .adjuster(12, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_E3), getAxisSteps_per_mm(E2) ); + w.color(e_axis) .adjuster(12, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E3), getAxisSteps_per_mm(E2) ); #endif #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - w.color(e_axis) .adjuster(14, GET_TEXTF(AXIS_E4), getAxisSteps_per_mm(E3) ); + w.color(e_axis) .adjuster(14, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E4), getAxisSteps_per_mm(E3) ); #endif #endif w.increments(); @@ -83,4 +83,4 @@ bool StepsScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/stress_test_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/stress_test_screen.cpp similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/stress_test_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/stress_test_screen.cpp index 76d9fb2a9c..b5e9263efa 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/stress_test_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/stress_test_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if BOTH(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI, DEVELOPER_SCREENS) +#if BOTH(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" @@ -121,7 +121,8 @@ void StressTestScreen::onIdle() { if (!commandsInQueue()) { if (!isPositionKnown()) { - injectCommands_P(PSTR("G28")); + extern const char G28_STR[]; + injectCommands_P(G28_STR); } else { injectCommands_P(PSTR( "G0 X100 Y100 Z100 F6000\n" @@ -148,4 +149,4 @@ void StressTestScreen::onIdle() { BaseScreen::onIdle(); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/string_format.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/string_format.cpp similarity index 88% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/string_format.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/string_format.cpp index 17a4a73cf2..ca4fdad3ce 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/string_format.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/string_format.cpp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -30,38 +30,32 @@ #pragma GCC diagnostic push #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wno-format" -#ifdef __AVR__ - #define S_FMT "%S" -#else - #define S_FMT "%s" -#endif - /** * Formats a temperature string (e.g. "100°C") */ void format_temp(char *str, float t1) { - sprintf_P(str, PSTR("%3d" S_FMT), ROUND(t1), GET_TEXT(UNITS_C)); + sprintf_P(str, PSTR("%3d" S_FMT), ROUND(t1), GET_TEXT(MSG_UNITS_C)); } /** * Formats a temperature string for an idle heater (e.g. "100 °C / idle") */ void format_temp_and_idle(char *str, float t1) { - sprintf_P(str, PSTR("%3d" S_FMT " / " S_FMT), ROUND(t1), GET_TEXT(UNITS_C), GET_TEXT(TEMP_IDLE)); + sprintf_P(str, PSTR("%3d" S_FMT " / " S_FMT), ROUND(t1), GET_TEXT(MSG_UNITS_C), GET_TEXT(MSG_IDLE)); } /** * Formats a temperature string for an active heater (e.g. "100 / 200°C") */ void format_temp_and_temp(char *str, float t1, float t2) { - sprintf_P(str, PSTR("%3d / %3d" S_FMT), ROUND(t1), ROUND(t2), GET_TEXT(UNITS_C)); + sprintf_P(str, PSTR("%3d / %3d" S_FMT), ROUND(t1), ROUND(t2), GET_TEXT(MSG_UNITS_C)); } /** * Formats a temperature string for a material (e.g. "100°C (PLA)") */ void format_temp_and_material(char *str, float t1, const char *material) { - sprintf_P(str, PSTR("%3d" S_FMT " (" S_FMT ")"), ROUND(t1), GET_TEXT(UNITS_C), material); + sprintf_P(str, PSTR("%3d" S_FMT " (" S_FMT ")"), ROUND(t1), GET_TEXT(MSG_UNITS_C), material); } /** @@ -70,7 +64,7 @@ void format_temp_and_material(char *str, float t1, const char *material) { void format_position(char *str, float p) { dtostrf(p, 5, 1, str); strcat_P(str, PSTR(" ")); - strcat_P(str, GET_TEXT(UNITS_MM)); + strcat_P(str, GET_TEXT(MSG_UNITS_MM)); } /** @@ -81,9 +75,9 @@ void format_position(char *str, float x, float y, float z) { dtostrf(x, 4, 2, num1); dtostrf(y, 4, 2, num2); dtostrf(z, 4, 2, num3); - sprintf_P(str, PSTR("%s; %s; %s " S_FMT), num1, num2, num3, GET_TEXT(UNITS_MM)); + sprintf_P(str, PSTR("%s; %s; %s " S_FMT), num1, num2, num3, GET_TEXT(MSG_UNITS_MM)); } #pragma GCC diagnostic pop -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/string_format.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/string_format.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/string_format.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/string_format.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/temperature_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/temperature_screen.cpp similarity index 55% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/temperature_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/temperature_screen.cpp index aeaecb4096..81cde5a341 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/temperature_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/temperature_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -32,29 +32,37 @@ using namespace ExtUI; void TemperatureScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); - w.precision(0).color(temp).units(GET_TEXTF(UNITS_C)); - w.heading(GET_TEXTF(TEMPERATURE)); - w.button(30, GET_TEXTF(COOLDOWN)); - #ifndef LULZBOT_DISABLE_TOOLHEAD_HEATER + #if TOUCH_UI_LCD_TEMP_SCALING == 10 + w.precision(1) + #else + w.precision(0) + #endif + .color(temp).units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_C)); + w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TEMPERATURE)); + w.button(30, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_COOLDOWN)); + #ifndef NO_TOOLHEAD_HEATER_GCODE #if HOTENDS == 1 - w.adjuster( 2, GET_TEXTF(HOTEND), getTargetTemp_celsius(E0)); + w.adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NOZZLE), getTargetTemp_celsius(E0)); #else - w.adjuster( 2, GET_TEXTF(HOTEND1), getTargetTemp_celsius(E0)); - w.adjuster( 4, GET_TEXTF(HOTEND2), getTargetTemp_celsius(E1)); + w.adjuster( 2, F(LCD_STR_E0), getTargetTemp_celsius(E0)); + w.adjuster( 4, F(LCD_STR_E1), getTargetTemp_celsius(E1)); #if HOTENDS > 2 - w.adjuster( 6, GET_TEXTF(HOTEND3), getTargetTemp_celsius(E2)); + w.adjuster( 6, F(LCD_STR_E2), getTargetTemp_celsius(E2)); #endif #if HOTENDS > 3 - w.adjuster( 8, GET_TEXTF(HOTEND4), getTargetTemp_celsius(E3)); + w.adjuster( 8, F(LCD_STR_E3), getTargetTemp_celsius(E3)); #endif #endif #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED - w.adjuster( 20, GET_TEXTF(BED), getTargetTemp_celsius(BED)); + w.adjuster( 20, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BED), getTargetTemp_celsius(BED)); + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER + w.adjuster( 22, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CHAMBER), getTargetTemp_celsius(CHAMBER)); #endif #if FAN_COUNT > 0 - w.color(fan_speed).units(GET_TEXTF(UNITS_PERCENT)); - w.adjuster( 10, GET_TEXTF(FAN_SPEED), getTargetFan_percent(FAN0)); + w.color(fan_speed).units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_PERCENT)); + w.adjuster( 10, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FAN_SPEED), getTargetFan_percent(FAN0)); #endif w.increments(); } @@ -64,40 +72,37 @@ bool TemperatureScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { switch (tag) { case 20: UI_DECREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, BED); break; case 21: UI_INCREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, BED); break; - #ifndef LULZBOT_DISABLE_TOOLHEAD_HEATER - case 2: UI_DECREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E0); break; - case 3: UI_INCREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E0); break; + case 22: UI_DECREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, CHAMBER); break; + case 23: UI_INCREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, CHAMBER); break; + #ifndef NO_TOOLHEAD_HEATER_GCODE + case 2: UI_DECREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E0); break; + case 3: UI_INCREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E0); break; #endif #if HOTENDS > 1 - case 4: UI_DECREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E1); break; - case 5: UI_INCREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E1); break; + case 4: UI_DECREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E1); break; + case 5: UI_INCREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E1); break; #endif #if HOTENDS > 2 - case 6: UI_DECREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E2); break; - case 7: UI_INCREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E2); break; + case 6: UI_DECREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E2); break; + case 7: UI_INCREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E2); break; #endif #if HOTENDS > 3 - case 8: UI_DECREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E3); break; - case 9: UI_INCREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E3); break; + case 8: UI_DECREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E3); break; + case 9: UI_INCREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E3); break; #endif #if FAN_COUNT > 0 - case 10: UI_DECREMENT(TargetFan_percent, FAN0); break; - case 11: UI_INCREMENT(TargetFan_percent, FAN0); break; + case 10: UI_DECREMENT(TargetFan_percent, FAN0); break; + case 11: UI_INCREMENT(TargetFan_percent, FAN0); break; #endif case 30: - setTargetTemp_celsius(0,E0); - #if HOTENDS > 1 - setTargetTemp_celsius(0,E1); - #if HOTENDS > 2 - setTargetTemp_celsius(0,E2); - #if HOTENDS > 3 - setTargetTemp_celsius(0,E4); - #endif - #endif - #endif + #define _HOTEND_OFF(N) setTargetTemp_celsius(0,E##N); + REPEAT(HOTENDS, _HOTEND_OFF); #if HAS_HEATED_BED setTargetTemp_celsius(0,BED); #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER + setTargetTemp_celsius(0,CHAMBER); + #endif #if FAN_COUNT > 0 setTargetFan_percent(0,FAN0); #endif @@ -108,4 +113,4 @@ bool TemperatureScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/touch_calibration_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/touch_calibration_screen.cpp similarity index 90% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/touch_calibration_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/touch_calibration_screen.cpp index 0779bb6fb2..b6c5ecae3d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/touch_calibration_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/touch_calibration_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ void TouchCalibrationScreen::onEntry() { .cmd(CLEAR_COLOR_RGB(bg_color)) .cmd(CLEAR(true,true,true)) .cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)); - draw_text_box(cmd, BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(4,16), GET_TEXTF(TOUCH_CALIBRATION_START), OPT_CENTER, font_large); + draw_text_box(cmd, BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(4,16), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TOUCH_CALIBRATION_START), OPT_CENTER, font_large); cmd.cmd(DL::DL_DISPLAY) .cmd(CMD_SWAP) .execute(); @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ void TouchCalibrationScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { .cmd(CLEAR(true,true,true)) .cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)); - draw_text_box(cmd, BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(4,16), GET_TEXTF(TOUCH_CALIBRATION_PROMPT), OPT_CENTER, font_large); + draw_text_box(cmd, BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(4,16), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TOUCH_CALIBRATION_PROMPT), OPT_CENTER, font_large); cmd.cmd(CMD_CALIBRATE); } @@ -86,4 +86,4 @@ void TouchCalibrationScreen::onIdle() { } } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/touch_registers_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/touch_registers_screen.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/touch_registers_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/touch_registers_screen.cpp index c5d3b5f4b3..4d7477b300 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/touch_registers_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/touch_registers_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if BOTH(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI, DEVELOPER_SCREENS) +#if BOTH(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU) #include "screens.h" @@ -83,4 +83,4 @@ void TouchRegistersScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/tune_menu.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/tune_menu.cpp similarity index 70% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/tune_menu.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/tune_menu.cpp index 416a0146fe..8b4f0942fb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/tune_menu.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/tune_menu.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && !defined(LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && !defined(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) #include "screens.h" @@ -33,8 +33,7 @@ void TuneMenu::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { if (what & BACKGROUND) { CommandProcessor cmd; cmd.cmd(CLEAR_COLOR_RGB(bg_color)) - .cmd(CLEAR(true,true,true)) - .font(font_medium); + .cmd(CLEAR(true,true,true)); } #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT @@ -52,79 +51,79 @@ void TuneMenu::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { cmd.colors(normal_btn) .font(font_medium) #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - .tag(2).enabled(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(TEMPERATURE)) - .tag(3).enabled(!isPrinting()).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(CHANGE_FILAMENT)) - #if EITHER(LIN_ADVANCE, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(9).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(FILAMENT)) + .tag(2).enabled(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TEMPERATURE)) + .tag(3).enabled(!isPrinting()).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE)) + .enabled( + #if EITHER(LIN_ADVANCE, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(9).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FILAMENT)) #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - .tag(4).enabled(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(NUDGE_NOZZLE)) + .tag(4).enabled(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NUDGE_NOZZLE)) #else - #if HAS_BED_PROBE - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(4) .button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(ZPROBE_ZOFFSET)) - #endif - .tag(5).enabled(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(PRINT_SPEED)) - .tag(isPrintingFromMediaPaused() ? 7 : 6) - #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - .enabled(isPrintingFromMedia()) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), isPrintingFromMediaPaused() ? GET_TEXTF(RESUME_PRINT) : GET_TEXTF(PAUSE_PRINT)) - #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - .enabled(isPrintingFromMedia()) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(8) .button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(STOP_PRINT)) - .tag(1).colors(action_btn) - .button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(BACK)); - #else // TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - .tag(2).enabled(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(TEMPERATURE)) - .tag(3).enabled(!isPrinting()).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(CHANGE_FILAMENT)) - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - .tag(4) .button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(NUDGE_NOZZLE)) - #else + .enabled( #if HAS_BED_PROBE - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) + 1 #endif - .tag(4) .button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXTF(ZPROBE_ZOFFSET)) - #endif - .tag(5).enabled(1) .button( BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(PRINT_SPEED)) + ) + .tag(4) .button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET)) + #endif + .tag(5).enabled(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PRINT_SPEED)) .tag(isPrintingFromMediaPaused() ? 7 : 6) - #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - .enabled(isPrintingFromMedia()) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), isPrintingFromMediaPaused() ? GET_TEXTF(RESUME_PRINT) : GET_TEXTF(PAUSE_PRINT)) - #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - .enabled(isPrintingFromMedia()) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(8). button( BTN_POS(2,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(STOP_PRINT)) - #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) || ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - .enabled(1) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + isPrintingFromMedia() + #endif + ) + .button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), isPrintingFromMediaPaused() ? GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RESUME_PRINT) : GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PAUSE_PRINT)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + isPrintingFromMedia() + #endif + ) + .tag(8) .button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_STOP_PRINT)) + .tag(1).colors(action_btn) + .button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); + #else // TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + .tag(2).enabled(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TEMPERATURE)) + .tag(3).enabled(!isPrinting()).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + isPrintingFromMedia() + #endif + ) + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + .tag(4) .button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NUDGE_NOZZLE)) #else - .enabled(0) + .enabled( + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + isPrintingFromMedia() + #endif + ) + .tag(4) .button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET)) #endif - .tag(9).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(FILAMENT)) - .tag(1).colors(action_btn) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXTF(BACK)); + .tag(5).enabled(1) .button( BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PRINT_SPEED)) + .tag(isPrintingFromMediaPaused() ? 7 : 6) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + isPrintingFromMedia() + #endif + ) + .button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), isPrintingFromMediaPaused() ? GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RESUME_PRINT) : GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PAUSE_PRINT)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + isPrintingFromMedia() + #endif + ) + .tag(8). button( BTN_POS(2,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_STOP_PRINT)) + .enabled( + #if ANY(LIN_ADVANCE, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(9).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FILAMENT)) + .tag(1).colors(action_btn) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); #endif } #undef GRID_COLS @@ -162,4 +161,4 @@ bool TuneMenu::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/widget_demo_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/widget_demo_screen.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/widget_demo_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/widget_demo_screen.cpp index a3244bfe85..b77cb5143e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/widget_demo_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/widget_demo_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if BOTH(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI, DEVELOPER_SCREENS) +#if BOTH(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU) #include "screens.h" @@ -155,4 +155,4 @@ void WidgetsScreen::onIdle() { BaseScreen::onIdle(); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI && DEVELOPER_SCREENS +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE && TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/z_offset_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/z_offset_screen.cpp similarity index 87% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/z_offset_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/z_offset_screen.cpp index 32a54c09bf..65a2ad0e8e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/z_offset_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/z_offset_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && HAS_BED_PROBE +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && HAS_BED_PROBE #include "screens.h" @@ -32,10 +32,10 @@ using namespace Theme; void ZOffsetScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); - w.precision(2, BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::DEFAULT_MIDRANGE).units(GET_TEXTF(UNITS_MM)); + w.precision(2, BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::DEFAULT_MIDRANGE).units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_MM)); - w.heading( GET_TEXTF(ZPROBE_ZOFFSET)); - w.color(z_axis).adjuster(4, GET_TEXTF(ZPROBE_ZOFFSET), getZOffset_mm()); + w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET)); + w.color(z_axis).adjuster(4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET), getZOffset_mm()); w.increments(); } @@ -51,4 +51,4 @@ bool ZOffsetScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI && HAS_BED_PROBE +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE && HAS_BED_PROBE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/bitmaps.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/bitmaps.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/bitmaps.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/bitmaps.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/colors.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/colors.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..933e91db80 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/colors.h @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +/************ + * colors.h * + ************/ + +/**************************************************************************** + * Written By Mark Pelletier 2017 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * + * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2018 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * + * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2019 - Cocoa Press * + * * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * + * GNU General Public License for more details. * + * * + * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * + * location: . * + ****************************************************************************/ + +#pragma once + +namespace Theme { + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO + // The Lulzbot Bio uses the color PANTONE 2175C on the case silkscreen. + // This translates to HSL(208°, 100%, 39%) as an accent color on the GUI. + + constexpr int accent_hue = 208; + constexpr float accent_sat = 0.5; + + constexpr uint32_t logo_bg_rgb = 0xffffff; + constexpr uint32_t logo_fill_rgb = 0xffffff; + constexpr uint32_t logo_stroke_rgb = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, 1.0, 0.39); + #else + // The Lulzbot logo uses the color PANTONE 382c. + // This translates to HSL(68°, 68%, 52%) as an accent color on the GUI. + + constexpr int accent_hue = 68; + constexpr float accent_sat = 0.68; + + constexpr uint32_t logo_bg_rgb = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, 0.77, 0.64); + constexpr uint32_t logo_fill_rgb = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, 0.68, 0.52); // Lulzbot Green + constexpr uint32_t logo_stroke_rgb = 0x000000; + #endif + + // Shades of accent color + + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS + constexpr uint32_t accent_color_1 = hsl_to_rgb(12.8,0.597,0.263); // Darkest + constexpr uint32_t accent_color_2 = hsl_to_rgb(12.8,0.597,0.263); + constexpr uint32_t accent_color_3 = hsl_to_rgb( 9.6,0.664,0.443); + constexpr uint32_t accent_color_4 = hsl_to_rgb(16.3,0.873,0.537); + constexpr uint32_t accent_color_5 = hsl_to_rgb(23.0,0.889,0.539); + constexpr uint32_t accent_color_6 = hsl_to_rgb(23.0,0.889,0.539); // Lightest + #else + constexpr uint32_t accent_color_1 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, accent_sat, 0.26); // Darkest + constexpr uint32_t accent_color_2 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, accent_sat, 0.39); + constexpr uint32_t accent_color_3 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, accent_sat, 0.52); + constexpr uint32_t accent_color_4 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, accent_sat, 0.65); + constexpr uint32_t accent_color_5 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, accent_sat, 0.78); + constexpr uint32_t accent_color_6 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, accent_sat, 0.91); // Lightest + #endif + + // Shades of gray + + constexpr float gray_sat = 0.14; + + constexpr uint32_t gray_color_1 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, gray_sat, 0.26); // Darkest + constexpr uint32_t gray_color_2 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, gray_sat, 0.39); + constexpr uint32_t gray_color_3 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, gray_sat, 0.52); + constexpr uint32_t gray_color_4 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, gray_sat, 0.65); + constexpr uint32_t gray_color_5 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, gray_sat, 0.78); + constexpr uint32_t gray_color_6 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, gray_sat, 0.91); // Lightest + + #if NONE(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO, TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) + // Lulzbot TAZ Pro + constexpr uint32_t theme_darkest = gray_color_1; + constexpr uint32_t theme_dark = gray_color_2; + + constexpr uint32_t bg_color = theme_darkest; + constexpr uint32_t bg_text_disabled = theme_dark; + constexpr uint32_t bg_text_enabled = 0xFFFFFF; + constexpr uint32_t bg_normal = theme_darkest; + + constexpr uint32_t fg_normal = theme_dark; + constexpr uint32_t fg_action = accent_color_2; + constexpr uint32_t fg_disabled = theme_darkest; + #else + // Lulzbot Bio + constexpr uint32_t theme_darkest = accent_color_1; + constexpr uint32_t theme_dark = accent_color_4; + + constexpr uint32_t bg_color = 0xFFFFFF; + constexpr uint32_t bg_text_disabled = gray_color_1; + constexpr uint32_t bg_text_enabled = accent_color_1; + constexpr uint32_t bg_normal = accent_color_4; + + constexpr uint32_t fg_normal = accent_color_1; + constexpr uint32_t fg_action = accent_color_4; + constexpr uint32_t fg_disabled = gray_color_6; + + constexpr uint32_t shadow_rgb = gray_color_6; + constexpr uint32_t stroke_rgb = accent_color_1; + constexpr uint32_t fill_rgb = accent_color_3; + constexpr uint32_t syringe_rgb = accent_color_5; + #endif + + constexpr uint32_t x_axis = 0xFF0000; + constexpr uint32_t y_axis = 0x00BB00; + constexpr uint32_t z_axis = 0x0000BF; + constexpr uint32_t e_axis = gray_color_2; + constexpr uint32_t feedrate = gray_color_2; + constexpr uint32_t other = gray_color_2; + + // Status screen + constexpr uint32_t progress = gray_color_2; + constexpr uint32_t status_msg = gray_color_2; + constexpr uint32_t fan_speed = 0x377198; + constexpr uint32_t temp = 0x892c78; + constexpr uint32_t axis_label = gray_color_2; + + constexpr uint32_t disabled_icon = gray_color_1; + + // Calibration Registers Screen + constexpr uint32_t transformA = 0x3010D0; + constexpr uint32_t transformB = 0x4010D0; + constexpr uint32_t transformC = 0x5010D0; + constexpr uint32_t transformD = 0x6010D0; + constexpr uint32_t transformE = 0x7010D0; + constexpr uint32_t transformF = 0x8010D0; + constexpr uint32_t transformVal = 0x104010; + + constexpr btn_colors disabled_btn = {.bg = bg_color, .grad = fg_disabled, .fg = fg_disabled, .rgb = fg_disabled }; + constexpr btn_colors normal_btn = {.bg = fg_action, .grad = 0xFFFFFF, .fg = fg_normal, .rgb = 0xFFFFFF }; + constexpr btn_colors action_btn = {.bg = bg_color, .grad = 0xFFFFFF, .fg = fg_action, .rgb = 0xFFFFFF }; + constexpr btn_colors red_btn = {.bg = 0xFF5555, .grad = 0xFFFFFF, .fg = 0xFF0000, .rgb = 0xFFFFFF }; + constexpr btn_colors ui_slider = {.bg = theme_darkest, .grad = 0xFFFFFF, .fg = theme_dark, .rgb = accent_color_3 }; + constexpr btn_colors ui_toggle = {.bg = theme_darkest, .grad = 0xFFFFFF, .fg = theme_dark, .rgb = 0xFFFFFF }; + + // Temperature color scale + + const rgb_t cool_rgb ( 0, 0, 0); + const rgb_t low_rgb (128, 0, 0); + const rgb_t med_rgb (255, 128, 0); + const rgb_t high_rgb (255, 255, 128); +}; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/fonts.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/fonts.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/fonts.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/fonts.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/marlin_bootscreen_landscape.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/marlin_bootscreen_landscape.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5e01f0471c --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/marlin_bootscreen_landscape.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + +/**************************************************************************** + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * + * GNU General Public License for more details. * + * * + * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * + * location: . * + ****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * This file was auto-generated using "svg2cpp.py" + * + * The encoding consists of x,y pairs with the min and max scaled to + * 0x0000 and 0xFFFE. A single 0xFFFF in the data stream indicates the + * start of a new closed path. + */ + +#pragma once + +constexpr float x_min = 0.000000; +constexpr float x_max = 480.000000; +constexpr float y_min = 0.000000; +constexpr float y_max = 272.000000; + +const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_fill[] = {0x419D, 0x546F, 0x3D05, 0x5615, 0x3942, 0x5A92, 0x36B7, 0x6136, 0x35C8, 0x6950, 0x35C8, 0x96B0, 0x36B7, 0x9ECA, 0x3942, 0xA56E, 0x3D05, 0xA9EB, 0x419D, 0xAB91, 0xBE60, 0xAB91, 0xC2F8, 0xA9EB, 0xC6BB, 0xA56E, 0xC946, 0x9ECA, 0xCA35, 0x96B0, 0xCA32, 0x546C, 0x419D, 0x546F}; + +const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_stroke[] = {0xADF3, 0x546C, 0x419D, 0x546F, 0x3D05, 0x5615, 0x3942, 0x5A92, 0x36B7, 0x6136, 0x35C8, 0x6950, 0x35C8, 0x96B0, 0x36B7, 0x9ECA, 0x3942, 0xA56E, 0x3D05, 0xA9EB, 0x419D, 0xAB91, 0xBE60, 0xAB91, 0xC2F8, 0xA9EB, 0xC6BB, 0xA56E, 0xC946, 0x9ECA, 0xCA35, 0x96B0, 0xCA32, 0x546C, 0xADF3, 0x546C, 0xFFFF, 0x419D, 0x5913, 0xB08C, 0x5913, 0xC794, 0x8250, 0xC794, 0x96B0, 0xC6DA, 0x9CFF, 0xC4E1, 0xA229, 0xC1F4, 0xA5A5, 0xBE60, 0xA6ED, 0x419D, 0xA6ED, 0x3E09, 0xA5A5, 0x3B1C, 0xA229, 0x3923, 0x9CFF, 0x3869, 0x96B0, 0x3869, 0x6950, 0x3923, 0x6301, 0x3B1C, 0x5DD7, 0x3E09, 0x5A5B, 0x419D, 0x5913, 0xFFFF, 0xAC7A, 0x8620, 0xAC7A, 0x9373, 0xA767, 0x9373, 0xA767, 0x75CB, 0xA1C6, 0x75CB, 0xA1C6, 0x9373, 0xA1C6, 0x9C8E, 0xA767, 0x9C8E, 0xAC7A, 0x9C8E, 0xB21C, 0x9C8E, 0xB21C, 0x9373, 0xB21C, 0x85E7, 0xB350, 0x8093, 0xB65F, 0x7E86, 0xB9D5, 0x8165, 0xBA83, 0x85E7, 0xBA83, 0x9C8E, 0xBEFE, 0x9C8E, 0xC024, 0x99E1, 0xC024, 0x8620, 0xBF7B, 0x7F22, 0xBD8F, 0x79A9, 0xBA7E, 0x7617, 0xB65F, 0x74D0, 0xB24F, 0x7622, 0xAF30, 0x79C6, 0xAD2F, 0x7F43, 0xAC7A, 0x8620, 0xAC7A, 0x8620, 0xAC7A, 0x8620, 0xFFFF, 0x8179, 0x9C8E, 0x7CE9, 0x9C8E, 0x7747, 0x9C8E, 0x7747, 0x92EC, 0x7747, 0x8949, 0x75A2, 0x81A3, 0x71A6, 0x7E73, 0x6DAB, 0x818B, 0x6C05, 0x88FC, 0x6DAF, 0x9019, 0x71C7, 0x92EC, 0x7505, 0x92EC, 0x7505, 0x9C8E, 0x7118, 0x9C8E, 0x6CD3, 0x9B06, 0x696B, 0x96D6, 0x6729, 0x909E, 0x6658, 0x88FC, 0x672D, 0x8133, 0x6980, 0x7AC7, 0x6D13, 0x766C, 0x71A6, 0x74D0, 0x7632, 0x766D, 0x79C2, 0x7AD1, 0x7C14, 0x8153, 0x7CE9, 0x8949, 0x7CE9, 0x92EC, 0x8179, 0x92EC, 0x8179, 0x8620, 0x822E, 0x7F43, 0x842E, 0x79C6, 0x874E, 0x7622, 0x8B5E, 0x74D0, 0x8F7C, 0x7617, 0x928E, 0x79A9, 0x9479, 0x7F22, 0x9523, 0x8620, 0x9523, 0x87DB, 0x8F81, 0x87DB, 0x8F81, 0x85E7, 0x8ED4, 0x8165, 0x8B5E, 0x7E86, 0x884F, 0x8093, 0x871A, 0x85E7, 0x871A, 0x92EC, 0x871A, 0x9C8F, 0x8179, 0x9C8F, 0x8179, 0x9C8E, 0x8179, 0x9C8E, 0xFFFF, 0x6515, 0x79DB, 0x644C, 0x7281, 0x6218, 0x6C86, 0x5EB2, 0x6882, 0x5A56, 0x670A, 0x55D9, 0x68E0, 0x5272, 0x6DD0, 0x4F0B, 0x68E0, 0x4A8E, 0x670A, 0x4638, 0x6882, 0x42D5, 0x6C86, 0x40A2, 0x7281, 0x3FD9, 0x79DB, 0x3FD9, 0x9AC9, 0x40E4, 0x9C8E, 0x456F, 0x9C8E, 0x456F, 0x79B5, 0x46D4, 0x735D, 0x4A8E, 0x70C0, 0x4E3E, 0x735D, 0x4FA1, 0x79B5, 0x4FA1, 0x9C8E, 0x554D, 0x9C8E, 0x554D, 0x79B5, 0x56A7, 0x735D, 0x5A56, 0x70C0, 0x5E0C, 0x735D, 0x5F74, 0x79B5, 0x5F74, 0x9C8E, 0x6515, 0x9C8E, 0x6515, 0x79DB, 0x6515, 0x79DB, 0x6515, 0x79DB, 0xFFFF, 0x9672, 0x8C4C, 0x9714, 0x9379, 0x98F5, 0x98D2, 0x9C0B, 0x9BF4, 0xA04C, 0x9C7B, 0xA04C, 0x9373, 0x9D2B, 0x920C, 0x9C1E, 0x8C4C, 0x9C1E, 0x648E, 0x9672, 0x648E, 0x9672, 0x8C4C, 0x9672, 0x8C4C, 0x9672, 0x8C4C, 0xFFFF, 0xA767, 0x7194, 0xA767, 0x6C02, 0xA692, 0x687A, 0xA496, 0x670A, 0xA291, 0x687A, 0xA1BB, 0x6C02, 0xA1BB, 0x7194, 0xA767, 0x7194, 0xA767, 0x7194, 0xA767, 0x7194}; + +#define LOGO_BACKGROUND logo_bg_rgb +#define LOGO_PAINT_PATHS \ + LOGO_PAINT_PATH(logo_stroke_rgb, logo_stroke) \ + LOGO_PAINT_PATH(logo_fill_rgb, logo_fill) diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/marlin_bootscreen_portrait.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/marlin_bootscreen_portrait.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a5af7a14cd --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/marlin_bootscreen_portrait.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + +/**************************************************************************** + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * + * GNU General Public License for more details. * + * * + * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * + * location: . * + ****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * This file was auto-generated using "svg2cpp.py" + * + * The encoding consists of x,y pairs with the min and max scaled to + * 0x0000 and 0xFFFE. A single 0xFFFF in the data stream indicates the + * start of a new closed path. + */ + +#pragma once + +constexpr float x_min = 0.000000; +constexpr float x_max = 272.000000; +constexpr float y_min = 0.000000; +constexpr float y_max = 480.000000; + +const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_fill[] = {0x3C19, 0x70C5, 0x371A, 0x7159, 0x3302, 0x72EA, 0x303D, 0x753C, 0x2F39, 0x7811, 0x2F39, 0x87ED, 0x303D, 0x8AC2, 0x3302, 0x8D14, 0x371A, 0x8EA5, 0x3C19, 0x8F39, 0xC3E4, 0x8F39, 0xC8E3, 0x8EA5, 0xCCFB, 0x8D14, 0xCFC0, 0x8AC2, 0xD0C4, 0x87ED, 0xD0C0, 0x70C4, 0x3C19, 0x70C5}; + +const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_stroke[] = {0x3C19, 0x70C5, 0x371A, 0x7159, 0x3302, 0x72EA, 0x303D, 0x753C, 0x2F39, 0x7811, 0x2F39, 0x87ED, 0x303D, 0x8AC2, 0x3302, 0x8D14, 0x371A, 0x8EA5, 0x3C19, 0x8F39, 0xC3E4, 0x8F39, 0xC8E3, 0x8EA5, 0xCCFB, 0x8D14, 0xCFC0, 0x8AC2, 0xD0C4, 0x87ED, 0xD0C0, 0x70C4, 0x3C19, 0x70C5, 0xFFFF, 0x3C19, 0x7264, 0xB4D6, 0x7264, 0xCDE7, 0x80CE, 0xCDE7, 0x87ED, 0xCD1D, 0x8A21, 0xCAF7, 0x8BEF, 0xC7C8, 0x8D27, 0xC3E4, 0x8D9A, 0x3C19, 0x8D9A, 0x3835, 0x8D27, 0x3506, 0x8BEF, 0x32E0, 0x8A21, 0x3216, 0x87ED, 0x3216, 0x7811, 0x32E0, 0x75DD, 0x3506, 0x740F, 0x3835, 0x72D7, 0x3C19, 0x7264, 0xFFFF, 0xB069, 0x8223, 0xB069, 0x86CB, 0xAAE2, 0x86CB, 0xAAE2, 0x7C6E, 0xA4C2, 0x7C6E, 0xA4C2, 0x86CB, 0xA4C2, 0x89FA, 0xAAE2, 0x89FA, 0xB069, 0x89FA, 0xB689, 0x89FA, 0xB689, 0x86CB, 0xB689, 0x820F, 0xB7D9, 0x8033, 0xBB2E, 0x7F7B, 0xBEF2, 0x807C, 0xBFAE, 0x820F, 0xBFAE, 0x89FA, 0xC48F, 0x89FA, 0xC5CF, 0x890A, 0xC5CF, 0x8223, 0xC517, 0x7FB2, 0xC300, 0x7DC8, 0xBFA9, 0x7C88, 0xBB2E, 0x7C16, 0xB6C1, 0x7C8C, 0xB35B, 0x7DD2, 0xB12D, 0x7FBD, 0xB069, 0x8223, 0xB069, 0x8223, 0xB069, 0x8223, 0xFFFF, 0x819B, 0x89FA, 0x7CA3, 0x89FA, 0x7682, 0x89FA, 0x7682, 0x869C, 0x7682, 0x833E, 0x74B7, 0x8092, 0x7062, 0x7F74, 0x6C0C, 0x8089, 0x6A41, 0x8323, 0x6C10, 0x859F, 0x7085, 0x869C, 0x740C, 0x869C, 0x740C, 0x89FA, 0x6FC7, 0x89FA, 0x6B21, 0x8971, 0x676C, 0x87FA, 0x64F8, 0x85CE, 0x6414, 0x8323, 0x64FC, 0x806A, 0x6784, 0x7E2C, 0x6B67, 0x7CA6, 0x7062, 0x7C16, 0x7555, 0x7CA6, 0x7935, 0x7E2F, 0x7BBC, 0x8076, 0x7CA3, 0x833E, 0x7CA3, 0x869C, 0x819A, 0x869C, 0x819A, 0x8223, 0x825F, 0x7FBD, 0x848D, 0x7DD2, 0x87F3, 0x7C8C, 0x8C60, 0x7C16, 0x90DB, 0x7C88, 0x9432, 0x7DC8, 0x9648, 0x7FB2, 0x9701, 0x8223, 0x9701, 0x82BE, 0x90E0, 0x82BE, 0x90E0, 0x820F, 0x9024, 0x807C, 0x8C60, 0x7F7B, 0x890B, 0x8033, 0x87BB, 0x820F, 0x87BB, 0x869C, 0x87BB, 0x89FA, 0x819B, 0x89FA, 0x819B, 0x89FA, 0x819B, 0x89FA, 0xFFFF, 0x62B5, 0x7DD9, 0x61DA, 0x7B47, 0x5F73, 0x7931, 0x5BC1, 0x77C9, 0x5702, 0x7746, 0x521F, 0x77EA, 0x4E6B, 0x79A4, 0x4AB8, 0x77EA, 0x45D5, 0x7746, 0x411D, 0x77C9, 0x3D6E, 0x7931, 0x3B09, 0x7B47, 0x3A2E, 0x7DD9, 0x3A2E, 0x895C, 0x3B51, 0x89FA, 0x4043, 0x89FA, 0x4043, 0x7DCC, 0x41C6, 0x7B95, 0x45D5, 0x7AAB, 0x49D9, 0x7B95, 0x4B5B, 0x7DCC, 0x4B5B, 0x89FA, 0x5188, 0x89FA, 0x5188, 0x7DCC, 0x52FF, 0x7B95, 0x5702, 0x7AAB, 0x5B0C, 0x7B95, 0x5C94, 0x7DCC, 0x5C94, 0x89FA, 0x62B5, 0x89FA, 0x62B5, 0x7DD9, 0x62B5, 0x7DD9, 0x62B5, 0x7DD9, 0xFFFF, 0x986E, 0x844B, 0x991E, 0x86CD, 0x9B2A, 0x88AC, 0x9E85, 0x89C4, 0xA327, 0x89F3, 0xA327, 0x86CB, 0x9FBF, 0x864E, 0x9E9A, 0x844B, 0x9E9A, 0x7668, 0x986E, 0x7668, 0x986E, 0x844B, 0x986E, 0x844B, 0x986E, 0x844B, 0xFFFF, 0xAAE2, 0x7AF5, 0xAAE2, 0x7902, 0xA9FB, 0x77C7, 0xA7D2, 0x7746, 0xA59F, 0x77C7, 0xA4B6, 0x7902, 0xA4B6, 0x7AF5, 0xAAE2, 0x7AF5, 0xAAE2, 0x7AF5, 0xAAE2, 0x7AF5}; + +#define LOGO_BACKGROUND logo_bg_rgb +#define LOGO_PAINT_PATHS \ + LOGO_PAINT_PATH(logo_stroke_rgb, logo_stroke) \ + LOGO_PAINT_PATH(logo_fill_rgb, logo_fill) diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/sounds.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/sounds.cpp similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/sounds.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/sounds.cpp index 163f7160c7..e08373390f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/sounds.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/sounds.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../compat.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "../ftdi_eve_lib/ftdi_eve_lib.h" @@ -407,4 +407,4 @@ const SoundList::list_t SoundList::list[] = { const uint8_t SoundList::n = N_ELEMENTS(SoundList::list); -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/sounds.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/sounds.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/sounds.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/sounds.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/theme.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/theme.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/theme.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/theme.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/ui_api.cpp similarity index 78% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/ui_api.cpp index 5035e0cebd..79e12f36d1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/ui_api.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ #endif #if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER) - #include "../../feature/emergency_parser.h" + #include "../../feature/e_parser.h" #endif #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ #define IFSD(A,B) (B) #endif -#if HAS_TRINAMIC +#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG #include "../../feature/tmc_util.h" #include "../../module/stepper/indirection.h" #endif @@ -94,6 +94,10 @@ #include "../../feature/runout.h" #endif +#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) + #include "../../feature/caselight.h" +#endif + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) #include "../../feature/babystep.h" #endif @@ -167,7 +171,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { void enableHeater(const extruder_t extruder) { #if HOTENDS && HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER - thermalManager.reset_heater_idle_timer(extruder - E0); + thermalManager.reset_hotend_idle_timer(extruder - E0); #else UNUSED(extruder); #endif @@ -186,7 +190,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { #endif default: #if HOTENDS - thermalManager.reset_heater_idle_timer(heater - H0); + thermalManager.reset_hotend_idle_timer(heater - H0); #endif break; } @@ -204,33 +208,29 @@ namespace ExtUI { * The axis will continue to jog until this function is * called with all zeros. */ - void jog(float dx, float dy, float dz) { + void jog(const xyz_float_t &dir) { // The "destination" variable is used as a scratchpad in // Marlin by GCODE routines, but should remain untouched // during manual jogging, allowing us to reuse the space // for our direction vector. - destination[X] = dx; - destination[Y] = dy; - destination[Z] = dz; - flags.jogging = !NEAR_ZERO(dx) || !NEAR_ZERO(dy) || !NEAR_ZERO(dz); + destination = dir; + flags.jogging = !NEAR_ZERO(dir.x) || !NEAR_ZERO(dir.y) || !NEAR_ZERO(dir.z); } // Called by the polling routine in "joystick.cpp" - void _joystick_update(float (&norm_jog)[XYZ]) { + void _joystick_update(xyz_float_t &norm_jog) { if (flags.jogging) { #define OUT_OF_RANGE(VALUE) (VALUE < -1.0f || VALUE > 1.0f) - if (OUT_OF_RANGE(destination[X_AXIS]) || OUT_OF_RANGE(destination[Y_AXIS]) || OUT_OF_RANGE(destination[Z_AXIS])) { - // If destination[] on any axis is out of range, it + if (OUT_OF_RANGE(destination.x) || OUT_OF_RANGE(destination.y) || OUT_OF_RANGE(destination.z)) { + // If destination on any axis is out of range, it // probably means the UI forgot to stop jogging and - // ran GCODE that wrote a position to destination[]. + // ran GCODE that wrote a position to destination. // To prevent a disaster, stop jogging. flags.jogging = false; return; } - norm_jog[X_AXIS] = destination[X_AXIS]; - norm_jog[Y_AXIS] = destination[Y_AXIS]; - norm_jog[Z_AXIS] = destination[Z_AXIS]; + norm_jog = destination; } } #endif @@ -267,36 +267,42 @@ namespace ExtUI { #endif } + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_LCD_TEMP_SCALING + #define GET_TEMP_ADJUSTMENT(A) float(A)/TOUCH_UI_LCD_TEMP_SCALING + #else + #define GET_TEMP_ADJUSTMENT(A) A + #endif + float getActualTemp_celsius(const heater_t heater) { switch (heater) { #if HAS_HEATED_BED - case BED: return thermalManager.degBed(); + case BED: return GET_TEMP_ADJUSTMENT(thermalManager.degBed()); #endif #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER - case CHAMBER: return thermalManager.degChamber(); + case CHAMBER: return GET_TEMP_ADJUSTMENT(thermalManager.degChamber()); #endif - default: return thermalManager.degHotend(heater - H0); + default: return GET_TEMP_ADJUSTMENT(thermalManager.degHotend(heater - H0)); } } float getActualTemp_celsius(const extruder_t extruder) { - return thermalManager.degHotend(extruder - E0); + return GET_TEMP_ADJUSTMENT(thermalManager.degHotend(extruder - E0)); } float getTargetTemp_celsius(const heater_t heater) { switch (heater) { #if HAS_HEATED_BED - case BED: return thermalManager.degTargetBed(); + case BED: return GET_TEMP_ADJUSTMENT(thermalManager.degTargetBed()); #endif #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER - case CHAMBER: return thermalManager.degTargetChamber(); + case CHAMBER: return GET_TEMP_ADJUSTMENT(thermalManager.degTargetChamber()); #endif - default: return thermalManager.degTargetHotend(heater - H0); + default: return GET_TEMP_ADJUSTMENT(thermalManager.degTargetHotend(heater - H0)); } } float getTargetTemp_celsius(const extruder_t extruder) { - return thermalManager.degTargetHotend(extruder - E0); + return GET_TEMP_ADJUSTMENT(thermalManager.degTargetHotend(extruder - E0)); } float getTargetFan_percent(const fan_t fan) { @@ -328,18 +334,16 @@ namespace ExtUI { float getAxisPosition_mm(const extruder_t extruder) { const extruder_t old_tool = getActiveTool(); setActiveTool(extruder, true); - const float pos = ( + const float epos = ( #if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - flags.jogging ? destination[E_AXIS] : + flags.jogging ? destination.e : #endif - current_position[E_AXIS] + current_position.e ); setActiveTool(old_tool, true); - return pos; + return epos; } - constexpr feedRate_t manual_feedrate_mm_m[XYZE] = MANUAL_FEEDRATE; - void setAxisPosition_mm(const float position, const axis_t axis) { // Start with no limits to movement float min = current_position[axis] - 1000, @@ -350,26 +354,26 @@ namespace ExtUI { if (soft_endstops_enabled) switch (axis) { case X_AXIS: #if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X) - min = soft_endstop[X_AXIS].min; + min = soft_endstop.min.x; #endif #if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X) - max = soft_endstop[X_AXIS].max; + max = soft_endstop.max.x; #endif break; case Y_AXIS: #if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y) - min = soft_endstop[Y_AXIS].min; + min = soft_endstop.min.y; #endif #if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y) - max = soft_endstop[Y_AXIS].max; + max = soft_endstop.max.y; #endif break; case Z_AXIS: #if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z) - min = soft_endstop[Z_AXIS].min; + min = soft_endstop.min.z; #endif #if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z) - max = soft_endstop[Z_AXIS].max; + max = soft_endstop.max.z; #endif default: break; } @@ -385,14 +389,14 @@ namespace ExtUI { #endif current_position[axis] = constrain(position, min, max); - line_to_current_position(MMM_TO_MMS(manual_feedrate_mm_m[axis])); + line_to_current_position(manual_feedrate_mm_s[axis]); } void setAxisPosition_mm(const float position, const extruder_t extruder) { setActiveTool(extruder, true); - current_position[E_AXIS] = position; - line_to_current_position(MMM_TO_MMS(manual_feedrate_mm_m[E_AXIS])); + current_position.e = position; + line_to_current_position(manual_feedrate_mm_s.e); } void setActiveTool(const extruder_t extruder, bool no_move) { @@ -441,7 +445,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { void setSoftEndstopState(const bool value) { soft_endstops_enabled = value; } #endif - #if HAS_TRINAMIC + #if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG float getAxisCurrent_mA(const axis_t axis) { switch (axis) { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) @@ -477,6 +481,12 @@ namespace ExtUI { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) case E5: return stepperE5.getMilliamps(); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + case E6: return stepperE6.getMilliamps(); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + case E7: return stepperE7.getMilliamps(); + #endif default: return NAN; }; } @@ -516,19 +526,25 @@ namespace ExtUI { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) case E5: stepperE5.rms_current(constrain(mA, 500, 1500)); break; #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + case E6: stepperE6.rms_current(constrain(mA, 500, 1500)); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + case E7: stepperE7.rms_current(constrain(mA, 500, 1500)); break; + #endif default: break; }; } int getTMCBumpSensitivity(const axis_t axis) { switch (axis) { - #if X_SENSORLESS && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(X) + #if X_SENSORLESS case X: return stepperX.homing_threshold(); #endif - #if Y_SENSORLESS && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Y) + #if Y_SENSORLESS case Y: return stepperY.homing_threshold(); #endif - #if Z_SENSORLESS && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z) + #if Z_SENSORLESS case Z: return stepperZ.homing_threshold(); #endif default: return 0; @@ -537,18 +553,16 @@ namespace ExtUI { void setTMCBumpSensitivity(const float value, const axis_t axis) { switch (axis) { - #if X_SENSORLESS && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(X) - case X: stepperX.homing_threshold(value); break; - #else - UNUSED(value); - #endif - #if Y_SENSORLESS && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Y) - case Y: stepperY.homing_threshold(value); break; - #else - UNUSED(value); - #endif - #if Z_SENSORLESS && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z) - case Z: stepperZ.homing_threshold(value); break; + #if X_SENSORLESS || Y_SENSORLESS || Z_SENSORLESS + #if X_SENSORLESS + case X: stepperX.homing_threshold(value); break; + #endif + #if Y_SENSORLESS + case Y: stepperY.homing_threshold(value); break; + #endif + #if Z_SENSORLESS + case Z: stepperZ.homing_threshold(value); break; + #endif #else UNUSED(value); #endif @@ -585,12 +599,12 @@ namespace ExtUI { } void setAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(const feedRate_t value, const axis_t axis) { - planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[axis] = value; + planner.set_max_feedrate(axis, value); } void setAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(const feedRate_t value, const extruder_t extruder) { UNUSED_E(extruder); - planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS_N(axis - E0)] = value; + planner.set_max_feedrate(E_AXIS_N(extruder - E0), value); } float getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(const axis_t axis) { @@ -603,12 +617,12 @@ namespace ExtUI { } void setAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(const float value, const axis_t axis) { - planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[axis] = value; + planner.set_max_acceleration(axis, value); } void setAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(const float value, const extruder_t extruder) { UNUSED_E(extruder); - planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS_N(extruder - E0)] = value; + planner.set_max_acceleration(E_AXIS_N(extruder - E0), value); } #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR @@ -621,6 +635,22 @@ namespace ExtUI { #endif #endif + #if HAS_CASE_LIGHT + bool getCaseLightState() { return case_light_on; } + void setCaseLightState(const bool value) { + case_light_on = value; + update_case_light(); + } + + #if DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS) + float getCaseLightBrightness_percent() { return ui8_to_percent(case_light_brightness); } + void setCaseLightBrightness_percent(const float value) { + case_light_brightness = map(constrain(value, 0, 100), 0, 100, 0, 255); + update_case_light(); + } + #endif + #endif + #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) float getLinearAdvance_mm_mm_s(const extruder_t extruder) { return (extruder < EXTRUDERS) ? planner.extruder_advance_K[extruder - E0] : 0; @@ -632,7 +662,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { } #endif - #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) float getJunctionDeviation_mm() { return planner.junction_deviation_mm; @@ -652,25 +682,30 @@ namespace ExtUI { } float getAxisMaxJerk_mm_s(const extruder_t) { - return planner.max_jerk[E_AXIS]; + return planner.max_jerk.e; } void setAxisMaxJerk_mm_s(const float value, const axis_t axis) { - planner.max_jerk[axis] = value; + planner.set_max_jerk((AxisEnum)axis, value); } void setAxisMaxJerk_mm_s(const float value, const extruder_t) { - planner.max_jerk[E_AXIS] = value; + planner.set_max_jerk(E_AXIS, value); } #endif feedRate_t getFeedrate_mm_s() { return feedrate_mm_s; } + int16_t getFlowPercentage(const extruder_t extr) { return planner.flow_percentage[extr]; } feedRate_t getMinFeedrate_mm_s() { return planner.settings.min_feedrate_mm_s; } feedRate_t getMinTravelFeedrate_mm_s() { return planner.settings.min_travel_feedrate_mm_s; } float getPrintingAcceleration_mm_s2() { return planner.settings.acceleration; } float getRetractAcceleration_mm_s2() { return planner.settings.retract_acceleration; } float getTravelAcceleration_mm_s2() { return planner.settings.travel_acceleration; } void setFeedrate_mm_s(const feedRate_t fr) { feedrate_mm_s = fr; } + void setFlow_percent(const int16_t flow, const extruder_t extr) { + planner.flow_percentage[extr] = flow; + planner.refresh_e_factor(extr); + } void setMinFeedrate_mm_s(const feedRate_t fr) { planner.settings.min_feedrate_mm_s = fr; } void setMinTravelFeedrate_mm_s(const feedRate_t fr) { planner.settings.min_travel_feedrate_mm_s = fr; } void setPrintingAcceleration_mm_s2(const float acc) { planner.settings.acceleration = acc; } @@ -710,7 +745,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { #if EXTRUDERS > 1 && (linked_nozzles || active_extruder == 0) #endif - ) probe_offset[Z_AXIS] += mm; + ) probe.offset.z += mm; #else UNUSED(mm); #endif @@ -724,7 +759,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { if (!linked_nozzles) { HOTEND_LOOP() if (e != active_extruder) - hotend_offset[axis][e] += mm; + hotend_offset[e][axis] += mm; normalizeNozzleOffset(X); normalizeNozzleOffset(Y); @@ -748,9 +783,9 @@ namespace ExtUI { float getZOffset_mm() { #if HAS_BED_PROBE - return probe_offset[Z_AXIS]; + return probe.offset.z; #elif ENABLED(BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL) - return babystep.axis_total[BS_TOTAL_AXIS(Z_AXIS) + 1]; + return (planner.steps_to_mm[Z_AXIS] * babystep.axis_total[BS_AXIS_IND(Z_AXIS)]); #else return 0.0; #endif @@ -759,9 +794,9 @@ namespace ExtUI { void setZOffset_mm(const float value) { #if HAS_BED_PROBE if (WITHIN(value, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX)) - probe_offset[Z_AXIS] = value; + probe.offset.z = value; #elif ENABLED(BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL) - babystep.add_mm(Z_AXIS, (value - babystep.axis_total[BS_TOTAL_AXIS(Z_AXIS) + 1])); + babystep.add_mm(Z_AXIS, (value - getZOffset_mm())); #else UNUSED(value); #endif @@ -771,12 +806,12 @@ namespace ExtUI { float getNozzleOffset_mm(const axis_t axis, const extruder_t extruder) { if (extruder - E0 >= HOTENDS) return 0; - return hotend_offset[axis][extruder - E0]; + return hotend_offset[extruder - E0][axis]; } void setNozzleOffset_mm(const float value, const axis_t axis, const extruder_t extruder) { if (extruder - E0 >= HOTENDS) return; - hotend_offset[axis][extruder - E0] = value; + hotend_offset[extruder - E0][axis] = value; } /** @@ -785,12 +820,21 @@ namespace ExtUI { * user to edit the offset the first nozzle). */ void normalizeNozzleOffset(const axis_t axis) { - const float offs = hotend_offset[axis][0]; - HOTEND_LOOP() hotend_offset[axis][e] -= offs; + const float offs = hotend_offset[0][axis]; + HOTEND_LOOP() hotend_offset[e][axis] -= offs; } #endif // HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + float getProbeOffset_mm(const axis_t axis) { + return probe.offset.pos[axis]; + } + void setProbeOffset_mm(const float val, const axis_t axis) { + probe.offset.pos[axis] = val; + } + #endif + #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) float getAxisBacklash_mm(const axis_t axis) { return backlash.distance_mm[axis]; } void setAxisBacklash_mm(const float value, const axis_t axis) @@ -806,7 +850,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { #endif uint8_t getProgress_percent() { - return ui.get_progress(); + return ui.get_progress_percent(); } uint32_t getProgress_seconds_elapsed() { @@ -820,18 +864,15 @@ namespace ExtUI { bool getMeshValid() { return leveling_is_valid(); } #if HAS_MESH bed_mesh_t& getMeshArray() { return Z_VALUES_ARR; } - float getMeshPoint(const uint8_t xpos, const uint8_t ypos) { return Z_VALUES(xpos,ypos); } - void setMeshPoint(const uint8_t xpos, const uint8_t ypos, const float zoff) { - if (WITHIN(xpos, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) && WITHIN(ypos, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y)) { - Z_VALUES(xpos, ypos) = zoff; + float getMeshPoint(const xy_uint8_t &pos) { return Z_VALUES(pos.x, pos.y); } + void setMeshPoint(const xy_uint8_t &pos, const float zoff) { + if (WITHIN(pos.x, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) && WITHIN(pos.y, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y)) { + Z_VALUES(pos.x, pos.y) = zoff; #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) bed_level_virt_interpolate(); #endif } } - void onMeshUpdate(const uint8_t xpos, const uint8_t ypos, const float zval) { - UNUSED(xpos); UNUSED(ypos); UNUSED(zval); - } #endif #endif @@ -853,6 +894,56 @@ namespace ExtUI { float getFeedrate_percent() { return feedrate_percentage; } + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + float getPIDValues_Kp(const extruder_t tool) { + return PID_PARAM(Kp, tool); + } + + float getPIDValues_Ki(const extruder_t tool) { + return unscalePID_i(PID_PARAM(Ki, tool)); + } + + float getPIDValues_Kd(const extruder_t tool) { + return unscalePID_d(PID_PARAM(Kd, tool)); + } + + void setPIDValues(const float p, const float i, const float d, extruder_t tool) { + thermalManager.temp_hotend[tool].pid.Kp = p; + thermalManager.temp_hotend[tool].pid.Ki = scalePID_i(i); + thermalManager.temp_hotend[tool].pid.Kd = scalePID_d(d); + thermalManager.updatePID(); + } + + void startPIDTune(const float temp, extruder_t tool){ + thermalManager.PID_autotune(temp, (heater_ind_t)tool, 8, true); + } + #endif + + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + float getBedPIDValues_Kp() { + return thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kp; + } + + float getBedPIDValues_Ki() { + return unscalePID_i(thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Ki); + } + + float getBedPIDValues_Kd() { + return unscalePID_d(thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kd); + } + + void setBedPIDValues(const float p, const float i, const float d) { + thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kp = p; + thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Ki = scalePID_i(i); + thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kd = scalePID_d(d); + thermalManager.updatePID(); + } + + void startBedPIDTune(const float temp) { + thermalManager.PID_autotune(temp, H_BED, 4, true); + } + #endif + void injectCommands_P(PGM_P const gcode) { queue.inject_P(gcode); } @@ -876,27 +967,38 @@ namespace ExtUI { } void setTargetTemp_celsius(float value, const heater_t heater) { + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_LCD_TEMP_SCALING + value *= TOUCH_UI_LCD_TEMP_SCALING; + #endif enableHeater(heater); + #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER + if (heater == CHAMBER) + thermalManager.setTargetChamber(LROUND(constrain(value, 0, CHAMBER_MAXTEMP - 10))); + else + #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED if (heater == BED) - thermalManager.setTargetBed(constrain(value, 0, BED_MAXTEMP - 10)); + thermalManager.setTargetBed(LROUND(constrain(value, 0, BED_MAXTEMP - 10))); else #endif { #if HOTENDS - static constexpr int16_t heater_maxtemp[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAXTEMP, HEATER_2_MAXTEMP, HEATER_3_MAXTEMP, HEATER_4_MAXTEMP); + static constexpr int16_t heater_maxtemp[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAXTEMP, HEATER_2_MAXTEMP, HEATER_3_MAXTEMP, HEATER_4_MAXTEMP, HEATER_5_MAXTEMP, HEATER_6_MAXTEMP, HEATER_7_MAXTEMP); const int16_t e = heater - H0; - thermalManager.setTargetHotend(constrain(value, 0, heater_maxtemp[e] - 15), e); + thermalManager.setTargetHotend(LROUND(constrain(value, 0, heater_maxtemp[e] - 15)), e); #endif } } void setTargetTemp_celsius(float value, const extruder_t extruder) { + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_LCD_TEMP_SCALING + value *= TOUCH_UI_LCD_TEMP_SCALING; + #endif #if HOTENDS - constexpr int16_t heater_maxtemp[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAXTEMP, HEATER_2_MAXTEMP, HEATER_3_MAXTEMP, HEATER_4_MAXTEMP); + constexpr int16_t heater_maxtemp[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAXTEMP, HEATER_2_MAXTEMP, HEATER_3_MAXTEMP, HEATER_4_MAXTEMP, HEATER_5_MAXTEMP, HEATER_6_MAXTEMP, HEATER_7_MAXTEMP); const int16_t e = extruder - E0; enableHeater(extruder); - thermalManager.setTargetHotend(constrain(value, 0, heater_maxtemp[e] - 15), e); + thermalManager.setTargetHotend(LROUND(constrain(value, 0, heater_maxtemp[e] - 15)), e); #endif } @@ -921,6 +1023,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { } void printFile(const char *filename) { + UNUSED(filename); IFSD(card.openAndPrintFile(filename), NOOP); } @@ -952,6 +1055,12 @@ namespace ExtUI { ui.abort_print(); } + void onUserConfirmRequired_P(PGM_P const pstr) { + char msg[strlen_P(pstr) + 1]; + strcpy_P(msg, pstr); + onUserConfirmRequired(msg); + } + FileList::FileList() { refresh(); } void FileList::refresh() { num_files = 0xFFFF; } @@ -968,6 +1077,8 @@ namespace ExtUI { card.getfilename_sorted(nr); return card.filename[0] != '\0'; #else + UNUSED(pos); + UNUSED(skip_range_check); return false; #endif } @@ -1002,15 +1113,17 @@ namespace ExtUI { void FileList::upDir() { #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - card.updir(); + card.cdup(); num_files = 0xFFFF; #endif } void FileList::changeDir(const char * const dirname) { #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - card.chdir(dirname); + card.cd(dirname); num_files = 0xFFFF; + #else + UNUSED(dirname); #endif } @@ -1049,11 +1162,11 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { ExtUI::onIdle(); } -void MarlinUI::kill_screen(PGM_P const msg) { +void MarlinUI::kill_screen(PGM_P const error, PGM_P const component) { using namespace ExtUI; if (!flags.printer_killed) { flags.printer_killed = true; - onPrinterKilled(msg); + onPrinterKilled(error, component); } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/ui_api.h similarity index 84% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui/ui_api.h index 38cd19b579..61fecaed46 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui/ui_api.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -53,9 +53,10 @@ namespace ExtUI { static constexpr size_t eeprom_data_size = 48; enum axis_t : uint8_t { X, Y, Z }; - enum extruder_t : uint8_t { E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5 }; + enum extruder_t : uint8_t { E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7 }; enum heater_t : uint8_t { H0, H1, H2, H3, H4, H5, BED, CHAMBER }; - enum fan_t : uint8_t { FAN0, FAN1, FAN2, FAN3, FAN4, FAN5 }; + enum fan_t : uint8_t { FAN0, FAN1, FAN2, FAN3, FAN4, FAN5, FAN6, FAN7 }; + enum result_t : uint8_t { PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM, PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH, PID_TUNING_TIMEOUT, PID_DONE }; constexpr uint8_t extruderCount = EXTRUDERS; constexpr uint8_t hotendCount = HOTENDS; @@ -81,8 +82,8 @@ namespace ExtUI { void enableHeater(const extruder_t); #if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - void jog(float dx, float dy, float dz); - void _joystick_update(float (&norm_jog)[XYZ]); + void jog(const xyz_float_t &dir); + void _joystick_update(xyz_float_t &norm_jog); #endif /** @@ -96,7 +97,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { void setSoftEndstopState(const bool); #endif - #if HAS_TRINAMIC + #if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG float getAxisCurrent_mA(const axis_t); float getAxisCurrent_mA(const extruder_t); void setAxisCurrent_mA(const float, const axis_t); @@ -126,6 +127,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { float getRetractAcceleration_mm_s2(); float getTravelAcceleration_mm_s2(); float getFeedrate_percent(); + int16_t getFlowPercentage(const extruder_t); uint8_t getProgress_percent(); uint32_t getProgress_seconds_elapsed(); @@ -135,9 +137,10 @@ namespace ExtUI { bool getMeshValid(); #if HAS_MESH bed_mesh_t& getMeshArray(); - float getMeshPoint(const uint8_t xpos, const uint8_t ypos); - void setMeshPoint(const uint8_t xpos, const uint8_t ypos, const float zval); - void onMeshUpdate(const uint8_t xpos, const uint8_t ypos, const float zval); + float getMeshPoint(const xy_uint8_t &pos); + void setMeshPoint(const xy_uint8_t &pos, const float zval); + void onMeshUpdate(const int8_t xpos, const int8_t ypos, const float zval); + inline void onMeshUpdate(const xy_int8_t &pos, const float zval) { onMeshUpdate(pos.x, pos.y, zval); } #endif #endif @@ -171,6 +174,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { void setRetractAcceleration_mm_s2(const float); void setTravelAcceleration_mm_s2(const float); void setFeedrate_percent(const float); + void setFlow_percent(const int16_t, const extruder_t); void setUserConfirmed(); #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) @@ -178,7 +182,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { void setLinearAdvance_mm_mm_s(const float, const extruder_t); #endif - #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) float getJunctionDeviation_mm(); void setJunctionDeviation_mm(const float); #else @@ -207,6 +211,11 @@ namespace ExtUI { float getZOffset_mm(); void setZOffset_mm(const float); + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + float getProbeOffset_mm(const axis_t); + void setProbeOffset_mm(const float, const axis_t); + #endif + #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) float getAxisBacklash_mm(const axis_t); void setAxisBacklash_mm(const float, const axis_t); @@ -230,6 +239,32 @@ namespace ExtUI { #endif #endif + #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) + bool getCaseLightState(); + void setCaseLightState(const bool); + + #if DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS) + float getCaseLightBrightness_percent(); + void setCaseLightBrightness_percent(const float); + #endif + #endif + + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + float getPIDValues_Kp(const extruder_t); + float getPIDValues_Ki(const extruder_t); + float getPIDValues_Kd(const extruder_t); + void setPIDValues(const float, const float, const float, extruder_t); + void startPIDTune(const float, extruder_t); + #endif + + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + float getBedPIDValues_Kp(); + float getBedPIDValues_Ki(); + float getBedPIDValues_Kd(); + void setBedPIDValues(const float, const float, const float); + void startBedPIDTune(const float); + #endif + /** * Delay and timing routines * Should be used by the EXTENSIBLE_UI to safely pause or measure time @@ -292,18 +327,25 @@ namespace ExtUI { void onMediaError(); void onMediaRemoved(); void onPlayTone(const uint16_t frequency, const uint16_t duration); - void onPrinterKilled(PGM_P const msg); + void onPrinterKilled(PGM_P const error, PGM_P const component); void onPrintTimerStarted(); void onPrintTimerPaused(); void onPrintTimerStopped(); void onFilamentRunout(const extruder_t extruder); void onUserConfirmRequired(const char * const msg); + void onUserConfirmRequired_P(PGM_P const pstr); void onStatusChanged(const char * const msg); void onFactoryReset(); void onStoreSettings(char *); void onLoadSettings(const char *); void onConfigurationStoreWritten(bool success); void onConfigurationStoreRead(bool success); + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + void OnPowerLossResume(); + #endif + #if HAS_PID_HEATING + void OnPidTuning(const result_t rst); + #endif }; /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_dgus_lcd.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_dgus_lcd.cpp index 484a333095..66a58f82dc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_dgus_lcd.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_dgus_lcd.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,11 +28,13 @@ #include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD) +#if HAS_DGUS_LCD -#include "extensible_ui/ui_api.h" -#include "extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.h" -#include "extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.h" +#include "extui/ui_api.h" +#include "extui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.h" +#include "extui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDef.h" + +extern const char NUL_STR[]; namespace ExtUI { @@ -43,15 +45,27 @@ namespace ExtUI { void onIdle() { ScreenHandler.loop(); } - void onPrinterKilled(const char* msg) { - ScreenHandler.sendinfoscreen(PSTR(MSG_HALTED), msg, PSTR(""), PSTR(MSG_PLEASE_RESET), true, true, true, true); + void onPrinterKilled(PGM_P error, PGM_P component) { + ScreenHandler.sendinfoscreen(GET_TEXT(MSG_HALTED), error, NUL_STR, GET_TEXT(MSG_PLEASE_RESET), true, true, true, true); ScreenHandler.GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_KILL); while (!ScreenHandler.loop()); // Wait while anything is left to be sent } - void onMediaInserted() { ScreenHandler.SDCardInserted(); } - void onMediaError() { ScreenHandler.SDCardError(); } - void onMediaRemoved() { ScreenHandler.SDCardRemoved(); } + void onMediaInserted() { + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + ScreenHandler.SDCardInserted(); + #endif + } + void onMediaError() { + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + ScreenHandler.SDCardError(); + #endif + } + void onMediaRemoved() { + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + ScreenHandler.SDCardRemoved(); + #endif + } void onPlayTone(const uint16_t frequency, const uint16_t duration) {} void onPrintTimerStarted() {} @@ -59,7 +73,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { void onPrintTimerStopped() {} void onFilamentRunout(const extruder_t extruder) {} - void onUserConfirmRequired(const char *msg) { + void onUserConfirmRequired(const char * const msg) { if (msg) { ScreenHandler.sendinfoscreen(PSTR("Please confirm."), nullptr, msg, nullptr, true, true, false, true); ScreenHandler.SetupConfirmAction(ExtUI::setUserConfirmed); @@ -74,8 +88,69 @@ namespace ExtUI { void onStatusChanged(const char * const msg) { ScreenHandler.setstatusmessage(msg); } void onFactoryReset() {} - void onLoadSettings() {} - void onStoreSettings() {} -} + void onStoreSettings(char *buff) { + // Called when saving to EEPROM (i.e. M500). If the ExtUI needs + // permanent data to be stored, it can write up to eeprom_data_size bytes + // into buff. -#endif // DGUS_LCD + // Example: + // static_assert(sizeof(myDataStruct) <= ExtUI::eeprom_data_size); + // memcpy(buff, &myDataStruct, sizeof(myDataStruct)); + } + + void onLoadSettings(const char *buff) { + // Called while loading settings from EEPROM. If the ExtUI + // needs to retrieve data, it should copy up to eeprom_data_size bytes + // from buff + + // Example: + // static_assert(sizeof(myDataStruct) <= ExtUI::eeprom_data_size); + // memcpy(&myDataStruct, buff, sizeof(myDataStruct)); + } + + void onConfigurationStoreWritten(bool success) { + // Called after the entire EEPROM has been written, + // whether successful or not. + } + + void onConfigurationStoreRead(bool success) { + // Called after the entire EEPROM has been read, + // whether successful or not. + } + + void onMeshUpdate(const int8_t xpos, const int8_t ypos, const float zval) { + // Called when any mesh points are updated + } + + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + void OnPowerLossResume() { + // Called on resume from power-loss + ScreenHandler.GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POWER_LOSS); + } + #endif + + + #if HAS_PID_HEATING + void OnPidTuning(const result_t rst) { + // Called for temperature PID tuning result + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("OnPidTuning:",rst); + switch(rst) { + case PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM: + ScreenHandler.setstatusmessagePGM(PSTR(STR_PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM)); + break; + case PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH: + ScreenHandler.setstatusmessagePGM(PSTR(STR_PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH)); + break; + case PID_TUNING_TIMEOUT: + ScreenHandler.setstatusmessagePGM(PSTR(STR_PID_TIMEOUT)); + break; + case PID_DONE: + ScreenHandler.setstatusmessagePGM(PSTR(STR_PID_AUTOTUNE_FINISHED)); + break; + } + ScreenHandler.GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN); + } + #endif + +} +#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_example.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_example.cpp index 4fec2745a9..741787dbe6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_example.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_example.cpp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ #if BOTH(EXTUI_EXAMPLE, EXTENSIBLE_UI) -#include "extensible_ui/ui_api.h" +#include "extui/ui_api.h" // To implement a new UI, complete the functions below and // read or update Marlin's state using the methods in the @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { */ } void onIdle() {} - void onPrinterKilled(PGM_P const msg) {} + void onPrinterKilled(PGM_P const error, PGM_P const component) {} void onMediaInserted() {}; void onMediaError() {}; void onMediaRemoved() {}; @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { void onFactoryReset() {} void onStoreSettings(char *buff) { - // This is called when saving to EEPROM (i.e. M500). If the ExtUI needs + // Called when saving to EEPROM (i.e. M500). If the ExtUI needs // permanent data to be stored, it can write up to eeprom_data_size bytes // into buff. @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { } void onLoadSettings(const char *buff) { - // This is called while loading settings from EEPROM. If the ExtUI + // Called while loading settings from EEPROM. If the ExtUI // needs to retrieve data, it should copy up to eeprom_data_size bytes // from buff @@ -80,14 +80,30 @@ namespace ExtUI { } void onConfigurationStoreWritten(bool success) { - // This is called after the entire EEPROM has been written, + // Called after the entire EEPROM has been written, // whether successful or not. } void onConfigurationStoreRead(bool success) { - // This is called after the entire EEPROM has been read, + // Called after the entire EEPROM has been read, // whether successful or not. } + + void onMeshUpdate(const int8_t xpos, const int8_t ypos, const float zval) { + // Called when any mesh points are updated + } + + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + void OnPowerLossResume() { + // Called on resume from power-loss + } + #endif + + #if HAS_PID_HEATING + void OnPidTuning(const result_t rst) { + // Called for temperature PID tuning result + } + #endif } #endif // EXTUI_EXAMPLE && EXTENSIBLE_UI diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_malyan_lcd.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_malyan_lcd.cpp index 3954a1a521..0bb8060b07 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_malyan_lcd.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_malyan_lcd.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -47,9 +47,10 @@ #define DEBUG_MALYAN_LCD -#include "extensible_ui/ui_api.h" +#include "extui/ui_api.h" #include "ultralcd.h" +#include "../sd/cardreader.h" #include "../module/temperature.h" #include "../module/stepper.h" #include "../module/motion.h" @@ -57,13 +58,6 @@ #include "../module/printcounter.h" #include "../gcode/queue.h" -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #include "../sd/cardreader.h" - #include "../sd/SdFatConfig.h" -#else - #define LONG_FILENAME_LENGTH 0 -#endif - #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(DEBUG_MALYAN_LCD) #include "../core/debug_out.h" @@ -87,7 +81,7 @@ void write_to_lcd_P(PGM_P const message) { char encoded_message[MAX_CURLY_COMMAND]; uint8_t message_length = _MIN(strlen_P(message), sizeof(encoded_message)); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < message_length; i++) + LOOP_L_N(i, message_length) encoded_message[i] = pgm_read_byte(&message[i]) | 0x80; LCD_SERIAL.Print::write(encoded_message, message_length); @@ -97,7 +91,7 @@ void write_to_lcd(const char * const message) { char encoded_message[MAX_CURLY_COMMAND]; const uint8_t message_length = _MIN(strlen(message), sizeof(encoded_message)); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < message_length; i++) + LOOP_L_N(i, message_length) encoded_message[i] = message[i] | 0x80; LCD_SERIAL.Print::write(encoded_message, message_length); @@ -117,17 +111,27 @@ void write_to_lcd(const char * const message) { * the command portion begins after the : */ void process_lcd_c_command(const char* command) { + const int target_val = command[1] ? atoi(command + 1) : -1; + if (target_val < 0) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("UNKNOWN C COMMAND ", command); + return; + } switch (command[0]) { case 'C': // Cope with both V1 early rev and later LCDs. case 'S': - feedrate_percentage = atoi(command + 1) * 10; + feedrate_percentage = target_val * 10; LIMIT(feedrate_percentage, 10, 999); break; - case 'T': ExtUI::setTargetTemp_celsius(atoi(command + 1), ExtUI::extruder_t::E0); break; + case 'T': + // Sometimes the LCD will send commands to turn off both extruder and bed, though + // this should not happen since the printing screen is up. Better safe than sorry. + if (!print_job_timer.isRunning() || target_val > 0) + ExtUI::setTargetTemp_celsius(target_val, ExtUI::extruder_t::E0); + break; #if HAS_HEATED_BED - case 'P': ExtUI::setTargetTemp_celsius(atoi(command + 1), ExtUI::heater_t::BED); break; + case 'P': ExtUI::setTargetTemp_celsius(target_val, ExtUI::heater_t::BED); break; #endif default: DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("UNKNOWN C COMMAND ", command); @@ -143,6 +147,7 @@ void process_lcd_c_command(const char* command) { */ void process_lcd_eb_command(const char* command) { char elapsed_buffer[10]; + static uint8_t iteration = 0; duration_t elapsed; switch (command[0]) { case '0': { @@ -150,6 +155,13 @@ void process_lcd_eb_command(const char* command) { sprintf_P(elapsed_buffer, PSTR("%02u%02u%02u"), uint16_t(elapsed.hour()), uint16_t(elapsed.minute()) % 60, uint16_t(elapsed.second()) % 60); char message_buffer[MAX_CURLY_COMMAND]; + uint8_t done_pct = print_job_timer.isRunning() ? (iteration * 10) : 100; + iteration = (iteration + 1) % 10; // Provide progress animation + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + if (ExtUI::isPrintingFromMedia() || ExtUI::isPrintingFromMediaPaused()) + done_pct = card.percentDone(); + #endif + sprintf_P(message_buffer, PSTR("{T0:%03i/%03i}{T1:000/000}{TP:%03i/%03i}{TQ:%03i}{TT:%s}"), int(thermalManager.degHotend(0)), thermalManager.degTargetHotend(0), @@ -159,7 +171,7 @@ void process_lcd_eb_command(const char* command) { 0, 0, #endif #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - card.percentDone(), + done_pct, #else 0, #endif @@ -186,7 +198,7 @@ void process_lcd_j_command(const char* command) { auto move_axis = [command](const auto axis) { const float dist = atof(command + 1) / 10.0; ExtUI::setAxisPosition_mm(ExtUI::getAxisPosition_mm(axis) + dist, axis); - } + }; switch (command[0]) { case 'E': break; @@ -236,7 +248,7 @@ void process_lcd_p_command(const char* command) { ExtUI::stopPrint(); write_to_lcd_P(PSTR("{SYS:STARTED}")); break; - case 'H': queue.enqueue_now_P(PSTR("G28")); break; // Home all axes + case 'H': queue.enqueue_now_P(G28_STR); break; // Home all axes default: { #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) // Print file 000 - a three digit number indicating which @@ -246,13 +258,13 @@ void process_lcd_p_command(const char* command) { // Find the name of the file to print. // It's needed to echo the PRINTFILE option. // The {S:L} command should've ensured the SD card was mounted. - card.getfilename(atoi(command)); + card.selectFileByIndex(atoi(command)); // There may be a difference in how V1 and V2 LCDs handle subdirectory // prints. Investigate more. This matches the V1 motion controller actions // but the V2 LCD switches to "print" mode on {SYS:DIR} response. if (card.flag.filenameIsDir) { - card.chdir(card.filename); + card.cd(card.filename); write_to_lcd_P(PSTR("{SYS:DIR}")); } else { @@ -309,7 +321,7 @@ void process_lcd_s_command(const char* command) { char message_buffer[MAX_CURLY_COMMAND]; uint16_t file_count = card.get_num_Files(); for (uint16_t i = 0; i < file_count; i++) { - card.getfilename(i); + card.selectFileByIndex(i); sprintf_P(message_buffer, card.flag.filenameIsDir ? PSTR("{DIR:%s}") : PSTR("{FILE:%s}"), card.longest_filename()); write_to_lcd(message_buffer); } @@ -330,7 +342,6 @@ void process_lcd_s_command(const char* command) { void process_lcd_command(const char* command) { const char *current = command; - current++; // skip the leading {. The trailing one is already gone. byte command_code = *current++; if (*current == ':') { @@ -350,6 +361,31 @@ void process_lcd_command(const char* command) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("UNKNOWN COMMAND FORMAT ", command); } +// Parse LCD commands mixed with G-Code +void parse_lcd_byte(byte b) { + static bool parsing_lcd_cmd = false; + static char inbound_buffer[MAX_CURLY_COMMAND]; + + if (!parsing_lcd_cmd) { + if (b == '{' || b == '\n' || b == '\r') { // A line-ending or opening brace + parsing_lcd_cmd = b == '{'; // Brace opens an LCD command + if (inbound_count) { // Looks like a G-code is in the buffer + inbound_buffer[inbound_count] = '\0'; // Reset before processing + inbound_count = 0; + queue.enqueue_one_now(inbound_buffer); // Handle the G-code command + } + } + } + else if (b == '}') { // Closing brace on an LCD command + parsing_lcd_cmd = false; // Unflag and... + inbound_buffer[inbound_count] = '\0'; // reset before processing + inbound_count = 0; + process_lcd_command(inbound_buffer); // Handle the LCD command + } + else if (inbound_count < MAX_CURLY_COMMAND - 2) + inbound_buffer[inbound_count++] = b; // Buffer only if space remains +} + /** * UC means connected. * UD means disconnected @@ -360,8 +396,8 @@ void update_usb_status(const bool forceUpdate) { // This is mildly different than stock, which // appears to use the usb discovery status. // This is more logical. - if (last_usb_connected_status != Serial || forceUpdate) { - last_usb_connected_status = Serial; + if (last_usb_connected_status != MYSERIAL0 || forceUpdate) { + last_usb_connected_status = MYSERIAL0; write_to_lcd_P(last_usb_connected_status ? PSTR("{R:UC}\r\n") : PSTR("{R:UD}\r\n")); } } @@ -391,24 +427,14 @@ namespace ExtUI { /** * - from printer on startup: * {SYS:STARTED}{VER:29}{SYS:STARTED}{R:UD} - * The optimize attribute fixes a register Compile - * error for amtel. */ - static char inbound_buffer[MAX_CURLY_COMMAND]; // First report USB status. update_usb_status(false); // now drain commands... while (LCD_SERIAL.available()) { - const byte b = (byte)LCD_SERIAL.read() & 0x7F; - inbound_buffer[inbound_count++] = b; - if (b == '}' || inbound_count == sizeof(inbound_buffer) - 1) { - inbound_buffer[inbound_count - 1] = '\0'; - process_lcd_command(inbound_buffer); - inbound_count = 0; - inbound_buffer[0] = 0; - } + parse_lcd_byte((byte)LCD_SERIAL.read() & 0x7F); } #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) @@ -432,28 +458,32 @@ namespace ExtUI { } // {E:} is for error states. - void onPrinterKilled(PGM_P msg) { + void onPrinterKilled(PGM_P error, PGM_P component) { write_to_lcd_P(PSTR("{E:")); - write_to_lcd_P(msg); + write_to_lcd_P(error); + write_to_lcd_P(PSTR(" ")); + write_to_lcd_P(component); write_to_lcd_P("}"); } + void onPrintTimerStarted() { write_to_lcd_P(PSTR("{SYS:BUILD}")); } + void onPrintTimerPaused() {} + void onPrintTimerStopped() { write_to_lcd_P(PSTR("{TQ:100}")); } + // Not needed for Malyan LCD - void onStatusChanged(const char * const msg) { UNUSED(msg); } + void onStatusChanged(const char * const) {} void onMediaInserted() {}; void onMediaError() {}; void onMediaRemoved() {}; - void onPlayTone(const uint16_t frequency, const uint16_t duration) { UNUSED(frequency); UNUSED(duration); } - void onPrintTimerStarted() {} - void onPrintTimerPaused() {} - void onPrintTimerStopped() {} + void onPlayTone(const uint16_t, const uint16_t) {} void onFilamentRunout(const extruder_t extruder) {} - void onUserConfirmRequired(const char * const msg) { UNUSED(msg); } + void onUserConfirmRequired(const char * const) {} void onFactoryReset() {} - void onStoreSettings(char *buff) { UNUSED(buff); } - void onLoadSettings(const char *buff) { UNUSED(buff); } - void onConfigurationStoreWritten(bool success) { UNUSED(success); } - void onConfigurationStoreRead(bool success) { UNUSED(success); } + void onStoreSettings(char*) {} + void onLoadSettings(const char*) {} + void onConfigurationStoreWritten(bool) {} + void onConfigurationStoreRead(bool) {} + void OnPidTuning(const result_t) {} } #endif // MALYAN_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/fontutils.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/fontutils.cpp index fdccd082c3..ffa6d0df70 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/fontutils.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/fontutils.cpp @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ #if HAS_SPI_LCD #include "ultralcd.h" - #include "../Marlin.h" + #include "../MarlinCore.h" #endif #include "fontutils.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_an.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_an.h index f3c4372ba7..8e7798d72d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_an.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_an.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -32,225 +32,201 @@ #define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_1 #define NOT_EXTENDED_ISO10646_1_5X7 -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" parada.") -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("Tarcheta mesa") -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("Tarcheta sacada") -#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Endstops") // Max length 8 characters -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Menu prencipal") -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Inicio automatico") -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Amortar motors") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Levar a l'orichen") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("Orichen X") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Orichen Y") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Orichen Z") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("Orichen XYZ") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("Encetar (pretar)") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("Vinient punto") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("Nivelacion feita!") -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Achustar desfases") -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("Desfase aplicau") -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Establir orichen") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Precalentar " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Tot") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Base") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Conf") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Precalentar " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Tot") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Base") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Conf") -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Enfriar") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Enchegar Fuent") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Amortar Fuent") -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Extruir") -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Retraer") -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Mover Eixes") -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("Nivelar base") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Nivelar base") -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Mover X") -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Mover Y") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Mover Z") -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Extrusor") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("Mover %smm") -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("Mover 0.1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("Mover 1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("Mover 10mm") -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Velocidat") -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Base Z") -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("Boquilla") -#define MSG_BED _UxGT("Base") -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Ixoriador") -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Fluxo") -#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Control") -#define MSG_MIN _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min") -#define MSG_MAX _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max") -#define MSG_FACTOR _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fact") -#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Temperatura Auto.") -#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("On") -#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("Off") -#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") -#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") -#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") -#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") -#define MSG_SELECT _UxGT("Trigar") -#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("Aceleracion") -#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Jerk") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Va-jerk") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vb-jerk") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vc-jerk") -#else - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Vx-jerk") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vy-jerk") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vz-jerk") -#endif -#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("Ve-jerk") -#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("Vmax") -#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("Vmin") -#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("Vel. viache min") -#define MSG_ACCELERATION MSG_ACC -#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("Acel. max") -#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("Acel. retrac.") -#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("Acel. Viaje") -#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Trangos/mm") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("A trangos/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("B trangos/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("C trangos/mm") -#else - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("X trangos/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Y trangos/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Z trangos/mm") -#endif -#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("E trangos/mm") -#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("E1 trangos/mm") -#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("E2 trangos/mm") -#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("E3 trangos/mm") -#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("E4 trangos/mm") -#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("E5 trangos/mm") -#define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("E6 trangos/mm") -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Temperatura") -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Movimiento") -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Filamento") -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("E in mm3") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Fil. Dia.") -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("Contraste") -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Alzar memoria") -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Cargar memoria") -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Restaurar memoria") -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("Tornar a cargar") -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Informacion") -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Preparar") -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Achustar") -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Pausar impresion") -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Contin. impresion") -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Detener Impresion") -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("Menu de SD") -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("No i hai tarcheta") -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("Reposo...") -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Aguardand ordines") -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Impres. cancelada") -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("Sin movimiento") -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("Aturada d'emerch.") -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("Aturada.") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("Retraer mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Swap Retraer mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("Retraer F") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Devantar mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("DesRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("Swap DesRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("DesRet F") -#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("Retraccion auto.") -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Cambear filamento") -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("Encetan. tarcheta") -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("Cambiar tarcheta") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Sonda Z fuera") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST _UxGT("BLTouch Auto-Test") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET _UxGT("Reset BLTouch") -#define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("Home %s%s%s first") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Desfase Z") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Micropaso X") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Micropaso Y") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Micropaso Z") -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Cancelado - Endstop") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("Error: en calentar") -#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("Error: temperatura") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("Error de temperatura") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("Error: Temp Maxima") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("Error: Temp Menima") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("Error: Temp Max base") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("Error: Temp Min base") -#define MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING _UxGT("Home XY first") -#define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("IMPRESORA ATURADA") -#define MSG_PLEASE_RESET _UxGT("Per favor reinic.") -#define MSG_SHORT_DAY _UxGT("d") -#define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("h") -#define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("m") -#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("Calentando...") -#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Calentando base...") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Calibracion Delta") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Calibrar X") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Calibrar Y") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Calibrar Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Calibrar Centro") +namespace Language_an { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English -#define MSG_INFO_MENU _UxGT("Inf. Impresora") -#define MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU _UxGT("Inf. Impresora") -#define MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU _UxGT("Estadisticas Imp.") -#define MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU _UxGT("Inf. Controlador") -#define MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU _UxGT("Termistors") -#define MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS _UxGT("Extrusors") -#define MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE _UxGT("Baudios") -#define MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL _UxGT("Protocolo") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT _UxGT("Luz") + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 1; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Aragonese"); -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Conteo de impresion") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Completadas") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Tiempo total d'imp.") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Impresion mas larga") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Total d'extrusion") -#else - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Impresions") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Completadas") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Total") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Mas larga") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Extrusion") -#endif + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" parada."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("Tarcheta mesa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("Tarcheta sacada"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Endstops"); // Max length 8 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Menu prencipal"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("Inicio automatico"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Amortar motors"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Levar a l'orichen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("Orichen X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("Orichen Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("Orichen Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING = _UxGT("Orichen XYZ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("Encetar (pretar)"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("Vinient punto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("Nivelacion feita!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Achustar desfases"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Desfase aplicau"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Establir orichen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Precal. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Boquilla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Precal. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Boquilla ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Tot"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Base"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Conf"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Precal. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Boquilla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Precal. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Boquilla ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Tot"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Base"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Conf"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Enfriar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Enchegar Fuent"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Amortar Fuent"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Extruir"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("Retraer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("Mover Eixes"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("Nivelar base"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Nivelar base"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("Mover X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Mover Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Mover Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Extrusor"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Extrusor *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Mover %smm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Mover 0.1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Mover 1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("Mover 10mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Velocidat"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Base Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Boquilla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Boquilla ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Base"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Ixoriador"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Ixoriador ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Fluxo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Fluxo ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Control"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Temperatura Auto."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Trigar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Trigar *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Aceleracion"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("Vel. viache min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Accel"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_A = _UxGT("Acel. max") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Acel. max") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Acel. max") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Acel. max") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Acel. max *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("Acel. retrac."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("Acel. Viaje"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Trangos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = LCD_STR_A _UxGT(" trangos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT(" trangos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT(" trangos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("E trangos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("* trangos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperatura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Movimiento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E in mm³"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Fil. Dia."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Contraste"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Alzar memoria"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Cargar memoria"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("Restaurar memoria"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Tornar a cargar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Informacion"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Preparar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Achustar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pausar impresion"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Contin. impresion"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Detener Impresion"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Menu de SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("No i hai tarcheta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("Reposo..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Aguardand ordines"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Impres. cancelada"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("Sin movimiento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("Aturada d'emerch."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("Aturada."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("Retraer mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("Swap Retraer mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("Retraer F"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("Devantar mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("DesRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("Swap DesRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("DesRet F"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Retraccion auto."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Cambear filamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Cambear filamento *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("Encetan. tarcheta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Cambiar tarcheta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Sonda Z fuera"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("Reset BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Desfase Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Micropaso X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Micropaso Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Micropaso Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("Cancelado - Endstop"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("Error: en calentar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP = _UxGT("Error: temperatura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY = _UxGT("Error de temperatura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP = _UxGT("Error: Temp Max"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP = _UxGT("Error: Temp Min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING = _UxGT("Home XY first"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HALTED = _UxGT("IMPRESORA ATURADA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PLEASE_RESET = _UxGT("Per favor reinic."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_DAY = _UxGT("d"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_HOUR = _UxGT("h"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_MINUTE = _UxGT("m"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("Calentando..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("Calentando base..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Calibracion Delta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Calibrar X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Calibrar Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Calibrar Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("Calibrar Centro"); -#define MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP _UxGT("Temperatura menima") -#define MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP _UxGT("Temperatura maxima") -#define MSG_INFO_PSU _UxGT("Fuente de aliment") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MENU = _UxGT("Inf. Impresora"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("Inf. Impresora"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("Estadisticas Imp."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Inf. Controlador"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("Termistors"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS = _UxGT("Extrusors"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("Baudios"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL = _UxGT("Protocolo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT = _UxGT("Luz"); -#define MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH _UxGT("Fuerza d'o driver") -#define MSG_DAC_PERCENT _UxGT("Driver %") -#define MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE _UxGT("Escri. DAC EEPROM") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME _UxGT("Resumir imp.") + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Conteo de impresion"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Completadas"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Tiempo total d'imp."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Impresion mas larga"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Total d'extrusion"); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Impresions"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Completadas"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Total"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Mas larga"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Extrusion"); + #endif -// -// Filament Change screens show up to 3 lines on a 4-line display -// ...or up to 2 lines on a 3-line display -// -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Aguardand iniciar") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP = _UxGT("Temperatura menima"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Temperatura maxima"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Fuente de aliment"); -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Meta o filamento") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("y prete lo boton") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Fuerza d'o driver"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("Escri. DAC EEPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("Resumir imp."); -#if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 - // Up to 3 lines allowed - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("d'o filamento") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_3 _UxGT("cambear") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3 _UxGT("pa continar...") -#else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 - // Up to 2 lines allowed - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("d'o fil. cambear") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Meta o filamento") -#endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + // + // Filament Change screens show up to 3 lines on a 4-line display + // ...or up to 2 lines on a 3-line display + // -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Aguardando a") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("expulsar filament") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Aguardando a") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 _UxGT("cargar filamento") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Aguardando impre.") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("pa continar") + #if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 + // Up to 3 lines allowed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Aguardand iniciar", "d'o filamento", "cambear")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Meta o filamento", "y prete lo boton", "pa continar...")); + #else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + // Up to 2 lines allowed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Aguardand iniciar", "d'o fil. cambear")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Meta o filamento", "y prete lo boton")); + #endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Aguardando a", "expulsar filament")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Aguardando a", "cargar filamento")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Aguardando impre.", "pa continar")); +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_bg.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_bg.h index 3e95058ba9..1987c20766 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_bg.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_bg.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,120 +28,126 @@ * See also http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html * */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_5 -#define CHARSIZE 2 -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" Готов.") -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("Картата е поставена") -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("Картата е извадена") -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Меню") -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Автостарт") -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Изкл. двигатели") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Паркиране") -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Задай Начало") -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Изходна точка") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Подгряване " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N _UxGT("Подгряване " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL _UxGT("Подгр. " PREHEAT_1_LABEL " Всички") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY _UxGT("Подгр. " PREHEAT_1_LABEL " Легло") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS _UxGT("Настройки " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Подгряване " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N _UxGT("Подгряване " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL _UxGT("Подгр. " PREHEAT_2_LABEL " Всички") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY _UxGT("Подгр. " PREHEAT_2_LABEL " Легло") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS _UxGT("Настройки " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Охлаждане") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Вкл. захранване") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Изкл. захранване") -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Екструзия") -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Откат") -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Движение по ос") -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("Нивелиране") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Нивелиране") -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Движение по X") -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Движение по Y") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Движение по Z") -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Екструдер") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("Премести с %smm") -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("Премести с 0.1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("Премести с 1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("Премести с 10mm") -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Скорост") -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Bed Z") -#define MSG_NOZZLE LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Дюза") -#define MSG_BED LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Легло") -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Вентилатор") -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Поток") -#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Управление") -#define MSG_MIN LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Минимум") -#define MSG_MAX LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Максимум") -#define MSG_FACTOR LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Фактор") -#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Авто-темп.") -#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("Вкл.") -#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("Изкл.") -#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("A-откат") -#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("A-travel") -#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Стъпки/mm") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Aстъпки/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Bстъпки/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Cстъпки/mm") -#else - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Xстъпки/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Yстъпки/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Zстъпки/mm") -#endif -#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("E стъпки/mm") -#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("E1 стъпки/mm") -#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("E2 стъпки/mm") -#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("E3 стъпки/mm") -#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("E4 стъпки/mm") -#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("E5 стъпки/mm") -#define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("E6 стъпки/mm") -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Температура") -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Движение") -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Нишка") -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("E in mm3") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Диам. нишка") -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("LCD контраст") -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Запази в EPROM") -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Зареди от EPROM") -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Фабрични настройки") -#define MSG_REFRESH LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Обнови") -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Преглед") -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Действия") -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Настройка") -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Пауза") -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Възобнови печата") -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Спри печата") -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("Меню карта") -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("Няма карта") -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("Почивка...") -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Изчакване") -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Печатът е прекъснат") -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("Няма движение") -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("УБИТО.") -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("СПРЯНО.") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("Откат mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Смяна Откат mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("Откат V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Скок mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("Възврат mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("Смяна Възврат mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("Възврат V") -#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("Автоoткат") -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Смяна нишка") -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("Иниц. SD-Карта") -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("Смяна SD-Карта") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Z-сондата е извадена") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Z Отстояние") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Министъпка X") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Министъпка Y") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Министъпка Z") -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Стоп Кр.Изключватели") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Делта Калибровка") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Калибровка X") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Калибровка Y") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Калибровка Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Калибровка Център") -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("Неправилен принтер") +#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_5 + +namespace Language_bg { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English + + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 2; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Bulgarian"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" Готов."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("Картата е поставена"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("Картата е извадена"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Меню"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("Автостарт"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Изкл. двигатели"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Паркиране"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Задай Начало"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Изходна точка"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Дюза"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Дюза ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Подгр. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Всички"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Подгр. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Легло"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Настройки ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Дюза"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Дюза ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Подгр. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Всички"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Подгр. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Легло"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Настройки ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Охлаждане"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Вкл. захранване"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Изкл. захранване"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Екструзия"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("Откат"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("Движение по ос"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("Нивелиране"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Нивелиране"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("Движение по X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Движение по Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Движение по Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Екструдер"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Екструдер *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Премести с %smm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Премести с 0.1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Премести с 1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("Премести с 10mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Скорост"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Bed Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Дюза"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Дюза ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Легло"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Вентилатор"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Вентилатор ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Поток"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Поток ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Управление"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Минимум"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Максимум"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Фактор"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Авто-темп."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Вкл."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Изкл."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("A-откат"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("A-travel"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Стъпки/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = LCD_STR_A _UxGT("стъпки/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT("стъпки/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT("стъпки/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("E стъпки/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("* стъпки/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Температура"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Движение"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Нишка"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E in mm³"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Диам. нишка"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Диам. нишка *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("LCD контраст"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Запази в EPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Зареди от EPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("Фабрични настройки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Обнови"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Преглед"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Действия"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Настройка"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Пауза"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Възобнови печата"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Спри печата"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Меню карта"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Няма карта"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("Почивка..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Изчакване"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Печатът е прекъснат"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("Няма движение"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("УБИТО."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("СПРЯНО."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("Откат mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("Смяна Откат mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("Откат V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("Скок mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Възврат mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("Смяна Възврат mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("Възврат V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Автоoткат"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Смяна нишка"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Смяна нишка *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("Иниц. SD-Карта"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Смяна SD-Карта"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Z-сондата е извадена"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Z Отстояние"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Министъпка X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Министъпка Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Министъпка Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("Стоп Кр.Изключватели"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Делта Калибровка"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Калибровка X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Калибровка Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Калибровка Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("Калибровка Център"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("Неправилен принтер"); +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ca.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ca.h index cf7278851e..ef5334f878 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ca.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ca.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,236 +28,209 @@ * See also http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html * */ +namespace Language_ca { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English -#define CHARSIZE 2 + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 2; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Catalan"); -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" preparada.") -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("Targeta detectada.") -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("Targeta extreta.") -#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Endstops") -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Menú principal") -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Inici automatic") -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Desactiva motors") -#define MSG_DEBUG_MENU _UxGT("Menu de depuracio") -#define MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST _UxGT("Test barra progres") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Ves a l'origen") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("X a origen") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Y a origen") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Z a origen") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("Origen XYZ") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("Premeu per iniciar") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("Següent punt") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("Anivellament fet!") -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Ajusta decalatge") -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("Decalatge aplicat") -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Estableix origen") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Preescalfa " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Tot") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Llit") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Conf.") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Preescalfa " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Tot") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Llit") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Conf.") -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Refreda") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Switch power on") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Switch power off") -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Extrudeix") -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Retreu") -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Mou eixos") -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("Anivella llit") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Anivella llit") + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" preparada."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("Targeta detectada."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("Targeta extreta."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Endstops"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Menú principal"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("Inici automatic"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Desactiva motors"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DEBUG_MENU = _UxGT("Menu de depuracio"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST = _UxGT("Test barra progres"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Ves a l'origen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("X a origen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("Y a origen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("Z a origen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING = _UxGT("Origen XYZ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("Premeu per iniciar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("Següent punt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("Anivellament fet!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Ajusta decalatge"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Decalatge aplicat"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Estableix origen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Preescalfa ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Preescalfa ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Tot"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Llit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Conf."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Preescalfa ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Preescalfa ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Tot"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Llit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Conf."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Refreda"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Switch power on"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Switch power off"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Extrudeix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("Retreu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("Mou eixos"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("Anivella llit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Anivella llit"); -#define MSG_MOVING _UxGT("Movent..") -#define MSG_FREE_XY _UxGT("XY lliures") -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Mou X") -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Mou Y") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Mou Z") -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Extrusor") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("Mou %smm") -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("Mou 0.1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("Mou 1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("Mou 10mm") -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Velocitat") -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Llit Z") -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("Nozzle") -#define MSG_BED _UxGT("Llit") -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Vel. Ventilador") -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Flux") -#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Control") -#define MSG_MIN LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min") -#define MSG_MAX LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max") -#define MSG_FACTOR LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fact") -#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Autotemp") -#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("On") -#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("Off") -#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") -#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") -#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") -#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") -#define MSG_SELECT _UxGT("Select") -#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("Accel") -#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Jerk") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Va-jerk") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vb-jerk") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vc-jerk") -#else - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Vx-jerk") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vy-jerk") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vz-jerk") -#endif -#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("Ve-jerk") -#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("Vmax ") -#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("Vmin") -#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("VViatge min") -#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("Accel. max ") -#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("Accel. retracc") -#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("Accel. Viatge") -#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Passos/mm") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Apassos/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Bpassos/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Cpassos/mm") -#else - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Xpassos/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Ypassos/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Zpassos/mm") -#endif -#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("Epassos/mm") -#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("E1passos/mm") -#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("E2passos/mm") -#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("E3passos/mm") -#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("E4passos/mm") -#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("E5passos/mm") -#define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("E6passos/mm") -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Temperatura") -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Moviment") -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Filament") -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("E en mm3") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Diam. Fil.") -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("Contrast de LCD") -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Desa memoria") -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Carrega memoria") -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Restaura valors") -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("Actualitza") -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Pantalla Info.") -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Prepara") -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Ajusta") -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Pausa impressio") -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Repren impressio") -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Atura impressio.") -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("Imprimeix de SD") -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("No hi ha targeta") -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("En repos...") -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Esperant usuari..") -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Imp. cancelada") -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("Sense moviment.") -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("MATAT.") -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("ATURADA.") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("Retreu mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Swap Retreure mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("Retreu V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Aixeca mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("DesRet +mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("Swap DesRet +mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("DesRet V") -#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("Auto retraccio") -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Canvia filament") -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("Inicialitza SD") -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("Canvia SD") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Sonda Z fora") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET _UxGT("Reinicia BLTouch") -#define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("Home %s%s%s primer") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Decalatge Z") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Micropas X") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Micropas Y") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Micropas Z") -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Cancel. Endstop") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("Error al escalfar") -#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("Err: TEMP REDUNDANT") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("THERMAL RUNAWAY") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("Err: TEMP MAXIMA") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("Err: TEMP MINIMA") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("Err: TEMPMAX LLIT") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("Err: TEMPMIN LLIT") -#define MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING _UxGT("Home XY primer") -#define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("IMPRESSORA PARADA") -#define MSG_PLEASE_RESET _UxGT("Reinicieu") -#define MSG_SHORT_DAY _UxGT("d") // One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("h") // One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("m") // One character only -#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("Escalfant...") -#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Escalfant llit...") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Calibratge Delta") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Calibra X") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Calibra Y") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Calibra Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Calibra el centre") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVING = _UxGT("Movent.."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FREE_XY = _UxGT("XY lliures"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("Mou X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Mou Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Mou Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Extrusor"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Extrusor *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Mou %smm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Mou 0.1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Mou 1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("Mou 10mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Velocitat"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Llit Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Nozzle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Nozzle ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Llit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Vel. Ventilador"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Vel. Ventilador ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Flux"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Flux ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("VViatge min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_A = _UxGT("Accel. max ") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Accel. max ") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Accel. max ") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Accel. max ") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Accel. max *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("Accel. retracc"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("Accel. Viatge"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Passos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = LCD_STR_A _UxGT("passos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT("passos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT("passos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("Epassos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("*passos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperatura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Moviment"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E en mm³"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Diam. Fil."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Diam. Fil. *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Contrast de LCD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Desa memoria"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Carrega memoria"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("Restaura valors"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Actualitza"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Pantalla Info."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Prepara"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Ajusta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pausa impressio"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Repren impressio"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Atura impressio."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Imprimeix de SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("No hi ha targeta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("En repos..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Esperant usuari.."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Imp. cancelada"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("Sense moviment."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("MATAT."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("ATURADA."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("Retreu mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("Swap Retreure mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("Retreu V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("Aixeca mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("DesRet +mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("Swap DesRet +mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("DesRet V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Auto retraccio"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Canvia filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Canvia filament *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("Inicialitza SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Canvia SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Sonda Z fora"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("Reinicia BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Home %s%s%s primer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Decalatge Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Micropas X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Micropas Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Micropas Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("Cancel. Endstop"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("Error al escalfar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP = _UxGT("Err: TEMP REDUNDANT"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY = _UxGT("THERMAL RUNAWAY"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP = _UxGT("Err: TEMP MAXIMA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP = _UxGT("Err: TEMP MINIMA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING = _UxGT("Home XY primer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HALTED = _UxGT("IMPRESSORA PARADA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PLEASE_RESET = _UxGT("Reinicieu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_DAY = _UxGT("d"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_HOUR = _UxGT("h"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_MINUTE = _UxGT("m"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("Escalfant..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("Escalfant llit..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Calibratge Delta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Calibra X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Calibra Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Calibra Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("Calibra el centre"); -#define MSG_INFO_MENU _UxGT("Quant a la impr.") -#define MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU _UxGT("Info Impressora") -#define MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU _UxGT("Estadistiques") -#define MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU _UxGT("Info placa") -#define MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU _UxGT("Termistors") -#define MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS _UxGT("Extrusors") -#define MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE _UxGT("Baud") -#define MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL _UxGT("Protocol") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT _UxGT("Llum") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MENU = _UxGT("Quant a la impr."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("Info Impressora"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("Estadistiques"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Info placa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("Termistors"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS = _UxGT("Extrusors"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("Baud"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL = _UxGT("Protocol"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT = _UxGT("Llum"); -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Total impressions") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Acabades") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Temps imprimint") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Treball mes llarg") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Total extrudit") -#else - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Impressions") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Acabades") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Total") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Mes llarg") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Extrudit") -#endif + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Total impressions"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Acabades"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Temps imprimint"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Treball mes llarg"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Total extrudit"); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Impressions"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Acabades"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Total"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Mes llarg"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Extrudit"); + #endif -#define MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP _UxGT("Temp. mínima") -#define MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP _UxGT("Temp. màxima") -#define MSG_INFO_PSU _UxGT("Font alimentacio") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP = _UxGT("Temp. mínima"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Temp. màxima"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Font alimentacio"); -#define MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH _UxGT("Força motor") -#define MSG_DAC_PERCENT _UxGT("Driver %") -#define MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE _UxGT("DAC EEPROM Write") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME _UxGT("Repren impressió") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Força motor"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("DAC EEPROM Write"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("Repren impressió"); -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("Impressora incorrecta") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("Impressora incorrecta"); -// -// Filament Change screens show up to 3 lines on a 4-line display -// ...or up to 2 lines on a 3-line display -// -#if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Esperant per") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("iniciar el canvi") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_3 _UxGT("de filament") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Esperant per") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("treure filament") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Poseu filament") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("i premeu el boto") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3 _UxGT("per continuar...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Premeu boto per") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_2 _UxGT("escalfar nozzle.") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Escalfant nozzle") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_2 _UxGT("Espereu...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Esperant carrega") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 _UxGT("de filament") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Esperant per") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("reprendre") -#else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Espereu...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Expulsant...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Insereix i prem") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Escalfant...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Carregant...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Reprenent...") -#endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + // + // Filament Change screens show up to 3 lines on a 4-line display + // ...or up to 2 lines on a 3-line display + // + #if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Esperant per", "iniciar el canvi", "de filament")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Esperant per", "treure filament")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Poseu filament", "i premeu el boto", "per continuar...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Premeu boto per", "escalfar nozzle.")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Escalfant nozzle", "Espereu...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Esperant carrega", "de filament")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Esperant per", "reprendre")); + #else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Espereu...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Expulsant...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Insereix i prem")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Escalfant...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Carregant...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Reprenent...")); + #endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_cz.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_cz.h index 92a9e0ca83..77e25b7332 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_cz.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_cz.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -35,521 +35,571 @@ */ #define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_CZ -#define THIS_LANGUAGES_SPECIAL_SYMBOLS _UxGT("áÁčČďĎéÉěĚíÍňŇóÓřŘšŠťŤúÚůŮýÝžŽ³") -#define CHARSIZE 2 -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" připraven.") -#define MSG_YES _UxGT("ANO") -#define MSG_NO _UxGT("NE") -#define MSG_BACK _UxGT("Zpět") -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("Karta vložena") -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("Karta vyjmuta") -#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Endstopy") // max 8 znaku -#define MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Soft Endstopy") -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Hlavní nabídka") -#define MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS _UxGT("Další nastavení") -#define MSG_CONFIGURATION _UxGT("Konfigurace") -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Autostart") -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Uvolnit motory") -#define MSG_DEBUG_MENU _UxGT("Nabídka ladění") -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #define MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST _UxGT("Test ukaz. průběhu") -#else - #define MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST _UxGT("Test uk. průběhu") -#endif -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Domovská pozice") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("Domů osa X") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Domů osa Y") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Domů osa Z") -#define MSG_AUTO_Z_ALIGN _UxGT("Auto srovnání Z") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("Měření podložky") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("Kliknutím spusťte") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("Další bod") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("Měření hotovo!") -#define MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT _UxGT("Výška srovnávání") -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Nastavit ofsety") -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("Ofsety nastaveny") -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Nastavit počátek") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Zahřát " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" vše") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_END MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" hotend") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" podlož") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" nast") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Zahřát " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" vše") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_END MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" hotend") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" podlož") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" nast") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM _UxGT("Zahřát vlastní") -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Zchladit") -#define MSG_LASER_MENU _UxGT("Ovládání laseru") -#define MSG_LASER_OFF _UxGT("Vypnout laser") -#define MSG_LASER_ON _UxGT("Zapnout laser") -#define MSG_LASER_POWER _UxGT("Výkon laseru") -#define MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE _UxGT("Vřeteno opačně") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Zapnout napájení") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Vypnout napájení") -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Vytlačit (extr.)") -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Zatlačit (retr.)") -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Posunout osy") -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("Vyrovnat podložku") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Vyrovnat podložku") -#define MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS _UxGT("Vyrovnat rohy") -#define MSG_NEXT_CORNER _UxGT("Další roh") -#define MSG_EDIT_MESH _UxGT("Upravit síť bodů") -#define MSG_EDITING_STOPPED _UxGT("Konec úprav sítě") -#define MSG_MESH_X _UxGT("Index X") -#define MSG_MESH_Y _UxGT("Index Y") -#define MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z _UxGT("Hodnota Z") +namespace Language_cz { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English -#define MSG_USER_MENU _UxGT("Vlastní příkazy") -#define MSG_IDEX_MENU _UxGT("Režim IDEX") -#define MSG_OFFSETS_MENU _UxGT("Ofsety nástrojů") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK _UxGT("Auto-Park") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE _UxGT("Duplikace") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY _UxGT("Zrcadlení") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL _UxGT("Plná kontrola") -#define MSG_X_OFFSET _UxGT("2. tryska X") -#define MSG_Y_OFFSET _UxGT("2. tryska Y") -#define MSG_Z_OFFSET _UxGT("2. tryska Z") + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 2; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Czech"); -#define MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 _UxGT("Provádím G29") -#define MSG_UBL_TOOLS _UxGT("UBL nástroje") -#define MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling") -#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH _UxGT("Manuální síť bodů") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT _UxGT("Vložte kartu, změřte") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 _UxGT("Změřte") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE _UxGT("Odstraňte a změřte") -#define MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT _UxGT("Přesun na další") -#define MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("Aktivovat UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("Deaktivovat UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED _UxGT("Teplota podložky") -#define MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND _UxGT("Teplota hotendu") -#define MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT _UxGT("Úprava sítě bodů") -#define MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Upravit vlastní síť") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH _UxGT("Doladit síť bodů") -#define MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH _UxGT("Konec úprav sítě") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Vlastní síť") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Vytvořit síť") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 _UxGT("Síť bodů " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 _UxGT("Síť bodů " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH _UxGT("Studená síť bodů") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST _UxGT("Upravit výšku sítě") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT _UxGT("Výška") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Zkontrolovat síť") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 _UxGT("Kontrola sítě " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 _UxGT("Kontrola sítě " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Kontrola vlast. sítě") -#define MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH _UxGT("Pokračovat v síťi") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Síťové rovnání") -#define MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("3-bodové rovnání") -#define MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Mřížkové rovnání") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL _UxGT("Srovnat podložku") -#define MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS _UxGT("Postranní body") -#define MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE _UxGT("Typ sítě bodu") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP _UxGT("Exportovat síť") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST _UxGT("Exportovat do PC") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV _UxGT("Exportovat do CSV") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP _UxGT("Záloha do PC") -#define MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL _UxGT("Info o UBL do PC") -#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT _UxGT("Hustota mřížky") -#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN _UxGT("Ruční hustota") -#define MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN _UxGT("Chytrá hustota") -#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH _UxGT("Zaplnit mřížku") -#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL _UxGT("Zrušit všechno") -#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Zrušit poslední") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL _UxGT("Upravit všechny") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Upravit poslední") -#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Uložiště sítí") -#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT _UxGT("Paměťový slot") -#define MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH _UxGT("Načíst síť bodů") -#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH _UxGT("Uložit síť bodů") -#define MSG_MESH_LOADED _UxGT("Síť %i načtena") -#define MSG_MESH_SAVED _UxGT("Síť %i uložena") -#define MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE _UxGT("Nedostatek místa") -#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR _UxGT("Ch.: Uložit UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR _UxGT("Ch.: Obnovit UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED _UxGT("Konec Z-Offsetu") -#define MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU _UxGT("UBL Postupně") + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" připraven."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_YES = _UxGT("ANO"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO = _UxGT("NE"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACK = _UxGT("Zpět"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_ABORTING = _UxGT("Rušení..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("Médium vloženo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("Médium vyjmuto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED = _UxGT("Médium uvolněno"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_WAITING = _UxGT("Čekání na médium"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_READ_ERROR = _UxGT("Chyba čtení média"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_REMOVED = _UxGT("USB odstraněno"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_FAILED = _UxGT("Chyba USB"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Endstopy"); // max 8 znaku + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Soft Endstopy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Hlavní nabídka"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Další nastavení"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONFIGURATION = _UxGT("Konfigurace"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("Autostart"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Uvolnit motory"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DEBUG_MENU = _UxGT("Nabídka ladění"); + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST = _UxGT("Test ukaz. průběhu"); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST = _UxGT("Test uk. průběhu"); + #endif + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Domovská pozice"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("Domů osa X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("Domů osa Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("Domů osa Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_Z_ALIGN = _UxGT("Auto srovnání Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING = _UxGT("Měření podložky"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("Kliknutím spusťte"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("Další bod"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("Měření hotovo!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Výška srovnávání"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Nastavit ofsety"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Ofsety nastaveny"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Nastavit počátek"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" end"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" end ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" vše"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" podlož"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" nast"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" end"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" end ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" vše"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" podlož"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" nast"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Zahřát vlastní"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Zchladit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_MENU = _UxGT("Ovládání laseru"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_OFF = _UxGT("Vypnout laser"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_ON = _UxGT("Zapnout laser"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_POWER = _UxGT("Výkon laseru"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_MENU = _UxGT("Vřeteno ovládání"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_OFF = _UxGT("Vřeteno vyp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_ON = _UxGT("Vřeteno zap"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_POWER = _UxGT("Vřeteno výkon"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE = _UxGT("Vřeteno opačně"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Zapnout napájení"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Vypnout napájení"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Vytlačit (extr.)"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("Zatlačit (retr.)"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("Posunout osy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("Vyrovnat podložku"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Vyrovnat podložku"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS = _UxGT("Vyrovnat rohy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NEXT_CORNER = _UxGT("Další roh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDITOR = _UxGT("Editor sítě"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDIT_MESH = _UxGT("Upravit síť bodů"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDITING_STOPPED = _UxGT("Konec úprav sítě"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROBING_MESH = _UxGT("Měření bodu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_X = _UxGT("Index X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_Y = _UxGT("Index Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z = _UxGT("Hodnota Z"); -#define MSG_LED_CONTROL _UxGT("Nastavení LED") -#define MSG_LEDS _UxGT("Světla") -#define MSG_LED_PRESETS _UxGT("Světla Předvolby") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_RED _UxGT("Červená") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE _UxGT("Oranžová") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW _UxGT("Žlutá") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN _UxGT("Zelená") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE _UxGT("Modrá") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO _UxGT("Indigo") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET _UxGT("Fialová") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE _UxGT("Bílá") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT _UxGT("Výchozí") -#define MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS _UxGT("Vlastní světla") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_R _UxGT("Červená intenzita") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_G _UxGT("Zelená intezita") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_B _UxGT("Modrá intenzita") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_W _UxGT("Bílá intenzita") -#define MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("Jas") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USER_MENU = _UxGT("Vlastní příkazy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_TEST = _UxGT("M48 test sondy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_POINT = _UxGT("M48 bod"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Odchylka"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MENU = _UxGT("Režim IDEX"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OFFSETS_MENU = _UxGT("Ofsety nástrojů"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK = _UxGT("Auto-Park"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE = _UxGT("Duplikace"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY = _UxGT("Zrcadlení"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL = _UxGT("Plná kontrola"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X = _UxGT("2. tryska X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y = _UxGT("2. tryska Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z = _UxGT("2. tryska Z"); -#define MSG_MOVING _UxGT("Posouvání...") -#define MSG_FREE_XY _UxGT("Uvolnit XY") -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Posunout X") -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Posunout Y") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Posunout Z") -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Extrudér") -#define MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD _UxGT("Hotend je studený") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("Posunout o %smm") -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("Posunout o 0,1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("Posunout o 1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("Posunout o 10mm") -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Rychlost") -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Výška podl.") -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("Tryska") -#define MSG_BED _UxGT("Podložka") -#define MSG_CHAMBER _UxGT("Komora") -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Rychlost vent.") -#define MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Rychlost ex. vent.") -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Průtok") -#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Ovládaní") -#define MSG_MIN _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min") -#define MSG_MAX _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max") -#define MSG_FACTOR _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fakt") -#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Autoteplota") -#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("Zap") -#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("Vyp") -#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") -#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") -#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") -#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") -#define MSG_SELECT _UxGT("Vybrat") -#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("Zrychl") -#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Jerk") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Va-jerk") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vb-jerk") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vc-jerk") -#else - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Vx-jerk") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vy-jerk") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vz-jerk") -#endif -#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("Ve-jerk") -#define MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION _UxGT("Odchylka spoje") -#define MSG_VELOCITY _UxGT("Rychlost") -#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("Vmax ") -#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("Vmin") -#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("VTrav min") -#define MSG_ACCELERATION _UxGT("Akcelerace") -#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("Amax ") -#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("A-retrakt") -#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("A-přejezd") -#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Kroků/mm") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Akroků/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Bkroků/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Ckroků/mm") -#else - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Xkroků/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Ykroků/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Zkroků/mm") -#endif -#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("Ekroků/mm") -#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("E1kroků/mm") -#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("E2kroků/mm") -#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("E3kroků/mm") -#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("E4kroků/mm") -#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("E5kroků/mm") -#define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("E6kroků/mm") -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Teplota") -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Pohyb") -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Filament") -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("E na mm3") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Fil. Prum.") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD _UxGT("Vysunout mm") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD _UxGT("Zavést mm") -#define MSG_ADVANCE_K _UxGT("K pro posun") -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("Kontrast LCD") -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Uložit nastavení") -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Načíst nastavení") -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Obnovit výchozí") -#define MSG_INIT_EEPROM _UxGT("Inic. EEPROM") -#define MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE _UxGT("Aktualizace z SD") -#define MSG_RESET_PRINTER _UxGT("Reset tiskárny") -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("Obnovit") -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Info obrazovka") -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Připrava tisku") -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Doladění tisku") -#define MSG_START_PRINT _UxGT("Spustit tisk") -#define MSG_BUTTON_PRINT _UxGT("Tisk") -#define MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL _UxGT("Zrušit") -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Pozastavit tisk") -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Obnovit tisk") -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Zastavit tisk") -#define MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY _UxGT("Obnova výpadku") -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("Tisknout z SD") -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("Žádná SD karta") -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("Uspáno...") -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Čekání na uživ...") -#define MSG_PRINT_PAUSED _UxGT("Tisk pozastaven") -#define MSG_PRINTING _UxGT("Tisknu...") -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Tisk zrušen") -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("Žádný pohyb.") -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("PŘERUSENO. ") -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("ZASTAVENO. ") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("Retrakt mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Výměna Re.mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("Retraktovat V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Zvednuti Z mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("UnRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("S UnRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("UnRet V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF _UxGT("S UnRet V") -#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("AutoRetr.") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH _UxGT("Délka retrakce") -#define MSG_TOOL_CHANGE _UxGT("Výměna nástroje") -#define MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT _UxGT("Zdvih Z") -#define MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD _UxGT("Rychlost primár.") -#define MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD _UxGT("Rychlost retrak.") -#define MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY _UxGT("Tryska standby") -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Vyměnit filament") -#define MSG_FILAMENTLOAD _UxGT("Zavést filament") -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD _UxGT("Vysunout filament") -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL _UxGT("Vysunout vše") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("Provádím G29"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_TOOLS = _UxGT("UBL nástroje"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH = _UxGT("Vyrovnání bodu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH = _UxGT("Manuální síť bodů"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT = _UxGT("Vložte kartu, změřte"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 = _UxGT("Změřte"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE = _UxGT("Odstraňte a změřte"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT = _UxGT("Přesun na další"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("Aktivovat UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("Deaktivovat UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED = _UxGT("Teplota podložky"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Teplota podložky"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND = _UxGT("Teplota hotendu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Teplota hotendu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT = _UxGT("Úprava sítě bodů"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Upravit vlastní síť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH = _UxGT("Doladit síť bodů"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH = _UxGT("Konec úprav sítě"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Vlastní síť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Vytvořit síť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Síť bodů ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Síť bodů ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("Studená síť bodů"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST = _UxGT("Upravit výšku sítě"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Výška"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Zkontrolovat síť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Kontrola sítě ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Kontrola sítě ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Kontrola vlast. sítě"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_BED = _UxGT("G26 zahřívání podl."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_NOZZLE = _UxGT("G26 zařívání trysky"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_MANUAL_PRIME = _UxGT("Ruční zavedení..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_FIXED_LENGTH = _UxGT("Pevné zavední"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_PRIME_DONE = _UxGT("Done Priming"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_CANCELED = _UxGT("G26 Canceled"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_LEAVING = _UxGT("Leaving G26"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH = _UxGT("Pokračovat v síťi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Síťové rovnání"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("3-bodové rovnání"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Mřížkové rovnání"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL = _UxGT("Srovnat podložku"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS = _UxGT("Postranní body"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE = _UxGT("Typ sítě bodu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP = _UxGT("Exportovat síť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST = _UxGT("Exportovat do PC"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV = _UxGT("Exportovat do CSV"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP = _UxGT("Záloha do PC"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL = _UxGT("Info o UBL do PC"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Hustota mřížky"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN = _UxGT("Ruční hustota"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("Chytrá hustota"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH = _UxGT("Zaplnit mřížku"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL = _UxGT("Zrušit všechno"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Zrušit poslední"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("Upravit všechny"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Upravit poslední"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Uložiště sítí"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT = _UxGT("Paměťový slot"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH = _UxGT("Načíst síť bodů"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("Uložit síť bodů"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LOADED = _UxGT("M117 Síť %i načtena"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_SAVED = _UxGT("M117 Síť %i uložena"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE = _UxGT("Nedostatek místa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR = _UxGT("Ch.: Uložit UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR = _UxGT("Ch.: Obnovit UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET = _UxGT("Z-ofset: "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED = _UxGT("Konec Z-ofsetu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU = _UxGT("UBL Postupně"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_1_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("1. Studená síť bodů"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_2_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("2. Chytrá hustota"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("3. Zkontrolovat síť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_4_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("4. Upravit všechny"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_5_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("5. Zkontrolovat síť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_6_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("6. Upravit všechny"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_7_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("7. Uložit síť bodů"); -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("Načíst SD kartu") -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("Vyměnit SD kartu") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Sonda Z mimo podl") -#define MSG_SKEW_FACTOR _UxGT("Faktor zkosení") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH _UxGT("BLTouch") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST _UxGT("BLTouch self-test") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET _UxGT("BLTouch reset") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY _UxGT("BLTouch vysunout") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE _UxGT("SW výsun BLTouch") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE _UxGT("BLTouch 5V režim") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE _UxGT("BLTouch OD režim") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW _UxGT("BLTouch zasunout") -#define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY _UxGT("Vysunout Z-sondu") -#define MSG_MANUAL_STOW _UxGT("Zasunout Z-sondu") -#define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("Domů %s%s%s první") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Z ofset") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Babystep X") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Babystep Y") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Babystep Z") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_TOTAL _UxGT("Celkem") -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Endstop abort") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("Chyba zahřívání") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED _UxGT("Chyba zahř.podl.") -#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("REDUND. TEPLOTA") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("TEPLOTNÍ ÚNIK") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED _UxGT("TEPL. ÚNIK PODL.") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("VYSOKÁ TEPLOTA") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("NÍZKA TEPLOTA") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("VYS. TEPL. PODL.") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("NÍZ. TEPL. PODL.") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_CHAMBER _UxGT("Err: MAXTEMP KOMORA") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_CHAMBER _UxGT("Err: MINTEMP KOMORA") -#define MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING _UxGT("Domů XY první") -#define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("TISK. ZASTAVENA") -#define MSG_PLEASE_RESET _UxGT("Proveďte reset") -#define MSG_SHORT_DAY _UxGT("d") -#define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("h") -#define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("m") -#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("Zahřívání...") -#define MSG_COOLING _UxGT("Chlazení...") -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Zahřívání podložky") -#else - #define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Zahřívání podl.") -#endif -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #define MSG_BED_COOLING _UxGT("Chlazení podložky") -#else - #define MSG_BED_COOLING _UxGT("Chlazení podl.") -#endif -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Delta Kalibrace") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Kalibrovat X") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Kalibrovat Y") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Kalibrovat Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Kalibrovat Střed") -#define MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS _UxGT("Delta nastavení") -#define MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Autokalibrace") -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Nast.výšku delty") -#define MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Nast. Z-ofset") -#define MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD _UxGT("Diag rameno") -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT _UxGT("Výška") -#define MSG_DELTA_RADIUS _UxGT("Poloměr") -#define MSG_INFO_MENU _UxGT("O tiskárně") -#define MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU _UxGT("Info o tiskárně") -#define MSG_3POINT_LEVELING _UxGT("3-bodové rovnání") -#define MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("Lineárni rovnání") -#define MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("Bilineární rovnání") -#define MSG_UBL_LEVELING _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling") -#define MSG_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Mřížkové rovnání") -#define MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU _UxGT("Statistika") -#define MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU _UxGT("Info o desce") -#define MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU _UxGT("Termistory") -#define MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS _UxGT("Extrudéry") -#define MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE _UxGT("Rychlost") -#define MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL _UxGT("Protokol") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT _UxGT("Osvětlení") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("Jas světla") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_CONTROL = _UxGT("Nastavení LED"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEDS = _UxGT("Světla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_PRESETS = _UxGT("Světla Předvolby"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_RED = _UxGT("Červená"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE = _UxGT("Oranžová"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW = _UxGT("Žlutá"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN = _UxGT("Zelená"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE = _UxGT("Modrá"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO = _UxGT("Indigo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET = _UxGT("Fialová"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE = _UxGT("Bílá"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT = _UxGT("Výchozí"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS = _UxGT("Vlastní světla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_R = _UxGT("Červená intenzita"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_G = _UxGT("Zelená intezita"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_B = _UxGT("Modrá intenzita"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_W = _UxGT("Bílá intenzita"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Jas"); -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Počet tisků") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Dokončeno") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Celkový čas") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Nejdelší tisk") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Celkem vytlačeno") -#else - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Tisky") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Hotovo") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Čas") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Nejdelší") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Vytlačeno") -#endif + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVING = _UxGT("Posouvání..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FREE_XY = _UxGT("Uvolnit XY"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("Posunout X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Posunout Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Posunout Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Extrudér"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Extrudér *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Hotend je studený"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Posunout o %smm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Posunout o 0,1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Posunout o 1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("Posunout o 10mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Rychlost"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Výška podl."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Tryska"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Tryska ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Podložka"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Komora"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Rychlost vent."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Rychlost vent. ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORED_FAN_N = _UxGT("Ulož. vent. ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Rychlost ex. vent."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Rychlost ex. vent. ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Průtok"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Průtok ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Ovládaní"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" max"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" fakt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Autoteplota"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Zap"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Vyp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE = _UxGT("PID automatika"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_E = _UxGT("PID automatika *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Vybrat"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Vybrat *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Zrychl"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_A _UxGT("-jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VB_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_B _UxGT("-jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VC_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_C _UxGT("-jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VE_JERK = _UxGT("Ve-Jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Odchylka spoje"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VELOCITY = _UxGT("Rychlost"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_A = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("Vmax *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("Vmin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("VTrav Min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Akcelerace"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_A = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Amax *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("A-retrakt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("A-přejezd"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Kroků/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = LCD_STR_A _UxGT("kroků/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT("kroků/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT("kroků/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("Ekroků/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("*kroků/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Teplota"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Pohyb"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E na mm³"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Fil. Prum."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Fil. Prum. *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Vysunout mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Zavést mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("K pro posun"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("K pro posun *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Kontrast LCD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Uložit nastavení"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Načíst nastavení"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("Obnovit výchozí"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("Inic. EEPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Aktualizace z SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Reset tiskárny"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Obnovit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Info obrazovka"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Připrava tisku"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Doladění tisku"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Spustit tisk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_NEXT = _UxGT("Další"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_INIT = _UxGT("Inicializace"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_STOP = _UxGT("Stop"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_PRINT = _UxGT("Tisk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_RESET = _UxGT("Reset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL = _UxGT("Zrušit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_DONE = _UxGT("Hotovo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_BACK = _UxGT("Zpět"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_PROCEED = _UxGT("Pokračovat"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pozastavit tisk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Obnovit tisk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Zastavit tisk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING_OBJECT = _UxGT("Tisk objektu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT = _UxGT("Zrušit objekt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT_N = _UxGT("Zrušit objekt ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY = _UxGT("Obnova výpadku"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Tisknout z SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Žádná SD karta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("Uspáno..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Čekání na uživ..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_PAUSED = _UxGT("Tisk pozastaven"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING = _UxGT("Tisknu..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Tisk zrušen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("Žádný pohyb."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("PŘERUSENO. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("ZASTAVENO. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("Retrakt mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("Výměna Re.mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("Retraktovat V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("Zvednuti Z mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("UnRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("S UnRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("UnRet V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF = _UxGT("S UnRet V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("AutoRetr."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH = _UxGT("Délka retrakce"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH = _UxGT("Délka zavedení"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE = _UxGT("Výměna nástroje"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT = _UxGT("Zdvih Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD = _UxGT("Rychlost primár."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD = _UxGT("Rychlost retrak."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY = _UxGT("Tryska standby"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Vyměnit filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Vyměnit filament *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("Zavést filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Zavést filament *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("Vysunout filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Vysunout filament *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Vysunout vše"); -#define MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP _UxGT("Teplota min") -#define MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP _UxGT("Teplota max") -#define MSG_INFO_PSU _UxGT("Nap. zdroj") -#define MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH _UxGT("Buzení motorů") -#define MSG_DAC_PERCENT _UxGT("Motor %") -#define MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE _UxGT("Uložit do EEPROM") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE _UxGT("TISK POZASTAVEN") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD _UxGT("ZAVEDENÍ FILAMENTU") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD _UxGT("VYSUNUTÍ FILAMENTU") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER _UxGT("MOŽNOSTI OBNOVENÍ:") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE _UxGT("Vytlačit víc") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME _UxGT("Obnovit tisk") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE _UxGT(" Tryska: ") -#define MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR _UxGT("Senzor filamentu") -#define MSG_ERR_HOMING_FAILED _UxGT("Parkování selhalo") -#define MSG_ERR_PROBING_FAILED _UxGT("Kalibrace selhala") -#define MSG_M600_TOO_COLD _UxGT("M600: Moc studený") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("Načíst médium"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Vyměnit médium"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Vysunout médium"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Sonda Z mimo podl"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SKEW_FACTOR = _UxGT("Faktor zkosení"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH = _UxGT("BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("BLTouch self-test"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("BLTouch reset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("BLTouch zasunout"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY = _UxGT("BLTouch vysunout"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE = _UxGT("SW výsun BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE = _UxGT("BLTouch 5V režim"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE = _UxGT("BLTouch OD režim"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE = _UxGT("Uložit režim"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V = _UxGT("Nastavit 5V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD = _UxGT("Nastacit OD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO = _UxGT("Vypsat nastavení"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE = _UxGT("VAROVANÍ: Špatné nastavení může způsobit škody! Pokračovat?"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE = _UxGT("TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT = _UxGT("Inic. TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST = _UxGT("Test Z Ofsetu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE = _UxGT("Uložiy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI = _UxGT("vysunout TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Vysunout Z-sondu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_STOW = _UxGT("Zasunout Z-sondu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Domů %s%s%s první"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Z ofset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Babystep X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Babystep Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Babystep Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_TOTAL = _UxGT("Celkem"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("Endstop abort"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("Chyba zahřívání"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED = _UxGT("Chyba zahř.podl."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Chyba zahř.komory"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP = _UxGT("REDUND. TEPLOTA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY = _UxGT("TEPLOTNÍ ÚNIK"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED = _UxGT("TEPL. ÚNIK PODL."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_CHAMBER = _UxGT("TEPL. ÚNIK KOMORA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP = _UxGT("VYSOKÁ TEPLOTA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP = _UxGT("NÍZKA TEPLOTA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED = _UxGT("VYS. TEPL. PODL."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED = _UxGT("NÍZ. TEPL. PODL."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Err: MAXTEMP KOMORA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Err: MINTEMP KOMORA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING = _UxGT("Domů XY první"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HALTED = _UxGT("TISK. ZASTAVENA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PLEASE_RESET = _UxGT("Proveďte reset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_DAY = _UxGT("d"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_HOUR = _UxGT("h"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_MINUTE = _UxGT("m"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("Zahřívání..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLING = _UxGT("Chlazení..."); + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("Zahřívání podložky"); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("Zahřívání podl."); + #endif + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_COOLING = _UxGT("Chlazení podložky"); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_COOLING = _UxGT("Chlazení podl."); + #endif + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER_HEATING = _UxGT("Zahřívání komory..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER_COOLING = _UxGT("Chlazení komory..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Delta Kalibrace"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Kalibrovat X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Kalibrovat Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Kalibrovat Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("Kalibrovat Střed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Delta nastavení"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Autokalibrace"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Nast.výšku delty"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Nast. Z-ofset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD = _UxGT("Diag rameno"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Výška"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_RADIUS = _UxGT("Poloměr"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MENU = _UxGT("O tiskárně"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("Info o tiskárně"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_3POINT_LEVELING = _UxGT("3-bodové rovnání"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Lineárni rovnání"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Bilineární rovnání"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVELING = _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Mřížkové rovnání"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("Statistika"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Info o desce"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("Termistory"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS = _UxGT("Extrudéry"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("Rychlost"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL = _UxGT("Protokol"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_OFF = _UxGT("Sledování úniku: VYP"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_ON = _UxGT("Sledování úniku: ZAP"); -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER _UxGT("VÝMĚNA FILAMENTU") -#define MSG_MMU2_CHOOSE_FILAMENT_HEADER _UxGT("VYBERTE FILAMENT") -#define MSG_MMU2_MENU _UxGT("MMU") -#define MSG_MMU2_WRONG_FIRMWARE _UxGT("Aktual. MMU firmware!") -#define MSG_MMU2_NOT_RESPONDING _UxGT("MMU potř. pozornost.") -#define MSG_MMU2_RESUME _UxGT("Obnovit tisk") -#define MSG_MMU2_RESUMING _UxGT("Obnovování...") -#define MSG_MMU2_LOAD_FILAMENT _UxGT("Zavést filament") -#define MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL _UxGT("Zavést všechny") -#define MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE _UxGT("Zavést do trysky") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Vysunout filament") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT0 _UxGT("Vysun. filament 1") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT1 _UxGT("Vysun. filament 2") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT2 _UxGT("Vysun. filament 3") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT3 _UxGT("Vysun. filament 4") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT4 _UxGT("Vysun. filament 5") -#define MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT _UxGT("Vytáhnout filament") -#define MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT _UxGT("Zavádění fil. %i...") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT _UxGT("Vytahování fil. ...") -#define MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT _UxGT("Vysouvání fil....") -#define MSG_MMU2_ALL _UxGT("Všechny") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT0 _UxGT("Filament 1") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT1 _UxGT("Filament 2") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT2 _UxGT("Filament 3") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT3 _UxGT("Filament 4") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT4 _UxGT("Filament 5") -#define MSG_MMU2_RESET _UxGT("Resetovat MMU") -#define MSG_MMU2_RESETTING _UxGT("Resetování MMU...") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER _UxGT("Vytáhněte, klikněte") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT = _UxGT("Osvětlení"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Jas světla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("NESPRÁVNÁ TISKÁRNA"); -#define MSG_MIX _UxGT("Mix") -#define MSG_MIX_COMPONENT _UxGT("Komponenta") -#define MSG_MIXER _UxGT("Mixér") -#define MSG_GRADIENT _UxGT("Přechod") -#define MSG_FULL_GRADIENT _UxGT("Celý přechod") -#define MSG_TOGGLE_MIX _UxGT("Přepnout mix") -#define MSG_CYCLE_MIX _UxGT("Střídat mix") -#define MSG_GRADIENT_MIX _UxGT("Přechod mix") -#define MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT _UxGT("Opačný přechod") -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #define MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL _UxGT("Aktivní V-nástroj") - #define MSG_START_VTOOL _UxGT("Spustit V-nástroj") - #define MSG_END_VTOOL _UxGT("Ukončit V-nástroj") - #define MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS _UxGT("Alias V-nástroje") - #define MSG_RESET_VTOOLS _UxGT("Resetovat V-nástroj") - #define MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL _UxGT("Uložit V-nástroj mix") - #define MSG_VTOOLS_RESET _UxGT("V-nástroj resetovat") -#else - #define MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL _UxGT("Aktivní V-nástr.") - #define MSG_START_VTOOL _UxGT("Spustit V-nástr.") - #define MSG_END_VTOOL _UxGT("Ukončit V-nástr.") - #define MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS _UxGT("Alias V-nástr.") - #define MSG_RESET_VTOOLS _UxGT("Reset. V-nástr.") - #define MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL _UxGT("Uložit V-nás. mix") - #define MSG_VTOOLS_RESET _UxGT("V-nástr. reset.") -#endif -#define MSG_START_Z _UxGT("Počáteční Z") -#define MSG_END_Z _UxGT(" Koncové Z") -#define MSG_BRICKOUT _UxGT("Brickout") -#define MSG_INVADERS _UxGT("Invaders") -#define MSG_SNAKE _UxGT("Sn4k3") -#define MSG_MAZE _UxGT("Bludiště") + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Počet tisků"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Dokončeno"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Celkový čas"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Nejdelší tisk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Celkem vytlačeno"); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Tisky"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Hotovo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Čas"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Nejdelší"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Vytlačeno"); + #endif -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("Nesprávná tiskárna") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP = _UxGT("Teplota min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Teplota max"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Nap. zdroj"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Buzení motorů"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Motor %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Motor %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Motor %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Motor %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("DAC uložit EEPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERROR_TMC = _UxGT("TMC CHYBA SPOJENÍ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER = _UxGT("VÝMĚNA FILAMENTU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE = _UxGT("TISK POZASTAVEN"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD = _UxGT("ZAVEDENÍ FILAMENTU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD = _UxGT("VYSUNUTÍ FILAMENTU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER = _UxGT("MOŽNOSTI OBNOVENÍ:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE = _UxGT("Vytlačit víc"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("Obnovit tisk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE = _UxGT(" Tryska: "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR = _UxGT("Senzor filamentu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM = _UxGT("Délka mm senz.fil."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_HOMING_FAILED = _UxGT("Parkování selhalo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_PROBING_FAILED = _UxGT("Kalibrace selhala"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M600_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("M600: Moc studený"); -#if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 - // Up to 3 lines allowed - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_1 _UxGT("Stikněte tlačítko") - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_2 _UxGT("pro obnovení tisku") - #define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT_1 _UxGT("Parkování...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Čekejte prosím") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("na zahájení") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_3 _UxGT("výměny filamentu") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Vložte filament") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("a stiskněte") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3 _UxGT("tlačítko...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Klikněte pro") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_2 _UxGT("nahřátí trysky") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Čekejte prosím") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_2 _UxGT("na nahřátí tr.") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Čekejte prosím") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("na vysunuti") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_3 _UxGT("filamentu") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Čekejte prosím") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 _UxGT("na zavedení") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_3 _UxGT("filamentu") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Vyčkejte na") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_2 _UxGT("vytlačení") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Klikněte pro") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_2 _UxGT("ukončení") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_3 _UxGT("vytlačování") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Čekejte prosím") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("na pokračování") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_3 _UxGT("tisku") -#else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 - // Up to 2 lines allowed - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_1 _UxGT("Stikněte tlač.") - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_2 _UxGT("pro obnovení") - #define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT_1 _UxGT("Parkování...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Čekejte...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Vložte, klikněte") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Klikněte pro") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_2 _UxGT("nahřátí") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Nahřívání...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Vysouvání...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Zavádění...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Vytlačování...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Klikněte pro") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_2 _UxGT("ukončení") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Pokračování...") -#endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_CHOOSE_FILAMENT_HEADER = _UxGT("VYBERTE FILAMENT"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_MENU = _UxGT("MMU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_WRONG_FIRMWARE = _UxGT("Aktual. MMU firmware!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_NOT_RESPONDING = _UxGT("MMU potř. pozornost."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESUME = _UxGT("Obnovit tisk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESUMING = _UxGT("Obnovování..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Zavést filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Zavést všechny"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Zavést do trysky"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Vysunout filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Vysun. filament ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Vytáhnout filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Zavádění fil. %i..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Vytahování fil. ..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Vysouvání fil...."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_ALL = _UxGT("Všechny"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Filament ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESET = _UxGT("Resetovat MMU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESETTING = _UxGT("Resetování MMU..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Vytáhněte, klikněte"); -#define MSG_TMC_DRIVERS _UxGT("TMC budiče") -#define MSG_TMC_CURRENT _UxGT("Proud budičů") -#define MSG_TMC_HYBRID_THRS _UxGT("Hybridní práh") -#define MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS _UxGT("Domů bez senzorů") -#define MSG_TMC_STEPPING_MODE _UxGT("Režim kroků") -#define MSG_TMC_STEALTH_ENABLED _UxGT("StealthChop povolen") -#define MSG_SERVICE_RESET _UxGT("Reset") -#define MSG_SERVICE_IN _UxGT(" za:") -#define MSG_BACKLASH _UxGT("Vůle") -#define MSG_BACKLASH_CORRECTION _UxGT("Korekce") -#define MSG_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING _UxGT("Vyhlazení") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX = _UxGT("Mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_N = _UxGT("Komponenta ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIXER = _UxGT("Mixér"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Přechod"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FULL_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Celý přechod"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOGGLE_MIX = _UxGT("Přepnout mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CYCLE_MIX = _UxGT("Střídat mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT_MIX = _UxGT("Přechod mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Opačný přechod"); + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL = _UxGT("Aktivní V-nástroj"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_VTOOL = _UxGT("Spustit V-nástroj"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_END_VTOOL = _UxGT("Ukončit V-nástroj"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS = _UxGT("Alias V-nástroje"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_VTOOLS = _UxGT("Resetovat V-nástroj"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL = _UxGT("Uložit V-nástroj mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTOOLS_RESET = _UxGT("V-nástroj resetovat"); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL = _UxGT("Aktivní V-nástr."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_VTOOL = _UxGT("Spustit V-nástr."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_END_VTOOL = _UxGT("Ukončit V-nástr."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS = _UxGT("Alias V-nástr."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_VTOOLS = _UxGT("Reset. V-nástr."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL = _UxGT("Uložit V-nás. mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTOOLS_RESET = _UxGT("V-nástr. reset."); + #endif + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_Z = _UxGT("Počáteční Z:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_END_Z = _UxGT(" Koncové Z:"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GAMES = _UxGT("Hry"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BRICKOUT = _UxGT("Brickout"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INVADERS = _UxGT("Invaders"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SNAKE = _UxGT("Sn4k3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAZE = _UxGT("Bludiště"); + + #if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 + // Up to 3 lines allowed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Stikněte tlačítko", "pro obnovení tisku")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Parkování...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Čekejte prosím", "na zahájení", "výměny filamentu")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Vložte filament", "a stiskněte", "tlačítko...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Klikněte pro", "nahřátí trysky")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Čekejte prosím", "na nahřátí tr.")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Čekejte prosím", "na vysunuti", "filamentu")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Čekejte prosím", "na zavedení", "filamentu")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Vyčkejte na", "vytlačení")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Klikněte pro", "ukončení", "vytlačování")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Čekejte prosím", "na pokračování", "tisku")); + #else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + // Up to 2 lines allowed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Stikněte tlač.", "pro obnovení")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Parkování...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Čekejte...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Vložte, klikněte")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Klikněte pro", "nahřátí")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Nahřívání...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Vysouvání...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Zavádění...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Vytlačování...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Klikněte pro", "ukončení")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Pokračování...")); + #endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_DRIVERS = _UxGT("TMC budiče"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_CURRENT = _UxGT("Proud budičů"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_HYBRID_THRS = _UxGT("Hybridní práh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS = _UxGT("Domů bez senzorů"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_STEPPING_MODE = _UxGT("Režim kroků"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_STEALTH_ENABLED = _UxGT("StealthChop povolen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SERVICE_RESET = _UxGT("Reset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SERVICE_IN = _UxGT(" za:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH = _UxGT("Vůle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_A = LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_B = LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_C = LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_CORRECTION = _UxGT("Korekce"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING = _UxGT("Vyhlazení"); +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_da.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_da.h index 6a8d48175d..23d931c174 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_da.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_da.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -30,223 +30,174 @@ */ #define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_1 -#define CHARSIZE 2 -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" er klar") -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("Kort isat") -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("Kort fjernet") -#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Endstops") // Max length 8 characters -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Menu") -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Autostart") -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Slå alle steppere fra") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Auto Home") // G28 -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("Home X") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Home Y") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Home Z") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("Homing XYZ") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("Klik når du er klar") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("Næste punkt") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("Bed level er færdig!") -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Sæt forsk. af home") -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("Forsk. er nu aktiv") -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Sæt origin") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Forvarm " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N _UxGT("Forvarm " PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL _UxGT("Forvarm " PREHEAT_1_LABEL " Alle") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY _UxGT("Forvarm " PREHEAT_1_LABEL " Bed") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS _UxGT("Forvarm " PREHEAT_1_LABEL " conf") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Forvarm " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N _UxGT("Forvarm " PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL _UxGT("Forvarm " PREHEAT_2_LABEL " Alle") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY _UxGT("Forvarm " PREHEAT_2_LABEL " Bed") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS _UxGT("Forvarm " PREHEAT_2_LABEL " conf") -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Afkøl") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Slå strøm til") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Slå strøm fra") -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Extruder") -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Retract") -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Flyt akser") -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("Juster bed") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Juster bed") -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Flyt X") -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Flyt Y") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Flyt Z") -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Extruder") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("Flyt %smm") -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("Flyt 0.1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("Flyt 1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("Flyt 10mm") -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Hastighed") -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Plade Z") -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("Dyse") +namespace Language_da { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English -#define MSG_BED _UxGT("Plade") -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Blæser hastighed") -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Flow") -#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Kontrol") -#define MSG_MIN _UxGT(" \002 Min") -#define MSG_MAX _UxGT(" \002 Max") -#define MSG_FACTOR _UxGT(" \002 Fact") -#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Autotemp") -#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("Til") -#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("Fra") -#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") -#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") -#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") -#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") -#define MSG_SELECT _UxGT("Vælg") -#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("Accel") -#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Jerk") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Va-jerk") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vb-jerk") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vc-jerk") -#else - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Vx-jerk") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vy-jerk") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vz-jerk") -#endif -#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("Ve-jerk") -#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("Vmax ") -#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("Vmin") -#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("VTrav min") -#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("Amax ") -#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("A-retract") -#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("A-rejse") -#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Steps/mm") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Asteps/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Bsteps/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Csteps/mm") -#else - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Xsteps/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Ysteps/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Zsteps/mm") -#endif -#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("Esteps/mm") -#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("E1steps/mm") -#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("E2steps/mm") -#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("E3steps/mm") -#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("E4steps/mm") -#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("E5steps/mm") -#define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("E6steps/mm") -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Temperatur") -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Bevægelse") -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Filament") -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("E i mm3") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Fil. Dia.") -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("LCD kontrast") -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Gem i EEPROM") -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Hent fra EEPROM") -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Gendan failsafe") -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("Genopfrisk") -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Info skærm") -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Forbered") -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Tune") -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Pause printet") -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Forsæt printet") -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Stop printet") -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("Print fra SD") -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("Intet SD kort") -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("Dvale...") -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Venter på bruger...") -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Print annulleret") -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("Ingen bevægelse.") -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("DRÆBT. ") -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("STOPPET. ") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("Tilbagetræk mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Skift Re.mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("Tilbagetræk V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Hop mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("UnRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("Skift UnRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("UnRet V") -#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("AutoRetr.") -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Skift filament") -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("Init. SD card") -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("Skift SD kort") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Probe udenfor plade") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST _UxGT("BLTouch Selv-Test") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET _UxGT("Reset BLTouch") -#define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("Home %s%s%s først") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Z Offset") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Babystep X") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Babystep Y") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Babystep Z") -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Endstop abort") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("Opvarmning fejlet") -#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("Fejl: reserve temp") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("Temp løber løbsk") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("Fejl: Maks temp") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("Fejl: Min temp") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("Fejl: Maks Plade temp") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("Fejl: Min Plade temp") -#define MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING _UxGT("Home XY først") -#define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("PRINTER STOPPET") -#define MSG_PLEASE_RESET _UxGT("Reset Venligst") -#define MSG_SHORT_DAY _UxGT("d") // Kun et bogstav -#define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("h") // Kun et bogstav -#define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("m") // Kun et bogstav -#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("Opvarmer...") -#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Opvarmer plade...") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Delta Kalibrering") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Kalibrer X") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Kalibrer Y") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Kalibrer Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Kalibrerings Center") + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 2; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Danish"); -#define MSG_INFO_MENU _UxGT("Om Printer") -#define MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU _UxGT("Printer Info") -#define MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU _UxGT("Printer Stats") -#define MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU _UxGT("Kort Info") -#define MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU _UxGT("Thermistors") -#define MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS _UxGT("Extruders") -#define MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE _UxGT("Baud") -#define MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL _UxGT("Protocol") + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" er klar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("Kort isat"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("Kort fjernet"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Menu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Slå alle steppere fra"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Auto Home"); // G28 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("Klik når du er klar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("Næste punkt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("Bed level er færdig!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Sæt forsk. af home"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Forsk. er nu aktiv"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Sæt origin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" end") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" end ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Alle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" conf"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" end") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" end ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Alle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" conf"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Afkøl"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Slå strøm til"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Slå strøm fra"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Extruder"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("Flyt akser"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("Juster bed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Juster bed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("Flyt X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Flyt Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Flyt Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Flyt %smm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Flyt 0.1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Flyt 1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("Flyt 10mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Hastighed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Plade Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Dyse"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Dyse ~"); -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Ant. Prints") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Færdige") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Total print tid") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Længste print") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Total Extruderet") -#else - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Prints") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Færdige") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Total") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Længste") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Extruderet") -#endif + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Plade"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Blæser hastighed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Blæser hastighed ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Kontrol"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = _UxGT(" \002 Min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = _UxGT(" \002 Max"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = _UxGT(" \002 Fact"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Autotemp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Til"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Fra"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Vælg"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Vælg *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("A-retract"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("A-rejse"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperatur"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Bevægelse"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E i mm³"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Fil. Dia."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("LCD kontrast"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Gem i EEPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Hent fra EEPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("Gendan Defaults"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Genopfrisk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Info skærm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Forbered"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pause printet"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Forsæt printet"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Stop printet"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Print fra SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Intet SD kort"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("Dvale..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Venter på bruger..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Print annulleret"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("Ingen bevægelse."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("DRÆBT. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("STOPPET. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("Tilbagetræk mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("Skift Re.mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("Tilbagetræk V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("Hop mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("UnRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("Skift UnRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("UnRet V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("AutoRetr."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Skift filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Skift filament *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Skift SD kort"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Probe udenfor plade"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("BLTouch Selv-Test"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Home %s%s%s først"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("Opvarmning fejlet"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP = _UxGT("Fejl: reserve temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY = _UxGT("Temp løber løbsk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP = _UxGT("Fejl: Maks temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP = _UxGT("Fejl: Min temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Fejl: Maks Plade temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Fejl: Min Plade temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING = _UxGT("Home XY først"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HALTED = _UxGT("PRINTER STOPPET"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PLEASE_RESET = _UxGT("Reset Venligst"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_DAY = _UxGT("d"); // Kun et bogstav + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_HOUR = _UxGT("h"); // Kun et bogstav + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_MINUTE = _UxGT("m"); // Kun et bogstav + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("Opvarmer..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("Opvarmer plade..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Delta Kalibrering"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Kalibrer X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Kalibrer Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Kalibrer Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("Kalibrerings Center"); -#define MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP _UxGT("Min Temp") -#define MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP _UxGT("Max Temp") -#define MSG_INFO_PSU _UxGT("Strømfors.") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MENU = _UxGT("Om Printer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Kort Info"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("Thermistors"); -#define MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH _UxGT("Driv Styrke") -#define MSG_DAC_PERCENT _UxGT("Driv %") -#define MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE _UxGT("DAC EEPROM Skriv") + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Ant. Prints"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Færdige"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Total print tid"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Længste print"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Total Extruderet"); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Prints"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Færdige"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Total"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Længste"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Extruderet"); + #endif -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME _UxGT("Forsæt print") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Strømfors."); -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("Forkert printer") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Driv Styrke"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Driv %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Driv %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Driv %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Driv %"); -#if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Vent på start") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("af filament") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_3 _UxGT("skift") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Vent på") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("filament udskyd.") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Indsæt filament") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("og tryk på knap") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3 _UxGT("for at fortsætte...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Vent på") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 _UxGT("filament indtag") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Vent på at print") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("fortsætter") -#else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Vent venligst...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Udskyder...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Indsæt og klik") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Indtager...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Fortsætter...") -#endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("DAC EEPROM Skriv"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("Forsæt print"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("Forkert printer"); + + #if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Vent på start", "af filament", "skift")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Vent på", "filament udskyd.")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Indsæt filament", "og tryk på knap", "for at fortsætte...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Vent på", "filament indtag")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Vent på at print", "fortsætter")); + #else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Vent venligst...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Udskyder...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Indsæt og klik")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Indtager...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Fortsætter...")); + #endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_de.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_de.h index 76acb55e80..cd201ded34 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_de.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_de.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -29,545 +29,536 @@ * */ -#define CHARSIZE 2 +namespace Language_de { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English -#define THIS_LANGUAGES_SPECIAL_SYMBOLS _UxGT("ÄäÖöÜüß²³") + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 2; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Deutsche"); -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" bereit") -#define MSG_YES _UxGT("JA") -#define MSG_NO _UxGT("NEIN") -#define MSG_BACK _UxGT("Zurück") -#define MSG_MEDIA_ABORTING _UxGT("Abbruch...") -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("Medium erkannt") -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("Medium entfernt") -#define MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED _UxGT("Medium freigegeben") -#define MSG_MEDIA_WAITING _UxGT("Warten auf Medium") -#define MSG_MEDIA_READ_ERROR _UxGT("Medium Lesefehler") -#define MSG_MEDIA_USB_REMOVED _UxGT("USB Gerät entfernt") -#define MSG_MEDIA_USB_FAILED _UxGT("USB Start fehlge.") -#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Endstopp") // Max length 8 characters -#define MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Software-Endstopp") -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Hauptmenü") -#define MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS _UxGT("Erw. Einstellungen") -#define MSG_CONFIGURATION _UxGT("Konfiguration") -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Autostart") -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Motoren deaktivieren") // M84 :: Max length 19 characters -#define MSG_DEBUG_MENU _UxGT("Debug-Menü") -#define MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST _UxGT("Statusbalken-Test") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Home XYZ") // G28 -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("Home X") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Home Y") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Home Z") -#define MSG_AUTO_Z_ALIGN _UxGT("Z-Achsen ausgleichen") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("Home XYZ") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("Klick zum Starten") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("Nächste Koordinate") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("Nivellieren fertig!") -#define MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT _UxGT("Ausblendhöhe") -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Setze Homeversatz") -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("Homeversatz aktiv") -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Setze Nullpunkte") //"G92 X0 Y0 Z0" commented out in ultralcd.cpp -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(PREHEAT_1_LABEL " Vorwärmen") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N _UxGT(PREHEAT_1_LABEL " Vorwärmen ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL _UxGT(PREHEAT_1_LABEL " Alles Vorwärmen") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_END _UxGT(PREHEAT_1_LABEL " Extr. Vorwärmen") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY _UxGT(PREHEAT_1_LABEL " Bett Vorwärmen") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS _UxGT(PREHEAT_1_LABEL " Einstellungen") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(PREHEAT_2_LABEL " Vorwärmen") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N _UxGT(PREHEAT_2_LABEL " Vorwärmen ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL _UxGT(PREHEAT_2_LABEL " Alles Vorwärmen") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_END _UxGT(PREHEAT_2_LABEL " Extr. Vorwärmen") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY _UxGT(PREHEAT_2_LABEL " Bett Vorwärmen") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS _UxGT(PREHEAT_2_LABEL " Einstellungen") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM _UxGT("benutzerdef. Heizen") -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Abkühlen") -#define MSG_LASER_MENU _UxGT("Laser") -#define MSG_LASER_OFF _UxGT("Laser aus") -#define MSG_LASER_ON _UxGT("Laser an") -#define MSG_LASER_POWER _UxGT("Laserleistung") -#define MSG_SPINDLE_MENU _UxGT("Spindel-Steuerung") -#define MSG_SPINDLE_OFF _UxGT("Spindel aus") -#define MSG_SPINDLE_ON _UxGT("Spindel an") -#define MSG_SPINDLE_POWER _UxGT("Spindelleistung") -#define MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE _UxGT("Spindelrichtung") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Netzteil ein") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Netzteil aus") -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Extrudieren") -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Einzug") -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Achsen bewegen") -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("Bett-Nivellierung") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Bett nivellieren") -#define MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS _UxGT("Ecken nivellieren") -#define MSG_NEXT_CORNER _UxGT("Nächste Ecke") -#define MSG_MESH_EDITOR _UxGT("Netz Editor") -#define MSG_EDIT_MESH _UxGT("Netz bearbeiten") -#define MSG_EDITING_STOPPED _UxGT("Netzbearb. angeh.") -#define MSG_PROBING_MESH _UxGT("Messpunkt") -#define MSG_MESH_X _UxGT("Index X") -#define MSG_MESH_Y _UxGT("Index Y") -#define MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z _UxGT("Z-Wert") -#define MSG_USER_MENU _UxGT("Benutzer-Menü") -#define MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH _UxGT("Berührungspunkt") -#define MSG_M48_TEST _UxGT("M48 Sondentest") -#define MSG_M48_POINT _UxGT("M48 Punkt") -#define MSG_M48_DEVIATION _UxGT("Abweichung") -#define MSG_IDEX_MENU _UxGT("IDEX-Modus") -#define MSG_OFFSETS_MENU _UxGT("Werkzeugversätze") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK _UxGT("Autom. parken") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE _UxGT("Duplizieren") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY _UxGT("Spiegelkopie") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL _UxGT("vollstä. Kontrolle") -#define MSG_X_OFFSET _UxGT("2. Düse X") -#define MSG_Y_OFFSET _UxGT("2. Düse Y") -#define MSG_Z_OFFSET _UxGT("2. Düse Z") -#define MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 _UxGT("G29 ausführen") -#define MSG_UBL_TOOLS _UxGT("UBL-Werkzeuge") -#define MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling") -#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH _UxGT("Netz manuell erst.") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT _UxGT("Unterlegen & messen") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 _UxGT("Messen") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE _UxGT("Entfernen & messen") -#define MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT _UxGT("Nächster Punkt...") -#define MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("UBL aktivieren") -#define MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("UBL deaktivieren") -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED _UxGT("Betttemperatur") -#define MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND _UxGT("Hotend-Temp.") -#define MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT _UxGT("Netz bearbeiten") -#define MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Eigenes Netz bearb.") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH _UxGT("Feineinstellung...") -#define MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH _UxGT("Bearbeitung beendet") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Eigenes Netz erst.") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Netz erstellen") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 _UxGT(PREHEAT_1_LABEL " Netz erstellen") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 _UxGT(PREHEAT_2_LABEL " Netz erstellen") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH _UxGT("Netz erstellen kalt") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST _UxGT("Netzhöhe einst.") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT _UxGT("Höhe") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Netz validieren") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 _UxGT(PREHEAT_1_LABEL " Netz validieren") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 _UxGT(PREHEAT_2_LABEL " Netz validieren") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Eig. Netz validieren") -#define MSG_G26_HEATING_NOZZLE _UxGT("G26 Heating Nozzle") -#define MSG_G26_HEATING_BED _UxGT("G26 heizt Bett") -#define MSG_G26_FIXED_LENGTH _UxGT("Feste Länge Prime") -#define MSG_G26_PRIME_DONE _UxGT("Priming fertig") -#define MSG_G26_CANCELED _UxGT("G26 abgebrochen") -#define MSG_G26_LEAVING _UxGT("G26 verlassen") -#define MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH _UxGT("Netzerst. forts.") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Netz-Nivellierung") -#define MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("3-Punkt-Nivell.") -#define MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Gitternetz-Nivell.") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL _UxGT("Netz nivellieren") -#define MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS _UxGT("Eckpunkte") -#define MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE _UxGT("Kartentyp") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP _UxGT("Karte ausgeben") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST _UxGT("Ausgabe für Host") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV _UxGT("Ausgabe für CSV") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP _UxGT("Externe Sicherung") -#define MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL _UxGT("UBL-Info ausgeben") -#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT _UxGT("Menge an Füllung") -#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN _UxGT("Manuelles Füllen") -#define MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN _UxGT("Cleveres Füllen") -#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH _UxGT("Netz Füllen") -#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL _UxGT("Alles annullieren") -#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Nächstlieg. ann.") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL _UxGT("Feineinst. Alles") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Feineinst. Nächstl.") -#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Netz-Speicherplatz") -#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT _UxGT("Speicherort") -#define MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH _UxGT("Bettnetz laden") -#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH _UxGT("Bettnetz speichern") -#define MSG_MESH_LOADED _UxGT("Netz %i geladen") -#define MSG_MESH_SAVED _UxGT("Netz %i gespeichert") -#define MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE _UxGT("Kein Speicher") -#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR _UxGT("Err:UBL speichern") -#define MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR _UxGT("Err:UBL wiederherst.") -#define MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET _UxGT("Z-Versatz: ") -#define MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED _UxGT("Z-Versatz angehalten") -#define MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU _UxGT("Schrittweises UBL") + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" bereit"); -#define MSG_LED_CONTROL _UxGT("Licht-Steuerung") -#define MSG_LEDS _UxGT("Licht") -#define MSG_LED_PRESETS _UxGT("Licht-Einstellung") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_RED _UxGT("Rot") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE _UxGT("Orange") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW _UxGT("Gelb") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN _UxGT("Grün") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE _UxGT("Blau") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO _UxGT("Indigo") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET _UxGT("Violett") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE _UxGT("Weiß") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT _UxGT("Standard") -#define MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS _UxGT("Benutzerdefiniert") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_R _UxGT("Intensität Rot") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_G _UxGT("Intensität Grün") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_B _UxGT("Intensität Blau") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_W _UxGT("Intensität Weiß") -#define MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("Helligkeit") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_YES = _UxGT("JA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO = _UxGT("NEIN"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACK = _UxGT("Zurück"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_ABORTING = _UxGT("Abbruch..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("Medium erkannt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("Medium entfernt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED = _UxGT("Medium freigegeben"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_WAITING = _UxGT("Warten auf Medium"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_READ_ERROR = _UxGT("Medium Lesefehler"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_REMOVED = _UxGT("USB Gerät entfernt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_FAILED = _UxGT("USB Start fehlge."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Endstopp"); // Max length 8 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Software-Endstopp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Hauptmenü"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Erw. Einstellungen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONFIGURATION = _UxGT("Konfiguration"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("Autostart"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Motoren deaktivieren"); // M84 :: Max length 19 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DEBUG_MENU = _UxGT("Debug-Menü"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST = _UxGT("Statusbalken-Test"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_Z_ALIGN = _UxGT("Z-Achsen ausgleichen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("Klick zum Starten"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("Nächste Koordinate"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("Nivellieren fertig!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Ausblendhöhe"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Setze Homeversatz"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Homeversatz aktiv"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Setze Nullpunkte"); //"G92 X0 Y0 Z0" commented out in ultralcd.cpp + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Vorwärmen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Vorwärmen") " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Extr. Vorwärmen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Extr. Vorwärm. ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Alles Vorwärmen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bett Vorwärmen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Einstellungen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Vorwärmen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Vorwärmen") " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Extr. Vorwärmen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Extr. Vorwärm. ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Alles Vorwärmen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bett Vorwärmen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Einstellungen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM = _UxGT("benutzerdef. Heizen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Abkühlen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_MENU = _UxGT("Laser"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_OFF = _UxGT("Laser aus"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_ON = _UxGT("Laser an"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_POWER = _UxGT("Laserleistung"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_MENU = _UxGT("Spindel-Steuerung"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_OFF = _UxGT("Spindel aus"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_ON = _UxGT("Spindel an"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_POWER = _UxGT("Spindelleistung"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE = _UxGT("Spindelrichtung"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Netzteil ein"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Netzteil aus"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Extrudieren"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("Einzug"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("Achsen bewegen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("Bett-Nivellierung"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Bett nivellieren"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS = _UxGT("Ecken nivellieren"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NEXT_CORNER = _UxGT("Nächste Ecke"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDITOR = _UxGT("Netz Editor"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDIT_MESH = _UxGT("Netz bearbeiten"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDITING_STOPPED = _UxGT("Netzbearb. angeh."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROBING_MESH = _UxGT("Messpunkt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_X = _UxGT("Index X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_Y = _UxGT("Index Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z = _UxGT("Z-Wert"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USER_MENU = _UxGT("Benutzer-Menü"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH = _UxGT("Berührungspunkt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_TEST = _UxGT("M48 Sondentest"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_POINT = _UxGT("M48 Punkt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Abweichung"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MENU = _UxGT("IDEX-Modus"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OFFSETS_MENU = _UxGT("Werkzeugversätze"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK = _UxGT("Autom. parken"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE = _UxGT("Duplizieren"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY = _UxGT("Spiegelkopie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL = _UxGT("vollstä. Kontrolle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X = _UxGT("2. Düse X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y = _UxGT("2. Düse Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z = _UxGT("2. Düse Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("G29 ausführen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_TOOLS = _UxGT("UBL-Werkzeuge"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH = _UxGT("Netz manuell erst."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT = _UxGT("Unterlegen & messen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 = _UxGT("Messen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE = _UxGT("Entfernen & messen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT = _UxGT("Nächster Punkt..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("UBL aktivieren"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("UBL deaktivieren"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED = _UxGT("Betttemperatur"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Betttemperatur"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND = _UxGT("Hotend-Temp."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Hotend-Temp."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT = _UxGT("Netz bearbeiten"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Eigenes Netz bearb."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH = _UxGT("Feineinstellung..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH = _UxGT("Bearbeitung beendet"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Eigenes Netz erst."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Netz erstellen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Netz erstellen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Netz erstellen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("Netz erstellen kalt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST = _UxGT("Netzhöhe einst."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Höhe"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Netz validieren"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Netz validieren"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Netz validieren"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Eig. Netz validieren"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_NOZZLE = _UxGT("G26 Heating Nozzle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_BED = _UxGT("G26 heizt Bett"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_FIXED_LENGTH = _UxGT("Feste Länge Prime"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_PRIME_DONE = _UxGT("Priming fertig"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_CANCELED = _UxGT("G26 abgebrochen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_LEAVING = _UxGT("G26 verlassen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH = _UxGT("Netzerst. forts."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Netz-Nivellierung"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("3-Punkt-Nivell."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Gitternetz-Nivell."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL = _UxGT("Netz nivellieren"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS = _UxGT("Eckpunkte"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE = _UxGT("Kartentyp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP = _UxGT("Karte ausgeben"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST = _UxGT("Ausgabe für Host"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV = _UxGT("Ausgabe für CSV"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP = _UxGT("Externe Sicherung"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL = _UxGT("UBL-Info ausgeben"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Menge an Füllung"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN = _UxGT("Manuelles Füllen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("Cleveres Füllen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH = _UxGT("Netz Füllen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL = _UxGT("Alles annullieren"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Nächstlieg. ann."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("Feineinst. Alles"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Feineinst. Nächstl."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Netz-Speicherplatz"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT = _UxGT("Speicherort"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH = _UxGT("Bettnetz laden"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("Bettnetz speichern"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LOADED = _UxGT("M117 Netz %i geladen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_SAVED = _UxGT("M117 Netz %i gespeichert"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE = _UxGT("Kein Speicher"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR = _UxGT("Err:UBL speichern"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR = _UxGT("Err:UBL wiederherst."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET = _UxGT("Z-Versatz: "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED = _UxGT("Z-Versatz angehalten"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU = _UxGT("Schrittweises UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_1_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("1.Netz erstellen kalt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_2_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("2.Cleveres Füllen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("3.Netz validieren"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_4_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("4.Feineinst. Alles"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_5_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("5.Netz validieren"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_6_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("6.Feineinst. Alles"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_7_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("7.Bettnetz speichern"); -#define MSG_MOVING _UxGT("In Bewegung...") -#define MSG_FREE_XY _UxGT("Abstand XY") -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Bewege X") -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Bewege Y") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Bewege Z") -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Bewege Extruder") -#define MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD _UxGT("Hotend zu kalt") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT(" %s mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT(" 0,1 mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT(" 1,0 mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("10,0 mm") -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Geschw.") -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Bett Z") -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("Düse") -#define MSG_BED _UxGT("Bett") -#define MSG_CHAMBER _UxGT("Gehäuse") -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Lüfter") -#define MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Geschw. Extralüfter") -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Flussrate") -#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Einstellungen") -#define MSG_MIN LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" min") -#define MSG_MAX LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" max") -#define MSG_FACTOR LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Faktor") -#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Auto Temperatur") -#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("an") -#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("aus") -#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID P") -#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID I") -#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID D") -#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID C") -#define MSG_SELECT _UxGT("Auswählen") -#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("Beschleunigung") -#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Jerk") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("V A Jerk") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("V B Jerk") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("V C Jerk") -#else - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("V X Jerk") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("V Y Jerk") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("V Z Jerk") -#endif -#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("V E Jerk") -#define MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION _UxGT("Junction Dev") -#define MSG_VELOCITY _UxGT("Geschwindigkeit") -#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("V max ") // space intentional -#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("V min ") -#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("V min Leerfahrt") -#define MSG_ACCELERATION _UxGT("Beschleunigung") -#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("A max ") // space intentional -#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("A Einzug") -#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("A Leerfahrt") -#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Steps/mm") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("A Steps/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("B Steps/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("C Steps/mm") -#else - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("X Steps/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Y Steps/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Z Steps/mm") -#endif -#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("E Steps/mm") -#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("E1 Steps/mm") -#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("E2 Steps/mm") -#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("E3 Steps/mm") -#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("E4 Steps/mm") -#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("E5 Steps/mm") -#define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("E6 Steps/mm") -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Temperatur") -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Bewegung") -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Filament") -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("E in mm³") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Filamentdurchmesser") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD _UxGT("Entladen mm") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD _UxGT("Laden mm") -#define MSG_ADVANCE_K _UxGT("Vorschubfaktor") -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("LCD-Kontrast") -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Konfig. speichern") -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Konfig. laden") -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Standardwerte laden") -#define MSG_INIT_EEPROM _UxGT("Werkseinstellungen") -#define MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE _UxGT("FW Update vom Medium") -#define MSG_RESET_PRINTER _UxGT("Drucker neustarten") -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("Aktualisieren") -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Info") -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Vorbereitung") -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Justierung") -#define MSG_START_PRINT _UxGT("Starte Druck") -#define MSG_BUTTON_NEXT _UxGT("Weiter") -#define MSG_BUTTON_INIT _UxGT("Bestätigen") -#define MSG_BUTTON_STOP _UxGT("Stop") -#define MSG_BUTTON_PRINT _UxGT("Drucken") -#define MSG_BUTTON_RESET _UxGT("Reseten") -#define MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL _UxGT("Abbrechen") -#define MSG_BUTTON_DONE _UxGT("Fertig") -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("SD-Druck pausieren") -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("SD-Druck fortsetzen") -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("SD-Druck abbrechen") -#define MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY _UxGT("Wiederh. n. Stroma.") -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("Druck vom Medium") -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("Kein Medium") -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("Warten...") -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Klick zum Fortsetzen") -#define MSG_PRINT_PAUSED _UxGT("Druck pausiert...") -#define MSG_PRINTING _UxGT("Druckt...") -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Druck abgebrochen") -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("Motoren angeschaltet") -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("ABGEBROCHEN") -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("ANGEHALTEN") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("Einzug mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Wechs. Einzug mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("V Einzug") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Z-Sprung mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("UnRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("Wechs. UnRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("UnRet V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF _UxGT("S UnRet V") -#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("Autom. Einzug") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH _UxGT("Einzugslänge") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH _UxGT("Entladelänge") -#define MSG_TOOL_CHANGE _UxGT("Werkzeugwechsel") -#define MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT _UxGT("Z anheben") -#define MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD _UxGT("Prime-Geschwin.") -#define MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD _UxGT("Einzug-Geschwin.") -#define MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY _UxGT("Düsen-Standby") -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Filament wechseln") -#define MSG_FILAMENTLOAD _UxGT("Filament laden") -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD _UxGT("Filament entladen") -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL _UxGT("Alles entladen") -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("Medium initial.") // Manually initialize the SD-card via user interface -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("Medium getauscht") // SD-card changed by user. For machines with no autocarddetect. Both send "M21" -#define MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA _UxGT("Medium freigeben") // if Marlin gets confused - M22 -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Z-Sonde außerhalb") -#define MSG_SKEW_FACTOR _UxGT("Korrekturfaktor") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH _UxGT("BLTouch") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST _UxGT("BLTouch Selbsttest") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET _UxGT("BLTouch zurücks.") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY _UxGT("BLTouch ausfahren") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE _UxGT("BLTouch SW-Modus") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE _UxGT("BLTouch 5V-Modus") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE _UxGT("BLTouch OD-Modus") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE _UxGT("BLTouch Mode Store") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V _UxGT("BLTouch auf 5V") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD _UxGT("BLTouch auf OD") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW _UxGT("BLTouch einfahren") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO _UxGT("BLTouch Modus: ") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE _UxGT("ACHTUNG: Falsche Einstellung - kann zu Beschädigung führen! Fortfahren?") -#define MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE _UxGT("TouchMI") -#define MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT _UxGT("TouchMI initial.") -#define MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST _UxGT("Test Z-Versatz") -#define MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE _UxGT("Speichern") -#define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI _UxGT("TouchMI ausfahren") -#define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY _UxGT("Z-Sonde ausfahren") -#define MSG_MANUAL_STOW _UxGT("Z-Sonde einfahren") -#define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("Vorher %s%s%s homen") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Sondenversatz Z") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Babystep X") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Babystep Y") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Babystep Z") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_TOTAL _UxGT("Total") -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Abbr. mit Endstopp") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("HEIZEN ERFOLGLOS") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED _UxGT("Bett heizen fehlge.") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_CHAMBER _UxGT("Geh. heizen fehlge.") -#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("REDUND. TEMP-ABWEI.") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" NICHT ERREICHT") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED _UxGT("BETT") MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_CHAMBER _UxGT("GEH.") MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" ÜBERSCHRITTEN") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" UNTERSCHRITTEN") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("BETT ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" ÜBERSCHRITTEN") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("BETT ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" UNTERSCHRITTEN") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_CHAMBER _UxGT("Err:Gehäuse max Temp") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_CHAMBER _UxGT("Err:Gehäuse min Temp") -#define MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING _UxGT("Vorher XY vorher") -#define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("DRUCKER GESTOPPT") -#define MSG_PLEASE_RESET _UxGT("Bitte neustarten") -#define MSG_SHORT_DAY _UxGT("t") // One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("h") // One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("m") // One character only -#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("heizt...") -#define MSG_COOLING _UxGT("kühlt...") -#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Bett heizt...") -#define MSG_BED_COOLING _UxGT("Bett kühlt...") -#define MSG_CHAMBER_HEATING _UxGT("Gehäuse heizt...") -#define MSG_CHAMBER_COOLING _UxGT("Gehäuse kühlt...") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Delta kalibrieren") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Kalibriere X") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Kalibriere Y") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Kalibriere Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Kalibriere Mitte") -#define MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS _UxGT("Delta Einst. anzeig.") -#define MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Autom. Kalibrierung") -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Delta Höhe setzen") -#define MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Sondenversatz Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD _UxGT("Diag Rod") -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT _UxGT("Höhe") -#define MSG_DELTA_RADIUS _UxGT("Radius") -#define MSG_INFO_MENU _UxGT("Über den Drucker") -#define MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU _UxGT("Drucker-Info") -#define MSG_3POINT_LEVELING _UxGT("3-Punkt-Nivellierung") -#define MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("Lineare Nivellierung") -#define MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("Bilineare Nivell.") -#define MSG_UBL_LEVELING _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling") -#define MSG_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Netz-Nivellierung") -#define MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU _UxGT("Drucker-Statistik") -#define MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU _UxGT("Board-Info") -#define MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU _UxGT("Thermistoren") -#define MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS _UxGT("Extruder") -#define MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE _UxGT("Baudrate") -#define MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL _UxGT("Protokoll") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT _UxGT("Beleuchtung") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("Helligkeit") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_CONTROL = _UxGT("Licht-Steuerung"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEDS = _UxGT("Licht"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_PRESETS = _UxGT("Licht-Einstellung"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_RED = _UxGT("Rot"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE = _UxGT("Orange"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW = _UxGT("Gelb"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN = _UxGT("Grün"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE = _UxGT("Blau"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO = _UxGT("Indigo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET = _UxGT("Violett"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE = _UxGT("Weiß"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT = _UxGT("Standard"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS = _UxGT("Benutzerdefiniert"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_R = _UxGT("Intensität Rot"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_G = _UxGT("Intensität Grün"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_B = _UxGT("Intensität Blau"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_W = _UxGT("Intensität Weiß"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Helligkeit"); -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("Falscher Drucker") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVING = _UxGT("In Bewegung..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FREE_XY = _UxGT("Abstand XY"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("Bewege X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Bewege Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Bewege Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Bewege Extruder"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Bewege Extruder *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Hotend zu kalt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT(" %s mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT(" 0,1 mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT(" 1,0 mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("10,0 mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Geschw."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Bett Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Düse"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Düse ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Bett"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Gehäuse"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Lüfter"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Lüfter ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Geschw. Extralüfter"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Geschw. Extralüfter ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROLLER_FAN = _UxGT("Lüfter Kontroller"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROLLER_FAN_IDLE_SPEED = _UxGT("Lüfter Leerlauf"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROLLER_FAN_AUTO_ON = _UxGT("Motorlast Modus"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROLLER_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Lüfter Motorlast"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROLLER_FAN_DURATION = _UxGT("Ausschalt Delay"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Flussrate"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Flussrate ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Einstellungen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" max"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Faktor"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Auto Temperatur"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("an"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("aus"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Auswählen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Auswählen *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Beschleunigung"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("V ") LCD_STR_A _UxGT(" Jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VB_JERK = _UxGT("V ") LCD_STR_B _UxGT(" Jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VC_JERK = _UxGT("V ") LCD_STR_C _UxGT(" Jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VE_JERK = _UxGT("V E Jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Junction Dev"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VELOCITY = _UxGT("Geschwindigkeit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_A = _UxGT("V max ") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("V max ") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("V max ") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("V max ") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("V max *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("V min "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("V min Leerfahrt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Beschleunigung"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX = _UxGT("A max "); // space intentional + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_A = _UxGT("A max ") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("A max ") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("A max ") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("A max ") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("A max *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("A Einzug"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("A Leerfahrt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Steps/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = LCD_STR_A _UxGT(" Steps/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT(" Steps/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT(" Steps/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = LCD_STR_E _UxGT(" Steps/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("* Steps/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperatur"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Bewegung"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E in mm³"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Filamentdurchmesser"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Filamentdurchmesser *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Entladen mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Laden mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("Vorschubfaktor"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("Vorschubfaktor *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("LCD-Kontrast"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Konfig. speichern"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Konfig. laden"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("Standardwerte laden"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("Werkseinstellungen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("FW Update vom Medium"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Drucker neustarten"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Aktualisieren"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Info"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Vorbereitung"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Justierung"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Starte Druck"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_NEXT = _UxGT("Weiter"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_INIT = _UxGT("Bestätigen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_STOP = _UxGT("Stop"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_PRINT = _UxGT("Drucken"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_RESET = _UxGT("Reseten"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL = _UxGT("Abbrechen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_DONE = _UxGT("Fertig"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("SD-Druck pausieren"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("SD-Druck fortsetzen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("SD-Druck abbrechen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY = _UxGT("Wiederh. n. Stroma."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Druck vom Medium"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Kein Medium"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("Warten..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Klick zum Fortsetzen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_PAUSED = _UxGT("Druck pausiert..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING = _UxGT("Druckt..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Druck abgebrochen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("Motoren angeschaltet"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("ABGEBROCHEN"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("ANGEHALTEN"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("Einzug mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("Wechs. Einzug mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("V Einzug"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("Z-Sprung mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("UnRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("Wechs. UnRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("UnRet V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF = _UxGT("S UnRet V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Autom. Einzug"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH = _UxGT("Einzugslänge"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH = _UxGT("Entladelänge"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE = _UxGT("Werkzeugwechsel"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT = _UxGT("Z anheben"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD = _UxGT("Prime-Geschwin."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD = _UxGT("Einzug-Geschwin."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY = _UxGT("Düsen-Standby"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Filament wechseln"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Filament wechseln *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("Filament laden"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Filament laden *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("Filament entladen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Filament entladen *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Alles entladen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("Medium initial."); // Manually initialize the SD-card via user interface + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Medium getauscht"); // SD-card changed by user. For machines with no autocarddetect. Both send "M21" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Medium freigeben"); // if Marlin gets confused - M22 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Z-Sonde außerhalb"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SKEW_FACTOR = _UxGT("Korrekturfaktor"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH = _UxGT("BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("Selbsttest"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("Zurücksetzen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Ausfahren"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE = _UxGT("SW-Modus"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE = _UxGT("5V-Modus"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE = _UxGT("OD-Modus"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE = _UxGT("Mode-Store"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V = _UxGT("Setze auf 5V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD = _UxGT("Setze auf OD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("Einfahren"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO = _UxGT("Modus: "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE = _UxGT("ACHTUNG: Falsche Einstellung - kann zu Beschädigung führen! Fortfahren?"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE = _UxGT("TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT = _UxGT("TouchMI initial."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST = _UxGT("Test Z-Versatz"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE = _UxGT("Speichern"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI = _UxGT("TouchMI ausfahren"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Z-Sonde ausfahren"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_STOW = _UxGT("Z-Sonde einfahren"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Vorher %s%s%s homen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Sondenversatz Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Babystep X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Babystep Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Babystep Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_TOTAL = _UxGT("Total"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("Abbr. mit Endstopp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("HEIZEN ERFOLGLOS"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED = _UxGT("Bett heizen fehlge."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Geh. heizen fehlge."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP = _UxGT("REDUND. TEMP-ABWEI."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" NICHT ERREICHT"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED = _UxGT("BETT") " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" NICHT ERREICHT"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_CHAMBER = _UxGT("GEH.") " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" NICHT ERREICHT"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" ÜBERSCHRITTEN"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" UNTERSCHRITTEN"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED = _UxGT("BETT ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" ÜBERSCHRITTEN"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED = _UxGT("BETT ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" UNTERSCHRITTEN"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Err:Gehäuse max Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Err:Gehäuse min Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING = _UxGT("Vorher XY homen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HALTED = _UxGT("DRUCKER GESTOPPT"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PLEASE_RESET = _UxGT("Bitte neustarten"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_DAY = _UxGT("t"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_HOUR = _UxGT("h"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_MINUTE = _UxGT("m"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("heizt..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLING = _UxGT("kühlt..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("Bett heizt..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_COOLING = _UxGT("Bett kühlt..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER_HEATING = _UxGT("Gehäuse heizt..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER_COOLING = _UxGT("Gehäuse kühlt..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Delta kalibrieren"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Kalibriere X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Kalibriere Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Kalibriere Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("Kalibriere Mitte"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Delta Einst. anzeig."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Autom. Kalibrierung"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Delta Höhe setzen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Sondenversatz Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD = _UxGT("Diag Rod"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Höhe"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_RADIUS = _UxGT("Radius"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MENU = _UxGT("Über den Drucker"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("Drucker-Info"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_3POINT_LEVELING = _UxGT("3-Punkt-Nivellierung"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Lineare Nivellierung"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Bilineare Nivell."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVELING = _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Netz-Nivellierung"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("Drucker-Statistik"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Board-Info"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("Thermistoren"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS = _UxGT("Extruder"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("Baudrate"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL = _UxGT("Protokoll"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT = _UxGT("Beleuchtung"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Helligkeit"); -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Gesamte Drucke") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Komplette Drucke") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Gesamte Druckzeit") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Längste Druckzeit") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Gesamt Extrudiert") -#else - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Drucke") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Komplette") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Gesamte") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Längste") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Extrud.") -#endif + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("Falscher Drucker"); -#define MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP _UxGT("Min Temp") -#define MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP _UxGT("Max Temp") -#define MSG_INFO_PSU _UxGT("Netzteil") -#define MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH _UxGT("Motorleistung") -#define MSG_DAC_PERCENT _UxGT("Treiber %") -#define MSG_ERROR_TMC _UxGT("TMC Verbindungsfehler") -#define MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE _UxGT("Werte speichern") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE _UxGT("DRUCK PAUSIERT") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD _UxGT("FILAMENT LADEN") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD _UxGT("FILAMENT ENTLADEN") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER _UxGT("FORTS. OPTIONEN:") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE _UxGT("Mehr entladen") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME _UxGT("Druck weiter") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE _UxGT(" Düse: ") -#define MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR _UxGT("Runout-Sensor") -#define MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM _UxGT("Runout-Weg mm") -#define MSG_ERR_HOMING_FAILED _UxGT("Homing gescheitert") -#define MSG_ERR_PROBING_FAILED _UxGT("Probing gescheitert") -#define MSG_M600_TOO_COLD _UxGT("M600: zu kalt") + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Gesamte Drucke"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Komplette Drucke"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Gesamte Druckzeit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Längste Druckzeit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Gesamt Extrudiert"); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Drucke"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Komplette"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Gesamte"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Längste"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Extrud."); + #endif -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER _UxGT("FILAMENT WECHSEL") -#define MSG_MMU2_CHOOSE_FILAMENT_HEADER _UxGT("FILAMENT WÄHLEN") -#define MSG_MMU2_MENU _UxGT("MMU") -#define MSG_MMU2_WRONG_FIRMWARE _UxGT("Update MMU Firmware!") -#define MSG_MMU2_NOT_RESPONDING _UxGT("MMU handeln erfor.") -#define MSG_MMU2_RESUME _UxGT("Druck fortsetzen") -#define MSG_MMU2_RESUMING _UxGT("Fortfahren...") -#define MSG_MMU2_LOAD_FILAMENT MSG_FILAMENTLOAD -#define MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL _UxGT("Lade alle") -#define MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE _UxGT("Düse laden") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Filament auswerfen") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT0 _UxGT("Filament 1 auswerfen") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT1 _UxGT("Filament 2 auswerfen") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT2 _UxGT("Filament 3 auswerfen") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT3 _UxGT("Filament 4 auswerfen") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT4 _UxGT("Filament 5 auswerfen") -#define MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD -#define MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT _UxGT("Lade Fila. %i...") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT _UxGT("Fila. auswerfen...") -#define MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT _UxGT("Fila. entladen...") -#define MSG_MMU2_ALL _UxGT("Alle") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT0 _UxGT("Filament 1") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT1 _UxGT("Filament 2") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT2 _UxGT("Filament 3") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT3 _UxGT("Filament 4") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT4 _UxGT("Filament 5") -#define MSG_MMU2_RESET _UxGT("setze MMU zurück") -#define MSG_MMU2_RESETTING _UxGT("MMU zurücksetzen...") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER _UxGT("Entfernen, klicken") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP = _UxGT("Min Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Max Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Netzteil"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Motorleistung"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Treiber %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Treiber %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Treiber %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Treiber %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERROR_TMC = _UxGT("TMC Verbindungsfehler"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("Werte speichern"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER = _UxGT("FILAMENT WECHSEL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE = _UxGT("DRUCK PAUSIERT"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD = _UxGT("FILAMENT LADEN"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD = _UxGT("FILAMENT ENTLADEN"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER = _UxGT("FORTS. OPTIONEN:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE = _UxGT("Mehr entladen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("Druck weiter"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE = _UxGT(" Düse: "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR = _UxGT("Runout-Sensor"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM = _UxGT("Runout-Weg mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_HOMING_FAILED = _UxGT("Homing gescheitert"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_PROBING_FAILED = _UxGT("Probing gescheitert"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M600_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("M600: zu kalt"); -#define MSG_MIX _UxGT("Mix") -#define MSG_MIX_COMPONENT _UxGT("Komponente") -#define MSG_MIXER _UxGT("Mixer") -#define MSG_GRADIENT _UxGT("Gradient") // equal Farbverlauf -#define MSG_FULL_GRADIENT _UxGT("Volle Gradient") -#define MSG_TOGGLE_MIX _UxGT("Mix umschalten") -#define MSG_CYCLE_MIX _UxGT("Zyklus Mix") -#define MSG_GRADIENT_MIX _UxGT("Gradient Mix") -#define MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT _UxGT("Umgekehrte Gradient") -#define MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL _UxGT("Aktives V-Tool") -#define MSG_START_VTOOL _UxGT("V-Tool Start") -#define MSG_END_VTOOL _UxGT("V-Tool Ende") -#define MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS _UxGT("V-Tool Alias") -#define MSG_RESET_VTOOLS _UxGT("V-Tools Reseten") -#define MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL _UxGT("V-Tool Mix sichern") -#define MSG_VTOOLS_RESET _UxGT("V-Tools ist resetet") -#define MSG_START_Z _UxGT("Z Start") -#define MSG_END_Z _UxGT("Z Ende") -#define MSG_GAMES _UxGT("Spiele") -#define MSG_BRICKOUT _UxGT("Brickout") -#define MSG_INVADERS _UxGT("Invaders") -#define MSG_SNAKE _UxGT("Sn4k3") -#define MSG_MAZE _UxGT("Maze") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_CHOOSE_FILAMENT_HEADER = _UxGT("FILAMENT WÄHLEN"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_MENU = _UxGT("MMU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_WRONG_FIRMWARE = _UxGT("Update MMU Firmware!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_NOT_RESPONDING = _UxGT("MMU handeln erfor."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESUME = _UxGT("Druck fortsetzen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESUMING = _UxGT("Fortfahren..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filament laden"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Lade alle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Düse laden"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filament auswerfen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Filament ~ auswerfen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filament entladen "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Lade Fila. %i..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Fila. auswerfen..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Fila. entladen..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_ALL = _UxGT("Alle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Filament ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESET = _UxGT("setze MMU zurück"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESETTING = _UxGT("MMU zurücksetzen..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Entfernen, klicken"); -// -// Die Filament-Change-Bildschirme können bis zu 3 Zeilen auf einem 4-Zeilen-Display anzeigen -// ...oder 2 Zeilen auf einem 3-Zeilen-Display. -#if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_1 _UxGT("Knopf drücken um") - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_2 _UxGT("Druck fortzusetzen") - #define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT_1 _UxGT("Druck ist") - #define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT_2 _UxGT("pausiert...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Warte auf den") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("Start des") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_3 _UxGT("Filamentwechsels...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Filament einlegen") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("und Knopf drücken") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3 _UxGT("um fortzusetzen") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Knopf drücken um") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_2 _UxGT("Düse aufzuheizen") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Düse heizt auf") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_2 _UxGT("bitte warten...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Warte auf") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("Herausnahme") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_3 _UxGT("des Filaments...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Warte auf") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 _UxGT("Laden des") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_3 _UxGT("Filaments...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Warte auf") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_2 _UxGT("Entladen des") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_3 _UxGT("Filaments...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Klicke um") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_2 _UxGT("die Fila-Entladung") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_3 _UxGT("zu beenden") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Warte auf") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("Fortsetzen des") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_3 _UxGT("Drucks...") -#else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_1 MSG_USERWAIT - #define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT_1 _UxGT("Pausiert...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Bitte warten...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Laden und Klick") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Klick zum Heizen") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Heizen...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Entladen...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Laden...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Entladen...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Klick zum beenden") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_2 _UxGT("der Fila-Entladung") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Fortsetzen...") -#endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX = _UxGT("Mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_N = _UxGT("Komponente ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIXER = _UxGT("Mixer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Gradient"); // equal Farbverlauf + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FULL_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Volle Gradient"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOGGLE_MIX = _UxGT("Mix umschalten"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CYCLE_MIX = _UxGT("Zyklus Mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT_MIX = _UxGT("Gradient Mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Umgekehrte Gradient"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL = _UxGT("Aktives V-Tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_VTOOL = _UxGT("V-Tool Start"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_END_VTOOL = _UxGT("V-Tool Ende"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS = _UxGT("V-Tool Alias"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_VTOOLS = _UxGT("V-Tools Reseten"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL = _UxGT("V-Tool Mix sichern"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTOOLS_RESET = _UxGT("V-Tools ist resetet"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_Z = _UxGT("Z Start:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_END_Z = _UxGT("Z Ende:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GAMES = _UxGT("Spiele"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BRICKOUT = _UxGT("Brickout"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INVADERS = _UxGT("Invaders"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SNAKE = _UxGT("Sn4k3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAZE = _UxGT("Maze"); -#define MSG_TMC_DRIVERS _UxGT("TMC Treiber") // Max length 18 characters -#define MSG_TMC_CURRENT _UxGT("Treiber Strom") -#define MSG_TMC_HYBRID_THRS _UxGT("Hybrid threshold") -#define MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS _UxGT("Sensorloses Homing") -#define MSG_TMC_STEPPING_MODE _UxGT("Schrittmodus") -#define MSG_TMC_STEALTH_ENABLED _UxGT("StealthChop einsch.") -#define MSG_SERVICE_RESET _UxGT("Reset") -#define MSG_SERVICE_IN _UxGT(" im:") -#define MSG_BACKLASH _UxGT("Spiel") -#define MSG_BACKLASH_CORRECTION _UxGT("Korrektur") -#define MSG_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING _UxGT("Glätten") + // + // Die Filament-Change-Bildschirme können bis zu 3 Zeilen auf einem 4-Zeilen-Display anzeigen + // ...oder 2 Zeilen auf einem 3-Zeilen-Display. + #if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Knopf drücken um", "Druck fortzusetzen")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Druck ist", "pausiert...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Warte auf den", "Start des", "Filamentwechsels...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Filament einlegen", "und Knopf drücken", "um fortzusetzen")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Knopf drücken um", "Düse aufzuheizen")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Düse heizt auf", "bitte warten...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Warte auf", "Herausnahme", "des Filaments...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Warte auf", "Laden des", "Filaments...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Warte auf", "Entladen des", "Filaments...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Klicke um", "die Fila-Entladung", "zu beenden")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Warte auf", "Fortsetzen des", "Drucks...")); + #else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Klick zum Fortsetzen")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Pausiert...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Bitte warten...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Laden und Klick")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Klick zum Heizen")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Heizen...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Entladen...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Laden...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Entladen...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Klick zum beenden", "der Fila-Entladung")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Fortsetzen...")); + #endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_DRIVERS = _UxGT("TMC Treiber"); // Max length 18 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_CURRENT = _UxGT("Treiber Strom"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_HYBRID_THRS = _UxGT("Hybrid threshold"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS = _UxGT("Sensorloses Homing"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_STEPPING_MODE = _UxGT("Schrittmodus"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_STEALTH_ENABLED = _UxGT("StealthChop einsch."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SERVICE_RESET = _UxGT("Reset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SERVICE_IN = _UxGT(" im:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH = _UxGT("Spiel"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_A = LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_B = LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_C = LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_CORRECTION = _UxGT("Korrektur"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING = _UxGT("Glätten"); +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el-gr.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el-gr.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5f7a1d2d36..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el-gr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,189 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Greek (Greece) - * - * LCD Menu Messages - * See also http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - */ - -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_GREEK -#define CHARSIZE 2 - -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" έτοιμο.") -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("Εισαγωγή κάρτας") -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("Αφαίρεση κάρτας") -#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Endstops") // Max length 8 characters -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Βασική Οθόνη") -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Αυτόματη εκκίνηση") -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Απενεργοποίηση βηματιστή") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Αυτομ. επαναφορά στο αρχικό σημείο") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("Αρχικό σημείο X") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Αρχικό σημείο Y") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Αρχικό σημείο Z") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("Επαναφορά στο αρχικό σημείο ΧΥΖ") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("Κάντε κλικ για να ξεκινήσετε") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("Επόμενο σημείο") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("Ολοκλήρωση επιπεδοποίησης!") -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Ορισμός βασικών μετατοπίσεων") -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("Εφαρμόστηκαν οι μετατοπίσεις") -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Ορισμός προέλευσης") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Προθέρμανση " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" όλα") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" κλίνη") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" επιβεβαίωση") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Προθέρμανση " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" όλα") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Bed") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" επιβεβαίωση") -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Μειωση θερμοκρασιας") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Ενεργοποίηση") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Απενεργοποίηση") -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Εξώθηση") -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Ανάσυρση") -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Μετακίνηση άξονα") -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("Επιπεδοποίηση κλίνης") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Επιπεδοποίηση κλίνης") -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Μετακίνηση X") -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Μετακίνηση Y") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Μετακίνηση Z") -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Εξωθητήρας") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("Μετακίνηση %s μμ") -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 0,1 μμ") -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 1 μμ") -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 10 μμ") -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Ταχύτητα") -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Κλίνη Z") -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("Ακροφύσιο") -#define MSG_BED _UxGT("Κλίνη") -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Ταχύτητα ανεμιστήρα") -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Ροή") -#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Έλεγχος") -#define MSG_MIN _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min") -#define MSG_MAX _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max") -#define MSG_FACTOR _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fact") -#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Αυτομ. ρύθμιση θερμοκρασίας") -#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("Ενεργοποιημένο") -#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("Απενεργοποιημένο") -#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") -#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") -#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") -#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") -#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("Επιτάχυνση") -#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Vαντίδραση") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Vαντίδραση A") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vαντίδραση B") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vαντίδραση C") -#else - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Vαντίδραση X") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vαντίδραση Y") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vαντίδραση Z") -#endif -#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("Vαντίδραση E") -#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("Vμεγ ") -#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("Vελαχ") -#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("Vελάχ. μετατόπιση") -#define MSG_ACCELERATION MSG_ACC -#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("Aμεγ ") -#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("Α-ανάσυρση") -#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("Α-μετατόπιση") -#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Bήματα ανά μμ") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Bήματα A ανά μμ") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Bήματα B ανά μμ") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Bήματα C ανά μμ") -#else - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Bήματα X ανά μμ") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Bήματα Y ανά μμ") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Bήματα Z ανά μμ") -#endif -#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("Bήματα Ε ανά μμ") -#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("Bήματα Ε1 ανά μμ") -#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("Bήματα Ε2 ανά μμ") -#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("Bήματα Ε3 ανά μμ") -#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("Bήματα Ε4 ανά μμ") -#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("Bήματα Ε5 ανά μμ") -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Θερμοκρασία") -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Κίνηση") -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Νήμα") -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("Ε σε μμ3") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Διάμετρος νήματος") -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("Κοντράστ LCD") -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Αποθήκευση") -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Φόρτωση") -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Επαναφορά ασφαλούς αντιγράφου") -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("Ανανέωση") -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Οθόνη πληροφόρησης") -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Προετοιμασία") -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Συντονισμός") -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Παύση εκτύπωσης") -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Συνέχιση εκτύπωσης") -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Διακοπή εκτύπωσης") -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("Εκτύπωση από SD") -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("Δεν βρέθηκε SD") -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("Αναστολή λειτουργίας…") -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Αναμονή για χρήστη…") -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Διακόπτεται η εκτύπωση") -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("Καμία κίνηση.") -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("ΤΕΡΜΑΤΙΣΜΟΣ. ") -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗ. ") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("Ανάσυρση μμ") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Εναλλαγή ανάσυρσης μμ") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("Ανάσυρση V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Μεταπήδηση μμ") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("UnRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("S UnRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("UnRet V") -#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("Αυτόματη ανάσυρση") -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Αλλαγή νήματος") -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("Προετοιμασία κάρτας SD") -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("Αλλαγή κάρτας SD") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Διερεύνηση Z εκτός κλίνης") -#define MSG_YX_UNHOMED _UxGT("Επαναφορά Χ/Υ πριν από Ζ") -#define MSG_XYZ_UNHOMED _UxGT("Επαναφορά ΧΥΖ πρώτα") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Μετατόπιση Ζ") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Μικρό βήμα Χ") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Μικρό βήμα Υ") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Μικρό βήμα Ζ") -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Ματαίωση endstop ") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("Ανεπιτυχής θέρμανση") -#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("Λάθος: ΠΛΕΟΝΑΖΟΥΣΑ ΘΕΡΜΟΤΗΤΑ") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("ΔΙΑΦΥΓΗ ΘΕΡΜΟΤΗΤΑΣ") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("Λάθος: ΜΕΓΙΣΤΗ ΘΕΡΜΟΤΗΤΑ") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("Λάθος: ΕΛΑΧΙΣΤΗ ΘΕΡΜΟΤΗΤΑ") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("Λάθος: ΜΕΓΙΣΤΗ ΘΕΡΜΟΤΗΤΑ ΚΛΙΝΗΣ") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("Λάθος: ΕΛΑΧΙΣΤΗ ΘΕΡΜΟΤΗΤΑ ΚΛΙΝΗΣ") -#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("Θερμαίνεται…") -#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Θέρμανση κλίνης…") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Βαθμονόμηση Delta") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Βαθμονόμηση X") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Βαθμονόμηση Y") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Βαθμονόμηση Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Βαθμονόμηση κέντρου") - -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("Εσφαλμένος εκτυπωτής") diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el.h index 37eb4fbe74..6cb177d108 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -30,161 +30,163 @@ */ #define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_GREEK -#define CHARSIZE 2 -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" έτοιμο.") -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("Εισαγωγή κάρτας") -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("Αφαίρεση κάρτας") -#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Endstops") // Max length 8 characters -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Βασική Οθόνη") -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Αυτόματη εκκίνηση") -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Απενεργοποίηση Μοτέρ") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Αυτομ. επαναφορά στο αρχικό σημείο") //SHORTEN -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("Αρχικό σημείο X") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Αρχικό σημείο Y") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Αρχικό σημείο Z") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("Επαναφορά Επ. Εκτύπωσης") //SHORTEN -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("Επιπεδοποίηση επ. Εκτύπωσης περιμενει") //SHORTEN -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("Επόμενο σημείο") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("Ολοκλήρωση επιπεδοποίησης!") //SHORTEN -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Ορισμός βασικών μετατοπίσεων") //SHORTEN -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("Εφαρμόστηκαν οι μετατοπίσεις") //SHORTEN -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Ορισμός προέλευσης") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Προθέρμανση " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" όλα") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" bed") //SHORTEN -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" επιβεβαίωση") //SHORTEN -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Προθέρμανση " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" όλα") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" bed") //SHORTEN -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" επιβεβαίωση") //SHORTEN -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Μειωση θερμοκρασιας") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Ενεργοποίηση") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Απενεργοποίηση") -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Εξώθηση") -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Ανάσυρση") -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Μετακίνηση άξονα") -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("Επιπεδοποίηση Επ. Εκτύπωσης") //SHORTEN -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Επιπεδοποίηση Επ. Εκτύπωσης") //SHORTEN -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Μετακίνηση X") -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Μετακίνηση Y") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Μετακίνηση Z") -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Εξωθητήρας") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("Μετακίνηση %s μμ") -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 0,1 μμ") -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 1 μμ") -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 10 μμ") -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Ταχύτητα") -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Επ. Εκτύπωσης Z") -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("Ακροφύσιο") -#define MSG_BED _UxGT("Κλίνη") -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Ταχύτητα ανεμιστήρα") -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Ροή") -#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Έλεγχος") -#define MSG_MIN _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min") -#define MSG_MAX _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max") -#define MSG_FACTOR _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fact") -#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Αυτομ ρύθμιση θερ/σίας") //SHORTEN -#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("Ενεργοποιημένο") -#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("Απενεργοποιημένο") -#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") -#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") -#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") -#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") -#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("Επιτάχυνση") -#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Jerk") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Vαντίδραση A") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vαντίδραση B") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vαντίδραση C") -#else - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Vαντίδραση X") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vαντίδραση Y") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vαντίδραση Z") -#endif -#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("Vαντίδραση E") -#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("V Μέγιστο") -#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("V Ελάχιστο") -#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("Vελάχ. μετατόπιση") -#define MSG_ACCELERATION MSG_ACC -#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("Aμεγ ") -#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("Α-ανάσυρση") -#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("Α-μετατόπιση") -#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Bήματα ανά μμ") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Bήματα A ανά μμ") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Bήματα B ανά μμ") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Bήματα C ανά μμ") -#else - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Bήματα X ανά μμ") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Bήματα Y ανά μμ") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Bήματα Z ανά μμ") -#endif -#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("Bήματα Ε ανά μμ") -#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("Bήματα Ε1 ανά μμ") -#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("Bήματα Ε2 ανά μμ") -#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("Bήματα Ε3 ανά μμ") -#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("Bήματα Ε4 ανά μμ") -#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("Bήματα Ε5 ανά μμ") -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Θερμοκρασία") -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Κίνηση") -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Νήμα") -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("Ε σε μμ3") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Διάμετρος νήματος") -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("Κοντράστ LCD") -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Αποθήκευση") -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Φόρτωση") -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Επαναφορά ασφαλούς αντιγράφου") //SHORTEN -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("Ανανέωση") -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Οθόνη πληροφόρησης") -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Προετοιμασία") -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Συντονισμός") -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Παύση εκτύπωσης") -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Συνέχιση εκτύπωσης") -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Διακοπή εκτύπωσης") -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("Εκτύπωση από SD") -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("Δεν βρέθηκε SD") -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("Αναστολή λειτουργίας") -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Αναμονή για χρήστη") -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Διακόπτεται η εκτύπωση") //SHORTEN -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("Καμία κίνηση.") -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("ΤΕΡΜΑΤΙΣΜΟΣ. ") -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗ. ") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("Ανάσυρση μμ") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Εναλλαγή ανάσυρσης μμ") //SHORTEN -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("Ανάσυρση V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Μεταπήδηση μμ") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("UnRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("S UnRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("UnRet V") -#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("Αυτόματη ανάσυρση") -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Αλλαγή νήματος") -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("Προετοιμασία κάρτας SD") //SHORTEN -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("Αλλαγή κάρτας SD") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Διερεύνηση Z εκτός Επ.Εκτύπωσης") //SHORTEN -#define MSG_YX_UNHOMED _UxGT("Επαναφορά Χ/Υ πριν από Ζ") //SHORTEN -#define MSG_XYZ_UNHOMED _UxGT("Επαναφορά ΧΥΖ πρώτα") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Μετατόπιση Ζ") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Μικρό βήμα Χ") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Μικρό βήμα Υ") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Μικρό βήμα Ζ") -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Ακύρωση endstop ") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("Ανεπιτυχής θέρμανση") -#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("ΠΛΕΟΝΑΖΟΥΣΑ ΘΕΡΜΟΤΗΤΑ") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("ΔΙΑΦΥΓΗ ΘΕΡΜΟΚΡΑΣΙΑΣ") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("ΠΕΡΙΤΗ ΘΕΡΜΟΚΡΑΣΙΑ") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("ΜΗ ΕΠΑΡΚΗΣ ΘΕΡΜΟΚΡΑΣΙΑΣ") //SHORTEN -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("ΜΕΓΙΣΤΗ ΘΕΡΜΟΚΡΑΣΙΑΣ ΕΠ. ΕΚΤΥΠΩΣΗΣ") //SHORTEN -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("ΕΛΑΧΙΣΤΗ ΘΕΡΜΟΚΡΑΣΙΑΣ ΕΠ. ΕΚΤΥΠΩΣΗΣ") //SHORTEN -#define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("H εκτύπωση διακόπηκε") -#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("Θερμαίνεται…") -#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Θέρμανση ΕΠ. Εκτύπωσης") //SHORTEN -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Βαθμονόμηση Delta") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Βαθμονόμηση X") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Βαθμονόμηση Y") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Βαθμονόμηση Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Βαθμονόμηση κέντρου") +namespace Language_el { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("Εσφαλμένος εκτυπωτής") + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 2; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Greek"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" έτοιμο."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("Εισαγωγή κάρτας"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("Αφαίρεση κάρτας"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Βασική Οθόνη"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("Αυτόματη εκκίνηση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Απενεργοποίηση Μοτέρ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Αυτομ. επαναφορά στο αρχικό σημείο"); //SHORTEN + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("Αρχικό σημείο X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("Αρχικό σημείο Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("Αρχικό σημείο Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING = _UxGT("Επαναφορά Επ. Εκτύπωσης"); //SHORTEN + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("Επιπεδοποίηση επ. Εκτύπωσης περιμενει"); //SHORTEN + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("Επόμενο σημείο"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("Ολοκλήρωση επιπεδοποίησης!"); //SHORTEN + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Ορισμός βασικών μετατοπίσεων"); //SHORTEN + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Εφαρμόστηκαν οι μετατοπίσεις"); //SHORTEN + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Ορισμός προέλευσης"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" όλα"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" bed"); //SHORTEN + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" επιβεβαίωση"); //SHORTEN + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" όλα"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" bed"); //SHORTEN + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" επιβεβαίωση"); //SHORTEN + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Μειωση θερμοκρασιας"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Ενεργοποίηση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Απενεργοποίηση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Εξώθηση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("Ανάσυρση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση άξονα"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("Επιπεδοποίηση Επ. Εκτύπωσης"); //SHORTEN + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Επιπεδοποίηση Επ. Εκτύπωσης"); //SHORTEN + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Εξωθητήρας"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Εξωθητήρας *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση %s μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 0,1 μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 1 μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 10 μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Ταχύτητα"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Επ. Εκτύπωσης Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Ακροφύσιο"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Ακροφύσιο ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Κλίνη"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Ταχύτητα ανεμιστήρα"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Ταχύτητα ανεμιστήρα ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Ροή"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Ροή ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Έλεγχος"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fact"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Αυτομ ρύθμιση θερ/σίας"); //SHORTEN + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Ενεργοποιημένο"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Απενεργοποιημένο"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Επιτάχυνση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("Vαντίδραση ") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VB_JERK = _UxGT("Vαντίδραση ") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VC_JERK = _UxGT("Vαντίδραση ") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VE_JERK = _UxGT("Vαντίδραση E"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_A = _UxGT("V Μέγιστο") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("V Μέγιστο") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("V Μέγιστο") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("V Μέγιστο") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("V Μέγιστο *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("V Ελάχιστο"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("Vελάχ. μετατόπιση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Accel"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_A = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Aμεγ *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("Α-ανάσυρση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("Α-μετατόπιση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Bήματα ανά μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα ") LCD_STR_A _UxGT(" ανά μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα ") LCD_STR_B _UxGT(" ανά μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα ") LCD_STR_C _UxGT(" ανά μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα Ε ανά μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα * ανά μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Θερμοκρασία"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Κίνηση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Νήμα"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("Ε σε μμ³"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Διάμετρος νήματος"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Διάμετρος νήματος *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Κοντράστ LCD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Αποθήκευση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Φόρτωση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("Επαναφορά ασφαλούς αντιγράφου"); //SHORTEN + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Ανανέωση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Οθόνη πληροφόρησης"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Προετοιμασία"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Συντονισμός"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Παύση εκτύπωσης"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Συνέχιση εκτύπωσης"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Διακοπή εκτύπωσης"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Εκτύπωση από SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Δεν βρέθηκε SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("Αναστολή λειτουργίας"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Αναμονή για χρήστη"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Διακόπτεται η εκτύπωση"); //SHORTEN + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("Καμία κίνηση."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("ΤΕΡΜΑΤΙΣΜΟΣ. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗ. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("Ανάσυρση μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("Εναλλαγή ανάσυρσης μμ"); //SHORTEN + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("Ανάσυρση V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("Μεταπήδηση μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("UnRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("S UnRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("UnRet V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Αυτόματη ανάσυρση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Αλλαγή νήματος"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Αλλαγή νήματος *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("Προετοιμασία κάρτας SD"); //SHORTEN + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Αλλαγή κάρτας SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Διερεύνηση Z εκτός Επ.Εκτύπωσης"); //SHORTEN + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_YX_UNHOMED = _UxGT("Επαναφορά Χ/Υ πριν από Ζ"); //SHORTEN + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_XYZ_UNHOMED = _UxGT("Επαναφορά ΧΥΖ πρώτα"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Μετατόπιση Ζ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Μικρό βήμα Χ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Μικρό βήμα Υ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Μικρό βήμα Ζ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("Ακύρωση endstop "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("Ανεπιτυχής θέρμανση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP = _UxGT("ΠΛΕΟΝΑΖΟΥΣΑ ΘΕΡΜΟΤΗΤΑ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY = _UxGT("ΔΙΑΦΥΓΗ ΘΕΡΜΟΚΡΑΣΙΑΣ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP = _UxGT("ΠΕΡΙΤΗ ΘΕΡΜΟΚΡΑΣΙΑ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP = _UxGT("ΜΗ ΕΠΑΡΚΗΣ ΘΕΡΜΟΚΡΑΣΙΑΣ"); //SHORTEN + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED = _UxGT("ΜΕΓΙΣΤΗ ΘΕΡΜΟΚΡΑΣΙΑΣ ΕΠ. ΕΚΤΥΠΩΣΗΣ"); //SHORTEN + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED = _UxGT("ΕΛΑΧΙΣΤΗ ΘΕΡΜΟΚΡΑΣΙΑΣ ΕΠ. ΕΚΤΥΠΩΣΗΣ"); //SHORTEN + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HALTED = _UxGT("H εκτύπωση διακόπηκε"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("Θερμαίνεται…"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("Θέρμανση ΕΠ. Εκτύπωσης"); //SHORTEN + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Βαθμονόμηση Delta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Βαθμονόμηση X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Βαθμονόμηση Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Βαθμονόμηση Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("Βαθμονόμηση κέντρου"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("Εσφαλμένος εκτυπωτής"); +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el_gr.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el_gr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5213dc7db9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el_gr.h @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Greek (Greece) + * + * LCD Menu Messages + * See also http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html + * + */ + +#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_GREEK + +namespace Language_el_gr { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English + + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 2; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Greek (Greece)"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" έτοιμο."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("Εισαγωγή κάρτας"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("Αφαίρεση κάρτας"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Endstops"); // Max length 8 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Βασική Οθόνη"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("Αυτόματη εκκίνηση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Απενεργοποίηση βηματιστή"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Αυτομ. επαναφορά στο αρχικό σημείο"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("Αρχικό σημείο X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("Αρχικό σημείο Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("Αρχικό σημείο Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING = _UxGT("Επαναφορά στο αρχικό σημείο ΧΥΖ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("Κάντε κλικ για να ξεκινήσετε"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("Επόμενο σημείο"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("Ολοκλήρωση επιπεδοποίησης!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Ορισμός βασικών μετατοπίσεων"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Εφαρμόστηκαν οι μετατοπίσεις"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Ορισμός προέλευσης"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" όλα"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" κλίνη"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" επιβεβαίωση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" όλα"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" κλίνη"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" επιβεβαίωση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Μειωση θερμοκρασιας"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Ενεργοποίηση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Απενεργοποίηση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Εξώθηση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("Ανάσυρση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση άξονα"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("Επιπεδοποίηση κλίνης"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Επιπεδοποίηση κλίνης"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Εξωθητήρας"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Εξωθητήρας *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση %s μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 0,1 μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 1 μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 10 μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Ταχύτητα"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Κλίνη Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Ακροφύσιο"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Ακροφύσιο ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Κλίνη"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Ταχύτητα ανεμιστήρα"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Ταχύτητα ανεμιστήρα ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Ροή"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Ροή ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Έλεγχος"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fact"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Αυτομ. ρύθμιση θερμοκρασίας"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Ενεργοποιημένο"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Απενεργοποιημένο"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Επιτάχυνση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Vαντίδραση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("Vαντίδραση ") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VB_JERK = _UxGT("Vαντίδραση ") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VC_JERK = _UxGT("Vαντίδραση ") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VE_JERK = _UxGT("Vαντίδραση E"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_A = _UxGT("Vμεγ ") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("Vμεγ ") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("Vμεγ ") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("Vμεγ ") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("Vμεγ *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("Vελαχ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("Vελάχ. μετατόπιση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Accel"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_A = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Aμεγ *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("Α-ανάσυρση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("Α-μετατόπιση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Bήματα ανά μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα ") LCD_STR_A _UxGT(" ανά μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα ") LCD_STR_B _UxGT(" ανά μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα ") LCD_STR_C _UxGT(" ανά μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα Ε ανά μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα * ανά μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Θερμοκρασία"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Κίνηση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Νήμα"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("Ε σε μμ³"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Διάμετρος νήματος"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Διάμετρος νήματος *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Κοντράστ LCD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Αποθήκευση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Φόρτωση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("Επαναφορά ασφαλούς αντιγράφου"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Ανανέωση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Οθόνη πληροφόρησης"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Προετοιμασία"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Συντονισμός"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Παύση εκτύπωσης"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Συνέχιση εκτύπωσης"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Διακοπή εκτύπωσης"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Εκτύπωση από SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Δεν βρέθηκε SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("Αναστολή λειτουργίας…"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Αναμονή για χρήστη…"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Διακόπτεται η εκτύπωση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("Καμία κίνηση."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("ΤΕΡΜΑΤΙΣΜΟΣ. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗ. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("Ανάσυρση μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("Εναλλαγή ανάσυρσης μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("Ανάσυρση V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("Μεταπήδηση μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("UnRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("S UnRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("UnRet V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Αυτόματη ανάσυρση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Αλλαγή νήματος"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Αλλαγή νήματος *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("Προετοιμασία κάρτας SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Αλλαγή κάρτας SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Διερεύνηση Z εκτός κλίνης"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_YX_UNHOMED = _UxGT("Επαναφορά Χ/Υ πριν από Ζ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_XYZ_UNHOMED = _UxGT("Επαναφορά ΧΥΖ πρώτα"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Μετατόπιση Ζ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Μικρό βήμα Χ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Μικρό βήμα Υ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Μικρό βήμα Ζ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("Ματαίωση endstop "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("Ανεπιτυχής θέρμανση"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP = _UxGT("Λάθος: ΠΛΕΟΝΑΖΟΥΣΑ ΘΕΡΜΟΤΗΤΑ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY = _UxGT("ΔΙΑΦΥΓΗ ΘΕΡΜΟΤΗΤΑΣ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP = _UxGT("Λάθος: ΜΕΓΙΣΤΗ ΘΕΡΜΟΤΗΤΑ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP = _UxGT("Λάθος: ΕΛΑΧΙΣΤΗ ΘΕΡΜΟΤΗΤΑ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Λάθος: ΜΕΓΙΣΤΗ ΘΕΡΜΟΤΗΤΑ ΚΛΙΝΗΣ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Λάθος: ΕΛΑΧΙΣΤΗ ΘΕΡΜΟΤΗΤΑ ΚΛΙΝΗΣ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("Θερμαίνεται…"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("Θέρμανση κλίνης…"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Βαθμονόμηση Delta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Βαθμονόμηση X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Βαθμονόμηση Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Βαθμονόμηση Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("Βαθμονόμηση κέντρου"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("Εσφαλμένος εκτυπωτής"); +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_en.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_en.h index 225a83e8d4..75c13de9c7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_en.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_en.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -35,1544 +35,578 @@ #endif #undef en -#ifndef THIS_LANGUAGES_SPECIAL_SYMBOLS - #define THIS_LANGUAGES_SPECIAL_SYMBOLS _UxGT("³") -#endif +namespace Language_en { + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 2; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("English"); -#ifdef NOT_EXTENDED_ISO10646_1_5X7 - #define MSG_CUBED _UxGT("^3") + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" Ready."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MARLIN = _UxGT("Marlin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_YES = _UxGT("YES"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO = _UxGT("NO"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACK = _UxGT("Back"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_ABORTING = _UxGT("Aborting..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("Media Inserted"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("Media Removed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED = _UxGT("Media Released"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_WAITING = _UxGT("Waiting for media"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_READ_ERROR = _UxGT("Media read error"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_REMOVED = _UxGT("USB device removed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_FAILED = _UxGT("USB start failed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Endstops"); // Max length 8 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Soft Endstops"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Main"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Advanced Settings"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONFIGURATION = _UxGT("Configuration"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("Autostart"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Disable Steppers"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DEBUG_MENU = _UxGT("Debug Menu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST = _UxGT("Progress Bar Test"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Auto Home"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("Home X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("Home Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("Home Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_Z_ALIGN = _UxGT("Auto Z-Align"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING = _UxGT("Homing XYZ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("Click to Begin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("Next Point"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("Leveling Done!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Fade Height"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Set Home Offsets"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Offsets Applied"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Set Origin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" All"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Conf"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" All"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Conf"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Preheat Custom"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Cooldown"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_MENU = _UxGT("Laser Control"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_OFF = _UxGT("Laser Off"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_ON = _UxGT("Laser On"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_POWER = _UxGT("Laser Power"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_MENU = _UxGT("Spindle Control"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_OFF = _UxGT("Spindle Off"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_ON = _UxGT("Spindle On"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_POWER = _UxGT("Spindle Power"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE = _UxGT("Spindle Reverse"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Switch Power On"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Switch Power Off"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Extrude"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("Retract"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("Move Axis"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("Bed Leveling"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Level Bed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS = _UxGT("Level Corners"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NEXT_CORNER = _UxGT("Next Corner"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDITOR = _UxGT("Mesh Editor"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDIT_MESH = _UxGT("Edit Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDITING_STOPPED = _UxGT("Mesh Editing Stopped"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROBING_MESH = _UxGT("Probing Point"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_X = _UxGT("Index X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_Y = _UxGT("Index Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z = _UxGT("Z Value"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USER_MENU = _UxGT("Custom Commands"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_TEST = _UxGT("M48 Probe Test"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_POINT = _UxGT("M48 Point"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Deviation"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MENU = _UxGT("IDEX Mode"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OFFSETS_MENU = _UxGT("Tool Offsets"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK = _UxGT("Auto-Park"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE = _UxGT("Duplication"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY = _UxGT("Mirrored Copy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL = _UxGT("Full Control"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X = _UxGT("2nd Nozzle X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y = _UxGT("2nd Nozzle Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z = _UxGT("2nd Nozzle Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("Doing G29"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_TOOLS = _UxGT("UBL Tools"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH = _UxGT("Tilting Point"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH = _UxGT("Manually Build Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT = _UxGT("Place Shim & Measure"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 = _UxGT("Measure"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE = _UxGT("Remove & Measure Bed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT = _UxGT("Moving to next"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("Activate UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("Deactivate UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED = _UxGT("Bed Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Bed Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND = _UxGT("Hotend Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Hotend Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT = _UxGT("Mesh Edit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Edit Custom Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH = _UxGT("Fine Tuning Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH = _UxGT("Done Editing Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Build Custom Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Build Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Build Mesh (") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(")"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Build Mesh (") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(")"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("Build Cold Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST = _UxGT("Adjust Mesh Height"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Height Amount"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Validate Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Validate Mesh (") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(")"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Validate Mesh (") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(")"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Validate Custom Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_BED = _UxGT("G26 Heating Bed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_NOZZLE = _UxGT("G26 Heating Nozzle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_MANUAL_PRIME = _UxGT("Manual priming..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_FIXED_LENGTH = _UxGT("Fixed Length Prime"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_PRIME_DONE = _UxGT("Done Priming"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_CANCELED = _UxGT("G26 Canceled"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_LEAVING = _UxGT("Leaving G26"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH = _UxGT("Continue Bed Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Mesh Leveling"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("3-Point Leveling"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Grid Mesh Leveling"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL = _UxGT("Level Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS = _UxGT("Side Points"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE = _UxGT("Map Type"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP = _UxGT("Output Mesh Map"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST = _UxGT("Output for Host"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV = _UxGT("Output for CSV"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP = _UxGT("Off Printer Backup"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL = _UxGT("Output UBL Info"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Fill-in Amount"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN = _UxGT("Manual Fill-in"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("Smart Fill-in"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH = _UxGT("Fill-in Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL = _UxGT("Invalidate All"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Invalidate Closest"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("Fine Tune All"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Fine Tune Closest"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Mesh Storage"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT = _UxGT("Memory Slot"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH = _UxGT("Load Bed Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("Save Bed Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LOADED = _UxGT("M117 Mesh %i Loaded"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_SAVED = _UxGT("M117 Mesh %i Saved"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE = _UxGT("No Storage"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR = _UxGT("Err: UBL Save"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR = _UxGT("Err: UBL Restore"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET = _UxGT("Z-Offset: "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED = _UxGT("Z-Offset Stopped"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU = _UxGT("Step-By-Step UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_1_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("1. Build Cold Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_2_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("2. Smart Fill-in"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("3. Validate Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_4_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("4. Fine Tune All"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_5_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("5. Validate Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_6_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("6. Fine Tune All"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_7_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("7. Save Bed Mesh"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_CONTROL = _UxGT("LED Control"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEDS = _UxGT("Lights"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_PRESETS = _UxGT("Light Presets"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_RED = _UxGT("Red"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE = _UxGT("Orange"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW = _UxGT("Yellow"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN = _UxGT("Green"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE = _UxGT("Blue"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO = _UxGT("Indigo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET = _UxGT("Violet"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE = _UxGT("White"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT = _UxGT("Default"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS = _UxGT("Custom Lights"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_R = _UxGT("Red Intensity"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_G = _UxGT("Green Intensity"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_B = _UxGT("Blue Intensity"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_W = _UxGT("White Intensity"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Brightness"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVING = _UxGT("Moving..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FREE_XY = _UxGT("Free XY"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("Move X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Move Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Move Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Extruder"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Extruder *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Hotend too cold"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Move %smm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Move 0.1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Move 1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("Move 10mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Speed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Bed Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Nozzle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Nozzle ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Bed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Enclosure"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Fan Speed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Fan Speed ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORED_FAN_N = _UxGT("Stored Fan ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Extra Fan Speed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Extra Fan Speed ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROLLER_FAN = _UxGT("Controller Fan"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROLLER_FAN_IDLE_SPEED = _UxGT("Idle Speed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROLLER_FAN_AUTO_ON = _UxGT("Auto Mode"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROLLER_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Active Speed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROLLER_FAN_DURATION = _UxGT("Idle Period"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Flow"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Flow ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Control"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fact"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Autotemp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("On"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Off"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE = _UxGT("PID Autotune"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_E = _UxGT("PID Autotune *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E = _UxGT("PID-P *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E = _UxGT("PID-I *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E = _UxGT("PID-D *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E = _UxGT("PID-C *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_F = _UxGT("PID-F"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_F_E = _UxGT("PID-F *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Select"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Select *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Accel"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_A _UxGT("-Jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VB_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_B _UxGT("-Jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VC_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_C _UxGT("-Jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VE_JERK = _UxGT("Ve-Jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Junction Dev"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VELOCITY = _UxGT("Velocity"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_A = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("Vmax *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("Vmin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("VTrav Min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Acceleration"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_A = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Amax *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("A-Retract"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("A-Travel"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Steps/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = LCD_STR_A _UxGT("steps/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT("steps/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT("steps/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("Esteps/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("*steps/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperature"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Motion"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E in mm³"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Fil. Dia."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Unload mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Load mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("Advance K"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("Advance K *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("LCD Contrast"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Store Settings"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Load Settings"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("Restore Defaults"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("Initialize EEPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_EEPROM_CRC = _UxGT("Err: EEPROM CRC"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_EEPROM_INDEX = _UxGT("Err: EEPROM Index"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_EEPROM_VERSION = _UxGT("Err: EEPROM Version"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Media Update"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Reset Printer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Refresh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Info Screen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Prepare"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Tune"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Start Print"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_NEXT = _UxGT("Next"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_INIT = _UxGT("Init"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_STOP = _UxGT("Stop"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_PRINT = _UxGT("Print"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_RESET = _UxGT("Reset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL = _UxGT("Cancel"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_DONE = _UxGT("Done"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_BACK = _UxGT("Back"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_PROCEED = _UxGT("Proceed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pause Print"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Resume Print"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Stop Print"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING_OBJECT = _UxGT("Printing Object"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT = _UxGT("Cancel Object"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT_N = _UxGT("Cancel Object ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY = _UxGT("Outage Recovery"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Print from Media"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("No Media"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("Sleep..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Click to Resume..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_PAUSED = _UxGT("Print Paused"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING = _UxGT("Printing..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Print Aborted"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("No Move."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("KILLED. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("STOPPED. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("Retract mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("Swap Re.mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("Retract V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("Hop mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("UnRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("S UnRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("UnRet V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF = _UxGT("S UnRet V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("AutoRetr."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH = _UxGT("Swap Length"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH = _UxGT("Purge Length"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE = _UxGT("Tool Change"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT = _UxGT("Z Raise"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD = _UxGT("Prime Speed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD = _UxGT("Retract Speed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY = _UxGT("Nozzle Standby"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Change Filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Change Filament *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("Load Filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Load Filament *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("Unload Filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Unload Filament *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Unload All"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("Attach Media"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Change Media"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Release Media"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Z Probe Past Bed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SKEW_FACTOR = _UxGT("Skew Factor"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH = _UxGT("BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("Cmd: Self-Test"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("Cmd: Reset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("Cmd: Stow"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Cmd: Deploy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: SW-Mode"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: 5V-Mode"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: OD-Mode"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE = _UxGT("Cmd: Mode-Store"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V = _UxGT("Set BLTouch to 5V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD = _UxGT("Set BLTouch to OD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO = _UxGT("Report Drain"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE = _UxGT("DANGER: Bad settings can cause damage! Proceed anyway?"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE = _UxGT("TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT = _UxGT("Init TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST = _UxGT("Z Offset Test"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE = _UxGT("Save"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI = _UxGT("Deploy TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Deploy Z-Probe"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_STOW = _UxGT("Stow Z-Probe"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Home %s%s%s First"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Probe Offsets"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_XOFFSET = _UxGT("Probe X Offset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_YOFFSET = _UxGT("Probe Y Offset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Probe Z Offset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Babystep X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Babystep Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Babystep Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_TOTAL = _UxGT("Total"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("Endstop Abort"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("Heating Failed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED = _UxGT("Bed Heating Failed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Chamber Heating Fail"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP = _UxGT("Err: REDUNDANT TEMP"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY = _UxGT("THERMAL RUNAWAY"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED = _UxGT("BED THERMAL RUNAWAY"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_CHAMBER = _UxGT("CHAMBER T. RUNAWAY"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP = _UxGT("Err: MAXTEMP"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP = _UxGT("Err: MINTEMP"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Err: MAXTEMP BED"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Err: MINTEMP BED"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Err: MAXTEMP CHAMBER"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Err: MINTEMP CHAMBER"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING = _UxGT("Home XY First"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HALTED = _UxGT("PRINTER HALTED"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PLEASE_RESET = _UxGT("Please Reset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_DAY = _UxGT("d"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_HOUR = _UxGT("h"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_MINUTE = _UxGT("m"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("Heating..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLING = _UxGT("Cooling..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("Bed Heating..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_COOLING = _UxGT("Bed Cooling..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER_HEATING = _UxGT("Chamber Heating..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER_COOLING = _UxGT("Chamber Cooling..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Delta Calibration"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Calibrate X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Calibrate Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Calibrate Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("Calibrate Center"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Delta Settings"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Auto Calibration"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Set Delta Height"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Probe Z-offset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD = _UxGT("Diag Rod"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Height"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_RADIUS = _UxGT("Radius"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MENU = _UxGT("About Printer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("Printer Info"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_3POINT_LEVELING = _UxGT("3-Point Leveling"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Linear Leveling"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Bilinear Leveling"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVELING = _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Mesh Leveling"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("Printer Stats"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Board Info"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("Thermistors"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS = _UxGT("Extruders"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("Baud"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL = _UxGT("Protocol"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_OFF = _UxGT("Runaway Watch: OFF"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_ON = _UxGT("Runaway Watch: ON"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT = _UxGT("Case Light"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Light Brightness"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("INCORRECT PRINTER"); + + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Print Count"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Completed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Total Print time"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Longest Job Time"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Extruded Total"); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Prints"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Completed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Total"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Longest"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Extruded"); + #endif + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP = _UxGT("Min Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Max Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("PSU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Drive Strength"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERROR_TMC = _UxGT("TMC CONNECTION ERROR"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("DAC EEPROM Write"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER = _UxGT("FILAMENT CHANGE"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE = _UxGT("PRINT PAUSED"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD = _UxGT("LOAD FILAMENT"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD = _UxGT("UNLOAD FILAMENT"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER = _UxGT("RESUME OPTIONS:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE = _UxGT("Purge more"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("Continue"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE = _UxGT(" Nozzle: "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR = _UxGT("Runout Sensor"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM = _UxGT("Runout Dist mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_HOMING_FAILED = _UxGT("Homing Failed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_PROBING_FAILED = _UxGT("Probing Failed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M600_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("M600: Too Cold"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_CHOOSE_FILAMENT_HEADER = _UxGT("CHOOSE FILAMENT"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_MENU = _UxGT("MMU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_WRONG_FIRMWARE = _UxGT("Update MMU Firmware!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_NOT_RESPONDING = _UxGT("MMU Needs Attention."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESUME = _UxGT("Resume Print"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESUMING = _UxGT("Resuming..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Load Filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Load All"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Load to Nozzle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Eject Filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Eject Filament ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Unload Filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Loading Fil. %i..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Ejecting Fil. ..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Unloading Fil...."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_ALL = _UxGT("All"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Filament ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESET = _UxGT("Reset MMU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESETTING = _UxGT("Resetting MMU..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Remove, click"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX = _UxGT("Mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_N = _UxGT("Component ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIXER = _UxGT("Mixer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Gradient"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FULL_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Full Gradient"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOGGLE_MIX = _UxGT("Toggle Mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CYCLE_MIX = _UxGT("Cycle Mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT_MIX = _UxGT("Gradient Mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Reverse Gradient"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL = _UxGT("Active V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_VTOOL = _UxGT("Start V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_END_VTOOL = _UxGT(" End V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS = _UxGT("Alias V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_VTOOLS = _UxGT("Reset V-tools"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL = _UxGT("Commit V-tool Mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTOOLS_RESET = _UxGT("V-tools Were Reset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_Z = _UxGT("Start Z:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_END_Z = _UxGT(" End Z:"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GAMES = _UxGT("Games"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BRICKOUT = _UxGT("Brickout"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INVADERS = _UxGT("Invaders"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SNAKE = _UxGT("Sn4k3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAZE = _UxGT("Maze"); + + #define MSG_1_LINE(A) A "\0" "\0" + #define MSG_2_LINE(A,B) A "\0" B "\0" + #define MSG_3_LINE(A,B,C) A "\0" B "\0" C + + // + // Filament Change screens show up to 3 lines on a 4-line display + // ...or up to 2 lines on a 3-line display + // + #if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Press Button", "to resume print")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Parking...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Wait for", "filament change", "to start")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Insert filament", "and press button", "to continue")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Press button", "to heat nozzle")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Nozzle heating", "Please wait...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Wait for", "filament unload")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Wait for", "filament load")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Wait for", "filament purge")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Click to finish", "filament purge")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Wait for print", "to resume...")); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Click to continue")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Parking...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Please wait...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Insert and Click")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Click to heat")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Heating...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Ejecting...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Loading...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Purging...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Click to finish")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Resuming...")); + #endif + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_DRIVERS = _UxGT("TMC Drivers"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_CURRENT = _UxGT("Driver Current"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_HYBRID_THRS = _UxGT("Hybrid Threshold"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS = _UxGT("Sensorless Homing"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_STEPPING_MODE = _UxGT("Stepping Mode"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_STEALTH_ENABLED = _UxGT("StealthChop Enabled"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SERVICE_RESET = _UxGT("Reset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SERVICE_IN = _UxGT(" in:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH = _UxGT("Backlash"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_A = LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_B = LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_C = LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_CORRECTION = _UxGT("Correction"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING = _UxGT("Smoothing"); +} + +#if FAN_COUNT == 1 + #define MSG_FIRST_FAN_SPEED MSG_FAN_SPEED + #define MSG_FIRST_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED #else - #define MSG_CUBED _UxGT("³") -#endif - -#ifndef CHARSIZE - #define CHARSIZE 1 -#endif - -#ifndef WELCOME_MSG - #define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" Ready.") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_YES - #define MSG_YES _UxGT("YES") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_NO - #define MSG_NO _UxGT("NO") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BACK - #define MSG_BACK _UxGT("Back") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MEDIA_ABORTING - #define MSG_MEDIA_ABORTING _UxGT("Aborting...") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED - #define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("Media Inserted") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED - #define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("Media Removed") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED - #define MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED _UxGT("Media Released") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MEDIA_WAITING - #define MSG_MEDIA_WAITING _UxGT("Waiting for media") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MEDIA_READ_ERROR - #define MSG_MEDIA_READ_ERROR _UxGT("Media read error") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MEDIA_USB_REMOVED - #define MSG_MEDIA_USB_REMOVED _UxGT("USB device removed") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MEDIA_USB_FAILED - #define MSG_MEDIA_USB_FAILED _UxGT("USB start failed") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS - #define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Endstops") // Max length 8 characters -#endif -#ifndef MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS - #define MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Soft Endstops") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MAIN - #define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Main") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS - #define MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS _UxGT("Advanced Settings") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_CONFIGURATION - #define MSG_CONFIGURATION _UxGT("Configuration") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_AUTOSTART - #define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Autostart") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS - #define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Disable Steppers") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_DEBUG_MENU - #define MSG_DEBUG_MENU _UxGT("Debug Menu") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST - #define MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST _UxGT("Progress Bar Test") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_AUTO_HOME - #define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Auto Home") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_AUTO_HOME_X - #define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("Home X") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y - #define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Home Y") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z - #define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Home Z") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_AUTO_Z_ALIGN - #define MSG_AUTO_Z_ALIGN _UxGT("Auto Z-Align") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING - #define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("Homing XYZ") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING - #define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("Click to Begin") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT - #define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("Next Point") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE - #define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("Leveling Done!") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT - #define MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT _UxGT("Fade Height") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS - #define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Set Home Offsets") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED - #define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("Offsets Applied") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SET_ORIGIN - #define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Set Origin") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_PREHEAT_1 - #define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Preheat " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#endif -#ifndef MSG_PREHEAT_1_N - #define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" ") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL - #define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" All") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_PREHEAT_1_END - #define MSG_PREHEAT_1_END MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" End") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY - #define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Bed") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS - #define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Conf") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_PREHEAT_2 - #define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Preheat " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#endif -#ifndef MSG_PREHEAT_2_N - #define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" ") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL - #define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" All") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_PREHEAT_2_END - #define MSG_PREHEAT_2_END MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" End") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY - #define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Bed") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS - #define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Conf") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM - #define MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM _UxGT("Preheat Custom") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_COOLDOWN - #define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Cooldown") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_LASER_MENU - #define MSG_LASER_MENU _UxGT("Laser Control") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_LASER_OFF - #define MSG_LASER_OFF _UxGT("Laser Off") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_LASER_ON - #define MSG_LASER_ON _UxGT("Laser On") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_LASER_POWER - #define MSG_LASER_POWER _UxGT("Laser Power") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SPINDLE_MENU - #define MSG_SPINDLE_MENU _UxGT("Spindle Control") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SPINDLE_OFF - #define MSG_SPINDLE_OFF _UxGT("Spindle Off") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SPINDLE_ON - #define MSG_SPINDLE_ON _UxGT("Spindle On") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SPINDLE_POWER - #define MSG_SPINDLE_POWER _UxGT("Spindle Power") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE - #define MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE _UxGT("Spindle Reverse") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON - #define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Switch Power On") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF - #define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Switch Power Off") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_EXTRUDE - #define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Extrude") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_RETRACT - #define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Retract") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MOVE_AXIS - #define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Move Axis") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BED_LEVELING - #define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("Bed Leveling") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_LEVEL_BED - #define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Level Bed") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS - #define MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS _UxGT("Level Corners") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_NEXT_CORNER - #define MSG_NEXT_CORNER _UxGT("Next Corner") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MESH_EDITOR - #define MSG_MESH_EDITOR _UxGT("Mesh Editor") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_EDIT_MESH - #define MSG_EDIT_MESH _UxGT("Edit Mesh") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_EDITING_STOPPED - #define MSG_EDITING_STOPPED _UxGT("Mesh Editing Stopped") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_PROBING_MESH - #define MSG_PROBING_MESH _UxGT("Probing Point") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MESH_X - #define MSG_MESH_X _UxGT("Index X") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MESH_Y - #define MSG_MESH_Y _UxGT("Index Y") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z - #define MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z _UxGT("Z Value") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_USER_MENU - #define MSG_USER_MENU _UxGT("Custom Commands") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_M48_TEST - #define MSG_M48_TEST _UxGT("M48 Probe Test") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_M48_POINT - #define MSG_M48_POINT _UxGT("M48 Point") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_M48_DEVIATION - #define MSG_M48_DEVIATION _UxGT("Deviation") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_IDEX_MENU - #define MSG_IDEX_MENU _UxGT("IDEX Mode") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_OFFSETS_MENU - #define MSG_OFFSETS_MENU _UxGT("Tool Offsets") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK - #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK _UxGT("Auto-Park") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE - #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE _UxGT("Duplication") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY - #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY _UxGT("Mirrored Copy") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL - #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL _UxGT("Full Control") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_X_OFFSET - #define MSG_X_OFFSET _UxGT("2nd Nozzle X") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_Y_OFFSET - #define MSG_Y_OFFSET _UxGT("2nd Nozzle Y") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_Z_OFFSET - #define MSG_Z_OFFSET _UxGT("2nd nNozzle Z") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 - #define MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 _UxGT("Doing G29") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_TOOLS - #define MSG_UBL_TOOLS _UxGT("UBL Tools") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED - #define MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH - #define MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH _UxGT("Tilting Point") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH - #define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH _UxGT("Manually Build Mesh") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT - #define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT _UxGT("Place Shim & Measure") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 - #define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 _UxGT("Measure") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE - #define MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE _UxGT("Remove & Measure Bed") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT - #define MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT _UxGT("Moving to next") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH - #define MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("Activate UBL") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH - #define MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("Deactivate UBL") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED - #define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED _UxGT("Bed Temp") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM - #define MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND - #define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND _UxGT("Hotend Temp") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM - #define MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT - #define MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT _UxGT("Mesh Edit") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH - #define MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Edit Custom Mesh") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH - #define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH _UxGT("Fine Tuning Mesh") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH - #define MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH _UxGT("Done Editing Mesh") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH - #define MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Build Custom Mesh") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU - #define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Build Mesh") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 - #define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 _UxGT("Build Mesh (" PREHEAT_1_LABEL ")") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 - #define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 _UxGT("Build Mesh (" PREHEAT_2_LABEL ")") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH - #define MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH _UxGT("Build Cold Mesh") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST - #define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST _UxGT("Adjust Mesh Height") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT - #define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT _UxGT("Height Amount") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU - #define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Validate Mesh") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 - #define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 _UxGT("Validate Mesh (" PREHEAT_1_LABEL ")") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 - #define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 _UxGT("Validate Mesh (" PREHEAT_2_LABEL ")") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH - #define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Validate Custom Mesh") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_G26_HEATING_BED - #define MSG_G26_HEATING_BED _UxGT("G26 Heating Bed") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_G26_HEATING_NOZZLE - #define MSG_G26_HEATING_NOZZLE _UxGT("G26 Heating Nozzle") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_G26_MANUAL_PRIME - #define MSG_G26_MANUAL_PRIME _UxGT("Manual priming...") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_G26_FIXED_LENGTH - #define MSG_G26_FIXED_LENGTH _UxGT("Fixed Length Prime") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_G26_PRIME_DONE - #define MSG_G26_PRIME_DONE _UxGT("Done Priming") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_G26_CANCELED - #define MSG_G26_CANCELED _UxGT("G26 Canceled") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_G26_LEAVING - #define MSG_G26_LEAVING _UxGT("Leaving G26") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH - #define MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH _UxGT("Continue Bed Mesh") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING - #define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Mesh Leveling") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING - #define MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("3-Point Leveling") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING - #define MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Grid Mesh Leveling") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL - #define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL _UxGT("Level Mesh") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS - #define MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS _UxGT("Side Points") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE - #define MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE _UxGT("Map Type") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP - #define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP _UxGT("Output Mesh Map") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST - #define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST _UxGT("Output for Host") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV - #define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV _UxGT("Output for CSV") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP - #define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP _UxGT("Off Printer Backup") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL - #define MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL _UxGT("Output UBL Info") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT - #define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT _UxGT("Fill-in Amount") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN - #define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN _UxGT("Manual Fill-in") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN - #define MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN _UxGT("Smart Fill-in") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH - #define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH _UxGT("Fill-in Mesh") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL - #define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL _UxGT("Invalidate All") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST - #define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Invalidate Closest") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL - #define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL _UxGT("Fine Tune All") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST - #define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Fine Tune Closest") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU - #define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Mesh Storage") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT - #define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT _UxGT("Memory Slot") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH - #define MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH _UxGT("Load Bed Mesh") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH - #define MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH _UxGT("Save Bed Mesh") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MESH_LOADED - #define MSG_MESH_LOADED _UxGT("Mesh %i Loaded") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MESH_SAVED - #define MSG_MESH_SAVED _UxGT("Mesh %i Saved") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE - #define MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE _UxGT("No Storage") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR - #define MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR _UxGT("Err: UBL Save") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR - #define MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR _UxGT("Err: UBL Restore") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET - #define MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET _UxGT("Z-Offset: ") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED - #define MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED _UxGT("Z-Offset Stopped") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU - #define MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU _UxGT("Step-By-Step UBL") -#endif - -#ifndef MSG_LED_CONTROL - #define MSG_LED_CONTROL _UxGT("LED Control") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_LEDS - #define MSG_LEDS _UxGT("Lights") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_LED_PRESETS - #define MSG_LED_PRESETS _UxGT("Light Presets") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SET_LEDS_RED - #define MSG_SET_LEDS_RED _UxGT("Red") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE - #define MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE _UxGT("Orange") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW - #define MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW _UxGT("Yellow") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN - #define MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN _UxGT("Green") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE - #define MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE _UxGT("Blue") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO - #define MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO _UxGT("Indigo") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET - #define MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET _UxGT("Violet") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE - #define MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE _UxGT("White") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT - #define MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT _UxGT("Default") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS - #define MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS _UxGT("Custom Lights") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_INTENSITY_R - #define MSG_INTENSITY_R _UxGT("Red Intensity") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_INTENSITY_G - #define MSG_INTENSITY_G _UxGT("Green Intensity") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_INTENSITY_B - #define MSG_INTENSITY_B _UxGT("Blue Intensity") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_INTENSITY_W - #define MSG_INTENSITY_W _UxGT("White Intensity") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS - #define MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("Brightness") -#endif - -#ifndef MSG_MOVING - #define MSG_MOVING _UxGT("Moving...") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_FREE_XY - #define MSG_FREE_XY _UxGT("Free XY") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MOVE_X - #define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Move X") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MOVE_Y - #define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Move Y") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MOVE_Z - #define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Move Z") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MOVE_E - #define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Extruder") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD - #define MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD _UxGT("Hotend too cold") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST - #define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("Move %smm") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MOVE_01MM - #define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("Move 0.1mm") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MOVE_1MM - #define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("Move 1mm") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MOVE_10MM - #define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("Move 10mm") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SPEED - #define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Speed") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BED_Z - #define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Bed Z") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_NOZZLE - #define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("Nozzle") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BED - #define MSG_BED _UxGT("Bed") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_CHAMBER - #define MSG_CHAMBER _UxGT("Enclosure") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_FAN_SPEED - #define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Fan Speed") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - #define MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Extra Fan Speed") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_FLOW - #define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Flow") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_CONTROL - #define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Control") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MIN - #define MSG_MIN _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MAX - #define MSG_MAX _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_FACTOR - #define MSG_FACTOR _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fact") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_AUTOTEMP - #define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Autotemp") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_LCD_ON - #define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("On") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_LCD_OFF - #define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("Off") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_PID_P - #define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_PID_I - #define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_PID_D - #define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_PID_C - #define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SELECT - #define MSG_SELECT _UxGT("Select") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_ACC - #define MSG_ACC _UxGT("Accel") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_JERK - #define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Jerk") -#endif -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #ifndef MSG_VA_JERK - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Va-Jerk") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_VB_JERK - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vb-Jerk") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_VC_JERK - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vc-Jerk") - #endif -#else - #ifndef MSG_VA_JERK - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Vx-Jerk") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_VB_JERK - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vy-Jerk") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_VC_JERK - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vz-Jerk") - #endif -#endif -#ifndef MSG_VE_JERK - #define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("Ve-Jerk") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION - #define MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION _UxGT("Junction Dev") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_VELOCITY - #define MSG_VELOCITY _UxGT("Velocity") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_VMAX - #define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("Vmax ") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_VMIN - #define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("Vmin") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_VTRAV_MIN - #define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("VTrav Min") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_ACCELERATION - #define MSG_ACCELERATION _UxGT("Acceleration") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_AMAX - #define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("Amax ") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_A_RETRACT - #define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("A-Retract") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_A_TRAVEL - #define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("A-Travel") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_STEPS_PER_MM - #define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Steps/mm") -#endif -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #ifndef MSG_ASTEPS - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Asteps/mm") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_BSTEPS - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Bsteps/mm") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_CSTEPS - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Csteps/mm") - #endif -#else - #ifndef MSG_ASTEPS - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Xsteps/mm") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_BSTEPS - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Ysteps/mm") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_CSTEPS - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Zsteps/mm") - #endif -#endif -#ifndef MSG_ESTEPS - #define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("Esteps/mm") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_E1STEPS - #define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("E1steps/mm") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_E2STEPS - #define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("E2steps/mm") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_E3STEPS - #define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("E3steps/mm") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_E4STEPS - #define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("E4steps/mm") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_E5STEPS - #define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("E5steps/mm") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_E6STEPS - #define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("E6steps/mm") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_TEMPERATURE - #define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Temperature") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MOTION - #define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Motion") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_FILAMENT - #define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Filament") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED - #define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("E in mm") MSG_CUBED -#endif -#ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM - #define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Fil. Dia.") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD - #define MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD _UxGT("Unload mm") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD - #define MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD _UxGT("Load mm") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_ADVANCE_K - #define MSG_ADVANCE_K _UxGT("Advance K") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_CONTRAST - #define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("LCD Contrast") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_STORE_EEPROM - #define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Store Settings") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_LOAD_EEPROM - #define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Load Settings") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE - #define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Restore failsafe") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_INIT_EEPROM - #define MSG_INIT_EEPROM _UxGT("Initialize EEPROM") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE - #define MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE _UxGT("Media Update") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_RESET_PRINTER - #define MSG_RESET_PRINTER _UxGT("Reset Printer") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_REFRESH - #define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("Refresh") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_WATCH - #define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Info Screen") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_PREPARE - #define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Prepare") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_TUNE - #define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Tune") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_START_PRINT - #define MSG_START_PRINT _UxGT("Start Print") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BUTTON_NEXT - #define MSG_BUTTON_NEXT _UxGT("Next") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BUTTON_INIT - #define MSG_BUTTON_INIT _UxGT("Init") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BUTTON_STOP - #define MSG_BUTTON_STOP _UxGT("Stop") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BUTTON_PRINT - #define MSG_BUTTON_PRINT _UxGT("Print") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BUTTON_RESET - #define MSG_BUTTON_RESET _UxGT("Reset") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL - #define MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL _UxGT("Cancel") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BUTTON_DONE - #define MSG_BUTTON_DONE _UxGT("Done") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_PAUSE_PRINT - #define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Pause Print") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_RESUME_PRINT - #define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Resume Print") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_STOP_PRINT - #define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Stop Print") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY - #define MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY _UxGT("Outage Recovery") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MEDIA_MENU - #define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("Print from Media") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_NO_MEDIA - #define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("No Media") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_DWELL - #define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("Sleep...") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_USERWAIT - #define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Click to Resume...") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_PRINT_PAUSED - #define MSG_PRINT_PAUSED _UxGT("Print Paused") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_PRINTING - #define MSG_PRINTING _UxGT("Printing...") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_PRINT_ABORTED - #define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Print Aborted") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_NO_MOVE - #define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("No Move.") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_KILLED - #define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("KILLED. ") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_STOPPED - #define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("STOPPED. ") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT - #define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("Retract mm") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP - #define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Swap Re.mm") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF - #define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("Retract V") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP - #define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Hop mm") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER - #define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("UnRet mm") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP - #define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("S UnRet mm") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF - #define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("UnRet V") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF - #define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF _UxGT("S UnRet V") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_AUTORETRACT - #define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("AutoRetr.") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH - #define MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH _UxGT("Swap Length") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH - #define MSG_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH _UxGT("Purge Length") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_TOOL_CHANGE - #define MSG_TOOL_CHANGE _UxGT("Tool Change") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT - #define MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT _UxGT("Z Raise") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD - #define MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD _UxGT("Prime Speed") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD - #define MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD _UxGT("Retract Speed") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY - #define MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY _UxGT("Nozzle Standby") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE - #define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Change Filament") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_FILAMENTLOAD - #define MSG_FILAMENTLOAD _UxGT("Load Filament") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD - #define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD _UxGT("Unload Filament") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL - #define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL _UxGT("Unload All") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_INIT_MEDIA - #define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("Init. Media") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA - #define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("Change Media") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA - #define MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA _UxGT("Release Media") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_ZPROBE_OUT - #define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Z Probe Past Bed") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SKEW_FACTOR - #define MSG_SKEW_FACTOR _UxGT("Skew Factor") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BLTOUCH - #define MSG_BLTOUCH _UxGT("BLTouch") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST - #define MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST _UxGT("Cmd: Self-Test") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET - #define MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET _UxGT("Cmd: Reset") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW - #define MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW _UxGT("Cmd: Stow") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY - #define MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY _UxGT("Cmd: Deploy") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE - #define MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE _UxGT("Cmd: SW-Mode") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE - #define MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE _UxGT("Cmd: 5V-Mode") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE - #define MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE _UxGT("Cmd: OD-Mode") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE - #define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE _UxGT("Cmd: Mode-Store") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V - #define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V _UxGT("Set BLTouch to 5V") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD - #define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD _UxGT("Set BLTouch to OD") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO - #define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO _UxGT("Report Drain") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE - #define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE _UxGT("DANGER: Bad settings can cause damage! Proceed anyway?") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE - #define MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE _UxGT("TouchMI") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT - #define MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT _UxGT("Init TouchMI") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST - #define MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST _UxGT("Z Offset Test") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE - #define MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE _UxGT("Save") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI - #define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI _UxGT("Deploy TouchMI") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY - #define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY _UxGT("Deploy Z-Probe") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MANUAL_STOW - #define MSG_MANUAL_STOW _UxGT("Stow Z-Probe") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_HOME_FIRST - #define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("Home %s%s%s First") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET - #define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Probe Z Offset") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BABYSTEP_X - #define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Babystep X") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BABYSTEP_Y - #define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Babystep Y") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BABYSTEP_Z - #define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Babystep Z") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BABYSTEP_TOTAL - #define MSG_BABYSTEP_TOTAL _UxGT("Total") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT - #define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Endstop Abort") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD - #define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("Heating Failed") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED - #define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED _UxGT("Bed Heating Failed") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_CHAMBER - #define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_CHAMBER _UxGT("Chamber Heating Fail") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP - #define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("Err: REDUNDANT TEMP") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY - #define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("THERMAL RUNAWAY") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED - #define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED _UxGT("BED THERMAL RUNAWAY") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_CHAMBER - #define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_CHAMBER _UxGT("CHAMBER T. RUNAWAY") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP - #define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("Err: MAXTEMP") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_ERR_MINTEMP - #define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("Err: MINTEMP") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED - #define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("Err: MAXTEMP BED") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED - #define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("Err: MINTEMP BED") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_CHAMBER - #define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_CHAMBER _UxGT("Err: MAXTEMP CHAMBER") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_CHAMBER - #define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_CHAMBER _UxGT("Err: MINTEMP CHAMBER") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING - #define MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING _UxGT("Home XY First") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_HALTED - #define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("PRINTER HALTED") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_PLEASE_RESET - #define MSG_PLEASE_RESET _UxGT("Please Reset") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SHORT_DAY - #define MSG_SHORT_DAY _UxGT("d") // One character only -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SHORT_HOUR - #define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("h") // One character only -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SHORT_MINUTE - #define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("m") // One character only -#endif -#ifndef MSG_HEATING - #define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("Heating...") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_COOLING - #define MSG_COOLING _UxGT("Cooling...") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BED_HEATING - #define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Bed Heating...") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BED_COOLING - #define MSG_BED_COOLING _UxGT("Bed Cooling...") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_CHAMBER_HEATING - #define MSG_CHAMBER_HEATING _UxGT("Chamber Heating...") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_CHAMBER_COOLING - #define MSG_CHAMBER_COOLING _UxGT("Chamber Cooling...") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE - #define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Delta Calibration") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X - #define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Calibrate X") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y - #define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Calibrate Y") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z - #define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Calibrate Z") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER - #define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Calibrate Center") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS - #define MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS _UxGT("Delta Settings") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE - #define MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Auto Calibration") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE - #define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Set Delta Height") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE - #define MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Probe Z-offset") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD - #define MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD _UxGT("Diag Rod") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT - #define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT _UxGT("Height") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_DELTA_RADIUS - #define MSG_DELTA_RADIUS _UxGT("Radius") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_INFO_MENU - #define MSG_INFO_MENU _UxGT("About Printer") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU - #define MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU _UxGT("Printer Info") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_3POINT_LEVELING - #define MSG_3POINT_LEVELING _UxGT("3-Point Leveling") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING - #define MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("Linear Leveling") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING - #define MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("Bilinear Leveling") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_UBL_LEVELING - #define MSG_UBL_LEVELING _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MESH_LEVELING - #define MSG_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Mesh Leveling") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU - #define MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU _UxGT("Printer Stats") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU - #define MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU _UxGT("Board Info") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU - #define MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU _UxGT("Thermistors") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS - #define MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS _UxGT("Extruders") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE - #define MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE _UxGT("Baud") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL - #define MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL _UxGT("Protocol") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_CASE_LIGHT - #define MSG_CASE_LIGHT _UxGT("Case Light") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS - #define MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("Light Brightness") -#endif - -#ifndef MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER - #define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("INCORRECT PRINTER") -#endif - -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #ifndef MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Print Count") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Completed") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Total Print time") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Longest Job Time") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Extruded Total") - #endif -#else - #ifndef MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Prints") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Completed") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Total") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Longest") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Extruded") - #endif -#endif -#ifndef MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP - #define MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP _UxGT("Min Temp") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP - #define MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP _UxGT("Max Temp") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_INFO_PSU - #define MSG_INFO_PSU _UxGT("PSU") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH - #define MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH _UxGT("Drive Strength") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_DAC_PERCENT - #define MSG_DAC_PERCENT _UxGT("Driver %") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_ERROR_TMC - #define MSG_ERROR_TMC _UxGT("TMC CONNECTION ERROR") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE - #define MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE _UxGT("DAC EEPROM Write") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE _UxGT("PRINT PAUSED") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD _UxGT("LOAD FILAMENT") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD _UxGT("UNLOAD FILAMENT") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER _UxGT("RESUME OPTIONS:") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE _UxGT("Purge more") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME _UxGT("Continue") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE _UxGT(" Nozzle: ") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR - #define MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR _UxGT("Runout Sensor") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - #define MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM _UxGT("Runout Dist mm") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_ERR_HOMING_FAILED - #define MSG_ERR_HOMING_FAILED _UxGT("Homing Failed") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_ERR_PROBING_FAILED - #define MSG_ERR_PROBING_FAILED _UxGT("Probing Failed") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_M600_TOO_COLD - #define MSG_M600_TOO_COLD _UxGT("M600: Too Cold") -#endif - -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER - #define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER _UxGT("FILAMENT CHANGE") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_CHOOSE_FILAMENT_HEADER - #define MSG_MMU2_CHOOSE_FILAMENT_HEADER _UxGT("CHOOSE FILAMENT") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_MENU - #define MSG_MMU2_MENU _UxGT("MMU") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_WRONG_FIRMWARE - #define MSG_MMU2_WRONG_FIRMWARE _UxGT("Update MMU Firmware!") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_NOT_RESPONDING - #define MSG_MMU2_NOT_RESPONDING _UxGT("MMU Needs Attention.") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_RESUME - #define MSG_MMU2_RESUME _UxGT("Resume Print") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_RESUMING - #define MSG_MMU2_RESUMING _UxGT("Resuming...") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_LOAD_FILAMENT - #define MSG_MMU2_LOAD_FILAMENT _UxGT("Load Filament") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL - #define MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL _UxGT("Load All") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE - #define MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE _UxGT("Load to Nozzle") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT - #define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Eject Filament") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT0 - #define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT0 _UxGT("Eject Filament 1") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT1 - #define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT1 _UxGT("Eject Filament 2") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT2 - #define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT2 _UxGT("Eject Filament 3") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT3 - #define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT3 _UxGT("Eject Filament 4") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT4 - #define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT4 _UxGT("Eject Filament 5") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT - #define MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT _UxGT("Unload Filament") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT - #define MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT _UxGT("Loading Fil. %i...") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT - #define MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT _UxGT("Ejecting Fil. ...") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT - #define MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT _UxGT("Unloading Fil....") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_ALL - #define MSG_MMU2_ALL _UxGT("All") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT0 - #define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT0 _UxGT("Filament 1") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT1 - #define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT1 _UxGT("Filament 2") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT2 - #define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT2 _UxGT("Filament 3") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT3 - #define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT3 _UxGT("Filament 4") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT4 - #define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT4 _UxGT("Filament 5") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_RESET - #define MSG_MMU2_RESET _UxGT("Reset MMU") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_RESETTING - #define MSG_MMU2_RESETTING _UxGT("Resetting MMU...") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER - #define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER _UxGT("Remove, click") -#endif - -#ifndef MSG_MIX - #define MSG_MIX _UxGT("Mix") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MIX_COMPONENT - #define MSG_MIX_COMPONENT _UxGT("Component") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MIXER - #define MSG_MIXER _UxGT("Mixer") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_GRADIENT - #define MSG_GRADIENT _UxGT("Gradient") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_FULL_GRADIENT - #define MSG_FULL_GRADIENT _UxGT("Full Gradient") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_TOGGLE_MIX - #define MSG_TOGGLE_MIX _UxGT("Toggle Mix") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_CYCLE_MIX - #define MSG_CYCLE_MIX _UxGT("Cycle Mix") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_GRADIENT_MIX - #define MSG_GRADIENT_MIX _UxGT("Gradient Mix") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT - #define MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT _UxGT("Reverse Gradient") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL - #define MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL _UxGT("Active V-tool") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_START_VTOOL - #define MSG_START_VTOOL _UxGT("Start V-tool") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_END_VTOOL - #define MSG_END_VTOOL _UxGT(" End V-tool") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS - #define MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS _UxGT("Alias V-tool") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_RESET_VTOOLS - #define MSG_RESET_VTOOLS _UxGT("Reset V-tools") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL - #define MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL _UxGT("Commit V-tool Mix") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_VTOOLS_RESET - #define MSG_VTOOLS_RESET _UxGT("V-tools Were Reset") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_START_Z - #define MSG_START_Z _UxGT("Start Z") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_END_Z - #define MSG_END_Z _UxGT(" End Z") -#endif - -#ifndef MSG_GAMES - #define MSG_GAMES _UxGT("Games") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BRICKOUT - #define MSG_BRICKOUT _UxGT("Brickout") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_INVADERS - #define MSG_INVADERS _UxGT("Invaders") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SNAKE - #define MSG_SNAKE _UxGT("Sn4k3") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_MAZE - #define MSG_MAZE _UxGT("Maze") -#endif - -// -// Filament Change screens show up to 3 lines on a 4-line display -// ...or up to 2 lines on a 3-line display -// -#if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 - #ifndef MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_1 - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_1 _UxGT("Press Button") - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_2 _UxGT("to resume print") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT_1 - #define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT_1 _UxGT("Parking...") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Wait for") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("filament change") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_3 _UxGT("to start") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Insert filament") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("and press button") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3 _UxGT("to continue") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Press button") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_2 _UxGT("to heat nozzle") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Nozzle heating") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_2 _UxGT("Please wait...") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Wait for") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("filament unload") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Wait for") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 _UxGT("filament load") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Wait for") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_2 _UxGT("filament purge") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_1 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Click to finish") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_2 _UxGT("filament purge") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Wait for print") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("to resume...") - #endif -#else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 - #ifndef MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_1 - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_1 _UxGT("Click to continue") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT_1 - #define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT_1 _UxGT("Parking...") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Please wait...") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Insert and Click") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Click to heat") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Heating...") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Ejecting...") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Loading...") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Purging...") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_1 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Click to finish") - #endif - #ifndef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Resuming...") - #endif -#endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 - -#ifndef MSG_TMC_DRIVERS - #define MSG_TMC_DRIVERS _UxGT("TMC Drivers") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_TMC_CURRENT - #define MSG_TMC_CURRENT _UxGT("Driver Current") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_TMC_HYBRID_THRS - #define MSG_TMC_HYBRID_THRS _UxGT("Hybrid Threshold") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS - #define MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS _UxGT("Sensorless Homing") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_TMC_STEPPING_MODE - #define MSG_TMC_STEPPING_MODE _UxGT("Stepping Mode") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_TMC_STEALTH_ENABLED - #define MSG_TMC_STEALTH_ENABLED _UxGT("StealthChop Enabled") -#endif - -#ifndef MSG_SERVICE_RESET - #define MSG_SERVICE_RESET _UxGT("Reset") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_SERVICE_IN - #define MSG_SERVICE_IN _UxGT(" in:") -#endif - -#ifndef MSG_BACKLASH - #define MSG_BACKLASH _UxGT("Backlash") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BACKLASH_CORRECTION - #define MSG_BACKLASH_CORRECTION _UxGT("Correction") -#endif -#ifndef MSG_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING - #define MSG_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING _UxGT("Smoothing") + #define MSG_FIRST_FAN_SPEED MSG_FAN_SPEED_N + #define MSG_FIRST_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_es.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_es.h index e38390b3f9..12d487b35b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_es.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_es.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -29,536 +29,519 @@ * */ -#define THIS_LANGUAGES_SPECIAL_SYMBOLS _UxGT ("¡¿ªáéíóúÁÉÍÓÚ") #define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_1 -#define CHARSIZE 2 -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" lista") -#define MSG_YES _UxGT("SI") -#define MSG_NO _UxGT("NO") -#define MSG_BACK _UxGT("Atrás") -#define MSG_MEDIA_ABORTING _UxGT("Cancelando...") -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("SD/USB insertado") -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("SD/USB retirado") -#define MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED _UxGT("SD/USB lanzado") -#define MSG_MEDIA_WAITING _UxGT("Esperando al SD/USB") -#define MSG_MEDIA_READ_ERROR _UxGT("Error lectura SD/USB") -#define MSG_MEDIA_USB_REMOVED _UxGT("Disp. USB retirado") -#define MSG_MEDIA_USB_FAILED _UxGT("Inicio USB fallido") -#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Endstops") // Max length 8 characters -#define MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Soft Endstops") -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Menú principal") -#define MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS _UxGT("Ajustes avanzados") -#define MSG_CONFIGURATION _UxGT("Configuración") -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Inicio automático") -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Apagar motores") -#define MSG_DEBUG_MENU _UxGT("Menú depuración") -#define MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST _UxGT("Prob. barra progreso") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Llevar al origen") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("Origen X") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Origen Y") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Origen Z") -#define MSG_AUTO_Z_ALIGN _UxGT("Auto alineado Z") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("Origen XYZ") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("Pulsar para comenzar") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("Siguiente punto") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("¡Nivelación lista!") -#define MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT _UxGT("Compensación Altura") -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Ajustar desfases") -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("Desfase aplicada") -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Establecer origen") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Precalentar " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Todo") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_END MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Fin") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Cama") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Ajuste") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Precalentar" PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Todo") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_END MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Fin") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Cama") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Ajuste") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM _UxGT("Precalen. Personali.") -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Enfriar") -#define MSG_LASER_MENU _UxGT("Control Láser") -#define MSG_LASER_OFF _UxGT("Láser Apagado") -#define MSG_LASER_ON _UxGT("Láser Encendido") -#define MSG_LASER_POWER _UxGT("Potencia Láser") -#define MSG_SPINDLE_MENU _UxGT("Control Mandrino") -#define MSG_SPINDLE_OFF _UxGT("Mandrino Apagado") -#define MSG_SPINDLE_ON _UxGT("Mandrino Encendido") -#define MSG_SPINDLE_POWER _UxGT("Potencia Mandrino") -#define MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE _UxGT("Invertir giro") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Encender Fuente") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Apagar Fuente") -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Extruir") -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Retraer") -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Mover ejes") -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("Nivelando Cama") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Nivelar Cama") -#define MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS _UxGT("Nivelar Esquinas") -#define MSG_NEXT_CORNER _UxGT("Siguente Esquina") -#define MSG_MESH_EDITOR _UxGT("Editor Mallado") -#define MSG_EDIT_MESH _UxGT("Editar Mallado") -#define MSG_EDITING_STOPPED _UxGT("Ed. Mallado parada") -#define MSG_PROBING_MESH _UxGT("Sondear Punto") -#define MSG_MESH_X _UxGT("Índice X") -#define MSG_MESH_Y _UxGT("Índice Y") -#define MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z _UxGT("Valor Z") -#define MSG_USER_MENU _UxGT("Comandos Personaliz.") -#define MSG_M48_TEST _UxGT("M48 Probar Sonda") -#define MSG_M48_POINT _UxGT("M48 Punto") -#define MSG_M48_DEVIATION _UxGT("Desviación") -#define MSG_IDEX_MENU _UxGT("Modo IDEX") -#define MSG_OFFSETS_MENU _UxGT("Desfase Boquillas") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK _UxGT("Auto-Aparcado") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE _UxGT("Duplicar") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY _UxGT("Copia Reflejada") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL _UxGT("Control Total") -#define MSG_X_OFFSET _UxGT("2ª Boquilla X") -#define MSG_Y_OFFSET _UxGT("2ª Boquilla Y") -#define MSG_Z_OFFSET _UxGT("2ª Boquilla Z") -#define MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 _UxGT("Hacer G29") -#define MSG_UBL_TOOLS _UxGT("Herramientas UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Nivel.Cama.Uni.(UBL)") -#define MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH _UxGT("Punto de inclinación") -#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH _UxGT("Crear Mallado man.") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT _UxGT("Colocar cuña y Medir") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 _UxGT("Medir") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE _UxGT("Retirar y Medir Cama") -#define MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT _UxGT("Mover al Siguente") -#define MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("Activar UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("Desactivar UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED _UxGT("Temp. Cama") -#define MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND _UxGT ("Hotend Temp") -#define MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT _UxGT("Editar Mallado") -#define MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Edit. Mallado perso.") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH _UxGT("Ajuste fino Mallado") -#define MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH _UxGT("Term. edici. Mallado") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Crear Mallado Perso.") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Crear Mallado") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 _UxGT("Crear Mallado (" PREHEAT_1_LABEL ")") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 _UxGT("Crear Mallado (" PREHEAT_2_LABEL ")") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH _UxGT("Crear Mallado Frío") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST _UxGT("Ajustar alt. Mallado") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT _UxGT("Cantidad de altura") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Validar Mallado") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 _UxGT("Validar Mallado (" PREHEAT_1_LABEL ")") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 _UxGT("Validar Mallado (" PREHEAT_2_LABEL ")") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Vali. Mallado perso.") -#define MSG_G26_HEATING_BED _UxGT("G26 Calentando Cama") -#define MSG_G26_HEATING_NOZZLE _UxGT("G26 Calent. Boquilla") -#define MSG_G26_MANUAL_PRIME _UxGT("Imprimado manual...") -#define MSG_G26_FIXED_LENGTH _UxGT("Impri. longit. fija") -#define MSG_G26_PRIME_DONE _UxGT("Imprimación Lista") -#define MSG_G26_CANCELED _UxGT("G26 Cancelado") -#define MSG_G26_LEAVING _UxGT("Dejando G26") -#define MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH _UxGT("Contin. Mallado cama") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Nivelando Mallado") -#define MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Nivelando 3Puntos") -#define MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Nivel. Mallado cuad.") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL _UxGT("Nivel de Mallado") -#define MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS _UxGT("Puntos Laterales") -#define MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE _UxGT("Tipo de mapa ") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP _UxGT("Salida Mapa mallado") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST _UxGT("Salida para el host") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV _UxGT("Salida para CSV") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP _UxGT("Off Printer Backup") -#define MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL _UxGT("Salida Info. UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT _UxGT("Cantidad de relleno") -#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN _UxGT("Relleno manual") -#define MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN _UxGT("Relleno inteligente") -#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH _UxGT("Mallado de relleno") -#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL _UxGT("Invalidar todo") -#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Invalidar proximos") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL _UxGT("Ajustar Fino Todo") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Ajustar Fino proxi.") -#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Almacen de Mallado") -#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT _UxGT("Huecos de memoria") -#define MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH _UxGT("Cargar Mallado cama") -#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH _UxGT("Guardar Mallado cama") -#define MSG_MESH_LOADED _UxGT("Mallado %i Cargado") -#define MSG_MESH_SAVED _UxGT("Mallado %i Guardado") -#define MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE _UxGT("Sin guardar") -#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR _UxGT("Error: Guardar UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR _UxGT("Error: Restaurar UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET _UxGT("Desfase de Z: ") -#define MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED _UxGT("Desfase de Z Parado") -#define MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU _UxGT("UBL Paso a Paso") +namespace Language_es { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English -#define MSG_LED_CONTROL _UxGT("Control LED") -#define MSG_LEDS _UxGT("Luzes") -#define MSG_LED_PRESETS _UxGT("Luz predefinida") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_RED _UxGT("Rojo") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE _UxGT("Naranja") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW _UxGT("Amarillo") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN _UxGT("Verde") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE _UxGT("Azul") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO _UxGT("Índigo") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET _UxGT("Violeta") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE _UxGT("Blanco") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT _UxGT("Por defecto") -#define MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS _UxGT("Luces personalizadas") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_R _UxGT("Intensidad Rojo") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_G _UxGT("Intensidad Verde") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_B _UxGT("Intensidad Azul") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_W _UxGT("Intensidad Blanco") -#define MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("Brillo") + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 2; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Spanish"); -#define MSG_MOVING _UxGT("Moviendo...") -#define MSG_FREE_XY _UxGT("Libre XY") -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Mover X") -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Mover Y") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Mover Z") -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Extrusor") -#define MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD _UxGT("Hotend muy frio") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("Mover %smm") -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("Mover 0.1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("Mover 1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("Mover 10mm") -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Velocidad") -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Cama Z") -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("Boquilla") -#define MSG_BED _UxGT("Cama") -#define MSG_CHAMBER _UxGT("Recinto") -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Ventilador") -#define MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Vel. Ext. ventilador") -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Flujo") -#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Control") -#define MSG_MIN _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min") -#define MSG_MAX _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max") -#define MSG_FACTOR _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fact") -#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Temperatura Auto.") -#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("Encender") -#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("Apagar") -#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") -#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") -#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") -#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") -#define MSG_SELECT _UxGT("Seleccionar") -#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("Aceleración") -#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Jerk") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Va-Jerk") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vb-Jerk") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vc-Jerk") -#else - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Vx-Jerk") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vy-Jerk") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vz-Jerk") -#endif -#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("Ve-Jerk") -#define MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION _UxGT("Junction Dev") -#define MSG_VELOCITY _UxGT("Velocidad") -#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("Vmax") -#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("Vmin") -#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("Vel. viaje min") -#define MSG_ACCELERATION MSG_ACC -#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("Acel. max") -#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("Acel. retrac.") -#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("Acel. Viaje") -#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Pasos/mm") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("A pasos/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("B pasos/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("C pasos/mm") -#else - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("X pasos/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Y pasos/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Z pasos/mm") -#endif -#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("E pasos/mm") -#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("E1 pasos/mm") -#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("E2 pasos/mm") -#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("E3 pasos/mm") -#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("E4 pasos/mm") -#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("E5 pasos/mm") -#define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("E6 pasos/mm") -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Temperatura") -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Movimiento") -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Filamento") -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("E en mm") MSG_CUBED -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Fil. Dia.") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD _UxGT("Descarga mm") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD _UxGT("Carga mm") -#define MSG_ADVANCE_K _UxGT("Avance K") -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("Contraste LCD") -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Guardar EEPROM") -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Cargar EEPROM") -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Rest. fábrica") -#define MSG_INIT_EEPROM _UxGT("Inicializar EEPROM") -#define MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE _UxGT("Actualizar SD/USB") -#define MSG_RESET_PRINTER _UxGT("Resetear Impresora") -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("Recargar") -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Pantalla de Inf.") -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Preparar") -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Ajustar") -#define MSG_START_PRINT _UxGT("Iniciar impresión") -#define MSG_BUTTON_NEXT _UxGT("Siguinte") -#define MSG_BUTTON_INIT _UxGT("Iniciar") -#define MSG_BUTTON_STOP _UxGT("Parar") -#define MSG_BUTTON_PRINT _UxGT("Imprimir") -#define MSG_BUTTON_RESET _UxGT("Reiniciar") -#define MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL _UxGT("Cancelar") -#define MSG_BUTTON_DONE _UxGT("Listo") -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Pausar impresión") -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Reanudar impresión") -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Detener impresión") -#define MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY _UxGT("Recuper. por interr.") -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("Imprim. desde SD/USB") -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("SD/USB no presente") -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("Reposo...") -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Pulsar para Reanudar") -#define MSG_PRINT_PAUSED _UxGT("Impresión Pausada") -#define MSG_PRINTING _UxGT("Imprimiendo...") -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Impresión cancelada") -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("Sin movimiento") -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("MUERTA") -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("DETENIDA") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("Retraer mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Interc. Retraer mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("Retraer V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Levantar mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("DesRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("Interc. DesRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("DesRet V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF _UxGT("S UnRet V") -#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("Retracción Auto.") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH _UxGT("Inter. longitud") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH _UxGT("Purgar longitud") -#define MSG_TOOL_CHANGE _UxGT("Cambiar Herramienta") -#define MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT _UxGT("Aumentar Z") -#define MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD _UxGT("Prime Speed") -#define MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD _UxGT("Vel. de retracción") -#define MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY _UxGT("Colocar boquilla") -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Cambiar filamento") -#define MSG_FILAMENTLOAD _UxGT("Cargar filamento") -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD _UxGT("Descargar filamento") -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL _UxGT("Descargar todo") -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("Iniciar SD/USB") -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("Cambiar SD/USB") -#define MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA _UxGT("Lanzar SD/USB") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Sonda Z fuera cama") -#define MSG_SKEW_FACTOR _UxGT("Factor de desviación") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH _UxGT("BLTouch") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST _UxGT("Cmd: Auto-Prueba") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET _UxGT("Cmd: Reiniciar") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW _UxGT("Cmd: Bajar pistón") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY _UxGT("Cmd: Subir pistón") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE _UxGT("Cmd: Modo Software") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE _UxGT("Cmd: Modo 5V") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE _UxGT("Cmd: Modo OD") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE _UxGT("Cmd: Modo almacenar") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V _UxGT("Poner BLTouch a 5V") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD _UxGT("Poner BLTouch a OD") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO _UxGT("Informe de drenaje") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE _UxGT("PELIGRO: ¡Una mala configuración puede producir daños! ¿Proceder igualmente?") -#define MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE _UxGT("TouchMI") -#define MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT _UxGT("Iniciar TouchMI") -#define MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST _UxGT("Test de desfase Z") -#define MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE _UxGT("Guardar") -#define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI _UxGT("Subir TouchMI") -#define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY _UxGT("Subir Sonda Z") -#define MSG_MANUAL_STOW _UxGT("Bajar Sonda Z") -#define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("Origen %s%s%s Primero") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Desfase Z") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Micropaso X") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Micropaso Y") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Micropaso Z") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_TOTAL _UxGT("Total") -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Cancelado - Endstop") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("Calent. fallido") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED _UxGT("Calent. cama fallido") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_CHAMBER _UxGT("Calent. Cám. fallido") -#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("Err: TEMP. REDUN.") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("ESCAPE TERMICO") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED _UxGT("ESC. TERMICO CAMA") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_CHAMBER _UxGT("ESC. TERMICO CAMARA") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("Err:TEMP. MÁX") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("Err:TEMP. MIN") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("Err:TEMP. MÁX CAMA") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("Err:TEMP. MIN CAMA") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_CHAMBER _UxGT("Err:TEMP. MÁX CÁMARA") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_CHAMBER _UxGT("Err:TEMP. MIN CÁMARA") -#define MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING _UxGT("Origen XY Primero") -#define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("IMPRESORA DETENIDA") -#define MSG_PLEASE_RESET _UxGT("Por favor, reinicie") -#define MSG_SHORT_DAY _UxGT("d") // One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("h") // One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("m") // One character only -#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("Calentando...") -#define MSG_COOLING _UxGT("Enfriando...") -#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Calentando Cama...") -#define MSG_BED_COOLING _UxGT("Enfriando Cama...") -#define MSG_CHAMBER_HEATING _UxGT("Calentando Cámara...") -#define MSG_CHAMBER_COOLING _UxGT("Enfriando Cámara...") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Calibración Delta") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Calibrar X") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Calibrar Y") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Calibrar Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Calibrar Centro") -#define MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS _UxGT("Configuración Delta") -#define MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Auto Calibración") -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Est. Altura Delta") -#define MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Ajustar Sonda Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD _UxGT("Barra Diagonal") -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT _UxGT("Altura") -#define MSG_DELTA_RADIUS _UxGT("Radio") -#define MSG_INFO_MENU _UxGT("Acerca de Impresora") -#define MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU _UxGT("Info. Impresora") -#define MSG_3POINT_LEVELING _UxGT("Nivelando 3puntos") -#define MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("Nivelando Lineal") -#define MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("Nivelando Bilineal") -#define MSG_UBL_LEVELING _UxGT("Nivelando UBL") -#define MSG_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Nivelando en Mallado") -#define MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU _UxGT("Estadísticas Imp.") -#define MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU _UxGT("Info. Controlador") -#define MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU _UxGT("Termistores") -#define MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS _UxGT("Extrusores") -#define MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE _UxGT("Baudios") -#define MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL _UxGT("Protocolo") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT _UxGT("Luz cabina") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("Brillo cabina") + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" lista"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_YES = _UxGT("SI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO = _UxGT("NO"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACK = _UxGT("Atrás"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_ABORTING = _UxGT("Cancelando..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("SD/USB insertado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("SD/USB retirado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED = _UxGT("SD/USB lanzado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_WAITING = _UxGT("Esperando al SD/USB"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_READ_ERROR = _UxGT("Error lectura SD/USB"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_REMOVED = _UxGT("Disp. USB retirado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_FAILED = _UxGT("Inicio USB fallido"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Endstops"); // Max length 8 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Soft Endstops"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Menú principal"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Ajustes avanzados"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONFIGURATION = _UxGT("Configuración"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("Inicio automático"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Apagar motores"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DEBUG_MENU = _UxGT("Menú depuración"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST = _UxGT("Prob. barra progreso"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Llevar al origen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("Origen X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("Origen Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("Origen Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_Z_ALIGN = _UxGT("Auto alineado Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING = _UxGT("Origen XYZ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("Pulsar para comenzar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("Siguiente punto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("¡Nivelación lista!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Compensación Altura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Ajustar desfases"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Desfase aplicada"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Establecer origen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Fin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Fin ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Todo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Cama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Ajuste"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Fin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Fin ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Todo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Cama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Ajuste"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Precalen. Personali."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Enfriar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_MENU = _UxGT("Control Láser"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_OFF = _UxGT("Láser Apagado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_ON = _UxGT("Láser Encendido"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_POWER = _UxGT("Potencia Láser"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_MENU = _UxGT("Control Mandrino"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_OFF = _UxGT("Mandrino Apagado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_ON = _UxGT("Mandrino Encendido"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_POWER = _UxGT("Potencia Mandrino"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE = _UxGT("Invertir giro"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Encender Fuente"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Apagar Fuente"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Extruir"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("Retraer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("Mover ejes"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("Nivelando Cama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Nivelar Cama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS = _UxGT("Nivelar Esquinas"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NEXT_CORNER = _UxGT("Siguente Esquina"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDITOR = _UxGT("Editor Mallado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDIT_MESH = _UxGT("Editar Mallado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDITING_STOPPED = _UxGT("Ed. Mallado parada"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROBING_MESH = _UxGT("Sondear Punto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_X = _UxGT("Índice X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_Y = _UxGT("Índice Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z = _UxGT("Valor Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USER_MENU = _UxGT("Comandos Personaliz."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_TEST = _UxGT("M48 Probar Sonda"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_POINT = _UxGT("M48 Punto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Desviación"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MENU = _UxGT("Modo IDEX"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OFFSETS_MENU = _UxGT("Desfase Boquillas"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK = _UxGT("Auto-Aparcado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE = _UxGT("Duplicar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY = _UxGT("Copia Reflejada"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL = _UxGT("Control Total"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X = _UxGT("2ª Boquilla X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y = _UxGT("2ª Boquilla Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z = _UxGT("2ª Boquilla Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("Hacer G29"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_TOOLS = _UxGT("Herramientas UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Nivel.Cama.Uni.(UBL)"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH = _UxGT("Punto de inclinación"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH = _UxGT("Crear Mallado man."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT = _UxGT("Colocar cuña y Medir"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 = _UxGT("Medir"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE = _UxGT("Retirar y Medir Cama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT = _UxGT("Mover al Siguente"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("Activar UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("Desactivar UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED = _UxGT("Temp. Cama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Bed Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND = _UxGT ("Hotend Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Hotend Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT = _UxGT("Editar Mallado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Edit. Mallado perso."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH = _UxGT("Ajuste fino Mallado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH = _UxGT("Term. edici. Mallado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Crear Mallado Perso."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Crear Mallado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Crear Mallado (") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(")"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Crear Mallado (") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(")"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("Crear Mallado Frío"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST = _UxGT("Ajustar alt. Mallado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Cantidad de altura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Validar Mallado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Validar Mallado (") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(")"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Validar Mallado (") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(")"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Vali. Mallado perso."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_BED = _UxGT("G26 Calentando Cama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_NOZZLE = _UxGT("G26 Calent. Boquilla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_MANUAL_PRIME = _UxGT("Imprimado manual..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_FIXED_LENGTH = _UxGT("Impri. longit. fija"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_PRIME_DONE = _UxGT("Imprimación Lista"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_CANCELED = _UxGT("G26 Cancelado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_LEAVING = _UxGT("Dejando G26"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH = _UxGT("Contin. Mallado cama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Nivelando Mallado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Nivelando 3Puntos"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Nivel. Mallado cuad."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL = _UxGT("Nivel de Mallado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS = _UxGT("Puntos Laterales"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE = _UxGT("Tipo de mapa "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP = _UxGT("Salida Mapa mallado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST = _UxGT("Salida para el host"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV = _UxGT("Salida para CSV"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP = _UxGT("Off Printer Backup"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL = _UxGT("Salida Info. UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Cantidad de relleno"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN = _UxGT("Relleno manual"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("Relleno inteligente"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH = _UxGT("Mallado de relleno"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL = _UxGT("Invalidar todo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Invalidar proximos"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("Ajustar Fino Todo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Ajustar Fino proxi."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Almacen de Mallado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT = _UxGT("Huecos de memoria"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH = _UxGT("Cargar Mallado cama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("Guardar Mallado cama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LOADED = _UxGT("M117 Mallado %i Cargado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_SAVED = _UxGT("M117 Mallado %i Guardado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE = _UxGT("Sin guardar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR = _UxGT("Error: Guardar UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR = _UxGT("Error: Restaurar UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET = _UxGT("Desfase de Z: "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED = _UxGT("Desfase de Z Parado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU = _UxGT("UBL Paso a Paso"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_1_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("1.Crear Mallado Frío"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_2_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("2.Relleno inteligente"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("3.Validar Mallado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_4_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("4.Ajustar Fino Todo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_5_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("5.Validar Mallado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_6_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("6.Ajustar Fino Todo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_7_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("7.Guardar Mallado cama"); -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("Impresora incorrecta") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_CONTROL = _UxGT("Control LED"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEDS = _UxGT("Luzes"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_PRESETS = _UxGT("Luz predefinida"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_RED = _UxGT("Rojo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE = _UxGT("Naranja"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW = _UxGT("Amarillo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN = _UxGT("Verde"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE = _UxGT("Azul"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO = _UxGT("Índigo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET = _UxGT("Violeta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE = _UxGT("Blanco"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT = _UxGT("Por defecto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS = _UxGT("Luces personalizadas"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_R = _UxGT("Intensidad Rojo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_G = _UxGT("Intensidad Verde"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_B = _UxGT("Intensidad Azul"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_W = _UxGT("Intensidad Blanco"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Brillo"); -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Cont. de impresión") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Completadas") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Tiempo total de imp.") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Impresión más larga") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Total Extruido") -#else - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Impresiones") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Completadas") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Total") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Más larga") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Extruido") -#endif -#define MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP _UxGT("Temp. Mínima") -#define MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP _UxGT("Temp. Máxima") -#define MSG_INFO_PSU _UxGT("Fuente alimentación") -#define MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH _UxGT("Fuerza de empuje") -#define MSG_DAC_PERCENT _UxGT("Driver %") -#define MSG_ERROR_TMC _UxGT("ERROR CONEX. TMC") -#define MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE _UxGT("Escribe DAC EEPROM") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE _UxGT("IMPRESIÓN PAUSADA") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD _UxGT("CARGAR FILAMENTO") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD _UxGT("DESCARGAR FILAMENTO") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER _UxGT("OPC. REINICIO:") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE _UxGT("Purgar más") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME _UxGT("Continuar imp.") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE _UxGT(" Boquilla: ") -#define MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR _UxGT("Sensor de sección") -#define MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM _UxGT("Dist de secc. mm") -#define MSG_ERR_HOMING_FAILED _UxGT("Ir a origen Fallado") -#define MSG_ERR_PROBING_FAILED _UxGT("Sondeo Fallado") -#define MSG_M600_TOO_COLD _UxGT("M600: Muy Frio") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVING = _UxGT("Moviendo..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FREE_XY = _UxGT("Libre XY"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("Mover X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Mover Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Mover Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Extrusor"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Extrusor *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Hotend muy frio"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Mover %smm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Mover 0.1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Mover 1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("Mover 10mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Velocidad"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Cama Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Boquilla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Boquilla ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Cama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Recinto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Ventilador"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Ventilador ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Vel. Ext. ventilador"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Vel. Ext. ventilador ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Flujo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Flujo ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Control"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fact"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Temperatura Auto."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Encender"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Apagar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Seleccionar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Seleccionar *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Aceleración"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VELOCITY = _UxGT("Velocidad"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("Vel. viaje min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Accel"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_A = _UxGT("Acel. max") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Acel. max") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Acel. max") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Acel. max") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Acel. max *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("Acel. retrac."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("Acel. Viaje"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Pasos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = LCD_STR_A _UxGT(" pasos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT(" pasos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT(" pasos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("E pasos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("* pasos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperatura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Movimiento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E en mm³"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Fil. Dia."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Descarga mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Carga mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("Avance K"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("Avance K *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Contraste LCD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Guardar EEPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Cargar EEPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("Rest. fábrica"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("Inicializar EEPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Actualizar SD/USB"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Resetear Impresora"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Recargar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Pantalla de Inf."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Preparar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Ajustar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Iniciar impresión"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_NEXT = _UxGT("Siguinte"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_INIT = _UxGT("Iniciar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_STOP = _UxGT("Parar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_PRINT = _UxGT("Imprimir"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_RESET = _UxGT("Reiniciar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL = _UxGT("Cancelar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_DONE = _UxGT("Listo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pausar impresión"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Reanudar impresión"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Detener impresión"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY = _UxGT("Recuper. por interr."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Imprim. desde SD/USB"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("SD/USB no presente"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("Reposo..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Pulsar para Reanudar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_PAUSED = _UxGT("Impresión Pausada"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING = _UxGT("Imprimiendo..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Impresión cancelada"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("Sin movimiento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("MUERTA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("DETENIDA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("Retraer mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("Interc. Retraer mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("Retraer V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("Levantar mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("DesRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("Interc. DesRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("DesRet V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF = _UxGT("S UnRet V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Retracción Auto."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH = _UxGT("Inter. longitud"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH = _UxGT("Purgar longitud"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE = _UxGT("Cambiar Herramienta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT = _UxGT("Aumentar Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD = _UxGT("Prime Speed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD = _UxGT("Vel. de retracción"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY = _UxGT("Colocar boquilla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Cambiar filamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Cambiar filamento *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("Cargar filamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Cargar filamento *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("Descargar filamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Descargar fil. *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Descargar todo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("Iniciar SD/USB"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Cambiar SD/USB"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Lanzar SD/USB"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Sonda Z fuera cama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SKEW_FACTOR = _UxGT("Factor de desviación"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH = _UxGT("BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("Cmd: Auto-Prueba"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("Cmd: Reiniciar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("Cmd: Subir pistón"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Cmd: Bajar pistón"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: Modo Software"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: Modo 5V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: Modo OD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE = _UxGT("Cmd: Modo almacenar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V = _UxGT("Poner BLTouch a 5V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD = _UxGT("Poner BLTouch a OD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO = _UxGT("Informe de drenaje"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE = _UxGT("PELIGRO: ¡Una mala configuración puede producir daños! ¿Proceder igualmente?"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE = _UxGT("TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT = _UxGT("Iniciar TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST = _UxGT("Test de desfase Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE = _UxGT("Guardar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI = _UxGT("Subir TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Subir Sonda Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_STOW = _UxGT("Bajar Sonda Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Origen %s%s%s Primero"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Desfase Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Micropaso X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Micropaso Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Micropaso Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_TOTAL = _UxGT("Total"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("Cancelado - Endstop"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("Calent. fallido"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED = _UxGT("Calent. cama fallido"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Calent. Cám. fallido"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP = _UxGT("Err: TEMP. REDUN."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY = _UxGT("FUGA TÉRMICA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED = _UxGT("FUGA TÉRMICA CAMA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_CHAMBER = _UxGT("FUGA TÉRMICA CAMARA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP = _UxGT("Err:TEMP. MÁX"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP = _UxGT("Err:TEMP. MIN"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Err:TEMP. MÁX CAMA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Err:TEMP. MIN CAMA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Err:TEMP. MÁX CÁMARA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Err:TEMP. MIN CÁMARA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING = _UxGT("Origen XY Primero"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HALTED = _UxGT("IMPRESORA DETENIDA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PLEASE_RESET = _UxGT("Por favor, reinicie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_DAY = _UxGT("d"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_HOUR = _UxGT("h"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_MINUTE = _UxGT("m"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("Calentando..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLING = _UxGT("Enfriando..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("Calentando Cama..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_COOLING = _UxGT("Enfriando Cama..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER_HEATING = _UxGT("Calentando Cámara..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER_COOLING = _UxGT("Enfriando Cámara..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Calibración Delta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Calibrar X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Calibrar Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Calibrar Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("Calibrar Centro"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Configuración Delta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Auto Calibración"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Est. Altura Delta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Ajustar Sonda Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD = _UxGT("Barra Diagonal"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Altura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_RADIUS = _UxGT("Radio"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MENU = _UxGT("Acerca de Impresora"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("Info. Impresora"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_3POINT_LEVELING = _UxGT("Nivelando 3puntos"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Nivelando Lineal"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Nivelando Bilineal"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVELING = _UxGT("Nivelando UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Nivelando en Mallado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("Estadísticas Imp."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Info. Controlador"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("Termistores"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS = _UxGT("Extrusores"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("Baudios"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL = _UxGT("Protocolo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT = _UxGT("Luz cabina"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Brillo cabina"); -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER _UxGT("CAMBIAR FILAMENTO") -#define MSG_MMU2_CHOOSE_FILAMENT_HEADER _UxGT("ELIJE FILAMENTO") -#define MSG_MMU2_MENU _UxGT("MMU") -#define MSG_MMU2_WRONG_FIRMWARE _UxGT("¡Actu. MMU Firmware!") -#define MSG_MMU2_NOT_RESPONDING _UxGT("MMU Necesita Cuidado") -#define MSG_MMU2_RESUME _UxGT("Continuar imp.") -#define MSG_MMU2_RESUMING _UxGT("Resumiendo...") -#define MSG_MMU2_LOAD_FILAMENT _UxGT("Cargar Filamento") -#define MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL _UxGT("Cargar Todo") -#define MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE _UxGT("Cargar hasta boqui.") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Expulsar Filamento") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT0 _UxGT("Expulsar Filamento 1") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT1 _UxGT("Expulsar Filamento 2") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT2 _UxGT("Expulsar Filamento 3") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT3 _UxGT("Expulsar Filamento 4") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT4 _UxGT("Expulsar Filamento 5") -#define MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT _UxGT("Descargar Filamento") -#define MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT _UxGT("Cargando Fil. %i...") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT _UxGT("Expulsando Fil. ...") -#define MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT _UxGT("Descargando Fil....") -#define MSG_MMU2_ALL _UxGT("Todo") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT0 _UxGT("Filamento 1") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT1 _UxGT("Filamento 2") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT2 _UxGT("Filamento 3") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT3 _UxGT("Filamento 4") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT4 _UxGT("Filamento 5") -#define MSG_MMU2_RESET _UxGT("Reiniciar MMU") -#define MSG_MMU2_RESETTING _UxGT("Reiniciando MMU...") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER _UxGT("Retirar, y pulsar") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("Impresora incorrecta"); -#define MSG_MIX _UxGT("Mezcla") -#define MSG_MIX_COMPONENT _UxGT("Componente") -#define MSG_MIXER _UxGT("Miezclador") -#define MSG_GRADIENT _UxGT("Degradado") -#define MSG_FULL_GRADIENT _UxGT("Degradado Total") -#define MSG_TOGGLE_MIX _UxGT("Mezcla Conmutada") -#define MSG_CYCLE_MIX _UxGT("Mezcla Cíclica") -#define MSG_GRADIENT_MIX _UxGT("Mezcla de Degradado") -#define MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT _UxGT("Degradado inverso") -#define MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL _UxGT("Activar Herr.V") -#define MSG_START_VTOOL _UxGT("Inicio Herr.V") -#define MSG_END_VTOOL _UxGT(" Fin Herr.V") -#define MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS _UxGT("Alias Herr.V") -#define MSG_RESET_VTOOLS _UxGT("Reiniciar Herr.V") -#define MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL _UxGT("Cometer mezc. Herr.V") -#define MSG_VTOOLS_RESET _UxGT("Herr.V reiniciados") -#define MSG_START_Z _UxGT("Inicio Z") -#define MSG_END_Z _UxGT(" Fin Z") + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Cont. de impresión"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Completadas"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Tiempo total de imp."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Impresión más larga"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Total Extruido"); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Impresiones"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Completadas"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Total"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Más larga"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Extruido"); + #endif + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP = _UxGT("Temp. Mínima"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Temp. Máxima"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Fuente alimentación"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Fuerza de empuje"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERROR_TMC = _UxGT("ERROR CONEX. TMC"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("Escribe DAC EEPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER = _UxGT("CAMBIAR FILAMENTO"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE = _UxGT("IMPRESIÓN PAUSADA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD = _UxGT("CARGAR FILAMENTO"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD = _UxGT("DESCARGAR FILAMENTO"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER = _UxGT("OPC. REINICIO:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE = _UxGT("Purgar más"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("Continuar imp."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE = _UxGT(" Boquilla: "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR = _UxGT("Sensor de sección"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM = _UxGT("Dist de secc. mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_HOMING_FAILED = _UxGT("Ir a origen Fallado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_PROBING_FAILED = _UxGT("Sondeo Fallado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M600_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("M600: Muy Frio"); -#define MSG_GAMES _UxGT("Games") -#define MSG_BRICKOUT _UxGT("Brickout") -#define MSG_INVADERS _UxGT("Invaders") -#define MSG_SNAKE _UxGT("Sn4k3") -#define MSG_MAZE _UxGT("Maze") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_CHOOSE_FILAMENT_HEADER = _UxGT("ELIJE FILAMENTO"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_MENU = _UxGT("MMU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_WRONG_FIRMWARE = _UxGT("¡Actu. MMU Firmware!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_NOT_RESPONDING = _UxGT("MMU Necesita Cuidado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESUME = _UxGT("Continuar imp."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESUMING = _UxGT("Resumiendo..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Cargar Filamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Cargar Todo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Cargar hasta boqui."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Expulsar Filamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Expulsar Filamento ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Descargar Filamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Cargando Fil. %i..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Expulsando Fil. ..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Descargando Fil...."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_ALL = _UxGT("Todo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Filamento ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESET = _UxGT("Reiniciar MMU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESETTING = _UxGT("Reiniciando MMU..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Retirar, y pulsar"); -#if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_1 _UxGT("Pulsar el botón para") - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_2 _UxGT("reanudar impresión") - #define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT_1 _UxGT("Aparcando...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Esperando para") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("iniciar el cambio") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_3 _UxGT("de filamento") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Inserte el filamento") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("y pulse el botón") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3 _UxGT("para continuar...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Pulse el botón para") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_2 _UxGT("calentar la boquilla") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Calentando boquilla") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_2 _UxGT("Espere por favor...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Espere para") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("liberar el filamento") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Espere para") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_2 _UxGT("purgar el filamento") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Pulse para finalizar") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_2 _UxGT("la purga de filamen.") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Esperando impresora") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("para reanudar...") -#else - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_1 _UxGT("Pulse para continuar") - #define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT_1 _UxGT("Aparcando...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Por Favor espere...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Inserte y Pulse") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Pulse para Calentar") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Calentando...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Liberando...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Cargando...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Purgando...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Pulse para finalizar") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Reanudando...") -#endif + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX = _UxGT("Mezcla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_N = _UxGT("Componente ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIXER = _UxGT("Miezclador"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Degradado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FULL_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Degradado Total"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOGGLE_MIX = _UxGT("Mezcla Conmutada"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CYCLE_MIX = _UxGT("Mezcla Cíclica"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT_MIX = _UxGT("Mezcla de Degradado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Degradado inverso"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL = _UxGT("Activar Herr.V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_VTOOL = _UxGT("Inicio Herr.V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_END_VTOOL = _UxGT(" Fin Herr.V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS = _UxGT("Alias Herr.V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_VTOOLS = _UxGT("Reiniciar Herr.V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL = _UxGT("Cometer mezc. Herr.V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTOOLS_RESET = _UxGT("Herr.V reiniciados"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_Z = _UxGT("Inicio Z:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_END_Z = _UxGT(" Fin Z:"); -#define MSG_TMC_DRIVERS _UxGT("Controladores TMC") -#define MSG_TMC_CURRENT _UxGT("Amperaje Controlador") -#define MSG_TMC_HYBRID_THRS _UxGT("Límite Hibrido") -#define MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS _UxGT("Origen sin sensores") -#define MSG_TMC_STEPPING_MODE _UxGT("Modo de pasos") -#define MSG_TMC_STEALTH_ENABLED _UxGT("StealthChop Habilit.") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GAMES = _UxGT("Games"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BRICKOUT = _UxGT("Brickout"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INVADERS = _UxGT("Invaders"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SNAKE = _UxGT("Sn4k3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAZE = _UxGT("Maze"); -#define MSG_SERVICE_RESET _UxGT("Reiniciar") -#define MSG_SERVICE_IN _UxGT(" dentro:") + #if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Pulsar el botón para", "reanudar impresión")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Aparcando...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Esperando para", "iniciar el cambio", "de filamento")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Inserte el filamento", "y pulse el botón", "para continuar...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Pulse el botón para", "calentar la boquilla")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Calentando boquilla", "Espere por favor...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Espere para", "liberar el filamento")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Espere para", "purgar el filamento")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Pulse para finalizar", "la purga de filamen.")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Esperando impresora", "para reanudar...")); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Pulse para continuar")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Aparcando...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Por Favor espere...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Inserte y Pulse")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Pulse para Calentar")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Calentando...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Liberando...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Cargando...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Purgando...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Pulse para finalizar")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Reanudando...")); + #endif -#define MSG_BACKLASH _UxGT("Backlash") -#define MSG_BACKLASH_CORRECTION _UxGT("Correction") -#define MSG_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING _UxGT("Suavizado") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_DRIVERS = _UxGT("Controladores TMC"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_CURRENT = _UxGT("Amperaje Controlador"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_HYBRID_THRS = _UxGT("Límite Hibrido"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS = _UxGT("Origen sin sensores"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_STEPPING_MODE = _UxGT("Modo de pasos"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_STEALTH_ENABLED = _UxGT("StealthChop Habilit."); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SERVICE_RESET = _UxGT("Reiniciar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SERVICE_IN = _UxGT(" dentro:"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_CORRECTION = _UxGT("Correction"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING = _UxGT("Suavizado"); +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_eu.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_eu.h index a77ae8a7fe..a6a0a52518 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_eu.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_eu.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -32,358 +32,293 @@ #define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_1 #define NOT_EXTENDED_ISO10646_1_5X7 -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" prest.") -#define MSG_BACK _UxGT("Atzera") -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("Txartela sartuta") -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("Txartela kenduta") -#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Endstops") // Max length 8 characters -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Menu nagusia") -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Auto hasiera") -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Itzali motoreak") -#define MSG_DEBUG_MENU _UxGT("Arazketa Menua") -#define MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST _UxGT("Prog. Barra Proba") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Hasierara joan") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("X jatorrira") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Y jatorrira") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Z jatorrira") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("XYZ hasieraratzen") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("Klik egin hasteko") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("Hurrengo Puntua") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("Berdintzea eginda") -//#define MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT _UxGT("Fade Height") -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Etxe. offset eza.") -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("Offsetak ezarrita") -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Hasiera ipini") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Berotu " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Guztia") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_END MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Amaia") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Ohea") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Ezarp.") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Berotu " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Guztia") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_END MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Amaia") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Ohea") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Ezarp.") -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Hoztu") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Energia piztu") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Energia itzali") -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Estruitu") -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Atzera eragin") -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Ardatzak mugitu") -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("Ohe berdinketa") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Ohea berdindu") -#define MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS _UxGT("Ertzak berdindu") -#define MSG_NEXT_CORNER _UxGT("Hurrengo ertza") -#define MSG_EDIT_MESH _UxGT("Sarea editatu") -//#define MSG_EDITING_STOPPED _UxGT("Mesh Editing Stopped") -//#define MSG_USER_MENU _UxGT("Custom Commands") +namespace Language_eu { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English -#define MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 _UxGT("G29 exekutatzen") -#define MSG_UBL_TOOLS _UxGT("UBL Tresnak") -#define MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling") -#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH _UxGT("Sarea eskuz sortu") -//#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT _UxGT("Place shim & measure") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 _UxGT("Neurtu") -//#define MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE _UxGT("Remove & measure bed") -//#define MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT _UxGT("Moving to next") -#define MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("UBL aktibatu") -#define MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("UBL desaktibatu") -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED _UxGT("Ohearen tenperatura") -#define MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND _UxGT("Mutur beroaren tenp.") -#define MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT _UxGT("Sarea editatu") -//#define MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Edit Custom Mesh") -//#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH _UxGT("Fine Tuning Mesh") -#define MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH _UxGT("Sarea editatzea eginda") -//#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Build Custom Mesh") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Sarea sortu") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 _UxGT(PREHEAT_1_LABEL " sarea sortu") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 _UxGT(PREHEAT_2_LABEL " sarea sortu") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH _UxGT("Sare hotza sortu") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST _UxGT("Sarearen altuera doitu") -//#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT _UxGT("Height Amount") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Sarea balioetsi") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 _UxGT(PREHEAT_1_LABEL " sarea balioetsi") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 _UxGT(PREHEAT_2_LABEL " sarea balioetsi") -//#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Validate Custom Mesh") -#define MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH _UxGT("Ohe sarea balioetsi") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Sare berdinketa") -#define MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("3 puntuko berdinketa") -#define MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Lauki-sare berdinketa") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL _UxGT("Sarea berdindu") -//#define MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS _UxGT("Side Points") -#define MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE _UxGT("Mapa mota") -//#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP _UxGT("Output Mesh Map") -//#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST _UxGT("Output for Host") -//#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV _UxGT("Output for CSV") -//#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP _UxGT("Off Printer Backup") -//#define MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL _UxGT("Output UBL Info") -//#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT _UxGT("Fill-in Amount") -//#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN _UxGT("Manual Fill-in") -//#define MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN _UxGT("Smart Fill-in") -//#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH _UxGT("Fill-in Mesh") -//#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL _UxGT("Invalidate All") -//#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Invalidate Closest") -//#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL _UxGT("Fine Tune All") -//#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Fine Tune Closest") -//#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Mesh Storage") -//#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT _UxGT("Memory Slot") -//#define MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH _UxGT("Load Bed Mesh") -//#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH _UxGT("Save Bed Mesh") -//#define MSG_MESH_LOADED _UxGT("Mesh %i loaded") -//#define MSG_MESH_SAVED _UxGT("Mesh %i saved") -//#define MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE _UxGT("No storage") -//#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR _UxGT("Err: UBL Save") -//#define MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR _UxGT("Err: UBL Restore") -//#define MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED _UxGT("Z-Offset Stopped") -//#define MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU _UxGT("Step-By-Step UBL") -#define MSG_LED_CONTROL _UxGT("LED ezarpenak") -#define MSG_LEDS _UxGT("Argiak") -#define MSG_LED_PRESETS _UxGT("Argi aurrehautaketak") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_RED _UxGT("Gorria") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE _UxGT("Laranja") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW _UxGT("Horia") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN _UxGT("Berdea") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE _UxGT("Urdina") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO _UxGT("Indigo") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET _UxGT("Bioleta") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE _UxGT("Zuria") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT _UxGT("Lehenetsia") -#define MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS _UxGT("Argi pertsonalizatuak") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_R _UxGT("Intentsitate gorria") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_G _UxGT("Intentsitate berdea") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_B _UxGT("Intentsitate urdina") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_W _UxGT("Intentsitate zuria") -#define MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("Distira") + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 1; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Basque-Euskera"); -#define MSG_MOVING _UxGT("Mugitzen...") -#define MSG_FREE_XY _UxGT("Askatu XY") -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Mugitu X") -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Mugitu Y") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Mugitu Z") -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Estrusorea") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("Mugitu %smm") -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("Mugitu 0.1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("Mugitu 1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("Mugitu 10mm") -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Abiadura") -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Z Ohea") -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("Pita") -#define MSG_BED _UxGT("Ohea") -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Haizagailu abiadura") -#define MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Haiz.gehig. abiadura") -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Fluxua") -#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Kontrola") -#define MSG_MIN _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min") -#define MSG_MAX _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max") -#define MSG_FACTOR _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fakt") -#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Auto tenperatura") -#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("On") -#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("Off") -#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") -#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") -#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") -#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") -#define MSG_SELECT _UxGT("Aukeratu") -#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("Azelerazioa") -#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Astindua") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Va-astindua") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vb-astindua") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vc-astindua") -#else - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Vx-astindua") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vy-astindua") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vz-astindua") -#endif -#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("Ve-astindua") -//#define MSG_VELOCITY _UxGT("Velocity") -#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("Vmax ") -#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("Vmin") -#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("VBidaia min") -#define MSG_ACCELERATION MSG_ACC -#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("Amax ") -#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("A-retrakt") -#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("A-bidaia") -#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Pausoak/mm") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("A pausoak/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("B pausoak/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("C pausoak/mm") -#else - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("X pausoak/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Y pausoak/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Z pausoak/mm") -#endif -#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("E pausoak/mm") -#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("E1 pausoak/mm") -#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("E2 pausoak/mm") -#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("E3 pausoak/mm") -#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("E4 pausoak/mm") -#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("E5 pausoak/mm") -#define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("E6 pausoak/mm") -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Tenperatura") -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Mugimendua") -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Harizpia") -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("E mm3-tan") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Hariz. Dia.") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD _UxGT("Deskargatu mm") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD _UxGT("Kargatu mm") -#define MSG_ADVANCE_K _UxGT("K Aurrerapena") -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("LCD kontrastea") -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Gorde memoria") -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Kargatu memoria") -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Larri. berriz.") -#define MSG_INIT_EEPROM _UxGT("EEPROM-a hasieratu") -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("Berriz kargatu") -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Pantaila info") -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Prestatu") -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Doitu") -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Pausatu inprimak.") -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Jarraitu inprima.") -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Gelditu inprima.") -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("SD-tik inprimatu") -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("Ez dago SD-rik") -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("Lo egin...") -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Aginduak zain...") -#define MSG_PRINT_PAUSED _UxGT("Inprim. geldi.") -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Inprim. deusezta.") -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("Mugimendu gabe.") -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("AKABATUTA. ") -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("GELDITUTA. ") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("Atzera egin mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Swap Atzera mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("Atzera egin V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Igo mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("Atzera egin mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("Swap Atzera mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("Atzera egin V") -//#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF _UxGT("S UnRet V") -#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("Atzera egin") -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Aldatu harizpia") -#define MSG_FILAMENTLOAD _UxGT("Harizpia kargatu") -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD _UxGT("Harizpia deskargatu") -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL _UxGT("Erabat deskargatu") -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("Hasieratu SD-a") -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("Aldatu txartela") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Z zunda kanpora") -#define MSG_SKEW_FACTOR _UxGT("Okertze faktorea") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH _UxGT("BLTouch") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST _UxGT("BLTouch AutoProba") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET _UxGT("BLTouch berrabia.") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY _UxGT("BLTouch jaitsi/luzatu") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW _UxGT("BLTouch igo/jaso") -#define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("Etxera %s%s%s lehenengo") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Z Konpentsatu") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Mikro-urratsa X") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Mikro-urratsa Y") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Mikro-urratsa Z") -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Endstop deusezta.") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("Err: Beroketa") -#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("Err: Tenperatura") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("TENP. KONTROL EZA") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("Err: Tenp Maximoa") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("Err: Tenp Minimoa") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("Err: Ohe Tenp Max") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("Err: Ohe Tenp Min") -#define MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING _UxGT("Etxera XY lehenengo") -#define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("INPRIMA. GELDIRIK") -#define MSG_PLEASE_RESET _UxGT("Berrabia. Mesedez") -#define MSG_SHORT_DAY _UxGT("d") // One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("h") // One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("m") // One character only -#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("Berotzen...") -#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Ohea Berotzen...") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Delta Kalibraketa") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Kalibratu X") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Kalibratu Y") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Kalibratu Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Kalibratu Zentrua") -#define MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS _UxGT("Delta ezarpenak") -#define MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Auto Kalibraketa") -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Delta Alt. Ezar.") -#define MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD _UxGT("Barra diagonala") -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT _UxGT("Altuera") -#define MSG_DELTA_RADIUS _UxGT("Erradioa") -#define MSG_INFO_MENU _UxGT("Inprimagailu Inf.") -#define MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU _UxGT("Inprimagailu Inf.") -#define MSG_3POINT_LEVELING _UxGT("3 puntuko berdinketa") -#define MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("Berdinketa lineala") -#define MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("Berdinketa bilinearra") -#define MSG_UBL_LEVELING _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling") -#define MSG_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Sare berdinketa") -#define MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU _UxGT("Inprima. estatis.") -#define MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU _UxGT("Txartelaren Info.") -#define MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU _UxGT("Termistoreak") -#define MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS _UxGT("Estrusoreak") -#define MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE _UxGT("Baudioak") -#define MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL _UxGT("Protokoloa") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT _UxGT("Kabina Argia") -//#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Inprim. Zenbaketa") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Burututa") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Inprim. denbora") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Imprimatze luzeena") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Estruituta guztira") -#else - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Inprimatze") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Burututa") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Guztira") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Luzeena") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Estrusio") -#endif -#define MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP _UxGT("Tenp. Minimoa") -#define MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP _UxGT("Tenp. Maximoa") -#define MSG_INFO_PSU _UxGT("Elikadura-iturria") -#define MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH _UxGT("Driver-aren potentzia") -#define MSG_DAC_PERCENT _UxGT("Driver %") -#define MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE _UxGT("Idatzi DAC EEPROM") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE _UxGT("HARIZPIA ALDATU") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD _UxGT("HARIZPIA KARGATU") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD _UxGT("HARIZPIA DESKARGATU") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER _UxGT("ALDAKETA AUKERAK:") -//#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE _UxGT("Purge more") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME _UxGT("Inprima. jarraitu") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE _UxGT(" Pita: ") -#define MSG_ERR_HOMING_FAILED _UxGT("Hasi. huts egin du") -#define MSG_ERR_PROBING_FAILED _UxGT("Neurketak huts egin du") -#define MSG_M600_TOO_COLD _UxGT("M600: hotzegi") + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" prest."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACK = _UxGT("Atzera"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("Txartela sartuta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("Txartela kenduta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Menu nagusia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("Auto hasiera"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Itzali motoreak"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DEBUG_MENU = _UxGT("Arazketa Menua"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST = _UxGT("Prog. Barra Proba"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Hasierara joan"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("X jatorrira"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("Y jatorrira"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("Z jatorrira"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING = _UxGT("XYZ hasieraratzen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("Klik egin hasteko"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("Hurrengo Puntua"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("Berdintzea eginda"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Etxe. offset eza."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Offsetak ezarrita"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Hasiera ipini"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Amaia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Amaia ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Guztia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Ohea"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Ezarp."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Amaia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Amaia ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Guztia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Ohea"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Ezarp."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Hoztu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Energia piztu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Energia itzali"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Estruitu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("Atzera eragin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("Ardatzak mugitu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("Ohe berdinketa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Ohea berdindu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS = _UxGT("Ertzak berdindu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NEXT_CORNER = _UxGT("Hurrengo ertza"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDIT_MESH = _UxGT("Sarea editatu"); -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("Inprimagailu okerra") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("G29 exekutatzen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_TOOLS = _UxGT("UBL Tresnak"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH = _UxGT("Sarea eskuz sortu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 = _UxGT("Neurtu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("UBL aktibatu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("UBL desaktibatu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED = _UxGT("Ohearen tenperatura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Bed Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND = _UxGT("Mutur beroaren tenp."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Hotend Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT = _UxGT("Sarea editatu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH = _UxGT("Sarea editatzea eginda"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Sarea sortu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" sarea sortu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" sarea sortu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("Sare hotza sortu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST = _UxGT("Sarearen altuera doitu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Sarea balioetsi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" sarea balioetsi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" sarea balioetsi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH = _UxGT("Ohe sarea balioetsi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Sare berdinketa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("3 puntuko berdinketa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Lauki-sare berdinketa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL = _UxGT("Sarea berdindu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE = _UxGT("Mapa mota"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_CONTROL = _UxGT("LED ezarpenak"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEDS = _UxGT("Argiak"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_PRESETS = _UxGT("Argi aurrehautaketak"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_RED = _UxGT("Gorria"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE = _UxGT("Laranja"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW = _UxGT("Horia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN = _UxGT("Berdea"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE = _UxGT("Urdina"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO = _UxGT("Indigo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET = _UxGT("Bioleta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE = _UxGT("Zuria"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT = _UxGT("Lehenetsia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS = _UxGT("Argi pertsonalizatuak"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_R = _UxGT("Intentsitate gorria"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_G = _UxGT("Intentsitate berdea"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_B = _UxGT("Intentsitate urdina"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_W = _UxGT("Intentsitate zuria"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Distira"); -// -// Filament Change screens show up to 3 lines on a 4-line display -// ...or up to 2 lines on a 3-line display -// -#if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Wait for start") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("of the filament") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_3 _UxGT("change") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Wait for") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("filament unload") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Insert filament") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("and press button") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3 _UxGT("to continue...") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Press button to") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_2 _UxGT("heat nozzle.") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Heating nozzle") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_2 _UxGT("Please wait...") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Wait for") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 _UxGT("filament load") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Wait for") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_2 _UxGT("filament purge") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Wait for print") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("to resume") -#else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Mesedez, itxaron...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Deskargatzen...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Sartu eta click egin") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Berotzen...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Kargatzen...") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Purging...") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Resuming...") -#endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVING = _UxGT("Mugitzen..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FREE_XY = _UxGT("Askatu XY"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("Mugitu X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Mugitu Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Mugitu Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Estrusorea"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Estrusorea *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Mugitu %smm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Mugitu 0.1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Mugitu 1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("Mugitu 10mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Abiadura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Z Ohea"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Pita"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Pita ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Ohea"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Haizagailu abiadura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Haizagailu abiadura ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Haiz.gehig. abiadura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Haiz.gehig. abiadura ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Fluxua"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Fluxua ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Kontrola"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fakt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Auto tenperatura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Aukeratu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Aukeratu *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Azelerazioa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Astindua"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_A _UxGT("-astindua"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VB_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_B _UxGT("-astindua"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VC_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_C _UxGT("-astindua"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VE_JERK = _UxGT("Ve-astindua"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("VBidaia min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("A-retrakt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("A-bidaia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Pausoak/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = LCD_STR_A _UxGT(" pausoak/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT(" pausoak/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT(" pausoak/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("E pausoak/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("* pausoak/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Tenperatura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Mugimendua"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Harizpia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E mm3-tan"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Hariz. Dia."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Hariz. Dia. *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Deskargatu mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Kargatu mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("K Aurrerapena"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("K Aurrerapena *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("LCD kontrastea"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Gorde memoria"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Kargatu memoria"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("Larri. berriz."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("EEPROM-a hasieratu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Berriz kargatu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Pantaila info"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Prestatu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Doitu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pausatu inprimak."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Jarraitu inprima."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Gelditu inprima."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("SD-tik inprimatu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Ez dago SD-rik"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("Lo egin..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Aginduak zain..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_PAUSED = _UxGT("Inprim. geldi."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Inprim. deusezta."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("Mugimendu gabe."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("AKABATUTA. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("GELDITUTA. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("Atzera egin mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("Swap Atzera mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("Atzera egin V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("Igo mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Atzera egin mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("Swap Atzera mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("Atzera egin V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF = _UxGT("S UnRet V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Atzera egin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Aldatu harizpia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Aldatu harizpia *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("Harizpia kargatu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Harizpia kargatu *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("Harizpia deskargatu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Harizpia deskargatu *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Erabat deskargatu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("Hasieratu SD-a"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Aldatu txartela"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Z zunda kanpora"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SKEW_FACTOR = _UxGT("Okertze faktorea"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH = _UxGT("BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("BLTouch AutoProba"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("BLTouch berrabia."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY = _UxGT("BLTouch jaitsi/luzatu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("BLTouch igo/jaso"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Etxera %s%s%s lehenengo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Z Konpentsatu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Mikro-urratsa X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Mikro-urratsa Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Mikro-urratsa Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("Endstop deusezta."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("Err: Beroketa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP = _UxGT("Err: Tenperatura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY = _UxGT("TENP. KONTROL EZA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP = _UxGT("Err: Tenp Maximoa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP = _UxGT("Err: Tenp Minimoa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Err: Ohe Tenp Max"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Err: Ohe Tenp Min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING = _UxGT("Etxera XY lehenengo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HALTED = _UxGT("INPRIMA. GELDIRIK"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PLEASE_RESET = _UxGT("Berrabia. Mesedez"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_DAY = _UxGT("d"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_HOUR = _UxGT("h"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_MINUTE = _UxGT("m"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("Berotzen..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("Ohea Berotzen..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Delta Kalibraketa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Kalibratu X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Kalibratu Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Kalibratu Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("Kalibratu Zentrua"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Delta ezarpenak"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Auto Kalibraketa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Delta Alt. Ezar."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD = _UxGT("Barra diagonala"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Altuera"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_RADIUS = _UxGT("Erradioa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MENU = _UxGT("Inprimagailu Inf."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("Inprimagailu Inf."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_3POINT_LEVELING = _UxGT("3 puntuko berdinketa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Berdinketa lineala"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Berdinketa bilinearra"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVELING = _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Sare berdinketa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("Inprima. estatis."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Txartelaren Info."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("Termistoreak"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS = _UxGT("Estrusoreak"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("Baudioak"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL = _UxGT("Protokoloa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT = _UxGT("Kabina Argia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS + = ; + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Inprim. Zenbaketa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Burututa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Inprim. denbora"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Imprimatze luzeena"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Estruituta guztira"); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Inprimatze"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Burututa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Guztira"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Luzeena"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Estrusio"); + #endif + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP = _UxGT("Tenp. Minimoa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Tenp. Maximoa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Elikadura-iturria"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Driver-aren potentzia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("Idatzi DAC EEPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE = _UxGT("HARIZPIA ALDATU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD = _UxGT("HARIZPIA KARGATU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD = _UxGT("HARIZPIA DESKARGATU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER = _UxGT("ALDAKETA AUKERAK:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("Inprima. jarraitu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE = _UxGT(" Pita: "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_HOMING_FAILED = _UxGT("Hasi. huts egin du"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_PROBING_FAILED = _UxGT("Neurketak huts egin du"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M600_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("M600: hotzegi"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("Inprimagailu okerra"); + + // + // Filament Change screens show up to 3 lines on a 4-line display + // ...or up to 2 lines on a 3-line display + // + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Mesedez, itxaron...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Deskargatzen...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Sartu eta click egin")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Berotzen...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Kargatzen...")); +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fi.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fi.h index 2fbf9e2d18..79124c0007 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fi.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fi.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -30,142 +30,99 @@ */ #define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_1 -#define CHARSIZE 2 -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" valmis.") -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("Kortti asetettu") -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("Kortti poistettu") -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Palaa") -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Automaatti") -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Vapauta moottorit") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Aja referenssiin") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("Homing XYZ") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("Click to Begin") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("Leveling Done!") -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Set home offsets") -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("Offsets applied") -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Aseta origo") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Esilämmitä " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N _UxGT("Esilämmitä " PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL _UxGT("Esilä. " PREHEAT_1_LABEL " Kaikki") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY _UxGT("Esilä. " PREHEAT_1_LABEL " Alusta") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS _UxGT("Esilämm. " PREHEAT_1_LABEL " konf") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Esilämmitä " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N _UxGT("Esilämmitä " PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL _UxGT("Esilä. " PREHEAT_2_LABEL " Kaikki") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY _UxGT("Esilä. " PREHEAT_2_LABEL " Alusta") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS _UxGT("Esilämm. " PREHEAT_2_LABEL " konf") -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Jäähdytä") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Virta päälle") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Virta pois") -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Pursota") -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Vedä takaisin") -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Liikuta akseleita") -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Liikuta X") -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Liikuta Y") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Liikuta Z") -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Extruder") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("Liikuta %smm") -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("Liikuta 0.1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("Liikuta 1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("Liikuta 10mm") -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Nopeus") -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("Suutin") -#define MSG_BED _UxGT("Alusta") -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Tuul. nopeus") -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Virtaus") -#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Kontrolli") -#define MSG_MIN LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min") -#define MSG_MAX LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max") -#define MSG_FACTOR LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Kerr") -#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Autotemp") -#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("On") -#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("Off") -#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") -#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") -#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") -#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") -#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("Kiihtyv") -#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Jerk") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Va-jerk") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vb-jerk") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vc-jerk") -#else - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Vx-jerk") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vy-jerk") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vz-jerk") -#endif -#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("Ve-jerk") -#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("Vmax ") -#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("Vmin") -#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("VLiike min") -#define MSG_ACCELERATION MSG_ACC -#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("Amax ") -#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("A-peruuta") -#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Steps/mm") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Asteps/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Bsteps/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Csteps/mm") -#else - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Xsteps/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Ysteps/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Zsteps/mm") -#endif -#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("Esteps/mm") -#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("E1steps/mm") -#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("E2steps/mm") -#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("E3steps/mm") -#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("E4steps/mm") -#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("E5steps/mm") -#define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("E6steps/mm") -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Lämpötila") -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Liike") -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Filament") -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("E in mm³") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Fil. Dia.") -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("LCD kontrasti") -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Tallenna muistiin") -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Lataa muistista") -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Palauta oletus") -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("Päivitä") -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Seuraa") -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Valmistele") -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Säädä") -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Keskeytä tulostus") -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Jatka tulostusta") -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Pysäytä tulostus") -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("Korttivalikko") -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("Ei korttia") -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("Nukkumassa...") -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Odotet. valintaa") -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Print aborted") -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("Ei liiketta.") -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("KILLED. ") -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("STOPPED. ") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("Vedä mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Va. Vedä mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("Vedä V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Z mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("UnRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("Va. UnRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("UnRet V") -#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("AutoVeto.") -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Change filament") -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("Init. SD-Card") -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("Change SD-Card") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Z probe out. bed") -#define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("Home %s%s%s first") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Z Offset") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Babystep X") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Babystep Y") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Babystep Z") -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Endstop abort") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Delta Kalibrointi") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Kalibroi X") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Kalibroi Y") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Kalibroi Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Kalibroi Center") +namespace Language_fi { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("Väärä tulostin") + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 2; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Finnish"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" valmis."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("Kortti asetettu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("Kortti poistettu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Palaa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("Automaatti"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Vapauta moottorit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Aja referenssiin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Aseta origo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Esilämmitä ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Esilämmitä ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT("Suutin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT("Suutin ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Kaikki"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Alusta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Esilämm. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" konf"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Esilämmitä ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Esilämmitä ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT("Suutin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT("Suutin ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Kaikki"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Alusta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Esilämm. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" konf"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Jäähdytä"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Virta päälle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Virta pois"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Pursota"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("Vedä takaisin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("Liikuta akseleita"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("Liikuta X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Liikuta Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Liikuta Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Extruder"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Extruder *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Liikuta %smm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Liikuta 0.1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Liikuta 1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("Liikuta 10mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Nopeus"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Suutin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Suutin ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Alusta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Tuul. nopeus"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Tuul. nopeus ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Virtaus"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Virtaus ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Kontrolli"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Kerr"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Autotemp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Kiihtyv"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("VLiike min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("A-peruuta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Lämpötila"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Liike"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E in mm³"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("LCD kontrasti"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Tallenna muistiin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Lataa muistista"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("Palauta oletus"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Päivitä"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Seuraa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Valmistele"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Säädä"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Keskeytä tulostus"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Jatka tulostusta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Pysäytä tulostus"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Korttivalikko"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Ei korttia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("Nukkumassa..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Odotet. valintaa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("Ei liiketta."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("Vedä mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("Va. Vedä mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("Vedä V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("Z mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("UnRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("Va. UnRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("UnRet V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("AutoVeto."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Delta Kalibrointi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Kalibroi X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Kalibroi Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Kalibroi Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("Kalibroi Center"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("Väärä tulostin"); +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fr.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fr.h index da9a0d4acd..ffa12f39fe 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fr.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fr.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -30,533 +30,515 @@ */ #define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_1 -#define CHARSIZE 2 -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" prête.") -#define MSG_YES _UxGT("Oui") -#define MSG_NO _UxGT("Non") -#define MSG_BACK _UxGT("Retour") -#define MSG_MEDIA_ABORTING _UxGT("Annulation...") -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("Média inséré") -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("Média retiré") -#define MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED _UxGT("Média libéré") -#define MSG_MEDIA_WAITING _UxGT("Attente média") -#define MSG_MEDIA_READ_ERROR _UxGT("Err lecture média") -#define MSG_MEDIA_USB_REMOVED _UxGT("USB débranché") -#define MSG_MEDIA_USB_FAILED _UxGT("Erreur média USB") -#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Butées") -#define MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Butées SW") -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Menu principal") -#define MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS _UxGT("Config. avancée") -#define MSG_CONFIGURATION _UxGT("Configuration") -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Exéc. auto#.gcode") -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Arrêter moteurs") -#define MSG_DEBUG_MENU _UxGT("Menu debug") -#define MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST _UxGT("Test barre progress.") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Origine auto") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("Origine X auto") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Origine Y auto") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Origine Z auto") -#define MSG_AUTO_Z_ALIGN _UxGT("Align. Z auto") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("Origine XYZ...") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("Clic pour commencer") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("Point suivant") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("Mise à niveau OK!") -#define MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT _UxGT("Hauteur lissée") -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Régl. décal origine") -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("Décalages appliqués") -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Régler origine") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Préchauffage " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N _UxGT("Préchauff. " PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL _UxGT("Préch. " PREHEAT_1_LABEL " Tout") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_END _UxGT("Préch. " PREHEAT_1_LABEL " buse") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY _UxGT("Préch. " PREHEAT_1_LABEL " lit") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS _UxGT("Régler préch. " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Préchauffage " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N _UxGT("Préchauff. " PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL _UxGT("Préch. " PREHEAT_2_LABEL " Tout") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_END _UxGT("Préch. " PREHEAT_2_LABEL " buse") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY _UxGT("Préch. " PREHEAT_2_LABEL " lit") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS _UxGT("Régler préch. " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM _UxGT("Préchauffage perso") -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Refroidir") -#define MSG_LASER_MENU _UxGT("Contrôle Laser") -#define MSG_LASER_OFF _UxGT("Laser Off") -#define MSG_LASER_ON _UxGT("Laser On") -#define MSG_LASER_POWER _UxGT("Puissance") -#define MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE _UxGT("Inverser broches") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Allumer alim.") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Eteindre alim.") -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Extrusion") -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Retrait") -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Déplacer un axe") -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("Régler Niv. lit") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Niveau du lit") -#define MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS _UxGT("Niveau des coins") -#define MSG_NEXT_CORNER _UxGT("Coin suivant") -#define MSG_MESH_EDITOR _UxGT("Edition Maillage") -#define MSG_EDIT_MESH _UxGT("Modifier maille") -#define MSG_EDITING_STOPPED _UxGT("Arrêt édit. maillage") -#define MSG_PROBING_MESH _UxGT("Mesure point") -#define MSG_MESH_X _UxGT("Index X") -#define MSG_MESH_Y _UxGT("Index Y") -#define MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z _UxGT("Valeur Z") -#define MSG_USER_MENU _UxGT("Commandes perso") +namespace Language_fr { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English -#define MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH _UxGT("Touche point") -#define MSG_M48_TEST _UxGT("Ecart sonde Z M48") -#define MSG_M48_DEVIATION _UxGT("Ecart") -#define MSG_M48_POINT _UxGT("Point M48") -#define MSG_IDEX_MENU _UxGT("Mode IDEX") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK _UxGT("Auto-Park") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE _UxGT("Duplication") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY _UxGT("Copie miroir") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL _UxGT("Contrôle complet") -#define MSG_OFFSETS_MENU _UxGT("Offsets Outil") -#define MSG_X_OFFSET _UxGT("Buse 2 X") -#define MSG_Y_OFFSET _UxGT("Buse 2 Y") -#define MSG_Z_OFFSET _UxGT("Buse 2 Z") -#define MSG_G26_HEATING_BED _UxGT("G26 Chauffe lit") -#define MSG_G26_HEATING_NOZZLE _UxGT("G26 Chauffe buse") -#define MSG_G26_MANUAL_PRIME _UxGT("Amorce manuelle...") -#define MSG_G26_FIXED_LENGTH _UxGT("Amorce longueur fixe") -#define MSG_G26_PRIME_DONE _UxGT("Amorce terminée") -#define MSG_G26_CANCELED _UxGT("G26 annulé") -#define MSG_G26_LEAVING _UxGT("Sortie G26") -#define MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 _UxGT("G29 en cours") -#define MSG_UBL_TOOLS _UxGT("Outils UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Niveau lit unifié") -#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH _UxGT("Maillage manuel") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT _UxGT("Poser câle & mesurer") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 _UxGT("Mesure") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE _UxGT("ôter et mesurer lit") -#define MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT _UxGT("Aller au suivant") -#define MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("Activer l'UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("Désactiver l'UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED _UxGT("Température lit") -#define MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND _UxGT("Température buse") -#define MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT _UxGT("Editer maille") -#define MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Editer maille perso") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH _UxGT("Réglage fin maille") -#define MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH _UxGT("Terminer maille") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Créer maille perso") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Créer maille") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 _UxGT("Créer maille " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 _UxGT("Créer maille " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH _UxGT("Créer maille froide") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST _UxGT("Ajuster haut. maille") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT _UxGT("Hauteur") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Valider maille") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 _UxGT("Valider maille " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 _UxGT("Valider maille " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Valider maille perso") -#define MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH _UxGT("Continuer maille") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Niveau par maille") -#define MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Niveau à 3 points") -#define MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Niveau grille") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL _UxGT("Maille de niveau") -#define MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS _UxGT("Point latéral") -#define MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE _UxGT("Type de carte") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP _UxGT("Voir maille") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST _UxGT("Voir pour hôte") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV _UxGT("Voir pour CSV") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP _UxGT("Voir pour sauveg.") -#define MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL _UxGT("Voir info UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT _UxGT("Taux de remplissage") -#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN _UxGT("Remplissage manuel") -#define MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN _UxGT("Remplissage auto") -#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH _UxGT("Maille remplissage") -#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL _UxGT("Tout annuler") -#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Annuler le plus près") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL _UxGT("Réglage fin (tous)") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Réglage fin (proche)") -#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Stockage maille") -#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT _UxGT("Slot mémoire") -#define MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH _UxGT("Charger maille") -#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH _UxGT("Sauver maille") -#define MSG_MESH_LOADED _UxGT("Maille %i chargée") -#define MSG_MESH_SAVED _UxGT("Maille %i enreg.") -#define MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE _UxGT("Pas de mémoire") -#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR _UxGT("Err: Enreg. UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR _UxGT("Err: Ouvrir UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET _UxGT("Z-Offset: ") -#define MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED _UxGT("Décal. Z arrêté") -#define MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU _UxGT("UBL Pas à pas") + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 2; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Français"); -#define MSG_LED_CONTROL _UxGT("Contrôle LED") -#define MSG_LEDS _UxGT("Lumière") -#define MSG_LED_PRESETS _UxGT("Préregl. LED") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_RED _UxGT("Rouge") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE _UxGT("Orange") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW _UxGT("Jaune") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN _UxGT("Vert") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE _UxGT("Bleu") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO _UxGT("Indigo") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET _UxGT("Violet") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE _UxGT("Blanc") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT _UxGT("Defaut") -#define MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS _UxGT("LEDs perso.") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_R _UxGT("Intensité rouge") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_G _UxGT("Intensité vert") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_B _UxGT("Intensité bleu") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_W _UxGT("Intensité blanc") -#define MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("Luminosité") + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" prête."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_YES = _UxGT("Oui"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO = _UxGT("Non"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACK = _UxGT("Retour"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_ABORTING = _UxGT("Annulation..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("Média inséré"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("Média retiré"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED = _UxGT("Média libéré"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_WAITING = _UxGT("Attente média"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_READ_ERROR = _UxGT("Err lecture média"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_REMOVED = _UxGT("USB débranché"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_FAILED = _UxGT("Erreur média USB"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Butées"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Butées SW"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Menu principal"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Config. avancée"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONFIGURATION = _UxGT("Configuration"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("Exéc. auto#.gcode"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Arrêter moteurs"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DEBUG_MENU = _UxGT("Menu debug"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST = _UxGT("Test barre progress."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Origine auto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("Origine X auto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("Origine Y auto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("Origine Z auto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_Z_ALIGN = _UxGT("Align. Z auto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING = _UxGT("Origine XYZ..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("Clic pour commencer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("Point suivant"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("Mise à niveau OK!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Hauteur lissée"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Régl. décal origine"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Décalages appliqués"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Régler origine"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Préchauffage ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Préchauffage ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" buse"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" buse ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Tout"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" lit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Régler préch. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Préchauffage ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Préchauffage ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" buse"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" buse ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Tout"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" lit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Régler préch. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Préchauf. perso"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Refroidir"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_MENU = _UxGT("Contrôle Laser"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_POWER = _UxGT("Puissance"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE = _UxGT("Inverser broches"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Allumer alim."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Eteindre alim."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Extrusion"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("Rétraction"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("Déplacer un axe"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("Régler Niv. lit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Niveau du lit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS = _UxGT("Niveau des coins"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NEXT_CORNER = _UxGT("Coin suivant"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDITOR = _UxGT("Modif. maille"); // 13 car. max + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDIT_MESH = _UxGT("Modifier grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDITING_STOPPED = _UxGT("Modification arrêtée"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROBING_MESH = _UxGT("Mesure point"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_X = _UxGT("Index X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_Y = _UxGT("Index Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z = _UxGT("Valeur Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USER_MENU = _UxGT("Commandes perso"); -#define MSG_MOVING _UxGT("Déplacement...") -#define MSG_FREE_XY _UxGT("Débloquer XY") -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Déplacer X") -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Déplacer Y") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Déplacer Z") -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Extrudeur") -#define MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD _UxGT("Buse trop froide") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("Déplacer %smm") -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("Déplacer 0.1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("Déplacer 1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("Déplacer 10mm") -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Vitesse") -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Lit Z") -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("Buse") -#define MSG_BED _UxGT("Lit") -#define MSG_CHAMBER _UxGT("Caisson") -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Vitesse ventil.") -#define MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Extra V ventil.") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH = _UxGT("Mesure point"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_TEST = _UxGT("Ecart sonde Z M48"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Ecart"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_POINT = _UxGT("Point M48"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MENU = _UxGT("Mode IDEX"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK = _UxGT("Auto-Park"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE = _UxGT("Duplication"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY = _UxGT("Copie miroir"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL = _UxGT("Contrôle complet"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OFFSETS_MENU = _UxGT("Offsets Outil"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X = _UxGT("Buse 2 X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y = _UxGT("Buse 2 Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z = _UxGT("Buse 2 Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_BED = _UxGT("G26: Chauffage du lit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Buse en chauffe..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_MANUAL_PRIME = _UxGT("Amorce manuelle..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_FIXED_LENGTH = _UxGT("Amorce longueur fixe"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_PRIME_DONE = _UxGT("Amorce terminée"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_CANCELED = _UxGT("G26 annulé"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_LEAVING = _UxGT("Sortie G26"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("G29 en cours"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_TOOLS = _UxGT("Outils UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Niveau lit unifié"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH = _UxGT("Maillage manuel"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT = _UxGT("Poser câle & mesurer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 = _UxGT("Mesure"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE = _UxGT("ôter et mesurer lit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT = _UxGT("Aller au suivant"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("Activer l'UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("Désactiver l'UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED = _UxGT("Température lit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Température lit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND = _UxGT("Température buse"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Température buse"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT = _UxGT("Modifier grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Modif. grille perso"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH = _UxGT("Réglage fin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH = _UxGT("Terminer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Créer la grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Créer grille ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Créer grille ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Créer grille ..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("Mesure à froid"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST = _UxGT("Ajuster haut. couche"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Hauteur (x0.1mm)"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Vérifier grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Impr. grille ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Impr. grille ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Impr. grille ..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH = _UxGT("Continuer grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau par mailles"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau à 3 points"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau par grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL = _UxGT("Effectuer mesures"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS = _UxGT("Points latéraux"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE = _UxGT("Type de carte"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP = _UxGT("Exporter grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST = _UxGT("Export pour hôte"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV = _UxGT("Export en CSV"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP = _UxGT("Export sauvegarde"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL = _UxGT("Infos debug UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Nombre de points"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN = _UxGT("Remplissage manuel"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("Remplissage auto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH = _UxGT("Remplissage grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL = _UxGT("Tout effacer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Effacer le + près"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("Réglage fin (tous)"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Réglage fin + près"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Stockage grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT = _UxGT("Slot mémoire"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH = _UxGT("Charger la grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("Stocker la grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LOADED = _UxGT("Grille %i chargée"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_SAVED = _UxGT("Grille %i enreg."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE = _UxGT("Pas de mémoire"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR = _UxGT("Err: Enreg. UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR = _UxGT("Err: Ouvrir UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET = _UxGT("Z-Offset: "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED = _UxGT("Décal. Z arrêté"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU = _UxGT("Assistant UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_1_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("1.Mesure à froid"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_2_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("2.Compléter auto."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("3.Vérifier grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_4_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("4.Réglage fin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_5_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("5.Vérifier grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_6_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("6.Réglage fin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_7_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("7.Stocker grille"); -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Flux") -#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Contrôler") -#define MSG_MIN LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min") -#define MSG_MAX LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max") -#define MSG_FACTOR LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Facteur") -#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Temp. Auto.") -#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("Marche") -#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("Arrêt") -#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") -#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") -#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") -#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") -#define MSG_SELECT _UxGT("Sélectionner") -#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("Accélération") -#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Jerk") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Va jerk") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vb jerk") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vc jerk") -#else - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Vx jerk") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vy jerk") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vz jerk") -#endif -#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("Ve jerk") -#define MSG_VELOCITY _UxGT("Vélocité") -#define MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION _UxGT("Déviat. jonct.") -#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("Vmax ") -#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("Vmin ") -#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("V dépl. min") -#define MSG_ACCELERATION _UxGT("Accélération") -#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("Amax ") -#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("A retrait") -#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("A dépl.") -#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Pas/mm") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("A pas/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("B pas/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("C pas/mm") -#else - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("X pas/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Y pas/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Z pas/mm") -#endif -#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("E pas/mm") -#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("E1 pas/mm") -#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("E2 pas/mm") -#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("E3 pas/mm") -#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("E4 pas/mm") -#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("E5 pas/mm") -#define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("E6 pas/mm") -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Température") -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Mouvement") -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Filament") -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("E en mm3") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Diamètre fil.") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD _UxGT("Retrait mm") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD _UxGT("Charger mm") -#define MSG_ADVANCE_K _UxGT("Avance K") -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("Contraste LCD") -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Enregistrer config.") -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Charger config.") -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Restaurer défauts") -#define MSG_INIT_EEPROM _UxGT("Initialiser EEPROM") -#define MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE _UxGT("MaJ Firmware SD") -#define MSG_RESET_PRINTER _UxGT("RaZ imprimante") -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("Actualiser") -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Surveiller") -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Préparer") -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Régler") -#define MSG_START_PRINT _UxGT("Démarrer impression") -#define MSG_BUTTON_NEXT _UxGT("Suivant") -#define MSG_BUTTON_INIT _UxGT("Init.") -#define MSG_BUTTON_STOP _UxGT("Stop") -#define MSG_BUTTON_PRINT _UxGT("Imprimer") -#define MSG_BUTTON_RESET _UxGT("Reset") -#define MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL _UxGT("Annuler") -#define MSG_BUTTON_DONE _UxGT("Terminé") -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Pause impression") -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Reprendre impr.") -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Arrêter impr.") -#define MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY _UxGT("Récupér. coupure") -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("Impression SD") -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("Pas de média") -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("Repos...") -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Attente utilis.") -#define MSG_PRINT_PAUSED _UxGT("Impr. en pause") -#define MSG_PRINTING _UxGT("Impression") -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Impr. annulée") -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("Moteurs bloqués") -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("KILLED") -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("STOPPÉ") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("Retrait mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Ech. Retr. mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("Retrait V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Saut Z mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("Rappel mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("Ech. Rappel mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("Rappel V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF _UxGT("Ech. Rappel V") -#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("Retrait auto") -#define MSG_TOOL_CHANGE _UxGT("Changement outil") -#define MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT _UxGT("Augmenter Z") -#define MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD _UxGT("Vitesse primaire") -#define MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD _UxGT("Vitesse retrait") -#define MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY _UxGT("Attente buse") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH _UxGT("Distance retrait") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH _UxGT("Longueur de purge") -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Changer filament") -#define MSG_FILAMENTLOAD _UxGT("Charger filament") -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD _UxGT("Retrait filament") -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL _UxGT("Décharger tout") -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("Charger le média") -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("Actualiser média") -#define MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA _UxGT("Retirer le média") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Sonde Z hors lit") -#define MSG_SKEW_FACTOR _UxGT("Facteur écart") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH _UxGT("BLTouch") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST _UxGT("Cmd: Self-Test") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET _UxGT("Cmd: Reset") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW _UxGT("Cmd: Ranger") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY _UxGT("Cmd: Déployer") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE _UxGT("Cmd: Mode SW") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE _UxGT("Cmd: Mode 5V") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE _UxGT("Cmd: Mode OD") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE _UxGT("Appliquer Mode") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V _UxGT("Mise en 5V") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD _UxGT("Mise en OD") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO _UxGT("Afficher Mode") -#define MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE _UxGT("TouchMI") -#define MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT _UxGT("Init. TouchMI") -#define MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST _UxGT("Test décalage Z") -#define MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE _UxGT("Sauvegarde") -#define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI _UxGT("Déployer TouchMI") -#define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY _UxGT("Déployer Sonde Z") -#define MSG_MANUAL_STOW _UxGT("Ranger Sonde Z") -#define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("Origine %s%s%s Premier") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Décalage Z") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Babystep X") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Babystep Y") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Babystep Z") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_TOTAL _UxGT("Total") -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Butée abandon") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("Err de chauffe") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED _UxGT("Err de chauffe lit") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_CHAMBER _UxGT("Err chauffe caisson") -#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("Err TEMP. REDONDANTE") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("Err THERMIQUE") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED _UxGT("Err THERMIQUE LIT") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_CHAMBER _UxGT("Err THERMIQUE CAISSON") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("Err TEMP. MAX") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("Err TEMP. MIN") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("Err TEMP. MAX LIT") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("Err TEMP. MIN LIT") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_CHAMBER _UxGT("Err MAXTEMP CAISSON") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_CHAMBER _UxGT("Err MINTEMP CAISSON") -#define MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING _UxGT("Origine XY Premier") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_CONTROL = _UxGT("Contrôle LED"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEDS = _UxGT("Lumière"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_PRESETS = _UxGT("Préregl. LED"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_RED = _UxGT("Rouge"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE = _UxGT("Orange"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW = _UxGT("Jaune"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN = _UxGT("Vert"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE = _UxGT("Bleu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO = _UxGT("Indigo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET = _UxGT("Violet"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE = _UxGT("Blanc"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT = _UxGT("Defaut"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS = _UxGT("LEDs perso."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_R = _UxGT("Intensité rouge"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_G = _UxGT("Intensité vert"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_B = _UxGT("Intensité bleu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_W = _UxGT("Intensité blanc"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Luminosité"); -#define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("IMPR. STOPPÉE") -#define MSG_PLEASE_RESET _UxGT("Redémarrer SVP") -#define MSG_SHORT_DAY _UxGT("j") // One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("h") // One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("m") // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVING = _UxGT("Déplacement..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FREE_XY = _UxGT("Débloquer XY"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("Déplacer X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Déplacer Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Déplacer Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Extrudeur"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Extrudeur *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Buse trop froide"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Déplacer %smm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Déplacer 0.1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Déplacer 1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("Déplacer 10mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Vitesse"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Lit Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Buse"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Buse ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Lit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Caisson"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Vit. ventil. "); // 15 car. max + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Vit. ventil. ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORED_FAN_N = _UxGT("Vit. enreg. ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Extra ventil. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Extra ventil. ~"); -#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("En chauffe...") -#define MSG_COOLING _UxGT("Refroidissement") -#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Lit en chauffe...") -#define MSG_BED_COOLING _UxGT("Refroid. du lit...") -#define MSG_CHAMBER_HEATING _UxGT("Chauffe caisson...") -#define MSG_CHAMBER_COOLING _UxGT("Refroid. caisson...") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Calibration Delta") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Calibrer X") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Calibrer Y") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Calibrer Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Calibrer centre") -#define MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS _UxGT("Réglages Delta") -#define MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Calibration Auto") -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Hauteur Delta") -#define MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Delta Z sonde") -#define MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD _UxGT("Diagonale") -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT _UxGT("Hauteur") -#define MSG_DELTA_RADIUS _UxGT("Rayon") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Flux"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Flux ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Contrôler"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Facteur"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Temp. Auto."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Marche"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Arrêt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Sélectionner"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Sélectionner *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Accélération"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_A _UxGT(" jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VB_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_B _UxGT(" jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VC_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_C _UxGT(" jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VE_JERK = _UxGT("Ve jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VELOCITY = _UxGT("Vélocité"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Déviat. jonct."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("Vmin course"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Accélération"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("Acc.rétraction"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("Acc.course"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Pas/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = LCD_STR_A _UxGT(" pas/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT(" pas/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT(" pas/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("E pas/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("* pas/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Température"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Mouvement"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E en mm³"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Diamètre fil."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Diamètre fil. *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Retrait mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Charger mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("Avance K"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("Avance K *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Contraste LCD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Enregistrer config."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Charger config."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("Restaurer défauts"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("Initialiser EEPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("MaJ Firmware SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("RaZ imprimante"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Actualiser"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Surveiller"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Préparer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Régler"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Démarrer impression"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_NEXT = _UxGT("Suivant"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_INIT = _UxGT("Init."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_STOP = _UxGT("Stop"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_PRINT = _UxGT("Imprimer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_RESET = _UxGT("Reset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL = _UxGT("Annuler"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_DONE = _UxGT("Terminé"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_BACK = _UxGT("Retour"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_PROCEED = _UxGT("Procéder"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pause impression"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Reprendre impr."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Arrêter impr."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING_OBJECT = _UxGT("Impression objet"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT = _UxGT("Annuler objet"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT_N = _UxGT("Annuler objet ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY = _UxGT("Récup. coup."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Impression SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Pas de média"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("Repos..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Attente utilis."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_PAUSED = _UxGT("Impr. en pause"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING = _UxGT("Impression"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Impr. annulée"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("Moteurs bloqués"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("KILLED"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("STOPPÉ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("Rétraction mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("Ech. rétr. mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("Vit. rétract°"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("Saut Z mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Rét.reprise mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("Ech.reprise mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("V.rét. reprise"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF = _UxGT("V.éch. reprise"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Rétraction auto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE = _UxGT("Changement outil"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT = _UxGT("Augmenter Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD = _UxGT("Vitesse primaire"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD = _UxGT("Vitesse rétract°"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY = _UxGT("Attente buse"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH = _UxGT("Longueur retrait"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH = _UxGT("Longueur de purge"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Changer filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Changer filament *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("Charger filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Charger filament *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("Retrait filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Retrait filament *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Retirer tout"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("Charger le média"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Actualiser média"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Retirer le média"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Sonde Z hors lit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SKEW_FACTOR = _UxGT("Facteur écart"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH = _UxGT("BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("Cmd: Self-Test"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("Cmd: Reset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("Cmd: Ranger"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Cmd: Déployer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: Mode SW"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: Mode 5V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: Mode OD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE = _UxGT("Appliquer Mode"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V = _UxGT("Mise en 5V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD = _UxGT("Mise en OD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO = _UxGT("Afficher Mode"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE = _UxGT("TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT = _UxGT("Init. TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST = _UxGT("Test décalage Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE = _UxGT("Sauvegarde"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI = _UxGT("Déployer TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Déployer Sonde Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_STOW = _UxGT("Ranger Sonde Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Origine %s%s%s Premier"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Position sonde Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_XOFFSET = _UxGT("Décalage X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_YOFFSET = _UxGT("Décalage Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Décalage Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_TOTAL = _UxGT("Total"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("Butée abandon"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("Err de chauffe"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP = _UxGT("Err TEMP. REDONDANTE"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY = _UxGT("Err THERMIQUE"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP = _UxGT("Err TEMP. MAX"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP = _UxGT("Err TEMP. MIN"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING = _UxGT("Origine XY Premier"); -#define MSG_INFO_MENU _UxGT("Infos imprimante") -#define MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU _UxGT("Infos imprimante") -#define MSG_3POINT_LEVELING _UxGT("Niveau à 3 points") -#define MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("Niveau linéaire") -#define MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("Niveau bilinéaire") -#define MSG_UBL_LEVELING _UxGT("Niveau lit unifié") -#define MSG_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Niveau maillage") -#define MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU _UxGT("Stats. imprimante") -#define MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU _UxGT("Infos carte") -#define MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU _UxGT("Thermistances") -#define MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS _UxGT("Extrudeurs") -#define MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE _UxGT("Bauds") -#define MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL _UxGT("Protocole") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT _UxGT("Lumière caisson") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("Luminosité") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HALTED = _UxGT("IMPR. STOPPÉE"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PLEASE_RESET = _UxGT("Redémarrer SVP"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_DAY = _UxGT("j"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_HOUR = _UxGT("h"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_MINUTE = _UxGT("m"); // One character only -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("Imprimante incorrecte") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("en chauffe..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLING = _UxGT("Refroidissement"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("Lit en chauffe..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_COOLING = _UxGT("Refroid. du lit..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER_HEATING = _UxGT("Chauffe caisson..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER_COOLING = _UxGT("Refroid. caisson..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Calibration Delta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Calibrer X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Calibrer Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Calibrer Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("Calibrer centre"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Réglages Delta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Calibration Auto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Hauteur Delta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Delta Z sonde"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD = _UxGT("Diagonale"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Hauteur"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_RADIUS = _UxGT("Rayon"); -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Nbre impressions") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Terminées") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Tps impr. total") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Impr. la + longue") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Total filament") -#else - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Impressions") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Terminées") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Total") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("+ long") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Filament") -#endif + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MENU = _UxGT("Infos imprimante"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("Infos imprimante"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_3POINT_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau à 3 points"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau linéaire"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau bilinéaire"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau lit unifié"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau par grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("Stats. imprimante"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Infos carte"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("Thermistances"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS = _UxGT("Extrudeurs"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("Bauds"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL = _UxGT("Protocole"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_OFF = _UxGT("Protection inactive"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_ON = _UxGT("Protection active"); -#define MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP _UxGT("Temp Min") -#define MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP _UxGT("Temp Max") -#define MSG_INFO_PSU _UxGT("Alimentation") -#define MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH _UxGT("Puiss. moteur ") -#define MSG_DAC_PERCENT _UxGT("Driver %") -#define MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE _UxGT("DAC EEPROM sauv.") -#define MSG_ERROR_TMC _UxGT("ERREUR CONNEXION TMC") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT = _UxGT("Lumière caisson"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Luminosité"); -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE _UxGT("IMPR. PAUSE") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD _UxGT("CHARGER FIL") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD _UxGT("DECHARGER FIL") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER _UxGT("OPTIONS REPRISE:") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE _UxGT("Purger encore") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME _UxGT("Reprendre impr.") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE _UxGT(" Buse: ") -#define MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR _UxGT("Capteur fil.") -#define MSG_ERR_HOMING_FAILED _UxGT("Echec origine") -#define MSG_ERR_PROBING_FAILED _UxGT("Echec sonde") -#define MSG_M600_TOO_COLD _UxGT("M600: Trop froid") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER _UxGT("CHANGER FILAMENT") -#define MSG_MMU2_CHOOSE_FILAMENT_HEADER _UxGT("CHOISIR FILAMENT") -#define MSG_MMU2_MENU _UxGT("MMU") -#define MSG_MMU2_WRONG_FIRMWARE _UxGT("Update MMU firmware!") -#define MSG_MMU2_NOT_RESPONDING _UxGT("MMU ne répond plus") -#define MSG_MMU2_RESUME _UxGT("Continuer impr.") -#define MSG_MMU2_RESUMING _UxGT("Reprise...") -#define MSG_MMU2_LOAD_FILAMENT _UxGT("Charger filament") -#define MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL _UxGT("Charger tous") -#define MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE _UxGT("Charger dans buse") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Ejecter filament") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT0 _UxGT("Ejecter fil. 1") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT1 _UxGT("Ejecter fil. 2") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT2 _UxGT("Ejecter fil. 3") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT3 _UxGT("Ejecter fil. 4") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT4 _UxGT("Ejecter fil. 5") -#define MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT _UxGT("Retrait filament") -#define MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT _UxGT("Chargem. fil. %i...") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT _UxGT("Ejection fil...") -#define MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT _UxGT("Retrait fil....") -#define MSG_MMU2_ALL _UxGT("Tous") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT0 _UxGT("Filament 1") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT1 _UxGT("Filament 2") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT2 _UxGT("Filament 3") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT3 _UxGT("Filament 4") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT4 _UxGT("Filament 5") -#define MSG_MMU2_RESET _UxGT("Réinit. MMU") -#define MSG_MMU2_RESETTING _UxGT("Réinit. MMU...") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER _UxGT("Retrait, click") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("Imprimante incorrecte"); -#define MSG_MIX _UxGT("Mix") -#define MSG_MIX_COMPONENT _UxGT("Composante") -#define MSG_MIXER _UxGT("Mixeur") -#define MSG_GRADIENT _UxGT("Dégradé") -#define MSG_FULL_GRADIENT _UxGT("Dégradé complet") -#define MSG_TOGGLE_MIX _UxGT("Toggle mix") -#define MSG_CYCLE_MIX _UxGT("Cycle mix") -#define MSG_GRADIENT_MIX _UxGT("Mix dégradé") -#define MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT _UxGT("Inverser dégradé") -#define MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL _UxGT("Active V-tool") -#define MSG_START_VTOOL _UxGT("Début V-tool") -#define MSG_END_VTOOL _UxGT(" Fin V-tool") -#define MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS _UxGT("Alias V-tool") -#define MSG_RESET_VTOOLS _UxGT("Réinit. V-tools") -#define MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL _UxGT("Valider Mix V-tool") -#define MSG_VTOOLS_RESET _UxGT("V-tools réinit. ok") -#define MSG_START_Z _UxGT("Début Z") -#define MSG_END_Z _UxGT(" Fin Z") -#define MSG_GAMES _UxGT("Jeux") -#define MSG_BRICKOUT _UxGT("Casse-briques") -#define MSG_INVADERS _UxGT("Invaders") -#define MSG_SNAKE _UxGT("Sn4k3") -#define MSG_MAZE _UxGT("Labyrinthe") + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Nbre impressions"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Terminées"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Tps impr. total"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Impr. la + longue"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Total filament"); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Impressions"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Terminées"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Total"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("+ long"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filament"); + #endif -#if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 - // Up to 3 lines allowed - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_1 _UxGT("Presser bouton") - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_2 _UxGT("pour reprendre") - #define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT_1 _UxGT("Parking...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Attente filament") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("pour démarrer") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Insérer filament") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("et app. bouton") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3 _UxGT("pour continuer...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Presser le bouton") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_2 _UxGT("pour chauffer...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Buse en chauffe") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_2 _UxGT("Patienter SVP...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Attente") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("retrait du filament") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Attente") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 _UxGT("chargement filament") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Attente") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_2 _UxGT("Purge filament") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Presser pour finir") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_2 _UxGT("la purge du filament") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Attente reprise") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("impression") -#else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 - // Up to 2 lines allowed - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_1 _UxGT("Clic pour continuer") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Patience...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Insérer fil.") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Chauffer ?") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Chauffage...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Retrait fil...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Chargement...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Purge...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Terminer ?") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Reprise...") -#endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP = _UxGT("Temp Min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Temp Max"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Alim."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Puiss. moteur "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("DAC EEPROM sauv."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERROR_TMC = _UxGT("ERREUR CONNEXION TMC"); -#define MSG_TMC_DRIVERS _UxGT("Drivers TMC") -#define MSG_TMC_CURRENT _UxGT("Courant driver") -#define MSG_TMC_HYBRID_THRS _UxGT("Seuil hybride") -#define MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS _UxGT("Home sans capteur") -#define MSG_TMC_STEPPING_MODE _UxGT("Mode pas à pas") -#define MSG_TMC_STEALTH_ENABLED _UxGT("StealthChop activé") -#define MSG_SERVICE_RESET _UxGT("Réinit.") -#define MSG_SERVICE_IN _UxGT(" dans:") -#define MSG_BACKLASH _UxGT("Backlash") -#define MSG_BACKLASH_CORRECTION _UxGT("Correction") -#define MSG_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING _UxGT("Lissage") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER = _UxGT("CHANGER FILAMENT"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE = _UxGT("IMPR. PAUSE"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD = _UxGT("CHARGER FIL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD = _UxGT("DECHARGER FIL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER = _UxGT("OPTIONS REPRISE:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE = _UxGT("Purger encore"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("Reprendre impr."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE = _UxGT(" Buse: "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR = _UxGT("Capteur fil."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_HOMING_FAILED = _UxGT("Echec origine"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_PROBING_FAILED = _UxGT("Echec sonde"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M600_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("M600: Trop froid"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_CHOOSE_FILAMENT_HEADER = _UxGT("CHOISIR FILAMENT"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_MENU = _UxGT("MMU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_NOT_RESPONDING = _UxGT("MMU ne répond plus"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESUME = _UxGT("Continuer impr."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESUMING = _UxGT("Reprise..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Charger filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Charger tous"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Charger dans buse"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Ejecter filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Ejecter fil. ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Retrait filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Chargem. fil. %i..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Ejection fil..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Retrait fil...."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_ALL = _UxGT("Tous"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Filament ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESET = _UxGT("Réinit. MMU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESETTING = _UxGT("Réinit. MMU..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Retrait, click"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_N = _UxGT("Composante ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIXER = _UxGT("Mixeur"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Dégradé"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FULL_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Dégradé complet"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOGGLE_MIX = _UxGT("Toggle mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CYCLE_MIX = _UxGT("Cycle mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT_MIX = _UxGT("Mix dégradé"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Inverser dégradé"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL = _UxGT("Active V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_VTOOL = _UxGT("Début V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_END_VTOOL = _UxGT(" Fin V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS = _UxGT("Alias V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_VTOOLS = _UxGT("Réinit. V-tools"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL = _UxGT("Valider Mix V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTOOLS_RESET = _UxGT("V-tools réinit. ok"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_Z = _UxGT("Début Z:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_END_Z = _UxGT(" Fin Z:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GAMES = _UxGT("Jeux"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BRICKOUT = _UxGT("Casse-briques"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INVADERS = _UxGT("Invaders"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SNAKE = _UxGT("Sn4k3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAZE = _UxGT("Labyrinthe"); + + #if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 + // Up to 3 lines allowed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Presser bouton", "pour reprendre")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Parking...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Attente filament", "pour démarrer")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Insérer filament", "et app. bouton", "pour continuer...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Presser le bouton", "pour chauffer...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Buse en chauffe", "Patienter SVP...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Attente", "retrait du filament")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Attente", "chargement filament")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Attente", "Purge filament")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Presser pour finir", "la purge du filament")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Attente reprise", "impression")); + #else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + // Up to 2 lines allowed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Clic pour continuer")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Patience...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Insérer fil.")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Chauffer ?")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Chauffage...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Retrait fil...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Chargement...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Purge...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Terminer ?")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Reprise...")); + #endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_CURRENT = _UxGT("Courant driver"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_HYBRID_THRS = _UxGT("Seuil hybride"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS = _UxGT("Home sans capteur"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_STEPPING_MODE = _UxGT("Mode pas à pas"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_STEALTH_ENABLED = _UxGT("StealthChop activé"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SERVICE_RESET = _UxGT("Réinit."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SERVICE_IN = _UxGT(" dans:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_CORRECTION = _UxGT("Correction"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING = _UxGT("Lissage"); +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_gl.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_gl.h index 0de6382e54..6a8f166ff1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_gl.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_gl.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -32,222 +32,184 @@ #define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_1 #define NOT_EXTENDED_ISO10646_1_5X7 -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" lista.") -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("Tarxeta inserida") -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("Tarxeta retirada") -#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("FinCarro") -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Menu principal") -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Autoarranque") -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Apagar motores") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Ir a orixe") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("Ir orixe X") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Ir orixe Y") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Ir orixe Z") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("Ir orixes XYZ") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("Prema pulsador") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("Seguinte punto") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("Nivelado feito") -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Offsets na orixe") -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("Offsets fixados") -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Fixar orixe") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Prequentar " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N _UxGT("Prequentar " PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL _UxGT("Preque. " PREHEAT_1_LABEL " Todo") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY _UxGT("Preque. " PREHEAT_1_LABEL " Cama") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS _UxGT("Preque. " PREHEAT_1_LABEL " conf") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Prequentar " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N _UxGT("Prequentar " PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL _UxGT("Preque. " PREHEAT_2_LABEL " Todo") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY _UxGT("Preque. " PREHEAT_2_LABEL " Cama") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS _UxGT("Preque. " PREHEAT_2_LABEL " conf") -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Arrefriar") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Acender") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Apagar") -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Extrudir") -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Retraer") -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Mover eixe") -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("Nivelar cama") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Nivelar cama") -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Mover X") -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Mover Y") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Mover Z") -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Extrusor") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("Mover %smm") -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("Mover 0.1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("Mover 1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("Mover 10mm") -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Velocidade") -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Cama Z") -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("Bico") -#define MSG_BED _UxGT("Cama") -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Velocidade vent.") -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Fluxo") -//#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Control") -#define MSG_MIN _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min") -#define MSG_MAX _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max") -#define MSG_FACTOR _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fact") -//#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Autotemp") -//#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("On") -//#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("Off") -//#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") -//#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") -//#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") -//#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") -#define MSG_SELECT _UxGT("Escolla") -#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("Acel") -//#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Jerk") -//#if IS_KINEMATIC -// #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Va-jerk") -// #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vb-jerk") -// #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vc-jerk") -//#else -// #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Vx-jerk") -// #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vy-jerk") -// #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vz-jerk") -//#endif -//#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("Ve-jerk") -//#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("Vmax ") -//#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("Vmin") -//#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("VTrav min") -//#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("Amax ") -//#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("A-retract") -//#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("A-travel") -#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Pasos/mm") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("A pasos/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("B pasos/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("C pasos/mm") -#else - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("X pasos/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Y pasos/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Z pasos/mm") -#endif -#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("E pasos/mm") -#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("E1 pasos/mm") -#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("E2 pasos/mm") -#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("E3 pasos/mm") -#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("E4 pasos/mm") -#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("E5 pasos/mm") -#define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("E6 pasos/mm") -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Temperatura") -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Movemento") -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Filamento") -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("E en mm3") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Diam. fil.") -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("Constraste LCD") -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Gardar en memo.") -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Cargar de memo.") -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Cargar de firm.") -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("Volver a cargar") -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Monitorizacion") -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Preparar") -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Axustar") -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Pausar impres.") -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Seguir impres.") -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Deter impres.") -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("Tarxeta SD") -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("Sen tarxeta SD") -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("En repouso...") -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("A espera...") -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Impre. cancelada") -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("Sen movemento.") -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("PROGRAMA MORTO") -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("PROGRAMA PARADO") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("Retraccion mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Cambio retra. mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("Retraccion V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Alzar Z mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("Recup. retra. mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("Cambio recup. mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("Recuperacion V") -#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("Retraccion auto.") -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Cambiar filamen.") -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("Iniciando SD") -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("Cambiar SD") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Sonda-Z sen cama") -//#define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("Home %s%s%s first") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST _UxGT("Comprobar BLTouch") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET _UxGT("Iniciar BLTouch") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Offset Z") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Micropaso X") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Micropaso Y") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Micropaso Z") -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Erro fin carro") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("Fallo quentando") -#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("Erro temperatura") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("Temp. excesiva") -//#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("Err: temp. max.") -//#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("Err: temp. min.") -//#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("Err: MAXTEMP BED") -//#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("Err: MINTEMP BED") -//#define MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING _UxGT("Home XY first") -#define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("SISTEMA MORTO") -#define MSG_PLEASE_RESET _UxGT("Debe reiniciar!") -//#define MSG_SHORT_DAY _UxGT("d") // One character only -//#define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("h") // One character only -//#define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("m") // One character only -#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("Quentando...") -#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Quentando cama...") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Calibracion Delta") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Calibrar X") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Calibrar Y") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Calibrar Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Calibrar Centro") -#define MSG_INFO_MENU _UxGT("Acerca de...") -#define MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU _UxGT("Informacion") -#define MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU _UxGT("Estadisticas") -#define MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU _UxGT("Placa nai") -#define MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU _UxGT("Termistores") -#define MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS _UxGT("Extrusores") -#define MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE _UxGT("Baudios") -#define MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL _UxGT("Protocolo") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT _UxGT("Luz") -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Total traballos") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Total completos") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Tempo impresion") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Traballo +longo") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Total extruido") -#else - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Traballos") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Completos") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Tempo") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("O +longo") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Extruido") -#endif -#define MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP _UxGT("Min Temp") -#define MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP _UxGT("Max Temp") -#define MSG_INFO_PSU _UxGT("Fonte alime.") -#define MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH _UxGT("Potencia motor") -#define MSG_DAC_PERCENT _UxGT("Motor %") -#define MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE _UxGT("Garda DAC EEPROM") +namespace Language_gl { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME _UxGT("Segue traballo") + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 1; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Galician"); -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("Impresora incorrecta") + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" lista."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("Tarxeta inserida"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("Tarxeta retirada"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("FinCarro"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Menu principal"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("Autoarranque"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Apagar motores"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Ir a orixe"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("Ir orixe X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("Ir orixe Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("Ir orixe Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING = _UxGT("Ir orixes XYZ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("Prema pulsador"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("Seguinte punto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("Nivelado feito"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Offsets na orixe"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Offsets fixados"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Fixar orixe"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Prequentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Prequentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Todo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Cama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" conf"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Prequentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Prequentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Todo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Cama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" conf"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Arrefriar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Acender"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Apagar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Extrudir"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("Retraer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("Mover eixe"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("Nivelar cama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Nivelar cama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("Mover X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Mover Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Mover Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Extrusor"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Extrusor *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Mover %smm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Mover 0.1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Mover 1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("Mover 10mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Velocidade"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Cama Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Bico"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Bico ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Cama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Velocidade vent."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Velocidade vent. ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Fluxo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Fluxo ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fact"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Escolla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Escolla *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Acel"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Pasos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = LCD_STR_A _UxGT(" pasos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT(" pasos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT(" pasos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("E pasos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("* pasos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperatura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Movemento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E en mm³"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Diam. fil."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Diam. fil. *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Constraste LCD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Gardar en memo."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Cargar de memo."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("Cargar de firm."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Volver a cargar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Monitorizacion"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Preparar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Axustar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pausar impres."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Seguir impres."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Deter impres."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Tarxeta SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Sen tarxeta SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("En repouso..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("A espera..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Impre. cancelada"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("Sen movemento."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("PROGRAMA MORTO"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("PROGRAMA PARADO"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("Retraccion mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("Cambio retra. mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("Retraccion V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("Alzar Z mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Recup. retra. mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("Cambio recup. mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("Recuperacion V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Retraccion auto."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Cambiar filamen."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Cambiar filamen. *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("Iniciando SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Cambiar SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Sonda-Z sen cama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("Comprobar BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("Iniciar BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Offset Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Micropaso X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Micropaso Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Micropaso Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("Erro fin carro"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("Fallo quentando"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP = _UxGT("Erro temperatura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY = _UxGT("Temp. excesiva"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HALTED = _UxGT("SISTEMA MORTO"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PLEASE_RESET = _UxGT("Debe reiniciar!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("Quentando..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("Quentando cama..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Calibracion Delta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Calibrar X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Calibrar Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Calibrar Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("Calibrar Centro"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MENU = _UxGT("Acerca de..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("Informacion"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("Estadisticas"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Placa nai"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("Termistores"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS = _UxGT("Extrusores"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("Baudios"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL = _UxGT("Protocolo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT = _UxGT("Luz"); + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Total traballos"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Total completos"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Tempo impresion"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Traballo +longo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Total extruido"); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Traballos"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Completos"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Tempo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("O +longo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Extruido"); + #endif + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP = _UxGT("Min Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Max Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Fonte alime."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Potencia motor"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("Garda DAC EEPROM"); -#if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 - // Up to 3 lines allowed - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Agarde para") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("iniciar troco") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_3 _UxGT("de filamento") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Agarde pola") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("descarga do") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_3 _UxGT("filamento") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Introduza o") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("filamento e") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3 _UxGT("faga click") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Agarde pola") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 _UxGT("carga do") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_3 _UxGT("filamento") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Agarde para") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("seguir co") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_3 _UxGT("traballo") -#else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 - // Up to 2 lines allowed - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Agarde...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Descargando...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Introduza e click") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Cargando...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Seguindo...") -#endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("Segue traballo"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("Impresora incorrecta"); + + #if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 + // Up to 3 lines allowed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Agarde para", "iniciar troco", "de filamento")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Agarde pola", "descarga do", "filamento")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Introduza o", "filamento e", "faga click")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Agarde pola", "carga do", "filamento")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Agarde para", "seguir co", "traballo")); + #else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + // Up to 2 lines allowed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Agarde...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Descargando...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Introduza e click")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Cargando...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Seguindo...")); + #endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_hr.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_hr.h index 6b46d730f2..740d7e5625 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_hr.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_hr.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -30,223 +30,139 @@ */ #define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_1 // use the better font on full graphic displays. -#define CHARSIZE 2 -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" spreman.") -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("SD kartica umetnuta") -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("SD kartica uklonjena") -//#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Endstops") // Max length 8 characters -//#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Main") -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Auto pokretanje") -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Ugasi steppere") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Automatski homing") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("Home-aj X") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Home-aj Y") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Home-aj Z") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("Home-aj XYZ") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("Klikni za početak") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("Sljedeća točka") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("Niveliranje gotovo!") -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Postavi home offsete") -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("Offsets postavljeni") -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Postavi ishodište") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Predgrij " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Sve") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Bed") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" conf") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Predgrij " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Sve") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Bed") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" conf") -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Hlađenje") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Uključi napajanje") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Isključi napajanje") -//#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Extrude") -//#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Retract") -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Miči os") -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("Niveliraj bed") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Niveliraj bed") -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Miči X") -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Miči Y") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Miči Z") -//#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Extruder") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("Miči %smm") -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("Miči 0.1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("Miči 1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("Miči 10mm") -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Brzina") -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Bed Z") -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("Dizna") -#define MSG_BED _UxGT("Bed") -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Brzina ventilatora") -//#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Flow") -//#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Control") -//#define MSG_MIN _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min") -//#define MSG_MAX _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max") -//#define MSG_FACTOR _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fact") -//#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Autotemp") -//#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("On") -//#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("Off") -//#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") -//#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") -//#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") -//#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") -#define MSG_SELECT _UxGT("Odaberi") -//#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("Accel") -//#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Jerk") -//#if IS_KINEMATIC -// #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Va-jerk") -// #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vb-jerk") -// #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vc-jerk") -//#else -// #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Vx-jerk") -// #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vy-jerk") -// #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vz-jerk") -//#endif -//#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("Ve-jerk") -//#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("Vmax ") -//#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("Vmin") -//#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("VTrav min") -//#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("Amax ") -//#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("A-retract") -//#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("A-travel") -//#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Steps/mm") -//#if IS_KINEMATIC -// #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Asteps/mm") -// #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Bsteps/mm") -// #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Csteps/mm") -//#else -// #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Xsteps/mm") -// #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Ysteps/mm") -// #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Zsteps/mm") -//#endif -//#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("Esteps/mm") -//#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("E1steps/mm") -//#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("E2steps/mm") -//#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("E3steps/mm") -//#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("E4steps/mm") -//#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("E5steps/mm") -//#define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("E6steps/mm") -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Temperature") -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Gibanje") -//#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Filament") -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("E in mm3") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Fil. Dia.") -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("Kontrast LCD-a") -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Pohrani u memoriju") -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Učitaj memoriju") -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Učitaj failsafe") -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("Osvježi") -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Info screen") -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Pripremi") -//#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Tune") -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Pauziraj print") -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Nastavi print") -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Zaustavi print") -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("Printaj s SD kartice") -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("Nema SD kartice") -//#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("Sleep...") -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Čekaj korisnika...") -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Print otkazan") -//#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("No move.") -//#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("KILLED. ") -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("ZAUSTAVLJEN. ") -//#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("Retract mm") -//#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Swap Re.mm") -//#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("Retract V") -//#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Hop mm") -//#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("UnRet mm") -//#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("S UnRet mm") -//#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("UnRet V") -//#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("AutoRetr.") -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Promijeni filament") -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("Init. SD karticu") -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("Promijeni SD karticu") -//#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Z probe out. bed") -//#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST _UxGT("BLTouch Self-Test") -//#define MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET _UxGT("Reset BLTouch") -//#define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("Home %s%s%s first") -//#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Z Offset") -//#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Babystep X") -//#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Babystep Y") -//#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Babystep Z") -//#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Endstop abort") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("Grijanje neuspješno") -//#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("Err: REDUNDANT TEMP") -//#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("THERMAL RUNAWAY") -//#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("Err: MAXTEMP") -//#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("Err: MINTEMP") -//#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("Err: MAXTEMP BED") -//#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("Err: MINTEMP BED") -//#define MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING _UxGT("Home XY first") -//#define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("PRINTER HALTED") -//#define MSG_PLEASE_RESET _UxGT("Please reset") -//#define MSG_SHORT_DAY _UxGT("d") // One character only -//#define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("h") // One character only -//#define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("m") // One character only -#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("Grijanje...") -#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Grijanje Bed-a...") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Delta Kalibracija") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Kalibriraj X") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Kalibriraj Y") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Kalibriraj Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Kalibriraj Središte") -#define MSG_INFO_MENU _UxGT("O printeru") -#define MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU _UxGT("Podaci o printeru") -#define MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU _UxGT("Statistika printera") -#define MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU _UxGT("Podaci o elektronici") -#define MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU _UxGT("Termistori") -#define MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS _UxGT("Extruderi") -#define MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE _UxGT("Baud") -#define MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL _UxGT("Protokol") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT _UxGT("Osvjetljenje") +namespace Language_hr { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("Neispravan pisač") + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 2; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Croatian"); -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Broj printova") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Završeni") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Ukupno printanja") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Najduži print") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Extrudirano ukupno") -#else - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Printovi") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Završeni") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Ukupno") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Najduži") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Extrudirano") -#endif + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" spreman."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("SD kartica umetnuta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("SD kartica uklonjena"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Endstops"); // Max length 8 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Main"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("Auto pokretanje"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Ugasi steppere"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Automatski homing"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("Home-aj X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("Home-aj Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("Home-aj Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING = _UxGT("Home-aj XYZ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("Klikni za početak"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("Sljedeća točka"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("Niveliranje gotovo!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Postavi home offsete"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Offsets postavljeni"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Postavi ishodište"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Dizna"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Dizna ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Sve"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" conf"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Dizna"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Dizna ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Sve"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" conf"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Hlađenje"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Uključi napajanje"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Isključi napajanje"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("Miči os"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveliraj bed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Niveliraj bed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("Miči X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Miči Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Miči %smm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Miči 0.1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Miči 1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("Miči 10mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Brzina"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Bed Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Dizna"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Dizna ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Bed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Brzina ventilatora"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Brzina ventilatora ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Odaberi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Odaberi *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperature"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Gibanje"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E in mm³"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Fil. Dia."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Kontrast LCD-a"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Pohrani u memoriju"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Učitaj memoriju"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("Učitaj Defaults"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Osvježi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Info screen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Pripremi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pauziraj print"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Nastavi print"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Zaustavi print"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Printaj s SD kartice"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Nema SD kartice"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Čekaj korisnika..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Print otkazan"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("ZAUSTAVLJEN. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Promijeni filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Promijeni filament *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("Init. SD karticu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Promijeni SD karticu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("Grijanje neuspješno"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("Grijanje..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("Grijanje Bed-a..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Delta Kalibracija"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Kalibriraj X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Kalibriraj Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Kalibriraj Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("Kalibriraj Središte"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MENU = _UxGT("O printeru"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("Podaci o printeru"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("Statistika printera"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Podaci o elektronici"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("Termistori"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS = _UxGT("Extruderi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("Baud"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL = _UxGT("Protokol"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT = _UxGT("Osvjetljenje"); -//#define MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP _UxGT("Min Temp") -//#define MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP _UxGT("Max Temp") -#define MSG_INFO_PSU _UxGT("Napajanje") -//#define MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH _UxGT("Drive Strength") -//#define MSG_DAC_PERCENT _UxGT("Driver %") -//#define MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE _UxGT("DAC EEPROM Write") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("Neispravan pisač"); -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME _UxGT("Nastavi print") + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Broj printova"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Završeni"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Ukupno printanja"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Najduži print"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Extrudirano ukupno"); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Printovi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Završeni"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Ukupno"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Najduži"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Extrudirano"); + #endif -#if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 - // Up to 3 lines allowed - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Čekaj početak") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("filamenta") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_3 _UxGT("promijeni") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Čekaj") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("filament unload") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Umetni filament") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("i pritisni tipku") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3 _UxGT("za nastavak...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Pričekaj") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 _UxGT("filament load") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Wait for print") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("to resume") -#else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 - // Up to 2 lines allowed - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Pričekaj...") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Ejecting...") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Insert and Click") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Loading...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Nastavljam...") -#endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Napajanje"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("Nastavi print"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Čekaj", "filament unload")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Pričekaj", "filament load")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Nastavljam...")); + + #if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 + // Up to 3 lines allowed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Čekaj početak", "filamenta", "promijeni")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Umetni filament", "i pritisni tipku", "za nastavak...")); + #else + // Up to 2 lines allowed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT("Pričekaj..."); + //PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("?", "?")); + #endif +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_it.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_it.h index 976460d2f2..ae4dd813ea 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_it.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_it.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -31,541 +31,559 @@ #define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_1 -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" pronto.") -#define MSG_YES _UxGT("SI") -#define MSG_NO _UxGT("NO") -#define MSG_BACK _UxGT("Indietro") -#define MSG_MEDIA_ABORTING _UxGT("Annullando...") -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("Media inserito") -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("Media rimosso") -#define MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED _UxGT("Media rilasciato") -#define MSG_MEDIA_WAITING _UxGT("Aspettando media") -#define MSG_MEDIA_READ_ERROR _UxGT("Err.leggendo media") -#define MSG_MEDIA_USB_REMOVED _UxGT("Dispos.USB rimosso") -#define MSG_MEDIA_USB_FAILED _UxGT("Avvio USB fallito") -#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Finecor.") // Max 8 caratteri -#define MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Finecorsa Soft") -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Menu principale") -#define MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS _UxGT("Impostaz. avanzate") -#define MSG_CONFIGURATION _UxGT("Configurazione") -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Autostart") -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Disabilita Motori") -#define MSG_DEBUG_MENU _UxGT("Menu di debug") -#define MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST _UxGT("Test barra avanzam.") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Auto Home") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("Home asse X") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Home asse Y") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Home asse Z") -#define MSG_AUTO_Z_ALIGN _UxGT("Allineam.automat. Z") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("Home assi XYZ") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("Premi per iniziare") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("Punto successivo") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("Livel. terminato!") -#define MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT _UxGT("Fade Height") -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Imp. offset home") -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("Offset applicato") -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Imposta Origine") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Preriscalda " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N _UxGT("Preris." PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_1_N _UxGT("Tutto") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_END MSG_PREHEAT_1_N _UxGT("Ugello") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_1_N _UxGT("Piatto") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_1_N _UxGT("conf") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Preriscalda " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N _UxGT("Preris." PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_2_N _UxGT("Tutto") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_END MSG_PREHEAT_2_N _UxGT("Ugello") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_2_N _UxGT("Piatto") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_2_N _UxGT("conf") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM _UxGT("Prerisc.personal.") -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Raffredda") -#define MSG_LASER_MENU _UxGT("Controllo laser") -#define MSG_LASER_OFF _UxGT("Laser Off") -#define MSG_LASER_ON _UxGT("Laser On") -#define MSG_LASER_POWER _UxGT("Potenza laser") -#define MSG_SPINDLE_MENU _UxGT("Controllo mandrino") -#define MSG_SPINDLE_OFF _UxGT("Mandrino Off") -#define MSG_SPINDLE_ON _UxGT("Mandrino On") -#define MSG_SPINDLE_POWER _UxGT("Potenza mandrino") -#define MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE _UxGT("Inverti mandrino") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Accendi aliment.") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Spegni aliment.") -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Estrudi") -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Ritrai") -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Muovi Asse") -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("Livella piano") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED MSG_BED_LEVELING -#define MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS _UxGT("Livella spigoli") -#define MSG_NEXT_CORNER _UxGT("Prossimo spigolo") -#define MSG_MESH_EDITOR _UxGT("Editor Mesh") -#define MSG_EDIT_MESH _UxGT("Modifica Mesh") -#define MSG_EDITING_STOPPED _UxGT("Modif. Mesh Fermata") -#define MSG_PROBING_MESH _UxGT("Punto sondato") -#define MSG_MESH_X _UxGT("Indice X") -#define MSG_MESH_Y _UxGT("Indice Y") -#define MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z _UxGT("Valore di Z") -#define MSG_USER_MENU _UxGT("Comandi personaliz.") -#define MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH _UxGT("Punto inclinaz.") -#define MSG_M48_TEST _UxGT("Test sonda M48") -#define MSG_M48_POINT _UxGT("Punto M48") -#define MSG_M48_DEVIATION _UxGT("Deviazione") -#define MSG_IDEX_MENU _UxGT("Modo IDEX") -#define MSG_OFFSETS_MENU _UxGT("Strumenti Offsets") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK _UxGT("Auto-Park") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE _UxGT("Duplicazione") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY _UxGT("Copia speculare") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL _UxGT("Pieno controllo") -#define MSG_X_OFFSET _UxGT("2° ugello X") -#define MSG_Y_OFFSET _UxGT("2° ugello Y") -#define MSG_Z_OFFSET _UxGT("2° ugello Z") -#define MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 _UxGT("G29 in corso") -#define MSG_UBL_TOOLS _UxGT("Strumenti UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling") -#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH _UxGT("Mesh Manuale") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT _UxGT("Metti spes. e misura") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 _UxGT("Misura") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE _UxGT("Rimuovi e mis.piatto") -#define MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT _UxGT("Spostamento succes.") -#define MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("Attiva UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("Disattiva UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED _UxGT("Temp. Piatto") -#define MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND _UxGT("Temp. Ugello") -#define MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT _UxGT("Modifica Mesh") -#define MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Modif.Mesh personal.") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH _UxGT("Ritocca Mesh") -#define MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH _UxGT("Modif.Mesh fatta") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Crea Mesh personal.") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Crea Mesh") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 _UxGT("Crea Mesh " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 _UxGT("Crea Mesh " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH _UxGT("Crea Mesh a freddo") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST _UxGT("Aggiusta Alt. Mesh") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT _UxGT("Altezza") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Valida Mesh") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 _UxGT("Valida Mesh " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 _UxGT("Valida Mesh " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_G26_HEATING_BED _UxGT("G26 riscald.letto") -#define MSG_G26_HEATING_NOZZLE _UxGT("G26 riscald.ugello") -#define MSG_G26_MANUAL_PRIME _UxGT("Priming manuale...") -#define MSG_G26_FIXED_LENGTH _UxGT("Prime a lung.fissa") -#define MSG_G26_PRIME_DONE _UxGT("Priming terminato") -#define MSG_G26_CANCELED _UxGT("G26 Annullato") -#define MSG_G26_LEAVING _UxGT("Uscita da G26") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Valida Mesh pers.") -#define MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH _UxGT("Continua Mesh") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Livell. Mesh") -#define MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Livell. 3 Punti") -#define MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Livell. Griglia Mesh") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL _UxGT("Livella Mesh") -#define MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS _UxGT("Punti laterali") -#define MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE _UxGT("Tipo di Mappa") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP _UxGT("Esporta Mappa") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST _UxGT("Esporta per Host") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV _UxGT("Esporta in CSV") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP _UxGT("Backup esterno") -#define MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL _UxGT("Esporta Info UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT _UxGT("Riempimento") -#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN _UxGT("Riempimento Manuale") -#define MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN _UxGT("Riempimento Smart") -#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH _UxGT("Riempimento Mesh") -#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL _UxGT("Invalida Tutto") -#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Invalid.Punto Vicino") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL _UxGT("Ritocca All") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Ritocca Punto Vicino") -#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Mesh Salvate") -#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT _UxGT("Slot di memoria") -#define MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH _UxGT("Carica Mesh Piatto") -#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH _UxGT("Salva Mesh Piatto") -#define MSG_MESH_LOADED _UxGT("Mesh %i caricata") -#define MSG_MESH_SAVED _UxGT("Mesh %i salvata") -#define MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE _UxGT("Nessuna memoria") -#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR _UxGT("Err: Salvataggio UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR _UxGT("Err: Ripristino UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET _UxGT("Z-Offset: ") -#define MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED _UxGT("Z-Offset Fermato") -#define MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU _UxGT("UBL passo passo") +namespace Language_it { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English -#define MSG_LED_CONTROL _UxGT("Controllo LED") -#define MSG_LEDS _UxGT("Luci") -#define MSG_LED_PRESETS _UxGT("Preset luce") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_RED _UxGT("Rosso") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE _UxGT("Arancione") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW _UxGT("Giallo") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN _UxGT("Verde") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE _UxGT("Blu") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO _UxGT("Indaco") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET _UxGT("Viola") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE _UxGT("Bianco") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT _UxGT("Predefinito") -#define MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS _UxGT("Luci personalizzate") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_R _UxGT("Intensità rosso") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_G _UxGT("Intensità verde") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_B _UxGT("Intensità blu") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_W _UxGT("Intensità bianco") -#define MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("Luminosità") + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 1; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Italian"); -#define MSG_MOVING _UxGT("In movimento...") -#define MSG_FREE_XY _UxGT("XY liberi") -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Muovi X") -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Muovi Y") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Muovi Z") -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Estrusore") -#define MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD _UxGT("Ugello freddo") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("Muovi di %smm") -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("Muovi di 0.1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("Muovi di 1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("Muovi di 10mm") -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Velocità") -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Piatto Z") -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("Ugello") -#define MSG_BED _UxGT("Piatto") -#define MSG_CHAMBER _UxGT("Camera") -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Velocità ventola") -#define MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Extra vel. ventola") -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Flusso") -#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Controllo") -#define MSG_MIN LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min") -#define MSG_MAX LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max") -#define MSG_FACTOR LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fact") -#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Autotemp") -#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("On") -#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("Off") -#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") -#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") -#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") -#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") -#define MSG_SELECT _UxGT("Seleziona") -#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("Accel") -#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Jerk") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Va-jerk") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vb-jerk") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vc-jerk") -#else - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Vx-jerk") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vy-jerk") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vz-jerk") -#endif -#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("Ve-jerk") -#define MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION _UxGT("Deviaz. giunzioni") -#define MSG_VELOCITY _UxGT("Velocità") -#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("Vmax ") -#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("Vmin") -#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("VTrav min") -#define MSG_ACCELERATION _UxGT("Accelerazione") -#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("Amax ") -#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("A-Ritrazione") -#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("A-Spostamento") -#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Passi/mm") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Apassi/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Bpassi/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Cpassi/mm") -#else - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Xpassi/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Ypassi/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Zpassi/mm") -#endif -#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("Epassi/mm") -#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("E1passi/mm") -#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("E2passi/mm") -#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("E3passi/mm") -#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("E4passi/mm") -#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("E5passi/mm") -#define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("E6passi/mm") -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Temperatura") -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Movimento") -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Filamento") -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("E in mm³") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Diam. filo") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD _UxGT("Rimuovi mm") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD _UxGT("Carica mm") -#define MSG_ADVANCE_K _UxGT("K Avanzamento") -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("Contrasto LCD") -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Salva impostazioni") -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Carica impostazioni") -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Ripristina imp.") -#define MSG_INIT_EEPROM _UxGT("Inizializza EEPROM") -#define MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE _UxGT("Aggiorna media") -#define MSG_RESET_PRINTER _UxGT("Resetta stampante") -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("Aggiorna") -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Schermata info") -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Prepara") -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Regola") -#define MSG_START_PRINT _UxGT("Avvia stampa") -#define MSG_BUTTON_NEXT _UxGT("Prossimo") -#define MSG_BUTTON_INIT _UxGT("Inizializza") -#define MSG_BUTTON_STOP _UxGT("Stop") -#define MSG_BUTTON_PRINT _UxGT("Stampa") -#define MSG_BUTTON_RESET _UxGT("Resetta") -#define MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL _UxGT("Annulla") -#define MSG_BUTTON_DONE _UxGT("Fatto") -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Pausa stampa") -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Riprendi stampa") -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Arresta stampa") -#define MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY _UxGT("Ripresa da PowerLoss") -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("Stampa da media") -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("Media non presente") -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("Sospensione...") -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Premi tasto..") -#define MSG_PRINT_PAUSED _UxGT("Stampa sospesa") -#define MSG_PRINTING _UxGT("Stampa...") -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Stampa annullata") -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("Nessun Movimento") -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("UCCISO. ") -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("ARRESTATO. ") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("Ritrai mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Scamb. Ritrai mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("Ritrai V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Salta mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("UnRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("Scamb. UnRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("UnRet V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF _UxGT("S UnRet V") -#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("AutoRitrai") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH _UxGT("Dist. ritrazione") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH _UxGT("Lunghezza spurgo") -#define MSG_TOOL_CHANGE _UxGT("Cambio utensile") -#define MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT _UxGT("Risalita Z") -#define MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD _UxGT("Velocità innesco") -#define MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD _UxGT("Velocità retrazione") -#define MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY _UxGT("Standby ugello") -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Cambia filamento") -#define MSG_FILAMENTLOAD _UxGT("Carica filamento") -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD _UxGT("Rimuovi filamento") -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL _UxGT("Rimuovi tutto") -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("Inizializ. media") -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("Cambia media") -#define MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA _UxGT("Rilascia media") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Z probe fuori piatto") -#define MSG_SKEW_FACTOR _UxGT("Fattore distorsione") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH _UxGT("BLTouch") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST _UxGT("Autotest BLTouch") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET _UxGT("Resetta BLTouch") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY _UxGT("Estendi BLTouch") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE _UxGT("BLTouch modo SW") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE _UxGT("BLTouch modo 5V") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE _UxGT("BLTouch modo OD") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE _UxGT("BLTouch modo mem.") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V _UxGT("Metti BLTouch a 5V") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD _UxGT("Metti BLTouch a OD") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO _UxGT("Segnala modo") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE _UxGT("PERICOLO: Impostazioni errate possono cause danni! Procedo comunque?") -#define MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE _UxGT("TouchMI") -#define MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT _UxGT("Inizializ.TouchMI") -#define MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST _UxGT("Test Z offset") -#define MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE _UxGT("Memorizzare") -#define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI _UxGT("Estendi TouchMI") -#define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY _UxGT("Estendi Sonda-Z") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW _UxGT("Ritrai BLTouch") -#define MSG_MANUAL_STOW _UxGT("Ritrai Sonda-Z") -#define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("Home %s%s%s prima") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Offset sonda Z") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Babystep X") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Babystep Y") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Babystep Z") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_TOTAL _UxGT("Totali") -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Finecorsa annullati") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("Riscald. Fallito") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED _UxGT("Risc. piatto fallito") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_CHAMBER _UxGT("Risc. camera fallito") -#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("Err: TEMP RIDONDANTE") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("TEMP FUORI CONTROLLO") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED _UxGT("TEMP PIAT.FUORI CTRL") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_CHAMBER _UxGT("T.CAMERA FUORI CTRL") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("Err: TEMP MASSIMA") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("Err: TEMP MINIMA") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("Err: TEMP MAX PIATTO") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("Err: TEMP MIN PIATTO") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_CHAMBER _UxGT("Err: TEMP MAX CAMERA") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_CHAMBER _UxGT("Err: TEMP MIN CAMERA") -#define MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING _UxGT("Home XY prima") -#define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("STAMPANTE FERMATA") -#define MSG_PLEASE_RESET _UxGT("Riavviare prego") -#define MSG_SHORT_DAY _UxGT("g") // Un solo carattere -#define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("h") // Un solo carattere -#define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("m") // Un solo carattere -#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("Riscaldamento...") -#define MSG_COOLING _UxGT("Raffreddamento..") -#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Risc. piatto...") -#define MSG_BED_COOLING _UxGT("Raffr. piatto...") -#define MSG_CHAMBER_HEATING _UxGT("Risc. camera...") -#define MSG_CHAMBER_COOLING _UxGT("Raffr. camera...") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Calibraz. Delta") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Calibra X") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Calibra Y") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Calibra Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Calibra centro") -#define MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS _UxGT("Impostaz. Delta") -#define MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Auto calibrazione") -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Imp. altezza Delta") -#define MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Offset sonda-Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD _UxGT("Barra Diagonale") -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT _UxGT("Altezza") -#define MSG_DELTA_RADIUS _UxGT("Raggio") -#define MSG_INFO_MENU _UxGT("Riguardo stampante") -#define MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU _UxGT("Info. stampante") -#define MSG_3POINT_LEVELING _UxGT("Livel. a 3 punti") -#define MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("Livel. Lineare") -#define MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("Livel. Bilineare") -#define MSG_UBL_LEVELING _UxGT("Livel.piatto unific.") -#define MSG_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Livel. Mesh") -#define MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU _UxGT("Statistiche") -#define MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU _UxGT("Info. scheda") -#define MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU _UxGT("Termistori") -#define MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS _UxGT("Estrusori") -#define MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE _UxGT("Baud") -#define MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL _UxGT("Protocollo") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT _UxGT("Luci Case") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("Luminosità Luci") -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Contat. stampa") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Completati") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Tempo totale") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Lavoro più lungo") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Totale estruso") -#else - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Stampe") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Completati") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Durata") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Più lungo") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Estruso") -#endif -#define MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP _UxGT("Temp min") -#define MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP _UxGT("Temp max") -#define MSG_INFO_PSU _UxGT("Alimentatore") -#define MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH _UxGT("Potenza Drive") -#define MSG_DAC_PERCENT _UxGT("Driver %") -#define MSG_ERROR_TMC _UxGT("ERR.CONNESSIONE TMC") -#define MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE _UxGT("Scrivi DAC EEPROM") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE _UxGT("STAMPA IN PAUSA") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD _UxGT("CARICA FILAMENTO") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD _UxGT("RIMUOVI FILAMENTO") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER _UxGT("OPZIONI RIPRESA:") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE _UxGT("Spurga di più") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME _UxGT("Riprendi stampa") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE _UxGT(" Ugello: ") -#define MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR _UxGT("Sens.filo termin.") // Max 17 caratteri -#define MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM _UxGT("Dist mm filo term.") -#define MSG_ERR_HOMING_FAILED _UxGT("Home fallito") -#define MSG_ERR_PROBING_FAILED _UxGT("Sondaggio fallito") -#define MSG_M600_TOO_COLD _UxGT("M600:Troppo freddo") + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" pronto."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MARLIN = _UxGT("Marlin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_YES = _UxGT("SI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO = _UxGT("NO"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACK = _UxGT("Indietro"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_ABORTING = _UxGT("Annullando..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("Media inserito"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("Media rimosso"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED = _UxGT("Media rilasciato"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_WAITING = _UxGT("Aspettando media"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_READ_ERROR = _UxGT("Err.leggendo media"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_REMOVED = _UxGT("Dispos.USB rimosso"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_FAILED = _UxGT("Avvio USB fallito"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Finecor."); // Max 8 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Finecorsa Soft"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Menu principale"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Impostaz. avanzate"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONFIGURATION = _UxGT("Configurazione"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("Autostart"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Disabilita Motori"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DEBUG_MENU = _UxGT("Menu di debug"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST = _UxGT("Test barra avanzam."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Auto Home"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("Home asse X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("Home asse Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("Home asse Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_Z_ALIGN = _UxGT("Allineam.automat. Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING = _UxGT("Home assi XYZ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("Premi per iniziare"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("Punto successivo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("Livel. terminato!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Fade Height"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Imp. offset home"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Offset applicato"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Imposta Origine"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Preriscalda ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Preriscalda ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Ugello"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Ugello ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Tutto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Piatto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" conf"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Preriscalda ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Preriscalda ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Ugello"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Ugello ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Tutto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Piatto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" conf"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Prerisc.personal."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Raffredda"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_MENU = _UxGT("Controllo laser"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_OFF = _UxGT("Laser Off"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_ON = _UxGT("Laser On"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_POWER = _UxGT("Potenza laser"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_MENU = _UxGT("Controllo mandrino"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_OFF = _UxGT("Mandrino Off"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_ON = _UxGT("Mandrino On"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_POWER = _UxGT("Potenza mandrino"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE = _UxGT("Inverti mandrino"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Accendi aliment."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Spegni aliment."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Estrudi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("Ritrai"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("Muovi Asse"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("Livella piano"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Livella piano"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS = _UxGT("Livella spigoli"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NEXT_CORNER = _UxGT("Prossimo spigolo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDITOR = _UxGT("Editor Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDIT_MESH = _UxGT("Modifica Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDITING_STOPPED = _UxGT("Modif. Mesh Fermata"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROBING_MESH = _UxGT("Punto sondato"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_X = _UxGT("Indice X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_Y = _UxGT("Indice Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z = _UxGT("Valore di Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USER_MENU = _UxGT("Comandi personaliz."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH = _UxGT("Punto inclinaz."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_TEST = _UxGT("Test sonda M48"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_POINT = _UxGT("Punto M48"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Deviazione"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MENU = _UxGT("Modo IDEX"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OFFSETS_MENU = _UxGT("Strumenti Offsets"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK = _UxGT("Auto-Park"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE = _UxGT("Duplicazione"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY = _UxGT("Copia speculare"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL = _UxGT("Pieno controllo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X = _UxGT("2° ugello X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y = _UxGT("2° ugello Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z = _UxGT("2° ugello Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("G29 in corso"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_TOOLS = _UxGT("Strumenti UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH = _UxGT("Mesh Manuale"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT = _UxGT("Metti spes. e misura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 = _UxGT("Misura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE = _UxGT("Rimuovi e mis.piatto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT = _UxGT("Spostamento succes."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("Attiva UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("Disattiva UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED = _UxGT("Temp. Piatto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Temp. Piatto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND = _UxGT("Temp. Ugello"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Temp. Ugello"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT = _UxGT("Modifica Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Modif.Mesh personal."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH = _UxGT("Ritocca Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH = _UxGT("Modif.Mesh fatta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Crea Mesh personal."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Crea Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Crea Mesh ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Crea Mesh ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("Crea Mesh a freddo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST = _UxGT("Aggiusta Alt. Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Altezza"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Valida Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Valida Mesh ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Valida Mesh ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_BED = _UxGT("G26 riscald.letto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_NOZZLE = _UxGT("G26 riscald.ugello"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_MANUAL_PRIME = _UxGT("Priming manuale..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_FIXED_LENGTH = _UxGT("Prime a lung.fissa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_PRIME_DONE = _UxGT("Priming terminato"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_CANCELED = _UxGT("G26 Annullato"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_LEAVING = _UxGT("Uscita da G26"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Valida Mesh pers."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH = _UxGT("Continua Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Livell. Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Livell. 3 Punti"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Livell. Griglia Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL = _UxGT("Livella Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS = _UxGT("Punti laterali"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE = _UxGT("Tipo di Mappa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP = _UxGT("Esporta Mappa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST = _UxGT("Esporta per Host"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV = _UxGT("Esporta in CSV"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP = _UxGT("Backup esterno"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL = _UxGT("Esporta Info UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Riempimento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN = _UxGT("Riempimento Manuale"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("Riempimento Smart"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH = _UxGT("Riempimento Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL = _UxGT("Invalida Tutto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Invalid.Punto Vicino"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("Ritocca All"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Ritocca Punto Vicino"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Mesh Salvate"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT = _UxGT("Slot di memoria"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH = _UxGT("Carica Mesh Piatto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("Salva Mesh Piatto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LOADED = _UxGT("M117 Mesh %i caricata"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_SAVED = _UxGT("M117 Mesh %i salvata"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE = _UxGT("Nessuna memoria"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR = _UxGT("Err: Salvataggio UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR = _UxGT("Err: Ripristino UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET = _UxGT("Z-Offset: "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED = _UxGT("Z-Offset Fermato"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU = _UxGT("UBL passo passo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_1_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("1.Crea Mesh a freddo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_2_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("2.Riempimento Smart"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("3.Valida Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_4_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("4.Ritocca All"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_5_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("5.Valida Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_6_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("6.Ritocca All"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_7_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("7.Salva Mesh Piatto"); -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER _UxGT("CAMBIO FILAMENTO") -#define MSG_MMU2_CHOOSE_FILAMENT_HEADER _UxGT("SCELTA FILAMENTO") -#define MSG_MMU2_MENU _UxGT("MMU") -#define MSG_MMU2_WRONG_FIRMWARE _UxGT("Agg.firmware MMU!") -#define MSG_MMU2_NOT_RESPONDING _UxGT("MMU chiede attenz.") -#define MSG_MMU2_RESUME _UxGT("Riprendi stampa") -#define MSG_MMU2_RESUMING _UxGT("Ripresa...") -#define MSG_MMU2_LOAD_FILAMENT _UxGT("Carica filamento") -#define MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL _UxGT("Carica tutto") -#define MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE _UxGT("Carica fino ugello") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Espelli filamento") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT0 _UxGT("Espelli filam.1") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT1 _UxGT("Espelli filam.2") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT2 _UxGT("Espelli filam.3") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT3 _UxGT("Espelli filam.4") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT4 _UxGT("Espelli filam.5") -#define MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT _UxGT("Scarica filamento") -#define MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT _UxGT("Caric.fil. %i...") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT _UxGT("Esplus.filam. ...") -#define MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT _UxGT("Scaric.filam. ...") -#define MSG_MMU2_ALL _UxGT("Tutto") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT0 _UxGT("Filamento 1") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT1 _UxGT("Filamento 2") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT2 _UxGT("Filamento 3") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT3 _UxGT("Filamento 4") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT4 _UxGT("Filamento 5") -#define MSG_MMU2_RESET _UxGT("Azzera MMU") -#define MSG_MMU2_RESETTING _UxGT("Azzeramento MMU...") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER _UxGT("Rimuovi, click") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_CONTROL = _UxGT("Controllo LED"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEDS = _UxGT("Luci"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_PRESETS = _UxGT("Preset luce"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_RED = _UxGT("Rosso"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE = _UxGT("Arancione"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW = _UxGT("Giallo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN = _UxGT("Verde"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE = _UxGT("Blu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO = _UxGT("Indaco"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET = _UxGT("Viola"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE = _UxGT("Bianco"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT = _UxGT("Predefinito"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS = _UxGT("Luci personalizzate"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_R = _UxGT("Intensità rosso"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_G = _UxGT("Intensità verde"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_B = _UxGT("Intensità blu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_W = _UxGT("Intensità bianco"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Luminosità"); -#define MSG_MIX _UxGT("Miscela") -#define MSG_MIX_COMPONENT _UxGT("Componente") -#define MSG_MIXER _UxGT("Miscelatore") -#define MSG_GRADIENT _UxGT("Gradiente") -#define MSG_FULL_GRADIENT _UxGT("Gradiente pieno") -#define MSG_TOGGLE_MIX _UxGT("Alterna miscela") -#define MSG_CYCLE_MIX _UxGT("Ciclo miscela") -#define MSG_GRADIENT_MIX _UxGT("Miscela gradiente") -#define MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT _UxGT("Inverti gradiente") -#define MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL _UxGT("V-tool attivo") -#define MSG_START_VTOOL _UxGT("V-tool iniziale") -#define MSG_END_VTOOL _UxGT("V-tool finale") -#define MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS _UxGT("V-tool alias") -#define MSG_RESET_VTOOLS _UxGT("Ripristina V-tools") -#define MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL _UxGT("Commit mix V-tool") -#define MSG_VTOOLS_RESET _UxGT("V-tools ripristin.") -#define MSG_START_Z _UxGT("Z inizio") -#define MSG_END_Z _UxGT("Z fine") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVING = _UxGT("In movimento..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FREE_XY = _UxGT("XY liberi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("Muovi X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Muovi Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Muovi Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Estrusore"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Estrusore *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Ugello freddo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Muovi di %smm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Muovi di 0.1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Muovi di 1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("Muovi di 10mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Velocità"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Piatto Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Ugello"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Ugello ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Piatto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Camera"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Vel. ventola"); // Max 15 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Vel. ventola ~"); // Max 15 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORED_FAN_N = _UxGT("Ventola mem. ~"); // Max 15 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Extra vel.vent."); // Max 15 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Extra v.vent. ~"); // Max 15 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Flusso"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Flusso ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Controllo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fact"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Autotemp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("On"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Off"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE = _UxGT("PID Autotune"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_E = _UxGT("PID Autotune *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E = _UxGT("PID-P *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E = _UxGT("PID-I *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E = _UxGT("PID-D *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E = _UxGT("PID-C *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_F = _UxGT("PID-F"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_F_E = _UxGT("PID-F *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Seleziona"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Seleziona *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Accel"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_A _UxGT("-jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VB_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_B _UxGT("-jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VC_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_C _UxGT("-jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VE_JERK = _UxGT("Ve-jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Deviaz. giunzioni"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VELOCITY = _UxGT("Velocità"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_A = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("Vmax *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("Vmin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("VTrav min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Accelerazione"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_A = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Amax *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("A-Ritrazione"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("A-Spostamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Passi/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = LCD_STR_A _UxGT("passi/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT("passi/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT("passi/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("Epassi/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("*passi/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperatura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Movimento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E in mm³"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Diam. filo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Diam. filo *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Rimuovi mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Carica mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("K Avanzamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("K Avanzamento *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Contrasto LCD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Salva impostazioni"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Carica impostazioni"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("Ripristina imp."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("Inizializza EEPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Aggiorna media"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Resetta stampante"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Aggiorna"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Schermata info"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Prepara"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Regola"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Avvia stampa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_NEXT = _UxGT("Prossimo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_INIT = _UxGT("Inizializza"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_STOP = _UxGT("Stop"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_PRINT = _UxGT("Stampa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_RESET = _UxGT("Resetta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL = _UxGT("Annulla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_DONE = _UxGT("Fatto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_BACK = _UxGT("Indietro"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_PROCEED = _UxGT("Procedi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pausa stampa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Riprendi stampa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Arresta stampa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING_OBJECT = _UxGT("Stampa Oggetto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT = _UxGT("Cancella Oggetto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT_N = _UxGT("Canc. Oggetto ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY = _UxGT("Ripresa da PowerLoss"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Stampa da media"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Media non presente"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("Sospensione..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Premi tasto.."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_PAUSED = _UxGT("Stampa sospesa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING = _UxGT("Stampa..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Stampa annullata"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("Nessun Movimento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("UCCISO. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("ARRESTATO. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("Ritrai mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("Scamb. Ritrai mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("Ritrai V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("Salta mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("UnRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("Scamb. UnRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("UnRet V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF = _UxGT("S UnRet V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("AutoRitrai"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH = _UxGT("Dist. ritrazione"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH = _UxGT("Lunghezza spurgo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE = _UxGT("Cambio utensile"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT = _UxGT("Risalita Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD = _UxGT("Velocità innesco"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD = _UxGT("Velocità retrazione"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY = _UxGT("Standby ugello"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Cambia filamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Cambia filamento *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("Carica filamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Carica filamento *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("Rimuovi filamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Rimuovi filamento *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Rimuovi tutto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("Collega media"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Cambia media"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Rilascia media"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Z probe fuori piatto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SKEW_FACTOR = _UxGT("Fattore distorsione"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH = _UxGT("BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("Autotest BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("Resetta BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Estendi BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE = _UxGT("BLTouch modo SW"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE = _UxGT("BLTouch modo 5V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE = _UxGT("BLTouch modo OD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE = _UxGT("BLTouch modo mem."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V = _UxGT("Metti BLTouch a 5V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD = _UxGT("Metti BLTouch a OD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO = _UxGT("Segnala modo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE = _UxGT("PERICOLO: Impostazioni errate possono cause danni! Procedo comunque?"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE = _UxGT("TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT = _UxGT("Inizializ.TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST = _UxGT("Test Z offset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE = _UxGT("Memorizzare"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI = _UxGT("Estendi TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Estendi Sonda-Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("Ritrai BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_STOW = _UxGT("Ritrai Sonda-Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Home %s%s%s prima"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Offsets sonda"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_XOFFSET = _UxGT("Offset X sonda"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_YOFFSET = _UxGT("Offset Y sonda"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Offset Z sonda"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Babystep X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Babystep Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Babystep Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_TOTAL = _UxGT("Totali"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("Finecorsa annullati"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("Riscald. Fallito"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED = _UxGT("Risc. piatto fallito"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Risc. camera fallito"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP = _UxGT("Err: TEMP RIDONDANTE"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY = _UxGT("TEMP FUORI CONTROLLO"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED = _UxGT("TEMP PIAT.FUORI CTRL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_CHAMBER = _UxGT("T.CAMERA FUORI CTRL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP = _UxGT("Err: TEMP MASSIMA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP = _UxGT("Err: TEMP MINIMA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Err: TEMP MAX PIATTO"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Err: TEMP MIN PIATTO"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Err: TEMP MAX CAMERA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Err: TEMP MIN CAMERA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING = _UxGT("Home XY prima"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HALTED = _UxGT("STAMPANTE FERMATA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PLEASE_RESET = _UxGT("Riavviare prego"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_DAY = _UxGT("g"); // Un solo carattere + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_HOUR = _UxGT("h"); // Un solo carattere + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_MINUTE = _UxGT("m"); // Un solo carattere + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("Riscaldamento..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLING = _UxGT("Raffreddamento.."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("Risc. piatto..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_COOLING = _UxGT("Raffr. piatto..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER_HEATING = _UxGT("Risc. camera..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER_COOLING = _UxGT("Raffr. camera..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Calibraz. Delta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Calibra X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Calibra Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Calibra Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("Calibra centro"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Impostaz. Delta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Auto calibrazione"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Imp. altezza Delta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Offset sonda-Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD = _UxGT("Barra Diagonale"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Altezza"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_RADIUS = _UxGT("Raggio"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MENU = _UxGT("Riguardo stampante"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("Info. stampante"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_3POINT_LEVELING = _UxGT("Livel. a 3 punti"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Livel. Lineare"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Livel. Bilineare"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVELING = _UxGT("Livel.piatto unific."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Livel. Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("Statistiche"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Info. scheda"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("Termistori"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS = _UxGT("Estrusori"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("Baud"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL = _UxGT("Protocollo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_OFF = _UxGT("Controllo fuga: OFF"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_ON = _UxGT("Controllo fuga: ON"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT = _UxGT("Luci Case"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Luminosità Luci"); + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Contat. stampa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Completati"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Tempo totale"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Lavoro più lungo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Totale estruso"); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Stampe"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Completati"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Durata"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Più lungo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Estruso"); + #endif + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP = _UxGT("Temp min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Temp max"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Alimentatore"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Potenza Drive"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERROR_TMC = _UxGT("ERR.CONNESSIONE TMC"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("Scrivi DAC EEPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER = _UxGT("CAMBIO FILAMENTO"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE = _UxGT("STAMPA IN PAUSA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD = _UxGT("CARICA FILAMENTO"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD = _UxGT("RIMUOVI FILAMENTO"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER = _UxGT("OPZIONI RIPRESA:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE = _UxGT("Spurga di più"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("Riprendi stampa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE = _UxGT(" Ugello: "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR = _UxGT("Sens.filo termin."); // Max 17 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM = _UxGT("Dist mm filo term."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_HOMING_FAILED = _UxGT("Home fallito"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_PROBING_FAILED = _UxGT("Sondaggio fallito"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M600_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("M600:Troppo freddo"); -#define MSG_GAMES _UxGT("Giochi") -#define MSG_BRICKOUT _UxGT("Brickout") -#define MSG_INVADERS _UxGT("Invaders") -#define MSG_SNAKE _UxGT("Sn4k3") -#define MSG_MAZE _UxGT("Maze") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_CHOOSE_FILAMENT_HEADER = _UxGT("SCELTA FILAMENTO"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_MENU = _UxGT("MMU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_WRONG_FIRMWARE = _UxGT("Agg.firmware MMU!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_NOT_RESPONDING = _UxGT("MMU chiede attenz."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESUME = _UxGT("Riprendi stampa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESUMING = _UxGT("Ripresa..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Carica filamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Carica tutto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Carica fino ugello"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Espelli filamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Espelli filam.~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Scarica filamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Caric.fil. %i..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Esplus.filam. ..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Scaric.filam. ..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_ALL = _UxGT("Tutto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Filamento ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESET = _UxGT("Azzera MMU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESETTING = _UxGT("Azzeramento MMU..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Rimuovi, click"); -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("Stampante errata") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX = _UxGT("Miscela"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_N = _UxGT("Componente ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIXER = _UxGT("Miscelatore"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Gradiente"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FULL_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Gradiente pieno"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOGGLE_MIX = _UxGT("Alterna miscela"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CYCLE_MIX = _UxGT("Ciclo miscela"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT_MIX = _UxGT("Miscela gradiente"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Inverti gradiente"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL = _UxGT("V-tool attivo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_VTOOL = _UxGT("V-tool iniziale"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_END_VTOOL = _UxGT("V-tool finale"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS = _UxGT("V-tool alias"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_VTOOLS = _UxGT("Ripristina V-tools"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL = _UxGT("Commit mix V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTOOLS_RESET = _UxGT("V-tools ripristin."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_Z = _UxGT("Z inizio:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_END_Z = _UxGT("Z fine:"); -// -// Le schermate di Cambio Filamento possono visualizzare fino a 3 linee su un display a 4 righe -// ...o fino a 2 linee su un display a 3 righe. -#if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_1 _UxGT("Premi per") - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_2 _UxGT("riprendere") - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_3 _UxGT("la stampa") - #define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT_1 _UxGT("Parcheggiando...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Attendere avvio") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("del cambio") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_3 _UxGT("di filamento") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Inserisci il") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("filamento e premi") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3 _UxGT("per continuare") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Premi per") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_2 _UxGT("riscaldare ugello") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Riscaldam. ugello") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_2 _UxGT("Attendere prego...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Attendere") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("l'espulsione") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_3 _UxGT("del filamento") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Attendere") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 _UxGT("il caricamento") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_3 _UxGT("del filamento") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Attendere") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_2 _UxGT("lo spurgo") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_3 _UxGT("del filamento") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Premi x terminare") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_2 _UxGT("lo spurgo") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_3 _UxGT("del filamento") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Attendere") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("la ripresa") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_3 _UxGT("della stampa...") -#else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_1 _UxGT("Premi x continuare") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Attendere...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Inserisci e premi") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Riscalda ugello") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Riscaldamento...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Espulsione...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Caricamento...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Spurgo filamento") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Premi x terminare") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Ripresa...") -#endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GAMES = _UxGT("Giochi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BRICKOUT = _UxGT("Brickout"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INVADERS = _UxGT("Invaders"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SNAKE = _UxGT("Sn4k3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAZE = _UxGT("Maze"); -#define MSG_TMC_DRIVERS _UxGT("Drivers TMC") -#define MSG_TMC_CURRENT _UxGT("Driver in uso") -#define MSG_TMC_HYBRID_THRS _UxGT("Soglia modo ibrido") -#define MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS _UxGT("Azzer. sensorless") -#define MSG_TMC_STEPPING_MODE _UxGT("Modo stepping") -#define MSG_TMC_STEALTH_ENABLED _UxGT("StealthChop abil.") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("Stampante errata"); -#define MSG_SERVICE_RESET _UxGT("Resetta") -#define MSG_SERVICE_IN _UxGT(" tra:") + // + // Le schermate di Cambio Filamento possono visualizzare fino a 3 linee su un display a 4 righe + // ...o fino a 2 linee su un display a 3 righe. + #if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Premi per", "riprendere", "la stampa")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Parcheggiando...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Attendere avvio", "del cambio", "di filamento")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Inserisci il", "filamento e premi", "per continuare")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Premi per", "riscaldare ugello")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Riscaldam. ugello", "Attendere prego...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Attendere", "l'espulsione", "del filamento")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Attendere", "il caricamento", "del filamento")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Attendere", "lo spurgo", "del filamento")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Premi x terminare", "lo spurgo", "del filamento")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Attendere", "la ripresa", "della stampa...")); + #else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Premi x continuare")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Attendere...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Inserisci e premi")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Riscalda ugello")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Riscaldamento...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Espulsione...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Caricamento...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Spurgo filamento")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Premi x terminare")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Ripresa...")); + #endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 -#define MSG_BACKLASH _UxGT("Gioco") -#define MSG_BACKLASH_CORRECTION _UxGT("Correzione") -#define MSG_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING _UxGT("Smoothing") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_DRIVERS = _UxGT("Drivers TMC"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_CURRENT = _UxGT("Driver in uso"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_HYBRID_THRS = _UxGT("Soglia modo ibrido"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS = _UxGT("Azzer. sensorless"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_STEPPING_MODE = _UxGT("Modo stepping"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_STEALTH_ENABLED = _UxGT("StealthChop abil."); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SERVICE_RESET = _UxGT("Resetta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SERVICE_IN = _UxGT(" tra:"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH = _UxGT("Gioco"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_A = LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_B = LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_C = LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_CORRECTION = _UxGT("Correzione"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING = _UxGT("Smoothing"); +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_jp-kana.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_jp-kana.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1898ab01d6..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_jp-kana.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,222 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Japanese (Kana) - * UTF-8 for Graphical Display - * - * LCD Menu Messages - * See also http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - */ - -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_KANA -#define CHARSIZE 3 - -// This just to show the potential benefit of unicode. -// This translation can be improved by using the full charset of unicode codeblock U+30A0 to U+30FF. - -// 片仮名表示定義 -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" ready.") -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("カードガソウニュウサレマシタ") // "Card inserted" -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("カードガアリマセン") // "Card removed" -#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("エンドストップ") // "Endstops" // Max length 8 characters -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("メイン") // "Main" -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("ジドウカイシ") // "Autostart" -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("モーターデンゲン オフ") // "Disable steppers" -#define MSG_DEBUG_MENU _UxGT("デバッグメニュー") // "Debug Menu" -#define MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST _UxGT("プログレスバー テスト") // "Progress Bar Test" -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("ゲンテンフッキ") // "Auto home" -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("Xジク ゲンテンフッキ") // "Home X" -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Yジク ゲンテンフッキ") // "Home Y" -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Zジク ゲンテンフッキ") // "Home Z" -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("ゲンテンフッキチュウ") // "Homing XYZ" -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("レベリングカイシ") // "Click to Begin" -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("ツギノソクテイテンヘ") // "Next Point" -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("レベリングカンリョウ") // "Leveling Done!" -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("キジュンオフセットセッテイ") // "Set home offsets" -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("オフセットガテキヨウサレマシタ") // "Offsets applied" -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("キジュンセット") // "Set origin" -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ヨネツ") // "Preheat " PREHEAT_1_LABEL -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL _UxGT(PREHEAT_1_LABEL " スベテヨネツ") // " All" -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY _UxGT(PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ベッドヨネツ") // " Bed" -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("セッテイ") // " conf" -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ヨネツ") // "Preheat " PREHEAT_2_LABEL -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL _UxGT(PREHEAT_2_LABEL " スベテヨネツ") // " All" -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY _UxGT(PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ベッドヨネツ") // " Bed" -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("セッテイ") // " conf" -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("カネツテイシ") // "Cooldown" -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("デンゲン オン") // "Switch power on" -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("デンゲン オフ") // "Switch power off" -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("オシダシ") // "Extrude" -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("ヒキコミセッテイ") // "Retract" -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("ジクイドウ") // "Move axis" -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("ベッドレベリング") // "Bed leveling" -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("ベッドレベリング") // "Level bed" - -#define MSG_MOVING _UxGT("イドウチュウ") // "Moving..." -#define MSG_FREE_XY _UxGT("XYジク カイホウ") // "Free XY" -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Xジク イドウ") // "Move X" -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Yジク イドウ") // "Move Y" -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Zジク イドウ") // "Move Z" -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("エクストルーダー") // "Extruder" -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("%smm イドウ") // "Move 0.025mm" -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("0.1mm イドウ") // "Move 0.1mm" -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT(" 1mm イドウ") // "Move 1mm" -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT(" 10mm イドウ") // "Move 10mm" -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("ソクド") // "Speed" -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Zオフセット") // "Bed Z" -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("ノズル") // "Nozzle" -#define MSG_BED _UxGT("ベッド") // "Bed" -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("ファンソクド") // "Fan speed" -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("トシュツリョウ") // "Flow" -#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("セイギョ") // "Control" -#define MSG_MIN _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" サイテイ") // " Min" -#define MSG_MAX _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" サイコウ") // " Max" -#define MSG_FACTOR _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" ファクター") // " Fact" -#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("ジドウオンドセイギョ") // "Autotemp" -#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("オン") // "On" -#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("オフ") // "Off" -#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") -#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") -#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") -#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") -#define MSG_SELECT _UxGT("センタク") // "Select" -#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("カソクド mm/s2") // "Accel" -#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("ヤクド mm/s") // "Jerk" -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Aジク ヤクド mm/s") // "Va-jerk" - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Bジク ヤクド mm/s") // "Vb-jerk" - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Cジク ヤクド mm/s") // "Vc-jerk" -#else - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Xジク ヤクド mm/s") // "Vx-jerk" - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Yジク ヤクド mm/s") // "Vy-jerk" - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Zジク ヤクド mm/s") // "Vz-jerk" -#endif -#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("エクストルーダー ヤクド") // "Ve-jerk" -#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("サイダイオクリソクド ") // "Vmax " -#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("サイショウオクリソクド") // "Vmin" -#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("サイショウイドウソクド") // "VTrav min" -#define MSG_ACCELERATION MSG_ACC -#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("サイダイカソクド ") // "Amax " -#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("ヒキコミカソクド") // "A-retract" -#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("イドウカソクド") // "A-travel" -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("オンド") // "Temperature" -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("ウゴキセッテイ") // "Motion" -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("フィラメント") // "Filament" -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("E in mm3") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("フィラメントチョッケイ") // "Fil. Dia." -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("LCDコントラスト") // "LCD contrast" -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("メモリヘカクノウ") // "Store memory" -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("メモリカラヨミコミ") // "Load memory" -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("セッテイリセット") // "Restore failsafe" -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("リフレッシュ") // "Refresh" -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("ジョウホウガメン") // "Info screen" -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("ジュンビセッテイ") // "Prepare" -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("チョウセイ") // "Tune" -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("イチジテイシ") // "Pause print" -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("プリントサイカイ") // "Resume print" -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("プリントテイシ") // "Stop print" -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("SDカードカラプリント") // "Print from SD" -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("SDカードガアリマセン") // "No SD card" -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("キュウシ") // "Sleep..." -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("シバラクオマチクダサイ") // "Wait for user..." -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("プリントガチュウシサレマシタ") // "Print aborted" -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("ウゴキマセン") // "No move." -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("ヒジョウテイシ") // "KILLED. " -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("テイシシマシタ") // "STOPPED. " -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("ヒキコミリョウ mm") // "Retract mm" -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("ヒキコミリョウS mm") // "Swap Re.mm" -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("ヒキコミソクド mm/s") // "Retract V" -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("ノズルタイヒ mm") // "Hop mm" -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("ホショウリョウ mm") // "UnRet mm" -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("ホショウリョウS mm") // "S UnRet mm" -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("ホショウソクド mm/s") // "UnRet V" -#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("ジドウヒキコミ") // "AutoRetr." -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("フィラメントコウカン") // "Change filament" -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("SDカードサイヨミコミ") // "Init. SD card" -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("SDカードコウカン") // "Change SD card" -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Zプローブ ベッドガイ") // "Z probe out. bed" -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST _UxGT("BLTouch ジコシンダン") // "BLTouch Self-Test" -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET _UxGT("BLTouch リセット") // "Reset BLTouch" -#define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("サキニ %s%s%s ヲフッキサセテクダサイ") // "Home ... first" -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Zオフセット") // "Z Offset" -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Xジク ビドウ") // "Babystep X" -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Yジク ビドウ") // "Babystep Y" -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Zジク ビドウ") // "Babystep Z" -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("イドウゲンカイケンチキノウ") // "Endstop abort" -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("カネツシッパイ") // "Heating failed" -#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("エラー:ジョウチョウサーミスターキノウ") // "Err: REDUNDANT TEMP" -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("ネツボウソウ") // "THERMAL RUNAWAY" -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("エラー:サイコウオンチョウカ") // "Err: MAXTEMP" -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("エラー:サイテイオンミマン") // "Err: MINTEMP" -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("エラー:ベッド サイコウオンチョウカ") // "Err: MAXTEMP BED" -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("エラー:ベッド サイテイオンミマン") // "Err: MINTEMP BED" -#define MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING _UxGT("サキニ XY ヲフッキサセテクダサイ") // "Home XY first" -#define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("プリンターハテイシシマシタ") // "PRINTER HALTED" -#define MSG_PLEASE_RESET _UxGT("リセットシテクダサイ") // "Please reset" -#define MSG_SHORT_DAY _UxGT("d") // One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("h") // One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("m") // One character only -#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("カネツチュウ") // "Heating..." -#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("ベッド カネツチュウ") // "Bed Heating..." -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("デルタ コウセイ") // "Delta Calibration" -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Xジク コウセイ") // "Calibrate X" -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Yジク コウセイ") // "Calibrate Y" -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Zジク コウセイ") // "Calibrate Z" -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("チュウシン コウセイ") // "Calibrate Center" -#define MSG_INFO_MENU _UxGT("コノプリンターニツイテ") // "About Printer" -#define MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU _UxGT("プリンタージョウホウ") // "Printer Info" -#define MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU _UxGT("プリントジョウキョウ") // "Printer Stats" -#define MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU _UxGT("セイギョケイジョウホウ") // "Board Info" -#define MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU _UxGT("サーミスター") // "Thermistors" -#define MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS _UxGT("エクストルーダースウ") // "Extruders" -#define MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE _UxGT("ボーレート") // "Baud" -#define MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL _UxGT("プロトコル") // "Protocol" -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT _UxGT("キョウタイナイショウメイ") // "Case light" -#define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("プリントスウ ") // "Print Count" -#define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("カンリョウスウ") // "Completed" -#define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("プリントジカンルイケイ") // "Total print time" -#define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("サイチョウプリントジカン") // "Longest job time" -#define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("フィラメントシヨウリョウルイケイ") // "Extruded total" -#define MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP _UxGT("セッテイサイテイオン") // "Min Temp" -#define MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP _UxGT("セッテイサイコウオン") // "Max Temp" -#define MSG_INFO_PSU _UxGT("デンゲンシュベツ") // "Power Supply" -#define MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH _UxGT("モータークドウリョク") // "Drive Strength" -#define MSG_DAC_PERCENT _UxGT("DACシュツリョク %") // "Driver %" -#define MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE MSG_STORE_EEPROM // "DAC EEPROM Write" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME _UxGT("プリントサイカイ") // "Resume print" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("コウカンヲカイシシマス") // "Wait for start" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("シバラクオマチクダサイ") // "of the filament" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("フィラメントヌキダシチュウ") // "Wait for" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("シバラクオマチクダサイ") // "filament unload" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("フィラメントヲソウニュウシ,") // "Insert filament" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("クリックスルトゾッコウシマス") // "and press button" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("フィラメントソウテンチュウ") // "Wait for" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 _UxGT("シバラクオマチクダサイ") // "filament load" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("プリントヲサイカイシマス") // "Wait for print" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("シバラクオマチクダサイ") // "to resume" - -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("間違ったプリンター") // "Wrong printer" diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_jp_kana.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_jp_kana.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..809ee83de8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_jp_kana.h @@ -0,0 +1,254 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Japanese (Kana) + * UTF-8 for Graphical Display + * + * LCD Menu Messages + * See also http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html + * + */ + +//#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_KANA + +namespace Language_jp_kana { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English + + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 3; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Japanese"); + + // This is just to show the potential benefit of Unicode. + // This translation can be improved by using the full charset of unicode codeblock U+30A0 to U+30FF. + + // 片仮名表示定義 + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" ジュンビカンリョウ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("メディアガソウニュウサレマシタ"); // "Card inserted" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("メディアガアリマセン"); // "Card removed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA = _UxGT("メディアノトリダシ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED = _UxGT("メディアガアリマセン"); // "Card removed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("エンドストップ"); // "Endstops" // Max length 8 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("メイン"); // "Main" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("ジドウカイシ"); // "Autostart" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("モーターデンゲン オフ"); // "Disable steppers" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DEBUG_MENU = _UxGT("デバッグメニュー"); // "Debug Menu" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST = _UxGT("プログレスバー テスト"); // "Progress Bar Test" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("ゲンテンフッキ"); // "Auto home" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("Xジク ゲンテンフッキ"); // "Home X" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("Yジク ゲンテンフッキ"); // "Home Y" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("Zジク ゲンテンフッキ"); // "Home Z" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING = _UxGT("ゲンテンフッキチュウ"); // "Homing XYZ" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("レベリングカイシ"); // "Click to Begin" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("ツギノソクテイテンヘ"); // "Next Point" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("レベリングカンリョウ"); // "Leveling Done!" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("キジュンオフセットセッテイ"); // "Set home offsets" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("オフセットガテキヨウサレマシタ"); // "Offsets applied" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("キジュンセット"); // "Set origin" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツ"); // "Preheat " PREHEAT_1_LABEL + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツ ~"); // "Preheat " PREHEAT_1_LABEL + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツノズル"); // " Nozzle" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツノズル ~"); // " Nozzle" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" スベテヨネツ"); // " All" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ベッドヨネツ"); // " Bed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツセッテイ"); // " conf" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツ"); // "Preheat " PREHEAT_1_LABEL + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツ ~"); // "Preheat " PREHEAT_1_LABEL + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツノズル"); // " Nozzle" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツノズル ~"); // " Nozzle" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" スベテヨネツ"); // " All" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ベッドヨネツ"); // " Bed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツセッテイ"); // " conf" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("カネツテイシ"); // "Cooldown" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("デンゲン オン"); // "Switch power on" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("デンゲン オフ"); // "Switch power off" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("オシダシ"); // "Extrude" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("ヒキコミセッテイ"); // "Retract" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("ジクイドウ"); // "Move axis" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("ベッドレベリング"); // "Bed leveling" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("ベッドレベリング"); // "Level bed" + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVING = _UxGT("イドウチュウ"); // "Moving..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FREE_XY = _UxGT("XYジク カイホウ"); // "Free XY" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("Xジク イドウ"); // "Move X" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Yジク イドウ"); // "Move Y" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Zジク イドウ"); // "Move Z" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("エクストルーダー"); // "Extruder" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("%smm イドウ"); // "Move 0.025mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("0.1mm イドウ"); // "Move 0.1mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT(" 1mm イドウ"); // "Move 1mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT(" 10mm イドウ"); // "Move 10mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("ソクド"); // "Speed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Zオフセット"); // "Bed Z" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("ノズル"); // "Nozzle" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("ベッド"); // "Bed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("ファンソクド"); // "Fan speed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("トシュツリョウ"); // "Flow" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("セイギョ"); // "Control" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" サイテイ"); // " Min" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" サイコウ"); // " Max" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" ファクター"); // " Fact" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("ジドウオンドセイギョ"); // "Autotemp" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("オン"); // "On" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("オフ"); // "Off" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("センタク"); // "Select" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("センタク *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("カソクド mm/s²"); // "Accel" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("ヤクドウ mm/s"); // "Jerk" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("ジク ヤクドウ mm/s") LCD_STR_A; // "Va-jerk" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VB_JERK = _UxGT("ジク ヤクドウ mm/s") LCD_STR_B; // "Vb-jerk" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VC_JERK = _UxGT("ジク ヤクドウ mm/s") LCD_STR_C; // "Vc-jerk" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = LCD_STR_A _UxGT("ステップ/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT("ステップ/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT("ステップ/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VE_JERK = _UxGT("エクストルーダー ヤクド"); // "Ve-jerk" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_A = _UxGT("サイダイオクリソクド ") LCD_STR_A; // "Vmax A" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("サイダイオクリソクド ") LCD_STR_A; // "Vmax B" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("サイダイオクリソクド ") LCD_STR_A; // "Vmax C" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("サイダイオクリソクド ") LCD_STR_A; // "Vmax E" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("サイダイオクリソクド *"); // "Vmax E1" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("サイショウオクリソクド"); // "Vmin" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("サイショウイドウソクド"); // "VTrav min" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("カソクド mm/s²"); // "Accel" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX = _UxGT("サイダイカソクド "); // "Amax " + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("ヒキコミカソクド"); // "A-retract" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("イドウカソクド"); // "A-travel" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("オンド"); // "Temperature" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("ウゴキセッテイ"); // "Motion" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("フィラメント"); // "Filament" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E in mm³"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("フィラメントチョッケイ"); // "Fil. Dia." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("フィラメントチョッケイ *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("LCDコントラスト"); // "LCD contrast" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("EEPROMヘホゾン"); // "Store memory" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("EEPROMカラヨミコミ"); // "Load memory" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("セッテイリセット"); // "Restore Defaults" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("リフレッシュ"); // "Refresh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("ジョウホウガメン"); // "Info screen" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("ジュンビセッテイ"); // "Prepare" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("チョウセイ"); // "Tune" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("イチジテイシ"); // "Pause print" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("プリントサイカイ"); // "Resume print" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("プリントテイシ"); // "Stop print" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("メディアカラプリント"); // "Print from SD" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("メディアガアリマセン"); // "Card removed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("キュウシ"); // "Sleep..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("ツヅケルニハクリックシテクダサイ"); // "Wait for user..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("プリントガチュウシサレマシタ"); // "Print aborted" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("ウゴキマセン"); // "No move." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("ヒジョウテイシ"); // "KILLED. " + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("テイシシマシタ"); // "STOPPED. " + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("ヒキコミリョウ mm"); // "Retract mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("ヒキコミリョウS mm"); // "Swap Re.mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("ヒキコミソクド mm/s"); // "Retract V" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("ノズルタイヒ mm"); // "Hop mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("ホショウリョウ mm"); // "UnRet mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("ホショウリョウS mm"); // "S UnRet mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("ホショウソクド mm/s"); // "UnRet V" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("ジドウヒキコミ"); // "AutoRetr." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("フィラメントコウカン"); // "Change filament" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("メディアサイヨミコミ"); // "Init. SD card" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("メディアコウカン"); // "Change SD card" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Zプローブ ベッドガイ"); // "Z probe out. bed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("BLTouch ジコシンダン"); // "BLTouch Self-Test" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("BLTouch リセット"); // "Reset BLTouch" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("サキニ %s%s%s ヲフッキサセテクダサイ"); // "Home ... first" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Zオフセット"); // "Z Offset" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Xジク ビドウ"); // "Babystep X" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Yジク ビドウ"); // "Babystep Y" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Zジク ビドウ"); // "Babystep Z" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("イドウゲンカイケンチキノウ"); // "Endstop abort" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("カネツシッパイ"); // "Heating failed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP = _UxGT("エラー:ジョウチョウサーミスターキノウ"); // "Err: REDUNDANT TEMP" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY = _UxGT("ネツボウソウ"); // "THERMAL RUNAWAY" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP = _UxGT("エラー:サイコウオンチョウカ"); // "Err: MAXTEMP" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP = _UxGT("エラー:サイテイオンミマン"); // "Err: MINTEMP" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED = _UxGT("エラー:ベッド サイコウオンチョウカ"); // "Err: MAXTEMP BED" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED = _UxGT("エラー:ベッド サイテイオンミマン"); // "Err: MINTEMP BED" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING = _UxGT("サキニ XY ヲフッキサセテクダサイ"); // "Home XY first" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HALTED = _UxGT("プリンターハテイシシマシタ"); // "PRINTER HALTED" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PLEASE_RESET = _UxGT("リセットシテクダサイ"); // "Please reset" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_DAY = _UxGT("d"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_HOUR = _UxGT("h"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_MINUTE = _UxGT("m"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("カネツチュウ"); // "Heating..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("ベッド カネツチュウ"); // "Bed Heating..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("デルタ コウセイ"); // "Delta Calibration" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Xジク コウセイ"); // "Calibrate X" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Yジク コウセイ"); // "Calibrate Y" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Zジク コウセイ"); // "Calibrate Z" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("チュウシン コウセイ"); // "Calibrate Center" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MENU = _UxGT("コノプリンターニツイテ"); // "About Printer" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("プリンタージョウホウ"); // "Printer Info" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("プリントジョウキョウ"); // "Printer Stats" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("セイギョケイジョウホウ"); // "Board Info" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("サーミスター"); // "Thermistors" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS = _UxGT("エクストルーダースウ"); // "Extruders" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("ボーレート"); // "Baud" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL = _UxGT("プロトコル"); // "Protocol" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT = _UxGT("キョウタイナイショウメイ"); // "Case light" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("プリントスウ "); // "Print Count" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("カンリョウスウ"); // "Completed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("プリントジカンルイケイ"); // "Total print time" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("サイチョウプリントジカン"); // "Longest job time" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("フィラメントシヨウリョウルイケイ"); // "Extruded total" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP = _UxGT("セッテイサイテイオン"); // "Min Temp" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("セッテイサイコウオン"); // "Max Temp" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("デンゲンシュベツ"); // "Power Supply" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("モータークドウリョク"); // "Drive Strength" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X DACシュツリョク %"); // "X Driver %" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y DACシュツリョク %"); // "Y Driver %" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z DACシュツリョク %"); // "Z Driver %" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E DACシュツリョク %"); // "E Driver %" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("EEPROMヘホゾン"); // "Store memory" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE = _UxGT("イチジテイシ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("プリントサイカイ"); // "Resume print" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("コウカンヲカイシシマス", "シバラクオマチクダサイ")); // "Wait for start of the filament" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("フィラメントヌキダシチュウ", "シバラクオマチクダサイ")); // "Wait for filament unload" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("フィラメントヲソウニュウシ,", "クリックスルトゾッコウシマス")); // "Insert filament and press button" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("フィラメントソウテンチュウ", "シバラクオマチクダサイ")); // "Wait for filament load" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("プリントヲサイカイシマス", "シバラクオマチクダサイ")); // "Wait for print to resume" + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("マチガッタプリンター"); // "Wrong printer" + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONFIGURATION = _UxGT("セッテイカンリ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS = _UxGT("ショウサイセッテイ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY = _UxGT("コショカイフク"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("EEPROMショキカ"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_NEXT = _UxGT("ツギヘ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_INIT = _UxGT("ショキカ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_STOP = _UxGT("ストップ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_PRINT = _UxGT("プリント"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_RESET = _UxGT("リセット"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL = _UxGT("キャンセル"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_DONE = _UxGT("カンリョウ"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_YES = _UxGT("ハイ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO = _UxGT("イイエ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACK = _UxGT("モドリ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VELOCITY = _UxGT("ソクド"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("ステップ/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USER_MENU = _UxGT("ユーザーコマンド"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_PAUSED = _UxGT("プリントガイチジテイシサレマシタ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING = _UxGT("プリントチュウ..."); +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ko_KR.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ko_KR.h index 20e35af58b..4d8142e38b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ko_KR.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ko_KR.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,386 +28,77 @@ * See also http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html * */ +namespace Language_ko_KR { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English -#define CHARSIZE 1 + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 1; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Korean"); -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" 준비.") -#define MSG_BACK _UxGT("뒤로") -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("카드 삽입됨") -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("카드 제거됨") -#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("엔드스탑") -#define MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("소프트 엔드스탑") -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("뒤로") -#define MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS _UxGT("고급 설정") -#define MSG_CONFIGURATION _UxGT("설정") -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("자동 시작") -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("모터 정지") -#define MSG_DEBUG_MENU _UxGT("디버깅 메뉴") -#define MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST _UxGT("프로그레스바 테스트") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("오토홈") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("X 홈으로") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Y 홈으로") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Z 홈으로") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("XYZ 홈으로") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("누르면 시작합니다") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("다음 Point") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("레벨링 완료!") -//#define MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT _UxGT("Fade Height") -//#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Set home offsets") -//#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("Offsets applied") -//#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Set origin") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("예열하기 - " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" 모두") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_END MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" 노즐만") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" 베드만") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" conf") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("예열하기 - " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" 모두") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_END MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" 노즐만") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" 베드만") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" conf") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM _UxGT("Custom 예열") -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("식히기") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("스위치 전원 켜기") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("스위치 전원 끄기") -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("밀어내기") -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("당기기") -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("축 이동") -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("베드 레벨링") -//#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Level bed") -//#define MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS _UxGT("Level corners") -//#define MSG_NEXT_CORNER _UxGT("Next corner") -//#define MSG_EDIT_MESH _UxGT("Edit Mesh") -//#define MSG_EDITING_STOPPED _UxGT("Mesh Editing Stopped") -//#define MSG_USER_MENU _UxGT("Custom User Commands") -//#define MSG_IDEX_MENU _UxGT("IDEX Mode") -//#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK _UxGT("Auto-Park") -//#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE _UxGT("Duplication") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY _UxGT("미러 사본") -//#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL _UxGT("Full control") -//#define MSG_X_OFFSET _UxGT("2nd nozzle X") -//#define MSG_Y_OFFSET _UxGT("2nd nozzle Y") -//#define MSG_Z_OFFSET _UxGT("2nd nozzle Z") -#define MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 _UxGT("오토레벨링 하기") -//#define MSG_UBL_TOOLS _UxGT("UBL Tools") -//#define MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling") -//#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH _UxGT("Manually Build Mesh") -//#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT _UxGT("Place shim & measure") -//#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 _UxGT("Measure") -//#define MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE _UxGT("Remove & measure bed") -//#define MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT _UxGT("Moving to next") -//#define MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("Activate UBL") -//#define MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("Deactivate UBL") -//#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED _UxGT("Bed Temp") -//#define MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED -//#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND _UxGT("Hotend Temp") -//#define MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND -//#define MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT _UxGT("Mesh Edit") -//#define MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Edit Custom Mesh") -//#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH _UxGT("Fine Tuning Mesh") -//#define MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH _UxGT("Done Editing Mesh") -//#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Build Custom Mesh") -//#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Build Mesh") -//#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 _UxGT("Build Mesh (" PREHEAT_1_LABEL ")") -//#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 _UxGT("Build Mesh (" PREHEAT_2_LABEL ")") -//#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH _UxGT("Build Cold Mesh") -//#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST _UxGT("Adjust Mesh Height") -//#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT _UxGT("Height Amount") -//#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Validate Mesh") -//#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 _UxGT("Validate " PREHEAT_1_LABEL " Mesh") -//#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 _UxGT("Validate Mesh (" PREHEAT_2_LABEL ")") -//#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Validate Custom Mesh") -//#define MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH _UxGT("Continue Bed Mesh") -//#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Mesh Leveling") -//#define MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("3-Point Leveling") -//#define MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Grid Mesh Leveling") -//#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL _UxGT("Level Mesh") -//#define MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS _UxGT("Side Points") -//#define MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE _UxGT("Map Type") -//#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP _UxGT("Output Mesh Map") -//#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST _UxGT("Output for Host") -//#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV _UxGT("Output for CSV") -//#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP _UxGT("Off Printer Backup") -//#define MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL _UxGT("Output UBL Info") -//#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT _UxGT("Fill-in Amount") -//#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN _UxGT("Manual Fill-in") -//#define MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN _UxGT("Smart Fill-in") -//#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH _UxGT("Fill-in Mesh") -//#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL _UxGT("Invalidate All") -//#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Invalidate Closest") -//#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL _UxGT("Fine Tune All") -//#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Fine Tune Closest") -//#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Mesh Storage") -//#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT _UxGT("Memory Slot") -//#define MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH _UxGT("Load Bed Mesh") -//#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH _UxGT("Save Bed Mesh") -//#define MSG_MESH_LOADED _UxGT("Mesh %i loaded") -//#define MSG_MESH_SAVED _UxGT("Mesh %i saved") -//#define MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE _UxGT("No storage") -//#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR _UxGT("Err: UBL Save") -//#define MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR _UxGT("Err: UBL Restore") -//#define MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED _UxGT("Z-Offset Stopped") -//#define MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU _UxGT("Step-By-Step UBL") - -//#define MSG_LED_CONTROL _UxGT("LED Control") -//#define MSG_LEDS _UxGT("Lights") -//#define MSG_LED_PRESETS _UxGT("Light Presets") -//#define MSG_SET_LEDS_RED _UxGT("Red") -//#define MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE _UxGT("Orange") -//#define MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW _UxGT("Yellow") -//#define MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN _UxGT("Green") -//#define MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE _UxGT("Blue") -//#define MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO _UxGT("Indigo") -//#define MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET _UxGT("Violet") -//#define MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE _UxGT("White") -//#define MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT _UxGT("Default") -//#define MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS _UxGT("Custom Lights") -//#define MSG_INTENSITY_R _UxGT("Red Intensity") -//#define MSG_INTENSITY_G _UxGT("Green Intensity") -//#define MSG_INTENSITY_B _UxGT("Blue Intensity") -//#define MSG_INTENSITY_W _UxGT("White Intensity") -//#define MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("Brightness") - -//#define MSG_MOVING _UxGT("Moving...") -//#define MSG_FREE_XY _UxGT("Free XY") -//#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Move X") -//#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Move Y") -//#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Move Z") -//#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Extruder") -//#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("Move %smm") -//#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("Move 0.1mm") -//#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("Move 1mm") -//#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("Move 10mm") -//#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Speed") -//#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Bed Z") -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("노즐") -#define MSG_BED _UxGT("베드") -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("펜 속도") -#define MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("엑스트라 펜 속도") -//#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Flow") -//#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Control") -//#define MSG_MIN _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min") -//#define MSG_MAX _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max") -//#define MSG_FACTOR _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fact") -//#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Autotemp") -//#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("On") -//#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("Off") -//#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") -//#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") -//#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") -//#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") -//#define MSG_SELECT _UxGT("Select") -//#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("Accel") -//#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Jerk") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Va-jerk") - //#define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vb-jerk") - //#define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vc-jerk") -#else - //#define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Vx-jerk") - //#define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vy-jerk") - //#define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vz-jerk") -#endif -//#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("Ve-jerk") -//#define MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION _UxGT("Junction Dev") -//#define MSG_VELOCITY _UxGT("Velocity") -//#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("Vmax ") -//#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("Vmin") -//#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("VTrav min") -//#define MSG_ACCELERATION _UxGT("Acceleration") -//#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("Amax ") -//#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("A-retract") -//#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("A-travel") -//#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Steps/mm") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Asteps/mm") - //#define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Bsteps/mm") - //#define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Csteps/mm") -#else - //#define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Xsteps/mm") - //#define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Ysteps/mm") - //#define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Zsteps/mm") -#endif -//#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("Esteps/mm") -//#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("E1steps/mm") -//#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("E2steps/mm") -//#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("E3steps/mm") -//#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("E4steps/mm") -//#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("E5steps/mm") -//#define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("E6steps/mm") -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("온도") -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("동작") -//#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Filament") -//#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("E in mm3") -//#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Fil. Dia.") -//#define MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD _UxGT("Unload mm") -//#define MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD _UxGT("Load mm") -//#define MSG_ADVANCE_K _UxGT("Advance K") -//#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("LCD contrast") -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("설정 저장하기") -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("설정 읽어오기") -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("설정 되돌리기") -#define MSG_INIT_EEPROM _UxGT("EEPROM 초기화") -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("새로고침") -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("처음으로") -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("준비하기") -//#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Tune") -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("일시정지") -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("재시작") -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("출력중지") -//#define MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY _UxGT("Outage Recovery") -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("SD 카드출력") -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("SD 카드없음") -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("슬립모드...") -//#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Click to resume...") -#define MSG_PRINT_PAUSED _UxGT("일시 정지됨") -#define MSG_PRINTING _UxGT("출력중...") -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("취소됨") -//#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("No move.") -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("죽음. ") -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("멈춤. ") -//#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("Retract mm") -//#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Swap Re.mm") -//#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("Retract V") -//#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Hop mm") -//#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("UnRet mm") -//#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("S UnRet mm") -//#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("UnRet V") -//#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF _UxGT("S UnRet V") -//#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("AutoRetr.") -//#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Change filament") -//#define MSG_FILAMENTLOAD _UxGT("Load filament") -//#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD _UxGT("Unload filament") -//#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL _UxGT("Unload All") -//#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("Init. SD card") -//#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("Change SD card") -//#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Z Probe past bed") -//#define MSG_SKEW_FACTOR _UxGT("Skew Factor") -//#define MSG_BLTOUCH _UxGT("BLTouch") -//#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST _UxGT("BLTouch Self-Test") -//#define MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET _UxGT("Reset BLTouch") -//#define MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY _UxGT("Deploy BLTouch") -//#define MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW _UxGT("Stow BLTouch") -//#define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY _UxGT("Deploy Z-Probe") -//#define MSG_MANUAL_STOW _UxGT("Stow Z-Probe") -//#define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("Home %s%s%s first") -//#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Probe Z Offset") -//#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Babystep X") -//#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Babystep Y") -//#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Babystep Z") -//#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Endstop abort") -//#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("Heating failed") -//#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED _UxGT("Bed heating failed") -//#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("Err: REDUNDANT TEMP") -//#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("THERMAL RUNAWAY") -//#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED _UxGT("BED THERMAL RUNAWAY") -//#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("Err: MAXTEMP") -//#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("Err: MINTEMP") -//#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("Err: MAXTEMP BED") -//#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("Err: MINTEMP BED") -//#define MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING _UxGT("Home XY first") -//#define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("PRINTER HALTED") -//#define MSG_PLEASE_RESET _UxGT("Please reset") -//#define MSG_SHORT_DAY _UxGT("d") // One character only -//#define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("h") // One character only -//#define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("m") // One character only -//#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("Heating...") -//#define MSG_COOLING _UxGT("Cooling...") -//#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Bed heating...") -//#define MSG_BED_COOLING _UxGT("Bed cooling...") -//#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Delta Calibration") -//#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Calibrate X") -//#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Calibrate Y") -//#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Calibrate Z") -//#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Calibrate Center") -//#define MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS _UxGT("Delta Settings") -//#define MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Auto Calibration") -//#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Set Delta Height") -//#define MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Probe Z-offset") -//#define MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD _UxGT("Diag Rod") -//#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT _UxGT("Height") -//#define MSG_DELTA_RADIUS _UxGT("Radius") -//#define MSG_INFO_MENU _UxGT("About Printer") -//#define MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU _UxGT("Printer Info") -//#define MSG_3POINT_LEVELING _UxGT("3-Point Leveling") -//#define MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("Linear Leveling") -//#define MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("Bilinear Leveling") -//#define MSG_UBL_LEVELING _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling") -//#define MSG_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Mesh Leveling") -//#define MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU _UxGT("Printer Stats") -//#define MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU _UxGT("Board Info") -//#define MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU _UxGT("Thermistors") -//#define MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS _UxGT("Extruders") -//#define MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE _UxGT("Baud") -//#define MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL _UxGT("Protocol") -//#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT _UxGT("Case light") -//#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("Light Brightness") - -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("잘못된 프린터") - -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - //#define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Print Count") - //#define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Completed") - //#define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Total print time") - //#define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Longest job time") - //#define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Extruded total") -#else - //#define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Prints") - //#define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Completed") - //#define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Total") - //#define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Longest") - //#define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Extruded") -#endif -//#define MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP _UxGT("Min Temp") -//#define MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP _UxGT("Max Temp") -//#define MSG_INFO_PSU _UxGT("PSU") -//#define MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH _UxGT("Drive Strength") -//#define MSG_DAC_PERCENT _UxGT("Driver %") -//#define MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE _UxGT("DAC EEPROM Write") -//#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE _UxGT("PRINT PAUSED") -//#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD _UxGT("LOAD FILAMENT") -//#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD _UxGT("UNLOAD FILAMENT") -//#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER _UxGT("RESUME OPTIONS:") -//#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE _UxGT("Purge more") -//#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME _UxGT("Continue") -//#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE _UxGT(" Nozzle: ") -//#define MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR _UxGT("Runout Sensor") -//#define MSG_ERR_HOMING_FAILED _UxGT("Homing failed") -//#define MSG_ERR_PROBING_FAILED _UxGT("Probing failed") -//#define MSG_M600_TOO_COLD _UxGT("M600: Too cold") - -// -// Filament Change screens show up to 3 lines on a 4-line display -// ...or up to 2 lines on a 3-line display -// -#if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Wait for start") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("of the filament") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_3 _UxGT("change") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Wait for") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("filament unload") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Insert filament") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("and press button") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3 _UxGT("to continue...") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Press button to") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_2 _UxGT("heat nozzle.") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Heating nozzle") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_2 _UxGT("Please wait...") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Wait for") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 _UxGT("filament load") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Wait for") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_2 _UxGT("filament purge") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Wait for print") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("to resume") -#else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Please wait...") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Ejecting...") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Insert and Click") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Click to heat") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Heating...") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Loading...") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Purging...") - //#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Resuming...") -#endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" 준비."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACK = _UxGT("뒤로"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("카드 삽입됨"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("카드 제거됨"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("엔드스탑"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("소프트 엔드스탑"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("뒤로"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS = _UxGT("고급 설정"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONFIGURATION = _UxGT("설정"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("자동 시작"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("모터 정지"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DEBUG_MENU = _UxGT("디버깅 메뉴"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST = _UxGT("프로그레스바 테스트"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("오토홈"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("X 홈으로"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("Y 홈으로"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("Z 홈으로"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING = _UxGT("XYZ 홈으로"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("누르면 시작합니다"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("다음 Point"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("레벨링 완료!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 노즐"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 노즐 ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 노즐"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 노즐 ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Custom 예열"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("식히기"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("스위치 전원 켜기"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("스위치 전원 끄기"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("밀어내기"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("당기기"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("축 이동"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("베드 레벨링"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY = _UxGT("미러 사본"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("오토레벨링 하기"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("노즐"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("노즐 ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("베드"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("펜 속도"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("펜 속도 ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("엑스트라 펜 속도"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("엑스트라 펜 속도 ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("온도"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("동작"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("설정 저장하기"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("설정 읽어오기"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("설정 되돌리기"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("EEPROM 초기화"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("새로고침"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("처음으로"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("준비하기"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("일시정지"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("재시작"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("출력중지"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("SD 카드출력"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("SD 카드없음"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("슬립모드..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_PAUSED = _UxGT("일시 정지됨"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING = _UxGT("출력중..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("취소됨"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("죽음. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("멈춤. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("잘못된 프린터"); +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_nl.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_nl.h index 483b242501..d5d46ecfe6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_nl.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_nl.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -32,252 +32,216 @@ #define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_1 #define NOT_EXTENDED_ISO10646_1_5X7 -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" gereed.") -#define MSG_BACK _UxGT("Terug") -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("Kaart ingestoken") -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("Kaart verwijderd") -#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Endstops") // Max length 8 characters -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Hoofdmenu") -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Autostart") -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Motoren uit") -#define MSG_DEBUG_MENU _UxGT("Debug Menu") //accepted English terms -#define MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST _UxGT("Vooruitgang Test") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Auto home") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("Home X") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Home Y") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Home Z") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("Homing XYZ") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("Klik voor begin") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("Volgende Plaats") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("Bed level kompl.") -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Zet home offsets") -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("H offset toegep.") -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Nulpunt instellen") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(PREHEAT_1_LABEL " voorverwarmen") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N _UxGT(PREHEAT_1_LABEL " voorverw. ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_1_N _UxGT("aan") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_END MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Einde") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_1_N _UxGT("Bed") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS _UxGT(PREHEAT_1_LABEL " verw. conf") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(PREHEAT_2_LABEL " voorverwarmen") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N _UxGT(PREHEAT_2_LABEL " voorverw. ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_2_N _UxGT("aan") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_END MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Einde") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_2_N _UxGT("Bed") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS _UxGT(PREHEAT_2_LABEL " verw. conf") -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Afkoelen") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Stroom aan") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Stroom uit") -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Extrude") -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Retract") -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("As verplaatsen") -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("Bed Leveling") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Level bed") +namespace Language_nl { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English -#define MSG_MOVING _UxGT("Verplaatsen...") -#define MSG_FREE_XY _UxGT("Vrij XY") -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Verplaats X") -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Verplaats Y") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Verplaats Z") -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Extruder") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("Verplaats %smm") -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("Verplaats 0.1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("Verplaats 1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("Verplaats 10mm") -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Snelheid") -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Bed Z") -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("Nozzle") -#define MSG_BED _UxGT("Bed") -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Fan snelheid") -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Flow") -#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Control") -#define MSG_MIN _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min") -#define MSG_MAX _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max") -#define MSG_FACTOR _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fact") -#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Autotemp") -#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("Aan") -#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("Uit") -#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") -#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") -#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") -#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") -#define MSG_SELECT _UxGT("Selecteer") -#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("Versn") -#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Jerk") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Va-jerk") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vb-jerk") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vc-jerk") -#else - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Vx-jerk") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vy-jerk") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vz-jerk") -#endif -#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("Ve-jerk") -#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("Vmax ") -#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("Vmin") -#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("VTrav min") -#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("Amax ") -#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("A-retract") -#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("A-travel") -#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Steps/mm") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Asteps/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Bsteps/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Csteps/mm") -#else - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Xsteps/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Ysteps/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Zsteps/mm") -#endif -#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("Esteps/mm") -#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("E1steps/mm") -#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("E2steps/mm") -#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("E3steps/mm") -#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("E4steps/mm") -#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("E5steps/mm") -#define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("E6steps/mm") -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Temperatuur") -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Beweging") -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Filament") -#define MSG_ADVANCE_K _UxGT("Advance K") //accepted english dutch -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("E in mm3") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Fil. Dia.") -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("LCD contrast") -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Geheugen opslaan") -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Geheugen laden") -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Noodstop reset") -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("Ververs") -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Info scherm") -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Voorbereiden") -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Afstellen") -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Print pauzeren") -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Print hervatten") -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Print stoppen") -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("Print van SD") -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("Geen SD kaart") -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("Slapen...") -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Wachten...") -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Print afgebroken") -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("Geen beweging.") -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("Afgebroken. ") -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("Gestopt. ") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("Retract mm") //accepted English term in Dutch -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Ruil Retract mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("Retract F") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Hop mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("UnRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("Ruil UnRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("UnRet F") -#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("AutoRetr.") -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Verv. Filament") -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("Init. SD kaart") -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("Verv. SD Kaart") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Z probe uit. bed") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST _UxGT("BLTouch Zelf-Test") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET _UxGT("Reset BLTouch") -#define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("Home %s%s%s Eerst") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Z Offset") //accepted English term in Dutch -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Babystap X") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Babystap Y") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Babystap Z") -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Endstop afbr.") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("Voorverw. fout") -#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("Redun. temp fout") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("Therm. wegloop") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("Err: Max. temp") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("Err: Min. temp") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("Err: Max.tmp bed") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("Err: Min.tmp bed") -#define MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING _UxGT("Home XY Eerst") -#define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("PRINTER GESTOPT") -#define MSG_PLEASE_RESET _UxGT("Reset A.U.B.") -#define MSG_SHORT_DAY _UxGT("d") // One character only. Keep English standard -#define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("h") // One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("m") // One character only -#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("Voorwarmen...") -#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Bed voorverw...") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Delta Calibratie") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Kalibreer X") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Kalibreer Y") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Kalibreer Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Kalibreer Midden") -#define MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Auto Calibratie") -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Zet Delta Hoogte") + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 1; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Dutch"); -#define MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU _UxGT("Printer Stats") -#define MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU _UxGT("Board Info") //accepted English term in Dutch -#define MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU _UxGT("Thermistors") -#define MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS _UxGT("Extruders") -#define MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE _UxGT("Baud") -#define MSG_INFO_MENU _UxGT("Over Printer") -#define MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU _UxGT("Printer Info") -#define MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL _UxGT("Protocol") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT _UxGT("Case licht") + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" gereed."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACK = _UxGT("Terug"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("Kaart ingestoken"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("Kaart verwijderd"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Endstops"); // Max length 8 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Hoofdmenu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("Autostart"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Motoren uit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DEBUG_MENU = _UxGT("Debug Menu"); //accepted English terms + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST = _UxGT("Vooruitgang Test"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Auto home"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("Home X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("Home Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("Home Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING = _UxGT("Homing XYZ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("Klik voor begin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("Volgende Plaats"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("Bed level kompl."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Zet home offsets"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("H offset toegep."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Nulpunt instellen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverwarmen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. Einde"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. Einde ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. aan"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. Bed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" verw. conf"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverwarmen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. Einde"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. Einde ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. aan"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. Bed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" verw. conf"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Afkoelen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Stroom aan"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Stroom uit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Extrude"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("Retract"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("As verplaatsen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("Bed Leveling"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Level bed"); -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("Onjuiste printer") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVING = _UxGT("Verplaatsen..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FREE_XY = _UxGT("Vrij XY"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("Verplaats X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Verplaats Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Verplaats Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Extruder"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Extruder *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Verplaats %smm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Verplaats 0.1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Verplaats 1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("Verplaats 10mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Snelheid"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Bed Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Nozzle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Nozzle ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Bed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Fan snelheid"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Fan snelheid ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Flow"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Flow ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Control"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fact"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Autotemp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Aan"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Uit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Selecteer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Selecteer *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Versn"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperatuur"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Beweging"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("Advance K"); //accepted english dutch + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("Advance K *"); //accepted english dutch + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E in mm³"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Fil. Dia."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("LCD contrast"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Geheugen opslaan"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Geheugen laden"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("Noodstop reset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Ververs"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Info scherm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Voorbereiden"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Afstellen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Print pauzeren"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Print hervatten"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Print stoppen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Print van SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Geen SD kaart"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("Slapen..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Wachten..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Print afgebroken"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("Geen beweging."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("Afgebroken. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("Gestopt. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("Retract mm"); //accepted English term in Dutch + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("Ruil Retract mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("Retract F"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("Hop mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("UnRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("Ruil UnRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("UnRet F"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("AutoRetr."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Verv. Filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Verv. Filament *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("Init. SD kaart"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Verv. SD Kaart"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Z probe uit. bed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("BLTouch Zelf-Test"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("Reset BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Home %s%s%s Eerst"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Z Offset"); //accepted English term in Dutch + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Babystap X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Babystap Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Babystap Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("Endstop afbr."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("Voorverw. fout"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP = _UxGT("Redun. temp fout"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY = _UxGT("Therm. wegloop"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP = _UxGT("Err: Max. temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP = _UxGT("Err: Min. temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Err: Max.tmp bed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Err: Min.tmp bed"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING = _UxGT("Home XY Eerst"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HALTED = _UxGT("PRINTER GESTOPT"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PLEASE_RESET = _UxGT("Reset A.U.B."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_DAY = _UxGT("d"); // One character only. Keep English standard + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_HOUR = _UxGT("h"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_MINUTE = _UxGT("m"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("Voorwarmen..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("Bed voorverw..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Delta Calibratie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Kalibreer X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Kalibreer Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Kalibreer Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("Kalibreer Midden"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Auto Calibratie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Zet Delta Hoogte"); -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Printed Aantal") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Totaal Voltooid") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Totale Printtijd") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Langste Printtijd") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Totaal Extrudeert") -#else - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Aantal") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Voltooid") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Printtijd ") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Langste") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Extrud.") -#endif + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("Printer Stats"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Board Info"); //accepted English term in Dutch + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("Thermistors"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS = _UxGT("Extruders"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("Baud"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MENU = _UxGT("Over Printer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("Printer Info"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL = _UxGT("Protocol"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT = _UxGT("Case licht"); -#define MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP _UxGT("Min Temp") -#define MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP _UxGT("Max Temp") -#define MSG_INFO_PSU _UxGT("PSU") //accepted English term in Dutch + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("Onjuiste printer"); -#define MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH _UxGT("Motorstroom") -#define MSG_DAC_PERCENT _UxGT("Driver %") //accepted English term in Dutch -#define MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE _UxGT("DAC Opslaan") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME _UxGT("Hervat print") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE _UxGT(" Nozzle: ") //accepeted English term -// -// Filament Change screens show up to 3 lines on a 4-line display -// ...or up to 2 lines on a 3-line display -// -#if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 - // Up to 3 lines - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Wacht voor start") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("filament te") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_3 _UxGT("verwisselen") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Wacht voor") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("filament uit") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_3 _UxGT("te laden") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Klik knop om...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_2 _UxGT("verw. nozzle.") //nozzle accepted English term - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Nozzle verw.") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_2 _UxGT("Wacht a.u.b.") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Laad filament") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("en druk knop") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3 _UxGT("om verder...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Wacht voor") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 _UxGT("filament te") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_3 _UxGT("laden") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Wacht voor print") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("om verder") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_3 _UxGT("te gaan") -#else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 - // Up to 2 lines - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Wacht voor") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("start...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Wacht voor") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("uitladen...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Klik knop om...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_2 _UxGT("verw. nozzle.") //nozzle accepted English term - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Verwarmen...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Laad filament") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("en druk knop") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Wacht voor") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 _UxGT("inladen...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Wacht voor") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("printing...") -#endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Printed Aantal"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Totaal Voltooid"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Totale Printtijd"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Langste Printtijd"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Totaal Extrudeert"); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Aantal"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Voltooid"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Printtijd "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Langste"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Extrud."); + #endif + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP = _UxGT("Min Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Max Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("PSU"); //accepted English term in Dutch + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Motorstroom"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Driver %"); //accepted English term in Dutch + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Driver %"); //accepted English term in Dutch + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Driver %"); //accepted English term in Dutch + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Driver %"); //accepted English term in Dutch + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("DAC Opslaan"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("Hervat print"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE = _UxGT(" Nozzle: "); //accepeted English term + // + // Filament Change screens show up to 3 lines on a 4-line display + // ...or up to 2 lines on a 3-line display + // + #if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 + // Up to 3 lines + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Wacht voor start", "filament te", "verwisselen")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Wacht voor", "filament uit", "te laden")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Klik knop om...", "verw. nozzle.")); //nozzle accepted English term + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Nozzle verw.", "Wacht a.u.b.")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Laad filament", "en druk knop", "om verder...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Wacht voor", "filament te", "laden")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Wacht voor print", "om verder", "te gaan")); + #else + // Up to 2 lines + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Wacht voor", "start...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Wacht voor", "uitladen...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Klik knop om...", "verw. nozzle.")); //nozzle accepted English term + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Verwarmen...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Laad filament", "en druk knop")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Wacht voor", "inladen...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Wacht voor", "printing...")); + #endif +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pl.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pl.h index 97924a7024..113c58629f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pl.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pl.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -22,233 +22,552 @@ #pragma once /** - * Polish for DOGM display - includes accented characters + * Polish - includes accented characters + * + * LCD Menu Messages + * See also http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html + * */ #define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_PL -#define CHARSIZE 2 +namespace Language_pl { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" gotowy.") -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("Karta włożona") -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("Karta usunięta") -#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Kranców.") // Max length 8 characters -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Menu główne") -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Autostart") -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Wyłącz silniki") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Pozycja zerowa") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("Zeruj X") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Zeruj Y") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Zeruj Z") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Poziom. stołu") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("Pozycja zerowa") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("Kliknij by rozp.") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("Następny punkt") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("Wypoziomowano!") -#define MSG_USER_MENU _UxGT("Własne Polecenia") -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Ust. poz. zer.") -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("Poz. zerowa ust.") -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Ustaw punkt zero") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Rozgrzej " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" wsz.") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY _UxGT("Rozgrzej stół " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS _UxGT("Ustaw. rozg. " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Rozgrzej " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" wsz.") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY _UxGT("Rozgrzej stół " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS _UxGT("Ustaw. rozg. " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Chłodzenie") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Włącz zasilacz") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Wyłącz zasilacz") -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Ekstruzja") -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Wycofanie") -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Ruch osi") -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("Poziom. stołu") -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Przesuń w X") -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Przesuń w Y") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Przesuń w Z") -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Ekstruzja (os E)") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("Przesuń co %smm") -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("Przesuń co .1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("Przesuń co 1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("Przesuń co 10mm") -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Predkość") -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Stół Z") -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("Dysza") -#define MSG_BED _UxGT("Stół") -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Obroty wiatraka") -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Przepływ") -#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Ustawienia") -#define MSG_MIN LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min") -#define MSG_MAX LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max") -#define MSG_FACTOR LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Mnożnik") -#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Auto. temperatura") -#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("Wł.") -#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("Wył.") -#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") -#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") -#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") -#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") -#define MSG_SELECT _UxGT("Select") -#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("Przyśpieszenie") -#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Zryw") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Zryw Va") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Zryw Vb") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Zryw Vc") -#else - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Zryw Vx") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Zryw Vy") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Zryw Vz") -#endif -#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("Zryw Ve") -#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("Vmax ") -#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("Vmin") -#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("Vskok min") -#define MSG_ACCELERATION MSG_ACC -#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("Amax") -#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("A-wycofanie") -#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("A-przesuń.") -#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("kroki/mm") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("krokiA/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("krokiB/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("krokiC/mm") -#else - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("krokiX/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("krokiY/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("krokiZ/mm") -#endif -#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("krokiE/mm") -#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("krokiE1/mm") -#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("krokiE2/mm") -#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("krokiE3/mm") -#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("krokiE4/mm") -#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("krokiE5/mm") -#define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("krokiE6/mm") -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Temperatura") -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Ruch") -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Filament") -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("E w mm3") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Śr. fil.") -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("Kontrast LCD") -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Zapisz w pamięci") -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Wczytaj z pamięci") -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Ustaw. fabryczne") -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("Odswież") -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Ekran główny") -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Przygotuj") -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Strojenie") -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Pauza") -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Wznowienie") -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Stop") -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("Karta SD") -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("Brak karty") -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("Uśpij...") -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Oczekiwanie...") -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Druk przerwany") -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("Brak ruchu") -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("Ubity. ") -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("Zatrzymany. ") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("Wycofaj mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Z Wycof. mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("Wycofaj V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Skok Z mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("Cof. wycof. mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("Z Cof. wyc. mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("Cof. wycof. V") -#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("Auto. wycofanie") -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Zmień filament") -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("Inicjal. karty SD") -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("Zmiana karty SD") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Sonda Z za stołem") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST _UxGT("BLTouch Self-Test") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET _UxGT("Reset BLTouch") -#define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("Home %s%s%s first") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Offset Z") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Babystep X") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Babystep Y") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Babystep Z") -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Błąd krańcówki") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("Rozgrz. nieudane") -#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("Błąd temperatury") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("Zanik temp.") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("Err max temp") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("Err min temp") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("Err max temp stołu") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("Err min temp stołu") -#define MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING _UxGT("Home XY first") -#define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("Drukarka zatrzym.") -#define MSG_PLEASE_RESET _UxGT("Proszę zresetować") -#define MSG_SHORT_DAY _UxGT("d") // One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("g") // One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("m") // One character only -#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("Rozgrzewanie...") -#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Rozgrzewanie stołu...") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Kalibrowanie Delty") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Kalibruj X") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Kalibruj Y") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Kalibruj Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Kalibruj środek") + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 2; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Polish"); -#define MSG_INFO_MENU _UxGT("O drukarce") -#define MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU _UxGT("Info drukarki") -#define MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU _UxGT("Statystyki") -#define MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU _UxGT("Board Info") -#define MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU _UxGT("Thermistory") -#define MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS _UxGT("Ekstrudery") -#define MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE _UxGT("Predkość USB") -#define MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL _UxGT("Protokół") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT _UxGT("Oświetlenie") + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" gotowy."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_YES = _UxGT("TAK"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO = _UxGT("NIE"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACK = _UxGT("Wstecz"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_ABORTING = _UxGT("Przerywanie..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("Karta włożona"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("Karta usunięta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED = _UxGT("Karta zwolniona"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_WAITING = _UxGT("Oczekiwanie na kartę"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_READ_ERROR = _UxGT("Bład odczytu karty"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_REMOVED = _UxGT("Urządzenie USB usunięte"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_FAILED = _UxGT("Błąd uruchomienia USB"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Krańców."); // Max length 8 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Progr. Krańcówki"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Menu główne"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Ustawienie zaawansowane"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONFIGURATION = _UxGT("Konfiguracja"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("Autostart"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Wyłącz silniki"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DEBUG_MENU = _UxGT("Menu Debugowania"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST = _UxGT("Testowy pasek postępu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Pozycja zerowa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("Zeruj X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("Zeruj Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("Zeruj Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_Z_ALIGN = _UxGT("Autowyrównanie Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING = _UxGT("Pozycja zerowa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("Kliknij by rozp."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("Następny punkt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("Wypoziomowano!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Wys. zanikania"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Ust. poz. zer."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Poz. zerowa ust."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Ustaw punkt zero"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Dysza"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Dysza ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" wsz."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" stół"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ustaw."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Dysza"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Dysza ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" wsz."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" stół"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ustaw."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Rozgrzej własne ust."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Chłodzenie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_MENU = _UxGT("Sterowanie Lasera"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_OFF = _UxGT("Wyłącz Laser"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_ON = _UxGT("Włącz Laser"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_POWER = _UxGT("Zasilanie Lasera"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_MENU = _UxGT("Sterowanie wrzeciona"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_OFF = _UxGT("Wyłącz wrzeciono"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_ON = _UxGT("Włącz wrzeciono"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_POWER = _UxGT("Zasilanie wrzeciona"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE = _UxGT("Rewers wrzeciona"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Włącz zasilacz"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Wyłącz zasilacz"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Ekstruzja"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("Wycofanie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("Ruch osi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("Poziomowanie stołu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Wypoziomuj stół"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS = _UxGT("Narożniki poziomowania"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NEXT_CORNER = _UxGT("Nastepny narożnik"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDITOR = _UxGT("Edytor siatki"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDIT_MESH = _UxGT("Edycja siatki"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDITING_STOPPED = _UxGT("Edycja siatki zatrzymana"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROBING_MESH = _UxGT("Punkt pomiarowy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_X = _UxGT("Indeks X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_Y = _UxGT("Indeks Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z = _UxGT("Wartość Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USER_MENU = _UxGT("Własne Polecenia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_TEST = _UxGT("M48 Test sondy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_POINT = _UxGT("M48 Punky"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Odchylenie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MENU = _UxGT("Tryb IDEX"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OFFSETS_MENU = _UxGT("Przesunięcie narzędzia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK = _UxGT("Auto-Parkowanie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE = _UxGT("Duplikowanie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY = _UxGT("Kopia lustrzana"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL = _UxGT("Pełne sterowanie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X = _UxGT("2ga dysza X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y = _UxGT("2ga dysza Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z = _UxGT("2ga dysza Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("Wykonywanie G29"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_TOOLS = _UxGT("Narzędzia UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH = _UxGT("Punkt pochylenia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH = _UxGT("Ręczne Budowanie Siatki"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT = _UxGT("Umieść podkładkę i zmierz"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 = _UxGT("Zmierz"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE = _UxGT("Usuń & Zmierz Stół"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT = _UxGT("Przesuwanie do następnego"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("Aktywacja UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("Dezaktywacja UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED = _UxGT("Temperatura stołu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Temperatura stołu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND = _UxGT("Temperatura dyszy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Temperatura dyszy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT = _UxGT("Edycja siatki"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Edycja własnej siatki"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH = _UxGT("Dostrajanie siatki"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH = _UxGT("Koniec edycji siati"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Buduj własna siatkę"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Buduj siatkę"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Buduj siatkę (") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(")"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Buduj siatkę (") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(")"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("Buduj siatkę na zimno"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST = _UxGT("Dostrojenie wysokości siatki"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Wartość wysokości"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Sprawdzenie siatki"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Sprawdzenie siatki (") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(")"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Sprawdzenie siatki (") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(")"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Sprawdzenie własnej siatki"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_BED = _UxGT("G26 Nagrzewanie stołu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_NOZZLE = _UxGT("G26 Nagrzewanie dyszy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_MANUAL_PRIME = _UxGT("Napełnianie ręczne..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_FIXED_LENGTH = _UxGT("Napełnij kreśloną długością"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_PRIME_DONE = _UxGT("Napełianie zakończone"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_CANCELED = _UxGT("G26 Przewane"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_LEAVING = _UxGT("Opuszczanie G26"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH = _UxGT("Kontynuuj tworzenie siatki"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Poziomowanie siatką"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Poziomowaie 3-punktowe"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Poziomowaie według siatki"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL = _UxGT("Poziomuj siatkę"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS = _UxGT("Punkty boczne"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE = _UxGT("Rodzaj mapy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP = _UxGT("Wyslij mapę siatki"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST = _UxGT("Wyslij do Hosta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV = _UxGT("Wyslij do CSV"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP = _UxGT("Kopia poza drukarką"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL = _UxGT("Wyslij info UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Stopień wypełnienia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN = _UxGT("Ręczne wypełnienie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("Inteligentne wypełnienie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH = _UxGT("Wypełnienie siatki"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL = _UxGT("Unieważnij wszystko"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Unieważnij najbliższy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("Dostrajaj wszystko"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Dostrajaj najbliższy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Przechowywanie siatki"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT = _UxGT("Slot Pamięci"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH = _UxGT("Załaduj siatke stołu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("Zapisz siatke stołu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LOADED = _UxGT("M117 Siatka %i załadowana"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_SAVED = _UxGT("M117 Siatka %i Zapisana"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE = _UxGT("Brak magazynu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR = _UxGT("Błąd: Zapis UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR = _UxGT("Bład: Odczyt UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET = _UxGT("Przesunięcie Z: "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED = _UxGT("Przesunięcie Z zatrzymane"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU = _UxGT("UBL Krok po kroku"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_1_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("1. Tworzeni ezimnej siatki"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_2_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("2. Inteligentne wypełnienie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("3. Sprawdzenie siatki"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_4_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("4. Dostrojenie wszystkiego"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_5_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("5. Sprawdzenie siatki"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_6_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("6. Dostrojenie wszystkiego"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_7_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("7. Zapis siatki stołu"); -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("Niepoprawna drukarka") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_CONTROL = _UxGT("Sterowanie LED"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEDS = _UxGT("Światła"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_PRESETS = _UxGT("Ustawienia świateł"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_RED = _UxGT("Czerwony"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE = _UxGT("Pomarańczowy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW = _UxGT("Zółty"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN = _UxGT("Zielony"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE = _UxGT("Niebieski"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO = _UxGT("Indygo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET = _UxGT("Fioletowy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE = _UxGT("Biały"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT = _UxGT("Domyślny"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS = _UxGT("Własne światła"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_R = _UxGT("Czerwony"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_G = _UxGT("Zielony"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_B = _UxGT("Niebieski"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_W = _UxGT("Biały"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Jasność"); -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Wydrukowano") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Ukończono") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Czas druku") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Najdł. druk") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Użyty fil.") -#else - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Wydrukowano") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Ukończono") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Razem") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Najdł. druk") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Użyty fil.") -#endif + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVING = _UxGT("Ruch..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FREE_XY = _UxGT("Swobodne XY"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("Przesuń w X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Przesuń w Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Przesuń w Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Ekstruzja (os E)"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Ekstruzja (os E) *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Dysza za zimna"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Przesuń co %smm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Przesuń co .1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Przesuń co 1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("Przesuń co 10mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Predkość"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Stół Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Dysza"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Dysza ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Stół"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Obudowa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Obroty wiatraka"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Obroty wiatraka ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Obroty dodatkowego wiatraka"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Obroty dodatkowego wiatraka ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Przepływ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Przepływ ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Ustawienia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Mnożnik"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Auto. temperatura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Wł."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Wył."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE = _UxGT("PID Autostrojenie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_E = _UxGT("PID Autostrojenie *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Wybierz"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Wybierz *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Przyspieszenie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Zryw"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("Zryw V") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VB_JERK = _UxGT("Zryw V") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VC_JERK = _UxGT("Zryw V") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VE_JERK = _UxGT("Zryw Ve"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Junction Dev"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VELOCITY = _UxGT("Prędkość (V)"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_A = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("Vmax *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("Vmin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("Vskok min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Przyspieszenie (A)"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_A = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Amax *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("A-wycofanie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("A-przesuń."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("kroki/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = _UxGT("kroki") LCD_STR_A _UxGT("/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = _UxGT("kroki") LCD_STR_B _UxGT("/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = _UxGT("kroki") LCD_STR_C _UxGT("/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("krokiE/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("kroki */mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperatura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Ruch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E w mm³"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Śr. fil."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Śr. fil. *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Wyładuj mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Załaduj mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("Advance K"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("Advance K *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Kontrast LCD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Zapisz w pamięci"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Wczytaj z pamięci"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("Ustaw. fabryczne"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("Initializuj EEPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Uaktualnij kartę"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Resetuj drukarkę"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Odswież"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Ekran główny"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Przygotuj"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Strojenie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Start wydruku"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_NEXT = _UxGT("Następny"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_INIT = _UxGT("Inic."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_STOP = _UxGT("Stop"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_PRINT = _UxGT("Drukuj"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_RESET = _UxGT("Resetuj"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL = _UxGT("Przerwij"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_DONE = _UxGT("Gotowe"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Wstrzymaj druk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Wznowienie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Stop"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY = _UxGT("Odzyskiwanie po awarii"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Karta SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Brak karty"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("Uśpij..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Oczekiwanie..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_PAUSED = _UxGT("Druk wstrzymany"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING = _UxGT("Drukowanie..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Druk przerwany"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("Brak ruchu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("Ubity. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("Zatrzymany. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("Wycofaj mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("Z Wycof. mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("Wycofaj V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("Skok Z mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Cof. wycof. mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("Z Cof. wyc. mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("Cof. wycof. V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Auto. wycofanie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH = _UxGT("Długość zmiany"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH = _UxGT("Długość oczyszczania"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE = _UxGT("Zmiana narzędzia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT = _UxGT("Podniesienie Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD = _UxGT("Prędkość napełniania"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD = _UxGT("Prędkość wycofania"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY = _UxGT("Dysza w oczekiwaniu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Zmień filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Zmień filament *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("Załaduj Filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Załaduj Filament *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("Wyładuj Filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Wyładuj Filament *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Wyładuj wszystkie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("Inicjal. karty SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Zmiana karty SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Zwolnienie karty"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Sonda Z za stołem"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SKEW_FACTOR = _UxGT("Współczynik skrzywienia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH = _UxGT("BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("BLTouch Self-Test"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("Reset BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("Cmd: Stow"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Cmd: Deploy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: SW-Mode"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: 5V-Mode"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: OD-Mode"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE = _UxGT("Cmd: Mode-Store"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V = _UxGT("Set BLTouch to 5V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD = _UxGT("Set BLTouch to OD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO = _UxGT("Report Drain"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE = _UxGT("NIEBEZPIECZNE: Złe ustawienia mogą uszkodzić drukarkę. Kontynuować?"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE = _UxGT("TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT = _UxGT("Init TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST = _UxGT("Z Offset Test"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE = _UxGT("Save"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI = _UxGT("Deploy TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Deploy Z-Probe"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_STOW = _UxGT("Stow Z-Probe"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Najpierw Home %s%s%s"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Offset Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Babystep X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Babystep Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Babystep Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_TOTAL = _UxGT("Łącznie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("Błąd krańcówki"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("Rozgrz. nieudane"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED = _UxGT("Rozgrz. stołu nieudane"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Rozgrz. komory nieudane"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP = _UxGT("Błąd temperatury"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY = _UxGT("ZANIK TEMPERATURY"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED = _UxGT("ZANIK TEMP. STOŁU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_CHAMBER = _UxGT("ZANIK TEMP.KOMORY"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP = _UxGT("Błąd: MAXTEMP"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP = _UxGT("Błąd: MINTEMP"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Błąd: MAXTEMP STÓŁ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Błąd: MINTEMP STÓŁ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Błąd: MAXTEMP KOMORA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Błąd: MINTEMP KOMORA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING = _UxGT("Najpierw Home XY"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HALTED = _UxGT("Drukarka zatrzym."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PLEASE_RESET = _UxGT("Proszę zresetować"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_DAY = _UxGT("d"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_HOUR = _UxGT("g"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_MINUTE = _UxGT("m"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("Rozgrzewanie..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLING = _UxGT("Chłodzenie..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("Rozgrzewanie stołu..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_COOLING = _UxGT("Chłodzenie stołu..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER_HEATING = _UxGT("Rozgrzewanie komory..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER_COOLING = _UxGT("Chłodzenie komory..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Kalibrowanie Delty"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Kalibruj X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Kalibruj Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Kalibruj Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("Kalibruj środek"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Ustawienia delty"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Auto kalibrowanie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Ustaw wysokość delty"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Przesun. Z sondy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD = _UxGT("Ukośne ramię"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Wysokość"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_RADIUS = _UxGT("Promień"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MENU = _UxGT("O drukarce"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("Info drukarki"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_3POINT_LEVELING = _UxGT("Poziomowanie 3-punktowe"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Poziomowanie liniowe"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Poziomowanie biliniowe"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVELING = _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Poziomowanie siatką"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("Statystyki"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Info płyty"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("Termistory"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS = _UxGT("Ekstrudery"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("Predkość USB"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL = _UxGT("Protokół"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_OFF = _UxGT("Zegar pracy: OFF"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_ON = _UxGT("Zegar pracy: ON"); -#define MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP _UxGT("Min Temp") -#define MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP _UxGT("Max Temp") -#define MSG_INFO_PSU _UxGT("Zasilacz") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT = _UxGT("Oświetlenie obudowy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Jasność oświetlenia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("Niepoprawna drukarka"); -#define MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH _UxGT("Siła silnika") -#define MSG_DAC_PERCENT _UxGT("Siła %") -#define MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE _UxGT("Zapisz DAC EEPROM") + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Wydrukowano"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Ukończono"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Czas druku"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Najdł. druk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Użyty fil."); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Wydrukowano"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Ukończono"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Razem"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Najdł. druk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Użyty fil."); + #endif -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE _UxGT("ZMIEŃ FILAMENT") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER _UxGT("ZMIEŃ OPCJE:") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME _UxGT("Wznów drukowanie") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP = _UxGT("Min Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Max Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Zasilacz"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Siła silnika"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Siła %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Siła %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Siła %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Siła %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERROR_TMC = _UxGT("TMC BŁĄD POŁĄCZENIA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("Zapisz DAC EEPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER = _UxGT("ZMIEŃ FILAMENT"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE = _UxGT("WYDRUK WSTRZYMANY"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD = _UxGT("ZAŁADUJ FILAMENT"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD = _UxGT("WYŁADUJ FILAMENT"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER = _UxGT("OPCJE WZNOWIENIA:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE = _UxGT("Oczyść więcej"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("Kontynuuj"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE = _UxGT(" Dysza: "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR = _UxGT("Czujnik filamentu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM = _UxGT("Dystans do czujnika mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_HOMING_FAILED = _UxGT("Zerowanie nieudane"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_PROBING_FAILED = _UxGT("Sondowanie nieudane"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M600_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("M600: za zimne"); -#if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 - // Up to 3 lines allowed - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Czekam na ") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("zmianę filamentu") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Czekam na") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("wyjęcie filamentu") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Włóz filament") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("i naciśnij przycisk") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3 _UxGT("aby kontynuować...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Czekam na") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 _UxGT("włożenie filamentu") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Czekam na") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("wznowienie druku") -#else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 - // Up to 2 lines allowed - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Proszę czekać...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Wysuwanie...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Włóż i naciśnij prz.") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Ładowanie...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Wznowienie...") -#endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_CHOOSE_FILAMENT_HEADER = _UxGT("WYBIERZ FILAMENT"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_MENU = _UxGT("MMU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_WRONG_FIRMWARE = _UxGT("Uaktualnij firmware MMU!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_NOT_RESPONDING = _UxGT("MMU wymaga uwagi."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESUME = _UxGT("Wznów wydruk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESUMING = _UxGT("Wznawianie..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Załaduj filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Załaduj wszystko"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Załaduj do dyszy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Wysuń filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Wysuń filament ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Wyładuj filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Ładowanie fil. %i..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Wysuwanie fil. ..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Wyładowywanie fil...."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_ALL = _UxGT("Wszystko"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Filament ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESET = _UxGT("Resetuj MMU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESETTING = _UxGT("Resetowanie MMU..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Usuń, kliknij"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX = _UxGT("Miks"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_N = _UxGT("Komponent ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIXER = _UxGT("Mikser"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Gradient"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FULL_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Pełny gradient"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOGGLE_MIX = _UxGT("Przełacz miks"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CYCLE_MIX = _UxGT("Cycle Mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT_MIX = _UxGT("Gradient Mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Odwrotny gradient"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL = _UxGT("Active V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_VTOOL = _UxGT("Start V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_END_VTOOL = _UxGT(" End V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS = _UxGT("Alias V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_VTOOLS = _UxGT("Reset V-tools"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL = _UxGT("Commit V-tool Mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTOOLS_RESET = _UxGT("V-tools Were Reset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_Z = _UxGT("Start Z:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_END_Z = _UxGT(" End Z:"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GAMES = _UxGT("Games"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BRICKOUT = _UxGT("Brickout"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INVADERS = _UxGT("Invaders"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SNAKE = _UxGT("Sn4k3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAZE = _UxGT("Maze"); + + #define MSG_1_LINE(A) A "\0" "\0" + #define MSG_2_LINE(A,B) A "\0" B "\0" + #define MSG_3_LINE(A,B,C) A "\0" B "\0" C + + // + // Filament Change screens show up to 3 lines on a 4-line display + // ...or up to 2 lines on a 3-line display + // + #if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Nacisnik przycisk", "by wznowić drukowanie")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Parkowanie...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Czekam na", "zmianę filamentu", "by wystartować")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Włóż filament", "i naciśnij przycisk", "by kontynuować")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Naciśnij przycisk", "by nagrzać dyszę")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Nagrzewanie dyszy", "Proszę czekać...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Czekam na", "wyjęcie filamentu")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Czekam na", "włożenie filamentu")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Czekam na", "oczyszczenie filamentu")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Kliknij by zakończyć", "oczyszczanie filamentu")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Czekam na", "wznowienie wydruku...")); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Kliknij by kontynuować")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Parkowanie...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Proszę czekać...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Włóż i kliknij")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Kliknij by nagrzać")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Nagrzewanie...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Wysuwanie...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Ładowanie...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Oczyszczanie...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Kliknij by zakończyć")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Wznawianie...")); + #endif + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_DRIVERS = _UxGT("TMC Drivers"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_CURRENT = _UxGT("Driver Current"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_HYBRID_THRS = _UxGT("Hybrid Threshold"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS = _UxGT("Sensorless Homing"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_STEPPING_MODE = _UxGT("Stepping Mode"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_STEALTH_ENABLED = _UxGT("StealthChop Enabled"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SERVICE_RESET = _UxGT("Reset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SERVICE_IN = _UxGT(" in:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH = _UxGT("Backlash"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_A = LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_B = LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_C = LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_CORRECTION = _UxGT("Correction"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING = _UxGT("Smoothing"); +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt-br.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt-br.h deleted file mode 100644 index d78bd5a138..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt-br.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,444 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Portuguese (Brazil) - * UTF-8 for Graphical Display - * - * LCD Menu Messages - * See also http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - */ - -// Put characters here that should be displayed with M117 -//_UxGT("áãàçÉéêíóõ") - -#define CHARSIZE 2 - -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" pronto.") - -#define MSG_BACK _UxGT("Voltar") -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("Cartão inserido") -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("Cartão removido") -#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Fins de curso") -#define MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Soft Fins curso") -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Menu principal") -#define MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS _UxGT("Config. Avançada") -#define MSG_CONFIGURATION _UxGT("Configuração") -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Início automático") -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Desabilit. motores") -#define MSG_DEBUG_MENU _UxGT("Menu Debug") -#define MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST _UxGT("Testar Barra Progres") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Ir a origem XYZ") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("Ir na origem X") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Ir na origem Y") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Ir na origem Z") -#define MSG_AUTO_Z_ALIGN _UxGT("Auto alinhar Z") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("Indo para origem") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("Clique para Iniciar") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("Próximo Ponto") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("Fim nivelação!") -#define MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT _UxGT("Suavizar altura") -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Compensar origem") -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("Alteração aplicada") -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Ajustar Origem") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Pre-aquecer " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL _UxGT("Pre-aq.Todo " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_END _UxGT("Extrusora " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY _UxGT("Pre-aq.Mesa " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS _UxGT("Ajustar " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Pre-aquecer " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL _UxGT("Pre-aq.Todo " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_END _UxGT("Extrusora " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY _UxGT("Pre-aq.Mesa " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS _UxGT("Ajustar " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM _UxGT("Customizar Pre-aq.") -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Esfriar") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Ligar") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Desligar") -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Extrusar") -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Retrair") -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Mover eixo") -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("Nivelação Mesa") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Nivelar Mesa") -#define MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS _UxGT("Nivelar Cantos") -#define MSG_NEXT_CORNER _UxGT("Próximo Canto") -#define MSG_EDIT_MESH _UxGT("Editar Malha") -#define MSG_EDITING_STOPPED _UxGT("Fim da Edição") -#define MSG_MESH_X _UxGT("Índice X") -#define MSG_MESH_Y _UxGT("Índice Y") -#define MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z _UxGT("Valor Z") -#define MSG_USER_MENU _UxGT("Comando customizado") - -#define MSG_IDEX_MENU _UxGT("Modo IDEX") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK _UxGT("Auto-Estacionar") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE _UxGT("Duplicação") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY _UxGT("Cópia espelhada") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL _UxGT("Controle Total") -#define MSG_X_OFFSET _UxGT("2o bico X") -#define MSG_Y_OFFSET _UxGT("2o bico Y") -#define MSG_Z_OFFSET _UxGT("2o bico Z") - -#define MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 _UxGT("Executando G29") -#define MSG_UBL_TOOLS _UxGT("Ferramentas UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Nivel. Mesa Unif.") -#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH _UxGT("Fazer malha manual") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT _UxGT("Calçar e calibrar") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 _UxGT("Medir") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE _UxGT("Remover e calibrar") -#define MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT _UxGT("Movendo para Próximo") -#define MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("Ativar UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("Desativar UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED _UxGT("Temp. Mesa") -#define MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND _UxGT("Temp. Extrusora") -#define MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT _UxGT("Editar Malha") -#define MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Editar Malha Custom") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH _UxGT("Ajuste Fino da Malha") -#define MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH _UxGT("Fim da Edição") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Montar Malha Custom") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Montar ") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 _UxGT("Montar " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 _UxGT("Montar " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH _UxGT("Montar Malha fria") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST _UxGT("Ajustar Altura") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT _UxGT("Quant. de Altura") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Validar Malha") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 _UxGT("Checar " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 _UxGT("Checar " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Validar Malha Custom") -#define MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH _UxGT("Continuar Malha") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Nivelação da Malha") -#define MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Nivelação 3 pontos") -#define MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Nivelação Grid") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL _UxGT("Nivelar Malha") -#define MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS _UxGT("Cantos") -#define MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE _UxGT("Tipo de Mapa") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP _UxGT("Salvar Mapa da Malha") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST _UxGT("Enviar Para Host") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV _UxGT("Salvar Malha CSV") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP _UxGT("Salvar Backup") -#define MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL _UxGT("Informação do UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT _UxGT("Qtd de Enchimento") -#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN _UxGT("Enchimento Manual") -#define MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN _UxGT("Enchimento Smart") -#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH _UxGT("Preencher malha") -#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL _UxGT("Invalidar tudo") -#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Invalidar próximo") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL _UxGT("Ajuste Fino de Todos") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Ajustar Mais Próximo") -#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Armazenamento Malha") -#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT _UxGT("Slot de Memória") -#define MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH _UxGT("Ler Malha") -#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH _UxGT("Salvar Malha") -#define MSG_MESH_LOADED _UxGT("Malha %i carregada") -#define MSG_MESH_SAVED _UxGT("Malha %i salva") -#define MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE _UxGT("Sem armazenamento") -#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR _UxGT("Erro ao salvar UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR _UxGT("Erro no restauro UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED _UxGT("Compensação Z parou") -#define MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU _UxGT("UBL passo a passo") -#define MSG_LED_CONTROL _UxGT("Controle do LED") -#define MSG_LEDS _UxGT("Luz") -#define MSG_LED_PRESETS _UxGT("Configuração da Luz") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_RED _UxGT("Luz Vermelha") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE _UxGT("Luz Laranja") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW _UxGT("Luz Amarela") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN _UxGT("Luz Verde") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE _UxGT("Luz Azul") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO _UxGT("Luz Indigo") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET _UxGT("Luz Violeta") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE _UxGT("Luz Branca") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT _UxGT("Luz Padrão") -#define MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS _UxGT("Luz Customizada") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_R _UxGT("Intensidade Vermelho") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_G _UxGT("Intensidade Verde") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_B _UxGT("Intensidade Azul") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_W _UxGT("Intensidade Branco") -#define MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("Brilho") -#define MSG_MOVING _UxGT("Movendo...") -#define MSG_FREE_XY _UxGT("Liberar XY") -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Mover X") -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Mover Y") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Mover Z") -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Mover Extrusor") -#define MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD _UxGT("Extrus. mto fria") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("Mover %smm") -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("Mover 0.1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("Mover 1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("Mover 10mm") -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Velocidade") -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Base Z") -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("Bocal") -#define MSG_BED _UxGT("Mesa") -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Vel. Ventoinha") -#define MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("+Vel. Ventoinha") -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Vazão") -#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Controle") -#define MSG_MIN LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min") -#define MSG_MAX LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Máx") -#define MSG_FACTOR LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fator") -#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Temp. Automática") -#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("Ligado") -#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("Desligado") -#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") -#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") -#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") -#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") -#define MSG_SELECT _UxGT("Selecionar") -#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("Acel.") -#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Arrancada") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("arrancada VA") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("arrancada VB") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("arrancada VC") -#else - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("arrancada VX") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("arrancada VY") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("arrancada VZ") -#endif -#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("arrancada VE") -#define MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION _UxGT("Desv. Junção") -#define MSG_VELOCITY _UxGT("Velocidade") -#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("Vmax ") -#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("Vmin") -#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("VDeslocamento min") -#define MSG_ACCELERATION _UxGT("Aceleração") -#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("Amax ") -#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("Retrair A") -#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("Movimento A") -#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Passo/mm") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Passo A/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Passo B/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Passo C/mm") -#else - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Passo X/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Passo Y/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Passo Z/mm") -#endif -#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("E/mm") -#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("E1/mm") -#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("E2/mm") -#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("E3/mm") -#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("E4/mm") -#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("E5/mm") -#define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("E6/mm") -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Temperatura") -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Movimento") -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Filamento") -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("Extrusão em mm3") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Diâmetro Fil.") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD _UxGT("Descarr. mm") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD _UxGT("Carregar mm") -#define MSG_ADVANCE_K _UxGT("Avanço K") -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("Contraste") -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Salvar Configuração") -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Ler Configuração") -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Restauro seguro") -#define MSG_INIT_EEPROM _UxGT("Iniciar EEPROM") -#define MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE _UxGT("Atualiz. SD") -#define MSG_RESET_PRINTER _UxGT("Resetar Impressora") -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("Atualização") -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Informações") -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Preparar") -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Ajustar") -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Pausar impressão") -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Resumir impressão") -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Parar impressão") -#define MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY _UxGT("Recuperar Impressão") -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("Imprimir do SD") -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("Sem cartão SD") -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("Dormindo...") -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Clique para retomar") -#define MSG_PRINT_PAUSED _UxGT("Impressão Pausada") -#define MSG_PRINTING _UxGT("Imprimindo...") -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Impressão Abortada") -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("Sem movimento") -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("PARADA DE EMERGÊNCIA") -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("PAROU. ") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("Retrair mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Retrair Troca mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("Retrair V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Saltar mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("Des-Retrair mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("Des-RetTroca mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("Des-Retrair V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF _UxGT("Des-RetTroca V") -#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("Retração Automática") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH _UxGT("Distancia Retração") -#define MSG_TOOL_CHANGE _UxGT("Mudar Ferramenta") -#define MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT _UxGT("Levantar Z") -#define MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD _UxGT("Preparar Veloc.") -#define MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD _UxGT("Veloc. Retração") -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Trocar Filamento") -#define MSG_FILAMENTLOAD _UxGT("Carregar Filamento") -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD _UxGT("Descarreg. Filamento") -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL _UxGT("Descarregar Todos") -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("Iniciar SD") -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("Trocar SD") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Sonda fora da mesa") -#define MSG_SKEW_FACTOR _UxGT("Fator de Cisalho") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH _UxGT("BLTouch") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST _UxGT("Testar BLTouch") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET _UxGT("Reiniciar BLTouch") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY _UxGT("Estender BLTouch") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW _UxGT("Recolher BLTouch") -#define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY _UxGT("Estender Sonda-Z") -#define MSG_MANUAL_STOW _UxGT("Recolher Sonda-Z") - -#define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("Home %s%s%s Primeiro") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Compensar Sonda em Z") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Passinho X") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Passinho Y") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Passinho Z") -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Abortar Fim de Curso") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("Aquecimento falhou") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED _UxGT("Aquecer mesa falhou") -#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("Erro:Temp Redundante") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("ESCAPE TÉRMICO") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED _UxGT("ESCAPE TÉRMICO MESA") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("Erro:Temp Máxima") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("Erro:Temp Mínima") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("Erro:Temp Mesa Máx") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("Erro:Temp Mesa Mín") -#define MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING _UxGT("Home XY Primeiro") -#define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("IMPRESSORA PAROU") -#define MSG_PLEASE_RESET _UxGT("Favor resetar") -#define MSG_SHORT_DAY _UxGT("d") -#define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("h") -#define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("m") -#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("Aquecendo...") -#define MSG_COOLING _UxGT("Resfriando...") -#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Aquecendo mesa...") -#define MSG_BED_COOLING _UxGT("Esfriando mesa...") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Calibrar Delta") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Calibrar X") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Calibrar Y") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Calibrar Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Calibrar Centro") - -#define MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS _UxGT("Configuração Delta") -#define MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Auto-Calibração") -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Calibrar Altura") -#define MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Desloc. Sonda Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD _UxGT("Haste Diagonal") -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT _UxGT("Altura") -#define MSG_DELTA_RADIUS _UxGT("Raio") -#define MSG_INFO_MENU _UxGT("Sobre") -#define MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU _UxGT("Impressora") -#define MSG_3POINT_LEVELING _UxGT("Nivelamento 3 pontos") -#define MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("Nivelamento Linear") -#define MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("Nivelamento Bilinear") -#define MSG_UBL_LEVELING _UxGT("Nivelamento UBL") -#define MSG_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Nivelamento da Malha") -#define MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU _UxGT("Estatísticas") -#define MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU _UxGT("Info. da Placa") -#define MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU _UxGT("Termistores") -#define MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS _UxGT("Extrusoras") -#define MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE _UxGT("Taxa de Transmissão") -#define MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL _UxGT("Protocolo") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT _UxGT("Luz da Impressora") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("Intensidade Brilho") - -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("Impressora Incorreta") - -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Total de Impressões") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Realizadas") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Tempo de Impressão") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Trabalho Mais longo") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Total de Extrusão") -#else - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Qtd de Impressões") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Realizadas") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Tempo de Impressão") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Maior trabalho") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("T. Extrusão") -#endif - -#define MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP _UxGT("Temp Mín") -#define MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP _UxGT("Temp Máx") -#define MSG_INFO_PSU _UxGT("PSU") -#define MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH _UxGT("Força do Motor") -#define MSG_DAC_PERCENT _UxGT("Driver %") -#define MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE _UxGT("Escrever EEPROM DAC") - -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE _UxGT("IMPRESSÃO PAUSADA") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD _UxGT("CARREGAR FILAMENTO") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD _UxGT("DESCARREG. FILAMENTO") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER _UxGT("Config. de Retomada") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE _UxGT("Purgar mais") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME _UxGT("Continuar Impressão") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE _UxGT(" Bocal: ") -#define MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR _UxGT("Sensor filamento") -#define MSG_ERR_HOMING_FAILED _UxGT("Falha ao ir à origem") -#define MSG_ERR_PROBING_FAILED _UxGT("Falha ao sondar") -#define MSG_M600_TOO_COLD _UxGT("M600: Muito frio") - -#if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_1 _UxGT("Aperte o botão para") - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_2 _UxGT("continuar impressão") - - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Esperando o") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("inicio da") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_3 _UxGT("troca de filamento") - - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Coloque filamento") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("pressione o botão") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3 _UxGT("para continuar...") - - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Pressione o botão") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_2 _UxGT("p/ aquecer o bocal") - - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Aquecendo o bocal") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_2 _UxGT("Aguarde...") - - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Esperando") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("remoção de filamento") - - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Esperando") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 _UxGT("filamento") - - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Espere pela") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_2 _UxGT("purga de filamento") - - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Clique para finaliz.") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_2 _UxGT("purga de filamento") - - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Esperando impressão") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("continuar") -#else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_1 _UxGT("Clique p. continuar") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Aguarde...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Insira e Clique") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Aquecendo...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Ejetando...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Carregando...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Purgando...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Clique p. finalizar") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Continuando...") -#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt.h index 9fde8f89ba..69c8be603f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -30,159 +30,134 @@ * */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_1 -#define CHARSIZE 2 + #define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_1 -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" pronta.") -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("Cartão inserido") -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("Cartão removido") -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Menu principal") -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Autostart") -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Desactivar motores") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Ir para origem") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("Ir para origem X") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Ir para origem Y") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Ir para origem Z") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("Indo para origem") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("Click para iniciar") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("Próximo ponto") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("Pronto !") -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Definir desvio") -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("Offsets aplicados") -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Definir origem") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Pre-aquecer " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N _UxGT("Pre-aquecer " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL _UxGT("Pre-aq. " PREHEAT_1_LABEL " Tudo") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY _UxGT("Pre-aq. " PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT("Base") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS _UxGT("Definições " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Pre-aquecer " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N _UxGT("Pre-aquecer " PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL _UxGT("Pre-aq. " PREHEAT_2_LABEL " Tudo") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY _UxGT("Pre-aq. " PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT("Base") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS _UxGT("Definições " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Arrefecer") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Ligar") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Desligar") -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Extrudir") -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Retrair") -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Mover eixo") -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Mover X") -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Mover Y") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Mover Z") -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Mover Extrusor") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("Mover %smm") -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("Mover 0.1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("Mover 1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("Mover 10mm") -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Velocidade") -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Base Z") -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Bico") -#define MSG_BED _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Base") -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Vel. ventoinha") -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Fluxo") -#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Controlo") -#define MSG_MIN _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min") -#define MSG_MAX _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max") -#define MSG_FACTOR _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fact") -#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Temp. Automática") -#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("On") -#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("Off") -#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") -#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") -#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") -#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") -#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("Acc") -#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Jerk") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Va-jerk") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vb-jerk") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vc-jerk") -#else - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Vx-jerk") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vy-jerk") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vz-jerk") -#endif -#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("Ve-jerk") -#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT(" Vmax ") -#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("Vmin") -#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("VTrav min") -#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("Amax ") -#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("A-retracção") -#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("A-movimento") -#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Passo/mm") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("A passo/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("B passo/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("C passo/mm") -#else - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("X passo/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Y passo/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Z passo/mm") -#endif -#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("E passo/mm") -#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("E1 passo/mm") -#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("E2 passo/mm") -#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("E3 passo/mm") -#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("E4 passo/mm") -#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("E5 passo/mm") -#define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("E6 passo/mm") -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Temperatura") -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Movimento") -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Filamento") -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("E em mm3") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Fil. Diam.") -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("Contraste") -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Guardar na memoria") -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Carregar da memoria") -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Rest. de emergen.") -#define MSG_REFRESH LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT(" Recarregar") -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Monitorizar") -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Preparar") -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Afinar") -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Pausar impressão") -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Retomar impressão") -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Parar impressão") -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("Imprimir do SD") -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("Sem cartão SD") -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("Em espera...") -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Á espera de ordem") -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Impressão cancelada") -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("Sem movimento") -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("EMERGÊNCIA. ") -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("PARADO. ") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT(" Retrair mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Troca Retrair mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT(" Retrair V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT(" Levantar mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT(" DesRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("Troca DesRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT(" DesRet V") -#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT(" AutoRetr.") -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Trocar filamento") -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("Inici. cartão SD") -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("Trocar cartão SD") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Sensor fora/base") -#define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("Home %s%s%s first") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Desvio Z") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Babystep X") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Babystep Y") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Babystep Z") -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Fim de curso") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("Aquecimento falhou") -#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("Err: REDUNDANT TEMP") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("THERMAL RUNAWAY") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("Err: T Máxima") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("Err: T Mínima") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("Err: T Base Máxima") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("Err: T Base Mínima") -#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("Aquecendo...") -#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Aquecendo base...") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Calibração Delta") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Calibrar X") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Calibrar Y") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Calibrar Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Calibrar Centro") +namespace Language_pt { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English -#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Fim de curso") + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 2; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Portuguese"); -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("Impressora Incorreta") + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" pronta."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("Cartão inserido"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("Cartão removido"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Menu principal"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Desactivar motores"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Ir para origem"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("Ir para origem X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("Ir para origem Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("Ir para origem Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING = _UxGT("Indo para origem"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("Click para iniciar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("Próximo ponto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("Pronto !"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Definir desvio"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Offsets aplicados"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Definir origem"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Pre-aq. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Tudo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Pre-aq. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT("Base"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Definições ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Pre-aq. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Tudo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Pre-aq. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT("Base"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Definições ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Arrefecer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Ligar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Desligar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Extrudir"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("Retrair"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("Mover eixo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("Mover X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Mover Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Mover Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Mover Extrusor"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Mover Extrusor *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Mover %smm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Mover 0.1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Mover 1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("Mover 10mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Velocidade"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Base Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Bico"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Bico ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Base"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Vel. ventoinha"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Vel. ventoinha ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Fluxo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Fluxo ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Controlo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fact"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("A-retracção"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("A-movimento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Passo/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = LCD_STR_A _UxGT(" passo/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT(" passo/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT(" passo/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("E passo/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("* passo/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperatura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Movimento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E em mm³"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Fil. Diam."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Fil. Diam. *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Contraste"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Guardar na memoria"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Carregar da memoria"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("Rest. de emergen."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT(" Recarregar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Monitorizar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Preparar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Afinar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pausar impressão"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Retomar impressão"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Parar impressão"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Imprimir do SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Sem cartão SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("Em espera..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Á espera de ordem"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Impressão cancelada"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("Sem movimento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("EMERGÊNCIA. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("PARADO. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT(" Retrair mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("Troca Retrair mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT(" Retrair V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT(" Levantar mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT(" DesRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("Troca DesRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT(" DesRet V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT(" AutoRetr."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Trocar filamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Trocar filamento *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("Inici. cartão SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Trocar cartão SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Sensor fora/base"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Desvio Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("Fim de curso"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("Aquecimento falhou"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP = _UxGT("Err: T Máxima"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP = _UxGT("Err: T Mínima"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Err: T Base Máxima"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Err: T Base Mínima"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("Aquecendo..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("Aquecendo base..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Calibração Delta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Calibrar X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Calibrar Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Calibrar Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("Calibrar Centro"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Fim de curso"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("Impressora Incorreta"); +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt_br.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt_br.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9ce6a7042b --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt_br.h @@ -0,0 +1,418 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Portuguese (Brazil) + * UTF-8 for Graphical Display + * + * LCD Menu Messages + * See also http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html + * + */ +namespace Language_pt_br { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English + + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 2; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Portuguese (BR)"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" pronto."); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACK = _UxGT("Voltar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("Cartão inserido"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("Cartão removido"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Fins de curso"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Soft Fins curso"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Menu principal"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Config. Avançada"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONFIGURATION = _UxGT("Configuração"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("Início automático"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Desabilit. motores"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DEBUG_MENU = _UxGT("Menu Debug"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST = _UxGT("Testar Barra Progres"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Ir a origem XYZ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("Ir na origem X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("Ir na origem Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("Ir na origem Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_Z_ALIGN = _UxGT("Auto alinhar Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING = _UxGT("Indo para origem"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("Clique para Iniciar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("Próximo Ponto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("Fim nivelação!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Suavizar altura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Compensar origem"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Alteração aplicada"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Ajustar Origem"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Extrusora ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Extrusora ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Pre-aq.Todo ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Pre-aq.Mesa ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Ajustar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Extrusora ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Extrusora ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Pre-aq.Todo ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Pre-aq.Mesa ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Ajustar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Customizar Pre-aq."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Esfriar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Ligar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Desligar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Extrusar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("Retrair"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("Mover eixo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("Nivelação Mesa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Nivelar Mesa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS = _UxGT("Nivelar Cantos"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NEXT_CORNER = _UxGT("Próximo Canto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDIT_MESH = _UxGT("Editar Malha"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDITING_STOPPED = _UxGT("Fim da Edição"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_X = _UxGT("Índice X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_Y = _UxGT("Índice Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z = _UxGT("Valor Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USER_MENU = _UxGT("Comando customizado"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MENU = _UxGT("Modo IDEX"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK = _UxGT("Auto-Estacionar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE = _UxGT("Duplicação"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY = _UxGT("Cópia espelhada"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL = _UxGT("Controle Total"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X = _UxGT("2o bico X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y = _UxGT("2o bico Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z = _UxGT("2o bico Z"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("Executando G29"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_TOOLS = _UxGT("Ferramentas UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Nivel. Mesa Unif."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH = _UxGT("Fazer malha manual"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT = _UxGT("Calçar e calibrar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 = _UxGT("Medir"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE = _UxGT("Remover e calibrar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT = _UxGT("Movendo para Próximo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("Ativar UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("Desativar UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED = _UxGT("Temp. Mesa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Bed Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND = _UxGT("Temp. Extrusora"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Hotend Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT = _UxGT("Editar Malha"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Editar Malha Custom"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH = _UxGT("Ajuste Fino da Malha"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH = _UxGT("Fim da Edição"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Montar Malha Custom"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Montar "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Montar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Montar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("Montar Malha fria"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST = _UxGT("Ajustar Altura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Quant. de Altura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Validar Malha"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Checar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Checar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Validar Malha Custom"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH = _UxGT("Continuar Malha"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Nivelação da Malha"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Nivelação 3 pontos"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Nivelação Grid"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL = _UxGT("Nivelar Malha"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS = _UxGT("Cantos"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE = _UxGT("Tipo de Mapa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP = _UxGT("Salvar Mapa da Malha"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST = _UxGT("Enviar Para Host"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV = _UxGT("Salvar Malha CSV"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP = _UxGT("Salvar Backup"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL = _UxGT("Informação do UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Qtd de Enchimento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN = _UxGT("Enchimento Manual"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("Enchimento Smart"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH = _UxGT("Preencher malha"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL = _UxGT("Invalidar tudo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Invalidar próximo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("Ajuste Fino de Todos"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Ajustar Mais Próximo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Armazenamento Malha"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT = _UxGT("Slot de Memória"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH = _UxGT("Ler Malha"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("Salvar Malha"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LOADED = _UxGT("M117 Malha %i carregada"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_SAVED = _UxGT("M117 Malha %i salva"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE = _UxGT("Sem armazenamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR = _UxGT("Erro ao salvar UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR = _UxGT("Erro no restauro UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED = _UxGT("Compensação Z parou"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU = _UxGT("UBL passo a passo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_1_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("1.Montar Malha fria"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_2_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("2.Enchimento Smart"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("3.Validar Malha"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_4_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("4.Ajuste Fino de Todos"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_5_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("5.Validar Malha"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_6_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("6.Ajuste Fino de Todos"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_7_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("7.Salvar Malha"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_CONTROL = _UxGT("Controle do LED"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEDS = _UxGT("Luz"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_PRESETS = _UxGT("Configuração da Luz"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_RED = _UxGT("Luz Vermelha"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE = _UxGT("Luz Laranja"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW = _UxGT("Luz Amarela"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN = _UxGT("Luz Verde"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE = _UxGT("Luz Azul"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO = _UxGT("Luz Indigo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET = _UxGT("Luz Violeta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE = _UxGT("Luz Branca"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT = _UxGT("Luz Padrão"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS = _UxGT("Luz Customizada"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_R = _UxGT("Intensidade Vermelho"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_G = _UxGT("Intensidade Verde"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_B = _UxGT("Intensidade Azul"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_W = _UxGT("Intensidade Branco"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Brilho"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVING = _UxGT("Movendo..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FREE_XY = _UxGT("Liberar XY"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("Mover X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Mover Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Mover Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Mover Extrusor"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Mover Extrusor *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Extrus. mto fria"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Mover %smm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Mover 0.1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Mover 1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("Mover 10mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Velocidade"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Base Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Bocal"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Bocal ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Mesa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Vel. Ventoinha"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Vel. Ventoinha ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("+Vel. Ventoinha"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("+Vel. Ventoinha ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Vazão"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Vazão ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Controle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Máx"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fator"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Temp. Automática"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Ligado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Desligado"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Selecionar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Selecionar *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Acel."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Arrancada"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("arrancada V") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VB_JERK = _UxGT("arrancada V") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VC_JERK = _UxGT("arrancada V") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VE_JERK = _UxGT("arrancada VE"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Desv. Junção"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VELOCITY = _UxGT("Velocidade"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("VDeslocamento min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Aceleração"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("Retrair A"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("Movimento A"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Passo/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = _UxGT("Passo ") LCD_STR_A _UxGT("/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = _UxGT("Passo ") LCD_STR_B _UxGT("/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = _UxGT("Passo ") LCD_STR_C _UxGT("/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("E/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("*/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperatura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Movimento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("Extrusão em mm³"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Diâmetro Fil."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Diâmetro Fil. *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Descarr. mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Carregar mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("Avanço K"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("Avanço K *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Contraste"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Salvar Configuração"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Ler Configuração"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("Restauro seguro"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("Iniciar EEPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Atualiz. SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Resetar Impressora"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Atualização"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Informações"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Preparar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Ajustar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pausar impressão"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Resumir impressão"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Parar impressão"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY = _UxGT("Recuperar Impressão"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Imprimir do SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Sem cartão SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("Dormindo..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Clique para retomar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_PAUSED = _UxGT("Impressão Pausada"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING = _UxGT("Imprimindo..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Impressão Abortada"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("Sem movimento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("PARADA DE EMERGÊNCIA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("PAROU. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("Retrair mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("Retrair Troca mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("Retrair V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("Saltar mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Des-Retrair mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("Des-RetTroca mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("Des-Retrair V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF = _UxGT("Des-RetTroca V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Retração Automática"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH = _UxGT("Distancia Retração"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE = _UxGT("Mudar Ferramenta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT = _UxGT("Levantar Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD = _UxGT("Preparar Veloc."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD = _UxGT("Veloc. Retração"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Trocar Filamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Trocar Filamento *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Carregar Filamento *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Descarreg. Filamento *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Descarregar Todos"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("Iniciar SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Trocar SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Sonda fora da mesa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SKEW_FACTOR = _UxGT("Fator de Cisalho"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH = _UxGT("BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("Testar BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("Reiniciar BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Estender BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("Recolher BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Estender Sonda-Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_STOW = _UxGT("Recolher Sonda-Z"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Home %s%s%s Primeiro"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Compensar Sonda em Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Passinho X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Passinho Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Passinho Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("Abortar Fim de Curso"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("Aquecimento falhou"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED = _UxGT("Aquecer mesa falhou"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP = _UxGT("Erro:Temp Redundante"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY = _UxGT("ESCAPE TÉRMICO"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED = _UxGT("ESCAPE TÉRMICO MESA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP = _UxGT("Erro:Temp Máxima"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP = _UxGT("Erro:Temp Mínima"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Erro:Temp Mesa Máx"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Erro:Temp Mesa Mín"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING = _UxGT("Home XY Primeiro"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HALTED = _UxGT("IMPRESSORA PAROU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PLEASE_RESET = _UxGT("Favor resetar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_DAY = _UxGT("d"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_HOUR = _UxGT("h"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_MINUTE = _UxGT("m"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("Aquecendo..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLING = _UxGT("Resfriando..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("Aquecendo mesa..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_COOLING = _UxGT("Esfriando mesa..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Calibrar Delta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Calibrar X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Calibrar Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Calibrar Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("Calibrar Centro"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Configuração Delta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Auto-Calibração"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Calibrar Altura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Desloc. Sonda Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD = _UxGT("Haste Diagonal"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Altura"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_RADIUS = _UxGT("Raio"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MENU = _UxGT("Sobre"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("Impressora"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_3POINT_LEVELING = _UxGT("Nivelamento 3 pontos"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Nivelamento Linear"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Nivelamento Bilinear"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVELING = _UxGT("Nivelamento UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Nivelamento da Malha"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("Estatísticas"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Info. da Placa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("Termistores"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS = _UxGT("Extrusoras"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("Taxa de Transmissão"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL = _UxGT("Protocolo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT = _UxGT("Luz da Impressora"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Intensidade Brilho"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("Impressora Incorreta"); + + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Total de Impressões"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Realizadas"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Tempo de Impressão"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Trabalho Mais longo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Total de Extrusão"); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Qtd de Impressões"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Realizadas"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Tempo de Impressão"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Maior trabalho"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("T. Extrusão"); + #endif + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP = _UxGT("Temp Mín"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Temp Máx"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("PSU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Força do Motor"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("Escrever EEPROM DAC"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE = _UxGT("IMPRESSÃO PAUSADA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD = _UxGT("CARREGAR FILAMENTO"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD = _UxGT("DESCARREG. FILAMENTO"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER = _UxGT("Config. de Retomada"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE = _UxGT("Purgar mais"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("Continuar Impressão"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE = _UxGT(" Bocal: "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR = _UxGT("Sensor filamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_HOMING_FAILED = _UxGT("Falha ao ir à origem"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_PROBING_FAILED = _UxGT("Falha ao sondar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M600_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("M600: Muito frio"); + + #if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Aperte o botão para", "continuar impressão")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Esperando o", "inicio da", "troca de filamento")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Coloque filamento", "pressione o botão", "para continuar...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Pressione o botão", "p/ aquecer o bocal")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Aquecendo o bocal", "Aguarde...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Esperando", "remoção de filamento")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Esperando", "filamento")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Espere pela", "purga de filamento")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Clique para finaliz.", "purga de filamento")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Esperando impressão", "continuar")); + #else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Clique p. continuar")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Aguarde...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Insira e Clique")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Aquecendo...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Ejetando...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Carregando...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Purgando...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Clique p. finalizar")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Continuando...")); + #endif +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ru.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ru.h index e825dbe7d0..82c91c6502 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ru.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ru.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,434 +28,456 @@ * See also http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html * */ - #define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_5 -#define CHARSIZE 2 -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" готов.") -#define MSG_BACK _UxGT("Назад") -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("Карта вставлена") -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("Карта извлечена") -#define MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED _UxGT("SD карта не активна") -#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Эндстопы") // Max length 8 characters -#define MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Прогр. эндстопы") -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Меню") -#define MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS _UxGT("Другие настройки") -#define MSG_CONFIGURATION _UxGT("Настройки") -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Автостарт") -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Выкл. двигатели") -#define MSG_DEBUG_MENU _UxGT("Меню отладки") -#define MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST _UxGT("Тест индикатора") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Авто парковка") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("Парковка X") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Парковка Y") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Парковка Z") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("Нулевое положение") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("Нажмите чтобы начать") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("Следующая точка") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("Выравнивание готово!") -#define MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT _UxGT("Высота спада") -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Запомнить парковку") -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("Коррекции применены") -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Запомнить ноль") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Преднагрев " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" всё") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_END MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" сопло") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" стол") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" настр.") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Преднагрев " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" всё") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_END MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" сопло") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" стол") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" настр.") -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Охлаждение") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Включить питание") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Выключить питание") -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Экструзия") -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Втягивание") -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Движение по осям") -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("Калибровка стола") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Калибровать стол") -#define MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS _UxGT("Выровнять углы") -#define MSG_NEXT_CORNER _UxGT("Следующий угол") -#define MSG_EDIT_MESH _UxGT("Редактировать сетку") -#define MSG_EDITING_STOPPED _UxGT("Ред. сетки завершено") -#define MSG_USER_MENU _UxGT("Свои команды") +namespace Language_ru { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English -#define MSG_M48_TEST _UxGT("Проверка датчика Z") -#define MSG_M48_DEVIATION _UxGT("Отклонение") -#define MSG_M48_POINT _UxGT("Измерение") + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 2; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Russian"); -// TODO: IDEX Menu -#define MSG_OFFSETS_MENU _UxGT("Размещение сопел") + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" готов."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACK = _UxGT("Назад"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("Карта вставлена"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("Карта извлечена"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED = _UxGT("SD карта не активна"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Эндстопы"); // Max length 8 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Прогр. эндстопы"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Меню"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Другие настройки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONFIGURATION = _UxGT("Настройки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("Автостарт"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Выключить двигатели"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DEBUG_MENU = _UxGT("Меню отладки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST = _UxGT("Тест индикатора"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Парковка XYZ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("Парковка X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("Парковка Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("Парковка Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING = _UxGT("Нулевое положение"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("Нажмите чтобы начать"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("Следующая точка"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("Выравнивание готово!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Высота спада"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Запомнить парковку"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Коррекции применены"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Запомнить ноль"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Нагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Нагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" сопло"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Нагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" сопло ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Нагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" всё"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Нагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" стол"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Нагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" правка"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Нагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Нагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" сопло"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Нагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" сопло ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Нагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" всё"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Нагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" стол"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Нагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" правка"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Охлаждение"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_MENU = _UxGT("Управление лазером"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_OFF = _UxGT("Выключить лазер"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_ON = _UxGT("Включить лазер"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_POWER = _UxGT("Мощность лазера"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_MENU = _UxGT("Шпиндель управление"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_OFF = _UxGT("Выключить шпиндель"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_ON = _UxGT("Включить шпиндель"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_POWER = _UxGT("Мощность шпинделя"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE = _UxGT("Инверсия шпинделя"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Включить питание"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Выключить питание"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Экструзия"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("Втягивание"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("Движение по осям"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("Калибровка стола"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Калибровать стол"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS = _UxGT("Выровнять углы"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NEXT_CORNER = _UxGT("Следующий угол"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDIT_MESH = _UxGT("Редактировать сетку"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDITING_STOPPED = _UxGT("Правка сетки окончена"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROBING_MESH = _UxGT("Точка сетки:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_X = _UxGT("Индекс X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_Y = _UxGT("Индекс Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z = _UxGT("Значение Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USER_MENU = _UxGT("Свои команды"); -#define MSG_X_OFFSET _UxGT("2-е сопло X") -#define MSG_Y_OFFSET _UxGT("2-е сопло Y") -#define MSG_Z_OFFSET _UxGT("2-е сопло Z") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_TEST = _UxGT("Проверка Z-датчика"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Отклонение"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_POINT = _UxGT("Измерение"); -#define MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 _UxGT("Выполняем G29") -#define MSG_UBL_TOOLS _UxGT("Утилиты UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Калибровка UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH _UxGT("Постр. сетку от руки") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT _UxGT("Пост. шимм и измер.") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 _UxGT("Измерение") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE _UxGT("Удал. и измер. стол") -#define MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT _UxGT("Двигаемся дальше") -#define MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("Активировать UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("Деактивировать UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED _UxGT("Температура стола") -#define MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND _UxGT("Температура сопла") -#define MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT _UxGT("Редактор сеток") -#define MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Редакт. свою сетку") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH _UxGT("Точная настр. сетки") -#define MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH _UxGT("Ред. сетки завершено") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Построить свою сетку") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Построить сетку") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 _UxGT("Построить сетку " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 _UxGT("Построить сетку " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH _UxGT("Построить хол. сетку") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST _UxGT("Устан. высоту сетки") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT _UxGT("Высота") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Проверить сетку") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 _UxGT("Проверить сетку " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 _UxGT("Проверить сетку " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Проверить свою сетку") -#define MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH _UxGT("Продолжить сетку") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Калибровка сетки") -#define MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Калибровка 3-х точек") -#define MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Калибровка растера") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL _UxGT("Выровнить сетку") -#define MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS _UxGT("Крайние точки") -#define MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE _UxGT("Тип карты") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP _UxGT("Вывести карту сетки") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST _UxGT("Вывести на хост") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV _UxGT("Вывести в CSV") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP _UxGT("Забекапить сетку") -#define MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL _UxGT("Вывод информации UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT _UxGT("Кол-во заполнителя") -#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN _UxGT("Ручное заполнение") -#define MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN _UxGT("Умное заполнение") -#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH _UxGT("Заполнить сетку") -#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL _UxGT("Аннулировать всё") -#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Аннулир. ближ. точку") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL _UxGT("Точная настр. всего") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Настр. ближ. точки") -#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Хранилище сетей") -#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT _UxGT("Слот памяти") -#define MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH _UxGT("Загрузить сетку стола") -#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH _UxGT("Сохранить сетку стола") -#define MSG_MESH_LOADED _UxGT("Сетка %i загружена") -#define MSG_MESH_SAVED _UxGT("Сетка %i сохранена") -#define MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE _UxGT("Нет хранилища") -#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR _UxGT("Ошибка: Сохран. UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR _UxGT("Ошибка: Восстан. UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED _UxGT("Смещение Z останов.") -#define MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU _UxGT("Пошаговое UBL") + // TODO: IDEX Menu + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OFFSETS_MENU = _UxGT("Размещение сопел"); -#define MSG_LED_CONTROL _UxGT("Настройки LED") -#define MSG_LEDS _UxGT("Подсветку") -#define MSG_LED_PRESETS _UxGT("Предустановки света") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_RED _UxGT("Красный свет") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE _UxGT("Оранжевый свет") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW _UxGT("Жёлтый свет") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN _UxGT("Зелёный свет") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE _UxGT("Синий свет") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO _UxGT("Индиго свет") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET _UxGT("Фиолетовый свет") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE _UxGT("Белый свет") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT _UxGT("Свет по умолчанию") -#define MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS _UxGT("Свои настр. света") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_R _UxGT("Интенсивн. красного") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_G _UxGT("Интенсивн. зелёного") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_B _UxGT("Интенсивн. синего") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_W _UxGT("Интенсивн. белого") -#define MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("Яркость") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X = _UxGT("2-е сопло X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y = _UxGT("2-е сопло Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z = _UxGT("2-е сопло Z"); -#define MSG_MOVING _UxGT("Движемся...") -#define MSG_FREE_XY _UxGT("Освобождаем XY") -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Движение по X") -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Движение по Y") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Движение по Z") -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Экструдер") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("Движение %sмм") -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("Движение 0.1мм") -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("Движение 1мм") -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("Движение 10мм") -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Скорость") -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Z стола") -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("Сопло") -#define MSG_BED _UxGT("Стол") -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Кулер") -#define MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Кулер доп.") -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Поток") -#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Настройки") -#define MSG_MIN _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Мин") -#define MSG_MAX _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Макс") -#define MSG_FACTOR _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Фактор") -#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Автотемпература") -#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("Вкл.") -#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("Выкл.") -#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") -#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") -#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") -#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") -#define MSG_SELECT _UxGT("Выбор") -#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("Ускорение") -#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Рывок") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Va-рывок") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vb-рывок") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vc-рывок") -#else - #define MSG_VX_JERK _UxGT("Vx-рывок") - #define MSG_VY_JERK _UxGT("Vy-рывок") - #define MSG_VZ_JERK _UxGT("Vz-рывок") -#endif -#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("Ve-рывок") -#define MSG_VELOCITY _UxGT("Быстрота") -#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("Vмакс ") -#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("Vмин") -#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("Vпутеш. мин") -#define MSG_ACCELERATION _UxGT("Ускорение") -#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("Aмакс ") -#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("A-втягивание") -#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("A-путеш.") -#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Шаг/мм") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Aшаг/мм") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Bшаг/мм") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Cшаг/мм") -#else - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Xшаг/мм") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Yшаг/мм") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Zшаг/мм") -#endif -#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("Eшаг/мм") -#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("E1шаг/мм") -#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("E2шаг/мм") -#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("E3шаг/мм") -#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("E4шаг/мм") -#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("E5шаг/мм") -#define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("E6шаг/мм") -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Температура") -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Движение") -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Филамент") -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("E в мм3") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Диаметр филамента") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD _UxGT("Загрузка мм") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD _UxGT("Выгрузка мм") -#define MSG_ADVANCE_K _UxGT("K продвижения") -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("Контраст LCD") -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Сохранить настройки") -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Загрузить настройки") -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Вернуть настройки") -#define MSG_INIT_EEPROM _UxGT("Инициализация EEPROM") -#define MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE _UxGT("Обновление прошивки") -#define MSG_RESET_PRINTER _UxGT("Сброс принтера") -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("Обновить") -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Информационный экран") -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Подготовить") -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Настроить") -#define MSG_START_PRINT _UxGT("Начало печати") -#define MSG_BUTTON_NEXT _UxGT("Дальше") -#define MSG_BUTTON_INIT _UxGT("Инициализация") -#define MSG_BUTTON_STOP _UxGT("Остановить") -#define MSG_BUTTON_PRINT _UxGT("Печать") -#define MSG_BUTTON_RESET _UxGT("Сброс") -#define MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL _UxGT("Отмена") -#define MSG_BUTTON_DONE _UxGT("Готово") -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Пауза печати") -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Продолжить печать") -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Остановить печать") -#define MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY _UxGT("Восстановение сбоя") -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("Печать с SD карты") -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("Нет SD карты") -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("Сон...") -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Продолжить...") -#define MSG_PRINT_PAUSED _UxGT("Печать на паузе") -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Печать отменена") -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("Нет движения.") -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("УБИТО. ") -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("ОСТАНОВЛЕНО. ") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("Втягивание мм") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Втягивание смены мм") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("Втягивание V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Втяг. прыжка мм") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("Возврат мм") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("Возврат смены мм") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("Возврат V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF _UxGT("Возврат смены V") -#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("Авто Втягивание") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("Выполняем G29"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_TOOLS = _UxGT("Утилиты UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Калибровка UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH = _UxGT("Правка сетки вручную"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT = _UxGT("Z-пробник и замеры"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 = _UxGT("Измерение"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE = _UxGT("Убрать и замер стола"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT = _UxGT("Двигаемся дальше"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("Активировать UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("Деактивировать UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED = _UxGT("Температура стола"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Температура стола"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND = _UxGT("Температура сопла"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Температура сопла"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT = _UxGT("Редактор сеток"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Править свою сетку"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH = _UxGT("Точная правка сетки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH = _UxGT("Правка сетки завершена"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Построить свою сетку"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Построить сетку"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Построить сетку ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Построить сетку ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("Построить хол. сетку"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST = _UxGT("Правка высоты сетки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Высота"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Проверить сетку"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Проверить сетку ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Проверить сетку ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Проверить свою сетку"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH = _UxGT("Продолжить сетку"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Калибровка сетки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Калибровка 3-х точек"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Калибровка растера"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL = _UxGT("Выровнить сетку"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS = _UxGT("Крайние точки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE = _UxGT("Тип карты"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP = _UxGT("Вывести карту сетки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST = _UxGT("Вывести на хост"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV = _UxGT("Вывести в CSV"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP = _UxGT("Резервировать сетку"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL = _UxGT("Вывод информации UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Кол-во заполнителя"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN = _UxGT("Ручное заполнение"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("Умное заполнение"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH = _UxGT("Заполнить сетку"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL = _UxGT("Аннулировать всё"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Обнулить ближ. точку"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("Точная правка всего"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Настр. ближ. точки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Хранилище сеток"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT = _UxGT("Слот памяти"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH = _UxGT("Загрузить сетку стола"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("Сохранить сетку стола"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LOADED = _UxGT("M117 Сетка %i загружена"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_SAVED = _UxGT("M117 Сетка %i сохранена"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE = _UxGT("Нет хранилища"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR = _UxGT("Ошибка: Сохран. UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR = _UxGT("Ошибка: Восстан. UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED = _UxGT("Смещение Z останов."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU = _UxGT("Пошаговое UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_1_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("1.Построить хол. сетку"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_2_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("2.Умное заполнение"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("3.Проверить сетку"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_4_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("4.Точная настр. всего"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_5_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("5.Проверить сетку"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_6_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("6.Точная настр. всего"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_7_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("7.Сохранить сетку стола"); -// TODO: Filament Change Swap / Purge Length + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_CONTROL = _UxGT("Настройка подсветки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEDS = _UxGT("Подсветка"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_PRESETS = _UxGT("Предустановки света"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_RED = _UxGT("Красный"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE = _UxGT("Оранжевый"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW = _UxGT("Жёлтый"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN = _UxGT("Зелёный"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE = _UxGT("Синий"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO = _UxGT("Индиго"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET = _UxGT("Фиолетовый"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE = _UxGT("Белый"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT = _UxGT("Свет по умолчанию"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS = _UxGT("Свой цвет подсветки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_R = _UxGT("Уровень красного"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_G = _UxGT("Уровень зелёного"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_B = _UxGT("Уровень синего"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_W = _UxGT("Уровень белого"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Яркость"); -#define MSG_TOOL_CHANGE _UxGT("Смена сопел") -#define MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT _UxGT("Поднятие по Z") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVING = _UxGT("Движемся..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FREE_XY = _UxGT("Освобождаем XY"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("Движение по X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Движение по Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Движение по Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Экструдер"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Экструдер *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Сопло не нагрето"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Движение %sмм"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Движение 0.1мм"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Движение 1мм"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("Движение 10мм"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Скорость"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Z стола"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Сопло"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Сопло ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Стол"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Кулер"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Кулер ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Кулер доп."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Кулер доп. ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Поток"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Поток ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Настройки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Мин"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Макс"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Фактор"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Автотемпература"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Вкл"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Выкл"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE = _UxGT("Автонастройка"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_E = _UxGT("Автонастройка *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Выбор"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Выбор *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Ускорение"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Рывок"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_A _UxGT("-рывок"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VB_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_B _UxGT("-рывок"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VC_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_C _UxGT("-рывок"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VE_JERK = _UxGT("Ve-рывок"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VELOCITY = _UxGT("Быстрота"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_A = _UxGT("Vмакс ") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("Vмакс ") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("Vмакс ") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("Vмакс ") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("Vмакс *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("Vмин"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("Vпутеш. мин"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Ускорение"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_A = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Aмакс *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("A-втягивание"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("A-путеш."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Шаг/мм"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = LCD_STR_A _UxGT("шаг/мм"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT("шаг/мм"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT("шаг/мм"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("Eшаг/мм"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("*шаг/мм"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Температура"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Движение"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Филамент"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E в мм³"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Диаметр филамента"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Диаметр филамента *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Загрузка мм"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Выгрузка мм"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("K продвижения"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("K продвижения *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Контраст LCD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Сохранить настройки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Загрузить настройки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("Вернуть настройки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("Изначальный EEPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Обновление прошивки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Сброс принтера"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Обновить"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Главный экран"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Подготовить"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Настроить"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Начало печати"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_NEXT = _UxGT("Дальше"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_INIT = _UxGT("Инициализация"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_STOP = _UxGT("Остановить"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_PRINT = _UxGT("Печать"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_RESET = _UxGT("Сброс"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL = _UxGT("Отмена"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_DONE = _UxGT("Готово"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Пауза печати"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Продолжить печать"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Остановить печать"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY = _UxGT("Восстановение сбоя"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Печать с SD карты"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Нет SD карты"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("Сон..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Продолжить..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_PAUSED = _UxGT("Печать на паузе"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Печать отменена"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("Нет движения."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("УБИТО. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("ОСТАНОВЛЕНО. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("Втягивание мм"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("Втягивание смены мм"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("Втягивание V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("Втяг. прыжка мм"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Возврат мм"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("Возврат смены мм"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("Возврат V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF = _UxGT("Возврат смены V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Автовтягивание"); -// TODO: Singlenozzle, nozzle standby + // TODO: Filament Change Swap / Purge Length -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Смена филамента") -#define MSG_FILAMENTLOAD _UxGT("Загрузка филамента") -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD _UxGT("Выгрузка филамента") -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL _UxGT("Выгрузить всё") -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("Активировать SD") -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("Сменить SD карту") -#define MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA _UxGT("Деактивировать SD") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Z датчик вне стола") -#define MSG_SKEW_FACTOR _UxGT("Фактор наклона") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH _UxGT("BLTouch") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST _UxGT("Тестирование BLTouch") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET _UxGT("Сброс BLTouch") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY _UxGT("Установка BLTouch") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW _UxGT("Набивка BLTouch") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE = _UxGT("Смена сопел"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT = _UxGT("Поднятие по Z"); -// TODO: TouchMI Probe, Manual deploy/stow + // TODO: Singlenozzle, nozzle standby -#define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("Паркуй %s%s%s сначала") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Смещение Z") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Микрошаг X") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Микрошаг Y") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Микрошаг Z") -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Сработал концевик") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("Разогрев не удался") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED _UxGT("Неудача нагрева стола") -#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("Ошибка: Избыточная Т") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("УБЕГАНИЕ ТЕПЛА") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED _UxGT("УБЕГАНИЕ ТЕПЛА СТОЛА") -// TODO: Heated chamber -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("Ошибка: Т макс.") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("Ошибка: Т мин.") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("Ошибка: Т стола макс") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("Ошибка: Т стола мин.") -// TODO: Heated chamber -#define MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING _UxGT("Паркуй XY сначала") -#define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("ПРИНТЕР ОСТАНОВЛЕН") -#define MSG_PLEASE_RESET _UxGT("Сделайте сброс") -#define MSG_SHORT_DAY _UxGT("д") // One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("ч") // One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("м") // One character only -#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("Нагрев...") -#define MSG_COOLING _UxGT("Охлаждение...") -#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Нагрев стола...") -#define MSG_BED_COOLING _UxGT("Охлаждение стола...") -// TODO: Heated chamber -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Калибровка Delta") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Калибровать X") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Калибровать Y") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Калибровать Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Калибровать центр") -#define MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS _UxGT("Настройки Delta") -#define MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Авто калибровка") -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Задать высоту Delta") -#define MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Задать Z-смещение") -#define MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD _UxGT("Диаг. стержень") -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT _UxGT("Высота") -#define MSG_DELTA_RADIUS _UxGT("Радиус") -#define MSG_INFO_MENU _UxGT("О принтере") -#define MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU _UxGT("Инф. о принтере") -#define MSG_3POINT_LEVELING _UxGT("Калибровка 3-х точек") -#define MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("Линейная калибровка") -#define MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("Билинейная калибр.") -#define MSG_UBL_LEVELING _UxGT("Калибровка UBL") -#define MSG_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Калибровка сетки") -#define MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU _UxGT("Статистика принтера") -#define MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU _UxGT("Информация о плате") -#define MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU _UxGT("Термисторы") -#define MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS _UxGT("Экструдеры") -#define MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE _UxGT("Бод") -#define MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL _UxGT("Протокол") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT _UxGT("Подсветка корпуса") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("Яркость подсветки") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Смена филамента"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Смена филамента *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("Загрузка филамента"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Загрузка филамента *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Выгрузка филамента *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Выгрузить всё"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("Активировать SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Сменить SD карту"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Деактивировать SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Z-датчик вне стола"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SKEW_FACTOR = _UxGT("Фактор наклона"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH = _UxGT("BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("Тестирование BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("Сброс BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Опустить BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("Поднять BLTouch"); -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("Неверный принтер") + // TODO: TouchMI Probe, Manual deploy/stow -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Счётчик печати") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Закончено") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Общее время печати") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Наидольшее задание") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Длина филамента") -#else - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Отпечатков") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Закончено") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Всего") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Наидольшее") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Выдавлено") -#endif -#define MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP _UxGT("Мин. Т") -#define MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP _UxGT("Макс. Т") -#define MSG_INFO_PSU _UxGT("БП") -#define MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH _UxGT("Сила привода") -#define MSG_DAC_PERCENT _UxGT("Привод %") -#define MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE _UxGT("Запись DAC EEPROM") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE _UxGT("ПЕЧАТЬ НА ПАУЗЕ") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD _UxGT("ЗАГРУЗКА ФИЛАМЕНТА") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD _UxGT("ВЫГРУЗКА ФИЛАМЕНТА") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER _UxGT("ОПЦИИ ВОЗОБНОВЛЕНИЯ:") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE _UxGT("Выдавить ещё") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME _UxGT("Возобновить печать") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE _UxGT(" Сопла: ") -#define MSG_ERR_HOMING_FAILED _UxGT("Возврат не удался") -#define MSG_ERR_PROBING_FAILED _UxGT("Не удалось прощупать") -#define MSG_M600_TOO_COLD _UxGT("M600: Низкая Т") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Паркуй %s%s%s сначала"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Отступы Z-датчика"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_XOFFSET = _UxGT("Смещение X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_YOFFSET = _UxGT("Смещение Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Смещение Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Микрошаг X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Микрошаг Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Микрошаг Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("Сработал концевик"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("Разогрев не удался"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED = _UxGT("Неудача нагрева стола"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP = _UxGT("Ошибка: Избыточная Т"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY = _UxGT("УБЕГАНИЕ ТЕПЛА"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED = _UxGT("УБЕГАНИЕ ТЕПЛА СТОЛА"); + // TODO: Heated chamber + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP = _UxGT("Ошибка: Т макс."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP = _UxGT("Ошибка: Т мин."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Ошибка: Т стола макс"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Ошибка: Т стола мин."); + // TODO: Heated chamber + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING = _UxGT("Паркуй XY сначала"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HALTED = _UxGT("ПРИНТЕР ОСТАНОВЛЕН"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PLEASE_RESET = _UxGT("Сделайте сброс"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_DAY = _UxGT("д"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_HOUR = _UxGT("ч"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_MINUTE = _UxGT("м"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("Нагрев..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLING = _UxGT("Охлаждение..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("Нагрев стола..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_COOLING = _UxGT("Охлаждение стола..."); + // TODO: Heated chamber + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Калибровка Delta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Калибровать X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Калибровать Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Калибровать Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("Калибровать центр"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Настройки Delta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Авто калибровка"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Задать высоту Delta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Задать Z-смещение"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD = _UxGT("Диаг. стержень"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Высота"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_RADIUS = _UxGT("Радиус"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MENU = _UxGT("О принтере"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("Данные принтера"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_3POINT_LEVELING = _UxGT("Калибровка 3-х точек"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Калибровка линейная"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Калибровка билинейная"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVELING = _UxGT("Калибровка UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Калибровка сетки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("Статистика принтера"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Данные платы"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("Термисторы"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS = _UxGT("Экструдеры"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("Скорость БОД"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL = _UxGT("Протокол"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_OFF = _UxGT("Контроль темп.: Выкл"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_ON = _UxGT("Контроль темп.: Вкл"); -// TODO: MMU2 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT = _UxGT("Подсветка корпуса"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Яркость подсветки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("Неверный принтер"); -// TODO: Mixing + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Счётчик печати"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Закончено"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Общее время печати"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Наидольшее задание"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Длина филамента"); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Отпечатков"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Закончено"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Всего"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Наидольшее"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Выдавлено"); + #endif + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP = _UxGT("Температура мин."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Температура макс"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("БП"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Сила привода"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Привод %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Привод %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Привод %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Привод %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("Запись DAC EEPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE = _UxGT("ПЕЧАТЬ НА ПАУЗЕ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD = _UxGT("ЗАГРУЗКА ФИЛАМЕНТА"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD = _UxGT("ВЫГРУЗКА ФИЛАМЕНТА"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER = _UxGT("ОПЦИИ ВОЗОБНОВЛЕНИЯ:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE = _UxGT("Выдавить ещё"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("Возобновить печать"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE = _UxGT(" Сопла: "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_HOMING_FAILED = _UxGT("Возврат не удался"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_PROBING_FAILED = _UxGT("Не удалось прощупать"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M600_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("M600: Низкая Т"); -#define MSG_GAMES _UxGT("Игры") -#define MSG_BRICKOUT _UxGT("Кирпичи") -#define MSG_INVADERS _UxGT("Вторжение") -#define MSG_SNAKE _UxGT("Змейка") -#define MSG_MAZE _UxGT("Лабиринт") + // TODO: MMU2 -// -// Filament Change screens show up to 3 lines on a 4-line display -// ...or up to 2 lines on a 3-line display -// -#if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Ожидайте") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("начала смены") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_3 _UxGT("филамента") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Ожидайте") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("выгрузки") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_3 _UxGT("филамента") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Вставьте пруток") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("и нажмите кнопку") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3 _UxGT("для продолжения") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Нажмите кнопку для") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_2 _UxGT("нагрева сопла...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Нагрев сопла") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_2 _UxGT("Ждите...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Ожидайте") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 _UxGT("загрузки прутка") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Ожидайте") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_2 _UxGT("экструзии") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_3 _UxGT("филамента") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Ожидайте") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("возобновления") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_3 _UxGT("печати") -#else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Ожидайте...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Выгрузка...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Вставь и нажми") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Нагрев...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Загрузка...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Выдавливание...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Возобновление...") -#endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + // TODO: Mixing -#define MSG_TMC_DRIVERS _UxGT("Драйвера TMC") -#define MSG_TMC_CURRENT _UxGT("Текущие настройки") -#define MSG_TMC_HYBRID_THRS _UxGT("Гибридный режим") -#define MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS _UxGT("Режим без эндстопов") -#define MSG_TMC_STEPPING_MODE _UxGT("Режим шага") -#define MSG_TMC_STEALTH_ENABLED _UxGT("Тихий режим вкл") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GAMES = _UxGT("Игры"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BRICKOUT = _UxGT("Кирпичи"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INVADERS = _UxGT("Вторжение"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SNAKE = _UxGT("Змейка"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAZE = _UxGT("Лабиринт"); -// TODO: Service + // + // Filament Change screens show up to 3 lines on a 4-line display + // ...or up to 2 lines on a 3-line display + // + #if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Ожидайте", "начала смены", "филамента")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Ожидайте", "выгрузки", "филамента")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Вставьте пруток", "и нажмите кнопку", "для продолжения")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Нажмите кнопку для", "нагрева сопла...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Нагрев сопла", "Ждите...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Ожидайте", "загрузки прутка")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Ожидайте", "экструзии", "филамента")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Ожидайте", "возобновления", "печати")); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Ожидайте...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Выгрузка...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Вставь и нажми")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Нагрев...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Загрузка...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Выдавливание...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Возобновление...")); + #endif -// TODO: Backlash + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_DRIVERS = _UxGT("Драйвера TMC"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_CURRENT = _UxGT("Текущие настройки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_HYBRID_THRS = _UxGT("Гибридный режим"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS = _UxGT("Режим без эндстопов"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_STEPPING_MODE = _UxGT("Режим шага"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_STEALTH_ENABLED = _UxGT("Тихий режим вкл"); + + // TODO: Service + + // TODO: Backlash +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_sk.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_sk.h index 8897ff2310..4205cd5988 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_sk.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_sk.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -32,534 +32,554 @@ * http://www.facebook.com/farmamam * */ - #define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_SK -#define CHARSIZE 2 -// Characters that can be displayed with M117 -#define THIS_LANGUAGES_SPECIAL_SYMBOLS _UxGT("äÄáÁčČďĎéÉíÍĺĹľĽňŇóÓôÔŕŔšŠťŤúÚýÝžŽ³") +namespace Language_sk { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" pripravená.") -#define MSG_YES _UxGT("ÁNO") -#define MSG_NO _UxGT("NIE") -#define MSG_BACK _UxGT("Naspäť") -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("Karta vložená") -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("Karta vybraná") -#define MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED _UxGT("Karta odpojená") -#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Endstopy") // max 8 znakov -#define MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Soft. endstopy") -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Hlavná ponuka") -#define MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS _UxGT("Pokročilé nastav.") -#define MSG_CONFIGURATION _UxGT("Konfigurácia") -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Auto-štart") -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Uvolniť motory") -#define MSG_DEBUG_MENU _UxGT("Ponuka ladenia") -#define MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST _UxGT("Test uk. priebehu") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Domovská pozícia") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("Domov os X") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Domov os Y") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Domov os Z") -#define MSG_AUTO_Z_ALIGN _UxGT("Auto-zarovn. Z") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("Parkovanie XYZ") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("Kliknutím spusťte") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("Ďalší bod") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("Meranie hotové!") -#define MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT _UxGT("Výška rovnania") -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Nastaviť ofsety") -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("Ofsety nastavené") -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Nastaviť začiatok") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Zahriať " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" všetko") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_END MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" hotend") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" podlož") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" nast.") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Zahriať " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" všetko") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_END MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" hotend") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" podlož") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" nast.") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM _UxGT("Vlastná teplota") -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Schladiť") -#define MSG_LASER_MENU _UxGT("Nastavenie lasera") -#define MSG_LASER_OFF _UxGT("Vypnúť laser") -#define MSG_LASER_ON _UxGT("Zapnúť laser") -#define MSG_LASER_POWER _UxGT("Výkon lasera") -#define MSG_SPINDLE_MENU _UxGT("Nastavenie vretena") -#define MSG_SPINDLE_OFF _UxGT("Vypnúť vreteno") -#define MSG_SPINDLE_ON _UxGT("Zapnúť vreteno") -#define MSG_SPINDLE_POWER _UxGT("Výkon vretena") -#define MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE _UxGT("Spätný chod") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Zapnúť napájanie") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Vypnúť napájanie") -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Vytlačiť (extr.)") -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Vytiahnuť (retr.)") -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Posunúť osy") -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("Vyrovnanie podložky") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Vyrovnať podložku") -#define MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS _UxGT("Vyrovnať rohy") -#define MSG_NEXT_CORNER _UxGT("Ďalší roh") -#define MSG_EDIT_MESH _UxGT("Upraviť sieť bodov") -#define MSG_EDITING_STOPPED _UxGT("Koniec úprav siete") -#define MSG_PROBING_MESH _UxGT("Skúšam bod") -#define MSG_MESH_X _UxGT("Index X") -#define MSG_MESH_Y _UxGT("Index Y") -#define MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z _UxGT("Hodnota Z") -#define MSG_USER_MENU _UxGT("Vlastné príkazy") -#define MSG_M48_TEST _UxGT("M48 Test sondy") -#define MSG_M48_POINT _UxGT("M48 Bod") -#define MSG_M48_DEVIATION _UxGT("Odchýlka") -#define MSG_IDEX_MENU _UxGT("IDEX režim") -#define MSG_OFFSETS_MENU _UxGT("Ofset nástrojov") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK _UxGT("Auto-parkovanie") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE _UxGT("Duplikácia") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY _UxGT("Zrkadlená kópia") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL _UxGT("Plná kontrola") -#define MSG_X_OFFSET _UxGT("2. tryska X") -#define MSG_Y_OFFSET _UxGT("2. tryska Y") -#define MSG_Z_OFFSET _UxGT("2. tryska Z") -#define MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 _UxGT("Vykonávam G29") -#define MSG_UBL_TOOLS _UxGT("Nástroje UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("UBL rovnanie") -#define MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH _UxGT("Vyrovnávam bod") -#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH _UxGT("Manuálna sieť bodov") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT _UxGT("Položte a zmerajte") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 _UxGT("Zmerajte") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE _UxGT("Odstráňte a zmerajte") -#define MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT _UxGT("Presun na ďalší") -#define MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("Aktivovať UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("Deaktivovať UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED _UxGT("Teplota podložky") -#define MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND _UxGT("Teplota hotendu") -#define MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT _UxGT("Úprava siete bodov") -#define MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Upraviť vlastnú sieť") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH _UxGT("Doladiť sieť bodov") -#define MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH _UxGT("Koniec úprav siete") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Vlastná sieť") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Vytvoriť sieť") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 _UxGT("Sieť bodov " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 _UxGT("Sieť bodov " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH _UxGT("Studená sieť bodov") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST _UxGT("Upraviť výšku siete") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT _UxGT("Výška") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Skontrolovať sieť") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 _UxGT("Kontrola siete " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 _UxGT("Kontrola siete " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Kontrola vlast.siete") -#define MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH _UxGT("Pokračovať v sieti") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Sieťové rovnanie") -#define MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("3-bodové rovnanie") -#define MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Mriežkové rovnanie") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL _UxGT("Vyrovnať podložku") -#define MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS _UxGT("Postranné body") -#define MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE _UxGT("Typ siete bodov") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP _UxGT("Exportovať sieť") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST _UxGT("Exportovať do PC") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV _UxGT("Exportovať do CSV") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP _UxGT("Záloha do PC") -#define MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL _UxGT("Info. o UBL do PC") -#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT _UxGT("Hustota mriežky") -#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN _UxGT("Ručné vyplnenie") -#define MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN _UxGT("Chytré vyplnenie") -#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH _UxGT("Vyplniť mriežku") -#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL _UxGT("Zrušiť všetko") -#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Zrušiť najbližší") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL _UxGT("Upraviť všetky") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Upraviť najbližší") -#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Úložisko sietí") -#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT _UxGT("Pamäťový slot") -#define MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH _UxGT("Načítať sieť bodov") -#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH _UxGT("Uložiť sieť bodov") -#define MSG_MESH_LOADED _UxGT("Sieť %i načítaná") -#define MSG_MESH_SAVED _UxGT("Sieť %i uložená") -#define MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE _UxGT("Nedostatok miesta") -#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR _UxGT("Chyba: Ukladanie UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR _UxGT("Chyba: Obnovenie UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED _UxGT("Koniec kompenz. Z") -#define MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU _UxGT("Postupné UBL") + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 2; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Slovak"); -#define MSG_LED_CONTROL _UxGT("Nastavenie LED") -#define MSG_LEDS _UxGT("Svetlo") -#define MSG_LED_PRESETS _UxGT("Prednastavené farby") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_RED _UxGT("Červená") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE _UxGT("Oranžová") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW _UxGT("Žltá") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN _UxGT("Zelená") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE _UxGT("Modrá") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO _UxGT("Indigo") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET _UxGT("Fialová") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE _UxGT("Biela") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT _UxGT("Obnoviť nastavenie") -#define MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS _UxGT("Vlastná farba") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_R _UxGT("Inten. červenej") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_G _UxGT("Inten. zelenej") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_B _UxGT("Inten. modrej") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_W _UxGT("Inten. bielej") -#define MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("Jas") + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" pripravená."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_YES = _UxGT("ÁNO"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO = _UxGT("NIE"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACK = _UxGT("Naspäť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_ABORTING = _UxGT("Ruším..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("Karta vložená"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("Karta vybraná"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED = _UxGT("Karta odpojená"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_WAITING = _UxGT("Čakám na kartu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_READ_ERROR = _UxGT("Chyba čítania karty"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_REMOVED = _UxGT("USB zaria. odstrán."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_FAILED = _UxGT("Chyba spúšťania USB"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Endstopy"); // max 8 znakov + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Soft. endstopy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Hlavná ponuka"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Pokročilé nastav."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONFIGURATION = _UxGT("Konfigurácia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("Auto-štart"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Uvolniť motory"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DEBUG_MENU = _UxGT("Ponuka ladenia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST = _UxGT("Test uk. priebehu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Domovská pozícia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("Domov os X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("Domov os Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("Domov os Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_Z_ALIGN = _UxGT("Auto-zarovn. Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING = _UxGT("Parkovanie XYZ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("Kliknutím začnete"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("Ďalší bod"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("Vyrovnanie hotové!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Výška rovnania"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Nastaviť ofsety"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Ofsety nastavené"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Nastaviť začiatok"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" hotend"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" hotend ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" všetko"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" podlož"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" nast."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" hotend"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" hotend ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" všetko"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" podlož"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" nast."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Vlastná teplota"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Schladiť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_MENU = _UxGT("Nastavenie lasera"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_OFF = _UxGT("Vypnúť laser"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_ON = _UxGT("Zapnúť laser"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_POWER = _UxGT("Výkon lasera"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_MENU = _UxGT("Nastavenie vretena"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_OFF = _UxGT("Vypnúť vreteno"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_ON = _UxGT("Zapnúť vreteno"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_POWER = _UxGT("Výkon vretena"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE = _UxGT("Spätný chod"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Zapnúť napájanie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Vypnúť napájanie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Vytlačiť (extr.)"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("Vytiahnuť (retr.)"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("Posunúť osy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("Vyrovnanie podložky"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Vyrovnať podložku"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS = _UxGT("Vyrovnať rohy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NEXT_CORNER = _UxGT("Ďalší roh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDITOR = _UxGT("Editor sieťe bodov"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDIT_MESH = _UxGT("Upraviť sieť bodov"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDITING_STOPPED = _UxGT("Koniec úprav siete"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROBING_MESH = _UxGT("Skúšam bod"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_X = _UxGT("Index X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_Y = _UxGT("Index Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z = _UxGT("Hodnota Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USER_MENU = _UxGT("Vlastné príkazy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_TEST = _UxGT("M48 Test sondy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_POINT = _UxGT("M48 Bod"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Odchýlka"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MENU = _UxGT("IDEX režim"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OFFSETS_MENU = _UxGT("Ofset nástrojov"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK = _UxGT("Auto-parkovanie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE = _UxGT("Duplikácia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY = _UxGT("Zrkadlená kópia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL = _UxGT("Plná kontrola"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X = _UxGT("2. tryska X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y = _UxGT("2. tryska Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z = _UxGT("2. tryska Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("Vykonávam G29"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_TOOLS = _UxGT("Nástroje UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("UBL rovnanie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH = _UxGT("Vyrovnávam bod"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH = _UxGT("Manuálna sieť bodov"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT = _UxGT("Položte a zmerajte"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 = _UxGT("Zmerajte"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE = _UxGT("Odstráňte a zmerajte"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT = _UxGT("Presun na ďalší"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("Aktivovať UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("Deaktivovať UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED = _UxGT("Teplota podložky"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Teplota podložky"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND = _UxGT("Teplota hotendu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Teplota hotendu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT = _UxGT("Úprava siete bodov"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Upraviť vlastnú sieť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH = _UxGT("Doladiť sieť bodov"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH = _UxGT("Koniec úprav siete"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Vlastná sieť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Vytvoriť sieť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Sieť bodov ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Sieť bodov ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("Studená sieť bodov"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST = _UxGT("Upraviť výšku siete"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Výška"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Skontrolovať sieť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Kontrola siete ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Kontrola siete ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Kontrola vlast.siete"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_BED = _UxGT("G26 ohrev podlž."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_NOZZLE = _UxGT("G26 ohrev trysky"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_MANUAL_PRIME = _UxGT("Ručné čistenie..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_FIXED_LENGTH = _UxGT("Čistenie pevn. dĺž."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_PRIME_DONE = _UxGT("Čistenie dokončené"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_CANCELED = _UxGT("G26 zrušený"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_LEAVING = _UxGT("Opúšťam G26"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH = _UxGT("Pokračovať v sieti"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Sieťové rovnanie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("3-bodové rovnanie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Mriežkové rovnanie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL = _UxGT("Vyrovnať podložku"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS = _UxGT("Postranné body"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE = _UxGT("Typ siete bodov"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP = _UxGT("Exportovať sieť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST = _UxGT("Export do hosta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV = _UxGT("Export do CSV"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP = _UxGT("Externá záloha"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL = _UxGT("Info. o výst. UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Hustota mriežky"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN = _UxGT("Ručné vyplnenie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("Chytré vyplnenie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH = _UxGT("Vyplniť mriežku"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL = _UxGT("Zrušiť všetko"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Zrušiť najbližší"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("Upraviť všetky"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Upraviť najbližší"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Úložisko sietí"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT = _UxGT("Pamäťový slot"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH = _UxGT("Načítať sieť bodov"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("Uložiť sieť bodov"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LOADED = _UxGT("M117 Sieť %i načítaná"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_SAVED = _UxGT("M117 Sieť %i uložená"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE = _UxGT("Nedostatok miesta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR = _UxGT("Chyba: Ukladanie UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR = _UxGT("Chyba: Obnovenie UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET = _UxGT("Z-Ofset: "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED = _UxGT("Koniec kompenz. Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU = _UxGT("Postupné UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_1_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("1.Studená sieť bodov"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_2_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("2.Chytré vyplnenie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("3.Skontrolovať sieť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_4_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("4.Upraviť všetky"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_5_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("5.Skontrolovať sieť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_6_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("6.Upraviť všetky"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_7_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("7.Uložiť sieť bodov"); -#define MSG_MOVING _UxGT("Posúvam...") -#define MSG_FREE_XY _UxGT("Uvolniť XY") -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Posunúť X") -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Posunúť Y") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Posunúť Z") -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Extrudér") -#define MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD _UxGT("Hotend je studený") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("Posunúť o %smm") -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("Posunúť o 0,1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("Posunúť o 1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("Posunúť o 10mm") -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Rýchlosť") -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Výška podl.") -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("Tryska") -#define MSG_BED _UxGT("Podložka") -#define MSG_CHAMBER _UxGT("Komora") -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Rýchlosť vent.") -#define MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Rýchlosť ex. vent.") -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Prietok") -#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Ovládanie") -#define MSG_MIN _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min") -#define MSG_MAX _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max") -#define MSG_FACTOR _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fakt") -#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Auto-teplota") -#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("Zap") -#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("Vyp") -#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") -#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") -#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") -#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") -#define MSG_SELECT _UxGT("Vybrať") -#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("Zrýchlenie") -#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Skok") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Va-skok") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vb-skok") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vc-skok") -#else - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Vx-skok") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vy-skok") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vz-skok") -#endif -#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("Ve-skok") -#define MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION _UxGT("Junction Dev") -#define MSG_VELOCITY _UxGT("Rýchlosť") -#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("Vmax ") -#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("Vmin") -#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("VTrav min") -#define MSG_ACCELERATION _UxGT("Akcelerácia") -#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("Amax ") -#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("A-retrakt") -#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("A-prejazd") -#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Kroky/mm") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Akrokov/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Bkrokov/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Ckrokov/mm") -#else - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Xkrokov/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Ykrokov/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Zkrokov/mm") -#endif -#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("Ekrokov/mm") -#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("E1krokov/mm") -#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("E2krokov/mm") -#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("E3krokov/mm") -#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("E4krokov/mm") -#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("E5krokov/mm") -#define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("E6krokov/mm") -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Teplota") -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Pohyb") -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Filament") -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("E na mm³") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Priem. fil.") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD _UxGT("Vysunúť mm") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD _UxGT("Zaviesť mm") -#define MSG_ADVANCE_K _UxGT("K pre posun") -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("Kontrast LCD") -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Uložiť nastavenie") -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Načítať nastavenie") -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Obnoviť nastavenie") -#define MSG_INIT_EEPROM _UxGT("Inicializ. EEPROM") -#define MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE _UxGT("Aktualizovať z SD") -#define MSG_RESET_PRINTER _UxGT("Reštart. tlačiar.") -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("Obnoviť") -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Info. obrazovka") -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Príprava tlače") -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Doladenie tlače") -#define MSG_START_PRINT _UxGT("Spustiť tlač") -#define MSG_BUTTON_NEXT _UxGT("Ďalší") -#define MSG_BUTTON_INIT _UxGT("Inicial.") -#define MSG_BUTTON_STOP _UxGT("Zastaviť") -#define MSG_BUTTON_PRINT _UxGT("Tlačiť") -#define MSG_BUTTON_RESET _UxGT("Vynulovať") -#define MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL _UxGT("Zrušiť") -#define MSG_BUTTON_DONE _UxGT("Hotovo") -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Pozastaviť tlač") -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Obnoviť tlač") -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Zastaviť tlač") -#define MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY _UxGT("Obnova po výp. nap.") -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("Tlačiť z SD") -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("Žiadna SD karta") -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("Spím...") -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Pokrač. kliknutím...") -#define MSG_PRINT_PAUSED _UxGT("Tlač pozastavená") -#define MSG_PRINTING _UxGT("Tlačím...") -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Tlač zrušená") -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("Žiadny pohyb.") -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("PRERUŠENÉ. ") -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("ZASTAVENÉ. ") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("Retrakt mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Výmena Re.mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("Retraktovať V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Zdvih Z mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("UnRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("S UnRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("UnRet V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF _UxGT("S UnRet V") -#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("AutoRetr.") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH _UxGT("Dĺžka výmeny") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH _UxGT("Dĺžka vytlačenia") -#define MSG_TOOL_CHANGE _UxGT("Výmena nástroja") -#define MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT _UxGT("Zdvihnúť Z") -#define MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD _UxGT("Primárna rýchl.") -#define MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD _UxGT("Rýchl. retrakcie") -#define MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY _UxGT("Záložná tryska") -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Vymeniť filament") -#define MSG_FILAMENTLOAD _UxGT("Zaviesť filament") -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD _UxGT("Vysunúť filament") -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL _UxGT("Vysunúť všetko") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_CONTROL = _UxGT("Nastavenie LED"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEDS = _UxGT("Svetlo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_PRESETS = _UxGT("Prednastavené farby"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_RED = _UxGT("Červená"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE = _UxGT("Oranžová"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW = _UxGT("Žltá"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN = _UxGT("Zelená"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE = _UxGT("Modrá"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO = _UxGT("Indigo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET = _UxGT("Fialová"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE = _UxGT("Biela"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT = _UxGT("Obnoviť nastavenie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS = _UxGT("Vlastná farba"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_R = _UxGT("Inten. červenej"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_G = _UxGT("Inten. zelenej"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_B = _UxGT("Inten. modrej"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_W = _UxGT("Inten. bielej"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Jas"); -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("Načítať SD kartu") -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("Vymeniť SD kartu") -#define MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA _UxGT("Odpojiť SD kartu") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Sonda Z mimo podl.") -#define MSG_SKEW_FACTOR _UxGT("Faktor skosenia") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH _UxGT("BLTouch") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST _UxGT("Cmd: Self-Test") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET _UxGT("Cmd: Reset") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW _UxGT("Cmd: Zasunúť") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY _UxGT("Cmd: Vysunúť") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE _UxGT("Cmd: Režim SW") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE _UxGT("Cmd: Režim 5V") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE _UxGT("Cmd: Režim OD") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE _UxGT("Cmd: Ulož. režim") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V _UxGT("Prepnúť do 5V") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD _UxGT("Prepnúť do OD") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO _UxGT("Zobraziť režim") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE _UxGT("POZOR: Zlé nastav. môže spôsobiť poškoden. Pokračovať?") -#define MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE _UxGT("TouchMI") -#define MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT _UxGT("Inicializ. TouchMI") -#define MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST _UxGT("Test ofsetu Z") -#define MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE _UxGT("Uložiť") -#define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI _UxGT("Zasunúť TouchMI") -#define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY _UxGT("Zasunúť sondu Z") -#define MSG_MANUAL_STOW _UxGT("Vysunúť sondu Z") -#define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("Najskôr os %s%s%s domov") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Ofset sondy Z") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Babystep X") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Babystep Y") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Babystep Z") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_TOTAL _UxGT("Celkom") -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Zastavenie Endstop") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("Chyba ohrevu") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED _UxGT("Chyba ohrevu podl.") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_CHAMBER _UxGT("Chyba ohrevu komory") -#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("Chyba: REDUND. TEP.") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("TEPLOTNÝ SKOK") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED _UxGT("TEPLOTNÝ SKOK PODL.") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_CHAMBER _UxGT("TEPLOTNÝ SKOK KOMO.") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("Chyba: MAXTEMP") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("Chyba: MINTEMP") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("Chyba: MAXTEMP PODL.") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("Chyba: MINTEMP PODL.") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_CHAMBER _UxGT("Chyba: MAXTEMP KOMO.") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_CHAMBER _UxGT("Chyba: MINTEMP KOMO.") -#define MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING _UxGT("Najskôr os XY domov") -#define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("TLAČIAREŇ ZASTAVENÁ") -#define MSG_PLEASE_RESET _UxGT("Reštartuje ju") -#define MSG_SHORT_DAY _UxGT("d") -#define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("h") -#define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("m") -#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("Ohrev...") -#define MSG_COOLING _UxGT("Ochladzovanie...") -#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Ohrev podložky...") -#define MSG_BED_COOLING _UxGT("Ochladz. podložky...") -#define MSG_CHAMBER_HEATING _UxGT("Ohrev komory...") -#define MSG_CHAMBER_COOLING _UxGT("Ochladz. komory...") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Delta kalibrácia") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Kalibrovať X") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Kalibrovať Y") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Kalibrovať Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Kalibrovať stred") -#define MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS _UxGT("Delta nastavenia") -#define MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Auto-kalibrácia") -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Nast. výšku delty") -#define MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Ofset sondy Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD _UxGT("Diag. rameno") -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT _UxGT("Výška") -#define MSG_DELTA_RADIUS _UxGT("Polomer") -#define MSG_INFO_MENU _UxGT("O tlačiarni") -#define MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU _UxGT("Info. o tlačiarni") -#define MSG_3POINT_LEVELING _UxGT("3-bodové rovnanie") -#define MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("Lineárne rovnanie") -#define MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("Bilineárne rovnanie") -#define MSG_UBL_LEVELING _UxGT("UBL rovnanie") -#define MSG_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Mriežkové rovnanie") -#define MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU _UxGT("Štatistika") -#define MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU _UxGT("Info. o doske") -#define MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU _UxGT("Termistory") -#define MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS _UxGT("Extrudéry") -#define MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE _UxGT("Rýchlosť") -#define MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL _UxGT("Protokol") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT _UxGT("Osvetlenie") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("Jas svetla") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVING = _UxGT("Posúvam..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FREE_XY = _UxGT("Uvolniť XY"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("Posunúť X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Posunúť Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Posunúť Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Extrudér"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Extrudér *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Hotend je studený"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Posunúť o %smm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Posunúť o 0,1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Posunúť o 1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("Posunúť o 10mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Rýchlosť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Výška podl."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Tryska"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Tryska ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Podložka"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Komora"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Rýchlosť vent."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Rýchlosť vent. ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORED_FAN_N = _UxGT("Ulož. vent. ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Rýchlosť ex. vent."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Rýchlosť ex. vent. ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Prietok"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Prietok ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Ovládanie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fakt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Auto-teplota"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Zap"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Vyp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE = _UxGT("PID kalibrácia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_E = _UxGT("PID kalibrácia *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Vybrať"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Vybrať *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Zrýchlenie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Skok"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_A _UxGT("-skok"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VB_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_B _UxGT("-skok"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VC_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_C _UxGT("-skok"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VE_JERK = _UxGT("Ve-skok"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Junction Dev"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VELOCITY = _UxGT("Rýchlosť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_A = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("Vmax *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("Vmin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("VPrej Min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Akcelerácia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_A = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Amax *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("A-retrakt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("A-prejazd"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Kroky/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = LCD_STR_A _UxGT("krokov/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT("krokov/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT("krokov/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("Ekrokov/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("*krokov/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Teplota"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Pohyb"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E na mm³"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Priem. fil."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Priem. fil. *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Vysunúť mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Zaviesť mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("K pre posun"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("K pre posun *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Kontrast LCD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Uložiť nastavenie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Načítať nastavenie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("Obnoviť nastavenie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("Inicializ. EEPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_EEPROM_CRC = _UxGT("Chyba: EEPROM CRC"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_EEPROM_INDEX = _UxGT("Chyba: EEPROM Index"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_EEPROM_VERSION = _UxGT("Chyba: Verzia EEPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Aktualizovať z SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Reštart. tlačiar."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Obnoviť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Info. obrazovka"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Príprava tlače"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Doladenie tlače"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Spustiť tlač"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_NEXT = _UxGT("Ďalší"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_INIT = _UxGT("Inicial."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_STOP = _UxGT("Zastaviť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_PRINT = _UxGT("Tlačiť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_RESET = _UxGT("Vynulovať"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL = _UxGT("Zrušiť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_DONE = _UxGT("Hotovo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_BACK = _UxGT("Naspäť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_PROCEED = _UxGT("Pokračovať"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pozastaviť tlač"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Obnoviť tlač"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Zastaviť tlač"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING_OBJECT = _UxGT("Tlačím objekt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT = _UxGT("Zrušiť objekt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT_N = _UxGT("Zrušiť objekt ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY = _UxGT("Obnova po výp. nap."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Tlačiť z SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Žiadna SD karta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("Spím..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Pokrač. kliknutím..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_PAUSED = _UxGT("Tlač pozastavená"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING = _UxGT("Tlačím..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Tlač zrušená"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("Žiadny pohyb."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("PRERUŠENÉ. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("ZASTAVENÉ. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("Retrakt mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("Výmena Re.mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("Retraktovať V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("Zdvih Z mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("UnRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("S UnRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("UnRet V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF = _UxGT("S UnRet V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("AutoRetr."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH = _UxGT("Dĺžka výmeny"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH = _UxGT("Dĺžka vytlačenia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE = _UxGT("Výmena nástroja"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT = _UxGT("Zdvihnúť Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD = _UxGT("Primárna rýchl."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD = _UxGT("Rýchl. retrakcie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY = _UxGT("Záložná tryska"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Vymeniť filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Vymeniť filament *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("Zaviesť filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Zaviesť filament *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("Vysunúť filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Vysunúť filament *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Vysunúť všetko"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("Načítať SD kartu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Vymeniť SD kartu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Odpojiť SD kartu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Sonda Z mimo podl."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SKEW_FACTOR = _UxGT("Faktor skosenia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH = _UxGT("BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("Cmd: Self-Test"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("Cmd: Reset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("Cmd: Zasunúť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Cmd: Vysunúť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: Režim SW"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: Režim 5V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: Režim OD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE = _UxGT("Cmd: Ulož. režim"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V = _UxGT("Prepnúť do 5V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD = _UxGT("Prepnúť do OD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO = _UxGT("Zobraziť režim"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE = _UxGT("POZOR: Zlé nastav. môže spôsobiť poškoden. Pokračovať?"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE = _UxGT("TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT = _UxGT("Inicializ. TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST = _UxGT("Test Z ofsetu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE = _UxGT("Uložiť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI = _UxGT("Zasunúť TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Zasunúť sondu Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_STOW = _UxGT("Vysunúť sondu Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Najskôr os %s%s%s domov"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Ofsety sondy Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_XOFFSET = _UxGT("X ofset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_YOFFSET = _UxGT("Y ofset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Z ofset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Babystep X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Babystep Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Babystep Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_TOTAL = _UxGT("Celkom"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("Zastavenie Endstop"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("Chyba ohrevu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED = _UxGT("Chyba ohrevu podl."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Chyba ohrevu komory"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP = _UxGT("Chyba: REDUND. TEP."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY = _UxGT("TEPLOTNÝ SKOK"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED = _UxGT("TEPLOTNÝ SKOK PODL."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_CHAMBER = _UxGT("TEPLOTNÝ SKOK KOMO."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP = _UxGT("Chyba: MAXTEMP"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP = _UxGT("Chyba: MINTEMP"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Chyba: MAXTEMP PODL."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Chyba: MINTEMP PODL."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Chyba: MAXTEMP KOMO."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Chyba: MINTEMP KOMO."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING = _UxGT("Najskôr os XY domov"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HALTED = _UxGT("TLAČIAREŇ ZASTAVENÁ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PLEASE_RESET = _UxGT("Reštartuje ju"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_DAY = _UxGT("d"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_HOUR = _UxGT("h"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_MINUTE = _UxGT("m"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("Ohrev..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLING = _UxGT("Ochladzovanie..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("Ohrev podložky..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_COOLING = _UxGT("Ochladz. podložky..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER_HEATING = _UxGT("Ohrev komory..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER_COOLING = _UxGT("Ochladz. komory..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Delta kalibrácia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Kalibrovať X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Kalibrovať Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Kalibrovať Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("Kalibrovať stred"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Delta nastavenia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Auto-kalibrácia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Nast. výšku delty"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Ofset sondy Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD = _UxGT("Diag. rameno"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Výška"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_RADIUS = _UxGT("Polomer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MENU = _UxGT("O tlačiarni"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("Info. o tlačiarni"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_3POINT_LEVELING = _UxGT("3-bodové rovnanie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Lineárne rovnanie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Bilineárne rovnanie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVELING = _UxGT("UBL rovnanie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Mriežkové rovnanie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("Štatistika"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Info. o doske"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("Termistory"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS = _UxGT("Extrudéry"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("Rýchlosť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL = _UxGT("Protokol"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_OFF = _UxGT("Tepl. ochrana: VYP"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_ON = _UxGT("Tepl. ochrana: ZAP"); -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("Nesprávna tlačiareň") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT = _UxGT("Osvetlenie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Jas svetla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("Nesprávna tlačiareň"); -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Počet tlačí") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Dokončené") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Celkový čas") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Najdlhšia tlač") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Celkom vytlačené") -#else - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Tlače") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Hotovo") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Čas") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Najdlhšia") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Vytlačené") -#endif + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Počet tlačí"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Dokončené"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Celkový čas"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Najdlhšia tlač"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Celkom vytlačené"); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Tlače"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Hotovo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Čas"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Najdlhšia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Vytlačené"); + #endif -#define MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP _UxGT("Teplota min") -#define MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP _UxGT("Teplota max") -#define MSG_INFO_PSU _UxGT("Nap. zdroj") -#define MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH _UxGT("Budenie motorov") -#define MSG_DAC_PERCENT _UxGT("Motor %") -#define MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE _UxGT("Uložiť do EEPROM") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP = _UxGT("Teplota min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Teplota max"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Nap. zdroj"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Budenie motorov"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Motor %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Motor %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Motor %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Motor %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERROR_TMC = _UxGT("CHYBA KOMUNIKÁ. TMC"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("Uložiť do EEPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER = _UxGT("VÝMENA FILAMENTU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE = _UxGT("PAUZA TLAČE"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD = _UxGT("ZAVEDENIE FILAMENTU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD = _UxGT("VYSUNUTIE FILAMENTU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER = _UxGT("MOŽNOSTI POKRAČ.:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE = _UxGT("Vytlačiť viacej"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("Obnoviť tlač"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE = _UxGT(" Tryska: "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR = _UxGT("Senzor filamentu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM = _UxGT("Vzd. mm fil. senz."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_HOMING_FAILED = _UxGT("Parkovanie zlyhalo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_PROBING_FAILED = _UxGT("Kalibrácia zlyhala"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M600_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("M600: Príliš studený"); -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE _UxGT("PAUZA TLAČE") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD _UxGT("ZAVEDENIE FILAMENTU") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD _UxGT("VYSUNUTIE FILAMENTU") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER _UxGT("MOŽNOSTI POKRAČ.:") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE _UxGT("Vytlačiť viacej") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME _UxGT("Obnoviť tlač") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE _UxGT(" Tryska: ") -#define MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR _UxGT("Senzor filamentu") -#define MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM _UxGT("Vzd. mm fil. senz.") -#define MSG_ERR_HOMING_FAILED _UxGT("Parkovanie zlyhalo") -#define MSG_ERR_PROBING_FAILED _UxGT("Kalibrácia zlyhala") -#define MSG_M600_TOO_COLD _UxGT("M600: Príliš studený") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_CHOOSE_FILAMENT_HEADER = _UxGT("VYBERTE FILAMENT"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_MENU = _UxGT("MMU2"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_WRONG_FIRMWARE = _UxGT("Aktualizujte FW MMU!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_NOT_RESPONDING = _UxGT("MMU potrebuje zásah."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESUME = _UxGT("Obnoviť tlač"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESUMING = _UxGT("Obnovovanie..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Zaviesť filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Zaviesť všetky"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Zaviesť po trysku"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Vysunúť filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Vysunúť filament ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Vyňať filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Zavádzanie fil. %i..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Vysúvanie fil. ..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Vysúvanie fil. ..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_ALL = _UxGT("Všetky"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Filament ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESET = _UxGT("Reštartovať MMU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESETTING = _UxGT("Reštart MMU..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Odstráňte, kliknite"); -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER _UxGT("VÝMENA FILAMENTU") -#define MSG_MMU2_CHOOSE_FILAMENT_HEADER _UxGT("VYBERTE FILAMENT") -#define MSG_MMU2_MENU _UxGT("MMU2") -#define MSG_MMU2_WRONG_FIRMWARE _UxGT("Aktualizujte FW MMU!") -#define MSG_MMU2_NOT_RESPONDING _UxGT("MMU potrebuje zásah.") -#define MSG_MMU2_RESUME _UxGT("Obnoviť tlač") -#define MSG_MMU2_RESUMING _UxGT("Obnovovanie...") -#define MSG_MMU2_LOAD_FILAMENT _UxGT("Zaviesť filament") -#define MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL _UxGT("Zaviesť všetky") -#define MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE _UxGT("Zaviesť po trysku") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Vysunúť filament") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT0 _UxGT("Vysunúť filament 1") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT1 _UxGT("Vysunúť filament 2") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT2 _UxGT("Vysunúť filament 3") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT3 _UxGT("Vysunúť filament 4") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT4 _UxGT("Vysunúť filament 5") -#define MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT _UxGT("Vyňať filament") -#define MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT _UxGT("Zavádzanie fil. %i...") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT _UxGT("Vysúvanie fil. ...") -#define MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT _UxGT("Vysúvanie fil. ...") -#define MSG_MMU2_ALL _UxGT("Všetky") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT0 _UxGT("Filament 1") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT1 _UxGT("Filament 2") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT2 _UxGT("Filament 3") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT3 _UxGT("Filament 4") -#define MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT4 _UxGT("Filament 5") -#define MSG_MMU2_RESET _UxGT("Reštartovať MMU") -#define MSG_MMU2_RESETTING _UxGT("Reštart MMU...") -#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER _UxGT("Odstráňte, kliknite") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX = _UxGT("Mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_N = _UxGT("Zložka ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIXER = _UxGT("Mixér"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Gradient"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FULL_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Plný gradient"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOGGLE_MIX = _UxGT("Prepnúť mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CYCLE_MIX = _UxGT("Cyklický mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT_MIX = _UxGT("Gradientný mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Otočiť gradient"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL = _UxGT("Aktívny V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_VTOOL = _UxGT("Počiat. V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_END_VTOOL = _UxGT("Konečn. V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS = _UxGT("Alias V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_VTOOLS = _UxGT("Vynulovať V-tools"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL = _UxGT("Uložiť V-tool Mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTOOLS_RESET = _UxGT("V-tools vynulované"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_Z = _UxGT("Počiat.Z:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_END_Z = _UxGT("Konečn.Z:"); -#define MSG_MIX _UxGT("Mix") -#define MSG_MIX_COMPONENT _UxGT("Zložka") -#define MSG_MIXER _UxGT("Mixér") -#define MSG_GRADIENT _UxGT("Gradient") -#define MSG_FULL_GRADIENT _UxGT("Plný gradient") -#define MSG_TOGGLE_MIX _UxGT("Prepnúť mix") -#define MSG_CYCLE_MIX _UxGT("Cyklický mix") -#define MSG_GRADIENT_MIX _UxGT("Gradientný mix") -#define MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT _UxGT("Otočiť gradient") -#define MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL _UxGT("Aktívny V-tool") -#define MSG_START_VTOOL _UxGT("Počiat. V-tool") -#define MSG_END_VTOOL _UxGT("Konečn. V-tool") -#define MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS _UxGT("Alias V-tool") -#define MSG_RESET_VTOOLS _UxGT("Vynulovať V-tools") -#define MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL _UxGT("Uložiť V-tool Mix") -#define MSG_VTOOLS_RESET _UxGT("V-tools vynulované") -#define MSG_START_Z _UxGT("Počiat.Z") -#define MSG_END_Z _UxGT("Konečn.Z") -#define MSG_GAMES _UxGT("Hry") -#define MSG_BRICKOUT _UxGT("Brickout") -#define MSG_INVADERS _UxGT("Nájazdníci") -#define MSG_SNAKE _UxGT("Had") -#define MSG_MAZE _UxGT("Bludisko") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GAMES = _UxGT("Hry"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BRICKOUT = _UxGT("Brickout"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INVADERS = _UxGT("Nájazdníci"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SNAKE = _UxGT("Had"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAZE = _UxGT("Bludisko"); -// -// Filament Change screens show up to 3 lines on a 4-line display -// ...or up to 2 lines on a 3-line display -// -#if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_1 _UxGT("Stlačte tlačidlo") - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_2 _UxGT("pre obnovu tlače") - #define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT_1 _UxGT("Parkovanie...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Čakajte prosím") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("na spustenie") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_3 _UxGT("výmeny filamentu") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Vložte filament") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("a stlačte tlačidlo") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3 _UxGT("pre pokračovanie") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Stlačte tlačidlo") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_2 _UxGT("pre ohrev trysky") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Ohrev trysky") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_2 _UxGT("Čakajte prosím...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Čakajte prosím") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("na vysunutie") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_3 _UxGT("filamentu") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Čakajte prosím") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 _UxGT("na zavedenie") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_3 _UxGT("filamentu") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Čakajte prosím") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_2 _UxGT("na vytlačenie") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_3 _UxGT("filamentu") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Stlačte tlačidlo") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_2 _UxGT("pre dokončenie") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_3 _UxGT("vytláčania filam.") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Čakajte prosím na") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("obnovenie tlače...") -#else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_1 _UxGT("Kliknite pre pokr.") - #define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT_1 _UxGT("Parkovanie...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Čakajte prosím...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Vložte a kliknite") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Kliknite pre ohrev") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Ohrev...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Vysúvanie...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Zavádzanie...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Vytlačovanie...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Klik. pre dokonč.") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Pokračovanie...") -#endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 -#define MSG_TMC_DRIVERS _UxGT("Ovládače TMC") -#define MSG_TMC_CURRENT _UxGT("Prúd ovládača") -#define MSG_TMC_HYBRID_THRS _UxGT("Hybridný prah") -#define MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS _UxGT("Bezsenzor. domov") -#define MSG_TMC_STEPPING_MODE _UxGT("Režim krokovania") -#define MSG_TMC_STEALTH_ENABLED _UxGT("StealthChop zapnutý") - -#define MSG_SERVICE_RESET _UxGT("Vynulovať") -#define MSG_SERVICE_IN _UxGT(" za:") -#define MSG_BACKLASH _UxGT("Kompenz. vôle") -#define MSG_BACKLASH_CORRECTION _UxGT("Korekcia") -#define MSG_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING _UxGT("Vyhladzovanie") + // + // Filament Change screens show up to 3 lines on a 4-line display + // ...or up to 2 lines on a 3-line display + // + #if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Stlačte tlačidlo", "pre obnovu tlače")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Parkovanie...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Čakajte prosím", "na spustenie", "výmeny filamentu")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Vložte filament", "a stlačte tlačidlo", "pre pokračovanie")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Stlačte tlačidlo", "pre ohrev trysky")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Ohrev trysky", "Čakajte prosím...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Čakajte prosím", "na vysunutie", "filamentu")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Čakajte prosím", "na zavedenie", "filamentu")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Čakajte prosím", "na vytlačenie", "filamentu")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Stlačte tlačidlo", "pre dokončenie", "vytláčania filam.")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Čakajte prosím na", "obnovenie tlače...")); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Kliknite pre pokr.")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Parkovanie...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Čakajte prosím...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Vložte a kliknite")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Kliknite pre ohrev")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Ohrev...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Vysúvanie...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Zavádzanie...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Vytlačovanie...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Klik. pre dokonč.")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Pokračovanie...")); + #endif + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_DRIVERS = _UxGT("Ovládače TMC"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_CURRENT = _UxGT("Prúd ovládača"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_HYBRID_THRS = _UxGT("Hybridný prah"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS = _UxGT("Bezsenzor. domov"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_STEPPING_MODE = _UxGT("Režim krokovania"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_STEALTH_ENABLED = _UxGT("StealthChop zapnutý"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SERVICE_RESET = _UxGT("Vynulovať"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SERVICE_IN = _UxGT("za:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH = _UxGT("Kompenz. vôle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_A = LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_B = LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_C = LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_CORRECTION = _UxGT("Korekcia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING = _UxGT("Vyhladzovanie"); +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_test.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_test.h index b2be749a00..465d3743f3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_test.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_test.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -114,114 +114,124 @@ #define STRG_OKTAL_e "\340\341\342\343\344\345\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357" #define STRG_OKTAL_f "\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\372\373\374\375\376\377" -#if ENABLED(DISPLAYTEST) - #define WELCOME_MSG _UxGT("Language TEST") +namespace Language_test { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English - #define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Display test") - #define MSG_PREPARE STRG_OKTAL_b - #define MSG_CONTROL STRG_OKTAL_c -#endif + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 1; -#if ENABLED(WEST) - #define WELCOME_MSG _UxGT("Language TEST") + #if ENABLED(DISPLAYTEST) + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = _UxGT("Language TEST"); - #define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("\001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011") - #define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("UTF8") - #define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("ASCII") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Display test"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = STRG_OKTAL_b; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = STRG_OKTAL_c; + #endif - //#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("..") - #define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS STRG_C2_8 - #define MSG_AUTO_HOME STRG_C2_9 - #define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS STRG_C2_a - #define MSG_PREHEAT_1 STRG_C2_b - #define MSG_PREHEAT_2 STRG_C3_8 - #define MSG_COOLDOWN STRG_C3_9 - #define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF STRG_C3_a - #define MSG_MOVE_AXIS STRG_C3_b + #if ENABLED(WEST) + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = _UxGT("Language TEST"); - #define MSG_MAIN STRG_OKTAL_2 - #define MSG_TEMPERATURE STRG_OKTAL_3 - #define MSG_MOTION STRG_OKTAL_4 - #define MSG_FILAMENT STRG_OKTAL_5 - #define MSG_CONTRAST STRG_OKTAL_6 - #define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE STRG_OKTAL_7 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("\001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("UTF8"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("ASCII"); - #define MSG_NOZZLE STRG_OKTAL_8 - #define MSG_FAN_SPEED STRG_OKTAL_9 - #define MSG_AUTOTEMP STRG_OKTAL_a - #define MSG_MIN STRG_OKTAL_b - #define MSG_MAX STRG_OKTAL_c - #define MSG_FACTOR STRG_OKTAL_d - #define MSG_PID_P STRG_OKTAL_e - #define MSG_PID_I STRG_OKTAL_f + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT(".."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = STRG_C2_8; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = STRG_C2_9; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = STRG_C2_a; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = STRG_C2_b; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = STRG_C3_8; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = STRG_C3_9; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = STRG_C3_a; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = STRG_C3_b; -#endif + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = STRG_OKTAL_2; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = STRG_OKTAL_3; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = STRG_OKTAL_4; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = STRG_OKTAL_5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = STRG_OKTAL_6; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = STRG_OKTAL_7; -#if ENABLED(CYRIL) - #define WELCOME_MSG _UxGT("Language TEST") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = STRG_OKTAL_8; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = STRG_OKTAL_8 " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = STRG_OKTAL_9; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = STRG_OKTAL_9; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = STRG_OKTAL_a; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = STRG_OKTAL_b; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = STRG_OKTAL_c; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = STRG_OKTAL_d; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = STRG_OKTAL_e; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = STRG_OKTAL_f; - #define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("\001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011") - #define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("UTF8") - #define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("ASCII") + #endif - //#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("..") - #define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS STRG_D0_8 - #define MSG_AUTO_HOME STRG_D0_9 - #define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS STRG_D0_a - #define MSG_PREHEAT_1 STRG_D0_b - #define MSG_PREHEAT_2 STRG_D1_8 - #define MSG_COOLDOWN STRG_D1_9 - #define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF STRG_D1_a - #define MSG_MOVE_AXIS STRG_D1_b + #if ENABLED(CYRIL) + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = _UxGT("Language TEST"); - #define MSG_MAIN STRG_OKTAL_2 - #define MSG_TEMPERATURE STRG_OKTAL_3 - #define MSG_MOTION STRG_OKTAL_4 - #define MSG_FILAMENT STRG_OKTAL_5 - #define MSG_CONTRAST STRG_OKTAL_6 - #define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE STRG_OKTAL_7 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("\001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("UTF8"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("ASCII"); - #define MSG_NOZZLE STRG_OKTAL_8 - #define MSG_FAN_SPEED STRG_OKTAL_9 - #define MSG_AUTOTEMP STRG_OKTAL_a - #define MSG_MIN STRG_OKTAL_b - #define MSG_MAX STRG_OKTAL_c - #define MSG_FACTOR STRG_OKTAL_d - #define MSG_PID_P STRG_OKTAL_e - #define MSG_PID_I STRG_OKTAL_f + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT(".."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = STRG_D0_8; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = STRG_D0_9; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = STRG_D0_a; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = STRG_D0_b; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = STRG_D1_8; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = STRG_D1_9; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = STRG_D1_a; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = STRG_D1_b; -#endif + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = STRG_OKTAL_2; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = STRG_OKTAL_3; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = STRG_OKTAL_4; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = STRG_OKTAL_5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = STRG_OKTAL_6; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = STRG_OKTAL_7; -#if ENABLED(KANA) - #define WELCOME_MSG _UxGT("Language TEST") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = STRG_OKTAL_8; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = STRG_OKTAL_8 " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = STRG_OKTAL_9; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = STRG_OKTAL_a; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = STRG_OKTAL_b; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = STRG_OKTAL_c; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = STRG_OKTAL_d; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = STRG_OKTAL_e; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = STRG_OKTAL_f; - #define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("\001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011") - #define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("UTF8") - #define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("ASCII") + #endif - //#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("..") - #define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS STRG_E382_8 - #define MSG_AUTO_HOME STRG_E382_9 - #define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS STRG_E382_a - #define MSG_PREHEAT_1 STRG_E382_b - #define MSG_PREHEAT_2 STRG_E383_8 - #define MSG_COOLDOWN STRG_E383_9 - #define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF STRG_E383_a - #define MSG_MOVE_AXIS STRG_E383_b + #if ENABLED(KANA) + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = _UxGT("Language TEST"); - #define MSG_MAIN STRG_OKTAL_2 - #define MSG_TEMPERATURE STRG_OKTAL_3 - #define MSG_MOTION STRG_OKTAL_4 - #define MSG_FILAMENT STRG_OKTAL_5 - #define MSG_CONTRAST STRG_OKTAL_6 - #define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE STRG_OKTAL_7 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("\001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("UTF8"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("ASCII"); - #define MSG_NOZZLE STRG_OKTAL_8 - #define MSG_FAN_SPEED STRG_OKTAL_9 - #define MSG_AUTOTEMP STRG_OKTAL_a - #define MSG_MIN STRG_OKTAL_b - #define MSG_MAX STRG_OKTAL_c - #define MSG_FACTOR STRG_OKTAL_d - #define MSG_PID_P STRG_OKTAL_e - #define MSG_PID_I STRG_OKTAL_f -#endif + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT(".."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = STRG_E382_8; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = STRG_E382_9; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = STRG_E382_a; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = STRG_E382_b; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = STRG_E383_8; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = STRG_E383_9; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = STRG_E383_a; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = STRG_E383_b; + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = STRG_OKTAL_2; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = STRG_OKTAL_3; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = STRG_OKTAL_4; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = STRG_OKTAL_5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = STRG_OKTAL_6; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = STRG_OKTAL_7; + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = STRG_OKTAL_8; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = STRG_OKTAL_8 " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = STRG_OKTAL_9; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = STRG_OKTAL_a; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = STRG_OKTAL_b; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = STRG_OKTAL_c; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = STRG_OKTAL_d; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = STRG_OKTAL_e; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = STRG_OKTAL_f; + #endif +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_tr.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_tr.h index 3e025934a7..096fef254c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_tr.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_tr.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ - /** +/** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -34,402 +34,575 @@ */ #define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_TR -#define CHARSIZE 2 -#define THIS_LANGUAGES_SPECIAL_SYMBOLS _UxGT("İÖÇğüşöç³") -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" hazır.") -#define MSG_BACK _UxGT("Geri") -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("SD K. Yerleştirildi.") -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("SD Kart Çıkarıldı.") -#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Enstops") // Max length 8 characters -#define MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Yazılımsal Endstops") -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Ana") -#define MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS _UxGT("Gelişmiş Ayarlar") -#define MSG_CONFIGURATION _UxGT("Yapılandırma") -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Oto. Başlat") -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Motorları Durdur") -#define MSG_DEBUG_MENU _UxGT("Hata Ayıklama") -#define MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST _UxGT("Durum Çubuğu Testi") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Eksenleri Sıfırla") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("X Sıfırla") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Y Sıfırla") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Z Sıfırla") -#define MSG_AUTO_Z_ALIGN _UxGT("Oto. Z-Hizalama") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("XYZ Sıfırlanıyor") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("Başlatmak için tıkla") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("Sonraki Nokta") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("Hizalama Tamam!") -#define MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT _UxGT("Kaçınma Yüksekliği") -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Offset Ayarla") -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("Offset Tamam") -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Sıfır Belirle") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Ön Isınma " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Tüm") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_END MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Nozul") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Tabla") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Ayarlar") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Ön Isınma " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Tüm") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_END MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Nozul") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Tabla") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Ayarlar") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM _UxGT("Özel Ön Isınma") -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Soğut") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Gücü Aç") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Gücü Kapat") -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Ekstrüzyon") -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Geri Çek") -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Eksen Hareketleri") -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("Tabla Hizalama") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Tabla Hizası") -#define MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS _UxGT("Hizalama Köşeleri") -#define MSG_NEXT_CORNER _UxGT("Sonraki Köşe") -#define MSG_EDIT_MESH _UxGT("Mesh Düzenle") -#define MSG_EDITING_STOPPED _UxGT("Mesh Düzenleme Durdu") -#define MSG_MESH_X _UxGT("İndeks X") -#define MSG_MESH_Y _UxGT("İndeks Y") -#define MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z _UxGT("Z Değeri") -#define MSG_USER_MENU _UxGT("Özel Komutlar") -#define MSG_IDEX_MENU _UxGT("IDEX Modu") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK _UxGT("Oto-Park") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE _UxGT("Kopyala") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY _UxGT("Yansıtılmış kopya") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL _UxGT("Tam Kontrol") -#define MSG_X_OFFSET _UxGT("2. nozul X") -#define MSG_Y_OFFSET _UxGT("2. nozul Y") -#define MSG_Z_OFFSET _UxGT("2. nozul Z") -#define MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 _UxGT("G29 Çalışıyor") -#define MSG_UBL_TOOLS _UxGT("UBL Araçları") -#define MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("UBL Yatak Hizalama") -#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH _UxGT("Elle Mesh Oluştur") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT _UxGT("Altlık & Ölçü Ver") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 _UxGT("Ölçü") -#define MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE _UxGT("Yataktan Ölçü Kaldır") -#define MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT _UxGT("Sonrakine Git") -#define MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("UBL'yi Etkinleştir") -#define MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("UBL'yi Etkisizleştir") -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED _UxGT("Yatak Sıcaklığı") -#define MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND _UxGT("Nozul Sıcaklığı") -#define MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT _UxGT("Mesh Düzenleme") -#define MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Özel Mesh Düzenleme") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH _UxGT("İnce Ayar Mesh") -#define MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH _UxGT("Mesh Düzenleme Tamam") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Özel Mesh Oluştur") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Mesh Oluştur") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 _UxGT("Mesh Oluştur (" PREHEAT_1_LABEL ")") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 _UxGT("Mesh Oluştur (" PREHEAT_2_LABEL ")") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH _UxGT("Soğuk Mesh Oluştur") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST _UxGT("Mesh Yükseklik Ayarı") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT _UxGT("Yükseklik miktarı") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Doğrulama Mesh") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 _UxGT("Doğrulama Mesh (" PREHEAT_1_LABEL ")") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 _UxGT("Doğrulama Mesh (" PREHEAT_2_LABEL ")") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Özel Mesh Doğrulama") -#define MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH _UxGT("Tabla Mesh Devam et") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Mesh Hizalama") -#define MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("3-Nokta Hizalama") -#define MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Kafes Mesh Hizalama") -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL _UxGT("Mesh Seviyesi") -#define MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS _UxGT("Yan Noktalar") -#define MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE _UxGT("Haritalama Türü") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP _UxGT("Mesh Çıkış Haritası") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST _UxGT("Host için Çıktı") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV _UxGT("CSV için Çıktı") -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP _UxGT("Yazıcıda Yedek Kpalı") -#define MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL _UxGT("UBL Çıkış Bilgisi") -#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT _UxGT("Dolgu Miktarı") -#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN _UxGT("Manuel Dolgu") -#define MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN _UxGT("Akıllı Dogu") -#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH _UxGT("Mesh Dolgu") -#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL _UxGT("Tümünü Geçersiz Kıl") -#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Yakını Geçersiz Kıl") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL _UxGT("Tümünü İnce Ayarla") -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Yakını İnce Ayarla") -#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Mesh Depolama") -#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT _UxGT("Bellek Yuvası") -#define MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH _UxGT("Yatak Mesh Yükle") -#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH _UxGT("Yatak Mesh Kayıt Et") -#define MSG_MESH_LOADED _UxGT("Mesh %i yüklendi") -#define MSG_MESH_SAVED _UxGT("Mesh %i kayıtlandı") -#define MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE _UxGT("Depolama Yok") -#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR _UxGT("Hata: UBL Kayıt") -#define MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR _UxGT("Hata: UBL Yenileme") -#define MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED _UxGT("Z-Ofset Durduruldu") -#define MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU _UxGT("Adım Adım UBL") -#define MSG_LED_CONTROL _UxGT("LED Kontrolü") -#define MSG_LEDS _UxGT("Işıklar") -#define MSG_LED_PRESETS _UxGT("Işık Hazır Ayarları") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_RED _UxGT("Kırmızı") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE _UxGT("Turuncu") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW _UxGT("Sarı") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN _UxGT("Yeşil") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE _UxGT("Mavi") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO _UxGT("Lacivert") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET _UxGT("Menekşe") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE _UxGT("Beyaz") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT _UxGT("Varsayılan") -#define MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS _UxGT("Özel Işıklar") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_R _UxGT("Kırmızı Şiddeti") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_G _UxGT("Yeşil Şiddeti") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_B _UxGT("Mavi Şiddeti") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_W _UxGT("Beyaz Şiddeti") -#define MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("Parlaklık") -#define MSG_MOVING _UxGT("Hareket Ediyor..") -#define MSG_FREE_XY _UxGT("Durdur XY") -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("X Hareketi") -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Y Hareketi") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Z Hareketi") -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Ekstruder") -#define MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD _UxGT("Nozul Çok Soğuk") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("%smm") -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("0.1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("10mm") -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Hız") -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Z Mesafesi") -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("Nozul") -#define MSG_BED _UxGT("Tabla") -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Fan Hızı") -#define MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Ekstra Fan Hızı") -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Akış") -#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Kontrol") -#define MSG_MIN _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min") -#define MSG_MAX _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max") -#define MSG_FACTOR _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Çarpan") -#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Oto. Sıcaklık") -#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("Açık") -#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("Kapalı") -#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") -#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") -#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") -#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") -#define MSG_SELECT _UxGT("Seç") -#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("İvme") -#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Sarsım") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Va-Sarsım") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vb-Sarsım") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vc-Sarsım") -#else - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Vx-Sarsım") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vy-Sarsım") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vz-Sarsım") -#endif -#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("Ve-Sarsım") -#define MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION _UxGT("Jonksiyon Sapması") -#define MSG_VELOCITY _UxGT("Hız Vektörü") -#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("HızVektör.max ") -#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("HızVektör.min") -#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("HV.gezinme min") -#define MSG_ACCELERATION _UxGT("Ivme") -#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("Max. ivme ") -#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("Ivme-geri çekme") -#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("Ivme-gezinme") -#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Adım/mm") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("A adım/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("B adım/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("C adım/mm") -#else - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("X adım/mm") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Y adım/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Z adım/mm") -#endif -#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("E adım/mm") -#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("E1 adım/mm") -#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("E2 adım/mm") -#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("E3 adım/mm") -#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("E4 adım/mm") -#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("E5 adım/mm") -#define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("E6 adım/mm") -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Sıcaklık") -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Hareket") -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Filaman") -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("Ekstrüzyon/mm³") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Filaman Çapı") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD _UxGT("Çıkart mm") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD _UxGT("Yükle mm") -#define MSG_ADVANCE_K _UxGT("K İlerlet") -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("LCD Kontrast") -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Hafızaya Al") -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Hafızadan Yükle") -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Fabrika Ayarları") -#define MSG_INIT_EEPROM _UxGT("EEPROM'u başlat") -#define MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE _UxGT("SD Güncellemesi") -#define MSG_RESET_PRINTER _UxGT("Yazıcıyı Resetle") -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("Yenile") -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Bilgi Ekranı") -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Hazırlık") -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Ayar") -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Duraklat") -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Sürdür") -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Durdur") -#define MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY _UxGT("Kesinti Kurtarma") -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("SD Karttan Yazdır") -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("SD Kart Yok!") -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("Uyku...") -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Operatör bekleniyor.") -#define MSG_PRINT_PAUSED _UxGT("Baskı Duraklatıldı") -#define MSG_PRINTING _UxGT("Baskı Yapılıyor...") -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Baskı Durduruldu!") -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("İşlem yok.") -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("Kilitlendi. ") -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("Durdu. ") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("Geri Çek mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Swap Re.mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("Geri Çekme V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Atlama mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("UnRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("S UnRet mm") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("UnRet V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF _UxGT("S UnRet V") -#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("Oto. Geri Çekme") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH _UxGT("G.Çekme Boyu") -#define MSG_TOOL_CHANGE _UxGT("Takım Değişimi") -#define MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT _UxGT("Z Yükselt") -#define MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD _UxGT("Birincil Hız") -#define MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD _UxGT("Geri Çekme Hızı") -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Filaman Değiştir") -#define MSG_FILAMENTLOAD _UxGT("Filaman Yükle") -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD _UxGT("Filaman Çıkart") -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL _UxGT("Tümünü Çıkart") -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("SD Kart Başlatılıyor") -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("SD Kart Değiştir") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Z Prob Açık. Tabla") -#define MSG_SKEW_FACTOR _UxGT("Çarpıklık Faktörü") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH _UxGT("BLTouch") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST _UxGT("BLTouch Self-Test") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET _UxGT("Sıfırla BLTouch") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY _UxGT("BLTouch Aç") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW _UxGT("BLTouch Kapat") -#define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY _UxGT("Z-Prob Aç") -#define MSG_MANUAL_STOW _UxGT("Z-Sensör Kapat") -#define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("Sıfırla %s%s%s Önce") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Z Offset") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Miniadım X") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Miniadım Y") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Miniadım Z") -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Endstop iptal") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("Isınma başarısız") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED _UxGT("Yatak Isınma Başrsız") -#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("Hata: Sıcaklık Aşımı") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("TERMAL PROBLEM") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED _UxGT("TABLA TERMAL PROBLEM") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("Hata: MAX.SICAKLIK") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("Hata: MIN.SICAKLIK") -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("Hata: MAX.SIC. TABLA") -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("Hata: MIN.SIC. TABLA") -#define MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING _UxGT("Önce XY Sıfırla") -#define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("YAZICI DURDURULDU") -#define MSG_PLEASE_RESET _UxGT("Lütfen Resetleyin") -#define MSG_SHORT_DAY _UxGT("G") // One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("S") // One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("D") // One character only -#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("Isınıyor...") -#define MSG_COOLING _UxGT("Soğuyor...") -#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Tabla Isınıyor...") -#define MSG_BED_COOLING _UxGT("Tabla Soğuyor...") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Delta Kalibrasyonu") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Ayarla X") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Ayarla Y") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Ayarla Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Ayarla Merkez") -#define MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS _UxGT("Delta Ayarları") -#define MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Oto Kalibrasyon") -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Delta Yük. Ayarla") -#define MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Z Prob Ofseti") -#define MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD _UxGT("Çapral Mil") -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT _UxGT("Yükseklik") -#define MSG_DELTA_RADIUS _UxGT("Yarıçap") -#define MSG_INFO_MENU _UxGT("Yazıcı Hakkında") -#define MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU _UxGT("Yazıcı Bilgisi") -#define MSG_3POINT_LEVELING _UxGT("3-Nokta Hizalama") -#define MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("Doğrusal Hizalama") -#define MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("İki Yönlü Doğ. Hiza.") -#define MSG_UBL_LEVELING _UxGT("Birleşik Tabla Hiza.") -#define MSG_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Mesh Hizalama") -#define MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU _UxGT("İstatistikler") -#define MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU _UxGT("Kontrolcü Bilgisi") -#define MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU _UxGT("Termistörler") -#define MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS _UxGT("Ekstruderler") -#define MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE _UxGT("İletişim Hızı") -#define MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL _UxGT("Protokol") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT _UxGT("Aydınlatmayı Aç") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("Aydınlatma Parlaklğı") +namespace Language_tr { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("Yanlış Yazıcı") + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 2; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Turkish"); -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Baskı Sayısı") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Tamamlanan") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Toplam Baskı Süresi") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("En Uzun Baskı Süresi") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Toplam Filaman") + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" hazır."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MARLIN = _UxGT("Marlin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_YES = _UxGT("EVET"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO = _UxGT("HAYIR"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACK = _UxGT("Geri"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_ABORTING = _UxGT("Durduruluyor..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("SD K. Yerleştirildi."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("SD Kart Çıkarıldı."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED = _UxGT("SD Kart Serbest"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_WAITING = _UxGT("SD Kart Bekleniyor"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_READ_ERROR = _UxGT("Kart Okuma Hatası"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_REMOVED = _UxGT("USB Çıkarıldı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_FAILED = _UxGT("USB Başlat. Hatası"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Enstops"); // Max length 8 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Yazılımsal Endstops"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Ana"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Gelişmiş Ayarlar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONFIGURATION = _UxGT("Yapılandırma"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("Oto. Başlat"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Motorları Durdur"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DEBUG_MENU = _UxGT("Hata Ayıklama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST = _UxGT("Durum Çubuğu Testi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Eksenleri Sıfırla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("X Sıfırla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("Y Sıfırla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("Z Sıfırla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_Z_ALIGN = _UxGT("Oto. Z-Hizalama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING = _UxGT("XYZ Sıfırlanıyor"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("Başlatmak için tıkla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("Sonraki Nokta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("Hizalama Tamam!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Kaçınma Yüksekliği"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Ofset Ayarla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Ofset Tamam"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Sıfır Belirle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Nozul"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Nozul ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Tüm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Tabla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Ayarlar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Nozul"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Nozul ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Tüm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Tabla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Ayarlar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Özel Ön Isınma"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Soğut/(Durdur)"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_MENU = _UxGT("Lazer Kontrolü"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_OFF = _UxGT("Lazeri Kapat"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_ON = _UxGT("Lazeri Aç"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_POWER = _UxGT("Lazer Gücü"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_MENU = _UxGT("Spindle Kontrolü"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_OFF = _UxGT("Spindle Kapat"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_ON = _UxGT("Spindle Aç"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_POWER = _UxGT("Spindle Gücü"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE = _UxGT("Spindle Ters Yön"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Gücü Aç"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Gücü Kapat"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Ekstrüzyon"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("Geri Çek"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("Eksen Hareketleri"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("Tabla Hizalama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Tabla Hizası"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS = _UxGT("Hizalama Köşeleri"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NEXT_CORNER = _UxGT("Sonraki Köşe"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDITOR = _UxGT("Mesh Editörü"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDIT_MESH = _UxGT("Mesh Düzenle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDITING_STOPPED = _UxGT("Mesh Düzenleme Durdu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROBING_MESH = _UxGT("Prop Noktası"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_X = _UxGT("İndeks X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_Y = _UxGT("İndeks Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z = _UxGT("Z Değeri"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USER_MENU = _UxGT("Özel Komutlar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_TEST = _UxGT("M48 Prob Testi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_POINT = _UxGT("M48 Nokta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Sapma"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MENU = _UxGT("IDEX Modu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OFFSETS_MENU = _UxGT("Takım Ofsetleri"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK = _UxGT("Oto-Park"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE = _UxGT("Kopyala"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY = _UxGT("Yansıtılmış kopya"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL = _UxGT("Tam Kontrol"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X = _UxGT("2. nozul X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y = _UxGT("2. nozul Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z = _UxGT("2. nozul Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("G29 Çalışıyor"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_TOOLS = _UxGT("UBL Araçları"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("UBL Yatak Hizalama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH = _UxGT("Eğim Noktası"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH = _UxGT("Elle Mesh Oluştur"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT = _UxGT("Altlık & Ölçü Ver"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 = _UxGT("Ölçü"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE = _UxGT("Yataktan Ölçü Kaldır"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT = _UxGT("Sonrakine Git"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("UBL'yi Etkinleştir"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("UBL'yi Etkisizleştir"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED = _UxGT("Yatak Sıcaklığı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Yatak Sıcaklığı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND = _UxGT("Nozul Sıcaklığı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Nozul Sıcaklığı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT = _UxGT("Mesh Düzenleme"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Özel Mesh Düzenleme"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH = _UxGT("İnce Ayar Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH = _UxGT("Mesh Düzenleme Tamam"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Özel Mesh Oluştur"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Mesh Oluştur"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Mesh Oluştur (") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(")"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Mesh Oluştur (") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(")"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("Soğuk Mesh Oluştur"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST = _UxGT("Mesh Yükseklik Ayarı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Yükseklik miktarı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Doğrulama Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Doğrulama Mesh (") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(")"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Doğrulama Mesh (") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(")"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Özel Mesh Doğrulama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_BED = _UxGT("G26 Isıtma Tablası"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_NOZZLE = _UxGT("G26 Isıtma Memesi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_MANUAL_PRIME = _UxGT("Manuel çalışma..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_FIXED_LENGTH = _UxGT("Birincil Sabit Uzunluk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_PRIME_DONE = _UxGT("Çalışma Tamamlandı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_CANCELED = _UxGT("G26 İptal edildi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_LEAVING = _UxGT("Çıkış G26"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH = _UxGT("Tabla Mesh Devam et"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Mesh Hizalama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("3-Nokta Hizalama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Kafes Mesh Hizalama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL = _UxGT("Mesh Seviyesi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS = _UxGT("Yan Noktalar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE = _UxGT("Haritalama Türü"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP = _UxGT("Mesh Çıkış Haritası"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST = _UxGT("Host için Çıktı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV = _UxGT("CSV için Çıktı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP = _UxGT("Yazıcıda Yedek Kpalı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL = _UxGT("UBL Çıkış Bilgisi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Dolgu Miktarı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN = _UxGT("Manuel Dolgu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("Akıllı Dogu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH = _UxGT("Mesh Dolgu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL = _UxGT("Tümünü Geçersiz Kıl"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Yakını Geçersiz Kıl"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("Tümünü İnce Ayarla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Yakını İnce Ayarla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Mesh Depolama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT = _UxGT("Bellek Yuvası"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH = _UxGT("Yatak Mesh Yükle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("Yatak Mesh Kayıt Et"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LOADED = _UxGT("M117 Mesh %i yüklendi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_SAVED = _UxGT("M117 Mesh %i kayıtlandı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE = _UxGT("Depolama Yok"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR = _UxGT("Hata: UBL Kayıt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR = _UxGT("Hata: UBL Yenileme"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET = _UxGT("Z-Ofset: "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED = _UxGT("Z-Ofset Durduruldu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU = _UxGT("Adım Adım UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_1_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("1.Soğuk Mesh Oluştur"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_2_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("2.Akıllı Dogu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("3.Doğrulama Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_4_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("4.Tümünü İnce Ayarla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_5_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("5.Doğrulama Mesh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_6_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("6.Tümünü İnce Ayarla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_7_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("7.Yatak Mesh Kayıt Et"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_CONTROL = _UxGT("LED Kontrolü"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEDS = _UxGT("LEDler"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_PRESETS = _UxGT("LED Hazır Ayarları"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_RED = _UxGT("Kırmızı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE = _UxGT("Turuncu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW = _UxGT("Sarı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN = _UxGT("Yeşil"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE = _UxGT("Mavi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO = _UxGT("Lacivert"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET = _UxGT("Menekşe"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE = _UxGT("Beyaz"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT = _UxGT("Varsayılan"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS = _UxGT("Özel Işıklar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_R = _UxGT("Kırmızı Şiddeti"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_G = _UxGT("Yeşil Şiddeti"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_B = _UxGT("Mavi Şiddeti"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_W = _UxGT("Beyaz Şiddeti"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Parlaklık"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVING = _UxGT("Hareket Ediyor.."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FREE_XY = _UxGT("Durdur XY"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("X Hareketi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Y Hareketi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Z Hareketi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Ekstruder"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Ekstruder *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Nozul Çok Soğuk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("%smm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("0.1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("10mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Hız"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Z Mesafesi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Nozul"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Nozul ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Tabla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Çevirme"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Fan Hızı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Fan Hızı ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORED_FAN_N = _UxGT("Depolanan Fan ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Ekstra Fan Hızı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Ekstra Fan Hızı ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Akış"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Akış ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Kontrol"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Çarpan"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Oto. Sıcaklık"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Açık"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Kapalı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE = _UxGT("PID Kalibrasyon"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_E = _UxGT("PID Kalibrasyon *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E = _UxGT("PID-P *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E = _UxGT("PID-I *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E = _UxGT("PID-D *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E = _UxGT("PID-C *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_F = _UxGT("PID-F"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_F_E = _UxGT("PID-F *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Seç"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Seç *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("İvme"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Sarsım"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_A _UxGT("-Sarsım"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VB_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_B _UxGT("-Sarsım"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VC_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_C _UxGT("-Sarsım"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VE_JERK = _UxGT("Ve-Sarsım"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Jonksiyon Sapması"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VELOCITY = _UxGT("Hız Vektörü"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_A = _UxGT("HızVektör.max ") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("HızVektör.max ") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("HızVektör.max ") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("HızVektör.max ") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("HızVektör.max *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("HızVektör.min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("HV.gezinme min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Ivme"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_A = _UxGT("Max. ivme ") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Max. ivme ") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Max. ivme ") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Max. ivme ") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Max. ivme *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("Ivme-geri çekme"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("Ivme-gezinme"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Adım/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = LCD_STR_A _UxGT(" adım/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT(" adım/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT(" adım/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("E adım/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("* adım/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Sıcaklık"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Hareket"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filaman"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("Ekstrüzyon/mm³"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Filaman Çapı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Filaman Çapı *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Çıkart mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Yükle mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("K İlerlet"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("K İlerlet *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("LCD Kontrast"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Hafızaya Al"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Hafızadan Yükle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("Fabrika Ayarları"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("EEPROM'u başlat"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_EEPROM_CRC = _UxGT("Hata: EEPROM CRC"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_EEPROM_INDEX = _UxGT("Hata: EEPROM Indeks"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_EEPROM_VERSION = _UxGT("Hata: EEPROM Versiyonu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("SD Güncellemesi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Yazıcıyı Resetle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Yenile"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Bilgi Ekranı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Hazırlık"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Ayar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Yaz. Başlat"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_NEXT = _UxGT("İleri"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_INIT = _UxGT("İçinde"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_STOP = _UxGT("Durdur"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_PRINT = _UxGT("Yazdır"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_RESET = _UxGT("Resetle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL = _UxGT("İptal"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_DONE = _UxGT("Tamamlandı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_BACK = _UxGT("Geri"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_PROCEED = _UxGT("Devam ediyor"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Duraklat"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Sürdür"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Durdur"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING_OBJECT = _UxGT("Yazdırma Nesnesi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT = _UxGT("Nesneyi İptal Et"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT_N = _UxGT("Nesneyi İptal Et ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY = _UxGT("Kesinti Kurtarma"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("SD Karttan Yazdır"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("SD Kart Yok!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("Uyku..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Operatör bekleniyor."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_PAUSED = _UxGT("Baskı Duraklatıldı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING = _UxGT("Baskı Yapılıyor..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Baskı Durduruldu!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("İşlem yok."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("Kilitlendi. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("Durdu. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("Geri Çek mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("Swap Re.mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("Geri Çekme V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("Atlama mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("UnRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("S UnRet mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("UnRet V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF = _UxGT("S UnRet V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Oto. Geri Çekme"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH = _UxGT("G.Çekme Boyu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH = _UxGT("Tasfiye uzunluğu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE = _UxGT("Takım Değişimi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT = _UxGT("Z Yükselt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD = _UxGT("Birincil Hız"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD = _UxGT("Geri Çekme Hızı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY = _UxGT("Nozul Beklemede"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Filaman Değiştir"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Filaman Değiştir *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("Filaman Yükle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Filaman Yükle *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("Filaman Çıkart"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Filaman Çıkart *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Tümünü Çıkart"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("SD Kart Başlatılıyor"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("SD Kart Değiştir"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA = _UxGT("SD Kart Çıkart"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Z Prob Açık. Tabla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SKEW_FACTOR = _UxGT("Çarpıklık Faktörü"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH = _UxGT("BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("BLTouch K. Test"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("Cmd: Reset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("Cmd: Kapat"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Cmd: Aç"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: SW-Modu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: 5V-Modu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: OD-Modu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE = _UxGT("Cmd: Mode-Store"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V = _UxGT("BLTouch 5V Ayarla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD = _UxGT("BLTouch OD Ayarla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO = _UxGT("Drenaj Raporu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE = _UxGT("TEHLIKE: Kötü ayarlar hasara neden olabilir! Yine de devam edilsin mi?"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE = _UxGT("TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT = _UxGT("Init TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST = _UxGT("Z Ofset Testi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE = _UxGT("Kaydet"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI = _UxGT("TouchMI Aç"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Z-Probe Aç"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_STOW = _UxGT("Z-Probe Kapat"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Önce %s%s%s Sıfırla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Prob Ofsetleri"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_XOFFSET = _UxGT("X Prob Ofset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_YOFFSET = _UxGT("Y Prob Ofset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Z Prob Ofset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Miniadım X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Miniadım Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Miniadım Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_TOTAL = _UxGT("Toplam"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("Endstop iptal"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("Isınma başarısız"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED = _UxGT("Yatak Isınma Başrsız"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Oda Isıtma Hatası"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP = _UxGT("Hata: Sıcaklık Aşımı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY = _UxGT("TERMAL PROBLEM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED = _UxGT("TABLA TERMAL PROBLEM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_CHAMBER = _UxGT("ODA TERMAL PROBLEM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP = _UxGT("Hata: MAX.SICAKLIK"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP = _UxGT("Hata: MIN.SICAKLIK"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Hata: MAX.SIC. TABLA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Hata: MIN.SIC. TABLA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Hata: MAX.SIC ODA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Hata: MIN.SIC ODA"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING = _UxGT("Önce XY Sıfırla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HALTED = _UxGT("YAZICI DURDURULDU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PLEASE_RESET = _UxGT("Lütfen Resetleyin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_DAY = _UxGT("G"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_HOUR = _UxGT("S"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_MINUTE = _UxGT("D"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("Isınıyor..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLING = _UxGT("Soğuyor..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("Tabla Isınıyor..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_COOLING = _UxGT("Tabla Soğuyor..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER_HEATING = _UxGT("Oda Isınıyor..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER_COOLING = _UxGT("Oda Soğuyor..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Delta Kalibrasyonu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Ayarla X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Ayarla Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Ayarla Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("Ayarla Merkez"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Delta Ayarları"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Oto Kalibrasyon"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Delta Yük. Ayarla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Z Prob Ofseti"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD = _UxGT("Çapral Mil"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Yükseklik"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_RADIUS = _UxGT("Yarıçap"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MENU = _UxGT("Yazıcı Hakkında"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("Yazıcı Bilgisi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_3POINT_LEVELING = _UxGT("3-Nokta Hizalama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Doğrusal Hizalama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("İki Yönlü Doğ. Hiza."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVELING = _UxGT("Birleşik Tabla Hiza."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Mesh Hizalama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("İstatistikler"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Kontrolcü Bilgisi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("Termistörler"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS = _UxGT("Ekstruderler"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("İletişim Hızı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL = _UxGT("Protokol"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT = _UxGT("Aydınlatmayı Aç"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Aydınlatma Parlaklğı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("Yanlış Yazıcı"); + + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Baskı Sayısı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Tamamlanan"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Toplam Baskı Süresi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("En Uzun Baskı Süresi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Toplam Filaman"); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Baskı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Tamamlanan"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Süre"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("En Uzun"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filaman"); + #endif + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP = _UxGT("Min Sıc."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Max Sıc."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Güç Kaynağı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Sürücü Gücü"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Sürücü %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Sürücü %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Sürücü %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Sürücü %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERROR_TMC = _UxGT("TMC BAĞLANTI HATASI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("DAC EEPROM Yaz"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER = _UxGT("FILAMAN DEGISTIR"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE = _UxGT("BASKI DURAKLATILDI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD = _UxGT("FILAMAN YüKLE"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD = _UxGT("FILAMAN ÇIKART"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER = _UxGT("Seçenekler:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE = _UxGT("Daha Fazla Tasviye"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("Baskıyı sürdür"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE = _UxGT(" Nozul: "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR = _UxGT("Runout Sensörü"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM = _UxGT("Aşınma Farkı mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_HOMING_FAILED = _UxGT("Sıfırlama Başarısız"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_PROBING_FAILED = _UxGT("Probing Başarısız"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M600_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("M600: Çok Soğuk"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_CHOOSE_FILAMENT_HEADER = _UxGT("FILAMAN SEÇ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_MENU = _UxGT("MMU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_WRONG_FIRMWARE = _UxGT("MMU Yaz. Güncelle!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_NOT_RESPONDING = _UxGT("MMU Dikkat Gerektirir."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESUME = _UxGT("Yaz. Devam Et"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESUMING = _UxGT("Sürdürülüyor..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filaman Yükle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Tümünü Yükle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Nozula Yükle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filaman Çıkart"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Filaman Çıkart ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filamenti Boşalt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Fil. Yükleniyor %i..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Fil Çıkartılıyor. ..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Fil. Boşaltılıyor...."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_ALL = _UxGT("Tümü"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Filaman ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESET = _UxGT("MMU Resetle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESETTING = _UxGT("MMU Resetleniyot..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Kaldır, tıkla"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX = _UxGT("Karışım"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_N = _UxGT("Bileşen ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIXER = _UxGT("Karıştırıcı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Gradyan"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FULL_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Tam Gradyan"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOGGLE_MIX = _UxGT("Karışım Geçişi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CYCLE_MIX = _UxGT("Döngü Karışımı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT_MIX = _UxGT("Gradyan Karışımı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Ters Gradyan"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL = _UxGT("Aktif V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_VTOOL = _UxGT("Başlat V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_END_VTOOL = _UxGT(" Bitir V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS = _UxGT("Alias V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_VTOOLS = _UxGT("Reset V-tools"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL = _UxGT("V-tool Karışıö Yap"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTOOLS_RESET = _UxGT("V-tools Resetlendi"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_Z = _UxGT("Başlat Z:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_END_Z = _UxGT(" Bitir Z:"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GAMES = _UxGT("Oyunlar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BRICKOUT = _UxGT("Brickout"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INVADERS = _UxGT("Invaders"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SNAKE = _UxGT("Sn4k3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAZE = _UxGT("Maze"); + + #define MSG_1_LINE(A) A "\0" "\0" + #define MSG_2_LINE(A,B) A "\0" B "\0" + #define MSG_3_LINE(A,B,C) A "\0" B "\0" C + + // + // Filament Değişim ekranları 4 satırlı ekranda 3 satıra kadar gösterilir + // ...veya 3 satırlı ekranda 2 satıra kadar + // + #if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Baskıya devam etmek", "için Butona bas")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Park Ediliyor...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Filaman değişimi", "için başlama", "bekleniyor")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Filamanı yükle", "ve devam için", "tuşa bas...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Nozulü Isıtmak için", "Butona Bas.")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Nozul Isınıyor", "Lütfen Bekleyin...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Filamanın çıkması", "bekleniyor")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Filamanın yüklenmesi", "bekleniyor..")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Filaman Temizlemesi", "için bekle")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Filaman Temizlemesi", "bitirmek için tıkla")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Baskının devam ", "etmesi için bekle")); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Sürdürmek İçin Tıkla")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Park Ediliyor...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Lütfen bekleyiniz...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Yükle ve bas")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Isıtmak için Tıkla")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Isınıyor...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Çıkartılıyor...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Yüklüyor...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Temizleniyor...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Bitirmek için Tıkla")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Sürdürülüyor...")); + #endif + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_DRIVERS = _UxGT("TMC Sürücüleri"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_CURRENT = _UxGT("Sürücü Akımı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_HYBRID_THRS = _UxGT("Hibrit Eşiği"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS = _UxGT("Sensörsüz Sıfırlama"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_STEPPING_MODE = _UxGT("Adım Modu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_STEALTH_ENABLED = _UxGT("StealthChop Aktif"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SERVICE_RESET = _UxGT("Resetle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SERVICE_IN = _UxGT(" içinde:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH = _UxGT("Ters Tepki"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_A = LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_B = LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_C = LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_CORRECTION = _UxGT("Düzeltme"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING = _UxGT("Yumuşatma"); +} + +#if FAN_COUNT == 1 + #define MSG_FIRST_FAN_SPEED MSG_FAN_SPEED + #define MSG_FIRST_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED #else - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Baskı") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Tamamlanan") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Süre") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("En Uzun") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Filaman") + #define MSG_FIRST_FAN_SPEED MSG_FAN_SPEED_N + #define MSG_FIRST_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N #endif -#define MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP _UxGT("Min Sıc.") -#define MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP _UxGT("Max Sıc.") -#define MSG_INFO_PSU _UxGT("Güç Kaynağı") -#define MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH _UxGT("Sürücü Gücü") -#define MSG_DAC_PERCENT _UxGT("Sürücü %") -#define MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE _UxGT("DAC EEPROM Yaz") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE _UxGT("BASKI DURAKLATILDI") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD _UxGT("FILAMAN YüKLE") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD _UxGT("FILAMAN ÇIKART") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER _UxGT("Seçenekler:") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE _UxGT("Daha Fazla Tasviye") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME _UxGT("Baskıyı sürdür") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE _UxGT(" Nozul: ") -#define MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR _UxGT("Runout Sensörü") -#define MSG_ERR_HOMING_FAILED _UxGT("Sıfırlama Başarısız") -#define MSG_ERR_PROBING_FAILED _UxGT("Probing Başarısız") -#define MSG_M600_TOO_COLD _UxGT("M600: Çok Soğuk") -// -// Filament Değiştirme ekranları, 4 satırlı bir ekranda 3 satıra kadar gösterilir -// ...veya 3 satırlı ekranda 2 satıra kadar -#if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 - // Up to 3 lines allowed - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_1 _UxGT("Baskıya devam etmek") - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_2 _UxGT("için Butona bas") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Filaman değişimi") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("için başlama") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_3 _UxGT("bekleniyor") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Filamanı yükle") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("ve devam için") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3 _UxGT("tuşa bas...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Nozulü Isıtmak için") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_2 _UxGT("Butona Bas.") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Nozul Isınıyor") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_2 _UxGT("Lütfen Bekleyin...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Filamanın çıkması") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("bekleniyor") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Filamanın yüklenmesi") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 _UxGT("bekleniyor..") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Filaman Temizlemesi") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_2 _UxGT("için bekle") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Filaman Temizlemesi") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_2 _UxGT("bitirmek için tıkla") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Baskının devam ") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("etmesi için bekle") -#else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 - // Up to 2 lines allowed - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_1 _UxGT("Sürdürmek İçin Tıkla") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Lütfen bekleyiniz...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Yükle ve bas") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Isıtmak için Tıkla") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Isınıyor...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Çıkartılıyor...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Yüklüyor...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Temizleniyor...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Bitirmek için Tıkla") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Sürdürülüyor...") -#endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_uk.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_uk.h index b358743be6..0d473bf0af 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_uk.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_uk.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -30,213 +30,212 @@ */ #define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_5 -#define CHARSIZE 2 -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" готовий.") -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("Картка вставлена") -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("Картка видалена") -#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Кінцевик") // Max length 8 characters -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Меню") -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Автостарт") -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Вимк. двигуни") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Авто паркування") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("Паркування X") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Паркування Y") -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Паркування Z") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("Паркування XYZ") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("Почати") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("Слідуюча Точка") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("Завершено!") -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Зберегти паркув.") -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("Зміщення застос.") -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Встанов. початок") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Нагрів " PREHEAT_1_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Все") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Стіл") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" нал.") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Нагрів " PREHEAT_2_LABEL) -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Все") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Стіл") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" нал.") -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Охолодження") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Увімкнути живлення") -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Вимкнути живлення") -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Екструзія") -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Втягування") -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Рух по осям") -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("Нівелювання столу") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Нівелювання столу") -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Рух по X") -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Рух по Y") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Рух по Z") -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Екструдер") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("Рух по %smm") -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("Рух по 0.1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("Рух по 1mm") -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("Рух по 10mm") -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Швидкість") -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Z Столу") -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("Сопло") -#define MSG_BED _UxGT("Стіл") -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Охолодж.") -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Потік") -#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Налаштування") -#define MSG_MIN _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Мін") -#define MSG_MAX _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Макс") -#define MSG_FACTOR _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Факт") -#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Автотемпер.") -#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("Увімк.") -#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("Вимк.") -#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") -#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") -#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") -#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") -#define MSG_SELECT _UxGT("Вибрати") -#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("Приск.") -#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Ривок") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Va-ривок") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vb-ривок") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vc-ривок") -#else - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Vx-ривок") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Vy-ривок") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Vz-ривок") -#endif -#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("Ve-ривок") -#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("Vмакс") -#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("Vмін") -#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("Vруху мін") -#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("Aмакс ") -#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("A-втягув.") -#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("A-руху") -#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Кроків/мм") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Aкроків/мм") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Bкроків/мм") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Cкроків/мм") -#else - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("Xкроків/мм") - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Yкроків/мм") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Zкроків/мм") -#endif -#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("Eкроків/мм") -#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("E1кроків/мм") -#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("E2кроків/мм") -#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("E3кроків/мм") -#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("E4кроків/мм") -#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("E5кроків/мм") -#define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("E6кроків/мм") -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Температура") -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Рух") -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Волокно") -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("E в мм3") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Діам. волок.") -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("контраст LCD") -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Зберегти в ПЗП") -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Зчитати з ПЗП") -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Відновити базові") -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("Поновити") -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Інформація") -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Підготувати") -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Підлаштування") -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Призупинити друк") -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Відновити друк") -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Скасувати друк") -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("Друкувати з SD") -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("Відсутня SD карт.") -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("Сплячка...") -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Очікування дій...") -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Друк скасовано") -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("Немає руху.") -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("ПЕРЕРВАНО. ") -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("ЗУПИНЕНО. ") -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Зміна волокна") -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("Старт SD картки") -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("Заміна SD карти") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Z дет. не в межах") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST _UxGT("BLTouch Само-Тест") -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET _UxGT("Скинути BLTouch") -#define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("Дім %s%s%s перший") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Зміщення Z") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Мікрокрок X") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Мікрокрок Y") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Мікрокрок Z") -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("невдача кінцевика") -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("Невдалий нагрів") -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("ЗБІЙ ТЕМПЕРАТУРИ") -#define MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING _UxGT("Дім XY перший") -#define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("ПРИНТЕР ЗУПИНЕНО") -#define MSG_PLEASE_RESET _UxGT("Перезавантажте") -#define MSG_SHORT_DAY _UxGT("д") // One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("г") // One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("х") // One character only -#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("Нагрівання...") -#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Нагрівання столу...") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Калібр. Delta") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Калібрування X") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Калібрування Y") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Калібрування Z") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Калібр. Центру") +namespace Language_uk { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English -#define MSG_INFO_MENU _UxGT("Про принтер") -#define MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU _UxGT("Інформація") -#define MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU _UxGT("Статистика") -#define MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU _UxGT("Про плату") -#define MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU _UxGT("Термістори") -#define MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS _UxGT("Екструдери") -#define MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE _UxGT("біт/с") -#define MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL _UxGT("Протокол") -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT _UxGT("Підсвітка") + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 2; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Ukranian"); -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("Неправильний принтер") + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" готовий."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("Картка вставлена"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("Картка видалена"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Кінцевик"); // Max length 8 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Меню"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("Автостарт"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Вимк. двигуни"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Авто паркування"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("Паркування X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("Паркування Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("Паркування Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING = _UxGT("Паркування XYZ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("Почати"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("Слідуюча Точка"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("Завершено!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Зберегти паркув."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Зміщення застос."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Встанов. початок"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Сопло"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Сопло ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Все"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Стіл"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" нал."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Сопло"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Сопло ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Все"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Стіл"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" нал."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Охолодження"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Увімкнути живлення"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Вимкнути живлення"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Екструзія"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("Втягування"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("Рух по осям"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("Нівелювання столу"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Нівелювання столу"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("Рух по X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Рух по Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Рух по Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Екструдер"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Екструдер *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Рух по %smm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Рух по 0.1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Рух по 1mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("Рух по 10mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Швидкість"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Z Столу"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Сопло"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Сопло ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Стіл"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Охолодж."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Охолодж. ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Потік"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Потік ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Налаштування"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Мін"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Макс"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Факт"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Автотемпер."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Увімк."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Вимк."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Вибрати"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Вибрати *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Приск."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Ривок"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_A _UxGT("-ривок"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VB_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_B _UxGT("-ривок"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VC_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_C _UxGT("-ривок"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VE_JERK = _UxGT("Ve-ривок"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_A = _UxGT("Vмакс") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("Vмакс") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("Vмакс") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("Vмакс") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("Vмакс *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("Vмін"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("Vруху мін"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_A = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Aмакс *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("A-втягув."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("A-руху"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Кроків/мм"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = LCD_STR_A _UxGT("кроків/мм"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT("кроків/мм"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT("кроків/мм"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("Eкроків/мм"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("*кроків/мм"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Температура"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Рух"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Волокно"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E в мм³"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Діам. волок."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Діам. волок. *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("контраст LCD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Зберегти в ПЗП"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Зчитати з ПЗП"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("Відновити базові"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Поновити"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Інформація"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Підготувати"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Підлаштування"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Призупинити друк"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Відновити друк"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Скасувати друк"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Друкувати з SD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Відсутня SD карт."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("Сплячка..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Очікування дій..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Друк скасовано"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("Немає руху."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("ПЕРЕРВАНО. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("ЗУПИНЕНО. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Зміна волокна"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Зміна волокна *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("Старт SD картки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Заміна SD карти"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Z дет. не в межах"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("BLTouch Само-Тест"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("Скинути BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Дім %s%s%s перший"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Зміщення Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Мікрокрок X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Мікрокрок Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Мікрокрок Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("невдача кінцевика"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("Невдалий нагрів"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY = _UxGT("ЗБІЙ ТЕМПЕРАТУРИ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING = _UxGT("Дім XY перший"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HALTED = _UxGT("ПРИНТЕР ЗУПИНЕНО"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PLEASE_RESET = _UxGT("Перезавантажте"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_DAY = _UxGT("д"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_HOUR = _UxGT("г"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_MINUTE = _UxGT("х"); // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("Нагрівання..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("Нагрівання столу..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Калібр. Delta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Калібрування X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Калібрування Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Калібрування Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("Калібр. Центру"); -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("К-сть друків") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Завершено") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Весь час друку") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Найдовший час") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Екструдовано") -#else - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Друків") - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Завершено") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Загалом") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Найдовший") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Ексдруд.") -#endif + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MENU = _UxGT("Про принтер"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("Інформація"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("Статистика"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Про плату"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("Термістори"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS = _UxGT("Екструдери"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("біт/с"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL = _UxGT("Протокол"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT = _UxGT("Підсвітка"); -#define MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP _UxGT("Мін Темп.") -#define MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP _UxGT("Макс Темп.") -#define MSG_INFO_PSU _UxGT("Джерело жив.") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("Неправильний принтер"); -#define MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH _UxGT("Сила мотору") -#define MSG_DAC_PERCENT _UxGT("% мотору") -#define MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE _UxGT("Запис ЦАП на ПЗП") + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("К-сть друків"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Завершено"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Весь час друку"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Найдовший час"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Екструдовано"); + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Друків"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Завершено"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Загалом"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Найдовший"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Ексдруд."); + #endif -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME _UxGT("Відновити друк") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP = _UxGT("Мін Темп."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Макс Темп."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Джерело жив."); -#if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 - // Up to 3 lines allowed - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Зачекайте на") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("початок заміни") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_3 _UxGT("волокна") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Зачекайте на") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("вивід волокна") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Вставте волокно") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("та натисніть для") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3 _UxGT("продовження...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Зачекайте на") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 _UxGT("ввід волокна") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Зачекайте на") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("відновлення") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_3 _UxGT("друку") -#else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 - // Up to 2 lines allowed - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Зачекайте...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Вивід...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Вставте і нат.") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Ввід...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Відновлення...") -#endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Сила мотору"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X % мотору"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y % мотору"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z % мотору"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E % мотору"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("Запис ЦАП на ПЗП"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("Відновити друк"); + + #if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 + // Up to 3 lines allowed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Зачекайте на", "початок заміни", "волокна")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Зачекайте на", "вивід волокна")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Вставте волокно", "та натисніть для", "продовження...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Зачекайте на", "ввід волокна")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Зачекайте на", "відновлення", "друку")); + #else + // Up to 2 lines allowed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Зачекайте...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Вивід...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Вставте і нат.")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Ввід...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Відновлення...")); + #endif +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_vi.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_vi.h index 3b8885e707..330db4b690 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_vi.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_vi.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,410 +28,417 @@ * See also http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html * */ +namespace Language_vi { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English -#define CHARSIZE 2 + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 2; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Vietnamese"); -#define THIS_LANGUAGES_SPECIAL_SYMBOLS _UxGT("àạậẵắấầđẻểếềìỉởộỗợúự") + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" Sẵn sàng."); // Ready + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACK = _UxGT("Trở lại"); // Back + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_ABORTING = _UxGT("Đang hủy bỏ..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("Phương tiện được cắm vào"); // Media inserted + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("Phương tiện được rút ra"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED = _UxGT("Phương tiện đã phát hành"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_WAITING = _UxGT("Chờ đợi phương tiện"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_READ_ERROR = _UxGT("Lỗi đọc phương tiện"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_REMOVED = _UxGT("USB được rút ra"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_FAILED = _UxGT("USB khởi thất bại"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Công tắc"); // Endstops - công tắc hành trình + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Công tắc mềm"); // soft Endstops + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Chính"); // Main + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Thiết lập cấp cao"); // Advanced Settings + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONFIGURATION = _UxGT("Cấu hình"); // Configuration + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("Khởi chạy tự động"); // Autostart + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Tắt động cơ bước"); // Disable steppers + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DEBUG_MENU = _UxGT("Menu gỡ lỗi"); // Debug Menu + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST = _UxGT("Kiểm tra tiến độ"); // Progress bar test + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Về nhà tự động"); // Auto home + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("Về nhà X"); // home x + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("Về nhà Y"); // home y + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("Về nhà Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_Z_ALIGN = _UxGT("Chỉnh canh Z tự động"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING = _UxGT("Đang về nhà XYZ"); // Homing XYZ + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("Nhấn để bắt đầu"); // Click to Begin + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("Điểm tiếp theo"); // Next Point + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("San lấp được hoàn thành"); // Leveling Done! + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Chiều cao mờ dần"); // Fade Height + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Đặt bù đắp nhà"); // Set home offsets + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Bù đắp được áp dụng"); // Offsets applied + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Đặt nguồn gốc"); // Set origin + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" trước"); // Preheat + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" trước ~"); // Preheat + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Đầu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Đầu ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Tất cả"); // all + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bàn"); // bed -- using vietnamese term for 'table' instead + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Cấu hình"); // conf + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" trước"); // Preheat + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" trước ~"); // Preheat + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Đầu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Đầu ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Tất cả"); // all + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bàn"); // bed -- using vietnamese term for 'table' instead + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Cấu hình"); // conf + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Sự nóng trước tự chọn"); // Preheat Custom + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Nguội xuống"); // Cooldown + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Bật nguồn"); // Switch power on + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Tắt nguồn"); // Switch power off + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Ép đùn"); // Extrude + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("Rút lại"); // Retract + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("Di chuyển trục"); // Move axis + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("San Lấp Bàn"); // Bed Leveling + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Làm bằng mặt bàn"); // Level bed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS = _UxGT("Làm bằng góc bàn"); // Level corners + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NEXT_CORNER = _UxGT("Góc tiếp theo"); // Next corner + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDITING_STOPPED = _UxGT("Chỉnh lưới đã dừng"); // Mesh Editing Stopped + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_X = _UxGT("Mục lục X"); // Index X + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_Y = _UxGT("Mục lục Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z = _UxGT("Giá trị Z"); // Z Value + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USER_MENU = _UxGT("Các lệnh tự chọn"); // Custom Commands + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("Đang chạy G29"); // Doing G29 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_TOOLS = _UxGT("Công cụ UBL"); // UBL tools + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("San Lấp Bàn Thống Nhất (UBL)"); // Unified Bed Leveling + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MENU = _UxGT("chế độ IDEX"); // IDEX Mode + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK = _UxGT("Đậu tự động"); // Auto-Park + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE = _UxGT("Sự gấp đôi"); // Duplication + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_SCALED_COPY = _UxGT("Bản sao thu nhỏ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL = _UxGT("Toàn quyền điều khiển"); // Full control + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_X_OFFSET = _UxGT("Đầu phun X nhì"); // 2nd nozzle X + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_Y_OFFSET = _UxGT("Đầu phun Y nhì"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_Z_OFFSET = _UxGT("Đầu phun Z nhì"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_SAVE_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Lưu bù đắp"); // Save offsets + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH = _UxGT("Tự xây dựng lưới"); // Manually Build Mesh + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT = _UxGT("Đặt chêm và đo"); // Place shim & measure + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 = _UxGT("Đo"); // Measure + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE = _UxGT("Tháo và đo bàn"); // Remove & measure bed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT = _UxGT("Chuyển sang tiếp theo"); // moving to next + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("Bật UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("Tắt UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED = _UxGT("Nhiệt độ bàn"); // Bed Temp + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Bed Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND = _UxGT("Nhiệt độ đầu phun"); // Hotend Temp + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Hotend Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT = _UxGT("Chỉnh sửa lưới"); // Mesh Edit + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Chỉnh sửa lưới tự chọn"); // Edit Custom Mesh + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH = _UxGT("Chỉnh lưới chính xác"); // Fine tuning mesh + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH = _UxGT("Chỉnh sửa xong lưới"); // Done Editing Mesh + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Xây dựng lưới tự chọn"); // Build Custom Mesh + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Xây dựng lưới"); // Build Mesh + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Xây dựng lưới (") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(")"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Xây dựng lưới (") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(")"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("Xây dựng lưới lạnh"); // Build cold mesh + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST = _UxGT("Điều chỉnh chiều cao lưới"); // Adjust Mesh Height + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Số lượng chiều cao"); // Height Amount + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Thẩm tra lưới"); // Validate Mesh + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Thẩm tra lưới (") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(")"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Thẩm tra lưới (") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(")"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Thẩm tra lưới tự chọn"); // validate custom mesh + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH = _UxGT("Tiếp tục xây lưới bàn"); // Continue Bed Mesh + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Đang san lấp lưới"); // Mesh Leveling + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Đang san lấp 3-điểm"); // 3-Point Leveling + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Đang san lấp lưới phẳng"); // Grid (planar) Mesh Leveling + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL = _UxGT("Làm bằng lưới"); // Level Mesh + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS = _UxGT("Điểm bên cạnh"); // Side Points + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE = _UxGT("Loại bản đồ"); // Map Type + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP = _UxGT("Đầu ra bản đồ lưới"); // Output Mesh Map + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST = _UxGT("Đầu ra cho máy chủ"); // Output for Host + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV = _UxGT("Đầu ra cho CSV"); // Output for CSV + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP = _UxGT("Hỗ trợ lưới"); // Off Printer Backup | backup mesh + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL = _UxGT("Đầu ra thông tin UBL"); // Output UBL Info + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDIT_MESH = _UxGT("Chỉnh sửa lưới"); // Edit mesh + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Số lượng lấp đầy"); // Fill-in Amount + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN = _UxGT("Tự lấp đầy"); // Manual Fill-in + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("Lấp đầy thông minh"); // Smart Fill-in + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH = _UxGT("Lưới lấp đầy"); // Fill-in Mesh + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL = _UxGT("Bác bỏ tất cả"); // Invalidate All + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Bác bỏ gần nhất"); // Invalidate Closest + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("Chỉnh chính xác tất cả"); // Fine Tune ALl + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Chỉnh chính xác gần nhất"); // Fine Tune Closest + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Lưu trữ lưới"); // Mesh Storage + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT = _UxGT("Khe nhớ"); // Memory Slot + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH = _UxGT("Tải lưới bàn"); // Load Bed Mesh + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("Lưu lưới bàn"); // Save Bed Mesh + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LOADED = _UxGT("M117 %i lưới được nạp"); // Mesh %i loaded + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_SAVED = _UxGT("M117 %i lưới đã lưu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_STORAGE = _UxGT("Không lưu trữ"); // No Storage + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR = _UxGT("Điều sai: Lưu UBL"); // Err: UBL Save + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR = _UxGT("Điều Sai: Khôi Phục UBL"); // Err: UBL Restore + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED = _UxGT("Đầu Dò-Z Đã Ngừng"); // Z-Offset Stopped + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU = _UxGT("Bước-Từng-Bước UBL"); // Step-By-Step UBL + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_1_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("1.Xây dựng lưới lạnh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_2_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("2.Lấp đầy thông minh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("3.Thẩm tra lưới"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_4_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("4.Chỉnh chính xác tất cả"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_5_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("5.Thẩm tra lưới"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_6_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("6.Chỉnh chính xác tất cả"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_7_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("7.Lưu lưới bàn"); -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" Sẵn sàng.") // Ready -#define MSG_BACK _UxGT("Trở lại") // Back -#define MSG_SD_INSERTED _UxGT("Thẻ được cắm vào") // Card inserted -#define MSG_SD_REMOVED _UxGT("Thẻ được rút ra") -#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Công tắc") // Endstops - công tắc hành trình -#define MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Công tắc mềm") // soft Endstops -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Chính") // Main -#define MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS _UxGT("Thiết lập cấp cao") // Advanced Settings -#define MSG_CONFIGURATION _UxGT("Cấu hình") // Configuration -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Khởi chạy tự động") // Autostart -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Tắt động cơ bước") // Disable steppers -#define MSG_DEBUG_MENU _UxGT("Menu gỡ lỗi") // Debug Menu -#define MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST _UxGT("Kiểm tra tiến độ") // Progress bar test -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Về nhà tự động") // Auto home -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("Về nhà X") // home x -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Về nhà Y") // home y -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Về nhà Z") -#define MSG_AUTO_Z_ALIGN _UxGT("Chỉnh canh Z tự động") -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("Đang về nhà XYZ") // Homing XYZ -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("Nhấn để bắt đầu") // Click to Begin -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("Điểm tiếp theo") // Next Point -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("San lấp được hoàn thành") // Leveling Done! -#define MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT _UxGT("Chiều cao mờ dần") // Fade Height -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Đặt bù đắp nhà") // Set home offsets -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("Bù đắp được áp dụng") // Offsets applied -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Đặt nguồn gốc") // Set origin -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Làm nóng " PREHEAT_1_LABEL " trước") // Preheat -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Tất cả") // all -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_END MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Đầu") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Bàn") // bed -- using vietnamese term for 'table' instead -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" Cấu hình") // conf -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Làm nóng " PREHEAT_2_LABEL " trước") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" ") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Tất cả") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_END MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Đầu") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Bàn") // bed -- using vietnamese term for 'table' instead -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" Cấu hình") -#define MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM _UxGT("Sự nóng trước tự chọn") // Preheat Custom -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Nguội xuống") // Cooldown -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Bật nguồn") // Switch power on -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Tắt nguồn") // Switch power off -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Ép đùn") // Extrude -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Rút lại") // Retract -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Di chuyển trục") // Move axis -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("San Lấp Bàn") // Bed Leveling -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Làm bằng mặt bàn") // Level bed -#define MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS _UxGT("Làm bằng góc bàn") // Level corners -#define MSG_NEXT_CORNER _UxGT("Góc tiếp theo") // Next corner -#define MSG_EDITING_STOPPED _UxGT("Chỉnh lưới đã dừng") // Mesh Editing Stopped -#define MSG_MESH_X _UxGT("Mục lục X") // Index X -#define MSG_MESH_Y _UxGT("Mục lục Y") -#define MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z _UxGT("Giá trị Z") // Z Value -#define MSG_USER_MENU _UxGT("Các lệnh tự chọn") // Custom Commands -#define MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 _UxGT("Đang chạy G29") // Doing G29 -#define MSG_UBL_TOOLS _UxGT("Công cụ UBL") // UBL tools -#define MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("San Lấp Bàn Thống Nhất (UBL)") // Unified Bed Leveling -#define MSG_IDEX_MENU _UxGT("chế độ IDEX") // IDEX Mode -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK _UxGT("Đậu tự động") // Auto-Park -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE _UxGT("Sự gấp đôi") // Duplication -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_SCALED_COPY _UxGT("Bản sao thu nhỏ") -#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL _UxGT("Toàn quyền điều khiển") // Full control -#define MSG_IDEX_X_OFFSET _UxGT("Đầu phun X nhì") // 2nd nozzle X -#define MSG_IDEX_Y_OFFSET _UxGT("Đầu phun Y nhì") -#define MSG_IDEX_Z_OFFSET _UxGT("Đầu phun Z nhì") -#define MSG_IDEX_SAVE_OFFSETS _UxGT("Lưu bù đắp") // Save offsets -#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH _UxGT("Tự xây dựng lưới") // Manually Build Mesh -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT _UxGT("Đặt chêm và đo") // Place shim & measure -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 _UxGT("Đo") // Measure -#define MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE _UxGT("Tháo và đo bàn") // Remove & measure bed -#define MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT _UxGT("Chuyển sang tiếp theo") // moving to next -#define MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("Bật UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("Tắt UBL") -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED _UxGT("Nhiệt độ bàn") // Bed Temp -#define MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND _UxGT("Nhiệt độ đầu phun") // Hotend Temp -#define MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT _UxGT("Chỉnh sửa lưới") // Mesh Edit -#define MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Chỉnh sửa lưới tự chọn") // Edit Custom Mesh -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH _UxGT("Chỉnh lưới chính xác") // Fine tuning mesh -#define MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH _UxGT("Chỉnh sửa xong lưới") // Done Editing Mesh -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Xây dựng lưới tự chọn") // Build Custom Mesh -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Xây dựng lưới") // Build Mesh -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 _UxGT("Xây dựng lưới (" PREHEAT_1_LABEL ")") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 _UxGT("Xây dựng lưới (" PREHEAT_2_LABEL ")") -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH _UxGT("Xây dựng lưới lạnh") // Build cold mesh -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST _UxGT("Điều chỉnh chiều cao lưới") // Adjust Mesh Height -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT _UxGT("Số lượng chiều cao") // Height Amount -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Thẩm tra lưới") // Validate Mesh -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 _UxGT("Thẩm tra lưới (" PREHEAT_1_LABEL ")") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 _UxGT("Thẩm tra lưới (" PREHEAT_2_LABEL ")") -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Thẩm tra lưới tự chọn") // validate custom mesh -#define MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH _UxGT("Tiếp tục xây lưới bàn") // Continue Bed Mesh -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Đang san lấp lưới") // Mesh Leveling -#define MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Đang san lấp 3-điểm") // 3-Point Leveling -#define MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Đang san lấp lưới phẳng") // Grid (planar) Mesh Leveling -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL _UxGT("Làm bằng lưới") // Level Mesh -#define MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS _UxGT("Điểm bên cạnh") // Side Points -#define MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE _UxGT("Loại bản đồ") // Map Type -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP _UxGT("Đầu ra bản đồ lưới") // Output Mesh Map -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST _UxGT("Đầu ra cho máy chủ") // Output for Host -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV _UxGT("Đầu ra cho CSV") // Output for CSV -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP _UxGT("Hỗ trợ lưới") // Off Printer Backup | backup mesh -#define MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL _UxGT("Đầu ra thông tin UBL") // Output UBL Info -#define MSG_EDIT_MESH _UxGT("Chỉnh sửa lưới") // Edit mesh -#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT _UxGT("Số lượng lấp đầy") // Fill-in Amount -#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN _UxGT("Tự lấp đầy") // Manual Fill-in -#define MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN _UxGT("Lấp đầy thông minh") // Smart Fill-in -#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH _UxGT("Lưới lấp đầy") // Fill-in Mesh -#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL _UxGT("Bác bỏ tất cả") // Invalidate All -#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Bác bỏ gần nhất") // Invalidate Closest -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL _UxGT("Chỉnh chính xác tất cả") // Fine Tune ALl -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Chỉnh chính xác gần nhất") // Fine Tune Closest -#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Lưu trữ lưới") // Mesh Storage -#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT _UxGT("Khe nhớ") // Memory Slot -#define MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH _UxGT("Tải lưới bàn") // Load Bed Mesh -#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH _UxGT("Lưu lưới bàn") // Save Bed Mesh -#define MSG_MESH_LOADED _UxGT("%i lưới được nạp") // Mesh %i loaded -#define MSG_MESH_SAVED _UxGT("%i lưới đã lưu") -#define MSG_NO_STORAGE _UxGT("Không lưu trữ") // No Storage -#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR _UxGT("Điều sai: Lưu UBL") // Err: UBL Save -#define MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR _UxGT("Điều Sai: Khôi Phục UBL") // Err: UBL Restore -#define MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED _UxGT("Đầu Dò-Z Đã Ngừng") // Z-Offset Stopped -#define MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU _UxGT("Bước-Từng-Bước UBL") // Step-By-Step UBL + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_CONTROL = _UxGT("Điều khiển LED"); // LED Control + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEDS = _UxGT("Đèn"); // Lights + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_PRESETS = _UxGT("Đèn định sẵn"); // Light Presets + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_RED = _UxGT("Đỏ"); // Red + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE = _UxGT("Cam"); // Orange + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW = _UxGT("Vàng"); // Yellow + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN = _UxGT("Xanh Lá"); // Green + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE = _UxGT("Xanh"); // Blue + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO = _UxGT("Xanh Đậm"); // Indigo + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET = _UxGT("Tím"); // Violet + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE = _UxGT("Trắng"); // White + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT = _UxGT("Mặc định"); // Default + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS = _UxGT("Đèn Tự Chọn"); // Custom Lights + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_R = _UxGT("Cường Độ Đỏ"); // Red Intensity + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_G = _UxGT("Cường Độ Xanh Lá"); // Green Intensity + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_B = _UxGT("Cường Độ Xanh"); // Blue Intensity + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_W = _UxGT("Cường Độ Trắng"); // White Intensity + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("độ sáng"); // Brightness -#define MSG_LED_CONTROL _UxGT("Điều khiển LED") // LED Control -#define MSG_LEDS _UxGT("Đèn") // Lights -#define MSG_LED_PRESETS _UxGT("Đèn định sẵn") // Light Presets -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_RED _UxGT("Đỏ") // Red -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE _UxGT("Cam") // Orange -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW _UxGT("Vàng") // Yellow -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN _UxGT("Xanh Lá") // Green -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE _UxGT("Xanh") // Blue -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO _UxGT("Xanh Đậm") // Indigo -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET _UxGT("Tím") // Violet -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE _UxGT("Trắng") // White -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT _UxGT("Mặc định") // Default -#define MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS _UxGT("Đèn Tự Chọn") // Custom Lights -#define MSG_INTENSITY_R _UxGT("Cường Độ Đỏ") // Red Intensity -#define MSG_INTENSITY_G _UxGT("Cường Độ Xanh Lá") // Green Intensity -#define MSG_INTENSITY_B _UxGT("Cường Độ Xanh") // Blue Intensity -#define MSG_INTENSITY_W _UxGT("Cường Độ Trắng") // White Intensity -#define MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("độ sáng") // Brightness + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVING = _UxGT("Di chuyển..."); // Moving + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FREE_XY = _UxGT("Giải phóng XY"); // Free XY + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("Di chuyển X"); // Move X + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Di chuyển Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Di chuyển Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Máy đùn"); // Extruder + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Máy đùn *"); // Extruder + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Đầu nóng quá lạnh"); // Hotend too cold + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Di chuyển 0.1mm"); // Move 0.1mm + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Di chuyển 1mm"); // Move 1mm + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("Di chuyển 10mm"); // Move 10mm + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Tốc độ"); // Speed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Z Bàn"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Đầu phun"); // Nozzle + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Đầu phun ~"); // Nozzle + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Bàn"); // bed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Tốc độ quạt"); // fan speed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Tốc độ quạt ~"); // fan speed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Tốc độ quạt phụ"); // Extra fan speed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Tốc độ quạt phụ ~"); // Extra fan speed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Lưu Lượng"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Lưu Lượng ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Điều khiển"); // Control + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Đa"); // min + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Thiểu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Hệ Số"); // factor + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Nhiệt độ tự động"); // Autotemp + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Bật"); // on + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Tắt"); // off + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Lựa"); // Select + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Lựa *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Tăng Tốc"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Giật"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("Giật-V") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VB_JERK = _UxGT("Giật-V") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VC_JERK = _UxGT("Giật-V") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VE_JERK = _UxGT("Giật-Ve"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Độ Lệch Chỗ Giao"); // Junction Dev + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VELOCITY = _UxGT("Vận tốc"); // velocity + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_A = _UxGT("Vđa") LCD_STR_A; // Vmax + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("Vđa") LCD_STR_B; // Vmax + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("Vđa") LCD_STR_C; // Vmax + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("Vđa") LCD_STR_E; // Vmax + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("Vđa *"); // Vmax + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("Vthiểu"); // Vmin + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("Vchuyển thiểu"); // VTrav min + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Sự tăng tốc"); // Acceleration + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_A = _UxGT("Tăng tốc ca") LCD_STR_A; // Amax + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Tăng tốc ca") LCD_STR_B; // Amax + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Tăng tốc ca") LCD_STR_C; // Amax + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Tăng tốc ca") LCD_STR_E; // Amax + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Tăng tốc ca *"); // Amax + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("TT-Rút"); // A-retract + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("TT-Chuyển"); // A-travel + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Bước/mm"); // Steps + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = _UxGT("Bước") LCD_STR_A _UxGT("/mm"); // Asteps/mm + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = _UxGT("Bước") LCD_STR_B _UxGT("/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = _UxGT("Bước") LCD_STR_C _UxGT("/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("BướcE/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("Bước */mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Nhiệt độ"); // Temperature + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Chuyển động"); // Motion + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Vật liệu in"); // dây nhựa + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E bằng mm³"); // E in mm + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Đường kính nhựa"); // Fil. Dai. + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Đường kính nhựa *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Dỡ mm"); // unload mm + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Nạp mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("K Cấp Cao"); // Advance K + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("K Cấp Cao *"); // Advance K + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Độ tương phản LCD"); // LCD contrast + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Lưu các thiết lập"); // Store settings + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Tải các cài đặt"); // Load settings + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("Khôi phục phòng hư"); // Restore Defaults + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("Khởi Tạo EEPROM"); // Initialize EEPROM + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Cập Nhật phương tiện"); // Update media + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Bặt Lại Máy In"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Cập Nhật"); // Refresh + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Màn Hình Thông Tin"); // Info screen + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Chuẩn bị"); // Prepare + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Điều Chỉnh"); // Tune + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Tạm dừng in"); // Pause print + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Tiếp tục in"); // Resume print + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Ngừng in"); // Stop print + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY = _UxGT("Phục Hồi Mất Điện"); // Outage Recovery + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("In từ phương tiện"); // Print from media + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Không có phương tiện"); // No media + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("Ngủ..."); // Sleep + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Nhấn để tiếp tục..."); // Click to resume (same as 'continue') + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_PAUSED = _UxGT("In tạm dừng"); // print paused + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING = _UxGT("Đang in..."); // printing + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("In đã hủy bỏ"); // Print aborted + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("Không di chuyển."); // No move. + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("Đà CHẾT. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("Đà NGỪNG. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("Rút mm"); // Retract mm + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("Rút Trao.mm"); // Swap Re.mm + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("Rút V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("Nhảy mm"); // hop + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("BỏRút mm"); // UnRet mm + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("BỏRút T mm"); // S UnRet mm + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("BỏRút V"); // UnRet V + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF = _UxGT("BỏRút T V"); // S UnRet V + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("RútTựĐộng"); // AutoRetr. + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH = _UxGT("Khoảng Cách Rút"); // Retract Distance + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE = _UxGT("Thay Đổi Công Cụ"); // Tool Change + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT = _UxGT("Đưa Lên Z"); // Z Raise + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD = _UxGT("Tốc Độ Tuôn Ra"); // Prime Speed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD = _UxGT("Tốc Độ Rút Lại"); // Retract Speed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Thay dây nhựa"); // change filament + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Thay dây nhựa *"); // change filament + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("Nạp dây nhựa"); // load filament + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Nạp dây nhựa *"); // load filament + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("Dỡ dây nhựa"); // unload filament + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Dỡ dây nhựa *"); // unload filament + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Dỡ tất cả"); // Unload All + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("Khởi tạo phương tiện"); // Attach media + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Thay phương tiện"); // Change midea + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Phát hành phương tiện"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Đầu Dò Z qua bàn"); // Z Probe past bed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SKEW_FACTOR = _UxGT("Hệ số nghiêng"); // Skew Factor + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH = _UxGT("BLTOUCH"); // BLTouch + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("Tự kiểm tra BLTOUCH "); // BLTouch Self-Test + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("Bặt lại BLTouch"); // Reset BLTouch + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Đem BLTouch"); // Deploy BLTouch + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("Cất BLTouch"); // Stow BLTouch + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Đem Đầu Dò-Z"); // Deploy Z-Probe + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_STOW = _UxGT("Cất Đầu Dò-Z"); // Stow Z-Probe + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Về nhà %s%s%s Trước"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Đầu Dò Bù Đắp Z"); // Probe Z Offset + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Nhít X"); // Babystep X + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Nhít Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Nhít Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("Hủy bỏ công tắc"); // Endstop abort + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("Sưởi đầu phun không thành công"); // Heating failed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED = _UxGT("Sưởi bàn không thành công"); // Bed heating failed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP = _UxGT("Điều sai: nhiệt độ dư"); // Err: REDUNDANT TEMP + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY = _UxGT("Vấn đề nhiệt"); // THERMAL RUNAWAY | problem + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED = _UxGT("Vấn đề nhiệt bàn"); // BED THERMAL RUNAWAY + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP = _UxGT("Điều sai: nhiệt độ tối đa"); // Err: MAXTEMP + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP = _UxGT("Điều sai: nhiệt độ tối thiểu"); // Err: MINTEMP + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Điều sai: nhiệt độ bàn tối đa"); // Err: MAXTEMP BED + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED = _UxGT("Điều sai: nhiệt độ bàn tối thiểu"); // Err: MINTEMP BED + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING = _UxGT("Về nhà XY Trước"); // Home XY First + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HALTED = _UxGT("MÁY IN Đà DỪNG LẠI"); // PRINTER HALTED + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PLEASE_RESET = _UxGT("Xin bặt lại"); // Please reset + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_DAY = _UxGT("n"); // d - ngày - One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_HOUR = _UxGT("g"); // h - giờ - One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_MINUTE = _UxGT("p"); // m - phút - One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("Đang sưởi nóng..."); // heating + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLING = _UxGT("Đang làm nguội..."); // cooling + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("Đang sưởi nong bàn..."); // bed heating + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_COOLING = _UxGT("Đang làm nguội bàn..."); // bed cooling + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Cân Chỉnh Delta"); // Delta calibration + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Chỉnh X lại"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Chỉnh Y lại"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("Chỉnh Z lại"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("Chỉnh Z Center"); // Calibrate Center + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Cài Đặt Delta"); // Delta Settings + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Cân Chỉnh Tự Động"); // Auto Calibration + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Đặt Chiều Cao Delta"); // Set Delta Height + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Đầu Dò Z-Bù Đắp"); // Probe Z-offset + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD = _UxGT("Gậy Chéo"); // Diag Rod + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Chiều Cao"); // Height + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_RADIUS = _UxGT("Bán Kính"); // Radius + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MENU = _UxGT("Về Máy In"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("Thông Tin Máy In"); // Printer Info + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_3POINT_LEVELING = _UxGT("San lấp 3-Điểm"); // 3-Point Leveling + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("San Lấp Tuyến Tính"); // Linear Leveling + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("San Lấp Song Tuyến"); // Bilinear Leveling + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVELING = _UxGT("San Lấp Bàn Thống Nhất"); // Unified Bed Leveling + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Lưới San Lấp"); // Mesh Leveling + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("Thống Kê Máy In"); // Printer Stats + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Thông Tin Bo Mạch"); // Board Info + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("Điện Trở Nhiệt"); // Thermistors + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS = _UxGT("Máy đùn"); // Extruders + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("Baud"); // Baud + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL = _UxGT("Giao Thức"); // Protocol + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT = _UxGT("Đèn Khuông"); // Case light + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Độ Sáng"); // Light Brightness + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Số In"); // Print Count + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Đã hoàn thành"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Tổng số thời gian in"); // Total print time + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Thời gian việc lâu nhất"); // Longest job time + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Tổng số đùn"); // Extruded total + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("In"); // prints + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("Đã hoàn thành"); // Completed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("Tổng số"); // total + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Dài nhất"); // Longest + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Đã ép đùn"); + #endif + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP = _UxGT("Nhiệt độ tối thiểu"); // Min Temp + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Nhiệt độ tối đa"); // Max temp + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Bộ nguồn"); // PSU + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Sức mạnh ổ đĩa"); // Drive Strength + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X % trình điều khiển"); // X Driver % + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y % trình điều khiển"); // Y Driver % + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z % trình điều khiển"); // Z Driver % + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E % trình điều khiển"); // E Driver % + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("Ghi DAC EEPROM"); // DAC EEPROM Write + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE = _UxGT("In tạm dừng"); // PRINT PAUSED + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD = _UxGT("Nạp dây nhựa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Dỡ dây nhựa"); // unload filament + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER = _UxGT("Tùy chọn hồi phục:"); // RESUME OPTIONS + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE = _UxGT("Xả thêm"); // Purge more + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("Tiếp tục"); // continue + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE = _UxGT(" Đầu Phun: "); // Nozzle + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR_ENABLE = _UxGT("Cảm Biến Hết"); // Runout Sensor + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_HOMING_FAILED = _UxGT("Sự nhà không thành công"); // Homing failed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_PROBING_FAILED = _UxGT(" không thành công"); // Probing failed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M600_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("M600: Quá lạnh"); -#define MSG_MOVING _UxGT("Di chuyển...") // Moving -#define MSG_FREE_XY _UxGT("Giải phóng XY") // Free XY -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Di chuyển X") // Move X -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Di chuyển Y") -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Di chuyển Z") -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Máy đùn") // Extruder -#define MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD _UxGT("Đầu nóng quá lạnh") // Hotend too cold -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("Di chuyển 0.1mm") // Move 0.1mm -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("Di chuyển 1mm") // Move 1mm -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("Di chuyển 10mm") // Move 10mm -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Tốc độ") // Speed -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Z Bàn") -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("Đầu phun") // Nozzle -#define MSG_BED _UxGT("Bàn") // bed -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Tốc độ quạt") // fan speed -#define MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Tốc độ quạt phụ") // Extra fan speed -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Lưu Lượng") -#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Điều khiển") // Control -#define MSG_MIN _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Đa") // min -#define MSG_MAX _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Thiểu") -#define MSG_FACTOR _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Hệ Số") // factor -#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Nhiệt độ tự động") // Autotemp -#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("Bật") // on -#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("Tắt") // off -#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") -#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") -#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") -#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") -#define MSG_SELECT _UxGT("Lựa") // Select -#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("Tăng Tốc") -#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Giật") -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Giật-Va") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Giật-Vb") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Giật-Vc") -#else - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("Giật-Vx") - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Giật-Vy") - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Giật-Vz") -#endif -#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("Giật-Ve") -#define MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION _UxGT("Độ Lệch Chỗ Giao") // Junction Dev -#define MSG_VELOCITY _UxGT("Vận tốc") // velocity -#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("Vđa") // Vmax -#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("Vthiểu") // Vmin -#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("Vchuyển thiểu") // VTrav min -#define MSG_ACCELERATION _UxGT("Sự tăng tốc") // Acceleration -#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("Tăng tốc ca") // Amax -#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("TT-Rút") // A-retract -#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("TT-Chuyển") // A-travel -#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Bước/mm") // Steps -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("BướcA/mm") // Asteps/mm - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("BướcB/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("BướcC/mm") -#else - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("BướcX/mm") // Xsteps/mm - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("BướcY/mm") - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("BướcZ/mm") -#endif -#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("BướcE/mm") -#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("BướcE1/mm") -#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("BướcE2/mm") -#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("BướcE3/mm") -#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("BướcE4/mm") -#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("BướcE5/mm") -#define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("BướcE6/mm") -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Nhiệt độ") // Temperature -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Chuyển động") // Motion -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Vật liệu in") // dây nhựa -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("E bằng mm") MSG_CUBED // E in mm -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Đường kính nhựa") // Fil. Dai. -#define MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD _UxGT("Dỡ mm") // unload mm -#define MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD _UxGT("Nạp mm") -#define MSG_ADVANCE_K _UxGT("K Cấp Cao") // Advance K -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("Độ tương phản LCD") // LCD contrast -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Lưu các thiết lập") // Store settings -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Tải các cài đặt") // Load settings -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Khôi phục phòng hư") // Restore failsafe -#define MSG_INIT_EEPROM _UxGT("Khởi Tạo EEPROM") // Initialize EEPROM -#define MSG_SD_UPDATE _UxGT("Cập Nhật SD") // SD Update -#define MSG_RESET_PRINTER _UxGT("Bặt Lại Máy In") -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("Cập Nhật") // Refresh -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Màn Hình Thông Tin") // Info screen -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Chuẩn bị") // Prepare -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Điều Chỉnh") // Tune -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Tạm dừng in") // Pause print -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Tiếp tục in") // Resume print -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Ngừng in") // Stop print -#define MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY _UxGT("Phục Hồi Mất Điện") // Outage Recovery -#define MSG_CARD_MENU _UxGT("In từ SD") // Print from SD -#define MSG_NO_CARD _UxGT("Không có thẻ SD") // No SD card -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("Ngủ...") // Sleep -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Nhấn để tiếp tục...") // Click to resume (same as 'continue') -#define MSG_PRINT_PAUSED _UxGT("In tạm dừng") // print paused -#define MSG_PRINTING _UxGT("Đang in...") // printing -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("In đã hủy bỏ") // Print aborted -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("Không di chuyển.") // No move. -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("Đà CHẾT. ") -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("Đà NGỪNG. ") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("Rút mm") // Retract mm -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Rút Trao.mm") // Swap Re.mm -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("Rút V") -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Nhảy mm") // hop -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("BỏRút mm") // UnRet mm -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("BỏRút T mm") // S UnRet mm -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("BỏRút V") // UnRet V -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF _UxGT("BỏRút T V") // S UnRet V -#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("RútTựĐộng") // AutoRetr. -#define MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH _UxGT("Khoảng Cách Rút") // Retract Distance -#define MSG_TOOL_CHANGE _UxGT("Thay Đổi Công Cụ") // Tool Change -#define MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT _UxGT("Đưa Lên Z") // Z Raise -#define MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD _UxGT("Tốc Độ Tuôn Ra") // Prime Speed -#define MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD _UxGT("Tốc Độ Rút Lại") // Retract Speed -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Thay dây nhựa") // change filament -#define MSG_FILAMENTLOAD _UxGT("Nạp dây nhựa") // load filament -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD _UxGT("Dỡ dây nhựa") // unload filament -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL _UxGT("Dỡ tất cả") // Unload All -#define MSG_INIT_SDCARD _UxGT("Khởi tạo thẻ SD ") // Init. SD card -#define MSG_CHANGE_SDCARD _UxGT("Thay thẻ SD") // Change SD card -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Đầu Dò Z qua bàn") // Z Probe past bed -#define MSG_SKEW_FACTOR _UxGT("Hệ số nghiêng") // Skew Factor -#define MSG_BLTOUCH _UxGT("BLTOUCH") // BLTouch -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST _UxGT("Tự kiểm tra BLTOUCH ") // BLTouch Self-Test -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET _UxGT("Bặt lại BLTouch") // Reset BLTouch -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY _UxGT("Đem BLTouch") // Deploy BLTouch -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW _UxGT("Cất BLTouch") // Stow BLTouch -#define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY _UxGT("Đem Đầu Dò-Z") // Deploy Z-Probe -#define MSG_MANUAL_STOW _UxGT("Cất Đầu Dò-Z") // Stow Z-Probe -#define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("Về nhà %s%s%s Trước") -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Đầu Dò Bù Đắp Z") // Probe Z Offset -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Nhít X") // Babystep X -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Nhít Y") -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Nhít Z") -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Hủy bỏ công tắc") // Endstop abort -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("Sưởi đầu phun không thành công") // Heating failed -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED _UxGT("Sưởi bàn không thành công") // Bed heating failed -#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("Điều sai: nhiệt độ dư") // Err: REDUNDANT TEMP -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("Vấn đề nhiệt") // THERMAL RUNAWAY | problem -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED _UxGT("Vấn đề nhiệt bàn") // BED THERMAL RUNAWAY -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("Điều sai: nhiệt độ tối đa") // Err: MAXTEMP -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("Điều sai: nhiệt độ tối thiểu") // Err: MINTEMP -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("Điều sai: nhiệt độ bàn tối đa") // Err: MAXTEMP BED -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("Điều sai: nhiệt độ bàn tối thiểu") // Err: MINTEMP BED -#define MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING _UxGT("Về nhà XY Trước") // Home XY First -#define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("MÁY IN Đà DỪNG LẠI") // PRINTER HALTED -#define MSG_PLEASE_RESET _UxGT("Xin bặt lại") // Please reset -#define MSG_SHORT_DAY _UxGT("n") // d - ngày - One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("g") // h - giờ - One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("p") // m - phút - One character only -#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("Đang sưởi nóng...") // heating -#define MSG_COOLING _UxGT("Đang làm nguội...") // cooling -#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Đang sưởi nong bàn...") // bed heating -#define MSG_BED_COOLING _UxGT("Đang làm nguội bàn...") // bed cooling -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Cân Chỉnh Delta") // Delta calibration -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Chỉnh X lại") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Chỉnh Y lại") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Chỉnh Z lại") -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Chỉnh Z Center") // Calibrate Center -#define MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS _UxGT("Cài Đặt Delta") // Delta Settings -#define MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Cân Chỉnh Tự Động") // Auto Calibration -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Đặt Chiều Cao Delta") // Set Delta Height -#define MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Đầu Dò Z-Bù Đắp") // Probe Z-offset -#define MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD _UxGT("Gậy Chéo") // Diag Rod -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT _UxGT("Chiều Cao") // Height -#define MSG_DELTA_RADIUS _UxGT("Bán Kính") // Radius -#define MSG_INFO_MENU _UxGT("Về Máy In") -#define MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU _UxGT("Thông Tin Máy In") // Printer Info -#define MSG_3POINT_LEVELING _UxGT("San lấp 3-Điểm") // 3-Point Leveling -#define MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("San Lấp Tuyến Tính") // Linear Leveling -#define MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("San Lấp Song Tuyến") // Bilinear Leveling -#define MSG_UBL_LEVELING _UxGT("San Lấp Bàn Thống Nhất") // Unified Bed Leveling -#define MSG_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Lưới San Lấp") // Mesh Leveling -#define MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU _UxGT("Thống Kê Máy In") // Printer Stats -#define MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU _UxGT("Thông Tin Bo Mạch") // Board Info -#define MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU _UxGT("Điện Trở Nhiệt") // Thermistors -#define MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS _UxGT("Máy đùn") // Extruders -#define MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE _UxGT("Baud") // Baud -#define MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL _UxGT("Giao Thức") // Protocol -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT _UxGT("Đèn Khuông") // Case light -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("Độ Sáng") // Light Brightness -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Số In") // Print Count - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Đã hoàn thành") - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Tổng số thời gian in") // Total print time - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Thời gian việc lâu nhất") // Longest job time - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Tổng số đùn") // Extruded total -#else - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("In") // prints - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Đã hoàn thành") // Completed - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Tổng số") // total - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Dài nhất") // Longest - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Đã ép đùn") -#endif -#define MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP _UxGT("Nhiệt độ tối thiểu") // Min Temp -#define MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP _UxGT("Nhiệt độ tối đa") // Max temp -#define MSG_INFO_PSU _UxGT("Bộ nguồn") // PSU -#define MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH _UxGT("Sức mạnh ổ đĩa") // Drive Strength -#define MSG_DAC_PERCENT _UxGT("% trình điều khiển") // Driver % -#define MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE _UxGT("Ghi DAC EEPROM") // DAC EEPROM Write -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE _UxGT("In tạm dừng") // PRINT PAUSED -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD _UxGT("Nạp dây nhựa") -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD _UxGT("Dỡ dây nhựa") // unload filament -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER _UxGT("Tùy chọn hồi phục:") // RESUME OPTIONS -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE _UxGT("Xả thêm") // Purge more -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME _UxGT("Tiếp tục") // continue -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE _UxGT(" Đầu Phun: ") // Nozzle -#define MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR_ENABLE _UxGT("Cảm Biến Hết") // Runout Sensor -#define MSG_ERR_HOMING_FAILED _UxGT("Sự nhà không thành công") // Homing failed -#define MSG_ERR_PROBING_FAILED _UxGT(" không thành công") // Probing failed -#define MSG_M600_TOO_COLD _UxGT("M600: Quá lạnh") + // + // Filament Change screens show up to 3 lines on a 4-line display + // ...or up to 2 lines on a 3-line display + // + #if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Nhấn nút", "để tiếp tục in")); // Press button to resume print + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Chờ cho sự", "thay đổi dây nhựa", "bắt đầu")); // wait for filament change to start + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("Đút dây nhựa vào", "và nhấn nút", "để tiếp tục")); // insert filament and press button to continue // + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Nhấn nút", "để làm nóng đầu phun")); // Press button to heat nozzle + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Đầu phun đang nóng lên", "Xin chờ...")); // Nozzle heating Please wait + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Chờ tro", "dây nhựa ra")); // Wait for filament unload + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Chờ tro", "dây nhựa vào")); // Wait for filament load + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Chờ tro", "xả dây nhựa")); // wait for filament purge + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Nhấn nút để kết thúc", "xả dây nhựa")); // Click to finish dây nhựa purge + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Chờ tro in", "tiếp tục...")); // Wait for print to resume + #else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Nhấn nút để tiếp tục")); // Click to continue + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Xin chờ...")); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Chèn và nhấn")); // Insert and Click + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Nhấn để sưởi")); // Click to heat + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Đang sưởi nóng")); // Heating + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Đang dỡ ra...")); // Ejecting + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Đang nạp...")); // Loading + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Đang xả...")); // Purging + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Nhấn nút để kết thúc")); // Click to finish + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("Đang tiếp tục...")); // Resuming + #endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 -// -// Filament Change screens show up to 3 lines on a 4-line display -// ...or up to 2 lines on a 3-line display -// -#if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_1 _UxGT("Nhấn nút") // Press button - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_2 _UxGT("để tiếp tục in") // to resume print - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Chờ cho sự") // wait for - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("thay đổi dây nhựa") // filament change - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_3 _UxGT("bắt đầu") // to start - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Đút dây nhựa vào") // insert filament - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("và nhấn nút") // and press button - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3 _UxGT("để tiếp tục") // to continue - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Nhấn nút") // Press button - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_2 _UxGT("để làm nóng đầu phun") // to heat nozzle - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Đầu phun đang nóng lên") // Nozzle heating - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_2 _UxGT("Xin chờ...") // Please wait - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Chờ tro") // Wait for - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("dây nhựa ra") // filament unload - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Chờ tro") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 _UxGT("dây nhựa vào") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Chờ tro") // wait for filament purge - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_2 _UxGT("xả dây nhựa") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Nhấn nút để kết thúc") // Click to finish - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_2 _UxGT("xả dây nhựa") // dây nhựa purge - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Chờ tro in") // Wait for print to resume - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("tiếp tục...") -#else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 - #define MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_1 _UxGT("Nhấn nút để tiếp tục") // Click to continue - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Xin chờ...") - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Chèn và nhấn") // Insert and Click - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Nhấn để sưởi") // Click to heat - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Đang sưởi nóng") // Heating - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Đang dỡ ra...") // Ejecting - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Đang nạp...") // Loading - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Đang xả...") // Purging - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_1 _UxGT("Nhấn nút để kết thúc") // Click to finish - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Đang tiếp tục...") // Resuming -#endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 - -#define MSG_TMC_DRIVERS _UxGT("Trình điều khiển TMC") // TMC drivers -#define MSG_TMC_CURRENT _UxGT("Dòng điện trình điều khiển") // Driver current -#define MSG_TMC_HYBRID_THRS _UxGT("Ngưỡng Hỗn Hợp") // Hybrid threshold -#define MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS _UxGT("Vô cảm biến") // Sensorless homing -#define MSG_TMC_STEPPING_MODE _UxGT("Chế độ từng bước") // Stepping mode -#define MSG_TMC_STEALTH_ENABLED _UxGT("CắtTàngHình được kích hoạt") // StealthChop enabled + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_DRIVERS = _UxGT("Trình điều khiển TMC"); // TMC drivers + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_CURRENT = _UxGT("Dòng điện trình điều khiển"); // Driver current + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_HYBRID_THRS = _UxGT("Ngưỡng Hỗn Hợp"); // Hybrid threshold + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS = _UxGT("Vô cảm biến"); // Sensorless homing + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_STEPPING_MODE = _UxGT("Chế độ từng bước"); // Stepping mode + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_STEALTH_ENABLED = _UxGT("CắtTàngHình được kích hoạt"); // StealthChop enabled +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_CN.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_CN.h index a87f469a0e..742375c7d1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_CN.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_CN.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,357 +28,361 @@ * See also http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html * */ +namespace Language_zh_CN { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English -#define CHARSIZE 3 + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 3; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Simplified Chinese"); -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT("已就绪.") //" ready." -#define MSG_BACK _UxGT("返回") // ”Back“ -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("存储卡已插入") //"Card inserted" -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("存储卡被拔出") //"Card removed" -#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("挡块") //"Endstops" // Max length 8 characters -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("主菜单") //"Main" -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("自动开始") //"Autostart" -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("关闭步进电机") //"Disable steppers" -#define MSG_DEBUG_MENU _UxGT("调试菜单") // "Debug Menu" -#define MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST _UxGT("进度条测试") // "Progress Bar Test" -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("回原点") //"Auto home" -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("回X原位") //"Home X" -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("回Y原位") //"Home Y" -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("回Z原位") //"Home Z" -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("平台调平XYZ归原位") //"Homing XYZ" -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("单击开始热床调平") //"Click to Begin" -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("下个热床调平点") //"Next Point" -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("完成热床调平") //"Leveling Done!" -#define MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT _UxGT("淡出高度") // "Fade Height" -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("设置原点偏移") //"Set home offsets" -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("偏移已启用") //"Offsets applied" -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("设置原点") //"Set origin" -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("预热" PREHEAT_1_LABEL) //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" ") //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " " -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" 全部") //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " All" -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" 热床") //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " Bed" -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" 设置") //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " conf" -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("预热" PREHEAT_2_LABEL) //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" ") //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " " -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" 全部") //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " All" -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" 热床") //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " Bed" -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" 设置") //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " conf" -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("降温") //"Cooldown" -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("电源打开") //"Switch power on" -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("电源关闭") //"Switch power off" -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("挤出") //"Extrude" -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("回抽") //"Retract" -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("移动轴") //"Move axis" -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("调平热床") //"Bed leveling" -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("调平热床") //"Level bed" -#define MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS _UxGT("调平边角") // "Level corners" + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT("已就绪."); //" ready." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACK = _UxGT("返回"); // ”Back“ + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("存储卡已插入"); //"Card inserted" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("存储卡被拔出"); //"Card removed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("挡块"); //"Endstops" // Max length 8 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("主菜单"); //"Main" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("自动开始"); //"Autostart" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("关闭步进电机"); //"Disable steppers" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DEBUG_MENU = _UxGT("调试菜单"); // "Debug Menu" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST = _UxGT("进度条测试"); // "Progress Bar Test" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("回原点"); //"Auto home" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("回X原位"); //"Home X" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("回Y原位"); //"Home Y" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("回Z原位"); //"Home Z" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING = _UxGT("平台调平XYZ归原位"); //"Homing XYZ" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("单击开始热床调平"); //"Click to Begin" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("下个热床调平点"); //"Next Point" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("完成热床调平"); //"Leveling Done!" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT = _UxGT("淡出高度"); // "Fade Height" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("设置原点偏移"); //"Set home offsets" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("偏移已启用"); //"Offsets applied" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("设置原点"); //"Set origin" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 喷嘴"); //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " " + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 喷嘴 ~"); //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " " + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 全部"); //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " All" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 热床"); //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " Bed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 设置"); //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " conf" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 喷嘴"); //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " " + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 喷嘴 ~"); //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " " + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 全部"); //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " All" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 热床"); //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " Bed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 设置"); //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " conf" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("降温"); //"Cooldown" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("电源打开"); //"Switch power on" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("电源关闭"); //"Switch power off" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("挤出"); //"Extrude" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("回抽"); //"Retract" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("移动轴"); //"Move axis" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("调平热床"); //"Bed leveling" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("调平热床"); //"Level bed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS = _UxGT("调平边角"); // "Level corners" -#define MSG_NEXT_CORNER _UxGT("下个边角") // "Next corner" -#define MSG_EDIT_MESH _UxGT("编辑网格") // "Edit Mesh" -#define MSG_EDITING_STOPPED _UxGT("网格编辑已停止") // "Mesh Editing Stopped" -#define MSG_USER_MENU _UxGT("定制命令") // "Custom Commands" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NEXT_CORNER = _UxGT("下个边角"); // "Next corner" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDIT_MESH = _UxGT("编辑网格"); // "Edit Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDITING_STOPPED = _UxGT("网格编辑已停止"); // "Mesh Editing Stopped" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USER_MENU = _UxGT("定制命令"); // "Custom Commands" -#define MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 _UxGT("执行G29") // "Doing G29" -#define MSG_UBL_TOOLS _UxGT("UBL工具") // "UBL Tools" -#define MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("统一热床调平(UBL)") // "Unified Bed Leveling" -#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH _UxGT("手工创设网格") // "Manually Build Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT _UxGT("放置垫片并测量") // "Place shim & measure" -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 _UxGT("测量") // "Measure" -#define MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE _UxGT("移除并测量热床") // "Remove & measure bed" -#define MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT _UxGT("移动到下一个") // "Moving to next" -#define MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("激活UBL") // "Activate UBL" -#define MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("关闭UBL") // "Deactivate UBL" -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED _UxGT("设置热床温度") // "Bed Temp" -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND _UxGT("热端温度") // "Hotend Temp" -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT _UxGT("网格编辑") // "Mesh Edit" -#define MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("编辑客户网格") // "Edit Custom Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH _UxGT("细调网格") // "Fine Tuning Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH _UxGT("完成编辑网格") // "Done Editing Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("创设客户网格") // "Build Custom Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU _UxGT("创设网格") // "Build Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 _UxGT("创设" PREHEAT_1_LABEL "网格") // "Build PREHEAT_1_LABEL Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 _UxGT("创设" PREHEAT_2_LABEL "网格") // "Build PREHEAT_2_LABEL Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH _UxGT("创设冷网格") // "Build Cold Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST _UxGT("调整网格高度") // "Adjust Mesh Height" -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT _UxGT("高度合计") // "Height Amount" -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("批准网格") // "Validate Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 _UxGT("批准" PREHEAT_1_LABEL "网格") // "Validate PREHEAT_1_LABEL Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 _UxGT("批准" PREHEAT_2_LABEL "网格") // "Validate PREHEAT_2_LABEL Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("批准客户网格") // "Validate Custom Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH _UxGT("继续热床网格") // "Continue Bed Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("网格调平") // "Mesh Leveling" -#define MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("三点调平") // "3-Point Leveling" -#define MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("格子网格调平") // "Grid Mesh Leveling" -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL _UxGT("调平网格") // "Level Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS _UxGT("边点") // "Side Points" -#define MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE _UxGT("图类型") // "Map Type" -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP _UxGT("输出网格图") // "Output Mesh Map" -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST _UxGT("输出到主机") // "Output for Host" -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV _UxGT("输出到CSV") // "Output for CSV" -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP _UxGT("输出到备份") // "Off Printer Backup" -#define MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL _UxGT("输出UBL信息") // "Output UBL Info" -#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT _UxGT("填充合计") // "Fill-in Amount" -#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN _UxGT("手工填充") // "Manual Fill-in" -#define MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN _UxGT("聪明填充") // "Smart Fill-in" -#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH _UxGT("填充网格") // "Fill-in Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL _UxGT("作废所有的") // "Invalidate All" -#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST _UxGT("作废最近的") // "Invalidate Closest" -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL _UxGT("细调所有的") // "Fine Tune All" -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST _UxGT("细调最近的") // "Fine Tune Closest" -#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("网格存储") // "Mesh Storage" -#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT _UxGT("存储槽") // "Memory Slot" -#define MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH _UxGT("装载热床网格") // "Load Bed Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH _UxGT("保存热床网格") // "Save Bed Mesh" -#define MSG_MESH_LOADED _UxGT("网格 %i 已装载") // "Mesh %i loaded" -#define MSG_MESH_SAVED _UxGT("网格 %i 已保存") // "Mesh %i saved" -#define MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE _UxGT("没有存储") // "No storage" -#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR _UxGT("错误: UBL保存") // "Err: UBL Save" -#define MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR _UxGT("错误: UBL还原") // "Err: UBL Restore" -#define MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED _UxGT("Z偏移已停止") // "Z-Offset Stopped" -#define MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU _UxGT("一步步UBL") // "Step-By-Step UBL" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("执行G29"); // "Doing G29" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_TOOLS = _UxGT("UBL工具"); // "UBL Tools" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("统一热床调平(UBL)"); // "Unified Bed Leveling" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH = _UxGT("手工创设网格"); // "Manually Build Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT = _UxGT("放置垫片并测量"); // "Place shim & measure" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 = _UxGT("测量"); // "Measure" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE = _UxGT("移除并测量热床"); // "Remove & measure bed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT = _UxGT("移动到下一个"); // "Moving to next" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("激活UBL"); // "Activate UBL" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("关闭UBL"); // "Deactivate UBL" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED = _UxGT("设置热床温度"); // "Bed Temp" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND = _UxGT("热端温度"); // "Hotend Temp" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT = _UxGT("网格编辑"); // "Mesh Edit" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("编辑客户网格"); // "Edit Custom Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH = _UxGT("细调网格"); // "Fine Tuning Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH = _UxGT("完成编辑网格"); // "Done Editing Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("创设客户网格"); // "Build Custom Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("创设网格"); // "Build Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("创设 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 网格"); // "Build PREHEAT_1_LABEL Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("创设 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 网格"); // "Build PREHEAT_2_LABEL Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("创设冷网格"); // "Build Cold Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST = _UxGT("调整网格高度"); // "Adjust Mesh Height" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT = _UxGT("高度合计"); // "Height Amount" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("批准网格"); // "Validate Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("批准 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 网格"); // "Validate PREHEAT_1_LABEL Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("批准 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 网格"); // "Validate PREHEAT_2_LABEL Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("批准客户网格"); // "Validate Custom Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH = _UxGT("继续热床网格"); // "Continue Bed Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("网格调平"); // "Mesh Leveling" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("三点调平"); // "3-Point Leveling" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("格子网格调平"); // "Grid Mesh Leveling" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL = _UxGT("调平网格"); // "Level Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS = _UxGT("边点"); // "Side Points" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE = _UxGT("图类型"); // "Map Type" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP = _UxGT("输出网格图"); // "Output Mesh Map" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST = _UxGT("输出到主机"); // "Output for Host" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV = _UxGT("输出到CSV"); // "Output for CSV" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP = _UxGT("输出到备份"); // "Off Printer Backup" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL = _UxGT("输出UBL信息"); // "Output UBL Info" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT = _UxGT("填充合计"); // "Fill-in Amount" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN = _UxGT("手工填充"); // "Manual Fill-in" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("聪明填充"); // "Smart Fill-in" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH = _UxGT("填充网格"); // "Fill-in Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL = _UxGT("作废所有的"); // "Invalidate All" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("作废最近的"); // "Invalidate Closest" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("细调所有的"); // "Fine Tune All" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("细调最近的"); // "Fine Tune Closest" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("网格存储"); // "Mesh Storage" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT = _UxGT("存储槽"); // "Memory Slot" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH = _UxGT("装载热床网格"); // "Load Bed Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("保存热床网格"); // "Save Bed Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LOADED = _UxGT("M117 网格 %i 已装载"); // "Mesh %i loaded" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_SAVED = _UxGT("M117 网格 %i 已保存"); // "Mesh %i saved" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE = _UxGT("没有存储"); // "No storage" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR = _UxGT("错误: UBL保存"); // "Err: UBL Save" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR = _UxGT("错误: UBL还原"); // "Err: UBL Restore" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED = _UxGT("Z偏移已停止"); // "Z-Offset Stopped" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU = _UxGT("一步步UBL"); // "Step-By-Step UBL" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_1_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("1. 创设冷网格"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_2_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("2. 聪明填充"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("3. 批准网格"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_4_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("4. 细调所有的"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_5_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("5. 批准网格"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_6_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("6. 细调所有的"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_7_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("7. 保存热床网格"); -#define MSG_LED_CONTROL _UxGT("灯管控制") // "LED Control") -#define MSG_LEDS _UxGT("灯") // "Lights") -#define MSG_LED_PRESETS _UxGT("灯预置") // "Light Presets") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_RED _UxGT("红") // "Red") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE _UxGT("橙") // "Orange") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW _UxGT("黄") // "Yellow") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN _UxGT("绿") // "Green") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE _UxGT("蓝") // "Blue") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO _UxGT("青") // "Indigo") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET _UxGT("紫") // "Violet") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE _UxGT("白") // "White") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT _UxGT("缺省") // "Default") -#define MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS _UxGT("定制灯") // "Custom Lights") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_R _UxGT("红饱和度") // "Red Intensity") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_G _UxGT("绿饱和度") // "Green Intensity") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_B _UxGT("蓝饱和度") // "Blue Intensity") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_W _UxGT("白饱和度") // "White Intensity") -#define MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("亮度") // "Brightness") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_CONTROL = _UxGT("灯管控制"); // "LED Control") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEDS = _UxGT("灯"); // "Lights") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_PRESETS = _UxGT("灯预置"); // "Light Presets") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_RED = _UxGT("红"); // "Red") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE = _UxGT("橙"); // "Orange") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW = _UxGT("黄"); // "Yellow") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN = _UxGT("绿"); // "Green") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE = _UxGT("蓝"); // "Blue") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO = _UxGT("青"); // "Indigo") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET = _UxGT("紫"); // "Violet") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE = _UxGT("白"); // "White") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT = _UxGT("缺省"); // "Default") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS = _UxGT("定制灯"); // "Custom Lights") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_R = _UxGT("红饱和度"); // "Red Intensity") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_G = _UxGT("绿饱和度"); // "Green Intensity") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_B = _UxGT("蓝饱和度"); // "Blue Intensity") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_W = _UxGT("白饱和度"); // "White Intensity") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("亮度"); // "Brightness") -#define MSG_MOVING _UxGT("移动 ...") // "Moving...") -#define MSG_FREE_XY _UxGT("释放 XY") // "Free XY") -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("移动X") //"Move X" -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("移动Y") //"Move Y" -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("移动Z") //"Move Z" -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("挤出机") //"Extruder" -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("移动 %s mm") //"Move 0.025mm" -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("移动 0.1 mm") //"Move 0.1mm" -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("移动 1 mm") //"Move 1mm" -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("移动 10 mm") //"Move 10mm" -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("速率") //"Speed" -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("热床Z") //"Bed Z" -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 喷嘴") //"Nozzle" 噴嘴 -#define MSG_BED _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 热床") //"Bed" -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("风扇速率") //"Fan speed" -#define MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("额外风扇速率") // "Extra fan speed" -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("挤出速率") //"Flow" -#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("控制") //"Control" -#define MSG_MIN _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 最小") //" " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER " Min" -#define MSG_MAX _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 最大") //" " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER " Max" -#define MSG_FACTOR _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 因数") //" " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER " Fact" -#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("自动控温") //"Autotemp" -#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("开") //"On" -#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("关") //"Off" -#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") //"PID-P" -#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") //"PID-I" -#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") //"PID-D" -#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") //"PID-C" -#define MSG_SELECT _UxGT("选择") //"Select" -#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("加速度") //"Accel" acceleration -#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("抖动速率") // "Jerk" -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("A轴抖动速率") //"Va-jerk" - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("B轴抖动速率") //"Vb-jerk" - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("C轴抖动速率") //"Vc-jerk" -#else - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("X轴抖动速率") //"Vx-jerk" - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Y轴抖动速率") //"Vy-jerk" - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Z轴抖动速率") //"Vz-jerk" -#endif -#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("挤出机抖动速率") //"Ve-jerk" -#define MSG_VELOCITY _UxGT("速度") // "Velocity" -#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("最大进料速率") //"Vmax " max_feedrate_mm_s -#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("最小进料速率") //"Vmin" min_feedrate_mm_s -#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("最小移动速率") //"VTrav min" min_travel_feedrate_mm_s, (target) speed of the move -#define MSG_ACCELERATION _UxGT("加速度") // "Acceleration" -#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("最大打印加速度") //"Amax " max_acceleration_mm_per_s2, acceleration in units/s^2 for print moves -#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("收进加速度") //"A-retract" retract_acceleration, E acceleration in mm/s^2 for retracts -#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("非打印移动加速度") //"A-travel" travel_acceleration, X, Y, Z acceleration in mm/s^2 for travel (non printing) moves -#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("轴步数/mm") //"Steps/mm" axis_steps_per_mm, axis steps-per-unit G92 -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("A轴步数/mm") //"Asteps/mm" - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("B轴步数/mm") //"Bsteps/mm" - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("C轴步数/mm") //"Csteps/mm" -#else - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("X轴步数/mm") //"Xsteps/mm" - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Y轴步数/mm") //"Ysteps/mm" - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Z轴步数/mm") //"Zsteps/mm" -#endif -#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("挤出机步数/mm") //"Esteps/mm" -#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("挤出机1步数/mm") //"E1steps/mm" -#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("挤出机2步数/mm") //"E2steps/mm" -#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("挤出机3步数/mm") //"E3steps/mm" -#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("挤出机4步数/mm") //"E4steps/mm" -#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("挤出机5步数/mm") //"E5steps/mm" -#define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("挤出机6步数/mm") //"E6steps/mm" -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("温度") //"Temperature" -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("运动") //"Motion" -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("丝料测容") //"Filament" menu_advanced_filament -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("测容积mm³") //"E in mm3" volumetric_enabled -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("丝料直径") //"Fil. Dia." -#define MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD _UxGT("卸载 mm") // "Unload mm" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD _UxGT("装载 mm") // "Load mm" -#define MSG_ADVANCE_K _UxGT("Advance K") // "Advance K" -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("LCD对比度") //"LCD contrast" -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("保存设置") //"Store memory" -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("装载设置") //"Load memory" -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("恢复安全值") //"Restore failsafe" -#define MSG_INIT_EEPROM _UxGT("初始化设置") // "Initialize EEPROM" -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("刷新") //"Refresh" -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("信息屏") //"Info screen" -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("准备") //"Prepare" -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("调整") //"Tune" -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("暂停打印") //"Pause print" -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("恢复打印") //"Resume print" -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("停止打印") //"Stop print" -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("从存储卡上打印") //"Print from SD" -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("无存储卡") //"No SD card" -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("休眠中 ...") //"Sleep..." -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("点击继续 ...") //"Click to resume..." -#define MSG_PRINT_PAUSED _UxGT("暫停打印") // "Print paused" -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("已取消打印") //"Print aborted" -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("无移动") //"No move." -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("已杀掉") //"KILLED. " -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("已停止") //"STOPPED. " -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("回抽长度mm") //"Retract mm" retract_length, retract length (positive mm) -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("换手回抽长度mm") //"Swap Re.mm" swap_retract_length, swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("回抽速率mm/s") //"Retract V" retract_feedrate_mm_s, feedrate for retracting (mm/s) -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Hop mm") //"Hop mm" retract_zraise, retract Z-lift -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("回抽恢复长度mm") //"UnRet +mm" retract_recover_extra, additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering) -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("换手回抽恢复长度mm") //"S UnRet+mm" swap_retract_recover_extra, additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change) -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("回抽恢复后进料速率mm/s") //"UnRet V" retract_recover_feedrate_mm_s, feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s) -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF _UxGT("S UnRet V") // "S UnRet V" -#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("自动抽回") //"AutoRetr." autoretract_enabled, -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("更换丝料") //"Change filament" -#define MSG_FILAMENTLOAD _UxGT("装载丝料") // "Load filament" -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD _UxGT("卸载丝料") // "Unload filament" -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL _UxGT("卸载全部") // "Unload All" -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("初始化存储卡") //"Init. SD card" -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("更换存储卡") //"Change SD card" -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Z探针在热床之外") //"Z probe out. bed" Z probe is not within the physical limits -#define MSG_SKEW_FACTOR _UxGT("偏斜因数") // "Skew Factor" -#define MSG_BLTOUCH _UxGT("BLTouch") // "BLTouch" -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST _UxGT("BLTouch 自检") // "BLTouch Self-Test" -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET _UxGT("重置BLTouch") // "Reset BLTouch" -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY _UxGT("部署BLTouch") // "Deploy BLTouch" -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW _UxGT("装载BLTouch") // "Stow BLTouch" -#define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("归位 %s%s%s 先") //"Home ... first" -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Z偏移") //"Z Offset" -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("微量调整X轴") //"Babystep X" lcd_babystep_x, Babystepping enables the user to control the axis in tiny amounts -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("微量调整Y轴") //"Babystep Y" -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("微量调整Z轴") //"Babystep Z" -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("挡块终止") //"Endstop abort" -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("加热失败") //"Heating failed" -#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("错误：REDUNDANT TEMP") //"Err: REDUNDANT TEMP" -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("温控失控") //"THERMAL RUNAWAY" -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("错误：最高温度") //"Err: MAXTEMP" -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("错误：最低温度") //"Err: MINTEMP" -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("错误：最高热床温度") //"Err: MAXTEMP BED" -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("错误：最低热床温度") //"Err: MINTEMP BED" -#define MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING _UxGT("归位 XY 先") // "Home XY First" -#define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("打印停机") //"PRINTER HALTED" -#define MSG_PLEASE_RESET _UxGT("请重置") //"Please reset" -#define MSG_SHORT_DAY _UxGT("天") //"d" // One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("时") //"h" // One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("分") //"m" // One character only -#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("加热中 ...") //"Heating..." -#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("加热热床中 ...") //"Bed Heating..." -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("⊿校准") //"Delta Calibration" -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("⊿校准X") //"Calibrate X" -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("⊿校准Y") //"Calibrate Y" -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("⊿校准Z") //"Calibrate Z" -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("⊿校准中心") //"Calibrate Center" -#define MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS _UxGT("⊿设置") // "Delta Settings" -#define MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE _UxGT("⊿自动校准") // "Auto Calibration" -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE _UxGT("设置⊿高度") // "Set Delta Height" -#define MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD _UxGT("⊿斜柱") // "Diag Rod" -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT _UxGT("⊿高度") // "Height" -#define MSG_DELTA_RADIUS _UxGT("⊿半径") // "Radius" -#define MSG_INFO_MENU _UxGT("关于打印机") //"About Printer" -#define MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU _UxGT("打印机信息") //"Printer Info" -#define MSG_3POINT_LEVELING _UxGT("三点调平") // "3-Point Leveling" -#define MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("线性调平") // "Linear Leveling" -#define MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("双线性调平") // "Bilinear Leveling" -#define MSG_UBL_LEVELING _UxGT("统一热床调平(UBL)") // "Unified Bed Leveling" -#define MSG_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("网格调平") // "Mesh Leveling" -#define MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU _UxGT("打印机统计") //"Printer Stats" -#define MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU _UxGT("主板信息") //"Board Info" -#define MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU _UxGT("温度计") //"Thermistors" -#define MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS _UxGT("挤出机") //"Extruders" -#define MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE _UxGT("波特率") //"Baud" -#define MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL _UxGT("协议") //"Protocol" -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT _UxGT("外壳灯") // "Case light" -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("灯亮度") // "Light BRIGHTNESS" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVING = _UxGT("移动 ..."); // "Moving...") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FREE_XY = _UxGT("释放 XY"); // "Free XY") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("移动X"); //"Move X" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("移动Y"); //"Move Y" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("移动Z"); //"Move Z" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("挤出机"); //"Extruder" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("挤出机 *"); //"Extruder" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("移动 %s mm"); //"Move 0.025mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("移动 0.1 mm"); //"Move 0.1mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("移动 1 mm"); //"Move 1mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("移动 10 mm"); //"Move 10mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("速率"); //"Speed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("热床Z"); //"Bed Z" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 喷嘴"); //"Nozzle" 噴嘴 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 喷嘴 ~"); //"Nozzle" 噴嘴 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 热床"); //"Bed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("风扇速率"); //"Fan speed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("风扇速率 ~"); //"Fan speed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("额外风扇速率"); // "Extra fan speed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("额外风扇速率 ~"); // "Extra fan speed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("挤出速率"); //"Flow" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("挤出速率 ~"); //"Flow" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("控制"); //"Control" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 最小"); //" " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER " Min" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 最大"); //" " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER " Max" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 因数"); //" " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER " Fact" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("自动控温"); //"Autotemp" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("开"); //"On" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("关"); //"Off" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("选择"); //"Select" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("选择 *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("加速度"); //"Accel" acceleration + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("抖动速率"); // "Jerk" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("轴抖动速率") LCD_STR_A; //"Va-jerk" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VB_JERK = _UxGT("轴抖动速率") LCD_STR_B; //"Vb-jerk" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VC_JERK = _UxGT("轴抖动速率") LCD_STR_C; //"Vc-jerk" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VE_JERK = _UxGT("挤出机抖动速率"); //"Ve-jerk" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VELOCITY = _UxGT("速度"); // "Velocity" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_A = _UxGT("最大进料速率") LCD_STR_A; //"Vmax " max_feedrate_mm_s + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("最大进料速率") LCD_STR_B; //"Vmax " max_feedrate_mm_s + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("最大进料速率") LCD_STR_C; //"Vmax " max_feedrate_mm_s + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("最大进料速率") LCD_STR_E; //"Vmax " max_feedrate_mm_s + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("最大进料速率 *"); //"Vmax " max_feedrate_mm_s + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("最小进料速率"); //"Vmin" min_feedrate_mm_s + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("最小移动速率"); //"VTrav min" min_travel_feedrate_mm_s, (target) speed of the move + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("加速度"); // "Acceleration" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_A = _UxGT("最大打印加速度") LCD_STR_A; //"Amax " max_acceleration_mm_per_s2, acceleration in units/s^2 for print moves + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("最大打印加速度") LCD_STR_B; //"Amax " max_acceleration_mm_per_s2, acceleration in units/s^2 for print moves + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("最大打印加速度") LCD_STR_C; //"Amax " max_acceleration_mm_per_s2, acceleration in units/s^2 for print moves + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("最大打印加速度") LCD_STR_E; //"Amax " max_acceleration_mm_per_s2, acceleration in units/s^2 for print moves + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("最大打印加速度 *"); //"Amax " max_acceleration_mm_per_s2, acceleration in units/s^2 for print moves + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("收进加速度"); //"A-retract" retract_acceleration, E acceleration in mm/s^2 for retracts + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("非打印移动加速度"); //"A-travel" travel_acceleration, X, Y, Z acceleration in mm/s^2 for travel (non printing) moves + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("轴步数/mm"); //"Steps/mm" axis_steps_per_mm, axis steps-per-unit G92 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = LCD_STR_A _UxGT("轴步数/mm"); //"Asteps/mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT("轴步数/mm"); //"Bsteps/mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT("轴步数/mm"); //"Csteps/mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("挤出机步数/mm"); //"Esteps/mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("挤出机~步数/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("温度"); //"Temperature" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("运动"); //"Motion" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("丝料测容"); //"Filament" menu_advanced_filament + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("测容积mm³"); //"E in mm3" volumetric_enabled + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("丝料直径"); //"Fil. Dia." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("丝料直径 *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("卸载 mm"); // "Unload mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("装载 mm"); // "Load mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("LCD对比度"); //"LCD contrast" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("保存设置"); //"Store memory" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("装载设置"); //"Load memory" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("恢复安全值"); //"Restore Defaults" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("初始化设置"); // "Initialize EEPROM" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("刷新"); //"Refresh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("信息屏"); //"Info screen" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("准备"); //"Prepare" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("调整"); //"Tune" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("暂停打印"); //"Pause print" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("恢复打印"); //"Resume print" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("停止打印"); //"Stop print" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("从存储卡上打印"); //"Print from SD" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("无存储卡"); //"No SD card" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("休眠中 ..."); //"Sleep..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("点击继续 ..."); //"Click to resume..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_PAUSED = _UxGT("暫停打印"); // "Print paused" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("已取消打印"); //"Print aborted" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("无移动"); //"No move." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("已杀掉"); //"KILLED. " + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("已停止"); //"STOPPED. " + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("回抽长度mm"); //"Retract mm" retract_length, retract length (positive mm) + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("换手回抽长度mm"); //"Swap Re.mm" swap_retract_length, swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("回抽速率mm/s"); //"Retract V" retract_feedrate_mm_s, feedrate for retracting (mm/s) + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("Hop mm"); //"Hop mm" retract_zraise, retract Z-lift + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("回抽恢复长度mm"); //"UnRet +mm" retract_recover_extra, additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering) + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("换手回抽恢复长度mm"); //"S UnRet+mm" swap_retract_recover_extra, additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change) + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("回抽恢复后进料速率mm/s"); //"UnRet V" retract_recover_feedrate_mm_s, feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s) + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF = _UxGT("S UnRet V"); // "S UnRet V" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("自动抽回"); //"AutoRetr." autoretract_enabled, + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("更换丝料"); //"Change filament" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("更换丝料 *"); //"Change filament" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("装载丝料"); // "Load filament" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("装载丝料 *"); // "Load filament" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("卸载丝料"); // "Unload filament" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("卸载丝料 *"); // "Unload filament" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("卸载全部"); // "Unload All" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("初始化存储卡"); //"Init. SD card" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("更换存储卡"); //"Change SD card" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Z探针在热床之外"); //"Z probe out. bed" Z probe is not within the physical limits + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SKEW_FACTOR = _UxGT("偏斜因数"); // "Skew Factor" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH = _UxGT("BLTouch"); // "BLTouch" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("BLTouch 自检"); // "BLTouch Self-Test" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("重置BLTouch"); // "Reset BLTouch" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY = _UxGT("部署BLTouch"); // "Deploy BLTouch" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("装载BLTouch"); // "Stow BLTouch" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("归位 %s%s%s 先"); //"Home ... first" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Z偏移"); //"Z Offset" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("微量调整X轴"); //"Babystep X" lcd_babystep_x, Babystepping enables the user to control the axis in tiny amounts + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("微量调整Y轴"); //"Babystep Y" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("微量调整Z轴"); //"Babystep Z" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("挡块终止"); //"Endstop abort" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("加热失败"); //"Heating failed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP = _UxGT("错误：REDUNDANT TEMP"); //"Err: REDUNDANT TEMP" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY = _UxGT("温控失控"); //"THERMAL RUNAWAY" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP = _UxGT("错误：最高温度"); //"Err: MAXTEMP" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP = _UxGT("错误：最低温度"); //"Err: MINTEMP" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED = _UxGT("错误：最高热床温度"); //"Err: MAXTEMP BED" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED = _UxGT("错误：最低热床温度"); //"Err: MINTEMP BED" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING = _UxGT("归位 XY 先"); // "Home XY First" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HALTED = _UxGT("打印停机"); //"PRINTER HALTED" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PLEASE_RESET = _UxGT("请重置"); //"Please reset" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_DAY = _UxGT("天"); //"d" // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_HOUR = _UxGT("时"); //"h" // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_MINUTE = _UxGT("分"); //"m" // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("加热中 ..."); //"Heating..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("加热热床中 ..."); //"Bed Heating..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("⊿校准"); //"Delta Calibration" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("⊿校准X"); //"Calibrate X" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("⊿校准Y"); //"Calibrate Y" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("⊿校准Z"); //"Calibrate Z" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("⊿校准中心"); //"Calibrate Center" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS = _UxGT("⊿设置"); // "Delta Settings" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("⊿自动校准"); // "Auto Calibration" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("设置⊿高度"); // "Set Delta Height" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD = _UxGT("⊿斜柱"); // "Diag Rod" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT = _UxGT("⊿高度"); // "Height" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_RADIUS = _UxGT("⊿半径"); // "Radius" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MENU = _UxGT("关于打印机"); //"About Printer" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("打印机信息"); //"Printer Info" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_3POINT_LEVELING = _UxGT("三点调平"); // "3-Point Leveling" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("线性调平"); // "Linear Leveling" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("双线性调平"); // "Bilinear Leveling" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVELING = _UxGT("统一热床调平(UBL)"); // "Unified Bed Leveling" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("网格调平"); // "Mesh Leveling" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("打印机统计"); //"Printer Stats" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("主板信息"); //"Board Info" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("温度计"); //"Thermistors" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS = _UxGT("挤出机"); //"Extruders" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("波特率"); //"Baud" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL = _UxGT("协议"); //"Protocol" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT = _UxGT("外壳灯"); // "Case light" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("灯亮度"); // "Light BRIGHTNESS" -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("打印机不正确") // "The printer is incorrect" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("打印机不正确"); // "The printer is incorrect" -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("打印计数") //"Print Count" - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("完成了") //"Completed" - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("总打印时间") //"Total print time" - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("最长工作时间") //"Longest job time" - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("总计挤出") //"Extruded total" -#else - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("打印数") //"Prints" - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("完成") //"Completed" - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("总共") //"Total" - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("最长") //"Longest" - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("已挤出") //"Extruded" -#endif + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("打印计数"); //"Print Count" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("完成了"); //"Completed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("总打印时间"); //"Total print time" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("最长工作时间"); //"Longest job time" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("总计挤出"); //"Extruded total" + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("打印数"); //"Prints" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("完成"); //"Completed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("总共"); //"Total" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("最长"); //"Longest" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("已挤出"); //"Extruded" + #endif -#define MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP _UxGT("最低温度") //"Min Temp" -#define MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP _UxGT("最高温度") //"Max Temp" -#define MSG_INFO_PSU _UxGT("电源供应") //"Power Supply" -#define MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH _UxGT("驱动力度") // "Drive Strength" -#define MSG_DAC_PERCENT _UxGT("驱动 %") // "Driver %" -#define MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE _UxGT("保存驱动设置") // "DAC EEPROM Write" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE _UxGT("打印已暂停") // "PRINT PAUSED" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD _UxGT("装载丝料") // "LOAD FILAMENT" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD _UxGT("卸载丝料") // "UNLOAD FILAMENT" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER _UxGT("恢复选项:") // "RESUME OPTIONS:" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE _UxGT("清除更多") // "Purge more" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME _UxGT("恢复打印") //"Resume print" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE _UxGT(" 喷嘴: ") // " Nozzle: " -#define MSG_ERR_HOMING_FAILED _UxGT("归原位失败") // "Homing failed" -#define MSG_ERR_PROBING_FAILED _UxGT("探针探测失败") // "Probing failed" -#define MSG_M600_TOO_COLD _UxGT("M600: 太凉") // "M600: Too cold" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP = _UxGT("最低温度"); //"Min Temp" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("最高温度"); //"Max Temp" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("电源供应"); //"Power Supply" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("驱动力度"); // "Drive Strength" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X 驱动 %"); // "X Driver %" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y 驱动 %"); // "Y Driver %" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z 驱动 %"); // "Z Driver %" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E 驱动 %"); // "E Driver %" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("保存驱动设置"); // "DAC EEPROM Write" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE = _UxGT("打印已暂停"); // "PRINT PAUSED" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD = _UxGT("装载丝料"); // "LOAD FILAMENT" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD = _UxGT("卸载丝料"); // "UNLOAD FILAMENT" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER = _UxGT("恢复选项:"); // "RESUME OPTIONS:" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE = _UxGT("清除更多"); // "Purge more" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("恢复打印"); //"Resume print" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE = _UxGT(" 喷嘴: "); // " Nozzle: " + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_HOMING_FAILED = _UxGT("归原位失败"); // "Homing failed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_PROBING_FAILED = _UxGT("探针探测失败"); // "Probing failed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M600_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("M600: 太凉"); // "M600: Too cold" -#if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("等待开始") //"Wait for start" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("丝料") //"of the filament" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_3 _UxGT("变更") //"change" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("等待") //"Wait for" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("卸下丝料") //"filament unload" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("插入丝料") //"Insert filament" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("并按键") //"and press button" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3 _UxGT("来继续 ...") //"to continue..." - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("按下按钮来") // "Press button to" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_2 _UxGT("加热喷嘴.") // "heat nozzle." - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("加热喷嘴") // "Heating nozzle" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_2 _UxGT("请等待 ...") // "Please wait..." - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("等待") //"Wait for" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 _UxGT("进料") //"filament load" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("等待") // "Wait for" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_2 _UxGT("丝料清除") // "filament purge" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("等待打印") //"Wait for print" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("恢复") //"to resume" -#else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("请等待 ...") //"Please wait..." - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("退出中 ...") //"Ejecting..." - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("插入并单击") //"Insert and Click" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("加热中 ...") // "Heating..." - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("装载中 ...") //"Loading..." - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("清除中 ...") // "Purging..." - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("恢复中 ...") //"Resuming..." -#endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + #if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("等待开始", "丝料", "变更")); // "Wait for start of the filament change" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("等待", "卸下丝料")); // "Wait for filament unload" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("插入丝料", "并按键", "来继续 ...")); // "Insert filament and press button to continue..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("按下按钮来", "加热喷嘴.")); // "Press button to heat nozzle." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("加热喷嘴", "请等待 ...")); // "Heating nozzle Please wait..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("等待", "进料")); // "Wait for filament load" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("等待", "丝料清除")); // "Wait for filament purge" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("等待打印", "恢复")); // "Wait for print to resume" + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("请等待 ...")); //"Please wait..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("退出中 ...")); //"Ejecting..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("插入并单击")); //"Insert and Click" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("加热中 ...")); // "Heating..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("装载中 ...")); //"Loading..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("清除中 ...")); // "Purging..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("恢复中 ...")); //"Resuming..." + #endif +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_TW.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_TW.h index ce8cda2692..06b19440f2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_TW.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_TW.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,357 +28,578 @@ * See also http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html * */ +namespace Language_zh_TW { + using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English -#define CHARSIZE 3 + constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 3; + PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("Traditional Chinese"); -#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT("已就緒.") //" ready." -#define MSG_BACK _UxGT("返回") // ”Back“ -#define MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED _UxGT("記憶卡已插入") //"Card inserted" -#define MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED _UxGT("記憶卡被拔出") //"Card removed" -#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("擋塊") //"Endstops" // Max length 8 characters -#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("主選單") //"Main" -#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("自動開始") //"Autostart" -#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("關閉步進馬達") //"Disable steppers" -#define MSG_DEBUG_MENU _UxGT("除錯選單") // "Debug Menu" -#define MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST _UxGT("進度條測試") // "Progress Bar Test" -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("自動回原點") //"Auto home" -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("回X原點") //"Home X" -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("回Y原點") //"Home Y" -#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("回Z原點") //"Home Z" -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("平台調平XYZ歸原點") //"Homing XYZ" -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("單擊開始熱床調平") //"Click to Begin" -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("下個熱床調平點") //"Next Point" -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("完成熱床調平") //"Leveling Done!" -#define MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT _UxGT("淡出高度") // "Fade Height" -#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("設置原點偏移") //"Set home offsets" -#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("偏移已啟用") //"Offsets applied" -#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("設置原點") //"Set origin" -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("預熱" PREHEAT_1_LABEL) //"Preheat PREHEAT_1_LABEL" -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" ") //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " " -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" 全部") //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " All" -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" 熱床") //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " Bed" -#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" 設置") //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " conf" -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("預熱" PREHEAT_2_LABEL) //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" ") //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " " -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" 全部") //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " All" -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" 熱床") //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " Bed" -#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" 設置") //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " conf" -#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("降溫") //"Cooldown" -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("電源打開") //"Switch power on" -#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("電源關閉") //"Switch power off" -#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("擠出") //"Extrude" -#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("回縮") //"Retract" -#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("移動軸") //"Move axis" -#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("調平熱床") //"Bed leveling" -#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("調平熱床") //"Level bed" -#define MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS _UxGT("調平邊角") // "Level corners" + PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT("已就緒."); //" ready." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MARLIN = _UxGT("Marlin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_YES = _UxGT("是"); //"YES" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO = _UxGT("否"); //"NO" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACK = _UxGT("返回"); // "Back" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_ABORTING = _UxGT("正在中止..."); //"Aborting..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("記憶卡已插入"); //"Card inserted" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("記憶卡被拔出"); //"Card removed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED = _UxGT("記憶卡被釋放"); //"Media Released" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_WAITING = _UxGT("等待記憶卡"); //"Waiting for media" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_READ_ERROR = _UxGT("記憶卡讀取錯誤"); //"Media read error" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_REMOVED = _UxGT("USB裝置已移除"); //"USB device removed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_FAILED = _UxGT("USB啟動失敗"); //"USB start failed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("擋塊"); //"Endstops" // Max length 8 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("軟體擋塊"); //"Soft Endstops" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("主選單"); //"Main" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS = _UxGT("進階設置"); //"Advanced Settings" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONFIGURATION = _UxGT("設置"); //Configuration + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("自動開始"); //"Autostart" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("關閉步進馬達"); //"Disable steppers" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DEBUG_MENU = _UxGT("除錯選單"); // "Debug Menu" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST = _UxGT("進度條測試"); // "Progress Bar Test" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("自動回原點"); //"Auto home" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("回X原點"); //"Home X" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("回Y原點"); //"Home Y" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("回Z原點"); //"Home Z" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_Z_ALIGN = _UxGT("自動Z對齊"); //"Auto Z-Align" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING = _UxGT("平台調平XYZ歸原點"); //"Homing XYZ" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING = _UxGT("單擊開始熱床調平"); //"Click to Begin" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("下個熱床調平點"); //"Next Point" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("完成熱床調平"); //"Leveling Done!" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT = _UxGT("淡出高度"); // "Fade Height" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("設置原點偏移"); //"Set home offsets" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("偏移已啟用"); //"Offsets applied" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("設置原點"); //"Set origin" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; //"Preheat PREHEAT_1_LABEL" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; //"Preheat PREHEAT_1_LABEL" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 噴嘴"); //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " " + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 噴嘴 ~"); //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " " + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 全部"); //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " All" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 熱床"); //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " Bed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 設置"); //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " conf" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 噴嘴"); //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " " + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 噴嘴 ~"); //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " " + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 全部"); //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " All" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 熱床"); //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " Bed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 設置"); //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " conf" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM = _UxGT("自定預熱"); //"Preheat Custom" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("降溫"); //"Cooldown" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_MENU = _UxGT("激光控制"); //"Laser Control" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_OFF = _UxGT("激光 關"); //"Laser Off" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_ON = _UxGT("激光 開"); //"Laser On" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_POWER = _UxGT("激光電源"); //"Laser Power" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_MENU = _UxGT("主軸控告制"); //"Spindle Control" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_OFF = _UxGT("主軸 關"); //"Spindle Off" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_ON = _UxGT("主軸 開"); //"Spindle On" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_POWER = _UxGT("主軸電源"); //"Spindle Power" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE = _UxGT("主軸反轉"); //"Spindle Reverse" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("電源打開"); //"Switch power on" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("電源關閉"); //"Switch power off" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("擠出"); //"Extrude" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("回縮"); //"Retract" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("移動軸"); //"Move axis" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("調平熱床"); //"Bed leveling" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("調平熱床"); //"Level bed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS = _UxGT("調平邊角"); // "Level corners" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NEXT_CORNER = _UxGT("下個邊角"); // "Next corner" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDITOR = _UxGT("網格編輯器"); //"Mesh Editor" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDIT_MESH = _UxGT("編輯網格"); // "Edit Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDITING_STOPPED = _UxGT("網格編輯已停止"); // "Mesh Editing Stopped" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROBING_MESH = _UxGT("探測點"); //"Probing Point" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_X = _UxGT("索引 X"); //"Index X" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_Y = _UxGT("索引 Y"); //"Index Y" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z = _UxGT("Z 值"); //"Z Value" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USER_MENU = _UxGT("自定命令"); // "Custom Commands" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_TEST = _UxGT("M48 探測測試"); //"M48 Probe Test" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_POINT = _UxGT("M48 探測點"); //"M48 Point" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_DEVIATION = _UxGT("偏差"); //"Deviation" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MENU = _UxGT("IDEX Mode"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OFFSETS_MENU = _UxGT("Tool Offsets"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK = _UxGT("Auto-Park"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE = _UxGT("Duplication"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY = _UxGT("Mirrored Copy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL = _UxGT("Full Control"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X = _UxGT("2nd Nozzle X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y = _UxGT("2nd Nozzle Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z = _UxGT("2nd Nozzle Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("執行G29"); // "Doing G29" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_TOOLS = _UxGT("UBL工具"); // "UBL Tools" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("統一熱床調平(UBL)"); // "Unified Bed Leveling" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH = _UxGT("傾斜點"); //"Tilting Point" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH = _UxGT("手工建網"); // "Manually Build Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT = _UxGT("放置墊片並測量"); // "Place shim & measure" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 = _UxGT("測量"); // "Measure" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE = _UxGT("移除並測量熱床"); // "Remove & measure bed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT = _UxGT("移動到下一個"); // "Moving to next" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("啟動UBL"); // "Activate UBL" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("關閉UBL"); // "Deactivate UBL" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED = _UxGT("置設熱床溫度"); // "Bed Temp" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("置設熱床溫度"); //"Bed Temp") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND = _UxGT("置設噴嘴溫度"); // "Hotend Temp" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("熱端溫度"); //"Hotend Temp" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT = _UxGT("網格編輯"); // "Mesh Edit" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("編輯客戶網格"); // "Edit Custom Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH = _UxGT("細調網格"); // "Fine Tuning Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH = _UxGT("完成編輯網格"); // "Done Editing Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("創設客戶網格"); // "Build Custom Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("創設網格"); // "Build Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("創設 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 網格"); // "Build PREHEAT_1_LABEL Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("創設 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 網格"); // "Build PREHEAT_2_LABEL Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("創設冷網格"); // "Build Cold Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST = _UxGT("調整網格高度"); // "Adjust Mesh Height" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT = _UxGT("高度合計"); // "Height Amount" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("批准網格"); // "Validate Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("批准 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 網格"); // "Validate PREHEAT_1_LABEL Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("批准 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 網格"); // "Validate PREHEAT_2_LABEL Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("批准客戶網格"); // "Validate Custom Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_BED = _UxGT("G26 加熱熱床"); //"G26 Heating Bed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_NOZZLE = _UxGT("G26 加熱噴嘴"); //"G26 Heating Nozzle" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_MANUAL_PRIME = _UxGT("手動填裝"); //"Manual priming..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_FIXED_LENGTH = _UxGT("固定距離填裝"); //"Fixed Length Prime" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_PRIME_DONE = _UxGT("完成填裝"); //"Done Priming" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_CANCELED = _UxGT("G26已取消"); //"G26 Canceled" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_LEAVING = _UxGT("離開 G26"); //"Leaving G26" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH = _UxGT("繼續熱床網格"); // "Continue Bed Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("網格調平"); // "Mesh Leveling" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("三點調平"); // "3-Point Leveling" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("格子網格調平"); // "Grid Mesh Leveling" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL = _UxGT("調平網格"); // "Level Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS = _UxGT("邊點"); // "Side Points" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE = _UxGT("圖類型"); // "Map Type" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP = _UxGT("輸出網格圖"); // "Output Mesh Map" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST = _UxGT("輸出到主機"); // "Output for Host" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV = _UxGT("輸出到CSV"); // "Output for CSV" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP = _UxGT("輸出到備份"); // "Off Printer Backup" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL = _UxGT("輸出UBL信息"); // "Output UBL Info" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT = _UxGT("填充合計"); // "Fill-in Amount" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN = _UxGT("手工填充"); // "Manual Fill-in" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("聰明填充"); // "Smart Fill-in" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH = _UxGT("填充網格"); // "Fill-in Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL = _UxGT("作廢所有的"); // "Invalidate All" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("作廢最近的"); // "Invalidate Closest" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("細調所有的"); // "Fine Tune All" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("細調最近的"); // "Fine Tune Closest" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("網格存儲"); // "Mesh Storage" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT = _UxGT("存儲槽"); // "Memory Slot" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH = _UxGT("裝載熱床網格"); // "Load Bed Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("保存熱床網格"); // "Save Bed Mesh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LOADED = _UxGT("M117 網格 %i 已裝載"); // "Mesh %i loaded" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_SAVED = _UxGT("M117 網格 %i 已保存"); // "Mesh %i saved" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE = _UxGT("沒有存儲"); // "No storage" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR = _UxGT("錯誤: UBL保存"); // "Err: UBL Save" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR = _UxGT("錯誤: UBL還原"); // "Err: UBL Restore" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET = _UxGT("Z-偏移:"); //"Z-Offset: " + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED = _UxGT("Z偏移已停止"); // "Z-Offset Stopped" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU = _UxGT("一步步UBL"); // "Step-By-Step UBL" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_1_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("1. 創設冷網格"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_2_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("2. 聰明填充"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("3. 批准網格"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_4_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("4. 細調所有的"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_5_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("5. 批准網格"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_6_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("6. 細調所有的"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_7_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("7. 保存熱床網格"); -#define MSG_NEXT_CORNER _UxGT("下个邊角") // "Next corner" -#define MSG_EDIT_MESH _UxGT("編輯網格") // "Edit Mesh" -#define MSG_EDITING_STOPPED _UxGT("網格編輯已停止") // "Mesh Editing Stopped" -#define MSG_USER_MENU _UxGT("客制命令") // "Custom Commands" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_CONTROL = _UxGT("燈管控制"); // "LED Control") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEDS = _UxGT("燈"); // "Lights") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_PRESETS = _UxGT("燈預置"); // "Light Presets") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_RED = _UxGT("红"); // "Red") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE = _UxGT("橙"); // "Orange") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW = _UxGT("黃"); // "Yellow") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN = _UxGT("綠"); // "Green") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE = _UxGT("藍"); // "Blue") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO = _UxGT("青"); // "Indigo") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET = _UxGT("紫"); // "Violet") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE = _UxGT("白"); // "White") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT = _UxGT("復歸"); // "Default") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS = _UxGT("定制燈"); // "Custom Lights") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_R = _UxGT("紅飽和度"); // "Red Intensity") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_G = _UxGT("綠飽和度"); // "Green Intensity") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_B = _UxGT("藍飽和度"); // "Blue Intensity") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_W = _UxGT("白飽和度"); // "White Intensity") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("亮度"); // "Brightness") -#define MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 _UxGT("执行G29") // "Doing G29" -#define MSG_UBL_TOOLS _UxGT("UBL工具") // "UBL Tools" -#define MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("統一熱床調平(UBL)") // "Unified Bed Leveling" -#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH _UxGT("手工建网") // "Manually Build Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT _UxGT("放置墊片並測量") // "Place shim & measure" -#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 _UxGT("測量") // "Measure" -#define MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE _UxGT("移除並測量熱床") // "Remove & measure bed" -#define MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT _UxGT("移動到下一個") // "Moving to next" -#define MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("激活UBL") // "Activate UBL" -#define MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("關閉UBL") // "Deactivate UBL" -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED _UxGT("設置熱床溫度") // "Bed Temp" -#define MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND _UxGT("熱端溫度") // "Hotend Temp" -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT _UxGT("網格編輯") // "Mesh Edit" -#define MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("編輯客戶網格") // "Edit Custom Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH _UxGT("細調網格") // "Fine Tuning Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH _UxGT("完成編輯網格") // "Done Editing Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("創設客戶網格") // "Build Custom Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU _UxGT("創設網格") // "Build Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 _UxGT("創設" PREHEAT_1_LABEL "網格") // "Build PREHEAT_1_LABEL Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 _UxGT("創設" PREHEAT_2_LABEL "網格") // "Build PREHEAT_2_LABEL Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH _UxGT("創設冷網格") // "Build Cold Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST _UxGT("調整網格高度") // "Adjust Mesh Height" -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT _UxGT("高度合計") // "Height Amount" -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("批准網格") // "Validate Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 _UxGT("批准" PREHEAT_1_LABEL "網格") // "Validate PREHEAT_1_LABEL Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 _UxGT("批准" PREHEAT_2_LABEL "網格") // "Validate PREHEAT_2_LABEL Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("批准客戶網格") // "Validate Custom Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH _UxGT("繼續熱床網格") // "Continue Bed Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("網格調平") // "Mesh Leveling" -#define MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("三點調平") // "3-Point Leveling" -#define MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("格子網格調平") // "Grid Mesh Leveling" -#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL _UxGT("調平網格") // "Level Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS _UxGT("邊點") // "Side Points" -#define MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE _UxGT("圖類型") // "Map Type" -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP _UxGT("輸出網格圖") // "Output Mesh Map" -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST _UxGT("輸出到主機") // "Output for Host" -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV _UxGT("輸出到CSV") // "Output for CSV" -#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP _UxGT("輸出到備份") // "Off Printer Backup" -#define MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL _UxGT("輸出UBL信息") // "Output UBL Info" -#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT _UxGT("填充合計") // "Fill-in Amount" -#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN _UxGT("手工填充") // "Manual Fill-in" -#define MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN _UxGT("聰明填充") // "Smart Fill-in" -#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH _UxGT("填充網格") // "Fill-in Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL _UxGT("作廢所有的") // "Invalidate All" -#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST _UxGT("作廢最近的") // "Invalidate Closest" -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL _UxGT("細調所有的") // "Fine Tune All" -#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST _UxGT("細調最近的") // "Fine Tune Closest" -#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("網格存儲") // "Mesh Storage" -#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT _UxGT("存儲槽") // "Memory Slot" -#define MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH _UxGT("裝載熱床網格") // "Load Bed Mesh" -#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH _UxGT("保存熱床網格") // "Save Bed Mesh" -#define MSG_MESH_LOADED _UxGT("網格 %i 已裝載") // "Mesh %i loaded" -#define MSG_MESH_SAVED _UxGT("網格 %i 已保存") // "Mesh %i saved" -#define MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE _UxGT("沒有存儲") // "No storage" -#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR _UxGT("錯誤: UBL保存") // "Err: UBL Save" -#define MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR _UxGT("錯誤: UBL還原") // "Err: UBL Restore" -#define MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED _UxGT("Z偏移已停止") // "Z-Offset Stopped" -#define MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU _UxGT("一步步UBL") // "Step-By-Step UBL" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVING = _UxGT("移動 ..."); // "Moving...") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FREE_XY = _UxGT("釋放 XY"); // "Free XY") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_X = _UxGT("移動X"); //"Move X" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("移動Y"); //"Move Y" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("移動Z"); //"Move Z" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("擠出機"); //"Extruder" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("擠出機 *"); //"Extruder *" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("噴嘴溫度不夠"); //"Hotend too cold" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("移動 %s mm"); //"Move 0.025mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("移動 0.1 mm"); //"Move 0.1mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("移動 1 mm"); //"Move 1mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("移動 10 mm"); //"Move 10mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("速率"); //"Speed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("熱床Z"); //"Bed Z" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 噴嘴"); //"Nozzle" 噴嘴 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 噴嘴 ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 熱床"); //"Bed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Enclosure"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("風扇速率"); //"Fan speed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("風扇速率 ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORED_FAN_N = _UxGT("Stored Fan ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("額外風扇速率"); // "Extra fan speed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("額外風扇速率 ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("擠出速率"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("擠出速率 ~"); //"Flow" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("控制"); //"Control" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 最小"); //" " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER " Min" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 最大"); //" " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER " Max" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 系數"); //" " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER " Fact" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("自動控溫"); //"Autotemp" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("開 "); //"On" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("關 "); //"Off" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE = _UxGT("PID Autotune"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_E = _UxGT("PID Autotune *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); //"PID-P" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E = _UxGT("PID-P *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); //"PID-I" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E = _UxGT("PID-I *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); //"PID-D" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E = _UxGT("PID-D *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); //"PID-C" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E = _UxGT("PID-C *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_F = _UxGT("PID-F"); //"PID-F" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_F_E = _UxGT("PID-F *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("選擇"); //"Select" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("選擇 *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("加速度"); //"Accel" acceleration + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("抖動速率"); //"Jerk" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("軸抖動速率") LCD_STR_A; //"Va-jerk" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VB_JERK = _UxGT("軸抖動速率") LCD_STR_B; //"Vb-jerk" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VC_JERK = _UxGT("軸抖動速率") LCD_STR_C; //"Vc-jerk" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VE_JERK = _UxGT("擠出機抖動速率"); //"Ve-jerk" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Junction Dev"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VELOCITY = _UxGT("速度"); // "Velocity" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_A = _UxGT("最大進料速率") LCD_STR_A; //"Vmax " max_feedrate_mm_s + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("最大進料速率") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("最大進料速率") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("最大進料速率") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("最大進料速率 *"); //"Vmax " max_feedrate_mm_s + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("最小進料速率"); //"Vmin" min_feedrate_mm_s + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("最小移動速率"); //"VTrav min" min_travel_feedrate_mm_s, (target) speed of the move + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("加速度"); // "Acceleration" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_A = _UxGT("最大列印加速度") LCD_STR_A; //"Amax " max_acceleration_mm_per_s2, acceleration in units/s^2 for print moves + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("最大列印加速度") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("最大列印加速度") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("最大列印加速度") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("最大列印加速度 *"); //"Amax " max_acceleration_mm_per_s2, acceleration in units/s^2 for print moves + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("回縮加速度"); //"A-retract" retract_acceleration, E acceleration in mm/s^2 for retracts + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("非列印移動加速度"); //"A-travel" travel_acceleration, X, Y, Z acceleration in mm/s^2 for travel (non printing) moves + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("軸步數/mm"); //"Steps/mm" axis_steps_per_mm, axis steps-per-unit G92 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = LCD_STR_A _UxGT("軸步數/mm"); //"Asteps/mm" axis_steps_per_mm, axis steps-per-unit G92 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT("軸步數/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT("軸步數/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("擠出機步數/mm"); //"Esteps/mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("擠出機~步數/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("溫度"); //"Temperature" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("運作"); //"Motion" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("絲料測容"); //"Filament" menu_control_volumetric + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("測容積mm³"); //"E in mm3" volumetric_enabled + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("絲料直徑"); //"Fil. Dia." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("絲料直徑 *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("卸載 mm"); // "Unload mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("装載 mm"); // "Load mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("Advance K"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("Advance K *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("LCD對比度"); //"LCD contrast" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("保存設置"); //"Store memory" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("載入設置"); //"Load memory" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS = _UxGT("恢復安全值"); //"Restore failsafe" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("初始化設置"); // "Initialize EEPROM" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_EEPROM_CRC = _UxGT("錯誤: EEPROM CRC"); //"Err: EEPROM CRC" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_EEPROM_INDEX = _UxGT("錯誤: EEPROM Index"); //"Err: EEPROM Index" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_EEPROM_VERSION = _UxGT("錯誤: EEPROM Version"); //"EEPROM Version" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("媒體更新"); //"Media Update" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("重置打印機"); //"Reset Printer + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = _UxGT("刷新"); //"Refresh" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("資訊界面"); //"Info screen" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("準備"); //"Prepare" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("調整"); //"Tune" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("開始列印"); //"Start Print" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_NEXT = _UxGT("下一個"); //"Next" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_INIT = _UxGT("初始 "); //"Init" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_STOP = _UxGT("停止 "); //"Stop" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_PRINT = _UxGT("列印 "); //"Print" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_RESET = _UxGT("復歸 "); //"Reset" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL = _UxGT("放棄 "); //"Cancel" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_DONE = _UxGT("確認 "); //"Done" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_BACK = _UxGT("返回 "); //"Back" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_PROCEED = _UxGT("繼續 "); //"Proceed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("暫停列印"); //"Pause print" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("恢復列印"); //"Resume print" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("停止列印"); //"Stop print" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING_OBJECT = _UxGT("列印物件"); //"Printing Object" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT = _UxGT("中止物件"); //"Cancel Object" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT_N = _UxGT("中止物件 ="); //"Cancel Object =" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY = _UxGT("中斷恢復"); //"Outage Recovery" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("從記憶卡上列印"); //"Print from SD" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("無記憶卡"); //"No SD card" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("休眠 ..."); //"Sleep..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("點擊繼續 ..."); //"Click to resume..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_PAUSED = _UxGT("列印已暫停"); // "Print paused" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING = _UxGT("列印中 ..."); //"Printing..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("已取消列印"); //"Print aborted" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("無移動"); //"No move." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("已砍掉"); //"KILLED. " + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("已停止"); //"STOPPED. " + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("回縮長度mm"); //"Retract mm" retract_length, retract length (positive mm) + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("換手回抽長度mm"); //"Swap Re.mm" swap_retract_length, swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("回縮速率mm/s"); //"Retract V" retract_feedrate_mm_s, feedrate for retracting (mm/s) + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("Hop mm"); //"Hop mm" retract_zraise, retract Z-lift + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("回縮恢復長度mm"); //"UnRet +mm" retract_recover_extra, additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering) + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("換手回縮恢復長度mm"); //"S UnRet+mm" swap_retract_recover_extra, additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change) + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("回縮恢復後進料速率mm/s"); //"UnRet V" retract_recover_feedrate_mm_s, feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s) + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF = _UxGT("S UnRet V"); // "S UnRet V" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("自動回縮"); //"AutoRetr." autoretract_enabled, + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH = _UxGT("交換長度"); //"Swap Length" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH = _UxGT("清除長度"); //"Purge Length" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE = _UxGT("交換工具"); //"Tool Change" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT = _UxGT("Z軸提昇"); //"Z Raise" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD = _UxGT("最高速度"); //"Prime Speed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD = _UxGT("收回速度"); //"Retract Speed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY = _UxGT("噴嘴待機"); //"Nozzle Standby" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("更換絲料"); //"Change filament" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("更換絲料 *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("裝載絲料"); // "Load filament" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("裝載絲料 *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("卸載絲料"); // "Unload filament" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("卸載絲料 *"); // "Unload filament" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("卸載全部"); // "Unload All" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("初始化記憶卡"); //"Init. SD card" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA = _UxGT("連接記憶卡"); //"Attach Media + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("更換記憶卡"); //"Change SD card" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA = _UxGT("釋放媒體"); //"Release Media" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Z探針在熱床之外"); //"Z probe out. bed" Z probe is not within the physical limits + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SKEW_FACTOR = _UxGT("偏斜因數"); // "Skew Factor" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH = _UxGT("BLTouch"); // "BLTouch" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("BLTouch 自檢"); // "BLTouch Self-Test" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("重置BLTouch"); // "Reset BLTouch" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("裝載BLTouch"); // "Stow BLTouch" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY = _UxGT("部署BLTouch"); // "Deploy BLTouch" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: SW-Mode"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: 5V-Mode"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: OD-Mode"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE = _UxGT("Cmd: Mode-Store"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V = _UxGT("Set BLTouch to 5V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD = _UxGT("Set BLTouch to OD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO = _UxGT("Report Drain"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE = _UxGT("DANGER: Bad settings can cause damage! Proceed anyway?"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE = _UxGT("TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT = _UxGT("Init TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST = _UxGT("Z Offset Test"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE = _UxGT("Save"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI = _UxGT("Deploy TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Deploy Z-Probe"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_STOW = _UxGT("Stow Z-Probe"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("歸位 %s%s%s 先"); //"Home ... first" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OFFSETS = _UxGT("探針偏移"); //Probe Offsets + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_XOFFSET = _UxGT("探針X偏移量"); //Probe X Offset + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_YOFFSET = _UxGT("探針Y偏移量"); //Probe Y Offset + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("探針Z偏移量"); //Probe Z Offset + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("微量調整X軸"); //"Babystep X" lcd_babystep_x, Babystepping enables the user to control the axis in tiny amounts + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("微量調整Y軸"); //"Babystep Y" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("微量調整Z軸"); //"Babystep Z" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_TOTAL = _UxGT("總計"); //"Total" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("擋塊終止"); //"Endstop abort" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("加熱失敗"); //"Heating failed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED = _UxGT("熱床加熱失敗"); //"Bed Heating Failed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_CHAMBER = _UxGT("機箱加熱失敗"); //"Chamber Heating Fail" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP = _UxGT("錯誤：冗餘溫度"); //"Err: REDUNDANT TEMP" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY = _UxGT("溫度失控"); //"THERMAL RUNAWAY" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED = _UxGT("熱床溫度失控"); //"BED THERMAL RUNAWAY" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_CHAMBER = _UxGT("機箱溫度失控"); //"CHAMBER T. RUNAWAY" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP = _UxGT("錯誤：最高溫度"); //"Err: MAXTEMP" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP = _UxGT("錯誤：最低溫度"); //"Err: MINTEMP" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED = _UxGT("錯誤：最高熱床溫度"); //"Err: MAXTEMP BED" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED = _UxGT("錯誤：最低熱床溫度"); //"Err: MINTEMP BED" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_CHAMBER = _UxGT("錯誤：最高機箱溫度"); //"Err: MAXTEMP CHAMBER" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_CHAMBER = _UxGT("錯誤：最低機箱溫度"); //"Err: MINTEMP CHAMBER" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING = _UxGT("歸位 XY 先"); //"Home XY First" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HALTED = _UxGT("印表機停機"); //"PRINTER HALTED" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PLEASE_RESET = _UxGT("請重置"); //"Please reset" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_DAY = _UxGT("天"); //"d" // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_HOUR = _UxGT("時"); //"h" // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHORT_MINUTE = _UxGT("分"); //"m" // One character only + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING = _UxGT("加熱中 ..."); //"Heating..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLING = _UxGT("冷卻中 ..."); //"Cooling..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_HEATING = _UxGT("加熱熱床中 ..."); //"Bed Heating..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_COOLING = _UxGT("熱床冷卻中 ..."); //"Bed Cooling..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER_HEATING = _UxGT("機箱加熱中 .."); //"Chamber Heating..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER_COOLING = _UxGT("機箱冷卻中 ..."); //Chamber Cooling... + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("⊿校準"); //"Delta Calibration" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("⊿校準X"); //"Calibrate X" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("⊿校準Y"); //"Calibrate Y" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z = _UxGT("⊿校準Z"); //"Calibrate Z" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER = _UxGT("⊿校準中心"); //"Calibrate Center" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS = _UxGT("⊿設置"); // "Delta Settings" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("⊿自動校準"); // "Auto Calibration" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("設置⊿高度"); // "Set Delta Height" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Z偏移"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD = _UxGT("⊿斜柱"); // "Diag Rod" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT = _UxGT("⊿高度"); // "Height" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_RADIUS = _UxGT("⊿半徑"); // "Radius" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MENU = _UxGT("關於印表機"); //"About Printer" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("印表機訊息"); //"Printer Info" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_3POINT_LEVELING = _UxGT("三點調平"); // "3-Point Leveling" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("線性調平"); // "Linear Leveling" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT(" 雙線性調平"); // "Bilinear Leveling" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVELING = _UxGT("統一熱床調平(UBL)"); // "Unified Bed Leveling" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("網格調平"); // "Mesh Leveling" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("印表機統計"); //"Printer Stats" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("主板訊息"); //"Board Info" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("溫度計"); //"Thermistors" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS = _UxGT(" 擠出機"); //"Extruders" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("傳輸率"); //"Baud" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL = _UxGT("協議"); //"Protocol" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_OFF = _UxGT("監測溫度失控:關"); //"Runaway Watch: OFF" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_ON = _UxGT("監測溫度失控:開"); //"Runaway Watch: ON" -#define MSG_LED_CONTROL _UxGT("灯管控制") // "LED Control") -#define MSG_LEDS _UxGT("灯") // "Lights") -#define MSG_LED_PRESETS _UxGT("灯预置") // "Light Presets") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_RED _UxGT("红") // "Red") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE _UxGT("橙") // "Orange") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW _UxGT("黄") // "Yellow") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN _UxGT("绿") // "Green") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE _UxGT("蓝") // "Blue") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO _UxGT("青") // "Indigo") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET _UxGT("紫") // "Violet") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE _UxGT("白") // "White") -#define MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT _UxGT("缺省") // "Default") -#define MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS _UxGT("定制灯") // "Custom Lights") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_R _UxGT("红飽和度") // "Red Intensity") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_G _UxGT("绿飽和度") // "Green Intensity") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_B _UxGT("蓝飽和度") // "Blue Intensity") -#define MSG_INTENSITY_W _UxGT("白飽和度") // "White Intensity") -#define MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("亮度") // "Brightness") + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT = _UxGT("外殼燈"); // "Case light" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("燈亮度"); // "Light BRIGHTNESS" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("打印機不正確"); // "The printer is incorrect" -#define MSG_MOVING _UxGT("移动 ...") // "Moving...") -#define MSG_FREE_XY _UxGT("释放 XY") // "Free XY") -#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("移動X") //"Move X" -#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("移動Y") //"Move Y" -#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("移動Z") //"Move Z" -#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("擠出機") //"Extruder" -#define MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST _UxGT("移動 %s mm") //"Move 0.025mm" -#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("移動 0.1 mm") //"Move 0.1mm" -#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("移動 1 mm") //"Move 1mm" -#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("移動 10 mm") //"Move 10mm" -#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("速率") //"Speed" -#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("熱床Z") //"Bed Z" -#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 噴嘴") //"Nozzle" 噴嘴 -#define MSG_BED _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 熱床") //"Bed" -#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("風扇速率") //"Fan speed" -#define MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("額外風扇速率") // "Extra fan speed" -#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("擠出速率") //"Flow" -#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("控制") //"Control" -#define MSG_MIN _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 最小") //" " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER " Min" -#define MSG_MAX _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 最大") //" " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER " Max" -#define MSG_FACTOR _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 系數") //" " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER " Fact" -#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("自動控溫") //"Autotemp" -#define MSG_LCD_ON _UxGT("開") //"On" -#define MSG_LCD_OFF _UxGT("關") //"Off" -#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P") //"PID-P" -#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I") //"PID-I" -#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D") //"PID-D" -#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C") //"PID-C" -#define MSG_SELECT _UxGT("選擇") //"Select" -#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("加速度") //"Accel" acceleration -#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("抖動速率") //"Jerk" -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("A軸抖動速率") //"Va-jerk" - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("B軸抖動速率") //"Vb-jerk" - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("C軸抖動速率") //"Vc-jerk" + #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("列印計數"); //"Print Count" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("已完成"); //"Completed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("總列印時間"); //"Total print time" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("最長工作時間"); //"Longest job time" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("總計擠出"); //"Extruded total" + #else + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("列印數"); //"Prints" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = _UxGT("完成"); //"Completed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME = _UxGT("總共"); //"Total" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("最長"); //"Longest" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("已擠出"); //"Extruded" + #endif + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP = _UxGT("最低溫度"); //"Min Temp" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("最高溫度"); //"Max Temp" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("電源供應"); //"Power Supply" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("驅動力度"); // "Drive Strength" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT = _UxGT("驅動 %"); // "Driver %" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X 驅動 %"); //X Driver % + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y 驅動 %"); //Y Driver % + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z 驅動 %"); //Z Driver % + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E 驅動 %"); //E Driver % + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERROR_TMC = _UxGT("TMC連接錯誤"); //"TMC CONNECTION ERROR" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("保存驅動設置"); // "DAC EEPROM Write" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER = _UxGT("更換絲料"); //"FILAMENT CHANGE" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE = _UxGT("列印已暫停"); // "PRINT PAUSED" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD = _UxGT("裝載絲料"); // "LOAD FILAMENT" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD = _UxGT("卸載絲料"); // "UNLOAD FILAMENT" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER = _UxGT("恢複選項:"); // "RESUME OPTIONS:" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE = _UxGT("清除更多"); // "Purge more" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("恢復列印"); //"Resume print" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE = _UxGT(" 噴嘴: "); // " Nozzle: " + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR = _UxGT("斷絲偵測"); //"Runout Sensor" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM = _UxGT("絲距離mm"); //"Runout Dist mm" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_HOMING_FAILED = _UxGT("歸原位失敗"); // "Homing failed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_PROBING_FAILED = _UxGT("探針探測失敗"); // "Probing failed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M600_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("M600: 太冷"); // "M600: Too cold" + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_CHOOSE_FILAMENT_HEADER = _UxGT("CHOOSE FILAMENT"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_MENU = _UxGT("MMU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_WRONG_FIRMWARE = _UxGT("Update MMU Firmware!"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_NOT_RESPONDING = _UxGT("MMU Needs Attention."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESUME = _UxGT("Resume Print"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESUMING = _UxGT("Resuming..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Load Filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Load All"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Load to Nozzle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Eject Filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Eject Filament ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Unload Filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Loading Fil. %i..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Ejecting Fil. ..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Unloading Fil...."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_ALL = _UxGT("All"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Filament ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESET = _UxGT("Reset MMU"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESETTING = _UxGT("Resetting MMU..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Remove, click"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX = _UxGT("Mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_N = _UxGT("Component ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIXER = _UxGT("Mixer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Gradient"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FULL_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Full Gradient"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOGGLE_MIX = _UxGT("Toggle Mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CYCLE_MIX = _UxGT("Cycle Mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT_MIX = _UxGT("Gradient Mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Reverse Gradient"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL = _UxGT("Active V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_VTOOL = _UxGT("Start V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_END_VTOOL = _UxGT(" End V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS = _UxGT("Alias V-tool"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_VTOOLS = _UxGT("Reset V-tools"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL = _UxGT("Commit V-tool Mix"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTOOLS_RESET = _UxGT("V-tools Were Reset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_Z = _UxGT("Start Z:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_END_Z = _UxGT(" End Z:"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GAMES = _UxGT("Games"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BRICKOUT = _UxGT("Brickout"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INVADERS = _UxGT("Invaders"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SNAKE = _UxGT("Sn4k3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAZE = _UxGT("Maze"); + + #define MSG_1_LINE(A) A "\0" "\0" + #define MSG_2_LINE(A,B) A "\0" B "\0" + #define MSG_3_LINE(A,B,C) A "\0" B "\0" C + + // + // Filament Change screens show up to 3 lines on a 4-line display + // ...or up to 2 lines on a 3-line display + // + #if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("按下按鈕", "恢復列印")); //"Press Button to resume print" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("停車中 ...")); //"Parking..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("等待開始", "絲料", "變更")); //"Wait for start of the filament change" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("等待", "卸下絲料")); //"Wait for filament unload" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_3_LINE("插入絲料", "並按鍵", "繼續 ...")); //"Insert filament and press button to continue..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("按下按鈕", "加熱噴嘴.")); // "Press button to heat nozzle." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("加熱噴嘴", "請等待 ...")); // "Heating nozzle Please wait..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("等待", "進料")); //"Wait for filament load" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("等待", "絲料清除")); // "Wait for filament purge" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("按下完成","絲料清除")); //"Press button to filament purge" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("等待列印", "恢復")); //"Wait for print to resume" + #else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("按下繼續..")); //"Click to continue" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("停車中 ...")); //"Parking..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("請等待 ...")); //"Please wait..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("插入並點擊")); //"Insert and Click" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("按下加熱..")); //"Click to heat" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("加熱中 ...")); //"Heating..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("退出中 ...")); //"Ejecting..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("載入中 ...")); //"Loading..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("清除中 ...")); //"Purging..." + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("按下完成..")); //"Click to finish" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME = _UxGT(MSG_1_LINE("恢復中 ...")); //"Resuming..." + #endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_DRIVERS = _UxGT("TMC Drivers"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_CURRENT = _UxGT("Driver Current"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_HYBRID_THRS = _UxGT("Hybrid Threshold"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS = _UxGT("Sensorless Homing"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_STEPPING_MODE = _UxGT("Stepping Mode"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TMC_STEALTH_ENABLED = _UxGT("StealthChop Enabled"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SERVICE_RESET = _UxGT("Reset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SERVICE_IN = _UxGT(" in:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH = _UxGT("Backlash"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_A = LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_B = LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_C = LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_CORRECTION = _UxGT("Correction"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING = _UxGT("Smoothing"); +} + +#if FAN_COUNT == 1 + #define MSG_FIRST_FAN_SPEED MSG_FAN_SPEED + #define MSG_FIRST_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED #else - #define MSG_VA_JERK _UxGT("X軸抖動速率") //"Vx-jerk" - #define MSG_VB_JERK _UxGT("Y軸抖動速率") //"Vy-jerk" - #define MSG_VC_JERK _UxGT("Z軸抖動速率") //"Vz-jerk" + #define MSG_FIRST_FAN_SPEED MSG_FAN_SPEED_N + #define MSG_FIRST_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N #endif -#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("擠出機抖動速率") //"Ve-jerk" -#define MSG_VELOCITY _UxGT("速度") // "Velocity" -#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("最大進料速率") //"Vmax " max_feedrate_mm_s -#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("最小進料速率") //"Vmin" min_feedrate_mm_s -#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("最小移動速率") //"VTrav min" min_travel_feedrate_mm_s, (target) speed of the move -#define MSG_ACCELERATION _UxGT("加速度") // "Acceleration" -#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("最大列印加速度") //"Amax " max_acceleration_mm_per_s2, acceleration in units/s^2 for print moves -#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("回縮加速度") //"A-retract" retract_acceleration, E acceleration in mm/s^2 for retracts -#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("非列印移動加速度") //"A-travel" travel_acceleration, X, Y, Z acceleration in mm/s^2 for travel (non printing) moves -#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("軸步數/mm") //"Steps/mm" axis_steps_per_mm, axis steps-per-unit G92 -#if IS_KINEMATIC - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("A軸步數/mm") //"Asteps/mm" axis_steps_per_mm, axis steps-per-unit G92 - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("B軸步數/mm") //"Bsteps/mm" - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("C軸步數/mm") //"Csteps/mm" -#else - #define MSG_ASTEPS _UxGT("X軸步數/mm") //"Xsteps/mm" axis_steps_per_mm, axis steps-per-unit G92 - #define MSG_BSTEPS _UxGT("Y軸步數/mm") //"Ysteps/mm" - #define MSG_CSTEPS _UxGT("Z軸步數/mm") //"Zsteps/mm" -#endif -#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("擠出機步數/mm") //"Esteps/mm" -#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("擠出機1步數/mm") //"E1steps/mm" -#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("擠出機2步數/mm") //"E2steps/mm" -#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("擠出機3步數/mm") //"E3steps/mm" -#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("擠出機4步數/mm") //"E4steps/mm" -#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("擠出機5步數/mm") //"E5steps/mm" -#define MSG_E6STEPS _UxGT("擠出機6步數/mm") //"E6steps/mm" -#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("溫度") //"Temperature" -#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("運作") //"Motion" -#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("絲料測容") //"Filament" menu_control_volumetric -#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("測容積mm³") //"E in mm3" volumetric_enabled -#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("絲料直徑") //"Fil. Dia." -#define MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD _UxGT("卸載 mm") // "Unload mm" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD _UxGT("装載 mm") // "Load mm" -#define MSG_ADVANCE_K _UxGT("Advance K") // "Advance K" -#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("LCD對比度") //"LCD contrast" -#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("保存設置") //"Store memory" -#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("載入設置") //"Load memory" -#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("恢復安全值") //"Restore failsafe" -#define MSG_INIT_EEPROM _UxGT("初始化設置") // "Initialize EEPROM" -#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("刷新") //"Refresh" -#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("資訊界面") //"Info screen" -#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("準備") //"Prepare" -#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("調整") //"Tune" -#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("暫停列印") //"Pause print" -#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("恢復列印") //"Resume print" -#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("停止列印") //"Stop print" -#define MSG_MEDIA_MENU _UxGT("從記憶卡上列印") //"Print from SD" -#define MSG_NO_MEDIA _UxGT("無記憶卡") //"No SD card" -#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("休眠 ...") //"Sleep..." -#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("點擊繼續 ...") //"Click to resume..." -#define MSG_PRINT_PAUSED _UxGT("列印已暫停") // "Print paused" -#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("已取消列印") //"Print aborted" -#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("無移動") //"No move." -#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("已砍掉") //"KILLED. " -#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("已停止") //"STOPPED. " -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("回縮長度mm") //"Retract mm" retract_length, retract length (positive mm) -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("換手回抽長度mm") //"Swap Re.mm" swap_retract_length, swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("回縮速率mm/s") //"Retract V" retract_feedrate_mm_s, feedrate for retracting (mm/s) -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP _UxGT("Hop mm") //"Hop mm" retract_zraise, retract Z-lift -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("回縮恢復長度mm") //"UnRet +mm" retract_recover_extra, additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering) -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("換手回縮恢復長度mm") //"S UnRet+mm" swap_retract_recover_extra, additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change) -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("回縮恢復後進料速率mm/s") //"UnRet V" retract_recover_feedrate_mm_s, feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s) -#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF _UxGT("S UnRet V") // "S UnRet V" -#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("自動回縮") //"AutoRetr." autoretract_enabled, -#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("更換絲料") //"Change filament" -#define MSG_FILAMENTLOAD _UxGT("裝載絲料") // "Load filament" -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD _UxGT("卸載絲料") // "Unload filament" -#define MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL _UxGT("卸載全部") // "Unload All" -#define MSG_INIT_MEDIA _UxGT("初始化記憶卡") //"Init. SD card" -#define MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA _UxGT("更換記憶卡") //"Change SD card" -#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Z探針在熱床之外") //"Z probe out. bed" Z probe is not within the physical limits -#define MSG_SKEW_FACTOR _UxGT("偏斜因數") // "Skew Factor" -#define MSG_BLTOUCH _UxGT("BLTouch") // "BLTouch" -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST _UxGT("BLTouch 自檢") // "BLTouch Self-Test" -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET _UxGT("重置BLTouch") // "Reset BLTouch" -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY _UxGT("部署BLTouch") // "Deploy BLTouch" -#define MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW _UxGT("裝載BLTouch") // "Stow BLTouch" -#define MSG_HOME_FIRST _UxGT("歸位 %s%s%s 先") //"Home ... first" -#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Z偏移") //"Z Offset" -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("微量調整X軸") //"Babystep X" lcd_babystep_x, Babystepping enables the user to control the axis in tiny amounts -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("微量調整Y軸") //"Babystep Y" -#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("微量調整Z軸") //"Babystep Z" -#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("擋塊終止") //"Endstop abort" -#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("加熱失敗") //"Heating failed" -#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("錯誤：REDUNDANT TEMP") //"Err: REDUNDANT TEMP" -#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("溫控失控") //"THERMAL RUNAWAY" -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("錯誤：最高溫度") //"Err: MAXTEMP" -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("錯誤：最低溫度") //"Err: MINTEMP" -#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("錯誤：最高熱床溫度") //"Err: MAXTEMP BED" -#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("錯誤：最低熱床溫度") //"Err: MINTEMP BED" -#define MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING _UxGT("歸位 XY 先") //"Home XY First" -#define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("印表機停機") //"PRINTER HALTED" -#define MSG_PLEASE_RESET _UxGT("請重置") //"Please reset" -#define MSG_SHORT_DAY _UxGT("天") //"d" // One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("時") //"h" // One character only -#define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("分") //"m" // One character only -#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("加熱中 ...") //"Heating..." -#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("加熱熱床中 ...") //"Bed Heating..." -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("⊿校準") //"Delta Calibration" -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("⊿校準X") //"Calibrate X" -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("⊿校準Y") //"Calibrate Y" -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("⊿校準Z") //"Calibrate Z" -#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("⊿校準中心") //"Calibrate Center" -#define MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS _UxGT("⊿設置") // "Delta Settings" -#define MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE _UxGT("⊿自動校準") // "Auto Calibration" -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE _UxGT("設置⊿高度") // "Set Delta Height" -#define MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD _UxGT("⊿斜柱") // "Diag Rod" -#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT _UxGT("⊿高度") // "Height" -#define MSG_DELTA_RADIUS _UxGT("⊿半徑") // "Radius" -#define MSG_INFO_MENU _UxGT("關於印表機") //"About Printer" -#define MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU _UxGT("印表機訊息") //"Printer Info" -#define MSG_3POINT_LEVELING _UxGT("三點調平") // "3-Point Leveling" -#define MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("線性調平") // "Linear Leveling" -#define MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("雙線性調平") // "Bilinear Leveling" -#define MSG_UBL_LEVELING _UxGT("統一熱床調平(UBL)") // "Unified Bed Leveling" -#define MSG_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("網格調平") // "Mesh Leveling" -#define MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU _UxGT("印表機統計") //"Printer Stats" -#define MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU _UxGT("主板訊息") //"Board Info" -#define MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU _UxGT("溫度計") //"Thermistors" -#define MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS _UxGT("擠出機") //"Extruders" -#define MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE _UxGT("傳輸率") //"Baud" -#define MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL _UxGT("協議") //"Protocol" -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT _UxGT("外殼燈") // "Case light" -#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("燈亮度") // "Light BRIGHTNESS" - -#define MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER _UxGT("打印機不正確") // "The printer is incorrect" - -#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("列印計數") //"Print Count" - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("已完成") //"Completed" - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("總列印時間") //"Total print time" - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("最長工作時間") //"Longest job time" - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("總計擠出") //"Extruded total" -#else - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("列印數") //"Prints" - #define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("完成") //"Completed" - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("總共") //"Total" - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("最長") //"Longest" - #define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("已擠出") //"Extruded" -#endif - -#define MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP _UxGT("最低溫度") //"Min Temp" -#define MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP _UxGT("最高溫度") //"Max Temp" -#define MSG_INFO_PSU _UxGT("電源供應") //"Power Supply" -#define MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH _UxGT("驅動力度") // "Drive Strength" -#define MSG_DAC_PERCENT _UxGT("驅動 %") // "Driver %" -#define MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE _UxGT("保存驅動設置") // "DAC EEPROM Write" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE _UxGT("列印已暫停") // "PRINT PAUSED" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD _UxGT("裝載絲料") // "LOAD FILAMENT" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD _UxGT("卸載絲料") // "UNLOAD FILAMENT" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER _UxGT("恢複選項:") // "RESUME OPTIONS:" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE _UxGT("清除更多") // "Purge more" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME _UxGT("恢復列印") //"Resume print" -#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE _UxGT(" 噴嘴: ") // " Nozzle: " -#define MSG_ERR_HOMING_FAILED _UxGT("歸原位失敗") // "Homing failed" -#define MSG_ERR_PROBING_FAILED _UxGT("探針探測失敗") // "Probing failed" -#define MSG_M600_TOO_COLD _UxGT("M600: 太涼") // "M600: Too cold" - -#if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("等待開始") //"Wait for start" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("絲料") //"of the filament" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_3 _UxGT("變更") //"change" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("等待") //"Wait for" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("卸下絲料") //"filament unload" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("插入絲料") //"Insert filament" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("並按鍵") //"and press button" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3 _UxGT("繼續 ...") //"to continue..." - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("按下按鈕來") // "Press button to" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_2 _UxGT("加熱噴嘴.") // "heat nozzle." - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("加熱噴嘴") // "Heating nozzle" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_2 _UxGT("請等待 ...") // "Please wait..." - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("等待") //"Wait for" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 _UxGT("進料") //"filament load" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("等待") // "Wait for" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_2 _UxGT("絲料清除") // "filament purge" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("等待列印") //"Wait for print" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("恢復") //"to resume" -#else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("請等待 ...") //"Please wait..." - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("退出中 ...") //"Ejecting..." - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("插入並點擊") //"Insert and Click" - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("加熱中 ...") // "Heating..." - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("載入中 ...") //"Loading..." - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1 _UxGT("清除中 ...") // "Purging..." - #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("恢復中 ...") //"Resuming..." -#endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4 diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/lcdprint.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/lcdprint.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b19ab38edb --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/lcdprint.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * lcdprint.cpp + */ + +#include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + +#include "lcdprint.h" +#include "../core/language.h" + +/** + * lcd_put_u8str_ind_P + * Print a string with an index substituted within it + */ +lcd_uint_t lcd_put_u8str_ind_P(PGM_P const pstr, const uint8_t ind, const lcd_uint_t maxlen/*=LCD_WIDTH*/) { + uint8_t *p = (uint8_t*)pstr; + lcd_uint_t n = maxlen; + for (; n; n--) { + wchar_t ch; + p = get_utf8_value_cb(p, read_byte_rom, &ch); + if (!ch) break; + if (ch == '=' || ch == '~' || ch == '*') { + if (ch == '*') { lcd_put_wchar('E'); n--; } + // lcd_put_int(ind); n--; if (ind >= 10) n--; + // if (ind >= 0) + { + lcd_put_wchar(ind + ((ch == '=') ? '0' : LCD_FIRST_TOOL)); + n--; + } + // else if (ind == -1) { PGM_P const b = GET_TEXT(MSG_BED); lcd_put_u8str_P(b); n -= utf8_strlen_P(b); } + // else if (ind == -2) { PGM_P const c = GET_TEXT(MSG_CHAMBER); lcd_put_u8str_P(c); n -= utf8_strlen_P(c); } + if (n) n -= lcd_put_u8str_max_P((PGM_P)p, n); + break; + } + lcd_put_wchar(ch); + } + return n; +} + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/lcdprint.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/lcdprint.h index f35bc81691..7128d79c57 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/lcdprint.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/lcdprint.h @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ #include "fontutils.h" -#include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" +#include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD #include "dogm/u8g_fontutf8.h" @@ -60,13 +60,31 @@ inline int lcd_put_u8str_max_P(const lcd_uint_t col, const lcd_uint_t row, PGM_P } void lcd_put_int(const int i); -inline void lcd_put_int(const lcd_uint_t col, const lcd_uint_t row, const int i) { lcd_moveto(col, row); lcd_put_int(i); } +inline void lcd_put_int(const lcd_uint_t col, const lcd_uint_t row, const int i) { + lcd_moveto(col, row); + lcd_put_int(i); +} -inline int lcd_put_u8str_P(PGM_P str) { return lcd_put_u8str_max_P(str, PIXEL_LEN_NOLIMIT); } -inline int lcd_put_u8str_P(const lcd_uint_t col, const lcd_uint_t row, PGM_P str) { lcd_moveto(col, row); return lcd_put_u8str_P(str); } +inline int lcd_put_u8str_P(PGM_P const pstr) { return lcd_put_u8str_max_P(pstr, PIXEL_LEN_NOLIMIT); } +inline int lcd_put_u8str_P(const lcd_uint_t col, const lcd_uint_t row, PGM_P const pstr) { + lcd_moveto(col, row); + return lcd_put_u8str_P(pstr); +} + +lcd_uint_t lcd_put_u8str_ind_P(PGM_P const pstr, const uint8_t ind, const lcd_uint_t maxlen=LCD_WIDTH); +inline lcd_uint_t lcd_put_u8str_ind_P(const lcd_uint_t col, const lcd_uint_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const uint8_t ind, const lcd_uint_t maxlen=LCD_WIDTH) { + lcd_moveto(col, row); + return lcd_put_u8str_ind_P(pstr, ind, maxlen); +} inline int lcd_put_u8str(const char* str) { return lcd_put_u8str_max(str, PIXEL_LEN_NOLIMIT); } -inline int lcd_put_u8str(const lcd_uint_t col, const lcd_uint_t row, PGM_P str) { lcd_moveto(col, row); return lcd_put_u8str(str); } +inline int lcd_put_u8str(const lcd_uint_t col, const lcd_uint_t row, PGM_P const str) { + lcd_moveto(col, row); + return lcd_put_u8str(str); +} inline int lcd_put_wchar(const wchar_t c) { return lcd_put_wchar_max(c, PIXEL_LEN_NOLIMIT); } -inline int lcd_put_wchar(const lcd_uint_t col, const lcd_uint_t row, const wchar_t c) { lcd_moveto(col, row); return lcd_put_wchar(c); } +inline int lcd_put_wchar(const lcd_uint_t col, const lcd_uint_t row, const wchar_t c) { + lcd_moveto(col, row); + return lcd_put_wchar(c); +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/brickout.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/brickout.cpp index 921a6f6e30..6fe0a31ffa 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/brickout.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/brickout.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -140,13 +140,13 @@ void BrickoutGame::game_screen() { // Draw bricks if (PAGE_CONTAINS(BRICK_TOP, BRICK_BOT)) { - for (uint8_t y = 0; y < BRICK_ROWS; ++y) { + LOOP_L_N(y, BRICK_ROWS) { const uint8_t yy = y * BRICK_H + BRICK_TOP; if (PAGE_CONTAINS(yy, yy + BRICK_H - 1)) { - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < BRICK_COLS; ++x) { + LOOP_L_N(x, BRICK_COLS) { if (TEST(bdat.bricks[y], x)) { const uint8_t xx = x * BRICK_W; - for (uint8_t v = 0; v < BRICK_H - 1; ++v) + LOOP_L_N(v, BRICK_H - 1) if (PAGE_CONTAINS(yy + v, yy + v)) u8g.drawHLine(xx, yy + v, BRICK_W - 1); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/brickout.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/brickout.h index 9037e53830..2d23bf4c6e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/brickout.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/brickout.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/game.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/game.cpp index 6f8d247692..18fb3c63dc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/game.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/game.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/game.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/game.h index f168ccec79..3ebee563de 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/game.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/game.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/invaders.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/invaders.cpp index 4517c5f43c..31df47ce7f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/invaders.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/invaders.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ inline void update_invader_data() { uint8_t m = idat.bugs[y]; if (m) idat.botmost = y + 1; inv_mask |= m; - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < INVADER_COLS; ++x) + LOOP_L_N(x, INVADER_COLS) if (TEST(m, x)) idat.shooters[sc++] = (y << 4) | x; } idat.leftmost = 0; @@ -371,11 +371,11 @@ void InvadersGame::game_screen() { // Draw invaders if (PAGE_CONTAINS(idat.pos.y, idat.pos.y + idat.botmost * (INVADER_ROW_H) - 2 - 1)) { int8_t yy = idat.pos.y; - for (uint8_t y = 0; y < INVADER_ROWS; ++y) { + LOOP_L_N(y, INVADER_ROWS) { const uint8_t type = inv_type[y]; if (PAGE_CONTAINS(yy, yy + INVADER_H - 1)) { int8_t xx = idat.pos.x; - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < INVADER_COLS; ++x) { + LOOP_L_N(x, INVADER_COLS) { if (TEST(idat.bugs[y], x)) u8g.drawBitmapP(xx, yy, 2, INVADER_H, invader[type][idat.game_blink]); xx += INVADER_COL_W; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/invaders.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/invaders.h index f04e91da64..d2b8790ff0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/invaders.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/invaders.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/maze.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/maze.cpp index 13784f0d76..d92f14ecd8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/maze.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/maze.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ void MazeGame::game_screen() { if (PAGE_UNDER(HEADER_H)) lcd_put_int(0, HEADER_H - 1, score); // Draw the maze - // for (uint8_t n = 0; n < head_ind; ++n) { + // LOOP_L_N(n, head_ind) { // const pos_t &p = maze_walls[n], &q = maze_walls[n + 1]; // if (p.x == q.x) { // const int8_t y1 = GAMEY(_MIN(p.y, q.y)), y2 = GAMEY(_MAX(p.y, q.y)); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/maze.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/maze.h index 5d7fff66af..7917bab0d8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/maze.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/maze.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/snake.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/snake.cpp index 713c2ddd74..d6af224553 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/snake.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/snake.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -84,14 +84,14 @@ void shorten_tail() { } if (shift) { sdat.head_ind--; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i <= sdat.head_ind; ++i) + LOOP_LE_N(i, sdat.head_ind) sdat.snake_tail[i] = sdat.snake_tail[i + 1]; } } // The food is on a line inline bool food_on_line() { - for (uint8_t n = 0; n < sdat.head_ind; ++n) { + LOOP_L_N(n, sdat.head_ind) { pos_t &p = sdat.snake_tail[n], &q = sdat.snake_tail[n + 1]; if (p.x == q.x) { if ((sdat.foodx == p.x - 1 || sdat.foodx == p.x) && WITHIN(sdat.foody, _MIN(p.y, q.y), _MAX(p.y, q.y))) @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ bool snake_overlap() { // VERTICAL head segment? if (h1.x == h2.x) { // Loop from oldest to segment two away from head - for (uint8_t n = 0; n < sdat.head_ind - 2; ++n) { + LOOP_L_N(n, sdat.head_ind - 2) { // Segment p to q const pos_t &p = sdat.snake_tail[n], &q = sdat.snake_tail[n + 1]; if (p.x != q.x) { @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ bool snake_overlap() { } else { // Loop from oldest to segment two away from head - for (uint8_t n = 0; n < sdat.head_ind - 2; ++n) { + LOOP_L_N(n, sdat.head_ind - 2) { // Segment p to q const pos_t &p = sdat.snake_tail[n], &q = sdat.snake_tail[n + 1]; if (p.y != q.y) { @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ void SnakeGame::game_screen() { #if SNAKE_WH < 2 // At this scale just draw a line - for (uint8_t n = 0; n < sdat.head_ind; ++n) { + LOOP_L_N(n, sdat.head_ind) { const pos_t &p = sdat.snake_tail[n], &q = sdat.snake_tail[n + 1]; if (p.x == q.x) { const int8_t y1 = GAMEY(_MIN(p.y, q.y)), y2 = GAMEY(_MAX(p.y, q.y)); @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ void SnakeGame::game_screen() { #elif SNAKE_WH == 2 // At this scale draw two lines - for (uint8_t n = 0; n < sdat.head_ind; ++n) { + LOOP_L_N(n, sdat.head_ind) { const pos_t &p = sdat.snake_tail[n], &q = sdat.snake_tail[n + 1]; if (p.x == q.x) { const int8_t y1 = GAMEY(_MIN(p.y, q.y)), y2 = GAMEY(_MAX(p.y, q.y)); @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ void SnakeGame::game_screen() { #else // Draw a series of boxes - for (uint8_t n = 0; n < sdat.head_ind; ++n) { + LOOP_L_N(n, sdat.head_ind) { const pos_t &p = sdat.snake_tail[n], &q = sdat.snake_tail[n + 1]; if (p.x == q.x) { const int8_t y1 = _MIN(p.y, q.y), y2 = _MAX(p.y, q.y); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/snake.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/snake.h index ec8524f2ef..c846d56466 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/snake.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/snake.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/types.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/types.h index 872d034dca..16ff8d82b6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/types.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/types.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.cpp index 012b3b5847..501120252a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,12 +25,11 @@ #if HAS_LCD_MENU #include "menu.h" -#include "../ultralcd.h" #include "../../module/planner.h" #include "../../module/motion.h" #include "../../module/printcounter.h" #include "../../gcode/queue.h" -#include "../../sd/cardreader.h" + #if HAS_BUZZER #include "../../libs/buzzer.h" #endif @@ -65,14 +64,17 @@ typedef struct { } menuPosition; menuPosition screen_history[6]; uint8_t screen_history_depth = 0; -bool screen_changed; -// Value Editing -PGM_P MenuItemBase::editLabel; -void* MenuItemBase::editValue; -int32_t MenuItemBase::minEditValue, MenuItemBase::maxEditValue; -screenFunc_t MenuItemBase::callbackFunc; -bool MenuItemBase::liveEdit; +uint8_t MenuItemBase::itemIndex; // Index number for draw and action +chimera_t editable; // Value Editing + +// Menu Edit Items +PGM_P MenuEditItemBase::editLabel; +void* MenuEditItemBase::editValue; +int32_t MenuEditItemBase::minEditValue, + MenuEditItemBase::maxEditValue; +screenFunc_t MenuEditItemBase::callbackFunc; +bool MenuEditItemBase::liveEdit; // Prevent recursion into screen handlers bool no_reentry = false; @@ -88,7 +90,7 @@ void MarlinUI::save_previous_screen() { screen_history[screen_history_depth++] = { currentScreen, encoderPosition, encoderTopLine, screen_items }; } -void MarlinUI::goto_previous_screen( +void MarlinUI::_goto_previous_screen( #if ENABLED(TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM) const bool is_back/*=false*/ #endif @@ -112,7 +114,7 @@ void MarlinUI::goto_previous_screen( /////////// Common Menu Actions //////////// //////////////////////////////////////////// -void MenuItem_gcode::action(PGM_P const pgcode) { queue.inject_P(pgcode); } +void MenuItem_gcode::action(PGM_P const, PGM_P const pgcode) { queue.inject_P(pgcode); } //////////////////////////////////////////// /////////// Menu Editing Actions /////////// @@ -121,35 +123,34 @@ void MenuItem_gcode::action(PGM_P const pgcode) { queue.inject_P(pgcode); } /** * Functions for editing single values * - * The "DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM" macro generates the functions needed to edit a numerical value. + * The "DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM" macro generates the classes needed to edit a numerical value. * * The prerequisite is that in the header the type was already declared: * - * DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(int16_t, int3, i16tostr3, 1) + * DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(int3, int16_t, i16tostr3rj, 1) * - * For example, DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(int3) expands into these functions: + * For example, DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(int3) expands into: * - * bool MenuItem_int3::_edit(); - * void MenuItem_int3::edit(); // edit int16_t (interactively) - * void MenuItem_int3::action_edit(PGM_P const pstr, int16_t * const ptr, const int16_t minValue, const int16_t maxValue, const screenFunc_t callback = null, const bool live = false); + * template class TMenuEditItem * * You can then use one of the menu macros to present the edit interface: - * MENU_ITEM_EDIT(int3, MSG_SPEED, &feedrate_percentage, 10, 999) + * EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_SPEED, &feedrate_percentage, 10, 999) * * This expands into a more primitive menu item: - * MENU_ITEM_VARIANT(int3, _edit, MSG_SPEED, PSTR(MSG_SPEED), &feedrate_percentage, 10, 999) + * _MENU_ITEM_P(int3, false, GET_TEXT(MSG_SPEED), &feedrate_percentage, 10, 999) * * ...which calls: - * MenuItem_int3::action_edit(PSTR(MSG_SPEED), &feedrate_percentage, 10, 999) + * MenuItem_int3::action(plabel, &feedrate_percentage, 10, 999) + * MenuItem_int3::draw(encoderLine == _thisItemNr, _lcdLineNr, plabel, &feedrate_percentage, 10, 999) */ -void MenuItemBase::edit(strfunc_t strfunc, loadfunc_t loadfunc) { +void MenuEditItemBase::edit_screen(strfunc_t strfunc, loadfunc_t loadfunc) { #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) ui.repeat_delay = BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT; #endif - if (int16_t(ui.encoderPosition) < 0) ui.encoderPosition = 0; - if (int16_t(ui.encoderPosition) > maxEditValue) ui.encoderPosition = maxEditValue; + if (int32_t(ui.encoderPosition) < 0) ui.encoderPosition = 0; + if (int32_t(ui.encoderPosition) > maxEditValue) ui.encoderPosition = maxEditValue; if (ui.should_draw()) - draw_edit_screen(editLabel, strfunc(ui.encoderPosition + minEditValue)); + draw_edit_screen(strfunc(ui.encoderPosition + minEditValue)); if (ui.lcd_clicked || (liveEdit && ui.should_draw())) { if (editValue != nullptr) loadfunc(editValue, ui.encoderPosition + minEditValue); if (callbackFunc && (liveEdit || ui.lcd_clicked)) (*callbackFunc)(); @@ -157,7 +158,17 @@ void MenuItemBase::edit(strfunc_t strfunc, loadfunc_t loadfunc) { } } -void MenuItemBase::init(PGM_P const el, void * const ev, const int32_t minv, const int32_t maxv, const uint16_t ep, const screenFunc_t cs, const screenFunc_t cb, const bool le) { +void MenuEditItemBase::goto_edit_screen( + PGM_P const el, // Edit label + void * const ev, // Edit value pointer + const int32_t minv, // Encoder minimum + const int32_t maxv, // Encoder maximum + const uint16_t ep, // Initial encoder value + const screenFunc_t cs, // MenuItem_type::draw_edit_screen => MenuEditItemBase::edit() + const screenFunc_t cb, // Callback after edit + const bool le // Flag to call cb() during editing +) { + ui.screen_changed = true; ui.save_previous_screen(); ui.refresh(); editLabel = el; @@ -170,7 +181,8 @@ void MenuItemBase::init(PGM_P const el, void * const ev, const int32_t minv, con liveEdit = le; } -#define DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(NAME) template class TMenuItem +// TODO: Remove these but test build size with and without +#define DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(NAME) template class TMenuEditItem DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(percent); // 100% right-justified DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(int3); // 123, -12 right-justified @@ -181,18 +193,19 @@ DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(uint16_3); // 123 right-justified DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(uint16_4); // 1234 right-justified DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(uint16_5); // 12345 right-justified DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float3); // 123 right-justified -DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float52); // _2.34, 12.34, -2.34 or 123.45, -23.45 +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float42_52); // _2.34, 12.34, -2.34 or 123.45, -23.45 DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float43); // 1.234 DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float5); // 12345 right-justified DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float5_25); // 12345 right-justified (25 increment) DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float51); // 1234.5 right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float41sign); // +123.4 DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float51sign); // +1234.5 DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float52sign); // +123.45 DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(long5); // 12345 right-justified DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(long5_25); // 12345 right-justified (25 increment) -void MenuItem_bool::action_edit(PGM_P pstr, bool *ptr, screenFunc_t callback) { - UNUSED(pstr); *ptr ^= true; ui.refresh(); +void MenuItem_bool::action(PGM_P const, bool * const ptr, screenFunc_t callback) { + *ptr ^= true; ui.refresh(); if (callback) (*callback)(); } @@ -200,13 +213,10 @@ void MenuItem_bool::action_edit(PGM_P pstr, bool *ptr, screenFunc_t callback) { ///////////////// Menu Tree //////////////// //////////////////////////////////////////// -#if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) - float lcd_z_fade_height; - void _lcd_set_z_fade_height() { set_z_fade_height(lcd_z_fade_height); } -#endif +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" bool printer_busy() { - return planner.movesplanned() || IS_SD_PRINTING() || print_job_timer.isRunning(); + return planner.movesplanned() || printingIsActive(); } /** @@ -219,11 +229,6 @@ void MarlinUI::goto_screen(screenFunc_t screen, const uint16_t encoder/*=0*/, co repeat_delay = BUTTON_DELAY_MENU; #endif - #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) - // Shadow for editing the fade height - lcd_z_fade_height = planner.z_fade_height; - #endif - #if ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) progress_reset(); #endif @@ -316,12 +321,12 @@ void MarlinUI::goto_screen(screenFunc_t screen, const uint16_t encoder/*=0*/, co static PGM_P sync_message; void MarlinUI::_synchronize() { - if (should_draw()) draw_menu_item_static(LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 ? 1 : 0, sync_message); + if (should_draw()) MenuItem_static::draw(LCD_HEIGHT >= 4, sync_message); if (no_reentry) return; // Make this the current handler till all moves are done - no_reentry = true; const screenFunc_t old_screen = currentScreen; goto_screen(_synchronize); + no_reentry = true; planner.synchronize(); // idle() is called until moves complete no_reentry = false; goto_screen(old_screen); @@ -330,8 +335,7 @@ void MarlinUI::_synchronize() { // Display the synchronize screen with a custom message // ** This blocks the command queue! ** void MarlinUI::synchronize(PGM_P const msg/*=nullptr*/) { - static const char moving[] PROGMEM = MSG_MOVING; - sync_message = msg ? msg : moving; + sync_message = msg ?: GET_TEXT(MSG_MOVING); _synchronize(); } @@ -348,10 +352,10 @@ void MarlinUI::synchronize(PGM_P const msg/*=nullptr*/) { void scroll_screen(const uint8_t limit, const bool is_menu) { ui.encoder_direction_menus(); ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLY(false); - if (ui.encoderPosition > 0x8000) ui.encoderPosition = 0; + if (int32_t(ui.encoderPosition) < 0) ui.encoderPosition = 0; if (ui.first_page) { encoderLine = ui.encoderPosition / (ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM); - screen_changed = false; + ui.screen_changed = false; } if (screen_items > 0 && encoderLine >= screen_items - limit) { encoderLine = _MAX(0, screen_items - limit); @@ -379,8 +383,8 @@ void scroll_screen(const uint8_t limit, const bool is_menu) { #if HAS_LINE_TO_Z void line_to_z(const float &z) { - current_position[Z_AXIS] = z; - planner.buffer_line(current_position, MMM_TO_MMS(manual_feedrate_mm_m[Z_AXIS]), active_extruder); + current_position.z = z; + line_to_current_position(manual_feedrate_mm_s.z); } #endif @@ -392,20 +396,16 @@ void scroll_screen(const uint8_t limit, const bool is_menu) { void lcd_babystep_zoffset() { if (ui.use_click()) return ui.goto_previous_screen_no_defer(); ui.defer_status_screen(); - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET) - const bool do_probe = (active_extruder == 0); - #else - constexpr bool do_probe = true; - #endif + const bool do_probe = DISABLED(BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET) || active_extruder == 0; if (ui.encoderPosition) { - const int16_t babystep_increment = int16_t(ui.encoderPosition) * (BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR); + const int16_t babystep_increment = int16_t(ui.encoderPosition) * (BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z); ui.encoderPosition = 0; const float diff = planner.steps_to_mm[Z_AXIS] * babystep_increment, - new_probe_offset = probe_offset[Z_AXIS] + diff, + new_probe_offset = probe.offset.z + diff, new_offs = #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET) - do_probe ? new_probe_offset : hotend_offset[Z_AXIS][active_extruder] - diff + do_probe ? new_probe_offset : hotend_offset[active_extruder].z - diff #else new_probe_offset #endif @@ -414,9 +414,9 @@ void scroll_screen(const uint8_t limit, const bool is_menu) { babystep.add_steps(Z_AXIS, babystep_increment); - if (do_probe) probe_offset[Z_AXIS] = new_offs; + if (do_probe) probe.offset.z = new_offs; #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET) - else hotend_offset[Z_AXIS][active_extruder] = new_offs; + else hotend_offset[active_extruder].z = new_offs; #endif ui.refresh(LCDVIEW_CALL_REDRAW_NEXT); @@ -425,14 +425,14 @@ void scroll_screen(const uint8_t limit, const bool is_menu) { if (ui.should_draw()) { #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET) if (!do_probe) - draw_edit_screen(PSTR(MSG_Z_OFFSET), ftostr43sign(hotend_offset[Z_AXIS][active_extruder])); - else - #endif - draw_edit_screen(PSTR(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET), ftostr43sign(probe_offset[Z_AXIS])); - - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY) - if (do_probe) _lcd_zoffset_overlay_gfx(probe_offset[Z_AXIS]); + MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z), ftostr54sign(hotend_offset[active_extruder].z)); #endif + if (do_probe) { + MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET), BABYSTEP_TO_STR(probe.offset.z)); + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY) + _lcd_zoffset_overlay_gfx(probe.offset.z); + #endif + } } } @@ -473,8 +473,7 @@ void scroll_screen(const uint8_t limit, const bool is_menu) { void _lcd_draw_homing() { constexpr uint8_t line = (LCD_HEIGHT - 1) / 2; - if (ui.should_draw()) draw_menu_item_static(line, PSTR(MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING)); - ui.refresh(LCDVIEW_CALL_NO_REDRAW); + if (ui.should_draw()) MenuItem_static::draw(line, GET_TEXT(MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING)); } #if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) || (HAS_LEVELING && DISABLED(SLIM_LCD_MENUS)) @@ -494,7 +493,8 @@ bool MarlinUI::update_selection() { } return selection; } -void do_select_screen(PGM_P const yes, PGM_P const no, selectFunc_t yesFunc, selectFunc_t noFunc, PGM_P const pref, const char * const string/*=nullptr*/, PGM_P const suff/*=nullptr*/) { + +void MenuItem_confirm::select_screen(PGM_P const yes, PGM_P const no, selectFunc_t yesFunc, selectFunc_t noFunc, PGM_P const pref, const char * const string/*=nullptr*/, PGM_P const suff/*=nullptr*/) { const bool ui_selection = ui.update_selection(), got_click = ui.use_click(); if (got_click || ui.should_draw()) { draw_select_screen(yes, no, ui_selection, pref, string, suff); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.h index 0b638bc47a..e9ec3b2496 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,212 +28,294 @@ #include "limits.h" extern int8_t encoderLine, encoderTopLine, screen_items; -extern bool screen_changed; #if HOTENDS - constexpr int16_t heater_maxtemp[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAXTEMP, HEATER_2_MAXTEMP, HEATER_3_MAXTEMP, HEATER_4_MAXTEMP); + constexpr int16_t heater_maxtemp[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAXTEMP, HEATER_2_MAXTEMP, HEATER_3_MAXTEMP, HEATER_4_MAXTEMP, HEATER_5_MAXTEMP, HEATER_6_MAXTEMP, HEATER_7_MAXTEMP); #endif void scroll_screen(const uint8_t limit, const bool is_menu); bool printer_busy(); -//////////////////////////////////////////// -////////// Menu Item Numeric Types ///////// -//////////////////////////////////////////// - -#define DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(TYPE, NAME, STRFUNC, SCALE) \ - struct MenuItemInfo_##NAME { \ - typedef TYPE type_t; \ - static constexpr float scale = SCALE; \ - static inline char* strfunc(const float value) { return STRFUNC((TYPE) value); } \ - }; - -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(uint8_t, percent, ui8tostr4pct, 100.0/255); // 100% right-justified -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(int16_t, int3, i16tostr3, 1 ); // 123, -12 right-justified -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(int16_t, int4, i16tostr4sign, 1 ); // 1234, -123 right-justified -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(int8_t, int8, i8tostr3, 1 ); // 123, -12 right-justified -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(uint8_t, uint8, ui8tostr3, 1 ); // 123 right-justified -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(uint16_t, uint16_3, ui16tostr3, 1 ); // 123 right-justified -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(uint16_t, uint16_4, ui16tostr4, 0.1 ); // 1234 right-justified -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(uint16_t, uint16_5, ui16tostr5, 0.01 ); // 12345 right-justified -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(float, float3, ftostr3, 1 ); // 123 right-justified -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(float, float52, ftostr42_52, 100 ); // _2.34, 12.34, -2.34 or 123.45, -23.45 -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(float, float43, ftostr43sign, 1000 ); // 1.234 -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(float, float5, ftostr5rj, 1 ); // 12345 right-justified -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(float, float5_25, ftostr5rj, 0.04f ); // 12345 right-justified (25 increment) -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(float, float51, ftostr51rj, 10 ); // 1234.5 right-justified -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(float, float51sign, ftostr51sign, 10 ); // +1234.5 -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(float, float52sign, ftostr52sign, 100 ); // +123.45 -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(uint32_t, long5, ftostr5rj, 0.01f ); // 12345 right-justified -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(uint32_t, long5_25, ftostr5rj, 0.04f ); // 12345 right-justified (25 increment) - -//////////////////////////////////////////// -///////// Menu Item Draw Functions ///////// -//////////////////////////////////////////// - typedef void (*selectFunc_t)(); -void draw_select_screen(PGM_P const yes, PGM_P const no, const bool yesno, PGM_P const pref, const char * const string, PGM_P const suff); -void do_select_screen(PGM_P const yes, PGM_P const no, selectFunc_t yesFunc, selectFunc_t noFunc, PGM_P const pref, const char * const string=nullptr, PGM_P const suff=nullptr); -inline void do_select_screen_yn(selectFunc_t yesFunc, selectFunc_t noFunc, PGM_P const pref, const char * const string=nullptr, PGM_P const suff=nullptr) { - do_select_screen(PSTR(MSG_YES), PSTR(MSG_NO), yesFunc, noFunc, pref, string, suff); -} -#define SS_LEFT 0x00 -#define SS_CENTER 0x01 -#define SS_INVERT 0x02 - -void draw_edit_screen(PGM_P const pstr, const char* const value=nullptr); -void draw_menu_item(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char pre_char, const char post_char); -void draw_menu_item_static(const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const uint8_t style=SS_CENTER, const char * const valstr=nullptr); -void _draw_menu_item_edit(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char* const data, const bool pgm); -FORCE_INLINE void draw_menu_item_back(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr) { draw_menu_item(sel, row, pstr, LCD_STR_UPLEVEL[0], LCD_STR_UPLEVEL[0]); } -FORCE_INLINE void draw_menu_item_edit(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char* const data) { _draw_menu_item_edit(sel, row, pstr, data, false); } -FORCE_INLINE void draw_menu_item_edit_P(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char* const data) { _draw_menu_item_edit(sel, row, pstr, data, true); } -#define draw_menu_item_submenu(sel, row, pstr, data) draw_menu_item(sel, row, pstr, '>', LCD_STR_ARROW_RIGHT[0]) -#define draw_menu_item_gcode(sel, row, pstr, gcode) draw_menu_item(sel, row, pstr, '>', ' ') -#define draw_menu_item_function(sel, row, pstr, data) draw_menu_item(sel, row, pstr, '>', ' ') -#define DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT_GENERIC(VAL) draw_menu_item_edit(sel, row, pstr, VAL) -#define DRAW_BOOL_SETTING(sel, row, pstr, data) draw_menu_item_edit_P(sel, row, pstr, (*(data))?PSTR(MSG_LCD_ON):PSTR(MSG_LCD_OFF)) - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - class CardReader; - void draw_sd_menu_item(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, CardReader &theCard, const bool isDir); - FORCE_INLINE void draw_menu_item_sdfile(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, CardReader &theCard) { draw_sd_menu_item(sel, row, pstr, theCard, false); } - FORCE_INLINE void draw_menu_item_sdfolder(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, CardReader &theCard) { draw_sd_menu_item(sel, row, pstr, theCard, true); } -#endif +#define SS_LEFT 0x00 +#define SS_CENTER 0x01 +#define SS_INVERT 0x02 +#define SS_DEFAULT SS_CENTER #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && EITHER(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY, MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY) void _lcd_zoffset_overlay_gfx(const float zvalue); #endif -//////////////////////////////////////////// -/////// Edit Setting Draw Functions //////// -//////////////////////////////////////////// +#if HAS_BED_PROBE + #if Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN >= -9 && Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX <= 9 + #define LCD_Z_OFFSET_TYPE float43 // Values from -9.000 to +9.000 + #else + #define LCD_Z_OFFSET_TYPE float42_52 // Values from -99.99 to 99.99 + #endif +#endif -#define _DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(TYPE, NAME, STRFUNC) \ - FORCE_INLINE void draw_menu_item_edit_##NAME (const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, PGM_P const pstr2, TYPE * const data, ...) { \ - UNUSED(pstr2); \ - DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT_GENERIC(STRFUNC(*(data))); \ - } \ - FORCE_INLINE void draw_menu_item_edit_accessor_##NAME (const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, PGM_P const pstr2, TYPE (*pget)(), void (*pset)(TYPE), ...) { \ - UNUSED(pstr2); UNUSED(pset); \ - DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT_GENERIC(STRFUNC(pget())); \ - } \ - typedef void NAME##_void -#define DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(NAME) _DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(MenuItemInfo_##NAME::type_t, NAME, MenuItemInfo_##NAME::strfunc) - -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(percent); // 100% right-justified -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(int3); // 123, -12 right-justified -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(int4); // 1234, -123 right-justified -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(int8); // 123, -12 right-justified -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(uint8); // 123 right-justified -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(uint16_3); // 123 right-justified -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(uint16_4); // 1234 right-justified -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(uint16_5); // 12345 right-justified -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(float3); // 123 right-justified -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(float52); // _2.34, 12.34, -2.34 or 123.45, -23.45 -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(float43); // 1.234 -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(float5); // 12345 right-justified -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(float5_25); // 12345 right-justified (25 increment) -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(float51); // _1234.5 right-justified -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(float51sign); // +1234.5 -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(float52sign); // +123.45 -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(long5); // 12345 right-justified -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(long5_25); // 12345 right-justified (25 increment) - -#define draw_menu_item_edit_bool(sel, row, pstr, pstr2, data, ...) DRAW_BOOL_SETTING(sel, row, pstr, data) -#define draw_menu_item_edit_accessor_bool(sel, row, pstr, pstr2, pget, pset) DRAW_BOOL_SETTING(sel, row, pstr, data) +#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) && Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN >= -9 && Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX <= 9 + #define BABYSTEP_TO_STR(N) ftostr43sign(N) +#elif ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + #define BABYSTEP_TO_STR(N) ftostr53sign(N) +#endif //////////////////////////////////////////// -/////////////// Menu Actions /////////////// -//////////////////////////////////////////// - -class MenuItem_back { - public: - static inline void action() { - ui.goto_previous_screen( - #if ENABLED(TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM) - true - #endif - ); - } -}; - -class MenuItem_submenu { - public: - static inline void action(const screenFunc_t func) { ui.save_previous_screen(); ui.goto_screen(func); } -}; - -class MenuItem_gcode { - public: - static void action(const char * const pgcode); -}; - -class MenuItem_function { - public: - static inline void action(const menuAction_t func) { (*func)(); }; -}; - -//////////////////////////////////////////// -/////////// Menu Editing Actions /////////// +///////////// Base Menu Items ////////////// //////////////////////////////////////////// class MenuItemBase { + public: + // An index to interject in the item label and for + // use by the action + static uint8_t itemIndex; + + // Store the index of the item ahead of use by indexed items + FORCE_INLINE static void init(const uint8_t ind) { itemIndex = ind; } + + // Draw an item either selected (pre_char) or not (space) with post_char + static void _draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char pre_char, const char post_char); + + // Draw an item either selected ('>') or not (space) with post_char + FORCE_INLINE static void _draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char post_char) { + _draw(sel, row, pstr, '>', post_char); + } +}; + +class MenuItem_static : public MenuItemBase { + public: + static void draw(const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const uint8_t style=SS_DEFAULT, const char * const valstr=nullptr); +}; + +// CONFIRM_ITEM(LABEL,Y,N,FY,FN,V...), +// YESNO_ITEM(LABEL,FY,FN,V...) +class MenuItem_confirm : public MenuItemBase { + public: + FORCE_INLINE static void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, ...) { + _draw(sel, row, pstr, '>', LCD_STR_ARROW_RIGHT[0]); + } + // Implemented for HD44780 and DOGM + // Draw the prompt, buttons, and state + static void draw_select_screen( + PGM_P const yes, // Right option label + PGM_P const no, // Left option label + const bool yesno, // Is "yes" selected? + PGM_P const pref, // Prompt prefix + const char * const string, // Prompt runtime string + PGM_P const suff // Prompt suffix + ); + static void select_screen( + PGM_P const yes, PGM_P const no, + selectFunc_t yesFunc, selectFunc_t noFunc, + PGM_P const pref, const char * const string=nullptr, PGM_P const suff=nullptr + ); + static inline void select_screen( + PGM_P const yes, PGM_P const no, + selectFunc_t yesFunc, selectFunc_t noFunc, + PGM_P const pref, const progmem_str string, PGM_P const suff=nullptr + ) { + char str[strlen_P((PGM_P)string) + 1]; + strcpy_P(str, (PGM_P)string); + select_screen(yes, no, yesFunc, noFunc, pref, str, suff); + } + // Shortcut for prompt with "NO"/ "YES" labels + FORCE_INLINE static void confirm_screen(selectFunc_t yesFunc, selectFunc_t noFunc, PGM_P const pref, const char * const string=nullptr, PGM_P const suff=nullptr) { + select_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_YES), GET_TEXT(MSG_NO), yesFunc, noFunc, pref, string, suff); + } +}; + +// BACK_ITEM(LABEL) +class MenuItem_back : public MenuItemBase { + public: + FORCE_INLINE static void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr) { + _draw(sel, row, pstr, LCD_STR_UPLEVEL[0], LCD_STR_UPLEVEL[0]); + } + // Back Item action goes back one step in history + FORCE_INLINE static void action(PGM_P const=nullptr) { ui.go_back(); } +}; + +// SUBMENU(LABEL, screen_handler) +class MenuItem_submenu : public MenuItemBase { + public: + FORCE_INLINE static void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, ...) { + _draw(sel, row, pstr, '>', LCD_STR_ARROW_RIGHT[0]); + } + static inline void action(PGM_P const, const screenFunc_t func) { ui.save_previous_screen(); ui.goto_screen(func); } +}; + +// Any menu item that invokes an immediate action +class MenuItem_button : public MenuItemBase { + public: + // Button-y Items are selectable lines with no other indicator + static inline void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, ...) { + _draw(sel, row, pstr, '>', ' '); + } +}; + +// GCODES_ITEM(LABEL, GCODES) +class MenuItem_gcode : public MenuItem_button { + public: + FORCE_INLINE static void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, ...) { + _draw(sel, row, pstr, '>', ' '); + } + static void action(PGM_P const, const char * const pgcode); + static inline void action(PGM_P const pstr, const uint8_t, const char * const pgcode) { action(pstr, pgcode); } +}; + +// ACTION_ITEM(LABEL, FUNC) +class MenuItem_function : public MenuItem_button { + public: + //static inline void action(PGM_P const, const uint8_t, const menuAction_t func) { (*func)(); }; + static inline void action(PGM_P const, const menuAction_t func) { (*func)(); }; +}; + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + class CardReader; + class MenuItem_sdbase { + public: + // Implemented for HD44780 and DOGM + static void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, CardReader &theCard, const bool isDir); + }; +#endif + +//////////////////////////////////////////// +///////////// Edit Menu Items ////////////// +//////////////////////////////////////////// + +// The Menu Edit shadow value +typedef union { + bool state; + float decimal; + int8_t int8; + int16_t int16; + int32_t int32; + uint8_t uint8; + uint16_t uint16; + uint32_t uint32; +} chimera_t; +extern chimera_t editable; + +// Base class for Menu Edit Items +class MenuEditItemBase : public MenuItemBase { private: + // These values are statically constructed by init() via action() + // The action() method acts like the instantiator. The entire lifespan + // of a menu item is within its declaration, so all these values decompose + // into behavior and unused items get optimized out. static PGM_P editLabel; static void *editValue; - static int32_t minEditValue, maxEditValue; + static int32_t minEditValue, maxEditValue; // Encoder value range static screenFunc_t callbackFunc; static bool liveEdit; protected: - typedef char* (*strfunc_t)(const int32_t); + typedef const char* (*strfunc_t)(const int32_t); typedef void (*loadfunc_t)(void *, const int32_t); - static void init(PGM_P const el, void * const ev, const int32_t minv, const int32_t maxv, const uint16_t ep, const screenFunc_t cs, const screenFunc_t cb, const bool le); - static void edit(strfunc_t, loadfunc_t); + static void goto_edit_screen( + PGM_P const el, // Edit label + void * const ev, // Edit value pointer + const int32_t minv, // Encoder minimum + const int32_t maxv, // Encoder maximum + const uint16_t ep, // Initial encoder value + const screenFunc_t cs, // MenuItem_type::draw_edit_screen => MenuEditItemBase::edit() + const screenFunc_t cb, // Callback after edit + const bool le // Flag to call cb() during editing + ); + static void edit_screen(strfunc_t, loadfunc_t); // Edit value handler + public: + // Implemented for HD44780 and DOGM + // Draw the current item at specified row with edit data + static void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char* const data, const bool pgm=false); + + // Implemented for HD44780 and DOGM + // This low-level method is good to draw from anywhere + static void draw_edit_screen(PGM_P const pstr, const char* const value); + + // This method is for the current menu item + static inline void draw_edit_screen(const char* const value) { draw_edit_screen(editLabel, value); } }; +// Template for specific Menu Edit Item Types template -class TMenuItem : MenuItemBase { +class TMenuEditItem : MenuEditItemBase { private: typedef typename NAME::type_t type_t; - static inline float unscale(const float value) { return value * (1.0f / NAME::scale); } - static inline float scale(const float value) { return value * NAME::scale; } + static inline float scale(const float value) { return NAME::scale(value); } + static inline float unscale(const float value) { return NAME::unscale(value); } + static const char* to_string(const int32_t value) { return NAME::strfunc(unscale(value)); } static void load(void *ptr, const int32_t value) { *((type_t*)ptr) = unscale(value); } - static char* to_string(const int32_t value) { return NAME::strfunc(unscale(value)); } public: - static void action_edit(PGM_P const pstr, type_t * const ptr, const type_t minValue, const type_t maxValue, const screenFunc_t callback=nullptr, const bool live=false) { - // Make sure minv and maxv fit within int16_t - const int32_t minv = _MAX(scale(minValue), INT16_MIN), - maxv = _MIN(scale(maxValue), INT16_MAX); - init(pstr, ptr, minv, maxv - minv, scale(*ptr) - minv, edit, callback, live); + FORCE_INLINE static void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, type_t * const data, ...) { + MenuEditItemBase::draw(sel, row, pstr, NAME::strfunc(*(data))); + } + FORCE_INLINE static void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, type_t (*pget)(), ...) { + MenuEditItemBase::draw(sel, row, pstr, NAME::strfunc(pget())); + } + // Edit screen for this type of item + static void edit_screen() { MenuEditItemBase::edit_screen(to_string, load); } + static void action( + PGM_P const pstr, // Edit label + type_t * const ptr, // Value pointer + const type_t minValue, // Value range + const type_t maxValue, + const screenFunc_t callback=nullptr, // Value update callback + const bool live=false // Callback during editing + ) { + // Make sure minv and maxv fit within int32_t + const int32_t minv = _MAX(scale(minValue), INT32_MIN), + maxv = _MIN(scale(maxValue), INT32_MAX); + goto_edit_screen(pstr, ptr, minv, maxv - minv, scale(*ptr) - minv, + edit_screen, callback, live); } - static void edit() { MenuItemBase::edit(to_string, load); } }; -#define DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(NAME) typedef TMenuItem MenuItem_##NAME; +// Provide a set of Edit Item Types which encompass a primitive +// type, a string function, and a scale factor for edit and display. +// These items call the Edit Item draw method passing the prepared string. +#define __DOFIXfloat PROBE() +#define _DOFIX(TYPE,V) TYPE(TERN(IS_PROBE(__DOFIX##TYPE),FIXFLOAT(V),(V))) +#define DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(NAME, TYPE, STRFUNC, SCALE, V...) \ + struct MenuEditItemInfo_##NAME { \ + typedef TYPE type_t; \ + static inline float scale(const float value) { return value * (SCALE) + (V+0); } \ + static inline float unscale(const float value) { return value / (SCALE) + (V+0); } \ + static inline const char* strfunc(const float value) { return STRFUNC(_DOFIX(TYPE,value)); } \ + }; \ + typedef TMenuEditItem MenuItem_##NAME -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(percent); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(int3); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(int4); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(int8); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(uint8); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(uint16_3); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(uint16_4); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(uint16_5); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float3); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float52); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float43); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float5); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float5_25); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float51); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float51sign); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float52sign); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(long5); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(long5_25); +// NAME TYPE STRFUNC SCALE +ROUND +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(percent ,uint8_t ,ui8tostr4pctrj , 100.f/255.f, 0.5f); // 100% right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(int3 ,int16_t ,i16tostr3rj , 1 ); // 123, -12 right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(int4 ,int16_t ,i16tostr4signrj , 1 ); // 1234, -123 right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(int8 ,int8_t ,i8tostr3rj , 1 ); // 123, -12 right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(uint8 ,uint8_t ,ui8tostr3rj , 1 ); // 123 right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(uint16_3 ,uint16_t ,ui16tostr3rj , 1 ); // 123 right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(uint16_4 ,uint16_t ,ui16tostr4rj , 0.1f ); // 1234 right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(uint16_5 ,uint16_t ,ui16tostr5rj , 0.01f ); // 12345 right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(float3 ,float ,ftostr3 , 1 ); // 123 right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(float42_52 ,float ,ftostr42_52 , 100 ); // _2.34, 12.34, -2.34 or 123.45, -23.45 +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(float43 ,float ,ftostr43sign ,1000 ); // -1.234, _1.234, +1.234 +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(float5 ,float ,ftostr5rj , 1 ); // 12345 right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(float5_25 ,float ,ftostr5rj , 0.04f ); // 12345 right-justified (25 increment) +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(float51 ,float ,ftostr51rj , 10 ); // 1234.5 right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(float41sign ,float ,ftostr41sign , 10 ); // +123.4 +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(float51sign ,float ,ftostr51sign , 10 ); // +1234.5 +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(float52sign ,float ,ftostr52sign , 100 ); // +123.45 +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(long5 ,uint32_t ,ftostr5rj , 0.01f ); // 12345 right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(long5_25 ,uint32_t ,ftostr5rj , 0.04f ); // 12345 right-justified (25 increment) -class MenuItem_bool { +class MenuItem_bool : public MenuEditItemBase { public: - static void action_edit(PGM_P const pstr, bool* ptr, const screenFunc_t callbackFunc=nullptr); + FORCE_INLINE static void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const bool onoff) { + MenuEditItemBase::draw(sel, row, pstr, onoff ? GET_TEXT(MSG_LCD_ON) : GET_TEXT(MSG_LCD_OFF), true); + } + FORCE_INLINE static void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, bool * const data, ...) { + draw(sel, row, pstr, *data); + } + FORCE_INLINE static void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, PGM_P const, bool (*pget)(), ...) { + draw(sel, row, pstr, pget()); + } + static void action(PGM_P const pstr, bool * const ptr, const screenFunc_t callbackFunc=nullptr); }; //////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -248,8 +330,10 @@ class MenuItem_bool { * _menuLineNr is the menu item to draw and process * _thisItemNr is the index of each MENU_ITEM or STATIC_ITEM */ -#define SCREEN_OR_MENU_LOOP() \ - int8_t _menuLineNr = encoderTopLine, _thisItemNr; \ +#define SCREEN_OR_MENU_LOOP(IS_MENU) \ + scroll_screen(IS_MENU ? 1 : LCD_HEIGHT, IS_MENU); \ + int8_t _menuLineNr = encoderTopLine, _thisItemNr = 0; \ + bool _skipStatic = IS_MENU; UNUSED(_thisItemNr); \ for (int8_t _lcdLineNr = 0; _lcdLineNr < LCD_HEIGHT; _lcdLineNr++, _menuLineNr++) { \ _thisItemNr = 0 @@ -260,24 +344,12 @@ class MenuItem_bool { * START_MENU Opening code for a screen with menu items. * Scroll as-needed to keep the selected line in view. */ -#define START_SCREEN() \ - scroll_screen(LCD_HEIGHT, false); \ - bool _skipStatic = false; \ - SCREEN_OR_MENU_LOOP() - -#define START_MENU() \ - scroll_screen(1, true); \ - bool _skipStatic = true; \ - SCREEN_OR_MENU_LOOP() - -#define END_SCREEN() \ - } \ - screen_items = _thisItemNr - -#define END_MENU() \ - } \ - screen_items = _thisItemNr; \ - UNUSED(_skipStatic) +#define START_SCREEN() SCREEN_OR_MENU_LOOP(false) +#define START_MENU() SCREEN_OR_MENU_LOOP(true) +#define NEXT_ITEM() (++_thisItemNr) +#define SKIP_ITEM() NEXT_ITEM() +#define END_SCREEN() } screen_items = _thisItemNr +#define END_MENU() END_SCREEN(); UNUSED(_skipStatic) #if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) #define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLY(F) (ui.encoderRateMultiplierEnabled = F) @@ -291,69 +363,156 @@ class MenuItem_bool { /** * MENU_ITEM generates draw & handler code for a menu item, potentially calling: * - * draw_menu_item_[_variant](sel, row, label, arg3...) - * MenuItem_::action[_variant](arg3...) + * MenuItem_::draw(sel, row, label, arg3...) + * MenuItem_::action(arg3...) * * Examples: - * MENU_ITEM(back, MSG_WATCH, 0 [dummy parameter] ) - * or - * MENU_BACK(MSG_WATCH) - * draw_menu_item_back(sel, row, PSTR(MSG_WATCH)) - * MenuItem_back::action() + * BACK_ITEM(MSG_INFO_SCREEN) + * MenuItem_back::action(plabel, ...) + * MenuItem_back::draw(sel, row, plabel, ...) * - * MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PAUSE_PRINT, lcd_sdcard_pause) - * draw_menu_item_function(sel, row, PSTR(MSG_PAUSE_PRINT), lcd_sdcard_pause) - * MenuItem_function::action(lcd_sdcard_pause) - * - * MENU_ITEM_EDIT(int3, MSG_SPEED, &feedrate_percentage, 10, 999) - * draw_menu_item_edit_int3(sel, row, PSTR(MSG_SPEED), PSTR(MSG_SPEED), &feedrate_percentage, 10, 999) - * MenuItem_int3::action_edit(PSTR(MSG_SPEED), &feedrate_percentage, 10, 999) + * ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PAUSE_PRINT, lcd_sdcard_pause) + * MenuItem_function::action(plabel, lcd_sdcard_pause) + * MenuItem_function::draw(sel, row, plabel, lcd_sdcard_pause) * + * EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_SPEED, &feedrate_percentage, 10, 999) + * MenuItem_int3::action(plabel, &feedrate_percentage, 10, 999) + * MenuItem_int3::draw(sel, row, plabel, &feedrate_percentage, 10, 999) */ -#define _MENU_ITEM_VARIANT_P(TYPE, VARIANT, USE_MULTIPLIER, PLABEL, V...) do { \ - _skipStatic = false; \ - if (_menuLineNr == _thisItemNr) { \ - if (encoderLine == _thisItemNr && ui.use_click()) { \ - _MENU_ITEM_MULTIPLIER_CHECK(USE_MULTIPLIER); \ - MenuItem_##TYPE ::action ## VARIANT(V); \ - if (screen_changed) return; \ - } \ - if (ui.should_draw()) \ - draw_menu_item ## VARIANT ## _ ## TYPE(encoderLine == _thisItemNr, _lcdLineNr, PLABEL, ##V); \ - } \ - ++_thisItemNr; \ + +#define _MENU_INNER_P(TYPE, USE_MULTIPLIER, PLABEL, V...) do { \ + PGM_P const plabel = PLABEL; \ + if (encoderLine == _thisItemNr && ui.use_click()) { \ + _MENU_ITEM_MULTIPLIER_CHECK(USE_MULTIPLIER); \ + MenuItem_##TYPE::action(plabel, ##V); \ + if (ui.screen_changed) return; \ + } \ + if (ui.should_draw()) \ + MenuItem_##TYPE::draw \ + (encoderLine == _thisItemNr, _lcdLineNr, plabel, ##V); \ }while(0) -// Used to print static text with no visible cursor. -// Parameters: label [, bool center [, bool invert [, char *value] ] ] -#define STATIC_ITEM_P(PLABEL, V...) do{ \ - if (_menuLineNr == _thisItemNr) { \ - if (_skipStatic && encoderLine <= _thisItemNr) { \ - ui.encoderPosition += ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM; \ - ++encoderLine; \ - } \ - if (ui.should_draw()) \ - draw_menu_item_static(_lcdLineNr, PLABEL, ##V); \ - } \ - ++_thisItemNr; \ +#define _MENU_ITEM_P(TYPE, V...) do { \ + _skipStatic = false; \ + if (_menuLineNr == _thisItemNr) \ + _MENU_INNER_P(TYPE, ##V); \ + NEXT_ITEM(); \ +}while(0) + +// Indexed items set a global index value +#define _MENU_ITEM_N_P(TYPE, N, V...) do{ \ + _skipStatic = false; \ + if (_menuLineNr == _thisItemNr) { \ + MenuItemBase::init(N); \ + _MENU_INNER_P(TYPE, ##V); \ + } \ + NEXT_ITEM(); \ +}while(0) + +// STATIC_ITEM draws a styled string with no highlight. +// Parameters: label [, style [, char *value] ] + +#define STATIC_ITEM_INNER_P(PLABEL, V...) do{ \ + if (_skipStatic && encoderLine <= _thisItemNr) { \ + ui.encoderPosition += ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM; \ + ++encoderLine; \ + } \ + if (ui.should_draw()) \ + MenuItem_static::draw(_lcdLineNr, PLABEL, ##V); \ } while(0) -#define MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(X) do{ \ - if (ui.should_draw() && _menuLineNr == _thisItemNr - 1) { \ - SETCURSOR(X, _lcdLineNr) +#define STATIC_ITEM_P(PLABEL, V...) do{ \ + if (_menuLineNr == _thisItemNr) \ + STATIC_ITEM_INNER_P(PLABEL, ##V); \ + NEXT_ITEM(); \ +} while(0) -#define MENU_ITEM_ADDON_END() } }while(0) +#define STATIC_ITEM_N_P(PLABEL, N, V...) do{ \ + if (_menuLineNr == _thisItemNr) { \ + MenuItemBase::init(N); \ + STATIC_ITEM_INNER_P(PLABEL, ##V); \ + } \ + NEXT_ITEM(); \ +}while(0) -#define STATIC_ITEM(LABEL, V...) STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR(LABEL), ##V) +#define STATIC_ITEM(LABEL, V...) STATIC_ITEM_P( GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) +#define STATIC_ITEM_N(LABEL, N, V...) STATIC_ITEM_N_P(GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) -#define MENU_BACK(LABEL) MENU_ITEM(back, LABEL) -#define MENU_ITEM_DUMMY() do { _thisItemNr++; }while(0) -#define MENU_ITEM_P(TYPE, PLABEL, V...) _MENU_ITEM_VARIANT_P(TYPE, , false, PLABEL, ##V) -#define MENU_ITEM(TYPE, LABEL, V...) _MENU_ITEM_VARIANT_P(TYPE, , false, PSTR(LABEL), ##V) -#define MENU_ITEM_EDIT(TYPE, LABEL, V...) _MENU_ITEM_VARIANT_P(TYPE, _edit, false, PSTR(LABEL), PSTR(LABEL), ##V) -#define MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(TYPE, LABEL, V...) _MENU_ITEM_VARIANT_P(TYPE, _edit, false, PSTR(LABEL), PSTR(LABEL), ##V) -#define MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(TYPE, LABEL, V...) _MENU_ITEM_VARIANT_P(TYPE, _edit, true, PSTR(LABEL), PSTR(LABEL), ##V) -#define MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(TYPE, LABEL, V...) _MENU_ITEM_VARIANT_P(TYPE, _edit, true, PSTR(LABEL), PSTR(LABEL), ##V) +#define MENU_ITEM_P(TYPE, PLABEL, V...) _MENU_ITEM_P(TYPE, false, PLABEL, ##V) +#define MENU_ITEM(TYPE, LABEL, V...) MENU_ITEM_P(TYPE, GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) + +#define MENU_ITEM_N_P(TYPE, N, PLABEL, V...) _MENU_ITEM_N_P(TYPE, N, false, PLABEL, ##V) +#define MENU_ITEM_N(TYPE, N, LABEL, V...) MENU_ITEM_N_P(TYPE, N, GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) + +#define BACK_ITEM(LABEL) MENU_ITEM(back, LABEL) + +#define ACTION_ITEM_P(PLABEL, ACTION) MENU_ITEM_P(function, PLABEL, ACTION) +#define ACTION_ITEM(LABEL, ACTION) ACTION_ITEM_P(GET_TEXT(LABEL), ACTION) + +#define ACTION_ITEM_N_P(N, PLABEL, ACTION) MENU_ITEM_N_P(function, N, PLABEL, ACTION) +#define ACTION_ITEM_N(N, LABEL, ACTION) ACTION_ITEM_N_P(N, GET_TEXT(LABEL), ACTION) + +#define GCODES_ITEM_P(PLABEL, GCODES) MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, PLABEL, GCODES) +#define GCODES_ITEM(LABEL, GCODES) GCODES_ITEM_P(GET_TEXT(LABEL), GCODES) + +#define GCODES_ITEM_N_P(N, PLABEL, GCODES) MENU_ITEM_N_P(gcode, N, PLABEL, GCODES) +#define GCODES_ITEM_N(N, LABEL, GCODES) GCODES_ITEM_N_P(N, GET_TEXT(LABEL), GCODES) + +#define SUBMENU_P(PLABEL, DEST) MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, PLABEL, DEST) +#define SUBMENU(LABEL, DEST) SUBMENU_P(GET_TEXT(LABEL), DEST) + +#define SUBMENU_N_P(N, PLABEL, DEST) MENU_ITEM_N_P(submenu, N, PLABEL, DEST) +#define SUBMENU_N(N, LABEL, DEST) SUBMENU_N_P(N, GET_TEXT(LABEL), DEST) + +#define EDIT_ITEM_P(TYPE, PLABEL, V...) MENU_ITEM_P(TYPE, PLABEL, ##V) +#define EDIT_ITEM(TYPE, LABEL, V...) EDIT_ITEM_P(TYPE, GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) + +#define EDIT_ITEM_N_P(TYPE, N, PLABEL, V...) MENU_ITEM_N_P(TYPE, N, PLABEL, ##V) +#define EDIT_ITEM_N(TYPE, N, LABEL, V...) EDIT_ITEM_N_P(TYPE, N, GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) + +#define EDIT_ITEM_FAST_P(TYPE, PLABEL, V...) _MENU_ITEM_P(TYPE, true, PLABEL, ##V) +#define EDIT_ITEM_FAST(TYPE, LABEL, V...) EDIT_ITEM_FAST_P(TYPE, GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) + +#define EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N_P(TYPE, N, PLABEL, V...) _MENU_ITEM_N_P(TYPE, N, true, PLABEL, ##V) +#define EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(TYPE, N, LABEL, V...) EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N_P(TYPE, N, GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) + +#define _CONFIRM_ITEM_INNER_P(PLABEL, V...) do { \ + if (encoderLine == _thisItemNr && ui.use_click()) { \ + ui.goto_screen([]{MenuItem_confirm::select_screen(V);}); \ + return; \ + } \ + if (ui.should_draw()) MenuItem_confirm::draw \ + (encoderLine == _thisItemNr, _lcdLineNr, PLABEL, ##V); \ +}while(0) + +#define _CONFIRM_ITEM_P(PLABEL, V...) do { \ + _skipStatic = false; \ + if (_menuLineNr == _thisItemNr) \ + _CONFIRM_ITEM_INNER_P(PLABEL, ##V); \ + NEXT_ITEM(); \ +}while(0) + +// Indexed items set a global index value +#define _CONFIRM_ITEM_N_P(N, V...) do{ \ + _skipStatic = false; \ + if (_menuLineNr == _thisItemNr) { \ + MenuItemBase::init(N); \ + _CONFIRM_ITEM_INNER_P(TYPE, ##V); \ + } \ + NEXT_ITEM(); \ +}while(0) + +#define CONFIRM_ITEM_P(PLABEL,A,B,V...) _CONFIRM_ITEM_P(PLABEL, GET_TEXT(A), GET_TEXT(B), ##V) +#define CONFIRM_ITEM(LABEL, V...) CONFIRM_ITEM_P(GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) + +#define YESNO_ITEM_P(PLABEL, V...) _CONFIRM_ITEM_P(PLABEL, ##V) +#define YESNO_ITEM(LABEL, V...) YESNO_ITEM_P(GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) + +#define CONFIRM_ITEM_N_P(N,PLABEL,A,B,V...) _CONFIRM_ITEM_N_P(N, PLABEL, GET_TEXT(A), GET_TEXT(B), ##V) +#define CONFIRM_ITEM_N(N,LABEL, V...) CONFIRM_ITEM_N_P(N, GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) + +#define YESNO_ITEM_N_P(N,PLABEL, V...) _CONFIRM_ITEM_N_P(N, PLABEL, ##V) +#define YESNO_ITEM_N(N,LABEL, V...) YESNO_ITEM_N_P(N, GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) //////////////////////////////////////////// /////////////// Menu Screens /////////////// @@ -393,13 +552,12 @@ void _lcd_draw_homing(); void lcd_enqueue_one_now_P(PGM_P const cmd); #endif -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - void _lcd_level_bed_corners(); +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && EITHER(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY, MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY) + void _lcd_zoffset_overlay_gfx(const float zvalue); #endif -#if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) - extern float lcd_z_fade_height; - void _lcd_set_z_fade_height(); +#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) + void _lcd_level_bed_corners(); #endif #if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) || (HAS_LEVELING && DISABLED(SLIM_LCD_MENUS)) diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_addon.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_addon.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5f338c571a --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_addon.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#include "../lcdprint.h" +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #include "../dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h" +#endif + +#define MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(X) do{ \ + if (ui.should_draw() && _menuLineNr == _thisItemNr - 1) { \ + SETCURSOR(X, _lcdLineNr) + +#define MENU_ITEM_ADDON_END() } }while(0) diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_advanced.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_advanced.cpp index 9e27469202..f2327b75e5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_advanced.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_advanced.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -48,27 +48,29 @@ float lcd_runout_distance_mm; #endif +#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && DISABLED(SLIM_LCD_MENUS) + #include "../../module/configuration_store.h" +#endif + void menu_tmc(); void menu_backlash(); +void menu_cancelobject(); #if ENABLED(DAC_STEPPER_CURRENT) #include "../../feature/dac/stepper_dac.h" - uint8_t driverPercent[XYZE]; - inline void dac_driver_getValues() { LOOP_XYZE(i) driverPercent[i] = dac_current_get_percent((AxisEnum)i); } - static void dac_driver_commit() { dac_current_set_percents(driverPercent); } - void menu_dac() { - dac_driver_getValues(); + static xyze_uint8_t driverPercent; + LOOP_XYZE(i) driverPercent[i] = dac_current_get_percent((AxisEnum)i); START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS); - #define EDIT_DAC_PERCENT(N) MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(uint8, MSG_##N " " MSG_DAC_PERCENT, &driverPercent[_AXIS(N)], 0, 100, dac_driver_commit) + BACK_ITEM(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS); + #define EDIT_DAC_PERCENT(A) EDIT_ITEM(uint8, MSG_DAC_PERCENT_##A, &driverPercent[_AXIS(A)], 0, 100, []{ dac_current_set_percents(driverPercent); }) EDIT_DAC_PERCENT(X); EDIT_DAC_PERCENT(Y); EDIT_DAC_PERCENT(Z); EDIT_DAC_PERCENT(E); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE, dac_commit_eeprom); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE, dac_commit_eeprom); END_MENU(); } @@ -80,32 +82,22 @@ void menu_backlash(); void menu_pwm() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS); - #define EDIT_CURRENT_PWM(LABEL,I) MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(long5, LABEL, &stepper.motor_current_setting[I], 100, 2000, stepper.refresh_motor_power) - #if PIN_EXISTS(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY) - EDIT_CURRENT_PWM(MSG_X MSG_Y, 0); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS); + #define EDIT_CURRENT_PWM(LABEL,I) EDIT_ITEM_P(long5, PSTR(LABEL), &stepper.motor_current_setting[I], 100, 2000, stepper.refresh_motor_power) + #if ANY_PIN(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY, MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_X, MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Y) + EDIT_CURRENT_PWM(STR_X STR_Y, 0); #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z) - EDIT_CURRENT_PWM(MSG_Z, 1); + EDIT_CURRENT_PWM(STR_Z, 1); #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E) - EDIT_CURRENT_PWM(MSG_E, 2); + EDIT_CURRENT_PWM(STR_E, 2); #endif END_MENU(); } #endif -#if HAS_M206_COMMAND - // - // Set the home offset based on the current_position - // - void _lcd_set_home_offsets() { - queue.inject_P(PSTR("M428")); - ui.return_to_status(); - } -#endif - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) #include "../../module/configuration_store.h" #endif @@ -116,54 +108,26 @@ void menu_backlash(); // void menu_advanced_filament() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS); #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) #if EXTRUDERS == 1 - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(float52, MSG_ADVANCE_K, &planner.extruder_advance_K[0], 0, 999); + EDIT_ITEM(float42_52, MSG_ADVANCE_K, &planner.extruder_advance_K[0], 0, 999); #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 - #define EDIT_ADVANCE_K(N) MENU_ITEM_EDIT(float52, MSG_ADVANCE_K MSG_E##N, &planner.extruder_advance_K[N-1], 0, 999) - EDIT_ADVANCE_K(1); - EDIT_ADVANCE_K(2); - #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - EDIT_ADVANCE_K(3); - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - EDIT_ADVANCE_K(4); - #if EXTRUDERS > 4 - EDIT_ADVANCE_K(5); - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - EDIT_ADVANCE_K(6); - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 2 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 1 + LOOP_L_N(n, EXTRUDERS) + EDIT_ITEM_N(float42_52, n, MSG_ADVANCE_K_E, &planner.extruder_advance_K[n], 0, 999); + #endif #endif #if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(bool, MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED, &parser.volumetric_enabled, planner.calculate_volumetric_multipliers); + EDIT_ITEM(bool, MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED, &parser.volumetric_enabled, planner.calculate_volumetric_multipliers); if (parser.volumetric_enabled) { - #if EXTRUDERS == 1 - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float43, MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM, &planner.filament_size[0], 1.5f, 3.25f, planner.calculate_volumetric_multipliers); - #else // EXTRUDERS > 1 - #define EDIT_FIL_DIAM(N) MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float43, MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM MSG_DIAM_E##N, &planner.filament_size[N-1], 1.5f, 3.25f, planner.calculate_volumetric_multipliers) - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float43, MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM, &planner.filament_size[active_extruder], 1.5f, 3.25f, planner.calculate_volumetric_multipliers); - EDIT_FIL_DIAM(1); - EDIT_FIL_DIAM(2); - #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - EDIT_FIL_DIAM(3); - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - EDIT_FIL_DIAM(4); - #if EXTRUDERS > 4 - EDIT_FIL_DIAM(5); - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - EDIT_FIL_DIAM(6); - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 2 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 1 + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float43, MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM, &planner.filament_size[active_extruder], 1.5f, 3.25f, planner.calculate_volumetric_multipliers); + #if EXTRUDERS > 1 + LOOP_L_N(n, EXTRUDERS) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(float43, n, MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E, &planner.filament_size[n], 1.5f, 3.25f, planner.calculate_volumetric_multipliers); + #endif } #endif @@ -176,51 +140,21 @@ void menu_backlash(); #endif ; - #if EXTRUDERS == 1 - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(float3, MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD, &fc_settings[0].unload_length, 0, extrude_maxlength); - #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 - #define EDIT_FIL_UNLOAD(N) MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(float3, MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD MSG_DIAM_E##N, &fc_settings[N-1].unload_length, 0, extrude_maxlength) - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(float3, MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD, &fc_settings[active_extruder].unload_length, 0, extrude_maxlength); - EDIT_FIL_UNLOAD(1); - EDIT_FIL_UNLOAD(2); - #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - EDIT_FIL_UNLOAD(3); - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - EDIT_FIL_UNLOAD(4); - #if EXTRUDERS > 4 - EDIT_FIL_UNLOAD(5); - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - EDIT_FIL_UNLOAD(6); - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 2 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 1 + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD, &fc_settings[active_extruder].unload_length, 0, extrude_maxlength); + #if EXTRUDERS > 1 + LOOP_L_N(n, EXTRUDERS) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(float3, n, MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E, &fc_settings[n].unload_length, 0, extrude_maxlength); + #endif - #if EXTRUDERS == 1 - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(float3, MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD, &fc_settings[0].load_length, 0, extrude_maxlength); - #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 - #define EDIT_FIL_LOAD(N) MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(float3, MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD MSG_DIAM_E##N, &fc_settings[N-1].load_length, 0, extrude_maxlength) - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(float3, MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD, &fc_settings[active_extruder].load_length, 0, extrude_maxlength); - EDIT_FIL_LOAD(1); - EDIT_FIL_LOAD(2); - #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - EDIT_FIL_LOAD(3); - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - EDIT_FIL_LOAD(4); - #if EXTRUDERS > 4 - EDIT_FIL_LOAD(5); - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - EDIT_FIL_LOAD(6); - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 2 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 1 + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD, &fc_settings[active_extruder].load_length, 0, extrude_maxlength); + #if EXTRUDERS > 1 + LOOP_L_N(n, EXTRUDERS) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(float3, n, MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E, &fc_settings[n].load_length, 0, extrude_maxlength); + #endif #endif #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) && FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float3, MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM, &lcd_runout_distance_mm, 1, 30, []{ + EDIT_ITEM(float3, MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM, &lcd_runout_distance_mm, 1, 30, []{ runout.set_runout_distance(lcd_runout_distance_mm); }); #endif @@ -280,9 +214,10 @@ void menu_backlash(); PID_PARAM(Kd, e) = scalePID_d(raw_Kd); thermalManager.updatePID(); } + #define _DEFINE_PIDTEMP_BASE_FUNCS(N) \ - void copy_and_scalePID_i_E ## N() { copy_and_scalePID_i(N); } \ - void copy_and_scalePID_d_E ## N() { copy_and_scalePID_d(N); } + void copy_and_scalePID_i_E##N() { copy_and_scalePID_i(N); } \ + void copy_and_scalePID_d_E##N() { copy_and_scalePID_d(N); } #else @@ -293,31 +228,17 @@ void menu_backlash(); #if ENABLED(PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU) #define DEFINE_PIDTEMP_FUNCS(N) \ _DEFINE_PIDTEMP_BASE_FUNCS(N); \ - void lcd_autotune_callback_E ## N() { _lcd_autotune(N); } // + void lcd_autotune_callback_E##N() { _lcd_autotune(N); } #else - #define DEFINE_PIDTEMP_FUNCS(N) _DEFINE_PIDTEMP_BASE_FUNCS(N); // + #define DEFINE_PIDTEMP_FUNCS(N) _DEFINE_PIDTEMP_BASE_FUNCS(N); #endif #if HOTENDS DEFINE_PIDTEMP_FUNCS(0); - #if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND) - #if HOTENDS > 1 - DEFINE_PIDTEMP_FUNCS(1); - #if HOTENDS > 2 - DEFINE_PIDTEMP_FUNCS(2); - #if HOTENDS > 3 - DEFINE_PIDTEMP_FUNCS(3); - #if HOTENDS > 4 - DEFINE_PIDTEMP_FUNCS(4); - #if HOTENDS > 5 - DEFINE_PIDTEMP_FUNCS(5); - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 - #endif // HOTENDS > 2 - #endif // HOTENDS > 1 - #endif // PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND -#endif // HOTENDS + #if HOTENDS > 1 && ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND) + REPEAT_S(1, HOTENDS, DEFINE_PIDTEMP_FUNCS) + #endif +#endif #define SHOW_MENU_ADVANCED_TEMPERATURE ((ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) && HAS_TEMP_HOTEND) || EITHER(PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU, PID_EDIT_MENU)) @@ -328,15 +249,15 @@ void menu_backlash(); void menu_advanced_temperature() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS); // // Autotemp, Min, Max, Fact // #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) && HAS_TEMP_HOTEND - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(bool, MSG_AUTOTEMP, &planner.autotemp_enabled); - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(float3, MSG_MIN, &planner.autotemp_min, 0, float(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP) - 15); - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(float3, MSG_MAX, &planner.autotemp_max, 0, float(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP) - 15); - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(float52, MSG_FACTOR, &planner.autotemp_factor, 0, 10); + EDIT_ITEM(bool, MSG_AUTOTEMP, &planner.autotemp_enabled); + EDIT_ITEM(float3, MSG_MIN, &planner.autotemp_min, 0, float(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP) - 15); + EDIT_ITEM(float3, MSG_MAX, &planner.autotemp_max, 0, float(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP) - 15); + EDIT_ITEM(float42_52, MSG_FACTOR, &planner.autotemp_factor, 0, 10); #endif // @@ -347,55 +268,49 @@ void menu_backlash(); // PID-P E4, PID-I E4, PID-D E4, PID-C E4, PID Autotune E4 // PID-P E5, PID-I E5, PID-D E5, PID-C E5, PID Autotune E5 // - #if ENABLED(PID_EDIT_MENU) - #define _PID_BASE_MENU_ITEMS(ELABEL, eindex) \ - raw_Ki = unscalePID_i(PID_PARAM(Ki, eindex)); \ - raw_Kd = unscalePID_d(PID_PARAM(Kd, eindex)); \ - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(float52sign, MSG_PID_P ELABEL, &PID_PARAM(Kp, eindex), 1, 9990); \ - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float52sign, MSG_PID_I ELABEL, &raw_Ki, 0.01f, 9990, copy_and_scalePID_i_E ## eindex); \ - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float52sign, MSG_PID_D ELABEL, &raw_Kd, 1, 9990, copy_and_scalePID_d_E ## eindex) + #if ENABLED(PID_EDIT_MENU) + #define __PID_BASE_MENU_ITEMS(N) \ + raw_Ki = unscalePID_i(PID_PARAM(Ki, N)); \ + raw_Kd = unscalePID_d(PID_PARAM(Kd, N)); \ + EDIT_ITEM_N(float52sign, N, MSG_PID_P_E, &PID_PARAM(Kp, N), 1, 9990); \ + EDIT_ITEM_N(float52sign, N, MSG_PID_I_E, &raw_Ki, 0.01f, 9990, []{ copy_and_scalePID_i(N); }); \ + EDIT_ITEM_N(float52sign, N, MSG_PID_D_E, &raw_Kd, 1, 9990, []{ copy_and_scalePID_d(N); }) #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define _PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(ELABEL, eindex) \ - _PID_BASE_MENU_ITEMS(ELABEL, eindex); \ - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(float3, MSG_PID_C ELABEL, &PID_PARAM(Kc, eindex), 1, 9990) + #define _PID_BASE_MENU_ITEMS(N) \ + __PID_BASE_MENU_ITEMS(N); \ + EDIT_ITEM_N(float3, N, MSG_PID_C_E, &PID_PARAM(Kc, N), 1, 9990) #else - #define _PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(ELABEL, eindex) _PID_BASE_MENU_ITEMS(ELABEL, eindex) + #define _PID_BASE_MENU_ITEMS(N) __PID_BASE_MENU_ITEMS(N) + #endif + + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + #define _PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(N) \ + _PID_BASE_MENU_ITEMS(N); \ + EDIT_ITEM_N(float3, N, MSG_PID_F_E, &PID_PARAM(Kf, N), 1, 9990) + #else + #define _PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(N) _PID_BASE_MENU_ITEMS(N) #endif #else - #define _PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(ELABEL, eindex) NOOP + #define _PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(N) NOOP #endif #if ENABLED(PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(ELABEL, eindex) \ - _PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(ELABEL, eindex); \ - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int3, MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE ELABEL, &autotune_temp[eindex], 150, heater_maxtemp[eindex] - 15, lcd_autotune_callback_E ## eindex) + #define PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(N) \ + _PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(N); \ + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(int3, N, MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_E, &autotune_temp[N], 150, heater_maxtemp[N] - 15, []{ _lcd_autotune(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); #else - #define PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(ELABEL, eindex) _PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(ELABEL, eindex) + #define PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(N) _PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(N); #endif - #if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND) && HOTENDS > 1 - PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(" " MSG_E1, 0); - PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(" " MSG_E2, 1); - #if HOTENDS > 2 - PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(" " MSG_E3, 2); - #if HOTENDS > 3 - PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(" " MSG_E4, 3); - #if HOTENDS > 4 - PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(" " MSG_E5, 4); - #if HOTENDS > 5 - PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(" " MSG_E6, 5); - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 - #endif // HOTENDS > 2 - #else // !PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND || HOTENDS == 1 - PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS("", 0); - #endif // !PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND || HOTENDS == 1 + PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(0); + #if HOTENDS > 1 && ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND) + REPEAT_S(1, HOTENDS, PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS) + #endif END_MENU(); } @@ -404,86 +319,54 @@ void menu_backlash(); #if DISABLED(SLIM_LCD_MENUS) - void _reset_acceleration_rates() { planner.reset_acceleration_rates(); } #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - void _reset_e_acceleration_rate(const uint8_t e) { if (e == active_extruder) _reset_acceleration_rates(); } - void _reset_e0_acceleration_rate() { _reset_e_acceleration_rate(0); } - void _reset_e1_acceleration_rate() { _reset_e_acceleration_rate(1); } - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - void _reset_e2_acceleration_rate() { _reset_e_acceleration_rate(2); } - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - void _reset_e3_acceleration_rate() { _reset_e_acceleration_rate(3); } - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - void _reset_e4_acceleration_rate() { _reset_e_acceleration_rate(4); } - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - void _reset_e5_acceleration_rate() { _reset_e_acceleration_rate(5); } - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 - #endif - - void _planner_refresh_positioning() { planner.refresh_positioning(); } - #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - void _planner_refresh_e_positioning(const uint8_t e) { + inline void _reset_e_acceleration_rate(const uint8_t e) { if (e == active_extruder) planner.reset_acceleration_rates(); } + inline void _planner_refresh_e_positioning(const uint8_t e) { if (e == active_extruder) - _planner_refresh_positioning(); + planner.refresh_positioning(); else planner.steps_to_mm[E_AXIS_N(e)] = 1.0f / planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(e)]; } - void _planner_refresh_e0_positioning() { _planner_refresh_e_positioning(0); } - void _planner_refresh_e1_positioning() { _planner_refresh_e_positioning(1); } - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - void _planner_refresh_e2_positioning() { _planner_refresh_e_positioning(2); } - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - void _planner_refresh_e3_positioning() { _planner_refresh_e_positioning(3); } - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - void _planner_refresh_e4_positioning() { _planner_refresh_e_positioning(4); } - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - void _planner_refresh_e5_positioning() { _planner_refresh_e_positioning(5); } - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 #endif // M203 / M205 Velocity options void menu_advanced_velocity() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS); // M203 Max Feedrate - #define EDIT_VMAX(N) MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(float3, MSG_VMAX MSG_##N, &planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[_AXIS(N)], 1, 999) + constexpr xyze_feedrate_t max_fr_edit = + #ifdef MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES + MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES + #elif ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) + DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE + #else + { 999, 999, 999, 999 } + #endif + ; + #if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) && !defined(MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES) + const xyze_feedrate_t max_fr_edit_scaled = max_fr_edit * 2; + #else + const xyze_feedrate_t &max_fr_edit_scaled = max_fr_edit; + #endif + #define EDIT_VMAX(N) EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_VMAX_##N, &planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[_AXIS(N)], 1, max_fr_edit_scaled[_AXIS(N)]) EDIT_VMAX(A); EDIT_VMAX(B); EDIT_VMAX(C); + #if E_STEPPERS + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_VMAX_E, &planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS_N(active_extruder)], 1, max_fr_edit_scaled.e); + #endif #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - #define EDIT_VMAX_E(N) MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(float3, MSG_VMAX MSG_E##N, &planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS_N(N-1)], 1, 999) - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(float3, MSG_VMAX MSG_E, &planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS_N(active_extruder)], 1, 999); - EDIT_VMAX_E(1); - EDIT_VMAX_E(2); - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - EDIT_VMAX_E(3); - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - EDIT_VMAX_E(4); - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - EDIT_VMAX_E(5); - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - EDIT_VMAX_E(6); - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 - #elif E_STEPPERS - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(float3, MSG_VMAX MSG_E, &planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS], 1, 999); + LOOP_L_N(n, E_STEPPERS) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(float3, n, MSG_VMAX_EN, &planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS_N(n)], 1, max_fr_edit_scaled.e); #endif // M205 S Min Feedrate - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(float3, MSG_VMIN, &planner.settings.min_feedrate_mm_s, 0, 999); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_VMIN, &planner.settings.min_feedrate_mm_s, 0, 999); // M205 T Min Travel Feedrate - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(float3, MSG_VTRAV_MIN, &planner.settings.min_travel_feedrate_mm_s, 0, 999); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_VTRAV_MIN, &planner.settings.min_travel_feedrate_mm_s, 0, 999); END_MENU(); } @@ -491,43 +374,45 @@ void menu_backlash(); // M201 / M204 Accelerations void menu_advanced_acceleration() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS); + const float max_accel = _MAX(planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[A_AXIS], planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[B_AXIS], planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[C_AXIS]); // M204 P Acceleration - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(float5_25, MSG_ACC, &planner.settings.acceleration, 25, 99000); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float5_25, MSG_ACC, &planner.settings.acceleration, 25, max_accel); // M204 R Retract Acceleration - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(float5, MSG_A_RETRACT, &planner.settings.retract_acceleration, 100, 99000); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float5, MSG_A_RETRACT, &planner.settings.retract_acceleration, 100, planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS_N(active_extruder)]); // M204 T Travel Acceleration - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(float5_25, MSG_A_TRAVEL, &planner.settings.travel_acceleration, 25, 99000); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float5_25, MSG_A_TRAVEL, &planner.settings.travel_acceleration, 25, max_accel); // M201 settings - #define EDIT_AMAX(Q,L) MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(long5_25, MSG_AMAX MSG_##Q, &planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[_AXIS(Q)], L, 99000, _reset_acceleration_rates) + constexpr xyze_ulong_t max_accel_edit = + #ifdef MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES + MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES + #elif ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) + DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION + #else + { 99000, 99000, 99000, 99000 } + #endif + ; + #if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) && !defined(MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES) + const xyze_ulong_t max_accel_edit_scaled = max_accel_edit * 2; + #else + const xyze_ulong_t &max_accel_edit_scaled = max_accel_edit; + #endif + #define EDIT_AMAX(Q,L) EDIT_ITEM_FAST(long5_25, MSG_AMAX_##Q, &planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[_AXIS(Q)], L, max_accel_edit_scaled[_AXIS(Q)], []{ planner.reset_acceleration_rates(); }) EDIT_AMAX(A,100); EDIT_AMAX(B,100); EDIT_AMAX(C, 10); #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - #define EDIT_AMAX_E(N,E) MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(long5, MSG_AMAX MSG_E##N, &planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS_N(E)], 100, 99000, _reset_e##E##_acceleration_rate) - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(long5, MSG_AMAX MSG_E, &planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS_N(active_extruder)], 100, 99000, _reset_acceleration_rates); - EDIT_AMAX_E(1,0); - EDIT_AMAX_E(2,1); - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - EDIT_AMAX_E(3,2); - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - EDIT_AMAX_E(4,3); - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - EDIT_AMAX_E(5,4); - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - EDIT_AMAX_E(6,5); - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(long5_25, MSG_AMAX_E, &planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS_N(active_extruder)], 100, max_accel_edit_scaled.e, []{ planner.reset_acceleration_rates(); }); + LOOP_L_N(n, E_STEPPERS) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(long5_25, n, MSG_AMAX_EN, &planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS_N(n)], 100, max_accel_edit_scaled.e, []{ _reset_e_acceleration_rate(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); #elif E_STEPPERS - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(long5, MSG_AMAX MSG_E, &planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS], 100, 99000, _reset_acceleration_rates); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(long5_25, MSG_AMAX_E, &planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS], 100, max_accel_edit_scaled.e, []{ planner.reset_acceleration_rates(); }); #endif END_MENU(); @@ -536,95 +421,84 @@ void menu_backlash(); // M205 Jerk void menu_advanced_jerk() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS); - #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float43, MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION, &planner.junction_deviation_mm, 0.01f, 0.3f, planner.recalculate_max_e_jerk); + EDIT_ITEM(float43, MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION, &planner.junction_deviation_mm, 0.001f, 0.3f, planner.recalculate_max_e_jerk); #else - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(float43, MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION, &planner.junction_deviation_mm, 0.01f, 0.3f); + EDIT_ITEM(float43, MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION, &planner.junction_deviation_mm, 0.001f, 0.5f); #endif #endif #if HAS_CLASSIC_JERK - #define EDIT_JERK(N) MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(float3, MSG_V##N##_JERK, &planner.max_jerk[_AXIS(N)], 1, 990) + constexpr xyze_float_t max_jerk_edit = + #ifdef MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES + MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES + #elif ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) + { (DEFAULT_XJERK) * 2, (DEFAULT_YJERK) * 2, (DEFAULT_ZJERK) * 2, (DEFAULT_EJERK) * 2 } + #else + { 990, 990, 990, 990 } + #endif + ; + #define EDIT_JERK(N) EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_V##N##_JERK, &planner.max_jerk[_AXIS(N)], 1, max_jerk_edit[_AXIS(N)]) EDIT_JERK(A); EDIT_JERK(B); #if ENABLED(DELTA) EDIT_JERK(C); #else - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(float52sign, MSG_VC_JERK, &planner.max_jerk[C_AXIS], 0.1f, 990); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float52sign, MSG_VC_JERK, &planner.max_jerk.c, 0.1f, max_jerk_edit.c); #endif - #if !BOTH(JUNCTION_DEVIATION, LIN_ADVANCE) - EDIT_JERK(E); + #if HAS_CLASSIC_E_JERK + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float52sign, MSG_VE_JERK, &planner.max_jerk.e, 0.1f, max_jerk_edit.e); #endif #endif END_MENU(); } - // M92 Steps-per-mm - void menu_advanced_steps_per_mm() { - START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS); - - #define EDIT_QSTEPS(Q) MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float51, MSG_##Q##STEPS, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[_AXIS(Q)], 5, 9999, _planner_refresh_positioning) - EDIT_QSTEPS(A); - EDIT_QSTEPS(B); - EDIT_QSTEPS(C); - - #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - #define EDIT_ESTEPS(N,E) MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float51, MSG_E##N##STEPS, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(E)], 5, 9999, _planner_refresh_e##E##_positioning) - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float51, MSG_ESTEPS, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(active_extruder)], 5, 9999, _planner_refresh_positioning); - EDIT_ESTEPS(1,0); - EDIT_ESTEPS(2,1); - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - EDIT_ESTEPS(3,2); - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - EDIT_ESTEPS(4,3); - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - EDIT_ESTEPS(5,4); - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - EDIT_ESTEPS(6,5); - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 - #elif E_STEPPERS - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float51, MSG_ESTEPS, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS], 5, 9999, _planner_refresh_positioning); - #endif - - END_MENU(); - } - - #if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - - #include "../../module/configuration_store.h" - - static void lcd_init_eeprom_confirm() { - do_select_screen( - PSTR(MSG_BUTTON_INIT), PSTR(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), - []{ - const bool inited = settings.init_eeprom(); - #if HAS_BUZZER - ui.completion_feedback(inited); - #endif - UNUSED(inited); - }, - ui.goto_previous_screen, - PSTR(MSG_INIT_EEPROM), nullptr, PSTR("?") - ); + // M851 - Z Probe Offsets + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + void menu_probe_offsets() { + START_MENU(); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS); + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + EDIT_ITEM(float51sign, MSG_ZPROBE_XOFFSET, &probe.offset.x, -(X_BED_SIZE), X_BED_SIZE); + EDIT_ITEM(float51sign, MSG_ZPROBE_YOFFSET, &probe.offset.y, -(Y_BED_SIZE), Y_BED_SIZE); + #endif + EDIT_ITEM(LCD_Z_OFFSET_TYPE, MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, &probe.offset.z, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX); + END_MENU(); } - #endif #endif // !SLIM_LCD_MENUS +// M92 Steps-per-mm +void menu_advanced_steps_per_mm() { + START_MENU(); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS); + + #define EDIT_QSTEPS(Q) EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float51, MSG_##Q##_STEPS, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[_AXIS(Q)], 5, 9999, []{ planner.refresh_positioning(); }) + EDIT_QSTEPS(A); + EDIT_QSTEPS(B); + EDIT_QSTEPS(C); + + #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float51, MSG_E_STEPS, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(active_extruder)], 5, 9999, []{ planner.refresh_positioning(); }); + LOOP_L_N(n, E_STEPPERS) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(float51, n, MSG_EN_STEPS, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(n)], 5, 9999, []{ _planner_refresh_e_positioning(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); + #elif E_STEPPERS + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float51, MSG_E_STEPS, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS], 5, 9999, []{ planner.refresh_positioning(); }); + #endif + + END_MENU(); +} + void menu_advanced_settings() { #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) && FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM lcd_runout_distance_mm = runout.runout_distance(); #endif START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_CONFIGURATION); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_CONFIGURATION); #if DISABLED(SLIM_LCD_MENUS) @@ -632,75 +506,71 @@ void menu_advanced_settings() { // // Set Home Offsets // - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS, _lcd_set_home_offsets); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS, []{ queue.inject_P(PSTR("M428")); ui.return_to_status(); }); #endif // M203 / M205 - Feedrate items - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_VELOCITY, menu_advanced_velocity); + SUBMENU(MSG_VELOCITY, menu_advanced_velocity); // M201 - Acceleration items - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_ACCELERATION, menu_advanced_acceleration); + SUBMENU(MSG_ACCELERATION, menu_advanced_acceleration); // M205 - Max Jerk - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_JERK, menu_advanced_jerk); + SUBMENU(MSG_JERK, menu_advanced_jerk); - if (!printer_busy()) { - // M92 - Steps Per mm - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_STEPS_PER_MM, menu_advanced_steps_per_mm); - } + // M851 - Z Probe Offsets + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + if (!printer_busy()) + SUBMENU(MSG_ZPROBE_OFFSETS, menu_probe_offsets); + #endif #endif // !SLIM_LCD_MENUS + // M92 - Steps Per mm + if (!printer_busy()) + SUBMENU(MSG_STEPS_PER_MM, menu_advanced_steps_per_mm); + #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_BACKLASH, menu_backlash); + SUBMENU(MSG_BACKLASH, menu_backlash); + #endif + + #if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + SUBMENU(MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT, []{ editable.int8 = -1; ui.goto_screen(menu_cancelobject); }); #endif #if ENABLED(DAC_STEPPER_CURRENT) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH, menu_dac); + SUBMENU(MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH, menu_dac); #endif #if HAS_MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH, menu_pwm); + SUBMENU(MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH, menu_pwm); #endif - #if HAS_TRINAMIC - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_TMC_DRIVERS, menu_tmc); + #if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG + SUBMENU(MSG_TMC_DRIVERS, menu_tmc); #endif #if SHOW_MENU_ADVANCED_TEMPERATURE - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_TEMPERATURE, menu_advanced_temperature); + SUBMENU(MSG_TEMPERATURE, menu_advanced_temperature); #endif #if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) || ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_FILAMENT, menu_advanced_filament); + SUBMENU(MSG_FILAMENT, menu_advanced_filament); #elif ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) #if EXTRUDERS == 1 - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(float52, MSG_ADVANCE_K, &planner.extruder_advance_K[0], 0, 999); + EDIT_ITEM(float42_52, MSG_ADVANCE_K, &planner.extruder_advance_K[0], 0, 999); #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 - #define EDIT_ADVANCE_K(N) MENU_ITEM_EDIT(float52, MSG_ADVANCE_K MSG_E##N, &planner.extruder_advance_K[N-1], 0, 999) - EDIT_ADVANCE_K(1); - EDIT_ADVANCE_K(2); - #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - EDIT_ADVANCE_K(3); - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - EDIT_ADVANCE_K(4); - #if EXTRUDERS > 4 - EDIT_ADVANCE_K(5); - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - EDIT_ADVANCE_K(6); - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 2 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 1 + LOOP_L_N(n, E_STEPPERS) + EDIT_ITEM_N(float42_52, n, MSG_ADVANCE_K_E, &planner.extruder_advance_K[n], 0, 999); + #endif #endif // M540 S - Abort on endstop hit when SD printing #if ENABLED(SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT) - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(bool, MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT, &planner.abort_on_endstop_hit); + EDIT_ITEM(bool, MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT, &planner.abort_on_endstop_hit); #endif #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) bool sd_update_state = settings.sd_update_status(); - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(bool, MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE, &sd_update_state, []{ + EDIT_ITEM(bool, MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE, &sd_update_state, []{ // // Toggle the SD Firmware Update state in EEPROM // @@ -715,7 +585,18 @@ void menu_advanced_settings() { #endif #if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && DISABLED(SLIM_LCD_MENUS) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_INIT_EEPROM, lcd_init_eeprom_confirm); + CONFIRM_ITEM(MSG_INIT_EEPROM, + MSG_BUTTON_INIT, MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL, + []{ + const bool inited = settings.init_eeprom(); + #if HAS_BUZZER + ui.completion_feedback(inited); + #endif + UNUSED(inited); + }, + ui.goto_previous_screen, + GET_TEXT(MSG_INIT_EEPROM), (PGM_P)nullptr, PSTR("?") + ); #endif END_MENU(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_backlash.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_backlash.cpp index 147c593901..ad9c51d4cf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_backlash.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_backlash.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -34,17 +34,17 @@ void menu_backlash() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_MAIN); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_MAIN); - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(percent, MSG_BACKLASH_CORRECTION, &backlash.correction, all_off, all_on); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(percent, MSG_BACKLASH_CORRECTION, &backlash.correction, all_off, all_on); - #define EDIT_BACKLASH_DISTANCE(N) MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(float43, MSG_##N, &backlash.distance_mm[_AXIS(N)], 0.0f, 9.9f); + #define EDIT_BACKLASH_DISTANCE(N) EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float43, MSG_BACKLASH_##N, &backlash.distance_mm[_AXIS(N)], 0.0f, 9.9f); EDIT_BACKLASH_DISTANCE(A); EDIT_BACKLASH_DISTANCE(B); EDIT_BACKLASH_DISTANCE(C); #ifdef BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(float43, MSG_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING, &backlash.smoothing_mm, 0.0f, 9.9f); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float43, MSG_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING, &backlash.smoothing_mm, 0.0f, 9.9f); #endif END_MENU(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_corners.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_corners.cpp index 07629b7179..3d0a5bf2aa 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_corners.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_corners.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -55,62 +55,51 @@ static_assert(LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP >= 0, "LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP must be >= 0. Pleas */ static int8_t bed_corner; static inline void _lcd_goto_next_corner() { + constexpr float lfrb[4] = LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET_LFRB; + constexpr xy_pos_t lf { (X_MIN_BED) + lfrb[0], (Y_MIN_BED) + lfrb[1] }, + rb { (X_MAX_BED) - lfrb[2], (Y_MAX_BED) - lfrb[3] }; line_to_z(LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP); switch (bed_corner) { - case 0: - current_position[X_AXIS] = X_MIN_BED + LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET; - current_position[Y_AXIS] = Y_MIN_BED + LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET; - break; - case 1: - current_position[X_AXIS] = X_MAX_BED - (LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET); - break; - case 2: - current_position[Y_AXIS] = Y_MAX_BED - (LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET); - break; - case 3: - current_position[X_AXIS] = X_MIN_BED + LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET; - break; + case 0: current_position = lf; break; // copy xy + case 1: current_position.x = rb.x; break; + case 2: current_position.y = rb.y; break; + case 3: current_position.x = lf.x; break; #if ENABLED(LEVEL_CENTER_TOO) - case 4: - current_position[X_AXIS] = X_CENTER; - current_position[Y_AXIS] = Y_CENTER; - break; + case 4: current_position.set(X_CENTER, Y_CENTER); break; #endif } - planner.buffer_line(current_position, MMM_TO_MMS(manual_feedrate_mm_m[X_AXIS]), active_extruder); + line_to_current_position(manual_feedrate_mm_s.x); line_to_z(LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT); - if (++bed_corner > 3 + if (++bed_corner > (3 #if ENABLED(LEVEL_CENTER_TOO) + 1 #endif - ) bed_corner = 0; -} - -static inline void menu_level_bed_corners() { - do_select_screen( - PSTR(MSG_BUTTON_NEXT), PSTR(MSG_BUTTON_DONE), - _lcd_goto_next_corner, - []{ - #if HAS_LEVELING - set_bed_leveling_enabled(leveling_was_active); - #endif - ui.goto_previous_screen_no_defer(); - }, - PSTR( - #if ENABLED(LEVEL_CENTER_TOO) - MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT - #else - MSG_NEXT_CORNER - #endif - ), nullptr, PSTR("?") - ); + )) bed_corner = 0; } static inline void _lcd_level_bed_corners_homing() { _lcd_draw_homing(); if (all_axes_homed()) { bed_corner = 0; - ui.goto_screen(menu_level_bed_corners); + ui.goto_screen([]{ + MenuItem_confirm::select_screen( + GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_NEXT), GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_DONE), + _lcd_goto_next_corner, + []{ + #if HAS_LEVELING + set_bed_leveling_enabled(leveling_was_active); + #endif + ui.goto_previous_screen_no_defer(); + }, + GET_TEXT( + #if ENABLED(LEVEL_CENTER_TOO) + MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT + #else + MSG_NEXT_CORNER + #endif + ), (PGM_P)nullptr, PSTR("?") + ); + }); ui.set_selection(true); _lcd_goto_next_corner(); } @@ -120,7 +109,7 @@ void _lcd_level_bed_corners() { ui.defer_status_screen(); if (!all_axes_known()) { set_all_unhomed(); - queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28")); + queue.inject_P(G28_STR); } // Disable leveling so the planner won't mess with us diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_leveling.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_leveling.cpp index bb4eaa8456..5834b73ba4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_leveling.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_leveling.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -56,8 +56,6 @@ #endif ); - bool MarlinUI::wait_for_bl_move; // = false - // // Bed leveling is done. Wait for G29 to complete. // A flag is used so that this can release control @@ -70,18 +68,18 @@ // ** This blocks the command queue! ** // void _lcd_level_bed_done() { - if (!ui.wait_for_bl_move) { + if (!ui.wait_for_move) { #if MANUAL_PROBE_HEIGHT > 0 && DISABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) // Display "Done" screen and wait for moves to complete line_to_z(MANUAL_PROBE_HEIGHT); - ui.synchronize(PSTR(MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE)); + ui.synchronize(GET_TEXT(MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE)); #endif ui.goto_previous_screen_no_defer(); #if HAS_BUZZER ui.completion_feedback(); #endif } - if (ui.should_draw()) draw_menu_item_static(LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 ? 1 : 0, PSTR(MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE)); + if (ui.should_draw()) MenuItem_static::draw(LCD_HEIGHT >= 4, GET_TEXT(MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE)); ui.refresh(LCDVIEW_CALL_REDRAW_NEXT); } @@ -103,7 +101,7 @@ // // The last G29 records the point and enables bed leveling // - ui.wait_for_bl_move = true; + ui.wait_for_move = true; ui.goto_screen(_lcd_level_bed_done); #if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) queue.inject_P(PSTR("G29 S2")); @@ -121,7 +119,7 @@ // Encoder knob or keypad buttons adjust the Z position // if (ui.encoderPosition) { - const float z = current_position[Z_AXIS] + float(int16_t(ui.encoderPosition)) * (MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP); + const float z = current_position.z + float(int32_t(ui.encoderPosition)) * (MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP); line_to_z(constrain(z, -(LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE) * 0.5f, (LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE) * 0.5f)); ui.refresh(LCDVIEW_CALL_REDRAW_NEXT); ui.encoderPosition = 0; @@ -131,8 +129,8 @@ // Draw on first display, then only on Z change // if (ui.should_draw()) { - const float v = current_position[Z_AXIS]; - draw_edit_screen(PSTR(MSG_MOVE_Z), ftostr43sign(v + (v < 0 ? -0.0001f : 0.0001f), '+')); + const float v = current_position.z; + MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_MOVE_Z), ftostr43sign(v + (v < 0 ? -0.0001f : 0.0001f), '+')); } } @@ -142,11 +140,11 @@ void _lcd_level_bed_moving() { if (ui.should_draw()) { char msg[10]; - sprintf_P(msg, PSTR("%i / %u"), (int)(manual_probe_index + 1), total_probe_points); - draw_edit_screen(PSTR(MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT), msg); + sprintf_P(msg, PSTR("%i / %u"), int(manual_probe_index + 1), total_probe_points); + MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT), msg); } ui.refresh(LCDVIEW_CALL_NO_REDRAW); - if (!ui.wait_for_bl_move) ui.goto_screen(_lcd_level_bed_get_z); + if (!ui.wait_for_move) ui.goto_screen(_lcd_level_bed_get_z); } // @@ -156,7 +154,7 @@ ui.goto_screen(_lcd_level_bed_moving); // G29 Records Z, moves, and signals when it pauses - ui.wait_for_bl_move = true; + ui.wait_for_move = true; #if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) queue.inject_P(manual_probe_index ? PSTR("G29 S2") : PSTR("G29 S1")); #elif ENABLED(PROBE_MANUALLY) @@ -169,7 +167,7 @@ // Move to the first probe position // void _lcd_level_bed_homing_done() { - if (ui.should_draw()) draw_edit_screen(PSTR(MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING)); + if (ui.should_draw()) MenuItem_static::draw(1, GET_TEXT(MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING)); if (ui.use_click()) { manual_probe_index = 0; _lcd_level_goto_next_point(); @@ -195,7 +193,7 @@ ui.defer_status_screen(); set_all_unhomed(); ui.goto_screen(_lcd_level_bed_homing); - queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28")); + queue.inject_P(G28_STR); } #endif // PROBE_MANUALLY || MESH_BED_LEVELING @@ -210,10 +208,10 @@ void menu_edit_mesh() { static uint8_t xind, yind; // =0 START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_BED_LEVELING); - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(uint8, MSG_MESH_X, &xind, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - 1); - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(uint8, MSG_MESH_Y, &yind, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1); - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float43, MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z, &Z_VALUES(xind, yind), -(LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE) * 0.5, (LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE) * 0.5, refresh_planner); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_BED_LEVELING); + EDIT_ITEM(uint8, MSG_MESH_X, &xind, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - 1); + EDIT_ITEM(uint8, MSG_MESH_Y, &yind, 0, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float43, MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z, &Z_VALUES(xind, yind), -(LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE) * 0.5, (LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE) * 0.5, refresh_planner); END_MENU(); } @@ -235,60 +233,62 @@ */ void menu_bed_leveling() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_MOTION); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_MOTION); const bool is_homed = all_axes_known(); // Auto Home if not using manual probing #if NONE(PROBE_MANUALLY, MESH_BED_LEVELING) - if (!is_homed) MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_AUTO_HOME, PSTR("G28")); + if (!is_homed) GCODES_ITEM(MSG_AUTO_HOME, G28_STR); #endif // Level Bed #if EITHER(PROBE_MANUALLY, MESH_BED_LEVELING) // Manual leveling uses a guided procedure - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_LEVEL_BED, _lcd_level_bed_continue); + SUBMENU(MSG_LEVEL_BED, _lcd_level_bed_continue); #else // Automatic leveling can just run the G-code - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_LEVEL_BED, is_homed ? PSTR("G29") : PSTR("G28\nG29")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_LEVEL_BED, is_homed ? PSTR("G29") : PSTR("G28\nG29")); #endif #if ENABLED(MESH_EDIT_MENU) if (leveling_is_valid()) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_EDIT_MESH, menu_edit_mesh); + SUBMENU(MSG_EDIT_MESH, menu_edit_mesh); #endif // Homed and leveling is valid? Then leveling can be toggled. if (is_homed && leveling_is_valid()) { - bool new_level_state = planner.leveling_active; - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(bool, MSG_BED_LEVELING, &new_level_state, _lcd_toggle_bed_leveling); + bool show_state = planner.leveling_active; + EDIT_ITEM(bool, MSG_BED_LEVELING, &show_state, _lcd_toggle_bed_leveling); } // Z Fade Height #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float3, MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT, &lcd_z_fade_height, 0, 100, _lcd_set_z_fade_height); + // Shadow for editing the fade height + editable.decimal = planner.z_fade_height; + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT, &editable.decimal, 0, 100, []{ set_z_fade_height(editable.decimal); }); #endif // // Mesh Bed Leveling Z-Offset // #if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(float43, MSG_BED_Z, &mbl.z_offset, -1, 1); + EDIT_ITEM(float43, MSG_BED_Z, &mbl.z_offset, -1, 1); #endif #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, lcd_babystep_zoffset); + SUBMENU(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, lcd_babystep_zoffset); #elif HAS_BED_PROBE - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(float52, MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, &probe_offset[Z_AXIS], Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX); + EDIT_ITEM(LCD_Z_OFFSET_TYPE, MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, &probe.offset.z, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX); #endif #if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS, _lcd_level_bed_corners); + SUBMENU(MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS, _lcd_level_bed_corners); #endif #if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_LOAD_EEPROM, lcd_load_settings); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_STORE_EEPROM, lcd_store_settings); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_LOAD_EEPROM, lcd_load_settings); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_STORE_EEPROM, lcd_store_settings); #endif END_MENU(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_cancelobject.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_cancelobject.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4d445a1848 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_cancelobject.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +// +// Cancel Object Menu +// + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + +#if HAS_LCD_MENU && ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + +#include "menu.h" +#include "menu_addon.h" + +#include "../../feature/cancel_object.h" + +static void lcd_cancel_object_confirm() { + const int8_t v = MenuItemBase::itemIndex; + const char item_num[] = { + ' ', + char((v > 9) ? '0' + (v / 10) : ' '), + char('0' + (v % 10)), + '\0' + }; + MenuItem_confirm::confirm_screen( + []{ + cancelable.cancel_object(MenuItemBase::itemIndex - 1); + #if HAS_BUZZER + ui.completion_feedback(); + #endif + ui.goto_previous_screen(); + }, + ui.goto_previous_screen, + GET_TEXT(MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT), item_num, PSTR("?") + ); +} + +void menu_cancelobject() { + START_MENU(); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_MAIN); + + // Draw cancelable items in a loop + int8_t a = cancelable.active_object; + for (int8_t i = -1; i < cancelable.object_count; i++) { + if (i == a) continue; + int8_t j = i < 0 ? a : i; + if (!cancelable.is_canceled(j)) + SUBMENU_N(j, MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT_N, lcd_cancel_object_confirm); + if (i < 0) SKIP_ITEM(); + } + + END_MENU(); +} + +#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU && CANCEL_OBJECTS diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_configuration.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_configuration.cpp index 8708c7d96f..6dbc680659 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_configuration.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_configuration.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ #endif #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - #include "../../feature/power_loss_recovery.h" + #include "../../feature/powerloss.h" #endif #if HAS_BED_PROBE @@ -54,13 +54,6 @@ void menu_advanced_settings(); void menu_delta_calibrate(); #endif -static void lcd_factory_settings() { - settings.reset(); - #if HAS_BUZZER - ui.completion_feedback(); - #endif -} - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST) #include "../lcdprint.h" @@ -75,7 +68,7 @@ static void lcd_factory_settings() { bar_percent += (int8_t)ui.encoderPosition; LIMIT(bar_percent, 0, 100); ui.encoderPosition = 0; - draw_menu_item_static(0, PSTR(MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST), SS_CENTER|SS_INVERT); + MenuItem_static::draw(0, GET_TEXT(MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST), SS_CENTER|SS_INVERT); lcd_put_int((LCD_WIDTH) / 2 - 2, LCD_HEIGHT - 2, bar_percent); lcd_put_wchar('%'); lcd_moveto(0, LCD_HEIGHT - 1); ui.draw_progress_bar(bar_percent); } @@ -92,10 +85,10 @@ static void lcd_factory_settings() { void menu_debug() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_CONFIGURATION); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_CONFIGURATION); #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST, _progress_bar_test); + SUBMENU(MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST, _progress_bar_test); #endif END_MENU(); @@ -109,7 +102,7 @@ static void lcd_factory_settings() { void menu_tool_change() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_CONFIGURATION); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_CONFIGURATION); #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) static constexpr float max_extrude = #if ENABLED(PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE) @@ -118,12 +111,12 @@ static void lcd_factory_settings() { 500 #endif ; - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(float3, MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH, &toolchange_settings.swap_length, 0, max_extrude); - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(float3, MSG_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH, &toolchange_settings.extra_prime, 0, max_extrude); - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(int4, MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD, &toolchange_settings.retract_speed, 10, 5400); - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(int4, MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD, &toolchange_settings.prime_speed, 10, 5400); + EDIT_ITEM(float3, MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH, &toolchange_settings.swap_length, 0, max_extrude); + EDIT_ITEM(float3, MSG_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH, &toolchange_settings.extra_prime, 0, max_extrude); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(int4, MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD, &toolchange_settings.retract_speed, 10, 5400); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(int4, MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD, &toolchange_settings.prime_speed, 10, 5400); #endif - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(float3, MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT, &toolchange_settings.z_raise, 0, 10); + EDIT_ITEM(float3, MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT, &toolchange_settings.z_raise, 0, 10); END_MENU(); } @@ -137,22 +130,22 @@ static void lcd_factory_settings() { auto _recalc_offsets = []{ if (active_extruder && all_axes_known()) { // For the 2nd extruder re-home so the next tool-change gets the new offsets. - queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28")); // In future, we can babystep the 2nd extruder (if active), making homing unnecessary. + queue.inject_P(G28_STR); // In future, we can babystep the 2nd extruder (if active), making homing unnecessary. active_extruder = 0; } }; START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_CONFIGURATION); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_CONFIGURATION); #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float51, MSG_X_OFFSET, &hotend_offset[X_AXIS][1], float(X2_HOME_POS - 25), float(X2_HOME_POS + 25), _recalc_offsets); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float42_52, MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X, &hotend_offset[1].x, float(X2_HOME_POS - 25), float(X2_HOME_POS + 25), _recalc_offsets); #else - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float52sign, MSG_X_OFFSET, &hotend_offset[X_AXIS][1], -99.0, 99.0, _recalc_offsets); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float42_52, MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X, &hotend_offset[1].x, -99.0, 99.0, _recalc_offsets); #endif - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float52sign, MSG_Y_OFFSET, &hotend_offset[Y_AXIS][1], -99.0, 99.0, _recalc_offsets); - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float52sign, MSG_Z_OFFSET, &hotend_offset[Z_AXIS][1], Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT, 10.0, _recalc_offsets); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float42_52, MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y, &hotend_offset[1].y, -99.0, 99.0, _recalc_offsets); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float42_52, MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z, &hotend_offset[1].z, Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT, 10.0, _recalc_offsets); #if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_STORE_EEPROM, lcd_store_settings); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_STORE_EEPROM, lcd_store_settings); #endif END_MENU(); } @@ -162,19 +155,19 @@ static void lcd_factory_settings() { void menu_idex() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_CONFIGURATION); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_CONFIGURATION); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK, PSTR("M605 S1\nG28 X\nG1 X100")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK, PSTR("M605 S1\nG28 X\nG1 X100")); const bool need_g28 = !(TEST(axis_known_position, Y_AXIS) && TEST(axis_known_position, Z_AXIS)); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE, need_g28 + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE, need_g28 ? PSTR("M605 S1\nT0\nG28\nM605 S2 X200\nG28 X\nG1 X100") // If Y or Z is not homed, do a full G28 first : PSTR("M605 S1\nT0\nM605 S2 X200\nG28 X\nG1 X100") ); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY, need_g28 + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY, need_g28 ? PSTR("M605 S1\nT0\nG28\nM605 S2 X200\nG28 X\nG1 X100\nM605 S3 X200") // If Y or Z is not homed, do a full G28 first : PSTR("M605 S1\nT0\nM605 S2 X200\nG28 X\nG1 X100\nM605 S3 X200") ); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL, PSTR("M605 S0\nG28 X")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL, PSTR("M605 S0\nG28 X")); END_MENU(); } @@ -202,27 +195,19 @@ static void lcd_factory_settings() { void menu_bltouch() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_CONFIGURATION); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET, bltouch._reset); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST, bltouch._selftest); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY, bltouch._deploy); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW, bltouch._stow); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE, bltouch._set_SW_mode); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_CONFIGURATION); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET, bltouch._reset); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST, bltouch._selftest); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY, bltouch._deploy); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW, bltouch._stow); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE, bltouch._set_SW_mode); #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE, []{ - do_select_screen(PSTR(MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE), PSTR(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), bltouch._set_5V_mode, ui.goto_previous_screen, PSTR(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE)); - }); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE, []{ - do_select_screen(PSTR(MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE), PSTR(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), bltouch._set_OD_mode, ui.goto_previous_screen, PSTR(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE)); - }); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE, bltouch._mode_store); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V, []{ - do_select_screen(PSTR(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V), PSTR(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), bltouch.mode_conv_5V, ui.goto_previous_screen, PSTR(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE)); - }); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD, []{ - do_select_screen(PSTR(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD), PSTR(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), bltouch.mode_conv_OD, ui.goto_previous_screen, PSTR(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE)); - }); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO, bltouch_report); + CONFIRM_ITEM(MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE, MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE, MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL, bltouch._set_5V_mode, ui.goto_previous_screen, GET_TEXT(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE)); + CONFIRM_ITEM(MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE, MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE, MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL, bltouch._set_OD_mode, ui.goto_previous_screen, GET_TEXT(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE)); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE, bltouch._mode_store); + CONFIRM_ITEM(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V, MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V, MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL, bltouch.mode_conv_5V, ui.goto_previous_screen, GET_TEXT(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE)); + CONFIRM_ITEM(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD, MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD, MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL, bltouch.mode_conv_OD, ui.goto_previous_screen, GET_TEXT(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE)); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO, bltouch_report); #endif END_MENU(); } @@ -233,15 +218,33 @@ static void lcd_factory_settings() { void menu_touchmi() { START_MENU(); ui.defer_status_screen(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_CONFIGURATION); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT, PSTR("M851 Z0\nG28\nG1 F200 Z0")); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, lcd_babystep_zoffset); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE, PSTR("M500\nG1 F200 Z10")); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST, PSTR("G28\nG1 F200 Z0")); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_CONFIGURATION); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT, PSTR("M851 Z0\nG28\nG1 F200 Z0")); + SUBMENU(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, lcd_babystep_zoffset); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE, PSTR("M500\nG1 F200 Z10")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST, PSTR("G28\nG1 F200 Z0")); END_MENU(); } #endif +#if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_MENU) + + #include "../../feature/controllerfan.h" + + void menu_controller_fan() { + START_MENU(); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_CONFIGURATION); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(percent, MSG_CONTROLLER_FAN_IDLE_SPEED, &controllerFan.settings.idle_speed, _MAX(1, CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN) - 1, 255); + EDIT_ITEM(bool, MSG_CONTROLLER_FAN_AUTO_ON, &controllerFan.settings.auto_mode); + if (controllerFan.settings.auto_mode) { + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(percent, MSG_CONTROLLER_FAN_SPEED, &controllerFan.settings.active_speed, _MAX(1, CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN) - 1, 255); + EDIT_ITEM(uint16_4, MSG_CONTROLLER_FAN_DURATION, &controllerFan.settings.duration, 0, 4800); + } + END_MENU(); + } + +#endif + #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_MENU) #include "../../feature/caselight.h" @@ -250,9 +253,9 @@ static void lcd_factory_settings() { void menu_case_light() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_CONFIGURATION); - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(uint8, MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS, &case_light_brightness, 0, 255, update_case_light, true); - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(bool, MSG_CASE_LIGHT, (bool*)&case_light_on, update_case_light); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_CONFIGURATION); + EDIT_ITEM(percent, MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS, &case_light_brightness, 0, 255, update_case_light, true); + EDIT_ITEM(bool, MSG_CASE_LIGHT, (bool*)&case_light_on, update_case_light); END_MENU(); } @@ -266,23 +269,23 @@ static void lcd_factory_settings() { void menu_config_retract() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_CONFIGURATION); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_CONFIGURATION); #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(bool, MSG_AUTORETRACT, &fwretract.autoretract_enabled, fwretract.refresh_autoretract); + EDIT_ITEM(bool, MSG_AUTORETRACT, &fwretract.autoretract_enabled, fwretract.refresh_autoretract); #endif - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(float52sign, MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT, &fwretract.settings.retract_length, 0, 100); + EDIT_ITEM(float52sign, MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT, &fwretract.settings.retract_length, 0, 100); #if EXTRUDERS > 1 - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(float52sign, MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP, &fwretract.settings.swap_retract_length, 0, 100); + EDIT_ITEM(float52sign, MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP, &fwretract.settings.swap_retract_length, 0, 100); #endif - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(float3, MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF, &fwretract.settings.retract_feedrate_mm_s, 1, 999); - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(float52sign, MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP, &fwretract.settings.retract_zraise, 0, 999); - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(float52sign, MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER, &fwretract.settings.retract_recover_extra, -100, 100); + EDIT_ITEM(float3, MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF, &fwretract.settings.retract_feedrate_mm_s, 1, 999); + EDIT_ITEM(float52sign, MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP, &fwretract.settings.retract_zraise, 0, 999); + EDIT_ITEM(float52sign, MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER, &fwretract.settings.retract_recover_extra, -100, 100); #if EXTRUDERS > 1 - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(float52sign, MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP, &fwretract.settings.swap_retract_recover_extra, -100, 100); + EDIT_ITEM(float52sign, MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP, &fwretract.settings.swap_retract_recover_extra, -100, 100); #endif - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(float3, MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF, &fwretract.settings.retract_recover_feedrate_mm_s, 1, 999); + EDIT_ITEM(float3, MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF, &fwretract.settings.retract_recover_feedrate_mm_s, 1, 999); #if EXTRUDERS > 1 - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(float3, MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF, &fwretract.settings.swap_retract_recover_feedrate_mm_s, 1, 999); + EDIT_ITEM(float3, MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF, &fwretract.settings.swap_retract_recover_feedrate_mm_s, 1, 999); #endif END_MENU(); } @@ -292,36 +295,21 @@ static void lcd_factory_settings() { #if DISABLED(SLIM_LCD_MENUS) void _menu_configuration_preheat_settings(const uint8_t material) { - #if HOTENDS > 5 - #define MINTEMP_ALL _MIN(HEATER_0_MINTEMP, HEATER_1_MINTEMP, HEATER_2_MINTEMP, HEATER_3_MINTEMP, HEATER_4_MINTEMP, HEATER_5_MINTEMP) - #define MAXTEMP_ALL _MAX(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAXTEMP, HEATER_2_MAXTEMP, HEATER_3_MAXTEMP, HEATER_4_MAXTEMP, HEATER_5_MAXTEMP) - #elif HOTENDS > 4 - #define MINTEMP_ALL _MIN(HEATER_0_MINTEMP, HEATER_1_MINTEMP, HEATER_2_MINTEMP, HEATER_3_MINTEMP, HEATER_4_MINTEMP) - #define MAXTEMP_ALL _MAX(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAXTEMP, HEATER_2_MAXTEMP, HEATER_3_MAXTEMP, HEATER_4_MAXTEMP) - #elif HOTENDS > 3 - #define MINTEMP_ALL _MIN(HEATER_0_MINTEMP, HEATER_1_MINTEMP, HEATER_2_MINTEMP, HEATER_3_MINTEMP) - #define MAXTEMP_ALL _MAX(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAXTEMP, HEATER_2_MAXTEMP, HEATER_3_MAXTEMP) - #elif HOTENDS > 2 - #define MINTEMP_ALL _MIN(HEATER_0_MINTEMP, HEATER_1_MINTEMP, HEATER_2_MINTEMP) - #define MAXTEMP_ALL _MAX(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAXTEMP, HEATER_2_MAXTEMP) - #elif HOTENDS > 1 - #define MINTEMP_ALL _MIN(HEATER_0_MINTEMP, HEATER_1_MINTEMP) - #define MAXTEMP_ALL _MAX(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAXTEMP) - #else - #define MINTEMP_ALL HEATER_0_MINTEMP - #define MAXTEMP_ALL HEATER_0_MAXTEMP - #endif + #define _MINTEMP_ITEM(N) HEATER_##N##_MINTEMP, + #define _MAXTEMP_ITEM(N) HEATER_##N##_MAXTEMP, + #define MINTEMP_ALL _MIN(REPEAT(HOTENDS, _MINTEMP_ITEM) 999) + #define MAXTEMP_ALL _MAX(REPEAT(HOTENDS, _MAXTEMP_ITEM) 0) START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_CONFIGURATION); - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(percent, MSG_FAN_SPEED, &ui.preheat_fan_speed[material], 0, 255); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_CONFIGURATION); + EDIT_ITEM(percent, MSG_FAN_SPEED, &ui.preheat_fan_speed[material], 0, 255); #if HAS_TEMP_HOTEND - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(int3, MSG_NOZZLE, &ui.preheat_hotend_temp[material], MINTEMP_ALL, MAXTEMP_ALL - 15); + EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_NOZZLE, &ui.preheat_hotend_temp[material], MINTEMP_ALL, MAXTEMP_ALL - 15); #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(int3, MSG_BED, &ui.preheat_bed_temp[material], BED_MINTEMP, BED_MAXTEMP - 10); + EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_BED, &ui.preheat_bed_temp[material], BED_MINTEMP, BED_MAXTEMP - 10); #endif #if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_STORE_EEPROM, lcd_store_settings); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_STORE_EEPROM, lcd_store_settings); #endif END_MENU(); } @@ -333,46 +321,50 @@ static void lcd_factory_settings() { void menu_configuration() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_MAIN); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_MAIN); // // Debug Menu when certain options are enabled // #if HAS_DEBUG_MENU - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_DEBUG_MENU, menu_debug); + SUBMENU(MSG_DEBUG_MENU, menu_debug); #endif - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS, menu_advanced_settings); + SUBMENU(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS, menu_advanced_settings); #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, lcd_babystep_zoffset); + SUBMENU(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, lcd_babystep_zoffset); #elif HAS_BED_PROBE - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(float52, MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, &probe_offset[Z_AXIS], Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX); + EDIT_ITEM(LCD_Z_OFFSET_TYPE, MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, &probe.offset.z, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX); + #endif + + // + // Set Fan Controller speed + // + #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_MENU) + SUBMENU(MSG_CONTROLLER_FAN, menu_controller_fan); #endif const bool busy = printer_busy(); if (!busy) { - // - // Delta Calibration - // #if EITHER(DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU, DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE, menu_delta_calibrate); + SUBMENU(MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE, menu_delta_calibrate); #endif #if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_OFFSETS_MENU, menu_tool_offsets); + SUBMENU(MSG_OFFSETS_MENU, menu_tool_offsets); #endif #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_IDEX_MENU, menu_idex); + SUBMENU(MSG_IDEX_MENU, menu_idex); #endif #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_BLTOUCH, menu_bltouch); + SUBMENU(MSG_BLTOUCH, menu_bltouch); #endif #if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE, menu_touchmi); + SUBMENU(MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE, menu_touchmi); #endif } @@ -380,7 +372,7 @@ void menu_configuration() { // Set single nozzle filament retract and prime length // #if EXTRUDERS > 1 - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_TOOL_CHANGE, menu_tool_change); + SUBMENU(MSG_TOOL_CHANGE, menu_tool_change); #endif // @@ -388,42 +380,51 @@ void menu_configuration() { // #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_MENU) #if DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS) - if (PWM_PIN(CASE_LIGHT_PIN)) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_CASE_LIGHT, menu_case_light); + if (true + #if DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) + && PWM_PIN(CASE_LIGHT_PIN) + #endif + ) + SUBMENU(MSG_CASE_LIGHT, menu_case_light); else #endif - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(bool, MSG_CASE_LIGHT, (bool*)&case_light_on, update_case_light); + EDIT_ITEM(bool, MSG_CASE_LIGHT, (bool*)&case_light_on, update_case_light); #endif #if HAS_LCD_CONTRAST - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int3, MSG_CONTRAST, &ui.contrast, LCD_CONTRAST_MIN, LCD_CONTRAST_MAX, ui.refresh_contrast, true); + EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_CONTRAST, &ui.contrast, LCD_CONTRAST_MIN, LCD_CONTRAST_MAX, ui.refresh_contrast, true); #endif #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_RETRACT, menu_config_retract); + SUBMENU(MSG_RETRACT, menu_config_retract); #endif #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(bool, MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR, &runout.enabled, runout.reset); + EDIT_ITEM(bool, MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR, &runout.enabled, runout.reset); #endif #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(bool, MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY, &recovery.enabled, recovery.changed); + EDIT_ITEM(bool, MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY, &recovery.enabled, recovery.changed); #endif #if DISABLED(SLIM_LCD_MENUS) // Preheat configurations - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS, menu_preheat_material1_settings); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS, menu_preheat_material2_settings); + SUBMENU(MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS, menu_preheat_material1_settings); + SUBMENU(MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS, menu_preheat_material2_settings); #endif #if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_STORE_EEPROM, lcd_store_settings); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_STORE_EEPROM, lcd_store_settings); if (!busy) - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_LOAD_EEPROM, lcd_load_settings); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_LOAD_EEPROM, lcd_load_settings); #endif if (!busy) - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE, lcd_factory_settings); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_RESTORE_DEFAULTS, []{ + settings.reset(); + #if HAS_BUZZER + ui.completion_feedback(); + #endif + }); END_MENU(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_custom.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_custom.cpp index ad346e71df..55297a8b92 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_custom.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_custom.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -47,39 +47,85 @@ void _lcd_user_gcode(PGM_P const cmd) { #endif } -#if defined(USER_DESC_1) && defined(USER_GCODE_1) - void lcd_user_gcode_1() { _lcd_user_gcode(PSTR(USER_GCODE_1 _DONE_SCRIPT)); } -#endif -#if defined(USER_DESC_2) && defined(USER_GCODE_2) - void lcd_user_gcode_2() { _lcd_user_gcode(PSTR(USER_GCODE_2 _DONE_SCRIPT)); } -#endif -#if defined(USER_DESC_3) && defined(USER_GCODE_3) - void lcd_user_gcode_3() { _lcd_user_gcode(PSTR(USER_GCODE_3 _DONE_SCRIPT)); } -#endif -#if defined(USER_DESC_4) && defined(USER_GCODE_4) - void lcd_user_gcode_4() { _lcd_user_gcode(PSTR(USER_GCODE_4 _DONE_SCRIPT)); } -#endif -#if defined(USER_DESC_5) && defined(USER_GCODE_5) - void lcd_user_gcode_5() { _lcd_user_gcode(PSTR(USER_GCODE_5 _DONE_SCRIPT)); } -#endif - void menu_user() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_MAIN); - #if defined(USER_DESC_1) && defined(USER_GCODE_1) - MENU_ITEM(function, USER_DESC_1, lcd_user_gcode_1); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_MAIN); + #define HAS_USER_ITEM(N) (defined(USER_DESC_##N) && defined(USER_GCODE_##N)) + #define USER_ITEM(N) ACTION_ITEM_P(PSTR(USER_DESC_##N), []{ _lcd_user_gcode(PSTR(USER_GCODE_##N _DONE_SCRIPT)); }); + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(1) + USER_ITEM(1); #endif - #if defined(USER_DESC_2) && defined(USER_GCODE_2) - MENU_ITEM(function, USER_DESC_2, lcd_user_gcode_2); + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(2) + USER_ITEM(2); #endif - #if defined(USER_DESC_3) && defined(USER_GCODE_3) - MENU_ITEM(function, USER_DESC_3, lcd_user_gcode_3); + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(3) + USER_ITEM(3); #endif - #if defined(USER_DESC_4) && defined(USER_GCODE_4) - MENU_ITEM(function, USER_DESC_4, lcd_user_gcode_4); + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(4) + USER_ITEM(4); #endif - #if defined(USER_DESC_5) && defined(USER_GCODE_5) - MENU_ITEM(function, USER_DESC_5, lcd_user_gcode_5); + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(5) + USER_ITEM(5); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(6) + USER_ITEM(6); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(7) + USER_ITEM(7); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(8) + USER_ITEM(8); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(9) + USER_ITEM(9); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(10) + USER_ITEM(10); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(11) + USER_ITEM(11); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(12) + USER_ITEM(12); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(13) + USER_ITEM(13); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(14) + USER_ITEM(14); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(15) + USER_ITEM(15); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(16) + USER_ITEM(16); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(17) + USER_ITEM(17); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(18) + USER_ITEM(18); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(19) + USER_ITEM(19); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(20) + USER_ITEM(20); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(21) + USER_ITEM(21); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(22) + USER_ITEM(22); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(23) + USER_ITEM(23); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(24) + USER_ITEM(24); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(25) + USER_ITEM(25); #endif END_MENU(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_delta_calibrate.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_delta_calibrate.cpp index b8232ba388..a27e2c9726 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_delta_calibrate.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_delta_calibrate.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -37,34 +37,42 @@ #endif #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #include "../../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" + #include "../../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" #endif -void _man_probe_pt(const float &rx, const float &ry) { - do_blocking_move_to(rx, ry, Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES); - ui.synchronize(); - move_menu_scale = _MAX(PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP, MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT / float(DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT)); - ui.goto_screen(lcd_move_z); +void _man_probe_pt(const xy_pos_t &xy) { + if (!ui.wait_for_move) { + ui.wait_for_move = true; + do_blocking_move_to_xy_z(xy, Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES); + ui.wait_for_move = false; + ui.synchronize(); + move_menu_scale = _MAX(PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP, MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT / float(DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT)); + ui.goto_screen(lcd_move_z); + } } #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) #include "../../gcode/gcode.h" - float lcd_probe_pt(const float &rx, const float &ry) { - _man_probe_pt(rx, ry); + #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) + #include "../../feature/host_actions.h" // for host_prompt_do + #endif + + float lcd_probe_pt(const xy_pos_t &xy) { + _man_probe_pt(xy); KEEPALIVE_STATE(PAUSED_FOR_USER); ui.defer_status_screen(); wait_for_user = true; #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Delta Calibration in progress"), PSTR("Continue")); + host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Delta Calibration in progress"), CONTINUE_STR); #endif #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired(PSTR("Delta Calibration in progress")); + ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired_P(PSTR("Delta Calibration in progress")); #endif while (wait_for_user) idle(); ui.goto_previous_screen_no_defer(); - return current_position[Z_AXIS]; + return current_position.z; } #endif @@ -79,62 +87,65 @@ void _man_probe_pt(const float &rx, const float &ry) { } void _lcd_delta_calibrate_home() { - queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28")); + queue.inject_P(G28_STR); ui.goto_screen(_lcd_calibrate_homing); } - void _goto_tower_x() { _man_probe_pt(cos(RADIANS(210)) * delta_calibration_radius, sin(RADIANS(210)) * delta_calibration_radius); } - void _goto_tower_y() { _man_probe_pt(cos(RADIANS(330)) * delta_calibration_radius, sin(RADIANS(330)) * delta_calibration_radius); } - void _goto_tower_z() { _man_probe_pt(cos(RADIANS( 90)) * delta_calibration_radius, sin(RADIANS( 90)) * delta_calibration_radius); } - void _goto_center() { _man_probe_pt(0,0); } + void _goto_tower_a(const float &a) { + xy_pos_t tower_vec = { cos(RADIANS(a)), sin(RADIANS(a)) }; + _man_probe_pt(tower_vec * delta_calibration_radius()); + } + void _goto_tower_x() { _goto_tower_a(210); } + void _goto_tower_y() { _goto_tower_a(330); } + void _goto_tower_z() { _goto_tower_a( 90); } + void _goto_center() { xy_pos_t ctr{0}; _man_probe_pt(ctr); } #endif -void _recalc_delta_settings() { - #if HAS_LEVELING - reset_bed_level(); // After changing kinematics bed-level data is no longer valid - #endif - recalc_delta_settings(); -} - void lcd_delta_settings() { + auto _recalc_delta_settings = []{ + #if HAS_LEVELING + reset_bed_level(); // After changing kinematics bed-level data is no longer valid + #endif + recalc_delta_settings(); + }; START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE); - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float52sign, MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT, &delta_height, delta_height - 10, delta_height + 10, _recalc_delta_settings); - #define EDIT_ENDSTOP_ADJ(LABEL,N) MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float43, LABEL, &delta_endstop_adj[_AXIS(N)], -5, 5, _recalc_delta_settings) - EDIT_ENDSTOP_ADJ("Ex",A); - EDIT_ENDSTOP_ADJ("Ey",B); - EDIT_ENDSTOP_ADJ("Ez",C); - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float52sign, MSG_DELTA_RADIUS, &delta_radius, delta_radius - 5, delta_radius + 5, _recalc_delta_settings); - #define EDIT_ANGLE_TRIM(LABEL,N) MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float43, LABEL, &delta_tower_angle_trim[_AXIS(N)], -5, 5, _recalc_delta_settings) - EDIT_ANGLE_TRIM("Tx",A); - EDIT_ANGLE_TRIM("Ty",B); - EDIT_ANGLE_TRIM("Tz",C); - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float52sign, MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD, &delta_diagonal_rod, delta_diagonal_rod - 5, delta_diagonal_rod + 5, _recalc_delta_settings); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE); + EDIT_ITEM(float52sign, MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT, &delta_height, delta_height - 10, delta_height + 10, _recalc_delta_settings); + #define EDIT_ENDSTOP_ADJ(LABEL,N) EDIT_ITEM_P(float43, PSTR(LABEL), &delta_endstop_adj.N, -5, 5, _recalc_delta_settings) + EDIT_ENDSTOP_ADJ("Ex", a); + EDIT_ENDSTOP_ADJ("Ey", b); + EDIT_ENDSTOP_ADJ("Ez", c); + EDIT_ITEM(float52sign, MSG_DELTA_RADIUS, &delta_radius, delta_radius - 5, delta_radius + 5, _recalc_delta_settings); + #define EDIT_ANGLE_TRIM(LABEL,N) EDIT_ITEM_P(float43, PSTR(LABEL), &delta_tower_angle_trim.N, -5, 5, _recalc_delta_settings) + EDIT_ANGLE_TRIM("Tx", a); + EDIT_ANGLE_TRIM("Ty", b); + EDIT_ANGLE_TRIM("Tz", c); + EDIT_ITEM(float52sign, MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD, &delta_diagonal_rod, delta_diagonal_rod - 5, delta_diagonal_rod + 5, _recalc_delta_settings); END_MENU(); } void menu_delta_calibrate() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_MAIN); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_MAIN); #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE, PSTR("G33")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE, PSTR("G33")); #if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_STORE_EEPROM, lcd_store_settings); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_LOAD_EEPROM, lcd_load_settings); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_STORE_EEPROM, lcd_store_settings); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_LOAD_EEPROM, lcd_load_settings); #endif #endif - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS, lcd_delta_settings); + SUBMENU(MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS, lcd_delta_settings); #if ENABLED(DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_AUTO_HOME, _lcd_delta_calibrate_home); + SUBMENU(MSG_AUTO_HOME, _lcd_delta_calibrate_home); if (all_axes_homed()) { - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X, _goto_tower_x); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y, _goto_tower_y); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z, _goto_tower_z); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER, _goto_center); + SUBMENU(MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X, _goto_tower_x); + SUBMENU(MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y, _goto_tower_y); + SUBMENU(MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z, _goto_tower_z); + SUBMENU(MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER, _goto_center); } #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_filament.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_filament.cpp index 474e326667..0c8f1f61c8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_filament.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_filament.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -47,32 +47,35 @@ inline PGM_P _change_filament_temp_command() { return PSTR("M701 T%d"); case PAUSE_MODE_UNLOAD_FILAMENT: return _change_filament_temp_extruder >= 0 ? PSTR("M702 T%d") : PSTR("M702 ;%d"); + case PAUSE_MODE_CHANGE_FILAMENT: case PAUSE_MODE_PAUSE_PRINT: default: return PSTR("M600 B0 T%d"); } - return PSTR(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE); + return GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE); } +// Initiate Filament Load/Unload/Change at the specified temperature static void _change_filament_temp(const uint16_t temperature) { char cmd[11]; sprintf_P(cmd, _change_filament_temp_command(), _change_filament_temp_extruder); thermalManager.setTargetHotend(temperature, _change_filament_temp_extruder); lcd_enqueue_one_now(cmd); } -inline void _lcd_change_filament_temp_1_func() { _change_filament_temp(ui.preheat_hotend_temp[0]); } -inline void _lcd_change_filament_temp_2_func() { _change_filament_temp(ui.preheat_hotend_temp[1]); } -inline void _lcd_change_filament_temp_custom_cb() { _change_filament_temp(thermalManager.temp_hotend[_change_filament_temp_extruder].target); } -static PGM_P change_filament_header(const PauseMode mode) { +// +// Menu to choose the temperature and start Filament Change +// + +inline PGM_P change_filament_header(const PauseMode mode) { switch (mode) { case PAUSE_MODE_LOAD_FILAMENT: - return PSTR(MSG_FILAMENTLOAD); + return GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTLOAD); case PAUSE_MODE_UNLOAD_FILAMENT: - return PSTR(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD); + return GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD); default: break; } - return PSTR(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE); + return GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE); } void _menu_temp_filament_op(const PauseMode mode, const int8_t extruder) { @@ -80,59 +83,14 @@ void _menu_temp_filament_op(const PauseMode mode, const int8_t extruder) { _change_filament_temp_extruder = extruder; START_MENU(); if (LCD_HEIGHT >= 4) STATIC_ITEM_P(change_filament_header(mode), SS_CENTER|SS_INVERT); - MENU_BACK(MSG_BACK); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_1, _lcd_change_filament_temp_1_func); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_2, _lcd_change_filament_temp_2_func); - uint16_t max_temp; - switch (extruder) { - default: max_temp = HEATER_0_MAXTEMP; - #if HOTENDS > 1 - case 1: max_temp = HEATER_1_MAXTEMP; break; - #if HOTENDS > 2 - case 2: max_temp = HEATER_2_MAXTEMP; break; - #if HOTENDS > 3 - case 3: max_temp = HEATER_3_MAXTEMP; break; - #if HOTENDS > 4 - case 4: max_temp = HEATER_4_MAXTEMP; break; - #if HOTENDS > 5 - case 5: max_temp = HEATER_5_MAXTEMP; break; - #endif - #endif - #endif - #endif - #endif - } - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int3, MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[_change_filament_temp_extruder].target, EXTRUDE_MINTEMP, max_temp - 15, _lcd_change_filament_temp_custom_cb); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_BACK); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_1, []{ _change_filament_temp(ui.preheat_hotend_temp[0]); }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_2, []{ _change_filament_temp(ui.preheat_hotend_temp[1]); }); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(int3, MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[_change_filament_temp_extruder].target, EXTRUDE_MINTEMP, heater_maxtemp[extruder] - 15, []{ + _change_filament_temp(thermalManager.temp_hotend[_change_filament_temp_extruder].target); + }); END_MENU(); } -#if E_STEPPERS - void menu_temp_e0_filament_change() { _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_PAUSE_PRINT, 0); } - void menu_temp_e0_filament_load() { _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_LOAD_FILAMENT, 0); } - void menu_temp_e0_filament_unload() { _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, 0); } - #if E_STEPPERS > 1 - void menu_temp_e1_filament_change() { _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_PAUSE_PRINT, 1); } - void menu_temp_e1_filament_load() { _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_LOAD_FILAMENT, 1); } - void menu_temp_e1_filament_unload() { _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, 1); } - #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS) - void menu_unload_filament_all_temp() { _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, -1); } - #endif - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - void menu_temp_e2_filament_change() { _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_PAUSE_PRINT, 2); } - void menu_temp_e2_filament_load() { _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_LOAD_FILAMENT, 2); } - void menu_temp_e2_filament_unload() { _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, 2); } - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - void menu_temp_e3_filament_change() { _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_PAUSE_PRINT, 3); } - void menu_temp_e3_filament_load() { _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_LOAD_FILAMENT, 3); } - void menu_temp_e3_filament_unload() { _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, 3); } - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - void menu_temp_e4_filament_change() { _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_PAUSE_PRINT, 4); } - void menu_temp_e4_filament_load() { _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_LOAD_FILAMENT, 4); } - void menu_temp_e4_filament_unload() { _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, 4); } - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 1 -#endif // E_STEPPERS /** * @@ -142,169 +100,93 @@ void _menu_temp_filament_op(const PauseMode mode, const int8_t extruder) { #if E_STEPPERS > 1 || ENABLED(FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES) void menu_change_filament() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_MAIN); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_MAIN); + + // Say "filament change" when no print is active + editable.int8 = printingIsPaused() ? PAUSE_MODE_PAUSE_PRINT : PAUSE_MODE_CHANGE_FILAMENT; // Change filament #if E_STEPPERS == 1 - PGM_P msg0 = PSTR(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE); + PGM_P const msg = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE); if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(active_extruder)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg0, menu_temp_e0_filament_change); + SUBMENU_P(msg, []{ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_CHANGE_FILAMENT, 0); }); else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg0, PSTR("M600 B0")); + GCODES_ITEM_P(msg, PSTR("M600 B0")); #else - PGM_P msg0 = PSTR(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE " " MSG_E1); - PGM_P msg1 = PSTR(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE " " MSG_E2); - if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(0)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg0, menu_temp_e0_filament_change); - else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg0, PSTR("M600 B0 T0")); - if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(1)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg1, menu_temp_e1_filament_change); - else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg1, PSTR("M600 B0 T1")); - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - PGM_P msg2 = PSTR(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE " " MSG_E3); - if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(2)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg2, menu_temp_e2_filament_change); - else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg2, PSTR("M600 B0 T2")); - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - PGM_P msg3 = PSTR(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE " " MSG_E4); - if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(3)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg3, menu_temp_e3_filament_change); - else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg3, PSTR("M600 B0 T3")); - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - PGM_P msg4 = PSTR(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE " " MSG_E5); - if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(4)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg4, menu_temp_e4_filament_change); - else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg4, PSTR("M600 B0 T4")); - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - PGM_P msg5 = PSTR(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE " " MSG_E6); - if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(5)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg5, menu_temp_e5_filament_change); - else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg5, PSTR("M600 B0 T5")); - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 - #endif // E_STEPPERS == 1 + PGM_P const msg = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E); + LOOP_L_N(s, E_STEPPERS) { + if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(s)) + SUBMENU_N_P(s, msg, []{ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_CHANGE_FILAMENT, MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); + else { + ACTION_ITEM_N_P(s, msg, []{ + char cmd[13]; + sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("M600 B0 T%i"), int(MenuItemBase::itemIndex)); + lcd_enqueue_one_now(cmd); + }); + } + } + #endif #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES) if (!printer_busy()) { // Load filament #if E_STEPPERS == 1 - PGM_P msg0 = PSTR(MSG_FILAMENTLOAD); + PGM_P const msg_load = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTLOAD); if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(active_extruder)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg0, menu_temp_e0_filament_load); + SUBMENU_P(msg_load, []{ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_LOAD_FILAMENT, 0); }); else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg0, PSTR("M701")); + GCODES_ITEM_P(msg_load, PSTR("M701")); #else - PGM_P msg0 = PSTR(MSG_FILAMENTLOAD " " MSG_E1); - PGM_P msg1 = PSTR(MSG_FILAMENTLOAD " " MSG_E2); - if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(0)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg0, menu_temp_e0_filament_load); - else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg0, PSTR("M701 T0")); - if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(1)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg1, menu_temp_e1_filament_load); - else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg1, PSTR("M701 T1")); - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - PGM_P msg2 = PSTR(MSG_FILAMENTLOAD " " MSG_E3); - if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(2)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg2, menu_temp_e2_filament_load); - else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg2, PSTR("M701 T2")); - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - PGM_P msg3 = PSTR(MSG_FILAMENTLOAD " " MSG_E4); - if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(3)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg3, menu_temp_e3_filament_load); - else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg3, PSTR("M701 T3")); - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - PGM_P msg4 = PSTR(MSG_FILAMENTLOAD " " MSG_E5); - if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(4)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg4, menu_temp_e4_filament_load); - else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg4, PSTR("M701 T4")); - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - PGM_P msg5 = PSTR(MSG_FILAMENTLOAD " " MSG_E6); - if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(5)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg5, menu_temp_e5_filament_load); - else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg5, PSTR("M701 T5")); - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 - #endif // E_STEPPERS == 1 + PGM_P const msg_load = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E); + LOOP_L_N(s, E_STEPPERS) { + if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(s)) + SUBMENU_N_P(s, msg_load, []{ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_LOAD_FILAMENT, MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); + else { + ACTION_ITEM_N_P(s, msg_load, []{ + char cmd[12]; + sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("M701 T%i"), int(MenuItemBase::itemIndex)); + lcd_enqueue_one_now(cmd); + }); + } + } + #endif // Unload filament #if E_STEPPERS == 1 - if (thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(active_extruder)) - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD, PSTR("M702")); + PGM_P const msg_unload = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD); + if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(active_extruder)) + SUBMENU_P(msg_unload, []{ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, 0); }); else - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD, menu_temp_e0_filament_unload); + GCODES_ITEM_P(msg_unload, PSTR("M702")); #else #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS) - if (thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(0) - #if E_STEPPERS > 1 - && thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(1) - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - && thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(2) - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - && thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(3) - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - && thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(4) - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - && thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(5) - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 1 - ) - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL, PSTR("M702")); - else - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL, menu_unload_filament_all_temp); - #endif - if (thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(0)) - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD " " MSG_E1, PSTR("M702 T0")); - else - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD " " MSG_E1, menu_temp_e0_filament_unload); - if (thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(1)) - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD " " MSG_E2, PSTR("M702 T1")); - else - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD " " MSG_E2, menu_temp_e1_filament_unload); - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - if (thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(2)) - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD " " MSG_E3, PSTR("M702 T2")); + { + bool too_cold = false; + LOOP_L_N(s, E_STEPPERS) { + if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(s)) { + too_cold = true; break; + } + } + if (!too_cold) + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL, PSTR("M702")); else - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD " " MSG_E3, menu_temp_e2_filament_unload); - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - if (thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(3)) - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD " " MSG_E4, PSTR("M702 T3")); - else - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD " " MSG_E4, menu_temp_e3_filament_unload); - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - if (thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(4)) - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD " " MSG_E5, PSTR("M702 T4")); - else - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD " " MSG_E5, menu_temp_e4_filament_unload); - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - if (thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(5)) - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD " " MSG_E6, PSTR("M702 T5")); - else - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD " " MSG_E6, menu_temp_e5_filament_unload); - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 - #endif // E_STEPPERS == 1 - } + SUBMENU(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL, []{ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, -1); }); + } + #endif + PGM_P const msg_unload = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E); + LOOP_L_N(s, E_STEPPERS) { + if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(s)) + SUBMENU_N_P(s, msg_unload, []{ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); + else { + ACTION_ITEM_N_P(s, msg_unload, []{ + char cmd[12]; + sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("M702 T%i"), int(MenuItemBase::itemIndex)); + lcd_enqueue_one_now(cmd); + }); + } + } + #endif + } // !printer_busy #endif END_MENU(); @@ -315,20 +197,22 @@ static uint8_t hotend_status_extruder = 0; static PGM_P pause_header() { switch (pause_mode) { + case PAUSE_MODE_CHANGE_FILAMENT: + return GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER); case PAUSE_MODE_LOAD_FILAMENT: - return PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD); + return GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD); case PAUSE_MODE_UNLOAD_FILAMENT: - return PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD); + return GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_UNLOAD); default: break; } - return PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE); + return GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE); } // Portions from STATIC_ITEM... #define HOTEND_STATUS_ITEM() do { \ if (_menuLineNr == _thisItemNr) { \ if (ui.should_draw()) { \ - draw_menu_item_static(_lcdLineNr, PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE), SS_INVERT); \ + MenuItem_static::draw(_lcdLineNr, GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE), SS_INVERT); \ ui.draw_hotend_status(_lcdLineNr, hotend_status_extruder); \ } \ if (_skipStatic && encoderLine <= _thisItemNr) { \ @@ -340,163 +224,59 @@ static PGM_P pause_header() { ++_thisItemNr; \ }while(0) -void lcd_pause_resume_print() { - pause_menu_response = PAUSE_RESPONSE_RESUME_PRINT; -} - -void lcd_pause_extrude_more() { - pause_menu_response = PAUSE_RESPONSE_EXTRUDE_MORE; -} - void menu_pause_option() { START_MENU(); #if LCD_HEIGHT > 2 STATIC_ITEM(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER); #endif - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE, lcd_pause_extrude_more); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE, []{ pause_menu_response = PAUSE_RESPONSE_EXTRUDE_MORE; }); #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR if (runout.filament_ran_out) - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(bool, MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR, &runout.enabled, runout.reset); - else + EDIT_ITEM(bool, MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR, &runout.enabled, runout.reset); #endif - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME, lcd_pause_resume_print); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME, []{ pause_menu_response = PAUSE_RESPONSE_RESUME_PRINT; }); END_MENU(); } // // ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE message screens // +// Warning: msg must have three null bytes to delimit lines! +// +void _lcd_pause_message(PGM_P const msg) { + PGM_P const msg1 = msg; + PGM_P const msg2 = msg1 + strlen_P(msg1) + 1; + PGM_P const msg3 = msg2 + strlen_P(msg2) + 1; + const bool has2 = msg2[0], has3 = msg3[0], + skip1 = !has2 && (LCD_HEIGHT) >= 5; -void _lcd_pause_message(PGM_P const msg1, PGM_P const msg2=nullptr, PGM_P const msg3=nullptr) { START_SCREEN(); - STATIC_ITEM_P(pause_header(), SS_CENTER|SS_INVERT); - STATIC_ITEM_P(msg1); - if (msg2) STATIC_ITEM_P(msg2); - if (msg3 && (LCD_HEIGHT) >= 5) STATIC_ITEM_P(msg3); - if ((!!msg2) + (!!msg3) + 2 < (LCD_HEIGHT) - 1) STATIC_ITEM(" "); - HOTEND_STATUS_ITEM(); + STATIC_ITEM_P(pause_header(), SS_CENTER|SS_INVERT); // 1: Header + if (skip1) SKIP_ITEM(); // Move a single-line message down + STATIC_ITEM_P(msg1); // 2: Message Line 1 + if (has2) STATIC_ITEM_P(msg2); // 3: Message Line 2 + if (has3 && (LCD_HEIGHT) >= 5) STATIC_ITEM_P(msg3); // 4: Message Line 3 (if LCD has 5 lines) + if (skip1 + 1 + has2 + has3 < (LCD_HEIGHT) - 2) SKIP_ITEM(); // Push Hotend Status down, if needed + HOTEND_STATUS_ITEM(); // 5: Hotend Status END_SCREEN(); } -void lcd_pause_pausing_message() { - _lcd_pause_message(PSTR(MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT_1) - #ifdef MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT_2 - , PSTR(MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT_2) - #ifdef MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT_3 - , PSTR(MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT_3) - #endif - #endif - ); -} - -void lcd_pause_changing_message() { - _lcd_pause_message(PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1) - #ifdef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 - , PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2) - #ifdef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_3 - , PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_3) - #endif - #endif - ); -} - -void lcd_pause_unload_message() { - _lcd_pause_message(PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1) - #ifdef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 - , PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2) - #ifdef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_3 - , PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_3) - #endif - #endif - ); -} - -void lcd_pause_heating_message() { - _lcd_pause_message(PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1) - #ifdef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_2 - , PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_2) - #ifdef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_3 - , PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_3) - #endif - #endif - ); -} - -void lcd_pause_heat_message() { - _lcd_pause_message(PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1) - #ifdef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_2 - , PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_2) - #ifdef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_3 - , PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_3) - #endif - #endif - ); -} - -void lcd_pause_insert_message() { - _lcd_pause_message(PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1) - #ifdef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 - , PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2) - #ifdef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3 - , PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3) - #endif - #endif - ); -} - -void lcd_pause_load_message() { - _lcd_pause_message(PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1) - #ifdef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 - , PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2) - #ifdef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_3 - , PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_3) - #endif - #endif - ); -} - -void lcd_pause_waiting_message() { - _lcd_pause_message(PSTR(MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_1) - #ifdef MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_2 - , PSTR(MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_2) - #ifdef MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_3 - , PSTR(MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING_3) - #endif - #endif - ); -} - -void lcd_pause_resume_message() { - _lcd_pause_message(PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1) - #ifdef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 - , PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2) - #ifdef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_3 - , PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_3) - #endif - #endif - ); -} +void lcd_pause_pausing_message() { _lcd_pause_message(GET_TEXT(MSG_PAUSE_PRINT_INIT)); } +void lcd_pause_changing_message() { _lcd_pause_message(GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT)); } +void lcd_pause_unload_message() { _lcd_pause_message(GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD)); } +void lcd_pause_heating_message() { _lcd_pause_message(GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING)); } +void lcd_pause_heat_message() { _lcd_pause_message(GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT)); } +void lcd_pause_insert_message() { _lcd_pause_message(GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT)); } +void lcd_pause_load_message() { _lcd_pause_message(GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD)); } +void lcd_pause_waiting_message() { _lcd_pause_message(GET_TEXT(MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING)); } +void lcd_pause_resume_message() { _lcd_pause_message(GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME)); } void lcd_pause_purge_message() { - _lcd_pause_message( - #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE) - PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_1) - #ifdef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_2 - , PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_2) - #ifdef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_3 - , PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE_3) - #endif - #endif - #else - PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_1) - #ifdef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_2 - , PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_2) - #ifdef MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_3 - , PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE_3) - #endif - #endif - #endif - ); + #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE) + _lcd_pause_message(GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_CONT_PURGE)); + #else + _lcd_pause_message(GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_PURGE)); + #endif } FORCE_INLINE screenFunc_t ap_message_screen(const PauseMessage message) { diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_game.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_game.cpp index 36b7f18314..c2ac9f62a9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_game.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_game.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -29,18 +29,24 @@ void menu_game() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_MAIN); + BACK_ITEM( + #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) + MSG_INFO_MENU + #else + MSG_MAIN + #endif + ); #if ENABLED(MARLIN_BRICKOUT) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_BRICKOUT, brickout.enter_game); + SUBMENU(MSG_BRICKOUT, brickout.enter_game); #endif #if ENABLED(MARLIN_INVADERS) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_INVADERS, invaders.enter_game); + SUBMENU(MSG_INVADERS, invaders.enter_game); #endif #if ENABLED(MARLIN_SNAKE) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_SNAKE, snake.enter_game); + SUBMENU(MSG_SNAKE, snake.enter_game); #endif #if ENABLED(MARLIN_MAZE) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MAZE, maze.enter_game); + SUBMENU(MSG_MAZE, maze.enter_game); #endif END_MENU(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_info.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_info.cpp index 7732bd7eb6..284c3eb1a5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_info.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_info.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ #include "game/game.h" #endif -#define STATIC_PAIR(MSG, VALUE, STYL) do{ strcpy_P(buffer, PSTR(": ")); strcpy(buffer + 2, VALUE); STATIC_ITEM(MSG, STYL, buffer); }while(0) -#define STATIC_PAIR_P(MSG, PVALUE, STYL) do{ strcpy_P(buffer, PSTR(": ")); strcpy_P(buffer + 2, PSTR(PVALUE)); STATIC_ITEM(MSG, STYL, buffer); }while(0) +#define VALUE_ITEM(MSG, VALUE, STYL) do{ strcpy_P(buffer, PSTR(": ")); strcpy(buffer + 2, VALUE); STATIC_ITEM(MSG, STYL, buffer); }while(0) +#define VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG, PVALUE, STYL) do{ strcpy_P(buffer, PSTR(": ")); strcpy_P(buffer + 2, PSTR(PVALUE)); STATIC_ITEM(MSG, STYL, buffer); }while(0) #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) @@ -45,43 +45,43 @@ // About Printer > Printer Stats // void menu_info_stats() { - if (ui.use_click()) return ui.goto_previous_screen( - #if ENABLED(TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM) - true - #endif - ); + if (ui.use_click()) return ui.go_back(); - char buffer[21]; // for STATIC_PAIR_P + char buffer[21]; // For macro usage printStatistics stats = print_job_timer.getStats(); START_SCREEN(); // 12345678901234567890 - STATIC_PAIR(MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT, i16tostr3left(stats.totalPrints), SS_LEFT); // Print Count: 999 - STATIC_PAIR(MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS, i16tostr3left(stats.finishedPrints), SS_LEFT); // Completed : 666 + VALUE_ITEM(MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT, i16tostr3left(stats.totalPrints), SS_LEFT); // Print Count: 999 + VALUE_ITEM(MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS, i16tostr3left(stats.finishedPrints), SS_LEFT); // Completed : 666 - STATIC_PAIR_P(MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME, "", SS_LEFT); // Total print Time: - STATIC_ITEM("> ", SS_LEFT, duration_t(stats.printTime).toString(buffer)); // > 99y 364d 23h 59m 59s + STATIC_ITEM(MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME, SS_LEFT); // Total print Time: + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR("> "), SS_LEFT, duration_t(stats.printTime).toString(buffer)); // > 99y 364d 23h 59m 59s - STATIC_PAIR_P(MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST, "", SS_LEFT); // Longest job time: - STATIC_ITEM("> ", SS_LEFT, duration_t(stats.longestPrint).toString(buffer)); // > 99y 364d 23h 59m 59s + STATIC_ITEM(MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST, SS_LEFT); // Longest job time: + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR("> "), SS_LEFT, duration_t(stats.longestPrint).toString(buffer)); // > 99y 364d 23h 59m 59s - STATIC_PAIR_P(MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT, "", SS_LEFT); // Extruded total: + STATIC_ITEM(MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT, SS_LEFT); // Extruded total: sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("%ld.%im"), long(stats.filamentUsed / 1000), int16_t(stats.filamentUsed / 100) % 10); - STATIC_ITEM("> ", SS_LEFT, buffer); // > 125m + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR("> "), SS_LEFT, buffer); // > 125m + + #if SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 > 0 || SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 > 0 || SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 > 0 + strcpy_P(buffer, GET_TEXT(MSG_SERVICE_IN)); + #endif #if SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 > 0 - STATIC_ITEM(SERVICE_NAME_1 MSG_SERVICE_IN, SS_LEFT); // Service X in: - STATIC_ITEM("> ", SS_LEFT, duration_t(stats.nextService1).toString(buffer)); // > 7d 12h 11m 10s + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR(SERVICE_NAME_1 " "), SS_LEFT, buffer); // Service X in: + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR("> "), SS_LEFT, duration_t(stats.nextService1).toString(buffer)); // > 7d 12h 11m 10s #endif #if SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 > 0 - STATIC_ITEM(SERVICE_NAME_2 MSG_SERVICE_IN, SS_LEFT); - STATIC_ITEM("> ", SS_LEFT, duration_t(stats.nextService2).toString(buffer)); + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR(SERVICE_NAME_2 " "), SS_LEFT, buffer); + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR("> "), SS_LEFT, duration_t(stats.nextService2).toString(buffer)); #endif #if SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 > 0 - STATIC_ITEM(SERVICE_NAME_3 MSG_SERVICE_IN, SS_LEFT); - STATIC_ITEM("> ", SS_LEFT, duration_t(stats.nextService3).toString(buffer)); + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR(SERVICE_NAME_3 " "), SS_LEFT, buffer); + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR("> "), SS_LEFT, duration_t(stats.nextService3).toString(buffer)); #endif END_SCREEN(); @@ -93,76 +93,134 @@ // About Printer > Thermistors // void menu_info_thermistors() { - if (ui.use_click()) return ui.goto_previous_screen( - #if ENABLED(TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM) - true - #endif - ); + if (ui.use_click()) return ui.go_back(); - char buffer[21]; // for STATIC_PAIR_P + char buffer[21]; // For macro usage START_SCREEN(); + #if EXTRUDERS #define THERMISTOR_ID TEMP_SENSOR_0 #include "../thermistornames.h" - STATIC_ITEM("T0: " THERMISTOR_NAME, SS_INVERT); - STATIC_PAIR_P(MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_0_MINTEMP), SS_LEFT); - STATIC_PAIR_P(MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP), SS_LEFT); + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR(LCD_STR_E0 ": " THERMISTOR_NAME), SS_INVERT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_0_MINTEMP), SS_LEFT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP), SS_LEFT); #endif #if TEMP_SENSOR_1 != 0 #undef THERMISTOR_ID #define THERMISTOR_ID TEMP_SENSOR_1 #include "../thermistornames.h" - STATIC_ITEM("T1: " THERMISTOR_NAME, SS_INVERT); - STATIC_PAIR_P(MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_1_MINTEMP), SS_LEFT); - STATIC_PAIR_P(MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_1_MAXTEMP), SS_LEFT); + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR(LCD_STR_E1 ": " THERMISTOR_NAME), SS_INVERT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_1_MINTEMP), SS_LEFT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_1_MAXTEMP), SS_LEFT); #endif #if TEMP_SENSOR_2 != 0 #undef THERMISTOR_ID #define THERMISTOR_ID TEMP_SENSOR_2 #include "../thermistornames.h" - STATIC_ITEM("T2: " THERMISTOR_NAME, SS_INVERT); - STATIC_PAIR_P(MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_2_MINTEMP), SS_LEFT); - STATIC_PAIR_P(MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_2_MAXTEMP), SS_LEFT); + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR(LCD_STR_E2 ": " THERMISTOR_NAME), SS_INVERT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_2_MINTEMP), SS_LEFT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_2_MAXTEMP), SS_LEFT); #endif #if TEMP_SENSOR_3 != 0 #undef THERMISTOR_ID #define THERMISTOR_ID TEMP_SENSOR_3 #include "../thermistornames.h" - STATIC_ITEM("T3: " THERMISTOR_NAME, SS_INVERT); - STATIC_PAIR_P(MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_3_MINTEMP), SS_LEFT); - STATIC_PAIR_P(MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_3_MAXTEMP), SS_LEFT); + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR(LCD_STR_E3 ": " THERMISTOR_NAME), SS_INVERT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_3_MINTEMP), SS_LEFT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_3_MAXTEMP), SS_LEFT); #endif #if TEMP_SENSOR_4 != 0 #undef THERMISTOR_ID #define THERMISTOR_ID TEMP_SENSOR_4 #include "../thermistornames.h" - STATIC_ITEM("T4: " THERMISTOR_NAME, SS_INVERT); - STATIC_PAIR_P(MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_4_MINTEMP), SS_LEFT); - STATIC_PAIR_P(MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_4_MAXTEMP), SS_LEFT); + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR(LCD_STR_E4 ": " THERMISTOR_NAME), SS_INVERT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_4_MINTEMP), SS_LEFT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_4_MAXTEMP), SS_LEFT); #endif #if TEMP_SENSOR_5 != 0 #undef THERMISTOR_ID #define THERMISTOR_ID TEMP_SENSOR_5 #include "../thermistornames.h" - STATIC_ITEM("T5: " THERMISTOR_NAME, SS_INVERT); - STATIC_PAIR_P(MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_5_MINTEMP), SS_LEFT); - STATIC_PAIR_P(MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_5_MAXTEMP), SS_LEFT); + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR(LCD_STR_E5 ": " THERMISTOR_NAME), SS_INVERT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_5_MINTEMP), SS_LEFT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_5_MAXTEMP), SS_LEFT); + #endif + + #if TEMP_SENSOR_6 != 0 + #undef THERMISTOR_ID + #define THERMISTOR_ID TEMP_SENSOR_6 + #include "../thermistornames.h" + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR(LCD_STR_E6 ": " THERMISTOR_NAME), SS_INVERT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_6_MINTEMP), SS_LEFT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_6_MAXTEMP), SS_LEFT); + #endif + + #if TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 + #undef THERMISTOR_ID + #define THERMISTOR_ID TEMP_SENSOR_7 + #include "../thermistornames.h" + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR(LCD_STR_E7 ": " THERMISTOR_NAME), SS_INVERT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_7_MINTEMP), SS_LEFT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_7_MAXTEMP), SS_LEFT); + #endif + + #if EXTRUDERS + { + STATIC_ITEM( + #if WATCH_HOTENDS + MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_ON + #else + MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_OFF + #endif + , SS_LEFT + ); + } #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED + { #undef THERMISTOR_ID #define THERMISTOR_ID TEMP_SENSOR_BED #include "../thermistornames.h" - STATIC_ITEM("TBed:" THERMISTOR_NAME, SS_INVERT); - STATIC_PAIR_P(MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP, STRINGIFY(BED_MINTEMP), SS_LEFT); - STATIC_PAIR_P(MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP, STRINGIFY(BED_MAXTEMP), SS_LEFT); + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR("BED:" THERMISTOR_NAME), SS_INVERT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP, STRINGIFY(BED_MINTEMP), SS_LEFT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP, STRINGIFY(BED_MAXTEMP), SS_LEFT); + STATIC_ITEM( + #if WATCH_BED + MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_ON + #else + MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_OFF + #endif + , SS_LEFT + ); + } #endif + + #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER + { + #undef THERMISTOR_ID + #define THERMISTOR_ID TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER + #include "../thermistornames.h" + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR("CHAM:" THERMISTOR_NAME), SS_INVERT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP, STRINGIFY(CHAMBER_MINTEMP), SS_LEFT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP, STRINGIFY(CHAMBER_MAXTEMP), SS_LEFT); + STATIC_ITEM( + #if WATCH_CHAMBER + MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_ON + #else + MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_OFF + #endif + , SS_LEFT + ); + } + #endif + END_SCREEN(); } @@ -170,22 +228,18 @@ void menu_info_thermistors() { // About Printer > Board Info // void menu_info_board() { - if (ui.use_click()) return ui.goto_previous_screen( - #if ENABLED(TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM) - true - #endif - ); + if (ui.use_click()) return ui.go_back(); - char buffer[21]; // for STATIC_PAIR_P + char buffer[21]; // For macro usage START_SCREEN(); - STATIC_ITEM(BOARD_INFO_NAME, SS_CENTER|SS_INVERT); // MyPrinterController + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR(BOARD_INFO_NAME), SS_CENTER|SS_INVERT); // MyPrinterController #ifdef BOARD_WEBSITE_URL - STATIC_ITEM(BOARD_WEBSITE_URL, SS_LEFT); // www.my3dprinter.com + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR(BOARD_WEBSITE_URL), SS_LEFT); // www.my3dprinter.com #endif - STATIC_PAIR_P(MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE, STRINGIFY(BAUDRATE), SS_CENTER); // Baud: 250000 - STATIC_PAIR_P(MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL, PROTOCOL_VERSION, SS_CENTER); // Protocol: 1.0 - STATIC_PAIR_P(MSG_INFO_PSU, PSU_NAME, SS_CENTER); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE, STRINGIFY(BAUDRATE), SS_CENTER); // Baud: 250000 + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL, PROTOCOL_VERSION, SS_CENTER); // Protocol: 1.0 + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_PSU, PSU_NAME, SS_CENTER); END_SCREEN(); } @@ -209,18 +263,15 @@ void menu_info_board() { #else void menu_info_printer() { - if (ui.use_click()) return ui.goto_previous_screen( - #if ENABLED(TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM) - true - #endif - ); + if (ui.use_click()) return ui.go_back(); START_SCREEN(); STATIC_ITEM(MSG_MARLIN, SS_CENTER|SS_INVERT); // Marlin - STATIC_ITEM(SHORT_BUILD_VERSION); // x.x.x-Branch - STATIC_ITEM(STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE); // YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM - STATIC_ITEM(MACHINE_NAME); // My3DPrinter - STATIC_ITEM(WEBSITE_URL); // www.my3dprinter.com - STATIC_ITEM(MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS ": " STRINGIFY(EXTRUDERS)); // Extruders: 2 + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR(SHORT_BUILD_VERSION)); // x.x.x-Branch + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR(STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE)); // YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR(MACHINE_NAME)); // My3DPrinter + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR(WEBSITE_URL)); // www.my3dprinter.com + char buffer[21]; + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS, STRINGIFY(EXTRUDERS), SS_CENTER); // Extruders: 2 #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) STATIC_ITEM(MSG_3POINT_LEVELING); // 3-Point Leveling #elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) @@ -242,9 +293,9 @@ void menu_info_board() { // void menu_info() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_MAIN); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_MAIN); #if ENABLED(LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU, ( + SUBMENU(MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU, ( #if ENABLED(SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN) menu_show_custom_bootscreen #else @@ -252,36 +303,39 @@ void menu_info() { #endif )); #else - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU, menu_info_printer); // Printer Info > - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU, menu_info_board); // Board Info > + SUBMENU(MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU, menu_info_printer); // Printer Info > + SUBMENU(MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU, menu_info_board); // Board Info > #if EXTRUDERS - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU, menu_info_thermistors); // Thermistors > + SUBMENU(MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU, menu_info_thermistors); // Thermistors > #endif #endif #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU, menu_info_stats); // Printer Stats > + SUBMENU(MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU, menu_info_stats); // Printer Stats > #endif #if HAS_GAMES #if ENABLED(GAMES_EASTER_EGG) - MENU_ITEM_DUMMY(); - MENU_ITEM_DUMMY(); - MENU_ITEM_DUMMY(); + SKIP_ITEM(); + SKIP_ITEM(); + SKIP_ITEM(); #endif - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_GAMES, ( - #if HAS_GAME_MENU - menu_game - #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_BRICKOUT) - brickout.enter_game - #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_INVADERS) - invaders.enter_game - #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_SNAKE) - snake.enter_game - #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_MAZE) - maze.enter_game - #endif - )); + // Game sub-menu or the individual game + { + SUBMENU( + #if HAS_GAME_MENU + MSG_GAMES, menu_game + #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_BRICKOUT) + MSG_BRICKOUT, brickout.enter_game + #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_INVADERS) + MSG_INVADERS, invaders.enter_game + #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_SNAKE) + MSG_SNAKE, snake.enter_game + #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_MAZE) + MSG_MAZE, maze.enter_game + #endif + ); + } #endif END_MENU(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_job_recovery.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_job_recovery.cpp index 449251d9b2..31db50fe23 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_job_recovery.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_job_recovery.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -31,16 +31,15 @@ #include "menu.h" #include "../../gcode/queue.h" #include "../../sd/cardreader.h" -#include "../../feature/power_loss_recovery.h" +#include "../../feature/powerloss.h" static void lcd_power_loss_recovery_resume() { ui.return_to_status(); queue.inject_P(PSTR("M1000")); } -static void lcd_power_loss_recovery_cancel() { - card.removeJobRecoveryFile(); - card.autostart_index = 0; +void lcd_power_loss_recovery_cancel() { + recovery.cancel(); ui.return_to_status(); } @@ -50,8 +49,8 @@ void menu_job_recovery() { ui.defer_status_screen(); START_MENU(); STATIC_ITEM(MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_RESUME_PRINT, lcd_power_loss_recovery_resume); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_STOP_PRINT, lcd_power_loss_recovery_cancel); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_RESUME_PRINT, lcd_power_loss_recovery_resume); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_STOP_PRINT, lcd_power_loss_recovery_cancel); END_MENU(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_led.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_led.cpp index 5ccac8a0ee..b9e75422bc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_led.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_led.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -38,15 +38,15 @@ #if LCD_HEIGHT > 2 STATIC_ITEM(MSG_LED_PRESETS, SS_CENTER|SS_INVERT); #endif - MENU_BACK(MSG_LED_CONTROL); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE, leds.set_white); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_SET_LEDS_RED, leds.set_red); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE, leds.set_orange); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW,leds.set_yellow); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN, leds.set_green); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE, leds.set_blue); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO, leds.set_indigo); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET, leds.set_violet); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_LED_CONTROL); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE, leds.set_white); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_SET_LEDS_RED, leds.set_red); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE, leds.set_orange); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW,leds.set_yellow); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN, leds.set_green); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE, leds.set_blue); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO, leds.set_indigo); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET, leds.set_violet); END_MENU(); } @@ -54,14 +54,14 @@ void menu_led_custom() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_LED_CONTROL); - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(uint8, MSG_INTENSITY_R, &leds.color.r, 0, 255, leds.update, true); - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(uint8, MSG_INTENSITY_G, &leds.color.g, 0, 255, leds.update, true); - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(uint8, MSG_INTENSITY_B, &leds.color.b, 0, 255, leds.update, true); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_LED_CONTROL); + EDIT_ITEM(uint8, MSG_INTENSITY_R, &leds.color.r, 0, 255, leds.update, true); + EDIT_ITEM(uint8, MSG_INTENSITY_G, &leds.color.g, 0, 255, leds.update, true); + EDIT_ITEM(uint8, MSG_INTENSITY_B, &leds.color.b, 0, 255, leds.update, true); #if EITHER(RGBW_LED, NEOPIXEL_LED) - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(uint8, MSG_INTENSITY_W, &leds.color.w, 0, 255, leds.update, true); + EDIT_ITEM(uint8, MSG_INTENSITY_W, &leds.color.w, 0, 255, leds.update, true); #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(uint8, MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS, &leds.color.i, 0, 255, leds.update, true); + EDIT_ITEM(uint8, MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS, &leds.color.i, 0, 255, leds.update, true); #endif #endif END_MENU(); @@ -69,14 +69,14 @@ void menu_led_custom() { void menu_led() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_MAIN); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_MAIN); bool led_on = leds.lights_on; - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(bool, MSG_LEDS, &led_on, leds.toggle); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT, leds.set_default); + EDIT_ITEM(bool, MSG_LEDS, &led_on, leds.toggle); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT, leds.set_default); #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_LED_PRESETS, menu_led_presets); + SUBMENU(MSG_LED_PRESETS, menu_led_presets); #endif - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS, menu_led_custom); + SUBMENU(MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS, menu_led_custom); END_MENU(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_main.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_main.cpp index df43a09c72..d98670922c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_main.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_main.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -42,12 +42,6 @@ #define MACHINE_CAN_STOP (EITHER(SDSUPPORT, HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) || defined(ACTION_ON_CANCEL)) #define MACHINE_CAN_PAUSE (ANY(SDSUPPORT, HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT, PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE) || defined(ACTION_ON_PAUSE)) -#if MACHINE_CAN_STOP - void menu_abort_confirm() { - do_select_screen(PSTR(MSG_BUTTON_STOP), PSTR(MSG_BACK), ui.abort_print, ui.goto_previous_screen, PSTR(MSG_STOP_PRINT), nullptr, PSTR("?")); - } -#endif // MACHINE_CAN_STOP - #if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) #include "../../lcd/menu/menu_mmu2.h" #endif @@ -62,7 +56,7 @@ void menu_configuration(); #endif #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - void menu_temp_e0_filament_change(); + void _menu_temp_filament_op(const PauseMode, const int8_t); void menu_change_filament(); #endif @@ -83,23 +77,13 @@ void menu_configuration(); void menu_mixer(); #endif -#if HAS_SERVICE_INTERVALS - #if SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 > 0 - void menu_service1(); - #endif - #if SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 > 0 - void menu_service2(); - #endif - #if SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 > 0 - void menu_service3(); - #endif -#endif +extern const char M21_STR[]; void menu_main() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_WATCH); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_INFO_SCREEN); - const bool busy = IS_SD_PRINTING() || print_job_timer.isRunning() + const bool busy = printingIsActive() #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) , card_detected = card.isMounted() , card_open = card_detected && card.isFileOpen() @@ -108,28 +92,38 @@ void menu_main() { if (busy) { #if MACHINE_CAN_PAUSE - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PAUSE_PRINT, ui.pause_print); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PAUSE_PRINT, ui.pause_print); #endif #if MACHINE_CAN_STOP - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_STOP_PRINT, menu_abort_confirm); + SUBMENU(MSG_STOP_PRINT, []{ + MenuItem_confirm::select_screen( + GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_STOP), GET_TEXT(MSG_BACK), + ui.abort_print, ui.goto_previous_screen, + GET_TEXT(MSG_STOP_PRINT), (PGM_P)nullptr, PSTR("?") + ); + }); #endif - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_TUNE, menu_tune); + SUBMENU(MSG_TUNE, menu_tune); } else { + #if !HAS_ENCODER_WHEEL && ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + + // *** IF THIS SECTION IS CHANGED, REPRODUCE BELOW *** + // // Autostart // #if ENABLED(MENU_ADDAUTOSTART) - if (!busy) MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_AUTOSTART, card.beginautostart); + if (!busy) ACTION_ITEM(MSG_AUTOSTART, card.beginautostart); #endif if (card_detected) { if (!card_open) { - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MEDIA_MENU, menu_media); + SUBMENU(MSG_MEDIA_MENU, menu_media); MENU_ITEM(gcode, #if PIN_EXISTS(SD_DETECT) - MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA, PSTR("M21") + MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA, M21_STR #else MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA, PSTR("M22") #endif @@ -138,135 +132,163 @@ void menu_main() { } else { #if PIN_EXISTS(SD_DETECT) - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_NO_MEDIA, nullptr); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_NO_MEDIA, nullptr); #else - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_INIT_MEDIA, PSTR("M21")); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED, nullptr); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA, M21_STR); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED, nullptr); #endif } + #endif // !HAS_ENCODER_WHEEL && SDSUPPORT #if MACHINE_CAN_PAUSE - const bool paused = (print_job_timer.isPaused() - #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - || card.isPaused() - #endif - ); - if (paused) MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_RESUME_PRINT, ui.resume_print); + if (printingIsPaused()) ACTION_ITEM(MSG_RESUME_PRINT, ui.resume_print); #endif - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOTION, menu_motion); + SUBMENU(MSG_MOTION, menu_motion); } #if HAS_CUTTER - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_CUTTER(MENU), menu_spindle_laser); + SUBMENU(MSG_CUTTER(MENU), menu_spindle_laser); #endif - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_TEMPERATURE, menu_temperature); + SUBMENU(MSG_TEMPERATURE, menu_temperature); #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MIXER, menu_mixer); + SUBMENU(MSG_MIXER, menu_mixer); #endif #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - if (!busy) MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MMU2_MENU, menu_mmu2); + if (!busy) SUBMENU(MSG_MMU2_MENU, menu_mmu2); #endif - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_CONFIGURATION, menu_configuration); + SUBMENU(MSG_CONFIGURATION, menu_configuration); #if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_USER_MENU, menu_user); + #ifdef CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE + SUBMENU_P(PSTR(CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE), menu_user); + #else + SUBMENU(MSG_USER_MENU, menu_user); + #endif #endif #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) #if E_STEPPERS == 1 && DISABLED(FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES) if (thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(active_extruder)) - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE, PSTR("M600 B0")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE, PSTR("M600 B0")); else - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE, menu_temp_e0_filament_change); + SUBMENU(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE, []{ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_CHANGE_FILAMENT, 0); }); #else - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE, menu_change_filament); + SUBMENU(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE, menu_change_filament); #endif #endif #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_INFO_MENU, menu_info); + SUBMENU(MSG_INFO_MENU, menu_info); #endif #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_LED_CONTROL, menu_led); + SUBMENU(MSG_LED_CONTROL, menu_led); #endif // // Switch power on/off // - #if HAS_POWER_SWITCH + #if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) if (powersupply_on) - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF, PSTR("M81")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF, PSTR("M81")); else - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON, PSTR("M80")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON, PSTR("M80")); #endif #if HAS_ENCODER_WHEEL && ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + + // *** IF THIS SECTION IS CHANGED, REPRODUCE ABOVE *** + // // Autostart // #if ENABLED(MENU_ADDAUTOSTART) - if (!busy) MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_AUTOSTART, card.beginautostart); + if (!busy) ACTION_ITEM(MSG_AUTOSTART, card.beginautostart); #endif if (card_detected) { if (!card_open) { MENU_ITEM(gcode, #if PIN_EXISTS(SD_DETECT) - MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA, PSTR("M21") + MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA, M21_STR #else MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA, PSTR("M22") #endif ); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MEDIA_MENU, menu_media); + SUBMENU(MSG_MEDIA_MENU, menu_media); } } else { #if PIN_EXISTS(SD_DETECT) - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_NO_MEDIA, nullptr); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_NO_MEDIA, nullptr); #else - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_INIT_MEDIA, PSTR("M21")); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED, nullptr); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_ATTACH_MEDIA, M21_STR); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED, nullptr); #endif } + #endif // HAS_ENCODER_WHEEL && SDSUPPORT #if HAS_SERVICE_INTERVALS + static auto _service_reset = [](const int index) { + print_job_timer.resetServiceInterval(index); + #if HAS_BUZZER + ui.completion_feedback(); + #endif + ui.reset_status(); + ui.return_to_status(); + }; #if SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 > 0 - MENU_ITEM(submenu, SERVICE_NAME_1, menu_service1); + CONFIRM_ITEM_P(PSTR(SERVICE_NAME_1), + MSG_BUTTON_RESET, MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL, + []{ _service_reset(1); }, ui.goto_previous_screen, + GET_TEXT(MSG_SERVICE_RESET), F(SERVICE_NAME_1), PSTR("?") + ); #endif #if SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 > 0 - MENU_ITEM(submenu, SERVICE_NAME_2, menu_service2); + CONFIRM_ITEM_P(PSTR(SERVICE_NAME_2), + MSG_BUTTON_RESET, MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL, + []{ _service_reset(2); }, ui.goto_previous_screen, + GET_TEXT(MSG_SERVICE_RESET), F(SERVICE_NAME_2), PSTR("?") + ); #endif #if SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 > 0 - MENU_ITEM(submenu, SERVICE_NAME_3, menu_service3); + CONFIRM_ITEM_P(PSTR(SERVICE_NAME_3), + MSG_BUTTON_RESET, MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL, + []{ _service_reset(3); }, ui.goto_previous_screen, + GET_TEXT(MSG_SERVICE_RESET), F(SERVICE_NAME_3), PSTR("?") + ); #endif #endif #if HAS_GAMES && DISABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) #if ENABLED(GAMES_EASTER_EGG) - MENU_ITEM_DUMMY(); - MENU_ITEM_DUMMY(); + SKIP_ITEM(); + SKIP_ITEM(); + SKIP_ITEM(); #endif - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_GAMES, ( - #if HAS_GAME_MENU - menu_game - #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_BRICKOUT) - brickout.enter_game - #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_INVADERS) - invaders.enter_game - #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_SNAKE) - snake.enter_game - #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_MAZE) - maze.enter_game - #endif - )); + // Game sub-menu or the individual game + { + SUBMENU( + #if HAS_GAME_MENU + MSG_GAMES, menu_game + #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_BRICKOUT) + MSG_BRICKOUT, brickout.enter_game + #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_INVADERS) + MSG_INVADERS, invaders.enter_game + #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_SNAKE) + MSG_SNAKE, snake.enter_game + #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_MAZE) + MSG_MAZE, maze.enter_game + #endif + ); + } #endif END_MENU(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_media.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_media.cpp index b11963b173..4e68894add 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_media.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_media.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -31,17 +31,10 @@ #include "menu.h" #include "../../sd/cardreader.h" -#if !PIN_EXISTS(SD_DETECT) - void lcd_sd_refresh() { - encoderTopLine = 0; - card.mount(); - } -#endif - void lcd_sd_updir() { - ui.encoderPosition = card.updir() ? ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM : 0; + ui.encoderPosition = card.cdup() ? ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM : 0; encoderTopLine = 0; - screen_changed = true; + ui.screen_changed = true; ui.refresh(); } @@ -59,7 +52,7 @@ void lcd_sd_updir() { // safe_delay(50); // ui.synchronize(); // ui.refresh(LCDVIEW_CALL_REDRAW_NEXT); - // ui.drawing_screen = screen_changed = true; + // ui.drawing_screen = ui.screen_changed = true; //#endif goto_screen(menu_media, sd_encoder_position, sd_top_line, sd_items); @@ -79,25 +72,12 @@ inline void sdcard_start_selected_file() { ui.reset_status(); } -#if ENABLED(SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START) - - void menu_sd_confirm() { - char * const longest = card.longest_filename(); - char buffer[strlen(longest) + 2]; - buffer[0] = ' '; - strcpy(buffer + 1, longest); - do_select_screen( - PSTR(MSG_BUTTON_PRINT), PSTR(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), - sdcard_start_selected_file, ui.goto_previous_screen, - PSTR(MSG_START_PRINT), buffer, PSTR("?") - ); - } - -#endif - -class MenuItem_sdfile { +class MenuItem_sdfile : public MenuItem_sdbase { public: - static void action(CardReader &) { + static inline void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, CardReader &theCard) { + MenuItem_sdbase::draw(sel, row, pstr, theCard, false); + } + static void action(PGM_P const pstr, CardReader &) { #if ENABLED(SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE) // Save menu state for the selected file sd_encoder_position = ui.encoderPosition; @@ -105,20 +85,34 @@ class MenuItem_sdfile { sd_items = screen_items; #endif #if ENABLED(SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START) - MenuItem_submenu::action(menu_sd_confirm); + MenuItem_submenu::action(pstr, []{ + char * const longest = card.longest_filename(); + char buffer[strlen(longest) + 2]; + buffer[0] = ' '; + strcpy(buffer + 1, longest); + MenuItem_confirm::select_screen( + GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_PRINT), GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), + sdcard_start_selected_file, ui.goto_previous_screen, + GET_TEXT(MSG_START_PRINT), buffer, PSTR("?") + ); + }); #else sdcard_start_selected_file(); + UNUSED(pstr); #endif } }; -class MenuItem_sdfolder { +class MenuItem_sdfolder : public MenuItem_sdbase { public: - static void action(CardReader &theCard) { - card.chdir(theCard.filename); + static inline void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, CardReader &theCard) { + MenuItem_sdbase::draw(sel, row, pstr, theCard, true); + } + static void action(PGM_P const, CardReader &theCard) { + card.cd(theCard.filename); encoderTopLine = 0; ui.encoderPosition = 2 * (ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM); - screen_changed = true; + ui.screen_changed = true; #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD ui.drawing_screen = false; #endif @@ -137,14 +131,14 @@ void menu_media() { #endif START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_MAIN); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_MAIN); if (card.flag.workDirIsRoot) { #if !PIN_EXISTS(SD_DETECT) - MENU_ITEM(function, LCD_STR_REFRESH MSG_REFRESH, lcd_sd_refresh); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_REFRESH, []{ encoderTopLine = 0; card.mount(); }); #endif } else if (card.isMounted()) - MENU_ITEM(function, LCD_STR_FOLDER "..", lcd_sd_updir); + ACTION_ITEM_P(PSTR(LCD_STR_FOLDER ".."), lcd_sd_updir); if (ui.should_draw()) for (uint16_t i = 0; i < fileCnt; i++) { if (_menuLineNr == _thisItemNr) { @@ -162,7 +156,7 @@ void menu_media() { MENU_ITEM(sdfile, MSG_MEDIA_MENU, card); } else { - MENU_ITEM_DUMMY(); + SKIP_ITEM(); } } END_MENU(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mixer.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mixer.cpp index cd23282044..7230320fa2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mixer.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mixer.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -29,11 +29,9 @@ #if HAS_LCD_MENU && ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) #include "menu.h" -#include "../../feature/mixing.h" +#include "menu_addon.h" -#include "../dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h" -#include "../ultralcd.h" -#include "../lcdprint.h" +#include "../../feature/mixing.h" #define CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING !DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER @@ -43,16 +41,17 @@ ui.defer_status_screen(); ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLY(true); if (ui.encoderPosition != 0) { - mixer.gradient.start_z += float(int16_t(ui.encoderPosition)) * 0.1; + mixer.gradient.start_z += float(int32_t(ui.encoderPosition)) * 0.1; ui.encoderPosition = 0; NOLESS(mixer.gradient.start_z, 0); NOMORE(mixer.gradient.start_z, Z_MAX_POS); } if (ui.should_draw()) { char tmp[21]; - sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR(MSG_START_Z ": %4d.%d mm"), int(mixer.gradient.start_z), int(mixer.gradient.start_z * 10) % 10); + strcpy_P(tmp, GET_TEXT(MSG_START_Z)); + sprintf_P(tmp + strlen(tmp), PSTR(": %4d.%d mm"), int(mixer.gradient.start_z), int(mixer.gradient.start_z * 10) % 10); SETCURSOR(2, (LCD_HEIGHT - 1) / 2); - LCDPRINT(tmp); + lcd_put_u8str(tmp); } if (ui.lcd_clicked) { @@ -67,7 +66,7 @@ ui.defer_status_screen(); ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLY(true); if (ui.encoderPosition != 0) { - mixer.gradient.end_z += float(int16_t(ui.encoderPosition)) * 0.1; + mixer.gradient.end_z += float(int32_t(ui.encoderPosition)) * 0.1; ui.encoderPosition = 0; NOLESS(mixer.gradient.end_z, 0); NOMORE(mixer.gradient.end_z, Z_MAX_POS); @@ -75,9 +74,10 @@ if (ui.should_draw()) { char tmp[21]; - sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR(MSG_END_Z ": %4d.%d mm"), int(mixer.gradient.end_z), int(mixer.gradient.end_z * 10) % 10); + strcpy_P(tmp, GET_TEXT(MSG_END_Z)); + sprintf_P(tmp + strlen(tmp), PSTR(": %4d.%d mm"), int(mixer.gradient.end_z), int(mixer.gradient.end_z * 10) % 10); SETCURSOR(2, (LCD_HEIGHT - 1) / 2); - LCDPRINT(tmp); + lcd_put_u8str(tmp); } if (ui.lcd_clicked) { @@ -90,27 +90,27 @@ void lcd_mixer_edit_gradient_menu() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_MIXER); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_MIXER); - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int8, MSG_START_VTOOL, &mixer.gradient.start_vtool, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1, mixer.refresh_gradient); - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int8, MSG_END_VTOOL, &mixer.gradient.end_vtool, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1, mixer.refresh_gradient); + EDIT_ITEM(int8, MSG_START_VTOOL, &mixer.gradient.start_vtool, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1, mixer.refresh_gradient); + EDIT_ITEM(int8, MSG_END_VTOOL, &mixer.gradient.end_vtool, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1, mixer.refresh_gradient); #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL) - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int8, MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS, &mixer.gradient.vtool_index, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1, mixer.refresh_gradient); + EDIT_ITEM(int8, MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS, &mixer.gradient.vtool_index, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1, mixer.refresh_gradient); #endif char tmp[18]; - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_START_Z ":", lcd_mixer_gradient_z_start_edit); + SUBMENU(MSG_START_Z, lcd_mixer_gradient_z_start_edit); MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(9); sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("%4d.%d mm"), int(mixer.gradient.start_z), int(mixer.gradient.start_z * 10) % 10); - LCDPRINT(tmp); + lcd_put_u8str(tmp); MENU_ITEM_ADDON_END(); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_END_Z ":", lcd_mixer_gradient_z_end_edit); + SUBMENU(MSG_END_Z, lcd_mixer_gradient_z_end_edit); MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(9); sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("%4d.%d mm"), int(mixer.gradient.end_z), int(mixer.gradient.end_z * 10) % 10); - LCDPRINT(tmp); + lcd_put_u8str(tmp); MENU_ITEM_ADDON_END(); END_MENU(); @@ -122,10 +122,10 @@ static uint8_t v_index; #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER void _lcd_draw_mix(const uint8_t y) { - char tmp[21]; - sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR(MSG_MIX ": %3d%% %3d%%"), int(mixer.mix[0]), int(mixer.mix[1])); - SETCURSOR(2, y); - LCDPRINT(tmp); + char tmp[20]; // "100%_100%" + sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("%3d%% %3d%%"), int(mixer.mix[0]), int(mixer.mix[1])); + SETCURSOR(2, y); lcd_put_u8str_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_MIX)); + SETCURSOR_RJ(9, y); lcd_put_u8str(tmp); } #endif @@ -156,34 +156,11 @@ void _lcd_mixer_select_vtool() { void lcd_mixer_mix_edit() { - #if CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING - - #define EDIT_COLOR(N) MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(float52, MSG_MIX_COMPONENT " " STRINGIFY(N), &mixer.collector[N-1], 0, 10); - - START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_MIXER); - EDIT_COLOR(1); - EDIT_COLOR(2); - #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 2 - EDIT_COLOR(3); - #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 3 - EDIT_COLOR(4); - #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 4 - EDIT_COLOR(5); - #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 5 - EDIT_COLOR(6); - #endif - #endif - #endif - #endif - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_CYCLE_MIX, _lcd_mixer_cycle_mix); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL, _lcd_mixer_commit_vtool); - END_MENU(); - - #elif DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER + #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER && !CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING + // Adjust 2-channel mix from the encoder if (ui.encoderPosition != 0) { - mixer.mix[0] += int16_t(ui.encoderPosition); + mixer.mix[0] += int32_t(ui.encoderPosition); ui.encoderPosition = 0; if (mixer.mix[0] < 0) mixer.mix[0] += 101; if (mixer.mix[0] > 100) mixer.mix[0] -= 101; @@ -191,6 +168,7 @@ void lcd_mixer_mix_edit() { } _lcd_draw_mix((LCD_HEIGHT - 1) / 2); + // Click to commit the change if (ui.lcd_clicked) { mixer.update_vtool_from_mix(); ui.goto_previous_screen(); @@ -199,7 +177,18 @@ void lcd_mixer_mix_edit() { #else START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_MIXER); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_MIXER); + + #if CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING + + LOOP_S_LE_N(n, 1, MIXING_STEPPERS) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(float42_52, n, MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_N, &mixer.collector[n-1], 0, 10); + + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_CYCLE_MIX, _lcd_mixer_cycle_mix); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL, _lcd_mixer_commit_vtool); + + #endif + END_MENU(); #endif @@ -245,28 +234,12 @@ void lcd_mixer_mix_edit() { } #endif -// -// Reset All V-Tools -// -void menu_mixer_vtools_reset_confirm() { - do_select_screen( - PSTR(MSG_BUTTON_RESET), PSTR(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), - []{ - mixer.reset_vtools(); - LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_VTOOLS_RESET); - ui.return_to_status(); - }, - ui.goto_previous_screen, - PSTR(MSG_RESET_VTOOLS), nullptr, PSTR("?") - ); -} - void menu_mixer() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_MAIN); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_MAIN); v_index = mixer.get_current_vtool(); - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(uint8, MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL, &v_index, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1, _lcd_mixer_select_vtool + EDIT_ITEM(uint8, MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL, &v_index, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1, _lcd_mixer_select_vtool #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER , true #endif @@ -275,29 +248,41 @@ void menu_mixer() { #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER { char tmp[10]; - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MIX, lcd_mixer_mix_edit); + SUBMENU(MSG_MIX, lcd_mixer_mix_edit); MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(10); mixer.update_mix_from_vtool(); sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("%3d;%3d%%"), int(mixer.mix[0]), int(mixer.mix[1])); - LCDPRINT(tmp); + lcd_put_u8str(tmp); MENU_ITEM_ADDON_END(); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_TOGGLE_MIX, _lcd_mixer_toggle_mix); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_TOGGLE_MIX, _lcd_mixer_toggle_mix); } #else - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MIX, _lcd_goto_mix_edit); + SUBMENU(MSG_MIX, _lcd_goto_mix_edit); #endif - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_RESET_VTOOLS, menu_mixer_vtools_reset_confirm); + // + // Reset All V-Tools + // + CONFIRM_ITEM(MSG_RESET_VTOOLS, + MSG_BUTTON_RESET, MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL, + []{ + mixer.reset_vtools(); + LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_VTOOLS_RESET); + ui.return_to_status(); + }, + ui.goto_previous_screen, + GET_TEXT(MSG_RESET_VTOOLS), (PGM_P)nullptr, PSTR("?") + ); #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) { char tmp[13]; - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_GRADIENT, lcd_mixer_edit_gradient_menu); + SUBMENU(MSG_GRADIENT, lcd_mixer_edit_gradient_menu); MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(10); sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("T%i->T%i"), mixer.gradient.start_vtool, mixer.gradient.end_vtool); - LCDPRINT(tmp); + lcd_put_u8str(tmp); MENU_ITEM_ADDON_END(); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT, _lcd_mixer_reverse_gradient); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT, _lcd_mixer_reverse_gradient); } #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mmu2.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mmu2.cpp index 9a0908961e..e2f5e8d658 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mmu2.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mmu2.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ #if HAS_LCD_MENU && ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) -#include "../../feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.h" +#include "../../feature/mmu2/mmu2.h" #include "menu_mmu2.h" #include "menu.h" @@ -38,57 +38,39 @@ bool mmuMenuWait; void _mmu2_load_filamentToNozzle(uint8_t index) { ui.reset_status(); ui.return_to_status(); - ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT), int(index + 1)); + ui.status_printf_P(0, GET_TEXT(MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT), int(index + 1)); if (mmu2.load_filament_to_nozzle(index)) ui.reset_status(); } -inline void action_mmu2_load_filament_to_nozzl_e(const uint8_t tool) { +inline void action_mmu2_load_filament_to_nozzle(const uint8_t tool) { _mmu2_load_filamentToNozzle(tool); ui.return_to_status(); } -inline void action_mmu2_load_filament_to_nozzle_0() { action_mmu2_load_filament_to_nozzl_e(0); } -inline void action_mmu2_load_filament_to_nozzle_1() { action_mmu2_load_filament_to_nozzl_e(1); } -inline void action_mmu2_load_filament_to_nozzle_2() { action_mmu2_load_filament_to_nozzl_e(2); } -inline void action_mmu2_load_filament_to_nozzle_3() { action_mmu2_load_filament_to_nozzl_e(3); } -inline void action_mmu2_load_filament_to_nozzle_4() { action_mmu2_load_filament_to_nozzl_e(4); } void _mmu2_load_filament(uint8_t index) { ui.return_to_status(); - ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT), int(index + 1)); + ui.status_printf_P(0, GET_TEXT(MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT), int(index + 1)); mmu2.load_filament(index); ui.reset_status(); } void action_mmu2_load_all() { - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < EXTRUDERS; i++) + LOOP_L_N(i, EXTRUDERS) _mmu2_load_filament(i); ui.return_to_status(); } -inline void action_mmu2_load_filament_0() { _mmu2_load_filament(0); } -inline void action_mmu2_load_filament_1() { _mmu2_load_filament(1); } -inline void action_mmu2_load_filament_2() { _mmu2_load_filament(2); } -inline void action_mmu2_load_filament_3() { _mmu2_load_filament(3); } -inline void action_mmu2_load_filament_4() { _mmu2_load_filament(4); } void menu_mmu2_load_filament() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_MMU2_MENU); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_ALL, action_mmu2_load_all); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT0, action_mmu2_load_filament_0); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT1, action_mmu2_load_filament_1); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT2, action_mmu2_load_filament_2); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT3, action_mmu2_load_filament_3); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT4, action_mmu2_load_filament_4); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_MENU); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_ALL, action_mmu2_load_all); + LOOP_L_N(i, 5) ACTION_ITEM_N(i, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N, []{ _mmu2_load_filament(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); END_MENU(); } void menu_mmu2_load_to_nozzle() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_MMU2_MENU); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT0, action_mmu2_load_filament_to_nozzle_0); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT1, action_mmu2_load_filament_to_nozzle_1); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT2, action_mmu2_load_filament_to_nozzle_2); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT3, action_mmu2_load_filament_to_nozzle_3); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT4, action_mmu2_load_filament_to_nozzle_4); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_MENU); + LOOP_L_N(i, 5) ACTION_ITEM_N(i, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N, []{ action_mmu2_load_filament_to_nozzle(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); END_MENU(); } @@ -99,14 +81,9 @@ void menu_mmu2_load_to_nozzle() { void _mmu2_eject_filament(uint8_t index) { ui.reset_status(); ui.return_to_status(); - ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT), int(index + 1)); + ui.status_printf_P(0, GET_TEXT(MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT), int(index + 1)); if (mmu2.eject_filament(index, true)) ui.reset_status(); } -inline void action_mmu2_eject_filament_0() { _mmu2_eject_filament(0); } -inline void action_mmu2_eject_filament_1() { _mmu2_eject_filament(1); } -inline void action_mmu2_eject_filament_2() { _mmu2_eject_filament(2); } -inline void action_mmu2_eject_filament_3() { _mmu2_eject_filament(3); } -inline void action_mmu2_eject_filament_4() { _mmu2_eject_filament(4); } void action_mmu2_unload_filament() { ui.reset_status(); @@ -118,12 +95,8 @@ void action_mmu2_unload_filament() { void menu_mmu2_eject_filament() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_MMU2_MENU); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT0, action_mmu2_eject_filament_0); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT1, action_mmu2_eject_filament_1); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT2, action_mmu2_eject_filament_2); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT3, action_mmu2_eject_filament_3); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT4, action_mmu2_eject_filament_4); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_MENU); + LOOP_L_N(i, 5) ACTION_ITEM_N(i, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N, []{ _mmu2_eject_filament(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); END_MENU(); } @@ -138,12 +111,12 @@ void action_mmu2_reset() { void menu_mmu2() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_MAIN); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MMU2_LOAD_FILAMENT, menu_mmu2_load_filament); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE, menu_mmu2_load_to_nozzle); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT, menu_mmu2_eject_filament); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, action_mmu2_unload_filament); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_RESET, action_mmu2_reset); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_MAIN); + SUBMENU(MSG_MMU2_LOAD_FILAMENT, menu_mmu2_load_filament); + SUBMENU(MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE, menu_mmu2_load_to_nozzle); + SUBMENU(MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT, menu_mmu2_eject_filament); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, action_mmu2_unload_filament); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_RESET, action_mmu2_reset); END_MENU(); } @@ -155,22 +128,13 @@ inline void action_mmu2_choose(const uint8_t tool) { currentTool = tool; mmuMenuWait = false; } -inline void action_mmu2_choose0() { action_mmu2_choose(0); } -inline void action_mmu2_choose1() { action_mmu2_choose(1); } -inline void action_mmu2_choose2() { action_mmu2_choose(2); } -inline void action_mmu2_choose3() { action_mmu2_choose(3); } -inline void action_mmu2_choose4() { action_mmu2_choose(4); } void menu_mmu2_choose_filament() { START_MENU(); #if LCD_HEIGHT > 2 STATIC_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_CHOOSE_FILAMENT_HEADER, SS_CENTER|SS_INVERT); #endif - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT0, action_mmu2_choose0); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT1, action_mmu2_choose1); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT2, action_mmu2_choose2); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT3, action_mmu2_choose3); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT4, action_mmu2_choose4); + LOOP_L_N(i, 5) ACTION_ITEM_N(i, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N, []{ action_mmu2_choose(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); END_MENU(); } @@ -178,21 +142,16 @@ void menu_mmu2_choose_filament() { // MMU2 Filament Runout // -inline void action_mmu2_M600_load_current_filament() { mmu2.load_filament(currentTool); } -inline void action_mmu2_M600_load_current_filament_to_nozzle() { mmu2.load_filament_to_nozzle(currentTool); } -inline void action_mmu2_M600_unload_filament() { mmu2.unload(); } -inline void action_mmu2_M600_resume() { mmuMenuWait = false; } - void menu_mmu2_pause() { currentTool = mmu2.get_current_tool(); START_MENU(); #if LCD_HEIGHT > 2 - STATIC_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER, SS_CENTER|SS_INVERT); + STATIC_ITEM(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER, SS_CENTER|SS_INVERT); #endif - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_RESUME, action_mmu2_M600_resume); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, action_mmu2_M600_unload_filament); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_LOAD_FILAMENT, action_mmu2_M600_load_current_filament); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE, action_mmu2_M600_load_current_filament_to_nozzle); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_RESUME, []{ mmuMenuWait = false; }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, []{ mmu2.unload(); }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_LOAD_FILAMENT, []{ mmu2.load_filament(currentTool); }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE, []{ mmu2.load_filament_to_nozzle(currentTool); }); END_MENU(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mmu2.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mmu2.h index 0f47092655..0221b4c765 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mmu2.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mmu2.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_motion.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_motion.cpp index 2a75c2693d..b7f57c8146 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_motion.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_motion.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -29,12 +29,7 @@ #if HAS_LCD_MENU #include "menu.h" - -#include "../lcdprint.h" - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - #include "../dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h" -#endif +#include "menu_addon.h" #include "../../module/motion.h" @@ -79,7 +74,7 @@ inline void manual_move_to_current(AxisEnum axis // "Motion" > "Move Axis" submenu // -static void _lcd_move_xyz(PGM_P name, AxisEnum axis) { +static void _lcd_move_xyz(PGM_P const name, const AxisEnum axis) { if (ui.use_click()) return ui.goto_previous_screen_no_defer(); if (ui.encoderPosition && !ui.processing_manual_move) { @@ -92,26 +87,26 @@ static void _lcd_move_xyz(PGM_P name, AxisEnum axis) { if (soft_endstops_enabled) switch (axis) { case X_AXIS: #if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X) - min = soft_endstop[X_AXIS].min; + min = soft_endstop.min.x; #endif #if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X) - max = soft_endstop[X_AXIS].max; + max = soft_endstop.max.x; #endif break; case Y_AXIS: #if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y) - min = soft_endstop[Y_AXIS].min; + min = soft_endstop.min.y; #endif #if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y) - max = soft_endstop[Y_AXIS].max; + max = soft_endstop.max.y; #endif break; case Z_AXIS: #if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z) - min = soft_endstop[Z_AXIS].min; + min = soft_endstop.min.z; #endif #if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z) - max = soft_endstop[Z_AXIS].max; + max = soft_endstop.max.z; #endif default: break; } @@ -127,16 +122,16 @@ static void _lcd_move_xyz(PGM_P name, AxisEnum axis) { #endif // Get the new position - const float diff = float(int16_t(ui.encoderPosition)) * move_menu_scale; + const float diff = float(int32_t(ui.encoderPosition)) * move_menu_scale; #if IS_KINEMATIC manual_move_offset += diff; - if (int16_t(ui.encoderPosition) < 0) + if (int32_t(ui.encoderPosition) < 0) NOLESS(manual_move_offset, min - current_position[axis]); else NOMORE(manual_move_offset, max - current_position[axis]); #else current_position[axis] += diff; - if (int16_t(ui.encoderPosition) < 0) + if (int32_t(ui.encoderPosition) < 0) NOLESS(current_position[axis], min); else NOMORE(current_position[axis], max); @@ -152,16 +147,16 @@ static void _lcd_move_xyz(PGM_P name, AxisEnum axis) { + manual_move_offset #endif , axis); - draw_edit_screen(name, move_menu_scale >= 0.1f ? ftostr41sign(pos) : ftostr43sign(pos)); + MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen(name, move_menu_scale >= 0.1f ? ftostr41sign(pos) : ftostr43sign(pos)); } } -void lcd_move_x() { _lcd_move_xyz(PSTR(MSG_MOVE_X), X_AXIS); } -void lcd_move_y() { _lcd_move_xyz(PSTR(MSG_MOVE_Y), Y_AXIS); } -void lcd_move_z() { _lcd_move_xyz(PSTR(MSG_MOVE_Z), Z_AXIS); } +void lcd_move_x() { _lcd_move_xyz(GET_TEXT(MSG_MOVE_X), X_AXIS); } +void lcd_move_y() { _lcd_move_xyz(GET_TEXT(MSG_MOVE_Y), Y_AXIS); } +void lcd_move_z() { _lcd_move_xyz(GET_TEXT(MSG_MOVE_Z), Z_AXIS); } #if E_MANUAL - static void _lcd_move_e( + static void lcd_move_e( #if E_MANUAL > 1 const int8_t eindex=-1 #endif @@ -169,11 +164,11 @@ void lcd_move_z() { _lcd_move_xyz(PSTR(MSG_MOVE_Z), Z_AXIS); } if (ui.use_click()) return ui.goto_previous_screen_no_defer(); if (ui.encoderPosition) { if (!ui.processing_manual_move) { - const float diff = float(int16_t(ui.encoderPosition)) * move_menu_scale; + const float diff = float(int32_t(ui.encoderPosition)) * move_menu_scale; #if IS_KINEMATIC manual_move_offset += diff; #else - current_position[E_AXIS] += diff; + current_position.e += diff; #endif manual_move_to_current(E_AXIS #if E_MANUAL > 1 @@ -185,57 +180,29 @@ void lcd_move_z() { _lcd_move_xyz(PSTR(MSG_MOVE_Z), Z_AXIS); } ui.encoderPosition = 0; } if (ui.should_draw()) { - PGM_P pos_label; - #if E_MANUAL == 1 - pos_label = PSTR(MSG_MOVE_E); - #else - switch (eindex) { - default: pos_label = PSTR(MSG_MOVE_E MSG_MOVE_E1); break; - case 1: pos_label = PSTR(MSG_MOVE_E MSG_MOVE_E2); break; - #if E_MANUAL > 2 - case 2: pos_label = PSTR(MSG_MOVE_E MSG_MOVE_E3); break; - #if E_MANUAL > 3 - case 3: pos_label = PSTR(MSG_MOVE_E MSG_MOVE_E4); break; - #if E_MANUAL > 4 - case 4: pos_label = PSTR(MSG_MOVE_E MSG_MOVE_E5); break; - #if E_MANUAL > 5 - case 5: pos_label = PSTR(MSG_MOVE_E MSG_MOVE_E6); break; - #endif // E_MANUAL > 5 - #endif // E_MANUAL > 4 - #endif // E_MANUAL > 3 - #endif // E_MANUAL > 2 - } - #endif // E_MANUAL > 1 - - draw_edit_screen(pos_label, ftostr41sign(current_position[E_AXIS] - #if IS_KINEMATIC - + manual_move_offset - #endif - #if ENABLED(MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE) - - manual_move_e_origin - #endif - )); - } + #if E_MANUAL > 1 + MenuItemBase::init(eindex); + #endif + MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen( + GET_TEXT( + #if E_MANUAL > 1 + MSG_MOVE_EN + #else + MSG_MOVE_E + #endif + ), + ftostr41sign(current_position.e + #if IS_KINEMATIC + + manual_move_offset + #endif + #if ENABLED(MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE) + - manual_move_e_origin + #endif + ) + ); + } // should_draw } - inline void lcd_move_e() { _lcd_move_e(); } - #if E_MANUAL > 1 - inline void lcd_move_e0() { _lcd_move_e(0); } - inline void lcd_move_e1() { _lcd_move_e(1); } - #if E_MANUAL > 2 - inline void lcd_move_e2() { _lcd_move_e(2); } - #if E_MANUAL > 3 - inline void lcd_move_e3() { _lcd_move_e(3); } - #if E_MANUAL > 4 - inline void lcd_move_e4() { _lcd_move_e(4); } - #if E_MANUAL > 5 - inline void lcd_move_e5() { _lcd_move_e(5); } - #endif // E_MANUAL > 5 - #endif // E_MANUAL > 4 - #endif // E_MANUAL > 3 - #endif // E_MANUAL > 2 - #endif // E_MANUAL > 1 - #endif // E_MANUAL // @@ -253,9 +220,6 @@ void _goto_manual_move(const float scale) { move_menu_scale = scale; ui.goto_screen(_manual_move_func_ptr); } -void menu_move_10mm() { _goto_manual_move(10); } -void menu_move_1mm() { _goto_manual_move( 1); } -void menu_move_01mm() { _goto_manual_move( 0.1f); } void _menu_move_distance(const AxisEnum axis, const screenFunc_t func, const int8_t eindex=-1) { _manual_move_func_ptr = func; @@ -267,7 +231,7 @@ void _menu_move_distance(const AxisEnum axis, const screenFunc_t func, const int case Z_AXIS: STATIC_ITEM(MSG_MOVE_Z, SS_CENTER|SS_INVERT); break; default: #if ENABLED(MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE) - manual_move_e_origin = current_position[E_AXIS]; + manual_move_e_origin = current_position.e; #endif STATIC_ITEM(MSG_MOVE_E, SS_CENTER|SS_INVERT); break; @@ -275,65 +239,40 @@ void _menu_move_distance(const AxisEnum axis, const screenFunc_t func, const int } #if ENABLED(PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION) if (axis == E_AXIS && thermalManager.tooColdToExtrude(eindex >= 0 ? eindex : active_extruder)) - MENU_BACK(MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD); else #endif { - MENU_BACK(MSG_MOVE_AXIS); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOVE_10MM, menu_move_10mm); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOVE_1MM, menu_move_1mm); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOVE_01MM, menu_move_01mm); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_MOVE_AXIS); + SUBMENU(MSG_MOVE_10MM, []{ _goto_manual_move(10); }); + SUBMENU(MSG_MOVE_1MM, []{ _goto_manual_move( 1); }); + SUBMENU(MSG_MOVE_01MM, []{ _goto_manual_move( 0.1f); }); if (axis == Z_AXIS && (SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE) > 0.0f && (SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE) < 0.1f) { - MENU_ITEM(submenu, "", []{ _goto_manual_move(float(SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE)); }); - MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(1); + extern const char NUL_STR[]; + SUBMENU_P(NUL_STR, []{ _goto_manual_move(float(SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE)); }); + MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(0 + #if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD + + 1 + #endif + ); char tmp[20], numstr[10]; // Determine digits needed right of decimal const uint8_t digs = !UNEAR_ZERO((SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE) * 1000 - int((SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE) * 1000)) ? 4 : !UNEAR_ZERO((SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE) * 100 - int((SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE) * 100)) ? 3 : 2; - sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR(MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST), dtostrf(SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE, 1, digs, numstr)); - LCDPRINT(tmp); + sprintf_P(tmp, GET_TEXT(MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST), dtostrf(SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE, 1, digs, numstr)); + lcd_put_u8str(tmp); MENU_ITEM_ADDON_END(); } } END_MENU(); } -void lcd_move_get_x_amount() { _menu_move_distance(X_AXIS, lcd_move_x); } -void lcd_move_get_y_amount() { _menu_move_distance(Y_AXIS, lcd_move_y); } -void lcd_move_get_z_amount() { _menu_move_distance(Z_AXIS, lcd_move_z); } - -#if E_MANUAL - void lcd_move_get_e_amount() { _menu_move_distance(E_AXIS, lcd_move_e, -1); } - #if E_MANUAL > 1 - void lcd_move_get_e0_amount() { _menu_move_distance(E_AXIS, lcd_move_e0, 0); } - void lcd_move_get_e1_amount() { _menu_move_distance(E_AXIS, lcd_move_e1, 1); } - #if E_MANUAL > 2 - void lcd_move_get_e2_amount() { _menu_move_distance(E_AXIS, lcd_move_e2, 2); } - #if E_MANUAL > 3 - void lcd_move_get_e3_amount() { _menu_move_distance(E_AXIS, lcd_move_e3, 3); } - #if E_MANUAL > 4 - void lcd_move_get_e4_amount() { _menu_move_distance(E_AXIS, lcd_move_e4, 4); } - #if E_MANUAL > 5 - void lcd_move_get_e5_amount() { _menu_move_distance(E_AXIS, lcd_move_e5, 5); } - #endif // E_MANUAL > 5 - #endif // E_MANUAL > 4 - #endif // E_MANUAL > 3 - #endif // E_MANUAL > 2 - #endif // E_MANUAL > 1 -#endif // E_MANUAL - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - void lcd_lower_z_to_clip_height() { - line_to_z(delta_clip_start_height); - ui.synchronize(); - } -#endif void menu_move() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_MOTION); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_MOTION); #if HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS && ENABLED(SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM) - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(bool, MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS, &soft_endstops_enabled); + EDIT_ITEM(bool, MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS, &soft_endstops_enabled); #endif if ( @@ -345,98 +284,80 @@ void menu_move() { ) { if ( #if ENABLED(DELTA) - current_position[Z_AXIS] <= delta_clip_start_height + current_position.z <= delta_clip_start_height #else true #endif ) { - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOVE_X, lcd_move_get_x_amount); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOVE_Y, lcd_move_get_y_amount); + SUBMENU(MSG_MOVE_X, []{ _menu_move_distance(X_AXIS, lcd_move_x); }); + SUBMENU(MSG_MOVE_Y, []{ _menu_move_distance(Y_AXIS, lcd_move_y); }); } #if ENABLED(DELTA) else - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_FREE_XY, lcd_lower_z_to_clip_height); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_FREE_XY, []{ line_to_z(delta_clip_start_height); ui.synchronize(); }); #endif - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOVE_Z, lcd_move_get_z_amount); + SUBMENU(MSG_MOVE_Z, []{ _menu_move_distance(Z_AXIS, lcd_move_z); }); } else - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_AUTO_HOME, PSTR("G28")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_AUTO_HOME, G28_STR); #if ANY(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER, SWITCHING_NOZZLE, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #if EXTRUDERS == 6 + #if EXTRUDERS >= 4 switch (active_extruder) { - case 0: MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_SELECT " " MSG_E2, PSTR("T1")); break; - case 1: MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_SELECT " " MSG_E1, PSTR("T0")); break; - case 2: MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_SELECT " " MSG_E4, PSTR("T3")); break; - case 3: MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_SELECT " " MSG_E3, PSTR("T2")); break; - case 4: MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_SELECT " " MSG_E6, PSTR("T5")); break; - case 5: MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_SELECT " " MSG_E5, PSTR("T4")); break; - } - #elif EXTRUDERS == 5 || EXTRUDERS == 4 - switch (active_extruder) { - case 0: MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_SELECT " " MSG_E2, PSTR("T1")); break; - case 1: MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_SELECT " " MSG_E1, PSTR("T0")); break; - case 2: MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_SELECT " " MSG_E4, PSTR("T3")); break; - case 3: MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_SELECT " " MSG_E3, PSTR("T2")); break; + case 0: GCODES_ITEM_N(1, MSG_SELECT_E, PSTR("T1")); break; + case 1: GCODES_ITEM_N(0, MSG_SELECT_E, PSTR("T0")); break; + case 2: GCODES_ITEM_N(3, MSG_SELECT_E, PSTR("T3")); break; + case 3: GCODES_ITEM_N(2, MSG_SELECT_E, PSTR("T2")); break; + #if EXTRUDERS == 6 + case 4: GCODES_ITEM_N(5, MSG_SELECT_E, PSTR("T5")); break; + case 5: GCODES_ITEM_N(4, MSG_SELECT_E, PSTR("T4")); break; + #endif } #elif EXTRUDERS == 3 if (active_extruder < 2) { if (active_extruder) - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_SELECT " " MSG_E1, PSTR("T0")); + GCODES_ITEM_N(0, MSG_SELECT_E, PSTR("T0")); else - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_SELECT " " MSG_E2, PSTR("T1")); + GCODES_ITEM_N(1, MSG_SELECT_E, PSTR("T1")); } #else if (active_extruder) - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_SELECT " " MSG_E1, PSTR("T0")); + GCODES_ITEM_N(0, MSG_SELECT_E, PSTR("T0")); else - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_SELECT " " MSG_E2, PSTR("T1")); + GCODES_ITEM_N(1, MSG_SELECT_E, PSTR("T1")); #endif #elif ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) if (active_extruder) - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_SELECT " " MSG_E1, PSTR("T0")); + GCODES_ITEM_N(0, MSG_SELECT_E, PSTR("T0")); else - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_SELECT " " MSG_E2, PSTR("T1")); + GCODES_ITEM_N(1, MSG_SELECT_E, PSTR("T1")); #endif #if E_MANUAL + // The current extruder + SUBMENU(MSG_MOVE_E, []{ _menu_move_distance(E_AXIS, []{ lcd_move_e(); }, -1); }); + + #define SUBMENU_MOVE_E(N) SUBMENU_N(N, MSG_MOVE_EN, []{ _menu_move_distance(E_AXIS, []{ lcd_move_e(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }, MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); + #if EITHER(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER, SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - // Only the current... - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOVE_E, lcd_move_get_e_amount); // ...and the non-switching #if E_MANUAL == 5 - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOVE_E MSG_MOVE_E5, lcd_move_get_e4_amount); + SUBMENU_MOVE_E(4); #elif E_MANUAL == 3 - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOVE_E MSG_MOVE_E3, lcd_move_get_e2_amount); + SUBMENU_MOVE_E(2); #endif - #else + #elif E_MANUAL > 1 // Independent extruders with one E-stepper per hotend - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOVE_E, lcd_move_get_e_amount); - #if E_MANUAL > 1 - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOVE_E MSG_MOVE_E1, lcd_move_get_e0_amount); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOVE_E MSG_MOVE_E2, lcd_move_get_e1_amount); - #if E_MANUAL > 2 - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOVE_E MSG_MOVE_E3, lcd_move_get_e2_amount); - #if E_MANUAL > 3 - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOVE_E MSG_MOVE_E4, lcd_move_get_e3_amount); - #if E_MANUAL > 4 - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOVE_E MSG_MOVE_E5, lcd_move_get_e4_amount); - #if E_MANUAL > 5 - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOVE_E MSG_MOVE_E6, lcd_move_get_e5_amount); - #endif // E_MANUAL > 5 - #endif // E_MANUAL > 4 - #endif // E_MANUAL > 3 - #endif // E_MANUAL > 2 - #endif // E_MANUAL > 1 + LOOP_L_N(n, E_MANUAL) SUBMENU_MOVE_E(n); #endif @@ -457,7 +378,7 @@ void menu_motion() { // // ^ Main // - MENU_BACK(MSG_MAIN); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_MAIN); // // Move Axis @@ -465,23 +386,23 @@ void menu_motion() { #if ENABLED(DELTA) if (all_axes_homed()) #endif - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOVE_AXIS, menu_move); + SUBMENU(MSG_MOVE_AXIS, menu_move); // // Auto Home // - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_AUTO_HOME, PSTR("G28")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_AUTO_HOME, G28_STR); #if ENABLED(INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU) - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_AUTO_HOME_X, PSTR("G28 X")); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y, PSTR("G28 Y")); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z, PSTR("G28 Z")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_AUTO_HOME_X, PSTR("G28X")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y, PSTR("G28Y")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z, PSTR("G28Z")); #endif // // Auto Z-Align // #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_AUTO_Z_ALIGN, PSTR("G34")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_AUTO_Z_ALIGN, PSTR("G34")); #endif // @@ -489,39 +410,40 @@ void menu_motion() { // #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED, _lcd_ubl_level_bed); + SUBMENU(MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED, _lcd_ubl_level_bed); #elif ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - if (!g29_in_progress) MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_BED_LEVELING, menu_bed_leveling); + if (!g29_in_progress) SUBMENU(MSG_BED_LEVELING, menu_bed_leveling); #elif HAS_LEVELING && DISABLED(SLIM_LCD_MENUS) #if DISABLED(PROBE_MANUALLY) - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_LEVEL_BED, PSTR("G28\nG29")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_LEVEL_BED, PSTR("G28\nG29")); #endif if (all_axes_homed() && leveling_is_valid()) { - bool new_level_state = planner.leveling_active; - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(bool, MSG_BED_LEVELING, &new_level_state, _lcd_toggle_bed_leveling); + bool show_state = planner.leveling_active; + EDIT_ITEM(bool, MSG_BED_LEVELING, &show_state, _lcd_toggle_bed_leveling); } #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float3, MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT, &lcd_z_fade_height, 0, 100, _lcd_set_z_fade_height); + editable.decimal = planner.z_fade_height; + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT, &editable.decimal, 0, 100, []{ set_z_fade_height(editable.decimal); }); #endif #endif #if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) && DISABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS, _lcd_level_bed_corners); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS, _lcd_level_bed_corners); #endif #if ENABLED(Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST) - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_M48_TEST, PSTR("G28\nM48 P10")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_M48_TEST, PSTR("G28\nM48 P10")); #endif // // Disable Steppers // - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS, PSTR("M84")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS, PSTR("M84")); END_MENU(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_service.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_service.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index fb7f05c905..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_service.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -// -// Service Menus -// - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU && HAS_SERVICE_INTERVALS - -#include "menu.h" -#include "../../module/printcounter.h" - -inline void _service_reset(const int index) { - print_job_timer.resetServiceInterval(index); - #if HAS_BUZZER - ui.completion_feedback(); - #endif - ui.reset_status(); - ui.return_to_status(); -} - -#if SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 > 0 - void menu_service1() { - char sram[30]; - strncpy_P(sram, PSTR(SERVICE_NAME_1), 29); - do_select_screen( - PSTR(MSG_BUTTON_RESET), PSTR(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), - []{ _service_reset(1); }, - ui.goto_previous_screen, - PSTR(MSG_SERVICE_RESET), sram, PSTR("?") - ); - } -#endif - -#if SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 > 0 - void menu_service2() { - char sram[30]; - strncpy_P(sram, PSTR(SERVICE_NAME_2), 29); - do_select_screen( - PSTR(MSG_BUTTON_RESET), PSTR(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), - []{ _service_reset(2); }, - ui.goto_previous_screen, - PSTR(MSG_SERVICE_RESET), sram, PSTR("?") - ); - } -#endif - -#if SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 > 0 - void menu_service3() { - char sram[30]; - strncpy_P(sram, PSTR(SERVICE_NAME_3), 29); - do_select_screen( - PSTR(MSG_BUTTON_RESET), PSTR(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), - []{ _service_reset(3); }, - ui.goto_previous_screen, - PSTR(MSG_SERVICE_RESET), sram, PSTR("?") - ); - } -#endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU && HAS_SERVICE_INTERVALS diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_spindle_laser.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_spindle_laser.cpp index e3fda1dc37..fd42522839 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_spindle_laser.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_spindle_laser.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -35,17 +35,17 @@ void menu_spindle_laser() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_MAIN); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_MAIN); if (cutter.enabled()) { #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(CUTTER_MENU_TYPE, MSG_CUTTER(POWER), &cutter.power, SPEED_POWER_MIN, SPEED_POWER_MAX, cutter.update_output); + EDIT_ITEM(CUTTER_MENU_TYPE, MSG_CUTTER(POWER), &cutter.power, SPEED_POWER_MIN, SPEED_POWER_MAX); #endif - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_CUTTER(OFF), cutter.disable); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_CUTTER(OFF), cutter.disable); } else { - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_CUTTER(ON), cutter.enable_forward); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_CUTTER(ON), cutter.enable_forward); #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR) - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE, cutter.enable_reverse); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE, cutter.enable_reverse); #endif } END_MENU(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_temperature.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_temperature.cpp index 24b88e829c..01cf39d7b3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_temperature.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_temperature.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -68,235 +68,87 @@ void _lcd_preheat(const int16_t endnum, const int16_t temph, const int16_t tempb ui.return_to_status(); } -#if HOTENDS > 1 - - void lcd_preheat_m1_e1_only() { _lcd_preheat(1, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[0], -1, ui.preheat_fan_speed[0]); } - void lcd_preheat_m2_e1_only() { _lcd_preheat(1, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[1], -1, ui.preheat_fan_speed[1]); } - #if HAS_HEATED_BED - void lcd_preheat_m1_e1() { _lcd_preheat(1, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[0], ui.preheat_bed_temp[0], ui.preheat_fan_speed[0]); } - void lcd_preheat_m2_e1() { _lcd_preheat(1, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[1], ui.preheat_bed_temp[1], ui.preheat_fan_speed[1]); } - #endif - #if HOTENDS > 2 - void lcd_preheat_m1_e2_only() { _lcd_preheat(2, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[0], -1, ui.preheat_fan_speed[0]); } - void lcd_preheat_m2_e2_only() { _lcd_preheat(2, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[1], -1, ui.preheat_fan_speed[1]); } - #if HAS_HEATED_BED - void lcd_preheat_m1_e2() { _lcd_preheat(2, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[0], ui.preheat_bed_temp[0], ui.preheat_fan_speed[0]); } - void lcd_preheat_m2_e2() { _lcd_preheat(2, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[1], ui.preheat_bed_temp[1], ui.preheat_fan_speed[1]); } - #endif - #if HOTENDS > 3 - void lcd_preheat_m1_e3_only() { _lcd_preheat(3, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[0], -1, ui.preheat_fan_speed[0]); } - void lcd_preheat_m2_e3_only() { _lcd_preheat(3, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[1], -1, ui.preheat_fan_speed[1]); } - #if HAS_HEATED_BED - void lcd_preheat_m1_e3() { _lcd_preheat(3, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[0], ui.preheat_bed_temp[0], ui.preheat_fan_speed[0]); } - void lcd_preheat_m2_e3() { _lcd_preheat(3, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[1], ui.preheat_bed_temp[1], ui.preheat_fan_speed[1]); } - #endif - #if HOTENDS > 4 - void lcd_preheat_m1_e4_only() { _lcd_preheat(4, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[0], -1, ui.preheat_fan_speed[0]); } - void lcd_preheat_m2_e4_only() { _lcd_preheat(4, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[1], -1, ui.preheat_fan_speed[1]); } - #if HAS_HEATED_BED - void lcd_preheat_m1_e4() { _lcd_preheat(4, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[0], ui.preheat_bed_temp[0], ui.preheat_fan_speed[0]); } - void lcd_preheat_m2_e4() { _lcd_preheat(4, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[1], ui.preheat_bed_temp[1], ui.preheat_fan_speed[1]); } - #endif - #if HOTENDS > 5 - void lcd_preheat_m1_e5_only() { _lcd_preheat(5, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[0], -1, ui.preheat_fan_speed[0]); } - void lcd_preheat_m2_e5_only() { _lcd_preheat(5, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[1], -1, ui.preheat_fan_speed[1]); } - #if HAS_HEATED_BED - void lcd_preheat_m1_e5() { _lcd_preheat(5, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[0], ui.preheat_bed_temp[0], ui.preheat_fan_speed[0]); } - void lcd_preheat_m2_e5() { _lcd_preheat(5, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[1], ui.preheat_bed_temp[1], ui.preheat_fan_speed[1]); } - #endif - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 - #endif // HOTENDS > 2 - - #if HAS_HEATED_BED - void lcd_preheat_m1_e0(); - void lcd_preheat_m2_e0(); - #else - void lcd_preheat_m1_e0_only(); - void lcd_preheat_m2_e0_only(); - #endif - - void lcd_preheat_m1_all() { - #if HOTENDS > 1 - thermalManager.setTargetHotend(ui.preheat_hotend_temp[0], 1); - #if HOTENDS > 2 - thermalManager.setTargetHotend(ui.preheat_hotend_temp[0], 2); - #if HOTENDS > 3 - thermalManager.setTargetHotend(ui.preheat_hotend_temp[0], 3); - #if HOTENDS > 4 - thermalManager.setTargetHotend(ui.preheat_hotend_temp[0], 4); - #if HOTENDS > 5 - thermalManager.setTargetHotend(ui.preheat_hotend_temp[0], 5); - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 - #endif // HOTENDS > 2 - #endif // HOTENDS > 1 - #if HAS_HEATED_BED - lcd_preheat_m1_e0(); - #else - lcd_preheat_m1_e0_only(); - #endif +#if HAS_TEMP_HOTEND + inline void _preheat_end(const uint8_t m, const uint8_t e) { + _lcd_preheat(e, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[m], -1, ui.preheat_fan_speed[m]); } - - void lcd_preheat_m2_all() { - #if HOTENDS > 1 - thermalManager.setTargetHotend(ui.preheat_hotend_temp[1], 1); - #if HOTENDS > 2 - thermalManager.setTargetHotend(ui.preheat_hotend_temp[1], 2); - #if HOTENDS > 3 - thermalManager.setTargetHotend(ui.preheat_hotend_temp[1], 3); - #if HOTENDS > 4 - thermalManager.setTargetHotend(ui.preheat_hotend_temp[1], 4); - #if HOTENDS > 5 - thermalManager.setTargetHotend(ui.preheat_hotend_temp[1], 5); - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 - #endif // HOTENDS > 2 - #endif // HOTENDS > 1 - #if HAS_HEATED_BED - lcd_preheat_m2_e0(); - #else - lcd_preheat_m2_e0_only(); - #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + inline void _preheat_both(const uint8_t m, const uint8_t e) { + _lcd_preheat(e, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[m], ui.preheat_bed_temp[m], ui.preheat_fan_speed[m]); + } + #endif +#endif +#if HAS_HEATED_BED + inline void _preheat_bed(const uint8_t m) { + _lcd_preheat(0, 0, ui.preheat_bed_temp[m], ui.preheat_fan_speed[m]); } - -#endif // HOTENDS > 1 +#endif #if HAS_TEMP_HOTEND || HAS_HEATED_BED - #if HOTENDS - void lcd_preheat_m1_e0_only() { _lcd_preheat(0, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[0], -1, ui.preheat_fan_speed[0]); } - void lcd_preheat_m2_e0_only() { _lcd_preheat(0, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[1], -1, ui.preheat_fan_speed[1]); } - #endif - + #define _PREHEAT_ITEMS(M,N) do{ \ + ACTION_ITEM_N(N, MSG_PREHEAT_##M##_H, []{ _preheat_both(M-1, MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); \ + ACTION_ITEM_N(N, MSG_PREHEAT_##M##_END_E, []{ _preheat_end(M-1, MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); \ + }while(0) #if HAS_HEATED_BED - #if HOTENDS - void lcd_preheat_m1_e0() { _lcd_preheat(0, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[0], ui.preheat_bed_temp[0], ui.preheat_fan_speed[0]); } - void lcd_preheat_m2_e0() { _lcd_preheat(0, ui.preheat_hotend_temp[1], ui.preheat_bed_temp[1], ui.preheat_fan_speed[1]); } - #endif - void lcd_preheat_m1_bedonly() { _lcd_preheat(0, 0, ui.preheat_bed_temp[0], ui.preheat_fan_speed[0]); } - void lcd_preheat_m2_bedonly() { _lcd_preheat(0, 0, ui.preheat_bed_temp[1], ui.preheat_fan_speed[1]); } + #define PREHEAT_ITEMS(M,N) _PREHEAT_ITEMS(M,N) + #else + #define PREHEAT_ITEMS(M,N) \ + ACTION_ITEM_N(N, MSG_PREHEAT_##M##_H, []{ _preheat_end(M-1, MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }) #endif void menu_preheat_m1() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_TEMPERATURE); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_TEMPERATURE); #if HOTENDS == 1 #if HAS_HEATED_BED - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_1, lcd_preheat_m1_e0); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_1_END, lcd_preheat_m1_e0_only); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_1, []{ _preheat_both(0, 0); }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_1_END, []{ _preheat_end(0, 0); }); #else - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_1, lcd_preheat_m1_e0_only); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_1, []{ _preheat_end(0, 0); }); #endif #elif HOTENDS > 1 #if HAS_HEATED_BED - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_H1, lcd_preheat_m1_e0); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_1_END " " MSG_E1, lcd_preheat_m1_e0_only); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_H2, lcd_preheat_m1_e1); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_1_END " " MSG_E2, lcd_preheat_m1_e1_only); - #else - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_H1, lcd_preheat_m1_e0_only); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_H2, lcd_preheat_m1_e1_only); + _PREHEAT_ITEMS(1,0); #endif - #if HOTENDS > 2 + LOOP_S_L_N(n, 1, HOTENDS) PREHEAT_ITEMS(1,n); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL, []() { #if HAS_HEATED_BED - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_H3, lcd_preheat_m1_e2); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_1_END " " MSG_E3, lcd_preheat_m1_e2_only); - #else - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_H3, lcd_preheat_m1_e2_only); + _preheat_bed(0); #endif - #if HOTENDS > 3 - #if HAS_HEATED_BED - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_H4, lcd_preheat_m1_e3); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_1_END " " MSG_E4, lcd_preheat_m1_e3_only); - #else - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_H4, lcd_preheat_m1_e3_only); - #endif - #if HOTENDS > 4 - #if HAS_HEATED_BED - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_H5, lcd_preheat_m1_e4); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_1_END " " MSG_E5, lcd_preheat_m1_e4_only); - #else - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_H5, lcd_preheat_m1_e4_only); - #endif - #if HOTENDS > 5 - #if HAS_HEATED_BED - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_H6, lcd_preheat_m1_e5); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_1_END " " MSG_E6, lcd_preheat_m1_e5_only); - #else - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_H6, lcd_preheat_m1_e5_only); - #endif - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 - #endif // HOTENDS > 2 - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL, lcd_preheat_m1_all); + HOTEND_LOOP() thermalManager.setTargetHotend(ui.preheat_hotend_temp[0], e); + }); #endif // HOTENDS > 1 #if HAS_HEATED_BED - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY, lcd_preheat_m1_bedonly); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY, []{ _preheat_bed(0); }); #endif END_MENU(); } void menu_preheat_m2() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_TEMPERATURE); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_TEMPERATURE); #if HOTENDS == 1 #if HAS_HEATED_BED - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_2, lcd_preheat_m2_e0); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_2_END, lcd_preheat_m2_e0_only); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_2, []{ _preheat_both(1, 0); }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_2_END, []{ _preheat_end(1, 0); }); #else - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_2, lcd_preheat_m2_e0_only); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_2, []{ _preheat_end(1, 0); }); #endif #elif HOTENDS > 1 #if HAS_HEATED_BED - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_H1, lcd_preheat_m2_e0); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_2_END " " MSG_E1, lcd_preheat_m2_e0_only); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_H2, lcd_preheat_m2_e1); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_2_END " " MSG_E2, lcd_preheat_m2_e1_only); - #else - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_H1, lcd_preheat_m2_e0_only); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_H2, lcd_preheat_m2_e1_only); + _PREHEAT_ITEMS(2,0); #endif - #if HOTENDS > 2 + LOOP_S_L_N(n, 1, HOTENDS) PREHEAT_ITEMS(2,n); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL, []() { #if HAS_HEATED_BED - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_H3, lcd_preheat_m2_e2); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_2_END " " MSG_E3, lcd_preheat_m2_e2_only); - #else - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_H3, lcd_preheat_m2_e2_only); + _preheat_bed(1); #endif - #if HOTENDS > 3 - #if HAS_HEATED_BED - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_H4, lcd_preheat_m2_e3); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_2_END " " MSG_E4, lcd_preheat_m2_e3_only); - #else - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_H4, lcd_preheat_m2_e3_only); - #endif - #if HOTENDS > 4 - #if HAS_HEATED_BED - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_H5, lcd_preheat_m2_e4); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_2_END " " MSG_E5, lcd_preheat_m2_e4_only); - #else - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_H5, lcd_preheat_m2_e4_only); - #endif - #if HOTENDS > 5 - #if HAS_HEATED_BED - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_H6, lcd_preheat_m2_e5); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_2_END " " MSG_E6, lcd_preheat_m2_e5_only); - #else - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_H6, lcd_preheat_m2_e5_only); - #endif - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 - #endif // HOTENDS > 2 - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL, lcd_preheat_m2_all); + HOTEND_LOOP() thermalManager.setTargetHotend(ui.preheat_hotend_temp[1], e); + }); #endif // HOTENDS > 1 #if HAS_HEATED_BED - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY, lcd_preheat_m2_bedonly); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY, []{ _preheat_bed(1); }); #endif END_MENU(); } @@ -311,72 +163,107 @@ void _lcd_preheat(const int16_t endnum, const int16_t temph, const int16_t tempb void menu_temperature() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_MAIN); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_MAIN); // // Nozzle: // Nozzle [1-5]: // #if HOTENDS == 1 - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int3, MSG_NOZZLE, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, 0, HEATER_0_MAXTEMP - 15, thermalManager.start_watching_E0); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(int3, MSG_NOZZLE, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, 0, HEATER_0_MAXTEMP - 15, []{ thermalManager.start_watching_hotend(0); }); #elif HOTENDS > 1 - #define EDIT_TARGET(N) MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int3, MSG_NOZZLE MSG_LCD_N##N, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[N].target, 0, HEATER_##N##_MAXTEMP - 15, thermalManager.start_watching_E##N) - EDIT_TARGET(0); - EDIT_TARGET(1); - #if HOTENDS > 2 - EDIT_TARGET(2); - #if HOTENDS > 3 - EDIT_TARGET(3); - #if HOTENDS > 4 - EDIT_TARGET(4); - #if HOTENDS > 5 - EDIT_TARGET(5); - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 - #endif // HOTENDS > 2 - #endif // HOTENDS > 1 + HOTEND_LOOP() + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(int3, e, MSG_NOZZLE_N, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[e].target, 0, heater_maxtemp[e] - 15, []{ thermalManager.start_watching_hotend(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); + #endif #if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(uint16_3, MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY, &singlenozzle_temp[active_extruder ? 0 : 1], 0, HEATER_0_MAXTEMP - 15); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(uint16_3, MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY, &singlenozzle_temp[active_extruder ? 0 : 1], 0, HEATER_0_MAXTEMP - 15); #endif // // Bed: // #if HAS_HEATED_BED - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int3, MSG_BED, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, 0, BED_MAXTEMP - 10, thermalManager.start_watching_bed); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(int3, MSG_BED, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, 0, BED_MAXTEMP - 10, thermalManager.start_watching_bed); #endif // // Chamber: // #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int3, MSG_CHAMBER, &thermalManager.temp_chamber.target, 0, CHAMBER_MAXTEMP - 5, thermalManager.start_watching_chamber); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(int3, MSG_CHAMBER, &thermalManager.temp_chamber.target, 0, CHAMBER_MAXTEMP - 10, thermalManager.start_watching_chamber); #endif // // Fan Speed: // #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + + auto on_fan_update = []{ + thermalManager.set_fan_speed(MenuItemBase::itemIndex, editable.uint8); + }; + + #if HAS_FAN1 || HAS_FAN2 || HAS_FAN3 || HAS_FAN4 || HAS_FAN5 || HAS_FAN6 || HAS_FAN7 + auto fan_edit_items = [&](const uint8_t f) { + editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[f]; + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, f, MSG_FAN_SPEED_N, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, on_fan_update); + #if ENABLED(EXTRA_FAN_SPEED) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, f, MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[f], 3, 255); + #endif + }; + #endif + + #define SNFAN(N) (ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) && !HAS_FAN##N && EXTRUDERS > N) + #if SNFAN(1) || SNFAN(2) || SNFAN(3) || SNFAN(4) || SNFAN(5) || SNFAN(6) || SNFAN(7) + auto singlenozzle_item = [&](const uint8_t f) { + editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[f]; + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, f, MSG_STORED_FAN_N, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, on_fan_update); + }; + #endif + #if HAS_FAN0 - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(percent, MSG_FAN_SPEED FAN_SPEED_1_SUFFIX, &thermalManager.lcd_tmpfan_speed[0], 0, 255, thermalManager.lcd_setFanSpeed0); + editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[0]; + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 0, MSG_FIRST_FAN_SPEED, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, on_fan_update); #if ENABLED(EXTRA_FAN_SPEED) - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(percent, MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED FAN_SPEED_1_SUFFIX, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[0], 3, 255); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 0, MSG_FIRST_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[0], 3, 255); #endif #endif - #if HAS_FAN1 || (ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) && EXTRUDERS > 1) - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(percent, MSG_FAN_SPEED " 2", &thermalManager.lcd_tmpfan_speed[1], 0, 255, thermalManager.lcd_setFanSpeed1); - #if ENABLED(EXTRA_FAN_SPEED) - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(percent, MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED " 2", &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[1], 3, 255); - #endif + #if HAS_FAN1 + fan_edit_items(1); + #elif SNFAN(1) + singlenozzle_item(1); #endif - #if HAS_FAN2 || (ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) && EXTRUDERS > 2) - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(percent, MSG_FAN_SPEED " 3", &thermalManager.lcd_tmpfan_speed[2], 0, 255, thermalManager.lcd_setFanSpeed2); - #if ENABLED(EXTRA_FAN_SPEED) - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(percent, MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED " 3", &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[2], 3, 255); - #endif + #if HAS_FAN2 + fan_edit_items(2); + #elif SNFAN(2) + singlenozzle_item(1); #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + fan_edit_items(3); + #elif SNFAN(3) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + fan_edit_items(4); + #elif SNFAN(4) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + fan_edit_items(5); + #elif SNFAN(5) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + fan_edit_items(6); + #elif SNFAN(6) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + fan_edit_items(7); + #elif SNFAN(7) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #endif // FAN_COUNT > 0 #if HAS_TEMP_HOTEND @@ -384,12 +271,12 @@ void menu_temperature() { // // Preheat for Material 1 and 2 // - #if TEMP_SENSOR_1 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_2 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_3 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_4 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_5 != 0 || HAS_HEATED_BED - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_PREHEAT_1, menu_preheat_m1); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_PREHEAT_2, menu_preheat_m2); + #if TEMP_SENSOR_1 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_2 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_3 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_4 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_5 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_6 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 || HAS_HEATED_BED + SUBMENU(MSG_PREHEAT_1, menu_preheat_m1); + SUBMENU(MSG_PREHEAT_2, menu_preheat_m2); #else - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_1, lcd_preheat_m1_e0_only); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PREHEAT_2, lcd_preheat_m2_e0_only); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_1, []{ _preheat_end(0, 0); }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_2, []{ _preheat_end(1, 0); }); #endif // @@ -400,7 +287,7 @@ void menu_temperature() { #if HAS_TEMP_BED if (thermalManager.temp_bed.target) has_heat = true; #endif - if (has_heat) MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_COOLDOWN, lcd_cooldown); + if (has_heat) ACTION_ITEM(MSG_COOLDOWN, lcd_cooldown); #endif // HAS_TEMP_HOTEND diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tmc.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tmc.cpp index 917b39ebfa..296a132e14 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tmc.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tmc.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -26,184 +26,122 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if HAS_TRINAMIC && HAS_LCD_MENU +#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG && HAS_LCD_MENU #include "menu.h" #include "../../module/stepper/indirection.h" #include "../../feature/tmc_util.h" -#define TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(ST,MSG) MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(uint16_4, MSG, &stepper##ST.val_mA, 100, 3000, refresh_stepper_current_##ST) - -#if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - void refresh_stepper_current_X() { stepperX.refresh_stepper_current(); } -#endif -#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - void refresh_stepper_current_Y() { stepperY.refresh_stepper_current(); } -#endif -#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - void refresh_stepper_current_Z() { stepperZ.refresh_stepper_current(); } -#endif -#if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - void refresh_stepper_current_X2() { stepperX2.refresh_stepper_current(); } -#endif -#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - void refresh_stepper_current_Y2() { stepperY2.refresh_stepper_current(); } -#endif -#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - void refresh_stepper_current_Z2() { stepperZ2.refresh_stepper_current(); } -#endif -#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - void refresh_stepper_current_Z3() { stepperZ3.refresh_stepper_current(); } -#endif -#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - void refresh_stepper_current_E0() { stepperE0.refresh_stepper_current(); } -#endif -#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - void refresh_stepper_current_E1() { stepperE1.refresh_stepper_current(); } -#endif -#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - void refresh_stepper_current_E2() { stepperE2.refresh_stepper_current(); } -#endif -#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - void refresh_stepper_current_E3() { stepperE3.refresh_stepper_current(); } -#endif -#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - void refresh_stepper_current_E4() { stepperE4.refresh_stepper_current(); } -#endif -#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - void refresh_stepper_current_E5() { stepperE5.refresh_stepper_current(); } -#endif +#define TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(ST,STR) EDIT_ITEM_P(uint16_4, PSTR(STR), &stepper##ST.val_mA, 100, 3000, []{ stepper##ST.refresh_stepper_current(); }) void menu_tmc_current() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_TMC_DRIVERS); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_TMC_DRIVERS); #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(X, MSG_X); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(X, STR_X); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(Y, MSG_Y); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(Y, STR_Y); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(Z, MSG_Z); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(Z, STR_Z); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(X2, MSG_X2); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(X2, STR_X2); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(Y2, MSG_Y2); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(Y2, STR_Y2); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(Z2, MSG_Z2); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(Z2, STR_Z2); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(Z3, MSG_Z3); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(Z3, STR_Z3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(Z4, STR_Z4); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(E0, MSG_E1); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(E0, LCD_STR_E0); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(E1, MSG_E2); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(E1, LCD_STR_E1); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(E2, MSG_E3); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(E2, LCD_STR_E2); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(E3, MSG_E4); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(E3, LCD_STR_E3); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(E4, MSG_E5); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(E4, LCD_STR_E4); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(E5, MSG_E6); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(E5, LCD_STR_E5); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(E6, LCD_STR_E6); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(E7, LCD_STR_E7); #endif END_MENU(); } #if ENABLED(HYBRID_THRESHOLD) - #define TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(ST, MSG) MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(uint8, MSG, &stepper##ST.stored.hybrid_thrs, 0, 255, refresh_hybrid_thrs_##ST); - - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X) - void refresh_hybrid_thrs_X() { stepperX.refresh_hybrid_thrs(); } - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y) - void refresh_hybrid_thrs_Y() { stepperY.refresh_hybrid_thrs(); } - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z) - void refresh_hybrid_thrs_Z() { stepperZ.refresh_hybrid_thrs(); } - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X2) - void refresh_hybrid_thrs_X2() { stepperX2.refresh_hybrid_thrs(); } - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y2) - void refresh_hybrid_thrs_Y2() { stepperY2.refresh_hybrid_thrs(); } - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z2) - void refresh_hybrid_thrs_Z2() { stepperZ2.refresh_hybrid_thrs(); } - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) - void refresh_hybrid_thrs_Z3() { stepperZ3.refresh_hybrid_thrs(); } - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) - void refresh_hybrid_thrs_E0() { stepperE0.refresh_hybrid_thrs(); } - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E1) - void refresh_hybrid_thrs_E1() { stepperE1.refresh_hybrid_thrs(); } - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E2) - void refresh_hybrid_thrs_E2() { stepperE2.refresh_hybrid_thrs(); } - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E3) - void refresh_hybrid_thrs_E3() { stepperE3.refresh_hybrid_thrs(); } - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E4) - void refresh_hybrid_thrs_E4() { stepperE4.refresh_hybrid_thrs(); } - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E5) - void refresh_hybrid_thrs_E5() { stepperE5.refresh_hybrid_thrs(); } - #endif + #define TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(ST, STR) EDIT_ITEM_P(uint8, PSTR(STR), &stepper##ST.stored.hybrid_thrs, 0, 255, []{ stepper##ST.refresh_hybrid_thrs(); }); void menu_tmc_hybrid_thrs() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_TMC_DRIVERS); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_TMC_DRIVERS); #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(X, MSG_X); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(X, STR_X); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(Y, MSG_Y); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(Y, STR_Y); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(Z, MSG_Z); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(Z, STR_Z); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X2) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(X2, MSG_X2); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(X2, STR_X2); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y2) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(Y2, MSG_Y2); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(Y2, STR_Y2); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z2) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(Z2, MSG_Z2); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(Z2, STR_Z2); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(Z3, MSG_Z3); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(Z3, STR_Z3); + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(Z4, STR_Z4); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(E0, MSG_E1); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(E0, LCD_STR_E0); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E1) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(E1, MSG_E2); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(E1, LCD_STR_E1); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E2) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(E2, MSG_E3); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(E2, LCD_STR_E2); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E3) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(E3, MSG_E4); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(E3, LCD_STR_E3); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E4) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(E4, MSG_E5); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(E4, LCD_STR_E4); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E5) - TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(E5, MSG_E6); + TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(E5, LCD_STR_E5); + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E6) + TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(E6, LCD_STR_E6); + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E7) + TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(E7, LCD_STR_E7); #endif END_MENU(); } @@ -212,24 +150,11 @@ void menu_tmc_current() { #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) - #define TMC_EDIT_STORED_SGT(ST) MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int4, MSG_##ST, &stepper##ST.stored.homing_thrs, stepper##ST.sgt_min, stepper##ST.sgt_max, refresh_homing_thrs_##ST); - - #if X_SENSORLESS - void refresh_homing_thrs_X() { stepperX.refresh_homing_thrs(); } - #endif - #if X2_SENSORLESS - void refresh_homing_thrs_X2() { stepperX2.refresh_homing_thrs(); } - #endif - #if Y_SENSORLESS - void refresh_homing_thrs_Y() { stepperY.refresh_homing_thrs(); } - #endif - #if Z_SENSORLESS - void refresh_homing_thrs_Z() { stepperZ.refresh_homing_thrs(); } - #endif + #define TMC_EDIT_STORED_SGT(ST) EDIT_ITEM_P(int4, PSTR(STR_##ST), &stepper##ST.stored.homing_thrs, stepper##ST.sgt_min, stepper##ST.sgt_max, []{ stepper##ST.refresh_homing_thrs(); }); void menu_tmc_homing_thrs() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_TMC_DRIVERS); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_TMC_DRIVERS); #if X_SENSORLESS TMC_EDIT_STORED_SGT(X); #endif @@ -249,90 +174,59 @@ void menu_tmc_current() { #if HAS_STEALTHCHOP - #define TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(ST, MSG) MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(bool, MSG, &stepper##ST.stored.stealthChop_enabled, refresh_stepping_mode_##ST) - - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X) - void refresh_stepping_mode_X() { stepperX.refresh_stepping_mode(); } - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y) - void refresh_stepping_mode_Y() { stepperY.refresh_stepping_mode(); } - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z) - void refresh_stepping_mode_Z() { stepperZ.refresh_stepping_mode(); } - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X2) - void refresh_stepping_mode_X2() { stepperX2.refresh_stepping_mode(); } - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y2) - void refresh_stepping_mode_Y2() { stepperY2.refresh_stepping_mode(); } - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z2) - void refresh_stepping_mode_Z2() { stepperZ2.refresh_stepping_mode(); } - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) - void refresh_stepping_mode_Z3() { stepperZ3.refresh_stepping_mode(); } - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) - void refresh_stepping_mode_E0() { stepperE0.refresh_stepping_mode(); } - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E1) - void refresh_stepping_mode_E1() { stepperE1.refresh_stepping_mode(); } - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E2) - void refresh_stepping_mode_E2() { stepperE2.refresh_stepping_mode(); } - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E3) - void refresh_stepping_mode_E3() { stepperE3.refresh_stepping_mode(); } - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E4) - void refresh_stepping_mode_E4() { stepperE4.refresh_stepping_mode(); } - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E5) - void refresh_stepping_mode_E5() { stepperE5.refresh_stepping_mode(); } - #endif + #define TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(ST, STR) EDIT_ITEM_P(bool, PSTR(STR), &stepper##ST.stored.stealthChop_enabled, []{ stepper##ST.refresh_stepping_mode(); }) void menu_tmc_step_mode() { START_MENU(); STATIC_ITEM(MSG_TMC_STEALTH_ENABLED); - MENU_BACK(MSG_TMC_DRIVERS); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_TMC_DRIVERS); #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X) - TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(X, MSG_X); + TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(X, STR_X); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y) - TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(Y, MSG_Y); + TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(Y, STR_Y); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z) - TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(Z, MSG_Z); + TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(Z, STR_Z); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X2) - TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(X2, MSG_X2); + TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(X2, STR_X2); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y2) - TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(Y2, MSG_Y2); + TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(Y2, STR_Y2); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z2) - TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(Z2, MSG_Z2); + TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(Z2, STR_Z2); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) - TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(Z3, MSG_Z3); + TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(Z3, STR_Z3); + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(Z4, STR_Z4); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) - TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(E0, MSG_E1); + TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(E0, LCD_STR_E0); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E1) - TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(E1, MSG_E2); + TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(E1, LCD_STR_E1); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E2) - TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(E2, MSG_E3); + TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(E2, LCD_STR_E2); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E3) - TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(E3, MSG_E4); + TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(E3, LCD_STR_E3); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E4) - TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(E4, MSG_E5); + TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(E4, LCD_STR_E4); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E5) - TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(E5, MSG_E6); + TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(E5, LCD_STR_E5); + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E6) + TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(E6, LCD_STR_E6); + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E7) + TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(E7, LCD_STR_E7); #endif END_MENU(); } @@ -341,18 +235,18 @@ void menu_tmc_current() { void menu_tmc() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_CONTROL); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_TMC_CURRENT, menu_tmc_current); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_CONTROL); + SUBMENU(MSG_TMC_CURRENT, menu_tmc_current); #if ENABLED(HYBRID_THRESHOLD) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_TMC_HYBRID_THRS, menu_tmc_hybrid_thrs); + SUBMENU(MSG_TMC_HYBRID_THRS, menu_tmc_hybrid_thrs); #endif #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS, menu_tmc_homing_thrs); + SUBMENU(MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS, menu_tmc_homing_thrs); #endif #if HAS_STEALTHCHOP - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_TMC_STEPPING_MODE, menu_tmc_step_mode); + SUBMENU(MSG_TMC_STEPPING_MODE, menu_tmc_step_mode); #endif END_MENU(); } -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC +#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tune.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tune.cpp index 3198e6a1b1..ac18e89df4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tune.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tune.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ #include "../../module/motion.h" #include "../../module/planner.h" #include "../../module/temperature.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #if HAS_LEVELING #include "../../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" @@ -42,27 +42,6 @@ #include "../../module/tool_change.h" #endif -// Refresh the E factor after changing flow -#if EXTRUDERS - void _lcd_refresh_e_factor_0() { planner.refresh_e_factor(0); } - #if EXTRUDERS > 1 - void _lcd_refresh_e_factor() { planner.refresh_e_factor(active_extruder); } - void _lcd_refresh_e_factor_1() { planner.refresh_e_factor(1); } - #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - void _lcd_refresh_e_factor_2() { planner.refresh_e_factor(2); } - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - void _lcd_refresh_e_factor_3() { planner.refresh_e_factor(3); } - #if EXTRUDERS > 4 - void _lcd_refresh_e_factor_4() { planner.refresh_e_factor(4); } - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - void _lcd_refresh_e_factor_5() { planner.refresh_e_factor(5); } - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 2 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 1 -#endif // EXTRUDERS - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) #include "../../feature/babystep.h" @@ -74,14 +53,19 @@ void _lcd_babystep(const AxisEnum axis, PGM_P const msg) { if (ui.use_click()) return ui.goto_previous_screen_no_defer(); if (ui.encoderPosition) { - const int16_t steps = int16_t(ui.encoderPosition) * (BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR); + const int16_t steps = int16_t(ui.encoderPosition) * ( + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_XY) + axis != Z_AXIS ? BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY : + #endif + BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z + ); ui.encoderPosition = 0; ui.refresh(LCDVIEW_REDRAW_NOW); babystep.add_steps(axis, steps); } if (ui.should_draw()) { const float spm = planner.steps_to_mm[axis]; - draw_edit_screen(msg, ftostr54sign(spm * babystep.accum)); + MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen(msg, BABYSTEP_TO_STR(spm * babystep.accum)); #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL) const bool in_view = (true #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD @@ -95,8 +79,9 @@ #else lcd_moveto(0, LCD_HEIGHT - 1); #endif - lcd_put_u8str_P(PSTR(MSG_BABYSTEP_TOTAL ":")); - lcd_put_u8str(ftostr54sign(spm * babystep.axis_total[BS_TOTAL_AXIS(axis)])); + lcd_put_u8str_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_BABYSTEP_TOTAL)); + lcd_put_wchar(':'); + lcd_put_u8str(BABYSTEP_TO_STR(spm * babystep.axis_total[BS_TOTAL_IND(axis)])); } #endif } @@ -109,33 +94,31 @@ } #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_XY) - void _lcd_babystep_x() { _lcd_babystep(X_AXIS, PSTR(MSG_BABYSTEP_X)); } - void _lcd_babystep_y() { _lcd_babystep(Y_AXIS, PSTR(MSG_BABYSTEP_Y)); } - void lcd_babystep_x() { _lcd_babystep_go(_lcd_babystep_x); } - void lcd_babystep_y() { _lcd_babystep_go(_lcd_babystep_y); } + void _lcd_babystep_x() { _lcd_babystep(X_AXIS, GET_TEXT(MSG_BABYSTEP_X)); } + void _lcd_babystep_y() { _lcd_babystep(Y_AXIS, GET_TEXT(MSG_BABYSTEP_Y)); } #endif #if DISABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - void _lcd_babystep_z() { _lcd_babystep(Z_AXIS, PSTR(MSG_BABYSTEP_Z)); } - void lcd_babystep_z() { _lcd_babystep_go(_lcd_babystep_z); } + void _lcd_babystep_z() { _lcd_babystep(Z_AXIS, GET_TEXT(MSG_BABYSTEP_Z)); } + void lcd_babystep_z() { _lcd_babystep_go(_lcd_babystep_z); } #endif #endif // BABYSTEPPING void menu_tune() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_MAIN); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_MAIN); // // Speed: // - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(int3, MSG_SPEED, &feedrate_percentage, 10, 999); + EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_SPEED, &feedrate_percentage, 10, 999); // // Manual bed leveling, Bed Z: // #if BOTH(MESH_BED_LEVELING, LCD_BED_LEVELING) - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(float43, MSG_BED_Z, &mbl.z_offset, -1, 1); + EDIT_ITEM(float43, MSG_BED_Z, &mbl.z_offset, -1, 1); #endif // @@ -143,84 +126,118 @@ void menu_tune() { // Nozzle [1-4]: // #if HOTENDS == 1 - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int3, MSG_NOZZLE, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, 0, HEATER_0_MAXTEMP - 15, thermalManager.start_watching_E0); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(int3, MSG_NOZZLE, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, 0, HEATER_0_MAXTEMP - 15, []{ thermalManager.start_watching_hotend(0); }); #elif HOTENDS > 1 - #define EDIT_NOZZLE(N) MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int3, MSG_NOZZLE MSG_LCD_N##N, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[N].target, 0, HEATER_##N##_MAXTEMP - 15, thermalManager.start_watching_E##N) - EDIT_NOZZLE(0); - EDIT_NOZZLE(1); - #if HOTENDS > 2 - EDIT_NOZZLE(2); - #if HOTENDS > 3 - EDIT_NOZZLE(3); - #if HOTENDS > 4 - EDIT_NOZZLE(4); - #if HOTENDS > 5 - EDIT_NOZZLE(5); - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 - #endif // HOTENDS > 2 - #endif // HOTENDS > 1 + HOTEND_LOOP() + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(int3, e, MSG_NOZZLE_N, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[e].target, 0, heater_maxtemp[e] - 15, []{ thermalManager.start_watching_hotend(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); + #endif #if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(uint16_3, MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY, &singlenozzle_temp[active_extruder ? 0 : 1], 0, HEATER_0_MAXTEMP - 15); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(uint16_3, MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY, &singlenozzle_temp[active_extruder ? 0 : 1], 0, HEATER_0_MAXTEMP - 15); #endif // // Bed: // #if HAS_HEATED_BED - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int3, MSG_BED, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, 0, BED_MAXTEMP - 10, thermalManager.start_watching_bed); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(int3, MSG_BED, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, 0, BED_MAXTEMP - 10, thermalManager.start_watching_bed); #endif // // Fan Speed: // #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + + auto on_fan_update = []{ + thermalManager.set_fan_speed(MenuItemBase::itemIndex, editable.uint8); + }; + + #if HAS_FAN1 || HAS_FAN2 || HAS_FAN3 || HAS_FAN4 || HAS_FAN5 || HAS_FAN6 || HAS_FAN7 + auto fan_edit_items = [&](const uint8_t f) { + editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[f]; + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, f, MSG_FAN_SPEED_N, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, on_fan_update); + #if ENABLED(EXTRA_FAN_SPEED) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, f, MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[f], 3, 255); + #endif + }; + #endif + + #define SNFAN(N) (ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) && !HAS_FAN##N && EXTRUDERS > N) + #if SNFAN(1) || SNFAN(2) || SNFAN(3) || SNFAN(4) || SNFAN(5) || SNFAN(6) || SNFAN(7) + auto singlenozzle_item = [&](const uint8_t f) { + editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[f]; + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, f, MSG_STORED_FAN_N, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, on_fan_update); + }; + #endif + #if HAS_FAN0 - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(uint8, MSG_FAN_SPEED FAN_SPEED_1_SUFFIX, &thermalManager.lcd_tmpfan_speed[0], 0, 255, thermalManager.lcd_setFanSpeed0); + editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[0]; + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 0, MSG_FIRST_FAN_SPEED, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, on_fan_update); #if ENABLED(EXTRA_FAN_SPEED) - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(uint8, MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED FAN_SPEED_1_SUFFIX, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[0], 3, 255); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 0, MSG_FIRST_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[0], 3, 255); #endif #endif - #if HAS_FAN1 || (ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) && EXTRUDERS > 1) - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(uint8, MSG_FAN_SPEED " 2", &thermalManager.lcd_tmpfan_speed[1], 0, 255, thermalManager.lcd_setFanSpeed1); - #if ENABLED(EXTRA_FAN_SPEED) - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(uint8, MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED " 2", &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[1], 3, 255); - #endif + #if HAS_FAN1 + fan_edit_items(1); + #elif SNFAN(1) + singlenozzle_item(1); #endif - #if HAS_FAN2 || (ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) && EXTRUDERS > 2) - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(uint8, MSG_FAN_SPEED " 3", &thermalManager.lcd_tmpfan_speed[2], 0, 255, thermalManager.lcd_setFanSpeed2); - #if ENABLED(EXTRA_FAN_SPEED) - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(uint8, MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED " 3", &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[2], 3, 255); - #endif + #if HAS_FAN2 + fan_edit_items(2); + #elif SNFAN(2) + singlenozzle_item(1); #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + fan_edit_items(3); + #elif SNFAN(3) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + fan_edit_items(4); + #elif SNFAN(4) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + fan_edit_items(5); + #elif SNFAN(5) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + fan_edit_items(6); + #elif SNFAN(6) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + fan_edit_items(7); + #elif SNFAN(7) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #endif // FAN_COUNT > 0 // // Flow: - // Flow [1-5]: // - #if EXTRUDERS == 1 - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int3, MSG_FLOW, &planner.flow_percentage[0], 10, 999, _lcd_refresh_e_factor_0); - #elif EXTRUDERS - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int3, MSG_FLOW, &planner.flow_percentage[active_extruder], 10, 999, _lcd_refresh_e_factor); - #define EDIT_FLOW(N) MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int3, MSG_FLOW MSG_LCD_N##N, &planner.flow_percentage[N], 10, 999, _lcd_refresh_e_factor_##N) - EDIT_FLOW(0); - EDIT_FLOW(1); - #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - EDIT_FLOW(2); - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - EDIT_FLOW(3); - #if EXTRUDERS > 4 - EDIT_FLOW(4); - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - EDIT_FLOW(5); - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 2 - #endif // EXTRUDERS + #if EXTRUDERS + EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_FLOW, &planner.flow_percentage[active_extruder], 10, 999, []{ planner.refresh_e_factor(active_extruder); }); + // Flow En: + #if EXTRUDERS > 1 + LOOP_L_N(n, EXTRUDERS) + EDIT_ITEM_N(int3, n, MSG_FLOW_N, &planner.flow_percentage[n], 10, 999, []{ planner.refresh_e_factor(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); + #endif + #endif + + // + // Advance K: + // + #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) && DISABLED(SLIM_LCD_MENUS) + #if EXTRUDERS == 1 + EDIT_ITEM(float42_52, MSG_ADVANCE_K, &planner.extruder_advance_K[0], 0, 999); + #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 + LOOP_L_N(n, EXTRUDERS) + EDIT_ITEM_N(float42_52, n, MSG_ADVANCE_K_E, &planner.extruder_advance_K[n], 0, 999); + #endif + #endif // // Babystep X: @@ -229,13 +246,13 @@ void menu_tune() { // #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_XY) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_BABYSTEP_X, lcd_babystep_x); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_BABYSTEP_Y, lcd_babystep_y); + SUBMENU(MSG_BABYSTEP_X, []{ _lcd_babystep_go(_lcd_babystep_x); }); + SUBMENU(MSG_BABYSTEP_Y, []{ _lcd_babystep_go(_lcd_babystep_y); }); #endif #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, lcd_babystep_zoffset); + SUBMENU(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, lcd_babystep_zoffset); #else - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_BABYSTEP_Z, lcd_babystep_z); + SUBMENU(MSG_BABYSTEP_Z, lcd_babystep_z); #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_ubl.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_ubl.cpp index 2364a818ae..8488c11c7d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_ubl.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_ubl.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ static void _lcd_mesh_fine_tune(PGM_P msg) { } if (ui.should_draw()) { - draw_edit_screen(msg, ftostr43sign(mesh_edit_value)); + MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen(msg, ftostr43sign(mesh_edit_value)); #if ENABLED(MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY) _lcd_zoffset_overlay_gfx(mesh_edit_value); #endif @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ void _lcd_mesh_edit_NOP() { float lcd_mesh_edit() { ui.goto_screen(_lcd_mesh_edit_NOP); ui.refresh(LCDVIEW_CALL_REDRAW_NEXT); - _lcd_mesh_fine_tune(PSTR(MSG_MESH_EDITOR)); + _lcd_mesh_fine_tune(GET_TEXT(MSG_MESH_EDITOR)); return mesh_edit_value; } @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ void lcd_mesh_edit_setup(const float &initial) { } void _lcd_z_offset_edit() { - _lcd_mesh_fine_tune(PSTR(MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET)); + _lcd_mesh_fine_tune(GET_TEXT(MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET)); } float lcd_z_offset_edit() { @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ void lcd_z_offset_edit_setup(const float &initial) { */ void _lcd_ubl_build_custom_mesh() { char ubl_lcd_gcode[20]; - queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28")); + queue.inject_P(G28_STR); #if HAS_HEATED_BED sprintf_P(ubl_lcd_gcode, PSTR("M190 S%i"), custom_bed_temp); lcd_enqueue_one_now(ubl_lcd_gcode); @@ -127,12 +127,12 @@ void _lcd_ubl_build_custom_mesh() { */ void _lcd_ubl_custom_mesh() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU); - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(int3, MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM, &custom_hotend_temp, EXTRUDE_MINTEMP, (HEATER_0_MAXTEMP - 10)); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU); + EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM, &custom_hotend_temp, EXTRUDE_MINTEMP, (HEATER_0_MAXTEMP - 10)); #if HAS_HEATED_BED - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(int3, MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM, &custom_bed_temp, BED_MINTEMP, (BED_MAXTEMP - 10)); + EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM, &custom_bed_temp, BED_MINTEMP, (BED_MAXTEMP - 10)); #endif - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH, _lcd_ubl_build_custom_mesh); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH, _lcd_ubl_build_custom_mesh); END_MENU(); } @@ -157,9 +157,9 @@ void _lcd_ubl_adjust_height_cmd() { */ void _menu_ubl_height_adjust() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_EDIT_MESH); - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int3, MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT, &ubl_height_amount, -9, 9, _lcd_ubl_adjust_height_cmd); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_WATCH, ui.return_to_status); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_EDIT_MESH); + EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT, &ubl_height_amount, -9, 9, _lcd_ubl_adjust_height_cmd); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_INFO_SCREEN, ui.return_to_status); END_MENU(); } @@ -174,11 +174,11 @@ void _menu_ubl_height_adjust() { */ void _lcd_ubl_edit_mesh() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_UBL_TOOLS); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL, PSTR("G29 P4 R999 T")); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST, PSTR("G29 P4 T")); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST, _menu_ubl_height_adjust); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_WATCH, ui.return_to_status); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_UBL_TOOLS); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL, PSTR("G29 P4 R999 T")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST, PSTR("G29 P4 T")); + SUBMENU(MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST, _menu_ubl_height_adjust); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_INFO_SCREEN, ui.return_to_status); END_MENU(); } @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ void _lcd_ubl_validate_custom_mesh() { #endif ; sprintf_P(ubl_lcd_gcode, PSTR("G26 C B%i H%i P"), temp, custom_hotend_temp); - lcd_enqueue_one_now_P(PSTR("G28")); + lcd_enqueue_one_now_P(G28_STR); lcd_enqueue_one_now(ubl_lcd_gcode); } @@ -210,28 +210,19 @@ void _lcd_ubl_validate_custom_mesh() { */ void _lcd_ubl_validate_mesh() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_UBL_TOOLS); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_UBL_TOOLS); #if HAS_HEATED_BED - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1, PSTR("G28\nG26 C B" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) " H" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) " P")); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2, PSTR("G28\nG26 C B" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) " H" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) " P")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1, PSTR("G28\nG26 C B" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) " H" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) " P")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2, PSTR("G28\nG26 C B" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) " H" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) " P")); #else - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1, PSTR("G28\nG26 C B0 H" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) " P")); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2, PSTR("G28\nG26 C B0 H" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) " P")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1, PSTR("G28\nG26 C B0 H" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) " P")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2, PSTR("G28\nG26 C B0 H" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) " P")); #endif - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH, _lcd_ubl_validate_custom_mesh); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_WATCH, ui.return_to_status); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH, _lcd_ubl_validate_custom_mesh); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_INFO_SCREEN, ui.return_to_status); END_MENU(); } -/** - * UBL Grid Leveling Command - */ -void _lcd_ubl_grid_level_cmd() { - char ubl_lcd_gcode[12]; - sprintf_P(ubl_lcd_gcode, PSTR("G29 J%i"), side_points); - lcd_enqueue_one_now(ubl_lcd_gcode); -} - /** * UBL Grid Leveling submenu * @@ -241,9 +232,13 @@ void _lcd_ubl_grid_level_cmd() { */ void _lcd_ubl_grid_level() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_UBL_TOOLS); - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(int3, MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS, &side_points, 2, 6); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL, _lcd_ubl_grid_level_cmd); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_UBL_TOOLS); + EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS, &side_points, 2, 6); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL, []{ + char ubl_lcd_gcode[12]; + sprintf_P(ubl_lcd_gcode, PSTR("G29 J%i"), side_points); + lcd_enqueue_one_now(ubl_lcd_gcode); + }); END_MENU(); } @@ -257,10 +252,10 @@ void _lcd_ubl_grid_level() { */ void _lcd_ubl_mesh_leveling() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_UBL_TOOLS); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING, PSTR("G29 J0")); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING, _lcd_ubl_grid_level); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_WATCH, ui.return_to_status); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_UBL_TOOLS); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING, PSTR("G29 J0")); + SUBMENU(MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING, _lcd_ubl_grid_level); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_INFO_SCREEN, ui.return_to_status); END_MENU(); } @@ -285,11 +280,11 @@ void _lcd_ubl_fillin_amount_cmd() { */ void _menu_ubl_fillin() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU); - MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int3, MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT, &ubl_fillin_amount, 0, 9, _lcd_ubl_fillin_amount_cmd); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN, PSTR("G29 P3 T0")); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN, PSTR("G29 P2 B T0")); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_WATCH, ui.return_to_status); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU); + EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT, &ubl_fillin_amount, 0, 9, _lcd_ubl_fillin_amount_cmd); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN, PSTR("G29 P3 T0")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN, PSTR("G29 P2 B T0")); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_INFO_SCREEN, ui.return_to_status); END_MENU(); } @@ -314,9 +309,9 @@ void _lcd_ubl_invalidate() { */ void _lcd_ubl_build_mesh() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_UBL_TOOLS); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_UBL_TOOLS); #if HAS_HEATED_BED - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1, PSTR( + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1, PSTR( "G28\n" "M190 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\n" "M109 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) "\n" @@ -324,7 +319,7 @@ void _lcd_ubl_build_mesh() { "M104 S0\n" "M140 S0" )); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2, PSTR( + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2, PSTR( "G28\n" "M190 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\n" "M109 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) "\n" @@ -333,26 +328,26 @@ void _lcd_ubl_build_mesh() { "M140 S0" )); #else - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1, PSTR( + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1, PSTR( "G28\n" "M109 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) "\n" "G29 P1\n" "M104 S0" )); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2, PSTR( + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2, PSTR( "G28\n" "M109 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) "\n" "G29 P1\n" "M104 S0" )); #endif - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH, _lcd_ubl_custom_mesh); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH, PSTR("G28\nG29 P1")); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH, _menu_ubl_fillin); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH, PSTR("G29 P1 C")); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL, _lcd_ubl_invalidate); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST, PSTR("G29 I")); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_WATCH, ui.return_to_status); + SUBMENU(MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH, _lcd_ubl_custom_mesh); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH, PSTR("G28\nG29 P1")); + SUBMENU(MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH, _menu_ubl_fillin); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH, PSTR("G29 P1 C")); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL, _lcd_ubl_invalidate); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST, PSTR("G29 I")); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_INFO_SCREEN, ui.return_to_status); END_MENU(); } @@ -363,7 +358,7 @@ void _lcd_ubl_load_mesh_cmd() { char ubl_lcd_gcode[25]; sprintf_P(ubl_lcd_gcode, PSTR("G29 L%i"), ubl_storage_slot); lcd_enqueue_one_now(ubl_lcd_gcode); - sprintf_P(ubl_lcd_gcode, PSTR("M117 " MSG_MESH_LOADED), ubl_storage_slot); + sprintf_P(ubl_lcd_gcode, GET_TEXT(MSG_MESH_LOADED), ubl_storage_slot); lcd_enqueue_one_now(ubl_lcd_gcode); } @@ -374,7 +369,7 @@ void _lcd_ubl_save_mesh_cmd() { char ubl_lcd_gcode[25]; sprintf_P(ubl_lcd_gcode, PSTR("G29 S%i"), ubl_storage_slot); lcd_enqueue_one_now(ubl_lcd_gcode); - sprintf_P(ubl_lcd_gcode, PSTR("M117 " MSG_MESH_SAVED), ubl_storage_slot); + sprintf_P(ubl_lcd_gcode, GET_TEXT(MSG_MESH_SAVED), ubl_storage_slot); lcd_enqueue_one_now(ubl_lcd_gcode); } @@ -389,14 +384,14 @@ void _lcd_ubl_save_mesh_cmd() { void _lcd_ubl_storage_mesh() { int16_t a = settings.calc_num_meshes(); START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED); if (!WITHIN(ubl_storage_slot, 0, a - 1)) { STATIC_ITEM(MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE); } else { - MENU_ITEM_EDIT(int3, MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT, &ubl_storage_slot, 0, a - 1); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH, _lcd_ubl_load_mesh_cmd); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH, _lcd_ubl_save_mesh_cmd); + EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT, &ubl_storage_slot, 0, a - 1); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH, _lcd_ubl_load_mesh_cmd); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH, _lcd_ubl_save_mesh_cmd); } END_MENU(); } @@ -432,18 +427,16 @@ void _lcd_ubl_map_lcd_edit_cmd() { void ubl_map_move_to_xy() { const feedRate_t fr_mm_s = MMM_TO_MMS(XY_PROBE_SPEED); - set_destination_from_current(); // sync destination at the start + destination = current_position; // sync destination at the start #if ENABLED(DELTA) - if (current_position[Z_AXIS] > delta_clip_start_height) { - destination[Z_AXIS] = delta_clip_start_height; + if (current_position.z > delta_clip_start_height) { + destination.z = delta_clip_start_height; prepare_internal_move_to_destination(fr_mm_s); } #endif - destination[X_AXIS] = pgm_read_float(&ubl._mesh_index_to_xpos[x_plot]); - destination[Y_AXIS] = pgm_read_float(&ubl._mesh_index_to_ypos[y_plot]); - + destination.set(ubl.mesh_index_to_xpos(x_plot), ubl.mesh_index_to_ypos(y_plot)); prepare_internal_move_to_destination(fr_mm_s); } @@ -469,7 +462,7 @@ void _lcd_ubl_output_map_lcd() { if (ui.use_click()) return _lcd_ubl_map_lcd_edit_cmd(); if (ui.encoderPosition) { - step_scaler += int16_t(ui.encoderPosition); + step_scaler += int32_t(ui.encoderPosition); x_plot += step_scaler / (ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM); ui.encoderPosition = 0; ui.refresh(LCDVIEW_REDRAW_NOW); @@ -491,9 +484,8 @@ void _lcd_ubl_output_map_lcd() { if (y_plot < 0) y_plot = GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1; #if IS_KINEMATIC - const float x = pgm_read_float(&ubl._mesh_index_to_xpos[x_plot]), - y = pgm_read_float(&ubl._mesh_index_to_ypos[y_plot]); - if (position_is_reachable(x, y)) break; // Found a valid point + const xy_pos_t xy = { ubl.mesh_index_to_xpos(x_plot), ubl.mesh_index_to_ypos(y_plot) }; + if (position_is_reachable(xy)) break; // Found a valid point x_plot += (step_scaler < 0) ? -1 : 1; #endif @@ -527,7 +519,7 @@ void _lcd_ubl_output_map_lcd() { void _lcd_ubl_output_map_lcd_cmd() { if (!all_axes_known()) { set_all_unhomed(); - queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28")); + queue.inject_P(G28_STR); } ui.goto_screen(_lcd_ubl_map_homing); } @@ -539,15 +531,13 @@ void _lcd_ubl_output_map_lcd_cmd() { * Output for Host * Output for CSV * Off Printer Backup - * Output Mesh Map */ void _lcd_ubl_output_map() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST, PSTR("G29 T0")); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV, PSTR("G29 T1")); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP, PSTR("G29 S-1")); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP, _lcd_ubl_output_map_lcd_cmd); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST, PSTR("G29 T0")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV, PSTR("G29 T1")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP, PSTR("G29 S-1")); END_MENU(); } @@ -562,12 +552,12 @@ void _lcd_ubl_output_map() { */ void _menu_ubl_tools() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU, _lcd_ubl_build_mesh); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH, PSTR("G29 I999\nG29 P2 B T0")); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU, _lcd_ubl_validate_mesh); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_EDIT_MESH, _lcd_ubl_edit_mesh); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING, _lcd_ubl_mesh_leveling); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED); + SUBMENU(MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU, _lcd_ubl_build_mesh); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH, PSTR("G29 I999\nG29 P2 B T0")); + SUBMENU(MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU, _lcd_ubl_validate_mesh); + SUBMENU(MSG_EDIT_MESH, _lcd_ubl_edit_mesh); + SUBMENU(MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING, _lcd_ubl_mesh_leveling); END_MENU(); } @@ -585,14 +575,14 @@ void _menu_ubl_tools() { */ void _lcd_ubl_step_by_step() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, "1 " MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH, PSTR("G28\nG29 P1")); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, "2 " MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN, PSTR("G29 P3 T0")); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, "3 " MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU, _lcd_ubl_validate_mesh); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, "4 " MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL, PSTR("G29 P4 R999 T")); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, "5 " MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU, _lcd_ubl_validate_mesh); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, "6 " MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL, PSTR("G29 P4 R999 T")); - MENU_ITEM(function, "7 " MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH, _lcd_ubl_save_mesh_cmd); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_1_BUILD_COLD_MESH, PSTR("G28\nG29 P1")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_2_SMART_FILLIN, PSTR("G29 P3 T0")); + SUBMENU(MSG_UBL_3_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU, _lcd_ubl_validate_mesh); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_4_FINE_TUNE_ALL, PSTR("G29 P4 R999 T")); + SUBMENU(MSG_UBL_5_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU, _lcd_ubl_validate_mesh); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_6_FINE_TUNE_ALL, PSTR("G29 P4 R999 T")); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_UBL_7_SAVE_MESH, _lcd_ubl_save_mesh_cmd); END_MENU(); } @@ -612,19 +602,20 @@ void _lcd_ubl_step_by_step() { void _lcd_ubl_level_bed() { START_MENU(); - MENU_BACK(MSG_MOTION); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_MOTION); if (planner.leveling_active) - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH, PSTR("G29 D")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH, PSTR("G29 D")); else - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH, PSTR("G29 A")); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU, _lcd_ubl_step_by_step); - MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT, _lcd_ubl_output_map_lcd_cmd); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU, _lcd_ubl_storage_mesh); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP, _lcd_ubl_output_map); - MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_UBL_TOOLS, _menu_ubl_tools); - MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL, PSTR("G29 W")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH, PSTR("G29 A")); + SUBMENU(MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU, _lcd_ubl_step_by_step); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT, _lcd_ubl_output_map_lcd_cmd); + SUBMENU(MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU, _lcd_ubl_storage_mesh); + SUBMENU(MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP, _lcd_ubl_output_map); + SUBMENU(MSG_UBL_TOOLS, _menu_ubl_tools); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL, PSTR("G29 W")); #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) - MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float3, MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT, &lcd_z_fade_height, 0, 100, _lcd_set_z_fade_height); + editable.decimal = planner.z_fade_height; + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT, &editable.decimal, 0, 100, []{ set_z_fade_height(editable.decimal); }); #endif END_MENU(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/thermistornames.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/thermistornames.h index a874743010..7a464c30ab 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/thermistornames.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/thermistornames.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -36,6 +36,8 @@ #define THERMISTOR_NAME "User Parameters" // Thermcouples +#elif THERMISTOR_ID == -5 + #define THERMISTOR_NAME "MAX31865" #elif THERMISTOR_ID == -4 #define THERMISTOR_NAME "AD8495" #elif THERMISTOR_ID == -3 @@ -83,7 +85,9 @@ #elif THERMISTOR_ID == 18 #define THERMISTOR_NAME "ATC Semitec 204GT-2" #elif THERMISTOR_ID == 20 - #define THERMISTOR_NAME "Pt100 UltiMB" + #define THERMISTOR_NAME "Pt100 UltiMB 5v" +#elif THERMISTOR_ID == 21 + #define THERMISTOR_NAME "Pt100 UltiMB 3.3v" #elif THERMISTOR_ID == 201 #define THERMISTOR_NAME "Pt100 OverLord" #elif THERMISTOR_ID == 60 diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.cpp index 389a58f2dc..1cb23baa25 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -26,53 +26,59 @@ #include "../feature/leds/leds.h" #endif +#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) + #include "../feature/host_actions.h" +#endif + // All displays share the MarlinUI class +#include "ultralcd.h" +MarlinUI ui; + #if HAS_DISPLAY - #include "ultralcd.h" + #include "../module/printcounter.h" + #include "../MarlinCore.h" + #include "../gcode/queue.h" #include "fontutils.h" - MarlinUI ui; #include "../sd/cardreader.h" #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) #define START_OF_UTF8_CHAR(C) (((C) & 0xC0u) != 0x80u) #endif - #if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - #include "../feature/host_actions.h" - #endif +#endif + +#if LCD_HAS_WAIT_FOR_MOVE + bool MarlinUI::wait_for_move; // = false #endif #if HAS_SPI_LCD #if ENABLED(STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING) uint8_t MarlinUI::status_scroll_offset; // = 0 - #if LONG_FILENAME_LENGTH > CHARSIZE * 2 * (LCD_WIDTH) - #define MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH LONG_FILENAME_LENGTH - #else - #define MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH CHARSIZE * 2 * (LCD_WIDTH) - #endif + constexpr uint8_t MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH = _MAX(LONG_FILENAME_LENGTH, MAX_LANG_CHARSIZE * 2 * (LCD_WIDTH)); #else - #define MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH CHARSIZE * (LCD_WIDTH) + constexpr uint8_t MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH = MAX_LANG_CHARSIZE * (LCD_WIDTH); #endif #elif ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH 63 + constexpr uint8_t MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH = 63; #endif -#ifdef MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH +#if HAS_SPI_LCD || ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) uint8_t MarlinUI::alert_level; // = 0 char MarlinUI::status_message[MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH + 1]; #endif #if ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) - uint8_t MarlinUI::progress_bar_percent; // = 0 + MarlinUI::progress_t MarlinUI::progress_override; // = 0 + #if BOTH(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY, USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME) + uint32_t MarlinUI::remaining_time; + #endif #endif -#if HAS_BUZZER - #include "../libs/buzzer.h" +#if ENABLED(PCA9632_BUZZER) || USE_BEEPER + #include "../libs/buzzer.h" // for BUZZ() macro #if ENABLED(PCA9632_BUZZER) #include "../feature/leds/pca9632.h" #endif void MarlinUI::buzz(const long duration, const uint16_t freq) { - #if ENABLED(LCD_USE_I2C_BUZZER) - lcd.buzz(duration, freq); - #elif ENABLED(PCA9632_BUZZER) + #if ENABLED(PCA9632_BUZZER) pca9632_buzz(duration, freq); #elif USE_BEEPER buzzer.tone(duration, freq); @@ -91,24 +97,20 @@ #include "../sd/cardreader.h" #include "../module/temperature.h" #include "../module/planner.h" -#include "../module/printcounter.h" #include "../module/motion.h" -#include "../gcode/queue.h" - -#include "../Marlin.h" - -#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - #include "../feature/power_loss_recovery.h" -#endif #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) #include "../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" #endif -#if HAS_TRINAMIC +#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG #include "../feature/tmc_util.h" #endif +#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS + #include "../module/thermistor/thermistors.h" +#endif + #if HAS_ENCODER_ACTION volatile uint8_t MarlinUI::buttons; #if HAS_SLOW_BUTTONS @@ -141,7 +143,7 @@ millis_t MarlinUI::next_button_update_ms; // = 0 // Encoder Handling #if HAS_ENCODER_ACTION - uint16_t MarlinUI::encoderPosition; + uint32_t MarlinUI::encoderPosition; volatile int8_t encoderDiff; // Updated in update_buttons, added to encoderPosition every LCD update #endif @@ -181,6 +183,7 @@ millis_t MarlinUI::next_button_update_ms; // = 0 #endif screenFunc_t MarlinUI::currentScreen; // Initialized in CTOR + bool MarlinUI::screen_changed; #if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) bool MarlinUI::encoderRateMultiplierEnabled; @@ -196,6 +199,7 @@ millis_t MarlinUI::next_button_update_ms; // = 0 #endif #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) + uint8_t MarlinUI::touch_buttons; uint8_t MarlinUI::repeat_delay; #endif @@ -223,7 +227,7 @@ millis_t MarlinUI::next_button_update_ms; // = 0 SETCURSOR(col, row); if (!string) return; - auto _newline = [&col, &row]() { + auto _newline = [&col, &row]{ col = 0; row++; // Move col to string len (plus space) SETCURSOR(0, row); // Simulate carriage return }; @@ -299,6 +303,10 @@ void MarlinUI::init() { SET_INPUT_PULLUP(BTN_ENC); #endif + #if BUTTON_EXISTS(BACK) + SET_INPUT_PULLUP(BTN_BACK); + #endif + #if BUTTON_EXISTS(UP) SET_INPUT(BTN_UP); #endif @@ -383,7 +391,7 @@ bool MarlinUI::get_blink() { void _reprapworld_keypad_move(const AxisEnum axis, const int16_t dir) { move_menu_scale = REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP; - encoderPosition = dir; + ui.encoderPosition = dir; switch (axis) { case X_AXIS: lcd_move_x(); break; case Y_AXIS: lcd_move_y(); break; @@ -464,7 +472,7 @@ bool MarlinUI::get_blink() { #endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - if (!homed && RRK(EN_KEYPAD_F1)) queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28")); + if (!homed && RRK(EN_KEYPAD_F1)) queue.inject_P(G28_STR); return true; } @@ -519,7 +527,7 @@ void MarlinUI::status_screen() { if (expire_status_ms > 0) { // Expire the message if a job is active and the bar has ticks - if (get_progress() > 2 && !print_job_timer.isPaused()) { + if (get_progress_percent() > 2 && !print_job_timer.isPaused()) { if (ELAPSED(ms, expire_status_ms)) { status_message[0] = '\0'; expire_status_ms = 0; @@ -590,9 +598,12 @@ void MarlinUI::status_screen() { draw_status_screen(); } -void MarlinUI::kill_screen(PGM_P lcd_msg) { +void MarlinUI::kill_screen(PGM_P lcd_error, PGM_P lcd_component) { init(); - set_alert_status_P(lcd_msg); + status_printf_P(1, PSTR(S_FMT ": " S_FMT), lcd_error, lcd_component); + #if HAS_LCD_MENU + return_to_status(); + #endif // RED ALERT. RED ALERT. #ifdef LED_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT @@ -662,7 +673,7 @@ void MarlinUI::quick_feedback(const bool clear_buttons/*=true*/) { if (manual_move_axis != (int8_t)NO_AXIS && ELAPSED(millis(), manual_move_start_time) && !planner.is_full()) { - const feedRate_t fr_mm_s = MMM_TO_MMS(manual_feedrate_mm_m[manual_move_axis]); + const feedRate_t fr_mm_s = manual_feedrate_mm_s[manual_move_axis]; #if IS_KINEMATIC #if EXTRUDERS > 1 @@ -671,7 +682,7 @@ void MarlinUI::quick_feedback(const bool clear_buttons/*=true*/) { #endif // Set movement on a single axis - set_destination_from_current(); + destination = current_position; destination[manual_move_axis] += manual_move_offset; // Reset for the next move @@ -766,59 +777,49 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { static bool wait_for_unclick; // = false #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - - #define TOUCH_MENU_MASK 0x80 - - static bool arrow_pressed; // = false - - // Handle touch events which are slow to read - if (ELAPSED(ms, next_button_update_ms)) { - uint8_t touch_buttons = touch.read_buttons(); - if (touch_buttons) { - RESET_STATUS_TIMEOUT(); - if (touch_buttons & TOUCH_MENU_MASK) { // Processing Menu Area touch? - if (!wait_for_unclick) { // If not waiting for a debounce release: - wait_for_unclick = true; // - Set debounce flag to ignore continous clicks - wait_for_user = false; // - Any click clears wait for user - // TODO for next PR. - //uint8_t tpos = touch_buttons & ~(TOUCH_MENU_MASK); // Safe 7bit touched screen coordinate - next_button_update_ms = ms + 500; // Defer next check for 1/2 second - #if HAS_LCD_MENU - refresh(); - #endif - } - touch_buttons = 0; // Swallow the touch - } - buttons |= (touch_buttons & (EN_C | EN_D)); // Pass on Click and Back buttons - if (touch_buttons & (EN_A | EN_B)) { // A and/or B button? + if (touch_buttons) { + RESET_STATUS_TIMEOUT(); + if (touch_buttons & (EN_A | EN_B)) { // Menu arrows, in priority + if (ELAPSED(ms, next_button_update_ms)) { encoderDiff = (ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM) * (ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP) * encoderDirection; if (touch_buttons & EN_A) encoderDiff *= -1; - next_button_update_ms = ms + repeat_delay; // Assume the repeat delay - if (!wait_for_unclick && !arrow_pressed) { // On click prepare for repeat - next_button_update_ms += 250; // Longer delay on first press - arrow_pressed = true; // Mark arrow as pressed + #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + if (external_control) ubl.encoder_diff = encoderDiff; + #endif + next_button_update_ms = ms + repeat_delay; // Assume the repeat delay + if (!wait_for_unclick) { + next_button_update_ms += 250; // Longer delay on first press + wait_for_unclick = true; // Avoid Back/Select click while repeating #if HAS_BUZZER buzz(LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS, LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ); #endif } } } - if (!(touch_buttons & (EN_A | EN_B))) arrow_pressed = false; + else if (!wait_for_unclick && (buttons & EN_C)) { // OK button, if not waiting for a debounce release: + wait_for_unclick = true; // - Set debounce flag to ignore continous clicks + lcd_clicked = !wait_for_user && !no_reentry; // - Keep the click if not waiting for a user-click + wait_for_user = false; // - Any click clears wait for user + quick_feedback(); // - Always make a click sound + } } + else // keep wait_for_unclick value #endif // TOUCH_BUTTONS - // Integrated LCD click handling via button_pressed - if (!external_control && button_pressed()) { - if (!wait_for_unclick) { // If not waiting for a debounce release: - wait_for_unclick = true; // - Set debounce flag to ignore continous clicks - lcd_clicked = !wait_for_user && !no_reentry; // - Keep the click if not waiting for a user-click - wait_for_user = false; // - Any click clears wait for user - quick_feedback(); // - Always make a click sound + { + // Integrated LCD click handling via button_pressed + if (!external_control && button_pressed()) { + if (!wait_for_unclick) { // If not waiting for a debounce release: + wait_for_unclick = true; // - Set debounce flag to ignore continous clicks + lcd_clicked = !wait_for_user && !no_reentry; // - Keep the click if not waiting for a user-click + wait_for_user = false; // - Any click clears wait for user + quick_feedback(); // - Always make a click sound + } + } + else + wait_for_unclick = false; } - } - else - wait_for_unclick = false; if (LCD_BACK_CLICKED()) { quick_feedback(); @@ -843,13 +844,13 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { if (old_sd_status == 2) card.beginautostart(); // Initial boot else - set_status_P(PSTR(MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED)); + set_status_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED)); } #if PIN_EXISTS(SD_DETECT) else { card.release(); if (old_sd_status != 2) { - set_status_P(PSTR(MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED)); + set_status_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED)); #if HAS_LCD_MENU return_to_status(); #endif @@ -883,8 +884,13 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { next_lcd_update_ms = ms + LCD_UPDATE_INTERVAL; #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - if (on_status_screen()) - next_lcd_update_ms += (LCD_UPDATE_INTERVAL) * 2; + + if (on_status_screen()) next_lcd_update_ms += (LCD_UPDATE_INTERVAL) * 2; + + #if HAS_ENCODER_ACTION + touch_buttons = touch.read_buttons(); + #endif + #endif #if ENABLED(LCD_HAS_STATUS_INDICATORS) @@ -1028,7 +1034,8 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { // If still drawing and there's another page, update max-time and return now. // The nextPage will already be set up on the next call. if (drawing_screen && (drawing_screen = u8g.nextPage())) { - NOLESS(max_display_update_time, millis() - ms); + if (on_status_screen()) + NOLESS(max_display_update_time, millis() - ms); return; } } @@ -1045,7 +1052,8 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { // Keeping track of the longest time for an individual LCD update. // Used to do screen throttling when the planner starts to fill up. - NOLESS(max_display_update_time, millis() - ms); + if (on_status_screen()) + NOLESS(max_display_update_time, millis() - ms); } #if HAS_LCD_MENU && LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS @@ -1101,32 +1109,34 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { #endif // Calculate the ADC value for the voltage divider with specified pull-down resistor value - #define ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(r) (int(4096.0 * (ADC_BUTTONS_VALUE_SCALE) * r / (r + ADC_BUTTONS_R_PULLUP))) + #define ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(r) int(HAL_ADC_RANGE * (ADC_BUTTONS_VALUE_SCALE) * r / (r + ADC_BUTTONS_R_PULLUP)) + static constexpr uint16_t adc_button_tolerance = HAL_ADC_RANGE * 25 / 1024, + adc_other_button = HAL_ADC_RANGE * 1000 / 1024; static const _stADCKeypadTable_ stADCKeyTable[] PROGMEM = { // VALUE_MIN, VALUE_MAX, KEY - { 4000, 4096, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_F1 }, // F1 - { 4000, 4096, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_F2 }, // F2 - { 4000, 4096, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_F3 }, // F3 - { ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_LEFT_R_PULLDOWN) - 100, - ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_LEFT_R_PULLDOWN) + 100, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_LEFT }, // LEFT ( 272 ... 472) - { ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_RIGHT_R_PULLDOWN) - 100, - ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_RIGHT_R_PULLDOWN) + 100, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_RIGHT }, // RIGHT (1948 ... 2148) - { ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_UP_R_PULLDOWN) - 100, - ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_UP_R_PULLDOWN) + 100, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_UP }, // UP ( 618 ... 818) - { ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_DOWN_R_PULLDOWN) - 100, - ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_DOWN_R_PULLDOWN) + 100, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_DOWN }, // DOWN (2686 ... 2886) - { ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_MIDDLE_R_PULLDOWN) - 100, - ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_MIDDLE_R_PULLDOWN) + 100, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_MIDDLE }, // ENTER (1205 ... 1405) + { adc_other_button, HAL_ADC_RANGE, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_F1 }, // F1 + { adc_other_button, HAL_ADC_RANGE, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_F2 }, // F2 + { adc_other_button, HAL_ADC_RANGE, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_F3 }, // F3 + { ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_LEFT_R_PULLDOWN) - adc_button_tolerance, + ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_LEFT_R_PULLDOWN) + adc_button_tolerance, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_LEFT }, // LEFT ( 272 ... 472) + { ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_RIGHT_R_PULLDOWN) - adc_button_tolerance, + ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_RIGHT_R_PULLDOWN) + adc_button_tolerance, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_RIGHT }, // RIGHT (1948 ... 2148) + { ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_UP_R_PULLDOWN) - adc_button_tolerance, + ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_UP_R_PULLDOWN) + adc_button_tolerance, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_UP }, // UP ( 618 ... 818) + { ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_DOWN_R_PULLDOWN) - adc_button_tolerance, + ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_DOWN_R_PULLDOWN) + adc_button_tolerance, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_DOWN }, // DOWN (2686 ... 2886) + { ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_MIDDLE_R_PULLDOWN) - adc_button_tolerance, + ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_MIDDLE_R_PULLDOWN) + adc_button_tolerance, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_MIDDLE }, // ENTER (1205 ... 1405) }; uint8_t get_ADC_keyValue() { if (thermalManager.ADCKey_count >= 16) { - const uint16_t currentkpADCValue = thermalManager.current_ADCKey_raw << 2; - thermalManager.current_ADCKey_raw = 1024; + const uint16_t currentkpADCValue = thermalManager.current_ADCKey_raw; + thermalManager.current_ADCKey_raw = HAL_ADC_RANGE; thermalManager.ADCKey_count = 0; - if (currentkpADCValue < 4000) - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ADC_KEY_NUM; i++) { + if (currentkpADCValue < adc_other_button) + LOOP_L_N(i, ADC_KEY_NUM) { const uint16_t lo = pgm_read_word(&stADCKeyTable[i].ADCKeyValueMin), hi = pgm_read_word(&stADCKeyTable[i].ADCKeyValueMax); if (WITHIN(currentkpADCValue, lo, hi)) return pgm_read_byte(&stADCKeyTable[i].ADCKeyNo); @@ -1139,27 +1149,6 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { #if HAS_ENCODER_ACTION - #if DISABLED(ADC_KEYPAD) && (ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) || !HAS_DIGITAL_BUTTONS) - - /** - * Setup Rotary Encoder Bit Values (for two pin encoders to indicate movement) - * These values are independent of which pins are used for EN_A and EN_B indications - * The rotary encoder part is also independent to the chipset used for the LCD - */ - #define GET_SHIFT_BUTTON_STATES(DST) \ - uint8_t new_##DST = 0; \ - WRITE(SHIFT_LD, LOW); \ - WRITE(SHIFT_LD, HIGH); \ - for (int8_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) { \ - new_##DST >>= 1; \ - if (READ(SHIFT_OUT)) SBI(new_##DST, 7); \ - WRITE(SHIFT_CLK, HIGH); \ - WRITE(SHIFT_CLK, LOW); \ - } \ - DST = ~new_##DST; //invert it, because a pressed switch produces a logical 0 - - #endif - /** * Read encoder buttons from the hardware registers * Warning: This function is called from interrupt context! @@ -1230,11 +1219,18 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { #endif // UP || DWN || LFT || RT - buttons = newbutton + buttons = (newbutton #if HAS_SLOW_BUTTONS | slow_buttons #endif - ; + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) && HAS_ENCODER_ACTION + | (touch_buttons + #if HAS_ENCODER_WHEEL + & (~(EN_A | EN_B)) + #endif + ) + #endif + ); #elif HAS_ADC_BUTTONS @@ -1250,15 +1246,25 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { #endif #if HAS_SHIFT_ENCODER - - GET_SHIFT_BUTTON_STATES( - #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) - keypad_buttons - #else - buttons - #endif - ); - + /** + * Set up Rotary Encoder bit values (for two pin encoders to indicate movement). + * These values are independent of which pins are used for EN_A / EN_B indications. + * The rotary encoder part is also independent of the LCD chipset. + */ + uint8_t val = 0; + WRITE(SHIFT_LD, LOW); + WRITE(SHIFT_LD, HIGH); + LOOP_L_N(i, 8) { + val >>= 1; + if (READ(SHIFT_OUT)) SBI(val, 7); + WRITE(SHIFT_CLK, HIGH); + WRITE(SHIFT_CLK, LOW); + } + #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) + keypad_buttons = ~val; + #else + buttons = ~val; + #endif #endif } // next_button_update_ms @@ -1303,7 +1309,7 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { #if HAS_DISPLAY #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #include "extensible_ui/ui_api.h" + #include "extui/ui_api.h" #endif //////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -1349,8 +1355,6 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) ExtUI::onStatusChanged(status_message); #endif - - refresh(); } bool MarlinUI::has_status() { return (status_message[0] != '\0'); } @@ -1358,6 +1362,10 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { void MarlinUI::set_status(const char * const message, const bool persist) { if (alert_level) return; + #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) + host_action_notify(message); + #endif + // Here we have a problem. The message is encoded in UTF8, so // arbitrarily cutting it will be a problem. We MUST be sure // that there is no cutting in the middle of a multibyte character! @@ -1397,6 +1405,10 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { if (level < alert_level) return; alert_level = level; + #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) + host_action_notify(message); + #endif + // Since the message is encoded in UTF8 it must // only be cut on a character boundary. @@ -1425,15 +1437,14 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { #endif } - #include "../module/printcounter.h" + PGM_P print_paused = GET_TEXT(MSG_PRINT_PAUSED); /** * Reset the status message */ - void MarlinUI::reset_status() { - static const char paused[] PROGMEM = MSG_PRINT_PAUSED; - static const char printing[] PROGMEM = MSG_PRINTING; - static const char welcome[] PROGMEM = WELCOME_MSG; + void MarlinUI::reset_status(const bool no_welcome) { + PGM_P printing = GET_TEXT(MSG_PRINTING); + PGM_P welcome = GET_TEXT(WELCOME_MSG); #if SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 > 0 static const char service1[] PROGMEM = { "> " SERVICE_NAME_1 "!" }; #endif @@ -1444,8 +1455,8 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { static const char service3[] PROGMEM = { "> " SERVICE_NAME_3 "!" }; #endif PGM_P msg; - if (!IS_SD_PRINTING() && print_job_timer.isPaused()) - msg = paused; + if (printingIsPaused()) + msg = print_paused; #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) else if (IS_SD_PRINTING()) return set_status(card.longest_filename(), true); @@ -1463,8 +1474,10 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { else if (print_job_timer.needsService(3)) msg = service3; #endif - else + else if (!no_welcome) msg = welcome; + else + return; set_status_P(msg, -1); } @@ -1482,10 +1495,10 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { host_action_cancel(); #endif #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_prompt_open(PROMPT_INFO, PSTR("UI Aborted"), PSTR("Dismiss")); + host_prompt_open(PROMPT_INFO, PSTR("UI Aborted"), DISMISS_STR); #endif print_job_timer.stop(); - set_status_P(PSTR(MSG_PRINT_ABORTED)); + set_status_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_PRINT_ABORTED)); #if HAS_LCD_MENU return_to_status(); #endif @@ -1497,18 +1510,14 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { void MarlinUI::pause_print() { #if HAS_LCD_MENU - synchronize(PSTR(MSG_PAUSE_PRINT)); - #endif - - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - if (recovery.enabled) recovery.save(true, false); + synchronize(GET_TEXT(MSG_PAUSE_PRINT)); #endif #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) host_prompt_open(PROMPT_PAUSE_RESUME, PSTR("UI Pause"), PSTR("Resume")); #endif - set_status_P(PSTR(MSG_PRINT_PAUSED)); + set_status_P(print_paused); #if ENABLED(PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE) #if HAS_SPI_LCD @@ -1527,9 +1536,7 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { #if ENABLED(PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE) wait_for_heatup = wait_for_user = false; #endif - #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - if (card.isPaused()) queue.inject_P(PSTR("M24")); - #endif + if (IS_SD_PAUSED()) queue.inject_P(M24_STR); #ifdef ACTION_ON_RESUME host_action_resume(); #endif @@ -1537,19 +1544,54 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { } #if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - uint8_t MarlinUI::get_progress() { + + MarlinUI::progress_t MarlinUI::_get_progress() { #if ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) - uint8_t &progress = progress_bar_percent; - #define _PLIMIT(P) ((P) & 0x7F) + const progress_t p = progress_override & PROGRESS_MASK; #else - #define _PLIMIT(P) P - uint8_t progress = 0; + constexpr progress_t p = 0; #endif - #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - if (IS_SD_PRINTING()) progress = card.percentDone(); - #endif - return _PLIMIT(progress); + return (p + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + #if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS_PERMYRIAD + ?: card.permyriadDone() + #else + ?: card.percentDone() + #endif + #endif + ); } + #endif -#endif // HAS_DISPLAY +#else // !HAS_DISPLAY + + // + // Send the status line as a host notification + // + + void MarlinUI::set_status(const char * const message, const bool) { + #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) + host_action_notify(message); + #else + UNUSED(message); + #endif + } + + void MarlinUI::set_status_P(PGM_P message, const int8_t) { + #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) + host_action_notify(message); + #else + UNUSED(message); + #endif + } + + void MarlinUI::status_printf_P(const uint8_t, PGM_P const message, ...) { + #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) + host_action_notify(message); + #else + UNUSED(message); + #endif + } + +#endif // !HAS_DISPLAY diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.h index f3dcb3a381..1bcf9956fe 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -27,17 +27,25 @@ #include "../libs/buzzer.h" #endif -#define HAS_DIGITAL_BUTTONS (!HAS_ADC_BUTTONS && ENABLED(NEWPANEL) || BUTTON_EXISTS(EN1, EN2) || ANY_BUTTON(ENC, BACK, UP, DWN, LFT, RT)) -#define HAS_SHIFT_ENCODER (!HAS_ADC_BUTTONS && (ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) || (HAS_SPI_LCD && DISABLED(NEWPANEL)))) -#define HAS_ENCODER_WHEEL ((!HAS_ADC_BUTTONS && ENABLED(NEWPANEL)) || BUTTON_EXISTS(EN1, EN2)) -#define HAS_ENCODER_ACTION (HAS_LCD_MENU || ENABLED(ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY)) +#if HAS_LCD_MENU || ENABLED(ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY) + #define HAS_ENCODER_ACTION 1 +#endif +#if (!HAS_ADC_BUTTONS && ENABLED(NEWPANEL)) || BUTTONS_EXIST(EN1, EN2) + #define HAS_ENCODER_WHEEL 1 +#endif +#if HAS_ENCODER_WHEEL || ANY_BUTTON(ENC, BACK, UP, DWN, LFT, RT) + #define HAS_DIGITAL_BUTTONS 1 +#endif +#if !HAS_ADC_BUTTONS && (ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) || (HAS_SPI_LCD && DISABLED(NEWPANEL))) + #define HAS_SHIFT_ENCODER 1 +#endif // I2C buttons must be read in the main thread #define HAS_SLOW_BUTTONS EITHER(LCD_I2C_VIKI, LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2) #if HAS_SPI_LCD - #include "../Marlin.h" + #include "../MarlinCore.h" #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) #include "../feature/pause.h" @@ -67,13 +75,9 @@ #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD #define SETCURSOR(col, row) lcd_moveto(col * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH), (row + 1) * (MENU_FONT_HEIGHT)) #define SETCURSOR_RJ(len, row) lcd_moveto(LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - (len) * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH), (row + 1) * (MENU_FONT_HEIGHT)) - #define LCDPRINT(p) u8g.print(p) - #define LCDWRITE(c) u8g.print(c) #else #define SETCURSOR(col, row) lcd_moveto(col, row) #define SETCURSOR_RJ(len, row) lcd_moveto(LCD_WIDTH - (len), row) - #define LCDPRINT(p) lcd_put_u8str(p) - #define LCDWRITE(c) lcd_put_wchar(c) #endif #include "lcdprint.h" @@ -90,7 +94,6 @@ typedef void (*menuAction_t)(); // Manual Movement - constexpr feedRate_t manual_feedrate_mm_m[XYZE] = MANUAL_FEEDRATE; extern float move_menu_scale; #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) @@ -158,6 +161,8 @@ #if ENABLED(LCD_I2C_VIKI) + #include + #define B_I2C_BTN_OFFSET 3 // (the first three bit positions reserved for EN_A, EN_B, EN_C) // button and encoder bit positions within 'buttons' @@ -274,7 +279,7 @@ public: static void init(); static void update(); - static void set_alert_status_P(PGM_P message); + static void set_alert_status_P(PGM_P const message); static char status_message[]; static bool has_status(); @@ -293,15 +298,34 @@ public: static void resume_print(); #if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #if ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) - static uint8_t progress_bar_percent; - static void set_progress(const uint8_t progress) { progress_bar_percent = _MIN(progress, 100); } - static void set_progress_done() { set_progress(0x80 + 100); } - static void progress_reset() { if (progress_bar_percent & 0x80) set_progress(0); } + #if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS_PERMYRIAD + typedef uint16_t progress_t; + #define PROGRESS_SCALE 100U + #define PROGRESS_MASK 0x7FFF + #else + typedef uint8_t progress_t; + #define PROGRESS_SCALE 1U + #define PROGRESS_MASK 0x7F #endif - static uint8_t get_progress(); + #if ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) + static progress_t progress_override; + static void set_progress(const progress_t p) { progress_override = _MIN(p, 100U * (PROGRESS_SCALE)); } + static void set_progress_done() { progress_override = (PROGRESS_MASK + 1U) + 100U * (PROGRESS_SCALE); } + static void progress_reset() { if (progress_override & (PROGRESS_MASK + 1U)) set_progress(0); } + #if BOTH(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY, USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME) + static uint32_t remaining_time; + FORCE_INLINE static void set_remaining_time(const uint32_t r) { remaining_time = r; } + FORCE_INLINE static uint32_t get_remaining_time() { return remaining_time; } + FORCE_INLINE static void reset_remaining_time() { set_remaining_time(0); } + #endif + #endif + static progress_t _get_progress(); + #if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS_PERMYRIAD + FORCE_INLINE static uint16_t get_progress_permyriad() { return _get_progress(); } + #endif + static uint8_t get_progress_percent() { return uint8_t(_get_progress() / (PROGRESS_SCALE)); } #else - static constexpr uint8_t get_progress() { return 0; } + static constexpr uint8_t get_progress_percent() { return 0; } #endif #if HAS_SPI_LCD @@ -311,9 +335,9 @@ public: static bool detected(); static LCDViewAction lcdDrawUpdate; - static inline bool should_draw() { return bool(lcdDrawUpdate); } - static inline void refresh(const LCDViewAction type) { lcdDrawUpdate = type; } - static inline void refresh() { refresh(LCDVIEW_CLEAR_CALL_REDRAW); } + FORCE_INLINE static bool should_draw() { return bool(lcdDrawUpdate); } + FORCE_INLINE static void refresh(const LCDViewAction type) { lcdDrawUpdate = type; } + FORCE_INLINE static void refresh() { refresh(LCDVIEW_CLEAR_CALL_REDRAW); } #if ENABLED(SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN) static void draw_custom_bootscreen(const uint8_t frame=0); @@ -321,6 +345,9 @@ public: #endif #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) + #ifndef BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT + #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 2500 + #endif static void draw_marlin_bootscreen(const bool line2=false); static void show_marlin_bootscreen(); static void show_bootscreen(); @@ -343,7 +370,7 @@ public: static void draw_progress_bar(const uint8_t percent); #if PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE > 0 static millis_t expire_status_ms; // = 0 - static inline void reset_progress_bar_timeout() { expire_status_ms = 0; } + FORCE_INLINE static void reset_progress_bar_timeout() { expire_status_ms = 0; } #endif #endif @@ -354,7 +381,7 @@ public: #if HAS_LCD_CONTRAST static int16_t contrast; static void set_contrast(const int16_t value); - static inline void refresh_contrast() { set_contrast(contrast); } + FORCE_INLINE static void refresh_contrast() { set_contrast(contrast); } #endif #if BOTH(FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY, SDSUPPORT) @@ -381,24 +408,26 @@ public: #endif static bool get_blink(); - static void kill_screen(PGM_P const lcd_msg); + static void kill_screen(PGM_P const lcd_error, PGM_P const lcd_component); static void draw_kill_screen(); static void set_status(const char* const message, const bool persist=false); static void set_status_P(PGM_P const message, const int8_t level=0); static void status_printf_P(const uint8_t level, PGM_P const fmt, ...); - static void reset_status(); + static void reset_status(const bool no_welcome=false); #else // No LCD + // Send status to host as a notification + void set_status(const char* message, const bool=false); + void set_status_P(PGM_P message, const int8_t=0); + void status_printf_P(const uint8_t, PGM_P message, ...); + static inline void init() {} static inline void update() {} static inline void refresh() {} static inline void return_to_status() {} - static inline void set_alert_status_P(PGM_P message) { UNUSED(message); } - static inline void set_status(const char* const message, const bool persist=false) { UNUSED(message); UNUSED(persist); } - static inline void set_status_P(PGM_P const message, const int8_t level=0) { UNUSED(message); UNUSED(level); } - static inline void status_printf_P(const uint8_t level, PGM_P const fmt, ...) { UNUSED(level); UNUSED(fmt); } - static inline void reset_status() {} + static inline void set_alert_status_P(PGM_P const) {} + static inline void reset_status(const bool=false) {} static inline void reset_alert_level() {} static constexpr bool has_status() { return false; } @@ -407,6 +436,7 @@ public: #if HAS_LCD_MENU #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) + static uint8_t touch_buttons; static uint8_t repeat_delay; #endif @@ -451,29 +481,30 @@ public: static void synchronize(PGM_P const msg=nullptr); static screenFunc_t currentScreen; + static bool screen_changed; static void goto_screen(const screenFunc_t screen, const uint16_t encoder=0, const uint8_t top=0, const uint8_t items=0); static void save_previous_screen(); - static void goto_previous_screen( - #if ENABLED(TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM) - const bool is_back - #endif - ); + // goto_previous_screen and go_back may also be used as menu item callbacks #if ENABLED(TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM) - // Various menu items require a "void (*)()" to point to - // this function so a default argument *won't* work - static inline void goto_previous_screen() { goto_previous_screen(false); } + static void _goto_previous_screen(const bool is_back); + static inline void goto_previous_screen() { _goto_previous_screen(false); } + static inline void go_back() { _goto_previous_screen(true); } + #else + static void _goto_previous_screen(); + FORCE_INLINE static void goto_previous_screen() { _goto_previous_screen(); } + FORCE_INLINE static void go_back() { _goto_previous_screen(); } #endif static void return_to_status(); static inline bool on_status_screen() { return currentScreen == status_screen; } - static inline void run_current_screen() { (*currentScreen)(); } + FORCE_INLINE static void run_current_screen() { (*currentScreen)(); } #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) static void lcd_in_status(const bool inStatus); #endif - static inline void defer_status_screen(const bool defer=true) { + FORCE_INLINE static void defer_status_screen(const bool defer=true) { #if LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS defer_return_to_status = defer; #else @@ -491,7 +522,7 @@ public: #endif #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - static inline void chirp() { + FORCE_INLINE static void chirp() { #if HAS_BUZZER buzz(LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS, LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ); #endif @@ -508,14 +539,16 @@ public: static constexpr bool lcd_clicked = false; static constexpr bool on_status_screen() { return true; } - static inline void run_current_screen() { status_screen(); } + FORCE_INLINE static void run_current_screen() { status_screen(); } #endif - #if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) && EITHER(PROBE_MANUALLY, MESH_BED_LEVELING) - static bool wait_for_bl_move; + #define LCD_HAS_WAIT_FOR_MOVE EITHER(DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU, DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) || (ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) && EITHER(PROBE_MANUALLY, MESH_BED_LEVELING)) + + #if LCD_HAS_WAIT_FOR_MOVE + static bool wait_for_move; #else - static constexpr bool wait_for_bl_move = false; + static constexpr bool wait_for_move = false; #endif #if HAS_LCD_MENU && EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, G26_MESH_VALIDATION) @@ -544,7 +577,7 @@ public: static void wait_for_release(); #endif - static uint16_t encoderPosition; + static uint32_t encoderPosition; #if ENABLED(REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION) #define ENCODERBASE -1 @@ -554,22 +587,27 @@ public: #if EITHER(REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION, REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION) static int8_t encoderDirection; - static inline void encoder_direction_normal() { encoderDirection = ENCODERBASE; } #else static constexpr int8_t encoderDirection = ENCODERBASE; - static inline void encoder_direction_normal() {} #endif - #if ENABLED(REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION) - static inline void encoder_direction_menus() { encoderDirection = -(ENCODERBASE); } - #else - static inline void encoder_direction_menus() {} - #endif - #if ENABLED(REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION) - static inline void encoder_direction_select() { encoderDirection = -(ENCODERBASE); } - #else - static inline void encoder_direction_select() {} - #endif + FORCE_INLINE static void encoder_direction_normal() { + #if EITHER(REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION, REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION) + encoderDirection = ENCODERBASE; + #endif + } + + FORCE_INLINE static void encoder_direction_menus() { + #if ENABLED(REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION) + encoderDirection = -(ENCODERBASE); + #endif + } + + FORCE_INLINE static void encoder_direction_select() { + #if ENABLED(REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION) + encoderDirection = -(ENCODERBASE); + #endif + } #else @@ -599,5 +637,8 @@ private: extern MarlinUI ui; -#define LCD_MESSAGEPGM(x) ui.set_status_P(PSTR(x)) -#define LCD_ALERTMESSAGEPGM(x) ui.set_alert_status_P(PSTR(x)) +#define LCD_MESSAGEPGM_P(x) ui.set_status_P(x) +#define LCD_ALERTMESSAGEPGM_P(x) ui.set_alert_status_P(x) + +#define LCD_MESSAGEPGM(x) LCD_MESSAGEPGM_P(GET_TEXT(x)) +#define LCD_ALERTMESSAGEPGM(x) LCD_ALERTMESSAGEPGM_P(GET_TEXT(x)) diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/000_l6470_read_me.md b/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/000_l6470_read_me.md deleted file mode 100644 index 712ced551b..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/000_l6470_read_me.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -Arduino-6470 library revision 0.7.0 or above is required. - -This software can be used with any L647x chip and the powerSTEP01. L647x and powerSTEP01 devices can not be mixed within a system. A flag in the library must be set to enable use of a powerSTEP01. - -These devices use voltage PWMs to drive the stepper phases. Phase current is not directly controlled. Each microstep corresponds to a particular PWM duty cycle. The KVAL\_HOLD register scales the PWM duty cycle. - -This software assumes that all L6470 drivers are in one SPI daisy chain. - -``` - The hardware setup is: - - MOSI from controller tied to SDI on the first device - - SDO of the first device is tied to SDI of the next device - - SDO of the last device is tied to MISO of the controller - - all devices share the same SCK, SS\_PIN and RESET\_PIN - - Each L6470 passes the data it saw on its SDI to its neighbor on the **NEXT** SPI cycle (8 bit delay). - - Each L6470 acts on the **last** SPI data it saw when the SS\_PIN **goes high**. -``` - -The L6470 drivers operate in STEP\_CLOCK mode. In this mode the direction and enable are done via SPI commands and the phase currents are changed in response to step pulses (generated in the usual way). - -There are two different SPI routines used. - -- **uint8\_t** L6470\_Transfer(uint8\_t data, int \_SSPin, const uint8\_t chain\_position) is used to setup the chips and by the maintenance/status code. This code uses the Arduino-6470 library. - -- **void** L6470\_Transfer(uint8\_t L6470\_buf[], const uint8\_t length) is used by the set\_directions() routine to send the direction/enable commands. The library is NOT used by this code. - -**HARDWARE/SOFTWARE interaction** - -Powering up a stepper and setting the direction are done by the same command. Can't do one without the other. - -**All** directions are set **every time** a new block is popped off the queue by the stepper ISR. - -SPI transfers, when setting the directions, are minimized by using arrays and a SPI routine dedicated to this function. L6470 library calls are not used. For N L6470 drivers, this results in a N byte transfer. If library calls were used then N\*N bytes would be sent. - -**Power up (reset) sequence:** - -1. Stepper objects are created before the **setup()** entry point is reached. - -2. After the **setup()** entry point is reached and before the steppers are initialized, L6470\_init() is called to do the following - -3. If present, the hardware reset is pulsed. - -4. The L6470\_chain array is populated during **setup()**. This array is used to tell where in the SPI stream the commands/data for an stepper is positioned. - -5. The L6470 soft SPI pins are initialized. - -6. The L6470 chips are initialized during **setup()**. They can be re-initialized using the **L6470\_init\_to\_defaults()** function - -The steppers are **NOT** powered up during this sequence. - -**L6470\_chain** array - -This array is used by all routines that transmit SPI data. - -``` - Location 0 - number of drivers in chain - - Location 1 - axis index for first device in the chain (closest to MOSI) - - ... - - Location N - axis index for last device in the N device long chain (closest to MISO) -``` - -**Direction set and enable** - -The DIR\_WRITE macros for the L6470 drivers are written so that the standard X, Y, Z and extruder logic used by the set\_directions() routine is not altered. These macros write the correct forward/reverse command to the corresponding location in the array *L6470\_dir\_commands*. - -At the end of the set\_directions() routine, the array *L6470\_chain* is used to grab the corresponding direction/enable commands out of the array *L6470\_dir\_commands* and put them in the correct sequence in the array *L6470\_buf*. Array *L6470\_buf* is then passed to the **void** L6470\_Transfer function which actually sends the data to the devices. - -**Utilities and misc** - -The **absolute position** registers should accurately reflect Marlin’s stepper position counts. They are set to zero during initialization. G28 sets them to the Marlin counts for the corresponding axis after homing. NOTE – these registers are often the negative of the Marlin counts. This is because the Marlin counts reflect the logical direction while the registers reflect the stepper direction. The register contents are displayed via the M114 D command. - -The **L6470\_monitor** feature reads the status of each device every half second. It will report if there are any error conditions present or if communications has been lost/restored. The KVAL\_HOLD value is reduced every 2 – 2.5 seconds if the thermal warning or thermal shutdown conditions are present. - -**M122** displays the settings of most of the bits in the status register plus a couple of other items. - -**M906** can be used to set the KVAL\_HOLD register one driver at a time. If a setting is not included with the command then the contents of the registers that affect the phase current/voltage are displayed. - -**M916, M917 & M918** - -These utilities are used to tune the system. They can get you in the ballpark for acceptable jerk, acceleration, top speed and KVAL\_HOLD settings. In general they seem to provide an overly optimistic KVAL\_HOLD setting because of the lag between setting KVAL\_HOLD and the driver reaching final temperature. Enabling the **L6470\_monitor** feature during prints will provide the **final useful KVAL\_HOLD setting**. - -The amount of power needed to move the stepper without skipping steps increases as jerk, acceleration and top speed increase. The power dissipated by the driver increases as the power to the stepper increases. The net result is a balancing act between jerk, acceleration, top speed and power dissipated by the driver. - -**M916 -** Increases KVAL\_HOLD while moving one axis until get thermal warning. This routine is also useful for determining the approximate KVAL\_HOLD where the stepper stops losing steps. The sound will get noticeably quieter as it stops losing steps. - -**M917 -** Find minimum current thresholds. This is done by doing the following steps while moving an axis: - -1. Decrease OCD current until overcurrent error - -2. Increase OCD until overcurrent error goes away - -3. Decrease stall threshold until stall error - -4. Increase stall until stall error goes away - -**M918 -** Increase speed until error or max feedrate achieved. diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index d8b0fb833d..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,796 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * The monitor_driver routines are a close copy of the TMC code - */ - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" - -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - -#include "L6470_Marlin.h" - -L6470_Marlin L6470; - -#include "../../module/stepper/indirection.h" -#include "../../module/planner.h" -#include "../../gcode/gcode.h" - -#define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) -#include "../../core/debug_out.h" - -uint8_t L6470_Marlin::dir_commands[MAX_L6470]; // array to hold direction command for each driver - -char L6470_Marlin::index_to_axis[MAX_L6470][3] = { "X ", "Y ", "Z ", "X2", "Y2", "Z2", "Z3", "E0", "E1", "E2", "E3", "E4", "E5" }; - -bool L6470_Marlin::index_to_dir[MAX_L6470] = { - INVERT_X_DIR , // 0 X - INVERT_Y_DIR , // 1 Y - INVERT_Z_DIR , // 2 Z - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - INVERT_X_DIR ^ INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR , // 3 X2 - #else - INVERT_X_DIR , // 3 X2 - #endif - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - INVERT_Y_DIR ^ INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR , // 4 Y2 - #else - INVERT_Y_DIR , // 4 Y2 - #endif - INVERT_Z_DIR , // 5 Z2 - INVERT_Z_DIR , // 6 Z3 - INVERT_E0_DIR , // 7 E0 - INVERT_E1_DIR , // 8 E1 - INVERT_E2_DIR , // 9 E2 - INVERT_E3_DIR , //10 E3 - INVERT_E4_DIR , //11 E4 - INVERT_E5_DIR , //12 E5 -}; - -uint8_t L6470_Marlin::axis_xref[MAX_L6470] = { - AxisEnum(X_AXIS), // X - AxisEnum(Y_AXIS), // Y - AxisEnum(Z_AXIS), // Z - AxisEnum(X_AXIS), // X2 - AxisEnum(Y_AXIS), // Y2 - AxisEnum(Z_AXIS), // Z2 - AxisEnum(Z_AXIS), // Z3 - AxisEnum(E_AXIS), // E0 - AxisEnum(E_AXIS), // E1 - AxisEnum(E_AXIS), // E2 - AxisEnum(E_AXIS), // E3 - AxisEnum(E_AXIS), // E4 - AxisEnum(E_AXIS) // E5 -}; - -volatile bool L6470_Marlin::spi_abort = false; -bool L6470_Marlin::spi_active = false; - -void L6470_Marlin::populate_chain_array() { - - #define _L6470_INIT_SPI(Q) do{ stepper##Q.set_chain_info(Q, Q##_CHAIN_POS); }while(0) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(X); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(X2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(Y); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(Y2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(Z); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(Z2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(Z3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(E0); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(E1); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(E2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(E3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(E4); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(E5); - #endif -} - -void L6470_Marlin::init() { // Set up SPI and then init chips - #if PIN_EXISTS(L6470_RESET_CHAIN) - OUT_WRITE(L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN, LOW); // hardware reset of drivers - delay(1); - OUT_WRITE(L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN, HIGH); - delay(1); // need about 650uS for the chip to fully start up - #endif - populate_chain_array(); // Set up array to control where in the SPI transfer sequence a particular stepper's data goes - L6470_spi_init(); // Set up L6470 soft SPI pins - init_to_defaults(); // init the chips -} - -uint16_t L6470_Marlin::get_status(const uint8_t axis) { - - #define GET_L6470_STATUS(Q) stepper##Q.getStatus() - - switch (axis) { - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - case 0: return GET_L6470_STATUS(X); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - case 1: return GET_L6470_STATUS(Y); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - case 2: return GET_L6470_STATUS(Z); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - case 3: return GET_L6470_STATUS(X2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - case 4: return GET_L6470_STATUS(Y2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - case 5: return GET_L6470_STATUS(Z2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - case 6: return GET_L6470_STATUS(Z3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - case 7: return GET_L6470_STATUS(E0); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - case 8: return GET_L6470_STATUS(E1); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - case 9: return GET_L6470_STATUS(E2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - case 10: return GET_L6470_STATUS(E3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - case 11: return GET_L6470_STATUS(E4); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - case 12: return GET_L6470_STATUS(E5); - #endif - } - - return 0; // Not needed but kills a compiler warning -} - -uint32_t L6470_Marlin::get_param(uint8_t axis, uint8_t param) { - - #define GET_L6470_PARAM(Q) L6470_GETPARAM(param,Q) - - switch (axis) { - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - case 0: return GET_L6470_PARAM(X); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - case 1: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Y); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - case 2: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Z); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - case 3: return GET_L6470_PARAM(X2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - case 4: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Y2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - case 5: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Z2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - case 6: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Z3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - case 7: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E0); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - case 8: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E1); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - case 9: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - case 10: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - case 11: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E4); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - case 12: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E5); - #endif - } - - return 0 ; // not needed but kills a compiler warning -} - -void L6470_Marlin::set_param(uint8_t axis, uint8_t param, uint32_t value) { - - #define SET_L6470_PARAM(Q) stepper##Q.SetParam(param, value) - - switch (axis) { - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - case 0: SET_L6470_PARAM(X); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - case 1: SET_L6470_PARAM(Y); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - case 2: SET_L6470_PARAM(Z); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - case 3: SET_L6470_PARAM(X2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - case 4: SET_L6470_PARAM(Y2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - case 5: SET_L6470_PARAM(Z2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - case 6: SET_L6470_PARAM(Z3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - case 7: SET_L6470_PARAM(E0); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - case 8: SET_L6470_PARAM(E1); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - case 9: SET_L6470_PARAM(E2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - case 10: SET_L6470_PARAM(E3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - case 11: SET_L6470_PARAM(E4); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - case 12: SET_L6470_PARAM(E5); - #endif - } -} - -inline void echo_min_max(const char a, const float &min, const float &max) { - DEBUG_CHAR(' '); DEBUG_CHAR(a); - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" min = ", min); - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" max = ", max); -} -inline void echo_oct_used(const float &oct, const bool stall) { - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("over_current_threshold used : ", oct); - serialprintPGM(stall ? PSTR(" (Stall") : PSTR(" (OCD")); - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(" threshold)"); -} -inline void err_out_of_bounds() { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("ERROR - motion out of bounds"); } - -bool L6470_Marlin::get_user_input(uint8_t &driver_count, uint8_t axis_index[3], char axis_mon[3][3], - float &position_max, float &position_min, float &final_feedrate, uint8_t &kval_hold, - bool over_current_flag, uint8_t &OCD_TH_val, uint8_t &STALL_TH_val, uint16_t &over_current_threshold -) { - // Return TRUE if the calling routine needs to abort/kill - - uint16_t displacement = 0; // " = 0" to eliminate compiler warning - uint8_t j; // general purpose counter - - if (!all_axes_homed()) { - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("ERROR - home all before running this command"); - //return true; - } - - LOOP_XYZE(i) if (uint16_t _displacement = parser.intval(axis_codes[i])) { - displacement = _displacement; - uint8_t axis_offset = parser.byteval('J'); - axis_mon[0][0] = axis_codes[i]; // axis ASCII value (target character) - if (axis_offset >= 2 || axis_mon[0][0] == 'E') // Single axis, E0, or E1 - axis_mon[0][1] = axis_offset + '0'; - else if (axis_offset == 0) { // one or more axes - uint8_t driver_count_local = 0; // can't use "driver_count" directly as a subscript because it's passed by reference - for (j = 0; j < MAX_L6470; j++) // see how many drivers on this axis - if (axis_mon[0][0] == index_to_axis[j][0]) { - axis_mon[driver_count_local][0] = axis_mon[0][0]; - axis_mon[driver_count_local][1] = index_to_axis[j][1]; - axis_mon[driver_count_local][2] = index_to_axis[j][2]; // append end of string - axis_index[driver_count_local] = j; // set axis index - driver_count_local++; - } - driver_count = driver_count_local; - } - break; // only take first axis found - } - - // - // Position calcs & checks - // - - const float center[] = { - LOGICAL_X_POSITION(current_position[X_AXIS]), - LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(current_position[Y_AXIS]), - LOGICAL_Z_POSITION(current_position[Z_AXIS]), - current_position[E_AXIS] - }; - - switch (axis_mon[0][0]) { - default: position_max = position_min = 0; break; - - case 'X': { - position_min = center[X_AXIS] - displacement; - position_max = center[X_AXIS] + displacement; - echo_min_max('X', position_min, position_max); - if (false - #ifdef X_MIN_POS - || position_min < (X_MIN_POS) - #endif - #ifdef X_MAX_POS - || position_max > (X_MAX_POS) - #endif - ) { - err_out_of_bounds(); - return true; - } - } break; - - case 'Y': { - position_min = center[Y_AXIS] - displacement; - position_max = center[Y_AXIS] + displacement; - echo_min_max('Y', position_min, position_max); - if (false - #ifdef Y_MIN_POS - || position_min < (Y_MIN_POS) - #endif - #ifdef Y_MAX_POS - || position_max > (Y_MAX_POS) - #endif - ) { - err_out_of_bounds(); - return true; - } - } break; - - case 'Z': { - position_min = center[Z_AXIS] - displacement; - position_max = center[Z_AXIS] + displacement; - echo_min_max('Z', position_min, position_max); - if (false - #ifdef Z_MIN_POS - || position_min < (Z_MIN_POS) - #endif - #ifdef Z_MAX_POS - || position_max > (Z_MAX_POS) - #endif - ) { - err_out_of_bounds(); - return true; - } - } break; - - case 'E': { - position_min = center[E_AXIS] - displacement; - position_max = center[E_AXIS] + displacement; - echo_min_max('E', position_min, position_max); - } break; - } - - // - // Work on the drivers - // - for (uint8_t k = 0; k < driver_count; k++) { - bool not_found = true; - for (j = 1; j <= L6470::chain[0]; j++) { - const char * const ind_axis = index_to_axis[L6470::chain[j]]; - if (ind_axis[0] == axis_mon[k][0] && ind_axis[1] == axis_mon[k][1]) { // See if a L6470 driver - not_found = false; - break; - } - } - if (not_found) { - driver_count = k; - axis_mon[k][0] = ' '; // mark this entry invalid - break; - } - } - - if (driver_count == 0) { - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("ERROR - not a L6470 axis"); - return true; - } - - DEBUG_ECHOPGM("Monitoring:"); - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" ", axis_mon[j]); - L6470_EOL(); - - // now have a list of driver(s) to monitor - - // - // kVAL_HOLD checks & settings - // - - kval_hold = parser.byteval('K'); - if (kval_hold) { - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("kval_hold = ", kval_hold); - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) - set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); - } - else { - // only print the KVAL_HOLD from one of the drivers - kval_hold = get_param(axis_index[0], L6470_KVAL_HOLD); - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("KVAL_HOLD = ", kval_hold); - } - - // - // Overcurrent checks & settings - // - - if (over_current_flag) { - - uint8_t OCD_TH_val_local = 0, // compiler thinks OCD_TH_val is unused if use it directly - STALL_TH_val_local = 0; // just in case ... - - over_current_threshold = parser.intval('I'); - - if (over_current_threshold) { - - OCD_TH_val_local = over_current_threshold/375; - LIMIT(OCD_TH_val_local, 0, 15); - STALL_TH_val_local = over_current_threshold/31.25; - LIMIT(STALL_TH_val_local, 0, 127); - uint16_t OCD_TH_actual = (OCD_TH_val_local + 1) * 375, - STALL_TH_actual = (STALL_TH_val_local + 1) * 31.25; - if (OCD_TH_actual < STALL_TH_actual) { - OCD_TH_val_local++; - OCD_TH_actual = (OCD_TH_val_local + 1) * 375; - } - - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("over_current_threshold specified: ", over_current_threshold); - echo_oct_used(STALL_TH_actual, true); - echo_oct_used(OCD_TH_actual, false); - - #define SET_OVER_CURRENT(Q) do { stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_STALL_TH, STALL_TH_val_local); stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_OCD_TH, OCD_TH_val_local);} while (0) - - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STALL_TH, STALL_TH_val_local); - set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_OCD_TH, OCD_TH_val_local); - } - } - else { - // only get & print the OVER_CURRENT values from one of the drivers - STALL_TH_val_local = get_param(axis_index[0], L6470_STALL_TH); - OCD_TH_val_local = get_param(axis_index[0], L6470_OCD_TH); - - echo_oct_used((STALL_TH_val_local + 1) * 31.25, true); - echo_oct_used((OCD_TH_val_local + 1) * 375, false); - } // over_current_threshold - - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { // set all drivers on axis the same - set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STALL_TH, STALL_TH_val_local); - set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_OCD_TH, OCD_TH_val_local); - } - - OCD_TH_val = OCD_TH_val_local; // force compiler to update the main routine's copy - STALL_TH_val = STALL_TH_val_local; // force compiler to update the main routine's copy - } // end of overcurrent - - // - // Feedrate - // - - final_feedrate = parser.floatval('F'); - if (final_feedrate == 0) { - static constexpr float default_max_feedrate[] = DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE; - const uint8_t num_feedrates = COUNT(default_max_feedrate); - for (j = 0; j < num_feedrates; j++) { - if (axis_codes[j] == axis_mon[0][0]) { - final_feedrate = default_max_feedrate[j]; - break; - } - } - if (j == 3 && num_feedrates > 4) { // have more than one extruder feedrate - uint8_t extruder_num = axis_mon[0][1] - '0'; - if (j <= num_feedrates - extruder_num) // have a feedrate specifically for this extruder - final_feedrate = default_max_feedrate[j + extruder_num]; - else - final_feedrate = default_max_feedrate[3]; // use E0 feedrate for this extruder - } - final_feedrate *= 60; // convert to mm/minute - } // end of feedrate - - return false; // FALSE indicates no user input problems -} - -#if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) - inline void echo_yes_no(const bool yes) { serialprintPGM(yes ? PSTR("YES") : PSTR("NO ")); } -#endif - -void L6470_Marlin::say_axis(const uint8_t axis, const bool label/*=true*/) { - if (label) SERIAL_ECHOPGM("AXIS:"); - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_CHAR(index_to_axis[axis][0]); - SERIAL_CHAR(index_to_axis[axis][1]); - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); -} - -void L6470_Marlin::error_status_decode(const uint16_t status, const uint8_t axis) { // assumes status bits have been inverted - #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) - char temp_buf[10]; - say_axis(axis); - sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR(" %4x "), status); - DEBUG_ECHO(temp_buf); - print_bin(status); - DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" THERMAL: "); - serialprintPGM((status & STATUS_TH_SD) ? PSTR("SHUTDOWN") : (status & STATUS_TH_WRN) ? PSTR("WARNING ") : PSTR("OK ")); - DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" OVERCURRENT: "); - echo_yes_no(status & STATUS_OCD); - DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" STALL: "); - echo_yes_no(status & (STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B)); - L6470_EOL(); - #else - UNUSED(status); UNUSED(axis); - #endif -} - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -//// -//// MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS routines -//// -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - - struct L6470_driver_data { - uint8_t driver_index; - uint32_t driver_status; - bool is_otw; - uint8_t otw_counter; - bool is_ot; - bool is_hi_Z; - uint8_t com_counter; - }; - - L6470_driver_data driver_L6470_data[] = { - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - { 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - { 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - { 3, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - { 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - { 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - { 6, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - { 7, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - { 8, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - { 9, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - { 10, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - { 11, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - { 12, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } - #endif - }; - - inline void append_stepper_err(char * &p, const uint8_t stepper_index, const char * const err=nullptr) { - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("Stepper %c%c "), char(index_to_axis[stepper_index][0]), char(index_to_axis[stepper_index][1])); - if (err) p += sprintf_P(p, err); - } - - void L6470_monitor_update(uint8_t stepper_index, uint16_t status) { - if (spi_abort) return; // don't do anything if set_directions() has occurred - uint8_t kval_hold; - char temp_buf[120]; - char* p = &temp_buf[0]; - uint8_t j; - for (j = 0; j < L6470::chain[0]; j++) // find the table for this stepper - if (driver_L6470_data[j].driver_index == stepper_index) break; - - driver_L6470_data[j].driver_status = status; - uint16_t _status = ~status; // all error bits are active low - - if (status == 0 || status == 0xFFFF) { // com problem - if (driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter == 0) { // warn user when it first happens - driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter++; - append_stepper_err(p, stepper_index, PSTR(" - communications lost\n")); - DEBUG_ECHO(temp_buf); - } - else { - driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter++; - if (driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter > 240) { // remind of com problem about every 2 minutes - driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter = 1; - append_stepper_err(p, stepper_index, PSTR(" - still no communications\n")); - DEBUG_ECHO(temp_buf); - } - } - } - else { - if (driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter) { // comms re-established - driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter = 0; - append_stepper_err(p, stepper_index, PSTR(" - communications re-established\n.. setting all drivers to default values\n")); - DEBUG_ECHO(temp_buf); - init_to_defaults(); - } - else { - // no com problems - do the usual checks - if (_status & L6470_ERROR_MASK) { - append_stepper_err(p, stepper_index); - - if (status & STATUS_HIZ) { // the driver has shut down HiZ is active high - driver_L6470_data[j].is_hi_Z = true; - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%cIS SHUT DOWN"), ' '); - // if (_status & STATUS_TH_SD) { // strange - TH_SD never seems to go active, must be implied by the HiZ and TH_WRN - if (_status & STATUS_TH_WRN) { // over current shutdown - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%cdue to over temperature"), ' '); - driver_L6470_data[j].is_ot = true; - kval_hold = get_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD) - 2 * KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN; - set_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); // reduce KVAL_HOLD - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR(" - KVAL_HOLD reduced by %d to %d"), 2 * KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN, kval_hold); // let user know - } - else - driver_L6470_data[j].is_ot = false; - } - else { - driver_L6470_data[j].is_hi_Z = false; - - if (_status & STATUS_TH_WRN) { // have an over temperature warning - driver_L6470_data[j].is_otw = true; - driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter++; - kval_hold = get_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD); - if (driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter > 4) { // otw present for 2 - 2.5 seconds, reduce KVAL_HOLD - kval_hold -= KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN; - set_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); // reduce KVAL_HOLD - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR(" - KVAL_HOLD reduced by %d to %d"), KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN, kval_hold); // let user know - driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter = 0; - driver_L6470_data[j].is_otw = true; - } - else if (driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter) - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c- thermal warning"), ' '); // warn user - } - } - - #ifdef L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - if (_status & (STATUS_UVLO | STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD)) - kill(temp_buf); - #endif - - - #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) - - if (_status & STATUS_OCD) - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c over current"), ' '); - - if (_status & (STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B)) - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c stall"), ' '); - - if (_status & STATUS_UVLO) - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c under voltage lock out"), ' '); - - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c\n"), ' '); - #endif - - DEBUG_ECHOLN(temp_buf); // print the error message - } - else { - driver_L6470_data[j].is_ot = false; - driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter = 0; //clear out warning indicators - driver_L6470_data[j].is_otw = false; - - } // end usual checks - } // comms established but have errors - } // comms re-established - } // end L6470_monitor_update() - - #define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(Q) L6470_monitor_update(Q, stepper##Q.getStatus()) - - void L6470_Marlin::monitor_driver() { - static millis_t next_cOT = 0; - if (ELAPSED(millis(), next_cOT)) { - next_cOT = millis() + 500; - - spi_active = true; // let set_directions() know we're in the middle of a series of SPI transfers - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(X); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(Y); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(Z); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(X2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(Y2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(Z2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(Z3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(E0); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(E1); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(E2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(E3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(E4); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(E5); - #endif - - #if ENABLED(L6470_DEBUG) - if (report_L6470_status) L6470_EOL(); - #endif - - spi_active = false; // done with all SPI transfers - clear handshake flags - spi_abort = false; - } - } - -#endif // MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - -#endif // HAS_DRIVER(L6470) diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h b/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h deleted file mode 100644 index bc9a033e4a..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" - -#include - -#define L6470_GETPARAM(P,Q) stepper##Q.GetParam(P) - -enum L6470_driver_enum : unsigned char { X, Y, Z, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5, MAX_L6470 }; - -#define L6470_ERROR_MASK (STATUS_UVLO | STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD | STATUS_OCD | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B) -#define dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK_FWD dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK -#define dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK_REV dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK+1 - -class L6470_Marlin { -public: - static bool index_to_dir[MAX_L6470]; - static uint8_t axis_xref[MAX_L6470]; - static char index_to_axis[MAX_L6470][3]; - static uint8_t dir_commands[MAX_L6470]; - - // Flags to guarantee graceful switch if stepper interrupts L6470 SPI transfer - static volatile bool spi_abort; - static bool spi_active; - - L6470_Marlin() {} - - static uint16_t get_status(const uint8_t axis); - - static uint32_t get_param(uint8_t axis, uint8_t param); - - static void set_param(uint8_t axis, uint8_t param, uint32_t value); - - static bool get_user_input(uint8_t &driver_count, uint8_t axis_index[3], char axis_mon[3][3], - float &position_max, float &position_min, float &final_feedrate, uint8_t &kval_hold, - bool over_current_flag, uint8_t &OCD_TH_val, uint8_t &STALL_TH_val, uint16_t &over_current_threshold); - - static void error_status_decode(const uint16_t status, const uint8_t axis); - - static void monitor_driver(); - - static void init(); - static void init_to_defaults(); - - static void say_axis(const uint8_t axis, const bool label=true); - -private: - void populate_chain_array(); -}; - -extern L6470_Marlin L6470; diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ad70537141 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,938 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * The monitor_driver routines are a close copy of the TMC code + */ + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if HAS_L64XX + +#include "L64XX_Marlin.h" + +L64XX_Marlin L64xxManager; + +#include "../../module/stepper/indirection.h" +#include "../../gcode/gcode.h" +#include "../../module/planner.h" +#include "../../HAL/shared/Delay.h" + +void echo_yes_no(const bool yes) { serialprintPGM(yes ? PSTR(" YES") : PSTR(" NO ")); } + +static const char str_X[] PROGMEM = "X ", str_Y[] PROGMEM = "Y ", str_Z[] PROGMEM = "Z ", + str_X2[] PROGMEM = "X2", str_Y2[] PROGMEM = "Y2", + str_Z2[] PROGMEM = "Z2", str_Z3[] PROGMEM = "Z3", str_Z4[] PROGMEM = "Z4", + str_E0[] PROGMEM = "E0", str_E1[] PROGMEM = "E1", + str_E2[] PROGMEM = "E2", str_E3[] PROGMEM = "E3", + str_E4[] PROGMEM = "E4", str_E5[] PROGMEM = "E5", + str_E6[] PROGMEM = "E6", str_E7[] PROGMEM = "E7" + ; + +PGM_P const L64XX_Marlin::index_to_axis[] PROGMEM = { + str_X, str_Y, str_Z, str_X2, str_Y2, str_Z2, str_Z3, str_Z4, + str_E0, str_E1, str_E2, str_E3, str_E4, str_E5, str_E6, str_E7 +}; + +#define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) +#include "../../core/debug_out.h" + +uint8_t L64XX_Marlin::dir_commands[MAX_L64XX]; // array to hold direction command for each driver + +const uint8_t L64XX_Marlin::index_to_dir[MAX_L64XX] = { + INVERT_X_DIR, INVERT_Y_DIR, INVERT_Z_DIR + , (INVERT_X_DIR) // X2 + #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + ^ (INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR) + #endif + , (INVERT_Y_DIR) // Y2 + #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + ^ (INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR) + #endif + , INVERT_Z_DIR, INVERT_Z_DIR, INVERT_Z_DIR // Z2,Z3,Z4 + + , INVERT_E0_DIR, INVERT_E1_DIR, INVERT_E2_DIR, INVERT_E3_DIR + , INVERT_E4_DIR, INVERT_E5_DIR, INVERT_E6_DIR, INVERT_E7_DIR +}; + +volatile uint8_t L64XX_Marlin::spi_abort = false; +uint8_t L64XX_Marlin::spi_active = false; + +L64XX_Marlin::L64XX_shadow_t L64XX_Marlin::shadow; + +//uint32_t UVLO_ADC = 0x0400; // ADC undervoltage event + +void L6470_populate_chain_array() { + + #define _L6470_INIT_SPI(Q) do{ stepper##Q.set_chain_info(Q, Q##_CHAIN_POS); }while(0) + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(X); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(X2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(Y); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(Y2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(Z); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(Z2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(Z3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(Z4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(E0); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(E1); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(E2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(E3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(E4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(E5); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(E6); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(E7); + #endif +} + + +/** + * Some status bit positions & definitions differ per driver. + * Copy info to known locations to simplfy check/display logic. + * 1. Copy stepper status + * 2. Copy status bit definitions + * 3. Copy status layout + * 4. Make all error bits active low (as needed) + */ +uint16_t L64XX_Marlin::get_stepper_status(L64XX &st) { + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_RAW = st.getStatus(); + shadow.STATUS_AXIS = shadow.STATUS_AXIS_RAW; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT = st.L6470_status_layout; + shadow.AXIS_OCD_TH_MAX = st.OCD_TH_MAX; + shadow.AXIS_STALL_TH_MAX = st.STALL_TH_MAX; + shadow.AXIS_OCD_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV = st.OCD_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV; + shadow.AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV = st.STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV; + shadow.L6470_AXIS_CONFIG = st.L64XX_CONFIG; + shadow.L6470_AXIS_STATUS = st.L64XX_STATUS; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_OCD = st.STATUS_OCD; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_SCK_MOD = st.STATUS_SCK_MOD; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A = st.STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B = st.STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD = st.STATUS_TH_SD; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN = st.STATUS_TH_WRN; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_UVLO = st.STATUS_UVLO; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_WRONG_CMD = st.STATUS_WRONG_CMD; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_CMD_ERR = st.STATUS_CMD_ERR; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_NOTPERF_CMD = st.STATUS_NOTPERF_CMD; + + switch (shadow.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT) { + case L6470_STATUS_LAYOUT: { // L6470 + shadow.L6470_ERROR_MASK = shadow.STATUS_AXIS_UVLO | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_OCD | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS ^= (shadow.STATUS_AXIS_WRONG_CMD | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_NOTPERF_CMD); // invert just error bits that are active high + break; + } + case L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT: { // L6474 + shadow.L6470_ERROR_MASK = shadow.STATUS_AXIS_UVLO | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_OCD ; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS ^= (shadow.STATUS_AXIS_WRONG_CMD | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_NOTPERF_CMD); // invert just error bits that are active high + break; + } + case L6480_STATUS_LAYOUT: { // L6480 & powerSTEP01 + shadow.L6470_ERROR_MASK = shadow.STATUS_AXIS_UVLO | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_OCD | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS ^= (shadow.STATUS_AXIS_CMD_ERR | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD); // invert just error bits that are active high + break; + } + } + return shadow.STATUS_AXIS; +} + + +void L64XX_Marlin::init() { // Set up SPI and then init chips + ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(LOW); // hardware reset of drivers + DELAY_US(100); + ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(HIGH); + DELAY_US(1000); // need about 650µs for the chip(s) to fully start up + L6470_populate_chain_array(); // Set up array to control where in the SPI transfer sequence a particular stepper's data goes + + spi_init(); // Since L64XX SPI pins are unset we must init SPI here + + init_to_defaults(); // init the chips +} + +uint16_t L64XX_Marlin::get_status(const L64XX_axis_t axis) { + + #define STATUS_L6470(Q) get_stepper_status(stepper##Q) + + switch (axis) { + default: break; + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + case X : return STATUS_L6470(X); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + case Y : return STATUS_L6470(Y); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + case Z : return STATUS_L6470(Z); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + case X2: return STATUS_L6470(X2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + case Y2: return STATUS_L6470(Y2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + case Z2: return STATUS_L6470(Z2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + case Z3: return STATUS_L6470(Z3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + case Z4: return STATUS_L6470(Z4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + case E0: return STATUS_L6470(E0); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + case E1: return STATUS_L6470(E1); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + case E2: return STATUS_L6470(E2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + case E3: return STATUS_L6470(E3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + case E4: return STATUS_L6470(E4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + case E5: return STATUS_L6470(E5); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) + case E6: return STATUS_L6470(E6); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) + case E7: return STATUS_L6470(E7); + #endif + } + + return 0; // Not needed but kills a compiler warning +} + +uint32_t L64XX_Marlin::get_param(const L64XX_axis_t axis, const uint8_t param) { + + #define GET_L6470_PARAM(Q) L6470_GETPARAM(param, Q) + + switch (axis) { + default: break; + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + case X : return GET_L6470_PARAM(X); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + case Y : return GET_L6470_PARAM(Y); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + case Z : return GET_L6470_PARAM(Z); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + case X2: return GET_L6470_PARAM(X2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + case Y2: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Y2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + case Z2: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Z2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + case Z3: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Z3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + case Z4: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Z4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + case E0: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E0); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + case E1: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E1); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + case E2: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + case E3: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + case E4: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + case E5: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E5); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) + case E6: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E6); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) + case E7: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E7); + #endif + } + + return 0; // not needed but kills a compiler warning +} + +void L64XX_Marlin::set_param(const L64XX_axis_t axis, const uint8_t param, const uint32_t value) { + + #define SET_L6470_PARAM(Q) stepper##Q.SetParam(param, value) + + switch (axis) { + default: break; + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + case X : SET_L6470_PARAM(X); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + case Y : SET_L6470_PARAM(Y); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + case Z : SET_L6470_PARAM(Z); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + case X2: SET_L6470_PARAM(X2); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + case Y2: SET_L6470_PARAM(Y2); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + case Z2: SET_L6470_PARAM(Z2); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + case Z3: SET_L6470_PARAM(Z3); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + case Z4: SET_L6470_PARAM(Z4); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + case E0: SET_L6470_PARAM(E0); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + case E1: SET_L6470_PARAM(E1); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + case E2: SET_L6470_PARAM(E2); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + case E3: SET_L6470_PARAM(E3); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + case E4: SET_L6470_PARAM(E4); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + case E5: SET_L6470_PARAM(E5); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) + case E6: SET_L6470_PARAM(E6); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) + case E7: SET_L6470_PARAM(E7); break; + #endif + } +} + +inline void echo_min_max(const char a, const float &min, const float &max) { + DEBUG_CHAR(' '); DEBUG_CHAR(a); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" min = ", min); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" max = ", max); +} +inline void echo_oct_used(const float &oct, const uint8_t stall) { + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("over_current_threshold used : ", oct); + serialprintPGM(stall ? PSTR(" (Stall") : PSTR(" (OCD")); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(" threshold)"); +} +inline void err_out_of_bounds() { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Test aborted - motion out of bounds"); } + +uint8_t L64XX_Marlin::get_user_input(uint8_t &driver_count, L64XX_axis_t axis_index[3], char axis_mon[3][3], + float &position_max, float &position_min, float &final_feedrate, uint8_t &kval_hold, + uint8_t over_current_flag, uint8_t &OCD_TH_val, uint8_t &STALL_TH_val, uint16_t &over_current_threshold +) { + // Return TRUE if the calling routine needs to abort/kill + + uint16_t displacement = 0; // " = 0" to eliminate compiler warning + uint8_t j; // general purpose counter + + if (!all_axes_homed()) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Test aborted - home all before running this command"); + return true; + } + + uint8_t found_displacement = false; + LOOP_XYZE(i) if (uint16_t _displacement = parser.intval(axis_codes[i])) { + found_displacement = true; + displacement = _displacement; + uint8_t axis_offset = parser.byteval('J'); + axis_mon[0][0] = axis_codes[i]; // Axis first character, one of XYZE + const bool single_or_e = axis_offset >= 2 || axis_mon[0][0] == 'E', + one_or_more = !single_or_e && axis_offset == 0; + uint8_t driver_count_local = 0; // Can't use "driver_count" directly as a subscript because it's passed by reference + if (single_or_e) // Single axis, E0, or E1 + axis_mon[0][1] = axis_offset + '0'; // Index given by 'J' parameter + + if (single_or_e || one_or_more) { + for (j = 0; j < MAX_L64XX; j++) { // Count up the drivers on this axis + PGM_P str = (PGM_P)pgm_read_ptr(&index_to_axis[j]); // Get a PGM_P from progmem + const char c = pgm_read_byte(str); // Get a char from progmem + if (axis_mon[0][0] == c) { // For each stepper on this axis... + char *mon = axis_mon[driver_count_local]; + *mon++ = c; // Copy the 3 letter axis name + *mon++ = pgm_read_byte(&str[1]); // to the axis_mon array + *mon = pgm_read_byte(&str[2]); + axis_index[driver_count_local] = (L64XX_axis_t)j; // And store the L64XX axis index + driver_count_local++; + } + } + if (one_or_more) driver_count = driver_count_local; + } + break; // only take first axis found + } + + if (!found_displacement) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Test aborted - AXIS with displacement is required"); + return true; + } + + // + // Position calcs & checks + // + + const float X_center = LOGICAL_X_POSITION(current_position.x), + Y_center = LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(current_position.y), + Z_center = LOGICAL_Z_POSITION(current_position.z), + E_center = current_position.e; + + switch (axis_mon[0][0]) { + default: position_max = position_min = 0; break; + + case 'X': { + position_min = X_center - displacement; + position_max = X_center + displacement; + echo_min_max('X', position_min, position_max); + if (false + #ifdef X_MIN_POS + || position_min < (X_MIN_POS) + #endif + #ifdef X_MAX_POS + || position_max > (X_MAX_POS) + #endif + ) { + err_out_of_bounds(); + return true; + } + } break; + + case 'Y': { + position_min = Y_center - displacement; + position_max = Y_center + displacement; + echo_min_max('Y', position_min, position_max); + if (false + #ifdef Y_MIN_POS + || position_min < (Y_MIN_POS) + #endif + #ifdef Y_MAX_POS + || position_max > (Y_MAX_POS) + #endif + ) { + err_out_of_bounds(); + return true; + } + } break; + + case 'Z': { + position_min = Z_center - displacement; + position_max = Z_center + displacement; + echo_min_max('Z', position_min, position_max); + if (false + #ifdef Z_MIN_POS + || position_min < (Z_MIN_POS) + #endif + #ifdef Z_MAX_POS + || position_max > (Z_MAX_POS) + #endif + ) { + err_out_of_bounds(); + return true; + } + } break; + + case 'E': { + position_min = E_center - displacement; + position_max = E_center + displacement; + echo_min_max('E', position_min, position_max); + } break; + } + + // + // Work on the drivers + // + + LOOP_L_N(k, driver_count) { + uint8_t not_found = true; + for (j = 1; j <= L64XX::chain[0]; j++) { + PGM_P const str = (PGM_P)pgm_read_ptr(&index_to_axis[L64XX::chain[j]]); + if (pgm_read_byte(&str[0]) == axis_mon[k][0] && pgm_read_byte(&str[1]) == axis_mon[k][1]) { // See if a L6470 driver + not_found = false; + break; + } + } + if (not_found) { + driver_count = k; + axis_mon[k][0] = ' '; // mark this entry invalid + break; + } + } + + if (driver_count == 0) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Test aborted - not a L6470 axis"); + return true; + } + + DEBUG_ECHOPGM("Monitoring:"); + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" ", axis_mon[j]); + DEBUG_EOL(); + + // now have a list of driver(s) to monitor + + // + // TVAL & kVAL_HOLD checks & settings + // + const L64XX_shadow_t &sh = shadow; + get_status(axis_index[0]); // populate shadow array + + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { // L6474 - use TVAL + uint16_t TVAL_current = parser.ushortval('T'); + if (TVAL_current) { + uint8_t TVAL_count = (TVAL_current / sh.AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV) - 1; + LIMIT(TVAL_count, 0, sh.AXIS_STALL_TH_MAX); + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) + set_param(axis_index[j], L6474_TVAL, TVAL_count); + } + // only print the tval from one of the drivers + kval_hold = get_param(axis_index[0], L6474_TVAL); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("TVAL current (mA) = ", (kval_hold + 1) * sh.AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV); + } + else { + kval_hold = parser.byteval('K'); + if (kval_hold) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("kval_hold = ", kval_hold); + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) + set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); + } + else { + // only print the KVAL_HOLD from one of the drivers + kval_hold = get_param(axis_index[0], L6470_KVAL_HOLD); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("KVAL_HOLD = ", kval_hold); + } + } + + // + // Overcurrent checks & settings + // + + if (over_current_flag) { + + uint8_t OCD_TH_val_local = 0, // compiler thinks OCD_TH_val is unused if use it directly + STALL_TH_val_local = 0; // just in case ... + + over_current_threshold = parser.intval('I'); + + if (over_current_threshold) { + + OCD_TH_val_local = over_current_threshold/375; + LIMIT(OCD_TH_val_local, 0, 15); + STALL_TH_val_local = over_current_threshold/31.25; + LIMIT(STALL_TH_val_local, 0, 127); + uint16_t OCD_TH_actual = (OCD_TH_val_local + 1) * 375, + STALL_TH_actual = (STALL_TH_val_local + 1) * 31.25; + if (OCD_TH_actual < STALL_TH_actual) { + OCD_TH_val_local++; + OCD_TH_actual = (OCD_TH_val_local + 1) * 375; + } + + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("over_current_threshold specified: ", over_current_threshold); + if (!(sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT)) echo_oct_used((STALL_TH_val_local + 1) * 31.25, true); + echo_oct_used((OCD_TH_val_local + 1) * 375, false); + + #define SET_OVER_CURRENT(Q) do { stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_STALL_TH, STALL_TH_val_local); stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_OCD_TH, OCD_TH_val_local);} while (0) + + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { + set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STALL_TH, STALL_TH_val_local); + set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_OCD_TH, OCD_TH_val_local); + } + } + else { + // only get & print the OVER_CURRENT values from one of the drivers + STALL_TH_val_local = get_param(axis_index[0], L6470_STALL_TH); + OCD_TH_val_local = get_param(axis_index[0], L6470_OCD_TH); + + if (!(sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT)) echo_oct_used((STALL_TH_val_local + 1) * 31.25, true); + echo_oct_used((OCD_TH_val_local + 1) * 375, false); + } // over_current_threshold + + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { // set all drivers on axis the same + set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STALL_TH, STALL_TH_val_local); + set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_OCD_TH, OCD_TH_val_local); + } + + OCD_TH_val = OCD_TH_val_local; // force compiler to update the main routine's copy + STALL_TH_val = STALL_TH_val_local; // force compiler to update the main routine's copy + } // end of overcurrent + + // + // Feedrate + // + + final_feedrate = parser.floatval('F'); + if (final_feedrate == 0) { + static constexpr float default_max_feedrate[] = DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE; + const uint8_t num_feedrates = COUNT(default_max_feedrate); + for (j = 0; j < num_feedrates; j++) { + if (axis_codes[j] == axis_mon[0][0]) { + final_feedrate = default_max_feedrate[j]; + break; + } + } + if (j == 3 && num_feedrates > 4) { // have more than one extruder feedrate + uint8_t extruder_num = axis_mon[0][1] - '0'; + if (j <= num_feedrates - extruder_num) // have a feedrate specifically for this extruder + final_feedrate = default_max_feedrate[j + extruder_num]; + else + final_feedrate = default_max_feedrate[3]; // use E0 feedrate for this extruder + } + final_feedrate *= 60; // convert to mm/minute + } // end of feedrate + + return false; // FALSE indicates no user input problems +} + +void L64XX_Marlin::say_axis(const L64XX_axis_t axis, const uint8_t label/*=true*/) { + if (label) SERIAL_ECHOPGM("AXIS:"); + const char * const str = L64xxManager.index_to_axis[axis]; + SERIAL_CHAR(' ', str[0], str[1], ' '); +} + +#if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + + // Assumes status bits have been inverted + void L64XX_Marlin::error_status_decode(const uint16_t status, const L64XX_axis_t axis, + const uint16_t _status_axis_th_sd, const uint16_t _status_axis_th_wrn, + const uint16_t _status_axis_step_loss_a, const uint16_t _status_axis_step_loss_b, + const uint16_t _status_axis_ocd, const uint8_t _status_axis_layout + ) { + say_axis(axis); + DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" THERMAL: "); + serialprintPGM((status & _status_axis_th_sd) ? PSTR("SHUTDOWN") : (status & _status_axis_th_wrn) ? PSTR("WARNING ") : PSTR("OK ")); + DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" OVERCURRENT: "); + echo_yes_no((status & _status_axis_ocd) != 0); + if (!(_status_axis_layout == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT)) { // L6474 doesn't have these bits + DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" STALL: "); + echo_yes_no((status & (_status_axis_step_loss_a | _status_axis_step_loss_b)) != 0); + } + DEBUG_EOL(); + } + +#endif + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//// +//// MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS routines +//// +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) + + bool L64XX_Marlin::monitor_paused = false; // Flag to skip monitor during M122, M906, M916, M917, M918, etc. + + struct L6470_driver_data { + uint8_t driver_index; + uint32_t driver_status; + uint8_t is_otw; + uint8_t otw_counter; + uint8_t is_ot; + uint8_t is_hi_Z; + uint8_t com_counter; + }; + + L6470_driver_data driver_L6470_data[] = { + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + { 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + { 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + { 3, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + { 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + { 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + { 6, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + { 7, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + { 8, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + { 9, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + { 10, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + { 11, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + { 12, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + { 13, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) + { 14, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) + { 16, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } + #endif + }; + + void L64XX_Marlin::append_stepper_err(char* &p, const uint8_t stepper_index, const char * const err/*=nullptr*/) { + PGM_P const str = (PGM_P)pgm_read_ptr(&index_to_axis[stepper_index]); + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("Stepper %c%c "), pgm_read_byte(&str[0]), pgm_read_byte(&str[1])); + if (err) p += sprintf_P(p, err); + } + + void L64XX_Marlin::monitor_update(L64XX_axis_t stepper_index) { + if (spi_abort) return; // don't do anything if set_directions() has occurred + const L64XX_shadow_t &sh = shadow; + get_status(stepper_index); // get stepper status and details + uint16_t status = sh.STATUS_AXIS; + uint8_t kval_hold, tval; + char temp_buf[120], *p = temp_buf; + uint8_t j; + for (j = 0; j < L64XX::chain[0]; j++) // find the table for this stepper + if (driver_L6470_data[j].driver_index == stepper_index) break; + + driver_L6470_data[j].driver_status = status; + uint16_t _status = ~status; // all error bits are active low + + if (status == 0 || status == 0xFFFF) { // com problem + if (driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter == 0) { // warn user when it first happens + driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter++; + append_stepper_err(p, stepper_index, PSTR(" - communications lost\n")); + DEBUG_ECHO(temp_buf); + } + else { + driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter++; + if (driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter > 240) { // remind of com problem about every 2 minutes + driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter = 1; + append_stepper_err(p, stepper_index, PSTR(" - still no communications\n")); + DEBUG_ECHO(temp_buf); + } + } + } + else { + if (driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter) { // comms re-established + driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter = 0; + append_stepper_err(p, stepper_index, PSTR(" - communications re-established\n.. setting all drivers to default values\n")); + DEBUG_ECHO(temp_buf); + init_to_defaults(); + } + else { + // no com problems - do the usual checks + if (_status & sh.L6470_ERROR_MASK) { + append_stepper_err(p, stepper_index); + + if (status & STATUS_HIZ) { // The driver has shut down. HiZ is active high + driver_L6470_data[j].is_hi_Z = true; + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%cIS SHUT DOWN"), ' '); + //if (_status & sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD) { // strange - TH_SD never seems to go active, must be implied by the HiZ and TH_WRN + if (_status & sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN) { // over current shutdown + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%cdue to over temperature"), ' '); + driver_L6470_data[j].is_ot = true; + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { // L6474 + tval = get_param(stepper_index, L6474_TVAL) - 2 * KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN; + set_param(stepper_index, L6474_TVAL, tval); // reduce TVAL + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR(" - TVAL reduced by %d to %d mA"), uint16_t (2 * KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN * sh.AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV), uint16_t ((tval + 1) * sh.AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV)); // let user know + } + else { + kval_hold = get_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD) - 2 * KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN; + set_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); // reduce KVAL_HOLD + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR(" - KVAL_HOLD reduced by %d to %d"), 2 * KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN, kval_hold); // let user know + } + } + else + driver_L6470_data[j].is_ot = false; + } + else { + driver_L6470_data[j].is_hi_Z = false; + + if (_status & sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN) { // have an over temperature warning + driver_L6470_data[j].is_otw = true; + driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter++; + kval_hold = get_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD); + if (driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter > 4) { // otw present for 2 - 2.5 seconds, reduce KVAL_HOLD + driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter = 0; + driver_L6470_data[j].is_otw = true; + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { // L6474 + tval = get_param(stepper_index, L6474_TVAL) - KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN; + set_param(stepper_index, L6474_TVAL, tval); // reduce TVAL + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR(" - TVAL reduced by %d to %d mA"), uint16_t (KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN * sh.AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV), uint16_t ((tval + 1) * sh.AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV)); // let user know + } + else { + kval_hold = get_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD) - KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN; + set_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); // reduce KVAL_HOLD + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR(" - KVAL_HOLD reduced by %d to %d"), KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN, kval_hold); // let user know + } + } + else if (driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter) + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c- thermal warning"), ' '); // warn user + } + } + + #if ENABLED(L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR) + if (_status & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_UVLO | sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD)) + kill(temp_buf); + #endif + + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + if (_status & sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD) + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c over current"), ' '); + + if (_status & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A | sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B)) + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c stall"), ' '); + + if (_status & sh.STATUS_AXIS_UVLO) + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c under voltage lock out"), ' '); + + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c\n"), ' '); + #endif + + DEBUG_ECHOLN(temp_buf); // print the error message + } + else { + driver_L6470_data[j].is_ot = false; + driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter = 0; //clear out warning indicators + driver_L6470_data[j].is_otw = false; + } // end usual checks + + } // comms established but have errors + } // comms re-established + } // end monitor_update() + + + void L64XX_Marlin::monitor_driver() { + static millis_t next_cOT = 0; + if (ELAPSED(millis(), next_cOT)) { + next_cOT = millis() + 500; + + if (!monitor_paused) { // Skip during M122, M906, M916, M917 or M918 (could steal status result from test) + + spi_active = true; // Tell set_directions() a series of SPI transfers is underway + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + monitor_update(X); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + monitor_update(Y); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + monitor_update(Z); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + monitor_update(X2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + monitor_update(Y2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + monitor_update(Z2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + monitor_update(Z3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + monitor_update(Z4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + monitor_update(E0); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + monitor_update(E1); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + monitor_update(E2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + monitor_update(E3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + monitor_update(E4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + monitor_update(E5); + #endif + + #if ENABLED(L6470_DEBUG) + if (report_L6470_status) DEBUG_EOL(); + #endif + + spi_active = false; // done with all SPI transfers - clear handshake flags + spi_abort = false; + } + } + } + +#endif // MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS + +#endif // HAS_L64XX diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h b/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..371f0991c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#include +#if !(L6470_LIBRARY_VERSION >= 0x000800) + #error 'L6470_LIBRARY_VERSION 0x000800 or later required' +#endif + +#define L6470_GETPARAM(P,Q) stepper##Q.GetParam(P) + +#define dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK 0x58 +#define dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK_FWD dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK +#define dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK_REV dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK+1 +#define HAS_L64XX_EXTRUDER (AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) || AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) || AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) || AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) || AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) || AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) || AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) || AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7)) + +enum L64XX_axis_t : uint8_t { X, Y, Z, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, Z4, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, MAX_L64XX }; + +class L64XX_Marlin : public L64XXHelper { +public: + static PGM_P const index_to_axis[MAX_L64XX]; + + static const uint8_t index_to_dir[MAX_L64XX]; + + static uint8_t dir_commands[MAX_L64XX]; + + // Flags to guarantee graceful switch if stepper interrupts L6470 SPI transfer + static volatile uint8_t spi_abort; + static uint8_t spi_active; + + L64XX_Marlin() {} + + static void init(); + static void init_to_defaults(); + + static uint16_t get_stepper_status(L64XX &st); + + static uint16_t get_status(const L64XX_axis_t axis); + + static uint32_t get_param(const L64XX_axis_t axis, const uint8_t param); + + static void set_param(const L64XX_axis_t axis, const uint8_t param, const uint32_t value); + + //static void send_command(const L64XX_axis_t axis, uint8_t command); + + static uint8_t get_user_input(uint8_t &driver_count, L64XX_axis_t axis_index[3], char axis_mon[3][3], + float &position_max, float &position_min, float &final_feedrate, uint8_t &kval_hold, + uint8_t over_current_flag, uint8_t &OCD_TH_val, uint8_t &STALL_TH_val, uint16_t &over_current_threshold); + + static void transfer(uint8_t L6470_buf[], const uint8_t length); + + static void say_axis(const L64XX_axis_t axis, const uint8_t label=true); + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + static void error_status_decode( + const uint16_t status, const L64XX_axis_t axis, + const uint16_t _status_axis_th_sd, const uint16_t _status_axis_th_wrn, + const uint16_t _status_axis_step_loss_a, const uint16_t _status_axis_step_loss_b, + const uint16_t _status_axis_ocd, const uint8_t _status_axis_layout + ); + #else + FORCE_INLINE static void error_status_decode( + const uint16_t, const L64XX_axis_t, + const uint16_t, const uint16_t, + const uint16_t, const uint16_t, + const uint16_t, const uint8_t + ){} + #endif + + // ~40 bytes SRAM to simplify status decode routines + typedef struct { + uint8_t STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT; // Copy of L6470_status_layout + uint8_t AXIS_OCD_TH_MAX; // Size of OCD_TH field + uint8_t AXIS_STALL_TH_MAX; // Size of STALL_TH field + float AXIS_OCD_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV; // mA per count + float AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV; // mA per count + uint8_t L6470_AXIS_CONFIG, // Address of the CONFIG register + L6470_AXIS_STATUS; // Address of the STATUS register + uint16_t L6470_ERROR_MASK, // STATUS_UVLO | STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD | STATUS_OCD | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B + L6474_ERROR_MASK, // STATUS_UVLO | STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD | STATUS_OCD + STATUS_AXIS_RAW, // Copy of status register contents + STATUS_AXIS, // Copy of status register contents but with all error bits active low + STATUS_AXIS_OCD, // Overcurrent detected bit position + STATUS_AXIS_SCK_MOD, // Step clock mode is active bit position + STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A, // Stall detected on A bridge bit position + STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B, // Stall detected on B bridge bit position + STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD, // Thermal shutdown bit position + STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN, // Thermal warning bit position + STATUS_AXIS_UVLO, // Undervoltage lockout is active bit position + STATUS_AXIS_WRONG_CMD, // Last command not valid bit position + STATUS_AXIS_CMD_ERR, // Command error bit position + STATUS_AXIS_NOTPERF_CMD; // Last command not performed bit position + } L64XX_shadow_t; + + static L64XX_shadow_t shadow; + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) + static bool monitor_paused; + static inline void pause_monitor(const bool p) { monitor_paused = p; } + static void monitor_update(L64XX_axis_t stepper_index); + static void monitor_driver(); + #else + static inline void pause_monitor(const bool) {} + #endif + +//protected: + // L64XXHelper methods + static void spi_init(); + static uint8_t transfer_single(uint8_t data, int16_t ss_pin); + static uint8_t transfer_chain(uint8_t data, int16_t ss_pin, uint8_t chain_position); + +private: + static void append_stepper_err(char* &p, const uint8_t stepper_index, const char * const err=nullptr); + +}; + +void echo_yes_no(const bool yes); + +extern L64XX_Marlin L64xxManager; diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/README.md b/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c68d8ca0ed --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +### L64XX Stepper Driver + +*Arduino-L6470* library revision 0.8.0 or above is required. + +This software can be used with the L6470, L6474, L6480 and the powerSTEP01 (collectively referred to as "L64xx" from now on). Different drivers can be mixed within a system. + +These devices use voltage PWMs to drive the stepper phases. On the L6474 the phase current is controlled by the `TVAL` register. On all the other drivers the phase current is indirectly controlled via the `KVAL_HOLD` register which scales the PWM duty cycle. + +This software assumes that all drivers are in one SPI daisy chain. + +### Hardware Setup + +- MOSI from controller tied to SDI on the first device + +- SDO of the first device is tied to SDI of the next device + +- SDO of the last device is tied to MISO of the controller + +- All devices share the same `SCK` and `SS_PIN` pins. The user must supply a macro to control the `RESET_PIN`(s). + +- Each L6470 passes the data it saw on its SDI to its neighbor on the **NEXT** SPI cycle (8 bit delay). + +- Each L6470 acts on the **last** SPI data it saw when the `SS_PIN` **goes high**. + +The L6474 uses the standard STEP DIR interface. Phase currents are changed in response to step pulses. The direction is set by the DIR pin. Instead of an ENA pin, stepper power is controlled with SPI commands. + +The other drivers operate in `STEP_CLOCK` mode. In this mode the Direction / Enable functions are done with SPI commands and the phase currents are changed in response to STEP pulses. + +### Hardware / Software Interaction + +Except for the L6474, powering up a stepper and setting the direction are done by the same command. You can't do one without the other. + +**All** directions are set **every time** a new block is popped off the queue by the stepper ISR. + +When setting direction, SPI transfers are minimized by using arrays and a specialized SPI method. *Arduino-L6470* library calls are not used. For N L64xx drivers, this results in N bytes transferred. If library calls were used then N2 bytes would be sent. + +### Power-up (Reset) Sequence + +- Stepper objects are instantiated before the `setup()` entry point is reached. + +- In `setup()` (before stepper drivers are initialized) the `L6470_init()` method is called to do the following: + + - If present, pulse the hardware reset pin. + + - Populate the `L6470_chain` array, which maps positions in the SPI stream to commands/data for L64XX stepper drivers. + + - Initialize the L64XX Software SPI pin states. + + - Initialize L64XX drivers. They may be reset later by a call to `L6470_init_to_defaults()`. + +The steppers are **NOT** powered up (enabled) during this sequence. + +### `L6470_chain` array + +This array is used by all routines that transmit SPI data. For a chain with N devices, the array contains: + +Index|Value +-----|----- +0|Number of drivers in chain +1|Axis index of the first device in the chain (closest to MOSI) +...| +N|Axis index of the last device chain (closest to MISO) + +### Set Direction and Enable + +The `DIR_WRITE` macros for the L64xx drivers are written so that the standard X, Y, Z and extruder logic used by the `set_directions()` routine is not altered. These macros write the correct forward/reverse command to the corresponding location in the array `L6470_dir_commands`. On the L6474 the array the command used just enables the stepper because direction is set by the DIR pin. + +At the end of the `set_directions()` routine, the array `L6470_chain` is used to grab the corresponding direction/enable commands out of the array `L6470_dir_commands` and put them in the correct sequence in the array `L6470_buf`. Array `L6470_buf` is then passed to the **`void`** `L6470_Transfer` function which actually sends the data to the devices. + +### Utilities, etc. + +The **absolute position** registers should accurately reflect Marlin’s stepper position counts. They are set to zero during initialization. `G28` sets them to the Marlin counts for the corresponding axis after homing. NOTE: These registers are often the negative of the Marlin counts. This is because the Marlin counts reflect the logical direction while the registers reflect the stepper direction. The register contents are displayed via the `M114 D` command. + +The `L6470_monitor` feature reads the status of each device every half second. It will report if there are any error conditions present or if communications has been lost/restored. The `KVAL_HOLD` value is reduced every 2 – 2.5 seconds if the thermal warning or thermal shutdown conditions are present. + +**M122** displays the settings of most of the bits in the status register plus a couple of other items. + +**M906** can be used to set the `KVAL_HOLD` register (`TVAL` on L6474) one driver at a time. If a setting is not included with the command then the contents of the registers that affect the phase current/voltage are displayed. + +**M916, M917 & M918** + +These utilities are used to tune the system. They can get you in the ballpark for acceptable jerk, acceleration, top speed and `KVAL_HOLD` settings (`TVAL` on L6474). In general they seem to provide an overly optimistic `KVAL_HOLD` (`TVAL`) setting because of the lag between setting `KVAL_HOLD` (`TVAL`) and the driver reaching final temperature. Enabling the `L6470_monitor` feature during prints will provide the **final useful setting**. + +The amount of power needed to move the stepper without skipping steps increases as jerk, acceleration, top speed, and micro-steps increase. The power dissipated by the driver increases as the power to the stepper increases. The net result is a balancing act between jerk, acceleration, top speed, micro-steps, and power dissipated by the driver. + +**M916** - Increases `KVAL_HOLD` (`TVAL`) while moving one axis until a thermal warning is generated. This routine is also useful for determining the approximate `KVAL_HOLD` (`TVAL`) where the stepper stops losing steps. The sound will get noticeably quieter as it stops losing steps. + +**M917** - Find minimum current thresholds. This is accomplished by doing the following steps while moving an axis: + +1. Decrease OCD current until overcurrent error. + +2. Increase OCD until overcurrent error goes away. + +3. Decrease stall threshold until stall error (not available on the L6474). + +4. Increase stall until stall error goes away (not available on the L6474). + +**M918** - Increase speed until error or max feedrate achieved. diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/bresenham.h b/Marlin/src/libs/bresenham.h index 013e357d08..e18531498b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/bresenham.h +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/bresenham.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/buzzer.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/buzzer.cpp index 549c76008e..3b0a239178 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/buzzer.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/buzzer.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ #include "../module/temperature.h" #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #include "../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" + #include "../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" #endif Buzzer::state_t Buzzer::state; @@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ void Buzzer::tick() { if (state.tone.frequency > 0) { #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - CRITICAL_SECTION_START; + CRITICAL_SECTION_START(); ExtUI::onPlayTone(state.tone.frequency, state.tone.duration); - CRITICAL_SECTION_END; + CRITICAL_SECTION_END(); #elif ENABLED(SPEAKER) - CRITICAL_SECTION_START; + CRITICAL_SECTION_START(); ::tone(BEEPER_PIN, state.tone.frequency, state.tone.duration); - CRITICAL_SECTION_END; + CRITICAL_SECTION_END(); #else on(); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/buzzer.h b/Marlin/src/libs/buzzer.h index 026b9330f9..3a72a0bd86 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/buzzer.h +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/buzzer.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/circularqueue.h b/Marlin/src/libs/circularqueue.h index 6b1923986d..54a6edaabe 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/circularqueue.h +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/circularqueue.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/crc16.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/crc16.cpp index fdb6395607..71cda50aeb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/crc16.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/crc16.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/crc16.h b/Marlin/src/libs/crc16.h index d625acce07..65e036d089 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/crc16.h +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/crc16.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/duration_t.h b/Marlin/src/libs/duration_t.h index 2015c17436..897ea1e869 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/duration_t.h +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/duration_t.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -151,15 +151,15 @@ struct duration_t { m = uint16_t(this->minute() % 60UL); if (with_days) { uint16_t d = this->day(); - sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("%ud %02u:%02u"), d, h % 24, m); + sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("%hud %02hu:%02hu"), d, h % 24, m); return d >= 10 ? 9 : 8; } else if (h < 100) { - sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("%02u:%02u"), h, m); + sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("%02hu:%02hu"), h, m); return 5; } else { - sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("%u:%02u"), h, m); + sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("%hu:%02hu"), h, m); return 6; } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/hex_print_routines.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/hex_print_routines.cpp index a30410641a..293192e6ef 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/hex_print_routines.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/hex_print_routines.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/hex_print_routines.h b/Marlin/src/libs/hex_print_routines.h index 09d6d17013..ac47ed7701 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/hex_print_routines.h +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/hex_print_routines.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/least_squares_fit.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/least_squares_fit.cpp index e7ef436146..aac83f9aca 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/least_squares_fit.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/least_squares_fit.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ #include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) +#if ANY(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) #include "least_squares_fit.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/least_squares_fit.h b/Marlin/src/libs/least_squares_fit.h index bfef8b14ad..721c499dec 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/least_squares_fit.h +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/least_squares_fit.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -65,6 +65,9 @@ inline void incremental_WLSF(struct linear_fit_data *lsf, const float &x, const lsf->max_absx = _MAX(ABS(wx), lsf->max_absx); lsf->max_absy = _MAX(ABS(wy), lsf->max_absy); } +inline void incremental_WLSF(struct linear_fit_data *lsf, const xy_pos_t &pos, const float &z, const float &w) { + incremental_WLSF(lsf, pos.x, pos.y, z, w); +} inline void incremental_LSF(struct linear_fit_data *lsf, const float &x, const float &y, const float &z) { lsf->xbar += x; @@ -80,5 +83,8 @@ inline void incremental_LSF(struct linear_fit_data *lsf, const float &x, const f lsf->max_absy = _MAX(ABS(y), lsf->max_absy); lsf->N += 1.0; } +inline void incremental_LSF(struct linear_fit_data *lsf, const xy_pos_t &pos, const float &z) { + incremental_LSF(lsf, pos.x, pos.y, z); +} int finish_incremental_LSF(struct linear_fit_data *); diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/nozzle.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/nozzle.cpp index 829d46e1da..ecbfeb331e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/nozzle.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/nozzle.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,9 +28,8 @@ Nozzle nozzle; -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../module/motion.h" -#include "point_t.h" #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) @@ -38,30 +37,30 @@ Nozzle nozzle; * @brief Stroke clean pattern * @details Wipes the nozzle back and forth in a linear movement * - * @param start point_t defining the starting point - * @param end point_t defining the ending point + * @param start xyz_pos_t defining the starting point + * @param end xyz_pos_t defining the ending point * @param strokes number of strokes to execute */ - void Nozzle::stroke(const point_t &start, const point_t &end, const uint8_t &strokes) { + void Nozzle::stroke(const xyz_pos_t &start, const xyz_pos_t &end, const uint8_t &strokes) { #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK) - const float ix = current_position[X_AXIS], iy = current_position[Y_AXIS], iz = current_position[Z_AXIS]; + const xyz_pos_t oldpos = current_position; #endif // Move to the starting point #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z) - do_blocking_move_to_xy(start.x, start.y); + do_blocking_move_to_xy(start); #else - do_blocking_move_to(start.x, start.y, start.z); + do_blocking_move_to(start); #endif // Start the stroke pattern - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < (strokes >> 1); i++) { - do_blocking_move_to_xy(end.x, end.y); - do_blocking_move_to_xy(start.x, start.y); + LOOP_L_N(i, strokes >> 1) { + do_blocking_move_to_xy(end); + do_blocking_move_to_xy(start); } #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK) - do_blocking_move_to(ix, iy, iz); + do_blocking_move_to(oldpos); #endif } @@ -69,30 +68,30 @@ Nozzle nozzle; * @brief Zig-zag clean pattern * @details Apply a zig-zag cleaning pattern * - * @param start point_t defining the starting point - * @param end point_t defining the ending point + * @param start xyz_pos_t defining the starting point + * @param end xyz_pos_t defining the ending point * @param strokes number of strokes to execute * @param objects number of triangles to do */ - void Nozzle::zigzag(const point_t &start, const point_t &end, const uint8_t &strokes, const uint8_t &objects) { - const float diffx = end.x - start.x, diffy = end.y - start.y; - if (!diffx || !diffy) return; + void Nozzle::zigzag(const xyz_pos_t &start, const xyz_pos_t &end, const uint8_t &strokes, const uint8_t &objects) { + const xy_pos_t diff = end - start; + if (!diff.x || !diff.y) return; #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK) - const float ix = current_position[X_AXIS], iy = current_position[Y_AXIS], iz = current_position[Z_AXIS]; + const xyz_pos_t back = current_position; #endif #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z) - do_blocking_move_to_xy(start.x, start.y); + do_blocking_move_to_xy(start); #else - do_blocking_move_to(start.x, start.y, start.z); + do_blocking_move_to(start); #endif const uint8_t zigs = objects << 1; - const bool horiz = ABS(diffx) >= ABS(diffy); // Do a horizontal wipe? - const float P = (horiz ? diffx : diffy) / zigs; // Period of each zig / zag - const point_t *side; - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < strokes; j++) { + const bool horiz = ABS(diff.x) >= ABS(diff.y); // Do a horizontal wipe? + const float P = (horiz ? diff.x : diff.y) / zigs; // Period of each zig / zag + const xyz_pos_t *side; + LOOP_L_N(j, strokes) { for (int8_t i = 0; i < zigs; i++) { side = (i & 1) ? &end : &start; if (horiz) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ Nozzle nozzle; } #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK) - do_blocking_move_to(ix, iy, iz); + do_blocking_move_to(back); #endif } @@ -118,35 +117,35 @@ Nozzle nozzle; * @brief Circular clean pattern * @details Apply a circular cleaning pattern * - * @param start point_t defining the middle of circle + * @param start xyz_pos_t defining the middle of circle * @param strokes number of strokes to execute * @param radius radius of circle */ - void Nozzle::circle(const point_t &start, const point_t &middle, const uint8_t &strokes, const float &radius) { + void Nozzle::circle(const xyz_pos_t &start, const xyz_pos_t &middle, const uint8_t &strokes, const float &radius) { if (strokes == 0) return; #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK) - const float ix = current_position[X_AXIS], iy = current_position[Y_AXIS], iz = current_position[Z_AXIS]; + const xyz_pos_t back = current_position; #endif #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z) - do_blocking_move_to_xy(start.x, start.y); + do_blocking_move_to_xy(start); #else - do_blocking_move_to(start.x, start.y, start.z); + do_blocking_move_to(start); #endif - for (uint8_t s = 0; s < strokes; s++) - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN; i++) + LOOP_L_N(s, strokes) + LOOP_L_N(i, NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN) do_blocking_move_to_xy( middle.x + sin((RADIANS(360) / NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN) * i) * radius, middle.y + cos((RADIANS(360) / NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN) * i) * radius ); // Let's be safe - do_blocking_move_to_xy(start.x, start.y); + do_blocking_move_to_xy(start); #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK) - do_blocking_move_to(ix, iy, iz); + do_blocking_move_to(back); #endif } @@ -158,26 +157,24 @@ Nozzle nozzle; * @param argument depends on the cleaning pattern */ void Nozzle::clean(const uint8_t &pattern, const uint8_t &strokes, const float &radius, const uint8_t &objects, const uint8_t cleans) { - point_t start = NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT; - point_t end = NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT; + xyz_pos_t start[HOTENDS] = NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT, end[HOTENDS] = NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT, middle[HOTENDS] = NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE; if (pattern == 2) { if (!(cleans & (_BV(X_AXIS) | _BV(Y_AXIS)))) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Warning : Clean Circle requires XY"); return; } - end = NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE; } else { - if (!TEST(cleans, X_AXIS)) start.x = end.x = current_position[X_AXIS]; - if (!TEST(cleans, Y_AXIS)) start.y = end.y = current_position[Y_AXIS]; + if (!TEST(cleans, X_AXIS)) start[active_extruder].x = end[active_extruder].x = current_position.x; + if (!TEST(cleans, Y_AXIS)) start[active_extruder].y = end[active_extruder].y = current_position.y; } - if (!TEST(cleans, Z_AXIS)) start.z = end.z = current_position[Z_AXIS]; + if (!TEST(cleans, Z_AXIS)) start[active_extruder].z = end[active_extruder].z = current_position.z; switch (pattern) { - case 1: zigzag(start, end, strokes, objects); break; - case 2: circle(start, end, strokes, radius); break; - default: stroke(start, end, strokes); + case 1: zigzag(start[active_extruder], end[active_extruder], strokes, objects); break; + case 2: circle(start[active_extruder], middle[active_extruder], strokes, radius); break; + default: stroke(start[active_extruder], end[active_extruder], strokes); } } @@ -185,7 +182,7 @@ Nozzle nozzle; #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - void Nozzle::park(const uint8_t z_action, const point_t &park/*=NOZZLE_PARK_POINT*/) { + void Nozzle::park(const uint8_t z_action, const xyz_pos_t &park/*=NOZZLE_PARK_POINT*/) { constexpr feedRate_t fr_xy = NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE, fr_z = NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE; switch (z_action) { @@ -194,14 +191,14 @@ Nozzle nozzle; break; case 2: // Raise by Z-park height - do_blocking_move_to_z(_MIN(current_position[Z_AXIS] + park.z, Z_MAX_POS), fr_z); + do_blocking_move_to_z(_MIN(current_position.z + park.z, Z_MAX_POS), fr_z); break; default: // Raise to at least the Z-park height - do_blocking_move_to_z(_MAX(park.z, current_position[Z_AXIS]), fr_z); + do_blocking_move_to_z(_MAX(park.z, current_position.z), fr_z); } - do_blocking_move_to_xy(park.x, park.y, fr_xy); + do_blocking_move_to_xy(park, fr_xy); report_current_position(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/nozzle.h b/Marlin/src/libs/nozzle.h index d20b41de93..3ff0670ce8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/nozzle.h +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/nozzle.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -22,7 +22,6 @@ #pragma once #include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#include "point_t.h" /** * @brief Nozzle class @@ -38,32 +37,32 @@ class Nozzle { * @brief Stroke clean pattern * @details Wipes the nozzle back and forth in a linear movement * - * @param start point_t defining the starting point - * @param end point_t defining the ending point + * @param start xyz_pos_t defining the starting point + * @param end xyz_pos_t defining the ending point * @param strokes number of strokes to execute */ - static void stroke(const point_t &start, const point_t &end, const uint8_t &strokes) _Os; + static void stroke(const xyz_pos_t &start, const xyz_pos_t &end, const uint8_t &strokes) _Os; /** * @brief Zig-zag clean pattern * @details Apply a zig-zag cleaning pattern * - * @param start point_t defining the starting point - * @param end point_t defining the ending point + * @param start xyz_pos_t defining the starting point + * @param end xyz_pos_t defining the ending point * @param strokes number of strokes to execute * @param objects number of objects to create */ - static void zigzag(const point_t &start, const point_t &end, const uint8_t &strokes, const uint8_t &objects) _Os; + static void zigzag(const xyz_pos_t &start, const xyz_pos_t &end, const uint8_t &strokes, const uint8_t &objects) _Os; /** * @brief Circular clean pattern * @details Apply a circular cleaning pattern * - * @param start point_t defining the middle of circle + * @param start xyz_pos_t defining the middle of circle * @param strokes number of strokes to execute * @param radius radius of circle */ - static void circle(const point_t &start, const point_t &middle, const uint8_t &strokes, const float &radius) _Os; + static void circle(const xyz_pos_t &start, const xyz_pos_t &middle, const uint8_t &strokes, const float &radius) _Os; #endif // NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE @@ -84,7 +83,7 @@ class Nozzle { #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - static void park(const uint8_t z_action, const point_t &park=NOZZLE_PARK_POINT) _Os; + static void park(const uint8_t z_action, const xyz_pos_t &park=NOZZLE_PARK_POINT) _Os; #endif }; diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/numtostr.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/numtostr.cpp index 6be9da7afb..ac82bf16f1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/numtostr.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/numtostr.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ char conv[8] = { 0 }; #define MINUSOR(n, alt) (n >= 0 ? (alt) : (n = -n, '-')) // Convert a full-range unsigned 8bit int to a percentage -char* ui8tostr4pct(const uint8_t i) { +const char* ui8tostr4pctrj(const uint8_t i) { const uint8_t n = ui8_to_percent(i); conv[3] = RJDIGIT(n, 100); conv[4] = RJDIGIT(n, 10); @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ char* ui8tostr4pct(const uint8_t i) { } // Convert unsigned 8bit int to string 123 format -char* ui8tostr3(const uint8_t i) { +const char* ui8tostr3rj(const uint8_t i) { conv[4] = RJDIGIT(i, 100); conv[5] = RJDIGIT(i, 10); conv[6] = DIGIMOD(i, 1); @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ char* ui8tostr3(const uint8_t i) { } // Convert signed 8bit int to rj string with 123 or -12 format -char* i8tostr3(const int8_t x) { +const char* i8tostr3rj(const int8_t x) { int xx = x; conv[4] = MINUSOR(xx, RJDIGIT(xx, 100)); conv[5] = RJDIGIT(xx, 10); @@ -59,8 +59,36 @@ char* i8tostr3(const int8_t x) { return &conv[4]; } +#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS_PERMYRIAD + // Convert unsigned 16-bit permyriad to percent with 100 / 23 / 23.4 / 3.45 format + const char* permyriadtostr4(const uint16_t xx) { + if (xx >= 10000) + return "100"; + else if (xx >= 1000) { + conv[3] = DIGIMOD(xx, 1000); + conv[4] = DIGIMOD(xx, 100); + conv[5] = '.'; + conv[6] = DIGIMOD(xx, 10); + return &conv[3]; + } + else if (xx % 100 == 0) { + conv[4] = ' '; + conv[5] = RJDIGIT(xx, 1000); + conv[6] = DIGIMOD(xx, 100); + return &conv[4]; + } + else { + conv[3] = DIGIMOD(xx, 100); + conv[4] = '.'; + conv[5] = DIGIMOD(xx, 10); + conv[6] = RJDIGIT(xx, 1); + return &conv[3]; + } + } +#endif + // Convert unsigned 16bit int to string 12345 format -char* ui16tostr5(const uint16_t xx) { +const char* ui16tostr5rj(const uint16_t xx) { conv[2] = RJDIGIT(xx, 10000); conv[3] = RJDIGIT(xx, 1000); conv[4] = RJDIGIT(xx, 100); @@ -70,7 +98,7 @@ char* ui16tostr5(const uint16_t xx) { } // Convert unsigned 16bit int to string 1234 format -char* ui16tostr4(const uint16_t xx) { +const char* ui16tostr4rj(const uint16_t xx) { conv[3] = RJDIGIT(xx, 1000); conv[4] = RJDIGIT(xx, 100); conv[5] = RJDIGIT(xx, 10); @@ -79,7 +107,7 @@ char* ui16tostr4(const uint16_t xx) { } // Convert unsigned 16bit int to string 123 format -char* ui16tostr3(const uint16_t xx) { +const char* ui16tostr3rj(const uint16_t xx) { conv[4] = RJDIGIT(xx, 100); conv[5] = RJDIGIT(xx, 10); conv[6] = DIGIMOD(xx, 1); @@ -87,7 +115,7 @@ char* ui16tostr3(const uint16_t xx) { } // Convert signed 16bit int to rj string with 123 or -12 format -char* i16tostr3(const int16_t x) { +const char* i16tostr3rj(const int16_t x) { int xx = x; conv[4] = MINUSOR(xx, RJDIGIT(xx, 100)); conv[5] = RJDIGIT(xx, 10); @@ -96,7 +124,7 @@ char* i16tostr3(const int16_t x) { } // Convert unsigned 16bit int to lj string with 123 format -char* i16tostr3left(const int16_t i) { +const char* i16tostr3left(const int16_t i) { char *str = &conv[6]; *str = DIGIMOD(i, 1); if (i >= 10) { @@ -108,7 +136,7 @@ char* i16tostr3left(const int16_t i) { } // Convert signed 16bit int to rj string with 1234, _123, -123, _-12, or __-1 format -char* i16tostr4sign(const int16_t i) { +const char* i16tostr4signrj(const int16_t i) { const bool neg = i < 0; const int ii = neg ? -i : i; if (i >= 1000) { @@ -137,7 +165,7 @@ char* i16tostr4sign(const int16_t i) { } // Convert unsigned float to string with 1.23 format -char* ftostr12ns(const float &f) { +const char* ftostr12ns(const float &f) { const long i = ((f < 0 ? -f : f) * 1000 + 5) / 10; conv[3] = DIGIMOD(i, 100); conv[4] = '.'; @@ -146,9 +174,9 @@ char* ftostr12ns(const float &f) { return &conv[3]; } -// Convert signed float to fixed-length string with 12.34 / -2.34 format or 123.45 / -23.45 format -char* ftostr42_52(const float &f) { - if (f <= -10 || f >= 100) return ftostr52(f); // need more digits +// Convert signed float to fixed-length string with 12.34 / _2.34 / -2.34 or -23.45 / 123.45 format +const char* ftostr42_52(const float &f) { + if (f <= -10 || f >= 100) return ftostr52(f); // -23.45 / 123.45 long i = (f * 1000 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10; conv[2] = (f >= 0 && f < 10) ? ' ' : MINUSOR(i, DIGIMOD(i, 1000)); conv[3] = DIGIMOD(i, 100); @@ -159,7 +187,7 @@ char* ftostr42_52(const float &f) { } // Convert signed float to fixed-length string with 023.45 / -23.45 format -char* ftostr52(const float &f) { +const char* ftostr52(const float &f) { long i = (f * 1000 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10; conv[1] = MINUSOR(i, DIGIMOD(i, 10000)); conv[2] = DIGIMOD(i, 1000); @@ -170,12 +198,38 @@ char* ftostr52(const float &f) { return &conv[1]; } +// Convert signed float to fixed-length string with 12.345 / _2.345 / -2.345 or -23.45 / 123.45 format +const char* ftostr53_63(const float &f) { + if (f <= -10 || f >= 100) return ftostr63(f); // -23.456 / 123.456 + long i = (f * 10000 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10; + conv[1] = (f >= 0 && f < 10) ? ' ' : MINUSOR(i, DIGIMOD(i, 10000)); + conv[2] = DIGIMOD(i, 1000); + conv[3] = '.'; + conv[4] = DIGIMOD(i, 100); + conv[5] = DIGIMOD(i, 10); + conv[6] = DIGIMOD(i, 1); + return &conv[1]; +} + +// Convert signed float to fixed-length string with 023.456 / -23.456 format +const char* ftostr63(const float &f) { + long i = (f * 10000 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10; + conv[0] = MINUSOR(i, DIGIMOD(i, 100000)); + conv[1] = DIGIMOD(i, 10000); + conv[2] = DIGIMOD(i, 1000); + conv[3] = '.'; + conv[4] = DIGIMOD(i, 100); + conv[5] = DIGIMOD(i, 10); + conv[6] = DIGIMOD(i, 1); + return &conv[0]; +} + #if ENABLED(LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY) // Convert float to rj string with 1234, _123, -123, _-12, 12.3, _1.2, or -1.2 format - char* ftostr4sign(const float &f) { + const char* ftostr4sign(const float &f) { const int i = (f * 100 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10; - if (!WITHIN(i, -99, 999)) return i16tostr4sign((int)f); + if (!WITHIN(i, -99, 999)) return i16tostr4signrj((int)f); const bool neg = i < 0; const int ii = neg ? -i : i; conv[3] = neg ? '-' : (ii >= 100 ? DIGIMOD(ii, 100) : ' '); @@ -188,7 +242,7 @@ char* ftostr52(const float &f) { #endif // Convert float to fixed-length string with +123.4 / -123.4 format -char* ftostr41sign(const float &f) { +const char* ftostr41sign(const float &f) { int i = (f * 100 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10; conv[1] = MINUSOR(i, '+'); conv[2] = DIGIMOD(i, 1000); @@ -200,7 +254,7 @@ char* ftostr41sign(const float &f) { } // Convert signed float to string (6 digit) with -1.234 / _0.000 / +1.234 format -char* ftostr43sign(const float &f, char plus/*=' '*/) { +const char* ftostr43sign(const float &f, char plus/*=' '*/) { long i = (f * 10000 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10; conv[1] = i ? MINUSOR(i, plus) : ' '; conv[2] = DIGIMOD(i, 1000); @@ -212,7 +266,7 @@ char* ftostr43sign(const float &f, char plus/*=' '*/) { } // Convert signed float to string (5 digit) with -1.2345 / _0.0000 / +1.2345 format -char* ftostr54sign(const float &f, char plus/*=' '*/) { +const char* ftostr54sign(const float &f, char plus/*=' '*/) { long i = (f * 100000 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10; conv[0] = i ? MINUSOR(i, plus) : ' '; conv[1] = DIGIMOD(i, 10000); @@ -225,13 +279,13 @@ char* ftostr54sign(const float &f, char plus/*=' '*/) { } // Convert unsigned float to rj string with 12345 format -char* ftostr5rj(const float &f) { +const char* ftostr5rj(const float &f) { const long i = ((f < 0 ? -f : f) * 10 + 5) / 10; - return ui16tostr5(i); + return ui16tostr5rj(i); } // Convert signed float to string with +1234.5 format -char* ftostr51sign(const float &f) { +const char* ftostr51sign(const float &f) { long i = (f * 100 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10; conv[0] = MINUSOR(i, '+'); conv[1] = DIGIMOD(i, 10000); @@ -244,7 +298,7 @@ char* ftostr51sign(const float &f) { } // Convert signed float to string with +123.45 format -char* ftostr52sign(const float &f) { +const char* ftostr52sign(const float &f) { long i = (f * 1000 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10; conv[0] = MINUSOR(i, '+'); conv[1] = DIGIMOD(i, 10000); @@ -256,8 +310,21 @@ char* ftostr52sign(const float &f) { return conv; } -// Convert unsigned float to string with 1234.5 format omitting trailing zeros -char* ftostr51rj(const float &f) { +// Convert signed float to string with +12.345 format +const char* ftostr53sign(const float &f) { + long i = (f * 1000 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10; + conv[0] = MINUSOR(i, '+'); + conv[1] = DIGIMOD(i, 10000); + conv[2] = DIGIMOD(i, 1000); + conv[3] = '.'; + conv[4] = DIGIMOD(i, 100); + conv[5] = DIGIMOD(i, 10); + conv[6] = DIGIMOD(i, 1); + return conv; +} + +// Convert unsigned float to string with ____4.5, __34.5, _234.5, 1234.5 format +const char* ftostr51rj(const float &f) { const long i = ((f < 0 ? -f : f) * 100 + 5) / 10; conv[0] = ' '; conv[1] = RJDIGIT(i, 10000); @@ -270,7 +337,7 @@ char* ftostr51rj(const float &f) { } // Convert signed float to space-padded string with -_23.4_ format -char* ftostr52sp(const float &f) { +const char* ftostr52sp(const float &f) { long i = (f * 1000 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10; uint8_t dig; conv[0] = MINUSOR(i, ' '); diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/numtostr.h b/Marlin/src/libs/numtostr.h index 6af2ac4869..8b6b83391f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/numtostr.h +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/numtostr.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -24,76 +24,90 @@ #include // Convert a full-range unsigned 8bit int to a percentage -char* ui8tostr4pct(const uint8_t i); +const char* ui8tostr4pctrj(const uint8_t i); // Convert uint8_t to string with 123 format -char* ui8tostr3(const uint8_t i); +const char* ui8tostr3rj(const uint8_t i); // Convert int8_t to string with 123 format -char* i8tostr3(const int8_t x); +const char* i8tostr3rj(const int8_t x); + +#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS_PERMYRIAD + // Convert 16-bit unsigned permyriad value to percent: 100 / 23 / 23.4 / 3.45 + const char* permyriadtostr4(const uint16_t xx); +#endif // Convert uint16_t to string with 12345 format -char* ui16tostr5(const uint16_t x); +const char* ui16tostr5rj(const uint16_t x); // Convert uint16_t to string with 1234 format -char* ui16tostr4(const uint16_t x); +const char* ui16tostr4rj(const uint16_t x); // Convert uint16_t to string with 123 format -char* ui16tostr3(const uint16_t x); +const char* ui16tostr3rj(const uint16_t x); // Convert int16_t to string with 123 format -char* i16tostr3(const int16_t x); +const char* i16tostr3rj(const int16_t x); // Convert unsigned int to lj string with 123 format -char* i16tostr3left(const int16_t xx); +const char* i16tostr3left(const int16_t xx); // Convert signed int to rj string with _123, -123, _-12, or __-1 format -char* i16tostr4sign(const int16_t x); +const char* i16tostr4signrj(const int16_t x); // Convert unsigned float to string with 1.23 format -char* ftostr12ns(const float &x); +const char* ftostr12ns(const float &x); -// Convert signed float to fixed-length string with 12.34 / -2.34 or 023.45 / -23.45 format -char* ftostr42_52(const float &x); +// Convert signed float to fixed-length string with 12.34 / _2.34 / -2.34 or -23.45 / 123.45 format +const char* ftostr42_52(const float &x); // Convert signed float to fixed-length string with 023.45 / -23.45 format -char* ftostr52(const float &x); +const char* ftostr52(const float &x); + +// Convert signed float to fixed-length string with 12.345 / -2.345 or 023.456 / -23.456 format +const char* ftostr53_63(const float &x); + +// Convert signed float to fixed-length string with 023.456 / -23.456 format +const char* ftostr63(const float &x); // Convert float to fixed-length string with +123.4 / -123.4 format -char* ftostr41sign(const float &x); +const char* ftostr41sign(const float &x); // Convert signed float to string (6 digit) with -1.234 / _0.000 / +1.234 format -char* ftostr43sign(const float &x, char plus=' '); +const char* ftostr43sign(const float &x, char plus=' '); // Convert signed float to string (5 digit) with -1.2345 / _0.0000 / +1.2345 format -char* ftostr54sign(const float &x, char plus=' '); +const char* ftostr54sign(const float &x, char plus=' '); // Convert unsigned float to rj string with 12345 format -char* ftostr5rj(const float &x); +const char* ftostr5rj(const float &x); // Convert signed float to string with +1234.5 format -char* ftostr51sign(const float &x); +const char* ftostr51sign(const float &x); // Convert signed float to space-padded string with -_23.4_ format -char* ftostr52sp(const float &x); +const char* ftostr52sp(const float &x); // Convert signed float to string with +123.45 format -char* ftostr52sign(const float &x); +const char* ftostr52sign(const float &x); + +// Convert signed float to string with +12.345 format +const char* ftostr53sign(const float &f); // Convert unsigned float to string with 1234.5 format omitting trailing zeros -char* ftostr51rj(const float &x); +const char* ftostr51rj(const float &x); #include "../core/macros.h" // Convert float to rj string with 123 or -12 format -FORCE_INLINE char* ftostr3(const float &x) { return i16tostr3(int16_t(x + (x < 0 ? -0.5f : 0.5f))); } +FORCE_INLINE const char* ftostr3(const float &x) { return i16tostr3rj(int16_t(x + (x < 0 ? -0.5f : 0.5f))); } #include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" #if ENABLED(LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY) // Convert float to rj string with 1234, _123, 12.3, _1.2, -123, _-12, or -1.2 format - char* ftostr4sign(const float &fx); + const char* ftostr4sign(const float &fx); #else // Convert float to rj string with 1234, _123, -123, __12, _-12, ___1, or __-1 format - FORCE_INLINE char* ftostr4sign(const float &x) { return i16tostr4sign(int16_t(x + (x < 0 ? -0.5f : 0.5f))); } + FORCE_INLINE const char* ftostr4sign(const float &x) { return i16tostr4signrj(int16_t(x + (x < 0 ? -0.5f : 0.5f))); } #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/point_t.h b/Marlin/src/libs/point_t.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5c7d8feac6..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/point_t.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#include - -/** - * @brief Cartesian Point - * @details Represents a three dimensional point on Cartesian coordinate system, - * using an additional fourth dimension for the extrusion length. - * - * @param x The x-coordinate of the point. - * @param y The y-coordinate of the point. - * @param z The z-coordinate of the point. - */ -struct point_t { - float x, y, z; - - /** - * @brief Three dimensional point constructor - * - * @param x The x-coordinate of the point. - * @param y The y-coordinate of the point. - * @param z The z-coordinate of the point. - */ - point_t(const float x, const float y, const float z) : x(x), y(y), z(z) {} - - /** - * @brief Two dimensional point constructor - * - * @param x The x-coordinate of the point. - * @param y The y-coordinate of the point. - */ - point_t(const float x, const float y) : point_t(x, y, NAN) {} - -}; diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/private_spi.h b/Marlin/src/libs/private_spi.h index a3f8621f0d..9ce68c4909 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/private_spi.h +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/private_spi.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/softspi.h b/Marlin/src/libs/softspi.h index 39d56b26f7..300eb93871 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/softspi.h +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/softspi.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ * @return value read */ FORCE_INLINE static bool fastDigitalRead(uint8_t pin) { - return g_APinDescription[pin].pPort->PIO_PDSR & g_APinDescription[pin].ulPin; + return digitalRead(pin); } /** @@ -75,10 +75,7 @@ * @param[in] level value to write */ FORCE_INLINE static void fastDigitalWrite(uint8_t pin, bool value) { - if (value) - g_APinDescription[pin].pPort->PIO_SODR = g_APinDescription[pin].ulPin; - else - g_APinDescription[pin].pPort->PIO_CODR = g_APinDescription[pin].ulPin; + digitalWrite(pin, value); } #endif // !CORE_TEENSY diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/stopwatch.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/stopwatch.cpp index b80a1597d5..6b01158cb9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/stopwatch.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/stopwatch.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #include "../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" + #include "../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" #endif Stopwatch::State Stopwatch::state; diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/stopwatch.h b/Marlin/src/libs/stopwatch.h index 013c243cfe..4aac815c8d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/stopwatch.h +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/stopwatch.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.cpp index e733cce3a5..c0da29e702 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -47,81 +47,78 @@ #include -vector_3::vector_3() : x(0), y(0), z(0) { } - -vector_3::vector_3(float x_, float y_, float z_) : x(x_), y(y_), z(z_) { } +/** + * vector_3 + */ vector_3 vector_3::cross(const vector_3 &left, const vector_3 &right) { - return vector_3(left.y * right.z - left.z * right.y, - left.z * right.x - left.x * right.z, - left.x * right.y - left.y * right.x); + const xyz_float_t &lv = left, &rv = right; + return vector_3(lv.y * rv.z - lv.z * rv.y, // YZ cross + lv.z * rv.x - lv.x * rv.z, // ZX cross + lv.x * rv.y - lv.y * rv.x); // XY cross } -vector_3 vector_3::operator+(const vector_3 &v) { return vector_3(x + v.x, y + v.y, z + v.z); } -vector_3 vector_3::operator-(const vector_3 &v) { return vector_3(x - v.x, y - v.y, z - v.z); } - -vector_3 vector_3::operator* (const float &v) { return vector_3(x * v, y * v, z * v); } -vector_3& vector_3::operator*=(const float &v) { x *= v; y *= v; z *= v; return *this; } - vector_3 vector_3::get_normal() const { - vector_3 normalized = vector_3(x, y, z); + vector_3 normalized = *this; normalized.normalize(); return normalized; } -float vector_3::get_length() const { return SQRT(sq(x) + sq(y) + sq(z)); } - void vector_3::normalize() { - const float inv_length = RSQRT(sq(x) + sq(y) + sq(z)); - x *= inv_length; - y *= inv_length; - z *= inv_length; + *this *= RSQRT(sq(x) + sq(y) + sq(z)); } +// Apply a rotation to the matrix void vector_3::apply_rotation(const matrix_3x3 &matrix) { - const float _x = x, _y = y; - x = _x * matrix.matrix[3 * 0 + 0] + _y * matrix.matrix[3 * 1 + 0] + z * matrix.matrix[3 * 2 + 0]; - y = _x * matrix.matrix[3 * 0 + 1] + _y * matrix.matrix[3 * 1 + 1] + z * matrix.matrix[3 * 2 + 1]; - z = _x * matrix.matrix[3 * 0 + 2] + _y * matrix.matrix[3 * 1 + 2] + z * matrix.matrix[3 * 2 + 2]; + const float _x = x, _y = y, _z = z; + *this = { matrix.vectors[0][0] * _x + matrix.vectors[1][0] * _y + matrix.vectors[2][0] * _z, + matrix.vectors[0][1] * _x + matrix.vectors[1][1] * _y + matrix.vectors[2][1] * _z, + matrix.vectors[0][2] * _x + matrix.vectors[1][2] * _y + matrix.vectors[2][2] * _z }; } +extern const char SP_X_STR[], SP_Y_STR[], SP_Z_STR[]; + void vector_3::debug(PGM_P const title) { serialprintPGM(title); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(" x: ", x, 6); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(" y: ", y, 6); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F(" z: ", z, 6); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F_P(SP_X_STR, x, 6); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F_P(SP_Y_STR, y, 6); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F_P(SP_Z_STR, z, 6); } -void apply_rotation_xyz(const matrix_3x3 &matrix, float &x, float &y, float &z) { - vector_3 vector = vector_3(x, y, z); - vector.apply_rotation(matrix); - x = vector.x; - y = vector.y; - z = vector.z; +/** + * matrix_3x3 + */ + +void apply_rotation_xyz(const matrix_3x3 &matrix, float &_x, float &_y, float &_z) { + vector_3 vec = vector_3(_x, _y, _z); vec.apply_rotation(matrix); + _x = vec.x; _y = vec.y; _z = vec.z; } +// Reset to identity. No rotate or translate. +void matrix_3x3::set_to_identity() { + LOOP_L_N(i, 3) + LOOP_L_N(j, 3) + vectors[i][j] = float(i == j); +} + +// Create a matrix from 3 vector_3 inputs matrix_3x3 matrix_3x3::create_from_rows(const vector_3 &row_0, const vector_3 &row_1, const vector_3 &row_2) { //row_0.debug(PSTR("row_0")); //row_1.debug(PSTR("row_1")); //row_2.debug(PSTR("row_2")); matrix_3x3 new_matrix; - new_matrix.matrix[0] = row_0.x; new_matrix.matrix[1] = row_0.y; new_matrix.matrix[2] = row_0.z; - new_matrix.matrix[3] = row_1.x; new_matrix.matrix[4] = row_1.y; new_matrix.matrix[5] = row_1.z; - new_matrix.matrix[6] = row_2.x; new_matrix.matrix[7] = row_2.y; new_matrix.matrix[8] = row_2.z; + new_matrix.vectors[0] = row_0; + new_matrix.vectors[1] = row_1; + new_matrix.vectors[2] = row_2; //new_matrix.debug(PSTR("new_matrix")); return new_matrix; } -void matrix_3x3::set_to_identity() { - matrix[0] = 1; matrix[1] = 0; matrix[2] = 0; - matrix[3] = 0; matrix[4] = 1; matrix[5] = 0; - matrix[6] = 0; matrix[7] = 0; matrix[8] = 1; -} - +// Create a matrix rotated to point towards a target matrix_3x3 matrix_3x3::create_look_at(const vector_3 &target) { - vector_3 z_row = target.get_normal(), - x_row = vector_3(1, 0, -target.x / target.z).get_normal(), - y_row = vector_3::cross(z_row, x_row).get_normal(); + const vector_3 z_row = target.get_normal(), + x_row = vector_3(1, 0, -target.x / target.z).get_normal(), + y_row = vector_3::cross(z_row, x_row).get_normal(); // x_row.debug(PSTR("x_row")); // y_row.debug(PSTR("y_row")); @@ -134,11 +131,12 @@ matrix_3x3 matrix_3x3::create_look_at(const vector_3 &target) { return rot; } +// Get a transposed copy of the matrix matrix_3x3 matrix_3x3::transpose(const matrix_3x3 &original) { matrix_3x3 new_matrix; - new_matrix.matrix[0] = original.matrix[0]; new_matrix.matrix[1] = original.matrix[3]; new_matrix.matrix[2] = original.matrix[6]; - new_matrix.matrix[3] = original.matrix[1]; new_matrix.matrix[4] = original.matrix[4]; new_matrix.matrix[5] = original.matrix[7]; - new_matrix.matrix[6] = original.matrix[2]; new_matrix.matrix[7] = original.matrix[5]; new_matrix.matrix[8] = original.matrix[8]; + LOOP_L_N(i, 3) + LOOP_L_N(j, 3) + new_matrix.vectors[i][j] = original.vectors[j][i]; return new_matrix; } @@ -147,13 +145,11 @@ void matrix_3x3::debug(PGM_P const title) { serialprintPGM(title); SERIAL_EOL(); } - uint8_t count = 0; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 3; i++) { - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < 3; j++) { - if (matrix[count] >= 0.0) SERIAL_CHAR('+'); - SERIAL_ECHO_F(matrix[count], 6); + LOOP_L_N(i, 3) { + LOOP_L_N(j, 3) { + if (vectors[i][j] >= 0.0) SERIAL_CHAR('+'); + SERIAL_ECHO_F(vectors[i][j], 6); SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - count++; } SERIAL_EOL(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.h b/Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.h index 6f9153817a..bd596f2343 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.h +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -40,33 +40,41 @@ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA */ +#include "../core/types.h" + class matrix_3x3; -struct vector_3 { - float x, y, z; +struct vector_3 : xyz_float_t { - vector_3(); - vector_3(float x, float y, float z); + vector_3(const float &_x, const float &_y, const float &_z) { set(_x, _y, _z); } + vector_3(const xy_float_t &in) { set(in.x, in.y); } + vector_3(const xyz_float_t &in) { set(in.x, in.y, in.z); } + vector_3(const xyze_float_t &in) { set(in.x, in.y, in.z); } + vector_3() { reset(); } + // Factory method static vector_3 cross(const vector_3 &a, const vector_3 &b); - vector_3 operator+(const vector_3 &v); - vector_3 operator-(const vector_3 &v); - - vector_3 operator* (const float &v); - vector_3& operator*=(const float &v); - + // Modifiers void normalize(); + void apply_rotation(const matrix_3x3 &matrix); + + // Accessors float get_length() const; vector_3 get_normal() const; + // Operators + FORCE_INLINE vector_3 operator+(const vector_3 &v) const { vector_3 o = *this; o += v; return o; } + FORCE_INLINE vector_3 operator-(const vector_3 &v) const { vector_3 o = *this; o -= v; return o; } + FORCE_INLINE vector_3 operator*(const float &v) const { vector_3 o = *this; o *= v; return o; } + void debug(PGM_P const title); - void apply_rotation(const matrix_3x3 &matrix); }; struct matrix_3x3 { - float matrix[9]; + abc_float_t vectors[3]; + // Factory methods static matrix_3x3 create_from_rows(const vector_3 &row_0, const vector_3 &row_1, const vector_3 &row_2); static matrix_3x3 create_look_at(const vector_3 &target); static matrix_3x3 transpose(const matrix_3x3 &original); @@ -76,5 +84,7 @@ struct matrix_3x3 { void debug(PGM_P const title); }; - void apply_rotation_xyz(const matrix_3x3 &rotationMatrix, float &x, float &y, float &z); +FORCE_INLINE void apply_rotation_xyz(const matrix_3x3 &rotationMatrix, xyz_pos_t &pos) { + apply_rotation_xyz(rotationMatrix, pos.x, pos.y, pos.z); +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/configuration_store.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/configuration_store.cpp index 3d723909b0..4b7946c6a9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/configuration_store.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/configuration_store.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ */ // Change EEPROM version if the structure changes -#define EEPROM_VERSION "V70" +#define EEPROM_VERSION "V76" #define EEPROM_OFFSET 100 // Check the integrity of data offsets. @@ -52,9 +52,9 @@ #include "temperature.h" #include "../lcd/ultralcd.h" #include "../core/language.h" -#include "../libs/vector_3.h" +#include "../libs/vector_3.h" // for matrix_3x3 #include "../gcode/gcode.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #if EITHER(EEPROM_SETTINGS, SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) #include "../HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.h" @@ -66,8 +66,12 @@ #include "../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" #endif +#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + #include "../feature/z_stepper_align.h" +#endif + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #include "../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" + #include "../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" #endif #if HAS_SERVOS @@ -83,7 +87,7 @@ #include "../feature/fwretract.h" #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - #include "../feature/power_loss_recovery.h" + #include "../feature/powerloss.h" #endif #include "../feature/pause.h" @@ -97,7 +101,7 @@ #endif #if ENABLED(EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K) - extern float saved_extruder_advance_K[EXTRUDERS]; + extern float other_extruder_advance_K[EXTRUDERS]; #endif #if EXTRUDERS > 1 @@ -109,17 +113,26 @@ #include "../feature/bltouch.h" #endif -#if HAS_TRINAMIC +#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG #include "stepper/indirection.h" #include "../feature/tmc_util.h" #endif +#if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + #include "../feature/probe_temp_comp.h" +#endif + +#include "../feature/controllerfan.h" +#if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE) + void M710_report(const bool forReplay); +#endif + #pragma pack(push, 1) // No padding between variables -typedef struct { uint16_t X, Y, Z, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5; } tmc_stepper_current_t; -typedef struct { uint32_t X, Y, Z, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5; } tmc_hybrid_threshold_t; +typedef struct { uint16_t X, Y, Z, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, Z4, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5; } tmc_stepper_current_t; +typedef struct { uint32_t X, Y, Z, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, Z4, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5; } tmc_hybrid_threshold_t; typedef struct { int16_t X, Y, Z, X2; } tmc_sgt_t; -typedef struct { bool X, Y, Z, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5; } tmc_stealth_enabled_t; +typedef struct { bool X, Y, Z, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, Z4, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5; } tmc_stealth_enabled_t; // Limit an index to an array size #define ALIM(I,ARR) _MIN(I, COUNT(ARR) - 1) @@ -129,6 +142,8 @@ static const uint32_t _DMA[] PROGMEM = DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION; static const float _DASU[] PROGMEM = DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT; static const feedRate_t _DMF[] PROGMEM = DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE; +extern const char SP_X_STR[], SP_Y_STR[], SP_Z_STR[], SP_E_STR[]; + /** * Current EEPROM Layout * @@ -146,13 +161,13 @@ typedef struct SettingsDataStruct { planner_settings_t planner_settings; - float planner_max_jerk[XYZE], // M205 XYZE planner.max_jerk[XYZE] - planner_junction_deviation_mm; // M205 J planner.junction_deviation_mm + xyze_float_t planner_max_jerk; // M205 XYZE planner.max_jerk + float planner_junction_deviation_mm; // M205 J planner.junction_deviation_mm - float home_offset[XYZ]; // M206 XYZ / M665 TPZ + xyz_pos_t home_offset; // M206 XYZ / M665 TPZ #if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET - float hotend_offset[XYZ][HOTENDS - 1]; // M218 XYZ + xyz_pos_t hotend_offset[HOTENDS - 1]; // M218 XYZ #endif // @@ -171,17 +186,14 @@ typedef struct SettingsDataStruct { // float mbl_z_offset; // mbl.z_offset uint8_t mesh_num_x, mesh_num_y; // GRID_MAX_POINTS_X, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - #if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - float mbl_z_values[GRID_MAX_POINTS_X][GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y]; // mbl.z_values - #else - float mbl_z_values[3][3]; - #endif + float mbl_z_values[TERN(MESH_BED_LEVELING, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X, 3)] // mbl.z_values + [TERN(MESH_BED_LEVELING, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y, 3)]; // // HAS_BED_PROBE // - float probe_offset[XYZ]; + xyz_pos_t probe_offset; // // ABL_PLANAR @@ -192,10 +204,9 @@ typedef struct SettingsDataStruct { // AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR // uint8_t grid_max_x, grid_max_y; // GRID_MAX_POINTS_X, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - int bilinear_grid_spacing[2], - bilinear_start[2]; // G29 L F + xy_pos_t bilinear_grid_spacing, bilinear_start; // G29 L F #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - float z_values[GRID_MAX_POINTS_X][GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y]; // G29 + bed_mesh_t z_values; // G29 #else float z_values[3][3]; #endif @@ -211,6 +222,18 @@ typedef struct SettingsDataStruct { // uint16_t servo_angles[EEPROM_NUM_SERVOS][2]; // M281 P L U + // + // Temperature first layer compensation values + // + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + int16_t z_offsets_probe[COUNT(temp_comp.z_offsets_probe)], // M871 P I V + z_offsets_bed[COUNT(temp_comp.z_offsets_bed)] // M871 B I V + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + , z_offsets_ext[COUNT(temp_comp.z_offsets_ext)] // M871 E I V + #endif + ; + #endif + // // BLTOUCH // @@ -220,18 +243,28 @@ typedef struct SettingsDataStruct { // DELTA / [XYZ]_DUAL_ENDSTOPS // #if ENABLED(DELTA) - float delta_height, // M666 H - delta_endstop_adj[ABC], // M666 XYZ - delta_radius, // M665 R + float delta_height; // M666 H + abc_float_t delta_endstop_adj; // M666 XYZ + float delta_radius, // M665 R delta_diagonal_rod, // M665 L - delta_segments_per_second, // M665 S - delta_calibration_radius, // M665 B - delta_tower_angle_trim[ABC]; // M665 XYZ - #elif EITHER(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + delta_segments_per_second; // M665 S + abc_float_t delta_tower_angle_trim; // M665 XYZ + #elif HAS_EXTRA_ENDSTOPS float x2_endstop_adj, // M666 X y2_endstop_adj, // M666 Y - z2_endstop_adj, // M666 Z (S2) - z3_endstop_adj; // M666 Z (S3) + z2_endstop_adj, // M666 (S2) Z + z3_endstop_adj, // M666 (S3) Z + z4_endstop_adj; // M666 (S4) Z + #endif + + // + // Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN, Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS + // + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + xy_pos_t z_stepper_align_xy[NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS]; // M422 S X Y + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + xy_pos_t z_stepper_align_stepper_xy[NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS]; // M422 W X Y + #endif #endif // @@ -244,7 +277,7 @@ typedef struct SettingsDataStruct { // // PIDTEMP // - PIDC_t hotendPID[HOTENDS]; // M301 En PIDC / M303 En U + PIDCF_t hotendPID[HOTENDS]; // M301 En PIDCF / M303 En U int16_t lpq_len; // M301 L // @@ -264,6 +297,11 @@ typedef struct SettingsDataStruct { // int16_t lcd_contrast; // M250 C + // + // Controller fan settings + // + controllerFan_settings_t controllerFan_settings; // M710 + // // POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY // @@ -282,17 +320,17 @@ typedef struct SettingsDataStruct { float planner_filament_size[EXTRUDERS]; // M200 T D planner.filament_size[] // - // HAS_TRINAMIC + // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG // - tmc_stepper_current_t tmc_stepper_current; // M906 X Y Z X2 Y2 Z2 Z3 E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 - tmc_hybrid_threshold_t tmc_hybrid_threshold; // M913 X Y Z X2 Y2 Z2 Z3 E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 + tmc_stepper_current_t tmc_stepper_current; // M906 X Y Z X2 Y2 Z2 Z3 Z4 E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 + tmc_hybrid_threshold_t tmc_hybrid_threshold; // M913 X Y Z X2 Y2 Z2 Z3 Z4 E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 tmc_sgt_t tmc_sgt; // M914 X Y Z X2 - tmc_stealth_enabled_t tmc_stealth_enabled; // M569 X Y Z X2 Y2 Z2 Z3 E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 + tmc_stealth_enabled_t tmc_stealth_enabled; // M569 X Y Z X2 Y2 Z2 Z3 Z4 E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 // // LIN_ADVANCE // - float planner_extruder_advance_K[EXTRUDERS]; // M900 K planner.extruder_advance_K + float planner_extruder_advance_K[_MAX(EXTRUDERS, 1)]; // M900 K planner.extruder_advance_K // // HAS_MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM @@ -302,7 +340,7 @@ typedef struct SettingsDataStruct { // // CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS // - float coordinate_system[MAX_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS][XYZ]; // G54-G59.3 + xyz_pos_t coordinate_system[MAX_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS]; // G54-G59.3 // // SKEW_CORRECTION @@ -326,7 +364,7 @@ typedef struct SettingsDataStruct { // // BACKLASH_COMPENSATION // - float backlash_distance_mm[XYZ]; // M425 X Y Z + xyz_float_t backlash_distance_mm; // M425 X Y Z uint8_t backlash_correction; // M425 F float backlash_smoothing_mm; // M425 S @@ -355,7 +393,7 @@ uint16_t MarlinSettings::datasize() { return sizeof(SettingsData); } #endif void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { - const float oldpos[XYZE] = { current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS], current_position[E_AXIS] }; + xyze_pos_t oldpos = current_position; // steps per s2 needs to be updated to agree with units per s2 planner.reset_acceleration_rates(); @@ -399,7 +437,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { fwretract.refresh_autoretract(); #endif - #if BOTH(JUNCTION_DEVIATION, LIN_ADVANCE) + #if HAS_LINEAR_E_JERK planner.recalculate_max_e_jerk(); #endif @@ -408,7 +446,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { planner.refresh_positioning(); // Various factors can change the current position - if (memcmp(oldpos, current_position, sizeof(oldpos))) + if (oldpos != current_position) report_current_position(); } @@ -447,6 +485,13 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #endif // SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE +#ifdef ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE + static_assert( + EEPROM_OFFSET + sizeof(SettingsData) < ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE, + "ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE is insufficient to capture all EEPROM data." + ); +#endif + #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(EEPROM_CHITCHAT) #include "../core/debug_out.h" @@ -487,7 +532,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { * M500 - Store Configuration */ bool MarlinSettings::save() { - float dummy = 0; + float dummyf = 0; char ver[4] = "ERR"; uint16_t working_crc = 0; @@ -495,11 +540,10 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { EEPROM_START(); eeprom_error = false; - #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) - EEPROM_SKIP(ver); // Flash doesn't allow rewriting without erase - #else - EEPROM_WRITE(ver); // invalidate data first - #endif + + // Write or Skip version. (Flash doesn't allow rewrite without erase.) + TERN(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION, EEPROM_SKIP, EEPROM_WRITE)(ver); + EEPROM_SKIP(working_crc); // Skip the checksum slot working_crc = 0; // clear before first "real data" @@ -517,21 +561,19 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if HAS_CLASSIC_JERK EEPROM_WRITE(planner.max_jerk); - #if BOTH(JUNCTION_DEVIATION, LIN_ADVANCE) - dummy = float(DEFAULT_EJERK); - EEPROM_WRITE(dummy); + #if HAS_LINEAR_E_JERK + dummyf = float(DEFAULT_EJERK); + EEPROM_WRITE(dummyf); #endif #else - const float planner_max_jerk[XYZE] = { float(DEFAULT_EJERK) }; + const xyze_pos_t planner_max_jerk = { 10, 10, 0.4, float(DEFAULT_EJERK) }; EEPROM_WRITE(planner_max_jerk); #endif - #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - EEPROM_WRITE(planner.junction_deviation_mm); - #else - dummy = 0.02f; - EEPROM_WRITE(dummy); + #if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + dummyf = 0.02f; #endif + EEPROM_WRITE(TERN(CLASSIC_JERK, dummyf, planner.junction_deviation_mm)); } // @@ -544,15 +586,15 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { EEPROM_WRITE(scara_home_offset); #else #if !HAS_HOME_OFFSET - const float home_offset[XYZ] = { 0 }; + const xyz_pos_t home_offset{0}; #endif EEPROM_WRITE(home_offset); #endif #if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET // Skip hotend 0 which must be 0 - for (uint8_t e = 1; e < HOTENDS; e++) - LOOP_XYZ(i) EEPROM_WRITE(hotend_offset[i][e]); + LOOP_S_L_N(e, 1, HOTENDS) + EEPROM_WRITE(hotend_offset[e]); #endif } @@ -563,12 +605,12 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR const bool &runout_sensor_enabled = runout.enabled; #else - const bool runout_sensor_enabled = true; + constexpr bool runout_sensor_enabled = true; #endif #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR && defined(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM) const float &runout_distance_mm = runout.runout_distance(); #else - const float runout_distance_mm = 0; + constexpr float runout_distance_mm = 0; #endif _FIELD_TEST(runout_sensor_enabled); EEPROM_WRITE(runout_sensor_enabled); @@ -579,13 +621,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // Global Leveling // { - const float zfh = ( - #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) - planner.z_fade_height - #else - 10.0 - #endif - ); + const float zfh = TERN(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT, planner.z_fade_height, 10.0f); EEPROM_WRITE(zfh); } @@ -594,32 +630,39 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // { #if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - // Compile time test that sizeof(mbl.z_values) is as expected static_assert( sizeof(mbl.z_values) == (GRID_MAX_POINTS) * sizeof(mbl.z_values[0][0]), "MBL Z array is the wrong size." ); - const uint8_t mesh_num_x = GRID_MAX_POINTS_X, mesh_num_y = GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; - EEPROM_WRITE(mbl.z_offset); - EEPROM_WRITE(mesh_num_x); - EEPROM_WRITE(mesh_num_y); + #else + dummyf = 0; + #endif + + const uint8_t mesh_num_x = TERN(MESH_BED_LEVELING, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X, 3), + mesh_num_y = TERN(MESH_BED_LEVELING, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y, 3); + + EEPROM_WRITE(TERN(MESH_BED_LEVELING, mbl.z_offset, dummyf)); + EEPROM_WRITE(mesh_num_x); + EEPROM_WRITE(mesh_num_y); + + #if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) EEPROM_WRITE(mbl.z_values); - #else // For disabled MBL write a default mesh - dummy = 0; - const uint8_t mesh_num_x = 3, mesh_num_y = 3; - EEPROM_WRITE(dummy); // z_offset - EEPROM_WRITE(mesh_num_x); - EEPROM_WRITE(mesh_num_y); - for (uint8_t q = mesh_num_x * mesh_num_y; q--;) EEPROM_WRITE(dummy); + #else + for (uint8_t q = mesh_num_x * mesh_num_y; q--;) EEPROM_WRITE(dummyf); #endif } // - // Probe Z Offset + // Probe XYZ Offsets // { - _FIELD_TEST(probe_offset[Z_AXIS]); - EEPROM_WRITE(probe_offset); + _FIELD_TEST(probe_offset); + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + const xyz_pos_t &zpo = probe.offset; + #else + constexpr xyz_pos_t zpo{0}; + #endif + EEPROM_WRITE(zpo); } // @@ -629,8 +672,8 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if ABL_PLANAR EEPROM_WRITE(planner.bed_level_matrix); #else - dummy = 0; - for (uint8_t q = 9; q--;) EEPROM_WRITE(dummy); + dummyf = 0; + for (uint8_t q = 9; q--;) EEPROM_WRITE(dummyf); #endif } @@ -639,27 +682,26 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // { #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - // Compile time test that sizeof(z_values) is as expected static_assert( sizeof(z_values) == (GRID_MAX_POINTS) * sizeof(z_values[0][0]), "Bilinear Z array is the wrong size." ); - const uint8_t grid_max_x = GRID_MAX_POINTS_X, grid_max_y = GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; - EEPROM_WRITE(grid_max_x); // 1 byte - EEPROM_WRITE(grid_max_y); // 1 byte - EEPROM_WRITE(bilinear_grid_spacing); // 2 ints - EEPROM_WRITE(bilinear_start); // 2 ints + #else + const xy_pos_t bilinear_start{0}, bilinear_grid_spacing{0}; + #endif + + const uint8_t grid_max_x = TERN(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X, 3), + grid_max_y = TERN(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y, 3); + EEPROM_WRITE(grid_max_x); + EEPROM_WRITE(grid_max_y); + EEPROM_WRITE(bilinear_grid_spacing); + EEPROM_WRITE(bilinear_start); + + #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) EEPROM_WRITE(z_values); // 9-256 floats #else - // For disabled Bilinear Grid write an empty 3x3 grid - const uint8_t grid_max_x = 3, grid_max_y = 3; - const int bilinear_start[2] = { 0 }, bilinear_grid_spacing[2] = { 0 }; - dummy = 0; - EEPROM_WRITE(grid_max_x); - EEPROM_WRITE(grid_max_y); - EEPROM_WRITE(bilinear_grid_spacing); - EEPROM_WRITE(bilinear_start); - for (uint16_t q = grid_max_x * grid_max_y; q--;) EEPROM_WRITE(dummy); + dummyf = 0; + for (uint16_t q = grid_max_x * grid_max_y; q--;) EEPROM_WRITE(dummyf); #endif } @@ -668,16 +710,10 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // { _FIELD_TEST(planner_leveling_active); - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - EEPROM_WRITE(planner.leveling_active); - EEPROM_WRITE(ubl.storage_slot); - #else - const bool ubl_active = false; - const int8_t storage_slot = -1; - EEPROM_WRITE(ubl_active); - EEPROM_WRITE(storage_slot); - #endif // AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL + const bool ubl_active = TERN(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, planner.leveling_active, false); + const int8_t storage_slot = TERN(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, ubl.storage_slot, -1); + EEPROM_WRITE(ubl_active); + EEPROM_WRITE(storage_slot); } // @@ -685,23 +721,31 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // { _FIELD_TEST(servo_angles); - #if !HAS_SERVO_ANGLES uint16_t servo_angles[EEPROM_NUM_SERVOS][2] = { { 0, 0 } }; #endif EEPROM_WRITE(servo_angles); } + // + // Thermal first layer compensation values + // + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + EEPROM_WRITE(temp_comp.z_offsets_probe); + EEPROM_WRITE(temp_comp.z_offsets_bed); + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + EEPROM_WRITE(temp_comp.z_offsets_ext); + #endif + #else + // No placeholder data for this feature + #endif + // // BLTOUCH // { _FIELD_TEST(bltouch_last_written_mode); - #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - const bool &bltouch_last_written_mode = bltouch.last_written_mode; - #else - constexpr bool bltouch_last_written_mode = false; - #endif + const bool bltouch_last_written_mode = TERN(BLTOUCH, bltouch.last_written_mode, false); EEPROM_WRITE(bltouch_last_written_mode); } @@ -718,42 +762,40 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { EEPROM_WRITE(delta_radius); // 1 float EEPROM_WRITE(delta_diagonal_rod); // 1 float EEPROM_WRITE(delta_segments_per_second); // 1 float - EEPROM_WRITE(delta_calibration_radius); // 1 float EEPROM_WRITE(delta_tower_angle_trim); // 3 floats - #elif EITHER(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #elif HAS_EXTRA_ENDSTOPS _FIELD_TEST(x2_endstop_adj); // Write dual endstops in X, Y, Z order. Unused = 0.0 - dummy = 0; - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - EEPROM_WRITE(endstops.x2_endstop_adj); // 1 float - #else - EEPROM_WRITE(dummy); - #endif + dummyf = 0; + EEPROM_WRITE(TERN(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, endstops.x2_endstop_adj, dummyf)); // 1 float + EEPROM_WRITE(TERN(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, endstops.y2_endstop_adj, dummyf)); // 1 float + EEPROM_WRITE(TERN(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS, endstops.z2_endstop_adj, dummyf)); // 1 float - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - EEPROM_WRITE(endstops.y2_endstop_adj); // 1 float - #else - EEPROM_WRITE(dummy); - #endif - - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS - EEPROM_WRITE(endstops.z2_endstop_adj); // 1 float - #else - EEPROM_WRITE(dummy); - #endif - - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 EEPROM_WRITE(endstops.z3_endstop_adj); // 1 float #else - EEPROM_WRITE(dummy); + EEPROM_WRITE(dummyf); + #endif + + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + EEPROM_WRITE(endstops.z4_endstop_adj); // 1 float + #else + EEPROM_WRITE(dummyf); #endif #endif } + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + EEPROM_WRITE(z_stepper_align.xy); + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + EEPROM_WRITE(z_stepper_align.stepper_xy); + #endif + #endif + // // LCD Preheat settings // @@ -781,19 +823,26 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { { _FIELD_TEST(hotendPID); HOTEND_LOOP() { - PIDC_t pidc = { - PID_PARAM(Kp, e), PID_PARAM(Ki, e), PID_PARAM(Kd, e), PID_PARAM(Kc, e) + PIDCF_t pidcf = { + #if DISABLED(PIDTEMP) + NAN, NAN, NAN, + NAN, NAN + #else + PID_PARAM(Kp, e), + unscalePID_i(PID_PARAM(Ki, e)), + unscalePID_d(PID_PARAM(Kd, e)), + PID_PARAM(Kc, e), + PID_PARAM(Kf, e) + #endif }; - EEPROM_WRITE(pidc); + EEPROM_WRITE(pidcf); } _FIELD_TEST(lpq_len); - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - EEPROM_WRITE(thermalManager.lpq_len); - #else + #if DISABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) const int16_t lpq_len = 20; - EEPROM_WRITE(lpq_len); #endif + EEPROM_WRITE(TERN(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING, thermalManager.lpq_len, lpq_len)); } // @@ -802,12 +851,17 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { { _FIELD_TEST(bedPID); - #if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - const PID_t bed_pid = { DUMMY_PID_VALUE, DUMMY_PID_VALUE, DUMMY_PID_VALUE }; - EEPROM_WRITE(bed_pid); - #else - EEPROM_WRITE(thermalManager.temp_bed.pid); - #endif + const PID_t bed_pid = { + #if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + NAN, NAN, NAN + #else + // Store the unscaled PID values + thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kp, + unscalePID_i(thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Ki), + unscalePID_d(thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kd) + #endif + }; + EEPROM_WRITE(bed_pid); } // @@ -829,8 +883,6 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { const int16_t lcd_contrast = #if HAS_LCD_CONTRAST ui.contrast - #elif defined(DEFAULT_LCD_CONTRAST) - DEFAULT_LCD_CONTRAST #else 127 #endif @@ -838,19 +890,25 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { EEPROM_WRITE(lcd_contrast); } + // + // Controller Fan + // + { + _FIELD_TEST(controllerFan_settings); + #if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) + const controllerFan_settings_t &cfs = controllerFan.settings; + #else + controllerFan_settings_t cfs = controllerFan_defaults; + #endif + EEPROM_WRITE(cfs); + } + // // Power-Loss Recovery // { _FIELD_TEST(recovery_enabled); - - const bool recovery_enabled = - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - recovery.enabled - #else - true - #endif - ; + const bool recovery_enabled = TERN(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY, recovery.enabled, ENABLED(PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT)); EEPROM_WRITE(recovery_enabled); } @@ -859,19 +917,15 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // { _FIELD_TEST(fwretract_settings); - - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - EEPROM_WRITE(fwretract.settings); - #else + #if DISABLED(FWRETRACT) const fwretract_settings_t autoretract_defaults = { 3, 45, 0, 0, 0, 13, 0, 8 }; - EEPROM_WRITE(autoretract_defaults); #endif - #if BOTH(FWRETRACT, FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - EEPROM_WRITE(fwretract.autoretract_enabled); - #else + EEPROM_WRITE(TERN(FWRETRACT, fwretract.settings, autoretract_defaults)); + + #if DISABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) const bool autoretract_enabled = false; - EEPROM_WRITE(autoretract_enabled); #endif + EEPROM_WRITE(TERN(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT, fwretract.autoretract_enabled, autoretract_enabled)); } // @@ -888,9 +942,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #else const bool volumetric_enabled = false; - dummy = DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA; + dummyf = DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA; EEPROM_WRITE(volumetric_enabled); - for (uint8_t q = EXTRUDERS; q--;) EEPROM_WRITE(dummy); + for (uint8_t q = EXTRUDERS; q--;) EEPROM_WRITE(dummyf); #endif } @@ -903,7 +957,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { tmc_stepper_current_t tmc_stepper_current = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; - #if HAS_TRINAMIC + #if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) tmc_stepper_current.X = stepperX.getMilliamps(); #endif @@ -925,6 +979,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) tmc_stepper_current.Z3 = stepperZ3.getMilliamps(); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + tmc_stepper_current.Z4 = stepperZ4.getMilliamps(); + #endif #if MAX_EXTRUDERS #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) tmc_stepper_current.E0 = stepperE0.getMilliamps(); @@ -949,6 +1006,16 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) tmc_stepper_current.E5 = stepperE5.getMilliamps(); #endif + #if MAX_EXTRUDERS > 6 + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + tmc_stepper_current.E6 = stepperE6.getMilliamps(); + #endif + #if MAX_EXTRUDERS > 7 + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + tmc_stepper_current.E7 = stepperE7.getMilliamps(); + #endif + #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 7 + #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 6 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 5 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 4 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 3 @@ -988,6 +1055,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) tmc_hybrid_threshold.Z3 = stepperZ3.get_pwm_thrs(); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + tmc_hybrid_threshold.Z4 = stepperZ4.get_pwm_thrs(); + #endif #if MAX_EXTRUDERS #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) tmc_hybrid_threshold.E0 = stepperE0.get_pwm_thrs(); @@ -1012,6 +1082,16 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E5) tmc_hybrid_threshold.E5 = stepperE5.get_pwm_thrs(); #endif + #if MAX_EXTRUDERS > 6 + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E6) + tmc_hybrid_threshold.E6 = stepperE6.get_pwm_thrs(); + #endif + #if MAX_EXTRUDERS > 7 + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E7) + tmc_hybrid_threshold.E7 = stepperE7.get_pwm_thrs(); + #endif + #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 7 + #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 6 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 5 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 4 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 3 @@ -1021,7 +1101,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #else const tmc_hybrid_threshold_t tmc_hybrid_threshold = { .X = 100, .Y = 100, .Z = 3, - .X2 = 100, .Y2 = 100, .Z2 = 3, .Z3 = 3, + .X2 = 100, .Y2 = 100, .Z2 = 3, .Z3 = 3, .Z4 = 3, .E0 = 30, .E1 = 30, .E2 = 30, .E3 = 30, .E4 = 30, .E5 = 30 }; @@ -1033,7 +1113,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // TMC StallGuard threshold // { - tmc_sgt_t tmc_sgt = { 0 }; + tmc_sgt_t tmc_sgt{0}; #if USE_SENSORLESS #if X_SENSORLESS tmc_sgt.X = stepperX.homing_threshold(); @@ -1081,6 +1161,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) tmc_stealth_enabled.Z3 = stepperZ3.get_stealthChop_status(); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + tmc_stealth_enabled.Z4 = stepperZ4.get_stealthChop_status(); + #endif #if MAX_EXTRUDERS #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) tmc_stealth_enabled.E0 = stepperE0.get_stealthChop_status(); @@ -1105,6 +1188,16 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E5) tmc_stealth_enabled.E5 = stepperE5.get_stealthChop_status(); #endif + #if MAX_EXTRUDERS > 6 + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E6) + tmc_stealth_enabled.E6 = stepperE6.get_stealthChop_status(); + #endif + #if MAX_EXTRUDERS > 7 + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E7) + tmc_stealth_enabled.E7 = stepperE7.get_stealthChop_status(); + #endif + #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 7 + #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 6 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 5 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 4 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 3 @@ -1124,8 +1217,8 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) EEPROM_WRITE(planner.extruder_advance_K); #else - dummy = 0; - for (uint8_t q = EXTRUDERS; q--;) EEPROM_WRITE(dummy); + dummyf = 0; + for (uint8_t q = _MAX(EXTRUDERS, 1); q--;) EEPROM_WRITE(dummyf); #endif } @@ -1138,8 +1231,8 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if HAS_MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM EEPROM_WRITE(stepper.motor_current_setting); #else - const uint32_t dummyui32[XYZ] = { 0 }; - EEPROM_WRITE(dummyui32); + const xyz_ulong_t no_current{0}; + EEPROM_WRITE(no_current); #endif } @@ -1149,12 +1242,10 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { _FIELD_TEST(coordinate_system); - #if ENABLED(CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS) - EEPROM_WRITE(gcode.coordinate_system); - #else - const float coordinate_system[MAX_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS][XYZ] = { { 0 } }; - EEPROM_WRITE(coordinate_system); + #if DISABLED(CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS) + const xyz_pos_t coordinate_system[MAX_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS] = { { 0 } }; #endif + EEPROM_WRITE(TERN(CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS, gcode.coordinate_system, coordinate_system)); // // Skew correction factors @@ -1189,10 +1280,10 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // { #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - const float (&backlash_distance_mm)[XYZ] = backlash.distance_mm; + const xyz_float_t &backlash_distance_mm = backlash.distance_mm; const uint8_t &backlash_correction = backlash.correction; #else - const float backlash_distance_mm[XYZ] = { 0 }; + const xyz_float_t backlash_distance_mm{0}; const uint8_t backlash_correction = 0; #endif #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) && defined(BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM) @@ -1276,10 +1367,13 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { } DEBUG_ECHO_START(); DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("EEPROM version mismatch (EEPROM=", stored_ver, " Marlin=" EEPROM_VERSION ")"); + #if HAS_LCD_MENU && DISABLED(EEPROM_AUTO_INIT) + ui.set_status_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_ERR_EEPROM_VERSION)); + #endif eeprom_error = true; } else { - float dummy = 0; + float dummyf = 0; working_crc = 0; // Init to 0. Accumulated by EEPROM_READ _FIELD_TEST(esteppers); @@ -1317,18 +1411,14 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if HAS_CLASSIC_JERK EEPROM_READ(planner.max_jerk); - #if BOTH(JUNCTION_DEVIATION, LIN_ADVANCE) - EEPROM_READ(dummy); + #if HAS_LINEAR_E_JERK + EEPROM_READ(dummyf); #endif #else - for (uint8_t q = 4; q--;) EEPROM_READ(dummy); + for (uint8_t q = 4; q--;) EEPROM_READ(dummyf); #endif - #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - EEPROM_READ(planner.junction_deviation_mm); - #else - EEPROM_READ(dummy); - #endif + EEPROM_READ(TERN(CLASSIC_JERK, dummyf, planner.junction_deviation_mm)); } // @@ -1341,7 +1431,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { EEPROM_READ(scara_home_offset); #else #if !HAS_HOME_OFFSET - float home_offset[XYZ]; + xyz_pos_t home_offset; #endif EEPROM_READ(home_offset); #endif @@ -1353,8 +1443,8 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { { #if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET // Skip hotend 0 which must be 0 - for (uint8_t e = 1; e < HOTENDS; e++) - LOOP_XYZ(i) EEPROM_READ(hotend_offset[i][e]); + LOOP_S_L_N(e, 1, HOTENDS) + EEPROM_READ(hotend_offset[e]); #endif } @@ -1363,7 +1453,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // { #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR - bool &runout_sensor_enabled = runout.enabled; + const bool &runout_sensor_enabled = runout.enabled; #else bool runout_sensor_enabled; #endif @@ -1380,25 +1470,19 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // // Global Leveling // - { - #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) - EEPROM_READ(new_z_fade_height); - #else - EEPROM_READ(dummy); - #endif - } + EEPROM_READ(TERN(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT, new_z_fade_height, dummyf)); // // Mesh (Manual) Bed Leveling // { uint8_t mesh_num_x, mesh_num_y; - EEPROM_READ(dummy); + EEPROM_READ(dummyf); EEPROM_READ_ALWAYS(mesh_num_x); EEPROM_READ_ALWAYS(mesh_num_y); #if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - if (!validating) mbl.z_offset = dummy; + if (!validating) mbl.z_offset = dummyf; if (mesh_num_x == GRID_MAX_POINTS_X && mesh_num_y == GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) { // EEPROM data fits the current mesh EEPROM_READ(mbl.z_values); @@ -1406,11 +1490,11 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { else { // EEPROM data is stale if (!validating) mbl.reset(); - for (uint16_t q = mesh_num_x * mesh_num_y; q--;) EEPROM_READ(dummy); + for (uint16_t q = mesh_num_x * mesh_num_y; q--;) EEPROM_READ(dummyf); } #else // MBL is disabled - skip the stored data - for (uint16_t q = mesh_num_x * mesh_num_y; q--;) EEPROM_READ(dummy); + for (uint16_t q = mesh_num_x * mesh_num_y; q--;) EEPROM_READ(dummyf); #endif // MESH_BED_LEVELING } @@ -1418,12 +1502,11 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // Probe Z Offset // { - _FIELD_TEST(probe_offset[Z_AXIS]); - + _FIELD_TEST(probe_offset); #if HAS_BED_PROBE - float (&zpo)[XYZ] = probe_offset; + const xyz_pos_t &zpo = probe.offset; #else - float zpo[XYZ]; + xyz_pos_t zpo; #endif EEPROM_READ(zpo); } @@ -1435,7 +1518,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if ABL_PLANAR EEPROM_READ(planner.bed_level_matrix); #else - for (uint8_t q = 9; q--;) EEPROM_READ(dummy); + for (uint8_t q = 9; q--;) EEPROM_READ(dummyf); #endif } @@ -1444,8 +1527,8 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // { uint8_t grid_max_x, grid_max_y; - EEPROM_READ_ALWAYS(grid_max_x); // 1 byte - EEPROM_READ_ALWAYS(grid_max_y); // 1 byte + EEPROM_READ_ALWAYS(grid_max_x); // 1 byte + EEPROM_READ_ALWAYS(grid_max_y); // 1 byte #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) if (grid_max_x == GRID_MAX_POINTS_X && grid_max_y == GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) { if (!validating) set_bed_leveling_enabled(false); @@ -1457,10 +1540,10 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #endif // AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR { // Skip past disabled (or stale) Bilinear Grid data - int bgs[2], bs[2]; + xy_pos_t bgs, bs; EEPROM_READ(bgs); EEPROM_READ(bs); - for (uint16_t q = grid_max_x * grid_max_y; q--;) EEPROM_READ(dummy); + for (uint16_t q = grid_max_x * grid_max_y; q--;) EEPROM_READ(dummyf); } } @@ -1469,16 +1552,15 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // { _FIELD_TEST(planner_leveling_active); - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - EEPROM_READ(planner.leveling_active); - EEPROM_READ(ubl.storage_slot); + const bool &planner_leveling_active = planner.leveling_active; + const int8_t &ubl_storage_slot = ubl.storage_slot; #else bool planner_leveling_active; - uint8_t ubl_storage_slot; - EEPROM_READ(planner_leveling_active); - EEPROM_READ(ubl_storage_slot); + int8_t ubl_storage_slot; #endif + EEPROM_READ(planner_leveling_active); + EEPROM_READ(ubl_storage_slot); } // @@ -1486,7 +1568,6 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // { _FIELD_TEST(servo_angles); - #if ENABLED(EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES) uint16_t (&servo_angles_arr)[EEPROM_NUM_SERVOS][2] = servo_angles; #else @@ -1495,13 +1576,27 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { EEPROM_READ(servo_angles_arr); } + // + // Thermal first layer compensation values + // + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + EEPROM_READ(temp_comp.z_offsets_probe); + EEPROM_READ(temp_comp.z_offsets_bed); + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + EEPROM_READ(temp_comp.z_offsets_ext); + #endif + temp_comp.reset_index(); + #else + // No placeholder data for this feature + #endif + // // BLTOUCH // { _FIELD_TEST(bltouch_last_written_mode); #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - bool &bltouch_last_written_mode = bltouch.last_written_mode; + const bool &bltouch_last_written_mode = bltouch.last_written_mode; #else bool bltouch_last_written_mode; #endif @@ -1521,37 +1616,37 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { EEPROM_READ(delta_radius); // 1 float EEPROM_READ(delta_diagonal_rod); // 1 float EEPROM_READ(delta_segments_per_second); // 1 float - EEPROM_READ(delta_calibration_radius); // 1 float EEPROM_READ(delta_tower_angle_trim); // 3 floats - #elif EITHER(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #elif HAS_EXTRA_ENDSTOPS _FIELD_TEST(x2_endstop_adj); - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - EEPROM_READ(endstops.x2_endstop_adj); // 1 float - #else - EEPROM_READ(dummy); - #endif - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - EEPROM_READ(endstops.y2_endstop_adj); // 1 float - #else - EEPROM_READ(dummy); - #endif - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS - EEPROM_READ(endstops.z2_endstop_adj); // 1 float - #else - EEPROM_READ(dummy); - #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + EEPROM_READ(TERN(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, endstops.x2_endstop_adj, dummyf)); // 1 float + EEPROM_READ(TERN(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, endstops.y2_endstop_adj, dummyf)); // 1 float + EEPROM_READ(TERN(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS, endstops.z2_endstop_adj, dummyf)); // 1 float + + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 EEPROM_READ(endstops.z3_endstop_adj); // 1 float #else - EEPROM_READ(dummy); + EEPROM_READ(dummyf); + #endif + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + EEPROM_READ(endstops.z4_endstop_adj); // 1 float + #else + EEPROM_READ(dummyf); #endif #endif } + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + EEPROM_READ(z_stepper_align.xy); + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + EEPROM_READ(z_stepper_align.stepper_xy); + #endif + #endif + // // LCD Preheat settings // @@ -1576,16 +1671,19 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // { HOTEND_LOOP() { - PIDC_t pidc; - EEPROM_READ(pidc); + PIDCF_t pidcf; + EEPROM_READ(pidcf); #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - if (!validating && pidc.Kp != DUMMY_PID_VALUE) { - // No need to scale PID values since EEPROM values are scaled - PID_PARAM(Kp, e) = pidc.Kp; - PID_PARAM(Ki, e) = pidc.Ki; - PID_PARAM(Kd, e) = pidc.Kd; + if (!validating && !isnan(pidcf.Kp)) { + // Scale PID values since EEPROM values are unscaled + PID_PARAM(Kp, e) = pidcf.Kp; + PID_PARAM(Ki, e) = scalePID_i(pidcf.Ki); + PID_PARAM(Kd, e) = scalePID_d(pidcf.Kd); #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - PID_PARAM(Kc, e) = pidc.Kc; + PID_PARAM(Kc, e) = pidcf.Kc; + #endif + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + PID_PARAM(Kf, e) = pidcf.Kf; #endif } #endif @@ -1598,11 +1696,11 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { { _FIELD_TEST(lpq_len); #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - EEPROM_READ(thermalManager.lpq_len); + const int16_t &lpq_len = thermalManager.lpq_len; #else int16_t lpq_len; - EEPROM_READ(lpq_len); #endif + EEPROM_READ(lpq_len); } // @@ -1612,8 +1710,12 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { PID_t pid; EEPROM_READ(pid); #if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - if (!validating && pid.Kp != DUMMY_PID_VALUE) - memcpy(&thermalManager.temp_bed.pid, &pid, sizeof(pid)); + if (!validating && !isnan(pid.Kp)) { + // Scale PID values since EEPROM values are unscaled + thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kp = pid.Kp; + thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Ki = scalePID_i(pid.Ki); + thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kd = scalePID_d(pid.Kd); + } #endif } @@ -1640,18 +1742,30 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #endif } + // + // Controller Fan + // + { + _FIELD_TEST(controllerFan_settings); + #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE) + const controllerFan_settings_t &cfs = controllerFan.settings; + #else + controllerFan_settings_t cfs = { 0 }; + #endif + EEPROM_READ(cfs); + } + // // Power-Loss Recovery // { _FIELD_TEST(recovery_enabled); - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - EEPROM_READ(recovery.enabled); + const bool &recovery_enabled = recovery.enabled; #else bool recovery_enabled; - EEPROM_READ(recovery_enabled); #endif + EEPROM_READ(recovery_enabled); } // @@ -1707,7 +1821,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { tmc_stepper_current_t currents; EEPROM_READ(currents); - #if HAS_TRINAMIC + #if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG #define SET_CURR(Q) stepper##Q.rms_current(currents.Q ? currents.Q : Q##_CURRENT) if (!validating) { @@ -1732,6 +1846,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) SET_CURR(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + SET_CURR(Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) SET_CURR(E0); #endif @@ -1750,6 +1867,12 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) SET_CURR(E5); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + SET_CURR(E6); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + SET_CURR(E7); + #endif } #endif } @@ -1783,6 +1906,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) stepperZ3.set_pwm_thrs(tmc_hybrid_threshold.Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + stepperZ4.set_pwm_thrs(tmc_hybrid_threshold.Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) stepperE0.set_pwm_thrs(tmc_hybrid_threshold.E0); #endif @@ -1801,6 +1927,12 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E5) stepperE5.set_pwm_thrs(tmc_hybrid_threshold.E5); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E6) + stepperE6.set_pwm_thrs(tmc_hybrid_threshold.E6); + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E7) + stepperE7.set_pwm_thrs(tmc_hybrid_threshold.E7); + #endif } #endif } @@ -1809,7 +1941,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // TMC StallGuard threshold. // X and X2 use the same value // Y and Y2 use the same value - // Z, Z2 and Z3 use the same value + // Z, Z2, Z3 and Z4 use the same value // { tmc_sgt_t tmc_sgt; @@ -1846,6 +1978,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z3) stepperZ3.homing_threshold(tmc_sgt.Z); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z4) + stepperZ4.homing_threshold(tmc_sgt.Z); + #endif #endif } #endif @@ -1858,7 +1993,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { tmc_stealth_enabled_t tmc_stealth_enabled; EEPROM_READ(tmc_stealth_enabled); - #if HAS_TRINAMIC + #if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG #define SET_STEPPING_MODE(ST) stepper##ST.stored.stealthChop_enabled = tmc_stealth_enabled.ST; stepper##ST.refresh_stepping_mode(); if (!validating) { @@ -1883,6 +2018,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) SET_STEPPING_MODE(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + SET_STEPPING_MODE(Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) SET_STEPPING_MODE(E0); #endif @@ -1901,6 +2039,12 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E5) SET_STEPPING_MODE(E5); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E6) + SET_STEPPING_MODE(E6); + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E7) + SET_STEPPING_MODE(E7); + #endif } #endif } @@ -1909,7 +2053,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // Linear Advance // { - float extruder_advance_K[EXTRUDERS]; + float extruder_advance_K[_MAX(EXTRUDERS, 1)]; _FIELD_TEST(planner_extruder_advance_K); EEPROM_READ(extruder_advance_K); #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) @@ -1940,7 +2084,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { if (!validating) (void)gcode.select_coordinate_system(-1); // Go back to machine space EEPROM_READ(gcode.coordinate_system); #else - float coordinate_system[MAX_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS][XYZ]; + xyz_pos_t coordinate_system[MAX_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS]; EEPROM_READ(coordinate_system); #endif } @@ -1989,14 +2133,14 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // { #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - float (&backlash_distance_mm)[XYZ] = backlash.distance_mm; - uint8_t &backlash_correction = backlash.correction; + const xyz_float_t &backlash_distance_mm = backlash.distance_mm; + const uint8_t &backlash_correction = backlash.correction; #else float backlash_distance_mm[XYZ]; uint8_t backlash_correction; #endif #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) && defined(BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM) - float &backlash_smoothing_mm = backlash.smoothing_mm; + const float &backlash_smoothing_mm = backlash.smoothing_mm; #else float backlash_smoothing_mm; #endif @@ -2023,11 +2167,17 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { if (eeprom_error) { DEBUG_ECHO_START(); DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Index: ", int(eeprom_index - (EEPROM_OFFSET)), " Size: ", datasize()); + #if HAS_LCD_MENU && DISABLED(EEPROM_AUTO_INIT) + ui.set_status_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_ERR_EEPROM_INDEX)); + #endif } else if (working_crc != stored_crc) { eeprom_error = true; DEBUG_ERROR_START(); DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("EEPROM CRC mismatch - (stored) ", stored_crc, " != ", working_crc, " (calculated)!"); + #if HAS_LCD_MENU && DISABLED(EEPROM_AUTO_INIT) + ui.set_status_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_ERR_EEPROM_CRC)); + #endif } else if (!validating) { DEBUG_ECHO_START(); @@ -2071,16 +2221,30 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { } #if ENABLED(EEPROM_CHITCHAT) && DISABLED(DISABLE_M503) - if (!validating) report(); + // Report the EEPROM settings + if (!validating && (DISABLED(EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT) || IsRunning())) report(); #endif + EEPROM_FINISH(); return !eeprom_error; } + #ifdef ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE + extern bool restoreEEPROM(); + #endif + bool MarlinSettings::validate() { validating = true; - const bool success = _load(); + #ifdef ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE + bool success = _load(); + if (!success && restoreEEPROM()) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Recovered backup EEPROM settings from SPI Flash"); + success = _load(); + } + #else + const bool success = _load(); + #endif validating = false; return success; } @@ -2231,22 +2395,20 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #ifndef DEFAULT_ZJERK #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0 #endif - planner.max_jerk[X_AXIS] = DEFAULT_XJERK; - planner.max_jerk[Y_AXIS] = DEFAULT_YJERK; - planner.max_jerk[Z_AXIS] = DEFAULT_ZJERK; - #if !BOTH(JUNCTION_DEVIATION, LIN_ADVANCE) - planner.max_jerk[E_AXIS] = DEFAULT_EJERK; + planner.max_jerk.set(DEFAULT_XJERK, DEFAULT_YJERK, DEFAULT_ZJERK); + #if HAS_CLASSIC_E_JERK + planner.max_jerk.e = DEFAULT_EJERK; #endif #endif - #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) planner.junction_deviation_mm = float(JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM); #endif #if HAS_SCARA_OFFSET - ZERO(scara_home_offset); + scara_home_offset.reset(); #elif HAS_HOME_OFFSET - ZERO(home_offset); + home_offset.reset(); #endif #if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET @@ -2277,17 +2439,16 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { toolchange_settings.retract_speed = TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED; #endif #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - toolchange_settings.change_point = TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY; + constexpr xyz_pos_t tpxy = TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY; + toolchange_settings.change_point = tpxy; #endif toolchange_settings.z_raise = TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE; #endif #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) backlash.correction = (BACKLASH_CORRECTION) * 255; - constexpr float tmp[XYZ] = BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM; - backlash.distance_mm[X_AXIS] = tmp[X_AXIS]; - backlash.distance_mm[Y_AXIS] = tmp[Y_AXIS]; - backlash.distance_mm[Z_AXIS] = tmp[Z_AXIS]; + constexpr xyz_float_t tmp = BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM; + backlash.distance_mm = tmp; #ifdef BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM backlash.smoothing_mm = BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM; #endif @@ -2318,12 +2479,22 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #endif #if HAS_BED_PROBE - #ifndef NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET - #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 } - #endif - constexpr float dpo[XYZ] = NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET; + constexpr float dpo[] = NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET; static_assert(COUNT(dpo) == 3, "NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET must contain offsets for X, Y, and Z."); - LOOP_XYZ(a) probe_offset[a] = dpo[a]; + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + LOOP_XYZ(a) probe.offset[a] = dpo[a]; + #else + probe.offset.x = probe.offset.y = 0; + probe.offset.z = dpo[Z_AXIS]; + #endif + #endif + + // + // Z Stepper Auto-alignment points + // + + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + z_stepper_align.reset_to_default(); #endif // @@ -2331,7 +2502,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { // #if ENABLED(EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES) - COPY(servo_angles, base_servo_angles); + COPY(servo_angles, base_servo_angles); // When not editable only one copy of servo angles exists #endif // @@ -2346,60 +2517,47 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { // #if ENABLED(DELTA) - const float adj[ABC] = DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ, dta[ABC] = DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM; + const abc_float_t adj = DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ, dta = DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM; delta_height = DELTA_HEIGHT; - COPY(delta_endstop_adj, adj); + delta_endstop_adj = adj; delta_radius = DELTA_RADIUS; delta_diagonal_rod = DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD; delta_segments_per_second = DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND; - delta_calibration_radius = DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS; - COPY(delta_tower_angle_trim, dta); + delta_tower_angle_trim = dta; - #elif EITHER(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #endif - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - endstops.x2_endstop_adj = ( - #ifdef X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT - X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT - #else - 0 - #endif - ); - #endif - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - endstops.y2_endstop_adj = ( - #ifdef Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT - Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT - #else - 0 - #endif - ); - #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - endstops.z2_endstop_adj = ( - #ifdef Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT - Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT - #else - 0 - #endif - ); - #elif ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - endstops.z2_endstop_adj = ( - #ifdef Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 - Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 - #else - 0 - #endif - ); - endstops.z3_endstop_adj = ( - #ifdef Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 - Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 - #else - 0 - #endif - ); + #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #ifndef X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT + #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 #endif + endstops.x2_endstop_adj = X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT; + #endif + #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #ifndef Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT + #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + endstops.y2_endstop_adj = Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT; + #endif + + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #ifndef Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT + #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + endstops.z2_endstop_adj = Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + #ifndef Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT + #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + endstops.z3_endstop_adj = Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT; + #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #ifndef Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT + #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + endstops.z4_endstop_adj = Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT; + #endif #endif // @@ -2427,6 +2585,10 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) PID_PARAM(Kc, e) = DEFAULT_Kc; #endif + + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + PID_PARAM(Kf, e) = DEFAULT_Kf; + #endif } #endif @@ -2464,12 +2626,19 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { ui.set_contrast(DEFAULT_LCD_CONTRAST); #endif + // + // Controller Fan + // + #if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) + controllerFan.reset(); + #endif + // // Power-Loss Recovery // #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - recovery.enable(true); + recovery.enable(ENABLED(PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT)); #endif // @@ -2493,7 +2662,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { false #endif ; - for (uint8_t q = 0; q < COUNT(planner.filament_size); q++) + LOOP_L_N(q, COUNT(planner.filament_size)) planner.filament_size[q] = DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA; #endif @@ -2515,9 +2684,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) LOOP_L_N(i, EXTRUDERS) { planner.extruder_advance_K[i] = LIN_ADVANCE_K; - #if ENABLED(EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K) - saved_extruder_advance_K[i] = LIN_ADVANCE_K; - #endif + #if ENABLED(EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K) + other_extruder_advance_K[i] = LIN_ADVANCE_K; + #endif } #endif @@ -2556,7 +2725,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { // #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - for (uint8_t e = 0; e < EXTRUDERS; e++) { + LOOP_L_N(e, EXTRUDERS) { fc_settings[e].unload_length = FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH; fc_settings[e].load_length = FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH; } @@ -2574,11 +2743,20 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #if DISABLED(DISABLE_M503) + static void config_heading(const bool repl, PGM_P const pstr, const bool eol=true) { + if (!repl) { + SERIAL_ECHO_START(); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("; "); + serialprintPGM(pstr); + if (eol) SERIAL_EOL(); + } + } + #define CONFIG_ECHO_START() do{ if (!forReplay) SERIAL_ECHO_START(); }while(0) #define CONFIG_ECHO_MSG(STR) do{ CONFIG_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR); }while(0) - #define CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING(STR) do{ if (!forReplay) { CONFIG_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR); } }while(0) + #define CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING(STR) config_heading(forReplay, PSTR(STR)) - #if HAS_TRINAMIC + #if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG inline void say_M906(const bool forReplay) { CONFIG_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" M906"); } #if HAS_STEALTHCHOP void say_M569(const bool forReplay, const char * const etc=nullptr, const bool newLine = false) { @@ -2660,36 +2838,24 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { * Volumetric extrusion M200 */ if (!forReplay) { - CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Filament settings:"); + config_heading(forReplay, PSTR("Filament settings:"), false); if (parser.volumetric_enabled) SERIAL_EOL(); else SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" Disabled"); } - CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" M200 D", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.filament_size[0])); - #if EXTRUDERS > 1 + #if EXTRUDERS == 1 CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" M200 T1 D", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.filament_size[1])); - #if EXTRUDERS > 2 + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" M200 D", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.filament_size[0])); + #elif EXTRUDERS + LOOP_L_N(i, EXTRUDERS) { CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" M200 T2 D", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.filament_size[2])); - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" M200 T3 D", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.filament_size[3])); - #if EXTRUDERS > 4 - CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" M200 T4 D", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.filament_size[4])); - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" M200 T5 D", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.filament_size[5])); - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 2 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 1 + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" M200"); + if (i) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_T_STR, int(i)); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" D", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.filament_size[i])); + } + #endif if (!parser.volumetric_enabled) CONFIG_ECHO_MSG(" M200 D0"); @@ -2701,79 +2867,77 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Maximum feedrates (units/s):"); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M203 X", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[X_AXIS]) - , " Y", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Y_AXIS]) - , " Z", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Z_AXIS]) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M203 X"), LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[X_AXIS]) + , SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Y_AXIS]) + , SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Z_AXIS]) #if DISABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - , " E", VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS]) + , SP_E_STR, VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS]) #endif ); #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < E_STEPPERS; i++) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M203 T", (int)i - , " E", VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS_N(i)]) + LOOP_L_N(i, E_STEPPERS) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M203 T"), (int)i + , SP_E_STR, VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS_N(i)]) ); } #endif CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Maximum Acceleration (units/s2):"); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M201 X", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[X_AXIS]) - , " Y", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Y_AXIS]) - , " Z", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Z_AXIS]) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M201 X"), LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[X_AXIS]) + , SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Y_AXIS]) + , SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Z_AXIS]) #if DISABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - , " E", VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS]) + , SP_E_STR, VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS]) #endif ); #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < E_STEPPERS; i++) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M201 T", (int)i - , " E", VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS_N(i)]) + LOOP_L_N(i, E_STEPPERS) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M201 T"), (int)i + , SP_E_STR, VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS_N(i)]) ); #endif CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Acceleration (units/s2): P R T"); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M204 P", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.acceleration) - , " R", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.retract_acceleration) - , " T", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.travel_acceleration) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M204 P"), LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.acceleration) + , PSTR(" R"), LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.retract_acceleration) + , SP_T_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.travel_acceleration) ); - if (!forReplay) { - CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Advanced: B S T"); - #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" J"); + CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING( + "Advanced: B S T" + #if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + " J" #endif #if HAS_CLASSIC_JERK - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" X Y Z"); - #if !BOTH(JUNCTION_DEVIATION, LIN_ADVANCE) - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" E"); + " X Y Z" + #if HAS_CLASSIC_E_JERK + " E" #endif #endif - SERIAL_EOL(); - } + ); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M205 B", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.min_segment_time_us) - , " S", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.min_feedrate_mm_s) - , " T", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.min_travel_feedrate_mm_s) - #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - , " J", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.junction_deviation_mm) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M205 B"), LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.min_segment_time_us) + , PSTR(" S"), LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.min_feedrate_mm_s) + , SP_T_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.min_travel_feedrate_mm_s) + #if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + , PSTR(" J"), LINEAR_UNIT(planner.junction_deviation_mm) #endif #if HAS_CLASSIC_JERK - , " X", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk[X_AXIS]) - , " Y", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk[Y_AXIS]) - , " Z", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk[Z_AXIS]) - #if !BOTH(JUNCTION_DEVIATION, LIN_ADVANCE) - , " E", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk[E_AXIS]) + , SP_X_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk.x) + , SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk.y) + , SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk.z) + #if HAS_CLASSIC_E_JERK + , SP_E_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk.e) #endif #endif ); @@ -2781,24 +2945,28 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #if HAS_M206_COMMAND CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Home offset:"); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" M206" + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( #if IS_CARTESIAN - " X", LINEAR_UNIT(home_offset[X_AXIS]), - " Y", LINEAR_UNIT(home_offset[Y_AXIS]), + PSTR(" M206 X"), LINEAR_UNIT(home_offset.x) + , SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(home_offset.y) + , SP_Z_STR + #else + PSTR(" M206 Z") #endif - " Z", LINEAR_UNIT(home_offset[Z_AXIS]) + , LINEAR_UNIT(home_offset.z) ); #endif #if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Hotend offsets:"); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - for (uint8_t e = 1; e < HOTENDS; e++) { - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR( - " M218 T", (int)e, - " X", LINEAR_UNIT(hotend_offset[X_AXIS][e]), " Y", LINEAR_UNIT(hotend_offset[Y_AXIS][e]) + LOOP_S_L_N(e, 1, HOTENDS) { + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M218 T"), (int)e, + SP_X_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(hotend_offset[e].x), + SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(hotend_offset[e].y) ); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F(" Z", LINEAR_UNIT(hotend_offset[Z_AXIS][e]), 3); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F_P(SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(hotend_offset[e].z), 3); } #endif @@ -2813,10 +2981,11 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + config_heading(forReplay, PSTR(""), false); if (!forReplay) { - CONFIG_ECHO_START(); ubl.echo_name(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(":"); + SERIAL_CHAR(':'); + SERIAL_EOL(); } #elif HAS_ABL_OR_UBL @@ -2826,23 +2995,25 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #endif CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M420 S", planner.leveling_active ? 1 : 0 + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M420 S"), planner.leveling_active ? 1 : 0 #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) - , " Z", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.z_fade_height) + , SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(planner.z_fade_height) #endif ); #if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) if (leveling_is_valid()) { - for (uint8_t py = 0; py < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; py++) { - for (uint8_t px = 0; px < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; px++) { + LOOP_L_N(py, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) { + LOOP_L_N(px, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) { CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" G29 S3 X", (int)px + 1, " Y", (int)py + 1); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F(" Z", LINEAR_UNIT(mbl.z_values[px][py]), 5); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(PSTR(" G29 S3 I"), (int)px, PSTR(" J"), (int)py); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F_P(SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(mbl.z_values[px][py]), 5); } } + CONFIG_ECHO_START(); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F_P(PSTR(" G29 S4 Z"), LINEAR_UNIT(mbl.z_offset), 5); } #elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) @@ -2850,8 +3021,12 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { if (!forReplay) { SERIAL_EOL(); ubl.report_state(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("\nActive Mesh Slot: ", ubl.storage_slot); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("EEPROM can hold ", calc_num_meshes(), " meshes.\n"); + SERIAL_EOL(); + config_heading(false, PSTR("Active Mesh Slot: "), false); + SERIAL_ECHOLN(ubl.storage_slot); + config_heading(false, PSTR("EEPROM can hold "), false); + SERIAL_ECHO(calc_num_meshes()); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" meshes.\n"); } //ubl.report_current_mesh(); // This is too verbose for large meshes. A better (more terse) @@ -2859,11 +3034,11 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) if (leveling_is_valid()) { - for (uint8_t py = 0; py < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; py++) { - for (uint8_t px = 0; px < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; px++) { + LOOP_L_N(py, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y) { + LOOP_L_N(px, GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) { CONFIG_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" G29 W I", (int)px, " J", (int)py); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F(" Z", LINEAR_UNIT(z_values[px][py]), 5); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F_P(SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(z_values[px][py]), 5); } } } @@ -2875,7 +3050,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #if ENABLED(EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES) CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Servo Angles:"); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < NUM_SERVOS; i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, NUM_SERVOS) { switch (i) { #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) case SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR: @@ -2884,7 +3059,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #endif #elif ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) case SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR: - #elif (ENABLED(BLTOUCH) && defined(BLTOUCH_ANGLES)) || (defined(Z_SERVO_ANGLES) && defined(Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR)) + #elif ENABLED(BLTOUCH) || (HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE && defined(Z_SERVO_ANGLES)) case Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR: #endif CONFIG_ECHO_START(); @@ -2899,62 +3074,66 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("SCARA settings: S P T"); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M665 S", delta_segments_per_second - , " P", scara_home_offset[A_AXIS] - , " T", scara_home_offset[B_AXIS] - , " Z", LINEAR_UNIT(scara_home_offset[Z_AXIS]) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M665 S"), delta_segments_per_second + , SP_P_STR, scara_home_offset.a + , SP_T_STR, scara_home_offset.b + , SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(scara_home_offset.z) ); #elif ENABLED(DELTA) CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Endstop adjustment:"); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M666 X", LINEAR_UNIT(delta_endstop_adj[A_AXIS]) - , " Y", LINEAR_UNIT(delta_endstop_adj[B_AXIS]) - , " Z", LINEAR_UNIT(delta_endstop_adj[C_AXIS]) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M666 X"), LINEAR_UNIT(delta_endstop_adj.a) + , SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(delta_endstop_adj.b) + , SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(delta_endstop_adj.c) ); - CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Delta settings: L R H S B XYZ"); + CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Delta settings: L R H S XYZ"); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M665 L", LINEAR_UNIT(delta_diagonal_rod) - , " R", LINEAR_UNIT(delta_radius) - , " H", LINEAR_UNIT(delta_height) - , " S", delta_segments_per_second - , " B", LINEAR_UNIT(delta_calibration_radius) - , " X", LINEAR_UNIT(delta_tower_angle_trim[A_AXIS]) - , " Y", LINEAR_UNIT(delta_tower_angle_trim[B_AXIS]) - , " Z", LINEAR_UNIT(delta_tower_angle_trim[C_AXIS]) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M665 L"), LINEAR_UNIT(delta_diagonal_rod) + , PSTR(" R"), LINEAR_UNIT(delta_radius) + , PSTR(" H"), LINEAR_UNIT(delta_height) + , PSTR(" S"), delta_segments_per_second + , SP_X_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(delta_tower_angle_trim.a) + , SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(delta_tower_angle_trim.b) + , SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(delta_tower_angle_trim.c) ); - #elif EITHER(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #elif HAS_EXTRA_ENDSTOPS CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Endstop adjustment:"); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" M666"); #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" X", LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.x2_endstop_adj)); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.x2_endstop_adj)); #endif #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.y2_endstop_adj)); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.y2_endstop_adj)); #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("S1 Z", LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.z2_endstop_adj)); - CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M666 S2 Z", LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.z3_endstop_adj)); - #elif ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.z2_endstop_adj)); + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" S2 Z", LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.z3_endstop_adj)); + CONFIG_ECHO_START(); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M666 S3 Z", LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.z3_endstop_adj)); + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + CONFIG_ECHO_START(); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M666 S4 Z", LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.z4_endstop_adj)); + #endif + #else + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.z2_endstop_adj)); + #endif #endif - SERIAL_EOL(); #endif // [XYZ]_DUAL_ENDSTOPS #if HOTENDS && HAS_LCD_MENU CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Material heatup parameters:"); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < COUNT(ui.preheat_hotend_temp); i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, COUNT(ui.preheat_hotend_temp)) { CONFIG_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( " M145 S", (int)i @@ -2969,38 +3148,29 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #if HAS_PID_HEATING CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("PID settings:"); + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #if HOTENDS > 1 - if (forReplay) { - HOTEND_LOOP() { - CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR( - " M301 E", e - , " P", PID_PARAM(Kp, e) - , " I", unscalePID_i(PID_PARAM(Ki, e)) - , " D", unscalePID_d(PID_PARAM(Kd, e)) - ); - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" C", PID_PARAM(Kc, e)); - if (e == 0) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" L", thermalManager.lpq_len); - #endif - SERIAL_EOL(); - } - } - else - #endif // HOTENDS > 1 - // !forReplay || HOTENDS == 1 - { + HOTEND_LOOP() { CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M301 P", PID_PARAM(Kp, 0) // for compatibility with hosts, only echo values for E0 - , " I", unscalePID_i(PID_PARAM(Ki, 0)) - , " D", unscalePID_d(PID_PARAM(Kd, 0)) - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - , " C", PID_PARAM(Kc, 0) - , " L", thermalManager.lpq_len + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P( + #if HOTENDS > 1 && ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND) + PSTR(" M301 E"), e, + SP_P_STR + #else + PSTR(" M301 P") #endif + , PID_PARAM(Kp, e) + , PSTR(" I"), unscalePID_i(PID_PARAM(Ki, e)) + , PSTR(" D"), unscalePID_d(PID_PARAM(Kd, e)) ); + #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" C", PID_PARAM(Kc, e)); + if (e == 0) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" L", thermalManager.lpq_len); + #endif + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" F", PID_PARAM(Kf, e)); + #endif + SERIAL_EOL(); } #endif // PIDTEMP @@ -3017,7 +3187,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #if HAS_USER_THERMISTORS CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("User thermistors:"); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < USER_THERMISTORS; i++) + LOOP_L_N(i, USER_THERMISTORS) thermalManager.log_user_thermistor(i, true); #endif @@ -3027,6 +3197,10 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" M250 C", ui.contrast); #endif + #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE) + M710_report(forReplay); + #endif + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Power-Loss Recovery:"); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); @@ -3037,11 +3211,11 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Retract: S F Z"); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M207 S", LINEAR_UNIT(fwretract.settings.retract_length) - , " W", LINEAR_UNIT(fwretract.settings.swap_retract_length) - , " F", LINEAR_UNIT(MMS_TO_MMM(fwretract.settings.retract_feedrate_mm_s)) - , " Z", LINEAR_UNIT(fwretract.settings.retract_zraise) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M207 S"), LINEAR_UNIT(fwretract.settings.retract_length) + , PSTR(" W"), LINEAR_UNIT(fwretract.settings.swap_retract_length) + , PSTR(" F"), LINEAR_UNIT(MMS_TO_MMM(fwretract.settings.retract_feedrate_mm_s)) + , SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(fwretract.settings.retract_zraise) ); CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Recover: S F"); @@ -3066,15 +3240,19 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { * Probe Offset */ #if HAS_BED_PROBE - if (!forReplay) { - CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Z-Probe Offset"); - say_units(true); - } + config_heading(forReplay, PSTR("Z-Probe Offset"), false); + if (!forReplay) say_units(true); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" M851 X", LINEAR_UNIT(probe_offset[X_AXIS]), - " Y", LINEAR_UNIT(probe_offset[Y_AXIS]), - " Z", LINEAR_UNIT(probe_offset[Z_AXIS])); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + PSTR(" M851 X"), LINEAR_UNIT(probe.offset_xy.x), + SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(probe.offset_xy.y), + SP_Z_STR + #else + PSTR(" M851 X0 Y0 Z") + #endif + , LINEAR_UNIT(probe.offset.z) + ); #endif /** @@ -3092,7 +3270,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #endif #endif - #if HAS_TRINAMIC + #if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG /** * TMC stepper driver current @@ -3101,33 +3279,31 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) say_M906(forReplay); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - " X", stepperX.getMilliamps(), - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - " Y", stepperY.getMilliamps(), - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - " Z", stepperZ.getMilliamps() - #endif - ); + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, stepperX.getMilliamps()); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, stepperY.getMilliamps()); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, stepperZ.getMilliamps()); + #endif + SERIAL_EOL(); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) say_M906(forReplay); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" I1"); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - " X", stepperX2.getMilliamps(), - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - " Y", stepperY2.getMilliamps(), - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - " Z", stepperZ2.getMilliamps() - #endif - ); + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, stepperX2.getMilliamps()); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, stepperY2.getMilliamps()); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, stepperZ2.getMilliamps()); + #endif + SERIAL_EOL(); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) @@ -3135,6 +3311,11 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" I2 Z", stepperZ3.getMilliamps()); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + say_M906(forReplay); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" I3 Z", stepperZ4.getMilliamps()); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) say_M906(forReplay); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" T0 E", stepperE0.getMilliamps()); @@ -3159,6 +3340,14 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { say_M906(forReplay); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" T5 E", stepperE5.getMilliamps()); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + say_M906(forReplay); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" T6 E", stepperE6.getMilliamps()); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + say_M906(forReplay); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" T7 E", stepperE7.getMilliamps()); + #endif SERIAL_EOL(); /** @@ -3170,13 +3359,13 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { say_M913(forReplay); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" X", stepperX.get_pwm_thrs()); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, stepperX.get_pwm_thrs()); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", stepperY.get_pwm_thrs()); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, stepperY.get_pwm_thrs()); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", stepperZ.get_pwm_thrs()); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, stepperZ.get_pwm_thrs()); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z) SERIAL_EOL(); @@ -3187,13 +3376,13 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" I1"); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X2) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" X", stepperX2.get_pwm_thrs()); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, stepperX2.get_pwm_thrs()); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y2) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", stepperY2.get_pwm_thrs()); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, stepperY2.get_pwm_thrs()); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z2) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", stepperZ2.get_pwm_thrs()); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, stepperZ2.get_pwm_thrs()); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X2) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y2) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z2) SERIAL_EOL(); @@ -3204,6 +3393,11 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" I2 Z", stepperZ3.get_pwm_thrs()); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + say_M913(forReplay); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" I3 Z", stepperZ4.get_pwm_thrs()); + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) say_M913(forReplay); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" T0 E", stepperE0.get_pwm_thrs()); @@ -3228,6 +3422,14 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { say_M913(forReplay); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" T5 E", stepperE5.get_pwm_thrs()); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E6) + say_M913(forReplay); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" T6 E", stepperE6.get_pwm_thrs()); + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E7) + say_M913(forReplay); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" T7 E", stepperE7.get_pwm_thrs()); + #endif SERIAL_EOL(); #endif // HYBRID_THRESHOLD @@ -3240,43 +3442,45 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { CONFIG_ECHO_START(); say_M914(); #if X_SENSORLESS - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" X", stepperX.homing_threshold()); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, stepperX.homing_threshold()); #endif #if Y_SENSORLESS - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", stepperY.homing_threshold()); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, stepperY.homing_threshold()); #endif #if Z_SENSORLESS - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", stepperZ.homing_threshold()); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, stepperZ.homing_threshold()); #endif SERIAL_EOL(); #endif - #define HAS_X2_SENSORLESS (defined(X_STALL_SENSITIVITY) && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(X2)) - #define HAS_Y2_SENSORLESS (defined(Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY) && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Y2)) - #define HAS_Z2_SENSORLESS (defined(Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY) && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z2)) - #define HAS_Z3_SENSORLESS (defined(Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY) && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z3)) - #if HAS_X2_SENSORLESS || HAS_Y2_SENSORLESS || HAS_Z2_SENSORLESS + #if X2_SENSORLESS || Y2_SENSORLESS || Z2_SENSORLESS CONFIG_ECHO_START(); say_M914(); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" I1"); - #if HAS_X2_SENSORLESS - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" X", stepperX2.homing_threshold()); + #if X2_SENSORLESS + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, stepperX2.homing_threshold()); #endif - #if HAS_Y2_SENSORLESS - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", stepperY2.homing_threshold()); + #if Y2_SENSORLESS + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, stepperY2.homing_threshold()); #endif - #if HAS_Z2_SENSORLESS - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", stepperZ2.homing_threshold()); + #if Z2_SENSORLESS + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, stepperZ2.homing_threshold()); #endif SERIAL_EOL(); #endif - #if HAS_Z3_SENSORLESS + #if Z3_SENSORLESS CONFIG_ECHO_START(); say_M914(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" I2 Z", stepperZ3.homing_threshold()); #endif + #if Z4_SENSORLESS + CONFIG_ECHO_START(); + say_M914(); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" I3 Z", stepperZ4.homing_threshold()); + #endif + #endif // USE_SENSORLESS /** @@ -3302,9 +3506,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { if (chop_x || chop_y || chop_z) { say_M569(forReplay); - if (chop_x) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" X"); - if (chop_y) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Y"); - if (chop_z) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Z"); + if (chop_x) SERIAL_ECHO_P(SP_X_STR); + if (chop_y) SERIAL_ECHO_P(SP_Y_STR); + if (chop_z) SERIAL_ECHO_P(SP_Z_STR); SERIAL_EOL(); } @@ -3326,9 +3530,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { if (chop_x2 || chop_y2 || chop_z2) { say_M569(forReplay, PSTR("I1")); - if (chop_x2) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" X"); - if (chop_y2) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Y"); - if (chop_z2) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Z"); + if (chop_x2) SERIAL_ECHO_P(SP_X_STR); + if (chop_y2) SERIAL_ECHO_P(SP_Y_STR); + if (chop_z2) SERIAL_ECHO_P(SP_Z_STR); SERIAL_EOL(); } @@ -3336,6 +3540,10 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { if (stepperZ3.get_stealthChop_status()) { say_M569(forReplay, PSTR("I2 Z"), true); } #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + if (stepperZ4.get_stealthChop_status()) { say_M569(forReplay, PSTR("I3 Z"), true); } + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) if (stepperE0.get_stealthChop_status()) { say_M569(forReplay, PSTR("T0 E"), true); } #endif @@ -3354,10 +3562,16 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E5) if (stepperE5.get_stealthChop_status()) { say_M569(forReplay, PSTR("T5 E"), true); } #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E6) + if (stepperE6.get_stealthChop_status()) { say_M569(forReplay, PSTR("T6 E"), true); } + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E7) + if (stepperE7.get_stealthChop_status()) { say_M569(forReplay, PSTR("T7 E"), true); } + #endif #endif // HAS_STEALTHCHOP - #endif // HAS_TRINAMIC + #endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG /** * Linear Advance @@ -3376,10 +3590,10 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #if HAS_MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Stepper motor currents:"); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M907 X", stepper.motor_current_setting[0] - , " Z", stepper.motor_current_setting[1] - , " E", stepper.motor_current_setting[2] + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M907 X"), stepper.motor_current_setting[0] + , SP_Z_STR, stepper.motor_current_setting[1] + , SP_E_STR, stepper.motor_current_setting[2] ); #endif @@ -3392,23 +3606,10 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { say_M603(forReplay); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("L", LINEAR_UNIT(fc_settings[0].load_length), " U", LINEAR_UNIT(fc_settings[0].unload_length)); #else - #define _ECHO_603(N) do{ say_M603(forReplay); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("T" STRINGIFY(N) " L", LINEAR_UNIT(fc_settings[N].load_length), " U", LINEAR_UNIT(fc_settings[N].unload_length)); }while(0) - _ECHO_603(0); - _ECHO_603(1); - #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - _ECHO_603(2); - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - _ECHO_603(3); - #if EXTRUDERS > 4 - _ECHO_603(4); - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - _ECHO_603(5); - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 2 - #endif // EXTRUDERS == 1 - #endif // ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE + #define _ECHO_603(N) do{ say_M603(forReplay); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("T" STRINGIFY(N) " L", LINEAR_UNIT(fc_settings[N].load_length), " U", LINEAR_UNIT(fc_settings[N].unload_length)); }while(0); + REPEAT(EXTRUDERS, _ECHO_603) + #endif + #endif #if EXTRUDERS > 1 CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Tool-changing:"); @@ -3419,13 +3620,13 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Backlash compensation:"); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M425 F", backlash.get_correction(), - " X", LINEAR_UNIT(backlash.distance_mm[X_AXIS]), - " Y", LINEAR_UNIT(backlash.distance_mm[Y_AXIS]), - " Z", LINEAR_UNIT(backlash.distance_mm[Z_AXIS]) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M425 F"), backlash.get_correction() + , SP_X_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(backlash.distance_mm.x) + , SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(backlash.distance_mm.y) + , SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(backlash.distance_mm.z) #ifdef BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM - , " S", LINEAR_UNIT(backlash.smoothing_mm) + , PSTR(" S"), LINEAR_UNIT(backlash.smoothing_mm) #endif ); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/configuration_store.h b/Marlin/src/module/configuration_store.h index 9e95e47525..a2c8d97dfa 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/configuration_store.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/configuration_store.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ class MarlinSettings { static void report(const bool forReplay=false); #else FORCE_INLINE - static void report(const bool forReplay=false) { UNUSED(forReplay); } + static void report(const bool=false) {} #endif private: diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/delta.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/delta.cpp index b1b943b944..8821236fd1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/delta.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/delta.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #include "planner.h" #include "endstops.h" #include "../lcd/ultralcd.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #if HAS_BED_PROBE #include "probe.h" @@ -50,17 +50,15 @@ #include "../core/debug_out.h" // Initialized by settings.load() -float delta_height, - delta_endstop_adj[ABC] = { 0 }, - delta_radius, +float delta_height; +abc_float_t delta_endstop_adj{0}; +float delta_radius, delta_diagonal_rod, - delta_segments_per_second, - delta_calibration_radius, - delta_tower_angle_trim[ABC]; - -float delta_tower[ABC][2], - delta_diagonal_rod_2_tower[ABC], - delta_clip_start_height = Z_MAX_POS; + delta_segments_per_second; +abc_float_t delta_tower_angle_trim; +xy_float_t delta_tower[ABC]; +abc_float_t delta_diagonal_rod_2_tower; +float delta_clip_start_height = Z_MAX_POS; float delta_safe_distance_from_top(); @@ -69,21 +67,43 @@ float delta_safe_distance_from_top(); * settings have been changed (e.g., by M665). */ void recalc_delta_settings() { - const float trt[ABC] = DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER, - drt[ABC] = DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER; - delta_tower[A_AXIS][X_AXIS] = cos(RADIANS(210 + delta_tower_angle_trim[A_AXIS])) * (delta_radius + trt[A_AXIS]); // front left tower - delta_tower[A_AXIS][Y_AXIS] = sin(RADIANS(210 + delta_tower_angle_trim[A_AXIS])) * (delta_radius + trt[A_AXIS]); - delta_tower[B_AXIS][X_AXIS] = cos(RADIANS(330 + delta_tower_angle_trim[B_AXIS])) * (delta_radius + trt[B_AXIS]); // front right tower - delta_tower[B_AXIS][Y_AXIS] = sin(RADIANS(330 + delta_tower_angle_trim[B_AXIS])) * (delta_radius + trt[B_AXIS]); - delta_tower[C_AXIS][X_AXIS] = cos(RADIANS( 90 + delta_tower_angle_trim[C_AXIS])) * (delta_radius + trt[C_AXIS]); // back middle tower - delta_tower[C_AXIS][Y_AXIS] = sin(RADIANS( 90 + delta_tower_angle_trim[C_AXIS])) * (delta_radius + trt[C_AXIS]); - delta_diagonal_rod_2_tower[A_AXIS] = sq(delta_diagonal_rod + drt[A_AXIS]); - delta_diagonal_rod_2_tower[B_AXIS] = sq(delta_diagonal_rod + drt[B_AXIS]); - delta_diagonal_rod_2_tower[C_AXIS] = sq(delta_diagonal_rod + drt[C_AXIS]); + constexpr abc_float_t trt = DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER, + drt = DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER; + delta_tower[A_AXIS].set(cos(RADIANS(210 + delta_tower_angle_trim.a)) * (delta_radius + trt.a), // front left tower + sin(RADIANS(210 + delta_tower_angle_trim.a)) * (delta_radius + trt.a)); + delta_tower[B_AXIS].set(cos(RADIANS(330 + delta_tower_angle_trim.b)) * (delta_radius + trt.b), // front right tower + sin(RADIANS(330 + delta_tower_angle_trim.b)) * (delta_radius + trt.b)); + delta_tower[C_AXIS].set(cos(RADIANS( 90 + delta_tower_angle_trim.c)) * (delta_radius + trt.c), // back middle tower + sin(RADIANS( 90 + delta_tower_angle_trim.c)) * (delta_radius + trt.c)); + delta_diagonal_rod_2_tower.set(sq(delta_diagonal_rod + drt.a), + sq(delta_diagonal_rod + drt.b), + sq(delta_diagonal_rod + drt.c)); update_software_endstops(Z_AXIS); set_all_unhomed(); } +/** + * Get a safe radius for calibration + */ + +#if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) + + #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) + float calibration_radius_factor = 1; + #endif + + float delta_calibration_radius() { + return calibration_radius_factor * ( + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + FLOOR((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) - _MAX(HYPOT(probe.offset_xy.x, probe.offset_xy.y), MIN_PROBE_EDGE)) + #else + DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS + #endif + ); + } + +#endif + /** * Delta Inverse Kinematics * @@ -101,18 +121,16 @@ void recalc_delta_settings() { */ #define DELTA_DEBUG(VAR) do { \ - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Cartesian X", VAR[X_AXIS], " Y", VAR[Y_AXIS], " Z", VAR[Z_AXIS]); \ - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Delta A", delta[A_AXIS], " B", delta[B_AXIS], " C", delta[C_AXIS]); \ + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(PSTR("Cartesian X"), VAR.x, SP_Y_STR, VAR.y, SP_Z_STR, VAR.z); \ + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Delta A", delta.a, " B", delta.b, " C", delta.c); \ }while(0) -void inverse_kinematics(const float (&raw)[XYZ]) { +void inverse_kinematics(const xyz_pos_t &raw) { #if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET // Delta hotend offsets must be applied in Cartesian space with no "spoofing" - const float pos[XYZ] = { - raw[X_AXIS] - hotend_offset[X_AXIS][active_extruder], - raw[Y_AXIS] - hotend_offset[Y_AXIS][active_extruder], - raw[Z_AXIS] - }; + xyz_pos_t pos = { raw.x - hotend_offset[active_extruder].x, + raw.y - hotend_offset[active_extruder].y, + raw.z }; DELTA_IK(pos); //DELTA_DEBUG(pos); #else @@ -126,12 +144,12 @@ void inverse_kinematics(const float (&raw)[XYZ]) { * effector has the full range of XY motion. */ float delta_safe_distance_from_top() { - float cartesian[XYZ] = { 0, 0, 0 }; + xyz_pos_t cartesian{0}; inverse_kinematics(cartesian); - float centered_extent = delta[A_AXIS]; - cartesian[Y_AXIS] = DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS; + const float centered_extent = delta.a; + cartesian.y = DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS; inverse_kinematics(cartesian); - return ABS(centered_extent - delta[A_AXIS]); + return ABS(centered_extent - delta.a); } /** @@ -161,7 +179,7 @@ float delta_safe_distance_from_top() { */ void forward_kinematics_DELTA(const float &z1, const float &z2, const float &z3) { // Create a vector in old coordinates along x axis of new coordinate - const float p12[3] = { delta_tower[B_AXIS][X_AXIS] - delta_tower[A_AXIS][X_AXIS], delta_tower[B_AXIS][Y_AXIS] - delta_tower[A_AXIS][Y_AXIS], z2 - z1 }, + const float p12[3] = { delta_tower[B_AXIS].x - delta_tower[A_AXIS].x, delta_tower[B_AXIS].y - delta_tower[A_AXIS].y, z2 - z1 }, // Get the reciprocal of Magnitude of vector. d2 = sq(p12[0]) + sq(p12[1]) + sq(p12[2]), inv_d = RSQRT(d2), @@ -170,7 +188,7 @@ void forward_kinematics_DELTA(const float &z1, const float &z2, const float &z3) ex[3] = { p12[0] * inv_d, p12[1] * inv_d, p12[2] * inv_d }, // Get the vector from the origin of the new system to the third point. - p13[3] = { delta_tower[C_AXIS][X_AXIS] - delta_tower[A_AXIS][X_AXIS], delta_tower[C_AXIS][Y_AXIS] - delta_tower[A_AXIS][Y_AXIS], z3 - z1 }, + p13[3] = { delta_tower[C_AXIS].x - delta_tower[A_AXIS].x, delta_tower[C_AXIS].y - delta_tower[A_AXIS].y, z3 - z1 }, // Use the dot product to find the component of this vector on the X axis. i = ex[0] * p13[0] + ex[1] * p13[1] + ex[2] * p13[2], @@ -198,16 +216,16 @@ void forward_kinematics_DELTA(const float &z1, const float &z2, const float &z3) // We now have the d, i and j values defined in Wikipedia. // Plug them into the equations defined in Wikipedia for Xnew, Ynew and Znew - Xnew = (delta_diagonal_rod_2_tower[A_AXIS] - delta_diagonal_rod_2_tower[B_AXIS] + d2) * inv_d * 0.5, - Ynew = ((delta_diagonal_rod_2_tower[A_AXIS] - delta_diagonal_rod_2_tower[C_AXIS] + sq(i) + j2) * 0.5 - i * Xnew) * inv_j, - Znew = SQRT(delta_diagonal_rod_2_tower[A_AXIS] - HYPOT2(Xnew, Ynew)); + Xnew = (delta_diagonal_rod_2_tower.a - delta_diagonal_rod_2_tower.b + d2) * inv_d * 0.5, + Ynew = ((delta_diagonal_rod_2_tower.a - delta_diagonal_rod_2_tower.c + sq(i) + j2) * 0.5 - i * Xnew) * inv_j, + Znew = SQRT(delta_diagonal_rod_2_tower.a - HYPOT2(Xnew, Ynew)); // Start from the origin of the old coordinates and add vectors in the // old coords that represent the Xnew, Ynew and Znew to find the point // in the old system. - cartes[X_AXIS] = delta_tower[A_AXIS][X_AXIS] + ex[0] * Xnew + ey[0] * Ynew - ez[0] * Znew; - cartes[Y_AXIS] = delta_tower[A_AXIS][Y_AXIS] + ex[1] * Xnew + ey[1] * Ynew - ez[1] * Znew; - cartes[Z_AXIS] = z1 + ex[2] * Xnew + ey[2] * Ynew - ez[2] * Znew; + cartes.set(delta_tower[A_AXIS].x + ex[0] * Xnew + ey[0] * Ynew - ez[0] * Znew, + delta_tower[A_AXIS].y + ex[1] * Xnew + ey[1] * Ynew - ez[1] * Znew, + z1 + ex[2] * Xnew + ey[2] * Ynew - ez[2] * Znew); } /** @@ -217,8 +235,8 @@ void forward_kinematics_DELTA(const float &z1, const float &z2, const float &z3) void home_delta() { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS(">>> home_delta", current_position); // Init the current position of all carriages to 0,0,0 - ZERO(current_position); - ZERO(destination); + current_position.reset(); + destination.reset(); sync_plan_position(); // Disable stealthChop if used. Enable diag1 pin on driver. @@ -231,12 +249,12 @@ void home_delta() { #endif // Move all carriages together linearly until an endstop is hit. - current_position[Z_AXIS] = (delta_height + 10 + current_position.z = (delta_height + 10 #if HAS_BED_PROBE - - probe_offset[Z_AXIS] + - probe.offset.z #endif ); - line_to_current_position(homing_feedrate(X_AXIS)); + line_to_current_position(homing_feedrate(Z_AXIS)); planner.synchronize(); // Re-enable stealthChop if used. Disable diag1 pin on driver. @@ -262,6 +280,14 @@ void home_delta() { sync_plan_position(); + #if DISABLED(DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE) && defined(HOMING_BACKOFF_MM) + constexpr xyz_float_t endstop_backoff = HOMING_BACKOFF_MM; + if (endstop_backoff.z) { + current_position.z -= ABS(endstop_backoff.z) * Z_HOME_DIR; + line_to_current_position(homing_feedrate(Z_AXIS)); + } + #endif + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("<<< home_delta", current_position); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/delta.h b/Marlin/src/module/delta.h index 24af5daa3a..f263a28ddd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/delta.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/delta.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,17 +25,18 @@ * delta.h - Delta-specific functions */ -extern float delta_height, - delta_endstop_adj[ABC], - delta_radius, - delta_diagonal_rod, - delta_segments_per_second, - delta_calibration_radius, - delta_tower_angle_trim[ABC]; +#include "../core/types.h" +#include "../core/macros.h" -extern float delta_tower[ABC][2], - delta_diagonal_rod_2_tower[ABC], - delta_clip_start_height; +extern float delta_height; +extern abc_float_t delta_endstop_adj; +extern float delta_radius, + delta_diagonal_rod, + delta_segments_per_second; +extern abc_float_t delta_tower_angle_trim; +extern xy_float_t delta_tower[ABC]; +extern abc_float_t delta_diagonal_rod_2_tower; +extern float delta_clip_start_height; /** * Recalculate factors used for delta kinematics whenever @@ -43,6 +44,19 @@ extern float delta_tower[ABC][2], */ void recalc_delta_settings(); +/** + * Get a safe radius for calibration + */ +#if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) + extern float calibration_radius_factor; +#else + constexpr float calibration_radius_factor = 1; +#endif + +#if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) + float delta_calibration_radius(); +#endif + /** * Delta Inverse Kinematics * @@ -63,24 +77,16 @@ void recalc_delta_settings(); */ // Macro to obtain the Z position of an individual tower -#define DELTA_Z(V,T) V[Z_AXIS] + SQRT( \ +#define DELTA_Z(V,T) V.z + SQRT( \ delta_diagonal_rod_2_tower[T] - HYPOT2( \ - delta_tower[T][X_AXIS] - V[X_AXIS], \ - delta_tower[T][Y_AXIS] - V[Y_AXIS] \ + delta_tower[T].x - V.x, \ + delta_tower[T].y - V.y \ ) \ ) -#define DELTA_IK(V) do { \ - delta[A_AXIS] = DELTA_Z(V, A_AXIS); \ - delta[B_AXIS] = DELTA_Z(V, B_AXIS); \ - delta[C_AXIS] = DELTA_Z(V, C_AXIS); \ -}while(0) +#define DELTA_IK(V) delta.set(DELTA_Z(V, A_AXIS), DELTA_Z(V, B_AXIS), DELTA_Z(V, C_AXIS)) -void inverse_kinematics(const float (&raw)[XYZ]); -FORCE_INLINE void inverse_kinematics(const float (&raw)[XYZE]) { - const float raw_xyz[XYZ] = { raw[X_AXIS], raw[Y_AXIS], raw[Z_AXIS] }; - inverse_kinematics(raw_xyz); -} +void inverse_kinematics(const xyz_pos_t &raw); /** * Calculate the highest Z position where the @@ -115,8 +121,8 @@ float delta_safe_distance_from_top(); */ void forward_kinematics_DELTA(const float &z1, const float &z2, const float &z3); -FORCE_INLINE void forward_kinematics_DELTA(const float (&point)[ABC]) { - forward_kinematics_DELTA(point[A_AXIS], point[B_AXIS], point[C_AXIS]); +FORCE_INLINE void forward_kinematics_DELTA(const abc_float_t &point) { + forward_kinematics_DELTA(point.a, point.b, point.c); } void home_delta(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/endstops.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/endstops.cpp index 6970a051b3..1c8384cc53 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/endstops.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/endstops.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include "endstops.h" #include "stepper.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../sd/cardreader.h" #include "temperature.h" #include "../lcd/ultralcd.h" @@ -73,11 +73,14 @@ Endstops::esbits_t Endstops::live_state = 0; #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) float Endstops::y2_endstop_adj; #endif -#if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) float Endstops::z2_endstop_adj; -#endif -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - float Endstops::z3_endstop_adj; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + float Endstops::z3_endstop_adj; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + float Endstops::z4_endstop_adj; + #endif + #endif #endif #if ENABLED(SPI_ENDSTOPS) @@ -163,6 +166,16 @@ void Endstops::init() { #endif #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + #if ENABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN) + SET_INPUT_PULLUP(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #elif ENABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN) + SET_INPUT_PULLDOWN(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #else + SET_INPUT(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #endif + #endif + #if HAS_X_MAX #if ENABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX) SET_INPUT_PULLUP(X_MAX_PIN); @@ -233,7 +246,17 @@ void Endstops::init() { #endif #endif - #if HAS_CALIBRATION_PIN + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + #if ENABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX) + SET_INPUT_PULLUP(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #elif ENABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX) + SET_INPUT_PULLDOWN(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #else + SET_INPUT(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #endif + #endif + + #if PIN_EXISTS(CALIBRATION) #if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP) SET_INPUT_PULLUP(CALIBRATION_PIN); #elif ENABLED(CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN) @@ -243,7 +266,7 @@ void Endstops::init() { #endif #endif - #if USES_Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP + #if HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN #if ENABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE) SET_INPUT_PULLUP(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN); #elif ENABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE) @@ -302,7 +325,7 @@ void Endstops::not_homing() { // If the last move failed to trigger an endstop, call kill void Endstops::validate_homing_move() { if (trigger_state()) hit_on_purpose(); - else kill(PSTR(MSG_ERR_HOMING_FAILED)); + else kill(GET_TEXT(MSG_LCD_HOMING_FAILED)); } #endif @@ -340,7 +363,9 @@ void Endstops::resync() { void Endstops::event_handler() { static uint8_t prev_hit_state; // = 0 - if (hit_state && hit_state != prev_hit_state) { + if (hit_state == prev_hit_state) return; + prev_hit_state = hit_state; + if (hit_state) { #if HAS_SPI_LCD char chrX = ' ', chrY = ' ', chrZ = ' ', chrP = ' '; #define _SET_STOP_CHAR(A,C) (chr## A = C) @@ -361,46 +386,45 @@ void Endstops::event_handler() { #define ENDSTOP_HIT_TEST_Z() _ENDSTOP_HIT_TEST(Z,'Z') SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_ENDSTOPS_HIT); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(STR_ENDSTOPS_HIT); ENDSTOP_HIT_TEST_X(); ENDSTOP_HIT_TEST_Y(); ENDSTOP_HIT_TEST_Z(); - #if USES_Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP + #if HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN #define P_AXIS Z_AXIS if (TEST(hit_state, Z_MIN_PROBE)) _ENDSTOP_HIT_ECHO(P, 'P'); #endif SERIAL_EOL(); #if HAS_SPI_LCD - ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(S_FMT " %c %c %c %c"), PSTR(MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS), chrX, chrY, chrZ, chrP); + ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(S_FMT " %c %c %c %c"), GET_TEXT(MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS), chrX, chrY, chrZ, chrP); #endif #if BOTH(SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT, SDSUPPORT) if (planner.abort_on_endstop_hit) { - card.stopSDPrint(); + card.endFilePrint(); quickstop_stepper(); thermalManager.disable_all_heaters(); print_job_timer.stop(); } #endif } - prev_hit_state = hit_state; } static void print_es_state(const bool is_hit, PGM_P const label=nullptr) { if (label) serialprintPGM(label); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(": "); - serialprintPGM(is_hit ? PSTR(MSG_ENDSTOP_HIT) : PSTR(MSG_ENDSTOP_OPEN)); + serialprintPGM(is_hit ? PSTR(STR_ENDSTOP_HIT) : PSTR(STR_ENDSTOP_OPEN)); SERIAL_EOL(); } -void _O2 Endstops::M119() { +void _O2 Endstops::report_states() { #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) bltouch._set_SW_mode(); #endif - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_M119_REPORT); - #define ES_REPORT(S) print_es_state(READ(S##_PIN) != S##_ENDSTOP_INVERTING, PSTR(MSG_##S)) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_M119_REPORT); + #define ES_REPORT(S) print_es_state(READ(S##_PIN) != S##_ENDSTOP_INVERTING, PSTR(STR_##S)) #if HAS_X_MIN ES_REPORT(X_MIN); #endif @@ -434,6 +458,9 @@ void _O2 Endstops::M119() { #if HAS_Z3_MIN ES_REPORT(Z3_MIN); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + ES_REPORT(Z4_MIN); + #endif #if HAS_Z_MAX ES_REPORT(Z_MAX); #endif @@ -443,36 +470,28 @@ void _O2 Endstops::M119() { #if HAS_Z3_MAX ES_REPORT(Z3_MAX); #endif - #if USES_Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP - print_es_state(READ(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) != Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING, PSTR(MSG_Z_PROBE)); + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + ES_REPORT(Z4_MAX); + #endif + #if HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN + print_es_state(READ(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) != Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING, PSTR(STR_Z_PROBE)); #endif #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS == 1 - print_es_state(READ(FIL_RUNOUT_PIN) != FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING, PSTR(MSG_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)); + print_es_state(READ(FIL_RUNOUT_PIN) != FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING, PSTR(STR_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)); #else - for (uint8_t i = 1; i <= NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS; i++) { + #define _CASE_RUNOUT(N) case N: pin = FIL_RUNOUT##N##_PIN; break; + LOOP_S_LE_N(i, 1, NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS) { pin_t pin; switch (i) { default: continue; - case 1: pin = FIL_RUNOUT_PIN; break; - case 2: pin = FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN; break; - #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 2 - case 3: pin = FIL_RUNOUT3_PIN; break; - #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 3 - case 4: pin = FIL_RUNOUT4_PIN; break; - #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 4 - case 5: pin = FIL_RUNOUT5_PIN; break; - #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 5 - case 6: pin = FIL_RUNOUT6_PIN; break; - #endif - #endif - #endif - #endif + REPEAT_S(1, INCREMENT(NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS), _CASE_RUNOUT) } - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR); - if (i > 1) { SERIAL_CHAR(' '); SERIAL_CHAR('0' + i); } + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(STR_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR); + if (i > 1) SERIAL_CHAR(' ', '0' + i); print_es_state(extDigitalRead(pin) != FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING); } + #undef _CASE_RUNOUT #endif #endif #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) @@ -483,7 +502,7 @@ void _O2 Endstops::M119() { joystick.report(); #endif -} // Endstops::M119 +} // Endstops::report_states // The following routines are called from an ISR context. It could be the temperature ISR, the // endstop ISR or the Stepper ISR. @@ -510,11 +529,11 @@ void Endstops::update() { // With Dual X, endstops are only checked in the homing direction for the active extruder #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) #define E0_ACTIVE stepper.movement_extruder() == 0 - #define X_MIN_TEST ((X_HOME_DIR < 0 && E0_ACTIVE) || (X2_HOME_DIR < 0 && !E0_ACTIVE)) - #define X_MAX_TEST ((X_HOME_DIR > 0 && E0_ACTIVE) || (X2_HOME_DIR > 0 && !E0_ACTIVE)) + #define X_MIN_TEST() ((X_HOME_DIR < 0 && E0_ACTIVE) || (X2_HOME_DIR < 0 && !E0_ACTIVE)) + #define X_MAX_TEST() ((X_HOME_DIR > 0 && E0_ACTIVE) || (X2_HOME_DIR > 0 && !E0_ACTIVE)) #else - #define X_MIN_TEST true - #define X_MAX_TEST true + #define X_MIN_TEST() true + #define X_MAX_TEST() true #endif // Use HEAD for core axes, AXIS for others @@ -537,102 +556,104 @@ void Endstops::update() { /** * Check and update endstops */ - #if HAS_X_MIN + #if HAS_X_MIN && !X_SPI_SENSORLESS + UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(X, MIN); #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(X, MIN); #if HAS_X2_MIN UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(X2, MIN); #else COPY_LIVE_STATE(X_MIN, X2_MIN); #endif - #else - UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(X, MIN); #endif #endif - #if HAS_X_MAX + #if HAS_X_MAX && !X_SPI_SENSORLESS + UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(X, MAX); #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(X, MAX); #if HAS_X2_MAX UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(X2, MAX); #else COPY_LIVE_STATE(X_MAX, X2_MAX); #endif - #else - UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(X, MAX); #endif #endif - #if HAS_Y_MIN + #if HAS_Y_MIN && !Y_SPI_SENSORLESS + UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Y, MIN); #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Y, MIN); #if HAS_Y2_MIN UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Y2, MIN); #else COPY_LIVE_STATE(Y_MIN, Y2_MIN); #endif - #else - UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Y, MIN); #endif #endif - #if HAS_Y_MAX + #if HAS_Y_MAX && !Y_SPI_SENSORLESS + UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Y, MAX); #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Y, MAX); #if HAS_Y2_MAX UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Y2, MAX); #else COPY_LIVE_STATE(Y_MAX, Y2_MAX); #endif - #else - UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Y, MAX); #endif #endif - #if HAS_Z_MIN - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS - UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z, MIN); + #if HAS_Z_MIN && !Z_SPI_SENSORLESS + UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z, MIN); + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) #if HAS_Z2_MIN UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z2, MIN); #else COPY_LIVE_STATE(Z_MIN, Z2_MIN); #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 #if HAS_Z3_MIN UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z3, MIN); #else COPY_LIVE_STATE(Z_MIN, Z3_MIN); #endif #endif - #elif ENABLED(Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN) - UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z, MIN); - #elif Z_HOME_DIR < 0 - UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z, MIN); + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z4, MIN); + #else + COPY_LIVE_STATE(Z_MIN, Z4_MIN); + #endif + #endif #endif #endif // When closing the gap check the enabled probe - #if USES_Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP + #if HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z, MIN_PROBE); #endif - #if HAS_Z_MAX + #if HAS_Z_MAX && !Z_SPI_SENSORLESS // Check both Z dual endstops - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z, MAX); #if HAS_Z2_MAX UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z2, MAX); #else COPY_LIVE_STATE(Z_MAX, Z2_MAX); #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 #if HAS_Z3_MAX UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z3, MAX); #else COPY_LIVE_STATE(Z_MAX, Z3_MAX); #endif #endif - #elif !USES_Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP || Z_MAX_PIN != Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z4, MAX); + #else + COPY_LIVE_STATE(Z_MAX, Z4_MAX); + #endif + #endif + #elif !HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN || Z_MAX_PIN != Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN // If this pin isn't the bed probe it's the Z endstop UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z, MAX); #endif @@ -669,7 +690,7 @@ void Endstops::update() { #define _ENDSTOP_HIT(AXIS, MINMAX) SBI(hit_state, _ENDSTOP(AXIS, MINMAX)) // Call the endstop triggered routine for single endstops - #define PROCESS_ENDSTOP(AXIS,MINMAX) do { \ + #define PROCESS_ENDSTOP(AXIS, MINMAX) do { \ if (TEST_ENDSTOP(_ENDSTOP(AXIS, MINMAX))) { \ _ENDSTOP_HIT(AXIS, MINMAX); \ planner.endstop_triggered(_AXIS(AXIS)); \ @@ -677,26 +698,58 @@ void Endstops::update() { }while(0) // Call the endstop triggered routine for dual endstops - #define PROCESS_DUAL_ENDSTOP(AXIS1, AXIS2, MINMAX) do { \ - const byte dual_hit = TEST_ENDSTOP(_ENDSTOP(AXIS1, MINMAX)) | (TEST_ENDSTOP(_ENDSTOP(AXIS2, MINMAX)) << 1); \ + #define PROCESS_DUAL_ENDSTOP(A, MINMAX) do { \ + const byte dual_hit = TEST_ENDSTOP(_ENDSTOP(A, MINMAX)) | (TEST_ENDSTOP(_ENDSTOP(A##2, MINMAX)) << 1); \ if (dual_hit) { \ - _ENDSTOP_HIT(AXIS1, MINMAX); \ + _ENDSTOP_HIT(A, MINMAX); \ /* if not performing home or if both endstops were trigged during homing... */ \ if (!stepper.separate_multi_axis || dual_hit == 0b11) \ - planner.endstop_triggered(_AXIS(AXIS1)); \ + planner.endstop_triggered(_AXIS(A)); \ } \ }while(0) - #define PROCESS_TRIPLE_ENDSTOP(AXIS1, AXIS2, AXIS3, MINMAX) do { \ - const byte triple_hit = TEST_ENDSTOP(_ENDSTOP(AXIS1, MINMAX)) | (TEST_ENDSTOP(_ENDSTOP(AXIS2, MINMAX)) << 1) | (TEST_ENDSTOP(_ENDSTOP(AXIS3, MINMAX)) << 2); \ + #define PROCESS_TRIPLE_ENDSTOP(A, MINMAX) do { \ + const byte triple_hit = TEST_ENDSTOP(_ENDSTOP(A, MINMAX)) | (TEST_ENDSTOP(_ENDSTOP(A##2, MINMAX)) << 1) | (TEST_ENDSTOP(_ENDSTOP(A##3, MINMAX)) << 2); \ if (triple_hit) { \ - _ENDSTOP_HIT(AXIS1, MINMAX); \ + _ENDSTOP_HIT(A, MINMAX); \ /* if not performing home or if both endstops were trigged during homing... */ \ if (!stepper.separate_multi_axis || triple_hit == 0b111) \ - planner.endstop_triggered(_AXIS(AXIS1)); \ + planner.endstop_triggered(_AXIS(A)); \ } \ }while(0) + #define PROCESS_QUAD_ENDSTOP(A, MINMAX) do { \ + const byte quad_hit = TEST_ENDSTOP(_ENDSTOP(A, MINMAX)) | (TEST_ENDSTOP(_ENDSTOP(A##2, MINMAX)) << 1) | (TEST_ENDSTOP(_ENDSTOP(A##3, MINMAX)) << 2) | (TEST_ENDSTOP(_ENDSTOP(A##4, MINMAX)) << 3); \ + if (quad_hit) { \ + _ENDSTOP_HIT(A, MINMAX); \ + /* if not performing home or if both endstops were trigged during homing... */ \ + if (!stepper.separate_multi_axis || quad_hit == 0b1111) \ + planner.endstop_triggered(_AXIS(A)); \ + } \ + }while(0) + + #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define PROCESS_ENDSTOP_X(MINMAX) PROCESS_DUAL_ENDSTOP(X, MINMAX) + #else + #define PROCESS_ENDSTOP_X(MINMAX) if (X_##MINMAX##_TEST()) PROCESS_ENDSTOP(X, MINMAX) + #endif + + #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define PROCESS_ENDSTOP_Y(MINMAX) PROCESS_DUAL_ENDSTOP(Y, MINMAX) + #else + #define PROCESS_ENDSTOP_Y(MINMAX) PROCESS_ENDSTOP(Y, MINMAX) + #endif + + #if DISABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #define PROCESS_ENDSTOP_Z(MINMAX) PROCESS_ENDSTOP(Z, MINMAX) + #elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 4 + #define PROCESS_ENDSTOP_Z(MINMAX) PROCESS_QUAD_ENDSTOP(Z, MINMAX) + #elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 3 + #define PROCESS_ENDSTOP_Z(MINMAX) PROCESS_TRIPLE_ENDSTOP(Z, MINMAX) + #else + #define PROCESS_ENDSTOP_Z(MINMAX) PROCESS_DUAL_ENDSTOP(Z, MINMAX) + #endif + #if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) && PIN_EXISTS(Z_MIN_PROBE) && !(CORE_IS_XY || CORE_IS_XZ) #if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_AWAY) #define _G38_OPEN_STATE (G38_move >= 4) @@ -716,20 +769,12 @@ void Endstops::update() { if (stepper.axis_is_moving(X_AXIS)) { if (stepper.motor_direction(X_AXIS_HEAD)) { // -direction #if HAS_X_MIN || (X_SPI_SENSORLESS && X_HOME_DIR < 0) - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - PROCESS_DUAL_ENDSTOP(X, X2, MIN); - #else - if (X_MIN_TEST) PROCESS_ENDSTOP(X, MIN); - #endif + PROCESS_ENDSTOP_X(MIN); #endif } else { // +direction #if HAS_X_MAX || (X_SPI_SENSORLESS && X_HOME_DIR > 0) - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - PROCESS_DUAL_ENDSTOP(X, X2, MAX); - #else - if (X_MAX_TEST) PROCESS_ENDSTOP(X, MAX); - #endif + PROCESS_ENDSTOP_X(MAX); #endif } } @@ -737,56 +782,39 @@ void Endstops::update() { if (stepper.axis_is_moving(Y_AXIS)) { if (stepper.motor_direction(Y_AXIS_HEAD)) { // -direction #if HAS_Y_MIN || (Y_SPI_SENSORLESS && Y_HOME_DIR < 0) - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - PROCESS_DUAL_ENDSTOP(Y, Y2, MIN); - #else - PROCESS_ENDSTOP(Y, MIN); - #endif + PROCESS_ENDSTOP_Y(MIN); #endif } else { // +direction #if HAS_Y_MAX || (Y_SPI_SENSORLESS && Y_HOME_DIR > 0) - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - PROCESS_DUAL_ENDSTOP(Y, Y2, MAX); - #else - PROCESS_ENDSTOP(Y, MAX); - #endif + PROCESS_ENDSTOP_Y(MAX); #endif } } if (stepper.axis_is_moving(Z_AXIS)) { if (stepper.motor_direction(Z_AXIS_HEAD)) { // Z -direction. Gantry down, bed up. + #if HAS_Z_MIN || (Z_SPI_SENSORLESS && Z_HOME_DIR < 0) - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - PROCESS_TRIPLE_ENDSTOP(Z, Z2, Z3, MIN); - #elif ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - PROCESS_DUAL_ENDSTOP(Z, Z2, MIN); - #else + if (true #if ENABLED(Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN) - if (z_probe_enabled) PROCESS_ENDSTOP(Z, MIN); - #elif USES_Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP - if (!z_probe_enabled) PROCESS_ENDSTOP(Z, MIN); - #else - PROCESS_ENDSTOP(Z, MIN); + && z_probe_enabled + #elif HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN + && !z_probe_enabled #endif - #endif + ) PROCESS_ENDSTOP_Z(MIN); #endif // When closing the gap check the enabled probe - #if USES_Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP + #if HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN if (z_probe_enabled) PROCESS_ENDSTOP(Z, MIN_PROBE); #endif } else { // Z +direction. Gantry up, bed down. #if HAS_Z_MAX || (Z_SPI_SENSORLESS && Z_HOME_DIR > 0) - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - PROCESS_TRIPLE_ENDSTOP(Z, Z2, Z3, MAX); - #elif ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - PROCESS_DUAL_ENDSTOP(Z, Z2, MAX); - #elif !USES_Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP || Z_MAX_PIN != Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - // If this pin is not hijacked for the bed probe - // then it belongs to the Z endstop + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + PROCESS_ENDSTOP_Z(MAX); + #elif !HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN || Z_MAX_PIN != Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN // No probe or probe is Z_MIN || Probe is not Z_MAX PROCESS_ENDSTOP(Z, MAX); #endif #endif @@ -903,6 +931,12 @@ void Endstops::update() { #if HAS_Z3_MAX ES_GET_STATE(Z3_MAX); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + ES_GET_STATE(Z4_MIN); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + ES_GET_STATE(Z4_MAX); + #endif uint16_t endstop_change = live_state_local ^ old_live_state_local; #define ES_REPORT_CHANGE(S) if (TEST(endstop_change, S)) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" " STRINGIFY(S) ":", TEST(live_state_local, S)) @@ -953,6 +987,12 @@ void Endstops::update() { #if HAS_Z3_MAX ES_REPORT_CHANGE(Z3_MAX); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + ES_REPORT_CHANGE(Z4_MIN); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + ES_REPORT_CHANGE(Z4_MAX); + #endif SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("\n"); analogWrite(pin_t(LED_PIN), local_LED_status); local_LED_status ^= 255; diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/endstops.h b/Marlin/src/module/endstops.h index 43893e3b8a..71353abb34 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/endstops.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/endstops.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -34,7 +34,8 @@ enum EndstopEnum : char { X2_MIN, X2_MAX, Y2_MIN, Y2_MAX, Z2_MIN, Z2_MAX, - Z3_MIN, Z3_MAX + Z3_MIN, Z3_MAX, + Z4_MIN, Z4_MAX }; class Endstops { @@ -47,12 +48,15 @@ class Endstops { #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) static float y2_endstop_adj; #endif - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) static float z2_endstop_adj; #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 static float z3_endstop_adj; #endif + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + static float z4_endstop_adj; + #endif #else typedef uint8_t esbits_t; #endif @@ -124,9 +128,9 @@ class Endstops { static void event_handler(); /** - * Report endstop positions in response to M119 + * Report endstop states in response to M119 */ - static void M119(); + static void report_states(); // Enable / disable endstop checking globally static void enable_globally(const bool onoff=true); diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/motion.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/motion.cpp index 928bb65ac0..14da9b47e0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/motion.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/motion.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE) #include "../core/debug_out.h" -#define XYZ_CONSTS(type, array, CONFIG) const PROGMEM type array##_P[XYZ] = { X_##CONFIG, Y_##CONFIG, Z_##CONFIG } +#define XYZ_CONSTS(T, NAME, OPT) const PROGMEM XYZval NAME##_P = { X_##OPT, Y_##OPT, Z_##OPT } XYZ_CONSTS(float, base_min_pos, MIN_POS); XYZ_CONSTS(float, base_max_pos, MAX_POS); @@ -99,33 +99,44 @@ bool relative_mode; // = false; * Used by 'line_to_current_position' to do a move after changing it. * Used by 'sync_plan_position' to update 'planner.position'. */ -float current_position[XYZE] = { X_HOME_POS, Y_HOME_POS, Z_HOME_POS }; +xyze_pos_t current_position = { X_HOME_POS, Y_HOME_POS, Z_HOME_POS }; /** * Cartesian Destination * The destination for a move, filled in by G-code movement commands, - * and expected by functions like 'prepare_move_to_destination'. + * and expected by functions like 'prepare_line_to_destination'. * G-codes can set destination using 'get_destination_from_command' */ -float destination[XYZE]; // = { 0 } +xyze_pos_t destination; // {0} + +// G60/G61 Position Save and Return +#if SAVED_POSITIONS + uint8_t saved_slots[(SAVED_POSITIONS + 7) >> 3]; + xyz_pos_t stored_position[SAVED_POSITIONS]; +#endif // The active extruder (tool). Set with T command. #if EXTRUDERS > 1 - uint8_t active_extruder; // = 0 + uint8_t active_extruder = 0; // = 0 +#endif + +#if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + float e_move_accumulator; // = 0 #endif // Extruder offsets #if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET - float hotend_offset[XYZ][HOTENDS]; // Initialized by settings.load() + xyz_pos_t hotend_offset[HOTENDS]; // Initialized by settings.load() void reset_hotend_offsets() { constexpr float tmp[XYZ][HOTENDS] = { HOTEND_OFFSET_X, HOTEND_OFFSET_Y, HOTEND_OFFSET_Z }; static_assert( - tmp[X_AXIS][0] == 0 && tmp[Y_AXIS][0] == 0 && tmp[Z_AXIS][0] == 0, + !tmp[X_AXIS][0] && !tmp[Y_AXIS][0] && !tmp[Z_AXIS][0], "Offsets for the first hotend must be 0.0." ); - LOOP_XYZ(i) HOTEND_LOOP() hotend_offset[i][e] = tmp[i][e]; + // Transpose from [XYZ][HOTENDS] to [HOTENDS][XYZ] + HOTEND_LOOP() LOOP_XYZ(a) hotend_offset[e][a] = tmp[a][e]; #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - hotend_offset[X_AXIS][1] = _MAX(X2_HOME_POS, X2_MAX_POS); + hotend_offset[1].x = _MAX(X2_HOME_POS, X2_MAX_POS); #endif } #endif @@ -148,14 +159,14 @@ const feedRate_t homing_feedrate_mm_s[XYZ] PROGMEM = { }; // Cartesian conversion result goes here: -float cartes[XYZ]; +xyz_pos_t cartes; #if IS_KINEMATIC - float delta[ABC]; + abc_pos_t delta; #if HAS_SCARA_OFFSET - float scara_home_offset[ABC]; + abc_pos_t scara_home_offset; #endif #if HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS @@ -176,16 +187,16 @@ float cartes[XYZ]; */ #if HAS_POSITION_SHIFT // The distance that XYZ has been offset by G92. Reset by G28. - float position_shift[XYZ] = { 0 }; + xyz_pos_t position_shift{0}; #endif #if HAS_HOME_OFFSET // This offset is added to the configured home position. // Set by M206, M428, or menu item. Saved to EEPROM. - float home_offset[XYZ] = { 0 }; + xyz_pos_t home_offset{0}; #endif #if HAS_HOME_OFFSET && HAS_POSITION_SHIFT // The above two are combined to save on computes - float workspace_offset[XYZ] = { 0 }; + xyz_pos_t workspace_offset{0}; #endif #if HAS_ABL_NOT_UBL @@ -195,19 +206,56 @@ float cartes[XYZ]; /** * Output the current position to serial */ -void report_current_position() { - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("X:", LOGICAL_X_POSITION(current_position[X_AXIS])); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y:", LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(current_position[Y_AXIS])); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z:", LOGICAL_Z_POSITION(current_position[Z_AXIS])); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" E:", current_position[E_AXIS]); +inline void report_more_positions() { stepper.report_positions(); - #if IS_SCARA scara_report_positions(); #endif } +// Report the logical position for a given machine position +inline void report_logical_position(const xyze_pos_t &rpos) { + const xyze_pos_t lpos = rpos.asLogical(); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(X_LBL, lpos.x, SP_Y_LBL, lpos.y, SP_Z_LBL, lpos.z, SP_E_LBL, lpos.e); +} + +// Report the real current position according to the steppers. +// Forward kinematics and un-leveling are applied. +void report_real_position() { + get_cartesian_from_steppers(); + xyze_pos_t npos = cartes; + npos.e = planner.get_axis_position_mm(E_AXIS); + + #if HAS_POSITION_MODIFIERS + planner.unapply_modifiers(npos + #if HAS_LEVELING + , true + #endif + ); + #endif + + report_logical_position(npos); + report_more_positions(); +} + +// Report the logical current position according to the most recent G-code command +void report_current_position() { + report_logical_position(current_position); + report_more_positions(); +} + +/** + * Report the logical current position according to the most recent G-code command. + * The planner.position always corresponds to the last G-code too. This makes M114 + * suitable for debugging kinematics and leveling while avoiding planner sync that + * definitively interrupts the printing flow. + */ +void report_current_position_projected() { + report_logical_position(current_position); + stepper.report_a_position(planner.position); +} + /** * sync_plan_position * @@ -216,10 +264,10 @@ void report_current_position() { */ void sync_plan_position() { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("sync_plan_position", current_position); - planner.set_position_mm(current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS], current_position[E_AXIS]); + planner.set_position_mm(current_position); } -void sync_plan_position_e() { planner.set_e_position_mm(current_position[E_AXIS]); } +void sync_plan_position_e() { planner.set_e_position_mm(current_position.e); } /** * Get the stepper positions in the cartes[] array. @@ -232,11 +280,7 @@ void sync_plan_position_e() { planner.set_e_position_mm(current_position[E_AXIS] */ void get_cartesian_from_steppers() { #if ENABLED(DELTA) - forward_kinematics_DELTA( - planner.get_axis_position_mm(A_AXIS), - planner.get_axis_position_mm(B_AXIS), - planner.get_axis_position_mm(C_AXIS) - ); + forward_kinematics_DELTA(planner.get_axis_positions_mm()); #else #if IS_SCARA forward_kinematics_SCARA( @@ -244,10 +288,9 @@ void get_cartesian_from_steppers() { planner.get_axis_position_degrees(B_AXIS) ); #else - cartes[X_AXIS] = planner.get_axis_position_mm(X_AXIS); - cartes[Y_AXIS] = planner.get_axis_position_mm(Y_AXIS); + cartes.set(planner.get_axis_position_mm(X_AXIS), planner.get_axis_position_mm(Y_AXIS)); #endif - cartes[Z_AXIS] = planner.get_axis_position_mm(Z_AXIS); + cartes.z = planner.get_axis_position_mm(Z_AXIS); #endif } @@ -264,20 +307,21 @@ void get_cartesian_from_steppers() { */ void set_current_from_steppers_for_axis(const AxisEnum axis) { get_cartesian_from_steppers(); + xyze_pos_t pos = cartes; + pos.e = planner.get_axis_position_mm(E_AXIS); #if HAS_POSITION_MODIFIERS - float pos[XYZE] = { cartes[X_AXIS], cartes[Y_AXIS], cartes[Z_AXIS], current_position[E_AXIS] }; planner.unapply_modifiers(pos #if HAS_LEVELING , true #endif ); - const float (&cartes)[XYZE] = pos; #endif + if (axis == ALL_AXES) - COPY(current_position, cartes); + current_position = pos; else - current_position[axis] = cartes[axis]; + current_position[axis] = pos[axis]; } /** @@ -300,16 +344,12 @@ void line_to_current_position(const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s/*=feedrate_mm_s*/) { // UBL segmented line will do Z-only moves in single segment ubl.line_to_destination_segmented(scaled_fr_mm_s); #else - if ( current_position[X_AXIS] == destination[X_AXIS] - && current_position[Y_AXIS] == destination[Y_AXIS] - && current_position[Z_AXIS] == destination[Z_AXIS] - && current_position[E_AXIS] == destination[E_AXIS] - ) return; + if (current_position == destination) return; planner.buffer_line(destination, scaled_fr_mm_s, active_extruder); #endif - set_current_from_destination(); + current_position = destination; } #endif // IS_KINEMATIC @@ -325,19 +365,23 @@ void _internal_move_to_destination(const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s/*=0.0f*/ const uint16_t old_pct = feedrate_percentage; feedrate_percentage = 100; - const float old_fac = planner.e_factor[active_extruder]; - planner.e_factor[active_extruder] = 1.0f; + #if EXTRUDERS + const float old_fac = planner.e_factor[active_extruder]; + planner.e_factor[active_extruder] = 1.0f; + #endif #if IS_KINEMATIC if (is_fast) prepare_fast_move_to_destination(); else #endif - prepare_move_to_destination(); + prepare_line_to_destination(); feedrate_mm_s = old_feedrate; feedrate_percentage = old_pct; - planner.e_factor[active_extruder] = old_fac; + #if EXTRUDERS + planner.e_factor[active_extruder] = old_fac; + #endif } /** @@ -346,8 +390,8 @@ void _internal_move_to_destination(const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s/*=0.0f*/ void do_blocking_move_to(const float rx, const float ry, const float rz, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s/*=0.0*/) { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_XYZ(">>> do_blocking_move_to", rx, ry, rz); - const feedRate_t z_feedrate = fr_mm_s ? fr_mm_s : homing_feedrate(Z_AXIS), - xy_feedrate = fr_mm_s ? fr_mm_s : feedRate_t(XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE_MM_S); + const feedRate_t z_feedrate = fr_mm_s ?: homing_feedrate(Z_AXIS), + xy_feedrate = fr_mm_s ?: feedRate_t(XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE_MM_S); #if ENABLED(DELTA) @@ -355,39 +399,36 @@ void do_blocking_move_to(const float rx, const float ry, const float rz, const f REMEMBER(fr, feedrate_mm_s, xy_feedrate); - set_destination_from_current(); // sync destination at the start + destination = current_position; // sync destination at the start - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("set_destination_from_current", destination); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("destination = current_position", destination); // when in the danger zone - if (current_position[Z_AXIS] > delta_clip_start_height) { - if (rz > delta_clip_start_height) { // staying in the danger zone - destination[X_AXIS] = rx; // move directly (uninterpolated) - destination[Y_AXIS] = ry; - destination[Z_AXIS] = rz; - prepare_internal_fast_move_to_destination(); // set_current_from_destination() + if (current_position.z > delta_clip_start_height) { + if (rz > delta_clip_start_height) { // staying in the danger zone + destination.set(rx, ry, rz); // move directly (uninterpolated) + prepare_internal_fast_move_to_destination(); // set current_position from destination if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("danger zone move", current_position); return; } - destination[Z_AXIS] = delta_clip_start_height; - prepare_internal_fast_move_to_destination(); // set_current_from_destination() + destination.z = delta_clip_start_height; + prepare_internal_fast_move_to_destination(); // set current_position from destination if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("zone border move", current_position); } - if (rz > current_position[Z_AXIS]) { // raising? - destination[Z_AXIS] = rz; - prepare_internal_fast_move_to_destination(z_feedrate); // set_current_from_destination() + if (rz > current_position.z) { // raising? + destination.z = rz; + prepare_internal_fast_move_to_destination(z_feedrate); // set current_position from destination if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("z raise move", current_position); } - destination[X_AXIS] = rx; - destination[Y_AXIS] = ry; - prepare_internal_move_to_destination(); // set_current_from_destination() + destination.set(rx, ry); + prepare_internal_move_to_destination(); // set current_position from destination if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("xy move", current_position); - if (rz < current_position[Z_AXIS]) { // lowering? - destination[Z_AXIS] = rz; - prepare_fast_move_to_destination(z_feedrate); // set_current_from_destination() + if (rz < current_position.z) { // lowering? + destination.z = rz; + prepare_internal_fast_move_to_destination(z_feedrate); // set current_position from destination if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("z lower move", current_position); } @@ -395,39 +436,37 @@ void do_blocking_move_to(const float rx, const float ry, const float rz, const f if (!position_is_reachable(rx, ry)) return; - set_destination_from_current(); + destination = current_position; // If Z needs to raise, do it before moving XY - if (destination[Z_AXIS] < rz) { - destination[Z_AXIS] = rz; + if (destination.z < rz) { + destination.z = rz; prepare_internal_fast_move_to_destination(z_feedrate); } - destination[X_AXIS] = rx; - destination[Y_AXIS] = ry; + destination.set(rx, ry); prepare_internal_fast_move_to_destination(xy_feedrate); // If Z needs to lower, do it after moving XY - if (destination[Z_AXIS] > rz) { - destination[Z_AXIS] = rz; + if (destination.z > rz) { + destination.z = rz; prepare_internal_fast_move_to_destination(z_feedrate); } #else // If Z needs to raise, do it before moving XY - if (current_position[Z_AXIS] < rz) { - current_position[Z_AXIS] = rz; + if (current_position.z < rz) { + current_position.z = rz; line_to_current_position(z_feedrate); } - current_position[X_AXIS] = rx; - current_position[Y_AXIS] = ry; + current_position.set(rx, ry); line_to_current_position(xy_feedrate); // If Z needs to lower, do it after moving XY - if (current_position[Z_AXIS] > rz) { - current_position[Z_AXIS] = rz; + if (current_position.z > rz) { + current_position.z = rz; line_to_current_position(z_feedrate); } @@ -437,17 +476,36 @@ void do_blocking_move_to(const float rx, const float ry, const float rz, const f planner.synchronize(); } + +void do_blocking_move_to(const xy_pos_t &raw, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s/*=0.0f*/) { + do_blocking_move_to(raw.x, raw.y, current_position.z, fr_mm_s); +} +void do_blocking_move_to(const xyz_pos_t &raw, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s/*=0.0f*/) { + do_blocking_move_to(raw.x, raw.y, raw.z, fr_mm_s); +} +void do_blocking_move_to(const xyze_pos_t &raw, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s/*=0.0f*/) { + do_blocking_move_to(raw.x, raw.y, raw.z, fr_mm_s); +} + void do_blocking_move_to_x(const float &rx, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s/*=0.0*/) { - do_blocking_move_to(rx, current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS], fr_mm_s); + do_blocking_move_to(rx, current_position.y, current_position.z, fr_mm_s); } void do_blocking_move_to_y(const float &ry, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s/*=0.0*/) { - do_blocking_move_to(current_position[X_AXIS], ry, current_position[Z_AXIS], fr_mm_s); + do_blocking_move_to(current_position.x, ry, current_position.z, fr_mm_s); } void do_blocking_move_to_z(const float &rz, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s/*=0.0*/) { - do_blocking_move_to(current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], rz, fr_mm_s); + do_blocking_move_to_xy_z(current_position, rz, fr_mm_s); } + void do_blocking_move_to_xy(const float &rx, const float &ry, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s/*=0.0*/) { - do_blocking_move_to(rx, ry, current_position[Z_AXIS], fr_mm_s); + do_blocking_move_to(rx, ry, current_position.z, fr_mm_s); +} +void do_blocking_move_to_xy(const xy_pos_t &raw, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s/*=0.0f*/) { + do_blocking_move_to_xy(raw.x, raw.y, fr_mm_s); +} + +void do_blocking_move_to_xy_z(const xy_pos_t &raw, const float &z, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s/*=0.0f*/) { + do_blocking_move_to(raw.x, raw.y, z, fr_mm_s); } // @@ -474,7 +532,10 @@ void restore_feedrate_and_scaling() { bool soft_endstops_enabled = true; // Software Endstops are based on the configured limits. - axis_limits_t soft_endstop[XYZ] = { { X_MIN_BED, X_MAX_BED }, { Y_MIN_BED, Y_MAX_BED }, { Z_MIN_POS, Z_MAX_POS } }; + axis_limits_t soft_endstop = { + { X_MIN_POS, Y_MIN_POS, Z_MIN_POS }, + { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS, Z_MAX_POS } + }; /** * Software endstops can be used to monitor the open end of @@ -496,33 +557,33 @@ void restore_feedrate_and_scaling() { if (axis == X_AXIS) { // In Dual X mode hotend_offset[X] is T1's home position - const float dual_max_x = _MAX(hotend_offset[X_AXIS][1], X2_MAX_POS); + const float dual_max_x = _MAX(hotend_offset[1].x, X2_MAX_POS); if (new_tool_index != 0) { // T1 can move from X2_MIN_POS to X2_MAX_POS or X2 home position (whichever is larger) - soft_endstop[X_AXIS].min = X2_MIN_POS; - soft_endstop[X_AXIS].max = dual_max_x; + soft_endstop.min.x = X2_MIN_POS; + soft_endstop.max.x = dual_max_x; } else if (dxc_is_duplicating()) { // In Duplication Mode, T0 can move as far left as X1_MIN_POS // but not so far to the right that T1 would move past the end - soft_endstop[X_AXIS].min = X1_MIN_POS; - soft_endstop[X_AXIS].max = _MIN(X1_MAX_POS, dual_max_x - duplicate_extruder_x_offset); + soft_endstop.min.x = X1_MIN_POS; + soft_endstop.max.x = _MIN(X1_MAX_POS, dual_max_x - duplicate_extruder_x_offset); } else { // In other modes, T0 can move from X1_MIN_POS to X1_MAX_POS - soft_endstop[X_AXIS].min = X1_MIN_POS; - soft_endstop[X_AXIS].max = X1_MAX_POS; + soft_endstop.min.x = X1_MIN_POS; + soft_endstop.max.x = X1_MAX_POS; } } #elif ENABLED(DELTA) - soft_endstop[axis].min = base_min_pos(axis); - soft_endstop[axis].max = (axis == Z_AXIS ? delta_height + soft_endstop.min[axis] = base_min_pos(axis); + soft_endstop.max[axis] = (axis == Z_AXIS ? delta_height #if HAS_BED_PROBE - - probe_offset[Z_AXIS] + - probe.offset.z #endif : base_max_pos(axis)); @@ -530,11 +591,11 @@ void restore_feedrate_and_scaling() { case X_AXIS: case Y_AXIS: // Get a minimum radius for clamping - delta_max_radius = _MIN(ABS(_MAX(soft_endstop[X_AXIS].min, soft_endstop[Y_AXIS].min)), soft_endstop[X_AXIS].max, soft_endstop[Y_AXIS].max); + delta_max_radius = _MIN(ABS(_MAX(soft_endstop.min.x, soft_endstop.min.y)), soft_endstop.max.x, soft_endstop.max.y); delta_max_radius_2 = sq(delta_max_radius); break; case Z_AXIS: - delta_clip_start_height = soft_endstop[axis].max - delta_safe_distance_from_top(); + delta_clip_start_height = soft_endstop.max[axis] - delta_safe_distance_from_top(); default: break; } @@ -544,25 +605,25 @@ void restore_feedrate_and_scaling() { // the movement limits must be shifted by the tool offset to // retain the same physical limit when other tools are selected. if (old_tool_index != new_tool_index) { - const float offs = hotend_offset[axis][new_tool_index] - hotend_offset[axis][old_tool_index]; - soft_endstop[axis].min += offs; - soft_endstop[axis].max += offs; + const float offs = hotend_offset[new_tool_index][axis] - hotend_offset[old_tool_index][axis]; + soft_endstop.min[axis] += offs; + soft_endstop.max[axis] += offs; } else { - const float offs = hotend_offset[axis][active_extruder]; - soft_endstop[axis].min = base_min_pos(axis) + offs; - soft_endstop[axis].max = base_max_pos(axis) + offs; + const float offs = hotend_offset[active_extruder][axis]; + soft_endstop.min[axis] = base_min_pos(axis) + offs; + soft_endstop.max[axis] = base_max_pos(axis) + offs; } #else - soft_endstop[axis].min = base_min_pos(axis); - soft_endstop[axis].max = base_max_pos(axis); + soft_endstop.min[axis] = base_min_pos(axis); + soft_endstop.max[axis] = base_max_pos(axis); #endif if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Axis ", axis_codes[axis], " min:", soft_endstop[axis].min, " max:", soft_endstop[axis].max); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Axis ", XYZ_CHAR(axis), " min:", soft_endstop.min[axis], " max:", soft_endstop.max[axis]); } /** @@ -571,55 +632,79 @@ void restore_feedrate_and_scaling() { * For DELTA/SCARA the XY constraint is based on the smallest * radius within the set software endstops. */ - void apply_motion_limits(float target[XYZ]) { + void apply_motion_limits(xyz_pos_t &target) { if (!soft_endstops_enabled) return; #if IS_KINEMATIC - #if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET && ENABLED(DELTA) - // The effector center position will be the target minus the hotend offset. - const float offx = hotend_offset[X_AXIS][active_extruder], offy = hotend_offset[Y_AXIS][active_extruder]; - #else - // SCARA needs to consider the angle of the arm through the entire move, so for now use no tool offset. - constexpr float offx = 0, offy = 0; + #if ENABLED(DELTA) + if (!all_axes_homed()) return; #endif - const float dist_2 = HYPOT2(target[X_AXIS] - offx, target[Y_AXIS] - offy); - if (dist_2 > delta_max_radius_2) { - const float ratio = (delta_max_radius) / SQRT(dist_2); // 200 / 300 = 0.66 - target[X_AXIS] *= ratio; - target[Y_AXIS] *= ratio; + #if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET && ENABLED(DELTA) + // The effector center position will be the target minus the hotend offset. + const xy_pos_t offs = hotend_offset[active_extruder]; + #else + // SCARA needs to consider the angle of the arm through the entire move, so for now use no tool offset. + constexpr xy_pos_t offs{0}; + #endif + + if (true + #if IS_SCARA + && TEST(axis_homed, X_AXIS) && TEST(axis_homed, Y_AXIS) + #endif + ) { + const float dist_2 = HYPOT2(target.x - offs.x, target.y - offs.y); + if (dist_2 > delta_max_radius_2) + target *= float(delta_max_radius / SQRT(dist_2)); // 200 / 300 = 0.66 } #else - #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X) - NOLESS(target[X_AXIS], soft_endstop[X_AXIS].min); - #endif - #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X) - NOMORE(target[X_AXIS], soft_endstop[X_AXIS].max); - #endif - #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y) - NOLESS(target[Y_AXIS], soft_endstop[Y_AXIS].min); - #endif - #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y) - NOMORE(target[Y_AXIS], soft_endstop[Y_AXIS].max); - #endif + if (TEST(axis_homed, X_AXIS)) { + #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X) + NOLESS(target.x, soft_endstop.min.x); + #endif + #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X) + NOMORE(target.x, soft_endstop.max.x); + #endif + } + + if (TEST(axis_homed, Y_AXIS)) { + #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y) + NOLESS(target.y, soft_endstop.min.y); + #endif + #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y) + NOMORE(target.y, soft_endstop.max.y); + #endif + } #endif - #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z) - NOLESS(target[Z_AXIS], soft_endstop[Z_AXIS].min); - #endif - #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z) - NOMORE(target[Z_AXIS], soft_endstop[Z_AXIS].max); - #endif + if (TEST(axis_homed, Z_AXIS)) { + #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z) + NOLESS(target.z, soft_endstop.min.z); + #endif + #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z) + NOMORE(target.z, soft_endstop.max.z); + #endif + } } #endif // HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS #if !UBL_SEGMENTED + +FORCE_INLINE void segment_idle(millis_t &next_idle_ms) { + const millis_t ms = millis(); + if (ELAPSED(ms, next_idle_ms)) { + next_idle_ms = ms + 200UL; + return idle(); + } + thermalManager.manage_heater(); // Returns immediately on most calls +} + #if IS_KINEMATIC #if IS_SCARA @@ -639,7 +724,7 @@ void restore_feedrate_and_scaling() { /** * Prepare a linear move in a DELTA or SCARA setup. * - * Called from prepare_move_to_destination as the + * Called from prepare_line_to_destination as the * default Delta/SCARA segmenter. * * This calls planner.buffer_line several times, adding @@ -656,27 +741,22 @@ void restore_feedrate_and_scaling() { // Get the top feedrate of the move in the XY plane const float scaled_fr_mm_s = MMS_SCALED(feedrate_mm_s); - const float xdiff = destination[X_AXIS] - current_position[X_AXIS], - ydiff = destination[Y_AXIS] - current_position[Y_AXIS]; + const xyze_float_t diff = destination - current_position; // If the move is only in Z/E don't split up the move - if (!xdiff && !ydiff) { + if (!diff.x && !diff.y) { planner.buffer_line(destination, scaled_fr_mm_s, active_extruder); return false; // caller will update current_position } // Fail if attempting move outside printable radius - if (!position_is_reachable(destination[X_AXIS], destination[Y_AXIS])) return true; - - // Remaining cartesian distances - const float zdiff = destination[Z_AXIS] - current_position[Z_AXIS], - ediff = destination[E_AXIS] - current_position[E_AXIS]; + if (!position_is_reachable(destination)) return true; // Get the linear distance in XYZ - float cartesian_mm = SQRT(sq(xdiff) + sq(ydiff) + sq(zdiff)); + float cartesian_mm = diff.magnitude(); // If the move is very short, check the E move distance - if (UNEAR_ZERO(cartesian_mm)) cartesian_mm = ABS(ediff); + if (UNEAR_ZERO(cartesian_mm)) cartesian_mm = ABS(diff.e); // No E move either? Game over. if (UNEAR_ZERO(cartesian_mm)) return true; @@ -698,13 +778,8 @@ void restore_feedrate_and_scaling() { // The approximate length of each segment const float inv_segments = 1.0f / float(segments), - segment_distance[XYZE] = { - xdiff * inv_segments, - ydiff * inv_segments, - zdiff * inv_segments, - ediff * inv_segments - }, cartesian_segment_mm = cartesian_mm * inv_segments; + const xyze_float_t segment_distance = diff * inv_segments; #if ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) const float inv_duration = scaled_fr_mm_s / cartesian_segment_mm; @@ -719,21 +794,13 @@ void restore_feedrate_and_scaling() { //*/ // Get the current position as starting point - float raw[XYZE]; - COPY(raw, current_position); + xyze_pos_t raw = current_position; // Calculate and execute the segments + millis_t next_idle_ms = millis() + 200UL; while (--segments) { - - static millis_t next_idle_ms = millis() + 200UL; - thermalManager.manage_heater(); // This returns immediately if not really needed. - if (ELAPSED(millis(), next_idle_ms)) { - next_idle_ms = millis() + 200UL; - idle(); - } - - LOOP_XYZE(i) raw[i] += segment_distance[i]; - + segment_idle(next_idle_ms); + raw += segment_distance; if (!planner.buffer_line(raw, scaled_fr_mm_s, active_extruder, cartesian_segment_mm #if ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) , inv_duration @@ -765,24 +832,19 @@ void restore_feedrate_and_scaling() { */ inline void segmented_line_to_destination(const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s, const float segment_size=LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH) { - const float xdiff = destination[X_AXIS] - current_position[X_AXIS], - ydiff = destination[Y_AXIS] - current_position[Y_AXIS]; + const xyze_float_t diff = destination - current_position; // If the move is only in Z/E don't split up the move - if (!xdiff && !ydiff) { + if (!diff.x && !diff.y) { planner.buffer_line(destination, fr_mm_s, active_extruder); return; } - // Remaining cartesian distances - const float zdiff = destination[Z_AXIS] - current_position[Z_AXIS], - ediff = destination[E_AXIS] - current_position[E_AXIS]; - // Get the linear distance in XYZ // If the move is very short, check the E move distance // No E move either? Game over. - float cartesian_mm = SQRT(sq(xdiff) + sq(ydiff) + sq(zdiff)); - if (UNEAR_ZERO(cartesian_mm)) cartesian_mm = ABS(ediff); + float cartesian_mm = diff.magnitude(); + if (UNEAR_ZERO(cartesian_mm)) cartesian_mm = ABS(diff.e); if (UNEAR_ZERO(cartesian_mm)) return; // The length divided by the segment size @@ -792,13 +854,8 @@ void restore_feedrate_and_scaling() { // The approximate length of each segment const float inv_segments = 1.0f / float(segments), - cartesian_segment_mm = cartesian_mm * inv_segments, - segment_distance[XYZE] = { - xdiff * inv_segments, - ydiff * inv_segments, - zdiff * inv_segments, - ediff * inv_segments - }; + cartesian_segment_mm = cartesian_mm * inv_segments; + const xyze_float_t segment_distance = diff * inv_segments; #if ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) const float inv_duration = scaled_fr_mm_s / cartesian_segment_mm; @@ -809,18 +866,13 @@ void restore_feedrate_and_scaling() { // SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" segment_mm=", cartesian_segment_mm); // Get the raw current position as starting point - float raw[XYZE]; - COPY(raw, current_position); + xyze_pos_t raw = current_position; // Calculate and execute the segments + millis_t next_idle_ms = millis() + 200UL; while (--segments) { - static millis_t next_idle_ms = millis() + 200UL; - thermalManager.manage_heater(); // This returns immediately if not really needed. - if (ELAPSED(millis(), next_idle_ms)) { - next_idle_ms = millis() + 200UL; - idle(); - } - LOOP_XYZE(i) raw[i] += segment_distance[i]; + segment_idle(next_idle_ms); + raw += segment_distance; if (!planner.buffer_line(raw, fr_mm_s, active_extruder, cartesian_segment_mm #if ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) , inv_duration @@ -846,12 +898,12 @@ void restore_feedrate_and_scaling() { * When a mesh-based leveling system is active, moves are segmented * according to the configuration of the leveling system. * - * Returns true if current_position[] was set to destination[] + * Return true if 'current_position' was set to 'destination' */ - inline bool prepare_move_to_destination_cartesian() { + inline bool line_to_destination_cartesian() { const float scaled_fr_mm_s = MMS_SCALED(feedrate_mm_s); #if HAS_MESH - if (planner.leveling_active && planner.leveling_active_at_z(destination[Z_AXIS])) { + if (planner.leveling_active && planner.leveling_active_at_z(destination.z)) { #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) ubl.line_to_destination_cartesian(scaled_fr_mm_s, active_extruder); // UBL's motion routine needs to know about return true; // all moves, including Z-only moves. @@ -863,7 +915,7 @@ void restore_feedrate_and_scaling() { * For MBL and ABL-BILINEAR only segment moves when X or Y are involved. * Otherwise fall through to do a direct single move. */ - if (current_position[X_AXIS] != destination[X_AXIS] || current_position[Y_AXIS] != destination[Y_AXIS]) { + if (xy_pos_t(current_position) != xy_pos_t(destination)) { #if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) mbl.line_to_destination(scaled_fr_mm_s); #elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) @@ -894,8 +946,8 @@ void restore_feedrate_and_scaling() { DualXMode dual_x_carriage_mode = DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE; float inactive_extruder_x_pos = X2_MAX_POS, // used in mode 0 & 1 - raised_parked_position[XYZE], // used in mode 1 duplicate_extruder_x_offset = DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET; // used in mode 2 + xyz_pos_t raised_parked_position; // used in mode 1 bool active_extruder_parked = false; // used in mode 1 & 2 millis_t delayed_move_time = 0; // used in mode 1 int16_t duplicate_extruder_temp_offset = 0; // used in mode 2 @@ -910,7 +962,7 @@ void restore_feedrate_and_scaling() { * This allows soft recalibration of the second extruder home position * without firmware reflash (through the M218 command). */ - return hotend_offset[X_AXIS][1] > 0 ? hotend_offset[X_AXIS][1] : X2_HOME_POS; + return hotend_offset[1].x > 0 ? hotend_offset[1].x : X2_HOME_POS; } /** @@ -924,30 +976,30 @@ void restore_feedrate_and_scaling() { case DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE: break; case DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE: - if (current_position[E_AXIS] == destination[E_AXIS]) { + if (current_position.e == destination.e) { // This is a travel move (with no extrusion) // Skip it, but keep track of the current position // (so it can be used as the start of the next non-travel move) if (delayed_move_time != 0xFFFFFFFFUL) { - set_current_from_destination(); - NOLESS(raised_parked_position[Z_AXIS], destination[Z_AXIS]); + current_position = destination; + NOLESS(raised_parked_position.z, destination.z); delayed_move_time = millis(); return true; } } // unpark extruder: 1) raise, 2) move into starting XY position, 3) lower - #define CUR_X current_position[X_AXIS] - #define CUR_Y current_position[Y_AXIS] - #define CUR_Z current_position[Z_AXIS] - #define CUR_E current_position[E_AXIS] - #define RAISED_X raised_parked_position[X_AXIS] - #define RAISED_Y raised_parked_position[Y_AXIS] - #define RAISED_Z raised_parked_position[Z_AXIS] + #define CUR_X current_position.x + #define CUR_Y current_position.y + #define CUR_Z current_position.z + #define CUR_E current_position.e + #define RAISED_X raised_parked_position.x + #define RAISED_Y raised_parked_position.y + #define RAISED_Z raised_parked_position.z if ( planner.buffer_line(RAISED_X, RAISED_Y, RAISED_Z, CUR_E, planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Z_AXIS], active_extruder)) if (planner.buffer_line( CUR_X, CUR_Y, RAISED_Z, CUR_E, PLANNER_XY_FEEDRATE(), active_extruder)) - planner.buffer_line( CUR_X, CUR_Y, CUR_Z, CUR_E, planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Z_AXIS], active_extruder); + line_to_current_position(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Z_AXIS]); delayed_move_time = 0; active_extruder_parked = false; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Clear active_extruder_parked"); @@ -955,16 +1007,15 @@ void restore_feedrate_and_scaling() { case DXC_MIRRORED_MODE: case DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE: if (active_extruder == 0) { - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Set planner X", inactive_extruder_x_pos, " ... Line to X", current_position[X_AXIS] + duplicate_extruder_x_offset); + xyze_pos_t new_pos = current_position; + if (dual_x_carriage_mode == DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) + new_pos.x += duplicate_extruder_x_offset; + else + new_pos.x = inactive_extruder_x_pos; // move duplicate extruder into correct duplication position. - planner.set_position_mm(inactive_extruder_x_pos, current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS], current_position[E_AXIS]); - - if (!planner.buffer_line( - dual_x_carriage_mode == DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE ? duplicate_extruder_x_offset + current_position[X_AXIS] : inactive_extruder_x_pos, - current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS], current_position[E_AXIS], - planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[X_AXIS], 1 - ) - ) break; + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Set planner X", inactive_extruder_x_pos, " ... Line to X", new_pos.x); + planner.set_position_mm(inactive_extruder_x_pos, current_position.y, current_position.z, current_position.e); + if (!planner.buffer_line(new_pos, planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[X_AXIS], 1)) break; planner.synchronize(); sync_plan_position(); extruder_duplication_enabled = true; @@ -987,42 +1038,47 @@ void restore_feedrate_and_scaling() { * This may result in several calls to planner.buffer_line to * do smaller moves for DELTA, SCARA, mesh moves, etc. * - * Make sure current_position[E] and destination[E] are good + * Make sure current_position.e and destination.e are good * before calling or cold/lengthy extrusion may get missed. * * Before exit, current_position is set to destination. */ -void prepare_move_to_destination() { +void prepare_line_to_destination() { apply_motion_limits(destination); #if EITHER(PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION, PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE) - if (!DEBUGGING(DRYRUN)) { - if (destination[E_AXIS] != current_position[E_AXIS]) { - #if ENABLED(PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION) - if (thermalManager.tooColdToExtrude(active_extruder)) { - current_position[E_AXIS] = destination[E_AXIS]; // Behave as if the move really took place, but ignore E part - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_ERR_COLD_EXTRUDE_STOP); - } - #endif // PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION - #if ENABLED(PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE) - const float e_delta = ABS(destination[E_AXIS] - current_position[E_AXIS]) * planner.e_factor[active_extruder]; - if (e_delta > (EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH)) { - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - bool ignore_e = false; - float collector[MIXING_STEPPERS]; - mixer.refresh_collector(1.0, mixer.get_current_vtool(), collector); - MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(e) - if (e_delta * collector[e] > (EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH)) { ignore_e = true; break; } - #else - constexpr bool ignore_e = true; - #endif - if (ignore_e) { - current_position[E_AXIS] = destination[E_AXIS]; // Behave as if the move really took place, but ignore E part - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_ERR_LONG_EXTRUDE_STOP); + if (!DEBUGGING(DRYRUN) && destination.e != current_position.e) { + bool ignore_e = false; + + #if ENABLED(PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION) + ignore_e = thermalManager.tooColdToExtrude(active_extruder); + if (ignore_e) SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_ERR_COLD_EXTRUDE_STOP); + #endif + + #if ENABLED(PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE) + const float e_delta = ABS(destination.e - current_position.e) * planner.e_factor[active_extruder]; + if (e_delta > (EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH)) { + #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + float collector[MIXING_STEPPERS]; + mixer.refresh_collector(1.0, mixer.get_current_vtool(), collector); + MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(e) { + if (e_delta * collector[e] > (EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH)) { + ignore_e = true; + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_ERR_LONG_EXTRUDE_STOP); + break; + } } - } - #endif // PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE + #else + ignore_e = true; + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_ERR_LONG_EXTRUDE_STOP); + #endif + } + #endif + + if (ignore_e) { + current_position.e = destination.e; // Behave as if the E move really took place + planner.set_e_position_mm(destination.e); // Prevent the planner from complaining too } } @@ -1037,16 +1093,16 @@ void prepare_move_to_destination() { #if IS_KINEMATIC // UBL using Kinematic / Cartesian cases as a workaround for now. ubl.line_to_destination_segmented(MMS_SCALED(feedrate_mm_s)) #else - prepare_move_to_destination_cartesian() + line_to_destination_cartesian() #endif #elif IS_KINEMATIC line_to_destination_kinematic() #else - prepare_move_to_destination_cartesian() + line_to_destination_cartesian() #endif ) return; - set_current_from_destination(); + current_position = destination; } uint8_t axes_need_homing(uint8_t axis_bits/*=0x07*/) { @@ -1064,8 +1120,8 @@ uint8_t axes_need_homing(uint8_t axis_bits/*=0x07*/) { bool axis_unhomed_error(uint8_t axis_bits/*=0x07*/) { if ((axis_bits = axes_need_homing(axis_bits))) { - static const char home_first[] PROGMEM = MSG_HOME_FIRST; - char msg[sizeof(home_first)]; + PGM_P home_first = GET_TEXT(MSG_HOME_FIRST); + char msg[strlen_P(home_first)+1]; sprintf_P(msg, home_first, TEST(axis_bits, X_AXIS) ? "X" : "", TEST(axis_bits, Y_AXIS) ? "Y" : "", @@ -1141,6 +1197,9 @@ feedRate_t get_homing_bump_feedrate(const AxisEnum axis) { #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z3) stealth_states.z3 = tmc_enable_stallguard(stepperZ3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z4) + stealth_states.z4 = tmc_enable_stallguard(stepperZ4); + #endif #if CORE_IS_XZ && X_SENSORLESS stealth_states.x = tmc_enable_stallguard(stepperX); #elif CORE_IS_YZ && Y_SENSORLESS @@ -1152,15 +1211,9 @@ feedRate_t get_homing_bump_feedrate(const AxisEnum axis) { #if ENABLED(SPI_ENDSTOPS) switch (axis) { - #if X_SPI_SENSORLESS - case X_AXIS: endstops.tmc_spi_homing.x = true; break; - #endif - #if Y_SPI_SENSORLESS - case Y_AXIS: endstops.tmc_spi_homing.y = true; break; - #endif - #if Z_SPI_SENSORLESS - case Z_AXIS: endstops.tmc_spi_homing.z = true; break; - #endif + case X_AXIS: if (ENABLED(X_SPI_SENSORLESS)) endstops.tmc_spi_homing.x = true; break; + case Y_AXIS: if (ENABLED(Y_SPI_SENSORLESS)) endstops.tmc_spi_homing.y = true; break; + case Z_AXIS: if (ENABLED(Z_SPI_SENSORLESS)) endstops.tmc_spi_homing.z = true; break; default: break; } #endif @@ -1210,6 +1263,9 @@ feedRate_t get_homing_bump_feedrate(const AxisEnum axis) { #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z3) tmc_disable_stallguard(stepperZ3, enable_stealth.z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z4) + tmc_disable_stallguard(stepperZ4, enable_stealth.z4); + #endif #if CORE_IS_XZ && X_SENSORLESS tmc_disable_stallguard(stepperX, enable_stealth.x); #elif CORE_IS_YZ && Y_SENSORLESS @@ -1221,15 +1277,9 @@ feedRate_t get_homing_bump_feedrate(const AxisEnum axis) { #if ENABLED(SPI_ENDSTOPS) switch (axis) { - #if X_SPI_SENSORLESS - case X_AXIS: endstops.tmc_spi_homing.x = false; break; - #endif - #if Y_SPI_SENSORLESS - case Y_AXIS: endstops.tmc_spi_homing.y = false; break; - #endif - #if Z_SPI_SENSORLESS - case Z_AXIS: endstops.tmc_spi_homing.z = false; break; - #endif + case X_AXIS: if (ENABLED(X_SPI_SENSORLESS)) endstops.tmc_spi_homing.x = false; break; + case Y_AXIS: if (ENABLED(Y_SPI_SENSORLESS)) endstops.tmc_spi_homing.y = false; break; + case Z_AXIS: if (ENABLED(Z_SPI_SENSORLESS)) endstops.tmc_spi_homing.z = false; break; default: break; } #endif @@ -1253,12 +1303,8 @@ void do_homing_move(const AxisEnum axis, const float distance, const feedRate_t #if HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE && HAS_HEATED_BED && ENABLED(WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER) // Wait for bed to heat back up between probing points - if (axis == Z_AXIS && distance < 0 && thermalManager.isHeatingBed()) { - serialprintPGM(msg_wait_for_bed_heating); - LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_BED_HEATING); - thermalManager.wait_for_bed(); - ui.reset_status(); - } + if (axis == Z_AXIS && distance < 0) + thermalManager.wait_for_bed_heating(); #endif // Only do some things when moving towards an endstop @@ -1276,7 +1322,7 @@ void do_homing_move(const AxisEnum axis, const float distance, const feedRate_t if (is_home_dir) { #if HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE && QUIET_PROBING - if (axis == Z_AXIS) probing_pause(true); + if (axis == Z_AXIS) probe.set_probing_paused(true); #endif // Disable stealthChop if used. Enable diag1 pin on driver. @@ -1285,7 +1331,7 @@ void do_homing_move(const AxisEnum axis, const float distance, const feedRate_t #endif } - const feedRate_t real_fr_mm_s = fr_mm_s ? fr_mm_s : homing_feedrate(axis); + const feedRate_t real_fr_mm_s = fr_mm_s ?: homing_feedrate(axis); #if IS_SCARA // Tell the planner the axis is at 0 current_position[axis] = 0; @@ -1293,18 +1339,18 @@ void do_homing_move(const AxisEnum axis, const float distance, const feedRate_t current_position[axis] = distance; line_to_current_position(real_fr_mm_s); #else - float target[ABCE] = { planner.get_axis_position_mm(A_AXIS), planner.get_axis_position_mm(B_AXIS), planner.get_axis_position_mm(C_AXIS), planner.get_axis_position_mm(E_AXIS) }; + abce_pos_t target = planner.get_axis_positions_mm(); target[axis] = 0; planner.set_machine_position_mm(target); target[axis] = distance; - #if IS_KINEMATIC && ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - const float delta_mm_cart[XYZE] = {0, 0, 0, 0}; + #if IS_KINEMATIC && DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + const xyze_float_t delta_mm_cart{0}; #endif // Set delta/cartesian axes directly planner.buffer_segment(target - #if IS_KINEMATIC && ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #if IS_KINEMATIC && DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) , delta_mm_cart #endif , real_fr_mm_s, active_extruder @@ -1316,7 +1362,7 @@ void do_homing_move(const AxisEnum axis, const float distance, const feedRate_t if (is_home_dir) { #if HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE && QUIET_PROBING - if (axis == Z_AXIS) probing_pause(false); + if (axis == Z_AXIS) probe.set_probing_paused(false); #endif endstops.validate_homing_move(); @@ -1356,7 +1402,7 @@ void set_axis_is_at_home(const AxisEnum axis) { #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) if (axis == X_AXIS && (active_extruder == 1 || dual_x_carriage_mode == DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE)) { - current_position[X_AXIS] = x_home_pos(active_extruder); + current_position.x = x_home_pos(active_extruder); return; } #endif @@ -1366,7 +1412,7 @@ void set_axis_is_at_home(const AxisEnum axis) { #elif ENABLED(DELTA) current_position[axis] = (axis == Z_AXIS ? delta_height #if HAS_BED_PROBE - - probe_offset[Z_AXIS] + - probe.offset.z #endif : base_home_pos(axis)); #else @@ -1380,9 +1426,9 @@ void set_axis_is_at_home(const AxisEnum axis) { if (axis == Z_AXIS) { #if HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE - current_position[Z_AXIS] -= probe_offset[Z_AXIS]; + current_position.z -= probe.offset.z; - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("*** Z HOMED WITH PROBE (Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN) ***\n> probe_offset[Z_AXIS] = ", probe_offset[Z_AXIS]); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("*** Z HOMED WITH PROBE (Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN) ***\n> probe.offset.z = ", probe.offset.z); #else @@ -1400,6 +1446,11 @@ void set_axis_is_at_home(const AxisEnum axis) { babystep.reset_total(axis); #endif + #if HAS_POSITION_SHIFT + position_shift[axis] = 0; + update_workspace_offset(axis); + #endif + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { #if HAS_HOME_OFFSET DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("> home_offset[", axis_codes[axis], "] = ", home_offset[axis]); @@ -1412,13 +1463,13 @@ void set_axis_is_at_home(const AxisEnum axis) { /** * Set an axis' to be unhomed. */ -void set_axis_is_not_at_home(const AxisEnum axis) { - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(">>> set_axis_is_not_at_home(", axis_codes[axis], ")"); +void set_axis_not_trusted(const AxisEnum axis) { + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(">>> set_axis_not_trusted(", axis_codes[axis], ")"); CBI(axis_known_position, axis); CBI(axis_homed, axis); - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("<<< set_axis_is_not_at_home(", axis_codes[axis], ")"); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("<<< set_axis_not_trusted(", axis_codes[axis], ")"); #if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) I2CPEM.unhomed(axis); @@ -1473,7 +1524,7 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis) { // Homing Z towards the bed? Deploy the Z probe or endstop. #if HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE - if (axis == Z_AXIS && DEPLOY_PROBE()) return; + if (axis == Z_AXIS && probe.deploy()) return; #endif // Set flags for X, Y, Z motor locking @@ -1485,7 +1536,7 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis) { #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) case Y_AXIS: #endif - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) case Z_AXIS: #endif stepper.set_separate_multi_axis(true); @@ -1569,77 +1620,119 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis) { } } #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) if (axis == Z_AXIS) { - const float adj = ABS(endstops.z2_endstop_adj); - if (adj) { - if (pos_dir ? (endstops.z2_endstop_adj > 0) : (endstops.z2_endstop_adj < 0)) stepper.set_z_lock(true); else stepper.set_z2_lock(true); - do_homing_move(axis, pos_dir ? -adj : adj); + + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 2 + + const float adj = ABS(endstops.z2_endstop_adj); + if (adj) { + if (pos_dir ? (endstops.z2_endstop_adj > 0) : (endstops.z2_endstop_adj < 0)) stepper.set_z_lock(true); else stepper.set_z2_lock(true); + do_homing_move(axis, pos_dir ? -adj : adj); + stepper.set_z_lock(false); + stepper.set_z2_lock(false); + } + + #else + + // Handy arrays of stepper lock function pointers + + typedef void (*adjustFunc_t)(const bool); + + adjustFunc_t lock[] = { + stepper.set_z_lock, stepper.set_z2_lock, stepper.set_z3_lock + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + , stepper.set_z4_lock + #endif + }; + float adj[] = { + 0, endstops.z2_endstop_adj, endstops.z3_endstop_adj + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + , endstops.z4_endstop_adj + #endif + }; + + adjustFunc_t tempLock; + float tempAdj; + + // Manual bubble sort by adjust value + if (adj[1] < adj[0]) { + tempLock = lock[0], tempAdj = adj[0]; + lock[0] = lock[1], adj[0] = adj[1]; + lock[1] = tempLock, adj[1] = tempAdj; + } + if (adj[2] < adj[1]) { + tempLock = lock[1], tempAdj = adj[1]; + lock[1] = lock[2], adj[1] = adj[2]; + lock[2] = tempLock, adj[2] = tempAdj; + } + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + if (adj[3] < adj[2]) { + tempLock = lock[2], tempAdj = adj[2]; + lock[2] = lock[3], adj[2] = adj[3]; + lock[3] = tempLock, adj[3] = tempAdj; + } + if (adj[2] < adj[1]) { + tempLock = lock[1], tempAdj = adj[1]; + lock[1] = lock[2], adj[1] = adj[2]; + lock[2] = tempLock, adj[2] = tempAdj; + } + #endif + if (adj[1] < adj[0]) { + tempLock = lock[0], tempAdj = adj[0]; + lock[0] = lock[1], adj[0] = adj[1]; + lock[1] = tempLock, adj[1] = tempAdj; + } + + if (pos_dir) { + // normalize adj to smallest value and do the first move + (*lock[0])(true); + do_homing_move(axis, adj[1] - adj[0]); + // lock the second stepper for the final correction + (*lock[1])(true); + do_homing_move(axis, adj[2] - adj[1]); + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + // lock the third stepper for the final correction + (*lock[2])(true); + do_homing_move(axis, adj[3] - adj[2]); + #endif + } + else { + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + (*lock[3])(true); + do_homing_move(axis, adj[2] - adj[3]); + #endif + (*lock[2])(true); + do_homing_move(axis, adj[1] - adj[2]); + (*lock[1])(true); + do_homing_move(axis, adj[0] - adj[1]); + } + stepper.set_z_lock(false); stepper.set_z2_lock(false); - } - } - #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - if (axis == Z_AXIS) { - // we push the function pointers for the stepper lock function into an array - void (*lock[3]) (bool)= {&stepper.set_z_lock, &stepper.set_z2_lock, &stepper.set_z3_lock}; - float adj[3] = {0, endstops.z2_endstop_adj, endstops.z3_endstop_adj}; + stepper.set_z3_lock(false); + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + stepper.set_z4_lock(false); + #endif - void (*tempLock) (bool); - float tempAdj; - - // manual bubble sort by adjust value - if (adj[1] < adj[0]) { - tempLock = lock[0], tempAdj = adj[0]; - lock[0] = lock[1], adj[0] = adj[1]; - lock[1] = tempLock, adj[1] = tempAdj; - } - if (adj[2] < adj[1]) { - tempLock = lock[1], tempAdj = adj[1]; - lock[1] = lock[2], adj[1] = adj[2]; - lock[2] = tempLock, adj[2] = tempAdj; - } - if (adj[1] < adj[0]) { - tempLock = lock[0], tempAdj = adj[0]; - lock[0] = lock[1], adj[0] = adj[1]; - lock[1] = tempLock, adj[1] = tempAdj; - } - - if (pos_dir) { - // normalize adj to smallest value and do the first move - (*lock[0])(true); - do_homing_move(axis, adj[1] - adj[0]); - // lock the second stepper for the final correction - (*lock[1])(true); - do_homing_move(axis, adj[2] - adj[1]); - } - else { - (*lock[2])(true); - do_homing_move(axis, adj[1] - adj[2]); - (*lock[1])(true); - do_homing_move(axis, adj[0] - adj[1]); - } - - stepper.set_z_lock(false); - stepper.set_z2_lock(false); - stepper.set_z3_lock(false); + #endif } #endif // Reset flags for X, Y, Z motor locking switch (axis) { + default: break; #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) case X_AXIS: #endif #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) case Y_AXIS: #endif - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) case Z_AXIS: #endif - stepper.set_separate_multi_axis(false); - default: break; + stepper.set_separate_multi_axis(false); } #endif @@ -1673,26 +1766,26 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis) { // Put away the Z probe #if HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE - if (axis == Z_AXIS && STOW_PROBE()) return; + if (axis == Z_AXIS && probe.stow()) return; #endif - #ifdef HOMING_BACKOFF_MM - constexpr float endstop_backoff[XYZ] = HOMING_BACKOFF_MM; - const float backoff_mm = endstop_backoff[ - #if ENABLED(DELTA) - Z_AXIS - #else - axis - #endif - ]; - if (backoff_mm) { - current_position[axis] -= ABS(backoff_mm) * axis_home_dir; + #if DISABLED(DELTA) && defined(HOMING_BACKOFF_MM) + const xyz_float_t endstop_backoff = HOMING_BACKOFF_MM; + if (endstop_backoff[axis]) { + current_position[axis] -= ABS(endstop_backoff[axis]) * axis_home_dir; line_to_current_position( #if HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE (axis == Z_AXIS) ? MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST) : #endif homing_feedrate(axis) ); + + #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) + planner.synchronize(); + #if IS_CORE + if (axis != NORMAL_AXIS) safe_delay(200); // Short delay to allow belts to spring back + #endif + #endif } #endif @@ -1708,7 +1801,7 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis) { #if HAS_WORKSPACE_OFFSET void update_workspace_offset(const AxisEnum axis) { workspace_offset[axis] = home_offset[axis] + position_shift[axis]; - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Axis ", axis_codes[axis], " home_offset = ", home_offset[axis], " position_shift = ", position_shift[axis]); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Axis ", XYZ_CHAR(axis), " home_offset = ", home_offset[axis], " position_shift = ", position_shift[axis]); } #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/motion.h b/Marlin/src/module/motion.h index 9c465a1d59..f6a75a91a7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/motion.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/motion.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -30,10 +30,6 @@ #include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if HAS_BED_PROBE - #include "probe.h" -#endif - #if IS_SCARA #include "scara.h" #endif @@ -41,6 +37,7 @@ // Axis homed and known-position states extern uint8_t axis_homed, axis_known_position; constexpr uint8_t xyz_bits = _BV(X_AXIS) | _BV(Y_AXIS) | _BV(Z_AXIS); +FORCE_INLINE bool no_axes_homed() { return !axis_homed; } FORCE_INLINE bool all_axes_homed() { return (axis_homed & xyz_bits) == xyz_bits; } FORCE_INLINE bool all_axes_known() { return (axis_known_position & xyz_bits) == xyz_bits; } FORCE_INLINE void set_all_unhomed() { axis_homed = 0; } @@ -57,19 +54,25 @@ FORCE_INLINE bool homing_needed() { } // Error margin to work around float imprecision -constexpr float slop = 0.0001; +constexpr float fslop = 0.0001; extern bool relative_mode; -extern float current_position[XYZE], // High-level current tool position - destination[XYZE]; // Destination for a move +extern xyze_pos_t current_position, // High-level current tool position + destination; // Destination for a move + +// G60/G61 Position Save and Return +#if SAVED_POSITIONS + extern uint8_t saved_slots[(SAVED_POSITIONS + 7) >> 3]; + extern xyz_pos_t stored_position[SAVED_POSITIONS]; +#endif // Scratch space for a cartesian result -extern float cartes[XYZ]; +extern xyz_pos_t cartes; // Until kinematics.cpp is created, declare this here #if IS_KINEMATIC - extern float delta[ABC]; + extern abc_pos_t delta; #endif #if HAS_ABL_NOT_UBL @@ -81,6 +84,10 @@ extern float cartes[XYZ]; #define XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE_MM_S PLANNER_XY_FEEDRATE() #endif +#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) + constexpr xy_float_t safe_homing_xy = { Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT, Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT }; +#endif + /** * Feed rates are often configured with mm/m * but the planner and stepper like mm/s units. @@ -103,13 +110,16 @@ extern int16_t feedrate_percentage; constexpr uint8_t active_extruder = 0; #endif +#if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + extern float e_move_accumulator; +#endif + FORCE_INLINE float pgm_read_any(const float *p) { return pgm_read_float(p); } FORCE_INLINE signed char pgm_read_any(const signed char *p) { return pgm_read_byte(p); } -#define XYZ_DEFS(type, array, CONFIG) \ - extern const type array##_P[XYZ]; \ - FORCE_INLINE type array(AxisEnum axis) { return pgm_read_any(&array##_P[axis]); } \ - typedef void __void_##CONFIG##__ +#define XYZ_DEFS(T, NAME, OPT) \ + extern const XYZval NAME##_P; \ + FORCE_INLINE T NAME(AxisEnum axis) { return pgm_read_any(&NAME##_P[axis]); } XYZ_DEFS(float, base_min_pos, MIN_POS); XYZ_DEFS(float, base_max_pos, MAX_POS); @@ -125,19 +135,19 @@ XYZ_DEFS(signed char, home_dir, HOME_DIR); #endif #if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET - extern float hotend_offset[XYZ][HOTENDS]; + extern xyz_pos_t hotend_offset[HOTENDS]; void reset_hotend_offsets(); -#elif HOTENDS > 0 - constexpr float hotend_offset[XYZ][HOTENDS] = { { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 } }; +#elif HOTENDS + constexpr xyz_pos_t hotend_offset[HOTENDS] = { { 0 } }; #else - constexpr float hotend_offset[XYZ][1] = { { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 } }; + constexpr xyz_pos_t hotend_offset[1] = { { 0 } }; #endif -typedef struct { float min, max; } axis_limits_t; +typedef struct { xyz_pos_t min, max; } axis_limits_t; #if HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS extern bool soft_endstops_enabled; - extern axis_limits_t soft_endstop[XYZ]; - void apply_motion_limits(float target[XYZ]); + extern axis_limits_t soft_endstop; + void apply_motion_limits(xyz_pos_t &target); void update_software_endstops(const AxisEnum axis #if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET , const uint8_t old_tool_index=0, const uint8_t new_tool_index=0 @@ -145,15 +155,16 @@ typedef struct { float min, max; } axis_limits_t; ); #else constexpr bool soft_endstops_enabled = false; - //constexpr axis_limits_t soft_endstop[XYZ] = { { X_MIN_POS, X_MAX_POS }, { Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS }, { Z_MIN_POS, Z_MAX_POS } }; + //constexpr axis_limits_t soft_endstop = { + // { X_MIN_POS, Y_MIN_POS, Z_MIN_POS }, + // { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS, Z_MAX_POS } }; #define apply_motion_limits(V) NOOP #define update_software_endstops(...) NOOP #endif +void report_real_position(); void report_current_position(); - -inline void set_current_from_destination() { COPY(current_position, destination); } -inline void set_destination_from_current() { COPY(destination, current_position); } +void report_current_position_projected(); void get_cartesian_from_steppers(); void set_current_from_steppers_for_axis(const AxisEnum axis); @@ -173,7 +184,7 @@ void sync_plan_position_e(); */ void line_to_current_position(const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s=feedrate_mm_s); -void prepare_move_to_destination(); +void prepare_line_to_destination(); void _internal_move_to_destination(const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s=0.0f #if IS_KINEMATIC @@ -197,18 +208,22 @@ inline void prepare_internal_move_to_destination(const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s=0.0f) * Blocking movement and shorthand functions */ void do_blocking_move_to(const float rx, const float ry, const float rz, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s=0.0f); +void do_blocking_move_to(const xy_pos_t &raw, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s=0.0f); +void do_blocking_move_to(const xyz_pos_t &raw, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s=0.0f); +void do_blocking_move_to(const xyze_pos_t &raw, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s=0.0f); + void do_blocking_move_to_x(const float &rx, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s=0.0f); void do_blocking_move_to_y(const float &ry, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s=0.0f); void do_blocking_move_to_z(const float &rz, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s=0.0f); + void do_blocking_move_to_xy(const float &rx, const float &ry, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s=0.0f); +void do_blocking_move_to_xy(const xy_pos_t &raw, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s=0.0f); +FORCE_INLINE void do_blocking_move_to_xy(const xyz_pos_t &raw, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s=0.0f) { do_blocking_move_to_xy(xy_pos_t(raw), fr_mm_s); } +FORCE_INLINE void do_blocking_move_to_xy(const xyze_pos_t &raw, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s=0.0f) { do_blocking_move_to_xy(xy_pos_t(raw), fr_mm_s); } -FORCE_INLINE void do_blocking_move_to(const float (&raw)[XYZ], const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s=0) { - do_blocking_move_to(raw[X_AXIS], raw[Y_AXIS], raw[Z_AXIS], fr_mm_s); -} - -FORCE_INLINE void do_blocking_move_to(const float (&raw)[XYZE], const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s=0) { - do_blocking_move_to(raw[X_AXIS], raw[Y_AXIS], raw[Z_AXIS], fr_mm_s); -} +void do_blocking_move_to_xy_z(const xy_pos_t &raw, const float &z, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s=0.0f); +FORCE_INLINE void do_blocking_move_to_xy_z(const xyz_pos_t &raw, const float &z, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s=0.0f) { do_blocking_move_to_xy_z(xy_pos_t(raw), z, fr_mm_s); } +FORCE_INLINE void do_blocking_move_to_xy_z(const xyze_pos_t &raw, const float &z, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s=0.0f) { do_blocking_move_to_xy_z(xy_pos_t(raw), z, fr_mm_s); } void remember_feedrate_and_scaling(); void remember_feedrate_scaling_off(); @@ -229,7 +244,7 @@ bool axis_unhomed_error(uint8_t axis_bits=0x07); void set_axis_is_at_home(const AxisEnum axis); -void set_axis_is_not_at_home(const AxisEnum axis); +void set_axis_not_trusted(const AxisEnum axis); void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis); @@ -238,24 +253,36 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis); */ #if HAS_HOME_OFFSET || HAS_POSITION_SHIFT #if HAS_HOME_OFFSET - extern float home_offset[XYZ]; + extern xyz_pos_t home_offset; #endif #if HAS_POSITION_SHIFT - extern float position_shift[XYZ]; + extern xyz_pos_t position_shift; #endif #if HAS_HOME_OFFSET && HAS_POSITION_SHIFT - extern float workspace_offset[XYZ]; - #define WORKSPACE_OFFSET(AXIS) workspace_offset[AXIS] + extern xyz_pos_t workspace_offset; + #define _WS workspace_offset #elif HAS_HOME_OFFSET - #define WORKSPACE_OFFSET(AXIS) home_offset[AXIS] + #define _WS home_offset #else - #define WORKSPACE_OFFSET(AXIS) position_shift[AXIS] + #define _WS position_shift #endif - #define NATIVE_TO_LOGICAL(POS, AXIS) ((POS) + WORKSPACE_OFFSET(AXIS)) - #define LOGICAL_TO_NATIVE(POS, AXIS) ((POS) - WORKSPACE_OFFSET(AXIS)) + #define NATIVE_TO_LOGICAL(POS, AXIS) ((POS) + _WS[AXIS]) + #define LOGICAL_TO_NATIVE(POS, AXIS) ((POS) - _WS[AXIS]) + FORCE_INLINE void toLogical(xy_pos_t &raw) { raw += _WS; } + FORCE_INLINE void toLogical(xyz_pos_t &raw) { raw += _WS; } + FORCE_INLINE void toLogical(xyze_pos_t &raw) { raw += _WS; } + FORCE_INLINE void toNative(xy_pos_t &raw) { raw -= _WS; } + FORCE_INLINE void toNative(xyz_pos_t &raw) { raw -= _WS; } + FORCE_INLINE void toNative(xyze_pos_t &raw) { raw -= _WS; } #else #define NATIVE_TO_LOGICAL(POS, AXIS) (POS) #define LOGICAL_TO_NATIVE(POS, AXIS) (POS) + FORCE_INLINE void toLogical(xy_pos_t&) {} + FORCE_INLINE void toLogical(xyz_pos_t&) {} + FORCE_INLINE void toLogical(xyze_pos_t&) {} + FORCE_INLINE void toNative(xy_pos_t&) {} + FORCE_INLINE void toNative(xyz_pos_t&) {} + FORCE_INLINE void toNative(xyze_pos_t&) {} #endif #define LOGICAL_X_POSITION(POS) NATIVE_TO_LOGICAL(POS, X_AXIS) #define LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(POS) NATIVE_TO_LOGICAL(POS, Y_AXIS) @@ -269,14 +296,15 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis); */ #if IS_KINEMATIC // (DELTA or SCARA) + #if HAS_SCARA_OFFSET - extern float scara_home_offset[ABC]; // A and B angular offsets, Z mm offset + extern abc_pos_t scara_home_offset; // A and B angular offsets, Z mm offset #endif // Return true if the given point is within the printable area inline bool position_is_reachable(const float &rx, const float &ry, const float inset=0) { #if ENABLED(DELTA) - return HYPOT2(rx, ry) <= sq(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - inset); + return HYPOT2(rx, ry) <= sq(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - inset + fslop); #elif IS_SCARA const float R2 = HYPOT2(rx - SCARA_OFFSET_X, ry - SCARA_OFFSET_Y); return ( @@ -288,51 +316,28 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis); #endif } - #if HAS_BED_PROBE - // Return true if the both nozzle and the probe can reach the given point. - // Note: This won't work on SCARA since the probe offset rotates with the arm. - inline bool position_is_reachable_by_probe(const float &rx, const float &ry) { - return position_is_reachable(rx - probe_offset[X_AXIS], ry - probe_offset[Y_AXIS]) - && position_is_reachable(rx, ry, ABS(MIN_PROBE_EDGE)); - } - #endif + inline bool position_is_reachable(const xy_pos_t &pos, const float inset=0) { + return position_is_reachable(pos.x, pos.y, inset); + } #else // CARTESIAN // Return true if the given position is within the machine bounds. inline bool position_is_reachable(const float &rx, const float &ry) { - if (!WITHIN(ry, Y_MIN_POS - slop, Y_MAX_POS + slop)) return false; + if (!WITHIN(ry, Y_MIN_POS - fslop, Y_MAX_POS + fslop)) return false; #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) if (active_extruder) - return WITHIN(rx, X2_MIN_POS - slop, X2_MAX_POS + slop); + return WITHIN(rx, X2_MIN_POS - fslop, X2_MAX_POS + fslop); else - return WITHIN(rx, X1_MIN_POS - slop, X1_MAX_POS + slop); + return WITHIN(rx, X1_MIN_POS - fslop, X1_MAX_POS + fslop); #else - return WITHIN(rx, X_MIN_POS - slop, X_MAX_POS + slop); + return WITHIN(rx, X_MIN_POS - fslop, X_MAX_POS + fslop); #endif } - - #if HAS_BED_PROBE - /** - * Return whether the given position is within the bed, and whether the nozzle - * can reach the position required to put the probe at the given position. - * - * Example: For a probe offset of -10,+10, then for the probe to reach 0,0 the - * nozzle must be be able to reach +10,-10. - */ - inline bool position_is_reachable_by_probe(const float &rx, const float &ry) { - return position_is_reachable(rx - probe_offset[X_AXIS], ry - probe_offset[Y_AXIS]) - && WITHIN(rx, probe_min_x() - slop, probe_max_x() + slop) - && WITHIN(ry, probe_min_y() - slop, probe_max_y() + slop); - } - #endif + inline bool position_is_reachable(const xy_pos_t &pos) { return position_is_reachable(pos.x, pos.y); } #endif // CARTESIAN -#if !HAS_BED_PROBE - FORCE_INLINE bool position_is_reachable_by_probe(const float &rx, const float &ry) { return position_is_reachable(rx, ry); } -#endif - /** * Duplication mode */ @@ -358,8 +363,8 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis); extern DualXMode dual_x_carriage_mode; extern float inactive_extruder_x_pos, // Used in mode 0 & 1 - raised_parked_position[XYZE], // Used in mode 1 duplicate_extruder_x_offset; // Used in mode 2 & 3 + extern xyz_pos_t raised_parked_position; // Used in mode 1 extern bool active_extruder_parked; // Used in mode 1, 2 & 3 extern millis_t delayed_move_time; // Used in mode 1 extern int16_t duplicate_extruder_temp_offset; // Used in mode 2 & 3 @@ -370,11 +375,13 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis); FORCE_INLINE int x_home_dir(const uint8_t extruder) { return extruder ? X2_HOME_DIR : X_HOME_DIR; } -#elif ENABLED(MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION) +#else - enum DualXMode : char { - DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE = 2 - }; + #if ENABLED(MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION) + enum DualXMode : char { DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE = 2 }; + #endif + + FORCE_INLINE int x_home_dir(const uint8_t) { return home_dir(X_AXIS); } #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp index 2715221f32..3b2daf1812 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ #include "../core/language.h" #include "../gcode/parser.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #if HAS_LEVELING #include "../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" @@ -96,8 +96,16 @@ #include "../feature/backlash.h" #endif +#if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + #include "../feature/cancel_object.h" +#endif + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - #include "../feature/power_loss_recovery.h" + #include "../feature/powerloss.h" +#endif + +#if HAS_CUTTER + #include "../feature/spindle_laser.h" #endif // Delay for delivery of first block to the stepper ISR, if the queue contains 2 or @@ -125,7 +133,7 @@ uint32_t Planner::max_acceleration_steps_per_s2[XYZE_N]; // (steps/s^2) Derived float Planner::steps_to_mm[XYZE_N]; // (mm) Millimeters per step -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) +#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) float Planner::junction_deviation_mm; // (mm) M205 J #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) @@ -136,10 +144,10 @@ float Planner::steps_to_mm[XYZE_N]; // (mm) Millimeters per step #endif #endif #if HAS_CLASSIC_JERK - #if BOTH(JUNCTION_DEVIATION, LIN_ADVANCE) - float Planner::max_jerk[XYZ]; // (mm/s^2) M205 XYZ - The largest speed change requiring no acceleration. + #if HAS_LINEAR_E_JERK + xyz_pos_t Planner::max_jerk; // (mm/s^2) M205 XYZ - The largest speed change requiring no acceleration. #else - float Planner::max_jerk[XYZE]; // (mm/s^2) M205 XYZE - The largest speed change requiring no acceleration. + xyze_pos_t Planner::max_jerk; // (mm/s^2) M205 XYZE - The largest speed change requiring no acceleration. #endif #endif @@ -187,12 +195,12 @@ skew_factor_t Planner::skew_factor; // Initialized by settings.load() // private: -int32_t Planner::position[NUM_AXIS] = { 0 }; +xyze_long_t Planner::position{0}; uint32_t Planner::cutoff_long; -float Planner::previous_speed[NUM_AXIS], - Planner::previous_nominal_speed_sqr; +xyze_float_t Planner::previous_speed; +float Planner::previous_nominal_speed_sqr; #if ENABLED(DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER) uint8_t Planner::g_uc_extruder_last_move[EXTRUDERS] = { 0 }; @@ -202,7 +210,7 @@ float Planner::previous_speed[NUM_AXIS], // Old direction bits. Used for speed calculations unsigned char Planner::old_direction_bits = 0; // Segment times (in µs). Used for speed calculations - uint32_t Planner::axis_segment_time_us[2][3] = { { MAX_FREQ_TIME_US + 1, 0, 0 }, { MAX_FREQ_TIME_US + 1, 0, 0 } }; + xy_ulong_t Planner::axis_segment_time_us[3] = { { MAX_FREQ_TIME_US + 1, MAX_FREQ_TIME_US + 1 } }; #endif #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) @@ -210,11 +218,11 @@ float Planner::previous_speed[NUM_AXIS], #endif #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT - float Planner::position_float[XYZE]; // Needed for accurate maths. Steps cannot be used! + xyze_pos_t Planner::position_float; // Needed for accurate maths. Steps cannot be used! #endif #if IS_KINEMATIC - float Planner::position_cart[XYZE]; + xyze_pos_t Planner::position_cart; #endif #if HAS_SPI_LCD @@ -228,14 +236,14 @@ float Planner::previous_speed[NUM_AXIS], Planner::Planner() { init(); } void Planner::init() { - ZERO(position); + position.reset(); #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT - ZERO(position_float); + position_float.reset(); #endif #if IS_KINEMATIC - ZERO(position_cart); + position_cart.reset(); #endif - ZERO(previous_speed); + previous_speed.reset(); previous_nominal_speed_sqr = 0; #if ABL_PLANAR bed_level_matrix.set_to_identity(); @@ -701,6 +709,59 @@ void Planner::init() { #define MINIMAL_STEP_RATE 120 +/** + * Get the current block for processing + * and mark the block as busy. + * Return nullptr if the buffer is empty + * or if there is a first-block delay. + * + * WARNING: Called from Stepper ISR context! + */ +block_t* Planner::get_current_block() { + // Get the number of moves in the planner queue so far + const uint8_t nr_moves = movesplanned(); + + // If there are any moves queued ... + if (nr_moves) { + + // If there is still delay of delivery of blocks running, decrement it + if (delay_before_delivering) { + --delay_before_delivering; + // If the number of movements queued is less than 3, and there is still time + // to wait, do not deliver anything + if (nr_moves < 3 && delay_before_delivering) return nullptr; + delay_before_delivering = 0; + } + + // If we are here, there is no excuse to deliver the block + block_t * const block = &block_buffer[block_buffer_tail]; + + // No trapezoid calculated? Don't execute yet. + if (TEST(block->flag, BLOCK_BIT_RECALCULATE)) return nullptr; + + #if HAS_SPI_LCD + block_buffer_runtime_us -= block->segment_time_us; // We can't be sure how long an active block will take, so don't count it. + #endif + + // As this block is busy, advance the nonbusy block pointer + block_buffer_nonbusy = next_block_index(block_buffer_tail); + + // Push block_buffer_planned pointer, if encountered. + if (block_buffer_tail == block_buffer_planned) + block_buffer_planned = block_buffer_nonbusy; + + // Return the block + return block; + } + + // The queue became empty + #if HAS_SPI_LCD + clear_block_buffer_runtime(); // paranoia. Buffer is empty now - so reset accumulated time to zero. + #endif + + return nullptr; +} + /** * Calculate trapezoid parameters, multiplying the entry- and exit-speeds * by the provided factors. @@ -1155,8 +1216,8 @@ void Planner::recalculate() { float high = 0.0; for (uint8_t b = block_buffer_tail; b != block_buffer_head; b = next_block_index(b)) { block_t* block = &block_buffer[b]; - if (block->steps[X_AXIS] || block->steps[Y_AXIS] || block->steps[Z_AXIS]) { - const float se = (float)block->steps[E_AXIS] / block->step_event_count * SQRT(block->nominal_speed_sqr); // mm/sec; + if (block->steps.x || block->steps.y || block->steps.z) { + const float se = (float)block->steps.e / block->step_event_count * SQRT(block->nominal_speed_sqr); // mm/sec; NOLESS(high, se); } } @@ -1176,7 +1237,7 @@ void Planner::recalculate() { void Planner::check_axes_activity() { #if ANY(DISABLE_X, DISABLE_Y, DISABLE_Z, DISABLE_E) - uint8_t axis_active[NUM_AXIS] = { 0 }; + xyze_bool_t axis_active = { false }; #endif #if FAN_COUNT > 0 @@ -1220,6 +1281,11 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { #endif } else { + + #if HAS_CUTTER + cutter.refresh(); + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 FANS_LOOP(i) tail_fan_speed[i] = thermalManager.scaledFanSpeed(i); @@ -1235,19 +1301,25 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { #endif } + // + // Disable inactive axes + // #if ENABLED(DISABLE_X) - if (!axis_active[X_AXIS]) disable_X(); + if (!axis_active.x) DISABLE_AXIS_X(); #endif #if ENABLED(DISABLE_Y) - if (!axis_active[Y_AXIS]) disable_Y(); + if (!axis_active.y) DISABLE_AXIS_Y(); #endif #if ENABLED(DISABLE_Z) - if (!axis_active[Z_AXIS]) disable_Z(); + if (!axis_active.z) DISABLE_AXIS_Z(); #endif #if ENABLED(DISABLE_E) - if (!axis_active[E_AXIS]) disable_e_steppers(); + if (!axis_active.e) disable_e_steppers(); #endif + // + // Update Fan speeds + // #if FAN_COUNT > 0 #if FAN_KICKSTART_TIME > 0 @@ -1266,9 +1338,9 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { #endif #if FAN_MIN_PWM != 0 || FAN_MAX_PWM != 255 - #define CALC_FAN_SPEED(f) (tail_fan_speed[f] ? map(tail_fan_speed[f], 1, 255, FAN_MIN_PWM, FAN_MAX_PWM) : 0) + #define CALC_FAN_SPEED(f) (tail_fan_speed[f] ? map(tail_fan_speed[f], 1, 255, FAN_MIN_PWM, FAN_MAX_PWM) : FAN_OFF_PWM) #else - #define CALC_FAN_SPEED(f) tail_fan_speed[f] + #define CALC_FAN_SPEED(f) (tail_fan_speed[f] ?: FAN_OFF_PWM) #endif #if ENABLED(FAN_SOFT_PWM) @@ -1289,7 +1361,21 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { #if HAS_FAN2 FAN_SET(2); #endif - + #if HAS_FAN3 + FAN_SET(3); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + FAN_SET(4); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + FAN_SET(5); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + FAN_SET(6); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + FAN_SET(7); + #endif #endif // FAN_COUNT > 0 #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) @@ -1322,7 +1408,7 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { * The multiplier converts a given E value into a length. */ void Planner::calculate_volumetric_multipliers() { - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < COUNT(filament_size); i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, COUNT(filament_size)) { volumetric_multiplier[i] = calculate_volumetric_multiplier(filament_size[i]); refresh_e_factor(i); } @@ -1350,44 +1436,45 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { #endif #if HAS_LEVELING + + constexpr xy_pos_t level_fulcrum = { + #if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) + Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT, Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT + #else + X_HOME_POS, Y_HOME_POS + #endif + }; + /** * rx, ry, rz - Cartesian positions in mm * Leveled XYZ on completion */ - void Planner::apply_leveling(float &rx, float &ry, float &rz) { + void Planner::apply_leveling(xyz_pos_t &raw) { if (!leveling_active) return; #if ABL_PLANAR - float dx = rx - (X_TILT_FULCRUM), - dy = ry - (Y_TILT_FULCRUM); - - apply_rotation_xyz(bed_level_matrix, dx, dy, rz); - - rx = dx + X_TILT_FULCRUM; - ry = dy + Y_TILT_FULCRUM; + xy_pos_t d = raw - level_fulcrum; + apply_rotation_xyz(bed_level_matrix, d.x, d.y, raw.z); + raw = d + level_fulcrum; #elif HAS_MESH #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) - const float fade_scaling_factor = fade_scaling_factor_for_z(rz); - #else + const float fade_scaling_factor = fade_scaling_factor_for_z(raw.z); + #elif DISABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) constexpr float fade_scaling_factor = 1.0; #endif - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - const float raw[XYZ] = { rx, ry, 0 }; - #endif - - rz += ( + raw.z += ( #if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - mbl.get_z(rx, ry + mbl.get_z(raw #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) , fade_scaling_factor #endif ) #elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - fade_scaling_factor ? fade_scaling_factor * ubl.get_z_correction(rx, ry) : 0.0 + fade_scaling_factor ? fade_scaling_factor * ubl.get_z_correction(raw) : 0.0 #elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) fade_scaling_factor ? fade_scaling_factor * bilinear_z_offset(raw) : 0.0 #endif @@ -1396,7 +1483,7 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { #endif } - void Planner::unapply_leveling(float raw[XYZ]) { + void Planner::unapply_leveling(xyz_pos_t &raw) { if (leveling_active) { @@ -1404,31 +1491,27 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { matrix_3x3 inverse = matrix_3x3::transpose(bed_level_matrix); - float dx = raw[X_AXIS] - (X_TILT_FULCRUM), - dy = raw[Y_AXIS] - (Y_TILT_FULCRUM); - - apply_rotation_xyz(inverse, dx, dy, raw[Z_AXIS]); - - raw[X_AXIS] = dx + X_TILT_FULCRUM; - raw[Y_AXIS] = dy + Y_TILT_FULCRUM; + xy_pos_t d = raw - level_fulcrum; + apply_rotation_xyz(inverse, d.x, d.y, raw.z); + raw = d + level_fulcrum; #elif HAS_MESH #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) - const float fade_scaling_factor = fade_scaling_factor_for_z(raw[Z_AXIS]); - #else + const float fade_scaling_factor = fade_scaling_factor_for_z(raw.z); + #elif DISABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) constexpr float fade_scaling_factor = 1.0; #endif - raw[Z_AXIS] -= ( + raw.z -= ( #if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - mbl.get_z(raw[X_AXIS], raw[Y_AXIS] + mbl.get_z(raw #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) , fade_scaling_factor #endif ) #elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - fade_scaling_factor ? fade_scaling_factor * ubl.get_z_correction(raw[X_AXIS], raw[Y_AXIS]) : 0.0 + fade_scaling_factor ? fade_scaling_factor * ubl.get_z_correction(raw) : 0.0 #elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) fade_scaling_factor ? fade_scaling_factor * bilinear_z_offset(raw) : 0.0 #endif @@ -1438,7 +1521,7 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { } #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - unskew(raw[X_AXIS], raw[Y_AXIS], raw[Z_AXIS]); + unskew(raw); #endif } @@ -1468,8 +1551,7 @@ void Planner::quick_stop() { // must be handled: The tail could change between the read and the assignment // so this must be enclosed in a critical section - const bool was_enabled = STEPPER_ISR_ENABLED(); - if (was_enabled) DISABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); + const bool was_enabled = stepper.suspend(); // Drop all queue entries block_buffer_nonbusy = block_buffer_planned = block_buffer_head = block_buffer_tail; @@ -1487,7 +1569,7 @@ void Planner::quick_stop() { cleaning_buffer_counter = 1000; // Reenable Stepper ISR - if (was_enabled) ENABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); + if (was_enabled) stepper.wake_up(); // And stop the stepper ISR stepper.quick_stop(); @@ -1518,13 +1600,12 @@ float Planner::get_axis_position_mm(const AxisEnum axis) { if (axis == CORE_AXIS_1 || axis == CORE_AXIS_2) { // Protect the access to the position. - const bool was_enabled = STEPPER_ISR_ENABLED(); - if (was_enabled) DISABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); + const bool was_enabled = stepper.suspend(); const int32_t p1 = stepper.position(CORE_AXIS_1), p2 = stepper.position(CORE_AXIS_2); - if (was_enabled) ENABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); + if (was_enabled) stepper.wake_up(); // ((a1+a2)+(a1-a2))/2 -> (a1+a2+a1-a2)/2 -> (a1+a1)/2 -> a1 // ((a1+a2)-(a1-a2))/2 -> (a1+a2-a1+a2)/2 -> (a2+a2)/2 -> a2 @@ -1563,12 +1644,12 @@ void Planner::synchronize() { * * Returns true if movement was properly queued, false otherwise */ -bool Planner::_buffer_steps(const int32_t (&target)[XYZE] +bool Planner::_buffer_steps(const xyze_long_t &target #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT - , const float (&target_float)[ABCE] + , const xyze_pos_t &target_float #endif - #if IS_KINEMATIC && ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - , const float (&delta_mm_cart)[XYZE] + #if IS_KINEMATIC && DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + , const xyze_float_t &delta_mm_cart #endif , feedRate_t fr_mm_s, const uint8_t extruder, const float &millimeters ) { @@ -1585,7 +1666,7 @@ bool Planner::_buffer_steps(const int32_t (&target)[XYZE] #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT , target_float #endif - #if IS_KINEMATIC && ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #if IS_KINEMATIC && DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) , delta_mm_cart #endif , fr_mm_s, extruder, millimeters @@ -1627,33 +1708,33 @@ bool Planner::_buffer_steps(const int32_t (&target)[XYZE] * Returns true is movement is acceptable, false otherwise */ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, - const int32_t (&target)[ABCE] + const abce_long_t &target #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT - , const float (&target_float)[ABCE] + , const xyze_pos_t &target_float #endif - #if IS_KINEMATIC && ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - , const float (&delta_mm_cart)[XYZE] + #if IS_KINEMATIC && DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + , const xyze_float_t &delta_mm_cart #endif , feedRate_t fr_mm_s, const uint8_t extruder, const float &millimeters/*=0.0*/ ) { - const int32_t da = target[A_AXIS] - position[A_AXIS], - db = target[B_AXIS] - position[B_AXIS], - dc = target[C_AXIS] - position[C_AXIS]; + const int32_t da = target.a - position.a, + db = target.b - position.b, + dc = target.c - position.c; #if EXTRUDERS - int32_t de = target[E_AXIS] - position[E_AXIS]; + int32_t de = target.e - position.e; #else constexpr int32_t de = 0; #endif /* <-- add a slash to enable SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" _populate_block FR:", fr_mm_s, - " A:", target[A_AXIS], " (", da, " steps)" - " B:", target[B_AXIS], " (", db, " steps)" - " C:", target[C_AXIS], " (", dc, " steps)" + " A:", target.a, " (", da, " steps)" + " B:", target.b, " (", db, " steps)" + " C:", target.c, " (", dc, " steps)" #if EXTRUDERS - " E:", target[E_AXIS], " (", de, " steps)" + " E:", target.e, " (", de, " steps)" #endif ); //*/ @@ -1662,12 +1743,12 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, if (de) { #if ENABLED(PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION) if (thermalManager.tooColdToExtrude(extruder)) { - position[E_AXIS] = target[E_AXIS]; // Behave as if the move really took place, but ignore E part + position.e = target.e; // Behave as if the move really took place, but ignore E part #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT - position_float[E_AXIS] = target_float[E_AXIS]; + position_float.e = target_float.e; #endif de = 0; // no difference - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_ERR_COLD_EXTRUDE_STOP); + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_ERR_COLD_EXTRUDE_STOP); } #endif // PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION #if ENABLED(PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE) @@ -1684,12 +1765,12 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, constexpr bool ignore_e = true; #endif if (ignore_e) { - position[E_AXIS] = target[E_AXIS]; // Behave as if the move really took place, but ignore E part + position.e = target.e; // Behave as if the move really took place, but ignore E part #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT - position_float[E_AXIS] = target_float[E_AXIS]; + position_float.e = target_float.e; #endif de = 0; // no difference - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_ERR_LONG_EXTRUDE_STOP); + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_ERR_LONG_EXTRUDE_STOP); } } #endif // PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE @@ -1739,26 +1820,16 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, // Number of steps for each axis // See http://www.corexy.com/theory.html #if CORE_IS_XY - block->steps[A_AXIS] = ABS(da + db); - block->steps[B_AXIS] = ABS(da - db); - block->steps[Z_AXIS] = ABS(dc); + block->steps.set(ABS(da + db), ABS(da - db), ABS(dc)); #elif CORE_IS_XZ - block->steps[A_AXIS] = ABS(da + dc); - block->steps[Y_AXIS] = ABS(db); - block->steps[C_AXIS] = ABS(da - dc); + block->steps.set(ABS(da + dc), ABS(db), ABS(da - dc)); #elif CORE_IS_YZ - block->steps[X_AXIS] = ABS(da); - block->steps[B_AXIS] = ABS(db + dc); - block->steps[C_AXIS] = ABS(db - dc); + block->steps.set(ABS(da), ABS(db + dc), ABS(db - dc)); #elif IS_SCARA - block->steps[A_AXIS] = ABS(da); - block->steps[B_AXIS] = ABS(db); - block->steps[Z_AXIS] = ABS(dc); + block->steps.set(ABS(da), ABS(db), ABS(dc)); #else // default non-h-bot planning - block->steps[A_AXIS] = ABS(da); - block->steps[B_AXIS] = ABS(db); - block->steps[C_AXIS] = ABS(dc); + block->steps.set(ABS(da), ABS(db), ABS(dc)); #endif /** @@ -1769,42 +1840,51 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, * So we need to create other 2 "AXIS", named X_HEAD and Y_HEAD, meaning the real displacement of the Head. * Having the real displacement of the head, we can calculate the total movement length and apply the desired speed. */ + struct DeltaMM : abce_float_t { + #if IS_CORE + xyz_pos_t head; + #endif + } delta_mm; #if IS_CORE - float delta_mm[Z_HEAD + 1]; #if CORE_IS_XY - delta_mm[X_HEAD] = da * steps_to_mm[A_AXIS]; - delta_mm[Y_HEAD] = db * steps_to_mm[B_AXIS]; - delta_mm[Z_AXIS] = dc * steps_to_mm[Z_AXIS]; - delta_mm[A_AXIS] = (da + db) * steps_to_mm[A_AXIS]; - delta_mm[B_AXIS] = CORESIGN(da - db) * steps_to_mm[B_AXIS]; + delta_mm.head.x = da * steps_to_mm[A_AXIS]; + delta_mm.head.y = db * steps_to_mm[B_AXIS]; + delta_mm.z = dc * steps_to_mm[Z_AXIS]; + delta_mm.a = (da + db) * steps_to_mm[A_AXIS]; + delta_mm.b = CORESIGN(da - db) * steps_to_mm[B_AXIS]; #elif CORE_IS_XZ - delta_mm[X_HEAD] = da * steps_to_mm[A_AXIS]; - delta_mm[Y_AXIS] = db * steps_to_mm[Y_AXIS]; - delta_mm[Z_HEAD] = dc * steps_to_mm[C_AXIS]; - delta_mm[A_AXIS] = (da + dc) * steps_to_mm[A_AXIS]; - delta_mm[C_AXIS] = CORESIGN(da - dc) * steps_to_mm[C_AXIS]; + delta_mm.head.x = da * steps_to_mm[A_AXIS]; + delta_mm.y = db * steps_to_mm[Y_AXIS]; + delta_mm.head.z = dc * steps_to_mm[C_AXIS]; + delta_mm.a = (da + dc) * steps_to_mm[A_AXIS]; + delta_mm.c = CORESIGN(da - dc) * steps_to_mm[C_AXIS]; #elif CORE_IS_YZ - delta_mm[X_AXIS] = da * steps_to_mm[X_AXIS]; - delta_mm[Y_HEAD] = db * steps_to_mm[B_AXIS]; - delta_mm[Z_HEAD] = dc * steps_to_mm[C_AXIS]; - delta_mm[B_AXIS] = (db + dc) * steps_to_mm[B_AXIS]; - delta_mm[C_AXIS] = CORESIGN(db - dc) * steps_to_mm[C_AXIS]; + delta_mm.x = da * steps_to_mm[X_AXIS]; + delta_mm.head.y = db * steps_to_mm[B_AXIS]; + delta_mm.head.z = dc * steps_to_mm[C_AXIS]; + delta_mm.b = (db + dc) * steps_to_mm[B_AXIS]; + delta_mm.c = CORESIGN(db - dc) * steps_to_mm[C_AXIS]; #endif #else - float delta_mm[ABCE]; - delta_mm[A_AXIS] = da * steps_to_mm[A_AXIS]; - delta_mm[B_AXIS] = db * steps_to_mm[B_AXIS]; - delta_mm[C_AXIS] = dc * steps_to_mm[C_AXIS]; + delta_mm.a = da * steps_to_mm[A_AXIS]; + delta_mm.b = db * steps_to_mm[B_AXIS]; + delta_mm.c = dc * steps_to_mm[C_AXIS]; #endif #if EXTRUDERS - delta_mm[E_AXIS] = esteps_float * steps_to_mm[E_AXIS_N(extruder)]; + delta_mm.e = esteps_float * steps_to_mm[E_AXIS_N(extruder)]; + #else + delta_mm.e = 0.0f; #endif - if (block->steps[A_AXIS] < MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT && block->steps[B_AXIS] < MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT && block->steps[C_AXIS] < MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT) { + #if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + e_move_accumulator += delta_mm.e; + #endif + + if (block->steps.a < MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT && block->steps.b < MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT && block->steps.c < MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT) { block->millimeters = (0 #if EXTRUDERS - + ABS(delta_mm[E_AXIS]) + + ABS(delta_mm.e) #endif ); } @@ -1814,13 +1894,13 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, else block->millimeters = SQRT( #if CORE_IS_XY - sq(delta_mm[X_HEAD]) + sq(delta_mm[Y_HEAD]) + sq(delta_mm[Z_AXIS]) + sq(delta_mm.head.x) + sq(delta_mm.head.y) + sq(delta_mm.z) #elif CORE_IS_XZ - sq(delta_mm[X_HEAD]) + sq(delta_mm[Y_AXIS]) + sq(delta_mm[Z_HEAD]) + sq(delta_mm.head.x) + sq(delta_mm.y) + sq(delta_mm.head.z) #elif CORE_IS_YZ - sq(delta_mm[X_AXIS]) + sq(delta_mm[Y_HEAD]) + sq(delta_mm[Z_HEAD]) + sq(delta_mm.x) + sq(delta_mm.head.y) + sq(delta_mm.head.z) #else - sq(delta_mm[X_AXIS]) + sq(delta_mm[Y_AXIS]) + sq(delta_mm[Z_AXIS]) + sq(delta_mm.x) + sq(delta_mm.y) + sq(delta_mm.z) #endif ); @@ -1839,10 +1919,10 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, } #if EXTRUDERS - block->steps[E_AXIS] = esteps; + block->steps.e = esteps; #endif - block->step_event_count = _MAX(block->steps[A_AXIS], block->steps[B_AXIS], block->steps[C_AXIS], esteps); + block->step_event_count = _MAX(block->steps.a, block->steps.b, block->steps.c, esteps); // Bail if this is a zero-length block if (block->step_event_count < MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT) return false; @@ -1851,6 +1931,10 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, MIXER_POPULATE_BLOCK(); #endif + #if HAS_CUTTER + block->cutter_power = cutter.power; + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 FANS_LOOP(i) block->fan_speed[i] = thermalManager.fan_speed[i]; #endif @@ -1865,36 +1949,36 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, #endif #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - if (block->steps[X_AXIS] || block->steps[Y_AXIS] || block->steps[Z_AXIS]) + if (block->steps.x || block->steps.y || block->steps.z) powerManager.power_on(); #endif // Enable active axes #if CORE_IS_XY - if (block->steps[A_AXIS] || block->steps[B_AXIS]) { - enable_X(); - enable_Y(); + if (block->steps.a || block->steps.b) { + ENABLE_AXIS_X(); + ENABLE_AXIS_Y(); } #if DISABLED(Z_LATE_ENABLE) - if (block->steps[Z_AXIS]) enable_Z(); + if (block->steps.z) ENABLE_AXIS_Z(); #endif #elif CORE_IS_XZ - if (block->steps[A_AXIS] || block->steps[C_AXIS]) { - enable_X(); - enable_Z(); + if (block->steps.a || block->steps.c) { + ENABLE_AXIS_X(); + ENABLE_AXIS_Z(); } - if (block->steps[Y_AXIS]) enable_Y(); + if (block->steps.y) ENABLE_AXIS_Y(); #elif CORE_IS_YZ - if (block->steps[B_AXIS] || block->steps[C_AXIS]) { - enable_Y(); - enable_Z(); + if (block->steps.b || block->steps.c) { + ENABLE_AXIS_Y(); + ENABLE_AXIS_Z(); } - if (block->steps[X_AXIS]) enable_X(); + if (block->steps.x) ENABLE_AXIS_X(); #else - if (block->steps[X_AXIS]) enable_X(); - if (block->steps[Y_AXIS]) enable_Y(); + if (block->steps.x) ENABLE_AXIS_X(); + if (block->steps.y) ENABLE_AXIS_Y(); #if DISABLED(Z_LATE_ENABLE) - if (block->steps[Z_AXIS]) enable_Z(); + if (block->steps.z) ENABLE_AXIS_Z(); #endif #endif @@ -1907,121 +1991,32 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, #if ENABLED(DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER) // Enable only the selected extruder - #define DISABLE_IDLE_E(N) if (!g_uc_extruder_last_move[N]) disable_E##N(); - - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < EXTRUDERS; i++) + LOOP_L_N(i, EXTRUDERS) if (g_uc_extruder_last_move[i] > 0) g_uc_extruder_last_move[i]--; - switch (extruder) { - case 0: - #if EXTRUDERS > 1 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(1); - #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(2); - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(3); - #if EXTRUDERS > 4 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(4); - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(5); - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 2 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 1 - enable_E0(); - g_uc_extruder_last_move[0] = (BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE) * 2; - #if HAS_DUPLICATION_MODE - if (extruder_duplication_enabled) { - enable_E1(); - g_uc_extruder_last_move[1] = (BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE) * 2; - } - #endif - break; - #if EXTRUDERS > 1 - case 1: - DISABLE_IDLE_E(0); - #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(2); - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(3); - #if EXTRUDERS > 4 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(4); - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(5); - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 2 - enable_E1(); - g_uc_extruder_last_move[1] = (BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE) * 2; - break; - #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - case 2: - DISABLE_IDLE_E(0); - DISABLE_IDLE_E(1); - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(3); - #if EXTRUDERS > 4 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(4); - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(5); - #endif - #endif - #endif - enable_E2(); - g_uc_extruder_last_move[2] = (BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE) * 2; - break; - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - case 3: - DISABLE_IDLE_E(0); - DISABLE_IDLE_E(1); - DISABLE_IDLE_E(2); - #if EXTRUDERS > 4 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(4); - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(5); - #endif - #endif - enable_E3(); - g_uc_extruder_last_move[3] = (BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE) * 2; - break; - #if EXTRUDERS > 4 - case 4: - DISABLE_IDLE_E(0); - DISABLE_IDLE_E(1); - DISABLE_IDLE_E(2); - DISABLE_IDLE_E(3); - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(5); - #endif - enable_E4(); - g_uc_extruder_last_move[4] = (BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE) * 2; - break; - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - case 5: - DISABLE_IDLE_E(0); - DISABLE_IDLE_E(1); - DISABLE_IDLE_E(2); - DISABLE_IDLE_E(3); - DISABLE_IDLE_E(4); - enable_E5(); - g_uc_extruder_last_move[5] = (BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE) * 2; - break; - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 2 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 1 - } + #if HAS_DUPLICATION_MODE + if (extruder_duplication_enabled && extruder == 0) { + ENABLE_AXIS_E1(); + g_uc_extruder_last_move[1] = (BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE) * 2; + } + #endif + + #define ENABLE_ONE_E(N) do{ \ + if (extruder == N) { \ + ENABLE_AXIS_E##N(); \ + g_uc_extruder_last_move[N] = (BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE) * 2; \ + } \ + else if (!g_uc_extruder_last_move[N]) \ + DISABLE_AXIS_E##N(); \ + }while(0); + #else - enable_E0(); - enable_E1(); - enable_E2(); - enable_E3(); - enable_E4(); - enable_E5(); + + #define ENABLE_ONE_E(N) ENABLE_AXIS_E##N(); + #endif + + REPEAT(EXTRUDERS, ENABLE_ONE_E); // (ENABLE_ONE_E must end with semicolon) } #endif // EXTRUDERS @@ -2046,7 +2041,10 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, #endif #if ENABLED(SLOWDOWN) - if (WITHIN(moves_queued, 2, (BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE) / 2 - 1)) { + #ifndef SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR + #define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2 + #endif + if (WITHIN(moves_queued, 2, (BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE) / (SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR) - 1)) { if (segment_time_us < settings.min_segment_time_us) { // buffer is draining, add extra time. The amount of time added increases if the buffer is still emptied more. const uint32_t nst = segment_time_us + LROUND(2 * (settings.min_segment_time_us - segment_time_us) / moves_queued); @@ -2060,44 +2058,54 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, #if HAS_SPI_LCD // Protect the access to the position. - const bool was_enabled = STEPPER_ISR_ENABLED(); - if (was_enabled) DISABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); + const bool was_enabled = stepper.suspend(); block_buffer_runtime_us += segment_time_us; block->segment_time_us = segment_time_us; - if (was_enabled) ENABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); + if (was_enabled) stepper.wake_up(); #endif - block->nominal_speed_sqr = sq(block->millimeters * inverse_secs); // (mm/sec)^2 Always > 0 + block->nominal_speed_sqr = sq(block->millimeters * inverse_secs); // (mm/sec)^2 Always > 0 block->nominal_rate = CEIL(block->step_event_count * inverse_secs); // (step/sec) Always > 0 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) if (extruder == FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM) // Only for extruder with filament sensor - filwidth.advance_e(delta_mm[E_AXIS]); + filwidth.advance_e(delta_mm.e); #endif - // Calculate and limit speed in mm/sec for each axis - float current_speed[NUM_AXIS], speed_factor = 1.0f; // factor <1 decreases speed - LOOP_XYZE(i) { - #if BOTH(MIXING_EXTRUDER, RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING) - // In worst case, only one extruder running, no change is needed. - // In best case, all extruders run the same amount, we can divide by MIXING_STEPPERS - float delta_mm_i = 0; - if (i == E_AXIS && mixer.get_current_vtool() == MIXER_AUTORETRACT_TOOL) - delta_mm_i = delta_mm[i] / MIXING_STEPPERS; - else - delta_mm_i = delta_mm[i]; - #else - const float delta_mm_i = delta_mm[i]; - #endif - const feedRate_t cs = ABS(current_speed[i] = delta_mm_i * inverse_secs); - #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - if (i == E_AXIS) i += extruder; - #endif - if (cs > settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[i]) NOMORE(speed_factor, settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[i] / cs); + // Calculate and limit speed in mm/sec + + xyze_float_t current_speed; + float speed_factor = 1.0f; // factor <1 decreases speed + + // Linear axes first with less logic + LOOP_XYZ(i) { + current_speed[i] = delta_mm[i] * inverse_secs; + const feedRate_t cs = ABS(current_speed[i]), + max_fr = settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[i]; + if (cs > max_fr) NOMORE(speed_factor, max_fr / cs); } + // Limit speed on extruders, if any + #if EXTRUDERS + { + current_speed.e = delta_mm.e * inverse_secs; + #if BOTH(MIXING_EXTRUDER, RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING) + // Move all mixing extruders at the specified rate + if (mixer.get_current_vtool() == MIXER_AUTORETRACT_TOOL) + current_speed.e *= MIXING_STEPPERS; + #endif + const feedRate_t cs = ABS(current_speed.e), + max_fr = (settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS_N(extruder)] + #if BOTH(MIXING_EXTRUDER, RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING) + * MIXING_STEPPERS + #endif + ); + if (cs > max_fr) NOMORE(speed_factor, max_fr / cs); + } + #endif + // Max segment time in µs. #ifdef XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT @@ -2106,26 +2114,26 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, old_direction_bits = block->direction_bits; segment_time_us = LROUND((float)segment_time_us / speed_factor); - uint32_t xs0 = axis_segment_time_us[X_AXIS][0], - xs1 = axis_segment_time_us[X_AXIS][1], - xs2 = axis_segment_time_us[X_AXIS][2], - ys0 = axis_segment_time_us[Y_AXIS][0], - ys1 = axis_segment_time_us[Y_AXIS][1], - ys2 = axis_segment_time_us[Y_AXIS][2]; + uint32_t xs0 = axis_segment_time_us[0].x, + xs1 = axis_segment_time_us[1].x, + xs2 = axis_segment_time_us[2].x, + ys0 = axis_segment_time_us[0].y, + ys1 = axis_segment_time_us[1].y, + ys2 = axis_segment_time_us[2].y; if (TEST(direction_change, X_AXIS)) { - xs2 = axis_segment_time_us[X_AXIS][2] = xs1; - xs1 = axis_segment_time_us[X_AXIS][1] = xs0; + xs2 = axis_segment_time_us[2].x = xs1; + xs1 = axis_segment_time_us[1].x = xs0; xs0 = 0; } - xs0 = axis_segment_time_us[X_AXIS][0] = xs0 + segment_time_us; + xs0 = axis_segment_time_us[0].x = xs0 + segment_time_us; if (TEST(direction_change, Y_AXIS)) { - ys2 = axis_segment_time_us[Y_AXIS][2] = axis_segment_time_us[Y_AXIS][1]; - ys1 = axis_segment_time_us[Y_AXIS][1] = axis_segment_time_us[Y_AXIS][0]; + ys2 = axis_segment_time_us[2].y = axis_segment_time_us[1].y; + ys1 = axis_segment_time_us[1].y = axis_segment_time_us[0].y; ys0 = 0; } - ys0 = axis_segment_time_us[Y_AXIS][0] = ys0 + segment_time_us; + ys0 = axis_segment_time_us[0].y = ys0 + segment_time_us; const uint32_t max_x_segment_time = _MAX(xs0, xs1, xs2), max_y_segment_time = _MAX(ys0, ys1, ys2), @@ -2138,7 +2146,7 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, // Correct the speed if (speed_factor < 1.0f) { - LOOP_XYZE(i) current_speed[i] *= speed_factor; + current_speed *= speed_factor; block->nominal_rate *= speed_factor; block->nominal_speed_sqr = block->nominal_speed_sqr * sq(speed_factor); } @@ -2146,7 +2154,7 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, // Compute and limit the acceleration rate for the trapezoid generator. const float steps_per_mm = block->step_event_count * inverse_millimeters; uint32_t accel; - if (!block->steps[A_AXIS] && !block->steps[B_AXIS] && !block->steps[C_AXIS]) { + if (!block->steps.a && !block->steps.b && !block->steps.c) { // convert to: acceleration steps/sec^2 accel = CEIL(settings.retract_acceleration * steps_per_mm); #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) @@ -2173,14 +2181,14 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) #define MAX_E_JERK max_e_jerk[extruder] #else #define MAX_E_JERK max_e_jerk #endif #else - #define MAX_E_JERK max_jerk[E_AXIS] + #define MAX_E_JERK max_jerk.e #endif /** @@ -2198,13 +2206,13 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, && de > 0; if (block->use_advance_lead) { - block->e_D_ratio = (target_float[E_AXIS] - position_float[E_AXIS]) / + block->e_D_ratio = (target_float.e - position_float.e) / #if IS_KINEMATIC block->millimeters #else - SQRT(sq(target_float[X_AXIS] - position_float[X_AXIS]) - + sq(target_float[Y_AXIS] - position_float[Y_AXIS]) - + sq(target_float[Z_AXIS] - position_float[Z_AXIS])) + SQRT(sq(target_float.x - position_float.x) + + sq(target_float.y - position_float.y) + + sq(target_float.z - position_float.z)) #endif ; @@ -2261,7 +2269,7 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, float vmax_junction_sqr; // Initial limit on the segment entry velocity (mm/s)^2 - #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) /** * Compute maximum allowable entry speed at junction by centripetal acceleration approximation. * Let a circle be tangent to both previous and current path line segments, where the junction @@ -2297,25 +2305,18 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, already calculated in a different place. */ // Unit vector of previous path line segment - static float previous_unit_vec[XYZE]; + static xyze_float_t prev_unit_vec; - #if IS_KINEMATIC && ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - float unit_vec[] = { - delta_mm_cart[X_AXIS] * inverse_millimeters, - delta_mm_cart[Y_AXIS] * inverse_millimeters, - delta_mm_cart[Z_AXIS] * inverse_millimeters, - delta_mm_cart[E_AXIS] * inverse_millimeters - }; - #else - float unit_vec[] = { - delta_mm[X_AXIS] * inverse_millimeters, - delta_mm[Y_AXIS] * inverse_millimeters, - delta_mm[Z_AXIS] * inverse_millimeters, - delta_mm[E_AXIS] * inverse_millimeters - }; - #endif + xyze_float_t unit_vec = + #if IS_KINEMATIC && DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + delta_mm_cart + #else + { delta_mm.x, delta_mm.y, delta_mm.z, delta_mm.e } + #endif + ; + unit_vec *= inverse_millimeters; - #if IS_CORE && ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #if IS_CORE && DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) /** * On CoreXY the length of the vector [A,B] is SQRT(2) times the length of the head movement vector [X,Y]. * So taking Z and E into account, we cannot scale to a unit vector with "inverse_millimeters". @@ -2328,11 +2329,8 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, if (moves_queued && !UNEAR_ZERO(previous_nominal_speed_sqr)) { // Compute cosine of angle between previous and current path. (prev_unit_vec is negative) // NOTE: Max junction velocity is computed without sin() or acos() by trig half angle identity. - float junction_cos_theta = -previous_unit_vec[X_AXIS] * unit_vec[X_AXIS] - -previous_unit_vec[Y_AXIS] * unit_vec[Y_AXIS] - -previous_unit_vec[Z_AXIS] * unit_vec[Z_AXIS] - -previous_unit_vec[E_AXIS] * unit_vec[E_AXIS] - ; + float junction_cos_theta = (-prev_unit_vec.x * unit_vec.x) + (-prev_unit_vec.y * unit_vec.y) + + (-prev_unit_vec.z * unit_vec.z) + (-prev_unit_vec.e * unit_vec.e); // NOTE: Computed without any expensive trig, sin() or acos(), by trig half angle identity of cos(theta). if (junction_cos_theta > 0.999999f) { @@ -2343,12 +2341,7 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, NOLESS(junction_cos_theta, -0.999999f); // Check for numerical round-off to avoid divide by zero. // Convert delta vector to unit vector - float junction_unit_vec[XYZE] = { - unit_vec[X_AXIS] - previous_unit_vec[X_AXIS], - unit_vec[Y_AXIS] - previous_unit_vec[Y_AXIS], - unit_vec[Z_AXIS] - previous_unit_vec[Z_AXIS], - unit_vec[E_AXIS] - previous_unit_vec[E_AXIS] - }; + xyze_float_t junction_unit_vec = unit_vec - prev_unit_vec; normalize_junction_vector(junction_unit_vec); const float junction_acceleration = limit_value_by_axis_maximum(block->acceleration, junction_unit_vec), @@ -2374,17 +2367,25 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, else // Init entry speed to zero. Assume it starts from rest. Planner will correct this later. vmax_junction_sqr = 0; - COPY(previous_unit_vec, unit_vec); + prev_unit_vec = unit_vec; #endif + #ifdef USE_CACHED_SQRT + #define CACHED_SQRT(N, V) \ + static float saved_V, N; \ + if (V != saved_V) { N = SQRT(V); saved_V = V; } + #else + #define CACHED_SQRT(N, V) const float N = SQRT(V) + #endif + #if HAS_CLASSIC_JERK /** * Adapted from Průša MKS firmware * https://github.com/prusa3d/Prusa-Firmware */ - const float nominal_speed = SQRT(block->nominal_speed_sqr); + CACHED_SQRT(nominal_speed, block->nominal_speed_sqr); // Exit speed limited by a jerk to full halt of a previous last segment static float previous_safe_speed; @@ -2392,15 +2393,21 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, // Start with a safe speed (from which the machine may halt to stop immediately). float safe_speed = nominal_speed; + #ifdef TRAVEL_EXTRA_XYJERK + const float extra_xyjerk = (de <= 0) ? TRAVEL_EXTRA_XYJERK : 0; + #else + constexpr float extra_xyjerk = 0; + #endif + uint8_t limited = 0; - #if BOTH(JUNCTION_DEVIATION, LIN_ADVANCE) + #if HAS_LINEAR_E_JERK LOOP_XYZ(i) #else LOOP_XYZE(i) #endif { const float jerk = ABS(current_speed[i]), // cs : Starting from zero, change in speed for this axis - maxj = max_jerk[i]; // mj : The max jerk setting for this axis + maxj = (max_jerk[i] + (i == X_AXIS || i == Y_AXIS ? extra_xyjerk : 0.0f)); // mj : The max jerk setting for this axis if (jerk > maxj) { // cs > mj : New current speed too fast? if (limited) { // limited already? const float mjerk = nominal_speed * maxj; // ns*mj @@ -2425,12 +2432,13 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, // The junction velocity will be shared between successive segments. Limit the junction velocity to their minimum. // Pick the smaller of the nominal speeds. Higher speed shall not be achieved at the junction during coasting. - const float previous_nominal_speed = SQRT(previous_nominal_speed_sqr); + CACHED_SQRT(previous_nominal_speed, previous_nominal_speed_sqr); + vmax_junction = _MIN(nominal_speed, previous_nominal_speed); // Now limit the jerk in all axes. const float smaller_speed_factor = vmax_junction / previous_nominal_speed; - #if BOTH(JUNCTION_DEVIATION, LIN_ADVANCE) + #if HAS_LINEAR_E_JERK LOOP_XYZ(axis) #else LOOP_XYZE(axis) @@ -2451,8 +2459,10 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, : // v_exit <= v_entry coasting axis reversal ( (v_entry < 0 || v_exit > 0) ? (v_entry - v_exit) : _MAX(-v_exit, v_entry) ); - if (jerk > max_jerk[axis]) { - v_factor *= max_jerk[axis] / jerk; + const float maxj = (max_jerk[axis] + (axis == X_AXIS || axis == Y_AXIS ? extra_xyjerk : 0.0f)); + + if (jerk > maxj) { + v_factor *= maxj / jerk; ++limited; } } @@ -2468,7 +2478,7 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, previous_safe_speed = safe_speed; - #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) vmax_junction_sqr = _MIN(vmax_junction_sqr, sq(vmax_junction)); #else vmax_junction_sqr = sq(vmax_junction); @@ -2497,18 +2507,17 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, block->flag |= block->nominal_speed_sqr <= v_allowable_sqr ? BLOCK_FLAG_RECALCULATE | BLOCK_FLAG_NOMINAL_LENGTH : BLOCK_FLAG_RECALCULATE; // Update previous path unit_vector and nominal speed - COPY(previous_speed, current_speed); + previous_speed = current_speed; previous_nominal_speed_sqr = block->nominal_speed_sqr; // Update the position - static_assert(COUNT(target) > 1, "Parameter to _buffer_steps must be (&target)[XYZE]!"); - COPY(position, target); + position = target; #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT - COPY(position_float, target_float); + position_float = target_float; #endif #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - mixer.gradient_control(target_float[Z_AXIS]); + mixer.gradient_control(target_float.z); #endif #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) @@ -2533,10 +2542,7 @@ void Planner::buffer_sync_block() { block->flag = BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION; - block->position[A_AXIS] = position[A_AXIS]; - block->position[B_AXIS] = position[B_AXIS]; - block->position[C_AXIS] = position[C_AXIS]; - block->position[E_AXIS] = position[E_AXIS]; + block->position = position; // If this is the first added movement, reload the delay, otherwise, cancel it. if (block_buffer_head == block_buffer_tail) { @@ -2566,8 +2572,8 @@ void Planner::buffer_sync_block() { * millimeters - the length of the movement, if known */ bool Planner::buffer_segment(const float &a, const float &b, const float &c, const float &e - #if IS_KINEMATIC && ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - , const float (&delta_mm_cart)[XYZE] + #if IS_KINEMATIC && DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + , const xyze_float_t &delta_mm_cart #endif , const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s, const uint8_t extruder, const float &millimeters/*=0.0*/ ) { @@ -2578,14 +2584,14 @@ bool Planner::buffer_segment(const float &a, const float &b, const float &c, con // When changing extruders recalculate steps corresponding to the E position #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) if (last_extruder != extruder && settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(extruder)] != settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(last_extruder)]) { - position[E_AXIS] = LROUND(position[E_AXIS] * settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(extruder)] * steps_to_mm[E_AXIS_N(last_extruder)]); + position.e = LROUND(position.e * settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(extruder)] * steps_to_mm[E_AXIS_N(last_extruder)]); last_extruder = extruder; } #endif // The target position of the tool in absolute steps // Calculate target position in absolute steps - const int32_t target[ABCE] = { + const abce_long_t target = { int32_t(LROUND(a * settings.axis_steps_per_mm[A_AXIS])), int32_t(LROUND(b * settings.axis_steps_per_mm[B_AXIS])), int32_t(LROUND(c * settings.axis_steps_per_mm[C_AXIS])), @@ -2593,14 +2599,18 @@ bool Planner::buffer_segment(const float &a, const float &b, const float &c, con }; #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT - const float target_float[XYZE] = { a, b, c, e }; + const xyze_pos_t target_float = { a, b, c, e }; #endif // DRYRUN prevents E moves from taking place - if (DEBUGGING(DRYRUN)) { - position[E_AXIS] = target[E_AXIS]; + if (DEBUGGING(DRYRUN) + #if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + || cancelable.skipping + #endif + ) { + position.e = target.e; #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT - position_float[E_AXIS] = e; + position_float.e = e; #endif } @@ -2608,27 +2618,30 @@ bool Planner::buffer_segment(const float &a, const float &b, const float &c, con SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" buffer_segment FR:", fr_mm_s); #if IS_KINEMATIC SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" A:", a); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", position[A_AXIS]); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("->", target[A_AXIS]); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", position.a); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("->", target.a); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(") B:", b); #else - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" X:", a); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", position[X_AXIS]); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("->", target[X_AXIS]); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(") Y:", b); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_X_LBL, a); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", position.x); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("->", target.x); + SERIAL_CHAR(')'); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Y_LBL, b); #endif - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", position[Y_AXIS]); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("->", target[Y_AXIS]); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", position.y); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("->", target.y); #if ENABLED(DELTA) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(") C:", c); #else - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(") Z:", c); + SERIAL_CHAR(')'); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Z_LBL, c); #endif - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", position[Z_AXIS]); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("->", target[Z_AXIS]); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(") E:", e); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", position[E_AXIS]); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("->", target[E_AXIS]); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", position.z); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("->", target.z); + SERIAL_CHAR(')'); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_E_LBL, e); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", position.e); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("->", target.e); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(")"); //*/ @@ -2638,7 +2651,7 @@ bool Planner::buffer_segment(const float &a, const float &b, const float &c, con #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT , target_float #endif - #if IS_KINEMATIC && ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #if IS_KINEMATIC && DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) , delta_mm_cart #endif , fr_mm_s, extruder, millimeters @@ -2665,51 +2678,51 @@ bool Planner::buffer_line(const float &rx, const float &ry, const float &rz, con , const float &inv_duration #endif ) { - float raw[XYZE] = { rx, ry, rz, e }; + xyze_pos_t machine = { rx, ry, rz, e }; #if HAS_POSITION_MODIFIERS - apply_modifiers(raw); + apply_modifiers(machine); #endif #if IS_KINEMATIC - const float delta_mm_cart[] = { - rx - position_cart[X_AXIS], - ry - position_cart[Y_AXIS], - rz - position_cart[Z_AXIS] - #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - , e - position_cart[E_AXIS] - #endif - }; + + #if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + const xyze_pos_t delta_mm_cart = { + rx - position_cart.x, ry - position_cart.y, + rz - position_cart.z, e - position_cart.e + }; + #else + const xyz_pos_t delta_mm_cart = { rx - position_cart.x, ry - position_cart.y, rz - position_cart.z }; + #endif float mm = millimeters; if (mm == 0.0) - mm = (delta_mm_cart[X_AXIS] != 0.0 || delta_mm_cart[Y_AXIS] != 0.0) ? SQRT(sq(delta_mm_cart[X_AXIS]) + sq(delta_mm_cart[Y_AXIS]) + sq(delta_mm_cart[Z_AXIS])) : ABS(delta_mm_cart[Z_AXIS]); + mm = (delta_mm_cart.x != 0.0 || delta_mm_cart.y != 0.0) ? delta_mm_cart.magnitude() : ABS(delta_mm_cart.z); - inverse_kinematics(raw); + // Cartesian XYZ to kinematic ABC, stored in global 'delta' + inverse_kinematics(machine); #if ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) // For SCARA scale the feed rate from mm/s to degrees/s // i.e., Complete the angular vector in the given time. - const float duration_recip = inv_duration ? inv_duration : fr_mm_s / mm; - const feedRate_t feedrate = HYPOT(delta[A_AXIS] - position_float[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS] - position_float[B_AXIS]) * duration_recip; + const float duration_recip = inv_duration ?: fr_mm_s / mm; + const xyz_pos_t diff = delta - position_float; + const feedRate_t feedrate = diff.magnitude() * duration_recip; #else const feedRate_t feedrate = fr_mm_s; #endif - if (buffer_segment(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], delta[C_AXIS], raw[E_AXIS] - #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + if (buffer_segment(delta.a, delta.b, delta.c, machine.e + #if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) , delta_mm_cart #endif , feedrate, extruder, mm )) { - position_cart[X_AXIS] = rx; - position_cart[Y_AXIS] = ry; - position_cart[Z_AXIS] = rz; - position_cart[E_AXIS] = e; + position_cart.set(rx, ry, rz, e); return true; } else return false; #else - return buffer_segment(raw, fr_mm_s, extruder, millimeters); + return buffer_segment(machine, fr_mm_s, extruder, millimeters); #endif } // buffer_line() @@ -2724,30 +2737,27 @@ void Planner::set_machine_position_mm(const float &a, const float &b, const floa #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) last_extruder = active_extruder; #endif - position[A_AXIS] = LROUND(a * settings.axis_steps_per_mm[A_AXIS]); - position[B_AXIS] = LROUND(b * settings.axis_steps_per_mm[B_AXIS]); - position[C_AXIS] = LROUND(c * settings.axis_steps_per_mm[C_AXIS]); - position[E_AXIS] = LROUND(e * settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(active_extruder)]); #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT - position_float[A_AXIS] = a; - position_float[B_AXIS] = b; - position_float[C_AXIS] = c; - position_float[E_AXIS] = e; + position_float.set(a, b, c, e); #endif + position.set(LROUND(a * settings.axis_steps_per_mm[A_AXIS]), + LROUND(b * settings.axis_steps_per_mm[B_AXIS]), + LROUND(c * settings.axis_steps_per_mm[C_AXIS]), + LROUND(e * settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(active_extruder)])); if (has_blocks_queued()) { //previous_nominal_speed_sqr = 0.0; // Reset planner junction speeds. Assume start from rest. - //ZERO(previous_speed); + //previous_speed.reset(); buffer_sync_block(); } else - stepper.set_position(position[A_AXIS], position[B_AXIS], position[C_AXIS], position[E_AXIS]); + stepper.set_position(position); } void Planner::set_position_mm(const float &rx, const float &ry, const float &rz, const float &e) { - float raw[XYZE] = { rx, ry, rz, e }; + xyze_pos_t machine = { rx, ry, rz, e }; #if HAS_POSITION_MODIFIERS { - apply_modifiers(raw + apply_modifiers(machine #if HAS_LEVELING , true #endif @@ -2755,15 +2765,11 @@ void Planner::set_position_mm(const float &rx, const float &ry, const float &rz, } #endif #if IS_KINEMATIC - position_cart[X_AXIS] = rx; - position_cart[Y_AXIS] = ry; - position_cart[Z_AXIS] = rz; - position_cart[E_AXIS] = e; - - inverse_kinematics(raw); - set_machine_position_mm(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS], delta[C_AXIS], raw[E_AXIS]); + position_cart.set(rx, ry, rz, e); + inverse_kinematics(machine); + set_machine_position_mm(delta.a, delta.b, delta.c, machine.e); #else - set_machine_position_mm(raw[X_AXIS], raw[Y_AXIS], raw[Z_AXIS], raw[E_AXIS]); + set_machine_position_mm(machine); #endif } @@ -2780,17 +2786,17 @@ void Planner::set_e_position_mm(const float &e) { #else const float e_new = e; #endif - position[E_AXIS] = LROUND(settings.axis_steps_per_mm[axis_index] * e_new); + position.e = LROUND(settings.axis_steps_per_mm[axis_index] * e_new); #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT - position_float[E_AXIS] = e_new; + position_float.e = e_new; #endif #if IS_KINEMATIC - position_cart[E_AXIS] = e; + position_cart.e = e; #endif if (has_blocks_queued()) buffer_sync_block(); else - stepper.set_position(E_AXIS, position[E_AXIS]); + stepper.set_axis_position(E_AXIS, position.e); } // Recalculate the steps/s^2 acceleration rates, based on the mm/s^2 @@ -2806,7 +2812,7 @@ void Planner::reset_acceleration_rates() { if (AXIS_CONDITION) NOLESS(highest_rate, max_acceleration_steps_per_s2[i]); } cutoff_long = 4294967295UL / highest_rate; // 0xFFFFFFFFUL - #if BOTH(JUNCTION_DEVIATION, LIN_ADVANCE) + #if HAS_LINEAR_E_JERK recalculate_max_e_jerk(); #endif } @@ -2818,6 +2824,110 @@ void Planner::refresh_positioning() { reset_acceleration_rates(); } +inline void limit_and_warn(float &val, const uint8_t axis, PGM_P const setting_name, const xyze_float_t &max_limit) { + const uint8_t lim_axis = axis > E_AXIS ? E_AXIS : axis; + const float before = val; + LIMIT(val, 0.1, max_limit[lim_axis]); + if (before != val) { + SERIAL_CHAR(axis_codes[lim_axis]); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Max "); + serialprintPGM(setting_name); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" limited to ", val); + } +} + +void Planner::set_max_acceleration(const uint8_t axis, float targetValue) { + #if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) + #ifdef MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES + constexpr xyze_float_t max_accel_edit = MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES; + const xyze_float_t &max_acc_edit_scaled = max_accel_edit; + #else + constexpr xyze_float_t max_accel_edit = DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION; + constexpr xyze_float_t max_acc_edit_scaled = max_accel_edit * 2; + #endif + limit_and_warn(targetValue, axis, PSTR("Acceleration"), max_acc_edit_scaled); + #endif + settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[axis] = targetValue; + + // Update steps per s2 to agree with the units per s2 (since they are used in the planner) + reset_acceleration_rates(); +} + +void Planner::set_max_feedrate(const uint8_t axis, float targetValue) { + #if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) + #ifdef MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES + constexpr xyze_float_t max_fr_edit = MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES; + const xyze_float_t &max_fr_edit_scaled = max_fr_edit; + #else + constexpr xyze_float_t max_fr_edit = DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE; + constexpr xyze_float_t max_fr_edit_scaled = max_fr_edit * 2; + #endif + limit_and_warn(targetValue, axis, PSTR("Feedrate"), max_fr_edit_scaled); + #endif + settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[axis] = targetValue; +} + +void Planner::set_max_jerk(const AxisEnum axis, float targetValue) { + #if HAS_CLASSIC_JERK + #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) + constexpr xyze_float_t max_jerk_edit = + #ifdef MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES + MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES + #else + { (DEFAULT_XJERK) * 2, (DEFAULT_YJERK) * 2, + (DEFAULT_ZJERK) * 2, (DEFAULT_EJERK) * 2 } + #endif + ; + limit_and_warn(targetValue, axis, PSTR("Jerk"), max_jerk_edit); + #endif + max_jerk[axis] = targetValue; + #else + UNUSED(axis); UNUSED(targetValue); + #endif +} + +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + + uint16_t Planner::block_buffer_runtime() { + #ifdef __AVR__ + // Protect the access to the variable. Only required for AVR, as + // any 32bit CPU offers atomic access to 32bit variables + const bool was_enabled = stepper.suspend(); + #endif + + millis_t bbru = block_buffer_runtime_us; + + #ifdef __AVR__ + // Reenable Stepper ISR + if (was_enabled) stepper.wake_up(); + #endif + + // To translate µs to ms a division by 1000 would be required. + // We introduce 2.4% error here by dividing by 1024. + // Doesn't matter because block_buffer_runtime_us is already too small an estimation. + bbru >>= 10; + // limit to about a minute. + NOMORE(bbru, 0xFFFFul); + return bbru; + } + + void Planner::clear_block_buffer_runtime() { + #ifdef __AVR__ + // Protect the access to the variable. Only required for AVR, as + // any 32bit CPU offers atomic access to 32bit variables + const bool was_enabled = stepper.suspend(); + #endif + + block_buffer_runtime_us = 0; + + #ifdef __AVR__ + // Reenable Stepper ISR + if (was_enabled) stepper.wake_up(); + #endif + } + +#endif + #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) void Planner::autotemp_M104_M109() { diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.h b/Marlin/src/module/planner.h index 2f3ee471d6..ae104eb354 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ * Copyright (c) 2009-2011 Simen Svale Skogsrud */ -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "motion.h" #include "../gcode/queue.h" @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ #endif #if ABL_PLANAR - #include "../libs/vector_3.h" + #include "../libs/vector_3.h" // for matrix_3x3 #endif #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) @@ -51,6 +51,16 @@ #include "../feature/mixing.h" #endif +#if HAS_CUTTER + #include "../feature/spindle_laser.h" +#endif + +// Feedrate for manual moves +#ifdef MANUAL_FEEDRATE + constexpr xyze_feedrate_t _mf = MANUAL_FEEDRATE, + manual_feedrate_mm_s { _mf.x / 60.0f, _mf.y / 60.0f, _mf.z / 60.0f, _mf.e / 60.0f }; +#endif + enum BlockFlagBit : char { // Recalculate trapezoids on entry junction. For optimization. BLOCK_BIT_RECALCULATE, @@ -95,15 +105,8 @@ typedef struct block_t { acceleration; // acceleration mm/sec^2 union { - // Data used by all move blocks - struct { - // Fields used by the Bresenham algorithm for tracing the line - uint32_t steps[NUM_AXIS]; // Step count along each axis - }; - // Data used by all sync blocks - struct { - int32_t position[NUM_AXIS]; // New position to force when this sync block is executed - }; + abce_ulong_t steps; // Step count along each axis + abce_long_t position; // New position to force when this sync block is executed }; uint32_t step_event_count; // The number of step events required to complete this block @@ -147,6 +150,10 @@ typedef struct block_t { final_rate, // The minimal rate at exit acceleration_steps_per_s2; // acceleration steps/sec^2 + #if HAS_CUTTER + cutter_power_t cutter_power; // Power level for Spindle, Laser, etc. + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 uint8_t fan_speed[FAN_COUNT]; #endif @@ -165,7 +172,7 @@ typedef struct block_t { } block_t; -#define HAS_POSITION_FLOAT ANY(LIN_ADVANCE, SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING, GRADIENT_MIX) +#define HAS_POSITION_FLOAT ANY(LIN_ADVANCE, SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING, GRADIENT_MIX, LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) #define BLOCK_MOD(n) ((n)&(BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE-1)) @@ -247,7 +254,7 @@ class Planner { static uint32_t max_acceleration_steps_per_s2[XYZE_N]; // (steps/s^2) Derived from mm_per_s2 static float steps_to_mm[XYZE_N]; // Millimeters per step - #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) static float junction_deviation_mm; // (mm) M205 J #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) static float max_e_jerk // Calculated from junction_deviation_mm @@ -259,13 +266,11 @@ class Planner { #endif #if HAS_CLASSIC_JERK - static float max_jerk[ - #if BOTH(JUNCTION_DEVIATION, LIN_ADVANCE) - XYZ // (mm/s^2) M205 XYZ - The largest speed change requiring no acceleration. - #else - XYZE // (mm/s^2) M205 XYZE - The largest speed change requiring no acceleration. - #endif - ]; + #if HAS_LINEAR_E_JERK + static xyz_pos_t max_jerk; // (mm/s^2) M205 XYZ - The largest speed change requiring no acceleration. + #else + static xyze_pos_t max_jerk; // (mm/s^2) M205 XYZE - The largest speed change requiring no acceleration. + #endif #endif #if HAS_LEVELING @@ -284,12 +289,18 @@ class Planner { static float extruder_advance_K[EXTRUDERS]; #endif + /** + * The current position of the tool in absolute steps + * Recalculated if any axis_steps_per_mm are changed by gcode + */ + static xyze_long_t position; + #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT - static float position_float[XYZE]; + static xyze_pos_t position_float; #endif #if IS_KINEMATIC - static float position_cart[XYZE]; + static xyze_pos_t position_cart; #endif static skew_factor_t skew_factor; @@ -300,16 +311,10 @@ class Planner { private: - /** - * The current position of the tool in absolute steps - * Recalculated if any axis_steps_per_mm are changed by gcode - */ - static int32_t position[NUM_AXIS]; - /** * Speed of previous path line segment */ - static float previous_speed[NUM_AXIS]; + static xyze_float_t previous_speed; /** * Nominal speed of previous path line segment (mm/s)^2 @@ -338,7 +343,7 @@ class Planner { // Old direction bits. Used for speed calculations static unsigned char old_direction_bits; // Segment times (in µs). Used for speed calculations - static uint32_t axis_segment_time_us[2][3]; + static xy_ulong_t axis_segment_time_us[3]; #endif #if HAS_SPI_LCD @@ -361,6 +366,10 @@ class Planner { static void reset_acceleration_rates(); static void refresh_positioning(); + static void set_max_acceleration(const uint8_t axis, float targetValue); + static void set_max_feedrate(const uint8_t axis, float targetValue); + static void set_max_jerk(const AxisEnum axis, float targetValue); + #if EXTRUDERS FORCE_INLINE static void refresh_e_factor(const uint8_t e) { @@ -394,7 +403,7 @@ class Planner { FORCE_INLINE static void set_filament_size(const uint8_t e, const float &v) { filament_size[e] = v; // make sure all extruders have some sane value for the filament size - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < COUNT(filament_size); i++) + LOOP_L_N(i, COUNT(filament_size)) if (!filament_size[i]) filament_size[i] = DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA; } @@ -434,12 +443,9 @@ class Planner { #else - FORCE_INLINE static float fade_scaling_factor_for_z(const float &rz) { - UNUSED(rz); - return 1; - } + FORCE_INLINE static float fade_scaling_factor_for_z(const float&) { return 1; } - FORCE_INLINE static bool leveling_active_at_z(const float &rz) { UNUSED(rz); return true; } + FORCE_INLINE static bool leveling_active_at_z(const float&) { return true; } #endif @@ -454,8 +460,7 @@ class Planner { } } } - FORCE_INLINE static void skew(float (&raw)[XYZ]) { skew(raw[X_AXIS], raw[Y_AXIS], raw[Z_AXIS]); } - FORCE_INLINE static void skew(float (&raw)[XYZE]) { skew(raw[X_AXIS], raw[Y_AXIS], raw[Z_AXIS]); } + FORCE_INLINE static void skew(xyz_pos_t &raw) { skew(raw.x, raw.y, raw.z); } FORCE_INLINE static void unskew(float &cx, float &cy, const float &cz) { if (WITHIN(cx, X_MIN_POS, X_MAX_POS) && WITHIN(cy, Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS)) { @@ -466,8 +471,7 @@ class Planner { } } } - FORCE_INLINE static void unskew(float (&raw)[XYZ]) { unskew(raw[X_AXIS], raw[Y_AXIS], raw[Z_AXIS]); } - FORCE_INLINE static void unskew(float (&raw)[XYZE]) { unskew(raw[X_AXIS], raw[Y_AXIS], raw[Z_AXIS]); } + FORCE_INLINE static void unskew(xyz_pos_t &raw) { unskew(raw.x, raw.y, raw.z); } #endif // SKEW_CORRECTION @@ -476,22 +480,24 @@ class Planner { * Apply leveling to transform a cartesian position * as it will be given to the planner and steppers. */ - static void apply_leveling(float &rx, float &ry, float &rz); - FORCE_INLINE static void apply_leveling(float (&raw)[XYZ]) { apply_leveling(raw[X_AXIS], raw[Y_AXIS], raw[Z_AXIS]); } - FORCE_INLINE static void apply_leveling(float (&raw)[XYZE]) { apply_leveling(raw[X_AXIS], raw[Y_AXIS], raw[Z_AXIS]); } - - static void unapply_leveling(float raw[XYZ]); + static void apply_leveling(xyz_pos_t &raw); + static void unapply_leveling(xyz_pos_t &raw); + FORCE_INLINE static void force_unapply_leveling(xyz_pos_t &raw) { + leveling_active = true; + unapply_leveling(raw); + leveling_active = false; + } #endif #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) static void apply_retract(float &rz, float &e); - FORCE_INLINE static void apply_retract(float (&raw)[XYZE]) { apply_retract(raw[Z_AXIS], raw[E_AXIS]); } + FORCE_INLINE static void apply_retract(xyze_pos_t &raw) { apply_retract(raw.z, raw.e); } static void unapply_retract(float &rz, float &e); - FORCE_INLINE static void unapply_retract(float (&raw)[XYZE]) { unapply_retract(raw[Z_AXIS], raw[E_AXIS]); } + FORCE_INLINE static void unapply_retract(xyze_pos_t &raw) { unapply_retract(raw.z, raw.e); } #endif #if HAS_POSITION_MODIFIERS - FORCE_INLINE static void apply_modifiers(float (&pos)[XYZE] + FORCE_INLINE static void apply_modifiers(xyze_pos_t &pos #if HAS_LEVELING , bool leveling = #if PLANNER_LEVELING @@ -512,7 +518,7 @@ class Planner { #endif } - FORCE_INLINE static void unapply_modifiers(float (&pos)[XYZE] + FORCE_INLINE static void unapply_modifiers(xyze_pos_t &pos #if HAS_LEVELING , bool leveling = #if PLANNER_LEVELING @@ -578,12 +584,12 @@ class Planner { * * Returns true if movement was buffered, false otherwise */ - static bool _buffer_steps(const int32_t (&target)[XYZE] + static bool _buffer_steps(const xyze_long_t &target #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT - , const float (&target_float)[ABCE] + , const xyze_pos_t &target_float #endif - #if IS_KINEMATIC && ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - , const float (&delta_mm_cart)[XYZE] + #if IS_KINEMATIC && DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + , const xyze_float_t &delta_mm_cart #endif , feedRate_t fr_mm_s, const uint8_t extruder, const float &millimeters=0.0 ); @@ -601,12 +607,12 @@ class Planner { * Returns true is movement is acceptable, false otherwise */ static bool _populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, - const int32_t (&target)[XYZE] + const xyze_long_t &target #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT - , const float (&target_float)[XYZE] + , const xyze_pos_t &target_float #endif - #if IS_KINEMATIC && ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - , const float (&delta_mm_cart)[XYZE] + #if IS_KINEMATIC && DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + , const xyze_float_t &delta_mm_cart #endif , feedRate_t fr_mm_s, const uint8_t extruder, const float &millimeters=0.0 ); @@ -637,20 +643,20 @@ class Planner { * millimeters - the length of the movement, if known */ static bool buffer_segment(const float &a, const float &b, const float &c, const float &e - #if IS_KINEMATIC && ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - , const float (&delta_mm_cart)[XYZE] + #if IS_KINEMATIC && DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + , const xyze_float_t &delta_mm_cart #endif , const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s, const uint8_t extruder, const float &millimeters=0.0 ); - FORCE_INLINE static bool buffer_segment(const float (&abce)[ABCE] - #if IS_KINEMATIC && ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - , const float (&delta_mm_cart)[XYZE] + FORCE_INLINE static bool buffer_segment(abce_pos_t &abce + #if IS_KINEMATIC && DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + , const xyze_float_t &delta_mm_cart #endif , const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s, const uint8_t extruder, const float &millimeters=0.0 ) { - return buffer_segment(abce[A_AXIS], abce[B_AXIS], abce[C_AXIS], abce[E_AXIS] - #if IS_KINEMATIC && ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + return buffer_segment(abce.a, abce.b, abce.c, abce.e + #if IS_KINEMATIC && DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) , delta_mm_cart #endif , fr_mm_s, extruder, millimeters); @@ -675,12 +681,12 @@ class Planner { #endif ); - FORCE_INLINE static bool buffer_line(const float (&cart)[XYZE], const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s, const uint8_t extruder, const float millimeters=0.0 + FORCE_INLINE static bool buffer_line(const xyze_pos_t &cart, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_s, const uint8_t extruder, const float millimeters=0.0 #if ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) , const float &inv_duration=0.0 #endif ) { - return buffer_line(cart[X_AXIS], cart[Y_AXIS], cart[Z_AXIS], cart[E_AXIS], fr_mm_s, extruder, millimeters + return buffer_line(cart.x, cart.y, cart.z, cart.e, fr_mm_s, extruder, millimeters #if ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) , inv_duration #endif @@ -701,7 +707,7 @@ class Planner { * Clears previous speed values. */ static void set_position_mm(const float &rx, const float &ry, const float &rz, const float &e); - FORCE_INLINE static void set_position_mm(const float (&cart)[XYZE]) { set_position_mm(cart[X_AXIS], cart[Y_AXIS], cart[Z_AXIS], cart[E_AXIS]); } + FORCE_INLINE static void set_position_mm(const xyze_pos_t &cart) { set_position_mm(cart.x, cart.y, cart.z, cart.e); } static void set_e_position_mm(const float &e); /** @@ -711,7 +717,7 @@ class Planner { * conversions are applied. */ static void set_machine_position_mm(const float &a, const float &b, const float &c, const float &e); - FORCE_INLINE static void set_machine_position_mm(const float (&abce)[ABCE]) { set_machine_position_mm(abce[A_AXIS], abce[B_AXIS], abce[C_AXIS], abce[E_AXIS]); } + FORCE_INLINE static void set_machine_position_mm(const abce_pos_t &abce) { set_machine_position_mm(abce.a, abce.b, abce.c, abce.e); } /** * Get an axis position according to stepper position(s) @@ -719,6 +725,16 @@ class Planner { */ static float get_axis_position_mm(const AxisEnum axis); + static inline abce_pos_t get_axis_positions_mm() { + const abce_pos_t out = { + get_axis_position_mm(A_AXIS), + get_axis_position_mm(B_AXIS), + get_axis_position_mm(C_AXIS), + get_axis_position_mm(E_AXIS) + }; + return out; + } + // SCARA AB axes are in degrees, not mm #if IS_SCARA FORCE_INLINE static float get_axis_position_degrees(const AxisEnum axis) { return get_axis_position_mm(axis); } @@ -757,60 +773,18 @@ class Planner { FORCE_INLINE static bool has_blocks_queued() { return (block_buffer_head != block_buffer_tail); } /** - * The current block. nullptr if the buffer is empty. - * This also marks the block as busy. + * Get the current block for processing + * and mark the block as busy. + * Return nullptr if the buffer is empty + * or if there is a first-block delay. + * * WARNING: Called from Stepper ISR context! */ - static block_t* get_current_block() { - - // Get the number of moves in the planner queue so far - const uint8_t nr_moves = movesplanned(); - - // If there are any moves queued ... - if (nr_moves) { - - // If there is still delay of delivery of blocks running, decrement it - if (delay_before_delivering) { - --delay_before_delivering; - // If the number of movements queued is less than 3, and there is still time - // to wait, do not deliver anything - if (nr_moves < 3 && delay_before_delivering) return nullptr; - delay_before_delivering = 0; - } - - // If we are here, there is no excuse to deliver the block - block_t * const block = &block_buffer[block_buffer_tail]; - - // No trapezoid calculated? Don't execute yet. - if (TEST(block->flag, BLOCK_BIT_RECALCULATE)) return nullptr; - - #if HAS_SPI_LCD - block_buffer_runtime_us -= block->segment_time_us; // We can't be sure how long an active block will take, so don't count it. - #endif - - // As this block is busy, advance the nonbusy block pointer - block_buffer_nonbusy = next_block_index(block_buffer_tail); - - // Push block_buffer_planned pointer, if encountered. - if (block_buffer_tail == block_buffer_planned) - block_buffer_planned = block_buffer_nonbusy; - - // Return the block - return block; - } - - // The queue became empty - #if HAS_SPI_LCD - clear_block_buffer_runtime(); // paranoia. Buffer is empty now - so reset accumulated time to zero. - #endif - - return nullptr; - } + static block_t* get_current_block(); /** * "Discard" the block and "release" the memory. * Called when the current block is no longer needed. - * NB: There MUST be a current block to call this function!! */ FORCE_INLINE static void discard_current_block() { if (has_blocks_queued()) @@ -818,47 +792,8 @@ class Planner { } #if HAS_SPI_LCD - - static uint16_t block_buffer_runtime() { - #ifdef __AVR__ - // Protect the access to the variable. Only required for AVR, as - // any 32bit CPU offers atomic access to 32bit variables - bool was_enabled = STEPPER_ISR_ENABLED(); - if (was_enabled) DISABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); - #endif - - millis_t bbru = block_buffer_runtime_us; - - #ifdef __AVR__ - // Reenable Stepper ISR - if (was_enabled) ENABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); - #endif - - // To translate µs to ms a division by 1000 would be required. - // We introduce 2.4% error here by dividing by 1024. - // Doesn't matter because block_buffer_runtime_us is already too small an estimation. - bbru >>= 10; - // limit to about a minute. - NOMORE(bbru, 0xFFFFul); - return bbru; - } - - static void clear_block_buffer_runtime() { - #ifdef __AVR__ - // Protect the access to the variable. Only required for AVR, as - // any 32bit CPU offers atomic access to 32bit variables - bool was_enabled = STEPPER_ISR_ENABLED(); - if (was_enabled) DISABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); - #endif - - block_buffer_runtime_us = 0; - - #ifdef __AVR__ - // Reenable Stepper ISR - if (was_enabled) ENABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); - #endif - } - + static uint16_t block_buffer_runtime(); + static void clear_block_buffer_runtime(); #endif #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) @@ -868,11 +803,11 @@ class Planner { static void autotemp_M104_M109(); #endif - #if BOTH(JUNCTION_DEVIATION, LIN_ADVANCE) + #if HAS_LINEAR_E_JERK FORCE_INLINE static void recalculate_max_e_jerk() { #define GET_MAX_E_JERK(N) SQRT(SQRT(0.5) * junction_deviation_mm * (N) * RECIPROCAL(1.0 - SQRT(0.5))) #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < EXTRUDERS; i++) + LOOP_L_N(i, EXTRUDERS) max_e_jerk[i] = GET_MAX_E_JERK(settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS_N(i)]); #else max_e_jerk = GET_MAX_E_JERK(settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS]); @@ -940,23 +875,22 @@ class Planner { static void recalculate(); - #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) + #if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - FORCE_INLINE static void normalize_junction_vector(float (&vector)[XYZE]) { + FORCE_INLINE static void normalize_junction_vector(xyze_float_t &vector) { float magnitude_sq = 0; LOOP_XYZE(idx) if (vector[idx]) magnitude_sq += sq(vector[idx]); - const float inv_magnitude = RSQRT(magnitude_sq); - LOOP_XYZE(idx) vector[idx] *= inv_magnitude; + vector *= RSQRT(magnitude_sq); } - FORCE_INLINE static float limit_value_by_axis_maximum(const float &max_value, float (&unit_vec)[XYZE]) { + FORCE_INLINE static float limit_value_by_axis_maximum(const float &max_value, xyze_float_t &unit_vec) { float limit_value = max_value; LOOP_XYZE(idx) if (unit_vec[idx]) // Avoid divide by zero NOMORE(limit_value, ABS(settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[idx] / unit_vec[idx])); return limit_value; } - #endif // JUNCTION_DEVIATION + #endif // !CLASSIC_JERK }; #define PLANNER_XY_FEEDRATE() (_MIN(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[X_AXIS], planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Y_AXIS])) diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner_bezier.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/planner_bezier.cpp index 6e6746bce8..7ea3956436 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner_bezier.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner_bezier.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #include "motion.h" #include "temperature.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../core/language.h" #include "../gcode/queue.h" @@ -108,21 +108,17 @@ static inline float dist1(const float &x1, const float &y1, const float &x2, con * power available on Arduino, I think it is not wise to implement it. */ void cubic_b_spline( - const float position[NUM_AXIS], // current position - const float target[NUM_AXIS], // target position - const float (&offset)[4], // a pair of offsets + const xyze_pos_t &position, // current position + const xyze_pos_t &target, // target position + const xy_pos_t (&offsets)[2], // a pair of offsets const feedRate_t &scaled_fr_mm_s, // mm/s scaled by feedrate % const uint8_t extruder ) { // Absolute first and second control points are recovered. - const float first0 = position[X_AXIS] + offset[0], - first1 = position[Y_AXIS] + offset[1], - second0 = target[X_AXIS] + offset[2], - second1 = target[Y_AXIS] + offset[3]; + const xy_pos_t first = position + offsets[0], second = target + offsets[1]; - float bez_target[4]; - bez_target[X_AXIS] = position[X_AXIS]; - bez_target[Y_AXIS] = position[Y_AXIS]; + xyze_pos_t bez_target; + bez_target.set(position.x, position.y); float step = MAX_STEP; millis_t next_idle_ms = millis() + 200UL; @@ -141,15 +137,15 @@ void cubic_b_spline( bool did_reduce = false; float new_t = t + step; NOMORE(new_t, 1); - float new_pos0 = eval_bezier(position[X_AXIS], first0, second0, target[X_AXIS], new_t), - new_pos1 = eval_bezier(position[Y_AXIS], first1, second1, target[Y_AXIS], new_t); + float new_pos0 = eval_bezier(position.x, first.x, second.x, target.x, new_t), + new_pos1 = eval_bezier(position.y, first.y, second.y, target.y, new_t); for (;;) { if (new_t - t < (MIN_STEP)) break; const float candidate_t = 0.5f * (t + new_t), - candidate_pos0 = eval_bezier(position[X_AXIS], first0, second0, target[X_AXIS], candidate_t), - candidate_pos1 = eval_bezier(position[Y_AXIS], first1, second1, target[Y_AXIS], candidate_t), - interp_pos0 = 0.5f * (bez_target[X_AXIS] + new_pos0), - interp_pos1 = 0.5f * (bez_target[Y_AXIS] + new_pos1); + candidate_pos0 = eval_bezier(position.x, first.x, second.x, target.x, candidate_t), + candidate_pos1 = eval_bezier(position.y, first.y, second.y, target.y, candidate_t), + interp_pos0 = 0.5f * (bez_target.x + new_pos0), + interp_pos1 = 0.5f * (bez_target.y + new_pos1); if (dist1(candidate_pos0, candidate_pos1, interp_pos0, interp_pos1) <= (SIGMA)) break; new_t = candidate_t; new_pos0 = candidate_pos0; @@ -162,10 +158,10 @@ void cubic_b_spline( if (new_t - t > MAX_STEP) break; const float candidate_t = t + 2 * (new_t - t); if (candidate_t >= 1) break; - const float candidate_pos0 = eval_bezier(position[X_AXIS], first0, second0, target[X_AXIS], candidate_t), - candidate_pos1 = eval_bezier(position[Y_AXIS], first1, second1, target[Y_AXIS], candidate_t), - interp_pos0 = 0.5f * (bez_target[X_AXIS] + candidate_pos0), - interp_pos1 = 0.5f * (bez_target[Y_AXIS] + candidate_pos1); + const float candidate_pos0 = eval_bezier(position.x, first.x, second.x, target.x, candidate_t), + candidate_pos1 = eval_bezier(position.y, first.y, second.y, target.y, candidate_t), + interp_pos0 = 0.5f * (bez_target.x + candidate_pos0), + interp_pos1 = 0.5f * (bez_target.y + candidate_pos1); if (dist1(new_pos0, new_pos1, interp_pos0, interp_pos1) > (SIGMA)) break; new_t = candidate_t; new_pos0 = candidate_pos0; @@ -187,19 +183,19 @@ void cubic_b_spline( t = new_t; // Compute and send new position - bez_target[X_AXIS] = new_pos0; - bez_target[Y_AXIS] = new_pos1; - // FIXME. The following two are wrong, since the parameter t is - // not linear in the distance. - bez_target[Z_AXIS] = interp(position[Z_AXIS], target[Z_AXIS], t); - bez_target[E_AXIS] = interp(position[E_AXIS], target[E_AXIS], t); - apply_motion_limits(bez_target); + xyze_pos_t new_bez = { + new_pos0, new_pos1, + interp(position.z, target.z, t), // FIXME. These two are wrong, since the parameter t is + interp(position.e, target.e, t) // not linear in the distance. + }; + apply_motion_limits(new_bez); + bez_target = new_bez; #if HAS_LEVELING && !PLANNER_LEVELING - float pos[XYZE] = { bez_target[X_AXIS], bez_target[Y_AXIS], bez_target[Z_AXIS], bez_target[E_AXIS] }; + xyze_pos_t pos = bez_target; planner.apply_leveling(pos); #else - const float (&pos)[XYZE] = bez_target; + const xyze_pos_t &pos = bez_target; #endif if (!planner.buffer_line(pos, scaled_fr_mm_s, active_extruder, step)) diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner_bezier.h b/Marlin/src/module/planner_bezier.h index 5e959dd0f3..e7ef4719e1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner_bezier.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner_bezier.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,13 +28,12 @@ * */ -#include -#include "../core/macros.h" +#include "../core/types.h" void cubic_b_spline( - const float position[NUM_AXIS], // current position - const float target[NUM_AXIS], // target position - const float (&offset)[4], // a pair of offsets + const xyze_pos_t &position, // current position + const xyze_pos_t &target, // target position + const xy_pos_t (&offsets)[2], // a pair of offsets const feedRate_t &scaled_fr_mm_s, // mm/s scaled by feedrate % const uint8_t extruder ); diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/printcounter.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/printcounter.cpp index cef233d9ac..4b4d4b60ad 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/printcounter.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/printcounter.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ Stopwatch print_job_timer; // Global Print Job Timer instance #else // PRINTCOUNTER #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #include "../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" + #include "../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" #endif #include "printcounter.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.h" #if HAS_BUZZER && SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES > 0 @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ void PrintCounter::saveStats() { #if HAS_SERVICE_INTERVALS inline void _service_when(char buffer[], const char * const msg, const uint32_t when) { - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_STATS); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(STR_STATS); serialprintPGM(msg); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" in ", duration_t(when).toString(buffer)); } @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ void PrintCounter::saveStats() { void PrintCounter::showStats() { char buffer[21]; - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_STATS); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(STR_STATS); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( "Prints: ", data.totalPrints, ", Finished: ", data.finishedPrints, @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ void PrintCounter::showStats() { - ((isRunning() || isPaused()) ? 1 : 0) // Remove 1 from failures with an active counter ); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_STATS); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(STR_STATS); duration_t elapsed = data.printTime; elapsed.toString(buffer); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Total time: ", buffer); @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ void PrintCounter::showStats() { SERIAL_CHAR(')'); #endif - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\n" MSG_STATS "Filament used: ", data.filamentUsed / 1000); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\n" STR_STATS "Filament used: ", data.filamentUsed / 1000); SERIAL_CHAR('m'); SERIAL_EOL(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/printcounter.h b/Marlin/src/module/printcounter.h index fcc03a570e..261cdf058b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/printcounter.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/printcounter.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ // Print debug messages with M111 S2 //#define DEBUG_PRINTCOUNTER -#if EITHER(I2C_EEPROM, SPI_EEPROM) +#if USE_REAL_EEPROM // round up address to next page boundary (assuming 32 byte pages) #define STATS_EEPROM_ADDRESS 0x40 #else @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ class PrintCounter: public Stopwatch { private: typedef Stopwatch super; - #if EITHER(I2C_EEPROM, SPI_EEPROM) || defined(CPU_32_BIT) + #if USE_REAL_EEPROM || defined(CPU_32_BIT) typedef uint32_t eeprom_address_t; #else typedef uint16_t eeprom_address_t; diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/probe.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/probe.cpp index ce0d84e41b..962c230775 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/probe.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/probe.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ */ /** - * probe.cpp + * module/probe.cpp */ #include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ #include "../gcode/gcode.h" #include "../lcd/ultralcd.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" // for stop(), disable_e_steppers, wait_for_user +#include "../MarlinCore.h" // for stop(), disable_e_steppers, wait_for_user #if HAS_LEVELING #include "../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" @@ -56,8 +56,6 @@ #include "../feature/backlash.h" #endif -float probe_offset[XYZ]; // Initialized by settings.load() - #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) #include "../feature/bltouch.h" #endif @@ -80,12 +78,20 @@ float probe_offset[XYZ]; // Initialized by settings.load() #endif #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #include "../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" + #include "../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" #endif #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE) #include "../core/debug_out.h" +Probe probe; + +xyz_pos_t Probe::offset; // Initialized by settings.load() + +#if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + const xyz_pos_t &Probe::offset_xy = Probe::offset; +#endif + #if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_SLED) #ifndef SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET @@ -98,7 +104,7 @@ float probe_offset[XYZ]; // Initialized by settings.load() * stow[in] If false, move to MAX_X and engage the solenoid * If true, move to MAX_X and release the solenoid */ - static void dock_sled(bool stow) { + static void dock_sled(const bool stow) { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("dock_sled(", stow, ")"); // Dock sled a bit closer to ensure proper capturing @@ -112,8 +118,10 @@ float probe_offset[XYZ]; // Initialized by settings.load() #elif ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) // Move to the magnet to unlock the probe - void run_deploy_moves_script() { - #if TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS > X_MAX_BED + inline void run_deploy_moves_script() { + #ifndef TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS + #define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS X_MIN_POS + #elif TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS > X_MAX_BED TemporaryGlobalEndstopsState unlock_x(false); #endif #if TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_YPOS > Y_MAX_BED @@ -129,7 +137,7 @@ float probe_offset[XYZ]; // Initialized by settings.load() KEEPALIVE_STATE(PAUSED_FOR_USER); wait_for_user = true; // LCD click or M108 will clear this #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Deploy TouchMI probe."), PSTR("Continue")); + host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Deploy TouchMI probe."), CONTINUE_STR); #endif while (wait_for_user) idle(); ui.reset_status(); @@ -145,87 +153,87 @@ float probe_offset[XYZ]; // Initialized by settings.load() } // Move down to the bed to stow the probe - void run_stow_moves_script() { - const float old_pos[] = { current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS] }; + inline void run_stow_moves_script() { + const xyz_pos_t oldpos = current_position; endstops.enable_z_probe(false); do_blocking_move_to_z(TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z, MMM_TO_MMS(HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z)); - do_blocking_move_to(old_pos, MMM_TO_MMS(HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z)); + do_blocking_move_to(oldpos, MMM_TO_MMS(HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z)); } #elif ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - void run_deploy_moves_script() { + inline void run_deploy_moves_script() { #ifdef Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 #ifndef Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE 0.0 #endif - constexpr float deploy_1[] = Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1; + constexpr xyz_pos_t deploy_1 = Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1; do_blocking_move_to(deploy_1, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE)); #endif #ifdef Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 #ifndef Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE 0.0 #endif - constexpr float deploy_2[] = Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2; + constexpr xyz_pos_t deploy_2 = Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2; do_blocking_move_to(deploy_2, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE)); #endif #ifdef Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 #ifndef Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE 0.0 #endif - constexpr float deploy_3[] = Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3; + constexpr xyz_pos_t deploy_3 = Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3; do_blocking_move_to(deploy_3, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE)); #endif #ifdef Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_4 #ifndef Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_4_FEEDRATE #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_4_FEEDRATE 0.0 #endif - constexpr float deploy_4[] = Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_4; + constexpr xyz_pos_t deploy_4 = Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_4; do_blocking_move_to(deploy_4, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_4_FEEDRATE)); #endif #ifdef Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_5 #ifndef Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_5_FEEDRATE #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_5_FEEDRATE 0.0 #endif - constexpr float deploy_5[] = Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_5; + constexpr xyz_pos_t deploy_5 = Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_5; do_blocking_move_to(deploy_5, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_5_FEEDRATE)); #endif } - void run_stow_moves_script() { + inline void run_stow_moves_script() { #ifdef Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 #ifndef Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE 0.0 #endif - constexpr float stow_1[] = Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1; + constexpr xyz_pos_t stow_1 = Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1; do_blocking_move_to(stow_1, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE)); #endif #ifdef Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 #ifndef Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE 0.0 #endif - constexpr float stow_2[] = Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2; + constexpr xyz_pos_t stow_2 = Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2; do_blocking_move_to(stow_2, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE)); #endif #ifdef Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 #ifndef Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE 0.0 #endif - constexpr float stow_3[] = Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3; + constexpr xyz_pos_t stow_3 = Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3; do_blocking_move_to(stow_3, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE)); #endif #ifdef Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 #ifndef Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE 0.0 #endif - constexpr float stow_4[] = Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4; + constexpr xyz_pos_t stow_4 = Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4; do_blocking_move_to(stow_4, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE)); #endif #ifdef Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_5 #ifndef Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_5_FEEDRATE #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_5_FEEDRATE 0.0 #endif - constexpr float stow_5[] = Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_5; + constexpr xyz_pos_t stow_5 = Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_5; do_blocking_move_to(stow_5, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_5_FEEDRATE)); #endif } @@ -233,7 +241,8 @@ float probe_offset[XYZ]; // Initialized by settings.load() #endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY #if QUIET_PROBING - void probing_pause(const bool p) { + + void Probe::set_probing_paused(const bool p) { #if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) thermalManager.pause(p); #endif @@ -243,7 +252,7 @@ float probe_offset[XYZ]; // Initialized by settings.load() #if ENABLED(PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF) disable_e_steppers(); #if NONE(DELTA, HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE) - disable_X(); disable_Y(); + DISABLE_AXIS_X(); DISABLE_AXIS_Y(); #endif #endif if (p) safe_delay( @@ -254,20 +263,21 @@ float probe_offset[XYZ]; // Initialized by settings.load() #endif ); } + #endif // QUIET_PROBING /** * Raise Z to a minimum height to make room for a probe to move */ -inline void do_probe_raise(const float z_raise) { - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("do_probe_raise(", z_raise, ")"); +void Probe::do_z_raise(const float z_raise) { + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Probe::move_z(", z_raise, ")"); float z_dest = z_raise; - if (probe_offset[Z_AXIS] < 0) z_dest -= probe_offset[Z_AXIS]; + if (offset.z < 0) z_dest -= offset.z; NOMORE(z_dest, Z_MAX_POS); - if (z_dest > current_position[Z_AXIS]) + if (z_dest > current_position.z) do_blocking_move_to_z(z_dest); } @@ -281,7 +291,7 @@ FORCE_INLINE void probe_specific_action(const bool deploy) { BUZZ(100, 659); BUZZ(100, 698); - PGM_P const ds_str = deploy ? PSTR(MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY) : PSTR(MSG_MANUAL_STOW); + PGM_P const ds_str = deploy ? GET_TEXT(MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY) : GET_TEXT(MSG_MANUAL_STOW); ui.return_to_status(); // To display the new status message ui.set_status_P(ds_str, 99); serialprintPGM(ds_str); @@ -290,10 +300,10 @@ FORCE_INLINE void probe_specific_action(const bool deploy) { KEEPALIVE_STATE(PAUSED_FOR_USER); wait_for_user = true; #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Stow Probe"), PSTR("Continue")); + host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Stow Probe"), CONTINUE_STR); #endif #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired(PSTR("Stow Probe")); + ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired_P(PSTR("Stow Probe")); #endif while (wait_for_user) idle(); ui.reset_status(); @@ -343,11 +353,15 @@ FORCE_INLINE void probe_specific_action(const bool deploy) { #endif } -// returns false for ok and true for failure -bool set_probe_deployed(const bool deploy) { +/** + * Attempt to deploy or stow the probe + * + * Return TRUE if the probe could not be deployed/stowed + */ +bool Probe::set_deployed(const bool deploy) { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { - DEBUG_POS("set_probe_deployed", current_position); + DEBUG_POS("Probe::set_deployed", current_position); DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("deploy: ", deploy); } @@ -356,7 +370,7 @@ bool set_probe_deployed(const bool deploy) { // Make room for probe to deploy (or stow) // Fix-mounted probe should only raise for deploy // unless PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW is enabled - #if ENABLED(FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE) && DISABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) + #if EITHER(FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, NOZZLE_AS_PROBE) && DISABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) const bool deploy_stow_condition = deploy; #else constexpr bool deploy_stow_condition = true; @@ -370,7 +384,7 @@ bool set_probe_deployed(const bool deploy) { #endif if (deploy_stow_condition && unknown_condition) - do_probe_raise(_MAX(Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES, Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE)); + do_z_raise(_MAX(Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES, Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE)); #if EITHER(Z_PROBE_SLED, Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) if (axis_unhomed_error( @@ -378,17 +392,16 @@ bool set_probe_deployed(const bool deploy) { _BV(X_AXIS) #endif )) { - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_STOP_UNHOMED); + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_STOP_UNHOMED); stop(); return true; } #endif - const float oldXpos = current_position[X_AXIS], - oldYpos = current_position[Y_AXIS]; + const xy_pos_t old_xy = current_position; #if ENABLED(PROBE_TRIGGERED_WHEN_STOWED_TEST) - #if USES_Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP + #if HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN #define PROBE_STOWED() (READ(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) != Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING) #else #define PROBE_STOWED() (READ(Z_MIN_PIN) != Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING) @@ -407,7 +420,7 @@ bool set_probe_deployed(const bool deploy) { if (PROBE_STOWED() == deploy) { // Unchanged after deploy/stow action? if (IsRunning()) { SERIAL_ERROR_MSG("Z-Probe failed"); - LCD_ALERTMESSAGEPGM("Err: ZPROBE"); + LCD_ALERTMESSAGEPGM_P(PSTR("Err: ZPROBE")); } stop(); return true; @@ -419,17 +432,17 @@ bool set_probe_deployed(const bool deploy) { #endif - do_blocking_move_to(oldXpos, oldYpos, current_position[Z_AXIS]); // return to position before deploy + do_blocking_move_to(old_xy); endstops.enable_z_probe(deploy); return false; } #ifdef Z_AFTER_PROBING // After probing move to a preferred Z position - void move_z_after_probing() { - if (current_position[Z_AXIS] != Z_AFTER_PROBING) { + void Probe::move_z_after_probing() { + if (current_position.z != Z_AFTER_PROBING) { do_blocking_move_to_z(Z_AFTER_PROBING); - current_position[Z_AXIS] = Z_AFTER_PROBING; + current_position.z = Z_AFTER_PROBING; } } #endif @@ -442,21 +455,21 @@ bool set_probe_deployed(const bool deploy) { * @return true to indicate an error */ -#if HAS_HEATED_BED && ENABLED(WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER) - const char msg_wait_for_bed_heating[25] PROGMEM = "Wait for bed heating...\n"; -#endif - -static bool do_probe_move(const float z, const feedRate_t fr_mm_s) { - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS(">>> do_probe_move", current_position); +/** + * @brief Move down until the probe triggers or the low limit is reached + * + * @details Used by run_z_probe to get each bed Z height measurement. + * Sets current_position.z to the height where the probe triggered + * (according to the Z stepper count). The float Z is propagated + * back to the planner.position to preempt any rounding error. + * + * @return TRUE if the probe failed to trigger. + */ +bool Probe::probe_down_to_z(const float z, const feedRate_t fr_mm_s) { + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS(">>> Probe::probe_down_to_z", current_position); #if HAS_HEATED_BED && ENABLED(WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER) - // Wait for bed to heat back up between probing points - if (thermalManager.isHeatingBed()) { - serialprintPGM(msg_wait_for_bed_heating); - LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_BED_HEATING); - thermalManager.wait_for_bed(); - ui.reset_status(); - } + thermalManager.wait_for_bed_heating(); #endif #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) && DISABLED(BLTOUCH_HS_MODE) @@ -475,7 +488,7 @@ static bool do_probe_move(const float z, const feedRate_t fr_mm_s) { #endif #if QUIET_PROBING - probing_pause(true); + set_probing_paused(true); #endif // Move down until the probe is triggered @@ -497,7 +510,7 @@ static bool do_probe_move(const float z, const feedRate_t fr_mm_s) { ; #if QUIET_PROBING - probing_pause(false); + set_probing_paused(false); #endif // Re-enable stealthChop if used. Disable diag1 pin on driver. @@ -523,7 +536,7 @@ static bool do_probe_move(const float z, const feedRate_t fr_mm_s) { // Tell the planner where we actually are sync_plan_position(); - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("<<< do_probe_move", current_position); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("<<< Probe::probe_down_to_z", current_position); return !probe_triggered; } @@ -532,23 +545,25 @@ static bool do_probe_move(const float z, const feedRate_t fr_mm_s) { * @brief Probe at the current XY (possibly more than once) to find the bed Z. * * @details Used by probe_at_point to get the bed Z height at the current XY. - * Leaves current_position[Z_AXIS] at the height where the probe triggered. + * Leaves current_position.z at the height where the probe triggered. * * @return The Z position of the bed at the current XY or NAN on error. */ -static float run_z_probe() { +float Probe::run_z_probe(const bool sanity_check/*=true*/) { - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS(">>> run_z_probe", current_position); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS(">>> Probe::run_z_probe", current_position); // Stop the probe before it goes too low to prevent damage. // If Z isn't known then probe to -10mm. - const float z_probe_low_point = TEST(axis_known_position, Z_AXIS) ? -probe_offset[Z_AXIS] + Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT : -10.0; + const float z_probe_low_point = TEST(axis_known_position, Z_AXIS) ? -offset.z + Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT : -10.0; // Double-probing does a fast probe followed by a slow probe #if TOTAL_PROBING == 2 // Do a first probe at the fast speed - if (do_probe_move(z_probe_low_point, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST))) { + if (probe_down_to_z(z_probe_low_point, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST)) // No probe trigger? + || (sanity_check && current_position.z > -offset.z + _MAX(Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES, 4) / 2) // Probe triggered too high? + ) { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("FAST Probe fail!"); DEBUG_POS("<<< run_z_probe", current_position); @@ -556,22 +571,22 @@ static float run_z_probe() { return NAN; } - const float first_probe_z = current_position[Z_AXIS]; + const float first_probe_z = current_position.z; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("1st Probe Z:", first_probe_z); // Raise to give the probe clearance - do_blocking_move_to_z(current_position[Z_AXIS] + Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST)); + do_blocking_move_to_z(current_position.z + Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST)); #elif Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST != Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // If the nozzle is well over the travel height then // move down quickly before doing the slow probe - const float z = Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE + 5.0 + (probe_offset[Z_AXIS] < 0 ? -probe_offset[Z_AXIS] : 0); - if (current_position[Z_AXIS] > z) { + const float z = Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE + 5.0 + (offset.z < 0 ? -offset.z : 0); + if (current_position.z > z) { // Probe down fast. If the probe never triggered, raise for probe clearance - if (!do_probe_move(z, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST))) - do_blocking_move_to_z(current_position[Z_AXIS] + Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST)); + if (!probe_down_to_z(z, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST))) + do_blocking_move_to_z(current_position.z + Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST)); } #endif @@ -580,7 +595,7 @@ static float run_z_probe() { #endif #if TOTAL_PROBING > 2 - float probes_total = 0; + float probes_z_sum = 0; for ( #if EXTRA_PROBING uint8_t p = 0; p < TOTAL_PROBING; p++ @@ -591,7 +606,9 @@ static float run_z_probe() { #endif { // Probe downward slowly to find the bed - if (do_probe_move(z_probe_low_point, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW))) { + if (probe_down_to_z(z_probe_low_point, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW)) // No probe trigger? + || (sanity_check && current_position.z > -offset.z + _MAX(Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE, 4) / 2) // Probe triggered too high? + ) { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("SLOW Probe fail!"); DEBUG_POS("<<< run_z_probe", current_position); @@ -603,11 +620,11 @@ static float run_z_probe() { backlash.measure_with_probe(); #endif - const float z = current_position[Z_AXIS]; + const float z = current_position.z; #if EXTRA_PROBING // Insert Z measurement into probes[]. Keep it sorted ascending. - for (uint8_t i = 0; i <= p; i++) { // Iterate the saved Zs to insert the new Z + LOOP_LE_N(i, p) { // Iterate the saved Zs to insert the new Z if (i == p || probes[i] > z) { // Last index or new Z is smaller than this Z for (int8_t m = p; --m >= i;) probes[m + 1] = probes[m]; // Shift items down after the insertion point probes[i] = z; // Insert the new Z measurement @@ -615,7 +632,7 @@ static float run_z_probe() { } } #elif TOTAL_PROBING > 2 - probes_total += z; + probes_z_sum += z; #else UNUSED(z); #endif @@ -645,16 +662,16 @@ static float run_z_probe() { max_avg_idx--; else min_avg_idx++; // Return the average value of all remaining probes. - for (uint8_t i = min_avg_idx; i <= max_avg_idx; i++) - probes_total += probes[i]; + LOOP_S_LE_N(i, min_avg_idx, max_avg_idx) + probes_z_sum += probes[i]; #endif - const float measured_z = probes_total * RECIPROCAL(MULTIPLE_PROBING); + const float measured_z = probes_z_sum * RECIPROCAL(MULTIPLE_PROBING); #elif TOTAL_PROBING == 2 - const float z2 = current_position[Z_AXIS]; + const float z2 = current_position.z; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("2nd Probe Z:", z2, " Discrepancy:", first_probe_z - z2); @@ -664,7 +681,7 @@ static float run_z_probe() { #else // Return the single probe result - const float measured_z = current_position[Z_AXIS]; + const float measured_z = current_position.z; #endif @@ -682,10 +699,10 @@ static float run_z_probe() { * - Raise to the BETWEEN height * - Return the probed Z position */ -float probe_at_point(const float &rx, const float &ry, const ProbePtRaise raise_after/*=PROBE_PT_NONE*/, const uint8_t verbose_level/*=0*/, const bool probe_relative/*=true*/) { +float Probe::probe_at_point(const float &rx, const float &ry, const ProbePtRaise raise_after/*=PROBE_PT_NONE*/, const uint8_t verbose_level/*=0*/, const bool probe_relative/*=true*/, const bool sanity_check/*=true*/) { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR( - ">>> probe_at_point(", LOGICAL_X_POSITION(rx), ", ", LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(ry), + ">>> Probe::probe_at_point(", LOGICAL_X_POSITION(rx), ", ", LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(ry), ", ", raise_after == PROBE_PT_RAISE ? "raise" : raise_after == PROBE_PT_STOW ? "stow" : "none", ", ", int(verbose_level), ", ", probe_relative ? "probe" : "nozzle", "_relative)" @@ -693,21 +710,27 @@ float probe_at_point(const float &rx, const float &ry, const ProbePtRaise raise_ DEBUG_POS("", current_position); } - // TODO: Adapt for SCARA, where the offset rotates - float nx = rx, ny = ry; - if (probe_relative) { - if (!position_is_reachable_by_probe(rx, ry)) return NAN; // The given position is in terms of the probe - nx -= probe_offset[X_AXIS]; // Get the nozzle position - ny -= probe_offset[Y_AXIS]; - } - else if (!position_is_reachable(nx, ny)) return NAN; // The given position is in terms of the nozzle + #if BOTH(BLTOUCH, BLTOUCH_HS_MODE) + if (bltouch.triggered()) bltouch._reset(); + #endif - const float nz = + // TODO: Adapt for SCARA, where the offset rotates + xyz_pos_t npos = { rx, ry }; + if (probe_relative) { // The given position is in terms of the probe + if (!can_reach(npos)) { + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Position Not Reachable"); + return NAN; + } + npos -= offset_xy; // Get the nozzle position + } + else if (!position_is_reachable(npos)) return NAN; // The given position is in terms of the nozzle + + npos.z = #if ENABLED(DELTA) // Move below clip height or xy move will be aborted by do_blocking_move_to - _MIN(current_position[Z_AXIS], delta_clip_start_height) + _MIN(current_position.z, delta_clip_start_height) #else - current_position[Z_AXIS] + current_position.z #endif ; @@ -715,41 +738,40 @@ float probe_at_point(const float &rx, const float &ry, const ProbePtRaise raise_ feedrate_mm_s = XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE_MM_S; // Move the probe to the starting XYZ - do_blocking_move_to(nx, ny, nz); + do_blocking_move_to(npos); float measured_z = NAN; - if (!DEPLOY_PROBE()) { - measured_z = run_z_probe() + probe_offset[Z_AXIS]; - + if (!deploy()) measured_z = run_z_probe(sanity_check) + offset.z; + if (!isnan(measured_z)) { const bool big_raise = raise_after == PROBE_PT_BIG_RAISE; if (big_raise || raise_after == PROBE_PT_RAISE) - do_blocking_move_to_z(current_position[Z_AXIS] + (big_raise ? 25 : Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES), MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST)); + do_blocking_move_to_z(current_position.z + (big_raise ? 25 : Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES), MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST)); else if (raise_after == PROBE_PT_STOW) - if (STOW_PROBE()) measured_z = NAN; - } + if (stow()) measured_z = NAN; // Error on stow? - if (verbose_level > 2) { - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F("Bed X: ", LOGICAL_X_POSITION(rx), 3); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(" Y: ", LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(ry), 3); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F(" Z: ", measured_z, 3); + if (verbose_level > 2) { + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F("Bed X: ", LOGICAL_X_POSITION(rx), 3); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F( " Y: ", LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(ry), 3); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F( " Z: ", measured_z, 3); + } } feedrate_mm_s = old_feedrate_mm_s; if (isnan(measured_z)) { - STOW_PROBE(); - LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_ERR_PROBING_FAILED); - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_PROBING_FAILED); + stow(); + LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_LCD_PROBING_FAILED); + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_ERR_PROBING_FAILED); } - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("<<< probe_at_point"); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("<<< Probe::probe_at_point"); return measured_z; } #if HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE - void servo_probe_init() { + void Probe::servo_probe_init() { /** * Set position of Z Servo Endstop * diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/probe.h b/Marlin/src/module/probe.h index dbdb66e143..083867ab48 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/probe.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/probe.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -22,90 +22,195 @@ #pragma once /** - * probe.h - Move, deploy, enable, etc. + * module/probe.h - Move, deploy, enable, etc. */ #include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" +#include "motion.h" + #if HAS_BED_PROBE - - constexpr float nozzle_to_probe_offset[XYZ] = NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET; - - extern float probe_offset[XYZ]; - - bool set_probe_deployed(const bool deploy); - #ifdef Z_AFTER_PROBING - void move_z_after_probing(); - #endif - enum ProbePtRaise : unsigned char { - PROBE_PT_NONE, // No raise or stow after run_z_probe - PROBE_PT_STOW, // Do a complete stow after run_z_probe - PROBE_PT_RAISE, // Raise to "between" clearance after run_z_probe + enum ProbePtRaise : uint8_t { + PROBE_PT_NONE, // No raise or stow after run_z_probe + PROBE_PT_STOW, // Do a complete stow after run_z_probe + PROBE_PT_RAISE, // Raise to "between" clearance after run_z_probe PROBE_PT_BIG_RAISE // Raise to big clearance after run_z_probe }; - float probe_at_point(const float &rx, const float &ry, const ProbePtRaise raise_after=PROBE_PT_NONE, const uint8_t verbose_level=0, const bool probe_relative=true); - #define DEPLOY_PROBE() set_probe_deployed(true) - #define STOW_PROBE() set_probe_deployed(false) - #if HAS_HEATED_BED && ENABLED(WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER) - extern const char msg_wait_for_bed_heating[25]; +#endif + +class Probe { +public: + + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + + static xyz_pos_t offset; + + static bool set_deployed(const bool deploy); + + + #if IS_KINEMATIC + + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + // Return true if the both nozzle and the probe can reach the given point. + // Note: This won't work on SCARA since the probe offset rotates with the arm. + static inline bool can_reach(const float &rx, const float &ry) { + return position_is_reachable(rx - offset_xy.x, ry - offset_xy.y) // The nozzle can go where it needs to go? + && position_is_reachable(rx, ry, ABS(MIN_PROBE_EDGE)); // Can the nozzle also go near there? + } + #else + FORCE_INLINE static bool can_reach(const float &rx, const float &ry) { + return position_is_reachable(rx, ry, MIN_PROBE_EDGE); + } + #endif + + #else + + /** + * Return whether the given position is within the bed, and whether the nozzle + * can reach the position required to put the probe at the given position. + * + * Example: For a probe offset of -10,+10, then for the probe to reach 0,0 the + * nozzle must be be able to reach +10,-10. + */ + static inline bool can_reach(const float &rx, const float &ry) { + return position_is_reachable(rx - offset_xy.x, ry - offset_xy.y) + && WITHIN(rx, min_x() - fslop, max_x() + fslop) + && WITHIN(ry, min_y() - fslop, max_y() + fslop); + } + + #endif + + #ifdef Z_AFTER_PROBING + static void move_z_after_probing(); + #endif + static float probe_at_point(const float &rx, const float &ry, const ProbePtRaise raise_after=PROBE_PT_NONE, const uint8_t verbose_level=0, const bool probe_relative=true, const bool sanity_check=true); + static inline float probe_at_point(const xy_pos_t &pos, const ProbePtRaise raise_after=PROBE_PT_NONE, const uint8_t verbose_level=0, const bool probe_relative=true, const bool sanity_check=true) { + return probe_at_point(pos.x, pos.y, raise_after, verbose_level, probe_relative, sanity_check); + } + + #else + + static constexpr xyz_pos_t offset = xyz_pos_t({ 0, 0, 0 }); // See #16767 + + static bool set_deployed(const bool) { return false; } + + FORCE_INLINE static bool can_reach(const float &rx, const float &ry) { return position_is_reachable(rx, ry); } + #endif -#else + FORCE_INLINE static bool can_reach(const xy_pos_t &pos) { return can_reach(pos.x, pos.y); } - constexpr float probe_offset[XYZ] = { 0 }; - #define DEPLOY_PROBE() - #define STOW_PROBE() - -#endif - -#if HAS_LEVELING && HAS_BED_PROBE - inline float probe_min_x() { - return _MAX( + FORCE_INLINE static bool good_bounds(const xy_pos_t &lf, const xy_pos_t &rb) { + return ( #if IS_KINEMATIC - PROBE_X_MIN, MESH_MIN_X + can_reach(lf.x, 0) && can_reach(rb.x, 0) && can_reach(0, lf.y) && can_reach(0, rb.y) #else - (X_MIN_BED) + (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT), (X_MIN_POS) + probe_offset[X_AXIS] + can_reach(lf) && can_reach(rb) #endif ); } - inline float probe_max_x() { - return _MIN( - #if IS_KINEMATIC - PROBE_X_MAX, MESH_MAX_X - #else - (X_MAX_BED) - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT), (X_MAX_POS) + probe_offset[X_AXIS] - #endif - ); - } - inline float probe_min_y() { - return _MAX( - #if IS_KINEMATIC - PROBE_Y_MIN, MESH_MIN_Y - #else - (Y_MIN_BED) + (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT), (Y_MIN_POS) + probe_offset[Y_AXIS] - #endif - ); - } - inline float probe_max_y() { - return _MIN( - #if IS_KINEMATIC - PROBE_Y_MAX, MESH_MAX_Y - #else - (Y_MAX_BED) - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK), (Y_MAX_POS) + probe_offset[Y_AXIS] - #endif - ); - } -#else - inline float probe_min_x() { return 0; }; - inline float probe_max_x() { return 0; }; - inline float probe_min_y() { return 0; }; - inline float probe_max_y() { return 0; }; -#endif -#if HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE - void servo_probe_init(); -#endif + // Use offset_xy for read only access + // More optimal the XY offset is known to always be zero. + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + static const xyz_pos_t &offset_xy; + #else + static constexpr xy_pos_t offset_xy = xy_pos_t({ 0, 0 }); // See #16767 + #endif -#if QUIET_PROBING - void probing_pause(const bool p); -#endif + static inline bool deploy() { return set_deployed(true); } + static inline bool stow() { return set_deployed(false); } + + #if HAS_BED_PROBE || HAS_LEVELING + #if IS_KINEMATIC + static constexpr float printable_radius = ( + #if ENABLED(DELTA) + DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS + #elif IS_SCARA + SCARA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS + #endif + ); + + static inline float probe_radius() { + return printable_radius - _MAX(MIN_PROBE_EDGE, HYPOT(offset_xy.x, offset_xy.y)); + } + #endif + + static inline float min_x() { + return ( + #if IS_KINEMATIC + (X_CENTER) - probe_radius() + #else + _MAX((X_MIN_BED) + (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT), (X_MIN_POS) + offset_xy.x) + #endif + ); + } + static inline float max_x() { + return ( + #if IS_KINEMATIC + (X_CENTER) + probe_radius() + #else + _MIN((X_MAX_BED) - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT), (X_MAX_POS) + offset_xy.x) + #endif + ); + } + static inline float min_y() { + return ( + #if IS_KINEMATIC + (Y_CENTER) - probe_radius() + #else + _MAX((Y_MIN_BED) + (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT), (Y_MIN_POS) + offset_xy.y) + #endif + ); + } + static inline float max_y() { + return ( + #if IS_KINEMATIC + (Y_CENTER) + probe_radius() + #else + _MIN((Y_MAX_BED) - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK), (Y_MAX_POS) + offset_xy.y) + #endif + ); + } + + #if NEEDS_THREE_PROBE_POINTS + // Retrieve three points to probe the bed. Any type exposing set(X,Y) may be used. + template + static inline void get_three_points(T points[3]) { + #if HAS_FIXED_3POINT + points[0].set(PROBE_PT_1_X, PROBE_PT_1_Y); + points[1].set(PROBE_PT_2_X, PROBE_PT_2_Y); + points[2].set(PROBE_PT_3_X, PROBE_PT_3_Y); + #else + #if IS_KINEMATIC + constexpr float SIN0 = 0.0, SIN120 = 0.866025, SIN240 = -0.866025, + COS0 = 1.0, COS120 = -0.5 , COS240 = -0.5; + points[0].set((X_CENTER) + probe_radius() * COS0, (Y_CENTER) + probe_radius() * SIN0); + points[1].set((X_CENTER) + probe_radius() * COS120, (Y_CENTER) + probe_radius() * SIN120); + points[2].set((X_CENTER) + probe_radius() * COS240, (Y_CENTER) + probe_radius() * SIN240); + #else + points[0].set(min_x(), min_y()); + points[1].set(max_x(), min_y()); + points[2].set((max_x() - min_x()) / 2, max_y()); + #endif + #endif + } + #endif + + #endif // HAS_BED_PROBE + + #if HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE + static void servo_probe_init(); + #endif + + #if QUIET_PROBING + static void set_probing_paused(const bool p); + #endif + +private: + static bool probe_down_to_z(const float z, const feedRate_t fr_mm_s); + static void do_z_raise(const float z_raise); + static float run_z_probe(const bool sanity_check=true); +}; + +extern Probe probe; diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/scara.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/scara.cpp index fe98df46bf..5fbbfd65a6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/scara.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/scara.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -36,34 +36,38 @@ float delta_segments_per_second = SCARA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND; void scara_set_axis_is_at_home(const AxisEnum axis) { if (axis == Z_AXIS) - current_position[Z_AXIS] = Z_HOME_POS; + current_position.z = Z_HOME_POS; else { /** * SCARA homes XY at the same time */ - float homeposition[XYZ]; + xyz_pos_t homeposition; LOOP_XYZ(i) homeposition[i] = base_home_pos((AxisEnum)i); - // SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("homeposition X:", homeposition[X_AXIS], " Y:", homeposition[Y_AXIS]); - - /** - * Get Home position SCARA arm angles using inverse kinematics, - * and calculate homing offset using forward kinematics - */ - inverse_kinematics(homeposition); - forward_kinematics_SCARA(delta[A_AXIS], delta[B_AXIS]); - - // SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Cartesian X:", cartes[X_AXIS], " Y:", cartes[Y_AXIS]); - - current_position[axis] = cartes[axis]; + #if ENABLED(MORGAN_SCARA) + // MORGAN_SCARA uses arm angles for AB home position + // SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("homeposition A:", homeposition.a, " B:", homeposition.b); + inverse_kinematics(homeposition); + forward_kinematics_SCARA(delta.a, delta.b); + current_position[axis] = cartes[axis]; + #else + // MP_SCARA uses a Cartesian XY home position + // SERIAL_ECHOPGM("homeposition"); + // SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_X_LBL, homeposition.x, SP_Y_LBL, homeposition.y); + current_position[axis] = homeposition[axis]; + #endif + // SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Cartesian"); + // SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_X_LBL, current_position.x, SP_Y_LBL, current_position.y); update_software_endstops(axis); } } +static constexpr xy_pos_t scara_offset = { SCARA_OFFSET_X, SCARA_OFFSET_Y }; + /** - * Morgan SCARA Forward Kinematics. Results in cartes[]. + * Morgan SCARA Forward Kinematics. Results in 'cartes'. * Maths and first version by QHARLEY. * Integrated into Marlin and slightly restructured by Joachim Cerny. */ @@ -74,8 +78,8 @@ void forward_kinematics_SCARA(const float &a, const float &b) { b_sin = sin(RADIANS(b)) * L2, b_cos = cos(RADIANS(b)) * L2; - cartes[X_AXIS] = a_cos + b_cos + SCARA_OFFSET_X; //theta - cartes[Y_AXIS] = a_sin + b_sin + SCARA_OFFSET_Y; //theta+phi + cartes.set(a_cos + b_cos + scara_offset.x, // theta + a_sin + b_sin + scara_offset.y); // theta+phi /* SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( @@ -86,53 +90,70 @@ void forward_kinematics_SCARA(const float &a, const float &b) { " b_sin=", b_sin, " b_cos=", b_cos ); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" cartes (X,Y) = "(cartes[X_AXIS], ", ", cartes[Y_AXIS], ")"); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" cartes (X,Y) = "(cartes.x, ", ", cartes.y, ")"); //*/ } -/** - * Morgan SCARA Inverse Kinematics. Results in delta[]. - * - * See http://forums.reprap.org/read.php?185,283327 - * - * Maths and first version by QHARLEY. - * Integrated into Marlin and slightly restructured by Joachim Cerny. - */ -void inverse_kinematics(const float (&raw)[XYZ]) { +void inverse_kinematics(const xyz_pos_t &raw) { - static float C2, S2, SK1, SK2, THETA, PSI; + #if ENABLED(MORGAN_SCARA) + /** + * Morgan SCARA Inverse Kinematics. Results in 'delta'. + * + * See http://forums.reprap.org/read.php?185,283327 + * + * Maths and first version by QHARLEY. + * Integrated into Marlin and slightly restructured by Joachim Cerny. + */ + float C2, S2, SK1, SK2, THETA, PSI; - float sx = raw[X_AXIS] - SCARA_OFFSET_X, // Translate SCARA to standard X Y - sy = raw[Y_AXIS] - SCARA_OFFSET_Y; // With scaling factor. + // Translate SCARA to standard XY with scaling factor + const xy_pos_t spos = raw - scara_offset; - if (L1 == L2) - C2 = HYPOT2(sx, sy) / L1_2_2 - 1; - else - C2 = (HYPOT2(sx, sy) - (L1_2 + L2_2)) / (2.0 * L1 * L2); + const float H2 = HYPOT2(spos.x, spos.y); + if (L1 == L2) + C2 = H2 / L1_2_2 - 1; + else + C2 = (H2 - (L1_2 + L2_2)) / (2.0f * L1 * L2); - S2 = SQRT(1 - sq(C2)); + S2 = SQRT(1.0f - sq(C2)); - // Unrotated Arm1 plus rotated Arm2 gives the distance from Center to End - SK1 = L1 + L2 * C2; + // Unrotated Arm1 plus rotated Arm2 gives the distance from Center to End + SK1 = L1 + L2 * C2; - // Rotated Arm2 gives the distance from Arm1 to Arm2 - SK2 = L2 * S2; + // Rotated Arm2 gives the distance from Arm1 to Arm2 + SK2 = L2 * S2; - // Angle of Arm1 is the difference between Center-to-End angle and the Center-to-Elbow - THETA = ATAN2(SK1, SK2) - ATAN2(sx, sy); + // Angle of Arm1 is the difference between Center-to-End angle and the Center-to-Elbow + THETA = ATAN2(SK1, SK2) - ATAN2(spos.x, spos.y); - // Angle of Arm2 - PSI = ATAN2(S2, C2); + // Angle of Arm2 + PSI = ATAN2(S2, C2); - delta[A_AXIS] = DEGREES(THETA); // theta is support arm angle - delta[B_AXIS] = DEGREES(THETA + PSI); // equal to sub arm angle (inverted motor) - delta[C_AXIS] = raw[Z_AXIS]; + delta.set(DEGREES(THETA), DEGREES(THETA + PSI), raw.z); - /* - DEBUG_POS("SCARA IK", raw); - DEBUG_POS("SCARA IK", delta); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" SCARA (x,y) ", sx, ",", sy, " C2=", C2, " S2=", S2, " Theta=", THETA, " Phi=", PHI); - //*/ + /* + DEBUG_POS("SCARA IK", raw); + DEBUG_POS("SCARA IK", delta); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" SCARA (x,y) ", sx, ",", sy, " C2=", C2, " S2=", S2, " Theta=", THETA, " Phi=", PHI); + //*/ + + #else // MP_SCARA + + const float x = raw.x, y = raw.y, c = HYPOT(x, y), + THETA3 = ATAN2(y, x), + THETA1 = THETA3 + ACOS((sq(c) + sq(L1) - sq(L2)) / (2.0f * c * L1)), + THETA2 = THETA3 - ACOS((sq(c) + sq(L2) - sq(L1)) / (2.0f * c * L2)); + + delta.set(DEGREES(THETA1), DEGREES(THETA2), raw.z); + + /* + DEBUG_POS("SCARA IK", raw); + DEBUG_POS("SCARA IK", delta); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" SCARA (x,y) ", x, ",", y," Theta1=", THETA1, " Theta2=", THETA2); + //*/ + + #endif // MP_SCARA } void scara_report_positions() { diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/scara.h b/Marlin/src/module/scara.h index 3a17cddbfd..2f60ebbf15 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/scara.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/scara.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -36,11 +36,7 @@ float constexpr L1 = SCARA_LINKAGE_1, L2 = SCARA_LINKAGE_2, void scara_set_axis_is_at_home(const AxisEnum axis); -void inverse_kinematics(const float (&raw)[XYZ]); -FORCE_INLINE void inverse_kinematics(const float (&raw)[XYZE]) { - const float raw_xyz[XYZ] = { raw[X_AXIS], raw[Y_AXIS], raw[Z_AXIS] }; - inverse_kinematics(raw_xyz); -} +void inverse_kinematics(const xyz_pos_t &raw); void forward_kinematics_SCARA(const float &a, const float &b); void scara_report_positions(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/servo.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/servo.cpp index c9d0431538..c49f939d0f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/servo.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/servo.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/servo.h b/Marlin/src/module/servo.h index 4ead93cd5c..335ce698e0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/servo.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/servo.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -31,46 +31,65 @@ #if HAS_SERVO_ANGLES #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #ifndef SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR -1 - #endif + // Switching extruder can have 2 or 4 angles #if EXTRUDERS > 3 #define REQ_ANGLES 4 #else #define REQ_ANGLES 2 #endif - #define SADATA SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES - #define ASRC(N,E) (SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR == N ? asrc[E] : SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR == N ? asrc[E+2] : 0) - #elif ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SADATA SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES - #define ASRC(N,E) (SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR == N ? asrc[E] : 0) - #elif defined(Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR) - #define ASRC(N,E) (Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR == N ? asrc[E] : 0) + constexpr uint16_t sase[] = SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES; + static_assert(COUNT(sase) == REQ_ANGLES, "SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES needs " STRINGIFY(REQ_ANGLES) " angles."); + #else + constexpr uint16_t sase[4] = { 0 }; + #endif + + #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) + constexpr uint16_t sasn[] = SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES; + static_assert(COUNT(sasn) == 2, "SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES needs 2 angles."); + #else + constexpr uint16_t sasn[2] = { 0 }; + #endif + + #ifdef Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) #include "../feature/bltouch.h" + #undef Z_SERVO_ANGLES + #define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { BLTOUCH_DEPLOY, BLTOUCH_STOW } #endif - #ifdef BLTOUCH_ANGLES - #define SADATA BLTOUCH_ANGLES - #elif defined(Z_SERVO_ANGLES) - #define SADATA Z_SERVO_ANGLES - #else - #error "Servo angles are needed!" - #endif + constexpr uint16_t sazp[] = Z_SERVO_ANGLES; + static_assert(COUNT(sazp) == 2, "Z_SERVO_ANGLES needs 2 angles."); + #else + constexpr uint16_t sazp[2] = { 0 }; #endif + #ifndef SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR -1 + #endif + #ifndef SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR -1 + #endif + #ifndef SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR -1 + #endif + #ifndef Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR + #define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR -1 + #endif + + #define ASRC(N,I) ( \ + N == SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR ? sase[I] \ + : N == SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR ? sase[I+2] \ + : N == SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR ? sasn[I] \ + : N == Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR ? sazp[I] \ + : 0 ) + #if ENABLED(EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES) extern uint16_t servo_angles[NUM_SERVOS][2]; - #define BASE_SERVO_ANGLES base_servo_angles + #define CONST_SERVO_ANGLES base_servo_angles #else - #define BASE_SERVO_ANGLES servo_angles + #define CONST_SERVO_ANGLES servo_angles #endif - constexpr uint16_t asrc[] = SADATA; - #if REQ_ANGLES - static_assert(COUNT(asrc) == REQ_ANGLES, "SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES needs " STRINGIFY(REQ_ANGLES) " angles."); - #endif - - constexpr uint16_t BASE_SERVO_ANGLES [NUM_SERVOS][2] = { + constexpr uint16_t CONST_SERVO_ANGLES [NUM_SERVOS][2] = { { ASRC(0,0), ASRC(0,1) } #if NUM_SERVOS > 1 , { ASRC(1,0), ASRC(1,1) } diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/speed_lookuptable.h b/Marlin/src/module/speed_lookuptable.h index b4cf8b94b8..088cb23c7f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/speed_lookuptable.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/speed_lookuptable.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp index b806cb1142..ed48b83d5a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -81,6 +81,8 @@ Stepper stepper; // Singleton +#define BABYSTEPPING_EXTRA_DIR_WAIT + #if HAS_MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM bool Stepper::initialized; // = false #endif @@ -98,9 +100,13 @@ Stepper stepper; // Singleton #include "../core/language.h" #include "../gcode/queue.h" #include "../sd/cardreader.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../HAL/shared/Delay.h" +#if ENABLED(INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING) + #include "../feature/babystep.h" +#endif + #if MB(ALLIGATOR) #include "../feature/dac/dac_dac084s085.h" #endif @@ -117,12 +123,14 @@ Stepper stepper; // Singleton #include "../feature/runout.h" #endif -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - #include "../libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" +#if HAS_L64XX + #include "../libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" + uint8_t L6470_buf[MAX_L64XX + 1]; // chip command sequence - element 0 not used + bool L64XX_OK_to_power_up = false; // flag to keep L64xx steppers powered down after a reset or power up #endif #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - #include "../feature/power_loss_recovery.h" + #include "../feature/powerloss.h" #endif // public: @@ -154,11 +162,16 @@ bool Stepper::abort_current_block; #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) bool Stepper::locked_Y_motor = false, Stepper::locked_Y2_motor = false; #endif -#if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - bool Stepper::locked_Z_motor = false, Stepper::locked_Z2_motor = false; -#endif -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) || BOTH(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN, Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - bool Stepper::locked_Z3_motor = false; + +#if EITHER(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS, Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + bool Stepper::locked_Z_motor = false, Stepper::locked_Z2_motor = false + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + , Stepper::locked_Z3_motor = false + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + , Stepper::locked_Z4_motor = false + #endif + #endif + ; #endif uint32_t Stepper::acceleration_time, Stepper::deceleration_time; @@ -169,10 +182,10 @@ uint8_t Stepper::steps_per_isr; #endif uint8_t Stepper::oversampling_factor; -int32_t Stepper::delta_error[XYZE] = { 0 }; +xyze_long_t Stepper::delta_error{0}; -uint32_t Stepper::advance_dividend[XYZE] = { 0 }, - Stepper::advance_divisor = 0, +xyze_ulong_t Stepper::advance_dividend{0}; +uint32_t Stepper::advance_divisor = 0, Stepper::step_events_completed = 0, // The number of step events executed in the current block Stepper::accelerate_until, // The count at which to stop accelerating Stepper::decelerate_after, // The count at which to start decelerating @@ -196,11 +209,8 @@ uint32_t Stepper::advance_dividend[XYZE] = { 0 }, bool Stepper::bezier_2nd_half; // =false If Bézier curve has been initialized or not #endif -uint32_t Stepper::nextMainISR = 0; - #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - constexpr uint32_t LA_ADV_NEVER = 0xFFFFFFFF; uint32_t Stepper::nextAdvanceISR = LA_ADV_NEVER, Stepper::LA_isr_rate = LA_ADV_NEVER; uint16_t Stepper::LA_current_adv_steps = 0, @@ -213,15 +223,18 @@ uint32_t Stepper::nextMainISR = 0; #endif // LIN_ADVANCE +#if ENABLED(INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING) + uint32_t Stepper::nextBabystepISR = BABYSTEP_NEVER; +#endif + int32_t Stepper::ticks_nominal = -1; #if DISABLED(S_CURVE_ACCELERATION) uint32_t Stepper::acc_step_rate; // needed for deceleration start point #endif -volatile int32_t Stepper::endstops_trigsteps[XYZ]; - -volatile int32_t Stepper::count_position[NUM_AXIS] = { 0 }; -int8_t Stepper::count_direction[NUM_AXIS] = { 0, 0, 0, 0 }; +xyz_long_t Stepper::endstops_trigsteps; +xyze_long_t Stepper::count_position{0}; +xyze_int8_t Stepper::count_direction{0}; #define DUAL_ENDSTOP_APPLY_STEP(A,V) \ if (separate_multi_axis) { \ @@ -280,6 +293,42 @@ int8_t Stepper::count_direction[NUM_AXIS] = { 0, 0, 0, 0 }; A##3_STEP_WRITE(V); \ } +#define QUAD_ENDSTOP_APPLY_STEP(A,V) \ + if (separate_multi_axis) { \ + if (A##_HOME_DIR < 0) { \ + if (!(TEST(endstops.state(), A##_MIN) && count_direction[_AXIS(A)] < 0) && !locked_##A##_motor) A##_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!(TEST(endstops.state(), A##2_MIN) && count_direction[_AXIS(A)] < 0) && !locked_##A##2_motor) A##2_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!(TEST(endstops.state(), A##3_MIN) && count_direction[_AXIS(A)] < 0) && !locked_##A##3_motor) A##3_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!(TEST(endstops.state(), A##4_MIN) && count_direction[_AXIS(A)] < 0) && !locked_##A##4_motor) A##4_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + } \ + else { \ + if (!(TEST(endstops.state(), A##_MAX) && count_direction[_AXIS(A)] > 0) && !locked_##A##_motor) A##_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!(TEST(endstops.state(), A##2_MAX) && count_direction[_AXIS(A)] > 0) && !locked_##A##2_motor) A##2_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!(TEST(endstops.state(), A##3_MAX) && count_direction[_AXIS(A)] > 0) && !locked_##A##3_motor) A##3_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!(TEST(endstops.state(), A##4_MAX) && count_direction[_AXIS(A)] > 0) && !locked_##A##4_motor) A##4_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + } \ + } \ + else { \ + A##_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + A##2_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + A##3_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + A##4_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + } + +#define QUAD_SEPARATE_APPLY_STEP(A,V) \ + if (separate_multi_axis) { \ + if (!locked_##A##_motor) A##_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!locked_##A##2_motor) A##2_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!locked_##A##3_motor) A##3_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!locked_##A##4_motor) A##4_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + } \ + else { \ + A##_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + A##2_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + A##3_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + A##4_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + } + #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) #define X_APPLY_DIR(v,Q) do{ X_DIR_WRITE(v); X2_DIR_WRITE((v) != INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR); }while(0) #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) @@ -313,18 +362,27 @@ int8_t Stepper::count_direction[NUM_AXIS] = { 0, 0, 0, 0 }; #define Y_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) Y_STEP_WRITE(v) #endif -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 4 + #define Z_APPLY_DIR(v,Q) do{ Z_DIR_WRITE(v); Z2_DIR_WRITE(v); Z3_DIR_WRITE(v); Z4_DIR_WRITE(v); }while(0) + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #define Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) QUAD_ENDSTOP_APPLY_STEP(Z,v) + #elif ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + #define Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) QUAD_SEPARATE_APPLY_STEP(Z,v) + #else + #define Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) do{ Z_STEP_WRITE(v); Z2_STEP_WRITE(v); Z3_STEP_WRITE(v); Z4_STEP_WRITE(v); }while(0) + #endif +#elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 3 #define Z_APPLY_DIR(v,Q) do{ Z_DIR_WRITE(v); Z2_DIR_WRITE(v); Z3_DIR_WRITE(v); }while(0) - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) #define Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) TRIPLE_ENDSTOP_APPLY_STEP(Z,v) #elif ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) #define Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) TRIPLE_SEPARATE_APPLY_STEP(Z,v) #else #define Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) do{ Z_STEP_WRITE(v); Z2_STEP_WRITE(v); Z3_STEP_WRITE(v); }while(0) #endif -#elif ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) +#elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 2 #define Z_APPLY_DIR(v,Q) do{ Z_DIR_WRITE(v); Z2_DIR_WRITE(v); }while(0) - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) #define Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) DUAL_ENDSTOP_APPLY_STEP(Z,v) #elif ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) #define Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) DUAL_SEPARATE_APPLY_STEP(Z,v) @@ -340,10 +398,36 @@ int8_t Stepper::count_direction[NUM_AXIS] = { 0, 0, 0, 0 }; #define E_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) E_STEP_WRITE(stepper_extruder, v) #endif -void Stepper::wake_up() { - // TCNT1 = 0; - ENABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); -} +#define CYCLES_TO_NS(CYC) (1000UL * (CYC) / ((F_CPU) / 1000000)) +constexpr uint32_t NS_PER_PULSE_TIMER_TICK = 1000000000UL / (STEPPER_TIMER_RATE); + +// Round up when converting from ns to timer ticks +constexpr uint32_t NS_TO_PULSE_TIMER_TICKS(uint32_t NS) { return (NS + (NS_PER_PULSE_TIMER_TICK) / 2) / (NS_PER_PULSE_TIMER_TICK); } + +#define TIMER_SETUP_NS (CYCLES_TO_NS(TIMER_READ_ADD_AND_STORE_CYCLES)) + +#define PULSE_HIGH_TICK_COUNT hal_timer_t(NS_TO_PULSE_TIMER_TICKS(_MIN_PULSE_HIGH_NS - _MIN(_MIN_PULSE_HIGH_NS, TIMER_SETUP_NS))) +#define PULSE_LOW_TICK_COUNT hal_timer_t(NS_TO_PULSE_TIMER_TICKS(_MIN_PULSE_LOW_NS - _MIN(_MIN_PULSE_LOW_NS, TIMER_SETUP_NS))) + +#define USING_TIMED_PULSE() hal_timer_t start_pulse_count = 0 +#define START_TIMED_PULSE(DIR) (start_pulse_count = HAL_timer_get_count(PULSE_TIMER_NUM)) +#define AWAIT_TIMED_PULSE(DIR) while (PULSE_##DIR##_TICK_COUNT > HAL_timer_get_count(PULSE_TIMER_NUM) - start_pulse_count) { } +#define START_HIGH_PULSE() START_TIMED_PULSE(HIGH) +#define AWAIT_HIGH_PULSE() AWAIT_TIMED_PULSE(HIGH) +#define START_LOW_PULSE() START_TIMED_PULSE(LOW) +#define AWAIT_LOW_PULSE() AWAIT_TIMED_PULSE(LOW) + +#if MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY > 0 + #define DIR_WAIT_BEFORE() DELAY_NS(MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY) +#else + #define DIR_WAIT_BEFORE() +#endif + +#if MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY > 0 + #define DIR_WAIT_AFTER() DELAY_NS(MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY) +#else + #define DIR_WAIT_AFTER() +#endif /** * Set the stepper direction of each axis @@ -354,21 +438,15 @@ void Stepper::wake_up() { */ void Stepper::set_directions() { - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - uint8_t L6470_buf[MAX_L6470 + 1]; // chip command sequence - element 0 not used - #endif - - #if MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY > 0 - DELAY_NS(MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY); - #endif + DIR_WAIT_BEFORE(); #define SET_STEP_DIR(A) \ if (motor_direction(_AXIS(A))) { \ - A##_APPLY_DIR(INVERT_## A##_DIR, false); \ + A##_APPLY_DIR(INVERT_##A##_DIR, false); \ count_direction[_AXIS(A)] = -1; \ } \ else { \ - A##_APPLY_DIR(!INVERT_## A##_DIR, false); \ + A##_APPLY_DIR(!INVERT_##A##_DIR, false); \ count_direction[_AXIS(A)] = 1; \ } @@ -390,49 +468,46 @@ void Stepper::set_directions() { // what e-steppers will step. Likely all. Set all. if (motor_direction(E_AXIS)) { MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(j) REV_E_DIR(j); - count_direction[E_AXIS] = -1; + count_direction.e = -1; } else { MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(j) NORM_E_DIR(j); - count_direction[E_AXIS] = 1; + count_direction.e = 1; } #else if (motor_direction(E_AXIS)) { REV_E_DIR(stepper_extruder); - count_direction[E_AXIS] = -1; + count_direction.e = -1; } else { NORM_E_DIR(stepper_extruder); - count_direction[E_AXIS] = 1; + count_direction.e = 1; } #endif #endif // !LIN_ADVANCE - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + #if HAS_L64XX + if (L64XX_OK_to_power_up) { // OK to send the direction commands (which powers up the L64XX steppers) + if (L64xxManager.spi_active) { + L64xxManager.spi_abort = true; // Interrupted SPI transfer needs to shut down gracefully + for (uint8_t j = 1; j <= L64XX::chain[0]; j++) + L6470_buf[j] = dSPIN_NOP; // Fill buffer with NOOPs + L64xxManager.transfer(L6470_buf, L64XX::chain[0]); // Send enough NOOPs to complete any command + L64xxManager.transfer(L6470_buf, L64XX::chain[0]); + L64xxManager.transfer(L6470_buf, L64XX::chain[0]); + } - if (L6470.spi_active) { - L6470.spi_abort = true; // interrupted a SPI transfer - need to shut it down gracefully - for (uint8_t j = 1; j <= L6470::chain[0]; j++) - L6470_buf[j] = dSPIN_NOP; // fill buffer with NOOP commands - L6470.transfer(L6470_buf, L6470::chain[0]); // send enough NOOPs to complete any command - L6470.transfer(L6470_buf, L6470::chain[0]); - L6470.transfer(L6470_buf, L6470::chain[0]); + // L64xxManager.dir_commands[] is an array that holds direction command for each stepper + + // Scan command array, copy matches into L64xxManager.transfer + for (uint8_t j = 1; j <= L64XX::chain[0]; j++) + L6470_buf[j] = L64xxManager.dir_commands[L64XX::chain[j]]; + + L64xxManager.transfer(L6470_buf, L64XX::chain[0]); // send the command stream to the drivers } - - // The L6470.dir_commands[] array holds the direction command for each stepper - - //scan command array and copy matches into L6470.transfer - for (uint8_t j = 1; j <= L6470::chain[0]; j++) - L6470_buf[j] = L6470.dir_commands[L6470::chain[j]]; - - L6470.transfer(L6470_buf, L6470::chain[0]); // send the command stream to the drivers - #endif - // A small delay may be needed after changing direction - #if MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY > 0 - DELAY_NS(MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY); - #endif + DIR_WAIT_AFTER(); } #if ENABLED(S_CURVE_ACCELERATION) @@ -1261,6 +1336,9 @@ HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR() { #endif void Stepper::isr() { + + static uint32_t nextMainISR = 0; // Interval until the next main Stepper Pulse phase (0 = Now) + #ifndef __AVR__ // Disable interrupts, to avoid ISR preemption while we reprogram the period // (AVR enters the ISR with global interrupts disabled, so no need to do it here) @@ -1284,38 +1362,58 @@ void Stepper::isr() { // Enable ISRs to reduce USART processing latency ENABLE_ISRS(); - // Run main stepping pulse phase ISR if we have to - if (!nextMainISR) Stepper::stepper_pulse_phase_isr(); + if (!nextMainISR) pulse_phase_isr(); // 0 = Do coordinated axes Stepper pulses #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - // Run linear advance stepper ISR if we have to - if (!nextAdvanceISR) nextAdvanceISR = Stepper::advance_isr(); + if (!nextAdvanceISR) nextAdvanceISR = advance_isr(); // 0 = Do Linear Advance E Stepper pulses + #endif + + #if ENABLED(INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING) + const bool is_babystep = (nextBabystepISR == 0); // 0 = Do Babystepping (XY)Z pulses + if (is_babystep) nextBabystepISR = babystepping_isr(); #endif // ^== Time critical. NOTHING besides pulse generation should be above here!!! - // Run main stepping block processing ISR if we have to - if (!nextMainISR) nextMainISR = Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr(); + if (!nextMainISR) nextMainISR = block_phase_isr(); // Manage acc/deceleration, get next block - uint32_t interval = + #if ENABLED(INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING) + if (is_babystep) // Avoid ANY stepping too soon after baby-stepping + NOLESS(nextMainISR, (BABYSTEP_TICKS) / 8); // FULL STOP for 125µs after a baby-step + + if (nextBabystepISR != BABYSTEP_NEVER) // Avoid baby-stepping too close to axis Stepping + NOLESS(nextBabystepISR, nextMainISR / 2); // TODO: Only look at axes enabled for baby-stepping + #endif + + // Get the interval to the next ISR call + const uint32_t interval = _MIN( + nextMainISR // Time until the next Pulse / Block phase #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - _MIN(nextAdvanceISR, nextMainISR) // Nearest time interval - #else - nextMainISR // Remaining stepper ISR time + , nextAdvanceISR // Come back early for Linear Advance? #endif - ; + #if ENABLED(INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING) + , nextBabystepISR // Come back early for Babystepping? + #endif + , uint32_t(HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX) // Come back in a very long time + ); - // Limit the value to the maximum possible value of the timer - NOMORE(interval, uint32_t(HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX)); + // + // Compute remaining time for each ISR phase + // NEVER : The phase is idle + // Zero : The phase will occur on the next ISR call + // Non-zero : The phase will occur on a future ISR call + // - // Compute the time remaining for the main isr nextMainISR -= interval; #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - // Compute the time remaining for the advance isr if (nextAdvanceISR != LA_ADV_NEVER) nextAdvanceISR -= interval; #endif + #if ENABLED(INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING) + if (nextBabystepISR != BABYSTEP_NEVER) nextBabystepISR -= interval; + #endif + /** * This needs to avoid a race-condition caused by interleaving * of interrupts required by both the LA and Stepper algorithms. @@ -1388,6 +1486,9 @@ void Stepper::isr() { ENABLE_ISRS(); } +#define ISR_PULSE_CONTROL (MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE || MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE) +#define ISR_MULTI_STEPS (ISR_PULSE_CONTROL && DISABLED(I2S_STEPPER_STREAM)) + /** * This phase of the ISR should ONLY create the pulses for the steppers. * This prevents jitter caused by the interval between the start of the @@ -1395,7 +1496,7 @@ void Stepper::isr() { * call to this method that might cause variation in the timing. The aim * is to keep pulse timing as regular as possible. */ -void Stepper::stepper_pulse_phase_isr() { +void Stepper::pulse_phase_isr() { // If we must abort the current block, do so! if (abort_current_block) { @@ -1417,34 +1518,75 @@ void Stepper::stepper_pulse_phase_isr() { // Just update the value we will get at the end of the loop step_events_completed += events_to_do; - // Get the timer count and estimate the end of the pulse - hal_timer_t pulse_end = HAL_timer_get_count(PULSE_TIMER_NUM) + hal_timer_t(MIN_PULSE_TICKS); - - const hal_timer_t added_step_ticks = hal_timer_t(ADDED_STEP_TICKS); - // Take multiple steps per interrupt (For high speed moves) - do { + #if ISR_MULTI_STEPS + bool firstStep = true; + USING_TIMED_PULSE(); + #endif + xyze_bool_t step_needed{0}; - #define _APPLY_STEP(AXIS) AXIS ##_APPLY_STEP + do { + #define _APPLY_STEP(AXIS, INV, ALWAYS) AXIS ##_APPLY_STEP(INV, ALWAYS) #define _INVERT_STEP_PIN(AXIS) INVERT_## AXIS ##_STEP_PIN + // Determine if a pulse is needed using Bresenham + #define PULSE_PREP(AXIS) do{ \ + delta_error[_AXIS(AXIS)] += advance_dividend[_AXIS(AXIS)]; \ + step_needed[_AXIS(AXIS)] = (delta_error[_AXIS(AXIS)] >= 0); \ + if (step_needed[_AXIS(AXIS)]) { \ + count_position[_AXIS(AXIS)] += count_direction[_AXIS(AXIS)]; \ + delta_error[_AXIS(AXIS)] -= advance_divisor; \ + } \ + }while(0) + // Start an active pulse, if Bresenham says so, and update position #define PULSE_START(AXIS) do{ \ - delta_error[_AXIS(AXIS)] += advance_dividend[_AXIS(AXIS)]; \ - if (delta_error[_AXIS(AXIS)] >= 0) { \ - _APPLY_STEP(AXIS)(!_INVERT_STEP_PIN(AXIS), 0); \ - count_position[_AXIS(AXIS)] += count_direction[_AXIS(AXIS)]; \ + if (step_needed[_AXIS(AXIS)]) { \ + _APPLY_STEP(AXIS, !_INVERT_STEP_PIN(AXIS), 0); \ } \ }while(0) // Stop an active pulse, if any, and adjust error term #define PULSE_STOP(AXIS) do { \ - if (delta_error[_AXIS(AXIS)] >= 0) { \ - delta_error[_AXIS(AXIS)] -= advance_divisor; \ - _APPLY_STEP(AXIS)(_INVERT_STEP_PIN(AXIS), 0); \ + if (step_needed[_AXIS(AXIS)]) { \ + _APPLY_STEP(AXIS, _INVERT_STEP_PIN(AXIS), 0); \ } \ }while(0) + // Determine if pulses are needed + #if HAS_X_STEP + PULSE_PREP(X); + #endif + #if HAS_Y_STEP + PULSE_PREP(Y); + #endif + #if HAS_Z_STEP + PULSE_PREP(Z); + #endif + + #if EITHER(LIN_ADVANCE, MIXING_EXTRUDER) + delta_error.e += advance_dividend.e; + if (delta_error.e >= 0) { + count_position.e += count_direction.e; + #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) + delta_error.e -= advance_divisor; + // Don't step E here - But remember the number of steps to perform + motor_direction(E_AXIS) ? --LA_steps : ++LA_steps; + #else + step_needed.e = true; + #endif + } + #elif HAS_E0_STEP + PULSE_PREP(E); + #endif + + #if ISR_MULTI_STEPS + if (firstStep) + firstStep = false; + else + AWAIT_LOW_PULSE(); + #endif + // Pulse start #if HAS_X_STEP PULSE_START(X); @@ -1456,24 +1598,10 @@ void Stepper::stepper_pulse_phase_isr() { PULSE_START(Z); #endif - // Pulse Extruders - // Tick the E axis, correct error term and update position - #if EITHER(LIN_ADVANCE, MIXING_EXTRUDER) - delta_error[E_AXIS] += advance_dividend[E_AXIS]; - if (delta_error[E_AXIS] >= 0) { - count_position[E_AXIS] += count_direction[E_AXIS]; - #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - delta_error[E_AXIS] -= advance_divisor; - // Don't step E here - But remember the number of steps to perform - motor_direction(E_AXIS) ? --LA_steps : ++LA_steps; - #else // !LIN_ADVANCE && MIXING_EXTRUDER - // Don't adjust delta_error[E_AXIS] here! - // Being positive is the criteria for ending the pulse. - E_STEP_WRITE(mixer.get_next_stepper(), !INVERT_E_STEP_PIN); - #endif - } - #else // !LIN_ADVANCE && !MIXING_EXTRUDER - #if HAS_E0_STEP + #if DISABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) + #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + if (step_needed.e) E_STEP_WRITE(mixer.get_next_stepper(), !INVERT_E_STEP_PIN); + #elif HAS_E0_STEP PULSE_START(E); #endif #endif @@ -1483,14 +1611,11 @@ void Stepper::stepper_pulse_phase_isr() { #endif // TODO: need to deal with MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE over i2s - #if MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE && DISABLED(I2S_STEPPER_STREAM) - // Just wait for the requested pulse duration - while (HAL_timer_get_count(PULSE_TIMER_NUM) < pulse_end) { /* nada */ } + #if ISR_MULTI_STEPS + START_HIGH_PULSE(); + AWAIT_HIGH_PULSE(); #endif - // Add the delay needed to ensure the maximum driver rate is enforced - if (signed(added_step_ticks) > 0) pulse_end += hal_timer_t(added_step_ticks); - // Pulse stop #if HAS_X_STEP PULSE_STOP(X); @@ -1504,41 +1629,30 @@ void Stepper::stepper_pulse_phase_isr() { #if DISABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - if (delta_error[E_AXIS] >= 0) { - delta_error[E_AXIS] -= advance_divisor; + if (delta_error.e >= 0) { + delta_error.e -= advance_divisor; E_STEP_WRITE(mixer.get_stepper(), INVERT_E_STEP_PIN); } - #else // !MIXING_EXTRUDER - #if HAS_E0_STEP - PULSE_STOP(E); - #endif + #elif HAS_E0_STEP + PULSE_STOP(E); #endif - #endif // !LIN_ADVANCE + #endif - // Decrement the count of pending pulses to do - --events_to_do; + #if ISR_MULTI_STEPS + if (events_to_do) START_LOW_PULSE(); + #endif - // For minimum pulse time wait after stopping pulses also - if (events_to_do) { - // Just wait for the requested pulse duration - while (HAL_timer_get_count(PULSE_TIMER_NUM) < pulse_end) { /* nada */ } - #if MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE - // Add to the value, the time that the pulse must be active (to be used on the next loop) - pulse_end += hal_timer_t(MIN_PULSE_TICKS); - #endif - } - - } while (events_to_do); + } while (--events_to_do); } // This is the last half of the stepper interrupt: This one processes and // properly schedules blocks from the planner. This is executed after creating // the step pulses, so it is not time critical, as pulses are already done. -uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { +uint32_t Stepper::block_phase_isr() { - // If no queued movements, just wait 1ms for the next move - uint32_t interval = (STEPPER_TIMER_RATE / 1000); + // If no queued movements, just wait 1ms for the next block + uint32_t interval = (STEPPER_TIMER_RATE) / 1000UL; // If there is a current block if (current_block) { @@ -1572,16 +1686,14 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { // acc_step_rate is in steps/second // step_rate to timer interval and steps per stepper isr - interval = calc_timer_interval(acc_step_rate, oversampling_factor, &steps_per_isr); + interval = calc_timer_interval(acc_step_rate, &steps_per_isr); acceleration_time += interval; #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - if (LA_use_advance_lead) { - // Fire ISR if final adv_rate is reached - if (LA_steps && LA_isr_rate != current_block->advance_speed) nextAdvanceISR = 0; - } - else if (LA_steps) nextAdvanceISR = 0; - #endif // LIN_ADVANCE + // Fire ISR if final adv_rate is reached + if (LA_steps && (!LA_use_advance_lead || LA_isr_rate != current_block->advance_speed)) + initiateLA(); + #endif } // Are we in Deceleration phase ? else if (step_events_completed > decelerate_after) { @@ -1617,32 +1729,32 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { // step_rate is in steps/second // step_rate to timer interval and steps per stepper isr - interval = calc_timer_interval(step_rate, oversampling_factor, &steps_per_isr); + interval = calc_timer_interval(step_rate, &steps_per_isr); deceleration_time += interval; #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) if (LA_use_advance_lead) { // Wake up eISR on first deceleration loop and fire ISR if final adv_rate is reached if (step_events_completed <= decelerate_after + steps_per_isr || (LA_steps && LA_isr_rate != current_block->advance_speed)) { - nextAdvanceISR = 0; + initiateLA(); LA_isr_rate = current_block->advance_speed; } } - else if (LA_steps) nextAdvanceISR = 0; - #endif // LIN_ADVANCE + else if (LA_steps) initiateLA(); + #endif } // We must be in cruise phase otherwise else { #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) // If there are any esteps, fire the next advance_isr "now" - if (LA_steps && LA_isr_rate != current_block->advance_speed) nextAdvanceISR = 0; + if (LA_steps && LA_isr_rate != current_block->advance_speed) initiateLA(); #endif // Calculate the ticks_nominal for this nominal speed, if not done yet if (ticks_nominal < 0) { // step_rate to timer interval and loops for the nominal speed - ticks_nominal = calc_timer_interval(current_block->nominal_rate, oversampling_factor, &steps_per_isr); + ticks_nominal = calc_timer_interval(current_block->nominal_rate, &steps_per_isr); } // The timer interval is just the nominal value for the nominal speed @@ -1660,10 +1772,7 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { // Sync block? Sync the stepper counts and return while (TEST(current_block->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION)) { - _set_position( - current_block->position[A_AXIS], current_block->position[B_AXIS], - current_block->position[C_AXIS], current_block->position[E_AXIS] - ); + _set_position(current_block->position); planner.discard_current_block(); // Try to get a new block @@ -1671,6 +1780,10 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { return interval; // No more queued movements! } + #if HAS_CUTTER + cutter.apply_power(current_block->cutter_power); + #endif + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) recovery.info.sdpos = current_block->sdpos; #endif @@ -1698,7 +1811,7 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { #endif #define X_MOVE_TEST ( S_(1) != S_(2) || (S_(1) > 0 && D_(1) X_CMP D_(2)) ) #else - #define X_MOVE_TEST !!current_block->steps[A_AXIS] + #define X_MOVE_TEST !!current_block->steps.a #endif #if CORE_IS_XY || CORE_IS_YZ @@ -1716,7 +1829,7 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { #endif #define Y_MOVE_TEST ( S_(1) != S_(2) || (S_(1) > 0 && D_(1) Y_CMP D_(2)) ) #else - #define Y_MOVE_TEST !!current_block->steps[B_AXIS] + #define Y_MOVE_TEST !!current_block->steps.b #endif #if CORE_IS_XZ || CORE_IS_YZ @@ -1734,48 +1847,43 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { #endif #define Z_MOVE_TEST ( S_(1) != S_(2) || (S_(1) > 0 && D_(1) Z_CMP D_(2)) ) #else - #define Z_MOVE_TEST !!current_block->steps[C_AXIS] + #define Z_MOVE_TEST !!current_block->steps.c #endif uint8_t axis_bits = 0; if (X_MOVE_TEST) SBI(axis_bits, A_AXIS); if (Y_MOVE_TEST) SBI(axis_bits, B_AXIS); if (Z_MOVE_TEST) SBI(axis_bits, C_AXIS); - //if (!!current_block->steps[E_AXIS]) SBI(axis_bits, E_AXIS); - //if (!!current_block->steps[A_AXIS]) SBI(axis_bits, X_HEAD); - //if (!!current_block->steps[B_AXIS]) SBI(axis_bits, Y_HEAD); - //if (!!current_block->steps[C_AXIS]) SBI(axis_bits, Z_HEAD); + //if (!!current_block->steps.e) SBI(axis_bits, E_AXIS); + //if (!!current_block->steps.a) SBI(axis_bits, X_HEAD); + //if (!!current_block->steps.b) SBI(axis_bits, Y_HEAD); + //if (!!current_block->steps.c) SBI(axis_bits, Z_HEAD); axis_did_move = axis_bits; // No acceleration / deceleration time elapsed so far acceleration_time = deceleration_time = 0; - uint8_t oversampling = 0; // Assume we won't use it + uint8_t oversampling = 0; // Assume no axis smoothing (via oversampling) #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING) - // At this point, we must decide if we can use Stepper movement axis smoothing. + // Decide if axis smoothing is possible uint32_t max_rate = current_block->nominal_rate; // Get the maximum rate (maximum event speed) - while (max_rate < MIN_STEP_ISR_FREQUENCY) { - max_rate <<= 1; - if (max_rate >= MAX_STEP_ISR_FREQUENCY_1X) break; - ++oversampling; + while (max_rate < MIN_STEP_ISR_FREQUENCY) { // As long as more ISRs are possible... + max_rate <<= 1; // Try to double the rate + if (max_rate >= MAX_STEP_ISR_FREQUENCY_1X) break; // Don't exceed the estimated ISR limit + ++oversampling; // Increase the oversampling (used for left-shift) } - oversampling_factor = oversampling; + oversampling_factor = oversampling; // For all timer interval calculations #endif // Based on the oversampling factor, do the calculations step_event_count = current_block->step_event_count << oversampling; // Initialize Bresenham delta errors to 1/2 - delta_error[X_AXIS] = delta_error[Y_AXIS] = delta_error[Z_AXIS] = delta_error[E_AXIS] = -int32_t(step_event_count); + delta_error = -int32_t(step_event_count); - // Calculate Bresenham dividends - advance_dividend[X_AXIS] = current_block->steps[X_AXIS] << 1; - advance_dividend[Y_AXIS] = current_block->steps[Y_AXIS] << 1; - advance_dividend[Z_AXIS] = current_block->steps[Z_AXIS] << 1; - advance_dividend[E_AXIS] = current_block->steps[E_AXIS] << 1; - - // Calculate Bresenham divisor + // Calculate Bresenham dividends and divisors + advance_dividend = current_block->steps << 1; advance_divisor = step_event_count << 1; // No step events completed so far @@ -1803,16 +1911,15 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { if ((LA_use_advance_lead = current_block->use_advance_lead)) { LA_final_adv_steps = current_block->final_adv_steps; LA_max_adv_steps = current_block->max_adv_steps; - //Start the ISR - nextAdvanceISR = 0; + initiateLA(); // Start the ISR LA_isr_rate = current_block->advance_speed; } else LA_isr_rate = LA_ADV_NEVER; #endif if ( - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - true // Always set direction for L6470 (This also enables the chips) + #if HAS_L64XX + true // Always set direction for L64xx (This also enables the chips) #else current_block->direction_bits != last_direction_bits #if DISABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -1824,6 +1931,10 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { #if EXTRUDERS > 1 last_moved_extruder = stepper_extruder; #endif + + #if HAS_L64XX + L64XX_OK_to_power_up = true; + #endif set_directions(); } @@ -1840,7 +1951,7 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { // If delayed Z enable, enable it now. This option will severely interfere with // timing between pulses when chaining motion between blocks, and it could lead // to lost steps in both X and Y axis, so avoid using it unless strictly necessary!! - if (current_block->steps[Z_AXIS]) enable_Z(); + if (current_block->steps.z) ENABLE_AXIS_Z(); #endif // Mark the time_nominal as not calculated yet @@ -1859,7 +1970,7 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { #endif // Calculate the initial timer interval - interval = calc_timer_interval(current_block->initial_rate, oversampling_factor, &steps_per_isr); + interval = calc_timer_interval(current_block->initial_rate, &steps_per_isr); } } @@ -1891,9 +2002,7 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { else interval = LA_ADV_NEVER; - #if MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY > 0 - DELAY_NS(MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY); - #endif + DIR_WAIT_BEFORE(); #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) // We don't know which steppers will be stepped because LA loop follows, @@ -1909,18 +2018,23 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { REV_E_DIR(stepper_extruder); #endif - // A small delay may be needed after changing direction - #if MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY > 0 - DELAY_NS(MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY); - #endif + DIR_WAIT_AFTER(); - // Get the timer count and estimate the end of the pulse - hal_timer_t pulse_end = HAL_timer_get_count(PULSE_TIMER_NUM) + hal_timer_t(MIN_PULSE_TICKS); - - const hal_timer_t added_step_ticks = hal_timer_t(ADDED_STEP_TICKS); + //const hal_timer_t added_step_ticks = hal_timer_t(ADDED_STEP_TICKS); // Step E stepper if we have steps + #if ISR_MULTI_STEPS + bool firstStep = true; + USING_TIMED_PULSE(); + #endif + while (LA_steps) { + #if ISR_MULTI_STEPS + if (firstStep) + firstStep = false; + else + AWAIT_LOW_PULSE(); + #endif // Set the STEP pulse ON #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -1930,16 +2044,16 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { #endif // Enforce a minimum duration for STEP pulse ON - #if MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE - // Just wait for the requested pulse duration - while (HAL_timer_get_count(PULSE_TIMER_NUM) < pulse_end) { /* nada */ } + #if ISR_PULSE_CONTROL + START_HIGH_PULSE(); #endif - // Add the delay needed to ensure the maximum driver rate is enforced - if (signed(added_step_ticks) > 0) pulse_end += hal_timer_t(added_step_ticks); - LA_steps < 0 ? ++LA_steps : --LA_steps; + #if ISR_PULSE_CONTROL + AWAIT_HIGH_PULSE(); + #endif + // Set the STEP pulse OFF #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) E_STEP_WRITE(mixer.get_stepper(), INVERT_E_STEP_PIN); @@ -1949,19 +2063,26 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { // For minimum pulse time wait before looping // Just wait for the requested pulse duration - if (LA_steps) { - while (HAL_timer_get_count(PULSE_TIMER_NUM) < pulse_end) { /* nada */ } - #if MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE - // Add to the value, the time that the pulse must be active (to be used on the next loop) - pulse_end += hal_timer_t(MIN_PULSE_TICKS); - #endif - } + #if ISR_PULSE_CONTROL + if (LA_steps) START_LOW_PULSE(); + #endif } // LA_steps return interval; } + #endif // LIN_ADVANCE +#if ENABLED(INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING) + + // Timer interrupt for baby-stepping + uint32_t Stepper::babystepping_isr() { + babystep.task(); + return babystep.has_steps() ? BABYSTEP_TICKS : BABYSTEP_NEVER; + } + +#endif + // Check if the given block is busy or not - Must not be called from ISR contexts // The current_block could change in the middle of the read by an Stepper ISR, so // we must explicitly prevent that! @@ -1995,11 +2116,11 @@ void Stepper::init() { #if MB(ALLIGATOR) const float motor_current[] = MOTOR_CURRENT; unsigned int digipot_motor = 0; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 3 + EXTRUDERS; i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, 3 + EXTRUDERS) { digipot_motor = 255 * (motor_current[i] / 2.5); dac084s085::setValue(i, digipot_motor); } - #endif//MB(ALLIGATOR) + #endif // Init Microstepping Pins #if HAS_MICROSTEPS @@ -2008,114 +2129,135 @@ void Stepper::init() { // Init Dir Pins #if HAS_X_DIR - X_DIR_INIT; + X_DIR_INIT(); #endif #if HAS_X2_DIR - X2_DIR_INIT; + X2_DIR_INIT(); #endif #if HAS_Y_DIR - Y_DIR_INIT; + Y_DIR_INIT(); #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && HAS_Y2_DIR - Y2_DIR_INIT; + Y2_DIR_INIT(); #endif #endif #if HAS_Z_DIR - Z_DIR_INIT; - #if Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS && HAS_Z2_DIR - Z2_DIR_INIT; + Z_DIR_INIT(); + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 2 && HAS_Z2_DIR + Z2_DIR_INIT(); #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && HAS_Z3_DIR - Z3_DIR_INIT; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 && HAS_Z3_DIR + Z3_DIR_INIT(); + #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 && HAS_Z4_DIR + Z4_DIR_INIT(); #endif #endif #if HAS_E0_DIR - E0_DIR_INIT; + E0_DIR_INIT(); #endif #if HAS_E1_DIR - E1_DIR_INIT; + E1_DIR_INIT(); #endif #if HAS_E2_DIR - E2_DIR_INIT; + E2_DIR_INIT(); #endif #if HAS_E3_DIR - E3_DIR_INIT; + E3_DIR_INIT(); #endif #if HAS_E4_DIR - E4_DIR_INIT; + E4_DIR_INIT(); #endif #if HAS_E5_DIR - E5_DIR_INIT; + E5_DIR_INIT(); + #endif + #if HAS_E6_DIR + E6_DIR_INIT(); + #endif + #if HAS_E7_DIR + E7_DIR_INIT(); #endif // Init Enable Pins - steppers default to disabled. #if HAS_X_ENABLE - X_ENABLE_INIT; + X_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!X_ENABLE_ON) X_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #if EITHER(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && HAS_X2_ENABLE - X2_ENABLE_INIT; + X2_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!X_ENABLE_ON) X2_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif #endif #if HAS_Y_ENABLE - Y_ENABLE_INIT; + Y_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!Y_ENABLE_ON) Y_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && HAS_Y2_ENABLE - Y2_ENABLE_INIT; + Y2_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!Y_ENABLE_ON) Y2_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif #endif #if HAS_Z_ENABLE - Z_ENABLE_INIT; + Z_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!Z_ENABLE_ON) Z_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); - #if Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS && HAS_Z2_ENABLE - Z2_ENABLE_INIT; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 2 && HAS_Z2_ENABLE + Z2_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!Z_ENABLE_ON) Z2_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && HAS_Z3_ENABLE - Z3_ENABLE_INIT; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 && HAS_Z3_ENABLE + Z3_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!Z_ENABLE_ON) Z3_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 && HAS_Z4_ENABLE + Z4_ENABLE_INIT(); + if (!Z_ENABLE_ON) Z4_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); + #endif #endif #if HAS_E0_ENABLE - E0_ENABLE_INIT; + E0_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!E_ENABLE_ON) E0_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif #if HAS_E1_ENABLE - E1_ENABLE_INIT; + E1_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!E_ENABLE_ON) E1_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif #if HAS_E2_ENABLE - E2_ENABLE_INIT; + E2_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!E_ENABLE_ON) E2_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif #if HAS_E3_ENABLE - E3_ENABLE_INIT; + E3_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!E_ENABLE_ON) E3_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif #if HAS_E4_ENABLE - E4_ENABLE_INIT; + E4_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!E_ENABLE_ON) E4_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif #if HAS_E5_ENABLE - E5_ENABLE_INIT; + E5_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!E_ENABLE_ON) E5_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif + #if HAS_E6_ENABLE + E6_ENABLE_INIT(); + if (!E_ENABLE_ON) E6_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); + #endif + #if HAS_E7_ENABLE + E7_ENABLE_INIT(); + if (!E_ENABLE_ON) E7_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); + #endif - #define _STEP_INIT(AXIS) AXIS ##_STEP_INIT + #define _STEP_INIT(AXIS) AXIS ##_STEP_INIT() #define _WRITE_STEP(AXIS, HIGHLOW) AXIS ##_STEP_WRITE(HIGHLOW) - #define _DISABLE(AXIS) disable_## AXIS() + #define _DISABLE_AXIS(AXIS) DISABLE_AXIS_## AXIS() #define AXIS_INIT(AXIS, PIN) \ _STEP_INIT(AXIS); \ _WRITE_STEP(AXIS, _INVERT_STEP_PIN(PIN)); \ - _DISABLE(AXIS) + _DISABLE_AXIS(AXIS) #define E_AXIS_INIT(NUM) AXIS_INIT(E## NUM, E) // Init Step Pins #if HAS_X_STEP #if EITHER(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - X2_STEP_INIT; + X2_STEP_INIT(); X2_STEP_WRITE(INVERT_X_STEP_PIN); #endif AXIS_INIT(X, X); @@ -2123,21 +2265,25 @@ void Stepper::init() { #if HAS_Y_STEP #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - Y2_STEP_INIT; + Y2_STEP_INIT(); Y2_STEP_WRITE(INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN); #endif AXIS_INIT(Y, Y); #endif #if HAS_Z_STEP - #if Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS - Z2_STEP_INIT; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 2 + Z2_STEP_INIT(); Z2_STEP_WRITE(INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN); #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - Z3_STEP_INIT; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + Z3_STEP_INIT(); Z3_STEP_WRITE(INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN); #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + Z4_STEP_INIT(); + Z4_STEP_WRITE(INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN); + #endif AXIS_INIT(Z, Z); #endif @@ -2159,10 +2305,16 @@ void Stepper::init() { #if E_STEPPERS > 5 && HAS_E5_STEP E_AXIS_INIT(5); #endif + #if E_STEPPERS > 6 && HAS_E6_STEP + E_AXIS_INIT(6); + #endif + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 && HAS_E7_STEP + E_AXIS_INIT(7); + #endif #if DISABLED(I2S_STEPPER_STREAM) HAL_timer_start(STEP_TIMER_NUM, 122); // Init Stepper ISR to 122 Hz for quick starting - ENABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); + wake_up(); sei(); #endif @@ -2195,26 +2347,18 @@ void Stepper::_set_position(const int32_t &a, const int32_t &b, const int32_t &c #if CORE_IS_XY // corexy positioning // these equations follow the form of the dA and dB equations on http://www.corexy.com/theory.html - count_position[A_AXIS] = a + b; - count_position[B_AXIS] = CORESIGN(a - b); - count_position[Z_AXIS] = c; + count_position.set(a + b, CORESIGN(a - b), c); #elif CORE_IS_XZ // corexz planning - count_position[A_AXIS] = a + c; - count_position[Y_AXIS] = b; - count_position[C_AXIS] = CORESIGN(a - c); + count_position.set(a + c, b, CORESIGN(a - c)); #elif CORE_IS_YZ // coreyz planning - count_position[X_AXIS] = a; - count_position[B_AXIS] = b + c; - count_position[C_AXIS] = CORESIGN(b - c); + count_position.set(a, b + c, CORESIGN(b - c)); #else // default non-h-bot planning - count_position[X_AXIS] = a; - count_position[Y_AXIS] = b; - count_position[Z_AXIS] = c; + count_position.set(a, b, c); #endif - count_position[E_AXIS] = e; + count_position.e = e; } /** @@ -2224,35 +2368,58 @@ int32_t Stepper::position(const AxisEnum axis) { #ifdef __AVR__ // Protect the access to the position. Only required for AVR, as // any 32bit CPU offers atomic access to 32bit variables - const bool was_enabled = STEPPER_ISR_ENABLED(); - if (was_enabled) DISABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); + const bool was_enabled = suspend(); #endif const int32_t v = count_position[axis]; #ifdef __AVR__ // Reenable Stepper ISR - if (was_enabled) ENABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); + if (was_enabled) wake_up(); #endif return v; } +// Set the current position in steps +void Stepper::set_position(const int32_t &a, const int32_t &b, const int32_t &c, const int32_t &e) { + planner.synchronize(); + const bool was_enabled = suspend(); + _set_position(a, b, c, e); + if (was_enabled) wake_up(); +} + +void Stepper::set_axis_position(const AxisEnum a, const int32_t &v) { + planner.synchronize(); + + #ifdef __AVR__ + // Protect the access to the position. Only required for AVR, as + // any 32bit CPU offers atomic access to 32bit variables + const bool was_enabled = suspend(); + #endif + + count_position[a] = v; + + #ifdef __AVR__ + // Reenable Stepper ISR + if (was_enabled) wake_up(); + #endif +} + // Signal endstops were triggered - This function can be called from // an ISR context (Temperature, Stepper or limits ISR), so we must // be very careful here. If the interrupt being preempted was the // Stepper ISR (this CAN happen with the endstop limits ISR) then // when the stepper ISR resumes, we must be very sure that the movement -// is properly cancelled +// is properly canceled void Stepper::endstop_triggered(const AxisEnum axis) { - const bool was_enabled = STEPPER_ISR_ENABLED(); - if (was_enabled) DISABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); + const bool was_enabled = suspend(); endstops_trigsteps[axis] = ( #if IS_CORE (axis == CORE_AXIS_2 ? CORESIGN(count_position[CORE_AXIS_1] - count_position[CORE_AXIS_2]) : count_position[CORE_AXIS_1] + count_position[CORE_AXIS_2] - ) * 0.5f + ) * double(0.5) #else // !IS_CORE count_position[axis] #endif @@ -2261,69 +2428,62 @@ void Stepper::endstop_triggered(const AxisEnum axis) { // Discard the rest of the move if there is a current block quick_stop(); - if (was_enabled) ENABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); + if (was_enabled) wake_up(); } int32_t Stepper::triggered_position(const AxisEnum axis) { #ifdef __AVR__ // Protect the access to the position. Only required for AVR, as // any 32bit CPU offers atomic access to 32bit variables - const bool was_enabled = STEPPER_ISR_ENABLED(); - if (was_enabled) DISABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); + const bool was_enabled = suspend(); #endif const int32_t v = endstops_trigsteps[axis]; #ifdef __AVR__ // Reenable Stepper ISR - if (was_enabled) ENABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); + if (was_enabled) wake_up(); #endif return v; } +void Stepper::report_a_position(const xyz_long_t &pos) { + #if CORE_IS_XY || CORE_IS_XZ || ENABLED(DELTA) || IS_SCARA + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(STR_COUNT_A, pos.x, " B:", pos.y); + #else + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(PSTR(STR_COUNT_X), pos.x, SP_Y_LBL, pos.y); + #endif + #if CORE_IS_XZ || CORE_IS_YZ || ENABLED(DELTA) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" C:", pos.z); + #else + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_Z_LBL, pos.z); + #endif +} + void Stepper::report_positions() { #ifdef __AVR__ // Protect the access to the position. - const bool was_enabled = STEPPER_ISR_ENABLED(); - if (was_enabled) DISABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); + const bool was_enabled = suspend(); #endif - const int32_t xpos = count_position[X_AXIS], - ypos = count_position[Y_AXIS], - zpos = count_position[Z_AXIS]; + const xyz_long_t pos = count_position; #ifdef __AVR__ - if (was_enabled) ENABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); + if (was_enabled) wake_up(); #endif - #if CORE_IS_XY || CORE_IS_XZ || ENABLED(DELTA) || IS_SCARA - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_COUNT_A); - #else - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_COUNT_X); - #endif - SERIAL_ECHO(xpos); - - #if CORE_IS_XY || CORE_IS_YZ || ENABLED(DELTA) || IS_SCARA - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" B:"); - #else - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Y:"); - #endif - SERIAL_ECHO(ypos); - - #if CORE_IS_XZ || CORE_IS_YZ || ENABLED(DELTA) - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" C:"); - #else - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Z:"); - #endif - SERIAL_ECHO(zpos); - - SERIAL_EOL(); + report_a_position(pos); } #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + #define _ENABLE_AXIS(AXIS) ENABLE_AXIS_## AXIS() + #define _READ_DIR(AXIS) AXIS ##_DIR_READ() + #define _INVERT_DIR(AXIS) INVERT_## AXIS ##_DIR + #define _APPLY_DIR(AXIS, INVERT) AXIS ##_APPLY_DIR(INVERT, true) + #if MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE #define STEP_PULSE_CYCLES ((MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) * CYCLES_PER_MICROSECOND) #else @@ -2337,44 +2497,76 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { #endif #define EXTRA_CYCLES_BABYSTEP (STEP_PULSE_CYCLES - (CYCLES_EATEN_BABYSTEP)) - #define _ENABLE(AXIS) enable_## AXIS() - #define _READ_DIR(AXIS) AXIS ##_DIR_READ() - #define _INVERT_DIR(AXIS) INVERT_## AXIS ##_DIR - #define _APPLY_DIR(AXIS, INVERT) AXIS ##_APPLY_DIR(INVERT, true) - #if EXTRA_CYCLES_BABYSTEP > 20 - #define _SAVE_START const hal_timer_t pulse_start = HAL_timer_get_count(PULSE_TIMER_NUM) - #define _PULSE_WAIT while (EXTRA_CYCLES_BABYSTEP > (uint32_t)(HAL_timer_get_count(PULSE_TIMER_NUM) - pulse_start) * (PULSE_TIMER_PRESCALE)) { /* nada */ } + #define _SAVE_START() const hal_timer_t pulse_start = HAL_timer_get_count(PULSE_TIMER_NUM) + #define _PULSE_WAIT() while (EXTRA_CYCLES_BABYSTEP > (uint32_t)(HAL_timer_get_count(PULSE_TIMER_NUM) - pulse_start) * (PULSE_TIMER_PRESCALE)) { /* nada */ } #else - #define _SAVE_START NOOP + #define _SAVE_START() NOOP #if EXTRA_CYCLES_BABYSTEP > 0 - #define _PULSE_WAIT DELAY_NS(EXTRA_CYCLES_BABYSTEP * NANOSECONDS_PER_CYCLE) + #define _PULSE_WAIT() DELAY_NS(EXTRA_CYCLES_BABYSTEP * NANOSECONDS_PER_CYCLE) #elif ENABLED(DELTA) - #define _PULSE_WAIT DELAY_US(2); + #define _PULSE_WAIT() DELAY_US(2); #elif STEP_PULSE_CYCLES > 0 - #define _PULSE_WAIT NOOP + #define _PULSE_WAIT() NOOP #else - #define _PULSE_WAIT DELAY_US(4); + #define _PULSE_WAIT() DELAY_US(4); #endif #endif - #define BABYSTEP_AXIS(AXIS, INVERT, DIR) { \ + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING_EXTRA_DIR_WAIT) + #define EXTRA_DIR_WAIT_BEFORE DIR_WAIT_BEFORE + #define EXTRA_DIR_WAIT_AFTER DIR_WAIT_AFTER + #else + #define EXTRA_DIR_WAIT_BEFORE() + #define EXTRA_DIR_WAIT_AFTER() + #endif + + #if DISABLED(DELTA) + + #define BABYSTEP_AXIS(AXIS, INV, DIR) do{ \ const uint8_t old_dir = _READ_DIR(AXIS); \ - _ENABLE(AXIS); \ - DELAY_NS(MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY); \ - _APPLY_DIR(AXIS, _INVERT_DIR(AXIS)^DIR^INVERT); \ - DELAY_NS(MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY); \ - _SAVE_START; \ - _APPLY_STEP(AXIS)(!_INVERT_STEP_PIN(AXIS), true); \ - _PULSE_WAIT; \ - _APPLY_STEP(AXIS)(_INVERT_STEP_PIN(AXIS), true); \ + _ENABLE_AXIS(AXIS); \ + DIR_WAIT_BEFORE(); \ + _APPLY_DIR(AXIS, _INVERT_DIR(AXIS)^DIR^INV); \ + DIR_WAIT_AFTER(); \ + _SAVE_START(); \ + _APPLY_STEP(AXIS, !_INVERT_STEP_PIN(AXIS), true); \ + _PULSE_WAIT(); \ + _APPLY_STEP(AXIS, _INVERT_STEP_PIN(AXIS), true); \ + EXTRA_DIR_WAIT_BEFORE(); \ _APPLY_DIR(AXIS, old_dir); \ - } + EXTRA_DIR_WAIT_AFTER(); \ + }while(0) + + #elif IS_CORE + + #define BABYSTEP_CORE(A, B, INV, DIR, ALT) do{ \ + const xy_byte_t old_dir = { _READ_DIR(A), _READ_DIR(B) }; \ + _ENABLE_AXIS(A); _ENABLE_AXIS(B); \ + DIR_WAIT_BEFORE(); \ + _APPLY_DIR(A, _INVERT_DIR(A)^DIR^INV); \ + _APPLY_DIR(B, _INVERT_DIR(B)^DIR^INV^ALT); \ + DIR_WAIT_AFTER(); \ + _SAVE_START(); \ + _APPLY_STEP(A, !_INVERT_STEP_PIN(A), true); \ + _APPLY_STEP(B, !_INVERT_STEP_PIN(B), true); \ + _PULSE_WAIT(); \ + _APPLY_STEP(A, _INVERT_STEP_PIN(A), true); \ + _APPLY_STEP(B, _INVERT_STEP_PIN(B), true); \ + EXTRA_DIR_WAIT_BEFORE(); \ + _APPLY_DIR(A, old_dir.a); _APPLY_DIR(B, old_dir.b); \ + EXTRA_DIR_WAIT_AFTER(); \ + }while(0) + + #endif // MUST ONLY BE CALLED BY AN ISR, // No other ISR should ever interrupt this! - void Stepper::babystep(const AxisEnum axis, const bool direction) { - cli(); + void Stepper::do_babystep(const AxisEnum axis, const bool direction) { + + #if DISABLED(INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING) + cli(); + #endif switch (axis) { @@ -2382,25 +2574,21 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { case X_AXIS: #if CORE_IS_XY - BABYSTEP_AXIS(X, false, direction); - BABYSTEP_AXIS(Y, false, direction); + BABYSTEP_CORE(X, Y, 0, direction, 0); #elif CORE_IS_XZ - BABYSTEP_AXIS(X, false, direction); - BABYSTEP_AXIS(Z, false, direction); + BABYSTEP_CORE(X, Z, 0, direction, 0); #else - BABYSTEP_AXIS(X, false, direction); + BABYSTEP_AXIS(X, 0, direction); #endif break; case Y_AXIS: #if CORE_IS_XY - BABYSTEP_AXIS(X, false, direction); - BABYSTEP_AXIS(Y, false, direction^(CORESIGN(1)<0)); + BABYSTEP_CORE(X, Y, 0, direction, (CORESIGN(1)<0)); #elif CORE_IS_YZ - BABYSTEP_AXIS(Y, false, direction); - BABYSTEP_AXIS(Z, false, direction^(CORESIGN(1)<0)); + BABYSTEP_CORE(Y, Z, 0, direction, (CORESIGN(1)<0)); #else - BABYSTEP_AXIS(Y, false, direction); + BABYSTEP_AXIS(Y, 0, direction); #endif break; @@ -2409,13 +2597,9 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { case Z_AXIS: { #if CORE_IS_XZ - BABYSTEP_AXIS(X, BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z, direction); - BABYSTEP_AXIS(Z, BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z, direction^(CORESIGN(1)<0)); - + BABYSTEP_CORE(X, Z, BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z, direction, (CORESIGN(1)<0)); #elif CORE_IS_YZ - BABYSTEP_AXIS(Y, BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z, direction); - BABYSTEP_AXIS(Z, BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z, direction^(CORESIGN(1)<0)); - + BABYSTEP_CORE(Y, Z, BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z, direction, (CORESIGN(1)<0)); #elif DISABLED(DELTA) BABYSTEP_AXIS(Z, BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z, direction); @@ -2423,42 +2607,40 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { const bool z_direction = direction ^ BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z; - enable_X(); - enable_Y(); - enable_Z(); + ENABLE_AXIS_X(); + ENABLE_AXIS_Y(); + ENABLE_AXIS_Z(); - #if MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY > 0 - DELAY_NS(MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY); - #endif + DIR_WAIT_BEFORE(); - const uint8_t old_x_dir_pin = X_DIR_READ(), - old_y_dir_pin = Y_DIR_READ(), - old_z_dir_pin = Z_DIR_READ(); + const xyz_byte_t old_dir = { X_DIR_READ(), Y_DIR_READ(), Z_DIR_READ() }; X_DIR_WRITE(INVERT_X_DIR ^ z_direction); Y_DIR_WRITE(INVERT_Y_DIR ^ z_direction); Z_DIR_WRITE(INVERT_Z_DIR ^ z_direction); - #if MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY > 0 - DELAY_NS(MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY); - #endif + DIR_WAIT_AFTER(); - _SAVE_START; + _SAVE_START(); X_STEP_WRITE(!INVERT_X_STEP_PIN); Y_STEP_WRITE(!INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN); Z_STEP_WRITE(!INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN); - _PULSE_WAIT; + _PULSE_WAIT(); X_STEP_WRITE(INVERT_X_STEP_PIN); Y_STEP_WRITE(INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN); Z_STEP_WRITE(INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN); // Restore direction bits - X_DIR_WRITE(old_x_dir_pin); - Y_DIR_WRITE(old_y_dir_pin); - Z_DIR_WRITE(old_z_dir_pin); + EXTRA_DIR_WAIT_BEFORE(); + + X_DIR_WRITE(old_dir.x); + Y_DIR_WRITE(old_dir.y); + Z_DIR_WRITE(old_dir.z); + + EXTRA_DIR_WAIT_AFTER(); #endif @@ -2466,7 +2648,10 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { default: break; } - sei(); + + #if DISABLED(INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING) + sei(); + #endif } #endif // BABYSTEPPING @@ -2571,7 +2756,7 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { SPI.begin(); SET_OUTPUT(DIGIPOTSS_PIN); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < COUNT(digipot_motor_current); i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, COUNT(digipot_motor_current)) { //digitalPotWrite(digipot_ch[i], digipot_motor_current[i]); digipot_current(i, digipot_motor_current[i]); } @@ -2611,9 +2796,9 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { #endif -#else +#else // PRINTRBOARD_G2 - #include "../HAL/HAL_DUE/G2_PWM.h" + #include HAL_PATH(../HAL, fastio/G2_PWM.h) #endif @@ -2673,6 +2858,13 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { SET_OUTPUT(Z3_MS3_PIN); #endif #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MICROSTEPS + SET_OUTPUT(Z4_MS1_PIN); + SET_OUTPUT(Z4_MS2_PIN); + #if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS3) + SET_OUTPUT(Z4_MS3_PIN); + #endif + #endif #if HAS_E0_MICROSTEPS SET_OUTPUT(E0_MS1_PIN); SET_OUTPUT(E0_MS2_PIN); @@ -2715,6 +2907,20 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { SET_OUTPUT(E5_MS3_PIN); #endif #endif + #if HAS_E6_MICROSTEPS + SET_OUTPUT(E6_MS1_PIN); + SET_OUTPUT(E6_MS2_PIN); + #if PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS3) + SET_OUTPUT(E6_MS3_PIN); + #endif + #endif + #if HAS_E7_MICROSTEPS + SET_OUTPUT(E7_MS1_PIN); + SET_OUTPUT(E7_MS2_PIN); + #if PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS3) + SET_OUTPUT(E7_MS3_PIN); + #endif + #endif static const uint8_t microstep_modes[] = MICROSTEP_MODES; for (uint16_t i = 0; i < COUNT(microstep_modes); i++) @@ -2743,7 +2949,7 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { #endif break; #endif - #if HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS + #if HAS_SOME_Z_MICROSTEPS case 2: #if HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS WRITE(Z_MS1_PIN, ms1); @@ -2754,25 +2960,34 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { #if HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS WRITE(Z3_MS1_PIN, ms1); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MICROSTEPS + WRITE(Z4_MS1_PIN, ms1); + #endif break; #endif #if HAS_E0_MICROSTEPS - case 3: WRITE(E0_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; + case 3: WRITE(E0_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; #endif #if HAS_E1_MICROSTEPS - case 4: WRITE(E1_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; + case 4: WRITE(E1_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; #endif #if HAS_E2_MICROSTEPS - case 5: WRITE(E2_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; + case 5: WRITE(E2_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; #endif #if HAS_E3_MICROSTEPS - case 6: WRITE(E3_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; + case 6: WRITE(E3_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; #endif #if HAS_E4_MICROSTEPS - case 7: WRITE(E4_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; + case 7: WRITE(E4_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; #endif #if HAS_E5_MICROSTEPS - case 8: WRITE(E5_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; + case 8: WRITE(E5_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; + #endif + #if HAS_E6_MICROSTEPS + case 9: WRITE(E6_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; + #endif + #if HAS_E7_MICROSTEPS + case 10: WRITE(E7_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; #endif } if (ms2 >= 0) switch (driver) { @@ -2796,7 +3011,7 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { #endif break; #endif - #if HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS + #if HAS_SOME_Z_MICROSTEPS case 2: #if HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS WRITE(Z_MS2_PIN, ms2); @@ -2807,25 +3022,34 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { #if HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS WRITE(Z3_MS2_PIN, ms2); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MICROSTEPS + WRITE(Z4_MS2_PIN, ms2); + #endif break; #endif #if HAS_E0_MICROSTEPS - case 3: WRITE(E0_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; + case 3: WRITE(E0_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; #endif #if HAS_E1_MICROSTEPS - case 4: WRITE(E1_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; + case 4: WRITE(E1_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; #endif #if HAS_E2_MICROSTEPS - case 5: WRITE(E2_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; + case 5: WRITE(E2_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; #endif #if HAS_E3_MICROSTEPS - case 6: WRITE(E3_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; + case 6: WRITE(E3_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; #endif #if HAS_E4_MICROSTEPS - case 7: WRITE(E4_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; + case 7: WRITE(E4_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; #endif #if HAS_E5_MICROSTEPS - case 8: WRITE(E5_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; + case 8: WRITE(E5_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; + #endif + #if HAS_E6_MICROSTEPS + case 9: WRITE(E6_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; + #endif + #if HAS_E7_MICROSTEPS + case 10: WRITE(E7_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; #endif } if (ms3 >= 0) switch (driver) { @@ -2849,7 +3073,7 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { #endif break; #endif - #if HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS + #if HAS_SOME_Z_MICROSTEPS case 2: #if HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(Z_MS3) WRITE(Z_MS3_PIN, ms3); @@ -2860,25 +3084,34 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { #if HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(Z3_MS3) WRITE(Z3_MS3_PIN, ms3); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS3) + WRITE(Z4_MS3_PIN, ms3); + #endif break; #endif #if HAS_E0_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(E0_MS3) - case 3: WRITE(E0_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; + case 3: WRITE(E0_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; #endif #if HAS_E1_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(E1_MS3) - case 4: WRITE(E1_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; + case 4: WRITE(E1_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; #endif #if HAS_E2_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(E2_MS3) - case 5: WRITE(E2_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; + case 5: WRITE(E2_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; #endif #if HAS_E3_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(E3_MS3) - case 6: WRITE(E3_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; + case 6: WRITE(E3_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; #endif #if HAS_E4_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(E4_MS3) - case 7: WRITE(E4_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; + case 7: WRITE(E4_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; #endif #if HAS_E5_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(E5_MS3) - case 8: WRITE(E5_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; + case 8: WRITE(E5_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; + #endif + #if HAS_E6_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS3) + case 9: WRITE(E6_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; + #endif + #if HAS_E7_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS3) + case 10: WRITE(E7_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; #endif } } @@ -2915,77 +3148,94 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { } void Stepper::microstep_readings() { - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("MS1,MS2,MS3 Pins\nX: "); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("MS1|MS2|MS3 Pins"); #if HAS_X_MICROSTEPS - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(X_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(X_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(X_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(X_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("X: "); + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(X_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(X_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(X_MS3) + , '0' + READ(X_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif #if HAS_Y_MICROSTEPS SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Y: "); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(Y_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(Y_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(Y_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(Y_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(Y_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(Y_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(Y_MS3) + , '0' + READ(Y_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif #if HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Z: "); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(Z_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(Z_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(Z_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(Z_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(Z_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(Z_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(Z_MS3) + , '0' + READ(Z_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif #if HAS_E0_MICROSTEPS SERIAL_ECHOPGM("E0: "); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E0_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E0_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(E0_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(E0_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E0_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(E0_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E0_MS3) + , '0' + READ(E0_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif #if HAS_E1_MICROSTEPS SERIAL_ECHOPGM("E1: "); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E1_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E1_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(E1_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(E1_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E1_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(E1_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E1_MS3) + , '0' + READ(E1_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif #if HAS_E2_MICROSTEPS SERIAL_ECHOPGM("E2: "); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E2_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E2_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(E2_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(E2_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E2_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(E2_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E2_MS3) + , '0' + READ(E2_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif #if HAS_E3_MICROSTEPS SERIAL_ECHOPGM("E3: "); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E3_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E3_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(E3_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(E3_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E3_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(E3_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E3_MS3) + , '0' + READ(E3_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif #if HAS_E4_MICROSTEPS SERIAL_ECHOPGM("E4: "); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E4_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E4_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(E4_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(E4_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E4_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(E4_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E4_MS3) + , '0' + READ(E4_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif #if HAS_E5_MICROSTEPS SERIAL_ECHOPGM("E5: "); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E5_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(E5_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(E5_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(E5_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E5_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(E5_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E5_MS3) + , '0' + READ(E5_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); + #endif + #if HAS_E6_MICROSTEPS + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("E6: "); + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E6_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(E6_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS3) + , '0' + READ(E6_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); + #endif + #if HAS_E7_MICROSTEPS + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("E7: "); + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E7_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(E7_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS3) + , '0' + READ(E7_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper.h b/Marlin/src/module/stepper.h index d098dd4484..46c6c1c16a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -56,7 +56,24 @@ // Estimate the amount of time the Stepper ISR will take to execute // +/** + * The method of calculating these cycle-constants is unclear. + * Most of them are no longer used directly for pulse timing, and exist + * only to estimate a maximum step rate based on the user's configuration. + * As 32-bit processors continue to diverge, maintaining cycle counts + * will become increasingly difficult and error-prone. + */ + #ifdef CPU_32_BIT + /** + * Duration of START_TIMED_PULSE + * + * ...as measured on an LPC1768 with a scope and converted to cycles. + * Not applicable to other 32-bit processors, but as long as others + * take longer, pulses will be longer. For example the SKR Pro + * (stm32f407zgt6) requires ~60 cyles. + */ + #define TIMER_READ_ADD_AND_STORE_CYCLES 34UL // The base ISR takes 792 cycles #define ISR_BASE_CYCLES 792UL @@ -85,6 +102,8 @@ #define ISR_STEPPER_CYCLES 16UL #else + // Cycles to perform actions in START_TIMED_PULSE + #define TIMER_READ_ADD_AND_STORE_CYCLES 13UL // The base ISR takes 752 cycles #define ISR_BASE_CYCLES 752UL @@ -116,43 +135,32 @@ // Add time for each stepper #if HAS_X_STEP - #define ISR_START_X_STEPPER_CYCLES ISR_START_STEPPER_CYCLES #define ISR_X_STEPPER_CYCLES ISR_STEPPER_CYCLES #else - #define ISR_START_X_STEPPER_CYCLES 0UL #define ISR_X_STEPPER_CYCLES 0UL #endif #if HAS_Y_STEP - #define ISR_START_Y_STEPPER_CYCLES ISR_START_STEPPER_CYCLES #define ISR_Y_STEPPER_CYCLES ISR_STEPPER_CYCLES #else #define ISR_START_Y_STEPPER_CYCLES 0UL #define ISR_Y_STEPPER_CYCLES 0UL #endif #if HAS_Z_STEP - #define ISR_START_Z_STEPPER_CYCLES ISR_START_STEPPER_CYCLES #define ISR_Z_STEPPER_CYCLES ISR_STEPPER_CYCLES #else - #define ISR_START_Z_STEPPER_CYCLES 0UL #define ISR_Z_STEPPER_CYCLES 0UL #endif // E is always interpolated, even for mixing extruders -#define ISR_START_E_STEPPER_CYCLES ISR_START_STEPPER_CYCLES #define ISR_E_STEPPER_CYCLES ISR_STEPPER_CYCLES // If linear advance is disabled, the loop also handles them #if DISABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) && ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define ISR_START_MIXING_STEPPER_CYCLES ((MIXING_STEPPERS) * (ISR_START_STEPPER_CYCLES)) #define ISR_MIXING_STEPPER_CYCLES ((MIXING_STEPPERS) * (ISR_STEPPER_CYCLES)) #else - #define ISR_START_MIXING_STEPPER_CYCLES 0UL #define ISR_MIXING_STEPPER_CYCLES 0UL #endif -// Calculate the minimum time to start all stepper pulses in the ISR loop -#define MIN_ISR_START_LOOP_CYCLES (ISR_START_X_STEPPER_CYCLES + ISR_START_Y_STEPPER_CYCLES + ISR_START_Z_STEPPER_CYCLES + ISR_START_E_STEPPER_CYCLES + ISR_START_MIXING_STEPPER_CYCLES) - // And the total minimum loop time, not including the base #define MIN_ISR_LOOP_CYCLES (ISR_X_STEPPER_CYCLES + ISR_Y_STEPPER_CYCLES + ISR_Z_STEPPER_CYCLES + ISR_E_STEPPER_CYCLES + ISR_MIXING_STEPPER_CYCLES) @@ -166,18 +174,23 @@ #define MIN_STEPPER_PULSE_CYCLES _MIN_STEPPER_PULSE_CYCLES(1UL) #endif -// Calculate the minimum ticks of the PULSE timer that must elapse with the step pulse enabled -// adding the "start stepper pulse" code section execution cycles to account for that not all -// pulses start at the beginning of the loop, so an extra time must be added to compensate so -// the last generated pulse (usually the extruder stepper) has the right length -#if HAS_DRIVER(LV8729) && MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE == 0 - #define MIN_PULSE_TICKS ((((PULSE_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US) + 1) / 2) + ((MIN_ISR_START_LOOP_CYCLES) / uint32_t(PULSE_TIMER_PRESCALE))) +// Calculate the minimum pulse times (high and low) +#if MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE && MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE + constexpr uint32_t _MIN_STEP_PERIOD_NS = 1000000000UL / MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE; + constexpr uint32_t _MIN_PULSE_HIGH_NS = 1000UL * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE; + constexpr uint32_t _MIN_PULSE_LOW_NS = _MAX((_MIN_STEP_PERIOD_NS - _MIN(_MIN_STEP_PERIOD_NS, _MIN_PULSE_HIGH_NS)), _MIN_PULSE_HIGH_NS); +#elif MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE + // Assume 50% duty cycle + constexpr uint32_t _MIN_PULSE_HIGH_NS = 1000UL * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE; + constexpr uint32_t _MIN_PULSE_LOW_NS = _MIN_PULSE_HIGH_NS; +#elif MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE + // Assume 50% duty cycle + constexpr uint32_t _MIN_PULSE_HIGH_NS = 500000000UL / MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE; + constexpr uint32_t _MIN_PULSE_LOW_NS = _MIN_PULSE_HIGH_NS; #else - #define MIN_PULSE_TICKS (((PULSE_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US) * uint32_t(MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)) + ((MIN_ISR_START_LOOP_CYCLES) / uint32_t(PULSE_TIMER_PRESCALE))) + #error "Expected at least one of MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE or MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE to be defined" #endif -// Calculate the extra ticks of the PULSE timer between step pulses -#define ADDED_STEP_TICKS (((MIN_STEPPER_PULSE_CYCLES) / (PULSE_TIMER_PRESCALE)) - (MIN_PULSE_TICKS)) // But the user could be enforcing a minimum time, so the loop time is #define ISR_LOOP_CYCLES (ISR_LOOP_BASE_CYCLES + _MAX(MIN_STEPPER_PULSE_CYCLES, MIN_ISR_LOOP_CYCLES)) @@ -261,11 +274,15 @@ class Stepper { #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) static bool locked_Y_motor, locked_Y2_motor; #endif - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - static bool locked_Z_motor, locked_Z2_motor; - #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) || BOTH(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN, Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - static bool locked_Z3_motor; + #if EITHER(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS, Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + static bool locked_Z_motor, locked_Z2_motor + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + , locked_Z3_motor + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + , locked_Z4_motor + #endif + #endif + ; #endif static uint32_t acceleration_time, deceleration_time; // time measured in Stepper Timer ticks @@ -278,9 +295,9 @@ class Stepper { #endif // Delta error variables for the Bresenham line tracer - static int32_t delta_error[XYZE]; - static uint32_t advance_dividend[XYZE], - advance_divisor, + static xyze_long_t delta_error; + static xyze_ulong_t advance_dividend; + static uint32_t advance_divisor, step_events_completed, // The number of step events executed in the current block accelerate_until, // The point from where we need to stop acceleration decelerate_after, // The point from where we need to start decelerating @@ -304,13 +321,18 @@ class Stepper { static bool bezier_2nd_half; // If Bézier curve has been initialized or not #endif - static uint32_t nextMainISR; // time remaining for the next Step ISR #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) + static constexpr uint32_t LA_ADV_NEVER = 0xFFFFFFFF; static uint32_t nextAdvanceISR, LA_isr_rate; static uint16_t LA_current_adv_steps, LA_final_adv_steps, LA_max_adv_steps; // Copy from current executed block. Needed because current_block is set to NULL "too early". static int8_t LA_steps; static bool LA_use_advance_lead; - #endif // LIN_ADVANCE + #endif + + #if ENABLED(INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING) + static constexpr uint32_t BABYSTEP_NEVER = 0xFFFFFFFF; + static uint32_t nextBabystepISR; + #endif static int32_t ticks_nominal; #if DISABLED(S_CURVE_ACCELERATION) @@ -320,42 +342,61 @@ class Stepper { // // Exact steps at which an endstop was triggered // - static volatile int32_t endstops_trigsteps[XYZ]; + static xyz_long_t endstops_trigsteps; // // Positions of stepper motors, in step units // - static volatile int32_t count_position[NUM_AXIS]; + static xyze_long_t count_position; // // Current direction of stepper motors (+1 or -1) // - static int8_t count_direction[NUM_AXIS]; + static xyze_int8_t count_direction; public: - // - // Constructor / initializer - // - Stepper() { }; - // Initialize stepper hardware static void init(); - // Interrupt Service Routines + // Interrupt Service Routine and phases + + // The stepper subsystem goes to sleep when it runs out of things to execute. + // Call this to notify the subsystem that it is time to go to work. + static inline void wake_up() { ENABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); } + + static inline bool is_awake() { return STEPPER_ISR_ENABLED(); } + + static inline bool suspend() { + const bool awake = is_awake(); + if (awake) DISABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); + return awake; + } // The ISR scheduler static void isr(); - // The stepper pulse phase ISR - static void stepper_pulse_phase_isr(); + // The stepper pulse ISR phase + static void pulse_phase_isr(); - // The stepper block processing phase ISR - static uint32_t stepper_block_phase_isr(); + // The stepper block processing ISR phase + static uint32_t block_phase_isr(); #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - // The Linear advance stepper ISR + // The Linear advance ISR phase static uint32_t advance_isr(); + FORCE_INLINE static void initiateLA() { nextAdvanceISR = 0; } + #endif + + #if ENABLED(INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING) + // The Babystepping ISR phase + static uint32_t babystepping_isr(); + FORCE_INLINE static void initiateBabystepping() { + if (nextBabystepISR == BABYSTEP_NEVER) { + nextBabystepISR = 0; + wake_up(); + } + } #endif // Check if the given block is busy or not - Must not be called from ISR contexts @@ -364,12 +405,14 @@ class Stepper { // Get the position of a stepper, in steps static int32_t position(const AxisEnum axis); - // Report the positions of the steppers, in steps - static void report_positions(); + // Set the current position in steps + static void set_position(const int32_t &a, const int32_t &b, const int32_t &c, const int32_t &e); + static inline void set_position(const xyze_long_t &abce) { set_position(abce.a, abce.b, abce.c, abce.e); } + static void set_axis_position(const AxisEnum a, const int32_t &v); - // The stepper subsystem goes to sleep when it runs out of things to execute. Call this - // to notify the subsystem that it is time to go to work. - static void wake_up(); + // Report the positions of the steppers, in steps + static void report_a_position(const xyz_long_t &pos); + static void report_positions(); // Quickly stop all steppers FORCE_INLINE static void quick_stop() { abort_current_block = true; } @@ -382,13 +425,11 @@ class Stepper { // The extruder associated to the last movement FORCE_INLINE static uint8_t movement_extruder() { - return - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) || EXTRUDERS < 2 - 0 - #else - last_moved_extruder + return (0 + #if EXTRUDERS > 1 && DISABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + + last_moved_extruder #endif - ; + ); } // Handle a triggered endstop @@ -419,49 +460,25 @@ class Stepper { FORCE_INLINE static void set_y_lock(const bool state) { locked_Y_motor = state; } FORCE_INLINE static void set_y2_lock(const bool state) { locked_Y2_motor = state; } #endif - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS || (ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) && Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #if EITHER(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS, Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) FORCE_INLINE static void set_z_lock(const bool state) { locked_Z_motor = state; } FORCE_INLINE static void set_z2_lock(const bool state) { locked_Z2_motor = state; } - #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) || BOTH(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN, Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - FORCE_INLINE static void set_z3_lock(const bool state) { locked_Z3_motor = state; } + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + FORCE_INLINE static void set_z3_lock(const bool state) { locked_Z3_motor = state; } + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + FORCE_INLINE static void set_z4_lock(const bool state) { locked_Z4_motor = state; } + #endif + #endif #endif #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - static void babystep(const AxisEnum axis, const bool direction); // perform a short step with a single stepper motor, outside of any convention + static void do_babystep(const AxisEnum axis, const bool direction); // perform a short step with a single stepper motor, outside of any convention #endif #if HAS_MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM static void refresh_motor_power(); #endif - // Set the current position in steps - static inline void set_position(const int32_t &a, const int32_t &b, const int32_t &c, const int32_t &e) { - planner.synchronize(); - const bool was_enabled = STEPPER_ISR_ENABLED(); - if (was_enabled) DISABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); - _set_position(a, b, c, e); - if (was_enabled) ENABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); - } - - static inline void set_position(const AxisEnum a, const int32_t &v) { - planner.synchronize(); - - #ifdef __AVR__ - // Protect the access to the position. Only required for AVR, as - // any 32bit CPU offers atomic access to 32bit variables - const bool was_enabled = STEPPER_ISR_ENABLED(); - if (was_enabled) DISABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); - #endif - - count_position[a] = v; - - #ifdef __AVR__ - // Reenable Stepper ISR - if (was_enabled) ENABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); - #endif - } - // Set direction bits for all steppers static void set_directions(); @@ -469,12 +486,13 @@ class Stepper { // Set the current position in steps static void _set_position(const int32_t &a, const int32_t &b, const int32_t &c, const int32_t &e); + FORCE_INLINE static void _set_position(const abce_long_t &spos) { _set_position(spos.a, spos.b, spos.c, spos.e); } - FORCE_INLINE static uint32_t calc_timer_interval(uint32_t step_rate, uint8_t scale, uint8_t* loops) { + FORCE_INLINE static uint32_t calc_timer_interval(uint32_t step_rate, uint8_t* loops) { uint32_t timer; // Scale the frequency, as requested by the caller - step_rate <<= scale; + step_rate <<= oversampling_factor; uint8_t multistep = 1; #if DISABLED(DISABLE_MULTI_STEPPING) diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L6470.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L6470.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index d682193aa9..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L6470.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * stepper/L6470.cpp - * Stepper driver indirection for L6470 drivers - */ - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" - -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - -#include "L6470.h" - -#define _L6470_DEFINE(ST) L6470 stepper##ST((const int)L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN) - -// L6470 Stepper objects -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(X); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(X2); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(Y); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(Y2); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(Z); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(Z2); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(Z3); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(E0); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(E1); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(E2); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(E3); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(E4); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(E5); -#endif - -// not using L6470 library's init command because it -// briefly sends power to the steppers - -#define _L6470_INIT_CHIP(Q) do{ \ - stepper##Q.resetDev(); \ - stepper##Q.softFree(); \ - stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_CONFIG, CONFIG_PWM_DIV_1 \ - | CONFIG_PWM_MUL_2 \ - | CONFIG_SR_290V_us \ - | CONFIG_OC_SD_DISABLE \ - | CONFIG_VS_COMP_DISABLE \ - | CONFIG_SW_HARD_STOP \ - | CONFIG_INT_16MHZ); \ - stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_RUN, 0xFF); \ - stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_ACC, 0xFF); \ - stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_DEC, 0xFF); \ - stepper##Q.setMicroSteps(Q##_MICROSTEPS); \ - stepper##Q.setOverCurrent(Q##_OVERCURRENT); \ - stepper##Q.setStallCurrent(Q##_STALLCURRENT); \ - stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_HOLD, Q##_MAX_VOLTAGE); \ - stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_ABS_POS, 0); \ - stepper##Q.getStatus(); \ -}while(0) - -void L6470_Marlin::init_to_defaults() { - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(X); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(X2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(Y); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(Y2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(Z); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(Z2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(Z3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(E0); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(E1); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(E2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(E3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(E4); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(E5); - #endif -} - -#endif // L6470 diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L6470.h b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L6470.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8c731a8042..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L6470.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,176 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * stepper/L6470.h - * Stepper driver indirection for L6470 drivers - */ - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#include "../../libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" - -// L6470 has STEP on normal pins, but DIR/ENABLE via SPI -#define L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,Q) do{ L6470_dir_commands[Q] = (STATE ? dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK_REV : dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK_FWD); }while(0) - -// X Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperX; - #define X_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define X_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define X_ENABLE_READ() (stepperX.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define X_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define X_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,X) - #define X_DIR_READ() (stepperX.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// Y Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperY; - #define Y_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define Y_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define Y_ENABLE_READ() (stepperY.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define Y_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define Y_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,Y) - #define Y_DIR_READ() (stepperY.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// Z Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperZ; - #define Z_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define Z_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define Z_ENABLE_READ() (stepperZ.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define Z_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define Z_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,Z) - #define Z_DIR_READ() (stepperZ.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// X2 Stepper -#if HAS_X2_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperX2; - #define X2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define X2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define X2_ENABLE_READ() (stepperX2.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define X2_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define X2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,X2) - #define X2_DIR_READ() (stepperX2.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// Y2 Stepper -#if HAS_Y2_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperY2; - #define Y2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define Y2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define Y2_ENABLE_READ() (stepperY2.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define Y2_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define Y2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,Y2) - #define Y2_DIR_READ() (stepperY2.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// Z2 Stepper -#if HAS_Z2_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperZ2; - #define Z2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define Z2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define Z2_ENABLE_READ() (stepperZ2.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define Z2_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define Z2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,Z2) - #define Z2_DIR_READ() (stepperZ2.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// Z3 Stepper -#if HAS_Z3_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperZ3; - #define Z3_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define Z3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define Z3_ENABLE_READ() (stepperZ3.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define Z3_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define Z3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,Z3) - #define Z3_DIR_READ() (stepperZ3.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// E0 Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE0; - #define E0_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define E0_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define E0_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE0.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define E0_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define E0_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,E0) - #define E0_DIR_READ() (stepperE0.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// E1 Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE1; - #define E1_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define E1_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define E1_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE1.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define E1_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define E1_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,E1) - #define E1_DIR_READ() (stepperE1.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// E2 Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE2; - #define E2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define E2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define E2_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE2.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define E2_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define E2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,E2) - #define E2_DIR_READ() (stepperE2.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// E3 Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE3; - #define E3_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define E3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define E3_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE3.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define E3_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define E3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,E3) - #define E3_DIR_READ() (stepperE3.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// E4 Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE4; - #define E4_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define E4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define E4_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE4.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define E4_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define E4_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,E4) - #define E4_DIR_READ() (stepperE4.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// E5 Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE5; - #define E5_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define E5_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define E5_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE5.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define E5_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define E5_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,E5) - #define E5_DIR_READ() (stepperE5.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L64xx.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L64xx.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..74f2e12fed --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L64xx.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,225 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * stepper/L64xx.cpp + * Stepper driver indirection for L64XX drivers + */ + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if HAS_L64XX + +#include "L64xx.h" + +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + L64XX_CLASS(X) stepperX(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + L64XX_CLASS(X2) stepperX2(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + L64XX_CLASS(Y) stepperY(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + L64XX_CLASS(Y2) stepperY2(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + L64XX_CLASS(Z) stepperZ(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + L64XX_CLASS(Z2) stepperZ2(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + L64XX_CLASS(Z3) stepperZ3(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + L64XX_CLASS(Z4) stepperZ4(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + L64XX_CLASS(E0) stepperE0(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + L64XX_CLASS(E1) stepperE1(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + L64XX_CLASS(E2) stepperE2(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + L64XX_CLASS(E3) stepperE3(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + L64XX_CLASS(E4) stepperE4(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + L64XX_CLASS(E5) stepperE5(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) + L64XX_CLASS(E6) stepperE6(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) + L64XX_CLASS(E7) stepperE7(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif + +// Not using L64XX class init method because it +// briefly sends power to the steppers + +inline void L6470_init_chip(L64XX &st, const int ms, const int oc, const int sc, const int mv, const int slew_rate) { + st.set_handlers(L64xxManager.spi_init, L64xxManager.transfer_single, L64xxManager.transfer_chain); // specify which external SPI routines to use + switch (st.L6470_status_layout) { + case L6470_STATUS_LAYOUT: { + st.resetDev(); + st.softFree(); + st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, CONFIG_PWM_DIV_1 | CONFIG_PWM_MUL_2 | CONFIG_OC_SD_DISABLE | CONFIG_VS_COMP_DISABLE | CONFIG_SW_HARD_STOP | CONFIG_INT_16MHZ); + st.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_RUN, 0xFF); + st.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_ACC, 0xFF); + st.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_DEC, 0xFF); + st.setMicroSteps(ms); + st.setOverCurrent(oc); + st.setStallCurrent(sc); + st.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_HOLD, mv); + st.SetParam(L6470_ABS_POS, 0); + uint32_t config_temp = st.GetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG); + config_temp &= ~CONFIG_POW_SR; + switch (slew_rate) { + case 0: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, config_temp | CONFIG_SR_75V_us); break; + default: + case 1: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, config_temp | CONFIG_SR_110V_us); break; + case 3: + case 2: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, config_temp | CONFIG_SR_260V_us); break; + } + st.getStatus(); + st.getStatus(); + break; + } + + case L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT: { + st.free(); + //st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, CONFIG_PWM_DIV_1 | CONFIG_PWM_MUL_2 | CONFIG_OC_SD_DISABLE | CONFIG_VS_COMP_DISABLE | CONFIG_SW_HARD_STOP | CONFIG_INT_16MHZ); + //st.SetParam(L6474_TVAL, 0xFF); + st.setMicroSteps(ms); + st.setOverCurrent(oc); + st.setTVALCurrent(sc); + st.SetParam(L6470_ABS_POS, 0); + uint32_t config_temp = st.GetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG); + config_temp &= ~CONFIG_POW_SR & ~CONFIG_EN_TQREG; // clear out slew rate and set current to be controlled by TVAL register + switch (slew_rate) { + case 0: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, config_temp | CONFIG_SR_75V_us); break; + default: + case 1: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, config_temp | CONFIG_SR_110V_us); break; + case 3: + case 2: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, config_temp | CONFIG_SR_260V_us); break; + //case 0: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, 0x2E88 | CONFIG_EN_TQREG | CONFIG_SR_75V_us); break; + //default: + //case 1: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, 0x2E88 | CONFIG_EN_TQREG | CONFIG_SR_110V_us); break; + //case 3: + //case 2: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, 0x2E88 | CONFIG_EN_TQREG | CONFIG_SR_260V_us); break; + + //case 0: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, 0x2E88 ); break; + //default: + //case 1: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, 0x2E88 ); break; + //case 3: + //case 2: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, 0x2E88 ); break; + } + st.getStatus(); + st.getStatus(); + break; + } + + case L6480_STATUS_LAYOUT: { + st.resetDev(); + st.softFree(); + st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, CONFIG_PWM_DIV_1 | CONFIG_PWM_MUL_2 | CONFIG_OC_SD_DISABLE | CONFIG_VS_COMP_DISABLE | CONFIG_SW_HARD_STOP | CONFIG_INT_16MHZ); + st.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_RUN, 0xFF); + st.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_ACC, 0xFF); + st.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_DEC, 0xFF); + st.setMicroSteps(ms); + st.setOverCurrent(oc); + st.setStallCurrent(sc); + st.SetParam(+-L6470_KVAL_HOLD, mv); + st.SetParam(L6470_ABS_POS, 0); + st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG,(st.GetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG) | PWR_VCC_7_5V)); + st.getStatus(); // must clear out status bits before can set slew rate + st.getStatus(); + switch (slew_rate) { + case 0: st.SetParam(L6470_GATECFG1, CONFIG1_SR_220V_us); st.SetParam(L6470_GATECFG2, CONFIG2_SR_220V_us); break; + default: + case 1: st.SetParam(L6470_GATECFG1, CONFIG1_SR_400V_us); st.SetParam(L6470_GATECFG2, CONFIG2_SR_400V_us); break; + case 2: st.SetParam(L6470_GATECFG1, CONFIG1_SR_520V_us); st.SetParam(L6470_GATECFG2, CONFIG2_SR_520V_us); break; + case 3: st.SetParam(L6470_GATECFG1, CONFIG1_SR_980V_us); st.SetParam(L6470_GATECFG2, CONFIG2_SR_980V_us); break; + } + break; + } + } +} + +#define L6470_INIT_CHIP(Q) L6470_init_chip(stepper##Q, Q##_MICROSTEPS, Q##_OVERCURRENT, Q##_STALLCURRENT, Q##_MAX_VOLTAGE, Q##_SLEW_RATE) + +void L64XX_Marlin::init_to_defaults() { + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(X); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(X2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(Y); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(Y2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(Z); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(Z2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(Z3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(E0); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(E1); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(E2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(E3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(E4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(E5); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(E6); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(E7); + #endif +} + +#endif // HAS_L64XX diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L64xx.h b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L64xx.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4449618e0b --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L64xx.h @@ -0,0 +1,364 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * stepper/L64xx.h + * Stepper driver indirection for L64XX drivers + */ + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" +#include "../../libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" + +// Convert option names to L64XX classes +#define CLASS_L6470 L6470 +#define CLASS_L6474 L6474 +#define CLASS_POWERSTEP01 powerSTEP01 + +#define __L64XX_CLASS(TYPE) CLASS_##TYPE +#define _L64XX_CLASS(TYPE) __L64XX_CLASS(TYPE) +#define L64XX_CLASS(ST) _L64XX_CLASS(ST##_DRIVER_TYPE) + +#define L6474_DIR_WRITE(A,STATE) do{ L64xxManager.dir_commands[A] = dSPIN_L6474_ENABLE; WRITE(A##_DIR_PIN, STATE); }while(0) +#define L64XX_DIR_WRITE(A,STATE) do{ L64xxManager.dir_commands[A] = (STATE) ? dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK_REV : dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK_FWD; }while(0) + +// X Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + extern L64XX_CLASS(X) stepperX; + #define X_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define X_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperX.free()) + #define X_ENABLE_READ() (stepperX.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6474) + #define X_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(X_DIR_PIN) + #define X_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(X, STATE) + #define X_DIR_READ() READ(X_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define X_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define X_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(X, STATE) + #define X_DIR_READ() (stepper##X.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_X() stepperX.free() + #endif + #endif +#endif + +// Y Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + extern L64XX_CLASS(Y) stepperY; + #define Y_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define Y_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperY.free()) + #define Y_ENABLE_READ() (stepperY.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6474) + #define Y_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Y_DIR_PIN) + #define Y_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(Y, STATE) + #define Y_DIR_READ() READ(Y_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define Y_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define Y_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(Y, STATE) + #define Y_DIR_READ() (stepper##Y.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Y() stepperY.free() + #endif + #endif +#endif + +// Z Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + extern L64XX_CLASS(Z) stepperZ; + #define Z_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define Z_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperZ.free()) + #define Z_ENABLE_READ() (stepperZ.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6474) + #define Z_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z_DIR_PIN) + #define Z_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(Z, STATE) + #define Z_DIR_READ() READ(Z_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define Z_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define Z_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(Z, STATE) + #define Z_DIR_READ() (stepper##Z.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Z() stepperZ.free() + #endif + #endif +#endif + +// X2 Stepper +#if HAS_X2_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + extern L64XX_CLASS(X2) stepperX2; + #define X2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define X2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperX2.free()) + #define X2_ENABLE_READ() (stepperX2.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6474) + #define X2_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(X2_DIR_PIN) + #define X2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(X2, STATE) + #define X2_DIR_READ() READ(X2_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define X2_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define X2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(X2, STATE) + #define X2_DIR_READ() (stepper##X2.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_X2() stepperX2.free() +#endif + +// Y2 Stepper +#if HAS_Y2_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + extern L64XX_CLASS(Y2) stepperY2; + #define Y2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define Y2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperY2.free()) + #define Y2_ENABLE_READ() (stepperY2.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6474) + #define Y2_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Y2_DIR_PIN) + #define Y2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(Y2, STATE) + #define Y2_DIR_READ() READ(Y2_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define Y2_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define Y2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(Y2, STATE) + #define Y2_DIR_READ() (stepper##Y2.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Y2() stepperY2.free() +#endif + +// Z2 Stepper +#if HAS_Z2_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + extern L64XX_CLASS(Z2) stepperZ2; + #define Z2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define Z2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperZ2.free()) + #define Z2_ENABLE_READ() (stepperZ2.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6474) + #define Z2_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z2_DIR_PIN) + #define Z2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(Z2, STATE) + #define Z2_DIR_READ() READ(Z2_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define Z2_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define Z2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(Z2, STATE) + #define Z2_DIR_READ() (stepper##Z2.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Z2() stepperZ2.free() +#endif + +// Z3 Stepper +#if HAS_Z3_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + extern L64XX_CLASS(Z3) stepperZ3; + #define Z3_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define Z3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperZ3.free()) + #define Z3_ENABLE_READ() (stepperZ3.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6474) + #define Z3_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z3_DIR_PIN) + #define Z3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(Z3, STATE) + #define Z3_DIR_READ() READ(Z3_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define Z3_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define Z3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(Z3, STATE) + #define Z3_DIR_READ() (stepper##Z3.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Z3() stepperZ3.free() +#endif + +// Z4 Stepper +#if HAS_Z4_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + extern L64XX_CLASS(Z4) stepperZ4; + #define Z4_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define Z4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperZ4.free()) + #define Z4_ENABLE_READ() (stepperZ4.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(L6474) + #define Z4_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z4_DIR_PIN) + #define Z4_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(Z4, STATE) + #define Z4_DIR_READ() READ(Z4_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define Z4_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define Z4_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(Z4, STATE) + #define Z4_DIR_READ() (stepper##Z4.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Z4() stepperZ4.free() +#endif + +// E0 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + extern L64XX_CLASS(E0) stepperE0; + #define E0_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E0_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperE0.free()) + #define E0_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE0.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6474) + #define E0_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E0_DIR_PIN) + #define E0_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(E0, STATE) + #define E0_DIR_READ() READ(E0_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define E0_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define E0_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(E0, STATE) + #define E0_DIR_READ() (stepper##E0.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E0() do{ stepperE0.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) + #endif + #endif +#endif + +// E1 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + extern L64XX_CLASS(E1) stepperE1; + #define E1_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E1_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperE1.free()) + #define E1_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE1.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6474) + #define E1_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E1_DIR_PIN) + #define E1_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(E1, STATE) + #define E1_DIR_READ() READ(E1_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define E1_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define E1_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(E1, STATE) + #define E1_DIR_READ() (stepper##E1.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E1() do{ stepperE1.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) + #endif + #endif +#endif + +// E2 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + extern L64XX_CLASS(E2) stepperE2; + #define E2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperE2.free()) + #define E2_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE2.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6474) + #define E2_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E2_DIR_PIN) + #define E2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(E2, STATE) + #define E2_DIR_READ() READ(E2_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define E2_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define E2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(E2, STATE) + #define E2_DIR_READ() (stepper##E2.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E2() do{ stepperE2.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) + #endif + #endif +#endif + +// E3 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + extern L64XX_CLASS(E3) stepperE3; + #define E3_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperE3.free()) + #define E3_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE3.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6474) + #define E3_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E3_DIR_PIN) + #define E3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(E3, STATE) + #define E3_DIR_READ() READ(E3_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define E3_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define E3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(E3, STATE) + #define E3_DIR_READ() (stepper##E3.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +// E4 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + extern L64XX_CLASS(E4) stepperE4; + #define E4_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperE4.free()) + #define E4_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE4.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6474) + #define E4_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E4_DIR_PIN) + #define E4_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(E4, STATE) + #define E4_DIR_READ() READ(E4_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define E4_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define E4_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(E4, STATE) + #define E4_DIR_READ() (stepper##E4.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E4() do{ stepperE4.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) + #endif + #endif +#endif + +// E5 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + extern L64XX_CLASS(E5) stepperE5; + #define E5_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E5_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperE5.free()) + #define E5_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE5.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6474) + #define E5_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E5_DIR_PIN) + #define E5_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(E5, STATE) + #define E5_DIR_READ() READ(E5_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define E5_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define E5_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(E5, STATE) + #define E5_DIR_READ() (stepper##E5.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E5() do{ stepperE5.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) + #endif + #endif +#endif + +// E6 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) + extern L64XX_CLASS(E6) stepperE6; + #define E6_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E6_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperE6.free()) + #define E6_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE6.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(L6474) + #define E6_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E6_DIR_PIN) + #define E6_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(E6, STATE) + #define E6_DIR_READ() READ(E6_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define E6_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define E6_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(E6, STATE) + #define E6_DIR_READ() (stepper##E6.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E6() do{ stepperE6.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) + #endif + #endif +#endif + +// E7 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) + extern L64XX_CLASS(E7) stepperE7; + #define E7_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E7_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperE7.free()) + #define E7_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE7.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(L6474) + #define E7_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E7_DIR_PIN) + #define E7_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(E7, STATE) + #define E7_DIR_READ() READ(E7_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define E7_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define E7_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(E7, STATE) + #define E7_DIR_READ() (stepper##E7.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E7() do{ stepperE7.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) + #endif + #endif +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.cpp index 8acb735c9d..08c0b3e782 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -57,6 +57,9 @@ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) _TMC26X_DEFINE(Z3); #endif +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X) + _TMC26X_DEFINE(Z4); +#endif #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) _TMC26X_DEFINE(E0); #endif @@ -75,6 +78,12 @@ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) _TMC26X_DEFINE(E5); #endif +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X) + _TMC26X_DEFINE(E6); +#endif +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X) + _TMC26X_DEFINE(E7); +#endif #define _TMC26X_INIT(A) do{ \ stepper##A.setMicrosteps(A##_MICROSTEPS); \ @@ -103,6 +112,9 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults() { #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) _TMC26X_INIT(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X) + _TMC26X_INIT(Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) _TMC26X_INIT(E0); #endif @@ -121,6 +133,12 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults() { #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) _TMC26X_INIT(E5); #endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X) + _TMC26X_INIT(E6); + #endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X) + _TMC26X_INIT(E7); + #endif } #endif // TMC26X diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.h b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.h index a1c2704823..39192cea25 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ #include #if defined(STM32GENERIC) && defined(STM32F7) - #include "../../HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/TMC2660.h" + #include "../../HAL/STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/TMC2660.h" #else #include #endif @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // X Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperX; - #define X_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define X_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define X_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperX.setEnabled(STATE) #define X_ENABLE_READ() stepperX.isEnabled() #endif @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // Y Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperY; - #define Y_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Y_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Y_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperY.setEnabled(STATE) #define Y_ENABLE_READ() stepperY.isEnabled() #endif @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // Z Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperZ; - #define Z_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Z_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Z_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperZ.setEnabled(STATE) #define Z_ENABLE_READ() stepperZ.isEnabled() #endif @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // X2 Stepper #if HAS_X2_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperX2; - #define X2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define X2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define X2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperX2.setEnabled(STATE) #define X2_ENABLE_READ() stepperX2.isEnabled() #endif @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // Y2 Stepper #if HAS_Y2_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperY2; - #define Y2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Y2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Y2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperY2.setEnabled(STATE) #define Y2_ENABLE_READ() stepperY2.isEnabled() #endif @@ -82,23 +82,31 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // Z2 Stepper #if HAS_Z2_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperZ2; - #define Z2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Z2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Z2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperZ2.setEnabled(STATE) #define Z2_ENABLE_READ() stepperZ2.isEnabled() #endif // Z3 Stepper -#if HAS_Z3_ENABLE && ENABLED(Z3_IS_TMC26X) +#if HAS_Z3_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperZ3; - #define Z3_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Z3_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Z3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperZ3.setEnabled(STATE) #define Z3_ENABLE_READ() stepperZ3.isEnabled() #endif +// Z4 Stepper +#if HAS_Z4_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X) + extern TMC26XStepper stepperZ4; + #define Z4_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define Z4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperZ4.setEnabled(STATE) + #define Z4_ENABLE_READ() stepperZ4.isEnabled() +#endif + // E0 Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperE0; - #define E0_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E0_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E0_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE0.setEnabled(STATE) #define E0_ENABLE_READ() stepperE0.isEnabled() #endif @@ -106,7 +114,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // E1 Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperE1; - #define E1_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E1_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E1_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE1.setEnabled(STATE) #define E1_ENABLE_READ() stepperE1.isEnabled() #endif @@ -114,7 +122,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // E2 Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperE2; - #define E2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE2.setEnabled(STATE) #define E2_ENABLE_READ() stepperE2.isEnabled() #endif @@ -122,7 +130,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // E3 Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperE3; - #define E3_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E3_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE3.setEnabled(STATE) #define E3_ENABLE_READ() stepperE3.isEnabled() #endif @@ -130,7 +138,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // E4 Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperE4; - #define E4_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E4_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE4.setEnabled(STATE) #define E4_ENABLE_READ() stepperE4.isEnabled() #endif @@ -138,7 +146,23 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // E5 Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperE5; - #define E5_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E5_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E5_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE5.setEnabled(STATE) #define E5_ENABLE_READ() stepperE5.isEnabled() #endif + +// E6 Stepper +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X) + extern TMC26XStepper stepperE6; + #define E6_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E6_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE6.setEnabled(STATE) + #define E6_ENABLE_READ() stepperE6.isEnabled() +#endif + +// E7 Stepper +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X) + extern TMC26XStepper stepperE7; + #define E7_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E7_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE7.setEnabled(STATE) + #define E7_ENABLE_READ() stepperE7.isEnabled() +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.cpp index 2037c1b84e..2ddbfe62e3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ #include "indirection.h" void restore_stepper_drivers() { - #if HAS_TRINAMIC + #if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG restore_trinamic_drivers(); #endif } @@ -43,11 +43,11 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers() { tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); #endif - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - L6470.init_to_defaults(); + #if HAS_L64XX + L64xxManager.init_to_defaults(); #endif - #if HAS_TRINAMIC + #if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG reset_trinamic_drivers(); #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.h b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.h index ed87fde83c..0b36a5d0c0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -32,15 +32,15 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - #include "L6470.h" +#if HAS_L64XX + #include "L64xx.h" #endif #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) #include "TMC26X.h" #endif -#if HAS_TRINAMIC +#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG #include "trinamic.h" #endif @@ -49,91 +49,91 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers(); // Called by settings.load / settings.reset // X Stepper #ifndef X_ENABLE_INIT - #define X_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(X_ENABLE_PIN) + #define X_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(X_ENABLE_PIN) #define X_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(X_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define X_ENABLE_READ() READ(X_ENABLE_PIN) + #define X_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(X_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef X_DIR_INIT - #define X_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(X_DIR_PIN) + #define X_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(X_DIR_PIN) #define X_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(X_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define X_DIR_READ() READ(X_DIR_PIN) + #define X_DIR_READ() bool(READ(X_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define X_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(X_STEP_PIN) +#define X_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(X_STEP_PIN) #ifndef X_STEP_WRITE #define X_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(X_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define X_STEP_READ READ(X_STEP_PIN) +#define X_STEP_READ() bool(READ(X_STEP_PIN)) // Y Stepper #ifndef Y_ENABLE_INIT - #define Y_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Y_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Y_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Y_ENABLE_PIN) #define Y_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Y_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define Y_ENABLE_READ() READ(Y_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Y_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(Y_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef Y_DIR_INIT - #define Y_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Y_DIR_PIN) + #define Y_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Y_DIR_PIN) #define Y_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Y_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define Y_DIR_READ() READ(Y_DIR_PIN) + #define Y_DIR_READ() bool(READ(Y_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define Y_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Y_STEP_PIN) +#define Y_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Y_STEP_PIN) #ifndef Y_STEP_WRITE #define Y_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Y_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define Y_STEP_READ READ(Y_STEP_PIN) +#define Y_STEP_READ() bool(READ(Y_STEP_PIN)) // Z Stepper #ifndef Z_ENABLE_INIT - #define Z_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Z_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z_ENABLE_PIN) #define Z_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define Z_ENABLE_READ() READ(Z_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Z_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(Z_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef Z_DIR_INIT - #define Z_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z_DIR_PIN) + #define Z_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z_DIR_PIN) #define Z_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define Z_DIR_READ() READ(Z_DIR_PIN) + #define Z_DIR_READ() bool(READ(Z_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define Z_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z_STEP_PIN) +#define Z_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z_STEP_PIN) #ifndef Z_STEP_WRITE #define Z_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define Z_STEP_READ READ(Z_STEP_PIN) +#define Z_STEP_READ() bool(READ(Z_STEP_PIN)) // X2 Stepper #if HAS_X2_ENABLE #ifndef X2_ENABLE_INIT - #define X2_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(X2_ENABLE_PIN) + #define X2_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(X2_ENABLE_PIN) #define X2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(X2_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define X2_ENABLE_READ() READ(X2_ENABLE_PIN) + #define X2_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(X2_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef X2_DIR_INIT - #define X2_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(X2_DIR_PIN) + #define X2_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(X2_DIR_PIN) #define X2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(X2_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define X2_DIR_READ() READ(X2_DIR_PIN) + #define X2_DIR_READ() bool(READ(X2_DIR_PIN)) #endif - #define X2_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(X2_STEP_PIN) + #define X2_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(X2_STEP_PIN) #ifndef X2_STEP_WRITE #define X2_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(X2_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif - #define X2_STEP_READ READ(X2_STEP_PIN) + #define X2_STEP_READ() bool(READ(X2_STEP_PIN)) #endif // Y2 Stepper #if HAS_Y2_ENABLE #ifndef Y2_ENABLE_INIT - #define Y2_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Y2_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Y2_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Y2_ENABLE_PIN) #define Y2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Y2_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define Y2_ENABLE_READ() READ(Y2_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Y2_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(Y2_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef Y2_DIR_INIT - #define Y2_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Y2_DIR_PIN) + #define Y2_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Y2_DIR_PIN) #define Y2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Y2_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define Y2_DIR_READ() READ(Y2_DIR_PIN) + #define Y2_DIR_READ() bool(READ(Y2_DIR_PIN)) #endif - #define Y2_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Y2_STEP_PIN) + #define Y2_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Y2_STEP_PIN) #ifndef Y2_STEP_WRITE #define Y2_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Y2_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif - #define Y2_STEP_READ READ(Y2_STEP_PIN) + #define Y2_STEP_READ() bool(READ(Y2_STEP_PIN)) #else #define Y2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) NOOP #endif @@ -141,20 +141,20 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers(); // Called by settings.load / settings.reset // Z2 Stepper #if HAS_Z2_ENABLE #ifndef Z2_ENABLE_INIT - #define Z2_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z2_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Z2_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z2_ENABLE_PIN) #define Z2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z2_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define Z2_ENABLE_READ() READ(Z2_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Z2_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(Z2_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef Z2_DIR_INIT - #define Z2_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z2_DIR_PIN) + #define Z2_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z2_DIR_PIN) #define Z2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z2_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define Z2_DIR_READ() READ(Z2_DIR_PIN) + #define Z2_DIR_READ() bool(READ(Z2_DIR_PIN)) #endif - #define Z2_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z2_STEP_PIN) + #define Z2_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z2_STEP_PIN) #ifndef Z2_STEP_WRITE #define Z2_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z2_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif - #define Z2_STEP_READ READ(Z2_STEP_PIN) + #define Z2_STEP_READ() bool(READ(Z2_STEP_PIN)) #else #define Z2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) NOOP #endif @@ -162,146 +162,256 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers(); // Called by settings.load / settings.reset // Z3 Stepper #if HAS_Z3_ENABLE #ifndef Z3_ENABLE_INIT - #define Z3_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z3_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Z3_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z3_ENABLE_PIN) #define Z3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z3_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define Z3_ENABLE_READ() READ(Z3_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Z3_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(Z3_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef Z3_DIR_INIT - #define Z3_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z3_DIR_PIN) + #define Z3_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z3_DIR_PIN) #define Z3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z3_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define Z3_DIR_READ() READ(Z3_DIR_PIN) + #define Z3_DIR_READ() bool(READ(Z3_DIR_PIN)) #endif - #define Z3_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z3_STEP_PIN) + #define Z3_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z3_STEP_PIN) #ifndef Z3_STEP_WRITE #define Z3_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z3_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif - #define Z3_STEP_READ READ(Z3_STEP_PIN) + #define Z3_STEP_READ() bool(READ(Z3_STEP_PIN)) #else #define Z3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) NOOP #endif +// Z4 Stepper +#if HAS_Z4_ENABLE + #ifndef Z4_ENABLE_INIT + #define Z4_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z4_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Z4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z4_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) + #define Z4_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(Z4_ENABLE_PIN)) + #endif + #ifndef Z4_DIR_INIT + #define Z4_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z4_DIR_PIN) + #define Z4_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z4_DIR_PIN,STATE) + #define Z4_DIR_READ() bool(READ(Z4_DIR_PIN)) + #endif + #define Z4_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z4_STEP_PIN) + #ifndef Z4_STEP_WRITE + #define Z4_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z4_STEP_PIN,STATE) + #endif + #define Z4_STEP_READ() bool(READ(Z4_STEP_PIN)) +#else + #define Z4_DIR_WRITE(STATE) NOOP +#endif + // E0 Stepper #ifndef E0_ENABLE_INIT - #define E0_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E0_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E0_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E0_ENABLE_PIN) #define E0_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E0_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define E0_ENABLE_READ() READ(E0_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E0_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(E0_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef E0_DIR_INIT - #define E0_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E0_DIR_PIN) + #define E0_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E0_DIR_PIN) #define E0_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E0_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define E0_DIR_READ() READ(E0_DIR_PIN) + #define E0_DIR_READ() bool(READ(E0_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define E0_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E0_STEP_PIN) +#define E0_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E0_STEP_PIN) #ifndef E0_STEP_WRITE #define E0_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E0_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define E0_STEP_READ READ(E0_STEP_PIN) +#define E0_STEP_READ() bool(READ(E0_STEP_PIN)) // E1 Stepper #ifndef E1_ENABLE_INIT - #define E1_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E1_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E1_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E1_ENABLE_PIN) #define E1_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E1_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define E1_ENABLE_READ() READ(E1_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E1_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(E1_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef E1_DIR_INIT - #define E1_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E1_DIR_PIN) + #define E1_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E1_DIR_PIN) #define E1_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E1_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define E1_DIR_READ() READ(E1_DIR_PIN) + #define E1_DIR_READ() bool(READ(E1_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define E1_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E1_STEP_PIN) +#define E1_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E1_STEP_PIN) #ifndef E1_STEP_WRITE #define E1_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E1_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define E1_STEP_READ READ(E1_STEP_PIN) +#define E1_STEP_READ() bool(READ(E1_STEP_PIN)) // E2 Stepper #ifndef E2_ENABLE_INIT - #define E2_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E2_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E2_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E2_ENABLE_PIN) #define E2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E2_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define E2_ENABLE_READ() READ(E2_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E2_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(E2_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef E2_DIR_INIT - #define E2_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E2_DIR_PIN) + #define E2_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E2_DIR_PIN) #define E2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E2_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define E2_DIR_READ() READ(E2_DIR_PIN) + #define E2_DIR_READ() bool(READ(E2_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define E2_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E2_STEP_PIN) +#define E2_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E2_STEP_PIN) #ifndef E2_STEP_WRITE #define E2_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E2_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define E2_STEP_READ READ(E2_STEP_PIN) +#define E2_STEP_READ() bool(READ(E2_STEP_PIN)) // E3 Stepper #ifndef E3_ENABLE_INIT - #define E3_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E3_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E3_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E3_ENABLE_PIN) #define E3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E3_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define E3_ENABLE_READ() READ(E3_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E3_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(E3_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef E3_DIR_INIT - #define E3_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E3_DIR_PIN) + #define E3_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E3_DIR_PIN) #define E3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E3_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define E3_DIR_READ() READ(E3_DIR_PIN) + #define E3_DIR_READ() bool(READ(E3_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define E3_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E3_STEP_PIN) +#define E3_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E3_STEP_PIN) #ifndef E3_STEP_WRITE #define E3_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E3_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define E3_STEP_READ READ(E3_STEP_PIN) +#define E3_STEP_READ() bool(READ(E3_STEP_PIN)) // E4 Stepper #ifndef E4_ENABLE_INIT - #define E4_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E4_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E4_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E4_ENABLE_PIN) #define E4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E4_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define E4_ENABLE_READ() READ(E4_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E4_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(E4_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef E4_DIR_INIT - #define E4_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E4_DIR_PIN) + #define E4_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E4_DIR_PIN) #define E4_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E4_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define E4_DIR_READ() READ(E4_DIR_PIN) + #define E4_DIR_READ() bool(READ(E4_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define E4_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E4_STEP_PIN) +#define E4_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E4_STEP_PIN) #ifndef E4_STEP_WRITE #define E4_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E4_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define E4_STEP_READ READ(E4_STEP_PIN) +#define E4_STEP_READ() bool(READ(E4_STEP_PIN)) // E5 Stepper #ifndef E5_ENABLE_INIT - #define E5_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E5_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E5_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E5_ENABLE_PIN) #define E5_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E5_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define E5_ENABLE_READ() READ(E5_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E5_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(E5_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef E5_DIR_INIT - #define E5_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E5_DIR_PIN) + #define E5_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E5_DIR_PIN) #define E5_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E5_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define E5_DIR_READ() READ(E5_DIR_PIN) + #define E5_DIR_READ() bool(READ(E5_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define E5_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E5_STEP_PIN) +#define E5_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E5_STEP_PIN) #ifndef E5_STEP_WRITE #define E5_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E5_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define E5_STEP_READ READ(E5_STEP_PIN) +#define E5_STEP_READ() bool(READ(E5_STEP_PIN)) + +// E6 Stepper +#ifndef E6_ENABLE_INIT + #define E6_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E6_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E6_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E6_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) + #define E6_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(E6_ENABLE_PIN)) +#endif +#ifndef E6_DIR_INIT + #define E6_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E6_DIR_PIN) + #define E6_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E6_DIR_PIN,STATE) + #define E6_DIR_READ() bool(READ(E6_DIR_PIN)) +#endif +#define E6_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E6_STEP_PIN) +#ifndef E6_STEP_WRITE + #define E6_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E6_STEP_PIN,STATE) +#endif +#define E6_STEP_READ() bool(READ(E6_STEP_PIN)) + +// E7 Stepper +#ifndef E7_ENABLE_INIT + #define E7_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E7_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E7_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E7_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) + #define E7_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(E7_ENABLE_PIN)) +#endif +#ifndef E7_DIR_INIT + #define E7_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E7_DIR_PIN) + #define E7_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E7_DIR_PIN,STATE) + #define E7_DIR_READ() bool(READ(E7_DIR_PIN)) +#endif +#define E7_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E7_STEP_PIN) +#ifndef E7_STEP_WRITE + #define E7_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E7_STEP_PIN,STATE) +#endif +#define E7_STEP_READ() bool(READ(E7_STEP_PIN)) /** * Extruder indirection for the single E axis */ #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) // One stepper driver per two extruders, reversed on odd index - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 + #if EXTRUDERS > 7 + #define E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ if (E < 2) { E0_STEP_WRITE(V); } else if (E < 4) { E1_STEP_WRITE(V); } else if (E < 6) { E2_STEP_WRITE(V); } else { E3_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) + #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 5: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; \ + case 6: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; case 7: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 5: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; \ + case 6: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; case 7: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #elif EXTRUDERS > 6 + #define E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ if (E < 2) { E0_STEP_WRITE(V); } else if (E < 4) { E1_STEP_WRITE(V); } else if (E < 6) { E2_STEP_WRITE(V); } else { E3_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) + #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 5: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; \ + case 6: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 5: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; \ + case 6: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); } }while(0) + #elif EXTRUDERS > 5 #define E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ if (E < 2) { E0_STEP_WRITE(V); } else if (E < 4) { E1_STEP_WRITE(V); } else { E2_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) - #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); case 5: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); } }while(0) - #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); case 5: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); } }while(0) + #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 5: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 5: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) #elif EXTRUDERS > 4 #define E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ if (E < 2) { E0_STEP_WRITE(V); } else if (E < 4) { E1_STEP_WRITE(V); } else { E2_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) - #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); } }while(0) - #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); } }while(0) + #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) #elif EXTRUDERS > 3 #define E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ if (E < 2) { E0_STEP_WRITE(V); } else { E1_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) - #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); } }while(0) - #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); } }while(0) + #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) #elif EXTRUDERS > 2 #define E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ if (E < 2) { E0_STEP_WRITE(V); } else { E1_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) - #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); } }while(0) - #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); } }while(0) + #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) #else #define E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) E0_STEP_WRITE(V) #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ E0_DIR_WRITE(E ? INVERT_E0_DIR : !INVERT_E0_DIR); }while(0) @@ -319,23 +429,100 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers(); // Called by settings.load / settings.reset #elif E_STEPPERS > 1 - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 3: E3_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 4: E4_STEP_WRITE(V); case 5: E5_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) - #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E4_DIR); case 5: E5_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E5_DIR); } }while(0) - #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E4_DIR); case 5: E5_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E5_DIR); } }while(0) + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 + + #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 3: E3_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + case 4: E4_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 5: E5_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 6: E6_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 7: E7_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E4_DIR); break; case 5: E5_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E5_DIR); break; \ + case 6: E6_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E6_DIR); break; case 7: E7_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E7_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E4_DIR); break; case 5: E5_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E5_DIR); break; \ + case 6: E6_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E6_DIR); break; case 7: E7_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E7_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + + #elif E_STEPPERS > 6 + + #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 3: E3_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + case 4: E4_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 5: E5_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 6: E6_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E4_DIR); break; case 5: E5_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E5_DIR); break; \ + case 6: E6_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E6_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E4_DIR); break; case 5: E5_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E5_DIR); break; \ + case 6: E6_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E6_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + + #elif E_STEPPERS > 5 + + #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 3: E3_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + case 4: E4_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 5: E5_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E4_DIR); break; case 5: E5_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E5_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E4_DIR); break; case 5: E5_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E5_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #elif E_STEPPERS > 4 - #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 3: E3_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 4: E4_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) - #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E4_DIR); } }while(0) - #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E4_DIR); } }while(0) + + #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 3: E3_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + case 4: E4_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E4_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E4_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #elif E_STEPPERS > 3 - #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 3: E3_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) - #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); } }while(0) - #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); } }while(0) + + #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 3: E3_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #elif E_STEPPERS > 2 + #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); } }while(0) #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); } }while(0) + #else + #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ if (E == 0) { E0_STEP_WRITE(V); } else { E1_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ if (E == 0) { E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); } else { E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); } }while(0) #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ if (E == 0) { E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); } else { E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); } }while(0) @@ -355,7 +542,15 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers(); // Called by settings.load / settings.reset #define E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ if (extruder_duplication_enabled) { DUPE(STEP,V); } else _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V); }while(0) #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 + #define DUPE(T,V) do{ _DUPE(0,T,V); _DUPE(1,T,V); _DUPE(2,T,V); _DUPE(3,T,V); _DUPE(4,T,V); _DUPE(5,T,V); _DUPE(6,T,V); _DUPE(7,T,V); }while(0) + #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ if (extruder_duplication_enabled) { NDIR(0); NDIR(1); NDIR(2); NDIR(3); NDIR(4); NDIR(5); NDIR(6); NDIR(7); } else _NORM_E_DIR(E); }while(0) + #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ if (extruder_duplication_enabled) { RDIR(0); RDIR(1); RDIR(2); RDIR(3); RDIR(4); RDIR(5); RDIR(6); RDIR(7); } else _REV_E_DIR(E); }while(0) + #elif E_STEPPERS > 6 + #define DUPE(T,V) do{ _DUPE(0,T,V); _DUPE(1,T,V); _DUPE(2,T,V); _DUPE(3,T,V); _DUPE(4,T,V); _DUPE(5,T,V); _DUPE(6,T,V); }while(0) + #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ if (extruder_duplication_enabled) { NDIR(0); NDIR(1); NDIR(2); NDIR(3); NDIR(4); NDIR(5); NDIR(6); } else _NORM_E_DIR(E); }while(0) + #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ if (extruder_duplication_enabled) { RDIR(0); RDIR(1); RDIR(2); RDIR(3); RDIR(4); RDIR(5); RDIR(6); } else _REV_E_DIR(E); }while(0) + #elif E_STEPPERS > 5 #define DUPE(T,V) do{ _DUPE(0,T,V); _DUPE(1,T,V); _DUPE(2,T,V); _DUPE(3,T,V); _DUPE(4,T,V); _DUPE(5,T,V); }while(0) #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ if (extruder_duplication_enabled) { NDIR(0); NDIR(1); NDIR(2); NDIR(3); NDIR(4); NDIR(5); } else _NORM_E_DIR(E); }while(0) #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ if (extruder_duplication_enabled) { RDIR(0); RDIR(1); RDIR(2); RDIR(3); RDIR(4); RDIR(5); } else _REV_E_DIR(E); }while(0) @@ -397,3 +592,394 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers(); // Called by settings.load / settings.reset #define REV_E_DIR(E) NOOP #endif + +// +// Individual stepper enable / disable macros +// + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_X + #if HAS_X_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_X() X_ENABLE_WRITE( X_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_X() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_X + #if HAS_X_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_X() X_ENABLE_WRITE(!X_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_X() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_X2 + #if HAS_X2_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_X2() X2_ENABLE_WRITE( X_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_X2() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_X2 + #if HAS_X2_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_X2() X2_ENABLE_WRITE(!X_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_X2() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_Y + #if HAS_Y_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_Y() Y_ENABLE_WRITE( Y_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_Y() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_Y + #if HAS_Y_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Y() Y_ENABLE_WRITE(!Y_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Y() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_Y2 + #if HAS_Y2_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_Y2() Y2_ENABLE_WRITE( Y_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_Y2() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_Y2 + #if HAS_Y2_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Y2() Y2_ENABLE_WRITE(!Y_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Y2() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_Z + #if HAS_Z_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_Z() Z_ENABLE_WRITE( Z_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_Z() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_Z + #if HAS_Z_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Z() Z_ENABLE_WRITE(!Z_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Z() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_Z2 + #if HAS_Z2_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_Z2() Z2_ENABLE_WRITE( Z_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_Z2() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_Z2 + #if HAS_Z2_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Z2() Z2_ENABLE_WRITE(!Z_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Z2() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_Z3 + #if HAS_Z3_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_Z3() Z3_ENABLE_WRITE( Z_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_Z3() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_Z3 + #if HAS_Z3_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Z3() Z3_ENABLE_WRITE(!Z_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Z3() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_Z4 + #if HAS_Z4_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_Z4() Z4_ENABLE_WRITE( Z_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_Z4() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_Z4 + #if HAS_Z4_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Z4() Z4_ENABLE_WRITE(!Z_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Z4() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_E0 + #if HAS_E0_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E0() E0_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E0() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_E0 + #if HAS_E0_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E0() E0_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E0() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_E1 + #if E_STEPPERS > 1 && HAS_E1_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E1() E1_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E1() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_E1 + #if E_STEPPERS > 1 && HAS_E1_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E1() E1_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E1() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_E2 + #if E_STEPPERS > 2 && HAS_E2_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E2() E2_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E2() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_E2 + #if E_STEPPERS > 2 && HAS_E2_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E2() E2_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E2() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_E3 + #if E_STEPPERS > 3 && HAS_E3_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E3() E3_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E3() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_E3 + #if E_STEPPERS > 3 && HAS_E3_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E3() E3_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E3() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_E4 + #if E_STEPPERS > 4 && HAS_E4_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E4() E4_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E4() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_E4 + #if E_STEPPERS > 4 && HAS_E4_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E4() E4_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E4() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_E5 + #if E_STEPPERS > 5 && HAS_E5_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E5() E5_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E5() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_E5 + #if E_STEPPERS > 5 && HAS_E5_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E5() E5_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E5() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_E6 + #if E_STEPPERS > 6 && HAS_E6_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E6() E6_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E6() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_E6 + #if E_STEPPERS > 6 && HAS_E6_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E6() E6_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E6() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_E7 + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 && HAS_E7_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E7() E7_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E7() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_E7 + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 && HAS_E7_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E7() E7_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E7() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +// +// Axis steppers enable / disable macros +// + +#define ENABLE_AXIS_X() do{ ENABLE_STEPPER_X(); ENABLE_STEPPER_X2(); }while(0) +#define DISABLE_AXIS_X() do{ DISABLE_STEPPER_X(); DISABLE_STEPPER_X2(); CBI(axis_known_position, X_AXIS); }while(0) + +#define ENABLE_AXIS_Y() do{ ENABLE_STEPPER_Y(); ENABLE_STEPPER_Y2(); }while(0) +#define DISABLE_AXIS_Y() do{ DISABLE_STEPPER_Y(); DISABLE_STEPPER_Y2(); CBI(axis_known_position, Y_AXIS); }while(0) + +#define ENABLE_AXIS_Z() do{ ENABLE_STEPPER_Z(); ENABLE_STEPPER_Z2(); ENABLE_STEPPER_Z3(); ENABLE_STEPPER_Z4(); }while(0) +#define DISABLE_AXIS_Z() do{ DISABLE_STEPPER_Z(); DISABLE_STEPPER_Z2(); DISABLE_STEPPER_Z3(); DISABLE_STEPPER_Z4(); CBI(axis_known_position, Z_AXIS); }while(0) + +// +// Extruder steppers enable / disable macros +// + +#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + /** + * Mixing steppers keep all their enable (and direction) states synchronized + */ + #define _CALL_ENA_E(N) ENABLE_STEPPER_E##N () ; + #define _CALL_DIS_E(N) DISABLE_STEPPER_E##N () ; + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E0() { RREPEAT(MIXING_STEPPERS, _CALL_ENA_E) } + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E0() { RREPEAT(MIXING_STEPPERS, _CALL_DIS_E) } +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_AXIS_E0 + #if E_STEPPERS > 0 && HAS_E0_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E0() ENABLE_STEPPER_E0() + #else + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E0() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_AXIS_E0 + #if E_STEPPERS > 0 && HAS_E0_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E0() DISABLE_STEPPER_E0() + #else + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E0() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_AXIS_E1 + #if E_STEPPERS > 1 && HAS_E1_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E1() ENABLE_STEPPER_E1() + #else + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E1() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_AXIS_E1 + #if E_STEPPERS > 1 && HAS_E1_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E1() DISABLE_STEPPER_E1() + #else + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E1() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_AXIS_E2 + #if E_STEPPERS > 2 && HAS_E2_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E2() ENABLE_STEPPER_E2() + #else + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E2() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_AXIS_E2 + #if E_STEPPERS > 2 && HAS_E2_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E2() DISABLE_STEPPER_E2() + #else + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E2() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_AXIS_E3 + #if E_STEPPERS > 3 && HAS_E3_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E3() ENABLE_STEPPER_E3() + #else + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E3() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_AXIS_E3 + #if E_STEPPERS > 3 && HAS_E3_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E3() DISABLE_STEPPER_E3() + #else + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E3() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_AXIS_E4 + #if E_STEPPERS > 4 && HAS_E4_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E4() ENABLE_STEPPER_E4() + #else + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E4() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_AXIS_E4 + #if E_STEPPERS > 4 && HAS_E4_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E4() DISABLE_STEPPER_E4() + #else + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E4() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_AXIS_E5 + #if E_STEPPERS > 5 && HAS_E5_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E5() ENABLE_STEPPER_E5() + #else + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E5() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_AXIS_E5 + #if E_STEPPERS > 5 && HAS_E5_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E5() DISABLE_STEPPER_E5() + #else + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E5() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_AXIS_E6 + #if E_STEPPERS > 6 && HAS_E6_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E6() ENABLE_STEPPER_E6() + #else + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E6() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_AXIS_E6 + #if E_STEPPERS > 6 && HAS_E6_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E6() DISABLE_STEPPER_E6() + #else + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E6() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_AXIS_E7 + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 && HAS_E7_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E7() ENABLE_STEPPER_E7() + #else + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E7() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_AXIS_E7 + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 && HAS_E7_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E7() DISABLE_STEPPER_E7() + #else + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E7() NOOP + #endif +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.cpp index a0910204e6..14598f9c73 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if HAS_TRINAMIC +#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG #include "trinamic.h" #include "../stepper.h" @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ #include enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; -#define _TMC_INIT(ST, STEALTH_INDEX) tmc_init(stepper##ST, ST##_CURRENT, ST##_MICROSTEPS, ST##_HYBRID_THRESHOLD, stealthchop_by_axis[STEALTH_INDEX]) +#define TMC_INIT(ST, STEALTH_INDEX) tmc_init(stepper##ST, ST##_CURRENT, ST##_MICROSTEPS, ST##_HYBRID_THRESHOLD, stealthchop_by_axis[STEALTH_INDEX]) // IC = TMC model number // ST = Stepper object letter @@ -44,13 +44,13 @@ enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; // AI = Axis Enum Index // SWHW = SW/SH UART selection #if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) - #define __TMC_SPI_DEFINE(IC, ST, L, AI) TMCMarlin stepper##ST(ST##_CS_PIN, ST##_RSENSE, TMC_SW_MOSI, TMC_SW_MISO, TMC_SW_SCK) + #define __TMC_SPI_DEFINE(IC, ST, L, AI) TMCMarlin stepper##ST(ST##_CS_PIN, float(ST##_RSENSE), TMC_SW_MOSI, TMC_SW_MISO, TMC_SW_SCK, ST##_CHAIN_POS) #else - #define __TMC_SPI_DEFINE(IC, ST, L, AI) TMCMarlin stepper##ST(ST##_CS_PIN, ST##_RSENSE) + #define __TMC_SPI_DEFINE(IC, ST, L, AI) TMCMarlin stepper##ST(ST##_CS_PIN, float(ST##_RSENSE), ST##_CHAIN_POS) #endif -#define TMC_UART_HW_DEFINE(IC, ST, L, AI) TMCMarlin stepper##ST(&ST##_HARDWARE_SERIAL, ST##_RSENSE, ST##_SLAVE_ADDRESS) -#define TMC_UART_SW_DEFINE(IC, ST, L, AI) TMCMarlin stepper##ST(ST##_SERIAL_RX_PIN, ST##_SERIAL_TX_PIN, ST##_RSENSE, ST##_SLAVE_ADDRESS, ST##_SERIAL_RX_PIN > -1) +#define TMC_UART_HW_DEFINE(IC, ST, L, AI) TMCMarlin stepper##ST(&ST##_HARDWARE_SERIAL, float(ST##_RSENSE), ST##_SLAVE_ADDRESS) +#define TMC_UART_SW_DEFINE(IC, ST, L, AI) TMCMarlin stepper##ST(ST##_SERIAL_RX_PIN, ST##_SERIAL_TX_PIN, float(ST##_RSENSE), ST##_SLAVE_ADDRESS, ST##_SERIAL_RX_PIN > -1) #define _TMC_SPI_DEFINE(IC, ST, AI) __TMC_SPI_DEFINE(IC, ST, TMC_##ST##_LABEL, AI) #define TMC_SPI_DEFINE(ST, AI) _TMC_SPI_DEFINE(ST##_DRIVER_TYPE, ST, AI##_AXIS) @@ -88,6 +88,9 @@ enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z3) TMC_SPI_DEFINE(Z3, Z); #endif +#if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z4) + TMC_SPI_DEFINE(Z4, Z); +#endif #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(E0) TMC_SPI_DEFINE_E(0); #endif @@ -106,10 +109,29 @@ enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(E5) TMC_SPI_DEFINE_E(5); #endif +#if AXIS_HAS_SPI(E6) + TMC_SPI_DEFINE_E(6); +#endif +#if AXIS_HAS_SPI(E7) + TMC_SPI_DEFINE_E(7); +#endif + +#ifndef TMC_BAUD_RATE + #if HAS_TMC_SW_SERIAL + // Reduce baud rate for boards not already overriding TMC_BAUD_RATE for software serial. + // Testing has shown that 115200 is not 100% reliable on AVR platforms, occasionally + // failing to read status properly. 32-bit platforms typically define an even lower + // TMC_BAUD_RATE, due to differences in how SoftwareSerial libraries work on different + // platforms. + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 57600 + #else + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 115200 + #endif +#endif #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130) template - void tmc_init(TMCMarlin &st, const uint16_t mA, const uint16_t microsteps, const uint32_t thrs, const bool stealth) { + void tmc_init(TMCMarlin &st, const uint16_t mA, const uint16_t microsteps, const uint32_t hyb_thrs, const bool stealth) { st.begin(); CHOPCONF_t chopconf{0}; @@ -139,9 +161,9 @@ enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; st.PWMCONF(pwmconf.sr); #if ENABLED(HYBRID_THRESHOLD) - st.set_pwm_thrs(thrs); + st.set_pwm_thrs(hyb_thrs); #else - UNUSED(thrs); + UNUSED(hyb_thrs); #endif st.GSTAT(); // Clear GSTAT @@ -150,7 +172,7 @@ enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2160) template - void tmc_init(TMCMarlin &st, const uint16_t mA, const uint16_t microsteps, const uint32_t thrs, const bool stealth) { + void tmc_init(TMCMarlin &st, const uint16_t mA, const uint16_t microsteps, const uint32_t hyb_thrs, const bool stealth) { st.begin(); CHOPCONF_t chopconf{0}; @@ -183,9 +205,9 @@ enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; st.PWMCONF(pwmconf.sr); #if ENABLED(HYBRID_THRESHOLD) - st.set_pwm_thrs(thrs); + st.set_pwm_thrs(hyb_thrs); #else - UNUSED(thrs); + UNUSED(hyb_thrs); #endif st.GSTAT(); // Clear GSTAT @@ -245,6 +267,13 @@ enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; TMC_UART_DEFINE(SW, Z3, Z); #endif #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Z4) + #ifdef Z4_HARDWARE_SERIAL + TMC_UART_DEFINE(HW, Z4, Z); + #else + TMC_UART_DEFINE(SW, Z4, Z); + #endif + #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E0) #ifdef E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(HW, 0); @@ -287,97 +316,132 @@ enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(SW, 5); #endif #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E6) + #ifdef E6_HARDWARE_SERIAL + TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(HW, 6); + #else + TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(SW, 6); + #endif + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E7) + #ifdef E7_HARDWARE_SERIAL + TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(HW, 7); + #else + TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(SW, 7); + #endif + #endif void tmc_serial_begin() { #if AXIS_HAS_UART(X) #ifdef X_HARDWARE_SERIAL - X_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + X_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperX.beginSerial(115200); + stepperX.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(X2) #ifdef X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL - X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperX2.beginSerial(115200); + stepperX2.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Y) #ifdef Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL - Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperY.beginSerial(115200); + stepperY.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Y2) #ifdef Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL - Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperY2.beginSerial(115200); + stepperY2.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Z) #ifdef Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL - Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperZ.beginSerial(115200); + stepperZ.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Z2) #ifdef Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL - Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperZ2.beginSerial(115200); + stepperZ2.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Z3) #ifdef Z3_HARDWARE_SERIAL - Z3_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + Z3_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperZ3.beginSerial(115200); + stepperZ3.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); + #endif + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Z4) + #ifdef Z4_HARDWARE_SERIAL + Z4_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); + #else + stepperZ4.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E0) #ifdef E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL - E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperE0.beginSerial(115200); + stepperE0.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E1) #ifdef E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL - E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperE1.beginSerial(115200); + stepperE1.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E2) #ifdef E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL - E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperE2.beginSerial(115200); + stepperE2.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E3) #ifdef E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL - E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperE3.beginSerial(115200); + stepperE3.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E4) #ifdef E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL - E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperE4.beginSerial(115200); + stepperE4.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E5) #ifdef E5_HARDWARE_SERIAL - E5_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + E5_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperE5.beginSerial(115200); + stepperE5.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); + #endif + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E6) + #ifdef E6_HARDWARE_SERIAL + E6_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); + #else + stepperE6.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); + #endif + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E7) + #ifdef E7_HARDWARE_SERIAL + E7_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); + #else + stepperE7.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif } @@ -385,7 +449,7 @@ enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) template - void tmc_init(TMCMarlin &st, const uint16_t mA, const uint16_t microsteps, const uint32_t thrs, const bool stealth) { + void tmc_init(TMCMarlin &st, const uint16_t mA, const uint16_t microsteps, const uint32_t hyb_thrs, const bool stealth) { TMC2208_n::GCONF_t gconf{0}; gconf.pdn_disable = true; // Use UART gconf.mstep_reg_select = true; // Select microsteps with UART @@ -421,9 +485,9 @@ enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; st.PWMCONF(pwmconf.sr); #if ENABLED(HYBRID_THRESHOLD) - st.set_pwm_thrs(thrs); + st.set_pwm_thrs(hyb_thrs); #else - UNUSED(thrs); + UNUSED(hyb_thrs); #endif st.GSTAT(0b111); // Clear @@ -433,7 +497,7 @@ enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209) template - void tmc_init(TMCMarlin &st, const uint16_t mA, const uint16_t microsteps, const uint32_t thrs, const bool stealth) { + void tmc_init(TMCMarlin &st, const uint16_t mA, const uint16_t microsteps, const uint32_t hyb_thrs, const bool stealth) { TMC2208_n::GCONF_t gconf{0}; gconf.pdn_disable = true; // Use UART gconf.mstep_reg_select = true; // Select microsteps with UART @@ -469,9 +533,9 @@ enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; st.PWMCONF(pwmconf.sr); #if ENABLED(HYBRID_THRESHOLD) - st.set_pwm_thrs(thrs); + st.set_pwm_thrs(hyb_thrs); #else - UNUSED(thrs); + UNUSED(hyb_thrs); #endif st.GSTAT(0b111); // Clear @@ -508,7 +572,7 @@ enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC5130) template - void tmc_init(TMCMarlin &st, const uint16_t mA, const uint16_t microsteps, const uint32_t thrs, const bool stealth) { + void tmc_init(TMCMarlin &st, const uint16_t mA, const uint16_t microsteps, const uint32_t hyb_thrs, const bool stealth) { st.begin(); CHOPCONF_t chopconf{0}; @@ -538,9 +602,9 @@ enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; st.PWMCONF(pwmconf.sr); #if ENABLED(HYBRID_THRESHOLD) - st.set_pwm_thrs(thrs); + st.set_pwm_thrs(hyb_thrs); #else - UNUSED(thrs); + UNUSED(hyb_thrs); #endif st.GSTAT(); // Clear GSTAT @@ -549,7 +613,7 @@ enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC5160) template - void tmc_init(TMCMarlin &st, const uint16_t mA, const uint16_t microsteps, const uint32_t thrs, const bool stealth) { + void tmc_init(TMCMarlin &st, const uint16_t mA, const uint16_t microsteps, const uint32_t hyb_thrs, const bool stealth) { st.begin(); CHOPCONF_t chopconf{0}; @@ -582,9 +646,9 @@ enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; st.PWMCONF(pwmconf.sr); #if ENABLED(HYBRID_THRESHOLD) - st.set_pwm_thrs(thrs); + st.set_pwm_thrs(hyb_thrs); #else - UNUSED(thrs); + UNUSED(hyb_thrs); #endif st.GSTAT(); // Clear GSTAT } @@ -612,6 +676,9 @@ void restore_trinamic_drivers() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) stepperZ3.push(); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + stepperZ4.push(); + #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) stepperE0.push(); #endif @@ -630,6 +697,12 @@ void restore_trinamic_drivers() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) stepperE5.push(); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + stepperE6.push(); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + stepperE7.push(); + #endif } void reset_trinamic_drivers() { @@ -653,131 +726,53 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers() { #endif }; - #if TMC_USE_CHAIN - - enum TMC_axis_enum : unsigned char { _, X, Y, Z, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5 }; - #define __TMC_CHAIN(Q,V) do{ stepper##Q.set_chain_info(Q,V); }while(0) - #define _TMC_CHAIN(Q) __TMC_CHAIN(Q, Q##_CHAIN_POS) - - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(X) // First set chain array to uninitialized - __TMC_CHAIN(X, 0); - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(X2) - __TMC_CHAIN(X2, 0); - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Y) - __TMC_CHAIN(Y, 0); - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Y2) - __TMC_CHAIN(Y2, 0); - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z) - __TMC_CHAIN(Z, 0); - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z2) - __TMC_CHAIN(Z2, 0); - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z3) - __TMC_CHAIN(Z3, 0); - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(E0) - __TMC_CHAIN(E0, 0); - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(E1) - __TMC_CHAIN(E1, 0); - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(E2) - __TMC_CHAIN(E2, 0); - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(E3) - __TMC_CHAIN(E3, 0); - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(E4) - __TMC_CHAIN(E4, 0); - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(E5) - __TMC_CHAIN(E5, 0); - #endif - - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(X) && X_CHAIN_POS // Now set up the SPI chain - _TMC_CHAIN(X); - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(X2) && X2_CHAIN_POS - _TMC_CHAIN(X2); - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Y) && Y_CHAIN_POS - _TMC_CHAIN(Y); - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Y2) && Y2_CHAIN_POS - _TMC_CHAIN(Y2); - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z) && Z_CHAIN_POS - _TMC_CHAIN(Z); - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z2) && Z2_CHAIN_POS - _TMC_CHAIN(Z2); - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z3) && Z3_CHAIN_POS - _TMC_CHAIN(Z3); - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(E0) && E0_CHAIN_POS - _TMC_CHAIN(E0); - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(E1) && E1_CHAIN_POS - _TMC_CHAIN(E1); - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(E2) && E2_CHAIN_POS - _TMC_CHAIN(E2); - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(E3) && E3_CHAIN_POS - _TMC_CHAIN(E3); - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(E4) && E4_CHAIN_POS - _TMC_CHAIN(E4); - #endif - #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(E5) && E5_CHAIN_POS - _TMC_CHAIN(E5); - #endif - #endif // TMC_USE_CHAIN - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - _TMC_INIT(X, STEALTH_AXIS_XY); + TMC_INIT(X, STEALTH_AXIS_XY); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - _TMC_INIT(X2, STEALTH_AXIS_XY); + TMC_INIT(X2, STEALTH_AXIS_XY); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - _TMC_INIT(Y, STEALTH_AXIS_XY); + TMC_INIT(Y, STEALTH_AXIS_XY); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - _TMC_INIT(Y2, STEALTH_AXIS_XY); + TMC_INIT(Y2, STEALTH_AXIS_XY); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - _TMC_INIT(Z, STEALTH_AXIS_Z); + TMC_INIT(Z, STEALTH_AXIS_Z); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - _TMC_INIT(Z2, STEALTH_AXIS_Z); + TMC_INIT(Z2, STEALTH_AXIS_Z); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - _TMC_INIT(Z3, STEALTH_AXIS_Z); + TMC_INIT(Z3, STEALTH_AXIS_Z); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + TMC_INIT(Z4, STEALTH_AXIS_Z); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - _TMC_INIT(E0, STEALTH_AXIS_E); + TMC_INIT(E0, STEALTH_AXIS_E); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - _TMC_INIT(E1, STEALTH_AXIS_E); + TMC_INIT(E1, STEALTH_AXIS_E); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - _TMC_INIT(E2, STEALTH_AXIS_E); + TMC_INIT(E2, STEALTH_AXIS_E); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - _TMC_INIT(E3, STEALTH_AXIS_E); + TMC_INIT(E3, STEALTH_AXIS_E); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - _TMC_INIT(E4, STEALTH_AXIS_E); + TMC_INIT(E4, STEALTH_AXIS_E); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - _TMC_INIT(E5, STEALTH_AXIS_E); + TMC_INIT(E5, STEALTH_AXIS_E); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + TMC_INIT(E6, STEALTH_AXIS_E); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + TMC_INIT(E7, STEALTH_AXIS_E); #endif #if USE_SENSORLESS @@ -810,6 +805,9 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers() { #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z3) stepperZ3.homing_threshold(Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z4) + stepperZ4.homing_threshold(Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY); + #endif #endif #endif @@ -820,4 +818,4 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers() { stepper.set_directions(); } -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC +#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.h b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.h index 8c6e9c21aa..262e20840e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -34,15 +34,40 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #include "../../feature/tmc_util.h" -#define ____TMC_CLASS(MODEL, A, I, E) TMCMarlin -#define ___TMC_CLASS(MODEL, A, I, E) ____TMC_CLASS(MODEL, A, I, E) -#define __TMC_CLASS(MODEL, A, I, E) ___TMC_CLASS(_##MODEL, A, I, E) -#define _TMC_CLASS(MODEL, L, E) __TMC_CLASS(MODEL, L, E) +#define CLASS_TMC2130 TMC2130Stepper +#define CLASS_TMC2160 TMC2160Stepper +#define CLASS_TMC2208 TMC2208Stepper +#define CLASS_TMC2209 TMC2209Stepper +#define CLASS_TMC2660 TMC2660Stepper +#define CLASS_TMC5130 TMC5130Stepper +#define CLASS_TMC5160 TMC5160Stepper + +#define TMC_X_LABEL 'X', '0' +#define TMC_Y_LABEL 'Y', '0' +#define TMC_Z_LABEL 'Z', '0' + +#define TMC_X2_LABEL 'X', '2' +#define TMC_Y2_LABEL 'Y', '2' +#define TMC_Z2_LABEL 'Z', '2' +#define TMC_Z3_LABEL 'Z', '3' +#define TMC_Z4_LABEL 'Z', '4' + +#define TMC_E0_LABEL 'E', '0' +#define TMC_E1_LABEL 'E', '1' +#define TMC_E2_LABEL 'E', '2' +#define TMC_E3_LABEL 'E', '3' +#define TMC_E4_LABEL 'E', '4' +#define TMC_E5_LABEL 'E', '5' +#define TMC_E6_LABEL 'E', '6' +#define TMC_E7_LABEL 'E', '7' + +#define __TMC_CLASS(TYPE, L, I, A) TMCMarlin +#define _TMC_CLASS(TYPE, LandI, A) __TMC_CLASS(TYPE, LandI, A) #define TMC_CLASS(ST, A) _TMC_CLASS(ST##_DRIVER_TYPE, TMC_##ST##_LABEL, A##_AXIS) #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - #define TMC_CLASS_E(I) TMC_CLASS(E##I, E##I) + #define TMC_CLASS_E(N) TMC_CLASS(E##N, E##N) #else - #define TMC_CLASS_E(I) TMC_CLASS(E##I, E) + #define TMC_CLASS_E(N) TMC_CLASS(E##N, E) #endif typedef struct { @@ -66,7 +91,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) extern TMC_CLASS(X, X) stepperX; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) - #define X_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define X_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define X_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperX.toff((STATE)==X_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define X_ENABLE_READ() stepperX.isEnabled() #endif @@ -79,7 +104,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) extern TMC_CLASS(Y, Y) stepperY; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) - #define Y_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Y_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Y_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperY.toff((STATE)==Y_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define Y_ENABLE_READ() stepperY.isEnabled() #endif @@ -92,7 +117,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) extern TMC_CLASS(Z, Z) stepperZ; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) - #define Z_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Z_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Z_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperZ.toff((STATE)==Z_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define Z_ENABLE_READ() stepperZ.isEnabled() #endif @@ -105,7 +130,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if HAS_X2_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) extern TMC_CLASS(X2, X) stepperX2; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) - #define X2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define X2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define X2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperX2.toff((STATE)==X_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define X2_ENABLE_READ() stepperX2.isEnabled() #endif @@ -118,7 +143,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if HAS_Y2_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) extern TMC_CLASS(Y2, Y) stepperY2; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) - #define Y2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Y2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Y2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperY2.toff((STATE)==Y_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define Y2_ENABLE_READ() stepperY2.isEnabled() #endif @@ -131,7 +156,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if HAS_Z2_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) extern TMC_CLASS(Z2, Z) stepperZ2; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Z2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Z2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperZ2.toff((STATE)==Z_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define Z2_ENABLE_READ() stepperZ2.isEnabled() #endif @@ -144,7 +169,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if HAS_Z3_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) extern TMC_CLASS(Z3, Z) stepperZ3; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) - #define Z3_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Z3_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Z3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperZ3.toff((STATE)==Z_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define Z3_ENABLE_READ() stepperZ3.isEnabled() #endif @@ -153,11 +178,24 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #endif #endif +// Z4 Stepper +#if HAS_Z4_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + extern TMC_CLASS(Z4, Z) stepperZ4; + #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) + #define Z4_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define Z4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperZ4.toff((STATE)==Z_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) + #define Z4_ENABLE_READ() stepperZ4.isEnabled() + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_SQUARE_WAVE(Z4) + #define Z4_STEP_WRITE(STATE) do{ if(STATE) TOGGLE(Z4_STEP_PIN); }while(0) + #endif +#endif + // E0 Stepper #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) extern TMC_CLASS_E(0) stepperE0; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E0_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E0_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE0.toff((STATE)==E_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define E0_ENABLE_READ() stepperE0.isEnabled() #endif @@ -170,7 +208,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) extern TMC_CLASS_E(1) stepperE1; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E1_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E1_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE1.toff((STATE)==E_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define E1_ENABLE_READ() stepperE1.isEnabled() #endif @@ -183,7 +221,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) extern TMC_CLASS_E(2) stepperE2; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE2.toff((STATE)==E_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define E2_ENABLE_READ() stepperE2.isEnabled() #endif @@ -196,7 +234,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) extern TMC_CLASS_E(3) stepperE3; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E3_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE3.toff((STATE)==E_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define E3_ENABLE_READ() stepperE3.isEnabled() #endif @@ -209,7 +247,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) extern TMC_CLASS_E(4) stepperE4; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E4_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE4.toff((STATE)==E_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define E4_ENABLE_READ() stepperE4.isEnabled() #endif @@ -222,7 +260,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) extern TMC_CLASS_E(5) stepperE5; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E5_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E5_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE5.toff((STATE)==E_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define E5_ENABLE_READ() stepperE5.isEnabled() #endif @@ -230,3 +268,29 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #define E5_STEP_WRITE(STATE) do{ if(STATE) TOGGLE(E5_STEP_PIN); }while(0) #endif #endif + +// E6 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + extern TMC_CLASS_E(6) stepperE6; + #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + #define E6_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E6_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE6.toff((STATE)==E_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) + #define E6_ENABLE_READ() stepperE6.isEnabled() + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_SQUARE_WAVE(E6) + #define E6_STEP_WRITE(STATE) do{ if(STATE) TOGGLE(E6_STEP_PIN); }while(0) + #endif +#endif + +// E7 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + extern TMC_CLASS_E(7) stepperE7; + #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + #define E7_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E7_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE7.toff((STATE)==E_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) + #define E7_ENABLE_READ() stepperE7.isEnabled() + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_SQUARE_WAVE(E7) + #define E7_STEP_WRITE(STATE) do{ if(STATE) TOGGLE(E7_STEP_PIN); }while(0) + #endif +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp index d637b68d7b..4e49fcfa24 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -27,27 +27,50 @@ #include "temperature.h" #include "endstops.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../lcd/ultralcd.h" #include "planner.h" #include "../core/language.h" #include "../HAL/shared/Delay.h" +#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + #include "../lcd/extui/ui_api.h" +#endif -#define MAX6675_SEPARATE_SPI (EITHER(HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675, HEATER_1_USES_MAX6675) && PIN_EXISTS(MAX6675_SCK, MAX6675_DO)) +#if ENABLED(MAX6675_IS_MAX31865) + #include "Adafruit_MAX31865.h" + #ifndef MAX31865_CS_PIN + #define MAX31865_CS_PIN MAX6675_SS_PIN // HW:49 SW:65 for example + #endif + #ifndef MAX31865_MOSI_PIN + #define MAX31865_MOSI_PIN MOSI_PIN // 63 + #endif + #ifndef MAX31865_MISO_PIN + #define MAX31865_MISO_PIN MAX6675_DO_PIN // 42 + #endif + #ifndef MAX31865_SCK_PIN + #define MAX31865_SCK_PIN MAX6675_SCK_PIN // 40 + #endif + Adafruit_MAX31865 max31865 = Adafruit_MAX31865(MAX31865_CS_PIN + #if MAX31865_CS_PIN != MAX6675_SS_PIN + , MAX31865_MOSI_PIN // For software SPI also set MOSI/MISO/SCK + , MAX31865_MISO_PIN + , MAX31865_SCK_PIN + #endif + ); +#endif + +#define MAX6675_SEPARATE_SPI (EITHER(HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675, HEATER_1_USES_MAX6675) && PINS_EXIST(MAX6675_SCK, MAX6675_DO)) #if MAX6675_SEPARATE_SPI #include "../libs/private_spi.h" #endif -#if EITHER(BABYSTEPPING, PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) +#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) #include "stepper.h" #endif -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) +#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) && DISABLED(INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING) #include "../feature/babystep.h" - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE) - #include "../gcode/gcode.h" - #endif #endif #include "printcounter.h" @@ -57,7 +80,7 @@ #endif #if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER) - #include "../feature/emergency_parser.h" + #include "../feature/e_parser.h" #endif #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS) @@ -78,33 +101,38 @@ #if HOTEND_USES_THERMISTOR #if ENABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT) - static void* heater_ttbl_map[2] = { (void*)HEATER_0_TEMPTABLE, (void*)HEATER_1_TEMPTABLE }; + static const void* heater_ttbl_map[2] = { (void*)HEATER_0_TEMPTABLE, (void*)HEATER_1_TEMPTABLE }; static constexpr uint8_t heater_ttbllen_map[2] = { HEATER_0_TEMPTABLE_LEN, HEATER_1_TEMPTABLE_LEN }; #else - static void* heater_ttbl_map[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS((void*)HEATER_0_TEMPTABLE, (void*)HEATER_1_TEMPTABLE, (void*)HEATER_2_TEMPTABLE, (void*)HEATER_3_TEMPTABLE, (void*)HEATER_4_TEMPTABLE, (void*)HEATER_5_TEMPTABLE); - static constexpr uint8_t heater_ttbllen_map[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(HEATER_0_TEMPTABLE_LEN, HEATER_1_TEMPTABLE_LEN, HEATER_2_TEMPTABLE_LEN, HEATER_3_TEMPTABLE_LEN, HEATER_4_TEMPTABLE_LEN, HEATER_5_TEMPTABLE_LEN); + #define NEXT_TEMPTABLE(N) ,HEATER_##N##_TEMPTABLE + #define NEXT_TEMPTABLE_LEN(N) ,HEATER_##N##_TEMPTABLE_LEN + static const void* heater_ttbl_map[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(HEATER_0_TEMPTABLE REPEAT_S(1, HOTENDS, NEXT_TEMPTABLE)); + static constexpr uint8_t heater_ttbllen_map[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(HEATER_0_TEMPTABLE_LEN REPEAT_S(1, HOTENDS, NEXT_TEMPTABLE_LEN)); #endif #endif Temperature thermalManager; +const char str_t_thermal_runaway[] PROGMEM = STR_T_THERMAL_RUNAWAY, + str_t_heating_failed[] PROGMEM = STR_T_HEATING_FAILED; + /** * Macros to include the heater id in temp errors. The compiler's dead-code * elimination should (hopefully) optimize out the unused strings. */ #if HAS_HEATED_BED - #define _BED_PSTR(M,E) (E) == H_BED ? PSTR(M) : + #define _BED_PSTR(h) (h) == H_BED ? GET_TEXT(MSG_BED) : #else - #define _BED_PSTR(M,E) + #define _BED_PSTR(h) #endif #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER - #define _CHAMBER_PSTR(M,E) (E) == H_CHAMBER ? PSTR(M) : + #define _CHAMBER_PSTR(h) (h) == H_CHAMBER ? GET_TEXT(MSG_CHAMBER) : #else - #define _CHAMBER_PSTR(M,E) + #define _CHAMBER_PSTR(h) #endif -#define _E_PSTR(M,E,N) ((HOTENDS) >= (N) && (E) == (N)-1) ? PSTR(MSG_E##N " " M) : -#define TEMP_ERR_PSTR(M,E) _BED_PSTR(M##_BED,E) _CHAMBER_PSTR(M##_CHAMBER,E) _E_PSTR(M,E,2) _E_PSTR(M,E,3) _E_PSTR(M,E,4) _E_PSTR(M,E,5) _E_PSTR(M,E,6) PSTR(MSG_E1 " " M) +#define _E_PSTR(h,N) ((HOTENDS) > N && (h) == N) ? PSTR(LCD_STR_E##N) : +#define HEATER_PSTR(h) _BED_PSTR(h) _CHAMBER_PSTR(h) _E_PSTR(h,1) _E_PSTR(h,2) _E_PSTR(h,3) _E_PSTR(h,4) _E_PSTR(h,5) PSTR(LCD_STR_E0) // public: @@ -157,18 +185,6 @@ Temperature thermalManager; uint8_t Temperature::fan_speed_scaler[FAN_COUNT] = ARRAY_N(FAN_COUNT, 128, 128, 128, 128, 128, 128); #endif - #if HAS_LCD_MENU - - uint8_t Temperature::lcd_tmpfan_speed[ - #if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) - _MAX(EXTRUDERS, FAN_COUNT) - #else - FAN_COUNT - #endif - ]; // = { 0 } - - #endif - /** * Set the print fan speed for a target extruder */ @@ -187,9 +203,6 @@ Temperature thermalManager; if (target >= FAN_COUNT) return; fan_speed[target] = speed; - #if HAS_LCD_MENU - lcd_tmpfan_speed[target] = speed; - #endif } #if EITHER(PROBING_FANS_OFF, ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE) @@ -209,10 +222,10 @@ Temperature thermalManager; #endif // FAN_COUNT > 0 #if WATCH_HOTENDS - heater_watch_t Temperature::watch_hotend[HOTENDS]; // = { { 0 } } + hotend_watch_t Temperature::watch_hotend[HOTENDS]; // = { { 0 } } #endif #if HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER - heater_idle_t Temperature::hotend_idle[HOTENDS]; // = { { 0 } } + hotend_idle_t Temperature::hotend_idle[HOTENDS]; // = { { 0 } } #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED @@ -225,13 +238,13 @@ Temperature thermalManager; int16_t Temperature::maxtemp_raw_BED = HEATER_BED_RAW_HI_TEMP; #endif #if WATCH_BED - heater_watch_t Temperature::watch_bed; // = { 0 } + bed_watch_t Temperature::watch_bed; // = { 0 } #endif #if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) millis_t Temperature::next_bed_check_ms; #endif #if HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER - heater_idle_t Temperature::bed_idle; // = { 0 } + hotend_idle_t Temperature::bed_idle; // = { 0 } #endif #endif // HAS_HEATED_BED @@ -245,12 +258,16 @@ Temperature thermalManager; int16_t Temperature::maxtemp_raw_CHAMBER = HEATER_CHAMBER_RAW_HI_TEMP; #endif #if WATCH_CHAMBER - heater_watch_t Temperature::watch_chamber{0}; + chamber_watch_t Temperature::watch_chamber{0}; #endif millis_t Temperature::next_chamber_check_ms; #endif // HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER #endif // HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER +#if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + probe_info_t Temperature::temp_probe; // = { 0 } +#endif + // Initialized by settings.load() #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) //hotend_pid_t Temperature::pid[HOTENDS]; @@ -272,7 +289,7 @@ Temperature thermalManager; float Temperature::redundant_temperature = 0.0; #endif -volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; +volatile bool Temperature::raw_temps_ready = false; #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) int32_t Temperature::last_e_position, Temperature::lpq[LPQ_MAX_LEN]; @@ -288,9 +305,11 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; sensor_heater_2 { HEATER_2_RAW_LO_TEMP, HEATER_2_RAW_HI_TEMP, 0, 16383 }, sensor_heater_3 { HEATER_3_RAW_LO_TEMP, HEATER_3_RAW_HI_TEMP, 0, 16383 }, sensor_heater_4 { HEATER_4_RAW_LO_TEMP, HEATER_4_RAW_HI_TEMP, 0, 16383 }, - sensor_heater_5 { HEATER_5_RAW_LO_TEMP, HEATER_5_RAW_HI_TEMP, 0, 16383 }; + sensor_heater_5 { HEATER_5_RAW_LO_TEMP, HEATER_5_RAW_HI_TEMP, 0, 16383 }, + sensor_heater_6 { HEATER_6_RAW_LO_TEMP, HEATER_6_RAW_HI_TEMP, 0, 16383 }, + sensor_heater_7 { HEATER_7_RAW_LO_TEMP, HEATER_7_RAW_HI_TEMP, 0, 16383 }; - temp_range_t Temperature::temp_range[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(sensor_heater_0, sensor_heater_1, sensor_heater_2, sensor_heater_3, sensor_heater_4, sensor_heater_5); + temp_range_t Temperature::temp_range[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(sensor_heater_0, sensor_heater_1, sensor_heater_2, sensor_heater_3, sensor_heater_4, sensor_heater_5, sensor_heater_6, sensor_heater_7); #endif #ifdef MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED @@ -317,7 +336,7 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; // public: #if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS - uint32_t Temperature::current_ADCKey_raw = 1024; + uint32_t Temperature::current_ADCKey_raw = HAL_ADC_RANGE; uint8_t Temperature::ADCKey_count = 0; #endif @@ -389,12 +408,15 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; next_auto_fan_check_ms = next_temp_ms + 2500UL; #endif - if (target > GHV(BED_MAXTEMP, temp_range[heater].maxtemp) - 15) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH); + if (target > GHV(BED_MAXTEMP - 10, temp_range[heater].maxtemp - 15)) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH); + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::OnPidTuning(ExtUI::result_t::PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH); + #endif return; } - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_START); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_PID_AUTOTUNE_START); disable_all_heaters(); @@ -415,7 +437,7 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; const millis_t ms = millis(); - if (temp_meas_ready) { // temp sample ready + if (raw_temps_ready) { // temp sample ready updateTemperaturesFromRawValues(); // Get the current temperature and constrain it @@ -455,27 +477,27 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; LIMIT(bias, 20, max_pow - 20); d = (bias > max_pow >> 1) ? max_pow - 1 - bias : bias; - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(MSG_BIAS, bias, MSG_D, d, MSG_T_MIN, minT, MSG_T_MAX, maxT); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(STR_BIAS, bias, STR_D_COLON, d, STR_T_MIN, minT, STR_T_MAX, maxT); if (cycles > 2) { const float Ku = (4.0f * d) / (float(M_PI) * (maxT - minT) * 0.5f), Tu = float(t_low + t_high) * 0.001f, pf = isbed ? 0.2f : 0.6f, df = isbed ? 1.0f / 3.0f : 1.0f / 8.0f; - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(MSG_KU, Ku, MSG_TU, Tu); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(STR_KU, Ku, STR_TU, Tu); if (isbed) { // Do not remove this otherwise PID autotune won't work right for the bed! tune_pid.Kp = Ku * 0.2f; tune_pid.Ki = 2 * tune_pid.Kp / Tu; tune_pid.Kd = tune_pid.Kp * Tu / 3; SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("\n" " No overshoot"); // Works far better for the bed. Classic and some have bad ringing. - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_KP, tune_pid.Kp, MSG_KI, tune_pid.Ki, MSG_KD, tune_pid.Kd); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(STR_KP, tune_pid.Kp, STR_KI, tune_pid.Ki, STR_KD, tune_pid.Kd); } else { tune_pid.Kp = Ku * pf; tune_pid.Kd = tune_pid.Kp * Tu * df; tune_pid.Ki = 2 * tune_pid.Kp / Tu; - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("\n" MSG_CLASSIC_PID); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_KP, tune_pid.Kp, MSG_KI, tune_pid.Ki, MSG_KD, tune_pid.Kd); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("\n" STR_CLASSIC_PID); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(STR_KP, tune_pid.Kp, STR_KI, tune_pid.Ki, STR_KD, tune_pid.Kd); } /** @@ -503,7 +525,10 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; #define MAX_OVERSHOOT_PID_AUTOTUNE 30 #endif if (current_temp > target + MAX_OVERSHOOT_PID_AUTOTUNE) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH); + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::OnPidTuning(ExtUI::result_t::PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH); + #endif break; } @@ -533,10 +558,10 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; if (current_temp > watch_temp_target) heated = true; // - Flag if target temperature reached } else if (ELAPSED(ms, temp_change_ms)) // Watch timer expired - _temp_error(heater, PSTR(MSG_T_HEATING_FAILED), TEMP_ERR_PSTR(MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD, heater)); + _temp_error(heater, str_t_heating_failed, GET_TEXT(MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD)); } else if (current_temp < target - (MAX_OVERSHOOT_PID_AUTOTUNE)) // Heated, then temperature fell too far? - _temp_error(heater, PSTR(MSG_T_THERMAL_RUNAWAY), TEMP_ERR_PSTR(MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY, heater)); + _temp_error(heater, str_t_thermal_runaway, GET_TEXT(MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY)); } #endif } // every 2 seconds @@ -546,15 +571,18 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; #define MAX_CYCLE_TIME_PID_AUTOTUNE 20L #endif if (((ms - t1) + (ms - t2)) > (MAX_CYCLE_TIME_PID_AUTOTUNE * 60L * 1000L)) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_PID_TIMEOUT); + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::OnPidTuning(ExtUI::result_t::PID_TUNING_TIMEOUT); + #endif + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_PID_TIMEOUT); break; } if (cycles > ncycles && cycles > 2) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_FINISHED); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_PID_AUTOTUNE_FINISHED); #if HAS_PID_FOR_BOTH - const char * const estring = GHV(PSTR("bed"), PSTR("")); + const char * const estring = GHV(PSTR("bed"), NUL_STR); say_default_(); serialprintPGM(estring); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Kp ", tune_pid.Kp); say_default_(); serialprintPGM(estring); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Ki ", tune_pid.Ki); say_default_(); serialprintPGM(estring); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Kd ", tune_pid.Kd); @@ -594,6 +622,9 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS) printerEventLEDs.onPidTuningDone(color); #endif + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::OnPidTuning(ExtUI::result_t::PID_DONE); + #endif goto EXIT_M303; } @@ -605,6 +636,9 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS) printerEventLEDs.onPidTuningDone(color); #endif + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::OnPidTuning(ExtUI::result_t::PID_DONE); + #endif EXIT_M303: #if ENABLED(NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING) @@ -628,57 +662,35 @@ int16_t Temperature::getHeaterPower(const heater_ind_t heater_id) { case H_CHAMBER: return temp_chamber.soft_pwm_amount; #endif default: - #if HOTENDS - return temp_hotend[heater_id].soft_pwm_amount; - #else - return 0; - #endif + return (0 + #if HOTENDS + + temp_hotend[heater_id].soft_pwm_amount + #endif + ); } } +#define _EFANOVERLAP(A,B) _FANOVERLAP(E##A,B) + #if HAS_AUTO_FAN - #define AUTO_1_IS_0 (E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN) - #define AUTO_2_IS_0 (E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN) - #define AUTO_2_IS_1 (E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN) - #define AUTO_3_IS_0 (E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN) - #define AUTO_3_IS_1 (E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN) - #define AUTO_3_IS_2 (E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN) - #define AUTO_4_IS_0 (E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN) - #define AUTO_4_IS_1 (E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN) - #define AUTO_4_IS_2 (E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN) - #define AUTO_4_IS_3 (E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN == E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN) - #define AUTO_5_IS_0 (E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN) - #define AUTO_5_IS_1 (E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN) - #define AUTO_5_IS_2 (E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN) - #define AUTO_5_IS_3 (E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN == E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN) - #define AUTO_5_IS_4 (E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN == E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN) #define CHAMBER_FAN_INDEX HOTENDS void Temperature::checkExtruderAutoFans() { + #define _EFAN(B,A) _EFANOVERLAP(A,B) ? B : static const uint8_t fanBit[] PROGMEM = { 0 #if HOTENDS > 1 - , AUTO_1_IS_0 ? 0 : 1 - #endif - #if HOTENDS > 2 - , AUTO_2_IS_0 ? 0 : AUTO_2_IS_1 ? 1 : 2 - #endif - #if HOTENDS > 3 - , AUTO_3_IS_0 ? 0 : AUTO_3_IS_1 ? 1 : AUTO_3_IS_2 ? 2 : 3, - #endif - #if HOTENDS > 4 - , AUTO_4_IS_0 ? 0 : AUTO_4_IS_1 ? 1 : AUTO_4_IS_2 ? 2 : AUTO_4_IS_3 ? 3 : 4, - #endif - #if HOTENDS > 5 - , AUTO_5_IS_0 ? 0 : AUTO_5_IS_1 ? 1 : AUTO_5_IS_2 ? 2 : AUTO_5_IS_3 ? 3 : AUTO_5_IS_4 ? 4 : 5 + #define _NEXT_FAN(N) , REPEAT2(N,_EFAN,N) N + RREPEAT_S(1, HOTENDS, _NEXT_FAN) #endif #if HAS_AUTO_CHAMBER_FAN - , AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_0 ? 0 : AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_1 ? 1 : AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_2 ? 2 : AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_3 ? 3 : AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_4 ? 4 : AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_5 ? 5 : 6 + #define _CFAN(B) _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,B) ? B : + , REPEAT(HOTENDS,_CFAN) (HOTENDS) #endif }; - uint8_t fanState = 0; + uint8_t fanState = 0; HOTEND_LOOP() if (temp_hotend[e].celsius >= EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE) SBI(fanState, pgm_read_byte(&fanBit[e])); @@ -696,7 +708,7 @@ int16_t Temperature::getHeaterPower(const heater_ind_t heater_id) { }while(0) uint8_t fanDone = 0; - for (uint8_t f = 0; f < COUNT(fanBit); f++) { + LOOP_L_N(f, COUNT(fanBit)) { const uint8_t realFan = pgm_read_byte(&fanBit[f]); if (TEST(fanDone, realFan)) continue; const bool fan_on = TEST(fanState, realFan); @@ -732,6 +744,12 @@ int16_t Temperature::getHeaterPower(const heater_ind_t heater_id) { #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_5 case 5: _UPDATE_AUTO_FAN(E5, fan_on, EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED); break; #endif + #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_6 + case 6: _UPDATE_AUTO_FAN(E6, fan_on, EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED); break; + #endif + #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_7 + case 7: _UPDATE_AUTO_FAN(E7, fan_on, EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED); break; + #endif #if HAS_AUTO_CHAMBER_FAN && !AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_E case CHAMBER_FAN_INDEX: _UPDATE_AUTO_FAN(CHAMBER, fan_on, CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED); break; #endif @@ -746,8 +764,8 @@ int16_t Temperature::getHeaterPower(const heater_ind_t heater_id) { // Temperature Error Handlers // -inline void loud_kill(PGM_P const lcd_msg) { - Running = false; +inline void loud_kill(PGM_P const lcd_msg, const heater_ind_t heater) { + marlin_state = MF_KILLED; #if USE_BEEPER for (uint8_t i = 20; i--;) { WRITE(BEEPER_PIN, HIGH); delay(25); @@ -755,7 +773,7 @@ inline void loud_kill(PGM_P const lcd_msg) { } WRITE(BEEPER_PIN, HIGH); #endif - kill(lcd_msg); + kill(lcd_msg, HEATER_PSTR(heater)); } void Temperature::_temp_error(const heater_ind_t heater, PGM_P const serial_msg, PGM_P const lcd_msg) { @@ -769,12 +787,12 @@ void Temperature::_temp_error(const heater_ind_t heater, PGM_P const serial_msg, ) { SERIAL_ERROR_START(); serialprintPGM(serial_msg); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_STOPPED_HEATER); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(STR_STOPPED_HEATER); if (heater >= 0) SERIAL_ECHO((int)heater); #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER - else if (heater == H_CHAMBER) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_HEATER_CHAMBER); + else if (heater == H_CHAMBER) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(STR_HEATER_CHAMBER); #endif - else SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_HEATER_BED); + else SERIAL_ECHOPGM(STR_HEATER_BED); SERIAL_EOL(); } @@ -792,34 +810,31 @@ void Temperature::_temp_error(const heater_ind_t heater, PGM_P const serial_msg, if (ELAPSED(ms, expire_ms)) ++killed; break; case 2: - loud_kill(lcd_msg); + loud_kill(lcd_msg, heater); ++killed; break; } #elif defined(BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD) UNUSED(killed); #else - if (!killed) { killed = 1; loud_kill(lcd_msg); } + if (!killed) { killed = 1; loud_kill(lcd_msg, heater); } #endif } void Temperature::max_temp_error(const heater_ind_t heater) { - _temp_error(heater, PSTR(MSG_T_MAXTEMP), TEMP_ERR_PSTR(MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP, heater)); + _temp_error(heater, PSTR(STR_T_MAXTEMP), GET_TEXT(MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP)); } void Temperature::min_temp_error(const heater_ind_t heater) { - _temp_error(heater, PSTR(MSG_T_MINTEMP), TEMP_ERR_PSTR(MSG_ERR_MINTEMP, heater)); + _temp_error(heater, PSTR(STR_T_MINTEMP), GET_TEXT(MSG_ERR_MINTEMP)); } #if HOTENDS + #if ENABLED(PID_DEBUG) + extern bool PID_Debug_Flag; + #endif - float Temperature::get_pid_output_hotend(const uint8_t e) { - #if HOTENDS == 1 - #define _HOTEND_TEST true - #else - #define _HOTEND_TEST (e == active_extruder) - #endif - E_UNUSED(); + float Temperature::get_pid_output_hotend(const uint8_t E_NAME) { const uint8_t ee = HOTEND_INDEX; #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) #if DISABLED(PID_OPENLOOP) @@ -860,8 +875,13 @@ void Temperature::min_temp_error(const heater_ind_t heater) { pid_output = work_pid[ee].Kp + work_pid[ee].Ki + work_pid[ee].Kd + float(MIN_POWER); #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) + #if HOTENDS == 1 + constexpr bool this_hotend = true; + #else + const bool this_hotend = (ee == active_extruder); + #endif work_pid[ee].Kc = 0; - if (_HOTEND_TEST) { + if (this_hotend) { const long e_position = stepper.position(E_AXIS); if (e_position > last_e_position) { lpq[lpq_ptr] = e_position - last_e_position; @@ -875,7 +895,14 @@ void Temperature::min_temp_error(const heater_ind_t heater) { pid_output += work_pid[ee].Kc; } #endif // PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + if (thermalManager.fan_speed[active_extruder] > PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) { + work_pid[ee].Kf = PID_PARAM(Kf, ee) + (PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR) * thermalManager.fan_speed[active_extruder]; + pid_output += work_pid[ee].Kf; + } + //pid_output -= work_pid[ee].Ki; + //pid_output += work_pid[ee].Ki * work_pid[ee].Kf + #endif // PID_FAN_SCALING LIMIT(pid_output, 0, PID_MAX); } temp_dState[ee] = temp_hotend[ee].celsius; @@ -887,20 +914,13 @@ void Temperature::min_temp_error(const heater_ind_t heater) { #endif // PID_OPENLOOP #if ENABLED(PID_DEBUG) - if (e == active_extruder) { + if (ee == active_extruder && PID_Debug_Flag) { SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR( - MSG_PID_DEBUG, ee, - MSG_PID_DEBUG_INPUT, temp_hotend[ee].celsius, - MSG_PID_DEBUG_OUTPUT, pid_output - ); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(STR_PID_DEBUG, ee, STR_PID_DEBUG_INPUT, temp_hotend[ee].celsius, STR_PID_DEBUG_OUTPUT, pid_output); #if DISABLED(PID_OPENLOOP) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR( - MSG_PID_DEBUG_PTERM, work_pid[ee].Kp, - MSG_PID_DEBUG_ITERM, work_pid[ee].Ki, - MSG_PID_DEBUG_DTERM, work_pid[ee].Kd + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR( STR_PID_DEBUG_PTERM, work_pid[ee].Kp, STR_PID_DEBUG_ITERM, work_pid[ee].Ki, STR_PID_DEBUG_DTERM, work_pid[ee].Kd #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - , MSG_PID_DEBUG_CTERM, work_pid[ee].Kc + , STR_PID_DEBUG_CTERM, work_pid[ee].Kc #endif ); #endif @@ -911,12 +931,11 @@ void Temperature::min_temp_error(const heater_ind_t heater) { #else // No PID enabled #if HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER - #define _TIMED_OUT_TEST hotend_idle[ee].timed_out + const bool is_idling = hotend_idle[ee].timed_out; #else - #define _TIMED_OUT_TEST false + constexpr bool is_idling = false; #endif - const float pid_output = (!_TIMED_OUT_TEST && temp_hotend[ee].celsius < temp_hotend[ee].target) ? BANG_MAX : 0; - #undef _TIMED_OUT_TEST + const float pid_output = (!is_idling && temp_hotend[ee].celsius < temp_hotend[ee].target) ? BANG_MAX : 0; #endif @@ -943,7 +962,7 @@ void Temperature::min_temp_error(const heater_ind_t heater) { pid_reset = true; } else if (pid_error > PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE) { - pid_output = BANG_MAX; + pid_output = MAX_BED_POWER; pid_reset = true; } else { @@ -971,15 +990,17 @@ void Temperature::min_temp_error(const heater_ind_t heater) { #endif // PID_OPENLOOP #if ENABLED(PID_BED_DEBUG) + { SERIAL_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( " PID_BED_DEBUG : Input ", temp_bed.celsius, " Output ", pid_output, #if DISABLED(PID_OPENLOOP) - MSG_PID_DEBUG_PTERM, work_pid.Kp, - MSG_PID_DEBUG_ITERM, work_pid.Ki, - MSG_PID_DEBUG_DTERM, work_pid.Kd, + STR_PID_DEBUG_PTERM, work_pid.Kp, + STR_PID_DEBUG_ITERM, work_pid.Ki, + STR_PID_DEBUG_DTERM, work_pid.Kd, #endif ); + } #endif return pid_output; @@ -1000,18 +1021,14 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { #if EARLY_WATCHDOG // If thermal manager is still not running, make sure to at least reset the watchdog! - if (!inited) return watchdog_reset(); - #endif - - #if BOTH(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF, BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - static bool last_pause_state; + if (!inited) return watchdog_refresh(); #endif #if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER) - if (emergency_parser.killed_by_M112) kill(); + if (emergency_parser.killed_by_M112) kill(M112_KILL_STR, nullptr, true); #endif - if (!temp_meas_ready) return; + if (!raw_temps_ready) return; updateTemperaturesFromRawValues(); // also resets the watchdog @@ -1032,7 +1049,7 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { HOTEND_LOOP() { #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) if (degHotend(e) > temp_range[e].maxtemp) - _temp_error((heater_ind_t)e, PSTR(MSG_T_THERMAL_RUNAWAY), TEMP_ERR_PSTR(MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY, e)); + _temp_error((heater_ind_t)e, str_t_thermal_runaway, GET_TEXT(MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY)); #endif #if HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER @@ -1048,10 +1065,10 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { #if WATCH_HOTENDS // Make sure temperature is increasing - if (watch_hotend[e].next_ms && ELAPSED(ms, watch_hotend[e].next_ms)) { // Time to check this extruder? - if (degHotend(e) < watch_hotend[e].target) // Failed to increase enough? - _temp_error((heater_ind_t)e, PSTR(MSG_T_HEATING_FAILED), TEMP_ERR_PSTR(MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD, e)); - else // Start again if the target is still far off + if (watch_hotend[e].next_ms && ELAPSED(ms, watch_hotend[e].next_ms)) { // Time to check this extruder? + if (degHotend(e) < watch_hotend[e].target) // Failed to increase enough? + _temp_error((heater_ind_t)e, str_t_heating_failed, GET_TEXT(MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD)); + else // Start again if the target is still far off start_watching_hotend(e); } #endif @@ -1059,7 +1076,7 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { #if ENABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT) // Make sure measured temperatures are close together if (ABS(temp_hotend[0].celsius - redundant_temperature) > MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF) - _temp_error(H_E0, PSTR(MSG_REDUNDANCY), PSTR(MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP)); + _temp_error(H_E0, PSTR(STR_REDUNDANCY), GET_TEXT(MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP)); #endif } // HOTEND_LOOP @@ -1085,29 +1102,34 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) if (degBed() > BED_MAXTEMP) - _temp_error(H_BED, PSTR(MSG_T_THERMAL_RUNAWAY), TEMP_ERR_PSTR(MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY, H_BED)); + _temp_error(H_BED, str_t_thermal_runaway, GET_TEXT(MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY)); #endif #if WATCH_BED // Make sure temperature is increasing if (watch_bed.elapsed(ms)) { // Time to check the bed? if (degBed() < watch_bed.target) // Failed to increase enough? - _temp_error(H_BED, PSTR(MSG_T_HEATING_FAILED), TEMP_ERR_PSTR(MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD, H_BED)); + _temp_error(H_BED, str_t_heating_failed, GET_TEXT(MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD)); else // Start again if the target is still far off start_watching_bed(); } #endif // WATCH_BED + #define PAUSE_CHANGE_REQD BOTH(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF, BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) + #if PAUSE_CHANGE_REQD + static bool last_pause_state; + #endif + do { #if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) if (PENDING(ms, next_bed_check_ms) - #if BOTH(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF, BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) + #if PAUSE_CHANGE_REQD && paused == last_pause_state #endif ) break; next_bed_check_ms = ms + BED_CHECK_INTERVAL; - #if BOTH(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF, BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) + #if PAUSE_CHANGE_REQD last_pause_state = paused; #endif #endif @@ -1163,14 +1185,14 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) if (degChamber() > CHAMBER_MAXTEMP) - _temp_error(H_CHAMBER, PSTR(MSG_T_THERMAL_RUNAWAY), TEMP_ERR_PSTR(MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY, H_CHAMBER)); + _temp_error(H_CHAMBER, str_t_thermal_runaway, GET_TEXT(MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY)); #endif #if WATCH_CHAMBER // Make sure temperature is increasing if (watch_chamber.elapsed(ms)) { // Time to check the chamber? if (degChamber() < watch_chamber.target) // Failed to increase enough? - _temp_error(H_CHAMBER, PSTR(MSG_T_HEATING_FAILED), TEMP_ERR_PSTR(MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD, H_CHAMBER)); + _temp_error(H_CHAMBER, str_t_heating_failed, GET_TEXT(MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD)); else start_watching_chamber(); // Start again if the target is still far off } @@ -1207,8 +1229,8 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { UNUSED(ms); } -#define TEMP_AD595(RAW) ((RAW) * 5.0 * 100.0 / 1024.0 / (OVERSAMPLENR) * (TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN) + TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET) -#define TEMP_AD8495(RAW) ((RAW) * 6.6 * 100.0 / 1024.0 / (OVERSAMPLENR) * (TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN) + TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET) +#define TEMP_AD595(RAW) ((RAW) * 5.0 * 100.0 / float(HAL_ADC_RANGE) / (OVERSAMPLENR) * (TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN) + TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET) +#define TEMP_AD8495(RAW) ((RAW) * 6.6 * 100.0 / float(HAL_ADC_RANGE) / (OVERSAMPLENR) * (TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN) + TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET) /** * Bisect search for the range of the 'raw' value, then interpolate @@ -1256,6 +1278,12 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { #if ENABLED(HEATER_5_USER_THERMISTOR) { true, 0, 0, HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS, 0, 0, HOTEND5_BETA, 0 }, #endif + #if ENABLED(HEATER_6_USER_THERMISTOR) + { true, 0, 0, HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS, 0, 0, HOTEND6_BETA, 0 }, + #endif + #if ENABLED(HEATER_7_USER_THERMISTOR) + { true, 0, 0, HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS, 0, 0, HOTEND7_BETA, 0 }, + #endif #if ENABLED(HEATER_BED_USER_THERMISTOR) { true, 0, 0, BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS, 0, 0, BED_BETA, 0 }, #endif @@ -1278,7 +1306,7 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { const user_thermistor_t &t = user_thermistor[t_index]; SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(" R", t.series_res, 1); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(" T", t.res_25, 1); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F_P(SP_T_STR, t.res_25, 1); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(" B", t.beta, 1); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(" C", t.sh_c_coeff, 9); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ; "); @@ -1301,6 +1329,12 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { #if ENABLED(HEATER_5_USER_THERMISTOR) t_index == CTI_HOTEND_5 ? PSTR("HOTEND 5") : #endif + #if ENABLED(HEATER_6_USER_THERMISTOR) + t_index == CTI_HOTEND_6 ? PSTR("HOTEND 6") : + #endif + #if ENABLED(HEATER_7_USER_THERMISTOR) + t_index == CTI_HOTEND_7 ? PSTR("HOTEND 7") : + #endif #if ENABLED(HEATER_BED_USER_THERMISTOR) t_index == CTI_BED ? PSTR("BED") : #endif @@ -1332,7 +1366,7 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { } // maximum adc value .. take into account the over sampling - const int adc_max = (THERMISTOR_ADC_RESOLUTION * OVERSAMPLENR) - 1, + const int adc_max = MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE, adc_raw = constrain(raw, 1, adc_max - 1); // constrain to prevent divide-by-zero const float adc_inverse = (adc_max - adc_raw) - 0.5f, @@ -1370,9 +1404,9 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { { SERIAL_ERROR_START(); SERIAL_ECHO((int)e); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_INVALID_EXTRUDER_NUM); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_INVALID_EXTRUDER_NUM); kill(); - return 0.0; + return 0; } switch (e) { @@ -1380,7 +1414,13 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { #if ENABLED(HEATER_0_USER_THERMISTOR) return user_thermistor_to_deg_c(CTI_HOTEND_0, raw); #elif ENABLED(HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675) - return raw * 0.25; + return ( + #if ENABLED(MAX6675_IS_MAX31865) + max31865.temperature(100, 400) // 100 ohms = PT100 resistance. 400 ohms = calibration resistor + #else + raw * 0.25 + #endif + ); #elif ENABLED(HEATER_0_USES_AD595) return TEMP_AD595(raw); #elif ENABLED(HEATER_0_USES_AD8495) @@ -1440,6 +1480,26 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { #else break; #endif + case 6: + #if ENABLED(HEATER_6_USER_THERMISTOR) + return user_thermistor_to_deg_c(CTI_HOTEND_6, raw); + #elif ENABLED(HEATER_6_USES_AD595) + return TEMP_AD595(raw); + #elif ENABLED(HEATER_6_USES_AD8495) + return TEMP_AD8495(raw); + #else + break; + #endif + case 7: + #if ENABLED(HEATER_7_USER_THERMISTOR) + return user_thermistor_to_deg_c(CTI_HOTEND_7, raw); + #elif ENABLED(HEATER_7_USES_AD595) + return TEMP_AD595(raw); + #elif ENABLED(HEATER_7_USES_AD8495) + return TEMP_AD8495(raw); + #else + break; + #endif default: break; } @@ -1466,6 +1526,7 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { #elif ENABLED(HEATER_BED_USES_AD8495) return TEMP_AD8495(raw); #else + UNUSED(raw); return 0; #endif } @@ -1484,11 +1545,31 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { #elif ENABLED(HEATER_CHAMBER_USES_AD8495) return TEMP_AD8495(raw); #else + UNUSED(raw); return 0; #endif } #endif // HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER +#if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + // Derived from RepRap FiveD extruder::getTemperature() + // For probe temperature measurement. + float Temperature::analog_to_celsius_probe(const int raw) { + #if ENABLED(PROBE_USER_THERMISTOR) + return user_thermistor_to_deg_c(CTI_PROBE, raw); + #elif ENABLED(PROBE_USES_THERMISTOR) + SCAN_THERMISTOR_TABLE(PROBE_TEMPTABLE, PROBE_TEMPTABLE_LEN); + #elif ENABLED(PROBE_USES_AD595) + return TEMP_AD595(raw); + #elif ENABLED(PROBE_USES_AD8495) + return TEMP_AD8495(raw); + #else + UNUSED(raw); + return 0; + #endif + } +#endif // HAS_TEMP_PROBE + /** * Get the raw values into the actual temperatures. * The raw values are created in interrupt context, @@ -1511,6 +1592,9 @@ void Temperature::updateTemperaturesFromRawValues() { #if HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER temp_chamber.celsius = analog_to_celsius_chamber(temp_chamber.raw); #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + temp_probe.celsius = analog_to_celsius_probe(temp_probe.raw); + #endif #if ENABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT) redundant_temperature = analog_to_celsius_hotend(redundant_temperature_raw, 1); #endif @@ -1518,12 +1602,10 @@ void Temperature::updateTemperaturesFromRawValues() { filwidth.update_measured_mm(); #endif - #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - // Reset the watchdog after we know we have a temperature measurement. - watchdog_reset(); - #endif + // Reset the watchdog on good temperature measurement + watchdog_refresh(); - temp_meas_ready = false; + raw_temps_ready = false; } #if MAX6675_SEPARATE_SPI @@ -1564,6 +1646,10 @@ void Temperature::updateTemperaturesFromRawValues() { */ void Temperature::init() { + #if ENABLED(MAX6675_IS_MAX31865) + max31865.begin(MAX31865_2WIRE); // MAX31865_2WIRE, MAX31865_3WIRE, MAX31865_4WIRE + #endif + #if EARLY_WATCHDOG // Flag that the thermalManager should be running if (inited) return; @@ -1571,9 +1657,9 @@ void Temperature::init() { #endif #if MB(RUMBA) - #define _AD(N) (ANY(HEATER_##N##_USES_AD595, HEATER_##N##_USES_AD8495)) - #if _AD(0) || _AD(1) || _AD(2) || _AD(3) || _AD(4) || _AD(5) || _AD(BED) || _AD(CHAMBER) - // Disable RUMBA JTAG in case the thermocouple extension is plugged on top of JTAG connector + // Disable RUMBA JTAG in case the thermocouple extension is plugged on top of JTAG connector + #define _AD(N) ANY(HEATER_##N##_USES_AD595, HEATER_##N##_USES_AD8495) + #if _AD(0) || _AD(1) || _AD(2) || _AD(BED) || _AD(CHAMBER) MCUCR = _BV(JTD); MCUCR = _BV(JTD); #endif @@ -1606,6 +1692,12 @@ void Temperature::init() { #if HAS_HEATER_5 OUT_WRITE(HEATER_5_PIN, HEATER_5_INVERTING); #endif + #if HAS_HEATER_6 + OUT_WRITE(HEATER_6_PIN, HEATER_6_INVERTING); + #endif + #if HAS_HEATER_7 + OUT_WRITE(HEATER_7_PIN, HEATER_7_INVERTING); + #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED #ifdef ALFAWISE_UX0 @@ -1628,6 +1720,21 @@ void Temperature::init() { #if HAS_FAN2 INIT_FAN_PIN(FAN2_PIN); #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + INIT_FAN_PIN(FAN3_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + INIT_FAN_PIN(FAN4_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + INIT_FAN_PIN(FAN5_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + INIT_FAN_PIN(FAN6_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + INIT_FAN_PIN(FAN7_PIN); + #endif #if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) INIT_FAN_PIN(CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN); #endif @@ -1669,6 +1776,12 @@ void Temperature::init() { #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(TEMP_5_PIN); #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(TEMP_6_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(TEMP_7_PIN); + #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(JOY_X_PIN); #endif @@ -1687,6 +1800,9 @@ void Temperature::init() { #if HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN); #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(TEMP_PROBE_PIN); + #endif #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(FILWIDTH_PIN); #endif @@ -1700,21 +1816,27 @@ void Temperature::init() { #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_0 INIT_E_AUTO_FAN_PIN(E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN); #endif - #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_1 && !AUTO_1_IS_0 + #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_1 && !_EFANOVERLAP(1,0) INIT_E_AUTO_FAN_PIN(E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN); #endif - #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_2 && !(AUTO_2_IS_0 || AUTO_2_IS_1) + #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_2 && !(_EFANOVERLAP(2,0) || _EFANOVERLAP(2,1)) INIT_E_AUTO_FAN_PIN(E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN); #endif - #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_3 && !(AUTO_3_IS_0 || AUTO_3_IS_1 || AUTO_3_IS_2) + #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_3 && !(_EFANOVERLAP(3,0) || _EFANOVERLAP(3,1) || _EFANOVERLAP(3,2)) INIT_E_AUTO_FAN_PIN(E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN); #endif - #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_4 && !(AUTO_4_IS_0 || AUTO_4_IS_1 || AUTO_4_IS_2 || AUTO_4_IS_3) + #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_4 && !(_EFANOVERLAP(4,0) || _EFANOVERLAP(4,1) || _EFANOVERLAP(4,2) || _EFANOVERLAP(4,3)) INIT_E_AUTO_FAN_PIN(E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN); #endif - #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_5 && !(AUTO_5_IS_0 || AUTO_5_IS_1 || AUTO_5_IS_2 || AUTO_5_IS_3 || AUTO_5_IS_4) + #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_5 && !(_EFANOVERLAP(5,0) || _EFANOVERLAP(5,1) || _EFANOVERLAP(5,2) || _EFANOVERLAP(5,3) || _EFANOVERLAP(5,4)) INIT_E_AUTO_FAN_PIN(E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN); #endif + #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_6 && !(_EFANOVERLAP(6,0) || _EFANOVERLAP(6,1) || _EFANOVERLAP(6,2) || _EFANOVERLAP(6,3) || _EFANOVERLAP(6,4) || _EFANOVERLAP(6,5)) + INIT_E_AUTO_FAN_PIN(E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_7 && !(_EFANOVERLAP(7,0) || _EFANOVERLAP(7,1) || _EFANOVERLAP(7,2) || _EFANOVERLAP(7,3) || _EFANOVERLAP(7,4) || _EFANOVERLAP(7,5) || _EFANOVERLAP(7,6)) + INIT_E_AUTO_FAN_PIN(E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN); + #endif #if HAS_AUTO_CHAMBER_FAN && !AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_E INIT_CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN(CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN); #endif @@ -1776,6 +1898,22 @@ void Temperature::init() { #ifdef HEATER_5_MAXTEMP _TEMP_MAX_E(5); #endif + #if HOTENDS > 6 + #ifdef HEATER_6_MINTEMP + _TEMP_MIN_E(6); + #endif + #ifdef HEATER_6_MAXTEMP + _TEMP_MAX_E(6); + #endif + #if HOTENDS > 7 + #ifdef HEATER_7_MINTEMP + _TEMP_MIN_E(7); + #endif + #ifdef HEATER_7_MAXTEMP + _TEMP_MAX_E(7); + #endif + #endif // HOTENDS > 7 + #endif // HOTENDS > 6 #endif // HOTENDS > 5 #endif // HOTENDS > 4 #endif // HOTENDS > 3 @@ -1813,15 +1951,9 @@ void Temperature::init() { * their target temperature by a configurable margin. * This is called when the temperature is set. (M104, M109) */ - void Temperature::start_watching_hotend(const uint8_t e) { - E_UNUSED(); + void Temperature::start_watching_hotend(const uint8_t E_NAME) { const uint8_t ee = HOTEND_INDEX; - if (degTargetHotend(ee) && degHotend(ee) < degTargetHotend(ee) - (WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE + TEMP_HYSTERESIS + 1)) { - watch_hotend[ee].target = degHotend(ee) + WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE; - watch_hotend[ee].next_ms = millis() + (WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD) * 1000UL; - } - else - watch_hotend[ee].next_ms = 0; + watch_hotend[ee].restart(degHotend(ee), degTargetHotend(ee)); } #endif @@ -1832,12 +1964,7 @@ void Temperature::init() { * This is called when the temperature is set. (M140, M190) */ void Temperature::start_watching_bed() { - if (degTargetBed() && degBed() < degTargetBed() - (WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE + TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS + 1)) { - watch_bed.target = degBed() + WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE; - watch_bed.next_ms = millis() + (WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD) * 1000UL; - } - else - watch_bed.next_ms = 0; + watch_bed.restart(degBed(), degTargetBed()); } #endif @@ -1848,12 +1975,7 @@ void Temperature::init() { * This is called when the temperature is set. (M141, M191) */ void Temperature::start_watching_chamber() { - if (degChamber() < degTargetChamber() - (WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE + TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS + 1)) { - watch_chamber.target = degChamber() + WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE; - watch_chamber.next_ms = millis() + (WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD) * 1000UL; - } - else - watch_chamber.next_ms = 0; + watch_chamber.restart(degChamber(), degTargetChamber()); } #endif @@ -1875,7 +1997,7 @@ void Temperature::init() { /** SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Thermal Thermal Runaway Running. Heater ID: "); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Thermal Runaway Running. Heater ID: "); if (heater_id == H_CHAMBER) SERIAL_ECHOPGM("chamber"); if (heater_id < 0) SERIAL_ECHOPGM("bed"); else SERIAL_ECHO(heater_id); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" ; State:", sm.state, " ; Timer:", sm.timer, " ; Temperature:", current, " ; Target Temp:", target); @@ -1944,7 +2066,7 @@ void Temperature::init() { sm.state = TRRunaway; case TRRunaway: - _temp_error(heater_id, PSTR(MSG_T_THERMAL_RUNAWAY), TEMP_ERR_PSTR(MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY, heater_id)); + _temp_error(heater_id, str_t_thermal_runaway, GET_TEXT(MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY)); } } @@ -1973,29 +2095,14 @@ void Temperature::disable_all_heaters() { pause(false); #endif - #define DISABLE_HEATER(NR) { \ - setTargetHotend(0, NR); \ - temp_hotend[NR].soft_pwm_amount = 0; \ - WRITE_HEATER_ ##NR (LOW); \ + #define DISABLE_HEATER(N) { \ + setTargetHotend(0, N); \ + temp_hotend[N].soft_pwm_amount = 0; \ + WRITE_HEATER_##N(LOW); \ } #if HAS_TEMP_HOTEND - DISABLE_HEATER(0); - #if HOTENDS > 1 - DISABLE_HEATER(1); - #if HOTENDS > 2 - DISABLE_HEATER(2); - #if HOTENDS > 3 - DISABLE_HEATER(3); - #if HOTENDS > 4 - DISABLE_HEATER(4); - #if HOTENDS > 5 - DISABLE_HEATER(5); - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 - #endif // HOTENDS > 2 - #endif // HOTENDS > 1 + REPEAT(HOTENDS, DISABLE_HEATER); #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED @@ -2011,6 +2118,34 @@ void Temperature::disable_all_heaters() { #endif } +#if ENABLED(PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART) + + bool Temperature::over_autostart_threshold() { + #if HOTENDS + HOTEND_LOOP() if (degTargetHotend(e) > (EXTRUDE_MINTEMP) / 2) return true; + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + if (degTargetBed() > BED_MINTEMP) return true; + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER + if (degTargetChamber() > CHAMBER_MINTEMP) return true; + #endif + return false; + } + + void Temperature::check_timer_autostart(const bool can_start, const bool can_stop) { + if (over_autostart_threshold()) { + if (can_start) startOrResumeJob(); + } + else if (can_stop) { + print_job_timer.stop(); + ui.reset_status(); + } + } + +#endif + + #if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) void Temperature::pause(const bool p) { @@ -2023,7 +2158,7 @@ void Temperature::disable_all_heaters() { #endif } else { - HOTEND_LOOP() reset_heater_idle_timer(e); + HOTEND_LOOP() reset_hotend_idle_timer(e); #if HAS_HEATED_BED reset_bed_idle_timer(); #endif @@ -2075,6 +2210,10 @@ void Temperature::disable_all_heaters() { next_max6675_ms[hindex] = ms + MAX6675_HEAT_INTERVAL; + #if ENABLED(MAX6675_IS_MAX31865) + max6675_temp = int(max31865.temperature(100, 400)); // 100 ohms = PT100 resistance. 400 ohms = calibration resistor + #endif + // // TODO: spiBegin, spiRec and spiInit doesn't work when soft spi is used. // @@ -2157,9 +2296,9 @@ void Temperature::disable_all_heaters() { #endif // HAS_MAX6675 /** - * Get raw temperatures + * Update raw temperatures */ -void Temperature::set_current_temp_raw() { +void Temperature::update_raw_temperatures() { #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_0 && DISABLED(HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675) temp_hotend[0].update(); @@ -2171,19 +2310,26 @@ void Temperature::set_current_temp_raw() { #elif DISABLED(HEATER_1_USES_MAX6675) temp_hotend[1].update(); #endif - #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_2 - temp_hotend[2].update(); - #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_3 - temp_hotend[3].update(); - #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_4 - temp_hotend[4].update(); - #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 - temp_hotend[5].update(); - #endif // HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 - #endif // HAS_TEMP_ADC_4 - #endif // HAS_TEMP_ADC_3 - #endif // HAS_TEMP_ADC_2 - #endif // HAS_TEMP_ADC_1 + #endif + + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_2 + temp_hotend[2].update(); + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_3 + temp_hotend[3].update(); + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_4 + temp_hotend[4].update(); + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 + temp_hotend[5].update(); + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + temp_hotend[6].update(); + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + temp_hotend[7].update(); + #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED temp_bed.update(); @@ -2193,6 +2339,10 @@ void Temperature::set_current_temp_raw() { temp_chamber.update(); #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + temp_probe.update(); + #endif + #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X joystick.x.update(); #endif @@ -2203,13 +2353,13 @@ void Temperature::set_current_temp_raw() { joystick.z.update(); #endif - temp_meas_ready = true; + raw_temps_ready = true; } void Temperature::readings_ready() { // Update the raw values if they've been read. Else we could be updating them during reading. - if (!temp_meas_ready) set_current_temp_raw(); + if (!raw_temps_ready) update_raw_temperatures(); // Filament Sensor - can be read any time since IIR filtering is used #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) @@ -2231,6 +2381,10 @@ void Temperature::readings_ready() { temp_chamber.reset(); #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + temp_probe.reset(); + #endif + #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X joystick.x.reset(); #endif @@ -2250,27 +2404,19 @@ void Temperature::readings_ready() { TEMPDIR(0) #endif #if HOTENDS > 1 + #define _TEMPDIR(N) , TEMPDIR(N) #if ENABLED(HEATER_1_USES_MAX6675) , 0 #else - , TEMPDIR(1) + _TEMPDIR(1) #endif #if HOTENDS > 2 - , TEMPDIR(2) - #if HOTENDS > 3 - , TEMPDIR(3) - #if HOTENDS > 4 - , TEMPDIR(4) - #if HOTENDS > 5 - , TEMPDIR(5) - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 + REPEAT_S(2, HOTENDS, _TEMPDIR) #endif // HOTENDS > 2 #endif // HOTENDS > 1 }; - for (uint8_t e = 0; e < COUNT(temp_dir); e++) { + LOOP_L_N(e, COUNT(temp_dir)) { const int8_t tdir = temp_dir[e]; if (tdir) { const int16_t rawtemp = temp_hotend[e].raw * tdir; // normal direction, +rawtemp, else -rawtemp @@ -2340,7 +2486,7 @@ void Temperature::readings_ready() { HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR() { HAL_timer_isr_prologue(TEMP_TIMER_NUM); - Temperature::isr(); + Temperature::tick(); HAL_timer_isr_epilogue(TEMP_TIMER_NUM); } @@ -2370,11 +2516,21 @@ public: #endif }; -void Temperature::isr() { +/** + * Handle various ~1KHz tasks associated with temperature + * - Heater PWM (~1KHz with scaler) + * - LCD Button polling (~500Hz) + * - Start / Read one ADC sensor + * - Advance Babysteps + * - Endstop polling + * - Planner clean buffer + */ +void Temperature::tick() { static int8_t temp_count = -1; static ADCSensorState adc_sensor_state = StartupDelay; static uint8_t pwm_count = _BV(SOFT_PWM_SCALE); + // avoid multiple loads of pwm_count uint8_t pwm_count_tmp = pwm_count; @@ -2418,24 +2574,9 @@ void Temperature::isr() { pwm_count_tmp -= 127; #if HOTENDS - #define _PWM_MOD_E(N) _PWM_MOD(N,soft_pwm_hotend[N],temp_hotend[N]) - _PWM_MOD_E(0); - #if HOTENDS > 1 - _PWM_MOD_E(1); - #if HOTENDS > 2 - _PWM_MOD_E(2); - #if HOTENDS > 3 - _PWM_MOD_E(3); - #if HOTENDS > 4 - _PWM_MOD_E(4); - #if HOTENDS > 5 - _PWM_MOD_E(5); - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 - #endif // HOTENDS > 2 - #endif // HOTENDS > 1 - #endif // HOTENDS + #define _PWM_MOD_E(N) _PWM_MOD(N,soft_pwm_hotend[N],temp_hotend[N]); + REPEAT(HOTENDS, _PWM_MOD_E); + #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED _PWM_MOD(BED,soft_pwm_bed,temp_bed); @@ -2446,10 +2587,10 @@ void Temperature::isr() { #endif #if ENABLED(FAN_SOFT_PWM) - #define _FAN_PWM(N) do{ \ - uint8_t &spcf = soft_pwm_count_fan[N]; \ + #define _FAN_PWM(N) do{ \ + uint8_t &spcf = soft_pwm_count_fan[N]; \ spcf = (spcf & pwm_mask) + (soft_pwm_amount_fan[N] >> 1); \ - WRITE_FAN(N, spcf > pwm_mask ? HIGH : LOW); \ + WRITE_FAN(N, spcf > pwm_mask ? HIGH : LOW); \ }while(0) #if HAS_FAN0 _FAN_PWM(0); @@ -2460,29 +2601,29 @@ void Temperature::isr() { #if HAS_FAN2 _FAN_PWM(2); #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + _FAN_PWM(3); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + _FAN_PWM(4); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + _FAN_PWM(5); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + _FAN_PWM(6); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + _FAN_PWM(7); + #endif #endif } else { #define _PWM_LOW(N,S) do{ if (S.count <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_HEATER_##N(LOW); }while(0) #if HOTENDS - #define _PWM_LOW_E(N) _PWM_LOW(N, soft_pwm_hotend[N]) - _PWM_LOW_E(0); - #if HOTENDS > 1 - _PWM_LOW_E(1); - #if HOTENDS > 2 - _PWM_LOW_E(2); - #if HOTENDS > 3 - _PWM_LOW_E(3); - #if HOTENDS > 4 - _PWM_LOW_E(4); - #if HOTENDS > 5 - _PWM_LOW_E(5); - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 - #endif // HOTENDS > 2 - #endif // HOTENDS > 1 - #endif // HOTENDS + #define _PWM_LOW_E(N) _PWM_LOW(N, soft_pwm_hotend[N]); + REPEAT(HOTENDS, _PWM_LOW_E); + #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED _PWM_LOW(BED, soft_pwm_bed); @@ -2502,6 +2643,21 @@ void Temperature::isr() { #if HAS_FAN2 if (soft_pwm_count_fan[2] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(2, LOW); #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[3] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(3, LOW); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[4] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(4, LOW); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[5] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(5, LOW); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[6] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(6, LOW); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[7] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(7, LOW); + #endif #endif } @@ -2531,24 +2687,9 @@ void Temperature::isr() { if (slow_pwm_count == 0) { #if HOTENDS - #define _SLOW_PWM_E(N) _SLOW_PWM(N, soft_pwm_hotend[N], temp_hotend[N]) - _SLOW_PWM_E(0); - #if HOTENDS > 1 - _SLOW_PWM_E(1); - #if HOTENDS > 2 - _SLOW_PWM_E(2); - #if HOTENDS > 3 - _SLOW_PWM_E(3); - #if HOTENDS > 4 - _SLOW_PWM_E(4); - #if HOTENDS > 5 - _SLOW_PWM_E(5); - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 - #endif // HOTENDS > 2 - #endif // HOTENDS > 1 - #endif // HOTENDS + #define _SLOW_PWM_E(N) _SLOW_PWM(N, soft_pwm_hotend[N], temp_hotend[N]); + REPEAT(HOTENDS, _SLOW_PWM_E); + #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED _SLOW_PWM(BED, soft_pwm_bed, temp_bed); @@ -2558,23 +2699,8 @@ void Temperature::isr() { #if HOTENDS #define _PWM_OFF_E(N) _PWM_OFF(N, soft_pwm_hotend[N]); - _PWM_OFF_E(0); - #if HOTENDS > 1 - _PWM_OFF_E(1); - #if HOTENDS > 2 - _PWM_OFF_E(2); - #if HOTENDS > 3 - _PWM_OFF_E(3); - #if HOTENDS > 4 - _PWM_OFF_E(4); - #if HOTENDS > 5 - _PWM_OFF_E(5); - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 - #endif // HOTENDS > 2 - #endif // HOTENDS > 1 - #endif // HOTENDS + REPEAT(HOTENDS, _PWM_OFF_E); + #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED _PWM_OFF(BED, soft_pwm_bed); @@ -2596,6 +2722,21 @@ void Temperature::isr() { #if HAS_FAN2 _PWM_FAN(2); #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + _FAN_PWM(3); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + _FAN_PWM(4); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + _FAN_PWM(5); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + _FAN_PWM(6); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + _FAN_PWM(7); + #endif } #if HAS_FAN0 if (soft_pwm_count_fan[0] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(0, LOW); @@ -2606,6 +2747,21 @@ void Temperature::isr() { #if HAS_FAN2 if (soft_pwm_count_fan[2] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(2, LOW); #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[3] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(3, LOW); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[4] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(4, LOW); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[5] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(5, LOW); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[6] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(6, LOW); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[7] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(7, LOW); + #endif #endif // FAN_SOFT_PWM // SOFT_PWM_SCALE to frequency: @@ -2625,23 +2781,8 @@ void Temperature::isr() { slow_pwm_count &= 0x7F; #if HOTENDS - soft_pwm_hotend[0].dec(); - #if HOTENDS > 1 - soft_pwm_hotend[1].dec(); - #if HOTENDS > 2 - soft_pwm_hotend[2].dec(); - #if HOTENDS > 3 - soft_pwm_hotend[3].dec(); - #if HOTENDS > 4 - soft_pwm_hotend[4].dec(); - #if HOTENDS > 5 - soft_pwm_hotend[5].dec(); - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 - #endif // HOTENDS > 2 - #endif // HOTENDS > 1 - #endif // HOTENDS + HOTEND_LOOP() soft_pwm_hotend[e].dec(); + #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED soft_pwm_bed.dec(); #endif @@ -2712,6 +2853,11 @@ void Temperature::isr() { case MeasureTemp_CHAMBER: ACCUMULATE_ADC(temp_chamber); break; #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + case PrepareTemp_PROBE: HAL_START_ADC(TEMP_PROBE_PIN); break; + case MeasureTemp_PROBE: ACCUMULATE_ADC(temp_probe); break; + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_1 case PrepareTemp_1: HAL_START_ADC(TEMP_1_PIN); break; case MeasureTemp_1: ACCUMULATE_ADC(temp_hotend[1]); break; @@ -2737,6 +2883,16 @@ void Temperature::isr() { case MeasureTemp_5: ACCUMULATE_ADC(temp_hotend[5]); break; #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + case PrepareTemp_6: HAL_START_ADC(TEMP_6_PIN); break; + case MeasureTemp_6: ACCUMULATE_ADC(temp_hotend[6]); break; + #endif + + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + case PrepareTemp_7: HAL_START_ADC(TEMP_7_PIN); break; + case MeasureTemp_7: ACCUMULATE_ADC(temp_hotend[7]); break; + #endif + #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) case Prepare_FILWIDTH: HAL_START_ADC(FILWIDTH_PIN); break; case Measure_FILWIDTH: @@ -2763,13 +2919,16 @@ void Temperature::isr() { #endif #if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS + #ifndef ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY + #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 + #endif case Prepare_ADC_KEY: HAL_START_ADC(ADC_KEYPAD_PIN); break; case Measure_ADC_KEY: if (!HAL_ADC_READY()) next_sensor_state = adc_sensor_state; // redo this state - else if (ADCKey_count < 16) { + else if (ADCKey_count < ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY) { raw_ADCKey_value = HAL_READ_ADC(); - if (raw_ADCKey_value <= 900) { + if (raw_ADCKey_value <= 900UL * HAL_ADC_RANGE / 1024UL) { NOMORE(current_ADCKey_raw, raw_ADCKey_value); ADCKey_count++; } @@ -2777,13 +2936,13 @@ void Temperature::isr() { if (ADCKey_count > 0) ADCKey_count++; else ADCKey_pressed = false; if (ADCKey_pressed) { ADCKey_count = 0; - current_ADCKey_raw = 1024; + current_ADCKey_raw = HAL_ADC_RANGE; } } } - if (ADCKey_count == 16) ADCKey_pressed = true; + if (ADCKey_count == ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY) ADCKey_pressed = true; break; - #endif // ADC_KEYPAD + #endif // HAS_ADC_BUTTONS case StartupDelay: break; @@ -2796,7 +2955,7 @@ void Temperature::isr() { // Additional ~1KHz Tasks // - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) && DISABLED(INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING) babystep.task(); #endif @@ -2822,6 +2981,9 @@ void Temperature::isr() { #if HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER case H_CHAMBER: k = 'C'; break; #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + case H_PROBE: k = 'P'; break; + #endif #if HAS_TEMP_HOTEND default: k = 'T'; break; #if HAS_HEATED_BED @@ -2890,6 +3052,14 @@ void Temperature::isr() { , H_CHAMBER ); #endif // HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + print_heater_state(degProbe(), 0 + #if ENABLED(SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES) + , rawProbeTemp() + #endif + , H_PROBE + ); + #endif // HAS_TEMP_PROBE #if HOTENDS > 1 HOTEND_LOOP() print_heater_state(degHotend(e), degTargetHotend(e) #if ENABLED(SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES) @@ -2939,7 +3109,7 @@ void Temperature::isr() { #else PSTR("E " S_FMT) #endif - , heating ? PSTR(MSG_HEATING) : PSTR(MSG_COOLING) + , heating ? GET_TEXT(MSG_HEATING) : GET_TEXT(MSG_COOLING) ); } #endif @@ -2960,6 +3130,7 @@ void Temperature::isr() { ) { #if TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME > 0 millis_t residency_start_ms = 0; + bool first_loop = true; // Loop until the temperature has stabilized #define TEMP_CONDITIONS (!residency_start_ms || PENDING(now, residency_start_ms + (TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME) * 1000UL)) #else @@ -2977,7 +3148,7 @@ void Temperature::isr() { #endif float target_temp = -1.0, old_temp = 9999.0; - bool wants_to_cool = false, first_loop = true; + bool wants_to_cool = false; wait_for_heatup = true; millis_t now, next_temp_ms = 0, next_cool_check_ms = 0; do { @@ -3030,6 +3201,8 @@ void Temperature::isr() { residency_start_ms = now; } + first_loop = false; + #endif // Prevent a wait-forever situation if R is misused i.e. M109 R0 @@ -3050,8 +3223,6 @@ void Temperature::isr() { } #endif - first_loop = false; - } while (wait_for_heatup && TEMP_CONDITIONS); if (wait_for_heatup) { @@ -3185,9 +3356,18 @@ void Temperature::isr() { return wait_for_heatup; } + void Temperature::wait_for_bed_heating() { + if (isHeatingBed()) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Wait for bed heating..."); + LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_BED_HEATING); + wait_for_bed(); + ui.reset_status(); + } + } + #endif // HAS_HEATED_BED - #if 0 && HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER + #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER #ifndef MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_DEG_CHAMBER #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_DEG_CHAMBER 1.50 @@ -3199,6 +3379,7 @@ void Temperature::isr() { bool Temperature::wait_for_chamber(const bool no_wait_for_cooling/*=true*/) { #if TEMP_CHAMBER_RESIDENCY_TIME > 0 millis_t residency_start_ms = 0; + bool first_loop = true; // Loop until the temperature has stabilized #define TEMP_CHAMBER_CONDITIONS (!residency_start_ms || PENDING(now, residency_start_ms + (TEMP_CHAMBER_RESIDENCY_TIME) * 1000UL)) #else @@ -3207,7 +3388,7 @@ void Temperature::isr() { #endif float target_temp = -1, old_temp = 9999; - bool wants_to_cool = false, first_loop = true; + bool wants_to_cool = false; wait_for_heatup = true; millis_t now, next_temp_ms = 0, next_cool_check_ms = 0; @@ -3260,6 +3441,7 @@ void Temperature::isr() { residency_start_ms = now; } + first_loop = false; #endif // TEMP_CHAMBER_RESIDENCY_TIME > 0 // Prevent a wait-forever situation if R is misused i.e. M191 R0 @@ -3272,9 +3454,6 @@ void Temperature::isr() { old_temp = temp; } } - - first_loop = false; - } while (wait_for_heatup && TEMP_CHAMBER_CONDITIONS); if (wait_for_heatup) ui.reset_status(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.h b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.h index 63251cd40f..24e0054496 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -39,34 +39,40 @@ #if HOTENDS <= 1 #define HOTEND_INDEX 0 - #define E_UNUSED() UNUSED(e) + #define E_NAME #else #define HOTEND_INDEX e - #define E_UNUSED() + #define E_NAME e #endif // Identifiers for other heaters typedef enum : int8_t { - INDEX_NONE = -4, - H_REDUNDANT, H_CHAMBER, H_BED, - H_E0, H_E1, H_E2, H_E3, H_E4, H_E5 + INDEX_NONE = -5, + H_PROBE, H_REDUNDANT, H_CHAMBER, H_BED, + H_E0, H_E1, H_E2, H_E3, H_E4, H_E5, H_E6, H_E7 } heater_ind_t; // PID storage typedef struct { float Kp, Ki, Kd; } PID_t; typedef struct { float Kp, Ki, Kd, Kc; } PIDC_t; -#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - typedef PIDC_t hotend_pid_t; - #if LPQ_MAX_LEN > 255 - typedef uint16_t lpq_ptr_t; - #else - typedef uint8_t lpq_ptr_t; - #endif -#else - typedef PID_t hotend_pid_t; -#endif +typedef struct { float Kp, Ki, Kd, Kf; } PIDF_t; +typedef struct { float Kp, Ki, Kd, Kc, Kf; } PIDCF_t; -#define DUMMY_PID_VALUE 3000.0f +typedef + #if BOTH(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING, PID_FAN_SCALING) + PIDCF_t + #elif ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) + PIDC_t + #elif ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + PIDF_t + #else + PID_t + #endif +hotend_pid_t; + +#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) + typedef IF<(LPQ_MAX_LEN > 255), uint16_t, uint8_t>::type lpq_ptr_t; +#endif #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) #define _PID_Kp(H) Temperature::temp_hotend[H].pid.Kp @@ -77,10 +83,16 @@ typedef struct { float Kp, Ki, Kd, Kc; } PIDC_t; #else #define _PID_Kc(H) 1 #endif + + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + #define _PID_Kf(H) Temperature::temp_hotend[H].pid.Kf + #else + #define _PID_Kf(H) 0 + #endif #else - #define _PID_Kp(H) DUMMY_PID_VALUE - #define _PID_Ki(H) DUMMY_PID_VALUE - #define _PID_Kd(H) DUMMY_PID_VALUE + #define _PID_Kp(H) NAN + #define _PID_Ki(H) NAN + #define _PID_Kd(H) NAN #define _PID_Kc(H) 1 #endif @@ -100,6 +112,9 @@ enum ADCSensorState : char { #if HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER PrepareTemp_CHAMBER, MeasureTemp_CHAMBER, #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + PrepareTemp_PROBE, MeasureTemp_PROBE, + #endif #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_1 PrepareTemp_1, MeasureTemp_1, #endif @@ -115,6 +130,12 @@ enum ADCSensorState : char { #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 PrepareTemp_5, MeasureTemp_5, #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + PrepareTemp_6, MeasureTemp_6, + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + PrepareTemp_7, MeasureTemp_7, + #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X PrepareJoy_X, MeasureJoy_X, #endif @@ -188,6 +209,9 @@ struct PIDHeaterInfo : public HeaterInfo { typedef heater_info_t bed_info_t; #endif #endif +#if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + typedef temp_info_t probe_info_t; +#endif #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER typedef heater_info_t chamber_info_t; #elif HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER @@ -202,24 +226,46 @@ typedef struct { inline void start(const millis_t &ms) { timeout_ms = millis() + ms; timed_out = false; } inline void reset() { timeout_ms = 0; timed_out = false; } inline void expire() { start(0); } -} heater_idle_t; +} hotend_idle_t; // Heater watch handling -typedef struct { +template +struct HeaterWatch { uint16_t target; millis_t next_ms; inline bool elapsed(const millis_t &ms) { return next_ms && ELAPSED(ms, next_ms); } inline bool elapsed() { return elapsed(millis()); } -} heater_watch_t; + + inline void restart(const int16_t curr, const int16_t tgt) { + if (tgt) { + const int16_t newtarget = curr + INCREASE; + if (newtarget < tgt - HYSTERESIS - 1) { + target = newtarget; + next_ms = millis() + PERIOD * 1000UL; + return; + } + } + next_ms = 0; + } +}; + +#if WATCH_HOTENDS + typedef struct HeaterWatch hotend_watch_t; +#endif +#if WATCH_BED + typedef struct HeaterWatch bed_watch_t; +#endif +#if WATCH_CHAMBER + typedef struct HeaterWatch chamber_watch_t; +#endif // Temperature sensor read value ranges typedef struct { int16_t raw_min, raw_max; } raw_range_t; typedef struct { int16_t mintemp, maxtemp; } celsius_range_t; typedef struct { int16_t raw_min, raw_max, mintemp, maxtemp; } temp_range_t; -#define THERMISTOR_ADC_RESOLUTION 1024 // 10-bit ADC .. shame to waste 12-bits of resolution on 32-bit -#define THERMISTOR_ABS_ZERO_C -273.15f // bbbbrrrrr cold ! -#define THERMISTOR_RESISTANCE_NOMINAL_C 25.0f // mmmmm comfortable +#define THERMISTOR_ABS_ZERO_C -273.15f // bbbbrrrrr cold ! +#define THERMISTOR_RESISTANCE_NOMINAL_C 25.0f // mmmmm comfortable #if HAS_USER_THERMISTORS @@ -245,6 +291,9 @@ typedef struct { int16_t raw_min, raw_max, mintemp, maxtemp; } temp_range_t; #if ENABLED(HEATER_BED_USER_THERMISTOR) CTI_BED, #endif + #if ENABLED(HEATER_PROBE_USER_THERMISTOR) + CTI_PROBE, + #endif #if ENABLED(HEATER_CHAMBER_USER_THERMISTOR) CTI_CHAMBER, #endif @@ -268,8 +317,6 @@ class Temperature { public: - static volatile bool in_temp_isr; - #if HOTENDS #if ENABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT) #define HOTEND_TEMPS (HOTENDS + 1) @@ -278,11 +325,12 @@ class Temperature { #endif static hotend_info_t temp_hotend[HOTEND_TEMPS]; #endif - #if HAS_HEATED_BED static bed_info_t temp_bed; #endif - + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + static probe_info_t temp_probe; + #endif #if HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER static chamber_info_t temp_chamber; #endif @@ -290,7 +338,6 @@ class Temperature { #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_E_FANS) static uint8_t autofan_speed[HOTENDS]; #endif - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN) static uint8_t chamberfan_speed; #endif @@ -304,29 +351,27 @@ class Temperature { static bool allow_cold_extrude; static int16_t extrude_min_temp; FORCE_INLINE static bool tooCold(const int16_t temp) { return allow_cold_extrude ? false : temp < extrude_min_temp; } - FORCE_INLINE static bool tooColdToExtrude(const uint8_t e) { - E_UNUSED(); + FORCE_INLINE static bool tooColdToExtrude(const uint8_t E_NAME) { return tooCold(degHotend(HOTEND_INDEX)); } - FORCE_INLINE static bool targetTooColdToExtrude(const uint8_t e) { - E_UNUSED(); + FORCE_INLINE static bool targetTooColdToExtrude(const uint8_t E_NAME) { return tooCold(degTargetHotend(HOTEND_INDEX)); } #else - FORCE_INLINE static bool tooColdToExtrude(const uint8_t e) { UNUSED(e); return false; } - FORCE_INLINE static bool targetTooColdToExtrude(const uint8_t e) { UNUSED(e); return false; } + FORCE_INLINE static bool tooColdToExtrude(const uint8_t) { return false; } + FORCE_INLINE static bool targetTooColdToExtrude(const uint8_t) { return false; } #endif FORCE_INLINE static bool hotEnoughToExtrude(const uint8_t e) { return !tooColdToExtrude(e); } FORCE_INLINE static bool targetHotEnoughToExtrude(const uint8_t e) { return !targetTooColdToExtrude(e); } #if HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER - static heater_idle_t hotend_idle[HOTENDS]; + static hotend_idle_t hotend_idle[HOTENDS]; #if HAS_HEATED_BED - static heater_idle_t bed_idle; + static hotend_idle_t bed_idle; #endif #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER - static heater_idle_t chamber_idle; + static hotend_idle_t chamber_idle; #endif #endif @@ -336,10 +381,10 @@ class Temperature { static bool inited; // If temperature controller is running #endif - static volatile bool temp_meas_ready; + static volatile bool raw_temps_ready; #if WATCH_HOTENDS - static heater_watch_t watch_hotend[HOTENDS]; + static hotend_watch_t watch_hotend[HOTENDS]; #endif #if ENABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT) @@ -358,7 +403,7 @@ class Temperature { #if HAS_HEATED_BED #if WATCH_BED - static heater_watch_t watch_bed; + static bed_watch_t watch_bed; #endif #if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) static millis_t next_bed_check_ms; @@ -373,7 +418,7 @@ class Temperature { #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER #if WATCH_CHAMBER - static heater_watch_t watch_chamber; + static chamber_watch_t watch_chamber; #endif static millis_t next_chamber_check_ms; #ifdef CHAMBER_MINTEMP @@ -458,6 +503,9 @@ class Temperature { #if HAS_HEATED_BED static float analog_to_celsius_bed(const int raw); #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + static float analog_to_celsius_probe(const int raw); + #endif #if HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER static float analog_to_celsius_chamber(const int raw); #endif @@ -478,12 +526,17 @@ class Temperature { #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) static uint8_t fan_speed_scaler[FAN_COUNT]; - #else - static constexpr uint8_t fan_speed_scaler[FAN_COUNT] = ARRAY_N(FAN_COUNT, 128, 128, 128, 128, 128, 128); #endif static inline uint8_t scaledFanSpeed(const uint8_t target, const uint8_t fs) { - return (fs * uint16_t(fan_speed_scaler[target])) >> 7; + UNUSED(target); // Potentially unused! + return (fs * uint16_t( + #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) + fan_speed_scaler[target] + #else + 128 + #endif + )) >> 7; } static inline uint8_t scaledFanSpeed(const uint8_t target) { @@ -495,30 +548,6 @@ class Temperature { static void set_temp_fan_speed(const uint8_t fan, const uint16_t tmp_temp); #endif - #if HAS_LCD_MENU - - static uint8_t lcd_tmpfan_speed[ - #if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) - _MAX(EXTRUDERS, FAN_COUNT) - #else - FAN_COUNT - #endif - ]; - - static inline void lcd_setFanSpeed(const uint8_t target) { set_fan_speed(target, lcd_tmpfan_speed[target]); } - - #if HAS_FAN0 - FORCE_INLINE static void lcd_setFanSpeed0() { lcd_setFanSpeed(0); } - #endif - #if HAS_FAN1 || (ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) && EXTRUDERS > 1) - FORCE_INLINE static void lcd_setFanSpeed1() { lcd_setFanSpeed(1); } - #endif - #if HAS_FAN2 || (ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) && EXTRUDERS > 2) - FORCE_INLINE static void lcd_setFanSpeed2() { lcd_setFanSpeed(2); } - #endif - - #endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - #if EITHER(PROBING_FANS_OFF, ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE) void set_fans_paused(const bool p); #endif @@ -535,7 +564,7 @@ class Temperature { * Called from the Temperature ISR */ static void readings_ready(); - static void isr(); + static void tick(); /** * Call periodically to manage heaters @@ -546,16 +575,13 @@ class Temperature { * Preheating hotends */ #ifdef MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME - static bool is_preheating(const uint8_t e) { - E_UNUSED(); + static bool is_preheating(const uint8_t E_NAME) { return preheat_end_time[HOTEND_INDEX] && PENDING(millis(), preheat_end_time[HOTEND_INDEX]); } - static void start_preheat_time(const uint8_t e) { - E_UNUSED(); + static void start_preheat_time(const uint8_t E_NAME) { preheat_end_time[HOTEND_INDEX] = millis() + MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME; } - static void reset_preheat_time(const uint8_t e) { - E_UNUSED(); + static void reset_preheat_time(const uint8_t E_NAME) { preheat_end_time[HOTEND_INDEX] = 0; } #else @@ -566,54 +592,41 @@ class Temperature { //inline so that there is no performance decrease. //deg=degreeCelsius - FORCE_INLINE static float degHotend(const uint8_t e) { - E_UNUSED(); - #if HOTENDS - return temp_hotend[HOTEND_INDEX].celsius; - #else - return 0; - #endif + FORCE_INLINE static float degHotend(const uint8_t E_NAME) { + return (0 + #if HOTENDS + + temp_hotend[HOTEND_INDEX].celsius + #endif + ); } #if ENABLED(SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES) - FORCE_INLINE static int16_t rawHotendTemp(const uint8_t e) { - E_UNUSED(); - #if HOTENDS - return temp_hotend[HOTEND_INDEX].raw; - #else - return 0; - #endif + FORCE_INLINE static int16_t rawHotendTemp(const uint8_t E_NAME) { + return (0 + #if HOTENDS + + temp_hotend[HOTEND_INDEX].raw + #endif + ); } #endif - FORCE_INLINE static int16_t degTargetHotend(const uint8_t e) { - E_UNUSED(); - #if HOTENDS - return temp_hotend[HOTEND_INDEX].target; - #else - return 0; - #endif + FORCE_INLINE static int16_t degTargetHotend(const uint8_t E_NAME) { + return (0 + #if HOTENDS + + temp_hotend[HOTEND_INDEX].target + #endif + ); } #if WATCH_HOTENDS static void start_watching_hotend(const uint8_t e=0); #else - static inline void start_watching_hotend(const uint8_t e=0) { UNUSED(e); } + static inline void start_watching_hotend(const uint8_t=0) {} #endif #if HOTENDS - #if HAS_LCD_MENU - static inline void start_watching_E0() { start_watching_hotend(0); } - static inline void start_watching_E1() { start_watching_hotend(1); } - static inline void start_watching_E2() { start_watching_hotend(2); } - static inline void start_watching_E3() { start_watching_hotend(3); } - static inline void start_watching_E4() { start_watching_hotend(4); } - static inline void start_watching_E5() { start_watching_hotend(5); } - #endif - - static void setTargetHotend(const int16_t celsius, const uint8_t e) { - E_UNUSED(); + static void setTargetHotend(const int16_t celsius, const uint8_t E_NAME) { const uint8_t ee = HOTEND_INDEX; #ifdef MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME if (celsius == 0) @@ -628,13 +641,11 @@ class Temperature { start_watching_hotend(ee); } - FORCE_INLINE static bool isHeatingHotend(const uint8_t e) { - E_UNUSED(); + FORCE_INLINE static bool isHeatingHotend(const uint8_t E_NAME) { return temp_hotend[HOTEND_INDEX].target > temp_hotend[HOTEND_INDEX].celsius; } - FORCE_INLINE static bool isCoolingHotend(const uint8_t e) { - E_UNUSED(); + FORCE_INLINE static bool isCoolingHotend(const uint8_t E_NAME) { return temp_hotend[HOTEND_INDEX].target < temp_hotend[HOTEND_INDEX].celsius; } @@ -688,8 +699,23 @@ class Temperature { #endif ); + static void wait_for_bed_heating(); + #endif // HAS_HEATED_BED + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + #if ENABLED(SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES) + FORCE_INLINE static int16_t rawProbeTemp() { return temp_probe.raw; } + #endif + FORCE_INLINE static float degProbe() { return temp_probe.celsius; } + #endif + + #if WATCH_PROBE + static void start_watching_probe(); + #else + static inline void start_watching_probe() {} + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER #if ENABLED(SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES) FORCE_INLINE static int16_t rawChamberTemp() { return temp_chamber.raw; } @@ -714,7 +740,7 @@ class Temperature { static void setTargetChamber(const int16_t celsius) { temp_chamber.target = #ifdef CHAMBER_MAXTEMP - _MIN(celsius, CHAMBER_MAXTEMP) + _MIN(celsius, CHAMBER_MAXTEMP - 10) #else celsius #endif @@ -733,6 +759,14 @@ class Temperature { */ static void disable_all_heaters(); + #if ENABLED(PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART) + /** + * Methods to check if heaters are enabled, indicating an active job + */ + static bool over_autostart_threshold(); + static void check_timer_autostart(const bool can_start, const bool can_stop); + #endif + /** * Perform auto-tuning for hotend or bed in response to M303 */ @@ -765,8 +799,7 @@ class Temperature { #if HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER - static void reset_heater_idle_timer(const uint8_t e) { - E_UNUSED(); + static void reset_hotend_idle_timer(const uint8_t E_NAME) { hotend_idle[HOTEND_INDEX].reset(); start_watching_hotend(HOTEND_INDEX); } @@ -803,7 +836,7 @@ class Temperature { #endif private: - static void set_current_temp_raw(); + static void update_raw_temperatures(); static void updateTemperaturesFromRawValues(); #define HAS_MAX6675 EITHER(HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675, HEATER_1_USES_MAX6675) diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_1.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_1.h index f2eb078081..f3226da475 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_1.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_1.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_10.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_10.h index 0ef9d9d635..9e89eab84a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_10.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_10.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_1010.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_1010.h index ab2b1fb443..200d9aed56 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_1010.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_1010.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_1047.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_1047.h index 8010d8ebc1..af41a20a10 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_1047.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_1047.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_11.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_11.h index f9a9524a15..1b2da4a71a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_11.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_11.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_110.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_110.h index a55a193611..fe8f4fbb80 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_110.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_110.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_12.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_12.h index 9210bf9131..f9e994a959 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_12.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_12.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_13.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_13.h index 703ec74159..44c5243c1f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_13.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_13.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_147.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_147.h index b020103a38..8fead6c429 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_147.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_147.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_15.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_15.h index aab32c05c0..85602abb3a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_15.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_15.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_18.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_18.h index 46f1be452a..f6a3edec49 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_18.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_18.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_2.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_2.h index 4a59e8d818..f3fe470603 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_2.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_2.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_20.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_20.h index 44c6a946c9..49b212da50 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_20.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_20.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_201.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_201.h index 21f0e92a41..d92f957561 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_201.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_201.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_202.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_202.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9da3d45f45 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_202.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +// +// Unknown 200K thermistor on a Copymaster 3D hotend +// Temptable sent from dealer technologyoutlet.co.uk +// + +const short temptable_202[][2] PROGMEM = { + { OV( 1), 864 }, + { OV( 35), 300 }, + { OV( 38), 295 }, + { OV( 41), 290 }, + { OV( 44), 285 }, + { OV( 47), 280 }, + { OV( 51), 275 }, + { OV( 55), 270 }, + { OV( 60), 265 }, + { OV( 65), 260 }, + { OV( 70), 255 }, + { OV( 76), 250 }, + { OV( 83), 245 }, + { OV( 90), 240 }, + { OV( 98), 235 }, + { OV( 107), 230 }, + { OV( 116), 225 }, + { OV( 127), 220 }, + { OV( 138), 215 }, + { OV( 151), 210 }, + { OV( 164), 205 }, + { OV( 179), 200 }, + { OV( 195), 195 }, + { OV( 213), 190 }, + { OV( 232), 185 }, + { OV( 253), 180 }, + { OV( 275), 175 }, + { OV( 299), 170 }, + { OV( 325), 165 }, + { OV( 352), 160 }, + { OV( 381), 155 }, + { OV( 411), 150 }, + { OV( 443), 145 }, + { OV( 476), 140 }, + { OV( 511), 135 }, + { OV( 546), 130 }, + { OV( 581), 125 }, + { OV( 617), 120 }, + { OV( 652), 115 }, + { OV( 687), 110 }, + { OV( 720), 105 }, + { OV( 753), 100 }, + { OV( 783), 95 }, + { OV( 812), 90 }, + { OV( 839), 85 }, + { OV( 864), 80 }, + { OV( 886), 75 }, + { OV( 906), 70 }, + { OV( 924), 65 }, + { OV( 940), 60 }, + { OV( 954), 55 }, + { OV( 966), 50 }, + { OV( 976), 45 }, + { OV( 985), 40 }, + { OV( 992), 35 }, + { OV( 998), 30 }, + { OV(1003), 25 }, + { OV(1007), 20 }, + { OV(1011), 15 }, + { OV(1014), 10 }, + { OV(1016), 5 }, + { OV(1018), 0 } +}; diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_21.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_21.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..655f56685d --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_21.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#define REVERSE_TEMP_SENSOR_RANGE + +#undef OV_SCALE +#define OV_SCALE(N) (float((N) * 5) / 3.3f) + +// Pt100 with INA826 amp with 3.3v excitation based on "Pt100 with INA826 amp on Ultimaker v2.0 electronics" +const short temptable_21[][2] PROGMEM = { + { OV( 0), 0 }, + { OV(227), 1 }, + { OV(236), 10 }, + { OV(245), 20 }, + { OV(253), 30 }, + { OV(262), 40 }, + { OV(270), 50 }, + { OV(279), 60 }, + { OV(287), 70 }, + { OV(295), 80 }, + { OV(304), 90 }, + { OV(312), 100 }, + { OV(320), 110 }, + { OV(329), 120 }, + { OV(337), 130 }, + { OV(345), 140 }, + { OV(353), 150 }, + { OV(361), 160 }, + { OV(369), 170 }, + { OV(377), 180 }, + { OV(385), 190 }, + { OV(393), 200 }, + { OV(401), 210 }, + { OV(409), 220 }, + { OV(417), 230 }, + { OV(424), 240 }, + { OV(432), 250 }, + { OV(440), 260 }, + { OV(447), 270 }, + { OV(455), 280 }, + { OV(463), 290 }, + { OV(470), 300 }, + { OV(478), 310 }, + { OV(485), 320 }, + { OV(493), 330 }, + { OV(500), 340 }, + { OV(507), 350 }, + { OV(515), 360 }, + { OV(522), 370 }, + { OV(529), 380 }, + { OV(537), 390 }, + { OV(544), 400 }, + { OV(614), 500 } +}; + +#undef OV_SCALE +#define OV_SCALE(N) (N) diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_3.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_3.h index bccfcb04c1..e37c2ace7b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_3.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_3.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_331.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_331.h index 8f98d07523..434492d7e7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_331.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_331.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_332.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_332.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3112751b95 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_332.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#define OVM(V) OV((V)*(0.327/0.327)) + +// R25 = 100 kOhm, beta25 = 4092 K, 4.7 kOhm pull-up, bed thermistor +const short temptable_332[][2] PROGMEM = { + { OVM( 268), 150 }, + { OVM( 293), 145 }, + { OVM( 320), 141 }, + { OVM( 379), 133 }, + { OVM( 445), 122 }, + { OVM( 516), 108 }, + { OVM( 591), 98 }, + { OVM( 665), 88 }, + { OVM( 737), 79 }, + { OVM( 801), 70 }, + { OVM( 857), 55 }, + { OVM( 903), 46 }, + { OVM( 939), 39 }, + { OVM( 954), 33 }, + { OVM( 966), 27 }, + { OVM( 977), 22 }, + { OVM( 999), 15 }, + { OVM(1004), 5 }, + { OVM(1008), 0 }, + { OVM(1012), -5 }, + { OVM(1016), -10 }, + { OVM(1020), -15 } +}; diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_4.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_4.h index 46462ba566..00e0d9ed97 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_4.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_4.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_5.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_5.h index 0d3905ac1c..8f414de15e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_5.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_5.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_501.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_501.h index cb178321aa..3db433644e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_501.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_501.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_51.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_51.h index 93306d0f81..f314777a52 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_51.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_51.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_512.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_512.h index aa9e9e57f9..5528e56b97 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_512.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_512.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_52.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_52.h index 0e2b028e45..9a54ef4b6f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_52.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_52.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_55.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_55.h index b9a462eab3..ead481e865 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_55.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_55.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_6.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_6.h index a3e6e69f85..f84c64413c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_6.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_6.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_60.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_60.h index 78939bfb44..167e0edcf8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_60.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_60.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_61.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_61.h index 3619947117..5f8171a1d4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_61.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_61.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_66.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_66.h index c8669c49fc..97f0823486 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_66.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_66.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_666.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_666.h index 3b8c68b88d..ab8b0380f1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_666.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_666.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_67.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_67.h index 9e86811123..5af203c8ab 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_67.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_67.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_7.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_7.h index 609317d492..e791d0c333 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_7.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_7.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_70.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_70.h index f05f066bea..b498041069 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_70.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_70.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_71.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_71.h index 0198f326ed..c3a9193b79 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_71.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_71.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_75.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_75.h index fcc4c60375..3a3cdc6364 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_75.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_75.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_8.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_8.h index 8cb9f3aaaa..f6e407a730 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_8.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_8.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_9.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_9.h index 44274106b0..5023fbe1d0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_9.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_9.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_99.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_99.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..045a42b738 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_99.h @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#pragma once + +// 100k bed thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor - made by $ buildroot/share/scripts/createTemperatureLookupMarlin.py --rp=10000 + +const short temptable_99[][2] PROGMEM = { + { OV( 5.81), 350 }, // v=0.028 r= 57.081 res=13.433 degC/count + { OV( 6.54), 340 }, // v=0.032 r= 64.248 res=11.711 degC/count + { OV( 7.38), 330 }, // v=0.036 r= 72.588 res=10.161 degC/count + { OV( 8.36), 320 }, // v=0.041 r= 82.336 res= 8.772 degC/count + { OV( 9.51), 310 }, // v=0.046 r= 93.780 res= 7.535 degC/count + { OV( 10.87), 300 }, // v=0.053 r= 107.281 res= 6.439 degC/count + { OV( 12.47), 290 }, // v=0.061 r= 123.286 res= 5.473 degC/count + { OV( 14.37), 280 }, // v=0.070 r= 142.360 res= 4.627 degC/count + { OV( 16.64), 270 }, // v=0.081 r= 165.215 res= 3.891 degC/count + { OV( 19.37), 260 }, // v=0.095 r= 192.758 res= 3.253 degC/count + { OV( 22.65), 250 }, // v=0.111 r= 226.150 res= 2.705 degC/count + { OV( 26.62), 240 }, // v=0.130 r= 266.891 res= 2.236 degC/count + { OV( 31.46), 230 }, // v=0.154 r= 316.931 res= 1.839 degC/count + { OV( 37.38), 220 }, // v=0.182 r= 378.822 res= 1.504 degC/count + { OV( 44.65), 210 }, // v=0.218 r= 455.939 res= 1.224 degC/count + { OV( 53.64), 200 }, // v=0.262 r= 552.778 res= 0.991 degC/count + { OV( 64.78), 190 }, // v=0.316 r= 675.386 res= 0.799 degC/count + { OV( 78.65), 180 }, // v=0.384 r= 831.973 res= 0.643 degC/count + { OV( 95.94), 170 }, // v=0.468 r= 1033.801 res= 0.516 degC/count + { OV(117.52), 160 }, // v=0.574 r= 1296.481 res= 0.414 degC/count + { OV(144.42), 150 }, // v=0.705 r= 1641.900 res= 0.333 degC/count + { OV(177.80), 140 }, // v=0.868 r= 2101.110 res= 0.269 degC/count + { OV(218.89), 130 }, // v=1.069 r= 2718.725 res= 0.220 degC/count + { OV(268.82), 120 }, // v=1.313 r= 3559.702 res= 0.183 degC/count + { OV(328.35), 110 }, // v=1.603 r= 4719.968 res= 0.155 degC/count + { OV(397.44), 100 }, // v=1.941 r= 6343.323 res= 0.136 degC/count + { OV(474.90), 90 }, // v=2.319 r= 8648.807 res= 0.124 degC/count + { OV(558.03), 80 }, // v=2.725 r= 11975.779 res= 0.118 degC/count + { OV(642.76), 70 }, // v=3.138 r= 16859.622 res= 0.119 degC/count + { OV(724.25), 60 }, // v=3.536 r= 24161.472 res= 0.128 degC/count + { OV(797.93), 50 }, // v=3.896 r= 35295.361 res= 0.146 degC/count + { OV(860.51), 40 }, // v=4.202 r= 52635.209 res= 0.178 degC/count + { OV(910.55), 30 }, // v=4.446 r= 80262.251 res= 0.229 degC/count + { OV(948.36), 20 }, // v=4.631 r=125374.433 res= 0.313 degC/count + { OV(975.47), 10 }, // v=4.763 r=201020.458 res= 0.449 degC/count + { OV(994.02), 0 } // v=4.854 r=331567.870 res= 0.676 degC/count +}; diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_998.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_998.h index 74d0e6e38c..6f631d4b9a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_998.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_998.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_999.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_999.h index 9d5818bc76..d750d5597c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_999.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_999.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistors.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistors.h index f42f647e85..8ac9f11a55 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistors.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistors.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -23,10 +23,24 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#define OVERSAMPLENR 16 -#define OV(N) int16_t((N) * (OVERSAMPLENR)) +#define THERMISTOR_TABLE_ADC_RESOLUTION 1024 +#define THERMISTOR_TABLE_SCALE (HAL_ADC_RANGE / (THERMISTOR_TABLE_ADC_RESOLUTION)) +#if ENABLED(HAL_ADC_FILTERED) + #define OVERSAMPLENR 1 +#else + #define OVERSAMPLENR 16 +#endif +#define MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE (HAL_ADC_RANGE * (OVERSAMPLENR) - 1) -#define ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(n) (THERMISTOR_HEATER_0 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_1 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_2 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_3 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_4 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_5 == n || THERMISTORBED == n || THERMISTORCHAMBER == n) +// Currently Marlin stores all oversampled ADC values as int16_t, make sure the HAL settings do not overflow 15bit +#if MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE > ((1 << 15) - 1) + #error "MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE is too large for int16_t. Reduce OVERSAMPLENR or HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION." +#endif + +#define OV_SCALE(N) (N) +#define OV(N) int16_t(OV_SCALE(N) * (OVERSAMPLENR) * (THERMISTOR_TABLE_SCALE)) + +#define ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(n) (THERMISTOR_HEATER_0 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_1 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_2 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_3 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_4 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_5 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_6 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_7 == n || THERMISTORBED == n || THERMISTORCHAMBER == n || THERMISTORPROBE == n) // Pt1000 and Pt100 handling // @@ -92,6 +106,9 @@ #if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(20) // Pt100 with INA826 amp on Ultimaker v2.0 electronics #include "thermistor_20.h" #endif +#if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(21) // Pt100 with INA826 amp with 3.3v excitation based on "Pt100 with INA826 amp on Ultimaker v2.0 electronics" + #include "thermistor_21.h" +#endif #if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(51) // beta25 = 4092 K, R25 = 100 kOhm, Pull-up = 1 kOhm, "EPCOS" #include "thermistor_51.h" #endif @@ -122,6 +139,9 @@ #if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(75) // beta25 = 4100 K, R25 = 100 kOhm, Pull-up = 4.7 kOhm, "MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor" #include "thermistor_75.h" #endif +#if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(99) // 100k bed thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (on some Wanhao i3 models) + #include "thermistor_99.h" +#endif #if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(110) // Pt100 with 1k0 pullup #include "thermistor_110.h" #endif @@ -131,9 +151,15 @@ #if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(201) // Pt100 with LMV324 Overlord #include "thermistor_201.h" #endif -#if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(331) // Like table 1, but with 3V3 as input voltage +#if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(202) // 200K thermistor in Copymaker3D hotend + #include "thermistor_202.h" +#endif +#if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(331) // Like table 1, but with 3V3 as input voltage for MEGA #include "thermistor_331.h" #endif +#if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(332) // Like table 1, but with 3V3 as input voltage for DUE + #include "thermistor_332.h" +#endif #if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(666) // beta25 = UNK, R25 = 200K, Pull-up = 10 kOhm, "Unidentified 200K NTC thermistor (Einstart S)" #include "thermistor_666.h" #endif @@ -216,6 +242,26 @@ #define HEATER_5_TEMPTABLE_LEN 0 #endif +#if THERMISTOR_HEATER_6 + #define HEATER_6_TEMPTABLE TT_NAME(THERMISTOR_HEATER_6) + #define HEATER_6_TEMPTABLE_LEN COUNT(HEATER_6_TEMPTABLE) +#elif defined(HEATER_6_USES_THERMISTOR) + #error "No heater 6 thermistor table specified" +#else + #define HEATER_6_TEMPTABLE nullptr + #define HEATER_6_TEMPTABLE_LEN 0 +#endif + +#if THERMISTOR_HEATER_7 + #define HEATER_7_TEMPTABLE TT_NAME(THERMISTOR_HEATER_7) + #define HEATER_7_TEMPTABLE_LEN COUNT(HEATER_7_TEMPTABLE) +#elif defined(HEATER_7_USES_THERMISTOR) + #error "No heater 7 thermistor table specified" +#else + #define HEATER_7_TEMPTABLE nullptr + #define HEATER_7_TEMPTABLE_LEN 0 +#endif + #ifdef THERMISTORBED #define BED_TEMPTABLE TT_NAME(THERMISTORBED) #define BED_TEMPTABLE_LEN COUNT(BED_TEMPTABLE) @@ -233,13 +279,21 @@ #else #define CHAMBER_TEMPTABLE_LEN 0 #endif +#ifdef THERMISTORPROBE + #define PROBE_TEMPTABLE TT_NAME(THERMISTORPROBE) + #define PROBE_TEMPTABLE_LEN COUNT(PROBE_TEMPTABLE) +#else + #define PROBE_TEMPTABLE_LEN 0 +#endif // The SCAN_THERMISTOR_TABLE macro needs alteration? static_assert( HEATER_0_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 && HEATER_1_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 && HEATER_2_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 && HEATER_3_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 && HEATER_4_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 && HEATER_5_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 - && BED_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 && CHAMBER_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256, + && HEATER_6_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 258 && HEATER_7_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 258 + && BED_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 && CHAMBER_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 + && PROBE_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256, "Temperature conversion tables over 255 entries need special consideration." ); @@ -248,74 +302,92 @@ static_assert( // For thermocouples the highest temperature results in the highest ADC value #ifndef HEATER_0_RAW_HI_TEMP #if defined(REVERSE_TEMP_SENSOR_RANGE) || !defined(HEATER_0_USES_THERMISTOR) - #define HEATER_0_RAW_HI_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_0_RAW_HI_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #define HEATER_0_RAW_LO_TEMP 0 #else #define HEATER_0_RAW_HI_TEMP 0 - #define HEATER_0_RAW_LO_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_0_RAW_LO_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #endif #endif #ifndef HEATER_1_RAW_HI_TEMP #if defined(REVERSE_TEMP_SENSOR_RANGE) || !defined(HEATER_1_USES_THERMISTOR) - #define HEATER_1_RAW_HI_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_1_RAW_HI_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #define HEATER_1_RAW_LO_TEMP 0 #else #define HEATER_1_RAW_HI_TEMP 0 - #define HEATER_1_RAW_LO_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_1_RAW_LO_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #endif #endif #ifndef HEATER_2_RAW_HI_TEMP #if defined(REVERSE_TEMP_SENSOR_RANGE) || !defined(HEATER_2_USES_THERMISTOR) - #define HEATER_2_RAW_HI_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_2_RAW_HI_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #define HEATER_2_RAW_LO_TEMP 0 #else #define HEATER_2_RAW_HI_TEMP 0 - #define HEATER_2_RAW_LO_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_2_RAW_LO_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #endif #endif #ifndef HEATER_3_RAW_HI_TEMP #if defined(REVERSE_TEMP_SENSOR_RANGE) || !defined(HEATER_3_USES_THERMISTOR) - #define HEATER_3_RAW_HI_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_3_RAW_HI_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #define HEATER_3_RAW_LO_TEMP 0 #else #define HEATER_3_RAW_HI_TEMP 0 - #define HEATER_3_RAW_LO_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_3_RAW_LO_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #endif #endif #ifndef HEATER_4_RAW_HI_TEMP #if defined(REVERSE_TEMP_SENSOR_RANGE) || !defined(HEATER_4_USES_THERMISTOR) - #define HEATER_4_RAW_HI_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_4_RAW_HI_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #define HEATER_4_RAW_LO_TEMP 0 #else #define HEATER_4_RAW_HI_TEMP 0 - #define HEATER_4_RAW_LO_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_4_RAW_LO_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #endif #endif #ifndef HEATER_5_RAW_HI_TEMP #if defined(REVERSE_TEMP_SENSOR_RANGE) || !defined(HEATER_5_USES_THERMISTOR) - #define HEATER_5_RAW_HI_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_5_RAW_HI_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #define HEATER_5_RAW_LO_TEMP 0 #else #define HEATER_5_RAW_HI_TEMP 0 - #define HEATER_5_RAW_LO_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_5_RAW_LO_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE + #endif +#endif +#ifndef HEATER_6_RAW_HI_TEMP + #if defined(REVERSE_TEMP_SENSOR_RANGE) || !defined(HEATER_6_USES_THERMISTOR) + #define HEATER_6_RAW_HI_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE + #define HEATER_6_RAW_LO_TEMP 0 + #else + #define HEATER_6_RAW_HI_TEMP 0 + #define HEATER_6_RAW_LO_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE + #endif +#endif +#ifndef HEATER_7_RAW_HI_TEMP + #if defined(REVERSE_TEMP_SENSOR_RANGE) || !defined(HEATER_7_USES_THERMISTOR) + #define HEATER_7_RAW_HI_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE + #define HEATER_7_RAW_LO_TEMP 0 + #else + #define HEATER_7_RAW_HI_TEMP 0 + #define HEATER_7_RAW_LO_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #endif #endif #ifndef HEATER_BED_RAW_HI_TEMP #if defined(REVERSE_TEMP_SENSOR_RANGE) || !defined(HEATER_BED_USES_THERMISTOR) - #define HEATER_BED_RAW_HI_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_BED_RAW_HI_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #define HEATER_BED_RAW_LO_TEMP 0 #else #define HEATER_BED_RAW_HI_TEMP 0 - #define HEATER_BED_RAW_LO_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_BED_RAW_LO_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #endif #endif #ifndef HEATER_CHAMBER_RAW_HI_TEMP #if defined(REVERSE_TEMP_SENSOR_RANGE) || !defined(HEATER_CHAMBER_USES_THERMISTOR) - #define HEATER_CHAMBER_RAW_HI_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_CHAMBER_RAW_HI_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #define HEATER_CHAMBER_RAW_LO_TEMP 0 #else #define HEATER_CHAMBER_RAW_HI_TEMP 0 - #define HEATER_CHAMBER_RAW_LO_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_CHAMBER_RAW_LO_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/tool_change.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/tool_change.cpp index 6178a7ce5d..0d91669973 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/tool_change.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/tool_change.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ #include "planner.h" #include "temperature.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE) #include "../core/debug_out.h" @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ #endif #endif -#if ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) || (ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) && PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY > 0) - #include "../gcode/gcode.h" // for dwell() +#if ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) || defined(EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE) || (ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) && PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY > 0) + #include "../gcode/gcode.h" #endif #if ANY(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER, SWITCHING_NOZZLE, SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ #endif #if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - #include "../feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.h" + #include "../feature/mmu2/mmu2.h" #endif #if HAS_LCD_MENU @@ -133,8 +133,8 @@ #endif // SWITCHING_NOZZLE -inline void _line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis, const float fscale=1.0f) { - planner.buffer_line(current_position, planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[fr_axis] * fscale, active_extruder); +inline void _line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis, const float fscale=1) { + line_to_current_position(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[fr_axis] * fscale); } inline void slow_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_axis, 0.5f); } inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_axis); } @@ -150,11 +150,11 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a inline void magnetic_parking_extruder_tool_change(const uint8_t new_tool) { - const float oldx = current_position[X_AXIS], + const float oldx = current_position.x, grabpos = mpe_settings.parking_xpos[new_tool] + (new_tool ? mpe_settings.grab_distance : -mpe_settings.grab_distance), offsetcompensation = (0 #if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET - + hotend_offset[X_AXIS][active_extruder] * mpe_settings.compensation_factor + + hotend_offset[active_extruder].x * mpe_settings.compensation_factor #endif ); @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a // STEP 1 - current_position[X_AXIS] = mpe_settings.parking_xpos[new_tool] + offsetcompensation; + current_position.x = mpe_settings.parking_xpos[new_tool] + offsetcompensation; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("(1) Move extruder ", int(new_tool)); @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a // STEP 2 - current_position[X_AXIS] = grabpos + offsetcompensation; + current_position.x = grabpos + offsetcompensation; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("(2) Couple extruder ", int(new_tool)); @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a // STEP 3 - current_position[X_AXIS] = mpe_settings.parking_xpos[new_tool] + offsetcompensation; + current_position.x = mpe_settings.parking_xpos[new_tool] + offsetcompensation; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("(3) Move extruder ", int(new_tool)); DEBUG_POS(" back to new extruder ParkPos", current_position); @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a // STEP 4 - current_position[X_AXIS] = mpe_settings.parking_xpos[active_extruder] + (active_extruder == 0 ? MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE : -MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE) + offsetcompensation; + current_position.x = mpe_settings.parking_xpos[active_extruder] + (active_extruder == 0 ? MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE : -MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE) + offsetcompensation; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("(4) Move extruder ", int(new_tool)); DEBUG_POS(" close to old extruder ParkPos", current_position); @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a // STEP 5 - current_position[X_AXIS] = mpe_settings.parking_xpos[active_extruder] + offsetcompensation; + current_position.x = mpe_settings.parking_xpos[active_extruder] + offsetcompensation; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("(5) Park extruder ", int(new_tool)); @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a // STEP 6 - current_position[X_AXIS] = oldx; + current_position.x = oldx; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("(6) Move extruder ", int(new_tool)); @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a #elif ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) void pe_solenoid_init() { - for (uint8_t n = 0; n <= 1; ++n) + LOOP_LE_N(n, 1) #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT) pe_activate_solenoid(n); #else @@ -275,12 +275,12 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a constexpr float parkingposx[] = PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X; #if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET - const float x_offset = hotend_offset[X_AXIS][active_extruder]; + const float x_offset = hotend_offset[active_extruder].x; #else constexpr float x_offset = 0; #endif - const float midpos = (parkingposx[0] + parkingposx[1]) * 0.5 + x_offset, + const float midpos = (parkingposx[0] + parkingposx[1]) * 0.5f + x_offset, grabpos = parkingposx[new_tool] + (new_tool ? PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE : -(PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE)) + x_offset; /** @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("Start PE Tool-Change", current_position); - current_position[X_AXIS] = parkingposx[active_extruder] + x_offset; + current_position.x = parkingposx[active_extruder] + x_offset; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("(1) Park extruder ", int(active_extruder)); DEBUG_POS("Moving ParkPos", current_position); @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a // STEP 3 - current_position[X_AXIS] += active_extruder ? -10 : 10; // move 10mm away from parked extruder + current_position.x += active_extruder ? -10 : 10; // move 10mm away from parked extruder if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("(3) Move near new extruder"); DEBUG_POS("Move away from parked extruder", current_position); @@ -329,10 +329,10 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a // STEP 5 - current_position[X_AXIS] = grabpos + (new_tool ? -10 : 10); + current_position.x = grabpos + (new_tool ? -10 : 10); fast_line_to_current(X_AXIS); - current_position[X_AXIS] = grabpos; + current_position.x = grabpos; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { planner.synchronize(); DEBUG_POS("(5) Unpark extruder", current_position); @@ -341,9 +341,9 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a // STEP 6 - current_position[X_AXIS] = midpos + current_position.x = midpos #if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET - - hotend_offset[X_AXIS][new_tool] + - hotend_offset[new_tool].x #endif ; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { @@ -368,11 +368,16 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + inline void swt_lock(const bool locked=true) { + const uint16_t swt_angles[2] = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES; + MOVE_SERVO(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR, swt_angles[locked ? 0 : 1]); + } + + void swt_init() { swt_lock(); } + inline void switching_toolhead_tool_change(const uint8_t new_tool, bool no_move/*=false*/) { if (no_move) return; - constexpr uint16_t angles[2] = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES; - constexpr float toolheadposx[] = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS; const float placexpos = toolheadposx[active_extruder], grabxpos = toolheadposx[new_tool]; @@ -388,14 +393,14 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("Start ST Tool-Change", current_position); - current_position[X_AXIS] = placexpos; + current_position.x = placexpos; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("(1) Place old tool ", int(active_extruder)); DEBUG_POS("Move X SwitchPos", current_position); } fast_line_to_current(X_AXIS); - current_position[Y_AXIS] = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS - (SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY); + current_position.y = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS - (SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY); if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { planner.synchronize(); DEBUG_POS("Move Y SwitchPos + Security", current_position); @@ -406,10 +411,10 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a planner.synchronize(); if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("(2) Unlock and Place Toolhead"); - MOVE_SERVO(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR, angles[1]); + swt_lock(false); safe_delay(500); - current_position[Y_AXIS] = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS; + current_position.y = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("Move Y SwitchPos", current_position); slow_line_to_current(Y_AXIS); @@ -417,13 +422,13 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a planner.synchronize(); safe_delay(200); - current_position[Y_AXIS] -= SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR; + current_position.y -= SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("Move back Y clear", current_position); fast_line_to_current(Y_AXIS); // move away from docked toolhead // 3. Move to the new toolhead - current_position[X_AXIS] = grabxpos; + current_position.x = grabxpos; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { planner.synchronize(); DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("(3) Move to new toolhead position"); @@ -431,7 +436,7 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a } fast_line_to_current(X_AXIS); - current_position[Y_AXIS] = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS - (SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY); + current_position.y = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS - (SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY); if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { planner.synchronize(); DEBUG_POS("Move Y SwitchPos + Security", current_position); @@ -440,7 +445,7 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a // 4. Grab and lock the new toolhead - current_position[Y_AXIS] = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS; + current_position.y = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { planner.synchronize(); DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("(4) Grab and lock new toolhead"); @@ -451,10 +456,10 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a // Wait for move to finish, pause 0.2s, move servo, pause 0.5s planner.synchronize(); safe_delay(200); - MOVE_SERVO(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR, angles[0]); + swt_lock(); safe_delay(500); - current_position[Y_AXIS] -= SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR; + current_position.y -= SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("Move back Y clear", current_position); fast_line_to_current(Y_AXIS); // Move away from docked toolhead planner.synchronize(); // Always sync the final move @@ -486,33 +491,33 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a // 1. Move to switch position current toolhead - current_position[Y_AXIS] = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS + SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR; + current_position.y = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS + SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("(1) Place old tool ", int(active_extruder)); DEBUG_POS("Move Y SwitchPos + Security", current_position); } fast_line_to_current(Y_AXIS); - current_position[X_AXIS] = placexclear; + current_position.x = placexclear; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { planner.synchronize(); DEBUG_POS("Move X SwitchPos + Security", current_position); } fast_line_to_current(X_AXIS); - current_position[Y_AXIS] = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS; + current_position.y = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { planner.synchronize(); DEBUG_POS("Move Y SwitchPos", current_position); } fast_line_to_current(Y_AXIS); - current_position[X_AXIS] = placexpos; + current_position.x = placexpos; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { planner.synchronize(); DEBUG_POS("Move X SwitchPos", current_position); } - planner.buffer_line(current_position, (planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[X_AXIS] * 0.25), active_extruder); + line_to_current_position(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[X_AXIS] * 0.25f); // 2. Release and place toolhead in the dock @@ -521,16 +526,16 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("(2) Release and Place Toolhead"); } - current_position[Y_AXIS] = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS + SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE; + current_position.y = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS + SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("Move Y SwitchPos + Release", current_position); - planner.buffer_line(current_position, (planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Y_AXIS] * 0.1), active_extruder); + line_to_current_position(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Y_AXIS] * 0.1f); - current_position[Y_AXIS] = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS + SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY; + current_position.y = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS + SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { planner.synchronize(); DEBUG_POS("Move Y SwitchPos + Security", current_position); } - planner.buffer_line(current_position, (planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Y_AXIS]), active_extruder); + line_to_current_position(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Y_AXIS]); // 3. Move to new toolhead position @@ -539,7 +544,7 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("(3) Move to new toolhead position"); } - current_position[X_AXIS] = grabxpos; + current_position.x = grabxpos; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("Move to new toolhead X", current_position); fast_line_to_current(X_AXIS); @@ -550,11 +555,11 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("(4) Grab new toolhead, move to security position"); } - current_position[Y_AXIS] = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS + SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE; + current_position.y = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS + SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("Move Y SwitchPos + Release", current_position); - planner.buffer_line(current_position, (planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Y_AXIS]), active_extruder); + line_to_current_position(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Y_AXIS]); - current_position[Y_AXIS] = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS; + current_position.y = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { planner.synchronize(); DEBUG_POS("Move Y SwitchPos", current_position); @@ -563,11 +568,11 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) && (SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM || SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM) #if SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM - current_position[E_AXIS] += SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM; + current_position.e += SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM; planner.buffer_line(current_position, MMM_TO_MMS(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE), new_tool); #endif #if SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM - current_position[E_AXIS] -= SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM; + current_position.e -= SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM; planner.buffer_line(current_position, MMM_TO_MMS(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE), new_tool); #endif #else @@ -575,13 +580,13 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a safe_delay(100); // Give switch time to settle #endif - current_position[X_AXIS] = grabxclear; + current_position.x = grabxclear; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("Move to new toolhead X + Security", current_position); _line_to_current(X_AXIS, 0.1f); planner.synchronize(); safe_delay(100); // Give switch time to settle - current_position[Y_AXIS] += SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR; + current_position.y += SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("Move back Y clear", current_position); fast_line_to_current(Y_AXIS); // move away from docked toolhead planner.synchronize(); // Always sync last tool-change move @@ -601,6 +606,7 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a constexpr float toolheadposx[] = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS; const float placexpos = toolheadposx[active_extruder], grabxpos = toolheadposx[new_tool]; + const xyz_pos_t &hoffs = hotend_offset[active_extruder]; /** * 1. Raise Z-Axis to give enough clearance @@ -618,7 +624,7 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a // 1. Raise Z-Axis to give enough clearance - current_position[Z_AXIS] += SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP; + current_position.z += SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("(1) Raise Z-Axis ", current_position); fast_line_to_current(Z_AXIS); @@ -629,8 +635,8 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("(2) Move near active extruder parking", active_extruder); DEBUG_POS("Moving ParkPos", current_position); } - current_position[X_AXIS] = hotend_offset[X_AXIS][active_extruder] + placexpos; - current_position[Y_AXIS] = hotend_offset[Y_AXIS][active_extruder] + SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS + SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR; + current_position.set(hoffs.x + placexpos, + hoffs.y + SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS + SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR); fast_line_to_current(X_AXIS); // 3. Move gently to park position of active extruder @@ -641,7 +647,7 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a DEBUG_POS("Moving ParkPos", current_position); } - current_position[Y_AXIS] -= SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR; + current_position.y -= SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR; slow_line_to_current(Y_AXIS); // 4. Disengage magnetic field, wait for delay @@ -657,16 +663,15 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a DEBUG_POS("Moving ParkPos", current_position); } - current_position[Y_AXIS] += SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR; + current_position.y += SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR; slow_line_to_current(Y_AXIS); - - current_position[X_AXIS] = hotend_offset[X_AXIS][active_extruder] + grabxpos; - current_position[Y_AXIS] = hotend_offset[Y_AXIS][active_extruder] + SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS + SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR; + current_position.set(hoffs.x + grabxpos, + hoffs.y + SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS + SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR); fast_line_to_current(X_AXIS); // 6. Move gently to park position of new extruder - current_position[Y_AXIS] -= SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR; + current_position.y -= SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { planner.synchronize(); DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("(6) Move near new extruder"); @@ -681,7 +686,7 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a // 8. Unpark extruder - current_position[Y_AXIS] += SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR; + current_position.y += SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("(8) Unpark extruder"); slow_line_to_current(X_AXIS); planner.synchronize(); // Always sync the final move @@ -689,7 +694,7 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a // 9. Apply Z hotend offset to current position if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("(9) Applying Z-offset", current_position); - current_position[Z_AXIS] += hotend_offset[Z_AXIS][active_extruder] - hotend_offset[Z_AXIS][new_tool]; + current_position.z += hoffs.z - hotend_offset[new_tool].z; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("EMST Tool-Change done.", current_position); } @@ -700,7 +705,7 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a inline void invalid_extruder_error(const uint8_t e) { SERIAL_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_CHAR('T'); SERIAL_ECHO(int(e)); - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_INVALID_EXTRUDER); + SERIAL_CHAR(' '); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_INVALID_EXTRUDER); } #endif @@ -719,14 +724,15 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a const float xhome = x_home_pos(active_extruder); if (dual_x_carriage_mode == DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - && IsRunning() - && (delayed_move_time || current_position[X_AXIS] != xhome) && ! no_move + && IsRunning() && !no_move + && (delayed_move_time || current_position.x != xhome) ) { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("MoveX to ", xhome); // Park old head - planner.buffer_line(xhome, current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS], current_position[E_AXIS], planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[X_AXIS], active_extruder); + current_position.x = xhome; + line_to_current_position(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[X_AXIS]); planner.synchronize(); } @@ -741,13 +747,13 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) { _line_to_current(fr_a switch (dual_x_carriage_mode) { case DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE: // New current position is the position of the activated extruder - current_position[X_AXIS] = inactive_extruder_x_pos; + current_position.x = inactive_extruder_x_pos; // Save the inactive extruder's position (from the old current_position) - inactive_extruder_x_pos = destination[X_AXIS]; + inactive_extruder_x_pos = destination.x; break; case DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE: // record current raised toolhead position for use by unpark - COPY(raised_parked_position, current_position); + raised_parked_position = current_position; active_extruder_parked = true; delayed_move_time = 0; break; @@ -821,7 +827,7 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t new_tool, bool no_move/*=false*/) { } #if HAS_LCD_MENU - ui.return_to_status(); + if (!no_move) ui.return_to_status(); #endif #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) @@ -842,7 +848,7 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t new_tool, bool no_move/*=false*/) { #endif if (should_swap) { if (too_cold) { - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_ERR_HOTEND_TOO_COLD); + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_ERR_HOTEND_TOO_COLD); #if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) active_extruder = new_tool; return; @@ -852,7 +858,7 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t new_tool, bool no_move/*=false*/) { #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) do_pause_e_move(-toolchange_settings.swap_length, MMM_TO_MMS(toolchange_settings.retract_speed)); #else - current_position[E_AXIS] -= toolchange_settings.swap_length / planner.e_factor[old_tool]; + current_position.e -= toolchange_settings.swap_length / planner.e_factor[old_tool]; planner.buffer_line(current_position, MMM_TO_MMS(toolchange_settings.retract_speed), old_tool); planner.synchronize(); #endif @@ -860,7 +866,7 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t new_tool, bool no_move/*=false*/) { } #endif // TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if HAS_LEVELING + #if HAS_LEVELING && DISABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) // Set current position to the physical position TEMPORARY_BED_LEVELING_STATE(false); #endif @@ -886,19 +892,18 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t new_tool, bool no_move/*=false*/) { #endif #endif - set_destination_from_current(); + destination = current_position; #if DISABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) if (can_move_away) { // Do a small lift to avoid the workpiece in the move back (below) - current_position[Z_AXIS] += toolchange_settings.z_raise; + current_position.z += toolchange_settings.z_raise; #if HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS - NOMORE(current_position[Z_AXIS], soft_endstop[Z_AXIS].max); + NOMORE(current_position.z, soft_endstop.max.z); #endif fast_line_to_current(Z_AXIS); #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - current_position[X_AXIS] = toolchange_settings.change_point.x; - current_position[Y_AXIS] = toolchange_settings.change_point.y; + current_position = toolchange_settings.change_point; #endif planner.buffer_line(current_position, feedrate_mm_s, old_tool); planner.synchronize(); @@ -906,15 +911,12 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t new_tool, bool no_move/*=false*/) { #endif #if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET + xyz_pos_t diff = hotend_offset[new_tool] - hotend_offset[old_tool]; #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - constexpr float xdiff = 0; - #else - const float xdiff = hotend_offset[X_AXIS][new_tool] - hotend_offset[X_AXIS][old_tool]; + diff.x = 0; #endif - const float ydiff = hotend_offset[Y_AXIS][new_tool] - hotend_offset[Y_AXIS][old_tool], - zdiff = hotend_offset[Z_AXIS][new_tool] - hotend_offset[Z_AXIS][old_tool]; #else - constexpr float xdiff = 0, ydiff = 0, zdiff = 0; + constexpr xyz_pos_t diff{0}; #endif #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) @@ -932,30 +934,37 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t new_tool, bool no_move/*=false*/) { #elif ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) && !SWITCHING_NOZZLE_TWO_SERVOS // Switching Nozzle (single servo) // Raise by a configured distance to avoid workpiece, except with // SWITCHING_NOZZLE_TWO_SERVOS, as both nozzles will lift instead. - current_position[Z_AXIS] += _MAX(-zdiff, 0.0) + toolchange_settings.z_raise; - #if HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS - NOMORE(current_position[Z_AXIS], soft_endstop[Z_AXIS].max); - #endif - if (!no_move) fast_line_to_current(Z_AXIS); + if (!no_move) { + #if HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS + const float maxz = _MIN(soft_endstop.max.z, Z_MAX_POS); + #else + constexpr float maxz = Z_MAX_POS; + #endif + + // Check if Z has space to compensate at least z_offset, and if not, just abort now + const float newz = current_position.z + _MAX(-diff.z, 0.0); + if (newz > maxz) return; + + current_position.z = _MIN(newz + toolchange_settings.z_raise, maxz); + fast_line_to_current(Z_AXIS); + } move_nozzle_servo(new_tool); #endif - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Offset Tool XY by { ", xdiff, ", ", ydiff, ", ", zdiff, " }"); + #if DISABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + active_extruder = new_tool; // Set the new active extruder + #endif - // The newly-selected extruder XY is actually at... - current_position[X_AXIS] += xdiff; - current_position[Y_AXIS] += ydiff; - current_position[Z_AXIS] += zdiff; - - // Set the new active extruder if not already done in tool specific function above - active_extruder = new_tool; + // The newly-selected extruder XYZ is actually at... + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Offset Tool XYZ by { ", diff.x, ", ", diff.y, ", ", diff.z, " }"); + current_position += diff; // Tell the planner the new "current position" sync_plan_position(); #if ENABLED(DELTA) //LOOP_XYZ(i) update_software_endstops(i); // or modify the constrain function - const bool safe_to_move = current_position[Z_AXIS] < delta_clip_start_height - 1; + const bool safe_to_move = current_position.z < delta_clip_start_height - 1; #else constexpr bool safe_to_move = true; #endif @@ -985,21 +994,21 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t new_tool, bool no_move/*=false*/) { do_pause_e_move(toolchange_settings.swap_length, MMM_TO_MMS(toolchange_settings.prime_speed)); do_pause_e_move(toolchange_settings.extra_prime, ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE); #else - current_position[E_AXIS] += toolchange_settings.swap_length / planner.e_factor[new_tool]; + current_position.e += toolchange_settings.swap_length / planner.e_factor[new_tool]; planner.buffer_line(current_position, MMM_TO_MMS(toolchange_settings.prime_speed), new_tool); - current_position[E_AXIS] += toolchange_settings.extra_prime / planner.e_factor[new_tool]; + current_position.e += toolchange_settings.extra_prime / planner.e_factor[new_tool]; planner.buffer_line(current_position, MMM_TO_MMS(toolchange_settings.prime_speed * 0.2f), new_tool); #endif planner.synchronize(); - planner.set_e_position_mm((destination[E_AXIS] = current_position[E_AXIS] = current_position[E_AXIS] - (TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME))); + planner.set_e_position_mm((destination.e = current_position.e = current_position.e - (TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME))); } #endif // Prevent a move outside physical bounds #if ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) // If the original position is within tool store area, go to X origin at once - if (destination[Y_AXIS] < SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS + SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR) { - current_position[X_AXIS] = 0; + if (destination.y < SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS + SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR) { + current_position.x = 0; planner.buffer_line(current_position, planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[X_AXIS], new_tool); planner.synchronize(); } @@ -1012,7 +1021,7 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t new_tool, bool no_move/*=false*/) { #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN) // Just move back down if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Move back Z only"); - do_blocking_move_to_z(destination[Z_AXIS], planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Z_AXIS]); + do_blocking_move_to_z(destination.z, planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Z_AXIS]); #else // Move back to the original (or adjusted) position if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("Move back", destination); @@ -1028,7 +1037,7 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t new_tool, bool no_move/*=false*/) { #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) else { // Move back down. (Including when the new tool is higher.) - do_blocking_move_to_z(destination[Z_AXIS], planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Z_AXIS]); + do_blocking_move_to_z(destination.z, planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Z_AXIS]); } #endif @@ -1063,8 +1072,13 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t new_tool, bool no_move/*=false*/) { fanmux_switch(active_extruder); #endif + #ifdef EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE + if (!no_move) + gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(PSTR(EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE)); + #endif + SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_ACTIVE_EXTRUDER, int(active_extruder)); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(STR_ACTIVE_EXTRUDER, int(active_extruder)); #endif // EXTRUDERS > 1 } diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/tool_change.h b/Marlin/src/module/tool_change.h index 42b96e2c6a..17c173d052 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/tool_change.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/tool_change.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ #pragma once #include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" +#include "../core/types.h" #if EXTRUDERS > 1 @@ -31,7 +32,7 @@ int16_t prime_speed, retract_speed; #endif #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - struct { float x, y; } change_point; + xy_pos_t change_point; #endif float z_raise; } toolchange_settings_t; @@ -96,6 +97,10 @@ void est_init(); #endif +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + void swt_init(); +#endif + /** * Perform a tool-change, which may result in moving the * previous tool out of the way and the new tool into place. diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_E4D.h b/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_E4D.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..829c391c4d --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_E4D.h @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * E4d@Box pin assignments + * E4d@Box is a small factor 3D printer control board based on the ESP32 microcontroller for Laser, CNC and 3d printers + * for more info check http://atbox.tech/ and join to Facebook page E4d@box. + */ + +#ifndef ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 + #error "Oops! Select an ESP32 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif EXTRUDERS > 1 || E_STEPPERS > 1 + #error "E4d@box only supports one E Stepper. Comment out this line to continue." +#elif HOTENDS > 2 + #error "E4d@box currently supports only one hotend. Comment out this line to continue." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "E4D@BOX" +#define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "github.com/Exilaus/E4d@box" +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME BOARD_INFO_NAME + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN 34 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 35 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 16 // 15 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN 12 // 34//27 +#define X_DIR_PIN 13 // 35//26 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 17 // 0//17//25 // used free pin +//#define X_CS_PIN 0 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN 32 // 33 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 33 // 32 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN X_ENABLE_PIN +//#define Y_CS_PIN 13 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN 25 // 14 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 26 // 12 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN X_ENABLE_PIN +//#define Z_CS_PIN 5 // SS_PIN + +#define E0_STEP_PIN 27 // 16 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 14 // 17 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN X_ENABLE_PIN +//#define E0_CS_PIN 21 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN 36 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 39 // Analog Input + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN 2 // 4//2//(D8) +#define FAN_PIN 0 // 2//15//13 (D9) +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 15 // 15//0 //(D10) + +// SPI +#define SDSS 5 +#define I2S_STEPPER_STREAM +#define I2S_WS 23 +#define I2S_BCK 22 +#define I2S_DATA 21 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_ESP32.h b/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_ESP32.h index 0831746f0d..e4da400528 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_ESP32.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_ESP32.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -35,52 +35,52 @@ // I2S (steppers & other output-only pins) // #define I2S_STEPPER_STREAM -#define I2S_WS 25 -#define I2S_BCK 26 -#define I2S_DATA 27 +#define I2S_WS 25 +#define I2S_BCK 26 +#define I2S_DATA 27 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 34 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 35 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 15 +#define X_MIN_PIN 34 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 35 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 15 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 128 -#define X_DIR_PIN 129 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 130 -//#define X_CS_PIN 0 +#define X_STEP_PIN 128 +#define X_DIR_PIN 129 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 130 +//#define X_CS_PIN 0 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 131 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 132 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 133 -//#define Y_CS_PIN 13 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 131 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 132 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 133 +//#define Y_CS_PIN 13 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 134 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 135 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 136 -//#define Z_CS_PIN 5 // SS_PIN +#define Z_STEP_PIN 134 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 135 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 136 +//#define Z_CS_PIN 5 // SS_PIN -#define E0_STEP_PIN 137 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 138 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 139 -//#define E0_CS_PIN 21 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 137 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 138 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 139 +//#define E0_CS_PIN 21 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 36 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 39 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 36 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 39 // Analog Input // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 2 -#define FAN_PIN 13 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 2 +#define FAN_PIN 13 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 // SPI -#define SDSS 5 +#define SDSS 5 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_MRR_ESPA.h b/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_MRR_ESPA.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a06f9a169 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_MRR_ESPA.h @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * MRR ESPA pin assignments + * MRR ESPA is a 3D printer control board based on the ESP32 microcontroller. + * Supports 4 stepper drivers, heated bed, single hotend. + */ + +#ifndef ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 + #error "Oops! Select an ESP32 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif EXTRUDERS > 1 || E_STEPPERS > 1 + #error "MRR ESPA only supports one E Stepper. Comment out this line to continue." +#elif HOTENDS > 1 + #error "MRR ESPA currently supports only one hotend. Comment out this line to continue." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MRR ESPA" +#define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "github.com/maplerainresearch/MRR_ESPA" +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME BOARD_INFO_NAME + +// +// Disable I2S stepper stream +// +#ifdef I2S_STEPPER_STREAM + #undef I2S_STEPPER_STREAM +#endif +#define I2S_WS -1 +#define I2S_BCK -1 +#define I2S_DATA -1 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN 34 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 35 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 15 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN 27 +#define X_DIR_PIN 26 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 25 +//#define X_CS_PIN 21 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN 33 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 32 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN X_ENABLE_PIN +//#define Y_CS_PIN 22 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN 14 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 12 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN X_ENABLE_PIN +//#define Z_CS_PIN 5 // SS_PIN + +#define E0_STEP_PIN 16 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 17 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN X_ENABLE_PIN +//#define E0_CS_PIN 21 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN 36 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 39 // Analog Input + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN 2 +#define FAN_PIN 13 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 + +// +// MicroSD card +// +#define MOSI_PIN 23 +#define MISO_PIN 19 +#define SCK_PIN 18 +#define SDSS 5 +#define USES_SHARED_SPI // SPI is shared by SD card with TMC SPI drivers + +// Hardware serial pins +// Add the following to Configuration.h or Configuration_adv.h to assign +// specific pins to hardware Serial1. +// Note: Serial2 can be defined using HARDWARE_SERIAL2_RX and HARDWARE_SERIAL2_TX but +// MRR ESPA does not have enough spare pins for such reassignment. +//#define HARDWARE_SERIAL1_RX 21 +//#define HARDWARE_SERIAL1_TX 22 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_MRR_ESPE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_MRR_ESPE.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3dd50489df --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_MRR_ESPE.h @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * MRR ESPE pin assignments + * MRR ESPE is a 3D printer control board based on the ESP32 microcontroller. + * Supports 5 stepper drivers (using I2S stepper stream), heated bed, + * single hotend, and LCD controller. + */ + +#ifndef ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 + #error "Oops! Select an ESP32 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif EXTRUDERS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 + #error "MRR ESPE only supports two E Steppers. Comment out this line to continue." +#elif HOTENDS > 1 + #error "MRR ESPE currently supports only one hotend. Comment out this line to continue." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MRR ESPE" +#define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "github.com/maplerainresearch/MRR_ESPE" +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME BOARD_INFO_NAME + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN 35 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 32 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 33 + +// +// Enable I2S stepper stream +// +#undef I2S_STEPPER_STREAM +#define I2S_STEPPER_STREAM + +#undef LIN_ADVANCE // Currently, I2S stream does not work with linear advance + +#define I2S_WS 26 +#define I2S_BCK 25 +#define I2S_DATA 27 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN 129 +#define X_DIR_PIN 130 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 128 +//#define X_CS_PIN 21 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN 132 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 133 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 131 +//#define Y_CS_PIN 22 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN 135 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 136 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 134 +//#define Z_CS_PIN 5 // SS_PIN + +#define E0_STEP_PIN 138 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 139 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 137 +//#define E0_CS_PIN 21 + +#define E1_STEP_PIN 141 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 142 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 140 +//#define E1_CS_PIN 22 + +#define Z2_STEP_PIN 141 +#define Z2_DIR_PIN 142 +#define Z2_ENABLE_PIN 140 +//#define Z2_CS_PIN 5 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN 36 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 34 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 39 // Analog Input + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN 145 // 2 +#define FAN_PIN 146 // 15 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 144 // 4 + +#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 147 +//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 148 // need to update Configuration_adv.h @section extruder +//#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN 149 // need to update Configuration_adv.h @section extruder +#define FAN1_PIN 149 + +// +// MicroSD card +// +#define MOSI_PIN 23 +#define MISO_PIN 19 +#define SCK_PIN 18 +#define SDSS 5 +#define USES_SHARED_SPI // SPI is shared by SD card with TMC SPI drivers + +////////////////////////// +// LCDs and Controllers // +////////////////////////// + +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + + #define LCD_PINS_RS 13 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 16 + + #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) + + #define BEEPER_PIN 151 + + #elif ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER) + + #define BEEPER_PIN 151 + + //#define LCD_PINS_D5 150 + //#define LCD_PINS_D6 152 + //#define LCD_PINS_D7 153 + + #else + + #error "Only CR10_STOCKDISPLAY and REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER are currently supported. Comment out this line to continue." + + #endif + + #define BTN_EN1 0 + #define BTN_EN2 12 + #define BTN_ENC 14 + +#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + +// Hardware serial pins +// Add the following to Configuration.h or Configuration_adv.h to assign +// specific pins to hardware Serial1 and Serial2. +// Note: Serial2 can be defined using HARDWARE_SERIAL2_RX and HARDWARE_SERIAL2_TX but +// MRR ESPA does not have enough spare pins for such reassignment. +//#define HARDWARE_SERIAL1_RX 21 +//#define HARDWARE_SERIAL1_TX 22 +//#define HARDWARE_SERIAL2_RX 2 +//#define HARDWARE_SERIAL2_TX 4 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/linux/pins_RAMPS_LINUX.h b/Marlin/src/pins/linux/pins_RAMPS_LINUX.h index 48cdb1dd62..0bfbaabdcd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/linux/pins_RAMPS_LINUX.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/linux/pins_RAMPS_LINUX.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "RAMPS 1.4" #endif -#define E2END 0xFFF // 4KB +#define E2END 0xFFF // 4KB #define IS_RAMPS_EFB @@ -57,85 +57,85 @@ // Servos // #ifdef IS_RAMPS_13 - #define SERVO0_PIN 7 // RAMPS_13 // Will conflict with BTN_EN2 on LCD_I2C_VIKI + #define SERVO0_PIN 7 // RAMPS_13 // Will conflict with BTN_EN2 on LCD_I2C_VIKI #else - #define SERVO0_PIN 11 + #define SERVO0_PIN 11 #endif -#define SERVO1_PIN 6 -#define SERVO2_PIN 5 +#define SERVO1_PIN 6 +#define SERVO2_PIN 5 #ifndef SERVO3_PIN - #define SERVO3_PIN 4 + #define SERVO3_PIN 4 #endif // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 3 +#define X_MIN_PIN 3 #ifndef X_MAX_PIN - #define X_MAX_PIN 2 + #define X_MAX_PIN 2 #endif -#define Y_MIN_PIN 14 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 15 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 18 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 19 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 14 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 15 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 18 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 19 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 54 -#define X_DIR_PIN 55 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 38 +#define X_STEP_PIN 54 +#define X_DIR_PIN 55 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 38 #ifndef X_CS_PIN - #define X_CS_PIN 53 + #define X_CS_PIN 53 #endif -#define Y_STEP_PIN 60 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 61 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 56 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 60 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 61 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 56 #ifndef Y_CS_PIN - #define Y_CS_PIN 49 + #define Y_CS_PIN 49 #endif -#define Z_STEP_PIN 46 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 48 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 62 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 46 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 48 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 62 #ifndef Z_CS_PIN - #define Z_CS_PIN 40 + #define Z_CS_PIN 40 #endif -#define E0_STEP_PIN 26 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 26 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 #ifndef E0_CS_PIN - #define E0_CS_PIN 42 + #define E0_CS_PIN 42 #endif -#define E1_STEP_PIN 36 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 34 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 30 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 36 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 34 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 30 #ifndef E1_CS_PIN - #define E1_CS_PIN 44 + #define E1_CS_PIN 44 #endif // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 2 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 2 // Analog Input // SPI for Max6675 or Max31855 Thermocouple #if DISABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 53 if there is even the remote possibility of using Display/SD card + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 53 if using Display/SD card #else - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 49 as this is tied to the switch inside the SD card socket to detect if there is an SD card present + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 49 (SD_DETECT_PIN) #endif // @@ -159,72 +159,72 @@ // Heaters / Fans // #ifndef MOSFET_D_PIN - #define MOSFET_D_PIN -1 + #define MOSFET_D_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef RAMPS_D8_PIN - #define RAMPS_D8_PIN 8 + #define RAMPS_D8_PIN 8 #endif #ifndef RAMPS_D9_PIN - #define RAMPS_D9_PIN 9 + #define RAMPS_D9_PIN 9 #endif #ifndef RAMPS_D10_PIN - #define RAMPS_D10_PIN 10 + #define RAMPS_D10_PIN 10 #endif -#define HEATER_0_PIN RAMPS_D10_PIN +#define HEATER_0_PIN RAMPS_D10_PIN -#if ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EFB) // Hotend, Fan, Bed - #define FAN_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN - #define HEATER_BED_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN -#elif ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EEF) // Hotend, Hotend, Fan - #define HEATER_1_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN - #define FAN_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN -#elif ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EEB) // Hotend, Hotend, Bed - #define HEATER_1_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN - #define HEATER_BED_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN -#elif ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EFF) // Hotend, Fan, Fan - #define FAN_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN - #define FAN1_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN -#elif ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_SF) // Spindle, Fan - #define FAN_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN -#else // Non-specific are "EFB" (i.e., "EFBF" or "EFBE") - #define FAN_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN - #define HEATER_BED_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN +#if ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EFB) // Hotend, Fan, Bed + #define FAN_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN + #define HEATER_BED_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN +#elif ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EEF) // Hotend, Hotend, Fan + #define HEATER_1_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN + #define FAN_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN +#elif ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EEB) // Hotend, Hotend, Bed + #define HEATER_1_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN + #define HEATER_BED_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN +#elif ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EFF) // Hotend, Fan, Fan + #define FAN_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN + #define FAN1_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN +#elif ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_SF) // Spindle, Fan + #define FAN_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN +#else // Non-specific are "EFB" (i.e., "EFBF" or "EFBE") + #define FAN_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN + #define HEATER_BED_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN #if HOTENDS == 1 - #define FAN1_PIN MOSFET_D_PIN + #define FAN1_PIN MOSFET_D_PIN #else - #define HEATER_1_PIN MOSFET_D_PIN + #define HEATER_1_PIN MOSFET_D_PIN #endif #endif #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 4 // IO pin. Buffer needed + #define FAN_PIN 4 // IO pin. Buffer needed #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 53 -#define LED_PIN 13 +#define SDSS 53 +#define LED_PIN 13 #ifndef FILWIDTH_PIN - #define FILWIDTH_PIN 5 // Analog Input on AUX2 + #define FILWIDTH_PIN 5 // Analog Input on AUX2 #endif // define digital pin 4 for the filament runout sensor. Use the RAMPS 1.4 digital input 4 on the servos connector #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 4 + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 4 #endif #ifndef PS_ON_PIN - #define PS_ON_PIN 12 + #define PS_ON_PIN 12 #endif #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) && !defined(CASE_LIGHT_PIN) && !defined(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN) - #if NUM_SERVOS <= 1 // Prefer the servo connector - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 6 // Hardware PWM - #elif HAS_FREE_AUX2_PINS // try to use AUX 2 - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM + #if NUM_SERVOS <= 1 // Prefer the servo connector + #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 6 // Hardware PWM + #elif HAS_FREE_AUX2_PINS // try to use AUX 2 + #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM #endif #endif @@ -232,14 +232,14 @@ // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // #if HAS_CUTTER && !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA) - #if !defined(NUM_SERVOS) || NUM_SERVOS == 0 // Prefer the servo connector - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 4 // Pullup or pulldown! - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 6 // Hardware PWM - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 5 - #elif HAS_FREE_AUX2_PINS // try to use AUX 2 - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 40 // Pullup or pulldown! - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 65 + #if !defined(NUM_SERVOS) || NUM_SERVOS == 0 // Prefer the servo connector + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 4 // Pullup or pulldown! + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 6 // Hardware PWM + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 5 + #elif HAS_FREE_AUX2_PINS // try to use AUX 2 + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 40 // Pullup or pulldown! + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 65 #endif #endif @@ -247,13 +247,13 @@ // Průša i3 MK2 Multiplexer Support // #ifndef E_MUX0_PIN - #define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Z_CS_PIN + #define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Z_CS_PIN #endif #ifndef E_MUX1_PIN - #define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // E0_CS_PIN + #define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // E0_CS_PIN #endif #ifndef E_MUX2_PIN - #define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // E1_CS_PIN + #define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // E1_CS_PIN #endif /** @@ -261,17 +261,17 @@ */ #if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI - #define TMC_SW_MOSI 66 + #define TMC_SW_MOSI 66 #endif #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO - #define TMC_SW_MISO 44 + #define TMC_SW_MISO 44 #endif #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK - #define TMC_SW_SCK 64 + #define TMC_SW_SCK 64 #endif #endif -#if HAS_TMC220x +#if HAS_TMC_UART /** * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers * @@ -295,73 +295,91 @@ */ #ifndef X_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN 40 + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN 40 #endif #ifndef X_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN 63 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN 63 #endif #ifndef X2_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define X2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define X2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef X2_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define X2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define X2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN 59 + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN 59 #endif #ifndef Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN 64 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN 64 #endif #ifndef Y2_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define Y2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define Y2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef Y2_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define Y2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define Y2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN 42 + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN 42 #endif #ifndef Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN 65 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN 65 #endif #ifndef Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef Z2_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define Z2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define Z2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN 44 + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN 44 #endif #ifndef E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN 66 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN 66 #endif #ifndef E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef E3_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define E3_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define E3_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef E3_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define E3_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define E3_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef E4_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define E4_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define E4_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E5_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E5_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E5_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E5_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E6_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E6_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E6_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E6_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E7_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E7_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E7_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E7_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif #endif @@ -376,62 +394,62 @@ // #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 49 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 51 // SID (MOSI) - #define LCD_PINS_D4 52 // SCK (CLK) clock + #define LCD_PINS_RS 49 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 51 // SID (MOSI) + #define LCD_PINS_D4 52 // SCK (CLK) clock #elif BOTH(NEWPANEL, PANEL_ONE) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 40 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 42 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 65 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 66 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 44 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 64 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 40 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 42 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 65 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 66 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 44 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 64 #else #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 27 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 29 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 25 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 27 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 29 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 25 #if DISABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define BEEPER_PIN 37 + #define BEEPER_PIN 37 #endif #elif ENABLED(ZONESTAR_LCD) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 64 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 44 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 63 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 40 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 42 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 65 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 64 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 44 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 63 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 40 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 42 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 65 #else #if EITHER(MKS_12864OLED, MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306) - #define LCD_PINS_DC 25 // Set as output on init - #define LCD_PINS_RS 27 // Pull low for 1s to init + #define LCD_PINS_DC 25 // Set as output on init + #define LCD_PINS_RS 27 // Pull low for 1s to init // DOGM SPI LCD Support - #define DOGLCD_CS 16 - #define DOGLCD_MOSI 17 - #define DOGLCD_SCK 23 - #define DOGLCD_A0 LCD_PINS_DC + #define DOGLCD_CS 16 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI 17 + #define DOGLCD_SCK 23 + #define DOGLCD_A0 LCD_PINS_DC #else - #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 23 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 25 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 27 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 23 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 25 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 27 #endif - #define LCD_PINS_D7 29 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 29 #if DISABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + #define BEEPER_PIN 33 #endif #endif @@ -439,10 +457,10 @@ #if DISABLED(NEWPANEL) // Buttons attached to a shift register // Not wired yet - //#define SHIFT_CLK 38 - //#define SHIFT_LD 42 - //#define SHIFT_OUT 40 - //#define SHIFT_EN 17 + //#define SHIFT_CLK 38 + //#define SHIFT_LD 42 + //#define SHIFT_OUT 40 + //#define SHIFT_EN 17 #endif #endif @@ -454,85 +472,85 @@ #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define BEEPER_PIN 37 + #define BEEPER_PIN 37 #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) - #define BTN_EN1 17 - #define BTN_EN2 23 + #define BTN_EN1 17 + #define BTN_EN2 23 #else - #define BTN_EN1 31 - #define BTN_EN2 33 + #define BTN_EN1 31 + #define BTN_EN2 33 #endif - #define BTN_ENC 35 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - #define KILL_PIN 41 + #define BTN_ENC 35 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define KILL_PIN 41 #if ENABLED(BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 39 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 39 #endif #elif ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) - #define BTN_EN1 64 - #define BTN_EN2 59 - #define BTN_ENC 63 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 42 + #define BTN_EN1 64 + #define BTN_EN2 59 + #define BTN_ENC 63 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 42 #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2) - #define BTN_EN1 47 - #define BTN_EN2 43 - #define BTN_ENC 32 - #define LCD_SDSS SDSS - #define KILL_PIN 41 + #define BTN_EN1 47 + #define BTN_EN2 43 + #define BTN_ENC 32 + #define LCD_SDSS SDSS + #define KILL_PIN 41 #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_VIKI) - #define BTN_EN1 22 // http://files.panucatt.com/datasheets/viki_wiring_diagram.pdf explains 40/42. - #define BTN_EN2 7 // 22/7 are unused on RAMPS_14. 22 is unused and 7 the SERVO0_PIN on RAMPS_13. - #define BTN_ENC -1 + #define BTN_EN1 22 // http://files.panucatt.com/datasheets/viki_wiring_diagram.pdf explains 40/42. + #define BTN_EN2 7 // 22/7 are unused on RAMPS_14. 22 is unused and 7 the SERVO0_PIN on RAMPS_13. + #define BTN_ENC -1 - #define LCD_SDSS SDSS - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define LCD_SDSS SDSS + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 #elif ANY(VIKI2, miniVIKI) - #define DOGLCD_CS 45 - #define DOGLCD_A0 44 + #define DOGLCD_CS 45 + #define DOGLCD_A0 44 #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 - #define BEEPER_PIN 33 - #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 32 - #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 35 + #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 32 + #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 35 - #define BTN_EN1 22 - #define BTN_EN2 7 - #define BTN_ENC 39 + #define BTN_EN1 22 + #define BTN_EN2 7 + #define BTN_ENC 39 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Pin 49 for display sd interface, 72 for easy adapter board - #define KILL_PIN 31 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Pin 49 for display sd interface, 72 for easy adapter board + #define KILL_PIN 31 #elif ENABLED(ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER) - #define DOGLCD_CS 29 - #define DOGLCD_A0 27 + #define DOGLCD_CS 29 + #define DOGLCD_A0 27 - #define BEEPER_PIN 23 - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 33 + #define BEEPER_PIN 23 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 33 - #define BTN_EN1 35 - #define BTN_EN2 37 - #define BTN_ENC 31 + #define BTN_EN1 35 + #define BTN_EN2 37 + #define BTN_ENC 31 - #define LCD_SDSS SDSS - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - #define KILL_PIN 41 + #define LCD_SDSS SDSS + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define KILL_PIN 41 - #elif ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) // Added in Marlin 1.1.6 + #elif ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) - #define DOGLCD_A0 27 - #define DOGLCD_CS 25 + #define DOGLCD_A0 27 + #define DOGLCD_CS 25 // GLCD features // Uncomment screen orientation @@ -540,25 +558,25 @@ //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270 - #define BEEPER_PIN 37 + #define BEEPER_PIN 37 // not connected to a pin - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 65 // backlight LED on A11/D65 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 65 // backlight LED on A11/D65 - #define BTN_EN1 31 - #define BTN_EN2 33 - #define BTN_ENC 35 + #define BTN_EN1 31 + #define BTN_EN2 33 + #define BTN_ENC 35 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - #define KILL_PIN 64 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define KILL_PIN 64 #elif ENABLED(MINIPANEL) - #define BEEPER_PIN 42 + #define BEEPER_PIN 42 // not connected to a pin - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 65 // backlight LED on A11/D65 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 65 // backlight LED on A11/D65 - #define DOGLCD_A0 44 - #define DOGLCD_CS 66 + #define DOGLCD_A0 44 + #define DOGLCD_CS 66 // GLCD features // Uncomment screen orientation @@ -566,16 +584,16 @@ //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270 - #define BTN_EN1 40 - #define BTN_EN2 63 - #define BTN_ENC 59 + #define BTN_EN1 40 + #define BTN_EN2 63 + #define BTN_ENC 59 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - #define KILL_PIN 64 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define KILL_PIN 64 #elif ENABLED(ZONESTAR_LCD) - #define ADC_KEYPAD_PIN 12 + #define ADC_KEYPAD_PIN 12 #elif ENABLED(AZSMZ_12864) @@ -584,29 +602,29 @@ #else // Beeper on AUX-4 - #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + #define BEEPER_PIN 33 // Buttons are directly attached to AUX-2 #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) - #define SHIFT_OUT 40 - #define SHIFT_CLK 44 - #define SHIFT_LD 42 - #define BTN_EN1 64 - #define BTN_EN2 59 - #define BTN_ENC 63 + #define SHIFT_OUT 40 + #define SHIFT_CLK 44 + #define SHIFT_LD 42 + #define BTN_EN1 64 + #define BTN_EN2 59 + #define BTN_ENC 63 #elif ENABLED(PANEL_ONE) - #define BTN_EN1 59 // AUX2 PIN 3 - #define BTN_EN2 63 // AUX2 PIN 4 - #define BTN_ENC 49 // AUX3 PIN 7 + #define BTN_EN1 59 // AUX2 PIN 3 + #define BTN_EN2 63 // AUX2 PIN 4 + #define BTN_ENC 49 // AUX3 PIN 7 #else - #define BTN_EN1 37 - #define BTN_EN2 35 - #define BTN_ENC 31 + #define BTN_EN1 37 + #define BTN_EN2 35 + #define BTN_ENC 31 #endif #if ENABLED(G3D_PANEL) - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - #define KILL_PIN 41 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define KILL_PIN 41 #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_AZSMZ_MINI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_AZSMZ_MINI.h index 98c0ece3ac..1417fb7d99 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_AZSMZ_MINI.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_AZSMZ_MINI.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,93 +25,99 @@ * AZSMZ MINI pin assignments */ -#ifndef TARGET_LPC1768 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1768 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE." #endif #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "AZSMZ MINI" +// +// EEPROM +// +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +//#define SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION + // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN P1_23 +#define SERVO0_PIN P1_23 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN P1_24 -#define Y_MIN_PIN P1_26 -#define Z_MIN_PIN P1_28 -#define Z_MAX_PIN P1_29 +#define X_MIN_PIN P1_24 +#define Y_MIN_PIN P1_26 +#define Z_MIN_PIN P1_28 +#define Z_MAX_PIN P1_29 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN P2_00 -#define X_DIR_PIN P0_05 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN P0_04 +#define X_STEP_PIN P2_00 +#define X_DIR_PIN P0_05 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN P0_04 -#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_01 -#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_11 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 +#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_01 +#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_11 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 -#define Z_STEP_PIN P2_02 -#define Z_DIR_PIN P0_20 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_19 +#define Z_STEP_PIN P2_02 +#define Z_DIR_PIN P0_20 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_19 -#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_03 -#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_22 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 +#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_03 +#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_22 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 -#define E1_STEP_PIN P2_08 -#define E1_DIR_PIN P2_13 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P4_29 +#define E1_STEP_PIN P2_08 +#define E1_DIR_PIN P2_13 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P4_29 // // Temperature Sensors // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // A0 (TH1) -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // A1 (TH2) -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // A2 (TH3) +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_23_A0 // A0 (TH1) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_24_A1 // A1 (TH2) +#define TEMP_1_PIN P0_25_A2 // A2 (TH3) // // Heaters / Fans // // EFB -#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_04 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_05 +#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_04 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_05 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN P2_07 + #define FAN_PIN P2_07 #endif -#define FAN1_PIN P0_26 +#define FAN1_PIN P0_26 -#define LCD_SDSS P0_16 // LCD SD chip select -#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN P0_06 // Chip select for "System" SD card +#define LCD_SDSS P0_16 // LCD SD chip select +#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN P0_06 // Chip select for "System" SD card #if ENABLED(AZSMZ_12864) - #define BEEPER_PIN P1_30 - #define DOGLCD_A0 P2_06 - #define DOGLCD_CS P1_22 - #define BTN_EN1 P4_28 - #define BTN_EN2 P1_27 - #define BTN_ENC P3_26 + #define BEEPER_PIN P1_30 + #define DOGLCD_A0 P2_06 + #define DOGLCD_CS P1_22 + #define BTN_EN1 P4_28 + #define BTN_EN2 P1_27 + #define BTN_ENC P3_26 #ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION - #define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD + #define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD #endif #endif #if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) - #define SCK_PIN P0_15 - #define MISO_PIN P0_17 - #define MOSI_PIN P0_18 - #define SS_PIN LCD_SDSS - #define SD_DETECT_PIN P3_25 + #define SCK_PIN P0_15 + #define MISO_PIN P0_17 + #define MOSI_PIN P0_18 + #define SS_PIN LCD_SDSS + #define SD_DETECT_PIN P3_25 #elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) - #define SCK_PIN P0_07 - #define MISO_PIN P0_08 - #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 - #define SS_PIN ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN + #define SCK_PIN P0_07 + #define MISO_PIN P0_08 + #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 + #define SS_PIN ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN #elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(CUSTOM_CABLE) #error "No custom SD drive cable defined for this board." #endif @@ -119,16 +125,16 @@ // // Ethernet pins // -#define ENET_MDIO P1_17 -#define ENET_RX_ER P1_14 -#define ENET_RXD1 P1_10 -#define ENET_MOC P1_16 -#define REF_CLK P1_15 -#define ENET_RXD0 P1_09 -#define ENET_CRS P1_08 -#define ENET_TX_EN P1_04 -#define ENET_TXD0 P1_00 -#define ENET_TXD1 P1_01 +#define ENET_MDIO P1_17 +#define ENET_RX_ER P1_14 +#define ENET_RXD1 P1_10 +#define ENET_MOC P1_16 +#define REF_CLK P1_15 +#define ENET_RXD0 P1_09 +#define ENET_CRS P1_08 +#define ENET_TX_EN P1_04 +#define ENET_TXD0 P1_00 +#define ENET_TXD1 P1_01 /** * PWMs diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_V1.3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_V1.3.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1febedf2fa..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_V1.3.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,291 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#ifndef TARGET_LPC1768 - #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE." -#endif - -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE SKR 1.3" - -// Ignore temp readings during development. -//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 - -// -// Servos -// -#define SERVO0_PIN P2_00 - -// -// Limit Switches -// -#define X_MIN_PIN P1_29 -#define X_MAX_PIN P1_28 -#define Y_MIN_PIN P1_27 -#define Y_MAX_PIN P1_26 -#define Z_MIN_PIN P1_25 -#define Z_MAX_PIN P1_24 - -// -// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) -// -#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN P1_24 -#endif - -// -// Filament Runout Sensor -// -#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN P1_28 -#endif - -// -// Steppers -// -#define X_STEP_PIN P2_02 -#define X_DIR_PIN P2_06 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN P2_01 -#ifndef X_CS_PIN - #define X_CS_PIN P1_17 -#endif - -#define Y_STEP_PIN P0_19 -#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_20 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P2_08 -#ifndef Y_CS_PIN - #define Y_CS_PIN P1_15 -#endif - -#define Z_STEP_PIN P0_22 -#define Z_DIR_PIN P2_11 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 -#ifndef Z_CS_PIN - #define Z_CS_PIN P1_10 -#endif - -#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_13 -#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_11 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P2_12 -#ifndef E0_CS_PIN - #define E0_CS_PIN P1_08 -#endif - -#define E1_STEP_PIN P0_01 -#define E1_DIR_PIN P0_00 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 -#ifndef E1_CS_PIN - #define E1_CS_PIN P1_01 -#endif - -// -// Software SPI pins for TMC2130 stepper drivers -// -#if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) - #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI - #define TMC_SW_MOSI P4_28 - #endif - #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO - #define TMC_SW_MISO P0_05 - #endif - #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK - #define TMC_SW_SCK P0_04 - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_TMC220x - /** - * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers - * - * Hardware serial communication ports. - * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below - */ - //#define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial - //#define X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - - // - // Software serial - // - #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN P4_29 - #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_17 - - #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_16 - #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_15 - - #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_14 - #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_10 - - #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_09 - #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_08 - - #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_04 - #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_01 - - #define Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_04 - #define Z2_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_01 - -#endif - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// 3.3V max when defined as an analog input -// -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // A0 (T0) - (67) - TEMP_BED_PIN -#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // A1 (T1) - (68) - TEMP_0_PIN -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // A2 (T2) - (69) - TEMP_1_PIN - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_07 -#if HOTENDS == 1 - #define FAN1_PIN P2_04 -#else - #define HEATER_1_PIN P2_04 -#endif -#define FAN_PIN P2_03 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_05 - -/** - * _____ _____ - * NC | · · | GND 5V | · · | GND - * RESET | · · | 1.31(SD_DETECT) (LCD_D7) 1.23 | · · | 1.22 (LCD_D6) - * (MOSI)0.18 | · · | 3.25(BTN_EN2) (LCD_D5) 1.21 | · · | 1.20 (LCD_D4) - * (SD_SS)0.16 | · · | 3.26(BTN_EN1) (LCD_RS) 1.19 | · · | 1.18 (LCD_EN) - * (SCK)0.15 | · · | 0.17(MISO) (BTN_ENC) 0.28 | · · | 1.30 (BEEPER) - * ----- ----- - * EXP2 EXP1 - */ -#if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define BEEPER_PIN P1_30 // (37) not 5V tolerant - #define BTN_ENC P0_28 // (58) open-drain - - #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) - #define LCD_PINS_RS P1_22 - - #define BTN_EN1 P1_18 - #define BTN_EN2 P1_20 - - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P1_23 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 P1_21 - - #else - #define LCD_PINS_RS P1_19 - - #define BTN_EN1 P3_26 // (31) J3-2 & AUX-4 - #define BTN_EN2 P3_25 // (33) J3-4 & AUX-4 - - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P1_18 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 P1_20 - - #define LCD_SDSS P0_16 // (16) J3-7 & AUX-4 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN P1_31 // (49) (NOT 5V tolerant) - - #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) - #define DOGLCD_CS P1_18 - #define DOGLCD_A0 P1_19 - #define DOGLCD_SCK P0_15 - #define DOGLCD_MOSI P0_18 - #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI - - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 - - #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // Use this if default of hardware SPI causes display problems - // results in LCD soft SPI mode 3, SD soft SPI mode 0 - - #define LCD_RESET_PIN P1_20 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. - - #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) - #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN P1_21 - #endif - #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN P1_22 - #endif - #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN P1_23 - #endif - #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN P1_21 - #endif - - #else // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 - - #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) - #define DOGLCD_CS P1_21 - #define DOGLCD_A0 P1_22 - #endif - - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define LCD_PINS_D5 P1_21 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 P1_22 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 P1_23 - #endif - - #endif // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 - - #endif - -#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD - -// -// SD Support -// - -#ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION - #define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD -#endif - -#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN P0_06 // Chip select for "System" SD card - -#if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) - #define SCK_PIN P0_15 - #define MISO_PIN P0_17 - #define MOSI_PIN P0_18 - #define SS_PIN P0_16 -#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) - #undef SD_DETECT_PIN - #define SD_DETECT_PIN P0_27 - #define SCK_PIN P0_07 - #define MISO_PIN P0_08 - #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 - #define SS_PIN ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN -#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(CUSTOM_CABLE) - #error "No custom SD drive cable defined for this board." -#endif - -/** - * Special pins - * P1_30 (37) (NOT 5V tolerant) - * P1_31 (49) (NOT 5V tolerant) - * P0_27 (57) (Open collector) - * P0_28 (58) (Open collector) - */ diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIQU_B300_V1.0.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIQU_B300_V1.0.h index 8f683074cf..d710138b95 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIQU_B300_V1.0.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIQU_B300_V1.0.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ * */ -#ifndef TARGET_LPC1768 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1768 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE." #endif @@ -38,45 +38,51 @@ #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIQU Thunder B300 V1.0" #endif +// +// EEPROM +// +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +//#define SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION + // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN P1_24 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series -#define X_MAX_PIN P1_25 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series -#define Y_MIN_PIN P1_26 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series -#define Y_MAX_PIN P1_27 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series -#define Z_MIN_PIN P1_28 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series -#define Z_MAX_PIN P1_29 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series +#define X_MIN_PIN P1_24 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series +#define X_MAX_PIN P1_25 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series +#define Y_MIN_PIN P1_26 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series +#define Y_MAX_PIN P1_27 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series +#define Z_MIN_PIN P1_28 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series +#define Z_MAX_PIN P1_29 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN P2_00 -#define X_DIR_PIN P0_05 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN P0_04 +#define X_STEP_PIN P2_00 +#define X_DIR_PIN P0_05 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN P0_04 #ifndef X_CS_PIN - #define X_CS_PIN P1_15 // ETH + #define X_CS_PIN P1_15 // ETH #endif -#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_01 -#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_11 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 +#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_01 +#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_11 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 #ifndef Y_CS_PIN - #define Y_CS_PIN P1_14 // ETH + #define Y_CS_PIN P1_14 // ETH #endif -#define Z_STEP_PIN P2_02 -#define Z_DIR_PIN P0_20 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_19 +#define Z_STEP_PIN P2_02 +#define Z_DIR_PIN P0_20 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_19 #ifndef Z_CS_PIN - #define Z_CS_PIN P1_16 // ETH + #define Z_CS_PIN P1_16 // ETH #endif -#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_03 -#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_22 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 +#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_03 +#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_22 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 #ifndef E0_CS_PIN - #define E0_CS_PIN P1_17 // ETH + #define E0_CS_PIN P1_17 // ETH #endif // @@ -84,13 +90,13 @@ // #if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI - #define TMC_SW_MOSI P0_18 // ETH + #define TMC_SW_MOSI P0_18 // ETH #endif #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO - #define TMC_SW_MISO P0_17 // ETH + #define TMC_SW_MISO P0_17 // ETH #endif #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK - #define TMC_SW_SCK P0_15 // ETH + #define TMC_SW_SCK P0_15 // ETH #endif #endif @@ -98,23 +104,23 @@ // Temperature Sensors // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // A0 (T0) -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // A1 (T1) +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_24_A1 // A0 (T0) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_23_A0 // A1 (T1) // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_07 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_05 +#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_07 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_05 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN P2_04 + #define FAN_PIN P2_04 #endif // // Unused // -//#define PIN_P2_10 P2_10 // IBOOT-1 -//#define PIN_P0_27 P0_27 // Onboard SD Detect +//#define PIN_P2_10 P2_10 // IBOOT-1 +//#define PIN_P0_27 P0_27 // Onboard SD Detect /** * LCD / Controller @@ -128,16 +134,16 @@ */ #if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define BEEPER_PIN P1_31 // EXP1-1 + #define BEEPER_PIN P1_31 // EXP1-1 - #define BTN_EN1 P3_26 // EXP2-3 - #define BTN_EN2 P3_25 // EXP2-5 - #define BTN_ENC P1_30 // EXP1-2 + #define BTN_EN1 P3_26 // EXP2-3 + #define BTN_EN2 P3_25 // EXP2-5 + #define BTN_ENC P1_30 // EXP1-2 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN P0_27 // EXP2-7 - #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_16 // EXP1-4 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 // (MOSI) EXP1-3 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_15 // (SCK) EXP1-5 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN P0_27 // EXP2-7 + #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_16 // EXP1-4 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 // (MOSI) EXP1-3 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_15 // (SCK) EXP1-5 #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) && HAS_CHARACTER_LCD #error "REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER is not supported by the BIQU B300 v1.0" @@ -156,11 +162,11 @@ * Hardware SPI can't be used because P0_17 (MISO) is not brought out on this board. */ #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define SCK_PIN P0_15 // EXP1-5 - #define MISO_PIN P0_16 // EXP1-4 - #define MOSI_PIN P0_18 // EXP1-3 - #define SS_PIN P1_30 // EXP1-2 - #define SDSS SS_PIN + #define SCK_PIN P0_15 // EXP1-5 + #define MISO_PIN P0_16 // EXP1-4 + #define MOSI_PIN P0_18 // EXP1-3 + #define SS_PIN P1_30 // EXP1-2 + #define SDSS SS_PIN #endif /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIQU_BQ111_A4.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIQU_BQ111_A4.h index 873d43786c..041235d493 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIQU_BQ111_A4.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIQU_BQ111_A4.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -30,65 +30,68 @@ * */ -#ifndef TARGET_LPC1768 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1768 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE." #endif #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIQU BQ111-A4" +// +// EEPROM +// +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +//#define SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION + // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN P1_24 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series -#define X_MAX_PIN P1_25 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series -#define Y_MIN_PIN P1_26 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series -#define Y_MAX_PIN P1_27 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series -#define Z_MIN_PIN P1_28 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series -#define Z_MAX_PIN P1_29 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series - +#define X_MIN_PIN P1_24 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series +#define X_MAX_PIN P1_25 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series +#define Y_MIN_PIN P1_26 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series +#define Y_MAX_PIN P1_27 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series +#define Z_MIN_PIN P1_28 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series +#define Z_MAX_PIN P1_29 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN P2_0 -#define X_DIR_PIN P0_5 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN P0_4 +#define X_STEP_PIN P2_0 +#define X_DIR_PIN P0_5 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN P0_4 -#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_1 -#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_11 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 +#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_1 +#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_11 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 -#define Z_STEP_PIN P2_2 -#define Z_DIR_PIN P0_20 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_19 - -#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_3 -#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_22 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 +#define Z_STEP_PIN P2_2 +#define Z_DIR_PIN P0_20 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_19 +#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_3 +#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_22 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 // // Temperature Sensors // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // A0 (T0) -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // A1 (T1) - +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_23_A0 // A0 (T0) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_24_A1 // A1 (T1) // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_7 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_5 +#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_7 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_5 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN P2_4 + #define FAN_PIN P2_4 #endif // // Unused // -//#define PIN_P2_10 P2_10 // IBOOT-1 -//#define PIN_P0_27 P0_27 // Onboard SD Detect +//#define PIN_P2_10 P2_10 // IBOOT-1 +//#define PIN_P0_27 P0_27 // Onboard SD Detect /** * LCD / Controller @@ -102,16 +105,16 @@ */ #if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define BEEPER_PIN P1_31 // EXP1-1 + #define BEEPER_PIN P1_31 // EXP1-1 - #define BTN_EN1 P3_26 // EXP2-3 - #define BTN_EN2 P3_25 // EXP2-5 - #define BTN_ENC P1_30 // EXP1-2 + #define BTN_EN1 P3_26 // EXP2-3 + #define BTN_EN2 P3_25 // EXP2-5 + #define BTN_ENC P1_30 // EXP1-2 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN P0_27 // EXP2-7 - #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_16 // EXP1-4 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 // (MOSI) EXP1-3 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_15 // (SCK) EXP1-5 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN P0_27 // EXP2-7 + #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_16 // EXP1-4 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 // (MOSI) EXP1-3 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_15 // (SCK) EXP1-5 #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) && HAS_CHARACTER_LCD #error "REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER is not supported by the BIQU BQ111-A4" @@ -123,7 +126,6 @@ #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD - /** * SD Card Reader * @@ -132,15 +134,14 @@ */ #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define SCK_PIN P0_15 // EXP1-5 - #define MISO_PIN P0_16 // EXP1-4 - #define MOSI_PIN P0_18 // EXP1-3 - #define SS_PIN P1_30 // EXP1-2 - #define SDSS SS_PIN + #define SCK_PIN P0_15 // EXP1-5 + #define MISO_PIN P0_16 // EXP1-4 + #define MOSI_PIN P0_18 // EXP1-3 + #define SS_PIN P1_30 // EXP1-2 + #define SDSS SS_PIN #endif // SDSUPPORT - /** * PWMS * diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_V1.1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_1.h similarity index 62% rename from Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_V1.1.h rename to Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_1.h index cea929be1e..4dae2dc5d6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_V1.1.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_1.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -21,64 +21,43 @@ */ #pragma once -#ifndef TARGET_LPC1768 - #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE." -#endif - #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE SKR 1.1" +// +// EEPROM +// +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +//#define SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION + // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN P1_29 -#define X_MAX_PIN P1_28 -#define Y_MIN_PIN P1_27 -#define Y_MAX_PIN P1_26 -#define Z_MIN_PIN P1_25 -#define Z_MAX_PIN P1_24 + +#define X_MIN_PIN P1_29 +#define X_MAX_PIN P1_28 +#define Y_MIN_PIN P1_27 +#define Y_MAX_PIN P1_26 +#define Z_MIN_PIN P1_25 +#define Z_MAX_PIN P1_24 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN P0_04 -#define X_DIR_PIN P0_05 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN P4_28 +#define X_STEP_PIN P0_04 +#define X_DIR_PIN P0_05 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN P4_28 -#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_01 -#define Y_DIR_PIN P2_02 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P2_00 +#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_01 +#define Y_DIR_PIN P2_02 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P2_00 -#define Z_STEP_PIN P0_20 -#define Z_DIR_PIN P0_21 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_19 +#define Z_STEP_PIN P0_20 +#define Z_DIR_PIN P0_21 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_19 -#define E0_STEP_PIN P0_11 -#define E0_DIR_PIN P2_13 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P2_12 - -#define E1_STEP_PIN P0_01 -#define E1_DIR_PIN P0_00 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// 3.3V max when defined as an analog input -// -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // Analog Input - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_07 -#if HOTENDS == 1 - #define FAN1_PIN P2_04 -#else - #define HEATER_1_PIN P2_04 -#endif -#define FAN_PIN P2_03 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_05 +#define E0_STEP_PIN P0_11 +#define E0_DIR_PIN P2_13 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P2_12 /** * LCD / Controller @@ -94,20 +73,19 @@ */ #if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define BEEPER_PIN P1_30 - #define BTN_EN1 P3_26 - #define BTN_EN2 P3_25 - #define BTN_ENC P2_11 + #define BTN_EN1 P3_26 + #define BTN_EN2 P3_25 + #define BTN_ENC P2_11 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN P1_31 - #define LCD_SDSS P1_23 - #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_16 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_15 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN P1_31 + #define LCD_SDSS P1_23 + #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_16 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_15 #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) - #define DOGLCD_CS P2_06 - #define DOGLCD_A0 P0_16 + #define DOGLCD_CS P2_06 + #define DOGLCD_A0 P0_16 #endif #endif @@ -118,34 +96,20 @@ // requires jumpers on the SKR V1.1 board as documented here: // https://www.facebook.com/groups/505736576548648/permalink/630639874058317/ #ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION - #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) - #define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD + #if EITHER(MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) + #define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD #else - #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD + #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD #endif #endif -#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN P0_06 // Chip select for "System" SD card - #if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) - #define SCK_PIN P0_15 - #define MISO_PIN P0_17 - #define MOSI_PIN P0_18 - #define SS_PIN P1_23 -#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) - #undef SD_DETECT_PIN - #define SD_DETECT_PIN P0_27 - #define SCK_PIN P0_07 - #define MISO_PIN P0_08 - #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 - #define SS_PIN ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN -#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(CUSTOM_CABLE) - #error "No custom SD drive cable defined for this board." + #define SS_PIN P1_23 #endif // Trinamic driver support -#if HAS_TRINAMIC +#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG // Using TMC devices in intelligent mode requires extra connections to each device. Unfortunately // the SKR does not have many free pins (especially if a display is in use). The SPI-based devices // will require 3 connections (clock, mosi, miso), plus a chip select line (CS) for each driver. @@ -173,49 +137,48 @@ // When using any TMC SPI-based drivers, software SPI is used // because pins may be shared with the display or SD card. #define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - #define TMC_SW_MOSI P0_18 - #define TMC_SW_MISO P0_17 + #define TMC_SW_MOSI P0_18 + #define TMC_SW_MISO P0_17 // To minimize pin usage use the same clock pin as the display/SD card reader. (May generate LCD noise.) - #define TMC_SW_SCK P0_15 + #define TMC_SW_SCK P0_15 // If pin 2_06 is unused, it can be used for the clock to avoid the LCD noise. - //#define TMC_SW_SCK P2_06 + //#define TMC_SW_SCK P2_06 #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) // Software enable allows the enable pins to be repurposed as chip-select pins. // Note: Requires the driver modules to be modified to always be enabled with the enable pin removed. #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC2130) - #define X_CS_PIN P4_28 - #undef X_ENABLE_PIN - #define X_ENABLE_PIN -1 + #define X_CS_PIN P4_28 + #undef X_ENABLE_PIN + #define X_ENABLE_PIN -1 #endif #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC2130) - #define Y_CS_PIN P2_00 - #undef Y_ENABLE_PIN - #define Y_ENABLE_PIN -1 + #define Y_CS_PIN P2_00 + #undef Y_ENABLE_PIN + #define Y_ENABLE_PIN -1 #endif #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC2130) - #define Z_CS_PIN P0_19 - #undef Z_ENABLE_PIN - #define Z_ENABLE_PIN -1 + #define Z_CS_PIN P0_19 + #undef Z_ENABLE_PIN + #define Z_ENABLE_PIN -1 #endif #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC2130) - #define E0_CS_PIN P2_12 - #undef E0_ENABLE_PIN - #define E0_ENABLE_PIN -1 + #define E0_CS_PIN P2_12 + #undef E0_ENABLE_PIN + #define E0_ENABLE_PIN -1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC2130) - #define E1_CS_PIN P0_10 - #undef E1_ENABLE_PIN - #define E1_ENABLE_PIN -1 + #define E1_CS_PIN P0_10 + #undef E1_ENABLE_PIN + #define E1_ENABLE_PIN -1 #endif - #else // !SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE + #else // !SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE // A chip-select pin is needed for each driver. @@ -228,11 +191,11 @@ #if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) #error "SDCARD_CONNECTION must not be 'LCD' with SKR_USE_LCD_PINS_FOR_CS." #endif - #define X_CS_PIN P1_23 - #define Y_CS_PIN P3_26 - #define Z_CS_PIN P2_11 - #define E0_CS_PIN P3_25 - #define E1_CS_PIN P1_31 + #define X_CS_PIN P1_23 + #define Y_CS_PIN P3_26 + #define Z_CS_PIN P2_11 + #define E0_CS_PIN P3_25 + #define E1_CS_PIN P1_31 #endif // Example 2: A REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER @@ -243,16 +206,16 @@ #if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) #error "SDCARD_CONNECTION must not be 'LCD' with SKR_USE_LCD_SD_CARD_PINS_FOR_CS." #endif - #define X_CS_PIN P0_02 - #define Y_CS_PIN P0_03 - #define Z_CS_PIN P2_06 + #define X_CS_PIN P0_02 + #define Y_CS_PIN P0_03 + #define Z_CS_PIN P2_06 // We use SD_DETECT_PIN for E0 #undef SD_DETECT_PIN - #define E0_CS_PIN P1_31 + #define E0_CS_PIN P1_31 // We use LCD_SDSS pin for E1 - #undef LCD_SDSS - #define LCD_SDSS -1 - #define E1_CS_PIN P1_23 + #undef LCD_SDSS + #define LCD_SDSS -1 + #define E1_CS_PIN P1_23 #endif // Example 3: Use the driver enable pins for chip-select. @@ -260,13 +223,16 @@ // advanced features (like driver monitoring) will not be available. //#define SKR_USE_ENABLE_CS #if ENABLED(SKR_USE_ENABLE_FOR_CS) - #define X_CS_PIN X_ENABLE_PIN - #define Y_CS_PIN Y_ENABLE_PIN - #define Z_CS_PIN Z_ENABLE_PIN - #define E0_CS_PIN E0_ENABLE_PIN - #define E1_CS_PIN E1_ENABLE_PIN + #define X_CS_PIN X_ENABLE_PIN + #define Y_CS_PIN Y_ENABLE_PIN + #define Z_CS_PIN Z_ENABLE_PIN + #define E0_CS_PIN E0_ENABLE_PIN + #define E1_CS_PIN E1_ENABLE_PIN #endif #endif // SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE #endif + +// Include common SKR pins +#include "pins_BTT_SKR_common.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_3.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1d1ad60f24 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_3.h @@ -0,0 +1,378 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE SKR 1.3" + +// +// EEPROM +// +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +//#define SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION + +/** + * Trinamic Stallguard pins + */ +#define X_DIAG_PIN P1_29 // X- +#define Y_DIAG_PIN P1_27 // Y- +#define Z_DIAG_PIN P1_25 // Z- +#define E0_DIAG_PIN P1_28 // X+ +#define E1_DIAG_PIN P1_26 // Y+ + +/** + * Limit Switches + */ +#if X_STALL_SENSITIVITY + #define X_STOP_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #if X_HOME_DIR < 0 + #define X_MAX_PIN P1_28 // X+ + #else + #define X_MIN_PIN P1_28 // X+ + #endif +#else + #define X_MIN_PIN P1_29 // X- + #define X_MAX_PIN P1_28 // X+ +#endif + +#if Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY + #define Y_STOP_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #if Y_HOME_DIR < 0 + #define Y_MAX_PIN P1_26 // Y+ + #else + #define Y_MIN_PIN P1_26 // Y+ + #endif +#else + #define Y_MIN_PIN P1_27 // Y- + #define Y_MAX_PIN P1_26 // Y+ +#endif + +#if Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + #define Z_STOP_PIN Z_DIAG_PIN + #if Z_HOME_DIR < 0 + #define Z_MAX_PIN P1_24 // Z+ + #else + #define Z_MIN_PIN P1_24 // Z+ + #endif +#else + #define Z_MIN_PIN P1_25 // Z- + #define Z_MAX_PIN P1_24 // Z+ +#endif + +#define ONBOARD_ENDSTOPPULLUPS // Board has built-in pullups + +// +// Servos +// +#ifndef SERVO0_PIN + #define SERVO0_PIN P2_00 +#endif + +// +// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) +// +#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN P1_24 +#endif + +// +// Filament Runout Sensor +// +#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN P1_28 +#endif + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN P2_02 +#define X_DIR_PIN P2_06 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN P2_01 +#ifndef X_CS_PIN + #define X_CS_PIN P1_17 +#endif + +#define Y_STEP_PIN P0_19 +#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_20 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P2_08 +#ifndef Y_CS_PIN + #define Y_CS_PIN P1_15 +#endif + +#define Z_STEP_PIN P0_22 +#define Z_DIR_PIN P2_11 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 +#ifndef Z_CS_PIN + #define Z_CS_PIN P1_10 +#endif + +#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_13 +#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_11 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P2_12 +#ifndef E0_CS_PIN + #define E0_CS_PIN P1_08 +#endif + +#ifndef E1_CS_PIN + #define E1_CS_PIN P1_01 +#endif + +// +// Software SPI pins for TMC2130 stepper drivers +// +#if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) + #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI + #define TMC_SW_MOSI P4_28 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO + #define TMC_SW_MISO P0_05 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK + #define TMC_SW_SCK P0_04 + #endif +#endif + +#if HAS_TMC_UART + /** + * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers + * + * Hardware serial communication ports. + * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below + */ + //#define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial + //#define X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + + // + // Software serial + // + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN P4_29 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_17 + + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_16 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_15 + + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_14 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_10 + + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_09 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_08 + + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_04 + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_01 + + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 +#endif + +/** + * _____ _____ + * NC | 1 2 | GND 5V | 1 2 | GND + * RESET | 3 4 | 1.31 (SD_DETECT) (LCD_D7) 1.23 | 3 4 | 1.22 (LCD_D6) + * (MOSI) 0.18 | 5 6 3.25 (BTN_EN2) (LCD_D5) 1.21 | 5 6 1.20 (LCD_D4) + * (SD_SS) 0.16 | 7 8 | 3.26 (BTN_EN1) (LCD_RS) 1.19 | 7 8 | 1.18 (LCD_EN) + * (SCK) 0.15 | 9 10| 0.17 (MISO) (BTN_ENC) 0.28 | 9 10| 1.30 (BEEPER) + * ----- ----- + * EXP2 EXP1 + */ + +#define EXPA1_03_PIN P1_23 +#define EXPA1_04_PIN P1_22 +#define EXPA1_05_PIN P1_21 +#define EXPA1_06_PIN P1_20 +#define EXPA1_07_PIN P1_19 +#define EXPA1_08_PIN P1_18 +#define EXPA1_09_PIN P0_28 +#define EXPA1_10_PIN P1_30 + +#define EXPA2_03_PIN -1 +#define EXPA2_04_PIN P1_31 +#define EXPA2_05_PIN P0_18 +#define EXPA2_06_PIN P3_25 +#define EXPA2_07_PIN P0_16 +#define EXPA2_08_PIN P3_26 +#define EXPA2_09_PIN P0_15 +#define EXPA2_10_PIN P0_17 + +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + + #if ENABLED(ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD) + + #error "CAUTION! ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD requires wiring modifications. See 'pins_BTT_SKR_V1_3.h' for details. Comment out this line to continue." + + /** + * 1. Cut the tab off the LCD connector so it can be plugged into the "EXP1" connector the other way. + * 2. Swap the LCD's +5V (Pin2) and GND (Pin1) wires. (This is the critical part!) + * 3. Rewire the CLK Signal (LCD Pin9) to LCD Pin7. (LCD Pin9 remains open because this pin is open drain.) + * 4. A wire is needed to connect the Reset switch at J3 (LCD Pin7) to EXP2 (Pin3) on the board. + * + * !!! If you are unsure, ask for help! Your motherboard may be damaged in some circumstances !!! + * + * The ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD connector plug: + * + * BEFORE AFTER + * _____ _____ + * GND 1 | 1 2 | 2 5V 5V 1 | 1 2 | 2 GND + * CS 3 | 3 4 | 4 BTN_EN2 CS 3 | 3 4 | 4 BTN_EN2 + * SID 5 | 5 6 6 BTN_EN1 SID 5 | 5 6 6 BTN_EN1 + * open 7 | 7 8 | 8 BTN_ENC CLK 7 | 7 8 | 8 BTN_ENC + * CLK 9 | 9 10| 10 Beeper open 9 | 9 10| 10 Beeper + * ----- ----- + * LCD LCD + */ + + #define LCD_PINS_RS EXPA1_03_PIN + + #define BTN_EN1 EXPA1_06_PIN + #define BTN_EN2 EXPA1_04_PIN + #define BTN_ENC EXPA1_08_PIN + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE EXPA1_05_PIN + #define LCD_PINS_D4 EXPA1_07_PIN + + #elif ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) + + #define LCD_PINS_RS EXPA1_04_PIN + + #define BTN_EN1 EXPA1_08_PIN + #define BTN_EN2 EXPA1_06_PIN + #define BTN_ENC EXPA1_09_PIN // (58) open-drain + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE EXPA1_03_PIN + #define LCD_PINS_D4 EXPA1_05_PIN + + #else // !CR10_STOCKDISPLAY + + #define LCD_PINS_RS EXPA1_07_PIN + + #define BTN_EN1 EXPA2_08_PIN // (31) J3-2 & AUX-4 + #define BTN_EN2 EXPA2_06_PIN // (33) J3-4 & AUX-4 + #define BTN_ENC EXPA1_09_PIN // (58) open-drain + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE EXPA1_08_PIN + #define LCD_PINS_D4 EXPA1_06_PIN + + #define LCD_SDSS EXPA2_07_PIN // (16) J3-7 & AUX-4 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN EXPA2_04_PIN // (49) (NOT 5V tolerant) + + #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) + #define DOGLCD_CS EXPA1_08_PIN + #define DOGLCD_A0 EXPA1_07_PIN + #define DOGLCD_SCK EXPA2_09_PIN + #define DOGLCD_MOSI EXPA2_05_PIN + + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 + + #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // Use this if default of hardware SPI causes display problems + // results in LCD soft SPI mode 3, SD soft SPI mode 0 + + #define LCD_RESET_PIN EXPA1_06_PIN // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. + + #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) + #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN EXPA1_05_PIN + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN EXPA1_04_PIN + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN EXPA1_03_PIN + #endif + #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN EXPA1_05_PIN + #endif + + #else // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 + + #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) + + #define DOGLCD_CS EXPA1_05_PIN + #define DOGLCD_A0 EXPA1_04_PIN + #define DOGLCD_SCK EXPA2_09_PIN + #define DOGLCD_MOSI EXPA2_05_PIN + + #elif ENABLED(ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) + + /** + * Creality Ender-2 display pinout + * _____ + * 5V | 1 2 | GND + * (MOSI) P1_23 | 3 4 | P1_22 (LCD_CS) + * (LCD_A0) P1_21 | 5 6 P1_20 (BTN_EN2) + * RESET P1_19 | 7 8 | P1_18 (BTN_EN1) + * (BTN_ENC) P0_28 | 9 10| P1_30 (SCK) + * ----- + * EXP1 + */ + + #define BTN_EN1 EXPA1_08_PIN + #define BTN_EN2 EXPA1_06_PIN + #define BTN_ENC EXPA1_09_PIN + #define DOGLCD_CS EXPA1_04_PIN + #define DOGLCD_A0 EXPA1_05_PIN + #define DOGLCD_SCK EXPA1_10_PIN + #define DOGLCD_MOSI EXPA1_03_PIN + #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 + #endif + + #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define LCD_PINS_D5 EXPA1_05_PIN + #define LCD_PINS_D6 EXPA1_04_PIN + #define LCD_PINS_D7 EXPA1_03_PIN + #endif + + #endif // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 + + #endif // !CR10_STOCKDISPLAY + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD + +// +// SD Support +// + +#ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION + #define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD +#endif + +#if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) + #define SS_PIN EXPA2_07_PIN +#endif + +/** + * Special pins + * P1_30 (37) (NOT 5V tolerant) + * P1_31 (49) (NOT 5V tolerant) + * P0_27 (57) (Open collector) + * P0_28 (58) (Open collector) + */ + +// Include common SKR pins +#include "pins_BTT_SKR_common.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7e722ea45f --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4.h @@ -0,0 +1,344 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#ifndef BOARD_INFO_NAME + #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE SKR 1.4" +#endif + +// +// EEPROM +// +#if NONE(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION, SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION) + #define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION + //#define SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION +#endif + +// +// SD Connection +// +#ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION + #define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD +#endif + +// +// Servos +// +#define SERVO0_PIN P2_00 + +// +// TMC StallGuard DIAG pins +// +#define X_DIAG_PIN P1_29 // X-STOP +#define Y_DIAG_PIN P1_28 // Y-STOP +#define Z_DIAG_PIN P1_27 // Z-STOP +#define E0_DIAG_PIN P1_26 // E0DET +#define E1_DIAG_PIN P1_25 // E1DET + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#if X_STALL_SENSITIVITY + #define X_STOP_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #if X_HOME_DIR < 0 + #define X_MAX_PIN P1_26 // E0DET + #else + #define X_MIN_PIN P1_26 // E0DET + #endif +#else + #define X_STOP_PIN P1_29 // X-STOP +#endif + +#if Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY + #define Y_STOP_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #if Y_HOME_DIR < 0 + #define Y_MAX_PIN P1_25 // E1DET + #else + #define Y_MIN_PIN P1_25 // E1DET + #endif +#else + #define Y_STOP_PIN P1_28 // Y-STOP +#endif + +#if Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + #define Z_STOP_PIN Z_DIAG_PIN + #if Z_HOME_DIR < 0 + #define Z_MAX_PIN P1_00 // PWRDET + #else + #define Z_MIN_PIN P1_00 // PWRDET + #endif +#else + #ifndef Z_STOP_PIN + #define Z_STOP_PIN P1_27 // Z-STOP + #endif +#endif + +// +// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) +// +#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN P0_10 +#endif + +// +// Filament Runout Sensor +// +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN P1_26 // E0DET +#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN P1_25 // E1DET + +// +// Power Supply Control +// +#ifndef PS_ON_PIN + #define PS_ON_PIN P1_00 // PWRDET +#endif + +// +// Power Loss Detection +// +#ifndef POWER_LOSS_PIN + #define POWER_LOSS_PIN P1_00 // PWRDET +#endif + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN P2_02 +#define X_DIR_PIN P2_06 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN P2_01 +#ifndef X_CS_PIN + #define X_CS_PIN P1_10 +#endif + +#define Y_STEP_PIN P0_19 +#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_20 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P2_08 +#ifndef Y_CS_PIN + #define Y_CS_PIN P1_09 +#endif + +#define Z_STEP_PIN P0_22 +#define Z_DIR_PIN P2_11 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 +#ifndef Z_CS_PIN + #define Z_CS_PIN P1_08 +#endif + +#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_13 +#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_11 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P2_12 +#ifndef E0_CS_PIN + #define E0_CS_PIN P1_04 +#endif + +#define E1_STEP_PIN P1_15 +#define E1_DIR_PIN P1_14 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P1_16 +#ifndef E1_CS_PIN + #define E1_CS_PIN P1_01 +#endif + +#define TEMP_1_PIN P0_23_A0 // A2 (T2) - (69) - TEMP_1_PIN +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_25_A2 // A0 (T0) - (67) - TEMP_BED_PIN + +// +// Software SPI pins for TMC2130 stepper drivers +// +#if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) + #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI + #define TMC_SW_MOSI P1_17 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO + #define TMC_SW_MISO P0_05 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK + #define TMC_SW_SCK P0_04 + #endif +#endif + +#if HAS_TMC_UART + /** + * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers + * + * Hardware serial communication ports. + * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below + */ + //#define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial + //#define X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + + // + // Software serial + // + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_10 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_10 + + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_09 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_09 + + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_08 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_08 + + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_04 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_04 + + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_01 + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_01 + + #define Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_01 + #define Z2_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_01 + + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 +#endif + +// +// SD Connection +// +#if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) + #define SS_PIN P0_16 +#endif + +/** + * _____ _____ + * NC | · · | GND 5V | · · | GND + * RESET | · · | 1.31(SD_DETECT) (LCD_D7) 1.23 | · · | 1.22 (LCD_D6) + * (MOSI)0.18 | · · | 3.25(BTN_EN2) (LCD_D5) 1.21 | · · | 1.20 (LCD_D4) + * (SD_SS)0.16 | · · | 3.26(BTN_EN1) (LCD_RS) 1.19 | · · | 1.18 (LCD_EN) + * (SCK)0.15 | · · | 0.17(MISO) (BTN_ENC) 0.28 | · · | 1.30 (BEEPER) + * ----- ----- + * EXP2 EXP1 + */ +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + #if ENABLED(ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD) + + #define LCD_PINS_RS P1_23 + + #define BTN_EN1 P1_20 + #define BTN_EN2 P1_22 + #define BTN_ENC P1_18 + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P1_21 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 P1_19 + + #elif ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) + #define BTN_ENC P0_28 // (58) open-drain + #define LCD_PINS_RS P1_22 + + #define BTN_EN1 P1_18 + #define BTN_EN2 P1_20 + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P1_23 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 P1_21 + + #else + #define BTN_ENC P0_28 // (58) open-drain + #define LCD_PINS_RS P1_19 + + #define BTN_EN1 P3_26 // (31) J3-2 & AUX-4 + #define BTN_EN2 P3_25 // (33) J3-4 & AUX-4 + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P1_18 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 P1_20 + + #define LCD_SDSS P0_16 // (16) J3-7 & AUX-4 + + #if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) + #define SD_DETECT_PIN P1_31 // (49) (NOT 5V tolerant) + #endif + + #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) + #define DOGLCD_CS P1_18 + #define DOGLCD_A0 P1_19 + #define DOGLCD_SCK P0_15 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI P0_18 + + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 + + #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // Use this if default of hardware SPI causes display problems + // results in LCD soft SPI mode 3, SD soft SPI mode 0 + + #define LCD_RESET_PIN P1_20 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. + + #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) + #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN P1_21 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN P1_22 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN P1_23 + #endif + #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN P1_21 + #endif + + #else // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 + + #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) + #define DOGLCD_CS P1_21 + #define DOGLCD_A0 P1_22 + #define DOGLCD_SCK P0_15 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI P0_18 + #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI + #endif + + #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define LCD_PINS_D5 P1_21 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 P1_22 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 P1_23 + #endif + + #endif // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 + + #endif + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD + +// +// Neopixel LED +// +#ifndef NEOPIXEL_PIN + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN P1_24 +#endif + +/** + * Special pins + * P1_30 (37) (NOT 5V tolerant) + * P1_31 (49) (NOT 5V tolerant) + * P0_27 (57) (Open collector) + * P0_28 (58) (Open collector) + */ + +// +// Include common SKR pins +// +#include "pins_BTT_SKR_common.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_common.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_common.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..63e160d8a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_common.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#ifdef SKR_HAS_LPC1769 + #ifndef MCU_LPC1769 + #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1769 environment selected in your IDE." + #endif +#elif !defined(MCU_LPC1768) + #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE." +#endif + +// Ignore temp readings during development. +//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 + +#if DISABLED(SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION) + #define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +#endif + +// +// Steppers +// +#ifndef E1_STEP_PIN + #define E1_STEP_PIN P0_01 +#endif +#ifndef E1_DIR_PIN + #define E1_DIR_PIN P0_00 +#endif +#ifndef E1_ENABLE_PIN + #define E1_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 +#endif + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// 3.3V max when defined as an analog input +// +#ifndef TEMP_0_PIN + #define TEMP_0_PIN P0_24_A1 // A1 (T1) - (68) - TEMP_0_PIN +#endif +#ifndef TEMP_1_PIN + #define TEMP_1_PIN P0_25_A2 // A2 (T2) - (69) - TEMP_1_PIN +#endif +#ifndef TEMP_BED_PIN + #define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_23_A0 // A0 (T0) - (67) - TEMP_BED_PIN +#endif + +#if HOTENDS == 1 && TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE + #define TEMP_PROBE_PIN TEMP_1_PIN +#endif + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#ifndef HEATER_0_PIN + #define HEATER_0_PIN P2_07 +#endif +#if HOTENDS == 1 + #ifndef FAN1_PIN + #define FAN1_PIN P2_04 + #endif +#else + #ifndef HEATER_1_PIN + #define HEATER_1_PIN P2_04 + #endif +#endif +#ifndef FAN_PIN + #define FAN_PIN P2_03 +#endif +#ifndef HEATER_BED_PIN + #define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_05 +#endif + +// +// LCD / Controller +// +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + #define BEEPER_PIN P1_30 // (37) not 5V tolerant +#endif + +// +// SD Support +// +#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN P0_06 // Chip select for "System" SD card + +#if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) + #define SCK_PIN P0_15 + #define MISO_PIN P0_17 + #define MOSI_PIN P0_18 +#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) + #undef SD_DETECT_PIN + #define SD_DETECT_PIN P0_27 + #define SCK_PIN P0_07 + #define MISO_PIN P0_08 + #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 + #define SS_PIN ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN +#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(CUSTOM_CABLE) + #error "No custom SD drive cable defined for this board." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_GMARSH_X6_REV1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_GMARSH_X6_REV1.h index 45ab77b312..32de7bb740 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_GMARSH_X6_REV1.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_GMARSH_X6_REV1.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ */ #pragma once -#ifndef TARGET_LPC1768 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1768 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE." #endif @@ -30,6 +30,12 @@ // Ignore temp readings during develpment. //#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 +// +// EEPROM +// +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +//#define SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION + // // Enable 12MHz clock output on P1.27 pin to sync TMC2208 chip clocks // @@ -38,63 +44,66 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN P1_26 // PWM1[6] -#define SERVO1_PIN P1_18 // PWM1[1] +#define SERVO0_PIN P1_26 // PWM1[6] +#define SERVO1_PIN P1_18 // PWM1[1] // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN P0_00 -#define X_MAX_PIN P0_01 -#define Y_MIN_PIN P0_10 -#define Y_MAX_PIN P0_21 -#define Z_MIN_PIN P2_13 -#define Z_MAX_PIN P2_22 +#define X_MIN_PIN P0_00 +#define X_MAX_PIN P0_01 +#define Y_MIN_PIN P0_10 +#define Y_MAX_PIN P0_21 +#define Z_MIN_PIN P2_13 +#define Z_MAX_PIN P2_22 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN P1_01 -#define X_DIR_PIN P1_04 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN P0_26 +#define X_STEP_PIN P1_01 +#define X_DIR_PIN P1_04 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN P0_26 -#define Y_STEP_PIN P1_10 -#define Y_DIR_PIN P1_14 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P1_08 +#define Y_STEP_PIN P1_10 +#define Y_DIR_PIN P1_14 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P1_08 -#define Z_STEP_PIN P1_17 -#define Z_DIR_PIN P4_29 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P1_15 +#define Z_STEP_PIN P1_17 +#define Z_DIR_PIN P4_29 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P1_15 -#define E0_STEP_PIN P0_05 -#define E0_DIR_PIN P2_00 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P4_28 +#define E0_STEP_PIN P0_05 +#define E0_DIR_PIN P2_00 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P4_28 -#define E1_STEP_PIN P2_03 -#define E1_DIR_PIN P2_04 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P2_01 +#define E1_STEP_PIN P2_03 +#define E1_DIR_PIN P2_04 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P2_01 -#define E2_STEP_PIN P2_07 -#define E2_DIR_PIN P2_08 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN P2_05 +#define E2_STEP_PIN P2_07 +#define E2_DIR_PIN P2_08 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN P2_05 // // TMC2208 UART pins // -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) - #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_00 - #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_00 - #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_09 - #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_09 - #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_16 - #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_16 - #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN P0_04 - #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN P0_04 - #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN P2_02 - #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN P2_02 - #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN P2_06 - #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN P2_06 +#if HAS_TMC_UART + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_00 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_00 + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_09 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_09 + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_16 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_16 + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN P0_04 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN P0_04 + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN P2_02 + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN P2_02 + #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN P2_06 + #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN P2_06 + + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 #else #error "TMC2208 UART configuration is required for GMarsh X6." #endif @@ -103,36 +112,36 @@ // Temperature Sensors // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // AD0[0] on P0_23 -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // AD0[1] on P0_24 +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_24_A1 // AD0[0] on P0_23 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_23_A0 // AD0[1] on P0_24 // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_BED_PIN P1_19 // Not a PWM pin, software PWM required -#define HEATER_0_PIN P3_26 // PWM1[3] -#define FAN_PIN P3_25 // Part cooling fan - connected to PWM1[2] -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN P0_27 // Extruder cooling fan +#define HEATER_BED_PIN P1_19 // Not a PWM pin, software PWM required +#define HEATER_0_PIN P3_26 // PWM1[3] +#define FAN_PIN P3_25 // Part cooling fan - connected to PWM1[2] +#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN P0_27 // Extruder cooling fan // // Misc. Functions // -#define LED_PIN P1_31 +#define LED_PIN P1_31 // // LCD // #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define BEEPER_PIN P0_19 - #define BTN_EN1 P1_23 - #define BTN_EN2 P1_24 - #define BTN_ENC P1_25 - #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_20 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_21 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 P2_11 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 P0_22 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 P1_29 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 P1_28 + #define BEEPER_PIN P0_19 + #define BTN_EN1 P1_23 + #define BTN_EN2 P1_24 + #define BTN_ENC P1_25 + #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_20 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_21 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 P2_11 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 P0_22 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 P1_29 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 P1_28 #endif // @@ -140,21 +149,21 @@ // #ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION - #define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD + #define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD #endif -#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN P0_06 // Chip select for "System" SD card +#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN P0_06 // Chip select for "System" SD card #if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) - #define SCK_PIN P0_15 - #define MISO_PIN P0_17 - #define MOSI_PIN P0_18 - #define SS_PIN P0_16 + #define SCK_PIN P0_15 + #define MISO_PIN P0_17 + #define MOSI_PIN P0_18 + #define SS_PIN P0_16 #elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) #undef SD_DETECT_PIN - #define SD_DETECT_PIN P0_27 - #define SCK_PIN P0_07 - #define MISO_PIN P0_08 - #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 - #define SS_PIN ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN + #define SD_DETECT_PIN P0_27 + #define SCK_PIN P0_07 + #define MISO_PIN P0_08 + #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 + #define SS_PIN ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_MKS_SBASE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_MKS_SBASE.h index a23101ea6a..0cd10ebc05 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_MKS_SBASE.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_MKS_SBASE.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,7 +25,9 @@ * MKS SBASE pin assignments */ -#ifndef TARGET_LPC1768 +#if defined(MKS_HAS_LPC1769) && !defined(MCU_LPC1769) + #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1769 environment selected in your IDE." +#elif !defined(MKS_HAS_LPC1769) && !defined(MCU_LPC1768) #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE." #endif @@ -36,73 +38,81 @@ #define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "github.com/makerbase-mks/MKS-SBASE" #endif -#define LED_PIN P1_18 // Used as a status indicator -#define LED2_PIN P1_19 -#define LED3_PIN P1_20 -#define LED4_PIN P1_21 +// +// EEPROM +// +#if NONE(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION, SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION) + #define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION + //#define SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION +#endif + +#define LED_PIN P1_18 // Used as a status indicator +#define LED2_PIN P1_19 +#define LED3_PIN P1_20 +#define LED4_PIN P1_21 // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN P1_23 // J8-3 (low jitter) -#define SERVO1_PIN P2_12 // J8-4 -#define SERVO2_PIN P2_11 // J8-5 -#define SERVO3_PIN P4_28 // J8-6 +#define SERVO0_PIN P1_23 // J8-3 (low jitter) +#define SERVO1_PIN P2_12 // J8-4 +#define SERVO2_PIN P2_11 // J8-5 +#define SERVO3_PIN P4_28 // J8-6 // // Limit Switches - Not Interrupt Capable // -#define X_MIN_PIN P1_24 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series -#define X_MAX_PIN P1_25 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series -#define Y_MIN_PIN P1_26 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series -#define Y_MAX_PIN P1_27 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series -#define Z_MIN_PIN P1_28 // The original Mks Sbase DIO19 has a 10k pullup to 3.3V or 5V, 1K series, so when using a Zprobe we must use DIO41 (J8 P1.22) -#define Z_MAX_PIN P1_29 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series +#define X_MIN_PIN P1_24 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series +#define X_MAX_PIN P1_25 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series +#define Y_MIN_PIN P1_26 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series +#define Y_MAX_PIN P1_27 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series +#define Z_MIN_PIN P1_28 // The original Mks Sbase DIO19 has a 10k pullup to 3.3V or 5V, 1K series, so when using a Zprobe we must use DIO41 (J8 P1.22) +#define Z_MAX_PIN P1_29 // 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN P4_28 // Connector J8 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN P4_28 // Connector J8 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN P2_00 -#define X_DIR_PIN P0_05 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN P0_04 +#define X_STEP_PIN P2_00 +#define X_DIR_PIN P0_05 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN P0_04 -#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_01 -#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_11 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 +#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_01 +#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_11 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 -#define Z_STEP_PIN P2_02 -#define Z_DIR_PIN P0_20 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_19 +#define Z_STEP_PIN P2_02 +#define Z_DIR_PIN P0_20 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_19 -#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_03 -#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_22 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 +#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_03 +#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_22 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 -#define E1_STEP_PIN P2_08 -#define E1_DIR_PIN P2_13 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P4_29 +#define E1_STEP_PIN P2_08 +#define E1_DIR_PIN P2_13 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P4_29 // // Temperature Sensors // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // A0 (TH1) -#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // A1 (TH2) -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // A2 (TH3) -#define TEMP_2_PIN 3 // A3 (TH4) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_23_A0 // A0 (TH1) +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_24_A1 // A1 (TH2) +#define TEMP_1_PIN P0_25_A2 // A2 (TH3) +#define TEMP_2_PIN P0_26_A3 // A3 (TH4) // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_05 -#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_07 -#define HEATER_1_PIN P2_06 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_05 +#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_07 +#define HEATER_1_PIN P2_06 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN P2_04 + #define FAN_PIN P2_04 #endif // @@ -114,56 +124,56 @@ // 5V // NC // GND -#define PIN_P0_17 P0_17 -#define PIN_P0_16 P0_16 -#define PIN_P0_15 P0_15 +#define PIN_P0_17 P0_17 +#define PIN_P0_16 P0_16 +#define PIN_P0_15 P0_15 // // Connector J8 // // GND -#define PIN_P1_22 P1_22 -#define PIN_P1_23 P1_23 // PWM Capable -#define PIN_P2_12 P2_12 // Interrupt Capable -#define PIN_P2_11 P2_11 // Interrupt Capable +#define PIN_P1_22 P1_22 +#define PIN_P1_23 P1_23 // PWM Capable +#define PIN_P2_12 P2_12 // Interrupt Capable +#define PIN_P2_11 P2_11 // Interrupt Capable // // Průša i3 MK2 Multi Material Multiplexer Support // #if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - #define E_MUX0_PIN P1_23 // J8-3 - #define E_MUX1_PIN P2_12 // J8-4 - #define E_MUX2_PIN P2_11 // J8-5 + #define E_MUX0_PIN P1_23 // J8-3 + #define E_MUX1_PIN P2_12 // J8-4 + #define E_MUX2_PIN P2_11 // J8-5 #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define PS_ON_PIN P0_25 // TH3 Connector +#define PS_ON_PIN P0_25 // TH3 Connector // // Ethernet pins // #ifndef ULTIPANEL - #define ENET_MDIO P1_17 // J12-4 - #define ENET_RX_ER P1_14 // J12-6 - #define ENET_RXD1 P1_10 // J12-8 + #define ENET_MDIO P1_17 // J12-4 + #define ENET_RX_ER P1_14 // J12-6 + #define ENET_RXD1 P1_10 // J12-8 #endif -#define ENET_MOC P1_16 // J12-3 -#define REF_CLK P1_15 // J12-5 -#define ENET_RXD0 P1_09 // J12-7 -#define ENET_CRS P1_08 // J12-9 -#define ENET_TX_EN P1_04 // J12-10 -#define ENET_TXD0 P1_00 // J12-11 -#define ENET_TXD1 P1_01 // J12-12 +#define ENET_MOC P1_16 // J12-3 +#define REF_CLK P1_15 // J12-5 +#define ENET_RXD0 P1_09 // J12-7 +#define ENET_CRS P1_08 // J12-9 +#define ENET_TX_EN P1_04 // J12-10 +#define ENET_TXD0 P1_00 // J12-11 +#define ENET_TXD1 P1_01 // J12-12 #ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION - #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD + #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD #endif -#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN P0_06 // Chip select for "System" SD card +#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN P0_06 // Chip select for "System" SD card #if SD_CONNECTION_IS(CUSTOM_CABLE) @@ -179,27 +189,27 @@ * If you can't find a pin to use for the LCD's SD_DETECT then comment out * SD_DETECT_PIN entirely and remove that wire from the the custom cable. */ - #define SD_DETECT_PIN P2_11 // J8-5 (moved from EXP2 P0.27) - #define SCK_PIN P1_22 // J8-2 (moved from EXP2 P0.7) - #define MISO_PIN P1_23 // J8-3 (moved from EXP2 P0.8) - #define MOSI_PIN P2_12 // J8-4 (moved from EXP2 P0.9) - #define SS_PIN P0_28 - #define LPC_SOFTWARE_SPI // With a custom cable we need software SPI because the - // selected pins are not on a hardware SPI controller + #define SD_DETECT_PIN P2_11 // J8-5 (moved from EXP2 P0.27) + #define SCK_PIN P1_22 // J8-2 (moved from EXP2 P0.7) + #define MISO_PIN P1_23 // J8-3 (moved from EXP2 P0.8) + #define MOSI_PIN P2_12 // J8-4 (moved from EXP2 P0.9) + #define SS_PIN P0_28 + #define LPC_SOFTWARE_SPI // With a custom cable we need software SPI because the + // selected pins are not on a hardware SPI controller #elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) // use standard cable and header, SPI and SD detect sre shared with on-board SD card // hardware SPI is used for both SD cards. The detect pin is shred between the // LCD and onboard SD readers so we disable it. - #define SCK_PIN P0_07 - #define MISO_PIN P0_08 - #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 - #define SS_PIN P0_28 + #define SCK_PIN P0_07 + #define MISO_PIN P0_08 + #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 + #define SS_PIN P0_28 #elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) - #define SD_DETECT_PIN P0_27 - #define SCK_PIN P0_07 - #define MISO_PIN P0_08 - #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 - #define SS_PIN ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN + #define SD_DETECT_PIN P0_27 + #define SCK_PIN P0_07 + #define MISO_PIN P0_08 + #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 + #define SS_PIN ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN #endif /** @@ -216,17 +226,17 @@ */ #if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define BEEPER_PIN P1_31 // EXP1.1 - #define BTN_ENC P1_30 // EXP1.2 - #define BTN_EN1 P3_26 // EXP2.5 - #define BTN_EN2 P3_25 // EXP2.3 - #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_16 // EXP1.4 - #define LCD_SDSS P0_28 // EXP2.4 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 // EXP1.3 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_15 // EXP1.5 + #define BEEPER_PIN P1_31 // EXP1.1 + #define BTN_ENC P1_30 // EXP1.2 + #define BTN_EN1 P3_26 // EXP2.5 + #define BTN_EN2 P3_25 // EXP2.3 + #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_16 // EXP1.4 + #define LCD_SDSS P0_28 // EXP2.4 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 // EXP1.3 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_15 // EXP1.5 #if ANY(VIKI2, miniVIKI) - #define DOGLCD_SCK SCK_PIN - #define DOGLCD_MOSI MOSI_PIN + #define DOGLCD_SCK SCK_PIN + #define DOGLCD_MOSI MOSI_PIN #endif #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) @@ -241,26 +251,26 @@ * Pins 6, 7 & 8 on EXP2 are no connects. That means a second special * cable will be needed if the RGB LEDs are to be active. */ - #define DOGLCD_CS LCD_PINS_ENABLE // EXP1.3 (LCD_EN on FYSETC schematic) - #define DOGLCD_A0 LCD_PINS_RS // EXP1.4 (LCD_A0 on FYSETC schematic) - #define DOGLCD_SCK P2_11 // J8-5 (SCK on FYSETC schematic) - #define DOGLCD_MOSI P4_28 // J8-6 (MOSI on FYSETC schematic) + #define DOGLCD_CS LCD_PINS_ENABLE // EXP1.3 (LCD_EN on FYSETC schematic) + #define DOGLCD_A0 LCD_PINS_RS // EXP1.4 (LCD_A0 on FYSETC schematic) + #define DOGLCD_SCK P2_11 // J8-5 (SCK on FYSETC schematic) + #define DOGLCD_MOSI P4_28 // J8-6 (MOSI on FYSETC schematic) - //#define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // Use this if default of hardware SPI causes display problems - // results in LCD soft SPI mode 3, SD soft SPI mode 0 + //#define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // Use this if default of hardware SPI causes display problems + // results in LCD soft SPI mode 3, SD soft SPI mode 0 #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN P2_12 // J8-4 (LCD_D6 on FYSETC schematic) + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN P2_12 // J8-4 (LCD_D6 on FYSETC schematic) #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN P1_23 // J8-3 (LCD_D5 on FYSETC schematic) + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN P1_23 // J8-3 (LCD_D5 on FYSETC schematic) #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN P1_22 // J8-2 (LCD_D7 on FYSETC schematic) + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN P1_22 // J8-2 (LCD_D7 on FYSETC schematic) #endif #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN P2_12 + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN P2_12 #endif #elif ENABLED(MINIPANEL) @@ -281,29 +291,29 @@ #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130) // J8 - #define X_CS_PIN P1_22 - #define Y_CS_PIN P1_23 - #define Z_CS_PIN P2_12 - #define E0_CS_PIN P2_11 - #define E1_CS_PIN P4_28 + #define X_CS_PIN P1_22 + #define Y_CS_PIN P1_23 + #define Z_CS_PIN P2_12 + #define E0_CS_PIN P2_11 + #define E1_CS_PIN P4_28 // Hardware SPI is on EXP2. See if you can make it work: // https://github.com/makerbase-mks/MKS-SBASE/issues/25 #define TMC_USE_SW_SPI #if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI - #define TMC_SW_MOSI P0_03 // AUX1 + #define TMC_SW_MOSI P0_03 // AUX1 #endif #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO - #define TMC_SW_MISO P0_02 // AUX1 + #define TMC_SW_MISO P0_02 // AUX1 #endif #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK - #define TMC_SW_SCK P0_26 // TH4 + #define TMC_SW_SCK P0_26 // TH4 #endif #endif #endif -#if MB(MKS_SBASE) && HAS_TMC220x +#if MB(MKS_SBASE) && HAS_TMC_UART /** * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers @@ -312,21 +322,24 @@ * Worst case you may have to give up the LCD * RX pins need to be interrupt capable */ - #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_22 // J8-2 - #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN P2_12 // J8-4 Interrupt Capable - #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_23 // J8-3 - #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN P2_11 // J8-5 Interrupt Capable - #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN P2_12 // J8-4 - #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN P0_25 // TH3 - #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN P4_28 // J8-6 - #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN P0_26 // TH4 + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_22 // J8-2 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN P2_12 // J8-4 Interrupt Capable + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_23 // J8-3 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN P2_11 // J8-5 Interrupt Capable + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN P2_12 // J8-4 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN P0_25 // TH3 + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN P4_28 // J8-6 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN P0_26 // TH4 + + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 #endif // UNUSED -#define PIN_P0_27 P0_27 // EXP2/Onboard SD -#define PIN_P0_28 P0_28 // EXP2 -#define PIN_P0_02 P0_02 // AUX1 (Interrupt Capable/ADC/Serial Port 0) -#define PIN_P0_03 P0_03 // AUX1 (Interrupt Capable/ADC/Serial Port 0) +#define PIN_P0_27 P0_27 // EXP2/Onboard SD +#define PIN_P0_28 P0_28 // EXP2 +#define PIN_P0_02 P0_02 // AUX1 (Interrupt Capable/ADC/Serial Port 0) +#define PIN_P0_03 P0_03 // AUX1 (Interrupt Capable/ADC/Serial Port 0) /** * PWMs diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_MKS_SGEN_L.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_MKS_SGEN_L.h index 36b558ec19..afbe6d5564 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_MKS_SGEN_L.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_MKS_SGEN_L.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,72 +25,116 @@ * MKS SGEN-L pin assignments */ -#ifndef TARGET_LPC1768 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1768 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE." #endif #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MKS SGen-L" #define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "github.com/makerbase-mks/MKS-SGEN_L" +// +// EEPROM +// +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +//#define SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION + // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN P1_23 // SERVO P1.23 -#define SERVO1_PIN P2_00 // SERVO P2.0 +#define SERVO0_PIN P1_23 // SERVO P1.23 +#define SERVO1_PIN P2_00 // SERVO P2.0 + +// +// Trinamic Stallguard pins +// +#define X_DIAG_PIN P1_29 // X- +#define Y_DIAG_PIN P1_27 // Y- +#define Z_DIAG_PIN P1_25 // Z- +#define E0_DIAG_PIN P1_28 // X+ +#define E1_DIAG_PIN P1_26 // Y+ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN P1_29 -#define X_MAX_PIN P1_28 -#define Y_MIN_PIN P1_27 -#define Y_MAX_PIN P1_26 -#define Z_MIN_PIN P1_25 -#define Z_MAX_PIN P1_24 +#if X_STALL_SENSITIVITY + #define X_STOP_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #if X_HOME_DIR < 0 + #define X_MAX_PIN P1_28 // X+ + #else + #define X_MIN_PIN P1_28 // X+ + #endif +#else + #define X_MIN_PIN P1_29 // X- + #define X_MAX_PIN P1_28 // X+ +#endif + +#if Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY + #define Y_STOP_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #if Y_HOME_DIR < 0 + #define Y_MAX_PIN P1_26 // Y+ + #else + #define Y_MIN_PIN P1_26 // Y+ + #endif +#else + #define Y_MIN_PIN P1_27 // Y- + #define Y_MAX_PIN P1_26 // Y+ +#endif + +#if Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + #define Z_STOP_PIN Z_DIAG_PIN + #if Z_HOME_DIR < 0 + #define Z_MAX_PIN P1_24 // Z+ + #else + #define Z_MIN_PIN P1_24 // Z+ + #endif +#else + #define Z_MIN_PIN P1_25 // Z- + #define Z_MAX_PIN P1_24 // Z+ +#endif // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN P1_24 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN P1_24 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN P2_02 -#define X_DIR_PIN P2_03 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN P2_01 +#define X_STEP_PIN P2_02 +#define X_DIR_PIN P2_03 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN P2_01 #ifndef X_CS_PIN - #define X_CS_PIN P1_01 + #define X_CS_PIN P1_01 #endif -#define Y_STEP_PIN P0_19 -#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_20 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P2_08 +#define Y_STEP_PIN P0_19 +#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_20 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P2_08 #ifndef Y_CS_PIN - #define Y_CS_PIN P1_08 + #define Y_CS_PIN P1_08 #endif -#define Z_STEP_PIN P0_22 -#define Z_DIR_PIN P2_11 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 +#define Z_STEP_PIN P0_22 +#define Z_DIR_PIN P2_11 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 #ifndef Z_CS_PIN - #define Z_CS_PIN P1_10 + #define Z_CS_PIN P1_10 #endif -#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_13 -#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_11 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P2_12 +#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_13 +#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_11 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P2_12 #ifndef E0_CS_PIN - #define E0_CS_PIN P1_15 + #define E0_CS_PIN P1_15 #endif -#define E1_STEP_PIN P0_01 -#define E1_DIR_PIN P0_00 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 +#define E1_STEP_PIN P0_01 +#define E1_DIR_PIN P0_00 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 #ifndef E1_CS_PIN - #define E1_CS_PIN P1_17 + #define E1_CS_PIN P1_17 #endif // @@ -98,17 +142,17 @@ // #if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI - #define TMC_SW_MOSI P4_28 + #define TMC_SW_MOSI P4_28 #endif #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO - #define TMC_SW_MISO P0_05 + #define TMC_SW_MISO P0_05 #endif #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK - #define TMC_SW_SCK P0_04 + #define TMC_SW_SCK P0_04 #endif #endif -#if HAS_TMC220x +#if HAS_TMC_UART /** * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers * @@ -131,51 +175,61 @@ // Software serial // - #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_04 - #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_01 + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_04 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_01 - #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_09 - #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_08 + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_09 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_08 - #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_14 - #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_10 + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_14 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_10 - #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_16 - #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_15 + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_16 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_15 - #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN P4_29 - #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_17 + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN P4_29 + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_17 - #define Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN P4_29 - #define Z2_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_17 + #define Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN P4_29 + #define Z2_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_17 + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 #endif // TMC2208 || TMC2209 // // Temperature Sensors // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input A0 (TH1) -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // Analog Input A1 (TB) -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // Analog Input A2 (TH2) +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_23_A0 // Analog Input A0 (TH1) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_24_A1 // Analog Input A1 (TB) +#define TEMP_1_PIN P0_25_A2 // Analog Input A2 (TH2) // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_05 -#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_07 -#define HEATER_1_PIN P2_06 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_05 +#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_07 +#if HOTENDS == 1 + #ifndef FAN1_PIN + #define FAN1_PIN P2_06 + #endif +#else + #ifndef HEATER_1_PIN + #define HEATER_1_PIN P2_06 + #endif +#endif #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN P2_04 + #define FAN_PIN P2_04 #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define LED_PIN P1_18 // Used as a status indicator -#define LED2_PIN P1_19 -#define LED3_PIN P1_20 -#define LED4_PIN P1_21 +#define LED_PIN P1_18 // Used as a status indicator +#define LED2_PIN P1_19 +#define LED3_PIN P1_20 +#define LED4_PIN P1_21 /** * _____ _____ @@ -188,93 +242,109 @@ * EXP1 EXP2 */ #if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define BEEPER_PIN P1_31 - #define BTN_ENC P1_30 + #define BEEPER_PIN P1_31 + #define BTN_ENC P1_30 #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) - #define LCD_PINS_RS P1_00 + #define LCD_PINS_RS P1_00 - #define BTN_EN1 P0_18 - #define BTN_EN2 P0_15 + #define BTN_EN1 P0_18 + #define BTN_EN2 P0_15 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P1_22 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_17 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P1_22 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_17 #else - #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_16 - #define BTN_EN1 P3_25 - #define BTN_EN2 P3_26 + #define BTN_EN1 P3_25 + #define BTN_EN2 P3_26 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_15 + #define LCD_SDSS P0_28 - #define LCD_SDSS P0_28 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN P0_27 + #if ENABLED(MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306) - #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) - #define DOGLCD_CS P0_18 - #define DOGLCD_A0 P0_16 - #define DOGLCD_SCK P0_07 - #define DOGLCD_MOSI P1_20 + #define LCD_PINS_DC P0_17 + #define DOGLCD_CS P0_16 + #define DOGLCD_A0 LCD_PINS_DC + #define DOGLCD_SCK P0_15 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI P0_18 - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 + #define LCD_PINS_RS P1_00 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 P1_22 + #define KILL_PIN -1 // NC - #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // Use this if default of hardware SPI causes display problems - // results in LCD soft SPI mode 3, SD soft SPI mode 0 + #else // !MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 - #define LCD_RESET_PIN P0_15 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. + #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_16 - #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) - #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN P0_17 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_15 + + #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) + + #define DOGLCD_CS P0_18 + #define DOGLCD_A0 P0_16 + #define DOGLCD_SCK P0_07 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI P1_20 + + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 + + #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // Use this if default of hardware SPI causes display problems + // results in LCD soft SPI mode 3, SD soft SPI mode 0 + + #define LCD_RESET_PIN P0_15 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. + + #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) + #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN P0_17 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN P1_00 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN P1_22 + #endif + #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN P0_17 #endif - #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN P1_00 + + #else // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 + + #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) + #define DOGLCD_CS P0_17 + #define DOGLCD_A0 P1_00 #endif - #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN P1_22 + + #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define LCD_PINS_D5 P0_17 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 P1_00 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 P1_22 #endif - #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN P0_17 - #endif - #else // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 + #endif // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 - #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) - #define DOGLCD_CS P0_17 - #define DOGLCD_A0 P1_00 - #endif + #endif // !MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define LCD_PINS_D5 P0_17 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 P1_00 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 P1_22 - #endif - - #endif // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 - - #endif + #endif // !CR10_STOCKDISPLAY #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD #ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION - #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD + #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD #endif -#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN P0_06 // Chip select for "System" SD card +#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN P0_06 // Chip select for "System" SD card -#if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) - #define SCK_PIN P0_07 - #define MISO_PIN P0_08 - #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 - #define SS_PIN P0_28 -#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) - #define SD_DETECT_PIN P0_27 - #define SCK_PIN P0_07 - #define MISO_PIN P0_08 - #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 - #define SS_PIN ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN +#if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) || SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) + #define SD_DETECT_PIN P0_27 + #define SCK_PIN P0_07 + #define MISO_PIN P0_08 + #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 + #if SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) + #define SS_PIN ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN + #else + #define SS_PIN P0_28 + #endif #elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(CUSTOM_CABLE) #error "No custom SD drive cable defined for this board." #endif @@ -282,6 +352,6 @@ // // Other Pins // -//#define PIN_P0_02 P0_02 // AUX1 (Interrupt Capable/ADC/Serial Port 0) -//#define PIN_P0_03 P0_03 // AUX1 (Interrupt Capable/ADC/Serial Port 0) -//#define PS_ON_PIN P1_23 // SERVO P1.23 +//#define PIN_P0_02 P0_02 // AUX1 (Interrupt Capable/ADC/Serial Port 0) +//#define PIN_P0_03 P0_03 // AUX1 (Interrupt Capable/ADC/Serial Port 0) +//#define PS_ON_PIN P1_23 // SERVO P1.23 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_RAMPS_RE_ARM.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_RAMPS_RE_ARM.h index bc8037da07..b8b04a348c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_RAMPS_RE_ARM.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_RAMPS_RE_ARM.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -36,66 +36,73 @@ // Numbers in parentheses () are the corresponding mega2560 pin numbers -#ifndef TARGET_LPC1768 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1768 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE." #endif #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Re-ARM RAMPS 1.4" +// +// EEPROM +// +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +//#define SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION + // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN P1_20 // (11) -#define SERVO1_PIN P1_21 // ( 6) also on J5-1 -#define SERVO2_PIN P1_19 // ( 5) -#define SERVO3_PIN P1_18 // ( 4) 5V output +#define SERVO0_PIN P1_20 // (11) +#define SERVO1_PIN P1_21 // ( 6) also on J5-1 +#define SERVO2_PIN P1_19 // ( 5) +#define SERVO3_PIN P1_18 // ( 4) 5V output // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN P1_24 // ( 3) 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series -#define X_MAX_PIN P1_25 // ( 2) 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series -#define Y_MIN_PIN P1_26 // (14) 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series -#define Y_MAX_PIN P1_27 // (15) 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series -#define Z_MIN_PIN P1_29 // (18) 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series -#define Z_MAX_PIN P1_28 // (19) 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series +#define X_MIN_PIN P1_24 // ( 3) 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series +#define X_MAX_PIN P1_25 // ( 2) 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series +#define Y_MIN_PIN P1_26 // (14) 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series +#define Y_MAX_PIN P1_27 // (15) 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series +#define Z_MIN_PIN P1_29 // (18) 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series +#define Z_MAX_PIN P1_28 // (19) 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series +#define ONBOARD_ENDSTOPPULLUPS // Board has built-in pullups // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN P2_01 // (54) -#define X_DIR_PIN P0_11 // (55) -#define X_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 // (38) +#define X_STEP_PIN P2_01 // (54) +#define X_DIR_PIN P0_11 // (55) +#define X_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 // (38) #ifndef X_CS_PIN - #define X_CS_PIN P1_01 // ETH + #define X_CS_PIN P1_01 // ETH #endif -#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_02 // (60) -#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_20 // (61) -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P0_19 // (56) +#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_02 // (60) +#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_20 // (61) +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P0_19 // (56) #ifndef Y_CS_PIN - #define Y_CS_PIN P1_04 // ETH + #define Y_CS_PIN P1_04 // ETH #endif -#define Z_STEP_PIN P2_03 // (46) -#define Z_DIR_PIN P0_22 // (48) -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 // (62) +#define Z_STEP_PIN P2_03 // (46) +#define Z_DIR_PIN P0_22 // (48) +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 // (62) #ifndef Z_CS_PIN - #define Z_CS_PIN P1_10 // ETH + #define Z_CS_PIN P1_10 // ETH #endif -#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_00 // (26) -#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_05 // (28) -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P0_04 // (24) +#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_00 // (26) +#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_05 // (28) +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P0_04 // (24) #ifndef E0_CS_PIN - #define E0_CS_PIN P1_14 // ETH + #define E0_CS_PIN P1_14 // ETH #endif -#define E1_STEP_PIN P2_08 // (36) -#define E1_DIR_PIN P2_13 // (34) -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P4_29 // (30) +#define E1_STEP_PIN P2_08 // (36) +#define E1_DIR_PIN P2_13 // (34) +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P4_29 // (30) #ifndef E1_CS_PIN - #define E1_CS_PIN -1 + #define E1_CS_PIN -1 #endif // @@ -103,17 +110,17 @@ // #if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI - #define TMC_SW_MOSI P1_00 // ETH + #define TMC_SW_MOSI P1_00 // ETH #endif #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO - #define TMC_SW_MISO P1_08 // ETH + #define TMC_SW_MISO P1_08 // ETH #endif #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK - #define TMC_SW_SCK P1_09 // ETH + #define TMC_SW_SCK P1_09 // ETH #endif #endif -#if HAS_TMC220x +#if HAS_TMC_UART /** * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers * @@ -129,47 +136,49 @@ // P2_13 E1-Dir #ifndef X_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN P0_01 + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN P0_01 #endif #ifndef X_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN P0_01 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN P0_01 #endif #ifndef Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN P0_00 + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN P0_00 #endif #ifndef Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN P0_00 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN P0_00 #endif #ifndef Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN P2_13 + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN P2_13 #endif #ifndef Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN P2_13 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN P2_13 #endif #ifndef E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN P2_08 + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN P2_08 #endif - #ifndef E0_SESIAL_RX_PIN - #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN P2_08 + #ifndef E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN P2_08 #endif + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 #endif // // Temperature Sensors // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // A0 (T0) - (67) - TEMP_0_PIN -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // A1 (T1) - (68) - TEMP_BED_PIN -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // A2 (T2) - (69) - TEMP_1_PIN -#define TEMP_2_PIN 3 // A3 - (63) - J5-3 & AUX-2 -#define TEMP_3_PIN 4 // A4 - (37) - BUZZER_PIN -//#define TEMP_4_PIN 5 // A5 - (49) - SD_DETECT_PIN -//#define ?? 6 // A6 - ( 0) - RXD0 - J4-4 & AUX-1 -#define FILWIDTH_PIN 7 // A7 - ( 1) - TXD0 - J4-5 & AUX-1 +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_23_A0 // A0 (T0) - (67) - TEMP_0_PIN +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_24_A1 // A1 (T1) - (68) - TEMP_BED_PIN +#define TEMP_1_PIN P0_25_A2 // A2 (T2) - (69) - TEMP_1_PIN +#define TEMP_2_PIN P0_26_A3 // A3 - (63) - J5-3 & AUX-2 +#define TEMP_3_PIN P1_30_A4 // A4 - (37) - BUZZER_PIN +//#define TEMP_4_PIN P1_31_A5 // A5 - (49) - SD_DETECT_PIN +//#define ?? P0_03_A6 // A6 - ( 0) - RXD0 - J4-4 & AUX-1 +#define FILWIDTH_PIN P0_02_A7 // A7 - ( 1) - TXD0 - J4-5 & AUX-1 // // Augmentation for auto-assigning RAMPS plugs @@ -192,69 +201,69 @@ // Heaters / Fans // #ifndef MOSFET_D_PIN - #define MOSFET_D_PIN -1 + #define MOSFET_D_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef RAMPS_D8_PIN - #define RAMPS_D8_PIN P2_07 // (8) + #define RAMPS_D8_PIN P2_07 // (8) #endif #ifndef RAMPS_D9_PIN - #define RAMPS_D9_PIN P2_04 // (9) + #define RAMPS_D9_PIN P2_04 // (9) #endif #ifndef RAMPS_D10_PIN - #define RAMPS_D10_PIN P2_05 // (10) + #define RAMPS_D10_PIN P2_05 // (10) #endif -#define HEATER_0_PIN RAMPS_D10_PIN +#define HEATER_0_PIN RAMPS_D10_PIN -#if ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EFB) // Hotend, Fan, Bed - #define HEATER_BED_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN -#elif ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EEF) // Hotend, Hotend, Fan - #define HEATER_1_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN -#elif ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EEB) // Hotend, Hotend, Bed - #define HEATER_1_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN - #define HEATER_BED_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN -#elif ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EFF) // Hotend, Fan, Fan - #define FAN1_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN -#elif DISABLED(IS_RAMPS_SF) // Not Spindle, Fan (i.e., "EFBF" or "EFBE") - #define HEATER_BED_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN +#if ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EFB) // Hotend, Fan, Bed + #define HEATER_BED_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN +#elif ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EEF) // Hotend, Hotend, Fan + #define HEATER_1_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN +#elif ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EEB) // Hotend, Hotend, Bed + #define HEATER_1_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN + #define HEATER_BED_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN +#elif ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EFF) // Hotend, Fan, Fan + #define FAN1_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN +#elif DISABLED(IS_RAMPS_SF) // Not Spindle, Fan (i.e., "EFBF" or "EFBE") + #define HEATER_BED_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN #if HOTENDS == 1 - #define FAN1_PIN MOSFET_D_PIN + #define FAN1_PIN MOSFET_D_PIN #else - #define HEATER_1_PIN MOSFET_D_PIN + #define HEATER_1_PIN MOSFET_D_PIN #endif #endif #ifndef FAN_PIN #if EITHER(IS_RAMPS_EFB, IS_RAMPS_EFF) // Hotend, Fan, Bed or Hotend, Fan, Fan - #define FAN_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN + #define FAN_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN #elif EITHER(IS_RAMPS_EEF, IS_RAMPS_SF) // Hotend, Hotend, Fan or Spindle, Fan - #define FAN_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN - #elif ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EEB) // Hotend, Hotend, Bed - #define FAN_PIN P1_18 // (4) IO pin. Buffer needed - #else // Non-specific are "EFB" (i.e., "EFBF" or "EFBE") - #define FAN_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN + #define FAN_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN + #elif ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EEB) // Hotend, Hotend, Bed + #define FAN_PIN P1_18 // (4) IO pin. Buffer needed + #else // Non-specific are "EFB" (i.e., "EFBF" or "EFBE") + #define FAN_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN #endif #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define LED_PIN P4_28 // (13) +#define LED_PIN P4_28 // (13) -// define digital pin 4 for the filament runout sensor. Use the RAMPS 1.4 digital input 4 on the servos connector +// define digital pin 5 for the filament runout sensor. Use the RAMPS 1.4 digital input 5 on the servos connector #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN P1_18 // (4) + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN P1_19 // (5) #endif -#define PS_ON_PIN P2_12 // (12) +#define PS_ON_PIN P2_12 // (12) #if !defined(MAX6675_SS_PIN) && DISABLED(USE_ZMAX_PLUG) - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN P1_28 + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN P1_28 #endif #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) && !PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT) && !defined(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN) - #if !defined(NUM_SERVOS) || NUM_SERVOS < 4 // Try to use servo connector - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN P1_18 // (4) MUST BE HARDWARE PWM + #if !defined(NUM_SERVOS) || NUM_SERVOS < 4 // Try to use servo connector + #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN P1_18 // (4) MUST BE HARDWARE PWM #endif #endif @@ -270,19 +279,19 @@ #error "LASER_FEATURE requires 3 free servo pins." #endif #endif - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN SERVO1_PIN // (6) Pin should have a pullup/pulldown! - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN SERVO3_PIN // (4) MUST BE HARDWARE PWM - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN SERVO2_PIN // (5) + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN SERVO1_PIN // (6) Pin should have a pullup/pulldown! + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN SERVO3_PIN // (4) MUST BE HARDWARE PWM + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN SERVO2_PIN // (5) #endif // // Průša i3 MK2 Multiplexer Support // #if SERIAL_PORT != 0 && SERIAL_PORT_2 != 0 - #define E_MUX0_PIN P0_03 // ( 0) Z_CS_PIN - #define E_MUX1_PIN P0_02 // ( 1) E0_CS_PIN + #define E_MUX0_PIN P0_03 // ( 0) Z_CS_PIN + #define E_MUX1_PIN P0_02 // ( 1) E0_CS_PIN #endif -#define E_MUX2_PIN P0_26 // (63) E1_CS_PIN +#define E_MUX2_PIN P0_26 // (63) E1_CS_PIN /** * LCD / Controller @@ -313,101 +322,101 @@ // 10-pin IDC connector trimmed or replaced with a 12-pin IDC connector to fit J3. // Requires REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION in Configuration.h - #define BEEPER_PIN P2_11 // J3-3 & AUX-4 + #define BEEPER_PIN P2_11 // J3-3 & AUX-4 - #define BTN_EN1 P0_16 // J3-7 & AUX-4 - #define BTN_EN2 P1_23 // J3-5 & AUX-4 - #define BTN_ENC P3_25 // J3-4 & AUX-4 + #define BTN_EN1 P0_16 // J3-7 & AUX-4 + #define BTN_EN2 P1_23 // J3-5 & AUX-4 + #define BTN_ENC P3_25 // J3-4 & AUX-4 - #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_15 // J3-9 & AUX-4 (CS) - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 // J3-10 & AUX-3 (SID, MOSI) - #define LCD_PINS_D4 P2_06 // J3-8 & AUX-3 (SCK, CLK) + #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_15 // J3-9 & AUX-4 (CS) + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 // J3-10 & AUX-3 (SID, MOSI) + #define LCD_PINS_D4 P2_06 // J3-8 & AUX-3 (SCK, CLK) #elif HAS_SPI_LCD - //#define SCK_PIN P0_15 // (52) system defined J3-9 & AUX-3 - //#define MISO_PIN P0_17 // (50) system defined J3-10 & AUX-3 - //#define MOSI_PIN P0_18 // (51) system defined J3-10 & AUX-3 - //#define SS_PIN P1_23 // (53) system defined J3-5 & AUX-3 (Sometimes called SDSS) + //#define SCK_PIN P0_15 // (52) system defined J3-9 & AUX-3 + //#define MISO_PIN P0_17 // (50) system defined J3-10 & AUX-3 + //#define MOSI_PIN P0_18 // (51) system defined J3-10 & AUX-3 + //#define SS_PIN P1_23 // (53) system defined J3-5 & AUX-3 (Sometimes called SDSS) #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) - #define BEEPER_PIN P1_01 - #define BTN_ENC P1_04 + #define BEEPER_PIN P1_01 + #define BTN_ENC P1_04 #else - #define BEEPER_PIN P1_30 // (37) not 5V tolerant - #define BTN_ENC P2_11 // (35) J3-3 & AUX-4 + #define BEEPER_PIN P1_30 // (37) not 5V tolerant + #define BTN_ENC P2_11 // (35) J3-3 & AUX-4 #endif - #define BTN_EN1 P3_26 // (31) J3-2 & AUX-4 - #define BTN_EN2 P3_25 // (33) J3-4 & AUX-4 + #define BTN_EN1 P3_26 // (31) J3-2 & AUX-4 + #define BTN_EN2 P3_25 // (33) J3-4 & AUX-4 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN P1_31 // (49) J3-1 & AUX-3 (NOT 5V tolerant) - #define KILL_PIN P1_22 // (41) J5-4 & AUX-4 - #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_16 // (16) J3-7 & AUX-4 - #define LCD_SDSS P0_16 // (16) J3-7 & AUX-4 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN P1_31 // (49) J3-1 & AUX-3 (NOT 5V tolerant) + #define KILL_PIN P1_22 // (41) J5-4 & AUX-4 + #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_16 // (16) J3-7 & AUX-4 + #define LCD_SDSS P0_16 // (16) J3-7 & AUX-4 #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) - #define SHIFT_OUT P0_18 // (51) (MOSI) J3-10 & AUX-3 - #define SHIFT_CLK P0_15 // (52) (SCK) J3-9 & AUX-3 - #define SHIFT_LD P1_31 // (49) J3-1 & AUX-3 (NOT 5V tolerant) + #define SHIFT_OUT P0_18 // (51) (MOSI) J3-10 & AUX-3 + #define SHIFT_CLK P0_15 // (52) (SCK) J3-9 & AUX-3 + #define SHIFT_LD P1_31 // (49) J3-1 & AUX-3 (NOT 5V tolerant) #endif #else - //#define SHIFT_CLK P3_26 // (31) J3-2 & AUX-4 - //#define SHIFT_LD P3_25 // (33) J3-4 & AUX-4 - //#define SHIFT_OUT P2_11 // (35) J3-3 & AUX-4 - //#define SHIFT_EN P1_22 // (41) J5-4 & AUX-4 + //#define SHIFT_CLK P3_26 // (31) J3-2 & AUX-4 + //#define SHIFT_LD P3_25 // (33) J3-4 & AUX-4 + //#define SHIFT_OUT P2_11 // (35) J3-3 & AUX-4 + //#define SHIFT_EN P1_22 // (41) J5-4 & AUX-4 #endif #if ANY(VIKI2, miniVIKI) // #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 - #define DOGLCD_CS P0_16 // (16) - #define DOGLCD_A0 P2_06 // (59) J3-8 & AUX-2 - #define DOGLCD_SCK SCK_PIN - #define DOGLCD_MOSI MOSI_PIN + #define DOGLCD_CS P0_16 // (16) + #define DOGLCD_A0 P2_06 // (59) J3-8 & AUX-2 + #define DOGLCD_SCK SCK_PIN + #define DOGLCD_MOSI MOSI_PIN - #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN P0_26 //(63) may change if cable changes - #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN P1_21 // ( 6) may change if cable changes + #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN P0_26 //(63) may change if cable changes + #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN P1_21 // ( 6) may change if cable changes #else #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) - #define DOGLCD_SCK P0_15 - #define DOGLCD_MOSI P0_18 + #define DOGLCD_SCK P0_15 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI P0_18 // EXP1 on LCD adapter is not usable - using Ethernet connector instead - #define DOGLCD_CS P1_09 - #define DOGLCD_A0 P1_14 - //#define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // Use this if default of hardware SPI causes display problems - // results in LCD soft SPI mode 3, SD soft SPI mode 0 + #define DOGLCD_CS P1_09 + #define DOGLCD_A0 P1_14 + //#define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // Use this if default of hardware SPI causes display problems + // results in LCD soft SPI mode 3, SD soft SPI mode 0 - #define LCD_RESET_PIN P0_16 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. + #define LCD_RESET_PIN P0_16 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN P1_00 + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN P1_00 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN P1_01 + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN P1_01 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN P1_08 + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN P1_08 #endif #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN P1_00 + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN P1_00 #endif #else - #define DOGLCD_CS P0_26 // (63) J5-3 & AUX-2 - #define DOGLCD_A0 P2_06 // (59) J3-8 & AUX-2 + #define DOGLCD_CS P0_26 // (63) J5-3 & AUX-2 + #define DOGLCD_A0 P2_06 // (59) J3-8 & AUX-2 #endif - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN P0_16 //(16) J3-7 & AUX-4 - only used on DOGLCD controllers - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 // (51) (MOSI) J3-10 & AUX-3 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_15 // (52) (SCK) J3-9 & AUX-3 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN P0_16 //(16) J3-7 & AUX-4 - only used on DOGLCD controllers + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 // (51) (MOSI) J3-10 & AUX-3 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_15 // (52) (SCK) J3-9 & AUX-3 #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define LCD_PINS_D5 P1_17 // (71) ENET_MDIO - #define LCD_PINS_D6 P1_14 // (73) ENET_RX_ER - #define LCD_PINS_D7 P1_10 // (75) ENET_RXD1 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 P1_17 // (71) ENET_MDIO + #define LCD_PINS_D6 P1_14 // (73) ENET_RX_ER + #define LCD_PINS_D7 P1_10 // (75) ENET_RXD1 #endif #endif @@ -425,38 +434,38 @@ // Ethernet pins // #if DISABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define ENET_MDIO P1_17 // (71) J12-4 - #define ENET_RX_ER P1_14 // (73) J12-6 - #define ENET_RXD1 P1_10 // (75) J12-8 + #define ENET_MDIO P1_17 // (71) J12-4 + #define ENET_RX_ER P1_14 // (73) J12-6 + #define ENET_RXD1 P1_10 // (75) J12-8 #endif -#define ENET_MOC P1_16 // (70) J12-3 -#define REF_CLK P1_15 // (72) J12-5 -#define ENET_RXD0 P1_09 // (74) J12-7 -#define ENET_CRS P1_08 // (76) J12-9 -#define ENET_TX_EN P1_04 // (77) J12-10 -#define ENET_TXD0 P1_00 // (78) J12-11 -#define ENET_TXD1 P1_01 // (79) J12-12 +#define ENET_MOC P1_16 // (70) J12-3 +#define REF_CLK P1_15 // (72) J12-5 +#define ENET_RXD0 P1_09 // (74) J12-7 +#define ENET_CRS P1_08 // (76) J12-9 +#define ENET_TX_EN P1_04 // (77) J12-10 +#define ENET_TXD0 P1_00 // (78) J12-11 +#define ENET_TXD1 P1_01 // (79) J12-12 // // SD Support // #ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION - #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD + #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD #endif -#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN P0_06 // Chip select for "System" SD card +#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN P0_06 // Chip select for "System" SD card #if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) - #define SCK_PIN P0_15 // (52) system defined J3-9 & AUX-3 - #define MISO_PIN P0_17 // (50) system defined J3-10 & AUX-3 - #define MOSI_PIN P0_18 // (51) system defined J3-10 & AUX-3 - #define SS_PIN P1_23 // (53) system defined J3-5 & AUX-3 (Sometimes called SDSS) - CS used by Marlin + #define SCK_PIN P0_15 // (52) system defined J3-9 & AUX-3 + #define MISO_PIN P0_17 // (50) system defined J3-10 & AUX-3 + #define MOSI_PIN P0_18 // (51) system defined J3-10 & AUX-3 + #define SS_PIN P1_23 // (53) system defined J3-5 & AUX-3 (Sometimes called SDSS) - CS used by Marlin #elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) #undef SD_DETECT_PIN - #define SCK_PIN P0_07 - #define MISO_PIN P0_08 - #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 - #define SS_PIN ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN + #define SCK_PIN P0_07 + #define MISO_PIN P0_08 + #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 + #define SS_PIN ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN #elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(CUSTOM_CABLE) #error "No custom SD drive cable defined for this board." #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_SELENA_COMPACT.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_SELENA_COMPACT.h index 72e1b8141c..6f84f87bba 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_SELENA_COMPACT.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_SELENA_COMPACT.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,90 +25,95 @@ * Selena Compact pin assignments */ -#ifndef TARGET_LPC1768 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1768 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE." #endif #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Selena Compact" #define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "github.com/Ales2-k/Selena" +// +// EEPROM +// +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +//#define SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION + // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN P1_23 +#define SERVO0_PIN P1_23 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN P1_28 -#define X_MAX_PIN P1_25 -#define Y_MIN_PIN P2_11 -#define Y_MAX_PIN -1 -#define Z_MIN_PIN P1_27 -#define Z_MAX_PIN -1 -#define Z_PROBE P1_22 +#define X_MIN_PIN P1_28 +#define X_MAX_PIN P1_25 +#define Y_MIN_PIN P2_11 +#define Y_MAX_PIN -1 +#define Z_MIN_PIN P1_27 +#define Z_MAX_PIN -1 +#define Z_PROBE P1_22 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN P2_00 -#define X_DIR_PIN P0_05 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN P0_04 +#define X_STEP_PIN P2_00 +#define X_DIR_PIN P0_05 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN P0_04 -#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_01 -#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_11 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 +#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_01 +#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_11 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 -#define Z_STEP_PIN P2_02 -#define Z_DIR_PIN P0_20 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_19 +#define Z_STEP_PIN P2_02 +#define Z_DIR_PIN P0_20 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_19 -#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_03 -#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_22 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 +#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_03 +#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_22 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 -#define E1_STEP_PIN P2_08 -#define E1_DIR_PIN P2_13 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P4_29 +#define E1_STEP_PIN P2_08 +#define E1_DIR_PIN P2_13 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P4_29 // // Temperature Sensors // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // A0 (TH1) -#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // A1 (TH2) -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // A2 (TH3) - +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_23_A0 // A0 (TH1) +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_24_A1 // A1 (TH2) +#define TEMP_1_PIN P0_25_A2 // A2 (TH3) // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_05 -#define HEATER_BED2_PIN P2_04 -#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_07 -#define HEATER_1_PIN P2_06 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_05 +#define HEATER_BED2_PIN P2_04 +#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_07 +#define HEATER_1_PIN P2_06 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN P1_24 + #define FAN_PIN P1_24 #endif -#define FAN1_PIN P1_26 +#define FAN1_PIN P1_26 // // Display // #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_16 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_15 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 P1_00 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 P1_01 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 P1_04 - #define BEEPER_PIN P1_31 + #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_16 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_15 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 P1_00 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 P1_01 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 P1_04 + #define BEEPER_PIN P1_31 - #define BTN_EN1 P3_25 - #define BTN_EN2 P3_26 - #define BTN_ENC P1_30 + #define BTN_EN1 P3_25 + #define BTN_EN2 P3_26 + #define BTN_ENC P1_30 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 #endif // REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_GT.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_GT.h index 57a9686a23..95cbd2163e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_GT.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_GT.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ * Azteeg X5 GT pin assignments */ -#ifndef LPC1769 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1769 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1769 environment selected in your IDE." #endif @@ -33,102 +33,100 @@ #define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "tinyurl.com/yx8tdqa3" // -// Custom CPU Speed 120MHz +// EEPROM // -#undef F_CPU -#define F_CPU 120000000 +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +//#define SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN P1_23 +#define SERVO0_PIN P1_23 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN P1_24 -#define X_MAX_PIN P1_27 -#define Y_MIN_PIN P1_25 -#define Y_MAX_PIN P1_28 -#define Z_MIN_PIN P1_26 -#define Z_MAX_PIN P1_29 - +#define X_MIN_PIN P1_24 +#define X_MAX_PIN P1_27 +#define Y_MIN_PIN P1_25 +#define Y_MAX_PIN P1_28 +#define Z_MIN_PIN P1_26 +#define Z_MAX_PIN P1_29 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN P2_01 -#define X_DIR_PIN P0_11 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 +#define X_STEP_PIN P2_01 +#define X_DIR_PIN P0_11 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 #ifndef X_CS_PIN - #define X_CS_PIN P0_10 // BSD2660 default + #define X_CS_PIN P0_10 // BSD2660 default #endif -#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_02 -#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_20 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P0_19 +#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_02 +#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_20 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P0_19 #ifndef Y_CS_PIN - #define Y_CS_PIN P0_19 // BSD2660 default + #define Y_CS_PIN P0_19 // BSD2660 default #endif -#define Z_STEP_PIN P2_03 -#define Z_DIR_PIN P0_22 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 +#define Z_STEP_PIN P2_03 +#define Z_DIR_PIN P0_22 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 #ifndef Z_CS_PIN - #define Z_CS_PIN P0_21 // BSD2660 default + #define Z_CS_PIN P0_21 // BSD2660 default #endif -#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_00 -#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_05 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P0_04 +#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_00 +#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_05 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P0_04 #ifndef E0_CS_PIN - #define E0_CS_PIN P0_04 // BSD2660 default + #define E0_CS_PIN P0_04 // BSD2660 default #endif -#define E1_STEP_PIN P2_08 -#define E1_DIR_PIN P2_13 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P4_29 +#define E1_STEP_PIN P2_08 +#define E1_DIR_PIN P2_13 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P4_29 #ifndef E1_CS_PIN - #define E1_CS_PIN P4_29 // BSD2660 default + #define E1_CS_PIN P4_29 // BSD2660 default #endif // // Temperature Sensors // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // A0 (TH1) -#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // A1 (TH2) -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // A2 (TH3) - +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_23_A0 // A0 (TH1) +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_24_A1 // A1 (TH2) +#define TEMP_1_PIN P0_25_A2 // A2 (TH3) // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_07 -#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_04 -#define HEATER_1_PIN P2_05 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_07 +#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_04 +#define HEATER_1_PIN P2_05 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN P0_26 + #define FAN_PIN P0_26 #endif -#define FAN1_PIN P1_22 +#define FAN1_PIN P1_22 // // Display // #if ANY(VIKI2, miniVIKI) - #define BEEPER_PIN P1_31 - #define DOGLCD_A0 P2_06 - #define DOGLCD_CS P0_16 + #define BEEPER_PIN P1_31 + #define DOGLCD_A0 P2_06 + #define DOGLCD_CS P0_16 - #define BTN_EN1 P3_25 - #define BTN_EN2 P3_26 - #define BTN_ENC P2_11 + #define BTN_EN1 P3_25 + #define BTN_EN2 P3_26 + #define BTN_ENC P2_11 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN P1_18 - #define SDSS P1_21 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN P1_18 + #define SDSS P1_21 - #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN P1_19 - #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN P1_20 + #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN P1_19 + #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN P1_20 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI.h index b576ed1a3d..ba1351e6f4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ * Azteeg X5 MINI pin assignments */ -#ifndef LPC1769 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1769 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1769 environment selected in your IDE." #endif @@ -37,74 +37,74 @@ // // LED // -#define LED_PIN P1_18 +#define LED_PIN P1_18 // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN P1_29 +#define SERVO0_PIN P1_29 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN P1_24 -#define Y_STOP_PIN P1_26 -#define Z_STOP_PIN P1_28 +#define X_STOP_PIN P1_24 +#define Y_STOP_PIN P1_26 +#define Z_STOP_PIN P1_28 #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN P2_04 + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN P2_04 #endif #ifndef FILWIDTH_PIN - #define FILWIDTH_PIN 2 // Analog Input (P0_25) + #define FILWIDTH_PIN P0_25_A2 // Analog Input (P0_25) #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN P2_01 -#define X_DIR_PIN P0_11 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 +#define X_STEP_PIN P2_01 +#define X_DIR_PIN P0_11 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 -#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_02 -#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_20 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P0_19 +#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_02 +#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_20 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P0_19 -#define Z_STEP_PIN P2_03 -#define Z_DIR_PIN P0_22 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 +#define Z_STEP_PIN P2_03 +#define Z_DIR_PIN P0_22 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 -#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_00 -#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_05 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P0_04 +#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_00 +#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_05 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P0_04 // // DIGIPOT slave addresses // #ifndef DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT #endif #ifndef DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2E // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2E // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT #endif // // Temperature Sensors // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // A0 (TH1) -#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // A1 (TH2) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_23_A0 // A0 (TH1) +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_24_A1 // A1 (TH2) // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_07 -#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_05 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_07 +#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_05 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN P0_26 + #define FAN_PIN P0_26 #endif -#define FAN1_PIN P1_25 +#define FAN1_PIN P1_25 // // Display @@ -118,61 +118,61 @@ // 10-pin IDC connector trimmed or replaced with a 12-pin IDC connector to fit J3. // Requires REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION in Configuration.h - #define BEEPER_PIN P2_11 // J3-3 & AUX-4 + #define BEEPER_PIN P2_11 // J3-3 & AUX-4 - #define BTN_EN1 P0_16 // J3-7 & AUX-4 - #define BTN_EN2 P1_23 // J3-5 & AUX-4 - #define BTN_ENC P3_25 // J3-4 & AUX-4 + #define BTN_EN1 P0_16 // J3-7 & AUX-4 + #define BTN_EN2 P1_23 // J3-5 & AUX-4 + #define BTN_ENC P3_25 // J3-4 & AUX-4 - #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_15 // J3-9 & AUX-4 (CS) - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 // J3-10 & AUX-3 (SID, MOSI) - #define LCD_PINS_D4 P2_06 // J3-8 & AUX-3 (SCK, CLK) + #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_15 // J3-9 & AUX-4 (CS) + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 // J3-10 & AUX-3 (SID, MOSI) + #define LCD_PINS_D4 P2_06 // J3-8 & AUX-3 (SCK, CLK) #else - #define BTN_EN1 P3_26 // (31) J3-2 & AUX-4 - #define BTN_EN2 P3_25 // (33) J3-4 & AUX-4 - #define BTN_ENC P2_11 // (35) J3-3 & AUX-4 + #define BTN_EN1 P3_26 // (31) J3-2 & AUX-4 + #define BTN_EN2 P3_25 // (33) J3-4 & AUX-4 + #define BTN_ENC P2_11 // (35) J3-3 & AUX-4 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN P1_31 // (49) not 5V tolerant J3-1 & AUX-3 - #define KILL_PIN P1_22 // (41) J5-4 & AUX-4 - #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_16 // (16) J3-7 & AUX-4 - #define LCD_SDSS P0_16 // (16) J3-7 & AUX-4 - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN P0_16 // (16) J3-7 & AUX-4 - only used on DOGLCD controllers - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 // (51) (MOSI) J3-10 & AUX-3 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_15 // (52) (SCK) J3-9 & AUX-3 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN P1_31 // (49) not 5V tolerant J3-1 & AUX-3 + #define KILL_PIN P1_22 // (41) J5-4 & AUX-4 + #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_16 // (16) J3-7 & AUX-4 + #define LCD_SDSS P0_16 // (16) J3-7 & AUX-4 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN P0_16 // (16) J3-7 & AUX-4 - only used on DOGLCD controllers + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 // (51) (MOSI) J3-10 & AUX-3 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_15 // (52) (SCK) J3-9 & AUX-3 - #define DOGLCD_A0 P2_06 // (59) J3-8 & AUX-2 + #define DOGLCD_A0 P2_06 // (59) J3-8 & AUX-2 #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) - #define SHIFT_OUT P0_18 // (51) (MOSI) J3-10 & AUX-3 - #define SHIFT_CLK P0_15 // (52) (SCK) J3-9 & AUX-3 - #define SHIFT_LD P1_31 // (49) not 5V tolerant J3-1 & AUX-3 + #define SHIFT_OUT P0_18 // (51) (MOSI) J3-10 & AUX-3 + #define SHIFT_CLK P0_15 // (52) (SCK) J3-9 & AUX-3 + #define SHIFT_LD P1_31 // (49) not 5V tolerant J3-1 & AUX-3 #elif DISABLED(NEWPANEL) - //#define SHIFT_OUT P2_11 // (35) J3-3 & AUX-4 - //#define SHIFT_CLK P3_26 // (31) J3-2 & AUX-4 - //#define SHIFT_LD P3_25 // (33) J3-4 & AUX-4 - //#define SHIFT_EN P1_22 // (41) J5-4 & AUX-4 + //#define SHIFT_OUT P2_11 // (35) J3-3 & AUX-4 + //#define SHIFT_CLK P3_26 // (31) J3-2 & AUX-4 + //#define SHIFT_LD P3_25 // (33) J3-4 & AUX-4 + //#define SHIFT_EN P1_22 // (41) J5-4 & AUX-4 #endif #if ANY(VIKI2, miniVIKI) //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 - #define BEEPER_PIN P1_30 // (37) may change if cable changes - #define DOGLCD_CS P0_26 // (63) J5-3 & AUX-2 - #define DOGLCD_SCK SCK_PIN - #define DOGLCD_MOSI MOSI_PIN + #define BEEPER_PIN P1_30 // (37) may change if cable changes + #define DOGLCD_CS P0_26 // (63) J5-3 & AUX-2 + #define DOGLCD_SCK SCK_PIN + #define DOGLCD_MOSI MOSI_PIN - #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN P0_26 // (63) may change if cable changes - #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN P1_21 // ( 6) may change if cable changes + #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN P0_26 // (63) may change if cable changes + #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN P1_21 // ( 6) may change if cable changes #else #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define LCD_PINS_D5 P1_17 // (71) ENET_MDIO - #define LCD_PINS_D6 P1_14 // (73) ENET_RX_ER - #define LCD_PINS_D7 P1_10 // (75) ENET_RXD1 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 P1_17 // (71) ENET_MDIO + #define LCD_PINS_D6 P1_14 // (73) ENET_RX_ER + #define LCD_PINS_D7 P1_10 // (75) ENET_RXD1 #endif - #define BEEPER_PIN P1_30 // (37) not 5V tolerant - #define DOGLCD_CS P0_16 // (16) + #define BEEPER_PIN P1_30 // (37) not 5V tolerant + #define DOGLCD_CS P0_16 // (16) #endif #if ENABLED(MINIPANEL) @@ -187,26 +187,34 @@ #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD +// +// EEPROM +// +#if NONE(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION, SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION) + #define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION + //#define SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION +#endif + // // SD Support // #ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION - #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD + #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD #endif -#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN P0_06 // Chip select for "System" SD card +#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN P0_06 // Chip select for "System" SD card #if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) - #define SCK_PIN P0_15 - #define MISO_PIN P0_17 - #define MOSI_PIN P0_18 - #define SS_PIN P1_23 + #define SCK_PIN P0_15 + #define MISO_PIN P0_17 + #define MOSI_PIN P0_18 + #define SS_PIN P1_23 #elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) #undef SD_DETECT_PIN - #define SCK_PIN P0_07 - #define MISO_PIN P0_08 - #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 - #define SS_PIN ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN + #define SCK_PIN P0_07 + #define MISO_PIN P0_08 + #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 + #define SS_PIN ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN #elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(CUSTOM_CABLE) #error "No custom SD drive cable defined for this board." #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI.h index 6b42cee535..1e5d2f3a2c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,12 +25,18 @@ * Azteeg X5 MINI pin assignments */ -#ifndef LPC1769 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1769 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1769 environment selected in your IDE." #endif #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Azteeg X5 MINI WIFI" +// +// EEPROM +// +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +//#define SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION + // // DIGIPOT slave addresses // diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4_TURBO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4_TURBO.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a8649b6f8d --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4_TURBO.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE SKR 1.4 TURBO" +#define SKR_HAS_LPC1769 + +// +// EEPROM +// +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +//#define SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION + +// +// Include SKR 1.4 pins +// +#include "../lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_COHESION3D_MINI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_COHESION3D_MINI.h index 2422d198c5..87d3cb459c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_COHESION3D_MINI.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_COHESION3D_MINI.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,62 +25,68 @@ * Cohesion3D Mini pin assignments */ -#ifndef LPC1769 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1769 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1769 environment selected in your IDE." #endif #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Cohesion3D Mini" +// +// EEPROM +// +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +//#define SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION + // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN P1_23 +#define SERVO0_PIN P1_23 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN P1_24 // 10k pullup to 3.3V -#define X_MAX_PIN P1_25 // 10k pullup to 3.3V -#define Y_MIN_PIN P1_26 // 10k pullup to 3.3V -#define Y_MAX_PIN P1_27 // 10k pullup to 3.3V -#define Z_MIN_PIN P1_28 // 10k pullup to 3.3V -#define Z_MAX_PIN P1_29 // 10k pullup to 3.3V +#define X_MIN_PIN P1_24 // 10k pullup to 3.3V +#define X_MAX_PIN P1_25 // 10k pullup to 3.3V +#define Y_MIN_PIN P1_26 // 10k pullup to 3.3V +#define Y_MAX_PIN P1_27 // 10k pullup to 3.3V +#define Z_MIN_PIN P1_28 // 10k pullup to 3.3V +#define Z_MAX_PIN P1_29 // 10k pullup to 3.3V // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN P2_00 -#define X_DIR_PIN P0_05 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN P0_04 -#define X_CS_PIN P1_10 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 9 +#define X_STEP_PIN P2_00 +#define X_DIR_PIN P0_05 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN P0_04 +#define X_CS_PIN P1_10 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 9 -#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_01 -#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_11 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 -#define Y_CS_PIN P1_09 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 10 +#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_01 +#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_11 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 +#define Y_CS_PIN P1_09 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 10 -#define Z_STEP_PIN P2_02 -#define Z_DIR_PIN P0_20 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_19 -#define Z_CS_PIN P1_00 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 11 +#define Z_STEP_PIN P2_02 +#define Z_DIR_PIN P0_20 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_19 +#define Z_CS_PIN P1_00 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 11 -#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_03 -#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_22 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 -#define E0_CS_PIN P1_04 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 12 +#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_03 +#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_22 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 +#define E0_CS_PIN P1_04 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 12 // // Default pins for TMC software SPI // #if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI - #define TMC_SW_MOSI P1_16 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 5 + #define TMC_SW_MOSI P1_16 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 5 #endif #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO - #define TMC_SW_MISO P1_17 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 6 + #define TMC_SW_MISO P1_17 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 6 #endif #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK - #define TMC_SW_SCK P1_08 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 7 + #define TMC_SW_SCK P1_08 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 7 #endif #endif @@ -88,42 +94,42 @@ // Analog Inputs // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // P0_23 -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // P0_24 +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_23_A0 // P0_23 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_24_A1 // P0_24 // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_05 -#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_07 // FET 1 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_05 +#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_07 // FET 1 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN P2_06 // FET 3 + #define FAN_PIN P2_06 // FET 3 #endif // // Auto fans // -#define AUTO_FAN_PIN P2_04 // FET 4 +#define AUTO_FAN_PIN P2_04 // FET 4 -#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN AUTO_FAN_PIN -#define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN AUTO_FAN_PIN -#define ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN AUTO_FAN_PIN +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN AUTO_FAN_PIN +#define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN AUTO_FAN_PIN +#define ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN AUTO_FAN_PIN // // Misc. Functions // -#define LED_PIN P4_28 // Play LED +#define LED_PIN P4_28 // Play LED // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // #if HAS_CUTTER #undef HEATER_0_PIN - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN P2_07 // FET 1 + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN P2_07 // FET 1 #undef HEATER_BED_PIN - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN P2_05 // Bed FET + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN P2_05 // Bed FET #undef FAN_PIN - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN P2_06 // FET 3 + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN P2_06 // FET 3 #endif // @@ -138,18 +144,18 @@ // #if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define BEEPER_PIN P0_27 // EXP2-7 - open drain + #define BEEPER_PIN P0_27 // EXP2-7 - open drain - #define BTN_EN1 P3_26 // EXP2-5 - #define BTN_EN2 P3_25 // EXP2-3 - #define BTN_ENC P1_30 // EXP1-2 + #define BTN_EN1 P3_26 // EXP2-5 + #define BTN_EN2 P3_25 // EXP2-3 + #define BTN_ENC P1_30 // EXP1-2 - #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_16 // EXP1-4 - #define LCD_SDSS P0_28 // EXP2-4 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 // EXP1-3 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_15 // EXP1-5 + #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_16 // EXP1-4 + #define LCD_SDSS P0_28 // EXP2-4 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 // EXP1-3 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_15 // EXP1-5 - #define KILL_PIN P2_11 // EXP2-10 + #define KILL_PIN P2_11 // EXP2-10 #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) #error "SDSUPPORT is not currently supported by the Cohesion3D boards" @@ -160,13 +166,13 @@ // // Ethernet pins // -#define ENET_MDIO P1_17 -#define ENET_RX_ER P1_14 -#define ENET_RXD1 P1_10 -#define ENET_MOC P1_16 -#define REF_CLK P1_15 -#define ENET_RXD0 P1_09 -#define ENET_CRS P1_08 -#define ENET_TX_EN P1_04 -#define ENET_TXD0 P1_00 -#define ENET_TXD1 P1_01 +#define ENET_MDIO P1_17 +#define ENET_RX_ER P1_14 +#define ENET_RXD1 P1_10 +#define ENET_MOC P1_16 +#define REF_CLK P1_15 +#define ENET_RXD0 P1_09 +#define ENET_CRS P1_08 +#define ENET_TX_EN P1_04 +#define ENET_TXD0 P1_00 +#define ENET_TXD1 P1_01 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_COHESION3D_REMIX.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_COHESION3D_REMIX.h index 7f29e8dec7..fa55a8adae 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_COHESION3D_REMIX.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_COHESION3D_REMIX.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,72 +25,85 @@ * Cohesion3D ReMix pin assignments */ -#ifndef LPC1769 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1769 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1769 environment selected in your IDE." #endif #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Cohesion3D ReMix" +// +// EEPROM +// +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +//#define SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION + // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN P2_04 +#define SERVO0_PIN P2_04 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN P1_24 // 10k pullup to 3.3V -#define X_MAX_PIN P1_25 // 10k pullup to 3.3V -#define Y_MIN_PIN P1_26 // 10k pullup to 3.3V -#define Y_MAX_PIN P1_27 // 10k pullup to 3.3V -#define Z_MIN_PIN P1_28 // 10k pullup to 3.3V -#define Z_MAX_PIN P1_29 // 10k pullup to 3.3V +#define X_MIN_PIN P1_24 // 10k pullup to 3.3V +#define X_MAX_PIN P1_25 // 10k pullup to 3.3V +#define Y_MIN_PIN P1_26 // 10k pullup to 3.3V +#define Y_MAX_PIN P1_27 // 10k pullup to 3.3V +#define Z_MIN_PIN P1_28 // 10k pullup to 3.3V +#define Z_MAX_PIN P1_29 // 10k pullup to 3.3V + +// +// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) +// +#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN P1_29 +#endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN P2_00 -#define X_DIR_PIN P0_05 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN P0_04 -#define X_CS_PIN P1_10 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 9 +#define X_STEP_PIN P2_00 +#define X_DIR_PIN P0_05 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN P0_04 +#define X_CS_PIN P1_10 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 9 -#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_01 -#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_11 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 -#define Y_CS_PIN P1_09 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 10 +#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_01 +#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_11 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 +#define Y_CS_PIN P1_09 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 10 -#define Z_STEP_PIN P2_02 -#define Z_DIR_PIN P0_20 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_19 -#define Z_CS_PIN P1_00 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 11 +#define Z_STEP_PIN P2_02 +#define Z_DIR_PIN P0_20 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_19 +#define Z_CS_PIN P1_00 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 11 -#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_03 -#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_22 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 -#define E0_CS_PIN P1_04 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 12 +#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_03 +#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_22 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 +#define E0_CS_PIN P1_04 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 12 -#define E1_STEP_PIN P2_08 -#define E1_DIR_PIN P2_13 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P4_29 -#define E1_CS_PIN P1_01 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 14 +#define E1_STEP_PIN P2_08 +#define E1_DIR_PIN P2_13 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P4_29 +#define E1_CS_PIN P1_01 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 14 -#define E2_STEP_PIN P1_20 -#define E2_DIR_PIN P1_19 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN P1_21 -#define E2_CS_PIN P1_18 // FET 6 +#define E2_STEP_PIN P1_20 +#define E2_DIR_PIN P1_19 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN P1_21 +#define E2_CS_PIN P1_18 // FET 6 // // Default pins for TMC software SPI // #if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI - #define TMC_SW_MOSI P1_16 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 5 + #define TMC_SW_MOSI P1_16 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 5 #endif #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO - #define TMC_SW_MISO P1_17 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 6 + #define TMC_SW_MISO P1_17 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 6 #endif #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK - #define TMC_SW_SCK P1_08 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 7 + #define TMC_SW_SCK P1_08 // Ethernet Expansion - Pin 7 #endif #endif @@ -98,42 +111,42 @@ // Analog Inputs // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // P0_23 -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // P0_24 -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // P0_25 +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_23_A0 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_24_A1 +#define TEMP_1_PIN P0_25_A2 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILWIDTH_PIN 3 // P0_26 + #define FILWIDTH_PIN P0_26_A3 #else - #define TEMP_2_PIN 3 // P0_26 + #define TEMP_2_PIN P0_26_A3 #endif // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_05 -#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_07 // FET 1 -#define HEATER_1_PIN P1_23 // FET 2 -#define HEATER_2_PIN P1_22 // FET 3 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_05 +#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_07 // FET 1 +#define HEATER_1_PIN P1_23 // FET 2 +#define HEATER_2_PIN P1_22 // FET 3 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN P2_06 // FET 4 + #define FAN_PIN P2_06 // FET 4 #endif // // Auto fans // #if HOTENDS == 3 - #define AUTO_FAN_PIN P1_18 // FET 6 + #define AUTO_FAN_PIN P1_18 // FET 6 #else - #define AUTO_FAN_PIN P1_22 // FET 3 + #define AUTO_FAN_PIN P1_22 // FET 3 #endif -#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN AUTO_FAN_PIN -#define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN AUTO_FAN_PIN -#define ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN AUTO_FAN_PIN +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN AUTO_FAN_PIN +#define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN AUTO_FAN_PIN +#define ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN AUTO_FAN_PIN // // Misc. Functions // -#define LED_PIN P4_28 // Play LED +#define LED_PIN P4_28 // Play LED // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control @@ -142,9 +155,9 @@ #undef HEATER_0_PIN #undef HEATER_BED_PIN #undef FAN_PIN - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN P2_07 // FET 1 - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN P2_05 // Bed FET - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN P2_06 // FET 4 + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN P2_07 // FET 1 + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN P2_05 // Bed FET + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN P2_06 // FET 4 #endif // @@ -160,54 +173,54 @@ #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) - #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // REQUIRED - results in LCD soft SPI mode 3 + #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // REQUIRED - results in LCD soft SPI mode 3 - #define BEEPER_PIN P1_31 // EXP1-1 - #define BTN_ENC P1_30 // EXP1-2 - #define DOGLCD_CS P0_18 // EXP1-3 - #define DOGLCD_A0 P0_16 // EXP1-4 - #define LCD_RESET_PIN P0_15 // EXP1-5 + #define BEEPER_PIN P1_31 // EXP1-1 + #define BTN_ENC P1_30 // EXP1-2 + #define DOGLCD_CS P0_18 // EXP1-3 + #define DOGLCD_A0 P0_16 // EXP1-4 + #define LCD_RESET_PIN P0_15 // EXP1-5 // A custom cable is REQUIRED for EXP2 cable because the SCK & MOSI on the card's EXP2 are dedicated // to the onboard SD card. All required EXP2 signals come from the Ethernet connector. Pin 1 of this // connector is the one nearest the motor power connector. - #define DOGLCD_SCK P1_17 // EXP2-2 => Ethernet pin 5 (bottom, 3 from left) - #define BTN_EN2 P1_09 // EXP2-3 => Ethernet pin 9 (bottom, 5 from left) - #define BTN_EN1 P1_04 // EXP2-5 => Ethernet pin 11 (bottom, 6 from left) - #define DOGLCD_MOSI P1_01 // EXP2-6 => Ethernet pin 13 (bottom, 7 from left) + #define DOGLCD_SCK P1_17 // EXP2-2 => Ethernet pin 5 (bottom, 3 from left) + #define BTN_EN2 P1_09 // EXP2-3 => Ethernet pin 9 (bottom, 5 from left) + #define BTN_EN1 P1_04 // EXP2-5 => Ethernet pin 11 (bottom, 6 from left) + #define DOGLCD_MOSI P1_01 // EXP2-6 => Ethernet pin 13 (bottom, 7 from left) // A custom EXP1 cable is required colored LEDs. Pins 1-5, 9, 10 of the cable go to pins 1-5, 9, 10 // on the board's EXP1 connector. Pins 6, 7, and 8 of the EXP1 cable go to the Ethernet connector. // Rev 1.2 displays do NOT require the RGB LEDs. 2.0 and 2.1 displays do require RGB. #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN P1_16 // EXP1-6 => Ethernet pin 6 (top row, 3 from left) + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN P1_16 // EXP1-6 => Ethernet pin 6 (top row, 3 from left) #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN P1_10 // EXP1-7 => Ethernet pin 10 (top row, 5 from left) + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN P1_10 // EXP1-7 => Ethernet pin 10 (top row, 5 from left) #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN P1_00 // EXP1-8 => Ethernet pin 12 (top row, 6 from left) + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN P1_00 // EXP1-8 => Ethernet pin 12 (top row, 6 from left) #endif #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN P1_16 // EXP1-6 => Ethernet pin 6 (top row, 3 from left) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN P1_16 // EXP1-6 => Ethernet pin 6 (top row, 3 from left) #endif #elif HAS_SPI_LCD - #define BEEPER_PIN P1_31 // EXP1-1 - //#define SD_DETECT_PIN P0_27 // EXP2-7 + #define BEEPER_PIN P1_31 // EXP1-1 + //#define SD_DETECT_PIN P0_27 // EXP2-7 - #define BTN_EN1 P3_26 // EXP2-5 - #define BTN_EN2 P3_25 // EXP2-3 - #define BTN_ENC P1_30 // EXP1-2 + #define BTN_EN1 P3_26 // EXP2-5 + #define BTN_EN2 P3_25 // EXP2-3 + #define BTN_ENC P1_30 // EXP1-2 - #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_16 // EXP1-4 - #define LCD_SDSS P0_28 // EXP2-4 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 // EXP1-3 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_15 // EXP1-5 + #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_16 // EXP1-4 + #define LCD_SDSS P0_28 // EXP2-4 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 // EXP1-3 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_15 // EXP1-5 - #define KILL_PIN P2_11 // EXP2-10 + #define KILL_PIN P2_11 // EXP2-10 #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD @@ -215,22 +228,22 @@ // SD Support // #ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION - #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD + #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD #endif -#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN P0_06 // Chip select for "System" SD card +#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN P0_06 // Chip select for "System" SD card #if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) - #define SCK_PIN P0_07 // (52) system defined J3-9 & AUX-3 - #define MISO_PIN P0_08 // (50) system defined J3-10 & AUX-3 - #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 // (51) system defined J3-10 & AUX-3 - #define SS_PIN P1_23 // (53) system defined J3-5 & AUX-3 (Sometimes called SDSS) - CS used by Marlin + #define SCK_PIN P0_07 // (52) system defined J3-9 & AUX-3 + #define MISO_PIN P0_08 // (50) system defined J3-10 & AUX-3 + #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 // (51) system defined J3-10 & AUX-3 + #define SS_PIN P1_23 // (53) system defined J3-5 & AUX-3 (Sometimes called SDSS) - CS used by Marlin #elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) #undef SD_DETECT_PIN - #define SCK_PIN P0_07 - #define MISO_PIN P0_08 - #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 - #define SS_PIN ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN + #define SCK_PIN P0_07 + #define MISO_PIN P0_08 + #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 + #define SS_PIN ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN #elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(CUSTOM_CABLE) #error "No custom SD drive cable defined for this board." #endif @@ -238,16 +251,16 @@ // // Ethernet pins // -//#define ENET_MDIO P1_17 // Ethernet pin 5 (bottom, 3 from left) -//#define ENET_RX_ER P1_14 -//#define ENET_RXD1 P1_10 // Ethernet pin 10 (top row, 5 from left) -//#define ENET_MOC P1_16 // Ethernet pin 6 (top row, 3 from left) -//#define REF_CLK P1_15 -//#define ENET_RXD0 P1_09 // Ethernet pin 9 (bottom, 5 from left) -//#define ENET_CRS P1_08 // Ethernet pin 8 (top row, 4 from left) - INPUT ONLY -//#define ENET_TX_EN P1_04 // Ethernet pin 11 (bottom, 6 from left) -//#define ENET_TXD0 P1_00 // Ethernet pin 12 (top row, 6 from left) -//#define ENET_TXD1 P1_01 // Ethernet pin 13 (bottom, 7 from left) +//#define ENET_MDIO P1_17 // Ethernet pin 5 (bottom, 3 from left) +//#define ENET_RX_ER P1_14 +//#define ENET_RXD1 P1_10 // Ethernet pin 10 (top row, 5 from left) +//#define ENET_MOC P1_16 // Ethernet pin 6 (top row, 3 from left) +//#define REF_CLK P1_15 +//#define ENET_RXD0 P1_09 // Ethernet pin 9 (bottom, 5 from left) +//#define ENET_CRS P1_08 // Ethernet pin 8 (top row, 4 from left) - INPUT ONLY +//#define ENET_TX_EN P1_04 // Ethernet pin 11 (bottom, 6 from left) +//#define ENET_TXD0 P1_00 // Ethernet pin 12 (top row, 6 from left) +//#define ENET_TXD1 P1_01 // Ethernet pin 13 (bottom, 7 from left) /** * EXP1 pins diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_MKS_SGEN.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_MKS_SGEN.h index 7edb80ecaa..fd98b5ef13 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_MKS_SGEN.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_MKS_SGEN.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,13 +25,20 @@ * MKS SGen pin assignments */ -#ifndef LPC1769 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1769 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1769 environment selected in your IDE." #endif #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MKS SGen" #define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "github.com/makerbase-mks/MKS-SGEN" +// +// EEPROM +// +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +//#define SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION + +#define MKS_HAS_LPC1769 #include "../lpc1768/pins_MKS_SBASE.h" #undef E1_STEP_PIN @@ -40,10 +47,10 @@ //#undef BTN_EN1 //#undef BTN_EN2 -//#define BTN_EN1 P1_23 // EXP2.5 -//#define BTN_EN2 P1_22 // EXP2.3 +//#define BTN_EN1 P1_23 // EXP2.5 +//#define BTN_EN2 P1_22 // EXP2.3 -#if HAS_TMC220x +#if HAS_TMC_UART /** * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers * @@ -51,14 +58,17 @@ * In the worst case you may have to give up the LCD. * RX pins must be interrupt-capable. */ - #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN P4_29 // J8-2 - #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN P4_29 // J8-2 + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN P4_29 // J8-2 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN P4_29 // J8-2 - #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN P2_08 // J8-3 - #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN P2_08 // J8-3 + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN P2_08 // J8-3 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN P2_08 // J8-3 - #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN P2_11 // J8-4 - #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN P2_11 // J8-4 - #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN P2_13 // J8-5 - #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN P2_13 // J8-5 + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN P2_11 // J8-4 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN P2_11 // J8-4 + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN P2_13 // J8-5 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN P2_13 // J8-5 + + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_SMOOTHIEBOARD.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_SMOOTHIEBOARD.h index 8ddf9a9ee9..43db07ea5e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_SMOOTHIEBOARD.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_SMOOTHIEBOARD.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ * Smoothieboard pin assignments */ -#ifndef LPC1769 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1769 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1769 environment selected in your IDE." #endif @@ -33,87 +33,87 @@ #define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "smoothieware.org/smoothieboard" // -// Custom CPU Speed 120MHz +// EEPROM // -#undef F_CPU -#define F_CPU 120000000 +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +//#define SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN P1_23 +#define SERVO0_PIN P1_23 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN P1_24 -#define X_MAX_PIN P1_25 -#define Y_MIN_PIN P1_26 -#define Y_MAX_PIN P1_27 -#define Z_MIN_PIN P1_28 -#define Z_MAX_PIN P1_29 +#define X_MIN_PIN P1_24 +#define X_MAX_PIN P1_25 +#define Y_MIN_PIN P1_26 +#define Y_MAX_PIN P1_27 +#define Z_MIN_PIN P1_28 +#define Z_MAX_PIN P1_29 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN P2_00 -#define X_DIR_PIN P0_05 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN P0_04 +#define X_STEP_PIN P2_00 +#define X_DIR_PIN P0_05 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN P0_04 -#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_01 -#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_11 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 +#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_01 +#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_11 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 -#define Z_STEP_PIN P2_02 -#define Z_DIR_PIN P0_20 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_19 +#define Z_STEP_PIN P2_02 +#define Z_DIR_PIN P0_20 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_19 -#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_03 -#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_22 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 +#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_03 +#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_22 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 -#define E1_STEP_PIN P2_08 -#define E1_DIR_PIN P2_13 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P4_29 +#define E1_STEP_PIN P2_08 +#define E1_DIR_PIN P2_13 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P4_29 // // Temperature Sensors // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // P0.23 (T1) -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // P0.24 (T2) -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // P0.25 (T3) -#define TEMP_2_PIN 3 // P0.26 (T4) +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_23_A0 // (T1) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_24_A1 // (T2) +#define TEMP_1_PIN P0_25_A2 // (T3) +#define TEMP_2_PIN P0_26_A3 // (T4) // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_05 -#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_07 -#define HEATER_1_PIN P1_23 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_05 +#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_07 +#define HEATER_1_PIN P1_23 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN P2_06 + #define FAN_PIN P2_06 #endif -#define FAN1_PIN P2_04 +#define FAN1_PIN P2_04 // // LCD / Controller // #if ANY(VIKI2, miniVIKI) - #define BEEPER_PIN P1_31 - #define DOGLCD_A0 P2_11 - #define DOGLCD_CS P0_16 + #define BEEPER_PIN P1_31 + #define DOGLCD_A0 P2_11 + #define DOGLCD_CS P0_16 - #define BTN_EN1 P3_25 - #define BTN_EN2 P3_26 - #define BTN_ENC P1_30 + #define BTN_EN1 P3_25 + #define BTN_EN2 P3_26 + #define BTN_ENC P1_30 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN P1_18 - #define SDSS P1_21 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN P1_18 + #define SDSS P1_21 - #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN P1_19 - #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN P1_20 + #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN P1_19 + #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN P1_20 #elif HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_TH3D_EZBOARD.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_TH3D_EZBOARD.h index 83e7482807..d4030ed790 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_TH3D_EZBOARD.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_TH3D_EZBOARD.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,118 +25,127 @@ * TH3D EZBoard pin assignments */ -#ifndef LPC1769 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1769 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1769 environment selected in your IDE." #endif #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "TH3D EZBoard" #define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "th3dstudio.com" +// +// EEPROM +// +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +//#define SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION + // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN P2_04 +#define SERVO0_PIN P2_04 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN P1_24 -#define Y_STOP_PIN P1_25 -#define Z_STOP_PIN P1_26 +#define X_STOP_PIN P1_24 +#define Y_STOP_PIN P1_25 +#define Z_STOP_PIN P1_26 // // Filament Runout Sensor // #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN P1_27 + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN P1_27 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN P2_00 -#define X_DIR_PIN P1_16 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN P1_17 +#define X_STEP_PIN P2_00 +#define X_DIR_PIN P1_16 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN P1_17 -#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_01 -#define Y_DIR_PIN P1_10 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P1_09 +#define Y_STEP_PIN P2_01 +#define Y_DIR_PIN P1_10 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P1_09 -#define Z_STEP_PIN P2_02 -#define Z_DIR_PIN P1_15 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P1_14 +#define Z_STEP_PIN P2_02 +#define Z_DIR_PIN P1_15 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P1_14 -#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_03 -#define E0_DIR_PIN P1_04 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P1_08 +#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_03 +#define E0_DIR_PIN P1_04 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P1_08 -#define E1_STEP_PIN P2_08 -#define E1_DIR_PIN P2_13 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P4_29 +#define E1_STEP_PIN P2_08 +#define E1_DIR_PIN P2_13 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P4_29 -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) +#if HAS_TMC_UART // - // TMC2208 stepper drivers + // TMC220x stepper drivers // Software serial // - #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN P0_04 - #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN P0_05 - #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN P0_10 - #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN P0_11 - #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN P0_19 - #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN P0_20 - #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN P0_22 - #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN P0_21 + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN P0_04 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN P0_05 + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN P0_10 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN P0_11 + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN P0_19 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN P0_20 + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN P0_22 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN P0_21 + + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 #endif // // Temp Sensors // 3.3V max when defined as an Analog Input! // -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 20 // PT100 Adapter - #define TEMP_0_PIN 7 // Analog Input +#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 20 // PT100 Adapter + #define TEMP_0_PIN P0_02_A7 // Analog Input #else - #define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input P0_23 + #define TEMP_0_PIN P0_23_A0 // Analog Input P0_23 #endif -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // Analog Input P0_24 -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // Analog Input P0_25 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_24_A1 // Analog Input P0_24 +#define TEMP_1_PIN P0_25_A2 // Analog Input P0_25 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILWIDTH_PIN 3 // Analog Input P0_26 + #define FILWIDTH_PIN P0_26_A3 // Analog Input P0_26 #else - #define TEMP_2_PIN 3 // Analog Input P0_26 + #define TEMP_2_PIN P0_26_A3 // Analog Input P0_26 #endif // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_05 -#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_07 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_05 +#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_07 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN P2_06 + #define FAN_PIN P2_06 #endif -#define FAN1_PIN P1_22 +#define FAN1_PIN P1_22 // // Auto fans // -#define AUTO_FAN_PIN P1_22 // FET 3 -#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN AUTO_FAN_PIN -#define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN AUTO_FAN_PIN -#define ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN AUTO_FAN_PIN +#define AUTO_FAN_PIN P1_22 // FET 3 +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN AUTO_FAN_PIN +#define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN AUTO_FAN_PIN +#define ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN AUTO_FAN_PIN // // SD Card // -#define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD +#define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD -#define SCK_PIN P0_07 -#define MISO_PIN P0_08 -#define MOSI_PIN P0_09 -#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN P0_06 -#define SS_PIN ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN +#define SCK_PIN P0_07 +#define MISO_PIN P0_08 +#define MOSI_PIN P0_09 +#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN P0_06 +#define SS_PIN ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN // // LCD / Controller @@ -161,14 +170,14 @@ */ #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) - #define BEEPER_PIN P1_31 - #define BTN_EN1 P3_26 - #define BTN_EN2 P3_25 - #define BTN_ENC P1_30 - #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_16 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_15 - #define KILL_PIN P2_11 + #define BEEPER_PIN P1_31 + #define BTN_EN1 P3_26 + #define BTN_EN2 P3_25 + #define BTN_ENC P1_30 + #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_16 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_15 + #define KILL_PIN P2_11 #elif HAS_SPI_LCD #error "Only the CR10_STOCKDISPLAY is supported with TH3D EZBoard." #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CHEAPTRONIC.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CHEAPTRONIC.h index e49207a42a..7b0c0010a3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CHEAPTRONIC.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CHEAPTRONIC.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -33,46 +33,46 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 3 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 2 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 5 +#define X_STOP_PIN 3 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 2 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 5 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 14 -#define X_DIR_PIN 15 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define X_STEP_PIN 14 +#define X_DIR_PIN 15 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 24 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 35 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 36 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 31 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 35 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 36 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 31 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 40 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 41 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 37 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 40 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 41 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 37 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 26 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 25 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 26 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 25 -#define E1_STEP_PIN 33 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 34 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 30 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 33 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 34 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 30 // // Temperature sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 15 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 14 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 13 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 15 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 14 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 13 // Analog Input // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 19 // EXTRUDER 1 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 23 // EXTRUDER 2 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 22 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 19 // EXTRUDER 1 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 23 // EXTRUDER 2 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 22 // // LCD / Controller diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CHEAPTRONICv2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CHEAPTRONICv2.h index f2df6e1ecb..d56d08c9e0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CHEAPTRONICv2.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CHEAPTRONICv2.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -36,101 +36,101 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 30 -#define X_MAX_PIN 31 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 32 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 33 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 34 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 35 +#define X_MIN_PIN 30 +#define X_MAX_PIN 31 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 32 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 33 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 34 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 35 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 17 -#define X_DIR_PIN 16 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 48 +#define X_STEP_PIN 17 +#define X_DIR_PIN 16 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 48 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 54 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 47 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 55 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 54 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 47 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 55 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 57 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 56 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 62 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 57 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 56 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 62 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 23 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 22 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 23 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 22 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 -#define E1_STEP_PIN 26 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 25 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 27 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 26 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 25 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 27 -#define E2_STEP_PIN 29 -#define E2_DIR_PIN 28 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 39 +#define E2_STEP_PIN 29 +#define E2_DIR_PIN 28 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 39 // // Temperature sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 15 -#define TEMP_1_PIN 13 -#define TEMP_2_PIN 14 -#define TEMP_3_PIN 11 // should be used for chamber temperature control -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 12 +#define TEMP_0_PIN 15 +#define TEMP_1_PIN 13 +#define TEMP_2_PIN 14 +#define TEMP_3_PIN 11 // should be used for chamber temperature control +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 12 // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 6 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 7 -#define HEATER_2_PIN 8 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 9 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 6 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 7 +#define HEATER_2_PIN 8 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 9 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 3 + #define FAN_PIN 3 #endif -#define FAN2_PIN 58 // additional fan or light control output +#define FAN2_PIN 58 // additional fan or light control output // // Other board specific pins // #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 37 // board input labeled as F-DET + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 37 // board input labeled as F-DET #endif -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 36 // additional external board input labeled as E-SENS (should be used for Z-probe) -#define LED_PIN 13 -#define SPINDLE_ENABLE_PIN 4 // additional PWM pin 1 at JP1 connector - should be used for laser control too -#define EXT_2 5 // additional PWM pin 2 at JP1 connector -#define EXT_3 2 // additional PWM pin 3 at JP1 connector -#define PS_ON_PIN 45 -#define KILL_PIN 46 +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 36 // additional external board input labeled as E-SENS (should be used for Z-probe) +#define LED_PIN 13 +#define SPINDLE_ENABLE_PIN 4 // additional PWM pin 1 at JP1 connector - should be used for laser control too +#define EXT_2 5 // additional PWM pin 2 at JP1 connector +#define EXT_3 2 // additional PWM pin 3 at JP1 connector +#define PS_ON_PIN 45 +#define KILL_PIN 46 #ifndef FILWIDTH_PIN - #define FILWIDTH_PIN 11 // shared with TEMP_3 analog input + #define FILWIDTH_PIN 11 // shared with TEMP_3 analog input #endif // // LCD / Controller // -#define LCD_PINS_RS 19 -#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 42 -#define LCD_PINS_D4 18 -#define LCD_PINS_D5 38 -#define LCD_PINS_D6 41 -#define LCD_PINS_D7 40 +#define LCD_PINS_RS 19 +#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 42 +#define LCD_PINS_D4 18 +#define LCD_PINS_D5 38 +#define LCD_PINS_D6 41 +#define LCD_PINS_D7 40 // // Beeper, SD Card, Encoder // -#define BEEPER_PIN 44 +#define BEEPER_PIN 44 #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define SDSS 53 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define SDSS 53 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 #endif #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define BTN_EN1 11 - #define BTN_EN2 12 - #define BTN_ENC 43 + #define BTN_EN1 11 + #define BTN_EN2 12 + #define BTN_ENC 43 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_11.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_11.h index 3915c1cfed..833499fe0f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_11.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_11.h @@ -1,3 +1,26 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + /** * CartesioV11 pin assignments */ @@ -11,115 +34,115 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 43 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 45 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 42 +#define X_STOP_PIN 43 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 45 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 42 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 34 -#define X_DIR_PIN 36 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 35 +#define X_STEP_PIN 34 +#define X_DIR_PIN 36 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 35 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 37 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 39 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 38 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 37 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 39 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 38 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 40 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 48 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 41 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 40 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 48 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 41 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 29 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 3 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 29 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 3 -#define E1_STEP_PIN 61 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 62 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 60 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 61 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 62 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 60 -#define E2_STEP_PIN 15 -#define E2_DIR_PIN 14 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 16 +#define E2_STEP_PIN 15 +#define E2_DIR_PIN 14 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 16 -#define E3_STEP_PIN 44 -#define E3_DIR_PIN 49 -#define E3_ENABLE_PIN 47 +#define E3_STEP_PIN 44 +#define E3_DIR_PIN 49 +#define E3_ENABLE_PIN 47 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 3 // Analog Input. 3 for tool2 -> 2 for chambertemp -#define TEMP_2_PIN 2 // Analog Input. 9 for tool3 -> 2 for chambertemp -#define TEMP_3_PIN 11 // Analog Input. 11 for tool4 -> 2 for chambertemp -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 3 // Analog Input. 3 for tool2 -> 2 for chambertemp +#define TEMP_2_PIN 2 // Analog Input. 9 for tool3 -> 2 for chambertemp +#define TEMP_3_PIN 11 // Analog Input. 11 for tool4 -> 2 for chambertemp +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // Analog Input #ifndef TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN - //#define TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN 2 // Analog Input + //#define TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN 2 // Analog Input #endif // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 5 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 58 -#define HEATER_2_PIN 64 -#define HEATER_3_PIN 46 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 2 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 5 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 58 +#define HEATER_2_PIN 64 +#define HEATER_3_PIN 46 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 2 #ifndef FAN_PIN - //#define FAN_PIN 7 // common PWM pin for all tools + //#define FAN_PIN 7 // common PWM pin for all tools #endif -#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define ORIG_E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 +#define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 +#define ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 +#define ORIG_E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 53 -#define SD_DETECT_PIN 13 +#define SDSS 53 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN 13 // Tools -//#define TOOL_0_PIN 4 -//#define TOOL_1_PIN 59 -//#define TOOL_2_PIN 8 -//#define TOOL_3_PIN 30 -//#define TOOL_PWM_PIN 7 // common PWM pin for all tools +//#define TOOL_0_PIN 4 +//#define TOOL_1_PIN 59 +//#define TOOL_2_PIN 8 +//#define TOOL_3_PIN 30 +//#define TOOL_PWM_PIN 7 // common PWM pin for all tools // Common I/O -//#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN -1 -//#define PWM_1_PIN 11 -//#define PWM_2_PIN 10 -//#define SPARE_IO 12 +//#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN -1 +//#define PWM_1_PIN 11 +//#define PWM_2_PIN 10 +//#define SPARE_IO 12 // // LCD / Controller // -#define BEEPER_PIN 6 +#define BEEPER_PIN 6 // Pins for DOGM SPI LCD Support -#define DOGLCD_A0 26 -#define DOGLCD_CS 24 -#define DOGLCD_MOSI -1 -#define DOGLCD_SCK -1 +#define DOGLCD_A0 26 +#define DOGLCD_CS 24 +#define DOGLCD_MOSI -1 +#define DOGLCD_SCK -1 -#define BTN_EN1 23 -#define BTN_EN2 25 -#define BTN_ENC 27 +#define BTN_EN1 23 +#define BTN_EN2 25 +#define BTN_ENC 27 // Hardware buttons for manual movement of XYZ -#define SHIFT_OUT 19 -#define SHIFT_LD 18 -#define SHIFT_CLK 17 +#define SHIFT_OUT 19 +#define SHIFT_LD 18 +#define SHIFT_CLK 17 -//#define UI1 31 -//#define UI2 22 +//#define UI1 31 +//#define UI2 22 -#define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN -1 -#define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 31 +#define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN -1 +#define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 31 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_12.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_12.h index b9a96c410b..680a5c9a99 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_12.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_12.h @@ -1,3 +1,26 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + /** * CartesioV12 pin assignments */ @@ -11,122 +34,122 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 19 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 22 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 23 +#define X_STOP_PIN 19 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 22 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 23 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 25 -#define X_DIR_PIN 27 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 26 +#define X_STEP_PIN 25 +#define X_DIR_PIN 27 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 26 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 28 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 30 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 29 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 28 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 30 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 29 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 31 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 33 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 32 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 31 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 33 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 32 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 57 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 55 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 58 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 57 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 55 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 58 -#define E1_STEP_PIN 61 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 62 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 60 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 61 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 62 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 60 -#define E2_STEP_PIN 46 -#define E2_DIR_PIN 66 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 44 +#define E2_STEP_PIN 46 +#define E2_DIR_PIN 66 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 44 -#define E3_STEP_PIN 45 -#define E3_DIR_PIN 69 -#define E3_ENABLE_PIN 47 +#define E3_STEP_PIN 45 +#define E3_DIR_PIN 69 +#define E3_ENABLE_PIN 47 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 9 // Analog Input. 9 for tool2 -> 13 for chambertemp -#define TEMP_2_PIN 13 // Analog Input. 10 for tool3 -> 13 for chambertemp -#define TEMP_3_PIN 11 // Analog Input. 11 for tool4 -> 13 for chambertemp -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 9 // Analog Input. 9 for tool2 -> 13 for chambertemp +#define TEMP_2_PIN 13 // Analog Input. 10 for tool3 -> 13 for chambertemp +#define TEMP_3_PIN 11 // Analog Input. 11 for tool4 -> 13 for chambertemp +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 // Analog Input #ifndef TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN - //#define TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN 13 // Analog Input + //#define TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN 13 // Analog Input #endif // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 11 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 9 -#define HEATER_2_PIN 6 -#define HEATER_3_PIN 3 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 24 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 11 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 9 +#define HEATER_2_PIN 6 +#define HEATER_3_PIN 3 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 24 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 5 // 5 is PWMtool3 -> 7 is common PWM pin for all tools + #define FAN_PIN 5 // 5 is PWMtool3 -> 7 is common PWM pin for all tools #endif -#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define ORIG_E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 +#define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 +#define ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 +#define ORIG_E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 53 -#define SD_DETECT_PIN 15 +#define SDSS 53 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN 15 // Tools -//#define TOOL_0_PIN 56 -//#define TOOL_0_PWM_PIN 10 // red warning led at dual extruder -//#define TOOL_1_PIN 59 -//#define TOOL_1_PWM_PIN 8 // lights at dual extruder -//#define TOOL_2_PIN 4 -//#define TOOL_2_PWM_PIN 5 -//#define TOOL_3_PIN 14 -//#define TOOL_3_PWM_PIN 2 +//#define TOOL_0_PIN 56 +//#define TOOL_0_PWM_PIN 10 // red warning led at dual extruder +//#define TOOL_1_PIN 59 +//#define TOOL_1_PWM_PIN 8 // lights at dual extruder +//#define TOOL_2_PIN 4 +//#define TOOL_2_PWM_PIN 5 +//#define TOOL_3_PIN 14 +//#define TOOL_3_PWM_PIN 2 // Common I/O #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 18 + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 18 #endif -//#define PWM_1_PIN 12 -//#define PWM_2_PIN 13 -//#define SPARE_IO 17 +//#define PWM_1_PIN 12 +//#define PWM_2_PIN 13 +//#define SPARE_IO 17 // // LCD / Controller // -#define BEEPER_PIN 16 +#define BEEPER_PIN 16 // Pins for DOGM SPI LCD Support -#define DOGLCD_A0 39 -#define DOGLCD_CS 35 -#define DOGLCD_MOSI 48 -#define DOGLCD_SCK 49 +#define DOGLCD_A0 39 +#define DOGLCD_CS 35 +#define DOGLCD_MOSI 48 +#define DOGLCD_SCK 49 #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 // The encoder and click button -#define BTN_EN1 36 -#define BTN_EN2 34 -#define BTN_ENC 38 +#define BTN_EN1 36 +#define BTN_EN2 34 +#define BTN_ENC 38 // Hardware buttons for manual movement of XYZ -#define SHIFT_OUT 42 -#define SHIFT_LD 41 -#define SHIFT_CLK 40 +#define SHIFT_OUT 42 +#define SHIFT_LD 41 +#define SHIFT_CLK 40 -//#define UI1 43 -//#define UI2 37 +//#define UI1 43 +//#define UI2 37 -#define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN -1 -#define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 10 // TOOL_0_PWM_PIN +#define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN -1 +#define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 10 // TOOL_0_PWM_PIN diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_15.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_15.h index 2fad8d576e..b4aa8ab815 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_15.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_15.h @@ -1,3 +1,26 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + /** * CNControls V15 for HMS434 pin assignments */ @@ -11,79 +34,79 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 6 +#define SERVO0_PIN 6 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 34 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 39 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 62 +#define X_STOP_PIN 34 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 39 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 62 #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 49 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 49 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 14 -#define X_DIR_PIN 25 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 26 +#define X_STEP_PIN 14 +#define X_DIR_PIN 25 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 26 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 11 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 12 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 15 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 11 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 12 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 15 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 24 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 27 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 28 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 24 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 27 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 28 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 64 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 65 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 63 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 64 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 65 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 63 // // Temperature Sensors // Analog Inputs // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 2 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 4 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 2 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 4 // Analog Input #ifndef TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN 5 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN 5 // Analog Input #endif // // Heaters // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 4 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 32 -#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 33 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 4 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 32 +#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 33 // // Fans // -#define FAN0_PIN 8 -#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 -#define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 -#define ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 -#define ORIG_E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 -//#define ORIG_CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN 10 +#define FAN_PIN 8 +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 +#define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 +#define ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 +#define ORIG_E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 +//#define ORIG_CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN 10 // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 53 -#define SD_DETECT_PIN 40 +#define SDSS 53 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN 40 // Common I/O -#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 9 -//#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 29 // encoder sensor -//#define PWM_1_PIN 12 -//#define PWM_2_PIN 13 -//#define SPARE_IO 17 -#define BEEPER_PIN 13 -#define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN -1 -#define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 10 // 31 +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 9 +//#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 29 // encoder sensor +//#define PWM_1_PIN 12 +//#define PWM_2_PIN 13 +//#define SPARE_IO 17 +#define BEEPER_PIN 13 +#define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN -1 +#define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 10 // 31 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_EINSTART-S.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_EINSTART-S.h index fae1d2e94d..8bb8f081f5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_EINSTART-S.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_EINSTART-S.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -35,48 +35,48 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 44 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 43 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 42 +#define X_STOP_PIN 44 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 43 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 42 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 76 -#define X_DIR_PIN 75 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 73 +#define X_STEP_PIN 76 +#define X_DIR_PIN 75 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 73 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 31 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 32 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 72 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 31 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 32 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 72 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 34 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 35 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 33 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 34 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 35 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 33 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 36 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 37 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 30 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 36 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 37 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 30 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // Analog Input // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 83 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 38 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 83 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 38 -#define FAN_PIN 82 +#define FAN_PIN 82 // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 53 -#define LED_PIN 4 +#define SDSS 53 +#define LED_PIN 4 ////////////////////////// // LCDs and Controllers // @@ -90,24 +90,24 @@ // u8glib constructor // U8GLIB_SH1106_128X64 u8g(DOGLCD_SCK, DOGLCD_MOSI, DOGLCD_CS, LCD_PINS_DC, LCD_PINS_RS); -#define LCD_PINS_DC 78 -#define LCD_PINS_RS 79 +#define LCD_PINS_DC 78 +#define LCD_PINS_RS 79 // DOGM SPI LCD Support -#define DOGLCD_CS 3 -#define DOGLCD_MOSI 2 -#define DOGLCD_SCK 5 -#define DOGLCD_A0 2 +#define DOGLCD_CS 3 +#define DOGLCD_MOSI 2 +#define DOGLCD_SCK 5 +#define DOGLCD_A0 2 // // LCD Display input pins // -#define BTN_UP 25 -#define BTN_DWN 26 -#define BTN_LFT 27 -#define BTN_RT 28 +#define BTN_UP 25 +#define BTN_DWN 26 +#define BTN_LFT 27 +#define BTN_RT 28 // 'OK' button -#define BTN_ENC 29 +#define BTN_ENC 29 // Set Kill to right arrow, same as RIGID_PANEL -#define KILL_PIN 28 +#define KILL_PIN 28 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_ELEFU_3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_ELEFU_3.h index 5b43acab10..3d35a72b19 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_ELEFU_3.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_ELEFU_3.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -34,115 +34,115 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 35 -#define X_MAX_PIN 34 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 33 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 32 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 31 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 30 +#define X_MIN_PIN 35 +#define X_MAX_PIN 34 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 33 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 32 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 31 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 30 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 30 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 30 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 49 -#define X_DIR_PIN 13 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 48 +#define X_STEP_PIN 49 +#define X_DIR_PIN 13 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 48 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 11 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 9 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 12 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 11 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 9 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 12 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 7 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 6 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 8 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 7 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 6 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 8 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 40 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 41 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 37 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 40 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 41 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 37 -#define E1_STEP_PIN 18 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 19 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 38 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 18 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 19 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 38 -#define E2_STEP_PIN 43 -#define E2_DIR_PIN 47 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 42 +#define E2_STEP_PIN 43 +#define E2_DIR_PIN 47 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 42 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 3 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_2_PIN 1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 3 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_2_PIN 1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // Analog Input // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 45 // 12V PWM1 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 46 // 12V PWM2 -#define HEATER_2_PIN 17 // 12V PWM3 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 44 // DOUBLE 12V PWM +#define HEATER_0_PIN 45 // 12V PWM1 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 46 // 12V PWM2 +#define HEATER_2_PIN 17 // 12V PWM3 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 44 // DOUBLE 12V PWM #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 16 // 5V PWM + #define FAN_PIN 16 // 5V PWM #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define PS_ON_PIN 10 // Set to -1 if using a manual switch on the PWRSW Connector -#define SLEEP_WAKE_PIN 26 // This feature still needs work -#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 29 +#define PS_ON_PIN 10 // Set to -1 if using a manual switch on the PWRSW Connector +#define SLEEP_WAKE_PIN 26 // This feature still needs work +#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 29 // // LCD / Controller // -#define BEEPER_PIN 36 +#define BEEPER_PIN 36 #if ENABLED(RA_CONTROL_PANEL) - #define SDSS 53 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 28 + #define SDSS 53 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 28 - #define BTN_EN1 14 - #define BTN_EN2 39 - #define BTN_ENC 15 + #define BTN_EN1 14 + #define BTN_EN2 39 + #define BTN_ENC 15 #endif // RA_CONTROL_PANEL #if ENABLED(RA_DISCO) // variables for which pins the TLC5947 is using - #define TLC_CLOCK_PIN 25 - #define TLC_BLANK_PIN 23 - #define TLC_XLAT_PIN 22 - #define TLC_DATA_PIN 24 + #define TLC_CLOCK_PIN 25 + #define TLC_BLANK_PIN 23 + #define TLC_XLAT_PIN 22 + #define TLC_DATA_PIN 24 // We also need to define pin to port number mapping for the 2560 to match the pins listed above. // If you change the TLC pins, update this as well per the 2560 datasheet! This currently only works with the RA Board. - #define TLC_CLOCK_BIT 3 + #define TLC_CLOCK_BIT 3 #define TLC_CLOCK_PORT &PORTA - #define TLC_BLANK_BIT 1 + #define TLC_BLANK_BIT 1 #define TLC_BLANK_PORT &PORTA - #define TLC_DATA_BIT 2 + #define TLC_DATA_BIT 2 #define TLC_DATA_PORT &PORTA - #define TLC_XLAT_BIT 0 + #define TLC_XLAT_BIT 0 #define TLC_XLAT_PORT &PORTA // Change this to match your situation. Lots of TLCs takes up the arduino SRAM very quickly, so be careful // Leave it at at least 1 if you have enabled RA_LIGHTING // The number of TLC5947 boards chained together for use with the animation, additional ones will repeat the animation on them, but are not individually addressable and mimic those before them. You can leave the default at 2 even if you only have 1 TLC5947 module. - #define NUM_TLCS 2 + #define NUM_TLCS 2 // These TRANS_ARRAY values let you change the order the LEDs on the lighting modules will animate for chase functions. // Modify them according to your specific situation. diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_GT2560_REV_A.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_GT2560_REV_A.h index 16bd5688df..e111f2ce44 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_GT2560_REV_A.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_GT2560_REV_A.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -39,102 +39,102 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 22 -#define X_MAX_PIN 24 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 26 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 28 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 30 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 32 +#define X_MIN_PIN 22 +#define X_MAX_PIN 24 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 26 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 28 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 30 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 32 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 25 -#define X_DIR_PIN 23 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 27 +#define X_STEP_PIN 25 +#define X_DIR_PIN 23 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 27 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 31 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 33 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 29 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 31 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 33 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 29 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 37 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 39 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 35 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 37 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 39 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 35 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 43 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 45 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 41 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 43 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 45 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 41 -#define E1_STEP_PIN 49 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 47 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 48 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 49 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 47 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 48 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 8 -#define TEMP_1_PIN 9 -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 10 +#define TEMP_0_PIN 8 +#define TEMP_1_PIN 9 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 10 // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 2 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 3 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 2 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 3 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 7 + #define FAN_PIN 7 #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 53 -#define LED_PIN 13 -#define PS_ON_PIN 12 -#define SUICIDE_PIN 54 // Must be enabled at startup to keep power flowing -#define KILL_PIN -1 +#define SDSS 53 +#define LED_PIN 13 +#define PS_ON_PIN 12 +#define SUICIDE_PIN 54 // Must be enabled at startup to keep power flowing +#define KILL_PIN -1 #if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define BEEPER_PIN 18 + #define BEEPER_PIN 18 #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) - #define DOGLCD_A0 5 - #define DOGLCD_CS 21 - #define BTN_EN1 40 - #define BTN_EN2 42 + #define DOGLCD_A0 5 + #define DOGLCD_CS 21 + #define BTN_EN1 40 + #define BTN_EN2 42 #else - #define LCD_PINS_RS 20 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 16 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 21 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 5 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 6 - #define BTN_EN1 42 - #define BTN_EN2 40 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 20 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 16 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 21 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 5 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 6 + #define BTN_EN1 42 + #define BTN_EN2 40 #endif - #define BTN_ENC 19 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 38 + #define BTN_ENC 19 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 38 - #else // !NEWPANEL + #else // !NEWPANEL - #define SHIFT_CLK 38 - #define SHIFT_LD 42 - #define SHIFT_OUT 40 - #define SHIFT_EN 17 + #define SHIFT_CLK 38 + #define SHIFT_LD 42 + #define SHIFT_OUT 40 + #define SHIFT_EN 17 - #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 5 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 6 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 21 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 20 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 19 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 5 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 6 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 21 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 20 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 19 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 #endif // !NEWPANEL diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS.h index c5c894810b..3ce4627dce 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_GT2560_V3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_GT2560_V3.h index d84ce5e6b7..08f9018a29 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_GT2560_V3.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_GT2560_V3.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #pragma once /** - * GT2560 V3.0 pin assignment + * GT2560 RevB + GT2560 V3.0 + GT2560 V3.1 + GT2560 V4.0 pin assignment */ #if !defined(__AVR_ATmega1280__) && !defined(__AVR_ATmega2560__) @@ -36,33 +36,33 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 11 //13 untested 3Dtouch +#define SERVO0_PIN 11 //13 untested 3Dtouch // // Limit Switches // #ifndef X_STOP_PIN #ifndef X_MIN_PIN - #define X_MIN_PIN 24 + #define X_MIN_PIN 24 #endif #ifndef X_MAX_PIN - #define X_MAX_PIN 22 + #define X_MAX_PIN 22 #endif #endif #ifndef Y_STOP_PIN #ifndef Y_MIN_PIN - #define Y_MIN_PIN 28 + #define Y_MIN_PIN 28 #endif #ifndef Y_MAX_PIN - #define Y_MAX_PIN 26 + #define Y_MAX_PIN 26 #endif #endif #ifndef Z_STOP_PIN #ifndef Z_MIN_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PIN 30 + #define Z_MIN_PIN 30 #endif #ifndef Z_MAX_PIN - #define Z_MAX_PIN 32 + #define Z_MAX_PIN 32 #endif #endif @@ -70,112 +70,116 @@ // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 #endif // // Runout Sensor // #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66 + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66 #endif #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 67 + #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 67 #endif // // Power Recovery // -#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 69 // Pin to detect power loss -#define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW +#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 69 // Pin to detect power loss +#define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 37 -#define X_DIR_PIN 39 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 35 +#define X_STEP_PIN 37 +#define X_DIR_PIN 39 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 35 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 31 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 33 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 29 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 31 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 33 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 29 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 25 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 23 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 27 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 25 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 23 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 27 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 46 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 44 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 12 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 46 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 44 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 12 -#define E1_STEP_PIN 49 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 47 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 48 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 49 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 47 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 48 + +#define E2_STEP_PIN 43 +#define E2_DIR_PIN 45 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 41 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 11 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 9 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_2_PIN 1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 10 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 11 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 9 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_2_PIN 1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 10 // Analog Input // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 10 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 3 -#define HEATER_2_PIN 1 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 -#define FAN_PIN 9 -//#define FAN1_PIN 8 -//#define FAN2_PIN 7 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 10 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 3 +#define HEATER_2_PIN 1 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 +#define FAN_PIN 9 +#define FAN1_PIN 8 +#define FAN2_PIN 7 // // Misc. Functions // -#define SD_DETECT_PIN 38 -#define SDSS 53 -#define LED_PIN 6 -#define PS_ON_PIN 12 -#define SUICIDE_PIN 54 // This pin must be enabled at boot to keep power flowing +#define SD_DETECT_PIN 38 +#define SDSS 53 +#define LED_PIN 6 +#define PS_ON_PIN 12 +#define SUICIDE_PIN 54 // This pin must be enabled at boot to keep power flowing #ifndef CASE_LIGHT_PIN - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 6 // 21 + #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 6 // 21 #endif // // LCD Controller // -#define BEEPER_PIN 18 +#define BEEPER_PIN 18 #ifndef LCD_PINS_RS - #define LCD_PINS_RS 20 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 20 #endif #ifndef LCD_PINS_ENABLE - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 #endif #ifndef LCD_PINS_D4 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 16 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 16 #endif #ifndef LCD_PINS_D5 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 21 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 21 #endif #ifndef LCD_PINS_D6 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 5 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 5 #endif #ifndef LCD_PINS_D7 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 36 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 36 #endif #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) #ifndef BTN_EN1 - #define BTN_EN1 42 + #define BTN_EN1 42 #endif #ifndef BTN_EN2 - #define BTN_EN2 40 + #define BTN_EN2 40 #endif #ifndef BTN_ENC - #define BTN_ENC 19 + #define BTN_ENC 19 #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_GT2560_V3_A20.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_GT2560_V3_A20.h index e3b6895af1..06ac9fd9df 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_GT2560_V3_A20.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_GT2560_V3_A20.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,15 +25,15 @@ * Geeetech A20M pin assignment */ -#define LCD_PINS_RS 5 -#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 36 -#define LCD_PINS_D4 21 -#define LCD_PINS_D7 6 +#define LCD_PINS_RS 5 +#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 36 +#define LCD_PINS_D4 21 +#define LCD_PINS_D7 6 #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define BTN_EN1 16 - #define BTN_EN2 17 - #define BTN_ENC 19 + #define BTN_EN1 16 + #define BTN_EN2 17 + #define BTN_ENC 19 #endif #include "pins_GT2560_V3.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_GT2560_V3_MC2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_GT2560_V3_MC2.h index afdcad3435..0f06aaf256 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_GT2560_V3_MC2.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_GT2560_V3_MC2.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "GT2560 V3.0 (MC2)" -#define X_MIN_PIN 22 -#define X_MAX_PIN 24 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 26 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 28 +#define X_MIN_PIN 22 +#define X_MAX_PIN 24 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 26 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 28 #include "pins_GT2560_V3.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_HJC2560C_REV2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_HJC2560C_REV2.h index a39162dded..66adfb2fa7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_HJC2560C_REV2.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_HJC2560C_REV2.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -42,79 +42,79 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 22 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 26 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 29 -//#define EXP_STOP_PIN 28 +#define X_STOP_PIN 22 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 26 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 29 +//#define EXP_STOP_PIN 28 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 25 -#define X_DIR_PIN 23 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 27 +#define X_STEP_PIN 25 +#define X_DIR_PIN 23 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 27 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 32 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 33 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 31 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 32 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 33 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 31 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 35 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 36 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 34 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 35 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 36 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 34 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 42 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 43 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 37 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 42 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 43 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 37 -#define E1_STEP_PIN 49 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 47 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 48 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 49 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 47 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 48 -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY_PIN 44 -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z_PIN 45 -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E_PIN 46 +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY_PIN 44 +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z_PIN 45 +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E_PIN 46 // Motor current PWM conversion, PWM value = MotorCurrentSetting * 255 / range #ifndef MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE - #define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE 2000 + #define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE 2000 #endif #define DEFAULT_PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 8 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 9 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 10 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 8 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 9 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 10 // Analog Input // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 2 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 3 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 2 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 3 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 7 //默认不使用PWM_FAN冷却喷嘴，如果需要，则取消注释 + #define FAN_PIN 7 //默认不使用PWM_FAN冷却喷嘴，如果需要，则取消注释 #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 53 -#define SD_DETECT_PIN 39 -//#define LED_PIN 8 -#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 // 8 默认挤出机风扇作为Case LED，如果需要PWM FAN,则需要将FAN_PIN置为7，LED_PIN置为8 +#define SDSS 53 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN 39 +//#define LED_PIN 8 +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 // 8 默认挤出机风扇作为Case LED，如果需要PWM FAN,则需要将FAN_PIN置为7，LED_PIN置为8 -//#define SAFETY_TRIGGERED_PIN 28 // PIN to detect the safety circuit has triggered -//#define MAIN_VOLTAGE_MEASURE_PIN 14 // ANALOG PIN to measure the main voltage, with a 100k - 4k7 resitor divider. +//#define SAFETY_TRIGGERED_PIN 28 // PIN to detect the safety circuit has triggered +//#define MAIN_VOLTAGE_MEASURE_PIN 14 // ANALOG PIN to measure the main voltage, with a 100k - 4k7 resitor divider. // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE) - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 16 - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_PIN 17 // Pin should have a pullup! - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 9 // Hardware PWM + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 16 + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_PIN 17 // Pin should have a pullup! + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 9 // Hardware PWM #endif // @@ -122,48 +122,48 @@ // #if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define BEEPER_PIN 18 + #define BEEPER_PIN 18 #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 20 // LCD_CS - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 15 // LCD_SDA - #define LCD_PINS_D4 14 // LCD_SCK + #define LCD_PINS_RS 20 // LCD_CS + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 15 // LCD_SDA + #define LCD_PINS_D4 14 // LCD_SCK #if ENABLED(HJC_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 5 // LCD_Backlight + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 5 // LCD_Backlight //#ifndef LCD_CONTRAST_PIN // #define LCD_CONTRAST_PIN 5 // LCD_Contrast //#endif #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 24 // Filament runout + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 24 // Filament runout #endif #else - #define LCD_PINS_D5 21 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 5 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 6 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 21 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 5 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 6 #endif - #define BTN_EN1 41 - #define BTN_EN2 40 - #define BTN_ENC 19 + #define BTN_EN1 41 + #define BTN_EN2 40 + #define BTN_ENC 19 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 39 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 39 #else // Buttons attached to a shift register - #define SHIFT_CLK 38 - #define SHIFT_LD 42 - #define SHIFT_OUT 40 - #define SHIFT_EN 17 + #define SHIFT_CLK 38 + #define SHIFT_LD 42 + #define SHIFT_OUT 40 + #define SHIFT_EN 17 - #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 5 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 6 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 21 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 20 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 19 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 5 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 6 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 21 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 20 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 19 #endif // !NEWPANEL diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_LEAPFROG.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_LEAPFROG.h index 56eec5e97e..188cbcad3d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_LEAPFROG.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_LEAPFROG.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -34,59 +34,59 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 47 -#define X_MAX_PIN 2 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 48 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 15 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 49 -#define Z_MAX_PIN -1 +#define X_MIN_PIN 47 +#define X_MAX_PIN 2 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 48 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 15 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 49 +#define Z_MAX_PIN -1 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 28 -#define X_DIR_PIN 63 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 29 +#define X_STEP_PIN 28 +#define X_DIR_PIN 63 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 29 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 14 // A6 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 15 // A0 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 39 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 14 // A6 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 15 // A0 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 39 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 31 // A2 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 32 // A6 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 30 // A1 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 31 // A2 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 32 // A6 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 30 // A1 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 34 // 34 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 35 // 35 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 33 // 33 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 34 // 34 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 35 // 35 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 33 // 33 -#define E1_STEP_PIN 37 // 37 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 40 // 40 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 36 // 36 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 37 // 37 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 40 // 40 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 36 // 36 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 13 // Analog Input (D27) -#define TEMP_1_PIN 15 // Analog Input (1) -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 // Analog Input (1,2 or I2C) +#define TEMP_0_PIN 13 // Analog Input (D27) +#define TEMP_1_PIN 15 // Analog Input (1) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 // Analog Input (1,2 or I2C) // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 9 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 8 // 12 -#define HEATER_2_PIN 11 // 13 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 10 // 14/15 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 9 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 8 // 12 +#define HEATER_2_PIN 11 // 13 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 10 // 14/15 -#define FAN_PIN 7 +#define FAN_PIN 7 // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 11 -#define LED_PIN 13 -#define SOL1_PIN 16 -#define SOL2_PIN 17 +#define SDSS 11 +#define LED_PIN 13 +#define SOL1_PIN 16 +#define SOL2_PIN 17 /* Unused (1) (2) (3) 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 (14) (15) (16) 17 (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) 24 (25) (26) (27) 28 (29) (30) (31) */ diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_LEAPFROG_XEED2015.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_LEAPFROG_XEED2015.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..36cb0e2c14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_LEAPFROG_XEED2015.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Leapfrog Xeed Driver board pin assignments + * + * This board is used by other Leapfrog printers in addition to the Xeed, + * such as the Creatr HS and Bolt. The pin assignments vary wildly between + * printer models. As such this file is currently specific to the Xeed. + */ + +#ifndef __AVR_ATmega2560__ + #error "Oops! Select 'Mega 2560' in 'Tools > Board.'" +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Leapfrog Xeed 2015" + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN 47 // 'X Min' +#define Y_STOP_PIN 48 // 'Y Min' +#define Z_STOP_PIN 49 // 'Z Min' + +// +// Steppers +// The Xeed utilizes three Z-axis motors, which use the X, Y, and Z stepper connectors +// on the board. The X and Y steppers use external drivers, attached to signal-level +// Y-axis and X-axis connectors on the board, which map to distinct CPU pins from +// the on-board X/Y stepper drivers. +// + +// X-axis signal-level connector +#define X_STEP_PIN 65 +#define X_DIR_PIN 64 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 66 // Not actually used on Xeed, could be repurposed + +// Y-axis signal-level connector +#define Y_STEP_PIN 23 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 22 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 24 // Not actually used on Xeed, could be repurposed + +// ZMOT connector (Front Right Z Motor) +#define Z_STEP_PIN 31 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 32 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 30 + +// XMOT connector (Rear Z Motor) +#define Z2_STEP_PIN 28 +#define Z2_DIR_PIN 63 +#define Z2_ENABLE_PIN 29 + +// YMOT connector (Front Left Z Motor) +#define Z3_STEP_PIN 14 +#define Z3_DIR_PIN 15 +#define Z3_ENABLE_PIN 39 + +// EMOT2 connector +#define E0_STEP_PIN 37 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 40 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 36 + +// EMOT connector +#define E1_STEP_PIN 34 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 35 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 33 + +// +// Filament runout +// +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 42 // ROT2 Connector +#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 44 // ROT1 Connector + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN 15 // T3 Connector +#define TEMP_1_PIN 13 // T1 Connector +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 // BED Connector (Between T1 and T3) + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN 8 // Misc Connector, pins 3 and 4 (Out2) +#define HEATER_1_PIN 9 // Misc Connector, pins 5 and 6 (Out3) +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 6 // Misc Connector, pins 9(-) and 10(+) (OutA) + +#define FAN_PIN 10 // Misc Connector, pins 7(-) and 8 (+) (Out4) + +#define LED_PIN 13 + +#define SOL1_PIN 7 // Misc Connector, pins 1(-) and 2(+) (Out1) + +// Door Closed Sensor +//#define DOOR_PIN 45 // HM1 Connector diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MEGACONTROLLER.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MEGACONTROLLER.h index 473e79b276..2d0db15825 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MEGACONTROLLER.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MEGACONTROLLER.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -36,89 +36,89 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 30 -#define SERVO1_PIN 31 -#define SERVO2_PIN 32 -#define SERVO3_PIN 33 +#define SERVO0_PIN 30 +#define SERVO1_PIN 31 +#define SERVO2_PIN 32 +#define SERVO3_PIN 33 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 43 -#define X_MAX_PIN 42 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 38 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 41 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 40 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 37 +#define X_MIN_PIN 43 +#define X_MAX_PIN 42 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 38 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 41 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 40 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 37 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 37 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 37 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 62 // A8 -#define X_DIR_PIN 63 // A9 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 61 // A7 +#define X_STEP_PIN 62 // A8 +#define X_DIR_PIN 63 // A9 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 61 // A7 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 65 // A11 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 66 // A12 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 64 // A10 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 65 // A11 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 66 // A12 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 64 // A10 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 68 // A14 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 69 // A15 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 67 // A13 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 68 // A14 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 69 // A15 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 67 // A13 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 23 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 24 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 22 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 23 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 24 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 22 -#define E1_STEP_PIN 26 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 27 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 25 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 26 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 27 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 25 // // Temperature Sensors // #if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -1 - #define TEMP_0_PIN 4 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_0_PIN 4 // Analog Input #else - #define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input #endif #if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -1 - #define TEMP_1_PIN 5 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_1_PIN 5 // Analog Input #else - #define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // Analog Input #endif -#define TEMP_2_PIN 3 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_2_PIN 3 // Analog Input #if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == -1 - #define TEMP_BED_PIN 6 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_BED_PIN 6 // Analog Input #else - #define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // Analog Input #endif // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 29 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 34 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 28 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 29 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 34 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 28 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 39 + #define FAN_PIN 39 #endif -#define FAN1_PIN 35 -#define FAN2_PIN 36 +#define FAN1_PIN 35 +#define FAN2_PIN 36 #ifndef CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN FAN2_PIN + #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN FAN2_PIN #endif #define FAN_SOFT_PWM @@ -126,39 +126,39 @@ // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 53 -#define LED_PIN 13 -#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 2 +#define SDSS 53 +#define LED_PIN 13 +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 2 // // LCD / Controller // #if ENABLED(MINIPANEL) - #define BEEPER_PIN 46 + #define BEEPER_PIN 46 // Pins for DOGM SPI LCD Support - #define DOGLCD_A0 47 - #define DOGLCD_CS 45 - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 44 // backlight LED on PA3 + #define DOGLCD_A0 47 + #define DOGLCD_CS 45 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 44 // backlight LED on PA3 - #define KILL_PIN 12 + #define KILL_PIN 12 // GLCD features // Uncomment screen orientation //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_90 //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270 - #define BTN_EN1 48 - #define BTN_EN2 11 - #define BTN_ENC 10 + #define BTN_EN1 48 + #define BTN_EN2 11 + #define BTN_ENC 10 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 #endif // MINIPANEL // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // -#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 6 // Hardware PWM -#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 7 // Pullup! -#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 8 +#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 6 // Hardware PWM +#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 7 // Pullup! +#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 8 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MEGATRONICS.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MEGATRONICS.h index 6433757867..4d7a980050 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MEGATRONICS.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MEGATRONICS.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -33,99 +33,99 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 41 -#define X_MAX_PIN 37 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 14 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 15 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 18 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 19 +#define X_MIN_PIN 41 +#define X_MAX_PIN 37 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 14 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 15 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 18 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 19 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 19 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 19 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 26 -#define X_DIR_PIN 28 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define X_STEP_PIN 26 +#define X_DIR_PIN 28 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 24 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 60 // A6 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 61 // A7 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 22 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 60 // A6 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 61 // A7 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 22 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 54 // A0 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 55 // A1 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 56 // A2 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 54 // A0 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 55 // A1 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 56 // A2 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 31 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 32 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 38 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 31 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 32 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 38 -#define E1_STEP_PIN 34 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 36 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 30 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 34 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 36 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 30 // // Temperature Sensors // #if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -1 - #define TEMP_0_PIN 8 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_0_PIN 8 // Analog Input #else - #define TEMP_0_PIN 13 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_0_PIN 13 // Analog Input #endif -#define TEMP_1_PIN 15 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 15 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 // Analog Input // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 9 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 8 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 10 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 9 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 8 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 10 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 7 // IO pin. Buffer needed + #define FAN_PIN 7 // IO pin. Buffer needed #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 53 -#define LED_PIN 13 -#define PS_ON_PIN 12 -#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 2 +#define SDSS 53 +#define LED_PIN 13 +#define PS_ON_PIN 12 +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 2 // // LCD / Controller // -#define BEEPER_PIN 33 +#define BEEPER_PIN 33 #if BOTH(ULTRA_LCD, NEWPANEL) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 23 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 25 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 27 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 29 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 23 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 25 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 27 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 29 // Buttons directly attached to AUX-2 - #define BTN_EN1 59 - #define BTN_EN2 64 - #define BTN_ENC 43 + #define BTN_EN1 59 + #define BTN_EN2 64 + #define BTN_ENC 43 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // RAMPS doesn't use this + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // RAMPS doesn't use this #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD && NEWPANEL // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // -#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 3 // Hardware PWM -#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 4 // Pullup! -#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 11 +#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 3 // Hardware PWM +#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 4 // Pullup! +#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 11 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MEGATRONICS_2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MEGATRONICS_2.h index 4cd5999604..d976e09816 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MEGATRONICS_2.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MEGATRONICS_2.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -33,120 +33,120 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 37 -#define X_MAX_PIN 40 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 41 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 38 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 18 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 19 +#define X_MIN_PIN 37 +#define X_MAX_PIN 40 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 41 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 38 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 18 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 19 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 19 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 19 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 26 -#define X_DIR_PIN 27 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 25 +#define X_STEP_PIN 26 +#define X_DIR_PIN 27 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 25 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 4 // A6 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 54 // A0 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 5 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 4 // A6 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 54 // A0 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 5 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 56 // A2 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 60 // A6 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 55 // A1 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 56 // A2 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 60 // A6 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 55 // A1 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 35 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 36 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 34 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 35 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 36 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 34 -#define E1_STEP_PIN 29 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 39 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 28 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 29 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 39 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 28 -#define E2_STEP_PIN 23 // ? schematic says 24 -#define E2_DIR_PIN 24 // ? schematic says 23 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 22 +#define E2_STEP_PIN 23 // ? schematic says 24 +#define E2_DIR_PIN 24 // ? schematic says 23 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 22 // // Temperature Sensors // #if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -1 - #define TEMP_0_PIN 4 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_0_PIN 4 // Analog Input #else - #define TEMP_0_PIN 13 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_0_PIN 13 // Analog Input #endif #if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -1 - #define TEMP_1_PIN 8 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_1_PIN 8 // Analog Input #else - #define TEMP_1_PIN 15 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_1_PIN 15 // Analog Input #endif #if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == -1 - #define TEMP_BED_PIN 8 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_BED_PIN 8 // Analog Input #else - #define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 // Analog Input #endif // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 9 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 8 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 10 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 9 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 8 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 10 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 7 + #define FAN_PIN 7 #endif -#define FAN1_PIN 6 +#define FAN1_PIN 6 // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 53 -#define LED_PIN 13 -#define PS_ON_PIN 12 -#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 2 +#define SDSS 53 +#define LED_PIN 13 +#define PS_ON_PIN 12 +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 2 // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // -#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 3 // Hardware PWM -#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 16 // Pullup! -#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 11 +#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 3 // Hardware PWM +#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 16 // Pullup! +#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 11 // // LCD / Controller // -#define BEEPER_PIN 64 +#define BEEPER_PIN 64 #if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define LCD_PINS_RS 14 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 15 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 30 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 31 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 32 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 33 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 14 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 15 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 30 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 31 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 32 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 33 #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) // Buttons are directly attached using keypad - #define BTN_EN1 61 - #define BTN_EN2 59 - #define BTN_ENC 43 + #define BTN_EN1 61 + #define BTN_EN2 59 + #define BTN_ENC 43 #else // Buttons attached to shift register of reprapworld keypad v1.1 - #define SHIFT_CLK 63 - #define SHIFT_LD 42 - #define SHIFT_OUT 17 - #define SHIFT_EN 17 + #define SHIFT_CLK 63 + #define SHIFT_LD 42 + #define SHIFT_OUT 17 + #define SHIFT_EN 17 #endif #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MEGATRONICS_3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MEGATRONICS_3.h index 7a6465471c..78dd88809f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MEGATRONICS_3.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MEGATRONICS_3.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -40,132 +40,132 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 46 // AUX3-6 -#define SERVO1_PIN 47 // AUX3-5 -#define SERVO2_PIN 48 // AUX3-4 -#define SERVO3_PIN 49 // AUX3-3 +#define SERVO0_PIN 46 // AUX3-6 +#define SERVO1_PIN 47 // AUX3-5 +#define SERVO2_PIN 48 // AUX3-4 +#define SERVO3_PIN 49 // AUX3-3 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 37 -#define X_MAX_PIN 40 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 41 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 38 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 18 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 19 +#define X_MIN_PIN 37 // No INT +#define X_MAX_PIN 40 // No INT +#define Y_MIN_PIN 41 // No INT +#define Y_MAX_PIN 38 // No INT +#define Z_MIN_PIN 18 // No INT +#define Z_MAX_PIN 19 // No INT // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 19 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 19 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 58 -#define X_DIR_PIN 57 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 59 +#define X_STEP_PIN 58 +#define X_DIR_PIN 57 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 59 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 5 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 17 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 4 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 5 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 17 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 4 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 16 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 11 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 3 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 16 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 11 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 3 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 28 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 27 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 29 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 28 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 27 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 29 -#define E1_STEP_PIN 25 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 24 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 26 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 25 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 24 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 26 -#define E2_STEP_PIN 22 -#define E2_DIR_PIN 60 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 23 +#define E2_STEP_PIN 22 +#define E2_DIR_PIN 60 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 23 // // Temperature Sensors // #if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -1 - #define TEMP_0_PIN 11 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_0_PIN 11 // Analog Input #else - #define TEMP_0_PIN 15 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_0_PIN 15 // Analog Input #endif #if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -1 - #define TEMP_1_PIN 10 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_1_PIN 10 // Analog Input #else - #define TEMP_1_PIN 13 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_1_PIN 13 // Analog Input #endif #if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == -1 - #define TEMP_2_PIN 9 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_2_PIN 9 // Analog Input #else - #define TEMP_2_PIN 12 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_2_PIN 12 // Analog Input #endif #if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == -1 - #define TEMP_BED_PIN 8 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_BED_PIN 8 // Analog Input #else - #define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 // Analog Input #endif // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 2 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 9 -#define HEATER_2_PIN 8 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 10 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 2 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 9 +#define HEATER_2_PIN 8 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 10 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 6 + #define FAN_PIN 6 #endif -#define FAN1_PIN 7 +#define FAN1_PIN 7 // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 53 -#define LED_PIN 13 -#define PS_ON_PIN 12 -#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 45 // Try the keypad connector +#define SDSS 53 +#define LED_PIN 13 +#define PS_ON_PIN 12 +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 45 // Try the keypad connector // // LCD / Controller // -#define BEEPER_PIN 61 +#define BEEPER_PIN 61 -#define BTN_EN1 44 -#define BTN_EN2 45 -#define BTN_ENC 33 +#define BTN_EN1 44 +#define BTN_EN2 45 +#define BTN_ENC 33 #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 56 // CS chip select / SS chip slave select - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 51 // SID (MOSI) - #define LCD_PINS_D4 52 // SCK (CLK) clock - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 35 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 56 // CS chip select / SS chip slave select + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 51 // SID (MOSI) + #define LCD_PINS_D4 52 // SCK (CLK) clock + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 35 #else - #define LCD_PINS_RS 32 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 31 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 14 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 30 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 39 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 15 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 32 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 31 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 14 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 30 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 39 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 15 - #define SHIFT_CLK 43 - #define SHIFT_LD 35 - #define SHIFT_OUT 34 - #define SHIFT_EN 44 + #define SHIFT_CLK 43 + #define SHIFT_LD 35 + #define SHIFT_OUT 34 + #define SHIFT_EN 44 - #if MB(MEGATRONICS_31) || MB(MEGATRONICS_32) - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 56 + #if MB(MEGATRONICS_31, MEGATRONICS_32) + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 56 #endif #endif @@ -173,23 +173,23 @@ // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // -#if DISABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) // try to use the keypad connector first - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 43 // Pullup! - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 42 +#if DISABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) // try to use the keypad connector first + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 43 // Pullup! + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 42 #elif EXTRUDERS <= 2 // Hijack the last extruder so that we can get the PWM signal off the Y breakout // Move Y to the E2 plug. This makes dual Y steppers harder - #undef Y_ENABLE_PIN // 4 - #undef Y_STEP_PIN // 5 - #undef Y_DIR_PIN // 17 - #undef E2_ENABLE_PIN // 23 - #undef E2_STEP_PIN // 22 - #undef E2_DIR_PIN // 60 - #define Y_ENABLE_PIN 23 - #define Y_STEP_PIN 22 - #define Y_DIR_PIN 60 - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 4 // Hardware PWM - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 17 // Pullup! - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 5 + #undef Y_ENABLE_PIN // 4 + #undef Y_STEP_PIN // 5 + #undef Y_DIR_PIN // 17 + #undef E2_ENABLE_PIN // 23 + #undef E2_STEP_PIN // 22 + #undef E2_DIR_PIN // 60 + #define Y_ENABLE_PIN 23 + #define Y_STEP_PIN 22 + #define Y_DIR_PIN 60 + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 4 // Hardware PWM + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 17 // Pullup! + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 5 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MIGHTYBOARD_REVE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MIGHTYBOARD_REVE.h index 703d5caae0..3282216819 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MIGHTYBOARD_REVE.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MIGHTYBOARD_REVE.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -47,60 +47,60 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 36 // C1 (1280-EX1) -#define SERVO1_PIN 37 // C0 (1280-EX2) -#define SERVO2_PIN 40 // G1 (1280-EX3) -#define SERVO3_PIN 41 // G0 (1280-EX4) +#define SERVO0_PIN 36 // C1 (1280-EX1) +#define SERVO1_PIN 37 // C0 (1280-EX2) +#define SERVO2_PIN 40 // G1 (1280-EX3) +#define SERVO3_PIN 41 // G0 (1280-EX4) // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 49 // L0 -#define X_MAX_PIN 48 // L1 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 47 // L2 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 46 // L3 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 43 // L6 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 42 // L7 +#define X_MIN_PIN 49 // L0 +#define X_MAX_PIN 48 // L1 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 47 // L2 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 46 // L3 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 43 // L6 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 42 // L7 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 42 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 42 #endif // // Filament Runout Pins // #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 49 + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 49 #endif #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 47 + #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 47 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 55 // F1 -#define X_DIR_PIN 54 // F0 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 56 // F2 +#define X_STEP_PIN 55 // F1 +#define X_DIR_PIN 54 // F0 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 56 // F2 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 59 // F5 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 58 // F4 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 60 // F6 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 59 // F5 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 58 // F4 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 60 // F6 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 63 // K1 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 62 // K0 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 64 // K2 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 63 // K1 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 62 // K0 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 64 // K2 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 25 // A3 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 24 // A2 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 26 // A4 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 25 // A3 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 24 // A2 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 26 // A4 -#define E1_STEP_PIN 29 // A7 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 28 // A6 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 39 // G2 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 29 // A7 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 28 // A6 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 39 // G2 // // I2C Digipots - MCP4018 @@ -108,22 +108,22 @@ // Set from 0 - 127 with stop bit. // (Ex. 3F << 1 | 1) // -#define DIGIPOTS_I2C_SCL 76 // J5 -#define DIGIPOTS_I2C_SDA_X 57 // F3 -#define DIGIPOTS_I2C_SDA_Y 61 // F7 -#define DIGIPOTS_I2C_SDA_Z 65 // K3 -#define DIGIPOTS_I2C_SDA_E0 27 // A5 -#define DIGIPOTS_I2C_SDA_E1 77 // J6 +#define DIGIPOTS_I2C_SCL 76 // J5 +#define DIGIPOTS_I2C_SDA_X 57 // F3 +#define DIGIPOTS_I2C_SDA_Y 61 // F7 +#define DIGIPOTS_I2C_SDA_Z 65 // K3 +#define DIGIPOTS_I2C_SDA_E0 27 // A5 +#define DIGIPOTS_I2C_SDA_E1 77 // J6 #ifndef DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2F // unshifted slave address (5E <- 2F << 1) + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2F // unshifted slave address (5E <- 2F << 1) #endif // // Temperature Sensors // // K7 - 69 / ADC15 - 15 -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 15 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 15 // SPI for Max6675 or Max31855 Thermocouple // Uses a separate SPI bus @@ -133,15 +133,15 @@ // 2 E4 CS2 // 78 E2 SCK // -#define THERMO_SCK_PIN 78 // E2 -#define THERMO_DO_PIN 3 // E5 -#define THERMO_CS1_PIN 5 // E3 -#define THERMO_CS2_PIN 2 // E4 +#define THERMO_SCK_PIN 78 // E2 +#define THERMO_DO_PIN 3 // E5 +#define THERMO_CS1_PIN 5 // E3 +#define THERMO_CS2_PIN 2 // E4 -#define MAX6675_SS_PIN THERMO_CS1_PIN -#define MAX6675_SS2_PIN THERMO_CS2_PIN -#define MAX6675_SCK_PIN THERMO_SCK_PIN -#define MAX6675_DO_PIN THERMO_DO_PIN +#define MAX6675_SS_PIN THERMO_CS1_PIN +#define MAX6675_SS2_PIN THERMO_CS2_PIN +#define MAX6675_SCK_PIN THERMO_SCK_PIN +#define MAX6675_DO_PIN THERMO_DO_PIN // // Augmentation for auto-assigning plugs @@ -152,12 +152,12 @@ // // Labels from the schematic: -#define EX1_HEAT_PIN 6 // H3 -#define EX1_FAN_PIN 7 // H4 -#define EX2_HEAT_PIN 11 // B5 -#define EX2_FAN_PIN 12 // B6 -#define HBP_PIN 45 // L4 -#define EXTRA_FET_PIN 44 // L5 +#define EX1_HEAT_PIN 6 // H3 +#define EX1_FAN_PIN 7 // H4 +#define EX2_HEAT_PIN 11 // B5 +#define EX2_FAN_PIN 12 // B6 +#define HBP_PIN 45 // L4 +#define EXTRA_FET_PIN 44 // L5 #if HOTENDS > 1 #if TEMP_SENSOR_BED @@ -174,35 +174,35 @@ // // Heaters / Fans (24V) // -#define HEATER_0_PIN EX1_HEAT_PIN +#define HEATER_0_PIN EX1_HEAT_PIN -#if ENABLED(IS_EFB) // Hotend, Fan, Bed - #define HEATER_BED_PIN HBP_PIN -#elif ENABLED(IS_EEF) // Hotend, Hotend, Fan - #define HEATER_1_PIN EX2_HEAT_PIN -#elif ENABLED(IS_EEB) // Hotend, Hotend, Bed - #define HEATER_1_PIN EX2_HEAT_PIN - #define HEATER_BED_PIN HBP_PIN -#elif ENABLED(IS_EFF) // Hotend, Fan, Fan - #define FAN1_PIN HBP_PIN +#if ENABLED(IS_EFB) // Hotend, Fan, Bed + #define HEATER_BED_PIN HBP_PIN +#elif ENABLED(IS_EEF) // Hotend, Hotend, Fan + #define HEATER_1_PIN EX2_HEAT_PIN +#elif ENABLED(IS_EEB) // Hotend, Hotend, Bed + #define HEATER_1_PIN EX2_HEAT_PIN + #define HEATER_BED_PIN HBP_PIN +#elif ENABLED(IS_EFF) // Hotend, Fan, Fan + #define FAN1_PIN HBP_PIN #endif #ifndef FAN_PIN #if EITHER(IS_EFB, IS_EFF) // Hotend, Fan, Bed or Hotend, Fan, Fan - #define FAN_PIN EX2_HEAT_PIN + #define FAN_PIN EX2_HEAT_PIN #elif EITHER(IS_EEF, IS_SF) // Hotend, Hotend, Fan or Spindle, Fan - #define FAN_PIN HBP_PIN + #define FAN_PIN HBP_PIN #else - #define FAN_PIN EXTRA_FET_PIN + #define FAN_PIN EXTRA_FET_PIN #endif #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define LED_PIN 13 // B7 -#define CUTOFF_RESET_PIN 16 // H1 -#define CUTOFF_TEST_PIN 17 // H0 +#define LED_PIN 13 // B7 +#define CUTOFF_RESET_PIN 16 // H1 +#define CUTOFF_TEST_PIN 17 // H0 // // LCD / Controller @@ -211,64 +211,64 @@ #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 33 // C4: LCD-STROBE - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 72 // J2: LEFT - #define LCD_PINS_D4 35 // C2: LCD-CLK - #define LCD_PINS_D5 32 // C5: RLED - #define LCD_PINS_D6 34 // C3: LCD-DATA - #define LCD_PINS_D7 31 // C6: GLED + #define LCD_PINS_RS 33 // C4: LCD-STROBE + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 72 // J2: LEFT + #define LCD_PINS_D4 35 // C2: LCD-CLK + #define LCD_PINS_D5 32 // C5: RLED + #define LCD_PINS_D6 34 // C3: LCD-DATA + #define LCD_PINS_D7 31 // C6: GLED - #define BTN_EN2 75 // J4, UP - #define BTN_EN1 73 // J3, DOWN + #define BTN_EN2 75 // J4, UP + #define BTN_EN1 73 // J3, DOWN //STOP button connected as KILL_PIN - #define KILL_PIN 14 // J1, RIGHT + #define KILL_PIN 14 // J1, RIGHT //KILL - not connected - #define BEEPER_PIN 8 // H5, SD_WP + #define BEEPER_PIN 8 // H5, SD_WP //on board leds - #define STAT_LED_RED_LED SERVO0_PIN // C1 (1280-EX1, DEBUG2) - #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN SERVO1_PIN // C0 (1280-EX2, DEBUG3) + #define STAT_LED_RED_LED SERVO0_PIN // C1 (1280-EX1, DEBUG2) + #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN SERVO1_PIN // C0 (1280-EX2, DEBUG3) #else // Replicator uses a 3-wire SR controller with HD44780 - #define SR_DATA_PIN 34 // C3 - #define SR_CLK_PIN 35 // C2 - #define SR_STROBE_PIN 33 // C4 + #define SR_DATA_PIN 34 // C3 + #define SR_CLK_PIN 35 // C2 + #define SR_STROBE_PIN 33 // C4 - #define BTN_UP 75 // J4 - #define BTN_DWN 73 // J3 - #define BTN_LFT 72 // J2 - #define BTN_RT 14 // J1 + #define BTN_UP 75 // J4 + #define BTN_DWN 73 // J3 + #define BTN_LFT 72 // J2 + #define BTN_RT 14 // J1 // Disable encoder #undef BTN_EN1 #undef BTN_EN2 - #define BEEPER_PIN 4 // G5 + #define BEEPER_PIN 4 // G5 - #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 32 // C5 - #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 31 // C6 (Actually green) + #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 32 // C5 + #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 31 // C6 (Actually green) #endif - #define BTN_CENTER 15 // J0 - #define BTN_ENC BTN_CENTER + #define BTN_CENTER 15 // J0 + #define BTN_ENC BTN_CENTER #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD // // SD Card // -#define SDSS 53 // B0 -#define SD_DETECT_PIN 9 // H6 +#define SDSS 53 // B0 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN 9 // H6 // -//TMC 2208 +// TMC 220x // -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) +#if HAS_TMC_UART /** - * TMC2208 stepper drivers + * TMC220x stepper drivers * * Hardware serial communication ports. * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below @@ -280,19 +280,19 @@ * Software serial */ - #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN 16 - #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN 17 + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN 16 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN 17 - #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN 18 - #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN 19 + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN 18 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN 19 - #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN 41 - #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN 66 + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN 41 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN 66 - #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN 40 - #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN 67 + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN 40 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN 67 - #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN 37 - #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN 68 + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN 37 + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN 68 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MINITRONICS.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MINITRONICS.h index 16fad0067f..35d1b59ecb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MINITRONICS.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MINITRONICS.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -42,102 +42,102 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 5 -#define X_MAX_PIN 2 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 2 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 15 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 6 -#define Z_MAX_PIN -1 +#define X_MIN_PIN 5 +#define X_MAX_PIN 2 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 2 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 15 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 6 +#define Z_MAX_PIN -1 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 48 -#define X_DIR_PIN 47 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 49 +#define X_STEP_PIN 48 +#define X_DIR_PIN 47 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 49 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 39 // A6 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 40 // A0 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 38 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 39 // A6 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 40 // A0 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 38 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 42 // A2 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 43 // A6 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 41 // A1 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 42 // A2 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 43 // A6 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 41 // A1 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 45 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 44 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 27 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 45 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 44 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 27 -#define E1_STEP_PIN 36 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 35 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 37 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 36 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 35 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 37 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 7 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 6 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 6 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 7 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 6 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 6 // Analog Input // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 7 // EXTRUDER 1 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 8 // EXTRUDER 2 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 3 // BED +#define HEATER_0_PIN 7 // EXTRUDER 1 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 8 // EXTRUDER 2 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 3 // BED #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 9 + #define FAN_PIN 9 #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 16 -#define LED_PIN 46 +#define SDSS 16 +#define LED_PIN 46 // // LCD / Controller // -#define BEEPER_PIN -1 +#define BEEPER_PIN -1 #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 15 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 11 // SID (MOSI) - #define LCD_PINS_D4 10 // SCK (CLK) clock + #define LCD_PINS_RS 15 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 11 // SID (MOSI) + #define LCD_PINS_D4 10 // SCK (CLK) clock - #define BTN_EN1 18 - #define BTN_EN2 17 - #define BTN_ENC 25 + #define BTN_EN1 18 + #define BTN_EN2 17 + #define BTN_ENC 25 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 30 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 30 #else - #define LCD_PINS_RS -1 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE -1 + #define LCD_PINS_RS -1 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE -1 // Buttons are directly attached using keypad - #define BTN_EN1 -1 - #define BTN_EN2 -1 - #define BTN_ENC -1 + #define BTN_EN1 -1 + #define BTN_EN2 -1 + #define BTN_ENC -1 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Minitronics doesn't use this + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Minitronics doesn't use this #endif // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // -#if HAS_CUTTER // assumes we're only doing CNC work (no 3D printing) +#if HAS_CUTTER // assumes we're only doing CNC work (no 3D printing) #undef HEATER_BED_PIN - #undef TEMP_BED_PIN // need to free up some pins but also need to - #undef TEMP_0_PIN // re-assign them (to unused pins) because Marlin - #undef TEMP_1_PIN // requires the presence of certain pins or else it - #define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 // won't compile - #define TEMP_BED_PIN 50 - #define TEMP_0_PIN 51 - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 52 // using A6 because it already has a pullup - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 3 // WARNING - LED & resistor pull up to +12/+24V stepper voltage - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 53 + #undef TEMP_BED_PIN // need to free up some pins but also need to + #undef TEMP_0_PIN // re-assign them (to unused pins) because Marlin + #undef TEMP_1_PIN // requires the presence of certain pins or else it + #define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 // won't compile + #define TEMP_BED_PIN 50 + #define TEMP_0_PIN 51 + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 52 // using A6 because it already has a pullup + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 3 // WARNING - LED & resistor pull up to +12/+24V stepper voltage + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 53 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_OVERLORD.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_OVERLORD.h index b6043c018c..4e02127c12 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_OVERLORD.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_OVERLORD.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -37,83 +37,83 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 24 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 28 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 46 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 32 +#define X_STOP_PIN 24 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 28 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 46 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 32 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 46 // JP4, Tfeed1 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 46 // JP4, Tfeed1 #endif #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 44 // JP3, Tfeed2 + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 44 // JP3, Tfeed2 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 25 -#define X_DIR_PIN 23 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 27 +#define X_STEP_PIN 25 +#define X_DIR_PIN 23 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 27 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 31 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 33 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 29 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 31 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 33 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 29 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 37 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 39 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 35 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 37 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 39 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 35 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 43 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 45 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 41 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 43 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 45 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 41 -#define E1_STEP_PIN 49 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 47 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 48 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 49 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 47 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 48 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 8 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 9 // Analog Input - Redundant temp sensor -#define TEMP_2_PIN 12 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_3_PIN 14 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 10 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 8 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 9 // Analog Input - Redundant temp sensor +#define TEMP_2_PIN 12 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_3_PIN 14 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 10 // Analog Input // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 2 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 3 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 2 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 3 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 -#define FAN_PIN 7 // material cooling fan +#define FAN_PIN 7 // material cooling fan // // SD Card // -#define SDSS 53 -#define SD_DETECT_PIN 38 +#define SDSS 53 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN 38 // // Misc. Functions // -#define LED_PIN 13 // On PCB status led -#define PS_ON_PIN 12 // For stepper/heater/fan power. Active HIGH. -#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 34 // Power check - whether hotends/steppers/fans have power +#define LED_PIN 13 // On PCB status led +#define PS_ON_PIN 12 // For stepper/heater/fan power. Active HIGH. +#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 34 // Power check - whether hotends/steppers/fans have power #if ENABLED(BATTERY_STATUS_AVAILABLE) #undef BATTERY_STATUS_PIN - #define BATTERY_STATUS_PIN 26 // Status of power loss battery, whether it is charged (low) or charging (high) + #define BATTERY_STATUS_PIN 26 // Status of power loss battery, whether it is charged (low) or charging (high) #endif #if ENABLED(INPUT_VOLTAGE_AVAILABLE) #undef VOLTAGE_DETECTION_PIN - #define VOLTAGE_DETECTION_PIN 11 // Analog Input - ADC Voltage level of main input + #define VOLTAGE_DETECTION_PIN 11 // Analog Input - ADC Voltage level of main input #endif // @@ -121,24 +121,24 @@ // #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD // OVERLORD OLED pins - #define LCD_PINS_RS 20 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 21 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 15 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 14 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 5 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 6 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 20 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 21 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 15 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 14 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 5 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 6 #ifndef LCD_RESET_PIN - #define LCD_RESET_PIN 5 // LCD_PINS_D6 + #define LCD_RESET_PIN 5 // LCD_PINS_D6 #endif #endif #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define BTN_ENC 16 // Enter Pin - #define BTN_UP 19 // Button UP Pin - #define BTN_DWN 17 // Button DOWN Pin + #define BTN_ENC 16 // Enter Pin + #define BTN_UP 19 // Button UP Pin + #define BTN_DWN 17 // Button DOWN Pin #endif // Additional connectors/pins on the Overlord V1.X board -#define PCB_VERSION_PIN 22 -#define APPROACH_PIN 11 // JP7, Tpd -#define GATE_PIN 36 // Threshold, JP6, Tg +#define PCB_VERSION_PIN 22 +#define APPROACH_PIN 11 // JP7, Tpd +#define GATE_PIN 36 // Threshold, JP6, Tg diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_PICA.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_PICA.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f00d817d6e --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_PICA.h @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * Arduino Mega with PICA pin assignments + * + * PICA is Power, Interface, and Control Adapter and is open source hardware. + * See https://github.com/mjrice/PICA for schematics etc. + * + * Applies to PICA, PICA_REVB + */ + +#ifndef BOARD_NAME + #define BOARD_NAME "PICA" +#endif + +/* +// Note that these are the "pins" that correspond to the analog inputs on the arduino mega. +// These are not the same as the physical pin numbers + AD0 = 54; AD1 = 55; AD2 = 56; AD3 = 57; + AD4 = 58; AD5 = 59; AD6 = 60; AD7 = 61; + AD8 = 62; AD9 = 63; AD10 = 64; AD11 = 65; + AD12 = 66; AD13 = 67; AD14 = 68; AD15 = 69; +*/ + +#if !defined(__AVR_ATmega1280__) && !defined(__AVR_ATmega2560__) + #error "Oops! Make sure you have 'Arduino Mega' selected from the 'Tools -> Boards' menu." +#endif + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN 14 +#define X_MAX_PIN 15 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 16 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 17 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 23 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 22 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN 55 +#define X_DIR_PIN 54 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 60 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN 57 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 56 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 61 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN 59 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 58 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 62 + +#define E0_STEP_PIN 67 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 24 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 26 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN 9 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 10 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 10 +#define TEMP_2_PIN 11 +#define TEMP_3_PIN 12 + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#ifndef HEATER_0_PIN + #define HEATER_0_PIN 10 // E0 +#endif +#ifndef HEATER_1_PIN + #define HEATER_1_PIN 2 // E1 +#endif +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 8 // HEAT-BED + +#ifndef FAN_PIN + #define FAN_PIN 9 +#endif +#ifndef FAN_2_PIN + #define FAN_2_PIN 7 +#endif + +#define SDPOWER_PIN -1 +#define LED_PIN -1 +#define PS_ON_PIN -1 +#define KILL_PIN -1 + +#define SSR_PIN 6 + +// SPI for Max6675 or Max31855 Thermocouple +#if DISABLED(SDSUPPORT) + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 53 if using Display/SD card +#else + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 49 (SD_DETECT_PIN) +#endif + +// +// SD Support +// +#define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 +#define SDSS 53 + +// +// LCD / Controller +// +#define BEEPER_PIN 29 + +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + #define LCD_PINS_RS 33 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 30 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 35 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 32 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 37 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 36 + + #define BTN_EN1 47 + #define BTN_EN2 48 + #define BTN_ENC 31 + + #define LCD_SDSS 53 +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_PICAOLD.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_PICAOLD.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..34861277a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_PICAOLD.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#define HEATER_0_PIN 9 // E0 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 10 // E1 +#define FAN_PIN 11 +#define FAN2_PIN 12 + +#include "pins_PICA.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_SILVER_GATE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_SILVER_GATE.h index 2ea2b09f5a..4c79507eab 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_SILVER_GATE.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_SILVER_GATE.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -27,67 +27,67 @@ #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Silver Gate" -#define X_STEP_PIN 43 -#define X_DIR_PIN 44 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 42 -#define X_MIN_PIN 31 -#define X_MAX_PIN 34 +#define X_STEP_PIN 43 +#define X_DIR_PIN 44 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 42 +#define X_MIN_PIN 31 +#define X_MAX_PIN 34 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 40 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 41 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 39 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 32 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 35 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 40 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 41 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 39 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 32 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 35 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 13 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 38 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 14 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 33 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 36 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 13 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 38 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 14 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 33 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 36 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 27 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 37 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 45 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 27 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 37 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 45 -#define SDSS 16 +#define SDSS 16 #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 34 // X_MAX unless overridden + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 34 // X_MAX unless overridden #endif #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 5 + #define FAN_PIN 5 #endif -#define HEATER_0_PIN 7 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 7 -#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 3 // Use this by NOT overriding E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 2 +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 3 // Use this by NOT overriding E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN +#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 2 -#define TEMP_0_PIN 7 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 7 // Analog Input -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 8 -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 6 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 8 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 6 #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) // SPI GLCD 12864 ST7920 - #define LCD_PINS_RS 30 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 20 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 25 - #define BEEPER_PIN 29 - #define BTN_EN1 19 - #define BTN_EN2 22 - #define BTN_ENC 24 - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 6 + #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) // SPI GLCD 12864 ST7920 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 30 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 20 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 25 + #define BEEPER_PIN 29 + #define BTN_EN1 19 + #define BTN_EN2 22 + #define BTN_ENC 24 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 6 #if ENABLED(SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER) - #define KILL_PIN 21 - #define HOME_PIN 28 + #define KILL_PIN 21 + #define HOME_PIN 28 #endif #endif #endif -#define SD_DETECT_PIN 15 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN 15 -#define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 23 -#define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 26 -#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 51 +#define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 23 +#define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 26 +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 51 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_WANHAO_ONEPLUS.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_WANHAO_ONEPLUS.h index 1cceef8dab..6c53b7ea4e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_WANHAO_ONEPLUS.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_WANHAO_ONEPLUS.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -36,76 +36,76 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 19 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 18 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 38 +#define X_STOP_PIN 19 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 18 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 38 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 38 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 38 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 22 -#define X_DIR_PIN 23 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 57 +#define X_STEP_PIN 22 +#define X_DIR_PIN 23 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 57 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 25 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 26 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 25 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 26 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 24 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 29 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 39 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 28 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 29 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 39 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 28 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 55 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 56 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 54 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 55 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 56 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 54 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 13 -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 +#define TEMP_0_PIN 13 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 4 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 44 -#define FAN_PIN 12 // IO pin. Buffer needed +#define HEATER_0_PIN 4 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 44 +#define FAN_PIN 12 // IO pin. Buffer needed // // SD Card // -#define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 -#define SDSS 53 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 +#define SDSS 53 // // Misc. Functions // -#define BEEPER_PIN 37 -#define KILL_PIN 64 +#define BEEPER_PIN 37 +#define KILL_PIN 64 // // LCD / Controller (Integrated MINIPANEL) // #if ENABLED(MINIPANEL) - #define DOGLCD_A0 40 - #define DOGLCD_CS 41 - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 65 // Backlight LED on A11/D65 - #define LCD_RESET_PIN 27 + #define DOGLCD_A0 40 + #define DOGLCD_CS 41 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 65 // Backlight LED on A11/D65 + #define LCD_RESET_PIN 27 - #define BTN_EN1 2 - #define BTN_EN2 3 - #define BTN_ENC 5 + #define BTN_EN1 2 + #define BTN_EN2 3 + #define BTN_ENC 5 // This display has adjustable contrast - #define LCD_CONTRAST_MIN 0 - #define LCD_CONTRAST_MAX 255 - #define LCD_CONTRAST_INIT LCD_CONTRAST_MAX + #define LCD_CONTRAST_MIN 0 + #define LCD_CONTRAST_MAX 255 + #define LCD_CONTRAST_INIT LCD_CONTRAST_MAX #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins.h index 4058c72836..b43ba1cbc6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -21,6 +21,8 @@ */ #pragma once +#include "../core/boards.h" + /** * Include pins definitions * @@ -33,17 +35,17 @@ * These numbers are the same in any pin mapping. */ -#define MAX_EXTRUDERS 6 +#define MAX_EXTRUDERS 8 -#if MB(RAMPS_13_EFB) || MB(RAMPS_14_EFB) || MB(RAMPS_PLUS_EFB) || MB(RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EFB) || MB(RAMPS_SMART_EFB) || MB(RAMPS_DUO_EFB) || MB(RAMPS4DUE_EFB) +#if MB(RAMPS_13_EFB, RAMPS_14_EFB, RAMPS_PLUS_EFB, RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EFB, RAMPS_SMART_EFB, RAMPS_DUO_EFB, RAMPS4DUE_EFB) #define IS_RAMPS_EFB -#elif MB(RAMPS_13_EEB) || MB(RAMPS_14_EEB) || MB(RAMPS_PLUS_EEB) || MB(RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EEB) || MB(RAMPS_SMART_EEB) || MB(RAMPS_DUO_EEB) || MB(RAMPS4DUE_EEB) +#elif MB(RAMPS_13_EEB, RAMPS_14_EEB, RAMPS_PLUS_EEB, RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EEB, RAMPS_SMART_EEB, RAMPS_DUO_EEB, RAMPS4DUE_EEB) #define IS_RAMPS_EEB -#elif MB(RAMPS_13_EFF) || MB(RAMPS_14_EFF) || MB(RAMPS_PLUS_EFF) || MB(RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EFF) || MB(RAMPS_SMART_EFF) || MB(RAMPS_DUO_EFF) || MB(RAMPS4DUE_EFF) +#elif MB(RAMPS_13_EFF, RAMPS_14_EFF, RAMPS_PLUS_EFF, RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EFF, RAMPS_SMART_EFF, RAMPS_DUO_EFF, RAMPS4DUE_EFF) #define IS_RAMPS_EFF -#elif MB(RAMPS_13_EEF) || MB(RAMPS_14_EEF) || MB(RAMPS_PLUS_EEF) || MB(RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EEF) || MB(RAMPS_SMART_EEF) || MB(RAMPS_DUO_EEF) || MB(RAMPS4DUE_EEF) +#elif MB(RAMPS_13_EEF, RAMPS_14_EEF, RAMPS_PLUS_EEF, RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EEF, RAMPS_SMART_EEF, RAMPS_DUO_EEF, RAMPS4DUE_EEF) #define IS_RAMPS_EEF -#elif MB(RAMPS_13_SF) || MB(RAMPS_14_SF) || MB(RAMPS_PLUS_SF) || MB(RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_SF) || MB(RAMPS_SMART_SF) || MB(RAMPS_DUO_SF) || MB(RAMPS4DUE_SF) +#elif MB(RAMPS_13_SF, RAMPS_14_SF, RAMPS_PLUS_SF, RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_SF, RAMPS_SMART_SF, RAMPS_DUO_SF, RAMPS4DUE_SF) #define IS_RAMPS_SF #endif @@ -54,130 +56,140 @@ // #if MB(RAMPS_OLD) - #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_OLD.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_OLD.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(RAMPS_13_EFB) - #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_13.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_13.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(RAMPS_13_EEB) - #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_13.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_13.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(RAMPS_13_EFF) - #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_13.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_13.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(RAMPS_13_EEF) - #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_13.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_13.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(RAMPS_13_SF) - #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_13.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_13.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(RAMPS_14_EFB) - #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(RAMPS_14_EEB) - #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(RAMPS_14_EFF) - #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(RAMPS_14_EEF) - #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(RAMPS_14_SF) - #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(RAMPS_PLUS_EFB) - #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_PLUS.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_PLUS.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(RAMPS_PLUS_EEB) - #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_PLUS.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_PLUS.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(RAMPS_PLUS_EFF) - #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_PLUS.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_PLUS.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(RAMPS_PLUS_EEF) - #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_PLUS.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_PLUS.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(RAMPS_PLUS_SF) - #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_PLUS.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_PLUS.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 // // RAMPS Derivatives - ATmega1280, ATmega2560 // #elif MB(3DRAG) - #include "ramps/pins_3DRAG.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_3DRAG.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(K8200) - #include "ramps/pins_K8200.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 (3DRAG) + #include "ramps/pins_K8200.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 (3DRAG) #elif MB(K8400) - #include "ramps/pins_K8400.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 (3DRAG) + #include "ramps/pins_K8400.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 (3DRAG) #elif MB(K8800) - #include "ramps/pins_K8800.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 (3DRAG) + #include "ramps/pins_K8800.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 (3DRAG) #elif MB(BAM_DICE) - #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(BAM_DICE_DUE) - #include "ramps/pins_BAM_DICE_DUE.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_BAM_DICE_DUE.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(MKS_BASE) - #include "ramps/pins_MKS_BASE.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_10.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(MKS_BASE_14) - #include "ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_14.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_14.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(MKS_BASE_15) - #include "ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_15.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_15.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 +#elif MB(MKS_BASE_16) + #include "ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_16.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(MKS_BASE_HEROIC) - #include "ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_HEROIC.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_HEROIC.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(MKS_GEN_13) - #include "ramps/pins_MKS_GEN_13.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_MKS_GEN_13.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(MKS_GEN_L) - #include "ramps/pins_MKS_GEN_L.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_MKS_GEN_L.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(KFB_2) - #include "ramps/pins_BIQU_KFB_2.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_BIQU_KFB_2.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(ZRIB_V20) - #include "ramps/pins_ZRIB_V20.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 (MKS_GEN_13) + #include "ramps/pins_ZRIB_V20.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 (MKS_GEN_13) #elif MB(FELIX2) - #include "ramps/pins_FELIX2.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_FELIX2.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(RIGIDBOARD) - #include "ramps/pins_RIGIDBOARD.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_RIGIDBOARD.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(RIGIDBOARD_V2) - #include "ramps/pins_RIGIDBOARD_V2.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_RIGIDBOARD_V2.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(SAINSMART_2IN1) - #include "ramps/pins_SAINSMART_2IN1.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_SAINSMART_2IN1.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(ULTIMAKER) - #include "ramps/pins_ULTIMAKER.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_ULTIMAKER.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(ULTIMAKER_OLD) - #include "ramps/pins_ULTIMAKER_OLD.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_ULTIMAKER_OLD.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(AZTEEG_X3) - #include "ramps/pins_AZTEEG_X3.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_AZTEEG_X3.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(AZTEEG_X3_PRO) - #include "ramps/pins_AZTEEG_X3_PRO.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_AZTEEG_X3_PRO.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(ULTIMAIN_2) - #include "ramps/pins_ULTIMAIN_2.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_ULTIMAIN_2.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(FORMBOT_RAPTOR) - #include "ramps/pins_FORMBOT_RAPTOR.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_FORMBOT_RAPTOR.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(FORMBOT_RAPTOR2) - #include "ramps/pins_FORMBOT_RAPTOR2.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_FORMBOT_RAPTOR2.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS) - #include "ramps/pins_FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(FORMBOT_TREX3) - #include "ramps/pins_FORMBOT_TREX3.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_FORMBOT_TREX3.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(RUMBA) - #include "ramps/pins_RUMBA.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_RUMBA.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(RUMBA_RAISE3D) - #include "ramps/pins_RUMBA_RAISE3D.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_RUMBA_RAISE3D.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(RL200) - #include "ramps/pins_RL200.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_RL200.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D) - #include "ramps/pins_BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(MAKEBOARD_MINI) - #include "ramps/pins_MAKEBOARD_MINI.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_MAKEBOARD_MINI.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(TRIGORILLA_13) - #include "ramps/pins_TRIGORILLA_13.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_TRIGORILLA_13.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(TRIGORILLA_14) - #include "ramps/pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(TRIGORILLA_14_11) - #include "ramps/pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(RAMPS_ENDER_4) - #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_ENDER_4.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_ENDER_4.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(RAMPS_CREALITY) - #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_CREALITY.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_CREALITY.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(RAMPS_DAGOMA) - #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_DAGOMA.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_DAGOMA.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(FYSETC_F6_13) - #include "ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h" // ATmega2560 env:fysetc_f6_13 + #include "ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h" // ATmega2560 env:FYSETC_F6_13 +#elif MB(FYSETC_F6_14) + #include "ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_14.h" // ATmega2560 env:FYSETC_F6_14 #elif MB(DUPLICATOR_I3_PLUS) - #include "ramps/pins_DUPLICATOR_I3_PLUS.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_DUPLICATOR_I3_PLUS.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(VORON) - #include "ramps/pins_VORON.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_VORON.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(TRONXY_V3_1_0) - #include "ramps/pins_TRONXY_V3_1_0.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_TRONXY_V3_1_0.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(Z_BOLT_X_SERIES) - #include "ramps/pins_Z_BOLT_X_SERIES.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_Z_BOLT_X_SERIES.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(TT_OSCAR) - #include "ramps/pins_TT_OSCAR.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "ramps/pins_TT_OSCAR.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 +#elif MB(TANGO) + #include "ramps/pins_TANGO.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 +#elif MB(MKS_GEN_L_V2) + #include "ramps/pins_MKS_GEN_L_V2.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 +#elif MB(COPYMASTER_3D) + #include "ramps/pins_COPYMASTER_3D.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 // // RAMBo and derivatives @@ -185,7 +197,7 @@ #elif MB(RAMBO) #include "rambo/pins_RAMBO.h" // ATmega2560 env:rambo -#elif MB(MINIRAMBO) || MB(MINIRAMBO_10A) +#elif MB(MINIRAMBO, MINIRAMBO_10A) #include "rambo/pins_MINIRAMBO.h" // ATmega2560 env:rambo #elif MB(EINSY_RAMBO) #include "rambo/pins_EINSY_RAMBO.h" // ATmega2560 env:rambo @@ -199,108 +211,114 @@ // #elif MB(CNCONTROLS_11) - #include "mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_11.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_11.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(CNCONTROLS_12) - #include "mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_12.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_12.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(CNCONTROLS_15) - #include "mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_15.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_15.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(MIGHTYBOARD_REVE) - #include "mega/pins_MIGHTYBOARD_REVE.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "mega/pins_MIGHTYBOARD_REVE.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(CHEAPTRONIC) - #include "mega/pins_CHEAPTRONIC.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "mega/pins_CHEAPTRONIC.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(CHEAPTRONIC_V2) - #include "mega/pins_CHEAPTRONICv2.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "mega/pins_CHEAPTRONICv2.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(MEGATRONICS) - #include "mega/pins_MEGATRONICS.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "mega/pins_MEGATRONICS.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(MEGATRONICS_2) - #include "mega/pins_MEGATRONICS_2.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 -#elif MB(MEGATRONICS_3) || MB(MEGATRONICS_31) || MB(MEGATRONICS_32) - #include "mega/pins_MEGATRONICS_3.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "mega/pins_MEGATRONICS_2.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 +#elif MB(MEGATRONICS_3, MEGATRONICS_31, MEGATRONICS_32) + #include "mega/pins_MEGATRONICS_3.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(ELEFU_3) - #include "mega/pins_ELEFU_3.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "mega/pins_ELEFU_3.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(LEAPFROG) - #include "mega/pins_LEAPFROG.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "mega/pins_LEAPFROG.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(MEGACONTROLLER) - #include "mega/pins_MEGACONTROLLER.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "mega/pins_MEGACONTROLLER.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(GT2560_REV_A) - #include "mega/pins_GT2560_REV_A.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "mega/pins_GT2560_REV_A.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(GT2560_REV_A_PLUS) - #include "mega/pins_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "mega/pins_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(GT2560_V3) - #include "mega/pins_GT2560_V3.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "mega/pins_GT2560_V3.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(GT2560_V3_MC2) - #include "mega/pins_GT2560_V3_MC2.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "mega/pins_GT2560_V3_MC2.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(GT2560_V3_A20) - #include "mega/pins_GT2560_V3_A20.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "mega/pins_GT2560_V3_A20.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(EINSTART_S) - #include "mega/pins_EINSTART-S.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:megaatmega1280 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "mega/pins_EINSTART-S.h" // ATmega1280, ATmega2560 env:mega1280 env:mega2560 #elif MB(WANHAO_ONEPLUS) - #include "mega/pins_WANHAO_ONEPLUS.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "mega/pins_WANHAO_ONEPLUS.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(OVERLORD) - #include "mega/pins_OVERLORD.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "mega/pins_OVERLORD.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 #elif MB(HJC2560C_REV2) - #include "mega/pins_HJC2560C_REV2.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "mega/pins_HJC2560C_REV2.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 +#elif MB(LEAPFROG_XEED2015) + #include "mega/pins_LEAPFROG_XEED2015.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 +#elif MB(PICA) + #include "mega/pins_PICA.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 +#elif MB(PICA_REVB) + #include "mega/pins_PICAOLD.h" // ATmega2560 env:mega2560 // // ATmega1281, ATmega2561 // #elif MB(MINITRONICS) - #include "mega/pins_MINITRONICS.h" // ATmega1281 env:megaatmega1280 + #include "mega/pins_MINITRONICS.h" // ATmega1281 env:mega1280 #elif MB(SILVER_GATE) - #include "mega/pins_SILVER_GATE.h" // ATmega2561 env:megaatmega2560 + #include "mega/pins_SILVER_GATE.h" // ATmega2561 env:mega2560 // // Sanguinololu and Derivatives - ATmega644P, ATmega1284P // #elif MB(SANGUINOLOLU_11) - #include "sanguino/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_11.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega1284P env:sanguino_atmega644p env:sanguino_atmega1284p + #include "sanguino/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_11.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega1284P env:sanguino644p env:sanguino1284p #elif MB(SANGUINOLOLU_12) - #include "sanguino/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_12.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega1284P env:sanguino_atmega644p env:sanguino_atmega1284p + #include "sanguino/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_12.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega1284P env:sanguino644p env:sanguino1284p #elif MB(MELZI) - #include "sanguino/pins_MELZI.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega1284P env:sanguino_atmega644p env:sanguino_atmega1284p + #include "sanguino/pins_MELZI.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega1284P env:sanguino644p env:sanguino1284p #elif MB(MELZI_MAKR3D) - #include "sanguino/pins_MELZI_MAKR3D.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega1284P env:sanguino_atmega644p env:sanguino_atmega1284p + #include "sanguino/pins_MELZI_MAKR3D.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega1284P env:sanguino644p env:sanguino1284p #elif MB(MELZI_CREALITY) - #include "sanguino/pins_MELZI_CREALITY.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega1284P env:sanguino_atmega644p env:sanguino_atmega1284p + #include "sanguino/pins_MELZI_CREALITY.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega1284P env:sanguino644p env:sanguino1284p #elif MB(MELZI_MALYAN) - #include "sanguino/pins_MELZI_MALYAN.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega1284P env:sanguino_atmega644p env:sanguino_atmega1284p + #include "sanguino/pins_MELZI_MALYAN.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega1284P env:sanguino644p env:sanguino1284p #elif MB(MELZI_TRONXY) - #include "sanguino/pins_MELZI_TRONXY.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega1284P env:sanguino_atmega644p env:sanguino_atmega1284p + #include "sanguino/pins_MELZI_TRONXY.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega1284P env:sanguino644p env:sanguino1284p #elif MB(STB_11) - #include "sanguino/pins_STB_11.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega1284P env:sanguino_atmega644p env:sanguino_atmega1284p + #include "sanguino/pins_STB_11.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega1284P env:sanguino644p env:sanguino1284p #elif MB(AZTEEG_X1) - #include "sanguino/pins_AZTEEG_X1.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega1284P env:sanguino_atmega644p env:sanguino_atmega1284p + #include "sanguino/pins_AZTEEG_X1.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega1284P env:sanguino644p env:sanguino1284p // // Other ATmega644P, ATmega644, ATmega1284P // #elif MB(GEN3_MONOLITHIC) - #include "sanguino/pins_GEN3_MONOLITHIC.h" // ATmega644P env:sanguino_atmega644p + #include "sanguino/pins_GEN3_MONOLITHIC.h" // ATmega644P env:sanguino644p #elif MB(GEN3_PLUS) - #include "sanguino/pins_GEN3_PLUS.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega1284P env:sanguino_atmega644p env:sanguino_atmega1284p + #include "sanguino/pins_GEN3_PLUS.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega1284P env:sanguino644p env:sanguino1284p #elif MB(GEN6) - #include "sanguino/pins_GEN6.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega1284P env:sanguino_atmega644p env:sanguino_atmega1284p + #include "sanguino/pins_GEN6.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega1284P env:sanguino644p env:sanguino1284p #elif MB(GEN6_DELUXE) - #include "sanguino/pins_GEN6_DELUXE.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega1284P env:sanguino_atmega644p env:sanguino_atmega1284p + #include "sanguino/pins_GEN6_DELUXE.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega1284P env:sanguino644p env:sanguino1284p #elif MB(GEN7_CUSTOM) - #include "sanguino/pins_GEN7_CUSTOM.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega644, ATmega1284P env:sanguino_atmega644p env:sanguino_atmega1284p + #include "sanguino/pins_GEN7_CUSTOM.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega644, ATmega1284P env:sanguino644p env:sanguino1284p #elif MB(GEN7_12) - #include "sanguino/pins_GEN7_12.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega644, ATmega1284P env:sanguino_atmega644p env:sanguino_atmega1284p + #include "sanguino/pins_GEN7_12.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega644, ATmega1284P env:sanguino644p env:sanguino1284p #elif MB(GEN7_13) - #include "sanguino/pins_GEN7_13.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega644, ATmega1284P env:sanguino_atmega644p env:sanguino_atmega1284p + #include "sanguino/pins_GEN7_13.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega644, ATmega1284P env:sanguino644p env:sanguino1284p #elif MB(GEN7_14) - #include "sanguino/pins_GEN7_14.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega644, ATmega1284P env:sanguino_atmega644p env:sanguino_atmega1284p + #include "sanguino/pins_GEN7_14.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega644, ATmega1284P env:sanguino644p env:sanguino1284p #elif MB(OMCA_A) - #include "sanguino/pins_OMCA_A.h" // ATmega644 env:sanguino_atmega644p + #include "sanguino/pins_OMCA_A.h" // ATmega644 env:sanguino644p #elif MB(OMCA) - #include "sanguino/pins_OMCA.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega644 env:sanguino_atmega644p + #include "sanguino/pins_OMCA.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega644 env:sanguino644p #elif MB(ANET_10) - #include "sanguino/pins_ANET_10.h" // ATmega1284P env:sanguino_atmega1284p + #include "sanguino/pins_ANET_10.h" // ATmega1284P env:sanguino1284p #elif MB(SETHI) - #include "sanguino/pins_SETHI.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega644, ATmega1284P env:sanguino_atmega644p env:sanguino_atmega1284p + #include "sanguino/pins_SETHI.h" // ATmega644P, ATmega644, ATmega1284P env:sanguino644p env:sanguino1284p // // Teensyduino - AT90USB1286, AT90USB1286P @@ -347,14 +365,16 @@ #include "lpc1768/pins_BIQU_BQ111_A4.h" // LPC1768 env:LPC1768 #elif MB(SELENA_COMPACT) #include "lpc1768/pins_SELENA_COMPACT.h" // LPC1768 env:LPC1768 -#elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_V1_1) - #include "lpc1768/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_V1.1.h" // LPC1768 env:LPC1768 #elif MB(BIQU_B300_V1_0) #include "lpc1768/pins_BIQU_B300_V1.0.h" // LPC1768 env:LPC1768 -#elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_V1_3) - #include "lpc1768/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_V1.3.h" // LPC1768 env:LPC1768 #elif MB(GMARSH_X6_REV1) #include "lpc1768/pins_GMARSH_X6_REV1.h" // LPC1768 env:LPC1768 +#elif MB(BTT_SKR_V1_1) + #include "lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_1.h" // LPC1768 env:LPC1768 +#elif MB(BTT_SKR_V1_3) + #include "lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_3.h" // LPC1768 env:LPC1768 +#elif MB(BTT_SKR_V1_4) + #include "lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4.h" // LPC1768 env:LPC1768 // // LPC1769 ARM Cortex M3 @@ -376,6 +396,8 @@ #include "lpc1769/pins_SMOOTHIEBOARD.h" // LPC1769 env:LPC1769 #elif MB(TH3D_EZBOARD) #include "lpc1769/pins_TH3D_EZBOARD.h" // LPC1769 env:LPC1769 +#elif MB(BTT_SKR_V1_4_TURBO) + #include "lpc1769/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4_TURBO.h" // LPC1769 env:LPC1769 // // Due (ATSAM) boards @@ -437,47 +459,61 @@ #include "sam/pins_ADSK.h" // SAM3X8E env:DUE env:DUE_debug #elif MB(PRINTRBOARD_G2) #include "sam/pins_PRINTRBOARD_G2.h" // SAM3X8C env:DUE_USB +#elif MB(CNCONTROLS_15D) + #include "sam/pins_CNCONTROLS_15D.h" // SAM3X8E env:DUE env:DUE_USB // // STM32 ARM Cortex-M3 // -#elif MB(STM32F103R) - #include "stm32/pins_STM32F1R.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103R +#elif MB(STM32F103RE) + #include "stm32f1/pins_STM32F1R.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RE #elif MB(MALYAN_M200) - #include "stm32/pins_MALYAN_M200.h" // STM32F1 env:malyanm200 + #include "stm32f1/pins_MALYAN_M200.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103CB_malyan #elif MB(STM3R_MINI) - #include "stm32/pins_STM3R_MINI.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103R + #include "stm32f1/pins_STM3R_MINI.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RE #elif MB(GTM32_PRO_VB) - #include "stm32/pins_GTM32_PRO_VB.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103R + #include "stm32f1/pins_GTM32_PRO_VB.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RE +#elif MB(GTM32_MINI_A30) + #include "stm32f1/pins_GTM32_MINI_A30.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RE +#elif MB(GTM32_MINI) + #include "stm32f1/pins_GTM32_MINI.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RE +#elif MB(GTM32_REV_B) + #include "stm32f1/pins_GTM32_REV_B.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RE #elif MB(MORPHEUS) - #include "stm32/pins_MORPHEUS.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103R + #include "stm32f1/pins_MORPHEUS.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RE #elif MB(CHITU3D) - #include "stm32/pins_CHITU3D.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103R + #include "stm32f1/pins_CHITU3D.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RE #elif MB(MKS_ROBIN) - #include "stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN.h" // STM32F1 env:mks_robin + #include "stm32f1/pins_MKS_ROBIN.h" // STM32F1 env:mks_robin #elif MB(MKS_ROBIN_MINI) - #include "stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_MINI.h" // STM32F1 env:mks_robin_mini + #include "stm32f1/pins_MKS_ROBIN_MINI.h" // STM32F1 env:mks_robin_mini #elif MB(MKS_ROBIN_NANO) - #include "stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_NANO.h" // STM32F1 env:mks_robin_nano + #include "stm32f1/pins_MKS_ROBIN_NANO.h" // STM32F1 env:mks_robin_nano #elif MB(MKS_ROBIN_LITE) - #include "stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_LITE.h" // STM32F1 env:mks_robin_lite -#elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1) - #include "stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103R_bigtree -#elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3) - #include "stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103R_bigtree -#elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP) - #include "stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103R_bigtree + #include "stm32f1/pins_MKS_ROBIN_LITE.h" // STM32F1 env:mks_robin_lite +#elif MB(BTT_SKR_MINI_V1_1) + #include "stm32f1/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_V1_1.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RC_btt env:STM32F103RC_btt_512K env:STM32F103RC_btt_USB env:STM32F103RC_btt_512K_USB +#elif MB(BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_0) + #include "stm32f1/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_0.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RC_btt env:STM32F103RC_btt_512K env:STM32F103RC_btt_USB env:STM32F103RC_btt_512K_USB +#elif MB(BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_2) + #include "stm32f1/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_2.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RC_btt env:STM32F103RC_btt_512K env:STM32F103RC_btt_USB env:STM32F103RC_btt_512K_USB +#elif MB(BTT_SKR_E3_DIP) + #include "stm32f1/pins_BTT_SKR_E3_DIP.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RE_btt env:STM32F103RE_btt_USB env:STM32F103RC_btt env:STM32F103RC_btt_512K env:STM32F103RC_btt_USB env:STM32F103RC_btt_512K_USB #elif MB(JGAURORA_A5S_A1) - #include "stm32/pins_JGAURORA_A5S_A1.h" // STM32F1 env:jgaurora_a5s_a1 + #include "stm32f1/pins_JGAURORA_A5S_A1.h" // STM32F1 env:jgaurora_a5s_a1 #elif MB(FYSETC_AIO_II) - #include "stm32/pins_FYSETC_AIO_II.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103R_fysetc + #include "stm32f1/pins_FYSETC_AIO_II.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RC_fysetc #elif MB(FYSETC_CHEETAH) - #include "stm32/pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103R_fysetc + #include "stm32f1/pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RC_fysetc #elif MB(FYSETC_CHEETAH_V12) - #include "stm32/pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH_V12.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103R_fysetc + #include "stm32f1/pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH_V12.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RC_fysetc #elif MB(LONGER3D_LK) - #include "stm32/pins_LONGER3D_LK.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103V_longer + #include "stm32f1/pins_LONGER3D_LK.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103VE_longer +#elif MB(MKS_ROBIN_LITE3) + #include "stm32f1/pins_MKS_ROBIN_LITE3.h" // STM32F1 env:mks_robin_lite3 +#elif MB(MKS_ROBIN_PRO) + #include "stm32f1/pins_MKS_ROBIN_PRO.h" // STM32F1 env:mks_robin_pro // // ARM Cortex-M4F @@ -493,41 +529,67 @@ // #elif MB(BEAST) - #include "stm32/pins_BEAST.h" // STM32F4 env:STM32F4 -#elif MB(STM32F4) - #include "stm32/pins_STM32F4.h" // STM32F4 env:STM32F4 + #include "stm32f4/pins_BEAST.h" // STM32F4 env:STM32F4 +#elif MB(GENERIC_STM32F4) + #include "stm32f4/pins_GENERIC_STM32F4.h" // STM32F4 env:STM32F4 #elif MB(ARMED) - #include "stm32/pins_ARMED.h" // STM32F4 env:ARMED -#elif MB(RUMBA32) - #include "stm32/pins_RUMBA32.h" // STM32F4 env:RUMBA32 + #include "stm32f4/pins_ARMED.h" // STM32F4 env:ARMED +#elif MB(RUMBA32_AUS3D) + #include "stm32f4/pins_RUMBA32_AUS3D.h" // STM32F4 env:rumba32_f446ve +#elif MB(RUMBA32_MKS) + #include "stm32f4/pins_RUMBA32_MKS.h" // STM32F4 env:rumba32_mks #elif MB(BLACK_STM32F407VE) - #include "stm32/pins_BLACK_STM32F407VE.h" // STM32F4 env:STM32F407VE_black -#elif MB(STEVAL) - #include "stm32/pins_STEVAL.h" // STM32F4 env:STM32F4 -#elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_V1_1) - #include "stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_V1.1.h" // STM32F4 env:BIGTREE_SKR_PRO -#elif MB(BIGTREE_BTT002_V1_0) - #include "stm32/pins_BIGTREE_BTT002_V1.0.h" // STM32F4 env:BIGTREE_BTT002 + #include "stm32f4/pins_BLACK_STM32F407VE.h" // STM32F4 env:STM32F407VE_black +#elif MB(STEVAL_3DP001V1) + #include "stm32f4/pins_STEVAL_3DP001V1.h" // STM32F4 env:STM32F401VE_STEVAL +#elif MB(BTT_SKR_PRO_V1_1) + #include "stm32f4/pins_BTT_SKR_PRO_V1_1.h" // STM32F4 env:BIGTREE_SKR_PRO +#elif MB(BTT_GTR_V1_0) + #include "stm32f4/pins_BTT_GTR_V1_0.h" // STM32F4 env:BIGTREE_GTR_V1_0 +#elif MB(BTT_BTT002_V1_0) + #include "stm32f4/pins_BTT_BTT002_V1_0.h" // STM32F4 env:BIGTREE_BTT002 #elif MB(LERDGE_K) - #include "stm32/pins_LERDGE_K.h" // STM32F4 env:STM32F4 + #include "stm32f4/pins_LERDGE_K.h" // STM32F4 env:STM32F4 #elif MB(LERDGE_X) - #include "stm32/pins_LERDGE_X.h" // STM32F4 env:STM32F4 + #include "stm32f4/pins_LERDGE_X.h" // STM32F4 env:STM32F4 +#elif MB(VAKE403D) + #include "stm32f4/pins_VAKE403D.h" // STM32F4 env:STM32F4 +#elif MB(FYSETC_S6) + #include "stm32f4/pins_FYSETC_S6.h" // STM32F4 env:FYSETC_S6 +#elif MB(FLYF407ZG) + #include "stm32f4/pins_FLYF407ZG.h" // STM32F4 env:FLYF407ZG +#elif MB(MKS_ROBIN2) + #include "stm32f4/pins_MKS_ROBIN2.h" // STM32F4 env:MKS_ROBIN2 // // ARM Cortex M7 // #elif MB(THE_BORG) - #include "stm32/pins_THE_BORG.h" // STM32F7 env:STM32F7 + #include "stm32f7/pins_THE_BORG.h" // STM32F7 env:STM32F7 #elif MB(REMRAM_V1) - #include "stm32/pins_REMRAM_V1.h" // STM32F7 env:STM32F7 + #include "stm32f7/pins_REMRAM_V1.h" // STM32F7 env:STM32F7 // // Espressif ESP32 // -#elif MB(ESP32) +#elif MB(ESPRESSIF_ESP32) + #include "esp32/pins_ESP32.h" // ESP32 env:esp32 +#elif MB(MRR_ESPA) + #include "esp32/pins_MRR_ESPA.h" // ESP32 env:esp32 +#elif MB(MRR_ESPE) + #include "esp32/pins_MRR_ESPE.h" // ESP32 env:esp32 +#elif MB(E4D_BOX) + #include "esp32/pins_E4D.h" // ESP32 env:esp32 + +// +// Adafruit Grand Central M4 (SAMD51 ARM Cortex-M4) +// + +#elif MB(AGCM4_RAMPS_144) + #include "samd/pins_RAMPS_144.h" // SAMD51 env:SAMD51_grandcentral_m4 // // Linux Native Debug board @@ -537,7 +599,95 @@ #include "linux/pins_RAMPS_LINUX.h" // Linux env:linux_native #else - #error "Unknown MOTHERBOARD value set in Configuration.h" + + // + // Obsolete or unknown board + // + + #define BOARD_MKS_13 -1000 + #define BOARD_TRIGORILLA -1001 + #define BOARD_RURAMPS4D -1002 + #define BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2 -1003 + #define BOARD_BIQU_SKR_V1_1 -1004 + #define BOARD_STM32F1R -1005 + #define BOARD_STM32F103R -1006 + #define BOARD_ESP32 -1007 + #define BOARD_STEVAL -1008 + #define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_1 -1009 + #define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_3 -1010 + #define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_4 -1011 + #define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_4_TURBO -1012 + #define BOARD_BIGTREE_BTT002_V1_0 -1013 + #define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_V1_1 -1014 + #define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1 -1015 + #define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3 -1016 + #define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP -1017 + #define BOARD_RUMBA32 -1018 + + #if MB(MKS_13) + #error "BOARD_MKS_13 has been renamed BOARD_MKS_GEN_13. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(TRIGORILLA) + #error "BOARD_TRIGORILLA has been renamed BOARD_TRIGORILLA_13. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(RURAMPS4D) + #error "BOARD_RURAMPS4D has been renamed BOARD_RURAMPS4D_11. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(FORMBOT_TREX2) + #error "FORMBOT_TREX2 has been renamed BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(BIQU_SKR_V1_1) + #error "BOARD_BIQU_SKR_V1_1 has been renamed BOARD_BTT_SKR_V1_1. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_V1_1) + #error "BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_1 has been renamed BOARD_BTT_SKR_V1_1. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_V2_2) + #error "BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_2 has been renamed BOARD_BTT_SKR_V1_2. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_V1_3) + #error "BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_3 has been renamed BOARD_BTT_SKR_V1_3. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_V1_4) + #error "BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_4 has been renamed BOARD_BTT_SKR_V1_4. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_V1_4_TURBO) + #error "BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_4_TURBO has been renamed BOARD_BTT_SKR_V1_4_TURBO. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(BIGTREE_BTT002_V1_0) + #error "BOARD_BIGTREE_BTT002_V1_0 has been renamed BOARD_BTT_BTT002_V1_0. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_V1_1) + #error "BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_V1_1 has been renamed BOARD_BTT_SKR_PRO_V1_1. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1) + #error "BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1 has been renamed BOARD_BTT_SKR_MINI_V1_1. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3) + #error "BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3 has been renamed BOARD_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_0. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP) + #error "BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP has been renamed BOARD_BTT_SKR_E3_DIP. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(STM32F1R) + #error "BOARD_STM32F1R has been renamed BOARD_STM32F103RE. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(STM32F103R) + #error "BOARD_STM32F103R has been renamed BOARD_STM32F103RE. Please update your configuration." + #elif MOTHERBOARD == BOARD_ESP32 + #error "BOARD_ESP32 has been renamed BOARD_ESPRESSIF_ESP32. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(STEVAL) + #error "BOARD_STEVAL has been renamed BOARD_STEVAL_3DP001V1. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(RUMBA32) + #error "BOARD_RUMBA32 is now BOARD_RUMBA32_MKS or BOARD_RUMBA32_AUS3D. Please update your configuration." + #else + #error "Unknown MOTHERBOARD value set in Configuration.h" + #endif + + #undef BOARD_MKS_13 + #undef BOARD_TRIGORILLA + #undef BOARD_RURAMPS4D + #undef BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2 + #undef BOARD_BIQU_SKR_V1_1 + #undef BOARD_STM32F1R + #undef BOARD_STM32F103R + #undef BOARD_ESP32 + #undef BOARD_STEVAL + #undef BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3 + #undef BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_1 + #undef BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_3 + #undef BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_4 + #undef BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_4_TURBO + #undef BOARD_BIGTREE_BTT002_V1_0 + #undef BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_V1_1 + #undef BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1 + #undef BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP + #undef BOARD_RUMBA32 + #endif // Define certain undefined pins @@ -622,6 +772,24 @@ #ifndef E5_MS3_PIN #define E5_MS3_PIN -1 #endif +#ifndef E6_MS1_PIN + #define E6_MS1_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E6_MS2_PIN + #define E6_MS2_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E6_MS3_PIN + #define E6_MS3_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E7_MS1_PIN + #define E7_MS1_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E7_MS2_PIN + #define E7_MS2_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E7_MS3_PIN + #define E7_MS3_PIN -1 +#endif #ifndef E0_STEP_PIN #define E0_STEP_PIN -1 @@ -677,6 +845,61 @@ #ifndef E5_ENABLE_PIN #define E5_ENABLE_PIN -1 #endif +#ifndef E6_STEP_PIN + #define E6_STEP_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E6_DIR_PIN + #define E6_DIR_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E6_ENABLE_PIN + #define E6_ENABLE_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E7_STEP_PIN + #define E7_STEP_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E7_DIR_PIN + #define E7_DIR_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E7_ENABLE_PIN + #define E7_ENABLE_PIN -1 +#endif + +// +// Destroy unused CS pins +// +#if !AXIS_HAS_SPI(X) + #undef X_CS_PIN +#endif +#if !AXIS_HAS_SPI(Y) + #undef Y_CS_PIN +#endif +#if !AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z) + #undef Z_CS_PIN +#endif +#if E_STEPPERS && !AXIS_HAS_SPI(E0) + #undef E0_CS_PIN +#endif +#if E_STEPPERS > 1 && !AXIS_HAS_SPI(E1) + #undef E1_CS_PIN +#endif +#if E_STEPPERS > 2 && !AXIS_HAS_SPI(E2) + #undef E2_CS_PIN +#endif +#if E_STEPPERS > 3 && !AXIS_HAS_SPI(E3) + #undef E3_CS_PIN +#endif +#if E_STEPPERS > 4 && !AXIS_HAS_SPI(E4) + #undef E4_CS_PIN +#endif +#if E_STEPPERS > 5 && !AXIS_HAS_SPI(E5) + #undef E5_CS_PIN +#endif +#if E_STEPPERS > 6 && !AXIS_HAS_SPI(E6) + #undef E6_CS_PIN +#endif +#if E_STEPPERS > 7 && !AXIS_HAS_SPI(E7) + #undef E7_CS_PIN +#endif #ifndef X_CS_PIN #define X_CS_PIN -1 @@ -705,6 +928,12 @@ #ifndef E5_CS_PIN #define E5_CS_PIN -1 #endif +#ifndef E6_CS_PIN + #define E6_CS_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E7_CS_PIN + #define E7_CS_PIN -1 +#endif #ifndef FAN_PIN #define FAN_PIN -1 @@ -748,6 +977,12 @@ #ifndef HEATER_5_PIN #define HEATER_5_PIN -1 #endif +#ifndef HEATER_6_PIN + #define HEATER_6_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef HEATER_7_PIN + #define HEATER_7_PIN -1 +#endif #ifndef HEATER_BED_PIN #define HEATER_BED_PIN -1 #endif @@ -770,6 +1005,12 @@ #ifndef TEMP_5_PIN #define TEMP_5_PIN -1 #endif +#ifndef TEMP_6_PIN + #define TEMP_6_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef TEMP_7_PIN + #define TEMP_7_PIN -1 +#endif #ifndef TEMP_BED_PIN #define TEMP_BED_PIN -1 #endif @@ -796,6 +1037,9 @@ #ifndef SUICIDE_PIN #define SUICIDE_PIN -1 #endif +#ifndef SUICIDE_PIN_INVERTING + #define SUICIDE_PIN_INVERTING false +#endif #ifndef NUM_SERVO_PLUGS #define NUM_SERVO_PLUGS 4 @@ -846,6 +1090,20 @@ #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 #endif #endif +#ifndef E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN + #ifdef ORIG_E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN + #define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN ORIG_E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN + #else + #define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 + #endif +#endif +#ifndef E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN + #ifdef ORIG_E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN + #define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN ORIG_E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN + #else + #define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 + #endif +#endif #ifndef CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN #ifdef ORIG_CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN ORIG_CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN @@ -860,10 +1118,14 @@ #ifdef X_STOP_PIN #if X_HOME_DIR < 0 #define X_MIN_PIN X_STOP_PIN - #define X_MAX_PIN -1 + #ifndef X_MAX_PIN + #define X_MAX_PIN -1 + #endif #else - #define X_MIN_PIN -1 #define X_MAX_PIN X_STOP_PIN + #ifndef X_MIN_PIN + #define X_MIN_PIN -1 + #endif #endif #elif X_HOME_DIR < 0 #define X_STOP_PIN X_MIN_PIN @@ -874,10 +1136,14 @@ #ifdef Y_STOP_PIN #if Y_HOME_DIR < 0 #define Y_MIN_PIN Y_STOP_PIN - #define Y_MAX_PIN -1 + #ifndef Y_MAX_PIN + #define Y_MAX_PIN -1 + #endif #else - #define Y_MIN_PIN -1 #define Y_MAX_PIN Y_STOP_PIN + #ifndef Y_MIN_PIN + #define Y_MIN_PIN -1 + #endif #endif #elif Y_HOME_DIR < 0 #define Y_STOP_PIN Y_MIN_PIN @@ -888,10 +1154,14 @@ #ifdef Z_STOP_PIN #if Z_HOME_DIR < 0 #define Z_MIN_PIN Z_STOP_PIN - #define Z_MAX_PIN -1 + #ifndef Z_MAX_PIN + #define Z_MAX_PIN -1 + #endif #else - #define Z_MIN_PIN -1 #define Z_MAX_PIN Z_STOP_PIN + #ifndef Z_MIN_PIN + #define Z_MIN_PIN -1 + #endif #endif #elif Z_HOME_DIR < 0 #define Z_STOP_PIN Z_MIN_PIN @@ -902,7 +1172,7 @@ // // Disable unused endstop / probe pins // -#if !USES_Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP +#if !HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN #undef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN -1 #endif @@ -937,6 +1207,13 @@ #define Z_MIN_PIN -1 #endif +#if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR + #define FIL_RUNOUT1_PIN FIL_RUNOUT_PIN +#else + #undef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN + #undef FIL_RUNOUT1_PIN +#endif + #ifndef LCD_PINS_D4 #define LCD_PINS_D4 -1 #endif @@ -961,42 +1238,85 @@ * overridden in Configuration.h or Configuration_adv.h. */ +#define __PEXI(p,q) PIN_EXISTS(E##p##_##q) +#define _PEXI(p,q) __PEXI(p,q) #define __EPIN(p,q) E##p##_##q##_PIN #define _EPIN(p,q) __EPIN(p,q) +#define DIAG_REMAPPED(p,q) (PIN_EXISTS(q) && _EPIN(p##_E_INDEX, DIAG) == q##_PIN) // The X2 axis, if any, should be the next open extruder port +#define X2_E_INDEX E_STEPPERS + #if EITHER(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) #ifndef X2_STEP_PIN - #define X2_STEP_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, STEP) - #define X2_DIR_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, DIR) - #define X2_ENABLE_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, ENABLE) - #if E_STEPPERS >= MAX_EXTRUDERS || !PIN_EXISTS(X2_STEP) + #define X2_STEP_PIN _EPIN(X2_E_INDEX, STEP) + #define X2_DIR_PIN _EPIN(X2_E_INDEX, DIR) + #define X2_ENABLE_PIN _EPIN(X2_E_INDEX, ENABLE) + #if X2_E_INDEX >= MAX_EXTRUDERS || !PIN_EXISTS(X2_STEP) #error "No E stepper plug left for X2!" #endif #endif - #ifndef X2_CS_PIN - #define X2_CS_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, CS) - #endif #ifndef X2_MS1_PIN - #define X2_MS1_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, MS1) + #define X2_MS1_PIN _EPIN(X2_E_INDEX, MS1) #endif #ifndef X2_MS2_PIN - #define X2_MS2_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, MS2) + #define X2_MS2_PIN _EPIN(X2_E_INDEX, MS2) #endif #ifndef X2_MS3_PIN - #define X2_MS3_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, MS3) + #define X2_MS3_PIN _EPIN(X2_E_INDEX, MS3) #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC2208) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC2209) + #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(X2) && !defined(X2_CS_PIN) + #define X2_CS_PIN _EPIN(X2_E_INDEX, CS) + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(X2) #ifndef X2_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define X2_SERIAL_TX_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, SERIAL_TX) + #define X2_SERIAL_TX_PIN _EPIN(X2_E_INDEX, SERIAL_TX) #endif #ifndef X2_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define X2_SERIAL_RX_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, SERIAL_RX) + #define X2_SERIAL_RX_PIN _EPIN(X2_E_INDEX, SERIAL_RX) #endif #endif - #define Y2_E_INDEX INCREMENT(E_STEPPERS) + + // + // Auto-assign pins for stallGuard sensorless homing + // + #if X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY && ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) && _PEXI(X2_E_INDEX, DIAG) + #define X2_DIAG_PIN _EPIN(X2_E_INDEX, DIAG) + #if DIAG_REMAPPED(X2, X_MIN) // If already remapped in the pins file... + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(X2, Y_MIN) + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(X2, Z_MIN) + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(X2, X_MAX) + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(X2, Y_MAX) + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(X2, Z_MAX) + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ + #else // Otherwise use the driver DIAG_PIN directly + #define _X2_USE_ENDSTOP(P) _E##P##_DIAG_ + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _X2_USE_ENDSTOP(X2_E_INDEX) + #endif + #undef X2_DIAG_PIN + #endif + + #define Y2_E_INDEX INCREMENT(X2_E_INDEX) #else - #define Y2_E_INDEX E_STEPPERS + #define Y2_E_INDEX X2_E_INDEX +#endif + +#ifndef X2_CS_PIN + #define X2_CS_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef X2_MS1_PIN + #define X2_MS1_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef X2_MS2_PIN + #define X2_MS2_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef X2_MS3_PIN + #define X2_MS3_PIN -1 #endif // The Y2 axis, if any, should be the next open extruder port @@ -1009,9 +1329,6 @@ #error "No E stepper plug left for Y2!" #endif #endif - #ifndef Y2_CS_PIN - #define Y2_CS_PIN _EPIN(Y2_E_INDEX, CS) - #endif #ifndef Y2_MS1_PIN #define Y2_MS1_PIN _EPIN(Y2_E_INDEX, MS1) #endif @@ -1021,7 +1338,10 @@ #ifndef Y2_MS3_PIN #define Y2_MS3_PIN _EPIN(Y2_E_INDEX, MS3) #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC2208) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC2209) + #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Y2) && !defined(Y2_CS_PIN) + #define Y2_CS_PIN _EPIN(Y2_E_INDEX, CS) + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Y2) #ifndef Y2_SERIAL_TX_PIN #define Y2_SERIAL_TX_PIN _EPIN(Y2_E_INDEX, SERIAL_TX) #endif @@ -1029,13 +1349,46 @@ #define Y2_SERIAL_RX_PIN _EPIN(Y2_E_INDEX, SERIAL_RX) #endif #endif + #if Y2_STALL_SENSITIVITY && ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) && _PEXI(Y2_E_INDEX, DIAG) + #define Y2_DIAG_PIN _EPIN(Y2_E_INDEX, DIAG) + #if DIAG_REMAPPED(Y2, X_MIN) + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Y2, Y_MIN) + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Y2, Z_MIN) + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Y2, X_MAX) + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Y2, Y_MAX) + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Y2, Z_MAX) + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ + #else + #define _Y2_USE_ENDSTOP(P) _E##P##_DIAG_ + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _Y2_USE_ENDSTOP(Y2_E_INDEX) + #endif + #undef Y2_DIAG_PIN + #endif #define Z2_E_INDEX INCREMENT(Y2_E_INDEX) #else #define Z2_E_INDEX Y2_E_INDEX #endif +#ifndef Y2_CS_PIN + #define Y2_CS_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Y2_MS1_PIN + #define Y2_MS1_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Y2_MS2_PIN + #define Y2_MS2_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Y2_MS3_PIN + #define Y2_MS3_PIN -1 +#endif + // The Z2 axis, if any, should be the next open extruder port -#if Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 2 #ifndef Z2_STEP_PIN #define Z2_STEP_PIN _EPIN(Z2_E_INDEX, STEP) #define Z2_DIR_PIN _EPIN(Z2_E_INDEX, DIR) @@ -1044,9 +1397,6 @@ #error "No E stepper plug left for Z2!" #endif #endif - #ifndef Z2_CS_PIN - #define Z2_CS_PIN _EPIN(Z2_E_INDEX, CS) - #endif #ifndef Z2_MS1_PIN #define Z2_MS1_PIN _EPIN(Z2_E_INDEX, MS1) #endif @@ -1056,7 +1406,10 @@ #ifndef Z2_MS3_PIN #define Z2_MS3_PIN _EPIN(Z2_E_INDEX, MS3) #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC2208) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC2209) + #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z2) && !defined(Z2_CS_PIN) + #define Z2_CS_PIN _EPIN(Z2_E_INDEX, CS) + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Z2) #ifndef Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN #define Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN _EPIN(Z2_E_INDEX, SERIAL_TX) #endif @@ -1064,12 +1417,45 @@ #define Z2_SERIAL_RX_PIN _EPIN(Z2_E_INDEX, SERIAL_RX) #endif #endif + #if Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY && ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 2 && _PEXI(Z2_E_INDEX, DIAG) + #define Z2_DIAG_PIN _EPIN(Z2_E_INDEX, DIAG) + #if DIAG_REMAPPED(Z2, X_MIN) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z2, Y_MIN) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z2, Z_MIN) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z2, X_MAX) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z2, Y_MAX) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z2, Z_MAX) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ + #else + #define _Z2_USE_ENDSTOP(P) _E##P##_DIAG_ + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _Z2_USE_ENDSTOP(Z2_E_INDEX) + #endif + #undef Z2_DIAG_PIN + #endif #define Z3_E_INDEX INCREMENT(Z2_E_INDEX) #else #define Z3_E_INDEX Z2_E_INDEX #endif -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) +#ifndef Z2_CS_PIN + #define Z2_CS_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Z2_MS1_PIN + #define Z2_MS1_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Z2_MS2_PIN + #define Z2_MS2_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Z2_MS3_PIN + #define Z2_MS3_PIN -1 +#endif + +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 #ifndef Z3_STEP_PIN #define Z3_STEP_PIN _EPIN(Z3_E_INDEX, STEP) #define Z3_DIR_PIN _EPIN(Z3_E_INDEX, DIR) @@ -1078,8 +1464,10 @@ #error "No E stepper plug left for Z3!" #endif #endif - #ifndef Z3_CS_PIN - #define Z3_CS_PIN _EPIN(Z3_E_INDEX, CS) + #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z3) + #ifndef Z3_CS_PIN + #define Z3_CS_PIN _EPIN(Z3_E_INDEX, CS) + #endif #endif #ifndef Z3_MS1_PIN #define Z3_MS1_PIN _EPIN(Z3_E_INDEX, MS1) @@ -1090,7 +1478,7 @@ #ifndef Z3_MS3_PIN #define Z3_MS3_PIN _EPIN(Z3_E_INDEX, MS3) #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC2208) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC2209) + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Z3) #ifndef Z3_SERIAL_TX_PIN #define Z3_SERIAL_TX_PIN _EPIN(Z3_E_INDEX, SERIAL_TX) #endif @@ -1098,6 +1486,123 @@ #define Z3_SERIAL_RX_PIN _EPIN(Z3_E_INDEX, SERIAL_RX) #endif #endif + #if Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY && ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 && _PEXI(Z3_E_INDEX, DIAG) + #define Z3_DIAG_PIN _EPIN(Z3_E_INDEX, DIAG) + #if DIAG_REMAPPED(Z3, X_MIN) + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _XMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z3, Y_MIN) + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z3, Z_MIN) + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z3, X_MAX) + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z3, Y_MAX) + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z3, Z_MAX) + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ + #else + #define _Z3_USE_ENDSTOP(P) _E##P##_DIAG_ + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _Z3_USE_ENDSTOP(Z3_E_INDEX) + #endif + #undef Z3_DIAG_PIN + #endif + #define Z4_E_INDEX INCREMENT(Z3_E_INDEX) +#endif + +#ifndef Z3_CS_PIN + #define Z3_CS_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Z3_MS1_PIN + #define Z3_MS1_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Z3_MS2_PIN + #define Z3_MS2_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Z3_MS3_PIN + #define Z3_MS3_PIN -1 +#endif + +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #ifndef Z4_STEP_PIN + #define Z4_STEP_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, STEP) + #define Z4_DIR_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, DIR) + #define Z4_ENABLE_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, ENABLE) + #if Z4_E_INDEX >= MAX_EXTRUDERS || !PIN_EXISTS(Z4_STEP) + #error "No E stepper plug left for Z4!" + #endif + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z4) + #ifndef Z4_CS_PIN + #define Z4_CS_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, CS) + #endif + #endif + #ifndef Z4_MS1_PIN + #define Z4_MS1_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, MS1) + #endif + #ifndef Z4_MS2_PIN + #define Z4_MS2_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, MS2) + #endif + #ifndef Z4_MS3_PIN + #define Z4_MS3_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, MS3) + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Z4) + #ifndef Z4_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define Z4_SERIAL_TX_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, SERIAL_TX) + #endif + #ifndef Z4_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define Z4_SERIAL_RX_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, SERIAL_RX) + #endif + #endif + #if Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY && ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 && _PEXI(Z4_E_INDEX, DIAG) + #define Z4_DIAG_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, DIAG) + #if DIAG_REMAPPED(Z4, X_MIN) + #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _XMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z4, Y_MIN) + #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _YMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z4, Z_MIN) + #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z4, X_MAX) + #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z4, Y_MAX) + #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z4, Z_MAX) + #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ + #else + #define _Z4_USE_ENDSTOP(P) _E##P##_DIAG_ + #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _Z4_USE_ENDSTOP(Z4_E_INDEX) + #endif + #undef Z4_DIAG_PIN + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef Z4_CS_PIN + #define Z4_CS_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Z4_MS1_PIN + #define Z4_MS1_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Z4_MS2_PIN + #define Z4_MS2_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Z4_MS3_PIN + #define Z4_MS3_PIN -1 +#endif + +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #if !defined(ST7920_DELAY_1) && defined(BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1) + #define ST7920_DELAY_1 BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 + #endif + #if !defined(ST7920_DELAY_2) && defined(BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2) + #define ST7920_DELAY_2 BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 + #endif + #if !defined(ST7920_DELAY_3) && defined(BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3) + #define ST7920_DELAY_3 BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 + #endif +#else + #undef ST7920_DELAY_1 + #undef ST7920_DELAY_2 + #undef ST7920_DELAY_3 #endif #undef HAS_FREE_AUX2_PINS +#undef DIAG_REMAPPED diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug.h index 23a1abe8b7..c08acd3836 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -45,9 +45,35 @@ #line 46 // manually add pins that have names that are macros which don't play well with these macros -#if SERIAL_PORT == 0 && (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) - static const char RXD_NAME[] PROGMEM = { "RXD" }; - static const char TXD_NAME[] PROGMEM = { "TXD" }; +#if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM) || defined(TARGET_LPC1768)) + #if SERIAL_PORT == 0 + static const char RXD_NAME_0[] PROGMEM = { "RXD0" }; + static const char TXD_NAME_0[] PROGMEM = { "TXD0" }; + #elif SERIAL_PORT == 1 + static const char RXD_NAME_1[] PROGMEM = { "RXD1" }; + static const char TXD_NAME_1[] PROGMEM = { "TXD1" }; + #elif SERIAL_PORT == 2 + static const char RXD_NAME_2[] PROGMEM = { "RXD2" }; + static const char TXD_NAME_2[] PROGMEM = { "TXD2" }; + #elif SERIAL_PORT == 3 + static const char RXD_NAME_3[] PROGMEM = { "RXD3" }; + static const char TXD_NAME_3[] PROGMEM = { "TXD3" }; + #endif + #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 + #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 + static const char RXD_NAME_0[] PROGMEM = { "RXD0" }; + static const char TXD_NAME_0[] PROGMEM = { "TXD0" }; + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 1 + static const char RXD_NAME_1[] PROGMEM = { "RXD1" }; + static const char TXD_NAME_1[] PROGMEM = { "TXD1" }; + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 2 + static const char RXD_NAME_2[] PROGMEM = { "RXD2" }; + static const char TXD_NAME_2[] PROGMEM = { "TXD2" }; + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 3 + static const char RXD_NAME_3[] PROGMEM = { "RXD3" }; + static const char TXD_NAME_3[] PROGMEM = { "TXD3" }; + #endif + #endif #endif ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -85,16 +111,88 @@ const PinInfo pin_array[] PROGMEM = { // manually add pins ... #if SERIAL_PORT == 0 #if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) - { RXD_NAME, 0, true }, - { TXD_NAME, 1, true }, + { RXD_NAME_0, 0, true }, + { TXD_NAME_0, 1, true }, #elif AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY - { RXD_NAME, 8, true }, - { TXD_NAME, 9, true }, + { RXD_NAME_0, 8, true }, + { TXD_NAME_0, 9, true }, + #elif defined(TARGET_LPC1768) + { RXD_NAME_0, 3, true }, + { TXD_NAME_0, 2, true }, + #endif + #elif SERIAL_PORT == 1 + #if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) + { RXD_NAME_1, 19, true }, + { TXD_NAME_1, 18, true }, + #elif AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY + { RXD_NAME_1, 10, true }, + { TXD_NAME_1, 11, true }, + #elif defined(TARGET_LPC1768) + { RXD_NAME_1, 16, true }, + { TXD_NAME_1, 15, true }, + #endif + #elif SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) + { RXD_NAME_2, 17, true }, + { TXD_NAME_2, 16, true }, + #elif defined(TARGET_LPC1768) + { RXD_NAME_2, 11, true }, + { TXD_NAME_2, 10, true }, + #endif + #elif SERIAL_PORT == 3 + #if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) + { RXD_NAME_3, 15, true }, + { TXD_NAME_3, 14, true }, + #elif defined(TARGET_LPC1768) + { RXD_NAME_3, 1, true }, + { TXD_NAME_3, 0, true }, + #endif + #endif + + #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 + #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 + #if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) + { RXD_NAME_0, 0, true }, + { TXD_NAME_0, 1, true }, + #elif AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY + { RXD_NAME_0, 8, true }, + { TXD_NAME_0, 9, true }, + #elif defined(TARGET_LPC1768) + { RXD_NAME_0, 3, true }, + { TXD_NAME_0, 2, true }, + #endif + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 1 + #if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) + { RXD_NAME_1, 19, true }, + { TXD_NAME_1, 18, true }, + #elif AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY + { RXD_NAME_1, 10, true }, + { TXD_NAME_1, 11, true }, + #elif defined(TARGET_LPC1768) + { RXD_NAME_1, 16, true }, + { TXD_NAME_1, 15, true }, + #endif + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 2 + #if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) + { RXD_NAME_2, 17, true }, + { TXD_NAME_2, 16, true }, + #elif defined(TARGET_LPC1768) + { RXD_NAME_2, 11, true }, + { TXD_NAME_2, 10, true }, + #endif + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 3 + #if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) + { RXD_NAME_3, 15, true }, + { TXD_NAME_3, 14, true }, + #elif defined(TARGET_LPC1768) + { RXD_NAME_3, 1, true }, + { TXD_NAME_3, 0, true }, + #endif #endif #endif #include "pinsDebug_list.h" - #line 98 + #line 172 }; @@ -109,17 +207,32 @@ static void print_input_or_output(const bool isout) { } // pretty report with PWM info -inline void report_pin_state_extended(pin_t pin, bool ignore, bool extended = false, const char *start_string = "") { +inline void report_pin_state_extended(pin_t pin, const bool ignore, const bool extended=false, PGM_P const start_string=nullptr) { char buffer[MAX_NAME_LENGTH + 1]; // for the sprintf statements bool found = false, multi_name_pin = false; - for (uint8_t x = 0; x < COUNT(pin_array); x++) { // scan entire array and report all instances of this pin + auto alt_pin_echo = [](const pin_t &pin) { + #if AVR_AT90USB1286_FAMILY + // Use FastIO for pins Teensy doesn't expose + if (pin == 46) { + print_input_or_output(IS_OUTPUT(46)); + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(46)); + return false; + } + else if (pin == 47) { + print_input_or_output(IS_OUTPUT(47)); + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(47)); + return false; + } + #endif + return true; + }; + + LOOP_L_N(x, COUNT(pin_array)) { // scan entire array and report all instances of this pin if (GET_ARRAY_PIN(x) == pin) { - if (found) multi_name_pin = true; - found = true; - if (!multi_name_pin) { // report digital and analog pin number only on the first time through - sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("%sPIN: "), start_string); // digital pin number - SERIAL_ECHO(buffer); + if (!found) { // report digital and analog pin number only on the first time through + if (start_string) serialprintPGM(start_string); + serialprintPGM(PSTR("PIN: ")); PRINT_PIN(pin); PRINT_PORT(pin); if (int8_t(DIGITAL_PIN_TO_ANALOG_PIN(pin)) >= 0) { @@ -130,27 +243,14 @@ inline void report_pin_state_extended(pin_t pin, bool ignore, bool extended = fa } else { SERIAL_CHAR('.'); - SERIAL_ECHO_SP(MULTI_NAME_PAD + strlen(start_string)); // add padding if not the first instance found + SERIAL_ECHO_SP(MULTI_NAME_PAD + (start_string ? strlen_P(start_string) : 0)); // add padding if not the first instance found } PRINT_ARRAY_NAME(x); if (extended) { if (pin_is_protected(pin) && !ignore) SERIAL_ECHOPGM("protected "); else { - #if AVR_AT90USB1286_FAMILY //Teensy IDEs don't know about these pins so must use FASTIO - if (pin == 46 || pin == 47) { - if (pin == 46) { - print_input_or_output(IS_OUTPUT(46)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(46)); - } - else if (pin == 47) { - print_input_or_output(IS_OUTPUT(47)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(47)); - } - } - else - #endif - { + if (alt_pin_echo(pin)) { if (!GET_ARRAY_IS_DIGITAL(x)) { sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("Analog in = %5ld"), (long)analogRead(DIGITAL_PIN_TO_ANALOG_PIN(pin))); SERIAL_ECHO(buffer); @@ -176,12 +276,14 @@ inline void report_pin_state_extended(pin_t pin, bool ignore, bool extended = fa } } SERIAL_EOL(); + multi_name_pin = found; + found = true; } // end of IF } // end of for loop if (!found) { - sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("%sPIN: "), start_string); - SERIAL_ECHO(buffer); + if (start_string) serialprintPGM(start_string); + serialprintPGM(PSTR("PIN: ")); PRINT_PIN(pin); PRINT_PORT(pin); if (int8_t(DIGITAL_PIN_TO_ANALOG_PIN(pin)) >= 0) { @@ -192,21 +294,8 @@ inline void report_pin_state_extended(pin_t pin, bool ignore, bool extended = fa SERIAL_ECHO_SP(8); // add padding if not an analog pin SERIAL_ECHOPGM(""); if (extended) { - #if AVR_AT90USB1286_FAMILY //Teensy IDEs don't know about these pins so must use FASTIO - if (pin == 46 || pin == 47) { - SERIAL_ECHO_SP(12); - if (pin == 46) { - print_input_or_output(IS_OUTPUT(46)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(46)); - } - else { - print_input_or_output(IS_OUTPUT(47)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(47)); - } - } - else - #endif - { + + if (alt_pin_echo(pin)) { if (pwm_status(pin)) { // do nothing } diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug_list.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug_list.h index 7e2241c099..28478973fb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug_list.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug_list.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -26,305 +26,72 @@ #line 28 // set __LINE__ to a known value for both passes -// Undefine pins to suppress warnings -#if !PIN_EXISTS(X_MS1) - #undef X_MS1_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(X_MS2) - #undef X_MS2_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(X_MS3) - #undef X_MS3_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(Y_MS1) - #undef Y_MS1_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(Y_MS2) - #undef Y_MS2_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(Y_MS3) - #undef Y_MS3_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(Z_MS1) - #undef Z_MS1_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(Z_MS2) - #undef Z_MS2_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(Z_MS3) - #undef Z_MS3_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E0_MS1) - #undef E0_MS1_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E0_MS2) - #undef E0_MS2_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E0_MS3) - #undef E0_MS3_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E1_MS1) - #undef E1_MS1_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E1_MS2) - #undef E1_MS2_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E1_MS3) - #undef E1_MS3_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E2_MS1) - #undef E2_MS1_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E2_MS2) - #undef E2_MS2_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E2_MS3) - #undef E2_MS3_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E3_MS1) - #undef E3_MS1_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E3_MS2) - #undef E3_MS2_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E3_MS3) - #undef E3_MS3_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E4_MS1) - #undef E4_MS1_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E4_MS2) - #undef E4_MS2_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E4_MS3) - #undef E4_MS3_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E5_MS1) - #undef E5_MS1_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E5_MS2) - #undef E5_MS2_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E5_MS3) - #undef E5_MS3_PIN -#endif - -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E0_STEP) - #undef E0_STEP_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E0_DIR) - #undef E0_DIR_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E0_ENABLE) - #undef E0_ENABLE_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E1_STEP) - #undef E1_STEP_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E1_DIR) - #undef E1_DIR_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E1_ENABLE) - #undef E1_ENABLE_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E2_STEP) - #undef E2_STEP_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E2_DIR) - #undef E2_DIR_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E2_ENABLE) - #undef E2_ENABLE_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E3_STEP) - #undef E3_STEP_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E3_DIR) - #undef E3_DIR_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E3_ENABLE) - #undef E3_ENABLE_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E4_STEP) - #undef E4_STEP_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E4_DIR) - #undef E4_DIR_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E4_ENABLE) - #undef E4_ENABLE_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E5_STEP) - #undef E5_STEP_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E5_DIR) - #undef E5_DIR_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E5_ENABLE) - #undef E5_ENABLE_PIN -#endif - -#if !PIN_EXISTS(X_CS) - #undef X_CS_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(Y_CS) - #undef Y_CS_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(Z_CS) - #undef Z_CS_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E0_CS) - #undef E0_CS_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E1_CS) - #undef E1_CS_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E2_CS) - #undef E2_CS_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E3_CS) - #undef E3_CS_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E4_CS) - #undef E4_CS_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(E5_CS) - #undef E5_CS_PIN -#endif - -#if !PIN_EXISTS(FAN) - #undef FAN_PIN -#endif -#define FAN0_PIN FAN_PIN -#if !PIN_EXISTS(FAN1) - #undef FAN1_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(FAN2) - #undef FAN2_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(CONTROLLER_FAN) - #undef CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -#endif - -#if !PIN_EXISTS(FANMUX0) - #undef FANMUX0_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(FANMUX1) - #undef FANMUX1_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(FANMUX2) - #undef FANMUX2_PIN -#endif - -#if !PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_0) - #undef HEATER_0_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_1) - #undef HEATER_1_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_2) - #undef HEATER_2_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_3) - #undef HEATER_3_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_4) - #undef HEATER_4_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_5) - #undef HEATER_5_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_BED) - #undef HEATER_BED_PIN -#endif - -#if !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_0) - #undef TEMP_0_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_1) - #undef TEMP_1_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_2) - #undef TEMP_2_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_3) - #undef TEMP_3_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_4) - #undef TEMP_4_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_5) - #undef TEMP_5_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_BED) - #undef TEMP_BED_PIN -#endif - -#if !PIN_EXISTS(SD_DETECT) - #undef SD_DETECT_PIN -#endif -#if !PIN_EXISTS(SDPOWER) - #undef SDPOWER_PIN -#endif - // // Analog Pin Assignments // -#if defined(EXT_AUX_A0) && EXT_AUX_A0 >= 0 && EXT_AUX_A0 < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS +#define ANALOG_OK(PN) ((PN) >= 0 && (PN) < NUM_ANALOG_PINS) + +#if defined(EXT_AUX_A0) && ANALOG_OK(EXT_AUX_A0) REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, EXT_AUX_A0) #endif -#if defined(EXT_AUX_A1) && EXT_AUX_A1 >= 0 && EXT_AUX_A1 < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS +#if defined(EXT_AUX_A1) && ANALOG_OK(EXT_AUX_A0) REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, EXT_AUX_A1) #endif -#if defined(EXT_AUX_A2) && EXT_AUX_A2 >= 0 && EXT_AUX_A2 < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS +#if defined(EXT_AUX_A2) && ANALOG_OK(EXT_AUX_A0) REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, EXT_AUX_A2) #endif -#if defined(EXT_AUX_A3) && EXT_AUX_A3 >= 0 && EXT_AUX_A3 < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS +#if defined(EXT_AUX_A3) && ANALOG_OK(EXT_AUX_A0) REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, EXT_AUX_A3) #endif -#if defined(EXT_AUX_A4) && EXT_AUX_A4 >= 0 && EXT_AUX_A4 < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS +#if defined(EXT_AUX_A4) && ANALOG_OK(EXT_AUX_A0) REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, EXT_AUX_A4) #endif -#if PIN_EXISTS(FILWIDTH) && FILWIDTH_PIN < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS +#if PIN_EXISTS(FILWIDTH) && ANALOG_OK(FILWIDTH_PIN) REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, FILWIDTH_PIN) #endif -#if PIN_EXISTS(MAIN_VOLTAGE_MEASURE) && MAIN_VOLTAGE_MEASURE_PIN < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS +#if PIN_EXISTS(MAIN_VOLTAGE_MEASURE) && ANALOG_OK(MAIN_VOLTAGE_MEASURE_PIN) REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, MAIN_VOLTAGE_MEASURE_PIN) #endif -#if !defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM) && !defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAMD) //TC1 & TC2 are macros in the SAM/SAMD tool chain - #if defined(TC1) && TC1 >= 0 && TC1 < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS +#if !defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM) && !defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAMD) // TC1 & TC2 are macros in the SAM/SAMD tool chain + #if defined(TC1) && ANALOG_OK(TC1) REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, TC1) #endif - #if defined(TC2) && TC2 >= 0 && TC2 < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS + #if defined(TC2) && ANALOG_OK(TC1) REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, TC2) #endif #endif -#if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_0) && TEMP_0_PIN < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS +#if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_0) && ANALOG_OK(TEMP_0_PIN) REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, TEMP_0_PIN) #endif -#if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_1) && TEMP_1_PIN < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS +#if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_1) && ANALOG_OK(TEMP_1_PIN) REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, TEMP_1_PIN) #endif -#if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_2) && TEMP_2_PIN < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS +#if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_2) && ANALOG_OK(TEMP_2_PIN) REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, TEMP_2_PIN) #endif -#if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_3) && TEMP_3_PIN < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS +#if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_3) && ANALOG_OK(TEMP_3_PIN) REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, TEMP_3_PIN) #endif -#if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_4) && TEMP_4_PIN < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS +#if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_4) && ANALOG_OK(TEMP_4_PIN) REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, TEMP_4_PIN) #endif -#if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_5) && TEMP_5_PIN < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS +#if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_5) && ANALOG_OK(TEMP_5_PIN) REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, TEMP_5_PIN) #endif -#if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_BED) && TEMP_BED_PIN < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS +#if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_6) && ANALOG_OK(TEMP_6_PIN) + REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, TEMP_6_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_7) && ANALOG_OK(TEMP_7_PIN) + REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, TEMP_7_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_BED) && ANALOG_OK(TEMP_BED_PIN) REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, TEMP_BED_PIN) #endif -#if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_CHAMBER) && TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS +#if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_CHAMBER) && ANALOG_OK(TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN) REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN) #endif -#if PIN_EXISTS(ADC_KEYPAD) && ADC_KEYPAD_PIN < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS +#if PIN_EXISTS(ADC_KEYPAD) && ANALOG_OK(ADC_KEYPAD_PIN) REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, ADC_KEYPAD_PIN) #endif @@ -401,6 +168,18 @@ #if defined(BTN_UP) && BTN_UP >= 0 REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, BTN_UP) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(JOY_X) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, JOY_X_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(JOY_Y) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, JOY_Y_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(JOY_Z) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, JOY_Z_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(JOY_EN) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, JOY_EN_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, CASE_LIGHT_PIN) #endif @@ -641,6 +420,54 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(E5_STEP) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E5_STEP_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_AUTO_FAN) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_CS) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_CS_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_DIR) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_DIR_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_ENABLE) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_ENABLE_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS1) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_MS1_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS2) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_MS2_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS3) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_MS3_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_STEP) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_STEP_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_AUTO_FAN) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_CS) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_CS_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_DIR) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_DIR_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_ENABLE) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_ENABLE_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS1) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_MS1_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS2) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_MS2_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS3) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_MS3_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_STEP) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_STEP_PIN) +#endif #if defined(ENET_CRS) && ENET_CRS >= 0 REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, ENET_CRS) #endif @@ -720,6 +547,30 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(FAN3) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FAN3_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN4) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FAN4_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN5) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FAN5_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN6) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FAN6_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN7) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FAN7_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN_MUX0) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FAN_MUX0_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN_MUX1) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FAN_MUX1_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN_MUX2) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FAN_MUX2_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(POWER_LOSS) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, POWER_LOSS_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(FIL_RUNOUT) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FIL_RUNOUT_PIN) #endif @@ -738,6 +589,12 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(FIL_RUNOUT6) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FIL_RUNOUT6_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FIL_RUNOUT7) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FIL_RUNOUT7_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FIL_RUNOUT8) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FIL_RUNOUT8_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_0) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, HEATER_0_PIN) #endif @@ -765,6 +622,9 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_BED) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, HEATER_BED_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_CHAMBER) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(HOME) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, HOME_PIN) #endif @@ -810,9 +670,6 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(LED_RED) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, LED_RED_PIN) #endif -#if PIN_EXISTS(MAX) - REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, MAX_PIN) -#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(MAX6675_DO) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, MAX6675_DO_PIN) #endif @@ -825,6 +682,16 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(MAX6675_SS2) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, MAX6675_SS2_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(MAX7219_CLK) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, MAX7219_CLK_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(MAX7219_DIN) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, MAX7219_DIN_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(MAX7219_LOAD) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, MAX7219_LOAD_PIN) +#endif + // #if defined(MISO) && MISO >= 0 // REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, MISO) // #endif @@ -873,27 +740,12 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(MOTOR_FAULT) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, MOTOR_FAULT_PIN) #endif -#if PIN_EXISTS(ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN) - REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN) -#endif -#if PIN_EXISTS(ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN) - REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN) -#endif -#if PIN_EXISTS(ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN) - REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN) -#endif -#if PIN_EXISTS(ORIG_E3_AUTO_FAN) - REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, ORIG_E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN) -#endif -#if PIN_EXISTS(ORIG_E4_AUTO_FAN) - REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, ORIG_E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN) -#endif -#if PIN_EXISTS(ORIG_E5_AUTO_FAN) - REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, ORIG_E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN) -#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(PHOTOGRAPH) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, PHOTOGRAPH_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(CHDK) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, CHDK_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(PS_ON) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, PS_ON_PIN) #endif @@ -915,6 +767,12 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(RAMPS_D9) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, RAMPS_D9_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(NEOPIXEL) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, NEOPIXEL_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(NEOPIXEL2) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, NEOPIXEL2_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(RGB_LED_R) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, RGB_LED_R_PIN) #endif @@ -1005,6 +863,12 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(SOL5) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, SOL5_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(SOL6) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, SOL6_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(SOL7) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, SOL7_PIN) +#endif #if defined(SPARE_IO) && SPARE_IO >= 0 REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, SPARE_IO) #endif @@ -1137,6 +1001,9 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(X_MIN) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, X_MIN_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(X_DIAG) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, X_DIAG_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(X_MS1) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, X_MS1_PIN) #endif @@ -1152,12 +1019,21 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(X_STOP) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, X_STOP_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(X2_CS) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, X2_CS_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(X2_DIR) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, X2_DIR_PIN) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(X2_ENABLE) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, X2_ENABLE_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(X2_MAX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, X2_MAX_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(X2_MIN) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, X2_MIN_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(X2_MS1) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, X2_MS1_PIN) #endif @@ -1188,6 +1064,9 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(Y_MIN) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Y_MIN_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Y_DIAG) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Y_DIAG_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(Y_MS1) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Y_MS1_PIN) #endif @@ -1203,12 +1082,21 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(Y_STOP) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Y_STOP_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Y2_CS) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Y2_CS_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(Y2_DIR) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Y2_DIR_PIN) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(Y2_ENABLE) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Y2_ENABLE_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Y2_MAX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Y2_MAX_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Y2_MIN) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Y2_MIN_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(Y2_MS1) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Y2_MS1_PIN) #endif @@ -1239,8 +1127,8 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(Z_MIN) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z_MIN_PIN) #endif -#if PIN_EXISTS(Z_MIN_PROBE) - REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z_DIAG) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z_DIAG_PIN) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(Z_MS1) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z_MS1_PIN) @@ -1266,6 +1154,12 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(Z2_ENABLE) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z2_ENABLE_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z2_MAX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z2_MAX_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z2_MIN) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z2_MIN_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(Z2_MS1) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z2_MS1_PIN) #endif @@ -1287,6 +1181,12 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(Z3_ENABLE) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z3_ENABLE_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z3_MAX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z3_MAX_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z3_MIN) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z3_MIN_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(Z3_MS1) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z3_MS1_PIN) #endif @@ -1299,6 +1199,36 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(Z3_STEP) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z3_STEP_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_CS) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_CS_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_DIR) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_DIR_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_ENABLE) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_ENABLE_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MAX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_MAX_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MIN) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_MIN_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS1) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_MS1_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS2) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_MS2_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS3) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_MS3_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_STEP) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_STEP_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z_MIN_PROBE) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(ZRIB_V20_D6) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, ZRIB_V20_D6_PIN) #endif @@ -1347,42 +1277,84 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(Z3_SERIAL_RX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z3_SERIAL_RX_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_SERIAL_TX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_SERIAL_TX_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_SERIAL_RX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_SERIAL_RX_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E0_DIAG) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E0_DIAG_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(E0_SERIAL_TX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(E0_SERIAL_RX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E1_DIAG) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E1_DIAG_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(E1_SERIAL_TX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(E1_SERIAL_RX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E2_DIAG) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E2_DIAG_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(E2_SERIAL_TX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(E2_SERIAL_RX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E3_DIAG) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E3_DIAG_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(E3_SERIAL_TX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E3_SERIAL_TX_PIN) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(E3_SERIAL_RX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E3_SERIAL_RX_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E4_DIAG) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E4_DIAG_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(E4_SERIAL_TX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E4_SERIAL_TX_PIN) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(E4_SERIAL_RX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E5_DIAG) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E5_DIAG_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(E5_SERIAL_TX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E5_SERIAL_TX_PIN) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(E5_SERIAL_RX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E5_SERIAL_RX_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_DIAG) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_DIAG_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_SERIAL_TX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_SERIAL_TX_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_SERIAL_RX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_SERIAL_RX_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_DIAG) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_DIAG_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_SERIAL_TX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_SERIAL_TX_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_SERIAL_RX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_SERIAL_RX_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(L6470_CHAIN_SCK) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN) #endif @@ -1416,3 +1388,24 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(TOUCH_INT) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, TOUCH_INT_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(USB_CS) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, USB_CS_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(USB_INTR) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, USB_INTR_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(MMU2_RST) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, MMU2_RST_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(CALIBRATION) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, CALIBRATION_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN) +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/rambo/pins_EINSY_RAMBO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/rambo/pins_EINSY_RAMBO.h index d667032c9c..430fa170e1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/rambo/pins_EINSY_RAMBO.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/rambo/pins_EINSY_RAMBO.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ #endif // TMC2130 Diag Pins (currently just for reference) -#define X_DIAG_PIN 64 -#define Y_DIAG_PIN 69 -#define Z_DIAG_PIN 68 -#define E0_DIAG_PIN 65 +#define X_DIAG_PIN 64 +#define Y_DIAG_PIN 69 +#define Z_DIAG_PIN 68 +#define E0_DIAG_PIN 65 // // Limit Switches @@ -55,20 +55,20 @@ #if DISABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) - #define X_STOP_PIN 12 - #define Y_STOP_PIN 11 - #define Z_STOP_PIN 10 + #define X_STOP_PIN 12 + #define Y_STOP_PIN 11 + #define Z_STOP_PIN 10 #else - #define X_STOP_PIN X_DIAG_PIN - #define Y_STOP_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #define X_STOP_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #define Y_STOP_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - #define Z_STOP_PIN 11 // Y-MIN - #define SERVO0_PIN 10 // Z-MIN + #define Z_STOP_PIN 11 // Y-MIN + #define SERVO0_PIN 10 // Z-MIN #else - #define Z_STOP_PIN 10 + #define Z_STOP_PIN 10 #endif #endif @@ -77,104 +77,104 @@ // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 10 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 10 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 37 -#define X_DIR_PIN 49 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 29 -#define X_CS_PIN 41 +#define X_STEP_PIN 37 +#define X_DIR_PIN 49 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 29 +#define X_CS_PIN 41 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 36 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 48 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 28 -#define Y_CS_PIN 39 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 36 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 48 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 28 +#define Y_CS_PIN 39 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 35 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 47 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 27 -#define Z_CS_PIN 67 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 35 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 47 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 27 +#define Z_CS_PIN 67 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 34 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 43 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 26 -#define E0_CS_PIN 66 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 34 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 43 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 26 +#define E0_CS_PIN 66 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 2 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 2 // Analog Input // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 3 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 3 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 8 + #define FAN_PIN 8 #endif #ifndef FAN1_PIN - #define FAN1_PIN 6 + #define FAN1_PIN 6 #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 77 -#define LED_PIN 13 -#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 9 +#define SDSS 77 +#define LED_PIN 13 +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 9 // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // // use P1 connector for spindle pins -#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 9 // Hardware PWM -#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 18 // Pullup! -#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 19 +#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 9 // Hardware PWM +#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 18 // Pullup! +#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 19 // // Průša i3 MK2 Multiplexer Support // -#define E_MUX0_PIN 17 -#define E_MUX1_PIN 16 -#define E_MUX2_PIN 78 // 84 in MK2 Firmware, with BEEPER as 78 +#define E_MUX0_PIN 17 +#define E_MUX1_PIN 16 +#define E_MUX2_PIN 78 // 84 in MK2 Firmware, with BEEPER as 78 // // LCD / Controller // #if HAS_SPI_LCD || TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL - #define KILL_PIN 32 + #define KILL_PIN 32 #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) || TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 85 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 71 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 70 - #define BTN_EN1 61 - #define BTN_EN2 59 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 85 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 71 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 70 + #define BTN_EN1 61 + #define BTN_EN2 59 #else - #define LCD_PINS_RS 82 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 61 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 59 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 70 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 85 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 71 - #define BTN_EN1 14 - #define BTN_EN2 72 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 82 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 61 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 59 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 70 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 85 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 71 + #define BTN_EN1 14 + #define BTN_EN2 72 #endif - #define BTN_ENC 9 // AUX-2 - #define BEEPER_PIN 84 // AUX-4 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 15 + #define BTN_ENC 9 // AUX-2 + #define BEEPER_PIN 84 // AUX-4 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 15 #endif // ULTIPANEL || TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/rambo/pins_EINSY_RETRO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/rambo/pins_EINSY_RETRO.h index cd42f48404..6e8463d0bd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/rambo/pins_EINSY_RETRO.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/rambo/pins_EINSY_RETRO.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ #error "You must set ([XYZ]|E0)_DRIVER_TYPE to TMC2130 in Configuration.h for EinsyRetro." #endif -// TMC2130 Diag Pins (currently just for reference) -#define X_DIAG_PIN 64 -#define Y_DIAG_PIN 69 -#define Z_DIAG_PIN 68 -#define E0_DIAG_PIN 65 +// TMC2130 Diag Pins +#define X_DIAG_PIN 64 +#define Y_DIAG_PIN 69 +#define Z_DIAG_PIN 68 +#define E0_DIAG_PIN 65 // // Limit Switches @@ -55,141 +55,141 @@ #if DISABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) - #define X_MIN_PIN 12 - #define Y_MIN_PIN 11 - #define Z_MIN_PIN 10 - #define X_MAX_PIN 81 - #define Y_MAX_PIN 57 + #define X_MIN_PIN 12 // X- + #define Y_MIN_PIN 11 // Y- + #define Z_MIN_PIN 10 // Z- + #define X_MAX_PIN 81 // X+ + #define Y_MAX_PIN 57 // Y+ #else #if X_HOME_DIR < 0 - #define X_MIN_PIN X_DIAG_PIN - #define X_MAX_PIN 81 + #define X_MIN_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #define X_MAX_PIN 81 // X+ #else - #define X_MIN_PIN 12 - #define X_MAX_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #define X_MIN_PIN 12 // X- + #define X_MAX_PIN X_DIAG_PIN #endif #if Y_HOME_DIR < 0 - #define Y_MIN_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN - #define Y_MAX_PIN 57 + #define Y_MIN_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #define Y_MAX_PIN 57 // Y+ #else - #define Y_MIN_PIN 11 - #define Y_MAX_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #define Y_MIN_PIN 11 // Y- + #define Y_MAX_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN #endif #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - #define Z_MIN_PIN 11 // Y-MIN - #define SERVO0_PIN 10 // Z-MIN + #define Z_MIN_PIN 11 // Y-MIN + #define SERVO0_PIN 10 // Z-MIN #else - #define Z_MIN_PIN 10 + #define Z_MIN_PIN 10 #endif #endif -#define Z_MAX_PIN 7 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 7 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 10 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 10 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 37 -#define X_DIR_PIN 49 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 29 -#define X_CS_PIN 41 +#define X_STEP_PIN 37 +#define X_DIR_PIN 49 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 29 +#define X_CS_PIN 41 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 36 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 48 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 28 -#define Y_CS_PIN 39 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 36 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 48 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 28 +#define Y_CS_PIN 39 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 35 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 47 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 27 -#define Z_CS_PIN 67 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 35 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 47 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 27 +#define Z_CS_PIN 67 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 34 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 43 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 26 -#define E0_CS_PIN 66 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 34 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 43 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 26 +#define E0_CS_PIN 66 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 2 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 2 // Analog Input // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 3 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 3 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 8 + #define FAN_PIN 8 #endif -#define FAN1_PIN 6 +#define FAN1_PIN 6 // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 53 -#define LED_PIN 13 -#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 9 +#define SDSS 53 +#define LED_PIN 13 +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 9 // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // // use P1 connector for spindle pins -#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 9 // Hardware PWM -#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 18 // Pullup! -#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 19 +#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 9 // Hardware PWM +#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 18 // Pullup! +#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 19 // // Průša i3 MK2 Multiplexer Support // -#define E_MUX0_PIN 17 -#define E_MUX1_PIN 16 -#define E_MUX2_PIN 78 // 84 in MK2 Firmware, with BEEPER as 78 +#define E_MUX0_PIN 17 +#define E_MUX1_PIN 16 +#define E_MUX2_PIN 78 // 84 in MK2 Firmware, with BEEPER as 78 // // LCD / Controller // -#if HAS_SPI_LCD || TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL +#if HAS_SPI_LCD || TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL || ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - #define KILL_PIN 32 + #define KILL_PIN 32 - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) || TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL + #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) || TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL || ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 85 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 71 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 70 - #define BTN_EN1 18 - #define BTN_EN2 19 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 85 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 71 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 70 + #define BTN_EN1 18 + #define BTN_EN2 19 #else - #define LCD_PINS_RS 82 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 18 // On 0.6b, use 61 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 19 // On 0.6b, use 59 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 70 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 85 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 71 - #define BTN_EN1 14 - #define BTN_EN2 72 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 82 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 18 // On 0.6b, use 61 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 19 // On 0.6b, use 59 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 70 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 85 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 71 + #define BTN_EN1 14 + #define BTN_EN2 72 #endif - #define BTN_ENC 9 // AUX-2 - #define BEEPER_PIN 84 // AUX-4 + #define BTN_ENC 9 // AUX-2 + #define BEEPER_PIN 84 // AUX-4 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 15 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 15 #endif // ULTIPANEL || TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/rambo/pins_MINIRAMBO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/rambo/pins_MINIRAMBO.h index 51c5fab892..18bc3ddd16 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/rambo/pins_MINIRAMBO.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/rambo/pins_MINIRAMBO.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ */ #ifndef __AVR_ATmega2560__ - #error "Oops! Select 'RAMBo' in 'Tools > Board.'" + #error "Oops! Select 'RAMBo' in 'Tools > Board' or the Mega2560 environment in PlatformIO." #endif #if MB(MINIRAMBO_10A) @@ -38,104 +38,104 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 12 -#define X_MAX_PIN 30 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 11 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 24 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 10 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 23 +#define X_MIN_PIN 12 +#define X_MAX_PIN 30 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 11 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 24 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 10 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 23 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 23 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 23 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 37 -#define X_DIR_PIN 48 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 29 +#define X_STEP_PIN 37 +#define X_DIR_PIN 48 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 29 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 36 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 49 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 28 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 36 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 49 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 28 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 35 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 47 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 27 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 35 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 47 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 27 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 34 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 43 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 26 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 34 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 43 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 26 // Microstepping pins - Mapping not from fastio.h (?) -#define X_MS1_PIN 40 -#define X_MS2_PIN 41 -#define Y_MS1_PIN 69 -#define Y_MS2_PIN 39 -#define Z_MS1_PIN 68 -#define Z_MS2_PIN 67 -#define E0_MS1_PIN 65 -#define E0_MS2_PIN 66 +#define X_MS1_PIN 40 +#define X_MS2_PIN 41 +#define Y_MS1_PIN 69 +#define Y_MS2_PIN 39 +#define Z_MS1_PIN 68 +#define Z_MS2_PIN 67 +#define E0_MS1_PIN 65 +#define E0_MS2_PIN 66 -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY_PIN 46 -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z_PIN 45 -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E_PIN 44 +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY_PIN 46 +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z_PIN 45 +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E_PIN 44 // Motor current PWM conversion, PWM value = MotorCurrentSetting * 255 / range #ifndef MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE - #define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE 2000 + #define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE 2000 #endif #define DEFAULT_PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT {1300, 1300, 1250} // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 2 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 2 // Analog Input // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 3 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 7 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 3 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 7 #if !MB(MINIRAMBO_10A) - #define HEATER_2_PIN 6 + #define HEATER_2_PIN 6 #endif -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 8 + #define FAN_PIN 8 #endif -#define FAN1_PIN 6 +#define FAN1_PIN 6 // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 53 -#define LED_PIN 13 +#define SDSS 53 +#define LED_PIN 13 #if !MB(MINIRAMBO_10A) - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 9 + #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 9 #endif // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // // use P1 connector for spindle pins -#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 9 // Hardware PWM -#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 18 // Pullup! -#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 19 +#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 9 // Hardware PWM +#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 18 // Pullup! +#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 19 // // Průša i3 MK2 Multiplexer Support // -#define E_MUX0_PIN 17 -#define E_MUX1_PIN 16 +#define E_MUX0_PIN 17 +#define E_MUX1_PIN 16 #if !MB(MINIRAMBO_10A) - #define E_MUX2_PIN 78 // 84 in MK2 Firmware, with BEEPER as 78 + #define E_MUX2_PIN 78 // 84 in MK2 Firmware, with BEEPER as 78 #endif // @@ -144,46 +144,46 @@ #if HAS_SPI_LCD || TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL #if !MB(MINIRAMBO_10A) - #define KILL_PIN 32 + #define KILL_PIN 32 #endif #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) || TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL #if MB(MINIRAMBO_10A) - #define BEEPER_PIN 78 + #define BEEPER_PIN 78 - #define BTN_EN1 80 - #define BTN_EN2 73 - #define BTN_ENC 21 + #define BTN_EN1 80 + #define BTN_EN2 73 + #define BTN_ENC 21 - #define LCD_PINS_RS 38 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 5 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 14 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 15 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 32 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 31 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 38 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 5 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 14 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 15 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 32 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 31 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 72 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 72 - #else // !MINIRAMBO_10A + #else // !MINIRAMBO_10A // AUX-4 - #define BEEPER_PIN 84 + #define BEEPER_PIN 84 // AUX-2 - #define BTN_EN1 14 - #define BTN_EN2 72 - #define BTN_ENC 9 + #define BTN_EN1 14 + #define BTN_EN2 72 + #define BTN_ENC 9 - #define LCD_PINS_RS 82 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 18 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 19 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 70 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 85 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 71 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 82 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 18 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 19 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 70 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 85 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 71 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 15 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 15 #endif // !MINIRAMBO_10A diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/rambo/pins_RAMBO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/rambo/pins_RAMBO.h index 1094e0687e..0a443cc19a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/rambo/pins_RAMBO.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/rambo/pins_RAMBO.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -50,64 +50,64 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 22 // Motor header MX1 -#define SERVO1_PIN 23 // Motor header MX2 -#define SERVO2_PIN 24 // Motor header MX3 -#define SERVO3_PIN 5 // PWM header pin 5 +#define SERVO0_PIN 22 // Motor header MX1 +#define SERVO1_PIN 23 // Motor header MX2 +#define SERVO2_PIN 24 // Motor header MX3 +#define SERVO3_PIN 5 // PWM header pin 5 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 12 -#define X_MAX_PIN 24 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 11 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 23 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 10 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 30 +#define X_MIN_PIN 12 +#define X_MAX_PIN 24 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 11 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 23 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 10 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 30 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 30 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 30 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 37 -#define X_DIR_PIN 48 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 29 +#define X_STEP_PIN 37 +#define X_DIR_PIN 48 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 29 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 36 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 49 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 28 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 36 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 49 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 28 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 35 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 47 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 27 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 35 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 47 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 27 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 34 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 43 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 26 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 34 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 43 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 26 -#define E1_STEP_PIN 33 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 42 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 25 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 33 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 42 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 25 // Microstepping pins - Mapping not from fastio.h (?) -#define X_MS1_PIN 40 -#define X_MS2_PIN 41 -#define Y_MS1_PIN 69 -#define Y_MS2_PIN 39 -#define Z_MS1_PIN 68 -#define Z_MS2_PIN 67 -#define E0_MS1_PIN 65 -#define E0_MS2_PIN 66 -#define E1_MS1_PIN 63 -#define E1_MS2_PIN 64 +#define X_MS1_PIN 40 +#define X_MS2_PIN 41 +#define Y_MS1_PIN 69 +#define Y_MS2_PIN 39 +#define Z_MS1_PIN 68 +#define Z_MS2_PIN 67 +#define E0_MS1_PIN 65 +#define E0_MS2_PIN 66 +#define E1_MS1_PIN 63 +#define E1_MS2_PIN 64 -#define DIGIPOTSS_PIN 38 +#define DIGIPOTSS_PIN 38 #define DIGIPOT_CHANNELS { 4,5,3,0,1 } // X Y Z E0 E1 digipot channels to stepper driver mapping #ifndef DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT #define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) @@ -116,122 +116,122 @@ // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 2 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 2 // Analog Input // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 9 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 7 -#define HEATER_2_PIN 6 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 3 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 9 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 7 +#define HEATER_2_PIN 6 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 3 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 8 + #define FAN_PIN 8 #endif -#define FAN1_PIN 6 -#define FAN2_PIN 2 +#define FAN1_PIN 6 +#define FAN2_PIN 2 // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 53 -#define LED_PIN 13 -#define PS_ON_PIN 4 -#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 46 +#define SDSS 53 +#define LED_PIN 13 +#define PS_ON_PIN 4 +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 46 #ifndef FILWIDTH_PIN - #define FILWIDTH_PIN 3 // Analog Input + #define FILWIDTH_PIN 3 // Analog Input #endif // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // -#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 45 // Hardware PWM -#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 31 // Pullup! -#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 32 +#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 45 // Hardware PWM +#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 31 // Pullup! +#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 32 // // M7/M8/M9 - Coolant Control // -#define COOLANT_MIST_PIN 22 -#define COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN 44 +#define COOLANT_MIST_PIN 22 +#define COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN 44 // // Průša i3 MK2 Multiplexer Support // -#define E_MUX0_PIN 17 -#define E_MUX1_PIN 16 -#define E_MUX2_PIN 84 // 84 in MK2 Firmware +#define E_MUX0_PIN 17 +#define E_MUX1_PIN 16 +#define E_MUX2_PIN 84 // 84 in MK2 Firmware // // LCD / Controller // #if HAS_SPI_LCD || TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL - #define KILL_PIN 80 + #define KILL_PIN 80 #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) || TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL - #define LCD_PINS_RS 70 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 71 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 72 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 73 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 74 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 75 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 70 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 71 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 72 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 73 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 74 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 75 #if ANY(VIKI2, miniVIKI) - #define BEEPER_PIN 44 + #define BEEPER_PIN 44 // NB: Panucatt's Viki 2.0 wiring diagram (v1.2) indicates that the // beeper/buzzer is connected to pin 33; however, the pin used in the // diagram is actually pin 44, so this is correct. - #define DOGLCD_A0 70 - #define DOGLCD_CS 71 + #define DOGLCD_A0 70 + #define DOGLCD_CS 71 #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 - #define BTN_EN1 85 - #define BTN_EN2 84 - #define BTN_ENC 83 + #define BTN_EN1 85 + #define BTN_EN2 84 + #define BTN_ENC 83 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Pin 72 if using easy adapter board + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Pin 72 if using easy adapter board - #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 22 - #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 32 + #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 22 + #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 32 - #else // !VIKI2 && !miniVIKI + #else // !VIKI2 && !miniVIKI - #define BEEPER_PIN 79 // AUX-4 + #define BEEPER_PIN 79 // AUX-4 // AUX-2 - #define BTN_EN1 76 - #define BTN_EN2 77 - #define BTN_ENC 78 + #define BTN_EN1 76 + #define BTN_EN2 77 + #define BTN_ENC 78 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 81 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 81 #endif // !VIKI2 && !miniVIKI - #else // !NEWPANEL - old style panel with shift register + #else // !NEWPANEL - old style panel with shift register // No Beeper added - #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + #define BEEPER_PIN 33 // Buttons attached to a shift register // Not wired yet - //#define SHIFT_CLK 38 - //#define SHIFT_LD 42 - //#define SHIFT_OUT 40 - //#define SHIFT_EN 17 + //#define SHIFT_CLK 38 + //#define SHIFT_LD 42 + //#define SHIFT_OUT 40 + //#define SHIFT_EN 17 - #define LCD_PINS_RS 75 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 23 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 25 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 27 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 29 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 75 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 23 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 25 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 27 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 29 #endif // !NEWPANEL diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/rambo/pins_SCOOVO_X9H.h b/Marlin/src/pins/rambo/pins_SCOOVO_X9H.h index e8c9b2ebc0..49237c7062 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/rambo/pins_SCOOVO_X9H.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/rambo/pins_SCOOVO_X9H.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -34,126 +34,126 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 22 // Motor header MX1 -#define SERVO1_PIN 23 // Motor header MX2 -#define SERVO2_PIN 24 // Motor header MX3 -#define SERVO3_PIN 5 // PWM header pin 5 +#define SERVO0_PIN 22 // Motor header MX1 +#define SERVO1_PIN 23 // Motor header MX2 +#define SERVO2_PIN 24 // Motor header MX3 +#define SERVO3_PIN 5 // PWM header pin 5 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 12 -#define X_MAX_PIN 24 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 11 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 23 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 10 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 30 +#define X_MIN_PIN 12 +#define X_MAX_PIN 24 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 11 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 23 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 10 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 30 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_IN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 30 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 30 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 37 -#define X_DIR_PIN 48 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 29 +#define X_STEP_PIN 37 +#define X_DIR_PIN 48 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 29 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 36 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 49 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 28 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 36 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 49 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 28 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 35 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 47 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 27 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 35 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 47 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 27 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 34 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 43 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 26 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 34 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 43 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 26 -#define E1_STEP_PIN 33 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 42 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 25 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 33 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 42 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 25 // Microstepping pins - Mapping not from fastio.h (?) -#define X_MS1_PIN 40 -#define X_MS2_PIN 41 -#define Y_MS1_PIN 69 -#define Y_MS2_PIN 39 -#define Z_MS1_PIN 68 -#define Z_MS2_PIN 67 -#define E0_MS1_PIN 65 -#define E0_MS2_PIN 66 -#define E1_MS1_PIN 63 -#define E1_MS2_PIN 64 +#define X_MS1_PIN 40 +#define X_MS2_PIN 41 +#define Y_MS1_PIN 69 +#define Y_MS2_PIN 39 +#define Z_MS1_PIN 68 +#define Z_MS2_PIN 67 +#define E0_MS1_PIN 65 +#define E0_MS2_PIN 66 +#define E1_MS1_PIN 63 +#define E1_MS2_PIN 64 -#define DIGIPOTSS_PIN 38 +#define DIGIPOTSS_PIN 38 #define DIGIPOT_CHANNELS {4,5,3,0,1} // X Y Z E0 E1 digipot channels to stepper driver mapping // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 7 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 7 // Analog Input // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 9 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 7 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 3 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 9 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 7 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 3 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 8 + #define FAN_PIN 8 #endif -#define FAN1_PIN 6 -#define FAN2_PIN 2 +#define FAN1_PIN 6 +#define FAN2_PIN 2 // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 53 -#define LED_PIN 13 -#define PS_ON_PIN 4 +#define SDSS 53 +#define LED_PIN 13 +#define PS_ON_PIN 4 #ifndef FILWIDTH_PIN - #define FILWIDTH_PIN 3 // Analog Input + #define FILWIDTH_PIN 3 // Analog Input #endif // // LCD / Controller // -#define LCD_PINS_RS 70 // Ext2_5 -#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 71 // Ext2_7 -#define LCD_PINS_D4 72 // Ext2_9 ? -#define LCD_PINS_D5 73 // Ext2_11 ? -#define LCD_PINS_D6 74 // Ext2_13 -#define LCD_PINS_D7 75 // Ext2_15 ? -#define BEEPER_PIN -1 +#define LCD_PINS_RS 70 // Ext2_5 +#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 71 // Ext2_7 +#define LCD_PINS_D4 72 // Ext2_9 ? +#define LCD_PINS_D5 73 // Ext2_11 ? +#define LCD_PINS_D6 74 // Ext2_13 +#define LCD_PINS_D7 75 // Ext2_15 ? +#define BEEPER_PIN -1 -#define BTN_HOME 80 // Ext_16 -#define BTN_CENTER 81 // Ext_14 -#define BTN_ENC BTN_CENTER -#define BTN_RIGHT 82 // Ext_12 -#define BTN_LEFT 83 // Ext_10 -#define BTN_UP 84 // Ext2_8 -#define BTN_DOWN 85 // Ext2_6 +#define BTN_HOME 80 // Ext_16 +#define BTN_CENTER 81 // Ext_14 +#define BTN_ENC BTN_CENTER +#define BTN_RIGHT 82 // Ext_12 +#define BTN_LEFT 83 // Ext_10 +#define BTN_UP 84 // Ext2_8 +#define BTN_DOWN 85 // Ext2_6 -#define HOME_PIN BTN_HOME +#define HOME_PIN BTN_HOME #if ANY(VIKI2, miniVIKI) - #define BEEPER_PIN 44 + #define BEEPER_PIN 44 // Pins for DOGM SPI LCD Support - #define DOGLCD_A0 70 - #define DOGLCD_CS 71 + #define DOGLCD_A0 70 + #define DOGLCD_CS 71 #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Pin 72 if using easy adapter board + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Pin 72 if using easy adapter board - #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 22 - #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 32 + #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 22 + #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 32 #endif // VIKI2/miniVIKI diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_3DRAG.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_3DRAG.h index e6c3bdc2ea..69d2ac2088 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_3DRAG.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_3DRAG.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -40,11 +40,11 @@ // // Heaters / Fans // -#define RAMPS_D8_PIN 9 -#define RAMPS_D9_PIN 8 -#define MOSFET_D_PIN 12 +#define RAMPS_D8_PIN 9 +#define RAMPS_D9_PIN 8 +#define MOSFET_D_PIN 12 -#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN -1 // Hardware PWM but one is not available on expansion header +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN -1 // Hardware PWM but one is not available on expansion header #include "pins_RAMPS.h" @@ -57,21 +57,21 @@ // Steppers // #undef Z_ENABLE_PIN -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 63 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 63 // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_2_PIN 6 +#define HEATER_2_PIN 6 // // Misc. Functions // #undef SDSS -#define SDSS 25 +#define SDSS 25 #undef SD_DETECT_PIN -#define SD_DETECT_PIN 53 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN 53 // // LCD / Controller @@ -85,24 +85,24 @@ #undef LCD_PINS_D5 #undef LCD_PINS_D6 #undef LCD_PINS_D7 - #define LCD_PINS_RS 27 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 29 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 37 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 35 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 33 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 31 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 27 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 29 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 37 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 35 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 33 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 31 // Buttons #undef BTN_EN1 #undef BTN_EN2 #undef BTN_ENC - #define BTN_EN1 16 - #define BTN_EN2 17 - #define BTN_ENC 23 + #define BTN_EN1 16 + #define BTN_EN2 17 + #define BTN_ENC 23 #else - #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + #define BEEPER_PIN 33 #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD && NEWPANEL @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ * * Note: Socket names vary from vendor to vendor */ -#undef SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN // Definitions in pins_RAMPS.h are not good with 3DRAG +#undef SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN // Definitions in pins_RAMPS.h are not good with 3DRAG #undef SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN #undef SPINDLE_DIR_PIN @@ -149,14 +149,14 @@ #undef Z_DIR_PIN #undef Z_ENABLE_PIN #undef Z_STEP_PIN - #define Z_DIR_PIN 28 - #define Z_ENABLE_PIN 24 - #define Z_STEP_PIN 26 - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 46 // Hardware PWM - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 62 // Pullup! - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 48 - #elif !BOTH(ULTRA_LCD, NEWPANEL) // use expansion header if no LCD in use - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 16 // Pullup or pulldown! - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 17 + #define Z_DIR_PIN 28 + #define Z_ENABLE_PIN 24 + #define Z_STEP_PIN 26 + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 46 // Hardware PWM + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 62 // Pullup! + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 48 + #elif !BOTH(ULTRA_LCD, NEWPANEL) // use expansion header if no LCD in use + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 16 // Pullup or pulldown! + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 17 #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_AZTEEG_X3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_AZTEEG_X3.h index 692d4f8a6e..a38e4e1b43 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_AZTEEG_X3.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_AZTEEG_X3.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -32,15 +32,15 @@ #endif #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) && !PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT) - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 6 // Define before RAMPS pins include + #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 6 // Define before RAMPS pins include #endif #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Azteeg X3" // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 44 // SERVO1 port -#define SERVO1_PIN 55 // SERVO2 port +#define SERVO0_PIN 44 // SERVO1 port +#define SERVO1_PIN 55 // SERVO2 port #include "pins_RAMPS_13.h" @@ -55,17 +55,17 @@ #undef DOGLCD_A0 #undef DOGLCD_CS #undef BTN_ENC - #define DOGLCD_A0 31 - #define DOGLCD_CS 32 - #define BTN_ENC 12 + #define DOGLCD_A0 31 + #define DOGLCD_CS 32 + #define BTN_ENC 12 - #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 64 - #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 63 + #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 64 + #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 63 #else - #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 6 - #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 11 + #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 6 + #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 11 #endif @@ -79,18 +79,18 @@ // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // -#undef SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN // Definitions in pins_RAMPS.h are no good with the AzteegX3 board +#undef SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN // Definitions in pins_RAMPS.h are no good with the AzteegX3 board #undef SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN #undef SPINDLE_DIR_PIN #if HAS_CUTTER - #undef SDA // use EXP3 header + #undef SDA // use EXP3 header #undef SCL #if SERVO0_PIN == 7 #undef SERVO0_PIN - #define SERVO0_PIN 11 + #define SERVO0_PIN 11 #endif - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 7 // Hardware PWM - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 20 // Pullup! - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 21 + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 7 // Hardware PWM + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 20 // Pullup! + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 21 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_AZTEEG_X3_PRO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_AZTEEG_X3_PRO.h index 62014217ff..c8e2a6683d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_AZTEEG_X3_PRO.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_AZTEEG_X3_PRO.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -43,21 +43,21 @@ // Tested this pin with bed leveling on a Delta with 1 servo. // Physical wire attachment on EXT1: GND, 5V, D47. // -#define SERVO0_PIN 47 +#define SERVO0_PIN 47 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 3 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 14 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 18 +#define X_STOP_PIN 3 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 14 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 18 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 6 + #define FAN_PIN 6 #endif #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) && !PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT) - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 44 + #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 44 #endif // @@ -67,100 +67,100 @@ // DIGIPOT slave addresses #ifndef DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT 0x2C (0x58 <- 0x2C << 1) + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT 0x2C (0x58 <- 0x2C << 1) #endif #ifndef DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2E // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT 0x2E (0x5C <- 0x2E << 1) + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2E // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT 0x2E (0x5C <- 0x2E << 1) #endif // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 18 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 18 #endif // // Steppers // -#define E2_STEP_PIN 23 -#define E2_DIR_PIN 25 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 40 +#define E2_STEP_PIN 23 +#define E2_DIR_PIN 25 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 40 -#define E3_STEP_PIN 27 -#define E3_DIR_PIN 29 -#define E3_ENABLE_PIN 41 +#define E3_STEP_PIN 27 +#define E3_DIR_PIN 29 +#define E3_ENABLE_PIN 41 -#define E4_STEP_PIN 43 -#define E4_DIR_PIN 37 -#define E4_ENABLE_PIN 42 +#define E4_STEP_PIN 43 +#define E4_DIR_PIN 37 +#define E4_ENABLE_PIN 42 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_2_PIN 12 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_3_PIN 11 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_4_PIN 10 // Analog Input -#define TC1 4 // Analog Input (Thermo couple on Azteeg X3Pro) -#define TC2 5 // Analog Input (Thermo couple on Azteeg X3Pro) +#define TEMP_2_PIN 12 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_3_PIN 11 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_4_PIN 10 // Analog Input +#define TC1 4 // Analog Input (Thermo couple on Azteeg X3Pro) +#define TC2 5 // Analog Input (Thermo couple on Azteeg X3Pro) // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_2_PIN 16 -#define HEATER_3_PIN 17 -#define HEATER_4_PIN 4 -#define HEATER_5_PIN 5 -#define HEATER_6_PIN 6 -#define HEATER_7_PIN 11 +#define HEATER_2_PIN 16 +#define HEATER_3_PIN 17 +#define HEATER_4_PIN 4 +#define HEATER_5_PIN 5 +#define HEATER_6_PIN 6 +#define HEATER_7_PIN 11 #ifndef CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 4 // Pin used for the fan to cool motherboard (-1 to disable) + #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 4 // Pin used for the fan to cool motherboard (-1 to disable) #endif // Fans/Water Pump to cool the hotend cool side. -#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 5 -#define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN 5 -#define ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN 5 -#define ORIG_E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN 5 +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 5 +#define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN 5 +#define ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN 5 +#define ORIG_E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN 5 // // LCD / Controller // #undef BEEPER_PIN -#define BEEPER_PIN 33 +#define BEEPER_PIN 33 #if ANY(VIKI2, miniVIKI) #undef SD_DETECT_PIN - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 // For easy adapter board + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 // For easy adapter board #undef BEEPER_PIN - #define BEEPER_PIN 12 // 33 isn't physically available to the LCD display + #define BEEPER_PIN 12 // 33 isn't physically available to the LCD display #else - #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 32 - #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 35 + #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 32 + #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 35 #endif // // Misc. Functions // #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) && PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT) && defined(DOGLCD_A0) && DOGLCD_A0 == CASE_LIGHT_PIN - #undef DOGLCD_A0 // Steal pin 44 for the case light; if you have a Viki2 and have connected it - #define DOGLCD_A0 57 // following the Panucatt wiring diagram, you may need to tweak these pin assignments + #undef DOGLCD_A0 // Steal pin 44 for the case light; if you have a Viki2 and have connected it + #define DOGLCD_A0 57 // following the Panucatt wiring diagram, you may need to tweak these pin assignments // as the wiring diagram uses pin 44 for DOGLCD_A0 #endif // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // -#undef SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN // Definitions in pins_RAMPS.h are no good with the AzteegX3pro board +#undef SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN // Definitions in pins_RAMPS.h are no good with the AzteegX3pro board #undef SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN #undef SPINDLE_DIR_PIN -#if HAS_CUTTER // EXP2 header +#if HAS_CUTTER // EXP2 header #if ANY(VIKI2, miniVIKI) - #define BTN_EN2 31 // Pin 7 needed for Spindle PWM + #define BTN_EN2 31 // Pin 7 needed for Spindle PWM #endif - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 7 // Hardware PWM - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 20 // Pullup! - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 21 + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 7 // Hardware PWM + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 20 // Pullup! + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 21 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_BAM_DICE_DUE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_BAM_DICE_DUE.h index 4cadf481f3..1aa9b67f7c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_BAM_DICE_DUE.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_BAM_DICE_DUE.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -34,9 +34,9 @@ // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // -#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 66 // Pullup or pulldown! -#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 67 -#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM +#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 66 // Pullup or pulldown! +#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 67 +#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM #include "pins_RAMPS.h" @@ -45,5 +45,5 @@ // #undef TEMP_0_PIN #undef TEMP_1_PIN -#define TEMP_0_PIN 9 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 11 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 9 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 11 // Analog Input diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_BIQU_KFB_2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_BIQU_KFB_2.h index 7f27df6eb4..738b522e66 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_BIQU_KFB_2.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_BIQU_KFB_2.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D.h index 14013d874c..44b6ff1e61 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -34,30 +34,30 @@ // // Heaters / Fans // -#define RAMPS_D8_PIN 10 -#define RAMPS_D9_PIN 12 -#define RAMPS_D10_PIN 9 -#define MOSFET_D_PIN 7 +#define RAMPS_D8_PIN 10 +#define RAMPS_D9_PIN 12 +#define RAMPS_D10_PIN 9 +#define MOSFET_D_PIN 7 // // Auto fans // -#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 11 -#define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN 6 -#define ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN 6 -#define ORIG_E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN 6 +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 11 +#define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN 6 +#define ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN 6 +#define ORIG_E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN 6 // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // -#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 40 // Pullup or pulldown! -#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM -#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 42 +#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 40 // Pullup or pulldown! +#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM +#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 42 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MAX_PIN 79 // 2 +#define X_MAX_PIN 79 // 2 // // Import RAMPS 1.3 pins @@ -68,34 +68,33 @@ // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #undef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 19 // IND_S_5V +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 19 // IND_S_5V #undef Z_ENABLE_PIN -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 77 // 62 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 77 // 62 // // Steppers // -#define DIGIPOTSS_PIN 22 +#define DIGIPOTSS_PIN 22 #define DIGIPOT_CHANNELS { 4, 5, 3, 0, 1 } // // Temperature Sensors // #undef TEMP_1_PIN -#define TEMP_1_PIN 14 // Analog Input (15) +#define TEMP_1_PIN 14 // Analog Input (15) #undef TEMP_BED_PIN -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 15 // Analog Input (14) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 15 // Analog Input (14) // // Misc. Functions // -#undef PS_ON_PIN // 12 -#define PS_ON_PIN 81 // External Power Supply - -#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM +#undef PS_ON_PIN // 12 +#define PS_ON_PIN 81 // External Power Supply +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM // This board has headers for Z-min, Z-max and IND_S_5V *but* as the bq team // decided to ship the printer only with the probe and no additional Z-min @@ -104,8 +103,8 @@ #ifdef Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN #undef Z_MIN_PIN #undef Z_MAX_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PIN 19 // IND_S_5V - #define Z_MAX_PIN 18 // Z-MIN Label + #define Z_MIN_PIN 19 // IND_S_5V + #define Z_MAX_PIN 18 // Z-MIN Label #endif // @@ -113,5 +112,5 @@ // #if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) #undef HEATER_BED_PIN - #define HEATER_BED_PIN 8 + #define HEATER_BED_PIN 8 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_COPYMASTER_3D.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_COPYMASTER_3D.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8f61ef47dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_COPYMASTER_3D.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Copymaster 3D RAMPS" + +#define Z_STEP_PIN 47 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 14 +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 15 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN 66 + +// +// Import RAMPS 1.4 pins +// +#include "pins_RAMPS.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_DUPLICATOR_I3_PLUS.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_DUPLICATOR_I3_PLUS.h index 0ffc70aa73..9ff9d3be62 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_DUPLICATOR_I3_PLUS.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_DUPLICATOR_I3_PLUS.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -34,68 +34,68 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 54 // PF0 / A0 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 24 // PA2 / AD2 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 23 // PA1 / AD1 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 25 // PA3 / AD3 -#define SERVO0_PIN 40 // PG1 / !RD +#define X_STOP_PIN 54 // PF0 / A0 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 24 // PA2 / AD2 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 23 // PA1 / AD1 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 25 // PA3 / AD3 +#define SERVO0_PIN 40 // PG1 / !RD // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 61 // PF7 / A7 -#define X_DIR_PIN 62 // PK0 / A8 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 60 // PF6 / A6 +#define X_STEP_PIN 61 // PF7 / A7 +#define X_DIR_PIN 62 // PK0 / A8 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 60 // PF6 / A6 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 64 // PK2 / A10 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 65 // PK3 / A11 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 63 // PK1 / A9 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 64 // PK2 / A10 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 65 // PK3 / A11 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 63 // PK1 / A9 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 67 // PK5 / A13 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 69 // PK7 / A15 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 66 // PK4 / A12 -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 25 // PA3 / AD3 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 67 // PK5 / A13 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 69 // PK7 / A15 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 66 // PK4 / A12 +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 25 // PA3 / AD3 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 58 // PF4 / A4 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 59 // PF5 / A5 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 57 // PF3 / A3 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 58 // PF4 / A4 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 59 // PF5 / A5 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 57 // PF3 / A3 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // PF1 / A1 Analog -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 // PK6 / A14 Analog +#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // PF1 / A1 Analog +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 // PK6 / A14 Analog // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 4 // PG5 / PWM4 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 3 // PE5 / PWM3 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 4 // PG5 / PWM4 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 3 // PE5 / PWM3 -#define FAN_PIN 5 // PE3 / PWM5 +#define FAN_PIN 5 // PE3 / PWM5 // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 53 // PB0 / SS -#define LED_PIN 13 // PB7 / PWM13 +#define SDSS 53 // PB0 / SS +#define LED_PIN 13 // PB7 / PWM13 -#define MISO_PIN 50 // PB3 -#define MOSI_PIN 51 // PB2 -#define SCK_PIN 52 // PB1 +#define MISO_PIN 50 // PB3 +#define MOSI_PIN 51 // PB2 +#define SCK_PIN 52 // PB1 // // LCDs and Controllers // #if HAS_SPI_LCD #if ENABLED(ZONESTAR_LCD) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 2 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 36 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 37 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 34 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 35 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 32 - #define ADC_KEYPAD_PIN 12 // Analog + #define LCD_PINS_RS 2 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 36 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 37 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 34 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 35 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 32 + #define ADC_KEYPAD_PIN 12 // Analog #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FELIX2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FELIX2.h index c2c2b4bbf4..bfd341db6d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FELIX2.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FELIX2.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -35,29 +35,29 @@ // Heaters / Fans // // Power outputs EFBF or EFBE -#define MOSFET_D_PIN 7 +#define MOSFET_D_PIN 7 #include "pins_RAMPS.h" // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDPOWER_PIN 1 +#define SDPOWER_PIN 1 -#define PS_ON_PIN 12 +#define PS_ON_PIN 12 // // LCD / Controller // #if BOTH(ULTRA_LCD, NEWPANEL) - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 6 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 6 #endif // NEWPANEL && ULTRA_LCD // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // -#undef SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN // Definitions in pins_RAMPS.h are not valid with this board +#undef SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN // Definitions in pins_RAMPS.h are not valid with this board #undef SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN #undef SPINDLE_DIR_PIN diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FORMBOT_RAPTOR.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FORMBOT_RAPTOR.h index e7a2a5da01..75d647fed5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FORMBOT_RAPTOR.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FORMBOT_RAPTOR.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -31,89 +31,93 @@ #error "Formbot supports up to 3 hotends / E-steppers. Comment out this line to continue." #endif -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Formbot Raptor" -#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME BOARD_INFO_NAME +#ifndef BOARD_INFO_NAME + #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Formbot Raptor" +#endif +#ifndef DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME + #define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME BOARD_INFO_NAME +#endif // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 11 -#define SERVO1_PIN 6 -#define SERVO2_PIN 5 +#define SERVO0_PIN 11 +#define SERVO1_PIN 6 +#define SERVO2_PIN 5 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 3 +#define X_MIN_PIN 3 #ifndef X_MAX_PIN - #define X_MAX_PIN 2 + #define X_MAX_PIN 2 #endif -#define Y_MIN_PIN 14 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 15 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 18 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 19 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 14 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 15 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 18 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 19 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 54 -#define X_DIR_PIN 55 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 38 +#define X_STEP_PIN 54 +#define X_DIR_PIN 55 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 38 #ifndef X_CS_PIN - #define X_CS_PIN 53 + #define X_CS_PIN 53 #endif -#define Y_STEP_PIN 60 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 61 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 56 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 60 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 61 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 56 #ifndef Y_CS_PIN - #define Y_CS_PIN 49 + #define Y_CS_PIN 49 #endif -#define Z_STEP_PIN 46 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 48 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 62 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 46 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 48 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 62 #ifndef Z_CS_PIN - #define Z_CS_PIN 40 + #define Z_CS_PIN 40 #endif -#define E0_STEP_PIN 26 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 26 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 #ifndef E0_CS_PIN - #define E0_CS_PIN 42 + #define E0_CS_PIN 42 #endif -#define E1_STEP_PIN 36 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 34 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 30 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 36 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 34 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 30 #ifndef E1_CS_PIN - #define E1_CS_PIN 44 + #define E1_CS_PIN 44 #endif -#define E2_STEP_PIN 42 -#define E2_DIR_PIN 43 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 44 +#define E2_STEP_PIN 42 +#define E2_DIR_PIN 43 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 44 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 13 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 15 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 13 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 15 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 // Analog Input // SPI for Max6675 or Max31855 Thermocouple #if DISABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 53 if there is even the remote possibility of using Display/SD card + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 53 if using Display/SD card #else - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 49 as this is tied to the switch inside the SD card socket to detect if there is an SD card present + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 49 (SD_DETECT_PIN) #endif // @@ -136,39 +140,39 @@ // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 10 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 7 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 8 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 10 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 7 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 8 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 9 + #define FAN_PIN 9 #endif #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 57 + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 57 #endif #if !HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR - #define FAN1_PIN 4 + #define FAN1_PIN 4 #endif // // Misc. Functions // #ifndef SDSS - #define SDSS 53 + #define SDSS 53 #endif -#define LED_PIN 13 -#define LED4_PIN 5 +#define LED_PIN 13 +#define LED4_PIN 5 // Use the RAMPS 1.4 Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector -#define FILWIDTH_PIN 5 // Analog Input +#define FILWIDTH_PIN 5 // Analog Input #ifndef PS_ON_PIN - #define PS_ON_PIN 12 + #define PS_ON_PIN 12 #endif -#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 5 +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 5 // // LCD / Controller @@ -176,16 +180,16 @@ // Formbot only supports REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER // #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define BEEPER_PIN 37 - #define BTN_EN1 31 - #define BTN_EN2 33 - #define BTN_ENC 35 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - #define KILL_PIN 41 - #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 23 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 25 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 27 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 29 + #define BEEPER_PIN 37 + #define BTN_EN1 31 + #define BTN_EN2 33 + #define BTN_ENC 35 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define KILL_PIN 41 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 23 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 25 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 27 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 29 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FORMBOT_RAPTOR2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FORMBOT_RAPTOR2.h index 431d4370ba..3ed9fb9692 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FORMBOT_RAPTOR2.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FORMBOT_RAPTOR2.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,10 +28,10 @@ #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Formbot Raptor2" #define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME BOARD_INFO_NAME -#define FAN_PIN 6 +#define FAN_PIN 6 #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 22 + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 22 #endif #include "pins_FORMBOT_RAPTOR.h" @@ -42,22 +42,22 @@ // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // #if HAS_CUTTER && !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA) - #if !NUM_SERVOS // Try to use servo connector first - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 6 // Pullup or pulldown! - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 4 // Hardware PWM - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 5 - #elif !GREEDY_PANEL // Try to use AUX2 - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 4 // Pullup or pulldown! - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 65 + #if !NUM_SERVOS // Try to use servo connector first + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 6 // Pullup or pulldown! + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 4 // Hardware PWM + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 5 + #elif !GREEDY_PANEL // Try to use AUX2 + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 4 // Pullup or pulldown! + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 65 #endif #endif #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) && !PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT) - #if NUM_SERVOS <= 1 // Try to use servo connector first - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 6 // Hardware PWM - #elif !GREEDY_PANEL // Try to use AUX2 - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM + #if NUM_SERVOS <= 1 // Try to use servo connector first + #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 6 // Hardware PWM + #elif !GREEDY_PANEL // Try to use AUX2 + #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS.h index 665462c012..5176c699ee 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -21,6 +21,15 @@ */ #pragma once +/** + * Override default LCD timing for Formbot T-Rex 2+ machines. + * The long LCD cables and the routing near electrically noisy stepper motors + * requires a slightly longer setup and hold time on the signals. + */ +#define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(200) +#define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(200) +#define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(200) + /** * Formbot pin assignments */ @@ -37,84 +46,84 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 11 -#define SERVO1_PIN -1 // was 6 -#define SERVO2_PIN -1 // was 5 -#define SERVO3_PIN -1 +#define SERVO0_PIN 11 +#define SERVO1_PIN -1 // was 6 +#define SERVO2_PIN -1 // was 5 +#define SERVO3_PIN -1 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 3 +#define X_MIN_PIN 3 #ifndef X_MAX_PIN - #define X_MAX_PIN 2 + #define X_MAX_PIN 2 #endif -#define Y_MIN_PIN 14 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 15 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 18 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 19 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 14 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 15 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 18 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 19 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 54 -#define X_DIR_PIN 55 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 38 +#define X_STEP_PIN 54 +#define X_DIR_PIN 55 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 38 #ifndef X_CS_PIN - #define X_CS_PIN 53 + #define X_CS_PIN 53 #endif -#define Y_STEP_PIN 60 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 61 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 56 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 60 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 61 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 56 #ifndef Y_CS_PIN - #define Y_CS_PIN 49 + #define Y_CS_PIN 49 #endif -#define Z_STEP_PIN 46 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 48 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 62 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 46 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 48 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 62 #ifndef Z_CS_PIN - #define Z_CS_PIN 40 + #define Z_CS_PIN 40 #endif -#define E0_STEP_PIN 26 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 26 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 #ifndef E0_CS_PIN - #define E0_CS_PIN 42 + #define E0_CS_PIN 42 #endif -#define E1_STEP_PIN 36 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 34 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 30 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 36 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 34 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 30 #ifndef E1_CS_PIN - #define E1_CS_PIN 44 + #define E1_CS_PIN 44 #endif -#define E2_STEP_PIN 42 -#define E2_DIR_PIN 43 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 44 +#define E2_STEP_PIN 42 +#define E2_DIR_PIN 43 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 44 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 13 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 15 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 3 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 13 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 15 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 3 // Analog Input // SPI for Max6675 or Max31855 Thermocouple #if DISABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 53 if there is even the remote possibility of using Display/SD card + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 53 if using Display/SD card #else - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 49 as this is tied to the switch inside the SD card socket to detect if there is an SD card present + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 49 (SD_DETECT_PIN) #endif // @@ -137,36 +146,36 @@ // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 10 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 7 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 58 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 10 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 7 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 58 -#define FAN_PIN 9 +#define FAN_PIN 9 #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 4 - //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN -1 + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 4 + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN -1 #else // Though defined as a fan pin, it is utilized as a dedicated laser pin by Formbot. - #define FAN1_PIN 4 + #define FAN1_PIN 4 #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 53 +#define SDSS 53 #ifndef LED_PIN - #define LED_PIN 13 // The Formbot v 1 board has almost no unassigned pins on it. The Board's LED + #define LED_PIN 13 // The Formbot v 1 board has almost no unassigned pins on it. The Board's LED #endif // is a good place to get a signal to control the Max7219 LED Matrix. // Use the RAMPS 1.4 Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector -#define FILWIDTH_PIN 5 // Analog Input +#define FILWIDTH_PIN 5 // Analog Input #ifndef PS_ON_PIN - #define PS_ON_PIN 12 + #define PS_ON_PIN 12 #endif -#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 // // LCD / Controller @@ -175,22 +184,22 @@ // #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) #ifndef BEEPER_PIN - #define BEEPER_PIN 37 + #define BEEPER_PIN 37 #endif - #define BTN_EN1 31 - #define BTN_EN2 33 - #define BTN_ENC 35 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define BTN_EN1 31 + #define BTN_EN2 33 + #define BTN_ENC 35 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 // Allow MAX7219 to steal the KILL pin #if !defined(KILL_PIN) && MAX7219_CLK_PIN != 41 && MAX7219_DIN_PIN != 41 && MAX7219_LOAD_PIN != 41 - #define KILL_PIN 41 + #define KILL_PIN 41 #endif - #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 23 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 25 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 27 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 29 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 23 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 25 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 27 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 29 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FORMBOT_TREX3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FORMBOT_TREX3.h index a96585eb69..3846a7649e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FORMBOT_TREX3.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FORMBOT_TREX3.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -37,116 +37,114 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 11 -#define SERVO1_PIN -1 // was 6 -#define SERVO2_PIN -1 -#define SERVO3_PIN -1 +#define SERVO0_PIN 11 +#define SERVO1_PIN -1 // was 6 +#define SERVO2_PIN -1 +#define SERVO3_PIN -1 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 3 +#define X_MIN_PIN 3 #ifndef X_MAX_PIN - #define X_MAX_PIN 2 + #define X_MAX_PIN 2 #endif -#define Y_MIN_PIN 14 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 15 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 18 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 19 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 14 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 15 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 18 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 19 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 54 -#define X_DIR_PIN 55 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 38 +#define X_STEP_PIN 54 +#define X_DIR_PIN 55 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 38 #ifndef X_CS_PIN - #define X_CS_PIN 53 + #define X_CS_PIN 53 #endif -#define Y_STEP_PIN 60 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 61 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 56 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 60 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 61 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 56 #ifndef Y_CS_PIN - #define Y_CS_PIN 49 + #define Y_CS_PIN 49 #endif -#define Z_STEP_PIN 46 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 48 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 62 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 46 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 48 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 62 #ifndef Z_CS_PIN - #define Z_CS_PIN 40 + #define Z_CS_PIN 40 #endif -#define E0_STEP_PIN 26 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 26 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 #ifndef E0_CS_PIN - #define E0_CS_PIN 42 + #define E0_CS_PIN 42 #endif -#define E1_STEP_PIN 36 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 34 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 30 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 36 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 34 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 30 #ifndef E1_CS_PIN - #define E1_CS_PIN 44 + #define E1_CS_PIN 44 #endif -#define E2_STEP_PIN 42 -#define E2_DIR_PIN 43 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 44 +#define E2_STEP_PIN 42 +#define E2_DIR_PIN 43 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 44 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 13 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 15 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 13 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 15 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 // Analog Input // SPI for Max6675 or Max31855 Thermocouple #if DISABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 53 if there is even the remote possibility of using Display/SD card + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 53 if using Display/SD card #else - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 49 as this is tied to the switch inside the SD card socket to detect if there is an SD card present + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 49 (SD_DETECT_PIN) #endif - - // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 10 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 7 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 8 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 10 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 7 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 8 -#define FAN_PIN 9 -#define FAN1_PIN 12 +#define FAN_PIN 9 +#define FAN1_PIN 12 -#define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 2 -#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 22 -#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 21 +#define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 2 +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 22 +#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 21 // // Misc. Functions // -#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 5 -#define SDSS 53 +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 5 +#define SDSS 53 #ifndef LED_PIN - #define LED_PIN 13 + #define LED_PIN 13 #endif -#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN -1 // Hardware PWM -#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 4 // Pullup! +#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN -1 // Hardware PWM +#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 4 // Pullup! // Use the RAMPS 1.4 Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector -#define FILWIDTH_PIN 5 // Analog Input +#define FILWIDTH_PIN 5 // Analog Input // // LCD / Controller @@ -154,20 +152,20 @@ // Formbot only supports REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER // #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 23 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 25 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 27 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 29 - #define BTN_EN1 31 - #define BTN_EN2 33 - #define BTN_ENC 35 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 23 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 25 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 27 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 29 + #define BTN_EN1 31 + #define BTN_EN2 33 + #define BTN_ENC 35 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 #ifndef KILL_PIN - #define KILL_PIN 41 + #define KILL_PIN 41 #endif #ifndef BEEPER_PIN - #define BEEPER_PIN 37 + #define BEEPER_PIN 37 #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h index 1168948d93..19238bc5f8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -22,94 +22,94 @@ #pragma once // -// FYSETC F6 pin assignments +// FYSETC F6 1.3 (and 1.4) pin assignments // #ifndef __AVR_ATmega2560__ #error "Oops! Select 'FYSETC F6' in 'Tools > Board.'" #endif -#if ENABLED(SD_DETECT_INVERTED) - //#error "SD_DETECT_INVERTED must be disabled for the FYSETC_F6_13 board." +#ifndef BOARD_INFO_NAME + #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "FYSETC F6 1.3" #endif -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "FYSETC F6 1.3" - -#define RESET_PIN 30 -#define SPI_FLASH_CS 83 +#define RESET_PIN 30 +#define SPI_FLASH_CS 83 // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 13 -#define SERVO1_PIN 11 // (PS_ON_PIN) -#define SERVO2_PIN 10 // (FIL_RUNOUT_PIN) -#define SERVO3_PIN 4 // (RGB_LED_G_PIN) +#define SERVO0_PIN 13 +#define SERVO1_PIN 11 // (PS_ON_PIN) +#define SERVO2_PIN 10 // (FIL_RUNOUT_PIN) +#define SERVO3_PIN 4 // (RGB_LED_G_PIN) // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 63 -#define X_MAX_PIN 64 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 14 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 15 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 12 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 9 +#define X_MIN_PIN 63 +#define X_MAX_PIN 64 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 14 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 15 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 12 +#ifndef Z_MAX_PIN + #define Z_MAX_PIN 9 +#endif #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN SERVO2_PIN + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN SERVO2_PIN #endif // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 9 // Servos pin + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 9 // Servos pin #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 54 -#define X_DIR_PIN 55 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 38 +#define X_STEP_PIN 54 +#define X_DIR_PIN 55 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 38 #ifndef X_CS_PIN - #define X_CS_PIN 70 + #define X_CS_PIN 70 #endif -#define Y_STEP_PIN 60 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 61 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 56 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 60 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 61 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 56 #ifndef Y_CS_PIN - #define Y_CS_PIN 39 + #define Y_CS_PIN 39 #endif -#define Z_STEP_PIN 43 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 48 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 58 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 43 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 48 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 58 #ifndef Z_CS_PIN - #define Z_CS_PIN 74 + #define Z_CS_PIN 74 #endif -#define E0_STEP_PIN 26 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 26 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 #ifndef E0_CS_PIN - #define E0_CS_PIN 47 + #define E0_CS_PIN 47 #endif -#define E1_STEP_PIN 36 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 34 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 30 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 36 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 34 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 30 #ifndef E1_CS_PIN - #define E1_CS_PIN 32 + #define E1_CS_PIN 32 #endif -#define E2_STEP_PIN 59 -#define E2_DIR_PIN 57 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 40 +#define E2_STEP_PIN 59 +#define E2_DIR_PIN 57 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 40 #ifndef E2_CS_PIN - #define E2_CS_PIN 42 + #define E2_CS_PIN 42 #endif // @@ -117,60 +117,84 @@ // the jumper next to the limit switch socket when using sensorless homing. // -#if HAS_TMC220x +#if HAS_TMC_UART /** * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers * * Software serial communication pins. * At the moment, F6 rx pins are not pc interrupt pins */ - #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 71 - #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN 72 - #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 73 - #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN 75 - #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 78 - #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN 79 - #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 76 - #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN 77 - #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 80 - #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN 81 - #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 22 - #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN 82 + #ifndef X_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 71 + #endif + #ifndef X_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN 72 + #endif + #ifndef Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 73 + #endif + #ifndef Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN 75 + #endif + #ifndef Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 78 + #endif + #ifndef Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN 79 + #endif + #ifndef E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 76 + #endif + #ifndef E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN 77 + #endif + #ifndef E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 80 + #endif + #ifndef E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN 81 + #endif + #ifndef E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 22 + #endif + #ifndef E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN 82 + #endif #endif // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 12 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 13 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_2_PIN 14 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 15 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 12 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 13 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_2_PIN 14 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 15 // Analog Input #ifndef FILWIDTH_PIN - #define FILWIDTH_PIN 9 // Analog Input on X+ endstop + #define FILWIDTH_PIN 9 // Analog Input on X+ endstop #endif // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 5 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 6 -#define HEATER_2_PIN 7 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 8 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 5 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 6 +#define HEATER_2_PIN 7 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 8 -#define FAN_PIN 44 -#define FAN1_PIN 45 -#define FAN2_PIN 46 +#define FAN_PIN 44 +#define FAN1_PIN 45 +#define FAN2_PIN 46 // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 53 -#define LED_PIN 13 -#define KILL_PIN 41 +#define SDSS 53 +#define LED_PIN 13 +#define KILL_PIN 41 #ifndef PS_ON_PIN - #define PS_ON_PIN SERVO1_PIN + #define PS_ON_PIN SERVO1_PIN #endif /** @@ -187,67 +211,69 @@ // // LCDs and Controllers // -#define BEEPER_PIN 37 -#define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 +#define BEEPER_PIN 37 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) // // See https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8 // - #define DOGLCD_A0 16 - #define DOGLCD_CS 17 + #define DOGLCD_A0 16 + #define DOGLCD_CS 17 - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 - #define KILL_PIN 41 + #if ENABLED(FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1) + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 27 + #endif - #define LCD_RESET_PIN 23 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. + #define KILL_PIN 41 + #define LCD_RESET_PIN 23 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. // Seems to work best if left open. #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 25 + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 25 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 27 + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 27 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 29 + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 29 #endif #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 25 + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 25 #endif #elif HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 23 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 25 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 27 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 29 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 23 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 25 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 27 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 29 #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) - #define DOGLCD_CS 25 - #define DOGLCD_A0 27 + #define DOGLCD_CS 25 + #define DOGLCD_A0 27 #endif #endif #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define BTN_EN1 31 - #define BTN_EN2 33 - #define BTN_ENC 35 + #define BTN_EN1 31 + #define BTN_EN2 33 + #define BTN_ENC 35 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 3 + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 3 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 4 + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 4 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 9 + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 9 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_W_PIN - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 + #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_14.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_14.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f0eb0bf4c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_14.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +// +// FYSETC F6 v1.4 pin assignments +// + +#define BOARD_NAME "FYSETC F6 1.4" + +#define Z_MAX_PIN 2 + +#if HAS_TMC_UART + /** + * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers + */ + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN 72 + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN 71 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN 73 + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN 78 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN 75 + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN 79 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN 77 + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN 81 + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN 76 + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN 80 + #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN 62 + #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN 82 +#endif + +#include "pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_K8200.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_K8200.h index 41cc4dfbf8..6052232907 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_K8200.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_K8200.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_K8400.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_K8400.h index a47d21c914..4c5ba7eca1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_K8400.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_K8400.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 3 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 14 +#define X_STOP_PIN 3 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 14 #undef X_MIN_PIN #undef X_MAX_PIN @@ -52,13 +52,13 @@ // Steppers // #undef E1_STEP_PIN -#define E1_STEP_PIN 32 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 32 // // Heaters / Fans // #undef HEATER_1_PIN -#define HEATER_1_PIN 11 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 11 // // Misc. Functions @@ -69,5 +69,5 @@ #if Z_STEP_PIN == 26 #undef Z_STEP_PIN - #define Z_STEP_PIN 32 + #define Z_STEP_PIN 32 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_K8800.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_K8800.h index bfc61d0182..09f35b1fe0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_K8800.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_K8800.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -37,73 +37,73 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 3 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 14 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 68 // Used for bed leveling -#define Z_MAX_PIN 66 +#define X_STOP_PIN 3 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 14 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 68 // Used for bed leveling +#define Z_MAX_PIN 66 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 54 -#define X_DIR_PIN 55 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 38 +#define X_STEP_PIN 54 +#define X_DIR_PIN 55 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 38 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 60 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 61 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 56 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 60 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 61 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 56 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 46 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 48 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 63 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 46 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 48 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 63 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 26 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 26 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 -#define E1_STEP_PIN 32 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 34 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 30 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 32 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 34 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 30 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 13 +#define TEMP_0_PIN 13 // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 10 -#define FAN_PIN 8 -#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 9 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 10 +#define FAN_PIN 8 +#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 9 // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 25 +#define SDSS 25 -#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 69 // PK7 -#define KILL_PIN 20 // PD1 +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 69 // PK7 +#define KILL_PIN 20 // PD1 // // LCD / Controller // -#define SD_DETECT_PIN 21 // PD0 -#define LCD_SDSS 53 -#define BEEPER_PIN 6 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN 21 // PD0 +#define LCD_SDSS 53 +#define BEEPER_PIN 6 -#define DOGLCD_CS 29 -#define DOGLCD_A0 27 +#define DOGLCD_CS 29 +#define DOGLCD_A0 27 -#define LCD_PINS_RS 27 -#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 29 -#define LCD_PINS_D4 37 -#define LCD_PINS_D5 35 -#define LCD_PINS_D6 33 -#define LCD_PINS_D7 31 +#define LCD_PINS_RS 27 +#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 29 +#define LCD_PINS_D4 37 +#define LCD_PINS_D5 35 +#define LCD_PINS_D6 33 +#define LCD_PINS_D7 31 #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define BTN_EN1 17 - #define BTN_EN2 16 - #define BTN_ENC 23 + #define BTN_EN1 17 + #define BTN_EN2 16 + #define BTN_ENC 23 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MAKEBOARD_MINI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MAKEBOARD_MINI.h index 66dddbef45..6a31142450 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MAKEBOARD_MINI.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MAKEBOARD_MINI.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_BASE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_10.h similarity index 74% rename from Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_BASE.h rename to Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_10.h index 75c7eb2848..b1010482c1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_BASE.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_10.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -32,20 +32,6 @@ #endif #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MKS BASE 1.0" +#define MKS_BASE_VERSION 10 -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -// Power outputs EFBF or EFBE -#define MOSFET_D_PIN 7 - -#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 2 - -// -// M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control -// -#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 2 // Hardware PWM -#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 15 // Pullup! -#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 19 - -#include "pins_RAMPS.h" +#include "pins_MKS_BASE_common.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_14.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_14.h index 700e2a410c..057b51a584 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_14.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_14.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #pragma once /** - * MKS BASE v1.4 + * MKS BASE v1.4 with A4982 stepper drivers and digital micro-stepping */ #if HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 @@ -30,52 +30,31 @@ #endif #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MKS BASE 1.4" +#define MKS_BASE_VERSION 14 // // Heaters / Fans // -#define MOSFET_D_PIN 7 // PH4 ** Pin16 ** PWM7 //E1 -#define FAN_PIN 9 // PH6 ** Pin18 ** PWM9 +#define FAN_PIN 9 // PH6 ** Pin18 ** PWM9 // Other Mods -#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 11 // PB5 ** Pin24 ** PWM11 -#define SERVO3_PIN 12 // PB6 ** Pin25 ** D12 -#define PS_ON_PIN 2 // X+ // PE4 ** Pin6 ** PWM2 **MUST BE HARDWARE PWM -#define FILWIDTH_PIN 15 // Y+ // PJ0 ** Pin63 ** USART3_RX **Pin should have a pullup! -#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 19 // Z+ // PD2 ** Pin45 ** USART1_RX - -// -// M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control -// -#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 2 // X+ // PE4 ** Pin6 ** PWM2 **MUST BE HARDWARE PWM -#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 15 // Y+ // PJ0 ** Pin63 ** USART3_RX **Pin should have a pullup! -#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 19 // Z+ // PD2 ** Pin45 ** USART1_RX - -// -// Microstepping pins -// -#define X_MS1_PIN 5 // PE3 ** Pin5 ** PWM5 -#define X_MS2_PIN 6 // PH3 ** Pin15 ** PWM6 -#define Y_MS1_PIN 59 // PF5 ** Pin92 ** A5 -#define Y_MS2_PIN 58 // PF4 ** Pin93 ** A4 -#define Z_MS1_PIN 22 // PA0 ** Pin78 ** D22 -#define Z_MS2_PIN 39 // PG2 ** Pin70 ** D39 -#define E0_MS1_PIN 64 // PK2 ** Pin87 ** A10 -#define E0_MS2_PIN 63 // PK1 ** Pin88 ** A9 -#define E1_MS1_PIN 57 // PF3 ** Pin94 ** A3 -#define E1_MS2_PIN 4 // PG5 ** Pin1 ** PWM4 +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 11 // PB5 ** Pin24 ** PWM11 +#define SERVO3_PIN 12 // PB6 ** Pin25 ** D12 +#define PS_ON_PIN 2 // X+ // PE4 ** Pin6 ** PWM2 **MUST BE HARDWARE PWM +#define FILWIDTH_PIN 15 // Y+ // PJ0 ** Pin63 ** USART3_RX **Pin should have a pullup! +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 19 // Z+ // PD2 ** Pin45 ** USART1_RX #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 50 + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 50 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 51 + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 51 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 52 + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 52 #endif -#include "pins_RAMPS.h" +#include "pins_MKS_BASE_common.h" /* Available connectors on MKS BASE v1.4 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_15.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_15.h index 12629706f3..683c6b7d0e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_15.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_15.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -25,18 +25,11 @@ * MKS BASE v1.5 with A4982 stepper drivers and digital micro-stepping */ -#include "pins_MKS_BASE.h" +#if HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 + #error "MKS BASE 1.5 only supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers. Comment out this line to continue." +#endif -/** - * Microstepping pins - */ -#define X_MS1_PIN 5 // Digital 3 / Pin 5 / PE3 / SERVO2_PIN -#define X_MS2_PIN 6 // Digital 6 / Pin 14 / PH3 / SERVO1_PIN -#define Y_MS1_PIN 59 // Analog 5 / Pin 92 / PF5 -#define Y_MS2_PIN 58 // Analog 4 / Pin 93 / PF4 -#define Z_MS1_PIN 22 // Digital 22 / Pin 78 / PA0 -#define Z_MS2_PIN 39 // Digital 39 / Pin 70 / PG2 -#define E0_MS1_PIN 63 // Analog 9 / Pin 86 / PK1 -#define E0_MS2_PIN 64 // Analog 10 / Pin 87 / PK2 -#define E1_MS1_PIN 57 // Analog 3 / Pin 93 / PF3 -#define E1_MS2_PIN 4 // Digital 4 / Pin 1 / PG5 / SERVO3_PIN +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MKS BASE 1.5" +#define MKS_BASE_VERSION 15 + +#include "pins_MKS_BASE_common.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_16.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_16.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b769d655d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_16.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * MKS BASE v1.6 with A4982 stepper drivers and digital micro-stepping + */ + +#if HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 + #error "MKS BASE 1.6 only supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers. Comment out this line to continue." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MKS BASE 1.6" +#define MKS_BASE_VERSION 16 + +// +// Servos +// +#define SERVO1_PIN 12 // Digital 12 / Pin 25 + +// +// Omitted RAMPS pins +// +#ifndef SERVO2_PIN + #define SERVO2_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef SERVO3_PIN + #define SERVO3_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef FILWIDTH_PIN + #define FILWIDTH_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef PS_ON_PIN + #define PS_ON_PIN -1 +#endif + +#include "pins_MKS_BASE_common.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_HEROIC.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_HEROIC.h index 55448d4c0b..1b06657f09 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_HEROIC.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_HEROIC.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_common.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_common.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2d06171906 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_BASE_common.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * MKS BASE – Arduino Mega2560 with RAMPS pin assignments + */ + +#ifndef BOARD_INFO_NAME + #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MKS BASE" +#endif + +#if MKS_BASE_VERSION >= 14 + // + // Heaters / Fans + // + // Power outputs EFBF or EFBE + #define MOSFET_D_PIN 7 + + // + // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control + // + #if HAS_CUTTER + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 2 // Hardware PWM + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 15 // Pullup! + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 19 + #endif + + #ifndef CASE_LIGHT_PIN + #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 2 + #endif + +#endif + +// +// Microstepping pins +// +#if MKS_BASE_VERSION >= 14 // |===== 1.4 =====|===== 1.5+ =====| + #define X_MS1_PIN 5 // PE3 | Pin 5 | PWM5 | | D3 | SERVO2_PIN + #define X_MS2_PIN 6 // PH3 | Pin 15 | PWM6 | Pin 14 | D6 | SERVO1_PIN + #define Y_MS1_PIN 59 // PF5 | Pin 92 | A5 | | | + #define Y_MS2_PIN 58 // PF4 | Pin 93 | A4 | | | + #define Z_MS1_PIN 22 // PA0 | Pin 78 | D22 | | | + #define Z_MS2_PIN 39 // PG2 | Pin 70 | D39 | | | + #if MKS_BASE_VERSION == 14 + #define E0_MS1_PIN 64 // PK2 | Pin 87 | A10 | | | + #define E0_MS2_PIN 63 // PK1 | Pin 88 | A9 | | | + #else + #define E0_MS1_PIN 63 // PK1 | | | Pin 86 | A9 | + #define E0_MS2_PIN 64 // PK2 | | | Pin 87 | A10 | + #endif + #define E1_MS1_PIN 57 // PF3 | Pin 94 | A3 | Pin 93 | A3 | + #define E1_MS2_PIN 4 // PG5 | Pin 1 | PWM4 | | D4 | SERVO3_PIN +#endif + +#include "pins_RAMPS.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_GEN_13.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_GEN_13.h index 9596214cb2..c4c90ba6fa 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_GEN_13.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_GEN_13.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ // Heaters / Fans // // Power outputs EFBF or EFBE -#define MOSFET_D_PIN 7 +#define MOSFET_D_PIN 7 // // PSU / SERVO @@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ // If PSU_CONTROL is specified, always hijack Servo 3 // #if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define SERVO3_PIN -1 - #define PS_ON_PIN 4 + #define SERVO3_PIN -1 + #define PS_ON_PIN 4 #endif #include "pins_RAMPS.h" @@ -104,44 +104,44 @@ // // orange/white SDCD - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 // white ENCA - #define BTN_EN1 35 + #define BTN_EN1 35 // green ENCB - #define BTN_EN2 37 + #define BTN_EN2 37 // purple ENCBTN - #define BTN_ENC 31 + #define BTN_ENC 31 // brown A0 - #define DOGLCD_A0 27 + #define DOGLCD_A0 27 // green/white LCS - #define DOGLCD_CS 29 + #define DOGLCD_CS 29 // 50 gray MISO // 51 yellow MOSI // 52 orange SCK // blue SDCS - //#define SDSS 53 + //#define SDSS 53 // // VIKI2 4-wire lead // // blue BTN - #define KILL_PIN 23 + #define KILL_PIN 23 // green BUZZER - #define BEEPER_PIN 25 + #define BEEPER_PIN 25 // yellow RED-LED - #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 16 + #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 16 // white BLUE-LED - #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 17 + #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 17 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_GEN_L.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_GEN_L.h index 88973baa1a..ea45f91238 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_GEN_L.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_GEN_L.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_GEN_L_V2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_GEN_L_V2.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3236627c3b --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_GEN_L_V2.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * MKS GEN L V2 – Arduino Mega2560 with RAMPS v1.4 pin assignments + */ + +#if HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 + #error "MKS GEN L V2 supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers. Comment out this line to continue." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MKS GEN L V2" + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +// Power outputs EFBF or EFBE +#define MOSFET_D_PIN 7 + +// +// CS Pins wired to avoid conflict with the LCD +// See https://www.thingiverse.com/asset:66604 +// + +#ifndef X_CS_PIN + #define X_CS_PIN 63 +#endif + +#ifndef Y_CS_PIN + #define Y_CS_PIN 64 +#endif + +#ifndef Z_CS_PIN + #define Z_CS_PIN 65 +#endif + +#ifndef E0_CS_PIN + #define E0_CS_PIN 66 +#endif + +#ifndef E1_CS_PIN + #define E1_CS_PIN 21 +#endif + +// TMC2130 Diag Pins (currently just for reference) +#define X_DIAG_PIN 3 +#define Y_DIAG_PIN 14 +#define Z_DIAG_PIN 18 +#define E0_DIAG_PIN 2 +#define E1_DIAG_PIN 15 + +#ifndef SERVO1_PIN + #define SERVO1_PIN 12 +#endif +#ifndef SERVO2_PIN + #define SERVO2_PIN 39 +#endif +#ifndef SERVO3_PIN + #define SERVO3_PIN 32 +#endif + +#ifndef E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN 20 +#endif +#ifndef E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN 21 +#endif + +#include "pins_RAMPS.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS.h index 0c40709625..050932773e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -66,19 +66,19 @@ // #ifndef SERVO0_PIN #ifdef IS_RAMPS_13 - #define SERVO0_PIN 7 // RAMPS_13 // Will conflict with BTN_EN2 on LCD_I2C_VIKI + #define SERVO0_PIN 7 #else - #define SERVO0_PIN 11 + #define SERVO0_PIN 11 #endif #endif #ifndef SERVO1_PIN - #define SERVO1_PIN 6 + #define SERVO1_PIN 6 #endif #ifndef SERVO2_PIN - #define SERVO2_PIN 5 + #define SERVO2_PIN 5 #endif #ifndef SERVO3_PIN - #define SERVO3_PIN 4 + #define SERVO3_PIN 4 #endif // @@ -86,26 +86,26 @@ // #ifndef X_STOP_PIN #ifndef X_MIN_PIN - #define X_MIN_PIN 3 + #define X_MIN_PIN 3 #endif #ifndef X_MAX_PIN - #define X_MAX_PIN 2 + #define X_MAX_PIN 2 #endif #endif #ifndef Y_STOP_PIN #ifndef Y_MIN_PIN - #define Y_MIN_PIN 14 + #define Y_MIN_PIN 14 #endif #ifndef Y_MAX_PIN - #define Y_MAX_PIN 15 + #define Y_MAX_PIN 15 #endif #endif #ifndef Z_STOP_PIN #ifndef Z_MIN_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PIN 18 + #define Z_MIN_PIN 18 #endif #ifndef Z_MAX_PIN - #define Z_MAX_PIN 19 + #define Z_MAX_PIN 19 #endif #endif @@ -113,65 +113,67 @@ // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 54 -#define X_DIR_PIN 55 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 38 +#define X_STEP_PIN 54 +#define X_DIR_PIN 55 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 38 #ifndef X_CS_PIN - #define X_CS_PIN 53 + #define X_CS_PIN 53 #endif -#define Y_STEP_PIN 60 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 61 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 56 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 60 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 61 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 56 #ifndef Y_CS_PIN - #define Y_CS_PIN 49 + #define Y_CS_PIN 49 #endif -#define Z_STEP_PIN 46 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 48 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 62 +#ifndef Z_STEP_PIN + #define Z_STEP_PIN 46 +#endif +#define Z_DIR_PIN 48 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 62 #ifndef Z_CS_PIN - #define Z_CS_PIN 40 + #define Z_CS_PIN 40 #endif -#define E0_STEP_PIN 26 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 26 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 #ifndef E0_CS_PIN - #define E0_CS_PIN 42 + #define E0_CS_PIN 42 #endif -#define E1_STEP_PIN 36 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 34 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 30 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 36 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 34 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 30 #ifndef E1_CS_PIN - #define E1_CS_PIN 44 + #define E1_CS_PIN 44 #endif // // Temperature Sensors // #ifndef TEMP_0_PIN - #define TEMP_0_PIN 13 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_0_PIN 13 // Analog Input #endif #ifndef TEMP_1_PIN - #define TEMP_1_PIN 15 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_1_PIN 15 // Analog Input #endif #ifndef TEMP_BED_PIN - #define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 // Analog Input #endif // SPI for Max6675 or Max31855 Thermocouple #if DISABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 53 if there is even the remote possibility of using Display/SD card + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 53 if using Display/SD card #else - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 49 as this is tied to the switch inside the SD card socket to detect if there is an SD card present + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 49 (SD_DETECT_PIN) #endif // @@ -195,74 +197,74 @@ // Heaters / Fans // #ifndef MOSFET_D_PIN - #define MOSFET_D_PIN -1 + #define MOSFET_D_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef RAMPS_D8_PIN - #define RAMPS_D8_PIN 8 + #define RAMPS_D8_PIN 8 #endif #ifndef RAMPS_D9_PIN - #define RAMPS_D9_PIN 9 + #define RAMPS_D9_PIN 9 #endif #ifndef RAMPS_D10_PIN - #define RAMPS_D10_PIN 10 + #define RAMPS_D10_PIN 10 #endif -#define HEATER_0_PIN RAMPS_D10_PIN +#define HEATER_0_PIN RAMPS_D10_PIN -#if ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EFB) // Hotend, Fan, Bed - #define HEATER_BED_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN -#elif ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EEF) // Hotend, Hotend, Fan - #define HEATER_1_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN -#elif ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EEB) // Hotend, Hotend, Bed - #define HEATER_1_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN - #define HEATER_BED_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN -#elif ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EFF) // Hotend, Fan, Fan - #define FAN1_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN -#elif DISABLED(IS_RAMPS_SF) // Not Spindle, Fan (i.e., "EFBF" or "EFBE") - #define HEATER_BED_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN +#if ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EFB) // Hotend, Fan, Bed + #define HEATER_BED_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN +#elif ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EEF) // Hotend, Hotend, Fan + #define HEATER_1_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN +#elif ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EEB) // Hotend, Hotend, Bed + #define HEATER_1_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN + #define HEATER_BED_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN +#elif ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EFF) // Hotend, Fan, Fan + #define FAN1_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN +#elif DISABLED(IS_RAMPS_SF) // Not Spindle, Fan (i.e., "EFBF" or "EFBE") + #define HEATER_BED_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN #if HOTENDS == 1 - #define FAN1_PIN MOSFET_D_PIN + #define FAN1_PIN MOSFET_D_PIN #else - #define HEATER_1_PIN MOSFET_D_PIN + #define HEATER_1_PIN MOSFET_D_PIN #endif #endif #ifndef FAN_PIN #if EITHER(IS_RAMPS_EFB, IS_RAMPS_EFF) // Hotend, Fan, Bed or Hotend, Fan, Fan - #define FAN_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN + #define FAN_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN #elif EITHER(IS_RAMPS_EEF, IS_RAMPS_SF) // Hotend, Hotend, Fan or Spindle, Fan - #define FAN_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN - #elif ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EEB) // Hotend, Hotend, Bed - #define FAN_PIN 4 // IO pin. Buffer needed - #else // Non-specific are "EFB" (i.e., "EFBF" or "EFBE") - #define FAN_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN + #define FAN_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN + #elif ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EEB) // Hotend, Hotend, Bed + #define FAN_PIN 4 // IO pin. Buffer needed + #else // Non-specific are "EFB" (i.e., "EFBF" or "EFBE") + #define FAN_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN #endif #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 53 -#define LED_PIN 13 +#define SDSS 53 +#define LED_PIN 13 #ifndef FILWIDTH_PIN - #define FILWIDTH_PIN 5 // Analog Input on AUX2 + #define FILWIDTH_PIN 5 // Analog Input on AUX2 #endif // RAMPS 1.4 DIO 4 on the servos connector #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 4 + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 4 #endif #ifndef PS_ON_PIN - #define PS_ON_PIN 12 + #define PS_ON_PIN 12 #endif #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) && !defined(CASE_LIGHT_PIN) && !defined(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN) - #if NUM_SERVOS <= 1 // Prefer the servo connector - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 6 // Hardware PWM + #if NUM_SERVOS <= 1 // Prefer the servo connector + #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 6 // Hardware PWM #elif HAS_FREE_AUX2_PINS - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM + #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM #endif #endif @@ -270,14 +272,14 @@ // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // #if HAS_CUTTER && !defined(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN) - #if !NUM_SERVOS // Use servo connector if possible - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 4 // Pullup or pulldown! - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 6 // Hardware PWM - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 5 + #if !NUM_SERVOS // Use servo connector if possible + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 4 // Pullup or pulldown! + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 6 // Hardware PWM + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 5 #elif HAS_FREE_AUX2_PINS - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 40 // Pullup or pulldown! - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 65 + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 40 // Pullup or pulldown! + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 65 #else #error "No auto-assignable Spindle/Laser pins available." #endif @@ -288,28 +290,28 @@ // #if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI - #define TMC_SW_MOSI 66 + #define TMC_SW_MOSI 66 #endif #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO - #define TMC_SW_MISO 44 + #define TMC_SW_MISO 44 #endif #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK - #define TMC_SW_SCK 64 + #define TMC_SW_SCK 64 #endif #endif -#if HAS_TMC220x +#if HAS_TMC_UART /** * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers * * Hardware serial communication ports. * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below */ - //#define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 //#define X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 //#define Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 //#define Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 //#define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 //#define E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 @@ -322,73 +324,91 @@ // #ifndef X_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN 40 + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN 40 #endif #ifndef X_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN 63 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN 63 #endif #ifndef X2_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define X2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define X2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef X2_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define X2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define X2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN 59 + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN 59 #endif #ifndef Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN 64 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN 64 #endif #ifndef Y2_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define Y2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define Y2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef Y2_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define Y2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define Y2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN 42 + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN 42 #endif #ifndef Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN 65 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN 65 #endif #ifndef Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef Z2_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define Z2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define Z2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN 44 + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN 44 #endif #ifndef E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN 66 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN 66 #endif #ifndef E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef E3_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define E3_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define E3_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef E3_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define E3_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define E3_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef E4_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define E4_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define E4_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E5_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E5_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E5_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E5_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E6_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E6_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E6_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E6_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E7_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E7_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E7_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E7_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif #endif @@ -396,13 +416,13 @@ // Průša i3 MK2 Multiplexer Support // #ifndef E_MUX0_PIN - #define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Z_CS_PIN + #define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Z_CS_PIN #endif #ifndef E_MUX1_PIN - #define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // E0_CS_PIN + #define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // E0_CS_PIN #endif #ifndef E_MUX2_PIN - #define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // E1_CS_PIN + #define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // E1_CS_PIN #endif ////////////////////////// @@ -416,62 +436,62 @@ // #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 49 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 51 // SID (MOSI) - #define LCD_PINS_D4 52 // SCK (CLK) clock + #define LCD_PINS_RS 49 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 51 // SID (MOSI) + #define LCD_PINS_D4 52 // SCK (CLK) clock #elif BOTH(NEWPANEL, PANEL_ONE) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 40 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 42 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 65 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 66 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 44 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 64 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 40 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 42 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 65 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 66 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 44 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 64 #else #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 27 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 29 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 25 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 27 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 29 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 25 #if DISABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define BEEPER_PIN 37 + #define BEEPER_PIN 37 #endif #elif ENABLED(ZONESTAR_LCD) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 64 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 44 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 63 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 40 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 42 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 65 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 64 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 44 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 63 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 40 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 42 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 65 #else #if EITHER(MKS_12864OLED, MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306) - #define LCD_PINS_DC 25 // Set as output on init - #define LCD_PINS_RS 27 // Pull low for 1s to init + #define LCD_PINS_DC 25 // Set as output on init + #define LCD_PINS_RS 27 // Pull low for 1s to init // DOGM SPI LCD Support - #define DOGLCD_CS 16 - #define DOGLCD_MOSI 17 - #define DOGLCD_SCK 23 - #define DOGLCD_A0 LCD_PINS_DC + #define DOGLCD_CS 16 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI 17 + #define DOGLCD_SCK 23 + #define DOGLCD_A0 LCD_PINS_DC #else - #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 23 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 25 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 27 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 23 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 25 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 27 #endif - #define LCD_PINS_D7 29 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 29 #if DISABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + #define BEEPER_PIN 33 #endif #endif @@ -479,10 +499,10 @@ #if DISABLED(NEWPANEL) // Buttons attached to a shift register // Not wired yet - //#define SHIFT_CLK 38 - //#define SHIFT_LD 42 - //#define SHIFT_OUT 40 - //#define SHIFT_EN 17 + //#define SHIFT_CLK 38 + //#define SHIFT_LD 42 + //#define SHIFT_OUT 40 + //#define SHIFT_EN 17 #endif #endif @@ -494,94 +514,99 @@ #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define BEEPER_PIN 37 + #define BEEPER_PIN 37 #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) - #define BTN_EN1 17 - #define BTN_EN2 23 + #define BTN_EN1 17 + #define BTN_EN2 23 #else - #define BTN_EN1 31 - #define BTN_EN2 33 + #define BTN_EN1 31 + #define BTN_EN2 33 #endif - #define BTN_ENC 35 + #define BTN_ENC 35 #ifndef SD_DETECT_PIN - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #endif + #ifndef KILL_PIN + #define KILL_PIN 41 #endif - #define KILL_PIN 41 #if ENABLED(BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 39 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 39 #endif #elif ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) - #define BTN_EN1 64 - #define BTN_EN2 59 - #define BTN_ENC 63 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 42 + #define BTN_EN1 64 + #define BTN_EN2 59 + #define BTN_ENC 63 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 42 #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2) - #define BTN_EN1 47 - #define BTN_EN2 43 - #define BTN_ENC 32 - #define LCD_SDSS SDSS - #define KILL_PIN 41 + #define BTN_EN1 47 + #define BTN_EN2 43 + #define BTN_ENC 32 + #define LCD_SDSS SDSS + #define KILL_PIN 41 #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_VIKI) - #define BTN_EN1 22 // http://files.panucatt.com/datasheets/viki_wiring_diagram.pdf explains 40/42. - #define BTN_EN2 7 // 22/7 are unused on RAMPS_14. 22 is unused and 7 the SERVO0_PIN on RAMPS_13. - #define BTN_ENC -1 + #define BTN_EN1 40 // http://files.panucatt.com/datasheets/viki_wiring_diagram.pdf explains 40/42. + #define BTN_EN2 42 + #define BTN_ENC -1 - #define LCD_SDSS SDSS - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define LCD_SDSS SDSS + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 #elif ANY(VIKI2, miniVIKI) - #define DOGLCD_CS 45 - #define DOGLCD_A0 44 + #define DOGLCD_CS 45 + #define DOGLCD_A0 44 #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 - #define BEEPER_PIN 33 - #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 32 - #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 35 + #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 32 + #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 35 - #define BTN_EN1 22 - #define BTN_EN2 7 - #define BTN_ENC 39 + #define BTN_EN1 22 + #define BTN_EN2 7 + #define BTN_ENC 39 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Pin 49 for display sd interface, 72 for easy adapter board - #define KILL_PIN 31 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Pin 49 for display SD interface, 72 for easy adapter board + #define KILL_PIN 31 #elif ENABLED(ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER) - #define DOGLCD_CS 29 - #define DOGLCD_A0 27 + #define DOGLCD_CS 29 + #define DOGLCD_A0 27 - #define BEEPER_PIN 23 - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 33 + #define BEEPER_PIN 23 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 33 - #define BTN_EN1 35 - #define BTN_EN2 37 - #define BTN_ENC 31 + #define BTN_EN1 35 + #define BTN_EN2 37 + #define BTN_ENC 31 - #define LCD_SDSS SDSS - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - #define KILL_PIN 41 + #define LCD_SDSS SDSS + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define KILL_PIN 41 #elif EITHER(MKS_MINI_12864, FYSETC_MINI_12864) - #define BEEPER_PIN 37 - #define BTN_ENC 35 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - #define KILL_PIN 41 + #define BEEPER_PIN 37 + #define BTN_ENC 35 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) // Added in Marlin 1.1.6 + #ifndef KILL_PIN + #define KILL_PIN 41 + #endif - #define DOGLCD_A0 27 - #define DOGLCD_CS 25 + #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) // Added in Marlin 1.1.6 + + #define DOGLCD_A0 27 + #define DOGLCD_CS 25 // GLCD features // Uncomment screen orientation @@ -590,50 +615,50 @@ //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270 // not connected to a pin - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 65 // backlight LED on A11/D65 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 // 65 (MKS mini12864 can't adjust backlight by software!) - #define BTN_EN1 31 - #define BTN_EN2 33 + #define BTN_EN1 31 + #define BTN_EN2 33 #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) // From https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8 - #define DOGLCD_A0 16 - #define DOGLCD_CS 17 + #define DOGLCD_A0 16 + #define DOGLCD_CS 17 - #define BTN_EN1 33 - #define BTN_EN2 31 + #define BTN_EN1 33 + #define BTN_EN2 31 - //#define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // Use this if default of hardware SPI causes display problems - // results in LCD soft SPI mode 3, SD soft SPI mode 0 + //#define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // Use this if default of hardware SPI causes display problems + // results in LCD soft SPI mode 3, SD soft SPI mode 0 - #define LCD_RESET_PIN 23 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. + #define LCD_RESET_PIN 23 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 25 + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 25 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 27 + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 27 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 29 + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 29 #endif #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 25 + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 25 #endif - #endif + #endif #elif ENABLED(MINIPANEL) - #define BEEPER_PIN 42 + #define BEEPER_PIN 42 // not connected to a pin - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 65 // backlight LED on A11/D65 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 65 // backlight LED on A11/D65 - #define DOGLCD_A0 44 - #define DOGLCD_CS 66 + #define DOGLCD_A0 44 + #define DOGLCD_CS 66 // GLCD features // Uncomment screen orientation @@ -641,16 +666,16 @@ //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270 - #define BTN_EN1 40 - #define BTN_EN2 63 - #define BTN_ENC 59 + #define BTN_EN1 40 + #define BTN_EN2 63 + #define BTN_ENC 59 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - #define KILL_PIN 64 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define KILL_PIN 64 #elif ENABLED(ZONESTAR_LCD) - #define ADC_KEYPAD_PIN 12 + #define ADC_KEYPAD_PIN 12 #elif ENABLED(AZSMZ_12864) @@ -659,32 +684,40 @@ #else // Beeper on AUX-4 - #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + #define BEEPER_PIN 33 // Buttons are directly attached to AUX-2 - #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) - #define SHIFT_OUT 40 - #define SHIFT_CLK 44 - #define SHIFT_LD 42 - #define BTN_EN1 64 - #define BTN_EN2 59 - #define BTN_ENC 63 - #elif ENABLED(PANEL_ONE) - #define BTN_EN1 59 // AUX2 PIN 3 - #define BTN_EN2 63 // AUX2 PIN 4 - #define BTN_ENC 49 // AUX3 PIN 7 + #if ENABLED(PANEL_ONE) + #define BTN_EN1 59 // AUX2 PIN 3 + #define BTN_EN2 63 // AUX2 PIN 4 + #define BTN_ENC 49 // AUX3 PIN 7 #else - #define BTN_EN1 37 - #define BTN_EN2 35 - #define BTN_ENC 31 + #define BTN_EN1 37 + #define BTN_EN2 35 + #define BTN_ENC 31 #endif #if ENABLED(G3D_PANEL) - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - #define KILL_PIN 41 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define KILL_PIN 41 #endif #endif #endif // NEWPANEL #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD + +#if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) + #define SHIFT_OUT 40 + #define SHIFT_CLK 44 + #define SHIFT_LD 42 + #ifndef BTN_EN1 + #define BTN_EN1 64 + #endif + #ifndef BTN_EN2 + #define BTN_EN2 59 + #endif + #ifndef BTN_ENC + #define BTN_ENC 63 + #endif +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_13.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_13.h index 508064e66f..1eb883f4db 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_13.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_13.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_CREALITY.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_CREALITY.h index 379d2b4716..f6847feb4b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_CREALITY.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_CREALITY.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -32,19 +32,31 @@ // // Power outputs EFBF or EFBE -#define MOSFET_D_PIN 7 +#define MOSFET_D_PIN 7 -#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 2 +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 2 #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 1 - #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 15 // Creality CR-X can use dual runout sensors + #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 15 // Creality CR-X can use dual runout sensors #endif -#define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 // Always define onboard SD detect -#define BEEPER_PIN 37 // Always define beeper pin so Play Tone works with ExtUI +#define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 // Always define onboard SD detect + +#define PS_ON_PIN 40 // Used by CR2020 Industrial series + +#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) && !defined(CASE_LIGHT_PIN) + #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 65 +#endif #include "pins_RAMPS.h" -#define EXP1_PIN 65 // A11 -#define EXP2_PIN 66 // A12 -#define EXP3_PIN 11 // SERVO0_PIN -#define EXP4_PIN 12 // PS_ON_PIN +#ifndef BEEPER_PIN + #define BEEPER_PIN 37 // Always define beeper pin so Play Tone works with ExtUI +#endif + +#define EXP1_PIN 65 // A11 - Used by CR2020 Industrial series for case +#define EXP2_PIN 66 // A12 +#define EXP3_PIN 11 // SERVO0_PIN +#define EXP4_PIN 12 // PS_ON_PIN + +#define SUICIDE_PIN 12 // Used by CR2020 Industrial series +#define SUICIDE_PIN_INVERTING true // Used by CR2020 Industrial series diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_DAGOMA.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_DAGOMA.h index 43937e2137..b0ba7822ef 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_DAGOMA.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_DAGOMA.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Dagoma3D F5 RAMPS" -#define X_STOP_PIN 2 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 3 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 15 -#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 39 +#define X_STOP_PIN 2 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 3 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 15 +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 39 -#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 // // Import RAMPS 1.4 pins diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_ENDER_4.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_ENDER_4.h index 0eb3035c1d..d6b08a1d68 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_ENDER_4.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_ENDER_4.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_OLD.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_OLD.h index a55348fec1..0323366944 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_OLD.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_OLD.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -37,80 +37,80 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 3 -#define X_MAX_PIN 2 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 16 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 17 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 18 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 19 +#define X_MIN_PIN 3 +#define X_MAX_PIN 2 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 16 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 17 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 18 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 19 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 19 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 19 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 26 -#define X_DIR_PIN 28 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define X_STEP_PIN 26 +#define X_DIR_PIN 28 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 24 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 38 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 40 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 36 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 38 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 40 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 36 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 44 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 46 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 42 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 44 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 46 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 42 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 32 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 34 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 30 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 32 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 34 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 30 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 2 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 2 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // Analog Input // SPI for Max6675 or Max31855 Thermocouple #if DISABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 53 if there is even the remote possibility of using Display/SD card + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 53 if using Display/SD card #else - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 49 as this is tied to the switch inside the SD card socket to detect if there is an SD card present + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 49 (SD_DETECT_PIN) #endif // // Heaters / Fans // #if ENABLED(RAMPS_V_1_0) - #define HEATER_0_PIN 12 - #define HEATER_BED_PIN -1 + #define HEATER_0_PIN 12 + #define HEATER_BED_PIN -1 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 11 + #define FAN_PIN 11 #endif -#else // RAMPS_V_1_1 or RAMPS_V_1_2 - #define HEATER_0_PIN 10 - #define HEATER_BED_PIN 8 +#else // RAMPS_V_1_1 or RAMPS_V_1_2 + #define HEATER_0_PIN 10 + #define HEATER_BED_PIN 8 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 9 + #define FAN_PIN 9 #endif #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDPOWER_PIN 48 -#define SDSS 53 -#define LED_PIN 13 -#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 45 // Hardware PWM +#define SDPOWER_PIN 48 +#define SDSS 53 +#define LED_PIN 13 +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 45 // Hardware PWM // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // -#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 41 // Pullup or pulldown! -#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 45 // Hardware PWM -#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 43 +#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 41 // Pullup or pulldown! +#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 45 // Hardware PWM +#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 43 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_PLUS.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_PLUS.h index 02193a5a03..f93b6dcc86 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_PLUS.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_PLUS.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "RAMPS 1.4 Plus" -#define RAMPS_D8_PIN 10 -#define RAMPS_D10_PIN 8 +#define RAMPS_D8_PIN 10 +#define RAMPS_D10_PIN 8 #include "pins_RAMPS.h" @@ -60,13 +60,13 @@ #undef E1_DIR_PIN #undef E1_ENABLE_PIN -#define E0_STEP_PIN 36 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 34 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 30 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 36 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 34 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 30 -#define E1_STEP_PIN 26 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 28 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 26 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 28 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 24 #undef X_CS_PIN #undef Y_CS_PIN @@ -77,10 +77,10 @@ #if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD, REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD, CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) && !BOTH(NEWPANEL, PANEL_ONE) #if DISABLED(MKS_12864OLED) || ENABLED(MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306) #undef LCD_PINS_RS - #define LCD_PINS_RS 42 // 3DYMY boards pin 16 -> 42 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 42 // 3DYMY boards pin 16 -> 42 #undef LCD_PINS_ENABLE - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 44 // 3DYMY boards pin 17 -> 44 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 44 // 3DYMY boards pin 17 -> 44 #endif #undef LCD_PINS_D7 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 53 // 3DYMY boards pin 29 -> 53 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 53 // 3DYMY boards pin 29 -> 53 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RIGIDBOARD.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RIGIDBOARD.h index c69843c621..8e84281754 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RIGIDBOARD.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RIGIDBOARD.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -33,15 +33,15 @@ // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 19 // Z-MAX pin J14 End Stops + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 19 // Z-MAX pin J14 End Stops #endif // // MOSFET changes // -#define RAMPS_D9_PIN 8 // FAN (by default) -#define RAMPS_D10_PIN 9 // EXTRUDER 1 -#define MOSFET_D_PIN 12 // EXTRUDER 2 or FAN +#define RAMPS_D9_PIN 8 // FAN (by default) +#define RAMPS_D10_PIN 9 // EXTRUDER 1 +#define MOSFET_D_PIN 12 // EXTRUDER 2 or FAN #include "pins_RAMPS.h" @@ -52,18 +52,18 @@ #undef E0_STEP_PIN #undef E0_DIR_PIN #undef E0_ENABLE_PIN -#define E0_STEP_PIN 36 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 34 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 30 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 36 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 34 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 30 #undef E1_STEP_PIN #undef E1_DIR_PIN #undef E1_ENABLE_PIN -#define E1_STEP_PIN 26 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 28 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 26 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 28 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 24 -#define STEPPER_RESET_PIN 41 // Stepper drivers have a reset on RigidBot +#define STEPPER_RESET_PIN 41 // Stepper drivers have a reset on RigidBot // // Temperature Sensors @@ -71,33 +71,33 @@ #undef TEMP_0_PIN #undef TEMP_1_PIN #undef TEMP_BED_PIN -#define TEMP_0_PIN 14 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 13 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 15 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 14 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 13 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 15 // Analog Input // SPI for Max6675 or Max31855 Thermocouple #undef MAX6675_SS_PIN #if DISABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 53 // Don't use pin 53 if there is even the remote possibility of using Display/SD card + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 53 // Don't use pin 53 if there is even the remote possibility of using Display/SD card #else - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 49 // Don't use pin 49 as this is tied to the switch inside the SD card socket to detect if there is an SD card present + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 49 // Don't use pin 49 as this is tied to the switch inside the SD card socket to detect if there is an SD card present #endif // // Heaters / Fans // #undef HEATER_BED_PIN -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 10 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 10 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 8 // Same as RAMPS_13_EEF + #define FAN_PIN 8 // Same as RAMPS_13_EEF #endif // // Misc. Functions // #undef PS_ON_PIN -#define PS_ON_PIN -1 +#define PS_ON_PIN -1 // // LCD / Controller @@ -106,33 +106,33 @@ #if ENABLED(RIGIDBOT_PANEL) #undef BEEPER_PIN - #define BEEPER_PIN -1 + #define BEEPER_PIN -1 // Direction buttons - #define BTN_UP 37 - #define BTN_DWN 35 - #define BTN_LFT 33 - #define BTN_RT 32 + #define BTN_UP 37 + #define BTN_DWN 35 + #define BTN_LFT 33 + #define BTN_RT 32 // 'R' button #undef BTN_ENC - #define BTN_ENC 31 + #define BTN_ENC 31 // Disable encoder #undef BTN_EN1 - #define BTN_EN1 -1 + #define BTN_EN1 -1 #undef BTN_EN2 - #define BTN_EN2 -1 + #define BTN_EN2 -1 #undef SD_DETECT_PIN - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 22 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 22 #elif ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) #undef SD_DETECT_PIN - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 22 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 22 #undef KILL_PIN - #define KILL_PIN 32 + #define KILL_PIN 32 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RIGIDBOARD_V2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RIGIDBOARD_V2.h index 01ccb5927a..d56ab1bb7f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RIGIDBOARD_V2.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RIGIDBOARD_V2.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -40,12 +40,12 @@ #define DAC_STEPPER_ORDER { 0, 1, 2, 3 } #define DAC_STEPPER_SENSE 0.05 // sense resistors on rigidboard stepper chips are .05 value -#define DAC_STEPPER_ADDRESS 0 -#define DAC_STEPPER_MAX 4096 // was 5000 but max allowable value is actually 4096 -#define DAC_STEPPER_VREF 1 // internal Vref, gain 2x = 4.096V -#define DAC_STEPPER_GAIN 1 // value of 1 here sets gain of 2 -#define DAC_DISABLE_PIN 42 // set low to enable DAC -#define DAC_OR_ADDRESS 0x01 +#define DAC_STEPPER_ADDRESS 0 +#define DAC_STEPPER_MAX 4096 // was 5000 but max allowable value is actually 4096 +#define DAC_STEPPER_VREF 1 // internal Vref, gain 2x = 4.096V +#define DAC_STEPPER_GAIN 1 // value of 1 here sets gain of 2 +#define DAC_DISABLE_PIN 42 // set low to enable DAC +#define DAC_OR_ADDRESS 0x01 #ifndef DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT #define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RL200.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RL200.h index 1202638d1c..7b0303476b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RL200.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RL200.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -31,26 +31,22 @@ #if HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 #error "RL200v1 supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers. Comment out this line to continue." -#endif - -#if DISABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #error "RL200 uses dual Z stepper motors. Update Configuration_adv.h or comment out this line to continue." -#endif - -#if !(AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(DRV8825) && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(DRV8825) && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(DRV8825) && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(DRV8825) && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(DRV8825)) +#elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS != 2 + #error "RL200 uses dual Z stepper motors. Set NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS to 2 or comment out this line to continue." +#elif !(AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(DRV8825) && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(DRV8825) && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(DRV8825) && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(DRV8825) && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(DRV8825)) #error "You must set ([XYZ]|Z2|E0)_DRIVER_TYPE to DRV8825 in Configuration.h for RL200." #endif -#define E0_STEP_PIN 26 // (RUMBA E1 pins) -#define E0_DIR_PIN 25 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 27 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 26 // (RUMBA E1 pins) +#define E0_DIR_PIN 25 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 27 -#define E1_STEP_PIN 29 // (RUMBA E2 pins) -#define E1_DIR_PIN 28 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 39 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 29 // (RUMBA E2 pins) +#define E1_DIR_PIN 28 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 39 -#define Z2_STEP_PIN 23 // (RUMBA E0 pins) -#define Z2_DIR_PIN 22 -#define Z2_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define Z2_STEP_PIN 23 // (RUMBA E0 pins) +#define Z2_DIR_PIN 22 +#define Z2_ENABLE_PIN 24 #include "pins_RUMBA.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RUMBA.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RUMBA.h index a4add5d40b..4bf10d7399 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RUMBA.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RUMBA.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -41,56 +41,56 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 5 +#define SERVO0_PIN 5 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 37 -#define X_MAX_PIN 36 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 35 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 34 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 33 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 32 +#define X_MIN_PIN 37 +#define X_MAX_PIN 36 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 35 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 34 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 33 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 32 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 17 -#define X_DIR_PIN 16 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 48 +#define X_STEP_PIN 17 +#define X_DIR_PIN 16 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 48 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 54 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 47 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 55 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 54 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 47 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 55 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 57 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 56 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 62 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 57 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 56 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 62 #ifndef E0_STEP_PIN - #define E0_STEP_PIN 23 - #define E0_DIR_PIN 22 - #define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 + #define E0_STEP_PIN 23 + #define E0_DIR_PIN 22 + #define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 #endif #ifndef E1_STEP_PIN - #define E1_STEP_PIN 26 - #define E1_DIR_PIN 25 - #define E1_ENABLE_PIN 27 + #define E1_STEP_PIN 26 + #define E1_DIR_PIN 25 + #define E1_ENABLE_PIN 27 #endif #if E1_STEP_PIN != 29 - #define E2_STEP_PIN 29 - #define E2_DIR_PIN 28 - #define E2_ENABLE_PIN 39 + #define E2_STEP_PIN 29 + #define E2_DIR_PIN 28 + #define E2_ENABLE_PIN 39 #endif // @@ -98,132 +98,134 @@ // #ifndef TEMP_0_PIN #if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -1 - #define TEMP_0_PIN 6 // Analog Input (connector *K1* on RUMBA thermocouple ADD ON is used) + #define TEMP_0_PIN 6 // Analog Input (connector *K1* on RUMBA thermocouple ADD ON is used) #else - #define TEMP_0_PIN 15 // Analog Input (default connector for thermistor *T0* on rumba board is used) + #define TEMP_0_PIN 15 // Analog Input (default connector for thermistor *T0* on rumba board is used) #endif #endif #ifndef TEMP_1_PIN #if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -1 - #define TEMP_1_PIN 5 // Analog Input (connector *K2* on RUMBA thermocouple ADD ON is used) + #define TEMP_1_PIN 5 // Analog Input (connector *K2* on RUMBA thermocouple ADD ON is used) #else - #define TEMP_1_PIN 14 // Analog Input (default connector for thermistor *T1* on rumba board is used) + #define TEMP_1_PIN 14 // Analog Input (default connector for thermistor *T1* on rumba board is used) #endif #endif #if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == -1 - #define TEMP_2_PIN 7 // Analog Input (connector *K3* on RUMBA thermocouple ADD ON is used <-- this can't be used when TEMP_SENSOR_BED is defined as thermocouple) + #define TEMP_2_PIN 7 // Analog Input (connector *K3* on RUMBA thermocouple ADD ON is used <-- this can't be used when TEMP_SENSOR_BED is defined as thermocouple) #else - #define TEMP_2_PIN 13 // Analog Input (default connector for thermistor *T2* on rumba board is used) + #define TEMP_2_PIN 13 // Analog Input (default connector for thermistor *T2* on rumba board is used) #endif // Optional for extruder 4 or chamber: -//#define TEMP_X_PIN 12 // Analog Input (default connector for thermistor *T3* on rumba board is used) +//#define TEMP_X_PIN 12 // Analog Input (default connector for thermistor *T3* on rumba board is used) #ifndef TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN - //#define TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN 12 // Analog Input (default connector for thermistor *T3* on rumba board is used) + //#define TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN 12 // Analog Input (default connector for thermistor *T3* on rumba board is used) #endif #if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == -1 - #define TEMP_BED_PIN 7 // Analog Input (connector *K3* on RUMBA thermocouple ADD ON is used <-- this can't be used when TEMP_SENSOR_2 is defined as thermocouple) + #define TEMP_BED_PIN 7 // Analog Input (connector *K3* on RUMBA thermocouple ADD ON is used <-- this can't be used when TEMP_SENSOR_2 is defined as thermocouple) #else - #define TEMP_BED_PIN 11 // Analog Input (default connector for thermistor *THB* on rumba board is used) + #define TEMP_BED_PIN 11 // Analog Input (default connector for thermistor *THB* on rumba board is used) #endif // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 2 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 3 -#define HEATER_2_PIN 6 -#define HEATER_3_PIN 8 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 9 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 2 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 3 +#define HEATER_2_PIN 6 +#define HEATER_3_PIN 8 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 9 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 7 + #define FAN_PIN 7 +#endif +#ifndef FAN1_PIN + #define FAN1_PIN 8 #endif -#define FAN1_PIN 8 // // Misc. Functions // -#define LED_PIN 13 -#define PS_ON_PIN 45 -#define KILL_PIN 46 -#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 45 +#define LED_PIN 13 +#define PS_ON_PIN 45 +#define KILL_PIN 46 +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 45 // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // #ifndef SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 4 // Hardware PWM. Pin 4 interrupts OC0* and OC1* always in use? + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 4 // Hardware PWM. Pin 4 interrupts OC0* and OC1* always in use? #endif #ifndef SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 14 // Pullup! + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 14 // Pullup! #endif #ifndef SPINDLE_DIR_PIN - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 15 + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 15 #endif // // LCD / Controller // #if EITHER(MKS_12864OLED, MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306) - #define LCD_PINS_DC 38 // Set as output on init - #define LCD_PINS_RS 41 // Pull low for 1s to init + #define LCD_PINS_DC 38 // Set as output on init + #define LCD_PINS_RS 41 // Pull low for 1s to init // DOGM SPI LCD Support - #define DOGLCD_CS 19 - #define DOGLCD_MOSI 42 - #define DOGLCD_SCK 18 - #define DOGLCD_A0 LCD_PINS_DC + #define DOGLCD_CS 19 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI 42 + #define DOGLCD_SCK 18 + #define DOGLCD_A0 LCD_PINS_DC #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) - #define DOGLCD_CS 42 - #define DOGLCD_A0 19 - #define DOGLCD_MOSI 51 - #define DOGLCD_SCK 52 + #define DOGLCD_CS 42 + #define DOGLCD_A0 19 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI 51 + #define DOGLCD_SCK 52 - //#define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // Use this if default of hardware SPI causes display problems - // results in LCD soft SPI mode 3, SD soft SPI mode 0 + //#define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // Use this if default of hardware SPI causes display problems + // results in LCD soft SPI mode 3, SD soft SPI mode 0 - #define LCD_RESET_PIN 18 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. + #define LCD_RESET_PIN 18 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 41 + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 41 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 38 + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 38 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 40 + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 40 #endif #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 25 + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 25 #endif #else - #define LCD_PINS_RS 19 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 42 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 18 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 38 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 41 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 19 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 42 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 18 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 38 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 41 #endif -#define LCD_PINS_D7 40 +#define LCD_PINS_D7 40 // // Beeper, SD Card, Encoder // -#define BEEPER_PIN 44 +#define BEEPER_PIN 44 #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define SDSS 53 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define SDSS 53 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 #endif #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define BTN_EN1 11 - #define BTN_EN2 12 - #define BTN_ENC 43 + #define BTN_EN1 11 + #define BTN_EN2 12 + #define BTN_ENC 43 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RUMBA_RAISE3D.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RUMBA_RAISE3D.h index 0cc4ebb3ba..7dfa747bf4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RUMBA_RAISE3D.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RUMBA_RAISE3D.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_SAINSMART_2IN1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_SAINSMART_2IN1.h index 27c746ad25..2e94490460 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_SAINSMART_2IN1.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_SAINSMART_2IN1.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TANGO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TANGO.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..221b30b0cb --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TANGO.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * BIQU Tango pin assignments + */ + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Tango" + +#define FAN_PIN 8 +#define FAN1_PIN -1 + +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 + +#ifndef TEMP_0_PIN + #if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -1 + #define TEMP_0_PIN 10 // Analog Input (connector *K1* on Tango thermocouple ADD ON is used) + #else + #define TEMP_0_PIN 15 // Analog Input (default connector for thermistor *T0* on rumba board is used) + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef TEMP_1_PIN + #if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -1 + #define TEMP_1_PIN 9 // Analog Input (connector *K2* on Tango thermocouple ADD ON is used) + #else + #define TEMP_1_PIN 14 // Analog Input (default connector for thermistor *T1* on rumba board is used) + #endif +#endif + +#include "pins_RUMBA.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TRIGORILLA_13.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TRIGORILLA_13.h index fd0b67c88a..c0b8630354 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TRIGORILLA_13.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TRIGORILLA_13.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h index 031ab8e16b..dcf5ff5a0a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -31,50 +31,59 @@ // Servos // #if MB(TRIGORILLA_14_11) - #define SERVO0_PIN 5 - #define SERVO1_PIN 4 - #define SERVO2_PIN 11 - #define SERVO3_PIN 6 + #define SERVO0_PIN 5 + #define SERVO1_PIN 4 + #define SERVO2_PIN 11 + #define SERVO3_PIN 6 +#endif + +// +// Custom Limit Switches +// +//#define ANYCUBIC_4_MAX_PRO_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(ANYCUBIC_4_MAX_PRO_ENDSTOPS) + #define X_MAX_PIN 43 + #define Y_MIN_PIN 19 #endif // Labeled pins -#define TRIGORILLA_HEATER_BED_PIN 8 -#define TRIGORILLA_HEATER_0_PIN 10 -#define TRIGORILLA_HEATER_1_PIN 45 // Anycubic Kossel: Unused +#define TRIGORILLA_HEATER_BED_PIN 8 +#define TRIGORILLA_HEATER_0_PIN 10 +#define TRIGORILLA_HEATER_1_PIN 45 // Anycubic Kossel: Unused -#define TRIGORILLA_FAN0_PIN 9 // Anycubic Kossel: Usually the part cooling fan -#define TRIGORILLA_FAN1_PIN 7 // Anycubic Kossel: Unused -#define TRIGORILLA_FAN2_PIN 44 // Anycubic Kossel: Hotend fan +#define TRIGORILLA_FAN0_PIN 9 // Anycubic Kossel: Usually the part cooling fan +#define TRIGORILLA_FAN1_PIN 7 // Anycubic Kossel: Unused +#define TRIGORILLA_FAN2_PIN 44 // Anycubic Kossel: Hotend fan // Remap MOSFET pins to common usages: -#define RAMPS_D10_PIN TRIGORILLA_HEATER_0_PIN // HEATER_0_PIN is always RAMPS_D10_PIN in pins_RAMPS.h +#define RAMPS_D10_PIN TRIGORILLA_HEATER_0_PIN // HEATER_0_PIN is always RAMPS_D10_PIN in pins_RAMPS.h -#if HOTENDS > 1 // EEF and EEB +#if HOTENDS > 1 // EEF and EEB #define RAMPS_D9_PIN TRIGORILLA_HEATER_1_PIN #if !TEMP_SENSOR_BED // EEF - #define RAMPS_D8_PIN TRIGORILLA_FAN0_PIN + #define RAMPS_D8_PIN TRIGORILLA_FAN0_PIN #else // EEB - #define RAMPS_D8_PIN TRIGORILLA_HEATER_BED_PIN - #define FAN_PIN TRIGORILLA_FAN0_PIN // Override pin 4 in pins_RAMPS.h + #define RAMPS_D8_PINTRIGORILLA_HEATER_BED_PIN + #define FAN_PIN TRIGORILLA_FAN0_PIN // Override pin 4 in pins_RAMPS.h #endif #elif TEMP_SENSOR_BED // EFB (Anycubic Kossel default) - #define RAMPS_D9_PIN TRIGORILLA_FAN0_PIN - #define RAMPS_D8_PIN TRIGORILLA_HEATER_BED_PIN + #define RAMPS_D9_PIN TRIGORILLA_FAN0_PIN + #define RAMPS_D8_PINTRIGORILLA_HEATER_BED_PIN #else // EFF - #define RAMPS_D9_PIN TRIGORILLA_FAN1_PIN - #define RAMPS_D8_PIN TRIGORILLA_FAN0_PIN + #define RAMPS_D9_PIN TRIGORILLA_FAN1_PIN + #define RAMPS_D8_PIN TRIGORILLA_FAN0_PIN #endif -#if HOTENDS > 1 || TEMP_SENSOR_BED // EEF, EEB, EFB - #define FAN1_PIN TRIGORILLA_FAN1_PIN +#if HOTENDS > 1 || TEMP_SENSOR_BED // EEF, EEB, EFB + #define FAN1_PIN TRIGORILLA_FAN1_PIN #endif -#define FAN2_PIN TRIGORILLA_FAN2_PIN -#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN TRIGORILLA_FAN2_PIN // Used in Anycubic Kossel example config +#define FAN2_PIN TRIGORILLA_FAN2_PIN +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PINTRIGORILLA_FAN2_PIN // Used in Anycubic Kossel example config #include "pins_RAMPS.h" @@ -87,25 +96,25 @@ // LCD Display output pins #if BOTH(NEWPANEL, PANEL_ONE) #undef LCD_PINS_D6 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 57 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 57 #endif // LCD Display input pins #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) #if ANY(VIKI2, miniVIKI) #undef DOGLCD_A0 - #define DOGLCD_A0 23 + #define DOGLCD_A0 23 #elif ENABLED(ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER) #undef BEEPER_PIN - #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + #define BEEPER_PIN 33 #undef LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 67 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 67 #endif #elif ENABLED(MINIPANEL) #undef BEEPER_PIN - #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + #define BEEPER_PIN 33 #undef DOGLCD_A0 - #define DOGLCD_A0 42 + #define DOGLCD_A0 42 #endif #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TRONXY_V3_1_0.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TRONXY_V3_1_0.h index 48b510d8c2..92ed852867 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TRONXY_V3_1_0.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TRONXY_V3_1_0.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TT_OSCAR.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TT_OSCAR.h index 1c40729a87..f5c79d0b57 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TT_OSCAR.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TT_OSCAR.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -34,72 +34,72 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 11 -#define SERVO1_PIN 12 -#define SERVO2_PIN 5 -#define SERVO3_PIN 4 +#define SERVO0_PIN 11 +#define SERVO1_PIN 12 +#define SERVO2_PIN 5 +#define SERVO3_PIN 4 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 3 -#define X_MAX_PIN 2 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 14 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 15 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 18 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 19 +#define X_MIN_PIN 3 +#define X_MAX_PIN 2 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 14 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 15 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 18 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 19 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN SERVO3_PIN + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN SERVO3_PIN #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 54 -#define X_DIR_PIN 55 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 38 -#define X_CS_PIN 57 +#define X_STEP_PIN 54 +#define X_DIR_PIN 55 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 38 +#define X_CS_PIN 57 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 60 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 61 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 56 -#define Y_CS_PIN 58 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 60 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 61 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 56 +#define Y_CS_PIN 58 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 46 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 48 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 62 -#define Z_CS_PIN 53 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 46 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 48 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 62 +#define Z_CS_PIN 53 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 26 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 -#define E0_CS_PIN 49 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 26 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define E0_CS_PIN 49 -#define E1_STEP_PIN 36 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 34 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 30 -#define E1_CS_PIN E0_CS_PIN +#define E1_STEP_PIN 36 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 34 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 30 +#define E1_CS_PIN E0_CS_PIN -#define E2_STEP_PIN 63 -#define E2_DIR_PIN 22 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 59 -#define E2_CS_PIN E0_CS_PIN +#define E2_STEP_PIN 63 +#define E2_DIR_PIN 22 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 59 +#define E2_CS_PIN E0_CS_PIN -#define E3_STEP_PIN 32 -#define E3_DIR_PIN 40 -#define E3_ENABLE_PIN 39 -#define E3_CS_PIN E0_CS_PIN +#define E3_STEP_PIN 32 +#define E3_DIR_PIN 40 +#define E3_ENABLE_PIN 39 +#define E3_CS_PIN E0_CS_PIN -#define E4_STEP_PIN 43 -#define E4_DIR_PIN 42 -#define E4_ENABLE_PIN 47 -#define E4_CS_PIN E0_CS_PIN +#define E4_STEP_PIN 43 +#define E4_DIR_PIN 42 +#define E4_ENABLE_PIN 47 +#define E4_CS_PIN E0_CS_PIN -#if HAS_TMC220x +#if HAS_TMC_UART /** * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers * @@ -122,31 +122,34 @@ // Software serial // - #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 // 59 - #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 63 - #define X2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 - #define X2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 // 59 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 63 + #define X2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define X2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 - #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 // 64 - #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 40 - #define Y2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 - #define Y2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 // 64 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 40 + #define Y2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define Y2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 - #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 // 44 - #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 42 - #define Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 - #define Z2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 // 44 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 42 + #define Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define Z2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 - #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 // 66 - #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 65 - #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 - #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 - #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 - #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 - #define E3_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 - #define E3_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 - #define E4_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 - #define E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 // 66 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 65 + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define E3_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define E3_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define E4_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define E5_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define E6_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define E7_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif // @@ -167,72 +170,72 @@ // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 13 -#define TEMP_1_PIN 15 -#define TEMP_2_PIN 10 -#define TEMP_3_PIN 11 -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 +#define TEMP_0_PIN 13 +#define TEMP_1_PIN 15 +#define TEMP_2_PIN 10 +#define TEMP_3_PIN 11 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 #if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER > 0 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN 12 + #define TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN 12 #else - #define TEMP_4_PIN 12 + #define TEMP_4_PIN 12 #endif // SPI for Max6675 or Max31855 Thermocouple //#if DISABLED(SDSUPPORT) -// #define MAX6675_SS 66 // Don't use 53 if there is even the remote possibility of using Display/SD card +// #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 53 if using Display/SD card //#else -// #define MAX6675_SS 66 // Don't use 49 as this is tied to the switch inside the SD card socket to detect if there is an SD card present +// #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 66 // Don't use 49 (SD_DETECT_PIN) //#endif // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 10 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 7 -#define HEATER_2_PIN 44 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 8 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 10 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 7 +#define HEATER_2_PIN 44 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 8 -#define FAN_PIN 9 +#define FAN_PIN 9 #if EXTRUDERS >= 5 - #define HEATER_4_PIN 6 + #define HEATER_4_PIN 6 #else - #define FAN1_PIN 6 + #define FAN1_PIN 6 #endif #if EXTRUDERS >= 4 - #define HEATER_3_PIN 45 + #define HEATER_3_PIN 45 #else - #define FAN2_PIN 45 + #define FAN2_PIN 45 #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 53 -#define LED_PIN 13 +#define SDSS 53 +#define LED_PIN 13 //#ifndef FILWIDTH_PIN // #define FILWIDTH_PIN 5 // Analog Input //#endif // DIO 4 (Servos plug) for the runout sensor. -//#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN SERVO3_PIN +//#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN SERVO3_PIN #ifndef PS_ON_PIN - #define PS_ON_PIN 12 + #define PS_ON_PIN 12 #endif // // Case Light // #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) && !PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT) && !defined(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_PIN) - #if !NUM_SERVOS // Prefer the servo connector - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 6 // Hardware PWM - #elif HAS_FREE_AUX2_PINS // Try to use AUX 2 - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM + #if !NUM_SERVOS // Prefer the servo connector + #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 6 // Hardware PWM + #elif HAS_FREE_AUX2_PINS // Try to use AUX 2 + #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM #endif #endif @@ -240,14 +243,14 @@ // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE) && !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE) - #if !NUM_SERVOS // Prefer the servo connector - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_PIN 4 // Pullup or pulldown! - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 6 // Hardware PWM - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 5 - #elif HAS_FREE_AUX2_PINS // Try to use AUX 2 - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_PIN 40 // Pullup or pulldown! - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 65 + #if !NUM_SERVOS // Prefer the servo connector + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_PIN 4 // Pullup or pulldown! + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 6 // Hardware PWM + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 5 + #elif HAS_FREE_AUX2_PINS // Try to use AUX 2 + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_PIN 40 // Pullup or pulldown! + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 65 #endif #endif @@ -275,63 +278,63 @@ // #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 49 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 51 // SID (MOSI) - #define LCD_PINS_D4 52 // SCK (CLK) clock + #define LCD_PINS_RS 49 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 51 // SID (MOSI) + #define LCD_PINS_D4 52 // SCK (CLK) clock #elif BOTH(NEWPANEL, PANEL_ONE) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 40 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 42 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 65 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 66 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 44 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 64 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 40 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 42 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 65 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 66 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 44 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 64 #elif ENABLED(ZONESTAR_LCD) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 64 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 44 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 63 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 40 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 42 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 65 - #define ADC_KEYPAD_PIN 12 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 64 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 44 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 63 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 40 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 42 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 65 + #define ADC_KEYPAD_PIN 12 #else #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 27 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 29 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 25 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 27 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 29 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 25 #if DISABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define BEEPER_PIN 37 + #define BEEPER_PIN 37 #endif #else #if EITHER(MKS_12864OLED, MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306) - #define LCD_PINS_DC 25 // Set as output on init - #define LCD_PINS_RS 27 // Pull low for 1s to init + #define LCD_PINS_DC 25 // Set as output on init + #define LCD_PINS_RS 27 // Pull low for 1s to init // DOGM SPI LCD Support - #define DOGLCD_CS 16 - #define DOGLCD_MOSI 17 - #define DOGLCD_SCK 23 - #define DOGLCD_A0 LCD_PINS_DC + #define DOGLCD_CS 16 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI 17 + #define DOGLCD_SCK 23 + #define DOGLCD_A0 LCD_PINS_DC #else - #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 23 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 25 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 27 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 23 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 25 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 27 #endif - #define LCD_PINS_D7 29 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 29 #if DISABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + #define BEEPER_PIN 33 #endif #endif @@ -339,10 +342,10 @@ #if DISABLED(NEWPANEL) // Buttons attached to a shift register // Not wired yet - //#define SHIFT_CLK 38 - //#define SHIFT_LD 42 - //#define SHIFT_OUT 40 - //#define SHIFT_EN 17 + //#define SHIFT_CLK 38 + //#define SHIFT_LD 42 + //#define SHIFT_OUT 40 + //#define SHIFT_EN 17 #endif #endif @@ -354,155 +357,155 @@ #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define BEEPER_PIN 37 + #define BEEPER_PIN 37 #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) - #define BTN_EN1 17 - #define BTN_EN2 23 + #define BTN_EN1 17 + #define BTN_EN2 23 #else - #define BTN_EN1 31 - #define BTN_EN2 33 + #define BTN_EN1 31 + #define BTN_EN2 33 #endif - #define BTN_ENC 35 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - //#define KILL_PIN 41 + #define BTN_ENC 35 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + //#define KILL_PIN 41 #if ENABLED(BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 39 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 39 #endif #elif ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) - #define BTN_EN1 64 - #define BTN_EN2 59 - #define BTN_ENC 63 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 42 + #define BTN_EN1 64 + #define BTN_EN2 59 + #define BTN_ENC 63 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 42 #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2) - #define BTN_EN1 47 - #define BTN_EN2 43 - #define BTN_ENC 32 - #define LCD_SDSS 53 - //#define KILL_PIN 41 + #define BTN_EN1 47 + #define BTN_EN2 43 + #define BTN_ENC 32 + #define LCD_SDSS 53 + //#define KILL_PIN 41 #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_VIKI) - #define BTN_EN1 22 // http://files.panucatt.com/datasheets/viki_wiring_diagram.pdf explains 40/42. - #define BTN_EN2 7 // 22/7 are unused on RAMPS_14. 22 is unused and 7 the SERVO0_PIN on RAMPS_13. - #define BTN_ENC -1 + #define BTN_EN1 22 // http://files.panucatt.com/datasheets/viki_wiring_diagram.pdf explains 40/42. + #define BTN_EN2 7 // 22/7 are unused on RAMPS_14. 22 is unused and 7 the SERVO0_PIN on RAMPS_13. + #define BTN_ENC -1 - #define LCD_SDSS 53 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define LCD_SDSS 53 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 #elif EITHER(VIKI2, miniVIKI) - #define DOGLCD_CS 45 - #define DOGLCD_A0 44 + #define DOGLCD_CS 45 + #define DOGLCD_A0 44 #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 - #define BEEPER_PIN 33 - #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 32 - #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 35 + #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 32 + #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 35 - #define BTN_EN1 22 - #define BTN_EN2 7 - #define BTN_ENC 39 + #define BTN_EN1 22 + #define BTN_EN2 7 + #define BTN_ENC 39 - #define SDSS 53 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Pin 49 for display SD interface, 72 for easy adapter board - //#define KILL_PIN 31 + #define SDSS 53 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Pin 49 for display SD interface, 72 for easy adapter board + //#define KILL_PIN 31 #elif ENABLED(ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER) - #define DOGLCD_CS 29 - #define DOGLCD_A0 27 + #define DOGLCD_CS 29 + #define DOGLCD_A0 27 - #define BEEPER_PIN 23 - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 33 + #define BEEPER_PIN 23 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 33 - #define BTN_EN1 35 - #define BTN_EN2 37 - #define BTN_ENC 31 + #define BTN_EN1 35 + #define BTN_EN2 37 + #define BTN_ENC 31 - #define LCD_SDSS 53 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - //#define KILL_PIN 41 + #define LCD_SDSS 53 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + //#define KILL_PIN 41 #elif ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) - #define DOGLCD_A0 27 - #define DOGLCD_CS 25 + #define DOGLCD_A0 27 + #define DOGLCD_CS 25 // GLCD features - //#define LCD_CONTRAST_INIT 190 + //#define LCD_CONTRAST_INIT 190 // Uncomment screen orientation //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_90 //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270 - #define BEEPER_PIN 37 + #define BEEPER_PIN 37 - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 65 // backlight LED on A11/D65 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 65 // backlight LED on A11/D65 - #define BTN_EN1 31 - #define BTN_EN2 33 - #define BTN_ENC 35 - //#define SDSS 53 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - //#define KILL_PIN 64 + #define BTN_EN1 31 + #define BTN_EN2 33 + #define BTN_ENC 35 + //#define SDSS 53 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + //#define KILL_PIN 64 #elif ENABLED(MINIPANEL) - #define BEEPER_PIN 42 + #define BEEPER_PIN 42 // not connected to a pin - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 65 // backlight LED on A11/D65 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 65 // backlight LED on A11/D65 - #define DOGLCD_A0 44 - #define DOGLCD_CS 66 + #define DOGLCD_A0 44 + #define DOGLCD_CS 66 // GLCD features - //#define LCD_CONTRAST_INIT 190 + //#define LCD_CONTRAST_INIT 190 // Uncomment screen orientation //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_90 //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270 - #define BTN_EN1 40 - #define BTN_EN2 63 - #define BTN_ENC 59 + #define BTN_EN1 40 + #define BTN_EN2 63 + #define BTN_ENC 59 - #define SDSS 53 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - //#define KILL_PIN 64 + #define SDSS 53 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + //#define KILL_PIN 64 #else // Beeper on AUX-4 - #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + #define BEEPER_PIN 33 // Buttons are directly attached to AUX-2 #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) - #define SHIFT_OUT 40 - #define SHIFT_CLK 44 - #define SHIFT_LD 42 - #define BTN_EN1 64 - #define BTN_EN2 59 - #define BTN_ENC 63 + #define SHIFT_OUT 40 + #define SHIFT_CLK 44 + #define SHIFT_LD 42 + #define BTN_EN1 64 + #define BTN_EN2 59 + #define BTN_ENC 63 #elif ENABLED(PANEL_ONE) - #define BTN_EN1 59 // AUX2 PIN 3 - #define BTN_EN2 63 // AUX2 PIN 4 - #define BTN_ENC 49 // AUX3 PIN 7 + #define BTN_EN1 59 // AUX2 PIN 3 + #define BTN_EN2 63 // AUX2 PIN 4 + #define BTN_ENC 49 // AUX3 PIN 7 #else - #define BTN_EN1 37 - #define BTN_EN2 35 - #define BTN_ENC 31 + #define BTN_EN1 37 + #define BTN_EN2 35 + #define BTN_ENC 31 #endif #if ENABLED(G3D_PANEL) - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - //#define KILL_PIN 41 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + //#define KILL_PIN 41 #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_ULTIMAIN_2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_ULTIMAIN_2.h index c182aa96f0..776dfcc3da 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_ULTIMAIN_2.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_ULTIMAIN_2.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -44,97 +44,97 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 22 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 26 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 29 +#define X_STOP_PIN 22 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 26 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 29 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 25 -#define X_DIR_PIN 23 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 27 +#define X_STEP_PIN 25 +#define X_DIR_PIN 23 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 27 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 32 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 33 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 31 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 32 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 33 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 31 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 35 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 36 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 34 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 35 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 36 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 34 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 42 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 43 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 37 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 42 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 43 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 37 -#define E1_STEP_PIN 49 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 47 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 48 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 49 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 47 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 48 -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY_PIN 44 -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z_PIN 45 -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E_PIN 46 +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY_PIN 44 +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z_PIN 45 +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E_PIN 46 // Motor current PWM conversion, PWM value = MotorCurrentSetting * 255 / range #ifndef MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE - #define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE 2000 + #define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE 2000 #endif #define DEFAULT_PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT {1300, 1300, 1250} // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 8 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 9 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 10 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 8 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 9 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 10 // Analog Input // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 2 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 3 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 2 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 3 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 7 + #define FAN_PIN 7 #endif -#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 77 +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 77 // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 53 -#define SD_DETECT_PIN 39 -#define LED_PIN 8 -#define SAFETY_TRIGGERED_PIN 28 // PIN to detect the safety circuit has triggered -#define MAIN_VOLTAGE_MEASURE_PIN 14 // ANALOG PIN to measure the main voltage, with a 100k - 4k7 resitor divider. +#define SDSS 53 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN 39 +#define LED_PIN 8 +#define SAFETY_TRIGGERED_PIN 28 // PIN to detect the safety circuit has triggered +#define MAIN_VOLTAGE_MEASURE_PIN 14 // ANALOG PIN to measure the main voltage, with a 100k - 4k7 resitor divider. // // LCD / Controller // -#define BEEPER_PIN 18 +#define BEEPER_PIN 18 -#define LCD_PINS_RS 20 -#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 15 -#define LCD_PINS_D4 14 -#define LCD_PINS_D5 21 -#define LCD_PINS_D6 5 -#define LCD_PINS_D7 6 +#define LCD_PINS_RS 20 +#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 15 +#define LCD_PINS_D4 14 +#define LCD_PINS_D5 21 +#define LCD_PINS_D6 5 +#define LCD_PINS_D7 6 // Buttons are directly attached -#define BTN_EN1 40 -#define BTN_EN2 41 -#define BTN_ENC 19 +#define BTN_EN1 40 +#define BTN_EN2 41 +#define BTN_ENC 19 // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // -#if HAS_CUTTER // use the LED_PIN for spindle speed control or case light +#if HAS_CUTTER // use the LED_PIN for spindle speed control or case light #undef LED_PIN - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 16 - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 17 // Pullup! - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 8 // Hardware PWM + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 16 + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 17 // Pullup! + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 8 // Hardware PWM #else #undef LED_PIN - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 + #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_ULTIMAKER.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_ULTIMAKER.h index b2594acebc..8cc588a2f9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_ULTIMAKER.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_ULTIMAKER.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -44,114 +44,114 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 11 +#define SERVO0_PIN 11 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 22 -#define X_MAX_PIN 24 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 26 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 28 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 30 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 32 +#define X_MIN_PIN 22 +#define X_MAX_PIN 24 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 26 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 28 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 30 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 32 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 25 -#define X_DIR_PIN 23 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 27 +#define X_STEP_PIN 25 +#define X_DIR_PIN 23 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 27 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 31 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 33 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 29 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 31 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 33 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 29 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 37 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 39 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 35 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 37 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 39 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 35 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 43 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 45 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 41 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 43 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 45 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 41 -#define E1_STEP_PIN 49 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 47 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 48 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 49 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 47 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 48 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 8 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 9 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 10 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 8 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 9 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 10 // Analog Input // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 2 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 3 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 2 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 3 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 7 + #define FAN_PIN 7 #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 53 -#define LED_PIN 13 -#define PS_ON_PIN 12 -#define SUICIDE_PIN 54 // PIN that has to be turned on right after start, to keep power flowing. -#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 +#define SDSS 53 +#define LED_PIN 13 +#define PS_ON_PIN 12 +#define SUICIDE_PIN 54 // PIN that has to be turned on right after start, to keep power flowing. +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 // // LCD / Controller // #if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define BEEPER_PIN 18 + #define BEEPER_PIN 18 #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 20 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 16 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 21 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 5 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 6 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 20 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 16 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 21 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 5 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 6 // Buttons directly attached - #define BTN_EN1 40 - #define BTN_EN2 42 - #define BTN_ENC 19 + #define BTN_EN1 40 + #define BTN_EN2 42 + #define BTN_ENC 19 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 38 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 38 - #else // !NEWPANEL - Old style panel with shift register + #else // !NEWPANEL - Old style panel with shift register // Buttons attached to a shift register - #define SHIFT_CLK 38 - #define SHIFT_LD 42 - #define SHIFT_OUT 40 - #define SHIFT_EN 17 + #define SHIFT_CLK 38 + #define SHIFT_LD 42 + #define SHIFT_OUT 40 + #define SHIFT_EN 17 - #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 5 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 6 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 21 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 20 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 19 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 5 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 6 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 21 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 20 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 19 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 #endif // !NEWPANEL @@ -160,6 +160,6 @@ // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // -#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 9 // Hardware PWM -#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 10 // Pullup! -#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 11 // use the EXP3 PWM header +#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 9 // Hardware PWM +#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 10 // Pullup! +#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 11 // use the EXP3 PWM header diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_ULTIMAKER_OLD.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_ULTIMAKER_OLD.h index dd9aaf1292..dc12442224 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_ULTIMAKER_OLD.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_ULTIMAKER_OLD.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -80,134 +80,134 @@ // Limit Switches // #if ENABLED(BOARD_REV_1_1_TO_1_3) - #define X_MIN_PIN 15 // SW1 - #define X_MAX_PIN 14 // SW2 - #define Y_MIN_PIN 17 // SW3 - #define Y_MAX_PIN 16 // SW4 - #define Z_MIN_PIN 19 // SW5 - #define Z_MAX_PIN 18 // SW6 + #define X_MIN_PIN 15 // SW1 + #define X_MAX_PIN 14 // SW2 + #define Y_MIN_PIN 17 // SW3 + #define Y_MAX_PIN 16 // SW4 + #define Z_MIN_PIN 19 // SW5 + #define Z_MAX_PIN 18 // SW6 #endif #if ENABLED(BOARD_REV_1_0) #if HAS_CUTTER - #define X_STOP_PIN 13 // SW1 (didn't change) - also has a useable hardware PWM - #define Y_STOP_PIN 12 // SW2 - #define Z_STOP_PIN 11 // SW3 + #define X_STOP_PIN 13 // SW1 (didn't change) - also has a useable hardware PWM + #define Y_STOP_PIN 12 // SW2 + #define Z_STOP_PIN 11 // SW3 #else - #define X_MIN_PIN 13 // SW1 - #define X_MAX_PIN 12 // SW2 - #define Y_MIN_PIN 11 // SW3 - #define Y_MAX_PIN 10 // SW4 - #define Z_MIN_PIN 9 // SW5 - #define Z_MAX_PIN 8 // SW6 + #define X_MIN_PIN 13 // SW1 + #define X_MAX_PIN 12 // SW2 + #define Y_MIN_PIN 11 // SW3 + #define Y_MAX_PIN 10 // SW4 + #define Z_MIN_PIN 9 // SW5 + #define Z_MAX_PIN 8 // SW6 #endif #endif #if ENABLED(BOARD_REV_1_5) - #define X_MIN_PIN 22 - #define X_MAX_PIN 24 - #define Y_MIN_PIN 26 - #define Y_MAX_PIN 28 - #define Z_MIN_PIN 30 - #define Z_MAX_PIN 32 + #define X_MIN_PIN 22 + #define X_MAX_PIN 24 + #define Y_MIN_PIN 26 + #define Y_MAX_PIN 28 + #define Z_MIN_PIN 30 + #define Z_MAX_PIN 32 #endif // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #if !defined(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) && !(HAS_CUTTER && ENABLED(BOARD_REV_1_0)) - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN Z_MAX_PIN #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 25 -#define X_DIR_PIN 23 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 27 +#define X_STEP_PIN 25 +#define X_DIR_PIN 23 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 27 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 31 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 33 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 29 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 31 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 33 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 29 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 37 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 39 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 35 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 37 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 39 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 35 #if HAS_CUTTER && ENABLED(BOARD_REV_1_1_TO_1_3) && EXTRUDERS == 1 // Move E0 to the spare and get Spindle/Laser signals from E0 - #define E0_STEP_PIN 49 - #define E0_DIR_PIN 47 - #define E0_ENABLE_PIN 48 + #define E0_STEP_PIN 49 + #define E0_DIR_PIN 47 + #define E0_ENABLE_PIN 48 #else - #define E0_STEP_PIN 43 - #define E0_DIR_PIN 45 - #define E0_ENABLE_PIN 41 + #define E0_STEP_PIN 43 + #define E0_DIR_PIN 45 + #define E0_ENABLE_PIN 41 - #define E1_STEP_PIN 49 - #define E1_DIR_PIN 47 - #define E1_ENABLE_PIN 48 + #define E1_STEP_PIN 49 + #define E1_DIR_PIN 47 + #define E1_ENABLE_PIN 48 #endif // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 8 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 8 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 1 // Analog Input // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 2 -//#define HEATER_1_PIN 3 // used for case light Rev A said "1" -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 2 +//#define HEATER_1_PIN 3 // used for case light Rev A said "1" +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 // // LCD / Controller // #if ANY(BOARD_REV_1_0, BOARD_REV_1_1_TO_1_3) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 24 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 22 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 36 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 34 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 32 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 30 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 24 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 22 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 36 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 34 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 32 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 30 #elif ENABLED(BOARD_REV_1_5, ULTRA_LCD) - #define BEEPER_PIN 18 + #define BEEPER_PIN 18 #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 20 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 16 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 21 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 5 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 6 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 20 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 16 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 21 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 5 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 6 // Buttons directly attached - #define BTN_EN1 40 - #define BTN_EN2 42 - #define BTN_ENC 19 + #define BTN_EN1 40 + #define BTN_EN2 42 + #define BTN_ENC 19 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 38 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 38 - #else // !NEWPANEL - Old style panel with shift register + #else // !NEWPANEL - Old style panel with shift register // Buttons attached to a shift register - #define SHIFT_CLK 38 - #define SHIFT_LD 42 - #define SHIFT_OUT 40 - #define SHIFT_EN 17 + #define SHIFT_CLK 38 + #define SHIFT_LD 42 + #define SHIFT_OUT 40 + #define SHIFT_EN 17 - #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 5 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 6 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 21 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 20 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 19 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 5 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 6 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 21 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 20 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 19 #endif // !NEWPANEL @@ -217,17 +217,17 @@ // case light - see spindle section for more info on available hardware PWMs // #if !PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT) && ENABLED(BOARD_REV_1_5) - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 7 // use PWM - MUST BE HARDWARE PWM + #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 7 // use PWM - MUST BE HARDWARE PWM #endif // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // #if HAS_CUTTER - #if EITHER(BOARD_REV_1_0, BOARD_REV_1_5) // Use the last three SW positions - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 10 // 1.0: SW4 1.5: EXP3-6 ("10") - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 9 // 1.0: SW5 1.5: EXP3-7 ( "9") .. MUST BE HARDWARE PWM - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 8 // 1.0: SW6 1.5: EXP3-8 ( "8") .. Pin should have a pullup! + #if EITHER(BOARD_REV_1_0, BOARD_REV_1_5) // Use the last three SW positions + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 10 // 1.0: SW4 1.5: EXP3-6 ("10") + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 9 // 1.0: SW5 1.5: EXP3-7 ( "9") .. MUST BE HARDWARE PWM + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 8 // 1.0: SW6 1.5: EXP3-8 ( "8") .. Pin should have a pullup! #elif ENABLED(BOARD_REV_1_1_TO_1_3) /** * Only four hardware PWMs physically connected to anything on these boards: @@ -241,14 +241,14 @@ * They have an LED and resistor pullup to +24V which could damage 3.3V-5V ICs. */ #if EXTRUDERS == 1 - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 43 - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 45 // Hardware PWM - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 41 // Pullup! - #elif TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 0 // Can't use E0 so see if HEATER_BED_PIN is available + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 43 + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 45 // Hardware PWM + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 41 // Pullup! + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 0 // Can't use E0 so see if HEATER_BED_PIN is available #undef HEATER_BED_PIN - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 38 // Probably pin 4 on 10 pin connector closest to the E0 socket - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 4 // Hardware PWM - Special precautions usually needed. - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 40 // Pullup! (Probably pin 6 on the 10-pin + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 38 // Probably pin 4 on 10 pin connector closest to the E0 socket + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 4 // Hardware PWM - Special precautions usually needed. + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 40 // Pullup! (Probably pin 6 on the 10-pin // connector closest to the E0 socket) #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_VORON.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_VORON.h index 43c3317164..12c0a36db1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_VORON.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_VORON.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "VORON Design v2" -#define RAMPS_D8_PIN 11 +#define RAMPS_D8_PIN 11 #include "pins_RAMPS.h" @@ -36,10 +36,10 @@ // Heaters / Fans // #undef FAN_PIN -#define FAN_PIN 5 // Using the pin for the controller fan since controller fan is always on. -#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 8 -#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 6 // Servo pin 6 for E3D Fan -#define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN 6 // Servo pin 6 for E3D Fan (same pin for both extruders since it's the same fan) +#define FAN_PIN 5 // Using the pin for the controller fan since controller fan is always on. +#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 8 +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 6 // Servo pin 6 for E3D Fan +#define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN 6 // Servo pin 6 for E3D Fan (same pin for both extruders since it's the same fan) // // LCDs and Controllers diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_ZRIB_V20.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_ZRIB_V20.h index bf85bfa12d..5aee07c96f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_ZRIB_V20.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_ZRIB_V20.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -28,24 +28,24 @@ #include "pins_MKS_GEN_13.h" -#define ZRIB_V20_D6_PIN 6 // Fan -#define ZRIB_V20_D9_PIN 9 // Fan2 -#define ZRIB_V20_A10_PIN 10 -#define ZRIB_V20_D16_PIN 16 -#define ZRIB_V20_D17_PIN 17 -#define ZRIB_V20_D23_PIN 23 -#define ZRIB_V20_D25_PIN 25 -#define ZRIB_V20_D27_PIN 27 -#define ZRIB_V20_D29_PIN 29 -#define ZRIB_V20_D37_PIN 37 +#define ZRIB_V20_D6_PIN 6 // Fan +#define ZRIB_V20_D9_PIN 9 // Fan2 +#define ZRIB_V20_A10_PIN 10 +#define ZRIB_V20_D16_PIN 16 +#define ZRIB_V20_D17_PIN 17 +#define ZRIB_V20_D23_PIN 23 +#define ZRIB_V20_D25_PIN 25 +#define ZRIB_V20_D27_PIN 27 +#define ZRIB_V20_D29_PIN 29 +#define ZRIB_V20_D37_PIN 37 -#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN ZRIB_V20_D6_PIN -#define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN ZRIB_V20_D6_PIN -#define ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN ZRIB_V20_D6_PIN -#define ORIG_E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN ZRIB_V20_D6_PIN +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN ZRIB_V20_D6_PIN +#define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN ZRIB_V20_D6_PIN +#define ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN ZRIB_V20_D6_PIN +#define ORIG_E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN ZRIB_V20_D6_PIN #ifndef FILWIDTH_PIN - #define FILWIDTH_PIN 11 // Analog Input + #define FILWIDTH_PIN 11 // Analog Input #endif #if ENABLED(ZONESTAR_LCD) @@ -58,12 +58,12 @@ #undef ADC_KEYPAD_PIN #undef BEEPER_PIN - #define LCD_PINS_RS ZRIB_V20_D16_PIN - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE ZRIB_V20_D17_PIN - #define LCD_PINS_D4 ZRIB_V20_D23_PIN - #define LCD_PINS_D5 ZRIB_V20_D25_PIN - #define LCD_PINS_D6 ZRIB_V20_D27_PIN - #define LCD_PINS_D7 ZRIB_V20_D29_PIN - #define ADC_KEYPAD_PIN ZRIB_V20_A10_PIN - #define BEEPER_PIN ZRIB_V20_D37_PIN + #define LCD_PINS_RS ZRIB_V20_D16_PIN + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE ZRIB_V20_D17_PIN + #define LCD_PINS_D4 ZRIB_V20_D23_PIN + #define LCD_PINS_D5 ZRIB_V20_D25_PIN + #define LCD_PINS_D6 ZRIB_V20_D27_PIN + #define LCD_PINS_D7 ZRIB_V20_D29_PIN + #define ADC_KEYPAD_PIN ZRIB_V20_A10_PIN + #define BEEPER_PIN ZRIB_V20_D37_PIN #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_Z_BOLT_X_SERIES.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_Z_BOLT_X_SERIES.h index 8545dc488a..f55ec51567 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_Z_BOLT_X_SERIES.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_Z_BOLT_X_SERIES.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -37,129 +37,129 @@ // Servos // #ifndef SERVO0_PIN - #define SERVO0_PIN 11 + #define SERVO0_PIN 11 #endif #ifndef SERVO3_PIN - #define SERVO3_PIN 4 + #define SERVO3_PIN 4 #endif // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 3 +#define X_MIN_PIN 3 #ifndef X_MAX_PIN - #define X_MAX_PIN 2 + #define X_MAX_PIN 2 #endif -#define Y_MIN_PIN 14 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 15 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 18 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 19 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 14 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 15 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 18 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 19 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 54 -#define X_DIR_PIN 55 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 38 +#define X_STEP_PIN 54 +#define X_DIR_PIN 55 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 38 #ifndef X_CS_PIN - #define X_CS_PIN -1 + #define X_CS_PIN -1 #endif -#define Y_STEP_PIN 60 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 61 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 56 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 60 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 61 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 56 #ifndef Y_CS_PIN - #define Y_CS_PIN -1 + #define Y_CS_PIN -1 #endif -#define Z_STEP_PIN 46 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 48 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 62 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 46 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 48 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 62 #ifndef Z_CS_PIN - #define Z_CS_PIN -1 + #define Z_CS_PIN -1 #endif -#define E0_STEP_PIN 26 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 26 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 #ifndef E0_CS_PIN - #define E0_CS_PIN -1 + #define E0_CS_PIN -1 #endif -#define E1_STEP_PIN 36 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 34 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 30 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 36 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 34 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 30 #ifndef E1_CS_PIN - #define E1_CS_PIN -1 + #define E1_CS_PIN -1 #endif // Red -#define E2_STEP_PIN 42 -#define E2_DIR_PIN 40 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 65 +#define E2_STEP_PIN 42 +#define E2_DIR_PIN 40 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 65 #ifndef E2_CS_PIN - #define E2_CS_PIN -1 + #define E2_CS_PIN -1 #endif // Black -#define E3_STEP_PIN 44 -#define E3_DIR_PIN 64 -#define E3_ENABLE_PIN 66 +#define E3_STEP_PIN 44 +#define E3_DIR_PIN 64 +#define E3_ENABLE_PIN 66 #ifndef E3_CS_PIN - #define E3_CS_PIN -1 + #define E3_CS_PIN -1 #endif // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 13 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 15 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_2_PIN 5 // Analog Input (BLACK) -#define TEMP_3_PIN 9 // Analog Input (RED) -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 13 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 15 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_2_PIN 5 // Analog Input (BLACK) +#define TEMP_3_PIN 9 // Analog Input (RED) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 // Analog Input // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 10 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 7 -#define HEATER_2_PIN 6 -#define HEATER_3_PIN 5 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 8 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 10 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 7 +#define HEATER_2_PIN 6 +#define HEATER_3_PIN 5 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 8 -#define FAN_PIN 9 +#define FAN_PIN 9 // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 53 -#define LED_PIN 13 +#define SDSS 53 +#define LED_PIN 13 #ifndef FILWIDTH_PIN - #define FILWIDTH_PIN 5 // Analog Input on AUX2 + #define FILWIDTH_PIN 5 // Analog Input on AUX2 #endif // Оn the servos connector #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 4 + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 4 #endif #ifndef PS_ON_PIN - #define PS_ON_PIN 12 + #define PS_ON_PIN 12 #endif #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) && !defined(CASE_LIGHT_PIN) && !defined(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN) - #if NUM_SERVOS <= 1 // Prefer the servo connector - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 6 // Hardware PWM + #if NUM_SERVOS <= 1 // Prefer the servo connector + #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 6 // Hardware PWM #elif HAS_FREE_AUX2_PINS - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM + #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM #endif #endif @@ -167,14 +167,14 @@ // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // #if HAS_CUTTER && !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA) - #if !defined(NUM_SERVOS) || NUM_SERVOS == 0 // Prefer the servo connector - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 4 // Pullup or pulldown! - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 6 // Hardware PWM - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 5 + #if !defined(NUM_SERVOS) || NUM_SERVOS == 0 // Prefer the servo connector + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 4 // Pullup or pulldown! + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 6 // Hardware PWM + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 5 #elif HAS_FREE_AUX2_PINS - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 40 // Pullup or pulldown! - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 65 + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 40 // Pullup or pulldown! + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 44 // Hardware PWM + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 65 #endif #endif @@ -183,19 +183,19 @@ // #if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI - #define TMC_SW_MOSI 66 + #define TMC_SW_MOSI 66 #endif #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO - #define TMC_SW_MISO 44 + #define TMC_SW_MISO 44 #endif #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK - #define TMC_SW_SCK 64 + #define TMC_SW_SCK 64 #endif #endif -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) +#if HAS_TMC_UART /** - * TMC2208 stepper drivers + * TMC220x stepper drivers * * Hardware serial communication ports. * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below @@ -217,72 +217,90 @@ // #ifndef X_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN 40 + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN 40 #endif #ifndef X_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN 63 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN 63 #endif #ifndef X2_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define X2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define X2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef X2_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define X2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define X2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN 59 + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN 59 #endif #ifndef Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN 64 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN 64 #endif #ifndef Y2_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define Y2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define Y2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef Y2_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define Y2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define Y2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN 42 + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN 42 #endif #ifndef Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN 65 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN 65 #endif #ifndef Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef Z2_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define Z2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define Z2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN 44 + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN 44 #endif #ifndef E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN 66 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN 66 #endif #ifndef E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef E3_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define E3_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define E3_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef E3_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define E3_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define E3_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef E4_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define E4_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #define E4_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 #endif #ifndef E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E5_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E5_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E5_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E5_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E6_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E6_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E6_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E6_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E7_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E7_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E7_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E7_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_ADSK.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_ADSK.h index c502f07671..61c2e1b494 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_ADSK.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_ADSK.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -81,55 +81,55 @@ A stepper for E0 extruder // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 61 // Analog pin 7, Digital pin 61 +#define SERVO0_PIN 61 // Analog pin 7, Digital pin 61 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 9 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 10 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 11 +#define X_MIN_PIN 9 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 10 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 11 -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 62 // Analog pin 8, Digital pin 62 +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 62 // Analog pin 8, Digital pin 62 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 2 -#define X_DIR_PIN 5 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 8 +#define X_STEP_PIN 2 +#define X_DIR_PIN 5 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 8 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 3 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 6 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 8 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 3 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 6 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 8 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 4 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 7 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 8 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 4 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 7 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 8 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 12 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 13 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 8 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 12 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 13 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 8 // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 55 // "Hold": Analog pin 1, Digital pin 55 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 57 // "CoolEn": Analog pin 3, Digital pin 57 -#define FAN_PIN 54 // "Abort": Analog pin 0, Digital pin 54 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 55 // "Hold": Analog pin 1, Digital pin 55 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 57 // "CoolEn": Analog pin 3, Digital pin 57 +#define FAN_PIN 54 // "Abort": Analog pin 0, Digital pin 54 #undef E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 56 // "Resume": Analog pin 2, Digital pin 56 +#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 56 // "Resume": Analog pin 2, Digital pin 56 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 4 // "SDA": Analog pin 4, Digital pin 58 -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 5 // "SCL": Analog pin 5, Digital pin 59 +#define TEMP_0_PIN 4 // "SDA": Analog pin 4, Digital pin 58 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 5 // "SCL": Analog pin 5, Digital pin 59 // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 52 +#define SDSS 52 #if ENABLED(ZONESTAR_LCD) @@ -160,13 +160,13 @@ A stepper for E0 extruder // // LCD / Controller // - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 14 - #define LCD_PINS_RS 15 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 16 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 17 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 18 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 19 - #define ADC_KEYPAD_PIN 6 //60 // Analog pin 6, Digital pin 60 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 14 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 15 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 16 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 17 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 18 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 19 + #define ADC_KEYPAD_PIN 6 //60 // Analog pin 6, Digital pin 60 /** * The below defines will scale all the values to work properly on both diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_ALLIGATOR_R2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_ALLIGATOR_R2.h index 75dd004648..8b035e8876 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_ALLIGATOR_R2.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_ALLIGATOR_R2.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -35,126 +35,126 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 36 -#define SERVO1_PIN 40 -#define SERVO2_PIN 41 -#define SERVO3_PIN -1 +#define SERVO0_PIN 36 +#define SERVO1_PIN 40 +#define SERVO2_PIN 41 +#define SERVO3_PIN -1 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 33 // PC1 -#define X_MAX_PIN 34 // PC2 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 35 // PC3 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 37 // PC5 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 38 // PC6 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 39 // PC7 +#define X_MIN_PIN 33 // PC1 +#define X_MAX_PIN 34 // PC2 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 35 // PC3 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 37 // PC5 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 38 // PC6 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 39 // PC7 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 96 // PB24 -#define X_DIR_PIN 2 // PB25 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 24 // PA15, motor RESET pin +#define X_STEP_PIN 96 // PB24 +#define X_DIR_PIN 2 // PB25 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 24 // PA15, motor RESET pin -#define Y_STEP_PIN 94 // PB22 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 95 // PB23 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 24 // PA15, motor RESET pin +#define Y_STEP_PIN 94 // PB22 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 95 // PB23 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 24 // PA15, motor RESET pin -#define Z_STEP_PIN 98 // PC27 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 3 // PC28 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 24 // PA15, motor RESET pin +#define Z_STEP_PIN 98 // PC27 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 3 // PC28 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 24 // PA15, motor RESET pin -#define E0_STEP_PIN 5 // PC25 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 4 // PC26 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 // PA15, motor RESET pin +#define E0_STEP_PIN 5 // PC25 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 4 // PC26 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 // PA15, motor RESET pin -#define E1_STEP_PIN 28 // PD3 on piggy -#define E1_DIR_PIN 27 // PD2 on piggy -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 24 // PA15, motor RESET pin +#define E1_STEP_PIN 28 // PD3 on piggy +#define E1_DIR_PIN 27 // PD2 on piggy +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 24 // PA15, motor RESET pin -#define E2_STEP_PIN 11 // PD7 on piggy -#define E2_DIR_PIN 29 // PD6 on piggy -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 24 // PA15, motor RESET pin +#define E2_STEP_PIN 11 // PD7 on piggy +#define E2_DIR_PIN 29 // PD6 on piggy +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 24 // PA15, motor RESET pin -#define E3_STEP_PIN 30 // PD9 on piggy -#define E3_DIR_PIN 12 // PD8 on piggy -#define E3_ENABLE_PIN 24 // PA15, motor RESET pin +#define E3_STEP_PIN 30 // PD9 on piggy +#define E3_DIR_PIN 12 // PD8 on piggy +#define E3_ENABLE_PIN 24 // PA15, motor RESET pin // Microstepping pins - Mapping not from fastio.h (?) -#define X_MS1_PIN 99 // PC10 -#define Y_MS1_PIN 10 // PC29 -#define Z_MS1_PIN 44 // PC19 -#define E0_MS1_PIN 45 // PC18 +#define X_MS1_PIN 99 // PC10 +#define Y_MS1_PIN 10 // PC29 +#define Z_MS1_PIN 44 // PC19 +#define E0_MS1_PIN 45 // PC18 -//#define MOTOR_FAULT_PIN 22 // PB26 , motor X-Y-Z-E0 motor FAULT +//#define MOTOR_FAULT_PIN 22 // PB26 , motor X-Y-Z-E0 motor FAULT // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // Analog Input (PA24) -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // Analog Input (PA23 on piggy) -#define TEMP_2_PIN 3 // Analog Input (PA22 on piggy) -#define TEMP_3_PIN 4 // Analog Input (PA6 on piggy) -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // Analog Input (PA16) +#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // Analog Input (PA24) +#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // Analog Input (PA23 on piggy) +#define TEMP_2_PIN 3 // Analog Input (PA22 on piggy) +#define TEMP_3_PIN 4 // Analog Input (PA6 on piggy) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // Analog Input (PA16) // // Heaters / Fans // // Note that on the Due pin A0 on the board is channel 2 on the ARM chip -#define HEATER_0_PIN 68 // PA1 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 8 // PC22 on piggy -#define HEATER_2_PIN 9 // PC21 on piggy -#define HEATER_3_PIN 97 // PC20 on piggy -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 69 // PA0 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 68 // PA1 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 8 // PC22 on piggy +#define HEATER_2_PIN 9 // PC21 on piggy +#define HEATER_3_PIN 97 // PC20 on piggy +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 69 // PA0 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 92 // PA5 + #define FAN_PIN 92 // PA5 #endif -#define FAN1_PIN 31 // PA7 +#define FAN1_PIN 31 // PA7 // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 77 // PA28 -#define SD_DETECT_PIN 87 // PA29 -#define LED_RED_PIN 40 // PC8 -#define LED_GREEN_PIN 41 // PC9 +#define SDSS 77 // PA28 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN 87 // PA29 +#define LED_RED_PIN 40 // PC8 +#define LED_GREEN_PIN 41 // PC9 -#define EXP_VOLTAGE_LEVEL_PIN 65 +#define EXP_VOLTAGE_LEVEL_PIN 65 -#define SPI_CHAN_DAC 1 +#define SPI_CHAN_DAC 1 -#define DAC0_SYNC 53 // PB14 -#define DAC1_SYNC 6 // PC24 +#define DAC0_SYNC 53 // PB14 +#define DAC1_SYNC 6 // PC24 // 64K SPI EEPROM #define SPI_EEPROM -#define SPI_CHAN_EEPROM1 2 -#define SPI_EEPROM1_CS 25 // PD0 +#define SPI_CHAN_EEPROM1 2 +#define SPI_EEPROM1_CS 25 // PD0 // 2K SPI EEPROM -#define SPI_EEPROM2_CS 26 // PD1 +#define SPI_EEPROM2_CS 26 // PD1 // FLASH SPI // 32Mb -#define SPI_FLASH_CS 23 // PA14 +#define SPI_FLASH_CS 23 // PA14 // // LCD / Controller // #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 18 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 15 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 19 - #define BEEPER_PIN 64 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 18 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 15 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 19 + #define BEEPER_PIN 64 - #define BTN_EN1 14 - #define BTN_EN2 16 - #define BTN_ENC 17 + #define BTN_EN1 14 + #define BTN_EN2 16 + #define BTN_ENC 17 #undef UI_VOLTAGE_LEVEL - #define UI_VOLTAGE_LEVEL 1 + #define UI_VOLTAGE_LEVEL 1 #endif // REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_ARCHIM1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_ARCHIM1.h index 990c8fc1f1..606e024697 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_ARCHIM1.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_ARCHIM1.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -43,6 +43,12 @@ #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Archim 1.0" +// +// Timers +// +#define STEP_TIMER_NUM 3 +#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR() void TC3_Handler() + // // Items marked * have been altered from Archim v1.0 // @@ -50,147 +56,145 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 20 // D20 PB12 (Header J20 20) -#define SERVO1_PIN 21 // D21 PB13 (Header J20 19) - +#define SERVO0_PIN 20 // D20 PB12 (Header J20 20) +#define SERVO1_PIN 21 // D21 PB13 (Header J20 19) // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 14 // PD4 MIN ES1 -#define X_MAX_PIN 32 // PD10 MAX ES1 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 29 // PD6 MIN ES2 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 15 // PD5 MAX ES2 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 31 // PA7 MIN ES3 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 30 // PD9 MAX ES3 +#define X_MIN_PIN 14 // PD4 MIN ES1 +#define X_MAX_PIN 32 // PD10 MAX ES1 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 29 // PD6 MIN ES2 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 15 // PD5 MAX ES2 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 31 // PA7 MIN ES3 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 30 // PD9 MAX ES3 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 #endif #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66 // D66 PB15 (Header J20 15) + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66 // D66 PB15 (Header J20 15) #endif #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 67 // D67 PB16 (Header J20 16) + #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 67 // D67 PB16 (Header J20 16) #endif - // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 40 // PC8 STEP1 * -#define X_DIR_PIN 59 // PA4 DIR1 * -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 41 // PC9 EN1 +#define X_STEP_PIN 40 // PC8 STEP1 * +#define X_DIR_PIN 59 // PA4 DIR1 * +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 41 // PC9 EN1 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 49 // PC14 STEP2 * -#define Y_DIR_PIN 47 // PC16 DIR2 * -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 48 // PC15 EN2 * +#define Y_STEP_PIN 49 // PC14 STEP2 * +#define Y_DIR_PIN 47 // PC16 DIR2 * +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 48 // PC15 EN2 * -#define Z_STEP_PIN 36 // PC4 STEP Z * -#define Z_DIR_PIN 107 // PB10 DIR Z * -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 96 // PC10 EN Z -AddOns * +#define Z_STEP_PIN 36 // PC4 STEP Z * +#define Z_DIR_PIN 107 // PB10 DIR Z * +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 96 // PC10 EN Z -AddOns * -#define E0_STEP_PIN 78 // PB23 STEP3 * -#define E0_DIR_PIN 22 // PB26 DIR3 * -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 97 // PB24 EN3 -Addons * +#define E0_STEP_PIN 78 // PB23 STEP3 * +#define E0_DIR_PIN 22 // PB26 DIR3 * +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 97 // PB24 EN3 -Addons * -#define E1_STEP_PIN 26 // PD1 STEP4 * -#define E1_DIR_PIN 27 // PD2 DIR4 * -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 28 // PD3 EN4 * +#define E1_STEP_PIN 26 // PD1 STEP4 * +#define E1_DIR_PIN 27 // PD2 DIR4 * +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 28 // PD3 EN4 * // Microstepping mode pins * -#define X_MS1_PIN 39 // PC7 MOD0E1 - As listed in schematic -#define X_MS2_PIN 38 // PC6 MOD1E1 -#define X_MS3_PIN 37 // PC5 MOD2E1 +#define X_MS1_PIN 39 // PC7 MOD0E1 - As listed in schematic +#define X_MS2_PIN 38 // PC6 MOD1E1 +#define X_MS3_PIN 37 // PC5 MOD2E1 -#define Y_MS1_PIN 50 // PC13 MODE0E2 -#define Y_MS2_PIN 51 // PC12 MODE1E2 -#define Y_MS3_PIN 92 // PC11 MODE2E2 - AddOns +#define Y_MS1_PIN 50 // PC13 MODE0E2 +#define Y_MS2_PIN 51 // PC12 MODE1E2 +#define Y_MS3_PIN 92 // PC11 MODE2E2 - AddOns -#define Z_MS1_PIN 44 // PC19 MOD0E Z -#define Z_MS2_PIN 45 // PC18 MOD1E Z -#define Z_MS3_PIN 46 // PC17 MOD2E Z +#define Z_MS1_PIN 44 // PC19 MOD0E Z +#define Z_MS2_PIN 45 // PC18 MOD1E Z +#define Z_MS3_PIN 46 // PC17 MOD2E Z -#define E0_MS1_PIN 105 // PB22 MOD0E3 - AddOns -#define E0_MS2_PIN 106 // PC27 MOD1E3 - AddOns -#define E0_MS3_PIN 104 // PC20 MOD2E3 - AddOns +#define E0_MS1_PIN 105 // PB22 MOD0E3 - AddOns +#define E0_MS2_PIN 106 // PC27 MOD1E3 - AddOns +#define E0_MS3_PIN 104 // PC20 MOD2E3 - AddOns -#define E1_MS1_PIN 25 // PD0 MOD0E4 -#define E1_MS2_PIN 18 // PA11 MOD1E4 -#define E1_MS3_PIN 19 // PA10 MOD2E4 +#define E1_MS1_PIN 25 // PD0 MOD0E4 +#define E1_MS2_PIN 18 // PA11 MOD1E4 +#define E1_MS3_PIN 19 // PA10 MOD2E4 // Motor current PWM pins * -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_X_PIN 58 // PA6 X-REF TIOB2 -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Y_PIN 12 // PD8 Y-REF TIOB8 -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z_PIN 10 // PC29 Z-REF TIOB7 -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E0_PIN 3 // PC28 E1-REF TIOA7 -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E1_PIN 11 // PD7 E2-REF TIOA8 +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_X_PIN 58 // PA6 X-REF TIOB2 +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Y_PIN 12 // PD8 Y-REF TIOB8 +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z_PIN 10 // PC29 Z-REF TIOB7 +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E0_PIN 3 // PC28 E1-REF TIOA7 +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E1_PIN 11 // PD7 E2-REF TIOA8 -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE 2750 // (3.3 Volts * 100000 Ohms) / (100000 Ohms + 20000 Ohms) = 2.75 Volts (max vref) +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE 2750 // (3.3 Volts * 100000 Ohms) / (100000 Ohms + 20000 Ohms) = 2.75 Volts (max vref) #define DEFAULT_PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1000, 1000, 1000 } //, 1000, 1000} // X Y Z E0 E1, 1000 = 1000mAh // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 10 // D10 PB19 THERM AN1 * -#define TEMP_1_PIN 9 // D9 PB18 THERM AN2 * -#define TEMP_2_PIN 8 // D8 PB17 THERM AN4 * -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 11 // D11 PB20 THERM AN3 * +#define TEMP_0_PIN 10 // D10 PB19 THERM AN1 * +#define TEMP_1_PIN 9 // D9 PB18 THERM AN2 * +#define TEMP_2_PIN 8 // D8 PB17 THERM AN4 * +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 11 // D11 PB20 THERM AN3 * // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 6 // D6 PC24 FET_PWM3 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 7 // D7 PC23 FET_PWM4 -#define HEATER_2_PIN 8 // D8 PC22 FET_PWM5 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 9 // D9 PC21 BED_PWM +#define HEATER_0_PIN 6 // D6 PC24 FET_PWM3 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 7 // D7 PC23 FET_PWM4 +#define HEATER_2_PIN 8 // D8 PC22 FET_PWM5 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 9 // D9 PC21 BED_PWM #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 4 // D4 PC26 FET_PWM1 + #define FAN_PIN 4 // D4 PC26 FET_PWM1 #endif -#define FAN1_PIN 5 // D5 PC25 FET_PWM2 +#define FAN1_PIN 5 // D5 PC25 FET_PWM2 // // Misc. Functions // // Internal MicroSD card reader on the PCB -#define INT_SCK_PIN 42 // D42 PA19/MCCK -#define INT_MISO_PIN 43 // D43 PA20/MCCDA -#define INT_MOSI_PIN 73 // D73 PA21/MCDA0 -#define INT_SDSS 55 // D55 PA24/MCDA3 +#define INT_SCK_PIN 42 // D42 PA19/MCCK +#define INT_MISO_PIN 43 // D43 PA20/MCCDA +#define INT_MOSI_PIN 73 // D73 PA21/MCDA0 +#define INT_SDSS 55 // D55 PA24/MCDA3 // External SD card reader on SC2 -#define SCK_PIN 76 // D76 PA27 -#define MISO_PIN 74 // D74 PA25 -#define MOSI_PIN 75 // D75 PA26 -#define SDSS 87 // D87 PA29 +#define SCK_PIN 76 // D76 PA27 +#define MISO_PIN 74 // D74 PA25 +#define MOSI_PIN 75 // D75 PA26 +#define SDSS 87 // D87 PA29 // 2MB SPI Flash -#define SPI_FLASH_SS 52 // D52 PB21 +#define SPI_FLASH_SS 52 // D52 PB21 // // LCD / Controller // #if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define BEEPER_PIN 23 // D24 PA15_CTS1 - #define LCD_PINS_RS 17 // D17 PA12_RXD1 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 24 // D23 PA14_RTS1 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 69 // D69 PA0_CANTX0 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 54 // D54 PA16_SCK1 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 68 // D68 PA1_CANRX0 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 34 // D34 PC2_PWML0 + #define BEEPER_PIN 23 // D24 PA15_CTS1 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 17 // D17 PA12_RXD1 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 24 // D23 PA14_RTS1 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 69 // D69 PA0_CANTX0 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 54 // D54 PA16_SCK1 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 68 // D68 PA1_CANRX0 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 34 // D34 PC2_PWML0 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 2 // D2 PB25_TIOA0 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 2 // D2 PB25_TIOA0 #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) // Buttons on AUX-2 - #define BTN_EN1 60 // D60 PA3_TIOB1 - #define BTN_EN2 13 // D13 PB27_TIOB0 - #define BTN_ENC 16 // D16 PA13_TXD1 + #define BTN_EN1 60 // D60 PA3_TIOB1 + #define BTN_EN2 13 // D13 PB27_TIOB0 + #define BTN_ENC 16 // D16 PA13_TXD1 #endif // NEWPANEL #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_ARCHIM2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_ARCHIM2.h index f3052ddcfd..d2114ea433 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_ARCHIM2.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_ARCHIM2.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -52,8 +52,8 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 20 // D20 PB12 (Header J20 20) -#define SERVO1_PIN 21 // D21 PB13 (Header J20 19) +#define SERVO0_PIN 20 // D20 PB12 (Header J20 20) +#define SERVO1_PIN 21 // D21 PB13 (Header J20 19) // // Limit Switches @@ -65,83 +65,83 @@ // Otherwise use a physical endstop based configuration. // TMC2130 Diag Pins - #define X_DIAG_PIN 59 // PA4 - #define Y_DIAG_PIN 48 // PC15 - #define Z_DIAG_PIN 36 // PC4 - #define E0_DIAG_PIN 78 // PB23 - #define E1_DIAG_PIN 25 // PD0 + #define X_DIAG_PIN 59 // PA4 + #define Y_DIAG_PIN 48 // PC15 + #define Z_DIAG_PIN 36 // PC4 + #define E0_DIAG_PIN 78 // PB23 + #define E1_DIAG_PIN 25 // PD0 #if X_HOME_DIR < 0 - #define X_MIN_PIN X_DIAG_PIN - #define X_MAX_PIN 32 + #define X_MIN_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #define X_MAX_PIN 32 #else - #define X_MIN_PIN 14 - #define X_MAX_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #define X_MIN_PIN 14 + #define X_MAX_PIN X_DIAG_PIN #endif #if Y_HOME_DIR < 0 - #define Y_MIN_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN - #define Y_MAX_PIN 15 + #define Y_MIN_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #define Y_MAX_PIN 15 #else - #define Y_MIN_PIN 29 - #define Y_MAX_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #define Y_MIN_PIN 29 + #define Y_MAX_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN #endif #else - #define X_MIN_PIN 14 // PD4 MIN ES1 - #define X_MAX_PIN 32 // PD10 MAX ES1 - #define Y_MIN_PIN 29 // PD6 MIN ES2 - #define Y_MAX_PIN 15 // PD5 MAX ES2 + #define X_MIN_PIN 14 // PD4 MIN ES1 + #define X_MAX_PIN 32 // PD10 MAX ES1 + #define Y_MIN_PIN 29 // PD6 MIN ES2 + #define Y_MAX_PIN 15 // PD5 MAX ES2 #endif -#define Z_MIN_PIN 31 // PA7 MIN ES3 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 30 // PD9 MAX ES3 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 31 // PA7 MIN ES3 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 30 // PD9 MAX ES3 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 38 // PC6 X-STEP * -#define X_DIR_PIN 37 // PC5 X-DIR * -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 41 // PC9 EN1 +#define X_STEP_PIN 38 // PC6 X-STEP * +#define X_DIR_PIN 37 // PC5 X-DIR * +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 41 // PC9 EN1 #ifndef X_CS_PIN - #define X_CS_PIN 39 // PC7 X_nCS + #define X_CS_PIN 39 // PC7 X_nCS #endif -#define Y_STEP_PIN 51 // PC12 Y-STEP * -#define Y_DIR_PIN 92 // PC11 Y-DIR -AddOns * -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 49 // PC14 Y-EN * +#define Y_STEP_PIN 51 // PC12 Y-STEP * +#define Y_DIR_PIN 92 // PC11 Y-DIR -AddOns * +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 49 // PC14 Y-EN * #ifndef Y_CS_PIN - #define Y_CS_PIN 50 // PC13 Y_nCS + #define Y_CS_PIN 50 // PC13 Y_nCS #endif -#define Z_STEP_PIN 46 // PC17 Z-STEP * -#define Z_DIR_PIN 47 // PC16 Z-DIR * -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 44 // PC19 Z-END * +#define Z_STEP_PIN 46 // PC17 Z-STEP * +#define Z_DIR_PIN 47 // PC16 Z-DIR * +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 44 // PC19 Z-END * #ifndef Z_CS_PIN - #define Z_CS_PIN 45 // PC18 Z_nCS + #define Z_CS_PIN 45 // PC18 Z_nCS #endif -#define E0_STEP_PIN 107 // PB10 E1-STEP -AddOns * -#define E0_DIR_PIN 96 // PC10 E1-DIR -AddOns * -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 105 // PB22 E1-EN -AddOns * +#define E0_STEP_PIN 107 // PB10 E1-STEP -AddOns * +#define E0_DIR_PIN 96 // PC10 E1-DIR -AddOns * +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 105 // PB22 E1-EN -AddOns * #ifndef E0_CS_PIN - #define E0_CS_PIN 104 // PC20 E1_nCS -AddOns * + #define E0_CS_PIN 104 // PC20 E1_nCS -AddOns * #endif -#define E1_STEP_PIN 22 // PB26 E2_STEP * -#define E1_DIR_PIN 97 // PB24 E2_DIR -AddOns * -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 18 // PA11 E2-EN +#define E1_STEP_PIN 22 // PB26 E2_STEP * +#define E1_DIR_PIN 97 // PB24 E2_DIR -AddOns * +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 18 // PA11 E2-EN #ifndef E1_CS_PIN - #define E1_CS_PIN 19 // PA10 E2_nCS + #define E1_CS_PIN 19 // PA10 E2_nCS #endif // @@ -150,102 +150,106 @@ // #if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI - #define TMC_SW_MOSI 28 // PD3 + #define TMC_SW_MOSI 28 // PD3 #endif #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO - #define TMC_SW_MISO 26 // PD1 + #define TMC_SW_MISO 26 // PD1 #endif #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK - #define TMC_SW_SCK 27 // PD2 + #define TMC_SW_SCK 27 // PD2 #endif #endif // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 10 // D10 PB19 THERM AN1 * -#define TEMP_1_PIN 9 // D9 PB18 THERM AN2 * -#define TEMP_2_PIN 8 // D8 PB17 THERM AN4 * -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 11 // D11 PB20 THERM AN3 * +#define TEMP_0_PIN 10 // D10 PB19 THERM AN1 * +#define TEMP_1_PIN 9 // D9 PB18 THERM AN2 * +#define TEMP_2_PIN 8 // D8 PB17 THERM AN4 * +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 11 // D11 PB20 THERM AN3 * // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 6 // D6 PC24 FET_PWM3 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 7 // D7 PC23 FET_PWM4 -#define HEATER_2_PIN 8 // D8 PC22 FET_PWM5 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 9 // D9 PC21 BED_PWM +#define HEATER_0_PIN 6 // D6 PC24 FET_PWM3 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 7 // D7 PC23 FET_PWM4 +#define HEATER_2_PIN 8 // D8 PC22 FET_PWM5 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 9 // D9 PC21 BED_PWM #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 4 // D4 PC26 FET_PWM1 + #define FAN_PIN 4 // D4 PC26 FET_PWM1 #endif -#define FAN1_PIN 5 // D5 PC25 FET_PWM2 +#define FAN1_PIN 5 // D5 PC25 FET_PWM2 // // Misc. Functions // // Internal MicroSD card reader on the PCB -#define INT_SCK_PIN 42 // D42 PA19/MCCK -#define INT_MISO_PIN 43 // D43 PA20/MCCDA -#define INT_MOSI_PIN 73 // D73 PA21/MCDA0 -#define INT_SDSS 55 // D55 PA24/MCDA3 +#define INT_SCK_PIN 42 // D42 PA19/MCCK +#define INT_MISO_PIN 43 // D43 PA20/MCCDA +#define INT_MOSI_PIN 73 // D73 PA21/MCDA0 +#define INT_SDSS 55 // D55 PA24/MCDA3 // External SD card reader on SC2 -#define SCK_PIN 76 // D76 PA27 -#define MISO_PIN 74 // D74 PA25 -#define MOSI_PIN 75 // D75 PA26 -#define SDSS 87 // D87 PA29 +#define SCK_PIN 76 // D76 PA27 +#define MISO_PIN 74 // D74 PA25 +#define MOSI_PIN 75 // D75 PA26 +#define SDSS 87 // D87 PA29 // Unused Digital GPIO J20 Pins -#define GPIO_PB1_J20_5 94 // D94 PB1 (Header J20 5) -#define GPIO_PB0_J20_6 95 // D95 PB0 (Header J20 6) -#define GPIO_PB3_J20_7 103 // D103 PB3 (Header J20 7) -#define GPIO_PB2_J20_8 93 // D93 PB2 (Header J20 8) -#define GPIO_PB6_J20_9 99 // D99 PB6 (Header J20 9) -#define GPIO_PB5_J20_10 101 // D101 PB5 (Header J20 10) -#define GPIO_PB8_J20_11 100 // D100 PB8 (Header J20 11) -#define GPIO_PB4_J20_12 102 // D102 PB4 (Header J20 12) -#define GPIO_PB9_J20_13 108 // D108 PB9 (Header J20 13) -#define GPIO_PB7_J20_14 98 // D98 PB7 (Header J20 14) -#define GPIO_PB15_J20_15 66 // D66 PB15 (Header J20 15) -#define GPIO_PB16_J20_16 67 // D67 PB16 (Header J20 16) -#define GPIO_PB14_J20_17 53 // D53 PB14 (Header J20 17) -#define GPIO_PA18_J20_21 71 // D71 PA17 (Header J20 21) -#define GPIO_PA17_J20_22 70 // D70 PA17 (Header J20 22) +#define GPIO_PB1_J20_5 94 // D94 PB1 (Header J20 5) +#define GPIO_PB0_J20_6 95 // D95 PB0 (Header J20 6) +#define GPIO_PB3_J20_7 103 // D103 PB3 (Header J20 7) +#define GPIO_PB2_J20_8 93 // D93 PB2 (Header J20 8) +#define GPIO_PB6_J20_9 99 // D99 PB6 (Header J20 9) +#define GPIO_PB5_J20_10 101 // D101 PB5 (Header J20 10) +#define GPIO_PB8_J20_11 100 // D100 PB8 (Header J20 11) +#define GPIO_PB4_J20_12 102 // D102 PB4 (Header J20 12) +#define GPIO_PB9_J20_13 108 // D108 PB9 (Header J20 13) +#define GPIO_PB7_J20_14 98 // D98 PB7 (Header J20 14) +#define GPIO_PB15_J20_15 66 // D66 PB15 (Header J20 15) +#define GPIO_PB16_J20_16 67 // D67 PB16 (Header J20 16) +#define GPIO_PB14_J20_17 53 // D53 PB14 (Header J20 17) +#define GPIO_PA18_J20_21 71 // D71 PA17 (Header J20 21) +#define GPIO_PA17_J20_22 70 // D70 PA17 (Header J20 22) + +// Case Light + +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN GPIO_PB1_J20_5 // 2MB SPI Flash -#define SPI_FLASH_SS 52 // D52 PB21 +#define SPI_FLASH_SS 52 // D52 PB21 // // Filament Runout Sensor // #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN GPIO_PB15_J20_15 + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN GPIO_PB15_J20_15 #endif #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN GPIO_PB16_J20_16 + #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN GPIO_PB16_J20_16 #endif // // LCD / Controller // -#if HAS_SPI_LCD || TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL - #define BEEPER_PIN 23 // D24 PA15_CTS1 - #define LCD_PINS_RS 17 // D17 PA12_RXD1 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 24 // D23 PA14_RTS1 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 69 // D69 PA0_CANTX0 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 54 // D54 PA16_SCK1 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 68 // D68 PA1_CANRX0 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 34 // D34 PC2_PWML0 +#if HAS_SPI_LCD || TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL || ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) + #define BEEPER_PIN 23 // D24 PA15_CTS1 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 17 // D17 PA12_RXD1 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 24 // D23 PA14_RTS1 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 69 // D69 PA0_CANTX0 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 54 // D54 PA16_SCK1 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 68 // D68 PA1_CANRX0 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 34 // D34 PC2_PWML0 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 2 // D2 PB25_TIOA0 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 2 // D2 PB25_TIOA0 - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) || TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL + #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) || TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL || ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) // Buttons on AUX-2 - #define BTN_EN1 60 // D60 PA3_TIOB1 - #define BTN_EN2 13 // D13 PB27_TIOB0 - #define BTN_ENC 16 // D16 PA13_TXD1 // the click + #define BTN_EN1 60 // D60 PA3_TIOB1 + #define BTN_EN2 13 // D13 PB27_TIOB0 + #define BTN_ENC 16 // D16 PA13_TXD1 // the click #endif // ULTIPANEL || TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_CNCONTROLS_15D.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_CNCONTROLS_15D.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f23d008bec --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_CNCONTROLS_15D.h @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * CNControls V15 for HMS434 with DUE pin assignments + */ + +#ifndef __SAM3X8E__ + #error "Oops! Select 'Arduino Due' in 'Tools > Board.'" +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "CN Controls V15D" + +// +// Servos +// +#define SERVO0_PIN 6 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN 34 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 39 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 62 + +#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 49 +#endif + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN 14 +#define X_DIR_PIN 25 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 26 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN 11 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 12 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 15 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN 24 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 27 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 28 + +#define E0_STEP_PIN 64 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 65 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 63 + +#define E1_STEP_PIN 8 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 7 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 29 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// Analog Inputs +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 +#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 4 + +#ifndef TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN + #define TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN 5 +#endif + +// +// Heaters +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN 3 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 4 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 32 +#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 33 + +// +// Fans +// +//#define FAN0_PIN 8 +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 +#define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 +#define ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 +#define ORIG_E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 +#define ORIG_CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN 10 + +// +// SD card +// +#define SCK_PIN 76 +#define MISO_PIN 74 +#define MOSI_PIN 75 +#define SDSS 53 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN 40 + +// Common I/O + +//#define PWM_1_PIN 6 // probe +//#define PWM_2_PIN 13 +//#define SPARE_IO 17 +#define BEEPER_PIN 13 +#define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN -1 +#define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 31 + +// G425 CALIBRATION_GCODE default pin +#ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN + #define CALIBRATION_PIN 66 +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_DUE3DOM.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_DUE3DOM.h index 731e31defa..8f1fb75012 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_DUE3DOM.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_DUE3DOM.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -34,138 +34,138 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 5 -#define SERVO1_PIN 6 -#define SERVO2_PIN 13 -#define SERVO3_PIN -1 +#define SERVO0_PIN 5 +#define SERVO1_PIN 6 +#define SERVO2_PIN 13 +#define SERVO3_PIN -1 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 38 -#define X_MAX_PIN 36 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 34 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 32 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 30 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 28 +#define X_MIN_PIN 38 +#define X_MAX_PIN 36 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 34 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 32 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 30 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 28 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 2 -#define X_DIR_PIN 3 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 22 +#define X_STEP_PIN 2 +#define X_DIR_PIN 3 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 22 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 17 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 16 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 26 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 17 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 16 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 26 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 61 // Z1 STP -#define Z_DIR_PIN 60 // Z1 DIR -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 15 // Z1 ENA +#define Z_STEP_PIN 61 // Z1 STP +#define Z_DIR_PIN 60 // Z1 DIR +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 15 // Z1 ENA -#define E0_STEP_PIN 64 // Z2 STP -#define E0_DIR_PIN 63 // Z2 DIR -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 62 // Z2 ENA +#define E0_STEP_PIN 64 // Z2 STP +#define E0_DIR_PIN 63 // Z2 DIR +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 62 // Z2 ENA -#define E1_STEP_PIN 51 // E1 STP -#define E1_DIR_PIN 53 // E1 DIR -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 65 // E1 ENA +#define E1_STEP_PIN 51 // E1 STP +#define E1_DIR_PIN 53 // E1 DIR +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 65 // E1 ENA -#define E2_STEP_PIN 24 // E2 STP -#define E2_DIR_PIN 23 // E2 DIR -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 49 // E2 ENA +#define E2_STEP_PIN 24 // E2 STP +#define E2_DIR_PIN 23 // E2 DIR +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 49 // E2 ENA // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input (HOTEND0 thermistor) -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // Analog Input (HOTEND1 thermistor) -#define TEMP_2_PIN 5 // Analog Input (unused) -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // Analog Input (BED thermistor) +#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input (HOTEND0 thermistor) +#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // Analog Input (HOTEND1 thermistor) +#define TEMP_2_PIN 5 // Analog Input (unused) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // Analog Input (BED thermistor) // SPI for Max6675 or Max31855 Thermocouple #if DISABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN -1 + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN -1 #else - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN -1 + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN -1 #endif // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 7 // HOTEND0 MOSFET -#define HEATER_1_PIN 8 // HOTEND1 MOSFET -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 39 // BED MOSFET +#define HEATER_0_PIN 7 // HOTEND0 MOSFET +#define HEATER_1_PIN 8 // HOTEND1 MOSFET +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 39 // BED MOSFET #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 11 // FAN1 header on board - PRINT FAN + #define FAN_PIN 11 // FAN1 header on board - PRINT FAN #endif -#define FAN1_PIN 9 // FAN2 header on board - CONTROLLER FAN -#define FAN2_PIN 12 // FAN3 header on board - EXTRUDER0 FAN +#define FAN1_PIN 9 // FAN2 header on board - CONTROLLER FAN +#define FAN2_PIN 12 // FAN3 header on board - EXTRUDER0 FAN // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 4 -#define PS_ON_PIN 40 +#define SDSS 4 +#define PS_ON_PIN 40 // // LCD / Controller // #if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define LCD_PINS_RS 42 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 43 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 44 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 45 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 46 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 47 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 42 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 43 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 44 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 45 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 46 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 47 #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define BEEPER_PIN 41 + #define BEEPER_PIN 41 - #define BTN_EN1 50 - #define BTN_EN2 52 - #define BTN_ENC 48 + #define BTN_EN1 50 + #define BTN_EN2 52 + #define BTN_ENC 48 - #define SDSS 4 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 14 + #define SDSS 4 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 14 #elif ENABLED(RADDS_DISPLAY) - #define BEEPER_PIN 41 + #define BEEPER_PIN 41 - #define BTN_EN1 50 - #define BTN_EN2 52 - #define BTN_ENC 48 + #define BTN_EN1 50 + #define BTN_EN2 52 + #define BTN_ENC 48 - #define BTN_BACK 71 + #define BTN_BACK 71 #undef SDSS - #define SDSS 4 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 14 + #define SDSS 4 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 14 #elif HAS_SSD1306_OLED_I2C - #define BTN_EN1 50 - #define BTN_EN2 52 - #define BTN_ENC 48 - #define BEEPER_PIN 41 - #define LCD_SDSS 4 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 14 + #define BTN_EN1 50 + #define BTN_EN2 52 + #define BTN_ENC 48 + #define BEEPER_PIN 41 + #define LCD_SDSS 4 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 14 #elif ENABLED(SPARK_FULL_GRAPHICS) - #define LCD_PINS_D4 29 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 27 - #define LCD_PINS_RS 25 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 29 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 27 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 25 - #define BTN_EN1 35 - #define BTN_EN2 33 - #define BTN_ENC 37 + #define BTN_EN1 35 + #define BTN_EN2 33 + #define BTN_ENC 37 - #define BEEPER_PIN -1 + #define BEEPER_PIN -1 #endif // SPARK_FULL_GRAPHICS #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_DUE3DOM_MINI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_DUE3DOM_MINI.h index ed9781388a..34706d5e90 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_DUE3DOM_MINI.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_DUE3DOM_MINI.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -34,141 +34,141 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 5 -#define SERVO1_PIN 6 -#define SERVO2_PIN 8 // 4-pin header FAN0 -#define SERVO3_PIN -1 +#define SERVO0_PIN 5 +#define SERVO1_PIN 6 +#define SERVO2_PIN 8 // 4-pin header FAN0 +#define SERVO3_PIN -1 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 38 -#define X_MAX_PIN -1 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 34 -#define Y_MAX_PIN -1 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 30 -#define Z_MAX_PIN -1 +#define X_MIN_PIN 38 +#define X_MAX_PIN -1 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 34 +#define Y_MAX_PIN -1 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 30 +#define Z_MAX_PIN -1 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 17 -#define X_DIR_PIN 16 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 22 +#define X_STEP_PIN 17 +#define X_DIR_PIN 16 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 22 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 2 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 3 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 26 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 2 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 3 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 26 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 64 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 63 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 15 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 64 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 63 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 15 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 61 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 60 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 62 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 61 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 60 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 62 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input (HOTEND0 thermistor) -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // Analog Input (unused) -#define TEMP_2_PIN 5 // Analog Input (OnBoard thermistor beta 3950) -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // Analog Input (BED thermistor) +#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input (HOTEND0 thermistor) +#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // Analog Input (unused) +#define TEMP_2_PIN 5 // Analog Input (OnBoard thermistor beta 3950) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // Analog Input (BED thermistor) // SPI for Max6675 or Max31855 Thermocouple #if DISABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 53 + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 53 #else - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 53 + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 53 #endif // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 13 // HOTEND0 MOSFET -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 7 // BED MOSFET +#define HEATER_0_PIN 13 // HOTEND0 MOSFET +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 7 // BED MOSFET #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 11 // FAN1 header on board - PRINT FAN + #define FAN_PIN 11 // FAN1 header on board - PRINT FAN #endif -#define FAN1_PIN 12 // FAN2 header on board - CONTROLLER FAN -#define FAN2_PIN 9 // FAN3 header on board - EXTRUDER0 FAN -//#define FAN3_PIN 8 // FAN0 4-pin header on board +#define FAN1_PIN 12 // FAN2 header on board - CONTROLLER FAN +#define FAN2_PIN 9 // FAN3 header on board - EXTRUDER0 FAN +//#define FAN3_PIN 8 // FAN0 4-pin header on board // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 4 -#define PS_ON_PIN 40 +#define SDSS 4 +#define PS_ON_PIN 40 // // LCD / Controller // #if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define LCD_PINS_RS 42 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 43 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 44 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 45 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 46 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 47 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 42 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 43 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 44 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 45 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 46 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 47 #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define BEEPER_PIN 41 + #define BEEPER_PIN 41 - #define BTN_EN1 50 - #define BTN_EN2 52 - #define BTN_ENC 48 + #define BTN_EN1 50 + #define BTN_EN2 52 + #define BTN_ENC 48 - #define SDSS 4 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 14 + #define SDSS 4 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 14 #elif ENABLED(RADDS_DISPLAY) - #define BEEPER_PIN 41 + #define BEEPER_PIN 41 - #define BTN_EN1 50 - #define BTN_EN2 52 - #define BTN_ENC 48 + #define BTN_EN1 50 + #define BTN_EN2 52 + #define BTN_ENC 48 - #define BTN_BACK 71 + #define BTN_BACK 71 #undef SDSS - #define SDSS 4 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 14 + #define SDSS 4 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 14 #elif HAS_SSD1306_OLED_I2C - #define BTN_EN1 50 - #define BTN_EN2 52 - #define BTN_ENC 48 - #define BEEPER_PIN 41 - #define LCD_SDSS 4 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 14 + #define BTN_EN1 50 + #define BTN_EN2 52 + #define BTN_ENC 48 + #define BEEPER_PIN 41 + #define LCD_SDSS 4 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 14 #elif ENABLED(SPARK_FULL_GRAPHICS) - #define LCD_PINS_D4 29 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 27 - #define LCD_PINS_RS 25 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 29 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 27 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 25 - #define BTN_EN1 35 - #define BTN_EN2 33 - #define BTN_ENC 37 + #define BTN_EN1 35 + #define BTN_EN2 33 + #define BTN_ENC 37 - #define BEEPER_PIN -1 + #define BEEPER_PIN -1 #elif ENABLED(MINIPANEL) - #define BTN_EN1 52 - #define BTN_EN2 50 - #define BTN_ENC 48 - #define LCD_SDSS 4 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 14 - #define BEEPER_PIN 41 - #define DOGLCD_A0 46 - #define DOGLCD_CS 45 + #define BTN_EN1 52 + #define BTN_EN2 50 + #define BTN_ENC 48 + #define LCD_SDSS 4 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 14 + #define BEEPER_PIN 41 + #define DOGLCD_A0 46 + #define DOGLCD_CS 45 #endif // SPARK_FULL_GRAPHICS #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_PRINTRBOARD_G2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_PRINTRBOARD_G2.h index 4df3bc7f1a..b3a9e456a2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_PRINTRBOARD_G2.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_PRINTRBOARD_G2.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -36,38 +36,38 @@ // // Servos // -//#define SERVO0_PIN -1 -//#define SERVO1_PIN -1 +//#define SERVO0_PIN -1 +//#define SERVO1_PIN -1 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 22 // PB26 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 18 // PA11 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 19 // PA10 +#define X_MIN_PIN 22 // PB26 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 18 // PA11 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 19 // PA10 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 22 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 22 #endif #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 57 // PA22 + //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 57 // PA22 #endif #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN - //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 21 // PB13 + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 21 // PB13 #endif // // LED defines // -//#define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) -//#define NEOPIXEL_PIN 20 // LED driving pin on motherboard -//#define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 3 // Number of LEDs in the strip -//#define SDA0 20 // PB12 NeoPixel pin I2C data -//#define SCL0 21 // PB13 I2C clock +//#define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) +//#define NEOPIXEL_PIN 20 // LED driving pin on motherboard +//#define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 3 // Number of LEDs in the strip +//#define SDA0 20 // PB12 NeoPixel pin I2C data +//#define SCL0 21 // PB13 I2C clock // D0_12 #REF! (INDICATOR_LED) // B28 JTAG-CLK @@ -79,82 +79,82 @@ //A15 UART_CTS //PB2 Unassigned //PB4 to PB9 Unassigned -//#define UART_RX_PIN 0 // PA8 "RX0" -//#define UART_TX_PIN 1 // PA9 "TX0" -//#define UART_RTS_PIN 23 // PA14 -//#define UART_CTS_PIN 24 // PA15 +//#define UART_RX_PIN 0 // PA8 "RX0" +//#define UART_TX_PIN 1 // PA9 "TX0" +//#define UART_RTS_PIN 23 // PA14 +//#define UART_CTS_PIN 24 // PA15 // // Steppers // -#define Z_STEP_PIN 73 // PA21 MOTOR 1 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 75 // PA26 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 74 // PA25 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 73 // PA21 MOTOR 1 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 75 // PA26 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 74 // PA25 -#define X_STEP_PIN 66 // PB15 MOTOR 2 -#define X_DIR_PIN 54 // PA16 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 67 // PB16 +#define X_STEP_PIN 66 // PB15 MOTOR 2 +#define X_DIR_PIN 54 // PA16 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 67 // PB16 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 34 // PA29 MOTOR 3 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 35 // PB1 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 36 // PB0 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 34 // PA29 MOTOR 3 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 35 // PB1 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 36 // PB0 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 53 // PB14 MOTOR 4 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 78 // PB23 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 37 // PB22 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 53 // PB14 MOTOR 4 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 78 // PB23 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 37 // PB22 // Microstepping mode pins -#define Z_MS1_PIN 52 // PB21 MODE0 MOTOR 1 -#define Z_MS2_PIN 52 // PB21 MODE1 -#define Z_MS3_PIN 65 // PB20 MODE2 +#define Z_MS1_PIN 52 // PB21 MODE0 MOTOR 1 +#define Z_MS2_PIN 52 // PB21 MODE1 +#define Z_MS3_PIN 65 // PB20 MODE2 -#define X_MS1_PIN 43 // PA20 MODE0 MOTOR 2 -#define X_MS2_PIN 43 // PA20 MODE1 -#define X_MS3_PIN 42 // PA19 MODE2 +#define X_MS1_PIN 43 // PA20 MODE0 MOTOR 2 +#define X_MS2_PIN 43 // PA20 MODE1 +#define X_MS3_PIN 42 // PA19 MODE2 -#define Y_MS1_PIN 77 // PA28 MODE0 MOTOR 3 -#define Y_MS2_PIN 77 // PA28 MODE1 -#define Y_MS3_PIN 76 // PA27 MODE2 +#define Y_MS1_PIN 77 // PA28 MODE0 MOTOR 3 +#define Y_MS2_PIN 77 // PA28 MODE1 +#define Y_MS3_PIN 76 // PA27 MODE2 -#define E0_MS1_PIN 38 // PB11 MODE0 MOTOR 4 -#define E0_MS2_PIN 38 // PB11 MODE1 -#define E0_MS3_PIN 39 // PB10 MODE2 +#define E0_MS1_PIN 38 // PB11 MODE0 MOTOR 4 +#define E0_MS2_PIN 38 // PB11 MODE1 +#define E0_MS3_PIN 39 // PB10 MODE2 // Motor current PWM pins -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_X_PIN 62 // PB17 MOTOR 1 -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z_PIN 63 // PB18 MOTOR 2 -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Y_PIN 64 // PB19 MOTOR 3 -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E_PIN 61 // PA2 MOTOR 4 +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_X_PIN 62 // PB17 MOTOR 1 +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z_PIN 63 // PB18 MOTOR 2 +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Y_PIN 64 // PB19 MOTOR 3 +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E_PIN 61 // PA2 MOTOR 4 -//#define DEFAULT_PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 300, 400, 1000} // XY Z E0, 1000 = 1000mAh +#define DEFAULT_PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 300, 400, 1000} // XY Z E0, 1000 = 1000mAh // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 2 // digital 56 PA23 -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 5 // digital 59 PA4 +#define TEMP_0_PIN 2 // digital 56 PA23 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 5 // digital 59 PA4 // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 40 // PA5 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 41 // PB24 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 40 // PA5 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 41 // PB24 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 13 // PB27 Fan1A + #define FAN_PIN 13 // PB27 Fan1A #endif -#define FAN1_PIN 58 // PA6 Fan1B +#define FAN1_PIN 58 // PA6 Fan1B -#define FET_SAFETY_PIN 31 // PA7 must be pulsed low every 50 mS or FETs are turned off -#define FET_SAFETY_DELAY 50 // 50 mS delay between pulses -#define FET_SAFETY_INVERTED true // true - negative going pulse of 2 uS +#define FET_SAFETY_PIN 31 // PA7 must be pulsed low every 50 mS or FETs are turned off +#define FET_SAFETY_DELAY 50 // 50 mS delay between pulses +#define FET_SAFETY_INVERTED true // true - negative going pulse of 2 uS ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#define MISO_PIN 68 // set to unused pins for now -#define MOSI_PIN 69 // set to unused pins for now -#define SCK_PIN 70 // set to unused pins for now -#define SDSS 71 // set to unused pins for now +#define MISO_PIN 68 // set to unused pins for now +#define MOSI_PIN 69 // set to unused pins for now +#define SCK_PIN 70 // set to unused pins for now +#define SDSS 71 // set to unused pins for now /** * G2 uses 8 pins that are not available in the DUE environment: diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RADDS.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RADDS.h index 85db7492e3..3bc52e9387 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RADDS.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RADDS.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -34,175 +34,189 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 5 -#define SERVO1_PIN 6 -#define SERVO2_PIN 39 -#define SERVO3_PIN 40 +#if !HAS_CUTTER + #define SERVO0_PIN 5 +#endif +#define SERVO1_PIN 6 +#define SERVO2_PIN 39 +#define SERVO3_PIN 40 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 28 -#define X_MAX_PIN 34 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 30 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 36 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 32 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 38 +#define X_MIN_PIN 28 +#define X_MAX_PIN 34 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 30 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 36 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 32 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 38 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 38 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 38 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 24 -#define X_DIR_PIN 23 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 26 +#define X_STEP_PIN 24 +#define X_DIR_PIN 23 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 26 #ifndef X_CS_PIN - #define X_CS_PIN 25 + #define X_CS_PIN 25 #endif -#define Y_STEP_PIN 17 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 16 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 22 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 17 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 16 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 22 #ifndef Y_CS_PIN - #define Y_CS_PIN 27 + #define Y_CS_PIN 27 #endif -#define Z_STEP_PIN 2 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 3 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 15 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 2 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 3 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 15 #ifndef Z_CS_PIN - #define Z_CS_PIN 29 + #define Z_CS_PIN 29 #endif -#define E0_STEP_PIN 61 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 60 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 62 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 61 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 60 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 62 #ifndef E0_CS_PIN - #define E0_CS_PIN 31 + #define E0_CS_PIN 31 #endif -#define E1_STEP_PIN 64 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 63 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 65 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 64 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 63 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 65 #ifndef E1_CS_PIN - #define E1_CS_PIN 33 + #define E1_CS_PIN 33 #endif -#define E2_STEP_PIN 51 -#define E2_DIR_PIN 53 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 49 +#define E2_STEP_PIN 51 +#define E2_DIR_PIN 53 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 49 #ifndef E2_CS_PIN - #define E2_CS_PIN 35 + #define E2_CS_PIN 35 #endif /** * RADDS Extension Board V2 / V3 * http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/extension-board */ -//#define RADDS_EXTENSION 2 +//#define RADDS_EXTENSION 2 #if RADDS_EXTENSION >= 2 - #define E3_DIR_PIN 33 - #define E3_STEP_PIN 35 - #define E3_ENABLE_PIN 37 + #define E3_DIR_PIN 33 + #define E3_STEP_PIN 35 + #define E3_ENABLE_PIN 37 #ifndef E3_CS_PIN - #define E3_CS_PIN 6 + #define E3_CS_PIN 6 #endif #if RADDS_EXTENSION == 3 - #define E4_DIR_PIN 27 - #define E4_STEP_PIN 29 - #define E4_ENABLE_PIN 31 + #define E4_DIR_PIN 27 + #define E4_STEP_PIN 29 + #define E4_ENABLE_PIN 31 #ifndef E4_CS_PIN - #define E4_CS_PIN 39 + #define E4_CS_PIN 39 #endif - #define E5_DIR_PIN 66 - #define E5_STEP_PIN 67 - #define E5_ENABLE_PIN 68 + #define E5_DIR_PIN 66 + #define E5_STEP_PIN 67 + #define E5_ENABLE_PIN 68 #ifndef E5_CS_PIN - #define E5_CS_PIN 6 + #define E5_CS_PIN 6 #endif - #define RADDS_EXT_MSI_PIN 69 + #define RADDS_EXT_MSI_PIN 69 #define BOARD_INIT() OUT_WRITE(RADDS_EXT_VDD_PIN, HIGH) #else - #define E4_DIR_PIN 27 - #define E4_STEP_PIN 29 - #define E4_ENABLE_PIN 31 + #define E4_DIR_PIN 27 + #define E4_STEP_PIN 29 + #define E4_ENABLE_PIN 31 #ifndef E4_CS_PIN - #define E4_CS_PIN 39 + #define E4_CS_PIN 39 #endif // E3 and E4 share the same MSx pins - #define E3_MS1_PIN 67 - #define E4_MS1_PIN 67 - #define E3_MS2_PIN 68 - #define E4_MS2_PIN 68 - #define E3_MS3_PIN 69 - #define E4_MS3_PIN 69 + #define E3_MS1_PIN 67 + #define E4_MS1_PIN 67 + #define E3_MS2_PIN 68 + #define E4_MS2_PIN 68 + #define E3_MS3_PIN 69 + #define E4_MS3_PIN 69 - #define RADDS_EXT_VDD2_PIN 66 + #define RADDS_EXT_VDD2_PIN 66 #define BOARD_INIT() do{ OUT_WRITE(RADDS_EXT_VDD_PIN, HIGH); OUT_WRITE(RADDS_EXT_VDD2_PIN, HIGH); }while(0) #endif - #define RADDS_EXT_VDD_PIN 25 + #define RADDS_EXT_VDD_PIN 25 #endif // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_2_PIN 2 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_3_PIN 3 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_4_PIN 5 // dummy so will compile when PINS_DEBUGGING is enabled -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 4 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_2_PIN 2 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_3_PIN 3 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_4_PIN 5 // dummy so will compile when PINS_DEBUGGING is enabled +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 4 // Analog Input // SPI for Max6675 or Max31855 Thermocouple #if DISABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 53 + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 53 #else - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 49 + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 49 #endif // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 13 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 12 -#define HEATER_2_PIN 11 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 7 // BED +#define HEATER_0_PIN 13 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 12 +#define HEATER_2_PIN 11 +#if !HAS_CUTTER + #define HEATER_BED_PIN 7 // BED +#endif #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 9 + #define FAN_PIN 9 #endif -#define FAN1_PIN 8 +#define FAN1_PIN 8 // // Misc. Functions // -#define SD_DETECT_PIN 14 -#define PS_ON_PIN 40 // SERVO3_PIN +#define SD_DETECT_PIN 14 +#define PS_ON_PIN 40 // SERVO3_PIN #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 39 // SERVO2_PIN + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 39 // SERVO2_PIN #endif #define I2C_EEPROM -#define E2END 0x1FFF // 8KB +#define E2END 0x1FFF // 8KB + +// +// M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control +// +#if HAS_CUTTER + #if !NUM_SERVOS + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 5 // SERVO0_PIN + #endif + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 7 // HEATER_BED_PIN - Pullup/down! +#endif // // LCD / Controller @@ -211,65 +225,65 @@ #if ENABLED(RADDS_DISPLAY) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 42 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 43 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 44 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 45 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 46 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 47 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 42 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 43 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 44 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 45 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 46 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 47 - #define BEEPER_PIN 41 + #define BEEPER_PIN 41 - #define BTN_EN1 50 - #define BTN_EN2 52 - #define BTN_ENC 48 + #define BTN_EN1 50 + #define BTN_EN2 52 + #define BTN_ENC 48 - #define BTN_BACK 71 + #define BTN_BACK 71 - #define SDSS 10 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 14 + #define SDSS 10 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 14 #elif ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER) // The REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER requires // an adapter such as https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1740725 - #define LCD_PINS_RS 42 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 43 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 44 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 42 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 43 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 44 - #define BEEPER_PIN 41 + #define BEEPER_PIN 41 - #define BTN_EN1 50 - #define BTN_EN2 52 - #define BTN_ENC 48 + #define BTN_EN1 50 + #define BTN_EN2 52 + #define BTN_ENC 48 - #define SDSS 10 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 14 + #define SDSS 10 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 14 #elif HAS_SSD1306_OLED_I2C - #define BTN_EN1 50 - #define BTN_EN2 52 - #define BTN_ENC 48 - #define BEEPER_PIN 41 - #define LCD_SDSS 10 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 14 + #define BTN_EN1 50 + #define BTN_EN2 52 + #define BTN_ENC 48 + #define BEEPER_PIN 41 + #define LCD_SDSS 10 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 14 #elif ENABLED(SPARK_FULL_GRAPHICS) - #define LCD_PINS_D4 29 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 27 - #define LCD_PINS_RS 25 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 29 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 27 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 25 - #define BTN_EN1 35 - #define BTN_EN2 33 - #define BTN_ENC 37 + #define BTN_EN1 35 + #define BTN_EN2 33 + #define BTN_ENC 37 #endif // SPARK_FULL_GRAPHICS #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD #ifndef SDSS - #define SDSS 4 + #define SDSS 4 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RAMPS4DUE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RAMPS4DUE.h index 36c0717bce..21a2055967 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RAMPS4DUE.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RAMPS4DUE.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RAMPS_DUO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RAMPS_DUO.h index d63d9a32a8..916dbf6430 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RAMPS_DUO.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RAMPS_DUO.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -56,20 +56,20 @@ // Temperature Sensors // #undef TEMP_0_PIN -#define TEMP_0_PIN 9 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 9 // Analog Input #undef TEMP_1_PIN -#define TEMP_1_PIN 11 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 11 // Analog Input #undef TEMP_BED_PIN -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 10 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 10 // Analog Input // SPI for Max6675 or Max31855 Thermocouple #undef MAX6675_SS_PIN #if DISABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 69 // Don't use 53 if there is even the remote possibility of using Display/SD card + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 69 // Don't use 53 if using Display/SD card #else - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 69 // Don't use 49 as this is tied to the switch inside the SD card socket to detect if there is an SD card present + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 69 // Don't use 49 (SD_DETECT_PIN) #endif // @@ -79,13 +79,13 @@ #if BOTH(NEWPANEL, PANEL_ONE) #undef LCD_PINS_D4 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 68 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 68 #undef LCD_PINS_D5 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 69 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 69 #undef LCD_PINS_D7 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 67 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 67 #endif #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) @@ -93,36 +93,36 @@ #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) #undef BTN_EN1 - #define BTN_EN1 67 + #define BTN_EN1 67 #undef BTN_ENC - #define BTN_ENC 66 + #define BTN_ENC 66 #elif ENABLED(MINIPANEL) #undef DOGLCD_CS - #define DOGLCD_CS 69 + #define DOGLCD_CS 69 #undef LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 68 // backlight LED on A14/D68 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 68 // backlight LED on A14/D68 #undef KILL_PIN - #define KILL_PIN 67 + #define KILL_PIN 67 #undef BTN_EN2 - #define BTN_EN2 66 + #define BTN_EN2 66 #else #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) #undef BTN_EN1 - #define BTN_EN1 67 // encoder + #define BTN_EN1 67 // encoder #undef BTN_ENC - #define BTN_ENC 66 // enter button + #define BTN_ENC 66 // enter button #elif ENABLED(PANEL_ONE) #undef BTN_EN2 - #define BTN_EN2 66 // AUX2 PIN 4 + #define BTN_EN2 66 // AUX2 PIN 4 #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RAMPS_FD_V1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RAMPS_FD_V1.h index 5add612cc1..297aaa9cb8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RAMPS_FD_V1.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RAMPS_FD_V1.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -43,98 +43,98 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 7 -#define SERVO1_PIN 6 -#define SERVO2_PIN 5 -#define SERVO3_PIN 3 +#define SERVO0_PIN 7 +#define SERVO1_PIN 6 +#define SERVO2_PIN 5 +#define SERVO3_PIN 3 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 22 -#define X_MAX_PIN 30 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 24 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 38 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 26 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 34 +#define X_MIN_PIN 22 +#define X_MAX_PIN 30 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 24 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 38 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 26 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 34 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 63 -#define X_DIR_PIN 62 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 48 +#define X_STEP_PIN 63 +#define X_DIR_PIN 62 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 48 #ifndef X_CS_PIN - #define X_CS_PIN 68 + #define X_CS_PIN 68 #endif -#define Y_STEP_PIN 65 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 64 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 46 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 65 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 64 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 46 #ifndef Y_CS_PIN - #define Y_CS_PIN 60 + #define Y_CS_PIN 60 #endif -#define Z_STEP_PIN 67 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 66 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 44 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 67 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 66 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 44 #ifndef Z_CS_PIN - #define Z_CS_PIN 58 + #define Z_CS_PIN 58 #endif -#define E0_STEP_PIN 36 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 42 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 36 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 42 #ifndef E0_CS_PIN - #define E0_CS_PIN 67 + #define E0_CS_PIN 67 #endif -#define E1_STEP_PIN 43 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 41 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 39 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 43 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 41 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 39 #ifndef E1_CS_PIN - #define E1_CS_PIN 61 + #define E1_CS_PIN 61 #endif -#define E2_STEP_PIN 32 -#define E2_DIR_PIN 47 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 45 +#define E2_STEP_PIN 32 +#define E2_DIR_PIN 47 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 45 #ifndef E2_CS_PIN - #define E2_CS_PIN 59 + #define E2_CS_PIN 59 #endif // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_2_PIN 3 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_2_PIN 3 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // Analog Input // SPI for Max6675 or Max31855 Thermocouple #if DISABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 53 + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 53 #else - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 49 + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 49 #endif // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 9 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 10 -#define HEATER_2_PIN 11 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 8 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 9 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 10 +#define HEATER_2_PIN 11 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 8 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 12 + #define FAN_PIN 12 #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 4 -#define LED_PIN 13 +#define SDSS 4 +#define LED_PIN 13 // // LCD / Controller @@ -142,70 +142,70 @@ #if HAS_SPI_LCD // ramps-fd lcd adaptor - #define BEEPER_PIN 37 - #define BTN_EN1 33 - #define BTN_EN2 31 - #define BTN_ENC 35 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define BEEPER_PIN 37 + #define BTN_EN1 33 + #define BTN_EN2 31 + #define BTN_ENC 35 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 #endif #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) - #define DOGLCD_CS LCD_PINS_ENABLE - #define DOGLCD_A0 LCD_PINS_RS - #define DOGLCD_SCK 76 - #define DOGLCD_MOSI 75 + #define DOGLCD_CS LCD_PINS_ENABLE + #define DOGLCD_A0 LCD_PINS_RS + #define DOGLCD_SCK 76 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI 75 - //#define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // Use this if default of hardware SPI causes display problems - // results in LCD soft SPI mode 3, SD soft SPI mode 0 + //#define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // Use this if default of hardware SPI causes display problems + // results in LCD soft SPI mode 3, SD soft SPI mode 0 - #define LCD_RESET_PIN 23 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. + #define LCD_RESET_PIN 23 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 25 + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 25 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 27 + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 27 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 29 + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 29 #endif #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 25 + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 25 #endif #elif ENABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define LCD_PINS_D4 23 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 25 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 27 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 29 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 23 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 25 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 27 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 29 #if ENABLED(MINIPANEL) - #define DOGLCD_CS 25 - #define DOGLCD_A0 27 + #define DOGLCD_CS 25 + #define DOGLCD_A0 27 #endif #endif #if ANY(VIKI2, miniVIKI) - #define DOGLCD_A0 16 - #define KILL_PIN 51 - #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 29 - #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 23 - #define DOGLCD_CS 17 - #define DOGLCD_SCK 76 // SCK_PIN - Required for DUE Hardware SPI - #define DOGLCD_MOSI 75 // MOSI_PIN - #define DOGLCD_MISO 74 // MISO_PIN + #define DOGLCD_A0 16 + #define KILL_PIN 51 + #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 29 + #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 23 + #define DOGLCD_CS 17 + #define DOGLCD_SCK 76 // SCK_PIN - Required for DUE Hardware SPI + #define DOGLCD_MOSI 75 // MOSI_PIN + #define DOGLCD_MISO 74 // MISO_PIN #endif #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD -#if HAS_TMC220x +#if HAS_TMC_UART /** * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers * @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // #if HOTENDS < 3 && HAS_CUTTER && !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 45 // Use E2 ENA - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 12 // Hardware PWM - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 47 // Use E2 DIR + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 45 // Use E2 ENA + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 12 // Hardware PWM + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 47 // Use E2 DIR #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RAMPS_FD_V2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RAMPS_FD_V2.h index 22fdafd68e..6e7d055069 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RAMPS_FD_V2.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RAMPS_FD_V2.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RAMPS_SMART.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RAMPS_SMART.h index 619b2d594d..0fd4a6b3ea 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RAMPS_SMART.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RAMPS_SMART.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -73,26 +73,26 @@ #define I2C_EEPROM #define E2END 0xFFF -#define RESET_PIN 42 // Resets the board if the jumper is attached +#define RESET_PIN 42 // Resets the board if the jumper is attached // // Temperature Sensors // #undef TEMP_0_PIN -#define TEMP_0_PIN 9 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 9 // Analog Input #undef TEMP_1_PIN -#define TEMP_1_PIN 10 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 10 // Analog Input #undef TEMP_BED_PIN -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 11 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 11 // Analog Input // SPI for Max6675 or Max31855 Thermocouple #undef MAX6675_SS_PIN #if DISABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 67 // Don't use 53 if there is even the remote possibility of using Display/SD card + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 67 // Don't use 53 if using Display/SD card #else - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 67 // Don't use 49 as this is tied to the switch inside the SD card socket to detect if there is an SD card present + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 67 // Don't use 49 (SD_DETECT_PIN) #endif // @@ -100,12 +100,12 @@ // // Support for AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD Card 3D printer smart controller control panel #if ENABLED(AZSMZ_12864) - #define BEEPER_PIN 66 // Smart RAMPS 1.42 pinout diagram on RepRap WIKI erroneously says this should be pin 65 - #define DOGLCD_A0 59 - #define DOGLCD_CS 44 - #define BTN_EN1 58 - #define BTN_EN2 40 - #define BTN_ENC 67 // Smart RAMPS 1.42 pinout diagram on RepRap WIKI erroneously says this should be pin 66 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 // Pin 49 for display sd interface, 72 for easy adapter board - #define KILL_PIN 42 + #define BEEPER_PIN 66 // Smart RAMPS 1.42 pinout diagram on RepRap WIKI erroneously says this should be pin 65 + #define DOGLCD_A0 59 + #define DOGLCD_CS 44 + #define BTN_EN1 58 + #define BTN_EN2 40 + #define BTN_ENC 67 // Smart RAMPS 1.42 pinout diagram on RepRap WIKI erroneously says this should be pin 66 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 // Pin 49 for display sd interface, 72 for easy adapter board + #define KILL_PIN 42 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RURAMPS4D_11.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RURAMPS4D_11.h index b457c7852c..7b844b5be0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RURAMPS4D_11.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RURAMPS4D_11.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -41,76 +41,76 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 5 -#define SERVO1_PIN 3 +#define SERVO0_PIN 5 +#define SERVO1_PIN 3 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 45 -#define X_MAX_PIN 39 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 46 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 41 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 47 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 43 +#define X_MIN_PIN 45 +#define X_MAX_PIN 39 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 46 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 41 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 47 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 43 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 43 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 43 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 37 // Support Extension Board -#define X_DIR_PIN 36 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 38 +#define X_STEP_PIN 37 // Support Extension Board +#define X_DIR_PIN 36 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 38 #ifndef X_CS_PIN - #define X_CS_PIN -1 + #define X_CS_PIN -1 #endif -#define Y_STEP_PIN 32 // Support Extension Board -#define Y_DIR_PIN 35 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 34 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 32 // Support Extension Board +#define Y_DIR_PIN 35 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 34 #ifndef Y_CS_PIN - #define Y_CS_PIN -1 + #define Y_CS_PIN -1 #endif -#define Z_STEP_PIN 30 // Support Extension Board -#define Z_DIR_PIN 2 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 33 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 30 // Support Extension Board +#define Z_DIR_PIN 2 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 33 #ifndef Z_CS_PIN - #define Z_CS_PIN -1 + #define Z_CS_PIN -1 #endif -#define E0_STEP_PIN 29 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 31 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 29 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 31 #ifndef E0_CS_PIN - #define E0_CS_PIN -1 + #define E0_CS_PIN -1 #endif -#define E1_STEP_PIN 22 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 24 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 26 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 22 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 24 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 26 #ifndef E1_CS_PIN - #define E1_CS_PIN -1 + #define E1_CS_PIN -1 #endif -#define E2_STEP_PIN 25 -#define E2_DIR_PIN 23 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 27 +#define E2_STEP_PIN 25 +#define E2_DIR_PIN 23 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 27 #ifndef E2_CS_PIN - #define E2_CS_PIN -1 + #define E2_CS_PIN -1 #endif -#define E3_STEP_PIN 15 // Only For Extension Board -#define E3_DIR_PIN 14 -#define E3_ENABLE_PIN 61 +#define E3_STEP_PIN 15 // Only For Extension Board +#define E3_DIR_PIN 14 +#define E3_ENABLE_PIN 61 #ifndef E3_CS_PIN - #define E3_CS_PIN -1 + #define E3_CS_PIN -1 #endif // For Future: Microstepping pins - Mapping not from fastio.h (?) @@ -118,78 +118,78 @@ //#define E3_MS2_PIN ? //#define E3_MS3_PIN ? -#if USES_Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 49 +#if HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 49 #endif #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN Y_MIN_PIN #endif #endif // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 13 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 12 -#define HEATER_2_PIN 11 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 7 // BED H1 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 13 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 12 +#define HEATER_2_PIN 11 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 7 // BED H1 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 9 + #define FAN_PIN 9 #endif -#define FAN1_PIN 8 -#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 +#define FAN1_PIN 8 +#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // ANALOG A0 -#define TEMP_1_PIN 1 // ANALOG A1 -#define TEMP_2_PIN 2 // ANALOG A2 -#define TEMP_3_PIN 3 // ANALOG A3 -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 4 // ANALOG A4 +#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // ANALOG A0 +#define TEMP_1_PIN 1 // ANALOG A1 +#define TEMP_2_PIN 2 // ANALOG A2 +#define TEMP_3_PIN 3 // ANALOG A3 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 4 // ANALOG A4 // The thermocouple uses Analog pins -#if ENABLED(VER_WITH_THERMOCOUPLE) // Defined in Configuration.h - #define TEMP_4_PIN 5 // A5 - #define TEMP_5_PIN 6 // A6 (Marlin 2.0 not support) +#if ENABLED(VER_WITH_THERMOCOUPLE) // Defined in Configuration.h + #define TEMP_4_PIN 5 // A5 + #define TEMP_5_PIN 6 // A6 (Marlin 2.0 not support) #endif // SPI for Max6675 or Max31855 Thermocouple /* #if DISABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 53 + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 53 #else - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 49 + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 49 #endif */ // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 4 // 4,10,52 if using HW SPI. -#define LED_PIN -1 // 13 - HEATER_0_PIN -#define PS_ON_PIN -1 // 65 +#define SDSS 4 // 4,10,52 if using HW SPI. +#define LED_PIN -1 // 13 - HEATER_0_PIN +#define PS_ON_PIN -1 // 65 // MKS TFT / Nextion Use internal USART-1 -#define TFT_LCD_MODULE_COM 1 -#define TFT_LCD_MODULE_BAUDRATE 115600 +#define TFT_LCD_MODULE_COM 1 +#define TFT_LCD_MODULE_BAUDRATE 115600 // ESP WiFi Use internal USART-2 -#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_COM 2 -#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_BAUDRATE 115600 -#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_RESET_PIN -1 -#define PIGGY_GPIO_PIN -1 +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_COM 2 +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_BAUDRATE 115600 +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_RESET_PIN -1 +#define PIGGY_GPIO_PIN -1 // // EEPROM // -#define E2END 0x7FFF // 32Kb (24lc256) -#define I2C_EEPROM // EEPROM on I2C-0 -//#define EEPROM_SD // EEPROM on SDCARD -//#define SPI_EEPROM // EEPROM on SPI-0 +#define E2END 0x7FFF // 32Kb (24lc256) +#define I2C_EEPROM // EEPROM on I2C-0 +//#define EEPROM_SD // EEPROM on SDCARD +//#define SPI_EEPROM // EEPROM on SPI-0 //#define SPI_CHAN_EEPROM1 ? //#define SPI_EEPROM1_CS ? // 2K EEPROM @@ -203,72 +203,72 @@ #if HAS_SPI_LCD #if ANY(RADDS_DISPLAY, REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER, REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define BEEPER_PIN 62 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 48 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 50 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 52 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 53 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 51 + #define BEEPER_PIN 62 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 48 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 50 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 52 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 53 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 51 #endif #if EITHER(RADDS_DISPLAY, REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 63 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 64 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 63 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 64 #elif ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 52 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 53 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 52 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 53 #elif HAS_SSD1306_OLED_I2C - #define BEEPER_PIN 62 - #define LCD_SDSS 10 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 51 + #define BEEPER_PIN 62 + #define LCD_SDSS 10 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 51 #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) - #define BEEPER_PIN 62 - #define DOGLCD_CS 64 - #define DOGLCD_A0 63 + #define BEEPER_PIN 62 + #define DOGLCD_CS 64 + #define DOGLCD_A0 63 - //#define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // Use this if default of hardware SPI causes display problems - // results in LCD soft SPI mode 3, SD soft SPI mode 0 + //#define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // Use this if default of hardware SPI causes display problems + // results in LCD soft SPI mode 3, SD soft SPI mode 0 - #define LCD_RESET_PIN 48 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. + #define LCD_RESET_PIN 48 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 50 // D5 + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 50 // D5 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 52 // D6 + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 52 // D6 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 53 // D7 + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 53 // D7 #endif #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 50 // D5 + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 50 // D5 #endif #elif ENABLED(SPARK_FULL_GRAPHICS) //http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/other-electronics/sparklcd/ #error "Oops! SPARK_FULL_GRAPHICS not supported with RURAMPS4D." - //#define LCD_PINS_D4 29 //? - //#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 27 //? - //#define LCD_PINS_RS 25 //? - //#define BTN_EN1 35 //? - //#define BTN_EN2 33 //? - //#define BTN_ENC 37 //? + //#define LCD_PINS_D4 29 //? + //#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 27 //? + //#define LCD_PINS_RS 25 //? + //#define BTN_EN1 35 //? + //#define BTN_EN2 33 //? + //#define BTN_ENC 37 //? #endif // SPARK_FULL_GRAPHICS #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define BTN_EN1 44 - #define BTN_EN2 42 - #define BTN_ENC 40 + #define BTN_EN1 44 + #define BTN_EN2 42 + #define BTN_ENC 40 #endif #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RURAMPS4D_13.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RURAMPS4D_13.h index 6931654a7a..3ba6fd17cf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RURAMPS4D_13.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RURAMPS4D_13.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -41,141 +41,141 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 5 -#define SERVO1_PIN 3 +#define SERVO0_PIN 5 +#define SERVO1_PIN 3 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 45 -#define X_MAX_PIN 39 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 46 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 41 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 47 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 43 +#define X_MIN_PIN 45 +#define X_MAX_PIN 39 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 46 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 41 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 47 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 43 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 49 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 49 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 37 // Support Extension Board -#define X_DIR_PIN 36 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 31 +#define X_STEP_PIN 37 // Support Extension Board +#define X_DIR_PIN 36 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 31 #ifndef X_CS_PIN - #define X_CS_PIN 38 + #define X_CS_PIN 38 #endif -#define Y_STEP_PIN 32 // Support Extension Board -#define Y_DIR_PIN 35 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 31 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 32 // Support Extension Board +#define Y_DIR_PIN 35 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 31 #ifndef Y_CS_PIN - #define Y_CS_PIN 34 + #define Y_CS_PIN 34 #endif -#define Z_STEP_PIN 30 // Support Extension Board -#define Z_DIR_PIN 2 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 31 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 30 // Support Extension Board +#define Z_DIR_PIN 2 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 31 #ifndef Z_CS_PIN - #define Z_CS_PIN 10 + #define Z_CS_PIN 10 #endif -#define E0_STEP_PIN 29 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 33 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 29 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 33 #ifndef E0_CS_PIN - #define E0_CS_PIN 14 + #define E0_CS_PIN 14 #endif -#define E1_STEP_PIN 22 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 24 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 26 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 22 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 24 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 26 #ifndef E1_CS_PIN - #define E1_CS_PIN 15 + #define E1_CS_PIN 15 #endif -#define E2_STEP_PIN 25 -#define E2_DIR_PIN 23 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 27 +#define E2_STEP_PIN 25 +#define E2_DIR_PIN 23 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 27 #ifndef E2_CS_PIN - #define E2_CS_PIN 61 + #define E2_CS_PIN 61 #endif -#if USES_Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 49 +#if HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 49 #endif #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN Y_MIN_PIN #endif #endif // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 13 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 12 -#define HEATER_2_PIN 11 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 7 // BED H1 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 13 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 12 +#define HEATER_2_PIN 11 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 7 // BED H1 -#define FAN_PIN 9 -#define FAN1_PIN 8 -#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 +#define FAN_PIN 9 +#define FAN1_PIN 8 +#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // ANALOG A0 -#define TEMP_1_PIN 1 // ANALOG A1 -#define TEMP_2_PIN 2 // ANALOG A2 -#define TEMP_3_PIN 3 // ANALOG A3 -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 4 // ANALOG A4 +#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // ANALOG A0 +#define TEMP_1_PIN 1 // ANALOG A1 +#define TEMP_2_PIN 2 // ANALOG A2 +#define TEMP_3_PIN 3 // ANALOG A3 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 4 // ANALOG A4 // The thermocouple uses Analog pins -#if ENABLED(VER_WITH_THERMOCOUPLE) // Defined in Configuration.h - #define TEMP_4_PIN 5 // A5 - #define TEMP_5_PIN 6 // A6 (Marlin 2.0 not support) +#if ENABLED(VER_WITH_THERMOCOUPLE) // Defined in Configuration.h + #define TEMP_4_PIN 5 // A5 + #define TEMP_5_PIN 6 // A6 (Marlin 2.0 not support) #endif // SPI for Max6675 or Max31855 Thermocouple /* #if DISABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 53 + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 53 #else - #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 49 + #define MAX6675_SS_PIN 49 #endif */ // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 4 // 4,10,52 if using HW SPI. -#define LED_PIN -1 // 13 - HEATER_0_PIN -#define PS_ON_PIN -1 // 65 +#define SDSS 4 // 4,10,52 if using HW SPI. +#define LED_PIN -1 // 13 - HEATER_0_PIN +#define PS_ON_PIN -1 // 65 // MKS TFT / Nextion Use internal USART-1 -#define TFT_LCD_MODULE_COM 1 -#define TFT_LCD_MODULE_BAUDRATE 115200 +#define TFT_LCD_MODULE_COM 1 +#define TFT_LCD_MODULE_BAUDRATE 115200 // ESP WiFi Use internal USART-2 -#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_COM 2 -#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_BAUDRATE 115200 -#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_RESET_PIN -1 -#define PIGGY_GPIO_PIN -1 +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_COM 2 +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_BAUDRATE 115200 +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_RESET_PIN -1 +#define PIGGY_GPIO_PIN -1 // // EEPROM // -#define E2END 0x7FFF // 32Kb (24lc256) -#define I2C_EEPROM // EEPROM on I2C-0 -//#define EEPROM_SD // EEPROM on SDCARD -//#define SPI_EEPROM // EEPROM on SPI-0 +#define E2END 0x7FFF // 32Kb (24lc256) +#define I2C_EEPROM // EEPROM on I2C-0 +//#define EEPROM_SD // EEPROM on SDCARD +//#define SPI_EEPROM // EEPROM on SPI-0 //#define SPI_CHAN_EEPROM1 ? //#define SPI_EEPROM1_CS ? // 2K EEPROM @@ -189,70 +189,70 @@ #if HAS_SPI_LCD #if ANY(RADDS_DISPLAY, REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER, REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define BEEPER_PIN 62 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 48 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 50 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 52 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 53 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 51 + #define BEEPER_PIN 62 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 48 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 50 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 52 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 53 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 51 #endif #if EITHER(RADDS_DISPLAY, REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 63 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 64 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 63 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 64 #elif ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 52 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 53 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 52 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 53 #elif HAS_SSD1306_OLED_I2C - #define BEEPER_PIN 62 - #define LCD_SDSS 10 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 51 + #define BEEPER_PIN 62 + #define LCD_SDSS 10 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 51 #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) - #define BEEPER_PIN 62 - #define DOGLCD_CS 64 - #define DOGLCD_A0 63 + #define BEEPER_PIN 62 + #define DOGLCD_CS 64 + #define DOGLCD_A0 63 - //#define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // Use this if default of hardware SPI causes display problems - // results in LCD soft SPI mode 3, SD soft SPI mode 0 + //#define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // Use this if default of hardware SPI causes display problems + // results in LCD soft SPI mode 3, SD soft SPI mode 0 - #define LCD_RESET_PIN 48 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. + #define LCD_RESET_PIN 48 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 50 // D5 + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 50 // D5 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 52 // D6 + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 52 // D6 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 53 // D7 + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 53 // D7 #endif #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 50 // D5 + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 50 // D5 #endif #elif ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) - #define ORIG_BEEPER_PIN 62 + #define ORIG_BEEPER_PIN 62 - #define DOGLCD_A0 52 - #define DOGLCD_CS 50 + #define DOGLCD_A0 52 + #define DOGLCD_CS 50 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 51 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 51 #endif #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define BTN_EN1 44 - #define BTN_EN2 42 - #define BTN_ENC 40 + #define BTN_EN1 44 + #define BTN_EN2 42 + #define BTN_ENC 40 #endif #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_ULTRATRONICS_PRO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_ULTRATRONICS_PRO.h index 94fb7cddc1..ae01d5da4c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_ULTRATRONICS_PRO.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_ULTRATRONICS_PRO.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -35,140 +35,140 @@ // Servos // #if NUM_SERVOS > 0 - #define SERVO0_PIN 11 + #define SERVO0_PIN 11 #if NUM_SERVOS > 1 - #define SERVO1_PIN 12 + #define SERVO1_PIN 12 #endif #endif // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 31 -#define X_MAX_PIN 30 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 12 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 11 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 29 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 28 +#define X_MIN_PIN 31 +#define X_MAX_PIN 30 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 12 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 11 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 29 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 28 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 35 -#define X_DIR_PIN 34 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 37 +#define X_STEP_PIN 35 +#define X_DIR_PIN 34 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 37 #ifndef X_CS_PIN - #define X_CS_PIN 18 + #define X_CS_PIN 18 #endif -#define Y_STEP_PIN 22 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 23 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 33 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 22 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 23 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 33 #ifndef Y_CS_PIN - #define Y_CS_PIN 19 + #define Y_CS_PIN 19 #endif -#define Z_STEP_PIN 25 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 26 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 25 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 26 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 24 #ifndef Z_CS_PIN - #define Z_CS_PIN 16 + #define Z_CS_PIN 16 #endif -#define E0_STEP_PIN 47 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 46 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 48 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 47 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 46 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 48 #ifndef E0_CS_PIN - #define E0_CS_PIN 17 + #define E0_CS_PIN 17 #endif -#define E1_STEP_PIN 44 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 36 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 45 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 44 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 36 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 45 #ifndef E1_CS_PIN - #define E1_CS_PIN -1 + #define E1_CS_PIN -1 #endif -#define E2_STEP_PIN 42 -#define E2_DIR_PIN 41 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 43 +#define E2_STEP_PIN 42 +#define E2_DIR_PIN 41 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 43 #ifndef E2_CS_PIN - #define E2_CS_PIN -1 + #define E2_CS_PIN -1 #endif -#define E3_STEP_PIN 39 -#define E3_DIR_PIN 38 -#define E3_ENABLE_PIN 40 +#define E3_STEP_PIN 39 +#define E3_DIR_PIN 38 +#define E3_ENABLE_PIN 40 #ifndef E3_CS_PIN - #define E3_CS_PIN -1 + #define E3_CS_PIN -1 #endif // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_2_PIN 3 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_3_PIN 4 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_2_PIN 3 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_3_PIN 4 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // Analog Input // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 3 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 8 -#define HEATER_2_PIN 7 -#define HEATER_3_PIN 9 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 2 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 3 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 8 +#define HEATER_2_PIN 7 +#define HEATER_3_PIN 9 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 2 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 6 + #define FAN_PIN 6 #endif -#define FAN2_PIN 5 +#define FAN2_PIN 5 // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 59 -#define SD_DETECT_PIN 60 -#define LED_PIN 13 -#define PS_ON_PIN 32 +#define SDSS 59 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN 60 +#define LED_PIN 13 +#define PS_ON_PIN 32 // // SPI Buses // -#define DAC0_SYNC 53 // PB14 -#define SPI_CHAN_DAC 1 +#define DAC0_SYNC 53 // PB14 +#define SPI_CHAN_DAC 1 -#define SPI_CHAN_EEPROM1 -1 -#define SPI_EEPROM1_CS -1 -#define SPI_EEPROM2_CS -1 -#define SPI_FLASH_CS -1 +#define SPI_CHAN_EEPROM1 -1 +#define SPI_EEPROM1_CS -1 +#define SPI_EEPROM2_CS -1 +#define SPI_FLASH_CS -1 // SPI for Max6675 or Max31855 Thermocouple -#define MAX6675_SS_PIN 65 -#define MAX31855_SS0 65 -#define MAX31855_SS1 52 -#define MAX31855_SS2 50 -#define MAX31855_SS3 51 +#define MAX6675_SS_PIN 65 +#define MAX31855_SS0 65 +#define MAX31855_SS1 52 +#define MAX31855_SS2 50 +#define MAX31855_SS3 51 -#define ENC424_SS 61 +#define ENC424_SS 61 // // LCD / Controller // -#define BEEPER_PIN 27 +#define BEEPER_PIN 27 #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) - #define LCD_PINS_RS A8 // CS chip select / SS chip slave select - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE MOSI // SID (MOSI) - #define LCD_PINS_D4 SCK // SCK (CLK) clock + #define LCD_PINS_RS A8 // CS chip select / SS chip slave select + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE MOSI // SID (MOSI) + #define LCD_PINS_D4 SCK // SCK (CLK) clock - #define BTN_EN1 20 - #define BTN_EN2 21 - #define BTN_ENC 64 + #define BTN_EN1 20 + #define BTN_EN2 21 + #define BTN_ENC 64 #endif // REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/samd/pins_RAMPS_144.h b/Marlin/src/pins/samd/pins_RAMPS_144.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b7d5172e0d --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/samd/pins_RAMPS_144.h @@ -0,0 +1,611 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * AGCM4 with RAMPS v1.4.4 pin assignments + */ + +#ifndef ARDUINO_GRAND_CENTRAL_M4 + #error "Oops! Select 'Adafruit Grand Central M4' in 'Tools > Board.'" +#endif + +#ifndef BOARD_INFO_NAME + #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "AGCM4 RAMPS 1.4.4" +#endif + +// +// Servos +// +#define SERVO0_PIN 11 +#define SERVO1_PIN 6 +#define SERVO2_PIN 5 +#define SERVO3_PIN 4 + +// +// EEPROM +// +#define E2END 0x7FFF // 32Kb (24lc256) +#define I2C_EEPROM // EEPROM on I2C-0 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN 3 +#define X_MAX_PIN 2 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 14 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 15 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 18 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 19 + +// +// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) +// +#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 18 +#endif + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN 67 // Mega/Due:54 - AGCM4:67 +#define X_DIR_PIN 68 // Mega/Due:55 - AGCM4:68 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 38 +#ifndef X_CS_PIN + #define X_CS_PIN 47 +#endif + +#define Y_STEP_PIN 73 // Mega/Due:60 - AGCM4:73 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 74 // Mega/Due:61 - AGCM4:74 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 69 // Mega/Due:56 - AGCM4:69 +#ifndef Y_CS_PIN + #define Y_CS_PIN 45 +#endif + +#define Z_STEP_PIN 46 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 48 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 54 // Mega/Due:62 - AGCM4:54 +#ifndef Z_CS_PIN + #define Z_CS_PIN 32 +#endif + +#define Z2_STEP_PIN 36 +#define Z2_DIR_PIN 34 +#define Z2_ENABLE_PIN 30 +#ifndef Z2_CS_PIN + #define Z2_CS_PIN 22 +#endif + +#define E0_STEP_PIN 26 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 28 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#ifndef E0_CS_PIN + #define E0_CS_PIN 43 +#endif + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN 13 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 +#define TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN 15 + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN 10 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 8 +#define FAN_PIN 9 +#define FAN1_PIN 7 +#define FAN2_PIN 12 + +// +// Misc. Functions +// +#define SDSS 53 +#define LED_PIN 13 + +#ifndef FILWIDTH_PIN + #define FILWIDTH_PIN 5 // Analog Input on AUX2 +#endif + +// RAMPS 1.4 DIO 4 on the servos connector +#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 4 +#endif + +#ifndef PS_ON_PIN + #define PS_ON_PIN 39 +#endif + +#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) && !defined(CASE_LIGHT_PIN) && !defined(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN) + #if NUM_SERVOS <= 1 // Prefer the servo connector + #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 6 // Hardware PWM + #endif +#endif + +// +// M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control +// +#if HAS_CUTTER && !defined(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN) + #if !NUM_SERVOS // Use servo connector if possible + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 4 // Pullup or pulldown! + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 6 // Hardware PWM + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 5 + #else + #error "No auto-assignable Spindle/Laser pins available." + #endif +#endif + +// +// TMC software SPI +// +#if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) + #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI + #define TMC_SW_MOSI 58 // Mega/Due:66 - AGCM4:58 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO + #define TMC_SW_MISO 44 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK + #define TMC_SW_SCK 56 // Mega/Due:64 - AGCM4:56 + #endif +#endif + +#if HAS_TMC_UART + /** + * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers + * + * Hardware serial communication ports. + * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below + */ + //#define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + + // + // Software serial + // + + #ifndef X_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN 47 + #endif + #ifndef X_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN 47 + #endif + #ifndef X2_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define X2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef X2_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define X2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif + + #ifndef Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN 45 + #endif + #ifndef Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN 45 + #endif + #ifndef Y2_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define Y2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef Y2_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define Y2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif + + #ifndef Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN 32 + #endif + #ifndef Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN 32 + #endif + #ifndef Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN 22 + #endif + #ifndef Z2_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define Z2_SERIAL_RX_PIN 22 + #endif + + #ifndef E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN 43 + #endif + #ifndef E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN 43 + #endif + #ifndef E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E3_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E3_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E3_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E3_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E4_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E4_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E5_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E5_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E5_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E5_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E6_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E6_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E6_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E6_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E7_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E7_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E7_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E7_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif +#endif + +////////////////////////// +// LCDs and Controllers // +////////////////////////// + +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + + // + // LCD Display output pins + // + #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) + + // TO TEST + // #define LCD_PINS_RS 49 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select + // #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 51 // SID (MOSI) + // #define LCD_PINS_D4 52 // SCK (CLK) clock + + #elif BOTH(NEWPANEL, PANEL_ONE) + + // TO TEST + // #define LCD_PINS_RS 40 + // #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 42 + // #define LCD_PINS_D4 57 // Mega/Due:65 - AGCM4:57 + // #define LCD_PINS_D5 58 // Mega/Due:66 - AGCM4:58 + // #define LCD_PINS_D6 44 + // #define LCD_PINS_D7 56 // Mega/Due:64 - AGCM4:56 + + #else + + #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) + + // TO TEST + // #define LCD_PINS_RS 27 + // #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 29 + // #define LCD_PINS_D4 25 + + #if DISABLED(NEWPANEL) + // TO TEST + // #define BEEPER_PIN 37 + #endif + + #elif ENABLED(ZONESTAR_LCD) + + // TO TEST + // #define LCD_PINS_RS 56 // Mega/Due:64 - AGCM4:56 + // #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 44 + // #define LCD_PINS_D4 55 // Mega/Due:63 - AGCM4:55 + // #define LCD_PINS_D5 40 + // #define LCD_PINS_D6 42 + // #define LCD_PINS_D7 57 // Mega/Due:65 - AGCM4:57 + + #else + + #if EITHER(MKS_12864OLED, MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306) + // TO TEST + // #define LCD_PINS_DC 25 // Set as output on init + // #define LCD_PINS_RS 27 // Pull low for 1s to init + // DOGM SPI LCD Support + // #define DOGLCD_CS 16 + // #define DOGLCD_MOSI 17 + // #define DOGLCD_SCK 23 + // #define DOGLCD_A0 LCD_PINS_DC + #else + #define LCD_PINS_RS 16 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 23 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 25 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 27 + #endif + + #define LCD_PINS_D7 29 + + #if DISABLED(NEWPANEL) + #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + #endif + + #endif + + #if DISABLED(NEWPANEL) + // Buttons attached to a shift register + // Not wired yet + //#define SHIFT_CLK 38 + //#define SHIFT_LD 42 + //#define SHIFT_OUT 40 + //#define SHIFT_EN 17 + #endif + + #endif + + // + // LCD Display input pins + // + #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) + + #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) + + #define BEEPER_PIN 37 + + #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) + // TO TEST + // #define BTN_EN1 17 + // #define BTN_EN2 23 + #else + #define BTN_EN1 31 + #define BTN_EN2 33 + #endif + + #define BTN_ENC 35 + #ifndef SD_DETECT_PIN + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #endif + #define KILL_PIN 41 + + #if ENABLED(BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER) + // TO TEST + // #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 39 + #endif + + #elif ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) + + // TO TEST + // #define BTN_EN1 56 // Mega/Due:64 - AGCM4:56 + // #define BTN_EN2 72 // Mega/Due:59 - AGCM4:72 + // #define BTN_ENC 55 + // #define SD_DETECT_PIN 42 + + #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2) + + // TO TEST + // #define BTN_EN1 47 + // #define BTN_EN2 43 + // #define BTN_ENC 32 + // #define LCD_SDSS SDSS + // #define KILL_PIN 41 + + #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_VIKI) + + // TO TEST + // #define BTN_EN1 40 // http://files.panucatt.com/datasheets/viki_wiring_diagram.pdf explains 40/42. + // #define BTN_EN2 42 + // #define BTN_ENC -1 + + // #define LCD_SDSS SDSS + // #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + + #elif ANY(VIKI2, miniVIKI) + + // TO TEST + // #define DOGLCD_CS 45 + // #define DOGLCD_A0 44 + // #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 + + // #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + // #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 32 + // #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 35 + + // #define BTN_EN1 22 + // #define BTN_EN2 7 + // #define BTN_ENC 39 + + // #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Pin 49 for display SD interface, 72 for easy adapter board + // #define KILL_PIN 31 + + #elif ENABLED(ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER) + + // TO TEST + // #define DOGLCD_CS 29 + // #define DOGLCD_A0 27 + + // #define BEEPER_PIN 23 + // #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 33 + + // #define BTN_EN1 35 + // #define BTN_EN2 37 + // #define BTN_ENC 31 + + // #define LCD_SDSS SDSS + // #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + // #define KILL_PIN 41 + + #elif EITHER(MKS_MINI_12864, FYSETC_MINI_12864) + + // TO TEST + //#define BEEPER_PIN 37 + //#define BTN_ENC 35 + //#define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + + //#ifndef KILL_PIN + // #define KILL_PIN 41 + //#endif + + #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) // Added in Marlin 1.1.6 + + // TO TEST + // #define DOGLCD_A0 27 + // #define DOGLCD_CS 25 + + // GLCD features + // Uncomment screen orientation + // #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_90 + // #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 + // #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270 + + // not connected to a pin + // #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 57 // backlight LED on A11/D? (Mega/Due:65 - AGCM4:57) + + // #define BTN_EN1 31 + // #define BTN_EN2 33 + + #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) + + // From https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8 + + // TO TEST + // #define DOGLCD_A0 16 + // #define DOGLCD_CS 17 + + // #define BTN_EN1 33 + // #define BTN_EN2 31 + + //#define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // Use this if default of hardware SPI causes display problems + // results in LCD soft SPI mode 3, SD soft SPI mode 0 + + // #define LCD_RESET_PIN 23 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. + + #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) + #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN + // TO TEST + // #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 25 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN + // TO TEST + // #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 27 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN + // TO TEST + // #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 29 + #endif + #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) + // TO TEST + // #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 25 + #endif + + #endif + + #elif ENABLED(MINIPANEL) + + // TO TEST + // #define BEEPER_PIN 42 + // not connected to a pin + // #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 57 // backlight LED on A11/D? (Mega/Due:65 - AGCM4:57) + + // #define DOGLCD_A0 44 + // #define DOGLCD_CS 58 // Mega/Due:66 - AGCM4:58 + + // GLCD features + // Uncomment screen orientation + // #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_90 + // #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 + // #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270 + + // #define BTN_EN1 40 + // #define BTN_EN2 55 // Mega/Due:63 - AGCM4:55 + // #define BTN_ENC 72 // Mega/Due:59 - AGCM4:72 + + // #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + // #define KILL_PIN 56 // Mega/Due:64 - AGCM4:56 + + #elif ENABLED(ZONESTAR_LCD) + + // TO TEST + // #define ADC_KEYPAD_PIN 12 + + #elif ENABLED(AZSMZ_12864) + + // TO TEST + + #else + + // Beeper on AUX-4 + // #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + + // Buttons are directly attached to AUX-2 + #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) + // TO TEST + // #define SHIFT_OUT 40 + // #define SHIFT_CLK 44 + // #define SHIFT_LD 42 + // #define BTN_EN1 56 // Mega/Due:64 - AGCM4:56 + // #define BTN_EN2 72 // Mega/Due:59 - AGCM4:72 + // #define BTN_ENC 55 // Mega/Due:63 - AGCM4:55 + #elif ENABLED(PANEL_ONE) + // TO TEST + // #define BTN_EN1 72 // AUX2 PIN 3 (Mega/Due:59 - AGCM4:72) + // #define BTN_EN2 55 // AUX2 PIN 4 (Mega/Due:63 - AGCM4:55) + // #define BTN_ENC 49 // AUX3 PIN 7 + #else + // TO TEST + // #define BTN_EN1 37 + // #define BTN_EN2 35 + // #define BTN_ENC 31 + #endif + + #if ENABLED(G3D_PANEL) + // TO TEST + // #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + // #define KILL_PIN 41 + #endif + + #endif + #endif // NEWPANEL + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD + +// +// SD Support +// +#ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION + #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD +#endif + +#if SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) + #undef SDSS + #define SDSS 83 + #undef SD_DETECT_PIN + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 95 +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_ANET_10.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_ANET_10.h index 81c479c85a..73145a3cdb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_ANET_10.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_ANET_10.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -98,50 +98,50 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 18 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 19 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 20 +#define X_STOP_PIN 18 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 19 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 20 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 15 -#define X_DIR_PIN 21 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 14 +#define X_STEP_PIN 15 +#define X_DIR_PIN 21 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 14 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 22 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 23 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 14 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 22 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 23 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 14 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 3 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 2 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 26 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 3 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 2 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 26 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 1 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 0 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 14 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 1 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 0 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 14 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 7 // Analog Input (pin 33 extruder) -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 6 // Analog Input (pin 34 bed) +#define TEMP_0_PIN 7 // Analog Input (pin 33 extruder) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 6 // Analog Input (pin 34 bed) // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 13 // (extruder) -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 12 // (bed) +#define HEATER_0_PIN 13 // (extruder) +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 12 // (bed) #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 4 + #define FAN_PIN 4 #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 31 -#define LED_PIN -1 +#define SDSS 31 +#define LED_PIN -1 /** * LCD / Controller @@ -153,42 +153,36 @@ */ #if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define LCD_SDSS 28 + #define LCD_SDSS 28 #if ENABLED(ADC_KEYPAD) - #define SERVO0_PIN 27 // free for BLTouch/3D-Touch - #define LCD_PINS_RS 28 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 29 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 10 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 11 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 16 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 17 - #define ADC_KEYPAD_PIN 1 + #define SERVO0_PIN 27 // free for BLTouch/3D-Touch + #define LCD_PINS_RS 28 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 29 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 10 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 11 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 16 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 17 + #define ADC_KEYPAD_PIN 1 #elif EITHER(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER, ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD) // Pin definitions for the Anet A6 Full Graphics display and the RepRapDiscount Full Graphics // display using an adapter board // https://go.aisler.net/benlye/anet-lcd-adapter/pcb // See below for alternative pin definitions for use with https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2103748 - #define SERVO0_PIN 29 // free for BLTouch/3D-Touch - #define BEEPER_PIN 17 - #define LCD_PINS_RS 27 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 28 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 30 - #define BTN_EN1 11 - #define BTN_EN2 10 - #define BTN_ENC 16 - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(0) - #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(63) - #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) - #endif - #define STD_ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - #define STD_ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 + #define SERVO0_PIN 29 // free for BLTouch/3D-Touch + #define BEEPER_PIN 17 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 27 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 28 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 30 + #define BTN_EN1 11 + #define BTN_EN2 10 + #define BTN_ENC 16 + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(0) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(63) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) + #define STD_ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 + #define STD_ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 #endif #else - #define SERVO0_PIN 27 + #define SERVO0_PIN 27 #endif /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_AZTEEG_X1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_AZTEEG_X1.h index 4140dc4b95..4c991c5e9e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_AZTEEG_X1.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_AZTEEG_X1.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN3_MONOLITHIC.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN3_MONOLITHIC.h index 3059f6c898..b9a917d65d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN3_MONOLITHIC.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN3_MONOLITHIC.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -55,47 +55,47 @@ #endif #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Gen3 Monolithic" -#define DEBUG_PIN 0 +#define DEBUG_PIN 0 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 20 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 25 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 30 +#define X_STOP_PIN 20 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 25 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 30 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 15 -#define X_DIR_PIN 18 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 24 // actually uses Y_enable_pin +#define X_STEP_PIN 15 +#define X_DIR_PIN 18 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 24 // actually uses Y_enable_pin -#define Y_STEP_PIN 23 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 22 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 24 // shared with X_enable_pin +#define Y_STEP_PIN 23 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 22 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 24 // shared with X_enable_pin -#define Z_STEP_PIN 27 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 28 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 29 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 27 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 28 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 29 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 12 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 17 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 3 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 12 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 17 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 3 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input // // Heaters // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 16 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 16 // // Misc. Functions // -#define PS_ON_PIN 14 // Alex, does this work on the card? +#define PS_ON_PIN 14 // Alex, does this work on the card? // Alex extras from Gen3+ diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN3_PLUS.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN3_PLUS.h index e370a888f3..6cd6fdaf27 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN3_PLUS.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN3_PLUS.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -50,7 +50,6 @@ * */ - #if !defined(__AVR_ATmega644P__) && !defined(__AVR_ATmega1284P__) #error "Oops! Select 'Sanguino' in 'Tools > Boards' and 'ATmega644P' or 'ATmega1284P' in 'Tools > Processor.'" #endif @@ -60,43 +59,43 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 20 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 25 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 30 +#define X_STOP_PIN 20 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 25 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 30 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 15 -#define X_DIR_PIN 18 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 19 +#define X_STEP_PIN 15 +#define X_DIR_PIN 18 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 19 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 23 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 22 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 23 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 22 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 24 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 27 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 28 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 29 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 27 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 28 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 29 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 17 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 21 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 13 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 17 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 21 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 13 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input (pin 33 extruder) -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 5 // Analog Input (pin 34 bed) +#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input (pin 33 extruder) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 5 // Analog Input (pin 34 bed) // // Heaters // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 12 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 16 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 12 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 16 // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 4 -#define PS_ON_PIN 14 +#define SDSS 4 +#define PS_ON_PIN 14 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN6.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN6.h index 294b4df2f5..0d2449ae6e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN6.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN6.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -63,58 +63,58 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 20 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 25 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 30 +#define X_STOP_PIN 20 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 25 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 30 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 15 -#define X_DIR_PIN 18 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 19 +#define X_STEP_PIN 15 +#define X_DIR_PIN 18 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 19 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 23 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 22 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 23 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 22 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 24 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 27 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 28 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 29 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 27 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 28 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 29 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 4 // Edited @ EJE Electronics 20100715 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 2 // Edited @ EJE Electronics 20100715 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 3 // Added @ EJE Electronics 20100715 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 4 // Edited @ EJE Electronics 20100715 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 2 // Edited @ EJE Electronics 20100715 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 3 // Added @ EJE Electronics 20100715 // // Temperature Sensor // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 5 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 5 // Analog Input // // Heaters // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 14 // changed @ rkoeppl 20110410 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 14 // changed @ rkoeppl 20110410 #if !MB(GEN6) - #define HEATER_BED_PIN 1 // changed @ rkoeppl 20110410 - #define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // Analog Input + #define HEATER_BED_PIN 1 // changed @ rkoeppl 20110410 + #define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // Analog Input #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 17 -#define DEBUG_PIN 0 -#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 16 // Hardware PWM +#define SDSS 17 +#define DEBUG_PIN 0 +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 16 // Hardware PWM // RS485 pins -#define TX_ENABLE_PIN 12 -#define RX_ENABLE_PIN 13 +#define TX_ENABLE_PIN 12 +#define RX_ENABLE_PIN 13 // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // -#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 5 // Pullup or pulldown! -#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 16 // Hardware PWM -#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 6 +#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 5 // Pullup or pulldown! +#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 16 // Hardware PWM +#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 6 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN6_DELUXE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN6_DELUXE.h index fc4d8b6e10..14e1c67b6f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN6_DELUXE.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN6_DELUXE.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN7_12.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN7_12.h index 53e4e04df8..bb0e44a300 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN7_12.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN7_12.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -61,90 +61,89 @@ #endif #ifndef GEN7_VERSION - #define GEN7_VERSION 12 // v1.x + #define GEN7_VERSION 12 // v1.x #endif // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 7 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 5 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 1 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 0 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 2 -#define X_MAX_PIN 6 - +#define X_MIN_PIN 7 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 5 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 1 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 0 +#define Y_MAX_PIN 2 +#define X_MAX_PIN 6 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 0 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 0 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 19 -#define X_DIR_PIN 18 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define X_STEP_PIN 19 +#define X_DIR_PIN 18 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 24 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 23 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 22 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 23 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 22 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 24 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 26 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 25 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 26 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 25 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 24 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 28 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 27 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 28 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 27 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 2 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 2 // Analog Input // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 4 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 3 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 4 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 3 -#if !defined(FAN_PIN) && GEN7_VERSION < 13 // Gen7 v1.3 removed the fan pin - #define FAN_PIN 31 +#if !defined(FAN_PIN) && GEN7_VERSION < 13 // Gen7 v1.3 removed the fan pin + #define FAN_PIN 31 #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define PS_ON_PIN 15 +#define PS_ON_PIN 15 #if GEN7_VERSION < 13 - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 16 // Hardware PWM -#else // Gen7 v1.3 removed the I2C connector & signals so need to get PWM off the PC power supply header - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 15 // Hardware PWM + #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 16 // Hardware PWM +#else // Gen7 v1.3 removed the I2C connector & signals so need to get PWM off the PC power supply header + #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 15 // Hardware PWM #endif // All these generations of Gen7 supply thermistor power // via PS_ON, so ignore bad thermistor readings -//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 +//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 -#define DEBUG_PIN 0 +#define DEBUG_PIN 0 // RS485 pins -#define TX_ENABLE_PIN 12 -#define RX_ENABLE_PIN 13 +#define TX_ENABLE_PIN 12 +#define RX_ENABLE_PIN 13 // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // -#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 10 // Pullup or pulldown! -#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 11 +#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 10 // Pullup or pulldown! +#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 11 #if GEN7_VERSION < 13 - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 16 // Hardware PWM -#else // Gen7 v1.3 removed the I2C connector & signals so need to get PWM off the PC power supply header - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 15 // Hardware PWM + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 16 // Hardware PWM +#else // Gen7 v1.3 removed the I2C connector & signals so need to get PWM off the PC power supply header + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 15 // Hardware PWM #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN7_13.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN7_13.h index 7f66ac1a9a..728dfd8a5c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN7_13.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN7_13.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN7_14.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN7_14.h index df18f6e781..9dc9f2808b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN7_14.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN7_14.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -58,62 +58,62 @@ #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Gen7 v1.4" -#define GEN7_VERSION 14 // v1.4 +#define GEN7_VERSION 14 // v1.4 // // Limit switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 0 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 1 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 2 +#define X_STOP_PIN 0 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 1 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 2 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 29 -#define X_DIR_PIN 28 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 25 +#define X_STEP_PIN 29 +#define X_DIR_PIN 28 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 25 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 27 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 26 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 25 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 27 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 26 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 25 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 23 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 22 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 25 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 23 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 22 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 25 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 19 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 18 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 25 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 19 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 18 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 25 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // Analog Input // // Heaters // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 4 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 3 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 4 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 3 // // Misc. Functions // -#define PS_ON_PIN 15 -#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 15 // Hardware PWM +#define PS_ON_PIN 15 +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 15 // Hardware PWM // A pin for debugging -#define DEBUG_PIN 0 +#define DEBUG_PIN 0 // RS485 pins -#define TX_ENABLE_PIN 12 -#define RX_ENABLE_PIN 13 +#define TX_ENABLE_PIN 12 +#define RX_ENABLE_PIN 13 // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // -#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 20 // Pullup or pulldown! -#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 16 // Hardware PWM -#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 21 +#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 20 // Pullup or pulldown! +#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 16 // Hardware PWM +#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 21 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN7_CUSTOM.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN7_CUSTOM.h index 8605f0d469..67a9762fa0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN7_CUSTOM.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_GEN7_CUSTOM.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -64,76 +64,76 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 0 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 1 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 2 +#define X_STOP_PIN 0 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 1 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 2 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 21 // different from standard GEN7 -#define X_DIR_PIN 20 // different from standard GEN7 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define X_STEP_PIN 21 // different from standard GEN7 +#define X_DIR_PIN 20 // different from standard GEN7 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 24 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 23 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 22 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 23 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 22 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 24 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 26 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 25 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 26 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 25 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 24 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 28 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 27 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 28 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 27 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 2 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // Analog Input (pin 34 bed) +#define TEMP_0_PIN 2 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // Analog Input (pin 34 bed) // // Heaters // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 4 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 3 // (bed) +#define HEATER_0_PIN 4 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 3 // (bed) // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 31 // SCL pin of I2C header || CS Pin for SD Card support -#define PS_ON_PIN 19 -#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 15 // Hardware PWM +#define SDSS 31 // SCL pin of I2C header || CS Pin for SD Card support +#define PS_ON_PIN 19 +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 15 // Hardware PWM // A pin for debugging -#define DEBUG_PIN -1 +#define DEBUG_PIN -1 // // LCD / Controller // -#define BEEPER_PIN -1 +#define BEEPER_PIN -1 // 4bit LCD Support -#define LCD_PINS_RS 18 -#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 -#define LCD_PINS_D4 16 -#define LCD_PINS_D5 15 -#define LCD_PINS_D6 13 -#define LCD_PINS_D7 14 +#define LCD_PINS_RS 18 +#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 +#define LCD_PINS_D4 16 +#define LCD_PINS_D5 15 +#define LCD_PINS_D6 13 +#define LCD_PINS_D7 14 // Buttons are directly attached -#define BTN_EN1 11 -#define BTN_EN2 10 -#define BTN_ENC 12 +#define BTN_EN1 11 +#define BTN_EN2 10 +#define BTN_ENC 12 // RS485 pins -//#define TX_ENABLE_PIN 12 -//#define RX_ENABLE_PIN 13 +//#define TX_ENABLE_PIN 12 +//#define RX_ENABLE_PIN 13 // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // -#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 5 // Pullup or pulldown! -#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 16 // Hardware PWM -#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 6 +#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 5 // Pullup or pulldown! +#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 16 // Hardware PWM +#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 6 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI.h index 1ccf5ac064..b73c1150de 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -29,5 +29,4 @@ #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Melzi" #endif -#define IS_MELZI #include "pins_SANGUINOLOLU_12.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_CREALITY.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_CREALITY.h index 8d15c7c31a..10a52705e7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_CREALITY.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_CREALITY.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ #include "pins_MELZI.h" -// For the stock CR-10 use the REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER -// option for the display in Configuration.h - +// +// For the stock CR-10 enable CR10_STOCKDISPLAY in Configuration.h +// #undef LCD_SDSS #undef LED_PIN #undef LCD_PINS_RS @@ -46,32 +46,28 @@ #undef LCD_PINS_D5 #undef LCD_PINS_D6 #undef LCD_PINS_D7 -#undef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN // Uses Beeper/LED Pin Pulled to GND +#undef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN // Uses Beeper/LED Pin Pulled to GND -#define LCD_SDSS 31 // Smart Controller SD card reader (rather than the Melzi) -#define LCD_PINS_RS 28 // ST9720 CS -#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 // ST9720 DAT -#define LCD_PINS_D4 30 // ST9720 CLK +#define LCD_SDSS 31 // Smart Controller SD card reader (rather than the Melzi) +#define LCD_PINS_RS 28 // ST9720 CS +#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 // ST9720 DAT +#define LCD_PINS_D4 30 // ST9720 CLK #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - #define SERVO0_PIN 27 + #define SERVO0_PIN 27 #undef BEEPER_PIN #endif // Alter timing for graphical display -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) #endif #if ENABLED(MINIPANEL) #undef DOGLCD_CS - #define DOGLCD_CS LCD_PINS_RS + #define DOGLCD_CS LCD_PINS_RS #endif /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_MAKR3D.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_MAKR3D.h index ef1f1332c1..59baa2d6dd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_MAKR3D.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_MAKR3D.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_MALYAN.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_MALYAN.h index eab9940816..8e682453b4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_MALYAN.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_MALYAN.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -36,20 +36,16 @@ #undef BTN_EN2 #undef BTN_ENC -#define LCD_PINS_RS 17 // ST9720 CS -#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 16 // ST9720 DAT -#define LCD_PINS_D4 11 // ST9720 CLK -#define BTN_EN1 30 -#define BTN_EN2 29 -#define BTN_ENC 28 +#define LCD_PINS_RS 17 // ST9720 CS +#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 16 // ST9720 DAT +#define LCD_PINS_D4 11 // ST9720 CLK +#define BTN_EN1 30 +#define BTN_EN2 29 +#define BTN_ENC 28 // Alter timing for graphical display -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_TRONXY.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_TRONXY.h index b49f94998f..88b80dfb89 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_TRONXY.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_TRONXY.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -40,23 +40,19 @@ #undef BTN_ENC #undef LCD_SDSS -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 14 -#define LCD_PINS_RS 30 -#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 28 -#define LCD_PINS_D4 16 -#define LCD_PINS_D5 17 -#define LCD_PINS_D6 27 -#define LCD_PINS_D7 29 -#define BTN_EN1 10 -#define BTN_EN2 11 -#define BTN_ENC 26 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 14 +#define LCD_PINS_RS 30 +#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 28 +#define LCD_PINS_D4 16 +#define LCD_PINS_D5 17 +#define LCD_PINS_D6 27 +#define LCD_PINS_D7 29 +#define BTN_EN1 10 +#define BTN_EN2 11 +#define BTN_ENC 26 -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(0) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(0) +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(0) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(0) #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_OMCA.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_OMCA.h index 8c50483574..774910bd7d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_OMCA.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_OMCA.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -86,66 +86,66 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 0 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 1 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 2 +#define X_STOP_PIN 0 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 1 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 2 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 26 -#define X_DIR_PIN 25 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 10 +#define X_STEP_PIN 26 +#define X_DIR_PIN 25 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 10 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 28 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 27 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 10 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 28 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 27 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 10 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 23 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 22 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 10 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 23 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 22 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 10 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 24 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 21 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 10 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 24 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 21 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 10 -#define E1_STEP_PIN -1 // 21 -#define E1_DIR_PIN -1 // 20 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN -1 // 19 +#define E1_STEP_PIN -1 // 21 +#define E1_DIR_PIN -1 // 20 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN -1 // 19 -#define E2_STEP_PIN -1 // 21 -#define E2_DIR_PIN -1 // 20 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN -1 // 18 +#define E2_STEP_PIN -1 // 21 +#define E2_DIR_PIN -1 // 20 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN -1 // 18 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 2 // Analog Input (1,2 or I2C) +#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 2 // Analog Input (1,2 or I2C) // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 3 // DONE PWM on RIGHT connector -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 3 // DONE PWM on RIGHT connector +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 14 // PWM on MIDDLE connector + #define FAN_PIN 14 // PWM on MIDDLE connector #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 11 +#define SDSS 11 -#define I2C_SCL_PIN 16 -#define I2C_SDA_PIN 17 +#define I2C_SCL_PIN 16 +#define I2C_SDA_PIN 17 // future proofing -#define __FS 20 -#define __FD 19 -#define __GS 18 -#define __GD 13 +#define __FS 20 +#define __FD 19 +#define __GS 18 +#define __GD 13 -#define UNUSED_PWM 14 // PWM on LEFT connector +#define UNUSED_PWM 14 // PWM on LEFT connector diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_OMCA_A.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_OMCA_A.h index 94a186241b..73237743b8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_OMCA_A.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_OMCA_A.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -85,54 +85,54 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 0 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 1 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 2 +#define X_STOP_PIN 0 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 1 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 2 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 21 -#define X_DIR_PIN 20 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define X_STEP_PIN 21 +#define X_DIR_PIN 20 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 24 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 23 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 22 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 23 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 22 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 24 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 26 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 25 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 26 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 25 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 24 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 28 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 27 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 28 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 27 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 -#define E1_STEP_PIN -1 // 19 -#define E1_DIR_PIN -1 // 18 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define E1_STEP_PIN -1 // 19 +#define E1_DIR_PIN -1 // 18 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 24 -#define E2_STEP_PIN -1 // 17 -#define E2_DIR_PIN -1 // 16 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define E2_STEP_PIN -1 // 17 +#define E2_DIR_PIN -1 // 16 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 24 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input (D27) +#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input (D27) // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 4 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 4 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 3 + #define FAN_PIN 3 #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 11 +#define SDSS 11 /* Unused (1) (2) (3) 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 (14) (15) (16) 17 (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) 24 (25) (26) (27) 28 (29) (30) (31) */ diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_11.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_11.h index 0b119a422c..50d3a53779 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_11.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_11.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -63,60 +63,60 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 18 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 19 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 20 +#define X_STOP_PIN 18 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 19 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 20 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 15 -#define X_DIR_PIN 21 +#define X_STEP_PIN 15 +#define X_DIR_PIN 21 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 22 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 23 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 22 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 23 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 3 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 2 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 3 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 2 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 1 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 0 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 1 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 0 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 7 // Analog Input (pin 33 extruder) -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 6 // Analog Input (pin 34 bed) +#define TEMP_0_PIN 7 // Analog Input (pin 33 extruder) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 6 // Analog Input (pin 34 bed) // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 13 // (extruder) +#define HEATER_0_PIN 13 // (extruder) #if ENABLED(SANGUINOLOLU_V_1_2) - #define HEATER_BED_PIN 12 // (bed) - #define X_ENABLE_PIN 14 - #define Y_ENABLE_PIN 14 - #define Z_ENABLE_PIN 26 - #define E0_ENABLE_PIN 14 + #define HEATER_BED_PIN 12 // (bed) + #define X_ENABLE_PIN 14 + #define Y_ENABLE_PIN 14 + #define Z_ENABLE_PIN 26 + #define E0_ENABLE_PIN 14 #if !defined(FAN_PIN) && ENABLED(LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2) - #define FAN_PIN 4 // Uses Transistor1 (PWM) on Panelolu2's Sanguino Adapter Board to drive the fan + #define FAN_PIN 4 // Uses Transistor1 (PWM) on Panelolu2's Sanguino Adapter Board to drive the fan #endif #else - #define HEATER_BED_PIN 14 // (bed) - #define X_ENABLE_PIN -1 - #define Y_ENABLE_PIN -1 - #define Z_ENABLE_PIN -1 - #define E0_ENABLE_PIN -1 + #define HEATER_BED_PIN 14 // (bed) + #define X_ENABLE_PIN -1 + #define Y_ENABLE_PIN -1 + #define Z_ENABLE_PIN -1 + #define E0_ENABLE_PIN -1 #endif -#if !defined(FAN_PIN) && (MB(AZTEEG_X1) || MB(STB_11) || ENABLED(IS_MELZI)) - #define FAN_PIN 4 // Works for Panelolu2 too +#if !defined(FAN_PIN) && (MB(AZTEEG_X1, STB_11) || IS_MELZI) + #define FAN_PIN 4 // Works for Panelolu2 too #endif // @@ -129,17 +129,17 @@ * If you encounter issues with these pins, upgrade your * Sanguino libraries! See #368. */ -//#define SDSS 24 -#define SDSS 31 +//#define SDSS 24 +#define SDSS 31 -#if ENABLED(IS_MELZI) - #define LED_PIN 27 +#if IS_MELZI + #define LED_PIN 27 #elif MB(STB_11) - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 17 // LCD backlight LED + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 17 // LCD backlight LED #endif -#if NONE(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) && ENABLED(SANGUINOLOLU_V_1_2) && !BOTH(ULTRA_LCD, NEWPANEL) // try to use IO Header - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Hardware PWM - see if IO Header is available +#if NONE(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) && ENABLED(SANGUINOLOLU_V_1_2) && !BOTH(ULTRA_LCD, NEWPANEL)// try to use IO Header + #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Hardware PWM - see if IO Header is available #endif /** @@ -156,135 +156,134 @@ // #if HAS_SPI_LCD + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 + #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) // SPI GLCD 12864 ST7920 ( like [www.digole.com] ) For Melzi V2.0 + #if ENABLED(LCD_FOR_MELZI) - #if ENABLED(IS_MELZI) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 30 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 29 // SID (MOSI) - #define LCD_PINS_D4 17 // SCK (CLK) clock + #define LCD_PINS_RS 17 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 16 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 11 + + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(0) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(188) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(0) + + #elif ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) // SPI GLCD 12864 ST7920 ( like [www.digole.com] ) For Melzi V2.0 + + #if IS_MELZI + #define LCD_PINS_RS 30 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 29 // SID (MOSI) + #define LCD_PINS_D4 17 // SCK (CLK) clock // Pin 27 is taken by LED_PIN, but Melzi LED does nothing with // Marlin so this can be used for BEEPER_PIN. You can use this pin // with M42 instead of BEEPER_PIN. - #define BEEPER_PIN 27 - #else // Sanguinololu >=1.3 - #define LCD_PINS_RS 4 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 30 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 29 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 28 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 27 + #define BEEPER_PIN 27 + #else // Sanguinololu >=1.3 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 4 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 30 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 29 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 28 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 27 #endif - #else // DOGM SPI LCD Support + #else - #define DOGLCD_A0 30 + #define DOGLCD_A0 30 #if ENABLED(MAKRPANEL) - #define BEEPER_PIN 29 - #define DOGLCD_CS 17 - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 28 // PA3 + #define BEEPER_PIN 29 + #define DOGLCD_CS 17 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 28 // PA3 - #elif ENABLED(IS_MELZI) + #elif IS_MELZI - #define BEEPER_PIN 27 - #define DOGLCD_CS 28 + #define BEEPER_PIN 27 + #define DOGLCD_CS 28 - #else // !MAKRPANEL + #else // !MAKRPANEL - #define DOGLCD_CS 29 + #define DOGLCD_CS 29 #endif #endif // Uncomment screen orientation - #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_0 + //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_0 //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_90 //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270 - #else // !HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #elif ENABLED(ZONESTAR_LCD) // For the Tronxy Melzi boards - #define LCD_PINS_RS 4 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 30 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 29 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 28 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 27 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 28 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 29 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 10 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 11 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 16 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 17 - #endif // !HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #else - #if ENABLED(LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2) + #define LCD_PINS_RS 4 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 30 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 29 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 28 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 27 - #if ENABLED(IS_MELZI) - #define BTN_ENC 29 - #define LCD_SDSS 30 // Panelolu2 SD card reader rather than the Melzi + #endif + + #if ENABLED(LCD_FOR_MELZI) + + #define BTN_ENC 28 + #define BTN_EN1 29 + #define BTN_EN2 30 + + #elif ENABLED(ZONESTAR_LCD) // For the Tronxy Melzi boards + + #define ADC_KEYPAD_PIN 1 + #define BTN_EN1 -1 + #define BTN_EN2 -1 + + #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2) + + #if IS_MELZI + #define BTN_ENC 29 + #define LCD_SDSS 30 // Panelolu2 SD card reader rather than the Melzi #else - #define BTN_ENC 30 + #define BTN_ENC 30 #endif - #elif ENABLED(LCD_FOR_MELZI) + #else // !LCD_FOR_MELZI && !ZONESTAR_LCD && !LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - #define LCD_PINS_RS 17 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 16 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 11 - #define BTN_ENC 28 - #define BTN_EN1 29 - #define BTN_EN2 30 - - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(0) - #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(188) - #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(0) - #endif - - #elif ENABLED(ZONESTAR_LCD) // For the Tronxy Melzi boards - - #define LCD_PINS_RS 28 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 29 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 10 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 11 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 16 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 17 - #define ADC_KEYPAD_PIN 1 - - #define BTN_EN1 -1 - #define BTN_EN2 -1 - - #else // !LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 && !LCD_FOR_MELZI && !ZONESTAR_LCD - - #define BTN_ENC 16 - #define LCD_SDSS 28 // Smart Controller SD card reader rather than the Melzi + #define BTN_ENC 16 + #define LCD_SDSS 28 // Smart Controller SD card reader rather than the Melzi #endif #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) && !defined(BTN_EN1) - #define BTN_EN1 11 - #define BTN_EN2 10 + #define BTN_EN1 11 + #define BTN_EN2 10 #endif - #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 - #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // #if HAS_CUTTER - #if !MB(AZTEEG_X1) && ENABLED(SANGUINOLOLU_V_1_2) && !BOTH(ULTRA_LCD, NEWPANEL) // try to use IO Header + #if !MB(AZTEEG_X1) && ENABLED(SANGUINOLOLU_V_1_2) && !BOTH(ULTRA_LCD, NEWPANEL)// try to use IO Header - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 10 // Pullup or pulldown! - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 4 // Hardware PWM - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 11 + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 10 // Pullup or pulldown! + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 4 // Hardware PWM + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 11 - #elif !MB(MELZI) // use X stepper motor socket + #elif !MB(MELZI) // use X stepper motor socket /** * To control the spindle speed and have an LCD you must sacrifice @@ -316,11 +315,11 @@ #undef X_DIR_PIN #undef X_ENABLE_PIN #undef X_STEP_PIN - #define X_DIR_PIN 0 - #define X_ENABLE_PIN 14 - #define X_STEP_PIN 1 - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 15 // Hardware PWM - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 21 // Pullup! - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN -1 // No pin available on the socket for the direction pin + #define X_DIR_PIN 0 + #define X_ENABLE_PIN 14 + #define X_STEP_PIN 1 + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 15 // Hardware PWM + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 21 // Pullup! + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN -1 // No pin available on the socket for the direction pin #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_12.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_12.h index f4b05e4f6e..3254a01a15 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_12.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_12.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_SETHI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_SETHI.h index 79c3209b4b..b945869cbc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_SETHI.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_SETHI.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -57,69 +57,69 @@ #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Sethi 3D_1" #ifndef GEN7_VERSION - #define GEN7_VERSION 12 // v1.x + #define GEN7_VERSION 12 // v1.x #endif // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 2 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 0 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 1 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 0 +#define X_STOP_PIN 2 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 0 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 1 +#define Z_MAX_PIN 0 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 19 -#define X_DIR_PIN 18 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define X_STEP_PIN 19 +#define X_DIR_PIN 18 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 24 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 23 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 22 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 23 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 22 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 24 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 26 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 25 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 26 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 25 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 24 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 28 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 27 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 28 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 27 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 24 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 2 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 2 // Analog Input // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 4 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 3 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 4 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 3 #ifndef FAN_PIN #if GEN7_VERSION >= 13 // Gen7 v1.3 removed the fan pin - #define FAN_PIN -1 + #define FAN_PIN -1 #else - #define FAN_PIN 31 + #define FAN_PIN 31 #endif #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define PS_ON_PIN 15 +#define PS_ON_PIN 15 // All these generations of Gen7 supply thermistor power // via PS_ON, so ignore bad thermistor readings -//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 +//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 // our pin for debugging. -#define DEBUG_PIN 0 +#define DEBUG_PIN 0 // our RS485 pins -#define TX_ENABLE_PIN 12 -#define RX_ENABLE_PIN 13 +#define TX_ENABLE_PIN 12 +#define RX_ENABLE_PIN 13 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_STB_11.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_STB_11.h index 9a79853467..774fb00403 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_STB_11.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_STB_11.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sensitive_pins.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sensitive_pins.h index fc3a486c37..180bc8d6f6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sensitive_pins.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sensitive_pins.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -277,6 +277,54 @@ #endif #endif +#define _E6_CS +#define _E6_MS1 +#define _E6_MS2 +#define _E6_MS3 + +#if E_NEEDED(6) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E6_CS) && AXIS_HAS_SPI(E6) + #undef _E6_CS + #define _E6_CS E6_CS_PIN, + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS2) + #undef _E6_MS2 + #define _E6_MS2 E6_MS2_PIN, + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS3) + #undef _E6_MS3 + #define _E6_MS3 E6_MS3_PIN, + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS4) + #undef _E6_MS4 + #define _E6_MS4 E6_MS4_PIN, + #endif +#endif + +#define _E7_CS +#define _E7_MS1 +#define _E7_MS2 +#define _E7_MS3 + +#if E_NEEDED(7) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E7_CS) && AXIS_HAS_SPI(E7) + #undef _E7_CS + #define _E7_CS E7_CS_PIN, + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS3) + #undef _E7_MS3 + #define _E7_MS3 E7_MS3_PIN, + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS4) + #undef _E7_MS4 + #define _E7_MS4 E7_MS4_PIN, + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS5) + #undef _E7_MS5 + #define _E7_MS5 E7_MS5_PIN, + #endif +#endif + // // E Steppers // @@ -287,6 +335,8 @@ #define _E3_PINS #define _E4_PINS #define _E5_PINS +#define _E6_PINS +#define _E7_PINS #if EXTRUDERS #undef _E0_PINS @@ -303,7 +353,9 @@ #define _E2_PINS E2_STEP_PIN, E2_DIR_PIN, E2_ENABLE_PIN, _E2_CS _E2_MS1 _E2_MS2 _E2_MS3 #endif #endif + #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 || ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + #undef _E1_PINS #define _E1_PINS E1_STEP_PIN, E1_DIR_PIN, E1_ENABLE_PIN, _E1_CS _E1_MS1 _E1_MS2 _E1_MS3 #if EXTRUDERS > 2 || (ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) && MIXING_STEPPERS > 2) @@ -318,10 +370,19 @@ #if EXTRUDERS > 5 || (ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) && MIXING_STEPPERS > 5) #undef _E5_PINS #define _E5_PINS E5_STEP_PIN, E5_DIR_PIN, E5_ENABLE_PIN, _E5_CS _E5_MS1 _E5_MS2 _E5_MS3 + #if EXTRUDERS > 6 || (ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) && MIXING_STEPPERS > 6) + #undef _E6_PINS + #define _E6_PINS E6_STEP_PIN, E6_DIR_PIN, E6_ENABLE_PIN, _E6_CS _E6_MS1 _E6_MS2 _E6_MS3 + #if EXTRUDERS > 7 || (ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) && MIXING_STEPPERS > 7) + #undef _E7_PINS + #define _E7_PINS E7_STEP_PIN, E7_DIR_PIN, E7_ENABLE_PIN, _E7_CS _E7_MS1 _E7_MS2 _E7_MS3 + #endif // EXTRUDERS > 7 || MIXING_EXTRUDER > 7 + #endif // EXTRUDERS > 6 || MIXING_EXTRUDER > 6 #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 || MIXING_EXTRUDER > 5 #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 || MIXING_EXTRUDER > 4 #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 || MIXING_EXTRUDER > 3 #endif // EXTRUDERS > 2 || MIXING_EXTRUDER > 2 + #endif // EXTRUDERS > 1 || MIXING_EXTRUDER // @@ -334,6 +395,8 @@ #define _H3_PINS #define _H4_PINS #define _H5_PINS +#define _H6_PINS +#define _H7_PINS #if HOTENDS #undef _H0_PINS @@ -353,6 +416,14 @@ #if HOTENDS > 5 #undef _H5_PINS #define _H5_PINS HEATER_5_PIN, E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN, analogInputToDigitalPin(TEMP_5_PIN), + #if HOTENDS > 6 + #undef _H6_PINS + #define _H6_PINS HEATER_6_PIN, E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN, analogInputToDigitalPin(TEMP_6_PIN), + #if HOTENDS > 7 + #undef _H7_PINS + #define _H7_PINS HEATER_7_PIN, E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN, analogInputToDigitalPin(TEMP_7_PIN), + #endif // HOTENDS > 7 + #endif // HOTENDS > 6 #endif // HOTENDS > 5 #endif // HOTENDS > 4 #endif // HOTENDS > 3 @@ -360,7 +431,11 @@ #endif // HOTENDS > 1 #endif // HOTENDS -#define _BED_PINS HEATER_BED_PIN, analogInputToDigitalPin(TEMP_BED_PIN), +#define _BED_PINS +#if PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_BED) && PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_BED) + #undef _BED_PINS + #define _BED_PINS HEATER_BED_PIN, analogInputToDigitalPin(TEMP_BED_PIN), +#endif // // Dual X, Dual Y, Multi-Z @@ -419,7 +494,7 @@ #define _Y2_PINS #endif -#if Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 2 #if PIN_EXISTS(Z2_CS) && AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z2) #define _Z2_CS Z2_CS_PIN, #else @@ -445,7 +520,7 @@ #define _Z2_PINS #endif -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 #if PIN_EXISTS(Z3_CS) && AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z3) #define _Z3_CS Z3_CS_PIN, #else @@ -471,6 +546,32 @@ #define _Z3_PINS #endif +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_CS) && AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z4) + #define _Z4_CS Z4_CS_PIN, + #else + #define _Z4_CS + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS1) + #define _Z4_MS1 Z4_MS1_PIN, + #else + #define _Z4_MS1 + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS2) + #define _Z4_MS2 Z4_MS2_PIN, + #else + #define _Z4_MS2 + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS3) + #define _Z4_MS3 Z4_MS3_PIN, + #else + #define _Z4_MS3 + #endif + #define _Z4_PINS Z4_STEP_PIN, Z4_DIR_PIN, Z4_ENABLE_PIN, _Z4_CS _Z4_MS1 _Z4_MS2 _Z4_MS3 +#else + #define _Z4_PINS +#endif + // // Generate the final Sensitive Pins array, // keeping the array as small as possible. @@ -509,6 +610,31 @@ #else #define _FAN2 #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN3) + #define _FAN3 FAN3_PIN, +#else + #define _FAN3 +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN4) + #define _FAN4 FAN4_PIN, +#else + #define _FAN4 +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN5) + #define _FAN5 FAN5_PIN, +#else + #define _FAN5 +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN6) + #define _FAN6 FAN6_PIN, +#else + #define _FAN6 +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN7) + #define _FAN7 FAN7_PIN, +#else + #define _FAN7 +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(CONTROLLER_FAN) #define _FANC CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN, #else @@ -520,9 +646,9 @@ #endif #define SENSITIVE_PINS { \ - _X_PINS _Y_PINS _Z_PINS _X2_PINS _Y2_PINS _Z2_PINS _Z3_PINS _Z_PROBE \ - _E0_PINS _E1_PINS _E2_PINS _E3_PINS _E4_PINS _E5_PINS _BED_PINS \ - _H0_PINS _H1_PINS _H2_PINS _H3_PINS _H4_PINS _H5_PINS \ - _PS_ON _HEATER_BED _FAN0 _FAN1 _FAN2 _FANC \ + _X_PINS _Y_PINS _Z_PINS _X2_PINS _Y2_PINS _Z2_PINS _Z3_PINS _Z4_PINS _Z_PROBE \ + _E0_PINS _E1_PINS _E2_PINS _E3_PINS _E4_PINS _E5_PINS _E6_PINS _E7_PINS _BED_PINS \ + _H0_PINS _H1_PINS _H2_PINS _H3_PINS _H4_PINS _H5_PINS _H6_PINS _H7_PINS \ + _PS_ON _HEATER_BED _FAN0 _FAN1 _FAN2 _FAN3 _FAN4 _FAN5 _FAN6 _FAN7 _FANC \ HAL_SENSITIVE_PINS \ } diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_ARMED.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_ARMED.h deleted file mode 100644 index 495654a82c..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_ARMED.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#ifndef STM32F4 - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#elif HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 - #error "Arm'ed supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers." -#endif - -#ifndef ARMED_V1_0 - #define ARMED_V1_1 -#endif - -#undef BOARD_INFO_NAME // Defined on the command line by Arduino Core STM32 -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Arm'ed" -#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME BOARD_INFO_NAME - -#define I2C_EEPROM - -#undef E2END // Defined in Arduino Core STM32 to be used with EEPROM emulation. This board uses a real EEPROM. -#define E2END 0xFFF // 4KB - -// -// Limit Switches -// -#define X_STOP_PIN PE0 -#define Y_STOP_PIN PE1 -#define Z_STOP_PIN PE14 - -// -// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) -// -//#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN -// #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PA4 -//#endif - -// -// Filament Runout Sensor -// -#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PA3 -#endif - -// -// Steppers -// - -#ifdef ARMED_SWAP_X_E1 - #define X_STEP_PIN PE4 - #define X_DIR_PIN PE2 - #define X_ENABLE_PIN PE3 - #define X_CS_PIN PE5 -#else - #define X_STEP_PIN PD3 - #define X_DIR_PIN PD2 - #define X_ENABLE_PIN PD0 - #define X_CS_PIN PD1 -#endif - -#define Y_STEP_PIN PE11 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PE10 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PE13 -#define Y_CS_PIN PE12 - -#define Z_STEP_PIN PD6 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PD7 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PD4 -#define Z_CS_PIN PD5 - -#define E0_STEP_PIN PB5 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PB6 -#ifdef ARMED_V1_1 - #define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC12 -#else - #define E0_ENABLE_PIN PB3 -#endif -#define E0_CS_PIN PB4 - -#ifdef ARMED_SWAP_X_E1 - #define E1_STEP_PIN PD3 - #define E1_DIR_PIN PD2 - #define E1_ENABLE_PIN PD0 - #define E1_CS_PIN PD1 -#else - #define E1_STEP_PIN PE4 - #define E1_DIR_PIN PE2 - #define E1_ENABLE_PIN PE3 - #define E1_CS_PIN PE5 -#endif - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// -#define TEMP_0_PIN PC0 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN PC1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC2 // Analog Input - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN PA1 // Hardware PWM -#define HEATER_1_PIN PA2 // Hardware PWM -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA0 // Hardware PWM - -#define FAN_PIN PC6 // Hardware PWM, Part cooling fan -#define FAN1_PIN PC7 // Hardware PWM, Extruder fan -#define FAN2_PIN PC8 // Hardware PWM, Controller fan - -// -// Misc functions -// -#define SDSS PE7 -#define LED_PIN PB7 // Heart beat -#define PS_ON_PIN PA10 -#define KILL_PIN PA8 -#define PWR_LOSS PA4 // Power loss / nAC_FAULT - -// -// LCD / Controller -// -#define SD_DETECT_PIN PA15 -#define BEEPER_PIN PC9 - -#if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) - // - // See https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8 - // - #define DOGLCD_A0 PE9 - #define DOGLCD_CS PE8 - - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 - - #define LCD_RESET_PIN PB12 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. - - #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) - #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PB13 - #endif - #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PB14 - #endif - #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PB15 - #endif - #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN PB13 - #endif -#else - #define LCD_PINS_RS PE9 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PE8 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB12 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 PB13 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 PB14 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 PB15 - - #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) - #define DOGLCD_CS PB13 - #define DOGLCD_A0 PB14 - #endif -#endif - -#define BTN_EN1 PC4 -#define BTN_EN2 PC5 -#define BTN_ENC PC3 - -// -// Extension pins -// -#define EXT0_PIN PB0 -#define EXT1_PIN PB1 -#define EXT2_PIN PB2 -#define EXT3_PIN PD8 -#define EXT4_PIN PD9 -#define EXT5_PIN PD10 -#define EXT6_PIN PD11 -#define EXT7_PIN PD12 -#define EXT8_PIN PB10 -#define EXT9_PIN PB11 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BEAST.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BEAST.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7b1f61d918..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BEAST.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,285 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#if !defined(__STM32F1__) && !defined(__STM32F4__) - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1/4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#endif - -/** - * 21017 Victor Perez Marlin for stm32f1 test - */ - -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Beast STM32" -#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "STM32F103RET6" - -// Enable I2C_EEPROM for testing -#define I2C_EEPROM - -// Ignore temp readings during development. -//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 - -// -// Steppers -// -#define X_STEP_PIN PE0 -#define X_DIR_PIN PE1 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PC0 -#define X_MIN_PIN PD5 -#define X_MAX_PIN -1 - -#define Y_STEP_PIN PE2 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PE3 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PC1 -#define Y_MIN_PIN PD6 -#define Y_MAX_PIN - -#define Z_STEP_PIN PE4 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PE5 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PC2 -#define Z_MIN_PIN PD7 -#define Z_MAX_PIN -1 - -#define Y2_STEP_PIN -1 -#define Y2_DIR_PIN -1 -#define Y2_ENABLE_PIN -1 - -#define Z2_STEP_PIN -1 -#define Z2_DIR_PIN -1 -#define Z2_ENABLE_PIN -1 - -#define E0_STEP_PIN PE6 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PE7 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC3 - -/** - * TODO: Currently using same Enable pin to all steppers. - */ - -#define E1_STEP_PIN PE8 -#define E1_DIR_PIN PE9 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PC4 - -#define E2_STEP_PIN PE10 -#define E2_DIR_PIN PE11 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PC5 - -// -// Misc. Functions -// -#define SDSS PA15 -#define LED_PIN PB2 - -#define PS_ON_PIN -1 -#define KILL_PIN -1 - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN PD12 // EXTRUDER 1 -#define HEATER_1_PIN PD13 -#define HEATER_2_PIN PD14 - -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PB9 // BED -#define HEATER_BED2_PIN -1 // BED2 -#define HEATER_BED3_PIN -1 // BED3 - -#ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN PB10 -#endif - -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PA0 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_0_PIN PA1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN PA2 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_2_PIN PA3 // Analog Input - -// -// LCD Pins -// -#if HAS_SPI_LCD - - #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 49 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 51 // SID (MOSI) - #define LCD_PINS_D4 52 // SCK (CLK) clock - #elif BOTH(NEWPANEL, PANEL_ONE) - #define LCD_PINS_RS PB8 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD2 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB12 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 PB13 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 PB14 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 PB15 - #else - #define LCD_PINS_RS PB8 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD2 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB12 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 PB13 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 PB14 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 PB15 - #if DISABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define BEEPER_PIN 33 - // Buttons attached to a shift register - // Not wired yet - //#define SHIFT_CLK 38 - //#define SHIFT_LD 42 - //#define SHIFT_OUT 40 - //#define SHIFT_EN 17 - #endif - #endif - - #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) - - #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) - - #define BEEPER_PIN 37 - - #define BTN_EN1 31 - #define BTN_EN2 33 - #define BTN_ENC 35 - - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - #define KILL_PIN 41 - - #if ENABLED(BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 39 - #endif - - #elif ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) - - #define BTN_EN1 64 - #define BTN_EN2 59 - #define BTN_ENC 63 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 42 - - #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2) - - #define BTN_EN1 47 - #define BTN_EN2 43 - #define BTN_ENC 32 - #define LCD_SDSS 53 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 - #define KILL_PIN 41 - - #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_VIKI) - - #define BTN_EN1 22 // http://files.panucatt.com/datasheets/viki_wiring_diagram.pdf explains 40/42. - #define BTN_EN2 7 // 22/7 are unused on RAMPS_14. 22 is unused and 7 the SERVO0_PIN on RAMPS_13. - - #define BTN_ENC -1 - #define LCD_SDSS 53 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - - #elif ANY(VIKI2, miniVIKI) - - #define BEEPER_PIN 33 - - // Pins for DOGM SPI LCD Support - #define DOGLCD_A0 44 - #define DOGLCD_CS 45 - #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 - - #define BTN_EN1 22 - #define BTN_EN2 7 - #define BTN_ENC 39 - - #define SDSS 53 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Pin 49 for display sd interface, 72 for easy adapter board - - #define KILL_PIN 31 - - #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 32 - #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 35 - - #elif ENABLED(ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER) - - #define BTN_EN1 35 - #define BTN_EN2 37 - #define BTN_ENC 31 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - #define LCD_SDSS 53 - #define KILL_PIN 41 - #define BEEPER_PIN 23 - #define DOGLCD_CS 29 - #define DOGLCD_A0 27 - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 33 - - #elif ENABLED(MINIPANEL) - - #define BEEPER_PIN 42 - // Pins for DOGM SPI LCD Support - #define DOGLCD_A0 44 - #define DOGLCD_CS 66 - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 65 // backlight LED on A11/D65 - #define SDSS 53 - - #define KILL_PIN 64 - // GLCD features - // Uncomment screen orientation - //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_90 - //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 - //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270 - // The encoder and click button - #define BTN_EN1 40 - #define BTN_EN2 63 - #define BTN_ENC 59 - // not connected to a pin - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - - #else - - // Beeper on AUX-4 - #define BEEPER_PIN 33 - - // Buttons directly attached to AUX-2 - #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) - #define BTN_EN1 64 - #define BTN_EN2 59 - #define BTN_ENC 63 - #define SHIFT_OUT 40 - #define SHIFT_CLK 44 - #define SHIFT_LD 42 - #elif ENABLED(PANEL_ONE) - #define BTN_EN1 59 // AUX2 PIN 3 - #define BTN_EN2 63 // AUX2 PIN 4 - #define BTN_ENC 49 // AUX3 PIN 7 - #else - #define BTN_EN1 37 - #define BTN_EN2 35 - #define BTN_ENC 31 - #endif - - #if ENABLED(G3D_PANEL) - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - #define KILL_PIN 41 - #else - //#define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Ramps doesn't use this - #endif - - #endif - #endif // NEWPANEL - -#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_BTT002_V1.0.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_BTT002_V1.0.h deleted file mode 100644 index a66a2b8a21..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_BTT002_V1.0.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,254 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#ifndef TARGET_STM32F4 - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#elif HOTENDS > 3 || E_STEPPERS > 3 - #error "BIGTREE SKR Pro V1.1 supports up to 3 hotends / E-steppers." -#endif - -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE Btt002 1.0" - -#define SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION - -// Ignore temp readings during development. -//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 - -// -// Servos -// -#define SERVO0_PIN PC3 - -// -// Limit Switches -// -#define X_MIN_PIN PD3 -#define X_MAX_PIN PD3 -#define Y_MIN_PIN PD2 -#define Y_MAX_PIN PD2 -#define Z_MIN_PIN PD1 -#define Z_MAX_PIN PD1 - -// -// Z Probe must be this pins ## -// -#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PD1 -#endif - -// -// Steppers -// -#define X_STEP_PIN PA9 -#define X_DIR_PIN PA10 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PA8 -#ifndef X_CS_PIN - #define X_CS_PIN PE2 -#endif - -#define Y_STEP_PIN PC8 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PC9 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PC7 - #ifndef Y_CS_PIN - #define Y_CS_PIN PE3 -#endif - -#define Z_STEP_PIN PD15 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PC6 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PD14 -#ifndef Z_CS_PIN - #define Z_CS_PIN PE4 -#endif - -#define E0_STEP_PIN PD12 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PD13 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PD11 -#ifndef E0_CS_PIN - #define E0_CS_PIN PD7 -#endif - -/* -//SKR_PRO_V1.1 -#define E1_STEP_PIN PD15 -#define E1_DIR_PIN PE7 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PA3 -#ifndef E1_CS_PIN - #define E1_CS_PIN PG15 -#endif - -#define E2_STEP_PIN PD13 -#define E2_DIR_PIN PG9 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PF0 -#ifndef E2_CS_PIN - #define E2_CS_PIN PG12 -#endif -*/ -// -// Software SPI pins for TMC2130 stepper drivers -// -#if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) - #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI - #define TMC_SW_MOSI PB15 - #endif - #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO - #define TMC_SW_MISO PB14 - #endif - #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK - #define TMC_SW_SCK PB13 - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_TMC220x - /** - * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers - * - * Hardware serial communication ports. - * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below - */ - //#define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - - // - // Software serial ## - // - #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE2 - #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE2 - - #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE3 - #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE3 - - #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE4 - #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE4 - - #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD7 - #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD7 - - //#define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD1 - //#define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD1 - - //#define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD6 - //#define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD6 -#endif - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// -#define TEMP_0_PIN PA2 // T1 <-> E0 -#define TEMP_1_PIN PA0 // T2 <-> E1 -//#define TEMP_2_PIN PC2 // T3 <-> E2 SKR_PRO -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PA1 // T0 <-> Bed - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN PE6 // Heater0 -//#define HEATER_1_PIN PD14 // Heater1 -//#define HEATER_2_PIN PB0 // Heater1 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PE5 // Hotbed -#define FAN_PIN PB9 // Fan0 -#define FAN1_PIN PB8 // Fan1 -//#define FAN2_PIN PE6 // Fan2 - -// HAL SPI pins group -#define SCK_PIN PA5 // SPI SCLK -#define MYSSEL PA4 // SPI SSEL -#define MISO_PIN PA6 // SPI MISO -#define MOSI_PIN PA7 // SPI MOSI - -// -// Misc. Functions -// -#define SDSS PA4 - -/** - * -------------------------------------SKR_MK3----------------------------------------------- - * _____ _____ | - * PA3 | · · | GND 5V | · · | GND | - * NRESET | · · | PC4(SD_DET) (LCD_D7) PE13 | · · | PE12 (LCD_D6) | - * (MOSI)PA7 | · · | PB0(BTN_EN2) (LCD_D5) PE11 | · · | PE10 (LCD_D4) | - * (SD_SS)PA4 | · · | PC5(BTN_EN1) (LCD_RS) PE8 | · · | PE9 (LCD_EN) | - * (SCK)PA5 | · · | PA6(MISO) (BTN_ENC) PB1 | · · | PE7 (BEEPER) | - * ￣￣ ￣￣ | - * EXP2 EXP1 | - * --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ -// -// LCDs and Controllers -// -#if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define BEEPER_PIN PE7 - #define BTN_ENC PB1 - - #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) - #define LCD_PINS_RS PE12 - - #define BTN_EN1 PE9 - #define BTN_EN2 PE10 - - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PE13 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 PE11 - - #else - - #define LCD_PINS_RS PE8 - - #define BTN_EN1 PC5 - #define BTN_EN2 PB0 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN PC4 - - #define LCD_SDSS PA4 - - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PE9 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 PE10 - - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define LCD_PINS_D5 PE11 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 PE12 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 PE13 - #endif - - #endif - - // Alter timing for graphical display - #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) - #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) - #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(600) - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1e8e605abb..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,201 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#ifndef TARGET_STM32F1 - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#endif - -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE SKR E3 DIP V1.0" - -// Release PB3/PB4 (TMC_SW Pins) from JTAG pins -#define DISABLE_JTAG - -// Ignore temp readings during development. -//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 - -#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION -#define EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE uint16(0x800) // 2KB -#define EEPROM_START_ADDRESS uint32(0x8000000 + 256 * 1024 - 2 * EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE) -#undef E2END -#define E2END (EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE - 1) // 2KB - -// -// Servos -// -#define SERVO0_PIN PA1 - -// -// Limit Switches -// -#define X_STOP_PIN PC1 -#define Y_STOP_PIN PC0 -#define Z_STOP_PIN PC15 - -// -// Z Probe must be this pin -// -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PC14 - -// -// Filament Runout Sensor -// -#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PC2 -#endif - -// -// Steppers -// -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PC7 -#define X_STEP_PIN PC6 -#define X_DIR_PIN PB15 -#ifndef X_CS_PIN - #define X_CS_PIN PC10 -#endif - -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PB14 -#define Y_STEP_PIN PB13 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PB12 -#ifndef Y_CS_PIN - #define Y_CS_PIN PC11 -#endif - -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB11 -#define Z_STEP_PIN PB10 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PB2 -#ifndef Z_CS_PIN - #define Z_CS_PIN PC12 -#endif - -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PB1 -#define E0_STEP_PIN PB0 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PC5 -#ifndef E0_CS_PIN - #define E0_CS_PIN PD2 -#endif - -// -// Software SPI pins for TMC2130 stepper drivers -// -#if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) - #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI - #define TMC_SW_MOSI PB5 - #endif - #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO - #define TMC_SW_MISO PB4 - #endif - #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK - #define TMC_SW_SCK PB3 - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_TMC220x - /** - * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers - * - * Hardware serial communication ports. - * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below - */ - //#define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - - // - // Software serial - // - #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC10 - #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC10 - - #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC11 - #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC11 - - #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC12 - #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC12 - - #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD2 - #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD2 - -#endif - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// -#define TEMP_0_PIN PA0 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC3 // Analog Input - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN PC8 // EXTRUDER -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PC9 // BED -#define FAN_PIN PA8 - -// -// USB connect control -// -#define USB_CONNECT_PIN PC13 -#define USB_CONNECT_INVERTING false - -#define SD_DETECT_PIN PC4 - -/** - * _____ - * 5V | · · | GND - * (LCD_EN) PB7 | · · | PB8 (LCD_RS) - * (LCD_D4) PB9 | · · | PA10 (BTN_EN2) - * RESET | · · | PA9 (BTN_EN1) - * (BTN_ENC) PB6 | · · | PA15 (BEEPER) - * ----- - * EXP1 - */ -#if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define BEEPER_PIN PA15 - #define BTN_ENC PB6 - - #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) - #define LCD_PINS_RS PB8 - - #define BTN_EN1 PA9 - #define BTN_EN2 PA10 - - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PB7 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB9 - - #else - #error "Only CR10_STOCKDISPLAY is currently supported on the BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP." - #endif - -#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD - -// -// SD Support -// -#define HAS_ONBOARD_SD - -#ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION - #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD -#endif - -#define ON_BOARD_SPI_DEVICE 1 //SPI1 -#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN PA4 // Chip select for "System" SD card diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3.h deleted file mode 100644 index b0039b109c..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,156 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#ifndef TARGET_STM32F1 - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#endif - -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE SKR Mini E3" - -// Release PB3/PB4 (E0 STP/DIR) from JTAG pins -#define DISABLE_JTAG - -// Ignore temp readings during development. -//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 - -#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION -#define EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE uint16(0x800) // 2KB -#define EEPROM_START_ADDRESS uint32(0x8000000 + 256 * 1024 - 2 * EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE) -#undef E2END -#define E2END (EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE - 1) // 2KB - -// -// Servos -// -#define SERVO0_PIN PA1 - -// -// Limit Switches -// -#define X_STOP_PIN PC0 -#define Y_STOP_PIN PC1 -#define Z_STOP_PIN PC2 - -// -// Z Probe must be this pins -// -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PC14 - -// -// Filament Runout Sensor -// -#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PC15 -#endif - -// -// Steppers -// -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PB14 -#define X_STEP_PIN PB13 -#define X_DIR_PIN PB12 - -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PB11 -#define Y_STEP_PIN PB10 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PB2 - -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB1 -#define Z_STEP_PIN PB0 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PC5 - -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PD2 -#define E0_STEP_PIN PB3 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PB4 - -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209) - /** - * TMC2209 stepper drivers - * Hardware serial communication ports. - */ - #define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial4 - #define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial4 - #define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial4 - #define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial4 -#endif - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// -#define TEMP_0_PIN PA0 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC3 // Analog Input - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN PC8 // EXTRUDER -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PC9 // BED -#define FAN_PIN PA8 - -// -// USB connect control -// -#define USB_CONNECT_PIN PC13 -#define USB_CONNECT_INVERTING false - -#define SD_DETECT_PIN PC4 - -/** - * _____ - * 5V | · · | GND - * (LCD_EN) PB7 | · · | PB8 (LCD_RS) - * (LCD_D4) PB9 | · · | PA10 (BTN_EN2) - * RESET | · · | PA9 (BTN_EN1) - * (BTN_ENC) PB6 | · · | PB5 (BEEPER) - * ----- - * EXP1 - */ -#if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define BEEPER_PIN PB5 - #define BTN_ENC PB6 - - #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) - #define LCD_PINS_RS PB8 - - #define BTN_EN1 PA9 - #define BTN_EN2 PA10 - - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PB7 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB9 - - #else - #error "Only CR10_STOCKDISPLAY is currently supported on the BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3." - #endif - -#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD - -// -// SD Support -// -#define HAS_ONBOARD_SD - -#ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION - #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD -#endif - -#define ON_BOARD_SPI_DEVICE 1 //SPI1 -#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN PA4 // Chip select for "System" SD card diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1.h deleted file mode 100644 index 181773c6b1..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,214 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#ifndef TARGET_STM32F1 - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#endif - -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE SKR Mini 1.1" - -//#define DISABLE_DEBUG -#define DISABLE_JTAG - -// Ignore temp readings during development. -//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 - -// -// Limit Switches -// -#define X_MIN_PIN PC2 -#define X_MAX_PIN PA2 -#define Y_MIN_PIN PC1 -#define Y_MAX_PIN PA1 -#define Z_MIN_PIN PC0 -#define Z_MAX_PIN PC3 - -// -// Steppers -// - -#define X_STEP_PIN PC6 -#define X_DIR_PIN PC7 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PB15 - -#define Y_STEP_PIN PB13 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PB14 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PB12 - -#define Z_STEP_PIN PB10 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PB11 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB2 - -#define E0_STEP_PIN PC5 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PB0 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC4 - -#if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) - #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI - #define TMC_SW_SCK PB3 - #endif - #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO - #define TMC_SW_MISO PB4 - #endif - #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK - #define TMC_SW_MOSI PB5 - #endif -#endif - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN PA8 -#define FAN_PIN PC8 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PC9 - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PB1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_0_PIN PA0 // Analog Input - -// -// LCD Pins -// - -/** - * _____ _____ - * NC | · · | GND 5V | · · | GND - * RESET | · · | PB9 (SD_DETECT) (LCD_D7) PC14 | · · | PC15 (LCD_D6) - * (MOSI) PB5 | · · | PB8 (BTN_EN2) (LCD_D5) PB7 | · · | PC13 (LCD_D4) - * (SD_SS) PA15 | · · | PD2 (BTN_EN1) (LCD_RS) PC12 | · · | PB6 (LCD_EN) - * (SCK) PB3 | · · | PB4 (MISO) (BTN_ENC) PC11 | · · | PC10 (BEEPER) - * ----- ----- - * EXP2 EXP1 - */ - -#if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define BEEPER_PIN PC10 - #define BTN_ENC PC11 - - #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) - #define LCD_PINS_RS PC15 - - #define BTN_EN1 PB6 - #define BTN_EN2 PC13 - - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PC14 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB7 - - #else - - #define LCD_PINS_RS PC12 - - #define BTN_EN1 PD2 - #define BTN_EN2 PB8 - - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PB6 - - #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) - - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 - #define LCD_RESET_PIN PC13 - #define DOGLCD_A0 PC12 - #define DOGLCD_CS PB6 - #define DOGLCD_SCK PB3 - #define DOGLCD_MOSI PB5 - - #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // SPI MODE3 - - #define LED_PIN PB7 // red pwm - //#define LED_PIN PC15 // green - //#define LED_PIN PC14 // blue - - //#if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) - // #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN - // #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PB7 - // #endif - // #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN - // #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PC15 - // #endif - // #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN - // #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PC14 - // #endif - //#elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) - // #define NEOPIXEL_PIN PB7 - //#endif - - #else // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 - - #define LCD_PINS_D4 PC13 - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define LCD_PINS_D5 PB7 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 PC15 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 PC14 - #endif - - #endif // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 - - #endif - -#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD - -// -// SD Card -// - -// By default the onboard SD is enabled. -// set SDCARD_CONNECTION form 'ONBOARD' to 'LCD' and use an external SD (connected to LCD) -#define HAS_ONBOARD_SD -#ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION - #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD -#endif - -#if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) - #define ENABLE_SPI3 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN PB9 - #define SCK_PIN PB3 - #define MISO_PIN PB4 - #define MOSI_PIN PB5 - #define SS_PIN PA15 -#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) - #define ENABLE_SPI1 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN PA3 - #define SCK_PIN PA5 - #define MISO_PIN PA6 - #define MOSI_PIN PA7 - #define SS_PIN PA4 -#endif -#define ON_BOARD_SPI_DEVICE 1 //SPI1 -#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN PA4 // Chip select for "System" SD card - -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) -#endif - -#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION -#define EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE (0x800) // 2KB -#define EEPROM_START_ADDRESS (0x8000000 + (256 * 1024) - 2 * EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE) -#define E2END (EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE - 1) diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_V1.1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_V1.1.h deleted file mode 100644 index 807b366dad..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_V1.1.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,264 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#ifndef TARGET_STM32F4 - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#elif HOTENDS > 3 || E_STEPPERS > 3 - #error "BIGTREE SKR Pro V1.1 supports up to 3 hotends / E-steppers." -#endif - -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE SKR Pro 1.1" // redefined? - -// Use one of these or SDCard-based Emulation will be used -//#define SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION // Use BackSRAM-based EEPROM emulation -//#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION // Use Flash-based EEPROM emulation - -// -// Servos -// -#define SERVO0_PIN PA1 - -// -// Limit Switches -// -#define X_MIN_PIN PB10 -#define X_MAX_PIN PE15 -#define Y_MIN_PIN PE12 -#define Y_MAX_PIN PE10 -#define Z_MIN_PIN PG8 -#define Z_MAX_PIN PG5 - -// -// Z Probe must be this pins -// -#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PA2 -#endif - -// -// Steppers -// -#define X_STEP_PIN PE9 -#define X_DIR_PIN PF1 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PF2 -#ifndef X_CS_PIN - #define X_CS_PIN PA15 -#endif - -#define Y_STEP_PIN PE11 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PE8 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PD7 - #ifndef Y_CS_PIN - #define Y_CS_PIN PB8 -#endif - -#define Z_STEP_PIN PE13 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PC2 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PC0 -#ifndef Z_CS_PIN - #define Z_CS_PIN PB9 -#endif - -#define E0_STEP_PIN PE14 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PA0 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC3 -#ifndef E0_CS_PIN - #define E0_CS_PIN PB3 -#endif - -#define E1_STEP_PIN PD15 -#define E1_DIR_PIN PE7 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PA3 -#ifndef E1_CS_PIN - #define E1_CS_PIN PG15 -#endif - -#define E2_STEP_PIN PD13 -#define E2_DIR_PIN PG9 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PF0 -#ifndef E2_CS_PIN - #define E2_CS_PIN PG12 -#endif - -// -// Software SPI pins for TMC2130 stepper drivers -// -#if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) - #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI - #define TMC_SW_MOSI PC12 - #endif - #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO - #define TMC_SW_MISO PC11 - #endif - #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK - #define TMC_SW_SCK PC10 - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_TMC220x - /** - * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers - * - * Hardware serial communication ports. - * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below - */ - //#define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial - //#define X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - //#define E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 - - // - // Software serial - // - #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC13 - #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC13 - - #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE3 - #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE3 - - #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE1 - #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE1 - - #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD4 - #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD4 - - #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD1 - #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD1 - - #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD6 - #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD6 -#endif - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// -#define TEMP_0_PIN PF4 // T1 <-> E0 -#define TEMP_1_PIN PF5 // T2 <-> E1 -#define TEMP_2_PIN PF6 // T3 <-> E2 -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PF3 // T0 <-> Bed - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN PB1 // Heater0 -#define HEATER_1_PIN PD14 // Heater1 -#define HEATER_2_PIN PB0 // Heater1 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PD12 // Hotbed -#define FAN_PIN PC8 // Fan0 -#define FAN1_PIN PE5 // Fan1 -#define FAN2_PIN PE6 // Fan2 - -// -// Misc. Functions -// -#define SDSS PB12 - -/** - * _____ _____ - * NC | · · | GND 5V | · · | GND - * RESET | · · | PF12(SD_DETECT) (LCD_D7) PG7 | · · | PG6 (LCD_D6) - * (MOSI)PB15 | · · | PF11(BTN_EN2) (LCD_D5) PG3 | · · | PG2 (LCD_D4) - * (SD_SS)PB12 | · · | PG10(BTN_EN1) (LCD_RS) PD10 | · · | PD11 (LCD_EN) - * (SCK)PB13 | · · | PB14(MISO) (BTN_ENC) PA8 | · · | PG4 (BEEPER) - * ￣￣ ￣￣ - * EXP2 EXP1 - */ - -// -// LCDs and Controllers -// -#if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define BEEPER_PIN PG4 - #define BTN_ENC PA8 - - #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) - #define LCD_PINS_RS PG6 - - #define BTN_EN1 PD11 - #define BTN_EN2 PG2 - - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PG7 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 PG3 - - #else - - #define LCD_PINS_RS PD10 - - #define BTN_EN1 PG10 - #define BTN_EN2 PF11 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN PF12 - - #define LCD_SDSS PB12 - - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD11 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 PG2 - - #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) - #define DOGLCD_CS PD11 - #define DOGLCD_A0 PD10 - //#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 - #define LCD_RESET_PIN PG2 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. - #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) - #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PG3 - #endif - #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PG6 - #endif - #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PG7 - #endif - #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN PG3 - #endif - #endif // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 - - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define LCD_PINS_D5 PG3 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 PG6 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 PG7 - #endif - - #endif - - // Alter timing for graphical display - #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) - #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) - #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(600) - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BLACK_STM32F407VE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BLACK_STM32F407VE.h deleted file mode 100644 index 74a715a8d2..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BLACK_STM32F407VE.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,134 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * STM32F407VET6 with RAMPS-like shield - * 'Black' STM32F407VET6 board - http://wiki.stm32duino.com/index.php?title=STM32F407 - * Shield - https://github.com/jmz52/Hardware - */ - -#if !defined(STM32F4) && !defined(STM32F4xx) - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#elif HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 - #error "Black STM32F4VET6 supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers." -#endif - -#ifndef BOARD_INFO_NAME - #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Black STM32F4VET6" -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "STM32F407VET6" - -//#define I2C_EEPROM -//#define E2END 0x1FFF // 8KB -#define SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION - -// -// Servos -// -#define SERVO0_PIN PC6 -#define SERVO1_PIN PC7 - -// -// Limit Switches -// -#define X_MIN_PIN PC13 -#define X_MAX_PIN PA15 -#define Y_MIN_PIN PA5 -#define Y_MAX_PIN PD12 -#define Z_MIN_PIN PD14 -#define Z_MAX_PIN PD15 - -// -// Steppers -// -#define X_STEP_PIN PC4 -#define X_DIR_PIN PA4 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PE7 - -#define Y_STEP_PIN PE5 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PE2 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PE6 - -#define Z_STEP_PIN PD5 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PD3 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PD6 - -#define E0_STEP_PIN PD7 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PD0 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PB9 - -#define E1_STEP_PIN PE0 -#define E1_DIR_PIN PE1 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PB8 - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// -#define TEMP_0_PIN PC0 // T0 -#define TEMP_1_PIN PC1 // T1 -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC2 // TB - -#ifndef TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN PC3 // TC -#endif - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN PA2 // Heater0 -#define HEATER_1_PIN PA3 // Heater1 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA1 // Hotbed - -#define FAN_PIN PE9 // Fan0 -#define FAN1_PIN PE11 // Fan1 -#define FAN2_PIN PE13 // Fan2 -#define FAN3_PIN PE14 // Fan3 - -// -// Misc. Functions -// -#define SDSS PB12 -#define LED_PIN PA6 -//#define LED_PIN PA7 -#define KILL_PIN PB1 - -// -// LCD / Controller -// -#define SD_DETECT_PIN PC5 -//#define SD_DETECT_PIN PA8 // SDIO SD_DETECT_PIN, external SDIO card reader only - -#define BEEPER_PIN PD10 -#define LCD_PINS_RS PE15 -#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD8 -#define LCD_PINS_D4 PE10 -#define LCD_PINS_D5 PE12 -#define LCD_PINS_D6 PD1 -#define LCD_PINS_D7 PE8 -#define BTN_ENC PD9 -#define BTN_EN1 PD4 -#define BTN_EN2 PD13 - -#define DOGLCD_CS LCD_PINS_D5 -#define DOGLCD_A0 LCD_PINS_D6 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_CHITU3D.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_CHITU3D.h deleted file mode 100644 index 48b57b3502..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_CHITU3D.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,283 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#if !defined(__STM32F1__) && !defined(__STM32F4__) - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1/4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#endif - -/** - * 2017 Victor Perez Marlin for stm32f1 test - */ - -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Chitu3D" -#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "STM32F103RET6" - -// Enable I2C_EEPROM for testing -//#define I2C_EEPROM - -// Ignore temp readings during development. -//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 - -// -// Steppers -// -#define X_STEP_PIN PE5 -#define X_DIR_PIN PE6 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PC13 -#define X_MIN_PIN PG10 -#define X_MAX_PIN -1 - -#define Y_STEP_PIN PE2 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PE3 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PE4 -#define Y_MIN_PIN PA12 -#define Y_MAX_PIN - -#define Z_STEP_PIN PB9 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PE0 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PE1 -#define Z_MIN_PIN PA14 -#define Z_MAX_PIN -1 - -#define Y2_STEP_PIN -1 -#define Y2_DIR_PIN -1 -#define Y2_ENABLE_PIN -1 - -#define Z2_STEP_PIN -1 -#define Z2_DIR_PIN -1 -#define Z2_ENABLE_PIN -1 - -#define E0_STEP_PIN PB4 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PB5 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PB8 - - - -#define E1_STEP_PIN -1 -#define E1_DIR_PIN -1 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN -1 - -#define E2_STEP_PIN -1 -#define E2_DIR_PIN -1 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN -1 - -// -// Misc. Functions -// -#define SDSS -1 -#define LED_PIN -1 -#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 - -#define PS_ON_PIN -1 -#define KILL_PIN PD6 // LED strip 24v - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN PD12 // HOT-END -#define HEATER_1_PIN -1 -#define HEATER_2_PIN -1 - -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PG11 // HOT-BED -#define HEATER_BED2_PIN -1 // BED2 -#define HEATER_BED3_PIN -1 // BED3 - -#ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN PG14 // MAIN BOARD FAN -#endif - -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PA0 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_0_PIN PA1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN -1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_2_PIN -1 // Analog Input - -// -// LCD Pins -// -#if HAS_SPI_LCD - - #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 49 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 51 // SID (MOSI) - #define LCD_PINS_D4 52 // SCK (CLK) clock - #elif BOTH(NEWPANEL, PANEL_ONE) - #define LCD_PINS_RS PB8 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD2 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB12 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 PB13 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 PB14 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 PB15 - #else - #define LCD_PINS_RS PB8 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD2 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB12 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 PB13 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 PB14 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 PB15 - #if DISABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define BEEPER_PIN 33 - // Buttons attached to a shift register - // Not wired yet - //#define SHIFT_CLK 38 - //#define SHIFT_LD 42 - //#define SHIFT_OUT 40 - //#define SHIFT_EN 17 - #endif - #endif - - #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) - - #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) - - #define BEEPER_PIN 37 - - #define BTN_EN1 31 - #define BTN_EN2 33 - #define BTN_ENC 35 - - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - #define KILL_PIN 41 - - #if ENABLED(BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 39 - #endif - - #elif ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) - - #define BTN_EN1 64 - #define BTN_EN2 59 - #define BTN_ENC 63 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 42 - - #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2) - - #define BTN_EN1 47 - #define BTN_EN2 43 - #define BTN_ENC 32 - #define LCD_SDSS 53 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 - #define KILL_PIN 41 - - #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_VIKI) - - #define BTN_EN1 22 // http://files.panucatt.com/datasheets/viki_wiring_diagram.pdf explains 40/42. - #define BTN_EN2 7 // 22/7 are unused on RAMPS_14. 22 is unused and 7 the SERVO0_PIN on RAMPS_13. - - #define BTN_ENC -1 - #define LCD_SDSS 53 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - - #elif ANY(VIKI2, miniVIKI) - - #define BEEPER_PIN 33 - - // Pins for DOGM SPI LCD Support - #define DOGLCD_A0 44 - #define DOGLCD_CS 45 - #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 - - #define BTN_EN1 22 - #define BTN_EN2 7 - #define BTN_ENC 39 - - #define SDSS 53 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Pin 49 for display sd interface, 72 for easy adapter board - - #define KILL_PIN 31 - - #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 32 - #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 35 - - #elif ENABLED(ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER) - #define BTN_EN1 35 - #define BTN_EN2 37 - #define BTN_ENC 31 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - #define LCD_SDSS 53 - #define KILL_PIN 41 - #define BEEPER_PIN 23 - #define DOGLCD_CS 29 - #define DOGLCD_A0 27 - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 33 - - #elif ENABLED(MINIPANEL) - - #define BEEPER_PIN 42 - // Pins for DOGM SPI LCD Support - #define DOGLCD_A0 44 - #define DOGLCD_CS 66 - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 65 // backlight LED on A11/D65 - #define SDSS 53 - - #define KILL_PIN 64 - // GLCD features - // Uncomment screen orientation - //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_90 - //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 - //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270 - // The encoder and click button - #define BTN_EN1 40 - #define BTN_EN2 63 - #define BTN_ENC 59 - // not connected to a pin - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - - #else - - // Beeper on AUX-4 - #define BEEPER_PIN 33 - - // Buttons directly attached to AUX-2 - #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) - #define BTN_EN1 64 - #define BTN_EN2 59 - #define BTN_ENC 63 - #define SHIFT_OUT 40 - #define SHIFT_CLK 44 - #define SHIFT_LD 42 - #elif ENABLED(PANEL_ONE) - #define BTN_EN1 59 // AUX2 PIN 3 - #define BTN_EN2 63 // AUX2 PIN 4 - #define BTN_ENC 49 // AUX3 PIN 7 - #else - #define BTN_EN1 37 - #define BTN_EN2 35 - #define BTN_ENC 31 - #endif - - #if ENABLED(G3D_PANEL) - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - #define KILL_PIN 41 - #else - //#define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Ramps doesn't use this - #endif - - #endif - #endif // NEWPANEL - -#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_JGAURORA_A5S_A1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_JGAURORA_A5S_A1.h deleted file mode 100644 index 51c1e8f79a..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_JGAURORA_A5S_A1.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - - /** - * ╦╔═╗╔═╗┬ ┬┬─┐┌─┐┬─┐┌─┐╔═╗┌─┐┬─┐┬ ┬┌┬┐ ┌─┐┌─┐┌┬┐ - * ║║ ╦╠═╣│ │├┬┘│ │├┬┘├─┤╠╣ │ │├┬┘│ ││││ │ │ ││││ - * ╚╝╚═╝╩ ╩└─┘┴└─└─┘┴└─┴ ┴╚ └─┘┴└─└─┘┴ ┴o└─┘└─┘┴ ┴ - * Pin assignments for 32-bit JGAurora A5S & A1 - */ - -#ifndef __STM32F1__ - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#elif HOTENDS > 1 || E_STEPPERS > 1 - #error "JGAurora 32-bit board only supports 1 hotend / E-stepper. Comment out this line to continue." -#endif -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "JGAurora A5S A1 board" - -#define STM32_XL_DENSITY -// #define MCU_STM32F103ZE // not yet required -// Enable EEPROM Emulation for this board, so that we don't overwrite factory data - -//#define I2C_EEPROM // AT24C64 -//#define E2END 0x7FFF // 64KB -//#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION -//#define E2END 0xFFF // 4KB -//#define E2END uint32(EEPROM_START_ADDRESS + (EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE * 2) - 1) -//#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT -//#define DEBUG_EEPROM_READWRITE - -// -// Limit Switches -// -#define X_STOP_PIN PC6 -#define Y_STOP_PIN PG8 -#define Z_STOP_PIN PG7 -//#define X_MAX_PIN PC5 -//#define Y_MAX_PIN PC4 -//#define Z_MAX_PIN PB0 - -// -// Steppers -// -#define X_STEP_PIN PD6 -#define X_DIR_PIN PD3 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PG9 - -#define Y_STEP_PIN PG12 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PG11 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PG13 - -#define Z_STEP_PIN PG15 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PG14 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB8 - -#define E0_STEP_PIN PE2 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PB9 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PE3 - -#define E1_STEP_PIN PE5 -#define E1_DIR_PIN PE4 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PE6 - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// -#define TEMP_0_PIN PC2 -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC1 - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN PA2 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA3 - -#define FAN_PIN PA1 - -#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PC7 - -// -// LCD -// -#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN PF11 -#define FSMC_CS_PIN PD7 -#define FSMC_RS_PIN PG0 - -#define LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC // Use DMA transfers to send data to the TFT -#define FSMC_DMA_DEV DMA2 -#define FSMC_DMA_CHANNEL DMA_CH5 - -// -// SD Card -// -#define SD_DETECT_PIN PF10 - -// -// Misc. -// -#define BEEPER_PIN PC3 // use PB7 to shut up if desired -#define LED_PIN PC13 - -// -// Touch support -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define TOUCH_CS_PIN PA4 - #define TOUCH_INT_PIN PC4 -#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_LERDGE_K.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_LERDGE_K.h deleted file mode 100644 index a9d20f5d0e..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_LERDGE_K.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#if !defined(STM32F4) && !defined(STM32F4xx) - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#elif HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 - #error "LERDGE K supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers." -#endif - -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Lerdge K" -#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "LERDGE" - -#define I2C_EEPROM - -// Ignore temp readings during develpment. -//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 - -// -// Servos -// -//#define SERVO0_PIN PD12 - -// -// Limit Switches -// -#define X_STOP_PIN PG3 -#define Y_STOP_PIN PG4 -#define Z_STOP_PIN PG5 - -// -// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) -// -//#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN -// #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PB15 -//#endif - -// -// Filament runout -// -#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PE6 -#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN PE7 - -// -// Steppers -// -#define X_STEP_PIN PG1 -#define X_DIR_PIN PB10 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PG0 -//#ifndef X_CS_PIN -// #define X_CS_PIN PE0 -//#endif - -#define Y_STEP_PIN PF14 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PF15 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PF13 -//#ifndef Y_CS_PIN -// #define Y_CS_PIN PE1 -//#endif - -#define Z_STEP_PIN PF11 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PF12 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PC5 -//#ifndef Z_CS_PIN -// #define Z_CS_PIN PE2 -//#endif - -#define E0_STEP_PIN PC14 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PC13 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC15 -//#ifndef E0_CS_PIN -// #define E0_CS_PIN PE3 -//#endif - -#define E1_STEP_PIN PF1 -#define E1_DIR_PIN PF0 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PF2 -//#ifndef E1_CS_PIN -// #define E1_CS_PIN PE4 -//#endif - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// -#define TEMP_0_PIN PC1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN PC2 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC0 // Analog Input - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN PA1 -#define HEATER_1_PIN PA0 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA2 - -#ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN PC15 -#endif -#define FAN1_PIN PF6 -#define FAN2_PIN PF7 - -#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN FAN1_PIN // Use this by NOT overriding E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN - -// -// LED / Lighting -// -//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN_CI -1 -//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN_DO -1 -//#define NEOPIXEL_PIN -1 - -// -// Prusa i3 MK2 Multi-Material Multiplexer Support -// -//#define E_MUX0_PIN -1 -//#define E_MUX1_PIN -1 - -// -// SD support -// -#define SDIO_SUPPORT - -// -// Misc. Functions -// -#define SDSS PC11 -#define LED_PIN PC7 // Alive -#define PS_ON_PIN -1 -#define KILL_PIN -1 -#define POWER_LOSS_PIN -1 // Power-loss / nAC_FAULT - -#define SCK_PIN PC12 -#define MISO_PIN PC8 -#define MOSI_PIN PD2 -#define SS_PIN PC11 - -// -// LCD / Controller -// - -// TODO: Replace these with the correct FSMC pins, once known -#define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 -#define BEEPER_PIN PD12 -#define LCD_PINS_RS -1 -#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE -1 -#define LCD_PINS_D4 -1 -#define LCD_PINS_D5 -1 -#define LCD_PINS_D6 -1 -#define LCD_PINS_D7 -1 - -#define BTN_EN1 PE3 -#define BTN_EN2 PE4 -#define BTN_ENC PE2 - -// -// ST7920 Delays -// -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) -#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_LERDGE_X.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_LERDGE_X.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3b5cf63ab8..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_LERDGE_X.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,178 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#if !defined(STM32F4) && !defined(STM32F4xx) - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#elif HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 - #error "LERDGE X supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers." -#endif - -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Lerdge X" -#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "LERDGE" - -//#define I2C_EEPROM - -// -// Servos -// -//#define SERVO0_PIN PD12 -//#define SERVO1_PIN -1 - -// -// Limit Switches -// -#define X_STOP_PIN PB12 -#define Y_STOP_PIN PB13 -#define Z_STOP_PIN PB14 - -// -// Filament runout -// -#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PE1 - -// -// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) -// -//#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN -// #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PB15 -//#endif - -// -// Steppers -// -#define X_STEP_PIN PB10 -#define X_DIR_PIN PB2 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PB11 -//#ifndef X_CS_PIN -// #define X_CS_PIN PD1 -//#endif - -#define Y_STEP_PIN PB0 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PC5 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PB1 -//#ifndef Y_CS_PIN -// #define Y_CS_PIN PE12 -//#endif - -#define Z_STEP_PIN PA7 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PA6 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PC4 -//#ifndef Z_CS_PIN -// #define Z_CS_PIN PD5 -//#endif - -#define E0_STEP_PIN PA4 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PA3 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PA5 -//#ifndef E0_CS_PIN -// #define E0_CS_PIN PB4 -//#endif - -#define E1_STEP_PIN -1 -#define E1_DIR_PIN -1 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN -1 -//#ifndef E1_CS_PIN -// #define E1_CS_PIN PE5 -//#endif - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// -#define TEMP_0_PIN PC0 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN -1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC1 // Analog Input - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN PA1 -#define HEATER_1_PIN -1 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA2 - -#ifndef FAN_PIN -// #define FAN_PIN PC15 -#endif -#define FAN1_PIN PC15 -#define FAN2_PIN PA0 - -#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN PC15 // Use this by NOT overriding E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN - -// -// Prusa i3 MK2 Multi Material Multiplexer Support -// -//#define E_MUX0_PIN -1 -//#define E_MUX1_PIN -1 - -// -// LED / Lighting -// -//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN_CI -1 -//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN_DO -1 -//#define NEOPIXEL_PIN -1 - -// -// Misc. Functions -// -#define SDSS PC11 -#define LED_PIN PC7 // Alive -#define PS_ON_PIN -1 -#define KILL_PIN -1 -#define POWER_LOSS_PIN -1 // Power-loss / nAC_FAULT - -#define SCK_PIN PC12 -#define MISO_PIN PC8 -#define MOSI_PIN PD2 -#define SS_PIN PC11 - -// -// SD support -// -#define SDIO_SUPPORT - -// -// LCD / Controller -// - -// The LCD is initialized in FSMC mode -#define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 -#define BEEPER_PIN PD12 - -#define BTN_EN1 PE3 -#define BTN_EN2 PE4 -#define BTN_ENC PE2 - -#define LCD_RESET_PIN PD6 -#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN PD3 -#define FSMC_CS_PIN PD4 -#define FSMC_RS_PIN PD11 -#define TOUCH_CS PB6 - -// -// ST7920 Delays -// -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) -#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_LONGER3D_LK.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_LONGER3D_LK.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5862449e87..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_LONGER3D_LK.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,169 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Longer3D LK1/LK2 & Alfawise U20/U30 (STM32F103VET6) board pin assignments - */ - -#if !defined(__STM32F1__) && !defined(STM32F1xx) - #error "Oops! Select a STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#elif HOTENDS > 1 || E_STEPPERS > 1 - #error "Longer3D board only supports 1 hotend / E-stepper. Comment out this line to continue." -#endif - -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Longer3D" -#define ALFAWISE_UX0 // Common to all Longer3D STM32F1 boards (used for Open drain mosfets) - -//#define DISABLE_DEBUG // We still want to debug with STLINK... -#define DISABLE_JTAG // We free the jtag pins (PA15) but keep STLINK - // Release PB4 (STEP_X_PIN) from JTAG NRST role. -// -// Limit Switches -// -#define X_MIN_PIN PC1 // pin 16 -#define X_MAX_PIN PC0 // pin 15 (Filament sensor on Alfawise setup) -#define Y_MIN_PIN PC15 // pin 9 -#define Y_MAX_PIN PC14 // pin 8 (Unused in stock Alfawise setup) -#define Z_MIN_PIN PE6 // pin 5 Standard Endstop or Z_Probe endstop function -#define Z_MAX_PIN PE5 // pin 4 (Unused in stock Alfawise setup) - // May be used for BLTouch Servo function on older variants (<= V08) - -// -// Filament Sensor -// -#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PC0 // XMAX plug on PCB used as filament runout sensor on Alfawise boards (inverting true) -#endif - -// -// Steppers -// -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PB5 // pin 91 -#define X_STEP_PIN PB4 // pin 90 -#define X_DIR_PIN PB3 // pin 89 - -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PB8 // pin 95 -#define Y_STEP_PIN PB7 // pin 93 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PB6 // pin 92 - -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PE1 // pin 98 -#define Z_STEP_PIN PE0 // pin 97 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PB9 // pin 96 - -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PE4 // pin 3 -#define E0_STEP_PIN PE3 // pin 2 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PE2 // pin 1 - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// -#define TEMP_0_PIN PA0 // pin 23 (Nozzle 100K/3950 thermistor) -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PA1 // pin 24 (Hot Bed 100K/3950 thermistor) - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN PD3 // pin 84 (Nozzle Heat Mosfet) -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA8 // pin 67 (Hot Bed Mosfet) - -#define FAN_PIN PA15 // pin 77 (4cm Fan) -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM // Required to avoid issues with heating or STLink -#define FAN_MIN_PWM 35 // Fan will not start in 1-30 range -#define FAN_MAX_PWM 255 - -//#define BEEPER_PIN PD13 // pin 60 (Servo PWM output 5V/GND on Board V0G+) made for BL-Touch sensor - // Can drive a PC Buzzer, if connected between PWM and 5V pins - -#define LED_PIN PC2 // pin 17 - -// -// PWM for a servo probe -// Other servo devices are not supported on this board! -// -#if HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE - #define SERVO0_PIN PD13 // Open drain PWM pin on the V0G (GND or floating 5V) - #define SERVO0_PWM_OD // Comment this if using PE5 - - //#define SERVO0_PIN PE5 // Pulled up PWM pin on the V08 (3.3V or 0) - //#undef Z_MAX_PIN // Uncomment if using ZMAX connector (PE5) -#endif - -/** - * Note: Alfawise screens use various TFT controllers. Supported screens - * are based on the ILI9341, ILI9328 and ST7798V. Define init sequences for - * other screens in u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64.cpp - * - * If the screen stays white, disable 'LCD_RESET_PIN' to let the bootloader - * init the screen. - * - * Setting an 'LCD_RESET_PIN' may cause a flicker when entering the LCD menu - * because Marlin uses the reset as a failsafe to revive a glitchy LCD. - */ - -#define LCD_RESET_PIN PC4 // pin 33 -#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN PD12 // pin 59 -#define FSMC_CS_PIN PD7 // pin 88 = FSMC_NE1 -#define FSMC_RS_PIN PD11 // pin 58 A16 Register. Only one address needed - -#define LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC // Use DMA transfers to send data to the TFT -#define FSMC_DMA_DEV DMA2 -#define FSMC_DMA_CHANNEL DMA_CH5 - -#define DOGLCD_MOSI -1 // Prevent auto-define by Conditionals_post.h -#define DOGLCD_SCK -1 - -/** - * Note: Alfawise U20/U30 boards DON'T use SPI2, as the hardware designer - * mixed up MOSI and MISO pins. SPI is managed in SW, and needs pins - * declared below. - */ -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define TOUCH_CS_PIN PB12 // pin 51 SPI2_NSS - #define TOUCH_SCK_PIN PB13 // pin 52 - #define TOUCH_MOSI_PIN PB14 // pin 53 - #define TOUCH_MISO_PIN PB15 // pin 54 - #define TOUCH_INT_PIN PC6 // pin 63 (PenIRQ coming from ADS7843) -#endif - -// -// Persistent Storage -// If no option is selected below the SD Card will be used -// -//#define SPI_EEPROM -#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION - -#undef E2END -#if ENABLED(SPI_EEPROM) - // SPI1 EEPROM Winbond W25Q64 (8MB/64Mbits) - #define SPI_CHAN_EEPROM1 1 - #define SPI_EEPROM1_CS PC5 // pin 34 - #define EEPROM_SCK BOARD_SPI1_SCK_PIN // PA5 pin 30 - #define EEPROM_MISO BOARD_SPI1_MISO_PIN // PA6 pin 31 - #define EEPROM_MOSI BOARD_SPI1_MOSI_PIN // PA7 pin 32 - #define EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE 0x1000U // 4KB (from datasheet) - #define E2END ((16 * EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE)-1) // Limit to 64KB for now... -#elif ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) - // SoC Flash (framework-arduinoststm32-maple/STM32F1/libraries/EEPROM/EEPROM.h) - #define EEPROM_START_ADDRESS (0x8000000UL + (512 * 1024) - 2 * EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE) - #define EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE (0x800U) // 2KB, but will use 2x more (4KB) - #define E2END (EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE - 1) -#else - #define E2END (0x7FFU) // On SD, Limit to 2KB, require this amount of RAM -#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7623f3fe23..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,141 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * MKS Robin (STM32F130ZET6) board pin assignments - */ - -#ifndef __STM32F1__ - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#elif HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 - #error "MKS Robin supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers. Comment out this line to continue." -#endif - -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MKS Robin" - -// -// Release PB4 (Y_ENABLE_PIN) from JTAG NRST role -// -#define DISABLE_DEBUG - -// -// Servos -// -#define SERVO0_PIN PC3 // XS1 - 5 -#define SERVO1_PIN PA1 // XS1 - 6 -#define SERVO2_PIN PF9 // XS2 - 5 -#define SERVO3_PIN PF8 // XS2 - 6 - -// -// Limit Switches -// -#define X_MIN_PIN PB12 -#define X_MAX_PIN PB0 -#define Y_MIN_PIN PC5 -#define Y_MAX_PIN PC4 -#define Z_MIN_PIN PA4 -#define Z_MAX_PIN PF7 - -// -// Steppers -// -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PB9 -#define X_STEP_PIN PB8 -#define X_DIR_PIN PB5 - -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PB4 -#define Y_STEP_PIN PG15 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PG10 - -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PD7 -#define Z_STEP_PIN PD3 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PG14 - -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PG13 -#define E0_STEP_PIN PG8 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PA15 - -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PA12 -#define E1_STEP_PIN PA11 -#define E1_DIR_PIN PA8 - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// -#define TEMP_0_PIN PC1 // TH1 -#define TEMP_1_PIN PC2 // TH2 -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC0 // TB1 - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN PC7 // HEATER1 -#define HEATER_1_PIN PA6 // HEATER2 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PC6 // HOT BED - -#define FAN_PIN PA7 // FAN - -/** - * Note: MKS Robin board is using SPI2 interface. Make sure your stm32duino library is configured accordingly - */ -//#define MAX6675_SS_PIN PE5 // TC1 - CS1 -//#define MAX6675_SS_PIN PE6 // TC2 - CS2 - -#define POWER_LOSS_PIN PA2 // PW_DET -#define PS_ON_PIN PA3 // PW_OFF -#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PF11 // MT_DET - -#define BEEPER_PIN PC13 -#define LED_PIN PB2 - -/** - * Note: MKS Robin TFT screens use various TFT controllers. Supported screens - * are based on the ILI9342, ILI9328 and ST7798V. Define init sequences for - * other screens in u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64.cpp - * - * If the screen stays white, disable 'LCD_RESET_PIN' - * to let the bootloader init the screen. - * - * Setting an 'LCD_RESET_PIN' may cause a flicker when entering the LCD menu - * because Marlin uses the reset as a failsafe to revive a glitchy LCD. - */ -//#define LCD_RESET_PIN PF6 -#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN PG11 -#define FSMC_CS_PIN PG12 // NE4 -#define FSMC_RS_PIN PF0 // A0 - -// -// Custom SPI pins -// -#define SCK_PIN PC12 -#define MISO_PIN PC8 -#define MOSI_PIN PD2 -#define SS_PIN -1 - -// -// Onboard SD Card -// -#define ONBOARD_SD_CS PC11 -#define SDSS PD2 - -#define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // PF12 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_LITE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_LITE.h deleted file mode 100644 index d8870f9bf1..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_LITE.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#ifndef __STM32F1__ - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#endif - -#if HOTENDS > 1 || E_STEPPERS > 1 - #error "MKS Robin Lite supports up to 1 hotends / E-steppers. Comment out this line to continue." -#endif - -#ifndef BOARD_INFO_NAME - #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MKS Robin Lite" -#endif -#define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "github.com/makerbase-mks" - -//#define DISABLE_DEBUG -#define DISABLE_JTAG -#define ENABLE_SPI2 - -// -// Limit Switches -// -#define X_STOP_PIN PC13 -#define Y_STOP_PIN PC0 -#define Z_MIN_PIN PC12 -#define Z_MAX_PIN PB9 - -// -// Steppers -// -#define X_STEP_PIN PC6 -#define X_DIR_PIN PB12 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PB10 - -#define Y_STEP_PIN PB11 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PB2 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PB10 - -#define Z_STEP_PIN PB1 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PC5 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB10 - -#define E0_STEP_PIN PC4 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PA5 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PA4 - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN PC9 -#define FAN_PIN PA8 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PC8 - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PA1 -#define TEMP_0_PIN PA0 - -#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PB8 // MT_DET - -// -// LCD Pins -// -#if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define BEEPER_PIN PD2 - #define BTN_ENC PB3 - #define LCD_PINS_RS PC3 - - #define BTN_EN1 PB5 - #define BTN_EN2 PB4 - - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PC2 - - #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) - - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 - #define LCD_RESET_PIN -1 - #define DOGLCD_A0 PC1 - #define DOGLCD_CS PC2 - #define DOGLCD_SCK PB13 - #define DOGLCD_MOSI PB15 - - #else // !MKS_MINI_12864 - - #define LCD_PINS_D4 PC1 - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define LCD_PINS_D5 -1 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 -1 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 -1 - #endif - - #endif // !MKS_MINI_12864 - -#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD - -// Motor current PWM pins -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY_PIN PB0 -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z_PIN PA7 -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E_PIN PA6 -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE (65535/10/3.3) // (255 * (1000mA / 65535)) * 257 = 1000 is equal 1.6v Vref in turn equal 1Amp -#define DEFAULT_PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1000, 1000, 1000 } // 1.05Amp per driver, here is XY, Z and E. This values determined empirically. - -// -// SD Card -// -#define ENABLE_SPI2 -#define SD_DETECT_PIN PC10 -#define SCK_PIN PB13 -#define MISO_PIN P1B4 -#define MOSI_PIN P1B5 -#define SS_PIN PA15 - -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) -#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_MINI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_MINI.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7be36b61fc..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_MINI.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,147 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * MKS Robin MINI (STM32F130VET6) board pin assignments - */ - -#ifndef __STM32F1__ - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#elif HOTENDS > 1 || E_STEPPERS > 1 - #error "MKS Robin mini supports up to 1 hotends / E-steppers. Comment out this line to continue." -#endif - -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MKS Robin mini" - -// -// Release PB4 (Y_ENABLE_PIN) from JTAG NRST role -// -#define DISABLE_DEBUG - -// -// Note: MKS Robin mini board is using SPI2 interface. -// -#define SPI_MODULE 2 - -// -// Limit Switches -// -#define X_MIN_PIN PA15 -#define X_MAX_PIN PA15 -#define Y_MIN_PIN PA12 -#define Y_MAX_PIN PA12 -#define Z_MIN_PIN PA11 -#define Z_MAX_PIN PC4 - -#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PF11 // MT_DET -#endif - -// -// Steppers -// -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PE4 -#define X_STEP_PIN PE3 -#define X_DIR_PIN PE2 - -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PE1 -#define Y_STEP_PIN PE0 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PB9 - -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB8 -#define Z_STEP_PIN PB5 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PB4 - -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PB3 -#define E0_STEP_PIN PD6 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PD3 - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// -#define TEMP_0_PIN PC1 // TH1 -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC0 // TB1 - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN PC3 // HEATER1 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA0 // HOT BED - -#define FAN_PIN PB1 // FAN - -// -// Thermocouples -// -//#define MAX6675_SS_PIN PE5 // TC1 - CS1 -//#define MAX6675_SS_PIN PE6 // TC2 - CS2 - -// -// Misc. Functions -// -#define POWER_LOSS_PIN PA2 // PW_DET -#define PS_ON_PIN PA3 // PW_OFF - -//#define LED_PIN PB2 - -// -// LCD / Controller -// -#define BEEPER_PIN PC5 -#define SD_DETECT_PIN PD12 - -/** - * Note: MKS Robin TFT screens use various TFT controllers. - * If the screen stays white, disable 'LCD_RESET_PIN' - * to let the bootloader init the screen. - */ -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - #define FSMC_CS_PIN PD7 // NE4 - #define FSMC_RS_PIN PD11 // A0 - - #define LCD_RESET_PIN PF6 - #define NO_LCD_REINIT // Suppress LCD re-initialization - - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN PD13 - - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define TOUCH_CS_PIN PC2 - #endif -#endif - -// Motor current PWM pins -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY_PIN PA6 -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z_PIN PA7 -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E_PIN PB0 -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE 1500 // (255 * (1000mA / 65535)) * 257 = 1000 is equal 1.6v Vref in turn equal 1Amp -#define DEFAULT_PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1030, 1030, 1030 } // 1.05Amp per driver, here is XY, Z and E. This values determined empirically. - -// This is a kind of workaround in case native marlin "digipot" interface won't work. -// Required to enable related code in STM32F1/HAL.cpp -//#ifndef MKS_ROBIN_MINI_VREF_PWM -// #define MKS_ROBIN_MINI_VREF_PWM -//#endif - -//#define VREF_XY_PIN PA6 -//#define VREF_Z_PIN PA7 -//#define VREF_E1_PIN PB0 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_NANO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_NANO.h deleted file mode 100644 index dab92328b6..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_NANO.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,134 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * MKS Robin nano (STM32F130VET6) board pin assignments - */ - -#ifndef __STM32F1__ - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#elif HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 - #error "MKS Robin nano supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers. Comment out this line to continue." -#endif - -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MKS Robin nano" - -// -// Release PB4 (Y_ENABLE_PIN) from JTAG NRST role -// -#define DISABLE_DEBUG - -// -// Note: MKS Robin board is using SPI2 interface. -// -#define SPI_MODULE 2 - -// -// Limit Switches -// -#define X_STOP_PIN PA15 -#define Y_STOP_PIN PA12 -#define Z_MIN_PIN PA11 -#define Z_MAX_PIN PC4 - -#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PA4 // MT_DET -#endif - -// -// Steppers -// -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PE4 -#define X_STEP_PIN PE3 -#define X_DIR_PIN PE2 - -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PE1 -#define Y_STEP_PIN PE0 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PB9 - -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB8 -#define Z_STEP_PIN PB5 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PB4 - -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PB3 -#define E0_STEP_PIN PD6 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PD3 - -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PA3 -#define E1_STEP_PIN PA6 -#define E1_DIR_PIN PA1 - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// -#define TEMP_0_PIN PC1 // TH1 -#define TEMP_1_PIN PC2 // TH2 -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC0 // TB1 - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN PC3 // HEATER1 -#define HEATER_1_PIN PB0 // HEATER2 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA0 // HOT BED - -#define FAN_PIN PB1 // FAN - -// -// Thermocouples -// -//#define MAX6675_SS_PIN PE5 // TC1 - CS1 -//#define MAX6675_SS_PIN PE6 // TC2 - CS2 - -// -// Misc. Functions -// -#define POWER_LOSS_PIN PA2 // PW_DET -#define PS_ON_PIN PA3 // PW_OFF - -#define LED_PIN PB2 - -// -// LCD / Controller -// -#define BEEPER_PIN PC5 -#define SD_DETECT_PIN PD12 - -/** - * Note: MKS Robin TFT screens use various TFT controllers. - * If the screen stays white, disable 'LCD_RESET_PIN' - * to let the bootloader init the screen. - */ -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - #define FSMC_CS_PIN PD7 // NE4 - #define FSMC_RS_PIN PD11 // A0 - - #define LCD_RESET_PIN PF6 - #define NO_LCD_REINIT // Suppress LCD re-initialization - - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN PD13 - - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define TOUCH_CS_PIN PA7 - #endif -#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_REMRAM_V1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_REMRAM_V1.h deleted file mode 100644 index aa9d6ea178..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_REMRAM_V1.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,133 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#ifndef STM32F7xx - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F7 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#endif - -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "RemRam v1" -#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "RemRam" - -#define SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION // Emulate the EEPROM using Backup SRAM - -#if HOTENDS > 1 || E_STEPPERS > 1 - #error "RemRam supports only one hotend / E-stepper." -#endif - -// -// Limit Switches -// -#if DISABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) - #define X_MIN_PIN 58 - #define X_MAX_PIN 59 - #define Y_MIN_PIN 60 - #define Y_MAX_PIN 61 - #define Z_MIN_PIN 62 - #define Z_MAX_PIN 63 -#else - #define X_STOP_PIN 36 - #define Y_STOP_PIN 39 - #define Z_MIN_PIN 62 - #define Z_MAX_PIN 42 -#endif - -// -// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) -// -#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 26 // EXT_D1 -#endif - -// -// Steppers -// -#define X_STEP_PIN 22 -#define X_DIR_PIN 35 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 34 -#define X_CS_PIN 14 - -#define Y_STEP_PIN 23 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 38 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 37 -#define Y_CS_PIN 15 - -#define Z_STEP_PIN 24 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 41 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 40 -#define Z_CS_PIN 16 - -#define E0_STEP_PIN 25 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 44 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 43 -#define E0_CS_PIN 10 - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// -#define TEMP_0_PIN 64 // THERM_1 -#define TEMP_1_PIN 65 // THERM_2 -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 66 // THERM_3 - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN 33 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 31 - -#ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 30 // "FAN1" -#endif -#define FAN1_PIN 32 // "FAN2" - -#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 32 // Use this by NOT overriding E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN - -// -// Servos -// -#define SERVO0_PIN 26 // PWM_EXT1 -#define SERVO1_PIN 27 // PWM_EXT2 - -#define SDSS 57 // Onboard SD card reader -//#define SDSS 9 // LCD SD card reader -#define LED_PIN 21 // STATUS_LED - -// -// LCD / Controller -// -#define SD_DETECT_PIN 56 // SD_CARD_DET -#define BEEPER_PIN 46 // LCD_BEEPER -#define LCD_PINS_RS 49 // LCD_RS -#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 48 // LCD_EN -#define LCD_PINS_D4 50 // LCD_D4 -#define LCD_PINS_D5 51 // LCD_D5 -#define LCD_PINS_D6 52 // LCD_D6 -#define LCD_PINS_D7 53 // LCD_D7 -#define BTN_EN1 54 // BTN_EN1 -#define BTN_EN2 55 // BTN_EN2 -#define BTN_ENC 47 // BTN_ENC - -// -// Timers -// - -#define STEP_TIMER 2 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_RUMBA32.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_RUMBA32.h deleted file mode 100644 index 26b4540c2b..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_RUMBA32.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,130 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#ifndef STM32F4 - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#elif HOTENDS > 3 || E_STEPPERS > 3 - #error "RUMBA32 supports up to 3 hotends / E-steppers." -#endif - -#define RUMBA32_V1_0 -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "RUMBA32" -#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME BOARD_INFO_NAME - -//#define I2C_EEPROM -#define E2END 0xFFF // 4KB - -// -// Limit Switches -// -#define X_MIN_PIN PB12 -#define X_MAX_PIN PB13 -#define Y_MIN_PIN PB15 -#define Y_MAX_PIN PD8 -#define Z_MIN_PIN PD9 -#define Z_MAX_PIN PD10 - -// -// Steppers -// -#define X_STEP_PIN PA0 -#define X_DIR_PIN PC15 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PC11 -#define X_CS_PIN PC14 - -#define Y_STEP_PIN PE5 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PE6 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PE3 -#define Y_CS_PIN PE4 - -#define Z_STEP_PIN PE1 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PE2 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB7 -#define Z_CS_PIN PE0 - -#define E0_STEP_PIN PB5 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PB6 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC12 -#define E0_CS_PIN PC13 - -#define E1_STEP_PIN PD6 -#define E1_DIR_PIN PD7 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PD4 -#define E1_CS_PIN PD5 - -#define E2_STEP_PIN PD2 -#define E2_DIR_PIN PD3 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PD0 -#define E2_CS_PIN PD1 - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// -#define TEMP_0_PIN PC4 -#define TEMP_1_PIN PC3 -#define TEMP_2_PIN PC2 -#define TEMP_3_PIN PC1 -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC0 - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN PC6 -#define HEATER_1_PIN PC7 -#define HEATER_2_PIN PC8 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA1 - -#define FAN_PIN PC9 -#define FAN1_PIN PA8 - -// -// I2C -// -#define SCK_PIN PA5 -#define MISO_PIN PA6 -#define MOSI_PIN PA7 - -// -// Misc. Functions -// -#define LED_PIN PB14 -#define BTN_PIN PC10 -#define PS_ON_PIN PE11 -#define KILL_PIN PC5 - -#define SDSS PA2 -#define SD_DETECT_PIN PB0 -#define BEEPER_PIN PE8 - -// -// LCD / Controller -// -#define LCD_PINS_RS PE10 -#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PE9 -#define LCD_PINS_D4 PE12 -#define LCD_PINS_D5 PE13 -#define LCD_PINS_D6 PE14 -#define LCD_PINS_D7 PE15 -#define BTN_EN1 PB1 -#define BTN_EN2 PB2 -#define BTN_ENC PE7 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STEVAL.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STEVAL.h deleted file mode 100644 index 062981a1ea..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STEVAL.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,150 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#ifndef STM32F4 - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#endif - -#ifndef MACHINE_NAME - #define MACHINE_NAME "STEVAL-3DP001V1" -#endif - -#undef TEMP_TIMER -#define TEMP_TIMER 9 // the Marlin default of timer 7 doesn't exist on the STM32MF401 series - -// -// Limit Switches -// -#define X_MIN_PIN 38 // PD8 X_STOP -#define X_MAX_PIN -1 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 39 // PD9 Y_STOP -#define Y_MAX_PIN -1 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 40 // PD10 Z_STOP -#define Z_MAX_PIN -1 - -// -// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) -// -// #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN -// #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 11 // PA4 -// #endif - -#define SCK_PIN 16 // PB13 SPI_S -#define MISO_PIN 17 // PB14 SPI_M -#define MOSI_PIN 18 // PB15 SPI_M - -// -// Steppers -// - -#define X_STEP_PIN 60 // PE14 X_PWM -#define X_DIR_PIN 61 // PE15 X_DIR -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 59 // PE13 X_RES -#define X_CS_PIN 11 // PA4 SPI_CS - -#define Y_STEP_PIN 62 // PB10 Y_PWM -#define Y_DIR_PIN 63 // PE9 Y_DIR -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 64 // PE10 Y_RES -#define Y_CS_PIN 11 // PA4 SPI_CS - -#define Z_STEP_PIN 66 // PC6 Z_PWM -#define Z_DIR_PIN 67 // PC0 Z_DIR -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 65 // PC15 Z_RES -#define Z_CS_PIN 11 // PA4 SPI_CS - -#define E0_STEP_PIN 70 // PD12 E1_PW -#define E0_DIR_PIN 68 // PC13 E1_DIR -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 69 // PC14 E1_RE -#define E0_CS_PIN 11 // PA4 SPI_CS - -#define E1_STEP_PIN 72 // PE5 E2_PWM -#define E1_DIR_PIN 73 // PE6 E2_DIR -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 71 // PE4 E2_RESE -#define E1_CS_PIN 11 // PA4 SPI_CS - -#define E2_STEP_PIN 76 // PB8 E3_PWM -#define E2_DIR_PIN 74 // PE2 E3_DIR -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 75 // PE3 E3_RESE -#define E2_CS_PIN 11 // PA4 SPI_CS - - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// -#define TEMP_0_PIN 52 // PA0 E1_THER -#define TEMP_1_PIN 53 // PA1 E2_THER -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 50 // PC2 BED_THE - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN 52 // PA0 E1_THER -#define HEATER_1_PIN 53 // PA1 E2_THER -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 50 // PC2 BED_THE - -#define FAN_PIN 56 // PC4 E1_FAN PWM pin, Part cooling fan -#define FAN1_PIN 57 // PC5 E2_FAN PWM pin, Extruder fan -#define FAN2_PIN 58 // PE8 E3_FAN PWM pin, Controller fan - -// -// Misc functions -// -#define SDSS 11 // PA4 SPI_CS -#define LED_PIN -1 // Heart beat -#define PS_ON_PIN -1 -#define KILL_PIN -1 -#define PWR_LOSS -1 // Power loss / nAC_FAULT - -// -// LCD / Controller -// -//#define SD_DETECT_PIN 24 // PA15 SD_CA -//#define BEEPER_PIN 23 // PC9 SDIO_D1 -//#define LCD_PINS_RS 63 // PE9 Y_DIR -//#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 58 // PE8 E3_FAN -//#define LCD_PINS_D4 15 // PB12 SPI_C -//#define LCD_PINS_D5 16 // PB13 SPI_S -//#define LCD_PINS_D6 17 // PB14 SPI_M -//#define LCD_PINS_D7 18 // PB15 SPI_M -//#define BTN_EN1 56 // PC4 E1_FAN -//#define BTN_EN2 57 // PC5 E2_FAN -//#define BTN_ENC 51 // PC3 BED_THE - -// -// Filament runout detection -// -//#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 55 // PA3 BED_THE - -// -// Extension pins -// -//#define EXT0_PIN 48 // PB0 E2_HEAT -//#define EXT1_PIN 49 // PB1 E3_HEAT -//#define EXT2_PIN // PB2 -//#define EXT3_PIN 38 // PD8 X_STOP -//#define EXT4_PIN 39 // PD9 Y_STOP -//#define EXT5_PIN 40 // PD10 Z_STOP -//#define EXT6_PIN 41 // PD11 -//#define EXT7_PIN 70 // PD12 E1_PW -//#define EXT8_PIN 62 // PB10 Y_PWM -//#define EXT9_PIN // PB11 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STM32F1R.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STM32F1R.h deleted file mode 100644 index ccafcad1f7..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STM32F1R.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,261 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#ifndef __STM32F1__ - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#endif - -/** - * 21017 Victor Perez Marlin for stm32f1 test - */ - -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Misc. STM32F1R" -#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "STM32F103RET6" - -// Ignore temp readings during development. -//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 - -// -// Limit Switches -// -#define X_STOP_PIN PB3 -#define Y_STOP_PIN PB4 -#define Z_STOP_PIN PB5 - -// -// Steppers -// -#define X_STEP_PIN PC0 -#define X_DIR_PIN PC1 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PA8 - -#define Y_STEP_PIN PC2 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PC3 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PA8 - -#define Z_STEP_PIN PC4 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PC5 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PA8 - -#define E0_STEP_PIN PC6 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PC7 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PA8 - -/** - * TODO: Currently using same Enable pin to all steppers. - */ - -#define E1_STEP_PIN PC8 -#define E1_DIR_PIN PC9 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PA8 - -#define E2_STEP_PIN PC10 -#define E2_DIR_PIN PC11 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PA8 - -// -// Misc. Functions -// -#define SDSS PA4 -#define LED_PIN PD2 - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN PB0 // EXTRUDER 1 -#define HEATER_1_PIN PB1 - -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA3 // BED - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PA0 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_0_PIN PA1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN PA2 // Analog Input - -// -// LCD Pins -// -#if HAS_SPI_LCD - - #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 49 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 51 // SID (MOSI) - #define LCD_PINS_D4 52 // SCK (CLK) clock - #elif BOTH(NEWPANEL, PANEL_ONE) - #define LCD_PINS_RS PB8 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD2 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB12 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 PB13 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 PB14 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 PB15 - #else - #define LCD_PINS_RS PB8 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD2 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB12 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 PB13 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 PB14 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 PB15 - #if DISABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define BEEPER_PIN 33 - // Buttons attached to a shift register - // Not wired yet - //#define SHIFT_CLK 38 - //#define SHIFT_LD 42 - //#define SHIFT_OUT 40 - //#define SHIFT_EN 17 - #endif - #endif - - #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) - - #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) - - #define BEEPER_PIN 37 - - #define BTN_EN1 31 - #define BTN_EN2 33 - #define BTN_ENC 35 - - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - #define KILL_PIN 41 - - #if ENABLED(BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 39 - #endif - - #elif ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) - - #define BTN_EN1 64 - #define BTN_EN2 59 - #define BTN_ENC 63 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 42 - - #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2) - - #define BTN_EN1 47 - #define BTN_EN2 43 - #define BTN_ENC 32 - #define LCD_SDSS 53 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 - #define KILL_PIN 41 - - #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_VIKI) - - #define BTN_EN1 22 // http://files.panucatt.com/datasheets/viki_wiring_diagram.pdf explains 40/42. - #define BTN_EN2 7 // 22/7 are unused on RAMPS_14. 22 is unused and 7 the SERVO0_PIN on RAMPS_13. - - #define BTN_ENC -1 - #define LCD_SDSS 53 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - - #elif ANY(VIKI2, miniVIKI) - - #define BEEPER_PIN 33 - - // Pins for DOGM SPI LCD Support - #define DOGLCD_A0 44 - #define DOGLCD_CS 45 - #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 - - #define BTN_EN1 22 - #define BTN_EN2 7 - #define BTN_ENC 39 - - #define SDSS 53 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Pin 49 for display sd interface, 72 for easy adapter board - - #define KILL_PIN 31 - - #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 32 - #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 35 - - #elif ENABLED(ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER) - #define BTN_EN1 35 - #define BTN_EN2 37 - #define BTN_ENC 31 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - #define LCD_SDSS 53 - #define KILL_PIN 41 - #define BEEPER_PIN 23 - #define DOGLCD_CS 29 - #define DOGLCD_A0 27 - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 33 - - #elif ENABLED(MINIPANEL) - - #define BEEPER_PIN 42 - // Pins for DOGM SPI LCD Support - #define DOGLCD_A0 44 - #define DOGLCD_CS 66 - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 65 // backlight LED on A11/D65 - #define SDSS 53 - - #define KILL_PIN 64 - // GLCD features - // Uncomment screen orientation - //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_90 - //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 - //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270 - // The encoder and click button - #define BTN_EN1 40 - #define BTN_EN2 63 - #define BTN_ENC 59 - // not connected to a pin - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - - #else - - // Beeper on AUX-4 - #define BEEPER_PIN 33 - - // Buttons directly attached to AUX-2 - #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) - #define BTN_EN1 64 - #define BTN_EN2 59 - #define BTN_ENC 63 - #define SHIFT_OUT 40 - #define SHIFT_CLK 44 - #define SHIFT_LD 42 - #elif ENABLED(PANEL_ONE) - #define BTN_EN1 59 // AUX2 PIN 3 - #define BTN_EN2 63 // AUX2 PIN 4 - #define BTN_ENC 49 // AUX3 PIN 7 - #else - #define BTN_EN1 37 - #define BTN_EN2 35 - #define BTN_ENC 31 - #endif - - #if ENABLED(G3D_PANEL) - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - #define KILL_PIN 41 - #else - //#define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Ramps doesn't use this - #endif - - #endif - #endif // NEWPANEL - -#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STM32F4.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STM32F4.h deleted file mode 100644 index 39ccf57dff..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STM32F4.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,196 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * To build with Arduino IDE use "Discovery F407VG" - * To build with PlatformIO use environment "STM32F4" - */ -#if !defined(STM32F4) && !defined(STM32F4xx) - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#elif HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 - #error "STM32F4 supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers." -#endif - -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Misc. STM32F4" -#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "STM32F407VET6" - -//#define I2C_EEPROM - -#ifndef E2END - #define E2END 0xFFF // 4KB -#endif - -// Ignore temp readings during development. -//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 - -// -// Limit Switches -// -#define X_MIN_PIN PE0 -#define X_MAX_PIN -1 -#define Y_MIN_PIN PE1 -#define Y_MAX_PIN -1 -#define Z_MIN_PIN PE14 -#define Z_MAX_PIN -1 - -// -// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) -// - -//#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN -// #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PA4 -//#endif - -// -// Steppers -// - -#define X_STEP_PIN PD3 -#define X_DIR_PIN PD2 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PD0 -//#ifndef X_CS_PIN -// #define X_CS_PIN PD1 -//#endif - -#define Y_STEP_PIN PE11 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PE10 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PE13 -//#ifndef Y_CS_PIN -// #define Y_CS_PIN PE12 -//#endif - -#define Z_STEP_PIN PD6 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PD7 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PD4 -//#ifndef Z_CS_PIN -// #define Z_CS_PIN PD5 -//#endif - -#define E0_STEP_PIN PB5 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PB6 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PB3 -//#ifndef E0_CS_PIN -// #define E0_CS_PIN PB4 -//#endif - -#define E1_STEP_PIN PE4 -#define E1_DIR_PIN PE2 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PE3 -//#ifndef E1_CS_PIN -// #define E1_CS_PIN PE5 -//#endif - -#define SCK_PIN PA5 -#define MISO_PIN PA6 -#define MOSI_PIN PA7 - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// - -#define TEMP_0_PIN PC0 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN PC1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC2 // Analog Input - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// - -#define HEATER_0_PIN PA1 -#define HEATER_1_PIN PA2 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA0 - -#ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN PC6 -#endif -#define FAN1_PIN PC7 -#define FAN2_PIN PC8 - -#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN FAN1_PIN // Use this by NOT overriding E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN - -// -// Misc. Functions -// - -//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN_CI PF13 -//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN_DO PF14 -//#define NEOPIXEL_PIN PF13 - -// -// Průša i3 MK2 Multi Material Multiplexer Support -// - -//#define E_MUX0_PIN PG3 -//#define E_MUX1_PIN PG4 - -// -// Servos -// - -//#define SERVO0_PIN PE13 -//#define SERVO1_PIN PE14 - - -#define SDSS PE7 -#define SS_PIN PE7 -#define LED_PIN PB7 //Alive -#define PS_ON_PIN PA10 -#define KILL_PIN PA8 -#define PWR_LOSS PA4 //Power loss / nAC_FAULT - -// -// LCD / Controller -// - -#define SD_DETECT_PIN PA15 -#define BEEPER_PIN PC9 -#define LCD_PINS_RS PE9 -#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PE8 -#define LCD_PINS_D4 PB12 -#define LCD_PINS_D5 PB13 -#define LCD_PINS_D6 PB14 -#define LCD_PINS_D7 PB15 -#define BTN_EN1 PC4 -#define BTN_EN2 PC5 -#define BTN_ENC PC3 - -// -// Filament runout -// - -#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PA3 - -// -// ST7920 Delays -// -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) -#endif - -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) -#endif - -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) -#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STM3R_MINI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STM3R_MINI.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9192ae453e..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STM3R_MINI.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,285 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#if !defined(__STM32F1__) && !defined(__STM32F4__) - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1/4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#endif - -/** - * 21017 Victor Perez Marlin for stm32f1 test - */ - -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "STM3R Mini" -#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME BOARD_INFO_NAME - -// Enable I2C_EEPROM for testing -#define I2C_EEPROM - -// Ignore temp readings during development. -//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 - -// -// Limit Switches -// -#define X_STOP_PIN PD0 -#define Y_STOP_PIN PD1 -#define Z_STOP_PIN PD4 - -// -// Steppers -// -#define X_STEP_PIN PE1 -#define X_DIR_PIN PE0 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PC0 - -#define Y_STEP_PIN PE3 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PE2 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PC1 - -#define Z_STEP_PIN PE5 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PE4 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PC2 - -#define E0_STEP_PIN PE7 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PE6 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC3 - -#define E1_STEP_PIN PE9 -#define E1_DIR_PIN PE8 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PC4 - -#define E2_STEP_PIN PE11 -#define E2_DIR_PIN PE10 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PC5 - -// -// Misc. Functions -// -#define SDSS PA15 -#define LED_PIN PB2 - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN PD12 // EXTRUDER 1 -//#define HEATER_1_PIN PD13 - -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PB9 // BED -//#define HEATER_BED2_PIN -1 // BED2 -//#define HEATER_BED3_PIN -1 // BED3 - -#ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN PD14 -#endif -#define FAN1_PIN PD13 - -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PA0 -#define TEMP_0_PIN PA1 -#define TEMP_1_PIN PA2 -#define TEMP_2_PIN PA3 - -// Laser control -#if HAS_CUTTER - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN PB8 - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN PD5 -#endif - -// -// LCD Pins -// -#if HAS_SPI_LCD - - #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 49 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 51 // SID (MOSI) - #define LCD_PINS_D4 52 // SCK (CLK) clock - #elif BOTH(NEWPANEL, PANEL_ONE) - #define LCD_PINS_RS PB8 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD2 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB12 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 PB13 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 PB14 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 PB15 - #else - #define LCD_PINS_RS PB8 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD2 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB12 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 PB13 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 PB14 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 PB15 - #if DISABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define BEEPER_PIN 33 - // Buttons attached to a shift register - // Not wired yet - //#define SHIFT_CLK 38 - //#define SHIFT_LD 42 - //#define SHIFT_OUT 40 - //#define SHIFT_EN 17 - #endif - #endif - - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - - #define TOUCH_CS_PIN PB12 // SPI2_NSS - #define TOUCH_SCK_PIN PB13 - #define TOUCH_MOSI_PIN PB14 - #define TOUCH_MISO_PIN PB15 - #define TOUCH_INT_PIN PC6 // (PenIRQ coming from ADS7843) - - #elif ENABLED(NEWPANEL) - - #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) - - #define BEEPER_PIN 37 - - #define BTN_EN1 31 - #define BTN_EN2 33 - #define BTN_ENC 35 - - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - #define KILL_PIN 41 - - #if ENABLED(BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER) - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 39 - #endif - - #elif ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) - - #define BTN_EN1 64 - #define BTN_EN2 59 - #define BTN_ENC 63 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 42 - - #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2) - - #define BTN_EN1 47 - #define BTN_EN2 43 - #define BTN_ENC 32 - #define LCD_SDSS 53 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 - #define KILL_PIN 41 - - #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_VIKI) - - #define BTN_EN1 22 // http://files.panucatt.com/datasheets/viki_wiring_diagram.pdf explains 40/42. - #define BTN_EN2 7 // 22/7 are unused on RAMPS_14. 22 is unused and 7 the SERVO0_PIN on RAMPS_13. - - #define BTN_ENC -1 - #define LCD_SDSS 53 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - - #elif ANY(VIKI2, miniVIKI) - - #define BEEPER_PIN 33 - - // Pins for DOGM SPI LCD Support - #define DOGLCD_A0 44 - #define DOGLCD_CS 45 - #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 - - #define BTN_EN1 22 - #define BTN_EN2 7 - #define BTN_ENC 39 - - #define SDSS 53 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Pin 49 for display sd interface, 72 for easy adapter board - - #define KILL_PIN 31 - - #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 32 - #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 35 - - #elif ENABLED(ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER) - - #define BTN_EN1 35 - #define BTN_EN2 37 - #define BTN_ENC 31 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - #define LCD_SDSS 53 - #define KILL_PIN 41 - #define BEEPER_PIN 23 - #define DOGLCD_CS 29 - #define DOGLCD_A0 27 - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 33 - - #elif ENABLED(MINIPANEL) - - #define BEEPER_PIN 42 - // Pins for DOGM SPI LCD Support - #define DOGLCD_A0 44 - #define DOGLCD_CS 66 - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 65 // backlight LED on A11/D65 - #define SDSS 53 - - #define KILL_PIN 64 - // GLCD features - // Uncomment screen orientation - //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_90 - //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 - //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270 - // The encoder and click button - #define BTN_EN1 40 - #define BTN_EN2 63 - #define BTN_ENC 59 - // not connected to a pin - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - - #else - - // Beeper on AUX-4 - #define BEEPER_PIN 33 - - // Buttons directly attached to AUX-2 - #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) - #define BTN_EN1 64 - #define BTN_EN2 59 - #define BTN_ENC 63 - #define SHIFT_OUT 40 - #define SHIFT_CLK 44 - #define SHIFT_LD 42 - #elif ENABLED(PANEL_ONE) - #define BTN_EN1 59 // AUX2 PIN 3 - #define BTN_EN2 63 // AUX2 PIN 4 - #define BTN_ENC 49 // AUX3 PIN 7 - #else - #define BTN_EN1 37 - #define BTN_EN2 35 - #define BTN_ENC 31 - #endif - - #if ENABLED(G3D_PANEL) - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - #define KILL_PIN 41 - #else - //#define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Ramps doesn't use this - #endif - - #endif - #endif // NEWPANEL - -#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_THE_BORG.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_THE_BORG.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1f8569e4ea..0000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_THE_BORG.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,185 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#ifndef STM32F7 - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F7 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#elif HOTENDS > 3 || E_STEPPERS > 3 - #error "The-Borg supports up to 3 hotends / E-steppers." -#endif - -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "The-Borge" -#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME BOARD_INFO_NAME - -#define E2END 0xFFF // EEPROM end address - -// Ignore temp readings during development. -//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 - -// -// Limit Switches -// -#define X_MIN_PIN PE9 -#define X_MAX_PIN PE10 -#define Y_MIN_PIN PE7 -#define Y_MAX_PIN PE8 -#define Z_MIN_PIN PF15 -#define Z_MAX_PIN PG0 -#define E_MIN_PIN PE2 -#define E_MAX_PIN PE3 - -// -// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) -// -#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PA4 -#endif - -// -// Steppers -// -#define STEPPER_ENABLE_PIN PE0 - -#define X_STEP_PIN PC6 // 96, 39 in Arduino -#define X_DIR_PIN PC7 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PC8 - - -#define Y_STEP_PIN PD9 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PD10 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PD11 - -#define Z_STEP_PIN PE15 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PG1 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PD8 - - -#define E0_STEP_PIN PB1 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PB2 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PE11 - - -#define E1_STEP_PIN PC4 -#define E1_DIR_PIN PC5 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PB0 - - -#define E2_STEP_PIN PC13 -#define E2_DIR_PIN PC14 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PC15 - -#define Z2_STEP_PIN PC13 -#define Z2_DIR_PIN PC14 -#define Z2_ENABLE_PIN PC15 - - -#define SCK_PIN PA5 -#define MISO_PIN PA6 -#define MOSI_PIN PA7 - -#define SPI1_SCK_PIN PA5 -#define SPI1_MISO_PIN PA6 -#define SPI1_MOSI_PIN PA7 - -#define SPI6_SCK_PIN PG13 -#define SPI6_MISO_PIN PG12 -#define SPI6_MOSI_PIN PG14 - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// - -#define TEMP_0_PIN PC3 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN PC2 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_2_PIN PC1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_3_PIN PC0 // Analog Input - -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PF10 // Analog Input - -#define TEMP_5_PIN PE12 // Analog Input, Probe temp - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN PD15 -#define HEATER_1_PIN PD14 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PF6 - -#ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN PD13 -#endif -#define FAN1_PIN PA0 -#define FAN2_PIN PA1 - -#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN PA1 // Use this by NOT overriding E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN - -// -// Misc. Functions -// - -//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN_CI PF13 -//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN_DO PF14 -//#define NEOPIXEL_PIN PF13 - -// -// Průša i3 MK2 Multi Material Multiplexer Support -// - -#define E_MUX0_PIN PG3 -#define E_MUX1_PIN PG4 - -// -// Servos -// - -#define SERVO0_PIN PE13 -#define SERVO1_PIN PE14 - - -#define SDSS PA8 -#define SS_PIN PA8 -#define LED_PIN PA2 // Alive -#define PS_ON_PIN PA3 -#define KILL_PIN -1 //PD5 // EXP2-10 -#define PWR_LOSS PG5 // Power loss / nAC_FAULT - -// -// MAX7219_DEBUG -// -#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN PG10 // EXP1-1 -#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN PD7 // EXP1-3 -#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN PD1 // EXP1-5 - -// -// LCD / Controller -// -//#define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 //PB6) // EXP2-4 -#define BEEPER_PIN PG10 // EXP1-1 -#define LCD_PINS_RS PG9 // EXP1-4 -#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD7 // EXP1-3 -#define LCD_PINS_D4 PD1 // EXP1-5 -#define LCD_PINS_D5 PF0 // EXP1-6 -#define LCD_PINS_D6 PD3 // EXP1-7 -#define LCD_PINS_D7 PD4 // EXP1-8 -#define BTN_EN1 PD6 // EXP2-5 -#define BTN_EN2 PD0 // EXP2-3 -#define BTN_ENC PG11 // EXP1-2 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_BTT_SKR_E3_DIP.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_BTT_SKR_E3_DIP.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fef8eeb617 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_BTT_SKR_E3_DIP.h @@ -0,0 +1,233 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#ifndef TARGET_STM32F1 + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE SKR E3 DIP V1.0" + +// Release PB3/PB4 (TMC_SW Pins) from JTAG pins +#define DISABLE_JTAG + +// Ignore temp readings during development. +//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 + +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +#define EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE uint16(0x800) // 2KB +#define EEPROM_START_ADDRESS uint32(0x8000000 + (STM32_FLASH_SIZE) * 1024 - 2 * EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE) +#undef E2END +#define E2END (EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE - 1) // 2KB + +// +// Servos +// +#define SERVO0_PIN PA1 // SERVOS + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN PC1 // X-STOP +#define Y_STOP_PIN PC0 // Y-STOP +#define Z_STOP_PIN PC15 // Z-STOP + +// +// Z Probe must be this pin +// +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PC14 // PROBE + +// +// Filament Runout Sensor +// +#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PC2 // E0-STOP +#endif + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PC7 +#define X_STEP_PIN PC6 +#define X_DIR_PIN PB15 +#ifndef X_CS_PIN + #define X_CS_PIN PC10 +#endif + +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PB14 +#define Y_STEP_PIN PB13 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PB12 +#ifndef Y_CS_PIN + #define Y_CS_PIN PC11 +#endif + +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB11 +#define Z_STEP_PIN PB10 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PB2 +#ifndef Z_CS_PIN + #define Z_CS_PIN PC12 +#endif + +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PB1 +#define E0_STEP_PIN PB0 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PC5 +#ifndef E0_CS_PIN + #define E0_CS_PIN PD2 +#endif + +// +// Software SPI pins for TMC2130 stepper drivers +// +#if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) + #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI + #define TMC_SW_MOSI PB5 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO + #define TMC_SW_MISO PB4 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK + #define TMC_SW_SCK PB3 + #endif +#endif + +#if HAS_TMC_UART + /** + * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers + * + * Hardware serial communication ports. + * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below + */ + //#define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + + // + // Software serial + // + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC10 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC10 + + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC11 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC11 + + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC12 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC12 + + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD2 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD2 + + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 +#endif + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PA0 // Analog Input "TH0" +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC3 // Analog Input "TB0" + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PC8 // HE +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PC9 // HB +#define FAN_PIN PA8 // FAN0 + +// +// USB connect control +// +#define USB_CONNECT_PIN PC13 +#define USB_CONNECT_INVERTING false + +#define SD_DETECT_PIN PC4 + +/** + * _____ + * 5V | 1 2 | GND + * (LCD_EN) PB7 | 3 4 | PB8 (LCD_RS) + * (LCD_D4) PB9 | 5 6 PA10 (BTN_EN2) + * RESET | 7 8 | PA9 (BTN_EN1) + * (BTN_ENC) PB6 | 9 10| PA15 (BEEPER) + * ----- + * EXP1 + */ + +#define EXPA1_03_PIN PB7 +#define EXPA1_04_PIN PB8 +#define EXPA1_05_PIN PB9 +#define EXPA1_06_PIN PA10 +#define EXPA1_07_PIN -1 +#define EXPA1_08_PIN PA9 +#define EXPA1_09_PIN PB6 +#define EXPA1_10_PIN PA15 + +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + #define BTN_ENC EXPA1_09_PIN + #define BTN_EN1 EXPA1_08_PIN + #define BTN_EN2 EXPA1_06_PIN + + #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) + + #define BEEPER_PIN EXPA1_10_PIN + + #define LCD_PINS_RS EXPA1_04_PIN + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE EXPA1_03_PIN + #define LCD_PINS_D4 EXPA1_05_PIN + + #elif EITHER(MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) + + /** Creality Ender-2 display pinout + * _____ + * 5V | 1 2 | GND + * (MOSI) PB7 | 3 4 | PB8 (LCD_RS) + * (LCD_A0) PB9 | 5 6 PA10 (BTN_EN2) + * RESET | 7 8 | PA9 (BTN_EN1) + * (BTN_ENC) PB6 | 9 10| PA15 (SCK) + * ----- + * EXP1 + */ + + #define DOGLCD_CS EXPA1_04_PIN + #define DOGLCD_A0 EXPA1_05_PIN + #define DOGLCD_SCK EXPA1_10_PIN + #define DOGLCD_MOSI EXPA1_03_PIN + #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 + + #else + #error "Only CR10_STOCKDISPLAY, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY, and MKS_MINI_12864 are currently supported on the BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP." + #endif + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD + +// +// SD Support +// +#define HAS_ONBOARD_SD + +#ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION + #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD +#endif + +#define ON_BOARD_SPI_DEVICE 1 //SPI1 +#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN PA4 // Chip select for "System" SD card diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..15bc01263a --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3.h @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#ifndef TARGET_STM32F1 + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#endif + +// Release PB3/PB4 (E0 STP/DIR) from JTAG pins +#define DISABLE_JTAG + +// Ignore temp readings during development. +//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 + +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +#define EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE uint16(0x800) // 2KB +#define EEPROM_START_ADDRESS uint32(0x8000000 + (STM32_FLASH_SIZE) * 1024 - 2 * EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE) +#undef E2END +#define E2END (EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE - 1) // 2KB + +// +// Servos +// +#define SERVO0_PIN PA1 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN PC0 +#define Y_STOP_PIN PC1 +#define Z_STOP_PIN PC2 + +// +// Z Probe must be this pins +// +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PC14 + +// +// Filament Runout Sensor +// +#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PC15 // "E0-STOP" +#endif + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PB14 +#define X_STEP_PIN PB13 +#define X_DIR_PIN PB12 + +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PB11 +#define Y_STEP_PIN PB10 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PB2 + +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB1 +#define Z_STEP_PIN PB0 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PC5 + +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PD2 +#define E0_STEP_PIN PB3 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PB4 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PA0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC3 // Analog Input + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PC8 // EXTRUDER +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PC9 // BED +#define FAN_PIN PA8 + +// +// USB connect control +// +#define USB_CONNECT_PIN PC13 +#define USB_CONNECT_INVERTING false + +#define SD_DETECT_PIN PC4 + +/** + * _____ + * 5V | 1 2 | GND + * (LCD_EN) PB7 | 3 4 | PB8 (LCD_RS) + * (LCD_D4) PB9 | 5 6 PA10 (BTN_EN2) + * RESET | 7 8 | PA9 (BTN_EN1) + * (BTN_ENC) PB6 | 9 10| PB5 (BEEPER) + * ----- + * EXP1 + */ + +#define EXPA1_03_PIN PB7 +#define EXPA1_04_PIN PB8 +#define EXPA1_05_PIN PB9 +#define EXPA1_06_PIN PA10 +#define EXPA1_07_PIN -1 +#define EXPA1_08_PIN PA9 +#define EXPA1_09_PIN PB6 +#define EXPA1_10_PIN PB5 + +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + + #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) + + #define BEEPER_PIN EXPA1_10_PIN + + #define BTN_EN1 EXPA1_08_PIN + #define BTN_EN2 EXPA1_06_PIN + #define BTN_ENC EXPA1_09_PIN + + #define LCD_PINS_RS EXPA1_04_PIN + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE EXPA1_03_PIN + #define LCD_PINS_D4 EXPA1_05_PIN + + #elif ENABLED(ZONESTAR_LCD) // ANET A8 LCD Controller - Must convert to 3.3V - CONNECTING TO 5V WILL DAMAGE THE BOARD! + + #error "CAUTION! ZONESTAR_LCD requires wiring modifications. See 'pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3.h' for details. Comment out this line to continue." + + #define LCD_PINS_RS EXPA1_05_PIN + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE EXPA1_09_PIN + #define LCD_PINS_D4 EXPA1_04_PIN + #define LCD_PINS_D5 EXPA1_06_PIN + #define LCD_PINS_D6 EXPA1_08_PIN + #define LCD_PINS_D7 EXPA1_10_PIN + #define ADC_KEYPAD_PIN PA1 // Repurpose servo pin for ADC - CONNECTING TO 5V WILL DAMAGE THE BOARD! + + #elif EITHER(MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) + + /** Creality Ender-2 display pinout + * _____ + * 5V | 1 2 | GND + * (MOSI) PB7 | 3 4 | PB8 (LCD_RS) + * (LCD_A0) PB9 | 5 6 PA10 (BTN_EN2) + * RESET | 7 8 | PA9 (BTN_EN1) + * (BTN_ENC) PB6 | 9 10| PB5 (SCK) + * ----- + * EXP1 + */ + #define BTN_EN1 EXPA1_08_PIN + #define BTN_EN2 EXPA1_06_PIN + #define BTN_ENC EXPA1_09_PIN + + #define DOGLCD_CS EXPA1_04_PIN + #define DOGLCD_A0 EXPA1_05_PIN + #define DOGLCD_SCK EXPA1_10_PIN + #define DOGLCD_MOSI EXPA1_03_PIN + #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 + + #else + + #error "Only ZONESTAR_LCD, MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY, and CR10_STOCKDISPLAY are currently supported on the BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3." + + #endif + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD + +// +// SD Support +// +#define HAS_ONBOARD_SD + +#ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION + #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD +#endif + +#define ON_BOARD_SPI_DEVICE 1 // SPI1 +#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN PA4 // Chip select for "System" SD card diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_0.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_0.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f909cce83a --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_0.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#include "pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3.h" + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE SKR Mini E3" + +/** + * TMC220x stepper drivers + * Hardware serial communication ports. + */ +#if HAS_TMC_UART + #define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial4 + #define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial4 + #define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial4 + #define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial4 +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_2.h similarity index 51% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/inc/SanityCheck.h rename to Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_2.h index 6223e006df..961620ee8b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_2.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -21,14 +21,31 @@ */ #pragma once +#include "pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3.h" + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE SKR Mini E3 V1.2" + +#define NEOPIXEL_PIN PC7 // LED driving pin + /** - * Test LPC176x-specific configuration values for errors at compile-time. + * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers */ +#if HAS_TMC_UART + // + // Software serial + // + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN PB15 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN PB15 -//#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) && !(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 4 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 6 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 11) -// #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN must use SERVO0, SERVO1 or SERVO3 connector" -//#endif + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC6 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC6 -#if IS_RE_ARM_BOARD && ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER) && HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130) && DISABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) - #error "Re-ARM with REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER and TMC2130 require TMC_USE_SW_SPI" + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC10 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC10 + + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC11 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC11 + + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_V1_1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_V1_1.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fff3af5b6b --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_V1_1.h @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#ifndef TARGET_STM32F1 + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE SKR Mini 1.1" + +//#define DISABLE_DEBUG +#define DISABLE_JTAG + +// Ignore temp readings during development. +//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 + +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +#define EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE (0x800) // 2KB +#define EEPROM_START_ADDRESS uint32(0x8000000 + (STM32_FLASH_SIZE) * 1024 - 2 * EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE) +#define E2END (EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE - 1) + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN PC2 +#define X_MAX_PIN PA2 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PC1 +#define Y_MAX_PIN PA1 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PC0 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PC3 + +// +// Steppers +// + +#define X_STEP_PIN PC6 +#define X_DIR_PIN PC7 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PB15 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PB13 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PB14 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PB12 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PB10 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PB11 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB2 + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PC5 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PB0 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC4 + +#if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) + #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK + #define TMC_SW_SCK PB3 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO + #define TMC_SW_MISO PB4 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI + #define TMC_SW_MOSI PB5 + #endif +#endif + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PA8 +#define FAN_PIN PC8 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PC9 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PB1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN PA0 // Analog Input + +// +// LCD Pins +// + +/** + * _____ _____ + * NC | · · | GND 5V | · · | GND + * RESET | · · | PB9 (SD_DETECT) (LCD_D7) PC14 | · · | PC15 (LCD_D6) + * (MOSI) PB5 | · · | PB8 (BTN_EN2) (LCD_D5) PB7 | · · | PC13 (LCD_D4) + * (SD_SS) PA15 | · · | PD2 (BTN_EN1) (LCD_RS) PC12 | · · | PB6 (LCD_EN) + * (SCK) PB3 | · · | PB4 (MISO) (BTN_ENC) PC11 | · · | PC10 (BEEPER) + * ----- ----- + * EXP2 EXP1 + */ + +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + #define BEEPER_PIN PC10 + #define BTN_ENC PC11 + + #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) + #define LCD_PINS_RS PC15 + + #define BTN_EN1 PB6 + #define BTN_EN2 PC13 + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PC14 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB7 + + #else + + #define LCD_PINS_RS PC12 + + #define BTN_EN1 PD2 + #define BTN_EN2 PB8 + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PB6 + + #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) + + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 + #define LCD_RESET_PIN PC13 + #define DOGLCD_A0 PC12 + #define DOGLCD_CS PB6 + #define DOGLCD_SCK PB3 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI PB5 + + #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // SPI MODE3 + + #define LED_PIN PB7 // red pwm + //#define LED_PIN PC15 // green + //#define LED_PIN PC14 // blue + + //#if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) + // #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN + // #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PB7 + // #endif + // #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN + // #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PC15 + // #endif + // #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN + // #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PC14 + // #endif + //#elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) + // #define NEOPIXEL_PIN PB7 + //#endif + + #else // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 + + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PC13 + #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PB7 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PC15 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PC14 + #endif + + #endif // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 + + #endif + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD + +// +// SD Card +// + +// By default the onboard SD is enabled. +// set SDCARD_CONNECTION form 'ONBOARD' to 'LCD' and use an external SD (connected to LCD) +#define HAS_ONBOARD_SD +#ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION + #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD +#endif + +#if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) + #define ENABLE_SPI3 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PB9 + #define SCK_PIN PB3 + #define MISO_PIN PB4 + #define MOSI_PIN PB5 + #define SS_PIN PA15 +#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) + #define ENABLE_SPI1 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PA3 + #define SCK_PIN PA5 + #define MISO_PIN PA6 + #define MOSI_PIN PA7 + #define SS_PIN PA4 +#endif +#define ON_BOARD_SPI_DEVICE 1 //SPI1 +#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN PA4 // Chip select for "System" SD card + +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_CHITU3D.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_CHITU3D.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b9272c7211 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_CHITU3D.h @@ -0,0 +1,281 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#if !defined(__STM32F1__) && !defined(__STM32F4__) + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1/4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#endif + +/** + * 2017 Victor Perez Marlin for stm32f1 test + */ + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Chitu3D" +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "STM32F103RET6" + +// Enable I2C_EEPROM for testing +//#define I2C_EEPROM + +// Ignore temp readings during development. +//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PE5 +#define X_DIR_PIN PE6 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PC13 +#define X_MIN_PIN PG10 +#define X_MAX_PIN -1 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PE2 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PE3 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PE4 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PA12 +#define Y_MAX_PIN + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PB9 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PE0 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PE1 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PA14 +#define Z_MAX_PIN -1 + +#define Y2_STEP_PIN -1 +#define Y2_DIR_PIN -1 +#define Y2_ENABLE_PIN -1 + +#define Z2_STEP_PIN -1 +#define Z2_DIR_PIN -1 +#define Z2_ENABLE_PIN -1 + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PB4 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PB5 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PB8 + +#define E1_STEP_PIN -1 +#define E1_DIR_PIN -1 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN -1 + +#define E2_STEP_PIN -1 +#define E2_DIR_PIN -1 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN -1 + +// +// Misc. Functions +// +#define SDSS -1 +#define LED_PIN -1 +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN PA8 // 8 + +#define PS_ON_PIN -1 +#define KILL_PIN PD6 // LED strip 24v + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PD12 // HOT-END +#define HEATER_1_PIN -1 +#define HEATER_2_PIN -1 + +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PG11 // HOT-BED +#define HEATER_BED2_PIN -1 // BED2 +#define HEATER_BED3_PIN -1 // BED3 + +#ifndef FAN_PIN + #define FAN_PIN PG14 // MAIN BOARD FAN +#endif + +#define FAN_SOFT_PWM + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PA0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN PA1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN -1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_2_PIN -1 // Analog Input + +// +// LCD Pins +// +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + + #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) + #define LCD_PINS_RS PD1 // 49 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD3 // 51 // SID (MOSI) + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PD4 // 52 // SCK (CLK) clock + #elif BOTH(NEWPANEL, PANEL_ONE) + #define LCD_PINS_RS PB8 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD2 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB12 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PB13 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PB14 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PB15 + #else + #define LCD_PINS_RS PB8 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD2 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB12 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PB13 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PB14 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PB15 + #if DISABLED(NEWPANEL) + #define BEEPER_PIN PC1 // 33 + // Buttons attached to a shift register + // Not wired yet + //#define SHIFT_CLK PC6 // 38 + //#define SHIFT_LD PC10 // 42 + //#define SHIFT_OUT PC8 // 40 + //#define SHIFT_EN PA1 // 17 + #endif + #endif + + #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) + + #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) + + #define BEEPER_PIN PC5 + + #define BTN_EN1 PB15 // 31 + #define BTN_EN2 PC1 // 33 + #define BTN_ENC PC3 // 35 + + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PD1 // 49 + #define KILL_PIN PC9 // 41 + + #if ENABLED(BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER) + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN PC7 // 39 + #endif + + #elif ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) + + #define BTN_EN1 PE0 // 64 + #define BTN_EN2 PD11 // 59 + #define BTN_ENC PD15 // 63 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PC10 // 42 + + #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2) + + #define BTN_EN1 PC15 // 47 + #define BTN_EN2 PC11 // 43 + #define BTN_ENC PC0 // 32 + #define LCD_SDSS PD5 // 53 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 + #define KILL_PIN PC9 // 41 + + #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_VIKI) + + #define BTN_EN1 PB6 // 22 // http://files.panucatt.com/datasheets/viki_wiring_diagram.pdf explains 40/42. + #define BTN_EN2 PA7 // 7 // 22/7 are unused on RAMPS_14. 22 is unused and 7 the SERVO0_PIN on RAMPS_13. + + #define BTN_ENC -1 + #define LCD_SDSS PD5 // 53 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PD1 // 49 + + #elif ANY(VIKI2, miniVIKI) + + #define BEEPER_PIN PC1 // 33 + + // Pins for DOGM SPI LCD Support + #define DOGLCD_A0 PC12 // 44 + #define DOGLCD_CS PC13 // 45 + #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 + + #define BTN_EN1 PB6 // 22 + #define BTN_EN2 PA7 // 7 + #define BTN_ENC PC7 // 39 + + #define SDSS PD5 // 53 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Pin 49 for display sd interface, 72 for easy adapter board + + #define KILL_PIN PB15 // 31 + + #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN PC0 // 32 + #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN PC3 // 35 + + #elif ENABLED(ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER) + #define BTN_EN1 PC3 // 35 + #define BTN_EN2 PC5 // 37 + #define BTN_ENC PB15 // 31 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PD1 // 49 + #define LCD_SDSS PD5 // 53 + #define KILL_PIN PC9 // 41 + #define BEEPER_PIN PB7 // 23 + #define DOGLCD_CS PB13 // 29 + #define DOGLCD_A0 PB11 // 27 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN PC1 // 33 + + #elif ENABLED(MINIPANEL) + + #define BEEPER_PIN PC10 // 42 + // Pins for DOGM SPI LCD Support + #define DOGLCD_A0 PC12 // 44 + #define DOGLCD_CS PE2 // 66 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN PE1 // 65 // backlight LED on A11/D65 + #define SDSS PD5 // 53 + + #define KILL_PIN PE0 // 64 + // GLCD features + // Uncomment screen orientation + //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_90 + //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 + //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270 + // The encoder and click button + #define BTN_EN1 PC8 // 40 + #define BTN_EN2 PD15 // 63 + #define BTN_ENC PD11 // 59 + // not connected to a pin + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PD1 // 49 + + #else + + // Beeper on AUX-4 + #define BEEPER_PIN PC1 // 33 + + // Buttons directly attached to AUX-2 + #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) + #define BTN_EN1 PE0 // 64 + #define BTN_EN2 PD11 // 59 + #define BTN_ENC PD15 // 63 + #define SHIFT_OUT PC8 // 40 + #define SHIFT_CLK PC12 // 44 + #define SHIFT_LD PC10 // 42 + #elif ENABLED(PANEL_ONE) + #define BTN_EN1 PD11 // 59 // AUX2 PIN 3 + #define BTN_EN2 PD15 // 63 // AUX2 PIN 4 + #define BTN_ENC PD1 // 49 // AUX3 PIN 7 + #else + #define BTN_EN1 PC5 // 37 + #define BTN_EN2 PC3 // 35 + #define BTN_ENC PB15 // 31 + #endif + + #if ENABLED(G3D_PANEL) + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PD1 // 49 + #define KILL_PIN PC9 // 41 + #else + //#define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Ramps doesn't use this + #endif + + #endif + #endif // NEWPANEL + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FYSETC_AIO_II.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_FYSETC_AIO_II.h similarity index 53% rename from Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FYSETC_AIO_II.h rename to Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_FYSETC_AIO_II.h index d55bdcc150..dcd1119c86 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FYSETC_AIO_II.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_FYSETC_AIO_II.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -46,55 +46,55 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN PA1 -#define Y_STOP_PIN PA0 -#define Z_STOP_PIN PB14 +#define X_STOP_PIN PA1 +#define Y_STOP_PIN PA0 +#define Z_STOP_PIN PB14 // // Filament runout // #ifdef pins_v2_20190128 - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PB15 + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PB15 #else - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PB5 + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PB5 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN PB8 -#define X_DIR_PIN PB9 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PA8 +#define X_STEP_PIN PB8 +#define X_DIR_PIN PB9 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PA8 -#define Y_STEP_PIN PB2 +#define Y_STEP_PIN PB2 #ifdef pins_v2_20190128 - #define Y_DIR_PIN PB3 + #define Y_DIR_PIN PB3 #else - #define Y_DIR_PIN PB0 + #define Y_DIR_PIN PB0 #endif -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PB1 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PB1 -#define Z_STEP_PIN PC0 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PC1 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PC2 +#define Z_STEP_PIN PC0 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PC1 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PC2 -#define E0_STEP_PIN PC15 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PC14 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC13 +#define E0_STEP_PIN PC15 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PC14 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC13 // // Stepper current PWM // // X:PA2 Y:PA3 Z:PB12 E:PB13 // changed for test -//#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY_PIN PA3 -//#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z_PIN PA2 // PB12 -//#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY_PIN PB6 -//#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z_PIN PB7 // PB12 -//#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E_PIN -1 // PB13 +//#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY_PIN PA3 +//#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z_PIN PA2 // PB12 +//#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY_PIN PB6 +//#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z_PIN PB7 // PB12 +//#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E_PIN -1 // PB13 // Motor current PWM conversion, PWM value = MotorCurrentSetting * 255 / range #ifndef MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE - #define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE 1500 // geo-f:old 2000 + #define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE 1500 // geo-f:old 2000 #endif #define DEFAULT_PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT {500, 500, 400} // geo-f:old 1300 1300 1250 @@ -112,37 +112,37 @@ // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN PC7 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PC6 +#define HEATER_0_PIN PC7 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PC6 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN PC8 + #define FAN_PIN PC8 #endif // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC5 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_0_PIN PC4 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC5 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC4 // Analog Input // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS PA4 +#define SDSS PA4 // // LCD Pins // #if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define BEEPER_PIN PC9 + #define BEEPER_PIN PC9 #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - #define DOGLCD_A0 PA15 + #define DOGLCD_A0 PA15 #ifdef pins_v2_20190128 - #define DOGLCD_CS PB5 + #define DOGLCD_CS PB5 #else - #define DOGLCD_CS PB7 + #define DOGLCD_CS PB7 #endif //#define LCD_CONTRAST_INIT 190 @@ -153,36 +153,36 @@ #endif // not connected to a pin - #define SD_DETECT_PIN PC3 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PC3 #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) // The encoder and click button - #define BTN_EN1 PC10 - #define BTN_EN2 PC11 - #define BTN_ENC PC12 + #define BTN_EN1 PC10 + #define BTN_EN2 PC11 + #define BTN_ENC PC12 #endif #ifdef pins_v2_20190128 - #define LCD_RESET_PIN PB4 + #define LCD_RESET_PIN PB4 #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PB0 + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PB0 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PB6 + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PB6 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PB7 + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PB7 #endif #else - #define LCD_RESET_PIN PB6 + #define LCD_RESET_PIN PB6 #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PB3 + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PB3 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PB4 + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PB4 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PB5 + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PB5 #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH.h similarity index 52% rename from Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH.h rename to Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH.h index 28b37cc841..e726ca1831 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -44,38 +44,38 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN PA0 +#define SERVO0_PIN PA0 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN PA1 -#define Y_STOP_PIN PB4 -#define Z_STOP_PIN PA15 +#define X_STOP_PIN PA1 +#define Y_STOP_PIN PB4 +#define Z_STOP_PIN PA15 // // Filament runout // -#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PB5 +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PB5 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN PB8 -#define X_DIR_PIN PB9 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PA8 +#define X_STEP_PIN PB8 +#define X_DIR_PIN PB9 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PA8 -#define Y_STEP_PIN PB2 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PB3 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PB1 +#define Y_STEP_PIN PB2 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PB3 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PB1 -#define Z_STEP_PIN PC0 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PC1 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PC2 +#define Z_STEP_PIN PC0 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PC1 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PC2 -#define E0_STEP_PIN PC15 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PC14 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC13 +#define E0_STEP_PIN PC15 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PC14 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC13 #define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL MSerial2 #define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL MSerial2 @@ -85,35 +85,35 @@ // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN PC6 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PC7 +#define HEATER_0_PIN PC6 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PC7 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN PC8 + #define FAN_PIN PC8 #endif // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC5 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_0_PIN PC4 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC5 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC4 // Analog Input // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS PA4 +#define SDSS PA4 // // LCD Pins // #if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define BEEPER_PIN PC9 + #define BEEPER_PIN PC9 #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - #define DOGLCD_A0 PB14 - #define DOGLCD_CS PB12 - #define DOGLCD_SCK PB13 - #define DOGLCD_MOSI PB15 + #define DOGLCD_A0 PB14 + #define DOGLCD_CS PB12 + #define DOGLCD_SCK PB13 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI PB15 //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_90 //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270 @@ -123,29 +123,29 @@ #endif #endif - #define LCD_PINS_RS PB12 // CS -- SOFT SPI for ENDER3 LCD - #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB13 // SCLK - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PB15 // DATA MOSI + #define LCD_PINS_RS PB12 // CS -- SOFT SPI for ENDER3 LCD + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB13 // SCLK + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PB15 // DATA MOSI // not connected to a pin - #define SD_DETECT_PIN PC3 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PC3 #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PB0 + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PB0 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PB7 + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PB7 #endif #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PB6 + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PB6 #endif //#define LCD_CONTRAST_INIT 190 #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define BTN_EN1 PC11 - #define BTN_EN2 PC10 - #define BTN_ENC PC12 + #define BTN_EN1 PC11 + #define BTN_EN2 PC10 + #define BTN_ENC PC12 #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH_V12.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH_V12.h similarity index 66% rename from Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH_V12.h rename to Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH_V12.h index 45b2c5b5fc..9c6412c0cb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH_V12.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH_V12.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -36,9 +36,9 @@ #undef RGB_LED_G_PIN #undef RGB_LED_B_PIN -#define FAN1_PIN PB0 // Fan1 +#define FAN1_PIN PB0 // Fan1 -#if HAS_TMC220x +#if HAS_TMC_UART /** * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers @@ -47,16 +47,18 @@ // // Software serial // - #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN PA11 - #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN PA12 + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN PA11 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN PA12 - #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN PB6 - #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN PB7 + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN PB6 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN PB7 - #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN PB10 - #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN PB11 + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN PB10 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN PB11 - #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PA2 - #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN PA3 + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PA2 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN PA3 + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_GTM32_MINI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_GTM32_MINI.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..38cc615f64 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_GTM32_MINI.h @@ -0,0 +1,230 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * 24 May 2018 - @chepo for STM32F103VET6 + * Schematic: https://github.com/chepo92/Smartto/blob/master/circuit_diagram/Rostock301/Hardware_GTM32_PRO_VB.pdf + */ + +#ifndef __STM32F1__ + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "GTM32 Pro VB" +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "STM32F103VET6" + +//#define DISABLE_DEBUG + +// +// It is required to disable JTAG function because its pins are +// used as GPIO to drive the Y axis stepper. +// DO NOT ENABLE! +// +#define DISABLE_JTAG + +// +// If you don't need the SWDIO functionality (any more), you may +// disable SWD here to regain PA13/PA14 pins for other use. +// +//#define DISABLE_JTAGSWD + +// Ignore temp readings during development. +//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 + +// Enable EEPROM Emulation for this board as it doesn't have EEPROM +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +#define E2END 0xFFF // 4KB + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN PE5 // ENDSTOPS 15,17 +#define X_MAX_PIN PE4 // ENDSTOPS 16,18 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PE3 // ENDSTOPS 9,11 +#define Y_MAX_PIN PE2 // ENDSTOPS 10,12 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PE1 // ENDSTOPS 3,5 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PE0 // ENDSTOPS 4,6 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PC6 +#define X_DIR_PIN PD13 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PA8 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PA12 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PA11 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PA15 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PD6 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PD3 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB3 + +// Extruder stepper pins +// NOTE: Numbering here is made according to EXT connector numbers, +// the FANx_PWM line numbering in the schematics is reverse. +// That is, E0_*_PIN are the E2_* lines connected to E2_A1 step +// stick that drives the EXT0 output on the board. +// +#define E0_STEP_PIN PC14 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PC13 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC15 + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PA0 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PB6 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PA1 + +#define E2_STEP_PIN PB2 +#define E2_DIR_PIN PB11 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PC4 + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PB0 // EXT0 port +#define HEATER_1_PIN PB5 // EXT1 port +#define HEATER_2_PIN PB4 // EXT2 port +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PB1 // CON2X3 hotbed port + +// +// These are FAN PWM pins on EXT0..EXT2 connectors. +// +//#define FAN_PIN PB9 // EXT0 port +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN PB9 // EXT0 port, used as main extruder fan +#define FAN1_PIN PB8 // EXT1 port +#define FAN2_PIN PB7 // EXT2 port + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC2 // EXT0 port +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC1 // EXT1 port +#define TEMP_2_PIN PC0 // EXT2 port +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC3 // CON2X3 hotbed port + +// +// Misc. Functions +// +#define LED_PWM PD12 // External LED, pin 2 on LED labeled connector + +// +// LCD / Controller +// +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + + #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) + // + // LCD display on J2 FFC40 + // Geeetech's LCD2004A Control Panel is very much like + // RepRapDiscount Smart Controller, but adds an FFC40 connector + // + #define LCD_PINS_RS PE6 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PE14 // SID (MOSI) + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PD8 // SCK (CLK) clock + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PD9 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PD10 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PE15 + + #else + // + // Serial LCDs can be implemented in ExtUI + // + //#define LCD_UART_TX PD8 + //#define LCD_UART_RX PD9 + #endif + + #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) + #endif + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD + +#if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) + // + // Geeetech's LCD2004A Control Panel is very much like + // RepRapDiscount Smart Controller, but adds an FFC40 connector + // connected with a flat wire to J2 connector on the board. + // + #define BTN_EN1 PE8 + #define BTN_EN2 PE9 + #define BTN_ENC PE13 + + #define GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_LCD_BEEPER + #define GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_EXT_SDCARD +#endif + +// +// Beeper +// +#ifdef GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_LCD_BEEPER + // This is pin 32 on J2 FFC40 and pin, goes to the beeper + // on Geeetech's version of RepRapDiscount Smart Controller + // (e.g. on Rostock 301) + #define BEEPER_PIN PE12 +#else + // This is the beeper on the board itself + #define BEEPER_PIN PB10 +#endif + +/** + * The on-board TF_CARD_SOCKET microSD card socket has no SD Detect pin wired. + * + * The FFC10 (SD_CARD) connector has the same pins as those routed to the FFC40 (J2) + * connector, which usually go to the SD Card slot on the Geeetech version of the + * RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. Both connectors have the card detect signal. + * + * The on-board SD card and the external card (on either SD_CARD or J2) are two + * separate devices and can work simultaneously. Unfortunately, Marlin only supports + * a single SPI Flash device (as of 2019-07-05) so only one is enabled here. + */ +#if ENABLED(GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_EXT_SDCARD) + // + // SD Card on RepRapDiscount Smart Controller (J2) or on SD_CARD connector + // + #define SS_PIN PC11 + #define SCK_PIN PC12 + #define MOSI_PIN PD2 + #define MISO_PIN PC8 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PC7 +#else + // + // Use the on-board card socket labeled TF_CARD_SOCKET + // + #define SS_PIN PA4 + #define SCK_PIN PA5 + #define MOSI_PIN PA7 + #define MISO_PIN PA6 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Card detect is not connected +#endif + +#define SDSS SS_PIN + +// +// ESP WiFi can be soldered to J9 connector which is wired to USART2. +// Must define WIFISUPPORT in Configuration.h for the printer. +// +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_COM 2 +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_BAUDRATE 115200 +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_RESET_PIN -1 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_GTM32_MINI_A30.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_GTM32_MINI_A30.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..873d02b065 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_GTM32_MINI_A30.h @@ -0,0 +1,230 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * 24 May 2018 - @chepo for STM32F103VET6 + * Schematic: https://github.com/chepo92/Smartto/blob/master/circuit_diagram/Rostock301/Hardware_GTM32_PRO_VB.pdf + */ + +#ifndef __STM32F1__ + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "GTM32 Pro VB" +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "STM32F103VET6" + +//#define DISABLE_DEBUG + +// +// It is required to disable JTAG function because its pins are +// used as GPIO to drive the Y axis stepper. +// DO NOT ENABLE! +// +#define DISABLE_JTAG + +// +// If you don't need the SWDIO functionality (any more), you may +// disable SWD here to regain PA13/PA14 pins for other use. +// +//#define DISABLE_JTAGSWD + +// Ignore temp readings during development. +//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 + +// Enable EEPROM Emulation for this board as it doesn't have EEPROM +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +#define E2END 0xFFF // 4KB + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN PE5 // ENDSTOPS 15,17 +#define X_MAX_PIN PE4 // ENDSTOPS 16,18 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PE3 // ENDSTOPS 9,11 +#define Y_MAX_PIN PE2 // ENDSTOPS 10,12 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PE0 // ENDSTOPS 3,5 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PE1 // ENDSTOPS 4,6 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PC6 +#define X_DIR_PIN PD13 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PA8 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PA12 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PA11 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PA15 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PD6 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PD3 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB3 + +// Extruder stepper pins +// NOTE: Numbering here is made according to EXT connector numbers, +// the FANx_PWM line numbering in the schematics is reverse. +// That is, E0_*_PIN are the E2_* lines connected to E2_A1 step +// stick that drives the EXT0 output on the board. +// +#define E0_STEP_PIN PC14 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PC13 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC15 + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PA0 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PB6 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PA1 + +#define E2_STEP_PIN PB2 +#define E2_DIR_PIN PB11 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PC4 + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PB0 // EXT0 port +#define HEATER_1_PIN PB5 // EXT1 port +#define HEATER_2_PIN PB4 // EXT2 port +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PB1 // CON2X3 hotbed port + +// +// These are FAN PWM pins on EXT0..EXT2 connectors. +// +//#define FAN_PIN PB9 // EXT0 port +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN PB9 // EXT0 port, used as main extruder fan +#define FAN1_PIN PB8 // EXT1 port +#define FAN2_PIN PB7 // EXT2 port + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC2 // EXT0 port +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC1 // EXT1 port +#define TEMP_2_PIN PC0 // EXT2 port +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC3 // CON2X3 hotbed port + +// +// Misc. Functions +// +#define LED_PWM PD12 // External LED, pin 2 on LED labeled connector + +// +// LCD / Controller +// +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + + #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) + // + // LCD display on J2 FFC40 + // Geeetech's LCD2004A Control Panel is very much like + // RepRapDiscount Smart Controller, but adds an FFC40 connector + // connected with a flat wire to J2 connector on the board. + // + #define LCD_PINS_RS PE6 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PE14 // SID (MOSI) + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PD8 // SCK (CLK) clock + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PD9 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PD10 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PE15 + + #define BTN_EN1 PE8 + #define BTN_EN2 PE9 + #define BTN_ENC PE13 + + #define GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_LCD_BEEPER + #define GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_EXT_SDCARD + + #else + // + // Serial LCDs can be implemented in ExtUI + // + //#define LCD_UART_TX PD8 + //#define LCD_UART_RX PD9 + #endif + + #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #ifndef BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) + #endif + #ifndef BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) + #endif + #ifndef BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) + #endif + #endif + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD + +// +// Beeper +// +#ifdef GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_LCD_BEEPER + // This is pin 32 on J2 FFC40 and pin, goes to the beeper + // on Geeetech's version of RepRapDiscount Smart Controller + // (e.g. on Rostock 301) + #define BEEPER_PIN PE12 +#else + // This is the beeper on the board itself + #define BEEPER_PIN PB10 +#endif + +/** + * The on-board TF_CARD_SOCKET microSD card socket has no SD Detect pin wired. + * + * The FFC10 (SD_CARD) connector has the same pins as those routed to the FFC40 (J2) + * connector, which usually go to the SD Card slot on the Geeetech version of the + * RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. Both connectors have the card detect signal. + * + * The on-board SD card and the external card (on either SD_CARD or J2) are two + * separate devices and can work simultaneously. Unfortunately, Marlin only supports + * a single SPI Flash device (as of 2019-07-05) so only one is enabled here. + */ +#if ENABLED(GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_EXT_SDCARD) + // + // SD Card on RepRapDiscount Smart Controller (J2) or on SD_CARD connector + // + #define SS_PIN PC11 + #define SCK_PIN PC12 + #define MOSI_PIN PD2 + #define MISO_PIN PC8 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PC7 +#else + // + // Use the on-board card socket labeled TF_CARD_SOCKET + // + #define SS_PIN PA4 + #define SCK_PIN PA5 + #define MOSI_PIN PA7 + #define MISO_PIN PA6 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Card detect is not connected +#endif + +#define SDSS SS_PIN + +// +// ESP WiFi can be soldered to J9 connector which is wired to USART2. +// Must define WIFISUPPORT in Configuration.h for the printer. +// +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_COM 2 +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_BAUDRATE 115200 +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_RESET_PIN -1 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GTM32_PRO_VB.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_GTM32_PRO_VB.h similarity index 51% rename from Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GTM32_PRO_VB.h rename to Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_GTM32_PRO_VB.h index 95a90e7539..38cc615f64 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GTM32_PRO_VB.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_GTM32_PRO_VB.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -53,32 +53,32 @@ // Enable EEPROM Emulation for this board as it doesn't have EEPROM #define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION -#define E2END 0xFFF // 4KB +#define E2END 0xFFF // 4KB // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN PE5 // ENDSTOPS 15,17 -#define X_MAX_PIN PE4 // ENDSTOPS 16,18 -#define Y_MIN_PIN PE3 // ENDSTOPS 9,11 -#define Y_MAX_PIN PE2 // ENDSTOPS 10,12 -#define Z_MIN_PIN PE1 // ENDSTOPS 3,5 -#define Z_MAX_PIN PE0 // ENDSTOPS 4,6 +#define X_MIN_PIN PE5 // ENDSTOPS 15,17 +#define X_MAX_PIN PE4 // ENDSTOPS 16,18 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PE3 // ENDSTOPS 9,11 +#define Y_MAX_PIN PE2 // ENDSTOPS 10,12 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PE1 // ENDSTOPS 3,5 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PE0 // ENDSTOPS 4,6 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN PC6 -#define X_DIR_PIN PD13 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PA8 +#define X_STEP_PIN PC6 +#define X_DIR_PIN PD13 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PA8 -#define Y_STEP_PIN PA12 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PA11 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PA15 +#define Y_STEP_PIN PA12 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PA11 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PA15 -#define Z_STEP_PIN PD6 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PD3 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB3 +#define Z_STEP_PIN PD6 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PD3 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB3 // Extruder stepper pins // NOTE: Numbering here is made according to EXT connector numbers, @@ -86,46 +86,46 @@ // That is, E0_*_PIN are the E2_* lines connected to E2_A1 step // stick that drives the EXT0 output on the board. // -#define E0_STEP_PIN PC14 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PC13 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC15 +#define E0_STEP_PIN PC14 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PC13 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC15 -#define E1_STEP_PIN PA0 -#define E1_DIR_PIN PB6 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PA1 +#define E1_STEP_PIN PA0 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PB6 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PA1 -#define E2_STEP_PIN PB2 -#define E2_DIR_PIN PB11 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PC4 +#define E2_STEP_PIN PB2 +#define E2_DIR_PIN PB11 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PC4 // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN PB0 // EXT0 port -#define HEATER_1_PIN PB5 // EXT1 port -#define HEATER_2_PIN PB4 // EXT2 port -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PB1 // CON2X3 hotbed port +#define HEATER_0_PIN PB0 // EXT0 port +#define HEATER_1_PIN PB5 // EXT1 port +#define HEATER_2_PIN PB4 // EXT2 port +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PB1 // CON2X3 hotbed port // // These are FAN PWM pins on EXT0..EXT2 connectors. // -//#define FAN_PIN PB9 // EXT0 port -#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN PB9 // EXT0 port, used as main extruder fan -#define FAN1_PIN PB8 // EXT1 port -#define FAN2_PIN PB7 // EXT2 port +//#define FAN_PIN PB9 // EXT0 port +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN PB9 // EXT0 port, used as main extruder fan +#define FAN1_PIN PB8 // EXT1 port +#define FAN2_PIN PB7 // EXT2 port // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN PC2 // EXT0 port -#define TEMP_1_PIN PC1 // EXT1 port -#define TEMP_2_PIN PC0 // EXT2 port -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC3 // CON2X3 hotbed port +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC2 // EXT0 port +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC1 // EXT1 port +#define TEMP_2_PIN PC0 // EXT2 port +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC3 // CON2X3 hotbed port // // Misc. Functions // -#define LED_PWM PD12 // External LED, pin 2 on LED labeled connector +#define LED_PWM PD12 // External LED, pin 2 on LED labeled connector // // LCD / Controller @@ -138,29 +138,25 @@ // Geeetech's LCD2004A Control Panel is very much like // RepRapDiscount Smart Controller, but adds an FFC40 connector // - #define LCD_PINS_RS PE6 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PE14 // SID (MOSI) - #define LCD_PINS_D4 PD8 // SCK (CLK) clock - #define LCD_PINS_D5 PD9 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 PD10 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 PE15 + #define LCD_PINS_RS PE6 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PE14 // SID (MOSI) + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PD8 // SCK (CLK) clock + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PD9 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PD10 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PE15 #else // // Serial LCDs can be implemented in ExtUI // - //#define LCD_UART_TX PD8 - //#define LCD_UART_RX PD9 + //#define LCD_UART_TX PD8 + //#define LCD_UART_RX PD9 #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) - #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) - #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) + #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) #endif #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD @@ -171,9 +167,9 @@ // RepRapDiscount Smart Controller, but adds an FFC40 connector // connected with a flat wire to J2 connector on the board. // - #define BTN_EN1 PE8 - #define BTN_EN2 PE9 - #define BTN_ENC PE13 + #define BTN_EN1 PE8 + #define BTN_EN2 PE9 + #define BTN_ENC PE13 #define GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_LCD_BEEPER #define GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_EXT_SDCARD @@ -186,10 +182,10 @@ // This is pin 32 on J2 FFC40 and pin, goes to the beeper // on Geeetech's version of RepRapDiscount Smart Controller // (e.g. on Rostock 301) - #define BEEPER_PIN PE12 + #define BEEPER_PIN PE12 #else // This is the beeper on the board itself - #define BEEPER_PIN PB10 + #define BEEPER_PIN PB10 #endif /** @@ -207,28 +203,28 @@ // // SD Card on RepRapDiscount Smart Controller (J2) or on SD_CARD connector // - #define SS_PIN PC11 - #define SCK_PIN PC12 - #define MOSI_PIN PD2 - #define MISO_PIN PC8 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN PC7 + #define SS_PIN PC11 + #define SCK_PIN PC12 + #define MOSI_PIN PD2 + #define MISO_PIN PC8 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PC7 #else // // Use the on-board card socket labeled TF_CARD_SOCKET // - #define SS_PIN PA4 - #define SCK_PIN PA5 - #define MOSI_PIN PA7 - #define MISO_PIN PA6 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Card detect is not connected + #define SS_PIN PA4 + #define SCK_PIN PA5 + #define MOSI_PIN PA7 + #define MISO_PIN PA6 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Card detect is not connected #endif -#define SDSS SS_PIN +#define SDSS SS_PIN // // ESP WiFi can be soldered to J9 connector which is wired to USART2. // Must define WIFISUPPORT in Configuration.h for the printer. // -#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_COM 2 -#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_BAUDRATE 115200 -#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_RESET_PIN -1 +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_COM 2 +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_BAUDRATE 115200 +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_RESET_PIN -1 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_GTM32_REV_B.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_GTM32_REV_B.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..24196ad892 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_GTM32_REV_B.h @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * 24 May 2018 - @chepo for STM32F103VET6 + * Schematic: https://github.com/chepo92/Smartto/blob/master/circuit_diagram/Rostock301/Hardware_GTM32_PRO_VB.pdf + */ + +#ifndef __STM32F1__ + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#endif + +#define BOARD_NAME "GTM32 Pro VB" +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "M201" + +//#define DISABLE_DEBUG + +// +// It is required to disable JTAG function because its pins are +// used as GPIO to drive the Y axis stepper. +// DO NOT ENABLE! +// +#define DISABLE_JTAG + +// +// If you don't need the SWDIO functionality (any more), you may +// disable SWD here to regain PA13/PA14 pins for other use. +// +//#define DISABLE_JTAGSWD + +// Ignore temp readings during development. +//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 + +// Enable EEPROM Emulation for this board as it doesn't have EEPROM +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +#define E2END 0xFFF // 4KB + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN PE5 // ENDSTOPS 15,17 +#define X_MAX_PIN PE4 // ENDSTOPS 16,18 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PE3 // ENDSTOPS 9,11 +#define Y_MAX_PIN PE2 // ENDSTOPS 10,12 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PE1 // ENDSTOPS 3,5 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PE0 // ENDSTOPS 4,6 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PC6 +#define X_DIR_PIN PD13 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PA8 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PA12 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PA11 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PA15 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PD6 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PD3 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB3 + +// Extruder stepper pins +// NOTE: Numbering here is made according to EXT connector numbers, +// the FANx_PWM line numbering in the schematics is reverse. +// That is, E0_*_PIN are the E2_* lines connected to E2_A1 step +// stick that drives the EXT0 output on the board. +// +#define E0_STEP_PIN PC14 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PC13 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC15 + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PA0 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PB6 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PA1 + +#define E2_STEP_PIN PB2 +#define E2_DIR_PIN PB11 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PC4 + +// +// Heaters / Fans - INFO: Extruders ports are in reverse order. Pin numbers here differ from schematic. Original firmware assumes heater, fan and temp sensor on port EXT0 PB0, PB9, PC2. +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PB0 // EXT0 port. +#define HEATER_1_PIN PB5 // EXT1 port +#define HEATER_2_PIN PB4 // EXT2 port +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PB1 // CON2X3 hotbed port + +// +// These are FAN PWM pins on EXT0..EXT2 connectors. +// +//#define FAN_PIN PB9 // EXT0 port +#define FAN1_PIN PB8 // EXT1 port +#define FAN2_PIN PB7 // EXT2 port +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN PB9 // EXT0 port, used as main extruder fan + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC2 // EXT0 port +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC1 // EXT1 port +#define TEMP_2_PIN PC0 // EXT2 port +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC3 // CON2X3 hotbed port + +// +// Misc. Functions +// +#define LED_PWM PD12 // External LED, pin 2 on LED labeled connector + +// +// LCD / Controller +// +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + + #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) + + // + // LCD display on J2 FFC40 + // Geeetech's LCD2004A Control Panel is very much like + // RepRapDiscount Smart Controller, but adds an FFC40 connector + // connected with a flat wire to J2 connector on the board. + // + #define LCD_PINS_RS PE6 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PE14 // SID (MOSI) + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PD8 // SCK (CLK) clock + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PD9 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PD10 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PE15 + + #define BTN_EN1 PE8 + #define BTN_EN2 PE9 + #define BTN_ENC PE13 + + //#define GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_LCD_BEEPER + #define GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_EXT_SDCARD + + #else + // + // Serial LCDs can be implemented in ExtUI + // + //#define LCD_UART_TX PD8 + //#define LCD_UART_RX PD9 + #endif + + #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 + #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) + #endif + #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 + #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) + #endif + #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 + #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) + #endif + #endif + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD + +// +// Beeper +// +#ifdef GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_LCD_BEEPER + // This is pin 32 on J2 FFC40 and pin, goes to the beeper + // on Geeetech's version of RepRapDiscount Smart Controller + // (e.g. on Rostock 301) + #define BEEPER_PIN PE12 +#else + // This is the beeper on the board itself + #define BEEPER_PIN PB10 +#endif + +/** + * The on-board TF_CARD_SOCKET microSD card socket has no SD Detect pin wired. + * + * The FFC10 (SD_CARD) connector has the same pins as those routed to the FFC40 (J2) + * connector, which usually go to the SD Card slot on the Geeetech version of the + * RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. Both connectors have the card detect signal. + * + * The on-board SD card and the external card (on either SD_CARD or J2) are two + * separate devices and can work simultaneously. Unfortunately, Marlin only supports + * a single SPI Flash device (as of 2019-07-05) so only one is enabled here. + */ +#if ENABLED(GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_EXT_SDCARD) + // + // SD Card on RepRapDiscount Smart Controller (J2) or on SD_CARD connector + // + #define SS_PIN PB12 // PC11 + #define SCK_PIN PB13 // PC12 // PC1 + #define MOSI_PIN PB15 // PD2 // PD2 + #define MISO_PIN PB14 // PC8 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PC7 + +#else + // + // Use the on-board card socket labeled TF_CARD_SOCKET + // + #define SS_PIN PA4 + #define SCK_PIN PA5 + #define MOSI_PIN PA7 + #define MISO_PIN PA6 // PA6 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Card detect is not connected +#endif + +#define SDSS SS_PIN + +// +// ESP WiFi can be soldered to J9 connector which is wired to USART2. +// Must define WIFISUPPORT in Configuration.h for the printer. +// +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_COM 2 +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_BAUDRATE 115200 +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_RESET_PIN -1 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_JGAURORA_A5S_A1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_JGAURORA_A5S_A1.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6395f6efc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_JGAURORA_A5S_A1.h @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + + /** + * ╦╔═╗╔═╗┬ ┬┬─┐┌─┐┬─┐┌─┐╔═╗┌─┐┬─┐┬ ┬┌┬┐ ┌─┐┌─┐┌┬┐ + * ║║ ╦╠═╣│ │├┬┘│ │├┬┘├─┤╠╣ │ │├┬┘│ ││││ │ │ ││││ + * ╚╝╚═╝╩ ╩└─┘┴└─└─┘┴└─┴ ┴╚ └─┘┴└─└─┘┴ ┴o└─┘└─┘┴ ┴ + * Pin assignments for 32-bit JGAurora A5S & A1 + */ + +#ifndef __STM32F1__ + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 1 || E_STEPPERS > 1 + #error "JGAurora 32-bit board only supports 1 hotend / E-stepper. Comment out this line to continue." +#endif +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "JGAurora A5S A1 board" + +#ifndef STM32_XL_DENSITY + #define STM32_XL_DENSITY +#endif + +// #define MCU_STM32F103ZE // not yet required +// Enable EEPROM Emulation for this board, so that we don't overwrite factory data + +//#define I2C_EEPROM // AT24C64 +//#define E2END 0x7FFF // 64KB +//#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +//#define E2END 0xFFF // 4KB +//#define E2END uint32(EEPROM_START_ADDRESS + (EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE * 2) - 1) +//#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT +//#define DEBUG_EEPROM_READWRITE + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN PC6 +#define Y_STOP_PIN PG8 +#define Z_STOP_PIN PG7 +//#define X_MAX_PIN PC5 +//#define Y_MAX_PIN PC4 +//#define Z_MAX_PIN PB0 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PD6 +#define X_DIR_PIN PD3 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PG9 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PG12 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PG11 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PG13 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PG15 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PG14 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB8 + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PE2 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PB9 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PE3 + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PE5 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PE4 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PE6 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC2 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC1 + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PA2 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA3 + +#define FAN_PIN PA1 + +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PC7 + +// +// LCD +// +#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN PF11 +#define FSMC_CS_PIN PD7 +#define FSMC_RS_PIN PG0 + +#define LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC // Use DMA transfers to send data to the TFT +#define FSMC_DMA_DEV DMA2 +#define FSMC_DMA_CHANNEL DMA_CH5 + +// +// SD Card +// +#define SD_DETECT_PIN PF10 + +// +// Misc. +// +#define BEEPER_PIN PC3 // use PB7 to shut up if desired +#define LED_PIN PC13 + +// +// Touch support +// +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) + #define TOUCH_CS_PIN PA4 + #define TOUCH_INT_PIN PC4 +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_LONGER3D_LK.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_LONGER3D_LK.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..83881c128d --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_LONGER3D_LK.h @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Longer3D LK1/LK2 & Alfawise U20/U30 (STM32F103VET6) board pin assignments + */ + +#if !defined(__STM32F1__) && !defined(STM32F1xx) + #error "Oops! Select a STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 1 || E_STEPPERS > 1 + #error "Longer3D board only supports 1 hotend / E-stepper. Comment out this line to continue." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Longer3D" +#define ALFAWISE_UX0 // Common to all Longer3D STM32F1 boards (used for Open drain mosfets) + +//#define DISABLE_DEBUG // We still want to debug with STLINK... +#define DISABLE_JTAG // We free the jtag pins (PA15) but keep STLINK + // Release PB4 (STEP_X_PIN) from JTAG NRST role. +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN PC1 // pin 16 +#define X_MAX_PIN PC0 // pin 15 (Filament sensor on Alfawise setup) +#define Y_MIN_PIN PC15 // pin 9 +#define Y_MAX_PIN PC14 // pin 8 (Unused in stock Alfawise setup) +#define Z_MIN_PIN PE6 // pin 5 Standard Endstop or Z_Probe endstop function +#define Z_MAX_PIN PE5 // pin 4 (Unused in stock Alfawise setup) + // May be used for BLTouch Servo function on older variants (<= V08) +#define ONBOARD_ENDSTOPPULLUPS + +// +// Filament Sensor +// +#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PC0 // XMAX plug on PCB used as filament runout sensor on Alfawise boards (inverting true) +#endif + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PB5 // pin 91 +#define X_STEP_PIN PB4 // pin 90 +#define X_DIR_PIN PB3 // pin 89 + +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PB8 // pin 95 +#define Y_STEP_PIN PB7 // pin 93 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PB6 // pin 92 + +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PE1 // pin 98 +#define Z_STEP_PIN PE0 // pin 97 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PB9 // pin 96 + +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PE4 // pin 3 +#define E0_STEP_PIN PE3 // pin 2 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PE2 // pin 1 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PA0 // pin 23 (Nozzle 100K/3950 thermistor) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PA1 // pin 24 (Hot Bed 100K/3950 thermistor) + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PD3 // pin 84 (Nozzle Heat Mosfet) +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA8 // pin 67 (Hot Bed Mosfet) + +#define FAN_PIN PA15 // pin 77 (4cm Fan) +#define FAN_SOFT_PWM // Required to avoid issues with heating or STLink +#define FAN_MIN_PWM 35 // Fan will not start in 1-30 range +#define FAN_MAX_PWM 255 + +//#define BEEPER_PIN PD13 // pin 60 (Servo PWM output 5V/GND on Board V0G+) made for BL-Touch sensor + // Can drive a PC Buzzer, if connected between PWM and 5V pins + +#define LED_PIN PC2 // pin 17 + +// +// PWM for a servo probe +// Other servo devices are not supported on this board! +// +#if HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE + #define SERVO0_PIN PD13 // Open drain PWM pin on the V0G (GND or floating 5V) + #define SERVO0_PWM_OD // Comment this if using PE5 + + //#define SERVO0_PIN PE5 // Pulled up PWM pin on the V08 (3.3V or 0) + //#undef Z_MAX_PIN // Uncomment if using ZMAX connector (PE5) +#endif + +/** + * Note: Alfawise screens use various TFT controllers. Supported screens + * are based on the ILI9341, ILI9328 and ST7798V. Define init sequences for + * other screens in u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64.cpp + * + * If the screen stays white, disable 'LCD_RESET_PIN' to let the bootloader + * init the screen. + * + * Setting an 'LCD_RESET_PIN' may cause a flicker when entering the LCD menu + * because Marlin uses the reset as a failsafe to revive a glitchy LCD. + */ + +#define LCD_RESET_PIN PC4 // pin 33 +#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN PD12 // pin 59 +#define FSMC_CS_PIN PD7 // pin 88 = FSMC_NE1 +#define FSMC_RS_PIN PD11 // pin 58 A16 Register. Only one address needed + +#define LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC // Use DMA transfers to send data to the TFT +#define FSMC_DMA_DEV DMA2 +#define FSMC_DMA_CHANNEL DMA_CH5 + +#define DOGLCD_MOSI -1 // Prevent auto-define by Conditionals_post.h +#define DOGLCD_SCK -1 + +/** + * Note: Alfawise U20/U30 boards DON'T use SPI2, as the hardware designer + * mixed up MOSI and MISO pins. SPI is managed in SW, and needs pins + * declared below. + */ +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) + #define TOUCH_CS_PIN PB12 // pin 51 SPI2_NSS + #define TOUCH_SCK_PIN PB13 // pin 52 + #define TOUCH_MOSI_PIN PB14 // pin 53 + #define TOUCH_MISO_PIN PB15 // pin 54 + #define TOUCH_INT_PIN PC6 // pin 63 (PenIRQ coming from ADS7843) +#endif + +// +// Persistent Storage +// If no option is selected below the SD Card will be used +// +//#define SPI_EEPROM +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION + +#undef E2END +#if ENABLED(SPI_EEPROM) + // SPI1 EEPROM Winbond W25Q64 (8MB/64Mbits) + #define SPI_CHAN_EEPROM1 1 + #define SPI_EEPROM1_CS PC5 // pin 34 + #define EEPROM_SCK BOARD_SPI1_SCK_PIN // PA5 pin 30 + #define EEPROM_MISO BOARD_SPI1_MISO_PIN // PA6 pin 31 + #define EEPROM_MOSI BOARD_SPI1_MOSI_PIN // PA7 pin 32 + #define EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE 0x1000U // 4KB (from datasheet) + #define E2END ((16 * EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE)-1) // Limit to 64KB for now... +#elif ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) + // SoC Flash (framework-arduinoststm32-maple/STM32F1/libraries/EEPROM/EEPROM.h) + #define EEPROM_START_ADDRESS (0x8000000UL + (512 * 1024) - 2 * EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE) + #define EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE (0x800U) // 2KB, but will use 2x more (4KB) + #define E2END (EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE - 1) +#else + #define E2END (0x7FFU) // On SD, Limit to 2KB, require this amount of RAM +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MALYAN_M200.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_MALYAN_M200.h similarity index 53% rename from Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MALYAN_M200.h rename to Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_MALYAN_M200.h index 302df62a45..9829018d8d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MALYAN_M200.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_MALYAN_M200.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -36,63 +36,57 @@ // but it is literally the only board which uses it. #define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION -#define SDSS SS_PIN +#define SDSS SS_PIN // Based on PWM timer usage, we have to use these timers and soft PWM for the fans // On STM32F103: // PB3, PB6, PB7, and PB8 can be used with pwm, which rules out TIM2 and TIM4. // On STM32F070, 16 and 17 are in use, but 1 and 3 are available. +#undef STEP_TIMER +#undef TEMP_TIMER #define STEP_TIMER 1 #define TEMP_TIMER 3 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN PB4 -#define Y_MIN_PIN PA15 -#define Z_MIN_PIN PB5 +#define X_MIN_PIN PB4 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PA15 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PB5 // // Steppers // // X & Y enable are the same -#define X_STEP_PIN PB14 -#define X_DIR_PIN PB15 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PA8 +#define X_STEP_PIN PB14 +#define X_DIR_PIN PB15 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PA8 -#define Y_STEP_PIN PB12 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PB13 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PA8 +#define Y_STEP_PIN PB12 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PB13 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PA8 -#define Z_STEP_PIN PB10 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PB2 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB11 +#define Z_STEP_PIN PB10 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PB2 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB11 -#define E0_STEP_PIN PB0 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PC13 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PB1 +#define E0_STEP_PIN PB0 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PC13 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PB1 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN PA0 // Analog Input (HOTEND0 thermistor) -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PA1 // Analog Input (BED thermistor) +#define TEMP_0_PIN PA0 // Analog Input (HOTEND0 thermistor) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PA1 // Analog Input (BED thermistor) // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN PB6 // HOTEND0 MOSFET -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PB7 // BED MOSFET +#define HEATER_0_PIN PB6 // HOTEND0 MOSFET +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PB7 // BED MOSFET -// FAN_PIN is commented out here because the M200 example -// Configuration_adv.h does NOT override E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN. -#ifndef FAN_PIN - //#define FAN_PIN PB8 // FAN1 header on board - PRINT FAN -#endif -#define FAN1_PIN PB3 // FAN2 header on board - CONTROLLER FAN -#define FAN2_PIN -1 // FAN3 header on board - EXTRUDER0 FAN +#define MALYAN_FAN1_PIN PB8 // FAN1 header on board - PRINT FAN +#define MALYAN_FAN2_PIN PB3 // FAN2 header on board - CONTROLLER FAN -// This board has only the controller fan and the extruder fan -// If someone hacks to put a direct power fan on the controller, PB3 could -// be used as a separate print cooling fan. -#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN PB8 +#define FAN1_PIN MALYAN_FAN2_PIN diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_MKS_ROBIN.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_MKS_ROBIN.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2f2881ee3f --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_MKS_ROBIN.h @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * MKS Robin (STM32F130ZET6) board pin assignments + * + * https://github.com/makerbase-mks/MKS-Robin/tree/master/MKS%20Robin/Hardware + */ + +#ifndef __STM32F1__ + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 + #error "MKS Robin supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers. Comment out this line to continue." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MKS Robin" + +// +// Release PB4 (Y_ENABLE_PIN) from JTAG NRST role +// +#define DISABLE_JTAG + +// +// Servos +// +#define SERVO0_PIN PC3 // XS1 - 5 +#define SERVO1_PIN PA1 // XS1 - 6 +#define SERVO2_PIN PF9 // XS2 - 5 +#define SERVO3_PIN PF8 // XS2 - 6 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN PB12 +#define X_MAX_PIN PB0 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PC5 +#define Y_MAX_PIN PC4 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PA4 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PF7 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PB9 +#define X_STEP_PIN PB8 +#define X_DIR_PIN PB5 + +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PB4 +#define Y_STEP_PIN PG15 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PG10 + +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PD7 +#define Z_STEP_PIN PD3 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PG14 + +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PG13 +#define E0_STEP_PIN PG8 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PA15 + +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PA12 +#define E1_STEP_PIN PA11 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PA8 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC1 // TH1 +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC2 // TH2 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC0 // TB1 + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PC7 // HEATER1 +#define HEATER_1_PIN PA6 // HEATER2 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PC6 // HOT BED + +#define FAN_PIN PA7 // FAN + +/** + * Note: MKS Robin board is using SPI2 interface. Make sure your stm32duino library is configured accordingly + */ +//#define MAX6675_SS_PIN PE5 // TC1 - CS1 +//#define MAX6675_SS_PIN PE6 // TC2 - CS2 + +#define POWER_LOSS_PIN PA2 // PW_DET +#define PS_ON_PIN PA3 // PW_OFF +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PF11 // MT_DET + +#define BEEPER_PIN PC13 +#define LED_PIN PB2 + +/** + * Note: MKS Robin TFT screens use various TFT controllers + * Supported screens are based on the ILI9341, ST7789V and ILI9328 (320x240) + * ILI9488 is not supported + * Define init sequences for other screens in u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64.cpp + * + * If the screen stays white, disable 'LCD_RESET_PIN' + * to let the bootloader init the screen. + * + * Setting an 'LCD_RESET_PIN' may cause a flicker when entering the LCD menu + * because Marlin uses the reset as a failsafe to revive a glitchy LCD. + */ +//#define LCD_RESET_PIN PF6 +#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN PG11 +#define FSMC_CS_PIN PG12 // NE4 +#define FSMC_RS_PIN PF0 // A0 + +#define LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC // Use DMA transfers to send data to the TFT +#define FSMC_DMA_DEV DMA2 +#define FSMC_DMA_CHANNEL DMA_CH5 + +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) + #define TOUCH_CS_PIN PB1 // SPI2_NSS + #define TOUCH_SCK_PIN PB13 // SPI2_SCK + #define TOUCH_MISO_PIN PB14 // SPI2_MISO + #define TOUCH_MOSI_PIN PB15 // SPI2_MOSI +#endif + +// SPI1(PA7) & SPI3(PB5) not available +#define ENABLE_SPI2 + +#if ENABLED(SDIO_SUPPORT) + #define SCK_PIN PB13 // SPI2 + #define MISO_PIN PB14 // SPI2 + #define MOSI_PIN PB15 // SPI2 + #define SS_PIN -1 // PB12 is X- + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PF12 // SD_CD +#else + // SD as custom software SPI (SDIO pins) + #define SCK_PIN PC12 + #define MISO_PIN PC8 + #define MOSI_PIN PD2 + #define SS_PIN -1 + #define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN PC11 + #define SDSS PD2 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 +#endif + +#if HAS_TMC_UART + /** + * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers + * + * Hardware serial communication ports. + * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below + */ + //#define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + + // Unused servo pins may be repurposed with SoftwareSerialM + //#define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN PF8 // SERVO3_PIN + //#define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN PF9 // SERVO2_PIN + //#define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN PA1 // SERVO1_PIN + //#define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC3 // SERVO0_PIN + //#define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN X_SERIAL_TX_PIN + //#define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN + //#define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN + //#define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN + + // Reduce baud rate for software serial reliability + #if HAS_TMC_SW_SERIAL + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 + #endif +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_MKS_ROBIN_LITE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_MKS_ROBIN_LITE.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4c10a310bf --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_MKS_ROBIN_LITE.h @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#ifndef __STM32F1__ + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 1 || E_STEPPERS > 1 + #error "MKS Robin Lite supports only 1 hotend / E-stepper. Comment out this line to continue." +#endif + +#ifndef BOARD_INFO_NAME + #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MKS Robin Lite" +#endif +#define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "github.com/makerbase-mks" + +//#define DISABLE_DEBUG +#define DISABLE_JTAG +#define ENABLE_SPI2 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN PC13 +#define Y_STOP_PIN PC0 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PC12 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PB9 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PC6 +#define X_DIR_PIN PB12 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PB10 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PB11 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PB2 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PB10 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PB1 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PC5 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB10 + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PC4 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PA5 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PA4 + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PC9 +#define FAN_PIN PA8 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PC8 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PA1 +#define TEMP_0_PIN PA0 + +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PB8 // MT_DET + +// +// LCD Pins +// +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + #define BEEPER_PIN PD2 + #define BTN_ENC PB3 + #define LCD_PINS_RS PC3 + + #define BTN_EN1 PB5 + #define BTN_EN2 PB4 + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PC2 + + #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) + + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 + #define LCD_RESET_PIN -1 + #define DOGLCD_A0 PC1 + #define DOGLCD_CS PC2 + #define DOGLCD_SCK PB13 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI PB15 + + #else // !MKS_MINI_12864 + + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PC1 + #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define LCD_PINS_D5 -1 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 -1 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 -1 + #endif + + #endif // !MKS_MINI_12864 + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD + +// Motor current PWM pins +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY_PIN PB0 +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z_PIN PA7 +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E_PIN PA6 +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE (65535/10/3.3) // (255 * (1000mA / 65535)) * 257 = 1000 is equal 1.6v Vref in turn equal 1Amp +#define DEFAULT_PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1000, 1000, 1000 } // 1.05Amp per driver, here is XY, Z and E. This values determined empirically. + +// +// SD Card +// +#define ENABLE_SPI2 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN PC10 +#define SCK_PIN PB13 +#define MISO_PIN P1B4 +#define MOSI_PIN P1B5 +#define SS_PIN PA15 + +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_MKS_ROBIN_LITE3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_MKS_ROBIN_LITE3.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..466bdecc81 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_MKS_ROBIN_LITE3.h @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * MKS Robin Lite 3 (STM32F103RCT6) board pin assignments + */ + +#ifndef __STM32F1__ + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 + #error "MKS Robin Lite3 supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers. Comment out this line to continue." +#endif + +#ifndef BOARD_INFO_NAME + #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MKS Robin Lite3" +#endif +#define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "github.com/makerbase-mks" + +//#define DISABLE_DEBUG +#define DISABLE_JTAG +#define ENABLE_SPI2 + +// +// Servos +// +#define SERVO0_PIN PA3 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN PA12 +#define Y_STOP_PIN PA11 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PC6 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PB1 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PC0 +#define X_DIR_PIN PB2 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PC13 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PC2 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PB9 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PB12 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PB7 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PB6 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB8 + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PB4 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PB3 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PB5 + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PC12 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PC11 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PD2 + +// +// Heaters 0,1 / Fans / Bed +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PC9 +#define HEATER_1_PIN PC7 +#define FAN_PIN PA8 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PC8 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PA1 //TB +#define TEMP_0_PIN PA0 //TH1 +#define TEMP_1_PIN PA2 //TH2 + +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PB10 // MT_DET + +// +// LCD Pins +// +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + + #define BEEPER_PIN PC1 + #define BTN_ENC PC3 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PA4 + #define LCD_PINS_RS PA5 + #define BTN_EN1 PB11 + #define BTN_EN2 PB0 + + // MKS MINI12864 and MKS LCD12864B; If using MKS LCD12864A (Need to remove RPK2 resistor) + #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) + + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 + #define LCD_RESET_PIN -1 + #define DOGLCD_A0 PC4 + #define DOGLCD_CS PA7 + #define DOGLCD_SCK PB13 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI PB15 + + // Required for MKS_MINI_12864 with this board + #define MKS_LCD12864B + #undef SHOW_BOOTSCREEN + + #else // !MKS_MINI_12864 + + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PA6 + #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PA7 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PC4 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PC5 + #endif + + #endif // !MKS_MINI_12864 + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD + +// +// SD Card +// +#define ENABLE_SPI2 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN PC10 +#define SCK_PIN PB13 +#define MISO_PIN PB14 +#define MOSI_PIN PB15 +#define SS_PIN PA15 + +#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 + #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) +#endif +#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 + #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) +#endif +#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 + #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_MKS_ROBIN_MINI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_MKS_ROBIN_MINI.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..50babad274 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_MKS_ROBIN_MINI.h @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * MKS Robin MINI (STM32F130VET6) board pin assignments + */ + +#ifndef __STM32F1__ + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 1 || E_STEPPERS > 1 + #error "MKS Robin mini supports up to 1 hotends / E-steppers. Comment out this line to continue." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MKS Robin mini" + +// +// Release PB4 (Y_ENABLE_PIN) from JTAG NRST role +// +#define DISABLE_DEBUG + +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +// 2K in a AT24C16N +#define EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE (uint16)0x800 // 2048 +#define EEPROM_START_ADDRESS ((uint32)(0x8000000 + 512 * 1024 - 2 * EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE)) +#define E2END (EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE - 1) + +// +// Note: MKS Robin mini board is using SPI2 interface. +// +#define SPI_MODULE 2 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN PA15 +#define Y_STOP_PIN PA12 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PA11 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PC4 + +#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PA4 // MT_DET +#endif + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PE4 +#define X_STEP_PIN PE3 +#define X_DIR_PIN PE2 + +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PE1 +#define Y_STEP_PIN PE0 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PB9 + +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB8 +#define Z_STEP_PIN PB5 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PB4 + +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PB3 +#define E0_STEP_PIN PD6 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PD3 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC1 // TH1 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC0 // TB1 + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PC3 // HEATER1 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA0 // HOT BED + +#define FAN_PIN PB1 // FAN + +// +// Thermocouples +// +//#define MAX6675_SS_PIN PE5 // TC1 - CS1 +//#define MAX6675_SS_PIN PE6 // TC2 - CS2 + +// +// Misc. Functions +// +#define POWER_LOSS_PIN PA2 // PW_DET +#define PS_ON_PIN PA3 // PW_OFF + +//#define LED_PIN PB2 + +// +// LCD / Controller +// +#define BEEPER_PIN PC5 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN PD12 + +/** + * Note: MKS Robin TFT screens use various TFT controllers. + * If the screen stays white, disable 'LCD_RESET_PIN' + * to let the bootloader init the screen. + */ +#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) + #define FSMC_CS_PIN PD7 // NE4 + #define FSMC_RS_PIN PD11 // A0 + + #define LCD_RESET_PIN PC6 + #define NO_LCD_REINIT // Suppress LCD re-initialization + + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN PD13 + + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) + #define TOUCH_CS_PIN PC2 + #define TOUCH_SCK_PIN PB13 + #define TOUCH_MOSI_PIN PB15 + #define TOUCH_MISO_PIN PB14 + #endif +#endif + +// Motor current PWM pins +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY_PIN PA6 +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z_PIN PA7 +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E_PIN PB0 +#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE 1500 // (255 * (1000mA / 65535)) * 257 = 1000 is equal 1.6v Vref in turn equal 1Amp +#define DEFAULT_PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1030, 1030, 1030 } // 1.05Amp per driver, here is XY, Z and E. This values determined empirically. + +// This is a kind of workaround in case native marlin "digipot" interface won't work. +// Required to enable related code in STM32F1/HAL.cpp +//#ifndef MKS_ROBIN_MINI_VREF_PWM +// #define MKS_ROBIN_MINI_VREF_PWM +//#endif + +//#define VREF_XY_PIN PA6 +//#define VREF_Z_PIN PA7 +//#define VREF_E1_PIN PB0 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_MKS_ROBIN_NANO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_MKS_ROBIN_NANO.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ae9118e6d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_MKS_ROBIN_NANO.h @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * MKS Robin nano (STM32F130VET6) board pin assignments + */ + +#ifndef __STM32F1__ + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 + #error "MKS Robin nano supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers. Comment out this line to continue." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MKS Robin nano" + +// +// Release PB4 (Y_ENABLE_PIN) from JTAG NRST role +// +#define DISABLE_DEBUG + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN PA15 +#define Y_STOP_PIN PA12 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PA11 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PC4 + +#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PA4 // MT_DET +#endif + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PE4 +#define X_STEP_PIN PE3 +#define X_DIR_PIN PE2 + +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PE1 +#define Y_STEP_PIN PE0 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PB9 + +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB8 +#define Z_STEP_PIN PB5 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PB4 + +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PB3 +#define E0_STEP_PIN PD6 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PD3 + +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PA3 +#define E1_STEP_PIN PA6 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PA1 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC1 // TH1 +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC2 // TH2 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC0 // TB1 + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PC3 // HEATER1 +#define HEATER_1_PIN PB0 // HEATER2 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA0 // HOT BED + +#define FAN_PIN PB1 // FAN + +// +// Thermocouples +// +//#define MAX6675_SS_PIN PE5 // TC1 - CS1 +//#define MAX6675_SS_PIN PE6 // TC2 - CS2 + +// +// Misc. Functions +// +#define POWER_LOSS_PIN PA2 // PW_DET +#define PS_ON_PIN PA3 // PW_OFF + +#define LED_PIN PB2 + +// +// SD Card +// +#define SDIO_SUPPORT +#define SD_DETECT_PIN PD12 + +// +// LCD / Controller +// +#define BEEPER_PIN PC5 + +/** + * Note: MKS Robin TFT screens use various TFT controllers. + * If the screen stays white, disable 'LCD_RESET_PIN' + * to let the bootloader init the screen. + */ +#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) + #define FSMC_CS_PIN PD7 // NE4 + #define FSMC_RS_PIN PD11 // A0 + + #define LCD_RESET_PIN PC6 // FSMC_RST + #define NO_LCD_REINIT // Suppress LCD re-initialization + + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN PD13 + + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) + #define TOUCH_CS_PIN PA7 // SPI2_NSS + #define TOUCH_SCK_PIN PB13 // SPI2_SCK + #define TOUCH_MISO_PIN PB14 // SPI2_MISO + #define TOUCH_MOSI_PIN PB15 // SPI2_MOSI + #endif +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_MKS_ROBIN_PRO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_MKS_ROBIN_PRO.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b42856721d --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_MKS_ROBIN_PRO.h @@ -0,0 +1,274 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * MKS Robin pro (STM32F103ZET6) board pin assignments + */ + +#ifndef __STM32F1__ + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 3 || E_STEPPERS > 3 + #error "MKS Robin pro supports up to 3 hotends / E-steppers. Comment out this line to continue." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MKS Robin pro" + +// +// Release PB4 (Y_ENABLE_PIN) from JTAG NRST role +// +#define DISABLE_DEBUG + +// +// Note: MKS Robin board is using SPI2 interface. +// +//#define SPI_MODULE 2 +#define ENABLE_SPI2 + +// +// Servos +// +#define SERVO0_PIN PA8 // BLTOUCH + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN PA15 +#define X_MAX_PIN PG7 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PA12 +#define Y_MAX_PIN PG8 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PA11 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PC4 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PE4 +#define X_STEP_PIN PE3 +#define X_DIR_PIN PE2 +#ifndef X_CS_PIN + #define X_CS_PIN PF8 +#endif + +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PE1 +#define Y_STEP_PIN PE0 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PB9 +#ifndef Y_CS_PIN + #define Y_CS_PIN PF3 +#endif + +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB8 +#define Z_STEP_PIN PB5 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PB4 +#ifndef Z_CS_PIN + #define Z_CS_PIN PF6 +#endif + +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PB3 +#define E0_STEP_PIN PD6 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PD3 +#ifndef E0_CS_PIN + #define E0_CS_PIN PG15 +#endif + +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PA3 +#define E1_STEP_PIN PA6 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PA1 +#ifndef E1_CS_PIN + #define E1_CS_PIN PG10 +#endif + +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PF0 +#define E2_STEP_PIN PF2 +#define E2_DIR_PIN PF1 +#ifndef E2_CS_PIN + #define E2_CS_PIN PG9 +#endif +// +// Software SPI pins for TMC2130 stepper drivers +// +#if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) + #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI + #define TMC_SW_MOSI PB15 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO + #define TMC_SW_MISO PB14 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK + #define TMC_SW_SCK PB13 + #endif +#endif + +#if HAS_TMC_UART + /** + * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers + * + * Hardware serial communication ports. + * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below + */ + //#define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial + //#define X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + + // + // Software serial + // + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN PF7 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN PF8 + + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN PF4 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN PF3 + + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN PF5 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN PF6 + + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PG13 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN PG15 + + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN PG12 + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN PG10 + + #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC13 + #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN PG9 +#endif + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC1 // TH1 +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC2 // TH2 +#define TEMP_2_PIN PC3 // TH3 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC0 // TB1 + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PF10 // +HE0- +#define HEATER_1_PIN PB0 // +HE1- +#define HEATER_2_PIN PF9 // +HE2- +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA0 // +HOT-BED- +#define FAN_PIN PB1 // +FAN- + +/** + * Note: MKS Robin Pro board is using SPI2 interface. Make sure your stm32duino library is configured accordingly + */ +//#define MAX6675_SS_PIN PE5 // TC1 - CS1 +//#define MAX6675_SS_PIN PF11 // TC2 - CS2 + +#define POWER_LOSS_PIN PA2 // PW_DET +#define PS_ON_PIN PG11 // PW_OFF +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PA4 // MT_DET1 +//#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PE6 // MT_DET2 +//#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PG14 // MT_DET3 + +// +// SD Card +// +#ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION + #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD +#endif + +#if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) + #define ENABLE_SPI2 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PG3 + #define SCK_PIN PB13 + #define MISO_PIN PB14 + #define MOSI_PIN PB15 + #define SS_PIN PG6 +#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) + #define SDIO_SUPPORT + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PD12 +#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(CUSTOM_CABLE) + #error "No custom SD drive cable defined for this board." +#endif + +/** + * Note: MKS Robin TFT screens use various TFT controllers. + * If the screen stays white, disable 'LCD_RESET_PIN' + * to let the bootloader init the screen. + */ +#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) + #define FSMC_CS_PIN PD7 // NE4 + #define FSMC_RS_PIN PD11 // A0 + + #define LCD_RESET_PIN PF6 + #define NO_LCD_REINIT // Suppress LCD re-initialization + + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN PD13 + + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) + #define TOUCH_CS_PIN PA7 + #else + #define BEEPER_PIN PC5 + #define BTN_ENC PG2 + #define BTN_EN1 PG5 + #define BTN_EN2 PG4 + #endif + +#elif HAS_SPI_LCD + + #define BEEPER_PIN PC5 + #define BTN_ENC PG2 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PG0 + #define LCD_PINS_RS PG1 + #define BTN_EN1 PG5 + #define BTN_EN2 PG4 + + // MKS MINI12864 and MKS LCD12864B. If using MKS LCD12864A (Need to remove RPK2 resistor) + #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) + + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 + #define LCD_RESET_PIN -1 + #define DOGLCD_A0 PF12 + #define DOGLCD_CS PF15 + #define DOGLCD_SCK PB13 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI PB15 + + #else // !MKS_MINI_12864 && !ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY + + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PF14 + #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PF15 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PF12 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PF13 + #endif + + #endif // !MKS_MINI_12864 && !ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY +#endif + +#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 + #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) +#endif +#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 + #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) +#endif +#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 + #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MORPHEUS.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_MORPHEUS.h similarity index 50% rename from Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MORPHEUS.h rename to Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_MORPHEUS.h index fd4da1ab7d..7311d91a80 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MORPHEUS.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_MORPHEUS.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -39,53 +39,53 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN PB14 -#define Y_MIN_PIN PB13 -#define Z_MIN_PIN PB12 +#define X_MIN_PIN PB14 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PB13 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PB12 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PB9 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PB9 #endif // // Steppers // // X & Y enable are the same -#define X_STEP_PIN PB7 -#define X_DIR_PIN PB6 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PB8 +#define X_STEP_PIN PB7 +#define X_DIR_PIN PB6 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PB8 -#define Y_STEP_PIN PB5 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PB4 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PB8 +#define Y_STEP_PIN PB5 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PB4 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PB8 -#define Z_STEP_PIN PA15 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PA10 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB3 +#define Z_STEP_PIN PA15 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PA10 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB3 -#define E0_STEP_PIN PA8 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PB15 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PA9 +#define E0_STEP_PIN PA8 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PB15 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PA9 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN PB1 // Analog Input (HOTEND thermistor) -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PB0 // Analog Input (BED thermistor) +#define TEMP_0_PIN PB1 // Analog Input (HOTEND thermistor) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PB0 // Analog Input (BED thermistor) // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN PA2 // HOTEND MOSFET -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA0 // BED MOSFET +#define HEATER_0_PIN PA2 // HOTEND MOSFET +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA0 // BED MOSFET -#define FAN_PIN PA1 // FAN1 header on board - PRINT FAN +#define FAN_PIN PA1 // FAN1 header on board - PRINT FAN // // Misc. // -#define LED_PIN PC13 -#define SDSS PA3 +#define LED_PIN PC13 +#define SDSS PA3 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_STM32F1R.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_STM32F1R.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d144c0e692 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_STM32F1R.h @@ -0,0 +1,261 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#ifndef __STM32F1__ + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#endif + +/** + * 21017 Victor Perez Marlin for stm32f1 test + */ + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Misc. STM32F1R" +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "STM32F103RET6" + +// Ignore temp readings during development. +//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN PB3 +#define Y_STOP_PIN PB4 +#define Z_STOP_PIN PB5 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PC0 +#define X_DIR_PIN PC1 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PA8 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PC2 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PC3 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PA8 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PC4 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PC5 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PA8 + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PC6 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PC7 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PA8 + +/** + * TODO: Currently using same Enable pin to all steppers. + */ + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PC8 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PC9 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PA8 + +#define E2_STEP_PIN PC10 +#define E2_DIR_PIN PC11 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PA8 + +// +// Misc. Functions +// +#define SDSS PA4 +#define LED_PIN PD2 + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PB0 // EXTRUDER 1 +#define HEATER_1_PIN PB1 + +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA3 // BED + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PA0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN PA1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN PA2 // Analog Input + +// +// LCD Pins +// +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + + #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) + #define LCD_PINS_RS 49 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 51 // SID (MOSI) + #define LCD_PINS_D4 52 // SCK (CLK) clock + #elif BOTH(NEWPANEL, PANEL_ONE) + #define LCD_PINS_RS PB8 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD2 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB12 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PB13 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PB14 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PB15 + #else + #define LCD_PINS_RS PB8 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD2 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB12 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PB13 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PB14 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PB15 + #if DISABLED(NEWPANEL) + #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + // Buttons attached to a shift register + // Not wired yet + //#define SHIFT_CLK 38 + //#define SHIFT_LD 42 + //#define SHIFT_OUT 40 + //#define SHIFT_EN 17 + #endif + #endif + + #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) + + #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) + + #define BEEPER_PIN 37 + + #define BTN_EN1 31 + #define BTN_EN2 33 + #define BTN_ENC 35 + + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define KILL_PIN 41 + + #if ENABLED(BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER) + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 39 + #endif + + #elif ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) + + #define BTN_EN1 64 + #define BTN_EN2 59 + #define BTN_ENC 63 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 42 + + #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2) + + #define BTN_EN1 47 + #define BTN_EN2 43 + #define BTN_ENC 32 + #define LCD_SDSS 53 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 + #define KILL_PIN 41 + + #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_VIKI) + + #define BTN_EN1 22 // http://files.panucatt.com/datasheets/viki_wiring_diagram.pdf explains 40/42. + #define BTN_EN2 7 // 22/7 are unused on RAMPS_14. 22 is unused and 7 the SERVO0_PIN on RAMPS_13. + + #define BTN_ENC -1 + #define LCD_SDSS 53 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + + #elif ANY(VIKI2, miniVIKI) + + #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + + // Pins for DOGM SPI LCD Support + #define DOGLCD_A0 44 + #define DOGLCD_CS 45 + #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 + + #define BTN_EN1 22 + #define BTN_EN2 7 + #define BTN_ENC 39 + + #define SDSS 53 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Pin 49 for display sd interface, 72 for easy adapter board + + #define KILL_PIN 31 + + #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 32 + #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 35 + + #elif ENABLED(ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER) + #define BTN_EN1 35 + #define BTN_EN2 37 + #define BTN_ENC 31 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define LCD_SDSS 53 + #define KILL_PIN 41 + #define BEEPER_PIN 23 + #define DOGLCD_CS 29 + #define DOGLCD_A0 27 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 33 + + #elif ENABLED(MINIPANEL) + + #define BEEPER_PIN 42 + // Pins for DOGM SPI LCD Support + #define DOGLCD_A0 44 + #define DOGLCD_CS 66 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 65 // backlight LED on A11/D65 + #define SDSS 53 + + #define KILL_PIN 64 + // GLCD features + // Uncomment screen orientation + //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_90 + //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 + //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270 + // The encoder and click button + #define BTN_EN1 40 + #define BTN_EN2 63 + #define BTN_ENC 59 + // not connected to a pin + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + + #else + + // Beeper on AUX-4 + #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + + // Buttons directly attached to AUX-2 + #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) + #define BTN_EN1 64 + #define BTN_EN2 59 + #define BTN_ENC 63 + #define SHIFT_OUT 40 + #define SHIFT_CLK 44 + #define SHIFT_LD 42 + #elif ENABLED(PANEL_ONE) + #define BTN_EN1 59 // AUX2 PIN 3 + #define BTN_EN2 63 // AUX2 PIN 4 + #define BTN_ENC 49 // AUX3 PIN 7 + #else + #define BTN_EN1 37 + #define BTN_EN2 35 + #define BTN_ENC 31 + #endif + + #if ENABLED(G3D_PANEL) + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define KILL_PIN 41 + #else + //#define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Ramps doesn't use this + #endif + + #endif + #endif // NEWPANEL + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_STM3R_MINI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_STM3R_MINI.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..58b13b90df --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f1/pins_STM3R_MINI.h @@ -0,0 +1,285 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#if !defined(__STM32F1__) && !defined(__STM32F4__) + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1/4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#endif + +/** + * 21017 Victor Perez Marlin for stm32f1 test + */ + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "STM3R Mini" +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME BOARD_INFO_NAME + +// Enable I2C_EEPROM for testing +#define I2C_EEPROM + +// Ignore temp readings during development. +//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN PD0 +#define Y_STOP_PIN PD1 +#define Z_STOP_PIN PD4 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PE1 +#define X_DIR_PIN PE0 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PC0 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PE3 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PE2 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PC1 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PE5 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PE4 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PC2 + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PE7 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PE6 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC3 + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PE9 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PE8 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PC4 + +#define E2_STEP_PIN PE11 +#define E2_DIR_PIN PE10 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PC5 + +// +// Misc. Functions +// +#define SDSS PA15 +#define LED_PIN PB2 + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PD12 // EXTRUDER 1 +//#define HEATER_1_PIN PD13 + +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PB9 // BED +//#define HEATER_BED2_PIN -1 // BED2 +//#define HEATER_BED3_PIN -1 // BED3 + +#ifndef FAN_PIN + #define FAN_PIN PD14 +#endif +#define FAN1_PIN PD13 + +#define FAN_SOFT_PWM + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PA0 +#define TEMP_0_PIN PA1 +#define TEMP_1_PIN PA2 +#define TEMP_2_PIN PA3 + +// Laser control +#if HAS_CUTTER + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN PB8 + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN PD5 +#endif + +// +// LCD Pins +// +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + + #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) + #define LCD_PINS_RS 49 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 51 // SID (MOSI) + #define LCD_PINS_D4 52 // SCK (CLK) clock + #elif BOTH(NEWPANEL, PANEL_ONE) + #define LCD_PINS_RS PB8 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD2 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB12 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PB13 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PB14 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PB15 + #else + #define LCD_PINS_RS PB8 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD2 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB12 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PB13 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PB14 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PB15 + #if DISABLED(NEWPANEL) + #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + // Buttons attached to a shift register + // Not wired yet + //#define SHIFT_CLK 38 + //#define SHIFT_LD 42 + //#define SHIFT_OUT 40 + //#define SHIFT_EN 17 + #endif + #endif + + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) + + #define TOUCH_CS_PIN PB12 // SPI2_NSS + #define TOUCH_SCK_PIN PB13 + #define TOUCH_MOSI_PIN PB14 + #define TOUCH_MISO_PIN PB15 + #define TOUCH_INT_PIN PC6 // (PenIRQ coming from ADS7843) + + #elif ENABLED(NEWPANEL) + + #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) + + #define BEEPER_PIN 37 + + #define BTN_EN1 31 + #define BTN_EN2 33 + #define BTN_ENC 35 + + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define KILL_PIN 41 + + #if ENABLED(BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER) + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 39 + #endif + + #elif ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) + + #define BTN_EN1 64 + #define BTN_EN2 59 + #define BTN_ENC 63 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 42 + + #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2) + + #define BTN_EN1 47 + #define BTN_EN2 43 + #define BTN_ENC 32 + #define LCD_SDSS 53 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 + #define KILL_PIN 41 + + #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_VIKI) + + #define BTN_EN1 22 // http://files.panucatt.com/datasheets/viki_wiring_diagram.pdf explains 40/42. + #define BTN_EN2 7 // 22/7 are unused on RAMPS_14. 22 is unused and 7 the SERVO0_PIN on RAMPS_13. + + #define BTN_ENC -1 + #define LCD_SDSS 53 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + + #elif ANY(VIKI2, miniVIKI) + + #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + + // Pins for DOGM SPI LCD Support + #define DOGLCD_A0 44 + #define DOGLCD_CS 45 + #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 + + #define BTN_EN1 22 + #define BTN_EN2 7 + #define BTN_ENC 39 + + #define SDSS 53 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Pin 49 for display sd interface, 72 for easy adapter board + + #define KILL_PIN 31 + + #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 32 + #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 35 + + #elif ENABLED(ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER) + + #define BTN_EN1 35 + #define BTN_EN2 37 + #define BTN_ENC 31 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define LCD_SDSS 53 + #define KILL_PIN 41 + #define BEEPER_PIN 23 + #define DOGLCD_CS 29 + #define DOGLCD_A0 27 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 33 + + #elif ENABLED(MINIPANEL) + + #define BEEPER_PIN 42 + // Pins for DOGM SPI LCD Support + #define DOGLCD_A0 44 + #define DOGLCD_CS 66 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 65 // backlight LED on A11/D65 + #define SDSS 53 + + #define KILL_PIN 64 + // GLCD features + // Uncomment screen orientation + //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_90 + //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 + //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270 + // The encoder and click button + #define BTN_EN1 40 + #define BTN_EN2 63 + #define BTN_ENC 59 + // not connected to a pin + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + + #else + + // Beeper on AUX-4 + #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + + // Buttons directly attached to AUX-2 + #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) + #define BTN_EN1 64 + #define BTN_EN2 59 + #define BTN_ENC 63 + #define SHIFT_OUT 40 + #define SHIFT_CLK 44 + #define SHIFT_LD 42 + #elif ENABLED(PANEL_ONE) + #define BTN_EN1 59 // AUX2 PIN 3 + #define BTN_EN2 63 // AUX2 PIN 4 + #define BTN_ENC 49 // AUX3 PIN 7 + #else + #define BTN_EN1 37 + #define BTN_EN2 35 + #define BTN_ENC 31 + #endif + + #if ENABLED(G3D_PANEL) + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define KILL_PIN 41 + #else + //#define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Ramps doesn't use this + #endif + + #endif + #endif // NEWPANEL + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_ARMED.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_ARMED.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ddbe09c355 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_ARMED.h @@ -0,0 +1,231 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +// https://github.com/ktand/Armed + +#pragma once + +#ifndef STM32F4 + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 + #error "Arm'ed supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers." +#endif + +#ifndef ARMED_V1_0 + #define ARMED_V1_1 +#endif + +#undef BOARD_INFO_NAME // Defined on the command line by Arduino Core STM32 +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Arm'ed" +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME BOARD_INFO_NAME + +#define I2C_EEPROM + +#undef E2END // Defined in Arduino Core STM32 to be used with EEPROM emulation. This board uses a real EEPROM. +#define E2END 0xFFF // 4KB + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN PE0 +#define Y_STOP_PIN PE1 +#define Z_STOP_PIN PE14 + +// +// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) +// +//#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN +// #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PA4 +//#endif + +// +// Filament Runout Sensor +// +#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PA3 +#endif + +// +// Steppers +// + +#ifdef ARMED_SWAP_X_E1 + #define X_STEP_PIN PE4 + #define X_DIR_PIN PE2 + #define X_ENABLE_PIN PE3 + #define X_CS_PIN PE5 +#else + #define X_STEP_PIN PD3 + #define X_DIR_PIN PD2 + #define X_ENABLE_PIN PD0 + #define X_CS_PIN PD1 +#endif + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PE11 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PE10 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PE13 +#define Y_CS_PIN PE12 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PD6 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PD7 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PD4 +#define Z_CS_PIN PD5 + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PB5 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PB6 +#ifdef ARMED_V1_1 + #define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC12 +#else + #define E0_ENABLE_PIN PB3 +#endif +#define E0_CS_PIN PB4 + +#ifdef ARMED_SWAP_X_E1 + #define E1_STEP_PIN PD3 + #define E1_DIR_PIN PD2 + #define E1_ENABLE_PIN PD0 + #define E1_CS_PIN PD1 +#else + #define E1_STEP_PIN PE4 + #define E1_DIR_PIN PE2 + #define E1_ENABLE_PIN PE3 + #define E1_CS_PIN PE5 +#endif + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC2 // Analog Input + +#if HOTENDS == 1 && TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE + #define TEMP_PROBE_PIN PC1 +#endif + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PA1 // Hardware PWM +#define HEATER_1_PIN PA2 // Hardware PWM +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA0 // Hardware PWM + +#define FAN_PIN PC6 // Hardware PWM, Part cooling fan +#define FAN1_PIN PC7 // Hardware PWM, Extruder fan +#define FAN2_PIN PC8 // Hardware PWM, Controller fan + +// +// Misc functions +// +#define SDSS PE7 +#define LED_PIN PB7 // Heart beat +#define PS_ON_PIN PA10 +#define KILL_PIN PA8 +#define PWR_LOSS PA4 // Power loss / nAC_FAULT + +// +// LCD / Controller +// +#define SD_DETECT_PIN PA15 +#define BEEPER_PIN PC9 + +#if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) + // + // See https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8 + // + #define DOGLCD_A0 PE9 + #define DOGLCD_CS PE8 + + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 + + #define LCD_RESET_PIN PB12 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. + + #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) + #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PB13 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PB14 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PB15 + #endif + #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN PB13 + #endif +#else + #define LCD_PINS_RS PE9 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PE8 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB12 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PB13 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PB14 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PB15 + + #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) + #define DOGLCD_CS PB13 + #define DOGLCD_A0 PB14 + #endif +#endif + +#define BTN_EN1 PC4 +#define BTN_EN2 PC5 +#define BTN_ENC PC3 + +// +// Extension pins +// +#define EXT0_PIN PB0 +#define EXT1_PIN PB1 +#define EXT2_PIN PB2 +#define EXT3_PIN PD8 +#define EXT4_PIN PD9 +#define EXT5_PIN PD10 +#define EXT6_PIN PD11 +#define EXT7_PIN PD12 +#define EXT8_PIN PB10 +#define EXT9_PIN PB11 + +#if HAS_TMC_UART + // TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers + // + // Software serial + // + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN EXT0_PIN + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN EXT0_PIN + + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN EXT1_PIN + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN EXT1_PIN + + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN EXT2_PIN + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN EXT2_PIN + + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN EXT3_PIN + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN EXT3_PIN + + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN EXT4_PIN + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN EXT4_PIN + + #define Z2_SERIAL_RX_PIN EXT4_PIN + #define Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN EXT4_PIN + + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_BEAST.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_BEAST.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5be4368789 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_BEAST.h @@ -0,0 +1,285 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#if !defined(__STM32F1__) && !defined(__STM32F4__) + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1/4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#endif + +/** + * 21017 Victor Perez Marlin for stm32f1 test + */ + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Beast STM32" +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "STM32F103RET6" + +// Enable I2C_EEPROM for testing +#define I2C_EEPROM + +// Ignore temp readings during development. +//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PE0 +#define X_DIR_PIN PE1 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PC0 +#define X_MIN_PIN PD5 +#define X_MAX_PIN -1 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PE2 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PE3 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PC1 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PD6 +#define Y_MAX_PIN + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PE4 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PE5 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PC2 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PD7 +#define Z_MAX_PIN -1 + +#define Y2_STEP_PIN -1 +#define Y2_DIR_PIN -1 +#define Y2_ENABLE_PIN -1 + +#define Z2_STEP_PIN -1 +#define Z2_DIR_PIN -1 +#define Z2_ENABLE_PIN -1 + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PE6 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PE7 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC3 + +/** + * TODO: Currently using same Enable pin to all steppers. + */ + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PE8 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PE9 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PC4 + +#define E2_STEP_PIN PE10 +#define E2_DIR_PIN PE11 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PC5 + +// +// Misc. Functions +// +#define SDSS PA15 +#define LED_PIN PB2 + +#define PS_ON_PIN -1 +#define KILL_PIN -1 + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PD12 // EXTRUDER 1 +#define HEATER_1_PIN PD13 +#define HEATER_2_PIN PD14 + +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PB9 // BED +#define HEATER_BED2_PIN -1 // BED2 +#define HEATER_BED3_PIN -1 // BED3 + +#ifndef FAN_PIN + #define FAN_PIN PB10 +#endif + +#define FAN_SOFT_PWM + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PA0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN PA1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN PA2 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_2_PIN PA3 // Analog Input + +// +// LCD Pins +// +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + + #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) + #define LCD_PINS_RS 49 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 51 // SID (MOSI) + #define LCD_PINS_D4 52 // SCK (CLK) clock + #elif BOTH(NEWPANEL, PANEL_ONE) + #define LCD_PINS_RS PB8 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD2 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB12 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PB13 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PB14 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PB15 + #else + #define LCD_PINS_RS PB8 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD2 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB12 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PB13 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PB14 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PB15 + #if DISABLED(NEWPANEL) + #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + // Buttons attached to a shift register + // Not wired yet + //#define SHIFT_CLK 38 + //#define SHIFT_LD 42 + //#define SHIFT_OUT 40 + //#define SHIFT_EN 17 + #endif + #endif + + #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) + + #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) + + #define BEEPER_PIN 37 + + #define BTN_EN1 31 + #define BTN_EN2 33 + #define BTN_ENC 35 + + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define KILL_PIN 41 + + #if ENABLED(BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER) + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 39 + #endif + + #elif ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD) + + #define BTN_EN1 64 + #define BTN_EN2 59 + #define BTN_ENC 63 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 42 + + #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2) + + #define BTN_EN1 47 + #define BTN_EN2 43 + #define BTN_ENC 32 + #define LCD_SDSS 53 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 + #define KILL_PIN 41 + + #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_VIKI) + + #define BTN_EN1 22 // http://files.panucatt.com/datasheets/viki_wiring_diagram.pdf explains 40/42. + #define BTN_EN2 7 // 22/7 are unused on RAMPS_14. 22 is unused and 7 the SERVO0_PIN on RAMPS_13. + + #define BTN_ENC -1 + #define LCD_SDSS 53 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + + #elif ANY(VIKI2, miniVIKI) + + #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + + // Pins for DOGM SPI LCD Support + #define DOGLCD_A0 44 + #define DOGLCD_CS 45 + #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 + + #define BTN_EN1 22 + #define BTN_EN2 7 + #define BTN_ENC 39 + + #define SDSS 53 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Pin 49 for display sd interface, 72 for easy adapter board + + #define KILL_PIN 31 + + #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 32 + #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 35 + + #elif ENABLED(ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER) + + #define BTN_EN1 35 + #define BTN_EN2 37 + #define BTN_ENC 31 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define LCD_SDSS 53 + #define KILL_PIN 41 + #define BEEPER_PIN 23 + #define DOGLCD_CS 29 + #define DOGLCD_A0 27 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 33 + + #elif ENABLED(MINIPANEL) + + #define BEEPER_PIN 42 + // Pins for DOGM SPI LCD Support + #define DOGLCD_A0 44 + #define DOGLCD_CS 66 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 65 // backlight LED on A11/D65 + #define SDSS 53 + + #define KILL_PIN 64 + // GLCD features + // Uncomment screen orientation + //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_90 + //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 + //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270 + // The encoder and click button + #define BTN_EN1 40 + #define BTN_EN2 63 + #define BTN_ENC 59 + // not connected to a pin + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + + #else + + // Beeper on AUX-4 + #define BEEPER_PIN 33 + + // Buttons directly attached to AUX-2 + #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) + #define BTN_EN1 64 + #define BTN_EN2 59 + #define BTN_ENC 63 + #define SHIFT_OUT 40 + #define SHIFT_CLK 44 + #define SHIFT_LD 42 + #elif ENABLED(PANEL_ONE) + #define BTN_EN1 59 // AUX2 PIN 3 + #define BTN_EN2 63 // AUX2 PIN 4 + #define BTN_ENC 49 // AUX3 PIN 7 + #else + #define BTN_EN1 37 + #define BTN_EN2 35 + #define BTN_ENC 31 + #endif + + #if ENABLED(G3D_PANEL) + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 + #define KILL_PIN 41 + #else + //#define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Ramps doesn't use this + #endif + + #endif + #endif // NEWPANEL + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_BLACK_STM32F407VE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_BLACK_STM32F407VE.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..170b90368b --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_BLACK_STM32F407VE.h @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * STM32F407VET6 with RAMPS-like shield + * 'Black' STM32F407VET6 board - http://wiki.stm32duino.com/index.php?title=STM32F407 + * Shield - https://github.com/jmz52/Hardware + */ + +#if !defined(STM32F4) && !defined(STM32F4xx) + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 + #error "Black STM32F4VET6 supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers." +#endif + +#ifndef BOARD_INFO_NAME + #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Black STM32F4VET6" +#endif + +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "STM32F407VET6" + +//#define I2C_EEPROM +//#define E2END 0x1FFF // 8KB +#define SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION + +// +// Servos +// +#define SERVO0_PIN PC6 +#define SERVO1_PIN PC7 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN PC13 +#define X_MAX_PIN PA15 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PA5 +#define Y_MAX_PIN PD12 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PD14 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PD15 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PC4 +#define X_DIR_PIN PA4 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PE7 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PE5 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PE2 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PE6 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PD5 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PD3 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PD6 + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PD7 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PD0 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PB9 + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PE0 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PE1 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PB8 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC0 // T0 +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC1 // T1 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC2 // TB + +#ifndef TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN + #define TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN PC3 // TC +#endif + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PA2 // Heater0 +#define HEATER_1_PIN PA3 // Heater1 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA1 // Hotbed + +#define FAN_PIN PE9 // Fan0 +#define FAN1_PIN PE11 // Fan1 +#define FAN2_PIN PE13 // Fan2 +#define FAN3_PIN PE14 // Fan3 + +// +// Misc. Functions +// +#define LED_PIN PA6 +//#define LED_PIN PA7 +#define KILL_PIN PB1 + +// +// LCD / Controller +// +//#define SD_DETECT_PIN PC5 +//#define SD_DETECT_PIN PA8 // SDIO SD_DETECT_PIN, external SDIO card reader only + +#define BEEPER_PIN PD10 +#define LCD_PINS_RS PE15 +#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD8 +#define LCD_PINS_D4 PE10 +#define LCD_PINS_D5 PE12 +#define LCD_PINS_D6 PD1 +#define LCD_PINS_D7 PE8 +#define BTN_ENC PD9 +#define BTN_EN1 PD4 +#define BTN_EN2 PD13 + +#define DOGLCD_CS LCD_PINS_D5 +#define DOGLCD_A0 LCD_PINS_D6 + +// +// Onboard SD support +// +#define SDIO_D0_PIN PC8 +#define SDIO_D1_PIN PC9 +#define SDIO_D2_PIN PC10 +#define SDIO_D3_PIN PC11 +#define SDIO_CK_PIN PC12 +#define SDIO_CMD_PIN PD2 + +#if !defined(SDCARD_CONNECTION) || SDCARD_CONNECTION == ONBOARD + #define SDIO_SUPPORT // Use SDIO for onboard SD + + #ifndef SDIO_SUPPORT + #define SOFTWARE_SPI // Use soft SPI for onboard SD + #define SDSS SDIO_D3_PIN + #define SCK_PIN SDIO_CK_PIN + #define MISO_PIN SDIO_D0_PIN + #define MOSI_PIN SDIO_CMD_PIN + #endif +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_BTT_BTT002_V1_0.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_BTT_BTT002_V1_0.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ee5c4da1fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_BTT_BTT002_V1_0.h @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#ifndef TARGET_STM32F4 + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 1 || E_STEPPERS > 1 + #error "BIGTREE BTT002 V1.0 supports up to 1 hotends / E-steppers." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE Btt002 1.0" + +// Use one of these or SDCard-based Emulation will be used +//#define SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION // Use BackSRAM-based EEPROM emulation +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION // Use Flash-based EEPROM emulation + +// Ignore temp readings during development. +//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN PD3 +#define Y_STOP_PIN PD2 +#define Z_STOP_PIN PD1 // Shares J4 connector with PC3 + +// +// Z Probe must be this pin +// +#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PD1 +#endif + +// +// Filament Runout Sensor +// +#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PA15 +#endif + +// +// Power Loss Detection +// +#ifndef POWER_LOSS_PIN + #define POWER_LOSS_PIN PD4 +#endif + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PA9 +#define X_DIR_PIN PA10 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PA8 +#ifndef X_CS_PIN + #define X_CS_PIN PE2 +#endif + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PC8 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PC9 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PC7 + #ifndef Y_CS_PIN + #define Y_CS_PIN PE3 +#endif + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PD15 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PC6 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PD14 +#ifndef Z_CS_PIN + #define Z_CS_PIN PE4 +#endif + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PD12 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PD13 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PD11 +#ifndef E0_CS_PIN + #define E0_CS_PIN PD7 +#endif + +// +// Software SPI pins for TMC2130 stepper drivers +// +#if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) + #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI + #define TMC_SW_MOSI PB15 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO + #define TMC_SW_MISO PB14 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK + #define TMC_SW_SCK PB13 + #endif +#endif + +#if HAS_TMC_UART + /** + * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers + * + * Hardware serial communication ports. + * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below + */ + //#define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + + // + // Software serial ## + // + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE2 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE2 + + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE3 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE3 + + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE4 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE4 + + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD7 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD7 + + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 +#endif + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PA2 // T0 <-> E0 +#define TEMP_1_PIN PA0 // T1 <-> E1 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PA1 // T2 <-> Bed +#define TEMP_PROBE_PIN PC3 // Shares J4 connector with PD1 + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PE6 // Heater0 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PE5 // Hotbed +#define FAN_PIN PB8 // Fan1 +#define FAN1_PIN PB9 // Fan0 + +// HAL SPI1 pins +#define CUSTOM_SPI_PINS +#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_SPI_PINS) + #define SCK_PIN PA5 // SPI1 SCLK + #define SS_PIN PA4 // SPI1 SSEL + #define MISO_PIN PA6 // SPI1 MISO + #define MOSI_PIN PA7 // SPI1 MOSI +#endif + +// +// Misc. Functions +// +#define SDSS PA4 + +/** + * -------------------------------------BTT002 V1.0----------------------------------------------- + * _____ _____ | + * PA3 | · · | GND 5V | · · | GND | + * NRESET | · · | PC4(SD_DET) (LCD_D7) PE13 | · · | PE12 (LCD_D6) | + * (MOSI)PA7 | · · | PB0(BTN_EN2) (LCD_D5) PE11 | · · | PE10 (LCD_D4) | + * (SD_SS)PA4 | · · | PC5(BTN_EN1) (LCD_RS) PE8 | · · | PE9 (LCD_EN) | + * (SCK)PA5 | · · | PA6(MISO) (BTN_ENC) PB1 | · · | PE7 (BEEPER) | + * ￣￣ ￣￣ | + * EXP2 EXP1 | + * --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +// +// LCDs and Controllers +// +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + #define BEEPER_PIN PE7 + #define BTN_ENC PB1 + + #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) + #define LCD_PINS_RS PE12 + + #define BTN_EN1 PE9 + #define BTN_EN2 PE10 + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PE13 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PE11 + + #else + + #define LCD_PINS_RS PE8 + + #define BTN_EN1 PC5 + #define BTN_EN2 PB0 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PC4 + + #define LCD_SDSS PA4 + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PE9 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PE10 + + #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PE11 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PE12 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PE13 + #endif + + #endif + + // Alter timing for graphical display + #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(600) + #endif + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD + +// +// RGB LEDs +// +#ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PB5 +#endif +#ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PB4 +#endif +#ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PB3 +#endif +#ifndef RGB_LED_W_PIN + #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_BTT_GTR_V1_0.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_BTT_GTR_V1_0.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ac8b731aae --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_BTT_GTR_V1_0.h @@ -0,0 +1,391 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#ifndef TARGET_STM32F4 + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 8 || E_STEPPERS > 8 + #error "BIGTREE GTR V1.0 supports up to 8 hotends / E-steppers." +#elif HOTENDS > MAX_EXTRUDERS || E_STEPPERS > MAX_EXTRUDERS + #error "Marlin extruder/hotends limit! Increase MAX_EXTRUDERS to continue." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE GTR 1.0" + +// Use one of these or SDCard-based Emulation will be used +//#define I2C_EEPROM +//#define SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION // Use BackSRAM-based EEPROM emulation +//#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION // Use Flash-based EEPROM emulation + +#define TP // Enable to define servo and probe pins + +// +// Servos +// +#if ENABLED(TP) + #define SERVO0_PIN PB11 +#endif + +#define PS_ON_PIN PH6 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN PF2 +#define X_MAX_PIN PG14 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PC13 +#define Y_MAX_PIN PG9 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PE0 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PD3 + +// +// Pins on the extender +// +//#define X_MIN_PIN PI4 +//#define X2_MIN_PIN PF12 +//#define Y_MIN_PIN PF4 +//#define Y2_MIN_PIN PI7 +//#define Z_MIN_PIN PF6 + +#if ENABLED(TP) && !defined(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PH11 // Z Probe must be PH11 +#endif + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PC15 +#define X_DIR_PIN PF0 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PF1 +#ifndef X_CS_PIN + #define X_CS_PIN PC14 +#endif + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PE3 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PE2 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PE4 +#ifndef Y_CS_PIN + #define Y_CS_PIN PE1 +#endif + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PB8 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PB7 // PB7 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB9 +#ifndef Z_CS_PIN + #define Z_CS_PIN PB5 +#endif + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PG12 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PG11 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PG13 +#ifndef E0_CS_PIN + #define E0_CS_PIN PG10 +#endif + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PD6 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PD5 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PD7 +#ifndef E1_CS_PIN + #define E1_CS_PIN PD4 +#endif + +#define E2_STEP_PIN PD1 +#define E2_DIR_PIN PD0 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PD2 +#ifndef E2_CS_PIN + #define E2_CS_PIN PC12 +#endif + +#define E3_STEP_PIN PF3 +#define E3_DIR_PIN PG3 +#define E3_ENABLE_PIN PF8 +#ifndef E3_CS_PIN + #define E3_CS_PIN PG4 +#endif + +#define E4_STEP_PIN PD14 +#define E4_DIR_PIN PD11 +#define E4_ENABLE_PIN PG2 +#ifndef E4_CS_PIN + #define E4_CS_PIN PE15 +#endif + +#define E5_STEP_PIN PE12 +#define E5_DIR_PIN PE10 +#define E5_ENABLE_PIN PF14 +#ifndef E5_CS_PIN + #define E5_CS_PIN PE7 +#endif + +#define E6_STEP_PIN PG0 +#define E6_DIR_PIN PG1 +#define E6_ENABLE_PIN PE8 +#ifndef E6_CS_PIN + #define E6_CS_PIN PF15 +#endif + +#define E7_STEP_PIN PH12 +#define E7_DIR_PIN PH15 +#define E7_ENABLE_PIN PI0 +#ifndef E7_CS_PIN + #define E7_CS_PIN PH14 +#endif + +// +// Software SPI pins for TMC2130 stepper drivers +// +#if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) + #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI + #define TMC_SW_MOSI PG15 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO + #define TMC_SW_MISO PB6 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK + #define TMC_SW_SCK PB3 + #endif +#endif + +#if HAS_TMC_UART + /** + * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers + * + * Hardware serial communication ports. + * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below + */ + //#define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial + //#define X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E5_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E6_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E7_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + + // + // Software serial + // + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC14 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC14 + + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE1 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE1 + + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN PB5 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN PB5 + + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PG10 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN PG10 + + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD4 + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD4 + + #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC12 + #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC12 + + #define E3_SERIAL_TX_PIN PG4 + #define E3_SERIAL_RX_PIN PG4 + + #define E4_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE15 + #define E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE15 + + #define E5_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE7 + #define E5_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE7 + + #define E6_SERIAL_TX_PIN PF15 + #define E6_SERIAL_RX_PIN PF15 + + #define E7_SERIAL_TX_PIN PH14 + #define E7_SERIAL_RX_PIN PH14 + + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 +#endif + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC1 // T1 <-> E0 +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC2 // T2 <-> E1 +#define TEMP_2_PIN PC3 // T3 <-> E2 + +#define TEMP_3_PIN PA3 // T4 <-> E3 +#define TEMP_4_PIN PF9 // T5 <-> E4 +#define TEMP_5_PIN PF10 // T6 <-> E5 +#define TEMP_6_PIN PF7 // T7 <-> E6 +#define TEMP_7_PIN PF5 // T8 <-> E7 + +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC0 // T0 <-> Bed + +// SPI for Max6675 or Max31855 Thermocouple +// Uses a separate SPI bus +// If you have a two-way thermocouple, you can customize two THERMO_CSx_PIN pins (x:1~2) + +#define THERMO_SCK_PIN PI1 // SCK +#define THERMO_DO_PIN PI2 // MISO +#define THERMO_CS1_PIN PH9 // CS1 +#define THERMO_CS2_PIN PH2 // CS2 + +#define MAX6675_SS_PIN THERMO_CS1_PIN +#define MAX6675_SS2_PIN THERMO_CS2_PIN +#define MAX6675_SCK_PIN THERMO_SCK_PIN +#define MAX6675_DO_PIN THERMO_DO_PIN + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PB1 // Heater0 +#define HEATER_1_PIN PA1 // Heater1 +#define HEATER_2_PIN PB0 // Heater2 + +#define HEATER_3_PIN PD15 // Heater3 +#define HEATER_4_PIN PD13 // Heater4 +#define HEATER_5_PIN PD12 // Heater5 +#define HEATER_6_PIN PE13 // Heater6 +#define HEATER_7_PIN PI6 // Heater7 + +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA2 // Hotbed + +#define FAN_PIN PE5 // Fan0 +#define FAN1_PIN PE6 // Fan1 +#define FAN2_PIN PC8 // Fan2 + +#define FAN3_PIN PI5 // Fan3 +#define FAN4_PIN PE9 // Fan4 +#define FAN5_PIN PE11 // Fan5 +//#define FAN6_PIN PC9 // Fan6 +//#define FAN7_PIN PE14 // Fan7 + +// +// By default the onboard SD (SPI1) is enabled +// +#define CUSTOM_SPI_PINS +#if DISABLED(CUSTOM_SPI_PINS) + #define SDSS PB12 +#endif + +// HAL SPI1 pins group +#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_SPI_PINS) + #define SDSS PA4 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PC4 + #define LCD_SDSS PA4 + + #define SCK_PIN PA5 + #define MISO_PIN PA6 + #define MOSI_PIN PA7 + #define SS_PIN PA4 // Chip select for SD card used by Marlin +#endif + +/** + * _____ _____ + * NC | · · | GND 5V | · · | GND + * RESET | · · | PB10(SD_DETECT) (LCD_D7) PG5 | · · | PG6 (LCD_D6) + * (MOSI)PB15 | · · | PH10(BTN_EN2) (LCD_D5) PG7 | · · | PG8 (LCD_D4) + * (SD_SS)PB12 | · · | PD10(BTN_EN1) (LCD_RS) PA8 | · · | PC10 (LCD_EN) + * (SCK)PB13 | · · | PB14(MISO) (BTN_ENC) PA15 | · · | PC11 (BEEPER) + * ￣￣ ￣￣ + * EXP2 EXP1 + */ + +// +// LCDs and Controllers +// +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + #define BEEPER_PIN PC11 + #define BTN_ENC PA15 + + #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) + + #define LCD_PINS_RS PA8 + + #define BTN_EN1 PD10 + #define BTN_EN2 PH10 + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PG7 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PG8 + + //#undef ST7920_DELAY_1 + //#undef ST7920_DELAY_2 + //#undef ST7920_DELAY_3 + + #else + + #define LCD_PINS_RS PA8 + + #define BTN_EN1 PD10 + #define BTN_EN2 PH10 + + #if DISABLED(CUSTOM_SPI_PINS) + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PB10 + #define LCD_SDSS PB12 + #endif + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PC10 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PG8 + + #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) + #define DOGLCD_CS PC10 + #define DOGLCD_A0 PA8 + //#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 + #define LCD_RESET_PIN PG8 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. + #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) + #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PG7 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PG6 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PG5 + #endif + #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN PF13 + #endif + #endif // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 + + #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PG7 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PG6 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PG5 + #endif + + #endif + + // Alter timing for graphical display + #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(600) + #endif + + //#define DOGLCD_CS PB12 + //#define DOGLCD_A0 PA8 + //#define LCD_PINS_DC PB14 + //#define DOGLCD_MOSI PB15 + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_BTT_SKR_PRO_V1_1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_BTT_SKR_PRO_V1_1.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4dbdf0e77f --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_BTT_SKR_PRO_V1_1.h @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#ifndef TARGET_STM32F4 + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 3 || E_STEPPERS > 3 + #error "BIGTREE SKR Pro V1.1 supports up to 3 hotends / E-steppers." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE SKR Pro 1.1" // redefined? + +// Use one of these or SDCard-based Emulation will be used +//#define SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION // Use BackSRAM-based EEPROM emulation +//#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION // Use Flash-based EEPROM emulation + +// +// Servos +// +#define SERVO0_PIN PA1 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN PB10 +#define X_MAX_PIN PE15 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PE12 +#define Y_MAX_PIN PE10 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PG8 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PG5 + +// +// Z Probe must be this pins +// +#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PA2 +#endif + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PE9 +#define X_DIR_PIN PF1 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PF2 +#ifndef X_CS_PIN + #define X_CS_PIN PA15 +#endif + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PE11 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PE8 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PD7 + #ifndef Y_CS_PIN + #define Y_CS_PIN PB8 +#endif + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PE13 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PC2 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PC0 +#ifndef Z_CS_PIN + #define Z_CS_PIN PB9 +#endif + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PE14 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PA0 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC3 +#ifndef E0_CS_PIN + #define E0_CS_PIN PB3 +#endif + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PD15 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PE7 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PA3 +#ifndef E1_CS_PIN + #define E1_CS_PIN PG15 +#endif + +#define E2_STEP_PIN PD13 +#define E2_DIR_PIN PG9 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PF0 +#ifndef E2_CS_PIN + #define E2_CS_PIN PG12 +#endif + +// +// Software SPI pins for TMC2130 stepper drivers +// +#if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) + #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI + #define TMC_SW_MOSI PC12 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO + #define TMC_SW_MISO PC11 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK + #define TMC_SW_SCK PC10 + #endif +#endif + +#if HAS_TMC_UART + /** + * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers + * + * Hardware serial communication ports. + * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below + */ + //#define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial + //#define X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + + // + // Software serial + // + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC13 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC13 + + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE3 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE3 + + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE1 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE1 + + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD4 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD4 + + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD1 + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD1 + + #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD6 + #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD6 + + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 +#endif + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PF4 // T1 <-> E0 +#define TEMP_1_PIN PF5 // T2 <-> E1 +#define TEMP_2_PIN PF6 // T3 <-> E2 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PF3 // T0 <-> Bed + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PB1 // Heater0 +#define HEATER_1_PIN PD14 // Heater1 +#define HEATER_2_PIN PB0 // Heater1 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PD12 // Hotbed +#define FAN_PIN PC8 // Fan0 +#define FAN1_PIN PE5 // Fan1 +#define FAN2_PIN PE6 // Fan2 + +// +// Misc. Functions +// + +#ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION + #define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD +#endif + +// +// Onboard SD card +// NOT compatible with LCD +// +#if SDCARD_CONNECTION == ONBOARD && !HAS_SPI_LCD + #define SOFTWARE_SPI // Use soft SPI for onboard SD + #define SDSS PA4 + #define SCK_PIN PA5 + #define MISO_PIN PA6 + #define MOSI_PIN PB5 +#else + #define SDSS PB12 +#endif + +/** + * _____ _____ + * NC | · · | GND 5V | · · | GND + * RESET | · · | PF12(SD_DETECT) (LCD_D7) PG7 | · · | PG6 (LCD_D6) + * (MOSI)PB15 | · · | PF11(BTN_EN2) (LCD_D5) PG3 | · · | PG2 (LCD_D4) + * (SD_SS)PB12 | · · | PG10(BTN_EN1) (LCD_RS) PD10 | · · | PD11 (LCD_EN) + * (SCK)PB13 | · · | PB14(MISO) (BTN_ENC) PA8 | · · | PG4 (BEEPER) + * ￣￣ ￣￣ + * EXP2 EXP1 + */ + +// +// LCDs and Controllers +// +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + #define BEEPER_PIN PG4 + #define BTN_ENC PA8 + + #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) + #define LCD_PINS_RS PG6 + + #define BTN_EN1 PD11 + #define BTN_EN2 PG2 + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PG7 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PG3 + + // CR10_Stock Display needs a different delay setting on SKR PRO v1.1, so undef it here. + // It will be defined again at the #HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD section below. + #undef ST7920_DELAY_1 + #undef ST7920_DELAY_2 + #undef ST7920_DELAY_3 + + #else + + #define LCD_PINS_RS PD10 + + #define BTN_EN1 PG10 + #define BTN_EN2 PF11 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PF12 + + #define LCD_SDSS PB12 + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD11 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PG2 + + #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) + #define DOGLCD_CS PD11 + #define DOGLCD_A0 PD10 + //#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 + #define LCD_RESET_PIN PG2 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. + #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) + #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PG3 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PG6 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PG7 + #endif + #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN PG3 + #endif + #endif // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 + + #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PG3 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PG6 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PG7 + #endif + + #endif + + // Alter timing for graphical display + #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(600) + #endif + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_FLYF407ZG.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_FLYF407ZG.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8205cd9f4d --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_FLYF407ZG.h @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#if !defined(STM32F4) && !defined(STM32F4xx) + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 6 || E_STEPPERS > 6 + #error "FLYF407ZG supports up to 6 hotends / E-steppers." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "FLYF407ZG" +#define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "github.com/FLYmaker/FLYF407ZG" +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME BOARD_INFO_NAME + +#undef E2END +#define E2END 0xFFF // 4KB + +// +// Servos +// +#define SERVO0_PIN PE11 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN PC3 +#define X_MAX_PIN PC2 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PF2 +#define Y_MAX_PIN PF1 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PF0 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PC15 + +// +// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) +// +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PC14 // Z3_PIN + +// +// Steppers +// + +#define X_STEP_PIN PB9 +#define X_DIR_PIN PE0 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PE1 +#ifndef X_CS_PIN + #define X_CS_PIN PG13 +#endif + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PB8 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PG11 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PG12 +#ifndef Y_CS_PIN + #define Y_CS_PIN PG10 +#endif + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PA8 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PD6 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PD7 +#ifndef Z_CS_PIN + #define Z_CS_PIN PD5 +#endif + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PC7 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PD3 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PD4 +#ifndef E0_CS_PIN + #define E0_CS_PIN PD1 +#endif + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PC6 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PA15 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PD0 +#ifndef E1_CS_PIN + #define E1_CS_PIN PA14 +#endif + +#define E2_STEP_PIN PD15 +#define E2_DIR_PIN PG7 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PG8 +#ifndef E2_CS_PIN + #define E2_CS_PIN PG6 +#endif + +#define E3_STEP_PIN PD14 +#define E3_DIR_PIN PG4 +#define E3_ENABLE_PIN PG5 +#ifndef E3_CS_PIN + #define E3_CS_PIN PG3 +#endif + +#define E4_STEP_PIN PD13 +#define E4_DIR_PIN PD11 +#define E4_ENABLE_PIN PG2 +#ifndef E4_CS_PIN + #define E4_CS_PIN PD10 +#endif + +#define E5_STEP_PIN PD12 +#define E5_DIR_PIN PD8 +#define E5_ENABLE_PIN PD9 +#ifndef E5_CS_PIN + #define E5_CS_PIN PB12 +#endif + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PA0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_2_PIN PC0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_3_PIN PF10 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_4_PIN PF5 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_5_PIN PF4 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PF3 // Analog Input + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PF7 +#define HEATER_1_PIN PF6 +#define HEATER_2_PIN PE6 +#define HEATER_3_PIN PE5 +#define HEATER_4_PIN PE4 +#define HEATER_5_PIN PA2 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PE2 + +#ifndef FAN_PIN + #define FAN_PIN PF8 +#endif +#define FAN1_PIN PF9 +#define FAN2_PIN PE3 +#define FAN3_PIN PA1 +#define FAN4_PIN PE13 +#define FAN5_PIN PB11 + +// +// Onboard SD support +// + +#define SDIO_D0_PIN PC8 +#define SDIO_D1_PIN PC9 +//#define SD_CARD_DETECT_PIN PC13 +#define SDIO_D2_PIN PC10 +#define SDIO_D3_PIN PC11 +#define SDIO_CK_PIN PC12 +#define SDIO_CMD_PIN PD2 + +#if !defined(SDCARD_CONNECTION) || SDCARD_CONNECTION == ONBOARD + #define SDIO_SUPPORT // Use SDIO for onboard SD + + #ifndef SDIO_SUPPORT + #define SOFTWARE_SPI // Use soft SPI for onboard SD + #define SDSS SDIO_D3_PIN + #define SCK_PIN SDIO_CK_PIN + #define MISO_PIN SDIO_D0_PIN + #define MOSI_PIN SDIO_CMD_PIN + #endif +#endif + +// +// Trinamic Software SPI +// + +#if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) + #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI + #define TMC_SW_MOSI PB15 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO + #define TMC_SW_MISO PB14 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK + #define TMC_SW_SCK PB13 + #endif +#endif + +// +// Trinamic Software Serial +// + +#if HAS_TMC_UART + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN PG13 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN PG13 + + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN PG10 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN PG10 + + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD5 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD5 + + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD1 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD1 + + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN PA14 + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN PA14 + + #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN PG6 + #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN PG6 + + #define E3_SERIAL_TX_PIN PG3 + #define E3_SERIAL_RX_PIN PG3 + + #define E4_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD10 + #define E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD10 + + #define E5_SERIAL_TX_PIN PB12 + #define E5_SERIAL_RX_PIN PB12 + +#endif + +// +// LCD / Controller +// +#define SCK_PIN PB13 +#define MISO_PIN PB14 +#define MOSI_PIN PB15 +#define SDSS PF11 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN PB2 +#define BEEPER_PIN PB10 +#define LCD_PINS_RS PE12 +#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PE14 +#define LCD_PINS_D4 PE10 +#define LCD_PINS_D5 PE9 +#define LCD_PINS_D6 PE8 +#define LCD_PINS_D7 PE7 +#define BTN_EN1 PC4 +#define BTN_EN2 PC5 +#define BTN_ENC PE15 + +// +// Filament runout +// + +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PA3 + +// +// ST7920 Delays +// +#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 + #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) +#endif +#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 + #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) +#endif +#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 + #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_FYSETC_S6.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_FYSETC_S6.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bdadbe36c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_FYSETC_S6.h @@ -0,0 +1,266 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#ifndef STM32F4 + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 3 || E_STEPPERS > 3 + #error "RUMBA32 supports up to 3 hotends / E-steppers." +#endif + +#ifndef BOARD_INFO_NAME + #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "FYSETC_S6" +#endif +#ifndef DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME + #define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME BOARD_INFO_NAME +#endif + +// change the prio to 3 , 2 is for software serial +//#define TEMP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO 3 + +// +// EEPROM Emulation +// +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +#if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) + #define FLASH_EEPROM_LEVELING +#endif +//#define SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION +//#define I2C_EEPROM +#ifdef I2C_EEPROM + #undef E2END // Defined in Arduino Core STM32 to be used with EEPROM emulation. This board uses a real EEPROM. + #define E2END 0xFFF // 4KB +#endif + +// +// Servos +// +#define SERVO0_PIN PA3 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN PB14 +#define X_MAX_PIN PA1 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PB13 +#define Y_MAX_PIN PA2 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PA0 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PA3 + +// +// Filament Sensor +// share with X_MAX_PIN +// +#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PA1 +#endif + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PE11 +#define X_DIR_PIN PE10 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PE12 +#define X_CS_PIN PE7 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PD8 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PB12 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PD9 +#define Y_CS_PIN PE15 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PD14 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PD13 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PD15 +#define Z_CS_PIN PD10 + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PD5 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PD6 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PD4 +#define E0_CS_PIN PD7 + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PE6 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PC13 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PE5 +#define E1_CS_PIN PC14 + +#define E2_STEP_PIN PE2 +#define E2_DIR_PIN PE4 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PE3 +#define E2_CS_PIN PC15 + +#if HAS_TMC_UART + // + // TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers + // + + // + // Software serial + // + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE9 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE8 + + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE14 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE13 + + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD11 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD12 + + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD3 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN PA15 + + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC4 + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC5 + + #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE1 + #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE0 +#endif + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC0 +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC1 +#define TEMP_2_PIN PC2 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC3 + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PB3 +#define HEATER_1_PIN PB4 +#define HEATER_2_PIN PB15 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PC8 + +#define FAN_PIN PB0 +#define FAN1_PIN PB1 +#define FAN2_PIN PB2 + +// +// SPI +// +#define SCK_PIN PA5 +#define MISO_PIN PA6 +#define MOSI_PIN PA7 + +// +// Misc. Functions +// +//#define LED_PIN PB14 +//#define BTN_PIN PC10 +//#define PS_ON_PIN PE11 +//#define KILL_PIN PC5 + +#define SDSS PA4 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN PB10 + +// +// LCD / Controller +// +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + #define BEEPER_PIN PC9 + #define BTN_ENC PA8 + + #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) + #define LCD_PINS_RS PD0 + + #define BTN_EN1 PC11 + #define BTN_EN2 PC10 + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD1 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PC12 + + // CR10_Stock Display needs a different delay setting on SKR PRO v1.1, so undef it here. + // It will be defined again at the #HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD section below. + #undef ST7920_DELAY_1 + #undef ST7920_DELAY_2 + #undef ST7920_DELAY_3 + + #else + + #define LCD_PINS_RS PD2 + + #define BTN_EN1 PC6 + #define BTN_EN2 PC7 + + #define LCD_SDSS PA4 + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PC11 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PC10 + + #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) + // See https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel + #define DOGLCD_CS PC11 + #define DOGLCD_A0 PD2 + #if ENABLED(FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1) + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN PD0 + #endif + #define LCD_RESET_PIN PC10 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. + #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) + #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PC12 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PD0 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PD1 + #endif + #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN PC12 + #endif + #endif // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 + + #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PC12 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PD0 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PD1 + #endif + + #endif + + // Alter timing for graphical display + #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 + #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) + #endif + #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 + #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) + #endif + #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 + #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(600) + #endif + #endif + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD + +#ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PB6 +#endif +#ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PB5 +#endif +#ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PB7 +#endif +#ifndef RGB_LED_W_PIN + #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_GENERIC_STM32F4.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_GENERIC_STM32F4.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..924b94c4f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_GENERIC_STM32F4.h @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * To build with Arduino IDE use "Discovery F407VG" + * To build with PlatformIO use environment "STM32F4" + */ +#if !defined(STM32F4) && !defined(STM32F4xx) + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 + #error "STM32F4 supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Misc. STM32F4" +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "STM32F407VET6" + +//#define I2C_EEPROM + +#ifndef E2END + #define E2END 0xFFF // 4KB +#endif + +// Ignore temp readings during development. +//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN PE0 +#define X_MAX_PIN -1 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PE1 +#define Y_MAX_PIN -1 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PE14 +#define Z_MAX_PIN -1 + +// +// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) +// + +//#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN +// #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PA4 +//#endif + +// +// Steppers +// + +#define X_STEP_PIN PD3 +#define X_DIR_PIN PD2 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PD0 +//#ifndef X_CS_PIN +// #define X_CS_PIN PD1 +//#endif + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PE11 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PE10 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PE13 +//#ifndef Y_CS_PIN +// #define Y_CS_PIN PE12 +//#endif + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PD6 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PD7 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PD4 +//#ifndef Z_CS_PIN +// #define Z_CS_PIN PD5 +//#endif + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PB5 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PB6 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PB3 +//#ifndef E0_CS_PIN +// #define E0_CS_PIN PB4 +//#endif + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PE4 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PE2 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PE3 +//#ifndef E1_CS_PIN +// #define E1_CS_PIN PE5 +//#endif + +#define SCK_PIN PA5 +#define MISO_PIN PA6 +#define MOSI_PIN PA7 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// + +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC2 // Analog Input + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// + +#define HEATER_0_PIN PA1 +#define HEATER_1_PIN PA2 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA0 + +#ifndef FAN_PIN + #define FAN_PIN PC6 +#endif +#define FAN1_PIN PC7 +#define FAN2_PIN PC8 + +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN FAN1_PIN // Use this by NOT overriding E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN + +// +// Misc. Functions +// + +//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN_CI PF13 +//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN_DO PF14 +//#define NEOPIXEL_PIN PF13 + +// +// Průša i3 MK2 Multi Material Multiplexer Support +// + +//#define E_MUX0_PIN PG3 +//#define E_MUX1_PIN PG4 + +// +// Servos +// + +//#define SERVO0_PIN PE13 +//#define SERVO1_PIN PE14 + +#define SDSS PE7 +#define SS_PIN PE7 +#define LED_PIN PB7 //Alive +#define PS_ON_PIN PA10 +#define KILL_PIN PA8 +#define PWR_LOSS PA4 //Power loss / nAC_FAULT + +// +// LCD / Controller +// + +#define SD_DETECT_PIN PA15 +#define BEEPER_PIN PC9 +#define LCD_PINS_RS PE9 +#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PE8 +#define LCD_PINS_D4 PB12 +#define LCD_PINS_D5 PB13 +#define LCD_PINS_D6 PB14 +#define LCD_PINS_D7 PB15 +#define BTN_EN1 PC4 +#define BTN_EN2 PC5 +#define BTN_ENC PC3 + +// +// Filament runout +// + +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PA3 + +// +// ST7920 Delays +// +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_LERDGE_K.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_LERDGE_K.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d21cdd0958 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_LERDGE_K.h @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#if !defined(STM32F4) && !defined(STM32F4xx) + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 + #error "LERDGE K supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Lerdge K" +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "LERDGE" + +#define I2C_EEPROM + +// Ignore temp readings during develpment. +//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 + +// +// Servos +// +//#define SERVO0_PIN PD12 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN PG3 +#define Y_STOP_PIN PG4 +#define Z_STOP_PIN PG5 + +// +// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) +// +//#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN +// #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PB15 +//#endif + +// +// Filament runout +// +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PE6 +#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN PE7 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PG1 +#define X_DIR_PIN PB10 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PG0 +//#ifndef X_CS_PIN +// #define X_CS_PIN PE0 +//#endif + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PF14 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PF15 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PF13 +//#ifndef Y_CS_PIN +// #define Y_CS_PIN PE1 +//#endif + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PF11 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PF12 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PC5 +//#ifndef Z_CS_PIN +// #define Z_CS_PIN PE2 +//#endif + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PC14 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PC13 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC15 +//#ifndef E0_CS_PIN +// #define E0_CS_PIN PE3 +//#endif + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PF1 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PF0 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PF2 +//#ifndef E1_CS_PIN +// #define E1_CS_PIN PE4 +//#endif + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC2 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC0 // Analog Input + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PA1 +#define HEATER_1_PIN PA0 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA2 + +#ifndef FAN_PIN + #define FAN_PIN PC15 +#endif +#define FAN1_PIN PF6 +#define FAN2_PIN PF7 + +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN FAN1_PIN // Use this by NOT overriding E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN + +// +// LED / Lighting +// +//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN_CI -1 +//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN_DO -1 +//#define NEOPIXEL_PIN -1 + +// +// Prusa i3 MK2 Multi-Material Multiplexer Support +// +//#define E_MUX0_PIN -1 +//#define E_MUX1_PIN -1 + +// +// SD support +// +#define SDIO_SUPPORT + +// +// Misc. Functions +// +#define SDSS PC11 +#define LED_PIN PC7 // Alive +#define PS_ON_PIN -1 +#define KILL_PIN -1 +#define POWER_LOSS_PIN -1 // Power-loss / nAC_FAULT + +#define SCK_PIN PC12 +#define MISO_PIN PC8 +#define MOSI_PIN PD2 +#define SS_PIN PC11 + +// +// LCD / Controller +// + +// TODO: Replace these with the correct FSMC pins, once known +#define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 +#define BEEPER_PIN PD12 +#define LCD_PINS_RS -1 +#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE -1 +#define LCD_PINS_D4 -1 +#define LCD_PINS_D5 -1 +#define LCD_PINS_D6 -1 +#define LCD_PINS_D7 -1 + +#define BTN_EN1 PE3 +#define BTN_EN2 PE4 +#define BTN_ENC PE2 + +// +// ST7920 Delays +// +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_LERDGE_X.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_LERDGE_X.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c54c5c1806 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_LERDGE_X.h @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#if !defined(STM32F4) && !defined(STM32F4xx) + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 + #error "LERDGE X supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Lerdge X" +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "LERDGE" + +//#define I2C_EEPROM + +// +// Servos +// +//#define SERVO0_PIN PD12 +//#define SERVO1_PIN -1 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN PB12 +#define Y_STOP_PIN PB13 +#define Z_STOP_PIN PB14 + +// +// Filament runout +// +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PE1 + +// +// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) +// +//#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN +// #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PB15 +//#endif + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PB10 +#define X_DIR_PIN PB2 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PB11 +//#ifndef X_CS_PIN +// #define X_CS_PIN PD1 +//#endif + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PB0 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PC5 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PB1 +//#ifndef Y_CS_PIN +// #define Y_CS_PIN PE12 +//#endif + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PA7 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PA6 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PC4 +//#ifndef Z_CS_PIN +// #define Z_CS_PIN PD5 +//#endif + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PA4 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PA3 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PA5 +//#ifndef E0_CS_PIN +// #define E0_CS_PIN PB4 +//#endif + +#define E1_STEP_PIN -1 +#define E1_DIR_PIN -1 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN -1 +//#ifndef E1_CS_PIN +// #define E1_CS_PIN PE5 +//#endif + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN -1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC1 // Analog Input + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PA1 +#define HEATER_1_PIN -1 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA2 + +#ifndef FAN_PIN +// #define FAN_PIN PC15 +#endif +#define FAN1_PIN PC15 +#define FAN2_PIN PA0 + +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN PC15 // Use this by NOT overriding E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN + +// +// Prusa i3 MK2 Multi Material Multiplexer Support +// +//#define E_MUX0_PIN -1 +//#define E_MUX1_PIN -1 + +// +// LED / Lighting +// +//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN_CI -1 +//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN_DO -1 +//#define NEOPIXEL_PIN -1 + +// +// Misc. Functions +// +#define SDSS PC11 +#define LED_PIN PC7 // Alive +#define PS_ON_PIN -1 +#define KILL_PIN -1 +#define POWER_LOSS_PIN -1 // Power-loss / nAC_FAULT + +#define SCK_PIN PC12 +#define MISO_PIN PC8 +#define MOSI_PIN PD2 +#define SS_PIN PC11 + +// +// SD support +// +#define SDIO_SUPPORT + +// +// LCD / Controller +// + +// The LCD is initialized in FSMC mode +#define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 +#define BEEPER_PIN PD12 + +#define BTN_EN1 PE3 +#define BTN_EN2 PE4 +#define BTN_ENC PE2 + +#define LCD_RESET_PIN PD6 +#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN PD3 +#define FSMC_CS_PIN PD4 +#define FSMC_RS_PIN PD11 +#define TOUCH_CS PB6 + +// +// ST7920 Delays +// +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_MKS_ROBIN2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_MKS_ROBIN2.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..36298d05f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_MKS_ROBIN2.h @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#ifndef STM32F4 + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 + #error "MKS_ROBIN2 supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers." +#endif + +#ifndef BOARD_INFO_NAME + #define BOARD_NAME "MKS_ROBIN2" +#endif + +#ifndef DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME + #define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME BOARD_INFO_NAME +#endif + +#define SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN PG8 +#define X_MAX_PIN PG7 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PG6 +#define Y_MAX_PIN PG5 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PG4 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PG3 + +// +// Servos +// +#define SERVO0_PIN PB0 // XS2-5 +#define SERVO1_PIN PF7 // XS1-5 +#define SERVO2_PIN PF8 // XS1-6 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PE6 +#define X_DIR_PIN PE5 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PC13 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PE3 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PE2 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PE4 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PE0 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PB9 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PE1 + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PG10 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PG9 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PB8 + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PD3 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PA15 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PD6 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC1 // T1 <-> E0 +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC2 // T2 <-> E1 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC0 // T0 <-> Bed + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PF3 // Heater0 +#define HEATER_1_PIN PF2 // Heater1 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PF4 // Hotbed +#define FAN_PIN PA7 // Fan0 + +// +// Misc. Functions +// +#define SDSS -1 // PB12 + +#define SD_DETECT_PIN PF9 +#define BEEPER_PIN PG2 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_RUMBA32_AUS3D.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_RUMBA32_AUS3D.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cff34a2d86 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_RUMBA32_AUS3D.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Pin assignments for the MKS RUMBA32 + * + * https://aus3d.com.au/rumba32 + * https://github.com/Aus3D/RUMBA32 + * + * The MKS and Aus3D versions have the same pinout but the MKS version + * has some added resistors and LEDs. The resistors needed for the + * TMC2208/9 UART interface are among the additions. Also added were + * connectors and resistors dedicated to the TMC2130 sensorless homing + * interface. + */ + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Aus3D RUMBA32" + +#define RUMBA32_V1_0 +//#define I2C_EEPROM + +#include "pins_RUMBA32_common.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_RUMBA32_MKS.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_RUMBA32_MKS.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9fcd5a1474 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_RUMBA32_MKS.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Pin assignments for the MKS RUMBA32 + * + * https://github.com/makerbase-mks/MKS-RUMBA32 + * + * The MKS and Aus3D versions have the same pinout but the MKS version + * has some added resistors and LEDs. The resistors needed for the + * TMC2208/9 UART interface are among the additions. Also added were + * connectors and resistors dedicated to the TMC2130 sensorless homing + * interface. + */ + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MKS RUMBA32" + +#define RUMBA32_V1_0 +#define ENABLE_SPI1 +//#define I2C_EEPROM + +#include "pins_RUMBA32_common.h" + +// +// Software SPI pins for TMC2130 stepper drivers +// +#if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) + #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI + #define TMC_SW_MOSI PA7 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO + #define TMC_SW_MISO PA6 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK + #define TMC_SW_SCK PA5 + #endif +#endif + +#if HAS_TMC_UART + /** + * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers + * + * Hardware serial communication ports. + * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below + */ + //#define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial + //#define X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + + // + // Software serial + // + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN PA3 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC14 + + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN PA4 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE4 + + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD13 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE0 + + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD14 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC13 + + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD15 + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD5 + + #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD12 + #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD1 +#endif + +// +// LCD / Controller +// + +// Alter timing for graphical display +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(600) +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_RUMBA32_common.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_RUMBA32_common.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..19853a78fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_RUMBA32_common.h @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Common pin assignments for all RUMBA32 boards + */ + +#ifndef STM32F4 + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 3 || E_STEPPERS > 3 + #error "RUMBA32 boards support up to 3 hotends / E-steppers." +#endif + +#define RUMBA32_V1_0 +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME BOARD_INFO_NAME + +//#define I2C_EEPROM +#ifdef E2END + #undef E2END +#endif +#define E2END 0xFFF // 4KB + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN PB12 +#define X_MAX_PIN PB13 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PB15 +#define Y_MAX_PIN PD8 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PD9 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PD10 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PA0 +#define X_DIR_PIN PC15 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PC11 +#define X_CS_PIN PC14 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PE5 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PE6 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PE3 +#define Y_CS_PIN PE4 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PE1 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PE2 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB7 +#define Z_CS_PIN PE0 + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PB5 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PB6 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC12 +#define E0_CS_PIN PC13 + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PD6 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PD7 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PD4 +#define E1_CS_PIN PD5 + +#define E2_STEP_PIN PD2 +#define E2_DIR_PIN PD3 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PD0 +#define E2_CS_PIN PD1 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC4 +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC3 +#define TEMP_2_PIN PC2 +#define TEMP_3_PIN PC1 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC0 + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PC6 +#define HEATER_1_PIN PC7 +#define HEATER_2_PIN PC8 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA1 + +#define FAN_PIN PC9 +#define FAN1_PIN PA8 + +// +// I2C +// +#define SCK_PIN PA5 +#define MISO_PIN PA6 +#define MOSI_PIN PA7 + +// +// Misc. Functions +// +#define LED_PIN PB14 +#define BTN_PIN PC10 +#define PS_ON_PIN PE11 +#define KILL_PIN PC5 + +#define SDSS PA2 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN PB0 +#define BEEPER_PIN PE8 + +// +// LCD / Controller +// +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + + #define BTN_EN1 PB2 + #define BTN_EN2 PB1 + #define BTN_ENC PE7 + + #define LCD_PINS_RS PE10 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PE9 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PE12 + + #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) + #define DOGLCD_CS PE13 + #define DOGLCD_A0 PE14 + #endif + + #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PE13 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PE14 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PE15 + #endif + +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_STEVAL_3DP001V1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_STEVAL_3DP001V1.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1a008cd4ae --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_STEVAL_3DP001V1.h @@ -0,0 +1,355 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +// Source: https://github.com/stm32duino/Arduino_Core_STM32/blob/master/variants/ST3DP001_EVAL/variant.cpp + +/** + * HOW TO COMPILE + * + * PlatformIO - Use the STM32F401VE_STEVAL environment (or the "Auto Build Marlin" extension). + * + * Arduino - Tested with 1.8.10 + * Install library per https://github.com/stm32duino/Arduino_Core_STM32 + * Make the following selections under the TOOL menu in the Arduino IDE + * Board: "3D printer boards" + * Board part number: "STEVAL-3DP001V1" + * U(S)ART support: "Enabled (generic "Serial")" + * USB support (if available): "CDC (no generic "Serial")" + * Optimize: "Smallest (-Os default)" + * C Runtime Library: "newlib Nano (default)" + */ + +#pragma once + +#ifndef STM32F4 + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#endif + +#ifndef MACHINE_NAME + #define MACHINE_NAME "STEVAL-3DP001V1" +#endif + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN 39 // PD8 X_STOP +#define Y_MIN_PIN 40 // PD9 Y_STOP +#define Z_MIN_PIN 41 // PD10 Z_STOP + +#define X_MAX_PIN 44 // PD0 W_STOP +#define Y_MAX_PIN 43 // PA8 V_STOP +#define Z_MAX_PIN 42 // PD11 U_STOP + +// +// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) +// +//#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN +// #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 16 // PA4 +//#endif + +// +// Filament runout +// +//#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 53 // PA3 BED_THE + +// +// Steppers +// + +#define X_STEP_PIN 61 // PE14 X_PWM +#define X_DIR_PIN 62 // PE15 X_DIR +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 60 // PE13 X_RES +#define X_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS + +#define Y_STEP_PIN 64 // PB10 Y_PWM +#define Y_DIR_PIN 65 // PE9 Y_DIR +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 63 // PE10 Y_RES +#define Y_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS + +#define Z_STEP_PIN 67 // PC6 Z_PWM +#define Z_DIR_PIN 68 // PC0 Z_DIR +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 66 // PC15 Z_RES +#define Z_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS + +#define E0_STEP_PIN 71 // PD12 E1_PW +#define E0_DIR_PIN 70 // PC13 E1_DIR +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 69 // PC14 E1_RE +#define E0_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS + +#define E1_STEP_PIN 73 // PE5 E2_PWM +#define E1_DIR_PIN 74 // PE6 E2_DIR +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 72 // PE4 E2_RESE +#define E1_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS + +#define E2_STEP_PIN 77 // PB8 E3_PWM +#define E2_DIR_PIN 76 // PE2 E3_DIR +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 75 // PE3 E3_RESE +#define E2_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS + +// needed to pass a sanity check +#define X2_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS +#define Y2_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS +#define Z2_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS +#define Z3_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS +#define E3_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS +#define E4_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS +#define E5_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS + +#if HAS_L64XX + #define L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN 17 // PA5 + #define L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN 18 // PA6 + #define L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN 19 // PA7 + #define L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN 16 // PA4 + + //#define SCK_PIN L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN + //#define MISO_PIN L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN + //#define MOSI_PIN L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN +#else + //#define SCK_PIN 13 // PB13 SPI_S + //#define MISO_PIN 12 // PB14 SPI_M + //#define MOSI_PIN 11 // PB15 SPI_M +#endif + +/** + * Macro to reset/enable L6474 stepper drivers + * + * IMPORTANT - To disable (bypass) L6474s, install the corresponding + * resistors (R11 - R17) and change the "V" to "0" for the + * corresponding pins here: + */ +#define ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(V) do{ OUT_WRITE(X_ENABLE_PIN, V); \ + OUT_WRITE(Y_ENABLE_PIN, V); \ + OUT_WRITE(Z_ENABLE_PIN, V); \ + OUT_WRITE(E0_ENABLE_PIN,V); \ + OUT_WRITE(E1_ENABLE_PIN,V); \ + OUT_WRITE(E2_ENABLE_PIN,V); \ + }while(0) + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN 3 // Analog input 3, digital pin 54 PA0 E1_THERMISTOR +#define TEMP_1_PIN 4 // Analog input 4, digital pin 55 PA1 E2_THERMISTOR +#define TEMP_2_PIN 5 // Analog input 5, digital pin 56 PA2 E3_THERMISTOR +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // Analog input 0, digital pin 51 PC2 BED_THERMISTOR_1 +#define TEMP_BED_1_PIN 1 // Analog input 1, digital pin 52 PC3 BED_THERMISTOR_2 +#define TEMP_BED_2_PIN 2 // Analog input 2, digital pin 53 PA3 BED_THERMISTOR_3 + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN 48 // PC7 E1_HEAT_PWM +#define HEATER_1_PIN 49 // PB0 E2_HEAT_PWM +#define HEATER_2_PIN 50 // PB1 E3_HEAT_PWM +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 46 // PD14 (BED_HEAT_1 FET +#define HEATER_BED_1_PIN 45 // PD13 (BED_HEAT_2 FET +#define HEATER_BED_2_PIN 47 // PD15 (BED_HEAT_3 FET + +#define FAN_PIN 57 // PC4 E1_FAN PWM pin, Part cooling fan FET +#define FAN1_PIN 58 // PC5 E2_FAN PWM pin, Extruder fan FET +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN FAN1_PIN +#define FAN2_PIN 59 // PE8 E3_FAN PWM pin, Controller fan FET + +// +// Misc functions +// +#define SDSS 16 // PA4 SPI_CS +#define LED_PIN -1 // 9 // PE1 green LED Heart beat +#define PS_ON_PIN -1 +#define KILL_PIN -1 +#define POWER_LOSS_PIN -1 // PWR_LOSS / nAC_FAULT + +// +// LCD / Controller +// +//#define SD_DETECT_PIN 66 // PA15 SD_CA +//#define BEEPER_PIN 24 // PC9 SDIO_D1 +//#define LCD_PINS_RS 65 // PE9 Y_DIR +//#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 59 // PE8 E3_FAN +//#define LCD_PINS_D4 10 // PB12 SPI_C +//#define LCD_PINS_D5 13 // PB13 SPI_S +//#define LCD_PINS_D6 12 // PB14 SPI_M +//#define LCD_PINS_D7 11 // PB15 SPI_M +//#define BTN_EN1 57 // PC4 E1_FAN +//#define BTN_EN2 58 // PC5 E2_FAN +//#define BTN_ENC 52 // PC3 BED_THE + +// +// Extension pins +// +//#define EXT0_PIN 49 // PB0 E2_HEAT +//#define EXT1_PIN 50 // PB1 E3_HEAT +//#define EXT2_PIN // PB2 not used (tied to ground +//#define EXT3_PIN 39 // PD8 X_STOP +//#define EXT4_PIN 40 // PD9 Y_STOP +//#define EXT5_PIN 41 // PD10 Z_STOP +//#define EXT6_PIN 42 // PD11 +//#define EXT7_PIN 71 // PD12 E1_PW +//#define EXT8_PIN 64 // PB10 Y_PWM + +// WIFI +// 2 // PD3 CTS +// 3 // PD4 RTS +// 4 // PD5 TX +// 5 // PD6 RX +// 6 // PB5 WIFI_WAKEUP +// 7 // PE11 WIFI_RESET +// 8 // PE12 WIFI_BOOT + +// I2C USER +// 14 // PB7 SDA +// 15 // PB6 SCL + +// JTAG +// 20 // PA13 JTAG_TMS/SWDIO +// 21 // PA14 JTAG_TCK/SWCLK +// 22 // PB3 JTAG_TDO/SWO + +// +// Onboard SD support +// +#define SDIO_D0_PIN 23 // PC8 SDIO_D0 +#define SDIO_D1_PIN 24 // PC9 SDIO_D1 +//#define SD_CARD_DETECT_PIN 25 // PA15 SD_CARD_DETECT +#define SDIO_D2_PIN 26 // PC10 SDIO_D2 +#define SDIO_D3_PIN 27 // PC11 SDIO_D3 +#define SDIO_CK_PIN 28 // PC12 SDIO_CK +#define SDIO_CMD_PIN 29 // PD2 SDIO_CMD + +#ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION + #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD +#endif + +#if SDCARD_CONNECTION == ONBOARD + #define SDIO_SUPPORT // Use SDIO for onboard SD + + #ifndef SDIO_SUPPORT + #define SOFTWARE_SPI // Use soft SPI for onboard SD + #define SDSS SDIO_D3_PIN + #define SCK_PIN SDIO_CK_PIN + #define MISO_PIN SDIO_D0_PIN + #define MOSI_PIN SDIO_CMD_PIN + #endif +#endif + +// OTG +// 30 // PA11 OTG_DM +// 31 // PA12 OTG_DP + +// USER_PINS +// 34 // PD7 USER3 +// 35 // PB9 USER1 +// 36 // PE0 USER2 +// 37 // PB4 USER4 + +// USERKET +// 38 // PE7 USER_BUTTON + +// 0 // PA9 TX +// 1 // PA10 RX + +// IR/PROBE +// 32 // PD1 IR_OUT +// 33 // PC1 IR_ON + +/** + * Logical pin vs. port/pin cross reference + * + * PA0 54 // E1_THERMISTOR PA9 0 // TX + * PA1 55 // E2_THERMISTOR PA10 1 // RX + * PA2 56 // E3_THERMISTOR PD3 2 // CTS + * PA3 53 // BED_THERMISTOR_3 PD4 3 // RTS + * PA4 16 // SPI_CS PD5 4 // TX + * PA5 17 // SPI_SCK PD6 5 // RX + * PA6 18 // SPI_MISO PB5 6 // WIFI_WAKEUP + * PA7 19 // SPI_MOSI PE11 7 // WIFI_RESET + * PA8 43 // V_STOP PE12 8 // WIFI_BOOT + * PA9 0 // TX PE1 9 // STATUS_LED + * PA10 1 // RX PB12 10 // SPI_CS + * PA11 30 // OTG_DM PB15 11 // SPI_MOSI + * PA12 31 // OTG_DP PB14 12 // SPI_MISO + * PA13 20 // JTAG_TMS/SWDIO PB13 13 // SPI_SCK + * PA14 21 // JTAG_TCK/SWCLK PB7 14 // SDA + * PA15 25 // SD_CARD_DETECT PB6 15 // SCL + * PB0 49 // E2_HEAT_PWM PA4 16 // SPI_CS + * PB1 50 // E3_HEAT_PWM PA5 17 // SPI_SCK + * PB3 22 // JTAG_TDO/SWO PA6 18 // SPI_MISO + * PB4 37 // USER4 PA7 19 // SPI_MOSI + * PB5 6 // WIFI_WAKEUP PA13 20 // JTAG_TMS/SWDIO + * PB6 15 // SCL PA14 21 // JTAG_TCK/SWCLK + * PB7 14 // SDA PB3 22 // JTAG_TDO/SWO + * PB8 77 // E3_PWM PC8 23 // SDIO_D0 + * PB9 35 // USER1 PC9 24 // SDIO_D1 + * PB10 64 // Y_PWM PA15 25 // SD_CARD_DETECT + * PB12 10 // SPI_CS PC10 26 // SDIO_D2 + * PB13 13 // SPI_SCK PC11 27 // SDIO_D3 + * PB14 12 // SPI_MISO PC12 28 // SDIO_CK + * PB15 11 // SPI_MOSI PD2 29 // SDIO_CMD + * PC0 68 // Z_DIR PA11 30 // OTG_DM + * PC1 33 // IR_ON PA12 31 // OTG_DP + * PC2 51 // BED_THERMISTOR_1 PD1 32 // IR_OUT + * PC3 52 // BED_THERMISTOR_2 PC1 33 // IR_ON + * PC4 57 // E1_FAN PD7 34 // USER3 + * PC5 58 // E2_FAN PB9 35 // USER1 + * PC6 67 // Z_PWM PE0 36 // USER2 + * PC7 48 // E1_HEAT_PWM PB4 37 // USER4 + * PC8 23 // SDIO_D0 PE7 38 // USER_BUTTON + * PC9 24 // SDIO_D1 PD8 39 // X_STOP + * PC10 26 // SDIO_D2 PD9 40 // Y_STOP + * PC11 27 // SDIO_D3 PD10 41 // Z_STOP + * PC12 28 // SDIO_CK PD11 42 // U_STOP + * PC13 70 // E1_DIR PA8 43 // V_STOP + * PC14 69 // E1_RESET PD0 44 // W_STOP + * PC15 66 // Z_RESET PD13 45 // BED_HEAT_2 + * PD0 44 // W_STOP PD14 46 // BED_HEAT_1 + * PD1 32 // IR_OUT PD15 47 // BED_HEAT_3 + * PD2 29 // SDIO_CMD PC7 48 // E1_HEAT_PWM + * PD3 2 // CTS PB0 49 // E2_HEAT_PWM + * PD4 3 // RTS PB1 50 // E3_HEAT_PWM + * PD5 4 // TX PC2 51 // BED_THERMISTOR_1 + * PD6 5 // RX PC3 52 // BED_THERMISTOR_2 + * PD7 34 // USER3 PA3 53 // BED_THERMISTOR_3 + * PD8 39 // X_STOP PA0 54 // E1_THERMISTOR + * PD9 40 // Y_STOP PA1 55 // E2_THERMISTOR + * PD10 41 // Z_STOP PA2 56 // E3_THERMISTOR + * PD11 42 // U_STOP PC4 57 // E1_FAN + * PD12 71 // E1_PWM PC5 58 // E2_FAN + * PD13 45 // BED_HEAT_2 PE8 59 // E3_FAN + * PD14 46 // BED_HEAT_1 PE13 60 // X_RESET + * PD15 47 // BED_HEAT_3 PE14 61 // X_PWM + * PE0 36 // USER2 PE15 62 // X_DIR + * PE1 9 // STATUS_LED PE10 63 // Y_RESET + * PE2 76 // E3_DIR PB10 64 // Y_PWM + * PE3 75 // E3_RESET PE9 65 // Y_DIR + * PE4 72 // E2_RESET PC15 66 // Z_RESET + * PE5 73 // E2_PWM PC6 67 // Z_PWM + * PE6 74 // E2_DIR PC0 68 // Z_DIR + * PE7 38 // USER_BUTTON PC14 69 // E1_RESET + * PE8 59 // E3_FAN PC13 70 // E1_DIR + * PE9 65 // Y_DIR PD12 71 // E1_PWM + * PE10 63 // Y_RESET PE4 72 // E2_RESET + * PE11 7 // WIFI_RESET PE5 73 // E2_PWM + * PE12 8 // WIFI_BOOT PE6 74 // E2_DIR + * PE13 60 // X_RESET PE3 75 // E3_RESET + * PE14 61 // X_PWM PE2 76 // E3_DIR + * PE15 62 // X_DIR PB8 77 // E3_PWM + */ diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_VAKE403D.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_VAKE403D.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7eb95a4f50 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_VAKE403D.h @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#if !defined(STM32F4) && !defined(STM32F4xx) + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 + #error "STM32F4 supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers." +#endif + +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "STM32F446VET6" +#define BOARD_NAME "STM32F4 VAkE" + +//#define I2C_EEPROM + +#define E2END 0xFFF // EEPROM end address (4kB) + +// +// Servos +// +//#define SERVO0_PIN PE13 +//#define SERVO1_PIN PE14 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN PE10 +#define Y_STOP_PIN PE9 +#define Z_STOP_PIN PE8 + +// +// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) +// +#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PA4 +#endif + +// +// Filament runout +// +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PA3 + +// +// Steppers +// + +#define STEPPER_ENABLE_PIN PB2 + +#define X_STEP_PIN PC6 // X_STEP +#define X_DIR_PIN PC7 // X_DIR +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PB2 // +#ifndef X_CS_PIN + #define X_CS_PIN PC8 // X_CS +#endif + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PD9 // Y_STEP +#define Y_DIR_PIN PD10 // Y_DIR +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PB2 // +#ifndef Y_CS_PIN + #define Y_CS_PIN PD11 // Y_CS +#endif + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PE15 // Z_STEP +#define Z_DIR_PIN PB10 // Z_DIR +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB2 +#ifndef Z_CS_PIN + #define Z_CS_PIN PD8 +#endif + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PB1 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PB13 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PB2 +#ifndef E0_CS_PIN + #define E0_CS_PIN PE11 +#endif + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PC4 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PC5 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PB2 +#ifndef E1_CS_PIN + #define E1_CS_PIN PB0 +#endif + +#define SCK_PIN PE12 // PA5 // SPI1 for SD card +#define MISO_PIN PE13 // PA6 +#define MOSI_PIN PE14 // PA7 + +// added for SD card : optional or not ??? +//#define SD_CHIP_SELECT_PIN SDSS // The default chip select pin for the SD card is SS. +// The following three pins must not be redefined for hardware SPI. +//#define SPI_MOSI_PIN MOSI_PIN // SPI Master Out Slave In pin +//#define SPI_MISO_PIN MISO_PIN // SPI Master In Slave Out pin +//#define SPI_SCK_PIN SCK_PIN // SPI Clock pin + +// +// Temperature Sensors (Analog inputs) +// + +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_2_PIN PC2 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_3_PIN PC3 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC3 // Analog Input + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// + +#define HEATER_0_PIN PD15 +#define HEATER_1_PIN PD14 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PD12 + +#ifndef FAN_PIN + #define FAN_PIN PD13 +#endif +#define FAN1_PIN PB5 // PA0 +#define FAN2_PIN PB4 // PA1 + +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN PD13 // Use this by NOT overriding E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN + +// +// Misc. Functions +// + +//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN_CI PF13 +//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN_DO PF14 +//#define NEOPIXEL_PIN PF13 + +// +// Prusa i3 MK2 Multi Material Multiplexer Support +// +//#define E_MUX0_PIN PG3 +//#define E_MUX1_PIN PG4 + +#define LED_PIN PB14 // Alive +#define PS_ON_PIN PE0 +#define KILL_PIN PD5 +#define POWER_LOSS_PIN PA4 // ?? Power loss / nAC_FAULT + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PB7 + #define SS_PIN PB_15 // USD_CS -> CS for onboard SD +#endif + +// +// LCD / Controller +// +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + #define SDSS PB6 // CS for SD card in LCD + #endif + #define BEEPER_PIN PC9 + #define LCD_PINS_RS PC12 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD7 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PD1 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PD2 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PD3 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PD4 + #define BTN_EN1 PD6 + #define BTN_EN2 PD0 + #define BTN_ENC PB12 +#endif + +// +// ST7920 Delays +// +#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 + #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) +#endif +#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 + #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) +#endif +#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 + #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f7/pins_REMRAM_V1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f7/pins_REMRAM_V1.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..736445cdab --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f7/pins_REMRAM_V1.h @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#ifndef STM32F7xx + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F7 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "RemRam v1" +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "RemRam" + +#define SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION // Emulate the EEPROM using Backup SRAM + +#if HOTENDS > 1 || E_STEPPERS > 1 + #error "RemRam supports only one hotend / E-stepper." +#endif + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#if DISABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) + #define X_MIN_PIN 58 + #define X_MAX_PIN 59 + #define Y_MIN_PIN 60 + #define Y_MAX_PIN 61 + #define Z_MIN_PIN 62 + #define Z_MAX_PIN 63 +#else + #define X_STOP_PIN 36 + #define Y_STOP_PIN 39 + #define Z_MIN_PIN 62 + #define Z_MAX_PIN 42 +#endif + +// +// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) +// +#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 26 // EXT_D1 +#endif + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN 22 +#define X_DIR_PIN 35 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 34 +#define X_CS_PIN 14 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN 23 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 38 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 37 +#define Y_CS_PIN 15 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN 24 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 41 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 40 +#define Z_CS_PIN 16 + +#define E0_STEP_PIN 25 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 44 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 43 +#define E0_CS_PIN 10 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN 64 // THERM_1 +#define TEMP_1_PIN 65 // THERM_2 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 66 // THERM_3 + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN 33 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 31 + +#ifndef FAN_PIN + #define FAN_PIN 30 // "FAN1" +#endif +#define FAN1_PIN 32 // "FAN2" + +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 32 // Use this by NOT overriding E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN + +// +// Servos +// +#define SERVO0_PIN 26 // PWM_EXT1 +#define SERVO1_PIN 27 // PWM_EXT2 + +#define SDSS 57 // Onboard SD card reader +//#define SDSS 9 // LCD SD card reader +#define LED_PIN 21 // STATUS_LED + +// +// LCD / Controller +// +#define SD_DETECT_PIN 56 // SD_CARD_DET +#define BEEPER_PIN 46 // LCD_BEEPER +#define LCD_PINS_RS 49 // LCD_RS +#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 48 // LCD_EN +#define LCD_PINS_D4 50 // LCD_D4 +#define LCD_PINS_D5 51 // LCD_D5 +#define LCD_PINS_D6 52 // LCD_D6 +#define LCD_PINS_D7 53 // LCD_D7 +#define BTN_EN1 54 // BTN_EN1 +#define BTN_EN2 55 // BTN_EN2 +#define BTN_ENC 47 // BTN_ENC + +// +// Timers +// + +#define STEP_TIMER 2 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f7/pins_THE_BORG.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f7/pins_THE_BORG.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9968d9d1f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f7/pins_THE_BORG.h @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#ifndef STM32F7 + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F7 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 3 || E_STEPPERS > 3 + #error "The-Borg supports up to 3 hotends / E-steppers." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "The-Borge" +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME BOARD_INFO_NAME + +#ifndef E2END + #define E2END 0xFFF // EEPROM end address +#endif + +// Ignore temp readings during development. +//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN PE9 +#define X_MAX_PIN PE10 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PE7 +#define Y_MAX_PIN PE8 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PF15 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PG0 +#define E_MIN_PIN PE2 +#define E_MAX_PIN PE3 + +// +// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) +// +#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PA4 +#endif + +// +// Steppers +// +#define STEPPER_ENABLE_PIN PE0 + +#define X_STEP_PIN PC6 // 96, 39 in Arduino +#define X_DIR_PIN PC7 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PC8 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PD9 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PD10 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PD11 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PE15 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PG1 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PD8 + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PB1 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PB2 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PE11 + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PC4 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PC5 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PB0 + +#define E2_STEP_PIN PC13 +#define E2_DIR_PIN PC14 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PC15 + +#define Z2_STEP_PIN PC13 +#define Z2_DIR_PIN PC14 +#define Z2_ENABLE_PIN PC15 + +#define SCK_PIN PA5 +#define MISO_PIN PA6 +#define MOSI_PIN PA7 + +#define SPI1_SCK_PIN PA5 +#define SPI1_MISO_PIN PA6 +#define SPI1_MOSI_PIN PA7 + +#define SPI6_SCK_PIN PG13 +#define SPI6_MISO_PIN PG12 +#define SPI6_MOSI_PIN PG14 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// + +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC3 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC2 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_2_PIN PC1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_3_PIN PC0 // Analog Input + +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PF10 // Analog Input + +#define TEMP_5_PIN PE12 // Analog Input, Probe temp + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PD15 +#define HEATER_1_PIN PD14 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PF6 + +#ifndef FAN_PIN + #define FAN_PIN PD13 +#endif +#define FAN1_PIN PA0 +#define FAN2_PIN PA1 + +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN PA1 // Use this by NOT overriding E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN + +// +// Misc. Functions +// + +//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN_CI PF13 +//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN_DO PF14 +//#define NEOPIXEL_PIN PF13 + +// +// Průša i3 MK2 Multi Material Multiplexer Support +// + +#define E_MUX0_PIN PG3 +#define E_MUX1_PIN PG4 + +// +// Servos +// + +#define SERVO0_PIN PE13 +#define SERVO1_PIN PE14 + +#define SDSS PA8 +#define SS_PIN PA8 +#define LED_PIN PA2 // Alive +#define PS_ON_PIN PA3 +#define KILL_PIN -1 //PD5 // EXP2-10 +#define PWR_LOSS PG5 // Power loss / nAC_FAULT + +// +// MAX7219_DEBUG +// +#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN PG10 // EXP1-1 +#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN PD7 // EXP1-3 +#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN PD1 // EXP1-5 + +// +// LCD / Controller +// +//#define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 //PB6) // EXP2-4 +#define BEEPER_PIN PG10 // EXP1-1 +#define LCD_PINS_RS PG9 // EXP1-4 +#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD7 // EXP1-3 +#define LCD_PINS_D4 PD1 // EXP1-5 +#define LCD_PINS_D5 PF0 // EXP1-6 +#define LCD_PINS_D6 PD3 // EXP1-7 +#define LCD_PINS_D7 PD4 // EXP1-8 +#define BTN_EN1 PD6 // EXP2-5 +#define BTN_EN2 PD0 // EXP2-3 +#define BTN_ENC PG11 // EXP1-2 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_5DPRINT.h b/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_5DPRINT.h index 80c6975279..4ee74660ea 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_5DPRINT.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_5DPRINT.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -78,71 +78,71 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 41 -#define SERVO1_PIN 42 -#define SERVO2_PIN 43 -#define SERVO3_PIN 44 +#define SERVO0_PIN 41 +#define SERVO1_PIN 42 +#define SERVO2_PIN 43 +#define SERVO3_PIN 44 // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 37 // E5 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 36 // E4 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 19 // E7 +#define X_STOP_PIN 37 // E5 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 36 // E4 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 19 // E7 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 28 // A0 -#define X_DIR_PIN 29 // A1 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 17 // C7 +#define X_STEP_PIN 28 // A0 +#define X_DIR_PIN 29 // A1 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 17 // C7 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 30 // A2 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 31 // A3 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 13 // C3 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 30 // A2 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 31 // A3 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 13 // C3 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 32 // A4 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 33 // A5 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 12 // C2 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 32 // A4 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 33 // A5 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 12 // C2 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 34 // A6 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 35 // A7 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 11 // C1 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 34 // A6 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 35 // A7 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 11 // C1 // // Digital Microstepping // -#define X_MS1_PIN 25 // B5 -#define X_MS2_PIN 26 // B6 -#define Y_MS1_PIN 9 // E1 -#define Y_MS2_PIN 8 // E0 -#define Z_MS1_PIN 7 // D7 -#define Z_MS2_PIN 6 // D6 -#define E0_MS1_PIN 5 // D5 -#define E0_MS2_PIN 4 // D4 +#define X_MS1_PIN 25 // B5 +#define X_MS2_PIN 26 // B6 +#define Y_MS1_PIN 9 // E1 +#define Y_MS2_PIN 8 // E0 +#define Z_MS1_PIN 7 // D7 +#define Z_MS2_PIN 6 // D6 +#define E0_MS1_PIN 5 // D5 +#define E0_MS2_PIN 4 // D4 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // F1 Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // F0 Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // F1 Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // F0 Analog Input // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 15 // C5 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 14 // C4 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 15 // C5 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 14 // C4 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 16 // C6 PWM3A + #define FAN_PIN 16 // C6 PWM3A #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 20 // B0 +#define SDSS 20 // B0 //DIGIPOTS slave addresses #ifndef DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for DIGIPOT 0x2C (0x58 <- 0x2C << 1) + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for DIGIPOT 0x2C (0x58 <- 0x2C << 1) #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_BRAINWAVE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_BRAINWAVE.h index 3c38ad0b01..f7597dbbae 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_BRAINWAVE.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_BRAINWAVE.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -77,50 +77,50 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 35 // A7 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 34 // A6 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 33 // A5 +#define X_STOP_PIN 35 // A7 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 34 // A6 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 33 // A5 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 3 // D3 -#define X_DIR_PIN 5 // D5 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 4 // D4 -#define X_ATT_PIN 2 // D2 +#define X_STEP_PIN 3 // D3 +#define X_DIR_PIN 5 // D5 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 4 // D4 +#define X_ATT_PIN 2 // D2 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 7 // D7 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 9 // E1 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 8 // E0 -#define Y_ATT_PIN 6 // D6 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 7 // D7 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 9 // E1 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 8 // E0 +#define Y_ATT_PIN 6 // D6 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 11 // C1 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 13 // C3 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 12 // C2 -#define Z_ATT_PIN 10 // C0 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 11 // C1 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 13 // C3 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 12 // C2 +#define Z_ATT_PIN 10 // C0 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 15 // C5 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 17 // C7 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 16 // C6 -#define E0_ATT_PIN 14 // C4 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 15 // C5 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 17 // C7 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 16 // C6 +#define E0_ATT_PIN 14 // C4 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 7 // F7 Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 6 // F6 Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 7 // F7 Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 6 // F6 Analog Input // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 32 // A4 Extruder -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 18 // E6 Bed +#define HEATER_0_PIN 32 // A4 Extruder +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 18 // E6 Bed #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 31 // A3 Fan + #define FAN_PIN 31 // A3 Fan #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define LED_PIN 19 // E7 +#define LED_PIN 19 // E7 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_BRAINWAVE_PRO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_BRAINWAVE_PRO.h index cd4dd33695..575428f097 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_BRAINWAVE_PRO.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_BRAINWAVE_PRO.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -84,55 +84,55 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 45 // F7 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 12 // C2 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 36 // E4 +#define X_STOP_PIN 45 // F7 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 12 // C2 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 36 // E4 // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 11 // C1 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 11 // C1 #endif // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 9 // E1 -#define X_DIR_PIN 8 // E0 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 23 // B3 +#define X_STEP_PIN 9 // E1 +#define X_DIR_PIN 8 // E0 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 23 // B3 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 7 // D7 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 6 // D6 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 20 // B0 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 7 // D7 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 6 // D6 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 20 // B0 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 5 // D5 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 4 // D4 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 37 // E5 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 5 // D5 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 4 // D4 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 37 // E5 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 47 // E3 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 46 // E2 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 25 // B5 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 47 // E3 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 46 // E2 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 25 // B5 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 2 // F2 Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 1 // F1 Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // F0 Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 2 // F2 Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 1 // F1 Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // F0 Analog Input // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 27 // B7 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 26 // B6 Bed +#define HEATER_0_PIN 27 // B7 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 26 // B6 Bed #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 16 // C6 Fan, PWM3A + #define FAN_PIN 16 // C6 Fan, PWM3A #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 20 // B0 -#define SD_DETECT_PIN 24 // B4 -#define LED_PIN 13 // C3 +#define SDSS 20 // B0 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN 24 // B4 +#define LED_PIN 13 // C3 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_PRINTRBOARD.h b/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_PRINTRBOARD.h index 6f6ba5b8c1..68c548f833 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_PRINTRBOARD.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_PRINTRBOARD.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -74,95 +74,95 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 47 // E3 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 20 // B0 SS -#define Z_STOP_PIN 36 // E4 +#define X_STOP_PIN 47 // E3 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 20 // B0 SS +#define Z_STOP_PIN 36 // E4 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 28 // A0 -#define X_DIR_PIN 29 // A1 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 19 // E7 +#define X_STEP_PIN 28 // A0 +#define X_DIR_PIN 29 // A1 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 19 // E7 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 30 // A2 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 31 // A3 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 18 // E6 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 30 // A2 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 31 // A3 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 18 // E6 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 32 // A4 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 33 // A5 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 17 // C7 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 32 // A4 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 33 // A5 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 17 // C7 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 34 // A6 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 35 // A7 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 13 // C3 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 34 // A6 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 35 // A7 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 13 // C3 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // Analog Input // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 15 // C5 PWM3B - Extruder -#define HEATER_1_PIN 44 // F6 -#define HEATER_2_PIN 45 // F7 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 14 // C4 PWM3C +#define HEATER_0_PIN 15 // C5 PWM3B - Extruder +#define HEATER_1_PIN 44 // F6 +#define HEATER_2_PIN 45 // F7 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 14 // C4 PWM3C #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 16 // C6 PWM3A + #define FAN_PIN 16 // C6 PWM3A #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 26 // B6 SDCS -#define FILWIDTH_PIN 2 // Analog Input +#define SDSS 26 // B6 SDCS +#define FILWIDTH_PIN 2 // Analog Input // // LCD / Controller // #if BOTH(ULTRA_LCD, NEWPANEL) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 9 // E1 JP11-11 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 8 // E0 JP11-10 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 7 // D7 JP11-8 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 6 // D6 JP11-7 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 5 // D5 JP11-6 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 4 // D4 JP11-5 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 9 // E1 JP11-11 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 8 // E0 JP11-10 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 7 // D7 JP11-8 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 6 // D6 JP11-7 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 5 // D5 JP11-6 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 4 // D4 JP11-5 #if ANY(VIKI2, miniVIKI) - #define BEEPER_PIN 8 // E0 JP11-10 + #define BEEPER_PIN 8 // E0 JP11-10 - #define DOGLCD_A0 40 // F2 JP2-2 - #define DOGLCD_CS 41 // F3 JP2-4 + #define DOGLCD_A0 40 // F2 JP2-2 + #define DOGLCD_CS 41 // F3 JP2-4 #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 - #define BTN_EN1 2 // D2 TX1 JP2-5 - #define BTN_EN2 3 // D3 RX1 JP2-7 - #define BTN_ENC 45 // F7 TDI JP2-12 + #define BTN_EN1 2 // D2 TX1 JP2-5 + #define BTN_EN2 3 // D3 RX1 JP2-7 + #define BTN_ENC 45 // F7 TDI JP2-12 #undef SDSS - #define SDSS 43 // F5 TMS JP2-8 + #define SDSS 43 // F5 TMS JP2-8 - #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 12 // C2 JP11-14 - #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 10 // C0 JP11-12 + #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 12 // C2 JP11-14 + #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 10 // C0 JP11-12 #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2) - #define BTN_EN1 3 // D3 RX1 JP2-7 - #define BTN_EN2 2 // D2 TX1 JP2-5 - #define BTN_ENC 41 // F3 JP2-4 + #define BTN_EN1 3 // D3 RX1 JP2-7 + #define BTN_EN2 2 // D2 TX1 JP2-5 + #define BTN_ENC 41 // F3 JP2-4 #undef SDSS - #define SDSS 38 // F0 B-THERM connector - use SD card on Panelolu2 + #define SDSS 38 // F0 B-THERM connector - use SD card on Panelolu2 #else - #define BTN_EN1 10 // C0 JP11-12 - #define BTN_EN2 11 // C1 JP11-13 - #define BTN_ENC 12 // C2 JP11-14 + #define BTN_EN1 10 // C0 JP11-12 + #define BTN_EN2 11 // C1 JP11-13 + #define BTN_ENC 12 // C2 JP11-14 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_PRINTRBOARD_REVF.h b/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_PRINTRBOARD_REVF.h index 90c31132a7..f5f05ddeaf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_PRINTRBOARD_REVF.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_PRINTRBOARD_REVF.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -99,46 +99,46 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 47 // E3 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 24 // B4 PWM2A -#define Z_STOP_PIN 36 // E4 +#define X_STOP_PIN 47 // E3 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 24 // B4 PWM2A +#define Z_STOP_PIN 36 // E4 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 28 // A0 -#define X_DIR_PIN 29 // A1 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 19 // E7 +#define X_STEP_PIN 28 // A0 +#define X_DIR_PIN 29 // A1 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 19 // E7 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 30 // A2 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 31 // A3 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 18 // E6 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 30 // A2 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 31 // A3 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 18 // E6 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 32 // A4 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 33 // A5 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 17 // C7 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 32 // A4 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 33 // A5 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 17 // C7 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 34 // A6 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 35 // A7 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 13 // C3 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 34 // A6 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 35 // A7 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 13 // C3 #if DISABLED(NO_EXTRUDRBOARD) #if DISABLED(NO_EXTRUDRBOARD_OUTPUT_SWAP) - #define E1_STEP_PIN 25 // B5 - #define E1_DIR_PIN 37 // E5 - #define E1_ENABLE_PIN 42 // F4 + #define E1_STEP_PIN 25 // B5 + #define E1_DIR_PIN 37 // E5 + #define E1_ENABLE_PIN 42 // F4 - #define E2_STEP_PIN 2 // D2 - #define E2_DIR_PIN 3 // D3 - #define E2_ENABLE_PIN 43 // F5 + #define E2_STEP_PIN 2 // D2 + #define E2_DIR_PIN 3 // D3 + #define E2_ENABLE_PIN 43 // F5 #else - #define E1_STEP_PIN 2 // D2 - #define E1_DIR_PIN 3 // D3 - #define E1_ENABLE_PIN 43 // F5 + #define E1_STEP_PIN 2 // D2 + #define E1_DIR_PIN 3 // D3 + #define E1_ENABLE_PIN 43 // F5 - #define E2_STEP_PIN 25 // B5 - #define E2_DIR_PIN 37 // E5 - #define E2_ENABLE_PIN 42 // F4 + #define E2_STEP_PIN 25 // B5 + #define E2_DIR_PIN 37 // E5 + #define E2_ENABLE_PIN 42 // F4 #endif #endif // NO_EXTRUDRBOARD @@ -154,46 +154,46 @@ #define DAC_STEPPER_ORDER { 3, 2, 1, 0 } #define DAC_STEPPER_SENSE 0.11 -#define DAC_STEPPER_ADDRESS 0 -#define DAC_STEPPER_MAX 3520 -#define DAC_STEPPER_VREF 1 // internal Vref, gain 1x = 2.048V -#define DAC_STEPPER_GAIN 0 -#define DAC_OR_ADDRESS 0x00 +#define DAC_STEPPER_ADDRESS 0 +#define DAC_STEPPER_MAX 3520 +#define DAC_STEPPER_VREF 1 // internal Vref, gain 1x = 2.048V +#define DAC_STEPPER_GAIN 0 +#define DAC_OR_ADDRESS 0x00 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // Analog Input (Extruder) -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // Analog Input (Bed) +#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // Analog Input (Extruder) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // Analog Input (Bed) #if DISABLED(NO_EXTRUDRBOARD) #if DISABLED(NO_EXTRUDRBOARD_OUTPUT_SWAP) - #define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // Analog Input (Extrudrboard A THERM) - #define TEMP_2_PIN 3 // Analog Input (Extrudrboard B THERM) + #define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // Analog Input (Extrudrboard A THERM) + #define TEMP_2_PIN 3 // Analog Input (Extrudrboard B THERM) #else - #define TEMP_1_PIN 3 // Analog Input (Extrudrboard B THERM) - #define TEMP_2_PIN 2 // Analog Input (Extrudrboard A THERM) + #define TEMP_1_PIN 3 // Analog Input (Extrudrboard B THERM) + #define TEMP_2_PIN 2 // Analog Input (Extrudrboard A THERM) #endif #endif // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 15 // C5 PWM3B - Extruder -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 14 // C4 PWM3C +#define HEATER_0_PIN 15 // C5 PWM3B - Extruder +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 14 // C4 PWM3C #if DISABLED(NO_EXTRUDRBOARD) #if DISABLED(NO_EXTRUDRBOARD_OUTPUT_SWAP) - #define HEATER_1_PIN 44 // F6 - Extrudrboard A HOTEND - #define HEATER_2_PIN 45 // F7 - Extrudrboard B HOTEND + #define HEATER_1_PIN 44 // F6 - Extrudrboard A HOTEND + #define HEATER_2_PIN 45 // F7 - Extrudrboard B HOTEND #else - #define HEATER_1_PIN 45 // F7 - Extrudrboard B HOTEND - #define HEATER_2_PIN 44 // F6 - Extrudrboard A HOTEND + #define HEATER_1_PIN 45 // F7 - Extrudrboard B HOTEND + #define HEATER_2_PIN 44 // F6 - Extrudrboard A HOTEND #endif #endif #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 16 // C6 PWM3A + #define FAN_PIN 16 // C6 PWM3A #endif // @@ -202,66 +202,60 @@ //#define USE_INTERNAL_SD #if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define LCD_PINS_RS 9 // E1 JP11-11 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 8 // E0 JP11-10 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 7 // D7 JP11-8 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 6 // D6 JP11-7 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 5 // D5 JP11-6 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 4 // D4 JP11-5 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 9 // E1 JP11-11 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 8 // E0 JP11-10 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 7 // D7 JP11-8 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 6 // D6 JP11-7 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 5 // D5 JP11-6 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 4 // D4 JP11-5 #if ANY(VIKI2, miniVIKI) - #define BEEPER_PIN 8 // E0 JP11-10 - #define DOGLCD_A0 40 // F2 JP2-2 - #define DOGLCD_CS 41 // F3 JP2-4 + #define BEEPER_PIN 8 // E0 JP11-10 + #define DOGLCD_A0 40 // F2 JP2-2 + #define DOGLCD_CS 41 // F3 JP2-4 #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 - #define BTN_EN1 2 // D2 TX1 JP2-5 - #define BTN_EN2 3 // D3 RX1 JP2-7 - #define BTN_ENC 45 // F7 TDI JP2-12 + #define BTN_EN1 2 // D2 TX1 JP2-5 + #define BTN_EN2 3 // D3 RX1 JP2-7 + #define BTN_ENC 45 // F7 TDI JP2-12 - #define SDSS 3 // F5 TMS JP2-8 + #define SDSS 3 // F5 TMS JP2-8 - #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 12 // C2 JP11-14 - #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 10 // C0 JP11-12 + #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 12 // C2 JP11-14 + #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 10 // C0 JP11-12 #elif ENABLED(MINIPANEL) #if DISABLED(USE_INTERNAL_SD) // PIN FASTIO PIN# ATUSB90 PIN# Teensy2.0++ PIN# Printrboard RevF Conn. MKSLCD12864 PIN# - #define SDSS 11 // 36 C1 EXP2-13 EXP2-07 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN 9 // 34 E1 EXP2-11 EXP2-04 + #define SDSS 11 // 36 C1 EXP2-13 EXP2-07 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN 9 // 34 E1 EXP2-11 EXP2-04 #endif // PIN FASTIO PIN# ATUSB90 PIN# Teensy2.0++ PIN# Printrboard RevF Conn. MKSLCD12864 PIN# - #define DOGLCD_A0 4 // 29 D4 EXP2-05 EXP1-04 - #define DOGLCD_CS 5 // 30 D5 EXP2-06 EXP1-05 - #define BTN_ENC 6 // 31 D6 EXP2-07 EXP1-09 - #define BEEPER_PIN 7 // 32 D7 EXP2-08 EXP1-10 - #define KILL_PIN 8 // 33 E0 EXP2-10 EXP2-03 - #define BTN_EN1 10 // 35 C0 EXP2-12 EXP2-06 - #define BTN_EN2 12 // 37 C2 EXP2-14 EXP2-08 - //#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 43 // 56 F5 EXP1-12 Not Implemented - //#define SCK 21 // 11 B1 ICSP-04 EXP2-09 - //#define MOSI 22 // 12 B2 ICSP-03 EXP2-05 - //#define MISO 23 // 13 B3 ICSP-06 EXP2-05 + #define DOGLCD_A0 4 // 29 D4 EXP2-05 EXP1-04 + #define DOGLCD_CS 5 // 30 D5 EXP2-06 EXP1-05 + #define BTN_ENC 6 // 31 D6 EXP2-07 EXP1-09 + #define BEEPER_PIN 7 // 32 D7 EXP2-08 EXP1-10 + #define KILL_PIN 8 // 33 E0 EXP2-10 EXP2-03 + #define BTN_EN1 10 // 35 C0 EXP2-12 EXP2-06 + #define BTN_EN2 12 // 37 C2 EXP2-14 EXP2-08 + //#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 43 // 56 F5 EXP1-12 Not Implemented + //#define SCK 21 // 11 B1 ICSP-04 EXP2-09 + //#define MOSI 22 // 12 B2 ICSP-03 EXP2-05 + //#define MISO 23 // 13 B3 ICSP-06 EXP2-05 // increase delays - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(313) - #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(313) - #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(313) - #endif + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(313) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(313) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(313) #else - #define BTN_EN1 10 // C0 JP11-12 - #define BTN_EN2 11 // C1 JP11-13 - #define BTN_ENC 12 // C2 JP11-14 + #define BTN_EN1 10 // C0 JP11-12 + #define BTN_EN2 11 // C1 JP11-13 + #define BTN_ENC 12 // C2 JP11-14 #endif @@ -272,7 +266,7 @@ // // PIN FASTIO PIN# ATUSB90 PIN# Teensy2.0++ PIN# Printrboard RevF Conn. #ifndef SDSS - #define SDSS 20 // 10 B0 + #define SDSS 20 // 10 B0 #endif /** @@ -283,5 +277,5 @@ * which will let you use Channel B on the Extrudrboard as E1. */ #ifndef FILWIDTH_PIN - #define FILWIDTH_PIN 2 // Analog Input + #define FILWIDTH_PIN 2 // Analog Input #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_SAV_MKI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_SAV_MKI.h index 1ae186ab59..01003b056d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_SAV_MKI.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_SAV_MKI.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -73,56 +73,56 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 39 // F1 In teensy's pin definition for pinMode (in servo.cpp) +#define SERVO0_PIN 39 // F1 In teensy's pin definition for pinMode (in servo.cpp) // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 25 // B5 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 26 // B6 -//#define Z_STOP_PIN 27 // B7 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 36 // E4 For inductive sensor. -//#define E_STOP_PIN 36 // E4 +#define X_STOP_PIN 25 // B5 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 26 // B6 +//#define Z_STOP_PIN 27 // B7 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 36 // E4 For inductive sensor. +//#define E_STOP_PIN 36 // E4 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 28 // A0 -#define X_DIR_PIN 29 // A1 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 19 // E7 +#define X_STEP_PIN 28 // A0 +#define X_DIR_PIN 29 // A1 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 19 // E7 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 30 // A2 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 31 // A3 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 18 // E6 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 30 // A2 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 31 // A3 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 18 // E6 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 32 // A4 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 33 // A5 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 17 // C7 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 32 // A4 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 33 // A5 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 17 // C7 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 34 // A6 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 35 // A7 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 13 // C3 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 34 // A6 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 35 // A7 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 13 // C3 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 7 // F7 Analog Input (Extruder) -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 6 // F6 Analog Input (Bed) +#define TEMP_0_PIN 7 // F7 Analog Input (Extruder) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 6 // F6 Analog Input (Bed) // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 15 // C5 PWM3B - Extruder -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 14 // C4 PWM3C - Bed +#define HEATER_0_PIN 15 // C5 PWM3B - Extruder +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 14 // C4 PWM3C - Bed #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 16 // C6 PWM3A + #define FAN_PIN 16 // C6 PWM3A #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 20 // B0 +#define SDSS 20 // B0 // Extension header pin mapping // ---------------------------- @@ -133,53 +133,53 @@ // PWM-D24 A4 (An), IO // 5V GND // 12V GND -#define EXT_AUX_SCL_D0 0 // D0 PWM0B -#define EXT_AUX_SDA_D1 1 // D1 -#define EXT_AUX_RX1_D2 2 // D2 -#define EXT_AUX_TX1_D3 3 // D3 -#define EXT_AUX_PWM_D24 24 // B4 PWM2A -#define EXT_AUX_A0 0 // F0 Analog Input -#define EXT_AUX_A0_IO 38 // F0 Digital IO -#define EXT_AUX_A1 1 // F1 Analog Input -#define EXT_AUX_A1_IO 39 // F1 Digital IO -#define EXT_AUX_A2 2 // F2 Analog Input -#define EXT_AUX_A2_IO 40 // F2 Digital IO -#define EXT_AUX_A3 3 // F3 Analog Input -#define EXT_AUX_A3_IO 41 // F3 Digital IO -#define EXT_AUX_A4 4 // F4 Analog Input -#define EXT_AUX_A4_IO 42 // F4 Digital IO +#define EXT_AUX_SCL_D0 0 // D0 PWM0B +#define EXT_AUX_SDA_D1 1 // D1 +#define EXT_AUX_RX1_D2 2 // D2 +#define EXT_AUX_TX1_D3 3 // D3 +#define EXT_AUX_PWM_D24 24 // B4 PWM2A +#define EXT_AUX_A0 0 // F0 Analog Input +#define EXT_AUX_A0_IO 38 // F0 Digital IO +#define EXT_AUX_A1 1 // F1 Analog Input +#define EXT_AUX_A1_IO 39 // F1 Digital IO +#define EXT_AUX_A2 2 // F2 Analog Input +#define EXT_AUX_A2_IO 40 // F2 Digital IO +#define EXT_AUX_A3 3 // F3 Analog Input +#define EXT_AUX_A3_IO 41 // F3 Digital IO +#define EXT_AUX_A4 4 // F4 Analog Input +#define EXT_AUX_A4_IO 42 // F4 Digital IO // // LCD / Controller // -#define BEEPER_PIN -1 -#define LCD_PINS_RS -1 -#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE -1 +#define BEEPER_PIN -1 +#define LCD_PINS_RS -1 +#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE -1 #if ENABLED(SAV_3DLCD) // For LCD SHIFT register LCD - #define SR_DATA_PIN EXT_AUX_SDA_D1 - #define SR_CLK_PIN EXT_AUX_SCL_D0 + #define SR_DATA_PIN EXT_AUX_SDA_D1 + #define SR_CLK_PIN EXT_AUX_SCL_D0 #endif #if EITHER(SAV_3DLCD, SAV_3DGLCD) - #define BTN_EN1 EXT_AUX_A1_IO - #define BTN_EN2 EXT_AUX_A0_IO - #define BTN_ENC EXT_AUX_PWM_D24 + #define BTN_EN1 EXT_AUX_A1_IO + #define BTN_EN2 EXT_AUX_A0_IO + #define BTN_ENC EXT_AUX_PWM_D24 - #define KILL_PIN EXT_AUX_A2_IO - #define HOME_PIN EXT_AUX_A4_IO + #define KILL_PIN EXT_AUX_A2_IO + #define HOME_PIN EXT_AUX_A4_IO -#else // Use the expansion header for spindle control +#else // Use the expansion header for spindle control // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 24 // B4 PWM2A - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 39 // F1 Pin should have a pullup! - #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 40 // F2 + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 24 // B4 PWM2A + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 39 // F1 Pin should have a pullup! + #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 40 // F2 - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 0 // D0 PWM0B + #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 0 // D0 PWM0B #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_TEENSY2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_TEENSY2.h index a91a019121..eb116ee3e8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_TEENSY2.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_TEENSY2.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -116,70 +116,70 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 2 // D2 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 3 // D3 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 4 // D4 +#define X_STOP_PIN 2 // D2 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 3 // D3 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 4 // D4 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 28 // A0 Marlin -#define X_DIR_PIN 29 // A1 Marlin -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 26 // B6 +#define X_STEP_PIN 28 // A0 Marlin +#define X_DIR_PIN 29 // A1 Marlin +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 26 // B6 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 30 // A2 Marlin -#define Y_DIR_PIN 31 // A3 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 26 // B6 Shared w/x +#define Y_STEP_PIN 30 // A2 Marlin +#define Y_DIR_PIN 31 // A3 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 26 // B6 Shared w/x -#define Z_STEP_PIN 32 // A4 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 33 // A5 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 26 // B6 Shared w/x +#define Z_STEP_PIN 32 // A4 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 33 // A5 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 26 // B6 Shared w/x -#define E0_STEP_PIN 34 // A6 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 35 // A7 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 26 // B6 Shared w/x +#define E0_STEP_PIN 34 // A6 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 35 // A7 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 26 // B6 Shared w/x // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 7 // F7 Analog Input (Extruder) -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 6 // F6 Analog Input (Bed) +#define TEMP_0_PIN 7 // F7 Analog Input (Extruder) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 6 // F6 Analog Input (Bed) // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 15 // C5 PWM3B Extruder -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 14 // C4 PWM3C +#define HEATER_0_PIN 15 // C5 PWM3B Extruder +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 14 // C4 PWM3C #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 16 // C6 PWM3A Fan + #define FAN_PIN 16 // C6 PWM3A Fan #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 20 // B0 -#define LED_PIN 6 // D6 -#define PS_ON_PIN 27 // B7 -#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 1 // D1 PWM2B MUST BE HARDWARE PWM +#define SDSS 20 // B0 +#define LED_PIN 6 // D6 +#define PS_ON_PIN 27 // B7 +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 1 // D1 PWM2B MUST BE HARDWARE PWM // // LCD / Controller // #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define LCD_PINS_RS 8 // E0 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 9 // E1 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 10 // C0 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 11 // C1 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 12 // C2 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 13 // C3 - #define BTN_EN1 38 // F0 - #define BTN_EN2 39 // F1 - #define BTN_ENC 40 // F2 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 8 // E0 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 9 // E1 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 10 // C0 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 11 // C1 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 12 // C2 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 13 // C3 + #define BTN_EN1 38 // F0 + #define BTN_EN2 39 // F1 + #define BTN_ENC 40 // F2 #endif // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // -#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 5 // D5 Pin should have a pullup! -#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 0 // D0 PWM0B MUST BE HARDWARE PWM -#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 7 // D7 +#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 5 // D5 Pin should have a pullup! +#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 0 // D0 PWM0B MUST BE HARDWARE PWM +#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 7 // D7 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_TEENSYLU.h b/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_TEENSYLU.h index 5fde57180b..05f433cb89 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_TEENSYLU.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_TEENSYLU.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -82,82 +82,81 @@ // // Limit Switch definitions that match the SCHEMATIC // -//#define X_STOP_PIN 25 // B5 -//#define Y_STOP_PIN 26 // B6 -//#define Z_STOP_PIN 27 // B7 -//#define E_STOP_PIN 36 // E4 - +//#define X_STOP_PIN 25 // B5 +//#define Y_STOP_PIN 26 // B6 +//#define Z_STOP_PIN 27 // B7 +//#define E_STOP_PIN 36 // E4 // // Limit Switch definitions that match the SILKSCREEN // -#define X_STOP_PIN 26 // B6 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 27 // B7 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 36 // E4 -//#define E_STOP_PIN 25 // B5 +#define X_STOP_PIN 26 // B6 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 27 // B7 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 36 // E4 +//#define E_STOP_PIN 25 // B5 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 28 // A0 -#define X_DIR_PIN 29 // A1 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 19 // E7 +#define X_STEP_PIN 28 // A0 +#define X_DIR_PIN 29 // A1 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 19 // E7 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 30 // A2 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 31 // A3 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 18 // E6 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 30 // A2 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 31 // A3 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 18 // E6 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 32 // A4 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 33 // A5 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 17 // C7 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 32 // A4 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 33 // A5 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 17 // C7 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 34 // A6 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 35 // A7 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 13 // C3 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 34 // A6 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 35 // A7 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 13 // C3 // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 7 // Analog Input (Extruder) -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 6 // Analog Input (Bed) +#define TEMP_0_PIN 7 // Analog Input (Extruder) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 6 // Analog Input (Bed) // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 15 // C5 PWM3B - Extruder -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 14 // C4 PWM3C +#define HEATER_0_PIN 15 // C5 PWM3B - Extruder +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 14 // C4 PWM3C #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 16 // C6 PWM3A + #define FAN_PIN 16 // C6 PWM3A #endif // // Misc. Functions // -#define SDSS 20 // B0 JP31-6 -#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 0 // D0 IO-14 PWM0B +#define SDSS 20 // B0 JP31-6 +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 0 // D0 IO-14 PWM0B // // LCD / Controller // #if BOTH(ULTRA_LCD, NEWPANEL) - #define BEEPER_PIN -1 + #define BEEPER_PIN -1 #if ENABLED(LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2) - #define BTN_EN1 3 // D3 IO-8 - #define BTN_EN2 2 // D2 IO-10 - #define BTN_ENC 41 // F3 IO-7 - #define SDSS 38 // F0 IO-13 use SD card on Panelolu2 + #define BTN_EN1 3 // D3 IO-8 + #define BTN_EN2 2 // D2 IO-10 + #define BTN_ENC 41 // F3 IO-7 + #define SDSS 38 // F0 IO-13 use SD card on Panelolu2 #endif - #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD && NEWPANEL // // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control // -#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 24 // B4 IO-3 PWM2A - MUST BE HARDWARE PWM -#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 39 // F1 IO-11 - Pin should have a pullup! -#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 40 // F2 IO-9 +#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 24 // B4 IO-3 PWM2A - MUST BE HARDWARE PWM +#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 39 // F1 IO-11 - Pin should have a pullup! +#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 40 // F2 IO-9 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/teensy3/pins_TEENSY31_32.h b/Marlin/src/pins/teensy3/pins_TEENSY31_32.h index a68b9e31c4..0f895c9e6b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/teensy3/pins_TEENSY31_32.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/teensy3/pins_TEENSY31_32.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -35,87 +35,87 @@ #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Teensy3.2" #endif -#define AT90USB 1286 // Disable MarlinSerial etc. +#define AT90USB 1286 // Disable MarlinSerial etc. #define USBCON //1286 // Disable MarlinSerial etc. // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 3 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 4 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 5 +#define X_STOP_PIN 3 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 4 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 5 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 5 -#define X_DIR_PIN 6 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 2 +#define X_STEP_PIN 5 +#define X_DIR_PIN 6 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 2 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 7 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 8 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 2 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 7 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 8 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 2 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 9 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 10 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 2 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 9 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 10 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 2 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 11 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 12 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 2 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 11 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 12 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 2 -//#define E1_STEP_PIN 33 -//#define E1_DIR_PIN 34 -//#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 35 +//#define E1_STEP_PIN 33 +//#define E1_DIR_PIN 34 +//#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 35 // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN 20 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 20 // #define HEATER_1_PIN 36 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 21 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 21 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 22 + #define FAN_PIN 22 #endif // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 14 // Analog Input - Extruder 2 => A2 -//#define TEMP_1_PIN 0 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 15 // Analog Input - Bed +#define TEMP_0_PIN 14 // Analog Input - Extruder 2 => A2 +//#define TEMP_1_PIN 0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 15 // Analog Input - Bed #ifndef FILWIDTH_PIN - #define FILWIDTH_PIN 6 // Analog Input + #define FILWIDTH_PIN 6 // Analog Input #endif // // Misc. Functions // -//#define SDSS 16 // 8 -#define LED_PIN 13 +//#define SDSS 16 // 8 +#define LED_PIN 13 -//#define SOL1_PIN 28 +//#define SOL1_PIN 28 // // LCD / Controller // -//#define SCK_PIN 13 -//#define MISO_PIN 12 -//#define MOSI_PIN 11 +//#define SCK_PIN 13 +//#define MISO_PIN 12 +//#define MOSI_PIN 11 /* #if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define LCD_PINS_RS 40 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 41 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 42 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 43 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 44 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 45 - #define BTN_EN1 46 - #define BTN_EN2 47 - #define BTN_ENC 48 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 40 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 41 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 42 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 43 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 44 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 45 + #define BTN_EN1 46 + #define BTN_EN2 47 + #define BTN_ENC 48 #endif */ diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/teensy3/pins_TEENSY35_36.h b/Marlin/src/pins/teensy3/pins_TEENSY35_36.h index b0f0e4d474..8528533d7b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/teensy3/pins_TEENSY35_36.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/teensy3/pins_TEENSY35_36.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Teensy3.6" #endif -#define AT90USB 1286 // Disable MarlinSerial etc. +#define AT90USB 1286 // Disable MarlinSerial etc. #define USBCON //1286 // Disable MarlinSerial etc. /* @@ -83,80 +83,80 @@ D8 HEATER_BED_PIN CS1 RX4 A12 31 | 46 * * 47 | 34 A15 PWM // // Limit Switches // -#define X_STOP_PIN 24 -#define Y_STOP_PIN 26 -#define Z_STOP_PIN 28 +#define X_STOP_PIN 24 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 26 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 28 // // Steppers // -#define X_STEP_PIN 22 -#define X_DIR_PIN 21 -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 39 +#define X_STEP_PIN 22 +#define X_DIR_PIN 21 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 39 -#define Y_STEP_PIN 19 -#define Y_DIR_PIN 18 -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 20 +#define Y_STEP_PIN 19 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 18 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 20 -#define Z_STEP_PIN 38 -#define Z_DIR_PIN 37 -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 17 +#define Z_STEP_PIN 38 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 37 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 17 -#define E0_STEP_PIN 31 -#define E0_DIR_PIN 30 -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 32 +#define E0_STEP_PIN 31 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 30 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 32 -#define E1_STEP_PIN 33 -#define E1_DIR_PIN 34 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 35 +#define E1_STEP_PIN 33 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 34 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 35 -#define HEATER_0_PIN 30 -#define HEATER_1_PIN 36 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 31 +#define HEATER_0_PIN 30 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 36 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 31 #ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN 2 + #define FAN_PIN 2 #endif -#define TEMP_0_PIN 2 // Extruder / Analog pin numbering: 2 => A2 -#define TEMP_1_PIN 0 -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // Bed / Analog pin numbering +#define TEMP_0_PIN 2 // Extruder / Analog pin numbering: 2 => A2 +#define TEMP_1_PIN 0 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // Bed / Analog pin numbering -#define SDSS 39 // 8 -#define LED_PIN 13 -#define PS_ON_PIN 1 -#define ALARM_PIN -1 +#define SDSS 39 // 8 +#define LED_PIN 13 +#define PS_ON_PIN 1 +#define ALARM_PIN -1 -#define FILWIDTH_PIN 6 -#define SOL1_PIN 28 +#define FILWIDTH_PIN 6 +#define SOL1_PIN 28 #if 0 // Pretty sure this is obsolete! // Please use Marlin 1.1.x pins files as reference for new pins files. #ifndef SDSUPPORT // these are defined in the SD library if building with SD support - #define SCK_PIN 13 - #define MISO_PIN 12 - #define MOSI_PIN 11 + #define SCK_PIN 13 + #define MISO_PIN 12 + #define MOSI_PIN 11 #endif #endif #if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define LCD_PINS_RS 40 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 41 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 42 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 43 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 44 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 45 + #define LCD_PINS_RS 40 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 41 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 42 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 43 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 44 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 45 #endif #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) - #define BTN_EN1 46 - #define BTN_EN2 47 - #define BTN_ENC 48 + #define BTN_EN1 46 + #define BTN_EN2 47 + #define BTN_ENC 48 #endif #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) - #define SHIFT_OUT 40 - #define SHIFT_CLK 44 - #define SHIFT_LD 42 + #define SHIFT_OUT 40 + #define SHIFT_CLK 44 + #define SHIFT_LD 42 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card.cpp b/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card.cpp index a6223858cb..ba233d36f6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ #include "Sd2Card.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #if ENABLED(SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY) static bool crcSupported = true; @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ #else static uint8_t CRC7(const uint8_t* data, uint8_t n) { uint8_t crc = 0; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < n; i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, n) { uint8_t d = data[i]; d ^= crc << 1; if (d & 0x80) d ^= 9; @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ uint8_t Sd2Card::cardCommand(const uint8_t cmd, const uint32_t arg) { d[5] = CRC7(d, 5); // Send message - for (uint8_t k = 0; k < 6; k++) spiSend(d[k]); + LOOP_L_N(k, 6) spiSend(d[k]); #else // Send command @@ -234,11 +234,7 @@ bool Sd2Card::init(const uint8_t sckRateID, const pin_t chipSelectPin) { const millis_t init_timeout = millis() + SD_INIT_TIMEOUT; uint32_t arg; - // If init takes more than 4s it could trigger - // watchdog leading to a reboot loop. - #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - watchdog_reset(); - #endif + watchdog_refresh(); // In case init takes too long // Set pin modes extDigitalWrite(chipSelectPin_, HIGH); // For some CPUs pinMode can write the wrong data so init desired data value first @@ -250,12 +246,9 @@ bool Sd2Card::init(const uint8_t sckRateID, const pin_t chipSelectPin) { spiInit(spiRate_); // Must supply min of 74 clock cycles with CS high. - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 10; i++) spiSend(0xFF); + LOOP_L_N(i, 10) spiSend(0xFF); - // Initialization can cause the watchdog to timeout, so reinit it here - #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - watchdog_reset(); - #endif + watchdog_refresh(); // In case init takes too long // Command to go idle in SPI mode while ((status_ = cardCommand(CMD0, 0)) != R1_IDLE_STATE) { @@ -269,10 +262,7 @@ bool Sd2Card::init(const uint8_t sckRateID, const pin_t chipSelectPin) { crcSupported = (cardCommand(CMD59, 1) == R1_IDLE_STATE); #endif - // Initialization can cause the watchdog to timeout, so reinit it here - #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - watchdog_reset(); - #endif + watchdog_refresh(); // In case init takes too long // check SD version for (;;) { @@ -282,7 +272,7 @@ bool Sd2Card::init(const uint8_t sckRateID, const pin_t chipSelectPin) { } // Get the last byte of r7 response - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 4; i++) status_ = spiRec(); + LOOP_L_N(i, 4) status_ = spiRec(); if (status_ == 0xAA) { type(SD_CARD_TYPE_SD2); break; @@ -294,10 +284,7 @@ bool Sd2Card::init(const uint8_t sckRateID, const pin_t chipSelectPin) { } } - // Initialization can cause the watchdog to timeout, so reinit it here - #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - watchdog_reset(); - #endif + watchdog_refresh(); // In case init takes too long // Initialize card and send host supports SDHC if SD2 arg = type() == SD_CARD_TYPE_SD2 ? 0x40000000 : 0; @@ -316,7 +303,7 @@ bool Sd2Card::init(const uint8_t sckRateID, const pin_t chipSelectPin) { } if ((spiRec() & 0xC0) == 0xC0) type(SD_CARD_TYPE_SDHC); // Discard rest of ocr - contains allowed voltage range - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 3; i++) spiRec(); + LOOP_L_N(i, 3) spiRec(); } chipDeselect(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card.h b/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card.h index f44dbb3124..72590451bc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card.h +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card_sdio.h b/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card_sdio.h index 2aa2e86c03..50399a3af9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card_sdio.h +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card_sdio.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdBaseFile.cpp b/Marlin/src/sd/SdBaseFile.cpp index 2969208838..27c191a6a6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdBaseFile.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdBaseFile.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -20,6 +20,12 @@ * */ +#if __GNUC__ > 8 + // The NXP platform updated GCC from 7.2.1 to 9.2.1 + // and this new warning apparently can be ignored. + #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Waddress-of-packed-member" +#endif + /** * Arduino SdFat Library * Copyright (c) 2009 by William Greiman @@ -33,7 +39,7 @@ #include "SdBaseFile.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" SdBaseFile* SdBaseFile::cwd_ = 0; // Pointer to Current Working Directory // callback function for date/time @@ -198,7 +204,7 @@ bool SdBaseFile::dirEntry(dir_t* dir) { */ void SdBaseFile::dirName(const dir_t& dir, char* name) { uint8_t j = 0; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 11; i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, 11) { if (dir.name[i] == ' ')continue; if (i == 8) name[j++] = '.'; name[j++] = dir.name[i]; @@ -339,10 +345,10 @@ int8_t SdBaseFile::lsPrintNext(uint8_t flags, uint8_t indent) { && DIR_IS_FILE_OR_SUBDIR(&dir)) break; } // indent for dir level - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < indent; i++) SERIAL_CHAR(' '); + LOOP_L_N(i, indent) SERIAL_CHAR(' '); // print name - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 11; i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, 11) { if (dir.name[i] == ' ')continue; if (i == 8) { SERIAL_CHAR('.'); @@ -472,7 +478,7 @@ bool SdBaseFile::mkdir(SdBaseFile* parent, const uint8_t dname[11]) { // make entry for '.' memcpy(&d, p, sizeof(d)); d.name[0] = '.'; - for (uint8_t i = 1; i < 11; i++) d.name[i] = ' '; + LOOP_S_L_N(i, 1, 11) d.name[i] = ' '; // cache block for '.' and '..' block = vol_->clusterStartBlock(firstCluster_); @@ -1082,7 +1088,7 @@ int8_t SdBaseFile::readDir(dir_t* dir, char* longFilename) { if (WITHIN(seq, 1, MAX_VFAT_ENTRIES)) { // TODO: Store the filename checksum to verify if a long-filename-unaware system modified the file table. n = (seq - 1) * (FILENAME_LENGTH); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < FILENAME_LENGTH; i++) + LOOP_L_N(i, FILENAME_LENGTH) longFilename[n + i] = (i < 5) ? VFAT->name1[i] : (i < 11) ? VFAT->name2[i - 5] : VFAT->name3[i - 11]; // If this VFAT entry is the last one, add a NUL terminator at the end of the string if (VFAT->sequenceNumber & 0x40) longFilename[n + FILENAME_LENGTH] = '\0'; diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdBaseFile.h b/Marlin/src/sd/SdBaseFile.h index 4d4062b1cd..dbdcf0b582 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdBaseFile.h +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdBaseFile.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatConfig.h b/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatConfig.h index 8ab6aef1c6..5057d16a8d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatConfig.h +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatConfig.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatStructs.h b/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatStructs.h index ddf6546a0c..0412852cdd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatStructs.h +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatStructs.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatUtil.cpp b/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatUtil.cpp index 428ed219af..08b21e5f35 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatUtil.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatUtil.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatUtil.h b/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatUtil.h index ff31a10a10..d820d3cb4d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatUtil.h +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatUtil.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdFile.cpp b/Marlin/src/sd/SdFile.cpp index aa9c192e93..cc0e7fc347 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdFile.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdFile.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdFile.h b/Marlin/src/sd/SdFile.h index ff33d8715b..4f235f4976 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdFile.h +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdFile.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdInfo.h b/Marlin/src/sd/SdInfo.h index ecb517ae9a..9d6674dfa1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdInfo.h +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdInfo.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdVolume.cpp b/Marlin/src/sd/SdVolume.cpp index 0501949406..1d4c56a344 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdVolume.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdVolume.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ #include "SdVolume.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #if !USE_MULTIPLE_CARDS // raw block cache @@ -291,6 +291,16 @@ int32_t SdVolume::freeClusterCount() { for (uint16_t i = 0; i < n; i++) if (cacheBuffer_.fat32[i] == 0) free++; } + #ifdef ESP32 + // Needed to reset the idle task watchdog timer on ESP32 as reading the complete FAT may easily + // block for 10+ seconds. yield() is insufficient since it blocks lower prio tasks (e.g., idle). + static millis_t nextTaskTime = 0; + const millis_t ms = millis(); + if (ELAPSED(ms, nextTaskTime)) { + vTaskDelay(1); // delay 1 tick (Minimum. Usually 10 or 1 ms depending on skdconfig.h) + nextTaskTime = ms + 1000; // tickle the task manager again in 1 second + } + #endif // ESP32 } return free; } diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdVolume.h b/Marlin/src/sd/SdVolume.h index b5282bdce3..1912b7adf6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdVolume.h +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdVolume.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.cpp b/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.cpp index 98a03af168..aadd355afd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -26,20 +26,20 @@ #include "cardreader.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../lcd/ultralcd.h" -#include "../module/planner.h" +#include "../module/planner.h" // for synchronize #include "../module/printcounter.h" #include "../core/language.h" #include "../gcode/queue.h" #include "../module/configuration_store.h" #if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER) - #include "../feature/emergency_parser.h" + #include "../feature/e_parser.h" #endif #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - #include "../feature/power_loss_recovery.h" + #include "../feature/powerloss.h" #endif #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) @@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ // public: card_flags_t CardReader::flag; +uint8_t CardReader::sdprinting_done_state; char CardReader::filename[FILENAME_LENGTH], CardReader::longFilename[LONG_FILENAME_LENGTH]; int8_t CardReader::autostart_index; @@ -62,6 +63,7 @@ SdFile CardReader::root, CardReader::workDir, CardReader::workDirParents[MAX_DIR uint8_t CardReader::workDirDepth; #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) + uint16_t CardReader::sort_count; #if ENABLED(SDSORT_GCODE) bool CardReader::sort_alpha; @@ -78,6 +80,7 @@ uint8_t CardReader::workDirDepth; #if ENABLED(SDSORT_USES_RAM) #if ENABLED(SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES) + uint16_t CardReader::nrFiles; // Cached total file count #if ENABLED(SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM) char **CardReader::sortshort, **CardReader::sortnames; #else @@ -94,6 +97,7 @@ uint8_t CardReader::workDirDepth; #elif ENABLED(SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES) || DISABLED(SDSORT_USES_STACK) uint8_t CardReader::isDir[(SDSORT_LIMIT+7)>>3]; #endif + #define IS_DIR(n) TEST(isDir[(n) >> 3], (n) & 0x07) #endif #endif // SDSORT_USES_RAM @@ -110,10 +114,6 @@ char CardReader::proc_filenames[SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH][MAXPATHNAMELENGTH]; uint32_t CardReader::filesize, CardReader::sdpos; -LsAction CardReader::lsAction; //stored for recursion. -uint16_t CardReader::nrFiles; //counter for the files in the current directory and recycled as position counter for getting the nrFiles'th name in the directory. -char *CardReader::diveDirName; - CardReader::CardReader() { #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) sort_count = 0; @@ -138,9 +138,12 @@ CardReader::CardReader() { #endif } -char *createFilename(char *buffer, const dir_t &p) { +// +// Get a DOS 8.3 filename in its useful form +// +char *createFilename(char * const buffer, const dir_t &p) { char *pos = buffer; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 11; i++) { + LOOP_L_N(i, 11) { if (p.name[i] == ' ') continue; if (i == 8) *pos++ = '.'; *pos++ = p.name[i]; @@ -149,24 +152,78 @@ char *createFilename(char *buffer, const dir_t &p) { return buffer; } -/** - * Dive into a folder and recurse depth-first to perform a pre-set operation lsAction: - * LS_Count - Add +1 to nrFiles for every file within the parent - * LS_GetFilename - Get the filename of the file indexed by nrFile_index - * LS_SerialPrint - Print the full path and size of each file to serial output - */ +// +// Return 'true' if the item is a folder or G-code file +// +bool CardReader::is_dir_or_gcode(const dir_t &p) { + uint8_t pn0 = p.name[0]; -uint16_t nrFile_index; + if ( pn0 == DIR_NAME_FREE || pn0 == DIR_NAME_DELETED // Clear or Deleted entry + || pn0 == '.' || longFilename[0] == '.' // Hidden file + || !DIR_IS_FILE_OR_SUBDIR(&p) // Not a File or Directory + || (p.attributes & DIR_ATT_HIDDEN) // Hidden by attribute + ) return false; -void CardReader::lsDive(const char *prepend, SdFile parent, const char * const match/*=nullptr*/) { + flag.filenameIsDir = DIR_IS_SUBDIR(&p); // We know it's a File or Folder + + return ( + flag.filenameIsDir // All Directories are ok + || (p.name[8] == 'G' && p.name[9] != '~') // Non-backup *.G* files are accepted + ); +} + +// +// Get the number of (compliant) items in the folder +// +int CardReader::countItems(SdFile dir) { dir_t p; - uint8_t cnt = 0; + int c = 0; + while (dir.readDir(&p, longFilename) > 0) + c += is_dir_or_gcode(p); - // Read the next entry from a directory + #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) && SDSORT_USES_RAM && SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES + nrFiles = c; + #endif + + return c; +} + +// +// Get file/folder info for an item by index +// +void CardReader::selectByIndex(SdFile dir, const uint8_t index) { + dir_t p; + for (uint8_t cnt = 0; dir.readDir(&p, longFilename) > 0;) { + if (is_dir_or_gcode(p)) { + if (cnt == index) { + createFilename(filename, p); + return; // 0 based index + } + cnt++; + } + } +} + +// +// Get file/folder info for an item by name +// +void CardReader::selectByName(SdFile dir, const char * const match) { + dir_t p; + for (uint8_t cnt = 0; dir.readDir(&p, longFilename) > 0; cnt++) { + if (is_dir_or_gcode(p)) { + createFilename(filename, p); + if (strcasecmp(match, filename) == 0) return; + } + } +} + +// +// Recursive method to list all files within a folder +// +void CardReader::printListing(SdFile parent, const char * const prepend/*=nullptr*/) { + dir_t p; while (parent.readDir(&p, longFilename) > 0) { - - // If the entry is a directory and the action is LS_SerialPrint - if (DIR_IS_SUBDIR(&p) && lsAction != LS_Count && lsAction != LS_GetFilename) { + if (DIR_IS_SUBDIR(&p)) { // Get the short name for the item, which we know is a folder char dosFilename[FILENAME_LENGTH]; @@ -188,68 +245,38 @@ void CardReader::lsDive(const char *prepend, SdFile parent, const char * const m // Get a new directory object using the full path // and dive recursively into it. - SdFile dir; - if (!dir.open(&parent, dosFilename, O_READ)) { - if (lsAction == LS_SerialPrint) { - SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_SD_CANT_OPEN_SUBDIR, dosFilename); - } + SdFile child; + if (!child.open(&parent, dosFilename, O_READ)) { + SERIAL_ECHO_START(); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(STR_SD_CANT_OPEN_SUBDIR, dosFilename); } - lsDive(path, dir); + printListing(child, path); // close() is done automatically by destructor of SdFile } - else { - uint8_t pn0 = p.name[0]; - if (pn0 == DIR_NAME_FREE) break; - if (pn0 == DIR_NAME_DELETED || pn0 == '.') continue; - if (longFilename[0] == '.') continue; - - if (!DIR_IS_FILE_OR_SUBDIR(&p) || (p.attributes & DIR_ATT_HIDDEN)) continue; - - flag.filenameIsDir = DIR_IS_SUBDIR(&p); - - if (!flag.filenameIsDir && (p.name[8] != 'G' || p.name[9] == '~')) continue; - - switch (lsAction) { // 1 based file count - case LS_Count: - nrFiles++; - break; - - case LS_SerialPrint: - createFilename(filename, p); - if (prepend) SERIAL_ECHO(prepend); - SERIAL_ECHO(filename); - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_ECHOLN(p.fileSize); - break; - - case LS_GetFilename: - createFilename(filename, p); - if (match != nullptr) { - if (strcasecmp(match, filename) == 0) return; - } - else if (cnt == nrFile_index) return; // 0 based index - cnt++; - break; - } - + else if (is_dir_or_gcode(p)) { + createFilename(filename, p); + if (prepend) SERIAL_ECHO(prepend); + SERIAL_ECHO(filename); + SERIAL_CHAR(' '); + SERIAL_ECHOLN(p.fileSize); } - } // while readDir + } } +// +// List all files on the SD card +// void CardReader::ls() { - lsAction = LS_SerialPrint; root.rewind(); - lsDive(nullptr, root); + printListing(root); } #if ENABLED(LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT) - /** - * Get a long pretty path based on a DOS 8.3 path - */ - void CardReader::printLongPath(char *path) { - lsAction = LS_GetFilename; + // + // Get a long pretty path based on a DOS 8.3 path + // + void CardReader::printLongPath(char * const path) { int i, pathLen = strlen(path); @@ -275,7 +302,7 @@ void CardReader::ls() { // Find the item, setting the long filename diveDir.rewind(); - lsDive(nullptr, diveDir, segment); + selectByName(diveDir, segment); // Print /LongNamePart to serial output SERIAL_CHAR('/'); @@ -291,7 +318,7 @@ void CardReader::ls() { if (!dir.open(&diveDir, segment, O_READ)) { SERIAL_EOL(); SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(MSG_SD_CANT_OPEN_SUBDIR, segment); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(STR_SD_CANT_OPEN_SUBDIR, segment); break; } @@ -305,16 +332,16 @@ void CardReader::ls() { #endif // LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT -/** - * Echo the DOS 8.3 filename (and long filename, if any) - */ +// +// Echo the DOS 8.3 filename (and long filename, if any) +// void CardReader::printFilename() { if (file.isOpen()) { char dosFilename[FILENAME_LENGTH]; file.getDosName(dosFilename); SERIAL_ECHO(dosFilename); #if ENABLED(LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT) - getfilename(0, dosFilename); + selectFileByName(dosFilename); if (longFilename[0]) { SERIAL_ECHO(' '); SERIAL_ECHO(longFilename); @@ -331,45 +358,39 @@ void CardReader::mount() { flag.mounted = false; if (root.isOpen()) root.close(); - #ifndef SPI_SPEED - #define SPI_SPEED SPI_FULL_SPEED - #endif - if (!sd2card.init(SPI_SPEED, SDSS) #if defined(LCD_SDSS) && (LCD_SDSS != SDSS) && !sd2card.init(SPI_SPEED, LCD_SDSS) #endif - ) { - //if (!sd2card.init(SPI_HALF_SPEED,SDSS)) - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_SD_INIT_FAIL); - } + ) SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_SD_INIT_FAIL); else if (!volume.init(&sd2card)) - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_SD_VOL_INIT_FAIL); + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_SD_VOL_INIT_FAIL); else if (!root.openRoot(&volume)) - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_SD_OPENROOT_FAIL); + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_SD_OPENROOT_FAIL); else { flag.mounted = true; - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_SD_CARD_OK); - #if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && NONE(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION, SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM) + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(STR_SD_CARD_OK); + #if ENABLED(SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION) settings.first_load(); #endif } - setroot(); + cdroot(); ui.refresh(); } void CardReader::release() { - stopSDPrint(); + endFilePrint(); flag.mounted = false; } void CardReader::openAndPrintFile(const char *name) { char cmd[4 + strlen(name) + 1]; // Room for "M23 ", filename, and null - sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("M23 %s"), name); + extern const char M23_STR[]; + sprintf_P(cmd, M23_STR, name); for (char *c = &cmd[4]; *c; c++) *c = tolower(*c); queue.enqueue_one_now(cmd); - queue.enqueue_now_P(PSTR("M24")); + queue.enqueue_now_P(M24_STR); } void CardReader::startFileprint() { @@ -381,7 +402,7 @@ void CardReader::startFileprint() { } } -void CardReader::stopSDPrint( +void CardReader::endFilePrint( #if SD_RESORT const bool re_sort/*=false*/ #endif @@ -398,36 +419,70 @@ void CardReader::stopSDPrint( void CardReader::openLogFile(char * const path) { flag.logging = true; - openFile(path, false); + openFileWrite(path); } -void appendAtom(SdFile &file, char *& dst, uint8_t &cnt) { - file.getDosName(dst); - while (*dst && cnt < MAXPATHNAMELENGTH) { dst++; cnt++; } - if (cnt < MAXPATHNAMELENGTH) { *dst = '/'; dst++; cnt++; } -} - -void CardReader::getAbsFilename(char *t) { - *t++ = '/'; // Root folder +// +// Get the root-relative DOS path of the selected file +// +void CardReader::getAbsFilename(char *dst) { + *dst++ = '/'; uint8_t cnt = 1; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < workDirDepth; i++) // Loop to current work dir - appendAtom(workDirParents[i], t, cnt); + auto appendAtom = [&](SdFile &file) { + file.getDosName(dst); + while (*dst && cnt < MAXPATHNAMELENGTH) { dst++; cnt++; } + if (cnt < MAXPATHNAMELENGTH) { *dst = '/'; dst++; cnt++; } + }; + + LOOP_L_N(i, workDirDepth) // Loop down to current work dir + appendAtom(workDirParents[i]); if (cnt < MAXPATHNAMELENGTH - (FILENAME_LENGTH) - 1) { // Leave room for filename and nul - appendAtom(file, t, cnt); - --t; + appendAtom(file); + --dst; } - *t = '\0'; + *dst = '\0'; } -void CardReader::openFile(char * const path, const bool read, const bool subcall/*=false*/) { +void openFailed(const char * const fname) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(STR_SD_OPEN_FILE_FAIL, fname, "."); +} +void announceOpen(const uint8_t doing, const char * const path) { + if (doing) { + PORT_REDIRECT(SERIAL_BOTH); + SERIAL_ECHO_START(); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Now "); + serialprintPGM(doing == 1 ? PSTR("doing") : PSTR("fresh")); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" file: ", path); + PORT_RESTORE(); + } +} + +// +// Open a file by DOS path for read +// The 'subcall_type' flag indicates... +// - 0 : Standard open from host or user interface. +// - 1 : (file open) Opening a new sub-procedure. +// - 1 : (no file open) Opening a macro (M98). +// - 2 : Resuming from a sub-procedure +// +void CardReader::openFileRead(char * const path, const uint8_t subcall_type/*=0*/) { if (!isMounted()) return; - uint8_t doing = 0; - if (isFileOpen()) { // Replacing current file or doing a subroutine - if (subcall) { + switch (subcall_type) { + case 0: // Starting a new print. "Now fresh file: ..." + announceOpen(2, path); + file_subcall_ctr = 0; + break; + + case 1: // Starting a sub-procedure + + // With no file is open it's a simple macro. "Now doing file: ..." + if (!isFileOpen()) { announceOpen(1, path); break; } + + // Too deep? The firmware has to bail. if (file_subcall_ctr > SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH - 1) { SERIAL_ERROR_MSG("trying to call sub-gcode files with too many levels. MAX level is:" STRINGIFY(SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH)); kill(); @@ -438,71 +493,81 @@ void CardReader::openFile(char * const path, const bool read, const bool subcall getAbsFilename(proc_filenames[file_subcall_ctr]); filespos[file_subcall_ctr] = sdpos; + // For sub-procedures say 'SUBROUTINE CALL target: "..." parent: "..." pos12345' SERIAL_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("SUBROUTINE CALL target:\"", path, "\" parent:\"", proc_filenames[file_subcall_ctr], "\" pos", sdpos); file_subcall_ctr++; - } - else - doing = 1; - } - else if (subcall) // Returning from a subcall? - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG("END SUBROUTINE"); - else { // Opening fresh file - doing = 2; - file_subcall_ctr = 0; // Reset procedure depth in case user cancels print while in procedure + break; + + case 2: // Resuming previous file after sub-procedure + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG("END SUBROUTINE"); + break; } - if (doing) { - SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Now "); - serialprintPGM(doing == 1 ? PSTR("doing") : PSTR("fresh")); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" file: ", path); - } - - stopSDPrint(); + endFilePrint(); SdFile *curDir; - const char * const fname = diveToFile(curDir, path); + const char * const fname = diveToFile(true, curDir, path); if (!fname) return; - if (read) { - if (file.open(curDir, fname, O_READ)) { - filesize = file.fileSize(); - sdpos = 0; - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_SD_FILE_OPENED, fname, MSG_SD_SIZE, filesize); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_SD_FILE_SELECTED); + if (file.open(curDir, fname, O_READ)) { + filesize = file.fileSize(); + sdpos = 0; - getfilename(0, fname); - ui.set_status(longFilename[0] ? longFilename : fname); - //if (longFilename[0]) { - // SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(MSG_SD_FILE_LONG_NAME, longFilename); - //} - } - else - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_SD_OPEN_FILE_FAIL, fname, "."); - } - else { //write - if (!file.open(curDir, fname, O_CREAT | O_APPEND | O_WRITE | O_TRUNC)) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_SD_OPEN_FILE_FAIL, fname, "."); - else { - flag.saving = true; - getfilename(0, fname); - #if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER) - emergency_parser.disable(); - #endif - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_SD_WRITE_TO_FILE, fname); - ui.set_status(fname); - } + PORT_REDIRECT(SERIAL_BOTH); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(STR_SD_FILE_OPENED, fname, STR_SD_SIZE, filesize); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_SD_FILE_SELECTED); + PORT_RESTORE(); + + selectFileByName(fname); + ui.set_status(longFilename[0] ? longFilename : fname); } + else + openFailed(fname); } +inline void echo_write_to_file(const char * const fname) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(STR_SD_WRITE_TO_FILE, fname); +} + +// +// Open a file by DOS path for write +// +void CardReader::openFileWrite(char * const path) { + if (!isMounted()) return; + + announceOpen(2, path); + file_subcall_ctr = 0; + + endFilePrint(); + + SdFile *curDir; + const char * const fname = diveToFile(false, curDir, path); + if (!fname) return; + + if (file.open(curDir, fname, O_CREAT | O_APPEND | O_WRITE | O_TRUNC)) { + flag.saving = true; + selectFileByName(fname); + #if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER) + emergency_parser.disable(); + #endif + echo_write_to_file(fname); + ui.set_status(fname); + } + else + openFailed(fname); +} + +// +// Delete a file by name in the working directory +// void CardReader::removeFile(const char * const name) { if (!isMounted()) return; - //stopSDPrint(); + //endFilePrint(); SdFile *curDir; - const char * const fname = diveToFile(curDir, name); + const char * const fname = diveToFile(false, curDir, name); if (!fname) return; if (file.remove(curDir, fname)) { @@ -518,16 +583,16 @@ void CardReader::removeFile(const char * const name) { void CardReader::report_status() { if (isPrinting()) { - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_SD_PRINTING_BYTE); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(STR_SD_PRINTING_BYTE); SERIAL_ECHO(sdpos); SERIAL_CHAR('/'); SERIAL_ECHOLN(filesize); } else - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_SD_NOT_PRINTING); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(STR_SD_NOT_PRINTING); } -void CardReader::write_command(char *buf) { +void CardReader::write_command(char * const buf) { char* begin = buf; char* npos = nullptr; char* end = buf + strlen(buf) - 1; @@ -542,7 +607,7 @@ void CardReader::write_command(char *buf) { end[3] = '\0'; file.write(begin); - if (file.writeError) SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_SD_ERR_WRITE_TO_FILE); + if (file.writeError) SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_SD_ERR_WRITE_TO_FILE); } // @@ -557,7 +622,7 @@ void CardReader::checkautostart() { if (autostart_index < 0 || flag.sdprinting) return; if (!isMounted()) mount(); - #if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && NONE(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION, SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM) + #if ENABLED(SDCARD_EEPROM_EMULATION) else settings.first_load(); #endif @@ -584,7 +649,7 @@ void CardReader::checkautostart() { void CardReader::beginautostart() { autostart_index = 0; - setroot(); + cdroot(); } void CardReader::closefile(const bool store_location) { @@ -602,38 +667,42 @@ void CardReader::closefile(const bool store_location) { } } -/** - * Get the name of a file in the current directory by index - * with optional name to match. - */ -void CardReader::getfilename(uint16_t nr, const char * const match/*=nullptr*/) { +// +// Get info for a file in the working directory by index +// +void CardReader::selectFileByIndex(const uint16_t nr) { #if ENABLED(SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES) - if (match != nullptr) { - while (nr < sort_count) { - if (strcasecmp(match, sortshort[nr]) == 0) break; - nr++; - } - } if (nr < sort_count) { strcpy(filename, sortshort[nr]); strcpy(longFilename, sortnames[nr]); - flag.filenameIsDir = TEST(isDir[nr>>3], nr & 0x07); + flag.filenameIsDir = IS_DIR(nr); return; } - #endif // SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES - lsAction = LS_GetFilename; - nrFile_index = nr; + #endif workDir.rewind(); - lsDive(nullptr, workDir, match); + selectByIndex(workDir, nr); +} + +// +// Get info for a file in the working directory by DOS name +// +void CardReader::selectFileByName(const char * const match) { + #if ENABLED(SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES) + for (uint16_t nr = 0; nr < sort_count; nr++) + if (strcasecmp(match, sortshort[nr]) == 0) { + strcpy(filename, sortshort[nr]); + strcpy(longFilename, sortnames[nr]); + flag.filenameIsDir = IS_DIR(nr); + return; + } + #endif + workDir.rewind(); + selectByName(workDir, match); } uint16_t CardReader::countFilesInWorkDir() { - lsAction = LS_Count; - nrFiles = 0; workDir.rewind(); - lsDive(nullptr, workDir); - //SERIAL_ECHOLN(nrFiles); - return nrFiles; + return countItems(workDir); } /** @@ -645,39 +714,41 @@ uint16_t CardReader::countFilesInWorkDir() { * * A nullptr result indicates an unrecoverable error. */ -const char* CardReader::diveToFile(SdFile*& curDir, const char * const path, const bool echo/*=false*/) { +const char* CardReader::diveToFile(const bool update_cwd, SdFile*& curDir, const char * const path, const bool echo/*=false*/) { // Track both parent and subfolder static SdFile newDir1, newDir2; SdFile *sub = &newDir1, *startDir; - const char *dirname_start = path; - if (path[0] == '/') { + // Parsing the path string + const char *item_name_adr = path; + + if (path[0] == '/') { // Starting at the root directory? curDir = &root; - workDirDepth = 0; - dirname_start++; + if (update_cwd) workDirDepth = 0; // The cwd can be updated for the benefit of sub-programs + item_name_adr++; } else - curDir = &workDir; + curDir = &workDir; // Dive from workDir (as set by the UI) startDir = curDir; + while (item_name_adr) { + // Find next subdirectory delimiter + char * const name_end = strchr(item_name_adr, '/'); - // Start dive - while (dirname_start) { - // Find next sub - char * const dirname_end = strchr(dirname_start, '/'); - if (dirname_end <= dirname_start) break; + // Last atom in the path? Item found. + if (name_end <= item_name_adr) break; // Set subDirName - const uint8_t len = dirname_end - dirname_start; + const uint8_t len = name_end - item_name_adr; char dosSubdirname[len + 1]; - strncpy(dosSubdirname, dirname_start, len); + strncpy(dosSubdirname, item_name_adr, len); dosSubdirname[len] = 0; if (echo) SERIAL_ECHOLN(dosSubdirname); // Open curDir if (!sub->open(curDir, dosSubdirname, O_READ)) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_SD_OPEN_FILE_FAIL, dosSubdirname, "."); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(STR_SD_OPEN_FILE_FAIL, dosSubdirname, "."); return nullptr; } @@ -687,19 +758,22 @@ const char* CardReader::diveToFile(SdFile*& curDir, const char * const path, con // curDir now subDir curDir = sub; - // Update workDirParents and workDirDepth - if (workDirDepth < MAX_DIR_DEPTH) workDirParents[workDirDepth++] = *curDir; + // Update workDirParents, workDirDepth, and workDir + if (update_cwd) { + if (workDirDepth < MAX_DIR_DEPTH) workDirParents[workDirDepth++] = *curDir; + workDir = *curDir; + } - // Point sub pointer to unused newDir + // Point sub at the other scratch object sub = (curDir != &newDir1) ? &newDir1 : &newDir2; - // dirname_start point to next sub - dirname_start = dirname_end + 1; + // Next path atom address + item_name_adr = name_end + 1; } - return dirname_start; + return item_name_adr; } -void CardReader::chdir(const char * relpath) { +void CardReader::cd(const char * relpath) { SdFile newDir; SdFile *parent = workDir.isOpen() ? &workDir : &root; @@ -714,11 +788,11 @@ void CardReader::chdir(const char * relpath) { } else { SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_SD_CANT_ENTER_SUBDIR, relpath); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(STR_SD_CANT_ENTER_SUBDIR, relpath); } } -int8_t CardReader::updir() { +int8_t CardReader::cdup() { if (workDirDepth > 0) { // At least 1 dir has been saved workDir = --workDirDepth ? workDirParents[workDirDepth - 1] : root; // Use parent, or root if none #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) @@ -729,7 +803,7 @@ int8_t CardReader::updir() { return workDirDepth; } -void CardReader::setroot() { +void CardReader::cdroot() { workDir = root; flag.workDirIsRoot = true; #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) @@ -740,10 +814,10 @@ void CardReader::setroot() { #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) /** - * Get the name of a file in the current directory by sort-index + * Get the name of a file in the working directory by sort-index */ void CardReader::getfilename_sorted(const uint16_t nr) { - getfilename( + selectFileByIndex( #if ENABLED(SDSORT_GCODE) sort_alpha && #endif @@ -757,7 +831,7 @@ void CardReader::setroot() { #define SET_SORTNAME(I) (sortnames[I] = strdup(longest_filename())) #if ENABLED(SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES) // When caching also store the short name, since - // we're replacing the getfilename() behavior. + // we're replacing the selectFileByIndex() behavior. #define SET_SORTSHORT(I) (sortshort[I] = strdup(filename)) #else #define SET_SORTSHORT(I) NOOP @@ -854,7 +928,7 @@ void CardReader::setroot() { i); // If using RAM then read all filenames now. #if ENABLED(SDSORT_USES_RAM) - getfilename(i); + selectFileByIndex(i); SET_SORTNAME(i); SET_SORTSHORT(i); // char out[30]; @@ -871,8 +945,17 @@ void CardReader::setroot() { // Bubble Sort for (uint16_t i = fileCnt; --i;) { bool didSwap = false; + uint8_t o1 = sort_order[0]; + #if DISABLED(SDSORT_USES_RAM) + selectFileByIndex(o1); // Pre-fetch the first entry and save it + strcpy(name1, longest_filename()); // so the loop only needs one fetch + #if HAS_FOLDER_SORTING + bool dir1 = flag.filenameIsDir; + #endif + #endif + for (uint16_t j = 0; j < i; ++j) { - const uint16_t o1 = sort_order[j], o2 = sort_order[j + 1]; + const uint16_t o2 = sort_order[j + 1]; // Compare names from the array or just the two buffered names #if ENABLED(SDSORT_USES_RAM) @@ -884,12 +967,7 @@ void CardReader::setroot() { #if HAS_FOLDER_SORTING #if ENABLED(SDSORT_USES_RAM) // Folder sorting needs an index and bit to test for folder-ness. - const uint8_t ind1 = o1 >> 3, bit1 = o1 & 0x07, - ind2 = o2 >> 3, bit2 = o2 & 0x07; - #define _SORT_CMP_DIR(fs) \ - (((isDir[ind1] & _BV(bit1)) != 0) == ((isDir[ind2] & _BV(bit2)) != 0) \ - ? _SORT_CMP_NODIR() \ - : (isDir[fs > 0 ? ind1 : ind2] & (fs > 0 ? _BV(bit1) : _BV(bit2))) != 0) + #define _SORT_CMP_DIR(fs) IS_DIR(o1) == IS_DIR(o2) ? _SORT_CMP_NODIR() : IS_DIR(fs > 0 ? o1 : o2) #else #define _SORT_CMP_DIR(fs) ((dir1 == flag.filenameIsDir) ? _SORT_CMP_NODIR() : (fs > 0 ? dir1 : !dir1)) #endif @@ -898,13 +976,9 @@ void CardReader::setroot() { // The most economical method reads names as-needed // throughout the loop. Slow if there are many. #if DISABLED(SDSORT_USES_RAM) - getfilename(o1); - strcpy(name1, longest_filename()); // save (or getfilename below will trounce it) - #if HAS_FOLDER_SORTING - bool dir1 = flag.filenameIsDir; - #endif - getfilename(o2); - char *name2 = longest_filename(); // use the string in-place + selectFileByIndex(o2); + const bool dir2 = flag.filenameIsDir; + char * const name2 = longest_filename(); // use the string in-place #endif // !SDSORT_USES_RAM // Sort the current pair according to settings. @@ -919,10 +993,22 @@ void CardReader::setroot() { _SORT_CMP_NODIR() #endif ) { + // Reorder the index, indicate that sorting happened + // Note that the next o1 will be the current o1. No new fetch needed. sort_order[j] = o2; sort_order[j + 1] = o1; didSwap = true; } + else { + // The next o1 is the current o2. No new fetch needed. + o1 = o2; + #if DISABLED(SDSORT_USES_RAM) + #if HAS_FOLDER_SORTING + dir1 = dir2; + #endif + strcpy(name1, name2); + #endif + } } if (!didSwap) break; } @@ -944,10 +1030,10 @@ void CardReader::setroot() { sortshort = new char*[1]; isDir = new uint8_t[1]; #endif - getfilename(0); + selectFileByIndex(0); SET_SORTNAME(0); SET_SORTSHORT(0); - isDir[0] = flag.filenameIsDir ? 0x01 : 0x00; + isDir[0] = flag.filenameIsDir; #endif } @@ -960,7 +1046,7 @@ void CardReader::setroot() { #if ENABLED(SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM) delete sort_order; #if ENABLED(SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES) - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < sort_count; ++i) { + LOOP_L_N(i, sort_count) { free(sortshort[i]); // strdup free(sortnames[i]); // strdup } @@ -984,40 +1070,26 @@ uint16_t CardReader::get_num_Files() { ; } -void CardReader::printingHasFinished() { +// +// Return from procedure or close out the Print Job +// +void CardReader::fileHasFinished() { planner.synchronize(); file.close(); - if (file_subcall_ctr > 0) { // Heading up to a parent file that called current as a procedure. + if (file_subcall_ctr > 0) { // Resume calling file after closing procedure file_subcall_ctr--; - openFile(proc_filenames[file_subcall_ctr], true, true); + openFileRead(proc_filenames[file_subcall_ctr], 2); // 2 = Returning from sub-procedure setIndex(filespos[file_subcall_ctr]); startFileprint(); } else { - stopSDPrint(); - - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - removeJobRecoveryFile(); - #endif - - #if ENABLED(SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE) && defined(SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND) - planner.finish_and_disable(); - #endif - - print_job_timer.stop(); - queue.enqueue_now_P(print_job_timer.duration() > 60 ? PSTR("M31") : PSTR("M117")); + endFilePrint(); #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) presort(); #endif - #if ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) - ui.set_progress_done(); - #endif - - #if ENABLED(SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE) - ui.reselect_last_file(); - #endif + sdprinting_done_state = 1; } } @@ -1050,9 +1122,9 @@ void CardReader::printingHasFinished() { if (!isMounted()) return; if (recovery.file.isOpen()) return; if (!recovery.file.open(&root, recovery.filename, read ? O_READ : O_CREAT | O_WRITE | O_TRUNC | O_SYNC)) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_SD_OPEN_FILE_FAIL, recovery.filename, "."); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(STR_SD_OPEN_FILE_FAIL, recovery.filename, "."); else if (!read) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_SD_WRITE_TO_FILE, recovery.filename); + echo_write_to_file(recovery.filename); } // Removing the job recovery file currently requires closing diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.h b/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.h index 629efb2966..749ece01d3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.h +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -33,8 +33,6 @@ #include "SdFile.h" -enum LsAction : uint8_t { LS_SerialPrint, LS_Count, LS_GetFilename }; - typedef struct { bool saving:1, logging:1, @@ -51,47 +49,84 @@ typedef struct { class CardReader { public: + static uint8_t sdprinting_done_state; + static card_flags_t flag; // Flags (above) + static char filename[FILENAME_LENGTH], // DOS 8.3 filename of the selected item + longFilename[LONG_FILENAME_LENGTH]; // Long name of the selected item + + // Fast! binary file transfer + #if ENABLED(BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER) + #if NUM_SERIAL > 1 + static int8_t transfer_port_index; + #else + static constexpr int8_t transfer_port_index = 0; + #endif + #endif + + // // // Methods // // // + CardReader(); - static void mount(); - static void write_command(char *buf); + static SdFile getroot() { return root; } + static void mount(); + static void release(); + static inline bool isMounted() { return flag.mounted; } + static void ls(); + + // SD Card Logging + static void openLogFile(char * const path); + static void write_command(char * const buf); + + // Auto-Start files + static int8_t autostart_index; // Index of autoX.g files static void beginautostart(); static void checkautostart(); - static void openFile(char * const path, const bool read, const bool subcall=false); - static void openLogFile(char * const path); - static void removeFile(const char * const name); + // Basic file ops + static void openFileRead(char * const path, const uint8_t subcall=0); + static void openFileWrite(char * const path); static void closefile(const bool store_location=false); - static void release(); - static void openAndPrintFile(const char *name); + static void removeFile(const char * const name); + + static inline char* longest_filename() { return longFilename[0] ? longFilename : filename; } + #if ENABLED(LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT) + static void printLongPath(char * const path); // Used by M33 + #endif + + // Working Directory for SD card menu + static void cdroot(); + static void cd(const char *relpath); + static int8_t cdup(); + static uint16_t countFilesInWorkDir(); + static uint16_t get_num_Files(); + + // Select a file + static void selectFileByIndex(const uint16_t nr); + static void selectFileByName(const char* const match); + + // Print job + static void openAndPrintFile(const char *name); // (working directory) + static void fileHasFinished(); + static void getAbsFilename(char *dst); + static void printFilename(); static void startFileprint(); - static void stopSDPrint( + static void endFilePrint( #if SD_RESORT const bool re_sort=false #endif ); static void report_status(); - static void printingHasFinished(); - static void printFilename(); - - #if ENABLED(LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT) - static void printLongPath(char *path); + static inline void pauseSDPrint() { flag.sdprinting = false; } + static inline bool isPaused() { return isFileOpen() && !flag.sdprinting; } + static inline bool isPrinting() { return flag.sdprinting; } + #if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS_PERMYRIAD + static inline uint16_t permyriadDone() { return (isFileOpen() && filesize) ? sdpos / ((filesize + 9999) / 10000) : 0; } #endif + static inline uint8_t percentDone() { return (isFileOpen() && filesize) ? sdpos / ((filesize + 99) / 100) : 0; } - static void getfilename(uint16_t nr, const char* const match=nullptr); - static uint16_t countFilesInWorkDir(); - - static void getAbsFilename(char *t); - - static void ls(); - static void chdir(const char *relpath); - static int8_t updir(); - static void setroot(); - - static const char* diveToFile(SdFile*& curDir, const char * const path, const bool echo=false); - - static uint16_t get_num_Files(); + // Helper for open and remove + static const char* diveToFile(const bool update_cwd, SdFile*& curDir, const char * const path, const bool echo=false); #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) static void presort(); @@ -102,7 +137,7 @@ public: //FORCE_INLINE static void setSortReverse(bool b) { sort_reverse = b; } #endif #else - FORCE_INLINE static void getfilename_sorted(const uint16_t nr) { getfilename(nr); } + FORCE_INLINE static void getfilename_sorted(const uint16_t nr) { selectFileByIndex(nr); } #endif #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) @@ -111,17 +146,12 @@ public: static void removeJobRecoveryFile(); #endif - static inline void pauseSDPrint() { flag.sdprinting = false; } - static inline bool isMounted() { return flag.mounted; } static inline bool isFileOpen() { return isMounted() && file.isOpen(); } - static inline bool isPaused() { return isFileOpen() && !flag.sdprinting; } - static inline bool isPrinting() { return flag.sdprinting; } - static inline bool eof() { return sdpos >= filesize; } - static inline int16_t get() { sdpos = file.curPosition(); return (int16_t)file.read(); } - static inline void setIndex(const uint32_t index) { sdpos = index; file.seekSet(index); } static inline uint32_t getIndex() { return sdpos; } - static inline uint8_t percentDone() { return (isFileOpen() && filesize) ? sdpos / ((filesize + 99) / 100) : 0; } + static inline bool eof() { return sdpos >= filesize; } + static inline void setIndex(const uint32_t index) { sdpos = index; file.seekSet(index); } static inline char* getWorkDirName() { workDir.getDosName(filename); return filename; } + static inline int16_t get() { sdpos = file.curPosition(); return (int16_t)file.read(); } static inline int16_t read(void* buf, uint16_t nbyte) { return file.isOpen() ? file.read(buf, nbyte) : -1; } static inline int16_t write(void* buf, uint16_t nbyte) { return file.isOpen() ? file.write(buf, nbyte) : -1; } @@ -139,27 +169,16 @@ public: } #endif - static inline char* longest_filename() { return longFilename[0] ? longFilename : filename; } - -public: - static card_flags_t flag; - static char filename[FILENAME_LENGTH], longFilename[LONG_FILENAME_LENGTH]; - static int8_t autostart_index; - static SdFile getroot() { return root; } - - #if ENABLED(BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER) - #if NUM_SERIAL > 1 - static int8_t transfer_port_index; - #else - static constexpr int8_t transfer_port_index = 0; - #endif - #endif - private: + // + // Working directory and parents + // static SdFile root, workDir, workDirParents[MAX_DIR_DEPTH]; static uint8_t workDirDepth; - // Sort files and folders alphabetically. + // + // Alphabetical file and folder sorting + // #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) static uint16_t sort_count; // Count of sorted items in the current directory #if ENABLED(SDSORT_GCODE) @@ -188,6 +207,7 @@ private: // If using dynamic ram for names, allocate on the heap. #if ENABLED(SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES) + static uint16_t nrFiles; // Cache the total count #if ENABLED(SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM) static char **sortshort, **sortnames; #else @@ -216,25 +236,21 @@ private: static SdVolume volume; static SdFile file; + static uint32_t filesize, sdpos; + + // + // Procedure calls to other files + // #ifndef SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH #define SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH 1 #endif - static uint8_t file_subcall_ctr; static uint32_t filespos[SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH]; static char proc_filenames[SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH][MAXPATHNAMELENGTH]; - static uint32_t filesize, sdpos; - - static LsAction lsAction; //stored for recursion. - static uint16_t nrFiles; //counter for the files in the current directory and recycled as position counter for getting the nrFiles'th name in the directory. - static char *diveDirName; - static void lsDive(const char *prepend, SdFile parent, const char * const match=nullptr); - - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - static void flush_presort(); - #endif - + // + // SD Auto Reporting + // #if ENABLED(AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS) static uint8_t auto_report_sd_interval; static millis_t next_sd_report_ms; @@ -242,22 +258,32 @@ private: static int8_t auto_report_port; #endif #endif + + // + // Directory items + // + static bool is_dir_or_gcode(const dir_t &p); + static int countItems(SdFile dir); + static void selectByIndex(SdFile dir, const uint8_t index); + static void selectByName(SdFile dir, const char * const match); + static void printListing(SdFile parent, const char * const prepend=nullptr); + + #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) + static void flush_presort(); + #endif }; #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) #define IS_SD_INSERTED() Sd2Card::isInserted() #elif PIN_EXISTS(SD_DETECT) - #if ENABLED(SD_DETECT_INVERTED) - #define IS_SD_INSERTED() READ(SD_DETECT_PIN) - #else - #define IS_SD_INSERTED() !READ(SD_DETECT_PIN) - #endif + #define IS_SD_INSERTED() (READ(SD_DETECT_PIN) == SD_DETECT_STATE) #else // No card detect line? Assume the card is inserted. #define IS_SD_INSERTED() true #endif #define IS_SD_PRINTING() card.flag.sdprinting +#define IS_SD_PAUSED() card.isPaused() #define IS_SD_FILE_OPEN() card.isFileOpen() extern CardReader card; @@ -265,6 +291,9 @@ extern CardReader card; #else // !SDSUPPORT #define IS_SD_PRINTING() false +#define IS_SD_PAUSED() false #define IS_SD_FILE_OPEN() false +#define LONG_FILENAME_LENGTH 0 + #endif // !SDSUPPORT diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/Sd2Card_FlashDrive.cpp b/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/Sd2Card_FlashDrive.cpp index 12f02c19f0..c132b4a3b6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/Sd2Card_FlashDrive.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/Sd2Card_FlashDrive.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../core/serial.h" #include "../../module/temperature.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/Sd2Card_FlashDrive.h b/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/Sd2Card_FlashDrive.h index 5ab82d3af7..f7e59a282a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/Sd2Card_FlashDrive.h +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/Sd2Card_FlashDrive.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm @@ -57,13 +57,13 @@ class Sd2Card { static void idle(); - inline bool readStart(const uint32_t block) { pos = block; return ready(); } - inline bool readData(uint8_t* dst) { return readBlock(pos++, dst); } - inline bool readStop() const { return true; } + inline bool readStart(const uint32_t block) { pos = block; return ready(); } + inline bool readData(uint8_t* dst) { return readBlock(pos++, dst); } + inline bool readStop() const { return true; } - inline bool writeStart(const uint32_t block, const uint32_t eraseCount) { UNUSED(eraseCount); pos = block; return ready(); } - inline bool writeData(uint8_t* src) { return writeBlock(pos++, src); } - inline bool writeStop() const { return true; } + inline bool writeStart(const uint32_t block, const uint32_t) { pos = block; return ready(); } + inline bool writeData(uint8_t* src) { return writeBlock(pos++, src); } + inline bool writeStop() const { return true; } bool readBlock(uint32_t block, uint8_t* dst); bool writeBlock(uint32_t blockNumber, const uint8_t* src); diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib-uhs2/parsetools.h b/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib-uhs2/parsetools.h index 529bafbbc0..28a2841446 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib-uhs2/parsetools.h +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib-uhs2/parsetools.h @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ public: lenSize(0), valSize(0), pBuf(nullptr), - prsMode(modeArray) { } + prsMode(modeArray) {} ; void Initialize(const uint8_t len_size, const uint8_t val_size, MultiValueBuffer * const p, const uint8_t mode = modeArray) { diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib-uhs3/UHS_host/UHS_BULK_STORAGE/UHS_SCSI.h b/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib-uhs3/UHS_host/UHS_BULK_STORAGE/UHS_SCSI.h index 9ebefab5d1..1050d70c74 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib-uhs3/UHS_host/UHS_BULK_STORAGE/UHS_SCSI.h +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib-uhs3/UHS_host/UHS_BULK_STORAGE/UHS_SCSI.h @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ e-mail : support@circuitsathome.com */ #ifndef UHS_SCSI_H -#define UHS_SCSI_H +#define UHS_SCSI_H /* * Reference documents from T10 (http://www.t10.org) @@ -35,21 +35,21 @@ e-mail : support@circuitsathome.com */ /* Group 1 commands (CDB's here are should all be 6-bytes) */ -#define SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY 0x00U -#define SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE 0x03U -#define SCSI_CMD_FORMAT_UNIT 0x04U -#define SCSI_CMD_READ_6 0x08U -#define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_6 0x0AU -#define SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY 0x12U +#define SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY 0x00U +#define SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE 0x03U +#define SCSI_CMD_FORMAT_UNIT 0x04U +#define SCSI_CMD_READ_6 0x08U +#define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_6 0x0AU +#define SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY 0x12U #define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SELECT_6 0x15U -#define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6 0x1AU -#define SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT 0x1BU +#define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6 0x1AU +#define SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT 0x1BU #define SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_REMOVAL 0x1EU /* Group 2 Commands (CDB's here are 10-bytes) */ #define SCSI_CMD_READ_FORMAT_CAPACITIES 0x23U -#define SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10 0x25U -#define SCSI_CMD_READ_10 0x28U -#define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10 0x2AU +#define SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10 0x25U +#define SCSI_CMD_READ_10 0x28U +#define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10 0x2AU #define SCSI_CMD_SEEK_10 0x2BU #define SCSI_CMD_ERASE_10 0x2CU #define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_AND_VERIFY_10 0x2EU @@ -107,10 +107,10 @@ e-mail : support@circuitsathome.com #define SCSI_CMD_READ_ALL_SUBCODES 0xDFU /* Vendor unique */ /* SCSI error codes */ -#define SCSI_S_NOT_READY 0x02U -#define SCSI_S_MEDIUM_ERROR 0x03U -#define SCSI_S_ILLEGAL_REQUEST 0x05U -#define SCSI_S_UNIT_ATTENTION 0x06U +#define SCSI_S_NOT_READY 0x02U +#define SCSI_S_MEDIUM_ERROR 0x03U +#define SCSI_S_ILLEGAL_REQUEST 0x05U +#define SCSI_S_UNIT_ATTENTION 0x06U #define SCSI_ASC_LBA_OUT_OF_RANGE 0x21U #define SCSI_ASC_MEDIA_CHANGED 0x28U #define SCSI_ASC_MEDIUM_NOT_PRESENT 0x3AU @@ -324,4 +324,4 @@ struct SCSI_Request_Sense_Response { uint8_t SenseKeySpecific[3]; } __attribute__((packed)); -#endif /* UHS_SCSI_H */ +#endif /* UHS_SCSI_H */ diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib-uhs3/UHS_host/UHS_printf_HELPER.h b/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib-uhs3/UHS_host/UHS_printf_HELPER.h index 87f156db5c..4b8d387d27 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib-uhs3/UHS_host/UHS_printf_HELPER.h +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib-uhs3/UHS_host/UHS_printf_HELPER.h @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ e-mail : support@circuitsathome.com */ #ifndef UHS_PRINTF_HELPER_H -#define UHS_PRINTF_HELPER_H +#define UHS_PRINTF_HELPER_H #ifdef LOAD_UHS_PRINTF_HELPER #include @@ -197,4 +197,4 @@ void UHS_AVR_printf_HELPER_init() { #ifndef UHS_printf_HELPER_init #define UHS_printf_HELPER_init() (void(0)) #endif -#endif /* UHS_PRINTF_HELPER_H */ +#endif /* UHS_PRINTF_HELPER_H */ diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib-uhs3/UHS_host/macro_logic.h b/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib-uhs3/UHS_host/macro_logic.h index f368604a9a..114064044d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib-uhs3/UHS_host/macro_logic.h +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib-uhs3/UHS_host/macro_logic.h @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ */ #ifndef MACRO_LOGIC_H -#define MACRO_LOGIC_H +#define MACRO_LOGIC_H #define AJK_CAT(a, ...) AJK_PRIMITIVE_CAT(a, __VA_ARGS__) #define AJK_PRIMITIVE_CAT(a, ...) a ## __VA_ARGS__ @@ -150,4 +150,4 @@ Make 3 bogus function bodies AJK_MAKE_FUNS(unsigned Cfunc,(arg1, arg2),3,BODY) #endif -#endif /* MACRO_LOGIC_H */ +#endif /* MACRO_LOGIC_H */ diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib-uhs3/dyn_SWI/SWI_INLINE.h b/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib-uhs3/dyn_SWI/SWI_INLINE.h index f23d281e28..5408a94ade 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib-uhs3/dyn_SWI/SWI_INLINE.h +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib-uhs3/dyn_SWI/SWI_INLINE.h @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ */ #ifdef DYN_SWI_H #ifndef SWI_INLINE_H -#define SWI_INLINE_H +#define SWI_INLINE_H #ifndef SWI_MAXIMUM_ALLOWED #define SWI_MAXIMUM_ALLOWED 4 @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ int exec_SWI(const dyn_SWI* klass) { } #endif /* defined(__arm__) */ -#endif /* SWI_INLINE_H */ +#endif /* SWI_INLINE_H */ #else #error "Never include SWI_INLINE.h directly, include dyn_SWI.h instead" #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib-uhs3/dyn_SWI/dyn_SWI.h b/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib-uhs3/dyn_SWI/dyn_SWI.h index 2738c8c6ff..0fdb3ee3db 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib-uhs3/dyn_SWI/dyn_SWI.h +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib-uhs3/dyn_SWI/dyn_SWI.h @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ */ #ifndef DYN_SWI_H -#define DYN_SWI_H +#define DYN_SWI_H #if defined(__arm__) || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_PIC32) @@ -109,10 +109,10 @@ extern "C" #elif defined(CORE_TEENSY) #ifndef NVIC_GET_ACTIVE -#define NVIC_GET_ACTIVE(n) (*((volatile uint32_t *)0xE000E300 + ((n) >> 5)) & (1 << ((n) & 31))) +#define NVIC_GET_ACTIVE(n) (*((volatile uint32_t *)0xE000E300 + ((n) >> 5)) & (1 << ((n) & 31))) #endif #ifndef NVIC_GET_PENDING -#define NVIC_GET_PENDING(n) (*((volatile uint32_t *)0xE000E200 + ((n) >> 5)) & (1 << ((n) & 31))) +#define NVIC_GET_PENDING(n) (*((volatile uint32_t *)0xE000E200 + ((n) >> 5)) & (1 << ((n) & 31))) #ifndef SWI_IRQ_NUM #ifdef __MK20DX256__ #define SWI_IRQ_NUM 17 @@ -169,4 +169,4 @@ extern int exec_SWI(const dyn_SWI* klass); #define DDSB() (void(0)) #endif #endif -#endif /* DYN_SWI_H */ +#endif /* DYN_SWI_H */ diff --git a/README.md b/README.md index 19cc7adb8e..bd4453d531 100644 --- a/README.md +++ b/README.md @@ -1,69 +1,126 @@ -# Marlin 3D Printer Firmware +## Formbot / Vivedino Raptor -[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/MarlinFirmware/Marlin.svg?branch=bugfix-2.0.x)](https://travis-ci.org/MarlinFirmware/Marlin) -![GitHub](https://img.shields.io/github/license/marlinfirmware/marlin.svg) -![GitHub contributors](https://img.shields.io/github/contributors/marlinfirmware/marlin.svg) -![GitHub Release Date](https://img.shields.io/github/release-date/marlinfirmware/marlin.svg) +This branch maintains feature additions and common modifications in a simple form for the Formbot / Vivedino Raptor series machines. Machines supported here are : - +- [Raptor] +- [Raptor 2 500](http://bit.ly/3aEVW1S) +- [Raptor 2 700](http://bit.ly/37W0wpz) -Additional documentation can be found at the [Marlin Home Page](http://marlinfw.org/). -Please test this firmware and let us know if it misbehaves in any way. Volunteers are standing by! -## Marlin 2.0 Bugfix Branch +## About Our Branches -__Not for production use. Use with caution!__ +The firmware branches maintained here are made possible by the support of sponsors like [Tiny Machines 3D](https://www.tinymachines3d.com/?rfsn=3419592.cc302fe) as well as our customer base through our 3D printing Services. Maintaining and developing these branches takes a significant investment, made up of time and machines. To support continued development, please consider your next 3D Printer related purchase from Tiny Machines 3D and thank them for supporting open source development. Or, consider us for printing services outside of your machine’s capabilities. Print service requests can be sent to d.menzel@insanityautomation.com and we will respond typically within 1 working day. If you do not need anything printed or a 3D Printer but still want to contribute, you can support us through [Patreon](https://www.patreon.com/InsanityAutomation). -Marlin 2.0 takes this popular RepRap firmware to the next level by adding support for much faster 32-bit and ARM-based boards while improving support for 8-bit AVR boards. Read about Marlin's decision to use a "Hardware Abstraction Layer" below. +## Setup -This branch is for patches to the latest 2.0.x release version. Periodically this branch will form the basis for the next minor 2.0.x release. +All configuration options intended to be adjusted by end users have been placed in the top section of Configuration.h and have been documented there. There is typically a break line to segregate the standard configuration below. Anything aside from the upper options is intended for advanced users only. -Download earlier versions of Marlin on the [Releases page](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/releases). +For the UART install, you will need to solder 1 wire. R51 on the top left of the board is needed for the RX pin. This assumes 2209 drivers as UART can multiplex. + +Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. + +- Address | MS1 | MS2 +- 0 | LOW | LOW +- 1 | HIGH | LOW +- 2 | LOW | HIGH +- 3 | HIGH | HIGH + +For all drivers, remove MS3 which is the bottom jumper. +- X : All Jumpers Out +- Y : MS2 (Middle Pin) only +- Z : MS1 (Top Pin) Only +- E : MS1&2 (Top 2 Pins) + +You will need to make a Y cable with a 10k ohm resistor. + + + +[Start at Step 6 here]( https://www.instructables.com/id/UART-This-Serial-Control-of-Stepper-Motors-With-th/?fbclid=IwAR115Kg_W033bzRRLa81lLNkm8Wg82okh_P7f-dgfssG01DVPmGmWi6qQKA ) + +The RX side (no resistor) will connect to the solder pad mentioned above. The TX side connects to the A4 Pin of Aux 2. + +Each one of the TMC2209 drivers will simply jumper to each other in a chain. + + +## Support + +This firmware is provided to the public as-is with no warranty or guarantee. It's based on a large open source project and there is no entitlement to support. That said, Tiny Machines 3D customers may obtain support through their normal support queue. I will provide support to Patreons as I am able. If you require more immediate support and are not a Tiny Machines customer, you may contact them at support@tinymachines3d.com about purchasing support hours. Aside from this, we are active many Facebook groups as well as several discord channels and typically help anyone we can when we come across them. + +3D Printing Discord - https://discord.gg/MZrsgVU +Marlin Discord - https://discord.gg/n5NJ59y + +## Future Goals + +For this branch, we still have some active goals open that we plan to continue working on provided there is continued interest in the project. +- SD Card sub directory traversal +- Volume and leveling state EEPROM storage +- LCD pause messages and responses taken from machine instead of static messages +- Additional Maintenance and tools screens (PID Tuning, Init EEPROM ect) +- Tuning of status message clearing +- Utilize a few more of the background screens (such as print finished) that are currently not in use but not necessary + +If there is any interest in re-implementing the Chinese language screens, that's definitely possible at this point. In order to put the effort in however I would need to see a notable amount of interest in this. + + +## Firmware Branches + - 1.1.9 Firmware (Stable, EOL) [TM_CR10](https://github.com/InsanityAutomation/Marlin/tree/TM_CR10) + - 2.0 Firmware [Creality_Marlin2.0.x](https://github.com/InsanityAutomation/Marlin/tree/Creality_Marlin2.0.x) + - 2.0 Development Branch (Beta, but well tested) [Creality_2.0_Devel](https://github.com/InsanityAutomation/Marlin/tree/Creality_2.0_Devel) + - 2.0 Bleeding edge Branch (Here there be dragons!) [Creality_2.0_Bleeding](https://github.com/InsanityAutomation/Marlin/tree/Creality_2.0_Bleeding) + - Touchscreen Firmware (10SPro and CR-X 1.1.9 Stable) [Creality_DWINTest](https://github.com/InsanityAutomation/Marlin/tree/Creality_DWINTest) + - Touchscreen Firmware (10SPro and CR-X 2.0 Active Development) [CrealityDwin_2.0](https://github.com/InsanityAutomation/Marlin/tree/CrealityDwin_2.0) +## Formbot / Vivedino Firmware Branches + - Raptor 1 1.1.9 Firmware [TM_Raptor](https://github.com/InsanityAutomation/Marlin/tree/TM_Raptor) + - Raptor 1/2 2.0 Firmware [Raptor_2.0.X](https://github.com/InsanityAutomation/Marlin/tree/Raptor_2.0.X) + - Trex 2+/3 1.1.9 Firmware [Trex3_1.1.9](https://github.com/InsanityAutomation/Marlin/tree/Trex3_1.1.9) + - Trex 2+/3 2.0 Firmware (Be warned of layer shift issue below!) [TM_Trex2+_2.0.x](https://github.com/InsanityAutomation/Marlin/tree/TM_Trex2+_2.0.x) +## Mamorubot / HieHa Firmware Branches + - SX4 1.1.9 Firmware (Stable, EOL) [Mamorubot_SX4]( https://github.com/InsanityAutomation/Marlin/tree/Mamorubot_SX4) + - SX4 2.0 Firmware (Beta, but well tested) [TM_SX4_2.0](https://github.com/InsanityAutomation/Marlin/tree/TM_SX4_2.0) + - SX4 Development Branch [TM_SX4_2.0_Devel](https://github.com/InsanityAutomation/Marlin/tree/TM_SX4_2.0_Devel) +## Other Firmware + - Raise 3D N2+ (Dual) 2.0 [Raise3D-N2+-Dual](https://github.com/InsanityAutomation/Marlin/tree/Raise3D-N2+-Dual) + - Evnovo Artillery Sidewinder X1 2.0 [Evnovo X1](https://github.com/InsanityAutomation/Marlin/tree/ArtilleryX1_2.0_Devel) + +[Marlin Commit History](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/pulls?q=is%3Apr+is%3Aclosed+author%3AInsanityAutomation) + +## Active Projects + - [Tracing Marlin 2.0 Planner bug causing layer Shifting](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/issues/12403) + - Creality Dwin Touchscreen rewrite to ExtUI - DONE + - [IDEX drifting z offset on tool change with UBL](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/issues/13817) + - [Multiple touch homing](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/issues/9802) + - [Tool change offset changes](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/issues/12568) + - [Hotend offset adjustment clamping](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/pull/13669) + - [Filament width sensor hang on 32 bit](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/issues/13701) + - Probe point output for all leveling types matching incomplete ubl implementation - DONE + - SKR1.1 Pro integration to Trex2 with TMC2209 Drivers - DONE + - SKR1.3 Integration to Mamorubot SX4 - DONE + - Mosquito BMG-M integration to Raptor - DONE + - Porting Chithu Touchscreen board to Marlin 2.0 with ExtUI + - Anet A10 Delta STM32F103 board analysis + - Smoothing integration and vendor components of Marlin 2.0 (Revision to version.h handling, limit clamping, usability enhancements ect) - DONE + - Consolidate more probing functions, improve G33/4 and G28/29 handling - DONE + - G34 Z stepper reordering and automatic detection / adjustment of reversed stepper connections DONE + - Video documentation of firmware branch configuration options and flashing with platformio +## Planned Projects + - Implement Virtual Tools + - Port Duet2 Wifi with Duex5 to Marlin 2.0 + - Further Gcode Parity with RRF + - Extend Host Prompt Support for Power Loss Recovery + - Improve native ESP32 web support + - Port M425 Auto backlash and offset calibration to IDEX - DONE + - Integrate 12 stepper LPC1778 PCB to configure ideXY quad head system as well as integrate 3 extruder mixing to IDEX + - Video walkthrough of each bed leveling system usage and all functions + +## Marlin +This is just one of many forks of Marlin. We don't try to bury that behind fancy marmarketingketting or anything else. As you can see from the links above, most of the work done here is submitted back to the mainstream Marlin branches. The end goal of every project is to get it to the point where it is merged and maintained there. See marlin resources, including how to contribute to the Marlin Project as well, down below. ## Building Marlin 2.0 To build Marlin 2.0 you'll need [Arduino IDE 1.8.8 or newer](https://www.arduino.cc/en/main/software) or [PlatformIO](http://docs.platformio.org/en/latest/ide.html#platformio-ide). We've posted detailed instructions on [Building Marlin with Arduino](http://marlinfw.org/docs/basics/install_arduino.html) and [Building Marlin with PlatformIO for ReArm](http://marlinfw.org/docs/basics/install_rearm.html) (which applies well to other 32-bit boards). -## Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL) -Marlin 2.0 introduces a layer of abstraction so that all the existing high-level code can be built for 32-bit platforms while still retaining full 8-bit AVR compatibility. Retaining AVR compatibility and a single code-base is important to us, because we want to make sure that features and patches get as much testing and attention as possible, and that all platforms always benefit from the latest improvements. - -### Current HALs - - name|processor|speed|flash|sram|logic|fpu - ----|---------|-----|-----|----|-----|--- - [Arduino AVR](https://www.arduino.cc/)|ATmega, ATTiny, etc.|16-20MHz|64-256k|2-16k|5V|no - [Teensy++ 2.0](http://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/AT90USB1286)|[AT90USB1286](http://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/AT90USB1286)|16MHz|128k|8k|5V|no - [Arduino STM32](https://github.com/rogerclarkmelbourne/Arduino_STM32)|[STM32F1](https://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers-microprocessors/stm32f103.html) ARM-Cortex M3|72MHz|256-512k|48-64k|3.3V|no - [Due](https://www.arduino.cc/en/Guide/ArduinoDue), [RAMPS-FD](http://www.reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS-FD), etc.|[SAM3X8E ARM-Cortex M3](http://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/ATsam3x8e)|84MHz|512k|64+32k|3.3V|no - [Re-ARM](https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/1245051645/re-arm-for-ramps-simple-32-bit-upgrade)|[LPC1768 ARM-Cortex M3](http://www.nxp.com/products/microcontrollers-and-processors/arm-based-processors-and-mcus/lpc-cortex-m-mcus/lpc1700-cortex-m3/512kb-flash-64kb-sram-ethernet-usb-lqfp100-package:LPC1768FBD100)|100MHz|512k|32+16+16k|3.3-5V|no - [MKS SBASE](http://forums.reprap.org/read.php?13,499322)|LPC1768 ARM-Cortex M3|100MHz|512k|32+16+16k|3.3-5V|no - [Azteeg X5 GT](https://www.panucatt.com/azteeg_X5_GT_reprap_3d_printer_controller_p/ax5gt.htm)|LPC1769 ARM-Cortex M3|120MHz|512k|32+16+16k|3.3-5V|no - [Selena Compact](https://github.com/Ales2-k/Selena)|LPC1768 ARM-Cortex M3|100MHz|512k|32+16+16k|3.3-5V|no - [Teensy 3.5](https://www.pjrc.com/store/teensy35.html)|ARM-Cortex M4|120MHz|512k|192k|3.3-5V|yes - [Teensy 3.6](https://www.pjrc.com/store/teensy36.html)|ARM-Cortex M4|180MHz|1M|256k|3.3V|yes - -### HALs in Development - - name|processor|speed|flash|sram|logic|fpu - ----|---------|-----|-----|----|-----|--- - [STEVAL-3DP001V1](http://www.st.com/en/evaluation-tools/steval-3dp001v1.html)|[STM32F401VE Arm-Cortex M4](http://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers/stm32f401ve.html)|84MHz|512k|64+32k|3.3-5V|yes - [Smoothieboard](http://reprap.org/wiki/Smoothieboard)|LPC1769 ARM-Cortex M3|120MHz|512k|64k|3.3-5V|no - [Adafruit Grand Central M4](https://www.adafruit.com/product/4064)|ARM-Cortex M4|120MHz|1M|256k|3.3V|yes - -## Submitting Patches - -Proposed patches should be submitted as a Pull Request against the ([bugfix-2.0.x](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/tree/bugfix-2.0.x)) branch. - -- This branch is for fixing bugs and integrating any new features for the duration of the Marlin 2.0.x life-cycle. -- Follow the [Coding Standards](http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/coding_standards.html) to gain points with the maintainers. -- Please submit your questions and concerns to the [Issue Queue](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/issues). - -### [RepRap.org Wiki Page](http://reprap.org/wiki/Marlin) - -## Credits - -The current Marlin dev team consists of: +## The current Marlin dev team consists of: - Scott Lahteine [[@thinkyhead](https://github.com/thinkyhead)] - USA   [![Flattr Scott](http://api.flattr.com/button/flattr-badge-large.png)](https://flattr.com/submit/auto?user_id=thinkyhead&url=https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin&title=Marlin&language=&tags=github&category=software) - Roxanne Neufeld [[@Roxy-3D](https://github.com/Roxy-3D)] - USA diff --git a/config/README.md b/config/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..be986b7058 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +# Where have all the configurations gone? + +## https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/archive/bugfix-2.0.x.zip diff --git a/config/default/Configuration_adv.h b/config/default/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index bac2acf1bc..0000000000 --- a/config/default/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 02e2735ec0..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2227 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "AJMartel" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_BASE_14 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3DFabXYZ i3" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Electron - #define DEFAULT_Kp 29.12 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.22 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 65.83 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 79.9738621, 80.2429911, 399.7264854 , 99.4696994 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 225, 225, 3, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1590, 1590, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1590 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1590 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 21, 61, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 7500 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 3 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 219 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 280 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y 4 - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 255 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_3_LABEL "HIPS" -#define PREHEAT_3_TEMP_HOTEND 220 //HIPS -#define PREHEAT_3_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_3_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_4_LABEL "PP" -#define PREHEAT_4_TEMP_HOTEND 254 //PP -#define PREHEAT_4_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_4_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_5_LABEL "PET" -#define PREHEAT_5_TEMP_HOTEND 240 //PET -#define PREHEAT_5_TEMP_BED 90 -#define PREHEAT_5_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_6_LABEL "FLEX" -#define PREHEAT_6_TEMP_HOTEND 230 //FLEX -#define PREHEAT_6_TEMP_BED 50 -#define PREHEAT_6_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_7_LABEL "NYLON" -#define PREHEAT_7_TEMP_HOTEND 240 //NYLON -#define PREHEAT_7_TEMP_BED 80 -#define PREHEAT_7_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 50 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 51 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 52 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1007185a93..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2768 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 9 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 11 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON false // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 12 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - #define CHDK_PIN 12 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - #define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - #define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Test" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Test Print" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29\nG26" - - /* - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" - */ -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Readme.md b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Readme.md deleted file mode 100644 index 67959e4ef0..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Readme.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -Personalized config files for the "Electron"\"Tevo 3D" i3 6th gen -https://www.3dprintersbay.com/electron3d-reprap-prusa-i3-kit -https://reprap.org/wiki/Migbot_Prusa_i3 diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9456800d83..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2197 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(ETE-Design, Gantry v1)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_HJC2560C_REV1 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "ADIMLab Gantry v1" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 1 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 1 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1300 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80.4, 80.4, 400, 94 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 50, 2000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 325 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 325 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 415 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 24 -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 5 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 195 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 55 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index abb62a6962..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 360 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - #define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 60000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 28 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9be12ff0ca..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2197 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(ETE-Design, Gantry v2)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_HJC2560C_REV2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "ADIMLab Gantry v2" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 100 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 310 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 310 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -5 -#define Y_MIN_POS -10 -#define Z_MIN_POS -3 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 410 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -//#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 24 -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index e4ef517ca7..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index ebb0ad9a81..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 88 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111000,B00000000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011110,B01111111,B11111111,B00000000,B10000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11100011,B10000000,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00010011,B11111111,B11100001,B10000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B10001111,B11100011,B10000000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011110,B00001111,B11111111,B10000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00011111,B11111111,B10000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111110,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11110000,B01111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000011,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B00011111,B11111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11110011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11101111,B11111110,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11001111,B11110000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11110011,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11101111,B11100000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11101111,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11101111,B11000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01100111,B11100100,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00110011,B11111100,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011001,B11111100,B00000000,B00000011,B11100000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B01111000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000111,B10000001,B11111111,B10000111,B10011111,B00000111,B10011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000, - B00000111,B10000001,B11111111,B11000011,B10011111,B00000111,B10001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000, - B00000111,B10000001,B11000011,B11100011,B10011111,B00000111,B10001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11000001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011111,B10001111,B10001110,B00000000,B00111100,B00111011,B00000000, - B00001111,B11000001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011111,B10001111,B10001110,B00000000,B11111110,B00111111,B10000000, - B00011101,B11000001,B11000000,B01110011,B10011111,B10011111,B10001110,B00000000,B11111111,B00111111,B10000000, - B00011100,B11100001,B11000000,B01110011,B10011101,B11011011,B10001110,B00000000,B01101111,B00111011,B11000000, - B00011100,B11100001,B11000000,B01110011,B10011101,B11111011,B10001110,B00000000,B00111111,B00111011,B11000000, - B00111111,B11110001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011100,B11111011,B10001110,B00000000,B11111111,B00111011,B11000000, - B00111111,B11110001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011100,B11110011,B10001110,B00000000,B11101111,B00111011,B11000000, - B01111000,B01110001,B11000001,B11100011,B10011100,B11110011,B10001110,B00000001,B11101111,B00111011,B11000000, - B01110000,B01111001,B11111111,B11000011,B10011100,B01100011,B10001111,B11111111,B11101111,B00111111,B10000000, - B01110000,B00111001,B11111111,B10000011,B10011100,B01100011,B10001111,B11111110,B11110111,B00111111,B10000000, - B11110000,B01111101,B11111111,B00000111,B10011110,B00000011,B11011111,B11111100,B01100111,B00100111,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 777eb8e5ff..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2216 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Aleph Objects Inc, TAZ)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMBO -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "TAZ" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 7 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 7 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 250 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 70 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX 74 // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 16 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // Buda 2.0 on 24V - #define DEFAULT_Kp 6 - #define DEFAULT_Ki .3 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 125 - - // Buda 2.0 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.01 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 206 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //24V 360W silicone heater from NPH on 3mm borosilicate (TAZ 2.2+) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 20 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 5 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 275 - - //12v 400W silicone heater from QUDB into 3mm borosilicate (TAZ 1.0+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 650 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 60 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1800 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100.5, 100.5, 400, 850 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 800, 800, 8, 50 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 10.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR true -#define INVERT_E3_DIR true -#define INVERT_E4_DIR true -#define INVERT_E5_DIR true - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 298 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 275 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 250 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (8*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 05ae34b208..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 2 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 130 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 4 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 4, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 00f1ece40f..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2290 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Alfawise Printer ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// Forum link to help with a tutorial, in French! : -// https://www.lesimprimantes3d.fr/forum/topic/18260-alfawise-u20x-u30-marlin-2x-firmware-alternatif/ -// -// 1 - Select your Alfawise U30 or U20 or U20+ printer (NO MORE REQUIRED HERE) -// and the touchscreen version, either 1.1 or 1.2. Most recent in France are v1.2 (blue pcb) -// These defines are set in platformio.ini build parameters, sample for U20 -DU20 -DTS_V12 -// U20_PLUS was not tested, as we do not have a printer to test. Print bed PID settings MUST be tuned for it. - -// Valid platformio.ini submodel values are U20_PLUS U20 U30 LK1 LK2 LK4 - -// Valid platformio.ini touchscreens are TS_V11 TS_V12 - -// 2 - Select the screen controller type. Most common is ILI9341 - First option. If your screen remains white, -// Try the alternate setting - this should enable ST7789V or ILI9328. For other LCDs... code is needed -// with the proper boot sequence to be developped. - -#define LCD_READ_ID 0xD3 // Read display identification information in reg ID4 0xD3, for ILI9341 screens -//#define LCD_READ_ID 0x04 // Read display identification information in reg ID1 0x04 - ST7789V / ILI9328 or others - -//=========================================================================== - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Hobi, tpruvot" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT_2 2 -#define NUM_SERIAL 2 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_LONGER3D_LK -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" -#ifdef U20 -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Alfawise U20" -#elif defined(U30) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Alfawise U30" -#elif defined(U20_PLUS) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Alfawise U20+" -#elif defined(LK1) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Longer3D LK1" -#elif defined(LK2) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Longer3D LK2" -#elif defined(LK4) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Longer3D LK4" -#endif - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Alfawise U30/U20 - // Please refine the PID settings for your own machine to avoid the E1 hotend error. These a basic settings allowing first startups. - // Use the command M303 E0 S200 C8 each time you make any changes to your extruder - - #define DEFAULT_Kp 17.22 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.00 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 74.22 - - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - -#if defined(U30) || defined(LK2) || defined(LK4) - //From M303 command for Alfawise U30 : - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 338.46 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 63.96 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 447.78 -#endif - -#if defined(U20) || defined(LK1) - //From M303 command for Alfawise U20 : - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 841.68 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 152.12 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1164.25 -#endif - -#ifdef U20_PLUS - // These PID setting MUST be updated. - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 841.68 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 152.12 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1164.25 -#endif - -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 98 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 100, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 200, 200, 100, 3000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 200 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 200 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #undef PROBE_MANUALLY - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -35, -6, -0.5 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 10 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -#if defined(U30) || defined(LK2) || defined(LK4) -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Z_MACHINE_MAX 250 -#endif - -#if defined(U20) || defined(LK1) -#define X_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Z_MACHINE_MAX 400 -#endif - -#ifdef U20_PLUS -#define X_BED_SIZE 400 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 400 -#define Z_MACHINE_MAX 500 -#endif - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS Z_MACHINE_MAX - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 4 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - #define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 4 -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (7*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 250 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT -#define SDIO_SUPPORT // Note from Hobi : Added as was not present in the file... - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 250 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define TOUCH_CALIBRATION // Include user calibration widget in menus (Alfawise) - - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 100 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #if ENABLED(TS_V11) - // Alfawise U20 ILI9341 2.8 TP Ver 1.1 / Green PCB on the back of touchscreen - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 11605 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION 9091 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -24 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET -17 - #endif - - #if ENABLED(TS_V12) - // Alfawise U30 ILI9341 2.8 TP Ver 1.2 / Blue PCB on the back of touchscreen - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 - #endif -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0a5629b873..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2771 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 4, 4, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - #undef PROBE_MANUALLY - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - #define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - #define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28X" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - - //#define DEBUG_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY // Debug informations on serial output - //#define SAVE_INFO_INTERVAL_MS 0 // Force SD recov. write interval, on each layer start if 0 - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - #define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - // see https://ee-programming-notepad.blogspot.com/2016/10/16-bit-color-generator-picker.html - #define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR COLOR_WHITE - #define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR COLOR_BLACK - #define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x10A2 // almost black - #define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR COLOR_RED - #define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR COLOR_WHITE - #define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR COLOR_BLUE -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 32 -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // Marlin default -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 8 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 25 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 519c0d06f4..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#pragma once - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 0 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 38 - -static unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000111,B11111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B11111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B01111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00011100, - B11111111,B10000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00001100, - B11111111,B10000000,B11110000,B11100000,B00001100, - B11111111,B00000000,B11110000,B11111000,B00001100, - B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B11111100,B00000100, - B11111110,B00000001,B11110000,B11010010,B00000100, - B11111110,B00000011,B11110000,B10101110,B00000100, - B11111100,B00000000,B11110000,B10101111,B00000100, - B11111100,B00000000,B00110000,B10000011,B00000100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00110000,B11111111,B00000100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00010000,B11111111,B00000100, - B11111111,B11100000,B00010000,B10111111,B00000100, - B11111111,B11110000,B00010000,B10101111,B00000100, - B11111111,B11110000,B00010000,B10101110,B00000100, - B11111111,B11110000,B00010000,B10000010,B00000100, - B10000011,B11110000,B00010000,B11111100,B00000100, - B10000001,B11110000,B00010000,B11111000,B00001100, - B10000001,B11100000,B00010000,B11100000,B00001100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B00001100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00011100, - B11000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00111100, - B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11100000,B00000000,B11110000,B00000000,B11111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000111,B11111100 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_LOGO_X 0 -#define STATUS_HEATERS_X 50 -#define STATUS_BED_X 74 diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9186d0c843..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2289 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Alfawise Printer ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// Forum link to help with a tutorial, in French! : -// https://www.lesimprimantes3d.fr/forum/topic/18260-alfawise-u20x-u30-marlin-2x-firmware-alternatif/ -// -// 1 - Select your Alfawise U30 or U20 or U20+ printer (NO MORE REQUIRED HERE) -// and the touchscreen version, either 1.1 or 1.2. Most recent in France are v1.2 (blue pcb) -// These defines are set in platformio.ini build parameters, sample for U20 -DU20 -DTS_V12 -// U20_PLUS was not tested, as we do not have a printer to test. Print bed PID settings MUST be tuned for it. - -// Valid platformio.ini submodel values are U20_PLUS U20 U30 LK1 LK2 LK4 - -// Valid platformio.ini touchscreens are TS_V11 TS_V12 - -// 2 - Select the screen controller type. Most common is ILI9341 - First option. If your screen remains white, -// Try the alternate setting - this should enable ST7789V or ILI9328. For other LCDs... code is needed -// with the proper boot sequence to be developped. - -#define LCD_READ_ID 0xD3 // Read display identification information in reg ID4 0xD3, for ILI9341 screens -//#define LCD_READ_ID 0x04 // Read display identification information in reg ID1 0x04 - ST7789V / ILI9328 or others - -//=========================================================================== - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Hobi, tpruvot" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT_2 2 -#define NUM_SERIAL 2 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_LONGER3D_LK -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" -#ifdef U20 -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Alfawise U20" -#elif defined(U30) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Alfawise U30" -#elif defined(U20_PLUS) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Alfawise U20+" -#elif defined(LK1) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Longer3D LK1" -#elif defined(LK2) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Longer3D LK2" -#elif defined(LK4) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Longer3D LK4" -#endif - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Alfawise U30/U20 - // Please refine the PID settings for your own machine to avoid the E1 hotend error. These a basic settings allowing first startups. - // Use the command M303 E0 S200 C8 each time you make any changes to your extruder - - #define DEFAULT_Kp 17.22 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.00 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 74.22 - - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - -#if defined(U30) || defined(LK2) || defined(LK4) - //From M303 command for Alfawise U30 : - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 338.46 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 63.96 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 447.78 -#endif - -#if defined(U20) || defined(LK1) - //From M303 command for Alfawise U20 : - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 841.68 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 152.12 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1164.25 -#endif - -#ifdef U20_PLUS - // These PID setting MUST be updated. - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 841.68 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 152.12 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1164.25 -#endif - -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 98 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 100, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 200, 200, 100, 3000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 200 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 200 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #undef PROBE_MANUALLY - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 10 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -#if defined(U30) || defined(LK2) || defined(LK4) -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Z_MACHINE_MAX 250 -#endif - -#if defined(U20) || defined(LK1) -#define X_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Z_MACHINE_MAX 400 -#endif - -#ifdef U20_PLUS -#define X_BED_SIZE 400 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 400 -#define Z_MACHINE_MAX 500 -#endif - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS Z_MACHINE_MAX - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - #define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 4 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (7*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 250 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT -#define SDIO_SUPPORT // Note from Hobi : Added as was not present in the file... - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 250 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define TOUCH_CALIBRATION // Include user calibration widget in menus (Alfawise) - - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 100 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #if ENABLED(TS_V11) - // Alfawise U20 ILI9341 2.8 TP Ver 1.1 / Green PCB on the back of touchscreen - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 11605 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION 9091 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -24 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET -17 - #endif - - #if ENABLED(TS_V12) - // Alfawise U30 ILI9341 2.8 TP Ver 1.2 / Blue PCB on the back of touchscreen - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 - #endif -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 278fd67095..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2770 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 4, 4, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - #define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28X" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - - //#define DEBUG_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY // Debug informations on serial output - //#define SAVE_INFO_INTERVAL_MS 0 // Force SD recov. write interval, on each layer start if 0 - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - #define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - // see https://ee-programming-notepad.blogspot.com/2016/10/16-bit-color-generator-picker.html - #define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR COLOR_WHITE - #define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR COLOR_BLACK - #define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x10A2 // almost black - #define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR COLOR_RED - #define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR COLOR_WHITE - #define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR COLOR_BLUE -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 32 -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // Marlin default -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 8 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 25 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 519c0d06f4..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#pragma once - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 0 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 38 - -static unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000111,B11111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B11111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B01111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00011100, - B11111111,B10000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00001100, - B11111111,B10000000,B11110000,B11100000,B00001100, - B11111111,B00000000,B11110000,B11111000,B00001100, - B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B11111100,B00000100, - B11111110,B00000001,B11110000,B11010010,B00000100, - B11111110,B00000011,B11110000,B10101110,B00000100, - B11111100,B00000000,B11110000,B10101111,B00000100, - B11111100,B00000000,B00110000,B10000011,B00000100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00110000,B11111111,B00000100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00010000,B11111111,B00000100, - B11111111,B11100000,B00010000,B10111111,B00000100, - B11111111,B11110000,B00010000,B10101111,B00000100, - B11111111,B11110000,B00010000,B10101110,B00000100, - B11111111,B11110000,B00010000,B10000010,B00000100, - B10000011,B11110000,B00010000,B11111100,B00000100, - B10000001,B11110000,B00010000,B11111000,B00001100, - B10000001,B11100000,B00010000,B11100000,B00001100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B00001100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00011100, - B11000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00111100, - B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11100000,B00000000,B11110000,B00000000,B11111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000111,B11111100 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_LOGO_X 0 -#define STATUS_HEATERS_X 50 -#define STATUS_BED_X 74 diff --git a/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 342b6b94ee..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2196 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, CL-260)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CL-260" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 800 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 160.6 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/README.txt b/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/README.txt deleted file mode 100644 index b8d6856a65..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/README.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -This is an example configuration for the CL-260 Ultimaker 2 clone. -Change Z_MAX_POS to 300 for the CL-260MAX. - -(The printer is available on AliExpress; be aware that this is not a beginner's -printer -- it needs tweaking and some parts replaced before being decent.) - -The printer comes with a quite old Marlin, the sources are available here: -http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1635830/ and I recommend replacing them. - -The setting "works" for my printer and the extruder using my calibration value. -You might want to tweak some settings, e.g enable EEPROM, increase default Z speed, adjust homing speeds,... - -Have fun! --- -tobi diff --git a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index d24c75cdc9..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2207 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ULTIMAIN_2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 2.85 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 20 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 20 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 20 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 130 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker2+ - -#define DEFAULT_Kp 9.74 -#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.69 -#define DEFAULT_Kd 34.32 - - /* - #define DEFAULT_Kp 10.03 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.50 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 70.0 - */ - - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 200, 355 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 40, 45} - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 300 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (100*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (40*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 CYRILLIC - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 74bf6ea7fb..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2768 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1200, 1200, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - #define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define FILAMENT_BOWDEN_LENGTH 705 // (mm) - - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 80 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH (FILAMENT_BOWDEN_LENGTH + 50) // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 80 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH (FILAMENT_BOWDEN_LENGTH - 50) // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1a6c4b37f0..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2198 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Modmike, Anet A2)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anet A2" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -//#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Details on connecting to the Anet V1.0 controller are in the file pins_ANET_10.h -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index a3fb3c5c56..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8ef0e7b11b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2198 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Modmike, Anet A2 Plus)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anet A2+" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -//#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 270 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Details on connecting to the Anet V1.0 controller are in the file pins_ANET_10.h -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index a3fb3c5c56..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8122d4cd19..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2317 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Ralf_E, ANET A6 config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anet A6" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// The Anet A6 original extruder is designed for 1.75mm -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 11 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 11 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 130 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 Standard Extruder defaults: - // PID-P: +022.20, PID-I: +001.08, PID-D: +114.00, PID-C: 1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114.0 - - // Tuned by ralf-e. Always re-tune for your machine! - #define DEFAULT_Kp 16.83 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.02 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 69.29 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // ANET A6 - // original Bed + 0.3mm Heat conducting into 4mm borosilicate (PID-Autotune: M303 E-1 S60 C5): - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 295.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.65 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 610.21 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 295.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.65 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 610.21 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } - -// ANET A6 Firmwae V2.0 defaults: (steps/mm) -// Xsteps/mm: +100.0, Ysteps/mm: +100.0, Zsteps/mm: +0400.0, eSteps/mm: +0095.0 -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 95 } -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -// ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults (Vmax): -// Vmax x: 400, Vmax y: 400, Vmax z: 4, Vmax e: 25 -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 4, 25 } -//#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 20, 50 } - - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -// ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults (Amax): -// Amx x: 9000, Amax Y: 5000, Amax z: 50, Amax e: 10000 -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 5000, 50, 10000 } -//#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 10000, 10000, 200, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -//#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -//#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -//#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -// ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults: -// Accel: 1000 A-retract: 1000 -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves -//#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -//#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -//#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 4000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -// ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults (jerk): -// Vxy-jerk: 10, Vz-jerk: +000.30, Ve-jerk: 5 -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// ANET A8: FRONT-MOUNTED SENSOR WITH 3D PRINTED MOUNT -//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -28, -45, 0 } - -// THESE ARE FOR THE OFFICIAL ANET REAR-MOUNTED SENSOR -//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -1, 3, 0 } - -// ANET A6 with BLTouch/3D-Touch mounted right to the nozzle -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 39, 0, 0 } - -//ANET A6 with BLTouch/3D-Touch betwen Fan and Belt -// (mount: https://github.com/ralf-e/ANET_A6_modifications/tree/master/A6_X-Axis) -//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -30, 15, 0.75 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 -//#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 6000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 3) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#if 1 // 0 for less clearance - #define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow - #define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points - //#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done -#else - #define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow - #define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points - //#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 3 // Z position after probing is done -#endif - -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -//#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -//#define INVERT_Z_DIR false -//ANET A6: -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -//#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -//#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -//#define X_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -//#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -//#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -//#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -// ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults: -//#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -//#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 -//#define X_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Z_MAX_POS 250 - -// ANET A6, X0/Y0 0 front left bed edge : -#define X_BED_SIZE 222 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 222 -#define X_MIN_POS -3 -#define Y_MIN_POS -5 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MAX_POS 230 - -// ANET A6 with new X-Axis / modded Y-Axis: -//#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -//#define Y_BED_SIZE 230 -//#define X_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Z_MAX_POS 230 - -// ANET A6 with new X-Axis / modded Y-Axis, X0/Y0 0 front left bed edge : -//#define X_BED_SIZE 227 -//#define Y_BED_SIZE 224 -//#define X_MIN_POS -8 -//#define Y_MIN_POS -6 -//#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Z_MAX_POS 230 - -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 4 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// ANET A6 with new X-Axis / modded Y-Axis: -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS X_MIN_POS - 8 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS Y_MIN_POS - 6 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS Z_MIN_POS - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - - //Anet A6 with new X-Axis - //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT 113 // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 112 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - - //Anet A6 with new X-Axis and defined X_HOME_POS -7, Y_HOME_POS -6 - //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT 107 // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 107 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // ANET A6 Default is 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // ANET A6 Default is 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Details on connecting to the Anet V1.0 controller are in the file pins_ANET_10.h -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 26835659ff..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 5 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 180 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -//#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index eeae0493e3..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2224 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Bob Kuhn, Anet config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anet A8" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -// The Anet A8 original extruder is designed for 1.75mm -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 6 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 6 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 130 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 15 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 21.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 86.0 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // ANET A8 Standard Extruder at 210 Degree Celsius and 100% Fan - //(measured after M106 S255 with M303 E0 S210 C8) - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.0 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.25 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 86.0 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // ANET A8 - // original Bed + 0.3mm Heat conducting into 4mm borosilicate (PID-Autotune: M303 E-1 S60 C5): - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 295.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.65 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 610.21 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 160 // 160 guards against false tripping when the extruder fan kicks on. - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 100 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 8, 50 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 400 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 6000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -33 -#define Y_MIN_POS -10 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 240 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X 20 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 160 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 20 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 10 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 180 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 10 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (100*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -//#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -//#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Details on connecting to the Anet V1.0 controller are in the file pins_ANET_10.h -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7c66ebfbc3..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 180 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -//#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 06aee7111b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2207 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Martin Zeman - Zemistr, Anet A8 Plus)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anet A8 plus" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -// The Anet A8 original extruder is designed for 1.75mm -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 6 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 6 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 130 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 15 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 21.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 86.0 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // ANET A8 Standard Extruder at 210 Degree Celsius and 100% Fan - //(measured after M106 S255 with M303 E0 S210 C8) - #define DEFAULT_Kp 49.19 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 6.33 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 95.60 -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // ANET A8 - // original Bed + 0.3mm Heat conducting into 4mm borosilicate (PID-Autotune: M303 E-1 S60 C5): - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 22.20 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 114.00 - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 160 // 160 guards against false tripping when the extruder fan kicks on. - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 50, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 400 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 300 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -26 -#define Y_MIN_POS -6 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 300 -#define Y_MAX_POS 297 -#define Z_MAX_POS 370 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (100*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (6*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "PET-G" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2617928545..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -//#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY\nG91\nG1 F1000 Z+20\nG1 F5000 Y" STRINGIFY(Y_MAX_POS) "\nG90\nM84 X Y E" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 487ab36a57..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2208 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "InsanityAutomation" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "AnetE16V1.3" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 305 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // ANET E16 Standard Extruder at 210 Degree Celsius and 100% Fan - //(measured after M106 S255 with M303 E0 S210 C8) - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.0 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.25 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 86.0 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // ANET E16 - // original Bed 4mm glass plate (PID-Autotune: M303 E-1 S60 C5): - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 295.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.65 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 610.21 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 100 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 50, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 300 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -2 -#define Y_MIN_POS -23 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MIN_POS + 10), 10 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index de6d2d8cad..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 12 // Degrees Celsius - - #define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - #define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 30 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 80 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -//#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - //#define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - #define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/E16/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Anet/E16/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index f15e2d5f5f..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/E16/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,73 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - * - * This bitmap from the file '3dpc_tech_bootscreen.bmp' - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B11111111,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B11111111,B11111110,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111100,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00011111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111100,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00011111, - B11111000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00111111,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111011,B11111111,B10000000,B00011111, - B11110000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11001111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00011111, - B11110000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00001111, - B11110000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00001111, - B11110000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00001111, - B11100000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00001111, - B11100000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11000000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11000000,B00001111,B11111000,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11100111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111, - B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B10000111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B00000111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B00000111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11001111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B10000111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11100111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00001111,B11111000,B01111111,B11100111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00111111,B11111001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00001111, - B11110000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00001111, - B11110000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00001111, - B11110000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00011111, - B11111000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B10000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00011111, - B11111000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00011111, - B11111000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111100,B00000111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B11000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B11000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B01111100,B01111100,B11111100,B00000001,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B11001100,B11100000,B11101100,B00000001,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B11000100,B11000000,B11000100,B00000011,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B01100000,B11111100,B11000000,B11000100,B00000011,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B01100100,B11000000,B11000000,B11000100,B00000111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100,B11111100,B01111100,B11000100,B00000111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111100,B01111100,B00111100,B10000100,B00001111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/E16/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Anet/E16/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7a1c4e8696..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/E16/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 3 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 24 - -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - * - * This bitmap from the file '3dpc_tech_statusscreen.bmp' - */ -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00000000,B11111111, - B11111100,B00000000,B00111111, - B11110000,B00000000,B00001111, - B11100000,B00000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00000000,B00000111, - B11000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B10011101,B11001110,B00110001, - B10010101,B10101111,B01101001, - B10010101,B10101101,B01101001, - B10000101,B10101101,B01100001, - B10001101,B10101111,B01100001, - B10010101,B10101100,B01100001, - B10010101,B10101100,B01101001, - B10010101,B10101100,B01101001, - B10011101,B11001100,B00110001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B11000000,B00000001,B11111011, - B11100000,B00000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00000000,B00000111, - B11110000,B00000000,B00001111, - B11111100,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111110,B01101100,B01111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_LOGO_X 8 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_LOGO_X 0 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 32 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 07d1d7ffd2..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,193 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Animated boot screen example - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_ANIMATED -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_FRAME_TIME 100 // (ms) - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 120 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B10000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00110000,B00111111, - B10000111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00110000,B00011111, - B10000110,B01111001,B10000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00001111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B10000011,B10001100,B00110000,B11100111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B11000111,B11001100,B00110001,B11110011, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B11101100,B11101100,B00110011,B10111001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01101100,B01101100,B00110011,B00011001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11010000,B01101100,B00001100,B00110011,B00011001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01101100,B00001100,B00110011,B00011001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B01101100,B00001110,B00111011,B00011001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B01111100,B00000111,B10011111,B00011001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B01111100,B00000011,B10001111,B00011001, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000 -}; - -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_ANIMATED) - - const unsigned char custom_start_bmp1[] PROGMEM = { - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - - const unsigned char custom_start_bmp2[] PROGMEM = { - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B10000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B10000111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111, - B10000110,B01111001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - - const unsigned char custom_start_bmp3[] PROGMEM = { - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B10000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B10000111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111, - B10000110,B01111001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11010000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - - const unsigned char custom_start_bmp4[] PROGMEM = { - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B10000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B10000111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111, - B10000110,B01111001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B10000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B11101100,B11100000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01101100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11010000,B01101100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01101100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B01101100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B01111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B01111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - - const unsigned char custom_start_bmp5[] PROGMEM = { - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B10000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00111111, - B10000111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00011111, - B10000110,B01111001,B10000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00001111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B10000011,B10001100,B00000000,B00000111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B11000111,B11001100,B00000000,B00000011, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B11101100,B11101100,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01101100,B01101100,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11010000,B01101100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01101100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B01101100,B00001110,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B01111100,B00000111,B10000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B01111100,B00000011,B10000000,B00000001, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - - const unsigned char custom_start_bmp6[] PROGMEM = { - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B10000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00110000,B00111111, - B10000111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00110000,B00011111, - B10000110,B01111001,B10000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00001111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B10000011,B10001100,B00110000,B00000111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B11000111,B11001100,B00110000,B00000011, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B11101100,B11101100,B00110000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01101100,B01101100,B00110000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11010000,B01101100,B00001100,B00110000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01101100,B00001100,B00110000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B01101100,B00001110,B00111000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B01111100,B00000111,B10011100,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B01111100,B00000011,B10001100,B00000001, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - - const unsigned char * const custom_bootscreen_animation[] PROGMEM = { - custom_start_bmp1, custom_start_bmp2, custom_start_bmp3, custom_start_bmp4, custom_start_bmp5, custom_start_bmp6, custom_start_bmp - }; - -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index e5f96e0d97..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2206 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TRIGORILLA_14 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anycubic i3" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // ANYCUBIC I3 240C and 8 cycles - #define DEFAULT_Kp 17.80 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.84 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 64.84 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - // Anycubic I3 with Ultrabase. 100C and 8 cycles - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 218.59 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 43.04 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 277.56 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 420 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 96.2 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 6, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1500, 1500, 50, 8000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 2.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 2.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 75, 5, -2 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 210 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 210 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -10 -#define Y_MIN_POS -11 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 250 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - //#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 65 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 95 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -#define NUM_SERVOS 1 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4535ddd15d..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 7 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN TRIGORILLA_FAN2_PIN -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h b/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 05436cb482..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2197 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -// #define SERIAL_PORT_2 3 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ARMED -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 13 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Armed - #define DEFAULT_Kp 23.41 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.57 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 53.37 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 144.87 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 27.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 194.30 - - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 156.84 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 20, 120 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 1000, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 1.5 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 12574f07b8..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2196 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_GT -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 CYRILLIC - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index e9995f707a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2196 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "BIBO2 Touch X" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, -33.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 285 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 115 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 23.89 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.37 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 104.5 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 23.89 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.37 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 104.5 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -//#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -//#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 400} - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 350, 350, 10, 50 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1100, 1100, 300, 2500 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1100 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1100 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1100 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 7.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 7.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.65 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 9000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 10 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 8 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 186 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -13 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 250 -#define Y_MAX_POS 186 -#define Z_MAX_POS 186 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (25*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (6*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 65 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 948553cc02..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 45 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 1 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 1 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3cde043a46..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2196 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "BIBO2 Touch X" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, -33.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 60 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 115 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 23.89 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.37 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 104.5 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 23.89 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.37 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 104.5 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 93.6 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 350, 350, 10, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1100, 1100, 300, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1100 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1100 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1100 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 7.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 7.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.65 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 10 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 10 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 10 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 214 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 186 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -107 -#define Y_MIN_POS -93 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 141 -#define Y_MAX_POS 93 -#define Z_MAX_POS 186 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (15*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 80 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 57b3879264..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 45 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 045c0698d5..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2184 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "HEPHESTOS" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 260 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Hephestos i3 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 23.05 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.00 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 66.47 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 100.47095761381482 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 3.3, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1100, 1100, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 650 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 215 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 210 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 180 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY 2000 -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z 150 - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 220 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7caba1b36a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 120*60, 120*60, 18*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index ae0d1771e0..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2196 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * BQ Hephestos 2 Configuration - * - * This configuration supports the standard Hephestos 2 with or without the - * heated bed kit featured at https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 - * - * Enable HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT in Configuration_adv.h for all functionality - * related to the heated bed. - * - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "@jbrazio" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "BQ Hephestos 2" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -#define MACHINE_UUID "8d083632-40c5-4649-85b8-43d9ae6c5d55" // BQ Hephestos 2 standard config - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 70 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 230 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 100 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Tuned PID values using M303 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 23.75 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.12 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 66.63 - - // BQ firmware stock PID values - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 10.7 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.45 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 3 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 160, 160, 8000, 218.77 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 3, 120 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 3000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 900 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1300 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 10.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 34, 15, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 0 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 2 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 3 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 210 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 297 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 210 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 185 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 50 // (°C) Defaultbed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - #define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G27 P0" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 5 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 210 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 10 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 5 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 39546c03aa..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2774 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 800 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -//#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 1 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 300 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X false -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y false -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps - -#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 170, 170, 180, 190, 180 } // Values 0-255 - // - // bq ZUM Mega 3D defaults: - // X = 150 [~1.17A] - // Y = 170 [~1.33A] - // Z = 180 [~1.41A] - // E0 = 190 [~1.49A] - -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - //#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 50 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 60000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE false // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "G27 P0" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - //#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 2 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1500 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 64 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 32 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 0.25 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/README.md b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index ab28487e2d..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -# Example Configuration for BQ [Hephestos 2](http://www.bq.com/uk/hephestos-2) -Based on the original configuration file shipped with the heavily modified Marlin fork by BQ. -The forked firmware and configuration files can be found at the [BQ Github repository](https://github.com/bq/Marlin). - -NOTE: The look and feel of the LCD menu will change dramatically when using the original Marlin firmware. - -## Changelog - * 2018/05/30 - Configuration updated to the latest Marlin version (43a55a9af). - ABL Bilinear 5x5 is active by default. - - * 2017/07/06 - Configuration updated to the latest Marlin version and added support for the - official BQ heated bed upgrade kit. - - * 2016/12/13 - Configuration updated to the latest Marlin version. - - * 2016/07/13 - Configuration updated to the latest Marlin version. - - * 2016/06/21 - Disabled heated bed related options, activated software endstops and SD printing now - disables the heater when finishes printing. - - * 2016/03/21 - Activated 4-point auto leveling by default and updated miscellaneous z-probe values. - - * 2016/03/01 - The first release of Marlin's configuration file for the - BQ Hephestos 2 3D printer. - - -## Support -This configuration should work easily with the stock Hephestos 2, nevertheless if you encounter any -issues you may contact me on [Github](https://github.com/jbrazio), [Twitter](https://twitter.com/jbrazio) or by mail. diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8d593ccdea..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 64 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111000,B00000111,B11111000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111100,B00000011,B11110000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111110,B00000000,B11000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111011,B11000000,B00001111,B00000000, - B00111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110000,B00111111,B11000000, - B00011111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111000,B01111111,B11100000, - B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111110,B11111100,B11111001,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00111100,B11100000,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00011101,B11100000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00011101,B11100000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00011101,B11100000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00011101,B11100000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00011101,B11100000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00111100,B11100000,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100,B01111100,B11111001,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111000,B11111111,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11110000,B01111111,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00011111,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 520538fb87..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2184 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(bq Witbox)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "WITBOX" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 260 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Witbox - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 600.0*8/3, 102.073 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 350, 350, 7.2, 80 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 10, 1000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z true - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 297 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 210 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (120*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z 432 - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 220 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7caba1b36a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 120*60, 120*60, 18*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2a059914ab..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2195 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(MaukCC, CartesioE)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - //#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_CNCONTROLS_11 - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_CNCONTROLS_12 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CartesioE" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 3 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 -1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 4 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 1 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 415 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 415 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 415 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 415 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 415 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 415 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 165 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Cartesio extruderV6 40W Normal - #define DEFAULT_Kp 18 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 100 - - // Cartesio extruderV6 40W Volcano - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 50 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 9 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 70 - - // Cartesio extruderV6 40W Cyclops - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 18 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 100 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //24V 500W silicone heater on to 4mm glass CartesioW - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 390 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 70 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 546 - - //24V 250W silicone heater on to 4mm glass CartesioM - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 303 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 42 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 539 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 71.128, 71.128, 640, 152 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 20, 20 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 10000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 435 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 270 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (10*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4829230178..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -//#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 35 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 1 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - //#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Cartesio/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Cartesio/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index e81968dbf2..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Cartesio/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 64 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B00000111,B10000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B00000000, - B00000001,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B10000000, - B00000011,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B10000000, - B00000111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11000000, - B00000111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000, - B00001111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000, - B00001111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000, - B00011111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000, - B00011111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11110000, - B00111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111000, - B00111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111000, - B00111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111000, - B00111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11111000, - B01111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100, - B01111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100, - B01111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100, - B01111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100, - B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B01111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11111100, - B01111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11111100, - B01111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11111100, - B00111111,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11111000, - B00111111,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11111000, - B00111111,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11111000, - B00111111,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11111000, - B00011111,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11110000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11110000, - B00011111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11100000, - B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11100000, - B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11000000, - B00000111,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11000000, - B00000011,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B10000000, - B00000011,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B00000000, - B00000001,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000011,B11000001,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index f107cfcfbb..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2206 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Creality CR-10)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI_CREALITY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-10" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Stock CR-10 tuned for 70C - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.57 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.72 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 73.96 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //Stock CR-10 Bed Tuned for 70C - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 426.68 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 78.92 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 576.71 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 15, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 2.7 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 10 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 10 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 5 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 300 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE + 20 -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 38579f130b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2769 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 256 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 10 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 420 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 120 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#define DEFAULT_STDDEV_FILAMENT_DIA 0.05 // Typical estimate for cheap filament -//#define DEFAULT_STDDEV_FILAMENT_DIA 0.02 // Typical advertised for higher quality filament - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN (DEFAULT_STDDEV_FILAMENT_DIA*4) // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2008f5a302..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00011000,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B00110000, - B00110000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00111111,B00001111,B00111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000001,B11011111,B00001111,B11100000,B11111110,B00000000,B01100000,B00011100,B00011100,B00000110,B00011000,B00000000,B00000110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11110011,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00011000,B00000000,B00011110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11100000,B00110000,B00111001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00110000,B00111000,B00001111,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00111111,B11111000,B11111011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000001,B11110000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00110000,B11000000,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B01000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000011,B10001100,B00110000, - B00011000,B01100000,B11000000,B00001100,B01100001,B10000111,B11000000,B11100000,B00011100,B00001100,B11000000,B01100000,B00000000,B11000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00001111,B11000011,B11110000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11000111,B11111100,B01111111,B00000111,B10000001,B11000000,B00000000,B01111110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 88c7d127b5..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_X 8 -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 5 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 22 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111110,B00001111,B11110000, - B11000001,B10000110,B00011000, - B11000001,B10000110,B00001100, - B00000001,B10000110,B00000100, - B00000011,B00000110,B00000100, - B00011111,B00000110,B00000100, - B00000011,B00000110,B00000100, - B00000001,B10000110,B00000100, - B11000001,B10000110,B00001100, - B11000001,B10000110,B00011000, - B00111110,B00001111,B11110000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 32 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 30904e3d1a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2197 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(printedsolid.com, CR-10S)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_CREALITY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-10S" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 435 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 2500, 2500, 100, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 600 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 800 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 296 // Nozzle is at X4 when homed -#define Y_BED_SIZE 298 // Nozzle is at Y2 when homed - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 319 // 15mm Extra space on the right end -#define Y_MAX_POS 306 // 4mm Extra space behind the bed -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 2 // Creality CR10-S stock sensor - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION // Enable G26 mesh validation - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 4 -#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 2 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT 150 // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 150 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (8*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 250 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 80 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 3), (Y_MAX_POS - 3), 10 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 39c40f594f..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 430 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 430 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 20 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2008f5a302..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00011000,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B00110000, - B00110000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00111111,B00001111,B00111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000001,B11011111,B00001111,B11100000,B11111110,B00000000,B01100000,B00011100,B00011100,B00000110,B00011000,B00000000,B00000110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11110011,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00011000,B00000000,B00011110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11100000,B00110000,B00111001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00110000,B00111000,B00001111,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00111111,B11111000,B11111011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000001,B11110000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00110000,B11000000,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B01000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000011,B10001100,B00110000, - B00011000,B01100000,B11000000,B00001100,B01100001,B10000111,B11000000,B11100000,B00011100,B00001100,B11000000,B01100000,B00000000,B11000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00001111,B11000011,B11110000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11000111,B11111100,B01111111,B00000111,B10000001,B11000000,B00000000,B01111110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index a26739681b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 1 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 36 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111101,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000,B11110000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000110,B01000101,B00010000, - B10000000,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00000000, - B10000000,B11110000,B00000010,B01000100,B10000000, - B10000000,B10100011,B11110010,B01000100,B01100000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00010000, - B00111001,B11001100,B00000111,B00111001,B11100000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011000,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE 20 -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 03037f5a8a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2199 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Evgeny-SPB, CR-10 S5)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_CREALITY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-10 S5" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 265 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } // Stock Creality -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 415 } // Creality with Bondtech extruder - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 300, 300, 100, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false // Stock Creality CR-10 5S -//#define INVERT_E0_DIR true // Creality with Bondtech extruder -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 510 // Nozzle is at X4 when homed -#define Y_BED_SIZE 510 // Nozzle is at Y2 when homed - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 510 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 2 // Creality CR10-S stock sensor - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION // Enable G26 mesh validation - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 4 -#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 2 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 250 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 80 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 20), (Y_MAX_POS - 20), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index a18004fc7a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 600 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 10 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 10 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 750 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 600 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 150 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 10 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2008f5a302..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00011000,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B00110000, - B00110000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00111111,B00001111,B00111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000001,B11011111,B00001111,B11100000,B11111110,B00000000,B01100000,B00011100,B00011100,B00000110,B00011000,B00000000,B00000110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11110011,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00011000,B00000000,B00011110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11100000,B00110000,B00111001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00110000,B00111000,B00001111,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00111111,B11111000,B11111011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000001,B11110000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00110000,B11000000,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B01000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000011,B10001100,B00110000, - B00011000,B01100000,B11000000,B00001100,B01100001,B10000111,B11000000,B11100000,B00011100,B00001100,B11000000,B01100000,B00000000,B11000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00001111,B11000011,B11110000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11000111,B11111100,B01111111,B00000111,B10000001,B11000000,B00000000,B01111110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index f6124787b0..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2215 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ - -/** - * Creality CR-10 Mini - * X=300mm Y=220mm Z=300mm - * E3DV6 Hotend - * Titan Extruder - * CR10_STOCKDISPLAY (RAMPS-compatible with single 10-pin plug) - */ - -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI_CREALITY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-10 Mini" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Stock CR-10 tuned for 70C - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.57 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.72 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 73.96 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //Stock CR-10 Bed Tuned for 70C - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 426.68 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 78.92 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 576.71 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 79.60, 80, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 15, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 600 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 5 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 300 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9f265b4bcb..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 420 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 120 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2008f5a302..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00011000,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B00110000, - B00110000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00111111,B00001111,B00111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000001,B11011111,B00001111,B11100000,B11111110,B00000000,B01100000,B00011100,B00011100,B00000110,B00011000,B00000000,B00000110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11110011,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00011000,B00000000,B00011110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11100000,B00110000,B00111001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00110000,B00111000,B00001111,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00111111,B11111000,B11111011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000001,B11110000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00110000,B11000000,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B01000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000011,B10001100,B00110000, - B00011000,B01100000,B11000000,B00001100,B01100001,B10000111,B11000000,B11100000,B00011100,B00001100,B11000000,B01100000,B00000000,B11000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00001111,B11000011,B11110000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11000111,B11111100,B01111111,B00000111,B10000001,B11000000,B00000000,B01111110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index a002103274..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 5 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 36 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000111,B11001111,B10000000,B00110001,B11100000, - B00001111,B11001111,B11000000,B01110011,B11110000, - B00001100,B00001100,B01000000,B01110011,B00110000, - B00001100,B00001100,B11000000,B00110011,B00110000, - B00001100,B00001111,B11001111,B00110011,B00110000, - B00001100,B00001101,B10001111,B00110011,B00110000, - B00001100,B00001100,B11000000,B00110011,B00110000, - B00001111,B11001100,B11000000,B00110011,B11110000, - B00000111,B11001100,B11000000,B00110001,B11100000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000001,B10000011,B00110000,B00000011,B00000000, - B00000001,B10000011,B00110010,B00000011,B00000000, - B00000001,B11000111,B00000010,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000001,B11000111,B00110011,B11110011,B00000000, - B00000001,B11101111,B00110011,B00110011,B00000000, - B00000001,B10111011,B00110011,B00110011,B00000000, - B00000001,B10010011,B00110011,B00110011,B00000000, - B00000001,B10010011,B00110011,B00110011,B00000000, - B00000001,B10000011,B00110011,B00110011,B00000000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE 20 -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index c7962db100..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2199 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(CR-20 Pro)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-20 Pro" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // Creality Ender-3 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 97 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * MIN_PROBE_EDGE, and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 250 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 185 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 45 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 62861301fb..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index e88e5fefa1..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 32 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00001111,B01111100,B00111000,B01110000, - B00010001,B00100010,B01000100,B10001000, - B00100000,B00100010,B01000100,B10001000, - B00100000,B00111100,B00000100,B10001000, - B00100000,B00101000,B00001000,B10001000, - B00100000,B00100100,B00010000,B10001000, - B00100000,B00100100,B00100000,B10001000, - B00010001,B00100010,B01000000,B10001000, - B00001110,B01110011,B01111100,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000010,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000010,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000010,B00100110,B11000111,B00000000, - B00000011,B11000011,B00001000,B10000000, - B00000010,B00000010,B00001000,B10000000, - B00000010,B00000010,B00001000,B10000000, - B00000010,B00000010,B00001000,B10000000, - B00000111,B00000111,B10000111,B00000000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE 20 -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index d1166cb475..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2199 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(m0oml)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-20" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // Creality Ender-3 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 97 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * MIN_PROBE_EDGE, and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 250 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 185 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 45 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5ef0e0ecb5..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 571758dbde..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2206 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(D-side, CR-8)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_ENDER_4 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-8" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ender-4 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // Ender-4 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 426.68 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 78.92 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 576.71 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 190 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 500 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 92.60 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 310 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 872dd34dc5..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4ffdada6b4..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2200 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(tommie, Ender 2/4)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI_CREALITY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Ender 3D" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 75 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // Creality Ender - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 150 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 150 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 185 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 45 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index a694cd9b15..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 1 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 0 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/README.md b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index b45eb94690..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -# Creality Ender Support - -This branch is a reverse-engineered version based on the unpublished firmware from Creality. It is **not** the authoritative source, but has been carefully re-built by looking at their firmware and inferring the base version and configuration they used. The basis is the firmware version from "Jul 31 2017 10:16:30". It is based on Marlin 1.0.1, because - -* 1.0.0 had very different serial output in `setup()` and overall code structure. -* 1.0.2 changed the `VERSION_STRING` to include a leading space, and `lcd_init` uses `SET_INPUT` instead of `pinMode`. - -Configurations were found by seeing what code was compiled into the firmware, and constants used there. - -For U8Glib, at least version 1.14 and at most 1.17 is used, because - -* 1.12 didn't have the extra speed argument to u8g_InitCom. -* 1.13 didn't have the soft reset instruction for UC1701 initialization. -* 1.18 has a new directory structure. - -## Bitmaps - -The bootscreen and custom status screens come from Creality's firmware. - -## Creality Ender-2 firmware status - -The firmware source code has been published on 2018/07/10. -It is based on Marlin 1.1. The source code and .hex binaries for all printers (including Ender-2) can be obtained from: -https://www.creality3d.cn/download/firmware_c0001 - -And repositories for CR-10S and Ender-3 can be found here: -https://github.com/Creality3DPrinting - -The configuration files have been verified to match the original configuration, but further investigation is needed to ensure there aren't any extra changes in the source code. - -## Ender-2 specific changelog: - -* 2018/10/08 - Updated BED_MAXTEMP to 75 to match the original Creality Ender-2 Firmware (which is now open source) diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index e1402b2bbe..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 81 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_INVERTED - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100011,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110011,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11100001,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111110,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11011101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B11111111,B10000000,B01111110,B00000000,B00000001,B11101110,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B01111101,B11001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B11110111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10001110,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111011,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111101,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111100,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00011111,B01110011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001111,B10000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B11110000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111110,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000111,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111011,B11111000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B11111000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111110,B11110000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10001110,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000011,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000011,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00001111,B11100111,B11110011,B00001111,B11111100,B00100011,B11111100,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00001111,B11101111,B10000000,B00000111,B11110000,B00000011,B11110000,B00011110,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00011111,B11001111,B10000001,B10000111,B11000111,B10000111,B11000111,B00001100,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00011111,B11000111,B11000111,B10001111,B11000111,B10011111,B00001111,B00001100,B11111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00011111,B10000111,B10001111,B00011111,B10001111,B00011111,B00001111,B00011111,B11111111, - B11111100,B00111111,B10011111,B10001111,B10001111,B00011111,B10001110,B00000000,B00011110,B00111111,B11111111, - B11111100,B01111111,B00111111,B00001111,B00011110,B00111111,B00011110,B00111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11111111, - B11111000,B01111111,B11111111,B00011111,B00011100,B00111111,B00011100,B01111111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111111, - B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B00011110,B00011100,B01111110,B00011100,B01111111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111111, - B11110000,B11111111,B11001110,B00111110,B00111100,B01111110,B00111100,B01111111,B10111000,B11111111,B11111111, - B11110000,B11111111,B10011110,B00111100,B00111000,B01111100,B00111000,B01111110,B01111000,B11111111,B11111111, - B11100001,B11111111,B00111100,B01111100,B01111000,B01111100,B01111000,B00111100,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111, - B11100001,B11111000,B00111000,B01111000,B01111000,B00010000,B00011000,B00000001,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00100000,B00111100,B00000000,B01111100,B00000111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7a412ad7f4..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 5 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 39 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000, - B01000010,B00000000,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000, - B01001000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000, - B01001000,B11011100,B00111110,B00111100,B11101110, - B01111000,B01100010,B01000010,B01000010,B00110010, - B01001000,B01000010,B01000010,B01000010,B00100000, - B01001000,B01000010,B01000010,B01111110,B00100000, - B01000000,B01000010,B01000010,B01000000,B00100000, - B01000010,B01000010,B01000110,B01000010,B00100000, - B11111110,B11100111,B00111011,B00111100,B11111000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE 20 -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index a0c7888788..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2200 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Ender-3)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI_CREALITY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Ender-3" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // Creality Ender-3 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 250 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 185 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 45 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4af52ddc11..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 580 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 580 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 580 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index e1402b2bbe..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 81 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_INVERTED - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100011,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110011,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11100001,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111110,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11011101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B11111111,B10000000,B01111110,B00000000,B00000001,B11101110,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B01111101,B11001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B11110111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10001110,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111011,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111101,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111100,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00011111,B01110011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001111,B10000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B11110000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111110,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000111,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111011,B11111000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B11111000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111110,B11110000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10001110,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000011,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000011,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00001111,B11100111,B11110011,B00001111,B11111100,B00100011,B11111100,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00001111,B11101111,B10000000,B00000111,B11110000,B00000011,B11110000,B00011110,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00011111,B11001111,B10000001,B10000111,B11000111,B10000111,B11000111,B00001100,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00011111,B11000111,B11000111,B10001111,B11000111,B10011111,B00001111,B00001100,B11111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00011111,B10000111,B10001111,B00011111,B10001111,B00011111,B00001111,B00011111,B11111111, - B11111100,B00111111,B10011111,B10001111,B10001111,B00011111,B10001110,B00000000,B00011110,B00111111,B11111111, - B11111100,B01111111,B00111111,B00001111,B00011110,B00111111,B00011110,B00111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11111111, - B11111000,B01111111,B11111111,B00011111,B00011100,B00111111,B00011100,B01111111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111111, - B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B00011110,B00011100,B01111110,B00011100,B01111111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111111, - B11110000,B11111111,B11001110,B00111110,B00111100,B01111110,B00111100,B01111111,B10111000,B11111111,B11111111, - B11110000,B11111111,B10011110,B00111100,B00111000,B01111100,B00111000,B01111110,B01111000,B11111111,B11111111, - B11100001,B11111111,B00111100,B01111100,B01111000,B01111100,B01111000,B00111100,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111, - B11100001,B11111000,B00111000,B01111000,B01111000,B00010000,B00011000,B00000001,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00100000,B00111100,B00000000,B01111100,B00000111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 025801f4fc..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 8 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 39 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111000,B00000001,B10000000,B00000000,B00001100, - B01001000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B00010010, - B01000011,B11000011,B10001100,B11010000,B00000010, - B01110001,B00100100,B10010010,B01100111,B11001100, - B01000001,B00100100,B10011110,B01000000,B00000010, - B01001001,B00100100,B10010000,B01000000,B00010010, - B11111011,B10110011,B11001110,B11100000,B00001100 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE 20 -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3015b74690..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2206 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Skorpi, Creality Ender-4, brandstaetter)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_ENDER_4 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Ender-4" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ender-4 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 16.67 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.12 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 62.14 - - // Ultimaker -// #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 -// #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 -// #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // Ender-4 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 426.68 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 78.92 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 576.71 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 190 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 750 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 100 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 15, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 2.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 310 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION // Enable G26 mesh validation - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (7*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8f4262e48d..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 30 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON false // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 35 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 650 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 35 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 600 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 60 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 204be000bf..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2199 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Ender-5)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI_CREALITY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Ender-5" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // Creality Ender-5 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * MIN_PROBE_EDGE, and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 300 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 185 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 45 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 89d508aa90..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 52119ce6be..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 81 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_INVERTED - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100011,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110011,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11100001,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111110,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11011101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B11111111,B10000000,B01111110,B00000000,B00000001,B11101110,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B01111101,B11001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B11110111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10001110,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111011,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111101,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111100,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00011111,B01110011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001111,B10000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B11110000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111110,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000111,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111011,B11111000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B11111000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111110,B11110000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10001110,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000011,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000011,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00001111,B11100111,B11110011,B00001111,B11111100,B00100011,B11111100,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00001111,B11101111,B10000000,B00000111,B11110000,B00000011,B11110000,B00011110,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00011111,B11001111,B10000001,B10000111,B11000111,B10000111,B11000111,B00001100,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00011111,B11000111,B11000111,B10001111,B11000111,B10011111,B00001111,B00001100,B11111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00011111,B10000111,B10001111,B00011111,B10001111,B00011111,B00001111,B00011111,B11111111, - B11111100,B00111111,B10011111,B10001111,B10001111,B00011111,B10001110,B00000000,B00011110,B00111111,B11111111, - B11111100,B01111111,B00111111,B00001111,B00011110,B00111111,B00011110,B00111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11111111, - B11111000,B01111111,B11111111,B00011111,B00011100,B00111111,B00011100,B01111111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111111, - B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B00011110,B00011100,B01111110,B00011100,B01111111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111111, - B11110000,B11111111,B11001110,B00111110,B00111100,B01111110,B00111100,B01111111,B10111000,B11111111,B11111111, - B11110000,B11111111,B10011110,B00111100,B00111000,B01111100,B00111000,B01111110,B01111000,B11111111,B11111111, - B11100001,B11111111,B00111100,B01111100,B01111000,B01111100,B01111000,B00111100,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111, - B11100001,B11111000,B00111000,B01111000,B01111000,B00010000,B00011000,B00000001,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00100000,B00111100,B00000000,B01111100,B00000111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3da18ade4b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 8 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 37 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111000,B00000001,B10000000,B00000000,B01111000, - B01001000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B01000000, - B01000011,B11000011,B10001100,B11010000,B01110000, - B01110001,B00100100,B10010010,B01100111,B00001000, - B01000001,B00100100,B10011110,B01000000,B00001000, - B01001001,B00100100,B10010000,B01000000,B01001000, - B11111011,B10110011,B11001110,B11100000,B00110000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE 20 -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 - #define STATUS_BED_X 73 -#else - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 81 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 732cce94c7..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2196 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "InsanityAutomation" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_DAGOMA -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "DiscoUltimate" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 18 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 15 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 32.48 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 6.4 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 41.25 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 950 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A5984 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A5984 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A5984 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A5984 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 160, 160, 1600, 196 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 4, 170 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 1000, 20, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 20 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 21, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 205 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 205 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - //#define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - //#define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - #define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 0.0 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - #define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MAX_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 5 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 195 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index b46b40e6d3..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - #define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - #define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - #define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 950 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - #define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index e9224face5..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2201 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Sidewinder X1)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Sidewinder X1" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Sidewinder X1 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 14.58 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.14 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 46.57 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // Sidewinder X1 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 244.21 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 45.87 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 325.08 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2100 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2100 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2100 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2100 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2100 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80.121, 80.121, 399.778, 445 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 50, 40 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 800 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 10000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 310 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -2 -#define Y_MIN_POS -5 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (80*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (20*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 5 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 4 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 6 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8f3db3fa79..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index e29d4c77b8..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - * - * This bitmap from the file 'EVNOVO-Artillery-Logo.jpg' - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 54 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00011110,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000000, - B00000011,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B00000000, - B00000111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B10000000, - B00011111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11100000, - B01111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111000, - B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111100, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100, - B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00111111,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B11111111,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11111110,B00000001,B11111111,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000001,B11111111,B00000011,B11111110,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B11111111,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00111111,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00111111,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B11111111,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000001,B11111111,B00000011,B11111110,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11111110,B00000001,B11111111,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B11111111,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00111111,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100, - B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111100, - B01111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111000, - B00011111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11100000, - B00000111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B10000000, - B00000011,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00011110,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 255b3b6200..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2206 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "elsie tech corp" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_EINSTART_S -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "The Shining" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 666 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Einstart S - // Autotune M303 S180 C8 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 15.31 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.93 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 63.03 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -//#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -//#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -//#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -#define X_STOP_INVERTING true -#define Y_STOP_INVERTING true -#define Z_STOP_INVERTING true - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 80, 96.337120 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 1 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 160 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 160 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 165 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7f19fe213b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Einstart-S/readme.md b/config/examples/Einstart-S/readme.md deleted file mode 100644 index f6da66f9cd..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Einstart-S/readme.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,152 +0,0 @@ -## Einstart S Machine Notes - -The Einstart S is a commercial machine that ships with a proprietary firmware and "licensed" slicer program which requires the original SD card or license file (.lic/.reg) from support in order to function. The impetus for the port was that I acquired the machine on the weekend when tech support was closed. - -## Specifications: - - - Powder coated, formed steel enclosure - - Machined Aluminum internal axis support frame - - Genuine matched HIWIN rails on all axis - - Genuine Minebea NEMA17 motors (200 steps/rev) - - THC7128 3A Stepper Drivers (configured for 16 microsteps, loud) - - 160x160 magnetically coupled non-heated bed - - PLA-only, Direct Drive extruder - - SH1106 OLED Display w/ Cardinal navigation - - 9533 I2C PWM RGB LED Chassis illumination - - Onboard SD-Card Support - -## Initial modifications - -### Bootloader/Marlin installation - -This machine probably doesn't ship with the arduino boot loader, so unless you reflow a 2560 on there to replace the atmega1280 like I did (to preserve the original firmware), you'll need to use ISP to do an initial firmware load and/or bootloader flash! - -It's not that bad though, you can just buy an ISP programmer with the appropriate header, or build an ISP programmer using the Arduino ISP sketch (wiring is easier if you use the "old style wiring" which utilizes the following pinout: (see the comments in the ArduinoISP sketch). - -I used an arduino Nano and a header I had lying around, but you could do the same with a nano and some dupont headers cut and soldered to the board, and taped/glued into a header. - -Triple check your pinouts, it shouldn't fry if connected backwards but if your pinout is wrong you're going to struggle for sure. - -#### ArduinoISP Sketch pinout for 10pin ISP header using "old style wiring": - -See the comments in the ArduinoISP sketch under File:Examples:ArduinoISP - -1 MOSI D11 -2 5v Vcc -3 N/C -4 GND -5 RES D10 -6 N/C -7 SCK D13 -8 N/C -9 MISO D12 -10 GND GND - -#### Einstart Motherboard ISP Header Pinout - -The 10 pin ISP Header is located to the right of the ATMEGA chip, just above the long LCD header. - -#### ISP Diagram - -<--- Face of chassis - -MOSI ( 1 ) ( 2 ) Vcc - N/C ( 3 ) ( 4 ) GND - RST ( 5 ) ( 6 ) GND - SCK ( 7 ) ( 8 ) GND -MISO ( 9 ) (10 ) GND - -Component Plugs ---> - -### Motherboard Diagram - - |1234|1234|1234|1234|12|12|12|12|12|12|12|12|12|12|123|12|1234| - --------------------------------------------------------------- -| XMOT YMOT ZMOT EMOT EF HB HE PF ZS YS XS PS BT ET PT1 TC VBRG | -| ===== ====== [DC| -|====== ====== ____ ISP IC1__ ___| -| |1280| ::::: | | |USB| -| |____| 1 |__| |___| -| BUTTON |SD | -| GDLRUO LCD |___| -|________________________[......][....................]_________| - -Legend: - -XMOT X-Motor -YMOT Y-Motor -ZMOT Z-Motor -EMOT E-Motor -EF Extruder Fan -HB Heated Bed (PWM) -HE Hot End (PWM) -PF Part Fan (PWM) -ZS Z-Endstop (Max) -YS Y-Endstop (Min) -XS X-Endstop (Min) -PS SPST Switch to enable DC 24v -BT Bed Thermistor (header not populated) -ET Extruder Thermistor -PT1 Pt100 Thermocouple (not populated) -TC Thermocouple (not populated) -VBRG LED Output from PCA5933 -BUTTONS -G GND (buttons are pulled low on activation) -D DOWN -L LEFT -R RIGHT -U UP -O OK (MIDDLE) - -## Uploading Marlin firmware to a stock Einstart S - -### Summary: - -Make, buy or steal a 10 pin ISP programmer and select the appropriate programmer option via Tools:Programmer in Arduino IDE, use the Sketch:Upload Using Programmer command or Shift-Ctrl-U (vs Ctrl-U to upload via serial). - -### Detailed procedure: - -You can either load Marlin directly via ISP programmer (easiest, but requires opening the chassis every time you want to change/update firmware) or, just program the bootloader which will enable later uploads via USB. HOWEVER, to actually upload the sketch you will need one of the following: - - - ISP programming header (ArduinoISP sketch, pinout below) - - OR - - Install bootloader on atmega1280 to enable native USB uploads (also requires ISP). - - AND - - Connect button between RESET and GND on ISP header, release post compile just before upload starts. - - OR - - Install permanent modification described below, requires no button press during upload. - -### Permanent modification to enable USB uploads via Arduino IDE - -As a permanent modification to enable direct USB upload from the arduino IDE, you would need to flash the boot loader using ISP first; but then you can solder a wire or 100n capacaitor between the DTR line on the FTDI to the reset line, which is conveniently located in several places on the board. - -#### FTDI Chip Diagram (IC1) - - ______ - TXD --|1 28|--OSCO - DTR --|2 27|--OSCI - RTS --|3 26|--TEST - VCCIO--|4 25|--AGND - RXD --|5 24|--N/C - RI --|6 23|--CBUS0 - GND --|7 22|--CBUS1 - N/C --|8 21|--GND - DSR --|9 20|--Vcc - DCD --|10 19|--RES - CTS --|11 18|--GND - CBUS4--|12 17|--3V3 - CBUS2--|13 16|--USBDM - CBUS3--|14 15|--USBDP - |______| - -#### Arduino Reset Circuit - - DTR-----||----GND----/\/\/\/----Vcc - 100nf 10k - -With this modification you no longer need the reset button and you can program directly from the Arduino IDE. - -### Power notes during flashing. - -You do NOT need power connected when flashing via ISP. -You DO need power when flashing via USB Serial but you MUST time the release of the reset line to allow the upload unless you've performed the permanent modification. diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7bb62ab321..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2207 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 // libmaple 0 for USB ,1 for serial - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_CHEETAH_V12 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - //PID for Makerlab J-head - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -44, -6, -3.9 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 10 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES - -/** - * Sometimes after inserting the SD card settings get lost. - * This option reloads settings when the SD card is inserted. - */ -#define SD_RELOAD_SETTINGS diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index e0299a507a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - //#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "M21" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 700 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 500 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 2 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 3 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - #define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index be04105204..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2207 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 // libmaple 0 for USB ,1 for serial - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_CHEETAH_V12 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - //PID for Makerlab J-head - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES - -/** - * Sometimes after inserting the SD card settings get lost. - * This option reloads settings when the SD card is inserted. - */ -#define SD_RELOAD_SETTINGS diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index e0299a507a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - //#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "M21" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 700 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 500 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 2 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 3 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - #define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 39b146d9da..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2207 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 // libmaple 0 for USB ,1 for serial - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_CHEETAH -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - //PID for Makerlab J-head - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -44, -6, -3.9 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 10 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES - -/** - * Sometimes after inserting the SD card settings get lost. - * This option reloads settings when the SD card is inserted. - */ -#define SD_RELOAD_SETTINGS diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index e0299a507a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - //#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "M21" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 700 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 500 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 2 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 3 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - #define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 67fbd1ed30..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2207 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 // libmaple 0 for USB ,1 for serial - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_CHEETAH -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - //PID for Makerlab J-head - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES - -/** - * Sometimes after inserting the SD card settings get lost. - * This option reloads settings when the SD card is inserted. - */ -#define SD_RELOAD_SETTINGS diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index e0299a507a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - //#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "M21" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 700 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 500 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 2 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 3 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - #define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index f379d63cff..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2178 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, Felix)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FELIX2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Felix" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - #define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 15 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Felix 2.0+ electronics with v4 Hotend - #define DEFAULT_Kp 12 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.84 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 85 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // Felix Foil Heater - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 103.37 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 2.79 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 956.94 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// default steps per unit for Felix 2.0/3.0: 0.00249mm x/y rounding error with 3mm pitch HTD belt and 14 tooth pulleys. 0 Z error. -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 76.190476, 76.190476, 1600, 164 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 5000, 5000, 100, 80000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1750 // X, Y, Z and E max acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 5000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 255 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 205 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 235 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Felix/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Felix/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7848cac6ce..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Felix/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9adfb27ad2..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2178 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, Felix/DUAL)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FELIX2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Felix Dual" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - #define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 15 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Felix 2.0+ electronics with v4 Hotend - #define DEFAULT_Kp 12 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.84 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 85 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // Felix Foil Heater - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 103.37 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 2.79 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 956.94 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// default steps per unit for Felix 2.0/3.0: 0.00249mm x/y rounding error with 3mm pitch HTD belt and 14 tooth pulleys. 0 Z error. -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 76.190476, 76.190476, 1600, 164 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 5000, 5000, 100, 80000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1750 // X, Y, Z and E max acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 5000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 255 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 205 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 235 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Felix/README.md b/config/examples/Felix/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 48fe099151..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Felix/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -# Felix 2.0/3.0 Configuration for Marlin Firmware - -Bringing silky smooth prints to Felix. - -## Build HOWTO - - - Install the latest non-beta Arduino software IDE/toolset: http://www.arduino.cc/en/Main/Software - - Download the Marlin firmware - - [Latest developement version](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/tree/Development) - - [Stable version](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/tree/Development) - - In both cases use the "Download Zip" button on the right. - -``` -cd Marlin/src -cp config/examples/Felix/Configuration_adv.h . -``` - -The next step depends on your setup: - -### Single Extruder Configuration - - cp config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h . - -### Dual Extruder Configuration - - cp config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h Configuration.h - -### Compile Firmware - - - Start the Arduino IDE. - - Select Tools -> Board -> Arduino Mega 2560 - - Select the correct serial port in Tools -> Serial Port (usually /dev/ttyUSB0) - - Open Marlin.pde or .ino - - Click the Verify/Compile button - -### Flash Firmware - -#### Connected directly via USB - - - Click the Upload button. If all goes well the firmware is uploading - -#### Remote update - -Find the latest Arduino build: - - ls -altr /tmp/ - drwxr-xr-x 5 chrono users 12288 Mar 3 21:41 build6072035599686630843.tmp - -Copy the firmware to your printer host: - - scp /tmp/build6072035599686630843.tmp/Marlin.cpp.hex a.b.c.d:/tmp/ - -Connect to your printer host via ssh, stop Octoprint or any other service that may block your USB device and make sure you have avrdude installed, then run: - - avrdude -C/etc/avrdude.conf -v -v -v -patmega2560 -cwiring -P/dev/ttyUSB0 \ - -b115200 -D -Uflash:w:/tmp/Marlin.cpp.hex:i - -## Acknowledgements - -Mashed together and tested on https://apollo.open-resource.org/mission:resources:picoprint based on collaborative teamwork of @andrewsil1 and @thinkyhead. diff --git a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index d8000b4d4a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2187 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "M. Baker" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MIGHTYBOARD_REVE -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CreatorPro" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, -34.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -2 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 -2 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 15 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - -#define DEFAULT_Kp 20.03 -#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.22 -#define DEFAULT_Kd 82.05 - - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -//really Sailfish... got enough precision on that float for an 8 bit system? -//I'm leaving this in for posterior's sake -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 94.139704, 94.139704, 400, 96.275201870333662468889989185642 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 250, 20, 100 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 100, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 250 // X, Y, Z and E max acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 5000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) -#define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 -#define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0 -#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 2.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - - -//these values are used in your slicer -#define X_BED_SIZE 227 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 148 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -115 -#define Y_MIN_POS -84 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 152 -#define Y_MAX_POS 77 -#define Z_MAX_POS 150 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 220 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MAX_POS - 2), (Y_MAX_POS - 2), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4fe03c42ab..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2765 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN EX1_FAN_PIN -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN EX2_FAN_PIN -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2F // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 5 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 -// Actual motor currents in Amps, need as many here as DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 0.84, 0.84, 0.4, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - //#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - #define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 255 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 255 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - #define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 80 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 80 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/CuraSettings.txt b/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/CuraSettings.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 8f74d83a99..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/CuraSettings.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,157 +0,0 @@ -NOTE ON FLASHING THE FIRMWARE: - -The firmware for the Atmel chip used for USB on the Mighty Board is the same as the Arduino Mega's, but it doesn't do an automatic reset. If you want the printer to reset on DTR you will need to flash it with the firmware for the Arduino Mega. - -### Use with all nozzle settings - -Build plate shape: Rectangular - [X] Origin at center - [X] Heated bed -G-code flavor: Marlin - -### Right Nozzle - -Number of Extruders: 1 - -X (Width) 227 -Y (Depth) 148 -Z (Heigth) 150 - -Extruder 1 - - Nozzle size: 0.4 - Compatible material diameter: 1.75 - Nozzle offset X: 0 - Nozzle offset Y: 0 - Cooling Fan Number:0 - -;START G-CODE; -M104 T0 S{material_print_temperature} -M140 S{material_bed_temperature} -G28 -T0 -G1 X150 Y-70 Z30 F4800 ; move to wait position left hand side of the table -M190 S{material_bed_temperature} -M109 T0 S{material_print_temperature} -G92 E0 -G1 Z0.4 F1800 -G1 X110 Y-70 E20 F300 ; purge nozzle -G1 X120 Y-70 Z0.15 F1200 ; slow wipe -G1 X110 Y-70 Z0.5 F1200 ; lift -G92 E0 -;START G-CODE; - -;END G-CODE; -G1 X150 Y75 Z150 F1000 ; send Z axis to bottom of machine -M140 S0; cool down HBP -M104 T0 S0 ; cool down right extruder -M104 T1 S0 ; cool down left extruder -M127 ; stop blower fan -M18 ; disable stepper -;END G-CODE; - -***Left Nozzle*** -Number of Extruders: 1 -X (Width) 227 -Y (Depth) 148 -Z (Heigth) 150 - -Extruder 1 - - Nozzle size: 0.4 - Compatible material diameter: 1.75 - Nozzle offset X: -34 - Nozzle offset Y: 0 - Cooling Fan Number:0 - -;START G-CODE; -M104 S{material_print_temperature} -M140 S{material_bed_temperature} -G28 -T1 -G1 X-110 Y-70 Z30 F4800 ; move to wait position left hand side of the table -M104 S{material_print_temperature} -M190 S{material_bed_temperature} -M109 S{material_print_temperature} -G92 E0 -G1 Z0.4 F1800 -G1 E10 F300 ; purge nozzle -G1 X-67 Y-70 E25 F300 ; purge nozzle -G1 X-77 Y-70 Z0.15 F1200 ; slow wipe -G1 X-67 Y-70 Z0.5 F1200 ; lift -G92 E0 -;START G-CODE; - -;END G-CODE; -G1 X150 Y75 Z150 F1000 ; send Z axis to bottom of machine -M140 S0; cool down HBP -M104 T0 S0 ; cool down right extruder -M104 T1 S0 ; cool down left extruder -M127 ; stop blower fan -M18 ; disable stepper -;END G-CODE; - -***Both Nozzles*** -Number of Extruders: 2 -X (Width) 295 <---- bed width + 2 x nozzle offset -Y (Depth) 148 -Z (Heigth) 150 - -Extruder 1 - - Nozzle size: 0.4 - Compatible material diameter: 1.75 - Nozzle offset X: 0 - Nozzle offset Y: 0 - Cooling Fan Number:0 - ;Extruder End G-code; - G1 X150 Y70 F9000;move away from print in case extrusion cool down speed modifier too low - ;Extruder End G-code; - -Extruder 2 - - Nozzle size: 0.4 - Compatible material diameter: 1.75 - Nozzle offset X: -34 - Nozzle offset Y: 0 - Cooling Fan Number:0 - ;Extruder End G-code; - G1 X150 Y70 F9000;move away from print in case extrusion cool down speed modifier too low - ;Extruder End G-code; - -;START G-CODE; -M104 T0 S{material_print_temperature, 0} -M104 T1 S{material_print_temperature , 1} -M140 S{material_bed_temperature} -G28 -;purge right -T0 -G1 X155 Y-70 Z30 F4800 -M190 S{material_bed_temperature} -M109 T0 S{material_print_temperature, 0} -M104 T0 S{material_standby_temperature, 0} -G92 E0 -G1 Z0.4 F1800 -G1 X110 Y-70 E20 F300 ; purge nozzle -G1 X120 Y-70 Z0.15 F1200 ; slow wipe -G1 E17 F2400 -G1 X110 Y-70 Z0.5 F1200 ; lift -G92 E0 -;purge left -T1 -;M104 T0 S{material_standby_temperature, 0} -M104 T1 S{material_print_temperature ,1} -G1 X-110 Y-70 Z30 F4800 -M109 T1 S{material_print_temperature , 1} -G92 E0 -G1 Z0.4 F1800 -G1 X-67 Y-70 E25 F300 ; purge nozzle -G1 X-77 Y-70 Z0.15 F1200 ; slow wipe -G1 E22 F3600 -G1 X-67 Y-70 Z0.5 F1200 ; lift -G92 E0 -;START G-CODE; -;END G-CODE; -G1 X150 Y75 Z150 F1000 ; send Z axis to bottom of machine -M140 S0; cool down HBP -M104 T0 S0 ; cool down right extruder -M104 T1 S0 ; cool down left extruder -M127 ; stop blower fan -M18 ; disable stepper -;END G-CODE; diff --git a/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4960cd50b8..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2215 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "FT-2020 v9" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 245 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 115 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // FolgerTech i3-2020 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 11.50 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.50 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 60.00 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 250.0 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 18.0 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 950.0 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 52.2 } // 52.4 is correct for printer as shipped -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 104.4 } // 104.4 with 32 micro steps enabled gives better results - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 250, 2, 17 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 4, 750 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 400 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 400 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.5 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.5 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 4.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 40,85 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 38, -7, -10.75 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 0 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 7500 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 3 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 3 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 2 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE (X_MAX_POS-X_MIN_POS) -#define Y_BED_SIZE (Y_MAX_POS-Y_MIN_POS) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 6 -#define Y_MIN_POS 3 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 207 -#define Y_MAX_POS 182 -#define Z_MAX_POS 175 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. -//#define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 0 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - #define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.50// When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X 45 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 170 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 45 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 25 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 180 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 25 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (55) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -//#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -#define NUM_SERVOS 2 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 500, 500 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 488c7b73ae..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2774 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 2 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.5 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) -#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 // on RAMPS // Configuration of the 3 pins to control the display -#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 // on RAMPS -#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 // on RAMPS - -//#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN P1_04 // on Re-ARM ENET_TX_EN J12-10 -//#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN P1_00 // on Re-ARM ENET_TXD0 J12-11 -//#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN P1_01 // on Re-ARM ENET_TXD1 J12-12 - -//#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN P4_29 // for RAMPS E1 on Re-ARM E1_ENABLE_PIN P4_29 -//#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN P2_13 // for RAMPS E1 on Re-ARM E1_DIR_PIN P2_13 -//#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN P2_08 // for RAMPS E1 on Re-ARM E1_STEP_PIN P2_08 - - #define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 2 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE -90 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index fad911678a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2314 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// vvvvvv CUSTOMIZE FOR YOUR MACHINE vvvvvv - -// Change only the flags in this section. -// Further customizations have not been tested. - -/** - * Enable if you replace the stepper drivers with TMC2208. Be sure to remove MS3 jumper - * under the stepper driver! Plug-and-play results in StealthChop 2 being enabled. - * Stealthchop with TMC2208 on E will disable Linear Advance! - * Enable SpreadCycle to use Linear Advance with a TMC2208 on the extruder! - * These options assume configuration with OTP bits. - * If a UART connection is used to configure the driver, please select that as well in Configuration_adv.h. - */ -//#define X_2208 -//#define X_SPREADCYCLE -//#define Y_2208 -//#define Y_SPREADCYCLE -//#define E_2208 -//#define E_SPREADCYCLE - - -/** - * Enable if you install a KEENOVO AC BED with Solid State Relay - */ -//#define BED_AC - -//#define HotendAllMetal -/** - * Enable if you install a filament runout sensor from www.formbotusa.com - */ -//#define RunoutSensor - -/** - * Enable if you wish to select Unified Bed Leveling. - * Under CUSTOM COMMANDS, run Step 1 and 2 before setting Z Offset. - */ -//#define UBL - -// ^^^^^^ CUSTOMIZE FOR YOUR MACHINE ^^^^^^ - - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Tinymachines3D" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FORMBOT_RAPTOR -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "TM3D RaPtOr" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#if ENABLED(BED_AC) - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 11 -#else - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#endif -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 290 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#if ENABLED(BED_AC) - #define BED_MAXTEMP 150 -#else - #define BED_MAXTEMP 100 -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #if ENABLED(HotendAllMetal) - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.9 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.5 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 79.88 - #else - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - #endif - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 100.0 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 15.0 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 200.0 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#if ENABLED(Y_2208) - #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 1600, 96 } -#else - #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 160, 1600, 96 } -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 150, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#if ENABLED(X_2208) - #if ENABLED(X_SPREADCYCLE) - #define X_ACCEL 1750 - #else - #define X_ACCEL 1000 - #endif -#else - #define X_ACCEL 1500 -#endif - -#if ENABLED(Y_2208) - #if ENABLED(Y_SPREADCYCLE) - #define Y_ACCEL 500 - #else - #define Y_ACCEL 300 - #endif -#else - #define Y_ACCEL 500 -#endif -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { X_ACCEL, Y_ACCEL, 400, 4000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #if ENABLED(X_SPREADCYCLE) || DISABLED(X_2208) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 - #else - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #endif - #if ENABLED(Y_SPREADCYCLE) || DISABLED(Y_2208) - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #else - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0 - #endif - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -22, 0, -1.5 } -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -3 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#if ENABLED(X_2208) - #define INVERT_X_DIR true -#else - #define INVERT_X_DIR false -#endif -#if ENABLED(Y_2208) - #define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#else - #define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#endif -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#if ENABLED(E_2208) - #define INVERT_E0_DIR false - #define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#else - #define INVERT_E0_DIR true - #define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#endif -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 400 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 400 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 500 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#if ENABLED(RunoutSensor) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#endif -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 57 - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#if ENABLED(UBL) - #define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#else - #define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#endif - -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 6 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // The Z probe minimum outer margin (to validate G29 parameters). - #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - #define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 35 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - #define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 0.0 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X 50 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 350 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 50 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 50 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 350 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 50 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "M280 P0 S90" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT 50 // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 50 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 220 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 10, 10, 20} - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 70 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 655443a27e..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2770 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 210 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 210 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 300 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 20 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 25 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#if DISABLED(E_2208) || ENABLED(E_SpreadCycle) - #define LIN_ADVANCE -#endif -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 5 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 2 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -#if ENABLED(UBL) - #define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#endif -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - #define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Commissioning" - //#define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - #define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "UBL Commission Step 1" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "M502\nM500\nM501\nM190 S75\nG28\nG29 P1\nG29 S1\nM117 Run Step 2" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "UBL Commission Step 2" - #define USER_GCODE_2 "G29 S1\nG29 S0\nG29 F 10.0\nG29 A\nM500\nG28\nG29 L1\nM109 S225\nG1 X150 Y 150\nG1 Z0\nM117 Set Z Offset" - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Prep for Z Adjust" - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M190 75\nM104 235\nG28\nG29 L1\nG1 X150 Y 150\nG1 Z0" - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Fill Mesh Points" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "G29 P3\nG29 P3\nG29 P3\nG29 T" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Run Mesh Validation" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G26" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index a7805bb4f4..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Bitmap for splashscreen - * - * You may use one of the following tools to generate the C++ bitmap array from - * a black and white image: - * - * - http://www.marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - * - http://www.digole.com/tools/PicturetoC_Hex_converter.php - */ -#include - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_INVERTED - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B00000111,B11000000,B00000101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111100,B00001010,B00100000,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B00010100,B00010000,B00000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111100,B00101000,B00001000,B00000110,B00000111,B11000000,B00000101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B01010100,B00000100,B00000100,B00001010,B00100000,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111100,B01100000,B00000100,B00000110,B00010100,B00010000,B00000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B01010000,B00000100,B00000100,B00101000,B00001000,B00000110,B00000111,B11000000,B00000101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01011111, - B11111100,B01100000,B00000100,B00000110,B01010100,B00000100,B00000100,B00001010,B00100000,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111110,B01010100,B00000100,B00011100,B01100000,B00000100,B00000110,B00010100,B00010000,B00000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111, - B11111100,B00101000,B00001000,B00101110,B01010000,B00000100,B00000100,B00101000,B00001000,B00000110,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000,B00111111, - B11111110,B00010100,B00010000,B01010100,B01100000,B00000100,B00000110,B01010100,B00000100,B00000100,B00001010,B00100000,B00000000,B00000010,B00001000,B00011111, - B11111100,B00001010,B00100000,B01100110,B01010100,B00000100,B00011100,B01100000,B00000100,B00000110,B00010100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000101,B00000100,B00111111, - B11111110,B00000111,B11000000,B01010100,B00101000,B00001000,B00101110,B01010000,B00000100,B00000100,B00101000,B00001000,B00000000,B00001010,B00000010,B00011111, - B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00101110,B00010100,B00010000,B01010100,B01100000,B00000100,B00000110,B01010100,B00000100,B00000000,B00010101,B00000001,B00111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00001010,B00100000,B01100110,B01010100,B00000100,B00011100,B01100000,B00000100,B00000000,B00011000,B00000001,B00011111, - B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000111,B11000000,B01010100,B00101000,B00001000,B00101110,B01010000,B00000100,B00000000,B00010100,B00000001,B00111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00101110,B00010100,B00010000,B01010100,B01100000,B00000100,B00000000,B00011000,B00000001,B00011111, - B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00001010,B00100000,B01100110,B01010100,B00000100,B00011100,B00010101,B00000001,B00111111, - B11111110,B11010101,B01010101,B01010100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000111,B11000000,B01010100,B00101000,B00001000,B00101010,B00001010,B00000010,B00011111, - B11111100,B10000100,B00010000,B01000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00101110,B00010100,B00010000,B01010001,B00000101,B00000100,B00111111, - B11111110,B11000100,B00010000,B01000100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00001010,B00100000,B01100001,B00000010,B10001000,B00011111, - B11111100,B10000100,B00010000,B01000110,B11010101,B01010101,B01010100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000111,B11000000,B01010001,B00000001,B11110000,B00111111, - B11111110,B10000100,B00010000,B01000100,B10000100,B00010000,B01000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00101010,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111, - B11111100,B11000100,B00010000,B01000110,B11000100,B00010000,B01000100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111110,B10000100,B00010000,B01000100,B10000100,B00010000,B01000110,B11010101,B01010101,B01010100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111, - B11111100,B11010101,B01010101,B01010110,B10000100,B00010000,B01000100,B10000100,B00010000,B01000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B11000100,B00010000,B01000110,B11000100,B00010000,B01000100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10011111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B10000100,B00010000,B01000100,B10000100,B00010000,B01000110,B11010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B10111111, - B11111101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010100,B11010101,B01010101,B01010110,B10000100,B00010000,B01000100,B10000100,B00010000,B01000001,B00000100,B00010000,B10011111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B11000100,B00010000,B01000110,B11000100,B00010000,B01000001,B00000100,B00010001,B10111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B10000100,B00010000,B01000100,B10000100,B00010000,B01000001,B00000100,B00010000,B10011111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010100,B11010101,B01010101,B01010110,B10000100,B00010000,B01000001,B00000100,B00010000,B10011111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B11000100,B00010000,B01000001,B00000100,B00010001,B10111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B10000100,B00010000,B01000001,B00000100,B00010000,B10011111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010100,B11010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B10111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10011111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01011111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11100000,B00101110,B11111011,B01111101,B11111011,B11111011,B11001111,B11000001,B11011111,B10111011,B00111110,B11000000,B11100001,B11111110,B00111100,B00011111, - B11111101,B11101110,B01111011,B00111001,B11111001,B11110011,B11001111,B10011110,B11011111,B10111011,B00111110,B11011111,B11011110,B11111100,B11011101,B11100111, - B11111101,B11101110,B00111011,B10111011,B11111001,B11101011,B11010111,B10111111,B01011111,B10111011,B01011110,B11011111,B11011110,B11111101,B11101101,B11110111, - B11111101,B11101110,B10111011,B11010011,B11111010,B11101011,B10110111,B00111111,B11011111,B10111011,B01001110,B11011111,B11011111,B11111111,B11001101,B11110011, - B11111101,B11101110,B11011011,B11000111,B11111010,B11101011,B10111011,B01111111,B11000000,B00111011,B01101110,B11000000,B11100011,B11111111,B00011101,B11110011, - B11111101,B11101110,B11001011,B11101111,B11111010,B11011011,B10111011,B01111111,B11011111,B10111011,B01100110,B11011111,B11111000,B11111111,B11001101,B11110011, - B11111101,B11101110,B11101011,B11101111,B11111011,B01011011,B00000011,B00111111,B01011111,B10111011,B01110110,B11011111,B11111110,B01111111,B11101101,B11110011, - B11111101,B11101110,B11110011,B11101111,B11111011,B01011011,B01111001,B10111110,B11011111,B10111011,B01111010,B11011111,B11011110,B01111101,B11101101,B11110111, - B11111101,B11101110,B11110011,B11101111,B11111011,B10111010,B11111101,B10011110,B11011111,B10111011,B01111100,B11011111,B11011110,B11111101,B11001101,B11100111, - B11111101,B11101110,B11111011,B11101111,B11111011,B10111010,B11111101,B11000001,B11011111,B10111011,B01111110,B11000000,B11100000,B11111110,B00011100,B00011111 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 304d5a0b73..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 3 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 24 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001110,B00000000,B11100001, - B10011111,B00000001,B11110001, - B10010011,B10000001,B00111001, - B10011111,B10000001,B11111001, - B10011111,B10000001,B11111001, - B10011111,B10111001,B11111001, - B10001111,B00101000,B11110001, - B10000000,B00111000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10011111,B11111111,B11111001, - B10010001,B01110100,B10011001, - B10011011,B00000110,B10101001, - B10011011,B01010100,B10101001, - B10011011,B01010110,B10101001, - B10011011,B01010100,B10011001, - B10011111,B11111111,B11111001, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_LOGO_X 8 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_LOGO_X 0 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 32 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 583f6d0336..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2249 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -//#define ROXYs_TRex // Turn this on to get customizations only available on Roxy's T-Rex 2+ - // Marlin controlled heat bed, Max7219 debug LED's, less bright LED light level - // More aggressive PID numbers for hotends (due to double fans) -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Formbot-3D" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu - #define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "T-Rex 2+" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -#ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis - #define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 1.25 } // (mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis - #define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle -#endif - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 - -#ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 11 -#else - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#endif - -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 410 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - #ifdef ROXYs_TRex - // Roxy's T-Rex 2+ - #define DEFAULT_Kp 15.17 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.88 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 65.24 - #else - // T-Rex 2+ - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - #endif - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - #ifdef ROXYs_TRex - // T-Rex 2+ - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 289.73 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 51.26 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 409.43 - #else - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - #endif - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 800, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 100, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1500, 500, 400, 4000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 12.0 // More conservative numbers. - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -3, 31, -1.25 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 0 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 5000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 7 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 7 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 10 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 8 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 400 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 400 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -42 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 450 -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 700 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. -//#define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES -//#define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 208 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define MESH_INSET 35 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #else - #define MESH_INSET 0 - #endif - - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 11 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - #define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 0.0 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X 35 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 365 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 35 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 35 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 365 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 35 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "M280 P0 S90" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT (((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) - 15) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT (((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) - 15) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -//#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 5 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 50, (Y_MIN_POS + 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES - -#ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define LED_PIN -1 - #define BEEPER_PIN -1 - #define KILL_PIN -1 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7f5ba7c33e..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2780 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - #define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -#define FAN_MIN_PWM 45 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 25 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - #else - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - #endif - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS (X_BED_SIZE) // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 0 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS (442-4.0) // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 200 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 600 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 20 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - #define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - #define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 40 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - #define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X 4 - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 50 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 30 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 20 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 500 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT (3*60) // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 3 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.5 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ - -#ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define MAX7219_DEBUG -#endif - -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - /* - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 50 // Configuration of the 3 pins to control the display - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 51 // on RUMBA (or Formbot) using the ICSP port. - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 52 // This will affect your use of the SD Memory card - */ - - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 41 // Configuration of the 3 pins to control the display - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 13 // 41 is LCD_Kill_Button, 13 is Arduino_LED, 37 is LCD_Beeper - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 37 - - #define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 3 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - #define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 5 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 6 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 7 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index c3195d31fa..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Bitmap for splashscreen - * - * You may use one of the following tools to generate the C++ bitmap array from - * a black and white image: - * - * - http://www.marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - * - http://www.digole.com/tools/PicturetoC_Hex_converter.php - */ -#include - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B01111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B01111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B10000011,B11000001,B00000000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000000,B00111000,B00000011,B11000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000111,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011110,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B11000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00001110,B00011100,B00000110,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000011,B11000111,B00000000,B01100000,B11000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000110,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01111110,B01111000,B00000110,B00000001,B10000000,B00110001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000110,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B11111111,B01111111,B11100000,B00000110,B00000001,B11000000,B00011011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00111111,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B11111111,B01110000,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00111111,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B01111000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000110,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000110,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011110,B00000110,B00000000,B11000000,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11000000,B00000110,B00000000, - B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011110,B00000011,B10000001,B10000000,B01100000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00001110,B10000001,B11111111,B10000000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000111,B00000000,B01111100,B00000011,B10000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00011111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000001, - B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index db4487db10..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 4 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 21 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00011110,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B10000000, - B00000001,B11111111,B11100000, - B00000111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00000111,B00001111,B11110000, - B00000011,B00001111,B11000000, - B00000001,B00001111,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001100,B00000000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_LOGO_X 8 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_LOGO_X 0 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 32 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index df29a67c06..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2243 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -#define ICSP_PORT_SWITCHES // If ICSP_PORT_SWITCHES is defined, those pins become filament runout sensors - // (But the SD Memory card won't work and is turned off!!!) - - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Formbot-3D" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX3 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "T-Rex 3" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 11 - -#ifndef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#endif - -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 410 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Based on T-Rex 2+ - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 160, 1600, 93 } -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 800, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 150, 5, 25 } -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 100, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1500, 500, 400, 4000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ - -//#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -//#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -//#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 12.0 // More conservative numbers. - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -3, 31, -1.25 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 0 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 7000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 7 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 7 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 7 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 8 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 400 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 400 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -42 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 450 -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#if ENABLED(tallVersion) - #define Z_MAX_POS 700 -#else - #define Z_MAX_POS 500 -#endif - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ - -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 2 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #ifndef NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 - #endif - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. -//#define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES -//#define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 0 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 11 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - #define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 0.0 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X 35 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 365 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 35 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 35 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 365 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 35 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "M280 P0 S90" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -//#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 5 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 100, (Y_MIN_POS + 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ - -#if DISABLED(ICSP_PORT_SWITCHES) // If ICSP_PORT is in use, those pins now are filament runout sensors - #define SDSUPPORT // instead of being used by the SD Memory card socket -#endif - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES - -#ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define LED_PIN -1 - #define BEEPER_PIN -1 - #define KILL_PIN -1 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4d70eaabae..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2775 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - #define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -#define FAN_MIN_PWM 64 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) -//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 // Now set in appropriate pins file - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 25 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - #else - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - #endif - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 0 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS (442-4.0) // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 200 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 600 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 20 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 40 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X 4 - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 7 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 1 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 15 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 15 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 85 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 1 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 4 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 15 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 60 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 2 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 20 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 500 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT (3*60) // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 3 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.5 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - #define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "User cmd 1" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28 X \n" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "User cmd 2" - #define USER_GCODE_2 "G28 \nG1 X100 \n" - - #define USER_DESC_3 "User cmd 3" - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M48 \n" - - #define USER_DESC_4 "User cmd 4" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M114 \n" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ - -#ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define MAX7219_DEBUG -#endif - -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - /* - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 50 // Configuration of the 3 pins to control the display - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 51 // on RUMBA (or Formbot) using the ICSP port is used - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 52 // This will affect your use of the SD Memory card - */ - - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 41 // Configuration of the 3 pins to control the display - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 13 // 41 is LCD_Kill_Button, 13 is Arduino_LED, 37 is LCD_Beeper - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 37 - - #define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 2 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 5 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 6 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 7 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index d3f9073a0c..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Bitmap for splashscreen - * - * You may use one of the following tools to generate the C++ bitmap array from - * a black and white image: - * - * - http://www.marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - * - http://www.digole.com/tools/PicturetoC_Hex_converter.php - */ -#include - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B01111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B01111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B10000011,B11000001,B00000000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000000,B00111000,B00000011,B11000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00001100,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011110,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B11000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000011,B11000111,B00000000,B01100000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01111110,B01111000,B00000110,B00000001,B10000000,B00110001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B11111111,B01111111,B11100000,B00000110,B00000001,B11000000,B00011011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B11111111,B01110000,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B01111000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011110,B00000110,B00000000,B11000000,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000, - B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011110,B00000011,B10000001,B10000000,B01100000,B01100000,B00000000,B00001100,B00011000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00001110,B10000001,B11111111,B10000000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000111,B00000000,B01111100,B00000011,B10000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000001, - B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index db4487db10..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 4 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 21 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00011110,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B10000000, - B00000001,B11111111,B11100000, - B00000111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00000111,B00001111,B11110000, - B00000011,B00001111,B11000000, - B00000001,B00001111,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001100,B00000000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_LOGO_X 8 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_LOGO_X 0 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 32 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Fysetc/AIO_II/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Fysetc/AIO_II/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index a9c1d34829..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Fysetc/AIO_II/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2207 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 // libmaple 0 for USB ,1 for serial - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_AIO_II -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Makerlab J-head - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 640, 640, 3200, 800 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 1 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PB0 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PB6 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PB7 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES - -/** - * Sometimes after inserting the SD card settings get lost. - * This option reloads settings when the SD card is inserted. - */ -#define SD_RELOAD_SETTINGS diff --git a/config/examples/Fysetc/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Fysetc/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0bfa79d000..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Fysetc/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - #define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - #define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 700 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 650 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - #define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Fysetc/F6_13/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Fysetc/F6_13/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3c0eeaee0e..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Fysetc/F6_13/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2202 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - //#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB - //#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_AIO_II - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_F6_13 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 1280, 1280, 6400, 1600 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 1 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - // fzl:change to below - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN -1 // PB0 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PB6 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PB7 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Fysetc/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Fysetc/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 435f1b485d..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Fysetc/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - #define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 51aaa489a8..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2181 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Phr3d13, Geeetech A10 default)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_V3 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Geeetech A10" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - #define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - #define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // A10M [@thinkyhead] - #define DEFAULT_Kp 45.80 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.61 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 145.39 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // MeCreator2 generated by Autotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 182.46 // 175.68 189.95 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.92 // 34.59 37.40 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 231.70 // 223.07 241.19 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 450 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -37, 0, -3.6 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 2 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 3 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -5 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX -0.2 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - #define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 100 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 230 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 230 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -11 -#define Y_MIN_POS -4 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66 - //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 67 - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensors. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (80*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (20*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 3, (Y_MAX_POS - 3), 10 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index affcf4399a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index ab3f257825..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2181 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_V3 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Geeetech A10M" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - #define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - #define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // A10M [@thinkyhead] - #define DEFAULT_Kp 45.80 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.61 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 145.39 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // MeCreator2 generated by Autotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 182.46 // 175.68 189.95 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.92 // 34.59 37.40 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 231.70 // 223.07 241.19 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 450 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 430 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -37, 0, -3.6 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 2 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 3 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -5 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX -0.2 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - #define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 100 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 230 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 230 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -10 -#define Y_MIN_POS -5 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 2 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66 - #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 67 - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensors. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (80*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (20*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 3, (Y_MAX_POS - 3), 10 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0991769350..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 200 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 10 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 50 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 180000 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - #define POWER_LOSS_PIN 69 // Pin to detect power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - #define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - #define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - #define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 18 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 12 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 40 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1bcec7ac72..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2183 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_V3_A20 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Geeetech A20M" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - #define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - #define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // A20M [@thinkyhead] - #define DEFAULT_Kp 45.80 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.61 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 145.39 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // MeCreator2 generated by Autotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 182.46 // 175.68 189.95 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.92 // 34.59 37.40 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 231.70 // 223.07 241.19 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 400 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 430 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -37, 0, -3.6 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 2 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 3 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -5 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX -0.2 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 100 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 255 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 255 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -10 -#define Y_MIN_POS -5 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 250 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 2 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66 - #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 67 - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensors. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - #define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (80*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (20*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 3, (Y_MAX_POS - 3), 10 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER -#define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) -#define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) -#define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 409a1b1658..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 200 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 10 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 50 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 180000 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - #define POWER_LOSS_PIN 69 // Pin to detect power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - #define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - #define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - #define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - #define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - #define MARLIN_INVADERS - #define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 44f5939b5e..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2220 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_REV_A -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Geeetech MK8 Extruder - #define DEFAULT_Kp 12.33 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.51 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 74.50 - - // CTC MK8 Extruder - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 19.86 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 98.83 - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //12v (120 watt?) MK2a PCB Heatbed into 4mm borosilicate (Geeetech Prusa i3 Pro, Pro/B/C/X) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 234.88 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 42.79 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 322.28 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.74, 78.74, 2560, 105 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 2, 45 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 5000, 5000, 50, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 4.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR true -#define INVERT_E3_DIR true -#define INVERT_E4_DIR true -#define INVERT_E5_DIR true - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -/** - * Customize common displays for GT2560 - */ -#if ANY(ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER, REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER, G3D_PANEL, MKS_MINI_12864) - #define SDSUPPORT // Force SD Card support on for these displays -#elif DISABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define LCD_WIDTH 20 // Default is 22. For this Geeetech use 20. -#endif - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7b26ebec7a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2196 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(R. de Weerd, I3 Pro X)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "RdW i3 Pro X" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 300 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 2560, 93 } // MXL, Z M8=1.25, MK8 - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 2, 45 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 4000, 4000, 40, 4000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 4.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 1 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 10, 90 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 8 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 6 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 6 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 8 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 205 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 230 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 170 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 4 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 215 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 105 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -#define NUM_SERVOS 1 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index edfd2c9179..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2203 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Phr3d13, MeCreator2)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_V3_MC2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "MeCreator2" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // MeCreator2 -#define DEFAULT_Kp 11.93 -#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.59 -#define DEFAULT_Kd 59.89 - // Ultimaker -// #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 -// #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 -// #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. -//MeCreator2 generated by Autotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 182.46 // 175.68 189.95 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.92 // 34.59 37.40 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 231.70 // 223.07 241.19 - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) -//#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 -//#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 -//#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 500 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 250, 400, 45 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.6 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 50.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 160 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 160 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -15 -#define Y_MIN_POS -5 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 162 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (12*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 66c10df22f..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2765 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 6 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.05 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/README.md b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 30fcf2e443..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -These are example configurations for the low-cost [Acrylic Prusa I3 pro B 3D Printer DIY kit](http://www.geeetech.com/acrylic-geeetech-prusa-i3-pro-b-3d-printer-diy-kit-p-917.html) and the [3DTouch auto bed leveling sensor](http://www.geeetech.com/geeetech-3dtouch-auto-bed-leveling-sensor-for-3d-printer-p-1010.html) based on: - -- `../GT2560/` -- [Marlin 1.1.4 With 3DTouch / BLTouch for i3 Pro B](https://www.geeetech.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=19846) - -The main characteristics of these configurations are: - -- The defined motherboard is `BOARD_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS`. -- Travel limits are adjusted to the printer bed size and position. -- An example `SKEW_CORRECTION` for a particular printer is enabled. See comments below about how to adjust it to a particular printer. -- Using the LCD controller for bed leveling is enabled. - - `PROBE_MANUALLY` is enabled, which *provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe*. - - The `LEVEL_BED_CORNERS` option for manual bed adjustment is enabled. - - Bilinear bed leveling is enabled, the boundaries for probing are adjusted to the glass size, and extrapolation is enabled. -- `PRINTCOUNTER` is enabled, in order to track statistical data. -- `INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU` is enabled, which adds individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -- The speaker is enabled for the UI feedback. -- `bltouch` variant: - - `USE_ZMAX_PLUG` is enabled. See comments about connections below. - - Heaters and fans are turned off when probing. - - Multiple probing is set to 3. - -# First-time configuration - -## Skew factor - -The skew factor must be adjusted for each printer: - -- First, uncomment `#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0`, compile and upload the firmware. -- Then, print [YACS (Yet Another Calibration Square)](https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185). Hint, scale it considering a margin for brim (if used). The larger, the better to make error measurements. -- Measure the printed part according to the comments in the example configuration file, and set `XY_DIAG_AC`, `XY_DIAG_BD` and `Y_SIDE_AD`. -- Last, comment `#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0` again, compile and upload. - -## 3DTouch auto leveling sensor - -- Print a suitable mount to attach the sensor to the printer. The example configuration file is adjusted to http://www.geeetech.com/wiki/images/6/61/3DTouch_auto_leveling_sensor-1.zip -- Unlike suggested in [geeetech.com/wiki/index.php/3DTouch_Auto_Leveling_Sensor](https://www.geeetech.com/wiki/index.php/3DTouch_Auto_Leveling_Sensor), the existing end stop switch is expected to be kept connected to Z_MIN. So, the sensor is to be connected to Z_MAX, according to Marlin's default settings. Furthermore, GT2560-A+ provides a connector for the servo next to thermistor connectors (see [GT2560](https://www.geeetech.com/wiki/images/thumb/4/45/GT2560_wiring.jpg/700px-GT2560_wiring.jpg) and [GT2560-A+](http://i.imgur.com/E0t34VU.png)). -- Be careful to respect the polarity of the sensor when connecting it to the GT2560-A+. Unlike end stops, reversing the connection will prevent the sensor from working properly. -- [Test](http://www.geeetech.com/wiki/index.php/3DTouch_Auto_Leveling_Sensor#Testing) and [calibrate](https://www.geeetech.com/wiki/index.php/3DTouch_Auto_Leveling_Sensor#Calibration) the sensor. -- If using the GT2560-A+ and with the sensor connected to Z_MAX and an endstop connected to Z_MIN use the following calibration routine instead. - -## 3DTouch Calibration with Z_MAX - -- Home the printer with `G28` command. -- Disable the Z axis software endstop with `M211 S0 Z0` -- Reset the probe Z_OFFSET with `M851 Z0` -- Move to the center of the bed with `G1 X100 Y100` -- Move Z incrementally until the nozzle is the correct height from the bed using a shim or piece of paper, record this Z movement, for example -0.2. -- Do a single probe at the current point in the middle of the bed using `G30` and not the returned value, for example 1.9. Invert this value, i.e. -1.9, and add it to the Z offset above, i.e. -0.2 in this example giving -2.1. -- Update the probe Z_OFFSET to this value using `M851` i.e. `M851 Z-2.1`. -- Re-enable software end-stops with `M211 S1 Z0` -- Save this value to the EEPROM with `M500`. -- Update the start G-Code in your slicer software to insert a `G29` after the last `G28`. -- Carefully test that the offset is correct in the first print. diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 02d543fa1b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(1138-4EB, Geeetech Prusa i3 Pro B BLTouch config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "i3 Pro B" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Geeetech MK8 Extruder - #define DEFAULT_Kp 12.33 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.51 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 74.50 - - // CTC MK8 Extruder - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 19.86 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 98.83 - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //12v (120 watt?) MK2a PCB Heatbed into 4mm borosilicate (Geeetech Prusa i3 Pro, Pro/B/C/X) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 234.88 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 42.79 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 322.28 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define PRO_B_WITH_LEADSCREW -#if ENABLED(PRO_B_WITH_LEADSCREW) // M8 leadscrew version - #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.74, 78.74, 400, 105 } -#else // M8 threaded rod version - #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.74, 78.74, 2560, 105 } -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 2, 45 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 5000, 5000, 75, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 4, -44, -1.4 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST (20*60) - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 3 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR true -#define INVERT_E3_DIR true -#define INVERT_E4_DIR true -#define INVERT_E5_DIR true - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -12 -#define Y_MIN_POS -8 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS (-X_MIN_POS+X_BED_SIZE) -#define Y_MAX_POS (-Y_MIN_POS+Y_BED_SIZE) -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 4 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - #define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 281.8196945719 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - //#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - #define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 170 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 170 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index bae11398aa..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2216 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(1138-4EB, Geeetech Prusa i3 Pro B config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "i3 Pro B" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Geeetech MK8 Extruder - #define DEFAULT_Kp 12.33 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.51 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 74.50 - - // CTC MK8 Extruder - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 19.86 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 98.83 - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //12v (120 watt?) MK2a PCB Heatbed into 4mm borosilicate (Geeetech Prusa i3 Pro, Pro/B/C/X) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 234.88 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 42.79 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 322.28 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define PRO_B_WITH_LEADSCREW -#if ENABLED(PRO_B_WITH_LEADSCREW) // M8 leadscrew version - #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.74, 78.74, 400, 105 } -#else // M8 threaded rod version - #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.74, 78.74, 2560, 105 } -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 2, 45 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 5000, 5000, 75, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST (20*60) - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR true -#define INVERT_E3_DIR true -#define INVERT_E4_DIR true -#define INVERT_E5_DIR true - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -12 -#define Y_MIN_POS -8 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS (-X_MIN_POS+X_BED_SIZE) -#define Y_MAX_POS (-Y_MIN_POS+Y_BED_SIZE) -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 4 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - #define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 281.8196945719 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - //#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - #define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 170 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 170 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3ad7d31902..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2196 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Phr3d13, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_REV_A -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "i3 Pro C" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 32.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 2560, 95, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 180 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 65 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 235 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 95 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index affcf4399a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index c7c00987b0..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2196 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Phr3d13, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "i3 Pro W" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 32.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 2560, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 180 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 65 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 235 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 95 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index affcf4399a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration.h b/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 463585eae2..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2177 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Scheepers, MaukCC)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_CNCONTROLS_15 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -#define MACHINE_UUID "75083866-86ea-42b2-b475-7b3a7855e716" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 331 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 331 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 410 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 410 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 410 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 410 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX 170 // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 20 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - #define DEFAULT_Kp 11.3 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.61 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 52.77 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 18 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 53.45, 71.19, 160, 169.05 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 1000, 1000, 40, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -21, 22, -1.54 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 20 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 12000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST 900 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW 100 - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 1 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 450 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 325 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -72 -#define Y_MIN_POS -84 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y 3 - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (6000) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (900) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 225, -50, 5 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 150 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 15 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 4 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 2 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } . Leave Z blank to not change the Z position - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { -37, -67, } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 8 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index e89f3699e9..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2731 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 18 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 75 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 900 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 900 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 2.0 // compensate for 3V3 ref voltage -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 35 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 28 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied. -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu -//#define LCD_INFO_MENU -#if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages -#endif - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -/** - * LED Control Menu - * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ -//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU -#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif -#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Runtime language selection (otherwise LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define TOUCH_UI_LANGUAGE_MENU - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 16 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.02 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 32 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - #define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 30 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 30 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - #define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Lubricate axis" - #define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - #define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Change X an Y belt" - #define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 300 // print hours - #define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Change Z belt" - #define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1000 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9f19367910..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2200 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(tjclement, Infitary M508)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_13_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Infitary M508" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - #define DEFAULT_Kp 213.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 765 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 92.6 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 205 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 205 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 185 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 245 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 47ee220ae9..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 1 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -//#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -//#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8445110af1..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2206 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 - -// ╦╔═╗╔═╗┬ ┬┬─┐┌─┐┬─┐┌─┐╔═╗┌─┐┬─┐┬ ┬┌┬┐ ┌─┐┌─┐┌┬┐ -// ║║ ╦╠═╣│ │├┬┘│ │├┬┘├─┤╠╣ │ │├┬┘│ ││││ │ │ ││││ -// ╚╝╚═╝╩ ╩└─┘┴└─└─┘┴└─┴ ┴╚ └─┘┴└─└─┘┴ ┴o└─┘└─┘┴ ┴ - -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Roberto Mariani & Samuel Pinches)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_JGAURORA_A5S_A1 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "JGAurora A1" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Tuned by Sam Pinches 18th March 2019, on A5S at 220C. -#define DEFAULT_Kp 32.73 -#define DEFAULT_Ki 3.68 -#define DEFAULT_Kd 72.83 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - - // Tuned by Sam Pinches on A5S at 75C (18th March, 2019) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 175.83 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 28.85 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 267.90 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 160, 160, 1600, 202 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 360, 150, 30, 40 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1200, 350, 100, 500 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 13.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 4) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 310 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 305 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS -10 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE+10 -#define Z_MAX_POS 310 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - #define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 5.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS X_MAX_POS -#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS -7 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (90*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (12*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 58 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 245 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 105 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT -#define SDIO_SUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT -//#define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 - #define XPT2046_Z1_THRESHOLD 1 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index d9a3fe6f6b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2771 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING 1 -#define HEATER_0_INVERTING 1 -// #define HEATER_1_INVERTING 0 -#define FAN_INVERTING 1 - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -#define FAN_MIN_PWM 30 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 5, 5, 5 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 1, 1, 0 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 60*60, 60*60, 10*60, 10*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - //#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 25 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 10 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 820 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 730 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 75 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8e2c31a08e..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2208 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * JGAurora A5 configuration - * Authors: Telli Mantelli, Kris Waclawski, Michael Gilardi & Samuel Pinches - */ - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Telli Mantelli, Kris Waclawski, Samuel Pinches & Michael Gilardi, 21 Jan 2018)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "JGAurora A5" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 15 // manual calibration of thermistor in JGAurora A5 hotend -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 // measured to be satisfactorily accurate on center of bed within +/- 1 degC. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 265 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // JGAurora A5 (tuned at 210C) - #define DEFAULT_Kp 35.3//22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 4.35//1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 71.57//114 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - - // JGAurora A5 (tuned at 70C) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 800, 100 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 15, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 500, 100, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 800 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 800 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 3.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 305 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 305 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -5 // thanks DaHai. -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 320 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION // Enable G26 mesh validation - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Defaultbed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 // As suggested by DaHai, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CBlADPgQqL0 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (80*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (12*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8fde777de9..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 90 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 6 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 80*60, 80*60, 12*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/README.md b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 861f276750..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -# Configuration for JGAurora A5 printer - -## Firmware Installation Instructions - -To install custom firmware: - -- Download and install arduino IDE software from https://www.arduino.cc/en/Main/Software -- Plug in A5 to your computer via USB cable -- In arduino IDE, under the Tools menu, set: - – **Board** to "Arduino/Genuino Mega or Mega 2560" - – ***Processor*** to "Atmega 2560 (Mega 2560)" - – **Port** to your 3D printer’s serial port. To figure out the correct serial port unplug the printer and observe the "Port" menu. Connect the printer's USB cable, re-open the "Port" menu and see if a new ports has appeared. This new port is likely to be your printer. - - If you can’t find the right port or if your machine isn't detected, you may need to install a driver for the CH340 serial-to-USB interface chip in the printer. - - [macOS CH340 Serial Driver](http://sampin.ch/ch340-driver-mac) - - [Windows CH340 Serial Driver](https://sparks.gogo.co.nz/ch340.html) -- Install the u8glib library using the library manager in the menu "Sketch -> Include Library -> Manage Libraries." -- IMPORTANT: Unplug the 8-pin LCD panel header connector on your printer. The LCD should turn off completely. This is found underneath the LCD, and can be accessed from underneath the printer without removing any screws. Remember where it goes so you can put it back after flashing. -- Close all other programs (Cura, Repetier Host, JGCreat, etc.) that could connect to the serial port. -- Open the "Marlin.ino" file in Arduino IDE and wait for the new project window to appear. -- Select "Upload" from the "Sketch" menu or click the Upload button. -- Wait for the firmware to finish uploading and verifying. This may take a couple of minutes. -- Plug the LCD connector back in. -- In the Arduino IDE, select "Tools -> Serial monitor" to open up a simple console. In the popup menus, select "Newline" and a Baud Rate of "250000." -- In the input box, enter the following G-code commands: - - `M502` (press return) to reset settings (in RAM) to your configured defaults. - - `M500` (press return) to write settings and initialize the EEPROM. - -## Graphical Display - -The control panel included with the JGAurora interfaces only indirectly with Marlin, and this imposes some limitations. But you can use a RepRap Discount Full Graphic Smart Controller with the JGAurora A5 by applying the following additional settings in `Configuration.h`: - -```cpp -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 5 -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER -``` - -You may also be able to change `BEEPER_PIN` to use the piezo on the LCD controller instead of the one on the board. diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 09f34afe2c..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2206 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 - -// ╦╔═╗╔═╗┬ ┬┬─┐┌─┐┬─┐┌─┐╔═╗┌─┐┬─┐┬ ┬┌┬┐ ┌─┐┌─┐┌┬┐ -// ║║ ╦╠═╣│ │├┬┘│ │├┬┘├─┤╠╣ │ │├┬┘│ ││││ │ │ ││││ -// ╚╝╚═╝╩ ╩└─┘┴└─└─┘┴└─┴ ┴╚ └─┘┴└─└─┘┴ ┴o└─┘└─┘┴ ┴ - -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Roberto Mariani & Samuel Pinches)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_JGAURORA_A5S_A1 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "JGAurora A5S" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Tuned by Sam Pinches 18th March 2019, on A5S at 220C. -#define DEFAULT_Kp 32.73 -#define DEFAULT_Ki 3.68 -#define DEFAULT_Kd 72.83 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - - // Tuned by Sam Pinches on A5S at 75C (18th March, 2019) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 175.83 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 28.85 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 267.90 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 160, 160, 1600, 202 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 360, 150, 30, 40 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1200, 350, 100, 500 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 13.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 4) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 310 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 310 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 330 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - #define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 5.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS -6 -#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (90*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (12*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 58 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 245 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 105 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT -#define SDIO_SUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT -//#define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 - #define XPT2046_Z1_THRESHOLD 1 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index d9a3fe6f6b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2771 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING 1 -#define HEATER_0_INVERTING 1 -// #define HEATER_1_INVERTING 0 -#define FAN_INVERTING 1 - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -#define FAN_MIN_PWM 30 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 5, 5, 5 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 1, 1, 0 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 60*60, 60*60, 10*60, 10*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - //#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 25 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 10 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 820 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 730 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 75 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h b/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index b5ed76af06..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2216 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//===== Pololus calibration ================================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// Voltage reference on potentiometer on Green Pololus in millivolts -#define Vref_mV 800UL - -// Rsc value used on PCB of the Green Pololus -#define Rsc_mOhms 100UL - -// Estimated maximum acceleration for X and Y axis -#define MAX_XYAXIS_ACCEL (3UL * (Vref_mV) * 100UL / (Rsc_mOhms)) - -// Notes: -// If we could use 1.65A as motor current, then 3000 mm/s^2 as acceleration -// if perfectly achievable. Using 1A as motor current, 2400 mm/s^2 acceleration -// is perfectly possible without losing any steps -// On A4988 drivers, maximum current can be calculated as I_TripMax= Vref/(8*Rs) -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "ejtagle" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 0 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_DUO_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "MakerParts 3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -#define MACHINE_UUID "4250d842-4943-4601-acca-95ef77b8a4f1" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 97 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 2, 30 } // For 300mm/s printing - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { MAX_XYAXIS_ACCEL, MAX_XYAXIS_ACCEL, 10, 200 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION MAX_XYAXIS_ACCEL // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 100 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION MAX_XYAXIS_ACCEL // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 2.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 2.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 8.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9e9a2b279c..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2759 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 180 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 30000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - #define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - #define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 32 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 4096 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - #define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - #define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - #define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/MakerParts/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/MakerParts/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6b66855388..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/MakerParts/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00001111,B10000000,B01111100,B00000111,B11100000,B00111111,B00001111,B11011111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000, - B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00001111,B11000000,B11111100,B00000111,B11100000,B00111111,B00011111,B10011111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111100, - B01111111,B10111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11110000,B00001111,B11000000,B11111100,B00001111,B11110000,B00111111,B00011111,B00011111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111110, - B01111110,B00001111,B11111111,B10000011,B11110000,B00001111,B11100001,B11111100,B00001111,B11110000,B00111111,B00111110,B00011111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111110, - B01111100,B00000111,B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11100001,B11111100,B00011111,B11111000,B00111111,B01111110,B00011111,B10000000,B01111100,B00111110, - B01111100,B00000011,B11111110,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11110011,B11111100,B00011111,B11111000,B00111111,B11111100,B00011111,B10000000,B01111100,B00011110, - B01111100,B00000001,B11111100,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11110011,B11111100,B00011111,B11111000,B00111111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111100,B00111110, - B01111100,B00000000,B11111000,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111100,B00111110,B01111100,B00111111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111110, - B01111100,B00000000,B01110000,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111100,B00111110,B01111100,B00111111,B11111100,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111110, - B01111100,B00000000,B00100000,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111100,B00111110,B01111100,B00111111,B11111100,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111100, - B01111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B10111111,B01111100,B01111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111000, - B01111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B10111111,B01111100,B01111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11111110,B00011111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111000, - B01111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B10011110,B01111100,B01111111,B11111110,B00111111,B00111111,B00011111,B10000000,B01111100,B11111000, - B01111100,B00000110,B00000011,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B10011110,B01111100,B11111111,B11111111,B00111111,B00111111,B00011111,B11111111,B01111100,B11111100, - B01111100,B00000111,B00000111,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B10001100,B01111100,B11111111,B11111111,B00111111,B00011111,B10011111,B11111111,B01111100,B11111100, - B01111100,B00000111,B10001111,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B10000000,B01111100,B11111000,B00011111,B00111111,B00011111,B10011111,B11111111,B01111100,B01111110, - B01111100,B00000111,B11011111,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B10000000,B01111101,B11111000,B00011111,B10111111,B00001111,B11011111,B11111111,B01111100,B00111111, - B01111100,B00000111,B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B01111100,B00000111,B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B01111100,B00000111,B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B01111100,B00000111,B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11111110,B00000011,B11110000,B00011111,B11111000,B00111111,B11111111,B10000111,B11111000,B00000000, - B01111100,B00000111,B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11111111,B00000011,B11110000,B00011111,B11111110,B00111111,B11111111,B10011111,B11111110,B00000000, - B01111100,B00000111,B11111111,B00000001,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B10000111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111111,B00111111,B11111111,B10011111,B11111110,B00000000, - B00111100,B00001111,B11111111,B10000001,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111110,B00000000, - B00111100,B00001111,B11111111,B10000001,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111111,B10111111,B00111100,B00000000, - B00011110,B00001111,B11111111,B10000011,B11000000,B00001111,B10000111,B11001111,B11111100,B00011111,B00001111,B11000001,B11110000,B00111110,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011110,B00001111,B11111111,B10000011,B11000000,B00001111,B10000011,B11001111,B11111100,B00011111,B00000111,B11000001,B11110000,B00111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B00001111,B11111111,B10000111,B10000000,B00001111,B10000111,B11001111,B00111100,B00011111,B00001111,B10000001,B11110000,B00111111,B11111000,B00000000, - B00001111,B00001111,B11111111,B10000111,B10000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11011111,B00111110,B00011111,B11111111,B10000001,B11110000,B00011111,B11111110,B00000000, - B00000111,B10001111,B11111111,B10001111,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B10011111,B00111110,B00011111,B11111111,B10000001,B11110000,B00011111,B11111110,B00000000, - B00000111,B11001111,B11111111,B10011111,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B00011111,B00111110,B00011111,B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00000111,B11111111,B00000000, - B00000011,B11101111,B11111111,B10111110,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00111111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111110,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B01111111,B00000000, - B00000001,B11101111,B11111111,B10111100,B00000000,B00001111,B10000000,B00111111,B11111111,B00011111,B00111110,B00000001,B11110000,B00011000,B00011111,B00000000, - B00000000,B11101111,B11111111,B10111000,B00000000,B00001111,B10000000,B00111111,B11111111,B00011111,B00111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00011110,B00111111,B01111100, - B00000000,B01101111,B11111111,B10110000,B00000000,B00001111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111111,B10011111,B00111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00111111,B11111111,B01111100, - B00000000,B00101111,B11111111,B10100000,B00000000,B00001111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111111,B10011111,B00011111,B10000001,B11110000,B01111111,B11111110,B01111100, - B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00001111,B10000000,B01111100,B00001111,B10011111,B00011111,B10000001,B11110000,B00111111,B11111110,B01111100, - B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00001111,B10000000,B11111100,B00001111,B11011111,B00001111,B11000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11111000,B01111100, - B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 25a37e560d..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2237 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Maylan M150 Configuration - * Non-Automatic Bed Level config by default - */ - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Gunther)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI_MALYAN -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Malyan M150" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 - -// For Malyan M150, some discussions around changing the TEMP_SENSOR_BED from 1 to 3 on a french discussion board. -// The reasons are inconclusive so I leave at 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Malyan M150 example - #define DEFAULT_Kp 29 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 97 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). - -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - * - * These defaults for the Malyan M150 are low values intended to - * give a baseline. With mods it is possible to raise jerk, etc. - * - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ - // Standard M150 17T MXL on X and Y -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 3200/34.544, 3200/34.544, 1600, 103.00 } - -// Other common M150 values: -// 16T MXL on X and Y -// #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 3200/32.512, 3200/32.512, 1600, 103.00 } -// 16T GT2 on X and Y -// #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 1600, 103.00 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 700, 700, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 700 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 700 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ - -// Set for HoolyHoo's probe mount -// http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1960419 -// Note: HoolyHoo mount is X=35, Y=-50. -//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 35, -50, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -//#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -//#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -//#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -//#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -//#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 180 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ - -// - LINEAR - Not Available on Malyan M150 due to compile memory issues -// - Use MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT or AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X 50 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 150 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 50 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 50 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 150 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 50 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 128 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index af59554c0f..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -//#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 300 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/README.md b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 3a5026a4bd..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -# Configuration for Malyan M150 HobbyKing printer - -Config without automatic bed level sensor, or in other words, "as stock" - -## To install: - -1. Install [Arduino](https://www.arduino.cc/en/Main/Software) - -1. Install U8glib - * `Sketch` -> `Include Library` -> `Manage Libraries...` - * Search for and install `U8glib` by oliver - -1. Install Sanguino - * `File` -> `Preferences` - * Add - `https://raw.githubusercontent.com/Lauszus/Sanguino/master/package_lauszus_sanguino_index.json` - to `Additional Boards Manager URLs` - -1. Modify Sanguino `boards.txt` - * Close Arduino - * Locate Arduino15 folder - - `C:\Users\\AppData\Local\Arduino15` for Windows - - `~/.arduino15` for Linux - - * Locate `boards.txt` in `packages/Sanguino/hardware/avr/1.0.2` - (version number may change) - * Add the following to the end of `boards.txt` - (note that it is the same as sanguino.menu.cpu.atmega1284p but with - a different name and upload speed) - - ## Malyan M150 W/ ATmega1284P 16MHz - sanguino.menu.cpu.malyan_m150=Malyan M150 - sanguino.menu.cpu.malyan_m150.upload.maximum_size=130048 - sanguino.menu.cpu.malyan_m150.upload.maximum_data_size=16384 - sanguino.menu.cpu.malyan_m150.upload.speed=57600 - sanguino.menu.cpu.malyan_m150.bootloader.file=optiboot/optiboot_atmega1284p.hex - sanguino.menu.cpu.malyan_m150.build.mcu=atmega1284p - sanguino.menu.cpu.malyan_m150.build.f_cpu=16000000L - -1. Configure Marlin - * Copy `_Bootscreen.h`, `Configuration.h`, and `Configuration_adv.h` - from `config/examples/Malyan/M150` to `Marlin` - (overwrite files) - * Read `Configuration.h` and make any necessary changes - -1. Flash Marlin - * Turn on printer while pressing scroll wheel button - * Plug printer in to computer with USB cable - * Open `Marlin/Marlin.ino` with Arduino - * Configure Arduino - - `Tools` -> `Board` -> `Sanguino` - - `Tools` -> `Processor` -> `Malyan M150` - - `Tools` -> `Port` -> Select your port - - * `Sketch` -> `Upload` or click arrow in top right corner diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4c7da4cc24..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B01111100,B00000011,B11100000,B01111000,B00011100,B00000111,B10000001,B11100000,B11110000,B00111110,B00001110, - B01111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B01111110,B00000111,B11100000,B11111100,B00011100,B00000011,B10000001,B11000001,B11111000,B00111111,B00001110, - B01111111,B11111000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110000,B01111110,B00000111,B11100000,B11111100,B00011100,B00000011,B11000011,B11000001,B11111000,B00111111,B00001110, - B01111011,B11111110,B00000001,B11111110,B11110000,B01111111,B00001111,B11100001,B11111110,B00011100,B00000001,B11000011,B10000011,B11111100,B00111111,B10001110, - B01111100,B11111111,B10000111,B11111001,B11110000,B01110111,B00001110,B11100001,B11111110,B00011100,B00000001,B11100111,B10000011,B11111100,B00111011,B10001110, - B01111111,B01111111,B11001111,B11110111,B11110000,B01110111,B10011110,B11100001,B11001110,B00011100,B00000000,B11100111,B00000011,B10011100,B00111011,B11001110, - B01111111,B10011111,B11111111,B11001111,B11110000,B01110011,B10011100,B11100011,B11001111,B00011100,B00000000,B11111111,B00000111,B10011110,B00111001,B11001110, - B01111111,B11100111,B11111111,B00111111,B11110000,B01110011,B11111100,B11100011,B10000111,B00011100,B00000000,B01111110,B00000111,B00001110,B00111001,B11101110, - B01111111,B11111011,B11111110,B11111111,B11110000,B01110001,B11111000,B11100011,B10000111,B00011100,B00000000,B01111110,B00001111,B00001111,B00111000,B11101110, - B01111111,B11111100,B11111001,B11111111,B11110000,B01110001,B11111000,B11100111,B11111111,B10011100,B00000000,B00111100,B00001111,B11111111,B00111000,B11111110, - B01111111,B11111111,B00100111,B11111111,B11110000,B01110000,B11110000,B11100111,B11111111,B10011100,B00000000,B00111100,B00001111,B11111111,B00111000,B01111110, - B01111111,B11111111,B11011111,B11111111,B11110000,B01110000,B11110000,B11101111,B11111111,B11011100,B00000000,B00111100,B00011111,B11111111,B10111000,B01111110, - B01111111,B11011111,B11111111,B11011111,B11110000,B01110000,B01100000,B11101111,B00000011,B11011111,B11111000,B00111100,B00011110,B00000111,B10111000,B00111110, - B01111111,B11000111,B11111111,B00011111,B11110000,B01110000,B01100000,B11101110,B00000001,B11011111,B11111000,B00111100,B00011100,B00000011,B10111000,B00111110, - B01111111,B11000011,B11111110,B00011111,B11110000,B01110000,B00000000,B11101110,B00000001,B11011111,B11111000,B00111100,B00011100,B00000011,B10111000,B00011110, - B01111111,B11000011,B11111110,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B01111111,B11000011,B11011110,B00011111,B11110000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110, - B01111111,B11000011,B11011110,B00011111,B11110000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110, - B01111111,B11000011,B11011110,B00011111,B11110000,B01111100,B00111111,B11111010,B11111011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B01111010,B10111111,B11111110, - B01111111,B11000011,B11011110,B00011111,B11110000,B01111101,B10011111,B11111011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111110,B11110111,B11111110, - B01111111,B11000011,B11011110,B00011111,B11110000,B01111101,B10010011,B00011010,B10001010,B00011000,B11100011,B10001100,B01000101,B00011010,B10100010,B11011110, - B00111111,B11000011,B11011110,B00001111,B11110000,B01111100,B00101101,B11001010,B11001010,B11010110,B11101001,B00100100,B11001101,B01101010,B10110110,B10111110, - B00011111,B10000011,B11011110,B00000111,B11100000,B01111101,B10100011,B01101010,B10011010,B11010110,B11101001,B00100110,B01100101,B01101010,B10110110,B00111110, - B00000110,B00000011,B11011110,B00000001,B10000000,B01111101,B10010001,B00001010,B10001010,B11011000,B11100011,B10001100,B01000101,B00011010,B10110011,B01111110, - B00000000,B00000011,B11011110,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111110, - B00000000,B00000011,B11011110,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B11111110, - B00000000,B00000011,B11011110,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110, - B00000000,B00000011,B11011110,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110, - B00000000,B00000011,B11011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 179d0cdfa7..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2195 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(xC0000005, Malyan M200 build)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 500000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MALYAN_M200 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Malyan M200" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 11 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 11 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 100 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 26.15 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.74 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 62.35 - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 231.09 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 45.21 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 295.34 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 93, 93, 1097.5, 97 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X true -#define DISABLE_Y true -#define DISABLE_Z true - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index cf422c358e..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/README.md b/config/examples/Malyan/M200/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 8129650dc7..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -### Malyan M200 Build Instructions - -Malyan M200 series firmware currently builds using the Arduino IDE. These instructions should -guide you through the configuration and compilation. - -1. Install the Arduino IDE from your favorite source (arduino.cc, windows store, app store) -2. Launch the IDE to add the ST boards manager: - - Open the **Preferences** dialog. - - Add this link in the "*Additional Boards Managers URLs*" field: - https://github.com/stm32duino/BoardManagerFiles/raw/master/STM32/package_stm_index.json - - Select "**Show verbose ouptut during: compilation**." -3. Select **Tools** > **Board** > **Boards Manager**. -4. Type "Malyan" into the Search field. -5. The only board listed will be "**STM32 Cores by STMicroelectronics**." Any version from 1.6.0 up is fine. Choose install. This will download many tools and packages, be patient. -6. Open the **Tools** > **Board** submenu, scroll all the way down, and select **3D Printer Boards**. -7. From the **Tools** menu, select a board part number: - - If you own a M200 V1 or early run (black V2), choose **Malyan M200 V1**. - - If you own a M200 V2 later run (white/black) or V3 (Pro), choose **Malyan M200 V2** (The V2 and V3 both share an STM32F070 MCU). Note that the V3 pinout is not complete (autolevel doesn't work as of this writing). -8. From the **Tools** menu, choose **USB Support** > **CDC No Generic Serial**. -9. Download the latest Marlin source (from the [bugfix-2.0.x](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/tree/bugfix-2.0.x) branch) and unzip it. -10. Look in the `Marlin` subdirectory for the `Configuration.h` and `Configuration_adv.h` files. Replace these files with the configurations in the `config\examples\Malyan\M200` folder. -11. If you have an early-run V2, the steps-per-mm are roughly half. Consult the [mpminipro.com wiki](https://mpminipro.com/) for the steps that apply to your unit. Modify `Configuration.h`. -12. Inverting Axis. There's no pattern to axes will need to be inverted. The only way to know is to test your particular printer. If you *do* know, go ahead and invert the correct axes. -13. Open the `Marlin/Marlin.ino` file in Arduino IDE. -14. From the **Sketch** menu, select **File** > **Export Compiled Binary**. -15. When compilation is done you've built the firmware. The next stage is to flash it to the board. To do this look for a line like this: `"path/to/bin/arm-none-eabi-objcopy" -O binary "/path/to/Marlin.ino.elf" "/path/to/Marlin.ino.bin"` - The file `Marlin.ino.bin` is your firmware binary. M200 (v1-3) and M300 printers require flashing via SD card. Use the SD card that came with the printer if possible. The bootloader is very picky about SD cards. Copy `Marlin.ino.bin` to your SD card under three names: `firmware.bin`, `update.bin`, and `fcupdate.flg`. -16. Insert the SD card into your printer. Make sure the X and Y axes are centered in the middle of the bed. (When X and Y endstops are closed this signals a UI upgrade to the bootloader.) -17. Power-cycle the printer. The first flash may take longer. Don't be surprised if the .99 version number doesn't show up until after the UI has launched the default screen. -18. Remove the SD card and delete the `fcupdate.flg` file from the card to prevent an accidental re-flash. -19. Test the endstops and homing directions, run M303 PID autotune, and verify all features are working correctly. - -Welcome to Marlin 2.x... diff --git a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/README.md b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 0111f6f00a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -# Micromake C1 - -### In the folder "basic" -Configuration files for Micromake C1 without mods - - English LCD 2X16 Characters - - Motors 16 STEPS - - No heated bed - - No probe, etc. - - Like a standard C1 as shipped by Micromake. - -### In the folder "enhanced" -Configuration files for Micromake C1 with… - - 128 STEPS configured with jumper on the motherboard (all open for 128 Steps). - - Capacitive Probe (Adjust offsets at your convenience) - - French language with no accents for Japanese LCD. diff --git a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 93489b0516..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2200 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(MetalSearch, Micromake C1 factory settings)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MAKEBOARD_MINI -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Micromake C1" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// choose your micro step per step configuration ( 16 factory settings ) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 100, 150 } // 16 steps per unit for Micromake C1 - Factory Settings - ( MS1 : closed ; MS2 : closed on MAKEBOARD Mini) -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 200, 200, 200, 300 } // 32 steps per unit for Micromake C1 - Custom Settings - ( MS1 : closed ; MS2 : open on MAKEBOARD Mini) -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 400, 400, 400, 600 } // 64 steps per unit for Micromake C1 - Custom Settings - ( MS1 : open ; MS2 : closed on MAKEBOARD Mini) -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 800, 800, 800, 1200 } // 128 steps per unit for Micromake C1 - Custom Settings - ( MS1 : open ; MS2 : open on MAKEBOARD Mini) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 200, 30 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ - #define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 3000, 4000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 240 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 240 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index d4dcbb6698..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2200 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(MetalSearch, Micromake C1 enhanced)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MAKEBOARD_MINI -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Micromake C1" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// choose your micro step per step configuration ( 16 factory settings ) -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 100, 150 } // 16 steps per unit for Micromake C1 - Factory Settings - ( MS1 : closed ; MS2 : closed on MAKEBOARD Mini) -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 200, 200, 200, 300 } // 32 steps per unit for Micromake C1 - Custom Settings - ( MS1 : closed ; MS2 : open on MAKEBOARD Mini) -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 400, 400, 400, 600 } // 64 steps per unit for Micromake C1 - Custom Settings - ( MS1 : open ; MS2 : closed on MAKEBOARD Mini) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 800, 800, 800, 1200 } // 128 steps per unit for Micromake C1 - Custom Settings - ( MS1 : open ; MS2 : open on MAKEBOARD Mini) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ - #define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 200, 30 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ - #define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 3000, 4000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 240 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 240 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 420653d890..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 07cb10d359..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2205 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 3 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT_2 1 -#define NUM_SERIAL 2 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_ROBIN -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "MKS Robin" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT -#define SDIO_SUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - /* MKS Robin TFT v2.0 */ - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12013 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8711 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -32 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 256 - - /* MKS Robin TFT v1.1 */ - //#define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION -11792 - //#define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION 8947 - //#define XPT2046_X_OFFSET 342 - //#define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET -19 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 00297f58af..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/000-README_RepRap_Discount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller.txt b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/000-README_RepRap_Discount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 1ec5e7fd7a..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/000-README_RepRap_Discount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -The MKS products (all?) have the EXP1 & EXP2 LCD connectors rotated 180 degrees from the ones on the RepRap LCD controllers. - -In order to attach the RepRap Discount Full Graphic Smart Controller you'll need to do something like one of the following for both EXP1 & EXP2: - a. On one end only, shave the keying plug off the cables and plug the cables in backwards. - b. On one end only, carefully pry the housings off the board, rotate them 180 degrees and press them back onto the pins. - c. Make custom cables where one connector is rotated 180 degrees. - - MKS: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 - RepRap: 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 - - -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -3 DEC 2017 - -The current Marlin 2.0.x firmware cannot properly access some of the pins on the EXP2 connector. In order to use the RepRap Discount Full Graphic Smart Controller you'll need a custom cable that gets three of the signals from a different connector. In that cable move the pin/wire that: - - used to go to P0.8 to J8-3 - " " " " P0.7 to J8-2 - " " " " P0.5 to J8-4 - -If pins different than the J8 ones above are used then the spi_pins.h file will need to be modified. - -An octopus cable something like the Adafruit 1199 will simply the construction of the custom cable. Just plug the Adafruit 1199 into one of the cables that came with the LCD and the individual pins into J8 and EXP2 as needed. - -Adafruit 10-pin IDC Socket Rainbow Breakout Cable [1199] - https://www.adafruit.com/product/1199 - - -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -27 APR 2018 - -If you also want a functional SD_DETECT_PIN then you'll need to also move the following pin: - - used to go to P0.27 to J8-5 - -if you decide to use a different pin then the pins_MKS_SBASE.h file will need to be modified. diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index f144b1ddb6..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2196 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 0 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_SBASE -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - #define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 200, 200, 800, 280 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 32, 5, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 213 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops curtail movement above maximum coordinate bounds -//#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -//#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 63e1a876f2..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2767 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 6 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 110 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Uncomment to enable an I2C based DIGIPOT like on the Azteeg X3 Pro -#define DIGIPOT_I2C - -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) // Default to settings in pins_XXXX.h files - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 5 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.2, 1.2, 1.2, 1.2, 1.2 } // MKS SBASE: 5 - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Printrbot/PrintrboardG2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Printrbot/PrintrboardG2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4dfeefb576..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Printrbot/PrintrboardG2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2204 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -// For programming port do NOT define -#define SERIAL_PORT_2 0 // For native port - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_PRINTRBOARD_G2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -//#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 80, 80 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 30, 30,30,30 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 100, 100, 100, 100 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -//#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -//#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -//#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 100 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 100 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 100 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 1.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 1.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -//#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 20 // LED driving pin - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 3 // Number of LEDs in the strip - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - #define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h b/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 91bddbf06f..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2196 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(platon42)" // Who made the changes. -// -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RL200 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Rapide Lite 200" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 250 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 157, 157, 800, 195 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 190 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0a13f81e30..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h b/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index f250870d23..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2245 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(indazoo, Huxley v1)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_SANGUINOLOLU_12 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Huxley" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 // Sanguinololu v1.3 with 4.7kOhm pullup -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -// -// Standard NEMA 17 with T2 belt and 20 tooth pulley -// -#define NEMA17_FULL_STEPS 200.0 -#define XY_MICROSTEPS 16.0 -#define E_MICROSTEPS 16.0 -#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16.0 - -/* RepRapPro belts -http://forums.reprap.org/read.php?1,391198 -White polyurethane belt(T2.5), 14 - tooth printed pulley : 91.4286 step per mm (Original Huxley, Legacy Mendel) -Black rubber belt(MXL), 17 - tooth printed pulley : 92.635 step per mm (Huxley, Mendel Mono and Tri since 1 / 4 / 2013) -Black rubber belt(MXL), 18 - tooth aluminium pulley : 87.489 step per mm (Huxley, Mendel Mono and Tri since 1 / 1 / 2014) -*/ -#define XY_PULLEY_PITCH 2.5 //RepRapPro Huxley has T2.5 belts -#define XY_PULLEY_TEETH 14.0 //RepRapPro Huxley has 14 teeth pulleys - -// -// Standard NEMA 17 with fancy 5mm lead screws -// -#define Z_RODS_PITCH 0.8 - -#define XY_MOTOR_STEPS (NEMA17_FULL_STEPS * XY_MICROSTEPS) -#define Z_MOTOR_STEPS (NEMA17_FULL_STEPS * Z_MICROSTEPS) -#define E_MOTOR_STEPS (NEMA17_FULL_STEPS * E_MICROSTEPS) - -// -// MK7 Direct Drive -// -#define E_MOTOR_GEAR_TEETH 11.0 //Num of teeth of gear on extruder motor -#define E_ROD_GEAR_TEETH 53.0 //Num of teeth of gear driving the extruder rod -#define E_ROD_DIAM 5.4 // ca value. M6 rod drives the filament. Manual calibration needed. -#define E_ROD_CIRC (M_PI * E_ROD_DIAM) -#define E_STEPS (E_MOTOR_STEPS / (E_MOTOR_GEAR_TEETH/E_ROD_GEAR_TEETH) / E_ROD_CIRC) - -// Get steps/mm from selected results above -#define XY_STEPS (XY_MOTOR_STEPS / (XY_PULLEY_PITCH * XY_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define Z_STEPS (Z_MOTOR_STEPS / Z_RODS_PITCH) - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { XY_STEPS, XY_STEPS, Z_STEPS, E_STEPS } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_Z_FEEDRATE 3.3 // older Huxley has problem with speeds > 3.3 mm/s on Z axis -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, DEFAULT_MAX_Z_FEEDRATE, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 50, 1000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -// http://reprap.org/wiki/Configuring_Marlin_Bed_Dimensions -// http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/configuration.html#movement-bounds -#define X_BED_SIZE 140 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 140 -// Huxley with 110x110 PEI board. -//#define X_BED_SIZE 108 -//#define Y_BED_SIZE 108 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -9 -#define Y_MIN_POS -5 -// Huxley with 110x110 PEI board. -//#define X_MIN_POS -25 -//#define Y_MIN_POS -21 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 - -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 80 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (DEFAULT_MAX_Z_FEEDRATE*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE DEFAULT_MAX_Z_FEEDRATE // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h b/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 39561c347b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2196 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "RepRapWorld.com" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MEGATRONICS_3 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.7402*2, 78.7402*2, 5120.00, 760*1*1.5 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 1.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h b/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3a85d9f86d..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2196 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, RigidBot)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -// for Rigidbot version 1 : #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RIGIDBOARD -// for Rigidbot Version 2 : #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RIGIDBOARD_V2 - -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RIGIDBOARD_V2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Rigidbot" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 // Single extruder. Set to 2 for dual extruders - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 // DGlass3D = 5; RigidBot = 1; 3DSv6 = 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -//#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Rigidbot hotend - #define DEFAULT_Kp 16.17 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.85 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Base DGlass3D/E3Dv6 hotend - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 10 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.85 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 245 - - // E3D w/ rigidbot cartridge - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 16.30 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.95 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 69.69 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //RigidBot, from pid autotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 355 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 66.5 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 480 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ - // default steps per unit for RigidBot with standard hardware -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 44.3090, 22.1545, 1600, 53.5 } -// default steps for 16-tooth pulleys { 100.06, 50.06, 1600, 76 } // HPX2-MAX E=504, RigidBot E=53.5, Peter Stoneham's=76 - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 800, 800, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 600 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 254 // RigidBot regular is 254mm, RigitBot Big is 406mm -#define Y_BED_SIZE 248 // RigidBot regular is 248mm, RigitBot Big is 304mm - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 254 // RigidBot regular and Big are 254mm - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (15*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -// RigidBoard: To rewire this for a RigidBot see http://rigidtalk.com/wiki/index.php?title=LCD_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4604dae51f..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 4 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 8 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h b/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 64b2191134..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2205 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * MORGAN_SCARA was developed by QHARLEY in South Africa in 2012-2013. - * Implemented and slightly reworked by JCERNY in June, 2014. - */ - -// Specify the specific SCARA model -#define MORGAN_SCARA - -#if ENABLED(MORGAN_SCARA) - - //#define DEBUG_SCARA_KINEMATICS - #define SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING // Convert XY feedrate from mm/s to degrees/s on the fly - - // If movement is choppy try lowering this value - #define SCARA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // Length of inner and outer support arms. Measure arm lengths precisely. - #define SCARA_LINKAGE_1 150 //mm - #define SCARA_LINKAGE_2 150 //mm - - // SCARA tower offset (position of Tower relative to bed zero position) - // This needs to be reasonably accurate as it defines the printbed position in the SCARA space. - #define SCARA_OFFSET_X 100 //mm - #define SCARA_OFFSET_Y -56 //mm - - // Radius around the center where the arm cannot reach - #define MIDDLE_DEAD_ZONE_R 0 //mm - - #define THETA_HOMING_OFFSET 0 //calculatated from Calibration Guide and command M360 / M114 see picture in http://reprap.harleystudio.co.za/?page_id=1073 - #define PSI_HOMING_OFFSET 0 //calculatated from Calibration Guide and command M364 / M114 see picture in http://reprap.harleystudio.co.za/?page_id=1073 - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//==================== END ==== SCARA Printer ==== END ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "SCARA" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 3 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 20 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Merlin Hotend: From Autotune - #define DEFAULT_Kp 24.5 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.72 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 87.73 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //12v Heatbed Mk3 12V in parallel - //from pidautotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 630.14 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 121.71 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 815.64 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX // open pin, inverted - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN // open pin, inverted - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN // open pin, inverted - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 103.69, 106.65, 200/1.25, 1000 } // default steps per unit for SCARA - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 30, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 300, 300, 20, 1000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 400 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 400 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 3.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 225 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS -22 -#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS -52 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0.1 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (10*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8db4c49b02..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 3000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 180 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 240 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 10*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - //#define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 35 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration.h b/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2f772633df..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2196 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT_2 1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BLACK_STM32F407VE -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 1 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -#define NUM_SERVOS 2 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300, 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index e4cdc12787..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN FAN1_PIN -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN FAN2_PIN -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/STM32/STM32F103R/Configuration.h b/config/examples/STM32/STM32F103R/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index f31ac7831b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/STM32/STM32F103R/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2198 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Victor Perez" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_STM32F103R -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CTC i3 Pro B" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#warning temp_sensor set to 998/999 (fake) -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 999 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 998 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 60 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 205 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 180 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#warning "disabled temperature protection" -//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.74, 78.74, 2560, 105.0 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 2, 45 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1400, 1400, 100, 80000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1400 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 5000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 13.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 13.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 180 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -//#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 220 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/STM32/STM32F4/Configuration.h b/config/examples/STM32/STM32F4/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2c303616f8..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/STM32/STM32F4/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2196 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_STM32F4 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/STM32/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h b/config/examples/STM32/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 16b6cd7020..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/STM32/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2198 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Victor Perez" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_STM32F103R -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CTC i3 Pro B" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 3 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#warning temp_sensor set to 998/999 (fake) -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 999 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 998 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 60 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 205 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 180 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#warning "disabled temperature protection" -//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.74, 78.74, 2560, 105.0 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 2, 45 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1400, 1400, 100, 80000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1400 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 5000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 13.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 13.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 180 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -//#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 220 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 64b533ad9d..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2227 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thinkyhead, Sanguinololu)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_SANGUINOLOLU_12 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Sanguinololu" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -// -// Standard NEMA 17 with T2 belt and 20 tooth pulley -// -#define NEMA17_FULL_STEPS 200.0 -#define XY_MICROSTEPS 16.0 -#define E_MICROSTEPS 16.0 -#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16.0 - -#define XY_PULLEY_PITCH 2.0 -#define XY_PULLEY_TEETH 20.0 - -// -// Standard NEMA 17 with fancy 2mm lead screws -// -#define Z_RODS_PITCH 0.5 - -#define XY_MOTOR_STEPS (NEMA17_FULL_STEPS * XY_MICROSTEPS) -#define Z_MOTOR_STEPS (NEMA17_FULL_STEPS * Z_MICROSTEPS) -#define E_MOTOR_STEPS (NEMA17_FULL_STEPS * E_MICROSTEPS) - -// -// MK7 Direct Drive -// -#define MK7_GEAR_DIAM 10.56 -#define MK7_GEAR_CIRC (M_PI * MK7_GEAR_DIAM) -#define E_STEPS (E_MOTOR_STEPS / MK7_GEAR_CIRC) - -// Get steps/mm from selected results above -#define XY_STEPS (XY_MOTOR_STEPS / (XY_PULLEY_PITCH * XY_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define Z_STEPS (Z_MOTOR_STEPS / Z_RODS_PITCH) - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { XY_STEPS, XY_STEPS, Z_STEPS, E_STEPS } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 8, 45 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 170 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (6*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 11 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 10 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 17 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3124a1ec78..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4168fbe0fb..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2201 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Tevo Michelangelo)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Michelangelo" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 285 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - -// Tevo Michelangelo - #define DEFAULT_Kp 19.71 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.39 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 69.81 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 300 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80.165, 80.165, 399.2901, 408 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 60, 55 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 10000, 10000, 400, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 10000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 5000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 150 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 150 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -10 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 160 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (120*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (30*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "PETG" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6f14749ccf..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index b3d74daf48..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00111111,B11111011,B11111111,B11110000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00001111,B11111110,B11111111,B11111000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000011,B11111111,B01101111,B11011100,B01111111,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111,B11100111,B11001110,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000111,B11000110,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11100011,B11100000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110011,B11100000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110001,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110001,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11101110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B11101110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001101,B11001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001101,B11001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001101,B10000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B11000110,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11110001,B11100110,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11110001,B11100000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111011,B11100000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11100110,B00011111,B01110111,B00001111,B10001110,B11111100,B01111111,B00011111,B11100111,B11000111,B00011111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11100110,B00111111,B01111111,B10011111,B11001110,B11111110,B01111111,B00111111,B11101111,B11100111,B00111111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11101110,B11100110,B01111011,B01111111,B10011000,B11001110,B11001110,B01111111,B10111101,B11101100,B01100111,B01111011,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11101110,B11100110,B01110000,B01110011,B10111111,B11101110,B00111110,B01110011,B10110000,B11011111,B11110111,B01110001,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11100100,B11100110,B01100000,B01110011,B10111111,B11101110,B11111110,B01110011,B10110000,B11011111,B11110111,B01110001,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11100100,B11100110,B01100000,B01110011,B10011000,B00001110,B11001110,B01110011,B10110000,B11001100,B00000111,B01110001,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B11100110,B01110000,B01110011,B10011000,B00001110,B11001110,B01110011,B10111001,B11001100,B00000111,B01110001,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B11100110,B01111111,B01110011,B10011111,B11001110,B11111110,B01110011,B10111111,B11101111,B11100111,B01111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B11100110,B00111111,B01110011,B10001111,B11001110,B11111110,B01110011,B10011111,B11100111,B11100111,B00111111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00110001,B10000111,B00001100,B01110110,B01100011,B00111001,B11000011,B10000110,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index c9876e9377..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2194 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Tevo Tarantula Pro)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Tarantula Pro" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 140 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Tevo Tarantula Pro - #define DEFAULT_Kp 26.27 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.49 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 69.41 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80.058, 80.058, 399.2901, 408 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 50, 45 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 10000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 18, -1.5 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 15000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -// The number of probes to perform at each point. -// Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result. -// Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results. -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 240 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 240 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -12 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index e0ed161591..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2762 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index b5b8dcb131..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - * - * This bitmap from 128x48 C/C++ data - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00000000,B10011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100100,B00000000,B11001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01101100,B00000000,B01001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11001000,B00000000,B01100100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10011000,B00000000,B00100110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10010000,B00000000,B00110011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00110000,B00000000,B00011011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00011001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000010,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00011001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000, - B00000011,B11100010,B00111110,B00001100,B01100111,B01111101,B10011001,B10000011,B00000011,B01110000,B00000000,B00001001,B10000011,B11000111,B11000111,B10000000, - B00000011,B11100110,B00111111,B00011100,B01100111,B01111101,B10011001,B10000111,B00000110,B01110000,B00000000,B00011100,B11000011,B11100111,B11001110,B11000000, - B00000001,B10000111,B00111011,B10011100,B01100011,B00110001,B10011001,B10000111,B10000110,B01110000,B00000000,B00011100,B11000011,B01110110,B11101100,B11000000, - B00000001,B10001111,B00111001,B10011110,B01110011,B00110001,B10011001,B10000111,B10000110,B01111100,B00000000,B01111100,B11000011,B00110110,B01101100,B11000000, - B00000001,B10001111,B00111001,B10011110,B01111111,B00110001,B10011001,B10000111,B10000110,B01001111,B00000001,B11100000,B11000011,B00110110,B01101100,B11100000, - B00000001,B10001111,B10111011,B00110110,B01111111,B00110001,B10011001,B10000111,B10000111,B00000011,B00000001,B10000001,B11000011,B01100110,B11101100,B11100000, - B00000001,B10011001,B10111111,B00110110,B01111111,B00110001,B10011001,B10001100,B10000111,B11111101,B11111111,B01111111,B11000011,B11100111,B11001100,B11100000, - B00000001,B10011001,B10111110,B00110110,B01101111,B00110001,B10011001,B10001100,B11000110,B00111110,B11111111,B11111001,B11000011,B11000111,B11001100,B11100000, - B00000001,B10011111,B10111011,B00111111,B01100111,B00110001,B10011001,B10001111,B11000100,B00000001,B11111111,B00000000,B01000011,B00000110,B11001100,B11000000, - B00000001,B10011111,B10111011,B00111111,B01100111,B00110001,B10011001,B10001111,B11000000,B11110001,B11111111,B00011110,B00000011,B00000110,B11001100,B11000000, - B00000001,B10011001,B10111011,B10110011,B01100011,B00110001,B11111011,B11001100,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000011,B00000110,B11101111,B11000000, - B00000001,B10011001,B10111011,B11100011,B01100001,B00110000,B11110011,B11111100,B11000001,B11111011,B11111111,B10111111,B00000011,B00000110,B11100111,B10000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10011111,B11111111,B11110011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00111100,B11111110,B01111000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111100,B00111001,B11111111,B00111000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111000,B00110001,B11111111,B00011000,B00111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11110000,B00110011,B11111111,B00011000,B00011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B00110011,B11111111,B10011000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B01110011,B11111111,B00001100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B11100001,B11111111,B00001110,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B11110001,B11111111,B00001110,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B01110001,B11111111,B00011100,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B01110001,B11111111,B00011100,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00110000,B11111110,B00011000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00110000,B11111110,B00011000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00110000,B01111100,B00011000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00110000,B01111100,B00011000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00010000,B01111000,B00010000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B00111000,B00110000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00011000,B00010000,B00110000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00011000,B00000000,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00011000,B00000000,B00110000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00001000,B00000000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2ae9e405c9..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2201 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Tevo Tornado V1)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_BASE_15 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Tornado" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 285 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Tevo Tornado V1 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 20.37 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.50 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 69.26 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 128.82 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 16.91 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 245.36 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 600 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 79.765, 79.765, 399.2901, 400 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 250, 30, 55 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 120, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 10000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -45, -12, -2.77 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 320 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 300 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9337d9e8be..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 37401fdfdc..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2201 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Tevo Tornado V2)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Tornado" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 285 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Tevo Tornado V2 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 20.37 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.50 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 69.26 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 128.82 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 16.91 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 245.36 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 600 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 79.765, 79.765, 399.2901, 400 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 250, 30, 55 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 120, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 10000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -45, -12, -2.77 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 320 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 300 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9337d9e8be..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index ebec255674..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,85 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1500 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 112 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11111110,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11100000,B01111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B01111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011110,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00010000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00010000,B00011111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111110,B00111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11100111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B00000000,B00000011,B11100000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B11111110,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01000000,B00000001,B00000000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11110110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B11111000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011111,B11011111,B11111110,B11111110,B01111000,B00110011,B11111000,B01100111,B11000011,B11111000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111110,B11111000,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11000111,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11011111,B10111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11110011,B11111111,B11001111,B11111110, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B01100001,B11111111,B11100111,B10111111,B10111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11110111,B11111111,B11011111,B11111110, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100001,B11100000,B01100111,B10111111,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110111,B11111111,B11111110,B00001110, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11000001,B11000000,B01100111,B10111111,B00111111,B01111011,B10000001,B11100111,B00000111,B10111000,B00001110, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B10000001,B10000001,B11100111,B11000000,B00111110,B01111011,B11101111,B11100111,B11111111,B10111000,B00011100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000001,B11111111,B11100111,B11100000,B00011110,B01111011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B10000000,B11111111,B11001111,B11111000,B01111110,B01111011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B00000000,B01111111,B10011111,B11111000,B01111110,B01111001,B11111111,B11111011,B11110111,B11101111,B11111000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000000,B00111111,B00011110,B00000000,B00000010,B01111111,B11110001,B00000000,B00000100,B00000011,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h b/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4286c6f8a4..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2196 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Spawn32, The_Borg)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 5 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_THE_BORG -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 18.21 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.42 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 58.34 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 554.16 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 64.07 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1198.25 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 200, 200, 800, 280 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 32, 5, -1.3 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 1 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 213 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 38b0eac834..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 6 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -//#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 78f5b78be6..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2252 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -/** - * Sample configuration file for TinyBoy2 L10/L16 - * - * Compile from Arduino or using make: - * - * ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR=/usr/share/java/Arduino-1.6.13/ \ - * HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD=66 \ - * PATH=/usr/avr/bin/:$PATH make - * - * Please choose your hardware options for the TinyBoy2: - */ - -#define TB2_L10 -//#define TB2_L16 -#define TB2_HEATBED_MOD - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(StefanB, TinyBoy2)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#if ENABLED(TB2_L10) - #define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "TinyBoy2 L10" -#elif ENABLED(TB2_L16) - #define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "TinyBoy2 L16" -#else - #error "Please select TB2_L10 or TB2_L16" -#endif - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#if ENABLED(TB2_HEATBED_MOD) - // K8200 Heatbed 1206/100k/3950K spare part - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 7 -#else - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#endif -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 100 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // TinyBoy2 Extruder - calculated with PID Autotune and tested - // "M303 E0 C8 S200" - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 25.63 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.66 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 61.73 - - // TinyBoy2 Extruder - same, but with fan @ 25% duty - #define DEFAULT_Kp 26.15 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.71 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 63.02 -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. - - // TinyBoy2 heatbed - calculated with PID Autotune and tested - // "M303 E-1 C8 S75" - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 421.80 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 82.51 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 539.06 - - // TinyBoy2 heatbed - same, but with fan @ 25% duty - // "M303 E-1 C8 S75" - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 267.54 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 52.34 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 341.92 - -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -// TB2 has X endstop on max, see also INVERT_X_DIR and X_HOME_DIR -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 6400, 88.16 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 7, 35 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 34, 15, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -// Tinyboy2: 100mm are marketed, actual length between endstop and end of rail is 98mm -#define X_BED_SIZE 98 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 98 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#if ENABLED(TB2_L10) - #define Z_MAX_POS 98 -#else - #define Z_MAX_POS 158 -#endif - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (3*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90 // TB2: ABS default 110, 90 is the maximum temp at 12V supply -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index ca6ebd41fb..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 64 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5f3a4ce823..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2196 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Claus Naeveke, 0.1)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Tronxy X1" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 11 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 260 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Tronxy X1 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 16.20 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.11 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 59.06 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 1600, 90 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 2, 50 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 400, 400, 40, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 150 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 150 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS -10 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 150 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 75b1551113..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2200 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Schullebernd, Tronxy X3A)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI //63 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Tronxy X3A" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 6 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 501 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 130 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 210 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 90 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 4, 50 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 1500, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 15.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 15.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -32, -10, -0.5 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 50 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 6000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Tronxy X3A specific offsets -#define TRONXY_X_BED_OFFSET -17 -#define TRONXY_Y_BED_OFFSET -25 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS TRONXY_X_BED_OFFSET -#define Y_MIN_POS TRONXY_Y_BED_OFFSET -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE - (2 * TRONXY_X_BED_OFFSET) -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE - (TRONXY_Y_BED_OFFSET + 5) -#define Z_MAX_POS 316 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS TRONXY_X_BED_OFFSET // The X3A has a standard X offset (17mm) between the left endstop and bed left bed edge -#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS TRONXY_Y_BED_OFFSET // The X3A has a standard Y offset (25mm) between the y endstop and the front bet edge -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (100*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -//#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 210 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 225 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 85 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 54de647600..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 10 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index ce81d16bd1..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2217 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Anthony Rich, OEM stock config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TRONXY_V3_1_0 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Tronxy X5S-2E" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// Tronxy X5S-2E: -// The OEM stock model uses an E3D Cyclops clone hotend (2 in 1 out, color mixing) for 1.75mm filament. -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -// Tronxy X5S-2E: -// WARNING: Never exceed 260C. The OEM stock model uses low temperature heat breaks with PTFE-lining. -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 260 -// Tronxy X5S-2E: -// The OEM stock model uses a clone MK3a 300 @ 12V with no insulation and can reach a maximum 70C at 25C ambient. -#define BED_MAXTEMP 81 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - //// Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // Tronxy X5S-2E: - // The OEM stock model uses an E3D Cyclops clone hotend (2 in 1 out, color mixing) and a long 12V/40W heater catridge. - // Tested with command(s): "M301 P50 I5 D100" and "M303 C10 E0 S210" - #define DEFAULT_Kp 26.19 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.41 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 71.28 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - // //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - // #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - // #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - // #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // Tronxy X5S-2E: - // The OEM stock model uses a clone MK3a 300 @ 12V with no insulation and can reach a maximum 70C at 25C ambient. - // Tested with commands: "M304 P100 I20 D500" and "M303 C10 E-1 S65" - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 379.43 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 72.37 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 497.33 - -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -// Tronxy X5S-2E: -// The OEM stock model uses HEROIC HR4982MTE982 stepper drivers which are similar to A4988 except that they only have 2 step divider pins instead of three. -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 94 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 100, 1000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 330 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 330 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE P2 - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -#define NUM_SERVOS 2 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300, 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index a0510df92d..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 30 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0f468a7b4d..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2196 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI_TRONXY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Tronxy X5S" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result. - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 600 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 90 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 4, 150 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 1000, 1000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 18.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 18.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -45, -55, -0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 10 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 340 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 315 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6152d48284..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2207 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Rob Griffiths, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "TronXY XY100" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - // #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - // #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - // #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // TronXY XY-100 Standard Extruder at 210 Degree Celsius and 100% Fan - // (measured after M106 S255 with M303 E0 S210 C8) - // #define DEFAULT_Kp 20.32 - // #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.18 - // #define DEFAULT_Kd 87.80 - - // TronXY XY-100 Standard Extruder, from original firmware - #define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0000 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.0000 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 40.0000 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 1600, 90 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 4, 50 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 1000, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 120 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 140 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -10 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 130 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 26b09c64bb..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2196 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ARCHIM1 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 200, 200, 800, 500 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0d8f0a74dd..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1200, 1200, 1200 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index a6baaec3d6..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2196 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ARCHIM2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index b9aa479139..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -//#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h b/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 96abead889..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2205 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_VORON -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "VORON 2.0" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, -18.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // from VORON - #define DEFAULT_Kp 23.72 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.56 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 90.34 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 205 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. - // Results from VORON - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 150.52 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 12.25 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 462.40 -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 608, 608 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 75, 75 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 , 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 15.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 0 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 230 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 230 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 230 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -//#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 200 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 100 // (°C) Defaultbed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 15 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 12 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 112f85030e..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -//#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/VORONDesign/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/VORONDesign/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 84a214b509..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/VORONDesign/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00111111,B11111110,B00111111,B00011111,B11110011,B10000000,B00011100,B00111111,B11110000,B00111111,B11111000,B00000111,B11111110,B00000111,B10000000,B00110000, - B00111111,B11111100,B01111110,B00111111,B11110011,B10000000,B00011100,B01111111,B11111100,B00111111,B11111100,B00001111,B11111111,B10000111,B11000000,B00110000, - B00111111,B11111100,B11111100,B01111111,B11110001,B11000000,B00011100,B11110000,B00011100,B00111000,B00011110,B00011110,B00000011,B10000111,B11100000,B00110000, - B00111111,B11111000,B11111100,B01111111,B11110001,B11000000,B00111000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B00001110,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B11100000,B00110000, - B00111111,B11110001,B11111000,B11111111,B11110001,B11000000,B00111000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B00001110,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B01110000,B00110000, - B00111111,B11110011,B11111001,B11111111,B11110000,B11100000,B00110000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B00001110,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B01111000,B00110000, - B00111111,B11100011,B11110001,B11111111,B11110000,B11100000,B01110000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B00001110,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B00111000,B00110000, - B00111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11111111,B11110000,B01110000,B01110000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B00011110,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B00011100,B00110000, - B00111111,B11001111,B11100111,B11111111,B11110000,B01110000,B11100000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111111,B11111100,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B00011110,B00110000, - B00111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B11110000,B01110000,B11100000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111111,B11110000,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B00001110,B00110000, - B00111111,B11111111,B10001111,B11111111,B11110000,B00111000,B11000000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B11100000,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B00001111,B00110000, - B00111111,B11111111,B10011111,B11001111,B11110000,B00111001,B11000000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B11110000,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B00000111,B00110000, - B00111111,B11111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11110000,B00111001,B11000000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B01111000,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B00000011,B10110000, - B00111111,B11111110,B00111111,B00011111,B11110000,B00011101,B10000000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B00111000,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B00000011,B11110000, - B00111111,B11111110,B01111111,B00111111,B11110000,B00011111,B10000000,B11110000,B00011110,B00111000,B00011100,B00011110,B00000011,B10000111,B00000001,B11110000, - B00111111,B11111100,B01111110,B00111111,B11110000,B00001111,B00000000,B01111110,B11111100,B00111000,B00011110,B00001111,B10011111,B10000111,B00000000,B11110000, - B00111111,B11111000,B11111100,B01111111,B11110000,B00001111,B00000000,B00111111,B11111000,B00111000,B00001110,B00000111,B11111111,B00000111,B00000000,B11110000, - B00111111,B11111001,B11111100,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00111111,B11110001,B11111000,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000011,B11110000,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B11110000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000001,B11110000,B00000011,B00010000, - B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000011,B00111000,B00000001,B10000000,B00000001,B10000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000011,B00011000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000011,B00011000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000010,B00000000,B00000011,B10011000, - B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000011,B00011000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000010,B01110000,B00000010,B11011000, - B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000011,B00011000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B11110000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000010,B01110000,B00000010,B11011000, - B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000011,B00011000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000010,B00010000,B00000010,B01111000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B00000000,B00000011,B00011000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000010,B00010000,B00000010,B00111000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000001,B11110000,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4537da2122..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2194 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -/** - * Sample configuration file for Vellemann K8200 - * tested on K8200 with VM8201 (Display) - * and Arduino 1.6.12 (Mac OS X) by @CONSULitAS, 2016-11-18 - * https://github.com/CONSULitAS/Marlin-K8200/archive/K8200_stable_2016-11-18.zip - * - * Please choose your hardware options for the K8200: - */ - -// VM8201 Display unit -#define K8200_VM8201 -// K8204 Z axis upgrade rod and coupler -> TODO -// #define K8200_K8204 -// K8203 direct drive extruder -> TODO -// #define K8200_K8203 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(K8200, @CONSULitAS)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_K8200 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "K8200" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -#if ENABLED(K8200_VM8201) - #define MACHINE_UUID "2b7dea3b-844e-4ab1-aa96-bb6406607d6e" // K8200 standard config with VM8201 (Display) -#else - #define MACHINE_UUID "92f72de1-c211-452e-9f2b-61ef88a4751e" // K8200 standard config without VM8201 (Display) -#endif - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // Vellemann K8200 Extruder - calculated with PID Autotune and tested - #define DEFAULT_Kp 24.29 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.58 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 93.51 -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. - - // Vellemann K8200 PCB heatbed with standard PCU at 60 degreesC - calculated with PID Autotune and tested - // from pidautotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 341.88 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 25.32 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1153.89 -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 64.25, 64.25, 2560, 600 } -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false // K8200: false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true // K8200: true for geared default extruder! -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR true -#define INVERT_E3_DIR true -#define INVERT_E4_DIR true -#define INVERT_E5_DIR true - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -// K8200: it is usual to have clamps for the glass plate on the heatbed -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50 // K8200: PLA / set back to 70 if you have an upgraded heatbed power supply -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 60 // K8200: ABS / set back to 110 if you have an upgraded heatbed power supply -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -// K8200: for Display VM8201 with SD slot -#if ENABLED(K8200_VM8201) - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE // K8200: for Display VM8201 // this is the most common hardware - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 // K8200_VM8201: four steps per encoder step - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 // K8200_VM8201: One step per menu item - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION // K8200: for Display VM8201 encoder on right side - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER // K8200: for Display VM8201 - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -#endif // K8200_VM8201 - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index b8f87d7066..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2779 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ - - /** - * Sample configuration file for Vellemann K8200 - * tested on K8200 with VM8201 (Display) - * and Arduino 1.6.12 (Mac) by @CONSULitAS, 2016-11-18 - * https://github.com/CONSULitAS/Marlin-K8200/archive/K8200_stable_2016-11-18.zip - * - */ - -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - // K8200 has weak heaters/power supply by default, so you have to relax! - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 8 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - // K8200 has weak heaters/power supply by default, so you have to relax! - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 30 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - // K8200 has weak heaters/power supply by default, so you have to relax! - // the default bed is so weak, that you can hardly go over 75°C - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 500 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 4, 4, 8 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 32 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/README.md b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 42cc1846ed..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -# Example Configuration for Vellemann [K8200](http://www.k8200.eu/) -* Configuration files for **Vellemann K8200** (with [VM8201](http://www.vellemanprojects.eu/products/view/?id=416158) - LCD Option for K8200) -* K8200 is a 3Drag clone - configuration should work with 3Drag http://reprap.org/wiki/3drag, too. Please report. - -* updated manually with parameters from genuine Vellemann Firmware "firmware_k8200_marlinv2" based on the recent development branch - -* VM8201 uses "DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44870 JAPANESE" and "ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER" -* german (de) translation with umlaut is supported now - thanks to @AnHardt for the great hardware based umlaut support - -I [@CONSULitAS](https://github.com/CONSULitAS) tested the changes on my K8200 with 20x4-LCD and Arduino 1.6.12 for Mac (SD library added to IDE manually), 2016-11-18 - everything works well. - -**Source for genuine [Vellemann Firmware](http://www.k8200.eu/support/downloads/)** -* V2.1.1 (for z axis upgrade, date branched: 2013-06-05): [firmware_k8200_v2.1.1.zip](http://www.k8200.eu/downloads/files/downloads/firmware_k8200_v2.1.1.zip) - * see also https://github.com/CONSULitAS/Marlin-K8200/tree/Vellemann_firmware_k8200_v2.1.1.zip - -* V2 (with LCD/SD-Support, date branched: 2013-06-05): [firmware_k8200_marlinv2.zip](http://www.k8200.eu/downloads/files/downloads/firmware_k8200_marlinv2.zip) - * see also https://github.com/CONSULitAS/Marlin-K8200/tree/Vellemann_firmware_k8200_marlinv2.zip - -* V1 (without LCD/SD-Support, date branched: 2012-10-02): [firmware_k8200_marlinv1.zip](http://www.k8200.eu/downloads/files/downloads/firmware_k8200_marlinv1.zip) - * see also https://github.com/CONSULitAS/Marlin-K8200/tree/Vellemann_firmware_k8200_marlinv1.zip diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7a16004c50..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2197 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Anthony Birkett, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_K8400 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 2 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 5 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - #define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 134.74, 134.74, 4266.66, 148.7 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 160, 160, 10, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 6000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 6000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.5 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 20.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 180 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 190 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (8*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 210 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 165 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 245 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 165 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED // Enable for the Velleman RGB LED Add-on. https://www.velleman.eu/products/view/?id=430100 -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - // Pin defines for the RGB LED Add-on. - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 41 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 40 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 12 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 13ad305e88..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 1000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 1 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 2 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 10 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 10 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 26 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 5 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 600 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 100 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6b0ffb7998..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2197 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Anthony Birkett, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_K8400 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 2 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 5 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - #define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 134.74, 134.74, 4266.66, 148.7 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 160, 160, 10, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 6000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 6000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 180 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 190 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (8*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 210 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 165 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 245 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 165 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED // Enable for the Velleman RGB LED Add-on. https://www.velleman.eu/products/view/?id=430100 -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - // Pin defines for the RGB LED Add-on. - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 41 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 40 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 12 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/README.md b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 1ebdd16ef2..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -# Configuration for Velleman K8400 Vertex -http://www.k8400.eu/ - -Configuration files for the K8400, ported upstream from the official Velleman firmware. -Like its predecessor, (K8200), the K8400 is a 3Drag clone. There are some minor differences, documented in pins_K8400.h. - -Single and dual head configurations provided. Copy the correct Configuration.h and Configuration_adv.h to the /src/config directory. - -**NOTE: This configuration includes the community sourced feed rate fix. Use 100% feed rate in Repetier!** - -For implementation and updated K8400 firmware, see https://github.com/birkett/Velleman-K8400-Firmware - -### Original Sources -Credit to Velleman for the original 1.0.x based code:
-http://www.vertex3dprinter.eu/downloads/files/vertex/firmware/vertex-m1-v1.4-h2.zip diff --git a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8e1e3ba1fb..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2215 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Julian + Jason)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT_2 3 -/** Internal onboard port for WASP - - * (Top view) - - * .------------.---------------------. - - * | | Arduino Serial3 | - - * | Stepper | [O] 5V | Front - - * | drivers | [O] GND | panel - - * | & fan | [O] TX | side - - * | | [O] RX | - - * `------------´---------------------´ - - */ - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ULTIMAKER -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "PowerWASP" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 230 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // POWERwasp - #define DEFAULT_Kp 27.56 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 5.34 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 35.56 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -//#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 500 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 85.48,85.48,533.33,104.7 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 150, 150, 15, 20 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 10000, 10000, 50, 500 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 4000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 15.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 15.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.5 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 1.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 1000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 261 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 193 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 191.9 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -//#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (8*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 190 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 20 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index ddc59ae65e..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 180 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "G1 Y190 Z190\nM84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - #define POWER_LOSS_PIN 65 // Pin to detect power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 10 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 5 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/README.md b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 9ae7646d36..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -# Modifications to PowerWASP firmware with a few extras -The later versions of the PowerWASP controller board have power loss detection on pin 65 (low on loss). this has been configured in POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY. Because of this there is no need to save each command line just in case of a power loss to the machine. The board will hold enough power to allow the print to be saved to the SD card. - -The retract position on finishing the print has been set at Z190 X0 Y0 - -There are provisions made here to use ESP3D wireless printer control. - -https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3D - -The original PowerWASP board has available a internal serial port connection with Arduino Serial3. -The connections are as follows: -``` -.------------.---------------------. -| | Serial3 | -| | [O] 5V | Front -| FAN | [O] GND | panel -| | [O] TX | side -| | [O] RX | -`------------´---------------------´ -``` - -With the option of wireless file upload to the SD card, the idea of updating the Firmware -from the SD can also be useful. This option has been selected, but requires a modified boot loader -that can be found here: - -https://github.com/rainerumrobotics/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - -USB and SDCARD Firmware flashing for the ARDUINO ATMEGA 2560 and ADK ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -The bootloader looks for byte in eeprom at address 0x3FF: - - -if it is set to 0xF0 bootloader will look for a bin file on the sdcard named - firmware.bin and use it to flash the firmware then reset the byte to 0xFF so it - does this only once - - -otherwise no action is taken and bootloader works as a arduino bootloader except - some of the debugging functions are missing - -Setup - - ADAFruit micro sdcard 5V ready: - - SDCARD on ATMEGA 2560 or ADK - - pin 50 - DO - - pin 51 - DI - - pin 52 - CLK - - pin 53 - CS - -Generate BIN file for firmware update: - -To generate a bin file you need issue the following command on you apps elf executable: - - avr-objcopy -I elf32-avr -O binary firmware.cpp.elf firmware.bin - -this generates firmware.bin which can be put on the sd for flashing your firmware. You can find the elf -file in you apps build directory. - -Using olimex usb to upload bootloader: - - avrdude -c stk500v2 -p m2560 -P /dev/tty.usbmodemfd131 -B 500 -e -u -U lock:w:0x3F:m -U efuse:w:0xFD:m -U hfuse:w:0xD8:m -U efuse:w:0xFF:m -F - - avrdude -p m2560 -c stk500v2 -P /dev/tty.usbmodemfa131 -F -U flash:w:stk500boot.hex -b 115200 -B1 -U lock:w:0x0F:m - - avrdude -p m168 -c usbtiny -e -u -U lock:w:0x3f:m -U efuse:w:0x00:m -U hfuse:w:0xDD:m -U lfuse:w:0xFF:m - - - avrdude -p m2560 -c stk500v2 -P /dev/tty.usbmodemfd131 -U flash:w:stk500boot_v2_mega2560.hex -U lock:w:0x0F:m -v - avrdude -c stk500v2 -p m2560 -P /dev/tty.usbmodemfd131 -U lock:w:0x3F:m -U efuse:w:0xFD:m -U hfuse:w:0xD8:m -U lfuse:w:0xFF:m -e -v diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9bf46181bb..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Rob Mendon, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ULTIMAIN_2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Duplicator 6" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 20 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // Duplicator 6 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 9.12 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.41 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 50.98 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) -// #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 -// #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 -// #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // Duplicator 6 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 124.55 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 23.46 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 165.29 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80.0395, 80.0395, 400.48, 99.1 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 500 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 1.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 170 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 5 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 -#define LCD_WIDTH 22 -#define LCD_HEIGHT 5 -#define LCD_RESET_PIN 5 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9ed77b96c7..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2768 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds Changed to 90 seconds to help prevent false thermal runaway errors (may have to increase to 120) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds Changed to 90 seconds to help prevent false heater failed errors - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//Motor current PWM conversion, PWM value = MotorCurrentSetting * 255 / range -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE 2782 -#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1200, 1200, 1000 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 70*60, 70*60, 15*60, 6*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 60000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - //#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.00 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6a256a95fb..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2196 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Wanhao i3 Mini)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_WANHAO_ONEPLUS -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "i3 Mini" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 13 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Wanhao Duplicator i3 Mini & rebrands - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 94 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 15, 50 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 3000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 800 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 800 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 125 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 140 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 100 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - #define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "PETG" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 80 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9ea28ae69e..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 2500 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index b647f46339..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 80 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_Y 3 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110111,B00000000,B01111111,B10111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00110111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00010111,B11110111,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011111,B11110111,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11110111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11110111,B11111111,B11110111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111100,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11111011,B11111111,B11110111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111100,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11111011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000, - B00000000,B10001111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111011,B11111111,B11111111,B11011111,B11111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111100,B11111111,B11111011,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11110110,B00000000, - B00000100,B01111111,B11111110,B11111111,B11111011,B11111111,B11111111,B00011111,B11101111,B00000000, - B00000110,B01111111,B11111111,B00100101,B11111011,B11111111,B11111100,B11101111,B11011111,B10000000, - B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B00111110,B01110000,B11111111,B11110000,B11110011,B11011111,B11000000, - B00000011,B11111111,B11111100,B00111111,B10000000,B00001111,B10000000,B01111101,B10111111,B11000000, - B00000001,B11111111,B11111000,B00011111,B11011000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B10111111,B10000000, - B00000001,B11111111,B11100000,B00001111,B11011111,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B00011111,B10000000, - B00000000,B01111111,B11000000,B00001111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000011,B11111110,B00011111,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111111,B10000000,B00001111,B10111111,B10000000,B00000011,B11111000,B00111111,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111111,B00000000,B00001111,B10011111,B11000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00111110,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00011111,B00000000,B11000000,B00001111,B11000000,B01111110,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000011,B10001100,B01110000,B11100000,B11100000,B11001100,B00011100,B00011000,B00000111,B11000000, - B00000011,B10011100,B01110000,B11110000,B11110001,B11001110,B00011100,B00111100,B00001111,B11100000, - B00000011,B10011100,B01110001,B11110000,B11110001,B11001110,B00011100,B00111100,B00011111,B11110000, - B00000011,B10011100,B01110001,B11110000,B11111001,B11001110,B00011100,B01111110,B00111100,B01111000, - B00000011,B10011100,B01110001,B11111000,B11111101,B11001111,B11111100,B01111110,B00111000,B00111000, - B00000001,B10011110,B11100011,B10111000,B11111111,B11001111,B11111100,B01100111,B00111000,B00011000, - B00000001,B11011110,B11100011,B10111000,B11101111,B11001111,B11111100,B11100111,B00111000,B00111000, - B00000001,B11111111,B11000011,B11111100,B11100111,B11001110,B00011100,B11111111,B00111100,B00111000, - B00000000,B11110111,B11000111,B11111100,B11100011,B11001110,B00011100,B11111111,B10011111,B11110000, - B00000000,B11110011,B10000111,B00011110,B11100011,B11001110,B00011101,B11100011,B10001111,B11110000, - B00000000,B01110011,B10000111,B00001110,B11100001,B11001110,B00011101,B11000011,B11000111,B11000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h b/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8ed568a92d..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2196 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index c18b065415..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2382 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Choose your version: - */ -// normal size or plus? -//#define ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_PLUS - -// Anycubic Probe version 1 or 2 see README.md; 0 for no probe -#define ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION 0 - -// Heated Bed: -// 0 ... no heated bed -// 1 ... aluminium heated bed with "BuildTak-like" sticker -// 2 ... ultrabase heated bed -#define ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_ENABLE_BED 0 - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "@brandstaetter, @grbd" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TRIGORILLA_14 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "ANYCUBIC Kossel" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 - -#if ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_ENABLE_BED > 0 - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#else - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#endif - -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // Anycubic Kossel - run 'M106 S255' & 'M303 E0 C10 S200' - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.36 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.63 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.48 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#if ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_ENABLE_BED > 0 - #define PIDTEMPBED -#endif -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - - // Anycubic Kossel - // this is for the aluminium bed with a BuildTak-like sticker on it - // from pid autotune. "M303 E-1 C8 S60" to run autotune on the bed at 60 degreesC for 8 cycles - #if ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_ENABLE_BED == 1 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 374.03 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 72.47 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 482.59 - #elif ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_ENABLE_BED == 2 - // TODO get real PID values for Ultrabase Bed - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 374.03 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 72.47 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 482.59 - #endif - - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 750 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 80 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - #define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - #if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION > 0 - #define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - #endif - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE) // (mm) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - #if ENABLED(ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_PLUS) - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 116.0 // (mm) - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 267 // (mm) - // Horizontal offset from middle of printer to smooth rod center. - #define DELTA_SMOOTH_ROD_OFFSET 186 // (mm) - // Horizontal offset of the universal joints on the end effector. - #define DELTA_EFFECTOR_OFFSET 31 // (mm) - // Horizontal offset of the universal joints on the carriages. - #define DELTA_CARRIAGE_OFFSET 20.6 // (mm) - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS (DELTA_SMOOTH_ROD_OFFSET-(DELTA_EFFECTOR_OFFSET)-(DELTA_CARRIAGE_OFFSET)) // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - #else - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 90.0 // (mm) - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 218.0 // (mm) - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 97.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - #endif - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 320.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION > 0 - #define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#endif -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING (ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION + 0 == 1) // V1 is NO, V2 is NC -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) // 80 -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 96 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 100, 100, 100, 100} - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 3000, 3000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION > 0 - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN -#endif - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION == 0 - #define PROBE_MANUALLY - #define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 1.5 -#endif - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION > 0 - #define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE -#endif - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION == 2 - #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, -16.8 } -#elif ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION == 1 - #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, -19.0 } -#else - #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 } -#endif - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 15 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 6000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 3) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 3 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 30 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -40 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION > 0 - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST -#endif - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION == 0 - #define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -#else -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - #define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING -#endif - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X -40 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 60 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 40 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 60 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 0 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y -70 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.05 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (100*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 0, 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 3 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 260b9a1f45..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2768 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 750 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 650 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 150 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/README.md b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 874d71fae3..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -# Readme - -These configurations activate many of the new advanced features of the Marlin firmware: - - * Auto Calibration - * Auto Bed Leveling - * Pause & Filament Change - -**Important**: Before doing anything else after updating the firmware, go to `Configuration > Advanced Settings > Initialize EEPROM` to get rid of old configurations. - -Then you should execute `Configuration > Delta Calibration > Set Delta Height` and also run `Configuration > Delta Configuration > Probe Z-offset` to verify the Probe offset. - -After that you should connect the Z-Probe and start `Configuration > Delta Calibration > Auto Calibration`. When it's done don't forget to also do `Configuration > Delta Calibration > Store Settings` to make it permanent. - -You should also do a `Motion > Bed Leveling > Level bed` followed by `Store Settings` to ensure a perfect leveling. - -Please do a manual paper test (moving the nozzle slowly down to Z0 and checking with a piece of paper). If it's not perfect, use `Configuration > Advanced Settings > Probe Z Offset` to correct the difference and execute the calibration again. - - -# Select the Configuration - -**Please select the correct values at the start of the Configuration.h file** - -The Kossel comes in 3 versions: - - * Pulley - * Linear - * Linear Plus - -Pulley and Linear use the same configuration, the Linear Plus is bigger and uses slightly different configurations. - -Typically the probes for the Anycubic Delta Kossel printers come in two different versions. - - * Version 1: Z Probe Offset of -19.0mm - - ![Version 1 Probe](images/Version1Probe.jpg) - - * Version 2: Z Probe Offset of -16.8mm - - ![Version 2 Probe](images/Version2Probe.jpg) - -If you select the `ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION 0`: It's very important to follow the correct procedure to set it up after flashing the firmware, otherwise you might damage the printer by ramming the nozzle into the buildplate: - -* `Configuration > Advanced Settings > Initialize EEPROM` -* `Motion > Move Axis > Soft Endstops` : `Off` -* Auto Home and slowly move the nozzle down until it barely touches the bed. (Do a paper-test: A normal sheet of paper should just feel the drag of the nozzle) and note this number. -* Subtract this number from the value in `Configuration > Delta Calibration > Delta Settings > Height`. (If it's negative, add it). -* Save and try the paper test again to verify your height. -* `Configuration > Store Settings` -* Motion > Bed Leveling (using paper test) diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version1Probe.jpg b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version1Probe.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 953373b1ab..0000000000 Binary files a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version1Probe.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version2Probe.jpg b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version2Probe.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index f1f4baf2f2..0000000000 Binary files a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version2Probe.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4bb023181d..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2306 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Team Overlord/TimMoore)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_OVERLORD -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Overlord" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -#define PSU_NAME "OVERLORD" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH true // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - #define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - #define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 201 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 201 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 245 // lower max temp since updated nozzle is a E3D V6 lite clone -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 160 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Overlord with new nozzle with integrated probe, update using M303 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 8.62 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.55 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 33.89 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //Overlord Pro heater into 5.5mm aluminium bed, update using M303 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 253.16 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 24.14 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 663.66 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - #define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - #define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE) // (mm) Overlord 70mm - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 75.0 // (mm) Overlord - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 206.0 // (mm) Overlord - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 186.14 // (mm) Overlord - Update this value using G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { -0.33, 0.0, -0.85 } // Update these values using G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 100.63 // (mm) Overlord - Update this value using G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.69, 0.0, -0.70 } // Update these values using G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - #define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 100 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 32 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2.03 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) - // Extruder steps per unit from calibration -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 67.394} - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 100, 100, 100, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 1000, 3000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN // Overlord with Nozzle upgrade with integrated probe - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0.65 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 5 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST (HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z / 2) - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 10) // Slow 2nd probe down a lot, seems to give better results with the Overlord nozzle probe - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 15 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 15 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -4 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -//#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (100*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7fa5d375a4..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2756 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 3 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - #define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 35 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 35 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 35 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - #define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss (optional) - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 10 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop. - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity. - * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive. - * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive. - * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering. - * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0079deae31..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 80 - -const uint8_t custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000011,B10000011,B00001101,B11111101,B11111000,B11000000,B00011100,B00011111,B10001111,B11000000, - B00011111,B11100011,B00001101,B11111101,B11111110,B11000000,B11111111,B00011111,B11001111,B11110000, - B00011100,B01100011,B00001101,B10000001,B10001110,B11000000,B11100011,B00011001,B11001100,B01110000, - B00011100,B01110011,B00001101,B10000001,B10001110,B11000000,B11100011,B10011000,B11001100,B00111000, - B00011000,B01110001,B10011001,B11111001,B10001110,B11000000,B11000011,B10011001,B11001100,B00011000, - B00011000,B01110001,B10011001,B11111001,B11111100,B11000000,B11000011,B10011111,B11001100,B00011000, - B00011000,B01110001,B11111001,B10000001,B11111000,B11000000,B11000011,B10011111,B10001100,B00111000, - B00011111,B11100000,B11110001,B11111101,B10001100,B11111100,B11111111,B00011001,B11001111,B11110000, - B00001111,B11000000,B11110001,B11111101,B10001100,B11111100,B01111110,B00011001,B11001111,B11100000, - B00000011,B10000000,B01100001,B11111101,B10001110,B11111100,B00011100,B00011000,B11001111,B11000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index c69a173ed1..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2317 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Team Overlord/TimMoore)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_OVERLORD -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Overlord Pro" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -#define PSU_NAME "OVERLORD" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH true // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - #define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - #define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 201 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 201 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 245 // lower max temp since updated nozzle is a E3D V6 lite clone -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 115 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 160 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Overlord Pro with new nozzle with integrated probe, update using M303 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 8.62 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.55 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 33.89 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED != 0 - /* - * For Overlord Pro, the default PSU isn't powerful to run hotend/bed/etc. - * Problem is Hotend heater is 24V 60W, Bed is 24V 160W, Standard Overlord Pro PSU is 24V 220.8W - * Hotend and bed are PWMed to keep their average power less than the max power but they can both be on at the same time. - * If both are on at the same time, then there is no power available for anything else - * and power supply will shutdown if steppers are moving while both hotend and bed are on - * Recommend upgrade PSU - * A Meanwell RSP-500-24 works, a RSP-350-24 should work but has not been tested - */ - #error "Overlord Pro needs larger PSU than stock PSU, comment out this line if you have a larger PSU, otherwise set TEMP_SENSOR_BED to 0" -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //Overlord Pro heater into 5.5mm aluminium bed, update using M303 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 253.16 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 24.14 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 663.66 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - #define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - #define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE) // (mm) Overlord Pro 80mm - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 85.0 // (mm) Overlord Pro - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 206.0 // (mm) Overlord Pro - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 286.14 // (mm) Overlord Pro - Update this value using G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { -0.33, 0.0, -0.85 } // Update these values using G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 100.63 // (mm) Overlord Pro - Update this value using G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.69, 0.0, -0.70 } // Update these values using G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - #define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 100 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 32 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2.03 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) - // Extruder steps per unit from calibration -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 67.394} - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 100, 100, 100, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 1000, 3000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN // Overlord Pro with Nozzle upgrade with integrated probe - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0.65 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 5 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST (HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z / 2) - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 10) // Slow 2nd probe down a lot, seems to give better results with the Overlord nozzle probe - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 15 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 15 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -4 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (100*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7fa5d375a4..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2756 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 3 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - #define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 35 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 35 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 35 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - #define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss (optional) - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 10 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop. - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity. - * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive. - * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive. - * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering. - * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0079deae31..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 80 - -const uint8_t custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000011,B10000011,B00001101,B11111101,B11111000,B11000000,B00011100,B00011111,B10001111,B11000000, - B00011111,B11100011,B00001101,B11111101,B11111110,B11000000,B11111111,B00011111,B11001111,B11110000, - B00011100,B01100011,B00001101,B10000001,B10001110,B11000000,B11100011,B00011001,B11001100,B01110000, - B00011100,B01110011,B00001101,B10000001,B10001110,B11000000,B11100011,B10011000,B11001100,B00111000, - B00011000,B01110001,B10011001,B11111001,B10001110,B11000000,B11000011,B10011001,B11001100,B00011000, - B00011000,B01110001,B10011001,B11111001,B11111100,B11000000,B11000011,B10011111,B11001100,B00011000, - B00011000,B01110001,B11111001,B10000001,B11111000,B11000000,B11000011,B10011111,B10001100,B00111000, - B00011111,B11100000,B11110001,B11111101,B10001100,B11111100,B11111111,B00011001,B11001111,B11110000, - B00001111,B11000000,B11110001,B11111101,B10001100,B11111100,B01111110,B00011001,B11001111,B11100000, - B00000011,B10000000,B01100001,B11111101,B10001110,B11111100,B00011100,B00011000,B11001111,B11000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0fe1da9925..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2310 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(LVD, FLSUN-AC)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_13_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "FLSUN Kossel" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 5 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 1 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 250 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 115 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - //E3D with 30MM fan - #define DEFAULT_Kp 24.77 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.84 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 83.61 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - //D-force - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 22.97 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 3.76 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 29.2 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 300 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 160 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - #define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS 73.5 // (mm) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 85.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 218.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 295.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 101.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 16 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 100 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 200, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 4000, 4000, 4000, 4000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - // Kossel Mini - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH 20 - // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - // Move the nozzle down further to push the probe into retracted position. - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0-(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - // Raise things back up slightly so we don't bump into anything - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0+(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/2 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 23.0+(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0.10 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 20 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 5000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST) / 6 - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 2 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 2 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 15 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 7 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (100*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 5 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 195 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index eb4f8146c3..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2768 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 74bd37da76..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2309 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(LVD, FLSUN-AC)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_13_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "FLSUN Kossel" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 5 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 1 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 250 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 115 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - //E3D with 30MM fan - #define DEFAULT_Kp 24.77 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.84 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 83.61 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - //D-force - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 22.97 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 3.76 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 29.2 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 300 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 160 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - #define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 7 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS 63 // (mm) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 70.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 218.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 317.94 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 110.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 16 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 100 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 200, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 4000, 4000, 4000, 4000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - // Kossel Mini - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH 20 - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - // Move the nozzle down further to push the probe into retracted position. - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0-(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - // Raise things back up slightly so we don't bump into anything - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0+(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/2 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 23.0+(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0.10 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 20 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 5000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST) / 6 - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 2 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 2 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 15 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 7 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (100*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 5 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 195 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index eb4f8146c3..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2768 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5c81e5f1f8..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2309 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Michael Henke, flsun Kossel Mini)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_13_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Mini Kossel" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 5 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 1 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - //E3D with 30MM fan - #define DEFAULT_Kp 24.77 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.84 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 83.61 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - //D-force - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 22.97 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 3.76 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 29.2 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 175 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 300 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 160 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS 73.5 // (mm) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 85.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 218.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 280.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 101.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 16 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 90 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 200, 200 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 4000, 4000, 4000, 4000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 2500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - // Kossel Mini - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH 20 - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - // Move the nozzle down further to push the probe into retracted position. - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0-(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - // Raise things back up slightly so we don't bump into anything - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0+(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/2 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 23.0+(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0.25 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 2000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 50 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 15 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_MIN_POS + X_MAX_POS) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_MIN_POS + Y_MAX_POS) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (45*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 5 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1cfa958cd4..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2768 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1eedcf2e06..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2298 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Phr3d13, Geeetech Rostock 301)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GTM32_PRO_VB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Rostock 301" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 3 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 3 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS 121.5 // (mm) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 90.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 196.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 228.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 92 //124.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT 80.2649 //((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 95 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 500, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 9000, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, -10, -3.5 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (200*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT -#define SDIO_SUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1ee610af6b..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2768 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index bc3f024b39..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2325 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration for Hatchbox Alpha with E3D v6 extruder - * http://hatchbox3d.com/Guides/HATCHBOX%20Alpha%203D%20Printer%20User%20Manual.pdf - */ - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_13 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Hatchbox Alpha" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // E3D-v6 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 18.55 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.71 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 47.69 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - //HatchBox Alpha - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 72.11 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 7.1 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 488.31 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - #define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS 121.5 // (mm) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 151.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 356.5 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 352.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 176.5 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 16 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 95 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 500, 200 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 9000, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST (HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z / 4) - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 4) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X -116 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y -67.5 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 116 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y -67.5 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 0 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 135 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (200*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 210 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 105 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 915c069efb..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2297 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_SBASE -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Deltabot" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - #define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS 121.5 // (mm) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 140.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 250.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 250.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 124.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 426.67 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 32 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 760*1.1 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 500, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 9000, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, -10, -3.5 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false // DELTA does not invert -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -//#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (200*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0727cd9cbd..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2768 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 6 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 110 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/RRD Full Graphic Smart Controller.md b/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/RRD Full Graphic Smart Controller.md deleted file mode 100644 index 265cb541f9..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/RRD Full Graphic Smart Controller.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -### RepRap Discount Full Graphics Smart Controller - -Many MKS products have the EXP1 & EXP2 LCD connectors rotated 180 degrees from the ones on the RepRap LCD controllers. So there are three options for connecting the RepRap Discount Full Graphic Smart Controller: - 1. Slice, file, or grind the key off one end of the cables and plug the cables in backwards. - 2. Carefully pry the plastic housings off the board or controller, rotate them 180 degrees, and press them back onto the board. - 3. Make custom cables with one end's connector rotated 180 degrees. - ---- - -#### 3 DEC 2017 - -The current Marlin 2.0.x firmware can't access some of the pins on the EXP2 connector. A custom cable that gets three of the signals from a different connector is required to use the RepRap Discount Full Graphic Smart Controller. Use that cable to move the following connections: - -From|To ---|-- -`P0.8`|`J8-3` -`P0.7`|`J8-2` -`P0.5`|`J8-4` - -If using pins other than the J8 pins listed above the `spi_pins.h` file will need to be modified. - -An octopus cable like the [Adafruit 1199](https://www.adafruit.com/product/1199) 10-pin IDC Socket Rainbow Breakout Cable can simplify the construction of the custom cable. Just plug the Adafruit 1199 into one of the cables that came with the LCD and the individual pins into J8 and EXP2 as needed. - ---- - -#### 27 APR 2018 - -For a functional `SD_DETECT_PIN`, also move the following pin: - -From|To ---|-- -`P0.27`|`J8-5` - -If a different pin is used, modify the `pins_MKS_SBASE.h` file. diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1c894ce327..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2301 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(HEINRICHS)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT_2 1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "TEVO Little Monster" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 1 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - //E3D with 30MM fan - #define DEFAULT_Kp 41.09 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 7.60 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 55.54 -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 300 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - #define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 7 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS 140 // (mm) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 165.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 397.19 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 522.27 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, -0.12, -0.78 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 157.39 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { -0.18, 0.18, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 376.04 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 25000, 25000, 25000, 5000 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 9000, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 5000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 5000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 20, -1.10 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 20 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 2 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 2 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 15 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 7 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (200*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 195 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 0, 0, (DELTA_HEIGHT - 10) } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 801b19fc91..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2768 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN MOSFET_D_PIN -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 0 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE false // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 34e68585ba..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2297 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Deltabot" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS 121.5 // (mm) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 140.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 250.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 250.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 124.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 760*1.1 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 500, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 9000, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, -10, -3.5 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (200*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1cfa958cd4..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2768 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6f32e89d80..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2299 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Mini Kossel" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 7 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 11 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 5 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS 78.0 // (mm) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 90.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 215.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 250.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 105.2 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 760*1.1 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 500, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 9000, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - // Kossel Mini - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH 20 - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - // Move the nozzle down further to push the probe into retracted position. - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0-(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - // Raise things back up slightly so we don't bump into anything - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0+(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/2 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 23.0+(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, -10, -3.5 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 50 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 15 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (200*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1cfa958cd4..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2768 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8920710d84..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2299 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Example configuration file for OpenBeam Kossel Pro - */ - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BRAINWAVE_PRO -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Kossel Pro" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX 125 // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 50 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Kossel Pro - #define DEFAULT_Kp 19.30 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.51 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 26.56 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //Kossel Pro heated bed plate with borosilicate glass - //from pidautotune (M303 E-1 S60 C8) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 370.25 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 62.77 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 545.98 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 160 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS 110.0 // (mm) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 127.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 301.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 277.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 152.357 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 32 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define XYZ_STEPS ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 32 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 184.8 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 200, 200 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 9000, 9000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - // Kossel Pro - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { -105.00, 0.00, 100.0 } // Move left but not quite so far that we'll bump the belt - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { -110.00, -125.00, 100.0 } // Move outward to position deploy pin to the left of the arm - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { -110.00 * 0.75, -125.00 * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_4 { 45.00, -125.00, 100.0 } // Move right to trigger deploy pin - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_4_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/2 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { 36.00, -125.00, 75.0 } // Line up with bed retaining clip - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { 36.00, -125.00, 0.0 } // move down to retract probe - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/2 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { 0.0, 0.0, 100.0 } // return to 0,0,100 - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -23, -6, -17.25 } // KosselPro actual: -22.919, -6.304, -17.45 -/** - * Kossel Pro note: The correct value is likely -17.45 but I'd rather err on the side of - * not giving someone a head crash. Use something like G29 Z-0.2 to adjust as needed. - */ - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 100 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset - -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -15 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 5 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 7 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (200*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/README.md b/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 37b5ccf07f..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -# Example Configuration for OpenBeam Kossel Pro [BRAINWAVE_PRO](http://www.openbeamusa.com/3d-printers/kossel/) -* Configuration files for the **Openbeam Kossel Pro** as delivered in their KickStarter distribution - -I [@Wackerbarth](https://github.com/Wackerbarth) tested this version on my Kossel Pro and Arduino 1.6.5 for Mac. -This configuration is a transition to merge Terence Tam's configuration with up-to-date Marlin source and a current Arduino IDE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2e11a8c991..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2300 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(oxivanisher)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Kossel k800XL" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH true // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // oXis Kossel k800 XL - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.04 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.65 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 73.67 - - // Kossel k800 XL - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.45 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 85.30 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 15.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .04 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 160 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS 121.5 // (mm) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 140.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 319.5 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 380.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 174.1 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 16 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 158 } // default steps per unit for PowerWasp - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 200, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 9000, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 20.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0.0, 0.0, 0.3 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 20 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 10 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 10 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (60*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 45a07f4667..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2768 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/README.md b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 1cabcdb3fe..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -# Configuration for Kossel k800 XL -This example configuration is for a Kossel XL with a printable bed diameter of 280mm and a height of 380mm. It also has the auto bed leveling probe (with an endstop switch) and the heated bed activated. - -## Configuration -You might need (or want) to edit at least the following settings in `Configuration.h`: -* `MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS` - The available height of your printing space. Auto Bed Leveling makes it less important to have the exact value. -* `DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS` - The printable radius is how far from the center the nozzle can reach. -* `DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT` - Steps-per-millimeter for the delta steppers, and for the extruder [to optimize the amount of filament flow](http://zennmaster.com/makingstuff/reprap-101-calibrating-your-extruder-part-1-e-steps). - -### Fine tuning -* Increase `DELTA_RADIUS` if the model comes out convex (with a bulge in the middle) -* Increase `DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD` if the model comes out larger than expected - -### [http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning](PID Tuning) -* `DEFAULT_Kp` - The proportional term -* `DEFAULT_Ki` - The integral term -* `DEFAULT_Kd` - The derivative term - -### PSU Options -* The power supply is configured to 2 (to use a relay to switch 12V on and off) -* It is configured to be off by default diff --git a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index d5278a6db0..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2223 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - //#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EEF - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB // gMax users please note: This is a Roxy modification. I print on glass and - // I use Marlin to control the bed's temperature. So, if you have a single nozzle - // machine, this will work fine for you. You just set the - // #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 75 to 0 down below so Marlin doesn't mess with the bed - // temp. -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "gMax" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 75 // gMax-1.5+ users please note: This is a Roxy modification to the printer. I want - // to print on glass. And I'm using a 400mm x 400mm silicon heat pad powered through - // a Fortek SSR to do it. If you are using an unaltered gCreate machine, this needs - // to be set to 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 16 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 5 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 12 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 245 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 115 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // gMax J-Head - #define DEFAULT_Kp 15.35 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.85 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 69.45 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 135.44 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 24.60 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 186.40 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 96 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 25, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 800, 800, 700, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 400 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 400 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.5 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.5 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.7 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 4.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -17, -10, -0.25 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 45 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 7500 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 6 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 6 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 10 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 420 // These numbers are not accurate for an unaltered gMax 1.5+ printer. My print bed -#define Y_BED_SIZE 420 // is inset a noticable amount from the edge of the bed. Combined with the inset, - // the nozzle can reach all cordinates of the mesh. - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 500 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.5 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.3 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 45 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X 53 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 323 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 53 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 63 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 348 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 211 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2 - 8) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2 - 4) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (60*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (14*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -//#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 5 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -#define NUM_SERVOS 2 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300, 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index fa0c0e0b23..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 3 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 0 // usually set to 120 seconds -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - #define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 3 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 32 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.5 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 19402c494d..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 112 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B01001101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00100110,B00000000,B00000111,B01100111,B00111001,B11010011,B11100001,B11110011,B11100111,B11000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011001,B00010010,B00000000,B00001111,B11100111,B00111001,B11110111,B11110011,B11111011,B11101111,B11100001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110111,B11001110,B00000000,B00001110,B11100111,B00000001,B11110111,B01110011,B10111001,B11001110,B11100001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100100,B01100110,B00000000,B00001110,B11100111,B00000001,B11000111,B11110011,B10111001,B11001111,B11100001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01001011,B10100110,B00000000,B00001110,B11100111,B00111001,B11000111,B11110000,B11111001,B11001111,B11100001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11001010,B10110100,B00000000,B00001111,B11100111,B00111001,B11000111,B00000011,B11111001,B11001110,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11001101,B10100100,B00000000,B00000110,B11100111,B00111001,B11000111,B01110011,B10111001,B11001110,B11100001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10100110,B01101100,B00000000,B00000000,B11100111,B00111001,B11000111,B01110011,B10111001,B11001110,B11100001, - B10000000,B00000000,B11111111,B00010011,B11011000,B00000000,B00001110,B11100011,B11110001,B11000111,B11110011,B11111001,B11101111,B11100001, - B10000000,B00000001,B00100001,B10001000,B00011000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100001,B11100001,B11000011,B11100001,B10111001,B11100111,B11000001, - B10000000,B00000110,B01100001,B00010110,B00110000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000100,B01000001,B00100011,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000100,B11111110,B01000001,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00001011,B10000110,B10001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B00011111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00011110,B00000001,B10011010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B00011111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00011100,B00000111,B00100010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B10111100,B00111111,B10011111,B10000001,B11111000,B11110001,B11100001, - B10000000,B00001000,B00011111,B11100010,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00111111,B10111111,B10000111,B11111110,B01110001,B11000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00110011,B01100010,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00111100,B00111101,B10110111,B10000111,B10011110,B01111011,B11000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B11000010,B00100010,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00111100,B00111101,B10110111,B10000111,B10011110,B01111011,B11000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B11000010,B00111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00111100,B00111101,B11110111,B10000000,B01111110,B00111011,B10000001, - B10000000,B00000001,B11100110,B00011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00111100,B00111101,B11110111,B10000011,B11111110,B00111111,B10000001, - B10000000,B00000001,B00111100,B00010010,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00111100,B00111101,B11110111,B10000111,B10011110,B00111011,B10000001, - B10000000,B00000001,B00011100,B00100110,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00111101,B11110111,B10000111,B10011110,B01111011,B11000001, - B10000000,B00000001,B01110000,B01100100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B10111100,B00111100,B11100111,B10000111,B10011110,B01111011,B11000001, - B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B01011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111100,B00111100,B11100111,B10000111,B11111110,B01110001,B11000001, - B10000000,B00001101,B10000000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00111100,B00111100,B11100111,B10000011,B11011110,B11110001,B11100001, - B10000000,B00011010,B00000000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00100110,B00000000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B01001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B10110010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000001,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00011100,B00000011,B11000000,B00100000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000011,B00100100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B10010010,B00000010,B00100000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000001, - B00000010,B00100100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10010001,B00000010,B00100011,B00100111,B00111001,B10001100,B11100001, - B00000110,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00010001,B00000011,B11000010,B00100100,B10010010,B01001001,B00000001, - B00000100,B01010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10010001,B00000010,B00000010,B00100100,B10010011,B11001000,B11000001, - B00001101,B10100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B10010010,B00000010,B00000010,B00100100,B10010010,B00001000,B00100001, - B00001000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00011100,B00000010,B00000010,B00100100,B10011001,B11001001,B11000001, - B00011000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B00010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00011000,B00001111,B11100000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000001, - B00110000,B00100000,B00000000,B00110111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00100100,B00001000,B00010000,B00001001,B00000000,B00000001, - B00100000,B00110000,B00000000,B01101101,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00100100,B00001001,B10001000,B00001001,B00000000,B00000001, - B00010000,B00011000,B00011111,B01100000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00100100,B00001001,B01001000,B00001001,B00000000,B00000001, - B00110000,B00001100,B00111001,B11100000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00100100,B00001001,B10010000,B00001001,B00000000,B00000001, - B00110000,B00000111,B10010000,B01110000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00100100,B00001000,B01100000,B00001001,B00000000,B00000001, - B00010000,B00010110,B11110000,B00011000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00100100,B00001000,B00010000,B00001001,B00000000,B00000001, - B00011010,B00010000,B01100000,B00001000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00100100,B00001001,B11001000,B00001001,B00000000,B00000001, - B00001011,B00001001,B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00100100,B00001001,B00100100,B00001001,B00000000,B00000001, - B00001110,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010011,B11100100,B10001001,B11000100,B10001001,B11111001,B00000001, - B00000110,B00011110,B01000000,B00010000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000101,B11001000,B00001001,B11001000,B00001011,B10000001, - B00000110,B00000000,B01000000,B00100000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111000,B10001111,B11110000,B10001111,B11111001,B00000001, - B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h b/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4db20e066e..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2199 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_5DPRINT -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "MakiBox" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 12 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 175 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current -// This limit is set to 175 by default in the Makibox configuration and it can be adjusted -// to increase the heatup rate. However, if changed, be aware of the safety concerns of -// drawing too much current from the power supply. - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 400, 400, 400, 163 } // default steps per unit for ***** MakiBox A6 ***** - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 60, 60, 20, 45 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 30, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 110 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 150 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 86 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY 1500 -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (2*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 411986b0c8..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 4 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.7, 1.7, 1.7, 1.7 } // 5DPRINT - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7c193cff3c..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2191 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_OMCA -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // J-Head Mk V-B - #define DEFAULT_Kp 25.05 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.30 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 68.15 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 71.1, 71.1, 2560, 600 } // David TVRR - -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 79.87, 79.87, 2566, 563.78 } // Al's TVRR -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 81.26, 80.01, 2561, 599.14 } // Michel TVRR old -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 71.1, 71.1, 2560, 739.65 } // Michel TVRR - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 45 } // David TVRR - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -/* MICHEL: This has an impact on the "ripples" in print walls */ - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 1 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 205 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 205 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 120 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 82c6bb2ee7..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 23 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 1 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h b/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index ff3a7c38d2..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2201 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, wt150)" // Who made the changes. - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MIGHTYBOARD_REVE -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Weistek WT150" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "5f0bb7a3-0e14-428c-812b-15ab0d3ecc71" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '331':"(3.3V thermistor 1)", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -2 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - //WT150, based on: M303 E0 S220 C8 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.10 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.10 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 110.78 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 71.699959, 71.699959, 71.699959, 100.470955 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 83.333333, 83.333333, 19.5, 26.666666 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1200, 1200, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1200 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1200 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1200 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 150 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 150 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 143.0 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2a02e84234..0000000000 --- a/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2767 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Uncomment to enable an I2C based DIGIPOT like on the Azteeg X3 Pro -#define DIGIPOT_I2C - -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) // Default to settings in pins_XXXX.h files - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2F // unshifted slave address for DIGIPOT (5E <- 2F << 1) - //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // one DIGIPOT on this board -#endif - -#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 5 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 0.22, 0.22, 0.39, 0.42, 0.42 } // MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/debug_frmwrk.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/debug_frmwrk.c deleted file mode 100644 index 62e9b00016..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/debug_frmwrk.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,306 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ debug_frmwrk.c 2010-05-21 -* -* @file debug_frmwrk.c -* @brief Contains some utilities that used for debugging through UART -* @version 2.0 -* @date 21. May. 2010 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2010, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -#include "debug_frmwrk.h" -#include "lpc17xx_pinsel.h" - -/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration - * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included, - * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead - */ -#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ - #include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h" -#else - #include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h" -#endif - -#ifdef _DBGFWK - -/* Debug framework */ -static Bool debug_frmwrk_initialized = FALSE; - -void (*_db_msg)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, const void *s) = UARTPuts; -void (*_db_msg_)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, const void *s) = UARTPuts_; -void (*_db_char)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t ch) = UARTPutChar; -void (*_db_dec)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t decn) = UARTPutHex; -void (*_db_dec_16)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint16_t decn) = UARTPutHex16; -void (*_db_dec_32)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint32_t decn) = UARTPutHex32; -void (*_db_hex)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t hexn) = UARTPutDec; -void (*_db_hex_16)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint16_t hexn) = UARTPutDec16; -void (*_db_hex_32)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint32_t hexn) = UARTPutDec32; -uint8_t (*_db_get_char)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx) = UARTGetChar; - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Puts a character to UART port - * @param[in] UARTx Pointer to UART peripheral - * @param[in] ch Character to put - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void UARTPutChar(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t ch) { - if (debug_frmwrk_initialized) - UART_Send(UARTx, &ch, 1, BLOCKING); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get a character to UART port - * @param[in] UARTx Pointer to UART peripheral - * @return character value that returned - **********************************************************************/ -uint8_t UARTGetChar(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx) { - uint8_t tmp = 0; - - if (debug_frmwrk_initialized) - UART_Receive(UARTx, &tmp, 1, BLOCKING); - - return(tmp); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Puts a string to UART port - * @param[in] UARTx Pointer to UART peripheral - * @param[in] str string to put - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void UARTPuts(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, const void *str) { - if (!debug_frmwrk_initialized) return; - - uint8_t *s = (uint8_t*)str; - while (*s) UARTPutChar(UARTx, *s++); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Puts a string to UART port and print new line - * @param[in] UARTx Pointer to UART peripheral - * @param[in] str String to put - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void UARTPuts_(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, const void *str) { - if (!debug_frmwrk_initialized) return; - - UARTPuts (UARTx, str); - UARTPuts (UARTx, "\n\r"); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Puts a decimal number to UART port - * @param[in] UARTx Pointer to UART peripheral - * @param[in] decnum Decimal number (8-bit long) - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void UARTPutDec(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t decnum) { - if (!debug_frmwrk_initialized) return; - - uint8_t c1 = decnum%10; - uint8_t c2 = (decnum / 10) % 10; - uint8_t c3 = (decnum / 100) % 10; - UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c3); - UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c2); - UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c1); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Puts a decimal number to UART port - * @param[in] UARTx Pointer to UART peripheral - * @param[in] decnum Decimal number (8-bit long) - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void UARTPutDec16(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint16_t decnum) { - if (!debug_frmwrk_initialized) return; - - uint8_t c1 = decnum%10; - uint8_t c2 = (decnum / 10) % 10; - uint8_t c3 = (decnum / 100) % 10; - uint8_t c4 = (decnum / 1000) % 10; - uint8_t c5 = (decnum / 10000) % 10; - UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c5); - UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c4); - UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c3); - UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c2); - UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c1); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Puts a decimal number to UART port - * @param[in] UARTx Pointer to UART peripheral - * @param[in] decnum Decimal number (8-bit long) - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void UARTPutDec32(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint32_t decnum) { - if (!debug_frmwrk_initialized) return; - - const uint8_t c1 = decnum % 10, - c2 = (decnum / 10) % 10, - c3 = (decnum / 100) % 10, - c4 = (decnum / 1000) % 10, - c5 = (decnum / 10000) % 10, - c6 = (decnum / 100000) % 10, - c7 = (decnum / 1000000) % 10, - c8 = (decnum / 10000000) % 10, - c9 = (decnum / 100000000) % 10, - c10 = (decnum / 1000000000) % 10; - UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0' + c10); - UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0' + c9); - UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0' + c8); - UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0' + c7); - UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0' + c6); - UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0' + c5); - UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0' + c4); - UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0' + c3); - UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0' + c2); - UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0' + c1); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Puts a hex number to UART port - * @param[in] UARTx Pointer to UART peripheral - * @param[in] hexnum Hex number (8-bit long) - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void UARTPutHex(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t hexnum) { - if (!debug_frmwrk_initialized) return; - - UARTPuts(UARTx, "0x"); - uint8_t nibble, i = 1; - do { - nibble = (hexnum >> (4 * i)) & 0x0F; - UARTPutChar(UARTx, (nibble > 9) ? ('A' + nibble - 10) : ('0' + nibble)); - } while (i--); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Puts a hex number to UART port - * @param[in] UARTx Pointer to UART peripheral - * @param[in] hexnum Hex number (16-bit long) - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void UARTPutHex16(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint16_t hexnum) { - if (!debug_frmwrk_initialized) return; - - UARTPuts(UARTx, "0x"); - uint8_t nibble, i = 3; - do { - nibble = (hexnum >> (4 * i)) & 0x0F; - UARTPutChar(UARTx, (nibble > 9) ? ('A' + nibble - 10) : ('0' + nibble)); - } while (i--); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Puts a hex number to UART port - * @param[in] UARTx Pointer to UART peripheral - * @param[in] hexnum Hex number (32-bit long) - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void UARTPutHex32(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint32_t hexnum) { - if (!debug_frmwrk_initialized) return; - - UARTPuts(UARTx, "0x"); - uint8_t nibble, i = 7; - do { - nibble = (hexnum >> (4 * i)) & 0x0F; - UARTPutChar(UARTx, (nibble > 9) ? ('A' + nibble - 10) : ('0' + nibble)); - } while (i--); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief print function that supports format as same as printf() - * function of library - * @param[in] None - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -//void _printf (const char *format, ...) { -// static char buffer[512 + 1]; -// va_list vArgs; -// char *tmp; -// va_start(vArgs, format); -// vsprintf((char *)buffer, (char const *)format, vArgs); -// va_end(vArgs); -// -// _DBG(buffer); -//} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Initialize Debug frame work through initializing UART port - * @param[in] None - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void debug_frmwrk_init(void) { - UART_CFG_Type UARTConfigStruct; - PINSEL_CFG_Type PinCfg; - - #if (USED_UART_DEBUG_PORT==0) - /* - * Initialize UART0 pin connect - */ - PinCfg.Funcnum = 1; - PinCfg.OpenDrain = 0; - PinCfg.Pinmode = 0; - PinCfg.Pinnum = 2; - PinCfg.Portnum = 0; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); - PinCfg.Pinnum = 3; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); - - #elif (USED_UART_DEBUG_PORT==1) - /* - * Initialize UART1 pin connect - */ - PinCfg.Funcnum = 1; - PinCfg.OpenDrain = 0; - PinCfg.Pinmode = 0; - PinCfg.Pinnum = 15; - PinCfg.Portnum = 0; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); - PinCfg.Pinnum = 16; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); - #endif - - /* Initialize UART Configuration parameter structure to default state: - * Baudrate = 9600bps - * 8 data bit - * 1 Stop bit - * None parity - */ - UART_ConfigStructInit(&UARTConfigStruct); - - // Re-configure baudrate to 115200bps - UARTConfigStruct.Baud_rate = 115200; - - // Initialize DEBUG_UART_PORT peripheral with given to corresponding parameter - UART_Init((LPC_UART_TypeDef *)DEBUG_UART_PORT, &UARTConfigStruct); - - // Enable UART Transmit - UART_TxCmd((LPC_UART_TypeDef *)DEBUG_UART_PORT, ENABLE); - - debug_frmwrk_initialized = TRUE; -} - -#endif // _DBGFWK diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_adc.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_adc.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2b6574c39a..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_adc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,358 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_adc.c 2010-06-18 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_adc.c -* @brief Contains all functions support for ADC firmware library on LPC17xx -* @version 3.1 -* @date 26. July. 2011 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2011, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup ADC - * @{ - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "lpc17xx_adc.h" -#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h" - -/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration - * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included, - * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead - */ -#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h" -#else -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h" -#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */ - - -#ifdef _ADC - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup ADC_Public_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Initial for ADC - * + Set bit PCADC - * + Set clock for ADC - * + Set Clock Frequency - * @param[in] ADCx pointer to LPC_ADC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_ADC - * @param[in] rate ADC conversion rate, should be <=200KHz - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void ADC_Init(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint32_t rate) -{ - uint32_t ADCPClk, temp, tmp; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADCx(ADCx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADC_RATE(rate)); - - // Turn on power and clock - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCAD, ENABLE); - - ADCx->ADCR = 0; - - //Enable PDN bit - tmp = ADC_CR_PDN; - // Set clock frequency - ADCPClk = CLKPWR_GetPCLK(CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_ADC); - /* The APB clock (PCLK_ADC0) is divided by (CLKDIV+1) to produce the clock for - * A/D converter, which should be less than or equal to 13MHz. - * A fully conversion requires 65 of these clocks. - * ADC clock = PCLK_ADC0 / (CLKDIV + 1); - * ADC rate = ADC clock / 65; - */ - temp = rate * 65; - temp = (ADCPClk * 2 + temp)/(2 * temp) - 1; //get the round value by fomular: (2*A + B)/(2*B) - tmp |= ADC_CR_CLKDIV(temp); - - ADCx->ADCR = tmp; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** -* @brief Close ADC -* @param[in] ADCx pointer to LPC_ADC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_ADC -* @return None -**********************************************************************/ -void ADC_DeInit(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADCx(ADCx)); - if (ADCx->ADCR & ADC_CR_START_MASK) //need to stop START bits before DeInit - ADCx->ADCR &= ~ADC_CR_START_MASK; - // Clear SEL bits - ADCx->ADCR &= ~0xFF; - // Clear PDN bit - ADCx->ADCR &= ~ADC_CR_PDN; - // Turn on power and clock - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCAD, DISABLE); -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** -* @brief Get Result conversion from A/D data register -* @param[in] channel number which want to read back the result -* @return Result of conversion -*********************************************************************/ -uint32_t ADC_GetData(uint32_t channel) -{ - uint32_t adc_value; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADC_CHANNEL_SELECTION(channel)); - - adc_value = *(uint32_t *)((&LPC_ADC->ADDR0) + channel); - return ADC_GDR_RESULT(adc_value); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** -* @brief Set start mode for ADC -* @param[in] ADCx pointer to LPC_ADC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_ADC -* @param[in] start_mode Start mode choose one of modes in -* 'ADC_START_OPT' enumeration type definition, should be: -* - ADC_START_CONTINUOUS -* - ADC_START_NOW -* - ADC_START_ON_EINT0 -* - ADC_START_ON_CAP01 -* - ADC_START_ON_MAT01 -* - ADC_START_ON_MAT03 -* - ADC_START_ON_MAT10 -* - ADC_START_ON_MAT11 -* @return None -*********************************************************************/ -void ADC_StartCmd(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint8_t start_mode) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADCx(ADCx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADC_START_OPT(start_mode)); - - ADCx->ADCR &= ~ADC_CR_START_MASK; - ADCx->ADCR |=ADC_CR_START_MODE_SEL((uint32_t)start_mode); -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** -* @brief ADC Burst mode setting -* @param[in] ADCx pointer to LPC_ADC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_ADC -* @param[in] NewState -* - 1: Set Burst mode -* - 0: reset Burst mode -* @return None -**********************************************************************/ -void ADC_BurstCmd(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADCx(ADCx)); - - ADCx->ADCR &= ~ADC_CR_BURST; - if (NewState){ - ADCx->ADCR |= ADC_CR_BURST; - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** -* @brief Set AD conversion in power mode -* @param[in] ADCx pointer to LPC_ADC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_ADC -* @param[in] NewState -* - 1: AD converter is optional -* - 0: AD Converter is in power down mode -* @return None -**********************************************************************/ -void ADC_PowerdownCmd(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADCx(ADCx)); - - ADCx->ADCR &= ~ADC_CR_PDN; - if (NewState){ - ADCx->ADCR |= ADC_CR_PDN; - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** -* @brief Set Edge start configuration -* @param[in] ADCx pointer to LPC_ADC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_ADC -* @param[in] EdgeOption is ADC_START_ON_RISING and ADC_START_ON_FALLING -* 0:ADC_START_ON_RISING -* 1:ADC_START_ON_FALLING -* @return None -**********************************************************************/ -void ADC_EdgeStartConfig(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint8_t EdgeOption) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADCx(ADCx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADC_START_ON_EDGE_OPT(EdgeOption)); - - ADCx->ADCR &= ~ADC_CR_EDGE; - if (EdgeOption){ - ADCx->ADCR |= ADC_CR_EDGE; - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** -* @brief ADC interrupt configuration -* @param[in] ADCx pointer to LPC_ADC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_ADC -* @param[in] IntType: type of interrupt, should be: -* - ADC_ADINTEN0: Interrupt channel 0 -* - ADC_ADINTEN1: Interrupt channel 1 -* ... -* - ADC_ADINTEN7: Interrupt channel 7 -* - ADC_ADGINTEN: Individual channel/global flag done generate an interrupt -* @param[in] NewState: -* - SET : enable ADC interrupt -* - RESET: disable ADC interrupt -* @return None -**********************************************************************/ -void ADC_IntConfig (LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, ADC_TYPE_INT_OPT IntType, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADCx(ADCx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADC_TYPE_INT_OPT(IntType)); - - ADCx->ADINTEN &= ~ADC_INTEN_CH(IntType); - if (NewState){ - ADCx->ADINTEN |= ADC_INTEN_CH(IntType); - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** -* @brief Enable/Disable ADC channel number -* @param[in] ADCx pointer to LPC_ADC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_ADC -* @param[in] Channel channel number -* @param[in] NewState Enable or Disable -* -* @return None -**********************************************************************/ -void ADC_ChannelCmd (LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint8_t Channel, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADCx(ADCx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADC_CHANNEL_SELECTION(Channel)); - - if (NewState == ENABLE) { - ADCx->ADCR |= ADC_CR_CH_SEL(Channel); - } else { - if (ADCx->ADCR & ADC_CR_START_MASK) //need to stop START bits before disable channel - ADCx->ADCR &= ~ADC_CR_START_MASK; - ADCx->ADCR &= ~ADC_CR_CH_SEL(Channel); - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** -* @brief Get ADC result -* @param[in] ADCx pointer to LPC_ADC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_ADC -* @param[in] channel: channel number, should be 0...7 -* @return Data conversion -**********************************************************************/ -uint16_t ADC_ChannelGetData(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint8_t channel) -{ - uint32_t adc_value; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADCx(ADCx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADC_CHANNEL_SELECTION(channel)); - - adc_value = *(uint32_t *) ((&ADCx->ADDR0) + channel); - return ADC_DR_RESULT(adc_value); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** -* @brief Get ADC Chanel status from ADC data register -* @param[in] ADCx pointer to LPC_ADC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_ADC -* @param[in] channel: channel number, should be 0..7 -* @param[in] StatusType -* 0:Burst status -* 1:Done status -* @return SET / RESET -**********************************************************************/ -FlagStatus ADC_ChannelGetStatus(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint8_t channel, uint32_t StatusType) -{ - uint32_t temp; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADCx(ADCx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADC_CHANNEL_SELECTION(channel)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADC_DATA_STATUS(StatusType)); - - temp = *(uint32_t *) ((&ADCx->ADDR0) + channel); - if (StatusType) { - temp &= ADC_DR_DONE_FLAG; - }else{ - temp &= ADC_DR_OVERRUN_FLAG; - } - if (temp) { - return SET; - } else { - return RESET; - } - -} - -/*********************************************************************//** -* @brief Get ADC Data from AD Global register -* @param[in] ADCx pointer to LPC_ADC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_ADC -* @return Result of conversion -**********************************************************************/ -uint32_t ADC_GlobalGetData(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADCx(ADCx)); - - return ((uint32_t)(ADCx->ADGDR)); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** -* @brief Get ADC Chanel status from AD global data register -* @param[in] ADCx pointer to LPC_ADC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_ADC -* @param[in] StatusType -* 0:Burst status -* 1:Done status -* @return SET / RESET -**********************************************************************/ -FlagStatus ADC_GlobalGetStatus(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint32_t StatusType) -{ - uint32_t temp; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADCx(ADCx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADC_DATA_STATUS(StatusType)); - - temp = ADCx->ADGDR; - if (StatusType){ - temp &= ADC_DR_DONE_FLAG; - }else{ - temp &= ADC_DR_OVERRUN_FLAG; - } - if (temp){ - return SET; - }else{ - return RESET; - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* _ADC */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ - diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_can.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_can.c deleted file mode 100644 index be8b767cfd..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_can.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1936 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_can.c 2011-03-09 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_can.c -* @brief Contains all functions support for CAN firmware library on LPC17xx -* @version 3.3 -* @date 09. March. 2011 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2011, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup CAN - * @{ - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "lpc17xx_can.h" -#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h" - -/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration - * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included, - * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead - */ -#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h" -#else -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h" -#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */ - - -#ifdef _CAN - -/* Private Variables ---------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup CAN_Private_Variables CAN Private Variables - * @{ - */ - -FunctionalState FULLCAN_ENABLE; - - -/* Counts number of filters (CAN message objects) used */ -uint16_t CANAF_FullCAN_cnt = 0; -uint16_t CANAF_std_cnt = 0; -uint16_t CANAF_gstd_cnt = 0; -uint16_t CANAF_ext_cnt = 0; -uint16_t CANAF_gext_cnt = 0; - -/* End of Private Variables ----------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private Variables ---------------------------------------------------------- */ -static void can_SetBaudrate (LPC_CAN_TypeDef *CANx, uint32_t baudrate); - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Setting CAN baud rate (bps) - * @param[in] CANx point to LPC_CAN_TypeDef object, should be: - * - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral - * - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral - * @param[in] baudrate: is the baud rate value will be set - * @return None - ***********************************************************************/ -static void can_SetBaudrate (LPC_CAN_TypeDef *CANx, uint32_t baudrate) -{ - uint32_t result = 0; - uint8_t NT, TSEG1, TSEG2, BRFail; - uint32_t CANPclk = 0; - uint32_t BRP; - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx)); - - if (CANx == LPC_CAN1) - { - CANPclk = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CAN1); - } - else - { - CANPclk = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CAN2); - } - result = CANPclk / baudrate; - /* Calculate suitable nominal time value - * NT (nominal time) = (TSEG1 + TSEG2 + 3) - * NT <= 24 - * TSEG1 >= 2*TSEG2 - */ - BRFail = 1; - for(NT=24;NT>0;NT=NT-2) - { - if ((result%NT)==0) - { - BRP = result / NT - 1; - NT--; - TSEG2 = (NT/3) - 1; - TSEG1 = NT -(NT/3) - 1; - BRFail = 0; - break; - } - } - if(BRFail) - while(1); // Failed to calculate exact CAN baud rate - /* Enter reset mode */ - CANx->MOD = 0x01; - /* Set bit timing - * Default: SAM = 0x00; - * SJW = 0x03; - */ - CANx->BTR = (TSEG2<<20)|(TSEG1<<16)|(3<<14)|BRP; - /* Return to normal operating */ - CANx->MOD = 0; -} -/* End of Private Functions ----------------------------------------------------*/ - - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup CAN_Public_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Initialize CAN peripheral with given baudrate - * @param[in] CANx pointer to LPC_CAN_TypeDef, should be: - * - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral - * - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral - * @param[in] baudrate: the value of CAN baudrate will be set (bps) - * @return None - *********************************************************************/ -void CAN_Init(LPC_CAN_TypeDef *CANx, uint32_t baudrate) -{ - uint16_t i; - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx)); - - if(CANx == LPC_CAN1) - { - /* Turn on power and clock for CAN1 */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR(CLKPWR_PCONP_PCAN1, ENABLE); - /* Set clock divide for CAN1 */ - } - else - { - /* Turn on power and clock for CAN1 */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR(CLKPWR_PCONP_PCAN2, ENABLE); - /* Set clock divide for CAN2 */ - } - CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CAN1, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_2); - CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CAN2, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_2); - CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_ACF, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_2); - - CANx->MOD = 1; // Enter Reset Mode - CANx->IER = 0; // Disable All CAN Interrupts - CANx->GSR = 0; - /* Request command to release Rx, Tx buffer and clear data overrun */ - //CANx->CMR = CAN_CMR_AT | CAN_CMR_RRB | CAN_CMR_CDO; - CANx->CMR = (1<<1)|(1<<2)|(1<<3); - /* Read to clear interrupt pending in interrupt capture register */ - i = CANx->ICR; - CANx->MOD = 0;// Return Normal operating - - //Reset CANAF value - LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x01; - - //clear ALUT RAM - for (i = 0; i < 512; i++) { - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[i] = 0x00; - } - - LPC_CANAF->SFF_sa = 0x00; - LPC_CANAF->SFF_GRP_sa = 0x00; - LPC_CANAF->EFF_sa = 0x00; - LPC_CANAF->EFF_GRP_sa = 0x00; - LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable = 0x00; - - LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x00; - /* Set baudrate */ - can_SetBaudrate (CANx, baudrate); -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief CAN deInit - * @param[in] CANx pointer to LPC_CAN_TypeDef, should be: - * - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral - * - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral - * @return None - *********************************************************************/ -void CAN_DeInit(LPC_CAN_TypeDef *CANx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx)); - - if(CANx == LPC_CAN1) - { - /* Turn on power and clock for CAN1 */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR(CLKPWR_PCONP_PCAN1, DISABLE); - } - else - { - /* Turn on power and clock for CAN1 */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR(CLKPWR_PCONP_PCAN2, DISABLE); - } -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Setup Acceptance Filter Look-Up Table - * @param[in] CANAFx pointer to LPC_CANAF_TypeDef - * Should be: LPC_CANAF - * @param[in] AFSection the pointer to AF_SectionDef structure - * It contain information about 5 sections will be install in AFLUT - * @return CAN Error could be: - * - CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR: No more rx or tx objects available - * - CAN_AF_ENTRY_ERROR: table error-violation of ascending numerical order - * - CAN_OK: ID is added into table successfully - *********************************************************************/ -CAN_ERROR CAN_SetupAFLUT(LPC_CANAF_TypeDef* CANAFx, AF_SectionDef* AFSection) -{ - uint8_t ctrl1,ctrl2; - uint8_t dis1, dis2; - uint16_t SID, ID_temp,i, count = 0; - uint32_t EID, entry, buf; - uint16_t lowerSID, upperSID; - uint32_t lowerEID, upperEID; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANAFx(CANAFx)); - CANAFx->AFMR = 0x01; - -/***** setup FullCAN Table *****/ - if(AFSection->FullCAN_Sec == NULL) - { - FULLCAN_ENABLE = DISABLE; - } - else - { - FULLCAN_ENABLE = ENABLE; - for(i=0;i<(AFSection->FC_NumEntry);i++) - { - if(count + 1 > 64) - { - return CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR; - } - ctrl1 = AFSection->FullCAN_Sec->controller; - SID = AFSection->FullCAN_Sec->id_11; - dis1 = AFSection->FullCAN_Sec->disable; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CTRL(ctrl1)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ID_11(SID)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_MSG_DISABLE(dis1)); - entry = 0x00; //reset entry value - if((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt & 0x00000001)==0) - { - if(count!=0x00) - { - buf = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count-1]; - ID_temp = (buf & 0xE7FF); //mask controller & identifier bits - if(ID_temp > ((ctrl1<<13)|SID)) - { - return CAN_AF_ENTRY_ERROR; - } - } - entry = (ctrl1<<29)|(dis1<<28)|(SID<<16)|(1<<27); - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count] &= 0x0000FFFF; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count] |= entry; - CANAF_FullCAN_cnt++; - if(CANAF_FullCAN_cnt == AFSection->FC_NumEntry) //this is the lastest FullCAN entry - count++; - } - else - { - buf = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count]; - ID_temp = (buf >>16) & 0xE7FF; - if(ID_temp > ((ctrl1<<13)|SID)) - { - return CAN_AF_ENTRY_ERROR; - } - entry = (ctrl1<<13)|(dis1<<12)|(SID<<0)|(1<<11); - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count] &= 0xFFFF0000; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count]|= entry; - count++; - CANAF_FullCAN_cnt++; - } - AFSection->FullCAN_Sec = (FullCAN_Entry *)((uint32_t)(AFSection->FullCAN_Sec)+ sizeof(FullCAN_Entry)); - } - } - -/***** Setup Explicit Standard Frame Format Section *****/ - if(AFSection->SFF_Sec != NULL) - { - for(i=0;i<(AFSection->SFF_NumEntry);i++) - { - if(count + 1 > 512) - { - return CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR; - } - ctrl1 = AFSection->SFF_Sec->controller; - SID = AFSection->SFF_Sec->id_11; - dis1 = AFSection->SFF_Sec->disable; - - //check parameter - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CTRL(ctrl1)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ID_11(SID)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_MSG_DISABLE(dis1)); - - entry = 0x00; //reset entry value - if((CANAF_std_cnt & 0x00000001)==0) - { - if(CANAF_std_cnt !=0 ) - { - buf = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count-1]; - ID_temp = (buf & 0xE7FF); //mask controller & identifier bits - if(ID_temp > ((ctrl1<<13)|SID)) - { - return CAN_AF_ENTRY_ERROR; - } - } - entry = (ctrl1<<29)|(dis1<<28)|(SID<<16); - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count] &= 0x0000FFFF; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count] |= entry; - CANAF_std_cnt++; - if(CANAF_std_cnt == AFSection->SFF_NumEntry)//if this is the last SFF entry - count++; - } - else - { - buf = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count]; - ID_temp = (buf >>16) & 0xE7FF; - if(ID_temp > ((ctrl1<<13)|SID)) - { - return CAN_AF_ENTRY_ERROR; - } - entry = (ctrl1<<13)|(dis1<<12)|(SID<<0); - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count] &= 0xFFFF0000; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count] |= entry; - count++; - CANAF_std_cnt++; - } - AFSection->SFF_Sec = (SFF_Entry *)((uint32_t)(AFSection->SFF_Sec)+ sizeof(SFF_Entry)); - } - } - -/***** Setup Group of Standard Frame Format Identifier Section *****/ - if(AFSection->SFF_GPR_Sec != NULL) - { - for(i=0;i<(AFSection->SFF_GPR_NumEntry);i++) - { - if(count + 1 > 512) - { - return CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR; - } - ctrl1 = AFSection->SFF_GPR_Sec->controller1; - ctrl2 = AFSection->SFF_GPR_Sec->controller2; - dis1 = AFSection->SFF_GPR_Sec->disable1; - dis2 = AFSection->SFF_GPR_Sec->disable2; - lowerSID = AFSection->SFF_GPR_Sec->lowerID; - upperSID = AFSection->SFF_GPR_Sec->upperID; - - /* check parameter */ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CTRL(ctrl1)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CTRL(ctrl2)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_MSG_DISABLE(dis1)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_MSG_DISABLE(dis2)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ID_11(lowerSID)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ID_11(upperSID)); - - entry = 0x00; - if(CANAF_gstd_cnt!=0) - { - buf = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count-1]; - ID_temp = buf & 0xE7FF; - if((ctrl1 != ctrl2)||(lowerSID > upperSID)||(ID_temp > ((ctrl1<<13)|lowerSID))) - { - return CAN_AF_ENTRY_ERROR; - } - } - entry = (ctrl1 << 29)|(dis1 << 28)|(lowerSID << 16)| \ - (ctrl2 << 13)|(dis2 << 12)|(upperSID << 0); - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count] = entry; - CANAF_gstd_cnt++; - count++; - AFSection->SFF_GPR_Sec = (SFF_GPR_Entry *)((uint32_t)(AFSection->SFF_GPR_Sec)+ sizeof(SFF_GPR_Entry)); - } - } - -/***** Setup Explicit Extend Frame Format Identifier Section *****/ - if(AFSection->EFF_Sec != NULL) - { - for(i=0;i<(AFSection->EFF_NumEntry);i++) - { - if(count + 1 > 512) - { - return CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR; - } - EID = AFSection->EFF_Sec->ID_29; - ctrl1 = AFSection->EFF_Sec->controller; - - // check parameter - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ID_29(EID)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CTRL(ctrl1)); - - entry = (ctrl1 << 29)|(EID << 0); - if(CANAF_ext_cnt != 0) - { - buf = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count-1]; -// EID_temp = buf & 0x0FFFFFFF; - if(buf > entry) - { - return CAN_AF_ENTRY_ERROR; - } - } - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count] = entry; - CANAF_ext_cnt ++; - count++; - AFSection->EFF_Sec = (EFF_Entry *)((uint32_t)(AFSection->EFF_Sec)+ sizeof(EFF_Entry)); - } - } - -/***** Setup Group of Extended Frame Format Identifier Section *****/ - if(AFSection->EFF_GPR_Sec != NULL) - { - for(i=0;i<(AFSection->EFF_GPR_NumEntry);i++) - { - if(count + 2 > 512) - { - return CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR; - } - ctrl1 = AFSection->EFF_GPR_Sec->controller1; - ctrl2 = AFSection->EFF_GPR_Sec->controller2; - lowerEID = AFSection->EFF_GPR_Sec->lowerEID; - upperEID = AFSection->EFF_GPR_Sec->upperEID; - - //check parameter - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CTRL(ctrl1)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CTRL(ctrl2)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ID_29(lowerEID)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ID_29(upperEID)); - - entry = 0x00; - if(CANAF_gext_cnt != 0) - { - buf = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count-1]; -// EID_temp = buf & 0x0FFFFFFF; - if((ctrl1 != ctrl2) || (lowerEID > upperEID) || (buf > ((ctrl1 << 29)|(lowerEID << 0)))) - { - return CAN_AF_ENTRY_ERROR; - } - } - entry = (ctrl1 << 29)|(lowerEID << 0); - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count++] = entry; - entry = (ctrl2 << 29)|(upperEID << 0); - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count++] = entry; - CANAF_gext_cnt++; - AFSection->EFF_GPR_Sec = (EFF_GPR_Entry *)((uint32_t)(AFSection->EFF_GPR_Sec)+ sizeof(EFF_GPR_Entry)); - } - } - //update address values - LPC_CANAF->SFF_sa = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt + 1)>>1)<<2; - LPC_CANAF->SFF_GRP_sa = LPC_CANAF->SFF_sa + (((CANAF_std_cnt+1)>>1)<< 2); - LPC_CANAF->EFF_sa = LPC_CANAF->SFF_GRP_sa + (CANAF_gstd_cnt << 2); - LPC_CANAF->EFF_GRP_sa = LPC_CANAF->EFF_sa + (CANAF_ext_cnt << 2); - LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable = LPC_CANAF->EFF_GRP_sa + (CANAF_gext_cnt << 3); - - if(FULLCAN_ENABLE == DISABLE) - { - LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x00; // Normal mode - } - else - { - LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x04; - } - return CAN_OK; -} -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Add Explicit ID into AF Look-Up Table dynamically. - * @param[in] CANx pointer to LPC_CAN_TypeDef, should be: - * - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral - * - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral - * @param[in] id: The ID of entry will be added - * @param[in] format: is the type of ID Frame Format, should be: - * - STD_ID_FORMAT: 11-bit ID value - * - EXT_ID_FORMAT: 29-bit ID value - * @return CAN Error, could be: - * - CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR: No more rx or tx objects available - * - CAN_ID_EXIT_ERROR: ID exited in table - * - CAN_OK: ID is added into table successfully - *********************************************************************/ -CAN_ERROR CAN_LoadExplicitEntry(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t id, CAN_ID_FORMAT_Type format) -{ - uint32_t tmp0 = 0; - uint32_t buf0=0, buf1=0; - int16_t cnt1=0, cnt2=0, bound1=0, total=0; - - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ID_FORMAT(format)); - - if (CANx == LPC_CAN1) - { - tmp0 = 0; - } - else if (CANx == LPC_CAN2) - { - tmp0 = 1; - } - - /* Acceptance Filter Memory full - return */ - total =((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1)+ CANAF_FullCAN_cnt*3 +((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1)+ \ - CANAF_gstd_cnt + CANAF_ext_cnt + (CANAF_gext_cnt<<1); - if (total >= 512){ //don't have enough space - return CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR; - } - - /* Setup Acceptance Filter Configuration - Acceptance Filter Mode Register = Off */ - LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x00000001; - -/*********** Add Explicit Standard Identifier Frame Format entry *********/ - if(format == STD_ID_FORMAT) - { - id &= 0x07FF; - id |= (tmp0 << 13); /* Add controller number */ - /* Move all remaining sections one place up - if new entry will increase FullCAN list */ - if ((CANAF_std_cnt & 0x0001) == 0) - { - cnt1 = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1)+((CANAF_std_cnt+1)>>1); - bound1 = total - cnt1; - buf0 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]; - while(bound1--) - { - cnt1++; - buf1 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = buf0; - buf0 = buf1; - } - } - if (CANAF_std_cnt == 0) - { - cnt2 = (CANAF_FullCAN_cnt + 1)>>1; - /* For entering first ID */ - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt2] = 0x0000FFFF | (id << 16); - } - else if (CANAF_std_cnt == 1) - { - cnt2 = (CANAF_FullCAN_cnt + 1)>>1; - /* For entering second ID */ - if (((LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt2] >> 16)& 0xE7FF) > id) - { - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt2] = (LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt2] >> 16) | (id << 16); - } - else - { - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt2] = (LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt2] & 0xFFFF0000) | id; - } - } - else - { - /* Find where to insert new ID */ - cnt1 = (CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1; - cnt2 = CANAF_std_cnt; - bound1 = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1)+((CANAF_std_cnt+1)>>1); - while (cnt1 < bound1) - { - /* Loop through standard existing IDs */ - if (((LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] >> 16) & 0xE7FF) > id) - { - cnt2 = cnt1 * 2; - break; - } - - if ((LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] & 0x0000E7FF) > id) - { - cnt2 = cnt1 * 2 + 1; - break; - } - - cnt1++; - } - /* cnt1 = U32 where to insert new ID */ - /* cnt2 = U16 where to insert new ID */ - - if (cnt1 == bound1) - { - /* Adding ID as last entry */ - /* Even number of IDs exists */ - if ((CANAF_std_cnt & 0x0001) == 0) - { - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = 0x0000FFFF | (id << 16); - } - /* Odd number of IDs exists */ - else - { - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = (LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] & 0xFFFF0000) | id; - } - } - else - { - buf0 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]; /* Remember current entry */ - if ((cnt2 & 0x0001) == 0) - { - /* Insert new mask to even address*/ - buf1 = (id << 16) | (buf0 >> 16); - } - else - { - /* Insert new mask to odd address */ - buf1 = (buf0 & 0xFFFF0000) | id; - } - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = buf1;/* Insert mask */ - bound1 = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1)+((CANAF_std_cnt+1)>>1)-1; - /* Move all remaining standard mask entries one place up */ - while (cnt1 < bound1) - { - cnt1++; - buf1 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = (buf1 >> 16) | (buf0 << 16); - buf0 = buf1; - } - - if ((CANAF_std_cnt & 0x0001) == 0) - { - /* Even number of IDs exists */ - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+1] = (buf0 <<16) |(0x0000FFFF); - } - } - } - CANAF_std_cnt++; - //update address values - LPC_CANAF->SFF_GRP_sa +=0x04 ; - LPC_CANAF->EFF_sa +=0x04 ; - LPC_CANAF->EFF_GRP_sa +=0x04; - LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable +=0x04; - } - -/*********** Add Explicit Extended Identifier Frame Format entry *********/ - else - { - /* Add controller number */ - id |= (tmp0) << 29; - - cnt1 = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1)+(((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1) + CANAF_gstd_cnt); - cnt2 = 0; - while (cnt2 < CANAF_ext_cnt) - { - /* Loop through extended existing masks*/ - if (LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] > id) - { - break; - } - cnt1++;/* cnt1 = U32 where to insert new mask */ - cnt2++; - } - - buf0 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]; /* Remember current entry */ - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = id; /* Insert mask */ - - CANAF_ext_cnt++; - - bound1 = total; - /* Move all remaining extended mask entries one place up*/ - while (cnt2 < bound1) - { - cnt1++; - cnt2++; - buf1 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = buf0; - buf0 = buf1; - } - /* update address values */ - LPC_CANAF->EFF_GRP_sa += 4; - LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable += 4; - } - if(CANAF_FullCAN_cnt == 0) //not use FullCAN mode - { - LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x00;//not use FullCAN mode - } - else - { - LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x04; - } - - return CAN_OK; -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Load FullCAN entry into AFLUT - * @param[in] CANx: CAN peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral - * - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral - * @param[in] id: identifier of entry that will be added - * @return CAN_ERROR, could be: - * - CAN_OK: loading is successful - * - CAN_ID_EXIT_ERROR: ID exited in FullCAN Section - * - CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR: no more space available - *********************************************************************/ -CAN_ERROR CAN_LoadFullCANEntry (LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint16_t id) -{ - uint32_t ctrl0 = 0; - uint32_t buf0=0, buf1=0, buf2=0; - uint32_t tmp0=0, tmp1=0, tmp2=0; - int16_t cnt1=0, cnt2=0, bound1=0, total=0; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx)); - - if (CANx == LPC_CAN1) - { - ctrl0 = 0; - } - else if (CANx == LPC_CAN2) - { - ctrl0 = 1; - } - - /* Acceptance Filter Memory full - return */ - total =((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1)+ CANAF_FullCAN_cnt*3 +((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1)+ \ - CANAF_gstd_cnt + CANAF_ext_cnt + (CANAF_gext_cnt<<1); - //don't have enough space for this fullCAN Entry and its Object(3*32 bytes) - if ((total >=508)||(CANAF_FullCAN_cnt>=64)){ - return CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR; - } - /* Setup Acceptance Filter Configuration - Acceptance Filter Mode Register = Off */ - LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x00000001; - - /* Add mask for standard identifiers */ - id &= 0x07FF; - id |= (ctrl0 << 13) | (1 << 11); /* Add controller number */ -// total = ((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1)+ CANAF_gstd_cnt + CANAF_ext_cnt + (CANAF_gext_cnt<<1); - /* Move all remaining sections one place up - if new entry will increase FullCAN list */ - if (((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt & 0x0001) == 0)&&(total!=0)) - { - //then remove remaining section - cnt1 = (CANAF_FullCAN_cnt >> 1); - bound1 = total; - buf0 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]; - - while (bound1--) - { - cnt1++; - buf1 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = buf0; - buf0 = buf1; - } - } - if (CANAF_FullCAN_cnt == 0) - { - /* For entering first ID */ - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[0] = 0x0000FFFF | (id << 16); - } - else if (CANAF_FullCAN_cnt == 1) - { - /* For entering second ID */ - if (((LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[0] >> 16)& 0xE7FF) > id) - { - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[0] = (LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[0] >> 16) | (id << 16); - } - else - { - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[0] = (LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[0] & 0xFFFF0000) | id; - } - } - else - { - /* Find where to insert new ID */ - cnt1 = 0; - cnt2 = CANAF_FullCAN_cnt; - bound1 = (CANAF_FullCAN_cnt - 1) >> 1; - while (cnt1 <= bound1) - { - /* Loop through standard existing IDs */ - if (((LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] >> 16) & 0xE7FF) > (id & 0xE7FF)) - { - cnt2 = cnt1 * 2; - break; - } - - if ((LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] & 0x0000E7FF) > (id & 0xE7FF)) - { - cnt2 = cnt1 * 2 + 1; - break; - } - - cnt1++; - } - /* cnt1 = U32 where to insert new ID */ - /* cnt2 = U16 where to insert new ID */ - - if (cnt1 > bound1) - { - /* Adding ID as last entry */ - /* Even number of IDs exists */ - if ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt & 0x0001) == 0) - { - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = 0x0000FFFF | (id << 16); - } - /* Odd number of IDs exists */ - else - { - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = (LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] & 0xFFFF0000) | id; - } - } - else - { - buf0 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]; /* Remember current entry */ - if ((cnt2 & 0x0001) == 0) - { - /* Insert new mask to even address*/ - buf1 = (id << 16) | (buf0 >> 16); - } - else - { - /* Insert new mask to odd address */ - buf1 = (buf0 & 0xFFFF0000) | id; - } - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = buf1;/* Insert mask */ - bound1 = CANAF_FullCAN_cnt >> 1; - /* Move all remaining standard mask entries one place up */ - while (cnt1 < bound1) - { - cnt1++; - buf1 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = (buf1 >> 16) | (buf0 << 16); - buf0 = buf1; - } - - if ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt & 0x0001) == 0) - { - /* Even number of IDs exists */ - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = (LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] & 0xFFFF0000) - | (0x0000FFFF); - } - } - } - //restruct FulCAN Object Section - bound1 = CANAF_FullCAN_cnt - cnt2; - cnt1 = total - (CANAF_FullCAN_cnt)*3 + cnt2*3 + 1; - buf0 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]; - buf1 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+1]; - buf2 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+2]; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]=LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+1]= LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+2]=0x00; - cnt1+=3; - while(bound1--) - { - tmp0 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]; - tmp1 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+1]; - tmp2 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+2]; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]= buf0; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+1]= buf1; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+2]= buf2; - buf0 = tmp0; - buf1 = tmp1; - buf2 = tmp2; - cnt1+=3; - } - CANAF_FullCAN_cnt++; - //update address values - LPC_CANAF->SFF_sa +=0x04; - LPC_CANAF->SFF_GRP_sa +=0x04 ; - LPC_CANAF->EFF_sa +=0x04 ; - LPC_CANAF->EFF_GRP_sa +=0x04; - LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable +=0x04; - - LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x04; - return CAN_OK; -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Load Group entry into AFLUT - * @param[in] CANx: CAN peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral - * - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral - * @param[in] lowerID, upperID: lower and upper identifier of entry - * @param[in] format: type of ID format, should be: - * - STD_ID_FORMAT: Standard ID format (11-bit value) - * - EXT_ID_FORMAT: Extended ID format (29-bit value) - * @return CAN_ERROR, could be: - * - CAN_OK: loading is successful - * - CAN_CONFLICT_ID_ERROR: Conflict ID occurs - * - CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR: no more space available - *********************************************************************/ -CAN_ERROR CAN_LoadGroupEntry(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t lowerID, \ - uint32_t upperID, CAN_ID_FORMAT_Type format) -{ - uint16_t tmp = 0; - uint32_t buf0, buf1, entry1, entry2, LID,UID; - int16_t cnt1, bound1, total; - //LPC_CANAF_RAM_TypeDef *AFLUTTest = LPC_CANAF_RAM; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ID_FORMAT(format)); - - if(lowerID > upperID) return CAN_CONFLICT_ID_ERROR; - if(CANx == LPC_CAN1) - { - tmp = 0; - } - else - { - tmp = 1; - } - - total =((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1)+ CANAF_FullCAN_cnt*3 +((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1)+ \ - CANAF_gstd_cnt + CANAF_ext_cnt + (CANAF_gext_cnt<<1); - - /* Setup Acceptance Filter Configuration - Acceptance Filter Mode Register = Off */ - LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x00000001; - -/*********Add Group of Standard Identifier Frame Format************/ - if(format == STD_ID_FORMAT) - { - if ((total >= 512)){//don't have enough space - return CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR; - } - lowerID &=0x7FF; //mask ID - upperID &=0x7FF; - entry1 = (tmp << 29)|(lowerID << 16)|(tmp << 13)|(upperID << 0); - cnt1 = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1) + ((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1); - - //if this is the first Group standard ID entry - if(CANAF_gstd_cnt == 0) - { - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = entry1; - } - else - { - //find the position to add new Group entry - bound1 = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1) + ((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1) + CANAF_gstd_cnt; - while(cnt1 < bound1) - { - //compare controller first - while((LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] >> 29)< (entry1 >> 29))//increase until meet greater or equal controller - cnt1++; - buf0 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]; - if((LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] >> 29)> (entry1 >> 29)) //meet greater controller - { - //add at this position - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = entry1; - break; - } - else //meet equal controller - { - LID = (buf0 >> 16)&0x7FF; - UID = buf0 & 0x7FF; - if (upperID <= LID) - { - //add new entry before this entry - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = entry1; - break; - } - else if (lowerID >= UID) - { - //load next entry to compare - cnt1 ++; - } - else - return CAN_CONFLICT_ID_ERROR; - } - } - if(cnt1 >= bound1) - { - //add new entry at the last position in this list - buf0 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = entry1; - } - - //remove all remaining entry of this section one place up - bound1 = total - cnt1; - while(bound1--) - { - cnt1++; - buf1 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = buf0; - buf0 = buf1; - } - } - CANAF_gstd_cnt++; - //update address values - LPC_CANAF->EFF_sa +=0x04 ; - LPC_CANAF->EFF_GRP_sa +=0x04; - LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable +=0x04; - } - - -/*********Add Group of Extended Identifier Frame Format************/ - else - { - if ((total >= 511)){//don't have enough space - return CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR; - } - lowerID &= 0x1FFFFFFF; //mask ID - upperID &= 0x1FFFFFFF; - entry1 = (tmp << 29)|(lowerID << 0); - entry2 = (tmp << 29)|(upperID << 0); - - cnt1 = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1) + ((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1) + CANAF_gstd_cnt + CANAF_ext_cnt; - //if this is the first Group standard ID entry - if(CANAF_gext_cnt == 0) - { - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = entry1; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+1] = entry2; - } - else - { - //find the position to add new Group entry - bound1 = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1) + ((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1) + CANAF_gstd_cnt \ - + CANAF_ext_cnt + (CANAF_gext_cnt<<1); - while(cnt1 < bound1) - { - while((LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] >>29)< tmp) //increase until meet greater or equal controller - cnt1++; - buf0 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]; - buf1 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+1]; - if((LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] >> 29)> (entry1 >> 29)) //meet greater controller - { - //add at this position - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = entry1; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[++cnt1] = entry2; - break; - } - else //meet equal controller - { - LID = buf0 & 0x1FFFFFFF; //mask ID - UID = buf1 & 0x1FFFFFFF; - if (upperID <= LID) - { - //add new entry before this entry - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = entry1; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[++cnt1] = entry2; - break; - } - else if (lowerID >= UID) - { - //load next entry to compare - cnt1 +=2; - } - else - return CAN_CONFLICT_ID_ERROR; - } - } - if(cnt1 >= bound1) - { - //add new entry at the last position in this list - buf0 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]; - buf1 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+1]; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = entry1; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[++cnt1] = entry2; - } - //remove all remaining entry of this section two place up - bound1 = total - cnt1 + 1; - cnt1++; - while(bound1>0) - { - entry1 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]; - entry2 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+1]; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = buf0; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+1] = buf1; - buf0 = entry1; - buf1 = entry2; - cnt1 +=2; - bound1 -=2; - } - } - CANAF_gext_cnt++; - //update address values - LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable +=0x08; - } - LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x04; - return CAN_OK; -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Remove AFLUT entry (FullCAN entry and Explicit Standard entry) - * @param[in] EntryType: the type of entry that want to remove, should be: - * - FULLCAN_ENTRY - * - EXPLICIT_STANDARD_ENTRY - * - GROUP_STANDARD_ENTRY - * - EXPLICIT_EXTEND_ENTRY - * - GROUP_EXTEND_ENTRY - * @param[in] position: the position of this entry in its section - * Note: the first position is 0 - * @return CAN_ERROR, could be: - * - CAN_OK: removing is successful - * - CAN_ENTRY_NOT_EXIT_ERROR: entry want to remove is not exit - *********************************************************************/ -CAN_ERROR CAN_RemoveEntry(AFLUT_ENTRY_Type EntryType, uint16_t position) -{ - uint16_t cnt, bound, total; - uint32_t buf0, buf1; - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_AFLUT_ENTRY_TYPE(EntryType)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_POSITION(position)); - - /* Setup Acceptance Filter Configuration - Acceptance Filter Mode Register = Off */ - LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x00000001; - total = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1)+((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1) + \ - CANAF_gstd_cnt + CANAF_ext_cnt + (CANAF_gext_cnt<<1); - - -/************** Remove FullCAN Entry *************/ - if(EntryType == FULLCAN_ENTRY) - { - if((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt==0)||(position >= CANAF_FullCAN_cnt)) - { - return CAN_ENTRY_NOT_EXIT_ERROR; - } - else - { - cnt = position >> 1; - buf0 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt]; - bound = (CANAF_FullCAN_cnt - position -1)>>1; - if((position & 0x0001) == 0) //event position - { - while(bound--) - { - //remove all remaining FullCAN entry one place down - buf1 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+1]; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt] = (buf1 >> 16) | (buf0 << 16); - buf0 = buf1; - cnt++; - } - } - else //odd position - { - while(bound--) - { - //remove all remaining FullCAN entry one place down - buf1 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+1]; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt] = (buf0 & 0xFFFF0000)|(buf1 >> 16); - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+1] = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+1] << 16; - buf0 = buf1<<16; - cnt++; - } - } - if((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt & 0x0001) == 0) - { - if((position & 0x0001)==0) - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt] = (buf0 << 16) | (0x0000FFFF); - else - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt] = buf0 | 0x0000FFFF; - } - else - { - //remove all remaining section one place down - cnt = (CANAF_FullCAN_cnt + 1)>>1; - bound = total + CANAF_FullCAN_cnt * 3; - while(bound>cnt) - { - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt-1] = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt]; - cnt++; - } - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt-1]=0x00; - //update address values - LPC_CANAF->SFF_sa -=0x04; - LPC_CANAF->SFF_GRP_sa -=0x04 ; - LPC_CANAF->EFF_sa -=0x04 ; - LPC_CANAF->EFF_GRP_sa -=0x04; - LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable -=0x04; - } - CANAF_FullCAN_cnt--; - - //delete its FullCAN Object in the FullCAN Object section - //remove all remaining FullCAN Object three place down - cnt = total + position * 3; - bound = (CANAF_FullCAN_cnt - position + 1) * 3; - - while(bound) - { - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt]=LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+3];; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+1]=LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+4]; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+2]=LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+5]; - bound -=3; - cnt +=3; - } - } - } - -/************** Remove Explicit Standard ID Entry *************/ - else if(EntryType == EXPLICIT_STANDARD_ENTRY) - { - if((CANAF_std_cnt==0)||(position >= CANAF_std_cnt)) - { - return CAN_ENTRY_NOT_EXIT_ERROR; - } - else - { - cnt = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1)+ (position >> 1); - buf0 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt]; - bound = (CANAF_std_cnt - position - 1)>>1; - if((position & 0x0001) == 0) //event position - { - while(bound--) - { - //remove all remaining FullCAN entry one place down - buf1 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+1]; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt] = (buf1 >> 16) | (buf0 << 16); - buf0 = buf1; - cnt++; - } - } - else //odd position - { - while(bound--) - { - //remove all remaining FullCAN entry one place down - buf1 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+1]; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt] = (buf0 & 0xFFFF0000)|(buf1 >> 16); - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+1] = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+1] << 16; - buf0 = buf1<<16; - cnt++; - } - } - if((CANAF_std_cnt & 0x0001) == 0) - { - if((position & 0x0001)==0) - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt] = (buf0 << 16) | (0x0000FFFF); - else - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt] = buf0 | 0x0000FFFF; - } - else - { - //remove all remaining section one place down - cnt = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt + 1)>>1) + ((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1); - bound = total + CANAF_FullCAN_cnt * 3; - while(bound>cnt) - { - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt-1] = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt]; - cnt++; - } - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt-1]=0x00; - //update address value - LPC_CANAF->SFF_GRP_sa -=0x04 ; - LPC_CANAF->EFF_sa -=0x04 ; - LPC_CANAF->EFF_GRP_sa -=0x04; - LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable -=0x04; - } - CANAF_std_cnt--; - } - } - -/************** Remove Group of Standard ID Entry *************/ - else if(EntryType == GROUP_STANDARD_ENTRY) - { - if((CANAF_gstd_cnt==0)||(position >= CANAF_gstd_cnt)) - { - return CAN_ENTRY_NOT_EXIT_ERROR; - } - else - { - cnt = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt + 1)>>1) + ((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1)+ position + 1; - bound = total + CANAF_FullCAN_cnt * 3; - while (cntmask[cnt-1] = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt]; - cnt++; - } - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt-1]=0x00; - } - CANAF_gstd_cnt--; - //update address value - LPC_CANAF->EFF_sa -=0x04; - LPC_CANAF->EFF_GRP_sa -=0x04; - LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable -=0x04; - } - -/************** Remove Explicit Extended ID Entry *************/ - else if(EntryType == EXPLICIT_EXTEND_ENTRY) - { - if((CANAF_ext_cnt==0)||(position >= CANAF_ext_cnt)) - { - return CAN_ENTRY_NOT_EXIT_ERROR; - } - else - { - cnt = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt + 1)>>1) + ((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1)+ CANAF_gstd_cnt + position + 1; - bound = total + CANAF_FullCAN_cnt * 3; - while (cntmask[cnt-1] = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt]; - cnt++; - } - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt-1]=0x00; - } - CANAF_ext_cnt--; - LPC_CANAF->EFF_GRP_sa -=0x04; - LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable -=0x04; - } - -/************** Remove Group of Extended ID Entry *************/ - else - { - if((CANAF_gext_cnt==0)||(position >= CANAF_gext_cnt)) - { - return CAN_ENTRY_NOT_EXIT_ERROR; - } - else - { - cnt = total - (CANAF_gext_cnt<<1) + (position<<1); - bound = total + CANAF_FullCAN_cnt * 3; - while (cntmask[cnt] = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+2]; - LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+1] = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+3]; - cnt+=2; - } - } - CANAF_gext_cnt--; - LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable -=0x08; - } - LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x04; - return CAN_OK; -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Send message data - * @param[in] CANx pointer to LPC_CAN_TypeDef, should be: - * - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral - * - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral - * @param[in] CAN_Msg point to the CAN_MSG_Type Structure, it contains message - * information such as: ID, DLC, RTR, ID Format - * @return Status: - * - SUCCESS: send message successfully - * - ERROR: send message unsuccessfully - *********************************************************************/ -Status CAN_SendMsg (LPC_CAN_TypeDef *CANx, CAN_MSG_Type *CAN_Msg) -{ - uint32_t data; - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ID_FORMAT(CAN_Msg->format)); - if(CAN_Msg->format==STD_ID_FORMAT) - { - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ID_11(CAN_Msg->id)); - } - else - { - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ID_29(CAN_Msg->id)); - } - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_DLC(CAN_Msg->len)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FRAME_TYPE(CAN_Msg->type)); - - //Check status of Transmit Buffer 1 - if (CANx->SR & (1<<2)) - { - /* Transmit Channel 1 is available */ - /* Write frame informations and frame data into its CANxTFI1, - * CANxTID1, CANxTDA1, CANxTDB1 register */ - CANx->TFI1 &= ~0x000F0000; - CANx->TFI1 |= (CAN_Msg->len)<<16; - if(CAN_Msg->type == REMOTE_FRAME) - { - CANx->TFI1 |= (1<<30); //set bit RTR - } - else - { - CANx->TFI1 &= ~(1<<30); - } - if(CAN_Msg->format == EXT_ID_FORMAT) - { - CANx->TFI1 |= (0x80000000); //set bit FF - } - else - { - CANx->TFI1 &= ~(0x80000000); - } - - /* Write CAN ID*/ - CANx->TID1 = CAN_Msg->id; - - /*Write first 4 data bytes*/ - data = (CAN_Msg->dataA[0])|(((CAN_Msg->dataA[1]))<<8)|((CAN_Msg->dataA[2])<<16)|((CAN_Msg->dataA[3])<<24); - CANx->TDA1 = data; - - /*Write second 4 data bytes*/ - data = (CAN_Msg->dataB[0])|(((CAN_Msg->dataB[1]))<<8)|((CAN_Msg->dataB[2])<<16)|((CAN_Msg->dataB[3])<<24); - CANx->TDB1 = data; - - /*Write transmission request*/ - CANx->CMR = 0x21; - return SUCCESS; - } - //check status of Transmit Buffer 2 - else if(CANx->SR & (1<<10)) - { - /* Transmit Channel 2 is available */ - /* Write frame informations and frame data into its CANxTFI2, - * CANxTID2, CANxTDA2, CANxTDB2 register */ - CANx->TFI2 &= ~0x000F0000; - CANx->TFI2 |= (CAN_Msg->len)<<16; - if(CAN_Msg->type == REMOTE_FRAME) - { - CANx->TFI2 |= (1<<30); //set bit RTR - } - else - { - CANx->TFI2 &= ~(1<<30); - } - if(CAN_Msg->format == EXT_ID_FORMAT) - { - CANx->TFI2 |= (0x80000000); //set bit FF - } - else - { - CANx->TFI2 &= ~(0x80000000); - } - - /* Write CAN ID*/ - CANx->TID2 = CAN_Msg->id; - - /*Write first 4 data bytes*/ - data = (CAN_Msg->dataA[0])|(((CAN_Msg->dataA[1]))<<8)|((CAN_Msg->dataA[2])<<16)|((CAN_Msg->dataA[3])<<24); - CANx->TDA2 = data; - - /*Write second 4 data bytes*/ - data = (CAN_Msg->dataB[0])|(((CAN_Msg->dataB[1]))<<8)|((CAN_Msg->dataB[2])<<16)|((CAN_Msg->dataB[3])<<24); - CANx->TDB2 = data; - - /*Write transmission request*/ - CANx->CMR = 0x41; - return SUCCESS; - } - //check status of Transmit Buffer 3 - else if (CANx->SR & (1<<18)) - { - /* Transmit Channel 3 is available */ - /* Write frame informations and frame data into its CANxTFI3, - * CANxTID3, CANxTDA3, CANxTDB3 register */ - CANx->TFI3 &= ~0x000F0000; - CANx->TFI3 |= (CAN_Msg->len)<<16; - if(CAN_Msg->type == REMOTE_FRAME) - { - CANx->TFI3 |= (1<<30); //set bit RTR - } - else - { - CANx->TFI3 &= ~(1<<30); - } - if(CAN_Msg->format == EXT_ID_FORMAT) - { - CANx->TFI3 |= (0x80000000); //set bit FF - } - else - { - CANx->TFI3 &= ~(0x80000000); - } - - /* Write CAN ID*/ - CANx->TID3 = CAN_Msg->id; - - /*Write first 4 data bytes*/ - data = (CAN_Msg->dataA[0])|(((CAN_Msg->dataA[1]))<<8)|((CAN_Msg->dataA[2])<<16)|((CAN_Msg->dataA[3])<<24); - CANx->TDA3 = data; - - /*Write second 4 data bytes*/ - data = (CAN_Msg->dataB[0])|(((CAN_Msg->dataB[1]))<<8)|((CAN_Msg->dataB[2])<<16)|((CAN_Msg->dataB[3])<<24); - CANx->TDB3 = data; - - /*Write transmission request*/ - CANx->CMR = 0x81; - return SUCCESS; - } - else - { - return ERROR; - } -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Receive message data - * @param[in] CANx pointer to LPC_CAN_TypeDef, should be: - * - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral - * - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral - * @param[in] CAN_Msg point to the CAN_MSG_Type Struct, it will contain received - * message information such as: ID, DLC, RTR, ID Format - * @return Status: - * - SUCCESS: receive message successfully - * - ERROR: receive message unsuccessfully - *********************************************************************/ -Status CAN_ReceiveMsg (LPC_CAN_TypeDef *CANx, CAN_MSG_Type *CAN_Msg) -{ - uint32_t data; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx)); - - //check status of Receive Buffer - if((CANx->SR &0x00000001)) - { - /* Receive message is available */ - /* Read frame informations */ - CAN_Msg->format = (uint8_t)(((CANx->RFS) & 0x80000000)>>31); - CAN_Msg->type = (uint8_t)(((CANx->RFS) & 0x40000000)>>30); - CAN_Msg->len = (uint8_t)(((CANx->RFS) & 0x000F0000)>>16); - - - /* Read CAN message identifier */ - CAN_Msg->id = CANx->RID; - - /* Read the data if received message was DATA FRAME */ - if (CAN_Msg->type == DATA_FRAME) - { - /* Read first 4 data bytes */ - data = CANx->RDA; - *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataA[0])= data & 0x000000FF; - *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataA[1])= (data & 0x0000FF00)>>8;; - *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataA[2])= (data & 0x00FF0000)>>16; - *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataA[3])= (data & 0xFF000000)>>24; - - /* Read second 4 data bytes */ - data = CANx->RDB; - *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataB[0])= data & 0x000000FF; - *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataB[1])= (data & 0x0000FF00)>>8; - *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataB[2])= (data & 0x00FF0000)>>16; - *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataB[3])= (data & 0xFF000000)>>24; - - /*release receive buffer*/ - CANx->CMR = 0x04; - } - else - { - /* Received Frame is a Remote Frame, not have data, we just receive - * message information only */ - CANx->CMR = 0x04; /*release receive buffer*/ - return SUCCESS; - } - } - else - { - // no receive message available - return ERROR; - } - return SUCCESS; -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Receive FullCAN Object - * @param[in] CANAFx: CAN Acceptance Filter register, should be: LPC_CANAF - * @param[in] CAN_Msg point to the CAN_MSG_Type Struct, it will contain received - * message information such as: ID, DLC, RTR, ID Format - * @return CAN_ERROR, could be: - * - CAN_FULL_OBJ_NOT_RCV: FullCAN Object is not be received - * - CAN_OK: Received FullCAN Object successful - * - *********************************************************************/ -CAN_ERROR FCAN_ReadObj (LPC_CANAF_TypeDef* CANAFx, CAN_MSG_Type *CAN_Msg) -{ - uint32_t *pSrc, data; - uint32_t interrut_word, msg_idx, test_bit, head_idx, tail_idx; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANAFx(CANAFx)); - - interrut_word = 0; - - if (LPC_CANAF->FCANIC0 != 0) - { - interrut_word = LPC_CANAF->FCANIC0; - head_idx = 0; - tail_idx = 31; - } - else if (LPC_CANAF->FCANIC1 != 0) - { - interrut_word = LPC_CANAF->FCANIC1; - head_idx = 32; - tail_idx = 63; - } - - if (interrut_word != 0) - { - /* Detect for interrupt pending */ - msg_idx = 0; - for (msg_idx = head_idx; msg_idx <= tail_idx; msg_idx++) - { - test_bit = interrut_word & 0x1; - interrut_word = interrut_word >> 1; - - if (test_bit) - { - pSrc = (uint32_t *) (LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable + LPC_CANAF_RAM_BASE + msg_idx * 12); - - /* Has been finished updating the content */ - if ((*pSrc & 0x03000000L) == 0x03000000L) - { - /*clear semaphore*/ - *pSrc &= 0xFCFFFFFF; - - /*Set to DatA*/ - pSrc++; - /* Copy to dest buf */ - data = *pSrc; - *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataA[0])= data & 0x000000FF; - *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataA[1])= (data & 0x0000FF00)>>8; - *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataA[2])= (data & 0x00FF0000)>>16; - *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataA[3])= (data & 0xFF000000)>>24; - - /*Set to DatB*/ - pSrc++; - /* Copy to dest buf */ - data = *pSrc; - *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataB[0])= data & 0x000000FF; - *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataB[1])= (data & 0x0000FF00)>>8; - *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataB[2])= (data & 0x00FF0000)>>16; - *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataB[3])= (data & 0xFF000000)>>24; - /*Back to Dat1*/ - pSrc -= 2; - - CAN_Msg->id = *pSrc & 0x7FF; - CAN_Msg->len = (uint8_t) (*pSrc >> 16) & 0x0F; - CAN_Msg->format = 0; //FullCAN Object ID always is 11-bit value - CAN_Msg->type = (uint8_t)(*pSrc >> 30) &0x01; - /*Re-read semaphore*/ - if ((*pSrc & 0x03000000L) == 0) - { - return CAN_OK; - } - } - } - } - } - return CAN_FULL_OBJ_NOT_RCV; -} -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get CAN Control Status - * @param[in] CANx pointer to LPC_CAN_TypeDef, should be: - * - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral - * - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral - * @param[in] arg: type of CAN status to get from CAN status register - * Should be: - * - CANCTRL_GLOBAL_STS: CAN Global Status - * - CANCTRL_INT_CAP: CAN Interrupt and Capture - * - CANCTRL_ERR_WRN: CAN Error Warning Limit - * - CANCTRL_STS: CAN Control Status - * @return Current Control Status that you want to get value - *********************************************************************/ -uint32_t CAN_GetCTRLStatus (LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_CTRL_STS_Type arg) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CTRL_STS_TYPE(arg)); - - switch (arg) - { - case CANCTRL_GLOBAL_STS: - return CANx->GSR; - - case CANCTRL_INT_CAP: - return CANx->ICR; - - case CANCTRL_ERR_WRN: - return CANx->EWL; - - default: // CANCTRL_STS - return CANx->SR; - } -} -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get CAN Central Status - * @param[in] CANCRx point to LPC_CANCR_TypeDef, should be: LPC_CANCR - * @param[in] arg: type of CAN status to get from CAN Central status register - * Should be: - * - CANCR_TX_STS: Central CAN Tx Status - * - CANCR_RX_STS: Central CAN Rx Status - * - CANCR_MS: Central CAN Miscellaneous Status - * @return Current Central Status that you want to get value - *********************************************************************/ -uint32_t CAN_GetCRStatus (LPC_CANCR_TypeDef* CANCRx, CAN_CR_STS_Type arg) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANCRx(CANCRx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CR_STS_TYPE(arg)); - - switch (arg) - { - case CANCR_TX_STS: - return CANCRx->CANTxSR; - - case CANCR_RX_STS: - return CANCRx->CANRxSR; - - default: // CANCR_MS - return CANCRx->CANMSR; - } -} -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable/Disable CAN Interrupt - * @param[in] CANx pointer to LPC_CAN_TypeDef, should be: - * - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral - * - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral - * @param[in] arg: type of CAN interrupt that you want to enable/disable - * Should be: - * - CANINT_RIE: CAN Receiver Interrupt Enable - * - CANINT_TIE1: CAN Transmit Interrupt Enable - * - CANINT_EIE: CAN Error Warning Interrupt Enable - * - CANINT_DOIE: CAN Data Overrun Interrupt Enable - * - CANINT_WUIE: CAN Wake-Up Interrupt Enable - * - CANINT_EPIE: CAN Error Passive Interrupt Enable - * - CANINT_ALIE: CAN Arbitration Lost Interrupt Enable - * - CANINT_BEIE: CAN Bus Error Interrupt Enable - * - CANINT_IDIE: CAN ID Ready Interrupt Enable - * - CANINT_TIE2: CAN Transmit Interrupt Enable for Buffer2 - * - CANINT_TIE3: CAN Transmit Interrupt Enable for Buffer3 - * - CANINT_FCE: FullCAN Interrupt Enable - * @param[in] NewState: New state of this function, should be: - * - ENABLE - * - DISABLE - * @return none - *********************************************************************/ -void CAN_IRQCmd (LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_INT_EN_Type arg, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_INT_EN_TYPE(arg)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - - if(NewState == ENABLE) - { - if(arg==CANINT_FCE) - { - LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x01; - LPC_CANAF->FCANIE = 0x01; - LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x04; - } - else - CANx->IER |= (1 << arg); - } - else - { - if(arg==CANINT_FCE){ - LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x01; - LPC_CANAF->FCANIE = 0x01; - LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x00; - } - else - CANx->IER &= ~(1 << arg); - } -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Setting Acceptance Filter mode - * @param[in] CANAFx point to LPC_CANAF_TypeDef object, should be: LPC_CANAF - * @param[in] AFMode: type of AF mode that you want to set, should be: - * - CAN_Normal: Normal mode - * - CAN_AccOff: Acceptance Filter Off Mode - * - CAN_AccBP: Acceptance Fileter Bypass Mode - * - CAN_eFCAN: FullCAN Mode Enhancement - * @return none - *********************************************************************/ -void CAN_SetAFMode (LPC_CANAF_TypeDef* CANAFx, CAN_AFMODE_Type AFMode) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANAFx(CANAFx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_AFMODE_TYPE(AFMode)); - - switch(AFMode) - { - case CAN_Normal: - CANAFx->AFMR = 0x00; - break; - case CAN_AccOff: - CANAFx->AFMR = 0x01; - break; - case CAN_AccBP: - CANAFx->AFMR = 0x02; - break; - case CAN_eFCAN: - CANAFx->AFMR = 0x04; - break; - } -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable/Disable CAN Mode - * @param[in] CANx pointer to LPC_CAN_TypeDef, should be: - * - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral - * - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral - * @param[in] mode: type of CAN mode that you want to enable/disable, should be: - * - CAN_OPERATING_MODE: Normal Operating Mode - * - CAN_RESET_MODE: Reset Mode - * - CAN_LISTENONLY_MODE: Listen Only Mode - * - CAN_SELFTEST_MODE: Self Test Mode - * - CAN_TXPRIORITY_MODE: Transmit Priority Mode - * - CAN_SLEEP_MODE: Sleep Mode - * - CAN_RXPOLARITY_MODE: Receive Polarity Mode - * - CAN_TEST_MODE: Test Mode - * @param[in] NewState: New State of this function, should be: - * - ENABLE - * - DISABLE - * @return none - *********************************************************************/ -void CAN_ModeConfig(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_MODE_Type mode, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_MODE_TYPE(mode)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - - switch(mode) - { - case CAN_OPERATING_MODE: - CANx->MOD = 0x00; - break; - case CAN_RESET_MODE: - if(NewState == ENABLE) - CANx->MOD |=CAN_MOD_RM; - else - CANx->MOD &= ~CAN_MOD_RM; - break; - case CAN_LISTENONLY_MODE: - CANx->MOD |=CAN_MOD_RM;//Enter Reset mode - if(NewState == ENABLE) - CANx->MOD |=CAN_MOD_LOM; - else - CANx->MOD &=~CAN_MOD_LOM; - CANx->MOD &=~CAN_MOD_RM;//Release Reset mode - break; - case CAN_SELFTEST_MODE: - CANx->MOD |=CAN_MOD_RM;//Enter Reset mode - if(NewState == ENABLE) - CANx->MOD |=CAN_MOD_STM; - else - CANx->MOD &=~CAN_MOD_STM; - CANx->MOD &=~CAN_MOD_RM;//Release Reset mode - break; - case CAN_TXPRIORITY_MODE: - if(NewState == ENABLE) - CANx->MOD |=CAN_MOD_TPM; - else - CANx->MOD &=~CAN_MOD_TPM; - break; - case CAN_SLEEP_MODE: - if(NewState == ENABLE) - CANx->MOD |=CAN_MOD_SM; - else - CANx->MOD &=~CAN_MOD_SM; - break; - case CAN_RXPOLARITY_MODE: - if(NewState == ENABLE) - CANx->MOD |=CAN_MOD_RPM; - else - CANx->MOD &=~CAN_MOD_RPM; - break; - case CAN_TEST_MODE: - if(NewState == ENABLE) - CANx->MOD |=CAN_MOD_TM; - else - CANx->MOD &=~CAN_MOD_TM; - break; - } -} -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set CAN command request - * @param[in] CANx point to CAN peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral - * - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral - * @param[in] CMRType command request type, should be: - * - CAN_CMR_TR: Transmission request - * - CAN_CMR_AT: Abort Transmission request - * - CAN_CMR_RRB: Release Receive Buffer request - * - CAN_CMR_CDO: Clear Data Overrun request - * - CAN_CMR_SRR: Self Reception request - * - CAN_CMR_STB1: Select Tx Buffer 1 request - * - CAN_CMR_STB2: Select Tx Buffer 2 request - * - CAN_CMR_STB3: Select Tx Buffer 3 request - * @return CANICR (CAN interrupt and Capture register) value - **********************************************************************/ -void CAN_SetCommand(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CMRType) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx)); - CANx->CMR |= CMRType; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get CAN interrupt status - * @param[in] CANx point to CAN peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral - * - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral - * @return CANICR (CAN interrupt and Capture register) value - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t CAN_IntGetStatus(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx)); - return CANx->ICR; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Check if FullCAN interrupt enable or not - * @param[in] CANAFx point to LPC_CANAF_TypeDef object, should be: LPC_CANAF - * @return IntStatus, could be: - * - SET: if FullCAN interrupt is enable - * - RESET: if FullCAN interrupt is disable - **********************************************************************/ -IntStatus CAN_FullCANIntGetStatus (LPC_CANAF_TypeDef* CANAFx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM( PARAM_CANAFx(CANAFx)); - if (CANAFx->FCANIE) - return SET; - return RESET; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get value of FullCAN interrupt and capture register - * @param[in] CANAFx point to LPC_CANAF_TypeDef object, should be: LPC_CANAF - * @param[in] type: FullCAN IC type, should be: - * - FULLCAN_IC0: FullCAN Interrupt Capture 0 - * - FULLCAN_IC1: FullCAN Interrupt Capture 1 - * @return FCANIC0 or FCANIC1 (FullCAN interrupt and Capture register) value - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t CAN_FullCANPendGetStatus(LPC_CANAF_TypeDef* CANAFx, FullCAN_IC_Type type) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANAFx(CANAFx)); - CHECK_PARAM( PARAM_FULLCAN_IC(type)); - if (type == FULLCAN_IC0) - return CANAFx->FCANIC0; - return CANAFx->FCANIC1; -} -/* End of Public Variables ---------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* _CAN */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_clkpwr.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_clkpwr.c deleted file mode 100644 index 4f518e15a8..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_clkpwr.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,350 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_clkpwr.c 2010-06-18 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_clkpwr.c -* @brief Contains all functions support for Clock and Power Control -* firmware library on LPC17xx -* @version 3.0 -* @date 18. June. 2010 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2010, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup CLKPWR - * @{ - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h" - - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup CLKPWR_Public_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set value of each Peripheral Clock Selection - * @param[in] ClkType Peripheral Clock Selection of each type, - * should be one of the following: - * - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_WDT : WDT - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER0 : Timer 0 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER1 : Timer 1 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART0 : UART 0 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART1 : UART 1 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_PWM1 : PWM 1 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C0 : I2C 0 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SPI : SPI - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SSP1 : SSP 1 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_DAC : DAC - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_ADC : ADC - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CAN1 : CAN 1 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CAN2 : CAN 2 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_ACF : ACF - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_QEI : QEI - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_PCB : PCB - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C1 : I2C 1 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SSP0 : SSP 0 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER2 : Timer 2 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER3 : Timer 3 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART2 : UART 2 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART3 : UART 3 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C2 : I2C 2 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2S : I2S - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_RIT : RIT - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SYSCON : SYSCON - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_MC : MC - - * @param[in] DivVal Value of divider, should be: - * - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_4 : PCLK_peripheral = CCLK/4 - * - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_1 : PCLK_peripheral = CCLK/1 - * - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_2 : PCLK_peripheral = CCLK/2 - * - * @return none - **********************************************************************/ -void CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (uint32_t ClkType, uint32_t DivVal) -{ - uint32_t bitpos; - - bitpos = (ClkType < 32) ? (ClkType) : (ClkType - 32); - - /* PCLKSEL0 selected */ - if (ClkType < 32) - { - /* Clear two bit at bit position */ - LPC_SC->PCLKSEL0 &= (~(CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_BITMASK(bitpos))); - - /* Set two selected bit */ - LPC_SC->PCLKSEL0 |= (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SET(bitpos, DivVal)); - } - /* PCLKSEL1 selected */ - else - { - /* Clear two bit at bit position */ - LPC_SC->PCLKSEL1 &= ~(CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_BITMASK(bitpos)); - - /* Set two selected bit */ - LPC_SC->PCLKSEL1 |= (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SET(bitpos, DivVal)); - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get current value of each Peripheral Clock Selection - * @param[in] ClkType Peripheral Clock Selection of each type, - * should be one of the following: - * - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_WDT : WDT - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER0 : Timer 0 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER1 : Timer 1 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART0 : UART 0 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART1 : UART 1 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_PWM1 : PWM 1 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C0 : I2C 0 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SPI : SPI - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SSP1 : SSP 1 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_DAC : DAC - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_ADC : ADC - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CAN1 : CAN 1 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CAN2 : CAN 2 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_ACF : ACF - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_QEI : QEI - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_PCB : PCB - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C1 : I2C 1 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SSP0 : SSP 0 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER2 : Timer 2 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER3 : Timer 3 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART2 : UART 2 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART3 : UART 3 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C2 : I2C 2 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2S : I2S - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_RIT : RIT - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SYSCON : SYSCON - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_MC : MC - - * @return Value of Selected Peripheral Clock Selection - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t CLKPWR_GetPCLKSEL (uint32_t ClkType) -{ - uint32_t bitpos, retval; - - if (ClkType < 32) - { - bitpos = ClkType; - retval = LPC_SC->PCLKSEL0; - } - else - { - bitpos = ClkType - 32; - retval = LPC_SC->PCLKSEL1; - } - - retval = CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_GET(bitpos, retval); - return retval; -} - - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get current value of each Peripheral Clock - * @param[in] ClkType Peripheral Clock Selection of each type, - * should be one of the following: - * - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_WDT : WDT - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER0 : Timer 0 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER1 : Timer 1 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART0 : UART 0 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART1 : UART 1 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_PWM1 : PWM 1 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C0 : I2C 0 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SPI : SPI - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SSP1 : SSP 1 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_DAC : DAC - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_ADC : ADC - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CAN1 : CAN 1 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CAN2 : CAN 2 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_ACF : ACF - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_QEI : QEI - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_PCB : PCB - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C1 : I2C 1 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SSP0 : SSP 0 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER2 : Timer 2 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER3 : Timer 3 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART2 : UART 2 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART3 : UART 3 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C2 : I2C 2 - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2S : I2S - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_RIT : RIT - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SYSCON : SYSCON - - CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_MC : MC - - * @return Value of Selected Peripheral Clock - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t CLKPWR_GetPCLK (uint32_t ClkType) -{ - uint32_t retval, div; - - retval = SystemCoreClock; - div = CLKPWR_GetPCLKSEL(ClkType); - - switch (div) - { - case 0: - div = 4; - break; - - case 1: - div = 1; - break; - - case 2: - div = 2; - break; - - case 3: - div = 8; - break; - } - retval /= div; - - return retval; -} - - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Configure power supply for each peripheral according to NewState - * @param[in] PPType Type of peripheral used to enable power, - * should be one of the following: - * - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM0 : Timer 0 - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM1 : Timer 1 - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART0 : UART 0 - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART1 : UART 1 - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCPWM1 : PWM 1 - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2C0 : I2C 0 - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCSPI : SPI - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCRTC : RTC - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCSSP1 : SSP 1 - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCAD : ADC - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCAN1 : CAN 1 - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCAN2 : CAN 2 - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCGPIO : GPIO - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCRIT : RIT - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCMC : MC - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCQEI : QEI - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2C1 : I2C 1 - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCSSP0 : SSP 0 - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM2 : Timer 2 - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM3 : Timer 3 - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART2 : UART 2 - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART3 : UART 3 - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2C2 : I2C 2 - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2S : I2S - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCGPDMA : GPDMA - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCENET : Ethernet - - CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUSB : USB - * - * @param[in] NewState New state of Peripheral Power, should be: - * - ENABLE : Enable power for this peripheral - * - DISABLE : Disable power for this peripheral - * - * @return none - **********************************************************************/ -void CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (uint32_t PPType, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - if (NewState == ENABLE) - { - LPC_SC->PCONP |= PPType & CLKPWR_PCONP_BITMASK; - } - else if (NewState == DISABLE) - { - LPC_SC->PCONP &= (~PPType) & CLKPWR_PCONP_BITMASK; - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enter Sleep mode with co-operated instruction by the Cortex-M3. - * @param[in] None - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void CLKPWR_Sleep(void) -{ - LPC_SC->PCON = 0x00; - /* Sleep Mode*/ - __WFI(); -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enter Deep Sleep mode with co-operated instruction by the Cortex-M3. - * @param[in] None - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void CLKPWR_DeepSleep(void) -{ - /* Deep-Sleep Mode, set SLEEPDEEP bit */ - SCB->SCR = 0x4; - LPC_SC->PCON = 0x00; - /* Deep Sleep Mode*/ - __WFI(); -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enter Power Down mode with co-operated instruction by the Cortex-M3. - * @param[in] None - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void CLKPWR_PowerDown(void) -{ - /* Deep-Sleep Mode, set SLEEPDEEP bit */ - SCB->SCR = 0x4; - LPC_SC->PCON = 0x01; - /* Power Down Mode*/ - __WFI(); -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enter Deep Power Down mode with co-operated instruction by the Cortex-M3. - * @param[in] None - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void CLKPWR_DeepPowerDown(void) -{ - /* Deep-Sleep Mode, set SLEEPDEEP bit */ - SCB->SCR = 0x4; - LPC_SC->PCON = 0x03; - /* Deep Power Down Mode*/ - __WFI(); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_dac.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_dac.c deleted file mode 100644 index f13bf3b6a9..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_dac.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,151 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_dac.c 2010-05-21 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_dac.c -* @brief Contains all functions support for DAC firmware library on LPC17xx -* @version 2.0 -* @date 21. May. 2010 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2010, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup DAC - * @{ - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "lpc17xx_dac.h" -#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h" - -/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration - * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included, - * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead - */ -#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h" -#else -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h" -#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */ - - -#ifdef _DAC - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup DAC_Public_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Initial ADC configuration - * - Maximum current is 700 uA - * - Value to AOUT is 0 - * @param[in] DACx pointer to LPC_DAC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_DAC - * @return None - ***********************************************************************/ -void DAC_Init(LPC_DAC_TypeDef *DACx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_DACx(DACx)); - /* Set default clock divider for DAC */ - // CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_DAC, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_4); - //Set maximum current output - DAC_SetBias(LPC_DAC,DAC_MAX_CURRENT_700uA); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Update value to DAC - * @param[in] DACx pointer to LPC_DAC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_DAC - * @param[in] dac_value : value 10 bit to be converted to output - * @return None - ***********************************************************************/ -void DAC_UpdateValue (LPC_DAC_TypeDef *DACx,uint32_t dac_value) -{ - uint32_t tmp; - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_DACx(DACx)); - tmp = DACx->DACR & DAC_BIAS_EN; - tmp |= DAC_VALUE(dac_value); - // Update value - DACx->DACR = tmp; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set Maximum current for DAC - * @param[in] DACx pointer to LPC_DAC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_DAC - * @param[in] bias : 0 is 700 uA - * 1 350 uA - * @return None - ***********************************************************************/ -void DAC_SetBias (LPC_DAC_TypeDef *DACx,uint32_t bias) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_DAC_CURRENT_OPT(bias)); - DACx->DACR &=~DAC_BIAS_EN; - if (bias == DAC_MAX_CURRENT_350uA) - { - DACx->DACR |= DAC_BIAS_EN; - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief To enable the DMA operation and control DMA timer - * @param[in] DACx pointer to LPC_DAC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_DAC - * @param[in] DAC_ConverterConfigStruct pointer to DAC_CONVERTER_CFG_Type - * - DBLBUF_ENA : enable/disable DACR double buffering feature - * - CNT_ENA : enable/disable timer out counter - * - DMA_ENA : enable/disable DMA access - * @return None - ***********************************************************************/ -void DAC_ConfigDAConverterControl (LPC_DAC_TypeDef *DACx,DAC_CONVERTER_CFG_Type *DAC_ConverterConfigStruct) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_DACx(DACx)); - DACx->DACCTRL &= ~DAC_DACCTRL_MASK; - if (DAC_ConverterConfigStruct->DBLBUF_ENA) - DACx->DACCTRL |= DAC_DBLBUF_ENA; - if (DAC_ConverterConfigStruct->CNT_ENA) - DACx->DACCTRL |= DAC_CNT_ENA; - if (DAC_ConverterConfigStruct->DMA_ENA) - DACx->DACCTRL |= DAC_DMA_ENA; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set reload value for interrupt/DMA counter - * @param[in] DACx pointer to LPC_DAC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_DAC - * @param[in] time_out time out to reload for interrupt/DMA counter - * @return None - ***********************************************************************/ -void DAC_SetDMATimeOut(LPC_DAC_TypeDef *DACx, uint32_t time_out) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_DACx(DACx)); - DACx->DACCNTVAL = DAC_CCNT_VALUE(time_out); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* _DAC */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_emac.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_emac.c deleted file mode 100644 index f0e4e4627e..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_emac.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,963 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_emac.c 2010-05-21 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_emac.c -* @brief Contains all functions support for Ethernet MAC firmware -* library on LPC17xx -* @version 2.0 -* @date 21. May. 2010 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2010, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup EMAC - * @{ - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "lpc17xx_emac.h" -#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h" - -/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration - * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included, - * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead - */ -#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h" -#else -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h" -#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */ - - -#ifdef _EMAC - -/* Private Variables ---------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup EMAC_Private_Variables EMAC Private Variables - * @{ - */ - -/* MII Mgmt Configuration register - Clock divider setting */ -const uint8_t EMAC_clkdiv[] = { 4, 6, 8, 10, 14, 20, 28, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 64}; - -/* EMAC local DMA Descriptors */ - -/** Rx Descriptor data array */ -static RX_Desc Rx_Desc[EMAC_NUM_RX_FRAG]; - -/** Rx Status data array - Must be 8-Byte aligned */ -#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) -static __align(8) RX_Stat Rx_Stat[EMAC_NUM_RX_FRAG]; -#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ ) -#pragma data_alignment=8 -static RX_Stat Rx_Stat[EMAC_NUM_RX_FRAG]; -#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) -static __attribute__ ((aligned (8))) RX_Stat Rx_Stat[EMAC_NUM_RX_FRAG]; -#endif - -/** Tx Descriptor data array */ -static TX_Desc Tx_Desc[EMAC_NUM_TX_FRAG]; -/** Tx Status data array */ -static TX_Stat Tx_Stat[EMAC_NUM_TX_FRAG]; - -/* EMAC local DMA buffers */ -/** Rx buffer data */ -static uint32_t rx_buf[EMAC_NUM_RX_FRAG][EMAC_ETH_MAX_FLEN>>2]; -/** Tx buffer data */ -static uint32_t tx_buf[EMAC_NUM_TX_FRAG][EMAC_ETH_MAX_FLEN>>2]; - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private Functions ---------------------------------------------------------- */ -static void rx_descr_init (void); -static void tx_descr_init (void); -static int32_t write_PHY (uint32_t PhyReg, uint16_t Value); -static int32_t read_PHY (uint32_t PhyReg); - -static void setEmacAddr(uint8_t abStationAddr[]); -static int32_t emac_CRCCalc(uint8_t frame_no_fcs[], int32_t frame_len); - - -/*--------------------------- rx_descr_init ---------------------------------*/ -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Initializes RX Descriptor - * @param[in] None - * @return None - ***********************************************************************/ -static void rx_descr_init (void) -{ - /* Initialize Receive Descriptor and Status array. */ - uint32_t i; - - for (i = 0; i < EMAC_NUM_RX_FRAG; i++) { - Rx_Desc[i].Packet = (uint32_t)&rx_buf[i]; - Rx_Desc[i].Ctrl = EMAC_RCTRL_INT | (EMAC_ETH_MAX_FLEN - 1); - Rx_Stat[i].Info = 0; - Rx_Stat[i].HashCRC = 0; - } - - /* Set EMAC Receive Descriptor Registers. */ - LPC_EMAC->RxDescriptor = (uint32_t)&Rx_Desc[0]; - LPC_EMAC->RxStatus = (uint32_t)&Rx_Stat[0]; - LPC_EMAC->RxDescriptorNumber = EMAC_NUM_RX_FRAG - 1; - - /* Rx Descriptors Point to 0 */ - LPC_EMAC->RxConsumeIndex = 0; -} - - -/*--------------------------- tx_descr_init ---- ----------------------------*/ -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Initializes TX Descriptor - * @param[in] None - * @return None - ***********************************************************************/ -static void tx_descr_init (void) { - /* Initialize Transmit Descriptor and Status array. */ - uint32_t i; - - for (i = 0; i < EMAC_NUM_TX_FRAG; i++) { - Tx_Desc[i].Packet = (uint32_t)&tx_buf[i]; - Tx_Desc[i].Ctrl = 0; - Tx_Stat[i].Info = 0; - } - - /* Set EMAC Transmit Descriptor Registers. */ - LPC_EMAC->TxDescriptor = (uint32_t)&Tx_Desc[0]; - LPC_EMAC->TxStatus = (uint32_t)&Tx_Stat[0]; - LPC_EMAC->TxDescriptorNumber = EMAC_NUM_TX_FRAG - 1; - - /* Tx Descriptors Point to 0 */ - LPC_EMAC->TxProduceIndex = 0; -} - - -/*--------------------------- write_PHY -------------------------------------*/ -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Write value to PHY device - * @param[in] PhyReg: PHY Register address - * @param[in] Value: Value to write - * @return 0 - if success - * 1 - if fail - ***********************************************************************/ -static int32_t write_PHY (uint32_t PhyReg, uint16_t Value) -{ - /* Write a data 'Value' to PHY register 'PhyReg'. */ - uint32_t tout; - - LPC_EMAC->MADR = EMAC_DEF_ADR | PhyReg; - LPC_EMAC->MWTD = Value; - - /* Wait until operation completed */ - tout = 0; - for (tout = 0; tout < EMAC_MII_WR_TOUT; tout++) { - if ((LPC_EMAC->MIND & EMAC_MIND_BUSY) == 0) { - return (0); - } - } - // Time out! - return (-1); -} - - -/*--------------------------- read_PHY --------------------------------------*/ -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Read value from PHY device - * @param[in] PhyReg: PHY Register address - * @return 0 - if success - * 1 - if fail - ***********************************************************************/ -static int32_t read_PHY (uint32_t PhyReg) -{ - /* Read a PHY register 'PhyReg'. */ - uint32_t tout; - - LPC_EMAC->MADR = EMAC_DEF_ADR | PhyReg; - LPC_EMAC->MCMD = EMAC_MCMD_READ; - - /* Wait until operation completed */ - tout = 0; - for (tout = 0; tout < EMAC_MII_RD_TOUT; tout++) { - if ((LPC_EMAC->MIND & EMAC_MIND_BUSY) == 0) { - LPC_EMAC->MCMD = 0; - return (LPC_EMAC->MRDD); - } - } - // Time out! - return (-1); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set Station MAC address for EMAC module - * @param[in] abStationAddr Pointer to Station address that contains 6-bytes - * of MAC address (should be in order from MAC Address 1 to MAC Address 6) - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -static void setEmacAddr(uint8_t abStationAddr[]) -{ - /* Set the Ethernet MAC Address registers */ - LPC_EMAC->SA0 = ((uint32_t)abStationAddr[5] << 8) | (uint32_t)abStationAddr[4]; - LPC_EMAC->SA1 = ((uint32_t)abStationAddr[3] << 8) | (uint32_t)abStationAddr[2]; - LPC_EMAC->SA2 = ((uint32_t)abStationAddr[1] << 8) | (uint32_t)abStationAddr[0]; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Calculates CRC code for number of bytes in the frame - * @param[in] frame_no_fcs Pointer to the first byte of the frame - * @param[in] frame_len length of the frame without the FCS - * @return the CRC as a 32 bit integer - **********************************************************************/ -static int32_t emac_CRCCalc(uint8_t frame_no_fcs[], int32_t frame_len) -{ - int i; // iterator - int j; // another iterator - char byte; // current byte - int crc; // CRC result - int q0, q1, q2, q3; // temporary variables - crc = 0xFFFFFFFF; - for (i = 0; i < frame_len; i++) { - byte = *frame_no_fcs++; - for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) { - if (((crc >> 28) ^ (byte >> 3)) & 0x00000001) { - q3 = 0x04C11DB7; - } else { - q3 = 0x00000000; - } - if (((crc >> 29) ^ (byte >> 2)) & 0x00000001) { - q2 = 0x09823B6E; - } else { - q2 = 0x00000000; - } - if (((crc >> 30) ^ (byte >> 1)) & 0x00000001) { - q1 = 0x130476DC; - } else { - q1 = 0x00000000; - } - if (((crc >> 31) ^ (byte >> 0)) & 0x00000001) { - q0 = 0x2608EDB8; - } else { - q0 = 0x00000000; - } - crc = (crc << 4) ^ q3 ^ q2 ^ q1 ^ q0; - byte >>= 4; - } - } - return crc; -} -/* End of Private Functions --------------------------------------------------- */ - - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup EMAC_Public_Functions - * @{ - */ - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Initializes the EMAC peripheral according to the specified -* parameters in the EMAC_ConfigStruct. - * @param[in] EMAC_ConfigStruct Pointer to a EMAC_CFG_Type structure -* that contains the configuration information for the -* specified EMAC peripheral. - * @return None - * - * Note: This function will initialize EMAC module according to procedure below: - * - Remove the soft reset condition from the MAC - * - Configure the PHY via the MIIM interface of the MAC - * - Select RMII mode - * - Configure the transmit and receive DMA engines, including the descriptor arrays - * - Configure the host registers (MAC1,MAC2 etc.) in the MAC - * - Enable the receive and transmit data paths - * In default state after initializing, only Rx Done and Tx Done interrupt are enabled, - * all remain interrupts are disabled - * (Ref. from LPC17xx UM) - **********************************************************************/ -Status EMAC_Init(EMAC_CFG_Type *EMAC_ConfigStruct) -{ - /* Initialize the EMAC Ethernet controller. */ - int32_t regv,tout, tmp; - - /* Set up clock and power for Ethernet module */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCENET, ENABLE); - - /* Reset all EMAC internal modules */ - LPC_EMAC->MAC1 = EMAC_MAC1_RES_TX | EMAC_MAC1_RES_MCS_TX | EMAC_MAC1_RES_RX | - EMAC_MAC1_RES_MCS_RX | EMAC_MAC1_SIM_RES | EMAC_MAC1_SOFT_RES; - - LPC_EMAC->Command = EMAC_CR_REG_RES | EMAC_CR_TX_RES | EMAC_CR_RX_RES | EMAC_CR_PASS_RUNT_FRM; - - /* A short delay after reset. */ - for (tout = 100; tout; tout--); - - /* Initialize MAC control registers. */ - LPC_EMAC->MAC1 = EMAC_MAC1_PASS_ALL; - LPC_EMAC->MAC2 = EMAC_MAC2_CRC_EN | EMAC_MAC2_PAD_EN; - LPC_EMAC->MAXF = EMAC_ETH_MAX_FLEN; - /* - * Find the clock that close to desired target clock - */ - tmp = SystemCoreClock / EMAC_MCFG_MII_MAXCLK; - for (tout = 0; tout < sizeof (EMAC_clkdiv); tout++){ - if (EMAC_clkdiv[tout] >= tmp) break; - } - tout++; - // Write to MAC configuration register and reset - LPC_EMAC->MCFG = EMAC_MCFG_CLK_SEL(tout) | EMAC_MCFG_RES_MII; - // release reset - LPC_EMAC->MCFG &= ~(EMAC_MCFG_RES_MII); - LPC_EMAC->CLRT = EMAC_CLRT_DEF; - LPC_EMAC->IPGR = EMAC_IPGR_P2_DEF; - - /* Enable Reduced MII interface. */ - LPC_EMAC->Command = EMAC_CR_RMII | EMAC_CR_PASS_RUNT_FRM; - - /* Reset Reduced MII Logic. */ -// LPC_EMAC->SUPP = EMAC_SUPP_RES_RMII; - - for (tout = 100; tout; tout--); - LPC_EMAC->SUPP = 0; - - /* Put the DP83848C in reset mode */ - write_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_BMCR, EMAC_PHY_BMCR_RESET); - - /* Wait for hardware reset to end. */ - for (tout = EMAC_PHY_RESP_TOUT; tout>=0; tout--) { - regv = read_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_BMCR); - if (!(regv & (EMAC_PHY_BMCR_RESET | EMAC_PHY_BMCR_POWERDOWN))) { - /* Reset complete, device not Power Down. */ - break; - } - if (tout == 0){ - // Time out, return ERROR - return (ERROR); - } - } - - // Set PHY mode - if (EMAC_SetPHYMode(EMAC_ConfigStruct->Mode) < 0){ - return (ERROR); - } - - // Set EMAC address - setEmacAddr(EMAC_ConfigStruct->pbEMAC_Addr); - - /* Initialize Tx and Rx DMA Descriptors */ - rx_descr_init (); - tx_descr_init (); - - // Set Receive Filter register: enable broadcast and multicast - LPC_EMAC->RxFilterCtrl = EMAC_RFC_MCAST_EN | EMAC_RFC_BCAST_EN | EMAC_RFC_PERFECT_EN; - - /* Enable Rx Done and Tx Done interrupt for EMAC */ - LPC_EMAC->IntEnable = EMAC_INT_RX_DONE | EMAC_INT_TX_DONE; - - /* Reset all interrupts */ - LPC_EMAC->IntClear = 0xFFFF; - - /* Enable receive and transmit mode of MAC Ethernet core */ - LPC_EMAC->Command |= (EMAC_CR_RX_EN | EMAC_CR_TX_EN); - LPC_EMAC->MAC1 |= EMAC_MAC1_REC_EN; - - return SUCCESS; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief De-initializes the EMAC peripheral registers to their -* default reset values. - * @param[in] None - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void EMAC_DeInit(void) -{ - // Disable all interrupt - LPC_EMAC->IntEnable = 0x00; - // Clear all pending interrupt - LPC_EMAC->IntClear = (0xFF) | (EMAC_INT_SOFT_INT | EMAC_INT_WAKEUP); - - /* TurnOff clock and power for Ethernet module */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCENET, DISABLE); -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Check specified PHY status in EMAC peripheral - * @param[in] ulPHYState Specified PHY Status Type, should be: - * - EMAC_PHY_STAT_LINK: Link Status - * - EMAC_PHY_STAT_SPEED: Speed Status - * - EMAC_PHY_STAT_DUP: Duplex Status - * @return Status of specified PHY status (0 or 1). - * (-1) if error. - * - * Note: - * For EMAC_PHY_STAT_LINK, return value: - * - 0: Link Down - * - 1: Link Up - * For EMAC_PHY_STAT_SPEED, return value: - * - 0: 10Mbps - * - 1: 100Mbps - * For EMAC_PHY_STAT_DUP, return value: - * - 0: Half-Duplex - * - 1: Full-Duplex - **********************************************************************/ -int32_t EMAC_CheckPHYStatus(uint32_t ulPHYState) -{ - int32_t regv, tmp; -#ifdef MCB_LPC_1768 - regv = read_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_STS); - switch(ulPHYState){ - case EMAC_PHY_STAT_LINK: - tmp = (regv & EMAC_PHY_SR_LINK) ? 1 : 0; - break; - case EMAC_PHY_STAT_SPEED: - tmp = (regv & EMAC_PHY_SR_SPEED) ? 0 : 1; - break; - case EMAC_PHY_STAT_DUP: - tmp = (regv & EMAC_PHY_SR_FULL_DUP) ? 1 : 0; - break; -#elif defined(IAR_LPC_1768) - /* Use IAR_LPC_1768 board: - * FSZ8721BL doesn't have Status Register - * so we read Basic Mode Status Register (0x01h) instead - */ - regv = read_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_BMSR); - switch(ulPHYState){ - case EMAC_PHY_STAT_LINK: - tmp = (regv & EMAC_PHY_BMSR_LINK_STATUS) ? 1 : 0; - break; - case EMAC_PHY_STAT_SPEED: - tmp = (regv & EMAC_PHY_SR_100_SPEED) ? 1 : 0; - break; - case EMAC_PHY_STAT_DUP: - tmp = (regv & EMAC_PHY_SR_FULL_DUP) ? 1 : 0; - break; -#endif - default: - tmp = -1; - break; - } - return (tmp); -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set specified PHY mode in EMAC peripheral - * @param[in] ulPHYMode Specified PHY mode, should be: - * - EMAC_MODE_AUTO - * - EMAC_MODE_10M_FULL - * - EMAC_MODE_10M_HALF - * - EMAC_MODE_100M_FULL - * - EMAC_MODE_100M_HALF - * @return Return (0) if no error, otherwise return (-1) - **********************************************************************/ -int32_t EMAC_SetPHYMode(uint32_t ulPHYMode) -{ - int32_t id1, id2, tout; - - /* Check if this is a DP83848C PHY. */ - id1 = read_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_IDR1); - id2 = read_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_IDR2); - -#ifdef MCB_LPC_1768 - if (((id1 << 16) | (id2 & 0xFFF0)) == EMAC_DP83848C_ID) { - switch(ulPHYMode){ - case EMAC_MODE_AUTO: - write_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_BMCR, EMAC_PHY_AUTO_NEG); -#elif defined(IAR_LPC_1768) /* Use IAR LPC1768 KickStart board */ - if (((id1 << 16) | id2) == EMAC_KSZ8721BL_ID) { - /* Configure the PHY device */ - switch(ulPHYMode){ - case EMAC_MODE_AUTO: - /* Use auto-negotiation about the link speed. */ - write_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_BMCR, EMAC_PHY_AUTO_NEG); -// write_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_BMCR, EMAC_PHY_BMCR_AN); -#endif - /* Wait to complete Auto_Negotiation */ - for (tout = EMAC_PHY_RESP_TOUT; tout>=0; tout--) { - - } - break; - case EMAC_MODE_10M_FULL: - /* Connect at 10MBit full-duplex */ - write_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_BMCR, EMAC_PHY_FULLD_10M); - break; - case EMAC_MODE_10M_HALF: - /* Connect at 10MBit half-duplex */ - write_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_BMCR, EMAC_PHY_HALFD_10M); - break; - case EMAC_MODE_100M_FULL: - /* Connect at 100MBit full-duplex */ - write_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_BMCR, EMAC_PHY_FULLD_100M); - break; - case EMAC_MODE_100M_HALF: - /* Connect at 100MBit half-duplex */ - write_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_BMCR, EMAC_PHY_HALFD_100M); - break; - default: - // un-supported - return (-1); - } - } - // It's not correct module ID - else { - return (-1); - } - - // Update EMAC configuration with current PHY status - if (EMAC_UpdatePHYStatus() < 0){ - return (-1); - } - - // Complete - return (0); -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Auto-Configures value for the EMAC configuration register to - * match with current PHY mode - * @param[in] None - * @return Return (0) if no error, otherwise return (-1) - * - * Note: The EMAC configuration will be auto-configured: - * - Speed mode. - * - Half/Full duplex mode - **********************************************************************/ -int32_t EMAC_UpdatePHYStatus(void) -{ - int32_t regv, tout; - - /* Check the link status. */ -#ifdef MCB_LPC_1768 - for (tout = EMAC_PHY_RESP_TOUT; tout>=0; tout--) { - regv = read_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_STS); - if (regv & EMAC_PHY_SR_LINK) { - /* Link is on. */ - break; - } - if (tout == 0){ - // time out - return (-1); - } - } - /* Configure Full/Half Duplex mode. */ - if (regv & EMAC_PHY_SR_DUP) { - /* Full duplex is enabled. */ - LPC_EMAC->MAC2 |= EMAC_MAC2_FULL_DUP; - LPC_EMAC->Command |= EMAC_CR_FULL_DUP; - LPC_EMAC->IPGT = EMAC_IPGT_FULL_DUP; - } else { - /* Half duplex mode. */ - LPC_EMAC->IPGT = EMAC_IPGT_HALF_DUP; - } - if (regv & EMAC_PHY_SR_SPEED) { - /* 10MBit mode. */ - LPC_EMAC->SUPP = 0; - } else { - /* 100MBit mode. */ - LPC_EMAC->SUPP = EMAC_SUPP_SPEED; - } -#elif defined(IAR_LPC_1768) - for (tout = EMAC_PHY_RESP_TOUT; tout>=0; tout--) { - regv = read_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_BMSR); - if (regv & EMAC_PHY_BMSR_LINK_STATUS) { - /* Link is on. */ - break; - } - if (tout == 0){ - // time out - return (-1); - } - } - - /* Configure Full/Half Duplex mode. */ - if (regv & EMAC_PHY_SR_FULL_DUP) { - /* Full duplex is enabled. */ - LPC_EMAC->MAC2 |= EMAC_MAC2_FULL_DUP; - LPC_EMAC->Command |= EMAC_CR_FULL_DUP; - LPC_EMAC->IPGT = EMAC_IPGT_FULL_DUP; - } else { - /* Half duplex mode. */ - LPC_EMAC->IPGT = EMAC_IPGT_HALF_DUP; - } - - /* Configure 100MBit/10MBit mode. */ - if (!(regv & EMAC_PHY_SR_100_SPEED)) { - /* 10MBit mode. */ - LPC_EMAC->SUPP = 0; - } else { - /* 100MBit mode. */ - LPC_EMAC->SUPP = EMAC_SUPP_SPEED; - } -#endif - // Complete - return (0); -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable/Disable hash filter functionality for specified destination - * MAC address in EMAC module - * @param[in] dstMAC_addr Pointer to the first MAC destination address, should - * be 6-bytes length, in order LSB to the MSB - * @param[in] NewState New State of this command, should be: - * - ENABLE. - * - DISABLE. - * @return None - * - * Note: - * The standard Ethernet cyclic redundancy check (CRC) function is calculated from - * the 6 byte destination address in the Ethernet frame (this CRC is calculated - * anyway as part of calculating the CRC of the whole frame), then bits [28:23] out of - * the 32 bits CRC result are taken to form the hash. The 6 bit hash is used to access - * the hash table: it is used as an index in the 64 bit HashFilter register that has been - * programmed with accept values. If the selected accept value is 1, the frame is - * accepted. - **********************************************************************/ -void EMAC_SetHashFilter(uint8_t dstMAC_addr[], FunctionalState NewState) -{ - uint32_t *pReg; - uint32_t tmp; - int32_t crc; - - // Calculate the CRC from the destination MAC address - crc = emac_CRCCalc(dstMAC_addr, 6); - // Extract the value from CRC to get index value for hash filter table - crc = (crc >> 23) & 0x3F; - - pReg = (crc > 31) ? ((uint32_t *)&LPC_EMAC->HashFilterH) \ - : ((uint32_t *)&LPC_EMAC->HashFilterL); - tmp = (crc > 31) ? (crc - 32) : crc; - if (NewState == ENABLE) { - (*pReg) |= (1UL << tmp); - } else { - (*pReg) &= ~(1UL << tmp); - } - // Enable Rx Filter - LPC_EMAC->Command &= ~EMAC_CR_PASS_RX_FILT; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable/Disable Filter mode for each specified type EMAC peripheral - * @param[in] ulFilterMode Filter mode, should be: - * - EMAC_RFC_UCAST_EN: all frames of unicast types - * will be accepted - * - EMAC_RFC_BCAST_EN: broadcast frame will be - * accepted - * - EMAC_RFC_MCAST_EN: all frames of multicast - * types will be accepted - * - EMAC_RFC_UCAST_HASH_EN: The imperfect hash - * filter will be applied to unicast addresses - * - EMAC_RFC_MCAST_HASH_EN: The imperfect hash - * filter will be applied to multicast addresses - * - EMAC_RFC_PERFECT_EN: the destination address - * will be compared with the 6 byte station address - * programmed in the station address by the filter - * - EMAC_RFC_MAGP_WOL_EN: the result of the magic - * packet filter will generate a WoL interrupt when - * there is a match - * - EMAC_RFC_PFILT_WOL_EN: the result of the perfect address - * matching filter and the imperfect hash filter will - * generate a WoL interrupt when there is a match - * @param[in] NewState New State of this command, should be: - * - ENABLE - * - DISABLE - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void EMAC_SetFilterMode(uint32_t ulFilterMode, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - if (NewState == ENABLE){ - LPC_EMAC->RxFilterCtrl |= ulFilterMode; - } else { - LPC_EMAC->RxFilterCtrl &= ~ulFilterMode; - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get status of Wake On LAN Filter for each specified - * type in EMAC peripheral, clear this status if it is set - * @param[in] ulWoLMode WoL Filter mode, should be: - * - EMAC_WOL_UCAST: unicast frames caused WoL - * - EMAC_WOL_UCAST: broadcast frame caused WoL - * - EMAC_WOL_MCAST: multicast frame caused WoL - * - EMAC_WOL_UCAST_HASH: unicast frame that passes the - * imperfect hash filter caused WoL - * - EMAC_WOL_MCAST_HASH: multicast frame that passes the - * imperfect hash filter caused WoL - * - EMAC_WOL_PERFECT:perfect address matching filter - * caused WoL - * - EMAC_WOL_RX_FILTER: the receive filter caused WoL - * - EMAC_WOL_MAG_PACKET: the magic packet filter caused WoL - * @return SET/RESET - **********************************************************************/ -FlagStatus EMAC_GetWoLStatus(uint32_t ulWoLMode) -{ - if (LPC_EMAC->RxFilterWoLStatus & ulWoLMode) { - LPC_EMAC->RxFilterWoLClear = ulWoLMode; - return SET; - } else { - return RESET; - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Write data to Tx packet data buffer at current index due to - * TxProduceIndex - * @param[in] pDataStruct Pointer to a EMAC_PACKETBUF_Type structure - * data that contain specified information about - * Packet data buffer. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void EMAC_WritePacketBuffer(EMAC_PACKETBUF_Type *pDataStruct) -{ - uint32_t idx,len; - uint32_t *sp,*dp; - - idx = LPC_EMAC->TxProduceIndex; - sp = (uint32_t *)pDataStruct->pbDataBuf; - dp = (uint32_t *)Tx_Desc[idx].Packet; - /* Copy frame data to EMAC packet buffers. */ - for (len = (pDataStruct->ulDataLen + 3) >> 2; len; len--) { - *dp++ = *sp++; - } - Tx_Desc[idx].Ctrl = (pDataStruct->ulDataLen - 1) | (EMAC_TCTRL_INT | EMAC_TCTRL_LAST); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Read data from Rx packet data buffer at current index due - * to RxConsumeIndex - * @param[in] pDataStruct Pointer to a EMAC_PACKETBUF_Type structure - * data that contain specified information about - * Packet data buffer. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void EMAC_ReadPacketBuffer(EMAC_PACKETBUF_Type *pDataStruct) -{ - uint32_t idx, len; - uint32_t *dp, *sp; - - idx = LPC_EMAC->RxConsumeIndex; - dp = (uint32_t *)pDataStruct->pbDataBuf; - sp = (uint32_t *)Rx_Desc[idx].Packet; - - if (pDataStruct->pbDataBuf != NULL) { - for (len = (pDataStruct->ulDataLen + 3) >> 2; len; len--) { - *dp++ = *sp++; - } - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable/Disable interrupt for each type in EMAC - * @param[in] ulIntType Interrupt Type, should be: - * - EMAC_INT_RX_OVERRUN: Receive Overrun - * - EMAC_INT_RX_ERR: Receive Error - * - EMAC_INT_RX_FIN: Receive Descriptor Finish - * - EMAC_INT_RX_DONE: Receive Done - * - EMAC_INT_TX_UNDERRUN: Transmit Under-run - * - EMAC_INT_TX_ERR: Transmit Error - * - EMAC_INT_TX_FIN: Transmit descriptor finish - * - EMAC_INT_TX_DONE: Transmit Done - * - EMAC_INT_SOFT_INT: Software interrupt - * - EMAC_INT_WAKEUP: Wakeup interrupt - * @param[in] NewState New State of this function, should be: - * - ENABLE. - * - DISABLE. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void EMAC_IntCmd(uint32_t ulIntType, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - if (NewState == ENABLE) { - LPC_EMAC->IntEnable |= ulIntType; - } else { - LPC_EMAC->IntEnable &= ~(ulIntType); - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Check whether if specified interrupt flag is set or not - * for each interrupt type in EMAC and clear interrupt pending - * if it is set. - * @param[in] ulIntType Interrupt Type, should be: - * - EMAC_INT_RX_OVERRUN: Receive Overrun - * - EMAC_INT_RX_ERR: Receive Error - * - EMAC_INT_RX_FIN: Receive Descriptor Finish - * - EMAC_INT_RX_DONE: Receive Done - * - EMAC_INT_TX_UNDERRUN: Transmit Under-run - * - EMAC_INT_TX_ERR: Transmit Error - * - EMAC_INT_TX_FIN: Transmit descriptor finish - * - EMAC_INT_TX_DONE: Transmit Done - * - EMAC_INT_SOFT_INT: Software interrupt - * - EMAC_INT_WAKEUP: Wakeup interrupt - * @return New state of specified interrupt (SET or RESET) - **********************************************************************/ -IntStatus EMAC_IntGetStatus(uint32_t ulIntType) -{ - if (LPC_EMAC->IntStatus & ulIntType) { - LPC_EMAC->IntClear = ulIntType; - return SET; - } else { - return RESET; - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Check whether if the current RxConsumeIndex is not equal to the - * current RxProduceIndex. - * @param[in] None - * @return TRUE if they're not equal, otherwise return FALSE - * - * Note: In case the RxConsumeIndex is not equal to the RxProduceIndex, - * it means there're available data has been received. They should be read - * out and released the Receive Data Buffer by updating the RxConsumeIndex value. - **********************************************************************/ -Bool EMAC_CheckReceiveIndex(void) -{ - if (LPC_EMAC->RxConsumeIndex != LPC_EMAC->RxProduceIndex) { - return TRUE; - } else { - return FALSE; - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Check whether if the current TxProduceIndex is not equal to the - * current RxProduceIndex - 1. - * @param[in] None - * @return TRUE if they're not equal, otherwise return FALSE - * - * Note: In case the RxConsumeIndex is equal to the RxProduceIndex - 1, - * it means the transmit buffer is available and data can be written to transmit - * buffer to be sent. - **********************************************************************/ -Bool EMAC_CheckTransmitIndex(void) -{ - uint32_t tmp = LPC_EMAC->TxConsumeIndex; - if (LPC_EMAC->TxProduceIndex == ( tmp - 1 )) - { - return FALSE; - } - else if( ( tmp == 0 ) && ( LPC_EMAC->TxProduceIndex == ( EMAC_NUM_TX_FRAG - 1 ) ) ) - { - return FALSE; - } - else - { - return TRUE; - } -} - - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get current status value of receive data (due to RxConsumeIndex) - * @param[in] ulRxStatType Received Status type, should be one of following: - * - EMAC_RINFO_CTRL_FRAME: Control Frame - * - EMAC_RINFO_VLAN: VLAN Frame - * - EMAC_RINFO_FAIL_FILT: RX Filter Failed - * - EMAC_RINFO_MCAST: Multicast Frame - * - EMAC_RINFO_BCAST: Broadcast Frame - * - EMAC_RINFO_CRC_ERR: CRC Error in Frame - * - EMAC_RINFO_SYM_ERR: Symbol Error from PHY - * - EMAC_RINFO_LEN_ERR: Length Error - * - EMAC_RINFO_RANGE_ERR: Range error(exceeded max size) - * - EMAC_RINFO_ALIGN_ERR: Alignment error - * - EMAC_RINFO_OVERRUN: Receive overrun - * - EMAC_RINFO_NO_DESCR: No new Descriptor available - * - EMAC_RINFO_LAST_FLAG: last Fragment in Frame - * - EMAC_RINFO_ERR: Error Occurred (OR of all error) - * @return Current value of receive data (due to RxConsumeIndex) - **********************************************************************/ -FlagStatus EMAC_CheckReceiveDataStatus(uint32_t ulRxStatType) -{ - uint32_t idx; - idx = LPC_EMAC->RxConsumeIndex; - return (((Rx_Stat[idx].Info) & ulRxStatType) ? SET : RESET); -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get size of current Received data in received buffer (due to - * RxConsumeIndex) - * @param[in] None - * @return Size of received data - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t EMAC_GetReceiveDataSize(void) -{ - uint32_t idx; - idx =LPC_EMAC->RxConsumeIndex; - return ((Rx_Stat[idx].Info) & EMAC_RINFO_SIZE); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Increase the RxConsumeIndex (after reading the Receive buffer - * to release the Receive buffer) and wrap-around the index if - * it reaches the maximum Receive Number - * @param[in] None - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void EMAC_UpdateRxConsumeIndex(void) -{ - // Get current Rx consume index - uint32_t idx = LPC_EMAC->RxConsumeIndex; - - /* Release frame from EMAC buffer */ - if (++idx == EMAC_NUM_RX_FRAG) idx = 0; - LPC_EMAC->RxConsumeIndex = idx; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Increase the TxProduceIndex (after writting to the Transmit buffer - * to enable the Transmit buffer) and wrap-around the index if - * it reaches the maximum Transmit Number - * @param[in] None - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void EMAC_UpdateTxProduceIndex(void) -{ - // Get current Tx produce index - uint32_t idx = LPC_EMAC->TxProduceIndex; - - /* Start frame transmission */ - if (++idx == EMAC_NUM_TX_FRAG) idx = 0; - LPC_EMAC->TxProduceIndex = idx; -} - - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* _EMAC */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_exti.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_exti.c deleted file mode 100644 index 805bee4b09..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_exti.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,171 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_exti.c 2010-06-18 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_exti.c -* @brief Contains all functions support for External interrupt firmware -* library on LPC17xx -* @version 3.0 -* @date 18. June. 2010 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2010, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup EXTI - * @{ - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "lpc17xx_exti.h" - -/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration - * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included, - * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead - */ -#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h" -#else -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h" -#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */ - - -#ifdef _EXTI - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup EXTI_Public_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Initial for EXT - * - Set EXTINT, EXTMODE, EXTPOLAR registers to default value - * @param[in] None - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void EXTI_Init(void) -{ - LPC_SC->EXTINT = 0xF; - LPC_SC->EXTMODE = 0x0; - LPC_SC->EXTPOLAR = 0x0; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** -* @brief Close EXT -* @param[in] None -* @return None -**********************************************************************/ -void EXTI_DeInit(void) -{ - ; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Configuration for EXT - * - Set EXTINT, EXTMODE, EXTPOLAR register - * @param[in] EXTICfg Pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure - * that contains the configuration information for the - * specified external interrupt - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void EXTI_Config(EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTICfg) -{ - LPC_SC->EXTINT = 0x0; - EXTI_SetMode(EXTICfg->EXTI_Line, EXTICfg->EXTI_Mode); - EXTI_SetPolarity(EXTICfg->EXTI_Line, EXTICfg->EXTI_polarity); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** -* @brief Set mode for EXTI pin -* @param[in] EXTILine external interrupt line, should be: -* - EXTI_EINT0: external interrupt line 0 -* - EXTI_EINT1: external interrupt line 1 -* - EXTI_EINT2: external interrupt line 2 -* - EXTI_EINT3: external interrupt line 3 -* @param[in] mode external mode, should be: -* - EXTI_MODE_LEVEL_SENSITIVE -* - EXTI_MODE_EDGE_SENSITIVE -* @return None -*********************************************************************/ -void EXTI_SetMode(EXTI_LINE_ENUM EXTILine, EXTI_MODE_ENUM mode) -{ - if(mode == EXTI_MODE_EDGE_SENSITIVE) - { - LPC_SC->EXTMODE |= (1 << EXTILine); - } - else if(mode == EXTI_MODE_LEVEL_SENSITIVE) - { - LPC_SC->EXTMODE &= ~(1 << EXTILine); - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** -* @brief Set polarity for EXTI pin -* @param[in] EXTILine external interrupt line, should be: -* - EXTI_EINT0: external interrupt line 0 -* - EXTI_EINT1: external interrupt line 1 -* - EXTI_EINT2: external interrupt line 2 -* - EXTI_EINT3: external interrupt line 3 -* @param[in] polarity external polarity value, should be: -* - EXTI_POLARITY_LOW_ACTIVE_OR_FALLING_EDGE -* - EXTI_POLARITY_LOW_ACTIVE_OR_FALLING_EDGE -* @return None -*********************************************************************/ -void EXTI_SetPolarity(EXTI_LINE_ENUM EXTILine, EXTI_POLARITY_ENUM polarity) -{ - if(polarity == EXTI_POLARITY_HIGH_ACTIVE_OR_RISING_EDGE) - { - LPC_SC->EXTPOLAR |= (1 << EXTILine); - } - else if(polarity == EXTI_POLARITY_LOW_ACTIVE_OR_FALLING_EDGE) - { - LPC_SC->EXTPOLAR &= ~(1 << EXTILine); - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** -* @brief Clear External interrupt flag -* @param[in] EXTILine external interrupt line, should be: -* - EXTI_EINT0: external interrupt line 0 -* - EXTI_EINT1: external interrupt line 1 -* - EXTI_EINT2: external interrupt line 2 -* - EXTI_EINT3: external interrupt line 3 -* @return None -*********************************************************************/ -void EXTI_ClearEXTIFlag(EXTI_LINE_ENUM EXTILine) -{ - LPC_SC->EXTINT = (1 << EXTILine); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* _EXTI */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ - diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_gpdma.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_gpdma.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0267de3d17..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_gpdma.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,463 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_gpdma.c 2010-03-21 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_gpdma.c -* @brief Contains all functions support for GPDMA firmware -* library on LPC17xx -* @version 2.1 -* @date 25. July. 2011 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2010, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup GPDMA - * @{ - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "lpc17xx_gpdma.h" -#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h" - -/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration - * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included, - * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead - */ -#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h" -#else -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h" -#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */ - -#ifdef _GPDMA - - -/* Private Variables ---------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup GPDMA_Private_Variables GPDMA Private Variables - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Lookup Table of Connection Type matched with - * Peripheral Data (FIFO) register base address - */ -//#ifdef __IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC__ -volatile const void *GPDMA_LUTPerAddr[] = { - (&LPC_SSP0->DR), // SSP0 Tx - (&LPC_SSP0->DR), // SSP0 Rx - (&LPC_SSP1->DR), // SSP1 Tx - (&LPC_SSP1->DR), // SSP1 Rx - (&LPC_ADC->ADGDR), // ADC - (&LPC_I2S->I2STXFIFO), // I2S Tx - (&LPC_I2S->I2SRXFIFO), // I2S Rx - (&LPC_DAC->DACR), // DAC - (&LPC_UART0->/*RBTHDLR.*/THR), // UART0 Tx - (&LPC_UART0->/*RBTHDLR.*/RBR), // UART0 Rx - (&LPC_UART1->/*RBTHDLR.*/THR), // UART1 Tx - (&LPC_UART1->/*RBTHDLR.*/RBR), // UART1 Rx - (&LPC_UART2->/*RBTHDLR.*/THR), // UART2 Tx - (&LPC_UART2->/*RBTHDLR.*/RBR), // UART2 Rx - (&LPC_UART3->/*RBTHDLR.*/THR), // UART3 Tx - (&LPC_UART3->/*RBTHDLR.*/RBR), // UART3 Rx - (&LPC_TIM0->MR0), // MAT0.0 - (&LPC_TIM0->MR1), // MAT0.1 - (&LPC_TIM1->MR0), // MAT1.0 - (&LPC_TIM1->MR1), // MAT1.1 - (&LPC_TIM2->MR0), // MAT2.0 - (&LPC_TIM2->MR1), // MAT2.1 - (&LPC_TIM3->MR0), // MAT3.0 - (&LPC_TIM3->MR1) // MAT3.1 -}; -//#else -//const uint32_t GPDMA_LUTPerAddr[] = { -// ((uint32_t)&LPC_SSP0->DR), // SSP0 Tx -// ((uint32_t)&LPC_SSP0->DR), // SSP0 Rx -// ((uint32_t)&LPC_SSP1->DR), // SSP1 Tx -// ((uint32_t)&LPC_SSP1->DR), // SSP1 Rx -// ((uint32_t)&LPC_ADC->ADGDR), // ADC -// ((uint32_t)&LPC_I2S->I2STXFIFO), // I2S Tx -// ((uint32_t)&LPC_I2S->I2SRXFIFO), // I2S Rx -// ((uint32_t)&LPC_DAC->DACR), // DAC -// ((uint32_t)&LPC_UART0->/*RBTHDLR.*/THR), // UART0 Tx -// ((uint32_t)&LPC_UART0->/*RBTHDLR.*/RBR), // UART0 Rx -// ((uint32_t)&LPC_UART1->/*RBTHDLR.*/THR), // UART1 Tx -// ((uint32_t)&LPC_UART1->/*RBTHDLR.*/RBR), // UART1 Rx -// ((uint32_t)&LPC_UART2->/*RBTHDLR.*/THR), // UART2 Tx -// ((uint32_t)&LPC_UART2->/*RBTHDLR.*/RBR), // UART2 Rx -// ((uint32_t)&LPC_UART3->/*RBTHDLR.*/THR), // UART3 Tx -// ((uint32_t)&LPC_UART3->/*RBTHDLR.*/RBR), // UART3 Rx -// ((uint32_t)&LPC_TIM0->MR0), // MAT0.0 -// ((uint32_t)&LPC_TIM0->MR1), // MAT0.1 -// ((uint32_t)&LPC_TIM1->MR0), // MAT1.0 -// ((uint32_t)&LPC_TIM1->MR1), // MAT1.1 -// ((uint32_t)&LPC_TIM2->MR0), // MAT2.0 -// ((uint32_t)&LPC_TIM2->MR1), // MAT2.1 -// ((uint32_t)&LPC_TIM3->MR0), // MAT3.0 -// ((uint32_t)&LPC_TIM3->MR1) // MAT3.1 -//}; -//#endif -/** - * @brief Lookup Table of GPDMA Channel Number matched with - * GPDMA channel pointer - */ -const LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *pGPDMACh[8] = { - LPC_GPDMACH0, // GPDMA Channel 0 - LPC_GPDMACH1, // GPDMA Channel 1 - LPC_GPDMACH2, // GPDMA Channel 2 - LPC_GPDMACH3, // GPDMA Channel 3 - LPC_GPDMACH4, // GPDMA Channel 4 - LPC_GPDMACH5, // GPDMA Channel 5 - LPC_GPDMACH6, // GPDMA Channel 6 - LPC_GPDMACH7 // GPDMA Channel 7 -}; -/** - * @brief Optimized Peripheral Source and Destination burst size - */ -const uint8_t GPDMA_LUTPerBurst[] = { - GPDMA_BSIZE_4, // SSP0 Tx - GPDMA_BSIZE_4, // SSP0 Rx - GPDMA_BSIZE_4, // SSP1 Tx - GPDMA_BSIZE_4, // SSP1 Rx - GPDMA_BSIZE_1, // ADC - GPDMA_BSIZE_32, // I2S channel 0 - GPDMA_BSIZE_32, // I2S channel 1 - GPDMA_BSIZE_1, // DAC - GPDMA_BSIZE_1, // UART0 Tx - GPDMA_BSIZE_1, // UART0 Rx - GPDMA_BSIZE_1, // UART1 Tx - GPDMA_BSIZE_1, // UART1 Rx - GPDMA_BSIZE_1, // UART2 Tx - GPDMA_BSIZE_1, // UART2 Rx - GPDMA_BSIZE_1, // UART3 Tx - GPDMA_BSIZE_1, // UART3 Rx - GPDMA_BSIZE_1, // MAT0.0 - GPDMA_BSIZE_1, // MAT0.1 - GPDMA_BSIZE_1, // MAT1.0 - GPDMA_BSIZE_1, // MAT1.1 - GPDMA_BSIZE_1, // MAT2.0 - GPDMA_BSIZE_1, // MAT2.1 - GPDMA_BSIZE_1, // MAT3.0 - GPDMA_BSIZE_1 // MAT3.1 -}; -/** - * @brief Optimized Peripheral Source and Destination transfer width - */ -const uint8_t GPDMA_LUTPerWid[] = { - GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE, // SSP0 Tx - GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE, // SSP0 Rx - GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE, // SSP1 Tx - GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE, // SSP1 Rx - GPDMA_WIDTH_WORD, // ADC - GPDMA_WIDTH_WORD, // I2S channel 0 - GPDMA_WIDTH_WORD, // I2S channel 1 - GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE, // DAC - GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE, // UART0 Tx - GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE, // UART0 Rx - GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE, // UART1 Tx - GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE, // UART1 Rx - GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE, // UART2 Tx - GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE, // UART2 Rx - GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE, // UART3 Tx - GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE, // UART3 Rx - GPDMA_WIDTH_WORD, // MAT0.0 - GPDMA_WIDTH_WORD, // MAT0.1 - GPDMA_WIDTH_WORD, // MAT1.0 - GPDMA_WIDTH_WORD, // MAT1.1 - GPDMA_WIDTH_WORD, // MAT2.0 - GPDMA_WIDTH_WORD, // MAT2.1 - GPDMA_WIDTH_WORD, // MAT3.0 - GPDMA_WIDTH_WORD // MAT3.1 -}; - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup GPDMA_Public_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Initialize GPDMA controller - * @param None - * @return None - *********************************************************************/ -void GPDMA_Init(void) -{ - /* Enable GPDMA clock */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCGPDMA, ENABLE); - - // Reset all channel configuration register - LPC_GPDMACH0->DMACCConfig = 0; - LPC_GPDMACH1->DMACCConfig = 0; - LPC_GPDMACH2->DMACCConfig = 0; - LPC_GPDMACH3->DMACCConfig = 0; - LPC_GPDMACH4->DMACCConfig = 0; - LPC_GPDMACH5->DMACCConfig = 0; - LPC_GPDMACH6->DMACCConfig = 0; - LPC_GPDMACH7->DMACCConfig = 0; - - /* Clear all DMA interrupt and error flag */ - LPC_GPDMA->DMACIntTCClear = 0xFF; - LPC_GPDMA->DMACIntErrClr = 0xFF; -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Setup GPDMA channel peripheral according to the specified - * parameters in the GPDMAChannelConfig. - * @param[in] GPDMAChannelConfig Pointer to a GPDMA_CH_CFG_Type - * structure that contains the configuration - * information for the specified GPDMA channel peripheral. - * @return ERROR if selected channel is enabled before - * or SUCCESS if channel is configured successfully - *********************************************************************/ -Status GPDMA_Setup(GPDMA_Channel_CFG_Type *GPDMAChannelConfig) -{ - LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *pDMAch; - uint32_t tmp1, tmp2; - - if (LPC_GPDMA->DMACEnbldChns & (GPDMA_DMACEnbldChns_Ch(GPDMAChannelConfig->ChannelNum))) { - // This channel is enabled, return ERROR, need to release this channel first - return ERROR; - } - - // Get Channel pointer - pDMAch = (LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *) pGPDMACh[GPDMAChannelConfig->ChannelNum]; - - // Reset the Interrupt status - LPC_GPDMA->DMACIntTCClear = GPDMA_DMACIntTCClear_Ch(GPDMAChannelConfig->ChannelNum); - LPC_GPDMA->DMACIntErrClr = GPDMA_DMACIntErrClr_Ch(GPDMAChannelConfig->ChannelNum); - - // Clear DMA configure - pDMAch->DMACCControl = 0x00; - pDMAch->DMACCConfig = 0x00; - - /* Assign Linker List Item value */ - pDMAch->DMACCLLI = GPDMAChannelConfig->DMALLI; - - /* Set value to Channel Control Registers */ - switch (GPDMAChannelConfig->TransferType) - { - // Memory to memory - case GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_M2M: - // Assign physical source and destination address - pDMAch->DMACCSrcAddr = GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcMemAddr; - pDMAch->DMACCDestAddr = GPDMAChannelConfig->DstMemAddr; - pDMAch->DMACCControl - = GPDMA_DMACCxControl_TransferSize(GPDMAChannelConfig->TransferSize) \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_SBSize(GPDMA_BSIZE_32) \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_DBSize(GPDMA_BSIZE_32) \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_SWidth(GPDMAChannelConfig->TransferWidth) \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_DWidth(GPDMAChannelConfig->TransferWidth) \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_SI \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_DI \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_I; - break; - // Memory to peripheral - case GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_M2P: - // Assign physical source - pDMAch->DMACCSrcAddr = GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcMemAddr; - // Assign peripheral destination address - pDMAch->DMACCDestAddr = (uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerAddr[GPDMAChannelConfig->DstConn]; - pDMAch->DMACCControl - = GPDMA_DMACCxControl_TransferSize((uint32_t)GPDMAChannelConfig->TransferSize) \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_SBSize((uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerBurst[GPDMAChannelConfig->DstConn]) \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_DBSize((uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerBurst[GPDMAChannelConfig->DstConn]) \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_SWidth((uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerWid[GPDMAChannelConfig->DstConn]) \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_DWidth((uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerWid[GPDMAChannelConfig->DstConn]) \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_SI \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_I; - break; - // Peripheral to memory - case GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_P2M: - // Assign peripheral source address - pDMAch->DMACCSrcAddr = (uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerAddr[GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcConn]; - // Assign memory destination address - pDMAch->DMACCDestAddr = GPDMAChannelConfig->DstMemAddr; - pDMAch->DMACCControl - = GPDMA_DMACCxControl_TransferSize((uint32_t)GPDMAChannelConfig->TransferSize) \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_SBSize((uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerBurst[GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcConn]) \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_DBSize((uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerBurst[GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcConn]) \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_SWidth((uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerWid[GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcConn]) \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_DWidth((uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerWid[GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcConn]) \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_DI \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_I; - break; - // Peripheral to peripheral - case GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_P2P: - // Assign peripheral source address - pDMAch->DMACCSrcAddr = (uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerAddr[GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcConn]; - // Assign peripheral destination address - pDMAch->DMACCDestAddr = (uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerAddr[GPDMAChannelConfig->DstConn]; - pDMAch->DMACCControl - = GPDMA_DMACCxControl_TransferSize((uint32_t)GPDMAChannelConfig->TransferSize) \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_SBSize((uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerBurst[GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcConn]) \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_DBSize((uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerBurst[GPDMAChannelConfig->DstConn]) \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_SWidth((uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerWid[GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcConn]) \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_DWidth((uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerWid[GPDMAChannelConfig->DstConn]) \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_I; - break; - // Do not support any more transfer type, return ERROR - default: - return ERROR; - } - - /* Re-Configure DMA Request Select for source peripheral */ - if (GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcConn > 15) - { - LPC_SC->DMAREQSEL |= (1<<(GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcConn - 16)); - } else { - LPC_SC->DMAREQSEL &= ~(1<<(GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcConn - 8)); - } - - /* Re-Configure DMA Request Select for Destination peripheral */ - if (GPDMAChannelConfig->DstConn > 15) - { - LPC_SC->DMAREQSEL |= (1<<(GPDMAChannelConfig->DstConn - 16)); - } else { - LPC_SC->DMAREQSEL &= ~(1<<(GPDMAChannelConfig->DstConn - 8)); - } - - /* Enable DMA channels, little endian */ - LPC_GPDMA->DMACConfig = GPDMA_DMACConfig_E; - while (!(LPC_GPDMA->DMACConfig & GPDMA_DMACConfig_E)); - - // Calculate absolute value for Connection number - tmp1 = GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcConn; - tmp1 = ((tmp1 > 15) ? (tmp1 - 8) : tmp1); - tmp2 = GPDMAChannelConfig->DstConn; - tmp2 = ((tmp2 > 15) ? (tmp2 - 8) : tmp2); - - // Configure DMA Channel, enable Error Counter and Terminate counter - pDMAch->DMACCConfig = GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_IE | GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_ITC /*| GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_E*/ \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_TransferType((uint32_t)GPDMAChannelConfig->TransferType) \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_SrcPeripheral(tmp1) \ - | GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_DestPeripheral(tmp2); - - return SUCCESS; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable/Disable DMA channel - * @param[in] channelNum GPDMA channel, should be in range from 0 to 7 - * @param[in] NewState New State of this command, should be: - * - ENABLE. - * - DISABLE. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void GPDMA_ChannelCmd(uint8_t channelNum, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *pDMAch; - - // Get Channel pointer - pDMAch = (LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *) pGPDMACh[channelNum]; - - if (NewState == ENABLE) { - pDMAch->DMACCConfig |= GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_E; - } else { - pDMAch->DMACCConfig &= ~GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_E; - } -} -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Check if corresponding channel does have an active interrupt - * request or not - * @param[in] type type of status, should be: - * - GPDMA_STAT_INT: GPDMA Interrupt Status - * - GPDMA_STAT_INTTC: GPDMA Interrupt Terminal Count Request Status - * - GPDMA_STAT_INTERR: GPDMA Interrupt Error Status - * - GPDMA_STAT_RAWINTTC: GPDMA Raw Interrupt Terminal Count Status - * - GPDMA_STAT_RAWINTERR: GPDMA Raw Error Interrupt Status - * - GPDMA_STAT_ENABLED_CH:GPDMA Enabled Channel Status - * @param[in] channel GPDMA channel, should be in range from 0 to 7 - * @return IntStatus status of DMA channel interrupt after masking - * Should be: - * - SET: the corresponding channel has no active interrupt request - * - RESET: the corresponding channel does have an active interrupt request - **********************************************************************/ -IntStatus GPDMA_IntGetStatus(GPDMA_Status_Type type, uint8_t channel) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_GPDMA_STAT(type)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_GPDMA_CHANNEL(channel)); - - switch (type) - { - case GPDMA_STAT_INT: //check status of DMA channel interrupts - if (LPC_GPDMA->DMACIntStat & (GPDMA_DMACIntStat_Ch(channel))) - return SET; - return RESET; - case GPDMA_STAT_INTTC: // check terminal count interrupt request status for DMA - if (LPC_GPDMA->DMACIntTCStat & GPDMA_DMACIntTCStat_Ch(channel)) - return SET; - return RESET; - case GPDMA_STAT_INTERR: //check interrupt status for DMA channels - if (LPC_GPDMA->DMACIntErrStat & GPDMA_DMACIntTCClear_Ch(channel)) - return SET; - return RESET; - case GPDMA_STAT_RAWINTTC: //check status of the terminal count interrupt for DMA channels - if (LPC_GPDMA->DMACRawIntErrStat & GPDMA_DMACRawIntTCStat_Ch(channel)) - return SET; - return RESET; - case GPDMA_STAT_RAWINTERR: //check status of the error interrupt for DMA channels - if (LPC_GPDMA->DMACRawIntTCStat & GPDMA_DMACRawIntErrStat_Ch(channel)) - return SET; - return RESET; - default: //check enable status for DMA channels - if (LPC_GPDMA->DMACEnbldChns & GPDMA_DMACEnbldChns_Ch(channel)) - return SET; - return RESET; - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Clear one or more interrupt requests on DMA channels - * @param[in] type type of interrupt request, should be: - * - GPDMA_STATCLR_INTTC: GPDMA Interrupt Terminal Count Request Clear - * - GPDMA_STATCLR_INTERR: GPDMA Interrupt Error Clear - * @param[in] channel GPDMA channel, should be in range from 0 to 7 - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void GPDMA_ClearIntPending(GPDMA_StateClear_Type type, uint8_t channel) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_GPDMA_STATCLR(type)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_GPDMA_CHANNEL(channel)); - - if (type == GPDMA_STATCLR_INTTC) // clears the terminal count interrupt request on DMA channel - LPC_GPDMA->DMACIntTCClear = GPDMA_DMACIntTCClear_Ch(channel); - else // clear the error interrupt request - LPC_GPDMA->DMACIntErrClr = GPDMA_DMACIntErrClr_Ch(channel); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* _GPDMA */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ - diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_gpio.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_gpio.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8f0cd3953a..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_gpio.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,762 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_gpio.c 2010-05-21 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_gpio.c -* @brief Contains all functions support for GPIO firmware -* library on LPC17xx -* @version 2.0 -* @date 21. May. 2010 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2010, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup GPIO - * @{ - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "lpc17xx_gpio.h" - -/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration - * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included, - * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead - */ -#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h" -#else -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h" -#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */ - - -#ifdef _GPIO - -/* Private Functions ---------------------------------------------------------- */ - -static LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *GPIO_GetPointer(uint8_t portNum); -static GPIO_HalfWord_TypeDef *FIO_HalfWordGetPointer(uint8_t portNum); -static GPIO_Byte_TypeDef *FIO_ByteGetPointer(uint8_t portNum); - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get pointer to GPIO peripheral due to GPIO port - * @param[in] portNum Port Number value, should be in range from 0 to 4. - * @return Pointer to GPIO peripheral - **********************************************************************/ -static LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *GPIO_GetPointer(uint8_t portNum) -{ - LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *pGPIO = NULL; - - switch (portNum) { - case 0: - pGPIO = LPC_GPIO0; - break; - case 1: - pGPIO = LPC_GPIO1; - break; - case 2: - pGPIO = LPC_GPIO2; - break; - case 3: - pGPIO = LPC_GPIO3; - break; - case 4: - pGPIO = LPC_GPIO4; - break; - default: - break; - } - - return pGPIO; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get pointer to FIO peripheral in halfword accessible style - * due to FIO port - * @param[in] portNum Port Number value, should be in range from 0 to 4. - * @return Pointer to FIO peripheral - **********************************************************************/ -static GPIO_HalfWord_TypeDef *FIO_HalfWordGetPointer(uint8_t portNum) -{ - GPIO_HalfWord_TypeDef *pFIO = NULL; - - switch (portNum) { - case 0: - pFIO = GPIO0_HalfWord; - break; - case 1: - pFIO = GPIO1_HalfWord; - break; - case 2: - pFIO = GPIO2_HalfWord; - break; - case 3: - pFIO = GPIO3_HalfWord; - break; - case 4: - pFIO = GPIO4_HalfWord; - break; - default: - break; - } - - return pFIO; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get pointer to FIO peripheral in byte accessible style - * due to FIO port - * @param[in] portNum Port Number value, should be in range from 0 to 4. - * @return Pointer to FIO peripheral - **********************************************************************/ -static GPIO_Byte_TypeDef *FIO_ByteGetPointer(uint8_t portNum) -{ - GPIO_Byte_TypeDef *pFIO = NULL; - - switch (portNum) { - case 0: - pFIO = GPIO0_Byte; - break; - case 1: - pFIO = GPIO1_Byte; - break; - case 2: - pFIO = GPIO2_Byte; - break; - case 3: - pFIO = GPIO3_Byte; - break; - case 4: - pFIO = GPIO4_Byte; - break; - default: - break; - } - - return pFIO; -} - -/* End of Private Functions --------------------------------------------------- */ - - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup GPIO_Public_Functions - * @{ - */ - - -/* GPIO ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set Direction for GPIO port. - * @param[in] portNum Port Number value, should be in range from 0 to 4 - * @param[in] bitValue Value that contains all bits to set direction, - * in range from 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF. - * example: value 0x5 to set direction for bit 0 and bit 1. - * @param[in] dir Direction value, should be: - * - 0: Input. - * - 1: Output. - * @return None - * - * Note: All remaining bits that are not activated in bitValue (value '0') - * will not be effected by this function. - **********************************************************************/ -void GPIO_SetDir(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue, uint8_t dir) -{ - LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *pGPIO = GPIO_GetPointer(portNum); - - if (pGPIO != NULL) { - // Enable Output - if (dir) { - pGPIO->FIODIR |= bitValue; - } - // Enable Input - else { - pGPIO->FIODIR &= ~bitValue; - } - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set Value for bits that have output direction on GPIO port. - * @param[in] portNum Port number value, should be in range from 0 to 4 - * @param[in] bitValue Value that contains all bits on GPIO to set, - * in range from 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF. - * example: value 0x5 to set bit 0 and bit 1. - * @return None - * - * Note: - * - For all bits that has been set as input direction, this function will - * not effect. - * - For all remaining bits that are not activated in bitValue (value '0') - * will not be effected by this function. - **********************************************************************/ -void GPIO_SetValue(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue) -{ - LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *pGPIO = GPIO_GetPointer(portNum); - - if (pGPIO != NULL) { - pGPIO->FIOSET = bitValue; - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Clear Value for bits that have output direction on GPIO port. - * @param[in] portNum Port number value, should be in range from 0 to 4 - * @param[in] bitValue Value that contains all bits on GPIO to clear, - * in range from 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF. - * example: value 0x5 to clear bit 0 and bit 1. - * @return None - * - * Note: - * - For all bits that has been set as input direction, this function will - * not effect. - * - For all remaining bits that are not activated in bitValue (value '0') - * will not be effected by this function. - **********************************************************************/ -void GPIO_ClearValue(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue) -{ - LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *pGPIO = GPIO_GetPointer(portNum); - - if (pGPIO != NULL) { - pGPIO->FIOCLR = bitValue; - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Read Current state on port pin that have input direction of GPIO - * @param[in] portNum Port number to read value, in range from 0 to 4 - * @return Current value of GPIO port. - * - * Note: Return value contain state of each port pin (bit) on that GPIO regardless - * its direction is input or output. - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t GPIO_ReadValue(uint8_t portNum) -{ - LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *pGPIO = GPIO_GetPointer(portNum); - - if (pGPIO != NULL) { - return pGPIO->FIOPIN; - } - - return (0); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable GPIO interrupt (just used for P0.0-P0.30, P2.0-P2.13) - * @param[in] portNum Port number to read value, should be: 0 or 2 - * @param[in] bitValue Value that contains all bits on GPIO to enable, - * in range from 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF. - * @param[in] edgeState state of edge, should be: - * - 0: Rising edge - * - 1: Falling edge - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void GPIO_IntCmd(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue, uint8_t edgeState) -{ - if((portNum == 0)&&(edgeState == 0)) - LPC_GPIOINT->IO0IntEnR = bitValue; - else if ((portNum == 2)&&(edgeState == 0)) - LPC_GPIOINT->IO2IntEnR = bitValue; - else if ((portNum == 0)&&(edgeState == 1)) - LPC_GPIOINT->IO0IntEnF = bitValue; - else if ((portNum == 2)&&(edgeState == 1)) - LPC_GPIOINT->IO2IntEnF = bitValue; - else - //Error - while(1); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get GPIO Interrupt Status (just used for P0.0-P0.30, P2.0-P2.13) - * @param[in] portNum Port number to read value, should be: 0 or 2 - * @param[in] pinNum Pin number, should be: 0..30(with port 0) and 0..13 - * (with port 2) - * @param[in] edgeState state of edge, should be: - * - 0: Rising edge - * - 1: Falling edge - * @return Bool could be: - * - ENABLE: Interrupt has been generated due to a rising - * edge on P0.0 - * - DISABLE: A rising edge has not been detected on P0.0 - **********************************************************************/ -FunctionalState GPIO_GetIntStatus(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t pinNum, uint8_t edgeState) -{ - if((portNum == 0) && (edgeState == 0))//Rising Edge - return ((FunctionalState)(((LPC_GPIOINT->IO0IntStatR)>>pinNum)& 0x1)); - else if ((portNum == 2) && (edgeState == 0)) - return ((FunctionalState)(((LPC_GPIOINT->IO2IntStatR)>>pinNum)& 0x1)); - else if ((portNum == 0) && (edgeState == 1))//Falling Edge - return ((FunctionalState)(((LPC_GPIOINT->IO0IntStatF)>>pinNum)& 0x1)); - else if ((portNum == 2) && (edgeState == 1)) - return ((FunctionalState)(((LPC_GPIOINT->IO2IntStatF)>>pinNum)& 0x1)); - else - //Error - while(1); -} -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Clear GPIO interrupt (just used for P0.0-P0.30, P2.0-P2.13) - * @param[in] portNum Port number to read value, should be: 0 or 2 - * @param[in] bitValue Value that contains all bits on GPIO to enable, - * in range from 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void GPIO_ClearInt(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue) -{ - if(portNum == 0) - LPC_GPIOINT->IO0IntClr = bitValue; - else if (portNum == 2) - LPC_GPIOINT->IO2IntClr = bitValue; - else - //Invalid portNum - while(1); -} - -/* FIO word accessible ----------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* Stub function for FIO (word-accessible) style */ - -/** - * @brief The same with GPIO_SetDir() - */ -void FIO_SetDir(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue, uint8_t dir) -{ - GPIO_SetDir(portNum, bitValue, dir); -} - -/** - * @brief The same with GPIO_SetValue() - */ -void FIO_SetValue(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue) -{ - GPIO_SetValue(portNum, bitValue); -} - -/** - * @brief The same with GPIO_ClearValue() - */ -void FIO_ClearValue(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue) -{ - GPIO_ClearValue(portNum, bitValue); -} - -/** - * @brief The same with GPIO_ReadValue() - */ -uint32_t FIO_ReadValue(uint8_t portNum) -{ - return (GPIO_ReadValue(portNum)); -} - -/** - * @brief The same with GPIO_IntCmd() - */ -void FIO_IntCmd(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue, uint8_t edgeState) -{ - GPIO_IntCmd(portNum, bitValue, edgeState); -} - -/** - * @brief The same with GPIO_GetIntStatus() - */ -FunctionalState FIO_GetIntStatus(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t pinNum, uint8_t edgeState) -{ - return (GPIO_GetIntStatus(portNum, pinNum, edgeState)); -} - -/** - * @brief The same with GPIO_ClearInt() - */ -void FIO_ClearInt(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue) -{ - GPIO_ClearInt(portNum, bitValue); -} -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set mask value for bits in FIO port - * @param[in] portNum Port number, in range from 0 to 4 - * @param[in] bitValue Value that contains all bits in to set, - * in range from 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF. - * @param[in] maskValue Mask value contains state value for each bit: - * - 0: not mask. - * - 1: mask. - * @return None - * - * Note: - * - All remaining bits that are not activated in bitValue (value '0') - * will not be effected by this function. - * - After executing this function, in mask register, value '0' on each bit - * enables an access to the corresponding physical pin via a read or write access, - * while value '1' on bit (masked) that corresponding pin will not be changed - * with write access and if read, will not be reflected in the updated pin. - **********************************************************************/ -void FIO_SetMask(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue, uint8_t maskValue) -{ - LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *pFIO = GPIO_GetPointer(portNum); - if(pFIO != NULL) { - // Mask - if (maskValue){ - pFIO->FIOMASK |= bitValue; - } - // Un-mask - else { - pFIO->FIOMASK &= ~bitValue; - } - } -} - - -/* FIO halfword accessible ------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set direction for FIO port in halfword accessible style - * @param[in] portNum Port number, in range from 0 to 4 - * @param[in] halfwordNum HalfWord part number, should be 0 (lower) or 1(upper) - * @param[in] bitValue Value that contains all bits in to set direction, - * in range from 0 to 0xFFFF. - * @param[in] dir Direction value, should be: - * - 0: Input. - * - 1: Output. - * @return None - * - * Note: All remaining bits that are not activated in bitValue (value '0') - * will not be effected by this function. - **********************************************************************/ -void FIO_HalfWordSetDir(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t halfwordNum, uint16_t bitValue, uint8_t dir) -{ - GPIO_HalfWord_TypeDef *pFIO = FIO_HalfWordGetPointer(portNum); - if(pFIO != NULL) { - // Output direction - if (dir) { - // Upper - if(halfwordNum) { - pFIO->FIODIRU |= bitValue; - } - // lower - else { - pFIO->FIODIRL |= bitValue; - } - } - // Input direction - else { - // Upper - if(halfwordNum) { - pFIO->FIODIRU &= ~bitValue; - } - // lower - else { - pFIO->FIODIRL &= ~bitValue; - } - } - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set mask value for bits in FIO port in halfword accessible style - * @param[in] portNum Port number, in range from 0 to 4 - * @param[in] halfwordNum HalfWord part number, should be 0 (lower) or 1(upper) - * @param[in] bitValue Value that contains all bits in to set, - * in range from 0 to 0xFFFF. - * @param[in] maskValue Mask value contains state value for each bit: - * - 0: not mask. - * - 1: mask. - * @return None - * - * Note: - * - All remaining bits that are not activated in bitValue (value '0') - * will not be effected by this function. - * - After executing this function, in mask register, value '0' on each bit - * enables an access to the corresponding physical pin via a read or write access, - * while value '1' on bit (masked) that corresponding pin will not be changed - * with write access and if read, will not be reflected in the updated pin. - **********************************************************************/ -void FIO_HalfWordSetMask(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t halfwordNum, uint16_t bitValue, uint8_t maskValue) -{ - GPIO_HalfWord_TypeDef *pFIO = FIO_HalfWordGetPointer(portNum); - if(pFIO != NULL) { - // Mask - if (maskValue){ - // Upper - if(halfwordNum) { - pFIO->FIOMASKU |= bitValue; - } - // lower - else { - pFIO->FIOMASKL |= bitValue; - } - } - // Un-mask - else { - // Upper - if(halfwordNum) { - pFIO->FIOMASKU &= ~bitValue; - } - // lower - else { - pFIO->FIOMASKL &= ~bitValue; - } - } - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set bits for FIO port in halfword accessible style - * @param[in] portNum Port number, in range from 0 to 4 - * @param[in] halfwordNum HalfWord part number, should be 0 (lower) or 1(upper) - * @param[in] bitValue Value that contains all bits in to set, - * in range from 0 to 0xFFFF. - * @return None - * - * Note: - * - For all bits that has been set as input direction, this function will - * not effect. - * - For all remaining bits that are not activated in bitValue (value '0') - * will not be effected by this function. - **********************************************************************/ -void FIO_HalfWordSetValue(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t halfwordNum, uint16_t bitValue) -{ - GPIO_HalfWord_TypeDef *pFIO = FIO_HalfWordGetPointer(portNum); - if(pFIO != NULL) { - // Upper - if(halfwordNum) { - pFIO->FIOSETU = bitValue; - } - // lower - else { - pFIO->FIOSETL = bitValue; - } - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Clear bits for FIO port in halfword accessible style - * @param[in] portNum Port number, in range from 0 to 4 - * @param[in] halfwordNum HalfWord part number, should be 0 (lower) or 1(upper) - * @param[in] bitValue Value that contains all bits in to clear, - * in range from 0 to 0xFFFF. - * @return None - * - * Note: - * - For all bits that has been set as input direction, this function will - * not effect. - * - For all remaining bits that are not activated in bitValue (value '0') - * will not be effected by this function. - **********************************************************************/ -void FIO_HalfWordClearValue(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t halfwordNum, uint16_t bitValue) -{ - GPIO_HalfWord_TypeDef *pFIO = FIO_HalfWordGetPointer(portNum); - if(pFIO != NULL) { - // Upper - if(halfwordNum) { - pFIO->FIOCLRU = bitValue; - } - // lower - else { - pFIO->FIOCLRL = bitValue; - } - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Read Current state on port pin that have input direction of GPIO - * in halfword accessible style. - * @param[in] portNum Port number, in range from 0 to 4 - * @param[in] halfwordNum HalfWord part number, should be 0 (lower) or 1(upper) - * @return Current value of FIO port pin of specified halfword. - * Note: Return value contain state of each port pin (bit) on that FIO regardless - * its direction is input or output. - **********************************************************************/ -uint16_t FIO_HalfWordReadValue(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t halfwordNum) -{ - GPIO_HalfWord_TypeDef *pFIO = FIO_HalfWordGetPointer(portNum); - if(pFIO != NULL) { - // Upper - if(halfwordNum) { - return (pFIO->FIOPINU); - } - // lower - else { - return (pFIO->FIOPINL); - } - } - return (0); -} - - -/* FIO Byte accessible ------------------------------------------------------------ */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set direction for FIO port in byte accessible style - * @param[in] portNum Port number, in range from 0 to 4 - * @param[in] byteNum Byte part number, should be in range from 0 to 3 - * @param[in] bitValue Value that contains all bits in to set direction, - * in range from 0 to 0xFF. - * @param[in] dir Direction value, should be: - * - 0: Input. - * - 1: Output. - * @return None - * - * Note: All remaining bits that are not activated in bitValue (value '0') - * will not be effected by this function. - **********************************************************************/ -void FIO_ByteSetDir(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t byteNum, uint8_t bitValue, uint8_t dir) -{ - GPIO_Byte_TypeDef *pFIO = FIO_ByteGetPointer(portNum); - if(pFIO != NULL) { - // Output direction - if (dir) { - if (byteNum <= 3) { - pFIO->FIODIR[byteNum] |= bitValue; - } - } - // Input direction - else { - if (byteNum <= 3) { - pFIO->FIODIR[byteNum] &= ~bitValue; - } - } - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set mask value for bits in FIO port in byte accessible style - * @param[in] portNum Port number, in range from 0 to 4 - * @param[in] byteNum Byte part number, should be in range from 0 to 3 - * @param[in] bitValue Value that contains all bits in to set mask, - * in range from 0 to 0xFF. - * @param[in] maskValue Mask value contains state value for each bit: - * - 0: not mask. - * - 1: mask. - * @return None - * - * Note: - * - All remaining bits that are not activated in bitValue (value '0') - * will not be effected by this function. - * - After executing this function, in mask register, value '0' on each bit - * enables an access to the corresponding physical pin via a read or write access, - * while value '1' on bit (masked) that corresponding pin will not be changed - * with write access and if read, will not be reflected in the updated pin. - **********************************************************************/ -void FIO_ByteSetMask(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t byteNum, uint8_t bitValue, uint8_t maskValue) -{ - GPIO_Byte_TypeDef *pFIO = FIO_ByteGetPointer(portNum); - if(pFIO != NULL) { - // Mask - if (maskValue) { - if (byteNum <= 3) { - pFIO->FIOMASK[byteNum] |= bitValue; - } - } - // Un-mask - else { - if (byteNum <= 3) { - pFIO->FIOMASK[byteNum] &= ~bitValue; - } - } - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set bits for FIO port in byte accessible style - * @param[in] portNum Port number, in range from 0 to 4 - * @param[in] byteNum Byte part number, should be in range from 0 to 3 - * @param[in] bitValue Value that contains all bits in to set, - * in range from 0 to 0xFF. - * @return None - * - * Note: - * - For all bits that has been set as input direction, this function will - * not effect. - * - For all remaining bits that are not activated in bitValue (value '0') - * will not be effected by this function. - **********************************************************************/ -void FIO_ByteSetValue(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t byteNum, uint8_t bitValue) -{ - GPIO_Byte_TypeDef *pFIO = FIO_ByteGetPointer(portNum); - if (pFIO != NULL) { - if (byteNum <= 3){ - pFIO->FIOSET[byteNum] = bitValue; - } - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Clear bits for FIO port in byte accessible style - * @param[in] portNum Port number, in range from 0 to 4 - * @param[in] byteNum Byte part number, should be in range from 0 to 3 - * @param[in] bitValue Value that contains all bits in to clear, - * in range from 0 to 0xFF. - * @return None - * - * Note: - * - For all bits that has been set as input direction, this function will - * not effect. - * - For all remaining bits that are not activated in bitValue (value '0') - * will not be effected by this function. - **********************************************************************/ -void FIO_ByteClearValue(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t byteNum, uint8_t bitValue) -{ - GPIO_Byte_TypeDef *pFIO = FIO_ByteGetPointer(portNum); - if (pFIO != NULL) { - if (byteNum <= 3){ - pFIO->FIOCLR[byteNum] = bitValue; - } - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Read Current state on port pin that have input direction of GPIO - * in byte accessible style. - * @param[in] portNum Port number, in range from 0 to 4 - * @param[in] byteNum Byte part number, should be in range from 0 to 3 - * @return Current value of FIO port pin of specified byte part. - * Note: Return value contain state of each port pin (bit) on that FIO regardless - * its direction is input or output. - **********************************************************************/ -uint8_t FIO_ByteReadValue(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t byteNum) -{ - GPIO_Byte_TypeDef *pFIO = FIO_ByteGetPointer(portNum); - if (pFIO != NULL) { - if (byteNum <= 3){ - return (pFIO->FIOPIN[byteNum]); - } - } - return (0); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* _GPIO */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_i2c.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_i2c.c deleted file mode 100644 index 99b29e017c..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_i2c.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1344 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_i2c.c 2011-03-31 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_i2c.c -* @brief Contains all functions support for I2C firmware -* library on LPC17xx -* @version 2.1 -* @date 31. Mar. 2011 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2010, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup I2C - * @{ - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "lpc17xx_i2c.h" -#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h" -#include "lpc17xx_pinsel.h" - - -/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration - * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included, - * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead - */ -#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h" -#else -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h" -#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */ - - -#ifdef _I2C - - -/* Private Types -------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Types I2C Private Types - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief I2C device configuration structure type - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t txrx_setup; /* Transmission setup */ - int32_t dir; /* Current direction phase, 0 - write, 1 - read */ -} I2C_CFG_T; - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private Variables ---------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** - * @brief II2C driver data for I2C0, I2C1 and I2C2 - */ -static I2C_CFG_T i2cdat[3]; - -static uint32_t I2C_MasterComplete[3]; -static uint32_t I2C_SlaveComplete[3]; - -static uint32_t I2C_MonitorBufferIndex; - -/* Private Functions ---------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* Get I2C number */ -static int32_t I2C_getNum(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx); - -/* Generate a start condition on I2C bus (in master mode only) */ -static uint32_t I2C_Start (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx); - -/* Generate a stop condition on I2C bus (in master mode only) */ -static void I2C_Stop (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx); - -/* I2C send byte subroutine */ -static uint32_t I2C_SendByte (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint8_t databyte); - -/* I2C get byte subroutine */ -static uint32_t I2C_GetByte (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint8_t *retdat, Bool ack); - -/* I2C set clock (hz) */ -static void I2C_SetClock (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint32_t target_clock); - -/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Convert from I2C peripheral to number - * @param[in] I2Cx: I2C peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_I2C0 - * - LPC_I2C1 - * - LPC_I2C2 - * @return I2C number, could be: 0..2 - *********************************************************************/ -static int32_t I2C_getNum(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx){ - if (I2Cx == LPC_I2C0) { - return (0); - } else if (I2Cx == LPC_I2C1) { - return (1); - } else if (I2Cx == LPC_I2C2) { - return (2); - } - return (-1); -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Generate a start condition on I2C bus (in master mode only) - * @param[in] I2Cx: I2C peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_I2C0 - * - LPC_I2C1 - * - LPC_I2C2 - * @return value of I2C status register after generate a start condition - *********************************************************************/ -static uint32_t I2C_Start (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) -{ - // Reset STA, STO, SI - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC|I2C_I2CONCLR_STOC|I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC; - - // Enter to Master Transmitter mode - I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_STA; - - // Wait for complete - while (!(I2Cx->I2CONSET & I2C_I2CONSET_SI)); - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC; - return (I2Cx->I2STAT & I2C_STAT_CODE_BITMASK); -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Generate a stop condition on I2C bus (in master mode only) - * @param[in] I2Cx: I2C peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_I2C0 - * - LPC_I2C1 - * - LPC_I2C2 - * @return None - *********************************************************************/ -static void I2C_Stop (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) -{ - - /* Make sure start bit is not active */ - if (I2Cx->I2CONSET & I2C_I2CONSET_STA) - { - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC; - } - - I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_STO|I2C_I2CONSET_AA; - - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC; -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Send a byte - * @param[in] I2Cx: I2C peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_I2C0 - * - LPC_I2C1 - * - LPC_I2C2 - * @param[in] databyte: number of byte - * @return value of I2C status register after sending - *********************************************************************/ -static uint32_t I2C_SendByte (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint8_t databyte) -{ - uint32_t CodeStatus = I2Cx->I2STAT & I2C_STAT_CODE_BITMASK; - - if((CodeStatus != I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_START) && - (CodeStatus != I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_RESTART) && - (CodeStatus != I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_SLAW_ACK) && - (CodeStatus != I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_DAT_ACK) ) - { - return CodeStatus; - } - - /* Make sure start bit is not active */ - if (I2Cx->I2CONSET & I2C_I2CONSET_STA) - { - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC; - } - I2Cx->I2DAT = databyte & I2C_I2DAT_BITMASK; - - I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA; - - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC; - - return (I2Cx->I2STAT & I2C_STAT_CODE_BITMASK); -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get a byte - * @param[in] I2Cx: I2C peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_I2C0 - * - LPC_I2C1 - * - LPC_I2C2 - * @param[out] retdat pointer to return data - * @param[in] ack assert acknowledge or not, should be: TRUE/FALSE - * @return value of I2C status register after sending - *********************************************************************/ -static uint32_t I2C_GetByte (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint8_t *retdat, Bool ack) -{ - *retdat = (uint8_t) (I2Cx->I2DAT & I2C_I2DAT_BITMASK); - - if (ack == TRUE) - { - I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA; - } - else - { - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_AAC; - } - - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC; - - return (I2Cx->I2STAT & I2C_STAT_CODE_BITMASK); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Setup clock rate for I2C peripheral - * @param[in] I2Cx I2C peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_I2C0 - * - LPC_I2C1 - * - LPC_I2C2 - * @param[in] target_clock : clock of SSP (Hz) - * @return None - ***********************************************************************/ -static void I2C_SetClock (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint32_t target_clock) -{ - uint32_t temp; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Cx(I2Cx)); - - // Get PCLK of I2C controller - if (I2Cx == LPC_I2C0) - { - temp = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C0) / target_clock; - } - else if (I2Cx == LPC_I2C1) - { - temp = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C1) / target_clock; - } - else if (I2Cx == LPC_I2C2) - { - temp = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C2) / target_clock; - } - - /* Set the I2C clock value to register */ - I2Cx->I2SCLH = (uint32_t)(temp / 2); - I2Cx->I2SCLL = (uint32_t)(temp - I2Cx->I2SCLH); -} -/* End of Private Functions --------------------------------------------------- */ - - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup I2C_Public_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Initializes the I2Cx peripheral with specified parameter. - * @param[in] I2Cx I2C peripheral selected, should be - * - LPC_I2C0 - * - LPC_I2C1 - * - LPC_I2C2 - * @param[in] clockrate Target clock rate value to initialized I2C - * peripheral (Hz) - * @return None - *********************************************************************/ -void I2C_Init(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint32_t clockrate) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Cx(I2Cx)); - - if (I2Cx==LPC_I2C0) - { - /* Set up clock and power for I2C0 module */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2C0, ENABLE); - /* As default, peripheral clock for I2C0 module - * is set to FCCLK / 2 */ - CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv(CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C0, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_2); - } - else if (I2Cx==LPC_I2C1) - { - /* Set up clock and power for I2C1 module */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2C1, ENABLE); - /* As default, peripheral clock for I2C1 module - * is set to FCCLK / 2 */ - CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv(CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C1, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_2); - } - else if (I2Cx==LPC_I2C2) - { - /* Set up clock and power for I2C2 module */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2C2, ENABLE); - /* As default, peripheral clock for I2C2 module - * is set to FCCLK / 2 */ - CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv(CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C2, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_2); - } - else { - // Up-Support this device - return; - } - - /* Set clock rate */ - I2C_SetClock(I2Cx, clockrate); - /* Set I2C operation to default */ - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = (I2C_I2CONCLR_AAC | I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC | I2C_I2CONCLR_I2ENC); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief De-initializes the I2C peripheral registers to their - * default reset values. - * @param[in] I2Cx I2C peripheral selected, should be - * - LPC_I2C0 - * - LPC_I2C1 - * - LPC_I2C2 - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void I2C_DeInit(LPC_I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Cx(I2Cx)); - - /* Disable I2C control */ - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_I2ENC; - - if (I2Cx==LPC_I2C0) - { - /* Disable power for I2C0 module */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2C0, DISABLE); - } - else if (I2Cx==LPC_I2C1) - { - /* Disable power for I2C1 module */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2C1, DISABLE); - } - else if (I2Cx==LPC_I2C2) - { - /* Disable power for I2C2 module */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2C2, DISABLE); - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable or disable I2C peripheral's operation - * @param[in] I2Cx I2C peripheral selected, should be - * - LPC_I2C0 - * - LPC_I2C1 - * - LPC_I2C2 - * @param[in] NewState New State of I2Cx peripheral's operation - * @return none - **********************************************************************/ -void I2C_Cmd(LPC_I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, en_I2C_Mode Mode, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Cx(I2Cx)); - - if (NewState == ENABLE) - { - if(Mode != I2C_SLAVE_MODE) - I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_I2EN; - else - I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_I2EN | I2C_I2CONSET_AA; - } - else - { - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_I2ENC; - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable/Disable interrupt for I2C peripheral - * @param[in] I2Cx I2C peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_I2C0 - * - LPC_I2C1 - * - LPC_I2C2 - * @param[in] NewState New State of I2C peripheral interrupt in NVIC core - * should be: - * - ENABLE: enable interrupt for this I2C peripheral - * - DISABLE: disable interrupt for this I2C peripheral - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void I2C_IntCmd (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, Bool NewState) -{ - if (NewState) - { - if(I2Cx == LPC_I2C0) - { - NVIC_EnableIRQ(I2C0_IRQn); - } - else if (I2Cx == LPC_I2C1) - { - NVIC_EnableIRQ(I2C1_IRQn); - } - else if (I2Cx == LPC_I2C2) - { - NVIC_EnableIRQ(I2C2_IRQn); - } - } - else - { - if(I2Cx == LPC_I2C0) - { - NVIC_DisableIRQ(I2C0_IRQn); - } - else if (I2Cx == LPC_I2C1) - { - NVIC_DisableIRQ(I2C1_IRQn); - } - else if (I2Cx == LPC_I2C2) - { - NVIC_DisableIRQ(I2C2_IRQn); - } - } - return; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Handle I2C Master states. - * @param[in] I2Cx I2C peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_I2C - * - LPC_I2C1 - * - LPC_I2C2 - * @param[in] CodeStatus I2C state - * @param[in] TransferCfg Pointer to a I2C_S_SETUP_Type structure that - * contains specified information about the - * configuration for master transfer. - * @return It can be - * - I2C_OK - * -I2C_BYTE_RECV - * -I2C_BYTE_SENT - * -I2C_SEND_END - * -I2C_RECV_END - * - I2C_ERR - * - I2C_NAK_RECV - **********************************************************************/ -int32_t I2C_MasterHanleStates(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint32_t CodeStatus, I2C_M_SETUP_Type *TransferCfg) -{ - uint8_t *txdat; - uint8_t *rxdat; - uint8_t tmp; - int32_t Ret = I2C_OK; - - //get buffer to send/receive - txdat = (uint8_t *) &TransferCfg->tx_data[TransferCfg->tx_count]; - rxdat = (uint8_t *) &TransferCfg->rx_data[TransferCfg->rx_count]; - - switch(CodeStatus) - { - case I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_START: - case I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_RESTART: - //case I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_START: - //case I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_RESTART - // Send data first - if(TransferCfg->tx_count < TransferCfg->tx_length) - { - /* Send slave address + WR direction bit = 0 ----------------------------------- */ - I2C_SendByte(I2Cx, (TransferCfg->sl_addr7bit << 1)); - Ret = I2C_BYTE_SENT; - } - else if (TransferCfg->rx_count < TransferCfg->rx_length) - { - /* Send slave address + RD direction bit = 1 ----------------------------------- */ - I2C_SendByte(I2Cx, ((TransferCfg->sl_addr7bit << 1) | 0x01)); - Ret = I2C_BYTE_SENT; - } - break; - case I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_SLAW_ACK: - case I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_DAT_ACK: - - if(TransferCfg->tx_count < TransferCfg->tx_length) - { - I2C_SendByte(I2Cx, *txdat); - - txdat++; - - TransferCfg->tx_count++; - - Ret = I2C_BYTE_SENT; - } - else - { - I2C_Stop(I2Cx); - - Ret = I2C_SEND_END; - - } - break; - case I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_DAT_NACK: - I2C_Stop(I2Cx); - Ret = I2C_SEND_END; - break; - case I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_ARB_LOST: - //case I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_ARB_LOST: - I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_STA|I2C_I2CONSET_AA; - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC; - break; - case I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_SLAR_ACK: - I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA; - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC; - - Ret = I2C_BYTE_RECV; - break; - case I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_DAT_ACK: - if (TransferCfg->rx_count rx_length) - { - if (TransferCfg->rx_count < (TransferCfg->rx_length - 2)) - { - I2C_GetByte(I2Cx, &tmp, TRUE); - - Ret = I2C_BYTE_RECV; - } - else // the next byte is the last byte, send NACK instead. - { - I2C_GetByte(I2Cx, &tmp, FALSE); - Ret = I2C_BYTE_RECV; - } - *rxdat++ = tmp; - - TransferCfg->rx_count++; - } - else - { - Ret = I2C_RECV_END; - } - - break; - case I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_DAT_NACK: - I2C_GetByte(I2Cx, &tmp, FALSE); - *rxdat++ = tmp; - TransferCfg->rx_count++; - I2C_Stop(I2Cx); - Ret = I2C_RECV_END; - break; - case I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_SLAR_NACK: - case I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_SLAW_NACK: - case I2C_I2STAT_BUS_ERROR: - // Send STOP condition - I2C_Stop(I2Cx); - Ret = I2C_ERR; - break; - /* No status information */ - case I2C_I2STAT_NO_INF: - default: - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC; - break; - } - - return Ret; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Handle I2C Slave states. - * @param[in] I2Cx I2C peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_I2C - * - LPC_I2C1 - * - LPC_I2C2 - * @param[in] CodeStatus I2C state - * @param[in] TransferCfg Pointer to a I2C_S_SETUP_Type structure that - * contains specified information about the - * configuration for master transfer. - * @return It can be - * - I2C_OK - * -I2C_BYTE_RECV - * -I2C_BYTE_SENT - * -I2C_SEND_END - * -I2C_RECV_END - * - I2C_ERR - * - I2C_NAK_RECV - **********************************************************************/ -int32_t I2C_SlaveHanleStates(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint32_t CodeStatus, I2C_S_SETUP_Type *TransferCfg) -{ - - int32_t Ret = I2C_OK; - uint8_t *txdat; - uint8_t *rxdat; - - //get buffer to send/receive - txdat = (uint8_t *) &TransferCfg->tx_data[TransferCfg->tx_count]; - rxdat = (uint8_t *) &TransferCfg->rx_data[TransferCfg->rx_count]; - - switch (CodeStatus) - { - /* Reading phase -------------------------------------------------------- */ - /* Own SLA+R has been received, ACK has been returned */ - case I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_SLAW_ACK: - - /* General call address has been received, ACK has been returned */ - case I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_GENCALL_ACK: - I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA; - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC; - break; - /* Arbitration has been lost in Slave Address + R/W bit as bus Master. General Call has - been received and ACK has been returned.*/ - case I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_ARB_LOST_M_GENCALL: - I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA|I2C_I2CONSET_STA; - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC; - break; - /* Previously addressed with own SLA; - * DATA byte has been received; - * ACK has been returned */ - case I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_ARB_LOST_M_SLA: - case I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_PRE_SLA_DAT_ACK: - - /* - * All data bytes that over-flow the specified receive - * data length, just ignore them. - */ - if ((TransferCfg->rx_count < TransferCfg->rx_length) && (TransferCfg->rx_data != NULL)) - { - *rxdat++ = (uint8_t)I2Cx->I2DAT; - - TransferCfg->rx_count++; - - Ret = I2C_BYTE_RECV; - } - if(TransferCfg->rx_count == (TransferCfg->rx_length) ) { - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_AAC|I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC; - Ret = I2C_BYTE_RECV; - } - else { - I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA; - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC; - } - - break; - /* DATA has been received, Only the first data byte will be received with ACK. Additional - data will be received with NOT ACK. */ - case I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_PRE_GENCALL_DAT_ACK: - if ((TransferCfg->rx_count < TransferCfg->rx_length) && (TransferCfg->rx_data != NULL)) - { - *rxdat++ = (uint8_t)I2Cx->I2DAT; - - TransferCfg->rx_count++; - - Ret = I2C_BYTE_RECV; - } - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_AAC|I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC; - break; - - /* Writing phase -------------------------------------------------------- */ - /* Own SLA+R has been received, ACK has been returned */ - case I2C_I2STAT_S_TX_SLAR_ACK: - - /* Data has been transmitted, ACK has been received */ - case I2C_I2STAT_S_TX_DAT_ACK: - /* - * All data bytes that over-flow the specified receive - * data length, just ignore them. - */ - if ((TransferCfg->tx_count < TransferCfg->tx_length) && (TransferCfg->tx_data != NULL)) - { - I2Cx->I2DAT = *txdat++; - - TransferCfg->tx_count++; - - Ret = I2C_BYTE_SENT; - } - - I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA; - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC; - break; - /* Arbitration lost in Slave Address and R/W bit as bus Master. Own Slave Address + Read - has been received, ACK has been returned. */ - case I2C_I2STAT_S_TX_ARB_LOST_M_SLA: - if ((TransferCfg->tx_count < TransferCfg->tx_length) && (TransferCfg->tx_data != NULL)) - { - I2Cx->I2DAT = *txdat++; - - TransferCfg->tx_count++; - - Ret = I2C_BYTE_SENT; - } - I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA|I2C_I2CONSET_STA; - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC; - break; - - case I2C_I2STAT_S_TX_LAST_DAT_ACK: - /* Data has been transmitted, NACK has been received, - * that means there's no more data to send, exit now */ - /* - * Note: Don't wait for stop event since in slave transmit mode, - * since there no proof lets us know when a stop signal has been received - * on slave side. - */ - case I2C_I2STAT_S_TX_DAT_NACK: - I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA; - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC; - Ret = I2C_SEND_END; - break; - - /* Previously addressed with own SLA; - * DATA byte has been received; - * NOT ACK has been returned */ - case I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_PRE_SLA_DAT_NACK: - - /* DATA has been received, NOT ACK has been returned */ - case I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_PRE_GENCALL_DAT_NACK: - I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA; - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC; - Ret = I2C_RECV_END; - break; - - /* - * Note that: Return code only let us know a stop condition mixed - * with a repeat start condition in the same code value. - * So we should provide a time-out. In case this is really a stop - * condition, this will return back after time out condition. Otherwise, - * next session that is slave receive data will be completed. - */ - - /* A Stop or a repeat start condition */ - case I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_STA_STO_SLVREC_SLVTRX: - I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA; - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC; - Ret = I2C_STA_STO_RECV; - break; - - /* No status information */ - case I2C_I2STAT_NO_INF: - /* Other status must be captured */ - default: - I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA; - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC; - break; - - } - - return Ret; -} -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief General Master Interrupt handler for I2C peripheral - * @param[in] I2Cx I2C peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_I2C - * - LPC_I2C1 - * - LPC_I2C2 - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void I2C_MasterHandler(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) -{ - uint32_t i2cId = I2C_getNum(I2Cx); - uint8_t returnCode; - I2C_M_SETUP_Type *txrx_setup; - int32_t Ret = I2C_OK; - - txrx_setup = (I2C_M_SETUP_Type *) i2cdat[i2cId].txrx_setup; - - returnCode = (I2Cx->I2STAT & I2C_STAT_CODE_BITMASK); - - // Save current status - txrx_setup->status = returnCode; - - Ret = I2C_MasterHanleStates(I2Cx, returnCode, txrx_setup); - - if(I2C_CheckError(Ret)) - { - if(txrx_setup->retransmissions_count < txrx_setup->retransmissions_max) - { - // Retry - txrx_setup->retransmissions_count ++; - txrx_setup->tx_count = 0; - txrx_setup->rx_count = 0; - // Reset STA, STO, SI - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC|I2C_I2CONCLR_STOC|I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC; - I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_STA; - return; - } - else - { - goto s_int_end; - } - } - else if (Ret & I2C_SEND_END) - { - // If no need to wait for data from Slave - if(txrx_setup->rx_count >= (txrx_setup->rx_length)) - { - goto s_int_end; - } - else // Start to wait for data from Slave - { - // Reset STA, STO, SI - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC|I2C_I2CONCLR_STOC|I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC; - I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_STA; - return; - } - } - else if (Ret & I2C_RECV_END) - { - goto s_int_end; - } - else - { - return; - } - -s_int_end: - // Disable interrupt - I2C_IntCmd(I2Cx, FALSE); - - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_AAC | I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC | I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC; - - I2C_MasterComplete[i2cId] = TRUE; - -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief General Slave Interrupt handler for I2C peripheral - * @param[in] I2Cx I2C peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_I2C0 - * - LPC_I2C1 - * - LPC_I2C2 - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void I2C_SlaveHandler (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) -{ - uint32_t i2cId = I2C_getNum(I2Cx); - uint8_t returnCode; - I2C_S_SETUP_Type *txrx_setup; - uint32_t timeout; - int32_t Ret = I2C_OK; - - txrx_setup = (I2C_S_SETUP_Type *) i2cdat[i2cId].txrx_setup; - -handle_state: - - returnCode = (I2Cx->I2STAT & I2C_STAT_CODE_BITMASK); - // Save current status - txrx_setup->status = returnCode; - - - Ret = I2C_SlaveHanleStates(I2Cx, returnCode, txrx_setup); - - if(I2C_CheckError(Ret)) - { - goto s_int_end; - } - else if (Ret & I2C_STA_STO_RECV) - { - // Temporally lock the interrupt for timeout condition - I2C_IntCmd(I2Cx, FALSE); - // enable time out - timeout = I2C_SLAVE_TIME_OUT; - while(1) - { - if (I2Cx->I2CONSET & I2C_I2CONSET_SI) - { - // re-Enable interrupt - I2C_IntCmd(I2Cx, TRUE); - goto handle_state; - } - else - { - timeout--; - if (timeout == 0) - { - // timeout occur, it's really a stop condition - txrx_setup->status |= I2C_SETUP_STATUS_DONE; - goto s_int_end; - } - } - } - } - else if(Ret &I2C_SEND_END) - { - goto s_int_end; - } - else - { - return; - } - -s_int_end: - // Disable interrupt - I2C_IntCmd(I2Cx, FALSE); - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_AAC | I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC | I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC; - - I2C_SlaveComplete[i2cId] = TRUE; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Transmit and Receive data in master mode - * @param[in] I2Cx I2C peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_I2C0 - * - LPC_I2C1 - * - LPC_I2C2 - * @param[in] TransferCfg Pointer to a I2C_M_SETUP_Type structure that - * contains specified information about the - * configuration for master transfer. - * @param[in] Opt a I2C_TRANSFER_OPT_Type type that selected for - * interrupt or polling mode. - * @return SUCCESS or ERROR - * - * Note: - * - In case of using I2C to transmit data only, either transmit length set to 0 - * or transmit data pointer set to NULL. - * - In case of using I2C to receive data only, either receive length set to 0 - * or receive data pointer set to NULL. - * - In case of using I2C to transmit followed by receive data, transmit length, - * transmit data pointer, receive length and receive data pointer should be set - * corresponding. - **********************************************************************/ -Status I2C_MasterTransferData(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, I2C_M_SETUP_Type *TransferCfg, \ - I2C_TRANSFER_OPT_Type Opt) -{ - uint32_t i2cId = I2C_getNum(I2Cx); uint32_t CodeStatus; - int32_t Ret = I2C_OK; - - // Reset I2C setup value to default state - TransferCfg->tx_count = 0; - TransferCfg->rx_count = 0; - TransferCfg->status = 0; - - if (Opt == I2C_TRANSFER_POLLING) - { - /* First Start condition -------------------------------------------------------------- */ - TransferCfg->retransmissions_count = 0; -retry: - // Reset I2C setup value to default state - TransferCfg->tx_count = 0; - TransferCfg->rx_count = 0; - - // Start command - CodeStatus = I2C_Start(I2Cx); - - while(1) // send data first and then receive data from Slave. - { - Ret = I2C_MasterHanleStates(I2Cx, CodeStatus, TransferCfg); - if(I2C_CheckError(Ret)) - { - TransferCfg->retransmissions_count++; - if (TransferCfg->retransmissions_count > TransferCfg->retransmissions_max){ - // save status - TransferCfg->status = CodeStatus | I2C_SETUP_STATUS_NOACKF; - goto error; - } else { - goto retry; - } - } - else if( (Ret & I2C_BYTE_SENT) || - (Ret & I2C_BYTE_RECV)) - { - // Wait for sending ends - while (!(I2Cx->I2CONSET & I2C_I2CONSET_SI)); - } - else if (Ret & I2C_SEND_END) // already send all data - { - // If no need to wait for data from Slave - if(TransferCfg->rx_count >= (TransferCfg->rx_length)) - { - break; - } - else - { - I2C_Start(I2Cx); - } - } - else if (Ret & I2C_RECV_END) // already receive all data - { - break; - } - CodeStatus = I2Cx->I2STAT & I2C_STAT_CODE_BITMASK; - } - return SUCCESS; -error: - return ERROR; - } - - else if (Opt == I2C_TRANSFER_INTERRUPT) - { - // Setup tx_rx data, callback and interrupt handler - i2cdat[i2cId].txrx_setup = (uint32_t) TransferCfg; - - // Set direction phase, write first - i2cdat[i2cId].dir = 0; - - /* First Start condition -------------------------------------------------------------- */ - // Reset STA, STO, SI - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC|I2C_I2CONCLR_STOC|I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC; - I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_STA; - - I2C_IntCmd(I2Cx, TRUE); - - return (SUCCESS); - } - - return ERROR; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Receive and Transmit data in slave mode - * @param[in] I2Cx I2C peripheral selected, should be - * - LPC_I2C0 - * - LPC_I2C1 - * - LPC_I2C2 - * @param[in] TransferCfg Pointer to a I2C_S_SETUP_Type structure that - * contains specified information about the - * configuration for master transfer. - * @param[in] Opt I2C_TRANSFER_OPT_Type type that selected for - * interrupt or polling mode. - * @return SUCCESS or ERROR - * - * Note: - * The mode of slave's operation depends on the command sent from master on - * the I2C bus. If the master send a SLA+W command, this sub-routine will - * use receive data length and receive data pointer. If the master send a SLA+R - * command, this sub-routine will use transmit data length and transmit data - * pointer. - * If the master issue an repeat start command or a stop command, the slave will - * enable an time out condition, during time out condition, if there's no activity - * on I2C bus, the slave will exit, otherwise (i.e. the master send a SLA+R/W), - * the slave then switch to relevant operation mode. The time out should be used - * because the return status code can not show difference from stop and repeat - * start command in slave operation. - * In case of the expected data length from master is greater than data length - * that slave can support: - * - In case of reading operation (from master): slave will return I2C_I2DAT_IDLE_CHAR - * value. - * - In case of writing operation (from master): slave will ignore remain data from master. - **********************************************************************/ -Status I2C_SlaveTransferData(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, I2C_S_SETUP_Type *TransferCfg, \ - I2C_TRANSFER_OPT_Type Opt) -{ - int32_t Ret = I2C_OK; - - uint32_t CodeStatus; - uint32_t timeout; - int32_t time_en; - uint32_t i2cId = I2C_getNum(I2Cx); - // Reset I2C setup value to default state - TransferCfg->tx_count = 0; - TransferCfg->rx_count = 0; - TransferCfg->status = 0; - - // Polling option - if (Opt == I2C_TRANSFER_POLLING) - { - /* Set AA bit to ACK command on I2C bus */ - I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA; - - /* Clear SI bit to be ready ... */ - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = (I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC | I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC|I2C_I2CONCLR_STOC); - - time_en = 0; - timeout = 0; - - while (1) - { - /* Check SI flag ready */ - if (I2Cx->I2CONSET & I2C_I2CONSET_SI) - { - time_en = 0; - - CodeStatus = (I2Cx->I2STAT & I2C_STAT_CODE_BITMASK); - - Ret = I2C_SlaveHanleStates(I2Cx, CodeStatus, TransferCfg); - if(I2C_CheckError(Ret)) - { - goto s_error; - } - else if(Ret & I2C_STA_STO_RECV) - { - time_en = 1; - timeout = 0; - } - else if (Ret & I2C_SEND_END) - { - goto s_end_stage; - } - } - else if (time_en) - { - if (timeout++ > I2C_SLAVE_TIME_OUT) - { - // it's really a stop condition, goto end stage - goto s_end_stage; - } - } - } - -s_end_stage: - /* Clear AA bit to disable ACK on I2C bus */ - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_AAC; - - // Check if there's no error during operation - // Update status - TransferCfg->status = CodeStatus | I2C_SETUP_STATUS_DONE; - return SUCCESS; - -s_error: - /* Clear AA bit to disable ACK on I2C bus */ - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_AAC; - - // Update status - TransferCfg->status = CodeStatus; - return ERROR; - } - - else if (Opt == I2C_TRANSFER_INTERRUPT) - { - // Setup tx_rx data, callback and interrupt handler - i2cdat[i2cId].txrx_setup = (uint32_t) TransferCfg; - - // Set direction phase, read first - i2cdat[i2cId].dir = 1; - - // Enable AA - I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA; - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC | I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC; - I2C_IntCmd(I2Cx, TRUE); - - return (SUCCESS); - } - - return ERROR; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set Own slave address in I2C peripheral corresponding to - * parameter specified in OwnSlaveAddrConfigStruct. - * @param[in] I2Cx I2C peripheral selected, should be - * - LPC_I2C0 - * - LPC_I2C1 - * - LPC_I2C2 - * @param[in] OwnSlaveAddrConfigStruct Pointer to a I2C_OWNSLAVEADDR_CFG_Type - * structure that contains the configuration information for the -* specified I2C slave address. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void I2C_SetOwnSlaveAddr(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, I2C_OWNSLAVEADDR_CFG_Type *OwnSlaveAddrConfigStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmp; - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Cx(I2Cx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2C_SLAVEADDR_CH(OwnSlaveAddrConfigStruct->SlaveAddrChannel)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(OwnSlaveAddrConfigStruct->GeneralCallState)); - - tmp = (((uint32_t)(OwnSlaveAddrConfigStruct->SlaveAddr_7bit << 1)) \ - | ((OwnSlaveAddrConfigStruct->GeneralCallState == ENABLE) ? 0x01 : 0x00))& I2C_I2ADR_BITMASK; - switch (OwnSlaveAddrConfigStruct->SlaveAddrChannel) - { - case 0: - I2Cx->I2ADR0 = tmp; - I2Cx->I2MASK0 = I2C_I2MASK_MASK((uint32_t) \ - (OwnSlaveAddrConfigStruct->SlaveAddrMaskValue)); - break; - case 1: - I2Cx->I2ADR1 = tmp; - I2Cx->I2MASK1 = I2C_I2MASK_MASK((uint32_t) \ - (OwnSlaveAddrConfigStruct->SlaveAddrMaskValue)); - break; - case 2: - I2Cx->I2ADR2 = tmp; - I2Cx->I2MASK2 = I2C_I2MASK_MASK((uint32_t) \ - (OwnSlaveAddrConfigStruct->SlaveAddrMaskValue)); - break; - case 3: - I2Cx->I2ADR3 = tmp; - I2Cx->I2MASK3 = I2C_I2MASK_MASK((uint32_t) \ - (OwnSlaveAddrConfigStruct->SlaveAddrMaskValue)); - break; - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Configures functionality in I2C monitor mode - * @param[in] I2Cx I2C peripheral selected, should be - * - LPC_I2C0 - * - LPC_I2C1 - * - LPC_I2C2 - * @param[in] MonitorCfgType Monitor Configuration type, should be: - * - I2C_MONITOR_CFG_SCL_OUTPUT: I2C module can 'stretch' - * the clock line (hold it low) until it has had time to - * respond to an I2C interrupt. - * - I2C_MONITOR_CFG_MATCHALL: When this bit is set to '1' - * and the I2C is in monitor mode, an interrupt will be - * generated on ANY address received. - * @param[in] NewState New State of this function, should be: - * - ENABLE: Enable this function. - * - DISABLE: Disable this function. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void I2C_MonitorModeConfig(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint32_t MonitorCfgType, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Cx(I2Cx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2C_MONITOR_CFG(MonitorCfgType)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState == ENABLE) - { - I2Cx->MMCTRL |= MonitorCfgType; - } - else - { - I2Cx->MMCTRL &= (~MonitorCfgType) & I2C_I2MMCTRL_BITMASK; - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable/Disable I2C monitor mode - * @param[in] I2Cx I2C peripheral selected, should be - * - LPC_I2C0 - * - LPC_I2C1 - * - LPC_I2C2 - * @param[in] NewState New State of this function, should be: - * - ENABLE: Enable monitor mode. - * - DISABLE: Disable monitor mode. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void I2C_MonitorModeCmd(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Cx(I2Cx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState == ENABLE) - { - I2Cx->MMCTRL |= I2C_I2MMCTRL_MM_ENA; - I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA; - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC | I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC; - } - else - { - I2Cx->MMCTRL &= (~I2C_I2MMCTRL_MM_ENA) & I2C_I2MMCTRL_BITMASK; - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC | I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC | I2C_I2CONCLR_AAC; - } - I2C_MonitorBufferIndex = 0; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get data from I2C data buffer in monitor mode. - * @param[in] I2Cx I2C peripheral selected, should be - * - LPC_I2C0 - * - LPC_I2C1 - * - LPC_I2C2 - * @return None - * Note: In monitor mode, the I2C module may lose the ability to stretch - * the clock (stall the bus) if the ENA_SCL bit is not set. This means that - * the processor will have a limited amount of time to read the contents of - * the data received on the bus. If the processor reads the I2DAT shift - * register, as it ordinarily would, it could have only one bit-time to - * respond to the interrupt before the received data is overwritten by - * new data. - **********************************************************************/ -uint8_t I2C_MonitorGetDatabuffer(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Cx(I2Cx)); - return ((uint8_t)(I2Cx->I2DATA_BUFFER)); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get data from I2C data buffer in monitor mode. - * @param[in] I2Cx I2C peripheral selected, should be - * - LPC_I2C0 - * - LPC_I2C1 - * - LPC_I2C2 - * @return None - * Note: In monitor mode, the I2C module may lose the ability to stretch - * the clock (stall the bus) if the ENA_SCL bit is not set. This means that - * the processor will have a limited amount of time to read the contents of - * the data received on the bus. If the processor reads the I2DAT shift - * register, as it ordinarily would, it could have only one bit-time to - * respond to the interrupt before the received data is overwritten by - * new data. - **********************************************************************/ -BOOL_8 I2C_MonitorHandler(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint8_t *buffer, uint32_t size) -{ - BOOL_8 ret=FALSE; - - I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC; - - buffer[I2C_MonitorBufferIndex] = (uint8_t)(I2Cx->I2DATA_BUFFER); - I2C_MonitorBufferIndex++; - if(I2C_MonitorBufferIndex >= size) - { - ret = TRUE; - } - return ret; -} -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get status of Master Transfer - * @param[in] I2Cx I2C peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_I2C0 - * - LPC_I2C1 - * - LPC_I2C2 - * @return Master transfer status, could be: - * - TRUE master transfer completed - * - FALSE master transfer have not completed yet - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t I2C_MasterTransferComplete(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) -{ - uint32_t retval, tmp; - tmp = I2C_getNum(I2Cx); - retval = I2C_MasterComplete[tmp]; - I2C_MasterComplete[tmp] = FALSE; - return retval; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get status of Slave Transfer - * @param[in] I2Cx I2C peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_I2C0 - * - LPC_I2C1 - * - LPC_I2C2 - * @return Complete status, could be: TRUE/FALSE - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t I2C_SlaveTransferComplete(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) -{ - uint32_t retval, tmp; - tmp = I2C_getNum(I2Cx); - retval = I2C_SlaveComplete[tmp]; - I2C_SlaveComplete[tmp] = FALSE; - return retval; -} - - - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* _I2C */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_i2s.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_i2s.c deleted file mode 100644 index f57fd2f1be..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_i2s.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,663 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_i2s.c 2010-09-23 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_i2s.c -* @brief Contains all functions support for I2S firmware -* library on LPC17xx -* @version 3.1 -* @date 23. Sep. 2010 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2010, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup I2S - * @{ - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "lpc17xx_i2s.h" -#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h" - - -/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration - * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included, - * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead - */ -#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h" -#else -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h" -#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */ - - -#ifdef _I2S - -/* Private Functions ---------------------------------------------------------- */ - -static uint8_t i2s_GetWordWidth(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode); -static uint8_t i2s_GetChannel(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode); - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get I2S wordwidth value - * @param[in] I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S - * @param[in] TRMode is the I2S mode, should be: - * - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode - * - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode - * @return The wordwidth value, should be: 8,16 or 32 - *********************************************************************/ -static uint8_t i2s_GetWordWidth(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode) { - uint8_t value; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_TRX(TRMode)); - - if (TRMode == I2S_TX_MODE) { - value = (I2Sx->I2SDAO) & 0x03; /* get wordwidth bit */ - } else { - value = (I2Sx->I2SDAI) & 0x03; /* get wordwidth bit */ - } - switch (value) { - case I2S_WORDWIDTH_8: - return 8; - case I2S_WORDWIDTH_16: - return 16; - default: - return 32; - } -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get I2S channel value - * @param[in] I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S - * @param[in] TRMode is the I2S mode, should be: - * - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode - * - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode - * @return The channel value, should be: 1(mono) or 2(stereo) - *********************************************************************/ -static uint8_t i2s_GetChannel(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode) { - uint8_t value; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_TRX(TRMode)); - - if (TRMode == I2S_TX_MODE) { - value = ((I2Sx->I2SDAO) & 0x04)>>2; /* get bit[2] */ - } else { - value = ((I2Sx->I2SDAI) & 0x04)>>2; /* get bit[2] */ - } - if(value == I2S_MONO) return 1; - return 2; -} - -/* End of Private Functions --------------------------------------------------- */ - - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup I2S_Public_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Initialize I2S - * - Turn on power and clock - * @param[in] I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S - * @return none - *********************************************************************/ -void I2S_Init(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx) { - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx)); - - // Turn on power and clock - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR(CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2S, ENABLE); - LPC_I2S->I2SDAI = LPC_I2S->I2SDAO = 0x00; -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Configuration I2S, setting: - * - master/slave mode - * - wordwidth value - * - channel mode - * @param[in] I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S - * @param[in] TRMode transmit/receive mode, should be: - * - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode - * - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode - * @param[in] ConfigStruct pointer to I2S_CFG_Type structure - * which will be initialized. - * @return none - *********************************************************************/ -void I2S_Config(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode, I2S_CFG_Type* ConfigStruct) -{ - uint32_t bps, config; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx)); - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_WORDWIDTH(ConfigStruct->wordwidth)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_CHANNEL(ConfigStruct->mono)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_STOP(ConfigStruct->stop)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_RESET(ConfigStruct->reset)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_WS_SEL(ConfigStruct->ws_sel)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_MUTE(ConfigStruct->mute)); - - /* Setup clock */ - bps = (ConfigStruct->wordwidth +1)*8; - - /* Calculate audio config */ - config = (bps - 1)<<6 | (ConfigStruct->ws_sel)<<5 | (ConfigStruct->reset)<<4 | - (ConfigStruct->stop)<<3 | (ConfigStruct->mono)<<2 | (ConfigStruct->wordwidth); - - if(TRMode == I2S_RX_MODE){ - LPC_I2S->I2SDAI = config; - }else{ - LPC_I2S->I2SDAO = config; - } -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief DeInitial both I2S transmit or receive - * @param[in] I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S - * @return none - *********************************************************************/ -void I2S_DeInit(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx) { - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx)); - - // Turn off power and clock - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR(CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2S, DISABLE); -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get I2S Buffer Level - * @param[in] I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S - * @param[in] TRMode Transmit/receive mode, should be: - * - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode - * - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode - * @return current level of Transmit/Receive Buffer - *********************************************************************/ -uint8_t I2S_GetLevel(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_TRX(TRMode)); - - if(TRMode == I2S_TX_MODE) - { - return ((I2Sx->I2SSTATE >> 16) & 0xFF); - } - else - { - return ((I2Sx->I2SSTATE >> 8) & 0xFF); - } -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief I2S Start: clear all STOP,RESET and MUTE bit, ready to operate - * @param[in] I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S - * @return none - *********************************************************************/ -void I2S_Start(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx) -{ - //Clear STOP,RESET and MUTE bit - I2Sx->I2SDAO &= ~I2S_DAI_RESET; - I2Sx->I2SDAI &= ~I2S_DAI_RESET; - I2Sx->I2SDAO &= ~I2S_DAI_STOP; - I2Sx->I2SDAI &= ~I2S_DAI_STOP; - I2Sx->I2SDAO &= ~I2S_DAI_MUTE; -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief I2S Send data - * @param[in] I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S - * @param[in] BufferData pointer to uint32_t is the data will be send - * @return none - *********************************************************************/ -void I2S_Send(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint32_t BufferData) { - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx)); - - I2Sx->I2STXFIFO = BufferData; -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief I2S Receive Data - * @param[in] I2Sx pointer to LPC_I2S_TypeDef - * @return received value - *********************************************************************/ -uint32_t I2S_Receive(LPC_I2S_TypeDef* I2Sx) { - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx)); - - return (I2Sx->I2SRXFIFO); - -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief I2S Pause - * @param[in] I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S - * @param[in] TRMode is transmit/receive mode, should be: - * - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode - * - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode - * @return none - *********************************************************************/ -void I2S_Pause(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode) { - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_TRX(TRMode)); - - if (TRMode == I2S_TX_MODE) //Transmit mode - { - I2Sx->I2SDAO |= I2S_DAO_STOP; - } else //Receive mode - { - I2Sx->I2SDAI |= I2S_DAI_STOP; - } -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief I2S Mute - * @param[in] I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S - * @param[in] TRMode is transmit/receive mode, should be: - * - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode - * - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode - * @return none - *********************************************************************/ -void I2S_Mute(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode) { - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_TRX(TRMode)); - - if (TRMode == I2S_TX_MODE) //Transmit mode - { - I2Sx->I2SDAO |= I2S_DAO_MUTE; - } else //Receive mode - { - I2Sx->I2SDAI |= I2S_DAI_MUTE; - } -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief I2S Stop - * @param[in] I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S - * @param[in] TRMode is transmit/receive mode, should be: - * - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode - * - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode - * @return none - *********************************************************************/ -void I2S_Stop(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode) { - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_TRX(TRMode)); - - if (TRMode == I2S_TX_MODE) //Transmit mode - { - I2Sx->I2SDAO &= ~I2S_DAO_MUTE; - I2Sx->I2SDAO |= I2S_DAO_STOP; - I2Sx->I2SDAO |= I2S_DAO_RESET; - } else //Receive mode - { - I2Sx->I2SDAI |= I2S_DAI_STOP; - I2Sx->I2SDAI |= I2S_DAI_RESET; - } -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set frequency for I2S - * @param[in] I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S - * @param[in] Freq is the frequency for I2S will be set. It can range - * from 16-96 kHz(16, 22.05, 32, 44.1, 48, 96kHz) - * @param[in] TRMode is transmit/receive mode, should be: - * - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode - * - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode - * @return Status: ERROR or SUCCESS - *********************************************************************/ -Status I2S_FreqConfig(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint32_t Freq, uint8_t TRMode) { - - uint32_t i2s_clk; - uint8_t channel, wordwidth; - uint32_t x, y; - uint64_t divider; - uint16_t dif; - uint16_t x_divide, y_divide; - uint16_t err, ErrorOptimal = 0xFFFF; - - uint32_t N; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PRAM_I2S_FREQ(Freq)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_TRX(TRMode)); - - //Get the frequency of PCLK_I2S - i2s_clk = CLKPWR_GetPCLK(CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2S); - - if(TRMode == I2S_TX_MODE) - { - channel = i2s_GetChannel(I2Sx,I2S_TX_MODE); - wordwidth = i2s_GetWordWidth(I2Sx,I2S_TX_MODE); - } - else - { - channel = i2s_GetChannel(I2Sx,I2S_RX_MODE); - wordwidth = i2s_GetWordWidth(I2Sx,I2S_RX_MODE); - } - - /* Calculate X and Y divider - * The MCLK rate for the I2S transmitter is determined by the value - * in the I2STXRATE/I2SRXRATE register. The required I2STXRATE/I2SRXRATE - * setting depends on the desired audio sample rate desired, the format - * (stereo/mono) used, and the data size. - * The formula is: - * I2S_MCLK = PCLK_I2S * (X/Y) / 2 - * In that, Y must be greater than or equal to X. X should divides evenly - * into Y. - * We have: - * I2S_MCLK = Freq * channel*wordwidth * (I2STXBITRATE+1); - * So: (X/Y) = (Freq * channel*wordwidth * (I2STXBITRATE+1))*2/PCLK_I2S - * We use a loop function to chose the most suitable X,Y value - */ - - /* divider is a fixed point number with 16 fractional bits */ - divider = (((uint64_t)Freq *channel*wordwidth * 2)<<16) / i2s_clk; - - /* find N that make x/y <= 1 -> divider <= 2^16 */ - for(N=64;N>0;N--){ - if((divider*N) < (1<<16)) break; - } - - if(N == 0) return ERROR; - - divider *= N; - - for (y = 255; y > 0; y--) { - x = y * divider; - if(x & (0xFF000000)) continue; - dif = x & 0xFFFF; - if(dif>0x8000) err = 0x10000-dif; - else err = dif; - if (err == 0) - { - y_divide = y; - break; - } - else if (err < ErrorOptimal) - { - ErrorOptimal = err; - y_divide = y; - } - } - x_divide = ((uint64_t)y_divide * Freq *(channel*wordwidth)* N * 2)/i2s_clk; - if(x_divide >= 256) x_divide = 0xFF; - if(x_divide == 0) x_divide = 1; - - if (TRMode == I2S_TX_MODE)// Transmitter - { - I2Sx->I2STXBITRATE = N-1; - I2Sx->I2STXRATE = y_divide | (x_divide << 8); - } else //Receiver - { - I2Sx->I2SRXBITRATE = N-1; - I2Sx->I2STXRATE = y_divide | (x_divide << 8); - } - return SUCCESS; -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief I2S set bitrate - * @param[in] I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S - * @param[in] bitrate value will be set - * bitrate value should be in range: 0 .. 63 - * @param[in] TRMode is transmit/receive mode, should be: - * - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode - * - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode - * @return none - *********************************************************************/ -void I2S_SetBitRate(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t bitrate, uint8_t TRMode) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_BITRATE(bitrate)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_TRX(TRMode)); - - if(TRMode == I2S_TX_MODE) - { - I2Sx->I2STXBITRATE = bitrate; - } - else - { - I2Sx->I2SRXBITRATE = bitrate; - } -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Configuration operating mode for I2S - * @param[in] I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S - * @param[in] ModeConfig pointer to I2S_MODEConf_Type will be used to - * configure - * @param[in] TRMode is transmit/receive mode, should be: - * - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode - * - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode - * @return none - *********************************************************************/ -void I2S_ModeConfig(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, I2S_MODEConf_Type* ModeConfig, - uint8_t TRMode) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_CLKSEL(ModeConfig->clksel)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_4PIN(ModeConfig->fpin)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_MCLK(ModeConfig->mcena)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_TRX(TRMode)); - - if (TRMode == I2S_TX_MODE) { - I2Sx->I2STXMODE &= ~0x0F; //clear bit 3:0 in I2STXMODE register - if (ModeConfig->clksel == I2S_CLKSEL_MCLK) { - I2Sx->I2STXMODE |= 0x02; - } - if (ModeConfig->fpin == I2S_4PIN_ENABLE) { - I2Sx->I2STXMODE |= (1 << 2); - } - if (ModeConfig->mcena == I2S_MCLK_ENABLE) { - I2Sx->I2STXMODE |= (1 << 3); - } - } else { - I2Sx->I2SRXMODE &= ~0x0F; //clear bit 3:0 in I2STXMODE register - if (ModeConfig->clksel == I2S_CLKSEL_MCLK) { - I2Sx->I2SRXMODE |= 0x02; - } - if (ModeConfig->fpin == I2S_4PIN_ENABLE) { - I2Sx->I2SRXMODE |= (1 << 2); - } - if (ModeConfig->mcena == I2S_MCLK_ENABLE) { - I2Sx->I2SRXMODE |= (1 << 3); - } - } -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Configure DMA operation for I2S - * @param[in] I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S - * @param[in] DMAConfig pointer to I2S_DMAConf_Type will be used to configure - * @param[in] TRMode is transmit/receive mode, should be: - * - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode - * - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode - * @return none - *********************************************************************/ -void I2S_DMAConfig(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, I2S_DMAConf_Type* DMAConfig, - uint8_t TRMode) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_DMA(DMAConfig->DMAIndex)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_DMA_DEPTH(DMAConfig->depth)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_TRX(TRMode)); - - if (TRMode == I2S_RX_MODE) { - if (DMAConfig->DMAIndex == I2S_DMA_1) { - LPC_I2S->I2SDMA1 = (DMAConfig->depth) << 8; - } else { - LPC_I2S->I2SDMA2 = (DMAConfig->depth) << 8; - } - } else { - if (DMAConfig->DMAIndex == I2S_DMA_1) { - LPC_I2S->I2SDMA1 = (DMAConfig->depth) << 16; - } else { - LPC_I2S->I2SDMA2 = (DMAConfig->depth) << 16; - } - } -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable/Disable DMA operation for I2S - * @param[in] I2Sx: I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S - * @param[in] DMAIndex chose what DMA is used, should be: - * - I2S_DMA_1 = 0: DMA1 - * - I2S_DMA_2 = 1: DMA2 - * @param[in] TRMode is transmit/receive mode, should be: - * - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode - * - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode - * @param[in] NewState is new state of DMA operation, should be: - * - ENABLE - * - DISABLE - * @return none - *********************************************************************/ -void I2S_DMACmd(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t DMAIndex, uint8_t TRMode, - FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_DMA(DMAIndex)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_TRX(TRMode)); - - if (TRMode == I2S_RX_MODE) { - if (DMAIndex == I2S_DMA_1) { - if (NewState == ENABLE) - I2Sx->I2SDMA1 |= 0x01; - else - I2Sx->I2SDMA1 &= ~0x01; - } else { - if (NewState == ENABLE) - I2Sx->I2SDMA2 |= 0x01; - else - I2Sx->I2SDMA2 &= ~0x01; - } - } else { - if (DMAIndex == I2S_DMA_1) { - if (NewState == ENABLE) - I2Sx->I2SDMA1 |= 0x02; - else - I2Sx->I2SDMA1 &= ~0x02; - } else { - if (NewState == ENABLE) - I2Sx->I2SDMA2 |= 0x02; - else - I2Sx->I2SDMA2 &= ~0x02; - } - } -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Configure IRQ for I2S - * @param[in] I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S - * @param[in] TRMode is transmit/receive mode, should be: - * - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode - * - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode - * @param[in] level is the FIFO level that triggers IRQ request - * @return none - *********************************************************************/ -void I2S_IRQConfig(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode, uint8_t level) { - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_TRX(TRMode)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_IRQ_LEVEL(level)); - - if (TRMode == I2S_RX_MODE) { - I2Sx->I2SIRQ |= (level << 8); - } else { - I2Sx->I2SIRQ |= (level << 16); - } -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable/Disable IRQ for I2S - * @param[in] I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S - * @param[in] TRMode is transmit/receive mode, should be: - * - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode - * - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode - * @param[in] NewState is new state of DMA operation, should be: - * - ENABLE - * - DISABLE - * @return none - *********************************************************************/ -void I2S_IRQCmd(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode, FunctionalState NewState) { - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - - if (TRMode == I2S_RX_MODE) { - if (NewState == ENABLE) - I2Sx->I2SIRQ |= 0x01; - else - I2Sx->I2SIRQ &= ~0x01; - //Enable DMA - - } else { - if (NewState == ENABLE) - I2Sx->I2SIRQ |= 0x02; - else - I2Sx->I2SIRQ &= ~0x02; - } -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get I2S interrupt status - * @param[in] I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S - * @param[in] TRMode is transmit/receive mode, should be: - * - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode - * - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode - * @return FunctionState should be: - * - ENABLE: interrupt is enable - * - DISABLE: interrupt is disable - *********************************************************************/ -FunctionalState I2S_GetIRQStatus(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx,uint8_t TRMode) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx)); - if(TRMode == I2S_TX_MODE) - return ((FunctionalState)((I2Sx->I2SIRQ >> 1)&0x01)); - else - return ((FunctionalState)((I2Sx->I2SIRQ)&0x01)); -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get I2S interrupt depth - * @param[in] I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S - * @param[in] TRMode is transmit/receive mode, should be: - * - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode - * - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode - * @return depth of FIFO level on which to create an irq request - *********************************************************************/ -uint8_t I2S_GetIRQDepth(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx,uint8_t TRMode) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx)); - if(TRMode == I2S_TX_MODE) - return (((I2Sx->I2SIRQ)>>16)&0xFF); - else - return (((I2Sx->I2SIRQ)>>8)&0xFF); -} -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* _I2S */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ - diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_iap.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_iap.c deleted file mode 100644 index f915f0c35e..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_iap.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,308 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_iap.c 2012-04-18 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_iap.c - * @brief Contains all functions support for IAP on lpc17xx -* @version 1.0 -* @date 18. April. 2012 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2011, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ -#include "lpc17xx_iap.h" -#include "system_LPC17xx.h" - -// IAP Command -typedef void (*IAP)(uint32_t *cmd,uint32_t *result); -IAP iap_entry = (IAP) IAP_LOCATION; -#define IAP_Call iap_entry - -/** @addtogroup IAP_Public_Functions IAP Public Function - * @ingroup IAP - * @{ - */ - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get Sector Number - * - * @param[in] adr Sector Address - * - * @return Sector Number. - * - **********************************************************************/ - uint32_t GetSecNum (uint32_t adr) -{ - uint32_t n; - - n = adr >> 12; // 4kB Sector - if (n >= 0x10) { - n = 0x0E + (n >> 3); // 32kB Sector - } - - return (n); // Sector Number -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Prepare sector(s) for write operation - * - * @param[in] start_sec The number of start sector - * @param[in] end_sec The number of end sector - * - * @return CMD_SUCCESS/BUSY/INVALID_SECTOR. - * - **********************************************************************/ -IAP_STATUS_CODE PrepareSector(uint32_t start_sec, uint32_t end_sec) -{ - IAP_COMMAND_Type command; - command.cmd = IAP_PREPARE; // Prepare Sector for Write - command.param[0] = start_sec; // Start Sector - command.param[1] = end_sec; // End Sector - IAP_Call (&command.cmd, &command.status); // Call IAP Command - return (IAP_STATUS_CODE)command.status; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Copy RAM to Flash - * - * @param[in] dest destination buffer (in Flash memory). - * @param[in] source source buffer (in RAM). - * @param[in] size the write size. - * - * @return CMD_SUCCESS. - * SRC_ADDR_ERROR/DST_ADDR_ERROR - * SRC_ADDR_NOT_MAPPED/DST_ADDR_NOT_MAPPED - * COUNT_ERROR/SECTOR_NOT_PREPARED_FOR_WRITE_OPERATION - * BUSY - * - **********************************************************************/ -IAP_STATUS_CODE CopyRAM2Flash(uint8_t * dest, uint8_t* source, IAP_WRITE_SIZE size) -{ - uint32_t sec; - IAP_STATUS_CODE status; - IAP_COMMAND_Type command; - - // Prepare sectors - sec = GetSecNum((uint32_t)dest); - status = PrepareSector(sec, sec); - if(status != CMD_SUCCESS) - return status; - - // write - command.cmd = IAP_COPY_RAM2FLASH; // Copy RAM to Flash - command.param[0] = (uint32_t)dest; // Destination Flash Address - command.param[1] = (uint32_t)source; // Source RAM Address - command.param[2] = size; // Number of bytes - command.param[3] = SystemCoreClock / 1000; // CCLK in kHz - IAP_Call (&command.cmd, &command.status); // Call IAP Command - - return (IAP_STATUS_CODE)command.status; // Finished without Errors -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Erase sector(s) - * - * @param[in] start_sec The number of start sector - * @param[in] end_sec The number of end sector - * - * @return CMD_SUCCESS. - * INVALID_SECTOR - * SECTOR_NOT_PREPARED_FOR_WRITE_OPERATION - * BUSY - * - **********************************************************************/ -IAP_STATUS_CODE EraseSector(uint32_t start_sec, uint32_t end_sec) -{ - IAP_COMMAND_Type command; - IAP_STATUS_CODE status; - - // Prepare sectors - status = PrepareSector(start_sec, end_sec); - if(status != CMD_SUCCESS) - return status; - - // Erase sectors - command.cmd = IAP_ERASE; // Prepare Sector for Write - command.param[0] = start_sec; // Start Sector - command.param[1] = end_sec; // End Sector - command.param[2] = SystemCoreClock / 1000; // CCLK in kHz - IAP_Call (&command.cmd, &command.status); // Call IAP Command - return (IAP_STATUS_CODE)command.status; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Blank check sector(s) - * - * @param[in] start_sec The number of start sector - * @param[in] end_sec The number of end sector - * @param[out] first_nblank_loc The offset of the first non-blank word - * @param[out] first_nblank_val The value of the first non-blank word - * - * @return CMD_SUCCESS. - * INVALID_SECTOR - * SECTOR_NOT_BLANK - * BUSY - * - **********************************************************************/ -IAP_STATUS_CODE BlankCheckSector(uint32_t start_sec, uint32_t end_sec, - uint32_t *first_nblank_loc, - uint32_t *first_nblank_val) -{ - IAP_COMMAND_Type command; - - command.cmd = IAP_BLANK_CHECK; // Prepare Sector for Write - command.param[0] = start_sec; // Start Sector - command.param[1] = end_sec; // End Sector - IAP_Call (&command.cmd, &command.status); // Call IAP Command - - if(command.status == SECTOR_NOT_BLANK) - { - // Update out value - if(first_nblank_loc != NULL) - *first_nblank_loc = command.result[0]; - if(first_nblank_val != NULL) - *first_nblank_val = command.result[1]; - } - - return (IAP_STATUS_CODE)command.status; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Read part identification number - * - * @param[out] partID Part ID - * - * @return CMD_SUCCESS - * - **********************************************************************/ -IAP_STATUS_CODE ReadPartID(uint32_t *partID) -{ - IAP_COMMAND_Type command; - command.cmd = IAP_READ_PART_ID; - IAP_Call (&command.cmd, &command.status); // Call IAP Command - - if(command.status == CMD_SUCCESS) - { - if(partID != NULL) - *partID = command.result[0]; - } - - return (IAP_STATUS_CODE)command.status; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Read boot code version. The version is interpreted as .. - * - * @param[out] major The major - * @param[out] minor The minor - * - * @return CMD_SUCCESS - * - **********************************************************************/ -IAP_STATUS_CODE ReadBootCodeVer(uint8_t *major, uint8_t* minor) -{ - IAP_COMMAND_Type command; - command.cmd = IAP_READ_BOOT_VER; - IAP_Call (&command.cmd, &command.status); // Call IAP Command - - if(command.status == CMD_SUCCESS) - { - if(major != NULL) - *major = (command.result[0] >> 8) & 0xFF; - if(minor != NULL) - *minor = (command.result[0]) & 0xFF; - } - - return (IAP_STATUS_CODE)command.status; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Read Device serial number. - * - * @param[out] uid Serial number. - * - * @return CMD_SUCCESS - * - **********************************************************************/ -IAP_STATUS_CODE ReadDeviceSerialNum(uint32_t *uid) -{ - IAP_COMMAND_Type command; - command.cmd = IAP_READ_SERIAL_NUMBER; - IAP_Call (&command.cmd, &command.status); // Call IAP Command - - if(command.status == CMD_SUCCESS) - { - if(uid != NULL) - { - uint32_t i = 0; - for(i = 0; i < 4; i++) - uid[i] = command.result[i]; - } - } - - return (IAP_STATUS_CODE)command.status; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief compare the memory contents at two locations. - * - * @param[in] addr1 The address of the 1st buffer (in RAM/Flash). - * @param[in] addr2 The address of the 2nd buffer (in RAM/Flash). - * @param[in] size Number of bytes to be compared; should be a multiple of 4. - * - * @return CMD_SUCCESS - * COMPARE_ERROR - * COUNT_ERROR (Byte count is not a multiple of 4) - * ADDR_ERROR - * ADDR_NOT_MAPPED - * - **********************************************************************/ -IAP_STATUS_CODE Compare(uint8_t *addr1, uint8_t *addr2, uint32_t size) -{ - IAP_COMMAND_Type command; - command.cmd = IAP_COMPARE; - command.param[0] = (uint32_t)addr1; - command.param[1] = (uint32_t)addr2; - command.param[2] = size; - IAP_Call (&command.cmd, &command.status); // Call IAP Command - - return (IAP_STATUS_CODE)command.status; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Re-invoke ISP. - * - * @param[in] None. - * - * @return None. - * - **********************************************************************/ -void InvokeISP(void) -{ - IAP_COMMAND_Type command; - command.cmd = IAP_REINVOKE_ISP; - IAP_Call (&command.cmd, &command.status); // Call IAP Command -} - -/** - * @} - */ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_libcfg_default.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_libcfg_default.c deleted file mode 100644 index 4f883e3077..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_libcfg_default.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_libcfg_default.c 2010-05-21 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_libcfg_default.c -* @brief Library configuration source file (default), used to build -* library without examples -* @version 2.0 -* @date 21. May. 2010 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2010, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Library group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup LIBCFG_DEFAULT - * @{ - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h" - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup LIBCFG_DEFAULT_Public_Functions - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ - -#ifdef DEBUG -/******************************************************************************* -* @brief Reports the name of the source file and the source line number -* where the CHECK_PARAM error has occurred. -* @param[in] file Pointer to the source file name -* @param[in] line assert_param error line source number -* @return None -*******************************************************************************/ -void check_failed(uint8_t *file, uint32_t line) -{ - /* User can add his own implementation to report the file name and line number, - ex: printf("Wrong parameters value: file %s on line %d\r\n", file, line) */ - - /* Infinite loop */ - while(1); -} -#endif /* DEBUG */ - -#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_mcpwm.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_mcpwm.c deleted file mode 100644 index cd9318b4fe..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_mcpwm.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,509 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_mcpwm.c 2010-05-21 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_mcpwm.c -* @brief Contains all functions support for Motor Control PWM firmware -* library on LPC17xx -* @version 2.0 -* @date 21. May. 2010 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2010, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup MCPWM - * @{ - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "lpc17xx_mcpwm.h" -#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h" - -/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration - * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included, - * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead - */ -#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h" -#else -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h" -#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */ - - -#ifdef _MCPWM - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup MCPWM_Public_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Initializes the MCPWM peripheral - * @param[in] MCPWMx Motor Control PWM peripheral selected, - * Should be: LPC_MCPWM - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void MCPWM_Init(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx) -{ - - /* Turn On MCPWM PCLK */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCMC, ENABLE); - /* As default, peripheral clock for MCPWM module - * is set to FCCLK / 2 */ - // CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv(CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_MC, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_2); - - MCPWMx->MCCAP_CLR = MCPWM_CAPCLR_CAP(0) | MCPWM_CAPCLR_CAP(1) | MCPWM_CAPCLR_CAP(2); - MCPWMx->MCINTFLAG_CLR = MCPWM_INT_ILIM(0) | MCPWM_INT_ILIM(1) | MCPWM_INT_ILIM(2) \ - | MCPWM_INT_IMAT(0) | MCPWM_INT_IMAT(1) | MCPWM_INT_IMAT(2) \ - | MCPWM_INT_ICAP(0) | MCPWM_INT_ICAP(1) | MCPWM_INT_ICAP(2); - MCPWMx->MCINTEN_CLR = MCPWM_INT_ILIM(0) | MCPWM_INT_ILIM(1) | MCPWM_INT_ILIM(2) \ - | MCPWM_INT_IMAT(0) | MCPWM_INT_IMAT(1) | MCPWM_INT_IMAT(2) \ - | MCPWM_INT_ICAP(0) | MCPWM_INT_ICAP(1) | MCPWM_INT_ICAP(2); -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Configures each channel in MCPWM peripheral according to the - * specified parameters in the MCPWM_CHANNEL_CFG_Type. - * @param[in] MCPWMx Motor Control PWM peripheral selected - * should be: LPC_MCPWM - * @param[in] channelNum Channel number, should be: 0..2. - * @param[in] channelSetup Pointer to a MCPWM_CHANNEL_CFG_Type structure -* that contains the configuration information for the -* specified MCPWM channel. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void MCPWM_ConfigChannel(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t channelNum, - MCPWM_CHANNEL_CFG_Type * channelSetup) -{ - if (channelNum <= 2) { - if (channelNum == 0) { - MCPWMx->MCTIM0 = channelSetup->channelTimercounterValue; - MCPWMx->MCPER0 = channelSetup->channelPeriodValue; - MCPWMx->MCPW0 = channelSetup->channelPulsewidthValue; - } else if (channelNum == 1) { - MCPWMx->MCTIM1 = channelSetup->channelTimercounterValue; - MCPWMx->MCPER1 = channelSetup->channelPeriodValue; - MCPWMx->MCPW1 = channelSetup->channelPulsewidthValue; - } else if (channelNum == 2) { - MCPWMx->MCTIM2 = channelSetup->channelTimercounterValue; - MCPWMx->MCPER2 = channelSetup->channelPeriodValue; - MCPWMx->MCPW2 = channelSetup->channelPulsewidthValue; - } else { - return; - } - - if (channelSetup->channelType /* == MCPWM_CHANNEL_CENTER_MODE */){ - MCPWMx->MCCON_SET = MCPWM_CON_CENTER(channelNum); - } else { - MCPWMx->MCCON_CLR = MCPWM_CON_CENTER(channelNum); - } - - if (channelSetup->channelPolarity /* == MCPWM_CHANNEL_PASSIVE_HI */){ - MCPWMx->MCCON_SET = MCPWM_CON_POLAR(channelNum); - } else { - MCPWMx->MCCON_CLR = MCPWM_CON_POLAR(channelNum); - } - - if (channelSetup->channelDeadtimeEnable /* == ENABLE */){ - MCPWMx->MCCON_SET = MCPWM_CON_DTE(channelNum); - MCPWMx->MCDEADTIME &= ~(MCPWM_DT(channelNum, 0x3FF)); - MCPWMx->MCDEADTIME |= MCPWM_DT(channelNum, channelSetup->channelDeadtimeValue); - } else { - MCPWMx->MCCON_CLR = MCPWM_CON_DTE(channelNum); - } - - if (channelSetup->channelUpdateEnable /* == ENABLE */){ - MCPWMx->MCCON_CLR = MCPWM_CON_DISUP(channelNum); - } else { - MCPWMx->MCCON_SET = MCPWM_CON_DISUP(channelNum); - } - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Write to MCPWM shadow registers - Update the value for period - * and pulse width in MCPWM peripheral. - * @param[in] MCPWMx Motor Control PWM peripheral selected - * Should be: LPC_MCPWM - * @param[in] channelNum Channel Number, should be: 0..2. - * @param[in] channelSetup Pointer to a MCPWM_CHANNEL_CFG_Type structure -* that contains the configuration information for the -* specified MCPWM channel. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void MCPWM_WriteToShadow(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t channelNum, - MCPWM_CHANNEL_CFG_Type *channelSetup) -{ - if (channelNum == 0){ - MCPWMx->MCPER0 = channelSetup->channelPeriodValue; - MCPWMx->MCPW0 = channelSetup->channelPulsewidthValue; - } else if (channelNum == 1) { - MCPWMx->MCPER1 = channelSetup->channelPeriodValue; - MCPWMx->MCPW1 = channelSetup->channelPulsewidthValue; - } else if (channelNum == 2) { - MCPWMx->MCPER2 = channelSetup->channelPeriodValue; - MCPWMx->MCPW2 = channelSetup->channelPulsewidthValue; - } -} - - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Configures capture function in MCPWM peripheral - * @param[in] MCPWMx Motor Control PWM peripheral selected - * Should be: LPC_MCPWM - * @param[in] channelNum MCI (Motor Control Input pin) number - * Should be: 0..2 - * @param[in] captureConfig Pointer to a MCPWM_CAPTURE_CFG_Type structure -* that contains the configuration information for the -* specified MCPWM capture. - * @return - **********************************************************************/ -void MCPWM_ConfigCapture(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t channelNum, - MCPWM_CAPTURE_CFG_Type *captureConfig) -{ - if (channelNum <= 2) { - - if (captureConfig->captureFalling /* == ENABLE */) { - MCPWMx->MCCAPCON_SET = MCPWM_CAPCON_CAPMCI_FE(captureConfig->captureChannel, channelNum); - } else { - MCPWMx->MCCAPCON_CLR = MCPWM_CAPCON_CAPMCI_FE(captureConfig->captureChannel, channelNum); - } - - if (captureConfig->captureRising /* == ENABLE */) { - MCPWMx->MCCAPCON_SET = MCPWM_CAPCON_CAPMCI_RE(captureConfig->captureChannel, channelNum); - } else { - MCPWMx->MCCAPCON_CLR = MCPWM_CAPCON_CAPMCI_RE(captureConfig->captureChannel, channelNum); - } - - if (captureConfig->timerReset /* == ENABLE */){ - MCPWMx->MCCAPCON_SET = MCPWM_CAPCON_RT(captureConfig->captureChannel); - } else { - MCPWMx->MCCAPCON_CLR = MCPWM_CAPCON_RT(captureConfig->captureChannel); - } - - if (captureConfig->hnfEnable /* == ENABLE */){ - MCPWMx->MCCAPCON_SET = MCPWM_CAPCON_HNFCAP(channelNum); - } else { - MCPWMx->MCCAPCON_CLR = MCPWM_CAPCON_HNFCAP(channelNum); - } - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Clears current captured value in specified capture channel - * @param[in] MCPWMx Motor Control PWM peripheral selected - * Should be: LPC_MCPWM - * @param[in] captureChannel Capture channel number, should be: 0..2 - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void MCPWM_ClearCapture(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t captureChannel) -{ - MCPWMx->MCCAP_CLR = MCPWM_CAPCLR_CAP(captureChannel); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get current captured value in specified capture channel - * @param[in] MCPWMx Motor Control PWM peripheral selected, - * Should be: LPC_MCPWM - * @param[in] captureChannel Capture channel number, should be: 0..2 - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t MCPWM_GetCapture(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t captureChannel) -{ - if (captureChannel == 0){ - return (MCPWMx->MCCR0); - } else if (captureChannel == 1) { - return (MCPWMx->MCCR1); - } else if (captureChannel == 2) { - return (MCPWMx->MCCR2); - } - return (0); -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Configures Count control in MCPWM peripheral - * @param[in] MCPWMx Motor Control PWM peripheral selected - * Should be: LPC_MCPWM - * @param[in] channelNum Channel number, should be: 0..2 - * @param[in] countMode Count mode, should be: - * - ENABLE: Enables count mode. - * - DISABLE: Disable count mode, the channel is in timer mode. - * @param[in] countConfig Pointer to a MCPWM_COUNT_CFG_Type structure -* that contains the configuration information for the -* specified MCPWM count control. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void MCPWM_CountConfig(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t channelNum, - uint32_t countMode, MCPWM_COUNT_CFG_Type *countConfig) -{ - if (channelNum <= 2) { - if (countMode /* == ENABLE */){ - MCPWMx->MCCNTCON_SET = MCPWM_CNTCON_CNTR(channelNum); - if (countConfig->countFalling /* == ENABLE */) { - MCPWMx->MCCNTCON_SET = MCPWM_CNTCON_TCMCI_FE(countConfig->counterChannel,channelNum); - } else { - MCPWMx->MCCNTCON_CLR = MCPWM_CNTCON_TCMCI_FE(countConfig->counterChannel,channelNum); - } - if (countConfig->countRising /* == ENABLE */) { - MCPWMx->MCCNTCON_SET = MCPWM_CNTCON_TCMCI_RE(countConfig->counterChannel,channelNum); - } else { - MCPWMx->MCCNTCON_CLR = MCPWM_CNTCON_TCMCI_RE(countConfig->counterChannel,channelNum); - } - } else { - MCPWMx->MCCNTCON_CLR = MCPWM_CNTCON_CNTR(channelNum); - } - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Start MCPWM activity for each MCPWM channel - * @param[in] MCPWMx Motor Control PWM peripheral selected - * Should be: LPC_MCPWM - * @param[in] channel0 State of this command on channel 0: - * - ENABLE: 'Start' command will effect on channel 0 - * - DISABLE: 'Start' command will not effect on channel 0 - * @param[in] channel1 State of this command on channel 1: - * - ENABLE: 'Start' command will effect on channel 1 - * - DISABLE: 'Start' command will not effect on channel 1 - * @param[in] channel2 State of this command on channel 2: - * - ENABLE: 'Start' command will effect on channel 2 - * - DISABLE: 'Start' command will not effect on channel 2 - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void MCPWM_Start(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t channel0, - uint32_t channel1, uint32_t channel2) -{ - uint32_t regVal = 0; - regVal = (channel0 ? MCPWM_CON_RUN(0) : 0) | (channel1 ? MCPWM_CON_RUN(1) : 0) \ - | (channel2 ? MCPWM_CON_RUN(2) : 0); - MCPWMx->MCCON_SET = regVal; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Stop MCPWM activity for each MCPWM channel - * @param[in] MCPWMx Motor Control PWM peripheral selected - * Should be: LPC_MCPWM - * @param[in] channel0 State of this command on channel 0: - * - ENABLE: 'Stop' command will effect on channel 0 - * - DISABLE: 'Stop' command will not effect on channel 0 - * @param[in] channel1 State of this command on channel 1: - * - ENABLE: 'Stop' command will effect on channel 1 - * - DISABLE: 'Stop' command will not effect on channel 1 - * @param[in] channel2 State of this command on channel 2: - * - ENABLE: 'Stop' command will effect on channel 2 - * - DISABLE: 'Stop' command will not effect on channel 2 - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void MCPWM_Stop(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t channel0, - uint32_t channel1, uint32_t channel2) -{ - uint32_t regVal = 0; - regVal = (channel0 ? MCPWM_CON_RUN(0) : 0) | (channel1 ? MCPWM_CON_RUN(1) : 0) \ - | (channel2 ? MCPWM_CON_RUN(2) : 0); - MCPWMx->MCCON_CLR = regVal; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enables/Disables 3-phase AC motor mode on MCPWM peripheral - * @param[in] MCPWMx Motor Control PWM peripheral selected - * Should be: LPC_MCPWM - * @param[in] acMode State of this command, should be: - * - ENABLE. - * - DISABLE. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void MCPWM_ACMode(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t acMode) -{ - if (acMode){ - MCPWMx->MCCON_SET = MCPWM_CON_ACMODE; - } else { - MCPWMx->MCCON_CLR = MCPWM_CON_ACMODE; - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enables/Disables 3-phase DC motor mode on MCPWM peripheral - * @param[in] MCPWMx Motor Control PWM peripheral selected - * Should be: LPC_MCPWM - * @param[in] dcMode State of this command, should be: - * - ENABLE. - * - DISABLE. - * @param[in] outputInvered Polarity of the MCOB outputs for all 3 channels, - * should be: - * - ENABLE: The MCOB outputs have opposite polarity - * from the MCOA outputs. - * - DISABLE: The MCOB outputs have the same basic - * polarity as the MCOA outputs. - * @param[in] outputPattern A value contains bits that enables/disables the specified - * output pins route to the internal MCOA0 signal, should be: - - MCPWM_PATENT_A0: MCOA0 tracks internal MCOA0 - - MCPWM_PATENT_B0: MCOB0 tracks internal MCOA0 - - MCPWM_PATENT_A1: MCOA1 tracks internal MCOA0 - - MCPWM_PATENT_B1: MCOB1 tracks internal MCOA0 - - MCPWM_PATENT_A2: MCOA2 tracks internal MCOA0 - - MCPWM_PATENT_B2: MCOB2 tracks internal MCOA0 - * @return None - * - * Note: all these outputPatent values above can be ORed together for using as input parameter. - **********************************************************************/ -void MCPWM_DCMode(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t dcMode, - uint32_t outputInvered, uint32_t outputPattern) -{ - if (dcMode){ - MCPWMx->MCCON_SET = MCPWM_CON_DCMODE; - } else { - MCPWMx->MCCON_CLR = MCPWM_CON_DCMODE; - } - - if (outputInvered) { - MCPWMx->MCCON_SET = MCPWM_CON_INVBDC; - } else { - MCPWMx->MCCON_CLR = MCPWM_CON_INVBDC; - } - - MCPWMx->MCCCP = outputPattern; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Configures the specified interrupt in MCPWM peripheral - * @param[in] MCPWMx Motor Control PWM peripheral selected - * Should be: LPC_MCPWM - * @param[in] ulIntType Interrupt type, should be: - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM0: Limit interrupt for channel (0) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT0: Match interrupt for channel (0) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP0: Capture interrupt for channel (0) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM1: Limit interrupt for channel (1) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT1: Match interrupt for channel (1) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP1: Capture interrupt for channel (1) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM2: Limit interrupt for channel (2) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT2: Match interrupt for channel (2) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP2: Capture interrupt for channel (2) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_ABORT: Fast abort interrupt - * @param[in] NewState New State of this command, should be: - * - ENABLE. - * - DISABLE. - * @return None - * - * Note: all these ulIntType values above can be ORed together for using as input parameter. - **********************************************************************/ -void MCPWM_IntConfig(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t ulIntType, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - if (NewState) { - MCPWMx->MCINTEN_SET = ulIntType; - } else { - MCPWMx->MCINTEN_CLR = ulIntType; - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Sets/Forces the specified interrupt for MCPWM peripheral - * @param[in] MCPWMx Motor Control PWM peripheral selected - * Should be LPC_MCPWM - * @param[in] ulIntType Interrupt type, should be: - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM0: Limit interrupt for channel (0) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT0: Match interrupt for channel (0) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP0: Capture interrupt for channel (0) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM1: Limit interrupt for channel (1) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT1: Match interrupt for channel (1) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP1: Capture interrupt for channel (1) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM2: Limit interrupt for channel (2) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT2: Match interrupt for channel (2) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP2: Capture interrupt for channel (2) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_ABORT: Fast abort interrupt - * @return None - * Note: all these ulIntType values above can be ORed together for using as input parameter. - **********************************************************************/ -void MCPWM_IntSet(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t ulIntType) -{ - MCPWMx->MCINTFLAG_SET = ulIntType; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Clear the specified interrupt pending for MCPWM peripheral - * @param[in] MCPWMx Motor Control PWM peripheral selected, - * should be: LPC_MCPWM - * @param[in] ulIntType Interrupt type, should be: - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM0: Limit interrupt for channel (0) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT0: Match interrupt for channel (0) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP0: Capture interrupt for channel (0) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM1: Limit interrupt for channel (1) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT1: Match interrupt for channel (1) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP1: Capture interrupt for channel (1) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM2: Limit interrupt for channel (2) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT2: Match interrupt for channel (2) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP2: Capture interrupt for channel (2) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_ABORT: Fast abort interrupt - * @return None - * Note: all these ulIntType values above can be ORed together for using as input parameter. - **********************************************************************/ -void MCPWM_IntClear(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t ulIntType) -{ - MCPWMx->MCINTFLAG_CLR = ulIntType; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Check whether if the specified interrupt in MCPWM is set or not - * @param[in] MCPWMx Motor Control PWM peripheral selected, - * should be: LPC_MCPWM - * @param[in] ulIntType Interrupt type, should be: - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM0: Limit interrupt for channel (0) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT0: Match interrupt for channel (0) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP0: Capture interrupt for channel (0) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM1: Limit interrupt for channel (1) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT1: Match interrupt for channel (1) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP1: Capture interrupt for channel (1) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM2: Limit interrupt for channel (2) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT2: Match interrupt for channel (2) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP2: Capture interrupt for channel (2) - * - MCPWM_INTFLAG_ABORT: Fast abort interrupt - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -FlagStatus MCPWM_GetIntStatus(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t ulIntType) -{ - return ((MCPWMx->MCINTFLAG & ulIntType) ? SET : RESET); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* _MCPWM */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_nvic.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_nvic.c deleted file mode 100644 index 3e01e47902..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_nvic.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,148 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_nvic.c 2010-05-21 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_nvic.c -* @brief Contains all expansion functions support for -* NVIC firmware library on LPC17xx. The main -* NVIC functions are defined in core_cm3.h -* @version 2.0 -* @date 21. May. 2010 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2010, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup NVIC - * @{ - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "lpc17xx_nvic.h" - - -/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup NVIC_Private_Macros - * @{ - */ - -/* Vector table offset bit mask */ -#define NVIC_VTOR_MASK 0x3FFFFF80 - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup NVIC_Public_Functions - * @{ - */ - - -/*****************************************************************************//** - * @brief De-initializes the NVIC peripheral registers to their default - * reset values. - * @param None - * @return None - * - * These following NVIC peripheral registers will be de-initialized: - * - Disable Interrupt (32 IRQ interrupt sources that matched with LPC17xx) - * - Clear all Pending Interrupts (32 IRQ interrupt source that matched with LPC17xx) - * - Clear all Interrupt Priorities (32 IRQ interrupt source that matched with LPC17xx) - *******************************************************************************/ -void NVIC_DeInit(void) -{ - uint8_t tmp; - - /* Disable all interrupts */ - NVIC->ICER[0] = 0xFFFFFFFF; - NVIC->ICER[1] = 0x00000001; - /* Clear all pending interrupts */ - NVIC->ICPR[0] = 0xFFFFFFFF; - NVIC->ICPR[1] = 0x00000001; - - /* Clear all interrupt priority */ - for (tmp = 0; tmp < 32; tmp++) { - NVIC->IP[tmp] = 0x00; - } -} - -/*****************************************************************************//** - * @brief De-initializes the SCB peripheral registers to their default - * reset values. - * @param none - * @return none - * - * These following SCB NVIC peripheral registers will be de-initialized: - * - Interrupt Control State register - * - Interrupt Vector Table Offset register - * - Application Interrupt/Reset Control register - * - System Control register - * - Configuration Control register - * - System Handlers Priority Registers - * - System Handler Control and State Register - * - Configurable Fault Status Register - * - Hard Fault Status Register - * - Debug Fault Status Register - *******************************************************************************/ -void NVIC_SCBDeInit(void) -{ - uint8_t tmp; - - SCB->ICSR = 0x0A000000; - SCB->VTOR = 0x00000000; - SCB->AIRCR = 0x05FA0000; - SCB->SCR = 0x00000000; - SCB->CCR = 0x00000000; - - for (tmp = 0; tmp < (sizeof(SCB->SHP) / sizeof(SCB->SHP[0])); tmp++) { - SCB->SHP[tmp] = 0x00; - } - - SCB->SHCSR = 0x00000000; - SCB->CFSR = 0xFFFFFFFF; - SCB->HFSR = 0xFFFFFFFF; - SCB->DFSR = 0xFFFFFFFF; -} - - -/*****************************************************************************//** - * @brief Set Vector Table Offset value - * @param offset Offset value - * @return None - *******************************************************************************/ -void NVIC_SetVTOR(uint32_t offset) -{ -// SCB->VTOR = (offset & NVIC_VTOR_MASK); - SCB->VTOR = offset; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_pinsel.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_pinsel.c deleted file mode 100644 index 740c1eae99..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_pinsel.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,318 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_pinsel.c 2010-05-21 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_pinsel.c -* @brief Contains all functions support for Pin connect block firmware -* library on LPC17xx -* @version 2.0 -* @date 21. May. 2010 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2010, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup PINSEL - * @{ - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "lpc17xx_pinsel.h" - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ - -static void set_PinFunc ( uint8_t portnum, uint8_t pinnum, uint8_t funcnum); -static void set_ResistorMode ( uint8_t portnum, uint8_t pinnum, uint8_t modenum); -static void set_OpenDrainMode( uint8_t portnum, uint8_t pinnum, uint8_t modenum); - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Setup the pin selection function - * @param[in] portnum PORT number, - * should be one of the following: - * - PINSEL_PORT_0 : Port 0 - * - PINSEL_PORT_1 : Port 1 - * - PINSEL_PORT_2 : Port 2 - * - PINSEL_PORT_3 : Port 3 - * - * @param[in] pinnum Pin number, - * should be one of the following: - - PINSEL_PIN_0 : Pin 0 - - PINSEL_PIN_1 : Pin 1 - - PINSEL_PIN_2 : Pin 2 - - PINSEL_PIN_3 : Pin 3 - - PINSEL_PIN_4 : Pin 4 - - PINSEL_PIN_5 : Pin 5 - - PINSEL_PIN_6 : Pin 6 - - PINSEL_PIN_7 : Pin 7 - - PINSEL_PIN_8 : Pin 8 - - PINSEL_PIN_9 : Pin 9 - - PINSEL_PIN_10 : Pin 10 - - PINSEL_PIN_11 : Pin 11 - - PINSEL_PIN_12 : Pin 12 - - PINSEL_PIN_13 : Pin 13 - - PINSEL_PIN_14 : Pin 14 - - PINSEL_PIN_15 : Pin 15 - - PINSEL_PIN_16 : Pin 16 - - PINSEL_PIN_17 : Pin 17 - - PINSEL_PIN_18 : Pin 18 - - PINSEL_PIN_19 : Pin 19 - - PINSEL_PIN_20 : Pin 20 - - PINSEL_PIN_21 : Pin 21 - - PINSEL_PIN_22 : Pin 22 - - PINSEL_PIN_23 : Pin 23 - - PINSEL_PIN_24 : Pin 24 - - PINSEL_PIN_25 : Pin 25 - - PINSEL_PIN_26 : Pin 26 - - PINSEL_PIN_27 : Pin 27 - - PINSEL_PIN_28 : Pin 28 - - PINSEL_PIN_29 : Pin 29 - - PINSEL_PIN_30 : Pin 30 - - PINSEL_PIN_31 : Pin 31 - - * @param[in] funcnum Function number, - * should be one of the following: - * - PINSEL_FUNC_0 : default function - * - PINSEL_FUNC_1 : first alternate function - * - PINSEL_FUNC_2 : second alternate function - * - PINSEL_FUNC_3 : third alternate function - * - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -static void set_PinFunc ( uint8_t portnum, uint8_t pinnum, uint8_t funcnum) -{ - uint32_t pinnum_t = pinnum; - uint32_t pinselreg_idx = 2 * portnum; - uint32_t *pPinCon = (uint32_t *)&LPC_PINCON->PINSEL0; - - if (pinnum_t >= 16) { - pinnum_t -= 16; - pinselreg_idx++; - } - *(uint32_t *)(pPinCon + pinselreg_idx) &= ~(0x03UL << (pinnum_t * 2)); - *(uint32_t *)(pPinCon + pinselreg_idx) |= ((uint32_t)funcnum) << (pinnum_t * 2); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Setup resistor mode for each pin - * @param[in] portnum PORT number, - * should be one of the following: - * - PINSEL_PORT_0 : Port 0 - * - PINSEL_PORT_1 : Port 1 - * - PINSEL_PORT_2 : Port 2 - * - PINSEL_PORT_3 : Port 3 - * @param[in] pinnum Pin number, - * should be one of the following: - - PINSEL_PIN_0 : Pin 0 - - PINSEL_PIN_1 : Pin 1 - - PINSEL_PIN_2 : Pin 2 - - PINSEL_PIN_3 : Pin 3 - - PINSEL_PIN_4 : Pin 4 - - PINSEL_PIN_5 : Pin 5 - - PINSEL_PIN_6 : Pin 6 - - PINSEL_PIN_7 : Pin 7 - - PINSEL_PIN_8 : Pin 8 - - PINSEL_PIN_9 : Pin 9 - - PINSEL_PIN_10 : Pin 10 - - PINSEL_PIN_11 : Pin 11 - - PINSEL_PIN_12 : Pin 12 - - PINSEL_PIN_13 : Pin 13 - - PINSEL_PIN_14 : Pin 14 - - PINSEL_PIN_15 : Pin 15 - - PINSEL_PIN_16 : Pin 16 - - PINSEL_PIN_17 : Pin 17 - - PINSEL_PIN_18 : Pin 18 - - PINSEL_PIN_19 : Pin 19 - - PINSEL_PIN_20 : Pin 20 - - PINSEL_PIN_21 : Pin 21 - - PINSEL_PIN_22 : Pin 22 - - PINSEL_PIN_23 : Pin 23 - - PINSEL_PIN_24 : Pin 24 - - PINSEL_PIN_25 : Pin 25 - - PINSEL_PIN_26 : Pin 26 - - PINSEL_PIN_27 : Pin 27 - - PINSEL_PIN_28 : Pin 28 - - PINSEL_PIN_29 : Pin 29 - - PINSEL_PIN_30 : Pin 30 - - PINSEL_PIN_31 : Pin 31 - - * @param[in] modenum: Mode number, - * should be one of the following: - - PINSEL_PINMODE_PULLUP : Internal pull-up resistor - - PINSEL_PINMODE_TRISTATE : Tri-state - - PINSEL_PINMODE_PULLDOWN : Internal pull-down resistor - - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void set_ResistorMode ( uint8_t portnum, uint8_t pinnum, uint8_t modenum) -{ - uint32_t pinnum_t = pinnum; - uint32_t pinmodereg_idx = 2 * portnum; - uint32_t *pPinCon = (uint32_t *)&LPC_PINCON->PINMODE0; - - if (pinnum_t >= 16) { - pinnum_t -= 16; - pinmodereg_idx++ ; - } - - *(uint32_t *)(pPinCon + pinmodereg_idx) &= ~(0x03UL << (pinnum_t * 2)); - *(uint32_t *)(pPinCon + pinmodereg_idx) |= ((uint32_t)modenum) << (pinnum_t * 2); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Setup Open drain mode for each pin - * @param[in] portnum PORT number, - * should be one of the following: - * - PINSEL_PORT_0 : Port 0 - * - PINSEL_PORT_1 : Port 1 - * - PINSEL_PORT_2 : Port 2 - * - PINSEL_PORT_3 : Port 3 - * - * @param[in] pinnum Pin number, - * should be one of the following: - - PINSEL_PIN_0 : Pin 0 - - PINSEL_PIN_1 : Pin 1 - - PINSEL_PIN_2 : Pin 2 - - PINSEL_PIN_3 : Pin 3 - - PINSEL_PIN_4 : Pin 4 - - PINSEL_PIN_5 : Pin 5 - - PINSEL_PIN_6 : Pin 6 - - PINSEL_PIN_7 : Pin 7 - - PINSEL_PIN_8 : Pin 8 - - PINSEL_PIN_9 : Pin 9 - - PINSEL_PIN_10 : Pin 10 - - PINSEL_PIN_11 : Pin 11 - - PINSEL_PIN_12 : Pin 12 - - PINSEL_PIN_13 : Pin 13 - - PINSEL_PIN_14 : Pin 14 - - PINSEL_PIN_15 : Pin 15 - - PINSEL_PIN_16 : Pin 16 - - PINSEL_PIN_17 : Pin 17 - - PINSEL_PIN_18 : Pin 18 - - PINSEL_PIN_19 : Pin 19 - - PINSEL_PIN_20 : Pin 20 - - PINSEL_PIN_21 : Pin 21 - - PINSEL_PIN_22 : Pin 22 - - PINSEL_PIN_23 : Pin 23 - - PINSEL_PIN_24 : Pin 24 - - PINSEL_PIN_25 : Pin 25 - - PINSEL_PIN_26 : Pin 26 - - PINSEL_PIN_27 : Pin 27 - - PINSEL_PIN_28 : Pin 28 - - PINSEL_PIN_29 : Pin 29 - - PINSEL_PIN_30 : Pin 30 - - PINSEL_PIN_31 : Pin 31 - - * @param[in] modenum Open drain mode number, - * should be one of the following: - * - PINSEL_PINMODE_NORMAL : Pin is in the normal (not open drain) mode - * - PINSEL_PINMODE_OPENDRAIN : Pin is in the open drain mode - * - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void set_OpenDrainMode( uint8_t portnum, uint8_t pinnum, uint8_t modenum) -{ - uint32_t *pPinCon = (uint32_t *)&LPC_PINCON->PINMODE_OD0; - - if (modenum == PINSEL_PINMODE_OPENDRAIN){ - *(uint32_t *)(pPinCon + portnum) |= (0x01UL << pinnum); - } else { - *(uint32_t *)(pPinCon + portnum) &= ~(0x01UL << pinnum); - } -} - -/* End of Public Functions ---------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup PINSEL_Public_Functions - * @{ - */ -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Configure trace function - * @param[in] NewState State of the Trace function configuration, - * should be one of the following: - * - ENABLE : Enable Trace Function - * - DISABLE : Disable Trace Function - * - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void PINSEL_ConfigTraceFunc(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - if (NewState == ENABLE) { - LPC_PINCON->PINSEL10 |= (0x01UL << 3); - } else if (NewState == DISABLE) { - LPC_PINCON->PINSEL10 &= ~(0x01UL << 3); - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Setup I2C0 pins - * @param[in] i2cPinMode I2C pin mode, - * should be one of the following: - * - PINSEL_I2C_Normal_Mode : The standard drive mode - * - PINSEL_I2C_Fast_Mode : Fast Mode Plus drive mode - * - * @param[in] filterSlewRateEnable should be: - * - ENABLE: Enable filter and slew rate. - * - DISABLE: Disable filter and slew rate. - * - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void PINSEL_SetI2C0Pins(uint8_t i2cPinMode, FunctionalState filterSlewRateEnable) -{ - uint32_t regVal; - - if (i2cPinMode == PINSEL_I2C_Fast_Mode){ - regVal = PINSEL_I2CPADCFG_SCLDRV0 | PINSEL_I2CPADCFG_SDADRV0; - } - - if (filterSlewRateEnable == DISABLE){ - regVal = PINSEL_I2CPADCFG_SCLI2C0 | PINSEL_I2CPADCFG_SDAI2C0; - } - LPC_PINCON->I2CPADCFG = regVal; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Configure Pin corresponding to specified parameters passed - * in the PinCfg - * @param[in] PinCfg Pointer to a PINSEL_CFG_Type structure - * that contains the configuration information for the - * specified pin. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void PINSEL_ConfigPin(PINSEL_CFG_Type *PinCfg) -{ - set_PinFunc(PinCfg->Portnum, PinCfg->Pinnum, PinCfg->Funcnum); - set_ResistorMode(PinCfg->Portnum, PinCfg->Pinnum, PinCfg->Pinmode); - set_OpenDrainMode(PinCfg->Portnum, PinCfg->Pinnum, PinCfg->OpenDrain); -} - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_pwm.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_pwm.c deleted file mode 100644 index f52aa5ce85..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_pwm.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,588 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_pwm.c 2011-03-31 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_pwm.c -* @brief Contains all functions support for PWM firmware library on LPC17xx -* @version 2.1 -* @date 31. Mar. 2011 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2011, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup PWM - * @{ - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "lpc17xx_pwm.h" -#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h" - -/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration - * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included, - * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead - */ -#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h" -#else -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h" -#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */ - - -#ifdef _PWM - - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup PWM_Public_Functions - * @{ - */ - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Check whether specified interrupt flag in PWM is set or not - * @param[in] PWMx: PWM peripheral, should be LPC_PWM1 - * @param[in] IntFlag: PWM interrupt flag, should be: - * - PWM_INTSTAT_MR0: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 0 - * - PWM_INTSTAT_MR1: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 1 - * - PWM_INTSTAT_MR2: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 2 - * - PWM_INTSTAT_MR3: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 3 - * - PWM_INTSTAT_MR4: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 4 - * - PWM_INTSTAT_MR5: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 5 - * - PWM_INTSTAT_MR6: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 6 - * - PWM_INTSTAT_CAP0: Interrupt flag for capture input 0 - * - PWM_INTSTAT_CAP1: Interrupt flag for capture input 1 - * @return New State of PWM interrupt flag (SET or RESET) - **********************************************************************/ -IntStatus PWM_GetIntStatus(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, uint32_t IntFlag) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM_INTSTAT(IntFlag)); - - return ((PWMx->IR & IntFlag) ? SET : RESET); -} - - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Clear specified PWM Interrupt pending - * @param[in] PWMx: PWM peripheral, should be LPC_PWM1 - * @param[in] IntFlag: PWM interrupt flag, should be: - * - PWM_INTSTAT_MR0: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 0 - * - PWM_INTSTAT_MR1: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 1 - * - PWM_INTSTAT_MR2: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 2 - * - PWM_INTSTAT_MR3: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 3 - * - PWM_INTSTAT_MR4: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 4 - * - PWM_INTSTAT_MR5: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 5 - * - PWM_INTSTAT_MR6: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 6 - * - PWM_INTSTAT_CAP0: Interrupt flag for capture input 0 - * - PWM_INTSTAT_CAP1: Interrupt flag for capture input 1 - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void PWM_ClearIntPending(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, uint32_t IntFlag) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM_INTSTAT(IntFlag)); - PWMx->IR = IntFlag; -} - - - -/*****************************************************************************//** -* @brief Fills each PWM_InitStruct member with its default value: -* - If PWMCounterMode = PWM_MODE_TIMER: -* + PrescaleOption = PWM_TIMER_PRESCALE_USVAL -* + PrescaleValue = 1 -* - If PWMCounterMode = PWM_MODE_COUNTER: -* + CountInputSelect = PWM_COUNTER_PCAP1_0 -* + CounterOption = PWM_COUNTER_RISING -* @param[in] PWMTimerCounterMode Timer or Counter mode, should be: -* - PWM_MODE_TIMER: Counter of PWM peripheral is in Timer mode -* - PWM_MODE_COUNTER: Counter of PWM peripheral is in Counter mode -* @param[in] PWM_InitStruct Pointer to structure (PWM_TIMERCFG_Type or -* PWM_COUNTERCFG_Type) which will be initialized. -* @return None -* Note: PWM_InitStruct pointer will be assigned to corresponding structure -* (PWM_TIMERCFG_Type or PWM_COUNTERCFG_Type) due to PWMTimerCounterMode. -*******************************************************************************/ -void PWM_ConfigStructInit(uint8_t PWMTimerCounterMode, void *PWM_InitStruct) -{ - PWM_TIMERCFG_Type *pTimeCfg; - PWM_COUNTERCFG_Type *pCounterCfg; - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM_TC_MODE(PWMTimerCounterMode)); - - pTimeCfg = (PWM_TIMERCFG_Type *) PWM_InitStruct; - pCounterCfg = (PWM_COUNTERCFG_Type *) PWM_InitStruct; - - if (PWMTimerCounterMode == PWM_MODE_TIMER ) - { - pTimeCfg->PrescaleOption = PWM_TIMER_PRESCALE_USVAL; - pTimeCfg->PrescaleValue = 1; - } - else if (PWMTimerCounterMode == PWM_MODE_COUNTER) - { - pCounterCfg->CountInputSelect = PWM_COUNTER_PCAP1_0; - pCounterCfg->CounterOption = PWM_COUNTER_RISING; - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Initializes the PWMx peripheral corresponding to the specified - * parameters in the PWM_ConfigStruct. - * @param[in] PWMx PWM peripheral, should be LPC_PWM1 - * @param[in] PWMTimerCounterMode Timer or Counter mode, should be: - * - PWM_MODE_TIMER: Counter of PWM peripheral is in Timer mode - * - PWM_MODE_COUNTER: Counter of PWM peripheral is in Counter mode - * @param[in] PWM_ConfigStruct Pointer to structure (PWM_TIMERCFG_Type or - * PWM_COUNTERCFG_Type) which will be initialized. - * @return None - * Note: PWM_ConfigStruct pointer will be assigned to corresponding structure - * (PWM_TIMERCFG_Type or PWM_COUNTERCFG_Type) due to PWMTimerCounterMode. - **********************************************************************/ -void PWM_Init(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, uint32_t PWMTimerCounterMode, void *PWM_ConfigStruct) -{ - PWM_TIMERCFG_Type *pTimeCfg; - PWM_COUNTERCFG_Type *pCounterCfg; - uint64_t clkdlycnt; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM_TC_MODE(PWMTimerCounterMode)); - - pTimeCfg = (PWM_TIMERCFG_Type *)PWM_ConfigStruct; - pCounterCfg = (PWM_COUNTERCFG_Type *)PWM_ConfigStruct; - - - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCPWM1, ENABLE); - CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_PWM1, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_4); - // Get peripheral clock of PWM1 - clkdlycnt = (uint64_t) CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_PWM1); - - - // Clear all interrupts pending - PWMx->IR = 0xFF & PWM_IR_BITMASK; - PWMx->TCR = 0x00; - PWMx->CTCR = 0x00; - PWMx->MCR = 0x00; - PWMx->CCR = 0x00; - PWMx->PCR = 0x00; - PWMx->LER = 0x00; - - if (PWMTimerCounterMode == PWM_MODE_TIMER) - { - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM_TIMER_PRESCALE(pTimeCfg->PrescaleOption)); - - /* Absolute prescale value */ - if (pTimeCfg->PrescaleOption == PWM_TIMER_PRESCALE_TICKVAL) - { - PWMx->PR = pTimeCfg->PrescaleValue - 1; - } - /* uSecond prescale value */ - else - { - clkdlycnt = (clkdlycnt * pTimeCfg->PrescaleValue) / 1000000; - PWMx->PR = ((uint32_t) clkdlycnt) - 1; - } - - } - else if (PWMTimerCounterMode == PWM_MODE_COUNTER) - { - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM_COUNTER_INPUTSEL(pCounterCfg->CountInputSelect)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM_COUNTER_EDGE(pCounterCfg->CounterOption)); - - PWMx->CTCR |= (PWM_CTCR_MODE((uint32_t)pCounterCfg->CounterOption)) \ - | (PWM_CTCR_SELECT_INPUT((uint32_t)pCounterCfg->CountInputSelect)); - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief De-initializes the PWM peripheral registers to their -* default reset values. - * @param[in] PWMx PWM peripheral selected, should be LPC_PWM1 - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void PWM_DeInit (LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx)); - - // Disable PWM control (timer, counter and PWM) - PWMx->TCR = 0x00; - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCPWM1, DISABLE); - -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable/Disable PWM peripheral - * @param[in] PWMx PWM peripheral selected, should be LPC_PWM1 - * @param[in] NewState New State of this function, should be: - * - ENABLE: Enable PWM peripheral - * - DISABLE: Disable PWM peripheral - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void PWM_Cmd(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState == ENABLE) - { - PWMx->TCR |= PWM_TCR_PWM_ENABLE; - } - else - { - PWMx->TCR &= (~PWM_TCR_PWM_ENABLE) & PWM_TCR_BITMASK; - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable/Disable Counter in PWM peripheral - * @param[in] PWMx PWM peripheral selected, should be LPC_PWM1 - * @param[in] NewState New State of this function, should be: - * - ENABLE: Enable Counter in PWM peripheral - * - DISABLE: Disable Counter in PWM peripheral - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void PWM_CounterCmd(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - if (NewState == ENABLE) - { - PWMx->TCR |= PWM_TCR_COUNTER_ENABLE; - } - else - { - PWMx->TCR &= (~PWM_TCR_COUNTER_ENABLE) & PWM_TCR_BITMASK; - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Reset Counter in PWM peripheral - * @param[in] PWMx PWM peripheral selected, should be LPC_PWM1 - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void PWM_ResetCounter(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx)); - PWMx->TCR |= PWM_TCR_COUNTER_RESET; - PWMx->TCR &= (~PWM_TCR_COUNTER_RESET) & PWM_TCR_BITMASK; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Configures match for PWM peripheral - * @param[in] PWMx PWM peripheral selected, should be LPC_PWM1 - * @param[in] PWM_MatchConfigStruct Pointer to a PWM_MATCHCFG_Type structure -* that contains the configuration information for the -* specified PWM match function. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void PWM_ConfigMatch(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, PWM_MATCHCFG_Type *PWM_MatchConfigStruct) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM1_MATCH_CHANNEL(PWM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(PWM_MatchConfigStruct->IntOnMatch)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(PWM_MatchConfigStruct->ResetOnMatch)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(PWM_MatchConfigStruct->StopOnMatch)); - - //interrupt on MRn - if (PWM_MatchConfigStruct->IntOnMatch == ENABLE) - { - PWMx->MCR |= PWM_MCR_INT_ON_MATCH(PWM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel); - } - else - { - PWMx->MCR &= (~PWM_MCR_INT_ON_MATCH(PWM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel)) \ - & PWM_MCR_BITMASK; - } - - //reset on MRn - if (PWM_MatchConfigStruct->ResetOnMatch == ENABLE) - { - PWMx->MCR |= PWM_MCR_RESET_ON_MATCH(PWM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel); - } - else - { - PWMx->MCR &= (~PWM_MCR_RESET_ON_MATCH(PWM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel)) \ - & PWM_MCR_BITMASK; - } - - //stop on MRn - if (PWM_MatchConfigStruct->StopOnMatch == ENABLE) - { - PWMx->MCR |= PWM_MCR_STOP_ON_MATCH(PWM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel); - } - else - { - PWMx->MCR &= (~PWM_MCR_STOP_ON_MATCH(PWM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel)) \ - & PWM_MCR_BITMASK; - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Configures capture input for PWM peripheral - * @param[in] PWMx PWM peripheral selected, should be LPC_PWM1 - * @param[in] PWM_CaptureConfigStruct Pointer to a PWM_CAPTURECFG_Type structure -* that contains the configuration information for the -* specified PWM capture input function. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void PWM_ConfigCapture(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, PWM_CAPTURECFG_Type *PWM_CaptureConfigStruct) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM1_CAPTURE_CHANNEL(PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->CaptureChannel)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->FallingEdge)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->IntOnCaption)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->RisingEdge)); - - if (PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->RisingEdge == ENABLE) - { - PWMx->CCR |= PWM_CCR_CAP_RISING(PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->CaptureChannel); - } - else - { - PWMx->CCR &= (~PWM_CCR_CAP_RISING(PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->CaptureChannel)) \ - & PWM_CCR_BITMASK; - } - - if (PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->FallingEdge == ENABLE) - { - PWMx->CCR |= PWM_CCR_CAP_FALLING(PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->CaptureChannel); - } - else - { - PWMx->CCR &= (~PWM_CCR_CAP_FALLING(PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->CaptureChannel)) \ - & PWM_CCR_BITMASK; - } - - if (PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->IntOnCaption == ENABLE) - { - PWMx->CCR |= PWM_CCR_INT_ON_CAP(PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->CaptureChannel); - } - else - { - PWMx->CCR &= (~PWM_CCR_INT_ON_CAP(PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->CaptureChannel)) \ - & PWM_CCR_BITMASK; - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Read value of capture register PWM peripheral - * @param[in] PWMx PWM peripheral selected, should be LPC_PWM1 - * @param[in] CaptureChannel: capture channel number, should be in - * range 0 to 1 - * @return Value of capture register - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t PWM_GetCaptureValue(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, uint8_t CaptureChannel) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM1_CAPTURE_CHANNEL(CaptureChannel)); - - switch (CaptureChannel) - { - case 0: - return PWMx->CR0; - - case 1: - return PWMx->CR1; - - default: - return (0); - } -} - - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Update value for each PWM channel with update type option - * @param[in] PWMx PWM peripheral selected, should be LPC_PWM1 - * @param[in] MatchChannel Match channel - * @param[in] MatchValue Match value - * @param[in] UpdateType Type of Update, should be: - * - PWM_MATCH_UPDATE_NOW: The update value will be updated for - * this channel immediately - * - PWM_MATCH_UPDATE_NEXT_RST: The update value will be updated for - * this channel on next reset by a PWM Match event. - * @return None - *********************************************************************/ -void PWM_MatchUpdate(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, uint8_t MatchChannel, \ - uint32_t MatchValue, uint8_t UpdateType) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM1_MATCH_CHANNEL(MatchChannel)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM_MATCH_UPDATE(UpdateType)); - - switch (MatchChannel) - { - case 0: - PWMx->MR0 = MatchValue; - break; - - case 1: - PWMx->MR1 = MatchValue; - break; - - case 2: - PWMx->MR2 = MatchValue; - break; - - case 3: - PWMx->MR3 = MatchValue; - break; - - case 4: - PWMx->MR4 = MatchValue; - break; - - case 5: - PWMx->MR5 = MatchValue; - break; - - case 6: - PWMx->MR6 = MatchValue; - break; - } - - // Write Latch register - PWMx->LER |= PWM_LER_EN_MATCHn_LATCH(MatchChannel); - - // In case of update now - if (UpdateType == PWM_MATCH_UPDATE_NOW) - { - PWMx->TCR |= PWM_TCR_COUNTER_RESET; - PWMx->TCR &= (~PWM_TCR_COUNTER_RESET) & PWM_TCR_BITMASK; - } -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Update value for multi PWM channel with update type option - * at the same time - * @param[in] PWMx PWM peripheral selected, should be LPC_PWM1 - * @param[in] MatchStruct Structure that contents match value of 7 pwm channels - * @param[in] UpdateType Type of Update, should be: - * - PWM_MATCH_UPDATE_NOW: The update value will be updated for - * this channel immediately - * - PWM_MATCH_UPDATE_NEXT_RST: The update value will be updated for - * this channel on next reset by a PWM Match event. - * @return None - *********************************************************************/ -void PWM_MultiMatchUpdate(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, PWM_Match_T *MatchStruct , uint8_t UpdateType) -{ - uint8_t LatchValue = 0; - uint8_t i; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM_MATCH_UPDATE(UpdateType)); - - //Update match value - for(i=0;i<7;i++) - { - if(MatchStruct[i].Status == SET) - { - if(i<4) - *((volatile unsigned int *)(&(PWMx->MR0) + i)) = MatchStruct[i].Matchvalue; - else - { - *((volatile unsigned int *)(&(PWMx->MR4) + (i-4))) = MatchStruct[i].Matchvalue; - } - LatchValue |=(1<LER = LatchValue; - - // In case of update now - if (UpdateType == PWM_MATCH_UPDATE_NOW) - { - PWMx->TCR |= PWM_TCR_COUNTER_RESET; - PWMx->TCR &= (~PWM_TCR_COUNTER_RESET) & PWM_TCR_BITMASK; - } -} -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Configure Edge mode for each PWM channel - * @param[in] PWMx PWM peripheral selected, should be LPC_PWM1 - * @param[in] PWMChannel PWM channel, should be in range from 2 to 6 - * @param[in] ModeOption PWM mode option, should be: - * - PWM_CHANNEL_SINGLE_EDGE: Single Edge mode - * - PWM_CHANNEL_DUAL_EDGE: Dual Edge mode - * @return None - * Note: PWM Channel 1 can not be selected for mode option - *********************************************************************/ -void PWM_ChannelConfig(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, uint8_t PWMChannel, uint8_t ModeOption) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM1_EDGE_MODE_CHANNEL(PWMChannel)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM_CHANNEL_EDGE(ModeOption)); - - // Single edge mode - if (ModeOption == PWM_CHANNEL_SINGLE_EDGE) - { - PWMx->PCR &= (~PWM_PCR_PWMSELn(PWMChannel)) & PWM_PCR_BITMASK; - } - // Double edge mode - else if (PWM_CHANNEL_DUAL_EDGE) - { - PWMx->PCR |= PWM_PCR_PWMSELn(PWMChannel); - } -} - - - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable/Disable PWM channel output - * @param[in] PWMx PWM peripheral selected, should be LPC_PWM1 - * @param[in] PWMChannel PWM channel, should be in range from 1 to 6 - * @param[in] NewState New State of this function, should be: - * - ENABLE: Enable this PWM channel output - * - DISABLE: Disable this PWM channel output - * @return None - *********************************************************************/ -void PWM_ChannelCmd(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, uint8_t PWMChannel, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM1_CHANNEL(PWMChannel)); - - if (NewState == ENABLE) - { - PWMx->PCR |= PWM_PCR_PWMENAn(PWMChannel); - } - else - { - PWMx->PCR &= (~PWM_PCR_PWMENAn(PWMChannel)) & PWM_PCR_BITMASK; - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* _PWM */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_qei.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_qei.c deleted file mode 100644 index 01259ff686..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_qei.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,514 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_qei.c 2010-05-21 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_qei.c -* @brief Contains all functions support for QEI firmware library on LPC17xx -* @version 2.0 -* @date 21. May. 2010 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2010, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup QEI - * @{ - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "lpc17xx_qei.h" -#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h" - - -/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration - * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included, - * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead - */ -#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h" -#else -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h" -#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */ - - -#ifdef _QEI - -/* Private Types -------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup QEI_Private_Types QEI Private Types - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief QEI configuration union type definition - */ -typedef union { - QEI_CFG_Type bmQEIConfig; - uint32_t ulQEIConfig; -} QEI_CFGOPT_Type; - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup QEI_Public_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Resets value for each type of QEI value, such as velocity, - * counter, position, etc.. - * @param[in] QEIx QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI - * @param[in] ulResetType QEI Reset Type, should be one of the following: - * - QEI_RESET_POS: Reset Position Counter - * - QEI_RESET_POSOnIDX: Reset Position Counter on Index signal - * - QEI_RESET_VEL: Reset Velocity - * - QEI_RESET_IDX: Reset Index Counter - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void QEI_Reset(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulResetType) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEI_RESET(ulResetType)); - - QEIx->QEICON = ulResetType; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Initializes the QEI peripheral according to the specified -* parameters in the QEI_ConfigStruct. - * @param[in] QEIx QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI - * @param[in] QEI_ConfigStruct Pointer to a QEI_CFG_Type structure -* that contains the configuration information for the -* specified QEI peripheral - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void QEI_Init(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, QEI_CFG_Type *QEI_ConfigStruct) -{ - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEI_DIRINV(QEI_ConfigStruct->DirectionInvert)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEI_SIGNALMODE(QEI_ConfigStruct->SignalMode)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEI_CAPMODE(QEI_ConfigStruct->CaptureMode)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEI_INVINX(QEI_ConfigStruct->InvertIndex)); - - /* Set up clock and power for QEI module */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCQEI, ENABLE); - - /* As default, peripheral clock for QEI module - * is set to FCCLK / 2 */ - CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv(CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_QEI, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_1); - - // Reset all remaining value in QEI peripheral - QEIx->QEICON = QEI_CON_RESP | QEI_CON_RESV | QEI_CON_RESI; - QEIx->QEIMAXPOS = 0x00; - QEIx->CMPOS0 = 0x00; - QEIx->CMPOS1 = 0x00; - QEIx->CMPOS2 = 0x00; - QEIx->INXCMP = 0x00; - QEIx->QEILOAD = 0x00; - QEIx->VELCOMP = 0x00; - QEIx->FILTER = 0x00; - // Disable all Interrupt - QEIx->QEIIEC = QEI_IECLR_BITMASK; - // Clear all Interrupt pending - QEIx->QEICLR = QEI_INTCLR_BITMASK; - // Set QEI configuration value corresponding to its setting up value - QEIx->QEICONF = ((QEI_CFGOPT_Type *)QEI_ConfigStruct)->ulQEIConfig; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief De-initializes the QEI peripheral registers to their -* default reset values. - * @param[in] QEIx QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void QEI_DeInit(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx)); - - /* Turn off clock and power for QEI module */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCQEI, DISABLE); -} - - -/*****************************************************************************//** -* @brief Fills each QIE_InitStruct member with its default value: -* - DirectionInvert = QEI_DIRINV_NONE -* - SignalMode = QEI_SIGNALMODE_QUAD -* - CaptureMode = QEI_CAPMODE_4X -* - InvertIndex = QEI_INVINX_NONE -* @param[in] QIE_InitStruct Pointer to a QEI_CFG_Type structure -* which will be initialized. -* @return None -*******************************************************************************/ -void QEI_ConfigStructInit(QEI_CFG_Type *QIE_InitStruct) -{ - QIE_InitStruct->CaptureMode = QEI_CAPMODE_4X; - QIE_InitStruct->DirectionInvert = QEI_DIRINV_NONE; - QIE_InitStruct->InvertIndex = QEI_INVINX_NONE; - QIE_InitStruct->SignalMode = QEI_SIGNALMODE_QUAD; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Check whether if specified flag status is set or not - * @param[in] QEIx QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI - * @param[in] ulFlagType Status Flag Type, should be one of the following: - * - QEI_STATUS_DIR: Direction Status - * @return New Status of this status flag (SET or RESET) - **********************************************************************/ -FlagStatus QEI_GetStatus(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulFlagType) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEI_STATUS(ulFlagType)); - return ((QEIx->QEISTAT & ulFlagType) ? SET : RESET); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get current position value in QEI peripheral - * @param[in] QEIx QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI - * @return Current position value of QEI peripheral - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t QEI_GetPosition(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx)); - return (QEIx->QEIPOS); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set max position value for QEI peripheral - * @param[in] QEIx QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI - * @param[in] ulMaxPos Max position value to set - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void QEI_SetMaxPosition(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulMaxPos) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx)); - QEIx->QEIMAXPOS = ulMaxPos; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set position compare value for QEI peripheral - * @param[in] QEIx QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI - * @param[in] bPosCompCh Compare Position channel, should be: - * - QEI_COMPPOS_CH_0: QEI compare position channel 0 - * - QEI_COMPPOS_CH_1: QEI compare position channel 1 - * - QEI_COMPPOS_CH_2: QEI compare position channel 2 - * @param[in] ulPosComp Compare Position value to set - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void QEI_SetPositionComp(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint8_t bPosCompCh, uint32_t ulPosComp) -{ - uint32_t *tmp; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEI_COMPPOS_CH(bPosCompCh)); - tmp = (uint32_t *) (&(QEIx->CMPOS0) + bPosCompCh * 4); - *tmp = ulPosComp; - -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get current index counter of QEI peripheral - * @param[in] QEIx QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI - * @return Current value of QEI index counter - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t QEI_GetIndex(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx)); - return (QEIx->INXCNT); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set value for index compare in QEI peripheral - * @param[in] QEIx QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI - * @param[in] ulIndexComp Compare Index Value to set - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void QEI_SetIndexComp(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulIndexComp) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx)); - QEIx->INXCMP = ulIndexComp; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set timer reload value for QEI peripheral. When the velocity timer is - * over-flow, the value that set for Timer Reload register will be loaded - * into the velocity timer for next period. The calculated velocity in RPM - * therefore will be affect by this value. - * @param[in] QEIx QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI - * @param[in] QEIReloadStruct QEI reload structure - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void QEI_SetTimerReload(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, QEI_RELOADCFG_Type *QEIReloadStruct) -{ - uint64_t pclk; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEI_TIMERRELOAD(QEIReloadStruct->ReloadOption)); - - if (QEIReloadStruct->ReloadOption == QEI_TIMERRELOAD_TICKVAL) { - QEIx->QEILOAD = QEIReloadStruct->ReloadValue - 1; - } else { - pclk = (uint64_t)CLKPWR_GetPCLK(CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_QEI); - pclk = (pclk /(1000000/QEIReloadStruct->ReloadValue)) - 1; - QEIx->QEILOAD = (uint32_t)pclk; - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get current timer counter in QEI peripheral - * @param[in] QEIx QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI - * @return Current timer counter in QEI peripheral - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t QEI_GetTimer(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx)); - return (QEIx->QEITIME); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get current velocity pulse counter in current time period - * @param[in] QEIx QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI - * @return Current velocity pulse counter value - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t QEI_GetVelocity(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx)); - return (QEIx->QEIVEL); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get the most recently measured velocity of the QEI. When - * the Velocity timer in QEI is over-flow, the current velocity - * value will be loaded into Velocity Capture register. - * @param[in] QEIx QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI - * @return The most recently measured velocity value - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t QEI_GetVelocityCap(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx)); - return (QEIx->QEICAP); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set Velocity Compare value for QEI peripheral - * @param[in] QEIx QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI - * @param[in] ulVelComp Compare Velocity value to set - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void QEI_SetVelocityComp(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulVelComp) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx)); - QEIx->VELCOMP = ulVelComp; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set value of sampling count for the digital filter in - * QEI peripheral - * @param[in] QEIx QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI - * @param[in] ulSamplingPulse Value of sampling count to set - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void QEI_SetDigiFilter(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulSamplingPulse) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx)); - QEIx->FILTER = ulSamplingPulse; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Check whether if specified interrupt flag status in QEI - * peripheral is set or not - * @param[in] QEIx QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI - * @param[in] ulIntType Interrupt Flag Status type, should be: - - QEI_INTFLAG_INX_Int: index pulse was detected interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_TIM_Int: Velocity timer over flow interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_VELC_Int: Capture velocity is less than compare interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_DIR_Int: Change of direction interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_ERR_Int: An encoder phase error interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_ENCLK_Int: An encoder clock pulse was detected interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_POS0_Int: position 0 compare value is equal to the - current position interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_POS1_Int: position 1 compare value is equal to the - current position interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_POS2_Int: position 2 compare value is equal to the - current position interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_REV_Int: Index compare value is equal to the current - index count interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_POS0REV_Int: Combined position 0 and revolution count interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_POS1REV_Int: Combined position 1 and revolution count interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_POS2REV_Int: Combined position 2 and revolution count interrupt - * @return New State of specified interrupt flag status (SET or RESET) - **********************************************************************/ -FlagStatus QEI_GetIntStatus(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulIntType) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEI_INTFLAG(ulIntType)); - - return((QEIx->QEIINTSTAT & ulIntType) ? SET : RESET); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable/Disable specified interrupt in QEI peripheral - * @param[in] QEIx QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI - * @param[in] ulIntType Interrupt Flag Status type, should be: - * - QEI_INTFLAG_INX_Int: index pulse was detected interrupt - * - QEI_INTFLAG_TIM_Int: Velocity timer over flow interrupt - * - QEI_INTFLAG_VELC_Int: Capture velocity is less than compare interrupt - * - QEI_INTFLAG_DIR_Int: Change of direction interrupt - * - QEI_INTFLAG_ERR_Int: An encoder phase error interrupt - * - QEI_INTFLAG_ENCLK_Int: An encoder clock pulse was detected interrupt - * - QEI_INTFLAG_POS0_Int: position 0 compare value is equal to the - * current position interrupt - * - QEI_INTFLAG_POS1_Int: position 1 compare value is equal to the - * current position interrupt - * - QEI_INTFLAG_POS2_Int: position 2 compare value is equal to the - * current position interrupt - * - QEI_INTFLAG_REV_Int: Index compare value is equal to the current - * index count interrupt - * - QEI_INTFLAG_POS0REV_Int: Combined position 0 and revolution count interrupt - * - QEI_INTFLAG_POS1REV_Int: Combined position 1 and revolution count interrupt - * - QEI_INTFLAG_POS2REV_Int: Combined position 2 and revolution count interrupt - * @param[in] NewState New function state, should be: - * - DISABLE - * - ENABLE - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void QEI_IntCmd(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulIntType, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEI_INTFLAG(ulIntType)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState == ENABLE) { - QEIx->QEIIES = ulIntType; - } else { - QEIx->QEIIEC = ulIntType; - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Sets (forces) specified interrupt in QEI peripheral - * @param[in] QEIx QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI - * @param[in] ulIntType Interrupt Flag Status type, should be: - - QEI_INTFLAG_INX_Int: index pulse was detected interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_TIM_Int: Velocity timer over flow interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_VELC_Int: Capture velocity is less than compare interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_DIR_Int: Change of direction interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_ERR_Int: An encoder phase error interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_ENCLK_Int: An encoder clock pulse was detected interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_POS0_Int: position 0 compare value is equal to the - current position interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_POS1_Int: position 1 compare value is equal to the - current position interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_POS2_Int: position 2 compare value is equal to the - current position interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_REV_Int: Index compare value is equal to the current - index count interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_POS0REV_Int: Combined position 0 and revolution count interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_POS1REV_Int: Combined position 1 and revolution count interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_POS2REV_Int: Combined position 2 and revolution count interrupt - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void QEI_IntSet(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulIntType) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEI_INTFLAG(ulIntType)); - - QEIx->QEISET = ulIntType; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Clear (force) specified interrupt (pending) in QEI peripheral - * @param[in] QEIx QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI - * @param[in] ulIntType Interrupt Flag Status type, should be: - - QEI_INTFLAG_INX_Int: index pulse was detected interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_TIM_Int: Velocity timer over flow interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_VELC_Int: Capture velocity is less than compare interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_DIR_Int: Change of direction interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_ERR_Int: An encoder phase error interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_ENCLK_Int: An encoder clock pulse was detected interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_POS0_Int: position 0 compare value is equal to the - current position interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_POS1_Int: position 1 compare value is equal to the - current position interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_POS2_Int: position 2 compare value is equal to the - current position interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_REV_Int: Index compare value is equal to the current - index count interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_POS0REV_Int: Combined position 0 and revolution count interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_POS1REV_Int: Combined position 1 and revolution count interrupt - - QEI_INTFLAG_POS2REV_Int: Combined position 2 and revolution count interrupt - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void QEI_IntClear(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulIntType) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEI_INTFLAG(ulIntType)); - - QEIx->QEICLR = ulIntType; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Calculates the actual velocity in RPM passed via velocity - * capture value and Pulse Per Round (of the encoder) value - * parameter input. - * @param[in] QEIx QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI - * @param[in] ulVelCapValue Velocity capture input value that can - * be got from QEI_GetVelocityCap() function - * @param[in] ulPPR Pulse per round of encoder - * @return The actual value of velocity in RPM (Round per minute) - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t QEI_CalculateRPM(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulVelCapValue, uint32_t ulPPR) -{ - uint64_t rpm, clock, Load, edges; - - // Get current Clock rate for timer input - clock = (uint64_t)CLKPWR_GetPCLK(CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_QEI); - // Get Timer load value (velocity capture period) - Load = (uint64_t)(QEIx->QEILOAD + 1); - // Get Edge - edges = (uint64_t)((QEIx->QEICONF & QEI_CONF_CAPMODE) ? 4 : 2); - // Calculate RPM - rpm = ((clock * ulVelCapValue * 60) / (Load * ulPPR * edges)); - - return (uint32_t)(rpm); -} - - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* _QEI */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ - diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_rit.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_rit.c deleted file mode 100644 index ab89ed3be3..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_rit.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,199 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_rit.c 2010-05-21 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_rit.c -* @brief Contains all functions support for RIT firmware library on LPC17xx -* @version 2.0 -* @date 21. May. 2010 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2010, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup RIT - * @{ - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "lpc17xx_rit.h" -#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h" - -/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration - * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included, - * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead - */ -#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h" -#else -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h" -#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */ - -#ifdef _RIT - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup RIT_Public_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/******************************************************************************//* - * @brief Initial for RIT - * - Turn on power and clock - * - Setup default register values - * @param[in] RITx is RIT peripheral selected, should be: LPC_RIT - * @return None - *******************************************************************************/ -void RIT_Init(LPC_RIT_TypeDef *RITx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RITx(RITx)); - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCRIT, ENABLE); - //Set up default register values - RITx->RICOMPVAL = 0xFFFFFFFF; - RITx->RIMASK = 0x00000000; - RITx->RICTRL = 0x0C; - RITx->RICOUNTER = 0x00000000; - // Turn on power and clock - -} -/******************************************************************************//* - * @brief DeInitial for RIT - * - Turn off power and clock - * - ReSetup default register values - * @param[in] RITx is RIT peripheral selected, should be: LPC_RIT - * @return None - *******************************************************************************/ -void RIT_DeInit(LPC_RIT_TypeDef *RITx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RITx(RITx)); - - // Turn off power and clock - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCRIT, DISABLE); - //ReSetup default register values - RITx->RICOMPVAL = 0xFFFFFFFF; - RITx->RIMASK = 0x00000000; - RITx->RICTRL = 0x0C; - RITx->RICOUNTER = 0x00000000; -} - -/******************************************************************************//* - * @brief Set compare value, mask value and time counter value - * @param[in] RITx is RIT peripheral selected, should be: LPC_RIT - * @param[in] time_interval: timer interval value (ms) - * @return None - *******************************************************************************/ -void RIT_TimerConfig(LPC_RIT_TypeDef *RITx, uint32_t time_interval) -{ - uint32_t clock_rate, cmp_value; - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RITx(RITx)); - - // Get PCLK value of RIT - clock_rate = CLKPWR_GetPCLK(CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_RIT); - - /* calculate compare value for RIT to generate interrupt at - * specified time interval - * COMPVAL = (RIT_PCLK * time_interval)/1000 - * (with time_interval unit is millisecond) - */ - cmp_value = (clock_rate /1000) * time_interval; - RITx->RICOMPVAL = cmp_value; - - /* Set timer enable clear bit to clear timer to 0 whenever - * counter value equals the contents of RICOMPVAL - */ - RITx->RICTRL |= (1<<1); -} - - -/******************************************************************************//* - * @brief Enable/Disable Timer - * @param[in] RITx is RIT peripheral selected, should be: LPC_RIT - * @param[in] NewState New State of this function - * -ENABLE: Enable Timer - * -DISABLE: Disable Timer - * @return None - *******************************************************************************/ -void RIT_Cmd(LPC_RIT_TypeDef *RITx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RITx(RITx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - - //Enable or Disable Timer - if(NewState==ENABLE) - { - RITx->RICTRL |= RIT_CTRL_TEN; - } - else - { - RITx->RICTRL &= ~RIT_CTRL_TEN; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************//* - * @brief Timer Enable/Disable on debug - * @param[in] RITx is RIT peripheral selected, should be: LPC_RIT - * @param[in] NewState New State of this function - * -ENABLE: The timer is halted whenever a hardware break condition occurs - * -DISABLE: Hardware break has no effect on the timer operation - * @return None - *******************************************************************************/ -void RIT_TimerDebugCmd(LPC_RIT_TypeDef *RITx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RITx(RITx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - - //Timer Enable/Disable on break - if(NewState==ENABLE) - { - RITx->RICTRL |= RIT_CTRL_ENBR; - } - else - { - RITx->RICTRL &= ~RIT_CTRL_ENBR; - } -} -/******************************************************************************//* - * @brief Check whether interrupt flag is set or not - * @param[in] RITx is RIT peripheral selected, should be: LPC_RIT - * @return Current interrupt status, could be: SET/RESET - *******************************************************************************/ -IntStatus RIT_GetIntStatus(LPC_RIT_TypeDef *RITx) -{ - IntStatus result; - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RITx(RITx)); - if((RITx->RICTRL&RIT_CTRL_INTEN)==1) result= SET; - else return RESET; - //clear interrupt flag - RITx->RICTRL |= RIT_CTRL_INTEN; - return result; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* _RIT */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_rtc.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_rtc.c deleted file mode 100644 index c47f938365..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_rtc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,783 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_rtc.c 2011-06-06 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_rtc.c -* @brief Contains all functions support for RTC firmware library on LPC17xx -* @version 3.1 -* @date 6. June. 2011 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2011, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup RTC - * @{ - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "lpc17xx_rtc.h" -#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h" - - -/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration - * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included, - * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead - */ -#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h" -#else -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h" -#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */ - - -#ifdef _RTC - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup RTC_Public_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Initializes the RTC peripheral. - * @param[in] RTCx RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC - * @return None - *********************************************************************/ -void RTC_Init (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx)); - - /* Set up clock and power for RTC module */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCRTC, ENABLE); - - // Clear all register to be default - RTCx->ILR = 0x00; - RTCx->CCR = 0x00; - RTCx->CIIR = 0x00; - RTCx->AMR = 0xFF; - RTCx->CALIBRATION = 0x00; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief De-initializes the RTC peripheral registers to their -* default reset values. - * @param[in] RTCx RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void RTC_DeInit(LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx)); - - RTCx->CCR = 0x00; - // Disable power and clock for RTC module - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCRTC, DISABLE); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Reset clock tick counter in RTC peripheral - * @param[in] RTCx RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void RTC_ResetClockTickCounter(LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx)); - - RTCx->CCR |= RTC_CCR_CTCRST; - RTCx->CCR &= (~RTC_CCR_CTCRST) & RTC_CCR_BITMASK; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Start/Stop RTC peripheral - * @param[in] RTCx RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC - * @param[in] NewState New State of this function, should be: - * - ENABLE: The time counters are enabled - * - DISABLE: The time counters are disabled - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void RTC_Cmd (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState == ENABLE) - { - RTCx->CCR |= RTC_CCR_CLKEN; - } - else - { - RTCx->CCR &= (~RTC_CCR_CLKEN) & RTC_CCR_BITMASK; - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable/Disable Counter increment interrupt for each time type - * in RTC peripheral - * @param[in] RTCx RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC - * @param[in] CntIncrIntType: Counter Increment Interrupt type, - * an increment of this type value below will generates - * an interrupt, should be: - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR - * @param[in] NewState New State of this function, should be: - * - ENABLE: Counter Increment interrupt for this - * time type are enabled - * - DISABLE: Counter Increment interrupt for this - * time type are disabled - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void RTC_CntIncrIntConfig (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t CntIncrIntType, \ - FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTC_TIMETYPE(CntIncrIntType)); - - if (NewState == ENABLE) - { - switch (CntIncrIntType) - { - case RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND: - RTCx->CIIR |= RTC_CIIR_IMSEC; - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE: - RTCx->CIIR |= RTC_CIIR_IMMIN; - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR: - RTCx->CIIR |= RTC_CIIR_IMHOUR; - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK: - RTCx->CIIR |= RTC_CIIR_IMDOW; - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH: - RTCx->CIIR |= RTC_CIIR_IMDOM; - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR: - RTCx->CIIR |= RTC_CIIR_IMDOY; - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH: - RTCx->CIIR |= RTC_CIIR_IMMON; - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR: - RTCx->CIIR |= RTC_CIIR_IMYEAR; - break; - } - } - else - { - switch (CntIncrIntType) - { - case RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND: - RTCx->CIIR &= (~RTC_CIIR_IMSEC) & RTC_CIIR_BITMASK; - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE: - RTCx->CIIR &= (~RTC_CIIR_IMMIN) & RTC_CIIR_BITMASK; - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR: - RTCx->CIIR &= (~RTC_CIIR_IMHOUR) & RTC_CIIR_BITMASK; - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK: - RTCx->CIIR &= (~RTC_CIIR_IMDOW) & RTC_CIIR_BITMASK; - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH: - RTCx->CIIR &= (~RTC_CIIR_IMDOM) & RTC_CIIR_BITMASK; - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR: - RTCx->CIIR &= (~RTC_CIIR_IMDOY) & RTC_CIIR_BITMASK; - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH: - RTCx->CIIR &= (~RTC_CIIR_IMMON) & RTC_CIIR_BITMASK; - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR: - RTCx->CIIR &= (~RTC_CIIR_IMYEAR) & RTC_CIIR_BITMASK; - break; - } - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable/Disable Alarm interrupt for each time type - * in RTC peripheral - * @param[in] RTCx RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC - * @param[in] AlarmTimeType: Alarm Time Interrupt type, - * an matching of this type value below with current time - * in RTC will generates an interrupt, should be: - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR - * @param[in] NewState New State of this function, should be: - * - ENABLE: Alarm interrupt for this - * time type are enabled - * - DISABLE: Alarm interrupt for this - * time type are disabled - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void RTC_AlarmIntConfig (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t AlarmTimeType, \ - FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTC_TIMETYPE(AlarmTimeType)); - - if (NewState == ENABLE) - { - switch (AlarmTimeType) - { - case RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND: - RTCx->AMR &= (~RTC_AMR_AMRSEC) & RTC_AMR_BITMASK; - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE: - RTCx->AMR &= (~RTC_AMR_AMRMIN) & RTC_AMR_BITMASK; - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR: - RTCx->AMR &= (~RTC_AMR_AMRHOUR) & RTC_AMR_BITMASK; - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK: - RTCx->AMR &= (~RTC_AMR_AMRDOW) & RTC_AMR_BITMASK; - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH: - RTCx->AMR &= (~RTC_AMR_AMRDOM) & RTC_AMR_BITMASK; - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR: - RTCx->AMR &= (~RTC_AMR_AMRDOY) & RTC_AMR_BITMASK; - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH: - RTCx->AMR &= (~RTC_AMR_AMRMON) & RTC_AMR_BITMASK; - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR: - RTCx->AMR &= (~RTC_AMR_AMRYEAR) & RTC_AMR_BITMASK; - break; - } - } - else - { - switch (AlarmTimeType) - { - case RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND: - RTCx->AMR |= (RTC_AMR_AMRSEC); - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE: - RTCx->AMR |= (RTC_AMR_AMRMIN); - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR: - RTCx->AMR |= (RTC_AMR_AMRHOUR); - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK: - RTCx->AMR |= (RTC_AMR_AMRDOW); - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH: - RTCx->AMR |= (RTC_AMR_AMRDOM); - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR: - RTCx->AMR |= (RTC_AMR_AMRDOY); - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH: - RTCx->AMR |= (RTC_AMR_AMRMON); - break; - case RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR: - RTCx->AMR |= (RTC_AMR_AMRYEAR); - break; - } - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set current time value for each time type in RTC peripheral - * @param[in] RTCx RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC - * @param[in] Timetype: Time Type, should be: - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR - * @param[in] TimeValue Time value to set - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void RTC_SetTime (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t Timetype, uint32_t TimeValue) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTC_TIMETYPE(Timetype)); - - switch ( Timetype) - { - case RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND: - CHECK_PARAM(TimeValue <= RTC_SECOND_MAX); - - RTCx->SEC = TimeValue & RTC_SEC_MASK; - break; - - case RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE: - CHECK_PARAM(TimeValue <= RTC_MINUTE_MAX); - - RTCx->MIN = TimeValue & RTC_MIN_MASK; - break; - - case RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR: - CHECK_PARAM(TimeValue <= RTC_HOUR_MAX); - - RTCx->HOUR = TimeValue & RTC_HOUR_MASK; - break; - - case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK: - CHECK_PARAM(TimeValue <= RTC_DAYOFWEEK_MAX); - - RTCx->DOW = TimeValue & RTC_DOW_MASK; - break; - - case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH: - CHECK_PARAM((TimeValue <= RTC_DAYOFMONTH_MAX) \ - && (TimeValue >= RTC_DAYOFMONTH_MIN)); - - RTCx->DOM = TimeValue & RTC_DOM_MASK; - break; - - case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR: - CHECK_PARAM((TimeValue >= RTC_DAYOFYEAR_MIN) \ - && (TimeValue <= RTC_DAYOFYEAR_MAX)); - - RTCx->DOY = TimeValue & RTC_DOY_MASK; - break; - - case RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH: - CHECK_PARAM((TimeValue >= RTC_MONTH_MIN) \ - && (TimeValue <= RTC_MONTH_MAX)); - - RTCx->MONTH = TimeValue & RTC_MONTH_MASK; - break; - - case RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR: - CHECK_PARAM(TimeValue <= RTC_YEAR_MAX); - - RTCx->YEAR = TimeValue & RTC_YEAR_MASK; - break; - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get current time value for each type time type - * @param[in] RTCx RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC - * @param[in] Timetype: Time Type, should be: - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR - * @return Value of time according to specified time type - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t RTC_GetTime(LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t Timetype) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTC_TIMETYPE(Timetype)); - - switch (Timetype) - { - case RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND: - return (RTCx->SEC & RTC_SEC_MASK); - case RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE: - return (RTCx->MIN & RTC_MIN_MASK); - case RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR: - return (RTCx->HOUR & RTC_HOUR_MASK); - case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK: - return (RTCx->DOW & RTC_DOW_MASK); - case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH: - return (RTCx->DOM & RTC_DOM_MASK); - case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR: - return (RTCx->DOY & RTC_DOY_MASK); - case RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH: - return (RTCx->MONTH & RTC_MONTH_MASK); - case RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR: - return (RTCx->YEAR & RTC_YEAR_MASK); - default: - return (0); - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set full of time in RTC peripheral - * @param[in] RTCx RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC - * @param[in] pFullTime Pointer to a RTC_TIME_Type structure that - * contains time value in full. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void RTC_SetFullTime (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, RTC_TIME_Type *pFullTime) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx)); - - RTCx->DOM = pFullTime->DOM & RTC_DOM_MASK; - RTCx->DOW = pFullTime->DOW & RTC_DOW_MASK; - RTCx->DOY = pFullTime->DOY & RTC_DOY_MASK; - RTCx->HOUR = pFullTime->HOUR & RTC_HOUR_MASK; - RTCx->MIN = pFullTime->MIN & RTC_MIN_MASK; - RTCx->SEC = pFullTime->SEC & RTC_SEC_MASK; - RTCx->MONTH = pFullTime->MONTH & RTC_MONTH_MASK; - RTCx->YEAR = pFullTime->YEAR & RTC_YEAR_MASK; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get full of time in RTC peripheral - * @param[in] RTCx RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC - * @param[in] pFullTime Pointer to a RTC_TIME_Type structure that - * will be stored time in full. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void RTC_GetFullTime (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, RTC_TIME_Type *pFullTime) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx)); - - pFullTime->DOM = RTCx->DOM & RTC_DOM_MASK; - pFullTime->DOW = RTCx->DOW & RTC_DOW_MASK; - pFullTime->DOY = RTCx->DOY & RTC_DOY_MASK; - pFullTime->HOUR = RTCx->HOUR & RTC_HOUR_MASK; - pFullTime->MIN = RTCx->MIN & RTC_MIN_MASK; - pFullTime->SEC = RTCx->SEC & RTC_SEC_MASK; - pFullTime->MONTH = RTCx->MONTH & RTC_MONTH_MASK; - pFullTime->YEAR = RTCx->YEAR & RTC_YEAR_MASK; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set alarm time value for each time type - * @param[in] RTCx RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC - * @param[in] Timetype: Time Type, should be: - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR - * @param[in] ALValue Alarm time value to set - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void RTC_SetAlarmTime (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t Timetype, uint32_t ALValue) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx)); - - switch (Timetype) - { - case RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND: - CHECK_PARAM(ALValue <= RTC_SECOND_MAX); - - RTCx->ALSEC = ALValue & RTC_SEC_MASK; - break; - - case RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE: - CHECK_PARAM(ALValue <= RTC_MINUTE_MAX); - - RTCx->ALMIN = ALValue & RTC_MIN_MASK; - break; - - case RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR: - CHECK_PARAM(ALValue <= RTC_HOUR_MAX); - - RTCx->ALHOUR = ALValue & RTC_HOUR_MASK; - break; - - case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK: - CHECK_PARAM(ALValue <= RTC_DAYOFWEEK_MAX); - - RTCx->ALDOW = ALValue & RTC_DOW_MASK; - break; - - case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH: - CHECK_PARAM((ALValue <= RTC_DAYOFMONTH_MAX) \ - && (ALValue >= RTC_DAYOFMONTH_MIN)); - - RTCx->ALDOM = ALValue & RTC_DOM_MASK; - break; - - case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR: - CHECK_PARAM((ALValue >= RTC_DAYOFYEAR_MIN) \ - && (ALValue <= RTC_DAYOFYEAR_MAX)); - - RTCx->ALDOY = ALValue & RTC_DOY_MASK; - break; - - case RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH: - CHECK_PARAM((ALValue >= RTC_MONTH_MIN) \ - && (ALValue <= RTC_MONTH_MAX)); - - RTCx->ALMON = ALValue & RTC_MONTH_MASK; - break; - - case RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR: - CHECK_PARAM(ALValue <= RTC_YEAR_MAX); - - RTCx->ALYEAR = ALValue & RTC_YEAR_MASK; - break; - } -} - - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get alarm time value for each time type - * @param[in] RTCx RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC - * @param[in] Timetype: Time Type, should be: - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH - * - RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR - * @return Value of Alarm time according to specified time type - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t RTC_GetAlarmTime (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t Timetype) -{ - switch (Timetype) - { - case RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND: - return (RTCx->ALSEC & RTC_SEC_MASK); - case RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE: - return (RTCx->ALMIN & RTC_MIN_MASK); - case RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR: - return (RTCx->ALHOUR & RTC_HOUR_MASK); - case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK: - return (RTCx->ALDOW & RTC_DOW_MASK); - case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH: - return (RTCx->ALDOM & RTC_DOM_MASK); - case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR: - return (RTCx->ALDOY & RTC_DOY_MASK); - case RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH: - return (RTCx->ALMON & RTC_MONTH_MASK); - case RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR: - return (RTCx->ALYEAR & RTC_YEAR_MASK); - default: - return (0); - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set full of alarm time in RTC peripheral - * @param[in] RTCx RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC - * @param[in] pFullTime Pointer to a RTC_TIME_Type structure that - * contains alarm time value in full. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void RTC_SetFullAlarmTime (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, RTC_TIME_Type *pFullTime) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx)); - - RTCx->ALDOM = pFullTime->DOM & RTC_DOM_MASK; - RTCx->ALDOW = pFullTime->DOW & RTC_DOW_MASK; - RTCx->ALDOY = pFullTime->DOY & RTC_DOY_MASK; - RTCx->ALHOUR = pFullTime->HOUR & RTC_HOUR_MASK; - RTCx->ALMIN = pFullTime->MIN & RTC_MIN_MASK; - RTCx->ALSEC = pFullTime->SEC & RTC_SEC_MASK; - RTCx->ALMON = pFullTime->MONTH & RTC_MONTH_MASK; - RTCx->ALYEAR = pFullTime->YEAR & RTC_YEAR_MASK; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get full of alarm time in RTC peripheral - * @param[in] RTCx RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC - * @param[in] pFullTime Pointer to a RTC_TIME_Type structure that - * will be stored alarm time in full. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void RTC_GetFullAlarmTime (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, RTC_TIME_Type *pFullTime) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx)); - - pFullTime->DOM = RTCx->ALDOM & RTC_DOM_MASK; - pFullTime->DOW = RTCx->ALDOW & RTC_DOW_MASK; - pFullTime->DOY = RTCx->ALDOY & RTC_DOY_MASK; - pFullTime->HOUR = RTCx->ALHOUR & RTC_HOUR_MASK; - pFullTime->MIN = RTCx->ALMIN & RTC_MIN_MASK; - pFullTime->SEC = RTCx->ALSEC & RTC_SEC_MASK; - pFullTime->MONTH = RTCx->ALMON & RTC_MONTH_MASK; - pFullTime->YEAR = RTCx->ALYEAR & RTC_YEAR_MASK; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Check whether if specified Location interrupt in - * RTC peripheral is set or not - * @param[in] RTCx RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC - * @param[in] IntType Interrupt location type, should be: - * - RTC_INT_COUNTER_INCREASE: Counter Increment Interrupt - * block generated an interrupt. - * - RTC_INT_ALARM: Alarm generated an - * interrupt. - * @return New state of specified Location interrupt in RTC peripheral - * (SET or RESET) - **********************************************************************/ -IntStatus RTC_GetIntPending (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t IntType) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTC_INT(IntType)); - - return ((RTCx->ILR & IntType) ? SET : RESET); -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Clear specified Location interrupt pending in - * RTC peripheral - * @param[in] RTCx RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC - * @param[in] IntType Interrupt location type, should be: - * - RTC_INT_COUNTER_INCREASE: Clear Counter Increment - * Interrupt pending. - * - RTC_INT_ALARM: Clear alarm interrupt pending - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void RTC_ClearIntPending (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t IntType) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTC_INT(IntType)); - - RTCx->ILR |= IntType; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable/Disable calibration counter in RTC peripheral - * @param[in] RTCx RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC - * @param[in] NewState New State of this function, should be: - * - ENABLE: The calibration counter is enabled and counting - * - DISABLE: The calibration counter is disabled and reset to zero - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void RTC_CalibCounterCmd(LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState == ENABLE) - { - RTCx->CCR &= (~RTC_CCR_CCALEN) & RTC_CCR_BITMASK; - } - else - { - RTCx->CCR |= RTC_CCR_CCALEN; - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Configures Calibration in RTC peripheral - * @param[in] RTCx RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC - * @param[in] CalibValue Calibration value, should be in range from - * 0 to 131,072 - * @param[in] CalibDir Calibration Direction, should be: - * - RTC_CALIB_DIR_FORWARD: Forward calibration - * - RTC_CALIB_DIR_BACKWARD: Backward calibration - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void RTC_CalibConfig(LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t CalibValue, uint8_t CalibDir) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTC_CALIB_DIR(CalibDir)); - CHECK_PARAM(CalibValue < RTC_CALIBRATION_MAX); - - RTCx->CALIBRATION = ((CalibValue) & RTC_CALIBRATION_CALVAL_MASK) \ - | ((CalibDir == RTC_CALIB_DIR_BACKWARD) ? RTC_CALIBRATION_LIBDIR : 0); -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Write value to General purpose registers - * @param[in] RTCx RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC - * @param[in] Channel General purpose registers Channel number, - * should be in range from 0 to 4. - * @param[in] Value Value to write - * @return None - * Note: These General purpose registers can be used to store important - * information when the main power supply is off. The value in these - * registers is not affected by chip reset. - **********************************************************************/ -void RTC_WriteGPREG (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint8_t Channel, uint32_t Value) -{ - uint32_t *preg; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTC_GPREG_CH(Channel)); - - preg = (uint32_t *)&RTCx->GPREG0; - preg += Channel; - *preg = Value; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Read value from General purpose registers - * @param[in] RTCx RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC - * @param[in] Channel General purpose registers Channel number, - * should be in range from 0 to 4. - * @return Read Value - * Note: These General purpose registers can be used to store important - * information when the main power supply is off. The value in these - * registers is not affected by chip reset. - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t RTC_ReadGPREG (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint8_t Channel) -{ - uint32_t *preg; - uint32_t value; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTC_GPREG_CH(Channel)); - - preg = (uint32_t *)&RTCx->GPREG0; - preg += Channel; - value = *preg; - return (value); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* _RTC */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ - diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_spi.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_spi.c deleted file mode 100644 index a690b39fc9..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_spi.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,443 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_spi.c 2010-05-21 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_spi.c -* @brief Contains all functions support for SPI firmware library on LPC17xx -* @version 2.0 -* @date 21. May. 2010 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2010, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup SPI - * @{ - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "lpc17xx_spi.h" -#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h" - -/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration - * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included, - * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead - */ -#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h" -#else -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h" -#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */ - -#ifdef _SPI - - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup SPI_Public_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Setup clock rate for SPI device - * @param[in] SPIx SPI peripheral definition, should be LPC_SPI - * @param[in] target_clock : clock of SPI (Hz) - * @return None - ***********************************************************************/ -void SPI_SetClock (LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, uint32_t target_clock) -{ - uint32_t spi_pclk; - uint32_t prescale, temp; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SPIx(SPIx)); - - if (SPIx == LPC_SPI){ - spi_pclk = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SPI); - } else { - return; - } - - prescale = 8; - // Find closest clock to target clock - while (1){ - temp = target_clock * prescale; - if (temp >= spi_pclk){ - break; - } - prescale += 2; - if(prescale >= 254){ - break; - } - } - - // Write to register - SPIx->SPCCR = SPI_SPCCR_COUNTER(prescale); -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief De-initializes the SPIx peripheral registers to their -* default reset values. - * @param[in] SPIx SPI peripheral selected, should be LPC_SPI - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void SPI_DeInit(LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SPIx(SPIx)); - - if (SPIx == LPC_SPI){ - /* Set up clock and power for SPI module */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCSPI, DISABLE); - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get data bit size per transfer - * @param[in] SPIx SPI peripheral selected, should be LPC_SPI - * @return number of bit per transfer, could be 8-16 - **********************************************************************/ -uint8_t SPI_GetDataSize (LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SPIx(SPIx)); - return ((SPIx->SPCR)>>8 & 0xF); -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified -* parameters in the UART_ConfigStruct. - * @param[in] SPIx SPI peripheral selected, should be LPC_SPI - * @param[in] SPI_ConfigStruct Pointer to a SPI_CFG_Type structure -* that contains the configuration information for the -* specified SPI peripheral. - * @return None - *********************************************************************/ -void SPI_Init(LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, SPI_CFG_Type *SPI_ConfigStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmp; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SPIx(SPIx)); - - if(SPIx == LPC_SPI){ - /* Set up clock and power for UART module */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCSPI, ENABLE); - } else { - return; - } - - // Configure SPI, interrupt is disable as default - tmp = ((SPI_ConfigStruct->CPHA) | (SPI_ConfigStruct->CPOL) \ - | (SPI_ConfigStruct->DataOrder) | (SPI_ConfigStruct->Databit) \ - | (SPI_ConfigStruct->Mode) | SPI_SPCR_BIT_EN) & SPI_SPCR_BITMASK; - // write back to SPI control register - SPIx->SPCR = tmp; - - // Set clock rate for SPI peripheral - SPI_SetClock(SPIx, SPI_ConfigStruct->ClockRate); - - // If interrupt flag is set, Write '1' to Clear interrupt flag - if (SPIx->SPINT & SPI_SPINT_INTFLAG){ - SPIx->SPINT = SPI_SPINT_INTFLAG; - } -} - - - -/*****************************************************************************//** -* @brief Fills each SPI_InitStruct member with its default value: -* - CPHA = SPI_CPHA_FIRST -* - CPOL = SPI_CPOL_HI -* - ClockRate = 1000000 -* - DataOrder = SPI_DATA_MSB_FIRST -* - Databit = SPI_DATABIT_8 -* - Mode = SPI_MASTER_MODE -* @param[in] SPI_InitStruct Pointer to a SPI_CFG_Type structure -* which will be initialized. -* @return None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SPI_ConfigStructInit(SPI_CFG_Type *SPI_InitStruct) -{ - SPI_InitStruct->CPHA = SPI_CPHA_FIRST; - SPI_InitStruct->CPOL = SPI_CPOL_HI; - SPI_InitStruct->ClockRate = 1000000; - SPI_InitStruct->DataOrder = SPI_DATA_MSB_FIRST; - SPI_InitStruct->Databit = SPI_DATABIT_8; - SPI_InitStruct->Mode = SPI_MASTER_MODE; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Transmit a single data through SPIx peripheral - * @param[in] SPIx SPI peripheral selected, should be LPC_SPI - * @param[in] Data Data to transmit (must be 16 or 8-bit long, - * this depend on SPI data bit number configured) - * @return none - **********************************************************************/ -void SPI_SendData(LPC_SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t Data) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SPIx(SPIx)); - - SPIx->SPDR = Data & SPI_SPDR_BITMASK; -} - - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Receive a single data from SPIx peripheral - * @param[in] SPIx SPI peripheral selected, should be LPC_SPI - * @return Data received (16-bit long) - **********************************************************************/ -uint16_t SPI_ReceiveData(LPC_SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SPIx(SPIx)); - - return ((uint16_t) (SPIx->SPDR & SPI_SPDR_BITMASK)); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief SPI Read write data function - * @param[in] SPIx Pointer to SPI peripheral, should be LPC_SPI - * @param[in] dataCfg Pointer to a SPI_DATA_SETUP_Type structure that - * contains specified information about transmit - * data configuration. - * @param[in] xfType Transfer type, should be: - * - SPI_TRANSFER_POLLING: Polling mode - * - SPI_TRANSFER_INTERRUPT: Interrupt mode - * @return Actual Data length has been transferred in polling mode. - * In interrupt mode, always return (0) - * Return (-1) if error. - * Note: This function can be used in both master and slave mode. - ***********************************************************************/ -int32_t SPI_ReadWrite (LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, SPI_DATA_SETUP_Type *dataCfg, \ - SPI_TRANSFER_Type xfType) -{ - uint8_t *rdata8; - uint8_t *wdata8; - uint16_t *rdata16; - uint16_t *wdata16; - uint32_t stat; - uint32_t temp; - uint8_t dataword; - - //read for empty buffer - temp = SPIx->SPDR; - //dummy to clear status - temp = SPIx->SPSR; - dataCfg->counter = 0; - dataCfg->status = 0; - - if(SPI_GetDataSize (SPIx) == 8) - dataword = 0; - else dataword = 1; - if (xfType == SPI_TRANSFER_POLLING){ - - if (dataword == 0){ - rdata8 = (uint8_t *)dataCfg->rx_data; - wdata8 = (uint8_t *)dataCfg->tx_data; - } else { - rdata16 = (uint16_t *)dataCfg->rx_data; - wdata16 = (uint16_t *)dataCfg->tx_data; - } - - while(dataCfg->counter < dataCfg->length) - { - // Write data to buffer - if(dataCfg->tx_data == NULL){ - if (dataword == 0){ - SPI_SendData(SPIx, 0xFF); - } else { - SPI_SendData(SPIx, 0xFFFF); - } - } else { - if (dataword == 0){ - SPI_SendData(SPIx, *wdata8); - wdata8++; - } else { - SPI_SendData(SPIx, *wdata16); - wdata16++; - } - } - // Wait for transfer complete - while (!((stat = SPIx->SPSR) & SPI_SPSR_SPIF)); - // Check for error - if (stat & (SPI_SPSR_ABRT | SPI_SPSR_MODF | SPI_SPSR_ROVR | SPI_SPSR_WCOL)){ - // save status - dataCfg->status = stat | SPI_STAT_ERROR; - return (dataCfg->counter); - } - // Read data from SPI dat - temp = (uint32_t) SPI_ReceiveData(SPIx); - - // Store data to destination - if (dataCfg->rx_data != NULL) - { - if (dataword == 0){ - *(rdata8) = (uint8_t) temp; - rdata8++; - } else { - *(rdata16) = (uint16_t) temp; - rdata16++; - } - } - // Increase counter - if (dataword == 0){ - dataCfg->counter++; - } else { - dataCfg->counter += 2; - } - } - - // Return length of actual data transferred - // save status - dataCfg->status = stat | SPI_STAT_DONE; - return (dataCfg->counter); - } - // Interrupt mode - else { - - // Check if interrupt flag is already set - if(SPIx->SPINT & SPI_SPINT_INTFLAG){ - SPIx->SPINT = SPI_SPINT_INTFLAG; - } - if (dataCfg->counter < dataCfg->length){ - // Write data to buffer - if(dataCfg->tx_data == NULL){ - if (dataword == 0){ - SPI_SendData(SPIx, 0xFF); - } else { - SPI_SendData(SPIx, 0xFFFF); - } - } else { - if (dataword == 0){ - SPI_SendData(SPIx, (*(uint8_t *)dataCfg->tx_data)); - } else { - SPI_SendData(SPIx, (*(uint16_t *)dataCfg->tx_data)); - } - } - SPI_IntCmd(SPIx, ENABLE); - } else { - // Save status - dataCfg->status = SPI_STAT_DONE; - } - return (0); - } -} - - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable or disable SPIx interrupt. - * @param[in] SPIx SPI peripheral selected, should be LPC_SPI - * @param[in] NewState New state of specified UART interrupt type, - * should be: - * - ENALBE: Enable this SPI interrupt. -* - DISALBE: Disable this SPI interrupt. - * @return None - *********************************************************************/ -void SPI_IntCmd(LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SPIx(SPIx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState == ENABLE) - { - SPIx->SPCR |= SPI_SPCR_SPIE; - } - else - { - SPIx->SPCR &= (~SPI_SPCR_SPIE) & SPI_SPCR_BITMASK; - } -} - - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Checks whether the SPI interrupt flag is set or not. - * @param[in] SPIx SPI peripheral selected, should be LPC_SPI - * @return The new state of SPI Interrupt Flag (SET or RESET) - *********************************************************************/ -IntStatus SPI_GetIntStatus (LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SPIx(SPIx)); - - return ((SPIx->SPINT & SPI_SPINT_INTFLAG) ? SET : RESET); -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Clear SPI interrupt flag. - * @param[in] SPIx SPI peripheral selected, should be LPC_SPI - * @return None - *********************************************************************/ -void SPI_ClearIntPending(LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SPIx(SPIx)); - - SPIx->SPINT = SPI_SPINT_INTFLAG; -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get current value of SPI Status register in SPIx peripheral. - * @param[in] SPIx SPI peripheral selected, should be LPC_SPI - * @return Current value of SPI Status register in SPI peripheral. - * Note: The return value of this function must be used with - * SPI_CheckStatus() to determine current flag status - * corresponding to each SPI status type. Because some flags in - * SPI Status register will be cleared after reading, the next reading - * SPI Status register could not be correct. So this function used to - * read SPI status register in one time only, then the return value - * used to check all flags. - *********************************************************************/ -uint32_t SPI_GetStatus(LPC_SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SPIx(SPIx)); - - return (SPIx->SPSR & SPI_SPSR_BITMASK); -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Checks whether the specified SPI Status flag is set or not - * via inputSPIStatus parameter. - * @param[in] inputSPIStatus Value to check status of each flag type. - * This value is the return value from SPI_GetStatus(). - * @param[in] SPIStatus Specifies the SPI status flag to check, - * should be one of the following: - - SPI_STAT_ABRT: Slave abort. - - SPI_STAT_MODF: Mode fault. - - SPI_STAT_ROVR: Read overrun. - - SPI_STAT_WCOL: Write collision. - - SPI_STAT_SPIF: SPI transfer complete. - * @return The new state of SPIStatus (SET or RESET) - *********************************************************************/ -FlagStatus SPI_CheckStatus (uint32_t inputSPIStatus, uint8_t SPIStatus) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SPI_STAT(SPIStatus)); - - return ((inputSPIStatus & SPIStatus) ? SET : RESET); -} - - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* _SPI */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_ssp.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_ssp.c deleted file mode 100644 index a5f0c645bd..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_ssp.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,694 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_ssp.c 2010-06-18 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_ssp.c -* @brief Contains all functions support for SSP firmware library on LPC17xx -* @version 3.0 -* @date 18. June. 2010 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2010, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup SSP - * @{ - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "lpc17xx_ssp.h" -#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h" - - -/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration - * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included, - * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead - */ -#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h" -#else -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h" -#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */ - - -#ifdef _SSP - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup SSP_Public_Functions - * @{ - */ -static void setSSPclock (LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx, uint32_t target_clock); - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Setup clock rate for SSP device - * @param[in] SSPx SSP peripheral definition, should be: - * - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral - * - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral - * @param[in] target_clock : clock of SSP (Hz) - * @return None - ***********************************************************************/ -static void setSSPclock (LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx, uint32_t target_clock) -{ - uint32_t prescale, cr0_div, cmp_clk, ssp_clk; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx)); - - /* The SSP clock is derived from the (main system oscillator / 2), - so compute the best divider from that clock */ - if (SSPx == LPC_SSP0){ - ssp_clk = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SSP0); - } else if (SSPx == LPC_SSP1) { - ssp_clk = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SSP1); - } else { - return; - } - - /* Find closest divider to get at or under the target frequency. - Use smallest prescale possible and rely on the divider to get - the closest target frequency */ - cr0_div = 0; - cmp_clk = 0xFFFFFFFF; - prescale = 2; - while (cmp_clk > target_clock) - { - cmp_clk = ssp_clk / ((cr0_div + 1) * prescale); - if (cmp_clk > target_clock) - { - cr0_div++; - if (cr0_div > 0xFF) - { - cr0_div = 0; - prescale += 2; - } - } - } - - /* Write computed prescaler and divider back to register */ - SSPx->CR0 &= (~SSP_CR0_SCR(0xFF)) & SSP_CR0_BITMASK; - SSPx->CR0 |= (SSP_CR0_SCR(cr0_div)) & SSP_CR0_BITMASK; - SSPx->CPSR = prescale & SSP_CPSR_BITMASK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup SSP_Public_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Initializes the SSPx peripheral according to the specified -* parameters in the SSP_ConfigStruct. - * @param[in] SSPx SSP peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral - * - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral - * @param[in] SSP_ConfigStruct Pointer to a SSP_CFG_Type structure -* that contains the configuration information for the -* specified SSP peripheral. - * @return None - *********************************************************************/ -void SSP_Init(LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx, SSP_CFG_Type *SSP_ConfigStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmp; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx)); - - if(SSPx == LPC_SSP0) { - /* Set up clock and power for SSP0 module */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCSSP0, ENABLE); - } else if(SSPx == LPC_SSP1) { - /* Set up clock and power for SSP1 module */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCSSP1, ENABLE); - } else { - return; - } - - /* Configure SSP, interrupt is disable, LoopBack mode is disable, - * SSP is disable, Slave output is disable as default - */ - tmp = ((SSP_ConfigStruct->CPHA) | (SSP_ConfigStruct->CPOL) \ - | (SSP_ConfigStruct->FrameFormat) | (SSP_ConfigStruct->Databit)) - & SSP_CR0_BITMASK; - // write back to SSP control register - SSPx->CR0 = tmp; - - tmp = SSP_ConfigStruct->Mode & SSP_CR1_BITMASK; - // Write back to CR1 - SSPx->CR1 = tmp; - - // Set clock rate for SSP peripheral - setSSPclock(SSPx, SSP_ConfigStruct->ClockRate); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief De-initializes the SSPx peripheral registers to their -* default reset values. - * @param[in] SSPx SSP peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral - * - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void SSP_DeInit(LPC_SSP_TypeDef* SSPx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx)); - - if (SSPx == LPC_SSP0){ - /* Set up clock and power for SSP0 module */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCSSP0, DISABLE); - } else if (SSPx == LPC_SSP1) { - /* Set up clock and power for SSP1 module */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCSSP1, DISABLE); - } -} - -/*****************************************************************************//** -* @brief Get data size bit selected -* @param[in] SSPx pointer to LPC_SSP_TypeDef structure, should be: -* - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral -* - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral -* @return Data size, could be: -* - SSP_DATABIT_4: 4 bit transfer -* - SSP_DATABIT_5: 5 bit transfer -* ... -* - SSP_DATABIT_16: 16 bit transfer -*******************************************************************************/ -uint8_t SSP_GetDataSize(LPC_SSP_TypeDef* SSPx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx)); - return (SSPx->CR0 & (0xF)); -} - -/*****************************************************************************//** -* @brief Fills each SSP_InitStruct member with its default value: -* - CPHA = SSP_CPHA_FIRST -* - CPOL = SSP_CPOL_HI -* - ClockRate = 1000000 -* - Databit = SSP_DATABIT_8 -* - Mode = SSP_MASTER_MODE -* - FrameFormat = SSP_FRAME_SSP -* @param[in] SSP_InitStruct Pointer to a SSP_CFG_Type structure -* which will be initialized. -* @return None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SSP_ConfigStructInit(SSP_CFG_Type *SSP_InitStruct) -{ - SSP_InitStruct->CPHA = SSP_CPHA_FIRST; - SSP_InitStruct->CPOL = SSP_CPOL_HI; - SSP_InitStruct->ClockRate = 1000000; - SSP_InitStruct->Databit = SSP_DATABIT_8; - SSP_InitStruct->Mode = SSP_MASTER_MODE; - SSP_InitStruct->FrameFormat = SSP_FRAME_SPI; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable or disable SSP peripheral's operation - * @param[in] SSPx SSP peripheral, should be: - * - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral - * - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral - * @param[in] NewState New State of SSPx peripheral's operation - * @return none - **********************************************************************/ -void SSP_Cmd(LPC_SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState == ENABLE) - { - SSPx->CR1 |= SSP_CR1_SSP_EN; - } - else - { - SSPx->CR1 &= (~SSP_CR1_SSP_EN) & SSP_CR1_BITMASK; - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable or disable Loop Back mode function in SSP peripheral - * @param[in] SSPx SSP peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral - * - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral - * @param[in] NewState New State of Loop Back mode, should be: - * - ENABLE: Enable this function - * - DISABLE: Disable this function - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void SSP_LoopBackCmd(LPC_SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState == ENABLE) - { - SSPx->CR1 |= SSP_CR1_LBM_EN; - } - else - { - SSPx->CR1 &= (~SSP_CR1_LBM_EN) & SSP_CR1_BITMASK; - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable or disable Slave Output function in SSP peripheral - * @param[in] SSPx SSP peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral - * - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral - * @param[in] NewState New State of Slave Output function, should be: - * - ENABLE: Slave Output in normal operation - * - DISABLE: Slave Output is disabled. This blocks - * SSP controller from driving the transmit data - * line (MISO) - * Note: This function is available when SSP peripheral in Slave mode - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void SSP_SlaveOutputCmd(LPC_SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState == ENABLE) - { - SSPx->CR1 &= (~SSP_CR1_SO_DISABLE) & SSP_CR1_BITMASK; - } - else - { - SSPx->CR1 |= SSP_CR1_SO_DISABLE; - } -} - - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Transmit a single data through SSPx peripheral - * @param[in] SSPx SSP peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral - * - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral - * @param[in] Data Data to transmit (must be 16 or 8-bit long, - * this depend on SSP data bit number configured) - * @return none - **********************************************************************/ -void SSP_SendData(LPC_SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, uint16_t Data) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx)); - - SSPx->DR = SSP_DR_BITMASK(Data); -} - - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Receive a single data from SSPx peripheral - * @param[in] SSPx SSP peripheral selected, should be - * - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral - * - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral - * @return Data received (16-bit long) - **********************************************************************/ -uint16_t SSP_ReceiveData(LPC_SSP_TypeDef* SSPx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx)); - - return ((uint16_t) (SSP_DR_BITMASK(SSPx->DR))); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief SSP Read write data function - * @param[in] SSPx Pointer to SSP peripheral, should be - * - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral - * - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral - * @param[in] dataCfg Pointer to a SSP_DATA_SETUP_Type structure that - * contains specified information about transmit - * data configuration. - * @param[in] xfType Transfer type, should be: - * - SSP_TRANSFER_POLLING: Polling mode - * - SSP_TRANSFER_INTERRUPT: Interrupt mode - * @return Actual Data length has been transferred in polling mode. - * In interrupt mode, always return (0) - * Return (-1) if error. - * Note: This function can be used in both master and slave mode. - ***********************************************************************/ -int32_t SSP_ReadWrite (LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx, SSP_DATA_SETUP_Type *dataCfg, \ - SSP_TRANSFER_Type xfType) -{ - uint8_t *rdata8; - uint8_t *wdata8; - uint16_t *rdata16; - uint16_t *wdata16; - uint32_t stat; - uint32_t tmp; - int32_t dataword; - - dataCfg->rx_cnt = 0; - dataCfg->tx_cnt = 0; - dataCfg->status = 0; - - - /* Clear all remaining data in RX FIFO */ - while (SSPx->SR & SSP_SR_RNE){ - tmp = (uint32_t) SSP_ReceiveData(SSPx); - } - - // Clear status - SSPx->ICR = SSP_ICR_BITMASK; - if(SSP_GetDataSize(SSPx)>SSP_DATABIT_8) - dataword = 1; - else dataword = 0; - - // Polling mode ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - if (xfType == SSP_TRANSFER_POLLING){ - if (dataword == 0){ - rdata8 = (uint8_t *)dataCfg->rx_data; - wdata8 = (uint8_t *)dataCfg->tx_data; - } else { - rdata16 = (uint16_t *)dataCfg->rx_data; - wdata16 = (uint16_t *)dataCfg->tx_data; - } - while ((dataCfg->tx_cnt < dataCfg->length) || (dataCfg->rx_cnt < dataCfg->length)){ - if ((SSPx->SR & SSP_SR_TNF) && (dataCfg->tx_cnt < dataCfg->length)){ - // Write data to buffer - if(dataCfg->tx_data == NULL){ - if (dataword == 0){ - SSP_SendData(SSPx, 0xFF); - dataCfg->tx_cnt++; - } else { - SSP_SendData(SSPx, 0xFFFF); - dataCfg->tx_cnt += 2; - } - } else { - if (dataword == 0){ - SSP_SendData(SSPx, *wdata8); - wdata8++; - dataCfg->tx_cnt++; - } else { - SSP_SendData(SSPx, *wdata16); - wdata16++; - dataCfg->tx_cnt += 2; - } - } - } - - // Check overrun error - if ((stat = SSPx->RIS) & SSP_RIS_ROR){ - // save status and return - dataCfg->status = stat | SSP_STAT_ERROR; - return (-1); - } - - // Check for any data available in RX FIFO - while ((SSPx->SR & SSP_SR_RNE) && (dataCfg->rx_cnt < dataCfg->length)){ - // Read data from SSP data - tmp = SSP_ReceiveData(SSPx); - - // Store data to destination - if (dataCfg->rx_data != NULL) - { - if (dataword == 0){ - *(rdata8) = (uint8_t) tmp; - rdata8++; - } else { - *(rdata16) = (uint16_t) tmp; - rdata16++; - } - } - // Increase counter - if (dataword == 0){ - dataCfg->rx_cnt++; - } else { - dataCfg->rx_cnt += 2; - } - } - } - - // save status - dataCfg->status = SSP_STAT_DONE; - - if (dataCfg->tx_data != NULL){ - return dataCfg->tx_cnt; - } else if (dataCfg->rx_data != NULL){ - return dataCfg->rx_cnt; - } else { - return (0); - } - } - - // Interrupt mode ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - else if (xfType == SSP_TRANSFER_INTERRUPT){ - - while ((SSPx->SR & SSP_SR_TNF) && (dataCfg->tx_cnt < dataCfg->length)){ - // Write data to buffer - if(dataCfg->tx_data == NULL){ - if (dataword == 0){ - SSP_SendData(SSPx, 0xFF); - dataCfg->tx_cnt++; - } else { - SSP_SendData(SSPx, 0xFFFF); - dataCfg->tx_cnt += 2; - } - } else { - if (dataword == 0){ - SSP_SendData(SSPx, (*(uint8_t *)((uint32_t)dataCfg->tx_data + dataCfg->tx_cnt))); - dataCfg->tx_cnt++; - } else { - SSP_SendData(SSPx, (*(uint16_t *)((uint32_t)dataCfg->tx_data + dataCfg->tx_cnt))); - dataCfg->tx_cnt += 2; - } - } - - // Check error - if ((stat = SSPx->RIS) & SSP_RIS_ROR){ - // save status and return - dataCfg->status = stat | SSP_STAT_ERROR; - return (-1); - } - - // Check for any data available in RX FIFO - while ((SSPx->SR & SSP_SR_RNE) && (dataCfg->rx_cnt < dataCfg->length)){ - // Read data from SSP data - tmp = SSP_ReceiveData(SSPx); - - // Store data to destination - if (dataCfg->rx_data != NULL) - { - if (dataword == 0){ - *(uint8_t *)((uint32_t)dataCfg->rx_data + dataCfg->rx_cnt) = (uint8_t) tmp; - } else { - *(uint16_t *)((uint32_t)dataCfg->rx_data + dataCfg->rx_cnt) = (uint16_t) tmp; - } - } - // Increase counter - if (dataword == 0){ - dataCfg->rx_cnt++; - } else { - dataCfg->rx_cnt += 2; - } - } - } - - // If there more data to sent or receive - if ((dataCfg->rx_cnt < dataCfg->length) || (dataCfg->tx_cnt < dataCfg->length)){ - // Enable all interrupt - SSPx->IMSC = SSP_IMSC_BITMASK; - } else { - // Save status - dataCfg->status = SSP_STAT_DONE; - } - return (0); - } - - return (-1); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Checks whether the specified SSP status flag is set or not - * @param[in] SSPx SSP peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral - * - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral - * @param[in] FlagType Type of flag to check status, should be one - * of following: - * - SSP_STAT_TXFIFO_EMPTY: TX FIFO is empty - * - SSP_STAT_TXFIFO_NOTFULL: TX FIFO is not full - * - SSP_STAT_RXFIFO_NOTEMPTY: RX FIFO is not empty - * - SSP_STAT_RXFIFO_FULL: RX FIFO is full - * - SSP_STAT_BUSY: SSP peripheral is busy - * @return New State of specified SSP status flag - **********************************************************************/ -FlagStatus SSP_GetStatus(LPC_SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, uint32_t FlagType) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSP_STAT(FlagType)); - - return ((SSPx->SR & FlagType) ? SET : RESET); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable or disable specified interrupt type in SSP peripheral - * @param[in] SSPx SSP peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral - * - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral - * @param[in] IntType Interrupt type in SSP peripheral, should be: - * - SSP_INTCFG_ROR: Receive Overrun interrupt - * - SSP_INTCFG_RT: Receive Time out interrupt - * - SSP_INTCFG_RX: RX FIFO is at least half full interrupt - * - SSP_INTCFG_TX: TX FIFO is at least half empty interrupt - * @param[in] NewState New State of specified interrupt type, should be: - * - ENABLE: Enable this interrupt type - * - DISABLE: Disable this interrupt type - * @return None - * Note: We can enable/disable multi-interrupt type by OR multi value - **********************************************************************/ -void SSP_IntConfig(LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx, uint32_t IntType, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx)); - - if (NewState == ENABLE) - { - SSPx->IMSC |= IntType; - } - else - { - SSPx->IMSC &= (~IntType) & SSP_IMSC_BITMASK; - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Check whether the specified Raw interrupt status flag is - * set or not - * @param[in] SSPx SSP peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral - * - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral - * @param[in] RawIntType Raw Interrupt Type, should be: - * - SSP_INTSTAT_RAW_ROR: Receive Overrun interrupt - * - SSP_INTSTAT_RAW_RT: Receive Time out interrupt - * - SSP_INTSTAT_RAW_RX: RX FIFO is at least half full interrupt - * - SSP_INTSTAT_RAW_TX: TX FIFO is at least half empty interrupt - * @return New State of specified Raw interrupt status flag in SSP peripheral - * Note: Enabling/Disabling specified interrupt in SSP peripheral does not - * effect to Raw Interrupt Status flag. - **********************************************************************/ -IntStatus SSP_GetRawIntStatus(LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx, uint32_t RawIntType) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSP_INTSTAT_RAW(RawIntType)); - - return ((SSPx->RIS & RawIntType) ? SET : RESET); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get Raw Interrupt Status register - * @param[in] SSPx SSP peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral - * - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral - * @return Raw Interrupt Status (RIS) register value - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t SSP_GetRawIntStatusReg(LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx)); - return (SSPx->RIS); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Check whether the specified interrupt status flag is - * set or not - * @param[in] SSPx SSP peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral - * - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral - * @param[in] IntType Raw Interrupt Type, should be: - * - SSP_INTSTAT_ROR: Receive Overrun interrupt - * - SSP_INTSTAT_RT: Receive Time out interrupt - * - SSP_INTSTAT_RX: RX FIFO is at least half full interrupt - * - SSP_INTSTAT_TX: TX FIFO is at least half empty interrupt - * @return New State of specified interrupt status flag in SSP peripheral - * Note: Enabling/Disabling specified interrupt in SSP peripheral effects - * to Interrupt Status flag. - **********************************************************************/ -IntStatus SSP_GetIntStatus (LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx, uint32_t IntType) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSP_INTSTAT(IntType)); - - return ((SSPx->MIS & IntType) ? SET :RESET); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Clear specified interrupt pending in SSP peripheral - * @param[in] SSPx SSP peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral - * - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral - * @param[in] IntType Interrupt pending to clear, should be: - * - SSP_INTCLR_ROR: clears the "frame was received when - * RxFIFO was full" interrupt. - * - SSP_INTCLR_RT: clears the "Rx FIFO was not empty and - * has not been read for a timeout period" interrupt. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void SSP_ClearIntPending(LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx, uint32_t IntType) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSP_INTCLR(IntType)); - - SSPx->ICR = IntType; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable/Disable DMA function for SSP peripheral - * @param[in] SSPx SSP peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral - * - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral - * @param[in] DMAMode Type of DMA, should be: - * - SSP_DMA_TX: DMA for the transmit FIFO - * - SSP_DMA_RX: DMA for the Receive FIFO - * @param[in] NewState New State of DMA function on SSP peripheral, - * should be: - * - ENALBE: Enable this function - * - DISABLE: Disable this function - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void SSP_DMACmd(LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx, uint32_t DMAMode, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSP_DMA(DMAMode)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState == ENABLE) - { - SSPx->DMACR |= DMAMode; - } - else - { - SSPx->DMACR &= (~DMAMode) & SSP_DMA_BITMASK; - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* _SSP */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ - diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_systick.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_systick.c deleted file mode 100644 index bc10c1c6d5..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_systick.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,193 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_systick.c 2010-05-21 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_systick.c -* @brief Contains all functions support for SYSTICK firmware library -* on LPC17xx -* @version 2.0 -* @date 21. May. 2010 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2010, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup SYSTICK - * @{ - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "lpc17xx_systick.h" -#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h" - -/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration - * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included, - * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead - */ -#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h" -#else -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h" -#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */ - - -#ifdef _SYSTICK - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup SYSTICK_Public_Functions - * @{ - */ -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Initial System Tick with using internal CPU clock source - * @param[in] time time interval(ms) - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void SYSTICK_InternalInit(uint32_t time) -{ - uint32_t cclk; - float maxtime; - - cclk = SystemCoreClock; - /* With internal CPU clock frequency for LPC17xx is 'SystemCoreClock' - * And limit 24 bit for RELOAD value - * So the maximum time can be set: - * 1/SystemCoreClock * (2^24) * 1000 (ms) - */ - //check time value is available or not - maxtime = (1<<24)/(SystemCoreClock / 1000); - if(time > maxtime) - //Error loop - while(1); - else - { - //Select CPU clock is System Tick clock source - SysTick->CTRL |= ST_CTRL_CLKSOURCE; - /* Set RELOAD value - * RELOAD = (SystemCoreClock/1000) * time - 1 - * with time base is millisecond - */ - SysTick->LOAD = (cclk/1000)*time - 1; - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Initial System Tick with using external clock source - * @param[in] freq external clock frequency(Hz) - * @param[in] time time interval(ms) - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void SYSTICK_ExternalInit(uint32_t freq, uint32_t time) -{ - float maxtime; - - /* With external clock frequency for LPC17xx is 'freq' - * And limit 24 bit for RELOAD value - * So the maximum time can be set: - * 1/freq * (2^24) * 1000 (ms) - */ - //check time value is available or not - maxtime = (1<<24)/(freq / 1000); - if (time>maxtime) - //Error Loop - while(1); - else - { - //Select external clock is System Tick clock source - SysTick->CTRL &= ~ ST_CTRL_CLKSOURCE; - /* Set RELOAD value - * RELOAD = (freq/1000) * time - 1 - * with time base is millisecond - */ - maxtime = (freq/1000)*time - 1; - SysTick->LOAD = (freq/1000)*time - 1; - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable/disable System Tick counter - * @param[in] NewState System Tick counter status, should be: - * - ENABLE - * - DISABLE - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void SYSTICK_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - - if(NewState == ENABLE) - //Enable System Tick counter - SysTick->CTRL |= ST_CTRL_ENABLE; - else - //Disable System Tick counter - SysTick->CTRL &= ~ST_CTRL_ENABLE; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable/disable System Tick interrupt - * @param[in] NewState System Tick interrupt status, should be: - * - ENABLE - * - DISABLE - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void SYSTICK_IntCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - - if(NewState == ENABLE) - //Enable System Tick counter - SysTick->CTRL |= ST_CTRL_TICKINT; - else - //Disable System Tick counter - SysTick->CTRL &= ~ST_CTRL_TICKINT; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get current value of System Tick counter - * @param[in] None - * @return current value of System Tick counter - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t SYSTICK_GetCurrentValue(void) -{ - return (SysTick->VAL); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Clear Counter flag - * @param[in] None - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void SYSTICK_ClearCounterFlag(void) -{ - SysTick->CTRL &= ~ST_CTRL_COUNTFLAG; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* _SYSTICK */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ - diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_timer.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_timer.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0e697dc3e5..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_timer.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,609 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_timer.c 2011-03-10 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_timer.c -* @brief Contains all functions support for Timer firmware library -* on LPC17xx -* @version 3.1 -* @date 10. March. 2011 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2011, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup TIM - * @{ - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "lpc17xx_timer.h" -#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h" -#include "lpc17xx_pinsel.h" - -/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration - * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included, - * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead - */ -#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h" -#else -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h" -#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */ - -#ifdef _TIM - -/* Private Functions ---------------------------------------------------------- */ - -static uint32_t getPClock (uint32_t timernum); -static uint32_t converUSecToVal (uint32_t timernum, uint32_t usec); -static uint32_t converPtrToTimeNum (LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx); - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get peripheral clock of each timer controller - * @param[in] timernum Timer number - * @return Peripheral clock of timer - **********************************************************************/ -static uint32_t getPClock (uint32_t timernum) -{ - uint32_t clkdlycnt; - switch (timernum) - { - case 0: - clkdlycnt = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER0); - break; - - case 1: - clkdlycnt = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER1); - break; - - case 2: - clkdlycnt = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER2); - break; - - case 3: - clkdlycnt = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER3); - break; - } - return clkdlycnt; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Convert a time to a timer count value - * @param[in] timernum Timer number - * @param[in] usec Time in microseconds - * @return The number of required clock ticks to give the time delay - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t converUSecToVal (uint32_t timernum, uint32_t usec) -{ - uint64_t clkdlycnt; - - // Get Pclock of timer - clkdlycnt = (uint64_t) getPClock(timernum); - - clkdlycnt = (clkdlycnt * usec) / 1000000; - return (uint32_t) clkdlycnt; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Convert a timer register pointer to a timer number - * @param[in] TIMx Pointer to LPC_TIM_TypeDef, should be: - * - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral - * @return The timer number (0 to 3) or 0xFFFF FFFF if register pointer is bad - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t converPtrToTimeNum (LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx) -{ - uint32_t tnum = 0xFFFFFFFF; - - if (TIMx == LPC_TIM0) - { - tnum = 0; - } - else if (TIMx == LPC_TIM1) - { - tnum = 1; - } - else if (TIMx == LPC_TIM2) - { - tnum = 2; - } - else if (TIMx == LPC_TIM3) - { - tnum = 3; - } - - return tnum; -} - -/* End of Private Functions ---------------------------------------------------- */ - - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup TIM_Public_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get Interrupt Status - * @param[in] TIMx Timer selection, should be: - * - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral - * @param[in] IntFlag: interrupt type, should be: - * - TIM_MR0_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 0 - * - TIM_MR1_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 1 - * - TIM_MR2_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 2 - * - TIM_MR3_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 3 - * - TIM_CR0_INT: Interrupt for Capture channel 0 - * - TIM_CR1_INT: Interrupt for Capture channel 1 - * @return FlagStatus - * - SET : interrupt - * - RESET : no interrupt - **********************************************************************/ -FlagStatus TIM_GetIntStatus(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_INT_TYPE IntFlag) -{ - uint8_t temp; - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIMx(TIMx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIM_INT_TYPE(IntFlag)); - temp = (TIMx->IR)& TIM_IR_CLR(IntFlag); - if (temp) - return SET; - - return RESET; - -} -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get Capture Interrupt Status - * @param[in] TIMx Timer selection, should be: - * - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral - * @param[in] IntFlag: interrupt type, should be: - * - TIM_MR0_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 0 - * - TIM_MR1_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 1 - * - TIM_MR2_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 2 - * - TIM_MR3_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 3 - * - TIM_CR0_INT: Interrupt for Capture channel 0 - * - TIM_CR1_INT: Interrupt for Capture channel 1 - * @return FlagStatus - * - SET : interrupt - * - RESET : no interrupt - **********************************************************************/ -FlagStatus TIM_GetIntCaptureStatus(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_INT_TYPE IntFlag) -{ - uint8_t temp; - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIMx(TIMx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIM_INT_TYPE(IntFlag)); - temp = (TIMx->IR) & (1<<(4+IntFlag)); - if(temp) - return SET; - return RESET; -} -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Clear Interrupt pending - * @param[in] TIMx Timer selection, should be: - * - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral - * @param[in] IntFlag: interrupt type, should be: - * - TIM_MR0_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 0 - * - TIM_MR1_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 1 - * - TIM_MR2_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 2 - * - TIM_MR3_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 3 - * - TIM_CR0_INT: Interrupt for Capture channel 0 - * - TIM_CR1_INT: Interrupt for Capture channel 1 - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void TIM_ClearIntPending(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_INT_TYPE IntFlag) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIMx(TIMx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIM_INT_TYPE(IntFlag)); - TIMx->IR = TIM_IR_CLR(IntFlag); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Clear Capture Interrupt pending - * @param[in] TIMx Timer selection, should be - * - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral - * @param[in] IntFlag interrupt type, should be: - * - TIM_MR0_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 0 - * - TIM_MR1_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 1 - * - TIM_MR2_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 2 - * - TIM_MR3_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 3 - * - TIM_CR0_INT: Interrupt for Capture channel 0 - * - TIM_CR1_INT: Interrupt for Capture channel 1 - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void TIM_ClearIntCapturePending(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_INT_TYPE IntFlag) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIMx(TIMx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIM_INT_TYPE(IntFlag)); - TIMx->IR = (1<<(4+IntFlag)); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Configuration for Timer at initial time - * @param[in] TimerCounterMode timer counter mode, should be: - * - TIM_TIMER_MODE: Timer mode - * - TIM_COUNTER_RISING_MODE: Counter rising mode - * - TIM_COUNTER_FALLING_MODE: Counter falling mode - * - TIM_COUNTER_ANY_MODE:Counter on both edges - * @param[in] TIM_ConfigStruct pointer to TIM_TIMERCFG_Type or - * TIM_COUNTERCFG_Type - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void TIM_ConfigStructInit(TIM_MODE_OPT TimerCounterMode, void *TIM_ConfigStruct) -{ - if (TimerCounterMode == TIM_TIMER_MODE ) - { - TIM_TIMERCFG_Type * pTimeCfg = (TIM_TIMERCFG_Type *)TIM_ConfigStruct; - pTimeCfg->PrescaleOption = TIM_PRESCALE_USVAL; - pTimeCfg->PrescaleValue = 1; - } - else - { - TIM_COUNTERCFG_Type * pCounterCfg = (TIM_COUNTERCFG_Type *)TIM_ConfigStruct; - pCounterCfg->CountInputSelect = TIM_COUNTER_INCAP0; - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Initial Timer/Counter device - * Set Clock frequency for Timer - * Set initial configuration for Timer - * @param[in] TIMx Timer selection, should be: - * - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral - * @param[in] TimerCounterMode Timer counter mode, should be: - * - TIM_TIMER_MODE: Timer mode - * - TIM_COUNTER_RISING_MODE: Counter rising mode - * - TIM_COUNTER_FALLING_MODE: Counter falling mode - * - TIM_COUNTER_ANY_MODE:Counter on both edges - * @param[in] TIM_ConfigStruct pointer to TIM_TIMERCFG_Type - * that contains the configuration information for the - * specified Timer peripheral. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void TIM_Init(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_MODE_OPT TimerCounterMode, void *TIM_ConfigStruct) -{ - TIM_TIMERCFG_Type *pTimeCfg; - TIM_COUNTERCFG_Type *pCounterCfg; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIMx(TIMx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIM_MODE_OPT(TimerCounterMode)); - - //set power - - if (TIMx== LPC_TIM0) - { - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM0, ENABLE); - //PCLK_Timer0 = CCLK/4 - CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER0, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_4); - } - else if (TIMx== LPC_TIM1) - { - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM1, ENABLE); - //PCLK_Timer1 = CCLK/4 - CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER1, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_4); - - } - - else if (TIMx== LPC_TIM2) - { - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM2, ENABLE); - //PCLK_Timer2= CCLK/4 - CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER2, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_4); - } - else if (TIMx== LPC_TIM3) - { - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM3, ENABLE); - //PCLK_Timer3= CCLK/4 - CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER3, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_4); - - } - - TIMx->CCR &= ~TIM_CTCR_MODE_MASK; - TIMx->CCR |= TIM_TIMER_MODE; - - TIMx->TC =0; - TIMx->PC =0; - TIMx->PR =0; - TIMx->TCR |= (1<<1); //Reset Counter - TIMx->TCR &= ~(1<<1); //release reset - if (TimerCounterMode == TIM_TIMER_MODE ) - { - pTimeCfg = (TIM_TIMERCFG_Type *)TIM_ConfigStruct; - if (pTimeCfg->PrescaleOption == TIM_PRESCALE_TICKVAL) - { - TIMx->PR = pTimeCfg->PrescaleValue -1 ; - } - else - { - TIMx->PR = converUSecToVal (converPtrToTimeNum(TIMx),pTimeCfg->PrescaleValue)-1; - } - } - else - { - - pCounterCfg = (TIM_COUNTERCFG_Type *)TIM_ConfigStruct; - TIMx->CCR &= ~TIM_CTCR_INPUT_MASK; - if (pCounterCfg->CountInputSelect == TIM_COUNTER_INCAP1) - TIMx->CCR |= _BIT(2); - } - - // Clear interrupt pending - TIMx->IR = 0xFFFFFFFF; - -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Close Timer/Counter device - * @param[in] TIMx Pointer to timer device, should be: - * - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void TIM_DeInit (LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIMx(TIMx)); - // Disable timer/counter - TIMx->TCR = 0x00; - - // Disable power - if (TIMx== LPC_TIM0) - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM0, DISABLE); - - else if (TIMx== LPC_TIM1) - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM1, DISABLE); - - else if (TIMx== LPC_TIM2) - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM2, DISABLE); - - else if (TIMx== LPC_TIM3) - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM2, DISABLE); - -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Start/Stop Timer/Counter device - * @param[in] TIMx Pointer to timer device, should be: - * - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral - * @param[in] NewState - * - ENABLE : set timer enable - * - DISABLE : disable timer - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void TIM_Cmd(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIMx(TIMx)); - if (NewState == ENABLE) - { - TIMx->TCR |= TIM_ENABLE; - } - else - { - TIMx->TCR &= ~TIM_ENABLE; - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Reset Timer/Counter device, - * Make TC and PC are synchronously reset on the next - * positive edge of PCLK - * @param[in] TIMx Pointer to timer device, should be: - * - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void TIM_ResetCounter(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIMx(TIMx)); - TIMx->TCR |= TIM_RESET; - TIMx->TCR &= ~TIM_RESET; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Configuration for Match register - * @param[in] TIMx Pointer to timer device, should be: - * - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral - * @param[in] TIM_MatchConfigStruct Pointer to TIM_MATCHCFG_Type - * - MatchChannel : choose channel 0 or 1 - * - IntOnMatch : if SET, interrupt will be generated when MRxx match - * the value in TC - * - StopOnMatch : if SET, TC and PC will be stopped whenM Rxx match - * the value in TC - * - ResetOnMatch : if SET, Reset on MR0 when MRxx match - * the value in TC - * -ExtMatchOutputType: Select output for external match - * + 0: Do nothing for external output pin if match - * + 1: Force external output pin to low if match - * + 2: Force external output pin to high if match - * + 3: Toggle external output pin if match - * MatchValue: Set the value to be compared with TC value - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void TIM_ConfigMatch(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_MATCHCFG_Type *TIM_MatchConfigStruct) -{ - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIMx(TIMx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIM_EXTMATCH_OPT(TIM_MatchConfigStruct->ExtMatchOutputType)); - - switch(TIM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel) - { - case 0: - TIMx->MR0 = TIM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchValue; - break; - case 1: - TIMx->MR1 = TIM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchValue; - break; - case 2: - TIMx->MR2 = TIM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchValue; - break; - case 3: - TIMx->MR3 = TIM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchValue; - break; - default: - //Error match value - //Error loop - while(1); - } - //interrupt on MRn - TIMx->MCR &=~TIM_MCR_CHANNEL_MASKBIT(TIM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel); - - if (TIM_MatchConfigStruct->IntOnMatch) - TIMx->MCR |= TIM_INT_ON_MATCH(TIM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel); - - //reset on MRn - if (TIM_MatchConfigStruct->ResetOnMatch) - TIMx->MCR |= TIM_RESET_ON_MATCH(TIM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel); - - //stop on MRn - if (TIM_MatchConfigStruct->StopOnMatch) - TIMx->MCR |= TIM_STOP_ON_MATCH(TIM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel); - - // match output type - - TIMx->EMR &= ~TIM_EM_MASK(TIM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel); - TIMx->EMR |= TIM_EM_SET(TIM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel,TIM_MatchConfigStruct->ExtMatchOutputType); -} -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Update Match value - * @param[in] TIMx Pointer to timer device, should be: - * - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral - * @param[in] MatchChannel Match channel, should be: 0..3 - * @param[in] MatchValue updated match value - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void TIM_UpdateMatchValue(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx,uint8_t MatchChannel, uint32_t MatchValue) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIMx(TIMx)); - switch(MatchChannel) - { - case 0: - TIMx->MR0 = MatchValue; - break; - case 1: - TIMx->MR1 = MatchValue; - break; - case 2: - TIMx->MR2 = MatchValue; - break; - case 3: - TIMx->MR3 = MatchValue; - break; - default: - //Error Loop - while(1); - } - -} -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Configuration for Capture register - * @param[in] TIMx Pointer to timer device, should be: - * - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral - * - CaptureChannel: set the channel to capture data - * - RisingEdge : if SET, Capture at rising edge - * - FallingEdge : if SET, Capture at falling edge - * - IntOnCaption : if SET, Capture generate interrupt - * @param[in] TIM_CaptureConfigStruct Pointer to TIM_CAPTURECFG_Type - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void TIM_ConfigCapture(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_CAPTURECFG_Type *TIM_CaptureConfigStruct) -{ - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIMx(TIMx)); - TIMx->CCR &= ~TIM_CCR_CHANNEL_MASKBIT(TIM_CaptureConfigStruct->CaptureChannel); - - if (TIM_CaptureConfigStruct->RisingEdge) - TIMx->CCR |= TIM_CAP_RISING(TIM_CaptureConfigStruct->CaptureChannel); - - if (TIM_CaptureConfigStruct->FallingEdge) - TIMx->CCR |= TIM_CAP_FALLING(TIM_CaptureConfigStruct->CaptureChannel); - - if (TIM_CaptureConfigStruct->IntOnCaption) - TIMx->CCR |= TIM_INT_ON_CAP(TIM_CaptureConfigStruct->CaptureChannel); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Read value of capture register in timer/counter device - * @param[in] TIMx Pointer to timer/counter device, should be: - * - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral - * - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral - * @param[in] CaptureChannel: capture channel number, should be: - * - TIM_COUNTER_INCAP0: CAPn.0 input pin for TIMERn - * - TIM_COUNTER_INCAP1: CAPn.1 input pin for TIMERn - * @return Value of capture register - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t TIM_GetCaptureValue(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_COUNTER_INPUT_OPT CaptureChannel) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIMx(TIMx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIM_COUNTER_INPUT_OPT(CaptureChannel)); - - if(CaptureChannel==0) - return TIMx->CR0; - else - return TIMx->CR1; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* _TIMER */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_uart.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_uart.c deleted file mode 100644 index c7da45399a..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_uart.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1382 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_uart.c 2011-06-06 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_uart.c -* @brief Contains all functions support for UART firmware library -* on LPC17xx -* @version 3.2 -* @date 25. July. 2011 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2011, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup UART - * @{ - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "lpc17xx_uart.h" -#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h" - -/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration - * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included, - * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead - */ -#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h" -#else -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h" -#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */ - - -#ifdef _UART - -/* Private Functions ---------------------------------------------------------- */ - -static Status uart_set_divisors(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint32_t baudrate); - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Determines best dividers to get a target clock rate - * @param[in] UARTx Pointer to selected UART peripheral, should be: - * - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral - * - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral - * - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral - * - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral - * @param[in] baudrate Desired UART baud rate. - * @return Error status, could be: - * - SUCCESS - * - ERROR - **********************************************************************/ -static Status uart_set_divisors(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint32_t baudrate) -{ - Status errorStatus = ERROR; - - uint32_t uClk; - uint32_t d, m, bestd, bestm, tmp; - uint64_t best_divisor, divisor; - uint32_t current_error, best_error; - uint32_t recalcbaud; - - /* get UART block clock */ - if (UARTx == (LPC_UART_TypeDef *)LPC_UART0) - { - uClk = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART0); - } - else if (UARTx == (LPC_UART_TypeDef *)LPC_UART1) - { - uClk = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART1); - } - else if (UARTx == LPC_UART2) - { - uClk = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART2); - } - else if (UARTx == LPC_UART3) - { - uClk = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART3); - } - - - /* In the Uart IP block, baud rate is calculated using FDR and DLL-DLM registers - * The formula is : - * BaudRate= uClk * (mulFracDiv/(mulFracDiv+dividerAddFracDiv) / (16 * (DLL) - * It involves floating point calculations. That's the reason the formulae are adjusted with - * Multiply and divide method.*/ - /* The value of mulFracDiv and dividerAddFracDiv should comply to the following expressions: - * 0 < mulFracDiv <= 15, 0 <= dividerAddFracDiv <= 15 */ - best_error = 0xFFFFFFFF; /* Worst case */ - bestd = 0; - bestm = 0; - best_divisor = 0; - for (m = 1 ; m <= 15 ;m++) - { - for (d = 0 ; d < m ; d++) - { - divisor = ((uint64_t)uClk<<28)*m/(baudrate*(m+d)); - current_error = divisor & 0xFFFFFFFF; - - tmp = divisor>>32; - - /* Adjust error */ - if(current_error > ((uint32_t)1<<31)){ - current_error = -current_error; - tmp++; - } - - if(tmp<1 || tmp>65536) /* Out of range */ - continue; - - if( current_error < best_error){ - best_error = current_error; - best_divisor = tmp; - bestd = d; - bestm = m; - if(best_error == 0) break; - } - } /* end of inner for loop */ - - if (best_error == 0) - break; - } /* end of outer for loop */ - - if(best_divisor == 0) return ERROR; /* can not find best match */ - - recalcbaud = (uClk>>4) * bestm/(best_divisor * (bestm + bestd)); - - /* reuse best_error to evaluate baud error*/ - if(baudrate>recalcbaud) best_error = baudrate - recalcbaud; - else best_error = recalcbaud -baudrate; - - best_error = best_error * 100 / baudrate; - - if (best_error < UART_ACCEPTED_BAUDRATE_ERROR) - { - if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1) - { - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->LCR |= UART_LCR_DLAB_EN; - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->/*DLIER.*/DLM = UART_LOAD_DLM(best_divisor); - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->/*RBTHDLR.*/DLL = UART_LOAD_DLL(best_divisor); - /* Then reset DLAB bit */ - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->LCR &= (~UART_LCR_DLAB_EN) & UART_LCR_BITMASK; - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->FDR = (UART_FDR_MULVAL(bestm) \ - | UART_FDR_DIVADDVAL(bestd)) & UART_FDR_BITMASK; - } - else - { - UARTx->LCR |= UART_LCR_DLAB_EN; - UARTx->/*DLIER.*/DLM = UART_LOAD_DLM(best_divisor); - UARTx->/*RBTHDLR.*/DLL = UART_LOAD_DLL(best_divisor); - /* Then reset DLAB bit */ - UARTx->LCR &= (~UART_LCR_DLAB_EN) & UART_LCR_BITMASK; - UARTx->FDR = (UART_FDR_MULVAL(bestm) \ - | UART_FDR_DIVADDVAL(bestd)) & UART_FDR_BITMASK; - } - errorStatus = SUCCESS; - } - - return errorStatus; -} - -/* End of Private Functions ---------------------------------------------------- */ - - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup UART_Public_Functions - * @{ - */ -/* UART Init/DeInit functions -------------------------------------------------*/ -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Initializes the UARTx peripheral according to the specified - * parameters in the UART_ConfigStruct. - * @param[in] UARTx UART peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral - * - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral - * - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral - * - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral - * @param[in] UART_ConfigStruct Pointer to a UART_CFG_Type structure -* that contains the configuration information for the -* specified UART peripheral. - * @return None - *********************************************************************/ -void UART_Init(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, UART_CFG_Type *UART_ConfigStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmp; - - // For debug mode - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UARTx(UARTx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART_DATABIT(UART_ConfigStruct->Databits)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART_STOPBIT(UART_ConfigStruct->Stopbits)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART_PARITY(UART_ConfigStruct->Parity)); - -#ifdef _UART0 - if(UARTx == (LPC_UART_TypeDef *)LPC_UART0) - { - /* Set up clock and power for UART module */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART0, ENABLE); - } -#endif - -#ifdef _UART1 - if(((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1) - { - /* Set up clock and power for UART module */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART1, ENABLE); - } -#endif - -#ifdef _UART2 - if(UARTx == LPC_UART2) - { - /* Set up clock and power for UART module */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART2, ENABLE); - } -#endif - -#ifdef _UART3 - if(UARTx == LPC_UART3) - { - /* Set up clock and power for UART module */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART3, ENABLE); - } -#endif - - if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1) - { - /* FIFOs are empty */ - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->/*IIFCR.*/FCR = ( UART_FCR_FIFO_EN \ - | UART_FCR_RX_RS | UART_FCR_TX_RS); - // Disable FIFO - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->/*IIFCR.*/FCR = 0; - - // Dummy reading - while (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->LSR & UART_LSR_RDR) - { - tmp = ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->/*RBTHDLR.*/RBR; - } - - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->TER = UART_TER_TXEN; - // Wait for current transmit complete - while (!(((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->LSR & UART_LSR_THRE)); - // Disable Tx - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->TER = 0; - - // Disable interrupt - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->/*DLIER.*/IER = 0; - // Set LCR to default state - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->LCR = 0; - // Set ACR to default state - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->ACR = 0; - // Set Modem Control to default state - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->MCR = 0; - // Set RS485 control to default state - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->RS485CTRL = 0; - // Set RS485 delay timer to default state - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->RS485DLY = 0; - // Set RS485 addr match to default state - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->ADRMATCH = 0; - //Dummy Reading to Clear Status - tmp = ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->MSR; - tmp = ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->LSR; - } - else - { - /* FIFOs are empty */ - UARTx->/*IIFCR.*/FCR = ( UART_FCR_FIFO_EN | UART_FCR_RX_RS | UART_FCR_TX_RS); - // Disable FIFO - UARTx->/*IIFCR.*/FCR = 0; - - // Dummy reading - while (UARTx->LSR & UART_LSR_RDR) - { - tmp = UARTx->/*RBTHDLR.*/RBR; - } - - UARTx->TER = UART_TER_TXEN; - // Wait for current transmit complete - while (!(UARTx->LSR & UART_LSR_THRE)); - // Disable Tx - UARTx->TER = 0; - - // Disable interrupt - UARTx->/*DLIER.*/IER = 0; - // Set LCR to default state - UARTx->LCR = 0; - // Set ACR to default state - UARTx->ACR = 0; - // Dummy reading - tmp = UARTx->LSR; - } - - if (UARTx == LPC_UART3) - { - // Set IrDA to default state - UARTx->ICR = 0; - } - - // Set Line Control register ---------------------------- - - uart_set_divisors(UARTx, (UART_ConfigStruct->Baud_rate)); - - if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1) - { - tmp = (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->LCR & (UART_LCR_DLAB_EN | UART_LCR_BREAK_EN)) \ - & UART_LCR_BITMASK; - } - else - { - tmp = (UARTx->LCR & (UART_LCR_DLAB_EN | UART_LCR_BREAK_EN)) & UART_LCR_BITMASK; - } - - switch (UART_ConfigStruct->Databits){ - case UART_DATABIT_5: - tmp |= UART_LCR_WLEN5; - break; - case UART_DATABIT_6: - tmp |= UART_LCR_WLEN6; - break; - case UART_DATABIT_7: - tmp |= UART_LCR_WLEN7; - break; - case UART_DATABIT_8: - default: - tmp |= UART_LCR_WLEN8; - break; - } - - if (UART_ConfigStruct->Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) - { - // Do nothing... - } - else - { - tmp |= UART_LCR_PARITY_EN; - switch (UART_ConfigStruct->Parity) - { - case UART_PARITY_ODD: - tmp |= UART_LCR_PARITY_ODD; - break; - - case UART_PARITY_EVEN: - tmp |= UART_LCR_PARITY_EVEN; - break; - - case UART_PARITY_SP_1: - tmp |= UART_LCR_PARITY_F_1; - break; - - case UART_PARITY_SP_0: - tmp |= UART_LCR_PARITY_F_0; - break; - default: - break; - } - } - - switch (UART_ConfigStruct->Stopbits){ - case UART_STOPBIT_2: - tmp |= UART_LCR_STOPBIT_SEL; - break; - case UART_STOPBIT_1: - default: - // Do no thing - break; - } - - - // Write back to LCR, configure FIFO and Disable Tx - if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1) - { - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->LCR = (uint8_t)(tmp & UART_LCR_BITMASK); - } - else - { - UARTx->LCR = (uint8_t)(tmp & UART_LCR_BITMASK); - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief De-initializes the UARTx peripheral registers to their - * default reset values. - * @param[in] UARTx UART peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral - * - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral - * - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral - * - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void UART_DeInit(LPC_UART_TypeDef* UARTx) -{ - // For debug mode - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UARTx(UARTx)); - - UART_TxCmd(UARTx, DISABLE); - -#ifdef _UART0 - if (UARTx == (LPC_UART_TypeDef *)LPC_UART0) - { - /* Set up clock and power for UART module */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART0, DISABLE); - } -#endif - -#ifdef _UART1 - if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1) - { - /* Set up clock and power for UART module */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART1, DISABLE); - } -#endif - -#ifdef _UART2 - if (UARTx == LPC_UART2) - { - /* Set up clock and power for UART module */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART2, DISABLE); - } -#endif - -#ifdef _UART3 - if (UARTx == LPC_UART3) - { - /* Set up clock and power for UART module */ - CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART3, DISABLE); - } -#endif -} - -/*****************************************************************************//** -* @brief Fills each UART_InitStruct member with its default value: -* - 9600 bps -* - 8-bit data -* - 1 Stopbit -* - None Parity -* @param[in] UART_InitStruct Pointer to a UART_CFG_Type structure -* which will be initialized. -* @return None -*******************************************************************************/ -void UART_ConfigStructInit(UART_CFG_Type *UART_InitStruct) -{ - UART_InitStruct->Baud_rate = 9600; - UART_InitStruct->Databits = UART_DATABIT_8; - UART_InitStruct->Parity = UART_PARITY_NONE; - UART_InitStruct->Stopbits = UART_STOPBIT_1; -} - -/* UART Send/Recieve functions -------------------------------------------------*/ -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Transmit a single data through UART peripheral - * @param[in] UARTx UART peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral - * - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral - * - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral - * - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral - * @param[in] Data Data to transmit (must be 8-bit long) - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void UART_SendByte(LPC_UART_TypeDef* UARTx, uint8_t Data) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UARTx(UARTx)); - - if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1) - { - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->/*RBTHDLR.*/THR = Data & UART_THR_MASKBIT; - } - else - { - UARTx->/*RBTHDLR.*/THR = Data & UART_THR_MASKBIT; - } - -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Receive a single data from UART peripheral - * @param[in] UARTx UART peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral - * - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral - * - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral - * - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral - * @return Data received - **********************************************************************/ -uint8_t UART_ReceiveByte(LPC_UART_TypeDef* UARTx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UARTx(UARTx)); - - if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1) - { - return (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->/*RBTHDLR.*/RBR & UART_RBR_MASKBIT); - } - else - { - return (UARTx->/*RBTHDLR.*/RBR & UART_RBR_MASKBIT); - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Send a block of data via UART peripheral - * @param[in] UARTx Selected UART peripheral used to send data, should be: - * - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral - * - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral - * - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral - * - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral - * @param[in] txbuf Pointer to Transmit buffer - * @param[in] buflen Length of Transmit buffer - * @param[in] flag Flag used in UART transfer, should be - * NONE_BLOCKING or BLOCKING - * @return Number of bytes sent. - * - * Note: when using UART in BLOCKING mode, a time-out condition is used - * via defined symbol UART_BLOCKING_TIMEOUT. - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t UART_Send(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t *txbuf, - uint32_t buflen, TRANSFER_BLOCK_Type flag) -{ - uint32_t bToSend, bSent, timeOut, fifo_cnt; - uint8_t *pChar = txbuf; - - bToSend = buflen; - - // blocking mode - if (flag == BLOCKING) { - bSent = 0; - while (bToSend){ - timeOut = UART_BLOCKING_TIMEOUT; - // Wait for THR empty with timeout - while (!(UARTx->LSR & UART_LSR_THRE)) { - if (timeOut == 0) break; - timeOut--; - } - // Time out! - if(timeOut == 0) break; - fifo_cnt = UART_TX_FIFO_SIZE; - while (fifo_cnt && bToSend){ - UART_SendByte(UARTx, (*pChar++)); - fifo_cnt--; - bToSend--; - bSent++; - } - } - } - // None blocking mode - else { - bSent = 0; - while (bToSend) { - if (!(UARTx->LSR & UART_LSR_THRE)){ - break; - } - fifo_cnt = UART_TX_FIFO_SIZE; - while (fifo_cnt && bToSend) { - UART_SendByte(UARTx, (*pChar++)); - bToSend--; - fifo_cnt--; - bSent++; - } - } - } - return bSent; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Receive a block of data via UART peripheral - * @param[in] UARTx Selected UART peripheral used to send data, - * should be: - * - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral - * - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral - * - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral - * - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral - * @param[out] rxbuf Pointer to Received buffer - * @param[in] buflen Length of Received buffer - * @param[in] flag Flag mode, should be NONE_BLOCKING or BLOCKING - - * @return Number of bytes received - * - * Note: when using UART in BLOCKING mode, a time-out condition is used - * via defined symbol UART_BLOCKING_TIMEOUT. - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t UART_Receive(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t *rxbuf, \ - uint32_t buflen, TRANSFER_BLOCK_Type flag) -{ - uint32_t bToRecv, bRecv, timeOut; - uint8_t *pChar = rxbuf; - - bToRecv = buflen; - - // Blocking mode - if (flag == BLOCKING) { - bRecv = 0; - while (bToRecv){ - timeOut = UART_BLOCKING_TIMEOUT; - while (!(UARTx->LSR & UART_LSR_RDR)){ - if (timeOut == 0) break; - timeOut--; - } - // Time out! - if(timeOut == 0) break; - // Get data from the buffer - (*pChar++) = UART_ReceiveByte(UARTx); - bToRecv--; - bRecv++; - } - } - // None blocking mode - else { - bRecv = 0; - while (bToRecv) { - if (!(UARTx->LSR & UART_LSR_RDR)) { - break; - } else { - (*pChar++) = UART_ReceiveByte(UARTx); - bRecv++; - bToRecv--; - } - } - } - return bRecv; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Force BREAK character on UART line, output pin UARTx TXD is - forced to logic 0. - * @param[in] UARTx UART peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral - * - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral - * - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral - * - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void UART_ForceBreak(LPC_UART_TypeDef* UARTx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UARTx(UARTx)); - - if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1) - { - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->LCR |= UART_LCR_BREAK_EN; - } - else - { - UARTx->LCR |= UART_LCR_BREAK_EN; - } -} - - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable or disable specified UART interrupt. - * @param[in] UARTx UART peripheral selected, should be - * - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral - * - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral - * - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral - * - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral - * @param[in] UARTIntCfg Specifies the interrupt flag, - * should be one of the following: - - UART_INTCFG_RBR : RBR Interrupt enable - - UART_INTCFG_THRE : THR Interrupt enable - - UART_INTCFG_RLS : RX line status interrupt enable - - UART1_INTCFG_MS : Modem status interrupt enable (UART1 only) - - UART1_INTCFG_CTS : CTS1 signal transition interrupt enable (UART1 only) - - UART_INTCFG_ABEO : Enables the end of auto-baud interrupt - - UART_INTCFG_ABTO : Enables the auto-baud time-out interrupt - * @param[in] NewState New state of specified UART interrupt type, - * should be: - * - ENALBE: Enable this UART interrupt type. -* - DISALBE: Disable this UART interrupt type. - * @return None - *********************************************************************/ -void UART_IntConfig(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, UART_INT_Type UARTIntCfg, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - uint32_t tmp; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UARTx(UARTx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - - switch(UARTIntCfg){ - case UART_INTCFG_RBR: - tmp = UART_IER_RBRINT_EN; - break; - case UART_INTCFG_THRE: - tmp = UART_IER_THREINT_EN; - break; - case UART_INTCFG_RLS: - tmp = UART_IER_RLSINT_EN; - break; - case UART1_INTCFG_MS: - tmp = UART1_IER_MSINT_EN; - break; - case UART1_INTCFG_CTS: - tmp = UART1_IER_CTSINT_EN; - break; - case UART_INTCFG_ABEO: - tmp = UART_IER_ABEOINT_EN; - break; - case UART_INTCFG_ABTO: - tmp = UART_IER_ABTOINT_EN; - break; - } - - if ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *) UARTx == LPC_UART1) - { - CHECK_PARAM((PARAM_UART_INTCFG(UARTIntCfg)) || (PARAM_UART1_INTCFG(UARTIntCfg))); - } - else - { - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART_INTCFG(UARTIntCfg)); - } - - if (NewState == ENABLE) - { - if ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *) UARTx == LPC_UART1) - { - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->/*DLIER.*/IER |= tmp; - } - else - { - UARTx->/*DLIER.*/IER |= tmp; - } - } - else - { - if ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *) UARTx == LPC_UART1) - { - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->/*DLIER.*/IER &= (~tmp) & UART1_IER_BITMASK; - } - else - { - UARTx->/*DLIER.*/IER &= (~tmp) & UART_IER_BITMASK; - } - } -} - - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get current value of Line Status register in UART peripheral. - * @param[in] UARTx UART peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral - * - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral - * - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral - * - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral - * @return Current value of Line Status register in UART peripheral. - * Note: The return value of this function must be ANDed with each member in - * UART_LS_Type enumeration to determine current flag status - * corresponding to each Line status type. Because some flags in - * Line Status register will be cleared after reading, the next reading - * Line Status register could not be correct. So this function used to - * read Line status register in one time only, then the return value - * used to check all flags. - *********************************************************************/ -uint8_t UART_GetLineStatus(LPC_UART_TypeDef* UARTx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UARTx(UARTx)); - - if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1) - { - return ((((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)LPC_UART1)->LSR) & UART_LSR_BITMASK); - } - else - { - return ((UARTx->LSR) & UART_LSR_BITMASK); - } -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get Interrupt Identification value - * @param[in] UARTx UART peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral - * - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral - * - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral - * - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral - * @return Current value of UART UIIR register in UART peripheral. - *********************************************************************/ -uint32_t UART_GetIntId(LPC_UART_TypeDef* UARTx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UARTx(UARTx)); - return (UARTx->IIR & 0x03CF); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Check whether if UART is busy or not - * @param[in] UARTx UART peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral - * - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral - * - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral - * - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral - * @return RESET if UART is not busy, otherwise return SET. - **********************************************************************/ -FlagStatus UART_CheckBusy(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx) -{ - if (UARTx->LSR & UART_LSR_TEMT){ - return RESET; - } else { - return SET; - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Configure FIFO function on selected UART peripheral - * @param[in] UARTx UART peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral - * - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral - * - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral - * - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral - * @param[in] FIFOCfg Pointer to a UART_FIFO_CFG_Type Structure that - * contains specified information about FIFO configuration - * @return none - **********************************************************************/ -void UART_FIFOConfig(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, UART_FIFO_CFG_Type *FIFOCfg) -{ - uint8_t tmp = 0; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UARTx(UARTx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART_FIFO_LEVEL(FIFOCfg->FIFO_Level)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(FIFOCfg->FIFO_DMAMode)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(FIFOCfg->FIFO_ResetRxBuf)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(FIFOCfg->FIFO_ResetTxBuf)); - - tmp |= UART_FCR_FIFO_EN; - switch (FIFOCfg->FIFO_Level){ - case UART_FIFO_TRGLEV0: - tmp |= UART_FCR_TRG_LEV0; - break; - case UART_FIFO_TRGLEV1: - tmp |= UART_FCR_TRG_LEV1; - break; - case UART_FIFO_TRGLEV2: - tmp |= UART_FCR_TRG_LEV2; - break; - case UART_FIFO_TRGLEV3: - default: - tmp |= UART_FCR_TRG_LEV3; - break; - } - - if (FIFOCfg->FIFO_ResetTxBuf == ENABLE) - { - tmp |= UART_FCR_TX_RS; - } - if (FIFOCfg->FIFO_ResetRxBuf == ENABLE) - { - tmp |= UART_FCR_RX_RS; - } - if (FIFOCfg->FIFO_DMAMode == ENABLE) - { - tmp |= UART_FCR_DMAMODE_SEL; - } - - - //write to FIFO control register - if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1) - { - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->/*IIFCR.*/FCR = tmp & UART_FCR_BITMASK; - } - else - { - UARTx->/*IIFCR.*/FCR = tmp & UART_FCR_BITMASK; - } -} - -/*****************************************************************************//** -* @brief Fills each UART_FIFOInitStruct member with its default value: -* - FIFO_DMAMode = DISABLE -* - FIFO_Level = UART_FIFO_TRGLEV0 -* - FIFO_ResetRxBuf = ENABLE -* - FIFO_ResetTxBuf = ENABLE -* - FIFO_State = ENABLE - -* @param[in] UART_FIFOInitStruct Pointer to a UART_FIFO_CFG_Type structure -* which will be initialized. -* @return None -*******************************************************************************/ -void UART_FIFOConfigStructInit(UART_FIFO_CFG_Type *UART_FIFOInitStruct) -{ - UART_FIFOInitStruct->FIFO_DMAMode = DISABLE; - UART_FIFOInitStruct->FIFO_Level = UART_FIFO_TRGLEV0; - UART_FIFOInitStruct->FIFO_ResetRxBuf = ENABLE; - UART_FIFOInitStruct->FIFO_ResetTxBuf = ENABLE; -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Start/Stop Auto Baudrate activity - * @param[in] UARTx UART peripheral selected, should be - * - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral - * - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral - * - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral - * - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral - * @param[in] ABConfigStruct A pointer to UART_AB_CFG_Type structure that - * contains specified information about UART - * auto baudrate configuration - * @param[in] NewState New State of Auto baudrate activity, should be: - * - ENABLE: Start this activity - * - DISABLE: Stop this activity - * Note: Auto-baudrate mode enable bit will be cleared once this mode - * completed. - * @return none - **********************************************************************/ -void UART_ABCmd(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, UART_AB_CFG_Type *ABConfigStruct, \ - FunctionalState NewState) -{ - uint32_t tmp; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UARTx(UARTx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - - tmp = 0; - if (NewState == ENABLE) { - if (ABConfigStruct->ABMode == UART_AUTOBAUD_MODE1){ - tmp |= UART_ACR_MODE; - } - if (ABConfigStruct->AutoRestart == ENABLE){ - tmp |= UART_ACR_AUTO_RESTART; - } - } - - if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1) - { - if (NewState == ENABLE) - { - // Clear DLL and DLM value - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->LCR |= UART_LCR_DLAB_EN; - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->DLL = 0; - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->DLM = 0; - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->LCR &= ~UART_LCR_DLAB_EN; - // FDR value must be reset to default value - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->FDR = 0x10; - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->ACR = UART_ACR_START | tmp; - } - else - { - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->ACR = 0; - } - } - else - { - if (NewState == ENABLE) - { - // Clear DLL and DLM value - UARTx->LCR |= UART_LCR_DLAB_EN; - UARTx->DLL = 0; - UARTx->DLM = 0; - UARTx->LCR &= ~UART_LCR_DLAB_EN; - // FDR value must be reset to default value - UARTx->FDR = 0x10; - UARTx->ACR = UART_ACR_START | tmp; - } - else - { - UARTx->ACR = 0; - } - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Clear Autobaud Interrupt Pending - * @param[in] UARTx UART peripheral selected, should be - * - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral - * - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral - * - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral - * - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral - * @param[in] ABIntType type of auto-baud interrupt, should be: - * - UART_AUTOBAUD_INTSTAT_ABEO: End of Auto-baud interrupt - * - UART_AUTOBAUD_INTSTAT_ABTO: Auto-baud time out interrupt - * @return none - **********************************************************************/ -void UART_ABClearIntPending(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, UART_ABEO_Type ABIntType) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UARTx(UARTx)); - if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1) - { - UARTx->ACR |= ABIntType; - } - else - UARTx->ACR |= ABIntType; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable/Disable transmission on UART TxD pin - * @param[in] UARTx UART peripheral selected, should be: - * - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral - * - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral - * - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral - * - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral - * @param[in] NewState New State of Tx transmission function, should be: - * - ENABLE: Enable this function - - DISABLE: Disable this function - * @return none - **********************************************************************/ -void UART_TxCmd(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UARTx(UARTx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState == ENABLE) - { - if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1) - { - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->TER |= UART_TER_TXEN; - } - else - { - UARTx->TER |= UART_TER_TXEN; - } - } - else - { - if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1) - { - ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->TER &= (~UART_TER_TXEN) & UART_TER_BITMASK; - } - else - { - UARTx->TER &= (~UART_TER_TXEN) & UART_TER_BITMASK; - } - } -} - -/* UART IrDA functions ---------------------------------------------------*/ - -#ifdef _UART3 - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable or disable inverting serial input function of IrDA - * on UART peripheral. - * @param[in] UARTx UART peripheral selected, should be LPC_UART3 (only) - * @param[in] NewState New state of inverting serial input, should be: - * - ENABLE: Enable this function. - * - DISABLE: Disable this function. - * @return none - **********************************************************************/ -void UART_IrDAInvtInputCmd(LPC_UART_TypeDef* UARTx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART_IrDA(UARTx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState == ENABLE) - { - UARTx->ICR |= UART_ICR_IRDAINV; - } - else if (NewState == DISABLE) - { - UARTx->ICR &= (~UART_ICR_IRDAINV) & UART_ICR_BITMASK; - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable or disable IrDA function on UART peripheral. - * @param[in] UARTx UART peripheral selected, should be LPC_UART3 (only) - * @param[in] NewState New state of IrDA function, should be: - * - ENABLE: Enable this function. - * - DISABLE: Disable this function. - * @return none - **********************************************************************/ -void UART_IrDACmd(LPC_UART_TypeDef* UARTx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART_IrDA(UARTx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState == ENABLE) - { - UARTx->ICR |= UART_ICR_IRDAEN; - } - else - { - UARTx->ICR &= (~UART_ICR_IRDAEN) & UART_ICR_BITMASK; - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Configure Pulse divider for IrDA function on UART peripheral. - * @param[in] UARTx UART peripheral selected, should be LPC_UART3 (only) - * @param[in] PulseDiv Pulse Divider value from Peripheral clock, - * should be one of the following: - - UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV2 : Pulse width = 2 * Tpclk - - UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV4 : Pulse width = 4 * Tpclk - - UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV8 : Pulse width = 8 * Tpclk - - UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV16 : Pulse width = 16 * Tpclk - - UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV32 : Pulse width = 32 * Tpclk - - UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV64 : Pulse width = 64 * Tpclk - - UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV128 : Pulse width = 128 * Tpclk - - UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV256 : Pulse width = 256 * Tpclk - - * @return none - **********************************************************************/ -void UART_IrDAPulseDivConfig(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, UART_IrDA_PULSE_Type PulseDiv) -{ - uint32_t tmp, tmp1; - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART_IrDA(UARTx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV(PulseDiv)); - - tmp1 = UART_ICR_PULSEDIV(PulseDiv); - tmp = UARTx->ICR & (~UART_ICR_PULSEDIV(7)); - tmp |= tmp1 | UART_ICR_FIXPULSE_EN; - UARTx->ICR = tmp & UART_ICR_BITMASK; -} - -#endif - - -/* UART1 FullModem function ---------------------------------------------*/ - -#ifdef _UART1 - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Force pin DTR/RTS corresponding to given state (Full modem mode) - * @param[in] UARTx LPC_UART1 (only) - * @param[in] Pin Pin that NewState will be applied to, should be: - * - UART1_MODEM_PIN_DTR: DTR pin. - * - UART1_MODEM_PIN_RTS: RTS pin. - * @param[in] NewState New State of DTR/RTS pin, should be: - * - INACTIVE: Force the pin to inactive signal. - - ACTIVE: Force the pin to active signal. - * @return none - **********************************************************************/ -void UART_FullModemForcePinState(LPC_UART1_TypeDef *UARTx, UART_MODEM_PIN_Type Pin, \ - UART1_SignalState NewState) -{ - uint8_t tmp = 0; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART1_MODEM(UARTx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART1_MODEM_PIN(Pin)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART1_SIGNALSTATE(NewState)); - - switch (Pin){ - case UART1_MODEM_PIN_DTR: - tmp = UART1_MCR_DTR_CTRL; - break; - case UART1_MODEM_PIN_RTS: - tmp = UART1_MCR_RTS_CTRL; - break; - default: - break; - } - - if (NewState == ACTIVE){ - UARTx->MCR |= tmp; - } else { - UARTx->MCR &= (~tmp) & UART1_MCR_BITMASK; - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Configure Full Modem mode for UART peripheral - * @param[in] UARTx LPC_UART1 (only) - * @param[in] Mode Full Modem mode, should be: - * - UART1_MODEM_MODE_LOOPBACK: Loop back mode. - * - UART1_MODEM_MODE_AUTO_RTS: Auto-RTS mode. - * - UART1_MODEM_MODE_AUTO_CTS: Auto-CTS mode. - * @param[in] NewState New State of this mode, should be: - * - ENABLE: Enable this mode. - - DISABLE: Disable this mode. - * @return none - **********************************************************************/ -void UART_FullModemConfigMode(LPC_UART1_TypeDef *UARTx, UART_MODEM_MODE_Type Mode, \ - FunctionalState NewState) -{ - uint8_t tmp; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART1_MODEM(UARTx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART1_MODEM_MODE(Mode)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState)); - - switch(Mode){ - case UART1_MODEM_MODE_LOOPBACK: - tmp = UART1_MCR_LOOPB_EN; - break; - case UART1_MODEM_MODE_AUTO_RTS: - tmp = UART1_MCR_AUTO_RTS_EN; - break; - case UART1_MODEM_MODE_AUTO_CTS: - tmp = UART1_MCR_AUTO_CTS_EN; - break; - default: - break; - } - - if (NewState == ENABLE) - { - UARTx->MCR |= tmp; - } - else - { - UARTx->MCR &= (~tmp) & UART1_MCR_BITMASK; - } -} - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get current status of modem status register - * @param[in] UARTx LPC_UART1 (only) - * @return Current value of modem status register - * Note: The return value of this function must be ANDed with each member - * UART_MODEM_STAT_type enumeration to determine current flag status - * corresponding to each modem flag status. Because some flags in - * modem status register will be cleared after reading, the next reading - * modem register could not be correct. So this function used to - * read modem status register in one time only, then the return value - * used to check all flags. - **********************************************************************/ -uint8_t UART_FullModemGetStatus(LPC_UART1_TypeDef *UARTx) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART1_MODEM(UARTx)); - return ((UARTx->MSR) & UART1_MSR_BITMASK); -} - - -/* UART RS485 functions --------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Configure UART peripheral in RS485 mode according to the specified -* parameters in the RS485ConfigStruct. - * @param[in] UARTx LPC_UART1 (only) - * @param[in] RS485ConfigStruct Pointer to a UART1_RS485_CTRLCFG_Type structure -* that contains the configuration information for specified UART -* in RS485 mode. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void UART_RS485Config(LPC_UART1_TypeDef *UARTx, UART1_RS485_CTRLCFG_Type *RS485ConfigStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmp; - - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART1_MODEM(UARTx)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(RS485ConfigStruct->AutoAddrDetect_State)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(RS485ConfigStruct->AutoDirCtrl_State)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART1_RS485_CFG_DELAYVALUE(RS485ConfigStruct->DelayValue)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SETSTATE(RS485ConfigStruct->DirCtrlPol_Level)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART_RS485_DIRCTRL_PIN(RS485ConfigStruct->DirCtrlPin)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART1_RS485_CFG_MATCHADDRVALUE(RS485ConfigStruct->MatchAddrValue)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(RS485ConfigStruct->NormalMultiDropMode_State)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(RS485ConfigStruct->Rx_State)); - - tmp = 0; - // If Auto Direction Control is enabled - This function is used in Master mode - if (RS485ConfigStruct->AutoDirCtrl_State == ENABLE) - { - tmp |= UART1_RS485CTRL_DCTRL_EN; - - // Set polar - if (RS485ConfigStruct->DirCtrlPol_Level == SET) - { - tmp |= UART1_RS485CTRL_OINV_1; - } - - // Set pin according to - if (RS485ConfigStruct->DirCtrlPin == UART1_RS485_DIRCTRL_DTR) - { - tmp |= UART1_RS485CTRL_SEL_DTR; - } - - // Fill delay time - UARTx->RS485DLY = RS485ConfigStruct->DelayValue & UART1_RS485DLY_BITMASK; - } - - // MultiDrop mode is enable - if (RS485ConfigStruct->NormalMultiDropMode_State == ENABLE) - { - tmp |= UART1_RS485CTRL_NMM_EN; - } - - // Auto Address Detect function - if (RS485ConfigStruct->AutoAddrDetect_State == ENABLE) - { - tmp |= UART1_RS485CTRL_AADEN; - // Fill Match Address - UARTx->ADRMATCH = RS485ConfigStruct->MatchAddrValue & UART1_RS485ADRMATCH_BITMASK; - } - - - // Receiver is disable - if (RS485ConfigStruct->Rx_State == DISABLE) - { - tmp |= UART1_RS485CTRL_RX_DIS; - } - - // write back to RS485 control register - UARTx->RS485CTRL = tmp & UART1_RS485CTRL_BITMASK; - - // Enable Parity function and leave parity in stick '0' parity as default - UARTx->LCR |= (UART_LCR_PARITY_F_0 | UART_LCR_PARITY_EN); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Enable/Disable receiver in RS485 module in UART1 - * @param[in] UARTx LPC_UART1 (only) - * @param[in] NewState New State of command, should be: - * - ENABLE: Enable this function. - * - DISABLE: Disable this function. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void UART_RS485ReceiverCmd(LPC_UART1_TypeDef *UARTx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - if (NewState == ENABLE){ - UARTx->RS485CTRL &= ~UART1_RS485CTRL_RX_DIS; - } else { - UARTx->RS485CTRL |= UART1_RS485CTRL_RX_DIS; - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Send data on RS485 bus with specified parity stick value (9-bit mode). - * @param[in] UARTx LPC_UART1 (only) - * @param[in] pDatFrm Pointer to data frame. - * @param[in] size Size of data. - * @param[in] ParityStick Parity Stick value, should be 0 or 1. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t UART_RS485Send(LPC_UART1_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t *pDatFrm, \ - uint32_t size, uint8_t ParityStick) -{ - uint8_t tmp, save; - uint32_t cnt; - - if (ParityStick){ - save = tmp = UARTx->LCR & UART_LCR_BITMASK; - tmp &= ~(UART_LCR_PARITY_EVEN); - UARTx->LCR = tmp; - cnt = UART_Send((LPC_UART_TypeDef *)UARTx, pDatFrm, size, BLOCKING); - while (!(UARTx->LSR & UART_LSR_TEMT)); - UARTx->LCR = save; - } else { - cnt = UART_Send((LPC_UART_TypeDef *)UARTx, pDatFrm, size, BLOCKING); - while (!(UARTx->LSR & UART_LSR_TEMT)); - } - return cnt; -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Send Slave address frames on RS485 bus. - * @param[in] UARTx LPC_UART1 (only) - * @param[in] SlvAddr Slave Address. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void UART_RS485SendSlvAddr(LPC_UART1_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t SlvAddr) -{ - UART_RS485Send(UARTx, &SlvAddr, 1, 1); -} - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief Send Data frames on RS485 bus. - * @param[in] UARTx LPC_UART1 (only) - * @param[in] pData Pointer to data to be sent. - * @param[in] size Size of data frame to be sent. - * @return None - **********************************************************************/ -uint32_t UART_RS485SendData(LPC_UART1_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t size) -{ - return (UART_RS485Send(UARTx, pData, size, 0)); -} - -#endif /* _UART1 */ - -#endif /* _UART */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ - diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_wdt.c b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_wdt.c deleted file mode 100644 index 39e0f9e682..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/driver/lpc17xx_wdt.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,274 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_wdt.c 2010-05-21 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_wdt.c -* @brief Contains all functions support for WDT firmware library -* on LPC17xx -* @version 2.0 -* @date 21. May. 2010 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2010, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup WDT - * @{ - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "lpc17xx_wdt.h" -#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h" -#include "lpc17xx_pinsel.h" - - -/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration - * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included, - * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead - */ -#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h" -#else -#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h" -#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */ - - -#ifdef _WDT - -/* Private Functions ---------------------------------------------------------- */ - -static uint8_t WDT_SetTimeOut (uint8_t clk_source, uint32_t timeout); - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Set WDT time out value and WDT mode - * @param[in] clk_source select Clock source for WDT device - * @param[in] timeout value of time-out for WDT (us) - * @return None - *********************************************************************/ -static uint8_t WDT_SetTimeOut (uint8_t clk_source, uint32_t timeout) -{ - - uint32_t pclk_wdt = 0; - uint32_t tempval = 0; - - switch ((WDT_CLK_OPT) clk_source) - { - case WDT_CLKSRC_IRC: - pclk_wdt = 4000000; - // Calculate TC in WDT - tempval = ((((uint64_t)pclk_wdt * (uint64_t)timeout / 4) / (uint64_t)WDT_US_INDEX)); - // Check if it valid - if (tempval >= WDT_TIMEOUT_MIN) - { - LPC_WDT->WDTC = tempval; - return SUCCESS; - } - - break; - - case WDT_CLKSRC_PCLK: - - // Get WDT clock with CCLK divider = 4 - pclk_wdt = SystemCoreClock / 4; - // Calculate TC in WDT - tempval = ((((uint64_t)pclk_wdt * (uint64_t)timeout / 4) / (uint64_t)WDT_US_INDEX)); - - if (tempval >= WDT_TIMEOUT_MIN) - { - CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_WDT, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_4); - LPC_WDT->WDTC = (uint32_t) tempval; - return SUCCESS; - } - - // Get WDT clock with CCLK divider = 2 - pclk_wdt = SystemCoreClock / 2; - // Calculate TC in WDT - tempval = ((((uint64_t)pclk_wdt * (uint64_t)timeout / 4) / (uint64_t)WDT_US_INDEX)); - - if (tempval >= WDT_TIMEOUT_MIN) - { - CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_WDT, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_2); - LPC_WDT->WDTC = (uint32_t) tempval; - return SUCCESS; - } - - // Get WDT clock with CCLK divider = 1 - pclk_wdt = SystemCoreClock; - // Calculate TC in WDT - tempval = ((((uint64_t)pclk_wdt * (uint64_t)timeout / 4) / (uint64_t)WDT_US_INDEX)); - - if (tempval >= WDT_TIMEOUT_MIN) - { - CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_WDT, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_1); - LPC_WDT->WDTC = (uint32_t) tempval; - return SUCCESS; - } - break ; - - - case WDT_CLKSRC_RTC: - pclk_wdt = 32768; - // Calculate TC in WDT - tempval = ((((uint64_t)pclk_wdt * (uint64_t)timeout / 4) / (uint64_t)WDT_US_INDEX)); - // Check if it valid - if (tempval >= WDT_TIMEOUT_MIN) - { - LPC_WDT->WDTC = (uint32_t) tempval; - return SUCCESS; - } - - break; - -// Error parameter - default: - break; -} - - return ERROR; -} - -/* End of Private Functions --------------------------------------------------- */ - - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @addtogroup WDT_Public_Functions - * @{ - */ - - -/*********************************************************************//** -* @brief Initial for Watchdog function -* Clock source = RTC , -* @param[in] ClkSrc Select clock source, should be: -* - WDT_CLKSRC_IRC: Clock source from Internal RC oscillator -* - WDT_CLKSRC_PCLK: Selects the APB peripheral clock (PCLK) -* - WDT_CLKSRC_RTC: Selects the RTC oscillator -* @param[in] WDTMode WDT mode, should be: -* - WDT_MODE_INT_ONLY: Use WDT to generate interrupt only -* - WDT_MODE_RESET: Use WDT to generate interrupt and reset MCU -* @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void WDT_Init (WDT_CLK_OPT ClkSrc, WDT_MODE_OPT WDTMode) -{ - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_WDT_CLK_OPT(ClkSrc)); - CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_WDT_MODE_OPT(WDTMode)); - CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_WDT, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_4); - - //Set clock source - LPC_WDT->WDCLKSEL &= ~WDT_WDCLKSEL_MASK; - LPC_WDT->WDCLKSEL |= ClkSrc; - //Set WDT mode - if (WDTMode == WDT_MODE_RESET){ - LPC_WDT->WDMOD |= WDT_WDMOD(WDTMode); - } -} - -/*********************************************************************//** -* @brief Start WDT activity with given timeout value -* @param[in] TimeOut WDT reset after timeout if it is not feed -* @return None - **********************************************************************/ -void WDT_Start(uint32_t TimeOut) -{ - uint32_t ClkSrc; - - ClkSrc = LPC_WDT->WDCLKSEL; - ClkSrc &=WDT_WDCLKSEL_MASK; - WDT_SetTimeOut(ClkSrc,TimeOut); - //enable watchdog - LPC_WDT->WDMOD |= WDT_WDMOD_WDEN; - WDT_Feed(); -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Read WDT Time out flag - * @param[in] None - * @return Time out flag status of WDT - *********************************************************************/ -FlagStatus WDT_ReadTimeOutFlag (void) -{ - return ((FlagStatus)((LPC_WDT->WDMOD & WDT_WDMOD_WDTOF) >>2)); -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Clear WDT Time out flag - * @param[in] None - * @return None - *********************************************************************/ -void WDT_ClrTimeOutFlag (void) -{ - LPC_WDT->WDMOD &=~WDT_WDMOD_WDTOF; -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Update WDT timeout value and feed - * @param[in] TimeOut TimeOut value to be updated - * @return None - *********************************************************************/ -void WDT_UpdateTimeOut ( uint32_t TimeOut) -{ - uint32_t ClkSrc; - ClkSrc = LPC_WDT->WDCLKSEL; - ClkSrc &=WDT_WDCLKSEL_MASK; - WDT_SetTimeOut(ClkSrc,TimeOut); - WDT_Feed(); -} - - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief After set WDTEN, call this function to start Watchdog - * or reload the Watchdog timer - * @param[in] None - * - * @return None - *********************************************************************/ -void WDT_Feed (void) -{ - // Disable irq interrupt - __disable_irq(); - LPC_WDT->WDFEED = 0xAA; - LPC_WDT->WDFEED = 0x55; - // Then enable irq interrupt - __enable_irq(); -} - -/********************************************************************//** - * @brief Get the current value of WDT - * @param[in] None - * @return current value of WDT - *********************************************************************/ -uint32_t WDT_GetCurrentCount(void) -{ - return LPC_WDT->WDTV; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* _WDT */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/LPC17xx.h b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/LPC17xx.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2276260195..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/LPC17xx.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1078 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************//** - * @file LPC17xx.h - * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M3 Core Peripheral Access Layer Header File for - * NXP LPC17xx Device Series - * @version: V1.09 - * @date: 25. July. 2011 - * - * @note - * Copyright (C) 2009 ARM Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * @par - * ARM Limited (ARM) is supplying this software for use with Cortex-M - * processor based microcontrollers. This file can be freely distributed - * within development tools that are supporting such ARM based processors. - * - * @par - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS". NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED - * OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF - * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLY TO THIS SOFTWARE. - * ARM SHALL NOT, IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR - * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER. - * - ******************************************************************************/ - - -#ifndef __LPC17xx_H__ -#define __LPC17xx_H__ - -/* - * ========================================================================== - * ---------- Interrupt Number Definition ----------------------------------- - * ========================================================================== - */ - -/** @addtogroup LPC17xx_System - * @{ - */ - -/** @brief IRQ interrupt source definition */ -typedef enum IRQn -{ -/****** Cortex-M3 Processor Exceptions Numbers ***************************************************/ - NonMaskableInt_IRQn = -14, /*!< 2 Non Maskable Interrupt */ - MemoryManagement_IRQn = -12, /*!< 4 Cortex-M3 Memory Management Interrupt */ - BusFault_IRQn = -11, /*!< 5 Cortex-M3 Bus Fault Interrupt */ - UsageFault_IRQn = -10, /*!< 6 Cortex-M3 Usage Fault Interrupt */ - SVCall_IRQn = -5, /*!< 11 Cortex-M3 SV Call Interrupt */ - DebugMonitor_IRQn = -4, /*!< 12 Cortex-M3 Debug Monitor Interrupt */ - PendSV_IRQn = -2, /*!< 14 Cortex-M3 Pend SV Interrupt */ - SysTick_IRQn = -1, /*!< 15 Cortex-M3 System Tick Interrupt */ - -/****** LPC17xx Specific Interrupt Numbers *******************************************************/ - WDT_IRQn = 0, /*!< Watchdog Timer Interrupt */ - TIMER0_IRQn = 1, /*!< Timer0 Interrupt */ - TIMER1_IRQn = 2, /*!< Timer1 Interrupt */ - TIMER2_IRQn = 3, /*!< Timer2 Interrupt */ - TIMER3_IRQn = 4, /*!< Timer3 Interrupt */ - UART0_IRQn = 5, /*!< UART0 Interrupt */ - UART1_IRQn = 6, /*!< UART1 Interrupt */ - UART2_IRQn = 7, /*!< UART2 Interrupt */ - UART3_IRQn = 8, /*!< UART3 Interrupt */ - PWM1_IRQn = 9, /*!< PWM1 Interrupt */ - I2C0_IRQn = 10, /*!< I2C0 Interrupt */ - I2C1_IRQn = 11, /*!< I2C1 Interrupt */ - I2C2_IRQn = 12, /*!< I2C2 Interrupt */ - SPI_IRQn = 13, /*!< SPI Interrupt */ - SSP0_IRQn = 14, /*!< SSP0 Interrupt */ - SSP1_IRQn = 15, /*!< SSP1 Interrupt */ - PLL0_IRQn = 16, /*!< PLL0 Lock (Main PLL) Interrupt */ - RTC_IRQn = 17, /*!< Real Time Clock Interrupt */ - EINT0_IRQn = 18, /*!< External Interrupt 0 Interrupt */ - EINT1_IRQn = 19, /*!< External Interrupt 1 Interrupt */ - EINT2_IRQn = 20, /*!< External Interrupt 2 Interrupt */ - EINT3_IRQn = 21, /*!< External Interrupt 3 Interrupt */ - ADC_IRQn = 22, /*!< A/D Converter Interrupt */ - BOD_IRQn = 23, /*!< Brown-Out Detect Interrupt */ - USB_IRQn = 24, /*!< USB Interrupt */ - CAN_IRQn = 25, /*!< CAN Interrupt */ - DMA_IRQn = 26, /*!< General Purpose DMA Interrupt */ - I2S_IRQn = 27, /*!< I2S Interrupt */ - ENET_IRQn = 28, /*!< Ethernet Interrupt */ - RIT_IRQn = 29, /*!< Repetitive Interrupt Timer Interrupt */ - MCPWM_IRQn = 30, /*!< Motor Control PWM Interrupt */ - QEI_IRQn = 31, /*!< Quadrature Encoder Interface Interrupt */ - PLL1_IRQn = 32, /*!< PLL1 Lock (USB PLL) Interrupt */ - USBActivity_IRQn = 33, /*!< USB Activity Interrupt */ - CANActivity_IRQn = 34 /*!< CAN Activity Interrupt */ -} IRQn_Type; - - -/* - * ========================================================================== - * ----------- Processor and Core Peripheral Section ------------------------ - * ========================================================================== - */ - -/* Configuration of the Cortex-M3 Processor and Core Peripherals */ -#define __MPU_PRESENT 1 /*!< MPU present or not */ -#define __NVIC_PRIO_BITS 5 /*!< Number of Bits used for Priority Levels */ -#define __Vendor_SysTickConfig 1 /*!< Set to 1 if different SysTick Config is used */ - - -#include "core_cm3.h" /* Cortex-M3 processor and core peripherals */ -#include "system_LPC17xx.h" /* System Header */ - - -/******************************************************************************/ -/* Device Specific Peripheral registers structures */ -/******************************************************************************/ - -#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) -#pragma anon_unions -#endif - -/*------------- System Control (SC) ------------------------------------------*/ -/** @brief System Control (SC) register structure definition */ -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t FLASHCFG; /* Flash Accelerator Module */ - uint32_t RESERVED0[31]; - __IO uint32_t PLL0CON; /* Clocking and Power Control */ - __IO uint32_t PLL0CFG; - __I uint32_t PLL0STAT; - __O uint32_t PLL0FEED; - uint32_t RESERVED1[4]; - __IO uint32_t PLL1CON; - __IO uint32_t PLL1CFG; - __I uint32_t PLL1STAT; - __O uint32_t PLL1FEED; - uint32_t RESERVED2[4]; - __IO uint32_t PCON; - __IO uint32_t PCONP; - uint32_t RESERVED3[15]; - __IO uint32_t CCLKCFG; - __IO uint32_t USBCLKCFG; - __IO uint32_t CLKSRCSEL; - __IO uint32_t CANSLEEPCLR; - __IO uint32_t CANWAKEFLAGS; - uint32_t RESERVED4[10]; - __IO uint32_t EXTINT; /* External Interrupts */ - uint32_t RESERVED5; - __IO uint32_t EXTMODE; - __IO uint32_t EXTPOLAR; - uint32_t RESERVED6[12]; - __IO uint32_t RSID; /* Reset */ - uint32_t RESERVED7[7]; - __IO uint32_t SCS; /* Syscon Miscellaneous Registers */ - __IO uint32_t IRCTRIM; /* Clock Dividers */ - __IO uint32_t PCLKSEL0; - __IO uint32_t PCLKSEL1; - uint32_t RESERVED8[4]; - __IO uint32_t USBIntSt; /* USB Device/OTG Interrupt Register */ - __IO uint32_t DMAREQSEL; - __IO uint32_t CLKOUTCFG; /* Clock Output Configuration */ - } LPC_SC_TypeDef; - -/*------------- Pin Connect Block (PINCON) -----------------------------------*/ -/** @brief Pin Connect Block (PINCON) register structure definition */ -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t PINSEL0; - __IO uint32_t PINSEL1; - __IO uint32_t PINSEL2; - __IO uint32_t PINSEL3; - __IO uint32_t PINSEL4; - __IO uint32_t PINSEL5; - __IO uint32_t PINSEL6; - __IO uint32_t PINSEL7; - __IO uint32_t PINSEL8; - __IO uint32_t PINSEL9; - __IO uint32_t PINSEL10; - uint32_t RESERVED0[5]; - __IO uint32_t PINMODE0; - __IO uint32_t PINMODE1; - __IO uint32_t PINMODE2; - __IO uint32_t PINMODE3; - __IO uint32_t PINMODE4; - __IO uint32_t PINMODE5; - __IO uint32_t PINMODE6; - __IO uint32_t PINMODE7; - __IO uint32_t PINMODE8; - __IO uint32_t PINMODE9; - __IO uint32_t PINMODE_OD0; - __IO uint32_t PINMODE_OD1; - __IO uint32_t PINMODE_OD2; - __IO uint32_t PINMODE_OD3; - __IO uint32_t PINMODE_OD4; - __IO uint32_t I2CPADCFG; -} LPC_PINCON_TypeDef; - -/*------------- General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) --------------------------*/ -/** @brief General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) register structure definition */ -typedef struct -{ - union { - __IO uint32_t FIODIR; - struct { - __IO uint16_t FIODIRL; - __IO uint16_t FIODIRH; - }; - struct { - __IO uint8_t FIODIR0; - __IO uint8_t FIODIR1; - __IO uint8_t FIODIR2; - __IO uint8_t FIODIR3; - }; - }; - uint32_t RESERVED0[3]; - union { - __IO uint32_t FIOMASK; - struct { - __IO uint16_t FIOMASKL; - __IO uint16_t FIOMASKH; - }; - struct { - __IO uint8_t FIOMASK0; - __IO uint8_t FIOMASK1; - __IO uint8_t FIOMASK2; - __IO uint8_t FIOMASK3; - }; - }; - union { - __IO uint32_t FIOPIN; - struct { - __IO uint16_t FIOPINL; - __IO uint16_t FIOPINH; - }; - struct { - __IO uint8_t FIOPIN0; - __IO uint8_t FIOPIN1; - __IO uint8_t FIOPIN2; - __IO uint8_t FIOPIN3; - }; - }; - union { - __IO uint32_t FIOSET; - struct { - __IO uint16_t FIOSETL; - __IO uint16_t FIOSETH; - }; - struct { - __IO uint8_t FIOSET0; - __IO uint8_t FIOSET1; - __IO uint8_t FIOSET2; - __IO uint8_t FIOSET3; - }; - }; - union { - __O uint32_t FIOCLR; - struct { - __O uint16_t FIOCLRL; - __O uint16_t FIOCLRH; - }; - struct { - __O uint8_t FIOCLR0; - __O uint8_t FIOCLR1; - __O uint8_t FIOCLR2; - __O uint8_t FIOCLR3; - }; - }; -} LPC_GPIO_TypeDef; - -/** @brief General Purpose Input/Output interrupt (GPIOINT) register structure definition */ -typedef struct -{ - __I uint32_t IntStatus; - __I uint32_t IO0IntStatR; - __I uint32_t IO0IntStatF; - __O uint32_t IO0IntClr; - __IO uint32_t IO0IntEnR; - __IO uint32_t IO0IntEnF; - uint32_t RESERVED0[3]; - __I uint32_t IO2IntStatR; - __I uint32_t IO2IntStatF; - __O uint32_t IO2IntClr; - __IO uint32_t IO2IntEnR; - __IO uint32_t IO2IntEnF; -} LPC_GPIOINT_TypeDef; - -/*------------- Timer (TIM) --------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @brief Timer (TIM) register structure definition */ -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t IR; - __IO uint32_t TCR; - __IO uint32_t TC; - __IO uint32_t PR; - __IO uint32_t PC; - __IO uint32_t MCR; - __IO uint32_t MR0; - __IO uint32_t MR1; - __IO uint32_t MR2; - __IO uint32_t MR3; - __IO uint32_t CCR; - __I uint32_t CR0; - __I uint32_t CR1; - uint32_t RESERVED0[2]; - __IO uint32_t EMR; - uint32_t RESERVED1[12]; - __IO uint32_t CTCR; -} LPC_TIM_TypeDef; - -/*------------- Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) ---------------------------------*/ -/** @brief Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) register structure definition */ -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t IR; - __IO uint32_t TCR; - __IO uint32_t TC; - __IO uint32_t PR; - __IO uint32_t PC; - __IO uint32_t MCR; - __IO uint32_t MR0; - __IO uint32_t MR1; - __IO uint32_t MR2; - __IO uint32_t MR3; - __IO uint32_t CCR; - __I uint32_t CR0; - __I uint32_t CR1; - __I uint32_t CR2; - __I uint32_t CR3; - uint32_t RESERVED0; - __IO uint32_t MR4; - __IO uint32_t MR5; - __IO uint32_t MR6; - __IO uint32_t PCR; - __IO uint32_t LER; - uint32_t RESERVED1[7]; - __IO uint32_t CTCR; -} LPC_PWM_TypeDef; - -/*------------- Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) -----------*/ -/** @brief Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) register structure definition */ -typedef struct -{ - union { - __I uint8_t RBR; - __O uint8_t THR; - __IO uint8_t DLL; - uint32_t RESERVED0; - }; - union { - __IO uint8_t DLM; - __IO uint32_t IER; - }; - union { - __I uint32_t IIR; - __O uint8_t FCR; - }; - __IO uint8_t LCR; - uint8_t RESERVED1[7]; - __I uint8_t LSR; - uint8_t RESERVED2[7]; - __IO uint8_t SCR; - uint8_t RESERVED3[3]; - __IO uint32_t ACR; - __IO uint8_t ICR; - uint8_t RESERVED4[3]; - __IO uint8_t FDR; - uint8_t RESERVED5[7]; - __IO uint8_t TER; - uint8_t RESERVED6[39]; - __I uint8_t FIFOLVL; -} LPC_UART_TypeDef; - -/** @brief Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter 0 (UART0) register structure definition */ -typedef struct -{ - union { - __I uint8_t RBR; - __O uint8_t THR; - __IO uint8_t DLL; - uint32_t RESERVED0; - }; - union { - __IO uint8_t DLM; - __IO uint32_t IER; - }; - union { - __I uint32_t IIR; - __O uint8_t FCR; - }; - __IO uint8_t LCR; - uint8_t RESERVED1[7]; - __I uint8_t LSR; - uint8_t RESERVED2[7]; - __IO uint8_t SCR; - uint8_t RESERVED3[3]; - __IO uint32_t ACR; - __IO uint8_t ICR; - uint8_t RESERVED4[3]; - __IO uint8_t FDR; - uint8_t RESERVED5[7]; - __IO uint8_t TER; - uint8_t RESERVED6[39]; - __I uint8_t FIFOLVL; -} LPC_UART0_TypeDef; - -/** @brief Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter 1 (UART1) register structure definition */ -typedef struct -{ - union { - __I uint8_t RBR; - __O uint8_t THR; - __IO uint8_t DLL; - uint32_t RESERVED0; - }; - union { - __IO uint8_t DLM; - __IO uint32_t IER; - }; - union { - __I uint32_t IIR; - __O uint8_t FCR; - }; - __IO uint8_t LCR; - uint8_t RESERVED1[3]; - __IO uint8_t MCR; - uint8_t RESERVED2[3]; - __I uint8_t LSR; - uint8_t RESERVED3[3]; - __I uint8_t MSR; - uint8_t RESERVED4[3]; - __IO uint8_t SCR; - uint8_t RESERVED5[3]; - __IO uint32_t ACR; - uint32_t RESERVED6; - __IO uint32_t FDR; - uint32_t RESERVED7; - __IO uint8_t TER; - uint8_t RESERVED8[27]; - __IO uint8_t RS485CTRL; - uint8_t RESERVED9[3]; - __IO uint8_t ADRMATCH; - uint8_t RESERVED10[3]; - __IO uint8_t RS485DLY; - uint8_t RESERVED11[3]; - __I uint8_t FIFOLVL; -} LPC_UART1_TypeDef; - -/*------------- Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) ----------------------------*/ -/** @brief Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) register structure definition */ -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t SPCR; - __I uint32_t SPSR; - __IO uint32_t SPDR; - __IO uint32_t SPCCR; - uint32_t RESERVED0[3]; - __IO uint32_t SPINT; -} LPC_SPI_TypeDef; - -/*------------- Synchronous Serial Communication (SSP) -----------------------*/ -/** @brief Synchronous Serial Communication (SSP) register structure definition */ -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t CR0; - __IO uint32_t CR1; - __IO uint32_t DR; - __I uint32_t SR; - __IO uint32_t CPSR; - __IO uint32_t IMSC; - __IO uint32_t RIS; - __IO uint32_t MIS; - __IO uint32_t ICR; - __IO uint32_t DMACR; -} LPC_SSP_TypeDef; - -/*------------- Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) -------------------------------*/ -/** @brief Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) register structure definition */ -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t I2CONSET; - __I uint32_t I2STAT; - __IO uint32_t I2DAT; - __IO uint32_t I2ADR0; - __IO uint32_t I2SCLH; - __IO uint32_t I2SCLL; - __O uint32_t I2CONCLR; - __IO uint32_t MMCTRL; - __IO uint32_t I2ADR1; - __IO uint32_t I2ADR2; - __IO uint32_t I2ADR3; - __I uint32_t I2DATA_BUFFER; - __IO uint32_t I2MASK0; - __IO uint32_t I2MASK1; - __IO uint32_t I2MASK2; - __IO uint32_t I2MASK3; -} LPC_I2C_TypeDef; - -/*------------- Inter IC Sound (I2S) -----------------------------------------*/ -/** @brief Inter IC Sound (I2S) register structure definition */ -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t I2SDAO; - __IO uint32_t I2SDAI; - __O uint32_t I2STXFIFO; - __I uint32_t I2SRXFIFO; - __I uint32_t I2SSTATE; - __IO uint32_t I2SDMA1; - __IO uint32_t I2SDMA2; - __IO uint32_t I2SIRQ; - __IO uint32_t I2STXRATE; - __IO uint32_t I2SRXRATE; - __IO uint32_t I2STXBITRATE; - __IO uint32_t I2SRXBITRATE; - __IO uint32_t I2STXMODE; - __IO uint32_t I2SRXMODE; -} LPC_I2S_TypeDef; - -/*------------- Repetitive Interrupt Timer (RIT) -----------------------------*/ -/** @brief Repetitive Interrupt Timer (RIT) register structure definition */ -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t RICOMPVAL; - __IO uint32_t RIMASK; - __IO uint8_t RICTRL; - uint8_t RESERVED0[3]; - __IO uint32_t RICOUNTER; -} LPC_RIT_TypeDef; - -/*------------- Real-Time Clock (RTC) ----------------------------------------*/ -/** @brief Real-Time Clock (RTC) register structure definition */ -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint8_t ILR; - uint8_t RESERVED0[7]; - __IO uint8_t CCR; - uint8_t RESERVED1[3]; - __IO uint8_t CIIR; - uint8_t RESERVED2[3]; - __IO uint8_t AMR; - uint8_t RESERVED3[3]; - __I uint32_t CTIME0; - __I uint32_t CTIME1; - __I uint32_t CTIME2; - __IO uint8_t SEC; - uint8_t RESERVED4[3]; - __IO uint8_t MIN; - uint8_t RESERVED5[3]; - __IO uint8_t HOUR; - uint8_t RESERVED6[3]; - __IO uint8_t DOM; - uint8_t RESERVED7[3]; - __IO uint8_t DOW; - uint8_t RESERVED8[3]; - __IO uint16_t DOY; - uint16_t RESERVED9; - __IO uint8_t MONTH; - uint8_t RESERVED10[3]; - __IO uint16_t YEAR; - uint16_t RESERVED11; - __IO uint32_t CALIBRATION; - __IO uint32_t GPREG0; - __IO uint32_t GPREG1; - __IO uint32_t GPREG2; - __IO uint32_t GPREG3; - __IO uint32_t GPREG4; - __IO uint8_t RTC_AUXEN; - uint8_t RESERVED12[3]; - __IO uint8_t RTC_AUX; - uint8_t RESERVED13[3]; - __IO uint8_t ALSEC; - uint8_t RESERVED14[3]; - __IO uint8_t ALMIN; - uint8_t RESERVED15[3]; - __IO uint8_t ALHOUR; - uint8_t RESERVED16[3]; - __IO uint8_t ALDOM; - uint8_t RESERVED17[3]; - __IO uint8_t ALDOW; - uint8_t RESERVED18[3]; - __IO uint16_t ALDOY; - uint16_t RESERVED19; - __IO uint8_t ALMON; - uint8_t RESERVED20[3]; - __IO uint16_t ALYEAR; - uint16_t RESERVED21; -} LPC_RTC_TypeDef; - -/*------------- Watchdog Timer (WDT) -----------------------------------------*/ -/** @brief Watchdog Timer (WDT) register structure definition */ -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint8_t WDMOD; - uint8_t RESERVED0[3]; - __IO uint32_t WDTC; - __O uint8_t WDFEED; - uint8_t RESERVED1[3]; - __I uint32_t WDTV; - __IO uint32_t WDCLKSEL; -} LPC_WDT_TypeDef; - -/*------------- Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) ----------------------------*/ -/** @brief Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) register structure definition */ -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t ADCR; - __IO uint32_t ADGDR; - uint32_t RESERVED0; - __IO uint32_t ADINTEN; - __I uint32_t ADDR0; - __I uint32_t ADDR1; - __I uint32_t ADDR2; - __I uint32_t ADDR3; - __I uint32_t ADDR4; - __I uint32_t ADDR5; - __I uint32_t ADDR6; - __I uint32_t ADDR7; - __I uint32_t ADSTAT; - __IO uint32_t ADTRM; -} LPC_ADC_TypeDef; - -/*------------- Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) ----------------------------*/ -/** @brief Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) register structure definition */ -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t DACR; - __IO uint32_t DACCTRL; - __IO uint16_t DACCNTVAL; -} LPC_DAC_TypeDef; - -/*------------- Motor Control Pulse-Width Modulation (MCPWM) -----------------*/ -/** @brief Motor Control Pulse-Width Modulation (MCPWM) register structure definition */ -typedef struct -{ - __I uint32_t MCCON; - __O uint32_t MCCON_SET; - __O uint32_t MCCON_CLR; - __I uint32_t MCCAPCON; - __O uint32_t MCCAPCON_SET; - __O uint32_t MCCAPCON_CLR; - __IO uint32_t MCTIM0; - __IO uint32_t MCTIM1; - __IO uint32_t MCTIM2; - __IO uint32_t MCPER0; - __IO uint32_t MCPER1; - __IO uint32_t MCPER2; - __IO uint32_t MCPW0; - __IO uint32_t MCPW1; - __IO uint32_t MCPW2; - __IO uint32_t MCDEADTIME; - __IO uint32_t MCCCP; - __IO uint32_t MCCR0; - __IO uint32_t MCCR1; - __IO uint32_t MCCR2; - __I uint32_t MCINTEN; - __O uint32_t MCINTEN_SET; - __O uint32_t MCINTEN_CLR; - __I uint32_t MCCNTCON; - __O uint32_t MCCNTCON_SET; - __O uint32_t MCCNTCON_CLR; - __I uint32_t MCINTFLAG; - __O uint32_t MCINTFLAG_SET; - __O uint32_t MCINTFLAG_CLR; - __O uint32_t MCCAP_CLR; -} LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef; - -/*------------- Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI) ---------------------------*/ -/** @brief Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI) register structure definition */ -typedef struct -{ - __O uint32_t QEICON; - __I uint32_t QEISTAT; - __IO uint32_t QEICONF; - __I uint32_t QEIPOS; - __IO uint32_t QEIMAXPOS; - __IO uint32_t CMPOS0; - __IO uint32_t CMPOS1; - __IO uint32_t CMPOS2; - __I uint32_t INXCNT; - __IO uint32_t INXCMP; - __IO uint32_t QEILOAD; - __I uint32_t QEITIME; - __I uint32_t QEIVEL; - __I uint32_t QEICAP; - __IO uint32_t VELCOMP; - __IO uint32_t FILTER; - uint32_t RESERVED0[998]; - __O uint32_t QEIIEC; - __O uint32_t QEIIES; - __I uint32_t QEIINTSTAT; - __I uint32_t QEIIE; - __O uint32_t QEICLR; - __O uint32_t QEISET; -} LPC_QEI_TypeDef; - -/*------------- Controller Area Network (CAN) --------------------------------*/ -/** @brief Controller Area Network Acceptance Filter RAM (CANAF_RAM)structure definition */ -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t mask[512]; /* ID Masks */ -} LPC_CANAF_RAM_TypeDef; - -/** @brief Controller Area Network Acceptance Filter(CANAF) register structure definition */ -typedef struct /* Acceptance Filter Registers */ -{ - __IO uint32_t AFMR; - __IO uint32_t SFF_sa; - __IO uint32_t SFF_GRP_sa; - __IO uint32_t EFF_sa; - __IO uint32_t EFF_GRP_sa; - __IO uint32_t ENDofTable; - __I uint32_t LUTerrAd; - __I uint32_t LUTerr; - __IO uint32_t FCANIE; - __IO uint32_t FCANIC0; - __IO uint32_t FCANIC1; -} LPC_CANAF_TypeDef; - -/** @brief Controller Area Network Central (CANCR) register structure definition */ -typedef struct /* Central Registers */ -{ - __I uint32_t CANTxSR; - __I uint32_t CANRxSR; - __I uint32_t CANMSR; -} LPC_CANCR_TypeDef; - -/** @brief Controller Area Network Controller (CAN) register structure definition */ -typedef struct /* Controller Registers */ -{ - __IO uint32_t MOD; - __O uint32_t CMR; - __IO uint32_t GSR; - __I uint32_t ICR; - __IO uint32_t IER; - __IO uint32_t BTR; - __IO uint32_t EWL; - __I uint32_t SR; - __IO uint32_t RFS; - __IO uint32_t RID; - __IO uint32_t RDA; - __IO uint32_t RDB; - __IO uint32_t TFI1; - __IO uint32_t TID1; - __IO uint32_t TDA1; - __IO uint32_t TDB1; - __IO uint32_t TFI2; - __IO uint32_t TID2; - __IO uint32_t TDA2; - __IO uint32_t TDB2; - __IO uint32_t TFI3; - __IO uint32_t TID3; - __IO uint32_t TDA3; - __IO uint32_t TDB3; -} LPC_CAN_TypeDef; - -/*------------- General Purpose Direct Memory Access (GPDMA) -----------------*/ -/** @brief General Purpose Direct Memory Access (GPDMA) register structure definition */ -typedef struct /* Common Registers */ -{ - __I uint32_t DMACIntStat; - __I uint32_t DMACIntTCStat; - __O uint32_t DMACIntTCClear; - __I uint32_t DMACIntErrStat; - __O uint32_t DMACIntErrClr; - __I uint32_t DMACRawIntTCStat; - __I uint32_t DMACRawIntErrStat; - __I uint32_t DMACEnbldChns; - __IO uint32_t DMACSoftBReq; - __IO uint32_t DMACSoftSReq; - __IO uint32_t DMACSoftLBReq; - __IO uint32_t DMACSoftLSReq; - __IO uint32_t DMACConfig; - __IO uint32_t DMACSync; -} LPC_GPDMA_TypeDef; - -/** @brief General Purpose Direct Memory Access Channel (GPDMACH) register structure definition */ -typedef struct /* Channel Registers */ -{ - __IO uint32_t DMACCSrcAddr; - __IO uint32_t DMACCDestAddr; - __IO uint32_t DMACCLLI; - __IO uint32_t DMACCControl; - __IO uint32_t DMACCConfig; -} LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef; - -/*------------- Universal Serial Bus (USB) -----------------------------------*/ -/** @brief Universal Serial Bus (USB) register structure definition */ -typedef struct -{ - __I uint32_t HcRevision; /* USB Host Registers */ - __IO uint32_t HcControl; - __IO uint32_t HcCommandStatus; - __IO uint32_t HcInterruptStatus; - __IO uint32_t HcInterruptEnable; - __IO uint32_t HcInterruptDisable; - __IO uint32_t HcHCCA; - __I uint32_t HcPeriodCurrentED; - __IO uint32_t HcControlHeadED; - __IO uint32_t HcControlCurrentED; - __IO uint32_t HcBulkHeadED; - __IO uint32_t HcBulkCurrentED; - __I uint32_t HcDoneHead; - __IO uint32_t HcFmInterval; - __I uint32_t HcFmRemaining; - __I uint32_t HcFmNumber; - __IO uint32_t HcPeriodicStart; - __IO uint32_t HcLSTreshold; - __IO uint32_t HcRhDescriptorA; - __IO uint32_t HcRhDescriptorB; - __IO uint32_t HcRhStatus; - __IO uint32_t HcRhPortStatus1; - __IO uint32_t HcRhPortStatus2; - uint32_t RESERVED0[40]; - __I uint32_t Module_ID; - - __I uint32_t OTGIntSt; /* USB On-The-Go Registers */ - __IO uint32_t OTGIntEn; - __O uint32_t OTGIntSet; - __O uint32_t OTGIntClr; - __IO uint32_t OTGStCtrl; - __IO uint32_t OTGTmr; - uint32_t RESERVED1[58]; - - __I uint32_t USBDevIntSt; /* USB Device Interrupt Registers */ - __IO uint32_t USBDevIntEn; - __O uint32_t USBDevIntClr; - __O uint32_t USBDevIntSet; - - __O uint32_t USBCmdCode; /* USB Device SIE Command Registers */ - __I uint32_t USBCmdData; - - __I uint32_t USBRxData; /* USB Device Transfer Registers */ - __O uint32_t USBTxData; - __I uint32_t USBRxPLen; - __O uint32_t USBTxPLen; - __IO uint32_t USBCtrl; - __O uint32_t USBDevIntPri; - - __I uint32_t USBEpIntSt; /* USB Device Endpoint Interrupt Regs */ - __IO uint32_t USBEpIntEn; - __O uint32_t USBEpIntClr; - __O uint32_t USBEpIntSet; - __O uint32_t USBEpIntPri; - - __IO uint32_t USBReEp; /* USB Device Endpoint Realization Reg*/ - __O uint32_t USBEpInd; - __IO uint32_t USBMaxPSize; - - __I uint32_t USBDMARSt; /* USB Device DMA Registers */ - __O uint32_t USBDMARClr; - __O uint32_t USBDMARSet; - uint32_t RESERVED2[9]; - __IO uint32_t USBUDCAH; - __I uint32_t USBEpDMASt; - __O uint32_t USBEpDMAEn; - __O uint32_t USBEpDMADis; - __I uint32_t USBDMAIntSt; - __IO uint32_t USBDMAIntEn; - uint32_t RESERVED3[2]; - __I uint32_t USBEoTIntSt; - __O uint32_t USBEoTIntClr; - __O uint32_t USBEoTIntSet; - __I uint32_t USBNDDRIntSt; - __O uint32_t USBNDDRIntClr; - __O uint32_t USBNDDRIntSet; - __I uint32_t USBSysErrIntSt; - __O uint32_t USBSysErrIntClr; - __O uint32_t USBSysErrIntSet; - uint32_t RESERVED4[15]; - - union { - __I uint32_t I2C_RX; /* USB OTG I2C Registers */ - __O uint32_t I2C_TX; - }; - __I uint32_t I2C_STS; - __IO uint32_t I2C_CTL; - __IO uint32_t I2C_CLKHI; - __O uint32_t I2C_CLKLO; - uint32_t RESERVED5[824]; - - union { - __IO uint32_t USBClkCtrl; /* USB Clock Control Registers */ - __IO uint32_t OTGClkCtrl; - }; - union { - __I uint32_t USBClkSt; - __I uint32_t OTGClkSt; - }; -} LPC_USB_TypeDef; - -/*------------- Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) ----------------------*/ -/** @brief Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) register structure definition */ -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t MAC1; /* MAC Registers */ - __IO uint32_t MAC2; - __IO uint32_t IPGT; - __IO uint32_t IPGR; - __IO uint32_t CLRT; - __IO uint32_t MAXF; - __IO uint32_t SUPP; - __IO uint32_t TEST; - __IO uint32_t MCFG; - __IO uint32_t MCMD; - __IO uint32_t MADR; - __O uint32_t MWTD; - __I uint32_t MRDD; - __I uint32_t MIND; - uint32_t RESERVED0[2]; - __IO uint32_t SA0; - __IO uint32_t SA1; - __IO uint32_t SA2; - uint32_t RESERVED1[45]; - __IO uint32_t Command; /* Control Registers */ - __I uint32_t Status; - __IO uint32_t RxDescriptor; - __IO uint32_t RxStatus; - __IO uint32_t RxDescriptorNumber; - __I uint32_t RxProduceIndex; - __IO uint32_t RxConsumeIndex; - __IO uint32_t TxDescriptor; - __IO uint32_t TxStatus; - __IO uint32_t TxDescriptorNumber; - __IO uint32_t TxProduceIndex; - __I uint32_t TxConsumeIndex; - uint32_t RESERVED2[10]; - __I uint32_t TSV0; - __I uint32_t TSV1; - __I uint32_t RSV; - uint32_t RESERVED3[3]; - __IO uint32_t FlowControlCounter; - __I uint32_t FlowControlStatus; - uint32_t RESERVED4[34]; - __IO uint32_t RxFilterCtrl; /* Rx Filter Registers */ - __IO uint32_t RxFilterWoLStatus; - __IO uint32_t RxFilterWoLClear; - uint32_t RESERVED5; - __IO uint32_t HashFilterL; - __IO uint32_t HashFilterH; - uint32_t RESERVED6[882]; - __I uint32_t IntStatus; /* Module Control Registers */ - __IO uint32_t IntEnable; - __O uint32_t IntClear; - __O uint32_t IntSet; - uint32_t RESERVED7; - __IO uint32_t PowerDown; - uint32_t RESERVED8; - __IO uint32_t Module_ID; -} LPC_EMAC_TypeDef; - - -#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) -#pragma no_anon_unions -#endif - - -/******************************************************************************/ -/* Peripheral memory map */ -/******************************************************************************/ -/* Base addresses */ -#define LPC_FLASH_BASE (0x00000000UL) -#define LPC_RAM_BASE (0x10000000UL) -#ifdef __LPC17XX_REV00 -#define LPC_AHBRAM0_BASE (0x20000000UL) -#define LPC_AHBRAM1_BASE (0x20004000UL) -#else -#define LPC_AHBRAM0_BASE (0x2007C000UL) -#define LPC_AHBRAM1_BASE (0x20080000UL) -#endif -#define LPC_GPIO_BASE (0x2009C000UL) -#define LPC_APB0_BASE (0x40000000UL) -#define LPC_APB1_BASE (0x40080000UL) -#define LPC_AHB_BASE (0x50000000UL) -#define LPC_CM3_BASE (0xE0000000UL) - -/* APB0 peripherals */ -#define LPC_WDT_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x00000) -#define LPC_TIM0_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x04000) -#define LPC_TIM1_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x08000) -#define LPC_UART0_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x0C000) -#define LPC_UART1_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x10000) -#define LPC_PWM1_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x18000) -#define LPC_I2C0_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x1C000) -#define LPC_SPI_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x20000) -#define LPC_RTC_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x24000) -#define LPC_GPIOINT_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x28080) -#define LPC_PINCON_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x2C000) -#define LPC_SSP1_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x30000) -#define LPC_ADC_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x34000) -#define LPC_CANAF_RAM_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x38000) -#define LPC_CANAF_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x3C000) -#define LPC_CANCR_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x40000) -#define LPC_CAN1_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x44000) -#define LPC_CAN2_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x48000) -#define LPC_I2C1_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x5C000) - -/* APB1 peripherals */ -#define LPC_SSP0_BASE (LPC_APB1_BASE + 0x08000) -#define LPC_DAC_BASE (LPC_APB1_BASE + 0x0C000) -#define LPC_TIM2_BASE (LPC_APB1_BASE + 0x10000) -#define LPC_TIM3_BASE (LPC_APB1_BASE + 0x14000) -#define LPC_UART2_BASE (LPC_APB1_BASE + 0x18000) -#define LPC_UART3_BASE (LPC_APB1_BASE + 0x1C000) -#define LPC_I2C2_BASE (LPC_APB1_BASE + 0x20000) -#define LPC_I2S_BASE (LPC_APB1_BASE + 0x28000) -#define LPC_RIT_BASE (LPC_APB1_BASE + 0x30000) -#define LPC_MCPWM_BASE (LPC_APB1_BASE + 0x38000) -#define LPC_QEI_BASE (LPC_APB1_BASE + 0x3C000) -#define LPC_SC_BASE (LPC_APB1_BASE + 0x7C000) - -/* AHB peripherals */ -#define LPC_EMAC_BASE (LPC_AHB_BASE + 0x00000) -#define LPC_GPDMA_BASE (LPC_AHB_BASE + 0x04000) -#define LPC_GPDMACH0_BASE (LPC_AHB_BASE + 0x04100) -#define LPC_GPDMACH1_BASE (LPC_AHB_BASE + 0x04120) -#define LPC_GPDMACH2_BASE (LPC_AHB_BASE + 0x04140) -#define LPC_GPDMACH3_BASE (LPC_AHB_BASE + 0x04160) -#define LPC_GPDMACH4_BASE (LPC_AHB_BASE + 0x04180) -#define LPC_GPDMACH5_BASE (LPC_AHB_BASE + 0x041A0) -#define LPC_GPDMACH6_BASE (LPC_AHB_BASE + 0x041C0) -#define LPC_GPDMACH7_BASE (LPC_AHB_BASE + 0x041E0) -#define LPC_USB_BASE (LPC_AHB_BASE + 0x0C000) - -/* GPIOs */ -#define LPC_GPIO0_BASE (LPC_GPIO_BASE + 0x00000) -#define LPC_GPIO1_BASE (LPC_GPIO_BASE + 0x00020) -#define LPC_GPIO2_BASE (LPC_GPIO_BASE + 0x00040) -#define LPC_GPIO3_BASE (LPC_GPIO_BASE + 0x00060) -#define LPC_GPIO4_BASE (LPC_GPIO_BASE + 0x00080) - -/******************************************************************************/ -/* Peripheral declaration */ -/******************************************************************************/ -#define LPC_SC ((LPC_SC_TypeDef *) LPC_SC_BASE ) -#define LPC_GPIO0 ((LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *) LPC_GPIO0_BASE ) -#define LPC_GPIO1 ((LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *) LPC_GPIO1_BASE ) -#define LPC_GPIO2 ((LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *) LPC_GPIO2_BASE ) -#define LPC_GPIO3 ((LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *) LPC_GPIO3_BASE ) -#define LPC_GPIO4 ((LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *) LPC_GPIO4_BASE ) -#define LPC_WDT ((LPC_WDT_TypeDef *) LPC_WDT_BASE ) -#define LPC_TIM0 ((LPC_TIM_TypeDef *) LPC_TIM0_BASE ) -#define LPC_TIM1 ((LPC_TIM_TypeDef *) LPC_TIM1_BASE ) -#define LPC_TIM2 ((LPC_TIM_TypeDef *) LPC_TIM2_BASE ) -#define LPC_TIM3 ((LPC_TIM_TypeDef *) LPC_TIM3_BASE ) -#define LPC_RIT ((LPC_RIT_TypeDef *) LPC_RIT_BASE ) -#define LPC_UART0 ((LPC_UART_TypeDef *) LPC_UART0_BASE ) -#define LPC_UART1 ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *) LPC_UART1_BASE ) -#define LPC_UART2 ((LPC_UART_TypeDef *) LPC_UART2_BASE ) -#define LPC_UART3 ((LPC_UART_TypeDef *) LPC_UART3_BASE ) -#define LPC_PWM1 ((LPC_PWM_TypeDef *) LPC_PWM1_BASE ) -#define LPC_I2C0 ((LPC_I2C_TypeDef *) LPC_I2C0_BASE ) -#define LPC_I2C1 ((LPC_I2C_TypeDef *) LPC_I2C1_BASE ) -#define LPC_I2C2 ((LPC_I2C_TypeDef *) LPC_I2C2_BASE ) -#define LPC_I2S ((LPC_I2S_TypeDef *) LPC_I2S_BASE ) -#define LPC_SPI ((LPC_SPI_TypeDef *) LPC_SPI_BASE ) -#define LPC_RTC ((LPC_RTC_TypeDef *) LPC_RTC_BASE ) -#define LPC_GPIOINT ((LPC_GPIOINT_TypeDef *) LPC_GPIOINT_BASE ) -#define LPC_PINCON ((LPC_PINCON_TypeDef *) LPC_PINCON_BASE ) -#define LPC_SSP0 ((LPC_SSP_TypeDef *) LPC_SSP0_BASE ) -#define LPC_SSP1 ((LPC_SSP_TypeDef *) LPC_SSP1_BASE ) -#define LPC_ADC ((LPC_ADC_TypeDef *) LPC_ADC_BASE ) -#define LPC_DAC ((LPC_DAC_TypeDef *) LPC_DAC_BASE ) -#define LPC_CANAF_RAM ((LPC_CANAF_RAM_TypeDef *) LPC_CANAF_RAM_BASE) -#define LPC_CANAF ((LPC_CANAF_TypeDef *) LPC_CANAF_BASE ) -#define LPC_CANCR ((LPC_CANCR_TypeDef *) LPC_CANCR_BASE ) -#define LPC_CAN1 ((LPC_CAN_TypeDef *) LPC_CAN1_BASE ) -#define LPC_CAN2 ((LPC_CAN_TypeDef *) LPC_CAN2_BASE ) -#define LPC_MCPWM ((LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *) LPC_MCPWM_BASE ) -#define LPC_QEI ((LPC_QEI_TypeDef *) LPC_QEI_BASE ) -#define LPC_EMAC ((LPC_EMAC_TypeDef *) LPC_EMAC_BASE ) -#define LPC_GPDMA ((LPC_GPDMA_TypeDef *) LPC_GPDMA_BASE ) -#define LPC_GPDMACH0 ((LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *) LPC_GPDMACH0_BASE ) -#define LPC_GPDMACH1 ((LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *) LPC_GPDMACH1_BASE ) -#define LPC_GPDMACH2 ((LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *) LPC_GPDMACH2_BASE ) -#define LPC_GPDMACH3 ((LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *) LPC_GPDMACH3_BASE ) -#define LPC_GPDMACH4 ((LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *) LPC_GPDMACH4_BASE ) -#define LPC_GPDMACH5 ((LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *) LPC_GPDMACH5_BASE ) -#define LPC_GPDMACH6 ((LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *) LPC_GPDMACH6_BASE ) -#define LPC_GPDMACH7 ((LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *) LPC_GPDMACH7_BASE ) -#define LPC_USB ((LPC_USB_TypeDef *) LPC_USB_BASE ) - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif // __LPC17xx_H__ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/arm_common_tables.h b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/arm_common_tables.h deleted file mode 100644 index d55c46349f..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/arm_common_tables.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -* Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved. -* -* $Date: 11. November 2010 -* $Revision: V1.0.2 -* -* Project: CMSIS DSP Library -* Title: arm_common_tables.h -* -* Description: This file has extern declaration for common tables like Bitreverse, reciprocal etc which are used across different functions -* -* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3 -* -* Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11 -* Documentation updated. -* -* Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05 -* Production release and review comments incorporated. -* -* Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20 -* Production release and review comments incorporated. -* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -#ifndef _ARM_COMMON_TABLES_H -#define _ARM_COMMON_TABLES_H - -#include "arm_math.h" - -extern uint16_t armBitRevTable[256]; -extern q15_t armRecipTableQ15[64]; -extern q31_t armRecipTableQ31[64]; -extern const q31_t realCoefAQ31[1024]; -extern const q31_t realCoefBQ31[1024]; - -#endif /* ARM_COMMON_TABLES_H */ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/arm_math.h b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/arm_math.h deleted file mode 100644 index dc9acf670b..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/arm_math.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7064 +0,0 @@ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * $Date: 15. July 2011 - * $Revision: V1.0.10 - * - * Project: CMSIS DSP Library - * Title: arm_math.h - * - * Description: Public header file for CMSIS DSP Library - * - * Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0 - * - * Version 1.0.10 2011/7/15 - * Big Endian support added and Merged M0 and M3/M4 Source code. - * - * Version 1.0.3 2010/11/29 - * Re-organized the CMSIS folders and updated documentation. - * - * Version 1.0.2 2010/11/11 - * Documentation updated. - * - * Version 1.0.1 2010/10/05 - * Production release and review comments incorporated. - * - * Version 1.0.0 2010/09/20 - * Production release and review comments incorporated. - * -------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/** - \mainpage CMSIS DSP Software Library - * - * Introduction - * - * This user manual describes the CMSIS DSP software library, - * a suite of common signal processing functions for use on Cortex-M processor based devices. - * - * The library is divided into a number of modules each covering a specific category: - * - Basic math functions - * - Fast math functions - * - Complex math functions - * - Filters - * - Matrix functions - * - Transforms - * - Motor control functions - * - Statistical functions - * - Support functions - * - Interpolation functions - * - * The library has separate functions for operating on 8-bit integers, 16-bit integers, - * 32-bit integer and 32-bit floating-point values. - * - * Processor Support - * - * The library is completely written in C and is fully CMSIS compliant. - * High performance is achieved through maximum use of Cortex-M4 intrinsics. - * - * The supplied library source code also builds and runs on the Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M0 processor, - * with the DSP intrinsics being emulated through software. - * - * - * Toolchain Support - * - * The library has been developed and tested with MDK-ARM version 4.21. - * The library is being tested in GCC and IAR toolchains and updates on this activity will be made available shortly. - * - * Using the Library - * - * The library installer contains prebuilt versions of the libraries in the Lib folder. - * - arm_cortexM4lf_math.lib (Little endian and Floating Point Unit on Cortex-M4) - * - arm_cortexM4bf_math.lib (Big endian and Floating Point Unit on Cortex-M4) - * - arm_cortexM4l_math.lib (Little endian on Cortex-M4) - * - arm_cortexM4b_math.lib (Big endian on Cortex-M4) - * - arm_cortexM3l_math.lib (Little endian on Cortex-M3) - * - arm_cortexM3b_math.lib (Big endian on Cortex-M3) - * - arm_cortexM0l_math.lib (Little endian on Cortex-M0) - * - arm_cortexM0b_math.lib (Big endian on Cortex-M3) - * - * The library functions are declared in the public file arm_math.h which is placed in the Include folder. - * Simply include this file and link the appropriate library in the application and begin calling the library functions. The Library supports single - * public header file arm_math.h for Cortex-M4/M3/M0 with little endian and big endian. Same header file will be used for floating point unit(FPU) variants. - * Define the appropriate pre processor MACRO ARM_MATH_CM4 or ARM_MATH_CM3 or - * ARM_MATH_CM0 depending on the target processor in the application. - * - * Examples - * - * The library ships with a number of examples which demonstrate how to use the library functions. - * - * Building the Library - * - * The library installer contains project files to re build libraries on MDK Tool chain in the CMSIS\DSP_Lib\Source\ARM folder. - * - arm_cortexM0b_math.uvproj - * - arm_cortexM0l_math.uvproj - * - arm_cortexM3b_math.uvproj - * - arm_cortexM3l_math.uvproj - * - arm_cortexM4b_math.uvproj - * - arm_cortexM4l_math.uvproj - * - arm_cortexM4bf_math.uvproj - * - arm_cortexM4lf_math.uvproj - * - * Each library project have differant pre-processor macros. - * - * ARM_MATH_CMx: - * Define macro ARM_MATH_CM4 for building the library on Cortex-M4 target, ARM_MATH_CM3 for building library on Cortex-M3 target - * and ARM_MATH_CM0 for building library on cortex-M0 target. - * - * ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN: - * Define macro ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN to build the library for big endian targets. By default library builds for little endian targets. - * - * ARM_MATH_MATRIX_CHECK: - * Define macro for checking on the input and output sizes of matrices - * - * ARM_MATH_ROUNDING: - * Define macro for rounding on support functions - * - * __FPU_PRESENT: - * Initialize macro __FPU_PRESENT = 1 when building on FPU supported Targets. Enable this macro for M4bf and M4lf libraries - * - * - * The project can be built by opening the appropriate project in MDK-ARM 4.21 chain and defining the optional pre processor MACROs detailed above. - * - * Copyright Notice - * - * Copyright (C) 2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved. - */ - - -/** - * @ingroup DSP_Functions - * @defgroup groupMath Basic Math Functions - */ - -/** - * @ingroup DSP_Functions - * @defgroup groupFastMath Fast Math Functions - * This set of functions provides a fast approximation to sine, cosine, and square root. - * As compared to most of the other functions in the CMSIS math library, the fast math functions - * operate on individual values and not arrays. - * There are separate functions for Q15, Q31, and floating-point data. - * - */ - -/** - * @ingroup DSP_Functions - * @defgroup groupCmplxMath Complex Math Functions - * This set of functions operates on complex data vectors. - * The data in the complex arrays is stored in an interleaved fashion - * (real, imag, real, imag, ...). - * In the API functions, the number of samples in a complex array refers - * to the number of complex values; the array contains twice this number of - * real values. - */ - - -/** - * @ingroup DSP_Functions - * @defgroup groupFilters Filtering Functions - */ - -/** - * @ingroup DSP_Functions - * @defgroup groupMatrix Matrix Functions - * - * This set of functions provides basic matrix math operations. - * The functions operate on matrix data structures. For example, - * the type - * definition for the floating-point matrix structure is shown - * below: - * 
- *     typedef struct
- *     {
- *       uint16_t numRows;     // number of rows of the matrix.
- *       uint16_t numCols;     // number of columns of the matrix.
- *       float32_t *pData;     // points to the data of the matrix.
- *     } arm_matrix_instance_f32;
- *
- * There are similar definitions for Q15 and Q31 data types. - * - * The structure specifies the size of the matrix and then points to - * an array of data. The array is of size numRows X numCols - * and the values are arranged in row order. That is, the - * matrix element (i, j) is stored at: - * 
- *     pData[i*numCols + j]
- *
- * - * \par Init Functions - * There is an associated initialization function for each type of matrix - * data structure. - * The initialization function sets the values of the internal structure fields. - * Refer to the function arm_mat_init_f32(), arm_mat_init_q31() - * and arm_mat_init_q15() for floating-point, Q31 and Q15 types, respectively. - * - * \par - * Use of the initialization function is optional. However, if initialization function is used - * then the instance structure cannot be placed into a const data section. - * To place the instance structure in a const data - * section, manually initialize the data structure. For example: - * 
- * arm_matrix_instance_f32 S = {nRows, nColumns, pData};
- * arm_matrix_instance_q31 S = {nRows, nColumns, pData};
- * arm_matrix_instance_q15 S = {nRows, nColumns, pData};
- *
- * where nRows specifies the number of rows, nColumns - * specifies the number of columns, and pData points to the - * data array. - * - * \par Size Checking - * By default all of the matrix functions perform size checking on the input and - * output matrices. For example, the matrix addition function verifies that the - * two input matrices and the output matrix all have the same number of rows and - * columns. If the size check fails the functions return: - * 
- *     ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH
- *
- * Otherwise the functions return - * 
- *     ARM_MATH_SUCCESS
- *
- * There is some overhead associated with this matrix size checking. - * The matrix size checking is enabled via the #define - * 
- *     ARM_MATH_MATRIX_CHECK
- *
- * within the library project settings. By default this macro is defined - * and size checking is enabled. By changing the project settings and - * undefining this macro size checking is eliminated and the functions - * run a bit faster. With size checking disabled the functions always - * return ARM_MATH_SUCCESS. - */ - -/** - * @ingroup DSP_Functions - * @defgroup groupTransforms Transform Functions - */ - -/** - * @ingroup DSP_Functions - * @defgroup groupController Controller Functions - */ - -/** - * @ingroup DSP_Functions - * @defgroup groupStats Statistics Functions - */ - -/** - * @ingroup DSP_Functions - * @defgroup groupSupport Support Functions - */ - -/** - * @ingroup DSP_Functions - * @defgroup groupInterpolation Interpolation Functions - * These functions perform 1- and 2-dimensional interpolation of data. - * Linear interpolation is used for 1-dimensional data and - * bilinear interpolation is used for 2-dimensional data. - */ - -/** - * @ingroup DSP_Lib - * @defgroup groupExamples Examples - */ -#ifndef _ARM_MATH_H -#define _ARM_MATH_H - -#define __CMSIS_GENERIC /* disable NVIC and Systick functions */ - -#if defined (ARM_MATH_CM4) - #include "core_cm4.h" -#elif defined (ARM_MATH_CM3) - #include "core_cm3.h" -#elif defined (ARM_MATH_CM0) - #include "core_cm0.h" -#else -#include "ARMCM4.h" -#warning "Define either ARM_MATH_CM4 OR ARM_MATH_CM3...By Default building on ARM_MATH_CM4....." -#endif - -#undef __CMSIS_GENERIC /* enable NVIC and Systick functions */ -#include "string.h" - #include "math.h" -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -{ -#endif - - - /** - * @brief Macros required for reciprocal calculation in Normalized LMS - */ - -#define DELTA_Q31 (0x100) -#define DELTA_Q15 0x5 -#define INDEX_MASK 0x0000003F -#define PI 3.14159265358979f - - /** - * @brief Macros required for SINE and COSINE Fast math approximations - */ - -#define TABLE_SIZE 256 -#define TABLE_SPACING_Q31 0x800000 -#define TABLE_SPACING_Q15 0x80 - - /** - * @brief Macros required for SINE and COSINE Controller functions - */ - /* 1.31(q31) Fixed value of 2/360 */ - /* -1 to +1 is divided into 360 values so total spacing is (2/360) */ -#define INPUT_SPACING 0xB60B61 - - - /** - * @brief Error status returned by some functions in the library. - */ - - typedef enum - { - ARM_MATH_SUCCESS = 0, /**< No error */ - ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR = -1, /**< One or more arguments are incorrect */ - ARM_MATH_LENGTH_ERROR = -2, /**< Length of data buffer is incorrect */ - ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH = -3, /**< Size of matrices is not compatible with the operation. */ - ARM_MATH_NANINF = -4, /**< Not-a-number (NaN) or infinity is generated */ - ARM_MATH_SINGULAR = -5, /**< Generated by matrix inversion if the input matrix is singular and cannot be inverted. */ - ARM_MATH_TEST_FAILURE = -6 /**< Test Failed */ - } arm_status; - - /** - * @brief 8-bit fractional data type in 1.7 format. - */ - typedef int8_t q7_t; - - /** - * @brief 16-bit fractional data type in 1.15 format. - */ - typedef int16_t q15_t; - - /** - * @brief 32-bit fractional data type in 1.31 format. - */ - typedef int32_t q31_t; - - /** - * @brief 64-bit fractional data type in 1.63 format. - */ - typedef int64_t q63_t; - - /** - * @brief 32-bit floating-point type definition. - */ - typedef float float32_t; - - /** - * @brief 64-bit floating-point type definition. - */ - typedef double float64_t; - - /** - * @brief definition to read/write two 16 bit values. - */ -#define __SIMD32(addr) (*(int32_t **) & (addr)) - -#if defined (ARM_MATH_CM3) || defined (ARM_MATH_CM0) - /** - * @brief definition to pack two 16 bit values. - */ -#define __PKHBT(ARG1, ARG2, ARG3) ( (((int32_t)(ARG1) << 0) & (int32_t)0x0000FFFF) | \ - (((int32_t)(ARG2) << ARG3) & (int32_t)0xFFFF0000) ) - -#endif - - - /** - * @brief definition to pack four 8 bit values. - */ -#ifndef ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN - -#define __PACKq7(v0,v1,v2,v3) ( (((int32_t)(v0) << 0) & (int32_t)0x000000FF) | \ - (((int32_t)(v1) << 8) & (int32_t)0x0000FF00) | \ - (((int32_t)(v2) << 16) & (int32_t)0x00FF0000) | \ - (((int32_t)(v3) << 24) & (int32_t)0xFF000000) ) -#else - -#define __PACKq7(v0,v1,v2,v3) ( (((int32_t)(v3) << 0) & (int32_t)0x000000FF) | \ - (((int32_t)(v2) << 8) & (int32_t)0x0000FF00) | \ - (((int32_t)(v1) << 16) & (int32_t)0x00FF0000) | \ - (((int32_t)(v0) << 24) & (int32_t)0xFF000000) ) - -#endif - - - /** - * @brief Clips Q63 to Q31 values. - */ - static __INLINE q31_t clip_q63_to_q31( - q63_t x) - { - return ((q31_t) (x >> 32) != ((q31_t) x >> 31)) ? - ((0x7FFFFFFF ^ ((q31_t) (x >> 63)))) : (q31_t) x; - } - - /** - * @brief Clips Q63 to Q15 values. - */ - static __INLINE q15_t clip_q63_to_q15( - q63_t x) - { - return ((q31_t) (x >> 32) != ((q31_t) x >> 31)) ? - ((0x7FFF ^ ((q15_t) (x >> 63)))) : (q15_t) (x >> 15); - } - - /** - * @brief Clips Q31 to Q7 values. - */ - static __INLINE q7_t clip_q31_to_q7( - q31_t x) - { - return ((q31_t) (x >> 24) != ((q31_t) x >> 23)) ? - ((0x7F ^ ((q7_t) (x >> 31)))) : (q7_t) x; - } - - /** - * @brief Clips Q31 to Q15 values. - */ - static __INLINE q15_t clip_q31_to_q15( - q31_t x) - { - return ((q31_t) (x >> 16) != ((q31_t) x >> 15)) ? - ((0x7FFF ^ ((q15_t) (x >> 31)))) : (q15_t) x; - } - - /** - * @brief Multiplies 32 X 64 and returns 32 bit result in 2.30 format. - */ - - static __INLINE q63_t mult32x64( - q63_t x, - q31_t y) - { - return ((((q63_t) (x & 0x00000000FFFFFFFF) * y) >> 32) + - (((q63_t) (x >> 32) * y))); - } - - -#if defined (ARM_MATH_CM0) && defined ( __CC_ARM ) -#define __CLZ __clz -#endif - -#if defined (ARM_MATH_CM0) && ((defined (__ICCARM__)) ||(defined (__GNUC__)) || defined (__TASKING__) ) - - static __INLINE uint32_t __CLZ(q31_t data); - - - static __INLINE uint32_t __CLZ(q31_t data) - { - uint32_t count = 0; - uint32_t mask = 0x80000000; - - while((data & mask) == 0) - { - count += 1u; - mask = mask >> 1u; - } - - return(count); - - } - -#endif - - /** - * @brief Function to Calculates 1/in(reciprocal) value of Q31 Data type. - */ - - static __INLINE uint32_t arm_recip_q31( - q31_t in, - q31_t * dst, - q31_t * pRecipTable) - { - - uint32_t out, tempVal; - uint32_t index, i; - uint32_t signBits; - - if(in > 0) - { - signBits = __CLZ(in) - 1; - } - else - { - signBits = __CLZ(-in) - 1; - } - - /* Convert input sample to 1.31 format */ - in = in << signBits; - - /* calculation of index for initial approximated Val */ - index = (uint32_t) (in >> 24u); - index = (index & INDEX_MASK); - - /* 1.31 with exp 1 */ - out = pRecipTable[index]; - - /* calculation of reciprocal value */ - /* running approximation for two iterations */ - for (i = 0u; i < 2u; i++) - { - tempVal = (q31_t) (((q63_t) in * out) >> 31u); - tempVal = 0x7FFFFFFF - tempVal; - /* 1.31 with exp 1 */ - //out = (q31_t) (((q63_t) out * tempVal) >> 30u); - out = (q31_t) clip_q63_to_q31(((q63_t) out * tempVal) >> 30u); - } - - /* write output */ - *dst = out; - - /* return num of signbits of out = 1/in value */ - return (signBits + 1u); - - } - - /** - * @brief Function to Calculates 1/in(reciprocal) value of Q15 Data type. - */ - static __INLINE uint32_t arm_recip_q15( - q15_t in, - q15_t * dst, - q15_t * pRecipTable) - { - - uint32_t out = 0, tempVal = 0; - uint32_t index = 0, i = 0; - uint32_t signBits = 0; - - if(in > 0) - { - signBits = __CLZ(in) - 17; - } - else - { - signBits = __CLZ(-in) - 17; - } - - /* Convert input sample to 1.15 format */ - in = in << signBits; - - /* calculation of index for initial approximated Val */ - index = in >> 8; - index = (index & INDEX_MASK); - - /* 1.15 with exp 1 */ - out = pRecipTable[index]; - - /* calculation of reciprocal value */ - /* running approximation for two iterations */ - for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) - { - tempVal = (q15_t) (((q31_t) in * out) >> 15); - tempVal = 0x7FFF - tempVal; - /* 1.15 with exp 1 */ - out = (q15_t) (((q31_t) out * tempVal) >> 14); - } - - /* write output */ - *dst = out; - - /* return num of signbits of out = 1/in value */ - return (signBits + 1); - - } - - - /* - * @brief C custom defined intrinisic function for only M0 processors - */ -#if defined(ARM_MATH_CM0) - - static __INLINE q31_t __SSAT( - q31_t x, - uint32_t y) - { - int32_t posMax, negMin; - uint32_t i; - - posMax = 1; - for (i = 0; i < (y - 1); i++) - { - posMax = posMax * 2; - } - - if(x > 0) - { - posMax = (posMax - 1); - - if(x > posMax) - { - x = posMax; - } - } - else - { - negMin = -posMax; - - if(x < negMin) - { - x = negMin; - } - } - return (x); - - - } - -#endif /* end of ARM_MATH_CM0 */ - - - - /* - * @brief C custom defined intrinsic function for M3 and M0 processors - */ -#if defined (ARM_MATH_CM3) || defined (ARM_MATH_CM0) - - /* - * @brief C custom defined QADD8 for M3 and M0 processors - */ - static __INLINE q31_t __QADD8( - q31_t x, - q31_t y) - { - - q31_t sum; - q7_t r, s, t, u; - - r = (char) x; - s = (char) y; - - r = __SSAT((q31_t) (r + s), 8); - s = __SSAT(((q31_t) (((x << 16) >> 24) + ((y << 16) >> 24))), 8); - t = __SSAT(((q31_t) (((x << 8) >> 24) + ((y << 8) >> 24))), 8); - u = __SSAT(((q31_t) ((x >> 24) + (y >> 24))), 8); - - sum = (((q31_t) u << 24) & 0xFF000000) | (((q31_t) t << 16) & 0x00FF0000) | - (((q31_t) s << 8) & 0x0000FF00) | (r & 0x000000FF); - - return sum; - - } - - /* - * @brief C custom defined QSUB8 for M3 and M0 processors - */ - static __INLINE q31_t __QSUB8( - q31_t x, - q31_t y) - { - - q31_t sum; - q31_t r, s, t, u; - - r = (char) x; - s = (char) y; - - r = __SSAT((r - s), 8); - s = __SSAT(((q31_t) (((x << 16) >> 24) - ((y << 16) >> 24))), 8) << 8; - t = __SSAT(((q31_t) (((x << 8) >> 24) - ((y << 8) >> 24))), 8) << 16; - u = __SSAT(((q31_t) ((x >> 24) - (y >> 24))), 8) << 24; - - sum = - (u & 0xFF000000) | (t & 0x00FF0000) | (s & 0x0000FF00) | (r & 0x000000FF); - - return sum; - } - - /* - * @brief C custom defined QADD16 for M3 and M0 processors - */ - - /* - * @brief C custom defined QADD16 for M3 and M0 processors - */ - static __INLINE q31_t __QADD16( - q31_t x, - q31_t y) - { - - q31_t sum; - q31_t r, s; - - r = (short) x; - s = (short) y; - - r = __SSAT(r + s, 16); - s = __SSAT(((q31_t) ((x >> 16) + (y >> 16))), 16) << 16; - - sum = (s & 0xFFFF0000) | (r & 0x0000FFFF); - - return sum; - - } - - /* - * @brief C custom defined SHADD16 for M3 and M0 processors - */ - static __INLINE q31_t __SHADD16( - q31_t x, - q31_t y) - { - - q31_t sum; - q31_t r, s; - - r = (short) x; - s = (short) y; - - r = ((r >> 1) + (s >> 1)); - s = ((q31_t) ((x >> 17) + (y >> 17))) << 16; - - sum = (s & 0xFFFF0000) | (r & 0x0000FFFF); - - return sum; - - } - - /* - * @brief C custom defined QSUB16 for M3 and M0 processors - */ - static __INLINE q31_t __QSUB16( - q31_t x, - q31_t y) - { - - q31_t sum; - q31_t r, s; - - r = (short) x; - s = (short) y; - - r = __SSAT(r - s, 16); - s = __SSAT(((q31_t) ((x >> 16) - (y >> 16))), 16) << 16; - - sum = (s & 0xFFFF0000) | (r & 0x0000FFFF); - - return sum; - } - - /* - * @brief C custom defined SHSUB16 for M3 and M0 processors - */ - static __INLINE q31_t __SHSUB16( - q31_t x, - q31_t y) - { - - q31_t diff; - q31_t r, s; - - r = (short) x; - s = (short) y; - - r = ((r >> 1) - (s >> 1)); - s = (((x >> 17) - (y >> 17)) << 16); - - diff = (s & 0xFFFF0000) | (r & 0x0000FFFF); - - return diff; - } - - /* - * @brief C custom defined QASX for M3 and M0 processors - */ - static __INLINE q31_t __QASX( - q31_t x, - q31_t y) - { - - q31_t sum = 0; - - sum = ((sum + clip_q31_to_q15((q31_t) ((short) (x >> 16) + (short) y))) << 16) + - clip_q31_to_q15((q31_t) ((short) x - (short) (y >> 16))); - - return sum; - } - - /* - * @brief C custom defined SHASX for M3 and M0 processors - */ - static __INLINE q31_t __SHASX( - q31_t x, - q31_t y) - { - - q31_t sum; - q31_t r, s; - - r = (short) x; - s = (short) y; - - r = ((r >> 1) - (y >> 17)); - s = (((x >> 17) + (s >> 1)) << 16); - - sum = (s & 0xFFFF0000) | (r & 0x0000FFFF); - - return sum; - } - - - /* - * @brief C custom defined QSAX for M3 and M0 processors - */ - static __INLINE q31_t __QSAX( - q31_t x, - q31_t y) - { - - q31_t sum = 0; - - sum = ((sum + clip_q31_to_q15((q31_t) ((short) (x >> 16) - (short) y))) << 16) + - clip_q31_to_q15((q31_t) ((short) x + (short) (y >> 16))); - - return sum; - } - - /* - * @brief C custom defined SHSAX for M3 and M0 processors - */ - static __INLINE q31_t __SHSAX( - q31_t x, - q31_t y) - { - - q31_t sum; - q31_t r, s; - - r = (short) x; - s = (short) y; - - r = ((r >> 1) + (y >> 17)); - s = (((x >> 17) - (s >> 1)) << 16); - - sum = (s & 0xFFFF0000) | (r & 0x0000FFFF); - - return sum; - } - - /* - * @brief C custom defined SMUSDX for M3 and M0 processors - */ - static __INLINE q31_t __SMUSDX( - q31_t x, - q31_t y) - { - - return ((q31_t)(((short) x * (short) (y >> 16)) - - ((short) (x >> 16) * (short) y))); - } - - /* - * @brief C custom defined SMUADX for M3 and M0 processors - */ - static __INLINE q31_t __SMUADX( - q31_t x, - q31_t y) - { - - return ((q31_t)(((short) x * (short) (y >> 16)) + - ((short) (x >> 16) * (short) y))); - } - - /* - * @brief C custom defined QADD for M3 and M0 processors - */ - static __INLINE q31_t __QADD( - q31_t x, - q31_t y) - { - return clip_q63_to_q31((q63_t) x + y); - } - - /* - * @brief C custom defined QSUB for M3 and M0 processors - */ - static __INLINE q31_t __QSUB( - q31_t x, - q31_t y) - { - return clip_q63_to_q31((q63_t) x - y); - } - - /* - * @brief C custom defined SMLAD for M3 and M0 processors - */ - static __INLINE q31_t __SMLAD( - q31_t x, - q31_t y, - q31_t sum) - { - - return (sum + ((short) (x >> 16) * (short) (y >> 16)) + - ((short) x * (short) y)); - } - - /* - * @brief C custom defined SMLADX for M3 and M0 processors - */ - static __INLINE q31_t __SMLADX( - q31_t x, - q31_t y, - q31_t sum) - { - - return (sum + ((short) (x >> 16) * (short) (y)) + - ((short) x * (short) (y >> 16))); - } - - /* - * @brief C custom defined SMLSDX for M3 and M0 processors - */ - static __INLINE q31_t __SMLSDX( - q31_t x, - q31_t y, - q31_t sum) - { - - return (sum - ((short) (x >> 16) * (short) (y)) + - ((short) x * (short) (y >> 16))); - } - - /* - * @brief C custom defined SMLALD for M3 and M0 processors - */ - static __INLINE q63_t __SMLALD( - q31_t x, - q31_t y, - q63_t sum) - { - - return (sum + ((short) (x >> 16) * (short) (y >> 16)) + - ((short) x * (short) y)); - } - - /* - * @brief C custom defined SMLALDX for M3 and M0 processors - */ - static __INLINE q63_t __SMLALDX( - q31_t x, - q31_t y, - q63_t sum) - { - - return (sum + ((short) (x >> 16) * (short) y)) + - ((short) x * (short) (y >> 16)); - } - - /* - * @brief C custom defined SMUAD for M3 and M0 processors - */ - static __INLINE q31_t __SMUAD( - q31_t x, - q31_t y) - { - - return (((x >> 16) * (y >> 16)) + - (((x << 16) >> 16) * ((y << 16) >> 16))); - } - - /* - * @brief C custom defined SMUSD for M3 and M0 processors - */ - static __INLINE q31_t __SMUSD( - q31_t x, - q31_t y) - { - - return (-((x >> 16) * (y >> 16)) + - (((x << 16) >> 16) * ((y << 16) >> 16))); - } - - - - -#endif /* (ARM_MATH_CM3) || defined (ARM_MATH_CM0) */ - - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q7 FIR filter. - */ - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of filter coefficients in the filter. */ - q7_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */ - q7_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps.*/ - } arm_fir_instance_q7; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 FIR filter. - */ - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of filter coefficients in the filter. */ - q15_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */ - q15_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps.*/ - } arm_fir_instance_q15; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 FIR filter. - */ - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of filter coefficients in the filter. */ - q31_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */ - q31_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps. */ - } arm_fir_instance_q31; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point FIR filter. - */ - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of filter coefficients in the filter. */ - float32_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */ - float32_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps. */ - } arm_fir_instance_f32; - - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the Q7 FIR filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q7 FIR filter structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - void arm_fir_q7( - const arm_fir_instance_q7 * S, - q7_t * pSrc, - q7_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the Q7 FIR filter. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q7 FIR structure. - * @param[in] numTaps Number of filter coefficients in the filter. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients. - * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples that are processed. - * @return none - */ - void arm_fir_init_q7( - arm_fir_instance_q7 * S, - uint16_t numTaps, - q7_t * pCoeffs, - q7_t * pState, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the Q15 FIR filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 FIR structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - void arm_fir_q15( - const arm_fir_instance_q15 * S, - q15_t * pSrc, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the fast Q15 FIR filter for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 FIR filter structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - void arm_fir_fast_q15( - const arm_fir_instance_q15 * S, - q15_t * pSrc, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the Q15 FIR filter. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q15 FIR filter structure. - * @param[in] numTaps Number of filter coefficients in the filter. Must be even and greater than or equal to 4. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients. - * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples that are processed at a time. - * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization was successful or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if - * numTaps is not a supported value. - */ - - arm_status arm_fir_init_q15( - arm_fir_instance_q15 * S, - uint16_t numTaps, - q15_t * pCoeffs, - q15_t * pState, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the Q31 FIR filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 FIR filter structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - void arm_fir_q31( - const arm_fir_instance_q31 * S, - q31_t * pSrc, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the fast Q31 FIR filter for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 FIR structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - void arm_fir_fast_q31( - const arm_fir_instance_q31 * S, - q31_t * pSrc, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the Q31 FIR filter. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q31 FIR structure. - * @param[in] numTaps Number of filter coefficients in the filter. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients. - * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples that are processed at a time. - * @return none. - */ - void arm_fir_init_q31( - arm_fir_instance_q31 * S, - uint16_t numTaps, - q31_t * pCoeffs, - q31_t * pState, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the floating-point FIR filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point FIR structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - void arm_fir_f32( - const arm_fir_instance_f32 * S, - float32_t * pSrc, - float32_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the floating-point FIR filter. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the floating-point FIR filter structure. - * @param[in] numTaps Number of filter coefficients in the filter. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients. - * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples that are processed at a time. - * @return none. - */ - void arm_fir_init_f32( - arm_fir_instance_f32 * S, - uint16_t numTaps, - float32_t * pCoeffs, - float32_t * pState, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 Biquad cascade filter. - */ - typedef struct - { - int8_t numStages; /**< number of 2nd order stages in the filter. Overall order is 2*numStages. */ - q15_t *pState; /**< Points to the array of state coefficients. The array is of length 4*numStages. */ - q15_t *pCoeffs; /**< Points to the array of coefficients. The array is of length 5*numStages. */ - int8_t postShift; /**< Additional shift, in bits, applied to each output sample. */ - - } arm_biquad_casd_df1_inst_q15; - - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 Biquad cascade filter. - */ - typedef struct - { - uint32_t numStages; /**< number of 2nd order stages in the filter. Overall order is 2*numStages. */ - q31_t *pState; /**< Points to the array of state coefficients. The array is of length 4*numStages. */ - q31_t *pCoeffs; /**< Points to the array of coefficients. The array is of length 5*numStages. */ - uint8_t postShift; /**< Additional shift, in bits, applied to each output sample. */ - - } arm_biquad_casd_df1_inst_q31; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point Biquad cascade filter. - */ - typedef struct - { - uint32_t numStages; /**< number of 2nd order stages in the filter. Overall order is 2*numStages. */ - float32_t *pState; /**< Points to the array of state coefficients. The array is of length 4*numStages. */ - float32_t *pCoeffs; /**< Points to the array of coefficients. The array is of length 5*numStages. */ - - - } arm_biquad_casd_df1_inst_f32; - - - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the Q15 Biquad cascade filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 Biquad cascade structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_biquad_cascade_df1_q15( - const arm_biquad_casd_df1_inst_q15 * S, - q15_t * pSrc, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the Q15 Biquad cascade filter. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q15 Biquad cascade structure. - * @param[in] numStages number of 2nd order stages in the filter. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients. - * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. - * @param[in] postShift Shift to be applied to the output. Varies according to the coefficients format - * @return none - */ - - void arm_biquad_cascade_df1_init_q15( - arm_biquad_casd_df1_inst_q15 * S, - uint8_t numStages, - q15_t * pCoeffs, - q15_t * pState, - int8_t postShift); - - - /** - * @brief Fast but less precise processing function for the Q15 Biquad cascade filter for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 Biquad cascade structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_biquad_cascade_df1_fast_q15( - const arm_biquad_casd_df1_inst_q15 * S, - q15_t * pSrc, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the Q31 Biquad cascade filter - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 Biquad cascade structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_biquad_cascade_df1_q31( - const arm_biquad_casd_df1_inst_q31 * S, - q31_t * pSrc, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Fast but less precise processing function for the Q31 Biquad cascade filter for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 Biquad cascade structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_biquad_cascade_df1_fast_q31( - const arm_biquad_casd_df1_inst_q31 * S, - q31_t * pSrc, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the Q31 Biquad cascade filter. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q31 Biquad cascade structure. - * @param[in] numStages number of 2nd order stages in the filter. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients. - * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. - * @param[in] postShift Shift to be applied to the output. Varies according to the coefficients format - * @return none - */ - - void arm_biquad_cascade_df1_init_q31( - arm_biquad_casd_df1_inst_q31 * S, - uint8_t numStages, - q31_t * pCoeffs, - q31_t * pState, - int8_t postShift); - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the floating-point Biquad cascade filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point Biquad cascade structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_biquad_cascade_df1_f32( - const arm_biquad_casd_df1_inst_f32 * S, - float32_t * pSrc, - float32_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the floating-point Biquad cascade filter. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the floating-point Biquad cascade structure. - * @param[in] numStages number of 2nd order stages in the filter. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients. - * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. - * @return none - */ - - void arm_biquad_cascade_df1_init_f32( - arm_biquad_casd_df1_inst_f32 * S, - uint8_t numStages, - float32_t * pCoeffs, - float32_t * pState); - - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point matrix structure. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numRows; /**< number of rows of the matrix. */ - uint16_t numCols; /**< number of columns of the matrix. */ - float32_t *pData; /**< points to the data of the matrix. */ - } arm_matrix_instance_f32; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 matrix structure. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numRows; /**< number of rows of the matrix. */ - uint16_t numCols; /**< number of columns of the matrix. */ - q15_t *pData; /**< points to the data of the matrix. */ - - } arm_matrix_instance_q15; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 matrix structure. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numRows; /**< number of rows of the matrix. */ - uint16_t numCols; /**< number of columns of the matrix. */ - q31_t *pData; /**< points to the data of the matrix. */ - - } arm_matrix_instance_q31; - - - - /** - * @brief Floating-point matrix addition. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input matrix structure - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input matrix structure - * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure - * @return The function returns either - * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking. - */ - - arm_status arm_mat_add_f32( - const arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pSrcA, - const arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pSrcB, - arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pDst); - - /** - * @brief Q15 matrix addition. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input matrix structure - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input matrix structure - * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure - * @return The function returns either - * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking. - */ - - arm_status arm_mat_add_q15( - const arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pSrcA, - const arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pSrcB, - arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pDst); - - /** - * @brief Q31 matrix addition. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input matrix structure - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input matrix structure - * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure - * @return The function returns either - * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking. - */ - - arm_status arm_mat_add_q31( - const arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pSrcA, - const arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pSrcB, - arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pDst); - - - /** - * @brief Floating-point matrix transpose. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input matrix - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output matrix - * @return The function returns either ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH - * or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking. - */ - - arm_status arm_mat_trans_f32( - const arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pSrc, - arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pDst); - - - /** - * @brief Q15 matrix transpose. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input matrix - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output matrix - * @return The function returns either ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH - * or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking. - */ - - arm_status arm_mat_trans_q15( - const arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pSrc, - arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pDst); - - /** - * @brief Q31 matrix transpose. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input matrix - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output matrix - * @return The function returns either ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH - * or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking. - */ - - arm_status arm_mat_trans_q31( - const arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pSrc, - arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pDst); - - - /** - * @brief Floating-point matrix multiplication - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input matrix structure - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input matrix structure - * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure - * @return The function returns either - * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking. - */ - - arm_status arm_mat_mult_f32( - const arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pSrcA, - const arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pSrcB, - arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pDst); - - /** - * @brief Q15 matrix multiplication - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input matrix structure - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input matrix structure - * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure - * @return The function returns either - * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking. - */ - - arm_status arm_mat_mult_q15( - const arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pSrcA, - const arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pSrcB, - arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pDst, - q15_t * pState); - - /** - * @brief Q15 matrix multiplication (fast variant) for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4 - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input matrix structure - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input matrix structure - * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure - * @param[in] *pState points to the array for storing intermediate results - * @return The function returns either - * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking. - */ - - arm_status arm_mat_mult_fast_q15( - const arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pSrcA, - const arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pSrcB, - arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pDst, - q15_t * pState); - - /** - * @brief Q31 matrix multiplication - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input matrix structure - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input matrix structure - * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure - * @return The function returns either - * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking. - */ - - arm_status arm_mat_mult_q31( - const arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pSrcA, - const arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pSrcB, - arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pDst); - - /** - * @brief Q31 matrix multiplication (fast variant) for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4 - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input matrix structure - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input matrix structure - * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure - * @return The function returns either - * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking. - */ - - arm_status arm_mat_mult_fast_q31( - const arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pSrcA, - const arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pSrcB, - arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pDst); - - - /** - * @brief Floating-point matrix subtraction - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input matrix structure - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input matrix structure - * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure - * @return The function returns either - * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking. - */ - - arm_status arm_mat_sub_f32( - const arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pSrcA, - const arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pSrcB, - arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pDst); - - /** - * @brief Q15 matrix subtraction - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input matrix structure - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input matrix structure - * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure - * @return The function returns either - * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking. - */ - - arm_status arm_mat_sub_q15( - const arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pSrcA, - const arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pSrcB, - arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pDst); - - /** - * @brief Q31 matrix subtraction - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input matrix structure - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input matrix structure - * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure - * @return The function returns either - * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking. - */ - - arm_status arm_mat_sub_q31( - const arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pSrcA, - const arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pSrcB, - arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pDst); - - /** - * @brief Floating-point matrix scaling. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input matrix - * @param[in] scale scale factor - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output matrix - * @return The function returns either - * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking. - */ - - arm_status arm_mat_scale_f32( - const arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pSrc, - float32_t scale, - arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pDst); - - /** - * @brief Q15 matrix scaling. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to input matrix - * @param[in] scaleFract fractional portion of the scale factor - * @param[in] shift number of bits to shift the result by - * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix - * @return The function returns either - * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking. - */ - - arm_status arm_mat_scale_q15( - const arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pSrc, - q15_t scaleFract, - int32_t shift, - arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pDst); - - /** - * @brief Q31 matrix scaling. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to input matrix - * @param[in] scaleFract fractional portion of the scale factor - * @param[in] shift number of bits to shift the result by - * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure - * @return The function returns either - * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking. - */ - - arm_status arm_mat_scale_q31( - const arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pSrc, - q31_t scaleFract, - int32_t shift, - arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pDst); - - - /** - * @brief Q31 matrix initialization. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the floating-point matrix structure. - * @param[in] nRows number of rows in the matrix. - * @param[in] nColumns number of columns in the matrix. - * @param[in] *pData points to the matrix data array. - * @return none - */ - - void arm_mat_init_q31( - arm_matrix_instance_q31 * S, - uint16_t nRows, - uint16_t nColumns, - q31_t *pData); - - /** - * @brief Q15 matrix initialization. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the floating-point matrix structure. - * @param[in] nRows number of rows in the matrix. - * @param[in] nColumns number of columns in the matrix. - * @param[in] *pData points to the matrix data array. - * @return none - */ - - void arm_mat_init_q15( - arm_matrix_instance_q15 * S, - uint16_t nRows, - uint16_t nColumns, - q15_t *pData); - - /** - * @brief Floating-point matrix initialization. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the floating-point matrix structure. - * @param[in] nRows number of rows in the matrix. - * @param[in] nColumns number of columns in the matrix. - * @param[in] *pData points to the matrix data array. - * @return none - */ - - void arm_mat_init_f32( - arm_matrix_instance_f32 * S, - uint16_t nRows, - uint16_t nColumns, - float32_t *pData); - - - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 PID Control. - */ - typedef struct - { - q15_t A0; /**< The derived gain, A0 = Kp + Ki + Kd . */ - #ifdef ARM_MATH_CM0 - q15_t A1; - q15_t A2; - #else - q31_t A1; /**< The derived gain A1 = -Kp - 2Kd | Kd.*/ - #endif - q15_t state[3]; /**< The state array of length 3. */ - q15_t Kp; /**< The proportional gain. */ - q15_t Ki; /**< The integral gain. */ - q15_t Kd; /**< The derivative gain. */ - } arm_pid_instance_q15; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 PID Control. - */ - typedef struct - { - q31_t A0; /**< The derived gain, A0 = Kp + Ki + Kd . */ - q31_t A1; /**< The derived gain, A1 = -Kp - 2Kd. */ - q31_t A2; /**< The derived gain, A2 = Kd . */ - q31_t state[3]; /**< The state array of length 3. */ - q31_t Kp; /**< The proportional gain. */ - q31_t Ki; /**< The integral gain. */ - q31_t Kd; /**< The derivative gain. */ - - } arm_pid_instance_q31; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point PID Control. - */ - typedef struct - { - float32_t A0; /**< The derived gain, A0 = Kp + Ki + Kd . */ - float32_t A1; /**< The derived gain, A1 = -Kp - 2Kd. */ - float32_t A2; /**< The derived gain, A2 = Kd . */ - float32_t state[3]; /**< The state array of length 3. */ - float32_t Kp; /**< The proportional gain. */ - float32_t Ki; /**< The integral gain. */ - float32_t Kd; /**< The derivative gain. */ - } arm_pid_instance_f32; - - - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the floating-point PID Control. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the PID structure. - * @param[in] resetStateFlag flag to reset the state. 0 = no change in state 1 = reset the state. - * @return none. - */ - void arm_pid_init_f32( - arm_pid_instance_f32 * S, - int32_t resetStateFlag); - - /** - * @brief Reset function for the floating-point PID Control. - * @param[in,out] *S is an instance of the floating-point PID Control structure - * @return none - */ - void arm_pid_reset_f32( - arm_pid_instance_f32 * S); - - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the Q31 PID Control. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q15 PID structure. - * @param[in] resetStateFlag flag to reset the state. 0 = no change in state 1 = reset the state. - * @return none. - */ - void arm_pid_init_q31( - arm_pid_instance_q31 * S, - int32_t resetStateFlag); - - - /** - * @brief Reset function for the Q31 PID Control. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q31 PID Control structure - * @return none - */ - - void arm_pid_reset_q31( - arm_pid_instance_q31 * S); - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the Q15 PID Control. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q15 PID structure. - * @param[in] resetStateFlag flag to reset the state. 0 = no change in state 1 = reset the state. - * @return none. - */ - void arm_pid_init_q15( - arm_pid_instance_q15 * S, - int32_t resetStateFlag); - - /** - * @brief Reset function for the Q15 PID Control. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the q15 PID Control structure - * @return none - */ - void arm_pid_reset_q15( - arm_pid_instance_q15 * S); - - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point Linear Interpolate function. - */ - typedef struct - { - uint32_t nValues; - float32_t x1; - float32_t xSpacing; - float32_t *pYData; /**< pointer to the table of Y values */ - } arm_linear_interp_instance_f32; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point bilinear interpolation function. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numRows; /**< number of rows in the data table. */ - uint16_t numCols; /**< number of columns in the data table. */ - float32_t *pData; /**< points to the data table. */ - } arm_bilinear_interp_instance_f32; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 bilinear interpolation function. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numRows; /**< number of rows in the data table. */ - uint16_t numCols; /**< number of columns in the data table. */ - q31_t *pData; /**< points to the data table. */ - } arm_bilinear_interp_instance_q31; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 bilinear interpolation function. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numRows; /**< number of rows in the data table. */ - uint16_t numCols; /**< number of columns in the data table. */ - q15_t *pData; /**< points to the data table. */ - } arm_bilinear_interp_instance_q15; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 bilinear interpolation function. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numRows; /**< number of rows in the data table. */ - uint16_t numCols; /**< number of columns in the data table. */ - q7_t *pData; /**< points to the data table. */ - } arm_bilinear_interp_instance_q7; - - - /** - * @brief Q7 vector multiplication. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_mult_q7( - q7_t * pSrcA, - q7_t * pSrcB, - q7_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Q15 vector multiplication. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_mult_q15( - q15_t * pSrcA, - q15_t * pSrcB, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Q31 vector multiplication. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_mult_q31( - q31_t * pSrcA, - q31_t * pSrcB, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Floating-point vector multiplication. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_mult_f32( - float32_t * pSrcA, - float32_t * pSrcB, - float32_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 CFFT/CIFFT function. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint16_t fftLen; /**< length of the FFT. */ - uint8_t ifftFlag; /**< flag that selects forward (ifftFlag=0) or inverse (ifftFlag=1) transform. */ - uint8_t bitReverseFlag; /**< flag that enables (bitReverseFlag=1) or disables (bitReverseFlag=0) bit reversal of output. */ - q15_t *pTwiddle; /**< points to the twiddle factor table. */ - uint16_t *pBitRevTable; /**< points to the bit reversal table. */ - uint16_t twidCoefModifier; /**< twiddle coefficient modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same twiddle factor table. */ - uint16_t bitRevFactor; /**< bit reversal modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same bit reversal table. */ - } arm_cfft_radix4_instance_q15; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 CFFT/CIFFT function. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint16_t fftLen; /**< length of the FFT. */ - uint8_t ifftFlag; /**< flag that selects forward (ifftFlag=0) or inverse (ifftFlag=1) transform. */ - uint8_t bitReverseFlag; /**< flag that enables (bitReverseFlag=1) or disables (bitReverseFlag=0) bit reversal of output. */ - q31_t *pTwiddle; /**< points to the twiddle factor table. */ - uint16_t *pBitRevTable; /**< points to the bit reversal table. */ - uint16_t twidCoefModifier; /**< twiddle coefficient modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same twiddle factor table. */ - uint16_t bitRevFactor; /**< bit reversal modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same bit reversal table. */ - } arm_cfft_radix4_instance_q31; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point CFFT/CIFFT function. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint16_t fftLen; /**< length of the FFT. */ - uint8_t ifftFlag; /**< flag that selects forward (ifftFlag=0) or inverse (ifftFlag=1) transform. */ - uint8_t bitReverseFlag; /**< flag that enables (bitReverseFlag=1) or disables (bitReverseFlag=0) bit reversal of output. */ - float32_t *pTwiddle; /**< points to the twiddle factor table. */ - uint16_t *pBitRevTable; /**< points to the bit reversal table. */ - uint16_t twidCoefModifier; /**< twiddle coefficient modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same twiddle factor table. */ - uint16_t bitRevFactor; /**< bit reversal modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same bit reversal table. */ - float32_t onebyfftLen; /**< value of 1/fftLen. */ - } arm_cfft_radix4_instance_f32; - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the Q15 CFFT/CIFFT. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 CFFT/CIFFT structure. - * @param[in, out] *pSrc points to the complex data buffer. Processing occurs in-place. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_cfft_radix4_q15( - const arm_cfft_radix4_instance_q15 * S, - q15_t * pSrc); - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the Q15 CFFT/CIFFT. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q15 CFFT/CIFFT structure. - * @param[in] fftLen length of the FFT. - * @param[in] ifftFlag flag that selects forward (ifftFlag=0) or inverse (ifftFlag=1) transform. - * @param[in] bitReverseFlag flag that enables (bitReverseFlag=1) or disables (bitReverseFlag=0) bit reversal of output. - * @return arm_status function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization is successful or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if fftLen is not a supported value. - */ - - arm_status arm_cfft_radix4_init_q15( - arm_cfft_radix4_instance_q15 * S, - uint16_t fftLen, - uint8_t ifftFlag, - uint8_t bitReverseFlag); - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the Q31 CFFT/CIFFT. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 CFFT/CIFFT structure. - * @param[in, out] *pSrc points to the complex data buffer. Processing occurs in-place. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_cfft_radix4_q31( - const arm_cfft_radix4_instance_q31 * S, - q31_t * pSrc); - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the Q31 CFFT/CIFFT. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q31 CFFT/CIFFT structure. - * @param[in] fftLen length of the FFT. - * @param[in] ifftFlag flag that selects forward (ifftFlag=0) or inverse (ifftFlag=1) transform. - * @param[in] bitReverseFlag flag that enables (bitReverseFlag=1) or disables (bitReverseFlag=0) bit reversal of output. - * @return arm_status function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization is successful or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if fftLen is not a supported value. - */ - - arm_status arm_cfft_radix4_init_q31( - arm_cfft_radix4_instance_q31 * S, - uint16_t fftLen, - uint8_t ifftFlag, - uint8_t bitReverseFlag); - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the floating-point CFFT/CIFFT. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point CFFT/CIFFT structure. - * @param[in, out] *pSrc points to the complex data buffer. Processing occurs in-place. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_cfft_radix4_f32( - const arm_cfft_radix4_instance_f32 * S, - float32_t * pSrc); - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the floating-point CFFT/CIFFT. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the floating-point CFFT/CIFFT structure. - * @param[in] fftLen length of the FFT. - * @param[in] ifftFlag flag that selects forward (ifftFlag=0) or inverse (ifftFlag=1) transform. - * @param[in] bitReverseFlag flag that enables (bitReverseFlag=1) or disables (bitReverseFlag=0) bit reversal of output. - * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization is successful or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if fftLen is not a supported value. - */ - - arm_status arm_cfft_radix4_init_f32( - arm_cfft_radix4_instance_f32 * S, - uint16_t fftLen, - uint8_t ifftFlag, - uint8_t bitReverseFlag); - - - - /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Internal functions prototypes FFT function - ----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - - /** - * @brief Core function for the floating-point CFFT butterfly process. - * @param[in, out] *pSrc points to the in-place buffer of floating-point data type. - * @param[in] fftLen length of the FFT. - * @param[in] *pCoef points to the twiddle coefficient buffer. - * @param[in] twidCoefModifier twiddle coefficient modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same twiddle factor table. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_radix4_butterfly_f32( - float32_t * pSrc, - uint16_t fftLen, - float32_t * pCoef, - uint16_t twidCoefModifier); - - /** - * @brief Core function for the floating-point CIFFT butterfly process. - * @param[in, out] *pSrc points to the in-place buffer of floating-point data type. - * @param[in] fftLen length of the FFT. - * @param[in] *pCoef points to twiddle coefficient buffer. - * @param[in] twidCoefModifier twiddle coefficient modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same twiddle factor table. - * @param[in] onebyfftLen value of 1/fftLen. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_radix4_butterfly_inverse_f32( - float32_t * pSrc, - uint16_t fftLen, - float32_t * pCoef, - uint16_t twidCoefModifier, - float32_t onebyfftLen); - - /** - * @brief In-place bit reversal function. - * @param[in, out] *pSrc points to the in-place buffer of floating-point data type. - * @param[in] fftSize length of the FFT. - * @param[in] bitRevFactor bit reversal modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same bit reversal table. - * @param[in] *pBitRevTab points to the bit reversal table. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_bitreversal_f32( - float32_t *pSrc, - uint16_t fftSize, - uint16_t bitRevFactor, - uint16_t *pBitRevTab); - - /** - * @brief Core function for the Q31 CFFT butterfly process. - * @param[in, out] *pSrc points to the in-place buffer of Q31 data type. - * @param[in] fftLen length of the FFT. - * @param[in] *pCoef points to twiddle coefficient buffer. - * @param[in] twidCoefModifier twiddle coefficient modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same twiddle factor table. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_radix4_butterfly_q31( - q31_t *pSrc, - uint32_t fftLen, - q31_t *pCoef, - uint32_t twidCoefModifier); - - /** - * @brief Core function for the Q31 CIFFT butterfly process. - * @param[in, out] *pSrc points to the in-place buffer of Q31 data type. - * @param[in] fftLen length of the FFT. - * @param[in] *pCoef points to twiddle coefficient buffer. - * @param[in] twidCoefModifier twiddle coefficient modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same twiddle factor table. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_radix4_butterfly_inverse_q31( - q31_t * pSrc, - uint32_t fftLen, - q31_t * pCoef, - uint32_t twidCoefModifier); - - /** - * @brief In-place bit reversal function. - * @param[in, out] *pSrc points to the in-place buffer of Q31 data type. - * @param[in] fftLen length of the FFT. - * @param[in] bitRevFactor bit reversal modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same bit reversal table - * @param[in] *pBitRevTab points to bit reversal table. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_bitreversal_q31( - q31_t * pSrc, - uint32_t fftLen, - uint16_t bitRevFactor, - uint16_t *pBitRevTab); - - /** - * @brief Core function for the Q15 CFFT butterfly process. - * @param[in, out] *pSrc16 points to the in-place buffer of Q15 data type. - * @param[in] fftLen length of the FFT. - * @param[in] *pCoef16 points to twiddle coefficient buffer. - * @param[in] twidCoefModifier twiddle coefficient modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same twiddle factor table. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_radix4_butterfly_q15( - q15_t *pSrc16, - uint32_t fftLen, - q15_t *pCoef16, - uint32_t twidCoefModifier); - - /** - * @brief Core function for the Q15 CIFFT butterfly process. - * @param[in, out] *pSrc16 points to the in-place buffer of Q15 data type. - * @param[in] fftLen length of the FFT. - * @param[in] *pCoef16 points to twiddle coefficient buffer. - * @param[in] twidCoefModifier twiddle coefficient modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same twiddle factor table. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_radix4_butterfly_inverse_q15( - q15_t *pSrc16, - uint32_t fftLen, - q15_t *pCoef16, - uint32_t twidCoefModifier); - - /** - * @brief In-place bit reversal function. - * @param[in, out] *pSrc points to the in-place buffer of Q15 data type. - * @param[in] fftLen length of the FFT. - * @param[in] bitRevFactor bit reversal modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same bit reversal table - * @param[in] *pBitRevTab points to bit reversal table. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_bitreversal_q15( - q15_t * pSrc, - uint32_t fftLen, - uint16_t bitRevFactor, - uint16_t *pBitRevTab); - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 RFFT/RIFFT function. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint32_t fftLenReal; /**< length of the real FFT. */ - uint32_t fftLenBy2; /**< length of the complex FFT. */ - uint8_t ifftFlagR; /**< flag that selects forward (ifftFlagR=0) or inverse (ifftFlagR=1) transform. */ - uint8_t bitReverseFlagR; /**< flag that enables (bitReverseFlagR=1) or disables (bitReverseFlagR=0) bit reversal of output. */ - uint32_t twidCoefRModifier; /**< twiddle coefficient modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same twiddle factor table. */ - q15_t *pTwiddleAReal; /**< points to the real twiddle factor table. */ - q15_t *pTwiddleBReal; /**< points to the imag twiddle factor table. */ - arm_cfft_radix4_instance_q15 *pCfft; /**< points to the complex FFT instance. */ - } arm_rfft_instance_q15; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 RFFT/RIFFT function. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint32_t fftLenReal; /**< length of the real FFT. */ - uint32_t fftLenBy2; /**< length of the complex FFT. */ - uint8_t ifftFlagR; /**< flag that selects forward (ifftFlagR=0) or inverse (ifftFlagR=1) transform. */ - uint8_t bitReverseFlagR; /**< flag that enables (bitReverseFlagR=1) or disables (bitReverseFlagR=0) bit reversal of output. */ - uint32_t twidCoefRModifier; /**< twiddle coefficient modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same twiddle factor table. */ - q31_t *pTwiddleAReal; /**< points to the real twiddle factor table. */ - q31_t *pTwiddleBReal; /**< points to the imag twiddle factor table. */ - arm_cfft_radix4_instance_q31 *pCfft; /**< points to the complex FFT instance. */ - } arm_rfft_instance_q31; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point RFFT/RIFFT function. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint32_t fftLenReal; /**< length of the real FFT. */ - uint16_t fftLenBy2; /**< length of the complex FFT. */ - uint8_t ifftFlagR; /**< flag that selects forward (ifftFlagR=0) or inverse (ifftFlagR=1) transform. */ - uint8_t bitReverseFlagR; /**< flag that enables (bitReverseFlagR=1) or disables (bitReverseFlagR=0) bit reversal of output. */ - uint32_t twidCoefRModifier; /**< twiddle coefficient modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same twiddle factor table. */ - float32_t *pTwiddleAReal; /**< points to the real twiddle factor table. */ - float32_t *pTwiddleBReal; /**< points to the imag twiddle factor table. */ - arm_cfft_radix4_instance_f32 *pCfft; /**< points to the complex FFT instance. */ - } arm_rfft_instance_f32; - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the Q15 RFFT/RIFFT. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 RFFT/RIFFT structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input buffer. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output buffer. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_rfft_q15( - const arm_rfft_instance_q15 * S, - q15_t * pSrc, - q15_t * pDst); - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the Q15 RFFT/RIFFT. - * @param[in, out] *S points to an instance of the Q15 RFFT/RIFFT structure. - * @param[in] *S_CFFT points to an instance of the Q15 CFFT/CIFFT structure. - * @param[in] fftLenReal length of the FFT. - * @param[in] ifftFlagR flag that selects forward (ifftFlagR=0) or inverse (ifftFlagR=1) transform. - * @param[in] bitReverseFlag flag that enables (bitReverseFlag=1) or disables (bitReverseFlag=0) bit reversal of output. - * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization is successful or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if fftLenReal is not a supported value. - */ - - arm_status arm_rfft_init_q15( - arm_rfft_instance_q15 * S, - arm_cfft_radix4_instance_q15 * S_CFFT, - uint32_t fftLenReal, - uint32_t ifftFlagR, - uint32_t bitReverseFlag); - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the Q31 RFFT/RIFFT. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 RFFT/RIFFT structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input buffer. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output buffer. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_rfft_q31( - const arm_rfft_instance_q31 * S, - q31_t * pSrc, - q31_t * pDst); - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the Q31 RFFT/RIFFT. - * @param[in, out] *S points to an instance of the Q31 RFFT/RIFFT structure. - * @param[in, out] *S_CFFT points to an instance of the Q31 CFFT/CIFFT structure. - * @param[in] fftLenReal length of the FFT. - * @param[in] ifftFlagR flag that selects forward (ifftFlagR=0) or inverse (ifftFlagR=1) transform. - * @param[in] bitReverseFlag flag that enables (bitReverseFlag=1) or disables (bitReverseFlag=0) bit reversal of output. - * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization is successful or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if fftLenReal is not a supported value. - */ - - arm_status arm_rfft_init_q31( - arm_rfft_instance_q31 * S, - arm_cfft_radix4_instance_q31 * S_CFFT, - uint32_t fftLenReal, - uint32_t ifftFlagR, - uint32_t bitReverseFlag); - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the floating-point RFFT/RIFFT. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the floating-point RFFT/RIFFT structure. - * @param[in,out] *S_CFFT points to an instance of the floating-point CFFT/CIFFT structure. - * @param[in] fftLenReal length of the FFT. - * @param[in] ifftFlagR flag that selects forward (ifftFlagR=0) or inverse (ifftFlagR=1) transform. - * @param[in] bitReverseFlag flag that enables (bitReverseFlag=1) or disables (bitReverseFlag=0) bit reversal of output. - * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization is successful or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if fftLenReal is not a supported value. - */ - - arm_status arm_rfft_init_f32( - arm_rfft_instance_f32 * S, - arm_cfft_radix4_instance_f32 * S_CFFT, - uint32_t fftLenReal, - uint32_t ifftFlagR, - uint32_t bitReverseFlag); - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the floating-point RFFT/RIFFT. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point RFFT/RIFFT structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input buffer. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output buffer. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_rfft_f32( - const arm_rfft_instance_f32 * S, - float32_t * pSrc, - float32_t * pDst); - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point DCT4/IDCT4 function. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint16_t N; /**< length of the DCT4. */ - uint16_t Nby2; /**< half of the length of the DCT4. */ - float32_t normalize; /**< normalizing factor. */ - float32_t *pTwiddle; /**< points to the twiddle factor table. */ - float32_t *pCosFactor; /**< points to the cosFactor table. */ - arm_rfft_instance_f32 *pRfft; /**< points to the real FFT instance. */ - arm_cfft_radix4_instance_f32 *pCfft; /**< points to the complex FFT instance. */ - } arm_dct4_instance_f32; - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the floating-point DCT4/IDCT4. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of floating-point DCT4/IDCT4 structure. - * @param[in] *S_RFFT points to an instance of floating-point RFFT/RIFFT structure. - * @param[in] *S_CFFT points to an instance of floating-point CFFT/CIFFT structure. - * @param[in] N length of the DCT4. - * @param[in] Nby2 half of the length of the DCT4. - * @param[in] normalize normalizing factor. - * @return arm_status function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization is successful or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if fftLenReal is not a supported transform length. - */ - - arm_status arm_dct4_init_f32( - arm_dct4_instance_f32 * S, - arm_rfft_instance_f32 * S_RFFT, - arm_cfft_radix4_instance_f32 * S_CFFT, - uint16_t N, - uint16_t Nby2, - float32_t normalize); - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the floating-point DCT4/IDCT4. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point DCT4/IDCT4 structure. - * @param[in] *pState points to state buffer. - * @param[in,out] *pInlineBuffer points to the in-place input and output buffer. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_dct4_f32( - const arm_dct4_instance_f32 * S, - float32_t * pState, - float32_t * pInlineBuffer); - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 DCT4/IDCT4 function. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint16_t N; /**< length of the DCT4. */ - uint16_t Nby2; /**< half of the length of the DCT4. */ - q31_t normalize; /**< normalizing factor. */ - q31_t *pTwiddle; /**< points to the twiddle factor table. */ - q31_t *pCosFactor; /**< points to the cosFactor table. */ - arm_rfft_instance_q31 *pRfft; /**< points to the real FFT instance. */ - arm_cfft_radix4_instance_q31 *pCfft; /**< points to the complex FFT instance. */ - } arm_dct4_instance_q31; - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the Q31 DCT4/IDCT4. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of Q31 DCT4/IDCT4 structure. - * @param[in] *S_RFFT points to an instance of Q31 RFFT/RIFFT structure - * @param[in] *S_CFFT points to an instance of Q31 CFFT/CIFFT structure - * @param[in] N length of the DCT4. - * @param[in] Nby2 half of the length of the DCT4. - * @param[in] normalize normalizing factor. - * @return arm_status function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization is successful or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if N is not a supported transform length. - */ - - arm_status arm_dct4_init_q31( - arm_dct4_instance_q31 * S, - arm_rfft_instance_q31 * S_RFFT, - arm_cfft_radix4_instance_q31 * S_CFFT, - uint16_t N, - uint16_t Nby2, - q31_t normalize); - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the Q31 DCT4/IDCT4. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 DCT4 structure. - * @param[in] *pState points to state buffer. - * @param[in,out] *pInlineBuffer points to the in-place input and output buffer. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_dct4_q31( - const arm_dct4_instance_q31 * S, - q31_t * pState, - q31_t * pInlineBuffer); - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 DCT4/IDCT4 function. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint16_t N; /**< length of the DCT4. */ - uint16_t Nby2; /**< half of the length of the DCT4. */ - q15_t normalize; /**< normalizing factor. */ - q15_t *pTwiddle; /**< points to the twiddle factor table. */ - q15_t *pCosFactor; /**< points to the cosFactor table. */ - arm_rfft_instance_q15 *pRfft; /**< points to the real FFT instance. */ - arm_cfft_radix4_instance_q15 *pCfft; /**< points to the complex FFT instance. */ - } arm_dct4_instance_q15; - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the Q15 DCT4/IDCT4. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of Q15 DCT4/IDCT4 structure. - * @param[in] *S_RFFT points to an instance of Q15 RFFT/RIFFT structure. - * @param[in] *S_CFFT points to an instance of Q15 CFFT/CIFFT structure. - * @param[in] N length of the DCT4. - * @param[in] Nby2 half of the length of the DCT4. - * @param[in] normalize normalizing factor. - * @return arm_status function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization is successful or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if N is not a supported transform length. - */ - - arm_status arm_dct4_init_q15( - arm_dct4_instance_q15 * S, - arm_rfft_instance_q15 * S_RFFT, - arm_cfft_radix4_instance_q15 * S_CFFT, - uint16_t N, - uint16_t Nby2, - q15_t normalize); - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the Q15 DCT4/IDCT4. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 DCT4 structure. - * @param[in] *pState points to state buffer. - * @param[in,out] *pInlineBuffer points to the in-place input and output buffer. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_dct4_q15( - const arm_dct4_instance_q15 * S, - q15_t * pState, - q15_t * pInlineBuffer); - - /** - * @brief Floating-point vector addition. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_add_f32( - float32_t * pSrcA, - float32_t * pSrcB, - float32_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Q7 vector addition. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_add_q7( - q7_t * pSrcA, - q7_t * pSrcB, - q7_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Q15 vector addition. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_add_q15( - q15_t * pSrcA, - q15_t * pSrcB, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Q31 vector addition. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_add_q31( - q31_t * pSrcA, - q31_t * pSrcB, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Floating-point vector subtraction. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_sub_f32( - float32_t * pSrcA, - float32_t * pSrcB, - float32_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Q7 vector subtraction. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_sub_q7( - q7_t * pSrcA, - q7_t * pSrcB, - q7_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Q15 vector subtraction. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_sub_q15( - q15_t * pSrcA, - q15_t * pSrcB, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Q31 vector subtraction. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_sub_q31( - q31_t * pSrcA, - q31_t * pSrcB, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Multiplies a floating-point vector by a scalar. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector - * @param[in] scale scale factor to be applied - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_scale_f32( - float32_t * pSrc, - float32_t scale, - float32_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Multiplies a Q7 vector by a scalar. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector - * @param[in] scaleFract fractional portion of the scale value - * @param[in] shift number of bits to shift the result by - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_scale_q7( - q7_t * pSrc, - q7_t scaleFract, - int8_t shift, - q7_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Multiplies a Q15 vector by a scalar. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector - * @param[in] scaleFract fractional portion of the scale value - * @param[in] shift number of bits to shift the result by - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_scale_q15( - q15_t * pSrc, - q15_t scaleFract, - int8_t shift, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Multiplies a Q31 vector by a scalar. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector - * @param[in] scaleFract fractional portion of the scale value - * @param[in] shift number of bits to shift the result by - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_scale_q31( - q31_t * pSrc, - q31_t scaleFract, - int8_t shift, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Q7 vector absolute value. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input buffer - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output buffer - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_abs_q7( - q7_t * pSrc, - q7_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Floating-point vector absolute value. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input buffer - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output buffer - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_abs_f32( - float32_t * pSrc, - float32_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Q15 vector absolute value. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input buffer - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output buffer - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_abs_q15( - q15_t * pSrc, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Q31 vector absolute value. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input buffer - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output buffer - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_abs_q31( - q31_t * pSrc, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Dot product of floating-point vectors. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector - * @param[out] *result output result returned here - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_dot_prod_f32( - float32_t * pSrcA, - float32_t * pSrcB, - uint32_t blockSize, - float32_t * result); - - /** - * @brief Dot product of Q7 vectors. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector - * @param[out] *result output result returned here - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_dot_prod_q7( - q7_t * pSrcA, - q7_t * pSrcB, - uint32_t blockSize, - q31_t * result); - - /** - * @brief Dot product of Q15 vectors. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector - * @param[out] *result output result returned here - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_dot_prod_q15( - q15_t * pSrcA, - q15_t * pSrcB, - uint32_t blockSize, - q63_t * result); - - /** - * @brief Dot product of Q31 vectors. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector - * @param[out] *result output result returned here - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_dot_prod_q31( - q31_t * pSrcA, - q31_t * pSrcB, - uint32_t blockSize, - q63_t * result); - - /** - * @brief Shifts the elements of a Q7 vector a specified number of bits. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector - * @param[in] shiftBits number of bits to shift. A positive value shifts left; a negative value shifts right. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_shift_q7( - q7_t * pSrc, - int8_t shiftBits, - q7_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Shifts the elements of a Q15 vector a specified number of bits. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector - * @param[in] shiftBits number of bits to shift. A positive value shifts left; a negative value shifts right. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_shift_q15( - q15_t * pSrc, - int8_t shiftBits, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Shifts the elements of a Q31 vector a specified number of bits. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector - * @param[in] shiftBits number of bits to shift. A positive value shifts left; a negative value shifts right. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_shift_q31( - q31_t * pSrc, - int8_t shiftBits, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Adds a constant offset to a floating-point vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector - * @param[in] offset is the offset to be added - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_offset_f32( - float32_t * pSrc, - float32_t offset, - float32_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Adds a constant offset to a Q7 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector - * @param[in] offset is the offset to be added - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_offset_q7( - q7_t * pSrc, - q7_t offset, - q7_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Adds a constant offset to a Q15 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector - * @param[in] offset is the offset to be added - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_offset_q15( - q15_t * pSrc, - q15_t offset, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Adds a constant offset to a Q31 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector - * @param[in] offset is the offset to be added - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_offset_q31( - q31_t * pSrc, - q31_t offset, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Negates the elements of a floating-point vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_negate_f32( - float32_t * pSrc, - float32_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Negates the elements of a Q7 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_negate_q7( - q7_t * pSrc, - q7_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Negates the elements of a Q15 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_negate_q15( - q15_t * pSrc, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Negates the elements of a Q31 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_negate_q31( - q31_t * pSrc, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - /** - * @brief Copies the elements of a floating-point vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc input pointer - * @param[out] *pDst output pointer - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process - * @return none. - */ - void arm_copy_f32( - float32_t * pSrc, - float32_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Copies the elements of a Q7 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc input pointer - * @param[out] *pDst output pointer - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process - * @return none. - */ - void arm_copy_q7( - q7_t * pSrc, - q7_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Copies the elements of a Q15 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc input pointer - * @param[out] *pDst output pointer - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process - * @return none. - */ - void arm_copy_q15( - q15_t * pSrc, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Copies the elements of a Q31 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc input pointer - * @param[out] *pDst output pointer - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process - * @return none. - */ - void arm_copy_q31( - q31_t * pSrc, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - /** - * @brief Fills a constant value into a floating-point vector. - * @param[in] value input value to be filled - * @param[out] *pDst output pointer - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process - * @return none. - */ - void arm_fill_f32( - float32_t value, - float32_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Fills a constant value into a Q7 vector. - * @param[in] value input value to be filled - * @param[out] *pDst output pointer - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process - * @return none. - */ - void arm_fill_q7( - q7_t value, - q7_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Fills a constant value into a Q15 vector. - * @param[in] value input value to be filled - * @param[out] *pDst output pointer - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process - * @return none. - */ - void arm_fill_q15( - q15_t value, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Fills a constant value into a Q31 vector. - * @param[in] value input value to be filled - * @param[out] *pDst output pointer - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process - * @return none. - */ - void arm_fill_q31( - q31_t value, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - -/** - * @brief Convolution of floating-point sequences. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence. - * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence. - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence. - * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the location where the output result is written. Length srcALen+srcBLen-1. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_conv_f32( - float32_t * pSrcA, - uint32_t srcALen, - float32_t * pSrcB, - uint32_t srcBLen, - float32_t * pDst); - -/** - * @brief Convolution of Q15 sequences. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence. - * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence. - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence. - * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the location where the output result is written. Length srcALen+srcBLen-1. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_conv_q15( - q15_t * pSrcA, - uint32_t srcALen, - q15_t * pSrcB, - uint32_t srcBLen, - q15_t * pDst); - - /** - * @brief Convolution of Q15 sequences (fast version) for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4 - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence. - * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence. - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence. - * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length srcALen+srcBLen-1. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_conv_fast_q15( - q15_t * pSrcA, - uint32_t srcALen, - q15_t * pSrcB, - uint32_t srcBLen, - q15_t * pDst); - - /** - * @brief Convolution of Q31 sequences. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence. - * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence. - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence. - * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length srcALen+srcBLen-1. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_conv_q31( - q31_t * pSrcA, - uint32_t srcALen, - q31_t * pSrcB, - uint32_t srcBLen, - q31_t * pDst); - - /** - * @brief Convolution of Q31 sequences (fast version) for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4 - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence. - * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence. - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence. - * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length srcALen+srcBLen-1. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_conv_fast_q31( - q31_t * pSrcA, - uint32_t srcALen, - q31_t * pSrcB, - uint32_t srcBLen, - q31_t * pDst); - - /** - * @brief Convolution of Q7 sequences. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence. - * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence. - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence. - * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length srcALen+srcBLen-1. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_conv_q7( - q7_t * pSrcA, - uint32_t srcALen, - q7_t * pSrcB, - uint32_t srcBLen, - q7_t * pDst); - - /** - * @brief Partial convolution of floating-point sequences. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence. - * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence. - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence. - * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data - * @param[in] firstIndex is the first output sample to start with. - * @param[in] numPoints is the number of output points to be computed. - * @return Returns either ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if the function completed correctly or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if the requested subset is not in the range [0 srcALen+srcBLen-2]. - */ - - arm_status arm_conv_partial_f32( - float32_t * pSrcA, - uint32_t srcALen, - float32_t * pSrcB, - uint32_t srcBLen, - float32_t * pDst, - uint32_t firstIndex, - uint32_t numPoints); - - /** - * @brief Partial convolution of Q15 sequences. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence. - * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence. - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence. - * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data - * @param[in] firstIndex is the first output sample to start with. - * @param[in] numPoints is the number of output points to be computed. - * @return Returns either ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if the function completed correctly or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if the requested subset is not in the range [0 srcALen+srcBLen-2]. - */ - - arm_status arm_conv_partial_q15( - q15_t * pSrcA, - uint32_t srcALen, - q15_t * pSrcB, - uint32_t srcBLen, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t firstIndex, - uint32_t numPoints); - - /** - * @brief Partial convolution of Q15 sequences (fast version) for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4 - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence. - * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence. - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence. - * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data - * @param[in] firstIndex is the first output sample to start with. - * @param[in] numPoints is the number of output points to be computed. - * @return Returns either ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if the function completed correctly or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if the requested subset is not in the range [0 srcALen+srcBLen-2]. - */ - - arm_status arm_conv_partial_fast_q15( - q15_t * pSrcA, - uint32_t srcALen, - q15_t * pSrcB, - uint32_t srcBLen, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t firstIndex, - uint32_t numPoints); - - /** - * @brief Partial convolution of Q31 sequences. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence. - * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence. - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence. - * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data - * @param[in] firstIndex is the first output sample to start with. - * @param[in] numPoints is the number of output points to be computed. - * @return Returns either ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if the function completed correctly or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if the requested subset is not in the range [0 srcALen+srcBLen-2]. - */ - - arm_status arm_conv_partial_q31( - q31_t * pSrcA, - uint32_t srcALen, - q31_t * pSrcB, - uint32_t srcBLen, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t firstIndex, - uint32_t numPoints); - - - /** - * @brief Partial convolution of Q31 sequences (fast version) for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4 - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence. - * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence. - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence. - * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data - * @param[in] firstIndex is the first output sample to start with. - * @param[in] numPoints is the number of output points to be computed. - * @return Returns either ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if the function completed correctly or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if the requested subset is not in the range [0 srcALen+srcBLen-2]. - */ - - arm_status arm_conv_partial_fast_q31( - q31_t * pSrcA, - uint32_t srcALen, - q31_t * pSrcB, - uint32_t srcBLen, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t firstIndex, - uint32_t numPoints); - - /** - * @brief Partial convolution of Q7 sequences. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence. - * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence. - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence. - * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data - * @param[in] firstIndex is the first output sample to start with. - * @param[in] numPoints is the number of output points to be computed. - * @return Returns either ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if the function completed correctly or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if the requested subset is not in the range [0 srcALen+srcBLen-2]. - */ - - arm_status arm_conv_partial_q7( - q7_t * pSrcA, - uint32_t srcALen, - q7_t * pSrcB, - uint32_t srcBLen, - q7_t * pDst, - uint32_t firstIndex, - uint32_t numPoints); - - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 FIR decimator. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint8_t M; /**< decimation factor. */ - uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of coefficients in the filter. */ - q15_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps.*/ - q15_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */ - } arm_fir_decimate_instance_q15; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 FIR decimator. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint8_t M; /**< decimation factor. */ - uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of coefficients in the filter. */ - q31_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps.*/ - q31_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */ - - } arm_fir_decimate_instance_q31; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point FIR decimator. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint8_t M; /**< decimation factor. */ - uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of coefficients in the filter. */ - float32_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps.*/ - float32_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */ - - } arm_fir_decimate_instance_f32; - - - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the floating-point FIR decimator. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point FIR decimator structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data - * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call. - * @return none - */ - - void arm_fir_decimate_f32( - const arm_fir_decimate_instance_f32 * S, - float32_t * pSrc, - float32_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the floating-point FIR decimator. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the floating-point FIR decimator structure. - * @param[in] numTaps number of coefficients in the filter. - * @param[in] M decimation factor. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients. - * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. - * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call. - * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization is successful or ARM_MATH_LENGTH_ERROR if - * blockSize is not a multiple of M. - */ - - arm_status arm_fir_decimate_init_f32( - arm_fir_decimate_instance_f32 * S, - uint16_t numTaps, - uint8_t M, - float32_t * pCoeffs, - float32_t * pState, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the Q15 FIR decimator. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 FIR decimator structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data - * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call. - * @return none - */ - - void arm_fir_decimate_q15( - const arm_fir_decimate_instance_q15 * S, - q15_t * pSrc, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the Q15 FIR decimator (fast variant) for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 FIR decimator structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data - * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call. - * @return none - */ - - void arm_fir_decimate_fast_q15( - const arm_fir_decimate_instance_q15 * S, - q15_t * pSrc, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the Q15 FIR decimator. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q15 FIR decimator structure. - * @param[in] numTaps number of coefficients in the filter. - * @param[in] M decimation factor. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients. - * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. - * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call. - * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization is successful or ARM_MATH_LENGTH_ERROR if - * blockSize is not a multiple of M. - */ - - arm_status arm_fir_decimate_init_q15( - arm_fir_decimate_instance_q15 * S, - uint16_t numTaps, - uint8_t M, - q15_t * pCoeffs, - q15_t * pState, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the Q31 FIR decimator. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 FIR decimator structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data - * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call. - * @return none - */ - - void arm_fir_decimate_q31( - const arm_fir_decimate_instance_q31 * S, - q31_t * pSrc, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the Q31 FIR decimator (fast variant) for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 FIR decimator structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data - * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call. - * @return none - */ - - void arm_fir_decimate_fast_q31( - arm_fir_decimate_instance_q31 * S, - q31_t * pSrc, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the Q31 FIR decimator. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q31 FIR decimator structure. - * @param[in] numTaps number of coefficients in the filter. - * @param[in] M decimation factor. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients. - * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. - * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call. - * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization is successful or ARM_MATH_LENGTH_ERROR if - * blockSize is not a multiple of M. - */ - - arm_status arm_fir_decimate_init_q31( - arm_fir_decimate_instance_q31 * S, - uint16_t numTaps, - uint8_t M, - q31_t * pCoeffs, - q31_t * pState, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 FIR interpolator. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint8_t L; /**< upsample factor. */ - uint16_t phaseLength; /**< length of each polyphase filter component. */ - q15_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length L*phaseLength. */ - q15_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length blockSize+phaseLength-1. */ - } arm_fir_interpolate_instance_q15; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 FIR interpolator. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint8_t L; /**< upsample factor. */ - uint16_t phaseLength; /**< length of each polyphase filter component. */ - q31_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length L*phaseLength. */ - q31_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length blockSize+phaseLength-1. */ - } arm_fir_interpolate_instance_q31; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point FIR interpolator. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint8_t L; /**< upsample factor. */ - uint16_t phaseLength; /**< length of each polyphase filter component. */ - float32_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length L*phaseLength. */ - float32_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length phaseLength+numTaps-1. */ - } arm_fir_interpolate_instance_f32; - - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the Q15 FIR interpolator. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 FIR interpolator structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data. - * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_fir_interpolate_q15( - const arm_fir_interpolate_instance_q15 * S, - q15_t * pSrc, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the Q15 FIR interpolator. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q15 FIR interpolator structure. - * @param[in] L upsample factor. - * @param[in] numTaps number of filter coefficients in the filter. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficient buffer. - * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. - * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call. - * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization is successful or ARM_MATH_LENGTH_ERROR if - * the filter length numTaps is not a multiple of the interpolation factor L. - */ - - arm_status arm_fir_interpolate_init_q15( - arm_fir_interpolate_instance_q15 * S, - uint8_t L, - uint16_t numTaps, - q15_t * pCoeffs, - q15_t * pState, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the Q31 FIR interpolator. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 FIR interpolator structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data. - * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_fir_interpolate_q31( - const arm_fir_interpolate_instance_q31 * S, - q31_t * pSrc, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the Q31 FIR interpolator. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q31 FIR interpolator structure. - * @param[in] L upsample factor. - * @param[in] numTaps number of filter coefficients in the filter. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficient buffer. - * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. - * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call. - * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization is successful or ARM_MATH_LENGTH_ERROR if - * the filter length numTaps is not a multiple of the interpolation factor L. - */ - - arm_status arm_fir_interpolate_init_q31( - arm_fir_interpolate_instance_q31 * S, - uint8_t L, - uint16_t numTaps, - q31_t * pCoeffs, - q31_t * pState, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the floating-point FIR interpolator. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point FIR interpolator structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data. - * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_fir_interpolate_f32( - const arm_fir_interpolate_instance_f32 * S, - float32_t * pSrc, - float32_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the floating-point FIR interpolator. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the floating-point FIR interpolator structure. - * @param[in] L upsample factor. - * @param[in] numTaps number of filter coefficients in the filter. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficient buffer. - * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. - * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call. - * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization is successful or ARM_MATH_LENGTH_ERROR if - * the filter length numTaps is not a multiple of the interpolation factor L. - */ - - arm_status arm_fir_interpolate_init_f32( - arm_fir_interpolate_instance_f32 * S, - uint8_t L, - uint16_t numTaps, - float32_t * pCoeffs, - float32_t * pState, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the high precision Q31 Biquad cascade filter. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint8_t numStages; /**< number of 2nd order stages in the filter. Overall order is 2*numStages. */ - q63_t *pState; /**< points to the array of state coefficients. The array is of length 4*numStages. */ - q31_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the array of coefficients. The array is of length 5*numStages. */ - uint8_t postShift; /**< additional shift, in bits, applied to each output sample. */ - - } arm_biquad_cas_df1_32x64_ins_q31; - - - /** - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the high precision Q31 Biquad cascade filter structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_biquad_cas_df1_32x64_q31( - const arm_biquad_cas_df1_32x64_ins_q31 * S, - q31_t * pSrc, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - /** - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the high precision Q31 Biquad cascade filter structure. - * @param[in] numStages number of 2nd order stages in the filter. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients. - * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. - * @param[in] postShift shift to be applied to the output. Varies according to the coefficients format - * @return none - */ - - void arm_biquad_cas_df1_32x64_init_q31( - arm_biquad_cas_df1_32x64_ins_q31 * S, - uint8_t numStages, - q31_t * pCoeffs, - q63_t * pState, - uint8_t postShift); - - - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point transposed direct form II Biquad cascade filter. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint8_t numStages; /**< number of 2nd order stages in the filter. Overall order is 2*numStages. */ - float32_t *pState; /**< points to the array of state coefficients. The array is of length 2*numStages. */ - float32_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the array of coefficients. The array is of length 5*numStages. */ - } arm_biquad_cascade_df2T_instance_f32; - - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the floating-point transposed direct form II Biquad cascade filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the filter data structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_biquad_cascade_df2T_f32( - const arm_biquad_cascade_df2T_instance_f32 * S, - float32_t * pSrc, - float32_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the floating-point transposed direct form II Biquad cascade filter. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the filter data structure. - * @param[in] numStages number of 2nd order stages in the filter. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients. - * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. - * @return none - */ - - void arm_biquad_cascade_df2T_init_f32( - arm_biquad_cascade_df2T_instance_f32 * S, - uint8_t numStages, - float32_t * pCoeffs, - float32_t * pState); - - - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 FIR lattice filter. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numStages; /**< number of filter stages. */ - q15_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numStages. */ - q15_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numStages. */ - } arm_fir_lattice_instance_q15; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 FIR lattice filter. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numStages; /**< number of filter stages. */ - q31_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numStages. */ - q31_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numStages. */ - } arm_fir_lattice_instance_q31; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point FIR lattice filter. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numStages; /**< number of filter stages. */ - float32_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numStages. */ - float32_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numStages. */ - } arm_fir_lattice_instance_f32; - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the Q15 FIR lattice filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 FIR lattice structure. - * @param[in] numStages number of filter stages. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the coefficient buffer. The array is of length numStages. - * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. The array is of length numStages. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_fir_lattice_init_q15( - arm_fir_lattice_instance_q15 * S, - uint16_t numStages, - q15_t * pCoeffs, - q15_t * pState); - - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the Q15 FIR lattice filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 FIR lattice structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - void arm_fir_lattice_q15( - const arm_fir_lattice_instance_q15 * S, - q15_t * pSrc, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the Q31 FIR lattice filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 FIR lattice structure. - * @param[in] numStages number of filter stages. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the coefficient buffer. The array is of length numStages. - * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. The array is of length numStages. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_fir_lattice_init_q31( - arm_fir_lattice_instance_q31 * S, - uint16_t numStages, - q31_t * pCoeffs, - q31_t * pState); - - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the Q31 FIR lattice filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 FIR lattice structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_fir_lattice_q31( - const arm_fir_lattice_instance_q31 * S, - q31_t * pSrc, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - -/** - * @brief Initialization function for the floating-point FIR lattice filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point FIR lattice structure. - * @param[in] numStages number of filter stages. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the coefficient buffer. The array is of length numStages. - * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. The array is of length numStages. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_fir_lattice_init_f32( - arm_fir_lattice_instance_f32 * S, - uint16_t numStages, - float32_t * pCoeffs, - float32_t * pState); - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the floating-point FIR lattice filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point FIR lattice structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_fir_lattice_f32( - const arm_fir_lattice_instance_f32 * S, - float32_t * pSrc, - float32_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 IIR lattice filter. - */ - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numStages; /**< number of stages in the filter. */ - q15_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numStages+blockSize. */ - q15_t *pkCoeffs; /**< points to the reflection coefficient array. The array is of length numStages. */ - q15_t *pvCoeffs; /**< points to the ladder coefficient array. The array is of length numStages+1. */ - } arm_iir_lattice_instance_q15; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 IIR lattice filter. - */ - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numStages; /**< number of stages in the filter. */ - q31_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numStages+blockSize. */ - q31_t *pkCoeffs; /**< points to the reflection coefficient array. The array is of length numStages. */ - q31_t *pvCoeffs; /**< points to the ladder coefficient array. The array is of length numStages+1. */ - } arm_iir_lattice_instance_q31; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point IIR lattice filter. - */ - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numStages; /**< number of stages in the filter. */ - float32_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numStages+blockSize. */ - float32_t *pkCoeffs; /**< points to the reflection coefficient array. The array is of length numStages. */ - float32_t *pvCoeffs; /**< points to the ladder coefficient array. The array is of length numStages+1. */ - } arm_iir_lattice_instance_f32; - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the floating-point IIR lattice filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point IIR lattice structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_iir_lattice_f32( - const arm_iir_lattice_instance_f32 * S, - float32_t * pSrc, - float32_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the floating-point IIR lattice filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point IIR lattice structure. - * @param[in] numStages number of stages in the filter. - * @param[in] *pkCoeffs points to the reflection coefficient buffer. The array is of length numStages. - * @param[in] *pvCoeffs points to the ladder coefficient buffer. The array is of length numStages+1. - * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. The array is of length numStages+blockSize-1. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_iir_lattice_init_f32( - arm_iir_lattice_instance_f32 * S, - uint16_t numStages, - float32_t *pkCoeffs, - float32_t *pvCoeffs, - float32_t *pState, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the Q31 IIR lattice filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 IIR lattice structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_iir_lattice_q31( - const arm_iir_lattice_instance_q31 * S, - q31_t * pSrc, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the Q31 IIR lattice filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 IIR lattice structure. - * @param[in] numStages number of stages in the filter. - * @param[in] *pkCoeffs points to the reflection coefficient buffer. The array is of length numStages. - * @param[in] *pvCoeffs points to the ladder coefficient buffer. The array is of length numStages+1. - * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. The array is of length numStages+blockSize. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_iir_lattice_init_q31( - arm_iir_lattice_instance_q31 * S, - uint16_t numStages, - q31_t *pkCoeffs, - q31_t *pvCoeffs, - q31_t *pState, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the Q15 IIR lattice filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 IIR lattice structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_iir_lattice_q15( - const arm_iir_lattice_instance_q15 * S, - q15_t * pSrc, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - -/** - * @brief Initialization function for the Q15 IIR lattice filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the fixed-point Q15 IIR lattice structure. - * @param[in] numStages number of stages in the filter. - * @param[in] *pkCoeffs points to reflection coefficient buffer. The array is of length numStages. - * @param[in] *pvCoeffs points to ladder coefficient buffer. The array is of length numStages+1. - * @param[in] *pState points to state buffer. The array is of length numStages+blockSize. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process per call. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_iir_lattice_init_q15( - arm_iir_lattice_instance_q15 * S, - uint16_t numStages, - q15_t *pkCoeffs, - q15_t *pvCoeffs, - q15_t *pState, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point LMS filter. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of coefficients in the filter. */ - float32_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */ - float32_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps. */ - float32_t mu; /**< step size that controls filter coefficient updates. */ - } arm_lms_instance_f32; - - /** - * @brief Processing function for floating-point LMS filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point LMS filter structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[in] *pRef points to the block of reference data. - * @param[out] *pOut points to the block of output data. - * @param[out] *pErr points to the block of error data. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_lms_f32( - const arm_lms_instance_f32 * S, - float32_t * pSrc, - float32_t * pRef, - float32_t * pOut, - float32_t * pErr, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for floating-point LMS filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point LMS filter structure. - * @param[in] numTaps number of filter coefficients. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the coefficient buffer. - * @param[in] *pState points to state buffer. - * @param[in] mu step size that controls filter coefficient updates. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_lms_init_f32( - arm_lms_instance_f32 * S, - uint16_t numTaps, - float32_t * pCoeffs, - float32_t * pState, - float32_t mu, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 LMS filter. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of coefficients in the filter. */ - q15_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */ - q15_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps. */ - q15_t mu; /**< step size that controls filter coefficient updates. */ - uint32_t postShift; /**< bit shift applied to coefficients. */ - } arm_lms_instance_q15; - - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the Q15 LMS filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 LMS filter structure. - * @param[in] numTaps number of filter coefficients. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the coefficient buffer. - * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. - * @param[in] mu step size that controls filter coefficient updates. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @param[in] postShift bit shift applied to coefficients. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_lms_init_q15( - arm_lms_instance_q15 * S, - uint16_t numTaps, - q15_t * pCoeffs, - q15_t * pState, - q15_t mu, - uint32_t blockSize, - uint32_t postShift); - - /** - * @brief Processing function for Q15 LMS filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 LMS filter structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[in] *pRef points to the block of reference data. - * @param[out] *pOut points to the block of output data. - * @param[out] *pErr points to the block of error data. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_lms_q15( - const arm_lms_instance_q15 * S, - q15_t * pSrc, - q15_t * pRef, - q15_t * pOut, - q15_t * pErr, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 LMS filter. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of coefficients in the filter. */ - q31_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */ - q31_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps. */ - q31_t mu; /**< step size that controls filter coefficient updates. */ - uint32_t postShift; /**< bit shift applied to coefficients. */ - - } arm_lms_instance_q31; - - /** - * @brief Processing function for Q31 LMS filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 LMS filter structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[in] *pRef points to the block of reference data. - * @param[out] *pOut points to the block of output data. - * @param[out] *pErr points to the block of error data. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_lms_q31( - const arm_lms_instance_q31 * S, - q31_t * pSrc, - q31_t * pRef, - q31_t * pOut, - q31_t * pErr, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for Q31 LMS filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 LMS filter structure. - * @param[in] numTaps number of filter coefficients. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to coefficient buffer. - * @param[in] *pState points to state buffer. - * @param[in] mu step size that controls filter coefficient updates. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @param[in] postShift bit shift applied to coefficients. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_lms_init_q31( - arm_lms_instance_q31 * S, - uint16_t numTaps, - q31_t *pCoeffs, - q31_t *pState, - q31_t mu, - uint32_t blockSize, - uint32_t postShift); - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point normalized LMS filter. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of coefficients in the filter. */ - float32_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */ - float32_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps. */ - float32_t mu; /**< step size that control filter coefficient updates. */ - float32_t energy; /**< saves previous frame energy. */ - float32_t x0; /**< saves previous input sample. */ - } arm_lms_norm_instance_f32; - - /** - * @brief Processing function for floating-point normalized LMS filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point normalized LMS filter structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[in] *pRef points to the block of reference data. - * @param[out] *pOut points to the block of output data. - * @param[out] *pErr points to the block of error data. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_lms_norm_f32( - arm_lms_norm_instance_f32 * S, - float32_t * pSrc, - float32_t * pRef, - float32_t * pOut, - float32_t * pErr, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for floating-point normalized LMS filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point LMS filter structure. - * @param[in] numTaps number of filter coefficients. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to coefficient buffer. - * @param[in] *pState points to state buffer. - * @param[in] mu step size that controls filter coefficient updates. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_lms_norm_init_f32( - arm_lms_norm_instance_f32 * S, - uint16_t numTaps, - float32_t * pCoeffs, - float32_t * pState, - float32_t mu, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 normalized LMS filter. - */ - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of coefficients in the filter. */ - q31_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */ - q31_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps. */ - q31_t mu; /**< step size that controls filter coefficient updates. */ - uint8_t postShift; /**< bit shift applied to coefficients. */ - q31_t *recipTable; /**< points to the reciprocal initial value table. */ - q31_t energy; /**< saves previous frame energy. */ - q31_t x0; /**< saves previous input sample. */ - } arm_lms_norm_instance_q31; - - /** - * @brief Processing function for Q31 normalized LMS filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 normalized LMS filter structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[in] *pRef points to the block of reference data. - * @param[out] *pOut points to the block of output data. - * @param[out] *pErr points to the block of error data. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_lms_norm_q31( - arm_lms_norm_instance_q31 * S, - q31_t * pSrc, - q31_t * pRef, - q31_t * pOut, - q31_t * pErr, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for Q31 normalized LMS filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 normalized LMS filter structure. - * @param[in] numTaps number of filter coefficients. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to coefficient buffer. - * @param[in] *pState points to state buffer. - * @param[in] mu step size that controls filter coefficient updates. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @param[in] postShift bit shift applied to coefficients. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_lms_norm_init_q31( - arm_lms_norm_instance_q31 * S, - uint16_t numTaps, - q31_t * pCoeffs, - q31_t * pState, - q31_t mu, - uint32_t blockSize, - uint8_t postShift); - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 normalized LMS filter. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numTaps; /**< Number of coefficients in the filter. */ - q15_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */ - q15_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps. */ - q15_t mu; /**< step size that controls filter coefficient updates. */ - uint8_t postShift; /**< bit shift applied to coefficients. */ - q15_t *recipTable; /**< Points to the reciprocal initial value table. */ - q15_t energy; /**< saves previous frame energy. */ - q15_t x0; /**< saves previous input sample. */ - } arm_lms_norm_instance_q15; - - /** - * @brief Processing function for Q15 normalized LMS filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 normalized LMS filter structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[in] *pRef points to the block of reference data. - * @param[out] *pOut points to the block of output data. - * @param[out] *pErr points to the block of error data. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_lms_norm_q15( - arm_lms_norm_instance_q15 * S, - q15_t * pSrc, - q15_t * pRef, - q15_t * pOut, - q15_t * pErr, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for Q15 normalized LMS filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 normalized LMS filter structure. - * @param[in] numTaps number of filter coefficients. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to coefficient buffer. - * @param[in] *pState points to state buffer. - * @param[in] mu step size that controls filter coefficient updates. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process. - * @param[in] postShift bit shift applied to coefficients. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_lms_norm_init_q15( - arm_lms_norm_instance_q15 * S, - uint16_t numTaps, - q15_t * pCoeffs, - q15_t * pState, - q15_t mu, - uint32_t blockSize, - uint8_t postShift); - - /** - * @brief Correlation of floating-point sequences. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence. - * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence. - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence. - * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length 2 * max(srcALen, srcBLen) - 1. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_correlate_f32( - float32_t * pSrcA, - uint32_t srcALen, - float32_t * pSrcB, - uint32_t srcBLen, - float32_t * pDst); - - /** - * @brief Correlation of Q15 sequences. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence. - * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence. - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence. - * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length 2 * max(srcALen, srcBLen) - 1. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_correlate_q15( - q15_t * pSrcA, - uint32_t srcALen, - q15_t * pSrcB, - uint32_t srcBLen, - q15_t * pDst); - - /** - * @brief Correlation of Q15 sequences (fast version) for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence. - * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence. - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence. - * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length 2 * max(srcALen, srcBLen) - 1. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_correlate_fast_q15( - q15_t * pSrcA, - uint32_t srcALen, - q15_t * pSrcB, - uint32_t srcBLen, - q15_t * pDst); - - /** - * @brief Correlation of Q31 sequences. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence. - * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence. - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence. - * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length 2 * max(srcALen, srcBLen) - 1. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_correlate_q31( - q31_t * pSrcA, - uint32_t srcALen, - q31_t * pSrcB, - uint32_t srcBLen, - q31_t * pDst); - - /** - * @brief Correlation of Q31 sequences (fast version) for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4 - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence. - * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence. - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence. - * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length 2 * max(srcALen, srcBLen) - 1. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_correlate_fast_q31( - q31_t * pSrcA, - uint32_t srcALen, - q31_t * pSrcB, - uint32_t srcBLen, - q31_t * pDst); - - /** - * @brief Correlation of Q7 sequences. - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence. - * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence. - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence. - * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length 2 * max(srcALen, srcBLen) - 1. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_correlate_q7( - q7_t * pSrcA, - uint32_t srcALen, - q7_t * pSrcB, - uint32_t srcBLen, - q7_t * pDst); - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point sparse FIR filter. - */ - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of coefficients in the filter. */ - uint16_t stateIndex; /**< state buffer index. Points to the oldest sample in the state buffer. */ - float32_t *pState; /**< points to the state buffer array. The array is of length maxDelay+blockSize-1. */ - float32_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps.*/ - uint16_t maxDelay; /**< maximum offset specified by the pTapDelay array. */ - int32_t *pTapDelay; /**< points to the array of delay values. The array is of length numTaps. */ - } arm_fir_sparse_instance_f32; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 sparse FIR filter. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of coefficients in the filter. */ - uint16_t stateIndex; /**< state buffer index. Points to the oldest sample in the state buffer. */ - q31_t *pState; /**< points to the state buffer array. The array is of length maxDelay+blockSize-1. */ - q31_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps.*/ - uint16_t maxDelay; /**< maximum offset specified by the pTapDelay array. */ - int32_t *pTapDelay; /**< points to the array of delay values. The array is of length numTaps. */ - } arm_fir_sparse_instance_q31; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 sparse FIR filter. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of coefficients in the filter. */ - uint16_t stateIndex; /**< state buffer index. Points to the oldest sample in the state buffer. */ - q15_t *pState; /**< points to the state buffer array. The array is of length maxDelay+blockSize-1. */ - q15_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps.*/ - uint16_t maxDelay; /**< maximum offset specified by the pTapDelay array. */ - int32_t *pTapDelay; /**< points to the array of delay values. The array is of length numTaps. */ - } arm_fir_sparse_instance_q15; - - /** - * @brief Instance structure for the Q7 sparse FIR filter. - */ - - typedef struct - { - uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of coefficients in the filter. */ - uint16_t stateIndex; /**< state buffer index. Points to the oldest sample in the state buffer. */ - q7_t *pState; /**< points to the state buffer array. The array is of length maxDelay+blockSize-1. */ - q7_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps.*/ - uint16_t maxDelay; /**< maximum offset specified by the pTapDelay array. */ - int32_t *pTapDelay; /**< points to the array of delay values. The array is of length numTaps. */ - } arm_fir_sparse_instance_q7; - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the floating-point sparse FIR filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point sparse FIR structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data - * @param[in] *pScratchIn points to a temporary buffer of size blockSize. - * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_fir_sparse_f32( - arm_fir_sparse_instance_f32 * S, - float32_t * pSrc, - float32_t * pDst, - float32_t * pScratchIn, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the floating-point sparse FIR filter. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the floating-point sparse FIR structure. - * @param[in] numTaps number of nonzero coefficients in the filter. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the array of filter coefficients. - * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. - * @param[in] *pTapDelay points to the array of offset times. - * @param[in] maxDelay maximum offset time supported. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples that will be processed per block. - * @return none - */ - - void arm_fir_sparse_init_f32( - arm_fir_sparse_instance_f32 * S, - uint16_t numTaps, - float32_t * pCoeffs, - float32_t * pState, - int32_t * pTapDelay, - uint16_t maxDelay, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the Q31 sparse FIR filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 sparse FIR structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data - * @param[in] *pScratchIn points to a temporary buffer of size blockSize. - * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_fir_sparse_q31( - arm_fir_sparse_instance_q31 * S, - q31_t * pSrc, - q31_t * pDst, - q31_t * pScratchIn, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the Q31 sparse FIR filter. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q31 sparse FIR structure. - * @param[in] numTaps number of nonzero coefficients in the filter. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the array of filter coefficients. - * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. - * @param[in] *pTapDelay points to the array of offset times. - * @param[in] maxDelay maximum offset time supported. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples that will be processed per block. - * @return none - */ - - void arm_fir_sparse_init_q31( - arm_fir_sparse_instance_q31 * S, - uint16_t numTaps, - q31_t * pCoeffs, - q31_t * pState, - int32_t * pTapDelay, - uint16_t maxDelay, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the Q15 sparse FIR filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 sparse FIR structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data - * @param[in] *pScratchIn points to a temporary buffer of size blockSize. - * @param[in] *pScratchOut points to a temporary buffer of size blockSize. - * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_fir_sparse_q15( - arm_fir_sparse_instance_q15 * S, - q15_t * pSrc, - q15_t * pDst, - q15_t * pScratchIn, - q31_t * pScratchOut, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the Q15 sparse FIR filter. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q15 sparse FIR structure. - * @param[in] numTaps number of nonzero coefficients in the filter. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the array of filter coefficients. - * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. - * @param[in] *pTapDelay points to the array of offset times. - * @param[in] maxDelay maximum offset time supported. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples that will be processed per block. - * @return none - */ - - void arm_fir_sparse_init_q15( - arm_fir_sparse_instance_q15 * S, - uint16_t numTaps, - q15_t * pCoeffs, - q15_t * pState, - int32_t * pTapDelay, - uint16_t maxDelay, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Processing function for the Q7 sparse FIR filter. - * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q7 sparse FIR structure. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data. - * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data - * @param[in] *pScratchIn points to a temporary buffer of size blockSize. - * @param[in] *pScratchOut points to a temporary buffer of size blockSize. - * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_fir_sparse_q7( - arm_fir_sparse_instance_q7 * S, - q7_t * pSrc, - q7_t * pDst, - q7_t * pScratchIn, - q31_t * pScratchOut, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Initialization function for the Q7 sparse FIR filter. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q7 sparse FIR structure. - * @param[in] numTaps number of nonzero coefficients in the filter. - * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the array of filter coefficients. - * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. - * @param[in] *pTapDelay points to the array of offset times. - * @param[in] maxDelay maximum offset time supported. - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples that will be processed per block. - * @return none - */ - - void arm_fir_sparse_init_q7( - arm_fir_sparse_instance_q7 * S, - uint16_t numTaps, - q7_t * pCoeffs, - q7_t * pState, - int32_t *pTapDelay, - uint16_t maxDelay, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - /* - * @brief Floating-point sin_cos function. - * @param[in] theta input value in degrees - * @param[out] *pSinVal points to the processed sine output. - * @param[out] *pCosVal points to the processed cos output. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_sin_cos_f32( - float32_t theta, - float32_t *pSinVal, - float32_t *pCcosVal); - - /* - * @brief Q31 sin_cos function. - * @param[in] theta scaled input value in degrees - * @param[out] *pSinVal points to the processed sine output. - * @param[out] *pCosVal points to the processed cosine output. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_sin_cos_q31( - q31_t theta, - q31_t *pSinVal, - q31_t *pCosVal); - - - /** - * @brief Floating-point complex conjugate. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in each vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_cmplx_conj_f32( - float32_t * pSrc, - float32_t * pDst, - uint32_t numSamples); - - /** - * @brief Q31 complex conjugate. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in each vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_cmplx_conj_q31( - q31_t * pSrc, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t numSamples); - - /** - * @brief Q15 complex conjugate. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in each vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_cmplx_conj_q15( - q15_t * pSrc, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t numSamples); - - - - /** - * @brief Floating-point complex magnitude squared - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the complex input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the real output vector - * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in the input vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_cmplx_mag_squared_f32( - float32_t * pSrc, - float32_t * pDst, - uint32_t numSamples); - - /** - * @brief Q31 complex magnitude squared - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the complex input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the real output vector - * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in the input vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_cmplx_mag_squared_q31( - q31_t * pSrc, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t numSamples); - - /** - * @brief Q15 complex magnitude squared - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the complex input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the real output vector - * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in the input vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_cmplx_mag_squared_q15( - q15_t * pSrc, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t numSamples); - - - /** - * @ingroup groupController - */ - - /** - * @defgroup PID PID Motor Control - * - * A Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) controller is a generic feedback control - * loop mechanism widely used in industrial control systems. - * A PID controller is the most commonly used type of feedback controller. - * - * This set of functions implements (PID) controllers - * for Q15, Q31, and floating-point data types. The functions operate on a single sample - * of data and each call to the function returns a single processed value. - * S points to an instance of the PID control data structure. in - * is the input sample value. The functions return the output value. - * - * \par Algorithm: - * 
-   *    y[n] = y[n-1] + A0 * x[n] + A1 * x[n-1] + A2 * x[n-2]
-   *    A0 = Kp + Ki + Kd
-   *    A1 = (-Kp ) - (2 * Kd )
-   *    A2 = Kd
- * - * \par - * where \c Kp is proportional constant, \c Ki is Integral constant and \c Kd is Derivative constant - * - * \par - * \image html PID.gif "Proportional Integral Derivative Controller" - * - * \par - * The PID controller calculates an "error" value as the difference between - * the measured output and the reference input. - * The controller attempts to minimize the error by adjusting the process control inputs. - * The proportional value determines the reaction to the current error, - * the integral value determines the reaction based on the sum of recent errors, - * and the derivative value determines the reaction based on the rate at which the error has been changing. - * - * \par Instance Structure - * The Gains A0, A1, A2 and state variables for a PID controller are stored together in an instance data structure. - * A separate instance structure must be defined for each PID Controller. - * There are separate instance structure declarations for each of the 3 supported data types. - * - * \par Reset Functions - * There is also an associated reset function for each data type which clears the state array. - * - * \par Initialization Functions - * There is also an associated initialization function for each data type. - * The initialization function performs the following operations: - * - Initializes the Gains A0, A1, A2 from Kp,Ki, Kd gains. - * - Zeros out the values in the state buffer. - * - * \par - * Instance structure cannot be placed into a const data section and it is recommended to use the initialization function. - * - * \par Fixed-Point Behavior - * Care must be taken when using the fixed-point versions of the PID Controller functions. - * In particular, the overflow and saturation behavior of the accumulator used in each function must be considered. - * Refer to the function specific documentation below for usage guidelines. - */ - - /** - * @addtogroup PID - * @{ - */ - - /** - * @brief Process function for the floating-point PID Control. - * @param[in,out] *S is an instance of the floating-point PID Control structure - * @param[in] in input sample to process - * @return out processed output sample. - */ - - - static __INLINE float32_t arm_pid_f32( - arm_pid_instance_f32 * S, - float32_t in) - { - float32_t out; - - /* y[n] = y[n-1] + A0 * x[n] + A1 * x[n-1] + A2 * x[n-2] */ - out = (S->A0 * in) + - (S->A1 * S->state[0]) + (S->A2 * S->state[1]) + (S->state[2]); - - /* Update state */ - S->state[1] = S->state[0]; - S->state[0] = in; - S->state[2] = out; - - /* return to application */ - return (out); - - } - - /** - * @brief Process function for the Q31 PID Control. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q31 PID Control structure - * @param[in] in input sample to process - * @return out processed output sample. - * - * Scaling and Overflow Behavior: - * \par - * The function is implemented using an internal 64-bit accumulator. - * The accumulator has a 2.62 format and maintains full precision of the intermediate multiplication results but provides only a single guard bit. - * Thus, if the accumulator result overflows it wraps around rather than clip. - * In order to avoid overflows completely the input signal must be scaled down by 2 bits as there are four additions. - * After all multiply-accumulates are performed, the 2.62 accumulator is truncated to 1.32 format and then saturated to 1.31 format. - */ - - static __INLINE q31_t arm_pid_q31( - arm_pid_instance_q31 * S, - q31_t in) - { - q63_t acc; - q31_t out; - - /* acc = A0 * x[n] */ - acc = (q63_t) S->A0 * in; - - /* acc += A1 * x[n-1] */ - acc += (q63_t) S->A1 * S->state[0]; - - /* acc += A2 * x[n-2] */ - acc += (q63_t) S->A2 * S->state[1]; - - /* convert output to 1.31 format to add y[n-1] */ - out = (q31_t) (acc >> 31u); - - /* out += y[n-1] */ - out += S->state[2]; - - /* Update state */ - S->state[1] = S->state[0]; - S->state[0] = in; - S->state[2] = out; - - /* return to application */ - return (out); - - } - - /** - * @brief Process function for the Q15 PID Control. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q15 PID Control structure - * @param[in] in input sample to process - * @return out processed output sample. - * - * Scaling and Overflow Behavior: - * \par - * The function is implemented using a 64-bit internal accumulator. - * Both Gains and state variables are represented in 1.15 format and multiplications yield a 2.30 result. - * The 2.30 intermediate results are accumulated in a 64-bit accumulator in 34.30 format. - * There is no risk of internal overflow with this approach and the full precision of intermediate multiplications is preserved. - * After all additions have been performed, the accumulator is truncated to 34.15 format by discarding low 15 bits. - * Lastly, the accumulator is saturated to yield a result in 1.15 format. - */ - - static __INLINE q15_t arm_pid_q15( - arm_pid_instance_q15 * S, - q15_t in) - { - q63_t acc; - q15_t out; - - /* Implementation of PID controller */ - - #ifdef ARM_MATH_CM0 - - /* acc = A0 * x[n] */ - acc = ((q31_t) S->A0 )* in ; - - #else - - /* acc = A0 * x[n] */ - acc = (q31_t) __SMUAD(S->A0, in); - - #endif - - #ifdef ARM_MATH_CM0 - - /* acc += A1 * x[n-1] + A2 * x[n-2] */ - acc += (q31_t) S->A1 * S->state[0] ; - acc += (q31_t) S->A2 * S->state[1] ; - - #else - - /* acc += A1 * x[n-1] + A2 * x[n-2] */ - acc = __SMLALD(S->A1, (q31_t)__SIMD32(S->state), acc); - - #endif - - /* acc += y[n-1] */ - acc += (q31_t) S->state[2] << 15; - - /* saturate the output */ - out = (q15_t) (__SSAT((acc >> 15), 16)); - - /* Update state */ - S->state[1] = S->state[0]; - S->state[0] = in; - S->state[2] = out; - - /* return to application */ - return (out); - - } - - /** - * @} end of PID group - */ - - - /** - * @brief Floating-point matrix inverse. - * @param[in] *src points to the instance of the input floating-point matrix structure. - * @param[out] *dst points to the instance of the output floating-point matrix structure. - * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH, if the dimensions do not match. - * If the input matrix is singular (does not have an inverse), then the algorithm terminates and returns error status ARM_MATH_SINGULAR. - */ - - arm_status arm_mat_inverse_f32( - const arm_matrix_instance_f32 * src, - arm_matrix_instance_f32 * dst); - - - - /** - * @ingroup groupController - */ - - - /** - * @defgroup clarke Vector Clarke Transform - * Forward Clarke transform converts the instantaneous stator phases into a two-coordinate time invariant vector. - * Generally the Clarke transform uses three-phase currents Ia, Ib and Ic to calculate currents - * in the two-phase orthogonal stator axis Ialpha and Ibeta. - * When Ialpha is superposed with Ia as shown in the figure below - * \image html clarke.gif Stator current space vector and its components in (a,b). - * and Ia + Ib + Ic = 0, in this condition Ialpha and Ibeta - * can be calculated using only Ia and Ib. - * - * The function operates on a single sample of data and each call to the function returns the processed output. - * The library provides separate functions for Q31 and floating-point data types. - * \par Algorithm - * \image html clarkeFormula.gif - * where Ia and Ib are the instantaneous stator phases and - * pIalpha and pIbeta are the two coordinates of time invariant vector. - * \par Fixed-Point Behavior - * Care must be taken when using the Q31 version of the Clarke transform. - * In particular, the overflow and saturation behavior of the accumulator used must be considered. - * Refer to the function specific documentation below for usage guidelines. - */ - - /** - * @addtogroup clarke - * @{ - */ - - /** - * - * @brief Floating-point Clarke transform - * @param[in] Ia input three-phase coordinate a - * @param[in] Ib input three-phase coordinate b - * @param[out] *pIalpha points to output two-phase orthogonal vector axis alpha - * @param[out] *pIbeta points to output two-phase orthogonal vector axis beta - * @return none. - */ - - static __INLINE void arm_clarke_f32( - float32_t Ia, - float32_t Ib, - float32_t * pIalpha, - float32_t * pIbeta) - { - /* Calculate pIalpha using the equation, pIalpha = Ia */ - *pIalpha = Ia; - - /* Calculate pIbeta using the equation, pIbeta = (1/sqrt(3)) * Ia + (2/sqrt(3)) * Ib */ - *pIbeta = ((float32_t) 0.57735026919 * Ia + (float32_t) 1.15470053838 * Ib); - - } - - /** - * @brief Clarke transform for Q31 version - * @param[in] Ia input three-phase coordinate a - * @param[in] Ib input three-phase coordinate b - * @param[out] *pIalpha points to output two-phase orthogonal vector axis alpha - * @param[out] *pIbeta points to output two-phase orthogonal vector axis beta - * @return none. - * - * Scaling and Overflow Behavior: - * \par - * The function is implemented using an internal 32-bit accumulator. - * The accumulator maintains 1.31 format by truncating lower 31 bits of the intermediate multiplication in 2.62 format. - * There is saturation on the addition, hence there is no risk of overflow. - */ - - static __INLINE void arm_clarke_q31( - q31_t Ia, - q31_t Ib, - q31_t * pIalpha, - q31_t * pIbeta) - { - q31_t product1, product2; /* Temporary variables used to store intermediate results */ - - /* Calculating pIalpha from Ia by equation pIalpha = Ia */ - *pIalpha = Ia; - - /* Intermediate product is calculated by (1/(sqrt(3)) * Ia) */ - product1 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) Ia * 0x24F34E8B) >> 30); - - /* Intermediate product is calculated by (2/sqrt(3) * Ib) */ - product2 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) Ib * 0x49E69D16) >> 30); - - /* pIbeta is calculated by adding the intermediate products */ - *pIbeta = __QADD(product1, product2); - } - - /** - * @} end of clarke group - */ - - /** - * @brief Converts the elements of the Q7 vector to Q31 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc input pointer - * @param[out] *pDst output pointer - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process - * @return none. - */ - void arm_q7_to_q31( - q7_t * pSrc, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - - - /** - * @ingroup groupController - */ - - /** - * @defgroup inv_clarke Vector Inverse Clarke Transform - * Inverse Clarke transform converts the two-coordinate time invariant vector into instantaneous stator phases. - * - * The function operates on a single sample of data and each call to the function returns the processed output. - * The library provides separate functions for Q31 and floating-point data types. - * \par Algorithm - * \image html clarkeInvFormula.gif - * where pIa and pIb are the instantaneous stator phases and - * Ialpha and Ibeta are the two coordinates of time invariant vector. - * \par Fixed-Point Behavior - * Care must be taken when using the Q31 version of the Clarke transform. - * In particular, the overflow and saturation behavior of the accumulator used must be considered. - * Refer to the function specific documentation below for usage guidelines. - */ - - /** - * @addtogroup inv_clarke - * @{ - */ - - /** - * @brief Floating-point Inverse Clarke transform - * @param[in] Ialpha input two-phase orthogonal vector axis alpha - * @param[in] Ibeta input two-phase orthogonal vector axis beta - * @param[out] *pIa points to output three-phase coordinate a - * @param[out] *pIb points to output three-phase coordinate b - * @return none. - */ - - - static __INLINE void arm_inv_clarke_f32( - float32_t Ialpha, - float32_t Ibeta, - float32_t * pIa, - float32_t * pIb) - { - /* Calculating pIa from Ialpha by equation pIa = Ialpha */ - *pIa = Ialpha; - - /* Calculating pIb from Ialpha and Ibeta by equation pIb = -(1/2) * Ialpha + (sqrt(3)/2) * Ibeta */ - *pIb = -0.5 * Ialpha + (float32_t) 0.8660254039 *Ibeta; - - } - - /** - * @brief Inverse Clarke transform for Q31 version - * @param[in] Ialpha input two-phase orthogonal vector axis alpha - * @param[in] Ibeta input two-phase orthogonal vector axis beta - * @param[out] *pIa points to output three-phase coordinate a - * @param[out] *pIb points to output three-phase coordinate b - * @return none. - * - * Scaling and Overflow Behavior: - * \par - * The function is implemented using an internal 32-bit accumulator. - * The accumulator maintains 1.31 format by truncating lower 31 bits of the intermediate multiplication in 2.62 format. - * There is saturation on the subtraction, hence there is no risk of overflow. - */ - - static __INLINE void arm_inv_clarke_q31( - q31_t Ialpha, - q31_t Ibeta, - q31_t * pIa, - q31_t * pIb) - { - q31_t product1, product2; /* Temporary variables used to store intermediate results */ - - /* Calculating pIa from Ialpha by equation pIa = Ialpha */ - *pIa = Ialpha; - - /* Intermediate product is calculated by (1/(2*sqrt(3)) * Ia) */ - product1 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) (Ialpha) * (0x40000000)) >> 31); - - /* Intermediate product is calculated by (1/sqrt(3) * pIb) */ - product2 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) (Ibeta) * (0x6ED9EBA1)) >> 31); - - /* pIb is calculated by subtracting the products */ - *pIb = __QSUB(product2, product1); - - } - - /** - * @} end of inv_clarke group - */ - - /** - * @brief Converts the elements of the Q7 vector to Q15 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc input pointer - * @param[out] *pDst output pointer - * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process - * @return none. - */ - void arm_q7_to_q15( - q7_t * pSrc, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - - /** - * @ingroup groupController - */ - - /** - * @defgroup park Vector Park Transform - * - * Forward Park transform converts the input two-coordinate vector to flux and torque components. - * The Park transform can be used to realize the transformation of the Ialpha and the Ibeta currents - * from the stationary to the moving reference frame and control the spatial relationship between - * the stator vector current and rotor flux vector. - * If we consider the d axis aligned with the rotor flux, the diagram below shows the - * current vector and the relationship from the two reference frames: - * \image html park.gif "Stator current space vector and its component in (a,b) and in the d,q rotating reference frame" - * - * The function operates on a single sample of data and each call to the function returns the processed output. - * The library provides separate functions for Q31 and floating-point data types. - * \par Algorithm - * \image html parkFormula.gif - * where Ialpha and Ibeta are the stator vector components, - * pId and pIq are rotor vector components and cosVal and sinVal are the - * cosine and sine values of theta (rotor flux position). - * \par Fixed-Point Behavior - * Care must be taken when using the Q31 version of the Park transform. - * In particular, the overflow and saturation behavior of the accumulator used must be considered. - * Refer to the function specific documentation below for usage guidelines. - */ - - /** - * @addtogroup park - * @{ - */ - - /** - * @brief Floating-point Park transform - * @param[in] Ialpha input two-phase vector coordinate alpha - * @param[in] Ibeta input two-phase vector coordinate beta - * @param[out] *pId points to output rotor reference frame d - * @param[out] *pIq points to output rotor reference frame q - * @param[in] sinVal sine value of rotation angle theta - * @param[in] cosVal cosine value of rotation angle theta - * @return none. - * - * The function implements the forward Park transform. - * - */ - - static __INLINE void arm_park_f32( - float32_t Ialpha, - float32_t Ibeta, - float32_t * pId, - float32_t * pIq, - float32_t sinVal, - float32_t cosVal) - { - /* Calculate pId using the equation, pId = Ialpha * cosVal + Ibeta * sinVal */ - *pId = Ialpha * cosVal + Ibeta * sinVal; - - /* Calculate pIq using the equation, pIq = - Ialpha * sinVal + Ibeta * cosVal */ - *pIq = -Ialpha * sinVal + Ibeta * cosVal; - - } - - /** - * @brief Park transform for Q31 version - * @param[in] Ialpha input two-phase vector coordinate alpha - * @param[in] Ibeta input two-phase vector coordinate beta - * @param[out] *pId points to output rotor reference frame d - * @param[out] *pIq points to output rotor reference frame q - * @param[in] sinVal sine value of rotation angle theta - * @param[in] cosVal cosine value of rotation angle theta - * @return none. - * - * Scaling and Overflow Behavior: - * \par - * The function is implemented using an internal 32-bit accumulator. - * The accumulator maintains 1.31 format by truncating lower 31 bits of the intermediate multiplication in 2.62 format. - * There is saturation on the addition and subtraction, hence there is no risk of overflow. - */ - - - static __INLINE void arm_park_q31( - q31_t Ialpha, - q31_t Ibeta, - q31_t * pId, - q31_t * pIq, - q31_t sinVal, - q31_t cosVal) - { - q31_t product1, product2; /* Temporary variables used to store intermediate results */ - q31_t product3, product4; /* Temporary variables used to store intermediate results */ - - /* Intermediate product is calculated by (Ialpha * cosVal) */ - product1 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) (Ialpha) * (cosVal)) >> 31); - - /* Intermediate product is calculated by (Ibeta * sinVal) */ - product2 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) (Ibeta) * (sinVal)) >> 31); - - - /* Intermediate product is calculated by (Ialpha * sinVal) */ - product3 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) (Ialpha) * (sinVal)) >> 31); - - /* Intermediate product is calculated by (Ibeta * cosVal) */ - product4 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) (Ibeta) * (cosVal)) >> 31); - - /* Calculate pId by adding the two intermediate products 1 and 2 */ - *pId = __QADD(product1, product2); - - /* Calculate pIq by subtracting the two intermediate products 3 from 4 */ - *pIq = __QSUB(product4, product3); - } - - /** - * @} end of park group - */ - - /** - * @brief Converts the elements of the Q7 vector to floating-point vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[out] *pDst is output pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @return none. - */ - void arm_q7_to_float( - q7_t * pSrc, - float32_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - /** - * @ingroup groupController - */ - - /** - * @defgroup inv_park Vector Inverse Park transform - * Inverse Park transform converts the input flux and torque components to two-coordinate vector. - * - * The function operates on a single sample of data and each call to the function returns the processed output. - * The library provides separate functions for Q31 and floating-point data types. - * \par Algorithm - * \image html parkInvFormula.gif - * where pIalpha and pIbeta are the stator vector components, - * Id and Iq are rotor vector components and cosVal and sinVal are the - * cosine and sine values of theta (rotor flux position). - * \par Fixed-Point Behavior - * Care must be taken when using the Q31 version of the Park transform. - * In particular, the overflow and saturation behavior of the accumulator used must be considered. - * Refer to the function specific documentation below for usage guidelines. - */ - - /** - * @addtogroup inv_park - * @{ - */ - - /** - * @brief Floating-point Inverse Park transform - * @param[in] Id input coordinate of rotor reference frame d - * @param[in] Iq input coordinate of rotor reference frame q - * @param[out] *pIalpha points to output two-phase orthogonal vector axis alpha - * @param[out] *pIbeta points to output two-phase orthogonal vector axis beta - * @param[in] sinVal sine value of rotation angle theta - * @param[in] cosVal cosine value of rotation angle theta - * @return none. - */ - - static __INLINE void arm_inv_park_f32( - float32_t Id, - float32_t Iq, - float32_t * pIalpha, - float32_t * pIbeta, - float32_t sinVal, - float32_t cosVal) - { - /* Calculate pIalpha using the equation, pIalpha = Id * cosVal - Iq * sinVal */ - *pIalpha = Id * cosVal - Iq * sinVal; - - /* Calculate pIbeta using the equation, pIbeta = Id * sinVal + Iq * cosVal */ - *pIbeta = Id * sinVal + Iq * cosVal; - - } - - - /** - * @brief Inverse Park transform for Q31 version - * @param[in] Id input coordinate of rotor reference frame d - * @param[in] Iq input coordinate of rotor reference frame q - * @param[out] *pIalpha points to output two-phase orthogonal vector axis alpha - * @param[out] *pIbeta points to output two-phase orthogonal vector axis beta - * @param[in] sinVal sine value of rotation angle theta - * @param[in] cosVal cosine value of rotation angle theta - * @return none. - * - * Scaling and Overflow Behavior: - * \par - * The function is implemented using an internal 32-bit accumulator. - * The accumulator maintains 1.31 format by truncating lower 31 bits of the intermediate multiplication in 2.62 format. - * There is saturation on the addition, hence there is no risk of overflow. - */ - - - static __INLINE void arm_inv_park_q31( - q31_t Id, - q31_t Iq, - q31_t * pIalpha, - q31_t * pIbeta, - q31_t sinVal, - q31_t cosVal) - { - q31_t product1, product2; /* Temporary variables used to store intermediate results */ - q31_t product3, product4; /* Temporary variables used to store intermediate results */ - - /* Intermediate product is calculated by (Id * cosVal) */ - product1 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) (Id) * (cosVal)) >> 31); - - /* Intermediate product is calculated by (Iq * sinVal) */ - product2 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) (Iq) * (sinVal)) >> 31); - - - /* Intermediate product is calculated by (Id * sinVal) */ - product3 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) (Id) * (sinVal)) >> 31); - - /* Intermediate product is calculated by (Iq * cosVal) */ - product4 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) (Iq) * (cosVal)) >> 31); - - /* Calculate pIalpha by using the two intermediate products 1 and 2 */ - *pIalpha = __QSUB(product1, product2); - - /* Calculate pIbeta by using the two intermediate products 3 and 4 */ - *pIbeta = __QADD(product4, product3); - - } - - /** - * @} end of Inverse park group - */ - - - /** - * @brief Converts the elements of the Q31 vector to floating-point vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[out] *pDst is output pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @return none. - */ - void arm_q31_to_float( - q31_t * pSrc, - float32_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @ingroup groupInterpolation - */ - - /** - * @defgroup LinearInterpolate Linear Interpolation - * - * Linear interpolation is a method of curve fitting using linear polynomials. - * Linear interpolation works by effectively drawing a straight line between two neighboring samples and returning the appropriate point along that line - * - * \par - * \image html LinearInterp.gif "Linear interpolation" - * - * \par - * A Linear Interpolate function calculates an output value(y), for the input(x) - * using linear interpolation of the input values x0, x1( nearest input values) and the output values y0 and y1(nearest output values) - * - * \par Algorithm: - * 
-   *       y = y0 + (x - x0) * ((y1 - y0)/(x1-x0))
-   *       where x0, x1 are nearest values of input x
-   *             y0, y1 are nearest values to output y
-   *
- * - * \par - * This set of functions implements Linear interpolation process - * for Q7, Q15, Q31, and floating-point data types. The functions operate on a single - * sample of data and each call to the function returns a single processed value. - * S points to an instance of the Linear Interpolate function data structure. - * x is the input sample value. The functions returns the output value. - * - * \par - * if x is outside of the table boundary, Linear interpolation returns first value of the table - * if x is below input range and returns last value of table if x is above range. - */ - - /** - * @addtogroup LinearInterpolate - * @{ - */ - - /** - * @brief Process function for the floating-point Linear Interpolation Function. - * @param[in,out] *S is an instance of the floating-point Linear Interpolation structure - * @param[in] x input sample to process - * @return y processed output sample. - * - */ - - static __INLINE float32_t arm_linear_interp_f32( - arm_linear_interp_instance_f32 * S, - float32_t x) - { - - float32_t y; - float32_t x0, x1; /* Nearest input values */ - float32_t y0, y1; /* Nearest output values */ - float32_t xSpacing = S->xSpacing; /* spacing between input values */ - int32_t i; /* Index variable */ - float32_t *pYData = S->pYData; /* pointer to output table */ - - /* Calculation of index */ - i = (x - S->x1) / xSpacing; - - if(i < 0) - { - /* Iniatilize output for below specified range as least output value of table */ - y = pYData[0]; - } - else if(i >= S->nValues) - { - /* Iniatilize output for above specified range as last output value of table */ - y = pYData[S->nValues-1]; - } - else - { - /* Calculation of nearest input values */ - x0 = S->x1 + i * xSpacing; - x1 = S->x1 + (i +1) * xSpacing; - - /* Read of nearest output values */ - y0 = pYData[i]; - y1 = pYData[i + 1]; - - /* Calculation of output */ - y = y0 + (x - x0) * ((y1 - y0)/(x1-x0)); - - } - - /* returns output value */ - return (y); - } - - /** - * - * @brief Process function for the Q31 Linear Interpolation Function. - * @param[in] *pYData pointer to Q31 Linear Interpolation table - * @param[in] x input sample to process - * @param[in] nValues number of table values - * @return y processed output sample. - * - * \par - * Input sample x is in 12.20 format which contains 12 bits for table index and 20 bits for fractional part. - * This function can support maximum of table size 2^12. - * - */ - - - static __INLINE q31_t arm_linear_interp_q31(q31_t *pYData, - q31_t x, uint32_t nValues) - { - q31_t y; /* output */ - q31_t y0, y1; /* Nearest output values */ - q31_t fract; /* fractional part */ - int32_t index; /* Index to read nearest output values */ - - /* Input is in 12.20 format */ - /* 12 bits for the table index */ - /* Index value calculation */ - index = ((x & 0xFFF00000) >> 20); - - if(index >= (nValues - 1)) - { - return(pYData[nValues - 1]); - } - else if(index < 0) - { - return(pYData[0]); - } - else - { - - /* 20 bits for the fractional part */ - /* shift left by 11 to keep fract in 1.31 format */ - fract = (x & 0x000FFFFF) << 11; - - /* Read two nearest output values from the index in 1.31(q31) format */ - y0 = pYData[index]; - y1 = pYData[index + 1u]; - - /* Calculation of y0 * (1-fract) and y is in 2.30 format */ - y = ((q31_t) ((q63_t) y0 * (0x7FFFFFFF - fract) >> 32)); - - /* Calculation of y0 * (1-fract) + y1 *fract and y is in 2.30 format */ - y += ((q31_t) (((q63_t) y1 * fract) >> 32)); - - /* Convert y to 1.31 format */ - return (y << 1u); - - } - - } - - /** - * - * @brief Process function for the Q15 Linear Interpolation Function. - * @param[in] *pYData pointer to Q15 Linear Interpolation table - * @param[in] x input sample to process - * @param[in] nValues number of table values - * @return y processed output sample. - * - * \par - * Input sample x is in 12.20 format which contains 12 bits for table index and 20 bits for fractional part. - * This function can support maximum of table size 2^12. - * - */ - - - static __INLINE q15_t arm_linear_interp_q15(q15_t *pYData, q31_t x, uint32_t nValues) - { - q63_t y; /* output */ - q15_t y0, y1; /* Nearest output values */ - q31_t fract; /* fractional part */ - int32_t index; /* Index to read nearest output values */ - - /* Input is in 12.20 format */ - /* 12 bits for the table index */ - /* Index value calculation */ - index = ((x & 0xFFF00000) >> 20u); - - if(index >= (nValues - 1)) - { - return(pYData[nValues - 1]); - } - else if(index < 0) - { - return(pYData[0]); - } - else - { - /* 20 bits for the fractional part */ - /* fract is in 12.20 format */ - fract = (x & 0x000FFFFF); - - /* Read two nearest output values from the index */ - y0 = pYData[index]; - y1 = pYData[index + 1u]; - - /* Calculation of y0 * (1-fract) and y is in 13.35 format */ - y = ((q63_t) y0 * (0xFFFFF - fract)); - - /* Calculation of (y0 * (1-fract) + y1 * fract) and y is in 13.35 format */ - y += ((q63_t) y1 * (fract)); - - /* convert y to 1.15 format */ - return (y >> 20); - } - - - } - - /** - * - * @brief Process function for the Q7 Linear Interpolation Function. - * @param[in] *pYData pointer to Q7 Linear Interpolation table - * @param[in] x input sample to process - * @param[in] nValues number of table values - * @return y processed output sample. - * - * \par - * Input sample x is in 12.20 format which contains 12 bits for table index and 20 bits for fractional part. - * This function can support maximum of table size 2^12. - */ - - - static __INLINE q7_t arm_linear_interp_q7(q7_t *pYData, q31_t x, uint32_t nValues) - { - q31_t y; /* output */ - q7_t y0, y1; /* Nearest output values */ - q31_t fract; /* fractional part */ - int32_t index; /* Index to read nearest output values */ - - /* Input is in 12.20 format */ - /* 12 bits for the table index */ - /* Index value calculation */ - index = ((x & 0xFFF00000) >> 20u); - - - if(index >= (nValues - 1)) - { - return(pYData[nValues - 1]); - } - else if(index < 0) - { - return(pYData[0]); - } - else - { - - /* 20 bits for the fractional part */ - /* fract is in 12.20 format */ - fract = (x & 0x000FFFFF); - - /* Read two nearest output values from the index and are in 1.7(q7) format */ - y0 = pYData[index]; - y1 = pYData[index + 1u]; - - /* Calculation of y0 * (1-fract ) and y is in 13.27(q27) format */ - y = ((y0 * (0xFFFFF - fract))); - - /* Calculation of y1 * fract + y0 * (1-fract) and y is in 13.27(q27) format */ - y += (y1 * fract); - - /* convert y to 1.7(q7) format */ - return (y >> 20u); - - } - - } - /** - * @} end of LinearInterpolate group - */ - - /** - * @brief Fast approximation to the trigonometric sine function for floating-point data. - * @param[in] x input value in radians. - * @return sin(x). - */ - - float32_t arm_sin_f32( - float32_t x); - - /** - * @brief Fast approximation to the trigonometric sine function for Q31 data. - * @param[in] x Scaled input value in radians. - * @return sin(x). - */ - - q31_t arm_sin_q31( - q31_t x); - - /** - * @brief Fast approximation to the trigonometric sine function for Q15 data. - * @param[in] x Scaled input value in radians. - * @return sin(x). - */ - - q15_t arm_sin_q15( - q15_t x); - - /** - * @brief Fast approximation to the trigonometric cosine function for floating-point data. - * @param[in] x input value in radians. - * @return cos(x). - */ - - float32_t arm_cos_f32( - float32_t x); - - /** - * @brief Fast approximation to the trigonometric cosine function for Q31 data. - * @param[in] x Scaled input value in radians. - * @return cos(x). - */ - - q31_t arm_cos_q31( - q31_t x); - - /** - * @brief Fast approximation to the trigonometric cosine function for Q15 data. - * @param[in] x Scaled input value in radians. - * @return cos(x). - */ - - q15_t arm_cos_q15( - q15_t x); - - - /** - * @ingroup groupFastMath - */ - - - /** - * @defgroup SQRT Square Root - * - * Computes the square root of a number. - * There are separate functions for Q15, Q31, and floating-point data types. - * The square root function is computed using the Newton-Raphson algorithm. - * This is an iterative algorithm of the form: - * 
-   *      x1 = x0 - f(x0)/f'(x0)
-   *
- * where x1 is the current estimate, - * x0 is the previous estimate and - * f'(x0) is the derivative of f() evaluated at x0. - * For the square root function, the algorithm reduces to: - * 
-   *     x0 = in/2                         [initial guess]
-   *     x1 = 1/2 * ( x0 + in / x0)        [each iteration]
-   *
- */ - - - /** - * @addtogroup SQRT - * @{ - */ - - /** - * @brief Floating-point square root function. - * @param[in] in input value. - * @param[out] *pOut square root of input value. - * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if input value is positive value or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if - * in is negative value and returns zero output for negative values. - */ - - static __INLINE arm_status arm_sqrt_f32( - float32_t in, float32_t *pOut) - { - if(in > 0) - { - -// #if __FPU_USED - #if (__FPU_USED == 1) && defined ( __CC_ARM ) - *pOut = __sqrtf(in); - #else - *pOut = sqrtf(in); - #endif - - return (ARM_MATH_SUCCESS); - } - else - { - *pOut = 0.0f; - return (ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR); - } - - } - - - /** - * @brief Q31 square root function. - * @param[in] in input value. The range of the input value is [0 +1) or 0x00000000 to 0x7FFFFFFF. - * @param[out] *pOut square root of input value. - * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if input value is positive value or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if - * in is negative value and returns zero output for negative values. - */ - arm_status arm_sqrt_q31( - q31_t in, q31_t *pOut); - - /** - * @brief Q15 square root function. - * @param[in] in input value. The range of the input value is [0 +1) or 0x0000 to 0x7FFF. - * @param[out] *pOut square root of input value. - * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if input value is positive value or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if - * in is negative value and returns zero output for negative values. - */ - arm_status arm_sqrt_q15( - q15_t in, q15_t *pOut); - - /** - * @} end of SQRT group - */ - - - - - - - /** - * @brief floating-point Circular write function. - */ - - static __INLINE void arm_circularWrite_f32( - int32_t * circBuffer, - int32_t L, - uint16_t * writeOffset, - int32_t bufferInc, - const int32_t * src, - int32_t srcInc, - uint32_t blockSize) - { - uint32_t i = 0u; - int32_t wOffset; - - /* Copy the value of Index pointer that points - * to the current location where the input samples to be copied */ - wOffset = *writeOffset; - - /* Loop over the blockSize */ - i = blockSize; - - while(i > 0u) - { - /* copy the input sample to the circular buffer */ - circBuffer[wOffset] = *src; - - /* Update the input pointer */ - src += srcInc; - - /* Circularly update wOffset. Watch out for positive and negative value */ - wOffset += bufferInc; - if(wOffset >= L) - wOffset -= L; - - /* Decrement the loop counter */ - i--; - } - - /* Update the index pointer */ - *writeOffset = wOffset; - } - - - - /** - * @brief floating-point Circular Read function. - */ - static __INLINE void arm_circularRead_f32( - int32_t * circBuffer, - int32_t L, - int32_t * readOffset, - int32_t bufferInc, - int32_t * dst, - int32_t * dst_base, - int32_t dst_length, - int32_t dstInc, - uint32_t blockSize) - { - uint32_t i = 0u; - int32_t rOffset, dst_end; - - /* Copy the value of Index pointer that points - * to the current location from where the input samples to be read */ - rOffset = *readOffset; - dst_end = (int32_t) (dst_base + dst_length); - - /* Loop over the blockSize */ - i = blockSize; - - while(i > 0u) - { - /* copy the sample from the circular buffer to the destination buffer */ - *dst = circBuffer[rOffset]; - - /* Update the input pointer */ - dst += dstInc; - - if(dst == (int32_t *) dst_end) - { - dst = dst_base; - } - - /* Circularly update rOffset. Watch out for positive and negative value */ - rOffset += bufferInc; - - if(rOffset >= L) - { - rOffset -= L; - } - - /* Decrement the loop counter */ - i--; - } - - /* Update the index pointer */ - *readOffset = rOffset; - } - - /** - * @brief Q15 Circular write function. - */ - - static __INLINE void arm_circularWrite_q15( - q15_t * circBuffer, - int32_t L, - uint16_t * writeOffset, - int32_t bufferInc, - const q15_t * src, - int32_t srcInc, - uint32_t blockSize) - { - uint32_t i = 0u; - int32_t wOffset; - - /* Copy the value of Index pointer that points - * to the current location where the input samples to be copied */ - wOffset = *writeOffset; - - /* Loop over the blockSize */ - i = blockSize; - - while(i > 0u) - { - /* copy the input sample to the circular buffer */ - circBuffer[wOffset] = *src; - - /* Update the input pointer */ - src += srcInc; - - /* Circularly update wOffset. Watch out for positive and negative value */ - wOffset += bufferInc; - if(wOffset >= L) - wOffset -= L; - - /* Decrement the loop counter */ - i--; - } - - /* Update the index pointer */ - *writeOffset = wOffset; - } - - - - /** - * @brief Q15 Circular Read function. - */ - static __INLINE void arm_circularRead_q15( - q15_t * circBuffer, - int32_t L, - int32_t * readOffset, - int32_t bufferInc, - q15_t * dst, - q15_t * dst_base, - int32_t dst_length, - int32_t dstInc, - uint32_t blockSize) - { - uint32_t i = 0; - int32_t rOffset, dst_end; - - /* Copy the value of Index pointer that points - * to the current location from where the input samples to be read */ - rOffset = *readOffset; - - dst_end = (int32_t) (dst_base + dst_length); - - /* Loop over the blockSize */ - i = blockSize; - - while(i > 0u) - { - /* copy the sample from the circular buffer to the destination buffer */ - *dst = circBuffer[rOffset]; - - /* Update the input pointer */ - dst += dstInc; - - if(dst == (q15_t *) dst_end) - { - dst = dst_base; - } - - /* Circularly update wOffset. Watch out for positive and negative value */ - rOffset += bufferInc; - - if(rOffset >= L) - { - rOffset -= L; - } - - /* Decrement the loop counter */ - i--; - } - - /* Update the index pointer */ - *readOffset = rOffset; - } - - - /** - * @brief Q7 Circular write function. - */ - - static __INLINE void arm_circularWrite_q7( - q7_t * circBuffer, - int32_t L, - uint16_t * writeOffset, - int32_t bufferInc, - const q7_t * src, - int32_t srcInc, - uint32_t blockSize) - { - uint32_t i = 0u; - int32_t wOffset; - - /* Copy the value of Index pointer that points - * to the current location where the input samples to be copied */ - wOffset = *writeOffset; - - /* Loop over the blockSize */ - i = blockSize; - - while(i > 0u) - { - /* copy the input sample to the circular buffer */ - circBuffer[wOffset] = *src; - - /* Update the input pointer */ - src += srcInc; - - /* Circularly update wOffset. Watch out for positive and negative value */ - wOffset += bufferInc; - if(wOffset >= L) - wOffset -= L; - - /* Decrement the loop counter */ - i--; - } - - /* Update the index pointer */ - *writeOffset = wOffset; - } - - - - /** - * @brief Q7 Circular Read function. - */ - static __INLINE void arm_circularRead_q7( - q7_t * circBuffer, - int32_t L, - int32_t * readOffset, - int32_t bufferInc, - q7_t * dst, - q7_t * dst_base, - int32_t dst_length, - int32_t dstInc, - uint32_t blockSize) - { - uint32_t i = 0; - int32_t rOffset, dst_end; - - /* Copy the value of Index pointer that points - * to the current location from where the input samples to be read */ - rOffset = *readOffset; - - dst_end = (int32_t) (dst_base + dst_length); - - /* Loop over the blockSize */ - i = blockSize; - - while(i > 0u) - { - /* copy the sample from the circular buffer to the destination buffer */ - *dst = circBuffer[rOffset]; - - /* Update the input pointer */ - dst += dstInc; - - if(dst == (q7_t *) dst_end) - { - dst = dst_base; - } - - /* Circularly update rOffset. Watch out for positive and negative value */ - rOffset += bufferInc; - - if(rOffset >= L) - { - rOffset -= L; - } - - /* Decrement the loop counter */ - i--; - } - - /* Update the index pointer */ - *readOffset = rOffset; - } - - - /** - * @brief Sum of the squares of the elements of a Q31 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @param[out] *pResult is output value. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_power_q31( - q31_t * pSrc, - uint32_t blockSize, - q63_t * pResult); - - /** - * @brief Sum of the squares of the elements of a floating-point vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @param[out] *pResult is output value. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_power_f32( - float32_t * pSrc, - uint32_t blockSize, - float32_t * pResult); - - /** - * @brief Sum of the squares of the elements of a Q15 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @param[out] *pResult is output value. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_power_q15( - q15_t * pSrc, - uint32_t blockSize, - q63_t * pResult); - - /** - * @brief Sum of the squares of the elements of a Q7 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @param[out] *pResult is output value. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_power_q7( - q7_t * pSrc, - uint32_t blockSize, - q31_t * pResult); - - /** - * @brief Mean value of a Q7 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @param[out] *pResult is output value. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_mean_q7( - q7_t * pSrc, - uint32_t blockSize, - q7_t * pResult); - - /** - * @brief Mean value of a Q15 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @param[out] *pResult is output value. - * @return none. - */ - void arm_mean_q15( - q15_t * pSrc, - uint32_t blockSize, - q15_t * pResult); - - /** - * @brief Mean value of a Q31 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @param[out] *pResult is output value. - * @return none. - */ - void arm_mean_q31( - q31_t * pSrc, - uint32_t blockSize, - q31_t * pResult); - - /** - * @brief Mean value of a floating-point vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @param[out] *pResult is output value. - * @return none. - */ - void arm_mean_f32( - float32_t * pSrc, - uint32_t blockSize, - float32_t * pResult); - - /** - * @brief Variance of the elements of a floating-point vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @param[out] *pResult is output value. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_var_f32( - float32_t * pSrc, - uint32_t blockSize, - float32_t * pResult); - - /** - * @brief Variance of the elements of a Q31 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @param[out] *pResult is output value. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_var_q31( - q31_t * pSrc, - uint32_t blockSize, - q63_t * pResult); - - /** - * @brief Variance of the elements of a Q15 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @param[out] *pResult is output value. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_var_q15( - q15_t * pSrc, - uint32_t blockSize, - q31_t * pResult); - - /** - * @brief Root Mean Square of the elements of a floating-point vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @param[out] *pResult is output value. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_rms_f32( - float32_t * pSrc, - uint32_t blockSize, - float32_t * pResult); - - /** - * @brief Root Mean Square of the elements of a Q31 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @param[out] *pResult is output value. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_rms_q31( - q31_t * pSrc, - uint32_t blockSize, - q31_t * pResult); - - /** - * @brief Root Mean Square of the elements of a Q15 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @param[out] *pResult is output value. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_rms_q15( - q15_t * pSrc, - uint32_t blockSize, - q15_t * pResult); - - /** - * @brief Standard deviation of the elements of a floating-point vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @param[out] *pResult is output value. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_std_f32( - float32_t * pSrc, - uint32_t blockSize, - float32_t * pResult); - - /** - * @brief Standard deviation of the elements of a Q31 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @param[out] *pResult is output value. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_std_q31( - q31_t * pSrc, - uint32_t blockSize, - q31_t * pResult); - - /** - * @brief Standard deviation of the elements of a Q15 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @param[out] *pResult is output value. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_std_q15( - q15_t * pSrc, - uint32_t blockSize, - q15_t * pResult); - - /** - * @brief Floating-point complex magnitude - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the complex input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the real output vector - * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in the input vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_cmplx_mag_f32( - float32_t * pSrc, - float32_t * pDst, - uint32_t numSamples); - - /** - * @brief Q31 complex magnitude - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the complex input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the real output vector - * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in the input vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_cmplx_mag_q31( - q31_t * pSrc, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t numSamples); - - /** - * @brief Q15 complex magnitude - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the complex input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the real output vector - * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in the input vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_cmplx_mag_q15( - q15_t * pSrc, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t numSamples); - - /** - * @brief Q15 complex dot product - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector - * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in each vector - * @param[out] *realResult real part of the result returned here - * @param[out] *imagResult imaginary part of the result returned here - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_cmplx_dot_prod_q15( - q15_t * pSrcA, - q15_t * pSrcB, - uint32_t numSamples, - q31_t * realResult, - q31_t * imagResult); - - /** - * @brief Q31 complex dot product - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector - * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in each vector - * @param[out] *realResult real part of the result returned here - * @param[out] *imagResult imaginary part of the result returned here - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_cmplx_dot_prod_q31( - q31_t * pSrcA, - q31_t * pSrcB, - uint32_t numSamples, - q63_t * realResult, - q63_t * imagResult); - - /** - * @brief Floating-point complex dot product - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector - * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in each vector - * @param[out] *realResult real part of the result returned here - * @param[out] *imagResult imaginary part of the result returned here - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_cmplx_dot_prod_f32( - float32_t * pSrcA, - float32_t * pSrcB, - uint32_t numSamples, - float32_t * realResult, - float32_t * imagResult); - - /** - * @brief Q15 complex-by-real multiplication - * @param[in] *pSrcCmplx points to the complex input vector - * @param[in] *pSrcReal points to the real input vector - * @param[out] *pCmplxDst points to the complex output vector - * @param[in] numSamples number of samples in each vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_cmplx_mult_real_q15( - q15_t * pSrcCmplx, - q15_t * pSrcReal, - q15_t * pCmplxDst, - uint32_t numSamples); - - /** - * @brief Q31 complex-by-real multiplication - * @param[in] *pSrcCmplx points to the complex input vector - * @param[in] *pSrcReal points to the real input vector - * @param[out] *pCmplxDst points to the complex output vector - * @param[in] numSamples number of samples in each vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_cmplx_mult_real_q31( - q31_t * pSrcCmplx, - q31_t * pSrcReal, - q31_t * pCmplxDst, - uint32_t numSamples); - - /** - * @brief Floating-point complex-by-real multiplication - * @param[in] *pSrcCmplx points to the complex input vector - * @param[in] *pSrcReal points to the real input vector - * @param[out] *pCmplxDst points to the complex output vector - * @param[in] numSamples number of samples in each vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_cmplx_mult_real_f32( - float32_t * pSrcCmplx, - float32_t * pSrcReal, - float32_t * pCmplxDst, - uint32_t numSamples); - - /** - * @brief Minimum value of a Q7 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @param[out] *result is output pointer - * @param[in] index is the array index of the minimum value in the input buffer. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_min_q7( - q7_t * pSrc, - uint32_t blockSize, - q7_t * result, - uint32_t * index); - - /** - * @brief Minimum value of a Q15 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @param[out] *pResult is output pointer - * @param[in] *pIndex is the array index of the minimum value in the input buffer. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_min_q15( - q15_t * pSrc, - uint32_t blockSize, - q15_t * pResult, - uint32_t * pIndex); - - /** - * @brief Minimum value of a Q31 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @param[out] *pResult is output pointer - * @param[out] *pIndex is the array index of the minimum value in the input buffer. - * @return none. - */ - void arm_min_q31( - q31_t * pSrc, - uint32_t blockSize, - q31_t * pResult, - uint32_t * pIndex); - - /** - * @brief Minimum value of a floating-point vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @param[out] *pResult is output pointer - * @param[out] *pIndex is the array index of the minimum value in the input buffer. - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_min_f32( - float32_t * pSrc, - uint32_t blockSize, - float32_t * pResult, - uint32_t * pIndex); - -/** - * @brief Maximum value of a Q7 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input buffer - * @param[in] blockSize length of the input vector - * @param[out] *pResult maximum value returned here - * @param[out] *pIndex index of maximum value returned here - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_max_q7( - q7_t * pSrc, - uint32_t blockSize, - q7_t * pResult, - uint32_t * pIndex); - -/** - * @brief Maximum value of a Q15 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input buffer - * @param[in] blockSize length of the input vector - * @param[out] *pResult maximum value returned here - * @param[out] *pIndex index of maximum value returned here - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_max_q15( - q15_t * pSrc, - uint32_t blockSize, - q15_t * pResult, - uint32_t * pIndex); - -/** - * @brief Maximum value of a Q31 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input buffer - * @param[in] blockSize length of the input vector - * @param[out] *pResult maximum value returned here - * @param[out] *pIndex index of maximum value returned here - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_max_q31( - q31_t * pSrc, - uint32_t blockSize, - q31_t * pResult, - uint32_t * pIndex); - -/** - * @brief Maximum value of a floating-point vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input buffer - * @param[in] blockSize length of the input vector - * @param[out] *pResult maximum value returned here - * @param[out] *pIndex index of maximum value returned here - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_max_f32( - float32_t * pSrc, - uint32_t blockSize, - float32_t * pResult, - uint32_t * pIndex); - - /** - * @brief Q15 complex-by-complex multiplication - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in each vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_cmplx_mult_cmplx_q15( - q15_t * pSrcA, - q15_t * pSrcB, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t numSamples); - - /** - * @brief Q31 complex-by-complex multiplication - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in each vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_cmplx_mult_cmplx_q31( - q31_t * pSrcA, - q31_t * pSrcB, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t numSamples); - - /** - * @brief Floating-point complex-by-complex multiplication - * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector - * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector - * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in each vector - * @return none. - */ - - void arm_cmplx_mult_cmplx_f32( - float32_t * pSrcA, - float32_t * pSrcB, - float32_t * pDst, - uint32_t numSamples); - - /** - * @brief Converts the elements of the floating-point vector to Q31 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the floating-point input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the Q31 output vector - * @param[in] blockSize length of the input vector - * @return none. - */ - void arm_float_to_q31( - float32_t * pSrc, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Converts the elements of the floating-point vector to Q15 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the floating-point input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the Q15 output vector - * @param[in] blockSize length of the input vector - * @return none - */ - void arm_float_to_q15( - float32_t * pSrc, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Converts the elements of the floating-point vector to Q7 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc points to the floating-point input vector - * @param[out] *pDst points to the Q7 output vector - * @param[in] blockSize length of the input vector - * @return none - */ - void arm_float_to_q7( - float32_t * pSrc, - q7_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - /** - * @brief Converts the elements of the Q31 vector to Q15 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[out] *pDst is output pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @return none. - */ - void arm_q31_to_q15( - q31_t * pSrc, - q15_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Converts the elements of the Q31 vector to Q7 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[out] *pDst is output pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @return none. - */ - void arm_q31_to_q7( - q31_t * pSrc, - q7_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - /** - * @brief Converts the elements of the Q15 vector to floating-point vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[out] *pDst is output pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @return none. - */ - void arm_q15_to_float( - q15_t * pSrc, - float32_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - /** - * @brief Converts the elements of the Q15 vector to Q31 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[out] *pDst is output pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @return none. - */ - void arm_q15_to_q31( - q15_t * pSrc, - q31_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - /** - * @brief Converts the elements of the Q15 vector to Q7 vector. - * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer - * @param[out] *pDst is output pointer - * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process - * @return none. - */ - void arm_q15_to_q7( - q15_t * pSrc, - q7_t * pDst, - uint32_t blockSize); - - - /** - * @ingroup groupInterpolation - */ - - /** - * @defgroup BilinearInterpolate Bilinear Interpolation - * - * Bilinear interpolation is an extension of linear interpolation applied to a two dimensional grid. - * The underlying function f(x, y) is sampled on a regular grid and the interpolation process - * determines values between the grid points. - * Bilinear interpolation is equivalent to two step linear interpolation, first in the x-dimension and then in the y-dimension. - * Bilinear interpolation is often used in image processing to rescale images. - * The CMSIS DSP library provides bilinear interpolation functions for Q7, Q15, Q31, and floating-point data types. - * - * Algorithm - * \par - * The instance structure used by the bilinear interpolation functions describes a two dimensional data table. - * For floating-point, the instance structure is defined as: - * 
-   *   typedef struct
-   *   {
-   *     uint16_t numRows;
-   *     uint16_t numCols;
-   *     float32_t *pData;
-   * } arm_bilinear_interp_instance_f32;
-   *
- * - * \par - * where numRows specifies the number of rows in the table; - * numCols specifies the number of columns in the table; - * and pData points to an array of size numRows*numCols values. - * The data table pTable is organized in row order and the supplied data values fall on integer indexes. - * That is, table element (x,y) is located at pTable[x + y*numCols] where x and y are integers. - * - * \par - * Let (x, y) specify the desired interpolation point. Then define: - * 
-   *     XF = floor(x)
-   *     YF = floor(y)
-   *
- * \par - * The interpolated output point is computed as: - * 
-   *  f(x, y) = f(XF, YF) * (1-(x-XF)) * (1-(y-YF))
-   *           + f(XF+1, YF) * (x-XF)*(1-(y-YF))
-   *           + f(XF, YF+1) * (1-(x-XF))*(y-YF)
-   *           + f(XF+1, YF+1) * (x-XF)*(y-YF)
-   *
- * Note that the coordinates (x, y) contain integer and fractional components. - * The integer components specify which portion of the table to use while the - * fractional components control the interpolation processor. - * - * \par - * if (x,y) are outside of the table boundary, Bilinear interpolation returns zero output. - */ - - /** - * @addtogroup BilinearInterpolate - * @{ - */ - - /** - * - * @brief Floating-point bilinear interpolation. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the interpolation structure. - * @param[in] X interpolation coordinate. - * @param[in] Y interpolation coordinate. - * @return out interpolated value. - */ - - - static __INLINE float32_t arm_bilinear_interp_f32( - const arm_bilinear_interp_instance_f32 * S, - float32_t X, - float32_t Y) - { - float32_t out; - float32_t f00, f01, f10, f11; - float32_t *pData = S->pData; - int32_t xIndex, yIndex, index; - float32_t xdiff, ydiff; - float32_t b1, b2, b3, b4; - - xIndex = (int32_t) X; - yIndex = (int32_t) Y; - - /* Care taken for table outside boundary */ - /* Returns zero output when values are outside table boundary */ - if(xIndex < 0 || xIndex > (S->numRows-1) || yIndex < 0 || yIndex > ( S->numCols-1)) - { - return(0); - } - - /* Calculation of index for two nearest points in X-direction */ - index = (xIndex - 1) + (yIndex-1) * S->numCols ; - - - /* Read two nearest points in X-direction */ - f00 = pData[index]; - f01 = pData[index + 1]; - - /* Calculation of index for two nearest points in Y-direction */ - index = (xIndex-1) + (yIndex) * S->numCols; - - - /* Read two nearest points in Y-direction */ - f10 = pData[index]; - f11 = pData[index + 1]; - - /* Calculation of intermediate values */ - b1 = f00; - b2 = f01 - f00; - b3 = f10 - f00; - b4 = f00 - f01 - f10 + f11; - - /* Calculation of fractional part in X */ - xdiff = X - xIndex; - - /* Calculation of fractional part in Y */ - ydiff = Y - yIndex; - - /* Calculation of bi-linear interpolated output */ - out = b1 + b2 * xdiff + b3 * ydiff + b4 * xdiff * ydiff; - - /* return to application */ - return (out); - - } - - /** - * - * @brief Q31 bilinear interpolation. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the interpolation structure. - * @param[in] X interpolation coordinate in 12.20 format. - * @param[in] Y interpolation coordinate in 12.20 format. - * @return out interpolated value. - */ - - static __INLINE q31_t arm_bilinear_interp_q31( - arm_bilinear_interp_instance_q31 * S, - q31_t X, - q31_t Y) - { - q31_t out; /* Temporary output */ - q31_t acc = 0; /* output */ - q31_t xfract, yfract; /* X, Y fractional parts */ - q31_t x1, x2, y1, y2; /* Nearest output values */ - int32_t rI, cI; /* Row and column indices */ - q31_t *pYData = S->pData; /* pointer to output table values */ - uint32_t nCols = S->numCols; /* num of rows */ - - - /* Input is in 12.20 format */ - /* 12 bits for the table index */ - /* Index value calculation */ - rI = ((X & 0xFFF00000) >> 20u); - - /* Input is in 12.20 format */ - /* 12 bits for the table index */ - /* Index value calculation */ - cI = ((Y & 0xFFF00000) >> 20u); - - /* Care taken for table outside boundary */ - /* Returns zero output when values are outside table boundary */ - if(rI < 0 || rI > (S->numRows-1) || cI < 0 || cI > ( S->numCols-1)) - { - return(0); - } - - /* 20 bits for the fractional part */ - /* shift left xfract by 11 to keep 1.31 format */ - xfract = (X & 0x000FFFFF) << 11u; - - /* Read two nearest output values from the index */ - x1 = pYData[(rI) + nCols * (cI)]; - x2 = pYData[(rI) + nCols * (cI) + 1u]; - - /* 20 bits for the fractional part */ - /* shift left yfract by 11 to keep 1.31 format */ - yfract = (Y & 0x000FFFFF) << 11u; - - /* Read two nearest output values from the index */ - y1 = pYData[(rI) + nCols * (cI + 1)]; - y2 = pYData[(rI) + nCols * (cI + 1) + 1u]; - - /* Calculation of x1 * (1-xfract ) * (1-yfract) and acc is in 3.29(q29) format */ - out = ((q31_t) (((q63_t) x1 * (0x7FFFFFFF - xfract)) >> 32)); - acc = ((q31_t) (((q63_t) out * (0x7FFFFFFF - yfract)) >> 32)); - - /* x2 * (xfract) * (1-yfract) in 3.29(q29) and adding to acc */ - out = ((q31_t) ((q63_t) x2 * (0x7FFFFFFF - yfract) >> 32)); - acc += ((q31_t) ((q63_t) out * (xfract) >> 32)); - - /* y1 * (1 - xfract) * (yfract) in 3.29(q29) and adding to acc */ - out = ((q31_t) ((q63_t) y1 * (0x7FFFFFFF - xfract) >> 32)); - acc += ((q31_t) ((q63_t) out * (yfract) >> 32)); - - /* y2 * (xfract) * (yfract) in 3.29(q29) and adding to acc */ - out = ((q31_t) ((q63_t) y2 * (xfract) >> 32)); - acc += ((q31_t) ((q63_t) out * (yfract) >> 32)); - - /* Convert acc to 1.31(q31) format */ - return (acc << 2u); - - } - - /** - * @brief Q15 bilinear interpolation. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the interpolation structure. - * @param[in] X interpolation coordinate in 12.20 format. - * @param[in] Y interpolation coordinate in 12.20 format. - * @return out interpolated value. - */ - - static __INLINE q15_t arm_bilinear_interp_q15( - arm_bilinear_interp_instance_q15 * S, - q31_t X, - q31_t Y) - { - q63_t acc = 0; /* output */ - q31_t out; /* Temporary output */ - q15_t x1, x2, y1, y2; /* Nearest output values */ - q31_t xfract, yfract; /* X, Y fractional parts */ - int32_t rI, cI; /* Row and column indices */ - q15_t *pYData = S->pData; /* pointer to output table values */ - uint32_t nCols = S->numCols; /* num of rows */ - - /* Input is in 12.20 format */ - /* 12 bits for the table index */ - /* Index value calculation */ - rI = ((X & 0xFFF00000) >> 20); - - /* Input is in 12.20 format */ - /* 12 bits for the table index */ - /* Index value calculation */ - cI = ((Y & 0xFFF00000) >> 20); - - /* Care taken for table outside boundary */ - /* Returns zero output when values are outside table boundary */ - if(rI < 0 || rI > (S->numRows-1) || cI < 0 || cI > ( S->numCols-1)) - { - return(0); - } - - /* 20 bits for the fractional part */ - /* xfract should be in 12.20 format */ - xfract = (X & 0x000FFFFF); - - /* Read two nearest output values from the index */ - x1 = pYData[(rI) + nCols * (cI)]; - x2 = pYData[(rI) + nCols * (cI) + 1u]; - - - /* 20 bits for the fractional part */ - /* yfract should be in 12.20 format */ - yfract = (Y & 0x000FFFFF); - - /* Read two nearest output values from the index */ - y1 = pYData[(rI) + nCols * (cI + 1)]; - y2 = pYData[(rI) + nCols * (cI + 1) + 1u]; - - /* Calculation of x1 * (1-xfract ) * (1-yfract) and acc is in 13.51 format */ - - /* x1 is in 1.15(q15), xfract in 12.20 format and out is in 13.35 format */ - /* convert 13.35 to 13.31 by right shifting and out is in 1.31 */ - out = (q31_t) (((q63_t) x1 * (0xFFFFF - xfract)) >> 4u); - acc = ((q63_t) out * (0xFFFFF - yfract)); - - /* x2 * (xfract) * (1-yfract) in 1.51 and adding to acc */ - out = (q31_t) (((q63_t) x2 * (0xFFFFF - yfract)) >> 4u); - acc += ((q63_t) out * (xfract)); - - /* y1 * (1 - xfract) * (yfract) in 1.51 and adding to acc */ - out = (q31_t) (((q63_t) y1 * (0xFFFFF - xfract)) >> 4u); - acc += ((q63_t) out * (yfract)); - - /* y2 * (xfract) * (yfract) in 1.51 and adding to acc */ - out = (q31_t) (((q63_t) y2 * (xfract)) >> 4u); - acc += ((q63_t) out * (yfract)); - - /* acc is in 13.51 format and down shift acc by 36 times */ - /* Convert out to 1.15 format */ - return (acc >> 36); - - } - - /** - * @brief Q7 bilinear interpolation. - * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the interpolation structure. - * @param[in] X interpolation coordinate in 12.20 format. - * @param[in] Y interpolation coordinate in 12.20 format. - * @return out interpolated value. - */ - - static __INLINE q7_t arm_bilinear_interp_q7( - arm_bilinear_interp_instance_q7 * S, - q31_t X, - q31_t Y) - { - q63_t acc = 0; /* output */ - q31_t out; /* Temporary output */ - q31_t xfract, yfract; /* X, Y fractional parts */ - q7_t x1, x2, y1, y2; /* Nearest output values */ - int32_t rI, cI; /* Row and column indices */ - q7_t *pYData = S->pData; /* pointer to output table values */ - uint32_t nCols = S->numCols; /* num of rows */ - - /* Input is in 12.20 format */ - /* 12 bits for the table index */ - /* Index value calculation */ - rI = ((X & 0xFFF00000) >> 20); - - /* Input is in 12.20 format */ - /* 12 bits for the table index */ - /* Index value calculation */ - cI = ((Y & 0xFFF00000) >> 20); - - /* Care taken for table outside boundary */ - /* Returns zero output when values are outside table boundary */ - if(rI < 0 || rI > (S->numRows-1) || cI < 0 || cI > ( S->numCols-1)) - { - return(0); - } - - /* 20 bits for the fractional part */ - /* xfract should be in 12.20 format */ - xfract = (X & 0x000FFFFF); - - /* Read two nearest output values from the index */ - x1 = pYData[(rI) + nCols * (cI)]; - x2 = pYData[(rI) + nCols * (cI) + 1u]; - - - /* 20 bits for the fractional part */ - /* yfract should be in 12.20 format */ - yfract = (Y & 0x000FFFFF); - - /* Read two nearest output values from the index */ - y1 = pYData[(rI) + nCols * (cI + 1)]; - y2 = pYData[(rI) + nCols * (cI + 1) + 1u]; - - /* Calculation of x1 * (1-xfract ) * (1-yfract) and acc is in 16.47 format */ - out = ((x1 * (0xFFFFF - xfract))); - acc = (((q63_t) out * (0xFFFFF - yfract))); - - /* x2 * (xfract) * (1-yfract) in 2.22 and adding to acc */ - out = ((x2 * (0xFFFFF - yfract))); - acc += (((q63_t) out * (xfract))); - - /* y1 * (1 - xfract) * (yfract) in 2.22 and adding to acc */ - out = ((y1 * (0xFFFFF - xfract))); - acc += (((q63_t) out * (yfract))); - - /* y2 * (xfract) * (yfract) in 2.22 and adding to acc */ - out = ((y2 * (yfract))); - acc += (((q63_t) out * (xfract))); - - /* acc in 16.47 format and down shift by 40 to convert to 1.7 format */ - return (acc >> 40); - - } - - /** - * @} end of BilinearInterpolate group - */ - - - - - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - - -#endif /* _ARM_MATH_H */ - - -/** - * - * End of file. - */ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/core_cm3.h b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/core_cm3.h deleted file mode 100644 index b09ff8db47..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/core_cm3.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1227 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************//** - * @file core_cm3.h - * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M3 Core Peripheral Access Layer Header File - * @version V2.10 - * @date 19. July 2011 - * - * @note - * Copyright (C) 2009-2011 ARM Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * @par - * ARM Limited (ARM) is supplying this software for use with Cortex-M - * processor based microcontrollers. This file can be freely distributed - * within development tools that are supporting such ARM based processors. - * - * @par - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS". NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED - * OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF - * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLY TO THIS SOFTWARE. - * ARM SHALL NOT, IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR - * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER. - * - ******************************************************************************/ -#if defined ( __ICCARM__ ) - #pragma system_include /* treat file as system include file for MISRA check */ -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -#ifndef __CORE_CM3_H_GENERIC -#define __CORE_CM3_H_GENERIC - - -/** \ingroup CMSIS_Core - \defgroup CMSIS_MISRA_Exceptions CMSIS MISRA-C:2004 Compliance Exceptions - CMSIS violates following MISRA-C2004 Rules: - - - Violates MISRA 2004 Required Rule 8.5, object/function definition in header file.
- Function definitions in header files are used to allow 'inlining'. - - - Violates MISRA 2004 Required Rule 18.4, declaration of union type or object of union type: '{...}'.
- Unions are used for effective representation of core registers. - - - Violates MISRA 2004 Advisory Rule 19.7, Function-like macro defined.
- Function-like macros are used to allow more efficient code. - - */ - - -/******************************************************************************* - * CMSIS definitions - ******************************************************************************/ -/** \ingroup CMSIS_Core - \defgroup CMSIS_core_definitions CMSIS Core Definitions - This file defines all structures and symbols for CMSIS core: - - CMSIS version number - - Cortex-M core - - Cortex-M core Revision Number - @{ - */ - -/* CMSIS CM3 definitions */ -#define __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN (0x02) /*!< [31:16] CMSIS HAL main version */ -#define __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB (0x10) /*!< [15:0] CMSIS HAL sub version */ -#define __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION ((__CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN << 16) | __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB) /*!< CMSIS HAL version number */ - -#define __CORTEX_M (0x03) /*!< Cortex core */ - - -#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) - #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for ARM Compiler */ - #define __INLINE __inline /*!< inline keyword for ARM Compiler */ - -#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ ) - #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for IAR Compiler */ - #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for IAR Compiler. Only available in High optimization mode! */ - -#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) - #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for GNU Compiler */ - #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for GNU Compiler */ - -#elif defined ( __TASKING__ ) - #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for TASKING Compiler */ - #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for TASKING Compiler */ - -#endif - -/*!< __FPU_USED to be checked prior to making use of FPU specific registers and functions */ -#define __FPU_USED 0 - -#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) - #if defined __TARGET_FPU_VFP - #warning "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)" - #endif -#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ ) - #if defined __ARMVFP__ - #warning "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)" - #endif - -#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) - #if defined (__VFP_FP__) && !defined(__SOFTFP__) - #warning "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)" - #endif - -#elif defined ( __TASKING__ ) - /* add preprocessor checks */ -#endif - -#include /*!< standard types definitions */ -#include "core_cmInstr.h" /*!< Core Instruction Access */ -#include "core_cmFunc.h" /*!< Core Function Access */ - -#endif /* __CORE_CM3_H_GENERIC */ - -#ifndef __CMSIS_GENERIC - -#ifndef __CORE_CM3_H_DEPENDANT -#define __CORE_CM3_H_DEPENDANT - -/* check device defines and use defaults */ -#if defined __CHECK_DEVICE_DEFINES - #ifndef __CM3_REV - #define __CM3_REV 0x0200 - #warning "__CM3_REV not defined in device header file; using default!" - #endif - - #ifndef __MPU_PRESENT - #define __MPU_PRESENT 0 - #warning "__MPU_PRESENT not defined in device header file; using default!" - #endif - - #ifndef __NVIC_PRIO_BITS - #define __NVIC_PRIO_BITS 4 - #warning "__NVIC_PRIO_BITS not defined in device header file; using default!" - #endif - - #ifndef __Vendor_SysTickConfig - #define __Vendor_SysTickConfig 0 - #warning "__Vendor_SysTickConfig not defined in device header file; using default!" - #endif -#endif - -/* IO definitions (access restrictions to peripheral registers) */ -#ifdef __cplusplus - #define __I volatile /*!< defines 'read only' permissions */ -#else - #define __I volatile const /*!< defines 'read only' permissions */ -#endif -#define __O volatile /*!< defines 'write only' permissions */ -#define __IO volatile /*!< defines 'read / write' permissions */ - -/*@} end of group CMSIS_core_definitions */ - - - -/******************************************************************************* - * Register Abstraction - ******************************************************************************/ -/** \ingroup CMSIS_Core - \defgroup CMSIS_core_register CMSIS Core Register - Core Register contain: - - Core Register - - Core NVIC Register - - Core SCB Register - - Core SysTick Register - - Core Debug Register - - Core MPU Register -*/ - -/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register - \defgroup CMSIS_CORE CMSIS Core - Type definitions for the Cortex-M Core Registers - @{ - */ - -/** \brief Union type to access the Application Program Status Register (APSR). - */ -typedef union -{ - struct - { -#if (__CORTEX_M != 0x04) - uint32_t _reserved0:27; /*!< bit: 0..26 Reserved */ -#else - uint32_t _reserved0:16; /*!< bit: 0..15 Reserved */ - uint32_t GE:4; /*!< bit: 16..19 Greater than or Equal flags */ - uint32_t _reserved1:7; /*!< bit: 20..26 Reserved */ -#endif - uint32_t Q:1; /*!< bit: 27 Saturation condition flag */ - uint32_t V:1; /*!< bit: 28 Overflow condition code flag */ - uint32_t C:1; /*!< bit: 29 Carry condition code flag */ - uint32_t Z:1; /*!< bit: 30 Zero condition code flag */ - uint32_t N:1; /*!< bit: 31 Negative condition code flag */ - } b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */ - uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */ -} APSR_Type; - - -/** \brief Union type to access the Interrupt Program Status Register (IPSR). - */ -typedef union -{ - struct - { - uint32_t ISR:9; /*!< bit: 0.. 8 Exception number */ - uint32_t _reserved0:23; /*!< bit: 9..31 Reserved */ - } b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */ - uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */ -} IPSR_Type; - - -/** \brief Union type to access the Special-Purpose Program Status Registers (xPSR). - */ -typedef union -{ - struct - { - uint32_t ISR:9; /*!< bit: 0.. 8 Exception number */ -#if (__CORTEX_M != 0x04) - uint32_t _reserved0:15; /*!< bit: 9..23 Reserved */ -#else - uint32_t _reserved0:7; /*!< bit: 9..15 Reserved */ - uint32_t GE:4; /*!< bit: 16..19 Greater than or Equal flags */ - uint32_t _reserved1:4; /*!< bit: 20..23 Reserved */ -#endif - uint32_t T:1; /*!< bit: 24 Thumb bit (read 0) */ - uint32_t IT:2; /*!< bit: 25..26 saved IT state (read 0) */ - uint32_t Q:1; /*!< bit: 27 Saturation condition flag */ - uint32_t V:1; /*!< bit: 28 Overflow condition code flag */ - uint32_t C:1; /*!< bit: 29 Carry condition code flag */ - uint32_t Z:1; /*!< bit: 30 Zero condition code flag */ - uint32_t N:1; /*!< bit: 31 Negative condition code flag */ - } b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */ - uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */ -} xPSR_Type; - - -/** \brief Union type to access the Control Registers (CONTROL). - */ -typedef union -{ - struct - { - uint32_t nPRIV:1; /*!< bit: 0 Execution privilege in Thread mode */ - uint32_t SPSEL:1; /*!< bit: 1 Stack to be used */ - uint32_t FPCA:1; /*!< bit: 2 FP extension active flag */ - uint32_t _reserved0:29; /*!< bit: 3..31 Reserved */ - } b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */ - uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */ -} CONTROL_Type; - -/*@} end of group CMSIS_CORE */ - - -/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register - \defgroup CMSIS_NVIC CMSIS NVIC - Type definitions for the Cortex-M NVIC Registers - @{ - */ - -/** \brief Structure type to access the Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC). - */ -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t ISER[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/W) Interrupt Set Enable Register */ - uint32_t RESERVED0[24]; - __IO uint32_t ICER[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x080 (R/W) Interrupt Clear Enable Register */ - uint32_t RSERVED1[24]; - __IO uint32_t ISPR[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x100 (R/W) Interrupt Set Pending Register */ - uint32_t RESERVED2[24]; - __IO uint32_t ICPR[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x180 (R/W) Interrupt Clear Pending Register */ - uint32_t RESERVED3[24]; - __IO uint32_t IABR[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x200 (R/W) Interrupt Active bit Register */ - uint32_t RESERVED4[56]; - __IO uint8_t IP[240]; /*!< Offset: 0x300 (R/W) Interrupt Priority Register (8Bit wide) */ - uint32_t RESERVED5[644]; - __O uint32_t STIR; /*!< Offset: 0xE00 ( /W) Software Trigger Interrupt Register */ -} NVIC_Type; - -/* Software Triggered Interrupt Register Definitions */ -#define NVIC_STIR_INTID_Pos 0 /*!< STIR: INTLINESNUM Position */ -#define NVIC_STIR_INTID_Msk (0x1FFUL << NVIC_STIR_INTID_Pos) /*!< STIR: INTLINESNUM Mask */ - -/*@} end of group CMSIS_NVIC */ - - -/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register - \defgroup CMSIS_SCB CMSIS SCB - Type definitions for the Cortex-M System Control Block Registers - @{ - */ - -/** \brief Structure type to access the System Control Block (SCB). - */ -typedef struct -{ - __I uint32_t CPUID; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/ ) CPUID Base Register */ - __IO uint32_t ICSR; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) Interrupt Control and State Register */ - __IO uint32_t VTOR; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) Vector Table Offset Register */ - __IO uint32_t AIRCR; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/W) Application Interrupt and Reset Control Register */ - __IO uint32_t SCR; /*!< Offset: 0x010 (R/W) System Control Register */ - __IO uint32_t CCR; /*!< Offset: 0x014 (R/W) Configuration Control Register */ - __IO uint8_t SHP[12]; /*!< Offset: 0x018 (R/W) System Handlers Priority Registers (4-7, 8-11, 12-15) */ - __IO uint32_t SHCSR; /*!< Offset: 0x024 (R/W) System Handler Control and State Register */ - __IO uint32_t CFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x028 (R/W) Configurable Fault Status Register */ - __IO uint32_t HFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x02C (R/W) HardFault Status Register */ - __IO uint32_t DFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x030 (R/W) Debug Fault Status Register */ - __IO uint32_t MMFAR; /*!< Offset: 0x034 (R/W) MemManage Fault Address Register */ - __IO uint32_t BFAR; /*!< Offset: 0x038 (R/W) BusFault Address Register */ - __IO uint32_t AFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x03C (R/W) Auxiliary Fault Status Register */ - __I uint32_t PFR[2]; /*!< Offset: 0x040 (R/ ) Processor Feature Register */ - __I uint32_t DFR; /*!< Offset: 0x048 (R/ ) Debug Feature Register */ - __I uint32_t ADR; /*!< Offset: 0x04C (R/ ) Auxiliary Feature Register */ - __I uint32_t MMFR[4]; /*!< Offset: 0x050 (R/ ) Memory Model Feature Register */ - __I uint32_t ISAR[5]; /*!< Offset: 0x060 (R/ ) Instruction Set Attributes Register */ - uint32_t RESERVED0[5]; - __IO uint32_t CPACR; /*!< Offset: 0x088 (R/W) Coprocessor Access Control Register */ -} SCB_Type; - -/* SCB CPUID Register Definitions */ -#define SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Pos 24 /*!< SCB CPUID: IMPLEMENTER Position */ -#define SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Msk (0xFFUL << SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: IMPLEMENTER Mask */ - -#define SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Pos 20 /*!< SCB CPUID: VARIANT Position */ -#define SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Msk (0xFUL << SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: VARIANT Mask */ - -#define SCB_CPUID_ARCHITECTURE_Pos 16 /*!< SCB CPUID: ARCHITECTURE Position */ -#define SCB_CPUID_ARCHITECTURE_Msk (0xFUL << SCB_CPUID_ARCHITECTURE_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: ARCHITECTURE Mask */ - -#define SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Pos 4 /*!< SCB CPUID: PARTNO Position */ -#define SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Msk (0xFFFUL << SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: PARTNO Mask */ - -#define SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Pos 0 /*!< SCB CPUID: REVISION Position */ -#define SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Msk (0xFUL << SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: REVISION Mask */ - -/* SCB Interrupt Control State Register Definitions */ -#define SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Pos 31 /*!< SCB ICSR: NMIPENDSET Position */ -#define SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: NMIPENDSET Mask */ - -#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Pos 28 /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVSET Position */ -#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVSET Mask */ - -#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Pos 27 /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVCLR Position */ -#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVCLR Mask */ - -#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Pos 26 /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTSET Position */ -#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTSET Mask */ - -#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Pos 25 /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTCLR Position */ -#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTCLR Mask */ - -#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Pos 23 /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPREEMPT Position */ -#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPREEMPT Mask */ - -#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Pos 22 /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPENDING Position */ -#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPENDING Mask */ - -#define SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Pos 12 /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTPENDING Position */ -#define SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Msk (0x1FFUL << SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTPENDING Mask */ - -#define SCB_ICSR_RETTOBASE_Pos 11 /*!< SCB ICSR: RETTOBASE Position */ -#define SCB_ICSR_RETTOBASE_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_RETTOBASE_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: RETTOBASE Mask */ - -#define SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Pos 0 /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTACTIVE Position */ -#define SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Msk (0x1FFUL << SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTACTIVE Mask */ - -/* SCB Vector Table Offset Register Definitions */ -#define SCB_VTOR_TBLOFF_Pos 7 /*!< SCB VTOR: TBLOFF Position */ -#define SCB_VTOR_TBLOFF_Msk (0x1FFFFFFUL << SCB_VTOR_TBLOFF_Pos) /*!< SCB VTOR: TBLOFF Mask */ - -/* SCB Application Interrupt and Reset Control Register Definitions */ -#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos 16 /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEY Position */ -#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Msk (0xFFFFUL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEY Mask */ - -#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Pos 16 /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEYSTAT Position */ -#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Msk (0xFFFFUL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEYSTAT Mask */ - -#define SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Pos 15 /*!< SCB AIRCR: ENDIANESS Position */ -#define SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Msk (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: ENDIANESS Mask */ - -#define SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Pos 8 /*!< SCB AIRCR: PRIGROUP Position */ -#define SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Msk (7UL << SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: PRIGROUP Mask */ - -#define SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Pos 2 /*!< SCB AIRCR: SYSRESETREQ Position */ -#define SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Msk (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: SYSRESETREQ Mask */ - -#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Pos 1 /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTCLRACTIVE Position */ -#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Msk (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTCLRACTIVE Mask */ - -#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTRESET_Pos 0 /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTRESET Position */ -#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTRESET_Msk (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTRESET_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTRESET Mask */ - -/* SCB System Control Register Definitions */ -#define SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Pos 4 /*!< SCB SCR: SEVONPEND Position */ -#define SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk (1UL << SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SEVONPEND Mask */ - -#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Pos 2 /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPDEEP Position */ -#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk (1UL << SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPDEEP Mask */ - -#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Pos 1 /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPONEXIT Position */ -#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPONEXIT Mask */ - -/* SCB Configuration Control Register Definitions */ -#define SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Pos 9 /*!< SCB CCR: STKALIGN Position */ -#define SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: STKALIGN Mask */ - -#define SCB_CCR_BFHFNMIGN_Pos 8 /*!< SCB CCR: BFHFNMIGN Position */ -#define SCB_CCR_BFHFNMIGN_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_BFHFNMIGN_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: BFHFNMIGN Mask */ - -#define SCB_CCR_DIV_0_TRP_Pos 4 /*!< SCB CCR: DIV_0_TRP Position */ -#define SCB_CCR_DIV_0_TRP_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_DIV_0_TRP_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: DIV_0_TRP Mask */ - -#define SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Pos 3 /*!< SCB CCR: UNALIGN_TRP Position */ -#define SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: UNALIGN_TRP Mask */ - -#define SCB_CCR_USERSETMPEND_Pos 1 /*!< SCB CCR: USERSETMPEND Position */ -#define SCB_CCR_USERSETMPEND_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_USERSETMPEND_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: USERSETMPEND Mask */ - -#define SCB_CCR_NONBASETHRDENA_Pos 0 /*!< SCB CCR: NONBASETHRDENA Position */ -#define SCB_CCR_NONBASETHRDENA_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_NONBASETHRDENA_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: NONBASETHRDENA Mask */ - -/* SCB System Handler Control and State Register Definitions */ -#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTENA_Pos 18 /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTENA Position */ -#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTENA_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTENA_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTENA Mask */ - -#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTENA_Pos 17 /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTENA Position */ -#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTENA_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTENA_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTENA Mask */ - -#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Pos 16 /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTENA Position */ -#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTENA Mask */ - -#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Pos 15 /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLPENDED Position */ -#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLPENDED Mask */ - -#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTPENDED_Pos 14 /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTPENDED Position */ -#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTPENDED_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTPENDED Mask */ - -#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTPENDED_Pos 13 /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTPENDED Position */ -#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTPENDED_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTPENDED Mask */ - -#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTPENDED_Pos 12 /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTPENDED Position */ -#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTPENDED_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTPENDED Mask */ - -#define SCB_SHCSR_SYSTICKACT_Pos 11 /*!< SCB SHCSR: SYSTICKACT Position */ -#define SCB_SHCSR_SYSTICKACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_SYSTICKACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: SYSTICKACT Mask */ - -#define SCB_SHCSR_PENDSVACT_Pos 10 /*!< SCB SHCSR: PENDSVACT Position */ -#define SCB_SHCSR_PENDSVACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_PENDSVACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: PENDSVACT Mask */ - -#define SCB_SHCSR_MONITORACT_Pos 8 /*!< SCB SHCSR: MONITORACT Position */ -#define SCB_SHCSR_MONITORACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_MONITORACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: MONITORACT Mask */ - -#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLACT_Pos 7 /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLACT Position */ -#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLACT Mask */ - -#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTACT_Pos 3 /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTACT Position */ -#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTACT Mask */ - -#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTACT_Pos 1 /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTACT Position */ -#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTACT Mask */ - -#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTACT_Pos 0 /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTACT Position */ -#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTACT Mask */ - -/* SCB Configurable Fault Status Registers Definitions */ -#define SCB_CFSR_USGFAULTSR_Pos 16 /*!< SCB CFSR: Usage Fault Status Register Position */ -#define SCB_CFSR_USGFAULTSR_Msk (0xFFFFUL << SCB_CFSR_USGFAULTSR_Pos) /*!< SCB CFSR: Usage Fault Status Register Mask */ - -#define SCB_CFSR_BUSFAULTSR_Pos 8 /*!< SCB CFSR: Bus Fault Status Register Position */ -#define SCB_CFSR_BUSFAULTSR_Msk (0xFFUL << SCB_CFSR_BUSFAULTSR_Pos) /*!< SCB CFSR: Bus Fault Status Register Mask */ - -#define SCB_CFSR_MEMFAULTSR_Pos 0 /*!< SCB CFSR: Memory Manage Fault Status Register Position */ -#define SCB_CFSR_MEMFAULTSR_Msk (0xFFUL << SCB_CFSR_MEMFAULTSR_Pos) /*!< SCB CFSR: Memory Manage Fault Status Register Mask */ - -/* SCB Hard Fault Status Registers Definitions */ -#define SCB_HFSR_DEBUGEVT_Pos 31 /*!< SCB HFSR: DEBUGEVT Position */ -#define SCB_HFSR_DEBUGEVT_Msk (1UL << SCB_HFSR_DEBUGEVT_Pos) /*!< SCB HFSR: DEBUGEVT Mask */ - -#define SCB_HFSR_FORCED_Pos 30 /*!< SCB HFSR: FORCED Position */ -#define SCB_HFSR_FORCED_Msk (1UL << SCB_HFSR_FORCED_Pos) /*!< SCB HFSR: FORCED Mask */ - -#define SCB_HFSR_VECTTBL_Pos 1 /*!< SCB HFSR: VECTTBL Position */ -#define SCB_HFSR_VECTTBL_Msk (1UL << SCB_HFSR_VECTTBL_Pos) /*!< SCB HFSR: VECTTBL Mask */ - -/* SCB Debug Fault Status Register Definitions */ -#define SCB_DFSR_EXTERNAL_Pos 4 /*!< SCB DFSR: EXTERNAL Position */ -#define SCB_DFSR_EXTERNAL_Msk (1UL << SCB_DFSR_EXTERNAL_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: EXTERNAL Mask */ - -#define SCB_DFSR_VCATCH_Pos 3 /*!< SCB DFSR: VCATCH Position */ -#define SCB_DFSR_VCATCH_Msk (1UL << SCB_DFSR_VCATCH_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: VCATCH Mask */ - -#define SCB_DFSR_DWTTRAP_Pos 2 /*!< SCB DFSR: DWTTRAP Position */ -#define SCB_DFSR_DWTTRAP_Msk (1UL << SCB_DFSR_DWTTRAP_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: DWTTRAP Mask */ - -#define SCB_DFSR_BKPT_Pos 1 /*!< SCB DFSR: BKPT Position */ -#define SCB_DFSR_BKPT_Msk (1UL << SCB_DFSR_BKPT_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: BKPT Mask */ - -#define SCB_DFSR_HALTED_Pos 0 /*!< SCB DFSR: HALTED Position */ -#define SCB_DFSR_HALTED_Msk (1UL << SCB_DFSR_HALTED_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: HALTED Mask */ - -/*@} end of group CMSIS_SCB */ - - -/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register - \defgroup CMSIS_SCnSCB CMSIS System Control and ID Register not in the SCB - Type definitions for the Cortex-M System Control and ID Register not in the SCB - @{ - */ - -/** \brief Structure type to access the System Control and ID Register not in the SCB. - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t RESERVED0[1]; - __I uint32_t ICTR; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/ ) Interrupt Controller Type Register */ -#if ((defined __CM3_REV) && (__CM3_REV >= 0x200)) - __IO uint32_t ACTLR; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) Auxiliary Control Register */ -#else - uint32_t RESERVED1[1]; -#endif -} SCnSCB_Type; - -/* Interrupt Controller Type Register Definitions */ -#define SCnSCB_ICTR_INTLINESNUM_Pos 0 /*!< ICTR: INTLINESNUM Position */ -#define SCnSCB_ICTR_INTLINESNUM_Msk (0xFUL << SCnSCB_ICTR_INTLINESNUM_Pos) /*!< ICTR: INTLINESNUM Mask */ - -/* Auxiliary Control Register Definitions */ - -#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISFOLD_Pos 2 /*!< ACTLR: DISFOLD Position */ -#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISFOLD_Msk (1UL << SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISFOLD_Pos) /*!< ACTLR: DISFOLD Mask */ - -#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISDEFWBUF_Pos 1 /*!< ACTLR: DISDEFWBUF Position */ -#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISDEFWBUF_Msk (1UL << SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISDEFWBUF_Pos) /*!< ACTLR: DISDEFWBUF Mask */ - -#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Pos 0 /*!< ACTLR: DISMCYCINT Position */ -#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Msk (1UL << SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Pos) /*!< ACTLR: DISMCYCINT Mask */ - -/*@} end of group CMSIS_SCnotSCB */ - - -/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register - \defgroup CMSIS_SysTick CMSIS SysTick - Type definitions for the Cortex-M System Timer Registers - @{ - */ - -/** \brief Structure type to access the System Timer (SysTick). - */ -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t CTRL; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/W) SysTick Control and Status Register */ - __IO uint32_t LOAD; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) SysTick Reload Value Register */ - __IO uint32_t VAL; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) SysTick Current Value Register */ - __I uint32_t CALIB; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/ ) SysTick Calibration Register */ -} SysTick_Type; - -/* SysTick Control / Status Register Definitions */ -#define SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Pos 16 /*!< SysTick CTRL: COUNTFLAG Position */ -#define SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: COUNTFLAG Mask */ - -#define SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos 2 /*!< SysTick CTRL: CLKSOURCE Position */ -#define SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: CLKSOURCE Mask */ - -#define SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos 1 /*!< SysTick CTRL: TICKINT Position */ -#define SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: TICKINT Mask */ - -#define SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos 0 /*!< SysTick CTRL: ENABLE Position */ -#define SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: ENABLE Mask */ - -/* SysTick Reload Register Definitions */ -#define SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Pos 0 /*!< SysTick LOAD: RELOAD Position */ -#define SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk (0xFFFFFFUL << SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Pos) /*!< SysTick LOAD: RELOAD Mask */ - -/* SysTick Current Register Definitions */ -#define SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos 0 /*!< SysTick VAL: CURRENT Position */ -#define SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Msk (0xFFFFFFUL << SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos) /*!< SysTick VAL: CURRENT Mask */ - -/* SysTick Calibration Register Definitions */ -#define SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Pos 31 /*!< SysTick CALIB: NOREF Position */ -#define SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Pos) /*!< SysTick CALIB: NOREF Mask */ - -#define SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Pos 30 /*!< SysTick CALIB: SKEW Position */ -#define SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Pos) /*!< SysTick CALIB: SKEW Mask */ - -#define SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Pos 0 /*!< SysTick CALIB: TENMS Position */ -#define SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Msk (0xFFFFFFUL << SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos) /*!< SysTick CALIB: TENMS Mask */ - -/*@} end of group CMSIS_SysTick */ - - -/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register - \defgroup CMSIS_ITM CMSIS ITM - Type definitions for the Cortex-M Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM) - @{ - */ - -/** \brief Structure type to access the Instrumentation Trace Macrocell Register (ITM). - */ -typedef struct -{ - __O union - { - __O uint8_t u8; /*!< Offset: 0x000 ( /W) ITM Stimulus Port 8-bit */ - __O uint16_t u16; /*!< Offset: 0x000 ( /W) ITM Stimulus Port 16-bit */ - __O uint32_t u32; /*!< Offset: 0x000 ( /W) ITM Stimulus Port 32-bit */ - } PORT [32]; /*!< Offset: 0x000 ( /W) ITM Stimulus Port Registers */ - uint32_t RESERVED0[864]; - __IO uint32_t TER; /*!< Offset: 0xE00 (R/W) ITM Trace Enable Register */ - uint32_t RESERVED1[15]; - __IO uint32_t TPR; /*!< Offset: 0xE40 (R/W) ITM Trace Privilege Register */ - uint32_t RESERVED2[15]; - __IO uint32_t TCR; /*!< Offset: 0xE80 (R/W) ITM Trace Control Register */ -} ITM_Type; - -/* ITM Trace Privilege Register Definitions */ -#define ITM_TPR_PRIVMASK_Pos 0 /*!< ITM TPR: PRIVMASK Position */ -#define ITM_TPR_PRIVMASK_Msk (0xFUL << ITM_TPR_PRIVMASK_Pos) /*!< ITM TPR: PRIVMASK Mask */ - -/* ITM Trace Control Register Definitions */ -#define ITM_TCR_BUSY_Pos 23 /*!< ITM TCR: BUSY Position */ -#define ITM_TCR_BUSY_Msk (1UL << ITM_TCR_BUSY_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: BUSY Mask */ - -#define ITM_TCR_TraceBusID_Pos 16 /*!< ITM TCR: ATBID Position */ -#define ITM_TCR_TraceBusID_Msk (0x7FUL << ITM_TCR_TraceBusID_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: ATBID Mask */ - -#define ITM_TCR_GTSFREQ_Pos 10 /*!< ITM TCR: Global timestamp frequency Position */ -#define ITM_TCR_GTSFREQ_Msk (3UL << ITM_TCR_GTSFREQ_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: Global timestamp frequency Mask */ - -#define ITM_TCR_TSPrescale_Pos 8 /*!< ITM TCR: TSPrescale Position */ -#define ITM_TCR_TSPrescale_Msk (3UL << ITM_TCR_TSPrescale_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: TSPrescale Mask */ - -#define ITM_TCR_SWOENA_Pos 4 /*!< ITM TCR: SWOENA Position */ -#define ITM_TCR_SWOENA_Msk (1UL << ITM_TCR_SWOENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: SWOENA Mask */ - -#define ITM_TCR_TXENA_Pos 3 /*!< ITM TCR: TXENA Position */ -#define ITM_TCR_TXENA_Msk (1UL << ITM_TCR_TXENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: TXENA Mask */ - -#define ITM_TCR_SYNCENA_Pos 2 /*!< ITM TCR: SYNCENA Position */ -#define ITM_TCR_SYNCENA_Msk (1UL << ITM_TCR_SYNCENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: SYNCENA Mask */ - -#define ITM_TCR_TSENA_Pos 1 /*!< ITM TCR: TSENA Position */ -#define ITM_TCR_TSENA_Msk (1UL << ITM_TCR_TSENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: TSENA Mask */ - -#define ITM_TCR_ITMENA_Pos 0 /*!< ITM TCR: ITM Enable bit Position */ -#define ITM_TCR_ITMENA_Msk (1UL << ITM_TCR_ITMENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: ITM Enable bit Mask */ - -/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_ITM */ - - -#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1) -/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register - \defgroup CMSIS_MPU CMSIS MPU - Type definitions for the Cortex-M Memory Protection Unit (MPU) - @{ - */ - -/** \brief Structure type to access the Memory Protection Unit (MPU). - */ -typedef struct -{ - __I uint32_t TYPE; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/ ) MPU Type Register */ - __IO uint32_t CTRL; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) MPU Control Register */ - __IO uint32_t RNR; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) MPU Region RNRber Register */ - __IO uint32_t RBAR; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/W) MPU Region Base Address Register */ - __IO uint32_t RASR; /*!< Offset: 0x010 (R/W) MPU Region Attribute and Size Register */ - __IO uint32_t RBAR_A1; /*!< Offset: 0x014 (R/W) MPU Alias 1 Region Base Address Register */ - __IO uint32_t RASR_A1; /*!< Offset: 0x018 (R/W) MPU Alias 1 Region Attribute and Size Register */ - __IO uint32_t RBAR_A2; /*!< Offset: 0x01C (R/W) MPU Alias 2 Region Base Address Register */ - __IO uint32_t RASR_A2; /*!< Offset: 0x020 (R/W) MPU Alias 2 Region Attribute and Size Register */ - __IO uint32_t RBAR_A3; /*!< Offset: 0x024 (R/W) MPU Alias 3 Region Base Address Register */ - __IO uint32_t RASR_A3; /*!< Offset: 0x028 (R/W) MPU Alias 3 Region Attribute and Size Register */ -} MPU_Type; - -/* MPU Type Register */ -#define MPU_TYPE_IREGION_Pos 16 /*!< MPU TYPE: IREGION Position */ -#define MPU_TYPE_IREGION_Msk (0xFFUL << MPU_TYPE_IREGION_Pos) /*!< MPU TYPE: IREGION Mask */ - -#define MPU_TYPE_DREGION_Pos 8 /*!< MPU TYPE: DREGION Position */ -#define MPU_TYPE_DREGION_Msk (0xFFUL << MPU_TYPE_DREGION_Pos) /*!< MPU TYPE: DREGION Mask */ - -#define MPU_TYPE_SEPARATE_Pos 0 /*!< MPU TYPE: SEPARATE Position */ -#define MPU_TYPE_SEPARATE_Msk (1UL << MPU_TYPE_SEPARATE_Pos) /*!< MPU TYPE: SEPARATE Mask */ - -/* MPU Control Register */ -#define MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Pos 2 /*!< MPU CTRL: PRIVDEFENA Position */ -#define MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Msk (1UL << MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Pos) /*!< MPU CTRL: PRIVDEFENA Mask */ - -#define MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Pos 1 /*!< MPU CTRL: HFNMIENA Position */ -#define MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Msk (1UL << MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Pos) /*!< MPU CTRL: HFNMIENA Mask */ - -#define MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos 0 /*!< MPU CTRL: ENABLE Position */ -#define MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk (1UL << MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos) /*!< MPU CTRL: ENABLE Mask */ - -/* MPU Region Number Register */ -#define MPU_RNR_REGION_Pos 0 /*!< MPU RNR: REGION Position */ -#define MPU_RNR_REGION_Msk (0xFFUL << MPU_RNR_REGION_Pos) /*!< MPU RNR: REGION Mask */ - -/* MPU Region Base Address Register */ -#define MPU_RBAR_ADDR_Pos 5 /*!< MPU RBAR: ADDR Position */ -#define MPU_RBAR_ADDR_Msk (0x7FFFFFFUL << MPU_RBAR_ADDR_Pos) /*!< MPU RBAR: ADDR Mask */ - -#define MPU_RBAR_VALID_Pos 4 /*!< MPU RBAR: VALID Position */ -#define MPU_RBAR_VALID_Msk (1UL << MPU_RBAR_VALID_Pos) /*!< MPU RBAR: VALID Mask */ - -#define MPU_RBAR_REGION_Pos 0 /*!< MPU RBAR: REGION Position */ -#define MPU_RBAR_REGION_Msk (0xFUL << MPU_RBAR_REGION_Pos) /*!< MPU RBAR: REGION Mask */ - -/* MPU Region Attribute and Size Register */ -#define MPU_RASR_ATTRS_Pos 16 /*!< MPU RASR: MPU Region Attribute field Position */ -#define MPU_RASR_ATTRS_Msk (0xFFFFUL << MPU_RASR_ATTRS_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: MPU Region Attribute field Mask */ - -#define MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos 8 /*!< MPU RASR: Sub-Region Disable Position */ -#define MPU_RASR_SRD_Msk (0xFFUL << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Sub-Region Disable Mask */ - -#define MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos 1 /*!< MPU RASR: Region Size Field Position */ -#define MPU_RASR_SIZE_Msk (0x1FUL << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Region Size Field Mask */ - -#define MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos 0 /*!< MPU RASR: Region enable bit Position */ -#define MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Msk (1UL << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Region enable bit Disable Mask */ - -/*@} end of group CMSIS_MPU */ -#endif - - -/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register - \defgroup CMSIS_CoreDebug CMSIS Core Debug - Type definitions for the Cortex-M Core Debug Registers - @{ - */ - -/** \brief Structure type to access the Core Debug Register (CoreDebug). - */ -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t DHCSR; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/W) Debug Halting Control and Status Register */ - __O uint32_t DCRSR; /*!< Offset: 0x004 ( /W) Debug Core Register Selector Register */ - __IO uint32_t DCRDR; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) Debug Core Register Data Register */ - __IO uint32_t DEMCR; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/W) Debug Exception and Monitor Control Register */ -} CoreDebug_Type; - -/* Debug Halting Control and Status Register */ -#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_DBGKEY_Pos 16 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: DBGKEY Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_DBGKEY_Msk (0xFFFFUL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_DBGKEY_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: DBGKEY Mask */ - -#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RESET_ST_Pos 25 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_RESET_ST Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RESET_ST_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RESET_ST_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_RESET_ST Mask */ - -#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RETIRE_ST_Pos 24 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_RETIRE_ST Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RETIRE_ST_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RETIRE_ST_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_RETIRE_ST Mask */ - -#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_LOCKUP_Pos 19 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_LOCKUP Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_LOCKUP_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_LOCKUP_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_LOCKUP Mask */ - -#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_SLEEP_Pos 18 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_SLEEP Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_SLEEP_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_SLEEP_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_SLEEP Mask */ - -#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_HALT_Pos 17 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_HALT Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_HALT_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_HALT_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_HALT Mask */ - -#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_REGRDY_Pos 16 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_REGRDY Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_REGRDY_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_REGRDY_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_REGRDY Mask */ - -#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_SNAPSTALL_Pos 5 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_SNAPSTALL Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_SNAPSTALL_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_SNAPSTALL_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_SNAPSTALL Mask */ - -#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_MASKINTS_Pos 3 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_MASKINTS Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_MASKINTS_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_MASKINTS_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_MASKINTS Mask */ - -#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_STEP_Pos 2 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_STEP Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_STEP_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_STEP_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_STEP Mask */ - -#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_HALT_Pos 1 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_HALT Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_HALT_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_HALT_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_HALT Mask */ - -#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_DEBUGEN_Pos 0 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_DEBUGEN Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_DEBUGEN_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_DEBUGEN_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_DEBUGEN Mask */ - -/* Debug Core Register Selector Register */ -#define CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGWnR_Pos 16 /*!< CoreDebug DCRSR: REGWnR Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGWnR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGWnR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DCRSR: REGWnR Mask */ - -#define CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGSEL_Pos 0 /*!< CoreDebug DCRSR: REGSEL Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGSEL_Msk (0x1FUL << CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGSEL_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DCRSR: REGSEL Mask */ - -/* Debug Exception and Monitor Control Register */ -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA_Pos 24 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: TRCENA Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: TRCENA Mask */ - -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_REQ_Pos 19 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_REQ Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_REQ_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_REQ_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_REQ Mask */ - -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_STEP_Pos 18 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_STEP Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_STEP_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_STEP_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_STEP Mask */ - -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_PEND_Pos 17 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_PEND Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_PEND_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_PEND_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_PEND Mask */ - -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_EN_Pos 16 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_EN Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_EN_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_EN_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_EN Mask */ - -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_HARDERR_Pos 10 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_HARDERR Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_HARDERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_HARDERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_HARDERR Mask */ - -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_INTERR_Pos 9 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_INTERR Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_INTERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_INTERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_INTERR Mask */ - -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_BUSERR_Pos 8 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_BUSERR Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_BUSERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_BUSERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_BUSERR Mask */ - -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_STATERR_Pos 7 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_STATERR Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_STATERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_STATERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_STATERR Mask */ - -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CHKERR_Pos 6 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_CHKERR Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CHKERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CHKERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_CHKERR Mask */ - -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_NOCPERR_Pos 5 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_NOCPERR Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_NOCPERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_NOCPERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_NOCPERR Mask */ - -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_MMERR_Pos 4 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_MMERR Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_MMERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_MMERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_MMERR Mask */ - -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CORERESET_Pos 0 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_CORERESET Position */ -#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CORERESET_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CORERESET_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_CORERESET Mask */ - -/*@} end of group CMSIS_CoreDebug */ - - -/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register - @{ - */ - -/* Memory mapping of Cortex-M3 Hardware */ -#define SCS_BASE (0xE000E000UL) /*!< System Control Space Base Address */ -#define ITM_BASE (0xE0000000UL) /*!< ITM Base Address */ -#define CoreDebug_BASE (0xE000EDF0UL) /*!< Core Debug Base Address */ -#define SysTick_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0010UL) /*!< SysTick Base Address */ -#define NVIC_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0100UL) /*!< NVIC Base Address */ -#define SCB_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0D00UL) /*!< System Control Block Base Address */ - -#define SCnSCB ((SCnSCB_Type *) SCS_BASE ) /*!< System control Register not in SCB */ -#define SCB ((SCB_Type *) SCB_BASE ) /*!< SCB configuration struct */ -#define SysTick ((SysTick_Type *) SysTick_BASE ) /*!< SysTick configuration struct */ -#define NVIC ((NVIC_Type *) NVIC_BASE ) /*!< NVIC configuration struct */ -#define ITM ((ITM_Type *) ITM_BASE ) /*!< ITM configuration struct */ -#define CoreDebug ((CoreDebug_Type *) CoreDebug_BASE) /*!< Core Debug configuration struct */ - -#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1) - #define MPU_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0D90UL) /*!< Memory Protection Unit */ - #define MPU ((MPU_Type *) MPU_BASE ) /*!< Memory Protection Unit */ -#endif - -/*@} */ - - - -/******************************************************************************* - * Hardware Abstraction Layer - ******************************************************************************/ -/** \ingroup CMSIS_Core - \defgroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface CMSIS Core Function Interface - Core Function Interface contains: - - Core NVIC Functions - - Core SysTick Functions - - Core Debug Functions - - Core Register Access Functions -*/ - - - -/* ########################## NVIC functions #################################### */ -/** \ingroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface - \defgroup CMSIS_Core_NVICFunctions CMSIS Core NVIC Functions - @{ - */ - -/** \brief Set Priority Grouping - - This function sets the priority grouping field using the required unlock sequence. - The parameter PriorityGroup is assigned to the field SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field. - Only values from 0..7 are used. - In case of a conflict between priority grouping and available - priority bits (__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) the smallest possible priority group is set. - - \param [in] PriorityGroup Priority grouping field - */ -static __INLINE void NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup) -{ - uint32_t reg_value; - uint32_t PriorityGroupTmp = (PriorityGroup & (uint32_t)0x07); /* only values 0..7 are used */ - - reg_value = SCB->AIRCR; /* read old register configuration */ - reg_value &= ~(SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Msk | SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Msk); /* clear bits to change */ - reg_value = (reg_value | - ((uint32_t)0x5FA << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) | - (PriorityGroupTmp << 8)); /* Insert write key and priorty group */ - SCB->AIRCR = reg_value; -} - - -/** \brief Get Priority Grouping - - This function gets the priority grouping from NVIC Interrupt Controller. - Priority grouping is SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field. - - \return Priority grouping field - */ -static __INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void) -{ - return ((SCB->AIRCR & SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Msk) >> SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Pos); /* read priority grouping field */ -} - - -/** \brief Enable External Interrupt - - This function enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller. - The interrupt number cannot be a negative value. - - \param [in] IRQn Number of the external interrupt to enable - */ -static __INLINE void NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) -{ - NVIC->ISER[((uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5)] = (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)); /* enable interrupt */ -} - - -/** \brief Disable External Interrupt - - This function disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller. - The interrupt number cannot be a negative value. - - \param [in] IRQn Number of the external interrupt to disable - */ -static __INLINE void NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) -{ - NVIC->ICER[((uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5)] = (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)); /* disable interrupt */ -} - - -/** \brief Get Pending Interrupt - - This function reads the pending register in the NVIC and returns the pending bit - for the specified interrupt. - - \param [in] IRQn Number of the interrupt for get pending - \return 0 Interrupt status is not pending - \return 1 Interrupt status is pending - */ -static __INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) -{ - return((uint32_t) ((NVIC->ISPR[(uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5] & (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)))?1:0)); /* Return 1 if pending else 0 */ -} - - -/** \brief Set Pending Interrupt - - This function sets the pending bit for the specified interrupt. - The interrupt number cannot be a negative value. - - \param [in] IRQn Number of the interrupt for set pending - */ -static __INLINE void NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) -{ - NVIC->ISPR[((uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5)] = (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)); /* set interrupt pending */ -} - - -/** \brief Clear Pending Interrupt - - This function clears the pending bit for the specified interrupt. - The interrupt number cannot be a negative value. - - \param [in] IRQn Number of the interrupt for clear pending - */ -static __INLINE void NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) -{ - NVIC->ICPR[((uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5)] = (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)); /* Clear pending interrupt */ -} - - -/** \brief Get Active Interrupt - - This function reads the active register in NVIC and returns the active bit. - \param [in] IRQn Number of the interrupt for get active - \return 0 Interrupt status is not active - \return 1 Interrupt status is active - */ -static __INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn) -{ - return((uint32_t)((NVIC->IABR[(uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5] & (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)))?1:0)); /* Return 1 if active else 0 */ -} - - -/** \brief Set Interrupt Priority - - This function sets the priority for the specified interrupt. The interrupt - number can be positive to specify an external (device specific) - interrupt, or negative to specify an internal (core) interrupt. - - Note: The priority cannot be set for every core interrupt. - - \param [in] IRQn Number of the interrupt for set priority - \param [in] priority Priority to set - */ -static __INLINE void NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t priority) -{ - if(IRQn < 0) { - SCB->SHP[((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0xF)-4] = ((priority << (8 - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) & 0xff); } /* set Priority for Cortex-M System Interrupts */ - else { - NVIC->IP[(uint32_t)(IRQn)] = ((priority << (8 - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) & 0xff); } /* set Priority for device specific Interrupts */ -} - - -/** \brief Get Interrupt Priority - - This function reads the priority for the specified interrupt. The interrupt - number can be positive to specify an external (device specific) - interrupt, or negative to specify an internal (core) interrupt. - - The returned priority value is automatically aligned to the implemented - priority bits of the microcontroller. - - \param [in] IRQn Number of the interrupt for get priority - \return Interrupt Priority - */ -static __INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn) -{ - - if(IRQn < 0) { - return((uint32_t)(SCB->SHP[((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0xF)-4] >> (8 - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))); } /* get priority for Cortex-M system interrupts */ - else { - return((uint32_t)(NVIC->IP[(uint32_t)(IRQn)] >> (8 - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))); } /* get priority for device specific interrupts */ -} - - -/** \brief Encode Priority - - This function encodes the priority for an interrupt with the given priority group, - preemptive priority value and sub priority value. - In case of a conflict between priority grouping and available - priority bits (__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) the samllest possible priority group is set. - - The returned priority value can be used for NVIC_SetPriority(...) function - - \param [in] PriorityGroup Used priority group - \param [in] PreemptPriority Preemptive priority value (starting from 0) - \param [in] SubPriority Sub priority value (starting from 0) - \return Encoded priority for the interrupt - */ -static __INLINE uint32_t NVIC_EncodePriority (uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority) -{ - uint32_t PriorityGroupTmp = (PriorityGroup & 0x07); /* only values 0..7 are used */ - uint32_t PreemptPriorityBits; - uint32_t SubPriorityBits; - - PreemptPriorityBits = ((7 - PriorityGroupTmp) > __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) ? __NVIC_PRIO_BITS : 7 - PriorityGroupTmp; - SubPriorityBits = ((PriorityGroupTmp + __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) < 7) ? 0 : PriorityGroupTmp - 7 + __NVIC_PRIO_BITS; - - return ( - ((PreemptPriority & ((1 << (PreemptPriorityBits)) - 1)) << SubPriorityBits) | - ((SubPriority & ((1 << (SubPriorityBits )) - 1))) - ); -} - - -/** \brief Decode Priority - - This function decodes an interrupt priority value with the given priority group to - preemptive priority value and sub priority value. - In case of a conflict between priority grouping and available - priority bits (__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) the samllest possible priority group is set. - - The priority value can be retrieved with NVIC_GetPriority(...) function - - \param [in] Priority Priority value - \param [in] PriorityGroup Used priority group - \param [out] pPreemptPriority Preemptive priority value (starting from 0) - \param [out] pSubPriority Sub priority value (starting from 0) - */ -static __INLINE void NVIC_DecodePriority (uint32_t Priority, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t* pPreemptPriority, uint32_t* pSubPriority) -{ - uint32_t PriorityGroupTmp = (PriorityGroup & 0x07); /* only values 0..7 are used */ - uint32_t PreemptPriorityBits; - uint32_t SubPriorityBits; - - PreemptPriorityBits = ((7 - PriorityGroupTmp) > __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) ? __NVIC_PRIO_BITS : 7 - PriorityGroupTmp; - SubPriorityBits = ((PriorityGroupTmp + __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) < 7) ? 0 : PriorityGroupTmp - 7 + __NVIC_PRIO_BITS; - - *pPreemptPriority = (Priority >> SubPriorityBits) & ((1 << (PreemptPriorityBits)) - 1); - *pSubPriority = (Priority ) & ((1 << (SubPriorityBits )) - 1); -} - - -/** \brief System Reset - - This function initiate a system reset request to reset the MCU. - */ -static __INLINE void NVIC_SystemReset(void) -{ - __DSB(); /* Ensure all outstanding memory accesses included - buffered write are completed before reset */ - SCB->AIRCR = ((0x5FA << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) | - (SCB->AIRCR & SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Msk) | - SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Msk); /* Keep priority group unchanged */ - __DSB(); /* Ensure completion of memory access */ - while(1); /* wait until reset */ -} - -/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_NVICFunctions */ - - - -/* ################################## SysTick function ############################################ */ -/** \ingroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface - \defgroup CMSIS_Core_SysTickFunctions CMSIS Core SysTick Functions - @{ - */ - -#if (__Vendor_SysTickConfig == 0) - -/** \brief System Tick Configuration - - This function initializes the system tick timer and its interrupt and start the system tick timer. - Counter is in free running mode to generate periodical interrupts. - - \param [in] ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts - \return 0 Function succeeded - \return 1 Function failed - */ -static __INLINE uint32_t SysTick_Config(uint32_t ticks) -{ - if (ticks > SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk) return (1); /* Reload value impossible */ - - SysTick->LOAD = (ticks & SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk) - 1; /* set reload register */ - NVIC_SetPriority (SysTick_IRQn, (1<<__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) - 1); /* set Priority for Cortex-M0 System Interrupts */ - SysTick->VAL = 0; /* Load the SysTick Counter Value */ - SysTick->CTRL = SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk | - SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk | - SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk; /* Enable SysTick IRQ and SysTick Timer */ - return (0); /* Function successful */ -} - -#endif - -/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_SysTickFunctions */ - - - -/* ##################################### Debug In/Output function ########################################### */ -/** \ingroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface - \defgroup CMSIS_core_DebugFunctions CMSIS Core Debug Functions - @{ - */ - -extern volatile int32_t ITM_RxBuffer; /*!< external variable to receive characters */ -#define ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY 0x5AA55AA5 /*!< value identifying ITM_RxBuffer is ready for next character */ - - -/** \brief ITM Send Character - - This function transmits a character via the ITM channel 0. - It just returns when no debugger is connected that has booked the output. - It is blocking when a debugger is connected, but the previous character send is not transmitted. - - \param [in] ch Character to transmit - \return Character to transmit - */ -static __INLINE uint32_t ITM_SendChar (uint32_t ch) -{ - if ((CoreDebug->DEMCR & CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA_Msk) && /* Trace enabled */ - (ITM->TCR & ITM_TCR_ITMENA_Msk) && /* ITM enabled */ - (ITM->TER & (1UL << 0) ) ) /* ITM Port #0 enabled */ - { - while (ITM->PORT[0].u32 == 0); - ITM->PORT[0].u8 = (uint8_t) ch; - } - return (ch); -} - - -/** \brief ITM Receive Character - - This function inputs a character via external variable ITM_RxBuffer. - It just returns when no debugger is connected that has booked the output. - It is blocking when a debugger is connected, but the previous character send is not transmitted. - - \return Received character - \return -1 No character received - */ -static __INLINE int32_t ITM_ReceiveChar (void) { - int32_t ch = -1; /* no character available */ - - if (ITM_RxBuffer != ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY) { - ch = ITM_RxBuffer; - ITM_RxBuffer = ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY; /* ready for next character */ - } - - return (ch); -} - - -/** \brief ITM Check Character - - This function checks external variable ITM_RxBuffer whether a character is available or not. - It returns '1' if a character is available and '0' if no character is available. - - \return 0 No character available - \return 1 Character available - */ -static __INLINE int32_t ITM_CheckChar (void) { - - if (ITM_RxBuffer == ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY) { - return (0); /* no character available */ - } else { - return (1); /* character available */ - } -} - -/*@} end of CMSIS_core_DebugFunctions */ - -#endif /* __CORE_CM3_H_DEPENDANT */ - -#endif /* __CMSIS_GENERIC */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/core_cmFunc.h b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/core_cmFunc.h deleted file mode 100644 index e29757aef7..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/core_cmFunc.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,609 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************//** - * @file core_cmFunc.h - * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M Core Function Access Header File - * @version V2.10 - * @date 26. July 2011 - * - * @note - * Copyright (C) 2009-2011 ARM Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * @par - * ARM Limited (ARM) is supplying this software for use with Cortex-M - * processor based microcontrollers. This file can be freely distributed - * within development tools that are supporting such ARM based processors. - * - * @par - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS". NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED - * OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF - * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLY TO THIS SOFTWARE. - * ARM SHALL NOT, IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR - * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER. - * - ******************************************************************************/ - -#ifndef __CORE_CMFUNC_H -#define __CORE_CMFUNC_H - - -/* ########################### Core Function Access ########################### */ -/** \ingroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface - \defgroup CMSIS_Core_RegAccFunctions CMSIS Core Register Access Functions - @{ - */ - -#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) /*------------------RealView Compiler -----------------*/ -/* ARM armcc specific functions */ - -#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400677) - #error "Please use ARM Compiler Toolchain V4.0.677 or later!" -#endif - -/* intrinsic void __enable_irq(); */ -/* intrinsic void __disable_irq(); */ - -/** \brief Get Control Register - - This function returns the content of the Control Register. - - \return Control Register value - */ -static __INLINE uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void) -{ - register uint32_t __regControl __ASM("control"); - return(__regControl); -} - - -/** \brief Set Control Register - - This function writes the given value to the Control Register. - - \param [in] control Control Register value to set - */ -static __INLINE void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control) -{ - register uint32_t __regControl __ASM("control"); - __regControl = control; -} - - -/** \brief Get ISPR Register - - This function returns the content of the ISPR Register. - - \return ISPR Register value - */ -static __INLINE uint32_t __get_IPSR(void) -{ - register uint32_t __regIPSR __ASM("ipsr"); - return(__regIPSR); -} - - -/** \brief Get APSR Register - - This function returns the content of the APSR Register. - - \return APSR Register value - */ -static __INLINE uint32_t __get_APSR(void) -{ - register uint32_t __regAPSR __ASM("apsr"); - return(__regAPSR); -} - - -/** \brief Get xPSR Register - - This function returns the content of the xPSR Register. - - \return xPSR Register value - */ -static __INLINE uint32_t __get_xPSR(void) -{ - register uint32_t __regXPSR __ASM("xpsr"); - return(__regXPSR); -} - - -/** \brief Get Process Stack Pointer - - This function returns the current value of the Process Stack Pointer (PSP). - - \return PSP Register value - */ -static __INLINE uint32_t __get_PSP(void) -{ - register uint32_t __regProcessStackPointer __ASM("psp"); - return(__regProcessStackPointer); -} - - -/** \brief Set Process Stack Pointer - - This function assigns the given value to the Process Stack Pointer (PSP). - - \param [in] topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer value to set - */ -static __INLINE void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack) -{ - register uint32_t __regProcessStackPointer __ASM("psp"); - __regProcessStackPointer = topOfProcStack; -} - - -/** \brief Get Main Stack Pointer - - This function returns the current value of the Main Stack Pointer (MSP). - - \return MSP Register value - */ -static __INLINE uint32_t __get_MSP(void) -{ - register uint32_t __regMainStackPointer __ASM("msp"); - return(__regMainStackPointer); -} - - -/** \brief Set Main Stack Pointer - - This function assigns the given value to the Main Stack Pointer (MSP). - - \param [in] topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer value to set - */ -static __INLINE void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack) -{ - register uint32_t __regMainStackPointer __ASM("msp"); - __regMainStackPointer = topOfMainStack; -} - - -/** \brief Get Priority Mask - - This function returns the current state of the priority mask bit from the Priority Mask Register. - - \return Priority Mask value - */ -static __INLINE uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void) -{ - register uint32_t __regPriMask __ASM("primask"); - return(__regPriMask); -} - - -/** \brief Set Priority Mask - - This function assigns the given value to the Priority Mask Register. - - \param [in] priMask Priority Mask - */ -static __INLINE void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask) -{ - register uint32_t __regPriMask __ASM("primask"); - __regPriMask = (priMask); -} - - -#if (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) - -/** \brief Enable FIQ - - This function enables FIQ interrupts by clearing the F-bit in the CPSR. - Can only be executed in Privileged modes. - */ -#define __enable_fault_irq __enable_fiq - - -/** \brief Disable FIQ - - This function disables FIQ interrupts by setting the F-bit in the CPSR. - Can only be executed in Privileged modes. - */ -#define __disable_fault_irq __disable_fiq - - -/** \brief Get Base Priority - - This function returns the current value of the Base Priority register. - - \return Base Priority register value - */ -static __INLINE uint32_t __get_BASEPRI(void) -{ - register uint32_t __regBasePri __ASM("basepri"); - return(__regBasePri); -} - - -/** \brief Set Base Priority - - This function assigns the given value to the Base Priority register. - - \param [in] basePri Base Priority value to set - */ -static __INLINE void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t basePri) -{ - register uint32_t __regBasePri __ASM("basepri"); - __regBasePri = (basePri & 0xff); -} - - -/** \brief Get Fault Mask - - This function returns the current value of the Fault Mask register. - - \return Fault Mask register value - */ -static __INLINE uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void) -{ - register uint32_t __regFaultMask __ASM("faultmask"); - return(__regFaultMask); -} - - -/** \brief Set Fault Mask - - This function assigns the given value to the Fault Mask register. - - \param [in] faultMask Fault Mask value to set - */ -static __INLINE void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask) -{ - register uint32_t __regFaultMask __ASM("faultmask"); - __regFaultMask = (faultMask & (uint32_t)1); -} - -#endif /* (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) */ - - -#if (__CORTEX_M == 0x04) - -/** \brief Get FPSCR - - This function returns the current value of the Floating Point Status/Control register. - - \return Floating Point Status/Control register value - */ -static __INLINE uint32_t __get_FPSCR(void) -{ -#if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1) && (__FPU_USED == 1) - register uint32_t __regfpscr __ASM("fpscr"); - return(__regfpscr); -#else - return(0); -#endif -} - - -/** \brief Set FPSCR - - This function assigns the given value to the Floating Point Status/Control register. - - \param [in] fpscr Floating Point Status/Control value to set - */ -static __INLINE void __set_FPSCR(uint32_t fpscr) -{ -#if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1) && (__FPU_USED == 1) - register uint32_t __regfpscr __ASM("fpscr"); - __regfpscr = (fpscr); -#endif -} - -#endif /* (__CORTEX_M == 0x04) */ - - -#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ ) /*------------------ ICC Compiler -------------------*/ -/* IAR iccarm specific functions */ - -#include - -#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) /*------------------ GNU Compiler ---------------------*/ -/* GNU gcc specific functions */ - -/** \brief Enable IRQ Interrupts - - This function enables IRQ interrupts by clearing the I-bit in the CPSR. - Can only be executed in Privileged modes. - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __enable_irq(void) -{ - __ASM volatile ("cpsie i"); -} - - -/** \brief Disable IRQ Interrupts - - This function disables IRQ interrupts by setting the I-bit in the CPSR. - Can only be executed in Privileged modes. - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __disable_irq(void) -{ - __ASM volatile ("cpsid i"); -} - - -/** \brief Get Control Register - - This function returns the content of the Control Register. - - \return Control Register value - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void) -{ - uint32_t result; - - __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, control" : "=r" (result) ); - return(result); -} - - -/** \brief Set Control Register - - This function writes the given value to the Control Register. - - \param [in] control Control Register value to set - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control) -{ - __ASM volatile ("MSR control, %0" : : "r" (control) ); -} - - -/** \brief Get ISPR Register - - This function returns the content of the ISPR Register. - - \return ISPR Register value - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __get_IPSR(void) -{ - uint32_t result; - - __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, ipsr" : "=r" (result) ); - return(result); -} - - -/** \brief Get APSR Register - - This function returns the content of the APSR Register. - - \return APSR Register value - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __get_APSR(void) -{ - uint32_t result; - - __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, apsr" : "=r" (result) ); - return(result); -} - - -/** \brief Get xPSR Register - - This function returns the content of the xPSR Register. - - \return xPSR Register value - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __get_xPSR(void) -{ - uint32_t result; - - __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, xpsr" : "=r" (result) ); - return(result); -} - - -/** \brief Get Process Stack Pointer - - This function returns the current value of the Process Stack Pointer (PSP). - - \return PSP Register value - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __get_PSP(void) -{ - register uint32_t result; - - __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, psp\n" : "=r" (result) ); - return(result); -} - - -/** \brief Set Process Stack Pointer - - This function assigns the given value to the Process Stack Pointer (PSP). - - \param [in] topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer value to set - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack) -{ - __ASM volatile ("MSR psp, %0\n" : : "r" (topOfProcStack) ); -} - - -/** \brief Get Main Stack Pointer - - This function returns the current value of the Main Stack Pointer (MSP). - - \return MSP Register value - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __get_MSP(void) -{ - register uint32_t result; - - __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, msp\n" : "=r" (result) ); - return(result); -} - - -/** \brief Set Main Stack Pointer - - This function assigns the given value to the Main Stack Pointer (MSP). - - \param [in] topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer value to set - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack) -{ - __ASM volatile ("MSR msp, %0\n" : : "r" (topOfMainStack) ); -} - - -/** \brief Get Priority Mask - - This function returns the current state of the priority mask bit from the Priority Mask Register. - - \return Priority Mask value - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void) -{ - uint32_t result; - - __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, primask" : "=r" (result) ); - return(result); -} - - -/** \brief Set Priority Mask - - This function assigns the given value to the Priority Mask Register. - - \param [in] priMask Priority Mask - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask) -{ - __ASM volatile ("MSR primask, %0" : : "r" (priMask) ); -} - - -#if (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) - -/** \brief Enable FIQ - - This function enables FIQ interrupts by clearing the F-bit in the CPSR. - Can only be executed in Privileged modes. - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __enable_fault_irq(void) -{ - __ASM volatile ("cpsie f"); -} - - -/** \brief Disable FIQ - - This function disables FIQ interrupts by setting the F-bit in the CPSR. - Can only be executed in Privileged modes. - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __disable_fault_irq(void) -{ - __ASM volatile ("cpsid f"); -} - - -/** \brief Get Base Priority - - This function returns the current value of the Base Priority register. - - \return Base Priority register value - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __get_BASEPRI(void) -{ - uint32_t result; - - __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, basepri_max" : "=r" (result) ); - return(result); -} - - -/** \brief Set Base Priority - - This function assigns the given value to the Base Priority register. - - \param [in] basePri Base Priority value to set - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t value) -{ - __ASM volatile ("MSR basepri, %0" : : "r" (value) ); -} - - -/** \brief Get Fault Mask - - This function returns the current value of the Fault Mask register. - - \return Fault Mask register value - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void) -{ - uint32_t result; - - __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, faultmask" : "=r" (result) ); - return(result); -} - - -/** \brief Set Fault Mask - - This function assigns the given value to the Fault Mask register. - - \param [in] faultMask Fault Mask value to set - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask) -{ - __ASM volatile ("MSR faultmask, %0" : : "r" (faultMask) ); -} - -#endif /* (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) */ - - -#if (__CORTEX_M == 0x04) - -/** \brief Get FPSCR - - This function returns the current value of the Floating Point Status/Control register. - - \return Floating Point Status/Control register value - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __get_FPSCR(void) -{ -#if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1) && (__FPU_USED == 1) - uint32_t result; - - __ASM volatile ("VMRS %0, fpscr" : "=r" (result) ); - return(result); -#else - return(0); -#endif -} - - -/** \brief Set FPSCR - - This function assigns the given value to the Floating Point Status/Control register. - - \param [in] fpscr Floating Point Status/Control value to set - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __set_FPSCR(uint32_t fpscr) -{ -#if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1) && (__FPU_USED == 1) - __ASM volatile ("VMSR fpscr, %0" : : "r" (fpscr) ); -#endif -} - -#endif /* (__CORTEX_M == 0x04) */ - - -#elif defined ( __TASKING__ ) /*------------------ TASKING Compiler --------------*/ -/* TASKING carm specific functions */ - -/* - * The CMSIS functions have been implemented as intrinsics in the compiler. - * Please use "carm -?i" to get an up to date list of all instrinsics, - * Including the CMSIS ones. - */ - -#endif - -/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_RegAccFunctions */ - - -#endif /* __CORE_CMFUNC_H */ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/core_cmInstr.h b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/core_cmInstr.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8ccd4fef1f..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/core_cmInstr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,586 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************//** - * @file core_cmInstr.h - * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M Core Instruction Access Header File - * @version V2.10 - * @date 19. July 2011 - * - * @note - * Copyright (C) 2009-2011 ARM Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * @par - * ARM Limited (ARM) is supplying this software for use with Cortex-M - * processor based microcontrollers. This file can be freely distributed - * within development tools that are supporting such ARM based processors. - * - * @par - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS". NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED - * OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF - * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLY TO THIS SOFTWARE. - * ARM SHALL NOT, IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR - * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER. - * - ******************************************************************************/ - -#ifndef __CORE_CMINSTR_H -#define __CORE_CMINSTR_H - - -/* ########################## Core Instruction Access ######################### */ -/** \ingroup CMSIS_Core - \defgroup CMSIS_Core_InstructionInterface CMSIS Core Instruction Interface - Access to dedicated instructions - @{ -*/ - -#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) /*------------------RealView Compiler -----------------*/ -/* ARM armcc specific functions */ - -#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400677) - #error "Please use ARM Compiler Toolchain V4.0.677 or later!" -#endif - - -/** \brief No Operation - - No Operation does nothing. This instruction can be used for code alignment purposes. - */ -#define __NOP __nop - - -/** \brief Wait For Interrupt - - Wait For Interrupt is a hint instruction that suspends execution - until one of a number of events occurs. - */ -#define __WFI __wfi - - -/** \brief Wait For Event - - Wait For Event is a hint instruction that permits the processor to enter - a low-power state until one of a number of events occurs. - */ -#define __WFE __wfe - - -/** \brief Send Event - - Send Event is a hint instruction. It causes an event to be signaled to the CPU. - */ -#define __SEV __sev - - -/** \brief Instruction Synchronization Barrier - - Instruction Synchronization Barrier flushes the pipeline in the processor, - so that all instructions following the ISB are fetched from cache or - memory, after the instruction has been completed. - */ -#define __ISB() __isb(0xF) - - -/** \brief Data Synchronization Barrier - - This function acts as a special kind of Data Memory Barrier. - It completes when all explicit memory accesses before this instruction complete. - */ -#define __DSB() __dsb(0xF) - - -/** \brief Data Memory Barrier - - This function ensures the apparent order of the explicit memory operations before - and after the instruction, without ensuring their completion. - */ -#define __DMB() __dmb(0xF) - - -/** \brief Reverse byte order (32 bit) - - This function reverses the byte order in integer value. - - \param [in] value Value to reverse - \return Reversed value - */ -#define __REV __rev - - -/** \brief Reverse byte order (16 bit) - - This function reverses the byte order in two unsigned short values. - - \param [in] value Value to reverse - \return Reversed value - */ -static __INLINE __ASM uint32_t __REV16(uint32_t value) -{ - rev16 r0, r0 - bx lr -} - - -/** \brief Reverse byte order in signed short value - - This function reverses the byte order in a signed short value with sign extension to integer. - - \param [in] value Value to reverse - \return Reversed value - */ -static __INLINE __ASM int32_t __REVSH(int32_t value) -{ - revsh r0, r0 - bx lr -} - - -#if (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) - -/** \brief Reverse bit order of value - - This function reverses the bit order of the given value. - - \param [in] value Value to reverse - \return Reversed value - */ -#define __RBIT __rbit - - -/** \brief LDR Exclusive (8 bit) - - This function performs a exclusive LDR command for 8 bit value. - - \param [in] ptr Pointer to data - \return value of type uint8_t at (*ptr) - */ -#define __LDREXB(ptr) ((uint8_t ) __ldrex(ptr)) - - -/** \brief LDR Exclusive (16 bit) - - This function performs a exclusive LDR command for 16 bit values. - - \param [in] ptr Pointer to data - \return value of type uint16_t at (*ptr) - */ -#define __LDREXH(ptr) ((uint16_t) __ldrex(ptr)) - - -/** \brief LDR Exclusive (32 bit) - - This function performs a exclusive LDR command for 32 bit values. - - \param [in] ptr Pointer to data - \return value of type uint32_t at (*ptr) - */ -#define __LDREXW(ptr) ((uint32_t ) __ldrex(ptr)) - - -/** \brief STR Exclusive (8 bit) - - This function performs a exclusive STR command for 8 bit values. - - \param [in] value Value to store - \param [in] ptr Pointer to location - \return 0 Function succeeded - \return 1 Function failed - */ -#define __STREXB(value, ptr) __strex(value, ptr) - - -/** \brief STR Exclusive (16 bit) - - This function performs a exclusive STR command for 16 bit values. - - \param [in] value Value to store - \param [in] ptr Pointer to location - \return 0 Function succeeded - \return 1 Function failed - */ -#define __STREXH(value, ptr) __strex(value, ptr) - - -/** \brief STR Exclusive (32 bit) - - This function performs a exclusive STR command for 32 bit values. - - \param [in] value Value to store - \param [in] ptr Pointer to location - \return 0 Function succeeded - \return 1 Function failed - */ -#define __STREXW(value, ptr) __strex(value, ptr) - - -/** \brief Remove the exclusive lock - - This function removes the exclusive lock which is created by LDREX. - - */ -#define __CLREX __clrex - - -/** \brief Signed Saturate - - This function saturates a signed value. - - \param [in] value Value to be saturated - \param [in] sat Bit position to saturate to (1..32) - \return Saturated value - */ -#define __SSAT __ssat - - -/** \brief Unsigned Saturate - - This function saturates an unsigned value. - - \param [in] value Value to be saturated - \param [in] sat Bit position to saturate to (0..31) - \return Saturated value - */ -#define __USAT __usat - - -/** \brief Count leading zeros - - This function counts the number of leading zeros of a data value. - - \param [in] value Value to count the leading zeros - \return number of leading zeros in value - */ -#define __CLZ __clz - -#endif /* (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) */ - - - -#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ ) /*------------------ ICC Compiler -------------------*/ -/* IAR iccarm specific functions */ - -#include - - -#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) /*------------------ GNU Compiler ---------------------*/ -/* GNU gcc specific functions */ - -/** \brief No Operation - - No Operation does nothing. This instruction can be used for code alignment purposes. - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __NOP(void) -{ - __ASM volatile ("nop"); -} - - -/** \brief Wait For Interrupt - - Wait For Interrupt is a hint instruction that suspends execution - until one of a number of events occurs. - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __WFI(void) -{ - __ASM volatile ("wfi"); -} - - -/** \brief Wait For Event - - Wait For Event is a hint instruction that permits the processor to enter - a low-power state until one of a number of events occurs. - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __WFE(void) -{ - __ASM volatile ("wfe"); -} - - -/** \brief Send Event - - Send Event is a hint instruction. It causes an event to be signaled to the CPU. - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __SEV(void) -{ - __ASM volatile ("sev"); -} - - -/** \brief Instruction Synchronization Barrier - - Instruction Synchronization Barrier flushes the pipeline in the processor, - so that all instructions following the ISB are fetched from cache or - memory, after the instruction has been completed. - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __ISB(void) -{ - __ASM volatile ("isb"); -} - - -/** \brief Data Synchronization Barrier - - This function acts as a special kind of Data Memory Barrier. - It completes when all explicit memory accesses before this instruction complete. - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __DSB(void) -{ - __ASM volatile ("dsb"); -} - - -/** \brief Data Memory Barrier - - This function ensures the apparent order of the explicit memory operations before - and after the instruction, without ensuring their completion. - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __DMB(void) -{ - __ASM volatile ("dmb"); -} - - -/** \brief Reverse byte order (32 bit) - - This function reverses the byte order in integer value. - - \param [in] value Value to reverse - \return Reversed value - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __REV(uint32_t value) -{ - uint32_t result; - - __ASM volatile ("rev %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) ); - return(result); -} - - -/** \brief Reverse byte order (16 bit) - - This function reverses the byte order in two unsigned short values. - - \param [in] value Value to reverse - \return Reversed value - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __REV16(uint32_t value) -{ - uint32_t result; - - __ASM volatile ("rev16 %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) ); - return(result); -} - - -/** \brief Reverse byte order in signed short value - - This function reverses the byte order in a signed short value with sign extension to integer. - - \param [in] value Value to reverse - \return Reversed value - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE int32_t __REVSH(int32_t value) -{ - uint32_t result; - - __ASM volatile ("revsh %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) ); - return(result); -} - - -#if (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) - -/** \brief Reverse bit order of value - - This function reverses the bit order of the given value. - - \param [in] value Value to reverse - \return Reversed value - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __RBIT(uint32_t value) -{ - uint32_t result; - - __ASM volatile ("rbit %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) ); - return(result); -} - - -/** \brief LDR Exclusive (8 bit) - - This function performs a exclusive LDR command for 8 bit value. - - \param [in] ptr Pointer to data - \return value of type uint8_t at (*ptr) - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint8_t __LDREXB(volatile uint8_t *addr) -{ - uint8_t result; - - __ASM volatile ("ldrexb %0, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr) ); - return(result); -} - - -/** \brief LDR Exclusive (16 bit) - - This function performs a exclusive LDR command for 16 bit values. - - \param [in] ptr Pointer to data - \return value of type uint16_t at (*ptr) - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint16_t __LDREXH(volatile uint16_t *addr) -{ - uint16_t result; - - __ASM volatile ("ldrexh %0, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr) ); - return(result); -} - - -/** \brief LDR Exclusive (32 bit) - - This function performs a exclusive LDR command for 32 bit values. - - \param [in] ptr Pointer to data - \return value of type uint32_t at (*ptr) - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __LDREXW(volatile uint32_t *addr) -{ - uint32_t result; - - __ASM volatile ("ldrex %0, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr) ); - return(result); -} - - -/** \brief STR Exclusive (8 bit) - - This function performs a exclusive STR command for 8 bit values. - - \param [in] value Value to store - \param [in] ptr Pointer to location - \return 0 Function succeeded - \return 1 Function failed - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __STREXB(uint8_t value, volatile uint8_t *addr) -{ - uint32_t result; - - __ASM volatile ("strexb %0, %2, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr), "r" (value) ); - return(result); -} - - -/** \brief STR Exclusive (16 bit) - - This function performs a exclusive STR command for 16 bit values. - - \param [in] value Value to store - \param [in] ptr Pointer to location - \return 0 Function succeeded - \return 1 Function failed - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __STREXH(uint16_t value, volatile uint16_t *addr) -{ - uint32_t result; - - __ASM volatile ("strexh %0, %2, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr), "r" (value) ); - return(result); -} - - -/** \brief STR Exclusive (32 bit) - - This function performs a exclusive STR command for 32 bit values. - - \param [in] value Value to store - \param [in] ptr Pointer to location - \return 0 Function succeeded - \return 1 Function failed - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __STREXW(uint32_t value, volatile uint32_t *addr) -{ - uint32_t result; - - __ASM volatile ("strex %0, %2, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr), "r" (value) ); - return(result); -} - - -/** \brief Remove the exclusive lock - - This function removes the exclusive lock which is created by LDREX. - - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __CLREX(void) -{ - __ASM volatile ("clrex"); -} - - -/** \brief Signed Saturate - - This function saturates a signed value. - - \param [in] value Value to be saturated - \param [in] sat Bit position to saturate to (1..32) - \return Saturated value - */ -#define __SSAT(ARG1,ARG2) \ -({ \ - uint32_t __RES, __ARG1 = (ARG1); \ - __ASM ("ssat %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (__RES) : "I" (ARG2), "r" (__ARG1) ); \ - __RES; \ - }) - - -/** \brief Unsigned Saturate - - This function saturates an unsigned value. - - \param [in] value Value to be saturated - \param [in] sat Bit position to saturate to (0..31) - \return Saturated value - */ -#define __USAT(ARG1,ARG2) \ -({ \ - uint32_t __RES, __ARG1 = (ARG1); \ - __ASM ("usat %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (__RES) : "I" (ARG2), "r" (__ARG1) ); \ - __RES; \ - }) - - -/** \brief Count leading zeros - - This function counts the number of leading zeros of a data value. - - \param [in] value Value to count the leading zeros - \return number of leading zeros in value - */ -__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint8_t __CLZ(uint32_t value) -{ - uint8_t result; - - __ASM volatile ("clz %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) ); - return(result); -} - -#endif /* (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) */ - - - - -#elif defined ( __TASKING__ ) /*------------------ TASKING Compiler --------------*/ -/* TASKING carm specific functions */ - -/* - * The CMSIS functions have been implemented as intrinsics in the compiler. - * Please use "carm -?i" to get an up to date list of all intrinsics, - * Including the CMSIS ones. - */ - -#endif - -/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_Core_InstructionInterface */ - -#endif /* __CORE_CMINSTR_H */ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/debug_frmwrk.h b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/debug_frmwrk.h deleted file mode 100644 index dc3dfdace4..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/debug_frmwrk.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ debug_frmwrk.h 2010-05-21 -*//** -* @file debug_frmwrk.h -* @brief Contains some utilities that used for debugging through UART -* @version 2.0 -* @date 21. May. 2010 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2010, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ -#ifndef DEBUG_FRMWRK_H_ -#define DEBUG_FRMWRK_H_ - -//#include -#include "lpc17xx_uart.h" - -#define USED_UART_DEBUG_PORT 0 - -#if (USED_UART_DEBUG_PORT==0) -#define DEBUG_UART_PORT LPC_UART0 -#elif (USED_UART_DEBUG_PORT==1) -#define DEBUG_UART_PORT LPC_UART1 -#endif - -#define _DBG(x) _db_msg(DEBUG_UART_PORT, x) -#define _DBG_(x) _db_msg_(DEBUG_UART_PORT, x) -#define _DBC(x) _db_char(DEBUG_UART_PORT, x) -#define _DBD(x) _db_dec(DEBUG_UART_PORT, x) -#define _DBD16(x) _db_dec_16(DEBUG_UART_PORT, x) -#define _DBD32(x) _db_dec_32(DEBUG_UART_PORT, x) -#define _DBH(x) _db_hex(DEBUG_UART_PORT, x) -#define _DBH16(x) _db_hex_16(DEBUG_UART_PORT, x) -#define _DBH32(x) _db_hex_32(DEBUG_UART_PORT, x) -#define _DG _db_get_char(DEBUG_UART_PORT) -//void _printf (const char *format, ...); - -extern void (*_db_msg)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, const void *s); -extern void (*_db_msg_)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, const void *s); -extern void (*_db_char)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t ch); -extern void (*_db_dec)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t decn); -extern void (*_db_dec_16)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint16_t decn); -extern void (*_db_dec_32)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint32_t decn); -extern void (*_db_hex)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t hexn); -extern void (*_db_hex_16)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint16_t hexn); -extern void (*_db_hex_32)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint32_t hexn); -extern uint8_t (*_db_get_char)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx); - -void UARTPutChar (LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t ch); -void UARTPuts(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, const void *str); -void UARTPuts_(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, const void *str); -void UARTPutDec(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t decnum); -void UARTPutDec16(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint16_t decnum); -void UARTPutDec32(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint32_t decnum); -void UARTPutHex (LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t hexnum); -void UARTPutHex16 (LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint16_t hexnum); -void UARTPutHex32 (LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint32_t hexnum); -uint8_t UARTGetChar (LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx); -void debug_frmwrk_init(void); - -#endif /* DEBUG_FRMWRK_H_ */ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/lpc17xx_adc.h b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/lpc17xx_adc.h deleted file mode 100644 index 777bbd503e..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/lpc17xx_adc.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,302 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_adc.h 2008-07-27 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_adc.h -* @brief Contains the NXP ABL typedefs for C standard types. -* It is intended to be used in ISO C conforming development -* environments and checks for this insofar as it is possible -* to do so. -* @version 2.0 -* @date 27 Jul. 2008 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2008, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup ADC ADC (Analog-to-Digital Converter) - * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef LPC17XX_ADC_H_ -#define LPC17XX_ADC_H_ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "LPC17xx.h" -#include "lpc_types.h" - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -{ -#endif - -/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Macros ADC Private Macros - * @{ - */ - -/* -------------------------- BIT DEFINITIONS ----------------------------------- */ -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for ADC control register - **********************************************************************/ -/** Selects which of the AD0.0:7 pins is (are) to be sampled and converted */ -#define ADC_CR_CH_SEL(n) ((1UL << n)) -/** The APB clock (PCLK) is divided by (this value plus one) -* to produce the clock for the A/D */ -#define ADC_CR_CLKDIV(n) ((n<<8)) -/** Repeated conversions A/D enable bit */ -#define ADC_CR_BURST ((1UL<<16)) -/** ADC convert in power down mode */ -#define ADC_CR_PDN ((1UL<<21)) -/** Start mask bits */ -#define ADC_CR_START_MASK ((7UL<<24)) -/** Select Start Mode */ -#define ADC_CR_START_MODE_SEL(SEL) ((SEL<<24)) -/** Start conversion now */ -#define ADC_CR_START_NOW ((1UL<<24)) -/** Start conversion when the edge selected by bit 27 occurs on P2.10/EINT0 */ -#define ADC_CR_START_EINT0 ((2UL<<24)) -/** Start conversion when the edge selected by bit 27 occurs on P1.27/CAP0.1 */ -#define ADC_CR_START_CAP01 ((3UL<<24)) -/** Start conversion when the edge selected by bit 27 occurs on MAT0.1 */ -#define ADC_CR_START_MAT01 ((4UL<<24)) -/** Start conversion when the edge selected by bit 27 occurs on MAT0.3 */ -#define ADC_CR_START_MAT03 ((5UL<<24)) -/** Start conversion when the edge selected by bit 27 occurs on MAT1.0 */ -#define ADC_CR_START_MAT10 ((6UL<<24)) -/** Start conversion when the edge selected by bit 27 occurs on MAT1.1 */ -#define ADC_CR_START_MAT11 ((7UL<<24)) -/** Start conversion on a falling edge on the selected CAP/MAT signal */ -#define ADC_CR_EDGE ((1UL<<27)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for ADC Global Data register - **********************************************************************/ -/** When DONE is 1, this field contains result value of ADC conversion */ -#define ADC_GDR_RESULT(n) (((n>>4)&0xFFF)) -/** These bits contain the channel from which the LS bits were converted */ -#define ADC_GDR_CH(n) (((n>>24)&0x7)) -/** This bit is 1 in burst mode if the results of one or - * more conversions was (were) lost */ -#define ADC_GDR_OVERRUN_FLAG ((1UL<<30)) -/** This bit is set to 1 when an A/D conversion completes */ -#define ADC_GDR_DONE_FLAG ((1UL<<31)) - -/** This bits is used to mask for Channel */ -#define ADC_GDR_CH_MASK ((7UL<<24)) -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for ADC Interrupt register - **********************************************************************/ -/** These bits allow control over which A/D channels generate - * interrupts for conversion completion */ -#define ADC_INTEN_CH(n) ((1UL<>4)&0xFFF)) -/** These bits mirror the OVERRRUN status flags that appear in the - * result register for each A/D channel */ -#define ADC_DR_OVERRUN_FLAG ((1UL<<30)) -/** This bit is set to 1 when an A/D conversion completes. It is cleared - * when this register is read */ -#define ADC_DR_DONE_FLAG ((1UL<<31)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for ADC Status register -**********************************************************************/ -/** These bits mirror the DONE status flags that appear in the result - * register for each A/D channel */ -#define ADC_STAT_CH_DONE_FLAG(n) ((n&0xFF)) -/** These bits mirror the OVERRRUN status flags that appear in the - * result register for each A/D channel */ -#define ADC_STAT_CH_OVERRUN_FLAG(n) (((n>>8)&0xFF)) -/** This bit is the A/D interrupt flag */ -#define ADC_STAT_INT_FLAG ((1UL<<16)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for ADC Trim register -**********************************************************************/ -/** Offset trim bits for ADC operation */ -#define ADC_ADCOFFS(n) (((n&0xF)<<4)) -/** Written to boot code*/ -#define ADC_TRIM(n) (((n&0xF)<<8)) - -/* ------------------- CHECK PARAM DEFINITIONS ------------------------- */ -/** Check ADC parameter */ -#define PARAM_ADCx(n) (((uint32_t *)n)==((uint32_t *)LPC_ADC)) - -/** Check ADC state parameter */ -#define PARAM_ADC_START_ON_EDGE_OPT(OPT) ((OPT == ADC_START_ON_RISING)||(OPT == ADC_START_ON_FALLING)) - -/** Check ADC state parameter */ -#define PARAM_ADC_DATA_STATUS(OPT) ((OPT== ADC_DATA_BURST)||(OPT== ADC_DATA_DONE)) - -/** Check ADC rate parameter */ -#define PARAM_ADC_RATE(rate) ((rate>0)&&(rate<=200000)) - -/** Check ADC channel selection parameter */ -#define PARAM_ADC_CHANNEL_SELECTION(SEL) ((SEL == ADC_CHANNEL_0)||(ADC_CHANNEL_1)\ -||(SEL == ADC_CHANNEL_2)|(ADC_CHANNEL_3)\ -||(SEL == ADC_CHANNEL_4)||(ADC_CHANNEL_5)\ -||(SEL == ADC_CHANNEL_6)||(ADC_CHANNEL_7)) - -/** Check ADC start option parameter */ -#define PARAM_ADC_START_OPT(OPT) ((OPT == ADC_START_CONTINUOUS)||(OPT == ADC_START_NOW)\ -||(OPT == ADC_START_ON_EINT0)||(OPT == ADC_START_ON_CAP01)\ -||(OPT == ADC_START_ON_MAT01)||(OPT == ADC_START_ON_MAT03)\ -||(OPT == ADC_START_ON_MAT10)||(OPT == ADC_START_ON_MAT11)) - -/** Check ADC interrupt type parameter */ -#define PARAM_ADC_TYPE_INT_OPT(OPT) ((OPT == ADC_ADINTEN0)||(OPT == ADC_ADINTEN1)\ -||(OPT == ADC_ADINTEN2)||(OPT == ADC_ADINTEN3)\ -||(OPT == ADC_ADINTEN4)||(OPT == ADC_ADINTEN5)\ -||(OPT == ADC_ADINTEN6)||(OPT == ADC_ADINTEN7)\ -||(OPT == ADC_ADGINTEN)) - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/* Public Types --------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup ADC_Public_Types ADC Public Types - * @{ - */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * @brief ADC enumeration - **********************************************************************/ -/** @brief Channel Selection */ -typedef enum -{ - ADC_CHANNEL_0 = 0, /*!< Channel 0 */ - ADC_CHANNEL_1, /*!< Channel 1 */ - ADC_CHANNEL_2, /*!< Channel 2 */ - ADC_CHANNEL_3, /*!< Channel 3 */ - ADC_CHANNEL_4, /*!< Channel 4 */ - ADC_CHANNEL_5, /*!< Channel 5 */ - ADC_CHANNEL_6, /*!< Channel 6 */ - ADC_CHANNEL_7 /*!< Channel 7 */ -}ADC_CHANNEL_SELECTION; - -/** @brief Type of start option */ -typedef enum -{ - ADC_START_CONTINUOUS =0, /*!< Continuous mode */ - ADC_START_NOW, /*!< Start conversion now */ - ADC_START_ON_EINT0, /*!< Start conversion when the edge selected - * by bit 27 occurs on P2.10/EINT0 */ - ADC_START_ON_CAP01, /*!< Start conversion when the edge selected - * by bit 27 occurs on P1.27/CAP0.1 */ - ADC_START_ON_MAT01, /*!< Start conversion when the edge selected - * by bit 27 occurs on MAT0.1 */ - ADC_START_ON_MAT03, /*!< Start conversion when the edge selected - * by bit 27 occurs on MAT0.3 */ - ADC_START_ON_MAT10, /*!< Start conversion when the edge selected - * by bit 27 occurs on MAT1.0 */ - ADC_START_ON_MAT11 /*!< Start conversion when the edge selected - * by bit 27 occurs on MAT1.1 */ -} ADC_START_OPT; - - -/** @brief Type of edge when start conversion on the selected CAP/MAT signal */ -typedef enum -{ - ADC_START_ON_RISING = 0, /*!< Start conversion on a rising edge - *on the selected CAP/MAT signal */ - ADC_START_ON_FALLING /*!< Start conversion on a falling edge - *on the selected CAP/MAT signal */ -} ADC_START_ON_EDGE_OPT; - -/** @brief* ADC type interrupt enum */ -typedef enum -{ - ADC_ADINTEN0 = 0, /*!< Interrupt channel 0 */ - ADC_ADINTEN1, /*!< Interrupt channel 1 */ - ADC_ADINTEN2, /*!< Interrupt channel 2 */ - ADC_ADINTEN3, /*!< Interrupt channel 3 */ - ADC_ADINTEN4, /*!< Interrupt channel 4 */ - ADC_ADINTEN5, /*!< Interrupt channel 5 */ - ADC_ADINTEN6, /*!< Interrupt channel 6 */ - ADC_ADINTEN7, /*!< Interrupt channel 7 */ - ADC_ADGINTEN /*!< Individual channel/global flag done generate an interrupt */ -}ADC_TYPE_INT_OPT; - -/** @brief ADC Data status */ -typedef enum -{ - ADC_DATA_BURST = 0, /*Burst bit*/ - ADC_DATA_DONE /*Done bit*/ -}ADC_DATA_STATUS; - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup ADC_Public_Functions ADC Public Functions - * @{ - */ -/* Init/DeInit ADC peripheral ----------------*/ -void ADC_Init(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint32_t rate); -void ADC_DeInit(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx); - -/* Enable/Disable ADC functions --------------*/ -void ADC_BurstCmd(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); -void ADC_PowerdownCmd(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); -void ADC_StartCmd(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint8_t start_mode); -void ADC_ChannelCmd (LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint8_t Channel, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Configure ADC functions -------------------*/ -void ADC_EdgeStartConfig(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint8_t EdgeOption); -void ADC_IntConfig (LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, ADC_TYPE_INT_OPT IntType, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Get ADC information functions -------------------*/ -uint16_t ADC_ChannelGetData(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint8_t channel); -FlagStatus ADC_ChannelGetStatus(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint8_t channel, uint32_t StatusType); -uint32_t ADC_GlobalGetData(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx); -FlagStatus ADC_GlobalGetStatus(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint32_t StatusType); - -/** - * @} - */ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - - -#endif /* LPC17XX_ADC_H_ */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/lpc17xx_can.h b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/lpc17xx_can.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7739e05008..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/lpc17xx_can.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,872 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_can.h 2010-06-18 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_can.h -* @brief Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes -* support for CAN firmware library on LPC17xx -* @version 3.0 -* @date 18. June. 2010 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2010, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup CAN CAN (Control Area Network) - * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef LPC17XX_CAN_H_ -#define LPC17XX_CAN_H_ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "LPC17xx.h" -#include "lpc_types.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -{ -#endif - -/* Public Types --------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup CAN_Public_Macros CAN Public Macros - * @{ - */ -#define MSG_ENABLE ((uint8_t)(0)) -#define MSG_DISABLE ((uint8_t)(1)) -#define CAN1_CTRL ((uint8_t)(0)) -#define CAN2_CTRL ((uint8_t)(1)) -#define PARAM_FULLCAN_IC(n) ((n==FULLCAN_IC0)||(n==FULLCAN_IC1)) -#define ID_11 1 -#define MAX_HW_FULLCAN_OBJ 64 -#define MAX_SW_FULLCAN_OBJ 32 - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup CAN_Private_Macros CAN Private Macros - * @{ - */ - -/* --------------------- BIT DEFINITIONS -------------------------------------- */ -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for CAN Mode Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** CAN Reset mode */ -#define CAN_MOD_RM ((uint32_t)(1)) -/** CAN Listen Only Mode */ -#define CAN_MOD_LOM ((uint32_t)(1<<1)) -/** CAN Self Test mode */ -#define CAN_MOD_STM ((uint32_t)(1<<2)) -/** CAN Transmit Priority mode */ -#define CAN_MOD_TPM ((uint32_t)(1<<3)) -/** CAN Sleep mode */ -#define CAN_MOD_SM ((uint32_t)(1<<4)) -/** CAN Receive Polarity mode */ -#define CAN_MOD_RPM ((uint32_t)(1<<5)) -/** CAN Test mode */ -#define CAN_MOD_TM ((uint32_t)(1<<7)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for CAN Command Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** CAN Transmission Request */ -#define CAN_CMR_TR ((uint32_t)(1)) -/** CAN Abort Transmission */ -#define CAN_CMR_AT ((uint32_t)(1<<1)) -/** CAN Release Receive Buffer */ -#define CAN_CMR_RRB ((uint32_t)(1<<2)) -/** CAN Clear Data Overrun */ -#define CAN_CMR_CDO ((uint32_t)(1<<3)) -/** CAN Self Reception Request */ -#define CAN_CMR_SRR ((uint32_t)(1<<4)) -/** CAN Select Tx Buffer 1 */ -#define CAN_CMR_STB1 ((uint32_t)(1<<5)) -/** CAN Select Tx Buffer 2 */ -#define CAN_CMR_STB2 ((uint32_t)(1<<6)) -/** CAN Select Tx Buffer 3 */ -#define CAN_CMR_STB3 ((uint32_t)(1<<7)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for CAN Global Status Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** CAN Receive Buffer Status */ -#define CAN_GSR_RBS ((uint32_t)(1)) -/** CAN Data Overrun Status */ -#define CAN_GSR_DOS ((uint32_t)(1<<1)) -/** CAN Transmit Buffer Status */ -#define CAN_GSR_TBS ((uint32_t)(1<<2)) -/** CAN Transmit Complete Status */ -#define CAN_GSR_TCS ((uint32_t)(1<<3)) -/** CAN Receive Status */ -#define CAN_GSR_RS ((uint32_t)(1<<4)) -/** CAN Transmit Status */ -#define CAN_GSR_TS ((uint32_t)(1<<5)) -/** CAN Error Status */ -#define CAN_GSR_ES ((uint32_t)(1<<6)) -/** CAN Bus Status */ -#define CAN_GSR_BS ((uint32_t)(1<<7)) -/** CAN Current value of the Rx Error Counter */ -#define CAN_GSR_RXERR(n) ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<16)) -/** CAN Current value of the Tx Error Counter */ -#define CAN_GSR_TXERR(n) ((uint32_t)(n&0xFF)<<24)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for CAN Interrupt and Capture Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** CAN Receive Interrupt */ -#define CAN_ICR_RI ((uint32_t)(1)) -/** CAN Transmit Interrupt 1 */ -#define CAN_ICR_TI1 ((uint32_t)(1<<1)) -/** CAN Error Warning Interrupt */ -#define CAN_ICR_EI ((uint32_t)(1<<2)) -/** CAN Data Overrun Interrupt */ -#define CAN_ICR_DOI ((uint32_t)(1<<3)) -/** CAN Wake-Up Interrupt */ -#define CAN_ICR_WUI ((uint32_t)(1<<4)) -/** CAN Error Passive Interrupt */ -#define CAN_ICR_EPI ((uint32_t)(1<<5)) -/** CAN Arbitration Lost Interrupt */ -#define CAN_ICR_ALI ((uint32_t)(1<<6)) -/** CAN Bus Error Interrupt */ -#define CAN_ICR_BEI ((uint32_t)(1<<7)) -/** CAN ID Ready Interrupt */ -#define CAN_ICR_IDI ((uint32_t)(1<<8)) -/** CAN Transmit Interrupt 2 */ -#define CAN_ICR_TI2 ((uint32_t)(1<<9)) -/** CAN Transmit Interrupt 3 */ -#define CAN_ICR_TI3 ((uint32_t)(1<<10)) -/** CAN Error Code Capture */ -#define CAN_ICR_ERRBIT(n) ((uint32_t)((n&0x1F)<<16)) -/** CAN Error Direction */ -#define CAN_ICR_ERRDIR ((uint32_t)(1<<21)) -/** CAN Error Capture */ -#define CAN_ICR_ERRC(n) ((uint32_t)((n&0x3)<<22)) -/** CAN Arbitration Lost Capture */ -#define CAN_ICR_ALCBIT(n) ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<24)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for CAN Interrupt Enable Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** CAN Receive Interrupt Enable */ -#define CAN_IER_RIE ((uint32_t)(1)) -/** CAN Transmit Interrupt Enable for buffer 1 */ -#define CAN_IER_TIE1 ((uint32_t)(1<<1)) -/** CAN Error Warning Interrupt Enable */ -#define CAN_IER_EIE ((uint32_t)(1<<2)) -/** CAN Data Overrun Interrupt Enable */ -#define CAN_IER_DOIE ((uint32_t)(1<<3)) -/** CAN Wake-Up Interrupt Enable */ -#define CAN_IER_WUIE ((uint32_t)(1<<4)) -/** CAN Error Passive Interrupt Enable */ -#define CAN_IER_EPIE ((uint32_t)(1<<5)) -/** CAN Arbitration Lost Interrupt Enable */ -#define CAN_IER_ALIE ((uint32_t)(1<<6)) -/** CAN Bus Error Interrupt Enable */ -#define CAN_IER_BEIE ((uint32_t)(1<<7)) -/** CAN ID Ready Interrupt Enable */ -#define CAN_IER_IDIE ((uint32_t)(1<<8)) -/** CAN Transmit Enable Interrupt for Buffer 2 */ -#define CAN_IER_TIE2 ((uint32_t)(1<<9)) -/** CAN Transmit Enable Interrupt for Buffer 3 */ -#define CAN_IER_TIE3 ((uint32_t)(1<<10)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for CAN Bus Timing Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** CAN Baudrate Prescaler */ -#define CAN_BTR_BRP(n) ((uint32_t)(n&0x3FF)) -/** CAN Synchronization Jump Width */ -#define CAN_BTR_SJM(n) ((uint32_t)((n&0x3)<<14)) -/** CAN Time Segment 1 */ -#define CAN_BTR_TESG1(n) ((uint32_t)(n&0xF)<<16)) -/** CAN Time Segment 2 */ -#define CAN_BTR_TESG2(n) ((uint32_t)(n&0xF)<<20)) -/** CAN Sampling */ -#define CAN_BTR_SAM(n) ((uint32_t)(1<<23)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for CAN Error Warning Limit Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** CAN Error Warning Limit */ -#define CAN_EWL_EWL(n) ((uint32_t)(n&0xFF)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for CAN Status Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** CAN Receive Buffer Status */ -#define CAN_SR_RBS ((uint32_t)(1)) -/** CAN Data Overrun Status */ -#define CAN_SR_DOS ((uint32_t)(1<<1)) -/** CAN Transmit Buffer Status 1 */ -#define CAN_SR_TBS1 ((uint32_t)(1<<2)) -/** CAN Transmission Complete Status of Buffer 1 */ -#define CAN_SR_TCS1 ((uint32_t)(1<<3)) -/** CAN Receive Status */ -#define CAN_SR_RS ((uint32_t)(1<<4)) -/** CAN Transmit Status 1 */ -#define CAN_SR_TS1 ((uint32_t)(1<<5)) -/** CAN Error Status */ -#define CAN_SR_ES ((uint32_t)(1<<6)) -/** CAN Bus Status */ -#define CAN_SR_BS ((uint32_t)(1<<7)) -/** CAN Transmit Buffer Status 2 */ -#define CAN_SR_TBS2 ((uint32_t)(1<<10)) -/** CAN Transmission Complete Status of Buffer 2 */ -#define CAN_SR_TCS2 ((uint32_t)(1<<11)) -/** CAN Transmit Status 2 */ -#define CAN_SR_TS2 ((uint32_t)(1<<13)) -/** CAN Transmit Buffer Status 2 */ -#define CAN_SR_TBS3 ((uint32_t)(1<<18)) -/** CAN Transmission Complete Status of Buffer 2 */ -#define CAN_SR_TCS3 ((uint32_t)(1<<19)) -/** CAN Transmit Status 2 */ -#define CAN_SR_TS3 ((uint32_t)(1<<21)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for CAN Receive Frame Status Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** CAN ID Index */ -#define CAN_RFS_ID_INDEX(n) ((uint32_t)(n&0x3FF)) -/** CAN Bypass */ -#define CAN_RFS_BP ((uint32_t)(1<<10)) -/** CAN Data Length Code */ -#define CAN_RFS_DLC(n) ((uint32_t)((n&0xF)<<16) -/** CAN Remote Transmission Request */ -#define CAN_RFS_RTR ((uint32_t)(1<<30)) -/** CAN control 11 bit or 29 bit Identifier */ -#define CAN_RFS_FF ((uint32_t)(1<<31)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for CAN Receive Identifier Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** CAN 11 bit Identifier */ -#define CAN_RID_ID_11(n) ((uint32_t)(n&0x7FF)) -/** CAN 29 bit Identifier */ -#define CAN_RID_ID_29(n) ((uint32_t)(n&0x1FFFFFFF)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for CAN Receive Data A Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** CAN Receive Data 1 */ -#define CAN_RDA_DATA1(n) ((uint32_t)(n&0xFF)) -/** CAN Receive Data 2 */ -#define CAN_RDA_DATA2(n) ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<8)) -/** CAN Receive Data 3 */ -#define CAN_RDA_DATA3(n) ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<16)) -/** CAN Receive Data 4 */ -#define CAN_RDA_DATA4(n) ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<24)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for CAN Receive Data B Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** CAN Receive Data 5 */ -#define CAN_RDB_DATA5(n) ((uint32_t)(n&0xFF)) -/** CAN Receive Data 6 */ -#define CAN_RDB_DATA6(n) ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<8)) -/** CAN Receive Data 7 */ -#define CAN_RDB_DATA7(n) ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<16)) -/** CAN Receive Data 8 */ -#define CAN_RDB_DATA8(n) ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<24)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for CAN Transmit Frame Information Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** CAN Priority */ -#define CAN_TFI_PRIO(n) ((uint32_t)(n&0xFF)) -/** CAN Data Length Code */ -#define CAN_TFI_DLC(n) ((uint32_t)((n&0xF)<<16)) -/** CAN Remote Frame Transmission */ -#define CAN_TFI_RTR ((uint32_t)(1<<30)) -/** CAN control 11-bit or 29-bit Identifier */ -#define CAN_TFI_FF ((uint32_t)(1<<31)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for CAN Transmit Identifier Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** CAN 11-bit Identifier */ -#define CAN_TID_ID11(n) ((uint32_t)(n&0x7FF)) -/** CAN 11-bit Identifier */ -#define CAN_TID_ID29(n) ((uint32_t)(n&0x1FFFFFFF)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for CAN Transmit Data A Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** CAN Transmit Data 1 */ -#define CAN_TDA_DATA1(n) ((uint32_t)(n&0xFF)) -/** CAN Transmit Data 2 */ -#define CAN_TDA_DATA2(n) ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<8)) -/** CAN Transmit Data 3 */ -#define CAN_TDA_DATA3(n) ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<16)) -/** CAN Transmit Data 4 */ -#define CAN_TDA_DATA4(n) ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<24)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for CAN Transmit Data B Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** CAN Transmit Data 5 */ -#define CAN_TDA_DATA5(n) ((uint32_t)(n&0xFF)) -/** CAN Transmit Data 6 */ -#define CAN_TDA_DATA6(n) ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<8)) -/** CAN Transmit Data 7 */ -#define CAN_TDA_DATA7(n) ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<16)) -/** CAN Transmit Data 8 */ -#define CAN_TDA_DATA8(n) ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<24)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for CAN Sleep Clear Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** CAN1 Sleep mode */ -#define CAN1SLEEPCLR ((uint32_t)(1<<1)) -/** CAN2 Sleep Mode */ -#define CAN2SLEEPCLR ((uint32_t)(1<<2)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for CAN Wake up Flags Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** CAN1 Sleep mode */ -#define CAN_WAKEFLAGES_CAN1WAKE ((uint32_t)(1<<1)) -/** CAN2 Sleep Mode */ -#define CAN_WAKEFLAGES_CAN2WAKE ((uint32_t)(1<<2)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Central transmit Status Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** CAN Transmit 1 */ -#define CAN_TSR_TS1 ((uint32_t)(1)) -/** CAN Transmit 2 */ -#define CAN_TSR_TS2 ((uint32_t)(1<<1)) -/** CAN Transmit Buffer Status 1 */ -#define CAN_TSR_TBS1 ((uint32_t)(1<<8)) -/** CAN Transmit Buffer Status 2 */ -#define CAN_TSR_TBS2 ((uint32_t)(1<<9)) -/** CAN Transmission Complete Status 1 */ -#define CAN_TSR_TCS1 ((uint32_t)(1<<16)) -/** CAN Transmission Complete Status 2 */ -#define CAN_TSR_TCS2 ((uint32_t)(1<<17)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Central Receive Status Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** CAN Receive Status 1 */ -#define CAN_RSR_RS1 ((uint32_t)(1)) -/** CAN Receive Status 1 */ -#define CAN_RSR_RS2 ((uint32_t)(1<<1)) -/** CAN Receive Buffer Status 1*/ -#define CAN_RSR_RB1 ((uint32_t)(1<<8)) -/** CAN Receive Buffer Status 2*/ -#define CAN_RSR_RB2 ((uint32_t)(1<<9)) -/** CAN Data Overrun Status 1 */ -#define CAN_RSR_DOS1 ((uint32_t)(1<<16)) -/** CAN Data Overrun Status 1 */ -#define CAN_RSR_DOS2 ((uint32_t)(1<<17)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Central Miscellaneous Status Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** Same CAN Error Status in CAN1GSR */ -#define CAN_MSR_E1 ((uint32_t)(1)) -/** Same CAN Error Status in CAN2GSR */ -#define CAN_MSR_E2 ((uint32_t)(1<<1)) -/** Same CAN Bus Status in CAN1GSR */ -#define CAN_MSR_BS1 ((uint32_t)(1<<8)) -/** Same CAN Bus Status in CAN2GSR */ -#define CAN_MSR_BS2 ((uint32_t)(1<<9)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Acceptance Filter Mode Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** CAN Acceptance Filter Off mode */ -#define CAN_AFMR_AccOff ((uint32_t)(1)) -/** CAN Acceptance File Bypass mode */ -#define CAN_AFMR_AccBP ((uint32_t)(1<<1)) -/** FullCAN Mode Enhancements */ -#define CAN_AFMR_eFCAN ((uint32_t)(1<<2)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Standard Frame Individual Start Address Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** The start address of the table of individual Standard Identifier */ -#define CAN_STT_sa(n) ((uint32_t)((n&1FF)<<2)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Standard Frame Group Start Address Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** The start address of the table of grouped Standard Identifier */ -#define CAN_SFF_GRP_sa(n) ((uint32_t)((n&3FF)<<2)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Extended Frame Start Address Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** The start address of the table of individual Extended Identifier */ -#define CAN_EFF_sa(n) ((uint32_t)((n&1FF)<<2)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Extended Frame Group Start Address Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** The start address of the table of grouped Extended Identifier */ -#define CAN_Eff_GRP_sa(n) ((uint32_t)((n&3FF)<<2)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for End Of AF Table Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** The End of Table of AF LookUp Table */ -#define CAN_EndofTable(n) ((uint32_t)((n&3FF)<<2)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for LUT Error Address Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** CAN Look-Up Table Error Address */ -#define CAN_LUTerrAd(n) ((uint32_t)((n&1FF)<<2)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for LUT Error Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** CAN Look-Up Table Error */ -#define CAN_LUTerr ((uint32_t)(1)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Global FullCANInterrupt Enable Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** Global FullCANInterrupt Enable */ -#define CAN_FCANIE ((uint32_t)(1)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for FullCAN Interrupt and Capture Register 0 - **********************************************************************/ -/** FullCAN Interrupt and Capture (0-31)*/ -#define CAN_FCANIC0_IntPnd(n) ((uint32_t)(1<=0)&&(data <= 0xFFFFFFFF)) - -/** Macro to check frequency value */ -#define PRAM_I2S_FREQ(freq) ((freq>=16000)&&(freq <= 96000)) - -/** Macro to check Frame Identifier */ -#define PARAM_ID_11(n) ((n>>11)==0) /*-- 11 bit --*/ -#define PARAM_ID_29(n) ((n>>29)==0) /*-- 29 bit --*/ - -/** Macro to check DLC value */ -#define PARAM_DLC(n) ((n>>4)==0) /*-- 4 bit --*/ -/** Macro to check ID format type */ -#define PARAM_ID_FORMAT(n) ((n==STD_ID_FORMAT)||(n==EXT_ID_FORMAT)) - -/** Macro to check Group identifier */ -#define PARAM_GRP_ID(x, y) ((x<=y)) - -/** Macro to check Frame type */ -#define PARAM_FRAME_TYPE(n) ((n==DATA_FRAME)||(n==REMOTE_FRAME)) - -/** Macro to check Control/Central Status type parameter */ -#define PARAM_CTRL_STS_TYPE(n) ((n==CANCTRL_GLOBAL_STS)||(n==CANCTRL_INT_CAP) \ -||(n==CANCTRL_ERR_WRN)||(n==CANCTRL_STS)) - -/** Macro to check CR status type */ -#define PARAM_CR_STS_TYPE(n) ((n==CANCR_TX_STS)||(n==CANCR_RX_STS) \ -||(n==CANCR_MS)) -/** Macro to check AF Mode type parameter */ -#define PARAM_AFMODE_TYPE(n) ((n==CAN_Normal)||(n==CAN_AccOff) \ -||(n==CAN_AccBP)||(n==CAN_eFCAN)) - -/** Macro to check Operation Mode */ -#define PARAM_MODE_TYPE(n) ((n==CAN_OPERATING_MODE)||(n==CAN_RESET_MODE) \ -||(n==CAN_LISTENONLY_MODE)||(n==CAN_SELFTEST_MODE) \ -||(n==CAN_TXPRIORITY_MODE)||(n==CAN_SLEEP_MODE) \ -||(n==CAN_RXPOLARITY_MODE)||(n==CAN_TEST_MODE)) - -/** Macro define for struct AF_Section parameter */ -#define PARAM_CTRL(n) ((n==CAN1_CTRL)|(n==CAN2_CTRL)) - -/** Macro define for struct AF_Section parameter */ -#define PARAM_MSG_DISABLE(n) ((n==MSG_ENABLE)|(n==MSG_DISABLE)) - -/**Macro to check Interrupt Type parameter */ -#define PARAM_INT_EN_TYPE(n) ((n==CANINT_RIE)||(n==CANINT_TIE1) \ -||(n==CANINT_EIE)||(n==CANINT_DOIE) \ -||(n==CANINT_WUIE)||(n==CANINT_EPIE) \ -||(n==CANINT_ALIE)||(n==CANINT_BEIE) \ -||(n==CANINT_IDIE)||(n==CANINT_TIE2) \ -||(n==CANINT_TIE3)||(n==CANINT_FCE)) - -/** Macro to check AFLUT Entry type */ -#define PARAM_AFLUT_ENTRY_TYPE(n) ((n==FULLCAN_ENTRY)||(n==EXPLICIT_STANDARD_ENTRY)\ -||(n==GROUP_STANDARD_ENTRY)||(n==EXPLICIT_EXTEND_ENTRY) \ -||(n==GROUP_EXTEND_ENTRY)) - -/** Macro to check position */ -#define PARAM_POSITION(n) (n<512) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Public Types --------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup CAN_Public_Types CAN Public Types - * @{ - */ - -/** CAN configuration structure */ -/*********************************************************************** - * CAN device configuration commands (IOCTL commands and arguments) - **********************************************************************/ -/** - * @brief CAN ID format definition - */ -typedef enum { - STD_ID_FORMAT = 0, /**< Use standard ID format (11 bit ID) */ - EXT_ID_FORMAT = 1 /**< Use extended ID format (29 bit ID) */ -} CAN_ID_FORMAT_Type; - -/** - * @brief AFLUT Entry type definition - */ -typedef enum { - FULLCAN_ENTRY = 0, - EXPLICIT_STANDARD_ENTRY, - GROUP_STANDARD_ENTRY, - EXPLICIT_EXTEND_ENTRY, - GROUP_EXTEND_ENTRY -} AFLUT_ENTRY_Type; - -/** - * @brief Symbolic names for type of CAN message - */ -typedef enum { - DATA_FRAME = 0, /**< Data frame */ - REMOTE_FRAME = 1 /**< Remote frame */ -} CAN_FRAME_Type; - -/** - * @brief CAN Control status definition - */ -typedef enum { - CANCTRL_GLOBAL_STS = 0, /**< CAN Global Status */ - CANCTRL_INT_CAP, /**< CAN Interrupt and Capture */ - CANCTRL_ERR_WRN, /**< CAN Error Warning Limit */ - CANCTRL_STS /**< CAN Control Status */ -} CAN_CTRL_STS_Type; - -/** - * @brief Central CAN status type definition - */ -typedef enum { - CANCR_TX_STS = 0, /**< Central CAN Tx Status */ - CANCR_RX_STS, /**< Central CAN Rx Status */ - CANCR_MS /**< Central CAN Miscellaneous Status */ -} CAN_CR_STS_Type; - -/** - * @brief FullCAN Interrupt Capture type definition - */ -typedef enum{ - FULLCAN_IC0, /**< FullCAN Interrupt and Capture 0 */ - FULLCAN_IC1 /**< FullCAN Interrupt and Capture 1 */ -}FullCAN_IC_Type; - -/** - * @brief CAN interrupt enable type definition - */ -typedef enum { - CANINT_RIE = 0, /**< CAN Receiver Interrupt Enable */ - CANINT_TIE1, /**< CAN Transmit Interrupt Enable */ - CANINT_EIE, /**< CAN Error Warning Interrupt Enable */ - CANINT_DOIE, /**< CAN Data Overrun Interrupt Enable */ - CANINT_WUIE, /**< CAN Wake-Up Interrupt Enable */ - CANINT_EPIE, /**< CAN Error Passive Interrupt Enable */ - CANINT_ALIE, /**< CAN Arbitration Lost Interrupt Enable */ - CANINT_BEIE, /**< CAN Bus Error Inter rupt Enable */ - CANINT_IDIE, /**< CAN ID Ready Interrupt Enable */ - CANINT_TIE2, /**< CAN Transmit Interrupt Enable for Buffer2 */ - CANINT_TIE3, /**< CAN Transmit Interrupt Enable for Buffer3 */ - CANINT_FCE /**< FullCAN Interrupt Enable */ -} CAN_INT_EN_Type; - -/** - * @brief Acceptance Filter Mode type definition - */ -typedef enum { - CAN_Normal = 0, /**< Normal Mode */ - CAN_AccOff, /**< Acceptance Filter Off Mode */ - CAN_AccBP, /**< Acceptance Fileter Bypass Mode */ - CAN_eFCAN /**< FullCAN Mode Enhancement */ -} CAN_AFMODE_Type; - -/** - * @brief CAN Mode Type definition - */ -typedef enum { - CAN_OPERATING_MODE = 0, /**< Operating Mode */ - CAN_RESET_MODE, /**< Reset Mode */ - CAN_LISTENONLY_MODE, /**< Listen Only Mode */ - CAN_SELFTEST_MODE, /**< Seft Test Mode */ - CAN_TXPRIORITY_MODE, /**< Transmit Priority Mode */ - CAN_SLEEP_MODE, /**< Sleep Mode */ - CAN_RXPOLARITY_MODE, /**< Receive Polarity Mode */ - CAN_TEST_MODE /**< Test Mode */ -} CAN_MODE_Type; - -/** - * @brief Error values that functions can return - */ -typedef enum { - CAN_OK = 1, /**< No error */ - CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR, /**< No more rx or tx objects available */ - CAN_FULL_OBJ_NOT_RCV, /**< Full CAN object not received */ - CAN_NO_RECEIVE_DATA, /**< No have receive data available */ - CAN_AF_ENTRY_ERROR, /**< Entry load in AFLUT is unvalid */ - CAN_CONFLICT_ID_ERROR, /**< Conflict ID occur */ - CAN_ENTRY_NOT_EXIT_ERROR /**< Entry remove outo AFLUT is not exit */ -} CAN_ERROR; - -/** - * @brief Pin Configuration structure - */ -typedef struct { - uint8_t RD; /**< Serial Inputs, from CAN transceivers, should be: - ** For CAN1: - - CAN_RD1_P0_0: RD pin is on P0.0 - - CAN_RD1_P0_21 : RD pin is on P0.21 - ** For CAN2: - - CAN_RD2_P0_4: RD pin is on P0.4 - - CAN_RD2_P2_7: RD pin is on P2.7 - */ - uint8_t TD; /**< Serial Outputs, To CAN transceivers, should be: - ** For CAN1: - - CAN_TD1_P0_1: TD pin is on P0.1 - - CAN_TD1_P0_22: TD pin is on P0.22 - ** For CAN2: - - CAN_TD2_P0_5: TD pin is on P0.5 - - CAN_TD2_P2_8: TD pin is on P2.8 - */ -} CAN_PinCFG_Type; - -/** - * @brief CAN message object structure - */ -typedef struct { - uint32_t id; /**< 29 bit identifier, it depend on "format" value - - if format = STD_ID_FORMAT, id should be 11 bit identifier - - if format = EXT_ID_FORMAT, id should be 29 bit identifier - */ - uint8_t dataA[4]; /**< Data field A */ - uint8_t dataB[4]; /**< Data field B */ - uint8_t len; /**< Length of data field in bytes, should be: - - 0000b-0111b: 0-7 bytes - - 1xxxb: 8 bytes - */ - uint8_t format; /**< Identifier Format, should be: - - STD_ID_FORMAT: Standard ID - 11 bit format - - EXT_ID_FORMAT: Extended ID - 29 bit format - */ - uint8_t type; /**< Remote Frame transmission, should be: - - DATA_FRAME: the number of data bytes called out by the DLC - field are send from the CANxTDA and CANxTDB registers - - REMOTE_FRAME: Remote Frame is sent - */ -} CAN_MSG_Type; - -/** - * @brief FullCAN Entry structure - */ -typedef struct { - uint8_t controller; /**< CAN Controller, should be: - - CAN1_CTRL: CAN1 Controller - - CAN2_CTRL: CAN2 Controller - */ - uint8_t disable; /**< Disable bit, should be: - - MSG_ENABLE: disable bit = 0 - - MSG_DISABLE: disable bit = 1 - */ - uint16_t id_11; /**< Standard ID, should be 11-bit value */ -} FullCAN_Entry; - -/** - * @brief Standard ID Frame Format Entry structure - */ -typedef struct { - uint8_t controller; /**< CAN Controller, should be: - - CAN1_CTRL: CAN1 Controller - - CAN2_CTRL: CAN2 Controller - */ - uint8_t disable; /**< Disable bit, should be: - - MSG_ENABLE: disable bit = 0 - - MSG_DISABLE: disable bit = 1 - */ - uint16_t id_11; /**< Standard ID, should be 11-bit value */ -} SFF_Entry; - -/** - * @brief Group of Standard ID Frame Format Entry structure - */ -typedef struct { - uint8_t controller1; /**< First CAN Controller, should be: - - CAN1_CTRL: CAN1 Controller - - CAN2_CTRL: CAN2 Controller - */ - uint8_t disable1; /**< First Disable bit, should be: - - MSG_ENABLE: disable bit = 0) - - MSG_DISABLE: disable bit = 1 - */ - uint16_t lowerID; /**< ID lower bound, should be 11-bit value */ - uint8_t controller2; /**< Second CAN Controller, should be: - - CAN1_CTRL: CAN1 Controller - - CAN2_CTRL: CAN2 Controller - */ - uint8_t disable2; /**< Second Disable bit, should be: - - MSG_ENABLE: disable bit = 0 - - MSG_DISABLE: disable bit = 1 - */ - uint16_t upperID; /**< ID upper bound, should be 11-bit value and - equal or greater than lowerID - */ -} SFF_GPR_Entry; - -/** - * @brief Extended ID Frame Format Entry structure - */ -typedef struct { - uint8_t controller; /**< CAN Controller, should be: - - CAN1_CTRL: CAN1 Controller - - CAN2_CTRL: CAN2 Controller - */ - uint32_t ID_29; /**< Extend ID, shoud be 29-bit value */ -} EFF_Entry; - - -/** - * @brief Group of Extended ID Frame Format Entry structure - */ -typedef struct { - uint8_t controller1; /**< First CAN Controller, should be: - - CAN1_CTRL: CAN1 Controller - - CAN2_CTRL: CAN2 Controller - */ - uint8_t controller2; /**< Second Disable bit, should be: - - MSG_ENABLE: disable bit = 0(default) - - MSG_DISABLE: disable bit = 1 - */ - uint32_t lowerEID; /**< Extended ID lower bound, should be 29-bit value */ - uint32_t upperEID; /**< Extended ID upper bound, should be 29-bit value */ -} EFF_GPR_Entry; - - -/** - * @brief Acceptance Filter Section Table structure - */ -typedef struct { - FullCAN_Entry* FullCAN_Sec; /**< The pointer point to FullCAN_Entry */ - uint8_t FC_NumEntry; /**< FullCAN Entry Number */ - SFF_Entry* SFF_Sec; /**< The pointer point to SFF_Entry */ - uint8_t SFF_NumEntry; /**< Standard ID Entry Number */ - SFF_GPR_Entry* SFF_GPR_Sec; /**< The pointer point to SFF_GPR_Entry */ - uint8_t SFF_GPR_NumEntry; /**< Group Standard ID Entry Number */ - EFF_Entry* EFF_Sec; /**< The pointer point to EFF_Entry */ - uint8_t EFF_NumEntry; /**< Extended ID Entry Number */ - EFF_GPR_Entry* EFF_GPR_Sec; /**< The pointer point to EFF_GPR_Entry */ - uint8_t EFF_GPR_NumEntry; /**< Group Extended ID Entry Number */ -} AF_SectionDef; - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup CAN_Public_Functions CAN Public Functions - * @{ - */ - -/* Init/DeInit CAN peripheral -----------*/ -void CAN_Init(LPC_CAN_TypeDef *CANx, uint32_t baudrate); -void CAN_DeInit(LPC_CAN_TypeDef *CANx); - -/* CAN messages functions ---------------*/ -Status CAN_SendMsg(LPC_CAN_TypeDef *CANx, CAN_MSG_Type *CAN_Msg); -Status CAN_ReceiveMsg(LPC_CAN_TypeDef *CANx, CAN_MSG_Type *CAN_Msg); -CAN_ERROR FCAN_ReadObj(LPC_CANAF_TypeDef* CANAFx, CAN_MSG_Type *CAN_Msg); - -/* CAN configure functions ---------------*/ -void CAN_ModeConfig(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_MODE_Type mode, - FunctionalState NewState); -void CAN_SetAFMode(LPC_CANAF_TypeDef* CANAFx, CAN_AFMODE_Type AFmode); -void CAN_SetCommand(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CMRType); - -/* AFLUT functions ---------------------- */ -CAN_ERROR CAN_SetupAFLUT(LPC_CANAF_TypeDef* CANAFx, AF_SectionDef* AFSection); -CAN_ERROR CAN_LoadFullCANEntry(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint16_t ID); -CAN_ERROR CAN_LoadExplicitEntry(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t ID, - CAN_ID_FORMAT_Type format); -CAN_ERROR CAN_LoadGroupEntry(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t lowerID, - uint32_t upperID, CAN_ID_FORMAT_Type format); -CAN_ERROR CAN_RemoveEntry(AFLUT_ENTRY_Type EntryType, uint16_t position); - -/* CAN interrupt functions -----------------*/ -void CAN_IRQCmd(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_INT_EN_Type arg, FunctionalState NewState); -uint32_t CAN_IntGetStatus(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx); - -/* CAN get status functions ----------------*/ -IntStatus CAN_FullCANIntGetStatus (LPC_CANAF_TypeDef* CANAFx); -uint32_t CAN_FullCANPendGetStatus (LPC_CANAF_TypeDef* CANAFx, FullCAN_IC_Type type); -uint32_t CAN_GetCTRLStatus(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_CTRL_STS_Type arg); -uint32_t CAN_GetCRStatus(LPC_CANCR_TypeDef* CANCRx, CAN_CR_STS_Type arg); - -/** - * @} - */ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* LPC17XX_CAN_H_ */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/lpc17xx_clkpwr.h b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/lpc17xx_clkpwr.h deleted file mode 100644 index a33ea60f2d..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/lpc17xx_clkpwr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,406 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_clkpwr.h 2010-05-21 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_clkpwr.h -* @brief Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes -* support for Clock and Power Control firmware library on LPC17xx -* @version 2.0 -* @date 21. May. 2010 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2010, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup CLKPWR CLKPWR (Clock Power) - * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef LPC17XX_CLKPWR_H_ -#define LPC17XX_CLKPWR_H_ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "LPC17xx.h" -#include "lpc_types.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -{ -#endif - -/* Public Macros -------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup CLKPWR_Public_Macros CLKPWR Public Macros - * @{ - */ - -/********************************************************************** - * Peripheral Clock Selection Definitions - **********************************************************************/ -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for WDT */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_WDT ((uint32_t)(0)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for TIMER0 */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER0 ((uint32_t)(2)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for TIMER1 */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER1 ((uint32_t)(4)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for UART0 */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART0 ((uint32_t)(6)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for UART1 */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART1 ((uint32_t)(8)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for PWM1 */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_PWM1 ((uint32_t)(12)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for I2C0 */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C0 ((uint32_t)(14)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for SPI */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SPI ((uint32_t)(16)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for SSP1 */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SSP1 ((uint32_t)(20)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for DAC */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_DAC ((uint32_t)(22)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for ADC */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_ADC ((uint32_t)(24)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for CAN1 */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CAN1 ((uint32_t)(26)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for CAN2 */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CAN2 ((uint32_t)(28)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for ACF */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_ACF ((uint32_t)(30)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for QEI */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_QEI ((uint32_t)(32)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for PCB */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_PCB ((uint32_t)(36)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for I2C1 */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C1 ((uint32_t)(38)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for SSP0 */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SSP0 ((uint32_t)(42)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for TIMER2 */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER2 ((uint32_t)(44)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for TIMER3 */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER3 ((uint32_t)(46)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for UART2 */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART2 ((uint32_t)(48)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for UART3 */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART3 ((uint32_t)(50)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for I2C2 */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C2 ((uint32_t)(52)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for I2S */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2S ((uint32_t)(54)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for RIT */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_RIT ((uint32_t)(58)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for SYSCON */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SYSCON ((uint32_t)(60)) -/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for MC */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_MC ((uint32_t)(62)) - -/** Macro for Peripheral Clock Selection register bit values - * Note: When CCLK_DIV_8, Peripheral�s clock is selected to - * PCLK_xyz = CCLK/8 except for CAN1, CAN2, and CAN filtering - * when �11�selects PCLK_xyz = CCLK/6 */ -/* Peripheral clock divider is set to 4 from CCLK */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_4 ((uint32_t)(0)) -/** Peripheral clock divider is the same with CCLK */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_1 ((uint32_t)(1)) -/** Peripheral clock divider is set to 2 from CCLK */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_2 ((uint32_t)(2)) - - -/******************************************************************** -* Power Control for Peripherals Definitions -**********************************************************************/ -/** Timer/Counter 0 power/clock control bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM0 ((uint32_t)(1<<1)) -/* Timer/Counter 1 power/clock control bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM1 ((uint32_t)(1<<2)) -/** UART0 power/clock control bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART0 ((uint32_t)(1<<3)) -/** UART1 power/clock control bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART1 ((uint32_t)(1<<4)) -/** PWM1 power/clock control bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCPWM1 ((uint32_t)(1<<6)) -/** The I2C0 interface power/clock control bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2C0 ((uint32_t)(1<<7)) -/** The SPI interface power/clock control bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCSPI ((uint32_t)(1<<8)) -/** The RTC power/clock control bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCRTC ((uint32_t)(1<<9)) -/** The SSP1 interface power/clock control bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCSSP1 ((uint32_t)(1<<10)) -/** A/D converter 0 (ADC0) power/clock control bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCAD ((uint32_t)(1<<12)) -/** CAN Controller 1 power/clock control bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCAN1 ((uint32_t)(1<<13)) -/** CAN Controller 2 power/clock control bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCAN2 ((uint32_t)(1<<14)) -/** GPIO power/clock control bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCGPIO ((uint32_t)(1<<15)) -/** Repetitive Interrupt Timer power/clock control bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCRIT ((uint32_t)(1<<16)) -/** Motor Control PWM */ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCMC ((uint32_t)(1<<17)) -/** Quadrature Encoder Interface power/clock control bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCQEI ((uint32_t)(1<<18)) -/** The I2C1 interface power/clock control bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2C1 ((uint32_t)(1<<19)) -/** The SSP0 interface power/clock control bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCSSP0 ((uint32_t)(1<<21)) -/** Timer 2 power/clock control bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM2 ((uint32_t)(1<<22)) -/** Timer 3 power/clock control bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM3 ((uint32_t)(1<<23)) -/** UART 2 power/clock control bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART2 ((uint32_t)(1<<24)) -/** UART 3 power/clock control bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART3 ((uint32_t)(1<<25)) -/** I2C interface 2 power/clock control bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2C2 ((uint32_t)(1<<26)) -/** I2S interface power/clock control bit*/ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2S ((uint32_t)(1<<27)) -/** GP DMA function power/clock control bit*/ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCGPDMA ((uint32_t)(1<<29)) -/** Ethernet block power/clock control bit*/ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCENET ((uint32_t)(1<<30)) -/** USB interface power/clock control bit*/ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUSB ((uint32_t)(1<<31)) - - -/** - * @} - */ -/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup CLKPWR_Private_Macros CLKPWR Private Macros - * @{ - */ - -/* --------------------- BIT DEFINITIONS -------------------------------------- */ -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Clock Source Select Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** Internal RC oscillator */ -#define CLKPWR_CLKSRCSEL_CLKSRC_IRC ((uint32_t)(0x00)) -/** Main oscillator */ -#define CLKPWR_CLKSRCSEL_CLKSRC_MAINOSC ((uint32_t)(0x01)) -/** RTC oscillator */ -#define CLKPWR_CLKSRCSEL_CLKSRC_RTC ((uint32_t)(0x02)) -/** Clock source selection bit mask */ -#define CLKPWR_CLKSRCSEL_BITMASK ((uint32_t)(0x03)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Clock Output Configuration Register - **********************************************************************/ -/* Clock Output Configuration register definition */ -/** Selects the CPU clock as the CLKOUT source */ -#define CLKPWR_CLKOUTCFG_CLKOUTSEL_CPU ((uint32_t)(0x00)) -/** Selects the main oscillator as the CLKOUT source */ -#define CLKPWR_CLKOUTCFG_CLKOUTSEL_MAINOSC ((uint32_t)(0x01)) -/** Selects the Internal RC oscillator as the CLKOUT source */ -#define CLKPWR_CLKOUTCFG_CLKOUTSEL_RC ((uint32_t)(0x02)) -/** Selects the USB clock as the CLKOUT source */ -#define CLKPWR_CLKOUTCFG_CLKOUTSEL_USB ((uint32_t)(0x03)) -/** Selects the RTC oscillator as the CLKOUT source */ -#define CLKPWR_CLKOUTCFG_CLKOUTSEL_RTC ((uint32_t)(0x04)) -/** Integer value to divide the output clock by, minus one */ -#define CLKPWR_CLKOUTCFG_CLKOUTDIV(n) ((uint32_t)((n&0x0F)<<4)) -/** CLKOUT enable control */ -#define CLKPWR_CLKOUTCFG_CLKOUT_EN ((uint32_t)(1<<8)) -/** CLKOUT activity indication */ -#define CLKPWR_CLKOUTCFG_CLKOUT_ACT ((uint32_t)(1<<9)) -/** Clock source selection bit mask */ -#define CLKPWR_CLKOUTCFG_BITMASK ((uint32_t)(0x3FF)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for PPL0 Control Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** PLL 0 control enable */ -#define CLKPWR_PLL0CON_ENABLE ((uint32_t)(0x01)) -/** PLL 0 control connect */ -#define CLKPWR_PLL0CON_CONNECT ((uint32_t)(0x02)) -/** PLL 0 control bit mask */ -#define CLKPWR_PLL0CON_BITMASK ((uint32_t)(0x03)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for PPL0 Configuration Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** PLL 0 Configuration MSEL field */ -#define CLKPWR_PLL0CFG_MSEL(n) ((uint32_t)(n&0x7FFF)) -/** PLL 0 Configuration NSEL field */ -#define CLKPWR_PLL0CFG_NSEL(n) ((uint32_t)((n<<16)&0xFF0000)) -/** PLL 0 Configuration bit mask */ -#define CLKPWR_PLL0CFG_BITMASK ((uint32_t)(0xFF7FFF)) - - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for PPL0 Status Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** PLL 0 MSEL value */ -#define CLKPWR_PLL0STAT_MSEL(n) ((uint32_t)(n&0x7FFF)) -/** PLL NSEL get value */ -#define CLKPWR_PLL0STAT_NSEL(n) ((uint32_t)((n>>16)&0xFF)) -/** PLL status enable bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PLL0STAT_PLLE ((uint32_t)(1<<24)) -/** PLL status Connect bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PLL0STAT_PLLC ((uint32_t)(1<<25)) -/** PLL status lock */ -#define CLKPWR_PLL0STAT_PLOCK ((uint32_t)(1<<26)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for PPL0 Feed Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** PLL0 Feed bit mask */ -#define CLKPWR_PLL0FEED_BITMASK ((uint32_t)0xFF) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for PLL1 Control Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** USB PLL control enable */ -#define CLKPWR_PLL1CON_ENABLE ((uint32_t)(0x01)) -/** USB PLL control connect */ -#define CLKPWR_PLL1CON_CONNECT ((uint32_t)(0x02)) -/** USB PLL control bit mask */ -#define CLKPWR_PLL1CON_BITMASK ((uint32_t)(0x03)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for PLL1 Configuration Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** USB PLL MSEL set value */ -#define CLKPWR_PLL1CFG_MSEL(n) ((uint32_t)(n&0x1F)) -/** USB PLL PSEL set value */ -#define CLKPWR_PLL1CFG_PSEL(n) ((uint32_t)((n&0x03)<<5)) -/** USB PLL configuration bit mask */ -#define CLKPWR_PLL1CFG_BITMASK ((uint32_t)(0x7F)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for PLL1 Status Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** USB PLL MSEL get value */ -#define CLKPWR_PLL1STAT_MSEL(n) ((uint32_t)(n&0x1F)) -/** USB PLL PSEL get value */ -#define CLKPWR_PLL1STAT_PSEL(n) ((uint32_t)((n>>5)&0x03)) -/** USB PLL status enable bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PLL1STAT_PLLE ((uint32_t)(1<<8)) -/** USB PLL status Connect bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PLL1STAT_PLLC ((uint32_t)(1<<9)) -/** USB PLL status lock */ -#define CLKPWR_PLL1STAT_PLOCK ((uint32_t)(1<<10)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for PLL1 Feed Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** PLL1 Feed bit mask */ -#define CLKPWR_PLL1FEED_BITMASK ((uint32_t)0xFF) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for CPU Clock Configuration Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** CPU Clock configuration bit mask */ -#define CLKPWR_CCLKCFG_BITMASK ((uint32_t)(0xFF)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for USB Clock Configuration Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** USB Clock Configuration bit mask */ -#define CLKPWR_USBCLKCFG_BITMASK ((uint32_t)(0x0F)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for IRC Trim Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** IRC Trim bit mask */ -#define CLKPWR_IRCTRIM_BITMASK ((uint32_t)(0x0F)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Peripheral Clock Selection Register 0 and 1 - **********************************************************************/ -/** Peripheral Clock Selection 0 mask bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL0_BITMASK ((uint32_t)(0xFFF3F3FF)) -/** Peripheral Clock Selection 1 mask bit */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL1_BITMASK ((uint32_t)(0xFCF3F0F3)) -/** Macro to set peripheral clock of each type - * p: position of two bits that hold divider of peripheral clock - * n: value of divider of peripheral clock to be set */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SET(p,n) _SBF(p,n) -/** Macro to mask peripheral clock of each type */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_BITMASK(p) _SBF(p,0x03) -/** Macro to get peripheral clock of each type */ -#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_GET(p, n) ((uint32_t)((n>>p)&0x03)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Power Mode Control Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** Power mode control bit 0 */ -#define CLKPWR_PCON_PM0 ((uint32_t)(1<<0)) -/** Power mode control bit 1 */ -#define CLKPWR_PCON_PM1 ((uint32_t)(1<<1)) -/** Brown-Out Reduced Power Mode */ -#define CLKPWR_PCON_BODPDM ((uint32_t)(1<<2)) -/** Brown-Out Global Disable */ -#define CLKPWR_PCON_BOGD ((uint32_t)(1<<3)) -/** Brown Out Reset Disable */ -#define CLKPWR_PCON_BORD ((uint32_t)(1<<4)) -/** Sleep Mode entry flag */ -#define CLKPWR_PCON_SMFLAG ((uint32_t)(1<<8)) -/** Deep Sleep entry flag */ -#define CLKPWR_PCON_DSFLAG ((uint32_t)(1<<9)) -/** Power-down entry flag */ -#define CLKPWR_PCON_PDFLAG ((uint32_t)(1<<10)) -/** Deep Power-down entry flag */ -#define CLKPWR_PCON_DPDFLAG ((uint32_t)(1<<11)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Power Control for Peripheral Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** Power Control for Peripherals bit mask */ -#define CLKPWR_PCONP_BITMASK 0xEFEFF7DE - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup CLKPWR_Public_Functions CLKPWR Public Functions - * @{ - */ - -void CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (uint32_t ClkType, uint32_t DivVal); -uint32_t CLKPWR_GetPCLKSEL (uint32_t ClkType); -uint32_t CLKPWR_GetPCLK (uint32_t ClkType); -void CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (uint32_t PPType, FunctionalState NewState); -void CLKPWR_Sleep(void); -void CLKPWR_DeepSleep(void); -void CLKPWR_PowerDown(void); -void CLKPWR_DeepPowerDown(void); - -/** - * @} - */ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* LPC17XX_CLKPWR_H_ */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/lpc17xx_dac.h b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/lpc17xx_dac.h deleted file mode 100644 index da8776f511..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/lpc17xx_dac.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,154 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_dac.h 2010-05-21 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_dac.h -* @brief Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes -* support for Clock and Power Control firmware library on LPC17xx -* @version 2.0 -* @date 21. May. 2010 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2010, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup DAC DAC (Digital-to-Analog Controller) - * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef LPC17XX_DAC_H_ -#define LPC17XX_DAC_H_ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "LPC17xx.h" -#include "lpc_types.h" - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -{ -#endif - -/* Public Macros -------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Macros DAC Private Macros - * @{ - */ - -/** After the selected settling time after this field is written with a -new VALUE, the voltage on the AOUT pin (with respect to VSSA) -is VALUE/1024 VREF */ -#define DAC_VALUE(n) ((uint32_t)((n&0x3FF)<<6)) -/** If this bit = 0: The settling time of the DAC is 1 microsecond max, - * and the maximum current is 700 microAmpere - * If this bit = 1: The settling time of the DAC is 2.5 microsecond - * and the maximum current is 350 microAmpere */ -#define DAC_BIAS_EN ((uint32_t)(1<<16)) -/** Value to reload interrupt DMA counter */ -#define DAC_CCNT_VALUE(n) ((uint32_t)(n&0xffff)) - -/** DCAR double buffering */ -#define DAC_DBLBUF_ENA ((uint32_t)(1<<1)) -/** DCAR Time out count enable */ -#define DAC_CNT_ENA ((uint32_t)(1<<2)) -/** DCAR DMA access */ -#define DAC_DMA_ENA ((uint32_t)(1<<3)) -/** DCAR DACCTRL mask bit */ -#define DAC_DACCTRL_MASK ((uint32_t)(0x0F)) - -/** Macro to determine if it is valid DAC peripheral */ -#define PARAM_DACx(n) (((uint32_t *)n)==((uint32_t *)LPC_DAC)) - -/** Macro to check DAC current optional parameter */ -#define PARAM_DAC_CURRENT_OPT(OPTION) ((OPTION == DAC_MAX_CURRENT_700uA)\ -||(OPTION == DAC_MAX_CURRENT_350uA)) -/** - * @} - */ -/* Public Types --------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup DAC_Public_Types DAC Public Types - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Current option in DAC configuration option */ -typedef enum -{ - DAC_MAX_CURRENT_700uA = 0, /*!< The settling time of the DAC is 1 us max, - and the maximum current is 700 uA */ - DAC_MAX_CURRENT_350uA /*!< The settling time of the DAC is 2.5 us - and the maximum current is 350 uA */ -} DAC_CURRENT_OPT; - -/** - * @brief Configuration for DAC converter control register */ -typedef struct -{ - - uint8_t DBLBUF_ENA; /**< - -0: Disable DACR double buffering - -1: when bit CNT_ENA, enable DACR double buffering feature - */ - uint8_t CNT_ENA; /*!< - -0: Time out counter is disable - -1: Time out conter is enable - */ - uint8_t DMA_ENA; /*!< - -0: DMA access is disable - -1: DMA burst request - */ - uint8_t RESERVED; - -} DAC_CONVERTER_CFG_Type; - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup DAC_Public_Functions DAC Public Functions - * @{ - */ - -void DAC_Init(LPC_DAC_TypeDef *DACx); -void DAC_UpdateValue (LPC_DAC_TypeDef *DACx, uint32_t dac_value); -void DAC_SetBias (LPC_DAC_TypeDef *DACx,uint32_t bias); -void DAC_ConfigDAConverterControl (LPC_DAC_TypeDef *DACx,DAC_CONVERTER_CFG_Type *DAC_ConverterConfigStruct); -void DAC_SetDMATimeOut(LPC_DAC_TypeDef *DACx,uint32_t time_out); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - - -#endif /* LPC17XX_DAC_H_ */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ - diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/lpc17xx_emac.h b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/lpc17xx_emac.h deleted file mode 100644 index ebca02ce21..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/lpc17xx_emac.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,711 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_emac.h 2010-05-21 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_emac.h -* @brief Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes -* support for Ethernet MAC firmware library on LPC17xx -* @version 2.0 -* @date 21. May. 2010 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2010, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup EMAC EMAC (Ethernet Media Access Controller) - * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef LPC17XX_EMAC_H_ -#define LPC17XX_EMAC_H_ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "LPC17xx.h" -#include "lpc_types.h" - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -{ -#endif - -#define MCB_LPC_1768 -//#define IAR_LPC_1768 - -/* Public Macros -------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup EMAC_Public_Macros EMAC Public Macros - * @{ - */ - - -/* EMAC PHY status type definitions */ -#define EMAC_PHY_STAT_LINK (0) /**< Link Status */ -#define EMAC_PHY_STAT_SPEED (1) /**< Speed Status */ -#define EMAC_PHY_STAT_DUP (2) /**< Duplex Status */ - -/* EMAC PHY device Speed definitions */ -#define EMAC_MODE_AUTO (0) /**< Auto-negotiation mode */ -#define EMAC_MODE_10M_FULL (1) /**< 10Mbps FullDuplex mode */ -#define EMAC_MODE_10M_HALF (2) /**< 10Mbps HalfDuplex mode */ -#define EMAC_MODE_100M_FULL (3) /**< 100Mbps FullDuplex mode */ -#define EMAC_MODE_100M_HALF (4) /**< 100Mbps HalfDuplex mode */ - -/** - * @} - */ -/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup EMAC_Private_Macros EMAC Private Macros - * @{ - */ - - -/* EMAC Memory Buffer configuration for 16K Ethernet RAM */ -#define EMAC_NUM_RX_FRAG 4 /**< Num.of RX Fragments 4*1536= 6.0kB */ -#define EMAC_NUM_TX_FRAG 3 /**< Num.of TX Fragments 3*1536= 4.6kB */ -#define EMAC_ETH_MAX_FLEN 1536 /**< Max. Ethernet Frame Size */ -#define EMAC_TX_FRAME_TOUT 0x00100000 /**< Frame Transmit timeout count */ - -/* --------------------- BIT DEFINITIONS -------------------------------------- */ -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for MAC Configuration Register 1 - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_MAC1_REC_EN 0x00000001 /**< Receive Enable */ -#define EMAC_MAC1_PASS_ALL 0x00000002 /**< Pass All Receive Frames */ -#define EMAC_MAC1_RX_FLOWC 0x00000004 /**< RX Flow Control */ -#define EMAC_MAC1_TX_FLOWC 0x00000008 /**< TX Flow Control */ -#define EMAC_MAC1_LOOPB 0x00000010 /**< Loop Back Mode */ -#define EMAC_MAC1_RES_TX 0x00000100 /**< Reset TX Logic */ -#define EMAC_MAC1_RES_MCS_TX 0x00000200 /**< Reset MAC TX Control Sublayer */ -#define EMAC_MAC1_RES_RX 0x00000400 /**< Reset RX Logic */ -#define EMAC_MAC1_RES_MCS_RX 0x00000800 /**< Reset MAC RX Control Sublayer */ -#define EMAC_MAC1_SIM_RES 0x00004000 /**< Simulation Reset */ -#define EMAC_MAC1_SOFT_RES 0x00008000 /**< Soft Reset MAC */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for MAC Configuration Register 2 - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_MAC2_FULL_DUP 0x00000001 /**< Full-Duplex Mode */ -#define EMAC_MAC2_FRM_LEN_CHK 0x00000002 /**< Frame Length Checking */ -#define EMAC_MAC2_HUGE_FRM_EN 0x00000004 /**< Huge Frame Enable */ -#define EMAC_MAC2_DLY_CRC 0x00000008 /**< Delayed CRC Mode */ -#define EMAC_MAC2_CRC_EN 0x00000010 /**< Append CRC to every Frame */ -#define EMAC_MAC2_PAD_EN 0x00000020 /**< Pad all Short Frames */ -#define EMAC_MAC2_VLAN_PAD_EN 0x00000040 /**< VLAN Pad Enable */ -#define EMAC_MAC2_ADET_PAD_EN 0x00000080 /**< Auto Detect Pad Enable */ -#define EMAC_MAC2_PPREAM_ENF 0x00000100 /**< Pure Preamble Enforcement */ -#define EMAC_MAC2_LPREAM_ENF 0x00000200 /**< Long Preamble Enforcement */ -#define EMAC_MAC2_NO_BACKOFF 0x00001000 /**< No Backoff Algorithm */ -#define EMAC_MAC2_BACK_PRESSURE 0x00002000 /**< Backoff Presurre / No Backoff */ -#define EMAC_MAC2_EXCESS_DEF 0x00004000 /**< Excess Defer */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Back-to-Back Inter-Packet-Gap Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** Programmable field representing the nibble time offset of the minimum possible period - * between the end of any transmitted packet to the beginning of the next */ -#define EMAC_IPGT_BBIPG(n) (n&0x7F) -/** Recommended value for Full Duplex of Programmable field representing the nibble time - * offset of the minimum possible period between the end of any transmitted packet to the - * beginning of the next */ -#define EMAC_IPGT_FULL_DUP (EMAC_IPGT_BBIPG(0x15)) -/** Recommended value for Half Duplex of Programmable field representing the nibble time - * offset of the minimum possible period between the end of any transmitted packet to the - * beginning of the next */ -#define EMAC_IPGT_HALF_DUP (EMAC_IPGT_BBIPG(0x12)) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Non Back-to-Back Inter-Packet-Gap Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** Programmable field representing the Non-Back-to-Back Inter-Packet-Gap */ -#define EMAC_IPGR_NBBIPG_P2(n) (n&0x7F) -/** Recommended value for Programmable field representing the Non-Back-to-Back Inter-Packet-Gap Part 1 */ -#define EMAC_IPGR_P2_DEF (EMAC_IPGR_NBBIPG_P2(0x12)) -/** Programmable field representing the optional carrierSense window referenced in - * IEEE 802.3/4.2.3.2.1 'Carrier Deference' */ -#define EMAC_IPGR_NBBIPG_P1(n) ((n&0x7F)<<8) -/** Recommended value for Programmable field representing the Non-Back-to-Back Inter-Packet-Gap Part 2 */ -#define EMAC_IPGR_P1_DEF EMAC_IPGR_NBBIPG_P1(0x0C) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Collision Window/Retry Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** Programmable field specifying the number of retransmission attempts following a collision before - * aborting the packet due to excessive collisions */ -#define EMAC_CLRT_MAX_RETX(n) (n&0x0F) -/** Programmable field representing the slot time or collision window during which collisions occur - * in properly configured networks */ -#define EMAC_CLRT_COLL(n) ((n&0x3F)<<8) -/** Default value for Collision Window / Retry register */ -#define EMAC_CLRT_DEF ((EMAC_CLRT_MAX_RETX(0x0F))|(EMAC_CLRT_COLL(0x37))) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Maximum Frame Register - **********************************************************************/ -/** Represents a maximum receive frame of 1536 octets */ -#define EMAC_MAXF_MAXFRMLEN(n) (n&0xFFFF) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for PHY Support Register - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_SUPP_SPEED 0x00000100 /**< Reduced MII Logic Current Speed */ -//#define EMAC_SUPP_RES_RMII 0x00000800 /**< Reset Reduced MII Logic */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Test Register - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_TEST_SHCUT_PQUANTA 0x00000001 /**< Shortcut Pause Quanta */ -#define EMAC_TEST_TST_PAUSE 0x00000002 /**< Test Pause */ -#define EMAC_TEST_TST_BACKP 0x00000004 /**< Test Back Pressure */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for MII Management Configuration Register - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_MCFG_SCAN_INC 0x00000001 /**< Scan Increment PHY Address */ -#define EMAC_MCFG_SUPP_PREAM 0x00000002 /**< Suppress Preamble */ -#define EMAC_MCFG_CLK_SEL(n) ((n&0x0F)<<2) /**< Clock Select Field */ -#define EMAC_MCFG_RES_MII 0x00008000 /**< Reset MII Management Hardware */ -#define EMAC_MCFG_MII_MAXCLK 2500000UL /**< MII Clock max */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for MII Management Command Register - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_MCMD_READ 0x00000001 /**< MII Read */ -#define EMAC_MCMD_SCAN 0x00000002 /**< MII Scan continuously */ - -#define EMAC_MII_WR_TOUT 0x00050000 /**< MII Write timeout count */ -#define EMAC_MII_RD_TOUT 0x00050000 /**< MII Read timeout count */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for MII Management Address Register - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_MADR_REG_ADR(n) (n&0x1F) /**< MII Register Address field */ -#define EMAC_MADR_PHY_ADR(n) ((n&0x1F)<<8) /**< PHY Address Field */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for MII Management Write Data Register - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_MWTD_DATA(n) (n&0xFFFF) /**< Data field for MMI Management Write Data register */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for MII Management Read Data Register - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_MRDD_DATA(n) (n&0xFFFF) /**< Data field for MMI Management Read Data register */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for MII Management Indicators Register - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_MIND_BUSY 0x00000001 /**< MII is Busy */ -#define EMAC_MIND_SCAN 0x00000002 /**< MII Scanning in Progress */ -#define EMAC_MIND_NOT_VAL 0x00000004 /**< MII Read Data not valid */ -#define EMAC_MIND_MII_LINK_FAIL 0x00000008 /**< MII Link Failed */ - -/* Station Address 0 Register */ -/* Station Address 1 Register */ -/* Station Address 2 Register */ - - -/* Control register definitions --------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Command Register - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_CR_RX_EN 0x00000001 /**< Enable Receive */ -#define EMAC_CR_TX_EN 0x00000002 /**< Enable Transmit */ -#define EMAC_CR_REG_RES 0x00000008 /**< Reset Host Registers */ -#define EMAC_CR_TX_RES 0x00000010 /**< Reset Transmit Datapath */ -#define EMAC_CR_RX_RES 0x00000020 /**< Reset Receive Datapath */ -#define EMAC_CR_PASS_RUNT_FRM 0x00000040 /**< Pass Runt Frames */ -#define EMAC_CR_PASS_RX_FILT 0x00000080 /**< Pass RX Filter */ -#define EMAC_CR_TX_FLOW_CTRL 0x00000100 /**< TX Flow Control */ -#define EMAC_CR_RMII 0x00000200 /**< Reduced MII Interface */ -#define EMAC_CR_FULL_DUP 0x00000400 /**< Full Duplex */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Status Register - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_SR_RX_EN 0x00000001 /**< Enable Receive */ -#define EMAC_SR_TX_EN 0x00000002 /**< Enable Transmit */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Transmit Status Vector 0 Register - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_TSV0_CRC_ERR 0x00000001 /**< CRC error */ -#define EMAC_TSV0_LEN_CHKERR 0x00000002 /**< Length Check Error */ -#define EMAC_TSV0_LEN_OUTRNG 0x00000004 /**< Length Out of Range */ -#define EMAC_TSV0_DONE 0x00000008 /**< Tramsmission Completed */ -#define EMAC_TSV0_MCAST 0x00000010 /**< Multicast Destination */ -#define EMAC_TSV0_BCAST 0x00000020 /**< Broadcast Destination */ -#define EMAC_TSV0_PKT_DEFER 0x00000040 /**< Packet Deferred */ -#define EMAC_TSV0_EXC_DEFER 0x00000080 /**< Excessive Packet Deferral */ -#define EMAC_TSV0_EXC_COLL 0x00000100 /**< Excessive Collision */ -#define EMAC_TSV0_LATE_COLL 0x00000200 /**< Late Collision Occured */ -#define EMAC_TSV0_GIANT 0x00000400 /**< Giant Frame */ -#define EMAC_TSV0_UNDERRUN 0x00000800 /**< Buffer Underrun */ -#define EMAC_TSV0_BYTES 0x0FFFF000 /**< Total Bytes Transferred */ -#define EMAC_TSV0_CTRL_FRAME 0x10000000 /**< Control Frame */ -#define EMAC_TSV0_PAUSE 0x20000000 /**< Pause Frame */ -#define EMAC_TSV0_BACK_PRESS 0x40000000 /**< Backpressure Method Applied */ -#define EMAC_TSV0_VLAN 0x80000000 /**< VLAN Frame */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Transmit Status Vector 1 Register - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_TSV1_BYTE_CNT 0x0000FFFF /**< Transmit Byte Count */ -#define EMAC_TSV1_COLL_CNT 0x000F0000 /**< Transmit Collision Count */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Receive Status Vector Register - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_RSV_BYTE_CNT 0x0000FFFF /**< Receive Byte Count */ -#define EMAC_RSV_PKT_IGNORED 0x00010000 /**< Packet Previously Ignored */ -#define EMAC_RSV_RXDV_SEEN 0x00020000 /**< RXDV Event Previously Seen */ -#define EMAC_RSV_CARR_SEEN 0x00040000 /**< Carrier Event Previously Seen */ -#define EMAC_RSV_REC_CODEV 0x00080000 /**< Receive Code Violation */ -#define EMAC_RSV_CRC_ERR 0x00100000 /**< CRC Error */ -#define EMAC_RSV_LEN_CHKERR 0x00200000 /**< Length Check Error */ -#define EMAC_RSV_LEN_OUTRNG 0x00400000 /**< Length Out of Range */ -#define EMAC_RSV_REC_OK 0x00800000 /**< Frame Received OK */ -#define EMAC_RSV_MCAST 0x01000000 /**< Multicast Frame */ -#define EMAC_RSV_BCAST 0x02000000 /**< Broadcast Frame */ -#define EMAC_RSV_DRIB_NIBB 0x04000000 /**< Dribble Nibble */ -#define EMAC_RSV_CTRL_FRAME 0x08000000 /**< Control Frame */ -#define EMAC_RSV_PAUSE 0x10000000 /**< Pause Frame */ -#define EMAC_RSV_UNSUPP_OPC 0x20000000 /**< Unsupported Opcode */ -#define EMAC_RSV_VLAN 0x40000000 /**< VLAN Frame */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Flow Control Counter Register - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_FCC_MIRR_CNT(n) (n&0xFFFF) /**< Mirror Counter */ -#define EMAC_FCC_PAUSE_TIM(n) ((n&0xFFFF)<<16) /**< Pause Timer */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Flow Control Status Register - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_FCS_MIRR_CNT(n) (n&0xFFFF) /**< Mirror Counter Current */ - - -/* Receive filter register definitions -------------------------------------------------------- */ -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Receive Filter Control Register - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_RFC_UCAST_EN 0x00000001 /**< Accept Unicast Frames Enable */ -#define EMAC_RFC_BCAST_EN 0x00000002 /**< Accept Broadcast Frames Enable */ -#define EMAC_RFC_MCAST_EN 0x00000004 /**< Accept Multicast Frames Enable */ -#define EMAC_RFC_UCAST_HASH_EN 0x00000008 /**< Accept Unicast Hash Filter Frames */ -#define EMAC_RFC_MCAST_HASH_EN 0x00000010 /**< Accept Multicast Hash Filter Fram.*/ -#define EMAC_RFC_PERFECT_EN 0x00000020 /**< Accept Perfect Match Enable */ -#define EMAC_RFC_MAGP_WOL_EN 0x00001000 /**< Magic Packet Filter WoL Enable */ -#define EMAC_RFC_PFILT_WOL_EN 0x00002000 /**< Perfect Filter WoL Enable */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Receive Filter WoL Status/Clear Registers - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_WOL_UCAST 0x00000001 /**< Unicast Frame caused WoL */ -#define EMAC_WOL_BCAST 0x00000002 /**< Broadcast Frame caused WoL */ -#define EMAC_WOL_MCAST 0x00000004 /**< Multicast Frame caused WoL */ -#define EMAC_WOL_UCAST_HASH 0x00000008 /**< Unicast Hash Filter Frame WoL */ -#define EMAC_WOL_MCAST_HASH 0x00000010 /**< Multicast Hash Filter Frame WoL */ -#define EMAC_WOL_PERFECT 0x00000020 /**< Perfect Filter WoL */ -#define EMAC_WOL_RX_FILTER 0x00000080 /**< RX Filter caused WoL */ -#define EMAC_WOL_MAG_PACKET 0x00000100 /**< Magic Packet Filter caused WoL */ -#define EMAC_WOL_BITMASK 0x01BF /**< Receive Filter WoL Status/Clear bitmasl value */ - - -/* Module control register definitions ---------------------------------------------------- */ -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Interrupt Status/Enable/Clear/Set Registers - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_INT_RX_OVERRUN 0x00000001 /**< Overrun Error in RX Queue */ -#define EMAC_INT_RX_ERR 0x00000002 /**< Receive Error */ -#define EMAC_INT_RX_FIN 0x00000004 /**< RX Finished Process Descriptors */ -#define EMAC_INT_RX_DONE 0x00000008 /**< Receive Done */ -#define EMAC_INT_TX_UNDERRUN 0x00000010 /**< Transmit Underrun */ -#define EMAC_INT_TX_ERR 0x00000020 /**< Transmit Error */ -#define EMAC_INT_TX_FIN 0x00000040 /**< TX Finished Process Descriptors */ -#define EMAC_INT_TX_DONE 0x00000080 /**< Transmit Done */ -#define EMAC_INT_SOFT_INT 0x00001000 /**< Software Triggered Interrupt */ -#define EMAC_INT_WAKEUP 0x00002000 /**< Wakeup Event Interrupt */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Power Down Register - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_PD_POWER_DOWN 0x80000000 /**< Power Down MAC */ - -/* Descriptor and status formats ---------------------------------------------------- */ -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for RX Descriptor Control Word - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_RCTRL_SIZE(n) (n&0x7FF) /**< Buffer size field */ -#define EMAC_RCTRL_INT 0x80000000 /**< Generate RxDone Interrupt */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for RX Status Hash CRC Word - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_RHASH_SA 0x000001FF /**< Hash CRC for Source Address */ -#define EMAC_RHASH_DA 0x001FF000 /**< Hash CRC for Destination Address */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for RX Status Information Word - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_RINFO_SIZE 0x000007FF /**< Data size in bytes */ -#define EMAC_RINFO_CTRL_FRAME 0x00040000 /**< Control Frame */ -#define EMAC_RINFO_VLAN 0x00080000 /**< VLAN Frame */ -#define EMAC_RINFO_FAIL_FILT 0x00100000 /**< RX Filter Failed */ -#define EMAC_RINFO_MCAST 0x00200000 /**< Multicast Frame */ -#define EMAC_RINFO_BCAST 0x00400000 /**< Broadcast Frame */ -#define EMAC_RINFO_CRC_ERR 0x00800000 /**< CRC Error in Frame */ -#define EMAC_RINFO_SYM_ERR 0x01000000 /**< Symbol Error from PHY */ -#define EMAC_RINFO_LEN_ERR 0x02000000 /**< Length Error */ -#define EMAC_RINFO_RANGE_ERR 0x04000000 /**< Range Error (exceeded max. size) */ -#define EMAC_RINFO_ALIGN_ERR 0x08000000 /**< Alignment Error */ -#define EMAC_RINFO_OVERRUN 0x10000000 /**< Receive overrun */ -#define EMAC_RINFO_NO_DESCR 0x20000000 /**< No new Descriptor available */ -#define EMAC_RINFO_LAST_FLAG 0x40000000 /**< Last Fragment in Frame */ -#define EMAC_RINFO_ERR 0x80000000 /**< Error Occured (OR of all errors) */ -#define EMAC_RINFO_ERR_MASK (EMAC_RINFO_FAIL_FILT | EMAC_RINFO_CRC_ERR | EMAC_RINFO_SYM_ERR | \ -EMAC_RINFO_LEN_ERR | EMAC_RINFO_ALIGN_ERR | EMAC_RINFO_OVERRUN) - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for TX Descriptor Control Word - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_TCTRL_SIZE 0x000007FF /**< Size of data buffer in bytes */ -#define EMAC_TCTRL_OVERRIDE 0x04000000 /**< Override Default MAC Registers */ -#define EMAC_TCTRL_HUGE 0x08000000 /**< Enable Huge Frame */ -#define EMAC_TCTRL_PAD 0x10000000 /**< Pad short Frames to 64 bytes */ -#define EMAC_TCTRL_CRC 0x20000000 /**< Append a hardware CRC to Frame */ -#define EMAC_TCTRL_LAST 0x40000000 /**< Last Descriptor for TX Frame */ -#define EMAC_TCTRL_INT 0x80000000 /**< Generate TxDone Interrupt */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for TX Status Information Word - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_TINFO_COL_CNT 0x01E00000 /**< Collision Count */ -#define EMAC_TINFO_DEFER 0x02000000 /**< Packet Deferred (not an error) */ -#define EMAC_TINFO_EXCESS_DEF 0x04000000 /**< Excessive Deferral */ -#define EMAC_TINFO_EXCESS_COL 0x08000000 /**< Excessive Collision */ -#define EMAC_TINFO_LATE_COL 0x10000000 /**< Late Collision Occured */ -#define EMAC_TINFO_UNDERRUN 0x20000000 /**< Transmit Underrun */ -#define EMAC_TINFO_NO_DESCR 0x40000000 /**< No new Descriptor available */ -#define EMAC_TINFO_ERR 0x80000000 /**< Error Occured (OR of all errors) */ - -#ifdef MCB_LPC_1768 -/* DP83848C PHY definition ------------------------------------------------------------ */ - -/** PHY device reset time out definition */ -#define EMAC_PHY_RESP_TOUT 0x100000UL - -/* ENET Device Revision ID */ -#define EMAC_OLD_EMAC_MODULE_ID 0x39022000 /**< Rev. ID for first rev '-' */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for DP83848C PHY Registers - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_BMCR 0x00 /**< Basic Mode Control Register */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_BMSR 0x01 /**< Basic Mode Status Register */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_IDR1 0x02 /**< PHY Identifier 1 */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_IDR2 0x03 /**< PHY Identifier 2 */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_ANAR 0x04 /**< Auto-Negotiation Advertisement */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_ANLPAR 0x05 /**< Auto-Neg. Link Partner Abitily */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_ANER 0x06 /**< Auto-Neg. Expansion Register */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_ANNPTR 0x07 /**< Auto-Neg. Next Page TX */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_LPNPA 0x08 - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for PHY Extended Registers - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_STS 0x10 /**< Status Register */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_MICR 0x11 /**< MII Interrupt Control Register */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_MISR 0x12 /**< MII Interrupt Status Register */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_FCSCR 0x14 /**< False Carrier Sense Counter */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_RECR 0x15 /**< Receive Error Counter */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_PCSR 0x16 /**< PCS Sublayer Config. and Status */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_RBR 0x17 /**< RMII and Bypass Register */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_LEDCR 0x18 /**< LED Direct Control Register */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_PHYCR 0x19 /**< PHY Control Register */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_10BTSCR 0x1A /**< 10Base-T Status/Control Register */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_CDCTRL1 0x1B /**< CD Test Control and BIST Extens. */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_EDCR 0x1D /**< Energy Detect Control Register */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for PHY Basic Mode Control Register - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_RESET (1<<15) /**< Reset bit */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_LOOPBACK (1<<14) /**< Loop back */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_SPEED_SEL (1<<13) /**< Speed selection */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_AN (1<<12) /**< Auto Negotiation */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_POWERDOWN (1<<11) /**< Power down mode */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_ISOLATE (1<<10) /**< Isolate */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_RE_AN (1<<9) /**< Restart auto negotiation */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_DUPLEX (1<<8) /**< Duplex mode */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for PHY Basic Mode Status Status Register - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_100BE_T4 (1<<15) /**< 100 base T4 */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_100TX_FULL (1<<14) /**< 100 base full duplex */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_100TX_HALF (1<<13) /**< 100 base half duplex */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_10BE_FULL (1<<12) /**< 10 base T full duplex */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_10BE_HALF (1<<11) /**< 10 base T half duplex */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_NOPREAM (1<<6) /**< MF Preamable Supress */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_AUTO_DONE (1<<5) /**< Auto negotiation complete */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_REMOTE_FAULT (1<<4) /**< Remote fault */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_NO_AUTO (1<<3) /**< Auto Negotiation ability */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_LINK_ESTABLISHED (1<<2) /**< Link status */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for PHY Status Register - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_PHY_SR_REMOTE_FAULT (1<<6) /**< Remote Fault */ -#define EMAC_PHY_SR_JABBER (1<<5) /**< Jabber detect */ -#define EMAC_PHY_SR_AUTO_DONE (1<<4) /**< Auto Negotiation complete */ -#define EMAC_PHY_SR_LOOPBACK (1<<3) /**< Loop back status */ -#define EMAC_PHY_SR_DUP (1<<2) /**< Duplex status */ -#define EMAC_PHY_SR_SPEED (1<<1) /**< Speed status */ -#define EMAC_PHY_SR_LINK (1<<0) /**< Link Status */ - -#define EMAC_PHY_FULLD_100M 0x2100 /**< Full Duplex 100Mbit */ -#define EMAC_PHY_HALFD_100M 0x2000 /**< Half Duplex 100Mbit */ -#define EMAC_PHY_FULLD_10M 0x0100 /**< Full Duplex 10Mbit */ -#define EMAC_PHY_HALFD_10M 0x0000 /**< Half Duplex 10MBit */ -#define EMAC_PHY_AUTO_NEG 0x3000 /**< Select Auto Negotiation */ - -#define EMAC_DEF_ADR 0x0100 /**< Default PHY device address */ -#define EMAC_DP83848C_ID 0x20005C90 /**< PHY Identifier */ - -#define EMAC_PHY_SR_100_SPEED ((1<<14)|(1<<13)) -#define EMAC_PHY_SR_FULL_DUP ((1<<14)|(1<<12)) -#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_LINK_STATUS (1<<2) /**< Link status */ - -#elif defined(IAR_LPC_1768) -/* KSZ8721BL PHY definition ------------------------------------------------------------ */ -/** PHY device reset time out definition */ -#define EMAC_PHY_RESP_TOUT 0x100000UL - -/* ENET Device Revision ID */ -#define EMAC_OLD_EMAC_MODULE_ID 0x39022000 /**< Rev. ID for first rev '-' */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for KSZ8721BL PHY Registers - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_BMCR 0x00 /**< Basic Mode Control Register */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_BMSR 0x01 /**< Basic Mode Status Register */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_IDR1 0x02 /**< PHY Identifier 1 */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_IDR2 0x03 /**< PHY Identifier 2 */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_ANAR 0x04 /**< Auto-Negotiation Advertisement */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_ANLPAR 0x05 /**< Auto-Neg. Link Partner Abitily */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_ANER 0x06 /**< Auto-Neg. Expansion Register */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_ANNPTR 0x07 /**< Auto-Neg. Next Page TX */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_LPNPA 0x08 /**< Link Partner Next Page Ability */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_REC 0x15 /**< RXError Counter Register */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_ISC 0x1b /**< Interrupt Control/Status Register */ -#define EMAC_PHY_REG_100BASE 0x1f /**< 100BASE-TX PHY Control Register */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for PHY Basic Mode Control Register - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_RESET (1<<15) /**< Reset bit */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_LOOPBACK (1<<14) /**< Loop back */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_SPEED_SEL (1<<13) /**< Speed selection */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_AN (1<<12) /**< Auto Negotiation */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_POWERDOWN (1<<11) /**< Power down mode */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_ISOLATE (1<<10) /**< Isolate */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_RE_AN (1<<9) /**< Restart auto negotiation */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_DUPLEX (1<<8) /**< Duplex mode */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_COLLISION (1<<7) /**< Collision test */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_TXDIS (1<<0) /**< Disable transmit */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for PHY Basic Mode Status Register - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_100BE_T4 (1<<15) /**< 100 base T4 */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_100TX_FULL (1<<14) /**< 100 base full duplex */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_100TX_HALF (1<<13) /**< 100 base half duplex */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_10BE_FULL (1<<12) /**< 10 base T full duplex */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_10BE_HALF (1<<11) /**< 10 base T half duplex */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_NOPREAM (1<<6) /**< MF Preamable Supress */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_AUTO_DONE (1<<5) /**< Auto negotiation complete */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_REMOTE_FAULT (1<<4) /**< Remote fault */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_NO_AUTO (1<<3) /**< Auto Negotiation ability */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_LINK_STATUS (1<<2) /**< Link status */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_JABBER_DETECT (1<<1) /**< Jabber detect */ -#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_EXTEND (1<<0) /**< Extended support */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for PHY Identifier - **********************************************************************/ -/* PHY Identifier 1 bitmap definitions */ -#define EMAC_PHY_IDR1(n) (n & 0xFFFF) /**< PHY ID1 Number */ - -/* PHY Identifier 2 bitmap definitions */ -#define EMAC_PHY_IDR2(n) (n & 0xFFFF) /**< PHY ID2 Number */ - -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for Auto-Negotiation Advertisement - **********************************************************************/ -#define EMAC_PHY_AN_NEXTPAGE (1<<15) /**< Next page capable */ -#define EMAC_PHY_AN_REMOTE_FAULT (1<<13) /**< Remote Fault support */ -#define EMAC_PHY_AN_PAUSE (1<<10) /**< Pause support */ -#define EMAC_PHY_AN_100BASE_T4 (1<<9) /**< T4 capable */ -#define EMAC_PHY_AN_100BASE_TX_FD (1<<8) /**< TX with Full-duplex capable */ -#define EMAC_PHY_AN_100BASE_TX (1<<7) /**< TX capable */ -#define EMAC_PHY_AN_10BASE_T_FD (1<<6) /**< 10Mbps with full-duplex capable */ -#define EMAC_PHY_AN_10BASE_T (1<<5) /**< 10Mbps capable */ -#define EMAC_PHY_AN_FIELD(n) (n & 0x1F) /**< Selector Field */ - -#define EMAC_PHY_FULLD_100M 0x2100 /**< Full Duplex 100Mbit */ -#define EMAC_PHY_HALFD_100M 0x2000 /**< Half Duplex 100Mbit */ -#define EMAC_PHY_FULLD_10M 0x0100 /**< Full Duplex 10Mbit */ -#define EMAC_PHY_HALFD_10M 0x0000 /**< Half Duplex 10MBit */ -#define EMAC_PHY_AUTO_NEG 0x3000 /**< Select Auto Negotiation */ - -#define EMAC_PHY_SR_100_SPEED ((1<<14)|(1<<13)) -#define EMAC_PHY_SR_FULL_DUP ((1<<14)|(1<<12)) - -#define EMAC_DEF_ADR (0x01<<8) /**< Default PHY device address */ -#define EMAC_KSZ8721BL_ID ((0x22 << 16) | 0x1619 ) /**< PHY Identifier */ -#endif - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/* Public Types --------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup EMAC_Public_Types EMAC Public Types - * @{ - */ - -/* Descriptor and status formats ---------------------------------------------- */ - -/** - * @brief RX Descriptor structure type definition - */ -typedef struct { - uint32_t Packet; /**< Receive Packet Descriptor */ - uint32_t Ctrl; /**< Receive Control Descriptor */ -} RX_Desc; - -/** - * @brief RX Status structure type definition - */ -typedef struct { - uint32_t Info; /**< Receive Information Status */ - uint32_t HashCRC; /**< Receive Hash CRC Status */ -} RX_Stat; - -/** - * @brief TX Descriptor structure type definition - */ -typedef struct { - uint32_t Packet; /**< Transmit Packet Descriptor */ - uint32_t Ctrl; /**< Transmit Control Descriptor */ -} TX_Desc; - -/** - * @brief TX Status structure type definition - */ -typedef struct { - uint32_t Info; /**< Transmit Information Status */ -} TX_Stat; - - -/** - * @brief TX Data Buffer structure definition - */ -typedef struct { - uint32_t ulDataLen; /**< Data length */ - uint32_t *pbDataBuf; /**< A word-align data pointer to data buffer */ -} EMAC_PACKETBUF_Type; - -/** - * @brief EMAC configuration structure definition - */ -typedef struct { - uint32_t Mode; /**< Supported EMAC PHY device speed, should be one of the following: - - EMAC_MODE_AUTO - - EMAC_MODE_10M_FULL - - EMAC_MODE_10M_HALF - - EMAC_MODE_100M_FULL - - EMAC_MODE_100M_HALF - */ - uint8_t *pbEMAC_Addr; /**< Pointer to EMAC Station address that contains 6-bytes - of MAC address, it must be sorted in order (bEMAC_Addr[0]..[5]) - */ -} EMAC_CFG_Type; - - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup EMAC_Public_Functions EMAC Public Functions - * @{ - */ -/* Init/DeInit EMAC peripheral */ -Status EMAC_Init(EMAC_CFG_Type *EMAC_ConfigStruct); -void EMAC_DeInit(void); - -/* PHY functions --------------*/ -int32_t EMAC_CheckPHYStatus(uint32_t ulPHYState); -int32_t EMAC_SetPHYMode(uint32_t ulPHYMode); -int32_t EMAC_UpdatePHYStatus(void); - -/* Filter functions ----------*/ -void EMAC_SetHashFilter(uint8_t dstMAC_addr[], FunctionalState NewState); -void EMAC_SetFilterMode(uint32_t ulFilterMode, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* EMAC Packet Buffer functions */ -void EMAC_WritePacketBuffer(EMAC_PACKETBUF_Type *pDataStruct); -void EMAC_ReadPacketBuffer(EMAC_PACKETBUF_Type *pDataStruct); - -/* EMAC Interrupt functions -------*/ -void EMAC_IntCmd(uint32_t ulIntType, FunctionalState NewState); -IntStatus EMAC_IntGetStatus(uint32_t ulIntType); - -/* EMAC Index functions -----------*/ -Bool EMAC_CheckReceiveIndex(void); -Bool EMAC_CheckTransmitIndex(void); -void EMAC_UpdateRxConsumeIndex(void); -void EMAC_UpdateTxProduceIndex(void); - -FlagStatus EMAC_CheckReceiveDataStatus(uint32_t ulRxStatType); -uint32_t EMAC_GetReceiveDataSize(void); -FlagStatus EMAC_GetWoLStatus(uint32_t ulWoLMode); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* LPC17XX_EMAC_H_ */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */ diff --git a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/lpc17xx_exti.h b/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/lpc17xx_exti.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5e5b8b87d6..0000000000 --- a/frameworks/CMSIS/LPC1768/include/lpc17xx_exti.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,155 +0,0 @@ -/********************************************************************** -* $Id$ lpc17xx_exti.h 2010-05-21 -*//** -* @file lpc17xx_exti.h -* @brief Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes -* support for External interrupt firmware library on LPC17xx -* @version 2.0 -* @date 21. May. 2010 -* @author NXP MCU SW Application Team -* -* Copyright(C) 2010, NXP Semiconductor -* All rights reserved. -* -*********************************************************************** -* Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only -* which provides customers with programming information regarding the -* products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties. -* NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the -* use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent, -* copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors -* reserves the right to make changes in the software without -* notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or -* warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified -* use without further testing or modification. -* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -* documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' -* relevant copyright in the software, without fee, provided that it -* is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This -* copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of -* this code. -**********************************************************************/ - -/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup EXTI EXTI (External Interrupt) - * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef LPC17XX_EXTI_H_ -#define LPC17XX_EXTI_H_ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -#include "LPC17xx.h" -#include "lpc_types.h" - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -{ -#endif - - -/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Macros EXTI Private Macros - * @{ - */ -/*********************************************************************//** - * Macro defines for EXTI control register - **********************************************************************/ -#define EXTI_EINT0_BIT_MARK 0x01 -#define EXTI_EINT1_BIT_MARK 0x02 -#define EXTI_EINT2_BIT_MARK 0x04 -#define EXTI_EINT3_BIT_MARK 0x08 - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/** @defgroup EXTI_Public_Types EXTI Public Types - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief EXTI external interrupt line option - */ -typedef enum -{ - EXTI_EINT0, /*!< External interrupt 0, P2.10 */ - EXTI_EINT1, /*!< External interrupt 0, P2.11 */ - EXTI_EINT2, /*!< External interrupt 0, P2.12 */ - EXTI_EINT3 /*!< External interrupt 0, P2.13 */ -} EXTI_LINE_ENUM; - -/** - * @brief EXTI mode option - */ -typedef enum -{ - EXTI_MODE_LEVEL_SENSITIVE, /*!< Level sensitivity is selected */ - EXTI_MODE_EDGE_SENSITIVE /*!< Edge sensitivity is selected */ -} EXTI_MODE_ENUM; - -/** - * @brief EXTI polarity option - */ -typedef enum -{ - EXTI_POLARITY_LOW_ACTIVE_OR_FALLING_EDGE, /*!< Low active or falling edge sensitive - depending on pin mode */ - EXTI_POLARITY_HIGH_ACTIVE_OR_RISING_EDGE /*!< High active or rising edge sensitive - depending on pin mode */ -} EXTI_POLARITY_ENUM; - -/** - * @brief EXTI Initialize structure - */ -typedef struct -{ - EXTI_LINE_ENUM EXTI_Line; /*!